LIVRES - BOOKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

Key Cases: Evidence Key Cases has been specifically written for students studying law. It is an essential revision tool to be used alone or with the partner Key Facts book in order to ensure a thorough knowledge of core cases for any given law topic.Understanding essential and leading cases fully is a vital part of the study of law - the format style and explanations of Key Cases will ensure you have this understanding.The series is written and edited by an expert team of authors whose experience means they know exactly what is required in a revision aid. They include lecturers and barristers who have brought their expertise and knowledge to the series to make it user-friendly and accessible.Key features include: essential and leading cases explained; user-friendly layout and style; cases broken down into key components by use of clear symbol system; pocket-sized and easily portable; highly-regarded authors and editors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158504

Key Clinical Topics in Cardiology Key Clinical Topics in Cardiology presents a brand new addition to the Key Clinical Topics series. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the subject comprising over 60 carefully selected topics in alpha order that together provide an extensive understanding of the management of cardiovascular disorders. This collection of highly practical guides systematically addresses management techniques for a large number of clinical settings. Edited by experienced specialists with contributions from consultants who have recognised expertise in their field this book provides an authoritative and up-to-date guide on cardiovascular medicine. Designed to enable rapid access to core information KCT Cardiology offers effective exam revision and the ideal quick reference for day-to-day practice. Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836549

Key Clinical Topics in Otolaryngology NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836358

Key Clinical Topics in Trauma NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836082

Key Concepts for Understanding the Curriculum First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786698

Key Concepts in Adult Education and Training As adults we are all continually involved in learning with increasing numbers of us engaged in more formalized forms of learning; that is in education or training. All those involved in the broad field of adult education and training will come into contact with many specialist ideas or concepts. It is often assumed of students that they already have a general understanding of these concepts their meanings applicability and inter-relationships. This is not always the case.This book examines in detail over forty of these key concepts ranging from community education and experiential learning to competence and access. It presents a clear analytical discussion in jargon-free language. It is therefore indispensable to all students and practitioners of adult education and training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140370

Key Concepts in Curriculum StudiesPerspectives on the Fundamentals Offering an accessible entry into curriculum theory this book defines and contextualizes key concepts for novice and experienced students. Leading scholars in curriculum studies provide short anchor texts that introduce define and situate contemporary curriculum theory constructs. Each anchor text is followed by two concise creative keyword responses that demonstrate varied perspectives and connections allowing readers to reflect on and engage with the personal relevance of these fundamental concepts. Useful to instructors and scholars alike this book explains keyword writing as a teaching and learning strategy and invites readers to enter the complicated conversations of contemporary curriculum theory through their own creative personal responses. Featuring wide-ranging nuanced and varied commentary on major relevant themes as well as discussion questions for students this book is an essential text for doctoral and masters-level courses in curriculum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348467

Key Concepts in Literary Theory First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063799

Key Concepts in Water Resource ManagementA Review and Critical Evaluation The vocabulary and discourse of water resource management have expanded vastly in recent years to include an array of new concepts and terminology such as water security water productivity virtual water and water governance. While the new conceptual lenses may generate insights that improve responses to the world’s water challenges their practical use is often encumbered by ambiguity and confusion.  This book applies critical scrutiny to a prominent set of new but widely used terms in order to clarify their meanings and improve the basis on which we identify and tackle the world’s water challenges. More specifically the book takes stock of what several of the more prominent new terms mean reviews variation in interpretation explores how they are measured and discusses their respective added value. It makes many implicit differences between terms explicit and aids understanding and use of these terms by both students and professionals. At the same time it does not ignore the legitimately contested nature of some concepts. Further the book enables greater precision on the interpretational options for the various terms and for the value that they add to water policy and its implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711739

Key Concepts of Lacanian Psychoanalysis In this classic work eight crucial Lacanian ideas are explained through detailed exploration of the theoretical and/or practical context in which Lacan introduced them the way in which they developed throughout his works and the questions they were designed to answer. The book does not presuppose any familiarity with Lacanian theory on the part of the reader nor a prior acquaintance with Lacan's Ecrits or seminars. Originally published in 1998 the ideas within are more relevant than ever and this newly reissued volume will prove invaluable to today's scholars of Lacanian thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757028

Key ConceptsA Guide to Aesthetics Criticism and the Arts in Education First published in 1991. The arts can only thrive in a culture where there is conversation about them. This is particularly true of the arts in an education context. Yet often the discussion is poor because we do not have the necessary concepts for the elaboration of our aesthetic responses or sufficient familiarity with the contending schools of interpretation. The aim of Key Concepts is to engender a broad and informed conversation about the arts. By means of over sixty alphabetically ordered essays the author offers a map of aesthetics critical theory and the arts in education. The essays are both informative and argumentative with cross-references a supporting bibliography and suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138649897

Key Debates in Social Work and Philosophy In order to practice effectively in today’s complex and changing environment social workers need to have an understanding of how contemporary cultural and philosophical concepts relate to the people they work with and the fields they practice in. Exploring the ideas of philosophers including Nietzsche Gadamer Taylor Adorno MacIntyre Zizek and Derrida this text demonstrates their relevance to social work practice and presents new approaches and frameworks to understanding social change. Key Debates in Social Work and Philosophy introduces a range of concerns central to social work and social care with chapters looking at questions such as: - What is the ‘self’? - How are communities formed? - Why is ‘choice’ important? - Are certain rights really applicable to all humans? - What are the political and ethical implications of documenting your practice? - What does it mean to be a professional social worker? Each chapter focuses on a particular area of dispute presenting the relevant philosophical theories and considering how relevant social work examples and research can be used to further inform theoretical debate and includes questions to prompt discussion and reflection. The only book to examine the philosophical ideas that underlie and inform contemporary issues for social work and social care practitioners this is a useful resource for those studying social work theory policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744546

Key Debates in the Translation of Advertising MaterialSpecial Issue of the Translator (Volume 10/2 2004) Much has been written about the marketing aspects of promotional material in general and several scholars (particularly in linguistics) have addressed questions relating to the structure and function of advertisements focusing on images rhetorical structure semiotic functions discourse features and audio-visual media amongst other aspects of the genre. Not much on the other hand has been written within translation studies about the complexities involved in the transfer of an advertising message. Contributors to this volume explore various interdependent aspects of the interlingual and intercultural transfer of an advertising message. They emphasize features of culture specificity of multi-medial semiotic interaction of values and stereotypes and most importantly they recommend strategies and approaches to assist translators. Topics covered include a critique of the Western-based approach to advertising in the context of the Far East; different perceptions of the concept of cleanliness in advertising texts in Italy Russia and the UK; the Walls Cornetto strategy of internationalization of product appeal followed by localization; the role of the translator in recreating appeal in different lingua-cultural contexts; what constitutes 'Italianness' in advertisements for British consumers; and strategies for repackaging France as a tourist destination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437463

Key Determinants of National DevelopmentHistorical Perspectives and Implications for Developing Economies For those wishing to acquire knowledge on national development issues this comprehensive compendium traverses a spectrum of subjects that the audience ought to be well acquainted with. The Editors provide instructive findings regarding national development economic growth and their determinants but they also offer historical perspectives on the subject and the implications for developing countries. The book addresses a suite of critical themes regarded by development experts to be germane in considering the pertinence of policies and their effective execution. These seven general thematic areas are explored: ¢ Leadership governance policy and strategy ¢ Public sector and public financial management ¢ Culture institutions and people ¢ Natural resources ¢ Science technology and infrastructure ¢ Private sector and financial markets ¢ Marketing branding and service delivery This thematic approach enables the contributors to explore the impact of the constituents of each subject area on national development within the context of a developing economy. The significance of the findings for the relevant stakeholders is consequently reviewed. The combination of theory and practice makes the book and its contents unique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606107

Key Directions in Legal EducationNational and International Perspectives Key Directions in Legal Education identifies and explores key contemporary and emerging themes that are significant and heavily debated within legal education from both UK and international perspectives. It provides a rich comparative dialogue and insights into the current and future directions of legal education. The book discusses in detail topics including the pressures on law schools exerted by external stakeholders the fostering of interdisciplinary approaches and collaboration within legal education and the evolution of discourses around teaching and learning legal skills. It elaborates on the continuing development of clinical legal education as a component of the law degree and the emergence and use of innovative technologies within law teaching. The approach of pairing UK and international authors to obtain comparative insights and analysis on a range of key themes is original and provides both a genuine comparative dialogue and a clear international focus. This book will be of great interest for researchers academics and post-graduate students in the field of law and legal pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330054

Key Economic Areas in Chinese HistoryAs Revealed in the Development of Public Works for Water-Control This book first published in 1936 offers the conception of the dynamics of the Key Economic Area as an aid to the understanding of Chinese economic history. By tracing their development through a historical study of the construction of irrigation and flood-control works and transport canals it shows the function of the Key Economic Area as an instrument of control of subordinate areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316836

Key Elements in Polymers for Engineers and ChemistsFrom Data to Applications This book provides comprehensive coverage on the latest developments of research in the ever-expanding area of polymers and advanced materials and their applications to broad scientific fields including physics chemistry biology and materials. It presents physical principles in explaining and rationalizing polymeric phenomena. Featuring classical topics that are conventionally considered as part of chemical technology the book covers the chemical principles from a modern point of view. It analyzes theories to formulate and prove the polymer principles and offers future outlooks on applications of bioscience in chemical concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895802

Key Engineering Materials Volume 1Current State-of-the-Art on Novel Materials With coverage of a broad range of key engineering materials this book provides a single comprehensive book summarizing all aspects involved in the functional materials production chain. It introduces state-of-the-art technology in key engineering materials emphasizing the rapidly growing technologies. It takes a unique approach by presenting specific materials then progresses into a discussion of the ways in which these novel materials and processes are integrated into today's functioning manufacturing industry. The book follows a more quantitative and design-oriented approach than other texts in the market helping readers gain a better understanding of important concepts. They’ll also discover how material properties relate to the process variables in a given process as well as how to perform quantitative engineering analysis of manufacturing processes. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895734

Key Engineering Materials Volume 2Interdisciplinary Concepts and Research This book provides innovative chapters on the growth of educational scientific and industrial research activities among chemists biologists and polymer and chemical engineers and provides a medium for mutual communication between international academia and the industry. It presents significant research and reviews reporting new methodologies and important applications in the fields of industrial chemistry industrial polymers and biotechnology as well as includes the latest coverage of chemical databases and the development of new computational methods and efficient algorithms for chemical software and polymer engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895741

Key Facts Company Law Key Facts is the essential revision series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses.The Key Facts series provides the simplest and most effective way for you to absorb and retain the essential facts needed to pass your exams effortlessly.Key features include*Diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise the key points*Structured heading levels to allow for clear recall of the main facts*Charts and tables to break down more complex informationNew to these editions is an improved text design making the books easier read and the facts easier to retain.Key Facts books are supported by the website www.UnlockingTheLaw.co.uk where you will find extensive revision materials including MCQs and Key Q&As. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444122848

Key Facts Evidence Key Facts is the essential revision series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses.The Key Facts series provides the simplest and most effective way for you to absorb and retain the essential facts needed to pass your exams effortlessly.Key features include:* Diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise the key points* Structured heading levels to allow for clear recall of the main facts* Charts and tables to break down more complex informationNew to these editions is an improved text design making the books easier read and the facts easier to retain.Key Facts books are supported by the website www.UnlockingTheLaw.co.uk where you will find extensive revision materials including MCQs and Key Q&As. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175945

Key Facts Land Law BRI Key Facts is the essential revision series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses.The Key Facts series provides the simplest and most effective way for you to absorb and retain the essential facts needed to pass your exams effortlessly.Key features include:* Diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise the key points* Structured heading levels to allow for clear recall of the main facts* Charts and tables to break down more complex informationNew to these editions is an improved text design making the books easier to read and the facts easier to retain.Key Facts books are supported by the website www.UnlockingTheLaw.co.uk where you will find extensive revision materials including MCQs and Key Q&As. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444181579

Key Facts: Constitutional & Administrative Law Key Facts is the essential revision series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses.The Key Facts series provides the simplest and most effective way for you to absorb and retain the essential facts needed to pass your exams effortlessly.Key features include:* Diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise the key points* Structured heading levels to allow for clear recall of the main facts* Charts and tables to break down more complex informationNew to these editions is an improved text design making the books easier read and the facts easier to retain.Key Facts books are supported by the website www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk where you will find extensive revision materials including MCQs and Key Q&As. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141803

Key Facts: Consumer Law Key Facts has been specifically written for students studying Law. It is the essential revision tool for a broad range of law courses from A Level to degree level. Consumer Law is also relevant to courses for Trading Standards Officers and many Business Studies courses.The series is written and edited by an expert team of authors whose experience means they know exactly what is required in a revision aid. They include examiners barristers and lecturers who have brought their expertise and knowledge to the series to make it user-friendly and accessible.Chapters include: The character of consumer contracts / Consumer protection in contract law / Contracts for sale of goods / Unsolicited goods / Distance selling / Contracts to provide services / Protection under the law of tort / Exemption clauses and unfair terms in consumer contracts / The Consumer Protection Act 1987 / Criminal Law as a means of consumer protection / Consumer finance / Trade Descriptions Act 1968 / Misleading proce indications / Regulating advertising / Insurance / Holidays / Food. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463288

Key Facts: Employment Law Key Facts is the essential series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses. Key Facts provides the simplest and most effective way for you to memorise and absorb the essential facts needed to pass your exams. Key Features: * User-friendly layout and style * Diagrams charts and tables to illustrate key points * Summary charts at a basic level followed by more detailed explanations to aid revision at every level Additional high-quality revision material is provided on the interactive website www.unlockingthelaw.co.uk Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780340966860

Key Facts: Intellectual Property Key Facts has been specially written for students studying law. It is the essential revision tool for a broad range of law courses. The series is written and edited by an expert team of authors whose experience means they know exactly what is required in a revision aid. They include examiners barristers and lecturers who have brought their expertise and knowledge to the series to make it user-friendly and accessible. Key features include: user-friendly layout and style; diagrams charts and tables to illustrate key points; summary charts at a basic level followed by more detailed explanations to aid revision at every level pocket sized and easily portable; highly-regarded authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156845

Key Facts: Jurisprudence Key Facts is the essential revision series for anyone studying law including LLB ILEX and post-graduate conversion courses.The Key Facts series provides the simplest and most effective way for you to absorb and retain the essential facts needed for exam success.Key features include:* Diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise the key points* Structured heading levels to allow for clear recall of the main facts* Charts and tables to break down more complex informationNew to these editions is an improved text design making the books easier read and the facts easier to retain.Key Facts books are supported by the website www.UnlockingTheLaw.co.uk where you will find extensive revision materials including MCQs and Key Q&As. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444138283

Key Ideas for a Contemporary PsychoanalysisMisrecognition and Recognition of the Unconscious André Green attempts the complex task of identifying and examining the key ideas for a contemporary psychoanalytic practice. This undertaking is motivated both by the need for an outline of the evolution of psychoanalysis since Freud's death and by the hope of tackling the fragmentation which has led to the current 'crisis of psychoanalysis'. In three sections covering the theoretical and practical aspects of psychoanalysis and analysing the current state of the field André Green provides a stimulating overview of the principal concepts that have guided his work. Subjects covered include: Transference and countertransference Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy: modalities and results Language-speech-discourse in psychoanalysis Recognition of the unconscious This unique contemporary perspective on the psychoanalytic enterprise will fascinate all those with an interest in the problems that face the field and the opportunities for its future development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203025574

Key Issues for Primary Schools Key Issues for Primary Schools is a concise comprehensive guide to the main issues in primary education and the implications for schools. Presented in a convenient A-Z format the book includes coverage of: special educational needs attendance truancy and exclusion bullying and behavioural problems management and administration safety and security.There is also a review of up-to-date DfEE requirements and suggestions for further action and reading. The addresses of useful contacts help to make it a reference book no primary school should be without. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419643

Key Issues for Secondary Schools Michael Farrell presents an examination of the main issues affecting secondary schools and the implications for secondary education. The resource includes information on accreditation of pupils careers education and guidance discipline leadership and management and transition from primary to secondary school.By using the A-Z format he tackles the issues in an easy to follow way. Each section ends with a series of points for action selective suggestions for further reading and addresses of useful contacts.Michael Farrell's book is intended for a wide range of people professionally concerned with education from Headteachers and governors to BEd and PGCE students. It is a reference book that no secondary school should be without. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179448

Key Issues for Teaching AssistantsWorking in diverse and inclusive classrooms This book is designed to support Teaching Assistants in the important and unique role they play in the education of children. This new edition includes a range of additional material and reflects developments in the recent UK context and legislation that relates to participation and diversity. It raises issues concerning values and professional practice for Teaching Assistants emphasising inclusive approaches and the importance of understanding the perspectives of learners throughout. Each chapter contains an overview of topical debates current research a discussion of issues relating to values and professional practice. Every chapter raises questions and suggests reading for further reflection. This highly accessible resource includes contributions from leading researchers and experienced education practitioners. It introduces a range of issues with a focus on inclusion and the key role of teaching assistants such as: understanding inclusive education: school communities and participation Special educational needs and inclusive practice supporting Gypsy Roma and Traveller (GRT) children ethnic diversity and attainment the influence of gender on the achievement of boys and girls working with teachers and parents religious diversity and inclusive practice including and supporting Lesbian Gay Bi-sexual Transsexual (LGBT) students welcoming and understanding asylum seeking and refugee students disability human rights and inclusion. This book will enable Teaching Assistants to develop a deeper understanding of the fundamental principles of inclusive education. It provides an essential resource for Teaching Assistants and all those working in Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919624

Key Issues in Chinese as a Second Language Research Key Issues in Chinese as a Second Language Research presents and discusses research projects that serve as theoretical grounding for improving the teaching and learning of Chinese as a second language (CSL) in order to help researchers and practitioners better understand the acquisition development and use of CSL. With the exception of the first chapter which is state-of-the-art each chapter makes an attempt to bring together theory and practice by focusing on theory building and theory application in practice. The book is organized around areas where most future research is needed in CSL: phonology semantics grammar and pragmatics. Consisting of contributions from an international group of scholars working on cutting-edge research this is the ideal text for researchers graduate students and practitioners in the area of Chinese as a second or foreign language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960534

Key Issues in Cross-cultural Psychology These proceedings are organized into six parts covering conceptual and methodological issues; consequences of acculturation; cognitive processes; values; social psychology; and personality developmental psychology and health psychology. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077442

Key Issues in EducationComparative Perspectives Originally published in 1985. Throughout the world the same key issues of concern recur in education in different countries. However education specialists all too often are inward looking and consider problems only in the confines of their own country. This book argues that much is to be gained by taking a broader more international view as the experiences of other countries can often provide valuable insights on how policies and practice can be improved in one's own country. The book illustrates this argument by examining in detail seven major issues of present concern and comparing how they are handled in different countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545076

Key Issues in Historical Theory Key Issues in Historical Theory is a fresh clear and well-grounded introduction to this vibrant field of inquiry incorporating many examples from novels paintings music and political debates. The book expertly engages the reader in discussions of what history is how people relate to the past and how they are formed by the past. Over 11 thematically-based chapters Herman Paul discusses subjects such as: history memory and trauma historical experience and narrative moral and political dimensions of history historical reasoning and explanation truth plausibility and objectivity. Key Issues in Historical Theory convincingly shows that historical theory is not limited to reflection on professional historical studies but offers valuable tools for understanding autobiographical writing cultural heritage and political controversies about the past. With textboxes providing additional focus on a range of key topics this is an attractive accessible and up-to-date guide to the field of historical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802735

Key Issues in Hunter-Gatherer Research Hunter-gatherer research has experienced enormous expansion over the past three decades. In the late 1950s less than a score of anthropologists were actively engaged in issue-oriented studies of foraging populations. Since then the number of active researchers has grown into the hundreds.This book offers the most up-to-date anthology of papers on hunter-gatherer research and contains possibly the most comprehensive bibliography on hunter-gatherers ever published. It will be essential reading for all students of hunter-gatherer societies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003134961

Key Issues in the New Knowledge Management In 'Key Issues in the New Knowledge Management ' Firestone and McElroy the architects of the New Knowledge Management (TNKM) provide an in-depth analysis of the most important issues in the field of Knowledge Management.The issues the book addresses are central in the field today:* The Knowledge Wars or the issue of "how you define knowledge determines how you manage it"* The nature of knowledge processing* Information management or knowledge management?* Three views on the evolution of knowledge management* The role of knowledge claim evaluation in knowledge processing or the difference between opinion judgements information data and real knowledge in knowledge management systems* Is culture a barrier in knowledge management?* The Open Enterprise and accelerated sustainable innovation* Portals* How should one evaluate KM software?* Intellectual Capital* Measuring the impact of KM initiatives on the organization and the bottom line* KM and terrorism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178694

Key Issues in the Teaching of Spanish PronunciationFrom Description to Pedagogy Key Issues in the Teaching of Spanish Pronunciation: From Description to Pedagogy is a resource that encourages Spanish teachers and curriculum designers to increase their incorporation of pronunciation into the classroom. Combining theory and practical guidance it will help language practitioners integrate the teaching of Spanish pronunciation with confidence and effectiveness. The international group of scholars across its 15 chapters is made up of individuals with well-established research records and training in best pedagogical practices. Key features: A range of topics including vowels various classes of consonants prosody the use of technology the role of orthography the importance of both perception and production individual learner differences and teacher training; Overviews of descriptive empirical and acquisition-based research associated with each aspect of the Spanish sound system; Guidance on the difficulties that teachers face when incorporating the teaching of pronunciation into the classroom; Clear explanations of concepts accompanied by an abundance of concrete examples and references; Multiple sample activities and lesson plans tailored to different levels and backgrounds of students; A bilingual glossary of terms to help the content reach the widest audience possible. Written in a clear and accessible manner Key Issues in the Teaching of Spanish Pronunciation is an essential resource for teachers of Spanish at all levels. It is also an excellent reference book for researchers and both undergraduate and graduate university students interested in Spanish phonetics and language acquisition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954618

Key Issues in Women's WorkFemale Diversity and the Polarisation of Women's Employment Women's employment is one of the most widely-discussed and often-misunderstood issues of modern society.  Are women today oppressed or do they have the best of both worlds?  Do women have to go out to work to gain equality with men or do they already do more than their share of domestic work caring work and voluntary work as well as work in the informal economy?  Do women seek careers on the same terms as men or are they content to be dependent wives or secondary earners taking jobs on a short-term basis?  How important is job segregation in explaining the 20% pay gap between men and women?  Have equal opportunities laws had any real impact?  Are women in Europe lagging behind or are they at the forefront of developments in modern societies?  This new updated edition of Catherine Hakim's classic text addresses all the key issues currently debated in relation to women's work - in the domestic sphere as well as paid employment. Dr Hakim tests the power of patriarchy theory and preference theory against economic theories.  Sex discrimination work-life balance part-time work flexible hours homeworking career patterns across the life cycle labour mobility labour turnover the returns to education occupational segregation the pay gap the glass ceiling and the impact of European Union policies are all considered.  Analysis of historical developments over the twentieth century based on censuses is complemented by case studies of people working in occupations undergoing dramatic change. Throughout the book comparisons are drawn between the USA Britain other European countries Canada Australia and also China Japan and other Far Eastern societies. The analysis draws on sociology economics psychology labour law history and social anthropology to conclude that the diversity of women's life goals and lifestyle preferences is increasing. This explains the growing polarisation of women's employment and many contradictory recent research results.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138143067

Key Materials in International Environmental Law This compilation of key materials in international environmental law takes account of the most significant developments in the field that have occurred during the past decade including in the areas of climate change chemicals and pesticides biosafety and nuclear safety as well as good governance compliance and liability. Not only does multilateral environmental law making have wide-ranging repercussions on the way national development policies are drafted and business is conducted but also environmental issues increasingly interweave with those relating to human rights trade agriculture and intellectual property making familiarity with the key instruments in international law essential for all working in these areas. The book comprises a representative selection of the most important studies in international environmental law with an editorial introduction to each topic. Its focus on recent trends and cross-sectoral aspects makes it an indispensable tool for students researchers practitioners and policy makers in international environmental law and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277854

Key Monuments Of The Baroque This book focuses on key monuments of the Baroque style which varies in different European contexts. It is intended to affirm the existence of individual genius identifiable styles of art and historical periods that produced them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159511

Key Monuments Of The Italian Renaissance Organized chronologically from early Renaissance precursors to the Mannerist movement from Giotto to Titian Key Monuments of the Italian Renaissance describes and analyzes in depth from various points of view major works and major artists from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. Artists included are Cimabue Duccio Giotto Lorenzetti Gh Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159795

Key Papers in Literature and Psychoanalysis This book presents several essays from the International Journal of Psychoanalysis that explore overlaps of literary experience and psychoanalytic process providing the reader with a substantive contribution that reflects the principal concerns of contemporary psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325268

Key Papers on Borderline DisordersWith IJP Internet Discussion Reviews The International Journal of Psychoanalysis Key Papers Series brings together the most important psychoanalytic papers in the journal's eighty-year history in a series of accessible monographs. Approaching the IJP's intellectual resources from a variety of perspectives the monographs highlight important domains of psychoanalytic enquiry. Key Paper Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325275

Key Papers on CountertransferenceIJP Education Section The International Journal of Psychoanalysis Key Papers Series brings together the most important psychoanalytic papers in the journal's eighty-year history in a series of accessible monographs. Approaching the IJP's intellectual rsources from a variety of perspectives the monographs highlight important domains of psychoanalytic enquirry. 'The papers in this volume were commissioned with a view to describing the current views of countertransference and thier historical evolution in four intellectual communities of psychoanalysis: North America Britain France and Latin America. 'Psychoanalysis is still sometimes described as a monolithic and unchanging theory and practice. These papers vividly contradict such a view through their close study of the evolution of the concept of countertransference from the periphery of psychoanalysis to its current position of central importance in most analytic communities. In doing so they provide a window of the development of a living and evolving discipline during its first one hundred years.'- From the Introduction by Richard Rusbridger Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429476433

Key Persons in the Early YearsBuilding relationships for quality provision in early years settings and primary schools Key Persons in the Early Years aims to explain what a Key Person is the theory behind the approach and the practicalities of implementation. Practical in its approach and containing case studies as examples of reflective practice this second edition details the role of the Key Person across all ages in the early years. This new edition has been fully updated in line with the EYFS and features a new chapter on the Key Person approach with 3-5 year olds. The book offers guidance on: making the Key Person approach work in your setting with realistic strategies; the benefits of this approach for children's well being for their learning and to ensure equal chances for all children; potential challenges and problems and how to overcome them drawing on accounts from practitioners of their journey in implementing this approach. This book will be an essential text for practitioners and students who wish to fully understand the Key Person role and how it can benefit children parents and their setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610391

Key Perspectives on DyslexiaAn essential text for educators This indispensable book critically sets out the skills and knowledge required by a specialist educator for students who present with dyslexia. The British Dyslexia Association Professional Criteria (BDA 2012) provides an anchor throughout for this book’s content. Chapters are explicitly mapped to specific professional criteria offering the reader confidence that guidance in Key Perspectives on Dyslexia is underpinned by this internationally recognised professional framework.   Key issues in the education and care of those affected by dyslexia are critically explained and explored in this publication using both author’s years of specialist experience in this field. As established scholars both authors also suggest how research can inform and enrich how an educator responds to these issues.   The content of this book includes: Detailed case studies disclosing how dyslexia presents in different individuals and which richly illuminate the issues considered by each chapter A concise examination of reading instruction in the context of typically-developing students and in relation to those who present with dyslexia: this incorporates an expert but accessible review of international policy and educational practice including influential findings from research Detailed guidance on how to identify possible dyslexia and key issues to consider in referral and assessment of those affected including associated models here such as Response to Intervention (RTI)  Consideration of intelligence and in how this figures in relation to assessment for dyslexia including the possible role of intellectual disability (ID). Comprehensive evaluation of the role of behaviour in relation to dyslexia with guidance on how this can be used to inform a programme of support for students with social emotional or behavioural difficulties (EBD/SEBD). Consideration of how the professional role of a specialist educator might travel across the English speaking world and also beyond in China or India.   Key Perspectives on Dyslexia is an essential text for educators and will become a landmark guide for educational practice and policy.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819886

Key ProfessionThe History of the Association of University Teachers Originally published in 1969 Key Profession looks at the rise of the academic profession to its influence and importance through the history of the Association of the University of Teachers founded in 1919 and celebrating its half-centenary in 1969. As a study of a professional organization and political pressure group concerned with salary negotiations conditions of service academic freedom and public policy on higher education it is of interest not only to social historians but also to economists political scientists sociologists and all those who have at heart the search for intellectual truth the maintenance of cultural values and the integrity of the universities. The book tries to show what part the academic profession has played in the shaping of higher education and through it of modern society in twentieth-century Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335882

Key Questions in Career CounselingTechniques To Deliver Effective Career Counseling Services This book's purpose is to provide a tool for career services personnel to deliver more effective consistent career counseling. Its primary objective is to present a career counseling process model including sequential stages and steps along with a method (the Key Questions Technique) for successfully implementing the model. It is intended to serve as the bridge between the theoretical and the applied worlds of career counseling and it is hoped that this book will increase the standards of professionalism and objectivity for the many diverse practitioners who currently conduct career counseling in the workplace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315805665

Key Readings in Infant Development NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781841690339

Key Readings in Journalism Key Readings in Journalism brings together over thirty essential writings that every student of journalism should know. Designed as a primary text for undergraduate students each reading was carefully chosen in response to extensive surveys from educators reflecting on the needs of today’s journalism classroom. Readings range from critical and historical studies of journalism such as Walter Lippmann’s Public Opinion and Michael Schudson’s Discovering the News to examples of classic reporting such as Carl Bernstein and Bob Woodward’s All the President’s Men. They are supplemented by additional readings to broaden the volume’s scope in every dimension including gender race and nationality. The volume is arranged thematically to enable students to think deeply and broadly about journalism—its development its practice its key individuals and institutions its social impact and its future—and section introductions and headnotes precede each reading to provide context and key points for discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415880282

Key Settlements in Rural Areas (Routledge Revivals) The problems of providing essential services in a constrained economic climate and of conserving the rural environment whilst protecting rural people are of immediate importance. This book first published in 1979 was the first major piece of published research on the topic of rural settlement planning. It examines in detail the history and theory behind key settlement policies and their practical application within the British rural planning system. Using Warwickshire and Devon as two very different case studies Paul Cloke measures the outcome of settlement planning and discusses the wider implications of the ‘concentration-dispersal’ debate. This reissue will provide essential background for students of rural and social geography and rural sociology and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714556

Key Technologies in Polymer Chemistry With contributions from experts from both the industry and academia this book presents the latest developments in polymer products and chemical processes. It incorporates appropriate case studies explanatory notes and schematics for more clarity and better understanding. This new book: • Features a collection of articles that highlight some important areas of current interest in polymer products and chemical processes • Gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state of the art of polymer chemistry • Familiarizes readers with new aspects of the techniques used in the examination of polymers including chemical physicochemical and purely physical methods of examination • Describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities limitations and applications • Provides a balance between materials science and mechanics aspects basic and applied research and high-technology and high-volume (low-cost) composite development Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880244

Key Terms and Concepts for InvestigationA Reference for Criminal Private and Military Investigators Key Terms and Concepts for Investigation provides students and practitioners with a compilation of concise accurate articles on major topics pertaining to criminal private and military investigations. Each entry in this reference features a definition and then describes its function in investigation including best practices and job characteristics. From financial crimes digital forensics and crime scene investigation to fraud DNA and workplace violence this compilation helps students master investigation and offers seasoned investigators a resource to further their knowledge of recent developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323296120

Key Themes in Public Health ‘The growth of public health courses aimed at undergraduates has created a new need for textbooks that are appropriate and stimulating. Miranda Thurston has succeeded in producing something which strikes the right note. It is wide ranging in scope without being superficial and is accessible to the young learner. It is a sort of 'Wiki'. Just what the aspiring public health practitioner ordered.’ – Professor John R. Ashton C.B.E. President of the UK Faculty of Public Health. Key Themes in Public Health comprises a series of introductory essays exploring key themes and concepts in public health. Ranging from political and economic concern with improving population health and reducing health inequalities to debates about how to protect populations from new health threats as well as a concern with individual responsibility for lifestyles and behaviour the themes discussed include: determinants of health globalisation evidence climate change ethics development poverty risk and population. Presenting provocative ways of thinking about key ideas in a concise fashion each essay provides a basic grounding in the relevant theme as well as a departure point for further study by: Defining the theme in an accessible way Placing each idea in its particular social political economic and historical context Illustrating its application and significance for public health Identifying and exploring issues surrounding each of the themes This text provides an accessible overview for students new to public health who want to get to grips with the full range and complexity of this diverse and multidisciplinary field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673822

Key Themes in Social Policy Key Themes in Social Policy provides an accessible and authoritative introduction to the key concepts used in social policy from autonomy to wellbeing. With over 100 ideas discussed this is a comprehensive student guide and is designed to help readers to gain a deeper understanding of major debates and issues. Each entry: explains the origin of the word discusses its relationship to the social sciences describes its relevance to social policy and how widespread its use is outlines some of the key thinkers and research on the topic and gives suggestions for further reading. Making it easy to understand and use the most important ideas in the area this is an essential companion for all students taking social policy courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520973

Key Theological ThinkersFrom Modern to Postmodern The 20th and 21st Centuries have been characterized by theologians and philosophers rethinking theology and revitalizing the tradition. This unique anthology presents contributions from leading contemporary theologians - including Rowan Williams Fergus Kerr Aidan Nichols G.R. Evans and Tracey Rowland - who offer portraits of over fifty key theological thinkers in the modern and postmodern era. Distinguished by its broad ecumenical perspective this anthology spans arguably one of the most creative periods in the history of Christian theology and includes thinkers from all three Christian traditions: Protestant Catholic and Orthodox. Each individual portrait in this anthology includes a biographical introduction an overview of theological or philosophical writing presentation of key thoughts and contextual placing of the thinker within 20th Century religious discourse. Overview articles explore postmodern theology radical orthodoxy ecumenical theology feminist theology and liberation theology. A final section includes portraits of important thinkers who have influenced Christian thought from other fields not least from Continental philosophy and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409437635

Key Thinkers Past and Present (RLE Social Theory) This volume provides a fascinating perspective on the social sciences through its examination of the leading proponents their ideas and careers. It includes useful suggestions for further reading. All the great names in the history of the subject are here – Freud Marx Weber Adam Smith and so on – along with many less prominent but nevertheless important thinkers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974012

Key Thinkers in Individual DifferencesIdeas on Personality and Intelligence Key Thinkers in Individual Differences introduces the life work and thought of 25 of the most influential figures who have shaped and developed the measurement of intelligence and personality. Expanding on from a résumé of academic events this book makes sense of these psychologists by bringing together not only their ideas but the social experiences loves and losses that moulded them. By adapting a chronological approach Forsythe presents the history and context behind these thinkers ranging from the buffoonery and sheer genius of Charles Galton the theatre of Hans Eysenck and John Phillipe Rushton to the much-maligned and overlooked work of women such as Isabel Myers Katherine Briggs and Karen Horney. Exploring all through a phenomenological lens the background interconnections controversies and conversations of these thinkers are uncovered. This informative guide is essential reading to anyone who studies works in or is simply captivated by the field of individual differences personality and intelligence. An invaluable resource for all students of individual differences and the history of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494213

Key Thinkers in Neuroscience Key Thinkers in Neuroscience provides insight into the life and work of some of the most significant minds that have shaped the field. Studies of the human brain have been varied and complex and there have been many pioneers who have broken new ground in neuroscience research. Adopting a chronological and multi-disciplinary approach to each Key Thinker the book highlights their extraordinary contributions to neuroscience. Beginning with Santiago Ramón y Cajal and finishing with Patricia Churchland and Paul Churchland this book provides a comprehensive look at the new ideas and discoveries that have shaped neuroscientific research and practice and the people that have been invaluable to this field. This book will be an indispensable companion for all students of neuroscience and the history of psychology as well as anyone interested in how we have built our knowledge of the brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576131

Key Thinkers on Development Since its publication in 2006 as Fifty Key Thinkers on Development this invaluable reference has established itself as the leading biographical handbook in its field providing a concise and accessible introduction to the lives and key contributions of development thinkers from across the ideological and disciplinary spectrum. This substantially expanded and fully updated second edition in the relaunched series without the numerical constraint includes an additional 24 essays filling in many gaps in the original selection greatly improving the gender balance and diversifying coverage to reflect the evolving landscape of development in theory policy and practice. It presents a unique guide to the lives ideas and practices of leading contributors to the contested terrain of development studies and development policy and practice. Its thoughtful essays reflect the diversity of development in theory policy and practice across time space disciplines and communities of practice. Accordingly it challenges Western-centrism Orientalism and the like while also demonstrating the enduring appeal of "development" in different guises. David Simon has assembled a highly authoritative team of contributors from different backgrounds regional settings and disciplines to reflect on the lives and contributions of leading authorities on development from around the world. These include: Modernisers like Kindleberger Perroux and Rostow Dependencistas such as Frank Furtado Cardoso and Amin Progressives and critical modernists like Hirschman Prebisch Helleiner Sen Streeten and Wang Political leaders enunciating radical alternative visions of development such as Mao Nkrumah and Nyerere Progenitors of religiously or spiritually inspired development such as Gandhi Ariyaratne and Vivekananda Development–environment thinkers like Agarwal Blaikie Brookfield Ostrom and Sachs International institution builders like Singer Hammarsköld Kaul and Ul Haq Anti- and post-development thinkers and activists like Escobar Ghosh Quijano and Roy Key Thinkers on Development is therefore the essential handbook on the world’s most influential development thinkers and an invaluable guide for students of development and sustainability policy-makers and practitioners seeking an accessible overview of this diverse field and its leading voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494329

Key Thinkers on the Environment Key Thinkers on the Environment is a unique guide to environmental thinking through the ages. Joy A. Palmer Cooper and David E. Cooper themselves distinguished authors on environmental matters have assembled a team of expert contributors to summarize and analyse the thinking of diverse and stimulating figures from around the world and from ancient times to the present day. Among those included are: philosophers such as Rousseau Kant Spinoza and Heidegger activists such as Chico Mendes and Wangari Maathai literary giants such as Virgil Goethe and Wordsworth major religious and spiritual figures such as Buddha and St Francis of Assissi eminent scientists such as Darwin Lovelock and E.O. Wilson. Lucid scholarly and informative the essays contained within this volume offer a fascinating overview of humankind’s view and understanding of the natural world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684737

Key to Exercises in Logic and Scientific Method Originally published in 1926 this book was written in the first instance for the benefit of those students of Logic and Scientific Method who receive insufficient or no help in the way of oral instruction. The main function of the following pages is to deal with the exercises as distinguished from the book-questions. It includes chapters on the scope of logic theory of judgment and immediate inference and theory of induction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182601

Key to Latin Hexameter VerseAn Aid to Composition Originally published in 1903. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142124

Key Tools and Techniques in Management and Leadership of the Allied Health Professions The Allied Health Professions - Essential Guides series is unique in providing advice on management leadership and development for those in the Allied Health Professions (AHP). This highly practical volume offers a wide range of assessment tools and techniques in such critical areas as management quality organisational and management structure benchmarking capacity and demand management care pathway design activity analysis report writing and presentation skills. The layout is conducive to easy comprehension; tables figures and boxed text aid quick reference and everyday application and many of the resources are also provided on a complimentary CD. With contributions from internationally renowned professionals Key tools and techniques in management and leadership of the allied health professions provides tools that will be vital to all allied health professionals interested in providing timely efficient and cost-effective care for their patients. These will include AHP managers and aspiring managers senior clinicians extended scope practitioners clinical specialists AHP educators researchers staff and students. 'The NHS is facing the greatest period of challenge in its history. The key to success is leadership. Allied Health Professionals will be a central part of this leadership response. In this work Robert and Fiona continue their series supporting Allied Health Professionals in that leadership journey. It is an important contribution to this critical effort.' From the Foreword by Jim Easton Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195327

Key Topics in Critical Care Second Edition High quality critical care medicine is a crucial component of advanced health care. Completely revised and updated Key Topics in Critical Care Second Edition provides a broad knowledge base in the major areas of critical care enabling readers to rapidly acquire an understanding of the principles and practice of this area of modern clinical medicine.Expanded to include the latest hot topics the new edition puts an increased emphasis on recent reviews and contains added references to key landmark papers. Using the trademark Key Topics style each topic has been written by an expert in the field and includes a succinct overview of the subject with references to current publications for further reading. The book provides a framework for candidates of postgraduate medical examinations such as FRCS MRCP and FRCA and a reference that can be consulted in emergency situations. New topics include: Critical illness polyneuromyopathyEnd of life careInotropes and vasopressorsMedical emergency team (outreach critical care)Status epilepticusVenous thromboembolism Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393823

Key Topics in Healthcare ManagementUnderstanding the Big Picture Information is a key resource to primary health care and is increasingly required in individual practices. This book will demystify the subject which is often presented in complex terms. It sets out in a simple and interesting way what information those working in primary care will need the systems required to deliver them and how to set them up. Information and IT for Primary Care uses exercises stories key points case studies model answers and think boxes. Worldwide web links refers the reader to resources and shows how to get the most out of your computer. The book is user-friendly jargon free and based on primary research evidence. It is essential reading for everyone working in primary care organisations including GPs practice managers and nurses and staff working in community trusts and the NHS. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377452

Key Transitions in Animal Evolution Tackling one of the most difficult and delicate of the evolutionary questions this challenging book summarizes the more recent results in phylogenetics and developmental biology that address the evolution of key innovations in metazoans. Divided into three sections the first considers the phylogenetic issues involving this area of the tree of life and the elucidation of those relationships that continue to trouble taxonomists. The second section considers the developmental biology of metazoan evolution including the development of the nervous system sensory organs and physiological maturation. Part three focuses on the evolution of pattern and process in the Metazoa. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383190

Key Variables in Social Investigation Key Variables in Social Investigation encourages sociologists and other social scientists to think about the conceptual and empirical problems of using and evaluating key variables in social research. The book contains reviews of ten major variables: age; gender; race and ethnicity; health and illness; education; social class and occupation; work employment and unemployment and unemployment; leisure; politics; and voluntary ways in which concepts can be specified and translated into variables and indicators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347033

Keyboard Music Before 1700 Keyboard Music Before 1700 begins with an overview of the development of keyboard music in Europe.  Then individual chapters by noted authorities in the field cover the key composers and repertory before 1700 in England France Germany and the Netherlands Italy and Spain and Portugal. The book concludes with a chapter on performance practice which addresses current issues in the interpretation and revival of this music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134010

Keyboard Skills for Music Educators: Score Reading Keyboard Skills for Music Educators: Score Reading is the first textbook equip future educators with the ability to play from an open score at the keyboard. Score reading can be a daunting prospect for even the most accomplished pianist but it is a skill required of all choral and instrumental music instructors. Although most music education curricula include requirements to achieve a certain level of proficiency in open score reading standard textbooks contain very little material devoted to developing this skill. This textbook provides a gradual and graded approach progressing from two-part reading to four or more parts in a variety of clefs. Each chapter focuses on one grouping of voices and provides many musical examples from a broad sampling of choral and instrumental repertoire ranging from Renaissance to contemporary works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888981

Keynes Beveridge and Beyond Presenting a coherent interpretation of the development of economic and social policy in Britain since 1945 this book analyses the political assumptions underlying post-war economic policy. It traces these assumptions through the classic texts of Keynes and Beveridge the architects of limited non-socialist state intervention to secure the welfare state and full employment. Topics covered include:* 'Private saving' versus company pensions* The level and composition of employment in Britain Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016962

Keynes Post-Keynesianism and Political EconomyEssays in Honour of Geoff Harcourt Volume III Geoff Harcourt has had a major impact on the field of Post-Keynesian economics not only in his research but also in his teaching. Many of Harcourts students have gone on to make valuable contributions in this field. This volume brings together contributions from thirty such former students now established in academic institutions around the world. Their contributions focus on themes important to Harcourts work touching upon: · history of political economy · methodology · economic theory · applied analysis This work is a valuable addition to the literature of political economy and a fitting tribute to a leading economist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865839

Keynes Sraffa and the Criticism of Neoclassical TheoryEssays in Honour of Heinz Kurz Heinz Kurz is recognised internationally as a leading economic theorist and a foremost historian of economic thought. This book pays tribute to his outstanding contributions on the occasion of his 65th birthday by bringing together a unique collection of new essays by distinguished economists from around the world. Keynes Sraffa and the Criticism of Neoclassical Theory comprises twenty-three essays covering themes in Keynesian economic theory in the development of the modern classical approach to economic theory linear production models and the critique of neoclassical theory. The essays in this book will be an invaluable source of inspiration for economists interested in economic theory and in the evolution of economic thought. They will also be of interest to postgraduate and research students specialising in economic theory and in the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231467

Keynes Against CapitalismHis Economic Case for Liberal Socialism Keynes is one of the most important and influential economists who ever lived. It is almost universally believed that Keynes wrote his magnum opus The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money to save capitalism from the socialist communist and fascist forces that were rising up during the Great Depression era. This book argues that this was not the case with respect to socialism. Tracing the evolution of Keynes’s views on policy from WWI until his death in 1946 Crotty argues that virtually all post-WWII "Keynesian" economists misinterpreted crucial parts of Keynes’s economic theory misunderstood many of his policy views and failed to realize that his overarching political objective was not to save British capitalism but rather to replace it with Liberal Socialism. This book shows how Keynes’s Liberal Socialism began to take shape in his mind in the mid-1920s evolved into a more concrete institutional form over the next decade or so and was laid out in detail in his work on postwar economic planning at Britain’s Treasury during WWII. Finally it explains how The General Theory provided the rigorous economic theoretical foundation needed to support his case against capitalism in support of Liberal Socialism. Offering an original and highly informative exposition of Keynes’s work this book should be of great interest to teachers and students of economics. It should also appeal to a general audience interested in the role the most important economist of the 20th century played in developing the case against capitalism and in support of Liberal Socialism. Keynes Against Capitalism is especially relevant in the context of today’s global economic and political crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138612846

Keynes and Friedman on Laissez-Faire and Planning‘Where to draw the line?’ The 2008 crisis has revived debates on the relevance of laissez-faire and thus on the role of the State in a modern economy. This volume offers a new exploration of the writings of Keynes and Friedman on this topic highlighting not only the clear points of opposition between them but also the places in which their concerns where shared. This volume argues that the parallel currently made with the 1929 financial crisis and the way the latter turned into the Great Depression sheds new light on the proper economic policy to be conducted in both the short- and the long-run in a monetary economy. In light of the recent revival in appreciation for Keynes’ ideas Rivot investigates what both Keynes and Friedman had to say on key issues including their respective interpretations of both the 1929 crisis and the Great Depression their advocacy of the proper employment policy and the theoretical underpinnings of the latter. The book asks which lessons should be learnt from the Thirties? And what is the relevance of Keynes’ and Friedman’s respective pleas for today? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901414

Keynes and his ContemporariesTradition and Enterprise in the Cambridge School of Economics This book examines how the Cambridge School economists such as J. M. Keynes constructed revolutionary theories and advocated drastic policies based on their ideals for social organizations and their personal characteristics. Although vast numbers of studies on Marshall Keynes and Marshallians have been published there have been very few studies on the ‘Keynesian Revolution’ or Keynes’s relevance to the modern world from archival and intellectual viewpoints which focus on Keynes as a member of the Cambridge School. This book approaches Keynes from three directions: person time and perspective. The book provides a better understanding of how Keynes struggled with problems of his time and it also offers valuable lessons on how to survive fluctuating global capitalism today. It focuses on eight key economists as a group in ‘a public sphere’ rather than as a school (a unified theoretical denominator) and clarifies their visions and the widespread beliefs at the time by investigating their common motivations lifestyles values and habits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055438

Keynes and Modern Economics It is a little over seventy years since John Maynard Keynes produced his magnum opus The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money. Keynes' staggering achievement has been to remain relevant to economics and other disciplines even today and this book reflects that with an examination on his influence on modern economics. Leading economists from a variety of backgrounds including Ed Nell and Heinz Kurz have joined forces in this volume with internationally respected Japanese scholars to produce a strong collection of contributions to the debate on Keynes' monumental legacy. This book will be vital reading for historians of economic thought economic methodologists as well as those economists with an interest in the overall development of their discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231429

Keynes and the British Humanist TraditionThe Moral Purpose of the Market Well-connected in academia business and government John Maynard Keynes was one of the most influential economic theorists of the twentieth century. It appears that his theories will be just as important for the twenty-first. As Keynes himself explained his ideas throughout his life were influenced by the moral philosophy he learned as an undergraduate. Nevertheless the meaning and significance for Keynes of this early philosophy have remained largely unexplored. Keynes and the British Humanist Tradition offers an interpretation of Keynes’s early philosophy and its implications for his later thought. It approaches that philosophy from the perspective of the nineteenth century intellectual context out of which it emerged. The book argues that roots of Keynes’s early beliefs are to be found in the traditions of the Apostles the very famous secret society to which he and most of his teachers belonged. The principles of Keynes’s philosophy can be seen in such writers as John Stuart Mill and Henry Sidgwick but the underlying ideas have been obscured by changing fashions in philosophy and thus require excavation and reconstruction. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in the history of economics in particular the thought of John Maynard Keynes especially his ethics politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746519

Keynes and the 'Classics'A Study in Language Epistemology and Mistaken Identities Is there a language which is adequate to describe our own economy? In this volume Michel Verdon undertakes a path-breaking analysis of the three major paradigms in economics: Marxian economics neo-classical economics and Keynesian economics. Each of these he argues has an inherent cosmology and in the case of both Marxian and neo-classical economics these preclude the development of a language which can accurately describe and analyse an economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006942

Keynes and The General Theory Revisited Every time the economy goes through a period of crisis Keynes’ name is called upon by economists and politicians from diverse backgrounds. However 70 years after the publication of The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money specialists are still far—maybe everyday further—from reaching agreement about the genuine contents of Keynes’ most important work. This controversy has been marked by a paradoxical turn: it is above all the literature about Keynes which in the last decades has imposed the terms of the debate while The General Theory lacks readers. Accused by both its detractors and admirers of being a confusing book that is inconsistent and even plagued with logical errors the most important contribution of the most influential economist of the 20th century has been condemned to be forgotten or at best to live uncomfortably in the voices of those who have spoken on his behalf. This book is the result of rigorous critical research which reconstructs the spectrum of discussion surrounding Keynes’ main work. The book begins by describing the historical background and the state of the pre-Keynesian economic theory subsequently immersing the reader in a concise but detailed—as well as innovative— interpretation of the original text. The revision of some of the main interpretative currents prepares the field for the book’s ultimate contribution: the identification of the fundamentals that sustain the analytical structure of The General Theory. At the same time this exploration of the theoretical fundamentals of The General Theory makes this book an original intervention on the genesis and relevance of the divide between micro and macroeconomics—a division that has been fully accepted by contemporary macro theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884611

Keynes and the Neoclassical SynthesisEinsteinian versus Newtonian Macroeconomics This remarkable volume provides a critical assessment of Neoclassical Synthesis long regarded as the standard interpretation of Keynes. Taking issue with this orthodoxy the author offers a unique interpretation of the foundation of modern macroeconomics arguing that the subject derives from the conflict between two research programmes inspired by different paradigms in physics: the Newtonian programme of Hicks and the Einsteinian approach of Keynes. Original and provocative in its reflections Keynes and the Neoclassical Synthesis not only offers a fresh interpretation of Keynes but makes an important contribution to debates within post-Keynesian economics. It will thus be of interest to all those interested in Keynes' place in the history of economic thought and macroeconomic methodology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007178

Keynes' General Theory of InterestA Reconsideration In Keynes' General Theory of Interest Fiona Maclachlan rehabilitates the largely discredited liquidity preference theory of interest providing an original and rigorously reasoned restatement of the theory. Her provocative book draws on the methodological tenets of the Austrian school and is grounded firmly both in the history of economic thought and in real world economic institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862196

Keynes on Monetary Policy Finance and UncertaintyLiquidity Preference Theory and the Global Financial Crisis This book provides a reassessment of Keynes’ theory of liquidity preference. It argues that the failure of the Keynesian revolution to be made in either theory or practice owes importantly to the fact that the role of liquidity preference theory as a pivotal element in Keynes’ General Theory has remained underexplored and indeed widely misunderstood even among Keynes’ followers and until today. The book elaborates on and extends Keynes’ conceptual framework moving it from the closed economy to the global economy context and applies liquidity preference theory to current events and prominent hypotheses in global finance. Jörg Bibow presents Keynes’ liquidity preference theory as a distinctive and highly relevant approach to monetary theory offering a conceptual framework of general applicability for explaining the role and functioning of the financial system. He argues that in a dynamic context liquidity preference theory may best be understood as a theory of financial intermediation. Through applications to current events and prominent hypotheses in global finance this book underlines the richness continued relevance and superiority of Keynes’ theory of liquidity preference; with Hyman Minsky standing out for developing Keynes’ vision of financial capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616478

Keynesian Economics Keynesian Economics provides a wide-ranging critical examination of the presuppositions and procedures of Keynesian analysis. The result is both a clear guide to modern macro-economic theory and policy and a revealing exercise in the recent history of ideas - ideas which are highly contentious and still deeply influential."(Alan) Coddington made several substantive contributions to the understanding of Keynesian economics which established his fame not merely in the UK but in major centres of economics around the world." The Times Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016788

Keynesianism vs. MonetarismAnd other essays in financial history This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415612920

Keynes's Economic Consequences of the PeaceA Reappraisal Published just months after the Versailles Treaty was signed The Economic Consequences of the Peace is a devastating critique of allied leaders and the reparations imposed on Germany and Austria in the aftermath of WWI. These essays assess the importance of Keynes’s book both historically and in its relevance for the challenges we face today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934559

Keynes's Theoretical DevelopmentFrom the Tract to the General Theory Comprehensive and authoritative this book written by a recognized authority on the subject explores the contributions to modern economics by John Maynard Keynes and addresses neglected yet crucial aspects of the genesis of Keynesian economics. In this book the author elucidates Keynes’ development as an economic theoretician through an examination of his books articles various manuscripts lecture notes and controversial correspondence. Departing from a narrative account and analyzing processes of theory-building and re-building which constitute Keynes’s intellectual journey from the Tract to the General Theory this volume shows Keynes’ theoretical development as a theoretical hypothesis. An excellent exposition of Keynes’ contribution this is a valuable addition to the bookshelves of all to students and researchers interested in Keynes and more widely the history of economic thought and macroeconomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748544

Keys to Successful ImmigrationImplications of the New Jersey Experience Published in 1997. The Urban Institute has been studying immigration for almost a decade and a half. In recent years the Institute’s focus has widened to include immigration integration. Unlike immigration policy which is a federal responsibility policies regarding immigrant integration have been left in the hands of states and localities and vary widely by region. This book focuses on the 1980-1990 experience of a high-immigrant state whose immigrant population matches the race and ethnic composition of the US population as a whole more closely than any other state. 'New Jersey’s experience with immigration is not necessarily typical of outcomes in other high-immigration states but it may be replicable on a broader scale. As a new century approaches and as debate over immigration legislation reaches a fever pitch it is important to analyze in the fashion of this volume instances of successful immigration that can serve as examples for other states the United States as a whole and other nations...' (Thomas Espenshade). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321731

Keys to the DramaNine Perspectives on Sonata Forms Sonata form is fundamentally a dramatic structure that creates manipulates and ultimately satisfies expectation. It engages its audience by inviting prediction association and interpretation. That sonata form was the chief vehicle of dramatic instrumental music for nearly 200 years is due to the power the universality and the tonal and stylistic adaptability of its conception. This book presents nine studies whose central focus is sonata form. Their diversity attests both to the manifold analytical approaches to which the form responds and to the vast range of musical possibility within the form's exemplars. At the same time common compositional issues analytical methods and overarching perspectives on the essential nature of the form weave their way through the volume. Several of the essays approach the musical structure directly as drama casting the work as an expression of its composer's engagement with an idea or principle that is dynamic and at times intensely difficult. Others concentrate their attention on a composer's use of "motive " which typically takes the form of a simple melodic span that shapes the musical architecture through an interdependent series of structural levels. Integrating these motivic threads within the musical fabric often warrants departures from formal norms in other areas. Analyses that seek to understand works with anomalous formal qualities-whether engendered by a motivic component or not-have a prominent place in the volume. Among these accounts of idiosyncratic tonal discourse that threatens to undermine the unfolding of form-defining qualities or events are central. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249806

Keywords in Language and Literacy Just what is Standard English? Is it correct English? Should grammar be taught?The answers to such questions invariably provoke controversy. In this handy A to Z guide to language and literacy Ronald Carter unpicks the meaning of key terms like `proper English' `real books' `text' and `discourse' and the ways in which concepts are used - and abused - by teachers politicians linguists journalists and employers.Each concise definition is cross-referenced and supported by extensive examples and by references to further reading. Designed as a dictionary but possessing an encyclopedic range Keywords in Language and Literacy provides an invaluable guide to the debates surrounding language and literacy. An indispensible book for all teachers and students of language and education and anyone interested in the place of language in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423442

Keywords in Queer Sinophone Studies This volume showcases a vibrant wave of scholarship that explores the intersection of queer theory and Sinophone studies consolidating an interdisciplinary framework for furthering transnational research into non-conforming genders sexualities and bodies. Engaging with contemporary debates and controversies Keywords in Queer Sinophone Studies presents a definitive collection of original contributions which are both theoretically and empirically grounded and cross-disciplinary in nature. Individual chapters offer an in-depth study of new empirical data and case studies covering keywords such as transpacific viscerality fandom postcoloniality ethnicity and activism. Imagining new conversations across several fields including literature film communication ethnic studies anthropology history sociology and politics this book will appeal to students and scholars of Queer Studies and Asian culture literature and film as well as gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226039

Keywords in Remix Studies Keywords in Remix Studies consists of twenty-four chapters authored by researchers who share interests in remix studies and remix culture throughout the arts and humanities. The essays reflect on the critical historical and theoretical lineage of remix to the technological production that makes contemporary forms of communication and creativity possible. Remix enjoys international attention as it continues to become a paradigm of reference across many disciplines due in part to its interdisciplinary nature as an unexpectedly fragmented approach and method useful in various fields to expand specific research interests. The focus on a specific keyword for each essay enables contributors to expose culture and society’s inconclusive relation with the creative process and questions assumptions about authorship plagiarism and originality. Keywords in Remix Studies is a resource for scholars including researchers practitioners lecturers and students interested in some or all aspects of remix studies. It can be a reference manual and introductory resource as well as a teaching tool across the humanities and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699649

Keywords in Western Literary Criticism and Contemporary ChinaVolume 1 Since the reform and opening up of China in 1978 Western literary criticism has begun to flourish and gain in popularity within the country’s academic literature community. These two volumes meticulously select and examine nine of the most influential keywords from Western literary theory while identifying the intricate historical sources of these terms and analyzing their relevance to other disciplines and ideas. The result shows how these words function as heterogeneous cultural contexts in the complexity of experience but also how they function within the context of Chinese culture as well as Chinese literature and criticism. In this volume the editors focus on discourse text narrative literariness and irony from the perspectives of etymology documentation meanings and other core factors. Students of literature and languages and especially Chinese literature will benefit from this two-volume set. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329553

Keywords in Western Literary Criticism and Contemporary ChinaVolume 2 Since the reform and opening up of China in 1978 Western literary criticism has begun to flourish and gain in popularity within the country’s academic literature community. These two volumes meticulously select and examine nine of the most influential keywords from Western literary theory while identifying the intricate historical sources of these terms and analyzing their relevance to other disciplines and ideas. The result shows how these words function as heterogeneous cultural contexts in the complexity of experience but also how they function within the context of Chinese culture as well as Chinese literature and criticism. In this volume the editors focus on metaphor the other ideology and the body from the perspectives of etymology documentation meanings and other core factors. Students of literature and languages and especially Chinese literature will benefit from this two-volume set. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367490911

Keywords in Youth StudiesTracing Affects Movements Knowledges With recent attention to issues such as youth social exclusion poverty school underachievement school violence gang activity sexuality and youth’s interactions with media and the internet youth studies has emerged as a significant interdisciplinary field. It has moved beyond its roots in subcultural studies to encompass a diverse array of disciplines subfields and theoretical orientations. Yet no volume exists that systematically presents and puts into dialogue the field’s areas of focus and approaches to research. As a unique blend of reference guide conceptual dictionary and critical assessment Keywords in Youth Studies presents and historicizes the "state of the field." It offers theoretically-informed analysis of key concepts and points to possibilities for youth studies’ reconstruction. Contributors include internationally-renowned field experts who trace the origins movements and uses and meanings of "keywords" such as resistance youth violence surveillance and more. The blending of section essays with focused keywords offers beginning and advanced readers multiple points of entry into the text and connections across concepts. A must-read for graduate students faculty and researchers across a range of disciplines this extraordinary new book promotes new interdisciplinary approaches to youth research and advocacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874120

KGB LexiconThe Soviet Intelligence Officers Handbook In this volume Mitrokhin presents two dictionaries produced by the KGB itself to define their activities in both offensive and defensive intelligence work. The translated documents tell the story of the KGB's methods and targets and should interest the general public as well as the specialist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045787

Khedive Ismail's Army Khedive Ismail's Army examines military failure in the age of imperialism. On paper the mid-nineteenth century Egyptian army seems a formidable regional power. It had a tradition of success modern weapons and mercenary officers with experience in major wars. Egypt's ruler Khedive Ismail hoped to combine the imported technology and brains with native manpower and establish an Egyptian dominated Horn of Africa. His soldiers did conquer parts of the Sudan but they suffered disastrous defeats during the Egyptian Abyssinian War of 1875 to 1876.Presenting the first detailed examination of the Egyptian Abyssinian War in English this new book also looks at the root problems that made Ismail's soldiers ineffective. These include issues of class racism internal and external politics finance and the rapidly changing world of mid-Nineteenth Century military technology. This book is aimed at military historians and will be of interest to those studying the Middle East or North East Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415645959

Khizr Tiwana the Punjab Unionist Party and the Partition of India First biography of Khizr Tiwana the Unionist Premier of the Punjab during the climacteric period 1942-47. The Punjab formed the heartland of a future Pakistan hence the subcontinent's destiny rested on the clash between Khizr and Jinnah over the region's unity vs Muslim separatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992900

Khrushchev and Brezhnev as Leaders (Routledge Revivals)Building Authority in Soviet Politics First published in 1982 this book explores how Khrushchev and Brezhnev manipulated their policies and personal images as they attempted to consolidate their authority as leader. Central issues of Soviet domestic politics are examined: investment priorities incentive policy administrative reform and political participation. The author rejects the conventional images of Khrushchev as an embattled consumer advocate and decentraliser and of Brezhnev’s leadership as dull and conservative. He looks at how they dealt with the task of devising programs that combined the post-Stalin elite’s goals of consumer satisfaction and expanded political participation with traditional Soviet values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686700

Khrushchev in the KremlinPolicy and Government in the Soviet Union 1953–64 This book presents a new picture of the politics economics and process of government in the Soviet Union under the leadership of Nikita Khrushchev. Based in large part on original research in recently declassified archive collections the book examines the full complexity of government including formal and informal political relationships; economic reforms and nationality relations in the national republics of the USSR; the treatment of political dissent; economic progress through technological innovation; relations with the Eastern bloc; corruption and deceit in the economy; and the reform of the railways and construction sectors. The book re-evaluates the Khrushchev era as one which represented a significant departure from the Stalin years introducing a number of policy changes that only came to fruition later whilst still suffering from many of the limitations imposed by the Stalinist system. Unlike many other studies which consider the subject from the perspective of the Cold War and superpower relations this book provides an overview of the internal development of the Soviet Union in this period locating it in the broader context of Soviet history. This is the companion volume to the Jeremy Smith and Melanie Ilic’s previous edited collection Soviet State and Society under Nikita Khrushchev (Routledge 2009). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838160

K�12 Education as a Hermeneutic Adventurous EndeavorToward an Educational Way of Thinking Considering the role of compulsory mass education and schooling in a democratic society this book introduces an alternative vision for K-12 education as an "adventurous endeavour." Grounded in a strong theoretical framework Yosef-Hassidim reveals the negative impact of instrumentalization of schools: when education is considered a social and political instrument it serves dominant social forces’ interests rather than students’ or humanity as a whole. Offering conceptual and pragmatic frameworks to limit political influence on schooling the author proposes a new hermeneutical structure that restores education’s agency and separates it from external social forces and provides the foundation for regarding K-12 education as a sovereign social sphere in its own right. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889357

Kick Down the Door of ComplacencySeize the Power of Continuous Improvement Kick Down the Door of Complacency provides a new solution to an old problem: how to persuade and teach managers to enact Continuous Improvement.The book is a story of a CEO who persuades his direct reports that having Continuous Improvement is vital and then leads and teaches them exactly how to do a basic method for the next 24 months.
Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332807

Kick Start Your CareerSuccessful Strategies and Winning Techniques For new graduates the key challenge remains how to secure that first career-related job. Full of guidance and tips on how to handle the complex field of job hunting Kick Start Your Career can help navigate an ever-changing job market and secure your chance at your desired career. It is a valuable investment in your future. It advises the reader on how to: stand out in job applications; use social media for job searching; create resumes and cover letters that stand out; succeed at interviews. It provides a practical hands on step-by-step approach. With an integrated Personal Plan that helps create key job search documents it directs soon-to-be graduates towards achieving their career aspirations. Accompanying online resources include examples and templates which can be downloaded in Word format to help you prepare resumes and other job search documents. This book will help graduates progressively build up job-hunting resources – skills achievements resume cover letter and interview responses – and turn this into a practical outcome: a new job. It is a key companion to any student or recent graduate exploring the job market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067660

Kidnap for RansomResolving the Unthinkable The enormous sums paid for the release of hostages coupled with law enforcement’s inability to stem the tide has made kidnapping for ransom a worldwide plague. The increasing rate of reported incidents from every corner of the globe suggests this plague is growing. Kidnap for Ransom: Resolving the Unthinkable removes the veil of mystery and dispels some of the myths surrounding kidnapping. The book provides security professionals families and law enforcement personnel with the modern tools needed to understand and effectively respond to the crime of kidnapping.This volume traces the historical development of kidnapping for ransom and studies the behaviors of perpetrators victims and families. The author makes extensive use of case histories and includes comments and anecdotes from those who have actually suffered at the hands of kidnappers. Based on his vast experience managing these incidents the author provides an overview of the series of activities that represent the best opportunity for a successful resolution of a kidnap for ransom scenario. This tried and tested methodology for confronting kidnapping situations enables victims families and organizations to have a fighting chance.In addition the book examines how kidnappers operate and describes the methods they use to select target and abduct their victims. The work also details preventive measures that an individual can take to avoid becoming a victim and the strategies that one must apply to survive a kidnapping.This is the first book to examine the kidnap for ransom phenomenon and to reveal the process from the moment of the kidnapping until the victim’s safe return. The author’s experience as the principal consultant and manager in the successful resolution of numerous kidnapping and extortion incidents makes this book an invaluable tool for those charged with the responsibility of kidnap prevention as well as f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865009

Kidnappers in PhiladelphiaIsaac Hopper's Tales of Oppression 1780-1843 First published in 1994 Kidnappers in Philadelphia: Isaac Hopper's Tales of Oppression 1780-1843 collates Isaac Hoppers original tales. Complementing the original seventy-nine compiled narratives this expanded edition features "The Life of Cooper" and seven newly discovered slave narratives published by Isaac Hopper in the National Anti-Slavery Standard between June and September 1840. The original index of planter's names and a new comprehensive general index will help readers locate valuable historical information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109714

Kidnapping and AbductionMinimizing the Threat and Lessons in Survival Terrorist groups and organized crime cartels pose an increasing threat of kidnapping throughout many regions in the word. At the same time international travel has become more commonplace for both business and leisure purposes. Kidnapping and Abduction: Minimizing the Threat and Lessons in Survival provides a practical guide on the precautions travelers can take to avoid being kidnapped or derail a kidnapping attempt in progress. In the event this cannot be avoided the book supplies advice on how to ensure survival during captivity.Readers will learn:The basic elements of kidnapping and abductionThe motivations and mechanisms of kidnappersThe hotspots where kidnapping/hostage taking is prevalentVehicles best suited for avoidance of kidnap threat and proposals for up-armoring an existing vehicleHow to recognize immediate threats and precautions to be taken in assessing threat levelThe types of weapons most favored by kidnappers and their threat levelAvailable bullet-resistant materials and their use in stab- and bullet-resistant vestsResistance methodologies and weapons for self-defenseLegislation in various countries pertaining to the carrying of weaponsHow to survive long-term abduction if kidnappedHow to best assist the authorities once releasedEssential reading for anyone living doing business or traveling abroad or at sea this practical handbook reveals tactics that best enable those vulnerable to protect against an attack—or in the worse-case scenario increase their chances for survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869434

Kidney Diseases in the Developing World and Ethnic Minorities Compiled by an international team of nephrologists this reference covers a wide variety of clinical regional and research issues related to the epidemiology diagnosis and treatment of kidney disease in ethnic populations-exploring current prevention strategies treatment outcomes and education and training practices in Africa South America Asia as well as China India Pakistan and Russia. This reference also addresses specific issues pertinent to the renal healthcare of ethnic minorities in the United States Europe and Australia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454067

Kidney Disorders in Children and AdolescentsA Global Perspective of Clinical Practice A much-needed up-to-date guide to the clinical management of kidney disorders in children and adolescents this text presents the essentials of diagnosis and treatment in this important field with an indication of when referral to or consultation with the pediatric nephrologist is needed.With a team of international contributors who have had a significant global impact on the development of pediatric nephrology this user-friendly resource takes the findings of specialists to a much wider audience in training and in primary care. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391294

KidneyToxicological Assessment This book bridges the gap between advances in basic biology and chemistry and technological applications in the field of toxicity assessments. It describes areas of progress in the laboratory and clinic and discusses aspects of cellular organelles. It also covers the basic principles and applications of modern toxicological tools such as transcriptomic proteomic and metabolomic approaches. The recent developments on molecular modeling and systems biology are described with an eye on the future establishment of virtual cell technology. Finally the clinical implications for the understanding of acute and chronic renal toxicity are studied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466588110

Kids and ViolenceThe Invisible School Experience Implement prevention interventions and policies to curb the cycle of violence in our schools!Kids and Violence: The Invisible School Experience examines overt and covert violence occurring in the school setting involving students school personnel and school policy and highlights a level of violence that is often hidden ignored or subtly tolerated. This book provides the latest research findings on various issues of violence in our schools. It also shows what happens when the adults responsible for the well-being of our children are actually perpetrating violence staying silent about violence or upholding a system that supports a violent atmosphere.Kids and Violence is unique in its holistic and systemic approach of examining types of violence that are often overlooked or endorsed by school policies. The book includes 11 chapters focusing on issues such as bullying school personnel’s role in violence and prevention programs. The contributors are experts in their fields and include professors deans and directors of university social work schools. Kids and Violence presents the results of an exploratory study that examines self-identified bullies and addresses issues of immediate and vital importance including: bullying among students grades 3-8 in a rural school district observations by school personnel on bullying among elementary and middle school students corporal punishment as a cultural norm in the United States and its impact on discipline in our schools solution-focused crisis intervention with adolescents bullying of children and other abuses of power by school personnel adolescent dating violence in the school setting and much more!It is time to stop the harmful cycle of violence in our schools. This valuable resource serves as a call for immediate action showing social workers and policymakers how to provide leadership in researching developing and delivering empirically-based prevention interventions and policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050927

Kids' Club LettersNarrative Tools for Stimulating Process and Dialogue in Therapy Groups for Children and Adolescents Kids' Club Letters provides an innovative approach to group psychotherapy for school-aged children who experience a range of social and emotional problems. A narrative therapy approach is adapted taking the form of letters written by the therapist in the voice of a child who is asking for advice about interpersonal or emotional problems. The child in the letter is asking for guidance from the participants in the group. These letters were devised and written for the purpose of structuring responses in group psychotherapy allowing the participants to address relevant issues for them individually and at the group level. The children in the groups had previously experienced difficulty discussing these issues spontaneously. Hence the 'Dear Group' letter format was born. The children did not know that the therapist had written the letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145849

Kids Having KidsEconomic Costs and Social Consequences of Teen Pregnancy Published in 1997. Adolescent mothers are more likely to encounter a variety of economic and social ills than women who delay childbearing until they are adults. This work is a comprehensive examination of the extent to which these undesirable outcomes are attributable to teen pregnancy itself rather than to the wider environment in which most of the pregnancies and the subsequent child-rearing take place. It also examines the consequences of adolescent pregnancy for the fathers of children and even more importantly for the children themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321335

Kids Killing KidsManaging Violence and Gangs in Schools Littleton Colorado. Conyers Georgia. Pearl Mississippi. Jonesboro Arkansas. Springfield Oregon. In the aftermath of the latest incidences of school violence Kids Killing Kids: Managing Violence and Gangs in Schools tackles the tough questions: How do we find out which students are potentially violent? What do we do with them? Is there an epidemic of children whose psychological problems go undetected until they erupt in violence? Are the parents really responsible? Parents administrators fellow students the media: we all look for someone to blame. Kids who look or act different fall under suspicion. The cry goes out for more gun control less violence in television movies and video games. President Clinton calls a conference to address violence in the media.Add gangs to this mix and the situation becomes explosive. A factor in inner-city schools for years new evidence suggests that gangs are now recruiting new members from suburban schools. Violence from conflicts between rival gangs adds to the already volatile atmosphere in schools. While not all violence can be anticipated there is no substitute for being proactive. Kids Killing Kids: Managing Violence and Gangs in Schools serves as a guide for detection intervention and prevention - providing solutions for our schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430716

Kids on YouTubeTechnical Identities and Digital Literacies The mall is so old school—these days kids are hanging out on YouTube and depending on whom you ask they're either forging the digital frontier or frittering away their childhoods in anti-intellectual solipsism. Kids on YouTube cuts through the hype going behind the scenes to understand kids' everyday engagement with new media. Debunking the stereotype of the self-taught computer whiz new media scholar and filmmaker Patricia G. Lange describes the collaborative social networks kids use to negotiate identity and develop digital literacy on the 'Tube. Her long-term ethnographic studies also cover peer-based and family-driven video-making dynamics girl geeks civic engagement and representational ethics. This book makes key contributions to new media studies communication science and technology studies digital anthropology and informal education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329360

Kids' SlipsWhat Young Children's Slips of the Tongue Reveal About Language Development The study of speech errors or "slips of the tongue " is a time-honored methodology which serves as a window to the representation and processing of language and has proven to be the most reliable source of data for building theories of speech production planning. However until Kids' Slips there has never been a corpus of such errors from children with which to work. This is the first developmental linguistics research volume to document how online processing is revealed in young children ages 18 months through 5 years through their slips of the tongue. Thus this text provides a new methodology and data source which will greatly expand our ability to uncover the details of early language development. Professor Jaeger's groundbreaking book incorporates both details of her methodology and findings with implications for different aspects of language development including phonetics and phonology the lexicon semantics morphology and syntax. While all the child data is included in the book a Web site hosted by the author provides readers with the adult data as well. Kids' Slips targets those who study language development in linguistics developmental psychology and speech and hearing as well as those who study language representation and processing more generally in the same disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655316

Kierkegaard Aesthetics and SelfhoodThe Art of Subjectivity In the digital world Kierkegaard's thought is valuable in thinking about aesthetics as a component of human development both including but moving beyond the religious context as its primary center of meaning. Seeing human formation as interrelated with aesthetics makes art a vital dimension of human existence. Contributing to the debate about Kierkegaard's conception of the aesthetic Kierkegaard Aesthetics and Selfhood argues that Kierkegaard's primary concern is to provocatively explore how a self becomes Christian with aesthetics being a vital dimension for such self-formation. At a broader level Peder Jothen also focuses on the role authority and meaning of aesthetic expression within religious thought generally and Christianity in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546110

Kierkegaard Pietism and Holiness Søren Kierkegaard wrote that Pietism is 'the one and only consequence of Christianity'. Praise of this sort - particularly when coupled with Kierkegaard's significant personal connections to the movement in Christian spirituality known as Pietism - would seem to demand thorough investigation. And yet Kierkegaard's relation to Pietism has been largely neglected in the secondary literature. Kierkegaard Pietism and Holiness fills this scholarly gap and in doing so provides the first full-length study of Kierkegaard's relation to the Pietist movement. First accounting for Pietism's role in Kierkegaard's social ecclesial and intellectual background Barnett goes on to demonstrate Pietism's impact on Kierkegaard's published authorship principally regarding the relationship between Christian holiness and secular culture. This book not only establishes Pietism as a formative influence on Kierkegaard's life and thinking but also sheds fresh light on crucial Kierkegaardian concepts from the importance of 'upbuilding' to the imitation of Christ. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260993

Kierkegaard and LevinasThe Subjunctive Mood The Danish Christian existentialist Søren Kierkegaard (1813-1855) and the Jewish Lithuanian-born French interpreter of modern phenomenology Emmanuel Levinas (1906-1995) have enabled theology and philosophy to illuminate and confront one another in radical and important ways. This book addresses the theological and philosophical thought of both Kierkegaard and Levinas with a focus on the special form that exists in the grammar of many languages for cases of uncertainty possibility hypothesis and for expressions of hope: the subjunctive mood. As well as presenting arguments and observations about Kierkegaard and Levinas through an analysis of the subjunctive mood Patrick Sheil offers an interesting and accessible way into the thought of these two major European philosophers and he explores a wide range of Kierkegaardian and Levinasian texts throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263901

Kierkegaard and Modern Continental PhilosophyAn Introduction In Kierkegaard and Modern European Philosophy: An Introduction Michael Weston argues that despite being acknowledged as a precursor to Nietzsche and post-Nietzschean thinkers such as Heidegger and Derrida the radical nature of Kierkegaard's critique of philosophy has been missed. Weston examines and explains the metaphysical tradition as exemplified by Plato and Hegel and the post-metaphysical critiques of Nietzsche Heidegger and Derrida. He shows how Kierkegaard's ethical critique of philosophy undermines the former and escapes the latter. He considers another ethical critique of philosophy that of Levinas before identifying ethics as the non-philosophical site where philosophy can be criticised. Kierkegaard and Modern European Philosophy: An Introduction argues that by refusing to allow philosophy jurisdiction over ethics and religion Kieregaard's critique applies as much to modern continental thought as to the metaphysical thought it seeks to undermine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163102

Kierkegaard and the Rise of Modern Psychology This book investigates the Danish philosopher Soren Kierkegaard's (1813�1855) contributions to our understanding of psychology. In Kierkegaard's historical context psychology was challenged from both scientific and philosophical perspectives. Kierkegaard considered psychology a core discipline central to his understanding of metaphysics as well as theology.The first part examines Kierkegaard and experimental psychology focusing on Kierkegaard's work explicitly referring to psychology. The second part considers psychology in terms of the German Enlightenment including Kant's rejection of psychology as a science. The third part discusses how to understand Kierkegaard's psychology today calling attention to his continuing impact on modern psychology and modern science.Kierkegaard's conception of psychology remains relevant for any discussion of the role of today's psychology. In tracing psychology's evolution after Kant and Kierkegaard the author finds the discipline has followed two main paths. The dominant path follows Kant's ideals about science while the other much narrower trail has its origin in Kierkegaard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511415

Kierkegaard-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008790

Kierkegaard's Upbuilding DiscoursesPhilosophy Literature and Theology George Pattison provides a bold and innovative reassessment of Kierkegaard's neglected Eighteen Upbuilding Discourses and reading of his work as a whole. The first full length assessment of the discourses in English this volume will be essential reading for philosophers and theologians and anyone interested in Kierkegaard and the history of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868310

Kikuyu Women The Mau Mau Rebellion And Social Change In Kenya This book explores the issues of land labor and cultural nationalism of Kikuyu women; differences between women's actions and men's; and differences between loyalist and nationalist women from the beginning of the colonial period till the end of the Mau Mau rebellion in Kenya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163709

KikuyuSocial and Political Institutions Originally published in 1956 the main emphasis of the book is on the complex age-set organization which constitutes the framework within which the life of every Kikuyu is regulated from infancy to old age. The book shows how the political and territorial organization the judicial system and the administration of justice the training of leaders the structure and the control of social life are all integrated into the age-set system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595668

Kilimanjaro and Its PeopleA History of Wachagga their Laws Customs and Legends Together with Some First published in 1924 this account was written by a Senior Commissioner of the Tanganyika Territory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010895

Kill the CompanyEnd the Status Quo Start an Innovation Revolution In the ever-changing world of business we've arrived at a point where process has trumped culture where the race toward efficiency has left us unable to reach our potential. Stuck in the land of status quo we've forgotten how to think. The very structures put in place to help businesses grow are now holding us back;; it's time to Kill the Company. This book is a call to arms: to start a revolution in how we think and work. But instead of more one-size-fits-all change initiatives forced upon employees we need to embrace small changes that create ripple effects throughout the organization. Lisa Bodell urges companies to move from "Zombies Inc." to "Think Inc." Thinking can no longer be exclusive to the creative team or lead strategists. A culture of curiosity must be fostered among the ranks to shake up our standard practices from unproductive meetings to go-nowhere strategic planning. This revolution can and will awaken our ability to think and ultimately to innovate and grow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134020

Kill the MessengerThe War on Standardized Testing In response to public demand federal legislation now requires testing of most students in the United States in reading and mathematics in grades three through eight. Many educators parents and policymakers who have paid little attention to testing policy issues in the past need to have better information on the topic than has generally been available. Kill the Messenger now in paperback fills this gap.This is perhaps the most thorough and authoritative work in defense of educational testing ever written. Phelps points out that much research conducted by education insiders on the topic is based on ideological preference or profound self-interest. It is not surprising that they arrive at emphatically anti-testing conclusions. Much if not most of this hostile research is passed on to the public by journalists as if it were neutral objective and independent. Kill the Messenger explains and refutes many of the common criticisms of testing; describes testing opponents' strategies through case studies of Texas and the SAT; illustrates the profound media bias against testing; acknowledges testing's limitations and suggests how it can be improved; and finally outlines the consequences of losing the "war on standardized testing." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526730

Killer Camera Rigs That You Can BuildHow to Build Your Own Camera Cranes Car Mounts Stabilizers Dollies and More! Don't buy or rent your fillm equipment - build it! Construct professional-quality camera rigs on your own with this comprehensive step-by-step guide and stop wasting your money on overpriced equipment rentals and purchases! Dan Selakovich guides you through the creation of jibs dollies cranes car-mounts sandbags tripods and more. Features include: Build inexpensive but reliable and sturdy rigs-including cranes dollies stabilizers car-mounts and more; most for much less than $100! Includes over 2 000 photographs with clear step-by-step instructions safety guidelines material lists and tool lists for each rig. American standard and meric measurements included. Includes a companion web site: http://dvcamerarigs.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460454

Killer RobotsLegality and Ethicality of Autonomous Weapons Military robots and other potentially autonomous robotic systems such as unmanned combat air vehicles (UCAVs) and unmanned ground vehicles (UGVs) could soon be introduced to the battlefield. Look further into the future and we may see autonomous micro- and nanorobots armed and deployed in swarms of thousands or even millions. This growing automation of warfare may come to represent a major discontinuity in the history of warfare: humans will first be removed from the battlefield and may one day even be largely excluded from the decision cycle in future high-tech and high-speed robotic warfare. Although the current technological issues will no doubt be overcome the greatest obstacles to automated weapons on the battlefield are likely to be legal and ethical concerns. Armin Krishnan explores the technological legal and ethical issues connected to combat robotics examining both the opportunities and limitations of autonomous weapons. He also proposes solutions to the future regulation of military robotics through international law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591070

Killing African AmericansPolice and Vigilante Violence as a Racial Control Mechanism Killing African Americans examines the pervasive disproportionate and persistent police and vigilante killings of African Americans in the United States as a racial control mechanism that sustains the racial control system of systemic racism. Noel A. Cazenave’s well-researched and conceptualized historical sociological study is one of the first books to focus exclusively on those killings and to treat them as political violence. Few issues have received as much conventional and social media attention in the United States over the past few years or have for decades now sparked so many protests and so often strained race relations to a near breaking point. Because of both its timely and its enduring relevance Killing African Americans can reach a large audience composed not only of students and scholars but also of Movement for Black Lives activists politicians public policy analysts concerned police officers and other criminal justice professionals and anyone else eager to better understand this American nightmare and its solutions from a progressive and informed African American perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549937

Killing HerculesDeianira and the Politics of Domestic Violence from Sophocles to the War on Terror This book offers an entirely new reception history of the myth of Hercules and his wife/killer Deianira. The book poses and attempts to answer two important and related questions. First why have artists across two millennia felt compelled to revisit this particular myth to express anxieties about violence at both a global and domestic level? Secondly from the moment that Sophocles disrupted a myth about the definitive exemplar of masculinity and martial prowess and turned it into a story about domestic abuse through to a 2014 production of Handel’s Hercules that was set in the context of the ‘war on terror’ the reception history of this myth has been one of discontinuity and conflict; how and why does each culture reinvent this narrative to address its own concerns and discontents and how does each generation speak to qualify or annihilate the certainties of its predecessors in order to understand contain or exonerate the aggression with which their governors – of state and of the household – so often enforce their authority and the violence to which their nations and their homes are perennially vulnerable? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595562

Killing the CompetitionEconomic Inequality and Homicide Criminologists have known for decades that income inequality is the best predictor of the local homicide rate but why this is so has eluded them. There is a simple compelling answer: most homicides are the denouements of competitive interactions between men. Relatively speaking where desired goods are distributed inequitably and competition for those goods is severe dangerous tactics of competition are appealing and a high homicide rate is just one of many unfortunate consequences. Killing the Competition is about this relationship between economic inequality and lethal interpersonal violence.Suggesting that economic inequality is a cause of social problems and violence elicits fierce opposition from inequality's beneficiaries. Three main arguments have been presented by those who would acquit inequality of the charges against it: that "absolute" poverty is the real problem and inequality is just an incidental correlate; that "primitive" egalitarian societies have surprisingly high homicide rates and that inequality and homicide rates do not change in synchrony and are therefore mutually irrelevant. With detailed but accessible data analyses and thorough reviews of relevant research Martin Daly dispels all three arguments.Killing the Competition applies basic principles of behavioural biology to explain why killers are usually men not women and counters the view that attitudes and values prevailing in "cultures of violence" make change impossible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863360

Kilowatts And CrisisHydroelectric Power And Social Dislocation In Eastern Panama This book describes the social history of the events surrounding the construction of the Bayano Dam and its aftermath in Eastern Panama. It clarifies the local level consequences national motives and the international economic framework that shaped the Bayano Dam project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161552

Kim Jong-il's Leadership of North Korea Kim Jong Il came to power after the death of his father Kim Il Sung in 1994. Contrary to expectations he has succeeded in maintaining enough political stability to remain in power. Kim Jong Il's Leadership of North Korea is an examination of how political power has been developed transmitted from father to son and now operates in North Korea Using a variety of original North Korean sources as well as South Korean materials Jae-Cheon Lim pieces together the ostensibly contradictory and inconsistent facts into a conceptual coherent framework. This book considers Kim and his leadership through an analytical framework. composed of four main elements: i) Kim as a leader of a totalitarian society; ii) as a politician; iii) as a Korean; and iv) as an individual person.  This illuminating account of what constitutes power and how it is used makes an important contribution to the understanding of an opaque and difficult regime. It will be of interest for upper level undergraduate postgraduates and academics interested in North Korean politics and also those in Political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666749

Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Fully updated revised and consolidated into one single volume the fourth edition of Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology offers the best theoretically contextualised practical resource for instructors and students available. Incorporating substantial sections on kinanthropometry exercise physiology energy systems and the application of science in health and high performance settings the book covers the basics of measurement in exercise science through to advanced methods and includes brand new chapters on: Pre-exercise screening and health risk stratification Functional movement assessment Point of care testing Anthropometry standards Anaerobic power and capacity History of exercise for health benefits Monitoring training loads in high-performance athletes Measuring game style in team sports Offering on-line access to newly developed exercise science measurement tools through the Exercise Science Toolkit – www.exercisesciencetoolkit.com – no other book offers such a complete resource from the science of kinanthropometry and exercise physiology to their applications in health and performance through practical interactive learning. This book is an essential companion for students on any sport and exercise science-related degree programme and any instructor leading practical laboratory-based classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230521

Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual: Tests Procedures and DataVolume One: Anthropometry and Volume Two: Exercise Physiology This is a combined set of the two fully revised and updated manuals Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual: Tests Procedures and Data. The in-depth analyses of anthropometry and exercise physiology are presented in one volume for the first time. Physiology and practical work is now a compulsory element of sports and exercise science. These texts have been developed as key resources for lecturers and students of kinanthropometry sports science human movement and exercise physiology. The well-illustrated manuals provide: * help in planning and conduct of practical sessions* comprehensive theoretical background on each topic and up-to-date information so that there is no need for additional reading* seven entirely new chapters providing a balance between kinanthropometry and physiology* eleven stand-alone chapters in each volume enabling the reader to pick out topics of interest in any order* a wide range of supporting diagrams photographs and tables. A complete one-stop resource this set presents laboratory procedures next to real-life practical examples each supported with appropriate data. In addition each chapter is supplemented by a complete review of contemporary literature as well as theoretical overviews offering an excellent basic introduction to each topic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203474259

Kinanthropometry IV The International Society for the Advancement of Kinanthropometry holds a major international conference every four years. This volume contains the papers presented at the fourth such event held at the World Congress on Youth Leisure and Physical Activity in Brussels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880481

Kinanthropometry VIIIProceedings of the 8th International Conference of the International Society for the Advancement of Kinanthropometry (ISAK) The International Society for the Advancement of Kinanthropometry held its 8th International Conference in Manchester in July 2002. This volume contains a selection of papers presented to the Conference where the meeting was held in conjunction with the 12th Commonwealth International Sport Conference immediately prior to the XVII Commonwealth Games.The Content is structured into five parts:· methodological issues in kinanthropometry· paediatric science· applications of kinanthropometry· women and exercise· health-relations.The collection of the chapters into an edited book provides readers with an outline of the current state of knowledge in kinanthropometry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880467

KindercultureThe Corporate Construction of Childhood America is a corporatized society defined by a culture of consumerism and the youth market is one of the groups that corporations target most. By marketing directly to children through television movies radio video games toys books and fast food advertisers have produced a 'kinderculture'. In this eye-opening book editor Shirley R. Steinberg reveals the profound impact that our purchasing-obsessed culture has on our children and argues that the experience of childhood has been reshaped into something that is prefabricated.Analyzing the pervasive influence of these corporate productions top experts in the fields of education sociology communications and cultural studies contribute incisive essays that students parents educators and general readers will find insightful and entertaining. Including seven new chapters this third edition is thoroughly updated with examinations of the icons that shape the values and consciousness of today's children including Twilight True Blood and vampires hip hop Hannah Montana Disney and others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097394

Kindergarten Architecture This fully illustrated guide to the planning and design of pre-school facilities for children is supported by a broad range of case studies drawn from around the world. Both new buildings and adapted premises are covered. Essays on social development and childcare put the projects in context. Based on extensive research Kindergarten Architecture offers the designer a unique survey of the best designs in kindergarten architecture. Two new kindergarten buildings are added to the case study section and the author provides guidance on the practical implications of recent changes to pre-school education. Contains two new case studies 1. Corning Child Development Centre New York and 2. Bornehaven De Fire Arstider Copenhagen. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315025063

Kindling of an InsurrectionNotes from Junglemahals The tribal areas of central and eastern India have been under the intractable shadow of left-wing extremism in recent years fuelling a serious internal crisis in the country. While the clashes between the Maoists and the State have been highlighted by the media academics and others the situation of the people caught between the crossfire has often been overlooked. Kindling of an Insurrection provides a gripping account of the lives of people in the conflict-affected district of Paschim Medinipur West Bengal as experienced by a District Collector. By focusing on the plight of the people of Junglemahals — the term for the forested areas of the region — the author draws attention to the harsh living conditions unstable occupations and almost non-existent education highlighting the people’s lack of access to developmental schemes implemented by the government and non-governmental organisations. Based on extensive tour notes the narrative attempts a subtle balance between a personal diary and official documentation bringing to fore complexities challenges and dynamics of the ground reality as also the administrative work carried out in the region. Accompanied by photographs this book offers a rare chronicle of life in rural West Bengal exposing the roots of the alienation of marginalised tribal communities and the circumstances leading to the rise of an insurrection within the nation’s heartland. Authoritative and lucid the book will be indispensable for scholars and researchers in the areas of public administration social work development studies social anthropology and politics. It will also prove useful to policy makers journalists and the general reader interested in West Bengal and left-wing extremism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138847446

Kindness in Leadership In a global climate of increasing complexity and uncertainty there have been calls for a more responsible form of leadership in business and society. The relationship between kindness and leadership is therefore a topic of fundamental importance for our well-being as individuals for the success of our organisations and for the future of our global community. Kindness in Leadership is one of the first books to explore both the concept and practice of kindness in leadership and consider them in different societal and organisational settings. Its uniqueness lies in combining an innovative mix of personal views from leaders with explorations of organisational philosophies and practices. It opens with a definition of kindness and its contours and underpinnings. It then explores the importance of kindness within different organisations parts of the world economic strata age groups and genders drawing on research on organisational compassion and neuroscience. In order to support learning each chapter is supported by a series of questions for consideration and discussion. This will be a stimulating and thought-provoking read for a wide audience of practicing managers and leaders in organisations of all shapes and sizes for academics involved in educating for leadership and for students aspiring to develop their own kind and compassionate leadership style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207349

Kindred Brutes: Animals in Romantic-Period Writing Exploring the significance of animals in Romantic-period writing this new study shows how in this period they were seen as both newly different from humankind (subjects in their own right rather than simply humanity's tools or adjuncts) and also as newly similar with the ability to feel and perhaps to think like human beings. Approaches to animals are reviewed in a wide range of the period's literary work (in particular that of Byron Wordsworth Coleridge Keats Southey Clare and Blake). Poetry and other literary work are discussed in relation to discourses about animals in various contemporary cultural contexts including children's books parliamentary debates vegetarian theses encyclopaedias and early theories about evolution. The study introduces animals to the discussions about ecocriticism and environmentalism in Romantic-period writing by complicating the concept of 'Nature' and it also contributes to the debates about politics and the body in this period. It demonstrates the rich variety of thinking about animals in the late-eighteenth and early-nineteenth centuries and it challenges the exclusion of literary writing from some recent multi-disciplinary debates about animals by exploring the literary roots of many metaphors about and attitudes to animals in our current thinking. Kindred Brutes constitutes a genuinely original and substantial contribution both to Romantic-period writing and to general debates about animals and the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253902

Kinematic MRI of the JointsFunctional Anatomy Kinesiology and Clinical Applications Kinematic MRI refers to imaging a joint through a range of motion to examine the interactions between the soft tissue and osseous anatomy that comprise the joint. Kinematic MRI techniques were developed because various pathologic conditions are dependent on the specific position of the joint or in response to loading or stress. Importantly static-view MRI examinations often miss abnormal findings because the joint is not assessed through a range of motion. Accordingly the functional information obtained using kinematic MRI frequently serves to identify the underlying abnormality or to supplement the information acquired with standard MR imaging techniques. Kinematic MRI of the Joints is the first textbook on this important emerging clinical MRI application. For each joint it presents pertinent functional anatomy kinesiology and clinical information; describes the kinematic MRI protocol and technique; explains the normal kinematics; and provides a thorough presentation of the pathokinematics. Multiple case examples illustrate the usefulness of kinematic MRI of the joints for diagnosis or elucidation of pathologic conditions.Each section of this book is co-authored by an leading musculoskeletal radiologist orthopedic surgeon as well as by an academic-based physical therapist/biomechanist. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397463

Kinematics and Dynamics of Mechanical Systems Second EditionImplementation in MATLAB® and SimMechanics® Kinematics and Dynamics of Mechanical Systems: Implementation in MATLAB® and SimMechanics® Second Edition combines the fundamentals of mechanism kinematics synthesis statics and dynamics with real-world applications and offers step-by-step instruction on the kinematic static and dynamic analyses and synthesis of equation systems. Written for students with no working knowledge of MATLAB and SimMechanics the text provides understanding of static and dynamic mechanism analysis and moves beyond conventional kinematic concepts—factoring in adaptive programming 2D and 3D visualization and simulation and equips readers with the ability to analyze and design mechanical systems. This latest edition presents all of the breadth and depth as the past edition but with updated theoretical content and much improved integration of MATLAB and SimMechanics in the text examples. Features: Fully integrates MATLAB and SimMechanics with treatment of kinematics and machine dynamics Revised to modify all 300 end-of-chapter problems with new solutions available for instructors Formulated static & dynamic load equations and MATLAB files to include gravitational acceleration Adds coverage of gear tooth forces and torque equations for straight bevel gears Links text examples directly with a library of MATLAB and SimMechanics files for all users Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138584044

KinesemioticsModelling How Choreographed Movement Means in Space This innovative work introduces the interdisciplinary field of research of kinesemiotics offering a new adaptable model and means of analysis for understanding forms of movement-based communication such as dance that use a codified language shared by a community of users. It begins with a theoretical overview and review of existing literature on the main approaches to movement-based communication specifically dance which underpin kinesemiotics as an area of study. It reaffirms previous work which established dance as a form of embodied communication in that it encompasses a wide range of semiotic styles and forms shared by communities of "speakers." In collaboration with the English National Ballet Maiorani employs the genre of ballet as a means through which to understand and analyse some of the key concepts of kinesemiotics mainly that of space as a semiotic dimension and "motivated movement " or movement with meaning. Supported by automated movement recognition tools from the fields of bio-robotics engineering and computer science Maiorani argues for ballet’s capacity when movements are projected into meaningful space to extend beyond sequences of physical movements to become a meaning making practice. Kinesemiotics advances interdisciplinary research in the fields of social semiotics media and communication multimodality linguistics and performance studies and will be of particular interest to students and scholars in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272470

Kinetic BeautyThe Philosophical Aesthetics of Sport Sport aesthetics is an important but often marginalized field in the philosophy of sport. Kinetic Beauty offers a comprehensive principled pluralist introduction to the philosophical aesthetics of sport.  The book tackles a wide variety of issues in the philosophical aesthetics of sport proposing a five-level analysis that coordinates extant scholarship on the same conceptual map reveals gaps in the literature and motivates a fresh perspective on stubborn debates and novel topics in the field (for example the aesthetic experience of athletes aesthetic biases in sport the paradox of sport fiction and whether dance can be sport). This is an excellent resource for professors and students in the philosophy of sport sport aesthetics general aesthetics and the philosophy of art. It is also a fascinating read for those working in kinesiology sport studies philosophy art and aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335328

Kinetic House-Tree-Person DrawingsK-H-T-P: An Interpretative Manual This book contains the first documentation of combining house tree and person into a single drawing. It helps enrich clinician’s test batteries and aids psychologists and physicians in understanding the emotions and self-awareness of their clients. It is richly illustrated and teaches the important skill of using visual metaphors in clinical settings to understand and assist clients. The author covers all aspects of drawing interpretation including size placement stroke or line characteristics and the possible individual characteristics of each element within the house tree and person drawings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004498

Kinetic Modelling in Systems Biology With more and more interest in how components of biological systems interact it is important to understand the various aspects of systems biology. Kinetic Modelling in Systems Biology focuses on one of the main pillars in the future development of systems biology. It explores both the methods and applications of kinetic modeling in this emerging field.The book introduces the basic biological cellular network concepts in the context of cellular functioning explains the main aspects of the Edinburgh Pathway Editor (EPE) software package and discusses the process of constructing and verifying kinetic models. It presents the features user interface and examples of DBSolve as well as the principles of modeling individual enzymes and transporters. The authors describe how to construct kinetic models of intracellular systems on the basis of models of individual enzymes. They also illustrate how to apply the principles of kinetic modeling to collect all available information on the energy metabolism of whole organelles construct a kinetic model and predict the response of the organelle to changes in external conditions. The final chapter focuses on applications of kinetic modeling in biotechnology and biomedicine.Encouraging readers to think about future challenges this book will help them understand the kinetic modeling approach and how to apply it to solve real-life problems.CD-ROM FeaturesExtensively used throughout the text for pathway visualization and illustration the EPE software is available on the accompanying CD-ROM. The CD also includes pathway diagrams in several graphical formats DBSolve installation with examples and all models from the book with dynamic visualization of simulation results allowing readers to perform in silico simulations and use the models as templates for further applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386597

Kinetic Models of Trace Element and Mineral Metabolism During Development Kinetic models are becoming standard tools in the research of biological systems. They are used to represent hypotheses analyze data and design experiments to maximize the information obtained from a study. Kinetic Models of Trace Element and Mineral Metabolism During Development describes models for calcium chromium copper iron iodide lead mercury selenium zinc and others in health and disease. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811716

Kinetic Theory of Nucleation Explore a Kinetic Approach to the Description of Nucleation – An Alternative to the Classical Nucleation Theory Kinetic Theory of Nucleation presents an alternative to the classical theory of nucleation in gases and liquids—the kinetic nucleation theory of Ruckenstein–Narsimhan–Nowakowski (RNNT). RNNT uses the kinetic theory of fluids to calculate the rate of evaporation of molecules from clusters and unlike the classical nucleation theory (CNT) does not require macroscopic thermodynamics or the detailed balance principle. The book compares the rates of evaporation of molecules from—and condensation on—the surface of a nucleus of a new phase and explains how this alternate approach can provide much higher nucleation rates than the CNT. It applies RNNT to various case studies that include the liquid-to-solid and vapor-to-liquid phase transitions binary nucleation heterogeneous nucleation nucleation on soluble particles and protein folding. It also describes the system introduces the basic equations of the kinetic theory and defines a new model for the nucleation mechanism of protein folding. Adaptable to coursework as well as self-study this insightful book: Uses a kinetic approach to calculate the rate of growth and decay of a cluster Includes description of vapor-to-liquid and liquid-to-solid nucleation Outlines the application of density-functional theory (DFT) methods to nucleation Proposes the combination of the new kinetic theory of nucleation with the DFT methods Illustrates the new theory with numerical calculations Describes the model for the nucleation mechanism of protein folding and more A comprehensive guide dedicated to the kinetic theory of nucleation and cluster growth Kinetic Theory of Nucleation emphasizes the basic concepts of the kinetic nucleation theory incorporates findings developed from years of research and experience and is written by highly-regarded experts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498762830

Kinetics Transport and Structure in Hard and Soft Materials Kinetics Transport and Structure in Hard and Soft Materials is the only single reference that discusses the connection between structure and mechanisms of atomic or molecular transport in different classes of materials from metals and semiconductors to network glasses polymers and supercooled liquids. Divided into four parts Part I begins with a discussion the fundamentals of transport wherein transport properties of a system of non-interacting particles are calculated and the phenomenon of Brownian motion introduced.  The phenomenology of diffusion is also discussed wherein Fick’s laws are introduced and solved for a range of practical cases involving mass transport.  Elementary Statistical mechanics involving Partition functions probability distribution functions and correlation functions is discussed to lay the foundation for the subsequent discussion of mechanisms of transport in different materials.  Parts II and III focus on mechanisms of transport in crystalline materials and in structurally disordered materials. Chapters explain how the mechanism of diffusional transport of an atom or molecule is intimately connected to the spatial organization of neighboring structural elements and to its interactions with them.  The book reviews factors that control temperature dependent long-range dynamics of glass-forming systems.  Diffusion and viscoelasticity of polymer melts transport (viscous flow and ionic diffusion) in inorganic network glasses and dynamic heterogeneity in super cooled liquids are described. Part IV analyzes the development of instabilities such as spinodal decomposition and Mullins-Sekerka instabilities which lead to the morphological evolution of materials. Kinetics Transport and Structure in Hard and Soft Materials emphasizes interdisciplinary nature of transport in materials presenting its material in a user-friendly format for students from any discipline with a foundation in elementary Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392970

Kinetics and Catalysis in Microheterogeneous Systems This book provides a quantitative assessment of the advances in the area of catalysis and kinetics in microheterogeneous systems. It is an invaluable resource for chemists interested in catalysis and reaction kinetics and physicists interested in semiconductors metal clusters and catalysis. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066682

Kinetics and Thermodynamics of Fast Particles in Solids Kinetics and Thermodynamics of Fast Particles in Solids examines the kinetics and non-equilibrium statistical thermodynamics of fast charged particles moving in crystals in different modes. It follows a line of research very different from traditional ways of constructing a theory of radiation effects which gives a purely mechanistic interpretation of particle motion. In contrast this book takes into account the thermodynamic forces due to separation of the thermodynamic parameters of the subsystem of particles ("hot" atoms) on the parameters of the thermostat (electrons and lattice) in addition to covering the various mechanisms of collisions. Topics Include:Construction of a local kinetic equation of Boltzmann type for fast particles interacting with the conduction electrons and lattice vibrations on the basis of the principles of Bogolyubov’s kinetic theoryCalculation of the equilibrium energy and angular distributions of fast particles at a depth of the order of coherence length and the evolution of particle distribution with increasing depth of penetration of the beamCalculation of transverse quasi-temperature of channeled particles with the heating of the beam in the process of diffusion of particles in the space of transverse energies as well as cooling the beam through a dissipative processResearch in the framework of non-equilibrium thermodynamics of the relaxation kinetics of random particles including the thermodynamics of positronium atoms moving in insulators under laser irradiation Analysis of the kinetics of hot carriers in semiconductors and thermalization of hot carriers as well as the calculation of the statistical distribution of ejected atoms formed during the displacement cascadeThe book sets a new direction of the theory of radiation effects in solids—non-equilibrium statistical thermodynamics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380809

Kinetics in Materials Science and Engineering "A pedagogical gem…. Professor Readey replaces ‘black-box’ explanations with detailed insightful derivations. A wealth of practical application examples and exercise problems complement the exhaustive coverage of kinetics for all material classes." –Prof. Rainer Hebert University of Connecticut"Prof. Readey gives a grand tour of the kinetics of materials suitable for experimentalists and modellers…. In an easy-to-read and entertaining style this book leads the reader to fundamental model-based understanding of kinetic processes critical to development fabrication and application of commercially-important soft (polymers biomaterials) hard (ceramics metals) and composite materials. It is a must-have for anyone who really wants to understand how to make materials and how they will behave in service." --Prof. Bill Lee Imperial College London Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering"A much needed text filing the gap between an introductory course in materials science and advanced materials-specific kinetics courses. Ideal for the undergraduate interested in an in-depth study of kinetics in materials." –Prof. Mark E. Eberhart Colorado School of MinesThis book provides an in-depth introduction to the most important kinetic concepts in materials science engineering and processing. All types of materials are addressed including metals ceramics polymers electronic materials biomaterials and composites. The expert author with decades of teaching and practical experience gives a lively and accessible overview explaining the principles that determine how long it takes to change material properties and make new and better materials. The chapters cover a broad range of topics extending from the heat treatment of steels the processing of silicon integrated microchips and the production of cement to the movement of drugs through the human body. The author explicitly avoids "black box" equations provid Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367869830

Kinetics of Phase Transitions Providing a comprehensive introduction with the necessary background material to make it accessible for a wide scientific audience Kinetics of Phase Transitions discusses  developments in domain-growth kinetics. This book combines pedagogical chapters from leading experts in this area and focuses on incorporating various experimentally relevant effects—such as disorder strain fields and wetting surfaces—into studies of phase ordering dynamics. In addition it highlights topics garnering recent interest such as the growth of nanostructures on surfaces. This book also provides a comprehensive overview of numerical techniques which have proven useful in studying these complex nonlinear problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385859

King ArthurA Casebook First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203953617

King Arthur's Modern Return The Arthurian legend closes with a promise: On a distant day when his country calls the king will return. His lost realm will be regained and his shattered dream of an ideal world will at last be realized. This collection of original essays explores the issue of return in the modern Arthurian legend. With an Introduction by noted scholar Raymond H. Thompson and 13 essays by authors from the fields of literature art history film history and folklore this collection reveals the flexibility of the legend. Just as the modern legend takes the form current to its generation the myth of return generates a new legend with each telling. As these authors show return can come in the form of a noble king or a Caribbean immigrant with the mystery of an art theft or a dying boy's dream. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001671

King Charles Prince Rupert and the Civil War Until this book was published in 1974 many of the letters in this book between Charles I Prince Rupert his nephew and the leading Royalist commander had never been published. From a mainly private collection the letters give a fascinating insight into the stormy relationship between the monarch and his nephew. Also included are letters from the Royalist exiles including the future King Charles II and letters to and from other notable figures of the time including Queen Henrietta Maria Montrose and Oliver Cromwell. The period covered by the letters is the turning point of the Civil War and enables the reader to see the War through the eyes of those who participated in it. The letters have been edited in such a way as to illuminate to the full the personalities of their writers and the appropriate historical and personal context to the letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616861

King Crabs of the WorldBiology and Fisheries Management With species existing in all subpolar seas king crabs are one of the most valuable seafoods. Major fluctuations in their abundance have stimulated a flurry of research and a rapid expansion of the scientific literature in the last decade. King Crabs of the World: Biology and Fisheries Management consolidates extensive knowledge on the biology systematics anatomy life history and fisheries of king crabs and presents it in a single volume. This book is the first comprehensive scientific reference devoted to the biology and fisheries of king crabs.The first part of the book describes king crabs and their place in the world covering geographic distribution depth and temperature ranges and maps of known habitats. Chapters examine phylogenetic relationships evolutionary history and phylogeography internal and external anatomy of king crabs and the history of North Pacific fisheries. There is also a chapter that presents a comprehensive overview of diseases and other anomalies of king crabs. The second part of the book describes the life history and biology of various king crab species including embryonic development and environmental factors the development and biology of larvae the ecology and biology of juvenile stages reproductive strategies of fished species and the growth and feeding of king crabs and their ecological impacts.The third part of the book discusses human and environmental interactions with king crabs through fisheries management and ecosystems. Topics include the impacts of fishing—bycatch handling and discard mortality—king crab aquaculture and stock enhancement and king crabs from various regions such as Southern Hemisphere waters the Barents Sea and Alaska. A chapter synthesizing various aspects of king crab biology provides an ecosystem-scale perspective and the final chapter presents the author’s outlook on the future of king crab research and populations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439855416

King DeathThe Black Death And Its Aftermath In Late-Medieval England This illustrated survey examines what it was actually like to live with plague and the threat of plague in late-medieval and early modern England.; Colin Platt's books include "The English Medieval Town" "Medieval England: A Social History and Archaeology from the Conquest to 1600" and "The Architecture of Medieval Britain: A Social History" which won the Wolfson Prize for 1990. This book is intended for undergraduate/6th form courses on medieval England option courses on demography medicine family and social focus. The "black death" and population decline is central to A-level syllabuses on this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072371

King Faisal And The Modernisation Of Saudi Arabia This book derives from papers presented at a conference convened in Santa Barbara in 1978 focusing on King Faisal and his era. It describes how Saudi Arabia became an important actor in international politics the end of bedouin-style Arabia social reformation and women's enlarged role in Arabia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171575

King James VI and ISelected Writings 'Yet hath it been ever esteemed a matter commendable to collect [works] together and incorporate them into one body that we may behold at once what divers Off-springs have proceeded from one braine.' This observation from the Bishop of Winchester in his preface to King James's 1616 Workes is particularly appropriate since James's writings cross the boundaries of so many different fields. While several other monarchs engaged in literary composition King James VI and I stands out as 'an inveterate scribbler' and is certainly the most extensively published of all British rulers. King James VI and I provides a broad representative selection of King James's writings on a range of secular and religious topics. Each text is provided in full creating an invaluable reference tool for 16th and 17th century scholars working in different disciplines and a fascinating collection for students and general readers interested in early modern history and literature. In contrast to other editions of James's writings which have been confined to a single aspect of his work the present edition brings together for the first time his poetry and his religious writing his political works and his treatises on witchcraft and tobacco in a single volume. What makes this collection of James's writings especially significant is the distinctiveness of his position as both writer and ruler an author of incontestable authority. All his authorly roles as poet polemicist theologian political theorist and political orator are informed by this fact. James's writings were also inevitably influenced by the circumstances of his reigns and this volume reflects the turbulent issues of religion politics and nationhood that troubled his three kingdoms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315251073

King James's BibleA Selection Without an understanding of Biblical stories readers lose out on much of the richness of English literature as authors from Milton through T.S. Eliot to Jeanette Winterson draw inspiration from Biblical stories in their own writing.   This user-friendly annotated selection of key passages from the King James’s Bible clarifies the key themes characters stories and genealogies for students offering timelines a bibliography and a detailed index for quick and easy reference. The original 1984 version of which this is a revised edition was written by Bill Stevenson as a response to his students' difficulty with biblical references in literature - a selection from the King James’s Bible that would give the student a notion of what the book contains including the history of the 1611 text the strands of imagery that bind the whole together. It gives the student a brief overview of the political historical and religious contexts of the stories in the Bible as well as a brief history of the different versions of the Bible.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836976

King John (Mis)Remembered King John’s evil reputation has outlasted and proved more enduring than that of Richard III whose notoriety seemed ensured thanks to Shakespeare’s portrayal of him. The paradox is even greater when we realize that this portrait of John endures despite Shakespeare’s portrait of him in the play King John where he hardly comes off as a villain at all. Here Igor Djordjevic argues that the story of John’s transformation in cultural memory has never been told completely perhaps because the crucial moment in John’s change back to villainy is a literary one: it occurs at the point when the 'historiographic' trajectory of John’s character-development intersects with the 'literary' evolution of Robin Hood. But as Djordjevic reveals John’s second fall in cultural memory became irredeemable as the largely unintended result of the work of three men - John Stow Michael Drayton Anthony Munday - who knew each other and who all read a significant passage in a little known book (the Chronicle of Dunmow) while a fourth man’s money (Philip Henslowe) helped move the story from page to stage. The rest as they say is history. Paying particular attention to the work of Michael Drayton and Anthony Munday who wrote for the Lord Admiral’s Men Djordjevic traces the cultural ripples their works created until the end of the seventeenth century in various familiar as well as previously ignored historical poetic and dramatic works by numerous authors. Djordjevic’s analysis of the playtexts’ source and the personal and working relationship between the playwright-poets and John Stow as the antiquarian disseminator of the source text sheds a brighter light on a moment that proves to have a greater significance outside theatrical history; it has profound repercussions for literary history and a nation’s cultural memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881061

King John and Henry VIIICritical Essays Originally published in 1988. Arranged by play the essays presented here focus first on production and then on a range of other issues such as characters imagery textual problems and themes. Both plays were more popular in earlier centuries and most later essayists focused on small issues rather than view the plays in wider perspective. More recent pieces included here seek organising principles for King John and look in more detail at Henry VIII. Beginning with the in-depth introduction by the editor this collection shows the reception of the play by its Elizabethan audience compared to twentieth century audiences and looks at the history portrayed by Shakespeare. Some chapters review very varied stage productions while others are character analysis or individual focuses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853539

King Kong On 4th StreetFamilies And The Violence Of Poverty On The Lower East Side In King Kong on 4th Street Jagna Sharff chronicles an ethnographic team's involvement over a span of fifteen years with the people of a poor largely Puerto Rican neighborhood in New York City. Anchoring her observations in field notes she recounts the joys fears and disappointments of daily life as well as the drama of large events. Arson the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316488

King LabourThe British Working Class 1850-1914 First published in 1976. This book covers working-class history from the decline of Chartism to the formation of the Labour Party and its early development to 1914. It gives a historical perspective to the essentially defensive materialist orientation of twentieth century working-class politics. David Kynaston has sought to synthesise the wealth of recent detailed research to produce a coherent overall view of the particular dynamic of these formative years. He sees the course of working-class history in the second half of the nineteenth century as a necessary tragedy and suggests that a major reason for this was the inability of William Morris as a revolutionary socialist to influence organised labour. The treatment is thematic as much as chronological and special attention is given not only to the parliamentary rise of Labour but also to deeper-lying intellectual occupational residential religious and cultural influences. The text itself includes a substantial amount of contemporary material in order to reflect the distinctive ‘feel’ of the period. The book is particularly designed for students studying the political social and economic background to modern Britain as well as those specialising in nineteenth-century English history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352100

King Lear in our Time This edition first published in 1966. Previous edition published 1965 by the University of California Press. Perhaps more than any other play of Shakespeare's King Lear has been subjected to almost totally contradictory interpretations. In the first historical section of the book the author describes the varying concepts of the play and the distortions of text and even plot that have been widely used. Garrick's playing of Lear as a pathetic and down-trodden old man. Laughton's and Olivier's versions and Herbert Blaus's theory of the 'subtext' are described and analysed. The central section of the book examines the medieval folk and romance sources of the play. The final chapter illustrates how the action of the play and its pervading violence and evil are not explained in terms of human motive and rely for their meaning more on their effects than their antecedents. An important theme is the play's examination of society and the ties of service and family love. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315018461

King LearCritical Essays Originally published in 1984. With selections organised chronologically this collection presents the best writing on one of Shakespeare’s most studied plays. The structure displays the changing responses to the play and includes a wide range of criticism from the likes of Coleridge Hazlitt Moulton Granville-Barker Orwell Levin Stampfer Gardner and Speaight interspersed with short entries from Keats Raleigh Freud and others. The final chapter by the editor elucidates his own thoughts on Lear building on his commentary in the Introduction which puts the collection in context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850804

King LearNew Critical Essays Is King Lear an autonomous text or a rewrite of the earlier and anonymous play King Leir? Should we refer to Shakespeare’s original quarto when discussing the play the revised folio text or the popular composite version stitched together by Alexander Pope in 1725? What of its stage variations? When turning from page to stage the critical view on King Lear is skewed by the fact that for almost half of the four hundred years the play has been performed audiences preferred Naham Tate's optimistic adaptation in which Lear and Cordelia live happily ever after. When discussing King Lear the question of what comprises ‘the play’ is both complex and fragmentary. These issues of identity and authenticity across time and across mediums are outlined debated and considered critically by the contributors to this volume. Using a variety of approaches from postcolonialism and New Historicism to psychoanalysis and gender studies the leading international contributors to King Lear: New Critical Essays offer major new interpretations on the conception and writing editing and cultural productions of King Lear. This book is an up-to-date and comprehensive anthology of textual scholarship performance research and critical writing on one of Shakespeare's most important and perplexing tragedies. Contributors Include: R.A. Foakes Richard Knowles Tom Clayton Cynthia Clegg Edward L. Rocklin Christy Desmet Paul Cantor Robert V. Young Stanley Stewart and Jean R. Brink Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011519

King LearParallel Text Edition This reissed edition of Longman Annotated Texts King Lear includes comprehensive notes annotations and an introduction all designed to be of use to undergraduates and interested readers.King Lear is one of Shakespeare's most widely studied tragedies. However since the late 1970s textual scholars critics and editors have argued that there is no single 'King Lear' text. Anyone studying the play needs to be aware of two different texts one based on the quarto of 1608 The History of King Lear and a revised version published in the first folio of 1623 The Tragedy of King Lear. This edition offers a fully annotated modern spelling version of the texts set side by side identifying and elucidating the major discrepancies between the two. It presents some possible reasons for the differences between the two texts which themselves shed light on a number of issues relating to literary transmission in the Renaissance and give an insight into the nature of performance and censorship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836969

King Leir Performed at the Globe Theater in 1605 King Leir is presumed to be a prime source for Shakespeare. Although the story is the same in this anonymous version the ending is happy. This is the first time this fascinating work is published in a single-play edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473072

King of the Wa-KikuyuA True Story of Travel and Adventure in Africa This is an account of the "adventures" of a Yorkshireman his early life as a sailor participation in the Matabele War and his largely succesful attempts to unite the Kikuyu tribe. It was first published in 1911. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760645

King S Sergeants and Officers CbKings & Sergeants First published in 1971. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974029

King Stephen This well-known text the standard account of the subject is essential reading for students and scholars of the Norman period from undergraduate level upwards and was hailed on first publication as: " a landmark in twelfth-century studies." Written in the form of a biography this completely revised and updated edition discusses the significant social governmental and religious developments as they arose in the course of the narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837416

Kingdom Of Georgia First published in 2008. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867802

Kingdoms of the Sudan This book first published in 1974 is a study of the two states which dominated the northern and western regions of Sudan from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century: the Funj kingdom of Sinnār and the Keira sultanate of Dār Fūr. Until now the history of these two states has been neglected in comparison with that of the western states of the Sudanic Belt. The authors spent years researching the documentation of the period and the present book is a concise survey of their findings comprising history literature politics economics trade and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212206

Kings Country and ConstitutionsThailand's Political Development 1932-2000 Provides a detailed analysis of Thailand's political development since 1932 when Thailand became a constitutional monarchy until the present. It examines the large number of different versions of the constitution which Thailand has had since 1932 and explains why the constitution has been subject to such frequent change and why there have been so many outbursts of violent political unrest. It explores the role of the military and most importantly discusses the role of the monarchy which as the author shows has been crucial in holding Thailand together through the various changes of regime. The author brings to light original and largely unseen documents from the Public Records Office and US National Archives as well as drawing upon her extensive knowledge of politics in Thailand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010680

Kings and Desperate MenLife in Eighteenth-century England The goal of Kings and Desperate Men is to provide a picture of eighteenth-century England up to the French Revolution. Kronenberger's work lies much closer to a social chronicle than an orthodox history and is more concerned with manners and tastes than with treaties and wars. Kings and Desperate Men reveals what life was like for both aristocrats and commoners: their family lives experience of larger society habits diet fashions religion and artistic tastes. In tracing these topics for both city and country dwellers he artfully communicates the very real division between the vivacity of London and the regular fixed and monotonous character of country life. The division is vital to understanding the age and the transformations it would experience.Yet Kronenberger does not ignore the more traditional historical landmarks. Kroenberger treats the characters of the leading political actors: Walpole Bolingbroke Burke Fox and Pitt while providing the reader with a sweeping account of the formation of political parties and constitutional shifts of power between the monarchy and parliament. Students of the period who despair at its political complexities will fi nd much to appreciate in Kronenberger's condensed and easy to understand formulations.As for philosophy Kronenberger refers to thinkers and ideas as they influence English life; especially Locke and Hume. Their ideas and reputations are explained as part of the character of society. The same is true for economics. More attention is given to the social gains of middle-class shopkeepers and the eighteenth-century zeal for stock speculation than to formal schools of thought. Especially notable is Kronenberger's treatment of both the arts and the artists of the eighteenth century-theatre opera music literature architecture and painting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526747

Kings and Kingdoms of Early Anglo-Saxon England Kings and Kingdoms of Early Anglo-Saxon England provides a unique survey of the six major Anglo-Saxon kingdoms - Kent the East Saxons the East Angles Northumbria Mercia and Wessex - and their royal families examining the most recent research in this field.Barbara Yorke moves beyond narrative accounts of the various royal houses to explain issues such as the strategies of rule the reasons for success and failure and the dynamics of change in the office of king. Sixteen genealogical and regnal tables help to elucidate the history of the royal houses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138133686

Kings and VikingsScandinavia and Europe AD 700–1100 Professor Sawyer offers some new interpretations of the development of Scandinavian society and history of the Christian conversion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172241

King's College Chapel Aberdeen 1500-2000 This new edition is a revised and expanded version of the book produced in 2000 to celebrate the quincentenary of King's College Chapel Aberdeen. Since then exciting discoveries have taken place and old ideas have been reappraised. The choir stalls and woodwork have provided a fresh seam of information about the meaning and use of the medieval chapel. Daniel MacCannell has identified new iconography in the stalls. Jane Geddes prompted by the installation of the new organ has investigated the original function and appearance of the great pulpitum or screen between the choir and nave and discovered the location of a magnificent lost organ loft. Mary Pryor and John Morrison have examined the great baroque biblical paintings and come up with a totally new interpretation of their iconography and function: a political warning to King Charles II. Easter Smart the university chaplain describes the flexible and ecumenical use of the chapel today. The revised edition appears in time to honour the quincentenary of the death of Bishop William Elphinstone the founder of Aberdeen University who died in 1514. This book aims to integrate his legacy to the chapel: the liturgy music architecture and fittings. Thanks to an unusually tolerant and conservative attitude towards religion at the university following the Reformation the chapel has survived in a more complete medieval state than any other church in Scotland. The rich archive of university documents show how benign neglect and a fierce pride in their iconic building caused the university to maintain the structure and its furnishings even during the long centuries when it ceased to serve a religious function. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907975981

Kings Countries & Constitutions - SEA NIP Providing a detailed analysis of Thailand's political development since 1932 when Thailand became a constitutional monarchy until the present   this book examines the large number of different versions of the constitution which Thailand has had since 1932 and explains why the constitution has been subject to such frequent change and why there have been so many outbursts of violent political unrest. It explores the role of the military and most importantly discusses the role of the monarchy which as the author shows has been crucial in holding Thailand together through the various changes of regime. The author brings to light original and largely unseen documents from the Public Records Office and US National Archives as well as drawing upon her extensive knowledge of politics in Thailand. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203060339

Kings CustomsAn Account of Maritime Revenue and Conraband Traffic First Published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315031378

King's Lynn and the Fens: Medieval Art Architecture and ArchaeologyVolume 30 The fourteen papers collected in this volume explore the medieval art architecture and archaeology of King's Lynn and the Fens. They arise out of the Association's 2005 conference and reflect its concern to engage with a broad range of monuments and themes rather than focusing on a single major building. Within King's Lynn contributors consider the superb 14th-century enamelled drinking vessel popularly known as 'King John's Cup' the former Hanseatic 'Steelyard' the Red Mount Chapel and the oak furnishings of the chapel of St Nicholas while the pine standard chest from St Margaret's church is assessed in terms of the importation and distribution of similar chest across England as a whole.Outside King's Lynn there are articles on the historical manipulation of landscapes and buildings at Kirkstead the 13th-century architecture and sculpture of Croyland Abbey the 14th-century parish church of St Mary at Snettisham the tomb of Sir Humphrey de Littlebury at All Saints Holbeach the overlooked medieval wall paintings in the Prior's Chapel at Castle Acre and the late medieval stained glass at Wiggenhall St Mary Magdalen. Finally there are three papers that look at particular aspects of the ways in which parish churches were financed embellished and used across the region - in terms of late-12th and early-13th-century patronage their 12th-century deployment of architectural sculpture and the types and arrangements of choir stalls that appeared at a parochial level during the later Middle Ages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315092188

Kingship Conquest and Patria First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852425

Kingship and Love in Scottish Poetry 1424–1540 Looking at late medieval Scottish poetic narratives which incorporate exploration of the amorousness of kings this study places these poems in the context of Scotland's repeated experience of minority kings and a consequent instability in governance. The focus of this study is the presence of amatory discourses in poetry of a political or advisory nature written in Scotland between the early fifteenth and the mid-sixteenth century. Joanna Martin offers new readings of the works of major figures in the Scottish literature of the period including Robert Henryson William Dunbar and Sir David Lyndsay. At the same time she provides new perspectives on anonymous texts among them The Thre Prestis of Peblis and King Hart and on the works of less well known writers such as John Bellenden and William Stewart which are crucial to our understanding of the literary culture north of the Border during the period under discussion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591100

Kingship and Masculinity in Late Medieval England Kingship and Masculinity in Late Medieval England explores the dynamic between kingship and masculinity in fifteenth century England with a particular focus on Henry V and Henry VI. The role of gender in the rhetoric and practice of medieval kingship is still largely unexplored by medieval historians. Discourses of masculinity informed much of the contemporary comment on fifteenth century kings for a variety of purposes: to praise and eulogise but also to explain shortcomings and provide justification for deposition. Katherine J. Lewis examines discourses of masculinity in relation to contemporary understandings of the nature and acquisition of manhood in the period and considers the extent to which judgements of a king’s performance were informed by his ability to embody the right balance of manly qualities. This book’s primary concern is with how these two kings were presented represented and perceived by those around them but it also asks how far Henry V and Henry VI can be said to have understood the importance of personifying a particular brand of masculinity in their performance of kingship and of meeting the expectations of their subjects in this respect. It explores the extent to which their established reputations as inherently ‘manly’ and ‘unmanly’ kings were the product of their handling of political circumstances but owed something to factors beyond their immediate control as well. Consideration is also given to Margaret of Anjou’s manipulation of ideologies of kingship and manhood in response to her husband’s incapacity and the ramifications of this for perceptions of the relational gender identities which she and Henry VI embodied together. Kingship and Masculinity in Late Medieval England is an essential resource for students of gender and medieval history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415316125

Kingsley DavisA Biography and Selections from His Writings Kingsley Davis (1908-1997) was one of the pioneers in social demography and was particularly identified with the theory of the demographic transition. This holds that the process of industrialization first causes mortality to decline leading to a substantial rate of population growth and only later causes fertility to fall leading eventually to the cessation of population growth. Kingsley Davis is especially remembered for his arresting and forceful critique of family-planning programs intended to achieve zero population growth.Before he devoted his major attention to social demography Davis had distinguished himself through influential articles on the structure of family and kinship including the topics of jealousy and sexual property the sociology of prostitution and illegitimacy. He had an early interest in structural-functional analysis which resulted in his famous and controversial article on stratification co-authored with Wilbert Moore and his equally famous presidential address to the American Sociological Association in 1959.David Heer's biography of Kingsley Davis is based on material contained in the Kingsley Davis Archive at the Hoover Institution Library at Stanford University the Kingsley Davis graduate file at Harvard University the interview of Kingsley Davis by Jean van der Tak in Demographic Destinies (1990) and David Heer's personal relationship with Kingsley Davis. The book also contains thirty of the most important writings by Kingsley Davis. These were chosen in part for the number of citations received in the Cumulative Social Science Citation Index and in part to ensure that readers would be able to assess the continuity of Kingsley Davis's ideas at all stages of his career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511422

Kinotalk21st Century Kinotalk: 21st Century is a cinema-based textbook that enhances students’ linguistic and cultural proficiency through guided studies of 12 Russian feature films released since the year 2000. Each chapter includes a series of original readings and activities that present captivating and thought-provoking frameworks in which students of Russian can practice and perfect all four language skills. While providing active stimuli for language production the volume also aims to immerse students in the world of Russian cinema society and culture. Key features include: A broad cross-section of prominent films directors cinematic styles trends and genres that have emerged in Russia since 2000. A wide selection of authentic texts from Russian scholars and film critics that familiarize students with the language of critical film inquiry in Russian. A multi-disciplinary approach that combines close readings of individual films with considerations of the socio-political ideological and economic contexts of their production. A flexible and dynamic modular structure that allows instructors to pick and choose films and topics that are best suited for their classrooms. Aimed at the Intermediate-High to Advanced levels (B1-C1 CEFR levels) this textbook is designed for all those interested in the rich palette of voices genres and contexts of 21st-century Russian cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362517

Kinship Capitalism ChangeThe Informal Economy of the Navajo 1868-1995 First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992917

Kinship Ethnicity and Voluntary AssociationsJewish Family Life in New York City How can Jewish relatives who range in residence and occupation from a Scarsdale doctor to a Brooklyn butcher and who diverge in religiosity from an Orthodox cantor to a ham-eating atheist maintain close family ties? It is a social truism that families with conflicting life styles scattered over a sprawling urban area fall apart. Even those families with a strong sense of duty to stay together begin to lose their cohesiveness as members' contacts become increasingly erratic and highly preferential. In "Kinship Ethnicity and Voluntary Associations" William E. Mitchell describes how these intimate spirited and often contentious family clubs are organized and how they function.This project delves into family circles and clubs two remarkable social innovations by New York City Jews of Eastern European background that attempt to keep relatives together even as the indomitable forces of urbanization and industrialization continue to split them apart. The family circle first appeared on the New York City Jewish scene in the early 1900s as an adaptive response to preserve both in principle and action the social integrity of the immigrant Jewish family. It consisted of a group of relatives with common ancestors organized like a lodge or club with elected officers dues regular meetings and committees.Family circles and cousins' clubs continued to exist as important variant types of family structure in New York Jewish communities for many years. Mitchell in this work deals with the challenging problems of how Jewish family clubs happened to emerge in American society and their theoretical implications for contemporary kinship studies. The research methods used in the study include a combination of intensive informant interviews participant observation and respondent questionnaires. This is an unusual innovative contribution to cultural anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526792

Kinship Honour and Money in Rural PakistanSubsistence Economy and the Effects of International Migration International migration is favoured by the governments of many poorer countries despite often well-publicized abuses affecting individual migrant workers. Not only is local unemployment reduced but also it is expected that the migrants will learn new skills with many even becoming entrepreneurs on their return home. Meantime they are seen as a source of foreign remittances providing needed capital for economic development. Such is the attitude in Pakistan from where thousands of migrant workers leave every year for the Gulf states especially.An anthropological study approaching this issue from a local (village) level this book focuses on two areas of the Punjab. Describing the historical passage of rural life from pre-colonial times to the present it shows how the rural economy of the Punjab was not transformed by the green revolution - on the contrary it is still a subsistence economy. The resulting poverty combined with Pakistan's labour-market policies forces many Punjabi men to seek work abroad in turn bringing changes to the economic role of the women left behind. Remittances from abroad have brought further changes on the economic and social life of the villages but not as expected to bring economic development let alone capital or entrepreneurialism to the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974036

Kinship population and social reproduction in the 'new Indonesia'A study of Nuaulu cultural resilience Nuaulu people on the Indonesian island of Seram have displayed remarkable linguistic and cultural resilience over a period of 50 years. In 1970 their language and traditional culture was widely considered ‘endangered.’ Despite this Nuaulu have not only maintained their animist identity and shown a robust ability to reproduce 'traditional' ritual performances but have exhibited both population growth and increasing assertiveness in the projection of their interests through the politics of the ‘New Indonesia’. This book examines how kinship organization and marriage patterns have responded to some of these challenges and suggests that the retention of core institutions of descent and exchange are the consequence of population growth which in turn has enabled ritual reproduction and thereby effectively maintained a distinct identity in relation to the surrounding majority culture. Low conversion rates to other religions and the political consequences of Indonesian ‘reformasi’ have also contributed to a situation in which despite changes in the material basis of their lives Nuaulu have projected a strong independent identity and organisation. In terms of debates around kinship in eastern Indonesia this book argues that older notions of prescriptive social structure are fundamentally flawed. Kinship institutions are real enough but the distinction between genealogical and classificatory relations is often unimportant; all that matters in the end is that the arrangements entered into between clans and houses permit both biological and social reproduction and that the latter ultimately serves the former.An important contribution to the study of the peoples of Eastern Indonesia it highlights a 'good news story' about the successful retention of a traditional way of life in an area that has had a troubled recent history. It will be of interest to academics in various fields of anthropology in particular the study of kinship and Southeast Asian societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590581

Kinship and ConsentJewish Political Tradition and Its Contemporary Uses A major dimension of modern Jewish life has been the revival of conscious political activity on the part of the Jewish people whether through reestablishment of the State of Israel new forms of diaspora community organization or the common Jewish fight against anti-Semitism. Precisely because contemporary Jewry has moved increasingly toward self-definition in political terms a significant part of the search for roots and meaning must take place within the political realm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526754

Kinship and ContinuityPakistani Families in Britain Kinship and Continuity is a vivid ethnographic account of the development of the Pakistani presence in Oxford from after World War II to the present day. Alison Shaw addresses the dynamics of migration patterns of residence and kinship ideas about health and illness and notions of political and religious authority and discusses the transformations and continuities of the lives of British Pakistanis against the backdrop of rural Pakistan and local socio-economic changes. This is a fully updated revised edition of the book first published in 1988. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315080062

Kinship and Culture At one time Francis L.K. Hsu put forth a hypothesis on kinship that proposed a functional relationship between particular kinship systems and behavior patterns in particular cultural contexts. The controversy provoked among cultural anthropologists by this hypothesis is reflected in this book which points the way toward more fruitful investigations of kinship in cultural and psychological anthropology.Hsu's hypothesis offers an alternative to the study of kinship as a mathematical game and to the treatment of fragmentary aspects of child-rearing practices as major causal factors in culture. Considering the kinship system as the psychological factory of culture Hsu's aim is to discover the crucial forces in each system that shape the interpersonal orientation of the individual which forms the individual's basis for adequate functioning as a member of his society and which in turn provides his culture with a basis for continuity and change. His central hypothesis is that the attributes of the dominant dyads in a given kinship system (such as father-son or mother-daughter) tend to determine the attitudes and action patterns that the individual in such a system develops toward other relationships in that system as well as toward his relationships outside of it.The topics are varied ranging from the link between dyadic dominance and household maintenance to role dilemmas and father-son dominance to sex-role identity and dominant kinship relationships. The editor has contributed an introduction an original essay on kinship and patterns of social cohesion and a summary chapter to bring coherence to the diversity of opinion stated. This new presentation of Hsu's hypothesis together with its discussion by eminent anthropologists and its recommendations for future research in the area is an important addition to the literature on kinship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526761

Kinship and Economic Organisation in Rural Japan In this essay the author presents the principles of one important sector of social organization in Japan and establish its framework. Japanese kinship structure with its multiple historical and local factors and unlike that of the Chinese or of the Hindus does not belong to the category of unilineal systems nor to any kind of descent pattern found in the published literature of social anthropology. Social anthropology developed by micro-synchronic studies of simpler societies and with its major analysis devoted to descent systems has to face in Japan a critical methodological test. In this essay the author as a social anthropologist want to overcome these drawbacks of anthropological method and to demonstrate one of the new approaches by which an anthropologist can cope with the data from a sophisticated society Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135951

Kinship and GenderAn Introduction Does kinship still matter in today’s globalized increasingly mobile world? Do family structures continue to influence the varied roles that men and women play in different cultures? Answering with a resounding ‘yes!’ Linda Stone and Diane E. King offer a lively introduction to and working knowledge of kinship. They firmly link these concepts to cross-cultural gender studies illuminating the malleable nature of gender roles around the world and over time. Written to engage students each chapter in Kinship and Gender provides key terms and useful generalizations gleaned through research on the interplay of kinship and gender in both traditional societies and contemporary communities. Detailed case studies and cross-cultural examples help students understand how such generalizations are experienced in real life. The authors also consider the ramifications of current social problems and recent developments in reproductive technology as they demonstrate the relevance of kinship and gender to students’ lives. The fully-revised sixth edition contains new case studies on foster parenting in the United States and on domestic violence. It provides new material on pets as family members and an expanded discussion of the concept of lineal masculinity. There is also a comparison of the adoption of new reproductive technologies in Israel with other countries along with a discussion of the issue of transnational movements in the use of these technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350943

Kinship and Incestuous Crime in Colonial Guatemala Kinship and Incestuous Crime in Colonial Guatemala examines social relations in colonial Guatemala through the lens of incest. Using a combination of qualitative and quantitative analyses of incest trials from the Spanish secular courts this study shows that incest codes were not homogenous nor were its various forms equally condemned. Further incest codes and the criminal process impacted the articulation of kinship and contributed to the racialization of kin behavior. Colonial actors of all sorts were proficient at using these types of distinctions as they negotiated various crises in their lives. The models of relatedness created within incestuous crime ultimately foreshadowed changes in marriage proscriptions and continued racial polarization following independence from Spain. Overall this study demonstrates how the lens of incest can add further nuance to our understanding of social relations in a given area. Incest codes force latent divisions between kin to the surface and can provide individuals with multiple avenues to creatively manage interpersonal relationships. They also afford a fruitful arena in which to explore social inequalities in society and mechanisms of culture change. This book will appeal to anyone interested in Latin America or engaged in the fields of kinship gender or sexuality studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464424

Kinship and Marriage in a New Guinea Village The economic and political systems legal code and religious beliefs of the people of the New Guinea village of Busama were analysed by H. Ian Hogbin in his earlier work Transformation Scene (1951). In this new study founded on field work carried out at intervals over a seven year period he is concerned primarily with the individual in his relations with the kinship structure. He takes a typical Busama through a full span of life from birth through infancy childhood adolescence and marriage to maturity and death; and he shows how each stage in the individual's life involves a change in his kinship relationships and responsibilities. This approach gives the professional anthropologist a set of carefully presented data analysed in line with the contemporary emphasis on seeing the relations between kin in the context of the local community and it also offers the general reader an enjoyable and authentic account of the intimacies of Melanesian life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135258

Kinship and Performance in the Black and Green AtlanticHaptic Allegories Kinship and Performance in the Black and Green Atlantic advances an innovative and compelling approach to writing comparative studies of performance in transnational intercultural relation to one another. Its chosen subject in this case is the cultural and political intersection of African and Irish diasporic peoples and movements. Gough approaches her subject via five key "flashpoints" in Black/Green relations moving from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first century. In turn each of these is related to mediums of performance that were prevalent at the time such as abolitionist oratory and melodrama photography and tableaux architecture and folk drama television and political demonstrations and visual art and dramaturgy. By examining the unlikely kinship between social actors such as Ida B. Wells and Maud Gonne Lady Augusta Gregory and Zora Neale Hurston and Bernadette Devlin and Alice Childress along with a host of old and new theatrical "characters " this book explores how a transmedial investigation of gender community and performance allows for a revision of historiography in Atlantic studies while the study itself revises and reimagines key concepts central to performance studies. In 2014 Kinship and Performance was given the Errol Hill Award for Outstanding Scholarship in African American Theatre from the American Society for Theatre Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494992

Kinship and Social Organisation W. H. R. Rivers who has been called 'the founder of the modern study of social organization' exerted an immense influence on his contemporaries and successors. This volume reprints three of his lectures delivered in 1913 and first published in 1914 which provide a short and brilliant exposition of his theoretical approach and are exemplary of his handling of ethnographic evidence. His theme is the relationship between kinship terminologies and social organization more particularly forms of marriage a subject still of lively theoretical interest. Also included is the same author's The Genealogical Method of Anthropological Enquiry first published in 1910 a classic of anthropological methodology and Professor Raymond Firth of the London School of Economics and Professor David Schneider of the University of Chicago provide commentaries estimating the past and present importance of Rivers in British and American Anthropology respectively. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135944

Kinship and Social Organisation (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1914 W. H. R. Rivers' hugely influential study was the first to effectively demonstrate the close connection between methods of denoting relationship or kinship and forms of social organisation  including those based on different forms of the institution of marriage. He also shows that the terminology of relationship has been rigorously determined by social conditions and that therefore systems of relationship furnish us with a most valuable instrument in studying the history of social institutions. This series of lectures was orginally delivered by the author in May 1914 at the London School of Economics. They are based on the experiences of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to Melanesia in 1908.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670470

Kinship and the Social Order.The Legacy of Lewis Henry Morgan Originally published in the UK in 1970. The central argument of this book is that the structuralist theory and method developed by British and American anthropologists in the study of kinship and social organization are the direct descendants of the researches of Lewis Henry Morgan. Re-examining Morgan's work the book demonstrates how a tradition of mis-interpretation has disguised the true import of Morgan's discoveries and ideas for Rivers and Radcliffe-Brown and the generation of anthropologists inspired by them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866521

Kinship and the Social OrderThe Legacy of Lewis Henry Morgan One of the world's most eminent social anthropologists draws upon his many years of study and research in the field of kinship and social organization to review the development of anthropological theory and method from Lewis Henry Morgan (1818-1881) to anthropologists of the 1960s. It is the central argument of this book that the structuralist theory and method developed by British and American anthropologists in the study of kinship and social organization is the direct descendant of Morgan's researches. The volume starts with a re-examination of Morgan's work. Professor Fortes demonstrates how a tradition of misinterpretation has disguised the true import of Morgan's discoveries. He follows with a detailed analysis of the work of Rivers and Radcliffe-Brown and the generation of anthropologists inspired by them. The author states his own point of view as it has developed in the framework of modern structuralist theory with ethnographic examples examined in depth. He shows that the social relations and institutions conventionally grouped under the rubric of kinship and social organization belong simultaneously to two complementary domains of social structure the familial and the political. Meyer Fortes' contribution to the field of anthropology can best be understood in the context of balance of forces between these domains of the personal and public. In the latter part of the book he gives detailed attention to the principal conceptual issues that have confronted research and theory in the study of kinship and social organizations since Morgan's time. He shows that kinship institutions are autonomous not mere by-products of economic requirements and demonstrates the moral base of kinship in the rule of amity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526778

Kinship Bereavement in Later LifeA Special Issue of "Omega - Journal of Death and Dying" This collection of articles is an outgrowth of the Death Dying Bereavement and Widowhood Interest Group of the Gerontological Society of America and comprises empirical accounts of several distinct family losses: the death of a spouse sibling parent child and grandchild. These articles represent normative and non-normative losses; the juxtaposition of short-term and long- term bereavement reactions; cross-sectional and longitudinal comparisons; sociological psychological and psycholinguistic research paradigms; national and regional level data; and qualitative and quantitative analytic strategies. The articles and their approaches are as diverse and varied as are the experiences they describe yet each contributes something of value to the more singular and superordinate goal of understanding kinship bereavement in the later years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786041

Kinship in ActionSelf and Group For courses in Social Organization Kinship and Cultural Ecology.Kinship has made a come-back in Anthropology. Not only is there a line of noted general introductory works and readers in the topic but theoretical discussions have been stimulated both by technological changes in mechanisms of reproduction and by reconsiderations of how to define kinship in the most productive ways for cross-cultural comparisons.In addition kinship studies have moved away from the minutiae of kin terminological systems and thekinship algebra often associated with these to the broader analysis of processes historical changes and fundamental cultural meanings in which kin relationships are implicated. In this changed and changing context both Andrew Strathern and Pamela J. Stewart -- both of the University of Pittsburgh -- bring together a number of interests and concerns in order to provide pointers for students as well as scholars in this field of study. Taking an explicitly processual approach the authors examine definitions of terms such as kinship itself approach the topic in a way that is invariably ethnographic and deploy materials from field areas where they themselves have worked. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403789

Kinship in International Relations While kinship is among the basic organizing principles of all human life its role in and implications for international politics and relations have been subject to surprisingly little exploration in International Relations (IR) scholarship. This volume is the first volume aimed at thinking systematically about kinship in IR – as an organizing principle as a source of political and social processes and outcomes and as a practical and analytical category that not only reflects but also shapes politics and interaction on the international political arena. Contributors trace everyday uses of kinship terminology to explore the relevance of kinship in different political and cultural contexts and to look at interactions taking place above at and within the state level. The book suggests that kinship can expand or limit actors’ political room for maneuvereon the international political arena making some actions and practices appear possible and likely and others less so. As an analytical category kinship can help us categorize and understand relations between actors in the international arena. It presents itself as a ready-made classificatory system for understanding how entities within a hierarchy are organized in relation to one another and how this logic is all at once natural and social. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580558

Kinship in the Admiralty Islands The Manus of New Guinea's Pere village were Margaret Mead's most favored community the people to whom she returned five times before she died in 1978. Kinship in the Admiralty Islands is the classic and only thorough description of their complex rules of marriage and family relations. It draws on Mead's 1928-1929 field work conducted with her second husband New Zealander Reo Fortune and benefits by her being able to cross-check her data with his. Written in 1931 Kinship followed Mead's first and very popular book on the Manus Growing Up in New Guinea which was criticized by other anthropologists for being too general in scope. In Kinship Mead succeeded in demonstrating her thorough knowledge of this Melanesian group in the specific terms prized by her scholarly colleagues while also describing in depth Manus social structure.Kinship in the Admiralty Islands describes an intricate system of social restraints and kinship ties and their impact on the local economy. The Manus' predilection for adoption for example allows surrogate fathers to make extended marriage payments while in the next generation their adopted sons will take on the same responsibility for other young men in the new kin network. Mead reviews other kinship rules such as avoidance behavior between in-laws of the opposite sex early betrothals other forms of adoption and a range of deference behavior and joking relations among kin. In this work Mead walks a fine line between functionalist kinship analysis of the British school of Radclife Brown and the cultural-and-personality orientation of Americans in the school of Franz Boas.Jeanne Guillemin's new introduction provides a lively in depth description of Margaret Mead's career in the early days of anthropology the sometimes negative reactions of her contemporaries to her work and her reasons for writing Kinship in the Admiralty Islands as well as Mead's later reactions to how "her Manus" entered the modern world.Margaret Mead was noted for directing her writings to both scholar and laymen alike. Kinship in the Admiralty Islands will be of interest to anthropologists and general readers interested in the peoples of the South Pacific.Margaret Mead was curator of ethnology of the American Museum of Natural History. She was the author of many books including Continuities in Cultural Evolution (available from Transaction) The Study of Culture at a Distance The Mountain of Arapesh and From the South Seas: Studies of Adolescence and Sex in Primitive Societies. Jeanne Guillemin is a professor of anthropology at Boston College and editor of Anthropological Realities: Readings in the Science of Culture also available from Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526785

Kipling and Orientalism (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1986 this book sets Kipling firmly in the historical context not only of contemporary India but of prior Anglo-Indian writers about India. Despite his enthusiastic reception in England as ‘revealer of the East’ in India he seems to have been regarded as just one more Anglo-Indian writer. The author demonstrates the traditionalism of Kipling’s use of the themes of Anglo-Indian fiction – themes such as the ‘White Man’s grave’ domestic instability frustration and loneliness. In particular Kipling is shown to be writing in a strongly conservative idiom concentrating on the role of the British hierarchy as the determining factor in a response to India on British insecurity and fears of a repeat of 1857 mutiny and regarding Indian institutions only in so far as they represented a threat to British rule. Conservative critiques of liberalism are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799219

Kipling and Yeats at 150Retrospectives/Perspectives This book evaluates the parallels divergences and convergences in the literary legacies of Rudyard Kipling and William Butler Yeats. Coming 150 years after their birth the volume sheds light on the conversational undercurrents that pull together the often diametrically polar worldviews of these two seminal figures of the English literary canon. Contextualizing their texts to the larger milieu that Kipling and Yeats lived in and contributed to the book investigates a range of aesthetic and perceptual similarities – from cultures of violence to notions of masculinity from creative debts to Shakespeare to responses to British imperialism and industrial modernity – to establish the perceptible consonance of their works. Kipling and Yeats are known to have never corresponded but the chapters collected here show evidence of the influence that their acute awareness of each other’s work and thought may have had. Offering fresh perspectives which make Kipling’s and Yeats’s diverse texts contexts and legacies contemporarily relevant this volume will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of literature critical theory postcolonial studies cultural studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367728328

Kipling in India This book explores and re-evaluates Kipling’s connection with India its people culture languages and locales through his experiences and his writings. Kipling’s works attracted interest among a large section of the British public stimulating curiosity in their far-off Indian Empire and made many canonize him as an emblem of the ‘Raj’. This volume highlights the astonishing social and thematic range of his Indian writings as represented in The Jungle Books; Kim; his early verse; his Simla-based tales of Anglo-Indian intrigues and love affairs; his stories of the common Indian people; and his journalism. It brings together different theoretical and contextual readings of Kipling to examine how his experience of India influenced his creative work and conversely how his imperial loyalties conditioned his creative engagement with India. The 18 chapters here engage with the complexities and contradictions in his writings and analyse the historical and political contexts in which he wrote them and the contexts in which we read him now. With well-known contributors from different parts of the world – including India the UK the USA Canada France Japan and New Zealand – this book will be of great interest not only to those interested in Kipling’s life and works but also to researchers and scholars of nineteenth-century literature comparative studies postcolonial and subaltern studies colonial history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367547288

Kipling's Children's LiteratureLanguage Identity and Constructions of Childhood Despite Kipling's popularity as an author and his standing as a politically controversial figure much of his work has remained relatively unexamined due to its characterization as 'children's literature'. Sue Walsh challenges the apparently clear division between 'children's' and 'adult' literature and poses important questions about how these strict categories have influenced critical work on Kipling and on literature in general. For example why are some of Kipling's books viewed as children's literature and what critical assumptions does this label produce? Why is it that Kim is viewed by critics as transcending attempts at categorization? Using Kipling as a case study Walsh discusses texts such as Kim The Jungle Books the Just-So Stories Puck of Pook's Hill and Rewards and Fairies re-evaluating earlier critical approaches and offering fresh readings of these relatively neglected works. In the process she suggests new directions for postcolonial and childhood studies and interrogates the way biographical criticism on children's literature in particular has tended to supersede and obstruct other kinds of readings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259379

Kirman and the Qajar EmpireLocal Dimensions of Modernity in Iran 1794-1914 Despite its apparently peripheral location in the Qajar Empire Kirman was frequently found at the centre of developments reshaping Iran in the 19th century. Over the Qajar period the region saw significant changes as competition between Kirmani families rapidly developed commercial cotton and opium production and a world renowned carpet weaving industry as well as giving strength to radical modernist and nationalist agitation in the years leading up to the 1906 Constitutional Revolution.Kirman and the Qajar Empire explores how these Kirmani local elites mediated political economic and social change in their community during the significant transitional period in Iran’s history from the rise of the Qajar Empire through to World War I. It departs from the prevailing centre-periphery models of economic integration and Qajar provincial history engaging with key questions over how Iranians participated in reshaping their communities in the context of imperialism and growing transnational connections. With rarely utilized local historical and geographical writings as well as a range of narrative and archival sources this book provides new insight into the impact of household factionalism and estate building over four generations in the Kirman region. As well as offering the first academic monograph on modern Kirman it is also an important case study in local dimensions of modernity. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Iranian studies and Iranian History as well as general Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872533

Kissinger Angola and US-African Foreign PolicyThe Unintentional Realist Analysing US foreign policy towards Angola during the Ford administration this book provides an intriguing insight into one of the most avoidable and unfortunate episodes in Cold War history and explores the impact on Henry Kissinger’s much vaunted reputation for being guided by realist principles. Kissinger has dominated political discourse and scholarship on US foreign policy since the 1970s  but although his legacy continues to generate controversy little attention has been paid to the influence of Vietnam’s collapse on the US decision to covertly intervene in the Angolan civil war. This book argues that Kissinger’s concern for personal reputation and US credibility following the collapse of Vietnam led to a harmful and unrealistic policy toward Angola. Exposure of US covert intervention exacerbated domestic and international political tensions and the subsequent showdown between the excutive and legislative branches ironically resulted in Kissinger proclaiming a new departure in US–African relations. Thus it is argued that Kissinger was an ‘unintentional realist’ rather than an intellectual proponent of realpolitik. Enhancing our understanding of Kissinger his relationship with his subordinates and with Congress and his approach to foreign policy this book will be of interest to scholars of Cold War history US foreign policy and all those fascinated by the personality of Henry Kissinger. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496002

Kit: Fashioning the Sporting Body This is the first edited collection of its kind to analyse the distinct but overlapping topics of dress costume sport and leisure history. For researchers of bodily adornment and movement sport and costume history are both primarily concerned with industrial practice and embodied experience. The ways in which bodies are adorned embellished and clothed (or revealed) highlights the hybrid nature of dress history encompassing as it does the everyday clothing solutions of the mass of people and the unusual or more ceremonial aspects of costume as well as elite high fashion. Although this is as yet an under-researched area there are an increasing number of fashion and clothing undergraduate and postgraduate courses that specialise in sport and leisurewear. This publication is intended to give an introductory overview of the historical and contemporary issues as it does for the growing number of sport marketing and sports studies courses concerned with dress costume history and branding. This book was published as a special issue of Sport in History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085640

Kitchen Table SustainabilityPractical Recipes for Community Engagement with Sustainability Kitchen Table Sustainability offers a unique view of sustainability through the lens of community engagement. It takes sustainability out of the ivory towers of universities government departments and planners to the kitchen tables of the world. This practical guide distils decades of wisdom from community planning engagement and sustainability practice internationally into a user-friendly and engaging book that is both inspirational and packed with hands-on tools. The core of the book is a bottom-up approach to participatory community engagement and development referred to as EATING that consists of six components: Education Action Trust Inclusion Nourishment and Governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136311

Klein Melanie Klein (1882-1960) was a pioneer of child analysis whose work with children enabled her to gain insight on the deepest states of the mind and thus to make a fundamental contribution to psychoanalytic theory. A pupil and follower of Freud she investigated what he called "the dim and shadowy era" of early childhood developing theories and techniques which although they remain controversial have had a profound influence not only on clinical psychoanalysis but also on fields outside it. Her understanding of the paranoid-schizoid mechanisms and of the role of envy extended the range of patients who can be psychoanalyzed to include those suffering from borderline states between neurosis and psychosis. And her work shed light on the psychological basis of ethics on theories of thinking on group relations and on aesthetics. The author worked with Melanie Klein and is now one of Britain's leading psychoanalysts. She traces the development of Klein's ideas within a biographical framework describing the importance of her work and portraying her as a woman of great warmth and exceptional insight. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099671

Knighthoods of ChristEssays on the History of the Crusades and the Knights Templar Presented to Malcolm Barber During the Central Middle Ages Catholics had the opportunity to take part in Holy War in the Latin East in two different but related ways by taking the Cross and by entering the Order of the Temple. Both crusaders and Knights Templar were dubbed by contemporary panegyrists milites Christi knights engaged in combat for the cause of Christ. On numerous battlefields in the Middle East crusaders and Templars fought side by side. By the late thirteenth century both modes of Holy War faced critical situations. Crusading failed to save the mainland states of Palestine and Syria from Muslim conquest in 1291 while the Knights Templar entered a period of internal demoralisation and external attack that culminated in the suppression of their Order in 1312. This collection of essays by distinguished historians of the Crusades and the Order of the Temple covers the whole span of their historical evolution and offers numerous insights into the ideologies practicalities and ramifications of Christian Holy War in the Middle Ages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315251066

Knights and CastlesMinorities and Urban Regeneration Title first published in 2003. Much has been written about the problems minorities encounter in Western European and North American cities. This insightful volume acknowledges the deep-rooted nature of inequalities and discrimination but seeks ways of ameliorating and eradicating them from positive stories of minority involvement in regeneration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708440

Knight's Forensic Pathology The fourth edition of Knight's Forensic Pathology continues to be the definitive international resource for those in training and in practice covering all aspects of the medico-legal autopsy including the cause and time of death interpretation of wounds and every other facet of the investigation of a fatality. The contents are intended to lead the pathologist – and in some countries the non-pathologist – through the procedures needed in the examination of a body found under obscure suspicious or even criminal circumstances. Although police procedures and the habits of pathologists may vary from country to country the philosophy and techniques presented in this book offer a guide to good practices that can be modified according to local circumstances. In this new edition the text has been thoroughly updated and is complemented by the addition of over 200 new colour illustrations. It maintains the praised tradition of clarity and readability established since Prof. Bernard Knight’s first edition was published in 1991 with an emphasis on the practical application of knowledge and research findings and the avoidance of over-interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340972533

Knights Templar in Britain The Knights Templar In Britain examines exactly who became knights what rituals sustained them where the power bases were and how their tentacles spread through the political and economic worlds of Britain before their defeat at the hands of the Inquisition some two hundred years later.Founded in the early twelfth century the mysterious Knights Templar rose to be the most powerful military order of the Middle Ages. While their campaign in the Middle East and travels are well-known their huge influence across the British isles remains virtually uncharted.  For readers interested in Medieval History.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145450

Knitting the Semantic Web The Semantic Web extends the popular day-to-day Web enabling computers and people to effectively work together by giving information well-defined meaning. Knitting the Semantic Web explains the interdisciplinary efforts underway to build a more library-like Web through “semantic knitting.” The book examines foundation activities and initiatives leading to standardized semantic metadata. These efforts lead to the Semantic Web—a network able to support computational activities and provide people with services efficiently. Leaders in library and information science computer science and information intensive domains provide insight and inspiration to give readers a greater understanding of the evolution of the Semantic Web. Librarians and information professionals are uniquely qualified to play a major role in the development and maintenance of the Semantic Web. Knitting the Semantic Web closely examines this crucial relationship in detail. This single source reviews the foundations standards and tools underlying the Semantic Web and presents thoughtful perspectives in the context of 2.0 developments. Many chapters include figures to illustrate concepts and ideas and the entire text is extensively referenced. Topics in Knitting the Semantic Web include: RDF its expressive power and its ability to underlie the new Library catalog card for the coming century the value and application for controlled vocabularies SKOS (Simple Knowledge Organization System) the newest Semantic Web language managing scheme versioning in the Semantic Web Physnet portal service for physics Semantic Web technologies in biomedicine developing the United Nations Food and Agriculture ontology Friend Of A Friend (FOAF) vocabulary specification—with a real world case study at a university Web/Library 2.0 and more Knitting the Semantic Web is a stimulating resource for professionals researchers educators and students in library and information science computer science information architecture Web design and Web services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541565

Knock on WoodNature as Commodity in Douglas-Fir Country Scott Prudham investigates a region that has in recent years seen more environmental conflict than perhaps anywhere else in the country--the old-growth forests of the Pacific Northwest. Prudham employs a political economic approach to explain the social and economic conflicts arising from the timber industry's presence in the region. As well he provides a thorough accounting of the timber industry itself tracing its motivations practices and labor relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446164

Knockin' on Heaven's DoorThe Bible and Popular Culture Knockin' On Heaven's Door offers a critically sophisticated and truly interdisciplinary analysis of the relationship between biblical studies and contemporary culture.Specific biblical texts are examined in the light of cultural criticism and areas of popular culture including pornography heavy metal music and McDonald's hamburgers in the light of biblical criticism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203012383

Knot Projections Knot Projections offers a comprehensive overview of the latest methods in the study of this branch of topology based on current research inspired by Arnold’s theory of plane curves Viro’s quantization of the Arnold invariant and Vassiliev’s theory of knots among others. The presentation exploits the intuitiveness of knot projections to introduce the material to an audience without a prior background in topology making the book suitable as a useful alternative to standard textbooks on the subject. However the main aim is to serve as an introduction to an active research subject and includes many open questions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658298

Knot TheorySecond Edition Over the last fifteen years the face of knot theory has changed due to various new theories and invariants coming from physics topology combinatorics and alge-bra. It suffices to mention the great progress in knot homology theory (Khovanov homology and Ozsvath-Szabo Heegaard-Floer homology) the A-polynomial which give rise to strong invariants of knots and 3-manifolds in particular many new unknot detectors. New to this Edition is a discussion of Heegaard-Floer homology theory and A-polynomial of classical links as well as updates throughout the text.Knot Theory Second Edition is notable not only for its expert presentation of knot theory’s state of the art but also for its accessibility. It is valuable as a profes-sional reference and will serve equally well as a text for a course on knot theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657291

Knots: Selected Works of RD Laing: Vol 7 Originally published in 1970 Knots consists of a series of dialogue-scenarios that can be read as poems or brief plays each complete in itself. Each chapter describes a different kind of relationship: the "knots" of the title: bonds of love dependency uncertainty jealousy. The dialogues could be those between lovers between parents and children between analysts and patients or all of these merged together. Each brilliantly demonstrates Laing's insights into the intricacies of human relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361751

KnotsPost-Lacanian Psychoanalysis Literature and Film This collection of specially commissioned essays offers a wide array of new psychoanalytic approaches impacted by Lacanian theory queer studies post-colonial studies feminism and deconstruction in the domains of film and literature. We have witnessed a remarkable return to psychoanalysis in those fields fields from which it had been excluded or discredited for a while. This has changed recently and we need to understand why. The fourteen essays make use a freshly minted psychoanalytic concepts to read diverse texts films and social practices. The distinguished authors gathered here an international group of scholars coming from Japan China Korea India Belgium Greece France Australia and the USA are all cognizant of the advances of theory under the form of deconstruction feminism post-colonial studies and trauma studies. These essays take into account the latest developments in Lacanian theory and never bracket off subjective agency when dealing with literature or film. The authors make sense of changes brought to psychoanalytical theory by redefinitions of the Oedipus complex reconsiderations of the death drive applications of Lacan’s symptom and the concept of the Real reassessments of the links between affect and trauma insights into the resilience of Romantic excess and jouissance awareness of the role of transference in classical and modernist texts and pedagogical techniques aimed at teaching difficult texts all the while testifying to the influence on Lacanian theory of thinkers like Maurice Blanchot Roland Barthes Melanie Klein Didier Anzieu Jacques Derrida Judith Butler Gilles Deleuze Alain Badiou and Slavoj Zizek. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433703

Know it All Find it Fast for Academic Libraries Readership: This will prove an indispensable day-to-day guide for anyone working with students academics and researchers in an academic library. A comprehensive and easy-to-use version of the best-selling Know it All Find It Fast developed specifically for information professionals working in academic libraries this will help you to tackle the questions most commonly asked by students academics and researchers. A broad cross-disciplinary A-Z of themes including topics such as literature searching plagiarism and using online resources are covered helping you to address anquery confidently and quickly. Each topic is split into three sections to guide your response: • typical questions listing the common enquiries you’ll encounter• points to consider exploring the issues and challenges that might arise• where to look listing annotated UK and international resources in print and online including key organisations scholarly bodies digital libraries statistical data and journal article indexes Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047593

Know it All Find it Fast for Youth Librarians and Teachers A brand new version of the best-selling enquiry desk reference text Know it All Find it Fast. Specifically designed for those working with children and young people in schools public libraries and at home.Including an invaluable overview of the education system and the school curriculum as well as a comprehensive listing of useful resources by topic this A-Z covers school subjects from science and maths to reading and literacy and more general themes such as children's health wellbeing and hobbies Each topic is broken down into useful sections that will help to guide your response; • Typical questions outline common queries such as ‘Have you got any information about volcanoes?’• Considerations provides useful hints and tips i.e. ‘Geography now encompasses not only physical and human geography but also environmental geography social geography geology and geopolitics.’• Where to look lists relevant printed digital and online resources with useful annotations explaining their scope and strengths Readership: This is the must-have quick reference tool arming librarians and teachers with the knowledge to deal with any queries thrown at them from children and young people as well as their parents and caregivers. It will also be a handy reference for parents and anyone working with children and young people in other organizations such as homework clubs and youth workers. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047616

Know Thine EnemyA Spy's Journey Into Revolutionary Iran This book gives an account of Shirley's trip into Iran as a spy to provide an insight into Iranian character. It is a vivid firsthand portrait of the clash of Western and Muslim civilizations. The book portrays Iranians in a way different from what the most Americans know about them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156985

Know ThyselfThe Value and Limits of Self-Knowledge Know Thyself: The Value and Limits of Self-Knowledge takes the reader on tour of the nature value and limits of self-knowledge. Mitchell S. Green calls on classical sources like Plato and Descartes 20th-century thinkers like Freud recent developments in neuroscience and experimental psychology and even Buddhist philosophy to explore topics at the heart of who we are. The result is an unvarnished look at both the achievements and drawbacks of the many attempts to better know one’s own self. Key topics in this volume include: Knowledge – what it means to know the link between wisdom and knowledge and the value of living an "examined life" Personal identity – questions of dualism (the idea that our mind is not only our brain) bodily continuity and personhood The unconscious — including the kind posited by psychoanalysis as well as the form proposed by recent research on the so-called adaptive unconscious Free will – if we have it and the recent arguments from neuroscience challenging it Self-misleading – the ways we willfully deceive ourselves and how this relates to empathy peer disagreement implicit bias and intellectual humility Experimental psychology – considerations on the automaticity of emotion and other cognitive processes and how they shape us This book is designed to be used in conjunction with the free ‘Know Thyself’ MOOC (massive open online course) created through collaboration of the University of Connecticut's Project on Humility and Conviction in Public Life and the University of Edinburgh’s Eidyn research centre and hosted on the Coursera platform (https://www.coursera.org/learn/know-thyself). The book is also suitable as a text for interdisciplinary courses in the philosophy of mind or self-knowledge and is highly recommended for anyone looking for a short overview of this fascinating topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676022

Knowing Learning and instructionEssays in Honor of Robert Glaser Celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Learning Research and Development Center (LRDC) at the University of Pittsburgh these papers present the most current and innovative research on cognition and instruction. Knowing Learning and Instruction pays homage to Robert Glaser founder of the LRDC and includes debates and discussions about issues of fundamental importance to the cognitive science of instruction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044408

Knowing Not-Knowing and Sort-of-KnowingPsychoanalysis and the Experience of Uncertainty A contemporary wide-ranging exploration of one of the most provocative topics currently under psychoanalytic investigation: the relationship of dissociation to varieties of knowing and unknowing. The twenty-eight essays collected here invite readers to reflect upon the ways the mind is structured around and through knowing not-knowing and sort-of-knowing or uncertainty. The authors explore the ramifications of being up against the limits of what they can know as through their clinical practice and theoretical considerations they simultaneously attempt to open up psychic and physical experience. How they ask do we tolerate ambiguity and blind spots as we try to know? And how do we make all of this useful to our patients and ourselves? The authors approach these and similar epistemological questions through an impressively wide variety of clinical dilemmas (e.g. the impact of new technologies upon the analytic dyad) and theoretical specialties (e.g. neurobiology). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106256

Knowing About LanguageLinguistics and the secondary English classroom Knowing About Language is an essential and comprehensive introduction to and discussion of the value of linguistics in the secondary and post 16 curriculum. Split into three easily accessible parts each chapter draws on theoretical and practical reasons for developing language awareness for the teacher and student the impact of government and institutional policy on teaching and teacher knowledge and explores recent research about the value of linguistic knowledge to support student attainment. Expert contributors show how recent innovations in linguistics can support language teaching by providing a range of practical ideas that can be used in the classroom. Knowing About Language is a valuable theoretical critical and practical guide for the teacher and researcher and anyone interested in applied linguistics and the study of language in education.Written by authors who are passionate about the value of language study both as a classroom topic and more generally this book acts as a resource to inform and support teachers in wider aspects of their role by demonstrating the powerfully enabling nature and inherent value of language study and linguistics in secondary and post-16 curricula. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856233

Knowing al-QaedaThe Epistemology of Terrorism Despite a plethora of studies devoted to it the current understanding of al-Qaeda and the threat it poses remains vague and ambiguous. Is al-Qaeda a rigidly structured organisation a global network of semi-independent cells a franchise or simply an ideology? What role did Osama bin Laden play within the group and its terrorist campaign? What does it mean to talk about the "global Salafi-jihad" threat allegedly confronting the West? In addressing such questions many writers have sought to offer definitive answers yet overall the truth about al-Qaeda remains elusive. This book moves beyond this traditional approach in order to investigate and critically assess how such answers reflect the particular epistemological frameworks within which they are produced. Its chapters explore the varied contexts within which the obscure entity labelled al-Qaeda is constituted as a comprehensible object of political strategic cultural and scientific knowledge and within which 'terrorism' is rendered an experience of quotidian life. This volume offers a much-needed critical reflection on Western ways of talking and of thinking about the frightening experience of global terrorism. In trying to know how we know al-Qaeda it offers us an opportunity to try to know ourselves and our often hidden assumptions about legitimacy violence and political purpose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250819

Knowing and CheckingAn Epistemological Investigation Checking is a very common concept for describing a subject’s epistemic goals and actions. Surprisingly there has been no philosophical attention paid to the notion of checking. This is the first book to develop a comprehensive epistemic theory of checking. The author argues that sensitivity is necessary for checking but not for knowing thereby finding a new home for the much discussed modal sensitivity principle. He then uses the distinction between checking and knowing to explain central puzzles about knowledge particularly those concerning knowledge closure bootstrapping and the skeptical puzzle. Knowing and Checking: An Epistemological Investigation will be of interest to epistemologists and other philosophers looking for a general theory of checking and testing or for new solutions to central epistemological problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141127

Knowing and Not KnowingThinking psychosocially about learning and resistance to learning The social world is saturated with powerful formations of knowledge that colonise individual and institutional identities. Some knowledge emerges as legitimised and authoritative; other knowledge is resisted or repressed. Psychosocial approaches highlight the unstable basis of knowledge learning and research; of knowing and not knowing. How do we come to formulate knowledge in the ways that we do? Are there other possible ways of knowing that are too difficult or unsettling for us to begin to explore? Do we need the authority of legitimised institutions and regularized methods to build secure knowledge? What might it mean to build insecure edifices of knowledge? How might we trouble notions of knowledge in processes of teaching learning and research? This collection addresses these questions drawing on a range of psychoanalytic and social theory from Bion Freud and Lacan to Derrida Kristeva and Zizek. Showcasing work from North America Europe and Japan contributors explore writing as a practice that can stabilise or unsettle subjectivities; the unconscious relations between school practices subjectivities educational spaces and ideologies; implications of the productive energies and the deadening inwardness associated with mourning and melancholia for formal and informal learning; and the authority we invest in apparently rigid or ephemeral institutional spaces. Strongly empirical as well as theoretical in approach this collection will be of interest to students and academics seeking ways to resist normative orders of legitimacy and coherence in education and research. This book was originally published as a special issue of Pedagogy Culture & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392267

Knowing and Teaching Elementary MathematicsTeachers' Understanding of Fundamental Mathematics in China and the United States The 20th anniversary edition of this groundbreaking and bestselling volume offers powerful examples of the mathematics that can develop the thinking of elementary school children. Studies of teachers in the U.S. often document insufficient subject matter knowledge in mathematics. Yet these studies give few examples of the knowledge teachers need to support teaching particularly the kind of teaching demanded by reforms in mathematics education. Knowing and Teaching Elementary Mathematics describes the nature and development of the knowledge that elementary teachers need to become accomplished mathematics teachers and suggests why such knowledge seems more common in China than in the United States despite the fact that Chinese teachers have less formal education than their U.S. counterparts.  Along with the original studies of U.S. and Chinese teachers’ mathematical understanding this 20th anniversary edition includes a new preface and a 2013 journal article by Ma "A Critique of the Structure of U.S. Elementary School Mathematics" that describe differences in U.S. and Chinese elementary mathematics. These are augmented by a new series editor’s introduction and two key journal articles that frame and contextualize this seminal work.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443955

Knowing BetterAn Account of Akrasia Originally published in 1990 this book deals with the question of akrasia weakness of will or knowing better but doing worse. Versions of this principle are presupposed by Socrates and Plato articulated as the ‘practical syllogism’ in Aristotle and play a central role in modern decision theory. The book considers the psychological explanation for this and different responses to the problem. The work is of interest not only as a piece of classical scholarship action theory and moral psychology but as a piece of meta-philosophy and the philosophy about the methodology of philosophical disputes. It has enduring relevance as the problem of akrasia continues to be the object of much philosophical argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367474355

Knowing Beyond KnowledgeEpistemologies of Religious Experience in Classical and Modern Advaita This title was first published in 2002. This book builds on contemporary discussion of 'mysticism' and religious experience by examining the process and content of 'religious knowing' in classical and modern Advaita. Drawing from the work of William Alston and Alvin Plantinga Thomas Forsthoefel examines key streams of Advaita with special reference to the conditions contexts and scope of epistemic merit in religious experience. Forsthoefel uniquely employs specific analytical categories of contemporary Western epistemologies as heuristics to examine the cognitive dimension of religious experience in Indian Vedanta. Showing the developing nuances in the analysis of religious experience in the thought of Shankara and his immediate disciples (Suresvara and Padmapada) as well as in the teaching of Ramana Maharshi an understudied but important South Indian saint of the 20th century this book offers a substantial contribution to studies of Indian philosophy as well as to contemporary philosophy of religion. Using the tools of exegesis and comparative philosophy Forsthoefel argues for a careful justification of claims following religious experience even if such claims involve as they do in the Advaita a paradoxical 'knowing beyond knowledge'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721494

Knowing Beyond KnowledgeEpistemologies of Religious Experience in Classical and Modern Advaita This title was first published in 2002. This book builds on contemporary discussion of 'mysticism' and religious experience by examining the process and content of 'religious knowing' in classical and modern Advaita. Drawing from the work of William Alston and Alvin Plantinga Thomas Forsthoefel examines key streams of Advaita with special reference to the conditions contexts and scope of epistemic merit in religious experience. Forsthoefel uniquely employs specific analytical categories of contemporary Western epistemologies as heuristics to examine the cognitive dimension of religious experience in Indian Vedanta. Showing the developing nuances in the analysis of religious experience in the thought of Shankara and his immediate disciples (Suresvara and Padmapada) as well as in the teaching of Ramana Maharshi an understudied but important South Indian saint of the 20th century this book offers a substantial contribution to studies of Indian philosophy as well as to contemporary philosophy of religion. Using the tools of exegesis and comparative philosophy Forsthoefel argues for a careful justification of claims following religious experience even if such claims involve as they do in the Advaita a paradoxical 'knowing beyond knowledge'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721500

Knowing ChildrenExperiments in Conversation and Cognition It has often been maintained that young children's knowledge is limited to perceptual appearances. In this "preoperational" stage of development there are profound conceptual limitations in that they have little understanding of numerical and causal relations and are incapable of insight into the minds of others. Their apparent inability to perform well on traditional developmental measures has led researchers to accept a model of the young child as plagued by conceptual deficits. These ideas have had a major impact on educational programs. Many have accepted the view that the young are not ready for instruction and that their memory and understanding is vulnerable to distortion especially in subjects such as mathematics and science. However the second edition of this book provides further evidence that children's stage-like performance can frequently be reinterpreted in terms of a clash between the conversational worlds of adults and children. In many settings children may not share an adult's well-meaning purpose or use of words in questioning. Under these conditions they do not disclose the depth of their memory and understanding and may respond incorrectly even when they are certain of the right answer.In this light a different model of development emerges with significant implications for instruction in educational health and legal settings. It attributes more competence to young children than is frequently recognized and reflects the position that development in evolutionarily important domains is guided by implicit constraints on learning. It proposes that attention to young children's conversational experience is a powerful means to illustrate what they know. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877252

Knowing DifferentlyThe Challenge of the Indigenous This book offers a bold and illuminating account of the worldviews nurtured and sustained by indigenous communities from across continents through their distinctive understanding of concepts such as space time joy pain life and death. It demonstrates how this different mode of ‘knowing’ has brought the indigenous into a cultural conflict with communities that claim to be modern and scientific. Bringing together scholars artists and activists engaged in understanding and conserving local knowledge that continues to be in the shadow of cultural extinction the book attempts to interpret repercussions on identity and cultural transformation and points to the tragic fate of knowing the world differently. The volume inaugurates a new thematic area in post-colonial studies and cultural anthropology by highlighting the perspectives of marginalized indigenous communities often burdened with being viewed as ‘primitive’. It will be useful to scholars and students of anthropology sociology cultural studies history linguistics literature and tribal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660120

Knowing from the Indigenous NorthSámi Approaches to History Politics and Belonging Focusing on the Sápmi region of Northern Europe as a point of departure this book enriches and sharpens the concept of 'the North.' It combines detailed empirical research on the Sámi people and their life-worlds with theoretical contributions from leading scholars. The authors consider the European North not only as a geographical site or an object of academic research but as a particular way of knowing and being with its own needs practices concepts and imaginings. The North as an epistemic position offers its own conceptions of politics human agency history and social relations which this book studies and describes. The volume challenges us to consider social scientific knowledge its significance and the practices of producing it in a new way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585778

Knowing GodRestoring Reason in an Age of Doubt This title was first published in 2002. Knowing God presents an innovative analysis of one of the most difficult and intractable philosophical questions of the past 350 years: the problem of knowledge and specifically knowledge of God and the transcendental principles of value. This book situates the problem within the context of current social and political struggles as well as within the contemporary search for meaning and value. Mansueto revisits ancient debates regarding the agent intellect intentional being and connatural knowledge while drawing on recent discussions in neuropsychology (Luria and Damasio) cognitive development theory (Piaget and Luria) and the sociology of knowledge or "ideological criticism" (especially Durkheim Lukacs and Gramsci). Including a chapter on forms of religious knowledge and concluding with a ’guide for the perplexed’ intended to help overcome nihilism and despair Knowing God reconciles epistemological and metaphysical realism with a recognition of the role of social structure in shaping knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138719637

Knowing in Organizations: A Practice-Based ApproachA Practice-Based Approach This work explores the relationship among knowing learning and practice in the development of organizational knowledge. It explores the implications for intervention growing out of the notion that organizational knowledge cannot be conceived as a mental process residing in members' heads. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290973

Knowing Nature in Early Modern Europe Today we are used to clear divisions between science and the arts. But early modern thinkers had no such distinctions with ‘knowledge’ being a truly interdisciplinary pursuit. Each chapter of this collection presents a case study from a different area of knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876012

Knowing New BiotechnologiesSocial Aspects of Technological Convergence The areas of personal genomics and citizen science draw on – and bring together – different cultures of producing and managing knowledge and meaning. They also cross local and global boundaries are subjects and objects of transformation and mobility of research practices evaluation and multi-stakeholder groups. Thirdly they draw on logics of ‘convergence’: new links between and new kinds of stakeholders spaces knowledge practices challenges and opportunities. This themed collection of essays from nationally and internationally leading scholars and commentators advances and widens current debates in Science and Technology Studies and in Science Policy concerning ‘converging technologies’ by complementing the customary focus on technical aspirations for convergence with the analysis of the practices and logics of scientific social and cultural knowledge production that constitute contemporary technoscience. In case studies from across the globe contributors discuss the ways in which science and social order are linked in areas such as direct-to consumer genetic testing and do-it-yourself biotechnologies.Organised into thematic sections ‘Knowing New Biotechnologies’ explores: • ways of understanding the dynamics and logics of convergences in emergent biotechnologies • governance and regulatory issues around technoscientific convergences • democratic aspects of converging technologies – lay involvement in scientific research and the co-production of biotechnology and social and cultural knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869823

Knowing Nothing Staying StupidElements for a Psychoanalytic Epistemology Why is stupidity sublime? What is the value of a 'dialectics of ignorance' for analysts and academics? Knowing Nothing Staying Stupid draws on recent research to provide a thorough and illuminating evaluation of the status of knowledge and truth in psychoanalysis. Adopting a Lacanian framework Dany Nobus and Malcolm Quinn question the basic assumption that knowledge is universally good and describe how psychoanalysis is in a position to place forms of knowledge in a dialectical relationship with non-knowledge blindness ignorance and stupidity. The book draws out the implications of a psychoanalytic theory of knowledge for the practices of knowledge construction acquisition and transmission across the humanities and social sciences. The book is divided into two sections. The first section addresses the foundations of a psychoanalytic approach to knowledge as it emerges from clinical practice whilst the second section considers the problems and issues of applied psychoanalysis and the ambiguous position of the analyst in the public sphere. Subjects covered include: The Logic of Psychoanalytic Discovery Creative Knowledge Production and Institutionalised Doctrine The Desire to Know versus the Fall of Knowledge Epistemological Regression and the Problem of Applied Psychoanalysis This provocative discussion of the dialectics of knowing and not knowing will be welcomed by practicing psychoanalysts and students of psychoanalytic studies but also by everyone working in the fields of social science philosophy and cultural studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970256

Knowing PovertyCritical Reflections on Participatory Research and Policy The use of participatory research techniques to provide policy-makers with information about poor people's perspectives on poverty became increasingly common in the 1990s. This book focuses on the use of participatory research in poverty reduction policies and presents a series of participants' reflections on recent and ongoing processes. The 1990s witnessed a shift in the application of participatory methodologies adding to the project planning approaches of the 1980s a new focus on participatory research for policy. Much of this centres on poverty issues. In this volume contributions from researchers and practitioners in the field of poverty reduction examine how participatory research has affected the way poverty is understood and how these understandings have been acted on in policy-making for poverty reduction. Coming from diverse backgrounds the authors' critical reflections feature various aspects of the relationship between participation and policy spanning different levels from the individual researcher to the global institution. They address technical ethical operational political and methodological problems. Through raising their concerns they highlight lessons to be learnt from current practice and challenges for the future. These include the balancing of knowledge action and consciousness in participatory research processes which can effectively influence the development of policy that reflects and responds to the needs and priorities of poor people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771801

Knowing PracticeThe Clinical Encounter Of Chinese Medicine This book examines the theory and practice of traditional medicine in modern China. Farquhar describes the logic of diagnosis and treatment from the inside perspective of doctors and scholars. She demonstrates how theoretical and textual materials interweave with the practical requirements of the clinic. By showing how Chinese medical choices are m Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316495

Knowing the DifferenceFeminist Perspectives in Epistemology Including contributions from an international list of renowned authors this text seeks to address the controversial issue of difference in feminist philosophy using approaches from both analytic and continental thinking. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203216125

Knowing VictimsFeminism agency and victim politics in neoliberal times Knowing Victims explores the theme of victimhood in contemporary feminism and politics. It focuses on popular and scholarly constructions of feminism as ‘victim feminism’ – an ideology of passive victimhood that denies women’s agency – and provides the first comprehensive analysis of the debate about this ideology which has unfolded among feminists since the 1980s. The book critically examines a movement away from the language of victimhood across a wide array of discourses and the neoliberal replacement of the concept of structural oppression with the concept of personal responsibility. In derogating the notion of ‘victim ’ neoliberalism promotes a conception of victimization as subjective rather than social a state of mind rather than a worldly situation. Drawing upon Nietzsche Lyotard rape crisis feminism and feminist philosophy Stringer situates feminist politicizations of rape interpersonal violence economic inequality and welfare reform as key sites of resistance to the victim-blaming logic of neoliberalism. She suggests that although recent feminist critiques of ‘victim feminism’ have critically diagnosed the anti-victim movement they have not positively defended victim politics. Stringer argues that a conception of the victim as an agentic bearer of knowledge and an understanding of resentment as a generative force for social change provides a potent counter to the negative construction of victimhood characteristic of the neoliberal era. This accessible and insightful analysis of feminism neoliberalism and the social construction of victimhood will be of great interest to researchers and students in the disciplines of gender and women’s studies psychology sociology politics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643337

Knowing Your FriendsIntelligence Inside Alliances and Coalitions from 1914 to the Cold War Little attention has been paid to the murky ultra-business of gathering intelligence among and forming estimates about friendly powers and friendly or allied military forces. How rarely have scholars troubled to discover when states entered into coalitions or alliances mainly and explicitly because their intelligence evaluation of the potential partner concluded that making the alliance was from the originator's national security interest the best game in town. The twentieth century has been chosen to enhance the coherence of and connections between the subject matter of this under-explored part of intelligence studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044742

Knowing Your PlaceRural Identity and Cultural Hierarchy Knowing Your Place directs groundbreaking attention to the role of rural and urban places in identity construction. Written to redress the longstanding neglect and denigration of the rural this book argues that the cultural dominance of the city has been reinforced by postmodern theory's near fixation on the urban and the sophisticated. The essays explore rural identity in a number of cultures and situations and look at issues of contemporary interest. Topics covered include the uses of popular and high culture the explosion of high technology the social and economic impact of ecological policy the role of labor in the global marketplace museum curatorship and post-colonial politics. Throughout the essays address the many ways in which place identity alters and influences the experience of race class gender and ethnicity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203379462

Knowledge What is it about knowledge that makes us value it more highly than mere true belief? This question lies at the heart of epistemology and has challenged philosophers ever since it was first posed by Plato. Michael Welbourne's examination of the historical and contemporary answers to this question provides both an excellent introduction to the development of epistemology but also a new theory of the nature of knowledge. The early chapters introduce the main themes and questions that have provided the context for modern discussions. The Platonic beginnings Cartesian individualism and the tripartite analyses of knowledge are examined in turn. In the second half of this book the focus shifts from conceptual analysis to an examination of the social practices surrounding knowledge placing special emphasis on the notion of testimony. The author argues originally and persuasively that our idea of knowledge has its roots in communicative practices and that thinking about how testimony works as a source of beliefs actually gives us a handle on the very idea of knowledge itself. This book will be essential reading for anyone interested in epistemology the philosophy of language or the intersection between the two areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710723

Knowledge Class and EconomicsMarxism without Guarantees Knowledge Class and Economics: Marxism without Guarantees surveys the "Amherst School" of non-determinist Marxist political economy 40 years on: its core concepts intellectual origins diverse pathways and enduring tensions. The volume’s 30 original essays reflect the range of perspectives and projects that comprise the Amherst School—the interdisciplinary community of scholars that has enriched and extended while never ceasing to interrogate and recast the anti-economistic Marxism first formulated in the mid-1970s by Stephen Resnick Richard Wolff and their economics Ph.D. students at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst. The title captures the defining ideas of the Amherst School: an open-system framework that presupposes the complexity and contingency of social-historical events and the parallel "overdetermination" of the relationship between subjects and objects of inquiry along with a novel conception of class as a process of performing appropriating and distributing surplus labor. In a collection of 30 original essays chapters confront readers with the core concepts of overdetermination and class in the context of economic theory postcolonial theory cultural studies continental philosophy economic geography economic anthropology psychoanalysis and literary theory/studies. Though Resnick and Wolff’s writings serve as a focal point for this collection their works are ultimately decentered—contested historicized reformulated. The topics explored will be of interest to proponents and critics of the post-structuralist/postmodern turn in Marxian theory and to students of economics as social theory across the disciplines (economics geography postcolonial studies cultural studies anthropology sociology political theory philosophy and literary studies among others). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634480

Knowledge Content Curriculum and DidaktikBeyond Social Realism Bringing to bear a wealth of literature from curriculum theory Didaktik philosophy of education and teacher education this book broadens and enriches the conversation initiated by Michael Young and his colleagues on 'bringing knowledge back in' (Young 2007). Knowledge Content Curriculum and Didaktik is distinctive in providing a comprehensive and multifaceted analysis of the role of knowledge and in particular curriculum content in relation to curriculum policy curriculum planning and classroom teaching. It makes a case for linking knowledge and content to the development of human powers or capabilities needed for the 21st century and unpacks the challenges for curriculum policy curriculum planning and classroom teaching. The book discusses among other issues: Educational aims and theories of knowledge School subjects and academic disciplines: differences and relationships School subjects and theories of content Understanding the content for teaching The book will be relevant for scholars researchers policy makers and curriculum developers who seek a more sophisticated more balanced and philosophically better grounded understanding of the role of knowledge and content in education and curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360193

Knowledge Control and Critical Thinking in SingaporeState ideology and the politics of pedagogic recontextualization This book examines how critical thinking is regulated in Singapore through the process of what the influential sociologist of education Basil Bernstein termed "pedagogic recontextualization". The ability of critical thinking to speak to alternative possibilities and individual autonomy as well as its assumptions of a liberal arrangement of society is problematized in Singapore’s socio-political climate. By examining how such curricular discourses are taken up and enacted in the classrooms of two schools that cater to very different groups in society the book foregrounds the role of traditional high-status knowledge in the elaboration of class formation and develops a critical understanding of post-developmental state initiatives linked to the parable of modernization in Singapore. Knowledge Control and Critical Thinking in Singapore offers chapters on:• Critical Thinking and the Singapore State: Meritocracy Illiberalism and Neoliberalism • Sacred Knowledge and Elite Dispositions: Recontextualizing Critical Thinking in an Elite School• Power Knowledge and Symbolic Control: Official Pedagogic Identities and the Politics of Recontextualization This book will appeal to scholars in comparative education studies curriculum studies and education reform. It will also interest scholars engaged in Asian studies who are struggling to understand issues of education policy formation and implementation particularly in the areas of critical thinking and other knowledge skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575899

Knowledge Curriculum and EquitySocial Realist Perspectives In 2008 the first in a series of symposia established a ‘social realist’ case for ‘knowledge’ as an alternative to the relativist tendencies of the constructivist post-structuralist and postmodernist approaches dominant in the sociology of education. The second symposium focused on curriculum and the development of a theoretical language grounded in social realism to talk about issues of knowledge and curriculum. Finally the third symposium brought together researchers in a broad range of contexts to build on these ideas and arguments and with a concerted empirical focus bring these social realist ideas and arguments into conversation with data.Knowledge Curriculum and Equity: Social Realist Perspectives contains the work of the third symposium where the strengths and gaps in the social realist approach are identified and where there is critical recognition of the need to incrementally extend the theories through empirical study. Fundamentally the problem that social realism is seeking to address is about understanding the social conditions of knowledge production and exchange as well as its structuring in the curriculum and in pedagogy. The central concern is with the on-going social reproduction of inequality through schooling and exploring whether and how foregrounding specialised knowledge and its access holds the possibility for interrupting it. This book consists of 13 chapters by different authors working in Oceania Asia Europe Africa and North America. From very different vantage points the authors focus their theoretical and empirical sights on the assumptions about knowledge that underpin educational processes and the pursuit of more equitable schooling for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594879

Knowledge Education and Cultural ChangePapers in the Sociology of Education Originally published in 1973 Knowledge Education and Cultural Change surveys the present state of the field of the sociology of education. The book addresses the claim that much of the research in the sociology of education should be extended to issues of wider theoretical significance the book provides theoretically informed analysis of situations or processes developing new theoretical perspectives and concepts. The papers also reflect the appropriate theoretical framework for the sociology of education. Underpinning this framework it looks at the importance of social stratification arguing that too much work in the sociology of education is carried out using oversimplified models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497689

Knowledge Expertise and the Professions It has long been recognised that specialised knowledge is at the core of what distinguishes professions from other occupations. The privileged status of professions in most countries however together with their claims to autonomy and access to specialised knowledge is being increasingly challenged both by market pressures and by new instruments of accountability and regulation. Established and emerging professions are increasingly seen as either the solution or as sources of conservatism and resistance to change in western economies and recent developments in professional education draw on a competence model which emphasises what newly qualified members of a profession ‘can do’ rather than what ‘they know’. This book applies the disciplines of the sociology of knowledge and epistemology to the question of professional knowledge. What is this knowledge? It goes beyond traditional debates between ‘knowing how’ and ’knowing that’ and ‘theory’ and ‘practice’. The chapters cover a wide range of issues from discussions of the threats to the knowledge base of established professions including engineers and architects to the fraught situations faced by occupations whose fragile knowledge base and professional status is increasingly challenged by new forms of control. While recognising that graduates seeking employment as members of a profession need to show their capabilities the book argues for reversing the trend that blurs or collapses the skill/knowledge distinction. If professions are to have a future then specialised knowledge is going to be more important than ever before. Knowledge Expertise and the Professions will be key reading for students researchers and academics in the fields of professional expertise further education higher education the sociology of education and the sociology of the professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713917

Knowledge Groupware and the Internet Knowledge Groupware and the Internet details the convergence of modern knowledge management theory and emerging computer technologies and discusses how they collectively enable business change and enhance an organization's ability to create and share knowledge. This compendium of authoritative articles explains the relationship between knowledge management and two major technologies enabling it: Groupware and the Internet. These critical technologies help an organization evolve from individual to group knowledge quickly make tacit knowledge explicit and enable people to use and apply this knowledge. Knowledge Groupware and the Internet helps readers understand how to unite the people and technologies that define effective knowledge management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435148

Knowledge Ideology & Discourse (Routledge Revivals)A Sociological Perspective This student textbook originally published in 1991 tackles the traditional problems of the sociology of knowledge from a new perspective. Drawing on recent developments in social theory Tim Dant explores crucial questions such as the roles of power and knowledge the status of rational knowledge and the empirical analysis of knowledge. He argues that from a sociological perspective knowledge ideology and discourse are different aspects of the same phenomenon and reasserts the central thesis of the sociology - that knowledge is socially determined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615822

Knowledge Ideology and the Politics of SchoolingTowards a Marxist analysis of education First published in 1980 this book argues that a theory of ideology is essential to a theory of education. It relates developments in the Marxist theory of ideology to the analysis of schooling in a capitalist society. Beginning with an appraisal of the early twentieth century liberal social theorists including Weber Durkheim Veblen and Mannheim it demonstrates that the weakness of their approaches arose from a failure to comprehend adequately the nature of capitalism. It then outlines the state of the theory of ideology at the time and applies the concept in an analysis of contemporary schooling concluding with a discussion of its political implications. The application of the theory of ideology offers important possibilities for a radical socialist strategy on education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629509

Knowledge Industry and EnvironmentInstitutions and Innovation in Territorial Perspective This title was first published in 2002. Bringing together a wide range of theoretical and empirical case studies from Canada New Zealand South Korea Turkey China Germany Spain Sweden Poland South Africa Japan The Netherlands and the United Kingdom this book addresses these neglected issues in particular contemplating the vitally important nexus between industry environment and the knowledge economy.Throughout the book four key themes and issues are explored: institution building strategies; agglomeration as territorial context; sustainable industrial-environmental processes and policy initiatives; globalization learning and industrial location dynamics. The book concludes with an outline of future research directions within the paradigm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727472

Knowledge Innovation and InternationalisationEssays in Honour of Cesare Imbriani As firms increasingly rely on knowledge as a key factor for innovation the ability to innovate is increasingly perceived as a key asset for being competitive in international markets. This new volume argues that innovation knowledge and internationalisation should be viewed as tightly related concepts. It provides a stimulating and comprehensive framework for understanding key tendencies in modern economics as well as an overview of the state of the art in the three fields covered. The first section explores in detail the relationship between knowledge and the innovative capability of firms focussing on key topics such as social capital intentional knowledge diffusion and unintentional knowledge spillovers. Section two examines the drivers and the impact of innovation strategies assessing the role of technological advantage networking and R & D investments in innovation as well as the impact on innovation on the labour market. The third and final section examines the ongoing internationalisation process faced by ‘global’ economies. The topics explored in each section are tightly linked ensuring that a strong thematic thread runs through the collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906099

Knowledge Networks and PolicyRegional Studies in Postwar Britain and Beyond ‘The region’ has been used to understand and propose solutions to phenomena and problems outside the dominant spatial scale of the twentieth century – the nation state. Its influence can be seen in multiple social science disciplines and in public policy across the globe. But how was this knowledge organised and how were its concepts transmuted into public policy? This book charts the development of the academic field of Regional Studies and the application of its concepts in public policy through its learned society the Regional Studies Association. In their modern form learned societies often play a complementary role to universities offering networks that operate in the spaces between and beyond universities connecting specialised academics and knowledge and making it possible for them to have impact outside the academy. In contrast to the geographically tangible and popularly understood role of the university contemporary learned societies are nebulous networks that transcend barriers and whose contribution is difficult to discern. However the production and dissemination of knowledge would be stunted were it not for the learned society connecting scholars through a network of publications and events. This book traces the intellectual history of regional studies and regional science from the 1960s into the 2000s and the impact of the regional concept in public policy through the changing priorities of government in the UK and Europe. By approaching the history through the Regional Studies Association it interrogates the role and function of the ‘learned society’ model of organisation in contemporary academia and importance as a knowledge exchange vehicle for public policy influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339644

Knowledge Pedagogy and SocietyInternational Perspectives on Basil Bernstein's Sociology of Education Over the course of the late-twentieth century Basil Bernstein pioneered an original approach to educational phenomena taking seriously questions regarding the transmission distribution and transformation of knowledge as no other before had done. Arguing tirelessly for change more than any other British sociologist it is Bernstein who presents to us education as a social right and not as a privilege. It is this objective today that makes his work so important. Knowledge Pedagogy and Society seeks to clarify the broad brushstrokes of his theories developed over the span of more than forty years by collecting together scholars from every corner of the globe; specialists in education sociology and epistemology to test and examine Bernstein’s work against the backdrop of their own research. From teaching content and the social cognitive and linguistic aspects of education to changes in the political climate in the early twenty-first century this collection represents an open dialogue with Bernstein’s work using a forward-looking and dynamic approach. Originally published in French with the explicit aim of locating Basil Bernstein’s theories alongside those of Pierre Bourdieu one of the most important European sociologists the French editors draw together a collection that offers a diverse background and perspective on Bernstein’s work and thought. Revised to include a new preface a new introduction and revisited papers the English edition will be a relevant resource for anyone interested in Bernstein his reception and importance as well as individuals working in the sociology of education theory of education and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500579

Knowledge Power and EducationThe Selected Works of Michael W. Apple For more than three decades Michael W. Apple has sought to uncover and articulate the connections among knowledge teaching and power in education. His germinal was a watershed title in critical education studies and has remained in print since its publication in 1979. The more than two dozen books and hundreds of papers articles and chapters published since have likewise all contributed to a greater understanding of the relationship between and among the economy political and cultural power in society on the one hand "and the ways in which education is thought about organized and evaluated" on the other In this collection Apple brings together 13 of his key writings in one place providing an overview not just of his own career but of the larger development of the field. A new introduction re- examines the scope of his work and his earlier arguments and reflects on what remains to be done for those committed to critical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529006

Knowledge Power and Participation in Environmental Policy Analysis This volume probes practical dilemmas and competing re- search perspectives in environmental policy analysis. Scholars working in different fields research traditions societies and policy domains offer significant insights into the processes and consequences of environmental policy making.Part 1 "Coping with Boundaries " describes present-day conflict between experts and greater public participation in environmental policy. It shows that the institutionalization of increasingly complex environmental problems has led to a conflict between technocracy and democracy. Part 2 "The Transnational Challenge " examines modes of cooperation between grassroots movements scientists and regional authorities in the United States and Canada. These and other modes of cooperation laid the foundations for the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement increased the effectiveness of air pollution treaties and increased climate change. Part 3 "Bio-Hazards: Policies and Paralysis " deals with environmental prob-lems closest to the everyday concerns of the public at large because they have immediate implications for food safety and other values. Part 4 "The Citizens' Perspective " focuses on citizen vis-a-vis environmental policy noting that in order to make policies work citizens must be willing and able to participate in policy-making and cooperate in implementing environmental choices. Part 5 "Confronting Ordinary and Expert Knowledge " explores opportunities and constraints affecting public participation in evaluation of science. Part 6 "Developments in Research Programming " addresses such questions as whether scientists still have opportunities to do the research they want without being interrupted or disturbed by policy makers and other stakeholders. Part 7 "Policy Sciences' Aspirations " explores different avenues for improving environmental policy.Volume twelve in the PSRA series should inspire further investigations of the relations among knowledge power and participation in environmental policy. It will be of timely interest to environmentalists policy-makers scholars and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511446

Knowledge Service Tourism & HospitalityProceedings of the Annual International Conference on Management and Technology in Knowledge Servi This proceedings volume contains papers presented at the 2015 International Conference on Management and Technology in Knowledge Service Tourism & Hospitality (SERVE 2015) covering a wide range of topics in the fields of knowledge and service management web intelligence tourism and hospitality. This overview of current state of affairs and anticipated developments will be of interest to researchers entrepreneurs and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029200

Knowledge Skills and Competence in the European Labour MarketWhat’s in a Vocational Qualification? For the free movement of labour across the European Union establishing transparency and comparability of qualifications across member states is vital. This book examines how qualifications knowledge skills and competences are understood in different national contexts and trans-nationally and reveals a complex picture of differences and similarities both within and between countries. Against the background of EU policy initiatives and in particular the European Qualifications Framework an important focus is on the prospects and difficulties of establishing cross-national recognition of qualifications. Drawing on case studies of particular sectors and occupations in England France Germany and the Netherlands this insightful book written by leading academics in the field will be a vital resource for students and researchers involved with vocational education and training continuing professional development human resource management and European Union policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415556910

Knowledge Technology and Law The relationships between knowledge technologies and legal processes are central to the constitution of contemporary societies. As such they have come to provide the focus for a range of academic projects across interdisciplinary legal studies and the social sciences. The domains of medical law and ethics intellectual property law environmental law and criminal law are just some of those within which the pervasive place and ‘impact’ of technoscience is immediately apparent. At the same time social scientists investigating the making of technology and expertise - in particular scholars working within the tradition of science and technology studies - frequently interrogate how regulation and legal processes and the making of knowledge and technologies are intermingled in complex ways that come to shape and define each other. This book charts the important interface between studies of law science and society as explored from the perspectives of socio-legal studies and the increasingly influential field of science and technology studies. It brings together scholars from both areas to interrogate the joint roles of law and science in the construction and stabilization of socio-technical networks objects and standards as well as their place in the production of contemporary social realities and subjectivities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665354

Knowledge Values and Educational PolicyA Critical Perspective Knowledge Values and Educational Policy focuses on what schools are for and what should be taught in them how learning is possible across boundaries and issues of diversity and equity. Policies and practices relating to schools are also considered. Within this volume internationally renowned contributors address a number of fundamental questions designed to take the reader to the heart of current debates around curriculum knowledge transfer equity and social justice and system reform such as: What are schools and what are they for? What knowledge should schools teach? How are learners different from each other and how are groups of learners different from one another in terms of social class gender ethnicity and disability? What influence does educational policy have on improving schools? What influence does research have on our understanding of education and schooling? To encourage reflection many of the chapters also include questions for debate and a guide to further reading. Read alongside its companion volume Educational Theories Cultures and Learning readers will be encouraged to consider and think about on some of the key issues facing education and educationists today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686525

Knowledge Virtue and ActionPutting Epistemic Virtues to Work This volume brings together recent work by leading and up-and-coming philosophers on the topic of virtue epistemology. The prospects of virtue-theoretic analyses of knowledge depend crucially on our ability to give some independent account of what epistemic virtues are and what they are for. The contributions here ask how epistemic virtues matter apart from any narrow concern with defining knowledge; they show how epistemic virtues figure in accounts of various aspects of our lives with a special emphasis on our practical lives. In essence the essays here put epistemic virtues to work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923508

Knowledge & DiscourseTowards an Ecology of Language Knowledge and Discourse presents an ecological approach to the study of discourse in social academic and professional practices. It brings together distinguished scholars from diverse cultures - India China Australia Canada among others - and disciplines - linguistics anthropology sociology philosophy. The chapters collectively illustrate the ecological approach by exploring how language makes connections between subjective experiences as people construct meaning and action.This book offers the reader a holistic interdisciplinary approach to the study of language as discourse questioning traditional views of disciplinary knowledge and the role of discourse in the pursuit construction and compartmentalisation of such knowledge. Through the variety of disciplines experiences and approaches the contributors show how the world and word are contingent on each other. The notions of connectivity contingency and change are themes that run through the book and in the interweaving of these themes readers will find persuasive illustrations of an ecological approach to applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155565

Knowledge & Power in the Global EconomyThe Effects of School Reform in a Neoliberal/Neoconservative Age Advancing a three-fold political agenda this volume: * illuminates how the meanings assigned to a whole vocabulary of words and phrases frequently used to discuss the role and reform of U.S. public schools reflect an essentially economic view of the world; * contends that education or educational reform conducted under an economized worldview will only intensify the effects of the colonial relations of political and economic domination that it breeds at home and abroad; and * offers a set of alternative concepts and meanings for reformulating the role of U.S. public schools and for considering the implications of such a reformulation more generally for the underlying premises of all human relationships and activities. Toward these ends the authors in Part I critically examine many of the most commonly used terms within the rhetoric of educational reform since the early 1980s and before. Part II links today's economized worldview to curricular and instructional issues. These essays are especially important for comprehending how the organization of school curriculum privileges those disciplines deemed most central to market expansion--math and science--and how the political centrality of the economic sphere influences the nature of the knowledge presented in specific content areas. Given that language constrains as well as advances human thought the twin tasks of de-economizing education and decolonizing society will require a vocabulary that transcends the familiar terminologies addressed in Parts I and II. The entries in Part III cultivate the beginnings of such a vocabulary as the authors elucidate innovative concepts which they view as central to the creation of truly alternative educational visions and practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315092171

Knowledge and Acknowledgement in the Politics of Memory of the Armenian Genocide Is the Armenian Genocide a strictly historical matter? If that is the case why is it still a topical issue capable of causing diplomatic rows and heated debates? The short answer would be that the century old Armenian Genocide is much more than a historical question. It emerged as a political dilemma on the international arena at the San Stefano peace conference in 1878 and has remained as such into our days. The disparity between knowledge and acknowledgement mainly ascribable to Turkey’s official denial of the genocide has only heightened the politicization of the Armenian question. Thus the memories of the WWI era refuse to be relegated to the pages of history but are rather perceived as a vivid presence. This is the result of the perpetual process of politics of memory. The politics of memory is an intricate and interdisciplinary negotiation engaging many different actors in the society who have access to a wide range of resources and measures in order to achieve their goals. By following the Armenian question during the past century up to its Centennial Commemoration in 2015 this study aims to explain why and how the politics of memory of the Armenian Genocide has kept it as a topical issue in our days. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584580

Knowledge and Beauty in Classical IslamAn Aesthetic Reading of the Muqaddima by Ibn Khaldūn This volume offers an aesthetic reading of the Muqaddima by Ibn Khaldūn (d. 1406) a text that has been studied up to the present as a work on historiography. It argues that the Muqaddima is also a comprehensive treatise on classical Arab-Islamic culture and provides a picture of classical Arab-Islamic aesthetics in its totality. The theme of the book is the intrinsic connection between beauty and knowledge in the Muqaddima. Whenever Ibn Khaldūn deals with the problem of knowledge and science he also deals with the problem of sensual beauty as an instrument or an obstacle to attain it. Ibn Khaldūn’s philosophy of history is necessarily also an aesthetics of history. His key-notion of “group feeling” the physical ethic and aesthetic virtue of Bedouin societies is at once the origin of the ascent of centralised States and the cause of their ruin. It represents a tragic contradiction that applies to the history of the Maghreb but then takes a universal value. It reflects a range of other contradictions inherent to the "system" of classical Arab-Islamic aesthetics. These contradictions undermine the aesthetic system of the Muqaddima from within and provide decisive elements for the emergence of modern aesthetics. Offering a comparative approach the volume is a key resource to scholars and students interested in Arabic and Islamic studies philosophy aesthetics and global history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898984

Knowledge and Belief Knowledge from Plato onwards has been considered in relation to justified belief. Current debate has centred around the nature of the justification and whether justified belief can be considered an internal or extenal matter. Epistemological internalists argue that the subject must be able to reflect upon a belief to complete the process of justification. The externalists on the other hand claim that it is only necessary to consider whether the belief is reliably formed and argue that the ability to know by reflection is not required for a justified belief. In the historical section of this book the three most important epistemologists Plato Descartes and Hume as well as the ancient epistemologies of the stoics Academics and Pyrhonians are considered. In reconsidering the history of epistemology the author is led to argue against hte view that internalism is historically dominant. His critique of internalism is then developed into a sustained argument against many of its forms and he goes onto defend an externalist reliabilist epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861991

Knowledge and Belief in PoliticsThe Problem of Ideology First published in 1973. Few concepts in the modern age have created more controversy in the discussion of social moral and political issues than that of ideology. Ever since the term was coined by Destutt de Tracy to refer to a scientific study of the origin of ideas its meaning has undergone a series of mutation until we have reached the stage where ideology can now be used to refer to almost any organized body of beliefs. Amidst these changes in the meaning of the term certain common preoccupations are detectable and certain fundamental problems remain. Is human reason capable of comprehending reality 'as it is'? Or is its approach necessarily influenced by the thinker's values personal or class interests and personal or social prejudices? Is human reason a culturally neutral instrument or a socially acquired capacity that is unconsciously shaped by a particular historical age or society or class? There are fundamental problems too concerning the internal structure and rationale of specific ideologies such as conservatism pluralism and apartheid. This title will be of great interest to students of philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245955

Knowledge and Character bound with The Modern Teacher(RLE Edu K) Written before but published after The First World War this volume’s plea for a national system of education which will produce a nation of prosperous morally fulfilled people able to live at peace with other nations is doubly poignant given the sacrifice of the ‘lost generation’. However the author also sees the horror of the War as an opportunity to change human destiny through education an opportunity to abandon the narrow system of education in favour of one which will ‘bring education in touch with life’ and provide Britain with the intellectual and moral efficiency necessary to steer her through the following turbulent years of the twentieth century. Covering the core subjects of the English school curriculum in the early twentieth century the chapters in The Modern Teacher  if somewhat utopian describe best practice in teaching of the particular subject and suggest possible improvements. One chapter also discusses the importance of the relatively new subject of citizenship as well as the moral education of pupils. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751209

Knowledge And Civilization Knowledge and Civilization advances detailed criticism of philosophy's usual approach to knowledge and describes a redirection away from textbook problems of epistemology toward an ecological philosophy of technology and civilization. Rejecting theories that confine knowledge to language or discourse Allen situates knowledge in the greater field Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316501

Knowledge and Cognition First Published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781579

Knowledge and Communities Knowledge and Communities is the first book dedicated to a major new knowledge management topic. "Communities of Practice" are cross-organizational groups of people sharing knowledge solving common problems and exchanging insights and frustrations. Knowledge and Communities a collection of authoritative articles describes the dynamics of these groups and explains how they enable organizational knowledge to be creating shared and applied. The book teaches how organizations can empower both traditional and on-line communities and make them a cornerstone of a general knowledge management strategy. Readers will learn how communities can help unify an organization and its external stakeholders such as customers and suppliers and how they can critically support an e-commerce strategy. Knowledge and Communities will help readers understand a primary vehicle for building an organization's social capital and competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435124

Knowledge and DemocracyA 21st Century Perspective The relationship of knowledge and liberties in modern societies presents a multitude of fascinating issues that deserve to be explored more systematically. The production of knowledge is dynamic and the conditions and practice of freedom is undergoing transformation. These changes ensure that the linkages between liberty and knowledge are always subject to changes. In the past the connection between scientific knowledge democracy and emancipation seemed self-evident. More recently the close linkage between democracy and knowledge has been viewed with skepticism.This volume explores the relationship between knowledge and democracy Do they support each other do they mutually depend on each other or are they perhaps even in conflict with each other? Does knowledge increase the freedom to act? If additional knowledge contributes to individual and social well being does it also enhance freedoms? Knowledge and Democracy focuses on the interpenetration of knowledge freedom and democracy and does so from various perspectives theoretical as well as practical.Modern societies are transforming themselves into knowledge societies. This has a fundamental impact on political systems and the relationship of citizens to large social institutions. The contributors to this book systemically explore whether and in what ways these modern-day changes and developments are connected to expansion of the capacities of individual citizens to act. They focus on the interrelation of democracy and knowledge and the role of democratic institutions as well as on the knowledge and social conduct of actors within democratic institutions. In the process of investigation they arrive at a new platform for future research and theory one that is sensitive to present-day societal conflicts cleavages and transformations generated by new knowledge. In this way this volume will attract the interest of political scientists sociologists economists and students within various disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511439

Knowledge and Discernment in the Early Modern Arts In early modern Europe discernment emerged as a key notion at the intersection of various domains in both learned and artisanal cultures. Often used synonymously with judgment ingenuity and taste discernment defined the ability to perceive and understand the secrets of nature and art and became explicitly connected with a kind of knowledge available only to experts in the respective fields. With contributions by historians of art and historians of science and with geographic coverage focusing on the Low Countries and their multiple connections to different parts of the world this volume reframes recent scholarship on what the editors term ’cultures of knowledge and discernment’ in the early modern period. The collection is innovative in its focus on investigating types of knowledge linked to what was then called the ’science’ (scientia) of art to artistic expertise and connoisseurship and to ’secrets of art and nature.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334079

Knowledge and Ethics in AnthropologyObligations and Requirements Inspired by the work of world-renowned anthropologist Marilyn Strathern this collection of essays features contributions from a range of internationally recognized scholars – including Strathern herself – which examine a range of methodologies and approaches to the anthropology of knowledge.The book investigates the production of knowledge through a variety of themes centered on the question of the researcher’s obligations and the requirements of knowledge. These range from the obligation to connect with local culture and existing anthropological knowledge to the need to draw conclusions and circulate what has been learned. Taking up themes that are relevant for anthropology as a whole – particularly the topic of knowledge and the ethics of knowing others as well as the notion of the local in a global world – Knowledge and Ethics in Anthropology is key reading for students and scholars alike. A thorough introduction to the key concepts and terms used in Strathern’s work is provided making this a fantastic resource for anyone encountering her work for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857855442

Knowledge and Expertise in International InterventionsThe Politics of Facts Truth and Authenticity Knowledge about violent conflict and international intervention is political. It involves power struggles over the objects of knowing (problematization/silencing) how they are known (epistemic practices) and what interpretations are taken into account in policymaking and implementation. This book unearths the politics power and performances involved in the social construction of seemingly neutral concepts such as facts truth and authenticity in knowing about violent conflict and international intervention. Contributors foreground problems of physical and social access to information explore practices generating knowledge actors’ authority and legitimacy and analyse struggles over competing policy narratives. A first set of chapters focuses on the social construction of facts truth and authenticity through studies of militia research in the DR Congo politicians’ on-site visits in intervention theatres in the Balkans and Afghanistan and the epistemic practices of Human Rights Watch and comics journalism. A second set of contributions analyses the strategic side of knowledge through case studies of diplomatic counterinsurgency in Bosnia and Herzegovina African governments’ active role in the ‘bunkerization’ of international aid workers and authoritarian peacebuilding as a challenge to the liberal power/knowledge regime in world politics.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892821

Knowledge and IdentityConcepts and Applications in Bernstein's Sociology What in the digital era is knowledge? Who has knowledge and whose knowledge has value? Postmodernism has introduced a relativist flavour into educational research such that big questions about the purposes of education have tended to be eclipsed by minutiae. Changes in economic and financial markets induce a sense that we are also experiencing an intellectual credit crunch. Societies can no longer afford to think about the role of education merely in relation to national markets and national citizenry. There is growing recognition that once again we need big thinking using big theoretical ideas in working on local problems of employability sustainability and citizenship. Drawing on aspects of Bernstein’s work that have attracted an international following for many years the international contributors to this book raise questions about knowledge production and subjectivity in times dominated by market forces privatisation and new forms of state regulation. The book is divided into three sections: Part one extends Bernstein’s sociology of knowledge by revitalizing fundamental questions such as: what is knowledge how is it produced and what are its functions within education and society in late modernity? It demonstrates that big theory like big science provides immense resources for thinking ourselves out of crisis because in contradistinction to micro theory we are able to contemplate global transformations in ways which otherwise would remain unthinkable. Part two considers the new hybrid forms of knowledge that are emerging in the gap opened up between economic markets and academic institutions across a range of countries. Bernstein said in the 1970s that schools cannot compensate for society but we might now ask: can universities compensate for the economy? Part three adds new conceptual tools to the understanding of subjectivity within Bernstein's sociology of knowledge and elaborates conceptual developments about pedagogic regulation consciousness and embodiment. This book will appeal to sociologists educationists and higher educators internationally and to students on sociology of education curriculum and policy studies courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974050

Knowledge and Innovation in Business and IndustryThe Importance of Using Others Provocative and reflective this volume on the notion of knowledge and innovation in the business industry provides readers with a holistic approach to the subject of ‘knowledge’. Structuring their arguments around four case studies of innovation within four entirely different contexts Håkansson and Waluszewski invite the business-minded reader to consider the costs of adopting new knowledge and innovation within a business setting. This book: questions the long-held assumption that new knowledge and innovation are universally advantageous follows the tremor of an innovation as new knowledge reverberates through or is dampened by the larger economic community - including cultural structures the industrial standards and the foundational assumptions that rule a particular economic domain focuses in particular on the interfaces where the innovative agent connects to its customers suppliers and competitors. An ideal reference source for postgraduate students taking advanced courses in science and technology studies innovation management industrial marketing and purchasing technological development and innovation systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541572

Knowledge and Innovation in Regional IndustryAn Entrepreneurial Coalition This superb new book develops a knowledge-based theory of innovation marrying three streams of literature: innovation inter-firm collaboration and networks and learning regions. This book will interest all those working in economic geography and the economics of innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810990

Knowledge and InnovationA Comparative Study of the USA the UK and Japan This new book presents case studies from the US the UK and Japan. Packed full of vignettes from cases studies and subscribing to a socio-cultural approach rather than the often tacit assumption that knowledge and ‘technology transfer’ is a logistical problem this excellent volume illuminates the often misunderstood process of knowledge transfer. Arguing that partnership between public and private sector organizations can take many forms some of which are very complicated Brown shows that 'partnership' should not be prescribed as a panacea for the delivery of complex policy in education health and economic regeneration. Instead policy makers need to adopt a much more subtle and sophisticated concept of multi-agency partnership that acknowledges the time and effort needed to build trust and new shared practices. Taking issue with weak theories of change endemic in some policies and emphasizing the process of knowledge creation and the significance of consequent changes in the dynamics of human relations Brown conceptualizes innovation as collaboration between diverse organizations and individuals the result of which is organizational learning. This book will be of great interest to students and researchers interested in policy studies business and management and education as well as policy makers engaged with communities of practice theory.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541589

Knowledge and InteractionA Synthetic Agenda for the Learning Sciences Decades of research in the cognitive and learning sciences have led to a growing recognition of the incredibly multi-faceted nature of human knowing and learning. Up to now this multifaceted nature has been visible mostly in distinct and often competing communities of researchers. From a purely scientific perspective "siloed" science—where different traditions refuse to speak with one another or merely ignore one another—is unacceptable. This ambitious volume attempts to kick-start a serious new line of work that merges or properly articulates different traditions with their divergent historical theoretical and methodological commitments that nonetheless both focus on the highly detailed analysis of processes of knowing and learning as they unfold in interactional contexts in real time. Knowledge and Interaction puts two traditions in dialogue with one another: Knowledge Analysis (KA) which draws on intellectual roots in developmental psychology and cognitive modeling and focuses on the nature and form of individual knowledge systems and Interaction Analysis (IA) which has been prominent in approaches that seek to understand and explain learning as a sequence of real-time moves by individuals as they interact with interlocutors learning environments and the world around them. The volume’s four-part organization opens up space for both substantive contributions on areas of conceptual and empirical work as well as opportunities for reflection integration and coordination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998292

Knowledge and KnowersTowards a realist sociology of education We live in ‘knowledge societies’ and work in ‘knowledge economies’ but accounts of social change treat knowledge as homogeneous and neutral. While knowledge should be central to educational research it focuses on processes of knowing and condemns studies of knowledge as essentialist. This book unfolds a sophisticated theoretical framework for analysing knowledge practices: Legitimation Code Theory or ‘LCT’. By extending and integrating the influential approaches of Pierre Bourdieu and Basil Bernstein LCT offers a practical means for overcoming knowledge-blindness without succumbing to essentialism or relativism. Through detailed studies of pressing issues in education the book sets out the multi-dimensional conceptual toolkit of LCT and shows how it can be used in research. Chapters introduce concepts by exploring topics across the disciplinary and institutional maps of education: -how to enable cumulative learning at school and university-the unfounded popularity of ‘student-centred learning’ and constructivism -the rise and demise of British cultural studies in higher education-the positive role of canons -proclaimed ‘revolutions’ in social science -the ‘two cultures’ debate between science and humanities-how to build cumulative knowledge in research-the unpopularity of school Music-how current debates in economics and physics are creating major schisms in those fields. LCT is a rapidly growing approach to the study of education knowledge and practice and this landmark book is the first to systematically set out key aspects of this theory. It offers an explanatory framework for empirical research applicable to a wide range of practices and social fields and will be essential reading for all serious students and scholars of education and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138903050

Knowledge and Memory: the Real StoryAdvances in Social Cognition Volume VIII Narrative forms of mental representation and their influence on comprehension communication and judgment have rapidly become one of the main foci of research and theory in not only psychology but also other disciplines including linguistics sociology and anthropology. No one has been more responsible for the awakening of interest in this area than Roger Schank and Bob Abelson. In their target article they argue that narrative forms of mental representation or "stories " are the basic ingredients of social knowledge that play a fundamental role in the comprehension of information conveyed in a social context the storage of this information in memory and the later communication of it to others. After explicating the cognitive processes that underlie the construction of narratives and their use in comprehension memory and communication the chapter authors consider the influence of stories on a number of more specific phenomena including political judgment marital relations and memory distortions that underlie errors in eyewitness testimony. The provocativeness of the target chapter is matched by that of the companion articles each of which not only provides an important commentary on Schank and Abelson's conceptualization but also makes an important contribution to knowledge in its own right. The diversity of perspectives reflected in these articles whose authors include researchers in linguistics memory and comprehension social inference cognitive development social judgment close relationships and social ecology testifies to the breadth of theoretical and empirical issues to which the target chapter is potentially relevant. This volume is a timely and important contribution to research and theory not only in social cognition but in many other areas as well. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806594

Knowledge and NetworkingOn Communication in the Social Sciences Success and career growth in academic life depend upon reaching and influencing the widest audience possible. To do so scientists strive to develop personalized trust. They do so by establishing connections through networking and also through the strength of their arguments and the validity and reliability of their research. To secure increasingly rare tenure positions and achieve salary increases promotions and recognition scholars place themselves on a continuum of priorities ranging from total emphasis on networking to complete focus on advancing knowledge. The best solution Oleinik argues is to find some middle ground between the two extremes.When scholars prioritize networking he argues science reproduces features of a "small world " in which personal connections prevail and who knows whom matters more than who knows what. In this scenario one's status derives more from affiliation with a specific group of scholars or a particular university than from advancing knowledge. Acknowledging that it would be a mistake to consider networking the main source of evils in social science Oleinik instead criticizes the decisions scholars make to focus on networking instead of struggling to find that middle ground between networking and advancing knowledge and managing conflicts between these priorities.The fierce competition for increasingly scarce research funds and the difficulty of finding jobs in academia underlines the growing importance of the career choices made by an academic. Though Oleinik focuses particularly on the social sciences his ideas are just as relevant to other disciplinary areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864077

Knowledge and PoliticsThe Sociology of Knowledge Dispute Karl Mannheim’s Ideology and Utopia has been a profoundly provocative book. The debate about politics and social knowledge that was spawned by its original publication in 1929 attracted the most promising younger scholars some of whom shaped the thought of several generations. The book became a focus for a debate on the methodological and epistemological problems confronting German social science. More than thirty major papers were published in response to Mannheim’s text. Writers such as Hannah Arendt Ernst Robert Curtius Max Horkheimer Herbert Marcuse Helmuth Plessner Hans Speier and Paul Tillich were among the contributors. Their positions varied from seeing in the sociology of knowledge a sophisticated reformulation of the materialist conception of history to linking its popularity to a betrayal of Marxism. The English publication in 1936 defined formative issues for two generations of sociological self-reflection. Knowledge and Politics provides an introduction to the dispute and reproduces the leading contributions. It sheds new light on one of the greatest controversies that have marked German social science in the past hundred years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992924

Knowledge and Postmodernism in Historical Perspective This comprehensive reader chronicles the western engagement with the nature of knowledge during the past four centuries while providing the historical context for the postmodernist thought of Jacques Derrida Michel Foucault Richard Rorty and Hayden White and the challenges their ideas have posed to our conventional ways of thinking writing and knowing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022086

Knowledge and Power in Collaborative ResearchA Reflexive Approach Collaborative research embraces a multiplicity of practices in which social actors are invited to participate in the research process as co-producers of knowledge.  But what is actually meant by “co-production” in collaborative research? Knowledge and Power in Collaborative Research presents a range of critical reflexive strategies for understanding and tackling the challenges emanating from the tensions that arise in the meeting between different participants knowledge forms and knowledge interests. The chapters anchor discussion of ethical epistemological and methodological questions in sustained empirical analyses of cases of collaborative knowledge production. The book covers diverse theoretical approaches such as dialogic communication theory actor network theory poststructuralist writing as inquiry institutional ethnography dialogic action research and pragmatic action research. The empirical cases span a broad spectrum of empirical fields of social practice: health services organisational change research science communication environmental communication in intermediary NGOs participatory governance in relation to urban planning and digital communication and virtual worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920613

Knowledge and Power in Public BureaucraciesFrom Pyramid to Circle Ever since Max Weber and Frederick Taylor public organizations have been told that effective practice lies in maximizing rationality through science. Yet science-based management reforms have had only marginal impact on performance. People in entry-level positions possess knowledge from direct experience of the work management knowledge is often science-based and distanced from the work and appointed top executives struggle to join bureaucratic rationality with political exigencies. Knowledge and Power in Public Bureaucracies: From Pyramid to Circle offers fresh thinking about public organizations arguing that conflicting forms of knowledge may be found within the bureaucratic pyramid. Answering the question of why management reforms over the past century have failed on their own terms this book examines the existence of conflicting forms of knowledge within public bureaucracies how these contradictory perspectives interact (or fail to interact) and the ways in which these systems preserve managerial efforts to control workers. Authors Carnevale and Stivers argue that bureaucratic rationality is not the “one best way ” as Taylor promised and indeed there is no one best way or model that can be deployed in all situations. The bureaucratic pyramid can however be made more effective by paying attention to circular processes that are widespread within the hierarchy the authors argue describing such circular processes as “facework.” This book will serve as an ideal supplement to introductory public administration and organizational theory courses as well as courses for mid-career professionals helping to frame their work experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210793

Knowledge and PowerScience in World History Knowledge and Power shows how science has developed in different historical settings by focusing on four episodes in the history of world science from the Middle Ages to the mid-twentieth century. The title of this book comes from a famous saying by the English Renaissance philosopher Francis Bacon: "Knowledge is Power." Through a combination of narrative and primary sources author William Burns explores the following topics in order to provide students with an understanding of how different cultures throughout time and across the globe approached science: Science in the Medieval Mediterranean The Jesuits and World Science ca. 1540-1773 Science in Russia and Japan ca. 1684-1860s and Africa in the Age of Imperialism and Nationalism ca. 1860-1960. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138475809

Knowledge and PowerScience in World History Knowledge and Power presents and explores science not as something specifically for scientists but as an integral part of human civilization and traces the development of science through different historical settings from the Middle Ages through to the Cold War. Five case studies are examined within this book: the creation of modern science by Muslims Christians and Jews in the medieval Mediterranean; the global science of the Jesuit order in the early modern world; the relationship between "modernization" and "westernization" in Russia and Japan from the late seventeenth to the mid-nineteenth century; the role of science in the European colonization of Africa; and the rivalry in "big science" between the United States and the Soviet Union during the Cold War. Each chapter includes original documents to further the reader’s understanding and this second edition has been enhanced with a selection of new images and a new chapter on Big Science and the Superpowers during the Cold War. Since the Middle Ages people have been working in many civilizations and cultures to advance knowledge of and power over the natural world. Through a combination of narrative and primary sources Knowledge and Power provides students with an understanding of how different cultures throughout time and across the globe approached science. It is ideal for students of world history and the history of science.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637665

Knowledge and Practice in Business and Organisations Knowledge and Practice in Business and Organisations contributes to scholarly understanding of knowledge and practice mapping the conceptual terrain providing a critical review of debates in the field and setting out key theoretical perspectives. Knowledge and practice are explored in a range of organisational and policy settings through six context-specific discussions. The collection helps shape the field identify areas for future research inquiry and suggest implications for practitioners. The range of sites of inquiry represented in the book (e.g. craft working accounting public sector organisations creative industries health care and so on) make the book distinctive enabling the reader to connect debates and ideas from across a range of sectors and disciplines. The book charts different currents of debate which have hitherto tended to remain unconnected. In one accessible volume this book provides an excellent introduction to a set of concepts that have animated scholarly conversations across a range of disciplines and provides cases and examples of practices which come from beyond any one particular sector. Aimed at researchers and academics in the field this book is valuable source helping define and progress the scholarly debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617254

Knowledge and Public PolicyThe Search for Meaningful Indicators This book addresses the question of what it takes to develop social indicators that genuinely influence important public decisions. It looks historically at the processes of creating and using three important social indicators in the United States: unemployment rates standard budgets and crime rates. It then develops principles for choosing concepts designing measures and creating policy processes that institutionalize their use.For this second edition Innes has provided a major new introductory essay which reflects on social indicators research and her own and others' continuing work on the role of quantitative and other professionally generated information in policy making. She contends that in practice knowledge is influential as it becomes part of the myths that shape public life as it empowers some policy actors over others as it establishes the agendas and frames the problem as it sets the terms for negotiation and public discourse. For these arguments she draws on her research on human rights policy environmental impact assessment housing policy and local community development. The case studies in the original book have stood the test of time and remain valid supports for the author's interpretations.The author contends that to understand how knowledge and policy are linked we need to replace the "scientific" model of explicit knowledge use with a more inclusive interactive model of knowledge influence. To do this we must rethink both the education and practice of policy professionals. Innes sees indicators as lenses on the world that help define problems and point the way to solutions. It is not surprising that the case studies show that the most influential indicators are developed jointly with policy and theories about the problem. As she says "there are no facts without theories and the only way a statistician can keep out of politics is to collect only irrelevant data." This new edition will be of immense interest to those interested in the sociology of ideas policy studies and the emerging field of knowledge transfer. Judith Innes is a professor in the city and regional planning department of the University of California Berkeley. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526808

Knowledge and Reference in Empirical Science Knowledge and Reference in Empirical Science is a fascinating study of the bounds between science and language: in what sense and of what does science provide knowledge? Is science an instrument only distantly related to what's real? Can the language of science be used to adequately describe the truth? In this book Jody Azziouni investigates the technology of science - the actual forging and exploiting of causal links between ourselves and what we endeavor to know and understand. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203413241

Knowledge And Skepticism This book is a collection of essays as characteristic of philosophical writing in the theory of knowledge. The articles contain a number of major themes: skepticism externalism reliabilism probability and justification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153274

Knowledge and Social Capital Social capital - the informal networks trust and common understanding among individuals in an organization - determines major competitive advantages in today's networked economy. Knowledge and Social Capital explains how social capital can drive collaboration reconcile an organization's internal and external labor markets and improve organizational effectiveness. This edited compilation of authoritative articles helps readers understand how they can build and capitalize on their own organizations' social capital. Knowledge and Social Capital teaches core principles and important strategies to a range of executives including organizational development specialists corporate strategists and knowledge management professionals. Readers will learn how an organization can: Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155084

Knowledge and Social StructureAn Introduction to the Classical Argument in the Sociology of Knowledge The primary concern of this study is to present elucidate and analyse the developments which have characterized the sociology of knowledge and which have set for it the outlines of its major problematics. Peter Hamilton examines the most distinctive approaches to the determinate relationship between knowledge and social structure. He considers the three main ‘pre-paradigms’ of the sociology of knowledge based on the work of Marx Durkheim and Weber and looks at the contribution of Scheler Mannheim and phenomenological studies to this complex field. He explores the intellectual context particularly that of Enlightenment philosophy in which the problems involved in producing a sociology of knowledge first came to light. In conclusion the author suggests an inclusive perspective for approaching the difficulties posed in any attempt to describe and explain relations between knowledge and social structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974067

Knowledge and Special Libraries First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159167

Knowledge and Strategy First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435155

Knowledge and Systems ScienceEnabling Systemic Knowledge Synthesis Integrating ideas from the fields of systems science and knowledge science Knowledge and Systems Science: Enabling Systemic Knowledge Synthesis shows how to create and justify various pieces of knowledge systemically. Written by one of the foremost experts in this area the book presents approaches for the systemic integration of knowledge which can help solve complex problems today and in the future. After discussing issues of systemic knowledge synthesis the book emphasizes the importance of the human dimension in problem solving and introduces a new integrated systems approach called the informed systems approach. It also covers mathematical information aggregation techniques. Moving on to knowledge science concepts and approaches the book discusses organizational and academic knowledge creation models and considers a sociological interpretation of the knowledge integration system. To support knowledge science as an academic discipline the author explains how to justify knowledge and summarizes a theory of knowledge synthesis (construction) systems. Through case studies of technology archiving academic research evaluation demand forecasting of perishable foods and other real-world concerns this book demonstrates the use of new knowledge-based methods in addressing a variety of complex issues. It also illustrates the importance of acquiring a systemic view through trained intuition. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138033795

Knowledge and the Body-Mind ProblemIn Defence of Interaction First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203628768

Knowledge and the CityConcepts Applications and Trends of Knowledge-Based Urban Development This book underlines the growing importance of knowledge for the competitiveness of cities and their regions. Examining the role of knowledge - in its economic socio-cultural spatial and institutional forms - for urban and regional development identifying the preconditions for innovative use of urban and regional knowledge assets and resources and developing new methods to evaluate the performance and potential of knowledge-based urban and regional development the book provides an in-depth and comprehensive understanding of both theoretical and practical aspects of knowledge-based development and its implications and prospects for cities and regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547100

Knowledge and the Curriculum (International Library of the Philosophy of Education Volume 12)A Collection of Philosophical Papers The papers in this volume provide a coherent philosophical study of a group of important and pressing educational issues such as the selection of objectives for less able children the fundamental characteristics of teaching and the integration of the curriculum. A thesis on the necessary differentiation of knowledge into logically distinct forms is outlined and is defended against recent philosophical criticisms. Its implications for curriculum planning are examined with particular reference to the urgent problems of adeqately characterizing liberal education and those forms of moral and religious education that are appropriate in maintained schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649506

Knowledge and the Early Modern CityA History of Entanglements Knowledge and the Early Modern City uses case studies from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries to examine the relationships between knowledge and the city and how these changed in a period when the nature and conception of both was drastically transformed. Both knowledge formation and the European city were increasingly caught up in broader institutional structures and regional and global networks of trade and exchange during the early modern period. Moreover new ideas about the relationship between nature and the transcendent as well as technological transformations impacted upon both considerably. This book addresses the entanglement between knowledge production and the early modern urban environment while incorporating approaches to the city and knowledge in which both are seen as emerging from hybrid networks in which human and non-human elements continually interact and acquire meaning. It highlights how new forms of knowledge and new conceptions of the urban co-emerged in highly contingent practices shedding a new light on present-day ideas about the impact of cities on knowledge production and innovation. Providing the ideal starting point for those seeking to understand the role of urban institutions actors and spaces in the production of knowledge and the development of the so-called ‘modern’ knowledge society this is the perfect resource for students and scholars of early modern history and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337718

Knowledge and the UniversityRe-claiming Life For hundreds of years knowledge has been central in understanding the university. Over recent decades however it is the economic value of knowledge that has come to the fore. Now in a post-truth world knowledge is also treated with suspicion and has become a vehicle for ideologies. Knowledge and the University combats all these ways of thinking. Its central claim is that knowledge is of value because of its connection with life. Knowledge is of life from life in life and for life. With an engaging philosophical discussion and with a consideration of the evolution of higher education institutions this book: Examines ways in which research teaching and learning are bound up with life; Looks to breathe new life into the university itself; Widens the idea of the knowledge ecology to embrace the whole world; Suggests new roles for the university towards culture and the public sphere. Knowledge and the University is a radical text that looks to engender nothing less than a new spirit of the university. It offers a fascinating read for policy makers institutional leaders academics and all interested in the future of universities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330993

Knowledge and Understanding of the World in the Early Years Foundation Stage The Practical Guidance in the Early Years Foundation Stage series will assist practitioners in the smooth and successful implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage. Each book gives clear and detailed explanations of each aspect of Learning and Development and encourages readers to consider each area within its broadest context to expand and develop their own knowledge and good practice. Practical ideas and activities for all age groups are offered along with a wealth of expertise of how elements from the practice guidance can be implemented within all early years settings. The books include suggestions for the innovative use of everyday ressources popular books and stories. Knowledge and understanding of the world cuts across all of the EYFS guiding themes and this book will encourage practitioners to think about and develop their own understanding of the implications for inclusion respect for oneself and for others irrespective of ethnicity culture or religion home language family background learning difficulties gender disabilities or abilities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609514

Knowledge and Virtue in Teaching and LearningThe Primacy of Dispositions The challenge this book addresses is to demonstrate how in teaching content knowledge the development of intellectual and moral dispositions as virtues is not merely a good idea or peripheral to that content but deeply embedded in the logic of searching for knowledge and truth.  It offers a powerful example of how philosophy of education can be brought to bear on real problems of educational research and practice – pointing the reader to re-envision what it means to educate children (and how we might prepare teachers to take on such a role) by developing the person instead of simply knowledge and skills. Connected intimately to the practice of teaching and teacher education the book sets forth an alternative theory of education where the developing person is at the center of education set in a moral space and a political order. To this end a framework of public and personal knowledge forms the content to which personal dispositions are integral not peripheral. The book’s pedagogy is invitational welcoming its readers as companions in inquiry and thought about the moral aspects of what we teach as knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899987

Knowledge ArchitecturesStructures and Semantics Knowledge Architectures reviews traditional approaches to managing information and explains why they need to adapt to support 21st-century information management and discovery. Exploring the rapidly changing environment in which information is being managed and accessed the book considers how to use knowledge architectures the basic structures and designs that underlie all of the parts of an effective information system to best advantage. Drawing on 40 years of work with a variety of organizations Bedford explains that failure to understand the structure behind any given system can be the difference between an effective solution and a significant and costly failure. Demonstrating that the information user environment has shifted significantly in the past 20 years the book explains that end users now expect designs and behaviors that are much closer to the way they think work and act. Acknowledging how important it is that those responsible for developing an information or knowledge management system understand knowledge structures the book goes beyond a traditional library science perspective and uses case studies to help translate the abstract and theoretical to the practical and concrete. Explaining the structures in a simple and intuitive way and providing examples that clearly illustrate the challenges faced by a range of different organizations Knowledge Architectures is essential reading for those studying and working in library and information science data science systems development database design and search system architecture and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219444

Knowledge As Design First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803067

Knowledge as Social OrderRethinking the Sociology of Barry Barnes Investigating a theme first pioneered by Barry Barnes in the early 1970s this volume explores the relationship between social order and legitimate knowledge and is intended as a tribute to Barnes' seminal role in the development of the discipline of science and technology studies (STS). The contributors highlight the way in which Barnes' work has shaped their way of conceptualizing the basic relation between knowledge and society. In doing this they explore the original sociological underpinnings of STS while pointing to the way in which Barnes' interdisciplinary work has been developed to tackle current concerns in the field as well as in social theory. They also address the concerns of social scientists who are investigating the nature of power and agency and the problem of social order emphasizing the essential role played by scientific knowledge and technological machinery in the construction of social life. Contributors to the volume include Martin Kusch Steven Loyal Mark Haugaard David Bloor Trevor Pinch John Dupre Donald MacKenzie Harry Collins Steven Shapin and Karin Knorr Cetina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251380

Knowledge Brokerage for Sustainable DevelopmentInnovative Tools for Increasing Research Impact and Evidence-Based Policy-Making The menace of a post-truth era challenges conventional policy-making and science. Instead of fighting an uphill battle against populist solutions those involved in both policy-making and science have to find innovative ways to collaborate and make use of the vast amounts of knowledge that are already available. Knowledge brokerage in this context is more than a simple question-and-answer game: it is a process of co-creating and re-framing knowledge. In addition  Knowledge Brokerage for Sustainable Development has to deal with trade-offs and ambiguities as well as world-views cultures and the preferences of stakeholder groups. This book is the first in-depth exploration of how knowledge brokerage has the potential to help manage the challenges of sustainable development across political and scientific systems. It presents a selection of innovative and practical tools to enhance the connectivity of research and policy-making on sustainable development issues. In doing so this book will be an essential publication in research and policy-making. It supports networking among the developers and users of knowledge brokerage systems and will make their experience better known to the different communities involved.The book presents interviews with leading policymakers and researchers such as former EU Commissioner Franz Fischler Robert-Jan Smits (Director-General of Research and Innovation at the EC) Uwe Schneidewind (President of the Wuppertal Institute) and Leida Rijnhout (European Environmental Bureau). It also provides insights into eleven EU funded projects dealing with different approaches of Knowledge Brokerage for Sustainable Development.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783532544

Knowledge Building in Early Modern English Music Knowledge Building in Early Modern English Music is a rich interdisciplinary investigation into the role of music and musical culture in the development of metaphysical thought in late sixteenth- early seventeenth-century England. The book considers how music presented questions about the relationships between the mind body passions and the soul drawing out examples of domestic music that explicitly address topics of human consciousness such as dreams love and sensing. Early seventeenth-century metaphysical thought is said to pave the way for the Enlightenment Self. Yet studies of the music’s role in natural philosophy has been primarily limited to symbolic functions in philosophical treatises virtually ignoring music making’s substantial contribution to this watershed period. Contrary to prevailing narratives the author shows why music making did not only reflect impending change in philosophical thought but contributed to its formation. The book demonstrates how recreational song such as the English madrigal confronted assumptions about reality and representation and the role of dialogue in cultural production and other ideas linked to changes in how knowledge was built. Focusing on music by John Dowland Martin Peerson Thomas Weelkes and William Byrd this study revises historiography by reflecting on the experience of music and how music contributed to the way early modern awareness was shaped. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519704

Knowledge Cities Knowledge Cities are cities that possess an economy driven by high value-added exports created through research technology and brainpower. In other words these are cities in which both the private and the public sectors value knowledge nurture knowledge spend money on supporting knowledge dissemination and discovery (ie learning and innovation) and harness knowledge to create products and services that add value and create wealth. Currently there are 65 urban development programs worldwide formally designated as “knowledge cities.” Knowledge-based cities fall under a new area of academic research entitled Knowledge-Based Development which brings together research in urban development and urban studies and planning with knowledge management and intellectual capital.In this book Francisco Javier Carillo of the Monterrey Institute of Technology (ITESM) brings together a group of distinguished scholars to outline the theory development and realities of knowledge cities. Based on knowledge-based development the book shows how knowledge can be and is placed at the center of city planning and economic development to enable knowledge flows and innovation to provide a sustainable environment for high value-added products and services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180697

Knowledge Concepts and Categories Knowledge Concepts and Categories brings together an overview of recent research on concepts and knowledge that abstracts across a variety of specific fields of cognitive psychology. Readers will find data from many different areas: developmental psychology formal modelling neuropsychology connectionism philosophy and so on. The book can be divided into three parts. Chapters 1 to 5 each contain a thorough and systematic review of a significant aspect of research on concepts and categories. Chapters 6 to 9 are concerned primarily with issues related to the taxonomy of human knowledge. Finally Chapters 10 to 12 discuss formal models of categorization and function learning. The purpose of these three chapters is to provide a few examples of current formal modelling of conceptual behaviour. Knowledge Concepts and Categories will be welcomed by students and researchers in cognitive psychology and related areas as an unusually wide-ranging and authoritative review of an important subfield of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138160996

Knowledge Development in Early ChildhoodSources of Learning and Classroom Implications Synthesizing cutting-edge research from multiple disciplines this book explores how young children acquire knowledge in the ""real world"" and describes practical applications for early childhood classrooms. The breadth and depth of a child's knowledge base are important predictors of later literacy development and academic achievement. Leading scholars describe the processes by which preschoolers and primary-grade students acquire knowledge through firsthand experiences play interactions with parents and teachers storybooks and a range of media. Chapters on exemplary instructional strategies vividly show what teachers can do to build children's content knowledge while also promoting core literacy skills. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462504992

Knowledge Development in Transnational Projects Transnational learning has become a buzz phrase in European policy-making and in multi-national business. Learning from the experiences of others is an idea that captivates practitioners and academics alike due to its simplicity and availability in a world that is increasingly characterised by cross-border and global connections.  European regions in particular offer a diverse range of solutions to often shared challenges. This provides a knowledge base for other regions to draw on through regional success stories publications of ‘best practice’ and EU cooperation programmes.This books explores ‘transnational learning and knowledge transfer’ in co-operation programmes and projects. It argues that a deeper understanding of learning needs to be central to the implementation of programmes and projects in order to successfully meet their desired outcomes and goals. By characterising some of the most important preconditions of transnational learning and introducing a process perspective to learning and transfer this book identifies barriers to learning and knowledge transfer and contributes to a stronger conceptualisation of the topic. In doing so it opens up the ‘black-box’ of transnational learning and knowledge development providing a better understanding of its inner mechanisms. It also provides practical recommendations for policy makers and practitioners involved both at the programme and project level of transnational EU initiatives.  This book will be of interest to students researchers and policy makers alike working in geography political studies legal studies and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668358

Knowledge Discovery for Counterterrorism and Law Enforcement Most of the research aimed at counterterrorism fraud detection or other forensic applications assumes that this is a specialized application domain for mainstream knowledge discovery. Unfortunately knowledge discovery changes completely when the datasets being used have been manipulated in order to conceal some underlying activity. Knowledge Discovery for Counterterrorism and Law Enforcement operates from the premise that detection algorithms must be rethought to be effective in this domain and presents a new approach based on cutting-edge analysis for use in adversarial settings.Reveals How Criminals Conceal Information This volume focuses on four main forms of knowledge discovery: prediction clustering relationship discovery and textual analysis. For each of these application areas the author discusses opportunities for concealment that are available to criminals and reveals some of the tactics that can aid in detecting them. He reviews what is known about the different technologies for each area and evaluates their effectiveness. The book also supplies a preview of technologies currently under development and describes how they will fit in to existing approaches to knowledge discovery. Provides Proactive Formulas for Staying One Step Ahead of Adversaries While all knowledge-discovery systems are susceptible to manipulation designers and users of algorithmic systems who are armed with the knowledge of these subversive tactics are better able to create systems to avoid these vulnerabilities. This book delineates an effective process for integrating knowledge-discovery tools provides a unique understanding of the limits of the technology and contains a clear presentation of the upsides and pitfalls of data collection. It is a powerful weapon in the arsenal of anyone confronting the increasingly sophistic Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386443

Knowledge Discovery from Sensor Data As sensors become ubiquitous a set of broad requirements is beginning to emerge across high-priority applications including disaster preparedness and management adaptability to climate change national or homeland security and the management of critical infrastructures. This book presents innovative solutions in offline data mining and real-time analysis of sensor or geographically distributed data. It discusses the challenges and requirements for sensor data based knowledge discovery solutions in high-priority application illustrated with case studies. It explores the fusion between heterogeneous data streams from multiple sensor types and applications in science engineering and security. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386238

Knowledge Discovery in Proteomics Multi-modal representations the lack of complete and consistent domain theories rapid evolution of domain knowledge high dimensionality and large amounts of missing information - these are challenges inherent in modern proteomics. As our understanding of protein structure and function becomes ever more complicated we have reached a point where the actual management of data is a major stumbling block to the interpretation of results from proteomic platforms to knowledge discovery. Knowledge Discovery in Proteomics presents timely authoritative discussions on some of the key issues in high-throughput proteomics exploring examples that represent some of the major challenges of knowledge discovery in the field. The authors focus on five specific domains:Mass spectrometry-based protein analysisProtein-protein interaction network analysisSystematic high-throughput protein crystallizationSystematic integrated analysis of multiple data repositoriesSystems biologyIn each area the authors describe the challenges created by the type of data produced and present potential solutions to the problem of data mining within the domain. They take a systems approach covering individual data and integrating its computational aspects from data preprocessing storage and access to analysis visualization and interpretation.With clear exposition practical examples and rich illustrations this book presents an outstanding overview of this emerging field and builds the background needed for the fruitful exchange of ideas between computational and biological scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367392178

Knowledge Discovery Process and Methods to Enhance Organizational Performance Although the terms "data mining" and "knowledge discovery and data mining" (KDDM) are sometimes used interchangeably data mining is actually just one step in the KDDM process. Data mining is the process of extracting useful information from data while KDDM is the coordinated process of understanding the business and mining the data in order to identify previously unknown patterns.Knowledge Discovery Process and Methods to Enhance Organizational Performance explains the knowledge discovery and data mining (KDDM) process in a manner that makes it easy for readers to implement. Sharing the insights of international KDDM experts it details powerful strategies models and techniques for managing the full cycle of knowledge discovery projects. The book supplies a process-centric view of how to implement successful data mining projects through the use of the KDDM process. It discusses the implications of data mining including security privacy ethical and legal considerations. Provides an introduction to KDDM including the various models adopted in academia and industry Details critical success factors for KDDM projects as well as the impact of poor quality data or inaccessibility to data on KDDM projects Proposes the use of hybrid approaches that couple data mining with other analytic techniques (e.g. data envelopment analysis cluster analysis and neural networks) to derive greater value and utility Demonstrates the applicability of the KDDM process beyond analytics Shares experiences of implementing and applying various stages of the KDDM process in organizations The book includes case study examples of KDDM applications in business and government. After reading this book you will understand the critical success factors required to develop robust data mining objectives that are in alignment with your organization’s strategic business objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482212365

Knowledge EconomiesClusters Learning and Cooperative Advantage This book traces the theoretical explanation for clusters back to the work of classical economists and their more modern disciples who saw economic development as a process involving serious imbalances in the exploitation of resources. Initially natural resource endowments explained the formation of nineteenth and early twentieth-century industrial districts. Today geographical concentrations of scientific and creative knowledge are the key resource. But these require a support system ranging from major injections of basic research funding to varieties of financial investment and management tothe provision of specialist incubators for economic value to be realised. These are also specialised forms of knowledge that contribute to a serious imbalance in the distribution of economic opportunity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757164

Knowledge Economy Information Technologies and Growth This volume focuses on the Information and Communication (ICT) revolution and its impact on economic growth. Even though the emergence of the knowledge economy is at the center of attention by media and is often a subject of economic policy debate economic research on the issue is still relatively underdeveloped and many aspects of it are still awaiting proper theoretical and empirical scrutiny. One important question is whether as many economists and opinion leaders maintain the knowledge economy and the new information technologies have fostered the birth of a 'new economy' which by inducing a strong productivity growth in most sectors is behind the impressive growth of GDP experienced by the US economy. Empirical research has in fact been unable to provide a conclusive answer to this question. This book debates this issue and provides the opportunity to discuss the economic and social effects of the ICT revolution. It also focuses on the functioning and the micro-economic structure of the ICT sector as well as on its impact on various industries on the financial system and on the labor market. It analyses the role of the ICT revolution on regional development and it addresses important policy issues such as its consequences for antitrust legislation and government regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390077

Knowledge Economy and the CitySpaces of knowledge This book explores the relationship between space and economy the spatial expressions of the knowledge economy. The capitalist industrial economy produced its own space which differed radically from its predecessor agrarian and mercantile economies. If a new knowledge-based economy is emerging it is similarly expected to produce its own space to suit the new circumstances of production and consumption. If these spatial expressions do exist even if in incomplete and partial forms they are likely to be the model for the future of cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710084

Knowledge Economy in the MegalopolisInteractions of innovations in transport information production and organizations In recent decades urban regions around the world have engaged in a new process of development based on the creation of new knowledge. Amidst the globalization of economic activities and the arrival of transformative technologies knowledge has become the key driver of competitiveness and is profoundly reshaping the patterns of economic growth and activity. This book offers a comprehensive new model of the rise of a Knowledge Economy and its evolutionary development in the Megalopolis.These regions are developing new institutions and governance mechanisms to adapt disseminate and utilize available knowledge to promote continuing development of their Knowledge Economies. However such developments are accompanied by increasing inequalities in incomes and in urban services. This book examines the resilience of some urban regions and their recent emergence as vibrant Knowledge Economies. It also reviews the recent renewal and growth in the Megalopolis-- stretching along the Atlantic Seaboard along the metropolitan areas of Boston New York Philadelphia Baltimore and Washington DC. This book will appeal to researchers and professionals interested in urban and regional development and to business groups interested in economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867928

Knowledge EngineeringThe Process Paradigm Knowledge management is far-reaching. It can dramatically reduce costs such as costs of office work repetition human resource retirement information reuse etc. Rather than "reinventing the wheel" and having it be a costly and inefficient activity systematic reuse of knowledge can show substantial cost benefits immediately. This book shows how to develop process-oriented methodologies covers both interorganizational and enterprises models discusses how knowledge management can dramatically reduce costs and increase speed of response presents a wide range of quantitative methods applied to various knowledge engineering problems and offers several graphical presentations of models and processes. Academicians and practitioners in the area of knowledge management and engineering especially managers in industries will fine this book useful. The material might also be useful in knowledge management graduate studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367517366

Knowledge Flows in European Industry The channels and mechanisms of knowledge flows define the links that make up production and innovation systems. As such they relate directly or indirectly to all policies that affect such systems. Knowledge flows are also directly related to intellectual property protection policies and competition policies that create the infrastructure supporting various forms of formal interaction among economic agents in production and innovation systems. Knowledge Flows in European Industry presents the results of an extensive research programme funded by the European Commission to empirically appraise the dissemination of knowledge relevant to the innovative activities of European manufacturing and service sectors. It explores the extent density and mechanism of innovation-related knowledge flows affecting the innovative capacity of European industry and the mechanisms that support such flows as well as examining incentives to access and transmit results and the determinants of knowledge transmission. Featuring contributions from leading international scholars including Anthony Arundel and Bent Dalum this interdisciplinary volume focuses on questions of interest to regional national and pan-European science technology and innovation policy and will be an important read for those involved in business and management as well as those in the field of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649513

Knowledge for Whom?Public Sociology in the Making This ground-breaking volume is a follow-up to Intellectuals and Their Publics. In contrast to the earlier book which was mainly concerned with the activity of intellectuals and how it relates to the public this volume analyses what happens when sociology and sociologists engage with or serve various publics. More specifically this problem will be studied from the following three angles: How does one become a public sociologist and prominent intellectual in the first place? (Part I) How complex and complicated are the stories of institutions and professional associations when they take on a public role or tackle a major social or political problem? (Part II) How can one investigate the relationship between individual sociologists and intellectuals and their various publics? (Part III) This book will be of interest to academics and students working in the fields of the sociology of knowledge and ideas the history of social sciences intellectual history cultural sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409434580

Knowledge Goes PopFrom Conspiracy Theory to Gossip A voice on late night radio tells you that a fast food joint injects its food with drugs that make men impotent. A colleague asks if you think the FBI was in on 9/11. An alien abductee on the Internet claims extra-terrestrials have planted a microchip in her left buttock. 'Julia Roberts in Porn Scandal' shouts the front page of a gossip mag. A spiritual healer claims he can cure chronic fatigue syndrome with the energizing power of crystals . . . What do you believe? Knowledge Goes Pop examines the popular knowledges that saturate our everyday experience. We make this information and then it shapes the way we see the world. How valid is it when compared to official knowledge and why does such (mis)information cause so much institutional anxiety? Knowledge Goes Pop examines the range of knowledge from conspiracy theory to plain gossip and its role and impact in our culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085812

Knowledge Hierarchies in Transnational EducationStaging dissensus Transnational education seeks equivalence in standards and/or relevance of outcomes through the transfer of Western theories concepts and methods. Utilising a critique-interpretative approach Jing Qi argues that equivalence/relevance-oriented approaches to transnational education assume the legitimacy of the global knowledge hierarchy. Euro-American educational theories are imposed as defaults in non-Western educational communities of imagined consensus. Grounded in a study of a five-year transnational teacher education and community capacity-building program in Northern Chile the book investigates the relationships between theoretical knowledge knowledge hierarchies and critique. Transnational education communities are recognised as sites of critiques where conflictual and conceptual ‘dissensus’ disrupts global and local knowledge hierarchies. Critique is deployed by educational actors in their everyday engagement in transnational education to stage dissensus which constantly re-draws the lines of possibility for knowledge co-construction. A matrix mapping system is designed to chart and theorise the Chilean educational actors’ critiques along the trail of concept translation learning application and innovation of knowledge hierarchies which operate at and across global transnational local and the newly-created local-global levels. This book examines how these critiques modulate the ascendancy of knowledge hierarchies to enfranchise non-western educational actors for theoretical knowledge production that addresses local needs. Knowledge Hierarchies in Transnational Education will be of key value to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of international education teacher education and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356745

Knowledge Horizons Knowledge Horizons charts the feasible future for knowledge management. This practical and provocative resource presents the work of many of the leading voices in knowledge management and related disciplines who explore the current trends and offer pragmatic and authoritative thinking on applied knowledge management from a variety of positions. Knowledge management is the new frontier for businesses organizations and institutions of all kinds. For those that hope to conquer this new territory establishing a better understanding of current and future knowledge management trends and adoption of the most effective practices is imperitive. There are numerous options for executives: intranets extranets groupware and core competencies are continually being refined. New entitites and rules in terms of intellectual capital and the "Chief Knowledge Officer" are emerging. Knowledge Horizons addresses these issues by exploring current and future knowledge management trends gauging the future value of knowledge management investments and how they will drive new business initiatives and integrates the experience and insights of managers and cutting-edge research from experts in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159273

Knowledge in ContextRepresentations Community and Culture In this classic edition of her groundbreaking text Knowledge in Context Sandra Jovchelovitch revisits her influential work on the societal and cultural processes that shape the development of representational processes in humans. Through a novel analysis of processes of representation and drawing on dialogues between psychology sociology and anthropology Jovchelovitch argues that representation a social psychological construct relating Self Other and Object-world is at the basis of all knowledge. Exploring the dominant assumptions of western conceptions of knowledge and the quest for a unitary reason free from the ‘impurities’ of person community and culture Jovchelovitch recasts questions related to historical comparisons between the knowledge of adults and children ‘civilised’ and ‘primitive’ peoples scientists and lay communities and examines the ambivalence of classical theorists such as Piaget Vygotsky Freud Durkheim and Lévy-Bruhl in addressing these issues. Featuring a new introductory chapter the author evaluates the last decade of research since Knowledge in Context first appeared and reassesses the social psychology of the contemporary public sphere exploring how challenges to the dialogicality of representations reconfigure both community and selfhood in this early 21st century. This book will make essential reading for all those wanting to follow debates on knowledge and representation at the cutting edge of social cultural and developmental psychology sociology anthropology development and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042896

Knowledge in EnglishCanon Curriculum and Cultural Literacy Focusing on a key area of debate within the world of secondary English the ‘knowledge-based curriculum’ this book explores in detail the question of knowledge in the teaching of English in secondary schools drawing on specific concrete cases and a range of academic theories. Knowledge in English also investigates how to teach both facts and skills through the required texts to produce a balanced educational experience. Elliott brings together classic texts with contemporary knowledge and viewpoints to critically examine teaching in the English literature classroom and situates them within the broader cultural and political context. The book includes discussions on race and gender in texts Shakespeare and his influence facts and emotions in poetry and reading experiences. Knowledge in English is a foundational and accessible guide for researchers practitioners teacher educators and teachers around the world. It is a valuable resource for those involved in the English curriculum to keep the subject relevant and useful to students in the contemporary classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354206

Knowledge In MotionSpace Time And Curriculum In Undergraduate Physics And Management Using an analysis of learning by a case study comparison of two undergraduate courses at a United States University Nespor examines the way in which education and power merge in physics and management. Through this study of politics and practices of knowledge he explains how students once accepted on these courses are facilitated on a path to power; physics and management being core disciplines in modern society. Taking strands from constructivist psychology post-modern geography actor-network theory and feminist sociology this book develops a theoretical language for analysing the production and use of knowledge. He puts forward the idea that learning usually viewed as a process of individual minds and groups in face-to-face interaction is actually a process of activities organised across space and time and how organisations of space and time are produced in social practice.; Within this context educational courses are viewed as networks of a larger whole and individual courses are points in the network which link a wider relationship by way of texts tasks and social practices intersecting with them. The book shows how students enrolled on such courses automatically become part of a network of power and knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821894

Knowledge in Organisations First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176775

Knowledge Infrastructure and Higher Education in India This short book examines the availability and adoption of new education technologies in higher education institutions in India. It provides a summary of the activities in which such technologies are being used and the catalytic factors for such adoptions. The book also evaluates the impact on skill development and will be a useful reference for those who are interested to find out more about technology adoption and implementation in higher education and what the challenges are through the learning experiences in these education institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423285

Knowledge Intensive Business Services and Regional Competitiveness Research interest in the service sector has boomed in recent years as deindustrialisation became entrenched. Instead of being regarded as merely supplementary to traditional industry and manufacturing services have generated progressively rising levels of growth in developed economies while at the same time coming to be recognised as major drivers of innovation.Among the factors which have helped service companies notch up swifter growth rates than all other sectors are the outsourcing of such services by other sectors including the development of information and communication technologies and changes to the regulatory legal and market frameworks as well as globalisation and internationalisation. The result is a cluster of highly innovative firms which can loosely be grouped under the heading of Knowledge Intensive Business Services (KIBS). Knowledge Intensive Business Services and Regional Competitiveness charts the development of these firms and explores their success through four mutually linked parts: KIBS and industrial dynamics; KIBS and their context; KIBS and their contribution to regional competitiveness and economic development; and finally KIBS and public policy.This book is suitable for researchers and policy makers interested in the rise of these influential actors and their influence on regional competitiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872038

Knowledge Leadership In Knowledge Leadership Cavaleri and Seivert describe the dawning of a new era in which individuals are “leading” rather than “managing” knowledge. In the past many knowledge-based initiatives have failed because leaders underestimated the powerful link between knowledge and performance improvement – and also because they mistakenly thought that “information” was the same as knowledge. Cavaleri and Seivert claim that while information is a necessary precursor to knowledge it is not sufficient in itself for improving business performance. The authors describe notable organizations that use the pragmatic knowledge strategies they describe to gain competitive advantage. Pragmatic knowledge is the result of individuals’ developing a deeper understanding of how (and why) things work best in practice. The process of creating pragmatic knowledge transforms key lessons from systems thinking total quality management and organization learning into a powerful new business strategy.To help readers apply the concepts and tools in this book Cavaleri and Seivert draw on case examples and a decade of original cross-cultural research about knowledge leadership. They also invite readers to use The Knowledge Bias Profile to discover their knowledge leadership style. The book systematically outlines a user-friendly strategy for becoming a knowledge leader and for building high-performing knowledge-based organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166516

Knowledge MachinesLanguage and Information in a Technological Society Provides a wide-ranging survey of the sociolinguistic issues raised by the impact of information technology. The author demonstrates how and in which ways the new technologies both affect human communication and are in turn affected by the way people communicate using the technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437623

Knowledge MakingHistorians Archives and Bureaucracy Paper has been the material of bureaucracy and paperwork performs functions of order control and surveillance. Knowledge Making: Historians Archives and Bureaucracy explores how those functions transform over time allowing private challenges to the public narratives created by institutions and governments. Paperwork and bureaucratic systems have determined what we know about the past. It seems that now as the digital is overtaking paper (though mirroring its forms) historians are able to see the significance of the materiality of paper and its role in knowledge making – because it is no longer taken for granted. The contributors to this volume discuss the ways in which public and private institutions – asylums hospitals and armies – developed bureaucratic systems which have determined the parameters of our access to the past. The authors present case studies of paperwork in different national contexts which engage with themes of privacy and public accountability the beginning of record-keeping practices and their ‘ends’ both in the sense of their purposes and in what happens to paper after the work has finished including preservation and curation in repositories of various kinds through to the place of paper and paperwork in a ‘paperless’ world. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of Rethinking History: The Journal of Theory and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481865

Knowledge Management - A Blueprint for Delivery We are now in the 'third wave' of Knowledge Management - the first was focused on the potential of new technology while the second focused on the nature of knowledge and how people 'know' and learn. The focus in the third phase is two-fold: building individual and team productivity and proper alignment of Knowledge Management efforts in helping deliver on strategic goals of the organization.Knowledge Management- a Blueprint for Delivery explores and builds on current ideas about the dynamics of knowledge in organizations answering such questions as: 'What is knowledge management?' and 'What does it mean for today's companies and organizations?' Written by two leading knowledge management practitioners this book looks beyond academic theory and software company hype to focus on the roles that knowledge and information play in creating high-performance organizations. Built on their extensive experience of Knowledge Management programme design and delivery Knowledge Management- a Blueprint for Delivery:contains a comprehensive survey of the whole area of Knowledge Management from theory and strategy creation through to techniques tools and delivery of changeprovides an insight into developing and managing Knowledge Management initiativesbridges the gap between theoretical strategic and practical hands-on perspectives Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080496009

Knowledge Management Business Intelligence and Content ManagementThe IT Practitioner's Guide Knowledge management (KM) is the identification and analysis of available and required knowledge and the subsequent planning and control of actions to develop "knowledge assets" that enable businesses to generate profits and improve their competitive positions. This volume provides the framework for the strategic use of the information intelligence processes - business intelligence content management and knowledge management.In nine detailed chapters the author explains every facet of these three subjects enabling you to understand these sophisticated business concepts within the framework of information technology.Knowledge Management Business Intelligence and Content Management: The IT Practitioner's Guide discusses creation protection development sharing and management of information and intellectual assets through the use of business intelligence and other knowledge sharing and analytical techniques.About the AuthorJessica Keyes is president of New Art Technologies Inc. a high-technology and management consultancy and is also founding partner of Manhattan Technology Group. Often a keynote speaker on the topics of competitive strategy productivity and quality she is a founding board of directors member of the New York Software Industry Association and has recently completed a 2-year term on the Mayor of New York City's Small Business Advisory Council. A noted columnist and correspondent Keyes is the author of 19 books including Auerbach Publications' Software Engineering Handbook Software Configuration Management and Implementing the IT Balanced Scorecard. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367390846

Knowledge Management Governance and Sustainable DevelopmentLessons and Insights from Developing Countries Knowledge management good governance and sustainable development are the three essential components for the prosperity of any community and they are inter-related in terms of scope and nature. In the twenty-first century civilization is marching toward building a knowledge-based society where knowledge will be the driving force for the development of all sectors. Knowledge will also lead to invention innovation modernization entrepreneurship dynamism and sustainability of the economy. Knowledge management plays a key role in any society for managing generating sharing and utilizing knowledge for the advancement and well-being of its citizens. The prosperity of the society also largely depends on good governance in which knowledge management plays a vital role at all levels of bureaucracy. Again in achieving sustainable development which is about finding better ways of doing things both for the future and the present knowledge management and good governance are mandatory. This book brings these three burning issues under one umbrella. The book is divided into two broad and logical heading: Information and Knowledge Management and Governance and Development. Please note: This edition is custom published for Bangladesh Public Administration Training Centre and East West University Dhaka. Not for sale in any other region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367546281

Knowledge Management and E-Learning The rapidly growing demand for online courses and supporting technology has resulted in a plethora of structural and functional changes and challenges for universities and colleges. These changes have led many distance education providers to recognize the value of understanding the fundamental concepts of both e-learning and knowledge management (K Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429063893

Knowledge Management and Organizational Design The first in the readers' series called Resources for the Knowledge-Based Economy Knowledge Management and Organizational Design is a unique compilation of articles and book excerpts that describe how the management of an organization shapes the levels of knowledge transfer innovation and learning. The collection draws on fifty years of management thinking and presents key issues facing knowledge-intensive organizations. The selections are concise clearly written and present a rich framework of examples drawn from real management experience. Arranged thematically the chapters discuss decision-making organization structure innovation strategic alliances managing knowledge workers and power relations. Represented in this volume are the ideas of influential academics including the late economist Frederick Hayek and French sociologist Michael Crozier as well as world-renowned management thinkers such as Harvard Business School Professor Rosabeth Moss Kanter and Charles Handy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435117

Knowledge Management for Project Excellence Knowledge Management for Project Excellence defines a methodology called Projects with Learning Outcomes (ProwLO) for management of knowledge in projects including a process model. This guide enables organizations to solve many known knowledge management problems as experienced in practice. The process model consists of eight processes which are in turn made of activities. These processes are aligned with the generic life cycle of projects and programmes. They drive knowledge processes in project environments. ProwLO is a tool to institutionalize knowledge processing and optimize knowledge processes and thereby provides the infrastructure for the development of learning organizations. This book as a methodology provides a lot of contextual information for a better understanding of knowledge management in the context of projects. First of all it provides an understanding of the essence of knowledge. Second examples of knowledge needs are provided in the context of two PRINCE2 processes and risk management. Third it provides extensive background information on project management. This book offers a step-by-step guide to executing successful project management in the context of the key processes. It also provides the reader with a decision-making tool supported by the capture of Cases a key experience knowledge type. As such it is an essential tool for any project manager operating in the knowledge economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351144

Knowledge Management Foundations 'Knowledge Management Foundations' is just what it claims the first attempt to provide a secure intellectual footing for the myriad of practices called "knowledge management." A breath of fresh air from the usual KM gurus Fuller openly admits that the advent of KM is a mixed blessing that often amounts to the conduct of traditional management by subtler means. However Fuller's deep understanding of both the history of management theory and knowledge production more generally enables him to separate the wheat from the chaff of the KM literature. This ground-breaking book will prove of interest to both academics and practitioners of knowledge management. It highlights the ways in which KM has challenged the values associated with knowledge that academics have taken for granted for centuries. At the same time Fuller resists the conclusion of many KM gurus that the value of knowledge lies in whatever the market will bear in the short term. He pays special attention to how information technology has not only facilitated knowledge work but also has radically altered its nature. There are chapters devoted to the revolution in intellectual property and an evaluation of peer review as a quality control mechanism. The book culminates in a positive re-evaluation of universities as knowledge producing institutions from which the corporate sector still has much to learn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148710

Knowledge Management HandbookCollaboration and Social Networking Second Edition Recent research shows that collaboration and social networking foster knowledge sharing and innovation by sparking new connections ideas and practices. Yet these informal networks are often misunderstood and poorly managed. Building on the groundbreaking bestselling first edition Knowledge Management Handbook: Collaboration and Social Networking Second Edition focuses on two key elements in knowledge management: collaboration and social networking. To Innovate Connect the PeopleJay Liebowitz one of the top knowledge management authorities in the world brings together 15 articles by researchers and practitioners who are among the leaders in their fields. They present numerous applications concepts techniques methodologies issues and trends related to collaboration and social networking in a knowledge management context. They also point out areas that need more work such as how to measure the impact of knowledge-sharing efforts in terms of innovation profits and customer perceptions.What Can You Learn from Your Informal Organization?Packed with case studies this handbook explores how you can share knowledge make connections and generate new ideas through collaboration and interaction. It is a valuable reference and classroom text for those engaged in knowledge management particularly from a collaboration and social networking perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381226

Knowledge Management in EducationEnhancing Learning & Education Knowledge Management (KM) is the technique of using the information and knowledge that is supplied to generated by and inherent in any organization or institution to improve its performance. This volume demonstrates how KM can be used in education to improve learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148000

Knowledge Management in Healthcare Knowledge management goes beyond data and information capture in computerized health records and ordering systems; it seeks to leverage the experiences of all who interact in healthcare to enhance care delivery teamwork and organizational learning. Knowledge management - if envisioned thoughtfully - takes a systemic approach to implementation that includes the embodiment of a learning culture. Knowledge is then used to support that culture and the knowledge workers within it to encourage them to share what they know thusly enabling their peers their organizations and ultimately their patients to benefit from their experience to proactively dismantle hierarchy and encourage sharing about what works and what doesn’t to focus efforts on improvement. Knowledge Management in Healthcare draws on relevant business clinical and health administration literature plus the analysis of discussions with a variety of clinical administrative leadership patient and information experts. The result is a book that will inform thinking on knowledge access needs to mitigate potential failures design lasting improvements and support the sharing of what is known to enable work towards attaining high reliability. It can be used as a general tool for leaders and individuals wishing to devise and implement a knowledge-sharing culture in their institution design innovative activities supporting transparency and communication to strengthen existing programs intended to enhance knowledge sharing behaviours and contribute to high quality safe care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271418

Knowledge Management in Practice "This evidence-based book provides the framework and guidelines that professionals need for working with the contemporary explosion of data that is creating opportunities and challenges to all phases of our society and commerce." –Larry R. Medsker Research Professor in Physics and Data Science The George Washington University Knowledge Management in Practice is a resource on how knowledge management (KM) is implemented. It provides specific KM methods tips techniques and best practices to gain competitive advantage and the most from investing in KM. It examines how KM is leveraged by first responders the military healthcare providers insurance and financial services companies legal firms human resources departments merger and acquisition (M&A) firms and research institutions. Essential KM concepts are explored not only from a foundational perspective but also from a practical application. These concepts include capturing and codifying tacit and explicit knowledge KM methods information architecture search KM and social media KM and Big Data and the adoption of KM. Readers can visit the book’s companion website KM Mentor (www.KMMentor.com) where they can access: Presentations by industry leaders on a variety of topics KM templates and instruction on executing KM strategy performing knowledge transfer and KM assessments and audits KM program and project implementation guidance Insights and reviews on KM tools Guidance on implementing and executing various KM Methods Specialized KM publications A private secure collaboration community for members to discuss ideas and get expert answers and advice Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466562523

Knowledge Management in Public Health Close collaboration across agencies and international borders is mandatory for public health officials. A powerful tool for sharing knowledge knowledge management (KM) can help public health professionals quickly collaborate and disseminate knowledge for solving public health issues worldwide. The latest initiatives for reforming healthcare have put the spotlight on the need for maximizing resources. In addition to providing a platform for sharing knowledge KM can help healthcare professionals do more with less. One tool two problems solved. Yet the sharing of knowledge and KM continues to be a major challenge in the public health field. Knowledge Management in Public Health provides a general introduction to KM and social networking in the public health arena. The book begins with coverage of basic principles components and methodologies as well as trends and key issues in public health. It includes ten case studies illustrating applications of KM and social networking in public health. The chapters are written by leading individuals from organizations involved in applying KM in public health worldwide. The editors and chapter authors explore the many elements of KM delineating how and why to start such an initiative. They provide specific examples of the development and value-added benefits of KM in a variety of public health environments. Tough or quick decision making has always benefitted enormously from knowledge based on the maximum amount of pertinent information available at the time—this has not changed. What is new in the present public health environment is the need to do this more often with fewer personnel available and increased expectations relative to the services expected by the public. Better use of information under a KM system is well suited to serve that purpose. This book explores the many ways to use KM to anticipate potential health issues and quickly resolve key incidents when they occur. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114487

Knowledge Management in the Digital Newsroom If you are an editor or newsroom manager seeking new and more efficient ways of managing the ever increasing flow of information through your newsroom this book will provide the information you need to make informed decisions about crucial organisational and equipment changes.Case studies from newsrooms worldwide are used to present an overview of the information management tools and processes that are available to help journalists and media executives deal with information. Answers are suggested for some of the most pressing issues including:What are the factors driving change in newsrooms?How are news organizations around the world re-organising their newsrooms to deal with information in new ways?How are the opposing needs to cut costs and yet maintain journalistic quality being met?What digital tools are currently available e.g. for computer-assisted reporting?How can reporters become more mobile?How can trainee journalists be better prepared for operating within the changing newsroom environment?Each chapter is supplemented by a 'how to learn more' section suggesting further resources for tackling each issue. Whether you are planning major change in your newsroom or simply wish to keep up with the latest industry trends this is the book you have been waiting for. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459946

Knowledge Management in the Pharmaceutical IndustryEnhancing Research Development and Manufacturing Performance The Pharmaceutical Industry has been undergoing a major transformation since the heady days of 'big pharma' in the 1970s and 80s. Patent expiry the rise of generics and the decline of the blockbuster drug have all changed the landscape over the last 10-15 years. It's an environment where products can take 10 years or more to come to market billions are spent on research and development jobs are being shed in the western pharma homelands and regulators and the public are more demanding than ever. So what part is Knowledge Management playing and going to play in this vital international industry? Knowledge Management (KM) has many facets from providing comprehensive knowledge bases for workers through the sharing of advice and problem solving to providing an environment for innovation and change. This book focusing on research and development and manufacturing-based companies explores how a range of techniques and approaches have been applied in the unique environment of the Pharmaceutical Industry and examine how it can help the industry in the 21st century. Whilst the book is centered on the Pharmaceutical Industry its objective will be to discuss and demonstrate how Knowledge Management can be applied in a variety of environments and with a range of cultural issues. KM practitioners and potential practitioners both within and outside the Pharmaceutical Industry will be able to gain valuable guidance and advice from both the examples of good practice and the lessons learned by the authors and contributors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453352

Knowledge Management in the Public SectorA Blueprint for Innovation in Government This comprehensive text introduces public management students and government and nonprofit administrators to the principles and practices of Knowledge Management. The first book to focus exclusively on knowledge management techniques in government agencies it covers such important concepts as collecting categorizing processing distributing and archiving critical organization data and information - and then converting and disseminating these resources to all who need to share in the organizational knowledge. Written in an easy-to-read non-technical style the book includes a thorough review of the current literature in the field as well as a comprehensive presentation of Knowledge Management techniques. Extensive illustrations models checklists and instructions lead readers through the steps involved in instituting KM programs in government and non-profit agencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703053

Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780750678643

Knowledge Management Tools The third in the readers series Resources for the Knowledge-Based Economy Knowledge Management Tools analyzes the use of knowledge management tools in the past present and future. It helps managers and companies utilize what they know. The selections in this volume were carefully chosen to represent the strengths and weaknesses and pros and cons of using technology to support knowledge-based activities. They acknowledge that although tools alone are not the answer to the difficult questions surrounding knowledge management if utilized effectively tools can open up new realms of innovation and efficiency for today's knowledge-driven businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435216

Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques Knowledge management (KM) - or the practice of using information and collaboration technologies and processes to capture organizational learning and thereby improve business performance - is becoming one of the key disciplines in management especially in large companies. Many books magazines conferences vendors consultancies Web sites online communities and email lists have been formed around this concept.This practical book focuses on the vast offerings of KM solutions—technology content and services. The focus is not on technology details but on how KM and IT practitioners actually use KM tools and techniques. Over twenty case studies describe the real story of choosing and implementing various KM tools and techniques and experts analyse the trends in the evolution of these technologies and tools along with opportunities and challenges facing companies harnessing them. Lessons from successes and failures are drawn along with roadmaps for companies beginning or expanding their KM practice. The introductory chapter presents a taxonomy of KM tools identifies IT implications of KM practices highlights lessons learned and provides tips and recommendations for companies using these tools. Relevant literature on KM practices and key findings of market research groups and industry consortia such as IDC Gartner and APQC are presented.The majority of the book is devoted to case studies featuring clients and vendors along the entire spectrum of solutions: hardware (e.g. handheld/wearable devices) software (e.g. analytics collaboration document management) and content (e.g. newsfeeds market research). Each chapter is structured along the "8Cs" framework developed by the author: connectivity content community commerce community capacity culture cooperation and capital. In other words each chapter addresses how appropriate KM tools and technologies help a company on specific fronts such as fostering adequate employee access to knowledge bodies user-friendly work-oriented content communities of practice a culture of knowledge learning capacity a spirit of cooperation commercial and other incentives and carefully measured capital investments and returns. Vendor history product/service offerings implementation details client testimonials ROI reports and future trends are highlighted.Experts in the field then provide third-party analysis on trends in KM tools and technique areas and recommendations for KM practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168992

Knowledge Management: Linchpin of Change This guide sets out the key considerations and provides some practical guidelines to assist in developing and operating an effective knowledge management function. Case studies demonstrate the ways in which different organisations have set about putting Knowledge Management into practice.Contents: Introduction - management fad or essential management technique? Perceived differences between knowledge & information; Key management considerations and influences; Shaping the policy; Role of knowledge management in the management of change; Getting started - importance of initial planning and early staff consultation and involvement; Use of consultants; Responsibility access and control; Systems and procedures; Skills required for day-to-day operation and maintenance; Value - can you show it on the balance sheet? Case studies; How to find out more - useful contact details. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439436

Knowledge ManagementAn Evolutionary View This book serves as a complete introduction to the subject of Knowledge Management (KM) and incorporates technical as well as social aspects concepts as well as practical examples and traditional KM approaches as well as emerging topics. Knowledge Management: Systems and Processes enhances the conventional exposition of KM with an in-depth discussion of the technologies used to facilitate the management of knowledge in large and small organizations. This includes a complete description of the theory and applications of the various techniques and technologies currently in use to manage organizational knowledge. The discussion of technology is at a level appropriate for the typical business administration graduate student or corporate manager. Special features:* Includes case studies of actual implementations of KM systems including details such as system architecture * Contains numerous vignettes describing practical applications of KM initiatives at leading firms and governmental organizations * Provides a balanced view of knowledge management while incorporating benefits and controversial issues and both technology and social aspects * Extremely current making extensive use of latest developments in and examples from the field of KM * Written by two proficient and recognized researchers in the field of KM. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315706986

Knowledge ManagementAn Introduction Written by experienced Knowledge Management (KM) project leaders and teachers this new textbook has been designed to introduce this growing multi-disciplinary subject to students in an engaging and effective manner. The book balances the theory and practice of KM and considers the issues organizations encounter in the global marketplace. This book is the first to integrate social media and networking into KM practice. The book's nine chapters are divided into three major parts: Part I covers foundational concepts and introduces the reader to the key elements of knowledge management Part II explores critical activities of knowledge management Part III offers a strategic view of knowledge management in organizations. Each chapter provides a broad overview graphics that help readers visualize key points and several vignettes documenting case scenarios that will help the reader digest concepts. Readership: Lecturers and iteachers who have been forced to design courses around KM business texts and anyone who needs to better understand KM to apply it in his or her organization. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047357

Knowledge ManagementLearning from Knowledge Engineering Knowledge Management (KM) is strongly rooted in the discipline of Knowledge Engineering (KE) which in turn grew partly out of the artificial intelligence field. Despite their close relationship however many KM specialists have failed to fully recognize the synergy or acknowledge the power that KE methodologies techniques and tools hold for enhancing the state of the art in Knowledge Management.Knowledge Management: Learning from Knowledge Engineering addresses this vacuum. It gives concise practical information and insights drawn from the author's many years of experience in the fields of expert systems and Knowledge Management. Based upon research analyses and illustrative case studies this is the first book to integrate the theory and practice of artificial intelligence and expert systems with the current organizational and strategic aspects of Knowledge Management.The time has come for Knowledge Management professionals to appreciate the synergy between their work and the work of their counterparts in Knowledge Engineering. Knowledge Management: Learning from Knowledge Engineering is the ideal starting point for those in KM to learn from and exploit advances in that field and thereby advance their own. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455316

Knowledge ManagementSystems and Processes This text serves as a complete introduction to the subject of knowledge management (KM) incorporating technical and social aspects as well as concepts practical examples traditional KM approaches and emerging topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765639158

Knowledge MattersThe Structures of Knowledge and Crisis of the Modern World-System Economic changes and political changes which emerged with the modern capitalist world-economy were accompanied in the sociocultural domain by changes in the structures of knowledge. These included the hierarchical separation of the realm of facts from that of values institutionalized as a division between the sciences and the humanities. The social sciences responded to contradictions inherent in this structure over the nineteenth century in producing knowledge on which policy decisions could be based. The problems of the contemporary period indicate we are in a long-term structural crisis. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the theoretical frameworks and methodological approaches through which social analysts and observers alike seek to understand the world. Since the 1960s developments in the field of knowledge especially two movements complexity studies in the natural sciences and cultural studies in the humanities have contested the naturalized essentialist boundaries separating the sciences the social sciences and the humanities. The primary rationale for this work is to recognize the inseparable whole composed of the material structures of the world and the structures of knowledge that govern what actions may be deemed legitimate and effective. 'Knowledge Matters' discusses what actions will actually be undertaken by social agents and what such an approach means for an analysis of the present situation in terms of imagining and evaluating possible futures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526815

Knowledge Mobilisation and the Social SciencesResearch Impact and Engagement The essays presented in this volume examine knowledge mobilisation and its relation to research impact and engagement. The social sciences matter because they can help us to understand and address the complex challenges confronting society. This is particularly true in an era of significant downward pressure on public expenditure a consequence of the global fiscal crisis when there is a striking need to ensure that policies are demonstrably effective and efficient. The impact agenda in the UK reflected in parallel global debates actively encourages the social sciences to make and demonstrate a difference; to justify and protect social science funding. This volume shows how knowledge mobilisation can be thought of systematically as a process encompassing engagement leading to the co-production and channelling of knowledge to make a difference in the economy and society. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097605

Knowledge Mobilization and Educational ResearchPolitics languages and responsibilities How can educational research have more impact? What processes of knowledge exchange are most effective for increasing the uses of research results? How can research-produced knowledge be better ‘mobilized’ among users such as practicing educators policy makers and the public communities? These sorts of questions are commanding urgent attention in educational discourses and research policies now circulating around the world. This attention has been translated into powerful material exercises that shape what is considered to be worthwhile research and how research is funded recognized and assessed. Yet precisely what activities constitute effective knowledge mobilization or even what is meant by ‘moving knowledge’ remains unclear. What politics are at play in determining knowledge ‘impact’ across radically different contexts? Who determines what counts as impact and for what purposes? How are ‘results’ of educational research separated from its participants and processes? In addition knowledge mobilization also invokes debates about the languages through which knowledge is constructed policy processes are enacted and research unfolds. This volume is unique in bringing together these wide-ranging issues of knowledge mobilization in education. The volume editors critically analyse these complex issues and also describe various efforts of knowledge mobilization and their effects. While the contributors themselves speak from diverse material occupational and theoretical locations. Leading scholars in Canada the US the UK and Australia bring disciplinary perspectives from law digital media studies museum studies journalism and policy-making as well as fields of education. Some speak from Anglo-‘Western’ perspectives but others such as Phan Le Ha (Vietnamese) Rui Yang (Chinese) and Dolores van der Wey (Haida/West Coat Salish First Nations) speak from Asian Indigenous and diasporic locations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614658

Knowledge Networking Knowledge Networking explains the strategic organizational and human impact of technologies that support knowledge: the internet groupware collaborative technologies. It shows how they can transform organizational practices and help to improve both individual and team performances. Based on proven experience and includes customised toolkits cases and action plans. From pooling expertise on a sales bid via computer referencing to improving customer service using the flexible office the author demonstrates how potential can become practice.Knowledge management is the big management idea currently influencing organizations and Knowledge Networking explores the global impact of sharing knowledge and expertise. It is a highly practical text which includes customised toolkits cases and action plans to enable individuals and teams to improve their performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433328

Knowledge Networks and Craft Traditions in the Ancient WorldMaterial Crossovers This edited volume investigates knowledge networks based on materials and associated technologies in Prehistoric Europe and the Classical Mediterranean. It emphasises the significance of material objects to the construction maintenance and collapse of networks of various forms – which are central to explanations of cultural contact and change. Focusing on the materiality of objects and on the way in which materials are used adds a multidimensional quality to networks. The properties functions and styles of different materials are intrinsically linked to the way in which knowledge flows and technologies are transmitted. Transmission of technologies from one craft to another is one of the main drivers of innovation whilst sharing knowledge is enabled and limited by the extent of associated social networks in place. Archaeological research has often been limited to studying objects made of one particular material in depth be it lithic materials ceramics textiles glass metal wood or others. The knowledge flow and transfer between crafts that deal with different materials have often been overlooked. This book takes a fresh approach to the reconstruction of knowledge networks by integrating two or more craft traditions in each of its chapters. The authors well-known experts and early career researchers provide concise case studies that cover a wide range of materials. The scope of the book extends from networks of craft traditions to implications for society in a wider sense: materials objects and the technologies used to make and distribute them are interwoven with social meaning. People make objects but objects make people – the materiality of objects shapes our understanding of the world and our place within it. In this book objects are treated as clues to social networks of different sorts that can be contrasted and compared both spatially and diachronically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367868413

Knowledge Networks and Tourism The receipt of knowledge is a key ingredient by which the tourism sector can adjust and adapt to its dynamic environment. However although its importance has long been recognised  the fragmentation within the sector largely as a result of it being comprised of small and medium sized businesses makes understanding knowledge management challenging. This book applies knowledge management and social network theories to the business of tourism to shed light on successful operations of tourism knowledge networks.  It contributes specifically to understanding a network perspective of the tourism sector the information needs of tourism businesses social network dynamics of tourism business operation knowledge flows within the tourism sector and the transformation of the tourism sector through knowledge networks. Social Network Analysis is applied to fully explore the growth and maintenance of tourism knowledge networks and the relationships between tourism sector stakeholders in relation to their knowledge requirements.  Knowledge Networks and Tourism will be valuable reading for all those interested in successful operations of tourism knowledge networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083479

Knowledge of Evil This book aims to document and analyse the enduring involvement of children in the commercial sex trade in twentieth-century England. It uncovers new evidence to indicate the extent of under-age prostitution over this period a much-neglected subject despite the increased visibility of children more generally. The authors argue that child prostitution needs to be understood within a broader context of child abuse and that this provides one of the clearest manifestations of the way in which 'deviant groups' can be conceived of as both victims and threats. The picture of child prostitution which emerges is one of exclusion from mainstream society and the law and remoteness from the agencies set up to help young people in trouble which were often reluctant to accept the realities of child prostitution. The evidence provided in this book indicates that the circumstances which have led young people into prostitution over the last hundred years amount at worst to physical or psychological abuse or neglect and at best as the result of limited choice. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138992931

Knowledge of Illness in a Sepik SocietyA Study of the Gnau New Guinea Volume 52 Illness is a matter of concern in every society. Social responses to it depend both on the nature of the illness and on cultural interpretation of its significance. This study of the occurrence recognition and explanation of illness amongst the Gnau makes use of its author's dual training in medicine and anthropology to show why how far and in what respects these people of a forest village in New Guinea turn to their religious and magical knowledge in the distress of illness. The analyis shows how a study of ilness can reveal belief and open an illummatlng and crucial perspective on a society's view of its world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136514

Knowledge of the External World Many philosophers believe that the traditional problem of our knowledge of the external world was dissolved by Wittgestein and others. They argue that it was not really a problem - just a linguistic `confusion' that did not actually require a solution. Bruce Aune argues that they are wrong. He casts doubt on the generally accepted reasons for putting the problem aside and proposes an entirely new approach. By considering the history of the problem from Descartes to Kant Aune shows that analogous arguments create difficulties for the contemporary philosophical consensus. He makes it clear that the problem remains acute particualarly for our understanding of scientific evidence. The solution he proposes draws upon contemporary philosophy of science and probability theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755474

Knowledge Organization and Classification in International Information Retrieval Learn step-by-step how to develop knowledge-based products for international use! Knowledge Organization and Classification in International Information Retrieval examines current efforts to deal with the increasing globalization of information and knowledge. International authors walk you through the theoretical foundations and conceptual elements behind knowledge management addressing areas such as the Internet multinational resources translations and information languages. The tools techniques and case studies provided in this book will be invaluable to anyone interested in bridging the international information retrieval language gap. This book is divided into four sections that address major themes for internationalized information and knowledge: “General Bibliographic Systems” discusses how bibliographic classification systems can be adapted for specific subjects the problems with addressing different language expressions and the future of these systems “Information Organization in Knowledge Resources” explores knowledge organization and classification focusing mainly on libraries and on the Internet “Linguistics Terminology and Natural Language Processing” analyzes the latest developments in language processing and the design of information retrieval tools and resources “Knowledge in the World and the World of Knowledge” addresses the ontological foundations of knowledge organization and classification and knowledge management in organizations from different cultures With this book you’ll gain a better understanding about the international efforts to globalize: the Dewey Decimal Classification the Library of Congress Classification the Universal Decimal Classification multilingual thesauri Web directories of education-related resources human language technology metadata schemas the North American Industry Classification Figures tables charts and diagrams elucidate the concepts in Knowledge Organization and Classification in International Information Retrieval. Information educators and practitioners as well as specialists in classification and knowledge organization will find this book valuable for its focus on the problems of—and solutions for—information retrieval for specific linguistic cultural and domain communities of discourse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050392

Knowledge OrganizationsWhat Every Manager Should Know For knowledge management to be successful the corporate culture needs to be adapted to encourage the creation sharing and distribution of knowledge within the organization. Knowledge Organizations: What Every Manager Should Know provides insight into how organizations can best accomplish this goal. Liebowitz and Beckman provide the information companies need for evaluating and planning the steps and processes that will transform their existing organization infrastructure into a "knowledge-based" organization. This easy-to-read guide includes many vignettes examples and short cases of organizations involved in knowledge management. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076001

Knowledge Partnering for Community Development Effective community development means that many different stakeholders have to work together: governments development organizations and NGOs and most importantly the people they serve. Knowledge Partnering for Community Development teaches community development professionals how to mediate community needs and development agendas to make community-based solutions for development challenges. Based on the newest research in community and global development Eversole shows readers a strong research and theoretically based framework for understanding local development processes and gives them the skills to turn this into cutting-edge practice. Each chapter features global case studies of innovative community-state partnerships and practical application exercises and strategies for professionals looking to bring new approaches to their research. Knowledge Partnering for Community Development is essential for community workers and students of community development looking to bridge the gap between research insight and best practice between community actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025622

Knowledge PoliticsGoverning the Consequences of Science and Technology This book argues that new technologies and society's response to them have created a relatively new phenomenon "knowledge politics." Nico Stehr describes Western society's response to a host of new technologies developed only since the 1970s including genetic experiments test-tube human conception recombinant DNA and embryonic stem cells; genetically engineered foods; neurogenetics and genetic engineering; and reproductive cloning and the reconstruction of the human ancestral genome. He looks also at the prospective fusion of nanotechnology biotechnology information technology transgenic human engineering and cognitive science whose products may as its boosters claim some day cure disease slow the aging process eliminate pollution and generally enhance human performance. Knowledge Politics shows how human civilization has reached a new era of concern about the life-altering potentials of new technologies. Concerns about the societal consequences of an unfettered expansion of (natural) scientific knowledge are being raised more urgently and are moving to the center of disputes in society-- and thus to the top of the political agenda. Stehr explains the ramifications of knowledge politics and the approaches society could take to resolve difficult questions and conflicts over present and future scientific innovation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633770

Knowledge Production Area Studies and Global Cooperation Whereas Area Studies and cross-border cooperation research conventionally demarcates groups of people by geographical boundaries individuals might in fact feel more connected by shared values and principles than by conventional spatial dimensions. Knowledge Production Area Studies and Global Cooperation asks what norms and principles lead to the creation of knowledge about cross-border cooperation and connection. It studies why theories methods and concepts originate in one place rather than another how they travel and what position the scholar adopts while doing research particularly ‘in the field’. Taking case studies from Asia the Middle East and North Africa the book links the production of alternative epistemologies to the notion of global cooperation and reassesses the ways in which the concept of connectedness can be applied at the translocal and individual rather than the formal international and collective level. Knowledge Production Area Studies and Global Cooperation provides an innovative and critical approach towards established means of producing knowledge about different areas of the world demonstrating that an understanding of pluri-local connectivity should be integrated into the production of knowledge about different areas of the world and the behavioural dimension of global cooperation. By shifting the view from the collective to the individual and from the formal to often invisible patterns of connectedness this book provides an important fresh perspective which will be of interest to scholars and students of Area Studies Politics International Relations and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172664

Knowledge Production in the Arab WorldThe Impossible Promise Over recent decades we have witnessed the globalization of research. However this has yet to translate into a worldwide scientific network across which competencies and resources can flow freely. Arab countries have strived to join this globalized world and become a ‘knowledge economy ’ yet little time has been invested in the region’s fragmented scientific institutions; institutions that should provide opportunities for individuals to step out on the global stage. Knowledge Production in the Arab World investigates research practices in the Arab world using multiple case studies from the region with particular focus on Lebanon and Jordan. It depicts the Janus-like face of Arab research poised between the negative and the positive and faced with two potentially opposing strands; local relevance alongside its internationalization. The book critically assesses the role and dynamics of research and poses questions that are crucial to further our understanding of the very particular case of knowledge production in the Arab region. The book explores research’s relevance and whom it serves as well as the methodological flaws behind academic rankings and the meaning and application of key concepts such as knowledge society/economy. Providing a detailed and comprehensive examination of knowledge production in the Arab world this book is of interest to students scholars and policy makers working on the issues of research practices and status of science in contemporary developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874308

Knowledge ProductionResearch Work in Interesting Times This collection from a highly impressive international group of educational researchers explores epistemological methodological and ethical-political issues in the production of knowledge about educational phenomena in contemporary society. The book is organized in two sections. The first focuses on how the enterprise of knowledge production is being influenced by global discourses of educational accountability evidence-based practice and policy and quality assessment. The second section features material that focuses more specifically on reconceiving both methodological matters and the kinds of knowledge that demand attention in this climate. The book is unique in bringing together chapters by scholars well-known internationally for their original contributions to educational theory and research practice. Many books in this area are no more than guides on how to do research or text books reiterating rather narrow frameworks of research paradigms this book both breaks new ground and sets the tone for discussions about the future path of educational research in the coming years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203609156

Knowledge PuzzlesAn Introduction To Epistemology This book presents many of epistemology's main ideas in a way that will help students understand the central primary writings in epistemology providing puzzles and questions about epistemological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319922

Knowledge Representation Knowledge representation is fundamental to the study of mind. All theories of psychological processing are rooted in assumptions about how information is stored. These assumptions in turn influence the explanatory power of theories. This book fills a gap in the existing literature by providing an overview of types of knowledge representation techniques and their use in cognitive models. Organized around types of representations this book begins with a discussion of the foundations of knowledge representation then presents discussions of different ways that knowledge representation has been used. Both symbolic and connectionist approaches to representation are discussed and a set of recommendations about the way representations should be used is presented. This work can be used as the basis for a course on knowledge representation or can be read independently. It will be useful to students of psychology as well as people in related disciplines--computer science philosophy anthropology and linguistics--who want an introduction to techniques for knowledge representation. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763698

Knowledge ScienceModeling the Knowledge Creation Process Knowledge science is an emerging discipline resulting from the demands of a knowledge-based economy and information revolution. Explaining how to improve our knowledge-based society Knowledge Science: Modeling the Knowledge Creation Process addresses problems in collecting synthesizing coordinating and creating knowledge. The book introduces several key concepts in knowledge science: Knowledge technology which encompasses classification representation modeling identification acquisition searching organization storage conversion and dissemination Knowledge management which covers three different yet related areas (knowledge assets knowing processes knower relations) Knowledge discovery and data mining which combine databases statistics machine learning and related areas to discover and extract valuable knowledge from large volumes of data Knowledge synthesis knowledge justification and knowledge construction which are important in solving real-life problems Specialists in decision science artificial intelligence systems engineering behavioral science and management science the book’s contributors present their own original ideas including an Oriental systems philosophy a new episteme in the knowledge-based society and a theory of knowledge construction. They emphasize the importance of systemic thinking for developing a better society in the current knowledge-based era. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439838365

Knowledge Service Engineering Handbook Edited by Jussi Kantola the founding faculty member of the world’s first university Knowledge Service Engineering Department at Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology and Waldemar Karwowski from the Department of Industrial Engineering and Management Systems at UCF Knowledge Service Engineering Handbook defines what knowledge services engineering means and how it is different from service engineering and service production. This groundbreaking handbook explores recent advances in knowledge service engineering from the accomplished researchers and practitioners in this field from around the world and provides engineering systemic industry and consumer use viewpoints to knowledge service systems and engineering paradigms. The handbook outlines how to acquire and utilize knowledge in the 21st century presenting multiple cultural aspects including US European and Asian perspectives. Organized into four parts it begins with an introduction to the main concepts of knowledge services. It then explores data information and knowledge based engineering methods and applications that can be used to develop knowledge services followed by discussions of the importance of human networks in knowledge services. The handbook concludes with descriptions of high-performance knowledge service systems. This structure allows different uses: the information can be looked up as needed or read in the order presented. As with any new field the excitement lies in seeing how to combine these advances in data information and human parts of knowledge services in the future. While most books on this subject concentrate on data information or knowledge this handbook integrates coverage of all three thus providing a complete examination of sustainable knowledge services. The handbook has been carefully designed to be of use to professionals who develop new knowledge services and related businesses for academic researchers and lecturers to start new research projects and for students studying knowledge services knowledge service production and knowledge service business. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138071940

Knowledge Sharing and Quality Assurance in Hospitality and Tourism Learn both theory and practice of knowledge managementSir Francis Bacon once wrote “Knowledge is power.” Knowledge Sharing and Quality Assurance in Hospitality and Tourism provides strategies to grab that power and the competitive edge in the tourism industry through knowledge management (KM) and quality assurance. Leading tourism and hospitality experts offer the latest theory and practical frameworks to expand the knowledge needed for creating and maintaining success at destinations around the world. Each cogent chapter provides fresh directions for future research and the creation of effective ways to share and use knowledge.As the tourism and hospitality industry expands the competition increases as the search continues for ways to ensure quality know the consumer and discover the best standards of destination operation. Knowledge Sharing and Quality Assurance in Hospitality and Tourism is a unique foundational text that clearly explains the theory and practical management of knowledge in this lucrative very competitive industry. Knowledge theory is used to explore organizational functioning change issues and operations at destinations in industry clusters and networks. Chapters are extensively referenced. Topics in Knowledge Sharing and Quality Assurance in Hospitality and Tourism include: the role of higher education in transferring knowledge into practice four kinds of benchmarking e-mail response quality quality management at the destination level and its path to knowledge sharing tourism managers knowledge needs—the knowledge type where the knowledge is available and sharing that knowledge between academics and the industry strategic planning in knowledge management three element framework of knowledge management assessment a case study of an international tourism project and the use of knowledge management a case study of best practice in tourism research dissemination in Quebec and QueenslandKnowledge Sharing and Quality Assurance in Hospitality and Tourism is crucial idea-sparking reading perfect for tourism researchers tourism managers administrators educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051818

Knowledge Sharing in ProfessionsRoles and Identity in Expert Communities No professional is an island. Despite their capacity to monopolize and erect entry barriers in terms of either formal credentials or membership of certain organizations professionalism is inextricably bound up with collective accomplishments on a day-to-day basis and the capacity to share all the resources that constitute the professional domain of expertise. Knowledge Sharing in Professions looks at professionalism as a form of systematic and institutionalized knowledge sharing. It analyses professionalism through the everyday practices in professional communities and the organizations where they work. Three empirical studies of pharmaceutical clinical trials researchers management consultants and architects are presented serving to illustrate the relational nature of these and other professions and how members of professional communities are constantly exchanging data information and know-how in their everyday work. Alexander Styhre seeks to understand the role of professions and other forms of experts in contemporary society on the basis of complementary perspectives that is to say the communal and collegial nature of professional work. This book represents a valuable contribution both to the sociological literature on professions and the business orientated literature on knowledge management and should promote further new research on professionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420972

Knowledge SpacesTheories Empirical Research and Applications Based on the formal concept of "knowledge structures" originally proposed by Jean-Claude Falmagne and Jean-Paul Doignon this book contains descriptions of methodological developments and experimental investigations as well as applications for various knowledge domains. The authors address three main topics: * theoretical issues and extensions of Doignon & Falmagne's theory of knowledge structures; * empirical validations of specific problem types and knowledge domains such as sentence comprehension problem solving in chess inductive reasoning elementary mathematical reasoning and others; and * application of knowledge structures in various contexts including knowledge assessment intelligent tutoring systems and motor learning. Unlike most other approaches in the literature in cognitive psychology this book provides both a rigorous mathematical formulation of knowledge-related psychological concepts and its empirical validation by experimental data. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002982

Knowledge Spillover-based Strategic Entrepreneurship This book is about the role of knowledge spillovers and strategic entrepreneurship in the management context. It focuses on how knowledge spillovers and strategic entrepreneurship are crucial to the process of creative destruction and construction. The book aims to provide insights into and discussion on how firms combine entrepreneurial action that creates new opportunities for industries regions and economies. This book is first of its kind to link knowledge management perspectives to strategic entrepreneurship to understand the co-creation process. Being interdisciplinary in nature this book appeals to entrepreneurship and knowledge management scholars students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370459

Knowledge Structures First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781944

Knowledge Structures in Close RelationshipsA Social Psychological Approach Thirty-three of the top scholars in this fast moving domain present a picture of work at the cusp in social psychology -- work that deals with cognition and affect in close relationships. The present volume contains a wealth of research findings and influential theoretical accounts that spring as much from indigenous work in the close relationship field as from purebred social cognition. The chapters introduce theories and research programs concerned with the role of individual and couple differences in close relationship knowledge structures. They deal with the role of emotion and affect in close relationships. And they discuss the function of cognition and knowledge structures in relation to the developmental course of close relationships. Each section is accompanied by a critical review written by an expert in the field. This volume is a must for any close relationship scholar interested in the latest research and theorizing about close relationships that adopt a social psychological perspective. It will also be of interest to scholars and students working in clinical psychology social cognition communication individual differences and family studies. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806631

Knowledge Systems and Change in Climate GovernanceComparing India and South Africa The success of international efforts to manage climate change depends on the participation of emerging economies. This book uses a comparative study of two of the most important India and South Africa to reveal new insights into managing climate change on a global scale. The book provides a unique in-depth analysis of how these two countries are dealing with climate change at both national and province levels from India’s advances in solar and wind energy development to South Africa’s efforts to introduce a carbon tax. Using the innovative theoretical framework of climate knowledge systems it explores how people in India and South Africa engage with one other learn and act by forming communities of practice. The book identifies the drivers and barriers of climate governance showing how different forms of scientific technological normative and pragmatic knowledge can aid climate governance and analysing how the underlying mind-set that guides climate action in these countries is changing. This book is a valuable resource for students and scholars of environmental policy politics and governance as well as comparative politics climate change and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282384

Knowledge that Counts in a Global CommunityExploring the Contribution of Integrated Curriculum As the third millennium progresses we are faced with increasing pressures relating to climate change and the sustainability of life on Earth. Concerned citizens are realizing that the responsibility to respond is both local and global. There is an increasing sense of urgency about the need to reform the processes of schooling and curriculum to better prepare students for global citizenship. Educators policy makers and the wider community are seeking information about how to proceed with this reform effort particularly how alternative and integrated approaches to curriculum can be used to engage students with the important issues of our time. Knowledge that Counts in a Global Community explores the potential contribution of curriculum integration in a context where school curricula are typically segregated by discipline. It offers curriculum integration as a powerful tool for educating young citizens so that they can understand and respond to global concerns. It argues for an informed citizenry who can think broadly across disciplines and contribute sensibly and pragmatically to local problems with an eye on how this translates to making a global difference. In its examination of the twin themes of global knowledge and curriculum integration the book explores: the nature of curriculum integration the nature of knowledge the nature of learning The authors reflect on these issues from perspectives gained by more than a decade of research in the area. Their in-depth scholarly exploration and critical analysis of current approaches to curriculum introduces educators and academics to contemporary ways of conceptualizing the complexities of and relationships among curriculum integration knowledge and learning. Throughout the book the authors emphasize the central curriculum question what kinds of outcomes do we want for students of the twenty-first century? This book will provide a valuable resource for academic educators researchers teachers and others interested in educational policy reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415573382

Knowledge Transfer and Innovation This book demonstrates how managers can use and transfer knowledge more effectively to stimulate innovation in their organization in order to increase their competitive advantage. Jones and Mahon draw on their discussions with combat Veterans whose very survival relies on their skill in transferring crucial knowledge and information quickly effectively and efficiently. They note that in today’s competitive and fast-paced business world these skills translate into continual innovation metamorphosis and ultimately success. The authors have built a conceptual framework that demonstrates to the reader how to develop the same underlying skills and to use them effectively in the business environment. With rich and lively examples throughout Knowledge Transfer and Innovation equips students and practitioners of knowledge management innovation leadership and strategy with the skills tools and strategies to succeed in today’s fast-paced business environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712478

Knowledge Transfer in the Automobile IndustryGlobal-Local Production Networks The book arose from a multi-disciplinary study which looked at the development of global-local manufacturing clusters in the context of a developing Asian economy. The study demonstrates the connection amongst theoretical perspectives such as international business development studies economic geography and organisational learning clusters/production networks through an in-depth case study of the Indonesian automotive cluster. The book gives a detailed account of two automotive clusters (Toyota and Honda) and their contribution to regional economic development in emerging economies in Asian region. The book builds on existing literature to develop a theoretical framework to shed light on the study's empirical findings. The book discusses practical implications for both the business community and policy makers. The discussion on global-local networks in an Asian context supplements existing literature and case studies in the field. This is one of the few books that explicitly links regional clusters to global networks. The book offers a refreshingly international (Asian) perspective to the literature on clusters and economic geography for emerging economies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704076

Knowledge Transmission Our knowledge of the world comes from various sources. But it is sometimes said that testimony unlike other sources transmits knowledge from one person to another. In this book Stephen Wright investigates what the transmission of knowledge involves and the role that it should play in our theorising about testimony as a source of knowledge. He argues that the transmission of knowledge should be understood in terms of the more fundamental concept of the transmission of epistemic grounds and that the claim that testimony transmits knowledge is not only defensible in its own right but indispensable to an adequate theory of testimony. This makes testimony unlike other epistemic sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733681

Knowledge-Based Intelligent Techniques in Character Recognition Knowledge-Based Intelligent Techniques in Character Recognition presents research results on intelligent character recognition techniques reflecting the tremendous worldwide interest in the applications of knowledge-based techniques in this challenging field.This resource will interest anyone involved in computer science computer engineering applied mathematics or related fields. It will also be of use to researchers application engineers and students who wish to develop successful character recognition systems such as those used in reading addresses in a postal routing system or processing bank checks.Features Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399788

Knowledge-Based Services Internationalization and Regional Development The acquisition and management of information is central to the operation and marketing of many service-providing firms and other organizations. Their varied knowledge requirements influence approaches to organizational structure relationships to other organizations the location of operations and entry into new markets. In this book an international and interdisciplinary team of leading scholars examines the attributes of knowledge acquisition and diffusion within and across service-providing organizations. Using a variety of case examples they pay particular attention to the processes of internationalization and the ways in which service-providing organizations affect regional economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275577

Knowledge-Based Systems for Multiple Environments First published in 1992 this volume identifies the problems facing the designer of multi-environmental knowledge-based systems and explains the principles that must be followed in order to obtain successful results. Systems called upon to function in a variety of widely differing cultural and natural environments can only do so satisfactorily if from the very beginning they have been designed with this versatility in mind. For the first time the know-how for this often formidable design task has been gathered together and presented here. This study was written to an overall plan with chapters commissioned from a group of research of quite diversified back-grounds who had deeply explored their subjects. Each topic was thus covered in close connection with the others so as to form a coherent whole. While primarily aimed at workers in Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems as well as designers of other kinds of sophisticated software the contents of the book are of wider validity just as the multi-environmental demands are of wider incidence. Manufactures exporters and importers of computing technology with a large knowledge component will also find their concerns addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386617

Knowledge-buildingEducational studies in Legitimation Code Theory Education and knowledge have never been more important to society yet research is segmented by approach methodology or topic. Legitimation Code Theory or ‘LCT’ extends and integrates insights from Pierre Bourdieu and Basil Bernstein to offer a framework for research and practice that overcomes segmentalism. This book shows how LCT can be used to build knowledge about education and society. Comprising original papers by an international and multidisciplinary group of scholars Knowledge-building offers the first primer in this fast-growing approach. Through case studies of major research projects Part I provides practical insights into how LCT can be used to build knowledge by: - enabling dialogue between theory and data in qualitative research - bringing together quantitative and qualitative methodologies in mixed-methods research - relating theory and practice in praxis - conducting interdisciplinary studies with systemic functional linguistics Part II offers a series of studies of pressing issues facing knowledge-building in education and beyond encompassing: - diverse subject areas including physics English cultural studies music and design - educational sites: schooling vocational education and higher education - practices of research curriculum pedagogy and assessment - both education and informal learning contexts such as museums and masonic lodges Carefully sequenced and interrelated these chapters form a coherent collection that gives a unique insight into one of the most thought-provoking and innovative ways of building knowledge about knowledge-building in education and society to have emerged this century. This book is essential reading for all serious students and scholars of education sociology and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103795

Knowledge-Driven Profit ImprovementImplementing Assessment Feedback Using PDKAction Theory This book presents an innovative and radically logical way of thinking about organizational knowledge and competition that centers on discipline integration and focus. By tapping into the previously unrealized strengths that lie in all companies the author suggests that it is possible for companies to move beyond informational chaos to create focused and enticing new opportunities.The 12 step method presented in the first five chapters show you how to take information from feedback from assessments surveys and audits convert it into usable knowledge and get bottom line improvements. The strategy expands the plan-do-check-act (PDCA) model into a Plan-Do-Knowledge-Act (PDKA) process. The case studies provided reinforce the principles and the theory behind them.Significant challenges face any organization intent on becoming world-class by managing knowledge effectively. They can be classified into four types: making use of your information by integrating it organizing the different forms of information into a manageable framework focusing equal attention on your strengths and your weaknesses developing decision-making criteria based on key company drivers. The12 steps outlined in Knowledge-Driven Profit Improvement: Implementing Assessment Feedback Using PDKAction Theory will show you how to make your company into a world-class organization.FeaturesAssists companies in becoming more competitiveServes as a guide for companies to use when taking their feedback from assessments surveys and audits then integrating the feedback and prioritizing it so that financial and operational improvements can be madeAllows companies to use the information they have been accruing for yearsHelps companies establish better business priorities for the purpose of better planningDemonstrates the significance of improvements made by using the information gained from assessments Contents< Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464506

Knowledge-in-Practice in the Caring ProfessionsMultidisciplinary Perspectives Knowledge-in-Practice in the Caring Professions explores the nature and role of knowledge in the practical work of the caring professions. It focuses on knowledge of the practical over the theoretical looking at the application of theory and the implementation of skill judgment and discretion. Containing contributions from experts in a variety of fields the research within this book offers a unique perspective on professional practice as multi-disciplinary illustrating shared and overlapping understandings in knowledge-in-practice between the different professions as well as understandings that are distinctive to each discipline. It underlines that in order to effectively address the range of social psychological and health problems facing contemporary societies professionals need to engage in cooperative models of practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591209

Knowledge-Intensive Business ServicesGeography and Innovation Over the last decade there has been an increasing amount of research on knowledge-intensive business services (KIBS) and innovation. This book brings together current thinking on this subject from geographic and territorial perspectives. Researchers from across Europe and North America present contributions from a wide range of disciplinary approaches including management studies innovation studies and geography. They explore areas such as innovation related cooperation between KIBS firms and their industrial partners how KIBS firms mediate business knowledge and the impact that KIBS make in local regional and international contexts. The book offers a timely exploration of the role played by the geographic and institutional environment in the processes that link KIBS innovation and territory across different contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255067

Knowledge-Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation SystemsEvidence from Europe This book examines entrepreneurship from three interrelated perspectives. Firstly it links entrepreneurship to innovation and to the generation transformation and use of knowledge. Secondly it inserts entrepreneurship in innovation systems of various types- national sectoral and local. Thirdly it views entrepreneurship not as a single event but as a process that evolves in time from the pre-entry experience to the entrepreneurial act to the evolution of the entrepreneur and the new company. With chapters from a range of international contributors the book answers questions such as; what are the main dimensions of knowledge intensive entrepreneurship? What are the factors affecting its emergence evolution and performance? How important is knowledge intensive entrepreneurship for European growth and competitiveness? Is the situation of Central and Eastern Europe engaged in a process of major economic and institutional transformation similar or different from the one of Western Europe? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745246

KnowledgeIs Knowledge Power? As we move through our modern world the phenomenon we call knowledge is always involved. Whether we talk of know-how technology innovation politics or education it is the concept of knowledge that ties them all together. But despite its ubiquity as a modern trope we seldom encounter knowledge in itself. How is it produced where does it reside and who owns it? Is knowledge always beneficial will we know all there is to know at some point in the future and does knowledge really equal power? This book pursues an original approach to this concept that seems to define so many aspects of modern societies. It explores the topic from a distinctly sociological perspective and traces the many ways that knowledge is woven into the very fabric of modern society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685680

Knowledges Born in the StruggleConstructing the Epistemologies of the Global South In a world overwhelmingly unjust and seemingly deprived of alternatives this book claims that the alternatives can be found among us. These alternatives are however discredited or made invisible by the dominant ways of knowing. Rather than alternatives therefore we need an alternative way of thinking of alternatives. Such an alternative way of thinking lies in the knowledges born in the struggles against capitalism colonialism and patriarchy the three main forms of modern domination. In their immense diversity such ways of knowing constitute the Global South as an epistemic subject. The epistemologies of the South are guided by the idea that another world is possible and urgently needed; they emerge both in the geographical north and in the geographical south whenever collectives of people fight against modern domination. Learning from and with the epistemic South suggests that the alternative to a general theory is the promotion of an ecology of knowledges based on intercultural and interpolitical translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362072

KnowledgeThe Philosophical Quest in History The theory of knowledge or epistemology is often regarded as a dry topic that bears little relation to actual knowledge practices. Knowledge: The Philosophical Quest in History addresses this perception by showing the roots developments and prospects of modern epistemology from its beginnings in the nineteenth century to the present day. Beginning with an introduction to the central questions and problems in theory of knowledge Steve Fuller goes on to demonstrate that contemporary epistemology is enriched by its interdisciplinarity analysing keys areas including: Epistemology as Cognitive Economics Epistemology as Divine Psychology Epistemology as Philosophy of Science Epistemology as Sociology of Science Epistemology and Postmodernism. A wide-ranging and historically-informed assessment of the ways in which man has - and continues to - pursue question contest expand and shape knowledge this book is essential reading anyone in the Humanities and Social Sciences interested in the history and practical application of epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844658183

Knut Wicksell (Routledge Revivals)Selected Essays in Economics Volume 2 This book along with its predecessor makes most of Wicksell's most important contributions accessible to English speaking readers for the first time. The essays collected here first published in 1999  focus on money and price theory and include Wicksell's book reviews of Leon Walrus Ludwig von Mises and John Bates Clark. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685795

Knut Wicksell (Routledge Revivals)Selected Essays in Economics Volume One Knut Wicksell made enormous contributions to capital theory monetary theory and fiscal policy. However whilst his books are widely available in English few of his more than 800 articles have ever been translated. This volume first published in 1997  includes new translations of Wicksell's contributions to marginalism and capital theory; public economics and unemployment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685771

Knut Wicksell on the Causes of Poverty and its Remedy Knut Wicksell is arguably the greatest Swedish social scientist of all time and poverty was a theme that occupied him all his life. Indeed it was probably Wicksell's interest in poverty that was the critical factor in drawing him away from his purely mathematical background towards a greater understanding of the social sciences as a whole. In this outstanding volume Mats Lundahl one of the world's leading development economists examines Wicksell's thinking in the area of poverty and shows the importance of his contributions to this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655323

Knut Wicksell: Selected Essays Volumes 1 & 2 Knut Wicksell was one of the most influential economists of the twentieth century making major contributions to price theory monetary theory and capital theory. A prolific and diverse thinker his ideas were to inspire the Stockholm School the Austrian School and mainstream neo-classical economics. Although most of his major books have now been translated into English relatively few of his essays have. These two volumes first published in 1997 and 1999 made many of Wicksell's most important contributions accessible to the English speaking reader for the first time and this reissue will be welcomed by economists at all levels. These volumes contain translations of articles originally written in Swedish and German which focus on: *marginalism and capital theory *public economics *unemployment *money and price theory * population * Wicksell's book reviews including reviews of Leon Walras Ludwig von Mises and John Bates Clark. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685573

Kodae Sosol First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405882

KohlerA Political Biography of Walter J.Kohler Jr. McCarthy and Eisenhower Nelson Lucey and Proxmire--they were all giants of state and national politics in the 1950s. Yet the period also produced Walter J. Kohler Jr. a three-term governor who in the words of the Milwaukee Journal was the most dominant force in Wisconsin politics of his era. In this highly readable biography personalities and events of the 1950s are discussed as are some of the issues that still divide contemporary Democrats and Republicans in the twenty-first century.Walter Kohler was one of two men to gather 1 million votes for governor in Wisconsin through the end of the twentieth century. He is credited with helping create the Eisenhower presidency both by his support in Wisconsin's critical presidential primary and by organizing the nation's Republican governors to endorse Ike in the run-up to the 1952 GOP Convention. He signed the largest income tax cut in percentage-rate terms at any level of government between Coolidge and Kennedy. He fought for a vast expansion of Wisconsin's highway system and in 1952 launched what became a national crusade for traffic safety. He paved the way for coordination of Wisconsin's now-unified university system; took the battle for civil rights to Wisconsin's shipping hotel manufacturing and other industries and became the first governor in two decades to fulfill his constitutional duty to enact a reapportionment of the state legislature.Fossedal also captures Kohler as political anti-hero.In an age when Americans long for self-governance by our political and corporate officials Kohler's integrity as a man may be as arresting as his acts as governor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511453

Kohut Loewald and the PostmodernsA Comparative Study of Self and Relationship In Kohut Loewald and the Postmoderns Judith Teicholz using the contemporary critique of Kohut and Loewald as a touchstone of inquiry into the current status of psychoanalysis focuses on a select group of postmodern theorists whose recent writings comprise a questioning subtext to Kohut's and Loewald's ideas. Acutely aware of the important differences among these theorists Teicholz nonetheless believes that their respective contributions which present psychoanalysis as an interactive process in which the analyst's own subjectivity plays a constitutive role in the joint construction of meanings achieve shared significance as a postmodern critique of Kohut and Loewald. She is especially concerned with the relationship - both theoretically and technically -between Kohut's emphasis on the analyst's empathic resonance with the analysand's viewpoint and affect and the postmodern theorists' shared insistence on the expression of the analyst's own subjectivity in the treatment situation. Her analysis incorporates fine insight into the tensions and ambiguities in Kohut and Loewald whose work ultimately emerges as a way station between modern and postmodern viewpoints and her appreciation of Kohut and Loewald as transitional theorists makes for an admirably even-handed exposition. She emphasizes throughout the various ways in which Kohut and Loewald gave nascent expression to postmodern attitudes but she is no less appreciative of the originality of postmodern theorists who address genuine lacunae in the thought and writings of these exemplars of an earlier generation. Teicholz's examination of what she terms two overlapping "partial revolutions" in psychoanalysis - that of Kohut and Loewald on one hand and of the postmoderns on the other - throws an illuminating searchlight on the path psychoanalysis has traveled over the last quarter of the 20th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803302

Kohut's Freudian Vision Heinz Kohut was arguably the most influential modern day psychoanalyst. Because current interest in Kohut's work has focused so completely on self psychology however certain aspects of Kohut's thinking in particular his nonreductive synthesis of Freudian theory are in danger of being lost. Prior to his development of self psychology Kohut was a legendary teacher of Freudian theory at the Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis. In this volume Philip Rubovits-Seitz presents Kohut's previously unavailable lectures from his course on psychoanalytic psychology (prepared in collaboration with Kohut himself) along with an illuminating summary statement on Freudian theory jointly written by Kohut and Rubovits-Seitz.Rubovits-Seitz continues with his own insightful analysis of Kohut's distinctive approach to Freudian theory. And he concludes by arguing persuasively why Kohut's later contributions should best be viewed as a continuation rather than an abandonment of this early vision. Kohut's Freudian Vision not only repairs an outstanding tear in received psychoanalytic history but also challenges self psychologists and contemporary Freudian psychoanalysts alike to renewed reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005419

Kohut's Twinship Across CulturesThe Psychology of Being Human Kohut's Twinship Across Cultures: The Psychology of Being Human chronicles a 10-year-voyage in which the authors struggled initially independently to make sense of Kohut‘s intentions when he radically re-defined the twinship experience to one of "being human among other human beings". Commencing with an exploration of Kohut’s work on twinship and an illustration of the value of what he left for elaboration Togashi and Kottler proceed to introduce a new and very different sensitivity to understanding particular psychoanalytic relational processes and ideas about human existential anguish trauma and the meaning of life. Together they tackle the twinship concept which has often been misunderstood and about which little has been written. Uniquely the book expands and elaborates upon Kohut’s final definition "being human among other human beings." It problematizes this apparently simple concept with a wide range of clinical material demonstrating the complexity of the statement and the intricacies involved in recognizing and working with traumatized patients who have never experienced this feeling.  It asks how a sense of being human as opposed to being described as human can be generated and how this might help clinicians to better understand and work with trauma. Written for psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists interested in self-psychological intersubjective and relational theories Twinship Across Cultures will also be invaluable to clinicians working in the broader areas of psychoanalysis psychotherapy social work psychiatry and education. It will enrich their sensitivity and capacity to understand and treat traumatized patients and the alienation they feel among other human beings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819177

KoinoniaFrom Hate through Dialogue to Culture in the Larger Group A study of the larger group focusing on the processes and dynamics whereby the group micro-culture emerges. As the initial frustrations of the group find expression in hate this is transformed through dialogue to what the Greeks knew as 'koinonia' or the state of impersonal fellowship. Essentially Koinonia concerns itself with an opera Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325282

Koizumi and Japanese PoliticsReform Strategies and Leadership Style This book offers an empirical and theoretical study of the Koizumi administration covering such issues as the characteristics of its political style its domestic and foreign policies and its larger historical significance. The key questions that guide its approach are: what enabled Koizumi to exercise unusually strong leadership and what structural transformations of Japanese politics did he achieve? Uchiyama looks at policy-making processes newly created institutional arenas such as the Council on Economic and Fiscal Policy Koizumi’s populist strategy foreign policy and neo-liberal convictions to assess the historical significance of his administration and seek out the basis for its wide public support. Finally the book undertakes a normative evaluation of the merits and demerits of the Koizumi administration’s political style and compares it with the Abe and Fukuda administrations that came after. This book will be of interest to scholars and students with an interest in comparative politics administrative reform and contemporary Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854924

Konfuzianisches Ethos und westliche WissenschaftWang Guowei (1877-1927) und das Ringen um das moderne China This study in German offers profound insights into the life and thoughts of Wang Guowei (1877-1927). Like many intellectuals who strongly perceived the necessity of reforms in the waning years of the Late Qing dynasty i.e. after the Opium wars Wang sought to strengthen China's position against foreign in particular Western powers. Contrary to earlier approaches which either advocated a close adherence to Confucian traditions or tried to adapt only elements of Western material culture mainly industrial and military technology Wang Guowei aimed at reviving traditional Chinese culture by analysing its source texts using a modern scientific approach (and thereby started the discipline of guoxue [national studies]) and simultaneously adapting compatible elements of Western immaterial culture. Thus Wang became known as an authority on Chinese paleography as well as on German philosophy especially Kantian epistomology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596330

Konjac GlucomannanProduction Processing and Functional Applications In recent years konjac glucomannan (KGM) has attracted growing attention as a dietary fibre. It is a neutral hydrocolloid with significant health functions. Although relatively little known in the Western world it has been part of the human diet in China and Japan for nearly two thousand years. Initially the main source of KGM was Amorphophallus konjac from which the common English name ‘konjac’ is derived. Nowadays the production of KGM is expanding into SE Asia and more tropical species of Amorphophallus are used as a raw material. Konjac Glucomannan: Production Processing and Functional Applications deals with a wide range of aspects related with the production of KGM including the taxonomy of the genus Amorphophallus with a focus on edible species their physiology ecology and field production. Other sections of the book discuss the postharvest processing and physico-chemical properties of KGM. A considerable portion is dedicated to the applications of KGM in functional foods food additives and their derivatives and in medicine. In addition Konjac Glucomannan describes the current status of the KGM industry and the research done by industrial and scientific institutions in the major producing countries. Key Features Provides thorough information about taxonomy and ecology of KGM producing Amorphophallus species Describes commercial production of Amorphophallus sp. in the field and the forest Describes advanced industrial extraction techniques of KGM Reviews the major applications of KGM nutritional (anti-obesity regulation in lipid metabolism prebiotic) and biomedical fields At present KGM has wide applications in the food industry as a gelling agent stabiliser and emulsifier and is used for edible coatings for preservation of fruit and vegetables. Other uses are in pharmaceutical industry for microencapsulation of active compounds that are to be released ‘on demand’ for treatment of various diseases. This book is aimed at researchers in academia and industry and will appeal to professionals from a wide variety of industries including food scientists & engineers botanists agronomists nutritionists health care professionals pharmaceutical industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138367173

Konstantin Stanislavsky As one of the most well-known names in theatre history Konstantin Stanislavsky’s teachings on actor training have endured throughout the decades influencing scholars and practitioners even in the present day. This second edition of Konstantin Stanislavsky combines: an overview of Stanislavsky’s life and work including recent discoveries an assessment of his widely read text An Actor Prepares (1936) with comparisons to Benedetti’s 2008 translation An Actor’s Work detailed commentary of the key 1898 production of The Seagull an indispensable set of practical exercises for actors teachers and directors. As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial ex- ploration before going on to further primary research Routledge Performance Practitioners are unbeatable value for today’s student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361046

Korea - A Religious History This is an historical survey of all the religious traditions of Korea in relation to the socio-cultural trends of seven different periods of Korean history. The book includes a discussion of the history of the study of religion in Korea a chronological description of Korean folk religion including shamanism Buddhism Confucianism Roman Catholicism and Protestantism Islam and Korean New Religions and some final observations about the unique characteristics of religious beliefs and practices in Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147966

Korea & Her Neighbours Hb First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974081

Korea 1991The Road To Peace This book is the product of a continuing joint effort by the Korea Institute for Defense Analyses and the Washington-based Center for Strategic and International Studies to find roads to a lasting settlement of the dangerous intra-Korean confrontation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161194

Korea after the CrashThe Politics of Economic Recovery Brian Bridges examines the impact on South Korea of the financial crisis of 1997. Covering events up to and including the recent parliamentary elections in South Korea the book considers the socio-economic and political implications of the financial crisis. It is invaluable reading for students of modern Korea. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203162057

Korea and GlobalizationPolitics Economics and Culture Korea faces two challenges in the twenty-first century: unification and globalization. Both entail problems of economic political and cultural integration. In the past Koreans successfully 'unified' in various forms and 'globalized' in many ways. This book is a study of the theme of globalization addressing various aspects of Korea's integration into the global community from a social scientific or humanistic perspective. This investigation begins with a focus on contemporary South and North Korea: the 'globalized' southern daily life South Korean labour as a global player the southern development state and the cultural division that poses the greatest threat to reunification. Moving outwards in concentric circles chapters address Korea's connections with its region and Koreans' contributions to the wider world. Relations with Japan Korea's most difficult bi-lateral relationship are surveyed to identify both patterns and images. The thirteenth century Tripitaka Koreana is the most complete collection of Buddhist scripture in Chinese and its recent digitization points towards a renaissance of this world religion. South Korea's pursuit of a Nobel Prize in Literature is put in perspective when one considers Korean contribution to the pre-modern Sinitic literary world. South Korea may owe its existence to the United Nations but since entering the UN in 1991 it has taken to heart the altruistic urge of global peacekeeping. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974074

Korea and the Western Drumset: Scattering Rhythms For over a century drummers have been turning to a variety of percussive traditions as prompts for the creation of new expressive possibilities on the drumset. In this book Simon Barker sets out in detail the developmental processes he has followed creating an improvisational language for the drumset utilizing Korean rhythm/sticking cells aesthetic conceptions improvisatory codes and developmental procedures. Barker offers historical overviews of Korean traditional rhythmic forms analysis of rhythmic structures appearing in a variety of styles an analysis and chronological account of his development of a 'Koreanized' approach to the drumset a methodology for performing p’ansori accompaniment on the drumset an introduction to Korean extended techniques and a large collection of drumset studies based on Korean traditional forms such as tasÅ­rÅ­m ch’ilch’ae and ritual music structures from Korea’s East Coast. Barker also explores physical practices employed by Korean musicians which aid in the development of a relaxed dynamic approach to performance. He creates a framework for creating an alternative approach to drumset education and performance through an engagement with Korea’s extraordinary rhythmic and aesthetic traditions. The volume includes an accompanying CD featuring recordings of developmental exercises solo drumset improvisations and ensemble performances each track representing a subject of discussion within the volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599379

Korea Approaches Reunification This work presents a detailed picture of the divergent socio-economic trends in divided Korea since its 1945 partition. It also covers the social and political situation in the North and South today and the domestic and international challenges to a successful Korean reunification. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482095

Korea at the CenterDynamics of Regionalism in Northeast Asia The common images of Korea view the peninsula as a long-standing battleground for outside powers and the Cold War's last divided state. But Korea's location at the very center of Northeast Asia gives it a pivotal role in the economic integration of the region and the dynamic development of its more powerful neighbors. A great wave of economic expansion driven first by the Japanese miracle and then by the ascent of China has made South Korea - an economic powerhouse in its own right - the hub of the region once again a natural corridor for railroads and energy pipelines linking Asiatic Russia to China and Japan. And over the horizon an opening of North Korea with multilateral support would add another major push toward regional integration. Illuminating the role of the Korean peninsula in three modern historical periods the eminent international contributors to this volume offer a fresh and stimulating appraisal of Korea as the key to the coalescence of a broad open Northeast Asian regionalism in the twenty-fifth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289571

Korea Briefing 1990 This book initiates a series of comprehensive annual reviews of issues and events in the Republic of Korea and on the peninsula as a whole in 1990. It provides both students and specialist with a useful overview of a rapidly changing society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165420

Korea Briefing 1992 Reviewing the domestic politics foreign relations and economies of North and South Korea this book covers South Korea's security ties with the United States the history of the South Korean press over the past 30 years and the difficulties Korean women face in a traditional society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154561

Korea Briefing 1993Festival of Korea Published in conjunction with The Asia Society's Festival of Korea this expanded issue of Korea Briefing provides historical insight into Korea with retrospective chapters on politics and economics and illuminates Korea's cultural heritage through chapters on music dance and literature. In addition the political and economic chapters treat events of the past year outlining the challenges and possibilities facing Kim Young-sam the newly elected South Korean president. Another chapter examines the implications for U.S. policy toward Korea of Bill Clinton's election to the U.S. presidency. A chapter by the editor describing the U.S. outlook toward Korea is balanced by a chapter on the changes in Korean perspectives on the United States since the Korean War. The Korean American community's struggles in the United States are explored in a chapter that addresses the aftereffects of the Los Angeles riots in the broader context of issues facing the Korean American community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011871

Korea Briefing1997-1999: Challenges and Changes at the Turn of the Century While mainly focusing on the Kim Dae Jung era the essays in this book examine persistent problems and new opportunities in Korean politics economy and culture. In 1997 Kim Ae Jung was elected to head the government of the Seventh Republic after 30 years in opposition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291932

Korea Briefing2000-2001: First Steps Toward Reconciliation and Reunification This new edition of Korea Briefing provides a timely analysis of the evolving relationship between South and North Korea. In June 2000 after years of ignoring the South Korean government the North Korean leader Kim Jong II finally agreed to a summit meeting with South Korea's President Kim Dae Jung. As a sign of reconciliation the summit meeting has prompted Korea and its neighbors to rethink the assumptions of the Cold War era. With contributions by a multi-national panel of Koreanexperts the book discusses a wide range of topics including South Korean politics and economy; Korea's relations with its neighbors and with the United States; recent changes in North Korea; the fate of North Korean defectors; and lessons in German reunification for the two Koreas. The discussions are supplemented by a glossary a chronology of events occurring from June 1999 to June 2001 and a bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290775

Korea Confronts Globalization Korea Confronts Globalization looks at the way in which the phenomenon of globalization has impacted on Korean society in terms of national identity corporate change labour markets democracy tradition and social policy and the implications for Korea's social cohesion in a continually globalizing world. While becoming more open to the outside world South Korea has remained a cohesive national community with a strong nationalist reaction against the globalization of Korea and with Koreans constantly reminding themselves of the need to retain their national identity. They have also learned to cope with various forms of conflict arising from diversified interests in a complex society and the South Korean government is now making a serious attempt to establish a welfare state with various schemes designed to help the poor and needy to maintain a minimum level of ‘decent’ living. But it is uncertain whether South Korean society will continue to remain cohesive. Social inequality is increasing and the class divisions appear to be hardening and as such can Korea remain cohesive? As a volume looking at the political and social implications of globalization in modern South Korea this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Korean and East Asian studies comparative sociology development studies and politics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666718

Korea in the 1990sProspects for Unification In American history the 1950s are remembered as an affluent and harmonious decade. Not so in Austria. That nation emerged out of World War II with tremendous war-related destruction and with a four-power occupation that would last for ten years until 1955. Massive American economic aid enabled the Austrian economy to start recovering in the 1950s and reorient it from East to West. Unlike the United States however general affluence did not set in until the 1960s and 1970s even though Austria's dramatic baby boom enabled it to recover from the demographic catastrophe resulting from manpower losses of World War II. This volume deals with these larger trends. Stephen E. Ambrose discusses American-European relations and sets the larger international context for the Austrian scene. Oilver Rathkolb retraces the changing importance of the Austrian question for the Eisenhower administration. Michael Gehler presents an in-depth analysis of the intriguing question of whether Austria's unification at the price of permanent neutrality might have been a model for Germany. Franz Mathis and Kurt Tweraser look at economic reconstruction and the roles played by both the Austrian public industrial sector and the American Marshall Plan. Karin Schmidlechner looks at the youth culture of the era. Franz Adlgasser shows how Herbert Hoover's food aid was instrumental in the containment of communism in Hungary. Beth Noveck analyzes Austrian political culture of the First Republic from the perspective of Hugo Bettauer. Rolf Steininger presents an insightful historical overview of how the Austro-Italian South Tyrol conflict was resolved after seventy-five years of tension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511460

Korea in the New AsiaEast Asian Integration and the China Factor Since the late 1970s a number of regional developments have impacted upon South Korea’s political and economic standing in Asia. China’s spectacular growth and closer integration with its neighbouring economies along with a tendency toward more assertive political and diplomatic activity have deeply altered both the economic and political East Asian environment. Simultaneously the 1997-98 financial crisis catalysed a process of increased regional co-operation in East Asia. China’s rise has imposed a leadership problem that may constitute a major obstacle on the road to deeper regional integration as well as add force to the need for collective action and it is this paradox that may give South Korea a key role in the reorganization of the region. Moreover inter-Korean relations and Korea’s future security environment may also feel the effects of the rise of China. Korea in the New Asia seeks to analyze to what extent and how South Korea may contribute to and take advantage of the new regional configuration in East Asia. The book represents the first study to address Korea’s regional policy responses to the rise of China as an economic power and the regional economic integration of East Asia. Written by an international team of experts this multidisciplinary study will appeal to researchers academics and students with an interest in international relations security studies economics and East Asian politics. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415420068

Korea Today This book first published in 1950 was the first comprehensive study of post-War Korea after its liberation and division. It provides an analysis of the American and Russian military occupations the efforts of the United Nations to deal with the problem of unification of the country the political and economic policies followed by the northern and southern regimes and an appraisal of the US programme of economic and military aid to South Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367255336

Korea Today Published in 1950: Here is the first comprehensive study of Korea since its liberation and division. Written by an outstanding American authority with long personal knowledge of the country it provides an analysis of the American and Russian military occupations the efforts of the United Nations to deal with the problem of Unification of the country the political and economic policies followed in the northern and southern regimes and an appraisal of the U.S. program of economic and military aid to South Korea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178437

KoreaA Historical and Cultural Dictionary Compiled by specialists from the University of Durham Department of East Asian Studies this new reference work contains approximately 1500 entries covering Korean civilisation from early times to the present day. Subjects include history politics art archaeology literature etc. The Dictionary is intended for students teachers and researchers and will also be of interest to the general reader. Entries provide factual information and contain suggestions for further reading. A name index and comprehensive cross-reference system make this an easy to use multi-purpose guide for the student of Korea in the broadest sense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315026718

Korea’s Occupied Cinemas 1893-1948The Untold History of the Film Industry Korea’s Occupied Cinemas 1893-1948 compares and contrasts the development of cinema in Korea during the Japanese occupation (1910-1945) and US Army Military (1945-1948) periods within the larger context of cinemas in occupied territories. It differs from previous studies by drawing links between the arrival in Korea of modern technology and ideas and the cultural political and social environment as it follows the development of exhibition film policy and filmmaking from 1893 to 1948. During this time Korean filmmakers seized every opportunity to learn production techniques and practice their skills contributing to the growth of a national cinema despite the conditions produced by their occupation by colonial and military powers. At the same time Korea served as an important territory for the global expansion of the American and Japanese film industries and after the late 1930s Koreans functioned as key figures in the co-production of propaganda films that were designed to glorify loyalty to the Japanese Empire. For these reasons and as a result of the tensions created by divided loyalties the history of cinema in Korea is a far more dynamic story than simply that of a national cinema struggling to develop its own narrative content and aesthetics under colonial conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740487

Korean This work first published in 1994 provides a framework which covers the major aspects of contemporary standard Korean and allows cross-language comparisons. It offers a wide-ranging and comprehensive grammatical description of Korean covering syntax morphology phonology ideophone/interjections and lexicon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252649

Korean Adoptees and Transnational AdoptionEmbodiment and Emotion This book investigates the experiences of South Koreans adopted into Western families and the complexity of what it means to "feel identity" beyond what is written in official adoption files. Korean Adoptees and Transnational Adoption is based on ethnographic fieldwork in South Korea and interviews with adult Korean adoptees from the United States Australia Canada Switzerland and Sweden. It seeks to probe beneath the surface of what is "known" and examines identity as an embodied process of making that which is "unknown" into something that can be meaningfully grasped and felt. Furthermore drawing on the author’s own experiences as a transnational transracial Korean adoptee this book analyses the racial and cultural negotiations of "whiteness" and "Korean-ness" in the lives of adoptees and the blurriness which results in-between. Highlighting the role of memory and the body in the formation of identities this book will be useful to students and scholars of Korean Studies Ethnicity Studies and Anthropology as well as Asian culture and society more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671488

Korean American WomenStories of Acculturation and Changing Selves Current models of acculturation in multicultural counseling literature are severely limited in describing how individuals deal with the complexity of culture change. The reasons for immigration the historical period during which the immigration occurred educational and socioeconomic levels ethnic community and religious involvements family functioning and social support to name a few all have an impact in the process of cultural adaptation. This book examines Korean American women's dual-cultural identity. By utilizing multiple case studies the book highlights: (1) the complexity of issues involved as individuals go through different levels of culture change and (2) the multiplicity of people negotiating their lives in the dual-cultural context and creating meaning out of many ambiguous and even contradictory life situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649520

Korean Attitudes Toward the United StatesChanging Dynamics This is the first book-length work in English dealing with the crucial and troubled relationship between Korea and the United States. Leading scholars in the field examine the various historical political cultural and psychological aspects of Korean-American relations in the context of American global and East Asian relationships especially with Japan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703046

Korean BusinessesInternal and External Industrialization Essays in the book focus on the Korean model of industrialization and internal internationalization organizational capabilities and management roles and disadvantages inherent in the model. The subjects covered include corporate catch-up strategies foreign investment and future possibilities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038124

Korean Classical Literature First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974098

Korean DynastyHyundai and Chung Ju Yung This study focuses on a single Korean "chaebol" the business conglomerate which dominates the Korean economy. Hyundai the largest chaebol is examined in the context of Korean history ancient and modern and the Confucian value system that permeates all Korean life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483214

Korean Functional FoodsComposition Processing and Health Benefits Koreans believe the adage of food as medicine. Therefore herbs or fruit ingredients such as ginger cinnamon adlay mugwort pomegranate and ginseng are used for their therapeutic effects as much as cooking. This book provide information related to Korean functional food. It first describes the history and culture of Korean foods and then compares Korean diet tables with other Asian countries and Western countries. Also the book will cover detailed information of Korean functional foods such as kimchi soybean products ginseng salt oil and seeds. It also deals with its health benefits and processing methods followed by rules and regulations related to its manufacture and sales. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498799652

Korean Immigrant EntrepreneursNetworks and Ethnic Resources First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992948

Korean Literature Through the Korean Wave Korean Literature Through the Korean Wave engages with the rising interest in both the Korean Wave and Korean language learning by incorporating Korean Wave cultural content especially K-dramas films and songs to underline and support the teaching of Korean literature.  It combines both premodern and modern texts including poetry novels philosophical treatises and even comics to showcase the diversity of Korean literature. Particular care has been taken to include the voices of those marginalised in the often male elite-dominated discourse on Korean literature. In particular this book also distinguishes itself by extending the usual breadth of what is considered modern Korean literature up until the present day including texts published as recently as 2017. Many of these texts are very relevant for recent discourse in Korean affairs such as the obsession with physical appearance the #MeToo movement and multiculturalism. This textbook is aimed at B1-B2 level and Intermediate-Mid students of Korean. On the one hand the textbook introduces students to seeing beyond Korean literature as a monolithic entity giving a taste of its wonderful richness and diversity. On the other hand it provides an entry point into discussions on Korean contemporary society in which the text (and associated media extracts) provides the catalyst for more in-depth analysis and debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225315

Korean Morphosyntax: Focusing on Clitics and Their Roles in Syntax Korean Morphosyntax: Focusing on Clitics and Their Roles in Syntax presents a theory-neutral comprehensive analysis of Korean morphosyntax for advanced students and scholars of Korean language and linguistics. This book focuses on the morphosyntactic status of particles in Korean and highlights how this understanding allows for a proper analysis of sentences. As the significance of clitics in Korean has not been highlighted by previous works in such depth this book offers the first comprehensive study of this aspect of the Korean language. The new observations offered here will allow readers to correctly identify the basic units of syntax and to properly analyze sentences in Korean. This book will be of interest to graduates and scholars interested in Korean linguistics and morphosyntax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405298

Korean Multinationals in Europe Explores Korean foreign direct investment putting forward a theoretical framework to explain why the Korean conglomerates felt compelled to invest in western central and eastern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974104

Korean Musical Drama: P'ansori and the Making of Tradition in Modernity P’ansori is the quintessential traditional Korean musical drama in which epic tales are sung and narrated by a solo singer accompanied by a drummer. Drawing on her extensive research in Korea and its diasporas Haekyung Um describes and analyses the creative processes of p’ansori weaving into her discussion musical social and cultural aspects that include the evolution of p’ansori performance origins and historical development textual and musical materials stylistic features of different p’ansori schools transmission of knowledge aesthetics and changing interpretations of tradition. Also explored is the complexity of historical and contemporary influences that give shape to p’ansori as a ’living tradition’ across the ages and into the present and as a cultural icon with an enduring narrative and emotional impact. Social economic and political dynamics are created in the nexus of traditional feudal values colonial modernity and nationalism. The impact of aspects of late modernity such as technology mass media migration and globalization has transported p’ansori into digital and transnational domains. By bringing all these creative and contextual processes together Haekyung Um explains how a tradition is created maintained and redefined by the dynamic interactions of agents values meanings strategies identities and artistic hybridity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270626

Korean National Identity under Japanese Colonial RuleYi Gwangsu and the March First Movement of 1919 Modern Korean nationalism has been shaped by the turbulent historical forces that shook and transformed the peninsula during the twentieth century including foreign occupation civil war and division. This book examines the emergence of the nation as the hegemonic form of collective identity after the March First Movement of 1919 widely seen as one of the major turning points of modern Korean history. The analysis focuses on Yi Gwangsu (1892–1950) a pioneering novelist newspaper editor and leader of the nationalist movement who was directly involved in many aspects of its emergence during the Japanese occupation period. Yi Gwangsu was one of the few intellectuals who not only wrote for almost the entirety of the colonial period but who also was centrally involved in many institutions related to the production of identity. By focusing on Yi Gwangsu the book provides a different kind of historical narrative linking the various fragments of the nation puts forward a new understanding of the March First Movement and its role in the emergence of the nation and demonstrates how central to the emergence of the nation were the development of the print industry the rise of a modern readership and the emergence of a capitalist market for print. This book shows how the March First Movement catalyzed the confluence of these factors enabling the nation to emerge as the dominant form of collective identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683082

Korean ShamanismThe Cultural Paradox Title first published in 2003. Shamanism has a contradictory position within the Korean cultural system leading to the periodical suppression of shamanism yet also paradoxically ensuring its survival throughout Korean history. This book examines the place of shamans within contemporary society as a cultural practice in which people make use of shamanic ritual and disputing the prevalent view that shamanism is 'popular culture' a 'women's religion' or 'performing arts'. Directly confronting the prejudice against shamans and their paradoxical situation in a modern society such as Korea this book reveals the cultural discrepancy between two worlds in Korean culture the ordinary world and the shamanic world showing that these two worlds cannot be reconciled. This unique study of shamanism offers a significant contribution to growing studies in indigenous anthropology and indigenous religions and provides a captivating read for a wide range of readers through retelling the stories-never-to-be-told involving shamanic ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710511

Korean ShamanismThe Cultural Paradox Title first published in 2003. Shamanism has a contradictory position within the Korean cultural system leading to the periodical suppression of shamanism yet also paradoxically ensuring its survival throughout Korean history. This book examines the place of shamans within contemporary society as a cultural practice in which people make use of shamanic ritual and disputing the prevalent view that shamanism is 'popular culture' a 'women's religion' or 'performing arts'. Directly confronting the prejudice against shamans and their paradoxical situation in a modern society such as Korea this book reveals the cultural discrepancy between two worlds in Korean culture the ordinary world and the shamanic world showing that these two worlds cannot be reconciled. This unique study of shamanism offers a significant contribution to growing studies in indigenous anthropology and indigenous religions and provides a captivating read for a wide range of readers through retelling the stories-never-to-be-told involving shamanic ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710504

Korean Women Managers and Corporate CultureChallenging Tradition Choosing Empowerment Creating Change The typical view of Korean women is not as managers. The stereotype is of Korean women serving and pleasing men or more recently as aggressive shopkeepers and bar-owners. Very little has been written to challenge this misconception. This fascinating book reveals there have always been managers amongst Korean women particularly in occupations like money lending retail and fashion and women continue to serve after the economic crash at the beginning of a new century.  Korean Women Managers and Corporate Culture illuminates the many roles of women - from management leadership and policy making to the more traditional positions as homemaker and wife – and describes the distinctive Korean corporate culture and economy in order to evaluate the future of women as well as that of Korea itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726245

Korean Workers and Neoliberal Globalization One of the most remarkable aspects of South Korea’s transition from impoverished post-colonial nation to fully-fledged industrialized democracy has been the growth of its independent and dynamic labour movement. Korean Workers and Neoliberal Globalisation examines current trends and transformations within the Korean labour movement since the 1990s. It has been a common assumption that the ‘third wave’ of democratisation the end of the Cold War and the spread of neoliberal globalisation in the latter part of the 20th century have helped to create an environment in which organised labour is better placed to overcome bureaucratic national unionism and transform itself into a potential counter-globalisation movement. However Kevin Gray argues that despite the apparent continued phenomena of labour militancy and the rhetoric of anti-neoliberalism the mainstream independent labour movement in Korea has become increasingly institutionalised and bureaucratised into the new capitalist democracy. This process is demonstrated by the Korean Confederation of Trade Unions’ experience of participation in various forms of policy making forums. Gray suggests that as a result the KCTU has failed to mount an effective challenge against processes of neoliberal restructuring and concomitant social polarisation. The Korean experience provides an excellent case study for understanding the relationship between organised labour and globalisation. Korean Workers and Neoliberal Globalisation will appeal to students and scholars of Korean studies and International Political Economy as well as Asian politics and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669665

Korean: An Essential Grammar Korean: An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean. Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections. Key features include: clear explanations of grammatical terms frequent use of authentic examples the Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer romanization system a full glossary of explanations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203883617

KoreanA Comprehensive Grammar Korean: A Comprehensive Grammar is a reference to Korean grammar and presents a thorough overview of the language concentrating on the real patterns of use in modern Korean. The book moves from the alphabet and pronunciation through morphology and word classes to a detailed analysis of sentence structures and semantic features such as aspect tense speech styles and negation. Updated and revised this new edition includes lively descriptions of Korean grammar taking into account the latest research in Korean linguistics. More lower-frequency grammar patterns have been added and extra examples have been included throughout the text. The unrivalled depth and range of this updated edition of Korean: A Comprehensive Grammar makes it an essential reference source on the Korean language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064492

Koreans in JapanCritical Voices from the Margin Koreans in Japan are a barely known minority not only in the West but also within Japan itself. This pioneering study analyzes these relations in the context of the particular conditions and constraints that Koreans face in Japanese society. The contributors cover a wide range of topics including: * the legal and social status of Koreans in Japan * the history of Korean colonial displacement and postcolonial division during the Cold War * ethnic education * women's self-expression. These studies serve to reveal the highly resilient and diverse reality of this minority group whilst simultaneously highlighting the fact that - despite recent improvement - legal social and economic constraints continue to exist in their lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315010946

Koreans in the Persian GulfPolicies and International Relations Analyzing the Korean Peninsula’s contemporary engagement with the Persian Gulf region from the 1950s to the present day the book begins by asking the following question: What drew Koreans to the region in the first place and under what circumstances were they drawn there?While taking into account a combination of both external and internal factors shaping the dynamics of the Korean Peninsula’s interactions with the Persian Gulf region this book largely concentrates on the agency factor to analyze the nature and scope of a rather multifaceted relationship between the two areas. The Republic of Korea has in fact maintained diverse connections to every single country in the Persian Gulf over the past several decades and its rather considerable activities and accomplishments in the region all justify such an overwhelming focus. The Democratic People’s Republic of Korea’s record in the Persian Gulf however is mostly limited to its relationship with Iran though Pyongyang has pursued relationships with some other states in the region. This book studies the elements of Pyongyang’s actions in the region as an appendage to South Korea’s various political and economic achievements.Employing a process-tracing approach this book will be of interest to policymakers as well as to students and scholars of International Relations Middle East Studies and Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871468

Korea's Development Under Park Chung Hee Based on personal interviews with the principal policy-makers of the 1970s Korea's Development under Park Chung-Hee examines how the president sought to develop South Korea into an independent autonomous sovereign state both economically and militarily. Kim provides a new narrative in the complex task of exploring the paradoxical nature and effects of Korea's rapid development which maintains that any judgement of Park must consider his achievements in the socio-economic cultural and political context in which they took place. Aspects of Park's government analyzed include:*his abhorrence of Korea's reliance on the US presence*the Korean model of state-guided industrialization*Park's rapid development strategy *the role of the ruling elites*Park's clandestine nuclear development program*the heavy chemical industrialisation of the 1970sThe prevailing popularity of Park in the eyes of the Korean public is significant and relevant to their acceptance of how their national development was achieved. This book tells that story while simultaneously recognizing the flaws in the process. With a great deal of material never before published scholars of Korean politics and history at all levels will find this book a stimulating account of South Korea in the 1960s and 1970s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511209

Korea's Developmental AllianceState capital and the politics of rapid development South Korea is often cited as a case of miraculous transformation from poverty to prosperity. Korea’s achievement of moving from one of the world’s poorest countries as recently as the early 1960s to the ranks of the ten biggest economies only four decades later has rightly attracted interest from policymakers and scholars alike. This book identifies the factors that shaped relations between the state and big business in Korea the ‘developmental alliance’. These factors offer a cogent framework in which to identify and predict changes in power relations between government and business. Rather than merely offering a means of explaining the rapid-growth phase of Korean development the politics of the developmental alliance also help us understand how and why the Korean miracle turned to crisis in 1997 and why the subsequent recovery has been so uneven. In this way the book highlights the political power of business which is often underplayed in discussions of the development of Korea. It also sheds light on the constraints on policymakers during modernisation and how power is shared among a small number of powerful parties. Illustrating the tumultuous politics of the ‘developmental alliance’ between business and government during the rise and decline of South Korea’s economic miracle this book is an essential read for anyone interested in Korean politcs economics and development Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541596

Korea's Political EconomyAn Institutional Perspective This book explores options for economic and social institutional reform in Korea. It emphasizes the importance of Korea's cultural heritage—not only in explaining the nation's recent growth but also as a key element of its continued success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166700

Korea's Retirement PredicamentThe Ageing Tiger The distinguishing feature for many workers in South Korea is contractual – and often involuntary – retirement at a young age (mid-50s for most workers) followed by precarious and low-paying self-employment or contract work. In the past this practice which is also found in other East Asian nations provided firms with a youthful and highly productive workforce. However with a rapidly aging population and shifts in the labour market the existing arrangement is becoming less and less functional. This book examines how this retirement arrangement arose and the policy reforms that have been both undertaken and proposed to allow workers to remain employed longer. The analysis focuses on the institutional constraints to reforms as well as the impact forced retirement has on individuals. Using a multi-disciplinary and comparative approach the authors study contractual mandatory retirement trends and policies in South Korea and in doing so illuminate the political social legal economic and labour market implications of this widespread practice. As nations across Asia face aging populations this book will be welcomed by students and scholars interested in Korean studies social policy social welfare and gerontology. It will also be of great value to policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562561

Koromfe First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844277

Kosher and Halal Business Compliance Kosher is a Hebrew term meaning ‘fit’ or ‘proper’ and halal is an Arabic word that literally means ‘permissible’ or ‘lawful’. Within the last two decades or so kosher and halal markets have become global in scope and states manufacturers restaurants shops certifiers and consumers around the world are faced with ever stricter and more complex requirements – most clearly exemplified by Muslim and Jewish groups’ call for kosher and halal certification by third party certification bodies. During this period hundreds of kosher and halal certifiers have emerged around the world and while thousands of manufacturers restaurants and shops have been certified the majority have not. Kosher and halal requirements are comparable but there are also many differences and the book discusses how these similarities and differences affect production trade and regulation around the world. The authors research demonstrates that there is a need to address kosher and halal markets simultaneously and answers the question "what characterizes global kosher and halal markets and how can businesses comply with the rising demands and requirements that have emerged?" This is the only book of its kind and it will appeal to manufacturing companies restaurants and shops that already are or want to be kosher/halal certified. The book can also be assigned in a variety of upper-level undergraduate courses and graduate seminars in business studies management and marketing. Moreover the book will be of interest to readers in the natural sciences (for example food scientists) and outside academia that is to state as well as non-state kosher/halal certification bodies policy makers interest groups and consultants. Kosher and Halal Business Compliance is accessible in style global in scope and based on decades of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065185

Kosma Aiguptiou Monachou Christianike Topographia - The Christian Topography of Cosmas an Egyptian Monk Translated from the Greek and Edited with Notes and Introduction. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1897. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315591230

Kosovo Intervention and StatebuildingThe International Community and the Transition to Independence This book examines international engagement with Kosovo since NATO’s intervention in 1999 and looks at the three distinct phases of Kosovo’s development; intervention statebuilding and independence. Kosovo remains a case study of central importance in international relations illustrative of key political trends in the post-Cold War era. During each phase international policy towards Kosovo has challenged prevailing international norms and pushed the boundaries of conventional wisdom. In each of the three phases 'Kosovo' has been cited as constituting a precedent and this book explores the impact and the often troubling consequences and implications of these precedents. This book explicitly engages with this debate which transcends Kosovo itself and provides a critical analysis of the catalysts and consequences of contemporary international engagement with this seminal case study. Each chapter focuses on a particular aspect of the international engagement with Kosovo and situates events there in an international context highlighting the extent to which international policy towards Kosovo has challenged existing norms and practices.  Kosovo has been cited in certain texts as a positive template to be emulated but the contributors to this book also identify the often controversial and contentious nature of these new norms. This book will be of much interest to students of humanitarian intervention and statebuilding war and conflict studies security studies and IR in general. Aidan Hehir is a Senior Lecturer in International Relations at the Department of Politics and International Relations University of Westminster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622202

Kosovo and the Collateral Effects of Humanitarian Intervention Humanitarian intervention is rising ever higher in international relations discourse with many publications exploring the nature legality and success of these interventions. However less attention is given to what happens after an intervention. This book looks in particular at the implications for territorial and border relations exploring the case of Kosovo which in many ways can be seen as a turning point in post-cold war international humanitarian intervention. The 1999 intervention has had significant consequences for Kosovo in terms of political transformations territorial alterations and enclavisation none of which was officially intended or foreseen when NATO intervened.Two decades after NATO’s intervention and a decade after unilaterally declaring independence Kosovo continues to be confronted with daunting existential challenges that inevitably affect the stability of the region border relations and the credibility of the organisations operating within Kosovo namely the UN the EU and NATO. The book claims that not only is the political and territorial conflict far from being settled but that the implications have gone beyond Kosovo creating shock waves which have galvanised conflicts elsewhere. In effect Kosovo has been used as a pretext as a legitimation and as an inspiration for those who aspire to challenge the border status quo.The book is primarily aimed at undergraduate and postgraduate students of International Relations and Political Science and as well as Border Studies scholars but will also appeal to researchers focusing on state-building peace-building humanitarian studies nationalism/secessionism and Balkan studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665180

Kosovo: From Crisis to Crisis This title was first published in 2001. Kosovo: From Crisis to Crisis deals with the main features of the most recent crisis leading up to operation Allied Force. It provides an excellent analysis of all major aspects of NATO’s intervention and it discusses the current problems with the implementation of the settlement. Until recently Kosovo was a rather unknown territory in a far-away corner of Europe. The Serbian-Albanian armed conflict NATO's intervention and the following struggle by the international community to rebuild this area has turned Kosovo into terra cognita for diplomats politicians the military aid workers and the public. Essential reading for political scientists with special interest in ethnic and conflict studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315204628

Kosovo: From Crisis to CrisisFrom Crisis to Crisis This title was first published in 2001.This text adresses the Kosovo conflict. The authors analyze the conflict using a number of different themes: the impact on current events the attempts to find a solution the need for military intervention why airstrikes were made the effectiveness of air power and its limitations the political breakthrough the structure of peace and its implementation and the results so far. The aim of the book is to provide a deeper understanding of this conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635357

Kosovo: the Politics of Delusion This collection examines the escalation of the Kosovo conflict to a full-scale war. It looks at its origins background and the implications of the conflict: the myths history and perceptions of the post-1989 crisis and the situation after the start of NATOs 1999 bombing campaign. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038810

KosovoThe Politics of Identity and Space Kosovo: The Politics of Identity and Space explores the Albanian-Serbian confrontation after Slobodan Milosevic's rise to power and the policy of repression in Kosovo through the lens of the Kosovo education system. The argument is woven around the story of imposed ethnic segregation in Kosovo's education and its impact on the emergence of exclusive notions of nation and homeland among the Serbian and Albanian youth in the 1990s. The book also critically explores the wider context of the Albanian non-violent resistance including the emergence of the parallel state and its weaknesses. Kosovo: The Politics of Identity and Space not only provides an insight into events that led to the bloodshed in Kosovo in the late 1990s but also shows that the legacy of segregation is one of the major challenges the international community faces in its efforts to establish an integrated multi-ethnic society in the territory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974111

Kouduo richao. Li Jiubiao's Diary of Oral Admonitions. A Late Ming Christian JournalTranslated with Introduction and Notes by Erik Z�rcher Vol. 1 The Diary of Oral Admonitions (Kouduo richao) is an invaluable mirror of early Chinese Christianity as it stands out as the only source that allows a glimpse of Jesuit missionary practice in China on a local level - "accommodation in action" - and of the various responses of the Chinese audience both converts and interested outsiders. It is a compilation of some five hundred notes "about everything" made by Li Jiubiao and other Christian literati during their conversations with Jesuit missionaries in Fujian between 1630 and 1640. These notes are arranged in chronological order and divided into eight books. The most important Western protagonist in the Diary is the Italian Jesuit Giulio Aleni (1589-1642) called "Master Ai (Rulüe)" in Chinese. The present study and translation of the Diary of Oral Admonitions can be seen as a companion volume to the proceedings of an international conference that was held on Aleni in his native place Brescia in 1994 also published in the Monumenta Serica Monograph Series XLII: "Scholar from the West." Giulio Aleni S.J. (1582-1649) and the Dialogue between China and Christianity 1997. The present work in two volumes is meant to be a tool for further research. Volume 1 presents a comprehensive introduction to the Diary and its historical context followed by the annotated translation both by Erik Zürcher (Leiden) a renown specialist for the study of Christianity in China. It is enhanced by illustrations partly in colour and maps. Volume 2 includes a facsimile of the Chinese text (reproducing a copy held in the Roman Archives of the Society of Jesus) a bibliography of Chinese and Western sources as well as secondary literature and an analytical index with glossary that will enable the reader to trace specific data in the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003070603

Kouduo richao. Li Jiubiao's Diary of Oral Admonitions. A Late Ming Christian JournalTranslated with Introduction and Notes by Erik Zurcher Vol. 2 The Diary of Oral Admonitions (Kouduo richao) is an invaluable mirror of early Chinese Christianity as it stands out as the only source that allows a glimpse of Jesuit missionary practice in China on a local level - "accommodation in action" - and of the various responses of the Chinese audience both converts and interested outsiders. It is a compilation of some five hundred notes "about everything" made by Li Jiubiao and other Christian literati during their conversations with Jesuit missionaries in Fujian between 1630 and 1640. These notes are arranged in chronological order and divided into eight books. The most important Western protagonist in the Diary is the Italian Jesuit Giulio Aleni (1589-1642) called "Master Ai (Rulüe)" in Chinese. The present study and translation of the Diary of Oral Admonitions can be seen as a companion volume to the proceedings of an international conference that was held on Aleni in his native place Brescia in 1994 also published in the Monumenta Serica Monograph Series XLII: "Scholar from the West." Giulio Aleni S.J. (1582-1649) and the Dialogue between China and Christianity 1997. The present work in two volumes is meant to be a tool for further research. Volume 1 presents a comprehensive introduction to the Diary and its historical context followed by the annotated translation both by Erik Zürcher (Leiden) a renown specialist for the study of Christianity in China. It is enhanced by illustrations partly in colour and maps. Volume 2 includes a facsimile of the Chinese text (reproducing a copy held in the Roman Archives of the Society of Jesus) a bibliography of Chinese and Western sources as well as secondary literature and an analytical index with glossary that will enable the reader to trace specific data in the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003070610

K-pop – The International Rise of the Korean Music Industry K-pop described by Time Magazine in 2012 as "South Korea’s greatest export" has rapidly achieved a large worldwide audience of devoted fans largely through distribution over the Internet. This book examines the phenomenon and discusses the reasons for its success. It considers the national and transnational conditions that have played a role in K-pop’s ascendancy and explores how they relate to post-colonial modernisation post-Cold War politics in East Asia connections with the Korean diaspora and the state-initiated campaign to accumulate soft power. As it is particularly concerned with fandom and cultural agency it analyses fan practices discourses and underlying psychologies within their local habitus as well as in expanding topographies of online networks. Overall the book addresses the question of how far "Asian culture" can be global in a truly meaningful way and how popular culture from a "marginal" nation has become a global phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575592

Kraken & The Colossal Octopus First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992955

Kratom and Other MitragyninesThe Chemistry and Pharmacology of Opioids from a Non-Opium Source Opioids such as morphine codeine and oxycodone are extracts or analogs isolated from a single source: the opium poppy. For a long time it was believed to be nature’s only source of opioids. But it now appears that biological diversity has evolved an alternative source of opioid compounds—those derived from the plant Mitragyna speciosa. This plant known as Kratom in Thailand or Biak-Biak in Malaysia has long been used locally as treatment for pain fever reduction diarrhea and even depression.Kratom and Other Mitragynines: The Chemistry and Pharmacology of Opioids from a Non-Opium Source presents an introduction to the chemical and biological properties of alkaloids isolated from M. speciosa as well as their synthetic analogs. The book covers various topics including phytochemistry medicinal chemistry and pharmacology. Current research analgesic effects and addiction potential are also discussed. As the first extensive text on the basic science and clinical use of Kratom the book provides readers with a concise yet comprehensive introduction to nature’s "other opioid." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367869243

Kristeva Psychoanalysis and CultureSubjectivity in Crisis Examining Julia Kristeva's contention that contemporary Western society is witnessing a crisis of subjectivity due to the failure of the paternal function Gambaudo places Kristeva's thesis within the context of Freudian psychoanalytic thought and shows how Kristeva defends her position against a cultural climate privileging scientific and cognitive answers to aesthetic concerns. Gambaudo argues that while Kristeva's position might be construed as defensive and a reactive clinging on to paternal modes of organisation of subjectivity it also offers a unique and visionary analysis of subjectivity that rescues the paternal project from its decline. Eschewing a traditional emphasis on Kristeva's feminism this book's primary interest is located at the intersection between psychoanalysis and culture specifically analysing the superseding of Oedipus by narcissistic organisation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315251035

Kritsman and the Agrarian Marxists Of all the scholarly work on the countryside done in pre-1917 Russia and in the Soviet Union in the 1920s that of L.N. Kritsman and those influenced by him – the so-called ‘Agrarian Marxists’ – is perhaps the least well known. However that work was of extremely high quality and very original. Its significance is more than historical since it has great relevance to the study of peasantries in contemporary poor countries – especially to the analysis of peasant differentiation. This volume first published in 1984 has been prepared by two specialists who have been working on Kritsman and the Agrarian Marxists for several years and will help dispel ignorance of this important body of writing. It consists of two substantial essays and an abridged translation of one of Kritsman’s most important works: Class Differentiation of the Soviet Countryside (first published in 1926 and never before translated into English). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890947

Krsna: Lord or Avatara?The Relationship Between Krsna and Visnu This is a study of three Sanskrit texts the Harivamsa the Visnupurana and the Bhagavatabelonging to the puranic genre the chief source of knowledge of the origins of popular Hinduism. It treats them as integrated compositions and displays the theological motives and creative skill which have gone into the making of them. It shows how all three texts contain narratives which present Krishna as one of several subordinate manifestations (avataras) of Vishnu. All three use much the same traditional material yet each by arranging this material in its own way presents a distinctive view of Krishna and the most influential of them the Bhagavata builds up a world view in which Krishna not Vishnu is supreme. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862388

Krsna's Round Dance ReconsideredHariram Vyas's Hindi Ras-pancadhyayi Concerned with the process in Hinduism of reinterpreting classical texts and imbuing them with new inspiration. An example par excellence is Hariram Vyas's Ras-pancadhyayi the earliest known Braj Bhasa version of the five chapters of Bhagavatapurana on Krsna's Dance with the Gopis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974128

K-theory These notes are based on the course of lectures I gave at Harvard in the fall of 1964. They constitute a self-contained account of vector bundles and K-theory assuming only the rudiments of point-set topology and linear algebra. One of the features of the treatment is that no use is made of ordinary homology or cohomology theory. In fact rational cohomology is defined in terms of K-theory.The theory is taken as far as the solution of the Hopf invariant problem and a start is mode on the J-homomorphism. In addition to the lecture notes proper two papers of mine published since 1964 have been reproduced at the end. The first dealing with operations is a natural supplement to the material in Chapter III. It provides an alternative approach to operations which is less slick but more fundamental than the Grothendieck method of Chapter III and it relates operations and filtration. Actually the lectures deal with compact spaces not cell-complexes and so the skeleton-filtration does not figure in the notes. The second paper provides a new approach to K-theory and so fills an obvious gap in the lecture notes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091309

Kuala LumpurCommunity Infrastructure and Urban Inclusivity Kuala Lumpur is a diverse city representing many different religions and nationalities. Recent government policy has actively promoted unity and cohesion throughout the city; and the country of Malaysia with the implementation of a programme called 1Malaysia. In this book the authors investigate the aims of this programme—predominantly to unify the Malaysian society—and how these objectives resonate in the daily spatial practices of the city’s residents. This book argues that elements of urban infrastructure could work as an essential mediator ‘beyond community’ allowing inclusive social structures to be built despite cultural and religious tensions existing within the city. It builds on the premise of an empirical study which explores the ways in which different communities use the same spaces supported through the implementation of a theoretical framework which looks at both Western and Islamic conceptualisations of the notion of community. Through the analysis of Kuala Lumpur this book contributes towards the creation of more inclusive places in multi-ethnic multi-cultural and multi-religious communities across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207387

Kucers' The Use of AntibioticsA Clinical Review of Antibacterial Antifungal Antiparasitic and Antiviral Drugs Seventh Edition - Three Volume Set Kucers’ The Use of Antibiotics is the definitive internationally-authored reference providing everything that the infectious diseases specialist and prescriber needs to know about antimicrobials in this vast and rapidly developing field. The much-expanded Seventh Edition comprises 4800 pages in 3 volumes in order to cover all new and existing therapies and emerging drugs not yet fully licensed. Concentrating on the treatment of infectious diseases the content is divided into four sections - antibiotics anti-fungal drugs anti-parasitic drugs and anti-viral drugs - and is highly structured for ease of reference. Each chapter is organized in a consistent format covering susceptibility formulations and dosing (adult and pediatric) pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics toxicity and drug distribution with detailed discussion regarding clinical uses - a feature unique to this title. Compiled by an expanded team of internationally renowned and respected editors with expert contributors representing Europe Africa Asia Australia South America the US and Canada the Seventh Edition adopts a truly global approach. It remains invaluable for anyone using antimicrobial agents in their clinical practice and provides in a systematic and concise manner all the information required when prescribing an antimicrobial to treat infection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747950

Kuhn’s The Structure of Scientific Revolutions Revisited The year 2012 marks the 50th anniversary of the publication of Thomas S. Kuhn’s The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Up until recently the book’s philosophical reception has been shaped for the most part by the debates and the climate in philosophy of science in the 1960s and 1970s; this new collection of essays takes a renewed look at this work. This volume concentrates on particular issues addressed or raised in light of recent scholarship and without the pressure of the immediate concerns scholars had at the time of the Structure’s publication. There has been extensive research on all of the major issues concerning the development of science which are discussed in Structure work in which the scholars contributing to this volume have all been actively involved. In recent years they have pursued novel research on a number of topics relevant to Structure’s concerns such as the nature and function of concepts the complexity of logical positivism and its legacy the relation of history to philosophy of science the character of scientific progress and rationality and scientific realism all of which are brought together and given new light in this text. In this way our book makes new connections and undertakes new approaches in an effort to understand the Structure’s significance in the canon of philosophy of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910874

Kurdish Nationalism and Political Islam in TurkeyKemalist Identity in Transition This text is an attempt to study Turkey's national and secular identity in light of the challenges posed by Kurdish nationalism and political Islam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512848

Kurdish Politics in TurkeyFrom the PKK to the KCK In the aftermath of the collapse of the Ottoman Empire the Kurds were promised their own state. However several factors meant that this dream never became a reality and the land of the Kurds was divided. Amid a sense of a loss of identity the Kurds started to fight for their social and political rights.‘Kurdish Politics in Turkey’ argues that the Kurdish struggle has largely been a failure and that the emergence of the Unions of Communities in Kurdistan (KCK) has been a direct result of this. The book examines the success of the KCK and how it has transformed this Kurdish struggle in Turkey from a one-dimensional political movement to a multi-dimensional social movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876692

Kurdistan in IraqThe Evolution of a Quasi-State The Kurdish-Iraqi conflict lies in the fact that Kurdistan is a nation-without-a-state and Iraq is a non-nation state each possessing a nationhood project differing from and opposing the other. Iraqi-Kurdistan is an outward looking entity seeking external patronage. Though external patronage has played a pivotal role in the evolution of the Kurdish quasi-state a lack of positive patronage has prevented it from achieving independence.This book looks at how the Kurdish and Iraqi quests for nationhood have led to the transformation of Iraqi Kurdistan into an unrecognised quasi-state and the devolution of the Iraqi state into a recognised quasi-state. This is done by examining the protracted Iraqi-Kurdish conflict and by analysing the contradictions and incompatibilities between the two different nationalisms: Iraqi and Kurdish. The author explains that Kurds as a nation without a state have their own nationhood project which is in opposition to the Iraqi nationhood project. Each has its own identity loyalty and sovereignty. The book answers the question as to how the Kurdish quest for nationhood has been treated by successive Iraqi regimes. Furthermore it fills in the literary gaps which exist in relation to the Iraqi-Kurdish conflict by specifying and categorising the cardinal conditions that drive ethnic and nationalist conflicts which lead to the creation of separatist entities.Drawing upon a vast amount of untapped Kurdish and Arabic primary sources the book draws on prominent theories on nation-states and quasi-states. It will particularly appeal to students and scholars of international relations political theory and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590970

KurdsA Concise Handbook First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315059037

Kursk 1943A Statistical Analysis The battle at Kursk in 1943 is often referred to as the greatest tank battle in the history of warfare. This volume makes extensive use of German archival documents as well as various Russian books and articles. As well as an account of the battle it addresses methodological issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038445

Kurt Vonnegut Drawing on his experiences as a young man in the Great Depression and the Second World War Kurt Vonnegut created a new style of fiction responsive to the post-war world and unique in its appeal to both popular audiences and avant-garde critics. His work was profoundly innovative and yet perfectly lucid. In this comprehensive introductory study originally published in 1982 Jerome Klinkowitz traces Vonnegut’s influences within the American middle class his early efforts as a short-story writer for magazines in the 1960s and his startling and unprecedented success as a bestselling experimental novelist with Slaughterhouse-Five. His self-consciously moral posture led to readers throughout the world accepting him as their spokesman for humane values a role which Klinkowitz considers within the context of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346584

Kuru SorceryDisease and Danger in the New Guinea Highlands Perhaps the best-documented epidemic in the history of medicine kuru has been studied for more than fifty years by international investigators from medicine and the human sciences. This significantly revised edition of the landmark anthropological classic Kuru Sorcery brings up to date the anthropological contribution to understanding disease the medical research that resulted in two medical Nobel Prizes and the views of the Fore people who endured the epidemic and who still believe that sorcerers rather than cannibalism caused kuru. The kuru epidemic serves as a prism through which to see how Fore notions of disease causation bring into single focus their views about the body the world of social and spiritual relations and changes in economic and political conditions-aspects of thought and behaviour that Western medicine keeps separate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052762

Kuwait 1945-1996An Anglo-American Perspective Based on extensive research of British documents from the Public Records Office and American documents from the National Archives and several Presidential Libraries this book surveys events in Kuwait from the beginning of the twentieth century until the Second World War and explains Britain's initial interest in the ruling al-Sabah family before focusing on the post-1945 period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037011

Kuwait (Routledge Revival)MERI Report First published in 1985 this study focusing on Kuwait looks at the underlying reasons why certain political economic and social events have taken place in the country’s history. It provides vital analysis of the political and economic issues of the country and those that have affected it as well as providing statistical material on all the key data of the political economy.The book was originally published as part of the Middle East Research Institute (MERI) Reports on the Middle East which quickly established themselves as the most authoritative and up-to-date information on the state of affairs in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902145

Kuwait and the GulfSmall States and the International System A major result of the Second World War was the emergence of small states which vastly increased the membership of the international system. While a number of small states existed before the war many of these had made no effort to participate actively in the system; since then the doctrine of equality of states has been established in theory at least through their admission to the UN. This book first published in 1984 deals with the factors which have contributed to the emergence of such a large number of small states the difficulties which they have experienced in achieving statehood and their struggle to gain political integration. A precise analysis of the foreign policy and economic factors governing the activity of small states particularly that of Kuwait and the other Gulf states is presented here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643048

Kuwait City ParksA Critical Review of their Design Facilities Programs and Management The purpose of this study first published in 1985 was to investigate the management practices of the Kuwait City Park System and the relationship of these practices to user satisfaction. The decision making process affecting the parks had been fragmented between three agencies and this created conflicts in different goals responsibilities and objectives. The study shows how much impact the uncoordinated and fragmented decisions had on user satisfaction in the parks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065338

Kuwait: Prospect and Reality For many the story of this small Arabian state begins and ends with the wealth that has accrued from its vast oil deposits. But the real fascination of Kuwait lies in its geological and archaeological history; in its long struggle for survival among powerful neighbours; in its ambitious plans for industrial and economic development. This book first published in 1972 shows the effects of the new material wealth opened up by oil in relation to the country’s remote past and its Islamic background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060616

Kuwait: the Transformation of an Oil State Kuwait unlike most of its neighbours has a well-established national identity and a long history as a nation dating back to the eighteenth century. In this book first published in 1992 Dr. Jill Crystal focuses on two recurring themes in Kuwaiti history: one the preservation of a sense of community in the face of radical economic social and political transformations; the second internal rivalry over the conventions governing relations among members of the community. Crystal skilfully weaves these themes into a broad profile of Kuwait analysing the nation’s transformation from a pre-oil to an oil economy; its social structure and composition including the country’s tribal roots and key divisions involving class gender and immigrant labour; political tensions resulting from the nation’s sudden wealth and the accompanying changes in social structure; and its relations with other countries in the Gulf and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644540

Kuwait: Trade And Investment This book delineates Kuwait's economic activities and potential and assesses the country's impact on the global economy. It is premised upon a more descriptive and practical approach to crystallize some perspectives on trade and investment pertaining to the small but increasingly important nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170639

KuwaitFall & Rebirth First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974135

KuwaitRecovery And Security After The Gulf War With the thoroughness that this recently spotlighted nation requires this volume examines Kuwait's internal and external security situation after the turbulent days of the Gulf War and investigates continued Western involvement in its safekeeping. It also examines Kuwait's changing role as an energy exporter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316518

Kuwait's Foreign PolicyCity-state In World Politics This book assesses the dynamics of Kuwaiti foreign policy since 1961 and explores the role of Kuwait as a small state in international politics. It analyzes the impact of ideology religion and value systems on Kuwaiti foreign policy as well as the impact of domestic forces on political actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162641

Kwaidan Of The Lady First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992962

Kwame Nkrumah's Contribution to Pan-African AgencyAn Afrocentric Analysis This study analyzes contributions made by Kwame Nkrumah (1909-1972) to the development of Pan-African agency from the 1945 Pan-African Congress in Manchester to the military coup d'etat of Nkrumah's government in February 1966. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092662

Kwame Nkrumah's Politico-Cultural Thought and PoliticsAn African-Centered Paradigm for the Second Phase of the African Revolution This study critically synthesizes and analyses the relationship between Kwame Nkrumah's politico-cultural philosophy and policies as an African-centered paradigm for the post-independence African revolution. It also argues for the relevance of his theories and politics in today's Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649537

Kyoto Visual Culture in the Early Edo and Meiji PeriodsThe arts of reinvention The city of Kyoto has undergone radical shifts in its significance as a political and cultural center as a hub of the national bureaucracy as a symbolic and religious center and as a site for the production and display of art. However the field of Japanese history and culture lacks a book that considers Kyoto on its own terms as a historic city with a changing identity. Examining cultural production in the city of Kyoto in two periods of political transition this book promises to be a major step forward in advancing our knowledge of Kyoto’s history and culture. Its chapters focus on two periods in Kyoto’s history in which the old capital was politically marginalized: the early Edo period when the center of power shifted from the old imperial capital to the new warriors’ capital of Edo; and the Meiji period when the imperial court itself was moved to the new modern center of Tokyo. The contributors argue that in both periods the response of Kyoto elites—emperors courtiers tea masters municipal leaders monks and merchants—was artistic production and cultural revival. As an artistic cultural and historical study of Japan's most important historic city this book will be invaluable to students and scholars of Japanese history Asian history the Edo and Meiji periods art history visual culture and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026752

Kyrgyzstan - Regime Security and Foreign Policy Kyrgyzstan is an interesting example of a relatively weak state which for its brief period of independence has already ousted two presidents experienced two revolutions survived two interethnic conflicts and yet remained intact. This book explores this apparent paradox and argues that the schism between domestic and international dimensions of state and regime security is key to understanding the nature of Kyrgyz politics. The book shows how the foreign policy links to the Manas Air Base used by the US military and essential for supplying their forces in Afghanistan the economic arrangements necessary for sustaining the base both inside and outside Kyrgyzstan and the myriad of different actors involved in all this combined to overshadow points of friction to ensure stable continuance of the status quo. Overall the book shows how broad geopolitical forces and complex local factors together have a huge impact on the formation of Kyrgyz foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595576

KyrgyzstanCentral Asia's Island of Democracy? Born out of the collapse of the USSR Kyrgyzstan has been notable for its struggle to develop a pluralist polity and free market an attempt that distinguishes it from some of its more authoritarian neighbors. This volume introduces students and businessmen to this most attractive of republics offering an overview of its history politics economic development and place in the international community. In particular it focuses on the problematic nature of political development with democratic and pluralist impulses struggling to survive against the dominance of more traditional forms of governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079325

L. Munatius PlancusServing and Surviving in the Roman Revolution This volume examines the life and career of L. Munatius Plancus and through him explores the tumultuous final years of the Roman Republic. Plancus had very active and lengthy political career from his initial appearance on the staff of Julius Caesar in Gaul in 54BC at least through the censorship of 22BC. During this time he was in close contact for over 30 years with all the major figures during a period of tremendous political and social upheaval in Rome. He maneuvered carefully and cautiously changing affiliation from boyhood ties to Cicero to Caesar to Antony and Cleopatra and finally to Octavian - it was Plancus himself who proposed the motion whereby the Senate conferred the name "Augustus" on the new ruler of Rome. More than just a biography of this fascinating figure this volume also offers insight into the politics of this complex period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588984

L.S. Vygotsky and Education Vygotsky’s legacy in education is enduring and prolific influencing educational research and scholarship in areas as far ranging child development language and literacy development bilingual education and learning disabilities to name but a few. In this accessible introductory volume renowned Vygtosky authority Luis C. Moll presents a summary of Vygtoskian core concepts constituting a cultural-historical approach to the study of thinking and development. Moll emphasizes what he considers central tenets of Vygotsky’s scholarship --- the sociocultural genesis of human thinking the consideration of active and dynamic individuals a developmental approach to studying human thinking and the power of cultural mediation in understanding and transforming educational practices broadly considered. After an introduction to Vygotsky’s life the historical context for his work and his ideas Moll provides examples from his educational research inspired by Vygotsky’s work. With both critical scrutiny of current interpretations of Vygotksian theory and clear deference for the theorist known as "The Mozart of Psychology " Moll stresses the many ways Vygotksy’s theory can offer a theory of possibilities for positive pedagogical change.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899499

L2 Spanish PragmaticsFrom Research to Teaching L2 Spanish Pragmatics is a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview of current research into pragmatics and Spanish language teaching. It presents the research on the teaching of pragmatics and Spanish language as a multifaceted discipline. Written by an international cohort of scholars the breadth of topics includes innovative topics in the teaching of Spanish such as genre analysis discourse markers politeness and impoliteness nonverbal communication irony and humor as well as web-based pragmatics resources. Key features: An overview of new trends in Spanish pragmatics research and the growing need for instruction in intercultural communication; Insights derived from important theoretical and empirical works that may contribute to integrate pragmatics in the teaching of the language; Explanations with great clarity plenty of examples and references as well as connections to language teaching and learning; Tasks and activities that can help teachers move from a traditional curricular approach to a more innovative and engaging one; Descriptions of numerous activities or guidelines for the classroom supplemented with additional materials; A bilingual glossary of terms in pragmatics that will help teachers in their implementation of activities to teach L2 Spanish pragmatics. L2 Spanish Pragmatics constitutes a reference book on current research on learning and teaching Spanish pragmatics. It will be of interest to university lecturers researchers and graduate students. It will also be an excellent resource for language educators and K-16 teachers willing to expand their knowledge and apply the teaching of pragmatics as an integral component in the teaching of the Spanish language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279940

L2 Writing in Secondary ClassroomsStudent Experiences Academic Issues and Teacher Education Second language writers and the teaching of writing at the secondary level have received little attention compared with other skills such as reading. Addressing this gap this volume uniquely looks at both adolescent L2 writing and the preparation of secondary teachers to work with this population of students. Part I on adolescent L2 writers includes case studies looking at their literacy identities their trajectories in mainstream content area classes and their transition from high school to college. Part II looks at academic issues. The focus in Part III is L2 writing teacher education. Taking a theoretically eclectic approach that can support a variety of pedagogies this book contributes significantly to understanding adolescent second language writers and to educating teachers to address these students’ specific needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640619

La Austrialia del Espíritu SantoThe Journal of Fray Martin de Munilla O.F.M. and other documents relating to The Voyage of Pedro Fernández d Pedro Fernández de Quirós was a remarkable navigator and explorer. Having sailed in 1595 as chief pilot in the ill-fated Spanish expedition to the Solomon Islands he returned to the 'Austral Lands' - the area of the New Hebrides - in 1605 with another expedition which is the subject of this volume. In his Introduction Father Kelly sets out to resolve some of the outstanding historical problems of this Quirós expedition in the light of recently discovered documents. At the same time he gives a brief description of the Franciscan missionary apostolate its contribution to geographical discovery in the Pacific and its missionary plans for the natives of the Austral lands. He also provides a systematic survey of source material in Spanish Roman and other European archives. The volume contains 32 documents concerning the 1605 expedition including Munilla's Relación as well as the Franciscan Missionary Plan. All these have been translated by Father Kelly. Continued in Second Series 127 with which the main pagination is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1966. Media > Books > E-books Hakluyt Society 9781315591254

La CazzariaThe Book of the Prick La Cazzaria is the most outspoken erotic text of the Italian Renaissance-a ribald dialogue about politics sex and desire. The book is remarkable for its frank discussions of sexuality and explicit homoeroticism-especially when compared to other writings of the period-and for its sophisticated treatment of sexual and political power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881003

La Clase MágicaImagining Optimal Possibilities in a Bilingual Community of Learners La Clase Mágica: Imagining Optimal Possibilities in a Bilingual Community of Learners vividly captures the social and intellectual developments and the promises of an ongoing after-school project called La Clase Mágica. It is a blow-by-blow description of the early transformations of a project that began as an educational activity and slowly but deliberately turned into a social action project whose aim was to serve those with low economic and political means and little access to educational resources. This multivocal account details research in action for effectively serving Spanish-English bilingual speakers from a Mexican origin community as well as--on a broader level--the diverse populations that increasingly characterize American society today. The focus is on the early foundational work of the project between 1989-1996 though attention is also given to the national and international recognition the project has subsequently received the college-going patterns of its long-term participants and the transplantation of the project to other cultural communities. The book speaks out from the "zones of contact" between the university and a language minority community about new ways to extend and intersect theory and practice in many areas of the educational enterprise. Contact is defined not only in the physical sense of face-to-face interaction but also as symbolic interaction between languages cultures histories and epistemologies. Thus Vásquez speaks of optimal possibilities situated in the middle grounds or more technically speaking in the borders between Spanish and English Mexican and mainstream culture minority and majority designations and between school and community contexts where contact is made and new arrangements are imagined. This account uses the reflections of participants at times to take readers from the scientific to the everyday to make real and concrete the theoretical conceptualizations that box in human behavior. In this way it defines the theories methods and philosophies for linking multiple disciplines institutions and participant groups into a concerted effort with potential to reframe the educational opportunities of under-served populations. A close look is provided into the intricacies and the fundamental principles for building and sustaining effective learning environments and institutional relations necessary for enhancing the potential of learners of all ages. In the process the book also suggests ways in which community members and institutional agents can play an active and integral role in creating learning opportunities that serve both constituencies. Educators and policymakers will find the systems approach for pursuing parent and community involvement in the educational enterprise useful. In sum the book offers researchers practitioners and policymakers much needed guidance insight and perhaps inspiration for rethinking educational goals and objectives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045436

La comprensión lectora en la enseñanza del español LE/L2de la teoría a la práctica La comprensión lectora en la enseñanza del español LE/L2: de la teoría a la práctica presents state-of-the-art theory and teaching practices for integrating reading skills into the teaching of Spanish. The book bridges a conspicuous gap between research supporting reading as a key component of language acquisition and actual practice by discussing how to implement reading successfully in and out of the classroom. Written entirely in Spanish the book focuses on the needs of Spanish language learners with the goal of motivating students to read in the target language and work with diverse types of texts and genres. Key features include: Emphasis on the connections between theory and practice with specific suggestions for successfully integrating reading into the language curriculum; Practical guidance and questionnaires for instruction design and planning; Ready-to-use activities and an answer key to help teachers implement this important skill in language teaching; Pedagogical considerations to keep in mind for further guidance and reflection at the end of each chapter; A wealth of links and digital resources for teaching and practicing reading and best practices in Spanish language teaching; Bilingual glossary of key terms. Written in a clear and accessible manner La comprensión lectora en la enseñanza del español LE/L2: de la teoría a la práctica is an essential resource for teachers of Spanish at all levels. It is an excellent reference book for language teachers who wish to integrate reading into the teaching of the Spanish language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651777

La Cort d'AmorA Critical Edition "The ""Cort d'Amor"" is a late 12th-century allegorical romance in Occitan which fuses a variety of lyric and narrative genres together and which predates the ""Roman de la Rose"" by some 50 years. In this edition Matthew Bardell highlights the work's intertextuality with Andreas Capellanus' ""De Amore"" to show how the Occitan work presents a dialogue between gendered approaches to love whilst parodying the exegetical tradition. It juxtaposes lyric passages with some of the standard Ovidian teaching on love and undermines the reader's attempts to distinguish between the two. This volume has a facing English translation and aims to make an important contribution to the study of medieval allegory and courtly love in general as well as to the dissemination of Ovid in the Middle Ages and the narrative transformations of Old French and Occitan lyric." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197830

La Dentellière The full French text of Lain novel is accompanied by French-English vocabulary. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427358

La F brica VisualMetodos Visuales para Mejorar la Productividad Un libro importantisismo para preparar su fbrica antes de poder comenzar producci?n justo-a-tiempo o cualquier otro programa de mejoras. Crear una fbrica visual es el primer paso para lograr participacion de sus empleados construir un mejor ambiente de trabajo y obtener apoyo de su personal. Los casos especificos aqui expuestos seran especialmente utiles en companias dispuestas a mejorar sus operaciones pero no muy seguras sobre como empezar. La comunicacion visual hace que toda la informacion comunmente disponible se pueda entender directamente por todos los que la ven. Esta participacion aporta nueva luz y vida a la cultura de los lugares de trabajo. Michel Greif ha viajado por toda Europa y Estados Unidos estudiando el uso de la comunicacion visual y reuniendo materiales para este libro. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138409675

La Faim et la Sant?Collection: La Faim dans le Monde (2007) First published in 2008 La Faim et la Sant is a valuable contribution to the field of Environment and Sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471757

La Inteligencia de SanaciónEl Espíritu en Psicoterapia La inteligencia de curación natural es uno de los grandes misterios de la psique. Es intrínsicamente difícil de alcanzar y sin embargo se encuentra en el núcleo de todos los intentos para curar las heridas emocionales. La psicoterapia y el asesoramiento cuando se hacen en profundidad van más allá de la interpretación y trabajan directamente con esta poderosa fuerza. Este libro va destinado a ayudar a las personas que sufren este tipo de heridas emocionales con el fin de iluminarlos por el camino de la curación así como de aportar una vision profunda y métodos eficaces para el practicante. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203473

La Jalousie The full French text is accompanied by French-English vocabulary. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147522

La Langue BerbèreHandbook of African Languages Part 1 Originally published in 1952 this volume shows the structural characteristics of the Berber language and its interrelations as far as these are known; the distribution of the language and the numbers speaking it; its use as literary and educational media and as a lingua franca. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096394

La Lengua Española: Ayer y Hoy NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707145

La Matriz de la MenteLas Relaciones de Objeto y Psicoanalitico Estamos ante una visión global de la teoría de las relaciones de objeto desde una perspectiva kleiniana que contiene capítulos sobre la fantasía las posiciones esquizo-paranoide y depresiva los objetos internos y la obra de Winnicott sobre el espacio potencial. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203480

La Papauté et les croisades / The Papacy and the CrusadesActes du VIIe Congrès de la Society for the Study of the Crusades and the Latin Eas This volume brings together a selection of the papers on the theme of the Papacy and the Crusades delivered at the 7th Congress of the Society for the Study of the Crusades and the Latin East. After the introduction by Michel Balard the first papers examine aspects of crusader terminology. The next section deals with events and perceptions in the West including papers on the crusades against the Albigensians and Frederick II and on the situation in the Iberian peninsula. There follow studies on relations between crusaders and the local populations in the Byzantine world after 1204 and Frankish Greece and in Cilician Armenia while a final pair looks at papal interventions in Poland and Scandinavia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251595

La Place The full French text is accompanied by French-English vocabulary. Notes and a detailed introduction in English put the work in its social and historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427372

La Pocha NostraA Handbook for the Rebel Artist in a Post-Democratic Society La Pocha Nostra: A Handbook for the Rebel Artist in a Post-Democratic Society marks a transformation from its sister book Exercises for Rebel Artists into a pedagogical matrix suited for use as a performance handbook and conceptual tool for artists activists theorists pedagogues and trans-disciplinary border crossers of all stripes. Featuring a newly reworked outline of La Pocha Nostra's overall pedagogy and how it has evolved in the time of Trump cartel violence and the politics of social media this new handbook presents deeper explanations of the interdisciplinary pedagogical practices developed by the group that has been labeled "the most influential Latino/a performance troupe of the past ten years." Co-written by Guillermo Gómez-Peña in collaboration with La Pocha Nostra’s artistic co-director Saúl García-López and edited by Paloma Martinez-Cruz this highly anticipated follow-up volume raises crucial questions in the new neo-nationalist era. Drawing on field experience from ten years of touring the authors blend original methods with updated and revised exercises providing new material for teachers universities radical artists curators producers and students. This book features: Introductions by the authors and editor to Pocha Nostra practice in a post-democratic society. Theoretical historical poetic and pedagogical contexts for the methodology. Suggestions for how to use the book in the classroom and many other scenarios. Detailed hands-on exercises for using Pocha Nostra-inspired methods in workshops. A step-by-step guide to creating large-scale group performances. New unpublished photos of the Pocha Nostra methods in practice. Additional texts by Reverend Billy and Savitri D. Dragonfly Francesca Carol Rolla VestAndPage Micha Espinosa Zulfikar Ali Bhutto Praba Pilar L. M. Bogad Anuradha Vikram and Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens among many others. The book is complemented by the new book Gómez-Peña Unplugged: Texts on Live Art Social Practice and Imaginary Activism (2008–2019). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338213

La Renovation du Shi'isme Ismaelien En Inde Et Au PakistanD'apres les Ecrits et les Discours de Sultan Muhammad Shah Aga Khan This French-language book is the first to propose a scientific approach to the Aga Khan's religious thought placing it in its proper perspective by revealing how the Aga Khan responded to contemporary challenges. It will be of interest to both students and scholars of history orientalism and Islamic thought and cultures and to anyone interested in South Asia or in the fundamental issues of religion and modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862586

La théorie de la musique antique et médiévale This is the final volume in the set of four collections of Michel Huglo's articles to be published in the Variorum series and focuses on medieval music theory. The point of departure for Huglo's research was his doctoral dissertation on tonaries published in 1971: as a consequence he studied the manuscripts of music theory concerning plainchant and later those with writings on music by authors of Late Antiquity as well as the Liber glossarum with its many definitions of musical terms. In this volume certain articles consider the interpretation or dissemination of texts instruction in the art of plainchant and musical instruction at the university. Others concern the manuscripts of St Augustine's De musica and of the writings of Calcidius Macrobius Helisachar Hucbald Gerbert of Aurillac Abbo of Fleury John of Afflighem and Hieronymus de Moravia amongst others. The volume closes with a bibliography of Michel Huglo complementing that published in 1993 and a summary list of his reviews of books on music and liturgy. Ce volume des articles de Michel Huglo termine la série de quatre dans la collection Variorum. Il est centré sur la théorie musicale médiévale. Le point de départ des recherches de Michel Huglo sur la théorie musicale du Moyen Âge est formé par sa thèse sur les tonaires éditée en 1971: en consequence il etudia les manuscrits de theorie musicale concernant le plain-chant et plus tard les auteurs de l'Antiquité tardive et le Liber glossarum qui contient des définitions de nombreux termes musicaux. Dans ce volume certains articles traitent de l'interprétation ou de la dissémination des textes des instructions sur l'art du chant et sur l'enseignement de la musique à l'Université. Ils concernent les manuscrits du De musica d'Augustin de Calcidius Macrobe Helisachar Hucbald Gerbert d'Aurillac Abbon de Fleury Jean d'Afflighem Hieronymus de Moravia et d'autres auteurs. Enfin ce volume contient la bibliographie de Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375611

La Vie d'Etienne le Jeune par Étienne le DiacreIntroduction édition et Traduction The Life of Stephen the Younger is one of the rare sources for Byzantium in the ’Dark Ages’ and one of the key witnesses to the history of Iconoclasm. This book presents a new edition of the text together with a French translation and commentary and an important introduction. Stephen was a hermit killed in 765 at the order of the emperor Constantine V; his Life was written in 809 some forty years after the 7th Ecumenical Council Nicaea II at which Orthodoxy was affirmed. Professor Auzépy shows how the Life reflects the politics of the era both those of the patriarchate on which the author depended and of the female monastery near which Stephen had lived and transforms the probable victim of a failed political plot into a Christ-like figure martyred by a diabolic emperor. La Vie d’Etienne le Jeune est une des rares sources sur l’histoire de Byzance durant le Haut Moyen-Age et un témoignage majeur de la querelle iconoclaste. Cet ouvrage comprenant une importante introduction présente une nouvelle édition du texte accompagnée d’une traduction française annotée. Etienne est un ermite qui fut assassiné en 765 sur l’ordre de l’empereur Constantin V. Sa Vie fut écrite en 809 une quarantaine d’années après le septième concile Å“cuménique de Nicée II au cours duquel fut affirmé l’Orthodoxie. Le professeur Auzépy démontre comment la Vie reflète les enjeux politiques de cette époque ceux du patriarcat dont l’auteur dépendait comme ceux du monastère de femmes auprès duquel Etienne a vécu et comment la Vie transforme son héros probablement mis à mort dans le cadre d’un complot en une figure de saint moine martyrisé par un empereur diabolique. Winner of the "Prix Charles Diehl de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres 1999". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268050

L’Auberge espagnoleEuropean Youth on Film Part romantic comedy part sitcom part social drama L’Auberge espagnole (The Spanish Apartment) recounts a familiar ‘youth’ ritual – the move from university to ‘the real world’ the often complicated personal romantic and cultural encounters that ensue and the moral uncertainties that characterize that key biological and physiological developmental stage between adolescence and adulthood. French director Cédric Klapisch showcases the extraordinary colour and beauty of Barcelona’s architecture and places his hero Xavier at the heart of this smartly written film which makes a series of wry observations on educational exchange programmes multi-culturalism and the direction European youth might take in the twenty-first century.This book addresses the topic of Europe’s youth generation paying particular attention to the ways in which the film depicts the transition from adolescence to adulthood as allegory for the experiences of European society as it moves through periods of readjustment towards uncertain futures. It also looks into the ecosystem of contemporary French cinema the Erasmus programme and its influence on youth experience and identity politics in relation to ‘nationhood’ and ‘European-ness’. The book also examines the two sequels to the film – Russian Dolls (2005) and Chinese Puzzle (2013) – and how the complications faced by the main characters across the trilogy suggest that the move to adulthood is a never-ending process of growing up and reaching a level of self-actualization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734534

L’Hagiographie et l’Iconoclasme ByzantinLe cas de la Vie d’Étienne le Jeune The period of Byzantine Iconoclasm remains in many ways a 'Dark Age'. With this volume Marie-France Auzépy continues her fundamental re-examination of one of the key sources for the time the Life of Stephen the Younger. Previously in this series she has published a new edition translation and commentary on the text; the present work aims to establish a solid methodology for reading a hagiographical text as a historical source and includes a systematic literary analysis to illuminate how the author treated his subject matter. Amongst other conclusions this study shows how the historical presentation of the period was consciously shaped by the patriarchate of Constantinople in the years 787-815 in order to affirm the independence of the Church from imperial power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315251028

Lab Reports and Projects in Sport and Exercise ScienceA Guide for Students Lab Reports and Projects in Sport and Exercise Science: A guide for students provides a comprehensive overview of what should be contained within each section of a scientific report and clearly explains how it should be presented. Written in a friendly and engaging style it guides the reader through abstracts literature reviews methodology reporting discussions and referencing and contains a wealth of examples and practical advice on how to improve and refine your own writing. From writing a first lab report to preparing a final year dissertation or postgraduate thesis sports and exercise science students at all levels will find this book a valuable resource in developing both skill and confidence in scientific communication. Key features The layout of the book is designed to reflect that of a typical scientific report to help students plan their own projects. Each chapter includes numerous examples exercises and activities to engage students and develop skills in each aspect of report writing. Includes discussion of critical appraisal techniques to help students refine their research questions. All data sets and illustrations used are drawn from the key disciplines in sport and exercise science including physiology psychology and biomechanics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273758402

LabanotationThe System of Analyzing and Recording Movement A definitive book for students of dance and movement studies Labanotation is now available in a fourth edition the first complete revision of the text since 1977. Initiated by the movement genius Rudolf Laban and refined through fifty years of work by teachers here and abroad Labanotation the first wholly successful system for recording human movement is now having the effect on ballet and other forms of dance that the prefection of music notation in the Renaissance had on the development of music. This book makes it possible to record accurately for study and reconstruction the great dance creations of the theater as well as such diverse activities as time/motion studies for industry personnel assessment and physical therapy. So comprehensive that it can indicate even facial expressions the system is also simple enough for a child to learn easily as an integral part of athletic or dance training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138384

Labeling TheoryEmpirical Tests Labeling theory has been an extremely important and influential development in criminology but its recent advances have been largely neglected. This volume aims to reinvigorate labeling theory by presenting a comprehensive range of its modern applications.In the first section Ross Matsueda chronicles the early history of the theory. Fred Markowitz then reviews labeling theory research as applied to mental illness. Francis T. Cullen and Cheryl Lero Jonson discuss the relationship between labeling theory and correctional rehabilitation. The second section which is focused on previous tests of labeling theory begins with a review of prior empirical tests by Kelle Barrick. Anthony Petrosino and his colleagues then summarize their meta-analysis of the impact of the juvenile system processing on delinquency. Lawrence Sherman then discusses experiments on criminal sanctions. The final segment on empirical tests of labeling theory begins with a chapter by Marvin Krohn and his colleagues on the effects of official intervention on later offending. The long-term effects of incarceration are then investigated by Joseph Murray and his colleagues. Finally Steven Raphael reviews the effects of conviction and incarceration on future employment.This landmark book presents the most comprehensive and up-to-date knowledge about labeling theory and illustrates the importance of this theory for policy and practice. It is the latest volume in Transaction's acclaimed Advances in Criminological Theory series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511477

LabelingPedagogy and Politics A diverse group of contributors from the fields of education psychology philosophy and cultural studies explore the social phenomenon of labeling. The authors question the nature of labeling its contexts and processes looking in particular at its prescriptive and confining effects. The assumption that labels are neutral and applied neutrally is rejected as the political nature of labeling is revealed.Topics discussed by the contributors include:*the politics of labeling*whiteness as a label for western cultural politics*labeling in institutions*popular culture and labeling*school communities and classrooms and the politics of labeling*labeling and race*sexual labelings*the impact of categorization on our children*labeling in the special education system*immigrants and limited English proficiency groups. Contributors include: Michael Apple Peter McLaren Cameron McCarthy and Maxine Greene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011264

Labelling Strategies in Environmental Policy Eco-labelling programmes have been in existence for many years but their recent growth now extends to many products and services. The academic literature has grown in response and there have been several theoretical and empirical advances. This volume presents the best of previously published research on the design and effects of eco-labelling programmes. Whilst concentrating on the economic literature the articles also approach the topic from a psychological sociological and political point of view. Part One focuses on a range of theoretical developments Part Two on empirical measurements of the effectiveness of eco-labelling Part Three on the factors that influence the success and design of eco-labelling programmes and Part Four on the effects of eco-labelling on international trade and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390084

LabelsMaking Independent Music The music industry is dominated today by three companies. Outside of it thousands of small independent record labels have developed despite the fact that digitalization made record sales barely profitable. How can those outsiders not only survive but thrive within mass music markets? What makes them meaningful and to whom? Dominik Bartmanski and Ian Woodward show how labels act as taste-makers and scene-markers that not only curate music but project cultural values which challenge the mainstream capitalist music industry. Focusing mostly on labels that entered independent electronic music after 2000 the authors reconstruct their aesthetics and ethics. The book draws on multiple interviews with labels such as Ostgut Ton in Berlin Argot in Chicago 100% Silk in Los Angeles Ninja Tune in London and Goma Gringa in Sao Paulo. Written by the authors of Vinyl this book is essential reading for anyone with an interest in the contemporary recording industry independent music material culture anthropology sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474280457

LabnetToward A Community of Practice Connected by a computer telecommunications network ninth-graders from eight high schools scattered thousands of miles across Alaska work together building a robot submarine to gather samples from the floor of Prince William Sound. This is high school science as some teachers and educational reformers today envision it -- centered on student projects that encourage learning by doing...supported by modern technology...enriched by collaboration among students and teachers both face to face and far apart. This example is drawn from LabNet a three-year effort funded by the National Science Foundation. The project was conducted by Technical Education Research Centers (TERC) a nonprofit educational organization dedicated to improving mathematics and science education. Eventually reaching 562 teachers in 37 states Puerto Rico and American Samoa LabNet had a direct impact on their classroom practice. In a follow-up evaluation the majority said they had assigned their students more projects and had used LabNet's telecommunications network to exchange project ideas with other teachers. This book is the story of LabNet as told by its editors with 14 additional essays on science projects -- both theoretical and practical -- by LabNet teachers and TERC staff. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052679

Labor Democratization and Development in India and Pakistan In this first comparative study of organized labor in India and Pakistan the author analyses the impact and role of organized labor in democratization and development. The study provides a unique comparative history of Indian and Pakistani labor politics. It begins in the early twentieth century when permanent unions first formed in the South Asian Subcontinent. Additionally it offers an analysis of changes in conditions of work andterms of service in India and Pakistan and of organized labor’s response. The conclusions shed new light on the influence of organized labor in national politics economic policy economic welfare and at the workplace. It is demonstrated that the protection of workers has desirable outcomes not only for those workers covered but also for democratic practice and for economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501927

Labor Global Supply Chains and the Garment Industry in South AsiaBangladesh after Rana Plaza This book argues that larger flaws in the global supply chain must first be addressed to change the way business is conducted to prevent factory owners from taking deadly risks to meet clients’ demands in the garment industry in Bangladesh. Using the 2013 Rana Plaza disaster as a departure point and to prevent such tragedies from occurring in the future this book presents an interdisciplinary analysis to address the disaster which resulted in a radical change in the functioning of the garment industry. The chapters present innovative ways of thinking about solutions that go beyond third-party monitoring. They open up possibilities for a renewed engagement of international brands and buyers within the garment sector a focus on direct worker empowerment using technology the role of community-based movements developing a model of change through enforceable contracts combined with workers movements and a more productive and influential role for both factory owners and the government. This book makes key interventions and rethinks the approaches that have been taken until now and proposes suggestions for the way forward. It engages with international brands the private sector and civil society to strategize about the future of the industry and for those who depend on it for their livelihood. A much-needed review and evaluation of the many initiatives that have been set up in Bangladesh in the wake of Rana Plaza this book is a valuable addition to academics in the fields of development studies gender and women’s studies human rights poverty and practice political science economics sociology anthropology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366800

Labor Industry and Regulation during the Progressive Era The Progressive Era was among the most volatile times for the economy and labor in American History. Daniel E. Saros explores the institutional and economic conditions of this time revealing new insight into the regulated nature of industry and the conditions of labor. Using the steel industry as a case study Saros demonstrates how the United States Steel Corporation enhanced the performance of the steel industry by initiating a price and wage stabilization program. In an effort to combat potential threats from the federal government the American public and organized labor to the market stabilization program and mechanization drive the steel companies introduced a paternalistic welfare program company unions and limited hours reform. Saros also contrasts this time with free market periods examining the impacts on rates of profit output growth and capital accumulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541602

Labor Markets And Agricultural Production This book focuses on the complex and often contradictory relationships between agricultural production and markets. It examines the micro-macro linkages between farm production farm labor issues and the degree of autonomy or dependency vis-a-vis markets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367163235

Labor and Creativity in New York’s Global Fashion Industry This book tells the story of fashion workers engaged in the labor of design and the material making of New York fashion. Christina H. Moon offers an illuminating ethnography into the various sites and practices that make up fashion labor in sample rooms design studios runways factories and design schools of the New York fashion world. By exploring the work practices social worlds and aspirations of fashion workers this book offers a unique look into the meaning of labor and creativity in 21st century global fashion. This book will be of interest to scholars in design studies fashion history and fashion labor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403959

Labor and Democracy in the Transition to a Market System Nowhere is the tension attending simultaneous political democratization and economic liberalization more sharply felt than in the realm of labour relations. What is happening in Soviet trade unions today? How will the emerging independent unions respond to anticipated rises in unemployment? What kind of social regulation of the labour market will be appropriate in the future? These papers from a pathbreaking US-Soviet conference on labour issues reveal a considerable diversity of views on questions whose resolution will be essential to social peace in this period of transition. Among the noted contributors are Joseph Berliner Sam Bowles Richard Freeman Leonid Gordon V.L.Kosmarskii Alla Nazimova Michael Piore Boris Rakitskii Iurii Volkov Ben Ward and Tatiana Zaslavskaia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486895

Labor and Employment Issues for the Safety Professional Safety professionals interact with many other functions within the organization including but not limited to production human resources and medical with each function possessing specific laws and regulations which govern their actions and inactions. In order to function within the organizational structure they need a working knowledge of the laws and regulations which impact his/her area of responsibility as well as the laws and regulations which impact employees managers and the overall organizational structure. An extensive examination of safety laws and regulations Labor and Employment Issues for the Safety Professional provides a working knowledge of the impacts requirements and implications of safety professionals’ actions and inactions as related to state and federal laws. It presents information on an issue-by-issue basis delineating the basics of the issue identifying the applicable law or regulation and presenting possible solutions to achieve and maintain compliance while achieving the safety objective. The book covers conflicts between laws and regulations and includes case law and reference points. This text elucidates a number of laws within the labor employment and related areas which may impact safety professionals in the course of their daily activities. It supplies a working knowledge of the peripheral laws and regulations that impact safety functions allowing them to avoid potential legal "issues" and possible legal liabilities for themselves as well as their organizations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138117686

Labor and Laborers of the LoomMechanization and Handloom Weavers 1780-1840 Labor and Laborers of the Loom: Mechanization and Handloom Weavers 1780-1840 develops several themes important to understanding the social cultural and economic implications of industrialization. The examination of these issues within a population of extra-factory workers distinguishes this study. The volume centers on the rapid growth of handloom weaving in response to the introduction of water powered spinning. This change is viewed from the perspectives of mechanics technological limitations characteristics of weaving skills income and cost. In the works of Duncan Bythell and Norman Murray the displacement of British and Scottish hand weavers loomed large and the silence of American handloom weavers in similar circumstances was deafening. This study reflects the differences between the three culture by centering not on displacement but on survival. Persistence is closely tied to the gradual nature of technological change. The contrasts between independent commercial artisans and outwork weavers are striking. Displacement occurs but only among artisans devoting their time to independent workshop weaving. Alternatively outwork weavers adapted to changing markets and survived. The design and development of spinning and weaving device is stressed as are the roles of economic conditions management organization size of firms political implications and social factors contribute to the impact of technological change on outwork and craft weavers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649544

Labor And Politics In PanamaThe Torrijos Years This book provides a profile of Panama's political elite and analyzes the country's fragile political institutions. It presents a study of the power relations among Panama's political elite the business sector and labour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165864

Labor and the ConstitutionLabor and Property Privacy Discrimination and International Relations First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823859

Labor and Writing in Early Modern England 1567-1667 Looking at texts by non-aristocratic authors in this studythe author investigates the relationship between nascent early modern notions of professional authorship and the emerging idea of vocation - the sense that one's identity is bound up in one's work. The author analyzes how the concept of labor as a calling which was assisted by early modern experiments in democracy print and Protestant religion had a lasting effect on the history of authorship as a profession. In so doing she reveals the construction of an approach to early modern authorship that values diligence over the courtly values of leisure and play. This study expands the scope of scholarship to develop a cultural history that acknowledges the considerable impact of non-aristocratic poets on the idea of authorship as a vocation. The author shows that our modern post-Romantic notions of the professional writer as materially impoverished-and yet committed to his or her art-has recognizable roots in early modern England's workaday lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893019

Labor Before the Industrial RevolutionWork Technology and their Ecologies in an Age of Early Capitalism One cannot conceive of capitalism without labor. Yet many of the current debates about economic development leading to industrialization fail to directly engage with labor at all. This collection of essays strives to correct this oversight and to reintroduce labor into the great debates about capitalist development and economic growth before the Industrial Revolution. By attending to the effects of specific regulatory technological social and physical environments on producers and production in a set of specific industries these essays use an “ecological” approach that demonstrates how productivity knowledge and regime changed between 1400 and 1800. This book will be of interest to researchers in history especially labor history and European economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664848

Labor Camp Socialism: The Gulag in the Soviet Totalitarian SystemThe Gulag in the Soviet Totalitarian System This is the first historical survey of the Gulag based on newly accessible archival sources as well as memoirs and other studies published since the beginning of glasnost.Over the course of several decades the Soviet labor camp system drew into its orbit tens of millions of people -- political prisoners and their families common criminals prisoners of war internal exiles local officials and prison camp personnel. This study sheds new light on the operation of the camp system both internally and as an integral part of a totalitarian regime that "institutionalized violence as a universal means of attaining its goals". In Galina Ivanova's unflinching account -- all the more powerful for its austerity -- the Gulag is the ultimate manifestation of a more pervasive and lasting distortion of the values of legality labor and life that burdens Russia to the present day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703039

Labor in an Islamic SettingTheory and Practice The Islamic labor market rests on the principles of the free market exchange of Islamic economics. Regrettably the latter has failed to keep pace with the rapidly growing academic and professional developments of the former. Much of the published work within Islamic economics is idealistic if not radically ideological with little relevance to the Islamic labor market leaving students of Islamic economics without a coherent body of economic theory to understand the practical objectives of Shariah that gives a sense of direction to the developments in this field. Drawing upon received sources of goals of Shariah the authors present an independent academic work which:Emphasizes the common conceptual grounds of labor market behavior shared by the objectives of Shariah approach as well as the conventional approach to economics. Adopts standard tools of contemporary economics to explain the industrial relations. Extends the conventional scope of the labor market and forces of the labor market under the umbrella of Shariah. Enables readers and practitioners of Islamic economics to make economic sense of Shariah compliance and human resource development.Explains how the economics of Shariah is liable to offer moral guidance and a sense of direction to regulators and practitioners of the Islamic labor market.Labor in an Islamic Setting will be of interest to postgraduate students academics middle and senior management in both the western and the Islamic business communities researchers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881962

Labor in the Tourism and Hospitality IndustrySkills Ethics Issues and Rights An organization’s workforce is arguably the greatest asset of any organization and tourism and hospitality is an extremely labor-intensive industry. This volume takes an in-depth look at workforce issues in the tourism and hospitality industry focusing on labor skills ethics rights and more. It examines manpower planning beyond forecasting estimates to include investigative techniques in a way that offers insight for economic planning in both tourism and tourism education. The authors use economic sociological and psychological analysis and take a pragmatic stance on the challenges of the workforce. The authors look at the specifics of the labor market of the tourism and hospitality industry discussing the current status of the industry’s organizations and how they are suffering labor shortages (qualitative or quantitative) and constant turnover—resulting in significant costs to organizations. Topics such as low wages and overdependence on tipping workforce diversity technological change resistance and seasonality issues and more are examined. The volume also provides a section on labor rights in the tourism and hospitality industry which looks at labor trafficking and issues in social justice and human rights. Key features: • Provides an in-depth understanding of tourism employment • Presents a critical analysis of labor supply and demand in the tourism and hospitality industries • Considers the need for specific labor skills and training • Examines the reasons for labor shortages and turnover in the tourism and hospitality industry • Discusses labor ethics and social responsibility in hospitality/tourism organizations Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887311

Labor Market Institutions in Europe: A Socioeconomic Evaluation of PerformanceA Socioeconomic Evaluation of Performance The outcome of three years of research on the role of institutions in labor markets at the research unit Labor Market Policy and Employment of the Social Science Research Center Berlin these seven contributions were originally presented at a conference in December 1992 before a group of experts i Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315483337

Labor Market Segmentation and its ImplicationsInequality Deprivation and Entitlement Occupational sex segregation is one of the most universal and salient characteristics of labor markets. It indicates the different probabilities of members of both genders to take up particular occupations and traditionally places women at a great disadvantage. This book first published in 1992 focuses on a comparative analysis of sex-segregated occupational categories and attempts to systematically examine their implications. Since very little is known about Israeli working women and given the cultural differences between Israel and other more studied industrialised nations this book focuses on the Israeli labor market. Through the utilization of several theoretical approaches combining economic sociological and social-psychological perspectives the book analyses empirical findings concerning labor market perceptions attitudes and behaviors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244900

Labor Markets Employment Policy And Job Creation This book provides a comprehensive overview of the debate over the determining factors of and key influences on employment growth and labor market training job creation education and related policies in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166847

Labor Markets and Economic Development As developing and transition economies enter the next phase of reforms labor market issues increasingly come to the fore. With the increased competition from globalization the discussion is shifting to the need for greater labor market flexibility and the creation of "good" jobs. Moreover the greater actual and perceived insecurity in labor markets has generated a new agenda on how to structure safety nets and labor market regulation. The older questions of the links between the formal and informal labor market reappear with new dimensions and significance. More generally it is clear that an accurate understanding of how labor market structures function is essential if we are to analyze alternative policy proposals in the wake of these concerns. Oddly enough in spite of this great importance there are no recent monographs that bring together rigorous studies produced by academic researchers on these various issues. This book fills that gap. Under the steely editorship of Ravi Kanbur and Jan Svejnar the contributors flourish in their attempts to enliven these debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743570

Labor Markets in a Global Economy: A Macroeconomic PerspectiveA Macroeconomic Perspective This introductory text on labour economics covers topics such as: the shift in America from a manufacturing-based economy to a service economy; the changes in the economic conditions in the US; the implications of NAFTA and GATT; and the labour markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703022

Labor PainsEmerson Hawthorne & Alcott on Work Women & the Development of the Self This book explores the importance of work and its role in defining and developing the self. Maibor reveals how the writings of Emerson Hawthorne and Alcott delve into notions of equality through this emphasis on labor. In doing so she challenges the traditional view of Emerson as unconcerned with societal issues and opens the work of Hawthorne and Alcott to new feminist readings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203505458

Labor Relations and Human Resource Management in China This book takes a strategic approach and provides a comprehensive review of books and papers about human resource management (HRM) and labor relations management in China especially since China’s accession to the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2001. In particular the book evaluates the development of HRM under China’s changing institutional environment particularly since President Xi Jinping has taken dominant control of the Chinese Community Party (CCP) from 2010 onwards. The book provides a historical snapshot of how HRM has been rooted in China and its rhetorical impact on China’s national economic development continuing enterprise reform and sustaining individual creativity and innovation. It discusses and analyzes HRM and spirituality in the context of a rising aspiration of achieving the ‘Chinese Dream’ as conceptualized by President Xi Jinping. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179779

Labor Relations in the Public Sector Since publication of the fourth edition of Labor Relations in the Public Sector public sector unions have encountered strong headwinds in many parts of the U.S. Membership is falling in some jurisdictions public opinion has shifted against the unions and political forces are leaning against them. Retaining the structure that made the previous editions so popular this fifth edition incorporates a complete round of updates particularly sections on recent trends in membership figures new legislation and new politics as they influence bargaining rights.   See What’s New in the Fifth Edition: Up to date examination and analysis of public sector labor relations and collective bargaining Important changes in the public labor relations and unionization landscape Updated analysis of the financial and human resource outcomes of collective bargaining in the public sector Collective bargaining institutions and processes in government Completely updated in terms of the scholarly and professional literature and relevant events the new edition identifies and explains the implications of the new collective bargaining environment including financial and human resource management issues and outcomes. As in previous editions collective bargaining and labor relations are addressed at all levels of government with comparisons to the private and nonprofit sectors. Designed to be classroom friendly it includes discussions of the most recent literature and case studies as well as end-of-chapter assignments and quizzes. Practical tips and advice are offered for those engaged in collective bargaining and labor relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466579521

Labor Struggle in the Post Office: From Selective Lobbying to Collective BargainingFrom Selective Lobbying to Collective Bargaining Using data from the 2000 Census this collection examines the major demographic and employment trends in the rural Midwestern states with special attention to the issues that state and local policy makers must address in the near future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288253

Labor/management Relations Among Government Employees Includes articles which offer a mix of theoretical analysis case history and empirical research interspersed with good practical advice from those who have sat long hours at the bargaining table. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785631

Laboratory Accreditation and Data CertificationA System for Success This book provides descriptions of current laboratory accreditation schemes and explains why these schemes fall short of assuring data purchasers that the data produced from accredited laboratories are always quality products. The book then presents a system for laboratory accreditation in conjunction with data certification that assures data purchasers their data are useful for the purposes for which they are intended. Simple quality assurance and quality control techniques in addition to concepts of total quality management are described and then applied to the environmental laboratory industry. This "System For Success" was developed from real problems and real solutions within the industry and represents an integration of proven techniques that offer a better way to ensure quality laboratory data is obtained. Laboratory Accreditation: A Workable Solution is a must for government officials environmental professionals independent environmental laboratories hazardous waste disposal industries chemical manufacturers QA professionals and testing laboratories. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069928

Laboratory and Field Exercises in Sport and Exercise Biomechanics Laboratory and Field Exercises in Sport and Exercise Biomechanics is the first book to fully integrate practical work into an introduction to the fundamental principles of sport and exercise biomechanics. The book concisely and accessibly introduces the discipline of biomechanics and describes the fundamental methods of analysing and interpreting biomechanical data before fully explaining the major concepts underlying linear kinematics linear kinetics angular kinematics angular kinetics and work energy and power. To supplement chapters the book includes nineteen practical worksheets which are designed to give students practice in collecting analysing and interpreting biomechanical data as well as report writing. Each worksheet includes example data and analysis along with data recording sheets for use by students to help bring the subject to life. No other book offers students a comparable opportunity to gain practical hands-on experience of the core tenets of biomechanics. Laboratory and Field Exercises in Sport and Exercise Biomechanics is therefore an important companion for any student on a Sport and Exercise Science or Kinesiology undergraduate programme or for any instructors delivering introductory biomechanics classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234703

Laboratory Animals Pocket Reference Set The Laboratory Animal Pocket Reference Series discusses procedures that ensure laboratory animals receive the best most humane and most responsible care possible. The 17 volumes are compact. The contents of each includes important biological features husbandry management veterinary care regulatory concerns and commonly used and new procedures as well as an invaluable list of suppliers. Each book in the series can be purchased individually or as part of the set. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367261504

Laboratory Auditing for Quality and Regulatory Compliance Identifying current tools techniques and approaches for the evaluation of laboratory operations this reference reviews the latest regulatory standards and auditing practices to test laboratory safety quality and performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392468

Laboratory Biorisk ManagementBiosafety and Biosecurity Over the past two decades bioscience facilities worldwide have experienced multiple safety and security incidents including many notable incidents at so-called "sophisticated facilities" in North America and Western Europe. This demonstrates that a system based solely on biosafety levels and security regulations may not be sufficient. Setting the stage for a substantively different approach for managing the risks of working with biological agents in laboratories Laboratory Biorisk Management: Biosafety and Biosecurity introduces the concept of biorisk management—a new paradigm that encompasses both laboratory biosafety and biosecurity. The book also provides laboratory managers and directors with the information and technical tools needed for its implementation. The basis for this new paradigm is a three-pronged multi-disciplinary model of assessment mitigation and performance (the AMP model). The application of the methodologies criteria and guidance outlined in the book helps to reduce the risk of laboratories becoming the sources of infectious disease outbreaks. This is a valuable resource for those seeking to embrace and implement biorisk management systems in their facilities and operations including the biological research clinical diagnostic and production/manufacturing communities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466593640

Laboratory Design Guide Laboratory Design Guide 3rd edition is a complete guide to the complex process of laboratory design and construction. With practical advice and detailedexamples it is an indispensable reference for anyone involved in building or renovating laboratories.In this working manual Brian Griffin explains how to meet the unique combination of requirements that laboratory design entails. Considerations range from safety and site considerations to instrumentation and special furniture andaccommodate the latest laboratory practices and the constant evolution of science. Case studies from around the world illustrate universal principles ofgood design while showing a variety of approaches.Revised throughout for this new edition the book contains a brand new chapter on the role of the computer covering topics such as the virtual experiment hot desking virtual buildings and computer-generated space relationship diagrams.There are also 10 new international case studies including the Kadoorie Biological Sciences Building at the University of Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138582

Laboratory Design Handbook Laboratory Design Handbook describes the process motivation constraints challenges opportunities and specific design data related to the creation of a modern research laboratory. The information presented is based on a large pool of experience in the development of new and renovated laboratory buildings for universities teaching hospitals ph Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429156755

Laboratory Experiments Using Microwave Heating Allowing many chemical reactions to be completed within minutes microwave heating has revolutionized preparative chemistry. As a result this technology has been widely adopted in both academic and industrial laboratories. Integrating microwave-assisted chemistry into undergraduate laboratory courses enables students to perform a broader range of reactions in the allotted lab period. As a result they can be introduced to chemistry that would otherwise have been inaccessible due to time constraints (for example the need for an overnight reflux). Laboratory Experiments Using Microwave Heating provides 22 experiments encompassing organic inorganic and analytical chemistry performed using microwave heating as a tool making them fast and easy to accomplish in a laboratory period. Utilizing the time-saving experiments described in this book also permits students to repeat experiments if necessary or attempt additional self-designed experiments during the lab course.A number of the chemical transformations use water as a solvent in lieu of classical organic solvents. This contributes to greener more sustainable teaching strategies for faculty and students while maintaining high reaction yields. All the experiments have been tested and verified in laboratory classes and many were even developed by students. Each chapter includes an introduction to the experiment and two protocols—one for use with a smaller monomode microwave unit employing a single reaction vessel and one for use with a larger multimode microwave unit employing a carousel of reaction vessels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439856093

Laboratory Guide for Conducting Soil Tests and Plant Analysis With the help of this guide you can use obtained test results to evaluate the fertility status of soils and the nutrient element status of plants for crop production purposes. It serves as an instructional manual on the techniques used to perform chemical and physical characteristic tests on soils. Laboratory Guide for Conducting Soil Tests and Plant Analysis describes the basis and procedures for each test in detail including analytical instrumentation procedures and laboratory quality assurance requirements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424388

Laboratory Imaging & PhotographyBest Practices for Photomicrography & More Laboratory Imaging and Photography: Best Practices for Photomicrography and More is the definitive guide to the production of scientific images. Inside the reader will find an overview of the theory and practice of laboratory photography along with useful approaches to choosing equipment handling samples and working with microscopic subjects. Drawing from over 150 years of combined experience in the field the authors outline methods of properly capturing processing and archiving the images that are essential to scientific research. Also included are chapters on applied close-up photography artificial light photography and the optics used in today’s laboratory environment with detailed entries on light confocal and scanning electron microscopy. A lab manual for the digital era this peerless reference book explains how to record visual data accurately in an industry where a photograph can serve to establish a scientific fact. Key features include: Over 200 full-color photographs and illustrations A condensed history of scientific photography Tips on using the Adobe Creative Suite for scientific applications A cheat sheet of best practices Methods used in computational photography Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819238

Laboratory Information Management Systems "Details the most recent advances in Laboratory Information Management Systems. Offers contemporary approaches to system development design and installation; system customization; software and hardware compatibility; quality assurance and regulatory requirements; and resource utilization." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138435483

Laboratory Manual for Classification and Morphology of Rumen Ciliate Protozoa The only rumen protozoa lab guide featuring line drawings created by a leading scientist in the fieldLaboratory Manual for Classification and Morphology of Rumen Ciliate Protozoa is a unique lab guide for learning how to count and identify rumen protozoa. In this guide Professor Dehority has created line drawings of rumen protozoa that emphasize morphological features and size measurements. The book also provides keys for identifying genera and species and it contains classifications and descriptions of the different orders and families of rumen ciliate protozoa. Procedures for counting rumen protozoa and identifying individual species are included as well.Laboratory Manual for Classification and Morphology of Rumen Ciliate Protozoa will be an excellent identification guide for protozoologists microbiologists dairy scientists and any researcher or student working with rumen protozoa. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894812

Laboratory Manual for Exercise Physiology Exercise Testing and Physical Fitness Laboratory Manual for Exercise Physiology Exercise Testing and Physical Fitness is a comprehensive text that will provide students with meaningful lab experiences--whether they have access to sophisticated laboratories and expensive equipment or they are looking for procedures that can be done without costly materials. It will be a useful resource as they prepare for a career as an exercise science professional athletic trainer coach or physical educator. The more than 40 labs cover seven major components of physical fitness. They are practical and easy to follow consisting of a clear logical format that includes background information step-by-step procedures explanatory photographs sample calculations norms and classification tables and worksheets. Lab-ending activities and questions provide additional opportunities to practice the procedures and explore issues of validity reliability and accuracy.Readers will find this manual a valuable tool in learning to apply physiological concepts and to perform exercise tests as well as an essential resource for any career involving physical fitness and performance testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781621590460

Laboratory Methodology in BiochemistryAmino Acid Analysis and Protein Sequencing Provides information on methodologies and techniques concerning the biochemical laboratory as well as improvements or advancements made on existing methodologies. Original methodologies for the purification of biological macromolecules and methodologies for metabolic pathways and enzyme kinetics are covered. The application of biochemical and biophysical methodologies for the structural and dynamic characterization of biological macromolecules is considered. The elaboration of automated systems for biochemical research and computer programs for the management and processing of experimental data are both reviewed. Development of instruments and equipment for biochemical research is also presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894829

Laboratory Models for Foodborne Infections Resulting from ingestion of inappropriately prepared or stored foods containing pathogenic viruses bacteria fungi and parasites foodborne infections have become a significant source of human morbidity and mortality worldwide in recent decades. This may be largely attributable to the remarkable popularity of convenient ready-to-eat food products the dramatic expansion of international food trades and the continuing growth of immuno-suppressed population groups. Although anti-microbial treatments have played a crucial part in the control of foodborne infections in the past the emergence and spread of anti-microbial resistance render the existing treatments ineffective. Additionally our limited understanding of the molecular mechanisms of foodborne infections has thwarted our efforts in the development of efficacious vaccines for foodborne pathogens. Given the obvious benefits of laboratory models in foodborne disease research a great number of experiments have been conducted toward the elucidation of host-pathogen interactions in and pathogenic mechanisms of foodborne infections. Forming part of the Food Microbiology series Laboratory Models for Foodborne Infections presents a state-of-the-art review of laboratory models that have proven valuable in deciphering the life cycle epidemiology immunobiology and other key aspects of foodborne pathogens. Written by scientists with respective expertise in foodborne pathogen research each chapter includes a contemporary summary of a particular foodborne viral bacterial fungal or parasitic infection in relation to its life cycle epidemiology clinical features pathogenesis host-pathogen interactions and other related aspects. Besides providing a trustworthy source of information for undergraduates and postgraduates in food microbiology Laboratory Models for Foodborne Infections offers an invaluable guide for scientists and food microbiologists with interest in exploiting laboratory models for detailed study of foodborne infections. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721677

Laboratory Mouse and Laboratory Rat Procedural TechniquesManuals and DVDs Despite the fact that the majority of research animals are rodents the trainers at the Research Animal Resources Center at the University of Wisconsin-Madison found training material on the proper handling of mice and rats in biomedical research to be limited. So they developed videos narratives pictures and text to teach common handling inje Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429187940

Laboratory PsychologyA Beginner's Guide Experimental design is important enough to merit a book on its own without statistics that instead links methodology to a discussion of how psychologists can advance and reject theories about human behaviour. The objective of this book is to fulfil this role. The first four chapters lay the foundations of design in experimental psychology. The first chapter justifies the prominent role given to methodology within the discipline whilst chapters two and three describe between-subject and within-subject designs. Chapter four compares and contrasts the traditional experimental approach with that of the quasi-experimental or correlational approach concluding that the consequences of not recognizing the value of the latter approach can be far-reaching. The following three chapters discuss practical issues involved in running experiments. The first of these offers a comprehensive guide to the student researcher who wants to construct a good questionnaire including a discussion of reliability and validity issues. The next chapter considers the basic tools of psychological research whilst both discussing the theoretical problem of how a sample from a population is chosen and offering useful hints on the practical issue of finding adequate populations from which to select participants. The next chapter considers ethical practice within psychological research written in large part so that psychology students will be better able to anticipate ethical problems in their studies before they occur. The final two chapters consider reporting and reading psychological papers. Chapter eight details what should and should not be included in a laboratory report. The contributors use their collective experience of marking numerous lab reports to highlight common errors and provide solutions. Finally chapter nine describes the various elements of a journal article including tips on how to get the best out of your journal reading. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315784823

Laboratory Rat Procedural TechniquesManual and DVD This combination manual and DVD provides much-needed training on the proper handling of rats used in biomedical research. The DVD includes narrated video clips that demonstrate and describe each procedural technique. The manual contains handouts with color illustrations and descriptive text for each technique including the purpose and application of the procedure recommended skills and necessary supplies. It can be used as a training resource and refresher for lab animal veterinarians veterinary technicians animal care staff trainers and research investigators and staff who work with rats. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138453890

Laboratory Skills for Science and MedicineAn Introduction This work contains a Foreword by Baroness Susan Greenfield Director Royal Institution of Great Britain Fullerian Professor of Physiology Senior Research Fellow Lincoln College and Honorary Fellow St. Hilda's College University of Oxford. This practical concise and up-to-date guide is ideal as a quick reference. It is easy to read refer to and comprehend - the perfect text to have on hand in the laboratory. "Laboratory Skills for Science and Medicine" contains useful equations overviews of various techniques and tips to help research run smoothly. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of science medicine and biomedical science will find this manual invaluable as will PhD candidates and researchers returning to laboratory work. 'Becoming a good biomedical researcher like everything else in life doesn't just happen overnight. Exploring your knowledge and skills base and the gaps therein allows you to develop your approach to research in a systematic and productive manner. By taking advantage of the experience bundled into this volume you are giving yourself the advantage of both an increased factual knowledge and useful practical applications which will help you on the road to achieving your goals whether that is a good first degree your first publication that first grant or a Noble prize! If you want to give yourself a flying start in your lab career then this book is for you.' - Maxine Lintern in the Introduction. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378817

Laboratory Techniques in Electroanalytical Chemistry Revised and Expanded This volume provides a practical intuitive approach to electroanalytical chemistry presenting fundamental concepts and experimental techniques without the use of technical jargon or unnecessarily extensive mathematics. This edition offers new material on ways of preparing and using microelectrodes the processes that govern the voltammetric behavior of microelectrodes methods for characterizing chemically modified electrodes electrochemical studies at reduced temperatures and more. The authors cover such topics as analog instrumentation overcoming solution resistance with stability and grace in potentiostatic circuits conductivity and conductometry electrochemical cells carbon electrodes film electrodes microelectrodes chemically modified electrodes mercury electrodes and solvents and supporting electrolytes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274263

Laboratory Techniques in Plant Bacteriology Laboratory Techniques in Plant Bacteriology is ideal for scientists and students who seek a career in plant pathogenic bacteria. This book contains 41 chapters comprising practicable techniques from isolation of bacterial plant pathogens to their identification up to species and race/biotype level. It includes identification protocols of morphological biochemical immunological and molecular-based techniques. This book comprises all technological aspects of plant bacteriological studies. Its content is ideal for graduate students and research scholars including bacteriological professionals or technicians. The book ultimately provides working technologies useful for controlling bacterial disease pathogens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138634053

Laboratory Tests for the Assessment of Nutritional Status Proper nutrition is the single most important component of preventative health care. Heart disease diabetes and other ailments are all linked to dietary habits. Accurate nutritional assessment can be a matter of life or death. Laboratory Tests for the Assessment of Nutritional Status explores the expanded number of nutrients that can now be evaluated. The author makes a compelling case for the practice and advancement of this critical health care tool. Nutritional assessment identifies undernutrition overnutrition specific nutrition deficiencies and imbalances. Diligent assessment determines the appropriate nutrition intervention and monitors its effects. This book is a total revision of the 1974 version of the same title co -authored by Sauberlich. Since then remarkable progress has been made on the methodologies applicable to nutrition status assessment and to the expanded number of nutrients that can be evaluated especially trace elements. The introduction of high-performance liquid chromatography amperometric detectors and other technologies has advanced nutritional assessment by leaps and bounds. Today nutritionists can gauge the value of microminerals trace elements and ultratrace elements. Sauberlich's revision updates the reader to the latest and most important trends in nutrition. These laboratory methods for the assessment of nutritional status are vital for identifying individuals as well as populations with nutritional risks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749647

Labor-environmental CoalitionsLessons from a Louisiana Petrochemical Region In 1984 the oil chemical and atomic workers began a 5-year campaign to win back the jobs of its members locked out by the BASF Corp. in Geismar Louisiana. The multiscale campaign involved coalitions with local environmentalists as well as international solidarity from environmental and religious organizations. The local coalition which helped break the lockout was maintained and expanded in the 1990s. This alliance is one of numerous labor-community coalitions to emerge increasingly over the past 20 years.""Labor-Environmental Coalitions: Lessons from a Louisiana Petrochemical Region"" traces the development of the Louisiana Labor-Neighbor Project from 1985 to the present within the context of a long history of divisions between labor and community in the U.S. The Project continued after the lockout thriving during 1990s expanding from one community to four counties to include 20 local member organizations and broadening its agenda from the original jobs crisis and pollution problems to address a wide range of worker environmental health and economic justice issues."" Labor-Environmental Coalitions"" explores the dynamics of the Louisiana coalition to offer lessons for other coalition efforts. The book seeks to understand coalitions as a necessary strategy to counteract the dominant forces of capitalist development. The author contends that the Labor-Neighbor Project like labor-community coalitions generally created a unique blend of politics shaped by the geographic nature industry's politics; by the relative openness of government; and by the class experience of labor and community members.The Louisiana Project demonstrates that for labor-community coalitions to thrive they must broaden their agenda strengthen their leadership and coalition-building skills and develop access to multiscale resources. The author argues that for labor-community coalitions to have longer term political impact they should adopt an explicitly progressive approach by building a broader class and cultural leadership and by demanding state and corporate accountability on economic public health and environmental justice issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784351

Laboring for FreedomNew Look at the History of Labor in America This text examines the concept of freedom in the context of American labour history. Nine essays develop themes in this history which show that liberty of contract and inalienable rights form two contradictory traditions concerning freedom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703008

Laboring OnBirth in Transition in the United States Facing the polar forces of an epidemic of Cesarean sections and epidurals and home-like labor rooms American birth is in transition. Caught between the most extreme medicalization — best seen in a Cesarean section rate of nearly 30 percent — and a rhetoric of women’s "choices" and "the natural " women and their midwives doulas obstetricians and nurses labor on. Laboring On offers the voices of all of these practitioners all women trying to help women as they struggle with this increasingly split vision of birth. Updating Barbara Katz Rothman's now-classic In Labor the first feminist sociological analysis of birth in the United States Laboring On gives a comprehensive picture of the ever-changing American birth practices and often conflicting visions of birth practitioners. The authors deftly weave compelling accounts of birth work by midwives doulas obstetricians and nurses into the larger sociohistorical context of health care practices and activism and offer provocative arguments about the current state of affairs and the future of birth in America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944554

Labor-religion ProphetThe Times And Life Of Harry F. Ward This book the biography of Harry F. Ward stresses a social historical approach and draws extensively from the Ward family archives to paint a rich portrait of the most prominent and controversial proponent of the social applications of Christianity in the early twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164737

Labour Labour focuses on the issues and problems concerning the efficient full employment of labour in a free market economy. The discussion is largely about the conditions (including comparative wages) underlying industrial efficiency and maximum production from various labour resources at least cost. By estimating man-power analysing the human factor and measuring labour efficiency the book summarizes recent evidence on employment conditions for or against efficiency and the effect upon the incidence of unemployment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016863

Labour Finance and InequalityThe Insecurity Cycle in British Public Policy Following the 2008 "global" financial crisis the viability of globalised financial capitalism was called into question. The resulting fear and uncertainty produced a momentary return to "Keynesian" policies. But as soon as emergency stimuli – and bank bail-outs – appeared to stabilise the situation there was a sharp reversal; and successive British governments and the financial sector have since attempted to return to business as usual.Historically much smaller shocks have been able to produce dramatic change with the 1978 "Winter of Discontent" providing a catalyst for the election of Margaret Thatcher the ultimate abandonment of the post-war Keynesian consensus and the ushering-in of neoliberalism. Nor is apparent success a guarantee against change with Winston Churchill being swept from office by the first majority Labour government in 1945 – at a point which should have marked his greatest triumph.In this book these apparently inexplicable shifts in the conventional wisdom and the accompanying policy paradigm are explored through the lens of the interest groups that have jostled for position since the second industrial revolution. In this context inequality poverty free market capitalism and the social welfare state have interacted in an uneasy dynamic dance – the "insecurity cycle". The authors explore these interactions their impact on the relationship between society and the economy and the possible implications of Brexit and a re-energised political left.Written in an engaging and accessible style Labour Finance and Inequality will be a key resource for academics and students of social and political economics as well as public policy. It will also offer considerable insight to policy makers and a more general non-specialist audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592028

Labour Policy and Ideology in East Asian Creative Industries This book addresses some of the questions that have been brought to light by the varied experiences of culture industry workers and consumer publics across East Asia over the past decade. For over twenty years the creative industries have been seen as the engine driving global economic transformation  as a way out of the dilemmas of de-industrialization and as key to the projection of national soft power. The chapters in this book cover the former ‘Tiger Economies’ of South Korea Taiwan and Singapore as well as Japan and China and focus on a number of different industries – cinema television graphic design fashion and literature. The authors include sociologists anthropologists and cultural studies scholars who approach the topics of creative work government policy and entrepreneurial strategy from a variety of perspectives. The chapters examine the varied political economic and social structures that influence the development of creative industries within the region and reveal how the careers of creative industry workers in different cities and different industries can vary. They also show how the development of the creative industries can affect many aspects of society including city planning policing democratic politics and ethnic and national identities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Culture Theory and Critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333027

Labour and Development in East AsiaSocial Forces and Passive Revolution The Chinese Communist Party’s response to the wave of factory strikes in the early summer of 2010 has raised important questions about the role that labour plays in the transformation of world orders. In contrast to previous policies of repression towards labour unrest these recent disputes centring round wages and working conditions have been met with a more permissive response on the part of the state as the CCP ostensibly seeks to facilitate a transition away from a model of political economy based on ‘low-road’ labour relations and export dependence. Labour and Development in East Asia shows that such inter-linkages between labour geopolitical transformations and states’ developmental strategies have been much more central to East Asia’s development than has commonly been recognised. By adopting an explanatory framework of the labour-geopolitics-development nexus the book theorises and provides an historical analysis of the formation and transformation of the East Asian regional political economy from the end of the Second World War to the present with particular reference to Japan South Korea Taiwan and China. This book will be required reading for students and scholars of international relations development studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681858

Labour and Living Standards in Pre-Colonial West AfricaThe case of the Gold Coast Sub-Saharan Africa is the poorest region in the world. But its current status has skewed our understanding of the economy before colonization. Rönnbäck reconstructs the living standards of the population at a time when the Atlantic slave trade brought money and men into the area enriching our understanding of West African economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668594

Labour and Management Co-operationWorkplace Partnership in UK Financial Services Over the last decade the notion of labour-management cooperation and partnership has been central to debates around the future of employee representation. In this insightful analysis of the partnership process in the dynamic UK financial services sector Stewart Johnstone focuses on the meaning of partnership the processes involved the different contexts in which events are played out and on how we should assess the outcomes. Using detailed case studies conducted in three diverse banking organisations to understand more about the process and employing the analytical 'efficiency equity voice' framework from the US that has never before been employed in a study of UK employment relations Dr Johnstone presents a new way of evaluating the outcomes of a variety of partnership approaches. Labour and Management Co-operation provides a level of understanding that transcends the stalemate of recent times in which the advocates and critics of different approaches seem to have been locked. It will appeal to those with an interest in the current debate about 'voice and representation' and 'mutual gains' taking place amongst those involved with HRM and employee relations in Europe the United States and elsewhere. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591285

Labour and Political Transformation in Russia and Ukraine This title was first published in 2000. The years 1975 to 2000 are characterized by fundamental changes in the global political landscape. Perhaps the biggest change was the collapse of certain communist regimes. This text analyzes what that meant for the USSR and Europe. It looks at the cause of change the social forces behind them and future prospects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732148

Labour and Social Transformation in Central and Eastern EuropeEuropeanization and beyond Over a quarter of a century after the fall of the Berlin Wall and 10 years after their accession to the European Union (EU) Central and Eastern Europe Countries (CEECs) still show marked differences with the rest of Europe in the fields of labour work and industrial relations. This book presents a detailed and original analysis of labour and social transformations in the CEECs.By examining a wide range of countries in Central Europe Labour and Social Transformation in Central and Eastern Europe offers a comprehensive and contrasting view of labour developments in Central and Eastern Europe. Chapters explore three related issues. The first deals with the understanding of the complex process of Europeanization applied in the sphere of labour employment and industrial relations. The second issue refers to the attempt to link the Europeanization approach with an analysis mobilizing the theoretical concept of "dependent capitalism(s)". The third issue refers to the cumulative trends of labour weakening and labour awakening that has emerged in particular in the aftermath of the crisis beginning in 2007-2008.This book will be of interest to academics policy makers and stakeholders at European and national level in the EU member states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668228

Labour and the Poor in England and Wales 1849-1851Lancashire Cheshire & Yorkshire First Published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315092140

Labour and the Poor in England and Wales - The letters to The Morning Chronicle from the Correspondants in the Manufacturing and Mining Dist The Morning Chronicle presented the state of the working classes of Britain before the public with clarity insight and honesty. Consisting mainly of verbatim statements from the people themselves it was a medium through which the previously inarticulate masses were able to speak with one firm voice. First published in 1983 this book collates the letters from correspondents based in Lancashire Cheshire and Yorkshire. The letters improve our knowledge of working-class life in nineteenth century England and Wales and provide a unique insight into the impact of industrialization. This book will be of interest to those studying the history of the working class labour and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207370

Labour and the Poor in England and Wales - The letters to The Morning Chronicle from the Correspondants in the Manufacturing and Mining Dist The Morning Chronicle presented the state of the working classes of Britain before the public with clarity insight and honesty. Consisting mainly of verbatim statements from the people themselves it was a medium through which the previously inarticulate masses were able to speak with one firm voice. First published in 1983 this book collates the letters from correspondents based in Northumberland and Durham Staffordshire and the Midlands. The letters improve our knowledge of working-class life in nineteenth century England and Wales and provide a unique insight into the impact of industrialization. This book will be of interest to those studying the history of the working class labour and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207509

Labour and the Poor in England and Wales - The letters to The Morning Chronicle from the Correspondants in the Manufacturing and Mining Dist The Morning Chronicle presented the state of the working classes of Britain before the public with clarity insight and honesty. Consisting mainly of verbatim statements from the people themselves it was a medium through which the previously inarticulate masses were able to speak with one firm voice. First published in 1983 this book collates the letters from correspondents based in Wales. The letters improve our knowledge of working-class life in nineteenth century England and Wales and provide a unique insight into the impact of industrialization. This book will be of interest to those studying the history of the working class labour and poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138207530

Labour Contracts and Labour Relations in Early Modern Central Japan Based on a collection of labour contracts and other documents this book examines the legal economic and social relations of labour as they developed in the commercial enterprises of Tokugawa Japan. The urban focus is Kyoto the cultural capital and smallest of the three great cities of the Tokugawa period but the data comes from a wider region of commercial and castle towns and rural villages in central Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655347

Labour Immigration in Southern EuropeAfrican Employment in Iberian Labour Markets This book was published in 2003. Research on migration into southern Europe has paid little consideration to the ways of incorporating immigrants into labour markets and the impact these foreign-born workers have on local labour markets. Neither has much attention been given to the character of labour markets that enables these workers to find a job. This book fills that gap by exploring case studies of African employment in Spain and Portugal. Using cross-border perspectives this book provides in-depth analysis of common trends across borders such as immigrant employment in manual low-skilled jobs uneven immigrant involvement in labour markets and the impact of national characteristics economies and political environments. The result is a study which should be useful for migration specialists economic geographers and labour market analysts alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711518

Labour in American Politics (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 3) The author analyzes the considerable legislation enacted between 1945 and 1970 and its effect on labour-management-public relations. He looks at their relevance for Britain today and offers the most complete survey yet available of the operations of American labour as a pressure group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706138

Labour in LondonA Study in Municipal Achievement First published in 1946. This title is a clear and concise account of the march of Labour to the control of the London County Council and its work at County Hall in the 1940s. This study explores the rise of the Labour Party in London and the changes and progress in health education and social welfare. Labour in London will be of interest to students of history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324473

Labour in the Clothing Industry in the Asia Pacific The clothing industry provides employment for 60 million workers worldwide. More than a quarter of these workers are employed in the Asia-Pacific region where the industry is based on subcontracted production on behalf of international buyers. Rapid movements of manufacturing activity from country to country in search of cost advantages make clothing workers part of a globalizing labour market where they increasingly suffer from job insecurity.This book presents carefully researched case studies which highlight the ways in which labour is informalized fragmented and made disposable by the globalization of production. Chapters address issues pertaining to rights and citizenship and new forms of activism and organization in conjunction and coordination with diverse support groups consumers and wider global campaigns. Contributors further examine the role of the nation state government regulatory bodies as well as independent monitoring systems such as the International Labour Organization. Although there has been considerable effort directed to understanding how firms operate across multiple countries – in studies of the organization of global production networks and the implications for complexities of scale (de)territorialization and state development projects – there has been far less focus on how these processes produce precarious labour and reshape worker consciousness.Offering new insights into the understanding and support of workers in the global textile and garment industry this book will be of interest to academics in a variety of disciplines including Asian Studies sociology political economy development human rights labour and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875589

Labour into the Eighties First published in 1980. This book covers areas of policy interest viewed from a social democratic perspective and each chapter takes a specific issue which would have been of concern to Labour in the 1980s including some of the more controversial areas. The study reviews various problem areas and suggests policies which are realistic and applicable in the conditions of the 1980s. This title will be of interests to scholars and students of history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324923

Labour Law and Off-Shore Oil Economically and politically North Sea oil very quickly became of vital importance to Britain. But very little serious attention was paid to the problems of the men working out on the rigs and certainly none to their legal problems: they had been working in a kind of legal ‘no man’s land’. This informative and critical book first published in 1977 represents a new and exciting approach to labour law looks closely at the way in which the law applies to workers out on the rigs and at the way it regulates the various aspects of their employment. More than that it looks at the context in which the law is applied a dynamic industry operating within severe physical economic and political constraints showing not only how the law came to be shaped but also how its provisions are but one example of the employment process and which mirror changing moods and standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630475

Labour Law and the Gig EconomyChallenges posed by the digitalisation of labour processes This international book analyses the impact of digitisation in labour markets on labour relationships and also on labour processes.The rapid progress of modern disruptive technologies and AIs and their multiple applications to each phase of the labour production system are changing the production rules on a global scale with significant impacts in every aspect of work. As new technologies transform work patterns and change the type of jobs available - destroying some while creating others - and even the nature of the tasks performed numerous legal problems arise which are challenging to legislators and legal scholars who need to find appropriate solutions to them. Considering the labour law issues which have been created by technological developments and currently affect the work of millions worldwide this book highlights the full scope of these issues suggesting solutions to emerging problems and ways to mitigate the risks brought about through technological advancement.Approaching the present debate with perspectives on legal problems with expertise from a wide range of different countries this book presents informed and scholarly studies which answer the challenges that new technologies present in labour markets private lives and labour processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462482

Labour Law Reforms in IndiaAll in the Name of Jobs Labour market flexibility is one of the most closely debated public policy issues in India. This book provides a theoretical framework to understand the subject and empirically examines to what extent India’s ‘jobless growth’ may be attributed to labour laws. There is a pervasive view that the country’s low manufacturing base and inability to generate jobs is primarily due to rigid labour laws. Therefore job creation is sought to be boosted by reforming labour laws. However the book argues that if labour laws are made flexible then there are adverse consequences for workers: dismantled job security weakens workers’ bargaining power incapacitates trade union movement skews class distribution of output dilutes workers’ rights and renders them vulnerable. The book:identifies and critically examines the theory underlying the labour market flexibility (LMF) argumentemploys innovative empirical methods to test the LMF argumentoffers an overview of the organised labour market in Indiacomprehensively discusses the proposed/instituted labour law reforms in the countrycontextualises the LMF argument in a macroeconomic settingdiscusses the political economy of labour law reforms in India.This book will interest scholars and researchers in economics development studies and public policy as well as economists policymakers and teachers of human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734961

Labour Managed Firms and Post-Capitalism Marx claims that unselfishness is a child of (workplace) culture whereas the gene is selfish. If Marx is right then the prerequisite for overthrowing capitalism is a system which both leverages selfishness and creates solidarity between workers. This book illustrates and discusses the major points of the economic theory of producer cooperatives its evolution since the 1950s and links with Marxian theory.Labour Managed Firms and Post-Capitalism most importantly demonstrates that a system of producer cooperatives offers a wealth of advantages compared to capitalism. There is general agreement that the main benefit of this form of economic democracy is that people who are allowed to freely pursue their interests are happier than those acting on somebody else’s instruction. The author argues that a system of democratic firms would eradicate classical (high-wage) unemployment and scale down both Keynesian and structural unemployment levels. He also shows that a system of producer cooperatives literally reverses the capital-labour relationship typical of capitalism and that its establishment can consequently be looked upon as a revolution.This volume is of great interest to academics lecturers and researchers with an interest in Marxism political economy and industrial economics as well as economic theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595531

Labour Market and Social Protection Reforms in International PerspectiveParallel or Converging Tracks? Social protection systems and labour markets have undergone major changes in the past two decades. Welfare states are being reformed scaled back and modernised; labour markets at the same time are more precarious more feminised more unequal and throughout the OECD area older. The interaction between labour markets and social protection has become increasingly crucial to the social and economic policy mix concerning unemployment the transformation of work the new poverty and even demographics. Against this background an interdisciplinary team of leading labour market and social protection experts from various OECD countries examine the multifaceted aspects of the changing relationship between social protection systems and labour markets. They identify and analyse key emerging issues such as the link between employment and social protection financing the adaptation of social protection systems to women's career patterns and the development of new forms of social protection that aim at promoting employment. With practical policy guides and recommendations using case studies and comparative chapters this will be engaging reading for policy-makers social actors and academics alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315251004

Labour Market Deregulation in Japan and ItalyWorker Protection under Neoliberal Globalisation Japan and Italy encountered severe economic problems in the early 1990s and the governments had to deal with those issues effectively under the increasing neoliberal pressures of globalisation. In this context labour market deregulation was considered an effective tool to cope with those economic problems. However the forms and degrees of labour market deregulation in the two countries were quite different. This book seeks to explain the differences in labour market deregulation policies between Japan and Italy despite the fact that the two countries shared a number of similar political social and labour market (if not cultural) characteristics. Uniquely it takes a political rather than economic or sociological perspective to provide a theoretical and empirical analysis of the processes of labour market deregulation in the two countries. The precarious working conditions of an increasing number of non-regular workers has become a prominent social issue in many industrialised countries including Japan and Italy but the level of the protection for these workers depends on a country’s labour market policies which are affected by the power resources of labour unions and labour policy-making structures. This book provides a useful perspective for understanding the root causes of this phenomenon such as the diffusion of ‘neoliberal’ ideas aimed at promoting labour-market flexibility under globalisation and demonstrates that there is still room for politics to decide the extent of deregulation and maintain worker protection from management offensives even in an era of globalisation. Labour Market Deregulation in Japan and Italy: Worker Protection under Neoliberal Globalisation will appeal to students and scholars of Japanese politics Italian politics political economy and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095052

Labour Market Economics (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1981 Labour Market Economics develops the basic economic theory of introductory courses within the context of labour market analysis and applies it both to particular features and special problems of the subject. The author begins by outlining the nature of the area and the structure of the UK labour market at the time and proceeds to explain and elaborate the tools of theoretical analysis. These are then applied in subsequent chapters to a variety of issues including the economic analysis of trade unions collective bargaining and the effects of unions unemployment wage inflation and the inequality of pay. Throughout the book emphasis is placed on the economic theory of the labour market and the role of empirical work in testing its predictions and wherever available evidence from studies of the UK labour markets is cited. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836418

Labour Market Institutions and ProductivityLabour Utilisation in Central and Eastern Europe This book explains the role of formal labour market institutions in keeping the labour utilisation in Central and Eastern Europe above the level characteristic for Western European states. It provides an innovative and enriching take on labour utilisation at large and how various formal labour market institutions can affect the ongoing trend in labour utilisation in a way that is not covered by the extant literature. The impact of labour market institutions on labour market outcomes is analysed throughout 12 chapters both from a cross-country perspective and in detailed case-studies by 21 labour market experts from various CEE countries. Most chapters are based on empirical methods yet are presented in an easy-to-follow way in order to make the book also accessible for a non-scientific audience. The volume explores three key questions: How can labour utilisation be increased by labour market institutions? Which CEE countries managed to create a labour market institutional framework beneficial for labour utilisation? How should the labour market institutions in CEE countries be reformed in order to increase labour utilisation? The book argues that the legacy of transition reforms and a centrally planned past is still relevant in explaining common patterns among CEE countries and concludes that increasing the stock of skills accumulated by the employed and improving utilisation of these skills seems to be the first-best solution to increase labour utilisation. The book will be of interest to post-graduate researchers and academics in the fields of labour economics regional economics and macroeconomics as well as scholars interested in adopting an institutional analysis approach. Additionally due to the broader policy implications of the topic the book will appeal to policymakers and experts interested in labour economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444280

Labour Market TheoryA Constructive Reassessment This book is a commanding assessment of labour market theory across the social sciences. It provides a radically original critique of labour market theory which draws constructively but critically on existing literature. The work: * contributes to the debates on key issues in labour economics such as unemployment gender equal pay and the minimum theory * illustrates the policy implications in empirical studies * supplements existing orthodox labour market theory texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862493

Labour Markets and Identity on the Post-Industrial Assembly Line As a product of its time the call centre utilises new developments in telecommunications and information technology to offer cost-efficient delivery systems for customer care. Efficiency productivity and flexibility are all embodiments of neoliberal market capitalism and are all personified in the call centre operation as well as the structure of the labour market in general. Thus the individual and the workplace are embedded in a variety of global processes. In order to frame the context in which call centre operations exist today and their employees (mainly young men and women) negotiate the increasingly risky and individualised task of developing an identity or sense of belonging in the world Labour Markets and Identity on the Post-Industrial Assembly Line sets out the economic social and political changes over the last three decades that have restructured the labour market altered the balance between labour management and the state and unleashed global market capitalism upon previously sheltered areas of the economy and social life in both Britain and elsewhere. This ground-breaking book offers one of the first real qualitative sociological investigations of a relatively new form of employment to see what life is like on the 'post-industrial assembly line' whilst also taking a close look at the nature of class identity and subjectivity in relation to young people coming of age in a world dramatically altered over the last three decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195892

Labour Midwifery Skills This pocket-sized book presented in an easy-to-follow format is designed as a tool for students and professionals to carry in any setting providing a quick reference guide to supporting women during labour. Used as a platform for wider reading this text is an ideal reference point for any student or professional involved with the care of childbearing women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388895

Labour Migration Human Trafficking and Multinational CorporationsThe Commodification of Illicit Flows Although much literature on human trafficking focuses on sex trafficking a great deal of human trafficking results from migrant workers compelled - by economic deprivation in their home countries - to seek better life opportunities abroad especially in agriculture construction and domestic work. Such labour migration is sometimes legal and well managed but sometimes not so – with migrant workers frequently threatened or coerced into entering debt bondage arrangements and ending up working in forced labour situations producing goods for illicit markets. This book fills a substantial gap in the existing literature given that labour trafficking is a much more subtle form of exploitation than sex trafficking. It discusses how far large multinational corporations are involved whether intentionally or unintentionally in human trafficking for the purposes of labour exploitation. They explore how far corporations are driven to seek cheap labour by the need to remain commercially competitive and examine how the problem often lies with corporations’ subcontractors who are not as well controlled as they might be. The essays in the volume also outline and assess measures being taken by governments and international agencies to eradicate the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815841

Labour Migration and Human Trafficking in Southeast AsiaCritical Perspectives Since the signing of the UN Trafficking Protocol anti-trafficking laws policies and other initiatives have been implemented at the local national and regional levels. These activities have received little scholarly attention. This volume aims to begin to fill this gap by documenting the micro-processes through which an anti-trafficking framework has been translated implemented and resisted in mainland and island Southeast Asia. The detailed ethnographic accounts in this collection examine the everyday practices of the diverse range of actors involved in trafficking-like practices and in anti-trafficking initiatives. In demonstrating how the anti-trafficking framework has become influential – and even over-determining – in some border sites and yet remains mostly irrelevant in others the chapters in this collection explore the complex connections between labour migration migrant smuggling and human trafficking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815858

Labour Migration from China to JapanInternational Students Transnational Migrants Chinese students are the largest international student population in the world and Japan attracts more of them than any other country. Since the mid-1980s when China opened the door to let private citizens out and Japan began to let more foreigners in over 300 thousand Chinese have arrived in Japan as students. Student migrants are the most visible controversial and active Chinese immigrants in Japan. The majority of them enter Japan’s labour market and many have stayed on indefinitely. Based on the author’s original fieldwork data and government statistics this book gives a comprehensive portrayal of an often neglected group of international migrants in a society that for decades has been considered a non-immigrant country. It introduces Chinese students’ diverse mobility trajectories analyses their career patterns describes their transnational living arrangements and explores the mechanisms that give rise to their identity as 'new overseas Chinese'. This book contributes to our understanding of international migration and international education in an age of globalization. It points out that student migrants are key to the internationalization of Japanese society and potentially in other countries where immigration is still considered a challenging reality. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese Studies Japanese Studies Sociology and Labour Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736923

Labour Migration from Turkey to Western Europe 1960-1974A Multidisciplinary Analysis Groundbreaking in its comprehensiveness this book illuminates the migration of workers from Turkey to Western Europe with new perspectives previously overlooked in research. Indeed this is the first study of its kind to cover the entire migration process making extensive use of primary as well as secondary sources in four languages and it draws on both the historiography and the social sciences of migration. It presents new analyses of the so-called 'push' factors behind this movement and explores the role of the sending state the system and channels through which labour exits the labouring population's attitudes towards moving to the West and the relevance of social networks in the migration process. The volume offers a critical assessment of the significance of Turkish labour migration with regard to the demand for foreign labour in Europe with particular emphasis on the cases of Germany and the Netherlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543362

Labour MigrationThe Internal Geographical Mobility of Labour in the Developed World First published in 1990. This edited work brings together a collection of studies by an international team of contributors on inter-urban migration which is largely dominated by labour migration. The structure of the book reflects the interaction of the supply and demand of labour and the information flows that make this possible. The book offers a multi-dimensional analysis of labour migration including behavioural economic and institutional approaches. It combines various scales of analysis including the national scale the occupational scale and the household scale. The study also examines labour migration in a variety of national contexts. It will be of particular value to professional geographers economists and sociologists with an interest in the distribution of population and the labour force planners with responsibility for the development of policy and some final year graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026233

Labour Mobility and Rural Society Comprising seven edited pieces of detailed empirical work drawn from recent research this title reveals the dynamics behind the movements of poor people in South and South East Asia and Africa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315827827

Labour of LoveBeyond the Self-Evidence of Everyday Life Amazed at the stubborn nature of the sexual division of labour in modern society five Norwegian researchers set out to explore the sources of this pervasive resistance to change. Moving from the neutral concepts of work and money the lofty notions of love and family and the triviality of domestic organization social science is made to yield some surprising insights into hidden secret and perhaps even sacred structures of everyday life. A provocative claim in these pages is that the practical arrangement in the family is informed by the erotic properties of work and semi-religious notions of poverty and dirt - and is sustained by both sexes. This anthology reveals some perplexing aspects of contemporary self-understanding and rediscovers sexual meaning as a pillar of modern culture. The book is an invitation to reconsider the conditions for gender equality and to explore further the cultural tangle behind this persistent tolerance for injustice within European thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269118

Labour Problems of Technological Change First published in 1970. This book is concerned with the examination and assessment of the impact of changes in technology on companies in three selected industries: printing steel and chemicals. Its main focus is on the employment and associated labour market effects of technological change; but part of the rationale for the study as a whole has been to relate these effects to the technological environment of each industry. Accordingly a good deal of attention has been paid to the character of the innovations themselves and to their implications for the industries in general terms. This title will be of interest to students of Business Studies and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111625

Labour Relations and Political Change in Eastern EuropeA Comparative Perspective First published in 1995. This volume offers a comparative perspective on labour relations and political change in eastern Europe within a common theoretical and empirical framework. Its coverage includes Bulgaria and Czech and Slovak republics Hungary Poland and Russia. Particular attention is given to the dynamics of changes in labour relations and privatisation which are now critical to the more general process of political and economic transformation. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of politics sociology and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325982

Labour Relations in Central EuropeThe Impact of Multinationals' Money Since 1990 foreign direct investment (FDI) has quickened economic modernization in Central Europe. State of the art management techniques and cutting edge technology have been introduced in many cases. Labour Relations is an essential factor in the organization of labour and production. At the start of the process industrial relations were characterized by the conditions existing under the previous planned economies or - as with "greenfield" investments - had to be entirely reconfigured. In the case of investments by West European companies this book reveals various emerging models of industrial relations but also a clear tendency towards company centralization. For the time being the European Works Council still plays a subordinate role despite its potential fundamental role as mediator between East and West. Empirically nine corporations from the metal/automotive industry the chemical energy and food processing industries (with their subsidiaries in Poland Czech Republic and Slovakia) are considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390107

Labour Relations in the Motor IndustryA Study of Industrial Unrest and an International Comparison This book originally published in 1967 takes the automobile industry experience as a basis for a wider view of industrial relations trends and developments of the 1950s and 60s. The study also analyses the emergence of new institutions and systems of labour-management relationships. It contains chapters on the effects of automotion and technical change on the impact of fluctuations in the market for cars and on wage trends. There are detailed surveys of some of the biggest post-war disputes and especially of trade union organization the shop steward system the experience of individual firms such as Austin Ford and Fiat. There is also a comparative survey of labour relationships in other major car manufacturing countries such as the USA Germany and Japan.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060869

Labour Theory of Culture Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 42 Despite its importance in understanding the social relations of labour little attention has been paid by Western Marxists to evolutionary theory. Taking as a starting point an unfinished essay by Engels the author argues that the human species must be seen as discontinuous with its nearest biological ancestors – that a qualitative distinction was brought about by social labour. It is argued that the most likely forms of human organization were co-operative and field studies are discussed which apparently provide evidence for tool use and linguistic ability among the higher primates. The relationship between hand and brain in terms of Marxist psychology is also elaborated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649551

Labour Unionism in the Financial Services SectorFighting for Rights and Representation In recent years there has been an acute crisis of worker representation in the finance sector in Britain. Labour union and staff association membership and density has fallen collective organisation has experienced dislocation and disorganisation and worker self-confidence has been sapped. Prior to this there was a sense of an identifiable trajectory towards greater 'unionateness' by labour unions and staff associations with the sector moving towards growing self-identification of employees as 'workers' and the use of traditional tools of collective bargaining such as threats of strikes and strikes themselves. This study documents and explains these changes in wider historical terms providing invaluable reading for those interested in the future of both the labour movement and the finance sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390114

Laboured ProtestBlack Civil Rights in New York City and Detroit During the New Deal and Second World War Historians have long realized the US civil rights movement pre-dated Martin Luther King Jr. but they disagree on where when and why it started. Laboured Protest offers new answers in a study of black political protest during the New Deal and Second World War. It finds a diverse movement where activists from the left operated alongside and often in competition with others who signed up to liberal or nationalist political platforms. Protestors in this period often struggled to challenge the different types of discrimination facing black workers but their energetic campaigning was part of a more complex and ultimately more interesting movement than previously thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582302

Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global History The prevailing view of industrialization has focussed on technology capital entrepreneurship and the institutions that enabled them to be deployed. Labour was often equated with other factors of production and assigned a relatively passive role. Yet it was labour absorption and the improvement of the quality of labour over the course of several centuries that underscored the timing pace and quality of global industrialization. While science and technology developed in the West and whereas the use of fossil fuels especially coal and oil were vital to this process the more recent history has been underpinned by the development of comparatively resource- and energy-saving technology without which the diffusion of industrialization would not have been possible. The labour-intensive resource-saving path which emerged in East Asia under the influence of Western technology and institutions and is diffusing across the world suggests the most realistic route humans could take for a further diffusion of industrialization which might respond to the rising expectations of living standards without catastrophic environmental degradation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901148

Labour's Battle in the U.S.Ahe Fight for Industrial Unionism First published in 1938. This study of the labour crisis in the USA consists of interviews with leaders and members of labour unions unorganised workers businessmen and those in positions of public responsibility. The author explores the foundations of the crisis and examines the possible issues that he predicted the US labour force were going to encounter. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of political and labour history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329409

Labour's ConscienceThe Labour Left 1945-51 First published in 1988. The years 1945-51 were crucial to the Labour Party and the Left in Britain. This elegantly written book traces the gradual and painful disillusionment of the Labour Left with the Attlee governments and analyses the alternative more militant programme which the Labour Left devised. Never an organised bloc the author argues that they are best understood as Labour’s conscience – a militant tendency is the true sense of the words. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331778

Labour's Grass RootsEssays on the Activities of Local Labour Parties and Members 1918�45 The period between 1918 and 1945 witnessed dynamic social and economic developments in Britain as the notion of a government controlled economy and welfare state took root. In order to be understood this shift in the political landscape needs to be seen in context of the growth of mass political movements and the implementation of fuller democratic processes in the aftermath of the Great War. But whilst much has been written on the rise of the Labour Party the decline of the Liberals and the domination of the Conservatives in the sphere of high politics much less research has been done on the local or regional experience of Britain's main political parties between the wars. This volume brings together ten essays that together provide an introduction to the role influence and effectiveness of Labour Party activists across Britain. Taking a systematic and comparative approach that examines a range of representative areas this volume is more than simply a collection of local studies. Instead it utilises the local to develop and illuminate the wider dynamics at work inside the Labour Party. By emphasising the role of the party membership Britain's social and political evolution can be reconstructed from grass-roots level taking into account the priorities and expectations of the people who sustained and cultivated the nation's social-political base. By addressing reoccurring issues of interest to labour historians such as gender nationalism the co-operative movement and trade unionism through the locus of regionalism and local party activity this volume will not only provide scholars with a better understanding of the Labour Party but should stimulate similar much needed research into other political parties and organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593858

Labour's UtopiasBolshevism Fabianism Social Democracy First published in 1992. The collapse of communist rule in Eastern Europe has led to a widespread view that socialism is a dead or at least dying force. Labour’s Utopias argues that this assumption is based on the popular conception that socialism’s various traditions are simply different means to a common end. The author looks at three strands of socialism – Bolshevism Fabianism and German Social Democracy – in order to assess whether this argument is justified concluding that in fact each has a distinct vision of an ideal future. This study will appeal to scholars and students of politics history and socialism and to all those with an interest in the alternatives to capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324671

Labour's Wrongs and Labour's Remedy First Published in 1969. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974142

LabourThe Unions and the Party First published in 1973. In this study the author adopts a historical approach tracing the evolution of socialist thinking during the past century and relating this to the growth of the union movement. The Taff Vale judgement the Osborne judgement the roles of the SDF the Fabians and the ILP - these episodes are re-examined from a novel perspective and the historical material is frequently illuminated by the use of contemporary analogies. The second half of the book presents an analytical study of differing union political theories and attitudes against the modern industrial background. Here the Marxist case is studied in depth and contrasted with the views of the Social Democrats. The author then considers the ownership and control of the economy industrial relations prices and incomes and inflation making it clear where he feels the movement should stand on the key political issues of today. Finally the book suggests the way in which the Labour Party and the trade unions should organise for power in the country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327443

Labs on ChipPrinciples Design and Technology Labs on Chip: Principles Design and Technology provides a complete reference for the complex field of labs on chip in biotechnology. Merging three main areas— fluid dynamics monolithic micro- and nanotechnology and out-of-equilibrium biochemistry—this text integrates coverage of technology issues with strong theoretical explanations of design techniques. Analyzing each subject from basic principles to relevant applications this book: Describes the biochemical elements required to work on labs on chip Discusses fabrication microfluidic and electronic and optical detection techniques Addresses planar technologies polymer microfabrication and process scalability to huge volumes Presents a global view of current lab-on-chip research and development Devotes an entire chapter to labs on chip for genetics Summarizing in one source the different technical competencies required Labs on Chip: Principles Design and Technology offers valuable guidance for the lab-on-chip design decision-making process while exploring essential elements of labs on chip useful both to the professional who wants to approach a new field and to the specialist who wants to gain a broader perspective. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076280

LabStudioDesign Research between Architecture and Biology LabStudio: Design Research between Architecture and Biology introduces the concept of the research design laboratory in which funded research and trans-disciplinary participants achieve radical advances in science design and applied architectural practice. The book demonstrates to natural scientists and architects alike new approaches to more traditional design studio and hypothesis-led research that are complementary iterative experimental and reciprocal. These originate from 3-D spatial biology and generative design in architecture creating philosophies and practices that are high-risk non-linear and design-driven for often surprising results.Authors Jenny E. Sabin an architectural designer and Peter Lloyd Jones a spatial biologist present case studies prototypes and exercises from their practice LabStudio illustrating in hundreds of color images a new model for seemingly unrelated open-ended data- systems- and technology-driven methods that you can adopt for incredible results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783973

LabVIEWA Developer's Guide to Real World Integration LabVIEW™ has become one of the preeminent platforms for the development of data acquisition and data analysis programs. LabVIEW™: A Developer’s Guide to Real World Integration explains how to integrate LabVIEW into real-life applications. Written by experienced LabVIEW developers and engineers the book describes how LabVIEW has been pivotal in solving real-world challenges. Each chapter is self-contained and demonstrates the power and simplicity of LabVIEW in various applications from image processing to solar tracking systems. Many of the chapters explore how exciting new technologies can be implemented in LabVIEW to enable novel solutions to new or existing problems. The text also presents novel tricks and tips for integrating LabVIEW with third-party hardware and software. Ideal for LabVIEW users who develop stand-alone applications this down-to-earth guide shows how LabVIEW provides solutions to a variety of application problems. It includes projects and virtual instrumentation for most of the programs and utilities described. Many of the authors’ own software contributions are available on the accompanying CD-ROM. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138113688

LabViewAdvanced Programming Techniques Second Edition Whether seeking deeper knowledge of LabVIEW®’s capabilities or striving to build enhanced VIs professionals know they will find everything they need in LabVIEW: Advanced Programming Techniques. Now accompanied by LabVIEW 2011 this classic second edition focusing on LabVIEW 8.0 delves deeply into the classic features that continue to make LabVIEW one of the most popular and widely used graphical programming environments across the engineering community. The authors review the front panel controls the Standard State Machine template drivers the instrument I/O assistant error handling functions hyperthreading and Express VIs. It covers the introduction of the Shared Variables function in LabVIEW 8.0 and explores the LabVIEW project view. The chapter on ActiveX includes discussion of the Microsoft™ .NET® framework and new examples of programming in LabVIEW using .NET. Numerous illustrations and step-by-step explanations provide hands-on guidance. Reviewing LabVIEW 8.0 and accompanied by the latest software LabVIEW: Advanced Programming Techniques Second Edition remains an indispensable resource to help programmers take their LabVIEW knowledge to the next level. Visit the CRC website to download accompanying software. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222097

Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Labyrinth spillways are almost as old as dam engineering. In spite of the fact that they appear as a very good technical-economical compromise only 0.1% of large dams are equipped with such weirs. The main reason for this is that traditional labyrinth weirs usually cannot be installed on top of concrete gravity dams as they require a large foundation surface. In 2003 an improved concept of traditional labyrinth spillway emerged with alveoli developed in overhangs from a reduced support area: the Piano Key Weir (PKW). The Piano Key Weir is a weir of particular geometry associating to a labyrinth shape the use of overhangs to reduce the basis length. The main advantage of Piano Key Weirs is that it can be directly placed on a dam crest. As a result of extreme fl oods in the recent past a growing demand for safety in society and revised hydrological calculations the need for reliable spillways has consequently become higher. In this context the Piano Key Weir proves to be an interesting solution to increase the hydraulic capacity of spillway devices. The book contains the state-of-the-art on this still non-conventional hydraulic structure and is divided into six main themes: Physical Modeling. Hydraulic capacity Physical Modeling. Downstream fittings Numerical Modeling Hydraulic Design Planned and achieved projects Nomenclature Database Future developments. The papers in Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs demonstrate that dam engineering currently experiences a strong revival of labyrinth oriented weirs and are particularly of interest to academia researchers and professionals working in the area of hydraulic engineering and to dam control authorities and dam owners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115385

Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II Dam engineering is currently experiencing a strong revival of labyrinth oriented weirs. Labyrinth weirs with a repetitive constructional character and an increased specific discharge capacity are a very good technical-economical compromise. The concept of Piano Key Weir (PKW) with alveoli developed in overhangs from a reduced support area enables the installation of non-linear crests at the top of concrete dams. As a result it eliminates the main drawback of classical labyrinth weirs and enables their use to rehabilitate numerous existing dams. Since the first implementation of piano key weirs by Electricité de France on Goulours dam (France) in 2006 at least eight PKWs have been built in France Vietnam and Switzerland. Their operation over a few years has already provided the first prototype data. Other projects are under study construction or planning in varied countries. On another hand research programs are under progress all over the world. Following a first edition in 2011 Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II – PKW 2013 collects up-to-date contributions from people with various backgrounds from engineers and researchers to academics. Summarizing the last developments on labyrinth oriented weirs the book constitutes the state-of-the-art in research and application of piano key weir solutions and will be invaluable to professionals and scientists interested in Dams Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000858

Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs IIIProceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017) February 22-24 Since the first implementation by Electricité de France on the Goulours dam (France) in 2006 the Piano Key Weir has become a more and more applied solution to increase the discharge capacity of existing spillways. In parallel several new large dam projects have been built with such a flood control structure usually in combination with gates. Today more than 25 Piano Key Weirs are in operation or under construction all over the world. More than 15 years of research and development have enabled detailed investigations of the hydraulic and structural behaviour of the Piano Key Weir complex structure and have provided more and more accurate design equations. Following the proceedings of the first two workshops held in Liege (Belgium – 2011) and Paris (France – 2013) Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III collects the contributions presented by people with varied background from researchers to practitioners at the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs - PKW 2017 (22-24 February 2017 Qui Nhon Vietnam). The papers reviewed and accepted by an International Scientific Committee summarize the current state-of-the-art on Piano Key Weirs from a theoretical to a practical point of view and present most of the main projects in operation or under construction. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III is thus a reference for students practitioners and researchers interested in Dams Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138050105

Labyrinth: An Essay on the Political Psychology of ChangeAn Essay on the Political Psychology of Change To receive tenure college and university professors have long been required to write scholarly monographs or articles engage in serious research and teach effectively. This collection of articles marks the first effort to evaluate the place of digital scholarship in this process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492933

Lacan Deleuze and World PoliticsRethinking the Ontology of the Political Subject This book aims to re-think the way in which the subject is inscribed in the modern political and does so by exploring the potentiality of Lacano-Deleuzian theoretical framework. It concerns a different ontology and a non-dualist understanding of political and legal existence by focusing on questions such as how to think alternative notions of political existence and what kind of political social and legal order do these come to create. This investigation into political appearance of subjects through concepts of law body and life is led and influenced by the thought of Gilles Deleuze and Jacques Lacan as well as Alain Badiou Antonio Negri and Slavoj Žižek. The book takes on various conceptualisations of life explores the relationship between law and life and develops an alternative notion of legal and political existence in particular in the context of rights. On the back of Guantánamo’s legal and political discourses this work aims to show why and how the problems of world politics or the limitations of (human) rights discourse require an engagement with questions such as what it means to exist as a human being what forms of life are politically recognised which are not and why this distinction. By pointing to a different ontology for thinking and understanding global politics and demonstrating how a trans-disciplinary and philosophical approaches can foster the debates in world politics this book will be of interest to postgraduates and scholars working on critical normative ideas in international politics critical security studies and critical legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377863

Lacan Discourse Event: New Psychoanalytic Approaches to Textual Indeterminacy Lacan Discourse Event: New Psychoanalytic Approaches to Textual Indeterminacy is an introduction to the emerging field of Lacanian Discourse Analysis. It includes key papers that lay the foundations for this research and worked examples from analysts working with a range of different texts. The editors Ian Parker and David Pavón-Cuéllar begin with an introduction which reviews the key themes in discourse analysis and the problems faced by researchers in that field of work including an overview of the development of discourse analysis in different disciplines (psychology sociology cultural studies and political and social theory). They also set out the conceptual and methodological principles of Lacan's work insofar as it applies to the field of discourse. Ian Parker and David Pavón-Cuéllar have divided the book into three main sections. The first section comprises previously published papers some not yet available in English which set out the foundations for 'Lacanian Discourse Analysis'. The chapters establish the first lines of research and illustrate how Lacanian psychoanalysis is transformed into a distinctive approach to interpreting text when it is taken out of the clinical domain. The second and third parts of the book comprise commissioned papers in which leading researchers from across the social sciences from the English-speaking world and from continental Europe and Latin America show how Lacanian Discourse Analysis works in practice. Lacan Discourse Event: New Psychoanalytic Approaches to Textual Indeterminacy is intended to be a definitive volume bringing together writing from the leaders in the field of Lacanian Discourse Analysis working in the English-speaking world and in countries where Lacanian psychoanalysis is part of mainstream clinical practice and social theory. It will be of particular interest to psychoanalysts of different traditions to post-graduate and undergraduate researchers in psycho-social studies cultural studies sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521635

Lacan Foucault and the Malleable Subject in Early Modern English Utopian Literature Theoretically informed scholarship on early modern English utopian literature has largely focused on Marxist interpretation of these texts in an attempt to characterize them as proto- Marxist. The present volume instead focuses on subjectivity in early modern English utopian writing by using these texts as case studies to explore intersections of the thought of Jacques Lacan and Michel Foucault. Both Lacan and Foucault moved back and forth between structuralist and post-structuralist intellectual trends and ultimately both defy strict categorization into either camp. Although numerous studies have appeared that compare Lacan’s and Foucault’s thought there have been relatively few applications of their thought together onto literature. By applying the thought of both theorists who were not literary critics to readings of early modern English utopian literature this study will on the one hand describe the formation of utopian subjectivity that is both psychoanalytically (Oedipal and pre-Oedipal) and socially constructed and on the other hand demonstrate new ways in which the thought of Lacan and Foucault inform and complement each other when applied to literary texts.  The utopian subject is a malleable subject a subject whose linguistic psychoanalytical subjectivity determines the extent to which environmental and social factors manifest in an identity that moves among Lacan’s Symbolic Imaginary and Real. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421342

Lacan - The Unconscious ReinventedThe Unconscious Reinvented This book focuses on Lacan's revisions and renewals of psychoanalytic concepts and shows the ways in which Lacan succeeded in the reinvention of psychoanalysis. It explores those steps that led him to assert an unprecedented formula that says against all expectation that the unconscious is real. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490991

Lacan and AddictionAn Anthology With chapters from Rik Loose Fabian Naparstek Patricia Gherovici Bruce Fink Thomos Svolos and many others the anthology is for people interested in the topic of addictions or in Lacanian psychoanalysis and especially for those interested in how the two intersect. Lacan and Addiction is based on papers presented at a 2006 conference where Lacanians from around the world gathered to speak about addictions. Conference participants explored the complexity of the problem for the individual society clinicians and for treatment. In the current climate where addiction is mostly treated by variations of twelve step approaches and psychopharmacological "countermeasures" it is all too easy to lose sight of the dimensions of addiction that render it not just a disease to be managed but rather a significant form of human suffering and a subjective responsibility both of which are critical components of addiction treatment. More and more addiction treatment is turning away from psychological and psychoanalytic theorization and towards psychopharmacological measures; this anthology attempts to rectify that situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758513

Lacan and Critical FeminismSubjectivity Sexuation and Discourse This book takes a critical feminist approach to Lacan’s fundamental concepts merging discourse and sexuation theories in a novel way for both psychoanalysis and feminism and exploring the possibility of a feminist subject within a non-masculine logic. In Lacan and Critical Feminism Carusi merges Lacan’s theories of discourse and sexuation not only from a gender/sexuality angle but also from a literary feminist and women’s studies framework. By drawing examples from literature film art and socio-political movements to focus on discourse and sexuation the text examines how tropes impact the subject’s positionality within any discourse mode. The book also uses women’s collective experience and action to illustrate ways that women have repositioned dominant narratives discursively. This text represents essential reading for researchers interested in the relationship between Lacan and feminist theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197094

Lacan and Levi-Strauss or The Return to Freud (1951-1957) Lacan and Levi-Strauss are often mentioned together in reviews of French structuralist thought but what really links their distinct projects? In this important study the author shows how Lacan's famous 'return to Freud' was only made possible through Lacan's reading of Levi-Strauss. Via a careful and illuminating comparison of the work of the psychoanalyst and that of the anthropologist Zafiropoulos shows how Lacan's theories of the symbolic function of the power of language of the role of the father and even of the unconscious itself owe a major debt to Levi-Strauss. Lacan and Levi-Strauss is much more than an academic study of the relations between these two thinkers: it is also a superb introduction to the work of Lacan setting out with detail and lucidity the major concepts of his work in the 1950s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106454

Lacan and MarxThe Invention of the Symptom Lacan and Marx: The Invention of the Symptom provides an incisive commentary on Lacan’s reading of Marx mapping the relations between these two vastly influential thinkers. Unlike previous books Bruno provides a detailed history of Lacan’s reading of Marx and surveys his references to Marx in both his writings and seminars. Examining Lacan’s key argument that Marx "invented the symptom" Bruno shows how Lacan went on to criticize Marx and contrasts Marx’s concept of surplus-value with Lacan’s surplus-enjoyment. Exploring the division between Marxist and psychoanalytic perspectives on social and psychological need and Lacan’s formalisation of the capitalist discourse the book compares the positions of Althusser Deleuze and Guattari and Žižek on the relations between Lacan Marx and capitalism using a wide range of cultural examples from Stevenson’s Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde to Brecht’s Joan Dark and Pierpont Mauler. Through these readings Bruno also elaborates an extended commentary on Lacan’s central idea of the division of the subject. His focus is not only on showing how we can exit from capitalism but also and just as importantly on showing how we can make capitalism exit from us. This book will be of great interest to scholars and readers of Lacan and Marx from across the fields of psychoanalysis philosophy and political economy and will also appeal to Lacanian psychoanalysts in clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334017

Lacan and Religion The French psychoanalyst Jacques Lacan is one of the most influential intellectuals of the past century. His work is invoked by philosophers film critics and feminist theorists but religious scholars have tended to keep their distance. Whilst the religious dimensions of Freud and Jung have been investigated exhaustively much work still needs to be done in exploring this aspect of Lacan's thought. "Lacan and Religion" presents students of religion and theology with a clear introduction to a famously difficult thinker. The theological analysis is grounded in a solid understanding of Lacan's work as a psychoanalyst whilst the book also explores how Lacan's concepts can be fruitful for those who labour in what Lacan called the "field of the divine." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844657049

Lacan and Science The current volume represents an exciting collection of essays critically examining the relation between modern science and Lacanian psychoanalysis in approaching the question of mental suffering. Lacan & Science also tackles more widely the role and logic of scientific practice in general taking as its focus psychic processes. Central themes that are explored from a variety of perspectives include the use of mathematics in Lacanian psychoalanysis the importance of linguistics and Freud's text in Lacan's approach and the central significance attached to ethics and the role of the subject. Constituting an invaluable addition to existing literature this comprehensive volume offers a fresh insight into Lacan's conception of the subject and its implications to scientific practice and evidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107321

Lacan and the Formulae of SexuationExploring Logical Consistency and Clinical Consequences Lacan and the Formulae of Sexuation provides the first critical reading of Lacan’s formulae of sexuation examining both their logical consistency and clinical consequences. Are there two different entities named Man and Woman separated by the gulf of sexual difference? Or is it better to conceive of this difference as something purely relative each human being situated on a sort of continuum from more or less 'man' to more or less 'woman'? Sigmund Freud established the strange way through which sexuality determines being human: his concept of drive was no longer the heteronormative sexual instinct used by the psychiatrists of his time. With his provocative formula according to which 'there is no sexual relationship' Lacan has reinforced this perspective combining logic and sexuality through the invention of a new operator the concept 'not all' which points to a form of incompleteness at stake in his 'formulae of sexuation'. This book examines how these formulae have been constructed and how we should read them in connection with on one hand their own logical consistency (a logical square different from Aristotelian tradition) and on the other hand a 'part object' in a very different sense to Melanie Klein’s. The book also investigates the underlying logic of clinical vignettes so much in favour in psychoanalytical literature today. The book represents essential reading for Lacanian psychoanalysts as well as researchers at the cross-section of psychoanalysis philosophy and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367420376

Lacan and the Subject of Language (RLE: Lacan) Originally published in 1991 this volume tackles the diverse teachings of the great psychoanalyst and theoretician. Written by some of the leading American and European Lacanian scholars and practitioners the essays attempt to come to terms with his complex relation to the culture of contemporary psychoanalysis. The volume presents useful insights into Lacan’s innovative theories on the nature of language and the subject. Many of the essays probe the importance of psychoanalysis for problems of signifier and referent in the philosophy of language; others explore the difficulties men and women have in negotiating the sexual differences that divide them. A major contribution to the new reception of Jacques Lacan in the English-speaking world Lacan and the Subject of Language will challenge those who believe that they have already ‘mastered’ Lacanian thought. The insights offered here will pave the way for further developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992979

Lacan on MadnessMadness yes you can't This new collection of essays by distinguished international scholars and clinicians will revolutionize your understanding of madness. Essential for those on both sides of the couch eager to make sense of the plethora of theories about madness available today Lacan on Madness: Madness Yes You Can’t provides compelling and original perspectives following the work of Jacques Lacan. Patricia Gherovici and Manya Steinkoler suggest new ways of working with phenomena often considered impermeable to clinical intervention or discarded as meaningless. This book offers a fresh view on a wide variety of manifestations and presentations of madness featuring clinical case studies new theoretical developments in psychosis and critical appraisal of artistic expressions of insanity. Lacan on Madness uncovers the logics of insanity while opening new possibilities of treatment and cure. Intervening in current debates about normalcy and pathology causation and prognosis the authors propose effective modalities of treatment and challenge popular ideas of what constitutes a cure offering a reassessment of the positive and creative potential of madness. Gherovici and Steinkoler’s book makes Lacanian ideas accessible by showing how they are both clinically and critically useful. It is invaluable reading for psychoanalysts clinicians academics graduate students and lay persons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736169

Lacan on PsychosisFrom Theory to Praxis This is the first book of its kind that attempts to distill Lacan’s views on psychosis for both a specialized and non-specialized audience. An attempt is made to present Lacan’s unorganized theories to apply to conceptual paradigms in psychoanalysis and the humanities as well as applied clinical practice. This effort is in the spirit of fostering dialogue and educating different theoretical orientations within psychoanalysis on what Lacan and his followers have contributed to emerging contemporary perspectives on psychotic phenomena in both normative and pathological populations. Within Lacanian circles there is debate over what constitutes psychosis including defining the ordinary from pathological variants that have historically defined the phenomena as a mental illness. Here psychosis is not defined by hegemonic authoritarian psychiatry but rather as a conceptual framework or philosophical perspective supported by descriptive narrative and symptomatic phenomenology that challenges preconceived notions of what we typically consider psychosis to entail. In this book a variety of perspectives are presented by internationally respected scholars and clinicians who examine what Lacan had to say about psychosis from his nuanced theories represented in select texts including omissions extrapolations and new applications as well as how clinical methodology and technique have been adapted and advanced by practitioners treating psychotic individuals. Lacan on Psychosis will be of interest to academics scholars researchers and practitioners in the fields of psychoanalysis psychotherapy philosophy cultural theory the humanities and the behavioral sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315426

Lacan Reading Joyce This book discusses Jacques Lacan’s contribution to understanding the life and work of James Joyce introducing Colette Soler’s influential reading to English readers for the first time. Focusing on Lacan’s famous Seminar on Joyce the reader will no doubt learn much from Lacan but also as Soler shows what Lacan learned from Joyce and what perhaps without him he would not have approached with so much confidence.  Le Sinthome. This is the title Jacques Lacan chose for his seminar devoted to Joyce in 1975–76. He wrote the word 'sinthome' in its original spelling from the Greek and thus used the technique so dear to Joyce: the equivocation between the sound that is heard and the graphic representation that is seen. Is it surprising that the author who recognised in 1956 with 'The Agency of the Letter in the Unconscious' that the Freudian practice of speech revealed an unconscious that writes – something Jacques Derrida found quite remarkable – would end in 1975–76 with Joyce?  Lacan Reading Joyce will be of great interest to professional and academic readers in the respective fields of Lacan and Joyce studies including psychoanalysts in practice and training as well as researchers and students in psychoanalytic and modern literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327252

Lacanian AffectsThe function of affect in Lacan's work Affect is a high-stakes topic in psychoanalysis but there has long been a misperception that Lacan neglected affect in his writings. We encounter affect at the beginning of any analysis in the form of subjective suffering that the patient hopes to alleviate. How can psychoanalysis alleviate such suffering when analytic practice itself gives rise to a wide range of affects in the patient’s relationship to the analyst? Lacanian Affects: The Function of Affect in Lacan’s Work is the first book to explore Lacan’s theory of affect and its implications for contemporary psychoanalytic practice. In it Colette Soler discusses affects as diverse as the pain of existence hatred ignorance mourning sadness "joyful knowledge " boredom moroseness anger shame and enthusiasm. Soler’s discussion culminates in a highlighting of so-called enigmatic affects: anguish love and the satisfaction related to the end of an analysis. Lacanian Affects provides a unique and compelling account of affect that will prove to be an essential text for psychoanalysts psychiatrists psychotherapists psychologists and social workers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715928

Lacanian CoordinatesFrom the Logic of the Signifier to the Paradoxes of Guilt and Desire Psychoanalysis is an experience of truths and lies in language. It is also a discourse and a praxis. Lacanian Coordinates takes the reader from the beginning of Lacan's teaching from the logic of the signifier and the Lacanian subject to the drive and object a qua object a the paradoxes of guilt and finally to the desire of the Other love and femininity - the themes which are explored and developed in the forthcoming second volume of Lacanian Coordinates. This book explores the points of Lacanian orientation that lead us to the particularity of the subject and considers whether we find them not solely in the discourse of the universal to which religion science and philosophy testify but also in the analytic experience itself. Psychoanalysis creates conditions for an encounter with an analyst and with words forgotten neglected underestimated yet also bursting with meaning and surprises. Each chapter contributes to this subjective realisation taking as reference the clinic the voice of an analysand and everyday discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202806

Lacanian Psychoanalysis between the Child and the OtherExploring the Cultures of Childhood Lacanian Psychoanalysis between the Child and the Other explores what topology can contribute to clinical work with children emphasizing that psychoanalytic listening goes beyond the individuals who attend a session. This kind of listening does not seek for what is hidden inside; rather it seeks to create a continuous topological transformation with topology regarded as the most sophisticated way in which structure structuring and playing can be thought. Using Lacan’s theoretical framework the book provides a new perspective on working with children re-examining fundamental Lacanian concepts such as structure subject lack Other clinic and of course child itself. It charts how time and space are knitted together for children in psychoanalysis and how a Lacanian approach can enable clinical practitioners and researchers to venture into cultures of childhood helping them conceptualize and intervene in the process of knitting and unknotting. The book will be of interest to psychoanalytic child clinicians in practice and training as well as researchers in the field of child psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001278

Lacanian Psychoanalysis from Clinic to Culture This accessible and insightful book merges Lacanian theory psychoanalytic case studies and the author’s personal experiences to illuminate the relevance of Lacanian psychoanalysis in mapping contemporary subjectivity. Using examples from cinema artificial intelligence and clinical and cultural references the book covers major topics within the field including dreams the mirror phase psychosis hysteria the position of the analyst the drive supervision and the symptom. Each is set within the context of our technologically oriented market-based society and complemented with empirical vignettes. The book’s final section examines contemporary society and radicalization. Lacanian Psychoanalysis from Clinic to Culture is important reading for students and academics in Lacanian psychoanalysis as well as professionals concerned with complex social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330927

Lacanian Psychoanalysis with Babies Children and AdolescentsFurther Notes on the Child Lacan did not say or write very much about the psychoanalysis of children. There is no doctrine of the psychoanalysis of children in his work. Instead his 1956-1957 seminar on 'the object relation' and his 'Note on the Child' of 1969 have been adopted by Lacanian analysts working with children as providing essential coordinates for direction in their clinical work. This book is the result of inviting psychoanalysts of the Lacanian orientation working with children around the globe to theorise and conceptualise that work. The Lacanian psychoanalyst works with the notion of the subject as a 'speaking being' but the child subject brings particular exigencies to the psychoanalytic work. Contributors attend to these exigencies in their essays by articulating the precise particularities of the direction of the treatment and psychoanalytic work with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204497

Lacanian PsychoanalysisA Clinical Casebook In this important work Danièle Brillaud provides an illuminating exploration of major concepts in Jacques Lacan’s notoriously difficult writings the Écrits. To illustrate the theory she discusses clinical cases and examples from the treatment of patients with a wide range of psychiatric disorders. This book is intended as an introduction to Lacanian theory and practice. Concrete examples show the interdependence of clinical work and conceptual formalisation in Lacan’s reading of Freud. A spectrum of disorders and clinical issues is presented including delusional misidentification syndromes paranoid psychosis and schizophrenia hypochondria Cotard delusion fetishism the differential diagnosis of neurosis and psychosis and more. Brillaud highlights the roots of Lacan’s thought in classical French psychiatry and brings out the clinical relevance of his references to linguistics literature and topology. Her approach to treating and understanding psychopathology provides invaluable insight into Lacanian theory and clinical practice. This book will be of interest to students of psychoanalysis clinical psychology and psychiatry who would like to get a better understanding of Lacan’s work and its clinical application as well as to more experienced clinicians who are interested in the diagnosis and treatment of patients in Lacanian psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027131

Lacanian PsychotherapyTheory and Practical Applications The work of Jacques Lacan is associated more with literature and philosophy than mainstream American psychology due in large part to the dense language he employs in articulating his theory â€“ including  often at the expense of clinical illustration. As a result his contributions are frequently fascinating yet their utility in the therapeutic setting can be difficult to pinpoint. Lacanian Psychotherapy fills in this clinical gap by presenting theoretical discussions in clear accessible language and applying them to several chapter-length case studies thereby demonstrating their clinical relevance. The central concern of the book is the usefulness of Lacan's notion that the unconscious is structured like and by language. This concept implies a peculiar manner of listening ("to the letter") and intervention which Miller applies to a number of common clinical concerns â€“ including  including case formulation dreams transference and diagnosis â€“ including  all in the context of real-world psychotherapy.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893053

Lacanian TreatmentPsychoanalysis for Clinicians Secret wishes forbidden pleasures and painful memories hide below the false bottom of consciousness. How do we decipher the desire and pleasure located between the words spoken in psychotherapeutic treatment and how can we identify and interpret them? This book following the author's previous work which focused mainly on Lacanian theory is dedicated to the practice of psychological treatment. Given its general clarity the book can also be useful to those who are not deeply versed in Lacanian thinking. How does one interpret symptoms dreams and other expressions of the unconscious? What is transference and how is it put to work in treatment? How do we work with anxiety depression suicidal tendencies and other types of distress? What is the Lacanian approach to these things? How does diagnosis relate to how we orient the treatment? And finally what is the secret of termination of the treatment which happens to coincide with the analyst's training process? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206187

Lacan's Clinical TechniqueLack(a)nian Analysis How do psychoanalysts act during analysis? When does treatment start? How long does a session or treatment last? How much does it cost? What does analytical interpretation entail? What is the final aim of analysis? These are the main issues Antonio Quinet addresses for clinical psychoanalysts and students in training. This is not a do-it-yourself book or a step-by-step manual but rather an examination of Freudian and Lacanian techniques based on psychoanalytical theory and ethics. The ideas examined are grounded in the structure of subjectivity and the basic assumption that analysts have taken their own analysis to the end. It is from thereon that the will have the analyst's desire as a practicla tool for their own clinical practice. Antonio Quinet's contribution regarding the start of treatment comes from his updated examination of Freudian concepts through Lacanian mathemes. This approach has made this book's first version a best seller in Brazil with over 30 000 copies sold. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205500

Lacan's Return to AntiquityBetween nature and the gods Chapters 1 2 and 5 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781138820388   Lacan’s Return to Antiquity is the first book devoted to the role of classical antiquity in Lacan’s work. Oliver Harris poses a question familiar from studies of Freud: what are Ancient Greece and Rome doing in a twentieth-century theory of psychology? In Lacan’s case the issue has an additional edge for he employs antiquity to demonstrate what is radically new about psychoanalysis. It is a tool with which to convey the revolutionary power of Freud’s ideas by digging down to the philosophical questions beneath them. It is through these questions that Lacan allies psychoanalysis with the pioneering intellectual developments of his time in anthropology philosophy art and literature. Harris begins by considering the role of Plato and Socrates in Lacan’s conflicted thoughts on teaching writing and the process of becoming an intellectual icon. In doing so he provides a way into considering the uniquely challenging nature of the Lacanian texts themselves and the live performances behind them. Two central chapters explore when and why myth is drawn upon in psychoanalysis its threat to the discipline’s scientific aspirations and Lacan’s embrace of its expressive potential. The final chapters explore Lacan’s defence of tragedy and his return to Ovidian themes. These include the unwitting voyeurism of Actaeon and the fate of Narcissus a figure of tragic metamorphosis that Freud places at the heart of infantile development. Lacan’s Return to Antiquity brings to Lacan studies the close reading and cross-disciplinary research that has proved fruitful in understanding Freud’s invention of psychoanalysis. It will appeal to psychoanalysts and advanced students studying in the field being of particular value to those interested in the roots of Lacanian concepts the evolution of his thought and the cultural context of his work. What emerges is a more nuanced self-critical figure a corrective to the reputation for dogmatism and obscurity that Lacan has attracted. In the process new light is thrown on enduring controversies from Lacan’s pronouncements on feminine sexuality to the opaque drama of the seminars themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820388

Laclau and MouffeThe Radical Democratic Imaginary Laclau and Mouffe: The Radical Democratic Imaginary is the first full-length overview of the important work of Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe. Anna Marie Smith clearly shows how Laclau and Mouffe's work has brought Gramscian poststructuralist and psychoanalytic perspectives to revitalize traditional political theory. With clarity and insight she shows how they have constructed a highly effective theory of identity formation and power relations that carefully draws from the criticism of political theory from postmodern anti-foundationalist political theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006719

LaclauA Critical Reader Laclau: A Critical Reader is the first full-length critical appraisal of Laclau's work and includes contributions from several leading philosophers and theorists. The first section examines Laclau's theory that the contest between universalism and particularism provides much of the philosophical background to political and social struggle taking up the important place accorded to amongst others Hegel and Lacan in Laclau's work. The second section of the book considers what Laclau's 'radical democracy' might look like and reflects on its ethical implications particularly in relation to Laclau's post-Marxism and thinkers such as Jürgen Habermas. The final section investigates the place of hegemony in Laclau's work the idea for which he is perhaps best-known.This stimulating collection also includes replies to his critics by Laclau and the important exchange between Laclau and Judith Butler on equality making it an excellent companion to Laclau's work and essential reading for students of political and social theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714720

Lactam-based Polyamides Volume IPolymerization Structure This two-volume work examines general relationships among the structures reactivity and properties of polyamides important for predictions in such fields as materials science. The team of authors including polymer research chemists physicists and specialists in technology and processing compiled an extensive amount of literature (over 2300 references) to produce two volumes packed with text tables drawings and first-hand information much of it never before published. Topics include lactams and their production properties analysis theory and the technology of their polymerization in addition to polyamides and their processing modification analysis molecular characterization structure physical properties degradation and stabilization designing and application of products. Researchers and specialists in the preparation modification processing structure and properties of linear aliphatic polyamides will find Lactam-Based Polyamides Volumes I and II to be invaluable texts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813062

Lactic Acid BacteriaA Functional Approach Lactic acid bacteria (LAB) are a diverse group of bacteria that comprise low GC content Gram-positive cocci or rods that produces lactic acid as the major end product of the fermentation process. Bifidobacterium genera may also be considered as a part of the LAB group for possessing some similar phenotypical characteristics despite the higher GC content. The key feature of LAB metabolism is efficient carbohydrate fermentation. This contributes to the production of several microbial metabolites that result in the improvement of flavor and texture of fermented foods in addition to its positive impact on the human health when LAB is administered as a probiotic.   The book deals with advances made in the functionalities of LAB such as their effect on vitamin D receptor expression impact on neurodegenerative pathologies production of B-vitamins for food bio-enrichment production of bacteriocins to improve gut microbiota dysbiosis production of metabolites from polyphenols and their effects on human health effect on reducing the immunoreaction of food allergens as biological system using time-temperature to improve food safety and the use of probiotics in animal feed. The book also reviews the use of LAB and probiotic technologies to develop new functional foods and functional pharmaceuticals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138391635

Lactic Acid BacteriaMicrobiological and Functional Aspects Through four editions Lactic Acid Bacteria: Microbiological and Functional Aspects has provided readers with information on the how’s and why’s lactic acid-producing fermentation improves the storability palatability and nutritive value of perishable foods. Thoroughly updated and fully revised with 12 new chapters the Fifth Edition covers regulatory aspects globally new findings on health effects properties and stability of LAB as well as production of target specific LAB. The new edition also addresses the technological use of LAB in various fermentations of food feed and beverage and their safety considerations. It features the detailed description of the main genera of LAB as well as such novel bacteria as fructophilic LAB and novel probiotics and discusses such new targets as cognitive function metabolic health respiratory health and probiotics. Key Features: In 12 new chapters findings are presented on health effects properties and stability of LAB as well as production of target specific LAB Covers such novel bacteria as fructophilic LAB and novel probiotics Presents new discoveries related to the mechanisms of lactic acid bacterial metabolism and function Covers the benefits of LAB both in fermentation of dairy cereal meat vegetable and silage and their health benefits on humans and animals Discusses the less-known role of LAB as food spoilers Covers the global regulatory framework related to safety and efficacy Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815366485

Lactic Acid Fermentation of Fruits and Vegetables Lactic acid fermentation has been practiced for thousands of years mainly to preserve surplus and perishable foodstuff and also to enhance them organoleptically. Lactic acid fermentation of fruits and vegetables is no exception leading to the production of a wide range of products some of which are now considered as characteristic of certain geographical areas and cultures. The aim of this book is to collect present and discuss all available information regarding lactic acid fermentation of fruits and vegetables. For this purpose an international group of experts was invited to contribute their knowledge and experience in a highly informative and comprehensive way. The book consists of fourteen chapters. The first five chapters integrate aspects that apply to all products. Then chapters 6 to 9 are dedicated to products that have met commercial significance and have been extensively studied i.e. sauerkraut kimchi fermented cucumbers and olives. In chapters 10 to 13 regional products with great potential from Asia Europe and Africa as well as lactic acid fermented juices and smoothies are presented and thoroughly discussed. Finally chapter 14 discusses the fields in which intensive study is expected to take place in the coming years. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726900

Lactic acid fermentation of human excreta for agricultural application Human excreta is a valuable fertilizer for improving soil quality and crop productivity with a potential to replace or complement the mineral fertilizers. The main challenges related to human excreta regarding agricultural applications are microbial contamination risks loss of nutrients and odor issues. Fertilization by lacto-fermented faeces supplemented by biochar has benefits such as improved soil bulk density nitrate and potassium concentrations as well as the yield and yield components of corn compared to untreated simple stored faeces urine cattle manure and unfertilized controls. Even though the mineral fertilizer produced corn with significantly higher height and leaf length it did not add significantly higher yields than lacto-fermented faeces supplemented by biochar. A faeces treatment process by combined lacto-fermentation with thermophilic composting and biochar supplementation had better reduction of coliforms Escherichia coli Enterococcus faecalis and Clostridium perfringens and higher germination of radish and growth of tomatoes than combined lacto-fermentation with vermicomposting. Urine lacto-fermentation contributed to a pH reduction below 4 a decrease in the ammonium concentration and odor strength as well as an increase in the germination rates compared to untreated stored urine. The results of this study provide important information that can set the basis for scaling up a sustainable technology for the treatment of source separated human excreta while improving its potential for resource recovery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138049895

LactoferrinNatural - Multifunctional - Antimicrobial Illnesses resulting from foodborne pathogens occur at least 6 million times each year and cause an estimated 9 000 deaths. For decades food microbiologists have developed various effective methods of food protection. However the constant development of multi-facet food processing technologies and the emergence of potent foodborne pathogens compromised the efficacy of many antimicrobial interventions. Most technologies also fail to address the problem of bacterial debris remaining on the food surface. Furthermore some bacteria have the ability to develop resistance to antimicrobial interventions. All such factors contribute to the continuously growing concern of keeping our food safe. Lactoferrin: Natural o Multifunctional o Antimicrobial presents the scientific background on use of this naturally occurring microbial blocking agent as an effective food antimicrobial intervention. THE SOURCE FOR APPLIED SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION ON LACTOFERRIN AS A NATURAL ANTIMICROBIAL INTERVENTION Lactoferrin: Natural o Multifunctional o Antimicrobial details microbial blocking technology to protect foods from harmful microbes. Recently researchers at the Center for Antimicrobial Research California State Polytechnic University at Pomona found that lactoferrin when activated functions as a potent antimicrobial intervention. It protects food by removing harmful bacteria from the surface and by starving bacteria before they can multiply and produce harmful toxins and it also prevents bacteria from re-attaching to food surfaces. As a result this substance has potential to help the agribusiness and food industry supply safer food products to consumers.WHY LACTOFERRIN?Studied for 50 years lactoferrin is known to have many beneficial biological properties as an integral component of the mammalian innate defense system. Lactoferrin is a broad-spectrum antimicrobial known to inhibit proliferation of bacteria viruses fungi and parasites. Some of its Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426566

Lad Culture in Higher EducationSexism Sexual Harassment and Violence Responding to increasing concerns about the harmful effects of so-called ‘lad culture’ in British universities and related ‘bro’ and ‘frat’ cultures in US colleges this book is the first to explore and analyse the perspectives of university staff on these cultures which students suggest foster the normalisation of sexism homophobia racism sexual harassment and violence. Drawing on in-depth interviews with a broad range of staff and faculty across different types of universities in England the book explores the following key questions: What is lad culture? How and where is it manifest in higher education and what are the effects on students and staff? How can ‘laddish’ behaviour be explained? How can we theorise lad culture to enable us to better understand and challenge it? How do dynamics in the United Kingdom compare to so-called ‘bro’ and ‘frat’ cultures in US colleges? By examining the ways in which lad culture is understood and explained the authors illustrate that current understandings of lad culture obscure the broader processes through which problematic attitudes practices and educational climates are fostered. This analysis enables a theorisation of lad culture that makes visible the gendered norms and intersecting structural inequalities that underpin it. This timely and accessible volume will be of great interest to anyone looking to understand and tackle sexism sexual harassment and violence in and beyond university contexts. It will be of particular significance to researchers undergraduate and postgraduate students academics and policy makers in the fields of gender and sexuality in education higher education and sociology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571310

Ladies' Dispensatory Leonard Sowerby's self-healing manual for women The Ladies' Dispensatory emerged in England in 1652 amidst an abundance of medical self-help books for the lay citizen. Written for both the common patient and the amateur health provider these manuals of home remedies provided their readers with a variety of potential solutions to common ailments or disease. Sowerby's Dispensatory was written primarily for curing women's health problems and in that regard focuses heavily on gynecologic problems (the Dispensatory includes numerous preparations for inducing abortion) breast complaints personal hygiene and cosmetic applications.Balaban Erlen and Siderits have resurrected Sowerby's original manuscript and have provided both historical and medical explanation of its uses and usefulness. From a common garlic remedy to 'fortify the brain' to 'a hog's heel burned to powder' for easing colic The Ladies' Dispensatory is a delightfully unique look at health and hygiene in the seventeenth century. Also inlcludes nine maps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974159

Ladies LaughingWit as Control in Contemporary American Women Writers This engaging and accessible book examines the world of seven contemporary popular American women writers and their individual use of wit as a subtle and effective strategy to engage or "control" the reader. A chapter is devoted to each of the seven writers - Lisa Alther Rita Mae Brown Nora Ephron Shirley Jackson Alison Lurier Grace Paley and Anne Tyler - and discusses their writings and their use of wit in the context of their lives. An opening chapter frames wit and control in psychological realities and a concluding chapter summarizes the power of wit. A bibliography of the writers' works is also included making this an ideal introduction and companion to these writers and their works. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078342

Ladies of Lost Causes In this highly original study Judith Rumgay evaluates the development of a residential programme for female offenders run by the Griffins Society. The text is unique in that it documents the radical contribution of women philanthropists and practitioners to offender rehabilitation. Drawing on archival interview and observational sources the author describes analyses and evaluates a distinctive model of care provision by volunteer upper-middle-class women that has since been overtaken by the professionalization of the voluntary sector. Rumgay illuminates the pathways of women into and out of serious crime; explores the dynamics of rehabilitative practice in the volatile setting of residential care; and also analyses the qualities of successful rehabilitative practice. Subsequently the author suggests rehabilitative success is more appropriately understood within a paradigm of natural desistance from crime instead of the more common appeal to a medical model of treatment. Moreover this style of rehabilitative practice is inextricable from the broader social outlook of a dedicated group of philanthropic women whose critics derided them with epithets such as 'Lady Bountiful'. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138165854

Lady Anne HalkettSelected Self-Writings An in-depth examination of Lady Anne Halkett's writing is long overdue. Although Lady Anne Halkett is beginning to receive much warranted critical attention to date scholars have concentrated almost exclusively on her autobiographical 'Memoirs'. Consequently her extensive 'Select and Occasional Meditations ' have been neglected or marginalised. While these texts are devotional in nature they also bear witness to Halkett's own sense of self and subjectivity. The structure of this edition provides the first opportunity for scholars to place Halkett's 'Memoirs' in its moment of production an in relation Halkett's other writings. In so doing we gain a unique insight into a particular early modern woman's devotional practice and her developing subjectivity. Suzanne Trill's original introduction discusses how this combination of texts requires scholars to revise their representations of Halkett and her writing. Trill argues for a more detailed interrogation of Halkett's national and religious affliations; to this end she offers an analysis of the religious conflicts between Scotland and England 1660-1700 with particular reference to Halkett's representation of her ministers' experiences within this conflict. Halkett's intense engagement with contemporary social political and religious changes makes her writing more than simply the record of an individual woman's life. This edition of selections of her writings offers a new angle on Halkett's life and writing that will be of interest to literary scholars historians linguists and to those interested in women's studies in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250977

Lady Boys Tom Boys Rent BoysMale and Female Homosexualities in Contemporary Thailand Lady Boys Tom Boys Rent Boys: Male and Female Homosexualities in Contemporary Thailand offers methods that will help social workers researchers and students create HIV/AIDS intervention services for gay men lesbians and transgender individuals in or from Thailand. Many of these methods can also be used by practitioners or HIV/AIDS educators in North America and developing countries to address issues of culturally diverse clientele. In response to Western and Thai sexuality studies that fail to accurately represent the diverse sexualities of Thailand this book discusses and describes certain factors that need to be taken into consideration when developing intervention programs. Demonstrating how cultural and social factors influence services Lady Boys Tom Boys Rent Boys will help you provide clients with effective and relevant services. Drawing attention to Eurocentric ideology that may hinder cross-cultural collaboration for Thai-Western service provisions this book offers you information that will help you understand how cultural political and economic systems shape sexuality and gender roles in Thai society. Lady Boys Tom Boys Rent Boys provides you with the necessary knowledge for providing successful services including:how Thai sexualities are identified by examining the meaning of terms such as “toms” (masculine Thai lesbians) “dee” (feminine-identified women who have relations with other women) “kathoey” (males that dress like women and wear make-up) or “lady boys” (transsexual or transvestite males) how Thai society actually defines ”having sex” and recognizing the differences from Western connotations of sex to effectively teach individuals about the risk of HIV/AIDSways Western views of confidentiality and privacy differ from Thai views in order to understand why individuals hesitate to get tested for or seek counselling about HIV/AIDSthe relationship between occupation and sexual identity in movies and magazines that reveal how sexuality is characterized in Thailandthe unique social identity of “toms” and how Thai society labels what is masculine and femininereasons for hiding sexual identity such as rejection fear of stereotypes and having a relationship that is viewed by society as wrong and meaninglessprotecting commercial sex workers (CSW) from infection by developing culturally appropriate interventionsOne of the only books to address HIV/AIDS issues of gay and transgender individuals in Thailand Lady Boys Tom Boys Rent Boys will help you increase awareness about HIV/AIDS and create successful intervention programs for clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877730

Lady Gaga and Popular MusicPerforming Gender Fashion and Culture This book is a multi-faceted interdisciplinary examination of the music and figure of Lady Gaga combining approaches from scholars in cultural studies art fashion and music. It represents one of the first scholarly volumes devoted to Lady Gaga who has become over a few short years central to both popular (and indeed populist) as well as more scholarly thought in these areas and who the contributors argue is helping to shape—directly and indirectly—thought and culture both in the fields of the "scholarly" and the "everyday." Lady Gaga's output is firmly embedded in a self-consciously intellectual pop culture tradition and her music videos are intertextually linked to icons of pop culture intelligentsia like Alfred Hitchcock and open to multiple interpretations. In examining her music and figure this volume contributes both to debates on the status of intertextuality held in tension with originality and to debates on the figuring of the sexualized female body and representations of disability. There is interest in these issues from a wide range of disciplines: popular musicology film studies queer studies women’s studies gender studies disability studies popular culture studies and the burgeoning sub-discipline of aesthetics and philosophy of fashion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630482

Lady Of The Hare First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974166

Lafcadio Hearn: Japan's Great InterpreterA New Anthology of His Writings 1894-1904 Extensive collection of excerpts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315073095

Laggards and Leaders in Labour Market ReformComparing Japan and Australia A flexible labour market is widely regarded as a key factor in encouraging economic growth and prosperity. In recent years some economies have successfully reformed their labour markets making part-time and flexible hours easier limiting the restrictive practices of trade unions encouraging training and the enhancement of the skills of those in the labour market coping with the changing age profile of the workforce and in other ways. Other economies have been less successful at labour market reform and continue to struggle with outdated structures and practices. This book discusses the key elements of labour market reform contrasting a country where reforms have been successfully carried through Australia with a country where reforms have been less successful Japan. At the same time this book challenges the conventional view that Australia is the lucky country for all its workers – given the rising hours worked for those in work and the difficulties for young people entering the labour market. Both countries also face issues in terms of an ageing population and policy challenges in the design of safety nets and pension provision. The book thereby demonstrates to analysts of labour market reform worldwide the key elements of successful labour market reform and the consequential effects when the reforms are carried through or not.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992986

Lagrangian InteractionAn Introduction To Relativistic Symmetry In Electrodynamics And Gravitation This book is an introduction to Lagrangian mechanics starting with Newtonian physics and proceeding to topics such as relativistic Lagrangian fields and Lagrangians in General Relativity electrodynamics Gauge theory and relativistic gravitation. The mathematical notation used is introduced and explained as the book progresses so it can be understood by students at the undergraduate level in physics or applied mathmatics yet it is rigorous enough to serve as an introduction to the mathematics and concepts required for courses in relativistic quantum field theory and general relativity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091330

LakatosAn Introduction Lakatos: An Introduction provides a thorough overview of both Lakatos's thought and his place in twentieth century philosophy. It is an essential and insightful read for students and anyone interested in the philosophy of science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203004548

Lake District Tours 1842-1902 (ES 5-vol. set) Published by EPM in Japan and distributed outside of Japan by Routledge. Following the successful series Lake District Tours A Collection of Travel Writings and Guide Books in the Romantic Era in six volumes this is a collection of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century writings on the Lake District. Facsimile reprint of six travel guides and handbooks with many illustrations and photographs. From the Introduction by Malcolm Andrews In 1835 two years before Victoria came to the throne William Wordsworth published the enlarged 5th edition of his Guide to the Lakes the earliest version of which had appeared in 1810. The Guide was as its full title indicates for the Use of Tourists and Residents. Wordsworth’s purpose in producing his own Guide was as he explained in a letter to Lady Beaumont (10 May 1810) ‘to give a model of the manner in which topographical descriptions ought to be executed in order to their being either useful or intelligible by evolving truly and distinctly one appearance from another.’ These remarks make clear that the writing of guidebooks for tourists had become an industry as well as a distinct literary genre in itself. Wordsworth in 1810 was all too aware of the conventions of guidebooks especially those relating to his Lake District home country and the often stereotyped vocabulary of topographical descriptions over the previous quarter century. His own Guide brought a refreshing geological and poetic specificity to descriptions of scenery replacing the generalising tendency of so many of his predecessors who were concerned to fit natural scenery into the aesthetic templates of the Sublime the Beautiful or the Picturesque. Wordsworth’s contribution foreshadowed the guidebooks of the later nineteenth century. It was also environmentally influential in urging the Victorians to integrate any new buildings into the Lake District with sensitivity to the cultural traditions and aesthetic distinctiveness of the region. Wordsworth was the iconic Lake District poet and guide-book writer and homages were paid by his successors in the Victorian period – as witness Robert Willmott’s title (included in these volumes): Our English Lakes…as Seen by William Wordsworth (1864). By the early Victorian period Wordsworth’s Guide was addressing a new generation of Lakeland tourists. For a start the social-class mix of these tourists had changed from the relatively prosperous and leisured middle and upper class tourists of the late eighteenth century with their carriages and servants. By the middle of the nineteenth century trains were bringing hundreds of labouring-class families into the Lakes for their holidays the towns and villages were adapting themselves for the expanded tourist industry and the guidebooks and collections of engraved and later photographed Lakeland views poured off the press. But there were also other groups of visitors from a range of social backgrounds who came to the Lakes to satisfy their botanical lepidopteral geological and other scientific curiosities. These interests are reflected in the titles of the mid-century guidebooks included in these volumes; e.g. William Ford’s Description…with An Appendix on the Geology of the Lake District or Harriet Martineau’s Complete Guide…[with] an account of the flowering plants ferns [etc] of the district or Black’s Picturesque Guide…[including] an Essay on the Geology of the District. One Victorian visitor to the Lakes who combined an acute aesthetic interest in landscape with a formidable knowledge of geology and botany was John Ruskin a powerful influence on English landscape aesthetics in the middle and later century. Ruskin made his home at Brantwood on Lake Coniston in 1871 and like Wordsworth before him became a kind of resident guru for visitors to the Lakes. One of his admirers W.G.Collingwood came to assist Ruskin at Brantwood and he eventually married and settled close by. Collingwood wrote a major biography of Ruskin as well as edited his works and he is the author of one of the titles generously illustrated included in these volumes The Lake Countries (1932). The continuing influence of Wordsworth and Ruskin together with the campaigning zeal and generosity of two other Victorian Lakeland inhabitants Canon Rawnsley and Beatrix Potter helped to promote the movement for conservation of the Lake District. It was formally designated a National Park in 1951 and is now the tourist destination for some 16 million visitors a year. The anthology of guidebooks collected in these volumes represent the consolidation and expansion of a tourist movement that began over two centuries ago and they helped to established the Lakes as one of the premier scenic attractions in Europe.   Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454734

Lake Governance The Lake Governance book will focus on comparative analysis of governance structures by examining policy legal and institutional structures of current transboundary commissions to develop a common framework for good governance of transboundary lakes. Cooperation among nations sharing natural resources is important for sustainable use of the shared resources. Lakes contribute a big part to GDP in most of the countries and in some cases are also responsible for providing fisheries (for food source of protein and livelihood). Climate change and associated risks and uncertainties add more complexity to the problems. This book will explore current water governance challenges knowledge gaps and recommend a framework for good lake governance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138633759

Lake Victoria Wetlands and the Ecology of the Nile Tilapia This volume is taken from an ecological study of wetlands undertaken in northern Lake Victoria (East Africa) between 1993 and 1996 with the major aim of characterizing shallow vegetation-dominated interface habitats and evaluating their importance for fish in particular for the Nile tilapia. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138418882

Lalangue Sinthome Jouissance and NominationA Reading Companion and Commentary on Lacan's Seminar XXIII on the Sinthome This reading companion and commentary on Lacan Seminar XXIII provides detailed analyses of Lacan's seminar while maintaining an overall continuity and consistency. This book does not purport to provide an exhaustive and systematic line-by-line reading of a very complex and varied seminar. Rather it selects key themes of Lacanian theory that are found present throughout his work. In addition the book does not try to simplify Lacan's ambiguous style leaving the text open to different interpretations while providing theory commentary and lines of analysis into some of Lacan's important insights. Finally this book is not about Joyce the writer but more about the use that Lacan makes of Joyce. Its purpose is not to apply psychoanalysis to a literary subject but rather to use the literary text to illustrate and develop psychoanalytic theory and Lacanian theory in particular. It is an analysis of topology and language or a linguisterie as Lacan called it for clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204244

Lament for Economics Does economics actually help us to understand and solve real world problems? Examining and analysing the role of economics and economic theory in the social and political life of the early twentieth century many of the arguments contained in this book are as relevant and controversial today as when they were first published. Chapters include:1. The Relation of Economic Theory to the Actual Economic World2. The Nature and Insignificance of the Economic Science3. Economics as Apologetics?4. Economic Individualism Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708637

L'Ameto Originally published in 1985 this book contains a full translation of Giovanni Boccaccio's L'Ameto alongside textual notes.Giovanni Boccaccio is famous for his great collection of short stories the Decameron but his other literary accomplishments are generally less well-known. Yet he helped revive the Latin eclogue and epistle and fostered the study of Greek; he made the major Renaissance compilation of classical myths established the pastoral romance and began formal Dante criticism. Among his more minor works belongs the Ameto the first moden pastoral romance translated here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133399

Lamp and the LuteStudies in Seven Authors First Published in 1964. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974173

Lamps and Lighting This book is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of lighting. Covering the physics of light production light sources circuits and a wide variety of lighting applications it is both suitable as a detailed textbook and as thoroughly practical guide for practising lighting engineers. This fourth edition of Lamps and Lighting has been completely updated with new chapters on the latest lamp technology and applications. The editors ahve called upon a wide range of expertise and as a result many sections have been broadened to include both European and US practice.The book begins with a description of the fundamentals of light vision colour and measurement. Part II the main section of the book deals with lamps and control equipment and includes descriptions of all lamp types in use today. Part III on lighting covers both interior and exterior applications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080928739

Lancashire and Cheshire from AD1540 This series fully illustrated with maps and half-tones is written for general readers as well as the student. In illuminating the anonymous lives of our predecessors it will when complete substantially enrich our understanding of the many histories which together make up the history of England. This authoritative volume surveys the modern history of the counties of Lancashire Merseyside Greater Manchester and Cheshire. In 1540 this was a backward area poor underpopulated and conservative. During the seventeenth and early eighteenth century the spread of the first cottage industries to the mills and the mines transformed the region into one of the engines of Britain's nineteenth-century greatness. The causes the costs and the consequences of that transformation are vividly portrayed in this very readable text. Offers a succinct account and analysis of the first region to experience the developed factory system. Discusses the rise dominance and decline of the region which has parallels across the country and the world. Provides essential background text for the students of local history. Assumes no previous knowledge of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408050

Lancashire Cotton Operatives and Work 1900-1950A Social History of Lancashire Cotton Operatives in the Twentieth Century This title was first published in 2003. The cotton industry was one of the major motors that powered Britain's industrial development from the mid-eighteenth century contributing in no small way to the revolution that was to transform Europe over the next hundred years. The combination of technological developments colonial exploits and social transformation that all came together in the Lancashire cotton industry provided a perfect example of how the new world would function its priorities and its ambitions. Into this fast moving and fluid situation were thrust the men women and children who formed the vast pool of labour necessary to keep the spindles and looms running. It is their experiences above all that illuminates the history of the cotton industry and how it came to change the face of Britain through the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. In this study Alan Fowler takes an in-depth look at the Lancashire cotton industry through the prism of its workers their families and organisations. He argues that by 1850 the triumph of the factory system was complete and the factory operative a mainstay of a transformed society based on a new economic order. With this increasingly important role in the new economy came opportunities which cotton workers were not slow to grasp. Crucial to the history of the Lancashire cotton operatives were the collective organisations they established which forced employers and government to treat with them. By the beginning of the twentieth century these organisations had managed to raise wages improve working conditions reduce working hours establish the right to holidays and force the introduction of factory legislation. This book explores how these victories were won and the impact they had on the industry and wider society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725553

Lancastrians and YorkistsThe Wars of the Roses This concise lucid study charts the complex sequence of events we know today as the War of the Roses. In the thematic chapters of the third section the author assesses the motives and relationships of the principal actors; the real character and impact of the Wars of the Roses; and the nature of Yorkist government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143654

Lancelot and GuinevereA Casebook Beginning with an introduction that examines the portrayal of the characters of Lancelot and Guinevere from their origins to the present day this collection of 16 essays-five of which appear here for the first time-puts particular emphasis on the appearance of the two characters in medieval and modern literature. Besides several studies exploring feminist concerns the volume features articles on the representation of the lovers in medieval manuscript illuminations (18 plates focus on scenes of their first kiss and the consummation of the adultery) in film and in other visual arts. A 200-item bibliography completes the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786780

LancelotOr The Knight of the Cart Originlly published in 1984 this book contains the full text of Lancelot or The Knight of the Cart the third or fourth major work by the twelfth-century poet Chrétien de Troyes alongisde a full translation and textual notes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429026775

Land First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974197

Land Credit and CrisisAgrarian Finance in the Hebrew Bible Land Credit and Crisis presents a new understanding of the financial culture of the Bible. Biblical Palestine was characterized by an over-abundance of arable land combined with a chronic lack of manpower and agricultural credit - circumstances which lead to much prophetic fulminating against merchants and the rich. The book reveals how the financial instruments and institutions of the time reflected a tough economic realism and argues that the image of the biblical prophet as a champion of social justice must be revised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845539283

Land Food And Rural Development In North Africa This study of rural development in six North African nations addresses the issues surrounding poverty and landlessness. Providing an Islamic perspective on policy-making the author describes the influence of Islam on development in these countries and stresses the Islamic religious and moral revival as a major factor in policy-making toward reduc Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367157869

Land Indigenous Peoples and Conflict Land Indigenous Peoples and Conflict presents an original comparative study of indigenous land and property rights worldwide. The book explores how the ongoing constitutional legal and political integration of indigenous peoples into contemporary society has impacted on indigenous institutions and structures for managing land and property. This book details some of the common problems experienced by indigenous peoples throughout the world providing lessons and insights from conflict resolution that may find application in other conflicts including inter-state and civil and sectarian conflicts. An interdisciplinary group of contributors present specific case material from indigenous land conflicts from the South Pacific Australasia South East Asia Africa North and South America and northern Eurasia. These regional cases discuss issues such as modernization the evolution of systems and institutions regulating land use access and management and the resolution of indigenous land conflicts drawing out common problems and solutions. The lessons learnt from the book will be of value to students researchers legal professionals and policy makers with an interest in land and property rights worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092938

Land Power And PovertyAgrarian Transformation And Political Conflict In Central America This book Land Power and Poverty explores the development of the rigid and unequal structures of rural Central American society and the role in the conflicts of five governments of the region Guatemala Costa Rica Honduras El Salvador and Nicaragua. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154073

Land Proto-Industry and Population in Catalonia c. 1680-1829An Alternative Transition to Capitalism? This monograph makes a fresh contribution to a longstanding but far from exhausted debate concerning the transition to capitalism in Europe. The work investigates key aspects of this transformation: the changes on the land the origins of the industrial revolution the modern rise of population and the growth of markets. It does so from a new perspective however by focusing on an area of southern Europe Catalonia. Catalonia's interest as an area for study lies in its precocity within a southern European context as one of the few regions on the European periphery to industrialise in comparable ways and at the same time as areas of northern Europe. Population growth was similarly rapid. The study engages critically with several important debates in economic and social history such as the transition to agrarian capitalism whether or not sharecropping should be viewed as a backwards form of agricultural production theories of proto-industrialisation and theories of population change. It also questions claims that the nuclear family of north-western Europe was a superior model for industralisation than the more extended family structures prevalent in southern Europe. Not only could the extended family be as dynamic as the nuclear family when required but more importantly attention needs to be paid to other institutions and factors that may have conditioned family forms and decision-making processes. The approach taken by this work is a micro-study of one community Igualada an important proto-industrial centre but also situated within the viticultural region. It grew rapidly over the eighteenth century from around 1 700 inhabitants in 1717 to 4 900 in 1787 and around 7 700 by 1830. Only at the micro-level is it feasible for an individual study to reconstruct networks of relationships and patterns of decision-making at the household level. At the core of the book therefore is a family reconstitution of 8 700 families supplemented by a wide body of additional sources such as landholding contracts tax records manorial surveys inventories marriage contracts and letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266957

Land Sea and HomeProceedings of a Conference on Viking-Period Settlement Land Sea and Home: Proceedings of a Conference on Viking-Period Settlement Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605674

Land Sea and HomeSettlement in the Viking Period This book provides a realistic historical and geographical perspective to begin closest to the Scandinavian homelands of Vikings and the Viking ideology and material culture by looking at new research into aspects of their use of the sea maritime communications and trade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077183

Land Water Language and Politics in AndhraRegional Evolution in India Since 1850 This book explains how access to and use of land water and language helped shape Andhra politics in India from 1850 down to the present day. After independence the debate over land reform and policies on irrigation has shaped the fortunes of various governments while the debate over the make-up of the language-based state has stimulated separatist movements like the one in support of Telangana. The book discusses how British innovations in irrigation in coastal Andhra in the mid-nineteenth century transformed the economy there from food crops to cash crops and created new markets for local entrepreneurs. This stimulated increased education and social reform in the region which in turn supported new politics in search of constitutional concessions. The drive for a Telugu language-based province then arose in concert and those political resources were then used to determine local patterns down to independence. The 1930s ruse of the socialists then the communist organisations was an extension of land and water tax debates which impacted the political nature of development — both before and after — independence. This is one of the first books on Andhra that recounts this story and is based on extensive archival research exploring the deep relationships between land water language and politics. It would be of primary interest to those studying modern nationalism in India natural resource management Indian politics and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138659926

Land Access and ResettlementA Guide to Best Practice This book is an up-to-date accessible and practical guide on how to optimally plan for implement and review land access and resettlement. It provides step-by-step information on how to avoid pitfalls  ensure that best practice is being employed and the correct standards are being applied. With useful real-life examples of when projects have gone well and when they haven't the book is based on the main lessons that have been learned on-the-ground over the past decade. Natural resource projects can have considerable impacts on local communities chiefly due to the need to acquire large areas of land.  When projects are located in developing and middle income economies the impacts are most keenly felt as it often requires displacement of large rural populations with predominately land-based livelihoods. The authors have planned implemented and reviewed over 50 land access and resettlement projects in over 30 countries internationally and conducted benchmarking exercises on a further 60 projects.  This experience provides the basis for the book. The book guides the reader through the different stages of preparing for a land resettlement project. Land Access and Resettlement is a key social risk for the natural resources sector particularly the mining oil and gas industries who are operating in a context of increased awareness and regulation regarding the potential social impacts of their activities. At the same time companies increasingly appreciate the business case for ‘getting social right’. This book provides a practical road map to corporate leaders project managers practitioners academia government and civil society for practically planning and implementing successful land access and resettlement and creating win-win outcomes for companies and communities.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783532131

Land and Economy in Ancient Palestine Land and Economy in Ancient Palestine is a study of the economic crises throughout the Second Temple Period. It establishes that the single factor of the economy which united all aspects of life in ancient society was land.Through study of a wide variety of sources including the New Testament and classical authors Jack Pastor looks at who owned land and how they came to possess it. He examines the various ramifications of landownership in ancient society to ascertain its effect on livelihoods government policies and revenues. A special emphasis is placed on debt and famine as social and economic problems with ties to the landholding structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642873

Land and Family in Pisticci The study of family and inheritance systems is a traditionally anthropological one. Dr Davis has examined a South Italian town with records from 1814 and concludes that the present 'typical' European system is of recent adoption a response to the gradual and peculiar integration of Pisticci into a nation-state and national economy. The account of landholding distinguishes carefully between legal rights and informal cessions of land and agriculture is put into the context of other economic activities. Dr Davis emphasises the structural importance of kin family and neighbourhood relationships as bases for the creation of more ephemeral ties of friendship clientage and network. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136507

Land and FreedomLaw Property Rights and the British Diaspora Conflicts caused by competing concepts of property are the subject of this book that reshapes study of the relationship between law and society in Australasia and North America. Chapters analyse decisions made by governments and courts upon questions of policy and law in terms of their consequences for rights and models of personhood. Late twentieth-century decisions concerning native title in Canada and Australia demonstrate the relevance of historical case studies of communal and fee-simple land holding in colonial and post-colonial societies. An international team of contributors draw on their experience from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds and jurisdictions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063162

Land and Hydropolitics in the Nile River BasinChallenges and new investments The Nile River Basin supports the livelihoods of millions of people in Egypt Ethiopia Sudan and Uganda principally as water for agriculture and hydropower. The resource is the focus of much contested development not only between upstream and downstream neighbours but also from countries outside the region. This book investigates the water land and energy nexus in the Nile Basin.  It explains how the current surge in land and energy investments both by foreign actors as well as domestic investors affects already strained transboundary relations in the region and how investments are intertwined within wider contexts of Nile Basin history politics and economy. Overall the book presents a range of perspectives drawing on political science international relations theory sociology history and political ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029692

Land and LeisureConcepts and Methods in Outdoor Recreation First published in 1974. Leisure has come to be a vital force in our lives a part of self-discovery essential for our well-being. With increased amounts of leisure time there has been rapid growth in the demand for diverse recreational facilities and their subsequent overuse. With this in mind it is clear why the planning managing and administration of recreational resources particularly in urban areas is of personal interest to everyone. Land and Leisure introduces the student to all aspects of recreational land use - spatial economic behavioural and physical. This second edition is designed to demonstrate some of the basic up-to-date ideas and issues of the last decade and a half that have been influential in shaping decisions and is concerned both with urban recreation and the uses of resources within metropolitan areas and with the role of the private sector in providing facilities. The book is divided into five parts with discussions ranging over topics such as the individual's recreational needs recreational land-use evaluation regional planning and the problems of decision-making and the provision of recreational resources. Its interdisciplinary approach will enable students to understand the problems concepts methods and approaches helpful in furthering and integrating their knowledge of recreational resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133382

Land and LimitsInterpreting Sustainability in the Planning Process In a new and critical analysis this book explores the impact of an influential idea - sustainable development - on the institutions and practices governing use of land. It examines the paradox that in spite of increasing attention to sustainability land use conflict is as ubiquitous and intense as ever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992993

Land and LimitsInterpreting Sustainability in the Planning Process The first edition of this seminal book was written at a time of rapidly growing interest in the potential for land use planning to deliver sustainable development and explored the connections between the two and implications for public policy. In the decade since the book was first conceived environmental imperatives have risen still further up the policial agenda and land use conflicts have intensified lending even greater importance to the authors' research. In a rigorous discussion of concepts policy instruments and contemporary planning dilemmas the authors challenge prevailing assumptions about planning for sustainability. After charting the remarkable growth in expectations of planning they show how attempts to interpret sustainability must lead to fundamental moral and political choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174559

Land and Nationalism in Fictions from Southern Africa In this volume Graham investigates the relation between land and nationalism in South African and Zimbabwean fiction from the 1960s to the present. This comparative study the first of its kind discusses a wide range of writing against a backdrop of regional decolonization including novels by the prize-winning authors J.M Coetzee Nadine Gordimer Bessie Head Chenjerai Hove and Yvonne Vera. By employing a range of critical perspectives—cultural materialist feminist and ecocritical—this book offers new ways of thinking about the relationship between literature politics and the environment in Southern Africa. The return of land has been central to the material and cultural struggles for decolonization in Southern Africa yet between the advent of democracy in Zimbabwe (1980) and South Africa (1994) and Zimbabwe’s decision to fast-track land redistribution in 2000 it has been limited land reform rather than widespread land redistribution that has prevailed. During this period nationalist discourses of reconciliation and economic development replaced those of revolution and decolonization. This book develops a critique of both forms of nationalistic narrative by focusing on how different and often opposing idea of land and nation are reflected refracted and even refused in the fictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843509

Land and People in Nineteenth-Century Wales First published in 1977. Essentially an economic history with strong emphasis on human factors this title examines the reasons for the backwardness of much of the farming of Wales and discusses in detail how agricultural resources and organisation directly affected the nature of social relationships within the community. This study will be of central importance to students of the history of Wales. It should appeal equally to those interested in the economic history of late modern Britain; students of nineteenth-century British Agriculture and the rural community; historical geographers; and all those concerned with peasants and peasant societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639799

Land and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding Claims to land and territory are often a cause of conflict and land issues present some of the most contentious problems for post-conflict peacebuilding. Among the land-related problems that emerge during and after conflict are the exploitation of land-based resources in the absence of authority the disintegration of property rights and institutions the territorial effect of battlefield gains and losses and population displacement. In the wake of violent conflict reconstitution of a viable land-rights system is crucial: an effective post-conflict land policy can foster economic recovery help restore the rule of law and strengthen political stability. But the reestablishment of land ownership land use and access rights for individuals and communities is often complicated and problematic and poor land policies can lead to renewed tensions. In twenty-one chapters by twenty-five authors this book considers experiences with and approaches to post-conflict land issues in seventeen countries and in varied social and geographic settings. Highlighting key concepts that are important for understanding how to address land rights in the wake of armed conflict the book provides a theoretical and practical framework for policy makers researchers practitioners and students. Land and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding is part of a global initiative to identify and analyze lessons in post-conflict peacebuilding and natural resource management. The project has generated six edited books of case studies and analyses with contributions from practitioners policy makers and researchers. Other books in the series address high-value resources water livelihoods assessing and restoring resources and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712316

Land and PowerBritish and Allied Policy on Germany's Frontiers 1916-19 Originally published in 1963 this book examines the territorial settlement with Germany at the end of the First World War. It approaches it from the standpoint of British official attitudes and policy in order to discover the pre-Paris-Peace-Conference evolution of British governmental thinking on German boundary issues: to bring out the relationship between British attitudes and those of their allies and to determine British influence on the drafting of the territorial provisions of the ill-fated Treaty of Versailles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247607

Land and Resource ScarcityCapitalism Struggle and Well-being in a World without Fossil Fuels This book brings together geological biological radical economic technological historical and social perspectives on peak oil and other scarce resources. The contributors to this volume argue that these scarcities will put an end to the capitalist system as we know it and alternatives must be created. The book combines natural science with emancipatory thinking focusing on bottom up alternatives and social struggles to change the world by taking action. The volume introduces original contributions to the debates on peak oil land grabbing and social alternatives thus creating a synthesis to gain an overview of the multiple crises of our times. The book sets out to analyse how crises of energy climate metals minerals and the soil relate to the global land grab which has accelerated greatly since 2008 as well as to examine the crisis of profit production and political legitimacy. Based on a theoretical understanding of the multiple crises and the effects of peak oil and other scarcities on capital accumulation the contributors explore the social innovations that provide an alternative. Using the most up to date research on resource crises this integrative and critical analysis brings together the issues with a radical perspective on possibilites for future change as well as a strong social economic and ethical dimesion. The book should be of interest to researchers and students of environmental policy politics sustainable development and natural resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900950

Land and Social Change in East NepalA Study of Hindu-Tribal Relations This book examines the relations between the Limbus an indigenous tribal people in East Nepal and the Hindus who have entered their region during the past two hundred years. Describing the divisions which have arisen between the two groups as a result of confrontation over land the book nonetheless stresses how they are linked by ties of economic and political interdependence and in so doing explores the link between culture and politics. First published in 1970. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862012

Land and Society in Early South AsiaEastern India 400–1250 AD This volume explores the process of social changes which unfolded in rural society of early medieval Bengal especially the formation of stratified land relations and occupational groups which later got systematised as jātis. One of the first books to systematically reconstruct the early history of the region this book presents a history of the economy polity law and social order of early medieval Bengal through a comprehensive study of land and society. It traces the changing power relations among constituents of rural society and political institutions and unravels the contradictions growing among them. The author describes the changing forms of agrarian development which were deeply associated with these overarching structures and offers an in-depth analysis of a wide range of textual sources in Sanskrit and other languages especially contemporary inscriptions pertaining to Bengal. The volume will be an essential resource for researchers and academics interested in the history of Bengal and the social and economic history of early South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138498433

Land And Soil ManagementTechnology Economics And Institutions This book outlines the most important organizational institutional technical and macroeconomic aspects of soil and land management appraisal. It discusses a broad range of important issues involved in designing and implementing more effective soil conservation programs. . Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367161644

Land and Territoriality In the past territorial conflict usually involved major powers seeking hegemony over strategic spaces and resources. More recently however the decline of opposing global power blocs has elevated ethnicity to a prime cause of conflict over land. This book considers the multiple roles ethnicity plays in fostering territorial conflicts both violent and non-violent across the globe. While land disputes relating to nationalism have resulted in the loss of human life in some regions in others ties between ethnicity and land are asserted more peacefully. Nationalism and challenges to the validity of the links between people and places have caused widespread bloodshed in the disputed territory of Palestine involving competing claims of Arabs and Jews have led to war. In North America however indigenous Indians' claims to land are settled in the courts rather than through violence. This book shows how human behaviour is affected by the multiple ways in which people identify with land topography and natural resources. In doing so it highlights the growing trend towards defining physical space in specific ethnic contexts associated with a contemporary world that facilitates global movement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085843

Land and the CityPatterns and Processes of Urban Change First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156265

Land and Work in Mediaeval Europe (Routledge Revivals)Selected Papers Land and Work in Mediaeval Europe was first published in English in 1967. Throughout the work the idea that Marc Bloch was not only a historian but a great teacher is exemplified as is his ability to ask interesting and original questions through his writing. Topics covered include medieval Germany technical problems in the medieval economy and society and the medieval class structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855168

Land Application of BiosolidsProcess Design Manual This book covers the advantages limitations and operational standards for common land application of biosolids practices including uses on agricultural lands forest lands reclamation sites and public and private use sites. It is useful to people in all aspects of the wastewater industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474963

Land Application of Sewage Sludge and Biosolids Over 50 percent of the 6 900 million dry tons of sewage sludge generated each year in the United States is land applied. The principal controversies surrounding the land application of biosolids involve heavy metals and pathogens. Land Application of Sewage Sludge and Biosolids is a comprehensive scientific text providing a complete review of various aspects of this controversial subject from an extensive discussion of heavy metals and pathogens to the fate and effects of organic compounds. Consideration is given to crop removal of metals and organics soil erosion and leaching as well as to differing approaches and regulations in Europe and Canada. The result is an authoritative science-based and unbiased perspective on the benefits and the potential risks of land application to human health and the environment.About the Author:Elliot Epstein Ph.D. is Chief Environmental Scientist for Tetra Tech Inc. and an adjunct professor of public health at Boston University School of Public Health. He received his Ph.D. in soil physics from Purdue University and served as a research leader for the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Agricultural Research Service for 16 years. Dr. Epstein has more than 30 years of experience in biosolids composting and has managed or directed more than 400 composting projects. He has consulted on composting and biosolids management for the USEPA World Bank and United Nations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454746

Land Application of Sludge This book is the proceedings of a workshop entitled Effects of Sewage Sludge Quality and Soil Properties on Plant Uptake of Sludge-Applied Trace Constituents jointly sponsored by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Cincinnati OH the University of California at Riverside and The Ohio State University in Columbus. The meeting was conducted in Las Vegas NV November 13-15 1985 under cooperative agreement CR-812673 and the project officer representing the Cincinnati EPA‘s Wastewater Engineering Research Laboratory was J. A. Ryan. This book has been reviewed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and though it is approved for publication mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use by either the EPA or by the Publisher. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894836

Land Based Air Power or Aircraft Carriers?A Case Study of the British Debate about Maritime Air Power in the 1960s During the 1960s - in the midst of its retreat from empire - the British government had to grapple with complex political and military problems in order to find a strategic defence policy that was both credible and affordable. Addressing what was perhaps the most contentious issue within those debates this book charts the arguments that raged between supporters of a land based air power strategy and those who favoured aircraft carriers. Drawing upon a wealth of previously classified documents the book reveals how the Admiralty and Air Ministry became interlocked in a bitter political struggle over which of their military strategies could best meet Britain's future foreign policy challenges. Whilst the broad story of this inter-service rivalry is well known - the Air Force's proposal for a series of island based airfields and the Navy championing of a small number of expensive but mobile aircraft carriers - the complexity and previous lack of archival sources means that it has until now only ever been partially researched and understood. Former studies have largely focused on the cancellation of the CVA-01 carrier programme and offered little depth as regards the Royal Air Force perspectives. Given that this was a two-Service rivalry which greatly influenced many aspects of British foreign and defence policy decisions of the period this book presents an important and balanced overview of the complex issues involved. Through this historical study of the British debate about maritime air power and strategic alternatives in the 1960s the detailed arguments used for and against both alternatives demonstrate clear relevance to both historical and contemporary conceptual debates on carrier forces and land-based air power. Both from military strategy and inter-service relationship perspectives contemporary Britain and many other nations with maritime forces may learn much from this historical case. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269439

Land Change Science Political Ecology and SustainabilitySynergies and divergences Recent claims regarding convergence and divergence between land change science and political ecology as approaches to the study of human-environment relationships and sustainability science are examined and analyzed in this innovative volume. Comprised of 11 commissioned chapters as well as introductory and concluding/synthesis chapters it advances the two fields by proposing new conceptual and methodological approaches toward integrating land change science and political ecology. The book also identifies areas of fundamental difference and disagreement between fields. These theoretical contributions will help a generation of young researchers refine their research approaches and will advance a debate among established scholars in geography land-use studies and sustainability science that has been developing since the early 2000s. At an empirical level case studies focusing on sustainable development are included from Africa Central and South America and Southeast Asia. The specific topics addressed include tropical deforestation swidden agriculture mangrove forests gender and household issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680074

Land Degradation Desertification and Climate ChangeAnticipating assessing and adapting to future change Although much is known about the processes and effects of land degradation and climate change little is understood about the links between them. Less still is known about how these processes are likely to interact in different social-ecological systems around the world or how societies might be able to adapt to this twin challenge. This book identifies key vulnerabilities to the combined effects of climate change and land degradation around the world. It identifies triple-win adaptations that can tackle both climate change and land degradation whilst supporting biodiversity and ecosystem services.  The book discusses methods for monitoring effects of climate change and land degradation and adaptations to these processes. It argues for better co-operation and knowledge exchange so that the research land user and policy communities can work together more effectively to tackle these challenges harnessing the "wisdom of crowds" to assess vulnerability and adapt to climate change and land degradation whilst protecting livelihoods and biodiversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712712

Land Degradation and Society Why does land management so often fail to prevent soil erosion deforestation salination and flooding? How serious are these problems and for whom? This book first published in 1987 sets out to answer these questions which are still some of the most crucial issues in development today using an approach called ‘regional political ecology’. This approach acknowledges that the reason why land management can fail are extremely varied and must include a thorough understanding of the changing natural resource base itself the human response to this and broader changes in society of which land managers are a part. Land Degradation and Society is essential reading for all students of geography agriculture social sciences development studies and related subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923072

Land Degradation in the Dinder and Rahad BasinsInteractions Between Hydrology Morphology and Ecohydrology in the Dinder National Park Sudan The spatial and temporal variability of the hydro-climate as well as land use and land cover (LULC) changes are among the most challenging problems facing water resources management. Understanding the interaction between climate variability land use and land cover changes and their links to hydrology river morphology and ecohydrology in the Dinder and Rahad basins in Sudan is confronted by the lack of climatic hydrological and ecological data. This book investigated the impacts of land degradation on the Dinder and Rahad hydrology and morphology and interlinkage to the ecohydrological system of the Dinder National Park (DNP) in Sudan. It used an ensemble of techniques to improve our understanding of the hydrological processes and LULC changes in these basins. This included long-term trend analysis of hydroclimatic variables LULC changes analysis field measurements rainfall-runoff modelling hydrodynamic and morphological modelling of the Dinder river and its floodplain with special focus on the Mayas wetlands. Moreover this research is the first study to investigate the eco-hydrology of the DNP. It is expected that the results of the study will be beneficial to all stakeholders concerned and support decision-making processes for better management of water resources and ecosystem conservation in the area and possibly beyond. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367683559

Land Drainage and Irrigation Man’s control over the elements of land and water for the purposes of agriculture was fundamental to the development of civilisations in the past and remains so today. This volume deals with the processes of irrigation and land drainage and reclamation and illustrates the variety of technological and engineering solutions in a wide chronological and geographical perspective. The sophistication of many pre-modern systems is clear as is the impact of modern technologies. Important points that emerge are that there was no steady or linear progression in techniques across time - instances of the transfer of ideas are balanced by cases of independent development - and that the correlations between irrigation systems and social structures demand more complex explanations than often proposed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250960

Land Economics Research Originally published in 1962 Land Economics Research brings together papers presented at a symposium in Nebraska in 1961 which deal with ideas theories and suggestions in land economics to encourage problem-solving in American land issues. This report draws on all types of land all situations and all economics problems related to land issues. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies and Economics as well as professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957763

Land EducationRethinking Pedagogies of Place from Indigenous Postcolonial and Decolonizing Perspectives This important book on Land Education offers critical analysis of the paths forward for education on Indigenous land. This analysis discusses the necessity of centring historical and current contexts of colonization in education on and in relation to land. In addition contributors explore the intersections of environmentalism and Indigenous rights in part inspired by the realisation that the specifics of geography and community matter for how environmental education can be engaged. This edited volume suggests how place-based pedagogies can respond to issues of colonialism and Indigenous sovereignty. Through dynamic new empirical and conceptual studies international contributors examine settler colonialism Indigenous cosmologies Indigenous land rights and language as key aspects of Land Education. The book invites readers to rethink 'pedagogies of place' from various Indigenous postcolonial and decolonizing perspectives. This book was originally published as a special issue of Environmental Education Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309050

Land Expropriation in IsraelLaw Culture and Society Historically Israel's Supreme Court has failed to limit the state's powers of expropriation and to protect private property. This book argues that the Court's land expropriation jurisprudence can only be understood against the political cultural and institutional context in which it was shaped. Security and economic pressures the precarious status of the Court in the early years the pervading ethos of collectivism the cultural symbolism of public land ownership and the perceived strategic and demographic risks posed by the Israeli Arab population - all contributed to the creation of a harsh and arguably undemocratic land expropriation legal philosophy. This philosophy the book argues was applied by the Supreme Court to Arabs and Jews alike from the creation of the state in 1948 and until the 1980s. The book concludes with an analysis of the constitutional change of 1992 and its impact on the legal treatment of property rights under Israeli law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249271

Land Grabbing and Global Governance Land grabbing per se is not a new phenomenon given its historical precedents in the eras of imperialism. However the character scale pace orientation and key drivers of the recent wave of land grabs is a distinct historical event closely tied to the changing dynamics of the global agri-food feed and fuel complex. Land grabbing is facilitated by ever greater flows of capital goods and ideas across borders and these flows occur through axes of power that are far more polycentric than the North-South imperialist tradition. Land grabs occur in the context of changes in the character of the global food regime formerly anchored by North Atlantic empires; the integrated food-energy complex seems to be headed towards multiple centres of power especially with the rise of the BRICS and the proliferation of middle income countries participating in many of the land transactions. Land Grabbing and Global Governance offers insights from leading scholars and experts on contemporary land grabs. This volume examines land grabs in direct relation to a global economy undergoing profound change and the role of new configurations of actors and power in governance institutions and practices. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628341

Land Grabbing in AfricaThe Race for Africa’s Rich Farmland The sign that ‘Africa is on Sale’ has been appearing with regular frequency in major newspaper accounts across the world indicating that large amounts/expanses of Africa’s rich farmlands are being sold to transnational investors usually on long-term leases at a rate not seen in decades – indeed not since the colonial period. Transnational and national economic actors from various business sectors (oil and auto mining and forestry food and chemical bioenergy etc.) are eagerly acquiring or declaring their intention to acquire large areas of land on which to build maintain or extend large-scale extractive and agro-industrial enterprises to help secure their own food and energy needs into the future. This book provides a critical appraisal of the growing phenomenon of land grabbing in Africa. Far from being a technical issue associated "good governance" the problem of land grabbing by transnational corporation and states is a serious threat for the food security of millions of Africans and is undoubtedly one of the great challenges of our time for development on the continent. The case studies illustrate that African states are also complicit in the massive land grabbing by actively participating in isolated development while excluding the local communities. The case studies reveal key features that characterize how the global land grab plays out in specific localities in Africa. This book was published as a special issue of African Identities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056930

Land Grabs in AsiaWhat Role for the Law? Although there is no universally accepted definition of the term "land grabbing" ordinary people whose livelihoods are adversely affected by land grabbing know exactly what it is. It involves the physical capture and control of land and homes including the usurpation of the power to decide how and when these will be used and for what purposes – with little or no prior consultation or compensation to the displaced communities. This thought-provoking book defines land grabbing and examines aspects of the land grabs phenomenon in seven Asian countries researched and written by country-specific legal scholars. The book provides unique perspectives on how and why land grabbing is practised in China India Pakistan Cambodia Malaysia Myanmar and Indonesia and explores the surprising role that law plays in facilitating and legitimizing land grabs in each country. In contrast to most of the literature which law focuses on foreign investors’ rights under international law here the focus is on domestic laws and legal infrastructures. Finding that Asian States need to move beyond existing regimes that govern land to a regime that encourages more equitable land rights allocation and protection of stakeholders’ rights the book urges further research in the nexus between the use of law to facilitate development. Land Grabs in Asia is the first book to explore land grabbing in multiple jurisdictions in Asia. As such it will appeal to students and scholars of law and development law and society and international relations as well as being essential reading for development policy-makers and government ministers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554122

Land Law This book brings together a team of leading authorities on land law to analyse the key debates and policy issues in this area of the law with the main chapters addressing proprietary and non-proprietary rights registration easements leases co-ownership and trusts mortgages and land law and human rights. Many of the policies and assumptions which underlie land law have immense significance in economic social and emotional terms upon individuals lives. This book set out to analyse the current tensions within land law such as the conflicting needs for certainty and fairness and the difficult balance which has to be drawn between protecting existing property rights and simplifying conveyancing to ensure the easy transfer of land. Particular attention is paid to the likely impact of the Human Rights Act. Land Law: issues debates policy will be essential reading for students practitioners and others seeking an understanding of the key issues and debates surrounding this area of the law. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924609

Land Law Key Facts Key Cases: Land Law will ensure you grasp the main concepts of your Land Law module with ease. This book explains the facts and associated case law for: The definition of land The registered land system Co-ownership Express resulting and constructive trusts in land Leases Key rights in land such as easements and covenants Mortgages Proprietary estoppel and licences. Adverse possession Key Facts Key Cases is the essential series for anyone studying law at LLB postgraduate and conversion courses. The series provides the simplest and most effective way to absorb and retain all of the material essential for passing your exams. Each chapter includes: diagrams at the start of chapters to summarise key points structured headings and numbered points to allow for clear recall of the essential points charts and tables to break down more complex information Chapters are also supported by a Key Cases section which provides the simplest and most effective way to absorb and memorise essential cases needed for exam success. Essential and leading cases are explained The style layout and explanations are user friendly  Cases are broken down into key components by use of a clear system of symbols for quick and easy visual recognition Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833332

Land Law and Policy in Papua New Guinea First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138169371

Land Law and Urban Policy in ContextEssays on the Contributions of Patrick McAuslan This book is a collection of essays honouring and engaging with the work of the late Professor Patrick McAuslan. It is a collection that narrates analyses and critiques McAuslan’s contributions as well as offering substantive perspectives on how his work has impacted the legal fields in which he was involved: including those of land law urban planning law and policy land use and participation in developing countries democratic constitutionalism and legal education. The essays present McAuslan’s contributions in the contexts in which they emerged and according to both the circumstances and motivations that shaped them as well as the challenges they encountered. It thus provides an ideal point of engagement for scholars students and policy makers that have already interacted with McAuslan’s ideas and work or who have yet to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590823

Land Law in India This book is a critical study of the laws regulating landownership patterns. Land and land law are woven into the fabric of our society and are therefore integral to the substantive questions of equality and developmental ideologies of the state. This volume uncovers the socio-economic realities that surround land and approaches the law from the standpoint of the marginalized landless and the dispossessed. This book: Undertakes an extensive survey of existing legislations both at the union and state level through a range of analytical tables; Discusses the issues of land reform; abolition of intermediaries and tenancy reform; need for redistribution; ceilings on agricultural holdings; law of land acquisition; legal construction of public purpose and displacement dispossession compensation and rehabilitation to construct a case for redistribution; Inquires into the phenomenon of landlessness that widely prevails in India today and lays bare its causes. An invaluable resource this volume will be an essential read for all students and researchers of law political studies sociology political economy exclusion studies development studies and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367141943

Land Law Lawcards 2012-2013 Routledge Lawcards are your complete pocket-sized guides to key examinable areas of the undergraduate law curriculum and the CPE/GDL. Their concise text user-friendly layout and compact format make them an ideal revision aid. Helping you to identify understand and commit to memory the salient points of each area of the law shouldn’t you make Routledge Lawcards your essential revision companions? Fully updated and revised with all the most important recent legal developments Routledge Lawcards are packed with features: Revision checklists help you to consolidate the key issues within each topic Colour coded highlighting really makes cases and legislation stand out Full tables of cases and legislation make for easy reference Boxed case notes pick out the cases that are most likely to come up in exams Diagrams and flowcharts clarify and condense complex and important topics '...an excellent starting point for any enthusiastic reviser. The books are concise and get right down to the nitty-gritty of each topic.' - Lex Magazine Routledge Lawcards are supported by a Companion Website offering: Flashcard glossaries allowing you to test your understanding of key terms and definitions Multiple Choice Questions to test and consolidate your revision of each chapter Advice and tips to help you better plan your revision and prepare for your exams Titles in the Series: Commercial Law; Company Law; Constitutional Law; Contract Law; Criminal Law; Employment Law; English Legal System; European Union Law; Evidence; Equity and Trusts; Family Law; Human Rights; Intellectual Property Law; Jurisprudence; Land Law; Tort Law Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683432

Land Law Reform in Eastern AfricaTraditional or Transformative? Land Law Reform in East Africa reviews development and changes in the statutory land laws of 7 countries in Eastern Africa over the period 1961 – 2011. The book is divided into two parts. Part 1 sets up the conceptual framework for consideration of the reforms and pursues a contrast between transformational and traditional developments; where the former aim at change designed to ensure social justice in land laws and the latter aim to continue the overall thrust of colonial approaches to land laws and land administration. Part 2 provides an in-depth and critical survey of the land law reforms introduced into each country during the era of land law reform which commenced around 1990. The overall effect of the reforms has Patrick McAuslan argues been traditional: it was colonial policy to move towards land markets individualisation of land tenure and the demise of customary tenure all of which characterise the post 1990 reforms. The culmination of over 50 years of working in this area Land Law Reform in East Africa will be invaluable reading for scholars of land law and of law and development more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833912

Land LawA Problem-Based Approach Problem-Based Learning is a way of learning that presents a practical problem scenario in the context of which learning is conducted. Normally students are taught law through the transmission of information about legal principles and not presented with problems until they have accumulated enough information to solve them. In PBL discussion and analysis of the problem starts the process of learning rather than acting as an end point. As a curriculum concept it is becoming increasingly common in law schools as the use of problem scenarios helps to trigger awareness of legal issues and to engage interest by highlighting the real-world ramifications. This new textbook creates a fresh approach to learning land law through the use of scenarios found in real-life which bring what is often perceived to be a dry and difficult subject to life. This helps both to engage the student and make the subject more accessible as well as demonstrating to students how land law actually operates in the real world. Land Law is often seen as an esoteric subject with lots of technicalities and complex vocabulary and students often forget the context in which it operates. With Land Law: A Problem-Based Approach context is placed at the heart of learning. Students are learning through application rather than via an abstract set of rules and can therefore gain a deeper understanding of how land law works not just what it is. Unlike other textbooks Land Law: A Problem-Based Approach integrates a thorough exposition of the law with practice facilitating a more active learning approach and helping students to engage directly with the key cases and statutes to develop key skills of analysis problem-solving and application. Written in a clear and concise style but without sacrificing detail or analysis the book guides the reader towards a deeper understanding of the land law curriculum. Key features include:• An introductory chapter outlining the problem-based learning approach and how to use the book.• Content overviews at the start of each chapter which provide a useful outline of the chapter’s content and the key principles• PBL scenarios at the start of each chapter which provide the real-life context to each topic and help to familiarise readers with the legal language and style they will encounter. Together with the relevant supporting documents these scenarios are referenced and integrated throughout the chapter• ‘let’s put this into context’ boxes which require students to apply the law that they have learnt back to the problem scenario and offer opportunities to reflect and consolidate on the content covered • Essential Cases and Essential Statutes boxes reinforce the essential role of cases and legislation in the development and application of land law and help students identify key cases and legislation for revision purposes• Understanding Terminology boxes and an online glossary help students to get to grips with the technical terms and vocabulary unique to land law• Tables and diagrams explain difficult concepts and rules ideal for visual learners• Tips and notes highlight key issues and make links between different aspects of the law without interrupting the flow of the text.• Specimen exam-style questions are ideal for revision and help to provide opportunities to apply learning and practice exam technique Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415844901

Land MattersLandscape Photography Culture and Identity In this major work on landscape photography extensively illustrated in colour and black & white Liz Wells is concerned with the ways in which photographers engage with issues about land its representation and idealisation. She demonstrates how the visual interpretation of land as landscape reflects and reinforces contemporary political social and environmental attitudes. She also asks what is at stake in landscape photography now through placing critical appraisal of key examples of work by photographers working in for example the USA in Europe Scandinavia and Baltic areas within broader art historical and political concerns. This illuminating book will interest readers in photography and media geography art history and travel as well as those concerned with environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845118648

Land of ExileContemporary Korean Fiction An anthology of contemporary Korean fiction including: "The Wife and Children"; "The Post Horse Curse"; "Mountains"; "Kapitan Ri"; "The Winter"; and "A Dream of Good Fortune." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059622

Land Of The Pharaohs First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649568

Land of White Gloves?A history of crime and punishment in Wales Land of White Gloves? is an important academic investigation into the history of crime and punishment in Wales. Beginning in the medieval period when the limitations of state authority fostered a law centred on kinship and compensation the study explores the effects of the introduction of English legal models culminating in the Acts of Union under Henry VIII. It reveals enduring traditions of extra-legal dispute settlement rooted in the conditions of Welsh Society. The study examines the impact of a growing bureaucratic state uniformity in the nineteenth century and concludes by examining the question of whether distinctive features are to be found in patterns of crime and the responses to it into the twentieth century. Dealing with matters as diverse as drunkenness and prostitution industrial unrest and linguistic protests and with punishments ranging from social ostracism to execution the book draws on a wide range of sources primary and secondary and insights from anthropology social and legal history. It presents a narrative which explores the nature and development of the state the theoretical and practical limitations of the criminal law and the relationship between law and the society in which it operates. The book will appeal to those who wish to examine the relationships between state control and social practice and explores the material in an accessible way which will be both useful and fascinating to those interested in the history of Wales and of the history of crime and punishment more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288577

Land Ownership And Taxation In American Agriculture This book examines the foundations of the system for owning and taxing agricultural land in the United States. It considers the conditions of land policy at several levels of government and questions some of the historical views of progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160951

Land PolicyPlanning and the Spatial Consequences of Property Good land policy provides a diversity of land uses with plural property relations. No single kind of property rules fits the purposes of all types of land uses. Neither is a de-tached single family house like a community garden nor a highway like a retail chain. Each land use needs its own property "fingerprint." The concept of Western ownership works with home ownership but fails with community gardens highways or retail chains. Western ownership also fails in informal settings particularly in the global South although informality does not at all entail the absence of property relations. In everyday practice private and common property relations often accommodate a wide variety of demands made by the owners and users of land. In a stark contrast many theories of property and land policy fail to recognize plural property relations. The polyrational theory of planning and property reconciles practice and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209893

Land Privatization in MexicoUrbanization Formation of Regions and Globalization in Ejidos This book analyzes [ejido] land as space of urbanization and location of economic activities and capital and land privatization as a redistributive process with local urban regional and global consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655354

Land Problems in Palestine The land question in Palestine evoked an unprecedented interest on the part of the Jewish public in the 1920s. This book first published in 1926 studies the various phases of the land policy of the National Fund the standard bearer of national Jewish land policy in Palestine. The problems of Jewish land policy were precipitated into the foreground because all Zionist groups came to realise the key role which the soil itself was thought to play in Jewish Palestine and the imperative to own the land itself. A single thought runs through this book: that the Jewish Homeland can be erected only upon nationalized land. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907355

Land Reclamation in Ecological Fragile AreasProceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Land Reclamation and Ecological Restoration (L Land Reclamation in Ecological Fragile Areas contains the proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Land Reclamation and Ecological Restoration (LRER 2017 Xi’an China 20-23 October 2017). The contributions cover a wide range of topics: • Mining impact on environment• Monitoring prediction and assessment of mining impact on land environment• Mining methods and measurements to minimize the land and environment impact• Mining and reclamation policies regulations and standard • AMD treatment• Soil and landscape reconstruction• Revegetation and biodiversity protection• Subsidence land reclamation and ecological restoration• Surface mined land reclamation and ecological restoration• Solid wastes management waste dump and tailings pond restoration• Case study• Abandoned mine land reclamation and ecological restoration• Contaminated land remediation• Reclaimed land monitoring and evaluation• Land reclamation supervision• Products and industrialization• Education technology transfer and international cooperation of mine land reclamation• “The Belt and Road Initiative” and mine land restoration Land Reclamation in Ecological Fragile Areas will be of interest to engineers scientists consultants government officials and students in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138051034

Land Reform and Sustainable Development First published in 1999 this volume is unique in that it gives a valuable comparison between the current state of land reform and sustainable development across greater Europe. The chapters are broadly divided into those related to the established systems of land reform and sustainable development encountered in Western Europe and those which concentrate upon the evolving systems which are currently in the process of development in the former communist states of Eastern and Central Europe. The book is based on the papers presented at the 21st International Symposium of the European Faculty of Land Use and Development. The papers have been presented and peer-reviewed by some of the leading experts and practitioners of Land Reform in Europe. All papers have been extensively edited and revised and are presented as chapters within the three sections of the book: Land Reform Sustainable Development and Rural Land Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369542

Land Reform In Brazil/h Throughout this book Brazilian terms are frequently used in preference to imperfect English translations or lengthy ~xplanations. A glossary ofsuch terms is provided for ready reference. Likewise I adhere to the Brazilian custom of using first names or cognomen interchangeably with or in preference to family names. Thus Joao Goulart is frequently referred to as Jango; JSnio Quadros as JSnio etc. Also in keeping with common Brazilian usage I refer to the overthrow of the Goulart administration in 1964 as the "revolution." This usage is a convenience and does not constitute a judgment of the true character of the event. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367020668

Land Reform in Developing CountriesProperty Rights and Property Wrongs First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615563

Land Reform in Zimbabwe: Constraints and Prospects This title was first published in 2000. Drs Tanya Bowyer-Bower and Colin Stoneman compile the views of top researchers members of Government civil society NGOs funders and Zimbabwe’s three farmers’ unions. The history of land reform in Zimbabwe is addressed and the current proposed reform policies comparison between programmes elsewhere in Southern Africa and implications including for rural and urban welfare the economy the environment the law and for women. The result is an invaluable overview of this crucial and contentious issue including constructive suggestions for consensual ways forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741874

Land Reform PolicyThe Challenge of Human Rights Law Originally published in 2004. The book examines the possibility of resolving past and continuing social injustices that are rooted in colonial or some such other similar experience of states from a variety of perspectives. First the issue is examined from an international law perspective which evaluates the validity of counter claims to title to land in affected SADC states. Secondly the issue is examined from a human rights perspective which privileges promotion for the respect of the inherent dignity of all persons. Thirdly the issue is examined from victimology and psychology schools of thought in order to understand both the effect and impact on stakeholders of the operative dynamics in conflicts that arise from long standing social injustices that are connected to colonial or some such other similar historical experience of States. The book proposes humwefficiency as a model for resolution of this type of conflict. This model targets preservation of the inherent dignity of all stakeholders by combining international human rights morality with local intuition about land ownership and use. In this sense the book takes human rights theory beyond politics and utopia and applies it to foster new social engineering technologies for the resolution of social injustices and promotion of social justice. This is justified by the fact that the human rights culture has evolved in a considerably short period of time to become the dominant culture of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358294

Land ReformA World Survey This book lays down some general themes and principles in the study of land reform and traces the historical evolution of the concept of land reform. It constitutes a continent-based country-by-country survey of the significant recent reforms in the less developed countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171926

Land Reforms and Natural Resource Conflicts in AfricaNew Development Paradigms in the Era of Global Liberalization This book is a critical examination of the place and role of land in Africa the role of land in political formation and national identification and the land as an economic resource within both national economic development and liberal globalization. Colonial and post-colonial conflicts have been rooted in four related claims: the struggle over scarce resources especially access to land resources; abundance of natural resources mismanaged or appropriated by both the states local power systems and multinationals; weak or absent articulated land tenure policies leading to speculation or hybrid policy framework; and the imperatives of the global liberalization based on the free market principles to regulate the land question and mineral appropriation issue. The actualization of these combined claims have led to conflicts among ethnic groups or between them and governments. This book is not only about conflicts but also about local policy achievements that have been produced on the land question. It provides a critical understanding of the forces and claims related to land tenure systems as part of the state policy and its system of governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138092686

Land Registration and Title Security in the Digital AgeNew Horizons for Torrens This book examines the current state of and emerging issues in relation to the Torrens and other systems of land registration and the process of automation of land registration systems in jurisdictions where this is occurring worldwide. It analyses the impacts of advances in digital technology in this area and includes contributions from of a number of experts and leaders in this subject from a number of jurisdictions. While it has an Australasian bias there are important chapters outlining current challenges and developments in Scotland England and Wales Ireland and the Netherlands. The book will be relevant to those engaged in land registration and conveyancing processes including but not limited to property law practitioners and conveyancers academics in this field government and public policy experts law and property students and IT and IP experts especially those working on developing automated land registration systems. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367211776

Land Relations Policy in Southern African Development Community States First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682299

Land Rent Housing and Urban PlanningA European Perspective Originally published in 1985 Land Rent Housing and Urban Planning looks at the crucial social relationships associated with land ownership and how these have played a crucial role in the economic development of many societies. The understanding of these relationships within modern capitalist societies has proved difficult. Land ownership relations emerge as requiring specific historical analysis for specific periods and societies and as being integral aspects of the capitalist mode of production as a whole – not merely mechanisms which redistribute some independently-determined surplus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494473

Land Resources Monitoring Modeling and Mapping with Remote Sensing A volume in the three-volume Remote Sensing Handbook series Land Resources Monitoring Modeling and Mapping with Remote Sensing documents the scientific and methodological advances that have taken place during the last 50 years. The other two volumes in the series are Remotely Sensed Data Characterization Classification and Accuracies and Remote Sensing of Water Resources Disasters and Urban Studies.In true handbook style the chapters in the volume have been carefully selected organized and designed to be self-contained so that you can focus on a chapter and read it through without having to be overly dependent on other chapters. This volume provides comprehensive theoretical and practical coverage of remote sensing of land resources that include vegetation and biomass agricultural croplands rangelands phenology and food security forests biodiversity ecology land use\land cover carbon and soils. Highlights include:Global terrestrial carbon and carbon budgetsPrecision farmingAgricultural systems studies and soil studiesGlobal croplands agricultural croplands and rangelandsFood security analysisBiodiversityLand use and land cover mappingMeasuring photosynthesis from spaceVegetation characterization and above ground biomass measurements and modelingHyperspectral remote sensingEcological studiesTropical forest characterizationHabitat mapping and monitoringIn a very practical way the book demonstrates the experience utility methods and models used in studying a wide array of land applications. Considered magnum opus on the subject the three-volume Remote Sensing Handbook is edited by Dr. Prasad S. Thenkabail a renowned interna Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868970

Land Rights Biodiversity Conservation and JusticeRethinking Parks and People In the context of sustainable development recent land debates tend to construct two porous camps. On the one side norms of land justice and their advocates dictate that people’s rights to tenure security are tantamount and even sometimes key to successful conservation practice. On the other hand biodiversity protection and conservation advocates supported by global environmental organizations and states remain committed to conservation strategies steeped in genetics and biological sciences working on behalf of a "global" mandate for biodiversity and climate change mitigation. Land Rights Biodiversity Conservation and Justice seeks to illuminate struggles for land and territory in the context of biodiversity conservation. This edited volume explores the particular ideologies narratives and practices that are mobilized when the agendas of biodiversity conservation practice meet clash and blend with the demands for land and access and control of resources from people living in and in close proximity to parks. The book maintains that while biodiversity conservation is an important goal in a time where climate change is a real threat to human existence the successful and just future of biodiversity conservation is contingent upon land tenure security for local people. The original research gathered together in this volume will be of considerable interest to researchers of development studies political ecology land rights and conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820862

Land Rights in IndiaPolicies movements and challenges This volume engages with the topical issue of land rights in neoliberal India. It examines government policies laws land governance and land reforms from the perspective of social justice and people’s response to dispossession of land. Looking beyond the dominant discourse of land acquisition and the conception of land as a commodity for economic growth the book explores critical themes including issues of social identity culture livelihood and food security through a study of land reform; reviews existing land policies and legal dimensions; and discusses issues and challenges of land governance and land dependents as well as perspectives from people’s movements. Lucidly written based on empirical research and comprehensive in its treatment of a contentious concern this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of economics and public policy development studies political science and political economy. It will also interest scholars of South Asian studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815395867

Land Solutions for Climate Displacement The threat of climate displacement looms large over a growing number of countries. Based on the more than six years of work by Displacement Solutions in ten climate-affected countries academic work on displacement and climate adaptation and the country-level efforts of civil society groups in several frontline countries this report explores the key contention that land will be at the core of any major strategy aimed at preventing and resolving climate displacement. This innovative and timely volume coordinated and edited by the Founder of Displacement Solutions Scott Leckie examines a range of legal policy and practical issues relating to the role of land in actively addressing the displacement consequences of climate change. It reveals the inevitable truth that climate displacement is already underway and being tackled in countries such as Bangladesh Kiribati Papua New Guinea Solomon Islands Tuvalu and the United States and proposes a series of possible land solution tools that can be employed to protect the rights of people and communities everywhere should they be forced to flee the places they call home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210011

Land Subsidence MitigationAquifer Recharge Using Treated Wastewater Injection This book examines the process of injecting treated wastewater into wells to replenish aquifers and thereby slow the process of land subsidence and help to mitigate coastal flooding. It explains how up to fifty percent of sea-level rise may be due to land subsidence and up to fifty percent of land subsidence may be due to aquifer compaction. The concepts covered discuss replenishing aquifers with clean water to reduce nutrient discharges into out-falled waterways; providing a sustainable supply of groundwater; reducing the rate of land subsidence; and protecting the groundwater from saltwater intrusion. Practical case studies from Virginia and California will be included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138050761

Land Tax in AustraliaFiscal reform of sub-national government Land Tax in Australia demonstrates how land tax operates and is administered across State and local governments in Australia. International expert Vincent Mangioni reviews the current status and emerging trends in these taxes in Australia and compares them with the UK USA Canada Denmark and New Zealand. Using substantial original research the author sets out what Australia must do through practice and policy to reform and bring this tax into the 21st Century. The need for fiscal reform and strengthening the finances of Australia’s sub-national government is long overdue. These reforms aim to minimise the taxpayer revolts encountered in previous attempts at land tax reform while improving tax effort in line with other advanced OECD countries. This book provides an essential resource for all property professionals working in development valuation law investment as well as accountants tax economists and government administrators. It is highly recommended for students on property taxation legal and social science courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831254

Land Tenure Boundary Surveys and Cadastral Systems Land is important to all aspects of human life and has a key role in the economic well-being of society therefore land tenure land ownership and real property law is a critical part of any developed nation. Together the processes of how land parcels are held; how they are defined measured and described to allow economic transactions; how they are marked to allow their use and defense; and how they are legally protected have allowed for the orderly possession and use of land. In doing so these processes have also provided the basis for the advanced economy of most developed nations. Very often these processes—land tenure boundary surveying and cadastral systems—are considered separately. They are very much interrelated and none of these processes may be completely understood without an understanding of the others.Land Tenure Boundary Surveys and Cadastral Systems provides an introduction to land tenure cadastral systems and boundary surveying including an understanding of the interrelationship of these areas and their role in land tenure and real property law. This is especially true considering the advent of georeferenced cadastral maps reflecting the location of land parcels relative to many other components of the physical and legal infrastructure. Although intended as a basic text for college-level surveying courses this book should also be of significant value to cadastral mappers real property attorneys land title professionals and others involved with land transactions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574666

Land Tenure Conservation and Development in Southeast Asia This book examines the relationship between land tenure conservation and rural development in the context of the Southeast Asian archipelago. In particular it is concerned with people living in and around national parks and other protected areas. It discusses the value of reinforcing indigenous tenure and sustainable resource use practices and of including them in policies and projects that attempt to integrate conservation and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649575

Land Tenure in Ibo Village in South-Eastern Nigeria This material on land tenure forms part of the date. collected during two tours in Nigeria between 1934 and 1937 while the author was the holder of a Leverbulme Research Fellowship for anthropological work among the Ibo people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135371

Land Tenure In The Ramesside Period First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974210

Land Use and Land Cover SemanticsPrinciples Best Practices and Prospects Explore the Important Role that the Semantics of Land Use and Land Cover Plays within a Broader Environmental Context Focused on the information semantics of land use and land cover (LULC) and providing a platform for reassessing this field Land Use and Land Cover Semantics: Principles Best Practices and Prospects presents a comprehensive overview of fundamental theories and best practices for applying semantics in LULC. Developed by a team of experts bridging relevant areas related to the subject (LULC studies ontology semantic uncertainty information science and earth observation) this book encourages effective and critical uses of LULC data and considers practical contexts where LULC semantics can play a vital role. The book includes work on conceptual and technological semantic practices including but not limited to categorization; the definition of criteria for sets and their members; metadata; documentation for data reuse; ontology logic restrictions; reasoning from text sources; and explicit semantic specifications ontologies vocabularies and design patterns. It also includes use cases from applicable semantics in searches LULC classification spatial analysis and visualization issues of Big Data knowledge infrastructures and their organization and integration of bottom-up and top-down approaches to collaboration frameworks and interdisciplinary challenges such as EarthCube. This book: Centers on the link between planning goals objectives and policy and land use classification systems Uses examples of maps and databases to draw attention to the problems of semantic integration of land use/cover data Discusses the principles used in a categorization Explores the origins and impacts of semantic variation using the example of land cover Examines how crowd science and human perceptions can be used to improve the quality of land cover datasets and more Land Use and Land Cover Semantics: Principles Best Practices and Prospects offers an up-to-date account of land use/land cover semantics looks into aspects of semantic data modeling and discusses current approaches ongoing developments and future trends. The book provides guidance to anyone working with land use or land cover data looking to harmonize categories repurpose data or otherwise develop or use LULC datasets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138747999

Land Use and the ConstitutionPrinciples for Planning Practice This practical handbook explains eight constitutional principles and applies them to real-world planning situations. These statements of principles reflect consensus opinions but the book also discusses points of dissent. It includes detailed summaries of more than fifty U.S. Supreme Court cases affecting land-use planning along with a comprehensive table of contents a cross-referenced index three matricies that relate sections of the book to one another and a summary of constitutional principles that relates them to land-use planning techniques. All of these features make it easy to locate key constitutional principles quickly. This book is the result of a 1987 symposium that brought together two dozen leading practitioners and scholars in the fields of planning and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099442

Land Use and the States An enlarged and revised book which looks at some programs of state land use control. Focusing on the problems that have caused the public to demand such controls on the variety of legislative responses and on the problems of implementation that arise this study presents a rationale for the role of the state government in the land use field. Originally published in 1979 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064406

Land Use and Urban FormThe Consumption Theory of Land Rent Originally published in 1987. The Consumption Theory of Land Rent or CTLR is a comprehensive model of the urban landscape developed by Grant Ian Thrall. Working from the basic idea that the same underlying processes account for the spatial structure of all places Thrall shows how CTLR can be used as a tool to explain and predict the long-term consequences of policy decisions by governments such as introducing light rail rapid transit or parameter changes in the economy such as a general rise in real income. Thrall’s methodology for the analysis of land rent and land use in a significant research accomplishment and a major analytical tool for students and professionals within city planning regional science urban geography and urban economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055797

Land Use Change and Mountain Biodiversity Part of the worldwide biodiversity program DIVERSITAS the Global Mountain Biodiversity Assessment (GMBA) assesses the biological richness of high-elevation biota. GMBA’s focus includes the uppermost forest regions or their substitute rangeland vegetation the treeline ecotone and the alpine and nival belts. Providing more than description the GMBA explains the causes of biological richness and how diversity changes over time. Because biodiversity changes often result from human land use part of the GMBA agenda is the assessment of land use impacts. These assessments are critical in low-latitude regions where land use pressure on upland biota is the greatest. The chapters of Land Use Change and Mountain Biodiversity derive from a peer-review process that followed presentations offered at two GMBA workshops one in Tanzania and the other in Bolivia. More than 50 researchers actively participated in these events discussing information from all major mountain regions with a particular focus on the Andes and on African mountains. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453886

Land Use ChangeScience Policy and Management Changes in the use of land reflect a variety of environmental and social factors necessitating an equally varied suite of data to be used for effective analysis. While remote sensing both from satellites and air photos provides a central resource for study socio-economic surveys censuses and map sources also supply a wealth of valid information. Land Use Change: Science Policy and Management presents spatial theories and methodologies that support an integrated approach to the analysis of land use change. Focusing on spatial representation and modeling this book addresses such important scientific issues as the dynamics of change integration and feedback between system elements and scale issues in space and time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387952

Land Use Effects on Streamflow and Water Quality in the Northeastern United States Filling a long-standing need for a desk reference that synthesizes current research Land Use Effects on Streamflow and Water Quality in the Northeastern United States reviews and discusses the impact of forest management agriculture and urbanization. The book provides a gateway to the diverse scientific literature that is urgently needed to understand and solve ubiquitous watershed management problems. The authors use an in-depth approach that focuses on the science behind sound management principles and practices. The book begins with a summary of the scientific principles and processes that define and govern the interactions between activities on land and conditions in streams lakes and estuaries. Building on these principles later chapters progress from basic science to small-scale controlled field experiments to landscape-scale studies and their watershed management implications. This nested format parallels the development of watershed management projects and solutions. The deliberate integration of land use history ecology hydrology chemistry and resource management avoids the artificial separation of inter-related watershed characteristics and tracks causes and effects over realistic time scales. The authors present the hydrologic and water quality principles on which to construct management plans for water supply watersheds across a wide range of sizes configurations and time scales. Rigorously reviewed by a distinguished panel of scientists and watershed managers the book benefits from their collective experience across the full range of watershed science and management. It provides a diverse audience with the opportunity to update and expand their knowledge in critical areas of watershed science and management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389031

Land Use IntensificationEffects on Agriculture Biodiversity and Ecological Processes By 2050 the global population of humans is predicted to increase by 35%. Approximately 70% more food may be required and this will take place against a backdrop of 15-40% land degradation. This book examines land use intensification and biodiversity conservation and its impacts. It also discusses whether suites of species and/or functional groups of taxa will either benefit or suffer from land use intensification and whether it is possible to make robust predictions of biotic responses across landscapes regions and continents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466517141

Land Use Planning Environmental Protection and Growth ManagementThe Florida Experience This book examines the history and impact of Florida's Comprehensive Planning legislation. Topics include coastal zone management solid waste planning land use impacts planning strategies and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579425

Land Use ScenariosEnvironmental Consequences of Development Any alteration of the natural processes occurring on a piece of land will have expected as well as unanticipated effects and those effects have little regard for arbitrary human boundaries. Consequently it is not enough for land managers to consider only how they might maintain the parcels for which they are responsible; they must also anticipate how changes to neighboring lands might impact their properties. Land Use Scenarios: Environmental Consequences of Development demonstrates how the success of local decision making is largely determined by factors that are difficult to control or forecast. It shows the importance of geographic vulnerability analysis which takes into consideration possible scenarios about how where and when future patterns of land use might develop. It points to the consideration of critical uncertainties—those aspects of the future that while difficult to predict may have a profound impact on pending decisions. Detailing research supported by the United States Marine Corps the text presents a study of the region of Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton and Air Station Miramar in California. While this area remains largely un-built but extensively used ongoing regional growth is having dramatic impact on the land and must be factored into any decision making. This research— Provides a better understanding of the potential consequences of urban development on native flora and fauna Describes theoretical concerns prompted by scenario-based projections Gives an overview of the history of scenario-based techniques for urban and regional planning Helps define measures for maintaining undeveloped lands in rapidly developing areas In publishing this research the investigators provide information regarding issues of urban development and possible environmental consequences to stakeholders and jurisdictions whose actions may influence the future of the region. More broadly the book will aid managers and stakeholders from other areas to engage spatial contingencies toward the goal of developing more resilient landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112308

Land Use-Transport Interaction Models Transport and the spatial location of population and activities have been important themes of study in engineering social sciences and urban and regional planning for many decades. However an integrated approach to the modelling of transport and land use has been rarely made and common practice has been to model both phenomena independently.This book presents an introduction to the modelling of land use and transport interaction (LUTI) with a theoretical basis and a presentation of the broad state of the art. It also sets out the steps for building an operational LUTI model to provide a concrete application. The authors bring extensive experience in this cross-disciplinary field primarily for an academic audience and for professionals seeking a thorough introduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367884550

Land Value TaxationAn Applied Analysis This study of the strategic policy and operational characteristics of Land Value Taxation is a unique and original contribution to Elston knowledge. McCluskey and Franzsen provide a clear and detailed synthesis of existing Land Value Taxation systems and address the perceived advantages and disadvantages of such systems. The implications of this work based on a two-tier analysis of selected countries will be critical in terms of informing policy makers when contemplating reviews of existing Land Value Taxation systems or its possible introduction. The empirical research underpinning this work has attempted to concisely provide the role of land value systems within the selected case study countries. The work has clearly identified a number of challenges being faced by those countries and jurisdictions that currently utilise land value tax systems. Given these challenges this book is timely in that it provides detailed expositions of property tax systems that are undergoing significant change and reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250946

Landau Fermi Liquids and Beyond This book consolidates the older and more recent concepts on weakly-interacting fermions where traditional many-body techniques are adequate. Targeting primarily the advanced undergraduates and graduates the author has included plenty of examples and problems from contemporary topics of research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755436

Landed Interest and the Supply of Food First Published in 1967. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760294

Landesque CapitalThe Historical Ecology of Enduring Landscape Modifications This book is the first comprehensive global treatment of landesque capital a widespread concept used to understand anthropogenic landscapes that serve important economic social and ritual purposes. Spanning the disciplines of anthropology human ecology geography archaeology and history chapters combine theoretical rigor with in-depth empirical studies of major landscape modifications from ancient to contemporary times. They assess not only degradation but also the social political and economic institutions and contexts that make sustainability possible. Offering tightly edited original contributions from leading scholars this book will have a lasting influence on the study long-term human-environment relations in the human and natural sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611323870

Landfill Bioreactor Design & Operation Using biotechnology to help control landfill processes can mitigate costs shorten the time needed to process solid waste and ease the typical ecological damage to the land being used. This first-of-its-kind book provides regulators designers landfill owners and operators with information that supports the utility of landfill bioreactors and provides design and operating criteria essential for the successful application of this technology. It pulls together laboratory pilot and full-scale experiences into one concise guide to designing and running municipal landfills as bioreactors. Landfill Bioreactor Design and Operation covers the history and background of landfill technology research studies of actual bioreactor landfills expected leachate and gas yields specific design criteria operation guidelines and reuse of landfill sites to avoid having to establish new sites. For anyone looking for an alternative to large wasteful landfill sites this book provides a practical alternative to the problem. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749555

Landfilling of WasteBarriers In view of the great demand for information regarding landfills a series of international reference books on landfilling of waste has been established. This book the second volume deals with lining and leachate collection. It consists of edited selected contributions to the International Symposia on Sanitary Landfills held in Sardinia every second year. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863661

Landfilling of WasteBiogas Landfilling of Waste: Biogas is the third in a series of reference books which provide a comprehensive overview of the state of the art and identify new directions in landfill technology and landfill research. As well as describing gas generation and composition the book covers the environmental aspects discusses gas production extraction and transportation treatment and utilization emissions and safety and ends with a selection of case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863548

Landfilling of WasteLeachate Landfilling of waste has increased dramatically over recent years and there have been many examples of landfills which are unacceptable on environmental and health grounds. This is one of a group of international reference books which address this problem specifically in this case covering the strongly contaminated wastewater developed from landfills. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864057

Landing on the Wrong NoteJazz Dissonance and Critical Practice An imaginative and passionate synthesis of form and function Landing on the Wrong NOte goes beyond mainstream jazz criticism outlining a new poetics of jazz that emerges not from the ivory tower but from the clubs performances and lives of today's jazz musicians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203901007

Landlessness And Migration In Nepal This book aims to describe understand and explain the social political and geographic consequences of frontier migration focusing on landlessness nearlandlessness and spontaneous settlement among hill migrants in the Tarai of Nepal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162702

Land-locked States of Africa and Asia Since 1991 more than a dozen new land-locked states have emerged to be confronted with the geostrategic problems of access and communications. Contributors present the implications of land-lockedness and the historical development of trade routes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037943

Landlord Power and Rural Indebtedness in Colonial Sind Investigates the alliance between the British administration and the Muslim landed magnates who dominated the countryside and provides valuable insights into the emergence of the elite's governing Pakistan today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993006

Landlords And StrangersEcology Society And Trade In Western Africa 1000-1630 This book includes numerous extracts from contemporaneous sources that vividly portray the peoples and lands of western Africa. It delineates historical processes in the context of climate change expanding trade networks and widespread state building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154165

Landmark Essays in Contemporary Writing Center Studies This volume collects essential writings in the field of writing center studies as it has blossomed and developed since the 1995 publication of Landmark Essays on Writing Centers. These writings offer a new generation of writing center readers' provocative ideas and research-based praxis on the topics covered in the book’s four parts: Writing Center History Critical Perspectives on Current Practices Writing Center Research and Writing Centers in New Spaces. Its provocative chapters discuss issues including student agency collaboration social justice and marginalized populations community engagement and online writing instruction. Landmark Essays in Contemporary Writing Center Studies provides an up-to-date introduction to new students and a useful reference for long-time practitioners. It is essential reading for undergraduate and graduate students in composition and education as well as writing center staff and directors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206406

Landmark Essays on Advanced CompositionVolume 10 As advanced composition continues to grow as an important sub-area of rhetoric and composition it becomes increasingly more important for scholars and teachers to have access to key studies produced in the field. Providing a comprehensive overview of significant work on the theory and pedagogy of advanced composition generated between 1980 and 1995 this collection contains 24 essays and articles previously published in major scholarly books and journals. Divided into four major areas this book: * explores how individuals and institutions over the last 15 years have constructed advanced composition courses and programs * attempts to articulate what distinguishes advanced composition courses students and pedagogies from those commonly encountered in first-year composition * outlines specific pedagogies for advanced composition and * investigates how scholarship can inform advanced composition and examines several political and ethical issues. The essays presented here chronicle composition's struggle to define and construct an appropriate writing course on the advanced level. Although these essays have clear historical value -- in that together they trace attempts to come to terms with advanced composition -- they also have implications for future work in the area. They suggest how educators might continue to draw on scholarship both within and outside of composition to investigate relevant theoretical issues and to construct effective advanced pedagogies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177260

Landmark Essays on American Public AddressVolume 1 This volume traces the historical evolution of American academic thought concerning public address -- what it is how it ought to be studied and what can be learned by engaging rhetorical texts in an analytical fashion. To begin one must distinguish among three separate but interrelated uses of the term "public address" -- as practice theory and criticism. The essays in this volume represent landmarks in the literal sense of that term -- they are marks on the intellectual landscape that indicate where scholars and ideas have passed and in that passing left a mark for future generations. It is appropriate to revisit the landmarks that have set public address off as a field of study and it allows readers to remember the struggles that have led to the current situation. Most of the authors of the following chapters are deceased but their ideas live on -- transformed adapted modified rejected and reborn. The scholarly dialectic continues. What constitutes a study in public address how best to approach rhetorical texts which analytical tools are required for the job how best to balance text with context and what role ought theory to play in the conduct or outcome of critical inquiry -- these questions live on. To answer them at all is to engender debate and that is how it should be if the intellectual vitality of public address is to be maintained. The papers are a prolegomenon to such studies for they mark where scholars have been and point the way to where they still must go. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059196

Landmark Essays on Archival Research Landmark Essays on Archival Research gathers over twenty years of essays addressing archival research methodologies and methods. They give readers a sense of how scholars have articulated archival research over the last two decades providing insight into the shifts research methods have undergone given emerging technologies changing notions of access emerging concerns about issues of representation fluid definitions of what constitutes an archive and the place of archival research in hybrid research methods. This collection explores archival research involving a range of disciplinary interests and will be on interest to scholars working on topics related to postmodern feminist working class and cultural issues. With archival research now ubiquitous illustrated by the recent number of published collections journal articles conference sessions and pedagogical treatises devoted to the topic this volume appeals to a broad range of scholarly fields and areas of study. Primary archival investigation leads to novel insights and publications and has a place in most of the research being conducted by compositions and rhetoric scholars. This volume will chart the recent historical trends of archival methodologies and suggest future directions for research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897878

Landmark Essays on Aristotelian RhetoricVolume 14 There is little doubt that Aristotle's Rhetoric has made a major impact on rhetoric and composition studies. This impact has not only been chronicled throughout the history of rhetoric but has more recently been contested as contemporary rhetoricians reexamine Aristotelian rhetoric and its potential for facilitating contemporary oral and written expression. This volume contains the full text of Father William Grimaldi's monograph studies in the philosophy of Aristotle's Rhetoric. The eight essays presented here are divided into three rubrics: history and philosophical orientation theoretical perspectives and historical impact. This collection provides teachers and students with major works on Aristotelian rhetoric that are difficult to acquire and offers readers an opportunity to become active participants in today's deliberations about the merits of Aristotelian rhetoric for contemporary teaching and research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059240

Landmark Essays on Bakhtin Rhetoric and WritingVolume 13 The essays in this collection give voice to the plurality of approaches that scholars in the field of rhetoric and composition have when they set forth to assimilate Bakhtin for their varied purposes. The collection is arranged in three major sections. The first attempts to capture the most important theoretical extensions of Bakhtin's ideas and does so with an emphasis on what Bakhtin might contribute to the present understanding of language and rhetoric. The next section explores the implications of Bakhtin's work for both disciplinary identity and writing pedagogy. The final section looks at how Bakhtinian thought can be used to bring new light to concerns that his work either does not address or could not have imagined addressing concerns ranging from writing across the curriculum to feminism and from computer discourse to the writing of a corporation annual report. Together these essays demonstrate how fruitfully and imaginatively Bakhtin's ideas can be appropriated for a context that he could not have anticipated. They also serve as an invitation to sustain the dialogue with Bakhtin in the future so that researchers may yet come to realize the fortuitous ways that Bakhtin will continue to mean more than he said. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059233

Landmark Essays on Basic WritingVolume 18 The essays selected for this volume address debilitating assumptions that place both students and teachers of basic writing as well as the discipline itself on the margins of educational economic and political localities of influence. The collection presents readers with previously published essays that together depict the fundamental and shifting theoretical methodological and pedagogical assumptions of basic writing instruction over the past two decades. Arranged chronologically the essays examine such issues as defining basic writers the phenomenology of error cognitivism and writing instruction the social construction of remediation and the politics of basic writing pedagogy in a postmodern world. They collectively present what the contributors perceive as some of the most enduring and important debates in the field. At the same time they illustrate that neither the basic writing classroom nor recent scholarship need to be intellectually marginalized locations. By including primarily essays published between 1987 and 1997 the contributors bring together essays that historicize the preceding decades of scholarship and also anticipate the future of the field. The volume moves thematically from situating and defining basic writers and basic writing scholarship to questions of the relationships among methodology ideology and race. It closes with a series of essays that collectively move the field "Toward a Post-Critical Pedagogy of Basic Writing." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470828

Landmark Essays on Classical Greek RhetoricVolume 3 This volume's purpose is to provide students and scholars of classical rhetoric with a set of exemplary works in the area of Greek rhetorical theory. Many of the articles included here are not easily accessible and have been selected with the intent of providing graduate and undergraduate students with a useful collection of secondary source materials. This book is also envisioned as a useful text for scholars who will benefit from having these sources more readily available. Scholarship in classical Greek rhetorical theory typically is aimed at one of these two goals: * Historical reconstruction is work that attempts to understand the contributions of past theorists or practitioners. Scholars involved in the historical reconstruction of Greek rhetorical theories attempt to understand the cultural context in which these theories originally appear. * Contemporary appropriation is work that attempts to utilize the insights of past theorists or practitioners in order to inform current theory or criticism. Rather than describe rhetorical theory as it evolved through the contingencies of the past scholars who attempt the contemporary appropriation of classical texts do so in order to shed insight on rhetorical concerns as they are manifested in today's environment. As can be seen in the following articles historical reconstruction and contemporary appropriation differ in terms of goals and methods. Because the goal of historical reconstruction is to capture the past -- insofar as possible -- on its own terms the methods of the historian and in classical work the philologist are appropriate. As a result many of the papers draw heavily on the original Greek terminology to describe a given theorist's contributions. All Greek words have been transliterated in this edition in order to improve readability. In addition the meanings of Greek words which are not explicitly discussed include a bracketed translation to make the text more accessible for non-Greek reading audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179868

Landmark Essays on Contemporary RhetoricVolume 15 This work brings together the pivotal scholarly essays responsible for the present resurgence in rhetorical studies. Assembled by one of the most respected senior scholars in the field of rhetoric the essays chart a course from tradition-based theory of civic rhetoric to ongoing issues of figuration power and gender. Together with a lucid introductory essay these studies help to integrate the still-volatile questions at the core of humanities scholarship in rhetoric. The introductory student as well as the seasoned scholar will gain familiarity and footing in this oldest--and still new--liberal art. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059226

Landmark Essays on ESL WritingVolume 17 In recent years the number of nonnative speakers of English in colleges and universities in North America has increased dramatically. As a result more and more writing teachers have found themselves working with these English as a Second Language (ESL) students in writing classes that are designed primarily with monolingual native-English-speaking students in mind. Since the majority of institutions require these students to enroll in writing courses at all levels it is becoming increasingly important for all writing teachers to be aware of the presence and special linguistic and cultural needs of ESL writers. This increase in the ESL population has over the last 40 years been paralleled by a similar growth in research on ESL writing and writing instruction--research that writing teachers need to be familiar with in order to work effectively with ESL writers in writing classrooms of all levels and types. Until recently however this body of knowledge has not been very accessible to writing teachers and researchers who do not specialize in second language research and instruction. This volume is an attempt to remedy this problem by providing a sense of how ESL writing scholarship has evolved over the last four decades. It brings together 15 articles that address various issues in second language writing in general and ESL writing in particular. In selecting articles for inclusion the editors tried to take a principled approach. The articles included in this volume have been chosen from a large database of publications in second language writing. The editors looked for works that mirrored the state of the art when they were published and made a conscious effort to represent a wide variety of perspectives contributions and issues in the field. To provide a sense of the evolution of the field this collection is arranged in chronological order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149823

Landmark Essays on Historiographies of Rhetorics This reader presents essays that editor Victor Vitanza describes as "efforts at revisionary histories that are either quasi-traditional histories or radical subversive histories." They are influential works published over the past four decades by major rhetoricians and historians with radically different presumptions and challenges to the status quo of history. Their discussions present a full array of possible histories in terms of originations classicisms scientific objectivities temporalities literary criticisms feminisms modernity/post-modernity aesthetics and perpetually more and more contestations. Providing a forum for scholars’ original voices as the discussions have developed over the decades this collection is a unique and valuable text for advanced study on the history of rhetoric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913288

Landmark Essays on Rhetoric and Feminism1973-2000 "Feminism" and "rhetoric" have not always been overlapping terms. While neglected as subjects of scholarly interest for many years women were nonetheless developing rhetorical practices and traditions all along. In recent decades women writers speakers and feminist scholars have forged new theories of and practices for feminist rhetoric. These women have struggled to see re-shape and re-deploy the rhetorical tradition in ways that not only admit but embrace and celebrate women and feminist understandings to the benefit of all people. This volume is the culmination of much of the work done by those scholars. Edited by the leading experts in field Cheryl Glenn and Andrea A. Lunsford Landmark Essays on Rhetoric and Feminism earns its significance in several key ways: it includes work done by scholars from departments of communication English and writing studies as well as a variety of public intellectuals; it traces a series of encounters between rhetoric and feminism during the last three decades; and it highlights five themes that represent the history of encounters between rhetoric and feminism including (1) recovery and recuperation (2) methods and methodologies (3) practices and performances (4) pedagogical applications and implications and (5) new theories and histories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642156

Landmark Essays on Rhetoric and LiteratureVolume 16 The studies of rhetoric and literature have been closely connected on the theoretical level ever since antiquity and many great works of literature were written by men and women who were well versed in rhetoric. It is therefore well worth investigating exactly what these writers knew about rhetoric and how the practice of literary criticism has been enriched through rhetorical knowledge. The essays reprinted here have been arranged chronologically with two essays selected for each of six major periods: Antiquity the Middle Ages the Renaissance (including Shakespeare) the 17th century the 18th century and the 19th and 20th centuries. Some are more theoretically oriented whereas others become exercises in practical criticism. Some cover well-trod ground whereas others turn to parts of the rhetorical tradition that are often overlooked. Scholars in the field should benefit from having this material collected together and reprinted in one volume but the essays included here will also be useful to graduate students and advanced undergraduates for course work and general reading. Students of rhetoric seeking to understand how the principles of their field extend into other forms of communication will find this volume of interest as will students of literature seeking to refine their understanding of the various modes of literary criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465497

Landmark Essays on Rhetoric of Science: Case Studies Now in its Second Edition Landmark Essays on Rhetoric of Science: Case Studies presents fifteen iconic essays in science studies rhetorical criticism and argumentation. Integral to the launch of the Landmark Essays series and renowned for its impact on the then-nascent field of rhetoric of science this volume returns with a revised introduction and updated contributions to the field including the work of Leah Ceccarelli James Wynn Ashley Rose Mehlenbacher and Carolyn R. Miller. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695894

Landmark Essays on Rhetoric of Science: Issues and Methods Landmark Essays in Rhetoric of Science: Issues and Methods compiles the essential readings of the vibrant field of rhetoric of science tracing the growth and core concerns of the field since its development in the 1970s. A companion to Randy Allen Harris’s foundational Landmark Essays in Rhetoric of Science: Case Studies this volume includes essays by such luminaries as Carolyn R. Miller Jeanne Fahnestock and Alan G. Gross along with an early prophetic article by Charles Sanders Pierce. Harris’s detailed introduction puts the field into its social and intellectual context and frames the important contributions of each essay which range from reimagining classical concepts like rhetorical figures and topical invention to Modal Materialism and the Neomodern hybridization of Actor Network Theory with Genre Studies. Race revolution and Daoism come up along the way and the empirical recalcitrance of the moon. This collection serves as a textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate courses in science studies and is an invaluable resource for researchers concerned with science not as a special autonomous sacrosanct enterprise but as a set of value-saturated profoundly influential rhetorical practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695924

Landmark Essays on Rhetorical CriticismVolume 5 This book is an anthology of landmark essays in rhetorical criticism. In historical usage a landmark marks a path or a boundary; as a metaphor in social and intellectual history landmark signifies some act or event that marks a significant achievement or turning point in the progress or decline of human effort. In the history of an academic discipline the historically established senses of landmark are mixed together jostling to set out and protect the turfmarkers of academic specialization; aligning footnotes to signify the beacons that have guided thought and against these "conservative" tendencies attempting to contribute fresh insights that tempt others along new trails. The editor has chosen essays for this collection that give some sense of the history of rhetorical criticism in this century especially as it has been practiced in the discipline of speech communication. He also emphasizes materials that may illustrate where the discipline conceives itself to be going -- how it has marked its boundaries; how it has established beacons to invite safety or warn us from the rocks; and how it has sought to preserve a tradition by subjecting it to constant revision and struggle. In the hope of providing some coherence the scope of this collection is limited to rhetorical criticism as it has been practiced and understood within the discipline of speech communication in North America in this century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059202

Landmark Essays on Rhetorical Genre Studies Landmark Essays on Rhetorical Genre Studies gathers major works that have contributed to the recent rhetorical reconceptualization of genre. A lively and complex field developed over the past 30 years Rhetorical Genre Studies is central to many current research and teaching agendas. This collection which is organized both thematically and chronologically explores genre research across a range of disciplinary interests but with a specific focus on rhetoric and composition. With introductions by the co-editors to frame and extend each section this volume helps readers understand and contextualize both the foundations of the field and the central themes and insights that have emerged. It will be of particular interest to students and scholars working on topics related to composition rhetoric professional and technical writing and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047709

Landmark Essays on Rhetorics of Difference Landmark Essays on Rhetorics of Difference challenges the Eurocentric perspective from which the field of rhetoric is traditionally viewed. Taking a step beyond the creation of alternative rhetorics that maintain the centrality of the European and Greco-Roman tradition this volume argues on behalf of pluriversal rhetorics that coexist as equally important on their own terms. A timely addition to the respected Landmark Essays series it will be invaluable to students of history of rhetoric literacy composition and writing studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138506367

Landmark Essays on Speech and Writing Classical rhetoric was originally all about speech; then as the new technology emerged it took an interest in writing. We are at a kind of mirror moment now. The present field of composition and rhetoric has been preoccupied with writing for the last fifty or more years but scholars are looking once again at speech and how it relates to writing. At this moment then we are inheritors of research showing that writing can be thought of as different and yet not different from speech. In this Landmark Essays volume Peter Elbow a leading expert on speech and writing gathers a selection of classic essays that show the main streams of thinking that scholars have published about speech and writing. Through the interdisciplinary essays included he invites readers to think critically about the relationship between speech writing and our notion of literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641692

Landmark Essays on Tropes and Figures Landmark Essays on Tropes and Figures offers a thorough overview of the most influential essays on rhetorical tropes and figures providing a solid foundation for understanding this area of study. The book is divided into two parts. The first part deals with essays on the development of the concepts their definitions and their decline; the second part deals with applications: how figures and tropes have been used in various disciplinary domains from literary criticism to politics science advertising and music. This volumes spans writing from the early 20th century to contemporary work providing readers with a historically grounded base for study. It brings together book chapters and journal articles that would otherwise be difficult to locate providing a ready-made collection of readings on the topic of tropes and figures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925625

Landmark Essays on Writing Across the CurriculumVolume 6 Rhetoric as a general teaching -- while preaching locality of action and guidelines for handling that locality -- has tended from the beginning to serve as a universality. It has offered a generalized techne with only limited categories appropriate for all discursive situations at least for those that were not excluded from the realm of rhetoric. Nonetheless from its beginnings rhetoric limited its interests to certain activity fields such as law government religion and most important the educators of leaders in these activity fields. This collection presents landmarks showing where the Writing-Across-the-Curriculum (WAC) and Writing in the Disciplines (WID) movements have gone. They have opened up a number of prospects that were impossible to see when rhetoric and composition confined their gaze to relatively few discursive activities. This suggests that the rhetorical landscape is becoming more complex and interesting as well as more responsive to life in the complex differentiated societies that have emerged in the last few centuries. This volume will reveal to scholars and researchers a range of possibilities for the study of disciplinary discourse and its teaching and suggest to them new prospects for the future -- and for the better. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059219

Landmark Essays on Writing CentersVolume 9 This collection introduces the reader to the ideas that have shaped writing center theory and practice. The essays have been selected not only for the insight they offer into issues but also for their contributions to writing center scholarship. These papers help to chart the legitimation of writing centers by providing both a history and an examination of the philosophies praxis and politics that have defined this emerging field. They demonstrate the ways a clearer profile of the discipline has emerged from the research and reflection of writers like those represented here. This volume charts the emergence of writing centers and the growing recognition of their contributions roles and importance. As a nascent discipline writing centers reflect the concerns with marginality and with finding a respected place in the academy that characterize any new field of academic inquiry practice and research. Concomitantly professionals in these fields seek standing within the academy and a way of defining and validating their contributions to the educational process. Contemporary writing center theorists look to interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary investigations to interpret the work they do and to clarify their aims to the academy at large. Their work employs a variety of philosophical perspectives -- ranging from sociolinguistics to psychoanalytic theory -- to show the complex nature and potential of writing center interactions. The idea has now become the multidimensional realities of the writing center within the academy and within society as a whole. What its role will be in future redefinitions of the educational process how that role will be negotiated and evaluated and how professionals will shape educational values will constitute the future landmark directions and essays on writing center theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157293

Landmark Essays on Writing ProcessVolume 7 As the field of composition studies became more sophisticated in its understanding of research the designs and assumptions underlying the early work were called into question. Researchers were challenged to design studies that were sensitive to the varying contexts in which writers write and to the ways their own roles shaped their investigations. The more comprehensive studies called for by these critiques are only now beginning to appear. This volume presents some articles in which writers and what they do are at the center of inquiry. The focus is on what actually occurs as people write and how they make sense of what they are doing. Choosing such a focus grants human action central importance and enacts the belief that looking closely at individuals can be a primary starting point for understanding them and their worlds. Other papers take the researcher's shaping role into account. The integrity of such work rests not so much on a lifeless detachment from the phenomena being studied as on the author's vital engagement and on a faithful rendering of what has been observed. This includes the author revealing his or her own impact of what has been seen and said. In the broadest sense composing is something we all do: the students and parents and writers and teachers who serve as subjects of research and those who write the research itself. It is what each of us is engaged in when we shape our understanding of life through the writing we do. And it is what can continue to light the way in composition studies for it illuminates what still makes this inquiry so intriguing and so rich -- that only human beings have this capacity to look and see more to create new texts and new work and in the creating compose their way to new understandings and new selves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156746

Landmark Essays on Writing Program Administration Leading with the provocative observation that writing programs administration lacks “an established set of texts that provides a baseline of shared knowledge . . . in which to root our ongoing conversations and with which to welcome newcomers ” Landmark Essays on Writing Program Administration focuses on WPA identity to propose one such grouping of texts. This Landmark volume is the cornerstone resource for new Writing Program Administrators and graduate students seeking an ever-important overview of the literature on Writing Program Administration. Drawing broadly across scholarship in writing programs and writing centers Ritter and Ianetta work to historicize theorize and problematize the ever-shifting answers offered to the question: Who—or what—is a WPA? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715356

Landmarks for SustainabilityEvents and Initiatives That Have Changed Our World Landmarks for Sustainability is a high-impact quick-reference guide to many of the most critical events and initiatives that have shaped our world and the sustainable development agenda over the past 20 years and more. These include high-profile historic events – such as the Exxon Valdez oil spill the Rio Earth Summit the anti-globalisation protests in Seattle and Genoa and the collapse of Enron – as well as more subtle but no less important developments such as trends in fairtrade ethical codes and sustainable investment.  By shining a spotlight on these and other landmark events and initiatives the book draws into sharp relief the most significant social and environmental challenges of our time – from climate change and the state of the planet to poverty and corruption. Equally importantly however more than half of the book is dedicated to constructive global responses such as the boom in clean technology the role of the World Economic and World Social Forums and the growth of ISO 14001 and SA8000 standards.  Each of the 20 chapters follows a similar easy-access full-colour design with inspiring quotations compelling photographs a timeline of associated events a narrative description of trends and spotlight features of specific initiatives or events including charts factboxes and suggestions for further reading and websites. Also included is the world's most comprehensive sustainability timeline listing and dating 190 key sustainability-related events and initiatives that occurred between 1919 and 2008.  All these features combine to make the book an essential and highly accessible resource for managers teachers students government officials consultants and activists alike. For the first time these crucial change agents will have a single-source reference book which is not only packed with useful facts and figures but is also fascinating to look at and full of inspirational material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351279642

Landmarks In Cardiac Surgery This text published in the profession's centenary year traces the history of cardiac surgery from ancient times to the present detailing clinical developments with facsimilies of the original articles consent forms from the first heart transplant newspaper articles and correspondence. The text follows a set pattern describing the historical background to each new procedure facsimilies of the original articles bibliography of the main clinicians and a commentary putting each development into its historical context. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077145

Landmarks in Linguistic Thought Volume IIIThe Arabic Linguistic Tradition Landmarks in Linguistic Thought Vol 3 is devoted to a linguistic tradition that lies outside the Western mainstream namely that of the Middle East.The reader is introduced to the major issues and themes that have determined the development of the Arabic linguistic tradition. Each chapter contains a short extract from a translated `landmark' text followed by a commentary which places the text in its social and intellectual context. The chosen texts frequently offer scope for comparison with the Western tradition. By contrasting the two systems the Western and the Middle Eastern this book serves to highlight the characteristics of two very different systems and thus stimulate new ideas about the history of linguistics.This book presumes no prior knowledge of Arabo-Islamic culture and Arabic language and is invaluable to anyone with an interest in the History of Linguistics. Kees Versteegh is currently Professor of Arabic and Islam at the Middle East Institute of the University of Nijmegen The Netherlands. His publications include The Explanation of Linguistic Causes (1995) Ed. Arabic Outside the Arab World (1994) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203444153

Landmarks in LiteracyThe Selected Works of Frank Smith Frank Smith is internationally acclaimed as an essential contributor to research on the nature of reading and as an originator of the modern psycholinguistic approach to reading instruction. In his publications his aim has always been to support teachers to encourage them to make teaching decisions based on knowledge and understanding to analyze what their students are trying to do and why what the students are doing doesn’t always correspond with what they are expected to do. Now the major topics addressed in his work are available in one volume Landmarks in Literacy a thoughtfully crafted selection of 16 of his key writings. In the World Library of Educationalists international scholars themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest works so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers thus are able to follow the themes and strands of their work and see their contribution to the development of a field as well as the development of the field itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287143

Landmarks in Mapping50 Years of the Cartographic Journal This book brings a flavour of the quality and breadth of the Journal into one volume that spans its history. It includes 16 classic papers from the archive some of which will be well known to the cartographic community while others may not be as obvious. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662384

Landmarks in Modern Latin American Fiction (Routledge Revivals) In the 1960s there occurred amongst Latin American writers a sudden explosion of literary activity known as the ‘Boom’. It marked an increase in the production and availability of innovative and experimental novels. But the ‘Boom’ of the 1960s should not be taken as the only flowering of Latin American fiction for such novels dubbed ‘new novels’ were being written in the 1940s and 1950s as well as in the 1970s and 1980s. In this edited collection first published in 1990 Philip Swanson charts the development of Latin American fiction throughout the twentieth century. He assesses the impact of the ‘new novel’ on Latin American literature and follows its growth. Nine key texts are analysed by contributors including works by the ‘big four’ of the ‘Boom’ – Fuentes Cortázar Garcia Márquez and Vargas Llosa. This book will be of interest to critics and teachers of Latin American literature and will be useful too as supplementary reading for students of Spanish and Hispanic Studies. It will also serve as a helpful introduction to those new to Latin American fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138804180

Landmarks in the History of Physical Education Originally published in 1957 the first part of this volume examines physical education in classical Greece and Imperial Rome during the first and second centuries A.D. and in Italy and England during the Renaissance. Each of these periods witnessed remarkable developments in the practice and theory of physical education: developments which still have present-day significance. The second part of the book traces the simultaneous development of physical education in different parts of the USA and Europe from the end of the eighteenth century onwards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860628

Landmarks of Russian Architect A comprehensive guide to Russian architecture this volume is designed for students and other readers wishing to gain an understanding of the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870625

Landmarks Preservation and the Property TaxAssessing Landmark Buildings for Real Taxation Purposes Historic preservation is an issue of growing importance and public commitment. Federal and state mechanisms have been established to identify and support historic buildings/sites while local governments have been active in supporting and protecting historic resources. Communities across the country have established designation programs whereby individual buildings or districts of historical-architectural significance are accorded landmark status. Designation activity has been accompanied by growing interest in other local incentives/disincentives to the support of historic buildings. In this regard the property tax is viewed as either a possible powerful drawback to or a catalyst of preservation. This study examines the relationship between historic preservation and the property tax focusing on the question of how designated buildings should be assessed for real taxation purposes. Listokin focuses on New York City in considering the effects of historic status on property value and in evaluating assessment practices. But this book's findings are transferrable to other communities because the base conditions are similar. Many other cities have designation programs modeled on New York City's. In addition New York's property-tax system and administrative processes resemble those found in communities across the nation. To enhance the transferability of this study's findings Listokin refers to the national experience and literature typically on a side-by-side basis with the New York City counterpart. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412848572

LandmarksA Collection of Essays on the Russian Intelligentsia 1909 Written from a particular point of view this text still stands as one of the key studies on the thought-world of the Russian intelligentsia. It will be of interest to students of Russian social and political thought as to those of intellectual history as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511491

Lands At Risk In The Third WorldLocal-level Perspectives This book presents case studies highlighting social economic political and biological dimensions of environmental degradation in the Third World. It uses local data to examine test and refine larger explanatory models and theories. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162078

Landscape Art and Identity in 1950s Britain During the years following World War II debates about the British landscape fused with questions of national identity as the country reconstructed its sense of self. For better or for worse artists statesmen and ordinary citizens saw themselves reflected in the landscape and in turn helped to shape the way that others envisioned the land. While landscape art is frequently imagined in terms of painting this book examines the role of landscape in terms of a broader definition of visual culture to include the discussion not only of works of oil on canvas but also prints sculpture photography advertising fashion journalism artists' biographies and the multi-media stage of the national exhibition. Making extensive use of archival materials (newspaper reviews radio broadcasts interviews with artists letters and exhibition planning documents) Catherine Jolivette explores the intersection of landscape art with a variety of discourses including the role of women in contemporary society the status of immigrant artists in Britain developments in science and technology and the promotion of British art and culture abroad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265684

Landscape Environment and Technology in Colonial and Postcolonial Africa First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719537

Landscape Race and MemoryMaterial Ecologies of Citizenship Memory is seldom explored through the experience of geographically mobile racialized populations. Whilst the relationships between the political value of landscape and national memory have previously been written through there has been little mention of postcolonial 'diasporic' racialized citizens. Using both visual and material culture this book examines the value of 'landscape and memory' for postcolonial migrants living in Britain. It uses memory to examine how postcolonial citizenship in Britain is experienced - through remembered citizenships of 'other' geographies abroad. By reflecting on the cultural landscapes of British Asian women the book reveals social-historical narratives about migration citizenship and belonging. New spaces of memory are presented as mobile and as politically charged with meaning as the more formal spaces of memorialization. The book offers a refiguring of race memory as being critical to English heritage and postcolonial politics and makes an important contribution to the writings on memory race and landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254961

Landscape Ritual and Identity among the Hyolmo of Nepal This book analyses the social political and religious life of the Hyolmo people of Nepal. Highlighting patterns of change and adaptation it addresses the Shamanic-Buddhist interface that exists in the animated landscape of the Himalayas. Opening with an analysis of the ethnic revival of Nepal the book first considers the Himalayan religious landscape and its people. Specific attention is then given to Helambu home of the Hyolmo people within the framework of Tibetan Buddhism. The discussion then turns to the persisting shamanic tradition of the region and the ritual dynamics of Hyolmo culture. The book concludes by considering broader questions of Hyolmo identity in the Nepalese context as well as reflecting on the interconnection of landscape ritual and identity. Offering a unique insight into a fascinating Himalayan culture and its formation this book will be of great interest to scholars of indigenous peoples and religion across religious studies Buddhist studies cultural anthropology and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472475824

Landscape Seascape and the Eco-Spatial Imagination Written from within the best traditions of ecocritical thought this book provides a wide-ranging account of the spatial imagination of landscape and seascape in literary and cultural contexts from many regions of the world. It brings together essays by authors writing from within diverse cultural traditions across historical periods from ancient Egypt to the postcolonial and postmodern present and touches on an array of divergent theoretical interventions. The volume investigates how our spatial imaginations become "wired " looking at questions about mediation and exploring how various traditions compete for prominence in our spatial imagination. In what ways is personal experience inflected by prevailing cultural traditions of representation and interpretation? Can an individual maintain a unique and distinctive spatial imagination in the face of dominant trends in perception and interpretation? What are the environmental implications of how we see landscape? The book reviews how landscape is at once conceptual and perceptual illuminating several important themes including the temporality of space the mediations of place that form the response of an observer of a landscape and the development of response in any single life from early partial thoughts to more considered ideas in maturity. Chapters provide suggestive and culturally nuanced propositions from varying points of view on ancient and modern landscapes and seascapes and on how individuals or societies have arranged conceptualized or imagined circumambient space. Opening up issues of landscape seascape and spatiality this volume commences a wide-ranging critical discussion that includes various approaches to literature history and cultural studies. Bringing together research from diverse areas such as ecocriticism landscape theory colonial and postcolonial theory hybridization theory and East Asian Studies to provide a historicized and global account of our ecospatial imaginations this b Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875428

Landscape Tourism and Meaning How do we re-theorize tourism? By drawing less on the Foucauldian notion of 'tourism as gazing' and instead focusing on the social construction of meaning in the landscape this insightful book provides an innovative and compelling new approach to tourist studies. Arguing that in any view of the landscape and in tourism generally there is a multiplicity of insider and outsider meanings the book grounds tourism studies within the framework of social theory and particularly in the social theoretic approaches to landscape. Bringing together specialists in tourism and landscape studies to discuss the relationships between the two it finds that issues of identity are a common thread and are raised with regard to the social construction of landscape and its portrayal through tourism. The international studies range in scale from regional to national personal to political and from local residents to international tourists highlighting the multiplicity of interpretations and meanings between these scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255289

Landscape Well-Being and Environment Well-being is now firmly established as an overarching theme of key concern to all professionals that work manage or design the environment. However well-being is a complex multi-dimensional issue rooted in the ways that we encounter perceive and interpret the environment. No single discipline can claim to have sufficient knowledge to fully explain the types of interactions that occur therefore there is a need to draw together a wide range of professions who are exploring the consequences of their actions upon the well-being of individuals and communities. This edited work addresses the above consisting of a collection of studies which embrace different aspects of environment landscape and well-being to consider current approaches to well-being research and practice that fall outside the traditional concepts of well-being as part of medical research making links with architecture landscape design environmental perception social interaction and environmental sustainability. The contributors originally presented at the international conference ‘Well-Being 2011’ jointly hosted by Birmingham City University and the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA); the chapters have been developed to present a coherent series of themes reviewing a wide range of literature presenting case studies appropriate to diverse audiences.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831512

Landscape AnalysisInvestigating the potentials of space and place A key aspect of town planning landscape planning and landscape architecture is to identify and then use the distinctive features and characteristics of space place and landscape to achieve environmental quality. Landscape Analysis provides an introduction to the field both in theory and in practice. A wide range of methods and techniques for landscape analysis is illustrated by urban and rural examples from many countries. Analysing landscapes within a planning context requires both skill and insights. Drawing upon numerous concrete examples together with an examination of some theoretical concepts this book guides the reader through a wide range of different approaches and techniques of landscape analysis that may be applied at different scales from elementary site analysis to historical and regional studies. This is an essential book for students and graduate practitioners working in landscape architecture planning and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927155

Landscape and AgencyCritical Essays Landscape and Agency explores how landscape as an idea a visual medium and a design practice is organized appropriated and framed in the transformation of places from the local to the global. It highlights how the development of the idea of agency in landscape theory and practice can fundamentally change our engagement with future landscapes. Including a wide range of international contributions each illustrated chapter investigates the many ways in which the relationship between the ideas and practices of landscape and social and subjective formations and material processes are invested with agency. They critically examine the role of landscape in processes of contemporary urban development environmental debate and political agendas and explore how these relations can be analysed and rethought through a dialogue between theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125575

Landscape and BrandingThe promotion and production of place Landscape and branding explores the way landscape is conceptualised conceived represented and designed by professionals in a brand-driven age. Landscape - incorporating tangible physical space as well as intangible concepts narratives images and experiences of place - is constructed by a number of creative industries. This book tests the hypothesis that place branding a powerful marketing and management practice increasingly blurs the distinction between the promotion of landscape and its production in design terms. Place branding involves the strategic and systematic composition of single-minded experiential and market-friendly place identities which are consistently communicated across various media including physical space. How does this implicate or transform notions of place nature landscape experience and the qualitative value of landscape itself? How does this affect the role of landscape architecture? To answer these questions place branding theory and practice is critically examined alongside an in depth case study of one specific landscape - the Blue Mountains (Australia). Projects undertaken between 1995 and 2015 including a branding strategy for the region media campaigns television cinema and several landscape architectural works in the public and private domain are comparatively analysed focusing on the discourse conventions and values informing their production and the landscape narratives they convey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297036

Landscape and Culture in Northern Eurasia This unique volume aims to break down the lingering linguistic boundaries that continue to divide up the circumpolar world to move beyond ethnographic ‘thick description’ to integrate the study of northern Eurasian hunting and herding societies more effectively by encouraging increased international collaboration between archaeologists ethnographers and historians and to open new directions for archaeological investigation of spirituality and northern landscape traditions. Authors examine the life-ways and beliefs of the indigenous peoples of northern Eurasia; chapters contribute ethnographic ethnohistoric and archaeological case-studies stretching from Fennoscandia through Siberia and into Chukotka and the Russian Far East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611327809

Landscape and Gender in the Novels of Charlotte Brontë George Eliot and Thomas HardyThe Body of Nature Examining a wide range of representations of physical metaphorical and dream landscapes in Charlotte Brontë George Eliot and Thomas Hardy Eithne Henson explores the way in which gender attitudes are expressed both in descriptions of landscape as the human body and in ideas of nature. Henson discusses the influence of eighteenth-century aesthetic theory particularly on Brontë and Eliot and argues that Ruskinian aesthetics Darwinism and other scientific preoccupations of an industrializing economy changed constructions of landscape in the later nineteenth century. Henson examines the conventions of reading landscape including the implied expectations of the reader the question of the gendered narrator how place defines the kind of action and characters in the novels the importance of landscape in creating mood the pastoral as a moral marker for readers and the influence of changing aesthetic theory on the implied painterly models that the three authors reproduce in their work. She also considers how each writer defines the concept of Englishness against an internal or colonial Other. Alongside these concerns Henson interrogates the ancient trope that equates woman with nature and the effect of comparing women to natural objects or offering them as objects of the male gaze typically to diminish or control them. Informed by close readings Henson's study offers an original approach to the significances of landscape in the 'realist' nineteenth-century novel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250581

Landscape and Identity in North America's Southern Colonies from 1660 to 1745 Through an analysis of textual representations of the American landscape this book looks at how North America appeared in books printed on both sides of the Atlantic between the years 1660 and 1745. A variety of literary genres are examined to discover how authors described the landscape climate flora and fauna of America particularly of the new southern colonies of Carolina and Georgia. Chapters are arranged thematically each exploring how the relationship between English and American print changed over the 85 years under consideration. Beginning in 1660 with the impact of the Restoration on the colonial relationship the book moves on to show how the expansion of British settlement in this period coincided with a dramatic increase in the production and consumption of the printed word and the further development of religious and scientific explanations of landscape change and climactic events. This in turn led to multiple interpretations of the American landscape dependent on factors such as whether the writer had actually visited America or not differing purposes for writing growing imperial considerations and conflict with the French Spanish and Natives. The book concludes by bringing together the three key themes: how representations of landscape varied depending on the genre of literature in which they appeared; that an author's perceived self-definition (as English resident American visitor or American resident) determined his understanding of the American landscape; and finally that the development of a unique American identity by the mid-eighteenth century can be seen by the way American residents define the landscape and their relationship to it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409406631

Landscape and IdentityGeographies of Nation and Class in England In England perhaps more than most places people's engagement with the landscape is deeply felt and has often been expressed through artistic media. The popularity of walking and walking clubs perhaps provides the most compelling evidence of the important role landscape plays in people's lives. Not only is individual identity rooted in experiencing landscape but under the multiple impacts of social fragmentation global economic restructuring and European integration membership in recreational walking groups helps recover a sense of community. Moving between the 1750s and the present this transdisciplinary book explores the powerful role of landscape in the formation of historical class relations and national identity. The author's direct field experience of fell walking in the Lake District and with various locally based clubs includes investigation of the roles gender and race play. She shows how the politics of access to open spaces has implications beyond the immediate geographical areas considered and ultimately involves questions of citizenship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135852

Landscape and Land Capacity Authored by world-class scientists and scholars The Handbook of Natural Resources Second Edition is an excellent reference for understanding the consequences of changing natural resources to the degradation of ecological integrity and the sustainability of life. Based on the content of the bestselling and CHOICE-awarded Encyclopedia of Natural Resources this new edition demonstrates the major challenges that the society is facing for the sustainability of all well-being on the planet Earth. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying natural resources are presented in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the main systems of land water and air. It reviews state-of-the-art knowledge highlights advances made in different areas and provides guidance for the appropriate use of remote sensing and geospatial data with field-based measurements in the study of natural resources. Volume 2 Landscape and Land Capacity covers soils and landscape issues their diversity and importance and how soils are related to the landscapes in which they form. It includes discussions on land conservation land-use and land-cover changes and urban environments and unravels the complex bond between humans and soils. New in this edition are discussions on habitat conservation and planning landscape epidemiology and vector-borne disease and landscape patterns and changes. This volume demonstrates the key processes methods and models used through several practical case studies from around the world. Written in an easy-to-reference manner The Handbook of Natural Resources Second Edition as individual volumes or as a complete set is an essential reading for anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the science and management of natural resources. Public and private libraries educational and research institutions scientists scholars and resource managers will benefit enormously from this set. Individual volumes and chapters can also be used in a wide variety of both graduate and undergraduate courses in environmental science and natural science at different levels and disciplines such as biology geography earth system science and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138334083

Landscape and Memory in Post-Fascist Italian FilmCinema Year Zero This study argues that neorealism’s visual genius is inseparable from its almost invisible relation to the Fascist past: a connection inscribed in cinematic landscapes. While largely a silent narrative neorealism’s complex visual processing of two decades of Fascism remains the greatest cultural production in the service of memorialization and comprehension for a nation that had neither a Nuremberg nor a formal process of reconciliation. Through her readings of canonical neorealist films Minghelli unearths the memorial strata of the neorealist image and investigates the complex historical charge that invests this cinema. This book is both a formal analysis of the new conception of the cinematic image born from a crisis of memory and a reflection on the relation between cinema and memory. Films discussed include Ossessione (1943) Paisà (1946) Ladri di biciclette (1948) and Cronaca di un amore (1950). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233843

Landscape And Power In Ancient Mesoamerica From the early cities in the second millennium BC to the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlan on the eve of the Spanish conquest Ancient Mesoamericans created landscapes full of meaning and power in the center of their urban spaces. The sixteenth century description of Tenochtitlan by Bernal Diaz del Castillo and the archaeological remnants of Teotihuacan attest to the power and centrality of these urban configurations in Ancient Mesoamerican history. In Landscape and Power in Ancient Mesoamerica Rex Koontz Kathryn Reese-Taylor and Annabeth Headrick explore the cultural logic that structured and generated these centers.Through case studies of specific urban spaces and their meanings the authors examine the general principles by which the Ancient Mesoamericans created meaningful urban space. In a profoundly interdisciplinary exchange involving both archaeologists and art historians this volume connects the symbolism of those landscapes the performances that activated this symbolism and the cultural poetics of these ensembles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096441

Landscape and Race in the United States Landscape and Race in the United States is the definitive volume on racialized landscapes in the United States. Edited by Richard Schein each essay is grounded in a particular location but all of the essays are informed by the theoretical vision that the cultural landscapes of America are infused with race and America's racial divide. While featuring the black/white divide the book also investigates other social landscapes including Chinatowns Latino landscapes in the Southwest and white suburban landscapes. The essays are accessible and readable providing historical and contemporary coverage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203621622

Landscape and Religion from Van Eyck to Rembrandt Offering a corrective to the common scholarly characterization of seventeenth-century Dutch landscape painting as modern realistic and secularized Boudewijn Bakker here explores the long history and purpose of landscape in Netherlandish painting. In Bakker's view early Netherlandish as well as seventeenth-century Dutch painting can be understood only in the context of the intellectual climate of the day. Concentrating on landscape painting as the careful depiction of the visible world Bakker's analysis takes in the thought of figures seldom consulted by traditional art historians such as the fifteenth-century philosopher Dionysius the Carthusian the sixteenth-century religious reformer John Calvin the geographer Abraham Ortelius and the seventeenth-century poet Constantijn Huygens. Probing their conception of nature as 'the first Book of God' and art as its representation Bakker identifies a world view that has its roots in the traditional Christian perceptions of God and creation. Landscape and Religion from Van Eyck to Rembrandt imposes a new layer of interpretation on the richly varied landscapes of the great masters. In so doing it adds a new dimension to the insights offered by modern art-historical research. Further Bakker's explorations of early modern art and literature provide essential background for any student of European intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247840

Landscape and Sustainable DevelopmentThe French Perspective Previously published in French by Éditions Quae this volume presents findings of a major research programme into landscape and sustainable development. While led by French scholars the research team and geographical scope of the project was international collaborative and comparative. Using case studies from across Europe the interdisciplinary team of contributors discuss the relationship between landscape as defined by the European Landscape Convention and the concept of sustainable development. This English edition has a new introduction written by Yves Luginbühl and Peter Howard. The book is then divided into three sections: Biophysical Realities and Landscape Practice; Landscape Resources-Inheritance and Renewal; Governance and Participation. Some of the topics covered such as wind-farm landscapes will be familiar to English language readers but others such as footpath economics non-woodland trees inter-generational equity and the insistence on the necessary developments in governance less so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472438591

Landscape and the Ideology of Nature in ExurbiaGreen Sprawl This book explores the role of the ideology of nature in producing urban and exurban sprawl. It examines the ironies of residential development on the metropolitan fringe where the search for “nature” brings residents deeper into the world from which they are imagining their escape—of Federal Express technologically mediated communications global supply chains and the anonymity of the global marketplace—and where many of the central features of exurbia—very low-density residential land use monster homes and conversion of forested or rural land for housing—contribute to the very problems that the social and environmental aesthetic of exurbia attempts to avoid. The volume shows how this contradiction—to live in the green landscape and to protect the green landscape from urbanization—gets caught up and represented in the ideology of nature and how this ideology in turn constitutes and is constituted by the landscapes being urbanized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747615

Landscape and Urban Design for Health and Well-BeingUsing Healing Sensory and Therapeutic Gardens In this book Gayle Souter-Brown explores the social economic and environmental benefits of developing greenspace for health and well-being. She examines the evidence behind the positive effects of designed landscapes and explains effective methods and approaches which can be put into practice by those seeking to reduce costs and add value through outdoor spaces.  Using principles from sensory therapeutic and healing gardens Souter-Brown focuses on landscape’s ability to affect health education and economic outcomes. Already valued within healthcare environments these design guidelines for public and private spaces extend the benefits throughout our towns and cities. Covering design for school grounds to public parks public housing to gardens for stressed executives this richly illustrated text builds the case to justify inclusion of a designed outdoor area in project budgets.  With case studies from the US UK Africa Asia Australasia and Europe it is an international inspirational and valuable tool for those interested in landscapes that provide real benefits to their users. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843522

Landscape and Vision in Nineteenth-Century Britain and France A study of the ways landscape was perceived in nineteenth-century Britain and France this book draws on evidence from poetry landscape gardens spectacular public entertainments novels and scientific works as well as paintings in order to develop its basic premise that landscape and the processes of perceiving it cannot be separated. Vision embraces panoramic seeing from high places but also the seeing of ghosts and spectres when madness and hallucination impinge upon landscape. The rise of geology and the spread of empires upset the existing comfortable orders of comprehension of landscape. Reverie and imagination produced powerful interpretive actions while landscape in French culture proved central to the rejection of conservative classicism in favour of perceptual questioning of experience. The experience of subjectivity proved central to the perception of landscape while the visual culture of landscape became of paramount importance to modernity during the period in question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259430

Landscape Archaeology Whether implicit in terms such as ‘environment’ or ‘territory’ or more explicitly articulated an active concern with landscape lies at the heart of all archaeological enquiry. Past individuals and social groups lived out their lives somewhere and it has long been realized by archaeologists that a detailed understanding of the character of their lived worlds is integral to any attempt to write histories of the deep past. Indeed an active concern with the ways in which past activities and settlements were arranged across the surface of the earth has characterized over a century of research and investigation. However despite its centrality to archaeological enquiry the last twenty or so years has witnessed the dawning recognition that there had been a tendency to treat the concept as largely self-evident; until recently many researchers had blithely sought to study landscape without feeling any obligation to define what precisely it was that they were setting out to study. Moreover when critical attention was finally brought to bear it rapidly became clear that rather than a coherent body of theory and practice the result had instead been a flurry of radically different landscapes each of which had spawned its own academic cottage industry. In Chris Gosden’s words landscape might best be defined as a ‘usefully ambiguous concept’. Consequently as the learned editors of this new four-volume collection from Routledge note a fledgling archaeological student of landscape might well be forgiven for not knowing whether first to direct his critical attention to walking boots and a map or to Julia Kristeva’s writings on intertextuality. The bold ambition of the editors of this ‘mini library’ of key works is not only to map out the full breadth of landscape approaches and the many kinds of landscape (and therefore past) they encompass but also to capture the dynamism and energy of the ongoing debates within the discipline as to the status of landscape. The collection’s structure allows scholars to access the crucial writings that have framed and guided current debates and the often eclectic traditions of scholarship that have informed and inspired them. Indeed Landscape Archaeology meets a pressing need for a wide-ranging and authoritative reference work to enable users to appreciate both the inherent slipperiness of the term ‘landscape’ and the wide range of landscape archaeologies that have emerged as a direct result. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415704762

Landscape Architect's Pocket Book An indispensable tool for all landscape architects this time-saving guide answers the most frequently asked questions in one pocket-sized volume. It is a concise easy-to-read reference that gives instant access to a wide range of information needed on a daily basis both out on site and in the office.Covering all the major topics including hard landscaping soft landscaping as well as planning and legislation the pocket book also includes a handy glossary of important terms useful calculations and helpful contacts. Not only an essential tool for everyday queries on British standards and procedures this is a first point of reference for those seeking more extensive supplementary sources of information including websites and further publications. This new edition incorporates updates and revisions from key planning and environmental legislation guidelines and national standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630849

Landscape Architecture and Digital TechnologiesRe-conceptualising design and making Landscape Architecture and Digital Technologies explores how digital technologies are reshaping design and making in landscape architecture. While the potentials of digital technologies are well documented within landscape planning and visualisation their application within design practice is far less understood. This book highlights the role of the digital model in encouraging a new design logic that moves from the privileging of the visual to a focus on processes of formation bridging the interface of the conceptual and material the virtual and the physical. Drawing on interviews and projects from a range of international designers -including Snøhetta Arup Gustafson Porter ASPECT Studios Grant Associates Catherine Mosbach Philippe Rahm PARKKIM LAAC and PEG office of landscape + architecture among others the authors explore the influence of parametric modelling scripting real-time data simulation prototyping fabrication and Building Information Modelling on the design and construction of contemporary landscapes. This engagement with practice is expanded through critical reflection from academics involved in landscape architecture programs around the world that are reshaping their research and pedagogy to reflect an expanded digital realm. Crossing critical theory technology and contemporary design the book constructs a picture of an emerging twenty-first century practice of landscape architecture practice premised on complexity and performance. It also highlights the disciplinary demands and challenges in engaging with a rapidly evolving digital context within practice and education. The book is of immense value to professionals and researchers and is a key publication for digital landscape courses at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745857

Landscape Architecture Criticism Landscape Architecture Criticism offers techniques perspectives and theories which relate to landscape architecture a field very different from the more well-known domains of art and architectural criticism. Throughout the book Bowring delves into questions such as how do we know if built or unbuilt works of landscape architecture are successful? What strategies are used to measure the success or failure and by whom? Does design criticism only come in written form? It brings together diverse perspectives on criticism in landscape architecture establishing a substantial point of reference for approaching design critique exploring how criticism developed within the discipline. Beginning with an introductory overview to set the framework the book then moves on to historical perspectives the purpose of critique theoretical positions ranging from aesthetics to politics and experience unbuilt projects techniques and communication. Written for professionals and academics as well as for students and instructors in landscape architecture it includes strategies diagrams matrices and full colour illustrations to prompt discussion and provide a basis for exploring design critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324275

Landscape as InfrastructureA Base Primer As ecology becomes the new engineering the projection of landscape as infrastructure—the contemporary alignment of the disciplines of landscape architecture civil engineering and urban planning— has become pressing. Predominant challenges facing urban regions and territories today—including shifting climates material flows and population mobilities are addressed and strategized here. Responding to the under-performance of master planning and over-exertion of technological systems at the end of twentieth century this book argues for the strategic design of "infrastructural ecologies " describing a synthetic landscape of living biophysical systems that operate as urban infrastructures to shape and direct the future of urban economies and cultures into the 21st century. Pierre Bélanger is Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture and Co-Director of the Master in Design Studies Program at Harvard University’s Graduate School of Design. As part of the Department of Landscape Architecture and the Advansed Studies Program Bélanger teaches and coordinates graduate courses on the convergence of ecology infrastructure and urbanism in the interrelated fields of design planning and engineering. Dr. Bélanger is author of the 35th edition of the Pamphlet Architecture Series from Princeton Architectural Press GOING LIVE: from States to Systems (pa35.net) co-editor with Jennifer Sigler of the 39th issue of Harvard Design Magazine Wet Matter and co-author of the forthcoming volume ECOLOGIES OF POWER: Mapping Military Geographies & Logistical Landscapes of the U.S. Department of Defense. As a landscape architect and urbanist he is the recipient of the 2008 Canada Prix de Rome in Architecture and the Curator for the Canada Pavilion ad Canadian Exhibition "EXTRACTION " at the 2016 Venice Architecture Biennale (extraction.ca). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643925

Landscape Change and Resource Utilization in East AsiaPerspectives from Environmental History Covering the ancient period through to the 21st century this book examines how landscapes have changed across East Asia over time. Featuring examples of a variety of landscapes from the riverine and agricultural to the urban and aesthetic this books thus presents a comprehensive review of East Asian environmental history. The eleven chapters written by an international team of leading scholars provide analysis of a wide range of spatial temporal and thematic considerations. Seeking to use the concept of landscape to evaluate the opportunities and constraints faced by East Asian communities it also explores the relationship between landscape transformation and human agency. In so doing it aims to survey the current methodology and scholarship in the field and demonstrate a new approach which encompasses socio-economic and cultural history as well as GIS-based geographical studies. Providing an in-depth examination of landscape change across the sub-regions of China and Japan this book will be useful to students and scholars of Asian History and Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396048

Landscape ConstructionVolume 1: Walls Fences and Railings Landscape Construction Volume 1 deals with elements of landscape construction which are required to provide enclosure privacy demarcation of land shelter and security. The elements discussed include free-standing brick and stone walls fences gates and railings. Fittings and finishes are also covered. Each section describes the materials construction and constraints relevant to the subject and a large number of detailed figures and photographs supplement the text and help to illustrate the more important aspects. There is also a section on preservation treatment and painting. The current British Standard references are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271005

Landscape ConstructionVolume 2: Roads Paving and Drainage Landscape Construction Volume 1 deals with elements of landscape construction which are required to provide enclosure privacy demarcation of land shelter and security. The elements discussed include free-standing brick and stone walls fences gates and railings. Fittings and finishes are also covered. Each section describes the materials construction and constraints relevant to the subject and a large number of detailed figures and photographs supplement the text and help to illustrate the more important aspects. There is also a section on preservation treatment and painting. The current British Standard references are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272804

Landscape ConstructionVolume 3: Earth and Water Retaining Structures Landscape Construction Volume 1 deals with elements of landscape construction which are required to provide enclosure privacy demarcation of land shelter and security. The elements discussed include free-standing brick and stone walls fences gates and railings. Fittings and finishes are also covered. Each section describes the materials construction and constraints relevant to the subject and a large number of detailed figures and photographs supplement the text and help to illustrate the more important aspects. There is also a section on preservation treatment and painting. The current British Standard references are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263314

Landscape Detailing Volume 1Enclosures Michael Littlewood's Landscape Detailing is now well established as a valuable source of reference for architects landscape architects other professionals and students designing external works.Volume I Enclosures covers walls (free-standing screen and retaining) fences gates barriers and bollards. Each section begins with technical guidance notes on design and construction and then provides a list of points against which specifications can be checked. This is followed by a set of drawn-to-scale detail sheets. These details can be traced for direct incorporation into the set of contract drawings. A list of relevant British Standards references bibliography and a list of associations and institutions indicate where further guidance can be obtained. As a ready reference for landscape designers and as an indispensable time-saving tool Landscape Detailing is an essential for the design office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126831

Landscape Detailing Volume 2Surfaces As a ready reference for landscape designers and as an indispensable time-saving tool Landscape Detailing is an essential for the design office.Each section begins with technical guidance notes on design and construction and then provides a list of points against which specifications can be checked. This is followed by a set of drawn-to-scale details sheets. These details can be traced for direct incorporation into the set of contract drawings. A list of relevant British Standards references bibliography and a list of associations and institutions indicate where further guidance can be obtained. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167841

Landscape Detailing Volume 3Structures Michael Littlewood's Landscape Detailing is now well established as a valuable source of reference for architects landscape architects other professionals and students designing external works. For this third edition it has been split into three volumes to give a greater depth of coverage than ever before.Volume 3 covers pergolas arbours arches gazebos summer houses sheds shelters decks footbridges furniture and roofs. Each section begins with technical guidance notes on design and construction. This is followed by a set of drawn-to-scale detail sheets. These details can be traced for direct incorporation into the set of contract drawings. A list of relevant references bibliography and a list of association and institutions indicate where further guidance can be obtained. A ready reference for landscape designers and an indispensable time-saving tool Landscape Detailing is an essential for the design office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126947

Landscape Detailing Volume 4Water Well established as a valuable source of reference for architects landscape architects professionals and students designin external works. This volume covers water features and offers drawings detailed to scale unlike many of the other books on the market which only deal in sketch forms.Covers landscape ponds streams and waterfalls fountains edges bank protection revetments dams weirs and sluices island rafts and jetties and drainage. Each section begins with technical guidance notes on design and construction. This is followed by a set of drawn-to-scale detail sheets. These details can be traced for direct incorporation into the set of contract drawings. A ready reference for landscape designers and an indispensable time-saving tool Landscape Detailing is an essential for the design office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128934

Landscape Ecology in Agroecosystems Management Successful management of agricultural landscapes depends on the recognition of the relationships between the processes and the structures that maintain the system. The rapidly growing science of Landscape Ecology quantifies the ways these ecosystems interact and establishes a link between the activities in one region and repercussions in another. Although science continuously yields new environmentally friendly agricultural technology the sustainable development of a system will ultimately depend on a farmer's ability to understand and utilize these advances. The results presented in this book highlight the options for controlling threats and present guidelines for the implementation of environmentally friendly landscape management.Written by eminent scientists in landscape ecology research Landscape Ecology in Agroecosystems Management provides a systematic evaluation of the basic ecological functions of the agricultural landscape. It presents a new approach to managing heat balance parameters and evaluates the effectiveness of models for assessing land use changes in rural areas. It also discusses the methods of evaluating matter cycling in agricultural landscapes with emphasis on the process leading to the diffuse pollution problems in ground and surface waters. It reports studies that show how semi-natural habitats maintained in the agricultural landscape constitute important refuge for many plants and animals and thereby enhances biological diversity in farmlands. Finally it provides guidelines for management of agricultural landscapes for sustainable development of the countryside.The integration of agriculture and the natural ecosystem in the landscape has recently become a "hot" topic. The review of the achievements in landscape ecology presented in this book clearly demonstrates that landscape ecology is just passing through the threshold between the recognition of various basic processes to being able to manage these processes to achieve Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455057

Landscape EcologyA Top Down Approach Landscape Ecology - a rapidly growing science - quantifies the ways ecosystems interact. It establishes links between activities in one region and repercussions in another. Landscape Ecology: A Top-Down Approach serves as a general introduction to this emerging area of study.In this book the authors take a "top down" approach. They believe that context is equally as important as content and that an isolated dismembered landscape fragment loses biodiversity. In contrast past and current ecosystem studies have not considered the consequences of outside influences.The authors argue that the most detailed mathematical models of biodiversity within a landscape do not suffice to predict the outcome of management practices if the contextual analysis reveals that human impacts outside the landscape contribute to a reserve's ultimate demise. The material presented in this book demonstrates that protecting disconnected vignettes of nature in isolated national parks and reserves or saving so-called "hot spots" of biodiversity does not work.The rapid convergence of themes in ecology supports the study of the ecology of landscapes. Advances in this field will come from studies in landscape effects and the mobile organisms whose top down effects create and maintain landscapes. Landscape Ecology: A Top Down Approach supplies the basics for this work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579067

Landscape Evolution Neotectonics and Quaternary Environmental Change in Southern CameroonPalaeoecology of Africa Vol. 31 An International Founded in 1966 the internationally recognized and acclaimed Series ‘Palaeoecology of Africa’ publishes interdisciplinary scientific papers on landscape evolution and on former environments of the African continent. Beginning with topics such as changes in climate and vegetation cover the papers expand horizons and interconnections to various types of environmental dynamics from the Cainozoic up to the present; moreover the aspect of human influence since the Late Quaternary is related to many of the areas studied. Volume 31 presents four comprehensive papers on long- and short-term processes of landscape evolution (geological history neotectonics and proxy Quaternary alluvia) as well as a recent regional perspective on environmental problems in Southern Cameroon. The book acts as a showcase for successful North-South cooperation and capacity building for empowering African Universities. It is problem oriented and applied and illustrates how scientific and interdisciplinary cooperation can work. In the framework of the German Research Foundation’s (DFG Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) funded "Rain Forest Savanna Contact" project (2003-2009) two abbreviated English versions of PhD theses are here published one by J. Eisenberg on neotectonics and the other by M. Sangen on river sediments in rain forest-savanna transitional zones. Complementary articles are an introduction on geological history by B. Kankeu et al. and a paper on environmental risks by M. Tchindjang et al. together these complete the results of this joint German-Cameroonian research project. This book will be of interest to all concerned with ecosystems dynamics tropical forests savannas and related development problems of Third World countries especially regional planners ecologists botanists earth scientists and students of the Quaternary (e.g. LGM and Holocene ecosystem dynamics Global Change). It will be valuable for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates as a reference for new research articles on the topic of long‐term geologic‐tectonic and Quaternary landscape evolution in an up‐to‐now not well explored marginal area of the Western Congo basin. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415677356

Landscape GradingA Study Guide for the LARE For every element that we design in the landscape there is a corresponding grading concept and how these concepts are drawn together is what creates a site grading plan. This study guide explores these concepts in detail to help you learn how to grade with confidence in preparation for the Grading Drainage and Construction Documentation section of the Landscape Architecture Registration Examination (LARE). This updated second edition is designed as a textbook for the landscape architecture student a study guide for the professional studying for the LARE and a refresher for licensed landscape architects. New to this edition: • Additional illustrations and explanations for grading plane surfaces and warped planes swales berms retention ponds and drain inlets; • Additional illustrations and explanations for grading paths ramp landings ramp/stair combinations and retaining walls; • A section on landscape and built element combinations highlighting grading techniques for parking lots culverts and sloping berms; • A section on landscape grading standards recognizing soil cut and fill determining pipe cover finding FFE and horizontal and vertical curves; • Updated information about the computer-based LARE test; • All sections updated to comply with current ADA guidelines; • An appendix highlighting metric standards and guidelines for accessibility design in Canada and the UK.   With 223 original illustrations to aid the reader in understanding the grading concepts including 32 end-of-chapter exercises and solutions to practice the concepts introduced in each chapter and 10 grading vignettes that combine different concepts into more robust exercises mimicking the difficulty level of questions on the LARE this book is your comprehensive guide to landscape grading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439071

Landscape Imagery Politics and Identity in a Divided Germany 1968–1989 Landscape Imagery Politics and Identity in a Divided Germany 1968-1989 explores the communicative relationship between German landscape painting and the viewing public that developed in the wake of the student revolutions of the late 1960s. The book demonstrates that contrary to some historical thinking more similarities than differences characterized the sociopolitical concerns of East and West Germans during the late Cold War Era and that it was these shared issues that were reflected in the revival of the Romantic painting genre. Catherine Wilkins focuses on recovering the agency of the individual artist and in revising historiography with sensitivity to narration 'from below.' Interdisciplinary in nature art historians can benefit from the study's analysis of images and artists not widely known outside of Germany. Additionally the consolidation of statistics and data regarding German postwar cultural policy are relevant for political and cultural historians. The author contributes to the ongoing multidisciplinary debates regarding Histoire Croisée (in arguing that a clear dichotomy between East Germany and West Germany did not exist but rather that the residents of both nations shared a concern over some of the same issues of the period) and memory studies (by using images as primary historical sources able to be employed in the recovery of potentially 'subversive' memory and identity). Issues related to gender relations environmentalism and spiritual belief are addressed by Wilkins with appeal for scholars working with those particular themes. Poststructuralist and literary theorists as well can find arguments supporting an alternative means of writing history through artworks and private memories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251632

Landscape in Children's Literature This book provides a new critical methodology for the study of landscapes in children's literature. Treating landscape as the integration of unchanging and irreducible physical elements or topoi Carroll identifies and analyses four kinds of space — sacred spaces green spaces roadways and lapsed spaces — that are the component elements of the physical environments of canonical British children’s fantasy. Using Susan Cooper's The Dark Is Rising Sequence as the test-case for this methodology the book traces the development of the physical features and symbolic functions of landscape topoi from their earliest inception in medieval vernacular texts through to contemporary children's literature. The identification and analysis of landscape topoi synthesizes recent theories about interstitial space together with earlier morphological and topoanalytical studies enabling the study of fictional landscapes in terms of their physical characteristics as well as in terms of their relationship with contemporary texts and historical precedents. Ultimately by providing topoanalytical studies of other children’s texts Carroll proposes topoanalysis as a rich critical method for the study and understanding of children’s literature and indicates how the findings of this approach may be expanded upon. In offering both transferable methodologies and detailed case-studies this book outlines a new approach to literary landscapes as geographical places within socio-historical contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794252

Landscape Management and MaintenanceA Guide to Its Costing and Organization With increased public attention focused on the environment and government legislation on competition landscape managers are coming under increasing pressure to adopt a more disciplined analytical approach to their work. Landscape Management and Maintenance will help you to set objectives for the use of your land your manpower and your resources. The authors draw on their wide experience of different types of landscape management to give you clear examples of the methods and alternatives. At each stage they emphasise how to make cost effective choices and achieve the best value for money. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250922

Landscape Modernism RenouncedThe Career of Christopher Tunnard (1910-1979) Before the Second World War landscape architect Christopher Tunnard was the first author on Modernism in Landscape in the English language but later became alarmed by the destructive forces of Post-war reconstruction. Between the 1950s and the 1970s he was in the forefront of the movement to save the city becoming an acclaimed author sympathetic to preservation. Ironically it was the Modernist ethos that he had so fervently advocated before the war that was the justification for the dismemberment of great cities by officials engineers and planners. This was not the first time that Tunnard had to re-evaluate his principles as he had done so in the 1930s in rejecting Arts-and-Crafts in favour of Modernism. This book tracks his changing ideology by reference to his writings his colleagues and his work. Christopher Tunnard is one of the most influential figures in Landscape Architecture and his journey is one that still resonates in the discipline today. His leading role in first embracing the tenets of Modernism and then moving away from to embrace a more conservationist approach can be seen in the success and impact on the profession of those with whom he worked and taught. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203514047

Landscape Painting in Revolutionary FranceLiberty's Embrace The French Revolution had a marked impact on the ways in which citizens saw the newly liberated spaces in which they now lived. Painting gardening cinematic displays of landscape travel guides public festivals and tales of space flight and devilabduction each shaped citizens’ understanding of space. Through an exploration of landscape painting over some 40 years Steven Adams examines the work of artists critics and contemporary observers who have largely escaped art historical attention to show the importance of landscape as a means of crystallising national identity in a period of unprecedented political and social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415346863

Landscape PerformanceIan McHarg’s ecological planning in The Woodlands Texas Ian McHarg’s ecological planning approach has been influential since the 20th century. However few empirical studies have been conducted to evaluate the performance of his projects. Using the framework of landscape performance assessment this book demonstrates the long-term benefits of a renowned McHargarian project (The Woodlands town development) through quantitative and qualitative methods. Including 44 black and white illustrations Landscape Performance systematically documents the performance benefits of the environmental social and economic aspects of The Woodlands project. It delves into McHarg’s planning success in The Woodlands in comparison with adjacent Houston developments which demonstrated urban resilience after Hurricane Harvey in 2017. Lastly it identifies the ingredients of McHarg’s ability to do real and permanent good. Yang also includes a number of appendices which provide valuable information on the methods of assessing performance in landscape development. This book would be beneficial to academics and students of landscape architecture and planning with a particular interest in Ian McHarg. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664794

Landscape ProcessesAn Introduction to Geomorphology This book first published in 1977 is a concise fully illustrated introduction to modern geomorphology. Geomorphologists pay much attention to the measurement of present day processes in attempting to develop explanations of landscape evolution and this book reflects this approach by deliberately emphasising processes in humid environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313272

Landscape Professional Practice Graduate of the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew Chartered Landscape Architect MBA and Barrister Gordon Rowland Fraser draws upon 30 years of project management professional practice and teaching experience to provide an uncomplicated and intuitive guide to the business aspects of the landscape profession. An indispensable reference for seasoned professionals the book will enable the student or novice practitioner to turn their drawing board inspiration into reality without being overwhelmed or afraid of overseeing the implementation of their proposals. Guided by the Landscape Institute’s 2013 Pathway to Chartership syllabus this structured step-by-step narrative guide sets out the documentation commonly used within the landscape profession and makes accessible a logical and sequential understanding of contractual relationships; procurement strategies; processes of preparing client estimates and obtaining competitive quotations; of preparing contract documentation and administering formal contracts; general concepts of law as they relate to land management and the landscape profession; of business administration market appraisal and positioning; and of the landscape consultant’s appointment. As an understanding of professional practice is intrinsic to all Landscape Institute accredited courses this is an essential text for every landscape architecture student during their education and their subsequent journey into professional practice. Those undertaking Garden Design Diplomas will similarly find the book invaluable as they venture into the world of creativity and commerce while the seasoned practitioner will find it a comprehensive point of reference to add to their bookshelf. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591377

Landscape Professional Practice Graduate of the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew Chartered Landscape Architect MBA and Barrister Gordon Rowland Fraser draws upon 30 years of project management professional practice and teaching experience to provide an uncomplicated and intuitive guide to the business aspects of the landscape profession. An indispensable reference for seasoned professionals the book will enable the student or novice practitioner to turn their drawing board inspiration into reality without being overwhelmed or afraid of overseeing the implementation of their proposals. Guided by the Landscape Institute’s 2013 Pathway to Chartership syllabus this structured step-by-step narrative guide sets out the documentation commonly used within the landscape profession and makes accessible a logical and sequential understanding of contractual relationships; procurement strategies; processes of preparing client estimates and obtaining competitive quotations; of preparing contract documentation and administering formal contracts; general concepts of law as they relate to land management and the landscape profession; of business administration market appraisal and positioning; and of the landscape consultant’s appointment. As an understanding of professional practice is intrinsic to all Landscape Institute accredited courses this is an essential text for every landscape architecture student during their education and their subsequent journey into professional practice. Those undertaking Garden Design Diplomas will similarly find the book invaluable as they venture into the world of creativity and commerce while the seasoned practitioner will find it a comprehensive point of reference to add to their bookshelf.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546974

Landscape Restoration Handbook Five years after the first edition of Landscape Restoration Handbook was published its natural landscaping and ecological restoration techniques have become standard-and successful-practice throughout the nation.Now the Landscape Restoration Handbook: Second Edition substantially widens the scope of the original work. Approximately 250 pages larger than the first edition new and expanded chapters offer guidance on:Development of natural landscaping and ecological restoration programsEducation regional planning and increased biological diversityEcological communities species listingsScientific and common plant names associated with ecological communitiesNurseries that propagate and sell native plants throughout the United StatesNaturalization has proven to be a "win-win" situation all around. Monetary costs that landowners are saving on maintenance and chemicals also translates to environmental benefits for the greater community.Landscape and golf course architects urban planners horticulturists golf course superintendents and consultants have already put the Landscape Restoration Handbook to the test. Let the Second Edition bring you up-to-date on the numerous benefits of naturalization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399948

Landscape Theory in Design Phenomenology Materiality Cybernetics Palimpsest Cyborgs Landscape Urbanism Typology Semiotics Deconstruction - the minefield of theoretical ideas that students must navigate today can be utterly confusing and how do these theories translate to the design studio? Landscape Theory in Design introduces theoretical ideas to students without the use of jargon or an assumption of extensive knowledge in other fields and in doing so links these ideas to the processes of design. In five thematic chapters Susan Herrington explains: the theoretic groundings of the theory of philosophy why it matters to design an example of the theory in a work of landscape architecture from the twentieth and twenty-first centuries debates surrounding the theory (particularly as they elaborate modern and postmodern thought) and primary readings that can be read as companions to her text. An extensive glossary of theoretical terms also adds a vital contribution to students’ comprehension of theories relevant to the design of landscapes and gardens. Covering the design of over 40 landscape architects architects and designers in 111 distinct projects from 20 different countries Landscape Theory in Design is essential reading for any student of the landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705950

Landscape: Pattern Perception and Process Landscapes develop and evolve through an interacting series of processes – climatic geological ecological and cultural – over varying periods of time. These processes shape the structure and character of the landscapes which we experience. Over time distinctive patterns emerge – ranging in scale from the distribution of small plants to the sculptured sides of a huge canyon. Our perception of these patterns goes beyond just their visual appreciation – beautiful though they may be – into a richer understanding of how we experience our environment. By understanding this complex pattern–process interaction we can obtain a deeper awareness of landscape and our place in it – as inhabitants and as shapers. The book explores the nature of patterns and ways of classifying them before studying the nature of perception (primarily visual but including other senses) then proceeds to relate this perception to aesthetics and from there to the design process. From this point the main driving processes in landscape are introduced alongside the resulting patterns these being climatic landform ecosystem and cultural aspects. It is this integrative approach of looking at landscape as a kind of self-organising system overlaid by conscious human planning activities and the unity of pattern and process which makes this book unique. Landscape draws from a wide range of neighbouring disciplines of which the landscape planner or designer needs to be aware but which are often taught as distinct elements. Bell binds these fundamentals together which enables the landscape to be ‘read’ and this reading to be used as the basis for planning and design. This second edition updates and refreshes the original material with added sections and new photos particularly making use of the developments in satellite photography. Featuring full colour throughout this textbook is ideal for anyone studying landscape architecture or any of the disciplines which intersect with the landscape and which affect it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608374

Landscapes Identities and Development Bringing together theoretical and empirical research from 22 countries in Europe North America Australia South America and Japan this book offers a state-of-the-art survey of conceptual and methodological research and planning issues relating to landscape heritage [and] development. It has 30 chapters grouped in four main thematic sections: landscapes as a constitutive dimension of territorial identities; landscape history and landscape heritage; landscapes as development assets and resources; and landscape research and development planning. The contributors are scholars from a wide range of cultural and professional backgrounds experienced in fundamental and applied research planning and policy design. They were invited by the co-editors to write chapters for this book on the basis of the theoretical frameworks case-study research findings and related policy concerns they presented at the 23rd Session of PECSRL - The Permanent European Conference for the Study of the Rural Landscape organized by TERCUD - Territory Culture and Development Research Centre Universidade Lusófona in Lisbon and Óbidos Portugal 1 - 5 September 2008. With such broad inter-disciplinary relevance and international scope this book provides a valuable overview highlighting recent findings and interpretations on historical current and prospective linkages between changing landscapes and natural economic cultural and other identity features of places and regions; landscape-related identities as local and regional development assets and resources in the era of globalized economy and culture; the role of landscape history and heritage as platforms of landscape research and management in European contexts including the implementation of The European Landscape Convention; and the strengthening of the landscape perspective as a constitutive element of sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269958

Landscapes and Communities on the Pacific Rim: From Asia to the Pacific NorthwestFrom Asia to the Pacific Northwest These essays offer a cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary study of the ways in which communities of people understand and inhabit their environments. They examine and compare human/environmental interactions in communities across the Pacific Northwest the Pacific Rim and Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500973

Landscapes and Voices of the Great War This volume aims to provide a wider view of First World War experience through focusing on landscapes less commonly considered in historiography and on voices that have remained on the margins of popular understanding of the war. The landscape of the western front was captured during the conflict in many different ways: in photographs paintings and print. The most commonly replicated voicing of contemporary attitudes towards the war is that of initial enthusiasm giving way to disillusionment and a sense of overwhelming futility. Investigations of the many components of war experience drawn from social and cultural history have looked to landscapes and voices beyond the frontline as a means of foregrounding different perspectives on the war. Not all of the voices presented here opposed the war and not all of the landscapes were comprised of trenches or flanked by barbed wire. Collectively they combine to offer further fresh insights into the multiplicity of war experience an alternate space to the familiar tropes of mud and mayhem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331938

Landscapes at Risk?The Future for Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty in England and Wales Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONBs) together with National Parks are the highest quality landscapes in England and Wales and have been designated to conserve that quality. AONBs have always been regarded as 'second' to national parks in terms of the legislation and resources provided by the nation to look after them. At the turn of the century they are at a cross-roads - there are many challenges to be overcome if they are to survive as the best. This book examines whether they are fit to meet the challenges and sets out a bold new Agenda for their survival.Landscapes at Risk? covers the history and development of AONBs in England and Wales set in the context of protected landscapes generally in the UK. It focuses on the evolution of policies towards them the arrangements for their administration conservation and management the land management and planning context within which they have evolved and the adequacy of the proposals that have been put forward for their long-term well-being. Throughout the analysis there are numerous references to the many initiatives that have been and are being taken by AONB managers and others to secure their future. The book features a series of case studies of individual AONBs to illustrate the main points being made in the text. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203857687

Landscapes between Then and NowRecent Histories in Southern African Photography Performance and Video Art In Landscapes Between Then and Now Nicola Brandt examines the increasingly compelling and diverse cross-disciplinary work of photographers and artists made during the transition from apartheid to post-apartheid and into the contemporary era. By examining specific artworks made in South Africa Namibia and Angola Brandt sheds light on established and emerging themes related to aftermath landscapes embodied histories (un)belonging spirituality and memorialization. She shows how landscape and identity are mutually constituted and profiles this process against the background of the legacy of the acutely racially divisive policies of the apartheid regime that are still reflected on the land. As a signpost throughout the book Brandt draws on the work of the renowned South African photographer Santu Mofokeng and his critical thinking about landscape. Landscapes Between Then and Now explores how practitioners who engage with identity and their physical environment as a social product might reveal something about the complex and fractured nature of postcolonial and contemporary societies. Through diverse strategies and aesthetics they comment on inherent structures and epistemologies of power whilst also expressing new and radical forms of self-determinism. Brandt asks why these cross-disciplinary works ranging from social documentary to experimental performance and embodied practices are critical now and what important possibilities for social and political reflection and engagement they suggest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350024007

Landscapes of CareComparative Perspectives on Family Caregiving Given the increasing shift of care from state residential services to community-based support this book examines the complex geographies of family caregiving for young adults with intellectual disabilities. It traces how family ’carers’ are directly and indirectly affected by a broad array of law and policy including family policy disability legislation and health and community care restructuring policy. Each of these has material and institutional effects and is premised on the discourses ideologies and interactions in the state over time. Focusing on the welfare models of England the US and Ireland this book compares the welfare ideologies in each country and examines how the specific historical cultural and political contexts give rise to different landscapes of care and disability. Further the book explores the unique lifeworlds of family carers of young adults with intellectual disability within the broader landscape of care in which they are situated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278615

Landscapes of ChangeRural Evolutions in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages Only in recent years has archaeology begun to examine in a coherent manner the transformation of the landscape from classical through to medieval times. In Landscapes of Change leading scholars in the archaeology of the late antique and early medieval periods address the key results and directions of Roman rural fieldwork. In so doing they highlight problems of analysis and interpretation whilst also identifying the variety of transformations that rural Europe experienced during and following the decline of Roman hegemony. Whilst documents and standing buildings predominate in the urban context to provide a coherent and tangible guide to the evolving urban form and its society since Roman times the countryside in many ages remains rather shadowy - a context for the cultivation gathering and movement of food and other resources inhabited by farmers villagers and miners. Whilst the Roman period is adequately served through occasional extant remains and through the survey and excavation of villas and farmsteads as well as the writings of agronomists the medieval one is generally well marked by the presence of still extant villages across Europe often dependent on castles and manors which symbolise the so-called 'feudal' centuries. But the intervening period the fourth to tenth centuries is that with the least documentation and with the fewest survivals. What happened to the settlement units that made up the Roman rural world? When and why do new settlement forms emerge? Landscapes of Change is essential reading for anyone wanting an up-to-date summary of the results of archaeological and historical investigations into the changing countryside of the late Roman late antique and early medieval world between the fourth and tenth centuries AD. It questions numerous aspects of change and continuity assessing the levels of impact of military and economic decay the spread and influence of Christianity and the role of Germanic Slav and Arab settlements in disrupting and redefining the ancient rural landscapes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250915

Landscapes of ClearanceArchaeological and Anthropological Perspectives This volume examines landscapes that have been cleared of inhabitants—for economic environmental or socio-political reasons by choice or by force—and the social impacts of clearance on their populations. Using cases from five continents and ranging from prehistoric through colonial and post-colonial times the contributors show landscapes as meaningful points of contestation when populations abandon them or are exiled from them. Acts of resistance and revitalization are also explored demonstrating the social and political meaning of specific landscapes to individuals groups and nations and how they help shape cultural identity and ideology.Sponsored by the World Archaeological Congress Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425610

Landscapes of Defence This is a key text on the very topical themes of power defence and space. Landscapes of Defence is an exciting collection of theoretical and empirical material from very well known contributors desiged to help students understand how landscapes of defence fit in with some of the broader concepts of space power and place to which they are introduced in the 1st year. The book is split into four sections and each section contains an introduction placing the subsequent chapters in context. There is also a comprehensive introduction and afterword to tie the book's broad themes together. 2nd and 3rd year undergraduates in urban and cultural geography will be the key market for this title as well as strong secondary market in departments of Sociology Anthropology Law and Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410732

Landscapes of Dread in Classical AntiquityNegative Emotion in Natural and Constructed Spaces Over the last two decades research in cultural geography and landscape studies has influenced many humanities fields including Classics and has increasingly drawn our attention to the importance of spaces and their contexts both geographical and social: how spaces are described by language what spaces are used for by individuals and communities and how language use and the passage of time invest spaces with meaning. In addition to this ‘spatial’ turn in scholarship recent years have also seen an ‘emotive’ turn – an increased interest in the study of emotion in literature.Many works on landscape in classical antiquity focus on themes such as the sacred and the pastoral and the emotions such spaces evoke such as (respectively) feelings of awe or tranquillity in settings both urban and rural. Far less scholarship has been generated by the locus terribilis the space associated with negative emotions because of the bad things that happen there. In short the recent ‘emotive’ turn in humanities studies has so far largely neglected several of the more negative emotions including anxiety fear terror and dread.The papers in this volume focus on those neglected negative emotions especially dread – and they do so while treating many types of space including domestic suburban rural and virtual and while covering many genres and authors including the epic poems of Homer Greek tragedy Roman poetry and historiography medical writing paradoxography and the short story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591205

Landscapes of GlobalizationHuman Geographies of Economic Change in the Philippines In this critical and sophisticated analysis Philip F. Kelly challenges the conventional definition of globalization as an irresistible and inevitable force to which societies must succumb. By tracing the consequences of global economic integration in the Philippines he argues that global processes are constituted accommodated mediated and resisted in social processes at multiple scales from the national economy to the village and the household. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757638

Landscapes of Holocaust Postmemory How do the spaces of the past stay with us through representations—whether literary or photographic? How has the Holocaust registered in our increasingly globally connected consciousness? What does it mean that this European event is often used as an interpretive or representational touchstone for genocides and traumas globally? In this interdisciplinary study Kaplan asks and attempts to answer these questions by looking at historically and geographically diverse spaces photographs and texts concerned with the physical and/or mental landscape of the Holocaust and its transformations from the postwar period to the early twenty-first century. Examining the intersections of landscape postmemory and trauma Kaplan's text offers a significant contribution to our understanding of the spatial visual and literary reach of the Holocaust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852432

Landscapes of Memory and Experience It has been argued that the history of landscape and of gardens has been marginalized from the mainstream of art history and visual studies because of a lack of engagement with the theories methods and concepts of these disciplines. This book explores possible ways out of this impasse in such a way that landscape studies would become pivotal through its theoretical advances since landscape studies would challenge the underlying assumptions of traditional phenomenological theory. Thus the history and theory of twentieth-century landscape might not only once again share concepts and methods with contemporary art and design history but might in turn influence them.A complementary sequel to Relating Architecture to Landscape this volume of essays explores further areas of interest and discussion in the landscape/architecture debate and offers contributions from a team of well-known researchers teachers and writers. The choice of topics is wide-ranging and features case studies of modern and contemporary schemes from the USA Far East and Australasia. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138149892

Landscapes of MobilityCulture Politics and Placemaking Our world is unquestionably one in which ubiquitous movements of people goods technologies media money and ideas produce systems of flows. Comparing case studies from across the world including those from Benin the United States India Mali Senegal Japan Haiti and Romania this book focuses on quotidian landscapes of mobility. Despite their seemingly familiar and innocuous appearances these spaces exert tremendous control over our behavior and activities. By examining and mapping the politics of place and motion this book analyzes human beings’ embodied engagements with their built world and provides diverse perspectives on the ideological and political underpinnings of landscapes of mobility. In order to describe landscapes of mobility as a historically socially and politically constructed condition the book is divided into three sections-objects contacts and flows. The first section looks at elements that constitute such landscapes including mobile bodies buildings and practices across multiple geographical scales. As these variable landscapes are reconstituted under particular social economic ecological and political conditions the second section turns to the particular practices that catalyze embodied relations within and across such spaces. Finally the last section explores how the flows of objects bodies interactions and ecologies are represented presenting a critical comparison of the means by which relations processes and exchanges are captured depicted reproduced and re-embodied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245969

Landscapes of Neolithic Ireland Landscapes of Neolithic Ireland is the first volume to be devoted solely to the Irish Neolithic using an innovative landscape and anthropological perspective to provide significant new insights on the period. Gabriel Cooney argues that the archaeological evidence demonstrates a much more complex picture than the current orthodoxy on Neolithic Europe with its assumption of mobile lifestyles suggests. He integrates the study of landscape settlement agriculture material culture and burial practice to offer a rounded realistic picture of the complexities and the realities of Neolithic lives and societies in Ireland. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350805

Landscapes of Protest in the Scottish Highlands after 1914The Later Highland Land Wars In November 1918 the implementation of agrarian change in the Scottish Highlands threatened another wave of unemployment and eviction for the land-working population which led to widespread and varied social protest. Those who had been away on war service (and their families) faced returning to exactly the same social and economic conditions in the Scottish Highlands they had hoped they had left behind in the struggle to make ’a land fit for heroes’. Widespread and varied social protest rapidly followed. It argues that previously there has been a failure to capture fully the geography chronology typology and rate of occurrence of these events. The book not only offers new insights and a greater understanding of what was happening in the Highlands in this period but illustrates how a range of forms of protest were used which demand attention not least for the fact that these events unlike most of the earlier Land Wars period were successful. There are functioning townships in the Highlands today that owe their existence to the land invasions of the 1920s. The book innovatively concentrates on formulating explanation and interpretation from within and looks to the crofting landscape as base means and motive to disturbance and interpretation. It proposes that protest is much more convincingly understood as an expression of environmental ethics from 'the bottom up' coming increasingly into conflict with conservationist views expressed from 'the top down' It focuses on individual case studies in order to engage more convincingly with an important evidential base - that of popular memory of land disturbances - and to adopt a frame and lens through which to explore the fluid and contingent nature of protest performances. Based upon the belief that in the study of landscapes of social protest the old shibboleth of space as solely passive setting and symbolic register is no longer tenable is paid here to nature/culture interactions to vernacular ecological b Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279803

Landscapes of SettlementPrehistory to the Present First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203430729

Landscapes of Slavery in Africa Slavery was a large-scale process that put its mark on the African landscape in tangible ways—for example through the capture transfer and imprisonment of captives and through the avoidance strategies that vulnerable communities used against slaving. Certainly the expansion of trade routes the depopulation of slaved regions and an increased reliance on defensive architecture and places of concealment can all be linked to slaving and slavery in Africa. But how do we view these landscapes of slavery today? And can archaeology help us? Encompassing studies from Senegal Ghana Mauritius Tanzania and Kenya this volume grapples with such essential questions. The authors advocate for the power of archaeology as a tool to disentangle often lengthy and complex landscape histories that both begin before slavery and continue after abolition. They also argue for archaeologists’ central role in reimagining how we might remember and commemorate slavery in places where its history has been forgotten obscured by European colonialism or sanitized and simplified for tourist consumption. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the Journal of African Diaspora Archaeology and Heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367639594

Landscapes of Specific Literacies in Contemporary SocietyExploring a social model of literacy This volume makes a timely contribution to our understanding of literacy as a multi-faceted complexly situated activity. Each chapter provides the reader with a fresh perspective into a different site for literate behaviour approaches design and relationships and offers an exploration into the use of literacy theories to inform policy and practice particularly in regard to curriculum. Bringing together international experts in the field the contributing authors represent a wide variety of theoretical and research perspectives which cover literacy in various forms including: • transformative literacy • survey literacy• academic literacies • information literacy in the workplace• digital literacy. Landscapes of Specific Literacies in Contemporary Society suggests that literacy curriculum needs to evolve from its current perspective if it is to cater for the demands of the 21st century contemporary globalised society. The book will be of key interest to researchers and academics in the fields of education curriculum studies and the sociology of education as well as to policy makers and literacy specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234574

Landscapes of the Chinese SoulThe Enduring Presence of the Cultural Revolution This book documents the research project on the trauma of the Cultural Revolution in China and its intergenerational effects. It allows the reader to view the trauma through the perspective of 2 500 years of Chinese thought and in the light of Chinese social history and governmental policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490939

Landscapes of the DarkHistory Trauma Psychoanalysis In this important new collection of essays Jonathan Sklar argues that the founding tension between Freud's commitment to interpretation and Ferenczi's extra parameter of 'being in the experience' has a central place/key role to play in contemporary psychoanalytic debate and that this tension can best be understood by returning to the place of trauma in psychoanalysis. Taking this debate into the heart of the clinical setting a set of extensive penetrating and often disturbing case studies examine the evocation of the real as early trauma for many patients and its subsequent mental development - a case of schizophrenia a man with a severe Tic (spasmodic Torticollis) and a neurotic with a somatic resistance to ending a long analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758926

Landscapes of the Mind: The Music of John McCabe Liverpool-born composer and pianist John McCabe established himself as one of Britain's most recorded contemporary composers as well as a celebrated performer and recording artist. This book covers every aspect of his compositions and will help guide both general and specialist listeners and performers through the so-called landscapes of the mind that his music evokes. The title was suggested by McCabe himself and his composing and performing life took him on journeys all over the world through a variety of landscapes many of which are to be found in essence in his music. The detailed discography will help readers to find recordings of many of the works described in the series of articles written by a collection of experienced critics performers broadcasters and reviewers and the copious illustrations and full pages of musical score provide a variety of insights into McCabe's life and work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400535

Landscapes of the Western FrontMateriality During the Great War This book examines the British soldiers on the Western Front and how they responded to the war landscape they encountered behind the lines and at the front. Using a multidisciplinary perspective this study investigates the relationship between soldiers and the spaces and materials of the warzone analyzing how soldiers constructed a ‘sense of place’ in the hostile unpredictable environment. Drawing upon recent developments within First World War Studies and the anthropological examination of the fields of conflict an ethnohistorical perspective of the soldiers is built which details the various ways soldiers responded to the physical and material world of the Western Front. This study is also grounded in the wider debates on how the First World War is remembered within Britain and offers an alternative perspective on the individuals who fought in the world’s first global conflagration nearly a century ago. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808057

Landscapes of TraumaThe Psychology of the Battlefield Integrating trauma studies with historical research and social psychology Landscapes of Trauma examines a range of battlefields from across history including Waterloo the Battle of Sedan the Battle of the Ebro and the Battle of Normandy to bring to light what these battlefields say about our collective and individual psyches. Hunt explores how war shapes the nature of trauma  not only by its innate horror but also by the historical and societal contexts it is fought in from the cultural and social conventions of the period to the topography of the settings. This book provides a deep analysis of how war is experienced and remembered in different eras and by different generations. Moving beyond the clinical concept of post-traumatic stress disorder Hunt discusses how trauma can be understood socially and historically as well as through the lens of individual suffering. This book also investigates the psychological foundations of memorialisation remembrance and commemoration that shape the legacy of the battles discussed. Using interviews with veterans their letters journals and diaries as well as literary and historical sources Hunt locates the battlefield as a place where humans explore the parameters of human behaviour thought and emotion. This book is in important resource for students and scholars interested in the psychology of trauma and war as well as military history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287723

LandscapesWays of Imagining the World First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835481

Landslide Risk Assessment The 25 papers collected together in this volume present comprehensive coverage of all major aspects of landslide risk assessment including the risk assessment framework and methods for estimating probability of landsliding vulnerability and risk. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749524

Landslides and Engineered Slopes 2 Volume Set +CDROMProtecting Society through Improved Understanding Two-volume set includes a free CD containing the full contents of the book. Landslides and Engineered Slopes: Protecting Society through Improved Understanding comprises the Proceedings of the 11th International Symposium on Landslides and 2nd North American Symposium on Landslides (Banff Alberta Canada 2-8 June 2012). Included are thirteen keynote and invited papers the inaugural Heim Lecture and over 260 technical papers organized under the following themes: • Landslides and Society - Processes and Impacts• Advances in Investigation & Classification• Understanding Landslide Mechanisms• Simulating and Managing Rock Fall• New Technologies for Investigative and Performance Monitoring• Slope Stability in Practice - Engineered Slopes and Forest Management• Advanced Stability Analyses and Landslide Modelling• Evaluation and Control of Landslides - Avoidance Prevention and • Protection Strategies This two-volume set is intended for landslide practitioners researchers and decision makers to serve as a comprehensive reference summarizing the current state-of-the-art and state-of-practice in landslide investigation analysis and risk management as viewed by experts from Canada the U.S. and other countries worldwide in their efforts to better protect society through improved understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621236

Landslides and Engineered Slopes. Experience Theory and PracticeProceedings of the 12th International Symposium on Landslides (Napoli Ital Landslides and Engineered Slopes. Experience Theory and Practice contains the invited lectures and all papers presented at the 12th International Symposium on Landslides (Naples Italy 12-19 June 2016). The book aims to emphasize the relationship between landslides and other natural hazards. Hence three of the main sessions  focus on Volcanic-induced landslides Earthquake-induced landslides and Weather-induced landslides respectively while the fourth main session deals with Human-induced landslides. Some papers presented in a special session devoted to "Subareal and submarine landslide processes and hazard” and in a “Young Session” complete the books. Landslides and Engineered Slopes. Experience Theory and Practice underlines the importance of the classic approach of modern science which moves from experience to theory as the basic instrument to study landslides. Experience is the key to understand the natural phenomena focusing on all the factors that play a major role. Theory is the instrument to manage the data provided by experience following a mathematical approach; this allows not only to clarify the nature and the deep causes of phenomena but mostly to predict future and if required manage similar events. Practical benefits from the results of theory to protect people and man-made works. Landslides and Engineered Slopes. Experience Theory and Practice  is useful to scientists and practitioners working in the areas of rock and soil mechanics geotechnical engineering engineering geology and geology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029880

LandslidesProceedings of the 9th international conference and field trip Bristol 16 September 1999 This text gives an overview of the main landslide field sites. It covers aspects of recent landslide research at the University of Wollongong.Topics: An overview of the main landslide field sites in the 9th ICFL; Aspects of recent landslide research at the University of Wollongong; Infiltration of rainwater and slope failure; Landslide hazards and highway engineering in Central and Northern Jordan; El Niño 1997-98: Direct costs of damaging landslides in the San Francisco Bay region; Mass movement features in the vincinity of the town Sorbas South-east Spain; The movements and the countermeasures of the Choja Landslide; Interest in landslide hazard information - Parallels between Kingston Jamaica and the San Francisco Bay region USA; Slide activity in quick clay related to pore water pressure and weather parameters; Old and recent landslides of Barranco de Tirajana basin Gran Canaria Spain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749227

LandslidesProceedings of the First European Conference on Landslides Prague Czech Republic 24-26 June 2002 The proceedings contain five invited lectures and 99 papers relevant to landslide occurrence and problems from Europe Asia America Africa and Australia and New Zealand. The five special invited lectures deal with a variety of important aspects of landslides. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749197

Land-use and Prehistory in South-East Spain Based on a major research programme and originally published in 1985 this book looked to provide an economic foundation for reinterpreting the Neolithic-Bronze Age sequence of South-east Spain in terms of emergent social complexity. The cultural evolution of the area had already been considered in terms of influence from the eastern Mediterranean but this book uses site catchment analysis to give an economic baseline for all thirty-five of the better-known prehistoric settlements of the region. Site catchment analysis assumes that people minimised transport costs in production and that ancient and modern resource spaces correspond systematically. This research therefore studied modern land use and combined it with evidence from historical archaeological and geomorphological investigation. The book shows the increasing social complexity evident in the archaeological record emerging as a result of progressive intensification of agricultural technique. Offering a complete coherent evolutionary model for the archaeological sequence of the region’s prehistory this book is a worthy in-depth study for prehistorians geographers and anyone interested in the history of the western Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817807

Land-Use Planning for Sustainable Development Thirteen years ago the first edition of Land-Use Planning for Sustainable Development examined the question: is the environmental doomsday scenario inevitable? It then presented the underlying concepts of sustainable land-use planning and an array of alternatives for modifying conventional planning for and regulation of the development of land. This second edition captures current success stories showcasing creative resilient strategies for fundamentally changing the way we alter our landscape.See What’s New in the Second Edition:Explains the relationship between innovative land-use planning and nature’s impartial inviolate biophysical principles that govern the outcome of all planningFocuses on how decision making that flows from and aligns with nature’s biophysical principles benefits all generations by consciously protecting and maintaining social-environmental sustainabilityProposes an alternative framework for municipal comprehensive plans framing the community as a living systemWritten by two experienced professionals in sustainable development planning the second edition revisits the successes as well as barriers to progress associated with establishing new community development models such as EcoMunicipalities. The authors emphasize the necessity and potency of citizen involvement and initiatives. They provide proposals for alternative approaches that rest on lessons from history as well as the research wisdom and vision of many individuals and communities whose work they have studied. The book supplies a sturdy platform on which to continually build and innovate progress in sustainable land use planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868048

Land-use/Transport Planning in Hong KongA Review of Principles and Practices First published in 1998 this volume is certain to be the definitive work about the practice of land-use and transport planning in Hong Kong. Dimitriou and Cook explore the historical developments current issues and problems policy and planning responses and new directions. Hong Kong has experienced remarkable economic growth as the ‘Gateway to China’ and its land-use has become a model for other cities in the region and for China as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361959

Land-Value TaxationThe Equitable Source of Public Finance A distinguished interdisciplinary group of scholars examines the merits and shortcomings of Land-Value taxation and how it compares and contrasts with the conventional property tax. The latter is shown as deterring enterprise to the detriment of employment and as pushing up the cost of improving property with inflationary consequences. The former with evidence from places where it is already in use is shown to encourage optimum land use foster employment and prevent urban sprawl. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315501574

Land-Water Management and Sustainability in BangladeshIndigenous practices in the Chittagong Hill Tracts Indigenous sustainability and environmental management cannot be understood apart from a community its traditions and ways of practices. Interest in Indigenous environmental sustainability has grown steadily in past years reflecting traditional cultural perspectives about the environment and developing research priorities.This book explores the ways one Indigenous community in the Chittagong Hill Tracts in Bangladesh has reinvented the meanings of sustainability using traditional knowledge to blend traditional sentiment with large-scale dislocations within their own communities and international economy. This book includes up-to-date research on meanings and implications of Bangladeshi Indigenous sustainability which focus on relationality traditional knowledge spirituality and hybridity. Environmental protection and Indigenous land-water rights have been ignored in the region and there has been minimal research on these intersecting issues locally or internationally. Land-Water Management and Sustainability in Bangladesh addresses this gap in an examination of postcolonial Indigenous communities’ complex and shifting relationships to nature and in relation to discrimination and oppression regarding Indigenous land and rights. The book makes a contribution to both the research literature and on the ground practice in inspiring a new culture of sustainability in Indigenous regions.Bringing together community engagement activism critical research and scholarship to advocate for socio-environmental justice and trans-systematic sustainability of cross-cultural knowledge the book will be of interest to academics of a variety of disciplines including environmental policy conservation practices Indigenous studies environmental sustainability anthropology American studies Asian Studies and ethnic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584825

Langford's Advanced Photography Langford's Advanced Photography is the only advanced photography guide a serious student or aspiring professional will ever need. In this eighth edition Efthimia Bilissi continues in the footsteps of Michael Langford by combining an unrivalled level of technical detail with a straightforward writing style while simultaneously bringing the text firmly in to the digital era.This book covers the entire photographic process from a technical standpoint - not only detailing the 'how' but also explaining the 'why' that is so often missing from photography texts. From the workings of cameras lenses digital imaging sensors and software to new hot topics such as HDR imaging digital asset management and even running your own photography business everything a serious photographer could need to extend their art into professional realms is covered.The book also benefits from a full glossary charts and inspirational full color images throughout with summaries and projects at the end of each chapter to reinforce the theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457829

Langford's Basic PhotographyThe Guide for Serious Photographers This seminal photography text now in its 10th edition and celebrating its 50th anniversary has been revamped reorganized and modernized to include the most up-to-date need to know information for photographers. Ideal for students beginners and advanced users wanting to brush up on the fundamentals of photography this book is a must have for any photographer’s bookcase. The heart of this text however retains the same comprehensive mix of scholarly and practical information. The new edition has been fully updated to reflect dynamic changes in the industry. These changes include: an expansion and overhaul of the information on digital cameras and digital printing; an emphasis on updating photographs to include a wider range of international work; replacement of many diagrams with photos; overhaul of the analogue sections to give a more modern tone (ie exposure measurement and film and filters with some more dynamic photo illustrations). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718912

Langford's Starting PhotographyThe Guide to Creating Great Images Starting with the basics of camera control and moving on to shutter speeds aperture zoom and flash Langford’s Starting Photography gives you the only introduction to digital photography you’ll ever need. Once you’ve mastered the basics examples and projects allow you to explore the key methods for capturing a variety of subjects from portraits and pets to landscapes and sports photography alongside straightforward advice on using editing software to get the best out of your digital shots will have you producing unforgettable images in moments. More inspiring than a textbook more interesting than a reference and more in-depth than a photography class Langford’s Starting Photography is the only guide you need to start taking great images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842236

Langston HughesThe Man His Art and His Continuing Influence First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864238

Language This module on the nature of language aims to provide the novice and even experienced teacher with a broad and accessible picture of language as a formal system. As such it covers topics such as the nature of words sounds and syntax. The module places particular emphasis on the abstract and complex nature of language and how it does not resemble typical pedagogical rules and so-called "rules of thumb" often used with language learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501645

Language Ability and Educational Achievement This title first published in 1990 engages in the current debates about the teaching of literacy and the reform of education. Based on his dissatisfaction with prevalent theories of educational achievement and his experience of teaching in elementary schools Winch argues that the dichotomy of biological inheritance and environmental influence is inadequate to describe the diverse phenomena of educational achievement. This title will be of interest to students of the philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693319

Language Agency and Politics in a Constructed World Language matters in international relations. Constructivists have contributed the insight that global politics is shaped by the way agents narrate history and produce discourses about themselves and about the world. This insight has induced a profound reexamination of assumptions in the study of international relations. The contributors to this volume examine (Part I) the critical linguistic/discursive techniques of postmodernists and constructivists and apply them (Part II) to international relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702988

Language Bureaucracy and Social Control Language Bureaucracy and Social Control explores the varying inter-relationships between language forms of bureaucratic organisation and social control. The text provides a detailed examination of the discursive dimensions of some of the key techniques of modern power: the 'productive' surveillance practices of administrative and public service institutions. Special attention is paid to recent developments within the state domain and the private economy such as the introduction of consumerism and promotional practices in welfare institutions and the spread of bureaucratisation in contexts such as banking and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836037

Language Classrooms and Computers As computers become more widely used in schools it is clear that they have the potential not just to support the achievement of conventional goals but also to redefine what we mean by reading writing and discussion. The contributors to Language Classroom and Computers - all with experience of teaching about language and computers for The Open University - use teachers' accounts together with their own research to examine how the use of computers in school can affect the ways in which children learn and teachers teach. The first section looks at some generic aspects of computer use focusing particularly on class management: individual and group learning the role of the teacher as facilitator and co-learner and the problems of limited access. The second section examines the contribution of specific sorts of software package: word processing e-mail hypertext and so on to lanugage learning. This is a book for everyone who wants IT to add a new dimension to their teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411180

Language Cognition and Deafness First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203782019

Language Communication and Intergroup RelationsA Celebration of the Scholarship of Howard Giles Language Communication and Intergroup Relations presents the current state of knowledge at the intersection of language communication and intergroup relations drawing on interdisciplinary work from the fields of communication social psychology and sociolinguistics. Building from that existing work it presents a series of provocative and innovative new directions in this area. The work is organized around a series of five themes: • Language and Culture • Intergroup Communication • Intergenerational Relations • Interpersonal Accommodation • Institutional Accommodation. Within each theme prominent scholars present reviews of the literature which are followed by responses reactions and extensions from a multidisciplinary group of researchers. These responses often move beyond typical academic prose and engage with the material in novel ways including graphical theoretical models short personal reflections and creative prose. It is essential reading for students and academics in the interdisciplinary fields of communication language and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308107

Language Communication and Education Examines communication in the classroom within the larger context of the development of standard English and its social implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468283

Language Corpus and EmpowermentApplications to deaf education healthcare and online discourses Language Corpus and Empowerment applies a novel corpus-driven approach to the exploration of the concept of empowerment in healthcare. The book proposes an innovative corpus-based methodology for finding evidence of empowerment in language use using data from a video intervention delivered to families of deaf children as well as assessing the effects of the intervention on the family. Language Corpus and Empowerment provides a working definition of empowerment which incorporates concepts from linguistics and learning theory;uses corpus analysis to provide evidence of how video interventions can transform people’s perspectives;examines this new methodology as a potential tool for analysing conversational data longitudinally and at a case-by-case level;demonstrates how a corpus-based methodological approach can be applied in conjunction with other language-based approaches such as discourse analysis and conversation analysis to explore the ways in which complex social processes occur in interaction;makes a valuable development in the assessment of the impact of healthcare interventions and the language of empowerment.Insightful and ground-breaking Language Corpus and Empowerment is essential reading for anyone undertaking research within corpus linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870911

Language Creativity and Humour Online Language Creativity and Humour Online offers new insights into the creative linguistic practices found in diverse digital contexts such as social media platforms. It introduces new digital genres and contexts expanding existing research on computer mediated communication (CMC) and covering key concepts in research on linguistic creativity. The book presents original linguistic analyses of a variety of digital genres including: • Novelty Twitter accounts and political humour • Tumblr Chats • Amazon review parodies. This timely book uncovers the linguistic and interactional mechanisms underlying various types of creative playful and humorous texts online. It is essential reading for students and researchers working in the areas of language and media and language and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066830

Language Culture and Community in Teacher Education Published by Routledge for the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education This volume addresses the pressing reality in teacher education that all teachers need to be prepared to work effectively with linguistically and culturally diverse student populations. Every classroom in the country is already or will soon be deeply affected by the changing demographics of America’s students.   Marilyn Cochran-Smith’s Foreword and Donaldo Macedo’s Introductory Essay set the context with respect to teacher education and student demographics followed by a series of chapters presented in three sections: knowledge practice and policy. The literature on language education has typically been discussed in relation to preparing ESL or bilingual teachers. Typically needs of culturally and linguistically diverse students including immigrants refugees language minority populations African Americans and deaf students have been addressed separately. This volume emphasizes that these children have both common educational needs and needs that are culturally and linguistically specific. It is directed to the preparation of ALL teachers who work with culturally and linguistically diverse students. It not only focuses on how teachers need to change but how faculty and curriculum need to be transformed and how to better train teacher education candidates to understand and work efficaciously with the communities in which culturally and linguistically diverse students tend to be predominant. The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education (AACTE) is a national voluntary association of higher education institutions and related organizations. Our mission is to promote the learning of all PK-12 students through high-quality evidence-based preparation and continuing education for all school personnel. For more information on our publications visit our website at: www.aacte.org. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203857168

Language Culture and Identity among Minority Students in ChinaThe Case of the Hui This book explores Hui (one of the Muslim minority groups in China) students’ lived experiences in an elementary school in central P. R. China from the perspectives of philosophical foundations of education and the sociology of education the impact of their experiences on their identity construction and what schooling means to Hui students. The book describes a vivid picture of how the Hui construct their own identities in the public school setting and how the state curricula teachers and parents play roles in student identity construction. The objectives of the book are to discover factors that impact Hui students’ identity construction and have caused Hui students to know little about their own culture and language; and to explore what should be done to help teachers administrators and policy makers appreciate minority culture and include minority culture and knowledge in school curriculum in order to meet the needs of Hui students.The book provides historical policy and curricular contexts for readers to understand Hui students’ experiences in central China and discusses the cultural differences between Han and Hui from a philosophical level. The book uses postcolonial theory to critique the assimilative nature of school education the construction of Hui students’ identity from Han ideology and the cultural hegemony of the mainstream Han group. It also discusses curriculum reconceptualization both in China and globally and the possibility of multicultural education in China.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415540032

Language Culture and SocietyAn Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology Why should we study language? How do the ways in which we communicate define our identities? And how is this all changing in the digital world? Since 1993 many have turned to Language Culture and Society for answers to questions like those above because of its comprehensive coverage of all critical aspects of linguistic anthropology. This seventh edition carries on the legacy while addressing some of the newer pressing and exciting challenges of the 21st century such as issues of language and power language ideology and linguistic diasporas. Chapters on gender race and class also examine how language helps create - and is created by - identity. New to this edition are enhanced and updated pedagogical features such as learning objectives updated resources for continued learning and the inclusion of a glossary. There is also an expanded discussion of communication online and of social media outlets and how that universe is changing how we interact. The discussion on race and ethnicity has also been expanded to include Latin- and Asian-American English vernacular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350608

Language Culture and TeachingCritical Perspectives Distinguished multiculturalist Sonia Nieto speaks directly to current and future teachers in this thoughtful integration of a selection of her key writings with creative pedagogical features. Offering information insights and motivation to teach students of diverse cultural racial and linguistic backgrounds examples are included throughout to illustrate real-life dilemmas about diversity that teachers face in their own classrooms; ideas about how language culture and teaching are linked; and ways to engage with these ideas through reflection and collaborative inquiry. Designed for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level students and professional development courses each chapter includes critical questions classroom activities and community activities suggesting projects beyond the classroom context. Language Culture and Teaching • explores how language and culture are connected to teaching and learning in educational settings; • examines the sociocultural and sociopolitical contexts of language and culture to understand how these contexts may affect student learning and achievement; • analyzes the implications of linguistic and cultural diversity for classroom practices school reform and educational equity; • encourages practicing and preservice teachers to reflect critically on their classroom practices as well as on larger institutional policies related to linguistic and cultural diversity based on the above understandings; and • motivates teachers to understand their ethical and political responsibilities to work together with their students colleagues and families for more socially just classrooms schools and society. Changes in the Third Edition: This edition includes new and updated chapters section introductions critical questions classroom and community activities and resources bringing it up-to-date in terms of recent educational policy issues and demographic changes in the U.S. and beyond. The new chapters reflect Nieto’s current thinking about the profession and society especially about changes in the teaching profession both positive and negative since the publication of the second edition of this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206151

Language Culture Identity and Citizenship in College Classrooms and Communities Language Culture Identity and Citizenship in College Classrooms and Communities examines what takes place in writing classrooms beyond academic analytical and argumentative writing to include forms that engage students in navigating the civic political social and cultural spheres they inhabit. It presents a conceptual framework for imagining how writing instructors can institute campus-wide initiatives such as Writing Across Communities that attempt to connect the classroom and the campus to the students’ various communities of belonging especially students who have been historically underserved. This framework reflects an emerging perspective—writing across difference—that challenges the argument that the best writing instructors can do is develop the skills and knowledge students need to make a successful transition from their home discourses to academic discourses. Instead the value inherent in the full repertoire of linguistic cultural and semiotic resources students use in their varied communities of belonging needs to be acknowledged and students need to be encouraged to call on these to the fullest extent possible in the course of learning what they are being taught in the writing classroom. Pedagogically this book provides educators with the rhetorical discursive and literacy tools needed to implement this approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722780

Language Culture and PowerEnglish�Tamil in Modern India 1900 to Present Day This volume examines the relationship between language and power across cultural boundaries. It evaluates the vital role of translation in redefining culture and ethnic identity. During the first phase of colonialism mid-18th to late-19th century the English-speaking missionaries and East India Company functionaries in South India were impelled to master Tamil the local language in order to transact their business. Tamil also comprised ancient classical literary works especially ethical and moral literature which were found especially suited to the preferences of Christian missionaries.This interface between English and Tamil acted as a conduit for cultural transmission among different groups. The essays in this volume explore the symbiotic relation between English and Tamil during the late colonial and postcolonial as also the modernist and the postmodernist periods. The book showcases the modernity of contemporary Tamil culture as reflected in its literary and artistic productions — poetry fiction short fiction and drama — and outlines the aesthetics philosophy and methodology of these translations. This volume and its companion (which looks at the period between 1750 to 1900 CE) cover the late colonial and postcolonial era and will be of interest to students scholars and researchers of translation studies literature linguistics sociology and social anthropology South Asian studies colonial and postcolonial studies literary and critical theory as well as culture studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367886837

Language Culture and Young ChildrenDeveloping English in the Multi-ethnic Nursery and Infant School Originally published in 1992. This book is designed to help the teacher facing the challenge posed by multi-ethnic multi-cultural multi-language classes. The contributions from teachers and Higher Education tutors are based on experience and research in this area and their emphasis is practical with theoretical support being provided where relevant. Part one considers issues of difference including looking at oral language development issues of assessment and the particular needs of traveller children among other topics. The second part looks at stories and books while the third looks at active language use in writing and drama. Part four suggests useful resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080447

Language Custom and Nation in the 1790sLocke Tooke Wordsworth Edgeworth Language Custom and Nation in the 1790s shows for the first time how the radical 'Jacobin' poets and their ideas of a 'revolutionary' poetry were impelled - even 'invented' - by the seventeenth-century English philosopher John Locke. For too long the revolutionary Romanticism and poetic experiments of the 1790s have been understood as responses to the American and French revolutions or attributed to the intellectual influence of Rousseau. The author counters these assumptions by tracing threads of influence from Locke's ideas of 'arbitrary' language and tyranny through Tooke's attacks on terms such as 'majesty' and 'law' to the supposedly 'real language' of Wordsworthian Romanticism. She breaks new ground in establishing Maria Edgeworth's place in Locke's anti-authoritarian tradition contending that Edgeworth's work produced in the shadow of the United Irishmen uprising revives the politicisation of the idea of common language displaced in Wordsworth's neutralizing of Locke's radical impulse in the preface to Lyrical Ballads. The author's original and engaging book will appeal to scholars of 1790s radicalism eighteenth-century linguistic theory women's writing and the relations between Britain and Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138356337

Language Desire and TheologyA Genealogy of the Will to Speak This interesting and provocative work develops a new theological approach to language in the light of contemporary critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859820

Language Discourse and LiteratureAn Introductory Reader in Discourse Stylistics This collection shows students of English and applied linguistics ways in which language and literary study can be integrated. By drawing on a wide range of texts by mainly British and American writers from a variety of different periods the contributors show how discourse stylistics can provide models for the systematic description of for example dialogue in fiction; language of drama and balladic poetry; speech presentation; the interactive properties of metre; the communicative context of author/reader. Among the texts examined are novels poetry and drama by major twentieth-century writers such as Joyce Auden Pinter and Hopkins as well as examples from Shakespeare Donne and Milton. Each chapter has a wide range of exercises for practical analysis an extensive glossary and a comprehensive bibliography with suggestions for further reading. The book will be particularly useful to undergraduate students of English and applied linguistics and advanced students of modern languages or English as a foreign language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140950

Language Education and Citizenship in Japan Based on extensive original research this book explores the early educational experiences of foreign children in Japan. It considers foreign children’s experiences of Japanese schools examines the special tutoring such children often have to improve their language proficiency and explores the role of mothers in encouraging their children’s education. It contrasts the experiences of foreign children with those of Japanese children and sets out the extensive difficulties foreign children encounter in becoming fully accepted by and integrated into Japanese society. The book concludes by discussing the nature of citizenship in Japan and the importance of education including early education in shaping Japanese citizenship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816633

Language Education and Uyghur Identity in Urban Xinjiang As the regional lingua franca the Uyghur language long underpinned Uyghur national identity in Xinjiang. However since the ‘bilingual education’ policy was introduced in 2002 Chinese has been rapidly institutionalised as the sole medium of instruction in the region’s institutes of education. As a result studies of the bilingual and indeed multi-lingual Uyghur urban youth have emerged as a major new research trend. This book explores the relationship between language education and identity among the urban Uyghurs of contemporary Xinjiang. It considers ways in which Uyghur urban youth identities began to evolve in response to the state imposition of ‘bilingual education’. Starting by defining the notion of ethnic identity the book explores the processes involved in the formation and development of personal and group identities considers why ethnic boundaries are constructed between groups and questions how ethnic identity is expressed in social cultural and religious practice. Against this background contributors adopt a special focus on the relationship between language use education and ethnic identity development. As a study of ethnicity in China this book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Chinese culture and society Asian ethnicity cultural anthropology sociolinguistics and Asian education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494619

Language Ethnic Identity and the State This new study powerfully asserts the pivotal importance of the interplay between language and ethnicity which is often underestimated as a component for political stability. These leading scholars present five key case studies of South Africa Algeria Canada Latvia and Senegal. All five countries are multilingual nations where language has been a central political issue that has challenged their unity and stability. These studies are underpinned by two general comparative and theoretical discussions which analyse how scholars consider social class and economic factors to be the primary sources for political cohesion or of malcontent with the system and the new avenues opened by a focus on issues of langauge. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of linguistics language politics and sociology. This is a special issue of the leading journal Nationalism and Ethnic Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993044

Language Ethnography and EducationBridging New Literacy Studies and Bourdieu This frontline volume contributes to the social study of education in general and literacy in particular by bringing together in a new way the traditions of language ethnography and education. Integrating New Literacy Studies and Bourdieusian sociology with ethnographic approaches to the study of classroom practice it offers an original and useful reference point for scholars and students of education language and literacy wishing to incorporate Bourdieu’s ideas into their work. More than just a set of stand-alone chapters around social perspectives on language interactions in classrooms this book develops and unfolds dialogically across three sections: Bridging New Literacy Studies and Bourdieu – Principles; Language Ethnography and Education - Practical Studies; Working at the Intersections – In Theory and Practice. The authors posit ‘Classroom Language Ethnography’ as a genuinely new perspective with rich and developed traditions behind it but distinct from conventional approaches to literacy and education — an approach that bridges those traditions to yield fresh insights on literacy in all its manifestations thereby providing a pathway to more robust research on language in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415872492

Language Feeling and the BrainThe Evocative Vector Linguistic theory since the Cognitive Revolution has fol- lowed one of the premises of that revolution by largely sidelining the issue of emotions and concentrating on those aspects of language that are more strictly cognitive. However during the last ten years research in cognitive science especially in neuropsychology has begun to fill in the gaps left by the exclusion of emotions from cognitive research. The work of those like Oatley Zajonc Damasio and LeDoux to name a few has demonstrated both that it is possible to construct models of how emotions play into the workings of the psyche and that they are necessary in giving us a balanced view of the human mind.Language Feeling and the Brain attempts to apply the fruits of this new research in emotion to our understanding of language itself. Building on Karl Pribram's integrated model of emotions and motivations the book takes an eclectic approach to explaining how emotions contribute to the nature of language drawing on research done in neuropsychology philosophy cognitive linguistics anthropology and related fields. Its aim is to construct a propositional model for how the emotions may have contributed to the emergence of symbolic formation most especially in the forms of gesture and speech and how identifying that emotional influence sheds new light on everything we have had to say about language itself from lexis and grammar to culture and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511507

Language Gender and Citizenship in American Literature 1789-1919 Examining language debates and literary texts from Noah Webster to H.L. Mencken and from Washington Irving to Charlotte Perkins Gilman this book demonstrates how gender arose in passionate discussions about language to address concerns about national identity and national citizenship elicited by 19th-century sociopolitical transformations. Together with popular commentary about language in Congressional records periodicals grammar books etiquette manuals and educational materials literary products tell stories about how gendered discussions of language worked to deflect nationally divisive debates over Indian Removal and slavery to stabilize mid-19th-century sociopolitical mobility to illuminate the logic of Jim Crow and to temper the rise of "New Women" and "New Immigrants" at the end and turn of the 19th century. Strand enhances our understandings of how ideologies of language gender and nation have been interarticulated in American history and culture and how American literature has been entwined in their construction reflection and dissemination.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541619

Language Gender and SexualityAn Introduction Language Gender and Sexuality offers a panoramic and accessible introduction to the ways in which linguistic patterns are sensitive to social categories of gender and sexuality as well as an overview of how speakers use language to create and display gender and sexuality. This book includes discussions of trans/non-binary/genderqueer identities embodiment new media and the role of language and interaction in sexual harassment assault and rape. Drawing on an international range of examples to illustrate key points this book addresses the questions of: how language categorizes the gender/sexuality world in both grammar and interaction; how speakers display create and orient to gender sexuality and desire in interaction; how and why people display different ways of speaking based on their gender/sexual identities. Aimed at students with no background in linguistics or gender studies this book is essential reading for anyone studying language gender and sexuality for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138487727

Language Gender and FeminismTheory Methodology and Practice Language Gender and Feminism presents students and researchers with key contemporary theoretical perspectives methodologies and analytical frameworks in the field of feminist linguistic analysis. Mills and Mullany cover a wide range of contemporary feminist theories and emphasise the importance of an interdisciplinary approach. Topics covered include: power language and sexuality sexism and an exploration of the difference between second and third wave feminist analysis. Each chapter presents examples from research conducted in different cultural and linguistic contexts which allows students to observe practical applications of all current theories and approaches. Throughout oral and written language data from a wealth of different contexts settings and sources is thoroughly analysed. The book concludes with a discussion of how the field could advance and a overview of the various research methods pertinent for future work in language and gender study. Language Gender and Feminism is an invaluable text for students new to the discipline of Language and Gender studies within English Language Linguistics Communication Studies and Women’s Studies as well as being an up-to-date resource for more established researchers and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415485968

Language Gender and IdeologyConstructions of Femininity for Marriage This book explores multiple facets of femininity for marriage in India. Using language as an entry point it looks at how and why media representations of gender identities are constructed the way they are. It works with a unique synthesis of second-wave feminist discourse and empirical linguistic research to look at how the social institution of marriage becomes the site of interaction between language ideology psyche and culture. This volume also brings together the personal histories and views of women who discuss how media modernity and social norms shape their ideas about marriage and selfhood.Deconstructing perceptions of femininity in contemporary India the book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of sociology gender studies linguistics media and cultural studies and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734701

Language Gender and Parenthood OnlineNegotiating Motherhood in Mumsnet Talk Language Gender and Parenthood Online explores the digital interactions of parents on the UK-based internet discussion forum Mumsnet Talk a space dominated by users sharing a common identification as women parents and mothers. Using a qualitative approach grounded in feminist poststructuralist theory Jai Mackenzie uncovers ‘common-sense’ assumptions about gender and parenthood explores the construction of gender and parenthood in digital contexts and how discourses of gendered parenthood are negotiated resisted and subverted. This is key reading for students scholars and researchers in the field of language and gender as well as language and digital communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733773

Language Gesture and Space This book brings together papers which address a range of issues regarding the nature and structure of sign languages and other gestural systems and how they exploit the space in which they are conveyed. The chapters focus on five pertinent areas reflecting different but related research topics: * space in language and gesture * point of view and referential shift * morphosyntax of verbs in ASL * gestural systems and sign language and * language acquisition and gesture. Sign languages and gestural systems are produced in physical space; they manipulate spatial contrasts for linguistic and communicative purposes. In addition to exploring the different functions of space researchers discuss similarities and differences between visual-gestural systems -- established sign languages pidgin sign language (International Sign) "homesign" systems developed by deaf children with no sign language input novel gesture systems invented by hearing nonsigners and the gesticulation that accompanies speech. The development of gesture and sign language in children is also examined in both hearing and deaf children charting the emergence of gesture ("manual babbling") its use as a prelinguistic communicative device and its transformation into language-like systems in homesigners. Finally theoretical linguistic accounts of the structure of sign languages are provided in chapters dealing with the analysis of referential shift the structure of narrative the analysis of tense and the structure of the verb phrase in American Sign Language. Taken together the chapters in this volume present a comprehensive picture of sign language and gesture research from a group of international scholars who investigate a range of communicative systems from formal sign languages to the gesticulation that accompanies speech. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979376

Language Global Mobilities Blue-Collar Workers and Blue-collar Workplaces This collection brings together global perspectives which critically examine the ways in which language as a resource is used and managed in myriad ways in various blue-collar workplace settings in today’s globalized economy. In focusing on blue-collar work environments the book sheds further light on the informal processes through which top down language policies take place in different multilingual settings and the resultant asymmetrical power relations which emerge among employees and employers in such settings. Taking into account the latest debates on poststructuralist theories of language the volume also extends its conceptualization of language to demonstrate the ways in which it extends to a wider range of multilingual and multimodal resources and communicative practices all of which combine in unique and different ways toward constructing meaning in the workplace. The volume’s unique focus on such workplaces also showcases domains of work which have generally until now been less visible within existing research on language in the workplace and the subsequent methodological challenges that arise from studying them. Integrating a range of theoretical and methodological approaches along with empirical data from a diverse range of blue-collar workplaces this book will be of particular interest to students and researchers in critical sociolinguistics applied linguistics sociology and linguistic anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279004

Language Identity and Stereotype Among Southeast Asian American YouthThe Other Asian This book—an ethnographic and discourse analytic study of an after-school video-making project for 1.5- and second-generation Southeast Asian American teenagers—explores the relationships among stereotype identity and ethnicity that emerge in this informal educational setting. Working from a unique theoretical foundation that combines linguistic anthropology Asian American studies and education and using rigorous linguistic anthropological tools to closely examine video- and audio- recorded interactions gathered during the video-making project (in which teen participants learned the skills for creating their own video and adult staff learned to respect and value the local knowledge of youth) the author builds a compelling link between micro-level uses of language and macro-level discourses of identity race ethnicity and culture. In this study of the ways in which teens draw on and play with circulating stereotypes of the self and the other Reyes uniquely illustrates how individuals can reappropriate stereotypes of their ethnic group as a resource to position themselves and others in interactionally meaningful ways to accomplish new social actions and to assign new meanings to stereotypes. This is an important book for academics and students in sociolinguistics linguistic anthropology discourse analysis and applied linguistics with an interest in issues of youth race and ethnicity and/or educational settings and will also be of interest to readers in the fields of education Asian American studies social psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504645

Language Identity and Syrian Political Activism on Social Media Language Identity and Syrian Political Activism on Social Media is an empirical contemporary Arabic sociolinguistic investigation informed by theories and notions developed in the fields of Arabic linguistics sociolinguistics discourse analysis and linguistic anthropology. Building on the Bakhtinian concept of linguistic hybridity this book conducts a longitudinal analysis of Syrian dissidents’ social media practices between 2009 and 2017. It shows how dissidents have used social media to emerge in the discourse about the Syrian conflict and how language has been used symbolically as a tool of social and political engagement in an increasingly complex sociopolitical context. This monograph is ideal for students sociolinguists and researchers interested in Arabic language and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335813

Language Identity and ConflictA Comparative Study of Language in Ethnic Conflict in Europe and Eurasia This innovative study of language and identity in recent and contemporary cases of ethnic conflict in Europe and Eurasia sets out a response to the limitations in the fields of linguistics and political science. Using examples of language policy and planning in conflict situations it examines the functions of language as a marker of identity in ethnic conflict and the extent to which language may be a causal factor in ethnic conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868228

Language Ideology and the HumanNew Interventions Language Ideology and the Human: New Interventions redefines the critical picture of language as a system of signs and ideological tropes inextricably linked to human existence. Offering reflections on the status discursive possibilities and political ideological and practical uses of oral or written word in both contemporary society and the work of previous thinkers this book traverses South African courts British clinics language schools in East Timor prison cells cinemas literary criticism textbooks and philosophical treatises in order to forge a new diversified perspective on language ideology and what it means to be human. This truly international and interdisciplinary collection explores the implications that language always materialising in the form of a historically and ideologically identifiable discourse as well as the concept of ideology itself have for the construction definition and ways of speaking about 'the human'. Thematically arranged and drawing together the latest research from experts around the world Language Ideology and the Human offers a view of language ideology and the human subject that eschews simplifications and binary definitions. With contributions from across the social sciences and humanities this book will appeal to scholars from a range of disciplines including sociology cultural studies anthropology law linguistics literary studies philosophy and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108424

Language Ideology and EducationThe politics of textbooks in language education This book examines the role textbooks play in the teaching of dominant and non-dominant (first and foreign) languages in a range of cultural contexts worldwide. Each chapter addresses important issues related to what constitutes "legitimate knowledge" the politics of learning materials global cultural awareness competing ideologies and the development of multilingual literacies. Language Ideology and Education: The Politics of Textbooks in Language Education comprehensively surveys theoretical perspectives and methodological issues in the critical examination of language textbooks. In particular it looks at: The Cultural Politics of Language Textbooks in the Era of Globalization The Politics of Instructional Materials for English for Young Learners Ideological Tensions and Contradictions in Lower Primary English Teaching Materials in Singapore Creating a Multilingual/multicultural Space in Japanese EFL: A Critical Analysis of Discursive Practices within a New Language Education Policy The book is primarily addressed to those who teach and research in the areas of Foreign Language Education TESOL Applied Linguistics Language Policy Critical Pedagogy and Textual Cultures. Although the book is focused on textbook and materials analysis rather than evaluation most chapters discuss implications for curriculum design and materials development and therefore will be relevant to scholars working in those fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580268

Language Ideology and Identity in Serial Killer Narratives In this book Gregoriou explores the portrayal of the serial killer identity and its related ideology across a range of contemporary crime narratives including detective fiction the true crime genre and media journalism. How exactly is the serial killer consciousness portrayed how is the killing linguistically justified and how distinguishing is the language revolving around criminal ideology and identity across these narrative genres? By employing linguistic and content-related methods of analysis her study aims to work toward the development of a stylistic framework on the representation of serial killer ideology across factual (i.e. media texts) factional (i.e. true crime books) and fictional (i.e. novels) murder narratives. ‘Schema’ is a term commonly used to refer to organised bundles of knowledge in our brains which are activated once we come across situations we have previously experienced a ‘group schema’ being one such inventory shared by many. By analysing serial murder narratives across various genres Gregoriou uncovers a widely shared ‘group schema’ for these murderers and questions the extent to which real criminal minds are in fact linguistically fictionalised. Gregoriou’s study of the mental functioning and representation of criminal personas can help illuminate our schematic understanding of actual criminal minds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886056

Language Ideology and Japanese History Textbooks The Japanese history textbook debate is one that keeps making the news particularly with reference to claims that Japan has never 'apologised properly' for its actions between 1931 and 1945 and that it is one of the few liberal democratic countries in which textbooks are controlled and authorised by the central government. There are frequent protests both from within Japan and from overseas that a biased nationalistic history is taught in Japanese schools. This is the first time that all the authorised textbooks currently in use have been analysed using a critical discourse that is anchored firmly in the theory of 'language within society' elucidating the meanings and associated ideologies created by the language of the textbooks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863117

Language Ideology and Social ConsciousnessDeveloping a Sociohistorical Approach Originally published in 1999 this book sets out to develop a distinctive critical approach to the study of social consciousness through empirical studies of sociopolitical conflict in the west of Scotland. It accords an analytical priority to language-use and provides a critical review of a number of contemporary studies and approaches as part of an emerging presentation of an original and distinctive method. The book makes a significant contribution to the recovery for social science of the achievements of a set of Marxist psychologists and philosophers of language - most notably L.S. Vygotsky and V.N. Voloshinov - whose potential relevance for political sociology has barely been recognised. It tests and demonstrates the relevance of the approach it seeks to develop in relation to empirical studies - most notably the Upper Clyde Shipbuilders 'work-in' of 1971-72 and the Scottish Office-led urban policy 'Partnership' in Ferguslie Park Paisley in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Ultimately the analytical focus on language becomes a key component of a larger mode of social investigation which begins from an analysis of changing patterns of language-use - one which 'turns' to language without embracing the 'linguistic turn'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134839

Language Intelligence and Thought In this text first published in 1993 Barrow decisively rejects the traditional assumption that intelligence has no educational significance and contends instead that intelligence is developed by the enlargement of understanding. Arguing that much educational research is driven by a concept of intelligence that has no obvious educational relevance Dr Barrow suggests that this is partly due to a widespread lack of understanding about the nature and point of philosophical analysis and partly due to a failure to face up to the value judgements that are necessarily involved in analysing a concept such as intelligence. If intelligence is to be of educational significance it must be understood in terms that allow it to be educable. Written by a philosopher of education this study offers a reasoned and extended argument in favour of an original view of philosophical analysis. It focuses on the issue of intelligence from a philosophical perspective. It should be of interest to students of education philosophy and the philosophy of education alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925847

Language Interaction and National IdentityStudies in the Social Organisation of National Identity in Talk-in-Interaction Contemporary political and public discourse has come alive with the issues and conflicts surrounding questions of national identity. Despite the widespread sociological attention it has drawn as a result most studies of national identity have been conducted at considerable analytical distance from the lived reality of national identity talk. This collection brings together the work of contemporary researchers situating the talk and interaction in which national identities are actually expressed and used. The book presents detailed investigations of how persons actually use national identity in their talk the interactional uses to which such expressions are put and the interactional consequences of such identity talk. The studies are based on transcribed tape recordings of naturally occurring talk across a variety of different countries and settings illuminating not only situated national identity talk as a phenomenon in its own right but also providing empirically grounded research for traditional sociological theorising about issues of integration devolution and exclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258112

Language Labour and Migration Language Labour and Migration explores two fundamental aspects of the migrant experience through a multi-disciplinary lens which combines the research of leading academics at the cutting edge of their fields. This latest volume from the centre for the Study of Migration brings together the work of anthropologists economists geographers historians political scientists and medical practitioners. Essays explore topics which include the role of mother tongue as a bridge to assimilation the racialization of immigrants and refugees through language the patterns of resistance undertaken by lascars the experience of black British seamen in the eighteenth century health advocacy in the twentieth century and the way in which cyber-space is being used to rediscover ethnic identity in the twenty-first century. Other essays examine Chinese labour in France during the First world war employment opportunities for those deficient in the majority language and poverty in old age. All provide new and at times controversial insights into the problems of language and labour in an alien society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274266

Language Learning and Culture in Early ChildhoodHome School and Community Contexts Complex factors affect young children and their families in today’s increasingly diverse world characterized by globalization the transnational movement of people and neo-liberal government policies in western and industrialized countries. This book focuses on three of these factors—culture language and learning—and how they affect children’s development and learning in the context of their communities families and schools. Taking an ecological perspective it challenges normative and hegemonic views of young children’s language literacy and numeracy development and offers examples of demonstrated educational practices that acknowledge and build on the knowledge that children develop and learn in culturally specific ways in their homes and communities. The authors highlight issues and perspectives that are particular to Indigenous people who have been subjected to centuries of assimilationist and colonialist policies and practices and the importance of first or home language maintenance and its cognitive cultural economic psychological and social benefits. Links are provided to a package of audio-video resources (http://blogs.ubc.ca/intersectionworkshop/) including key note speeches and interviews with leading international scholars and a collection of vignettes from the workshop from which this volume was produced . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920835

Language Learning ContextTalking the Talk In what way do educators understand the language they use to make sense of the educational environment? How does language enable educators and how can they consciously make the most of its potential? Using the right language and setting the correct tone in the school classroom has repercussions for all involved; whether it affects the linguistic development of a student or the effective delivery of a lesson language plays an important factor in any educational context. As such this innovative book focuses right at the heart of learning arguing that current theories of speech in classrooms do not and cannot capture the essentially passive aspects of talking. Until now these verbal and physical expressions of communication have been left untheorised leaving the potential of an entire secondary area of language untapped. Exploring his argument along three clear but interrelated lines of investigation the author focuses on our understanding on language itself and finally on communication. Thus he argues: that language is unintentional and our understanding of it is limited as soon as we speak language appears beyond us in a highly singular situated context that communication cannot be reduced to the simple production of words. Building on the work of linguistic philosophers such as Martin Heidegger Donald Davidson Paul Ricœur and Jacques Derrida these salient points are further elaborated to fully develop the relationship between thinking and talk in educational settings. This invaluable book makes recommendations for the praxis of teaching and will appeal to students researchers and practising science and mathematics teachers as well as those with interests in language and literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658645

Language Literacy and Cognitive DevelopmentThe Development and Consequences of Symbolic Communication Language Literacy and Cognitive Development addresses the impact of language and literacy on cognitive development. Top researchers examine the cognitive significance of the growth in children's ability to express themselves symbolically whether that involves communicating linguistically mathematically logically or through some other symbol system expressed in speech gesture notations or some other means. The book contributes to refining and answering questions regarding the nature origin and development of symbolic communication in all its forms and their consequences for the cognitive development of the younger child at home and the older child at school. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655378

Language Literacy and Learning in the STEM DisciplinesHow Language Counts for English Learners With a focus on what mathematics and science educators need to know about academic language used in the STEM disciplines this book critically synthesizes the current knowledge base on language challenges inherent to learning mathematics and science with particular attention to the unique issues for English learners. These key questions are addressed: When and how do students develop mastery of the language registers unique to mathematics and to the sciences? How do teachers use assessment as evidence of student learning for both accountability and instructional purposes? Orienting each chapter with a research review and drawing out important Focus Points chapter authors examine the obstacles to and latest ideas for improving STEM literacy and discuss implications for future research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284296

Language Literacy and Pedagogy in Postindustrial SocietiesThe Case of Black Academic Underachievement In postindustrial economies such as the United States and Great Britain the black/white achievement gap is perpetuated by an emphasis on language and language skills with which black American and black British-Caribbean youths often struggle. This work analyzes the nature of educational pedagogy in the contemporary capitalist world-system under American hegemony. Mocombe and Tomlin interpret the role of education as an institutional or ideological apparatus for capitalist domination and examine the sociolinguistic means or pedagogies by which global and local social actors are educated within the capitalist world-system to serve the needs of capital; i.e. capital accumulation. Two specific case studies one in the United States and one in the United Kingdom are utilized to demonstrate how contemporary educational emphasis on language and literacy parallels the organization of work and contributes to the debate on academic underachievement of black students vis-a-vis their white and Asian counterparts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107960

Language Literacy and DiversityMoving Words Language Literacy and Diversity brings together researchers who are leading the innovative and important re-theorization of language and literacy in relation to social mobility multilingualism and globalization. The volume examines local and global flows of people language and literacy in relation to social practice; the role (and nature) of boundary maintenance or disruption in global transnational and translocal contexts; and the lived experiences of individuals on the front lines of global transnational and translocal processes. The contributors pay attention to the dynamics of multilingualism in located settings and the social and personal management of multilingualism in socially stratified and ethnically plural social settings. Together they offer ground-breaking research on language practices and documentary practices as regards to access selection social mobility and gate-keeping processes in a range of settings across several continents: Africa Asia the Americas and Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062832

Language Literature and Critical PracticeWays of Analysing Text Using a wide-ranging variety of texts the author reviews and evaluates a broad range of approaches to textual commentary introducing the reader to the fundamental distinction between `actual' and `virtual' worlds in critical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172869

Language Literature and the LearnerCreative Classroom Practice Language Literature and the Learner is an edited volume evolving from three international seminars devoted to the teaching of literature in a second or foreign language. The seminars explicitly addressed the interface between language and literature teaching to investigate the ways in which literature can be used as a resource for language growth at secondary intermediate and upper-intermediate level.This book presents the reader with a practical classroom-based guide to how the teaching of language and literature until recently seen as two distinct subjects within the English curriculum can be used as mutually supportive resources within the classroom. Through essays and case studies it reports on the most recent developments in classroom practice and methodology and suggests ways in which the curriculum could be reshaped to take advantage of this integrated approach.The text will be essential reading for students undertaking PGCE TESOL/MA UCLES CTEFLA RSA and Teachers' Diploma courses worldwide. Students of applied linguistics those on stylistics courses and undergraduates studying English language will welcome it as accessible supplementary reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145078

Language Media and CultureThe Key Concepts Language Media and Culture: The Key Concepts is an authoritative and indispensable guide to the essential terminology of the overlapping fields of Language Media and Culture. Designed to give students and researchers ‘tools for thinking with’ in addressing major issues of communicative change in the 21st century the book covers over 500 concepts as well as containing an extensive bibliography to aid further study. Subjects covered include: Authenticity Truthiness Structures of feeling Turn-taking Transitivity Validity claims With cross referencing and further reading provided throughout this book provides an inclusive map of the discipline and is an essential reference work for students in communication media journalism and cultural studies as well as for students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138047075

Language Media and Globalization in the PeripheryThe Linguascapes of Popular Music in Mongolia The title seeks to show how people are embedded culturally socially and linguistically in a certain peripheral geographical location yet are also able to roam widely in their use and takeup of a variety of linguistic and cultural resources. Drawing on data examples obtained from ethnographic fieldwork trips in Mongolia a country located geographically politically and economically on the Asian periphery this book presents an example of how peripheral contexts should be seen as crucial sites for understanding the current sociolinguistics of globalization. Dovchin brings together several themes of wide contemporary interest including sociolinguistic diversity in the context of popular culture and media in a globalized world (with a particular focus on popular music) and transnational flows of linguistic and cultural resources to argue that the role of English and other languages in the local language practices of young musicians in Mongolia should be understood as "linguascapes." This notion of linguascapes adds new levels of analysis to common approaches to sociolinguistics of globalization offering researchers new complex perspectives of linguistic diversity in the increasingly globalized world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590819

Language Memory and Thought Published in 1976 Language Memory and thought is a valuable contribution to the field of Cognitive Psychology. This book presents a theory about human cognitive functioning a set of experiments testing that theory and a review of some of the literature relevant to the theory. The theory is embodied in a computer simulation model called ACT. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203780954

Language Memory and RememberingExplorations in Historical Sociolinguistics This volume explores issues of memory remembering and language in late colonial India. It is the first systematic historical sociolinguistic study of English private and public citizens who lived in and/or worked for India and the Indian cause from the 1920s to the 1940s. While some of the English have lived as common citizens and were committed to India their voices and contributions have remained on the margins of Indian collective memory. This book offers microhistorical readings of extended language forms generally underexplored in sociolinguistics (such as letters telegrams missives and oral histories) to reorient facets of individual memories lives and endeavours against larger officialised understandings of the past.Using previously unpublished corpus of archival material and interviews with English private citizens from that period this volume on historical sociolinguistics will be of interest to scholars and researchers of language and linguistics South Asian studies post-colonial literary studies culture studies and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733360

Language Mind and Brain The chapters in this volume are extended versions of material first presented at the National Interdisciplinary Symposium on Language Mind and Brain held April 6-9 1978 in Gainesville Florida.  Importantly for interdisciplinary goals the papers contained in this volume are quite “ available” ; that is papers by philosophers can easily be read and understood by linguists and psychologists; the ideas of the linguists are readily comprehensible to any educated reader; the psychologists and neurologically oriented writers are clear and nderstandable. It is then a volume that cuts not so much across disciplines but through them.  First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.   Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792286

Language Mind and PowerWhy We Need Linguistic Equality Language is a natural resource: Power and vulnerability are associated with access to language just as to food and water. In this new book a linguist and philosopher elucidate why language is so powerful illuminate its very real social and political implications and make the case for linguistic equality—equality among languages and equality in access to/knowledge of language and its use—as a human right and tool to prevent violence and oppression. Students and instructors will find this accessible interdisciplinary text invaluable for courses that explore how language reflects power structures in linguistics philosophy/ethics and cognitive science/psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224400

Language Mind and ValuePhilosophical Essays Philosophical themes as diverse as language value mind and God are among the topics discussed in this book originally published in 1963. Considerably influential there are contributions on Time Camrbidge Philosophy Doedelian Sentences Morality by Convention and the Non-Existence of God. They reflect a gradual move from a position where the influence of Wittgenstein is paramount to a position where there is considerable criticism of linguistic philosophy and a growing interest in the approaches of Hegel and the phenomenologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691148

Language Nations and MultilingualismQuestioning the Herderian Ideal Language Nations and Multilingualism explores the legacy of Herder’s ideas about the relationship between language and nationalism in the post-colonial world. Focusing on how anti-colonial and post-colonial nations reconcile their myriad multilingualisms with the Herderian model of one language-one nation it shows how Herder’s model is both attractive and problematic for such nations. Why then does the Herderian model have such valency? How has the Herderian ideal of one nation-one language continued to survive beneath the uncomfortable resolution struck by new multilingual nations as they create fictions of a singular national mother tongue? To what extent is Herder still relevant in our contemporary world? How have different nations negotiated the Herderian ideal in different ways? What does the way in which multilingual post-colonial nations deal with this crisis tell us about a possible alternative framework for understanding the relationship between language and nation? By approaching this investigation from diverse archives across Asia Africa Europe Latin America and the Caribbean Language Nations and Multilingualism proposes answers to the aforementioned questions from a global perspective that takes into account the specificities of a range of colonial experiences and political regimes. And by extending the discussion backwards in time to offer a more historical reading of the making of modern nations it allows us to see how multilingualism has always disrupted constructions of monoglot nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322639

Language Politics and Identity in TaiwanNaming China Following the move by Chiang Kai-shek and the Chinese Nationalist Party Kuomingtang (KMT) to Taiwan after losing the Chinese civil war to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) in the late 1940s and Chiang’s subsequent lifelong vow to reclaim the mainland "China " has occupied—if not monopolized—the gaze of Taiwan where its projected images are reflected. Whether mirror image shadow or ideal contrast China has been and will continue to be a key reference point in Taiwan's convoluted effort to find its identity. Language Politics and Identity in Taiwan traces the intertwined paths of five sets of names Taiwan has used to name China since the KMT came to Taiwan in 1949: the derogatory "Communist bandits"; the ideologically focused "Chinese Communists"; the seemingly neutral geographical designators "mainland" and "opposite shore/both shores"; and the ethnic and national label "China " with the official designation "People's Republic of China." In doing so it explores how Taiwanese identities are constituted and reconstituted in the shifting and switching of names for China; in the application of these names to alternative domains of Taiwanese life; in the waning or waxing of names following tides of history and polity; and in the increasingly contested meaning of names. Through textual analyses of historical archives and other mediated texts and artifacts the chapters chart Taiwan's identity negotiation over the past half century and critically evaluate key interconnections between language and politics. This unique book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Taiwan studies Chinese politics communication studies and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095038

Language Race and Power in SchoolsA Critical Discourse Analysis In this edited collection authors from various academic cultural racial linguistic and personal backgrounds use critical discourse analysis as a conceptual framework and method to examine social inequities identity issues and linguistic discrimination faced by historically oppressed groups in schools and society. Language Race and Power in Schools unravels the ways and degrees to which these groups have faced and resisted oppression and draws on critical discourse analysis to examine how multiple forms of oppression intersect. This volume interrogates areas of discrimination and injustice and discusses possibilities of developing coalitions and concerted efforts across the lines of diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195878

Language Saussure and WittgensteinHow to Play Games with Words Saussure as a linguist and Wittgenstein as a philosopher of language are arguably the two most important figures in the development of twentieth-century linguistic thought. By pointing out what their ideas have in common in spite of emanating from very different intellectual sources this study breaks new ground. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142879

Language Schools and Classrooms (RLE Edu L Sociology of Education) The role of language is central in education – but there is much debate about the exact relation between children’s language and their educational success. The author provides a clear guide to the basic issues in the debates over language deficit standard English and classroom language and in this edition he shows how work in sociolinguistics can give a better understanding of the place of language in education and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752817

Language Science and Popular Fiction in the Victorian Fin-de-SiècleThe Brutal Tongue Christine Ferguson's timely study is the first comprehensive examination of the importance of language in forming a crucial nexus among popular fiction biology and philology at the Victorian fin-de-siècle. Focusing on a variety of literary and non-literary texts the book maps out the dialogue between the Victorian life and social sciences most involved in the study of language and the literary genre frequently indicted for causing linguistic corruption and debasement - popular fiction. Ferguson demonstrates how Darwinian biological philological and anthropological accounts of 'primitive' and animal language were co-opted into wider cultural debates about the apparent brutality of popular fiction and shows how popular novelists such as Marie Corelli Grant Allen H.G. Wells H. Rider Haggard and Bram Stoker used their fantastic narratives to radically reformulate the relationships among language thought and progress that underwrote much of the contemporary prejudice against mass literary taste. In its alignment of scientific cultural and popular discourses of human language Language Science and Popular Fiction in the Victorian Fin-de-Siècle stands as a corrective to assessments of best-selling fiction's intellectual ideological and aesthetic simplicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262805

Language Society and New MediaSociolinguistics Today This book presents an interdisciplinary approach to the scientific study of the relation between language and society language and culture language and mind. It integrates frameworks from sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology and emerging strands of research on language and new media in order to demonstrate how language undergirds human thought and social behaviors. It is designed as an introductory textbook aimed at students with little to no background in linguistics. Each chapter covers the main aspects of a particular topic or area of study while also presenting future avenues of study. This edition includes discussions on: ● social media and the creation of identity; ● gestural communication; ● emoji writing; ● multimodality; ● human-computer interaction. Discussions are supported by a wealth of pedagogical features including sidebars as well as activities assignments and a glossary at the back. The overall aim is to demonstrate the dynamic connections between language society thought and culture and how they continue to evolve in today’s rapidly changing digital world. It is ideal for students in introductory courses in sociolinguistics language and culture and linguistic anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367465148

Language Society and PowerAn Introduction Language Society and Power is an accessible introduction to studying language in a variety of social contexts.  This book examines the ways language functions how it influences the way we view society and how it varies according to age ethnicity class and gender. It considers whether representations of people and their language matter explores how identity is constructed and performed and considers the creative potential of language in the media politics and everyday talk. The fifth edition of this popular textbook features:  Updated chapters with new activities;  Examples that include material related to youth language computer-mediated communication texting and electronic communication;  New material on online mass media fake news and Twitter as a form of political agency;  More discussion of social media social networking memes and mobile communication;  An introduction to the concepts of translanguaging and superdiversity;  An expanded Gender chapter that questions binary gender identities;  A companion website which includes more video material to support learning as students make their way through the book. Language Society and Power assumes no linguistic background among readers and is a must-read for all students of English language and linguistics media communication cultural studies sociology and psychology who are studying language and society for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786249

Language Structure and Reproduction (Routledge Revivals)An Introduction to the Sociology of Basil Bernstein Basil Bernstein is one of the most creative and influential of contemporary British sociologists yet his work – especially that relating to language and social structure – is widely misunderstood and misrepresented. This book first published in 1985 addresses the underlying themes and continuities in Bernstein’s work and portrays him as a sociologist in the Durkheimian tradition. This reissue will be of particular value to students interested in the sociology of education language and society anthropological linguistics and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727730

Language Subjectivity and Freedom in Rousseau's Moral Philosophy This book first published in 1991 has two related goals. The first is to explicate Rousseau’s conception of subjectivity; the second is to trace the influence of that conception on his theory of freedom. It argues that Rousseau’s conception of subjectivity provides us with a basis for understanding both his analysis of the ‘social problem’ of advanced civil societies and the solutions he proposes to this problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367183400

Language Symbolism And Politics This book explores some of the multiple roles that symbolism and language play in political life. It includes contemporary efforts in structuralism deconstruction textual analysis post-structuralism critical theory and neo-Marxism. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160821

Language Symbolization and Psychosis In this book the authors compare different psychoanalytic thinking and models – all of a rigorously Freudian stamp – on three concepts of great theoretical and clinical importance: language symbolization and psychosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324926

Language Symbols and the MediaCommunication in the Aftermath of the World Trade Center Attack The terrorist attacks of September 11 2001 created a new political landscape and a new era of warfare. Language Symbols and the Media now in paperback offers insights into the impact and influence of 9/11 upon our cultural social and political life. The book opens with an introductory chapter on communications media language and visual symbolism in the immediate wake of the attacks. The second chapter considers the challenge to religious pluralism analyzing the grounds for the immediate backlash against Islam. Chapter 3 reviews several crucial historical and contemporary Supreme Court rulings relevant to the limitations of free speech in times of war and national crises. The consideration of First Amendment rights is continued in chapter 4 which places the Patriot Act in historical context by comparing the legislation and its interpretation of it to other legislation passed in response to past American crises. The immediate aftermath of the attacks witnessed many calls for an end to "the age of irony" and a return to "traditional values." Chapter 5 considers some contrarian responses and analyzes the impact of irony as a rhetorical device in American culture. The unifying role of sport in the post-9/11 healing process in America is examined in chapter 6. Chapter 7 examines the reactions and responses of young adults to the events of 9/11 one year later. Chapter 8 demonstrates how politicians received a public "makeover" of their careers. Chapter 9 explores the impact of 9/11 on the rhetoric of advertising while chapter 10 focuses more closely on how it affected the tourism industry. A concluding chapter examines several instances of media self-censorship and its implications for the policymaking process during times of crisis. This volume will be of interest to cultural studies specialists sociologists journalists political scientists historians as well as general readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526891

Language Text and ContextEssays in stylistics First published in 1992 this wide-ranging collection of essays focuses on the principle of contextualisation as it applies to the interpretation description theorising and reading of literary and non-literary texts. The collection aims to reveal the interdependencies between theory analysis text and context by challenging the myth that stylistics entails a fundamental separation of text from context linguistic description from descriptive interpretation or language from situation. The essays cover a historically diverse set of texts from Puttenham to Colemanballs and a number of language-sensitive topics such as post-modernism irony newspaper representations gender and narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224483

Language - The Loaded WeaponThe Use and Abuse of Language Today Today there is a reawakening interest in how language affects our lives. It comes with every threat to our safety and every promise of better times. It is a burning issue among minorities and a running debate between the attackers and defenders of our schools. Our deepest problems all are entangled with it: What shall be the official speech of emerging nations like Zambia and the Philippines or even in certain areas of established ones like Belgium and Canada? What kind of English should be taught or should there be no standard at all? How is government to make its regulations understandable? What are the verbal persuasions of television doing to our children? Which way does information flow what are its biases when does it inform and when conceal and who benefits? Are the people who consider themselves experts in these matters as expert as they pretend to be? We feel adrift in a sea of words and would welcome and a chart and a compass. Language – The Loaded Weapon offers a glimpse of what the recent study of language is beginning to tell us about these things. It explains in simple terms the essentials of linguistic form and meaning and applies them to illuminate questions of correctness truth class and dialect manipulation through advertising and propaganda sexual and other discrimination official obfuscation and the maintenance of power and – most pervasive of all – language as the vital agent with which we build our worlds. Explaining language has been Dwight Bolinger’s life work and as his invigorating new book amply shows he believes that what is true and important can also be made clear and pleasurable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159662

Language the Novelist and National Identity in Post-Franco Catalonia "Kathryn Crameri reveals some of the complex responses of writers and literary critics to the new possibilities for the expression of Catalan identities which resulted from Spain's transition from dictatorship to democracy. The study begins by considering the cultural and political context of the Catalan novel from the 'Renaixenca' to the present day and then offers a detailed analysis of novels by four very different writers - Montserrat Roig Manuel de Pedrolo Juan Marse (who writes in Spanish) and Biel Mesquida - all of whom seem to share an underlying thematic preoccupation with both individual and national 'transitions' and the intricate relationship between language and identity. These writers challenge institutionalised visions of the link between Catalanism the Catalan language and Catalan literature and offer a more pluralistic and personalised version of what it is to call oneself a Catalan." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198479

Language Thought and ComprehensionA Study of the Writings of I. A. Richards This book first published in 1965 provides an interdisciplinary approach to the work of I. A. Richards. This study is particularly concerned with ideas about education literary theory language philosophy and psychology and focuses on many of Richard’s most important works including The Meaning of Meaning and The Philosophy of Rhetoric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685147

Language Thought and Falsehood in Ancient Greek Philosophy This book originally published in 1991 sets forth the assumptions about thought and language that made falsehood seem so problematic to Plato and his contemporaries and expounds the solution that Plato finally reached in the Sophist. Free from untranslated Greek the book is accessible to all studying ancient Greek philosophy. As a well-documented case study of a definitive advance in logic metaphysics and epistemology the book will also appeal to philosophers generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686106

Language & Linguistic Origins In Bahrain First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993013

Language & Peace First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163683

Language & TeachingA Psychological View Language is the basic means of communication in the classroom. It is therefore vital that teachers should know something about its acquisition development possible defects and the ways in which they may understand and develop its communicative powers. Peter Herriot describes the relationship with thinking with personal and social development and its manifestations in the classroom. All this is described from the point of view of the psychologist and incorporates many of the findings of contemporaneous psychological research. But the author carefully avoids the jargon of psychology nor does he assume any prior knowledge of linguistics or psychology. Thus Language and Teaching should be especially useful to the student of education or those already engaged in teaching. It is a primer of communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751117

Language (Routledge Revivals) First published in Great Britain in 1935 this Routledge Revival reissues one of the most influential works ever published in the field of linguistics. Leonard Bloomfield's Language is both a masterpiece of textbook writing and a classic of academic scholarship which  examines the fundamentals of language and linguistics in a clear precise manner. Intended as an introduction to the field of linguistics for both the general reader and for students of linguistics this detailed study covers a breadth of topics ranging from: world languages phonetic structure and syntax through to morphology semantics and dialectics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868489

Language Acquisition By Eye This book focuses on the early acquisition of signed languages and the later development of reading by children who use signed languages. It represents the first collection of research papers focused solely on the acquisition of various signed languages by very young children--all of whom are acquiring signed languages natively from deaf parents. It is also the first collection to investigate the possible relationships between the acquisition of signed language and reading development in school-aged children. The underlying questions addressed by the chapters are how visual-gestural languages develop and whether and how visual languages can serve the foundation for learning a second visual representation of language namely reading. Language Acquisition by Eye is divided into two parts anchored in the toddler phase and the school-pupil phase. The central focus of Part I is on the earliest stages of signed language acquisition. The chapters in this part address important questions as to what "babytalk" looks like in signed language and the effect it has on babies' attention what early babbling looks like in signed language what babies' earliest signs look like how parents talk to their babies in signed language to ensure that their babies "see" what's being said and what the earliest sentences in signed languages tell us about the acquisition of grammar. With contrasting research paradigms these chapters all show the degree to which parents and babies are highly sensitive to one another's communicative interactions in subtle and complex ways. Such observations cannot be made for spoken language acquisition because speech does not require that the parent and child look at each other during communication whereas signed language does. Part II focuses on the relationship between signed language acquisition and reading development in children who are deaf. All of these chapters report original research that investigates and uncovers a positive relationship between the acquisition and knowledge of signed language and the development of reading skills and as a result represents a historical first in reading research. This section discusses how current theory applies to the case of deaf children's reading and presents new data that illuminates reading theory. Using a variety of research paradigms each chapter finds a positive rather than a negative correlation between signed language knowledge and usage and the development of reading skill. These chapters are sure to provide the foundation for new directions in reading research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003071

Language AloneThe Critical Fetish of Modernity How did the concept of language come to dominate modern intellectual history? In Language Alone Geoffrey Galt Harpham provides at once the most comprehensive survey and most telling critique of the pervasive role of language in modern thought. He shows how thinkers in such diverse fields as philosophy psychoanalysis anthropology and literary theory have made progress by referring their most difficult theoretical problems to what they presumed were the facts of language.Through a provocative reassessment of major thinkers on the idea of language-Saussure Wittgenstein Derrida Rorty and Chomsky among them-and detailed accounts of the discourses of ethics and ideology in particular Harpham demonstrates a remarkable consensus among intellectuals of the past century and beyond that philosophical and other problems can best be understood as linguistic problems. And furthermore that a science of language can therefore illuminate them. Conspicuously absent from this consensus he shows is any consideration of contemporary linguistics or any awareness of the growing agreement among linguists that the nature of language as such cannot be known.Ultimately Harpham argues the thought of language has dominated modern intellectual history because of its singular capacity to serve as a proxy for a host of concerns questions and anxieties-our place in the order of things our rights and obligations our nature or essence-that resist a strictly rational formulation. Language Alone will interest literary critics philosophers and anyone with an interest in the uses of language in contemporary thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880686

Language and Action in Cognitive Neuroscience This book collates the most up to date evidence from behavioural brain imagery and stroke-patient studies to discuss the ways in which cognitive and neural processes are responsible for language processing. Divided into six sections the edited volume presents arguments from evolutionist developmental behavioural and neurobiological perspectives all of which point to a strong relationship between action and language. It provides a scientific basis for a new theoretical approach to language evolution acquisition and use in humans whilst at the same time assessing current debates on motor system’s contribution to the emergence of language acquisition perception and production. The chapters have been written by internationally acknowledged researchers from a variety of disciplines and as such this book will be of great interest to academics students and professionals in the areas of cognitive psychology neuropsychology neuroscience psycholinguistics and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138108561

Language and Bilingual Cognition This innovative volume provides a state-of-the-art overview of the relationship between language and cognition with a focus on bilinguals. It brings together contributions from international leading figures in various disciplines and showcases contemporary research on the emerging area of bilingual cognition. The first part of the volume discusses the relationship between language and cognition as studied in various disciplines from psychology to philosophy to anthropology to linguistics with chapters written by some of the major thinkers in each discipline. The second part concerns language and cognition in bilinguals. Following an introductory overview and contributions from established figures in the field bilingual cognition researchers provide examples of their latest research on topics including time space motion colors and emotion. The third part discusses practical applications of the idea of bilingual cognition such as marketing and translation. The volume is essential reading for researchers and postgraduate students with an interest in language and cognition or in bilingualism and second languages. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138974258

Language and CharacterisationPeople in Plays and Other Texts Textual Explorations General Editors-Mick Short Lancaster UniversityElena Semino Lancaster UniversityThe focus of this series is on the stylistic analysis of literary and non-literary texts and the theoretical issues which such work raises. Textual Explorations will include books that cover studies of literary authors genres and other groupings stylistic studies of non-literary texts translation study the teaching of language and literature the empirical study of literature and corpus approaches to stylistics and literature study. Books in the series will centre on texts written in English. Readership of the series is mainly undergraduate and postgraduate students although advanced sixth formers will also find the books accessible. The series will be of particular interest to those who study English language English literature text linguistics discourse analysis and communication studies. Language & Characterisation- People in Plays & Other Texts explores how the words of a text create a particular impression of a character in the reader's mind. Drawing together theories from linguistics social cognition and literary stylistics it is the first book-length study to focus on: the role of language and characterisation characterisation in the dialogue of play texts Containing numerous examples from Shakespeare's plays the book also considers a wide range of other genres including prose fiction verse films advertisements jokes and newspapers. Language and Characterisation is as practical as it is theoretical and equips readers with analytical frameworks to reveal and explain both the cognitive and the linguistic sides of characterisation. Clear and detailed introductions are given to the theories and useful suggestions for further analysis are also made at the end of each part of the book. The book will be essential reading for students and researchers of language literature and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142848

Language and Citizenship in Japan The relationship between language and citizenship in Japan has traditionally been regarded as a fixed tripartite: ‘Japanese citizenship’ means ‘Japanese ethnicity ’ which in turn means ‘Japanese as one’s first language.’ Historically most non-Japanese who have chosen to take out citizenship have been members of the ‘oldcomer’ Chinese and Korean communities born and raised in Japan. But this is changing: the last three decades have seen an influx of ‘newcomer’ economic migrants from a wide range of countries many of whom choose to stay. The likelihood that they will apply for citizenship to access the benefits it confers means that citizenship and ethnicity can no longer be assumed to be synonyms in Japan. This is an important change for national discourse on cohesive communities. This book’s chapters discuss discourses educational practices and local linguistic practices which call into question the accepted view of the language-citizenship nexus in lived contexts of both existing Japanese citizens and potential future citizens. Through an examination of key themes relating both to newcomers and to an older group of citizens whose language practices have been shaped by historical forces these essays highlight the fluid relationship of language and citizenship in the Japanese context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602123

Language and ClassificationMeaning-Making in the Classification and Categorization of Ceramics This volume adopts a practice-based approach to examine the different ways in which classification is communicated and negotiated in different environments within archaeology. The book looks specifically at the archaeological classification of ceramics as a lens through which to examine the discursive and social practices inherent in the classification and categorization process with perspectives from such areas as corpus linguistics discourse analysis linguistic anthropology and archaeology forming the foundation of the book’s theoretical framework. The volume then looks at the process of classification in practice in a variety of settings including a university course on ceramics classification an archaeological field school an intensive petrography course and archaeometry laboratory at a nuclear research reactor and highlights participant observation and audiovisual data taken from fieldwork practice completed in these environments. This volume offers a valuable contribution to the growing literature on language and material culture making this a key resource for students and scholars in sociolinguistic anthropological linguistics archaeology discourse analysis and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593131

Language and Clinical CommunicationThis Bright Babylon The search for a set of skills which can be identified and taught as 'good clinical communication' has been of considerable value in persuading decision makers at medical schools and other bodies that communication matters. These days very large numbers of medical schools use what are essentially skills-based models such as the extraordinarily thorough Calgary-Cambridge approach. However I believe that the emphasis on communication' as simply a set of skills such as eye contact open questions and so on has badly skewed the development of the discipline. The teaching of "communication skills" in fact strikes me as a very small part of what I do not a very difficult part for the majority of students and - whisper it - one which is often pretty dull...In "Language and Clinical Communication" John Skelton critically considers the theory behind this complex field. His wide-ranging approach reflects on the recent developments within the medical humanities and reflects on his controversial stance; questioning the relevance of skill-based teaching in the clinical arena in an accessible easy to read manner. You will find Skelton's light-hearted and open-minded attitude to the topic unquestionably illuminating. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380018

Language and Cognition in Bilinguals and MultilingualsAn Introduction Psycholinguistics – the field of science that examines the mental processes and knowledge structures involved in the acquisition comprehension and production of language – had a strong monolingual orientation during the first four decades following its emergence around 1950. The awareness that a large part of mankind speaks more than one language – that this may impact both on the way each individual language is used and on the thought processes of bilinguals and multilinguals and that consequently our theories on human linguistic ability and its role in non-linguistic cognition are incomplete and perhaps false – has led to a steep growth of studies on bilingualism and multilingualism since around 1995. This textbook introduces the reader to the field of study that examines language acquisition comprehension and production from the perspective of the bilingual and multilingual speaker. It furthermore provides an introduction to studies that investigate the implications of being bilingual on various aspects of non-linguistic cognition. The major topics covered are the development of language in children growing up in a bilingual environment either from birth or relatively soon after late foreign language learning and word recognition sentence comprehension speech production and translation processes in bilinguals. Furthermore the ability of bilinguals and multilinguals to generally produce language in the "intended" language is discussed as is the cognitive machinery that enables this. Finally the consequences of bilingualism and multilingualism for non-linguistic cognition and findings and views regarding the biological basis of bilingualism and multilingualism are presented. The textbook’s primary readership are students and researchers in Cognitive Psychology Linguistics and Applied Linguistics but teachers of language and translators and interpreters who wish to become better informed on the cognitive and biological basis of bilingualism and multilingualism will also benefit from it. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138974241

Language and Cognition in Schizophrenia (PLE: Psycholinguistics) Originally published in 1978 the contributors to this volume including the leading figures in experimental psychopathology were largely concerned with deducing the behaviour of schizophrenics from general psychological theories of language learning and cognition. Their emphasis on deduction reflected a modern reliance on laboratory experimentation and taken as a whole the chapters cover the breadth and variety of current approaches of the time to the study of schizophrenic language and cognition. The first part of the volume is concerned with recent developments in the study of schizophrenic language. The second part deals with various aspects of schizophrenic cognition. The final chapter by the editor attempts to review and integrate what was currently known about schizophrenic cognition and language. This chapter contrasts the various experimental methodologies used to validate theories by pointing out areas of agreement and disagreement as well as possible directions for future theory and research. Here is a book that at the time presented the most up-to-date overview available on language and thought in schizophrenia. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138974265

Language and Cognitive Processes in Developmental DisordersA Special Issue of Language and Cognitive Processes This Special Issue encompasses studies of a wide range of developmental disorders including Specific Language Impairment (SLI) reading disability Williams Syndrome hearing impairment and autistic disorder. Chiat contributes a theoretical analysis of the underlying nature of Specific Language Impairment questioning whether it is appropriate to focus on a narrow domain of linguistic functioning such as morphosyntax and suggesting instead that we need to see how children are able to carry out mapping operations between the domains of phonology syntax and semantics. Three papers focus primarily on aspects of grammatical morphology: Van der Lely and Ullman consider past tense morphology in children with SLI and Thomas et al use similar tasks with children with Williams Syndrome questioning the theoretical interpretation of deficits that has previously been made. Volterra et al remind us that a focus solely on English-speaking children can be misleading - they uncover intriguing grammatical deficits in Italian-speaking people with Williams Syndrome and note how these contrast with the pattern found in deaf individuals learning oral language. Dockrell et al and Nation et al both consider a relatively underinvestigated topic - children's naming errors examining evidence for phonological and semantic bases to word-finding difficulties in contrasting groups: children with SLI in the case of Dockrell et al and those with reading disability in the case of Nation et al. Traditionally SLI and autistic disorder have been regarded as quite separate but this view is questioned by Kjelgaard and Tager-Flusberg who note intriguing parallels between the linguistic deficits found in these two syndromes. Finally Evans et al investigate the neglected topic of how gesture is integrated with speech in conveying information noting that these modes of expression may diverge in children with SLI. Overall the research reported in this Special Issue emphasises the importance of studying how language difficulties manifest in development and show that there are many different routes to language acquisition some more efficient than others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877832

Language and Communication Presents eight specially written chapters which provide a coherent survey of major issues in the study of language and communication and which show how these are related to questions of practical concern in the learning and teaching of second and foreign languages. The issues discussed have been selected primarily for their relevance to applied linguistics and there is a unifying interest in how language reflects the communicative functions it performs as well as in the process involved in using language for communication. Each chapter presents a self-contained survey of a central issue is prefaced by an introduction linking the different perspectives and is followed by discussion questions to aid effective use of the text in applied linguistics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156708

Language and Communication in Israel This volume presents a broad range of the various approaches and questions that preoccupy Israel's sociologists of language and communication. It covers the relation of language and communication to daily life to social and cultural pluralism and to politics and elections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351291040

Language and Communication in Mental RetardationDevelopment Processes and intervention Research on language and communication development and intervention in persons with mental retardation has been conducted at a fast and furious pace during the last two decades. Past attempts to summarize this research have been rather restricted focusing on a single narrowly defined substantive domain such as lexical development or of a single etiology such as Down Syndrome. This volume in contrast presents a critical integrative review of research and theory on language development and processing across all domains and a variety of etiologies. In addition many previous attempts to review portions of this research have failed to consider the research within the context of current theory and data from developmental psycholinguistics and linguistics. A major contribution of this book is the emphasis on relevant work outside of mental retardation for understanding and treating the language and communication problems of persons with mental retardation. Finally this book is comprehensive and up-to-date across all the areas of language covered including appropriate introductory material in linguistics and psychology -- discussions of the innateness cognition-first and motherese views of normal language acquisition. In addition the authors' extensive bibliography is valuable in and of itself to any serious student or professional in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138993037

Language and Communication in Old AgeMultidisciplinary Perspectives First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993020

Language and CommunicationComparative Perspectives The result of a conference on language and related cognitive processes in animals this book brings together scientists working on language and communication reviews research done on language in apes and dolphins and places this work in a larger perspective of animal communication and cognition. The conference convened an international group of distinguished scientists interested in exploring the neurological cognitive social and behavioral aspects of communication in animals. A broad spectrum of perspectives was represented including naturalistic investigations of animals in their natural habitat as well as strictly controlled laboratory investigations. Similarly a broad range of species was described including rats parrots monkeys apes dolphins and humans.New methodologies and perspectives are continuously emerging that allow consideration of issues that previously could not be resolved. Emerging technology such as video equipment and advanced database systems allow one to exhaustively record in an accessible format the evidence on which scientific conclusions must be based. Investigation of animal language and communication is a small but vigorously exciting area of scientific investigation as the chapters in this volume clearly attest. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876200

Language And Communicative Practices This book focuses on major theories of language from several disciplines and aims to develop an approach to communicative practice that combines the formal properties of linguistic systems with the dynamics of speech as social activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319939

Language and Community in Early EnglandImagining Distance in Medieval Literature This book examines the development of English as a written vernacular and identifies that development as a process of community building that occurred in a multilingual context. Moving through the eighth century to the thirteenth century and finally to the sixteenth-century antiquarians who collected medieval manuscripts it suggests that this important period in the history of English can only be understood if we loosen our insistence on a sharp divide between Old and Middle English and place the textuality of this period in the framework of a multilingual matrix. The book examines a wide range of materials including the works of Bede the Alfredian circle and Wulfstan as well as the mid-eleventh-century Encomium Emmae Reginae the Tremulous Hand of Worcester the Ancrene Wisse and Matthew Parker’s study of Old English manuscripts. Engaging foundational theories of textual community and intellectual community this book provides a crucial link with linguistic distance. Perceptions of distance whether between English and other languages or between different forms of English are fundamental to the formation of textual community since the awareness of shared language that can shape or reinforce a sense of communal identity only has meaning by contrast with other languages or varieties. The book argues that the precocious rise of English as a written vernacular has its basis in precisely these communal negotiations of linguistic distance the effects of which were still playing out in the religious and political upheavals of the sixteenth century. Ultimately the book argues that the tension of linguistic distance provides the necessary energy for the community-building activities of annotation and glossing translation compilation and other uses of texts and manuscripts. This will be an important volume for literary scholars of the medieval period and those working on the early modern period both on literary topics and on historical studies of English nationalism. It will also appeal to those with interests in sociolinguistics history of the English language and medieval religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667856

Language and Control Originally published in 1979. This book studies language variation as a part of social practice - how language expresses and helps regulate social relationships of all kinds. Different groups classes institutions and situations have their special modes of language and these varieties are not just stylistic reflections of social differences; speaking or writing in a certain manner entails articulating certain social meanings however implicit. This book focuses on the repressive and falsifying side of linguistic practice but not without recognising the power of language to reveal and communicate. It analyses the language used in a variety of situations including news reporting interviews rules and regulations even such apparently innocuous language as the rhymes on greetings cards. It argues for a critical linguistics capable of exposing distortion and mystification in language and introduces some basic tools for a do-it-yourself analysis of language ideology and control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352858

Language and CreativityThe Art of Common Talk Language and Creativity has become established as a pivotal text for courses in English Language Linguistics and Literacy. Creativity in language has conventionally been regarded as the preserve of institutionalised discourses such as literature and advertising and individual gifted minds. In this ground-breaking book bestselling author Ronald Carter explores the idea that creativity far from being simply a property of exceptional people is an exceptional property of all people. Drawing on a range of real examples of everyday conversations and speech from flatmates in a student house and families on holiday to psychotherapy sessions and chat-lines the book argues that creativity is an all-pervasive feature of everyday language. Using close analysis of naturally occurring language taken from a unique 5 million word corpus Language and Creativity reveals that speakers commonly make meanings in a variety of creative ways in a wide range of social contexts and for a diverse set of reasons. This Routledge Linguistics Classic is here reissued with a new preface from the author covering a range of key topics from e-language and internet discourse to English language teaching and world Englishes. Language and Creativity continues to build on the previous theories of creativity offering a radical contribution to linguistic literary and cultural theory. A must for anyone interested in the creativity of our everyday speech. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699839

Language and Cultural Practices in Communities and SchoolsBridging Learning for Students from Non-Dominant Groups Drawing on sociocultural theories of learning this book examines how the everyday language practices and cultural funds of knowledge of youth from non-dominant or minoritized groups can be used as centerpoints for classroom learning in ways that help all students both to sustain and expand their cultural and linguistic repertoires while developing skills that are valued in formal schooling.  Bringing together a group of ethnographically grounded scholars working in diverse local contexts this volume identifies how these language practices and cultural funds of knowledge can be used as generative points of continuity and productively expanded on in schools for successful and inclusive learning. Ideal for students and researchers in teaching learning language education literacy and multicultural education as well as teachers at all stages of their career this book contributes to research on culturally and linguistically sustaining practices by offering original teaching methods and a range of ways of connecting cultural competencies to learning across subject matters and disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597884

Language and Culture at Work Language and Culture at Work provides an overview of the complex role that culture plays in workplace contexts. Eight chapters cover the core aspects of culture at work comprising: Face and politeness Decision making Leadership Identity Gender Work-life balance The authors draw on a significant corpus of authentic workplace data collected in numerous professional and medical settings involving participants from a variety of different socio-cultural backgrounds (including Chinese Filipino Indian British Dutch Hong Kong Taiwanese and Australian). Using in-depth analyses of authentic interactions and interviews the book proposes a new integrated framework for researching culture at work from a sociolinguistic perspective. This is key reading for researchers and recommended for those working in the areas of sociolinguistics communication studies discourse analysis and applied linguistics. It will be of particular interest to students of professional and workplace communication intercultural communication and intercultural pragmatics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688490

Language and Culture in Dialogue In this book Andrew J. Strathern and Pamela J. Stewart delineate the relationship between “language in particular” and “culture in general” by focusing on language as both social practice and a means of classifying and interpreting the world. A traditional linguistic approach to a focus on language is illuminated by their anthropological emphasis on the embodiment of relationships and experience. In the book the body is placed in the foreground for understanding language in culture which helps in turn to understand how it enables us to adapt to the world of lived material experience. Written in an accessible style and drawing on an extensive corpus of primary field research from Papua New Guinea Samoa Japan Taiwan Scotland and Ireland Strathern and Stewart present a world anthropology which links together European North American and Asia-Pacific approaches to the topic. Students and scholars alike of sociocultual anthropology linguistic anthropology and linguistics will benefit from this engaging work on how the various components of our culture are informed and shaped through language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350059818

Language and Culture in EU LawMultidisciplinary Perspectives Written by distinguished legal and linguistic scholars and practitioners from the EU institutions the contributions in this volume provide multidisciplinary perspectives on the vital role of language and culture as key forces shaping the dynamics of EU law. The broad spectrum of topics sheds light on major Europeanization processes at work: the gradual creation of a neutralized EU legal language with uniform concepts for example in the DCFR and CESL and the emergence of a European legal culture. The main focus is on EU multilingual lawmaking with special emphasis on problems of legal translation and term formation in the multilingual and multicultural European context including comparative law aspects and an analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of translating from a lingua franca. Of equal importance are issues relating to the multilingual interpretation of EU legislation and case law by the national courts and interpretative techniques of the CJEU as well as the viability of the autonomy of EU legal concepts and the need for the professionalization of court interpreters Union-wide in response to Directive 2010/64/EU. Offering a good mix of theory and practice this book is intended for scholars practitioners and students with a special interest in the legal-linguistic aspects of EU law and their impact on old and new Member States and candidate countries as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637566

Language and Culture on the MarginsGlobal/Local Interactions This collection of thirteen essays examines sociolinguistic phenomena in a wide variety of marginal environments providing both an overview of globalizaiton on the margins and a foundation for an expanded understanding of the processes of linguistic and cultural changes at work in these settings. Taking an expansive conceptual view of margins the volume is organized in three parts looking at examples of marginal spaces in the nation-state in online environments and in the peripheries of urban locations globally to call attention to new and changing discursive genres patterns practices and identities emerging in these spaces as a result of contemporary mobilities the evolving global economy and socio-political changes. With previous research previously confined to the study of globalization in urban areas this volume opens the door for further research on the complex sociolinguistic processes resulting from globalization on the margins making this an ideal resource for students and scholars in sociolinguistics globalization and heritage studies new media anthropology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585662

Language and DesireEncoding Sex Romance and Intimacy This original and intriguing collection explores the pressures exerted upon language in the expression of romantic and sexual desire. Simultaneously it reveals the ways in which language itself exerts its own constraints on the subject's capacity to express desire.The contributors while using the approaches and methods of empirical linguistics engage directly with issues of relevance in gender studies and cultural studies. They examine and probe:* language used to mediate romantic and sexual desire* language used by the media to represent intimacy and desire* attitudes and assumptions about romantic and sexual desire embodied in English* implications for the construction of romantic and sexual identity Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142701

Language and DevelopmentTeachers in a Changing World Language and Development - Teachers in a Changing World comprises twenty-one case accounts contributed by language education professionals working in the context of international development. Frank and stimulating the contributions explore the implementation of interactive educational approaches in ten Asian countries.The accounts draw on real-life experiences from countries which collectively have been under-represented in the literature to date: Cambodia China India Indonesia Laos Malaysia Papua New Guinea the Philippines Singapore and Vietnam. The issues discussed will be familiar to those working in similar situations throughout the world as many questions are raised and answered in the lively depictions of classroom practice project management and funding relationships.The editors' introductory and concluding sections provide a descriptive conceptual framework for the practice-based accounts while allowing the reader the freedom to interpret the meanings and the theoretical implications of each account for themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437500

Language and Discrimination Langauge and Discrimination provides a unique and authoritative study of the linguistic dimension of racial discrimination. Based upon extensive work carried out over many years by the Industrial Language Training Service in the U.K this illuminating analysis argues that a real understanding of how language functions as a means of indirect racial discrimination must be founded on an expanded view of language which recognises the inseparability of language culture and meaning.After initially introducing the subject matter of the book and providing an overview of discrimination and language learning the authors examine the relationship between theory and practice in four main areas: theories of interaction and their application; ethnographic and linguistic analysis of workplace settings; training in communication for white professionals; and language training for adult bilingual workers and job-seekers. Detailed case studies illustrate how theory can be turned into practice if appropriate information research development and training and co-ordinated in an integrated response to issues of multi-ethnic communication discrimination and social justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464728

Language and Gender Aimed at A-Level and beginning undergraduate students Language and Gender: explores the relationship between language and our ideas about men and women challenges commonly expressed views on the subject of language and gender highlights the individual's role in the expression of gender stereotyping includes a range of text types as diverse as personal ads wildlife documentary literary fiction and classical music programmes includes a comprehensive glossary of terms. The new edition has been updated and revised and key features include: an additional chapter on Gender discourse and identities; integration of focus on gender sexualization and sexuality; inclusion of international examples texts and images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168633

Language and GenderInterdisciplinary Perspectives This volume examines important themes in the theoretical debates on the relationship of language and gender. It analyses this relationship across a range of different disciplinary perspectives from linguistics literary theory cultural studies and visual analysis. The focus of the book goes beyond an analysis of women's language to discuss the complexities of gendered language with chapters on lesbian poetics the language of girls and boys and the relationship between gender and genre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162273

Language and Globalization v1Critical Concepts in Linguistics NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291973

Language and Globalization v2Critical Concepts in Linguistics NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291980

Language and Globalization v3Critical Concepts in Linguistics NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292000

Language and Globalization v4Critical Concepts in Linguistics NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292017

Language and GlobalizationAn Autoethnographic Approach In this collection of real-life personal narratives on the theme of language and globalization scholars from a range of different sub-disciplines of linguistics time periods and geographical spaces throughout the world examine the interaction and intersectionality of languages and globalization and the implications of such interactions for world languages and cultures. A feature of the book is the application of autoethnography as its underlying approach/method in which contributors draw on their own lived experiences (of life scholarship and work) to investigate and reflect on linguistic globalization and its issues and challenges against the backdrop of the globalized world of the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227811

Language and GlobalizationCritical Concepts in Linguistics A relatively new yet flourishing field Language and Globalization can be confusing and difficult to navigate for students and scholars. To help make sense of the diverse and voluminous scholarship this new four volume collection will include key research from a broad spectrum of disciplines but also from a wide range of geographical regional and historical contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291966

Language and History in Adorno's Notes to Literature Plass argues that Adorno’s essays on literature are of prime importance for an understanding of his aesthetics because they challenge the conceptual limitations of philosophical discourse.Selected Contents: Introduction: Adorno’s Literary Criticism  1. The Art of Transition  2. Rauschen  3. Conjuration  4. As If  5. The Wound  6. Exhaustion  Conclusion  Bibliography  Index Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535908

Language and HistoryIntegrationist Perspectives When linguistics was first established as an academic discipline in the nineteenth century it was envisaged as an essentially historical study. Languages were to be treated as historical objects evolving through gradual but constant processes of change over long periods of time. In recent years however there has been much discussion by historians of a 'linguistic turn' in their own discipline and in linguistics integrationist theory has mounted a radical challenge to the traditional notion of 'languages' as possible objects of inquiry.Language and History develops the integrationist critique of orthodox linguistics while at the same time extending its implications to the field of history. By doing so it throws light on what is now recognized by many historians to be a 'crisis' in their own discipline. Underlying the post-modernist scepticism about traditional forms of historiography the integrationist approach reveals a more deep-seated problem concerning the interface between philosophy of history and philosophy of language. With chapters from a range of leading international contributors Language and History represents a significant contribution to the developing work of the integrationists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649582

Language and Human Nature "Language and Human Nature" exposes a century's worth of flawed thinking about language to exhibit some of the dangers it presents and to suggest a path to recovery. It begins by examining the causes of changes in the English vocabulary. These sometimes take the form of new words but more often that of new senses for old words. In the course of this examination Halpern discusses a wide variety of verbal solecisms vulgarisms and infelicities generally. His objective is not to deplore such things but to expose the reasons for their existence the human traits that generate them.A large part of this book is devoted to contesting the claims of academic linguists to be the only experts in the study of language change. Language is too central to civilized life to be so deeply misunderstood without causing a multitude of troubles throughout our culture. We are currently experiencing such troubles a number of which are examined here. The exposure of linguists' misunderstandings is not an end in itself but a necessary first step in recovery from the confusion we are now enmeshed in.The picture of the relationship between words and thoughts that is part of the attempt to deal with language "scientifically" is partly responsible for dangerous cultural developments. The attempt by linguists to treat their subject scientifically makes them view meaning as an irritating complication to be ignored if possible. It turns them into formalists who try to understand language by studying its physical representations with a resort to semantics only when unavoidable. With words practically stripped of their role as bearers of meaning it becomes easy to see them as unimportant. Halpern's book is a serious critique of such oversimplified theorizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526884

Language and Identity in Englishes Language and Identity in Englishes examines the core issues and debates surrounding the relationship between English language and identity. Drawing on a range of international examples from the UK US China and India Clark uses both cutting-edge fieldwork and her own original research to give a comprehensive account of the study of language and identity. Key features include: Discussion of language in relation to various aspects of identity such as those connected with nation and region as well as in relation to social aspects such as social class and race. A chapter on undertaking research that will equip students with appropriate research methods for their own projects An analysis of language and identity within the context of written as well as spoken texts With its accessible structure international scope and the inclusion of leading research in the area this book is ideal for any student taking modules in language and identity or sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669870

Language and Identity in the Middle East and North Africa The question of identity in relation to language has hardly been dealt with in the Middle East and North Africa in spite of the centrality of these issues to a variety of scholarly debates concerning this strategically important part of the world. The book seeks to cover a variety of themes in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974234

Language and Intercultural Communication in the New Era Studies of  intercultural communication in applied linguistics initially focused on miscommunication mainly between native and non-native speakers of English. The advent of the twenty-first century has witnessed however a revolution in the contexts and contents of intercultural communication; technological advances such as chat rooms emails personal weblogs Facebook Twitter mobile text messaging on the one hand and the accelerated pace of people’s international mobility on the other have given a new meaning to the term 'intercultural communication'. Given the remarkable growth in the prevalence of intercultural communication among people from many cultural backgrounds and across many contexts and channels conceptual divides such as 'native/non-native' are now almost irrelevant. This has caused the power attached to English and native speaker-like English to lose much of its automatic domination. Such developments have provided new opportunities as well as challenges for the study of intercultural communication and its increasingly complex nature. This book showcases recent studies in the field in a multitude of contexts to enable a collective effort towards advancements in the area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910836

Language and Intercultural Communication in the WorkplaceCritical approaches to theory and practice From language classrooms to outdoor markets the workplace is fundamental to socialisation. It is not only a site of employment where money is made and institutional roles are enacted through various forms of discourse; it is also a location where people engage in social actions and practices. The workplace is an interesting research site because of advances in communication technology cheaper and greater options for travel and global migration and immigration. Work now requires people to travel over great geographical distances communicate with cultural ‘others’ located in different time zones relocate to different regions or countries and conduct business in online settings. The workplace is thus changing and evolving creating new and emerging communicative contexts. This volume provides a greater understanding of workplace cultures particularly the ways in which working in highly interconnected and multicultural societies shape language and intercultural communication. The chapters focus on critical approaches to theory and practice in particular how practice is used to shape theory. They also question the validity and universality of existing models. Some of the predominant models in intercultural communication have been criticised for being Eurocentric or Anglocentric and this volume proposes alternative frameworks for analysing intercultural communication in the workplace. This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Intercultural Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077778

Language and Journalism This book is an indispensable "cutting edge" book for students and researchers of journalism studies seeking a text that illustrates and applies a range of linguistic and discourse-analytic approaches to the analysis of journalism. While the form function and politics of the language of journalism have attracted scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines too often this analysis has reduced the work of journalists to text-characteristics alone. In contrast this collection is united by the principle that journalistic discourse is always socially situated and the result of a series of processes – produced by journalists in accordance with particular production techniques and in specific institutional settings – and as such analysis requires more than the methods offered by linguists. The contributors to this book draw on a range of the most prominent theoretical and methodological approaches to media discourse – including Conversation Analysis Critical Discourse Analysis the APPRAISAL framework Multi-modal Analysis and Rhetoric – in making sense of the language of newspapers (national local and minority press) television and online journalism. Written in an engaging style by distinguished academic authorities this book provides a state-of-the-art review of the subject. This book was published as a special issue of Journalism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629331

Language and LawA resource book for students Language plays an essential role both in creating law and in governing its implementation. Providing an accessible and comprehensive introduction to this subject Language and Law: describes the different registers and genres that make up spoken and written legal language and how they develop over time; analyses real-life examples drawn from court cases from different parts of the world  illustrating the varieties of English used in the courtroom by speakers occupying different roles; addresses the challenges presented to our notions of law and regulation by online communication; discusses the complex role of translation in bilingual and multilingual jurisdictions including Hong Kong and Canada; and provides readings from key scholars in the discipline including Lawrence Solan Peter Goodrich Marianne Constable David Mellinkoff and Chris Heffer. With a wide range of activities throughout this accessible textbook is essential reading for anyone studying language and law or forensic linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025578

Language and Learning in a Post-Colonial ContextA Critical Ethnographic Study in Schools in Haiti This book explores the social political and historical forces that mediate language ideology and practices in post-colonial education and how such ideology and practices influence students’ academic achievement. Jean-Pierre provides empirical evidence that a relationship exists between language practices and school underperformance. He takes Haiti as the focus of study finding that students and teachers experience difficulty constructing knowledge in a setting in which the language they speak at home (Creole) differs from the language of instruction (French). The research is based on ethnographic data collected in classrooms in both private and public school settings in addition to different sectors of the society (e.g. state and private institutions). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499089

Language and Linguistic Diversity in the USAn Introduction This highly engaging textbook presents a linguistic view of the history society and culture of the United States. It discusses the many languages and forms of language that have been used in the US – including standard and nonstandard forms of English creoles Native American languages and immigrant languages from across the globe – and shows how this distribution and diversity of languages has helped shape and define America as well as an American identity. The volume introduces the basic concepts of sociolinguistics and the politics of language through cohesive up-to-date and accessible coverage of such key topics as dialectal development and the role of English as the majority language controversies concerning language use in society languages other than English used in the US and the policies that have directly or indirectly influenced language use. These topics are presented in such a way that students can examine the inherent diversity of the communicative systems used in the United States as both a form of cultural enrichment and as the basis for socio-political conflict. The author team outlines the different viewpoints on contemporary issues surrounding language in the US and contextualizes these issues within linguistic facts  to help students think critically and formulate logical discussions. To provide opportunities for further examination and debate chapters are organized around key misconceptions or questions ("I don't have an accent" or "Immigrants don't want to learn English") bringing them to the forefront for readers to address directly. Language and Linguistic Diversity in the US is a fresh and unique take on a widely taught topic. It is ideal for students from a variety of disciplines or with no prior knowledge of the field and a useful text for introductory courses on language in the US American English language variation language ideology and sociolinguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415806688

Language And Linguistic Introduction To History First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974180

Language and Linguistics in ContextReadings and Applications for Teachers Taking a sociocultural and educational approach Language and Linguistics in Context: Readings and Applications for Teachers:introduces basic linguistic concepts and current perspectives on language acquisition;considers the role of linguistic change (especially in English) in the politics of language;acknowledges the role of linguists in current policies involving language; offers insights into the relationship between the structure of language systems and first- and second-language acquisition; the study of language across culture class race gender and ethnicity; and between language study and literacy and education; andprovides readers with a basis for understanding current educational debates about bilingual education non-standard dialects English only movements literacy methodologies and generally the importance to teaching of the study of language. The text is organized into three thematic units – "What is Language and How is It Acquired?"; "How Does Language Change?"; and "What is Literacy?". To achieve both breadth and depth – that is to provide a “big picture” view of basic linguistics and at the same time make it specific enough for the beginner – a selection of readings including personal language narratives is provided to both introduce and clarify linguistic concepts. The readings by well-known theoretical and applied linguists and researchers from various disciplines are diverse in level and range of topics and vary in level of linguistic formalism. Pedagogical features: This text is designed for a range of courses in English and language arts bilingualism applied linguistics and ESL courses in teacher education programs. Each unit contains a substantive introduction to the topic followed by the readings. Each reading concludes with Questions to Think About including one Extending Your U Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406858

Language and Literacy DevelopmentWhat Educators Need to Know This established text--now revised and updated--reveals how spoken language skills are acquired and how they affect children’s later reading and writing achievement. With a unique focus on the needs of educators the book examines the foundations of language in the developing brain. It explores the relationship of language processes to core literacy skills and probes the impact of motivational and sociocultural factors on children’s learning. Implications of developmental knowledge for classroom instruction are highlighted and effective practices reviewed. Revealing vignettes clear explanations of research and lists of “main ideas” enhance the text’s accessibility for preservice teachers. New to This Edition*Chapter on emergent literacy and the predictors of reading success.*Incorporates the latest research including findings from key longitudinal studies.*Increased attention to English learners low-income children and children with disabilities.*Updated and expanded topics including usage-based theories of language acquisition morphological knowledge in vocabulary and comprehension phonological processing skills and writing development. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540044

Language and Literacy in Workplace EducationLearning at Work Just as workers are confronting the rapidly changing practices of the restructured technological workplace and the increasing convergence of working and learning so those involved in any form of workplace education or training are also restructuring their focus teaching methods and approaches. This book examines the conceptual and practical challenges facing education and training professionals in redefining their contribution to improving communication and learning at work.Interweaving theory and commentary with actual case-studies the book explores a multifaceted approach to workplace education which aims to develop individual workers' skills as well as integrating learning language and cross-cultural issues into work communication and management practices. It is a strategic practical approach which draws on a range of applied linguistic and educational traditions and is informed by related disciplines such as cognitive and social psychology and organisational behaviour.The book does not present formulae for success; rather it illustrates the complexities and challenges faced by educators as they learn to balance different and often conflicting priorities.Language and Literacy in Workplace Education: Learning at Work has been written with a wide audience in mind from language and literacy professionals Human Resources staff vocational trainers managers as well as students of education and linguistics. The book is clearly presented and takes care to explain specific educational or organisational terminology making the study accessible to newcomers to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437517

Language and LiteracyThe Sociolinguistics of Reading and Writing Despite a vast amount of study literacy is still a very confused topic which requires the integration of findings from different areas. Reading and writing are psychological skills but they are also linguistic skills (since people read and write meaningful language) and social skills (since written language serves particular functions in different societies). In this book Michael Stubbs provides a basis for a sociolinguistic theory of literacy. He believes that a systematic theory of literacy must be based on an understanding of a number of factors such as the relationship between written and spoken language including how English spelling works and how it is related to spoken English. Also of paramount importance are the social educational and technological pressures on written language which are particularly powerful in the case of an international language like English; the social and communicative functions which written language serves – largely administrative and intellectual functions; and the variability of spoken language and the relative uniformity of written language. The book also discusses the arguments behind deprivation theory as an explanation of educational failure. Reading failure is not well understood but the author stresses that a vital element is the attitude of teachers towards the child’s language. He emphasizes that it is important that teachers should understand as much as possible about the relationship between written language and the child’s spoken language. Such understanding he argues can only increase tolerance of regional social and ethnic diversity in language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974272

Language and MasculinitiesPerformances Intersections Dislocations This volume showcases cutting-edge research in the linguistic and discursive study of masculinities comprising the first significant edited collection on language and masculinities since Johnson and Meinhof’s 1997 volume. Overall the chapters are linked together by a critical analytical perspective that seeks to understand the relationships between discourse masculinities and power. Whereas some of the chapters offer detailed linguistically informed critiques of the ways in which old and new expressions of masculinities are complicit in the reproduction of men’s hegemonic positions of power others provide a more complex picture one in which collusion and subversion go hand in hand. Contributions argue for the need for research on language and masculinities to expand its remit so as to engage with "gay masculinities " and unsettle gendered categories in order to consider the ways in which women transgender and intersex individuals also perform a variety of masculinities. Finally unlike Johnson and Meinhof’s 1997 collection this volume not only offers a wider—and perhaps "queerer" perspective—on the study of language and masculinities but also covers a broader geographical and socio-cultural spectrum including work on Brazil Israel New Zealand Singapore and South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681354

Language and MaterialismDevelopments in Semiology and the Theory of the Subject First published in 1977 this book presents a comprehensive and lucid guide through the labyrinths of semiology and structuralism — perhaps the most significant systems of study to have been developed in the twentieth century. The authors describe the early presuppositions of structuralism and semiology which claim to be a materialist theory of language based on Saussure’s notion of the sign. They show how these presuppositions have been challenged by work following Althusser’s development of the Marxist theory of ideology and by Lacan’s re-reading of Freud. The book explains how the encounter of two disciplines — psychoanalysis and Marxism — on the ground of their common problem —language — has produced a new understanding of society and its subjects. It produces a critical re-examination of the traditional Marxist theory of ideology together with the concepts of sign and identity of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138690677

Language and Meaning Language and Meaning provides a clear accessible and unique perspective on the philosophical and linguistic question of what it means to mean. Looking at relationships such as those between literal and non-literal meanings linguistic form and meaning and language and thought this volume tackles the issues involved in what we mean and how we convey it. Divided into five easy-to-read chapters it features: Broad coverage of semantic pragmatic and philosophical approaches providing the reader with a balanced and comprehensive overview of the topic; Frequent examples to demonstrate how meaning is perceived and manipulated in everyday discourse including the importance of context scientific studies of human language and theories of pragmatics; Topics of debate and key points of current theories including references to ongoing controversies in the field; Annotated further reading allowing students to explore topics in more detail. Aimed at undergraduate students with little or no prior knowledge of linguistics this book is essential reading for those studying this topic for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218246

Language and Meaning in Cognitive ScienceCognitive Issues and Semantic theory Summarizes and illuminates two decades of researchGathering important papers by both philosophers and scientists this collection illuminates the central themes that have arisen during the last two decades of work on the conceptual foundations of artificial intelligence and cognitive science. Each volume begins with a comprehensive introduction that places the coverage in a broader perspective and links it with material in the companion volumes. The collection is of interest in many disciplines including computer science linguistics biology information science psychology neuroscience iconography and philosophy. Examines initial efforts and the latest controversiesThe topics covered range from the bedrock assumptions of the computational approach to understanding the mind to the more recent debates concerning cognitive architectures all the way to the latest developments in robotics artificial life and dynamical systems theory. The collection first examines the lineage of major research programs beginning with the basic idea of machine intelligence itself then focuses on specific aspects of thought and intelligence highlighting the much-discussed issue of consciousness the equally important but less densely researched issue of emotional response and the more traditionally philosophical topic of language and meaning. Provides a gamut of perspectives The editors have included several articles that challenge crucial elements of the familiar research program of cognitive science as well as important writings whose previous circulation has been limited. Within each volume the papers are organized to reflect a variety of research programs and issues. The substantive introductions that accompany each volume further organize the material and provide readers with a working sense of the issues and the connection between articles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055069

Language and MediaA Resource Book for Students Routledge English Language Introductions cover core areas of language study and are one-stop resources for students. Assuming no prior knowledge books in the series offer an accessible overview of the subject with activities study questions sample analyses commentaries and key readings—all in the same volume. The innovative and flexible 'two-dimensional' structure is built around four sections—introduction development exploration and extension— which offer self-contained stages for study. Each topic can also be read across these sections enabling the reader to build gradually on the knowledge gained. This revised second edition of Language and Media: Provides an accessible introduction and comprehensive overview of the major approaches and methodological tools used in the study of language and media.  Focuses on a broad range of media and media content from more traditional print and broadcast media formats to more recent digital media formats. Incorporates practical examples using real data including newspaper articles press releases television shows advertisements (print broadcast and digital) blogs social media content internet memes culture jamming and protest signs.   Includes key readings from leading scholars in the field such as Jan Blommaert Sonia Livingstone David Machin Martin Montgomery Ruth Page Ron Scollon and Theo van Leeuwen. Offers a wide range of activities questions and points for further discussion.  The book emphasises the increasingly creative ways ordinary people are engaging in media production. It also addresses a number of urgent current concerns around media and media production/reception including fake news clickbait virality and surveillance. Features of the new edition include: Special attention on ‘new media’ forms such as websites podcasts YouTube videos social media sites and mobile apps such as Snapchat and Instagram; Additional material on: mobility and materiality in media memes and virality discourse processes in media production collaborative production and user created content reality TV fake news the role of algorithms and bots in media production and circulation and media and resistance; Discussion of media surveillance privacy boundaries and the so-called ‘right to be forgotten’ related to Internet archiving; Brand new readings from key scholars in the field including Piia Varis Jan Blommaert Monika Bednarek and Martin Montgomery; Updated examples and references throughout to reflect more contemporary issues. Written by three experienced teachers and authors this accessible textbook is an essential resource for all students of English language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644410

Language and Migration Language and Migration provides a lively introduction to the relationship between language and migration. Drawing on real-world case studies from Africa the Americas Asia Europe the Middle East and New Zealand this book investigates the language and literacy practices which sustain extend or curb different forms of migration. Individual trajectories family networks and societal level policy are examined through an interdisciplinary perspective on empires and colonialism transnationalism and globalization. Exploring the linguistic diversity which has resulted from voluntary and forced migration this book covers theories from migration studies applied linguistics sociolinguistics sociology and education studies and offers broad coverage of different contexts of migration across the globe. It provides students and teachers with: Migration theories to interrogate current thinking on human mobility. Concepts from applied linguistics combined with other disciplines to explore complex migration experiences in countries of origin and destination. A critical understanding of language and power in economic migration and forced migration. An introduction to the role of language in broader debates about the impact of migration on national and international policies such as international development global security and education. Practical guidance on using discourse analysis to identify how migrant identities are constructed in the media and how this affects our understandings of asylum immigration and social cohesion. Featuring a range of activities and case studies in each chapter Language and Migration is essential reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students studying this topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382737

Language and Migration Language and Migration is timely for two main reasons: one is social – international migration is at an all-time high – and the other is theoretical – theorizing language as a mobile resource is currently the most exiting frontier in sociolinguistics. Including the very best contemporary scholarship as well as key foundational research this four volume collection will strike a balance between the socially-relevant and topical issues of wider concern raised by migration on the one hand and disciplinary conceptual and methodological concerns on the other. In doing so Language and Migration is intended both as a showcase of the most important work in the field as well as an intervention into contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847057

Language and Migration Vol I Language and Migration is timely for two main reasons: one is social – international migration is at an all-time high – and the other is theoretical – theorizing language as a mobile resource is currently the most exiting frontier in sociolinguistics. Including the very best contemporary scholarship as well as key foundational research this four volume collection will strike a balance between the socially-relevant and topical issues of wider concern raised by migration on the one hand and disciplinary conceptual and methodological concerns on the other. In doing so Language and Migration is intended both as a showcase of the most important work in the field as well as an intervention into contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847088

Language and Migration Vol II Language and Migration is timely for two main reasons: one is social – international migration is at an all-time high – and the other is theoretical – theorizing language as a mobile resource is currently the most exiting frontier in sociolinguistics. Including the very best contemporary scholarship as well as key foundational research this four volume collection will strike a balance between the socially-relevant and topical issues of wider concern raised by migration on the one hand and disciplinary conceptual and methodological concerns on the other. In doing so Language and Migration is intended both as a showcase of the most important work in the field as well as an intervention into contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847095

Language and Migration Vol III Language and Migration is timely for two main reasons: one is social – international migration is at an all-time high – and the other is theoretical – theorizing language as a mobile resource is currently the most exiting frontier in sociolinguistics. Including the very best contemporary scholarship as well as key foundational research this four volume collection will strike a balance between the socially-relevant and topical issues of wider concern raised by migration on the one hand and disciplinary conceptual and methodological concerns on the other. In doing so Language and Migration is intended both as a showcase of the most important work in the field as well as an intervention into contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847101

Language and Migration Vol IV Language and Migration is timely for two main reasons: one is social – international migration is at an all-time high – and the other is theoretical – theorizing language as a mobile resource is currently the most exiting frontier in sociolinguistics. Including the very best contemporary scholarship as well as key foundational research this four volume collection will strike a balance between the socially-relevant and topical issues of wider concern raised by migration on the one hand and disciplinary conceptual and methodological concerns on the other. In doing so Language and Migration is intended both as a showcase of the most important work in the field as well as an intervention into contemporary debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847118

Language and Minority RightsEthnicity Nationalism and the Politics of Language The second edition addresses new theoretical and empirical developments since its initial publication including the burgeoning influence of globalization and the relentless rise of English as the current world language. May’s broad position however remains largely unchanged. He argues that the causes of many of the language-based conflicts in the world today still lie with the nation-state and its preoccupation with establishing a 'common' language and culture via mass education. The solution he suggests is to rethink nation-states in more culturally and linguistically plural ways while avoiding at the same time essentializing the language-identity link. This edition like the first adopts a wide interdisciplinary framework drawing on sociolinguistics applied linguistics sociology political theory education and law. It also includes new discussions of cosmopolitanism globalization the role of English and language and mobility highlighting the ongoing difficulties faced by minority language speakers in the world today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780805863062

Language and Neoliberal Governmentality Against a background of the ongoing crisis of global capitalism and the fracturing of the neoliberal project this book provides a detailed account of the ways in which language is profoundly imbricated in the neoliberalising of the fabric of social life. With chapters from a cast list of international scholars covering topics such as the commodification of education and language unemployment and the governmentality of the self and discussion chapters from Monica Heller and Jackie Urla bringing the various strands together the book ultimately helps us to understand how language is part of political economy and the everyday making and remaking of society and individuals. It provides both a theoretical framework and a significant methodological "tool-box" to critically detect understand and resist the impact of neoliberalism on everyday social spheres particularly in relation to language. Presenting richly empirical studies that expand our understanding of how neoliberalism as a regime of truth and as a practice of governance performs within the terrain of language this book is an essential resource for researchers and graduate students in English language sociolinguistics applied linguistics linguistic anthropology and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575226

Language and Neoliberalism Language and Neoliberalism examines the ways in which neoliberalism or the ideology of market rule finds expression in language. In this groundbreaking original study Holborow shows at once the misleading character of ideological meaning and the underlying social reality from which that meaning emerges. In universities it is now the norm to use terms like entrepreneurial and business partnerships. How have these terms become a core component of education and gained such force? Markets have become metaphorically a power in their own right. They now tell governments how to act and warn them against too much public spending. Post-crash the capitalist market continues to be crisis-prone and in that context the neoliberal ideology remains contested. Free of jargon and assuming no specialist knowledge this book will strike a chord internationally by showing how neoliberal ideology has literally gone global in language. Drawing on Vološinov and Bakhtin Williams and Gramsci and introducing concepts from Marxist political economy Language and Neoliberalism is essential reading for all interested in the intersection of linguistics/applied linguistics and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744560

Language and Phenomenology At first blush phenomenology seems to be concerned preeminently with questions of knowledge truth and perception and yet closer inspection reveals that the analyses of these phenomena remain bound up with language and that consequently phenomenology is inextricably a philosophy of language. Drawing on the insights of a variety of phenomenological authors including Husserl Heidegger Merleau-Ponty Gadamer and Ricoeur this collection of essays by leading scholars articulates the distinctively phenomenological contribution to language by examining two sets of questions. The first set of questions concerns the relatedness of language to experience. Studies exhibit the first-person character of the philosophy of language by focusing on lived experience the issue of reference and disclosive speech. The second set of questions concerns the relatedness of language to intersubjective experience. Studies exhibit the second-person character of the philosophy of language by focusing on language acquisition culture and conversation. This book will be of interest to scholars of phenomenology and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231712

Language and Philosophical Problems Language and Philosophical Problems investigates problems about mind meaning and mathematics rooted in preconceptions of language. It deals in particular with problems which are connected with our tendency to be misled by certain prevailing views and preconceptions about language. Philosophical claims made by theorists of meaning are scrutinized and shown to be connected with common views about the nature of certain mathematical notions and methods. Drawing in particular on Wittgenstein's ideas Sren Stenlund demonstrates a strategy for tracing out and resolving conceptual and philosophical problems. By a critical examination of examples from different areas of philosophy he shows that many problems arise through the transgression of the limits of the use of technical concepts and formal methods. Many prima facie different kinds of problems are shown to have common roots and should thus be dealt and resolved together. Such an approach is usually prevented by the influence of traditional philosophical terminology and classification. The results of this investigation make it clear that the received ways of subdividing the subject matter of philosophy often conceal the roots of the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862042

Language and Popular Culture in Japan When this book was originally published it was the first work of its kind to examine the way in which language is used to express the ‘myth’ of advertising slogans and other popular cultural forms. By making use of general theories from the disciplines of anthropology linguistics media studies and semiotics the book attempts to demystify Japanese culture as it has been hitherto presented in the West and shows how such cultural forms as ‘noodle westerns’ and high-school baseball uphold the well-known ideologies of ‘selflessness’ ‘diligence’ ‘compliance’ and ‘co-operation’ typically associated with the Japanese. Ultimately the book poses the question: are those whom we call the Japanese ‘real’ people in their own right or merely a nation acting out a part written for them by Western civilisation? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845557

Language and Power Language and Power is widely recognised both as a classic and an essential introductory textbook to the field of Critical Discourse Analysis. It focusses on how language functions in maintaining and changing power relations in modern society the ways of analysing language which can reveal these processes and how people can become more conscious of them as well as more able to resist and change them. In this twenty-fifth anniversary edition Norman Fairclough includes a substantial new introduction and brings the discussion up-to-date. He shows both the importance of the book in the development of critical discourse analysis over the past three decades and how language and power relations have changed due to major socio-economic changes. It remains vital reading for all students of discourse analysis critical discourse analysis and other related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790971

Language and Power in Post-Colonial SchoolingIdeologies in Practice Critiquing the positioning of children from non-dominant groups as linguistically deficient this book aims to bridge the gap between theorizing of language in critical sociolinguistics and approaches to language in education. Carolyn McKinney uses the lens of linguistic ideologies—teachers’ and students’ beliefs about language—to shed light on the continuing problem of reproduction of linguistic inequality. Framed within global debates in sociolinguistics and applied linguistics she examines the case of historically white schools in South Africa a post-colonial context where political power has shifted but where the power of whiteness continues to provide new insights into the complex relationships between language and power and language and subjectivity. Implications for language curricula and policy in contexts of linguistic diversity are foregrounded. Providing an accessible overview of the scholarly literature on language ideologies and language as social practice and resource in multilingual contexts Language and Power in Post-Colonial Schooling uses the conceptual tools it presents to analyze classroom interaction and ethnographic observations from the day-to-day life in case study schools and explores implications of both the research literature and the analyses of students’ and teachers’ discourses and practices for language in education policy and curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844070

Language and Power on the Rhetorical StageTheory in the Body Through a fusion of narrative and analysis Language and Power on the Rhetorical Stage examines how theater can enact critical discourse analysis and how micro-instances of iniquitous language use have been politically and historically reiterated to oppress and deny equal rights to marginalized groups of people. Drawing from Aristophanes’ rhetorical plays as a template for rhetoric in action the author poses the stage as a rhetorical site whereby we can observe see and feel 20th-century rhetorical theories of the body. Using critical discourse analysis and Judith Butler’s theories of the performative body as a methodological and analytical lens the book explores how a handful of American plays in the latter part of the 20th century—the works of Tony Kushner Suzan Lori-Parks and John Cameron Mitchell among others— use rhetoric in order to perform and challenge marginalizing language about groups that are not offered center stage in public and political spheres. This innovative study initiates a conversation long overdue between scholars in rhetorical and performance studies; as such it will be essential reading for academic researchers and graduate students in the areas of rhetorical studies performance studies theater studies and critical discourse analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367421847

Language and PowerA Resource Book for Students Routledge English Language Introductions cover core areas of language study and are one-stop resources for students. Assuming no prior knowledge books in the series offer an accessible overview of the subject with activities study questions sample analyses commentaries and key readings – all in the same volume. The innovative and flexible ‘two-dimensional’ structure is built around four sections – introduction development exploration and extension – which offer self-contained stages for study. Each topic can also be read across these sections enabling the reader to build gradually on the knowledge gained. Language and Power Second Edition has been completely revised and updated and includes: a comprehensive survey of the ways in which language intersects and connects with the social cultural and political aspects of power; an introduction to the history of the field covering all the major approaches theoretical concepts and methods of analysis in this important and developing area of academic study; coverage of all the ‘traditional’ topics such as race gender and institutional power but also newer topics such as the discourse of post-truth and the power of social media; readings from works by seminal figures in the field such as Robin Lakoff Deborah Cameron and Teun van Dijk; real texts and examples throughout including advertisements from cosmetics companies; newspaper articles and headlines; websites and internet media; and spoken dialogues such as political and presidential speeches; a supporting companion website that aims to challenge students at a more advanced level and which features extra reading exercises follow-up activities and suggestions for further work. Language and Power will be essential reading for students studying English language or linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138569232

Language and RealityThe Philosophy of Language and the Principles of Symbolism First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871083

Language and Relationship in Wordsworth's Writing William Wordsworth (1770-1850) needs little introduction as the central figure in Romantic poetry and a crucial influence in the development of poetry generally. This broad-ranging survey redefines the variety of his writing by showing how it incorporates contemporary concepts of language difference and the ways in which popular and serious literature were compared and distinguished during this period. It discusses many of Wordsworth's later poems comparing his work with that of his regional contemporaries as well as major writers such as Scott. The key theme of relationship both between characters within poems and between poet and reader is explored through Wordsworth's construction of community and his use of power relationships. A serious discussion of the place of sexual feeling in his writing is also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465848

Language and Revolution in Burke Wollstonecraft Paine and Godwin The Revolution in France of 1789 provoked a major 'pamphlet war' in Britain as writers debated what exactly had happened why it had happened and where events were now headed. Jane Hodson's book explores the relationship between political persuasion literary style and linguistic theory in this war of words focusing on four key texts: Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France Mary Wollstonecraft's A Vindication of the Rights of Men Thomas Paine's Rights of Man and William Godwin's Enquiry Concerning Political Justice. While these texts form the core of Hodson's project she ranges far beyond them to survey other works by the same authors; more than 50 contemporaneous books on language; and pamphlets novels and letters by other writers. The scope of her study permits her to challenge earlier accounts of the relationship between language and politics that lack historical nuance. Rather than seeing the Revolution debate as a straightforward conflict between radical and conservative linguistic practices Hodson argues that there is no direct correlation between a particular style or linguistic concept and the political affiliation of the writer. Instead she shows how each writer attempts to mobilize contemporary linguistic ideas to lend their texts greater authority. Her book will appeal to literature scholars and to historians of language and linguistics working in the Enlightenment and Romantic eras. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250892

Language and SchizophreniaPerspectives from Psychology and Philosophy Schizophrenia is one of the most enigmatic mental disorders and language is one of its most essential and distinctive traits. Language and Schizophrenia provides a complete overview of schizophrenic language utilising both psychological and philosophical perspectives to explore the unique way language impacts on this mental disorder. Language and Schizophrenia investigates specific features of schizophrenic language using cognitive psychology alongside the opposing field of phenomenological psychiatry concluding that neither of these approaches fully succeeds in explaining the linguistic features unique to Schizophrenia. Cardella’s innovative approach of combining psychological perspectives with philosophy offers a direct alternative to traditional cognitive perspectives emphasising the fundamental role that language plays in the disorder. This book provides a thorough analysis of the deep link between language and schizophrenia and will be of great value to researchers and postgraduates studying schizophrenia phenomenology neuropsychology and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565913

Language and SituationLanguage Varieties and their Social Contexts Originally published in 1978. This book provides and explains a framework for understanding and describing variations of style of language in relation to the social context in which it is used. Constant features of language users such as their temporal geographical. and social origins their range of intelligibility and their individualities are related to concepts of dialects but dialects are not the only kind of language variety. There are features of language situations that yield others; the medium used the roles of the users and their relationships as well as recurring situations and cultural habits all relate to the style employed. Variety in language can be seen in terms of the major functions of language as 'content' as 'inter-action' and as 'texture'. Studying variety in language from sociological and linguistic aspects this book is also interesting for psycholinguistics and literary study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352889

Language and Social Change in ChinaUndoing Commonness through Cosmopolitan Mandarin Language and Social Change in China: Undoing Commonness through Cosmopolitan Mandarin offers an innovative and authoritative account of the crucial role of language in shaping the sociocultural landscape of contemporary China. Based on a wide range of data collected since the 1990s and grounded in quantitative and discourse analyses of sociolinguistic variation Qing Zhang tracks the emergence of what she terms “Cosmopolitan Mandarin” as a new stylistic resource for a rising urban elite and a new middle-class consumption-based lifestyle. The book powerfully illuminates that Cosmopolitan Mandarin participates in dismantling the pre-reform socialist conformist society by bringing about new social distinctions. Rich in cultural and linguistic details the book is the first of its kind to highlight the implications of language change on the social order and cultural life of contemporary China. Language and Social Change in China is ideal for students and scholars interested in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology and Chinese language and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708081

Language and Social Justice in Practice From bilingual education and racial epithets to gendered pronouns and immigration discourses language is a central concern in contemporary conversations and controversies surrounding social inequality. Developed as a collaborative effort by members of the American Anthropological Association’s Language and Social Justice Task Force this innovative volume synthesizes scholarly insights on the relationship between patterns of communication and the creation of more just societies. Using case studies by leading and emergent scholars and practitioners written especially for undergraduate audiences the book is ideal for introductory courses on social justice in linguistics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138069459

Language and Social Structure in Urban France This book discusses the on-going exchange of ideas between variationist linguistics and sociology by extending the debate to post-war France. It describes the extent to which France's apparent exceptionalism in a number of areas is real imagined or an artefact of the mode of analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600747

Language and Society in the Middle East and North Africa This book investigates issues of central importance in understanding the role of language in society in the Middle East and North Africa. In particular it covers issues of collective identity and variation as they relate to Arabic Berber English Persian and Turkish in the fields of gender national affiliation the debate over authenticity and modernity language reforms and language legislation. In addition the book investigates how some of these issues are realized in the diaspora at both the micro and macro levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869868

Language and Style First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866378

Language and Superdiversity A first synthesis of work done in sociolinguistic superdiversity this volume offers a substantial introduction to the field and the issues and state-of-the-art research papers organized around three themes: Sketching the paradigm Sociolinguistic complexity Policing complexity. The focus is to show how complexity rather than plurality can serve as a lens through which an equally vast range of topics sites and issues can be tied together. Superdiversity captures the acceleration and intensification of processes of social ‘mixing’ and ‘fragmentation’ since the early 1990s as an outcome of two different but related processes: new post-Cold War migration flows and the advent and spread of the Internet and mobile technologies. The confluence of these forces have created entirely new sociolinguistic environments leading to research in the past decade that has brought a mixture of new empirical terrain–extreme diversity in language and literacy resources complex repertoires and practices of participants in interaction–and conceptual challenges. Language and Superdiversity is a landmark volume bringing together the work of the scholars and researchers who spearhead the development of the sociolinguistics of superdiversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844582

Language and Technology The INTERTEXT series has been specifically designed to meet the needs of contemporary English Language Studies. Working with Texts: A core introduction to language analysis (third edition 2007) is the foundation text which is complemented by a range of ‘satellite’ titles. These provide students with hands-on practical experience of textual analysis through special topics and can be used individually or in conjunction with Working with Texts. This accessible textbook in the Routledge Intertext series offers students hands-on practical experience of textual analysis focused on language and technology. Written in a clear user-friendly style it combines practical activities with texts accompanied by commentaries and suggestions for further study. Aimed at A-Level and beginning undergraduate students Language and Technology: explores the history of new communication tools such as texting; Facebook and online forums examines the public discourses about these new tools incorporates real texts such as adverts newspaper articles and chat room data includes a comprehensive glossary of terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415604161

Language and the CurriculumPractitioner Research in Planning Differentiation First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138159105

Language and the Joint Creation of KnowledgeThe selected works of Neil Mercer In the World Library of Educationalists series international experts themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. Language and the Joint Creation of Knowledge draws on the most prominent writing of Neil Mercer covering his ground-breaking and critically acclaimed work on the role of talk in education and on the relationship between spoken language and cognition. The text explores key themes relating theoretical ideas to research evidence and to practical educational situations that improve children’s lives. Offering students and researchers a clear accessible and up-to-date account of a sociocultural perspective on the relationship between spoken language and cognition it explains one of the key themes in Neil Mercer’s work – that humans have uniquely evolved the capacity to think together or ‘interthink’. Offering a crucial insight into the work of Neil Mercer this selection showcases why his approach has become the dominant paradigm in educational research and why it is increasingly influential in the psychology of teaching and learning. This unique collection of published articles and chapters which represent the key themes and range of his research over the last 40 years will be of interest to all followers of his work and any reader interested in the role of language in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367480

Language and the Law Explains and describes the ways that language use in the legal system can create inequality and disadvantage. It examines the three main areas where the two intersect: the central issue of the language of the law; the disadvantage which language can impose before the law and forensic linguistics - the use of linguistic evidence in legal processes. Each section of the book is preceded by an introduction by the editor which sets the paper within a conceptual framework. Lawyer's opinions are not neglected even though the collection is written mainly by linguists. The section concludes with a lawyer's response in which a prominent lawyer with a particular interest in the content of the section responds to the papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180871

Language and the LexiconAn Introduction The lexicon represents the building blocks of language: words and vocabulary. Most of us think of language in terms of words and words are also integral to the way in which linguists approach language as an object of study. The lexicon and lexical issues must be taken in consideration in every domain of language study and conversely the lexicon cannot be viewed in isolation from other aspects of language.'Language and the Lexicon' provides a comprehensive yet accessible overview of lexicology introducing the reader to the lexicon by exploring the lexical aspects of a range of different areas of language: syntax morphology semantics phonology language variation language change language acquisition and language processing. Assuming no prior knowledge of linguistics the book introduces the key concepts employing examples from a wide variety of languages in order to illustrate the points made.This book is ideally suited to those approaching lexicology for the first time. With its wide breadth of focus and diverse topics it can equally serve as a first introduction to linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824796

Language and the Market SocietyCritical Reflections on Discourse and Dominance Language plays a central role in creating and sustaining the market society—a society that is in which market exchange is no longer simply a process but an all-encompassing social principle. The social domains affected include education politics and religion. Around the world government departments have re-defined themselves as service providers; universities produce graduates; job seekers are asked to package themselves more effectively and there are consultants specializing in church marketing. And as individuals too we are supposed to brand ourselves sell ourselves and strategically manage our personal relationships. Through an intricate dialectic such patterns of linguistic choices reinforce the social structures that shape them further consolidating the marketization process. Marketization thus emerges as a globally unfolding process in which language holds a key position as both cause and effect and as both subject and object. The book examines these phenomena from a linguistic and critical perspective drawing on critical discourse analysis sociological treatises of market society and critical management studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852449

Language and the Media What makes language in the media different from ‘everyday’ or ‘person-to-person’ domains is the presence - seen or unseen human or technical – of some intermediary or facilitator and it is the impact on language by this facilitation or mediation that is the focus of this new 4 volume collection Language and the Media. Including seminal theoretical articles case studies and review articles the collection will look at language as a means of managing the media audience will explore language as a topic in the media and will set out how language is used as a mode of media communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833456

Language and the Modern StateThe Reform of Written Japanese Originally published in 1991 this book examines the process whereby a modern colloquial style of written Japanese was developed in the context of the overall modernization of Japan. The book examines the process whereby this strategic simplification took place in Japan beginning with a discussion of the background to the problem and the reasons why change was indicated. The history characteristics and spheres of the four major styles found in documents of the modern period are examined as are initial moves towards language reform in the fields of education and printed media. Separate illustrations in Japanese script are provided to give an idea of the changing visual complexity of texts; in-text references however are romanized except where the use of characters is essential. Wherever possible English sources are cited in addition to Japanese; where published translations are available these are cited in order to enable non-speakers of Japanese to follow up references if they so desire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001728

Language and Thought This book fulfils the need for a clear overview of this area of cognitive psychology which encompasses both language and thought. Focusing on goal directed thinking and decision making Nick Lund looks at the relationship between our grasp of language and our problem solving abilities. Different positions on the issues are contextualised and discussed in a way suitable for the AQA-A A-Level syllabus. Supplementary detail means that the book will also be valuable to other A-Level specification candidates and undergraduates coming to this area for the first time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203695012

Language and Thought of the ChildSelected Works vol 5 First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845540

Language and Translation in Postcolonial LiteraturesMultilingual Contexts Translational Texts This collection gathers together a stellar group of contributors offering innovative perspectives on the issues of language and translation in postcolonial studies. In a world where bi- and multilingualism have become quite normal this volume identifies a gap in the critical apparatus in postcolonial studies in order to read cultural texts emerging out of multilingual contexts. The role of translation and an awareness of the multilingual spaces in which many postcolonial texts are written are fundamental issues with which postcolonial studies needs to engage in a far more concerted fashion. The essays in this book by contributors from Australia New Zealand Zimbabwe Cyprus Malaysia Quebec Ireland France Scotland the US and Italy outline a pragmatics of language and translation of value to scholars with an interest in the changing forms of literature and culture in our times. Essay topics include: multilingual textual politics; the benefits of multilingual education in postcolonial countries; the language of gender and sexuality in postcolonial literatures; translational cities; postcolonial calligraphy; globalization and the new digital ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547940

Language and World Creation in Poems and Other Texts Language and World Creation in Poems and Other Texts introduces an interdisciplinary and practical approach to the analysis of poetry which focuses on text worlds namely the contexts scenarios or types of reality that readers construct in their interaction with the language of texts. The book demonstrates in detail three ways of approaching poetic text worlds namely as discourse situations possible worlds and mental constructs. Clear and detailed introductions to linguistic theories of definiteness and deixis possible world theory and schema theory are included making the book accessible to readers who are unfamiliar with these frameworks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151567

Language and WorldA Defence of Linguistic Idealism This book defends a version of linguistic idealism the thesis that the world is a product of language. In the course of defending this radical thesis Gaskin addresses a wide range of topics in contemporary metaphysics philosophy of language philosophical logic and syntax theory. Starting from the context and compositionality principles and the idea of a systematic theory of meaning in the Tarski–Davidson tradition Gaskin argues that the sentence is the primary unit of linguistic meaning and that the main aspects of meaning sense and reference are themselves theoretical posits. Ontology which is correlative with reference emerges as language-driven. This linguistic idealism is combined with a realism that accepts the objectivity of science and it is accordingly distinguished from empirical pragmatism. Gaskin contends that there is a basic metaphysical level at which everything is expressible in language; but the vindication of linguistic idealism is nuanced inasmuch as there is also a derived level asymmetrically dependant on the basic level at which reality can break free of language and reach into the realms of the unnameable and indescribable. Language and World will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in metaphysics philosophy of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367902582

Language AptitudeAdvancing Theory Testing Research and Practice Language Aptitude: Advancing Theory Testing Research and Practice brings together cutting-edge global perspectives on foreign language aptitude. Drawing from educational psychology cognitive science and neuroscience the editors have assembled interdisciplinary authors writing for an applied linguistics and education audience. The book is broken into five major themes: revisiting and updating current language aptitude theories and models; emerging insights from contemporary research into language aptitude and the age factor or the critical period hypothesis; redefining constructs and broadening territories of foreign language aptitude; exploring language aptitude from a neurocognitive perspective; and exploring future directions of foreign language aptitude research. Focused on critical issues in foreign language aptitude and second language learning and teaching this book will be an important research resource and supplemental reading in both applied linguistics and cognitive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563872

Language as a Scientific ToolShaping Scientific Language Across Time and National Traditions Language is the most essential medium of scientific activity. Many historians sociologists and science studies scholars have investigated scientific language for this reason but only few have examined those cases where language itself has become an object of scientific discussion. Over the centuries scientists have sought to control refine and engineer language for various epistemological communicative and nationalistic purposes. This book seeks to explore cases in the history of science in which questions or concerns with language have bubbled to the surface in scientific discourse. This opens a window into the particular ways in which scientists have conceived of and construed language as the central medium of their activity across different cultural contexts and places and the clashes and tensions that have manifested their many attempts to engineer it to both preserve and enrich its function. The subject of language draws out many topics that have mostly been neglected in the history of science such as the connection between the emergence of national languages and the development of science within national settings and allows us to connect together historical episodes from many understudied cultural and linguistic venues such as Eastern European and medieval Hebrew science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263928

Language as DiscoursePerspectives for Language Teaching In this book Michael McCarthy and Ronald Carter describe the discoursal properties of language and demonstrate what insights this approach can offer to the student and teacher of language. The authors examine the relationship between complete texts both spoken and written and the social and cultural contexts in which they function. They argue that the functions of language are often best understood in a discoursal environment and that exploring language in context compels us to revise commonly-held understandings about the forms and meanings of language. In so doing the authors argue the need for language teachers syllabus planners and curriculum organisers to give greater attention to language as discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172937

Language As Social ActionSocial Psychology and Language Use This interdisciplinary synthesis of the social psychological aspects of language use provides an integrative and timely review of language as social action. The book successfully weaves together research from philosophy linguistics sociolinguistics anthropology social and cognitive psychology pragmatics and artificial intelligence. In this way it clearly demonstrates how many aspects of social life are mediated by language and how understanding language use requires an understanding of its social dimension. Topics covered include: *speech act theory and indirect speech acts; *politeness and the interpersonal determinants of language; *language and impression management and person perception; *conversational structure perspective taking; and *language and social thought. This volume should serve as a valuable resource for students and researchers in social psychology and communication who want a clear presentation of the linguistic underpinnings of social interaction. It will also be useful to cognitive psychologists and other language researchers who want a thorough examination of the social psychological underpinnings of language use. Although this book is relevant for a variety of disciplines it is written in a clear and straightforward style that will be accessible for readers regardless of their orientation. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410601773

Language Assessment for Remediation (1981) Published in 1981 this book describes and critically examines the standardised tests and modes of assessment available and most commonly used by speech therapists psychologists and educationalists. Tests and other assessment procedures are discussed and therapeutic strategies suggested. Thus psycholinguistic approaches such as ITPA the Reynell Developmental Language Scales and the Aston Index; linguistic techniques such as LARSP and phonological assessments are described and adult disorders as well as childhood problems are reviewed. There is also a brief consideration of the problem of assessing the language of those not speaking English as a first language. The book serves as a core text for student speech therapists and also as a reference for those practicing or researching in speech therapy special education and linguistic pathology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379638

Language Awareness in the Classroom Language Awareness in the Classroom addresses the central educational question of the impact that explicit language knowledge has on learning and language learning.A substantial Introduction defines the issues and key concepts and relates them to contemporary educational policy and practice in Europe and internationally. The papers are organised into four thematic sections: the extent and nature of language awareness in teacher education; school-based language awareness programmes; tertiary education initiatives and modes of evaluation of language awareness programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154612

Language Brokering in Immigrant FamiliesTheories and Contexts Language Brokering in Immigrant Families: Theories and Contexts brings together an international group of researchers to share their findings on language brokering—when immigrant children translate for their parents and other adults. Given the large amount of immigration occurring worldwide it is important to understand how language brokering may support children’s and families’ acculturation to new countries. The chapter authors include overviews of the existing literature insights from multiple disciplines the potential benefits and drawbacks to language brokering and the contexts that may influence children adolescents and emerging adults who language broker. With the latest findings the authors theorize on how language brokering may function and the outcomes for those who do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185142

Language Change In Language Change R. L. Trask uses data from English and other languages to introduce the concepts central to language change. Language Change: covers the most frequent types of language change and how languages are born and die uses data-based exercises to show how languages change looks at other key areas such as attitudes to language change and the consequences of changing language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142626

Language Change in East Asia This book adopts a wide focus on the range of East Asian languages in both their pre-modern and modern forms within the specific topic area of language change. It contains sections on dialect studies contact linguistics socio-linguistics and syntax/phonology and deals with all three major languages of East Asia: Chinese Japanese and Korean. Individual chapters cover pre-Sino-Japanese phonology nominalizers in Chinese Japanese and Korean; Japanese loanwords in Taiwan Mandarin; changes in Korean honorifics; the tense and aspect system of Japanese; and language policy in Japan. The book will be of interest to linguists working on East Asian languages and will be of value to a range of general linguists working in comparative or historical linguistics socio-linguistics language typology and language contact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879164

Language Competence Across PopulationsToward a Definition of Specific Language Impairment This unique edited book bridges studies in language disorders and linguistic theory with timely contributions from leading scholars in language development. It presents an attempt to define Specific Language Impairment relating it to children of normal and disordered language capabilities. The chapter presentations examine language development across a variety of populations of children from those with Specific Language Impairment to second language learners. The contributors discuss criteria for the definition of SLI compare and contrast SLI with profiles of children with other disorders and dialects and offer a comprehensive look at the Whole Human Language which ties together spoken and signed languages. Methodological concerns that affect the credibility and generalizability of the findings are discussed and controversies between opposing linguistic approaches to language acquisition are presented. The conceptual thread that gradually reveals itself as the chapters unfold is a theoretical issue of central importance to cognitive theory as well as to our understanding of the biological correlates of language--it concerns the variability that linguistic competence can manifest in children under different biological conditions and life circumstances. Language Competence Across Populations: Toward a Definition of Specific Language Impairment is an essential volume for advanced students and scholars in linguistics and psychology who have an interest in language acquisition and language disorders as well as for the clinical professionals dealing with children with language impairments. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655361

Language Comprehension As Structure Building This book presents a new theoretical framework -- what Gernsbacher calls the Structure Building Framework -- for understanding language comprehension in particular and cognitive processing in general. According to this framework the goal in comprehending both linguistic and nonlinguistic materials is to build a coherent mental representation or "structure" of the information being comprehended. As such the underlying processes and mechanisms of structure building are viewed as general cognitive processes and mechanisms. The strength of the volume lies in its empirical detail: a thorough literature review and solid original data. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138974289

Language Contact and Language Conflict in Arabic This book contains 17 studies by leading international scholars working on a wide range of topics in Arabic socio-linguistics divided into four parts. The studies in Part 1 address questions of national language planning in a diglossic situation with a particular focus on North Africa. Part 2 explores the relationship of identity and language choice in different Arabic-speaking communities living both within and outside the Arab World. Part 3 examines language choice in such diverse contexts as popular preaching humour and Arab women's writing. Part 4 contains 5 papers in which variation code-switching and generational language shift in the Arabic-language diaspora in Europe and the USA are the focus. The collection as a whole provides wide-ranging introduction to key areas of current research which will be of interest to the general sociolinguist as well as the Arabic language specialist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037218

Language Contact and the Future of English This book reflects on the future of the English language as used by native speakers speakers of nativized New Englishes and users of English as a lingua franca (ELF). The volume begins by outlining the current position of English in the world and accounts for the differences among native and nativized varieties and ELF usages. It offers a historical perspective on the impact of language contact on English and discusses whether the lexicogrammatical features of New Englishes and ELF are shaped by imperfect learning or deliberate language change. The book also considers the consequences of writing in a second language and questions the extent to which non-native English-speaking academics and researchers should be required to conform to ‘Anglo’ patterns of text organization and ‘English Academic Discourse.’ The book then examines the converse effect of English on other languages through bilingualism and translation. This volume is essential reading for students and scholars in English language sociolinguistics language acquisition and language policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593629

Language Contact and the Origins of the Germanic Languages History archaeology and human evolutionary genetics provide us with an increasingly detailed view of the origins and development of the peoples that live in Northwestern Europe. This book aims to restore the key position of historical linguistics in this debate by treating the history of the Germanic languages as a history of its speakers. It focuses on the role that language contact has played in creating the Germanic languages between the first millennium BC and the crucially important early medieval period. Chapters on the origins of English German Dutch and the Germanic language family as a whole illustrate how the history of the sounds of these languages provide a key that unlocks the secret of their genesis: speakers of Latin Celtic and Balto-Finnic switched to speaking Germanic and in the process introduced a 'foreign accent' that caught on and spread at the expense of types of Germanic that were not affected by foreign influence. The book is aimed at linguists historians archaeologists and anyone who is interested in what languages can tell us about the origins of their speakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245372

Language Curriculum Design Now in its second edition Language Curriculum Design describes the steps involved in the curriculum design process elaborates and justifies these steps and provides opportunities for practising and applying them. Crystal-clear and comprehensive yet concise the steps are laid out at a general level so that they can be applied in a wide range of particular circumstances. Updated throughout with cutting-edge research and theory the second edition contains new examples on curriculum design and development and expanded attention on environment analysis needs analysis and programme evaluation. The process comes to life through plentiful examples of actual applications from the authors’ experience and from published research. Each chapter also includes tasks that encourage readers to relate the steps to their own experience and case studies and suggestions for further reading. Combining sound research/theory with state-of-the-art practice Language Curriculum Design is widely applicable for ESL/EFL language education courses around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196509

Language Deprivation and Deaf Mental Health Language Deprivation and Deaf Mental Health explores the impact of the language deprivation that some deaf individuals experience by not being provided fully accessible language exposure during childhood. Leading experts in Deaf mental health care discuss the implications of language deprivation for a person’s development communication cognitive abilities behavior and mental health. Beginning with a groundbreaking discussion of language deprivation syndrome the chapters address the challenges of psychotherapy interpreting communication and forensic assessment language and communication development with language-deprived persons as well as whether cochlear implantation means deaf children should not receive rich sign language exposure. The book concludes with a discussion of the most effective advocacy strategies to prevent language deprivation. These issues which draw on both cultural and disability perspectives are central to the emerging clinical specialty of Deaf mental health.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735392

Language Development 1aActivities for Home First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138175488

Language Development and Social Interaction in Blind Children This book provides an up-to-date account of blind children's developing communicative abilities with particular emphasis on social cognition and language acquisition from infancy to early school age. It purports to foster dialogue between those interested in the study of typically developing children and those interested in the development of children who are blind and to provide insights and new explanations of why the development of blind children may differ from that of sighted children. The book also aims to identify and examine current theoretical issues which are likely to be at the centre of developments in the fields of child language and developmental psychology.Language Development and Social Interaction in Blind Children is also a timely book. The study of blind children's development constitutes a unique opportunity to study the effect of vision on development and more specifically on the development of language and certain aspects of social cognition. Current interest in the development of "theory of mind" and perspective taking in language learning make the case of blind children crucial to our understanding of certain aspects of psychological functioning. The book explores these issues challenges some widely-held beliefs about the development of communication in blind children and provides a cohesive picture of our knowledge to date. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883079

Language Development and Social Interaction in Blind Children The Classic Edition of this foundational text includes a new preface from Miguel Pérez-Pereira examining how the field has developed since first publication. The volume provides an in-depth account of blind children's developing communicative abilities with particular emphasis on social cognition and language acquisition from infancy to early school age. It provides insights into why the development of blind children may differ from that of sighted children and explores development of "theory of mind" and perspective taking in language learning. It also discusses the caregiver–child interaction research on early intervention and practical strategies for blind children that can assist parents and practitioners. The up-to-date preface discusses recent neurological research and the comparison between the psychological development of visually impaired and autistic children. Language Development and Social Interaction in Blind Children continues to facilitate dialogue between those interested in the study of typically developing children and those interested in the development of children who are blind and challenges some widely held beliefs about the development of communication in blind children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895426

Language Development for MathsCircle Time Sessions to Improve Communication Skills in Maths Building on the successful 'spirals' programme this series of books addresses language development in the three core areas of the curriculum. Linking the work done in school with simple games and activities to be used at home. All activities have been tried and tested - proven effectiveness. A video CD contains explanation and demonstration of the programme and its implementation with commetns from staff who have used it. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138139978

Language Development for ScienceActivities for Home These simple play-based activities are ideal for teachers to copy and give out to parents who want to know how to help their child improve his or her science language skills and have fun at the same time. Activities are linked directly to the school-based Language Development Circle Time sessions but can also be used independently. There is a clear structure and progression of ideas with supporting black-line drawings to acts as prompts and simple record - keeping system to support home/school communication. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138166295

Language Development for ScienceCircle Time Sessions to Improve Language Skills This book is the first of its kind to help practitioners specifically develop children's language skills in Science. The book incudes: guidelines to help teachers set up run and assess circle-time sessions ideas for promoting children's thinking skills and emotional literacy video CD containing explanation and demonstration of the programme and its implementation with comments from staff who have used it. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138165991

Language Development From Birth To Three First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138437777

Language Development In Exceptional Circumstances Ever since attempts were made to describe and explain normal language development references to exceptional circumstances have been made. Variations in the conditions under which language is acquired can be regarded as natural experiments which would not be feasible or ethical under normal circumstances. This can throw light on such questions as: *What language input is necessary for the child to learn language? *What is the relationship between cognition and language? *How independent are different components of language function? *Are there critical periods for language development? *Can we specify necessary and sufficient conditions for language impairment? This book covers a range of exceptional circumstances including: extreme deprivation twinship visual and auditory impairments autism and focal brain damage? Written in a jargon-free style and including a glossary of linguistic and medical terminology the book assumes little specialist knowledge. This text is suitable for both students and practitioners in the fields of psycholinguistics developmental and educational psychology speech pathology paediatrics and special education. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138150188

Language Development in Schools for Children with Severe Learning Difficulties First published in 1988. Language is an important developmental ability which facilitates communication both at home and at school. It is also the foundation of many of a child’s learning experiences in school. A certain level of language is often a pre-requisite both for success in particular curriculum areas and for the ability to conceptualise generally. Language developing is thus a major concern for those who work with mentally handicapped children and it has come to be regarded as one of the main objectives within the special school curriculum. This book is concerned with the opportunities for language learning which special schools make available for severely mentally handicapped children. It describes how special schools seek to meet the very diverse needs of their pupils and provides a discussion of the success of contemporary approaches to encouraging language development. The author makes a number of constructive criticisms and suggestions for improving practice which should interest anyone whose work involves teaching children with severe learning difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587687

Language Disorders From a Developmental PerspectiveEssays in Honor of Robin S. Chapman The last 25 years have witnessed an explosion of research at the intersection of typical language development and child language disorders. A pioneer in bringing these fields of study together is Robin S. Chapman Emerita University of Wisconsin. This contributed volume honors her with chapters written by former students and colleagues who track in their own research the theme of psycholinguistic contributions to our understanding of the nature and remediation of child language disorders. In this volume such renowned researchers in child language development as Dorothy Bishop Judith Johnston and Ray Kent among others discuss their research in certain populations in the context of the significance of limits of and alternatives to Robin Chapman’s developmental interactionist perspective. Studies of disordered language in Down’s Syndrome and Specific Language Impairment in particular attribute much progress in our understanding of the pragmatic and comprehension skills in these populations to the developmental perspective. Language Disorders From a Developmental Perspective opens with a reprint of Robin Chapman’s seminal 2001 article from The Journal of Child Psychiatry and Psychology. It concludes with a new chapter from Dr. Chapman summarizing what we know and what we don’t know about language disorders within the developmental framework and pointing to future areas of research and intervention. Clinicians as well as scholars will benefit from this book as will students in programs of developmental psycholinguistics child language disorders and learning disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138012868

Language Diversity and Education This introductory text for students of linguistics language and education provides background and up-to-date information and resources that beginning researchers need for studying language diversity and education. Three framing chapters offer an update on the philosophy of social research revealing how important language is for all the processes of learning in which humans engage whether it is learning about the world through education or learning about the nature of social life through research in the human sciences. These chapters also review the links between language power and social justice and look at dynamic changes occurring in "language diversity and education" research. Four central chapters give state-of-the-art comprehensive coverage to the chief areas of language diversity that affect the practice of education: standard and non-standard varieties; different cultural discourse norms; bilingual and ESL education; and gendered discourse norms. This book is intended for graduate students of applied linguistics sociolinguistics psycholinguistics the social psychology of language anthropological linguistics and other related disciplines; and graduate students of education including in-service teachers taking advanced professional development courses. Special features enhance its usefulness as a text for courses in these areas: * A clear jargon free writing style invites careful reading. * All ideas are well within the range that graduate students in the language disciplines or in education can relate to their work but theoretical ideas are kept to a necessary minimum and linked with practical examples in every case. * Extensive references guide readers to the book's up-to-date international and cross-cultural bibliography. * "Discussion Starter" questions at the end of each chapter highlight key points and stimulate informed reflective discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172746

Language Diversity in the Sinophone WorldHistorical Trajectories Language Planning and Multilingual Practices Language Diversity in the Sinophone World offers interdisciplinary insights into social cultural and linguistic aspects of multilingualism in the Sinophone world highlighting language diversity and opening up the burgeoning field of Sinophone studies to new perspectives from sociolinguistics. The book begins by charting historical trajectories in Sinophone multilingualism beginning with late imperial China through to the emergence of English in the mid-19th century. The volume uses this foundation as a jumping off point from which to provide an in-depth comparison of modern language planning and policies throughout the Sinophone world with the final section examining multilingual practices not readily captured by planning frameworks and the ideologies identities repertoires and competences intertwined within these different multilingual configurations. Taken together the collection makes a unique sociolinguistic-focused intervention into emerging research in Sinophone studies and will be of interest to students and scholars within the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504519

Language Education and Applied LinguisticsBridging the two fields Language Education and Applied Linguistics: bridging the two fields provides a starting point for students and researchers in both Language and Education who wish to interpret and use insights from the field of Applied Linguistics and for Applied Linguists who wish to engage in dialogue with language educators and researchers in education. Providing a framework for understanding the resources individuals use to communicate this accessible and innovative text will enable teachers and learners to understand and discuss features and tools used in communication. This framework enables: Learners to explore their current language abilities and their desired future communicative abilities empowering them to engage with their own language learning needs Language educators to explore central concerns in multiliteracy digital literacies plurilingualism and plurilingual development Applied Linguistics students to understand theories of applied linguistics and language education Sociolinguists to bring their research into education Language Education and Applied Linguistics can be used by students teachers researchers and teacher educators to explore multilingual contexts and communicative purposes in language classrooms language education and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534468

Language Education and EmotionsResearch into Emotions and Language Learners Language Teachers and Educational Processes Language Education and Emotions presents innovative empirical research into the influence of emotions and affective factors in language education both in L1 and in foreign language education. It offers a comprehensive overview of studies authored and co-authored by researchers from all over the world. The volume opens and ends with "backbone" contributions by two of the discipline’s most reputed scholars: Jane Arnold (Spain) and Jean-Marc Dewaele (United Kingdom). This book broadens our understanding of emotions including well-known concepts such as foreign language anxiety as well as addressing the emotions that have only recently received scientific attention driven by the positive psychology movement. Chapters explore emotions from the perspective of the language learner and the language teacher and in relation to educational processes. A number of contributions deal with traditional school-based contexts whereas others study new settings of foreign language education such as migration. The book paints a picture of the broad scale of approaches used to study this topic and offers new and relevant insights for the field of language education and emotions. This book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the field of language education psycholinguistics sociolinguistics and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894863

Language Endangerment and Language MaintenanceAn Active Approach Language endangerment is a fundamental issue for humanity. What rights do minority communities have concerning their languages? How does each language conceptualize the world differently? How much knowledge about the world and a local ecosystem is lost when a language disappears? What is the process involved and how can insights about this process contribute to linguistic theory? What typological insights will be lost if undescribed languages disappear before their unique structural properties are known? How can language shift be stopped or reversed?This volume comprises:* a general overview introduction* four theoretical chapters on what happens during language shift* ten case studies of autochthonous languages under threat* four case studies of migrant languages at risk* three concluding chapters discussing strategies and resources for language maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878341

Language Evolution This new four-volume collection part of Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Linguistics series assembles the most important scholarly writings concerning the biological evolution of language particularly those incorporating a Darwinian view of evolution. Including excerpts from ancient sources such as the Bible Plato and Aristotle along with classical sources like Condillac Rousseau and Herder Language Evolution provides an overview of the intensive debate on language evolution following the publication of Darwin’s Origin of Species. It also outlines each of the major conceptions of protolanguage and examines the evolution of our human capacity for speech as well as focusing on the modern (mostly post-1990) literature attempting to reconcile the Chomskyean approach to linguistics with a Darwinian evolutionary viewpoint. In addition it incorporates the new insights and approaches based on computer modelling which have played a growing role in the recent literature. This is an important resource for those scholars interested in possessing a deeper historically informed overview of the immense literature on this topic. The collection will also of course provide unified and ready access to a selection of the most important papers from the 1990s onward. It is supplemented with a full index and includes an introduction to each volume newly written by the editors which places the assembled materials in their historical and intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679152

Language Experience and Early Language DevelopmentFrom Input to Uptake Addresses one debate in language development namely the relationship between children's language development and their language experience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138179875

Language Exploration and AwarenessA Resource Book for Teachers "Language Exploration and Awareness: A Resource Book for Teachers Third Edition" shows English teachers how they can expand their curriculum beyond the traditional emphases on grammar and syntax to help their students learn about many aspects of the English language including general semantics regional and social dialects syntax spelling history of the English language social language conventions lexicography and word origins. Clear practical and reader-friendly the text reviews basic aspects of English language study in classrooms then illustrates how teachers can create student-centered inquiry-oriented activities for the learners in their classrooms. Written from a sociocultural perspective this text stresses the uses of authentic language as it is used by real people for real purposes in diverse social contexts. Changes in the Third Edition are: all chapters have been thoroughly updated to address new developments in the world and in the field of English and language arts education; the chapters in Section II include new Student Explorations - activities designed by pre- and in-service teachers that readers can use with students in their classrooms; and new in this edition are references throughout several chapters to Web sites that instructors and students will find useful. This text is intended as text for undergraduate and master's level English language arts courses on the pedagogies of language teaching and as an introduction to language or introduction to linguistics courses - particularly those emphasizing language study from a sociocultural perspective; and for courses preparing teachers of English as a new language. The text is also intended as a resource for current classroom teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129238

Language for Behaviour and EmotionsA Practical Guide to Working with Children and Young People This practical interactive resource is designed to be used by professionals who work with children and young people who have Social Emotional and Mental Health needs and Speech Language and Communication needs. Gaps in language and emotional skills can have a negative impact on behaviour as well as mental health and self-esteem. The Language for Behaviour and Emotions approach provides a systematic approach to developing these skills so that young people can understand and work through social interaction difficulties. Key features include: A focus on specific skills that are linked to behaviour such as understanding meaning verbal reasoning and emotional literacy skills. A framework for assessment as well as a range of downloadable activities worksheets and resources for supporting students. Sixty illustrated scenarios that can be used flexibly with a wide range of ages and abilities to promote language skills emotional skills and self-awareness. This invaluable resource is suitable for use with young people with a range of abilities in one to one small group or whole class settings. It is particularly applicable to children and young people who are aiming to develop wider language social and emotional skills including those with Developmental Language Disorder and Autism Spectrum Disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331832

Language for Learning in the Primary SchoolA practical guide for supporting pupils with language and communication difficulties across the curriculum Language for Learning in the Primary School is the long awaited second edition of Language for Learning first published in 2004 and winner of the NASEN/TES Book Award for Teaching and Learning in 2005. This handbook has become an indispensable resource packed full of practical suggestions on how to support 5-11 year old children with speech language and communication difficulties. Colour coded throughout for easy referencing this unique book supports inclusive practice by helping teachers to: Identify children with speech language and communication needs (SLCN) Understand speech language and communication skills Consider roles and responsibilities at primary school Plan a differentiated and adapted curriculum Consider the language demands across subjects Adopt a whole school approach Make use of a wide range of positive strategies Empower children to access the curriculum Language for Learning in the Primary School comes complete with a wealth of photocopiable resources giving teachers and teaching assistants the confidence to help children with SLCN more effectively in mainstream settings. It will also be an extremely useful resource for speech and language therapists specialist teachers and educational psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898622

Language for Learning in the Secondary SchoolA Practical Guide for Supporting Students with Speech Language and Communication Needs Language for Learning in the Secondary School employs the same easy-to-use format as the best-selling Primary version of this book but has been adapted to meet the specific needs of secondary school teachers. This indispensable resource is packed full of practical suggestions on how to support students with speech language and communication difficulties. Colour coded throughout for easy referencing this unique book supports inclusive practice by helping you to: Identify students with speech language and communication needs Understand how language is processed Consider roles and responsibilities at secondary level Plan a differentiated curriculum Consider the language demands across the subjects Adopt a whole school approach Make use of a wide range of positive strategies Empower students to access the curriculum. Language for Learning in the Secondary School comes complete with a wealth of photocopiable resources and activities giving teachers and teaching assistants the confidence to help students with speech language and communication needs more effectively in mainstream settings. It will also be an extremely useful resource for specialist teachers speech and language therapists and educational psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619752

Language for LifeWhere linguistics meets teaching We all recognise how important first impressions are  something often formed by how well we speak and write. Language for Life shows how language can be mastered by children and how what they have learned can be carried throughout their lives.  This indispensable guidebook for teachers arms pupils with the mental skill of thinking about language. This in turn helps children learn much more easily from the language around them. This book delivers explicit step-by-step English language instruction via lessons in syntax grammar morphology etymology and punctuation. Language for Life is a proven programme that is built upon years of experience. Lyn Stone’s pragmatic and modern approach is supported by feedback from teachers and pupils alike who have attended her numerous classes and workshops. Language for Life turns important research findings into evidence-based effective classroom practice. This book helps teachers: learn more about language structure guide the development of skills to write accurately and in increasing volume support the emergence of clear and organised thinking for writing help pupils reach their full potential as readers and writers. Brimming with vital information suitable for both basic and advanced level students this book is an essential tool for all teachers wishing to give their pupils the best preparation possible to meet the demands of the modern world. Photocopiable worksheets throughout the book put teachers in the position of linguistic expert guiding pupils through an enriching journey of language discovery and creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899308

Language for LivingCommunication Activities for Young Adults with Learning Difficulties This title features communication activities for young adults with learning difficulties. This unique collection of 180 enjoyable group activities aims to foster both the skills underlying communication such as body language and awareness of others and aspects of spoken language itself. The activities fall broadly within the Entry Levels 1-3 of the Skills for Life Core Curriculum but can be used as a completely independent programme. The book addresses the needs of students with very varied skill levels and includes some activities which can be used with non-verbal students. "Language for Living" has the following advantages: no formal assessment necessary; equipment not required or kept to a minimum; activities can be freely adapted to suit students' lifestyles and experience; activities are simple to organise and easy to fit in to the daily programme of college day or residential settings; photocopiable resource section; and CD-ROM for optional record-keeping and printable resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888250

Language for ThinkingA structured approach for young children: The Colour Edition This photocopiable resource provides a clear structure to assist teachers SENCOs learning support assistants and speech language therapists in developing children's language from the concrete to the abstract. It is based on fifty picture and verbal scenarios that can be used flexibly with a wide range of ages and abilities. Quick practical and easy to use in the classroom this programme can be used with individual children in small groups or can form the basis of a literacy lesson or speech language therapy session. Key Features include: question sheets are carefully structured to promote children's development of inference verbal reasoning and thinking skills the three parallel assessments of spoken and written language can be used to assess each child's starting level and then to monitor progress score forms and worksheets for each lesson are included. The book is particularly useful for children who are recognised as having delayed language skills specific language impairment Autism Spectrum Disorder (including Asperger's Syndrome) pragmatic language impairment or moderate learning difficulties. The second edition is now in full colour throughout and has been updated with a simplified introduction. All illustrations and worksheets will now be available online. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301931

Language IdeologiesCritical Perspectives on the Official English Movement Volume II: History Theory and Policy First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160859

Language in Children Language in Children provides a concise and basic introduction for students studying child language acquisition for the first time. Starting from the first sounds a child produces this book covers all the stages a child goes through in acquiring a language. This title: Illustrates developmental stages from the recognition of sounds and words to the ability to hold a conversation also covering bilingual upbringing and language disorders; Features real-life examples of all the phenomena discussed from languages such as French Spanish and Portuguese as well as English; Incorporates guidance on sources for further reading and exploration by chapter; Is supported by a companion website that includes exercises with links to real-world data in the CHILDES archive. Written by an experienced author and teacher Language in Children is essential reading for students studying this topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906075

Language in Epistemic AccessMobilising multilingualism and literacy development This book focuses on how to address persistent linguistically structured inequalities in education primarily in relation to South African schools but also in conversation with Australian work and with resonances for other multilingual contexts around the world. The book as a whole lays bare the tension between the commitment to multilingualism enshrined in the South African Constitution and language-in-education policy and the realities of the dominance of English and the virtual absence of indigenous African languages in current educational practices. It suggests that dynamic plurilingual pedagogies can be allied with the explicit scaffolding of genre-based pedagogies to help redress asymmetries in epistemic access and to re-imagine policies pedagogies and practices more in tune with the realities of multilingual classrooms. The contributions to this book offer complementary insights on routes to improving access to school knowledge especially for learners whose home language or language variety is different to that of teaching and learning at school. All subscribe to similar ideologies which include the view that multilingualism should be seen as a resource rather than a 'problem' in education. Commentaries on these chapters highlight evidence-based high-impact educational responses and suggest that translanguaging and genre may well offer opportunities for students to expand their linguistic repertoires and to bridge epistemological differences between community and school. This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715066

Language in HistoryTheories and Texts In Language in History Tony Crowley provides the analytical tools for answering such questions. Using a radical re-reading of Saussure and Bahktin he demonstrates in four case studies the ways in which language has been used to construct social and cultural identity in Britain and Ireland. For example he examines the ways in which language was employed to construct a bourgeois public sphere in 18th Century England and he reveals how language is still being used in contemporary Ireland to articulate national and political aspirations and why the Irish language died.By bringing together linguistic and critical theory with his own sharp historical and political consciousness Tony Crowley provides a new agenda for language study; one which acknowledges the fact that writing about history has always been determined by the historical context and by issues of race class and gender. Language in History represents a major contribution to the field and an essential text for anyone interested in language discourse and communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203416440

Language in IndentureA Sociolinguistic History of Bhojpuri-Hindi in South Africa Originally published in 1991. The transplantation of thousands of Indian workers to South Africa under indenture between 1860 and 1911 was a political act with far-reaching consequences for their linguistic traditions. In this book the history of one of these Indic languages Bhojpuri and its adaptations to its new context are traced to the point where a distinct South African Bhojpuri koine (generally known as Hindi) came into being. The roots and subsequent evolution of this language variety as well as the events contributing to its demise form the basis of this study. Current patterns of usage by different generations are documented in the form of traditional folk tales proverbs riddles and songs alongside personal interviews. This study offers a partial history of Bhojpuri speakers who have been otherwise largely silent in the history of colonial Natal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352896

Language in Late CapitalismPride and Profit This book examines the ways in which our ideas about language and identity which used to be framed in national and political terms as a matter of rights and citizenship are increasingly recast in economic terms as a matter of added value. It argues that this discursive shift is connected to specific characteristics of the globalized new economy in what can be thought of as "late capitalism". Through ten ethnographic case studies it demonstrates the complex ways in which older nationalist ideologies which invest language with value as a source of pride get bound up with newer neoliberal ideologies which invest language with value as a source of profit. The complex interaction between these modes of mobilizing linguistic resources challenges some of our ideas about globalization hinting that we are in a period of intensification of modernity in which the limits of the nation-State are stretched but not (yet) undone. At the same time this book argues this intensification also calls into question modernist ways of looking at language and identity requiring a more serious engagement with capitalism and how it constitutes symbolic (including linguistic) as well as material markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869966

Language in Literature An activity-based introduction to stylistics this textbook explains some of the topics in literary linguistics and helps students in analysing written texts. How can you tell good writing - the excellent the brilliant and the ingenious - from bad writing - the weak the banal and the confusing? By looking at the technique and the craft of writing Language in Literature examines the ways in which language is organised to create particular meanings or effects. Covering a range of topics - naming patterns modality and evaluation the structure of simple narratives the recording of character speech and thought the dynamics of dialogue presuppositions and textual revision - the book presents the structuring principles within the English language. Activities and end-of-chapter commentaries encourage a 'learning by doing' approach and equips the reader with the main linguistic terms necessary for the analysis of literary and non-literary texts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203763537

Language in LiteratureStyle and Foregrounding Over a period of over forty years Geoffrey Leech has made notable contributions to the field of literary stylistics using the interplay between linguistic form and literary function as a key to the ‘mystery’ of how a text comes to be invested with artistic potential.  In this book seven earlier papers and articles read previously only by a restricted audience have been brought  together with four new chapters the whole volume showing a continuity of approach across a period when all too often literary and linguistic studies have appeared to drift further apart.  Leech sets the concept of ‘foregrounding’ (also known as defamiliarization) at the heart of the interplay between form and interpretation. Through practical and insightful examination of how poems plays and prose works produce special meaning he counteracts the ‘flight from the text’ that has characterized thinking about language and literature in the last thirty years when the response of the reader rather than the characteristics and meaning potential of the text itself have been given undue prominence.  The book provides an enlightening analysis of well-known (as well as less well-known) texts of great writers of the past including Keats Shelley Samuel Johnson Shaw Dylan Thomas and Virginia Woolf.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134072

Language in Popular Fiction First published in 1990 Language in Popular Fiction was written to provide a comprehensive and illuminating look at the way language is used in thrillers and romantic fiction. The book examines the use of language across three interrelated levels: a level of verbal organisation a level of narrative structure and a level at which stylistic options and devices are related to notions of gender. It introduces ‘the protocol of pulchritude’ and makes use of detailed stylistic and linguistic analysis to investigate a wide range of ‘popfiction’ and ‘magfiction’. In doing so it provokes serious reflection on popular fiction and its claims on the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367744557

Language in Public Spaces in Japan This book throws light on ideologies practices and sociocultural developments currently shaping language use in Japan by departing from the more common investigation of language in private contexts and examining aspects of the language found in a range of significant public spaces from the material (an international airport the streets of Tokyo the JSL classroom in Japan and courtrooms) to the electronic (television dramas local government web pages and cyberspace). Through its study of the language encountered in such settings  the volume provides a deeper understanding of multifaceted aspects of linguistic diversity both in terms of the use of languages other than Japanese and of issues relating to the Japanese language itself. The variety of theoretical approaches brought to bear by contributing authors ensures a substantial intellectual contribution to the literature on language in contemporary Japan. This book was published as a special issue of Japanese Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818391

Language in the Negotiation of JusticeContexts Issues and Applications This book explores the ways language is used by the professional legal community for the communication of its main business - the negotiation of justice - in today’s globalized world. The volume addresses three main aspects of language use in the negotiation of justice. Beginning with the legal contexts of litigation arbitration and mediation the book moves on to discuss the main issues identified in those contexts and finally it explores the applications of legal linguistics. These three aspects are studied across the themes of analyses of legal discourse and genres issues of power and ideology in the use of legal language cross-cultural legal communication questions of recontextualization accessibility and plain language law and disciplinary identity and pedagogy of legal language. With chapters set across a variety of jurisdictions the contributions offer analytical insights into the interface between law and language. The book is a valuable resource for those in the legal community wishing to increase their understanding of the use of language for the negotiation of justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250857

Language in the NewsDiscourse and Ideology in the Press First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129924

Language in UseA Reader Designed for introductory students this collection of key readings in language and linguistics will take readers beyond their introductory textbook and introduce them to the thoughts and writings of many esteemed authorities. The reader includes seminal papers new or controversial pieces to stimulate discussion and reports on applied work. Language in Use: is split into four parts – ‘Language and Interaction’ ‘Language Systems’ ‘Language and Society’ and ‘Language and Mind’ covers all the topics of language study including conversation analysis pragmatics power and politeness semantics grammar phonetics multilingualism child language acquisition and psycholinguistics has readings from authorities including Pinker Fairclough Crystal Le Page and Tabouret-Keller Hughes Trudgill and Watt Halliday Sacks Mills Obler and Gjerlow provides comprehensive editorial support for each reading with introductions activities or discussion points to follow and further reading Is supported by a companion website offering extra resources for students including additional activities useful weblinks and advice from the authors Designed for use as a companion to Introducing Language in Use (Routledge 2005) but also highly usable as a stand-alone text this Reader will introduce readers to the wide world of linguistics and applied linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060994

Language in Writing InstructionEnhancing Literacy in Grades 3-8 Accessible and engaging this book offers a comfortable entry point to integrating language instruction in writing units in grades 3–8. A full understanding of language development is necessary for teaching writing in a successful and meaningful way. Applying a Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL) approach María Brisk embraces an educator’s perspective breaks down the challenges of teaching language for non-linguists and demonstrates how teachers can help students express their ideas and create cohesive texts. With a focus on the needs of all students including bilingual and English language learners Brisk addresses topics necessary for successful language instruction and moves beyond vocabulary and grammar to address meaning-making and genre. This book provides a wealth of tools and examples for practice and includes helpful instructional resources that teachers can return to time after time. Moving from theory to practice this teacher-friendly text is a vital resource for courses in language education programs in-service teacher-training seminars and for pre-service and practicing English Language Arts (ELA) teachers who want to expand their teaching abilities and knowledge bases. This book features a sample unit and a reference list of instructional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027940

Language in Zambia Originally published in 1978 this volume is divided into 3 parts. Part 1 presents an overview of the linguistic situation in Zambia: who speaks which languages where they are spoken what these languages are like. Special emphasis is given to the extensive survey of the languages of the Kafue basin where extensive changes and relocations have taken place. Part 2 is on language use: patterns of competence and of extension for certain languages in urban settings configurations of comprehension across language boundaries how selected groups of multilinguals employ each of their languages and for what purposes what languages are used in radio and television broadcasting and how decisions to use or not use a language are made. Part 3 involves language and formal education: what languages Zambian and foreign are used at various levels int he schools which are taught with what curricula methods how teachers are trained how issues such as adult literacy are approached and with what success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093546

Language is PoliticsExploring an Ecological Approach to Language Language is Politics discusses power relations between languages in the world with a particular focus on English. Even though English is the most widely spoken and the most powerful language worldwide it is not the lingua franca it is often supposed to be. The basic tenet of this book is that languages do not exist in the natural world; they are artefacts made by humans. The book debunks some common myths about language and it suggests that we should be more modest in our assumptions for instance concerning the linguistic uniqueness of our own species. The author argues in favour of an ecological or balanced approach to language. This approach sees humans and other animals as part of the larger ecosystems that life depends on. As in nature diversity is crucial to the survival of languages. The current linguistic ecosystem is out of balance and this book shows that education can help to restore the balance and cope with the challenges of a multilingual and multicultural world. With an ecological approach to language and a focus on narratives and personal language histories this will be key reading for researchers and academics as well as students of English language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365424

Language Isolates This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the major works of scholarship concerned with the ‘language isolates’ of the world. ‘Isolated’ languages are languages without any known relatives languages which are not demonstrably part of any ‘language family’ with Etruscan Basque and Ainu being arguably some of the best-known examples of such ‘linguistic orphans’. The language-specific materials collected here are arranged geographically and each language-chapter is preceded by a short introduction to the linguistic situation of the language(es) involved and if not given in anthologized works themselves to the current state of research and past and present scholarly debates. The volumes are preceded by a problem-oriented general introduction which deals with the basic concepts and methodological principles of language classification the present state and the nature of ongoing controversies an epistemiological typology of language families and in the light of this a theoretical justification of the concept of isolates as well as the choice of languages covered in the volumes. Some of the gathered works are general introductions to their object language (in terms of sociolinguistics attestation documentation history of scholarship guides to published studies overviews of linguistic characteristics) others highlight and discuss particularly salient and interesting typological characteristics of an isolate (some of them are breakthrough studies for the understanding of a particular language) and others focus on the very status of the language under discussion as an isolate in the first place. Some isolated languages are still very much alive; at least one of them Korean is a major national language. The majority of the languages and small families covered here are endangered and some will certainly cease to be used during the coming decades. Thus isolated languages are particularly interesting objects for students of language endangerment but they are also prime research objects for linguistic descriptionists for when they are gone not only will another of the 6 000 or so human languages have disappeared but in those cases whole linguistic lineages (and their ways of coping with the world) will be gone forever. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827348

Language Isolates Language Isolates explores this fascinating group of languages that surprisingly comprise a third of the world’s languages. Individual chapters written by experts on these languages examine the world's major language isolates by geographic regions with up-to-date descriptions of many including previously unrecorded language isolates. Each language isolate represents a unique lineage and a unique window on what is possible in human language making this an essential volume for anyone interested in understanding the diversity of languages and the very nature of human language. Language Isolates is key reading for professionals and students in linguistics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870959

Language Learning Beyond the Classroom This volume presents case studies of language learning beyond the classroom. The studies draw on a wide range of contexts from North and South America to Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. Each provides principled links between theory research and practice. While out-of-class learning will not replace the classroom ultimately all successful learners take control of their own learning. This book shows how teachers can help learners bridge the gap between formal instruction and autonomous language learning. Although English is the primary focus of most chapters there are studies on a range of other languages including Spanish and Japanese. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713153

Language Learning Through Captioned VideosIncidental Vocabulary Acquisition This research- and pedagogy-oriented book delves into the study and application of incidental vocabulary acquisition in English through captioned videos. This technology offers EFL students of different ages more opportunities for vocabulary learning compared to the traditional classroom. This book reviews the conceptual methodological theoretical and practical issues associated with captioned videos and offers innovative ideas to help researchers graduate students and classroom practitioners enhance learners’ vocabulary acquisition at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209926

Language LearningA Lifelong Process Language Learning provides an introduction to language development that differs from existing books in that it traces language and cognitive development (together with the associated debates) from babyhood through the school years of middle childhood and adolescence into adulthood and the world of work.Increasingly the global trend is towards learning to speak read and write more than one language. Language Learning is a comprehensive book that includes descriptions and discussions of learning more than one language sequentially and simulataneously.The only book to look at language with a lifelong perspective it is ideal as an introductory student text. Each chapter contains ideas and suggestions for students to follow-up and begin their own small scale investigations into language development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824789

Language LearningA Special Case for Developmental Psychology? Originally published in 1993 the starting place for this book is the notion current in the literature for around 30 years at that time that children could not learn their native language without substantial innate knowledge of its grammatical structure. It is argued that the notion is as problematic for contemporary theories of development as it was for theories of the past. Accepting this the book attempts an in-depth study of the notions credibility. Central to the book’s argument is the conclusion that the innateness hypothesis runs into two major problems. Firstly its proponents are too ready to treat children as embryonic linguists concerned with the representation of sentences as an end in itself. A more realistic approach would be to regard children as communication engineers storing sentences to optimize the production and retrieval of meaning. Secondly even when the communication analogy is adopted it is glibly assumed that the meanings children impute will be the ones adults intend. One of the book’s major contentions is that a careful reading of contemporary research suggests that the meanings may differ considerably. Identifying such problems the book considers how development should proceed given learning along communication lines and a more plausible analysis of meaning. It makes detailed predictions about what would be anticipated given no innate knowledge of grammar. Focusing on English but giving full acknowledgement to cross-linguistic research it concludes that the predictions are consistent with both the known timescale of learning and the established facts about children’s knowledge. Thus the book aspires to a serious challenge to the innateness hypothesis via as its final chapter will argue a model which is much more reassuring to psychological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064317

Language Life in JapanTransformations and Prospects Despite its monolingual self-image Japan is multilingual and growing more so due to indigenous minority language revitalization and as an effect of migration. Besides Japan's autochthonous languages such as the Ainu and Ryukyuan languages there are more than 75 000 immigrant children in the Japanese public education system alone who came to Japan in the 1980s and who speak more than a hundred different languages. Added to this growing linguistic diversity the importance of English as the language of international communication in business and science especially is hotly debated. This book analyses how this linguistic diversity and indeed recognition of this phenomenon presents a wide range of sociolinguistic challenges and opportunities in fundamental institutions such as schools in cultural patterns and in social behaviours and attitudes. This topic is an important one as Japan fights to re-establish itself in the new world order and will be of interest to all those who are concerned language change   language versus dialect the effect of modern technology on language usage and the way national and social problems are always reflected through the prism of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855129

Language MachinesTechnologies of Literary and Cultural Production Language Machines questions any easily progressive model of technological change demonstrating the persistence rather than the obsolescence of language technologies over time the continuous and complicated overlap of pens presses screens and voice. In these essays new technologies do not simply replace but rather draw upon absorb displace and resituate earlier technologies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786872

Language Management and Its ImpactThe Policies and Practices of Confucius Institutes This book provides a comprehensive account of language management and planning at Confucius Institutes in the UK implementing an ethnographic approach grounded in language management theory. As a global language promotion organization Confucius Institutes have previously been discussed in the literature with respect to socio-political issues but this volume will shed particular light on their role in shaping and informing Chinese language policy at both the institutional and individual classroom level. The book focuses specifically on Confucius Institutes in the UK demonstrating how language teaching practice in these organizations is informed and shaped not only by organizational paradigms but local language needs and institutional attitudes of host institutions. In turn Li highlights these organizations’ unique position in a multilingual region such as the UK can offer new insights into language management by illustrating their roles as platforms for both individuals and institutions to become involved in the making and implementation of language policy. This volume will be of particular interest to students and researchers in language policy and planning language education applied linguistics and Chinese linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584153

Language MisconceivedArguing for Applied Cognitive Sociolinguistics Linguistics is important. An understanding of linguistic principles is as essential to the layperson as it is to the language scholar. Using concrete examples from politics law and education this book shows how people misconceive language every day and what the consequences of misconceptions can be. Since the meanings of words are often fuzzy at best this volume argues for a flexible approach to meaning and definitions and demonstrates how this approach can help us understand many conflicts. It is an alternative way of viewing and doing sociolinguistics. Language Misconceived: Arguing for Applied Cognitive Sociolinguistics is intended primarily for graduate and Ph.D. students of linguistics especially those interested in applying linguistics to fields like politics law and education. It may also be recommended to seasoned linguists as well as researchers in communication sociology psychology and education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764008

Language Mixing and Code-Switching in WritingApproaches to Mixed-Language Written Discourse "Code-switching " or the alternation of languages by bilinguals has attracted an enormous amount of attention from researchers. However most research has focused on spoken language and the resultant theoretical frameworks have been based on spoken code-switching. This volume presents a collection of new work on the alternation of languages in written form. Written language alternation has existed since ancient times. It is present today in a great deal of traditional media and also exists in newer less regulated forms such as email SMS messages and blogs. Chapters in this volume cover both historical and contemporary language-mixing practices in a large range of language pairs and multilingual communities. The research collected here explores diverse approaches including corpus linguistics Critical Discourse Analysis literacy studies ethnography and analyses of the visual/textual aspects of written data. Each chapter based on empirical research of multilingual writing presents methodological approaches as models for other researchers. New perspectives developed in this book include: analysis specific to written rather than spoken discourse; approaches from the new literacy studies treating mixed-language literacy from a practice perspective; a focus on both "traditional" and "new" media types; and the semiotics of both text and the visual environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792975

Language of Social Casework Originally published in 1968 Language of Social Casework considers the way in which social workers commonly neglect language. It is suggested that part of this neglect is due to the ways in which social workers and their critics envisage the activity of social work. The traditional criticisms of philanthropy and social work are therefore reviewed and an attempt made to describe some common responses to them on the part of the practitioners. This is followed by an examination of two terms that are of some importance in the language of casework: the ‘generic-specific’ concept and the idea of the ‘settings’ of casework. But casework is also described in terms borrowed from other ‘contexts: it is seen as ‘art’ or ‘science’ as a ‘therapy’ or the offer of ‘friendship’. Each of these descriptions is considered in the last two chapters of the book. The book also includes a brand new and fully updated preface by the author contextualising this 1968 publication in light of advancements made in the past 50 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368446

Language of Space This unique guide provides a systematic overview of the idea of architectural space. Bryan Lawson provides an ideal introduction to the topic breaking down the complex and abstract terms used by many design theoreticians when writing about architectural space. Instead our everyday knowledge is reintroduced to the language of design. Design values of 'space' are challenged and informed to stimulate a new theoretical and practical approach to design.This book views architectural and urban spaces as psychological social and partly cultural phenomena. They accommodate separate structure facilitate heighten and even celebrate human spatial behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168855

Language OnlineInvestigating Digital Texts and Practices In Language Online David Barton and Carmen Lee investigate the impact of the online world on the study of language. The effects of language use in the digital world can be seen in every aspect of language study and new ways of researching the field are needed. In this book the authors look at language online from a variety of perspectives providing a solid theoretical grounding an outline of key concepts and practical guidance on doing research. Chapters cover topical issues including the relation between online language and multilingualism identity education and multimodality then conclude by looking at how to carry out research into online language use. Throughout the book many examples are given from a variety of digital platforms and a number of different languages including Chinese and English. Written in a clear and accessible style this is a vital read for anyone new to studying online language and an essential textbook for undergraduates and postgraduates working in the areas of new media literacy and multimodality within language and linguistics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524957

Language Patterns in Spanish and BeyondStructure Context and Development The scholarly articles included in this volume represent significant contributions to the fields of formal and descriptive syntax conversational analysis and speech act theory as well as language development and bilingualism. Taken together these studies adopt a variety of methodological techniques—ranging from grammaticality judgments to corpus-based analysis to experimental approaches—to offer rich insights into different aspects of Ibero-Romance grammar. The volume consists of three parts organized in accordance with the topics treated in the chapters they comprise. Part I focuses on structural patterns  Part II analyzes pragmatic ones and Part III investigates the acquisition of linguistic aspects found in the speech of L1 L2 and heritage speakers. The authors address these issues by relying on empirically rooted linguistic approaches to data collection which are coupled with current theoretical assumptions on the nature of sentence structure discourse dynamics and language acquisition. The volume will be of interest to anyone researching or studying Hispanic and Ibero-Romance linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367550639

Language Planning and Language Change in JapanEast Asian Perspectives Highlights the shift in language planning and language change in Japan at the end of the 20th century against a background of significant socio-cultural political and economic change and places them in a comparative context. Issues investigated include the concept of disorder in language; changes in official language; changing attitudes to regional dialects; and the impact of globalisation and technological advances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861601

Language Planning and Language PolicyEast Asian Perspectives Examines the major issues of language planning and policy in Japan Mainland China Hong Kong Taiwan Korea and Vietnam particularly those relating to the selection of official language script and written language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863361

Language Planning for Medium of Instruction in Asia This volume investigates the policy and practice of medium of instruction at different levels of education in Asian polities including Bangladesh Hong Kong India Indonesia Japan Malaysia the Maldives Nepal Timor-Leste and Vietnam. The chapters provide an informed understanding of the context process actors goals and outcomes of medium of instruction policies from a language policy and planning perspective. The volume has an emphasis on the exploration of medium of instruction in action which brings into focus the perspectives of micro policy enactors including teachers students and parents in the local context generating crucial empirical insights. This critical analysis of the goals outcomes and experiences of this trend in global language-in-education will be of interest to language and education students researchers practicing teachers executives in academia and language studies and to education policymaking authorities in Asia and other parts of the world. The volume updates existing research on medium of instruction and takes the field forward in a fast-changing world as English medium instruction policies are globalised. This book was originally published as a special issue of Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013094

Language Planning in AfricaThe Cameroon Sudan and Zimbabwe This volume focuses on language planning in the Cameroon Sudan and Zimbabwe explaining the linguistic diversity historical and political contexts current language situation (including language-in-education planning) the role of the media the role of religion and the roles of non-indigenous languages. The authors are indigenous to the situations described and draw on their experience and extensive fieldwork there. The extended case studies contained in this volume draw together the literature on each of the polities to present an overview of the existing research available while also providing new research-based information. The purpose of this volume is to provide an up-to-date overview of the language situation in each polity based on a series of key questions in the hope that this might facilitate the development of a richer theory to guide language policy and planning in other polities where similar issues may arise. This book comprises case studies originally published in the journal Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819657

Language Planning in EuropeCyprus Iceland and Luxembourg This volume focuses on language planning in Cyprus Iceland and Luxembourg explaining the linguistic diversity historical and political contexts and current language situation (including language-in-education planning) the role of the media the role of religion and the roles of non-indigenous languages. The authors are indigenous to the situations described and draw on their experience and extensive fieldwork there. The three extended case studies contained in this volume draw together the literature on each of the polities to present an overview of the existing research available while also providing new research-based information. The purpose of this volume is to provide an up-to-date overview of the language situation in each polity based on a series of key questions in the hope that this might facilitate the development of a richer theory to guide language policy and planning in other polities where similar issues may arise. This book comprises case studies originally published in the journal Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819640

Language Planning in Primary Schools in Asia In foreign language education decisions must be taken on what languages to teach who will teach them in which schools (i.e. all only urban only rural) in which grades the number of hours a week and the cost involved. This book explores the answers to these questions across a number of Asian polities. It illustrates why some of the efforts undertaken are successful and why some are not why – despite significant investments of time and resources – some students do not seem to acquire the languages being taught and why some teachers responsible for instruction in the designated foreign languages have problems achieving fluency in the designated language or have other language teaching difficulties. It suggests some strategies various polities might attempt to achieve their stated language learning objectives. This book was originally published as a special issue of Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107281

Language Planning in the Asia PacificHong Kong Timor-Leste and Sri Lanka This volume covers the language situation in Hong Kong Timor-Leste and Sri Lanka explaining the linguistic diversity the historical and political contexts and the current language situation including language-in-education planning the role of the media the role of religion and the roles of non-indigenous languages. Two of the authors are indigenous to the situations described while the other has undertaken extensive field work and consulting there. The three monographs contained in this volume draw together the literature on each of the polities to present an overview of the research available about each of them while providing new research-based information. The purpose of the volume is to provide an up-to-date overview of the language situation in each polity based on a series of key questions in the hope that this might facilitate the development of a richer theory to guide language policy and planning in other polities where similar issues may arise. This book was published as special issues of Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618519

Language Policies in EducationCritical Issues How do language policies in schools create inequalities among learners? How do policies marginalize some students while granting privilege to others? How do language policies in education serve the interests of dominant groups within societies? How can linguistic minorities further their interests through attempts to change language policies in schools? This new edition of Language Policies in Education takes a fresh look at these enduring questions at the heart of fundamental debates about the role of schools in society the links between education and employment and conflicts between linguistic minorities and "mainstream" populations. Reflecting developments in language policy since the publication of the first edition in 2002 all chapters are original and substantial contributions to the study of language policy and exemplify major theories and research methods in the field. Chapter authors are major scholars in language policy and critical language studies. The case studies international in scope present cutting-edge analyses of important language policy debates in countries around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415894593

Language Policy Culture and Identity in Asian Contexts Bringing together scholarship on issues relating to language culture and identity with a special focus on Asian countries this volume makes an important contribution in terms of analyzing and demonstrating how language is closely linked with crucial social political and economic forces particularly the tensions between the demands of globalization and local identity. A particular feature is the inclusion of countries that have been under-represented in the research literature such as Nepal Bangladesh Brunei Darussalam Pakistan Cambodia Vietnam and Korea. The book is organized in three sections: Globalization and its Impact on Language Policies Culture and Identity Language Policy and the Social (Re)construction of National Cultural Identity Language Policy and Language Politics: The Role of English. Unique in its attention to how the domination of English is being addressed in relation to cultural values and identity by non-English speaking countries in a range of sociopolitical contexts this volume will help readers to understand the impact of globalization on non-English speaking countries particularly developing countries which differ significantly from contexts in the West in their cultural orientations and the way identities are being constructed. Language Policy Culture and Identity in Asian Contexts will interest scholars and research students in the areas of language policy education sociolinguistics applied linguistics and critical linguistics. It can be adopted in graduate and advanced undergraduate courses on language policy language in society and language education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315092034

Language Policy and Education in IndiaDocuments contexts and debates This book presents a history of English and development of language education in modern India. It explores the role of language in colonial attempts to establish hegemony the play of power and the anxieties in the nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century India. The essays in the volume discuss language policy debates and pedagogy as well as large Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177324

Language Policy and Planning The field of language policy and planning has evolved over the past half century into a flourishing field of academic inquiry with identifiable research agendas methods and findings. Edited by Thomas Ricento alongside an editorial advisory group of five leading scholars this new Routledge collection features all the key articles published both foundational and critical scholarship to provide a comprehensive documentary record of a vibrant academic area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727662

Language Policy and Planning The field of language policy and planning has evolved over the past half century into a flourishing field of academic inquiry with identifiable research agendas methods and findings. Edited by Thomas Ricento alongside an editorial advisory group of five leading scholars this new Routledge collection features all the key articles published both foundational and critical scholarship to provide a comprehensive documentary record of a vibrant academic area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727709

Language Policy and Planning The field of language policy and planning has evolved over the past half century into a flourishing field of academic inquiry with identifiable research agendas methods and findings. Edited by Thomas Ricento alongside an editorial advisory group of five leading scholars this new Routledge collection features all the key articles published both foundational and critical scholarship to provide a comprehensive documentary record of a vibrant academic area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727716

Language Policy and Planning The field of language policy and planning has evolved over the past half century into a flourishing field of academic inquiry with identifiable research agendas methods and findings. Edited by Thomas Ricento alongside an editorial advisory group of five leading scholars this new Routledge collection features all the key articles published both foundational and critical scholarship to provide a comprehensive documentary record of a vibrant academic area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727679

Language Policy and Planning The field of language policy and planning has evolved over the past half century into a flourishing field of academic inquiry with identifiable research agendas methods and findings. Edited by Thomas Ricento alongside an editorial advisory group of five leading scholars this new Routledge collection features all the key articles published both foundational and critical scholarship to provide a comprehensive documentary record of a vibrant academic area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727693

Language Policy and Planning in UniversitiesTeaching research and administration In a world where higher education is increasingly internationalised questions of language use and multilingualism are central to the ways in which universities function in teaching research and administration. Contemporary universities find themselves in complex linguistic environments that may include national level language policies local linguistic diversity an internationalised student body increasing international collaboration in research and increased demand for the use and learning of international languages especially English. The book presents a critical analysis of how universities are responding these complexities in different contexts around the world. The contributions show that language issues in universities are complex and often contested as universities try to negotiate the national and the international in their work. In some contexts universities’ language policies and the ways in which they are implemented may have a negative impact on their ways of working. In other contexts however universities have embraced multilingualism in ways that have opened up new academic possibilities for staff and students. Collectively the chapters show that universities’ language policy and planning are a work in progress and that much further work is needed for universities to achieve their language goals. This book was originally published as a special issue of Current Issues in Language Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891473

Language Policy in Superdiverse Indonesia Indonesia has an extreme diversity of linguistic wealth with 707 languages by one count or 731 languages and more than 1 100 dialects in another estimate spoken by more than 600 ethnicities spread across 17 504 islands in the archipelago. Smaller locally used indigenous languages jostle for survival alongside Indonesian which is the national language regional lingua francas major indigenous languages heritage languages sign languages and world languages such as English  Arabic and Mandarin not to mention emerging linguistic varieties and practices of language mixing. How does the government manage these languages in different domains such as education the media the workplace and the public while balancing concerns over language endangerment and the need for participation in the global community? Subhan Zein asserts that superdiversity is the key to understanding and assessing these intricate issues and their complicated contested and innovative responses in the complex dynamic and polycentric sociolinguistic situation in Indonesia that he conceptualises as superglossia. This offers an opportunity for us to delve more deeply into such a context through the language and superdiversity perspective that is in ascendancy. Zein examines emerging themes that have been dominating language policy discourse including status prestige corpus acquisition cultivation language shift and endangerment revitalisation linguistic genocide and imperialism multilingual education personnel policy translanguaging family language policy and global English. These topical areas are critically discussed in an integrated manner against Indonesia’s elaborate socio-cultural political and religious backdrop as well as the implementation of regional autonomy. In doing so Zein identifies strategies for language policy to help inform scholarship and policymaking while providing a frame of reference for the adoption of the superdiversity perspective on polity-specific language policy in other parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029548

Language PolicyA Systemic Functional Linguistic Approach In recent years research has prospered in the study of language policy. However there are still many problems behind this prosperity. For example much of the research lacks theoretical intervention and neglects perspectives of linguistic theories. This book a trailblazer for academic researchers in the fields of language policy and Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL) as appliable linguistics examines language policy from the perspective of SFL which could provide different angles for language policy and offer a valuable attempt to test SFL as appliable linguistics. This book also explores many typical controversial issues in Chinese language policy with an SFL approach such as ongoing conflicts between Putonghua and dialects. It not only addresses authentic problems emerging from the implementation process of Chinese language policy but also has produced some feasible and customized suggestions to improve Chinese language policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516741

Language Practices in Social WorkCategorisation and Accountability in Child Welfare Analysis of language and discourse in social sciences has become increasingly popular over the past thirty years. Only very recently has it been applied to the study of social work despite the fact that communication and language are central to social work practice. This book looks at how social workers their clients and other professionals categorise and manage the problems of social work in ways which are rendered understandable accountable and which justify professional intervention. Features include: studies of key practice areas in social work such as interviews case conferences home visits analysis of the language and construction used in typical case studies of everyday social work practice exploration of the ways in which professionals can examine their own practice and uncover the discursive narrative and rhetorical methods that they use. The purpose of this engaging study is to increase awareness of language and discourse in order to help develop better practice in social work. It is essential reading for professionals in social work child welfare and the human services and will be a valuable contribution to the study of professional language and communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203865644

Language Practices of Migrant YouthFrom School to Home This ground breaking research explores language maintenance and shift focusing on a school community. Following students’ language practice inside and outside of school the author offers a full picture of students’ multilingual practices and their role in shaping identity. Using case studies of eight girls from Vietnamese and Cambodian backgrounds the book draws on data from questionnaires interviews and ethnographic observation to bring these language practices to life. It explores the place of heritage languages English and other languages in the girls’ repertoires and investigates the role they see for these languages in their lives. A key focus of the book is the role of the school environment in shaping students’ repertoires and unfolding sense of ethnic identity; both directly through formal instruction and indirectly through its ethos and social composition. It provides practical suggestions on the basis of extensive research for how schools can negotiate some of the challenges of catering to a multiethnic population. Essential reading for anyone researching migrant language practice sociolinguistics or multicultural education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891480

Language Processing Language Processing questions what happens when we process language - what mental operations occur during processing and how they are organised over time. The last decade has seen real advances in the study of language processing that have wide ranging implications for human cognition in general. Language Processing gives an account of these developments both as they relate to experimental studies of processing and as they relate to computational modelling of the processes. In addition to chapters covering core topics such as lexical processing syntactic parsing and the comprehension of discourse special topics of recent interest are also included. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315784724

Language Processing in BilingualsPsycholinguistic and Neuropsychological Perspectives For decades bilingualism has resisted definition. If bilingualism is defined as habitual fluent correct and accent-free use of two languages few individuals would qualify as bilinguals. A more viable approach may be to concede that ‘bilingual’ can be seen instead as a range of points on a continuum that allows for differences. The psychological study of bilingualism encompasses a wide range of phenomena including the organization and representation of the grammar the perception and production of language mixing cerebral lateralization of language functions and patterns of recovery of aphasic patients. This book collects together an international array of researchers in experimental psychology linguistics and neuropsychology who bring their expertise to bear on the critical issues that are raised by the bilingual phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974296

Language Processing in DiscourseA Key to Felicitous Translation This book argues that language systems determine language use to a greater extent than is generally assumed. The author demonstrates how the typological characteristics of a language determine even the most general aspects of our stylistic preferences.Through extensive analysis of examples in German and English the author demonstrates how analogous options of sentence structure must be surrendered in order to achieve felicitous translations. Two major aspects that determine the appropriateness of language use are examined: language processing and discourse-dependency. Essential reading for translation scholars and linguists involved in the comparative study of English and German this book will also be of interest to scholars of psycholinguistics and cognitive science as well as translators and linguists more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649599

Language Processing in Spanish This book presents a set of contributions to the current flow of psycholinguistic research with new and challenging data gathered from Spanish that may illuminate issues about the generality of language processing models. Although it is possible to find a considerable amount of papers on psycholinguistic research with the Spanish language published in English-speaking journals unfortunately the scientific community does not have access to an overview of psycholinguistics in Spain. This book overcomes these limitations because it brings together state-of-the-art descriptions of the research and theory of the different subareas of psycholinguistics currently being studied in Spain. Spanish the third most widely-used language in the world differs from English in a number of important respects. Since English has been predominant in psycholinguistic research contrasting properties of Spanish may help to test the generality of language processing mechanisms and to refine their description. The set of contrasting features considered in this book includes acoustical and syllabic transparency shallow orthography a much richer morphology flexibility in word order less variability in intonational contours and the existence of null pronominal subjects for inflected verbs. There are also interesting contrasts in the frequency of different linguistic units whose impact on language processing is also evaluated. One of the main lines of argument throughout this book deals with the tension between universality and variation as a way of characterizing the functioning of language capacities and processes. The variety of topics covered by this book ranges from one end of the spectrum of language related behavior to the other: speech perception lexical access in word recognition relations between phonological and orthographic representations sentence processing discourse comprehension and language production. All chapters focus on questions of general interest within each topic and in most cases they appeal to one particular feature of the Spanish language that is relevant for a given question. Most chapters show the indisputable importance of crosslinguistic research in psycholinguistics to improve understanding on whether universal cognitive mechanisms and language specific routines underlie the ability of understanding and producing language. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138974302

Language Production: First International Workshop on Language ProductionA Special Issue of Language and Cognitive Processes This special issue presents an overview of recent research conducted in the field of language production. Its articles are based on talks presented at the first edition of the International Workshop on Language Production (Marseille France September 2004). The articles in the special issue deal with three different topics of general interest for models of language production: A. the general organizational principles of the language production system (representations spread of activation monitoring) B. several aspects of the lexical selection process and C. the representations and processes used during syntactic encoding. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877702

Language Rights This reference volume brings together the key academic contributions that have shaped the field of language rights over the last 40 years. Work in language rights is particularly concerned with the rights of minority language speakers in modern nation-states. It also encompasses related discussions on language endangerment the maintenance of bilingualism and multilingualism the role of education and the impact of English as the current world language in an increasingly globalized world. As such the field of language rights is also strongly interdisciplinary drawing on work in language policy sociolinguistics political theory law and education - all key disciplinary areas that are represented in this volume. It is also avowedly international with discussion in this volume of contexts that span Europe Africa Asia the Americas and Oceania/the Pacific region. The various contributions in this volume also address a range of linguistic minority groups including Indigenous peoples national minorities and migrant groups. This volume is relevant to a wide range of students and scholars interested in issues of language endangerment linguistic justice language and citizenship human rights Indigenous studies language education bilingualism and multilingualism and English as a world language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428097

Language Rights Research on Language Rights has produced an enormous—and unwieldy—corpus of literature. Such work often has limitations because scholars from different disciplinary traditions have seldom coordinated their concerns or integrated the conceptual traditions of particular fields. To enable researchers and advanced students to make sense of this vast literature and the disparate scholarly approaches Routledge announces Language Rights a new title in its Critical Concepts in Language Studies series. In four volumes the set draws on a wide range of disciplines including language policy political theory education law philosophy anthropology economics minority studies deaf studies and Indigenous cosmologies. The editors have assembled both normative texts and studies of their practical applications over the past century in a wide range of countries as well as more diverse interventions and interpretations. Volume I (‘Language Rights Past and Present: From Minority Rights to Linguistic Human Rights’) presents some of the basic concepts in language rights and traces developments from treaties and national constitutions to human rights principles and conditions for the maintenance of languages. Volume II (‘Multilingualism Education and Language Rights Granted or Denied: Policies and Politics’) explores the tensions between homogenizing nation states and the status of indigenous and minority languages in education. Volume III in the collection (‘Language Rights and Endangered Languages’) brings together the best thinking on recent developments in language and cultural revitalization through community mobilization around language rights especially in education the preconditions for their success their relationship to land rights and self-determination and state responses to demands for language rights. Finally Volume IV (‘Language Rights: Global and Regional Integration and Diversity Maintenance’) assesses ongoing trends of regional and global integration and questions the prospects for the world’s languages in the light of economic and cultural constraints and the weaknesses of the international human rights system. With newly written comprehensive introductions to each volume and to the collection as a whole Language Rights is destined to be welcomed as a vital research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740821

Language Rights and Language Survival This book makes an important contribution to the growing debate on linguistic human rights. By bringing together research on language rights language 'survival' and minority language planning in specific contexts from Africa Asia Central and North America and Europe it aims to illustrate how current conceptualizations of language rights can sometimes stand in the way of their successful realization. The book considers such theoretical and practical issues as: the constitution of ethnic identities and their links with language; relations between language politics and power; language ecology and revitalization movements; the dominance of particular models of language their appropriateness to particular contexts and their relationship to speakers' own perceptions. It is targeted towards a wide readership in the fields of sociology sociolinguistics and anthropology language rights law and language policy and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153189

Language Signs and Calming Signals of HorsesRecognition and Application This practical book helps you interpret and connect the physical signals that horses display in response to their environment. These signals are evident in the everyday actions gestures and attitudes that horses communicate to each other but are often so subtle that they can go unnoticed by humans. This book aims to rectify that offering horse lovers and equine professionals an opportunity to gain a unique insight into their 'horse's world'. Key features: includes detailed description of language signs of domestic horses with a special emphasis on calming signals includes 275 pictures to visualize various language signs calming signals behaviour sequences and facial features presents communication ladders to show how a horse responds to incentives in his environment and what signals he uses at certain moments contains tips on the use of the communication ladders and calming signals to improve the socialisation training and wellbeing of your horse considers equine psychological stress from an environmental perspective providing a valuable alternative to the current common clinical perspective. After reading this book you will be more astute in spotting calming signals displacement activities stress signals and distance-increasing signals and better able to see which stimuli your horse can handle and which he cannot. This means you will know what to do to calm your horse before his stress rises to an unmanageable level. Language Signs and Calming Signals of Horses is both fascinating and important reading for any equine veterinary practitioner student or nurse as well as horse owners and trainers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138070158

Language Teacher Education 'Language Teacher Education' is an introduction to language teacher training and development for teachers and providers in pre-service and in-service programmes. The text outlines the main theories of human learning and applies them to teacher education. Based on a broadly social constructivist perspective it suggests a framework for planning pre-service and in-service programmes and is illustrated both with case studies from a range of training situations around the world and appendices containing teacher education materials.   Language Teacher Education is intended to inform readers' practical decisions and to help them build their own theories of teacher learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824932

Language Teacher Education for a Global SocietyA Modular Model for Knowing Analyzing Recognizing Doing and Seeing The field of second/foreign language teacher education is calling out for a coherent and comprehensive framework for teacher preparation in these times of accelerating economic cultural and educational globalization. Responding to this call this book introduces a state-of-the-art model for developing prospective and practicing teachers into strategic thinkers exploratory researchers and transformative teachers. The model includes five modules: Knowing Analyzing Recognizing Doing and Seeing (KARDS). Its goal is to help teachers understand: how to build a viable professional personal and procedural knowledge-base how to analyze learner needs motivation and autonomy how to recognize their own identities beliefs and values how to do teaching theorizing and dialogizing and how to see their own teaching acts from learner teacher and observer perspectives. Providing a scaffold for building a holistic understanding of what happens in the language classroom this model eventually enables teachers to theorize what they practice and practice what they theorize. With its strong scholarly foundation and its supporting reflective tasks and exploratory projects this book is immensely useful for students practicing teachers teacher educators and educational researchers who are interested in exploring the complexity of language teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877381

Language Teacher Identity in TESOLTeacher Education and Practice as Identity Work This volume draws on empirical evidence to explore the interplay between language teacher identity (LTI) and professional learning and instruction in the field of TESOL. In doing so it makes a unique contribution to the field of language teacher education.    By reconceptualizing teacher education teaching and ongoing teacher learning as a continuous context-bound process of identity work Language Teacher Identity in TESOL discusses how teacher identity serves as a framework for classroom practice professional and personal growth. Divided into five sections the text explores key themes including narratives and writing; multimodal spaces; race ethnicity and language; teacher emotions; and teacher educator-researcher practices. The 15 chapters offer insight into the experiences of preservice teachers in-service teachers and teacher educators in global TESOL contexts including Canada Japan Korea Norway Sri Lanka Turkey the United Kingdom and the United States.    This text will be an ideal resource for researchers academics and scholars interested in furthering their knowledge of concepts grounding LTI as well as teachers and teacher educators seeking to implement identity-oriented approaches in their own pedagogical practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359560

Language Teachers and TeachingGlobal Perspectives Local Initiatives This volume gathers contributions from a range of global experts in teacher education to address the topic of language teacher education. It shows how teacher education involves the agency of teachers which forms part of their identity and which they take on when integrating into the teaching community of practice. In addition the volume explores the teachers’ situated practice--the dynamic negotiation of classroom situations socialization into the professional teaching culture and "on the ground experimentation" with pedagogical skills/techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636278

Language Teaching and Language Technology This text assesses the importance of language technology to increasingly popular computer-assisted language learning work. The book contains writings on pronunciation vocabulary grammar reading writing testing distance learning and user studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138993051

Language Teaching Through the Ages Konrad Koerner a leading historian of linguistics has long said that an academic field cannot be considered to have matured until it has history as one of its subfields. The history of linguistics is a growing area having come into its own in the 1960s especially after Noam Chomsky looked for historical roots for his work. In contrast the history of language teaching has been neglected reflecting the insecurity and youth of the field. Most works on the subject have been written by linguists for other linguists and typically focus on a specific period or aspect of history. This volume concentrates on the basic issues events and threads of the history of the field - from Mesopotamia to the present - showing how a knowledge of this history can inform the practice of language teaching in the present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657891

Language Teaching with Video-Based TechnologiesCreativity and CALL Teacher Education This book explores the implications of technology-mediated project-based language learning for CALL teacher development focusing on the role of video-based instruction in elucidating challenges and opportunities to promote learner creativity in the language classroom. The volume builds on existing literature on project-based language learning by extending the focus on the affordances of machinima digital video created by teachers and learners to capture experience in 3D immersive games or virtual worlds. Drawing on data from a large-scale research project featuring case studies that examine different facets of CALL teacher education the book calls attention to language learning and teaching strategies that encourage both learners and teachers to develop innovative approaches in the language classroom and how such approaches promote the integration of lifelong learning skills alongside traditional linguistic competencies. Offering a dynamic contribution to the growing literature on the interface of language learning and teaching and technology this book will appeal to students and researchers in applied linguistics and language and education as well as those interested in the latest developments in CALL. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434533

Language TeachingIntegrational Linguistic Approaches This book demonstrates the relevance of an integrational linguistic perspective to a practical real-world need namely the learning of languages. Integrational linguistics’ shunning of both realist and structuralist theories of language its commitment to an unwavering attention to the perspective of the language user and its adherence to a semiology in which signs are the situated products of interactants interpretive behaviour mean that it radically reconceptualizes language learning and language teaching. Detractors have implied that IL is so ‘philosophical’ or ‘theoretical’ an exercise that it has no useful bearing on the practical problems of language learning. These papers refute that misconception by demonstrating how an IL stance can help disentangle the conflicting considerations and contradictory assumptions that arise in a host of language teaching situations: first second- and foreign-language classrooms in a diversity of settings (including India Australia the United States and Hong Kong) with different age-groups of students whether the focus is on speech or writing and in more informal settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808064

Language Testing and Assessment Most scholars consider the birth of modern language testing as a field of study to be the year 1961 with the publication of Robert Lado’s book Language Testing and John Carroll’s chapter ‘Fundamental Considerations in Language Testing’. In the decades since it has grown in scope into a deeper and wider theoretical and intellectual field of study. The intellectual growth has come with the birth of psychometrics specifically in using statistical analyses for test development and research; with ideas from linguistics in developing language tests that are communicatively oriented; with ideas from ethics specifically in developing qualities codes and standards so that tests are fair and just. This has been coupled with the growth of the field into a billion-dollar worldwide enterprise partly fuelled by the practical need to assess the English language ability of test-takers who want to study at English-medium universities or work in offices that mainly use English for communication. This new four-volume collection from Routledge captures this burgeoning field by offering a cogent and comprehensive state-of-the-art coverage of the very best material. The volumes have been conceptualized both as a scholarly contribution in terms of theories and research as well as a practical guide in terms of test development in the field of language testing and assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708425

Language Textbooks in the era of Neoliberalism This book examines how neoliberalism finds expression in foreign language textbooks. Moving beyond the usual focus on English Pau Bori explores the impact of neoliberal ideology on Catalan textbooks. By comparing Catalan textbooks to English textbooks this book interrogates the similarities and differences between a minor and a global language in the age of neoliberalism. Drawing on insights from critical theory and critical pedagogy this study provides a fresh perspective on foreign language textbooks and second language education more broadly. Language Textbooks in the Era of Neoliberalism paves the way for new critical perspectives in language education that will challenge the current hegemony of neoliberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735203

Language Use and Social ChangeProblems of Multilingualism with Special Reference to Eastern Africa The social implications of multilingualism is a field of study on whcih systematic research began only in the second half of the 20th century in Africa. This book originally published in 1971 contains papers which concentrate on East Africa but it also discusses theoretical problems and methods arising from socio-linguistic studies outside the African field. These include studies on national languages and languages of wider communication in developing nations; the communication role of languages in multilingual societies; and social and cognitive aspects of bilingualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099364

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731089

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731096

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731119

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731102

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731126

Language Variation and Change This new five-volume anthology of major works has been produced in consultation with an editorial advisory board of distinguished scholars. It brings together the key texts of language variation and change to provide a comprehensive collection that represents the field's development and showcases the diverse communities that have been the subjects of investigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790919

Language Variation And Change In A Modernising Arab StateThe Case Of Bahrain First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138974319

Language variation and change in social networksA bipartite approach This monograph takes up recent advances in social network methods in sociology together with data on economic segregation in order to build a quantitative analysis of the class and network effects implicated in vowel change in a Southern American city. Studies of sociolinguistic variation in urban spaces have uncovered durable patterns of linguistic difference such as the maintenance of blue collar/white collar distinctions in the case of stable linguistic variables. But the underlying interactional origins of these patterns and the interactional reasons for their durability are not well understood due in part to the near-absence of large-scale network investigation. This book undertakes a sociolinguistic network analysis of data from the Raleigh corpus a set of conversational interviews collected form natives of Raleigh North Carolina from 2008-2017. Acoustic analysis of the corpus shows the rapid ongoing retreat from the Southern Vowel Shift and increasing participation in national vowel changes. The social distribution of these trends is explored via standard social factors such as occupation as well as innovative network variables including a measure of nestedness in the community network. The book aims to pursue new network-based questions about sociolinguistic variation that can be applied to other corpora making this key reading for students and researchers in sociolinguistics and historical linguistics as well as those interested in further understanding how existing quantitative network methods from sociological research might be applied to sociolinguistic data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188891

Language: A Linguistic Introduction to History Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824178

Language: The Basics What makes human language unique?Do women speak differently from men?Just what is the meaning of "meaning"?Language: The Basics provides a concise introduction to the study of language. Written in an engaging and entertaining style it encourages the reader to think about the way language works. It features: * chapters on 'Language in Use' 'Attitudes to Language' 'Children and Language' and 'Language Mind and Brain'* a section on sign language* a glossary of key terms* handy annotated guides to further reading.Providing an accessible overview of a fascinating subject this is an essential book for all students and anyone who's ever been accused of splitting an infinitive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127692

LanguageIts Nature and Development This book was first published in 1922. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845564

Languages and Cultures of Eastern Christianity: Ethiopian This volume brings together a set of contributions many appearing in English for the first time together with a new introduction covering the history of the Ethiopian Christian civilization in its formative period (300-1500 AD). Rooted in the late antique kingdom of Aksum (present day Northern Ethiopia and Eritrea) and lying between Byzantium Africa and the Near East this civilization is presented in a series of case studies. At a time when philological and linguistic investigations are being challenged by new approaches in Ethiopian studies this volume emphasizes the necessity of basic research while avoiding the reduction of cultural questions to matters of fact and detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669975

Languages and Cultures of Eastern Christianity: Georgian This volume brings together a set of key studies on the history and culture of Christian Georgia along with a substantial new introduction. The opening section sets the regional context in relation to the Byzantine empire in particular while subsequent parts deal with the conversion and christianization of the country the making of a 'national' church and the development of a historical identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754659860

Languages and Cultures of Eastern Christianity: Greek This volume brings together a set of fundamental contributions many translated into English for this publication along with an important introduction. Together these explore the role of Greek among Christian communities in the late antique and Byzantine East (late Roman Oriens) specifically in the areas outside of the immediate sway of Constantinople and imperial Asia Minor. The local identities based around indigenous eastern Christian languages (Syriac Coptic Armenian Georgian etc.) and post-Chalcedonian doctrinal confessions (Miaphysite Church of the East Melkite Maronite) were solidifying precisely as the Byzantine polity in the East was extinguished by the Arab conquests of the seventh century. In this multilayered cultural environment Greek was a common social touchstone for all of these Christian communities not only because of the shared Greek heritage of the early Church but also because of the continued value of Greek theological hagiographical and liturgical writings. However these interactions were dynamic and living so that the Greek of the medieval Near East was itself transformed by such engagement with eastern Christian literature appropriating new ideas and new texts into the Byzantine repertoire in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888077

Languages and Dialects in the U.S.Focus on Diversity and Linguistics Languages and Dialects in the U.S. is a concise introduction to linguistic diversity in the U.S. for students with little to no background in linguistics. The goal of the editors of this collection of fourteen chapters written by leading experts on the language varieties discussed is to offer students detailed insight into the languages they speak or hear around them grounded in comprehensive coverage of the linguistic systems underpinning them. The book begins with "setting the stage" chapters introducing the sociocultural context of the languages and dialects featured in the book. The remaining chapters are each devoted to particular U.S. dialects and varieties of American English each with problem sets and suggested further readings to reinforce basic concepts and new linguistic terminology and to encourage further study of the languages and dialects covered. By presenting students with both the linguistic and social cultural and political foundations of these particular dialects and variations of English Languages and Dialects in the U.S. is the ideal text for students interested in linguistic diversity in the U.S. in introductory courses in sociolinguistics language and culture and language variation and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728607

Languages and Identities in a Transitional JapanFrom Internationalization to Globalization This book explores the transition from the era of internationalization into the era of globalization of Japan by focusing on language and identity as its central themes. By taking an interdisciplinary approach covering education cultural studies linguistics and policy-making the chapters in this book raise certain questions of what constitutes contemporary Japanese culture Japanese identity and multilingualism and what they mean to local people including those who do not reside in Japan but are engaged with Japan in some way within the global community. Topics include the role of technology in the spread of Japanese language and culture hybrid language use in an urban context the Japanese language as a lingua franca in China and the identity construction of heritage Japanese language speakers in Australia. The authors do not limit themselves to examining only the Japanese language or the Japanese national/cultural identity but also explore multilingual practices and multiple/fluid identities in "a transitional Japan." Overall the book responds to the basic need for better accounts of language and identity of Japan particularly in the context of increased migration and mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598228

Languages and Literacies as Mobile and Placed Resources Languages and Literacies as Mobile and Placed Resources explores how languages and literacies are implicated in the complex relationship between place and mobility. It is a book that represents the next wave in literacy studies in which theories of mobility networking and globalisation have emerged to account for the dynamic landscape of globally circulating communication resources. Authors in this volume take up a more complex way of thinking about resources applying it to consider languages and literacies as assemblages or as parts of assemblages that are involved in learning teaching and meaning-making. The book addresses forms of text and mobility that arise in contexts outside of formal education including marketing charity journalism community organisation and parenting. It also addresses school contexts and higher education settings. Key topics explored include: Consequences of workplace confinement Literacies as placed resources in the context of rural communities Literacy sustainability and landscapes for learning Documenting networked knowledge on tablets Mobilising literacy policy through resources Global Englishes as placed resources Languages as contextualised resources Shaping a digital academic writing resource in a transcultural space With an international range of carefully chosen contributors this book is a must read text for all academics interested in semiotics and literacy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604575

Languages and Literary Cultures in Hyderabad There is great interest in recent scholarship in the study of metropolitan cultures in India as evident from the number of books that have appeared on cities such as Delhi Mumbai Chennai and Kolkata. Though Hyderabad has a rich archive of history scattered in many languages very few attempts have been made to bring this scholarship together. The papers in this volume bring together this scholarship at one place. They trace the contribution of different languages and literary cultures to the multicultural mosaic that is the city of Hyderabad How it has acquired this uniqueness and how it has been sustained is the subject matter of literary cultures in Hyderabad. This work attempts to trace some aspects of the history of major languages practiced in the city. It also reviews the contribution of the various linguistic groups that have added to the development not just of varied literary cultures but also to the evolution of an inclusive Hyderabadi culture. The present volume it is hoped will enthuse both younger and senior scholars and students to take a fresh look at the study of languages and literary cultures as they have evolved in India's cities and add to the growing scholarship of metropolitan cultures in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095441

Languages and PublicsThe Making of Authority The essays in this collection examine the public construction of languages the linguistic construction of publics and the relationship between these two processes. Cultural categories such as named languages linguistic standards and genres are the products of expert knowledge as well as of linguistic ideologies more widely shared among speakers. Translation grammars and dictionaries the policing of correctness folklore collections and linguistic academies are all part of the work that produces not only languages but also social groups and spheres of action such as "the public". Such representational processes are the topic of inquiry in this voume. They are explored as crucial aspects of power figuring among the means for establishing inequality imposing social hierarchy and mobilizing political action. Contributions to this volume investigate two related questions: first how different images of linguistic phenomena gain social credibility and political influence; and secondly the role of linguistic ideology and practices in the making of political authority. Using both historical and ethnographic approaches they examine empirical cases ranging from small-scale societies to multi-ethnic empire from nineteenth-century linguistic theories to contemporary mass media and from Europe to Oceania to the Americas. Contributors include Susan Gal Kathryn Woolard Judith Irvine Richard Bauman Michael Silverstein Jane Hill Joseph Errington Bambi Schieffelin Jacqueline Urla and Ben Lee. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781900650427

Languages for Developing User Interfaces This book brings together a number of researchers and developers from industry and academia who report on their work. It is of interest to language designers and the creators of toolkits UIMSs and other user interface tools. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367450403

Languages in Migratory SettingsPlace Politics and Aesthetics Research on migration has often focused on push and pull factors; and on the mobilities which drive migration. What has often received less attention and what this book recognises is the importance of the creative activities which occur when strangers meet and settle for long periods of time in new places. Contributions consider case studies in Italy Kyrgyzstan France Portugal and Australia as well as taking a careful look at the Commonwealth City of Glasgow. They explore the making and use of literature (for adults and children) of art installations; translation processes in immigration law; education materials; and intercultural understanding. The research reveals the extent to which migration takes a place and takes different forms as life is made anew out of intercultural encounters which have a geographical specificity. This shift in focus allows a different lens to be placed on languages intercultural communication and the activities of migration and enables the settings themselves to come under scrutiny. This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Intercultural Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084698

Languages in the Malaysian Education SystemMonolingual strands in multilingual settings This book provides an overview of language education in Malaysia covering topics such as the evolution of the education system from pre-independence days to the present time to the typology of schools and the public philosophy behind every policy made in the teaching of languages. The book consists of chapters devoted to the teaching of languages that form separate strands but are at the same time connected to each other within the education system. These chapters discuss: Implementing the national language policy in education institutions English in language education policies and planning in Malaysia Chinese and Tamil language education in Malaysia Teaching of indigenous Malaysian languages The role of translation in education in Malaysia   It also discusses the development of language which enables the national language Malay to fulfil its role as the main medium of education up to the tertiary level. This book will be of interest to researchers studying language planning teacher education and the sociology of education particularly within the Malaysian context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575974

Languages of Dress in the Middle East Considers how the languages of dress in the region connect with other social practices and with political and religious conformity in particular. Treating cases as diverse as practices of veiling in Oman and dress reform laws in Turkey these ethnographic studies extend from Malta to the ME and Caucasus. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027043

Languages of EducationProtestant Legacies National Identities and Global Aspirations In this landmark contribution to the study of the formation of the modern school Daniel Tröhler applies one of the most recognized methods of historical research to an analysis of the "language" of the academic discipline of education. Arguing the value of looking at languages rather than arguments--langues rather than paroles--this method of historical research is used to examine the background of different philosophies theories or arguments of education specifically republicanism and Protestantism. Tröhler’s argument is that such analysis is essential to tracing back educational arguments to the ideological core of their concerns and thus to understanding in international perspective the historical development of education systems and organizations and to evaluating their different theoretical and political approaches and claims. Elegantly written with the historian’s attention to archival material this book enables the reader to understand the complex and different social cultural religious and political context factors embedded in the "thought" of schooling and its objects of scrutiny--its notions of the child and teacher. Languages of Education is essential reading for scholars and students across the fields of history and philosophy of education curriculum studies and comparative education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716727

Languages of Labour This volume offers a multidisciplinary approach to the study of language in relation to the subject of history. The British and American contributors put forward the idea that language is a broadly based means of communication with contested and consensual meanings and that such meanings must be revealed and evaluated by precise historical contextualisation of language and proper attention to established rules of historical method. The essays contend that the connections between the linguistic and the social must be rethought. The book aims to move beyond the unproductive fragmentation and relativism the narrow textual range and the literal and anti-realist readings of the postmodern ’linguistic turn’ to offer a rigorous approach to the study of language and the subject of history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250823

Languages of Reform in the Eighteenth CenturyWhen Europe Lost Its Fear of Change Societies perceive "Reform" or "Reforms" as substantial changes and significant breaks which must be well-justified. The Enlightenment brought forth the idea that the future was uncertain and could be shaped by human beings. This gave the concept of reform a new character and new fields of application. Those who sought support for their plans and actions needed to reflect develop new arguments and offer new reasons to address an anonymous public. This book aims to compile these changes under the heuristic term of "languages of reform." It analyzes the structures of communication regarding reforms in the 18th century through a wide variety of topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367427733

Languages of the Wider WorldValuing Diversity The last few decades have seen a stretching and exchange of local regional and national languages identities cultures and economies worldwide as a consequence of globalisation and technology development. Significantly the languages of the Middle East Africa Asia the Netherlands Scandinavia Eastern Europe and Russia have been attracting increasing strategic commercial and civic attention. Collectively referred to as ‘Languages of the Wider World’ (LWW) these languages are important given the emergence of new centres of capital and cultural accumulation in the 21st century such as Brazil Russia India and China (BRICs). This volume focuses on LWW in use and on their teaching and learning. It ranges from a highly localized focus (on learners and teachers of Community/Heritage Languages) to broader national and international foci (on policy makers and multilingualism; on teachers in primary secondary and tertiary systems). It aims to inspire researchers and practitioners to work on languages other than the ones that have been the mainstay of the field to facilitate the development of a vibrant and critical community of enquiry in Languages of the Wider World. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Language Learning Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953741

Languaging Relations for Transforming the Literacy and Language Arts Classroom Applying a languaging perspective this volume frames the teaching and learning of literacy literature language and the language arts as social and linguistic actions that generate new questions to make visible social cultural psychological linguistic and educational processes. Chapter authors explore diverse aspects of a languaging framework the perspective of language as a series of ongoing and evolving interactional social actions and processes over time. Based on their research the authors suggest directions for addressing substantive engagement as well as the marginalization superficiality and violence (symbolic and otherwise) that characterize the educational experience of so many students. Responding to the need to foster and support students’ intellectual social and affective worlds this book showcases how languaging relations among teachers and students can deepen interactions and engagement with texts; enhance understandings of agency personhood and power relations in order to transform literacy literature and language arts classrooms; and improve the lives of teachers and students in educational settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489912

Lao She's Teahouse and Its Two English TranslationsExploring Chinese Drama Translation with Systemic Functional Linguistics Lao She’s Teahouse and Its Two English Translations: Exploring Chinese Drama Translation with Systemic Functional Linguistics provides an in-depth application of Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL) to the study of Chinese drama translation and theoretically explores the interface between SFL and drama translation. Investigating two English translations of the Chinese drama Teahouse (茶馆 Cha Guan in Chinese) by Lao She and translated by John Howard-Gibbon and Ying Ruocheng respectively Bo Wang and Yuanyi Ma apply Systemic Functional Linguistics to point out the choices that translators have to make in translation. This book is of interest to graduates and researchers of Chinese translation and discourse studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261917

Laogai--the Chinese Gulag "Avoiding sensationalism or self-pity what Mr. Wu has given us is the unemotional and authoritative reference work long needed to complement the vivid but anecdotal accounts of individual prisoners. . . . a comprehensive . . . expose laying out in the greatest detail yet available the history policies command structure and scale of the larges Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316525

LaosKeystone Of Indochina This book presents an analytic introduction to Laos and traces the country's history and culture up to its independence from France in 1954. It assesses the aftermath of the 1975 Communist takeover of Laos and the consequent establishment of a people's democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166373

Laparoscopic Colorectal SurgeryA Step by Step Guide with Video Atlas This comprehensive book provides the reader a perspective of the current evidence-based management of Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery. It covers sections on benign surgery for IBD diverticulitis rectal prolapse etc. along with the procedures for colon and rectal cancers including laparoscopic TME. The accompanying videos complement the text imparting specific operative skills of exposure retraction countertraction dissection vascular control hemostasis laparoscopic Stapling anastomosis specimen extraction and stoma formation. This book aims to help surgeons to learn standardize practice and master the complex skills of Laparoscopic colorectal surgery. Key Features Provides step by step solution to the difficulties encountered by the beginners by covering a section on bugbears. Caters to General GI Oncology and Colorectal surgeons who have the adequate basic laparoscopic skills and have already been doing some advanced laparoscopic surgery in form of laparoscopic Upper GI and bowel surgery and would want to start laparoscopic colorectal surgery. Covers a section on Robotic and single incision laparoscopic surgery providing the contemporary knowledge in this emerging field whereas a section on trans-anal surgery provides a futuristic dimension to this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367352844

Laparoscopic Colorectal SurgeryThe Lapco Manual This unique reference in laparoscopic colorectal surgery starts by looking at the establishment of the Lapco training programme in the UK. It then goes on to provide a comprehensive technical manual of operative and patient care for laparoscopic colorectal surgery offers insight into training and assessment methodology and finally looks to the future and where we may be going. It shares knowledge of a unique training programme which healthcare systems worldwide are trying to emulate and provides an up-to-date manual of know-how from some of the world’s most experienced laparoscopic colorectal trainers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138091696

Laparoscopic SurgeryPrinciples and Procedures Second Edition Revised and Expanded Expanded by 30% to explore the latest surgical approaches techniques equipment and perspectives this Second Edition leads surgeons through new applications in minimally invasive surgery gynecology urology endoscopically-assisted plastic surgery pediatric surgery and video-assisted thoracoscopic procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394264

Large Carnivore Conservation and ManagementHuman Dimensions Large carnivores include iconic species such as bears wolves and big cats. Their habitats are increasingly being shared with humans and there is a growing number of examples of human-carnivore coexistence as well as conflict. Next to population dynamics of large carnivores there are considerable attitude shifts towards these species worldwide with multiple implications.This book argues and demonstrates why human dimensions of relationships to large carnivores are crucial for their successful conservation and management. It provides an overview of theoretical and methodological perspectives heterogeneity in stakeholder perceptions and behaviour as well as developments in decision making stakeholder involvement policy and governance informed by human dimensions of large carnivore conservation and management. The scope is international with detailed examples and case studies from Europe North and South America Central and South Asia as well as debates of the challenges faced by urbanization agricultural expansion national parks and protected areas. The main species covered include bears wolves lynx and leopards. The book provides a novel perspective for advanced students researchers and professionals in ecology and conservation wildlife management human-wildlife interactions environmental education and environmental social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605889

Large Covariance and Autocovariance Matrices Large Covariance and Autocovariance Matrices brings together a collection of recent results on sample covariance and autocovariance matrices in high-dimensional models and novel ideas on how to use them for statistical inference in one or more high-dimensional time series models. The prerequisites include knowledge of elementary multivariate analysis basic time series analysis and basic results in stochastic convergence.Part I is on different methods of estimation of large covariance matrices and auto-covariance matrices and properties of these estimators. Part II covers the relevant material on random matrix theory and non-commutative probability. Part III provides results on limit spectra and asymptotic normality of traces of symmetric matrix polynomial functions of sample auto-covariance matrices in high-dimensional linear time series models. These are used to develop graphical and significance tests for different hypotheses involving one or more independent high-dimensional linear time series. The book should be of interest to people in econometrics and statistics (large covariance matrices and high-dimensional time series) mathematics (random matrices and free probability) and computer science (wireless communication). Parts of it can be used in post-graduate courses on high-dimensional statistical inference high-dimensional random matrices and high-dimensional time series models. It should be particularly attractive to researchers developing statistical methods in high-dimensional time series models. Arup Bose is a professor at the Indian Statistical Institute Kolkata India. He is a distinguished researcher in mathematical statistics and has been working in high-dimensional random matrices for the last fifteen years. He has been editor of Sankhyā for several years and has been on the editorial board of several other journals. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics USA and all three national science academies of India as well as the recipient of the S.S. Bhatnagar Award and the C.R. Rao Award. His first book Patterned Random Matrices was also published by Chapman & Hall. He has a forthcoming graduate text U-statistics M-estimates and Resampling (with Snigdhansu Chatterjee) to be published by Hindustan Book Agency. Monika Bhattacharjee is a post-doctoral fellow at the Informatics Institute University of Florida. After graduating from St. Xavier's College Kolkata she obtained her master’s in 2012 and PhD in 2016 from the Indian Statistical Institute. Her thesis in high-dimensional covariance and auto-covariance matrices written under the supervision of Dr. Bose has received high acclaim. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367734107

Large Databases in Economic HistoryResearch Methods and Case Studies ‘Big data’ is now readily available to economic historians thanks to the digitisation of primary sources collaborative research linking different data sets and the publication of databases on the internet. Key economic indicators such as the consumer price index can be tracked over long periods and qualitative information such as land use can be converted to a quantitative form. In order to fully exploit these innovations it is necessary to use sophisticated statistical techniques to reveal the patterns hidden in datasets and this book shows how this can be done. A distinguished group of economic historians have teamed up with younger researchers to pilot the application of new techniques to ‘big data’. Topics addressed in this volume include prices and the standard of living money supply credit markets land values and land use transport technological innovation and business networks. The research spans the medieval early modern and modern periods. Research methods include simultaneous equation systems stochastic trends and discrete choice modelling. This book is essential reading for doctoral and post-doctoral researchers in business economic and social history. The case studies will also appeal to historical geographers and applied econometricians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231474

Large Deviations and Idempotent Probability In the view of many probabilists author Anatolii Puhalskii's research results stand among the most significant achievements in the modern theory of large deviations. In fact his work marked a turning point in the depth of our understanding of the connections between the large deviation principle (LDP) and well-known methods for establishing weak convergence results.Large Deviations and Idempotent Probability expounds upon the recent methodology of building large deviation theory along the lines of weak convergence theory. The author develops an idempotent (or maxitive) probability theory introduces idempotent analogues of martingales (maxingales) Wiener and Poisson processes and Ito differential equations and studies their properties. The large deviation principle for stochastic processes is formulated as a certain type of convergence of stochastic processes to idempotent processes. The author calls this large deviation convergence.The approach to establishing large deviation convergence uses novel compactness arguments. Coupled with the power of stochastic calculus this leads to very general results on large deviation asymptotics of semimartingales. Large and moderate deviation asymptotics are treated in a unified manner. Starting with the foundations of idempotent measure theory and culminating in applications to large deviation asymptotics of queueing systems Large Deviations and Idempotent Probability offers an outstanding opportunity to examine both the development of a remarkable approach and recently discovered results as presented by one of the foremost leaders in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367455293

Large Deviations For Performance AnalysisQueues Communication and Computing Originally published in 1995 Large Deviations for Performance Analysis consists of two synergistic parts. The first half develops the theory of large deviations from the beginning through recent results on the theory for processes with boundaries keeping to a very narrow path: continuous-time discrete-state processes. By developing only what is needed for the applications the theory is kept to a manageable level both in terms of length and in terms of difficulty. Within its scope the treatment is detailed comprehensive and self-contained. As the book shows there are sufficiently many interesting applications of jump Markov processes to warrant a special treatment. The second half is a collection of applications developed at Bell Laboratories. The applications cover large areas of the theory of communication networks: circuit switched transmission packet transmission multiple access channels and the M/M/1 queue. Aspects of parallel computation are covered as well including basics of job allocation rollback-based parallel simulation assorted priority queueing models that might be used in performance models of various computer architectures and asymptotic coupling of processors. These applications are thoroughly analysed using the tools developed in the first half of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315778

Large Energy Storage Systems Handbook In the current push to convert to renewable sources of energy many issues raised years ago on the economics and the difficulties of siting energy storage are once again being raised today. When large amounts of wind solar and other renewable energy sources are added to existing electrical grids efficient and manageable energy storage becomes a crucial component to allowing a range of eco-friendly resources to play a significant role in our energy system. In order to fulfill our intended goal of diminishing dependence on non-renewable sources of energy and reducing our carbon footprint we must find a way to store and convert these novel resources into practical solutions. Based on the efforts of a University of Colorado team devoted to increasing the use of renewable energy production within the current electrical power grid Large Energy Storage Systems Handbook examines a number of ways that energy can be stored and converted back to electricity. Examining how to enhance renewable generation energy storage relative to economic and carbon impact this book discusses issues of reliability siting economics and efficiency. Chapters include the practicalities of energy storage generation and absorption of electrical power; the difficulties of intermittent generation; and the use of pumped and underground pumped hydroelectric energy storage. The book highlights the storage of compressed air battery energy solar thermal and natural gas sources of energy. Heavily referenced and easily accessible to policy makers developers and students alike this book provides contributions from those active in the field for coverage of many important topics. With this book as a foundation these pioneers can develop the capacity of power grids to handle high renewable energy generation penetration and provide a brighter future for generations to come. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138071964

Large Hadron Collider Phenomenology With the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) under construction and due to come online in 2007 it is appropriate to engage in a focused review on LHC phenomenology. At a time when most of the experimental effort is centered on detector construction and software development it is vitally important to direct the experimental community and in particular new researchers on the physics phenomena expected from the LHC. Large Hadron Collider Phenomenology covers the capabilities of LHC from searches for the Higgs boson and physics beyond the standard model to detailed studies of quantum chromodynamics the B-physics sectors and the properties of hadronic matter at high energy density as realized in heavy-ion collisions.Written by experienced researchers and experimentalists this reference examines the basic properties and potentials of the machine detectors and software required for physics analyses. The book starts with a basic introduction to the standard model and its applications to the phenomena observed at high energy collisions. Later chapters describe the key technological challenges facing the construction of the LHC machine the operating detectors of the LHC and the vast computing grid needed to analyze the data. In the final sections the contributors discuss the quark-gluon plasma (QGP) explore questions and predictions for the LHC program and examine the physics opportunities of the LHC using information from the forward region.By surveying the difficult challenges of the LHC development while also assessing the novel processes that the LHC will perform Large Hadron Collider Phenomenology aids less seasoned physicists as well as existing researchers in discovering the numerous possibilities of the LHC. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393793

Large Mammals and a Brave PeopleSubsistence Hunters in Zambia The Valley Bisa people inhabit the Luangwa Valley in central Zambia. Among them the hunter who tracks such large game as the lion elephant and buffalo commands great respect and esteem from the other members of the lineage who traditionally rely on him for their subsistence and protection. Although the social organization and technology of the Bisa people have undergone tremendous change in the last one hundred years the role of hunter retains its social importance and the legitimizing hunting rituals have their roots in local history. Drawing on data collected during his fieldwork among the Bisa continuing since the 1960s Stuart Marks describes the changes that have occurred in hunting patterns the sociological variables that govern an individual's decision to become a hunter and the common cosmological convictions that hunters bring to their profession. Available for the first time in paperback the new introduction and afterword to this edition reflect on methodological and ideological changes in the anthropological study of African peoples as well as updating the circumstances of the Bisa people since the book's first appearance in 1976. Through the interventions of the larger national society the Bisa have lost much of their land and access to important portions of their resources while experiencing repression in their struggles to maintain livelihoods with what local assets are left. Nevertheless Marks notes that they face their hardships with tolerance integrity persistence and humility. The general reader as well as prehistorians and anthropologists concerned with human evolution and hunting societies will find this volume useful. It will also be of interest to wildlife managers and ecologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526907

Large Scale and Big DataProcessing and Management Large Scale and Big Data: Processing and Management provides readers with a central source of reference on the data management techniques currently available for large-scale data processing. Presenting chapters written by leading researchers academics and practitioners it addresses the fundamental challenges associated with Big Data processing tools and techniques across a range of computing environments.The book begins by discussing the basic concepts and tools of large-scale Big Data processing and cloud computing. It also provides an overview of different programming models and cloud-based deployment models. The book’s second section examines the usage of advanced Big Data processing techniques in different domains including semantic web graph processing and stream processing. The third section discusses advanced topics of Big Data processing such as consistency management privacy and security.Supplying a comprehensive summary from both the research and applied perspectives the book covers recent research discoveries and applications making it an ideal reference for a wide range of audiences including researchers and academics working on databases data mining and web scale data processing.After reading this book you will gain a fundamental understanding of how to use Big Data-processing tools and techniques effectively across application domains. Coverage includes cloud data management architectures big data analytics visualization data management analytics for vast amounts of unstructured data clustering classification link analysis of big data scalable data mining and machine learning techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138033948

Large Scale NetworksModeling and Simulation This book offers a rigorous analysis of the achievements in the field of traffic control in large networks oriented on two main aspects: the self-similarity in traffic behaviour and the scale-free characteristic of a complex network. Additionally the authors propose a new insight in understanding the inner nature of things and the cause-and-effect based on the identification of relationships and behaviours within a model which is based on the study of the influence of the topological characteristics of a network upon the traffic behaviour. The effects of this influence are then discussed in order to find new solutions for traffic monitoring and diagnosis and also for traffic anomalies prediction. Although these concepts are illustrated using highly accurate highly aggregated packet traces collected on backbone Internet links the results of the analysis can be applied for any complex network whose traffic processes exhibit asymptotic self-similarity perceived as an adaptability of traffic in networks. However the problem with self-similar models is that they are computationally complex. Their fitting procedure is very time-consuming while their parameters cannot be estimated based on the on-line measurements. In this aim the main objective of this book is to discuss the problem of traffic prediction in the presence of self-similarity and particularly to offer a possibility to forecast future traffic variations and to predict network performance as precisely as possible based on the measured traffic history. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655891

Large Scale School Reform and Social Capital Building This book introduces and explores the nature of large scale reform and offers a fresh insight into the importance of social capital and professional development leadership for teachers and school management. It synthesizes research on the role of the professional development leader and the importance of social capital in schools and examines its potential to impact large scale system-wide reform projects. The text presents a range of international examples and theories from renowned researchers and educationists which illustrate the challenge of raising the prominence of education social capital in schools. Considering crucial research that informs effective adult learning interventions underlying themes supporting constructivist and transformative interventions are identified and woven into the narrative. Factors and variables needed to encourage and implement initiatives are examined and each section is accompanied by case studies from around the world. The book is split into five sections and twelve parts which include: -The Lesson of Large Scale Reform for Leadership Development-Assessment of Wide Scale Educational Reform Initiatives-Developing Social Capital through National Education Reform-System Improvement through Professional Learning Communities Large Scale School Reform and Social Capital Building will be of interest to policy makers and system reform leaders along with researchers and postgraduate students with a focus on continuous professional development educational reform and school leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383043

Large Space Structures Formed by Centrifugal Forces This book describes a feasible means of constructing such a reflector as well as simple reliable and low-cost structures for television and radio transmissions debris removal from space and the development of solar sails for interplanetary missions. The aim of this book is thus to provide a comprehensive overview of the research in the technology of such space based structures expanded by centrifugal forces. The most promising concepts and design solutions for different applications are addressed. Particular emphasis is placed on deployment dynamics of space-based structures and their retrieval techniques: the reorientation of expanded film sheets in space selecting film folding patterns tethering systems and deployment mechanisms and controlling the deployment-retrieval process by space vehicles. Also featured are sections on ground and orbital simulation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078203

Large Systems Change: An Emerging Field of Transformation and TransitionsA Special Theme Issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship (Issue 58) Large Systems Change (LSC) is a field of study and action that is characterized by its focus on transformational pathways towards a participative flourishing future through inter- and trans-disciplinary approaches that value engagement with practitioners and those aspiring for such futures.  Its emergence holds great promise for addressing critical issues.  Advancing its development requires aggressiveness to cross the many disciplinary institutional and other boundaries and build the necessary scale of effort;  however humbleness is also required to recognize that although we have substantial knowledge and methodologies for approaching LSC we are still at early stages of their development. The papers in this Special Issue of The Journal of Corporate Citizenship focus on the question of how to scale to the field of LSC. We can see the contributors and editors reflect on this at the three levels:  broadening by increasing the numbers of people and organizations identified with it; going up and out with a more receptive environment arising with failures of traditional management approaches; and deepening of knowledge and methods for supporting LSC. This Special Issue will be essential reading for those researching in this emerging field and practitioners looking for the latest thinking on how LSC may be a solution to global challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534364

Large Turbo-GeneratorsMalfunctions and Symptoms This book presents a comprehensive ordered relationship between malfunctions and symptoms occurring in large turbogenerators. With this book the operator and/or engineer in a generating station could identify underlying causes of a developing component degradation or a failure quicker which could potentially save both time and money and reduce the trial-and-error troubleshooting process. Large turbogenerators are the most important source of electricity. They can be found in thousands of power stations in every country. Forced outages failures and degradation of these very expensive machines have an enormous aggregate cost to society. As such any tool that can ameliorate loss of production by shaving time from troubleshooting activities and avoiding unnecessary costs by detecting and promptly responding to component degradation represents a step forward. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655907

Large Type EditionLarge Type Edition Examination of the work of scientific icons-Newton Descartes and others-reveals the metaphors and analogies that directed their research and explain their discoveries. Today scientists tend to balk at the idea of their writing as rhetorical much less metaphorical. How did this schism over metaphor occur in the scientific community? To establish that scientists should use metaphors to explain science to the public and need to be conscious of how metaphor can be useful to their research this book examines the controversy over cloning and the lack of a metaphor to explain it to a public fearful of science's power.The disjunction between metaphor and science is traced to the dispensation of the Solar System Analogy in favor of a mathematical model. Arguing that mathematics is metaphorical the author supports the idea of all language as metaphorical-unlike many rhetoricians and philosophers of science who have proclaimed all language as metaphorical but have allowed a distinction between a metaphorical use of language and a literal use.For technical communication pedagogy the implications of this study suggest foregrounding metaphor in textbooks and in the classroom. Though many technical communication textbooks recommend metaphor as a rhetorical strategy some advise avoiding it and those that recommend it usually do so in a paragraph or two with little direction for students on how to recognize metaphors or to how use them. This book provides the impetus for a change in the pedagogical approach to metaphor as a rhetorical tool with epistemological significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415434409

Large-Angle Convergent-Beam Electron Diffraction Applications to Crystal Defects A publication of the French Society of Microscopies Large-Angle Convergent-Beam Electron Diffraction Applications to Crystal Defects is devoted to an important aspect of electron diffraction. Convergent-beam diffraction is capable of furnishing remarkably accurate crystallographic information. In this book the author goes well beyond a simple presentation of the method. The description of convergent-beam electron diffraction and especially of LACBED is preceded by several preparatory chapters in which the principles of diffraction and the nature of electron-matter interactions are clearly set out. An entire chapter is concerned with instrumentation. Another on the interpretation of diffraction patterns enables the reader to master all stages in the process. The book ends with a long chapter in which numerous applications concerned with the characterization of crystal defects are examined and analyzed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138414181

Large-Eddy Simulation in Hydraulics Large-Eddy Simulation (LES) which is an advanced eddy-resolving method for calculating turbulent flows is used increasingly in Computational Fluid Dynamics also for solving hydraulics and environmental flow problems. The method has generally great potential and is particularly suited for problems dominated by large-scale turbulent structures. This book gives an introduction to the LES method specially geared for hydraulic and environmental engineers. Compared with existing books on LES it is less theoretically and mathematically demanding and hence easier to follow and it covers special features of flows in water bodies and summarizes the experience gained with LES for calculating such flows. The book was written primarily as an introduction to LES for hydraulic and environmental engineers but it will also be very useful as an entry to the subject of LES for researchers and students in all fields of fluids engineering. The applications part will further be useful to researchers interested in the physics of flows governed by the dynamics of coherent structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576387

Larger than LifeSix Women and their Battle with Obesity as seen through the Eyes of a Dramatherapist Larger than Life is aimed at anyone interested in obesity and its treatment. It follows a dramatherapy group attended by six women all struggling with their weight using vignettes transcriptions of the sessions attended and commentary on the progress made by the participants. A final interview concludes each of the women's therapy where they talk about their experiences within the group followed by the therapist's summation of their treatment. The book concludes with brief telephone conversations with all six women three years after their treatment ended giving a clear picture of the value of dramatherapy to the individual. As well as looking at these specific case studies the authors also discuss the causes and effects of obesity the dramatherapy group process and why dramatherapy is an effective means of treating eating disorders. This is a must-read book for anyone interested in the subject of obesity or dramatherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205548

Large-scale 3D Data IntegrationChallenges and Opportunities Large-Scale 3D Data Integration: Challenges and Opportunities examines the fundamental aspects of 3D geo-information focusing on the latest developments in 3D GIS (geographic information) and AEC (architecture engineering construction) systems. This book addresses policy makers designers and engineers and individuals that need to overcome obstacles in integrating modeling perspectives and data. Organized into four major parts the book begins by presenting a historical overview of the issues involved in integrating GIS and AEC. Part II then focuses on the data issue from several viewpoints: data collection; database structures and representation; database management; and visualization. Part III covers the areas of semantics ontology and standardization from a theoretical perspective and details many of the best examples of this approach in developing real-world applications. The book concludes with contributions that focus on recent advances in virtual geographic environments and alternative modeling schemes for the potential AEC/GIS interface. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454005

Large-scale Assessment Programs for All StudentsValidity Technical Adequacy and Implementation The need for a comprehensive volume that reviews both the processes and issues involved in developing administering and validating large-scale assessment programs has never been greater. These programs are used for many purposes including instructional program evaluation promotion certification graduation and accountability. One of the greatest problems we face is how to deal with special needs and bilingual populations. Examining these processes and issues is the mission of this book. It is organized into the following five sections: Introduction Validity Issues Technical Issues Implementation Issues and Epilogue. Each chapter follows a common structure: Overview of critical issues review of relevant research descriptions of current assessment methodologies and recommendations for the future research and practice. Written by nationally recognized scholars Large-Scale Assessment Programs for All Students: Validity Technical Adequacy and Implementation will appeal to anyone seriously involved in large scale testing including educators policymakers testing company personnel and researchers in education psychology and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866645

Large-Scale Construction Project ManagementUnderstanding Legal and Contract Requirements A majority of large-scale construction and major infrastructure projects are funded by public funds from taxpayers. However these projects are often subject to severe delays and cost overruns. Large-Scale Construction Project Management: Understanding Legal and Contract Requirements introduces integrated approaches to project management and control mechanisms to effectively manage large-scale construction projects. It explains the contractual requirements and associated legal principles under the latest edition of the leading standard forms of contracts including FIDIC 2017 NEC4 and JCT 2016. It explains integrated project governance regarding time cost risk change contract management and more. Further it discusses the legal issues of scheduling delays and disruptions regarding the Delay and Disruption Protocol (Society of Construction Law) as well as Forensic Schedule Analysis guidance (American Association of Cost Engineering).   Features: Provides strategies to effectively resolve disputes during construction projects Examines Quantitative Schedule Risk Analysis (QSRA) and Quantitative Cost Risk Analysis (QCRA) Introduces the most recent software and techniques used in managing large-scale construction projects   This book serves as a useful resource for project control and management professionals researchers in construction management and project management and students in building construction management and project management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138389335

Large-Scale EvacuationThe Analysis Modeling and Management of Emergency Relocation from Hazardous Areas Large-Scale Evacuation introduces the reader to the steps involved in evacuation modelling for towns and cities from understanding the hazards that can require large-scale evacuations through understanding how local officials decide to issue evacuation advisories and households decide whether to comply to transportation simulation and traffic management strategies. The author team has been recognized internationally for their research and consulting experience in the field of evacuations. Collectively they have 125 years of experience in evacuation including more than 140 projects for federal and state agencies. The text explains how to model evacuations that use the road transportation network by combining perspectives from social scientists and transportation engineers fields that have commonly approached evacuation modelling from distinctly different perspectives. In doing so it offers a step-by-step guide through the key questions needed to model an evacuation and its impacts to the evacuation route system as well as evacuation management strategies for influencing demand and expanding capacity. The authors also demonstrate how to simulate the resulting traffic and evacuation management strategies that can be used to facilitate evacuee movement and reduce unnecessary demand. Case studies which identify key points to analyze in an evacuation plan discuss evacuation termination and re-entry and highlight challenges that someone developing an evacuation plan or model should expect are also included. This textbook will be of interest to researchers practitioners and advanced students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482259858

Large-scale Forest Restoration Landscapes are being degraded and simplified across the globe. This book explores how forest restoration might be carried out to increase landscape heterogeneity improve ecological functioning and restore ecosystem services in such landscapes. It focuses on large landscape-scale reforestation because that is the scale at which restoration is needed if many of the problems that have now developed are to be addressed. It also shows how large-scale forest restoration might improve human livelihoods as well as improve conservation outcomes. A number of governments have undertaken national reforestation programs in recent years; some have been more successful than others. The author reviews these to explore what type of reforestation should be used where this should be carried out and how much should be done. For example are the traditional industrial forms of reforestation necessarily the best to use in all situations? How can forest restoration be reconciled with the need for food security? And are there spatial thresholds that must be exceeded to generate economic and environmental benefits? The book also examines the policy and institutional settings needed to encourage large-scale reforestation. This includes a discussion of the place for incentives to encourage landholders to undertake particular types of reforestation and to reforest particular locations. It also considers forms of governance that are likely to lead to an equitable sharing of the costs and benefits of forest restoration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663205

Large-Scale Machine Learning in the Earth Sciences From the Foreword:"While large-scale machine learning and data mining have greatly impacted a range of commercial applications their use in the field of Earth sciences is still in the early stages. This book edited by AshokSrivastava Ramakrishna Nemani and Karsten Steinhaeuser serves as an outstanding resource for anyone interested in the opportunities and challenges for the machine learning community in analyzing these data sets to answer questions of urgent societal interest…I hope that this book will inspire more computer scientists to focus on environmental applications and Earth scientists to seek collaborations with researchers in machine learning and data mining to advance the frontiers in Earth sciences."--Vipin Kumar University of MinnesotaLarge-Scale Machine Learning in the Earth Sciences provides researchers and practitioners with a broad overview of some of the key challenges in the intersection of Earth science computer science statistics and related fields. It explores a wide range of topics and provides a compilation of recent research in the application of machine learning in the field of Earth Science.Making predictions based on observational data is a theme of the book and the book includes chapters on the use of network science to understand and discover teleconnections in extreme climate and weather events as well as using structured estimation in high dimensions. The use of ensemble machine learning models to combine predictions of global climate models using information from spatial and temporal patterns is also explored.The second part of the book features a discussion on statistical downscaling in climate with state-of-the-art scalable machine learning as well as an overview of methods to understand and predict the proliferation of biological species due to changes in environmental conditions. The problem of using large-scale machine learning to study the formation of tornadoes is also explored in depth.The last part of the book covers the use of deep learning algorithms to classify images that have very high resolution as well as the unmixing of spectral signals in remote sensing images of land cover. The authors also apply long-tail distributions to geoscience resources in the final chapter of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573232

Large-Scale Mammalian Cell Culture Technology An interdisciplinary approach integrating biochemistry biology genetics and engineering for the effective production of protein pharmaceuticals. The volume offers a biological perspective of large-scale animal cell culture and examines diverse processing strategies process management regulator Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749166

Large-Scale Organizational Change Large Scale Organizational Change provides the principles by which large scale organizations reinvent themselves not once but on an ongoing basis. Continual reinvention allows leading companies to learn adapt and innovate faster than competitors in complex and fast changing environments. These action principles are based on first-hand experience at the world's leading Fortune 500 companies using emergent models of living systems.The context for large scale organizations is one of information overload complexity and constant change. This book reduces the sense of vulnerability felt by managers. It provides a guide to piloting change in ways that lead to constant renewal and a capacity to survive frequent and often brutal changes in the operating environment. It describes a leadership concerned with the capacity to learn inflection points emergent strategies knowledge management the ability to anticipate and tapping into the distributed intelligence resident in the organization. Large Scale Organizational Change provides managers with a framework for making their organizations highly adaptive in the complex market systems in which they operate thereby reducing or eliminating the need for periodic episodes of traumatic restructuring and sometimes fatal reengineering processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456044

Large-Scale SimulationModels Algorithms and Applications Large-Scale Simulation: Models Algorithms and Applications gives you firsthand insight on the latest advances in large-scale simulation techniques. Most of the research results are drawn from the authors’ papers in top-tier peer-reviewed scientific conference proceedings and journals. The first part of the book presents the fundamentals of large-scale simulation including high-level architecture and runtime infrastructure. The second part covers middleware and software architecture for large-scale simulations such as decoupled federate architecture fault tolerant mechanisms grid-enabled simulation and federation communities. In the third part the authors explore mechanisms—such as simulation cloning methods and algorithms—that support quick evaluation of alternative scenarios. The final part describes how distributed computing technologies and many-core architecture are used to study social phenomena. Reflecting the latest research in the field this book guides you in using and further researching advanced models and algorithms for large-scale distributed simulation. These simulation tools will help you gain insight into large-scale systems across many disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138071971

Large-scale Testing of Students With DisabilitiesA Special Issue of exceptionality Large Scale Testing of Students With Disabilities addresses three issues: accommodations modifications and reporting of outcomes. The purpose is not to present an exhaustive summary of the research in these areas but to focus attention on how the issues are considered and empirically validated. The research summarized in this issue should serve as a model for state departments to consider in adoption of policy either as findings upon which to inform policy or as a method to adopt in generating findings themselves. The studies reflect critical methodologies that are either experimental in design or use extant data sets as well as present a theoretical framework in how to interpret empirical results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764466

Laryngeal Cooccurrence Restrictions First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979383

Laryngeal Features and Laryngeal Neutralization First published in 1994. In this study the author proposes that neutralization is the result of a wellformedness condition that the author calls the Laryngeal Constraint: In languages that have laryngeal neutralization a laryngeal node is only licensed in a particular syllabic configuration; elsewhere the node will delink to repair the violation of well-formedness. This approach to neutralization is required to correctly explain the typology of laryngeal neutralization. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317949

Las AbejasPacifist Resistance and Syncretic Identities in a Globalizing Chiapas First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954164

Las Maquiladoras: Assembly and Manufacturing Plants on the United States-Mexico BorderAn International Guide Here is a one-stop research resource on the assembly and manufacturing plants on the U.S.-Mexico border termed Maquiladoras. A combination bibliography and directory Las Maquiladoras focuses on various aspects of the American-owned companies that are located in Mexico and employ Mexican citizens.While the thrust of the items included in the select bibliography is on the industrial commercial and financial aspects of the phenomenon including the actions of multinational corporations and their investments there are also entries dealing with the matter of labor United States and Mexican governmental undertakings legal and urban problems regional development and planning population technology transfer sociocultural considerations and the interdisciplinary field of border studies which is concerned with a host of topics ranging form health and education to urban geography economic matters and the cultural impact on border residents of the establishment of maquiladoras. The impact of economic development industrialization and urbanization on border culture is also reflected.In the directory readers can locate names and addresses of local state and federal level government agencies in the U.S. and Mexico; information centers; labor unions; professional associations; and research centers.The bibliography comprised of books and book chapters pamphlets conference papers and proceedings government publications scholarly dissertations videotapes of television programs and magazine journal and newspaper articles will be an indispensable tool for business people bankers journalists government experts economists students and librarians. The current interest in border studies and in Mexico in particular will make this unique book especially useful to scholars of folklore geography history labor political science and sociology.Special features in the book include a list of experts in a variety of disciplines and a listing of U.S. and Mexican cities and towns on opposite sides of the border. Because the number of maquiladoras is expected to continue expanding rapidly this volume should remain a highly valuable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859798

Laser Ablation in LiquidsPrinciples and Applications in the Preparation of Nanomaterials This book focuses on the fundamental concepts and physical and chemical aspects of pulsed laser ablation of solid targets in liquid environments and its applications in the preparation of nanomaterials and fabrication of nanostructures. The areas of focus include basic thermodynamic and kinetic processes of laser ablation in liquids and its applications in metal and metal oxides nanocrystals synthesis and semiconductor nanostructures fabrication. The book comprises theoretical and experimental analysis of laser ablation in liquids research methods and preparation techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814310956

Laser and Photonic SystemsDesign and Integration New significant scientific discoveries in laser and photonic technologies systems perspectives and integrated design approaches can improve even further the impact in critical areas of challenge. Yet this knowledge is dispersed across several disciplines and research arenas. Laser and Photonic Systems: Design and Integration brings together a multidisciplinary group of experts to increase understanding of the ways in which systems perspectives may influence laser and photonic innovations and application integration.By bringing together chapters from leading scientists and technologists industrial and systems engineers and managers the book stimulates new thinking that would bring a systems network and system-of-systems perspective to bear on laser and photonic systems applications. The chapters challenge you to explore opportunities for revolutionary and broader advancements. The authors emphasize the identification of emerging research and application frontiers where there are promising contributions to lasers optics and photonics applications in fields such as manufacturing healthcare security and communications.The book contains insights from leading researchers inventors implementers and innovators. It explains a variety of techniques models and technologies proven to work with laser and photonic systems their development design and integration. Such systems are of growing interest to many organizations given their promise and potential solutions of grand societal challenges. Lastly the book helps you leverage the knowledge into exciting new frontiers of successful solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076297

Laser Applications in Physical Chemistry This book provides an introduction on applications of lasers in Chemistry. It describes laser as a tool for chemistry the consideration involved in describing a laser beam and what happens to beam as it is propagated through a gas. The book is useful for graduates and advanced undergraduates. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066170

Laser Beam Propagation in Nonlinear Optical Media "This is very unique and promises to be an extremely useful guide to a host of workers in the field. They have given a generalized presentation likely to cover most if not all situations to be encountered in the laboratory yet also highlight several specific examples that clearly illustrate the methods. They have provided an admirable contribution to the community. If someone makes their living by designing lasers optical parametric oscillators or other devices employing nonlinear crystals or designing experiments incorporating laser beam propagation through linear or nonlinear media then this book will be a welcome addition to their bookshelf."—Richard Sutherland Mount Vernon Nazarene University Ohio USA Laser Beam Propagation in Nonlinear Optical Media provides a collection of expressions equations formulas and derivations used in calculating laser beam propagation through linear and nonlinear media which are useful for predicting experimental results. The authors address light propagation in anisotropic media oscillation directions of the electric field and displacement vectors the walk-off angles between the Poynting and propagation vectors and effective values of the d coefficient for biaxial uniaxial and isotropic crystals. They delve into solutions of the coupled three wave mixing equations for various nonlinear optical processes including quasi-phase matching and optical parametric oscillation and discuss focusing effects and numerical techniques used for beam propagation analysis in nonlinear media and phase retrieval technique. The book also includes examples of MATLAB and FORTRAN computer programs for numerical evaluations. An ideal resource for students taking graduate level courses in nonlinear optics Laser Beam Propagation in Nonlinear Optical Media can also be used as a reference for practicing professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138071988

Laser Beam PropagationGeneration and Propagation of Customized Light How do laser beams propagate? Innovative discoveries involving laser beams and their propagation properties are at the heart of Laser Beam Propagation: Generation and Propagation of Customized Light. This book captures the essence of laser beam propagation. Divided into three parts it explores the fundamentals of how laser beams propagate and provides novel methods to describe and characterize general laser beams. Part one covers the physical optics approach to the propagation of optical waves the concept of plane waves the mathematical description of diffraction and Gaussian optics and adapting the concepts to the single photon level. The book explains the parallels between the paraxial propagation of light beams and the Schrödinger equation in quantum mechanics and delves into the description of paraxial optics by means of state vectors and operators. It also discusses classical optics and quantum entanglement. Part two focuses on the application of modal decomposition to the characterization of laser beams and provides a characterization of time domain pulses. It discusses tools for the temporal characterization of laser beams the generation of arbitrary laser beams with digital holograms and the use of spatial light modulators to display reconfigurable digital holograms capable of modifying and shaping laser beams. It also covers various techniques and the control of the polarization properties of light.Part three defines the most commonly generated shaped light flat-top beams outlining their propagation rules as well as the means to create them in the laboratory. It also highlights Helmholtz-Gauss beams vector beams and low coherence laser beams.The text presents the concepts of coherence theory and applies this to the propagation of low coherence optical fields. It also considers the recent developments in orbital angular momentum carrying fields touches on basics properties definitions and applications and brings together the classical and quantum concepts of spatial modes of light. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576196

Laser Beam ScanningOpto-Mechanical Devices Systems and Data Storage Optics Written in an easy-to-read style this comprehensive guide examines the currentknowledge on opto-mechanical laser beam scanning technology.Combining theoretical and practical aspects Laser Beam Scanning discusses theapplications performance and design of holographic polygonal galvanometric andresonant scanning systems.Bringing together the expertise of leading international authorities this invaluable sourceprovides unique coverage on gas bearings for rotating scanning devices and windageassociated with polygonal scanners. This work also includes authoritative information onGaussian beam diameters and optical design of components and systems relating tooptical disk data storage.Containing time-saving chapter introductions and summaries numerous illustrations andtables useful definitions and up-to-date references this handy on-the-job reference aidsoptical engineers and designers electronic electrical and laser engineers; physicists; andgraduate-level students in optical engineering courses to apply laser beam scanning tonew designs successfully. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749142

Laser Beam Shaping Applications This new edition details the important features of beam shaping and exposes the subtleties of the theory and techniques that are best demonstrated through proven applications. New chapters cover illumination light shaping in optical lithography; optical micro-manipulation of live mammalian cells through trapping sorting and transfection; and laser beam shaping through fiber optic beam delivery. The book discusses applications in lithography laser printing optical data storage stable isotope separation and spatially dispersive lasers. It also provides a history of the field and includes extensive references. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872397

Laser Beam ShapingTheory and Techniques Second Edition Laser Beam Shaping: Theory and Techniques addresses the theory and practice of every important technique for lossless beam shaping. Complete with experimental results as well as guidance on when beam shaping is practical and when each technique is appropriate the Second Edition is updated to reflect significant developments in the field. This authoritative text: Features new chapters on axicon light ring generation systems laser-beam-splitting (fan-out) gratings vortex beams and microlens diffusers Describes the latest advances in beam profile measurement technology and laser beam shaping using diffractive diffusers Contains new material on wavelength dependence channel integrators geometrical optics and optical software Laser Beam Shaping: Theory and Techniques Second Edition not only provides a working understanding of the fundamentals but also offers insight into the potential application of laser-beam-profile shaping in laser system design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076303

Laser CoolingFundamental Properties and Applications In the recent decades laser cooling or optical refrigeration—a physical process by which a system loses its thermal energy as a result of interaction with laser light—has garnered a great deal of scientific interest due to the importance of its applications. Optical solid-state coolers are one such application. They are free from liquids as well as moving parts that generate vibrations and introduce noise to sensors and other devices. They are based on reliable laser diode pump systems. Laser cooling can also be used to mitigate heat generation in high-power lasers. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research in laser cooling done by various scientific teams all over the world that are currently revolutionizing optical refrigerating technology. It includes recent results on laser cooling by redistribution of radiation in dense gas mixtures three conceptually different approaches to laser cooling of solids such as cooling with anti-Stokes fluorescence Brillouin cooling and Raman cooling. It also discusses crystal growth and glass production for laser cooling applications. This book will appeal to anyone involved in laser physics solid-state physics low-temperature physics or cryogenics materials research development of temperature sensors or infrared detectors. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745048

Laser Diagnostics for Combustion Temperature and Species This book examines the variety of potential laser diagnostic techniques and presents a considerable theoretical foundation elucidating physics relevant to the laser diagnostics. It explains the Raman-based approaches for major species and temperature measurements. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077251

Laser Heating of Metals In order to ensure efficient use of lasers and for any large-scale implementation a thorough knowledge of the fundamental laws governing the interaction of radiation with matter is required. Laser Heating of Metals provides a systematic and comprehensive presentation of the fundamental principles underlying the physical and chemical mechanisms governing the interaction of laser radiation with solid targets and in particular metals in gaseous environments for a wide range of beam parameters. The authors have been active in the field of interactions between lasers and materials for many years and this book summarises the results of their work in particular concerning the action of CO2 lasers on metals. These results are then discussed at some length. Laser Heating of Materials will be of interest to scientists at all levels with an interest in the interaction of radiation with condensed matter and in particular to those involved in laser cutting and welding etc and metal-working. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894843

Laser Materials Processing This volume discusses the basic principles necessary to understand lasers explains laser interactions with materials and surveys the wide variety of industrial applications of the major laser types covering in detail the operating mechanisms of carbon dioxide Nd:YAG and excimer lasers. It presents lasers as manufacturing tools rather than laboratory devices. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214863

Laser ModelingA Numerical Approach with Algebra and Calculus Offering a fresh take on laser engineering Laser Modeling: A Numerical Approach with Algebra and Calculus presents algebraic models and traditional calculus-based methods in tandem to make concepts easier to digest and apply in the real world. Each technique is introduced alongside a practical solved example based on a commercial laser. Assuming some knowledge of the nature of light emission of radiation and basic atomic physics the text: Explains how to formulate an accurate gain threshold equation as well as determine small-signal gain Discusses gain saturation and introduces a novel pass-by-pass model for rapid implementation of "what if?" scenarios Outlines the calculus-based Rigrod approach in a simplified manner to aid in comprehension Considers thermal effects on solid-state lasers and other lasers with new and efficient quasi-three-level materials Demonstrates how the convolution method is used to predict the effect of temperature drift on a DPSS system Describes the technique and technology of Q-switching and provides a simple model for predicting output power Addresses non-linear optics and supplies a simple model for calculating optimal crystal length Examines common laser systems answering basic design questions and summarizing parameters Includes downloadable Microsoft® Excel™ spreadsheets allowing models to be customized for specific lasers Don’t let the mathematical rigor of solutions get in the way of understanding the concepts. Laser Modeling: A Numerical Approach with Algebra and Calculus covers laser theory in an accessible way that can be applied immediately and numerically to real laser systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138071995

Laser Physics This book treats the interaction of radiation with matter particular attention being paid to the laser. Knowledge is assumed of the usual half-year introduction of quantum mechanics found in undergraduate physics curricula. The material can be covered in two semesters or alternatively the first part (Chaps 1-13) can be used as a one-semester course in which quantum mechanical aspects of the electromagnetic field are ignored. Each chapter is accompanied by problems that illustrate the text and give useful (occasionally new) results. Existing laser media are intrinsically quantum mechanical and are most easily studied with the quantum theory. Understanding the laser along these lines enlivens one's understanding of quantum mechanics itself. In fact the material constitutes a viable applied alternative for the usual second and third semesters of quantum mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091095

Laser Physics and Spectroscopy In this book emphasis is laid on laser including its operation different types properties like coherence and monochromaticity beam propagation theoretical treatment of atom‐field interaction semi‐classical laser theory non‐linear effects quantum properties photon concept and coherent states etc. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138588271

Laser Plasma Interactions 5Inertial Confinement Fusion: Proceedings of the Forty Fifth Scottish Universities Summer School in Physics St. A This volume provides a broad overview in the increasingly important field of laser-plasma interactions. With the growth of research into fusion much international effort is being devoted to the problems of inertial confinement. This collection of lectures provides the novice researcher with the context in which current research papers can be understood.Laser Plasma Interactions 5 is one of the first publications to include recently declassified results from the United States inertial confinement fusion research program and as such is an indispensable reference for those wishing to find out about this previously inaccessible research.Presented by 14 speakers of international repute the emphasis throughout the volume is on inertial confinement fusion. Topics also covered include plasma radiation and transport processes diagnostic measurements dense plasmas high power lasers and X-ray lasers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894850

Laser Plasma Theory and Simulation This book covers recent developments in laser plasma physics such as absorption instability energy transport and radiation from the standpoint of theory and simulation for plasma corona showing how the elements for the high density compression depend on the interaction physics and heat transport. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455795

Laser Precision Microprocessing of Materials This reference focuses on the current state of fundamental research and industrial achievements in the field of precision laser processing of a wide range of metal semiconductor and dielectric materials. The possibilities of microprocessing by pulsed nanosecond laser radiation and copper vapor laser systems are analyzed. Design and operation principles ways to increase their efficiency and reliability and a series of modern automated technological installations are described. The work will be of interest to specialists engineers students and graduate students working and studying in the field of laser technology and optics laser and information technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138594548

Laser Remote Sensing "Information on recent progress in laser remote sensor (LIDAR) technology can be found scattered throughout numerous journal articles and conference proceedings but until now there has been no work that summarizes recent advancements and achievements in the field in a detailed format.Laser Remote Sensing provides an up-to-date comprehensive review on LIDAR focusing mainly on applications to current topics in atmospheric science. The scope of the book includes laser remote sensing of the atmosphere including measurement of aerosols water vapor clouds winds trace constituents and temperature. It also covers other interesting applications such as vegetation monitoring and altimetry. LIDAR systems described in this volume include ground-based (fixed or mobile) airborne and spaceborne (satellite-based) systems. The book emphasizes instrumentation and measurement techniques to enable the reader to understand what kind of a LIDAR system is necessary for a certain application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392529

Laser Resonators and the Beam Divergence Problem Professor Yurii A. Anan'ev has a long-standing international reputation for his publications on optical beams and resonators. Now many of his contributions will be readily available for the first time in a book. The generation of maximum power minimum divergence beams from laser resonators is probably the most important topic in quantum electronics and optics today. The only book of its kind Laser Resonators and the Beam Divergence Problem covers not only the theory but also the applications of resonators to real systems as opposed to idealized models. Each rigorous examination of an optical configuration is accompanied by a detailed discussion of its associated applications and of the considerations for the user in practical work. The book contains a wealth of information on the developments in resonator technology including much material previously unavailable outside the Soviet Union. It is an essential reference source to every researcher in laser science and technology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062899

Laser Safety Management An effective laser safety program can mean big savings in time money effort and most importantly human well-being. It can improve the quality of your research program your organization's reputation and ultimately improve your bottom line. Based on the extensive experience of active Laser Safety Officer Kenneth Barat Laser Safety Management provides practical tools for successfully implementing a laser safety program in any environment. The book defines the three elements of laser safety: users the laser safety officer and incidental personnel. It covers the types of laser injuries standard operating procedures to ensure safety tips and tools to avoid pitfalls training control measures and personal protection equipment. The author explores the laser safety officer position and delineates the required elements of effective SOPs. He also discusses non-beam hazards includes practical control examples and sample forms and covers U.S. and European regulations and standards. Taking a pedagogical approach the book covers not only how to avoid accidents but how to investigate them if they do occur. It includes a sample safety program designed to evaluate your current safety plan and act as a roadmap for where you need to be and how to get there. Filled with common sense solutions for laser safety issues the book makes setting up a safety program practically painless. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221380

Laser SafetyTools and Training Second Edition New chapters and updates highlight the second edition of Laser Safety: Tools and Training. This text provides background information relating to lasers and laser safety and examines the components of laser work and laser safety from a different perspective. Written by a working laser safety officer the book considers ways to keep users as well as those around them safe. The author encourages readers to think beyond protective eyewear. As it relates to safety he determines that if eyewear is required then the laser system is not ideal. This book factors in optics the vibration elements of the optical table the power meter and user training elements that are not commonly considered in the context of laser safety. It presents ways for users to evaluate the hazards of any laser procedure and ensure that they are following documented laser safety standards. The material serves as a fundamental means or road map for laser users seeking to utilize the safest system possible. What’s New in the Second Edition: The second edition provides an inclusion of the Z136.8 Research Laser Standard and offers updates and an explanation of eye exposure limits (MPE) presents new cases studies and presents practical example images. It includes coverage of laser lab design lessons addresses user facility challenges and laser disposal. Presents case studies of real accidents preventive measures and templates for documenting potential laser risks and attendant safety measures Reviews factors often overlooked when one is setting up a laser lab Demonstrates how to investigate a laser incident This text which includes fundamental laser and laser safety information as well as critical laser use information is appropriate for both the novice and the seasoned professional. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072008

Laser ScanningAn Emerging Technology in Structural Engineering This book provides an overview on the evolution of laser scanning technology and its noticeable impact in the structural engineering domain. It provides an up-to-date synthesis of the state-of-the-art of the technology for the reverse engineering of built constructions including terrestrial mobile and different portable solutions for laser scanning. Data processing of large point clouds has experienced an important advance in the last years and thus an intense activity in the development of automated data processing algorithms has been noticed. Thus this book aims to provide an overview of state-of-the-art algorithms different best practices and most recent processing tools in connection to particular applications. Readers will find this a comprehensive book that updates the practice of laser scanning for researchers and professionals not only from the geomatic domain but also other fields such as structural and construction engineering. A set of successful applications to structural engineering are illustrated including also synergies with other technologies that can inspire professionals to adopt laser scanning in their day-to-day activity. This cutting-edge edited volume will be a valuable resource for students researchers and professional engineers with an interest in laser scanning and its applications in the structural engineering domain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138496040

Laser Sources and Applications Recent years have witnessed rapid advances in the development of solid state fiber semiconductor and parametric sources of coherent radiation which are opening up new opportunities for laser applications. Laser Sources and Applications provides a tutorial introduction to the basic principles of these developments at a level suitable for postgraduate research students and others with a basic knowledge of lasers and nonlinear optics. Encompassing both the physics and engineering aspects of the field the book covers the nature of nonlinear optical interactions; solid state fiber and semiconductor lasers; optical parametric oscillators; and ultrashort pulse generation and applications. It also explores applications of current interest such as electromagnetically induced transparency atomic trapping and soliton optical communications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455856

Laser Spectroscopy and its Applications Bringing together scattered literature from a range of sources Laser Spectroscopy and ItsApplications clearly elucidates the tools and concepts of this dynamic area and providesextensive bibliographies for further study.Distinguished experts in their respective fields discuss resonance photoionization laser absorption laser-induced breakdown photodissociation Raman scattering remote sensing and laser-induced fluorescence. The book also incorporates an overview of the semiclassicaltheory of atomic and molecular spectra.Combining background at an intermediate level with an in-depth discussion of specifictechniques Laser Spectroscopy and Its Applications is essential reading for laser and opticalscientists and engineers; analytical chemists; health physicists; researchers in optical chemical pharmaceutical and metallurgical industries. It will also prove useful for upperlevelundergraduate and graduate students of laser spectroscopy and its applications andin-house seminars and short courses offered by firms and professional societies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451561

Laser Spectroscopy and Laser ImagingAn Introduction "a very valuable book for graduate students and researchers in the field of Laser Spectroscopy which I can fully recommend"—Wolfgang Demtröder Kaiserslautern University of TechnologyHow would it be possible to provide a coherent picture of this field given all the techniques available today? The authors have taken on this daunting task in this impressive groundbreaking text. Readers will benefit from the broad overview of basic concepts focusing on practical scientific and real-life applications of laser spectroscopic analysis and imaging. Chapters follow a consistent structure beginning with a succinct summary of key principles and concepts followed by an overview of applications advantages and pitfalls and finally a brief discussion of seminal advances and current developments. The examples used in this text span physics and chemistry to environmental science biology and medicine.Focuses on practical use in the laboratory and real-world applicationsCovers the basic concepts common experimental setupsHighlights advantages and caveats of the techniquesConcludes each chapter with a snapshot of cutting-edge advancesThis book is appropriate for anyone in the physical sciences biology or medicine looking for an introduction to laser spectroscopic and imaging methodologies.Helmut H. Telle is a full professor at the Instituto Pluridisciplinar Universidad Complutense de Madrid Spain.Ángel González Ureña is head of the Department of Molecular Beams and Lasers Instituto Pluridisciplinar Universidad Complutense de Madrid Spain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868215

Laser Spectroscopy of Highly Vibrationally Excited Molecules Laser spectroscopy has been perfected over the last fifteen years to become a precise tool for the investigation of highly vibrationally excited molecules. Intense infrared laser radiation permits both the multiple-photon resonant excitation and the dissociation of polyatomic molecules. In this book the latest results of some of the foremost Soviet researchers are published for the first time in the West. Laser Spectroscopy of Highly Vibrationally Excited Molecules contains a comprehensive study of both the experimental and theoretical aspects of the basic photophysical interactions that occur in these processes. The book first focuses on the nonlinear interaction between the resonant vibrational mode and the intense infrared field and then examines the nonlinear interaction between the vibrational modes themselves due to anharmonicity. These interrelated processes determine all the characteristics of polyatomic molecules in an infrared field. The book also discusses related phenomena such as spectra broadening optical resonance photon echoes and dynamical chaos. It includes examples of multiple-photon resonant excitation such as the excitation of OsO4 by CO^O2 laser radiation which is detected by the visible luminescence that results. This book will be of great interest to researchers and postgraduate students in infrared laser spectroscopy and the laser chemistry of molecules and applications of isotope separation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403294

Laser Technology As different laser technologies continue to make it possible to change laser parameters and improve beam quality and performance a multidisciplinary theoretical knowledge and grasp of cutting-edge technological developments also become increasingly important. The revised and updated Laser Technology Second Edition reviews the principles and basic physical laws of lasers needed to learn from past developments and solve the many technical problems arising in this challenging field. The first edition of Laser Technology was classified by the Chinese National Education Committee as a "national-level key textbook." This updated second edition logically presents the various types of laser technology currently available and discusses the transmission of information using optical waves with modulating technology. It assesses how to enhance beam energy or power through Q switching mode-locking and amplification and it illustrates how mode selection and frequency stabilizing technology can improve light beam directionality or monochromaticity. The text also covers nonlinear optical techniques for obtaining new frequencies and light waves. Features Self-Contained Independent Chapters for Flexible Use The author presents the fundamentals of physical effects in technical devices and implementation methods to create a clear and systematic understanding of the physical processes of different laser technologies. Technical improvements to enhance laser performance in different applications have given rise to new physical phenomena. These have resulted in a series of new laser branches and fields of applied technologies such as laser physics nonlinear optics laser spectroscopy laser medicine and information optoelectronic technology. This book analyzes this growth stressing basic principles but also including key technical methods and examples where needed to properly combine practical and theoretical coverage of this distinct area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372764

Laser Ultrasonics Techniques and Applications The first book devoted to laser techniques in the generation and reception of ultrasonic waves in materials Laser Ultrasonics: Techniques and Applications provides a full description of the state of the art in all fields involving both lasers and ultrasonics. This practical book focuses mainly on the possible applications of the techniques yet th Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749098

Laser Weapons In SpacePolicy And Doctrine This book examines the issues surrounding the potential development by the United States of a space-based laser weapons program. It addresses criticisms of the proposed program and considers its future in light of developments in U.S. defense strategy and doctrine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170066

Laser‐Induced Graphene LIG is a revolutionary technique that uses a common CO2 infrared laser scriber like the one used in any machine shop for the direct conversion of polymers into porous graphene under ambient conditions. This technique combines the preparation and patterning of 3D graphene in a single step without the use of wet chemicals. The ease in the structural engineering and excellent mechanical properties of the 3D graphene obtained have made LIG a versatile technique for applications across many fields. This book compiles cutting-edge research on LIG by different research groups all over the world. It discusses the strategies that have been developed to synthesize and engineer graphene including controlling its properties such as porosity composition and surface characteristics. The authors are pioneers in the discovery and development of LIG and the book will appeal to anyone involved in nanotechnology chemistry environmental sciences and device development especially those with an interest in the synthesis and applications of graphene-based materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877275

Laser-Aided Diagnostics of Plasmas and Gases Updated and expanded from the original Japanese edition Laser-Aided Diagnostics of Gases and Plasmas takes a unique approach in treating laser-aided diagnostics. The book unifies the subject by joining applications instead of describing each application as a totally separate system. In taking this approach it highlights the relative strengths of Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429140112

Laser-Based Additive Manufacturing of Metal PartsModeling Optimization and Control of Mechanical Properties Laser-Based Additive Manufacturing (LBAM) technologies hailed by some as the "third industrial revolution " can increase product performance while reducing time-to-market and manufacturing costs. This book is a comprehensive look at new technologies in LBAM of metal parts covering topics such as mechanical properties microstructural features thermal behavior and solidification process parameters optimization and control uncertainty quantification and more. The book is aimed at addressing the needs of a diverse cross-section of engineers and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739986

Laser-Based Measurements for Time and Frequency Domain ApplicationsA Handbook Foreword by Nobel laureate Professor Theodor W. Hänsch of Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität MünchenBased on the authors’ experimental work over the last 25 years Laser-Based Measurements for Time and Frequency Domain Applications: A Handbook presents basic concepts state-of-the-art applications and future trends in optical atomic and molecular physics. It provides all the background information on the main kinds of laser sources and techniques offers a detailed account of the most recent results obtained for time- and frequency-domain applications of lasers and develops the theoretical framework necessary for understanding the experimental applications. After a historical introduction the book describes the basic concepts and mathematical tools required for studying the physics of oscillators. It then discusses microwave and optical resonators crucial aspects of operation and fundamental properties of lasers and precision spectroscopy and absolute frequency metrology. It also focuses on microwave and optical frequency standards and explores current and potential research directions.Accessible to scientists postdoc researchers and advanced undergraduate students this self-contained book gives a wide-ranging balanced overview of the areas—including frequency standards and clocks ultra-high-precision spectroscopy quantum information and environmental metrology—revolutionized by the recent advent of optical frequency comb synthesizers (OFCSs) based on femtosecond mode-locked lasers. The book is also a useful guide to cutting-edge research for manufacturers of advanced laser systems and optical devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576479

Laser-Based Optical Detection of Explosives Laser-Based Optical Detection of Explosives offers a comprehensive review of past present and emerging laser-based methods for the detection of a variety of explosives. This book: Considers laser propagation safety and explains standard test material preparation for standoff optical-based detection system evaluation Explores explosives detection using deep ultraviolet native fluorescence Raman spectroscopy laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy reflectometry and hyperspectral imaging Examines photodissociation followed by laser-induced fluorescence photothermal methods cavity-enhanced absorption spectrometry and short-pulse laser-based techniques Describes the detection and recognition of explosives using terahertz-frequency spectroscopic techniques Each chapter is authored by a leading expert on the respective technology and is structured to supply historical perspective address current advantages and challenges and discuss novel research and applications. Readers are left with an in-depth understanding and appreciation of each technology’s capabilities and potential for standoff hazard detection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748057

Laser-Induced Damage in Optical Materials Dedicated to users and developers of high-powered systems Laser-Induced Damage in Optical Materials focuses on the research field of laser-induced damage and explores the significant and steady growth of applications for high-power lasers in the academic industrial and military arenas. Written by renowned experts in the field this book concentrates on the major topics of laser-induced damage in optical materials and most specifically addresses research in laser damage that occurs in the bulk and on the surface or the coating of optical components. It considers key issues in the field of high-power laser coatings factoring in the effects of contamination and providing insight into typical application areas. Become Familiar with the Key Areas of Modern Photonics The text first provides a basic understanding of theoretical and experimental methods and then summarizes the current progress strategies and improvements occurring within the field of laser-induced damage. Divided into four sections this book outlines apparent trends in modeling and discusses measurement and evaluation techniques for laser damage thresholds in the context of international standardization and scaling laws for damage thresholds. This seminal work: Covers the major aspects of laser damage Considers all important aspects in industry and research Reviews laser damage effects in material and surfaces Contains chapters contributed by leading scientists in the field Laser-Induced Damage in Optical Materials details a variety of fundamental investigations in laser-induced damage mechanisms and functions as a valuable reference for researchers and producers of laser components laser and photonics engineers and scientists as well as users of laser technology and thin film optics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199569

Laser-Matter Interaction for Radiation and Energy The interaction of high-power lasers with matter can generate Terahertz radiations that efficiently contribute to THz Time-Domain Spectroscopy and also would replace X-rays in medical and security applications. When a short intense laser pulse ionizes a gas it may produce new frequencies even in VUV to XUV domain. The duration of XUV pulses can be confined down to the isolated attosecond pulse levels required to study the electronic re-arrangement and ultrafast processes. Another important aspect of laser-matter interaction is the laser thermonuclear fusion control where accelerated particles also find an efficient use. This book provides comprehensive coverage of the most essential topics including Electromagnetic waves and lasers THz radiation using semiconducting materials / nanostructures / gases / plasmas Surface plasmon resonance THz radiation detection Particle acceleration technologies X-ray lasers High harmonics and attosecond lasers Laser based techniques of thermonuclear fusion Controlled fusion devices including NIF and ITER The book comprises of 11 chapters and every chapter starts with a lucid introduction to the main topic. Then sub-topics are sedulously discussed keeping in mind their basics methodology state-of-the-art and future perspective that will prove to be salutary for readers. High quality solved examples are appended to the chapters for their deep understanding and relevant applications. In view of the nature of the topics and their level of discussion this book is expected to have pre-eminent potential for researchers along with postgraduate and undergraduate students all over the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032033

Laser-Plasma Interactions A Solid Compendium of Advanced Diagnostic and Simulation Tools Exploring the most exciting and topical areas in this field Laser-Plasma Interactions focuses on the interaction of intense laser radiation with plasma. After discussing the basic theory of the interaction of intense electromagnetic radiation fields with matter the book covers three applications of intense fields in plasma: inertial fusion wakefield accelerators and advanced radiation sources. Collecting contributions from a host of international experts the book provides a thorough grounding in the fundamental concepts of the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter before moving on to selected advanced topics from the field. It describes state-of-the-art diagnostic tools and experimental techniques used to study laser-plasma interactions as well as simulation tools for modeling these interactions. With a focus on current research trends this book guides readers to the brink of the most stimulating challenges in the field. It also gives readers an appreciation of the underlying phenomena linking several applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114364

Laser-Plasma Interactions 4 Laser-Plasma Interactions 4 is the fourth book in a series devoted to the study of laser-plasma interactions. Subjects covered include laser light propagation instabilities compression and hydrodynamics spectroscopy diagnostics computer code dense plasmas high-power lasers X-UV sources and lasers beat waves and transport processes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003070436

Lasers and Energy Devices for the Skin Rapid technical developments with lasers and other energy devices have continued over recent years both in the different types of devices available and in what can be used for cosmetic and other treatments including scar and tattoo removal hair removal cellulite and lipolysis. In the second edition of Lasers and Energy Devices for the Skin the top practitioners in the field have pooled their expertise to offer a broad and balanced perspective. Updated to encompass the latest refinements in the field this volume: Explores the latest techniques in laser hair removal and scar removal Reviews advances in antiaging techniques for the skin of the face Covers the use of photodynamic therapy for skin tumors psoriasis localized scleroderma viral warts onichimycosis and more Reviews currently available and novel approaches for noninvasive and intended selective destruction of fat Highlights the risks of pigmentary alterations and scarring following procedures on Asian skin Covers advances in liposuction brought about by the advent of tumescent anesthesia The book also discusses pain management during laser surgery and laser treatments and includes coverage of the importance of complying with safety standards potential unsafe practices and potential medicolegal problems. Providing the understanding needed to develop creative ways to use light-based technologies the book gives readers easy access to practical treatment parameters. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841849331

Lasers in Medicine The use of lasers in medical practice has dramatically increased over the years. Lasers and modern optics have largely been unexplored in medical science. This contributed work is both optimistic and cautionary in its expert evaluation of the state-of-the-art medical use of laser technology. The use of lasers to improve upon conventional practice i Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429120541

Lasers in the Preservation of Cultural HeritagePrinciples and Applications With the maturation of laser technology in diagnostic and conservation applications conservation scientists archeologists art historians researchers and advanced science-oriented students now have the tools necessary for preserving the future of our past-our cultural heritage. Presenting recent developments in the field Lasers in the Preservation of Cultural Heritage: Principles and Applications addresses the basic concepts of laser applications and supplies case studies of analytical structural diagnostic and laser cleaning applications. The book provides a comprehensive presentation of the fundamental principles and applications of modern laser technology in the analysis of composition diagnostics of structural integrity and conservation of artworks and antiquities.Beginning with an introduction to the basic techniques used in art conservation and archeology the book describes the fundamental aspects of laser-matter interactions emphasizing laser diagnostics and laser processing applications. The next few chapters focus on laser-based spectroscopic techniques for the analysis of the composition of materials in art and archaeology including laser-induced breakdown Raman and laser-induced fluorescence spectroscopic techniques. The book proceeds to highlight nondestructive diagnostic techniques laser processing applications laser applications for the cleaning of paintings and stone and methods for the removal of encrustations. It concludes with case studies for the conservation of materials like parchment paper metal ivory and wood and includes conservation approaches for modern paintings.Bridging science with art Lasers in the Preservation of Cultural Heritage presents a systematic overview of the fundamentals and applications of laser techniques in artwork conservation and archeological science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390051

Lasers-Induced Plasmas and Applications This book discusses the physics of plasma initiation and reviews the features of dissipating propagating plasmas. It deals with advances in diagnostics for high-energy laser-fusion plasmas. The book reviews the basic physical processes plasma characteristics of the "continuous optical discharge". Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066200

Last Chance TourismAdapting Tourism Opportunities in a Changing World Concerns over vanishing destinations such as the Great Barrier Reef Antarctica and the ice cap on Mt. Kilimanjaro have prompted some travel operators and tour agencies to recommend these destinations to consumers before they disappear. This travel trend has been reported as: ‘disappearing tourism ’ ‘doom tourism ’ and most commonly ‘last chance tourism’ where tourists explicitly seek vanishing landscapes or seascapes and/or disappearing natural and/or social heritage. However despite this increasing form of travel there has been little examination in the academic literature of last chance tourism phenomenon. This is the first book to empirically examine and evaluate this contemporary tourism development providing a new angle on the effects of global change and pressures of visitation on tourism destinations. It aims to develop the conceptual definition of last chance tourism examine the ethics surrounding this type of travel and provide case studies highlighting this form of tourism in different regions and in different contexts. In particular it critically reviews the advantages of publicizing vulnerable destinations to raise awareness and promote conservation efforts. Conversely the book draws attention to the issue of attracting more tourists seeking to undergo such experiences before they are gone forever accelerating the negative impacts. It further examines current trends discusses escalating challenges provides management strategies and highlights future research opportunities. Last Chance Tourism is a timely and multi-disciplinary volume featuring contributions from leading scholars in the fields of leisure tourism anthropology geography and sociology.  It draws on a range of international case studies and will be of interest to students researchers and academics interested in Tourism Environmental Studies and Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081284

Last Genro First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979390

Last Lectures on the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Last Lectures on the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide is a collection of hypothetical ‘last lectures’ by some of the top scholars and practitioners across the globe in the fields of human rights and genocide studies. Each lecture purportedly constitutes the last thing the author will ever say about the prevention and intervention of genocide. The contributions to this volume are thought-provoking engaging and at times controversial reflecting the scholars’ most advanced thinking about issues of human rights and genocide. This book will be of great interest to professors researchers and students of political science international relations psychology sociology history human rights and genocide studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194987

Last RitesThe Work of the Modern Funeral Director Provides a unique tableau of the funeral director's world. As such it is a contribution to the growing literature on death and dying. Like the study of deviance which aids understanding of the norms of society the sociology of death uncovers many insights into the very structures and patterns which shape life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457041

Last Stands from the Alamo to BenghaziHow Hollywood Turns Military Defeats into Moral Victories Last Stands from the Alamo to Benghazi examines how filmmakers teach Americans about the country’s military past. Examining twenty-three representative war films and locating them in their cultural and military landscape the authors argue that Hollywood’s view of American military history has evolved in two phases. The first phase extending from the very beginnings of filmmaking to the Korean War projected an essential patriotic triumphalism. The second phase from the Korean and Vietnam Wars to the present reflects a retreat from consensus and reflexive patriotism. In describing these phases the authors address recurring themes such as the experience of war and combat the image of the American war hero race gender national myths and more. With helpful film commentaries that extend the discussion through popular movie narratives this book is essential for anyone interested in American military and film history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819566

Last WitnessesThe Muggletonian History 1652–1979 On three successive mornings in February 1652 God spoke to a London tailor by the name of John Reeve. Consequently he and his cousin Lodowicke Muggleton believed that they were the Last Two Witnesses prophesied in the Book of Revelation. Over the next six years the pair attracted a small but dedicated band of followers that following the death of Reeve became known as the Muggletonians. In this lively and engaging history the origins of the sect during the religious turmoil and freedoms of the 1650s are described in detail. Their unique theology beliefs and practices are described and traced throughout the changing circumstances of the centuries. Yet the book offers much more than a history of another puritan sect for unlike many of their contemporaries the Muggletonians persisted until the latter years of the twentieth century. Moreover they preserved a comprehensive archive rescued from the Blitz by a Kent farmer who transported the papers in empty apple boxes on his way back from market. Discovered by E.P. Thompson in 1974 this archive paints a vivid picture of the Muggletonians from their earliest days until the death of their last member in 1979. By following the history of the Muggletonians from the heady post-civil war days through to the 1970s this work offers a unique perspective on radical Christian belief and practice and how it adapted to the changing world around it. More than this however it tells the fascinating story of how a small religious group which eschewed active proselytising and believed in the mortality of the soul managed to overcome persecution and obscurity to survive for 320 years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250816

Last WritesA Daybook for a Dying Friend Betty Frankel Kirschner succumbed to emphysema one day in June. She had been a long-term professor at Kent State University founding member of the feminist caucus in sociology a political activist a chain smoker. Close friend Laurel Richardson a key figure in literary turn in ethnographic writing kept a daybook relating their conversations and interactions over Betty’s last few months. Rich in memory emotion dreams and life-and-death decisions the daybook chronicles the ups and down of a terminally ill woman and the impact that illness has on friends colleagues and family alike. Richardson also grapples with the ethics of writing deeply personal narratives. Part memoir part sociological analysis part eulogy to a departed friend Richardson opens a poignant window into living an academic life and ending it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425573

Last Years of Long LivesThe Larvik Study The Last Years of Long Lives is a unique account of that period of old age which precedes death. Based on 400 complete individual histories and covering a twenty-year period it looks at the experiences of people over eighty years old in three important areas: disability family life and health care. Using the life-course approach to research it reveals rich data about the contributions of formal and informal care and how life expectancy and experiences of disability interact with experiences of care.The reader is invited to conceptualise these phenomena as processes in continuous time - processes that are sometimes long and complex sometimes short and simple - and learns about the four types of disability career before death. At the same time the author presents a three-stage model of informal care and examines the main patterns of formal service use.The Last Years of Long Lives presents a new way of looking at old age for students researchers practitioners and policy makers and gives a comprehensive picture of what has been called 'the fourth age'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859882

Lasting ValueOpen Space Planning and Preservation Successes Americans are committing 'country-cide' says Rick Pruetz FAICP converting farms into suburban yards and channeling streams that once provided flood control water purification habitats and recreational opportunities. But rather than rail against overdevelopment this book celebrates communities succeeding in preservation. For ten years Pruetz explored communities that excel in saving their natural environment. In twenty-four illustrated vignettes he captures the character of places from the volcanic range near downtown Albuquerque New Mexico to Minneapolis’s Grand Rounds park system to farmland improbably preserved on Long Island. As the longtime city planner of Burbank California Pruetz offers more than an appreciation of these communities. He brings a planner’s-eye view of the practices behind their achievements. His detailed reports of creative preservation solutions mark the trail for planners commissioners and citizens who seek to preserve the green legacy in their own backyards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900033

Late- and Postglacial Oscillations of Glaciers: Glacial and Periglacial Forms This volume represents the proceedings from a colloquium held in West Germany in 1980 on late and postglacial oscillations of glaciers. The main texts are in German (13) English (8) and French (5) but all have abstracts in the three languages and all the figure captions are similarly translated. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079194

Late Antiquity on the Eve of Islam This volume reflects the huge upsurge of interest in the Near East and early Islam currently taking place among historians of late antiquity. At the same time Islamicists and Qur'anic scholars are also increasingly seeking to place the life of Muhammad and the Qur'an in a late antique background. Averil Cameron herself one of the leading scholars of late antiquity and Byzantium has chosen eleven key articles that together give a rounded picture of the most important trends in late antique scholarship over the last decades and provide a coherent context for the emergence of the new religion. A substantial introduction with a detailed bibliography surveys the present state of the field as well as discussing some recent themes in Qur'anic and early Islamic scholarship from the point of view of a late antique historian. The volume also provides an invaluable introduction to recent scholarship making clear the ferment of religious change that was taking place across the Near East before during and after the lifetime of Muhammad. It will be essential reading for Islamicists and late antique students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409400707

Late Byzantine and Early Ottoman Studies This volume brings together ten studies on the political religious and socioeconomic interaction between the rising Ottoman empire and declining Byzantine state in the last decades of the fourteenth century. They focus on key but under-explored episodes of that encounter particularly in connection with Murad I Bayezid I and Manuel II Palaiologos. Included is an assessment of the contemporary significance of Manuel II’s Dialogue With A Persian recently brought to global prominence and controversy by Pope Benedict XVI in his 2006 lecture in Regensburg and a previously unpublished analysis of Manuel's Epistolary Discourse to Kabasilas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754659402

Late Byzantium ReconsideredThe Arts of the Palaiologan Era in the Mediterranean Late Byzantium Reconsidered offers a unique collection of essays analysing the artistic achievements of Mediterranean centres linked to the Byzantine Empire between 1261 when the Palaiologan dynasty re-conquered Constantinople and the decades after 1453 when the Ottomans took the city marking the end of the Empire. These centuries were characterised by the rising of socio-political elites in regions such as Crete Italy Laconia Serbia and Trebizond that while sharing cultural and artistic values influenced by the Byzantine Empire were also developing innovative and original visual and cultural standards. The comparative and interdisciplinary framework offered by this volume aims to challenge established ideas concerning the late Byzantine period such as decline renewal and innovation. By examining specific case studies of cultural production from within and outside Byzantium the chapters in this volume highlight the intrinsic innovative nature of the socio-cultural identities active in the late medieval and early modern Mediterranean vis-à-vis the rhetorical assumption of the cultural contraction of the Byzantine Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671525

Late Classical and Early Hellenistic Corinth338-196 BC Late Classical and Early Hellenistic Corinth 338-196 B.C. challenges the perception that the Macedonians' advent and continued presence in Corinth amounted to a loss of significance and autonomy. Immediately after Chaironeia Philip II and his son Alexander III established close relations with Corinth and certain leading citizens on the basis of goodwill (eunoia). Mutual benefits and respect characterized their discourse throughout the remainder of the early Hellenistic period; this was neither a period of domination or decline nor one in which the Macedonians deprived Corinthians of their autonomy. Instead Corinth flourished while the Macedonians possessed the city. It was the site of a vast building program much of which must be construed as the direct result of Macedonian patronage evidence suggests strongly that those Corinthians who supported the Macedonians enjoyed great prosperity under them. Corinth's strategic location made it an integral part of the Macedonians' strategy to establish and maintain hegemony over the mainland Greek peninsula after Philip II's victory at Chaironeia. The Macedonian dynasts and kings who later possessed Corinth also valued its strategic position and they regarded it as an essential component in their efforts to claim legitimacy due to its association with the Argead kings Philip II and Alexander III the Great and the League of Corinth they established.This study explicates the nature of the relationship between Corinthians and Macedonians that developed in the aftermath of Chaironeia through the defeat at the battle of Kynoskephalai and the declaration of Greek Freedom at Isthmia in 196 B.C. Late Classical and Early Hellenistic Corinth is not simply the history of a single polis; it draws upon the extant literary epigraphic prosopographic topographic numismatic architectural and archaeological evidence to place Corinth within broader Hellenistic world. This volume the full f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869281

Late Imperial Russia 1890-1917 This new interpretation of the final years of Imperial Russia provides a clear and concise introduction to a critical period in the history of modern Russia. Professor Hutchinson outlines the key problems facing the Tsarist regime and the attitudes of its Liberal critics and revolutionary enemies. In particular he considers how the monarchy was able to withstand the uprisings of 1904-06 but failed in 1917. This important new study provides an analysis of social as well as political developments and concludes with a brief historiographical essay which draws together alternative interpretations of the final years of the Tsars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153653

Late Medieval Englishwomen: Julian of Norwich; Marjorie Kempe and Juliana BernersPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Four Volume 3 This volume includes the works of three Englishwomen: Julian of Norwich (1342-c.1416) whose Revelations were first printed in 1670; Margery Kempe (c.1373-c.1438) from whose Boke of Marjorie Kempe a few extracts were printed in 1501 and again in 1512; Juliana Berners (possibly c.1388) whose treatise on hawkyng and huntyng was first printed in 1486 with a second edition containing an additional treatise on fishing. The writings of these three women are brought together in this book because they are amongst the earliest female writers in the English language they each reflected everyday lives and reveal with passion insight and compassion spiritualities not separate from the physical world but entwined with it. Julian of Norwich brings contemplative insights of God's love to a sinful and suffering humanity; Margery Kempe actively weeps for her own sin and the sins and suffering of the world and Juliana Berners lives actively with expertise and serenity in the world of nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250793

Late Medieval Liturgies EnactedThe Experience of Worship in Cathedral and Parish Church This book critically explores ways in which our understanding of late medieval liturgy can be enhanced through present-day enactment. It is a direct outcome of a practice-led research project led by Professor John Harper and undertaken at Bangor University between 2010 and 2013 in partnership with Salisbury Cathedral and St Fagans National History Museum near Cardiff. The book seeks to address the complex of ritual devotional musical physical and architectural elements that constitute medieval Latin liturgy whose interaction can be so difficult to recover other than through practice. In contrast with previous studies of reconstructed liturgies enactment was not the exclusive end-goal of the project; rather it has created a new set of data for interpretation and further enquiry. Though based on a foundation of historical musicological textual architectural and archaeological research new methods of investigation and interpretation are explored tested and validated throughout. There is emphasis on practice-led investigation and making; the need for imagination and creativity; and the fact that enactment participants can only be of the present day. Discussion of the processes of preparation analysis and interpretation of the enactments is complemented by contextual studies with particular emphasis on the provision of music. A distinctive feature of the work is that it seeks to understand the experiences of different groups within the medieval church - the clergy their assistants the singers and the laity - as they participated in different kinds of rituals in both a large cathedral and a small parish church. Some of the conclusions challenge interpretations of these experiences which have been current since the Reformation. In addition some consideration is given to the implications of understanding past liturgy for present-day worship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367202415

Late Modern PalestineThe subject and representation of the second intifada Late Modern Palestine looks at the ways in which the relationship between the subject and representation and the political problematic of postcolonial late modernity is articulated in the context of the Palestinians’ struggle for liberation. Junko-Aikio provides a rich theoretically and empirically and in part also visually grounded study of the complex ways in which ordinary Palestinians face negotiate and resist multiple regimes of power and desire in the context of everyday life in the West Bank and Gaza. The volume examines the early years of the second Palestinian uprising an intifada whose political status remains highly disputed. The book examines the ways in which Palestinian politics during the second intifada has been entangled with the broader social and political changes that are associated with postcolonial late modernity. It is argued that the dislocation between modern colonial and late modern/postcolonial regimes of power and subjectivity greatly complicates the map of power and resistance in contemporary Palestine and also renders articulation of national unity and hegemonic political strategy increasingly unlikely. This work will be of great interest to students and scholars of Middle East Studies Postcolonial Studies International Relations Political Sociology Critical Security Studies and Political Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138933903

Late Modern Subjectivity and its DiscontentsAnxiety Depression and Alzheimer’s Disease  This book analyses three of the most prevalent illnesses of late modernity: anxiety depression and Alzheimer’s disease in terms of their relation to cultural pathologies of the social body. Usually these conditions are interpreted clinically in terms of individualized symptoms and responded to discretely as though for the most part unrelated to each other. However these diseases also have a social and cultural profile that transcends their particular symptomologies and etiologies. Anxiety depression and Alzheimer’s are diseases related to disorders of the collective esprit de corps of contemporary society. Multidisciplinary in approach the book addresses questions of how these conditions are manifest at both the individual and collective levels in relation to hegemonic biomedical and psychologistic understandings. Rejecting such reductive diagnoses the authors argue that anxiety depression and Alzheimer’s disease as well as other contemporary epidemics are to be analysed in the light of individual and collective experiences of profound and radical changes in our civilization. A diagnosis of our times Late Modern Subjectivity and its Discontents will appeal to a broad range of scholars with interests in health and illness the sociology of medicine and contemporary life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364448

Late Neoclassical EconomicsThe restoration of theoretical humanism in contemporary economic theory Several contemporary economic theories revolve around different concepts: market failures institutions transaction costs information asymmetries motivational diversity cognitive limitations strategic behaviors and evolutionary stability. In recent years many economists have argued that the increase in circulation and mobilization of these new and heterogeneous concepts and their associated methodologies (e.g. experiments evolutionary modelling simulations) signify the death of neoclassical economics.   Late Neoclassical Economics: The Restoration of Theoretical Humanism in Contemporary Economic Theory draws on the work of Louis Althusser Michel Foucault and the Amherst School to construct the concept of a self-transparent and self-conscious human subject (Homo economicus) as the theoretical humanist core of the neoclassical tradition. Instead of identifying the emergent heterogeneity as a break from neoclassicism this book offers a careful genealogy of many of the new concepts and approaches - including evolutionary game theory experimental economics and behavioural economics - and reads their elaboration as part of the restoration of the theoretical humanist core of the tradition. ‘Late neoclassical economics’ is therefore characterized as a collection of diverse approaches which have emerged in response to the drift towards structuralism.   This book is suitable for those who study political economy history of economic thought and philosophy of economics. The arguments put forward in this text will also resonate with anyone who is interested in the fate of the neoclassical tradition and the future of economic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599345

Late Night with TrumpPolitical Humor and the American Presidency Political humor has been a staple of late-night television for decades. The Trump White House however has received significantly greater attention than that of past presidents such as Barack Obama George W. Bush and even Bill Clinton. In response to Trump’s strident politics late-night comics including Stephen Colbert Jimmy Kimmel Trevor Noah and Jimmy Fallon have sounded key policy notes further blurring the boundary between news and satire. Weekly humorists including John Oliver and Samantha Bee extend the critique with in-depth probing of key issues while Saturday Night Live continues to tap the progression from outrage to outrageousness. Using unique content analysis techniques and qualitative discussions of political humor Farnsworth and Lichter show how late-night political humor and these seven programs in particular have responded to the Trump presidency. Employing a dataset of more than 100 000 late night jokes going back decades these noted media scholars discuss how the treatment of Trump differs from previous presidents and how the Trump era is likely to shape the future of political humor. The authors also employ public opinion survey data to consider the growing role these late-night programs play in framing public opinion and priorities. This book will interest scholars the curious public and students of politics communications and the media and contemporary American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370654

Late Ottoman GenocidesThe dissolution of the Ottoman Empire and Young Turkish population and extermination policies The Armenian Genocide has lately attracted a lot of attention despite the Turkish government's attempts at denial. It has been developed into a central obstacle to Turkey's entry into the European Union. As such it attracts the highest political and public attention. What is largely ignored in the debate however is the fact that Armenians were not the only victims of the Young Turk's genocidal population policies. What is still largely forgotten is the murder expulsion and deportation of other ethnic groups like Assyrians Greeks Kurds and Arabs by the Young Turks. This not only increases the number of victims but also changes the perspective on the foundation of modern Turkey and as such on modern Turkish history more generally. The Thematic Issue of the JGR the republication of which is proposed here is the first publication which addresses these wider issues. It contributes not only to our understanding of the Young Turks' population and extermination policies in all its complexities and so helping to bring the forgotten victims' stories "back" into genocide scholarship but to our understanding of modern Turkey more generally. It is an indispensable tool for everybody interested in one of the great historical controversies of our time. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Genocide Research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876351

Late Ottoman SocietyThe Intellectual Legacy When the Ottomans commenced their modernizing reforms in the 1830s they still ruled over a vast empire. In addition to today's Turkey including Anatolia and Thrace their power reached over Mesopotamia North Africa the Levant the Balkans and the Caucasus. The Sultanate was at the apex of a truly multi-ethnic society. Modernization not only brought market principles to the economy and more complex administrative controls as part of state power but also new educational institutions as well as new ideologies. Thus new ideologies developed and nationalism emerged which became a political reality when the Empire reached its end. This book compares the different intellectual atmospheres between the pre-republican and the republican periods and identifies the roots of republican authoritarianism in the intellectual heritage of the earlier period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203481387

Late Quaternary Environmental ChangePhysical and Human Perspectives Late Quaternary Environmental Change addresses the interaction between human agency and other environmental factors in the landscapes particularly of the temperate zone.Taking an ecological approach the authors cover the last 20 000 years during which the climate has shifted from arctic severity to the conditions of the present interglacial environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134676

Late Renaissance Music at the Hapsburg Court First Published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074825

Late Roman Army Using a full range of original literary sources modern Continental scholarship and current archaeological research Pat Southern and Karen R. Dixon provide a stimulating overview of the historical period the critical changes in the army and the way these changes affected the morale of the soldiers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754733

Late Ruskin: New ContextsNew Contexts This title was first published in 2001. Ruskin said that 1860 marked the beginning of his 'proper work'. This study presents new historicized readings of important texts and themes from that late period 1860-1889 discussing in detail works including Unto this Last (1860) the Lectures on Art (1870) Fors Clavigera (1871-1884) and The Bible of Amiens (1880-85) and considering key themes such as Ruskin's politicized regard for Pre-Raphaelitism in the 1870s and the complex topic of Ruskin and manliness. Claiming new and distinctive importance for this period of Ruskin's work both in terms of Ruskin's development as a writer and his place in Victorian culture as it moved toward modernity this book is the first solely devoted to the prolific later years and draws on much unpublished material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635432

Late RuskinNew Contexts Readers of Victorian non-fictional prose were encouraged to believe that John Ruskin had died in 1860. Not literally but intellectually and imaginatively. This study of his later life and work first published in 2001 aims to refresh revise and overturn certain perceptions about the writer that many readers still hold. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680913

Late Tsarist Russia 1881–1913 This book brings together the large volume of work on late Tsarist Russia published over the last 30 years to show an overall picture of Russia under the last two tsars - before the war brought down not only the Russian empire but also those of Germany Austria–Hungary and Turkey. It turns the attention from the old emphases on workers revolutionaries and a reactionary government to a more diverse and nuanced picture of a country which was both a major European great power facing the challenges of modernization and industrialization and also a multi-ethnic and multi-confessional empire stretching across both Europe and Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367547783

Late Victorian Britain 1875-1901 First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867610

Latecomer DevelopmentInnovation and knowledge for economic growth The most important issue for development centres on the debate about the centrality of knowledge technology and innovation to the process of economic development. While this much is broadly agreed what is at issue is the precise mechanics of overcoming economic development challenges in different contexts. At the heart of it all is about how economies at different levels deploy the unending streams of information and knowledge to developmental ends. In time the notion of income convergence between the poorer South and the wealthy North has proved a mirage while a new economic divide has in fact occurred within the South itself and as well between regions and within regions. The debate relating to latecomers is thus framed in discussions about regions and countries that arrive late to mastering industrialization in achieving economic prosperity through the use of knowledge. In other words a new divide has emerged among the latecomers themselves and with it greater conceptual complexity in the ways of our understanding of the divergent ways of economic development. We have thus separated "fast followers" and new "late comers". This book enters this debate acutely aware of the complexity of this process. The authors argue that economic development is largely driven by innovation concentrating on the dynamics of process product and organizational changes and how they are embedded within specific and varied contextual institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749923

Latecomers in the Global Economy Drawing on the example of late-developing countries especially from East Asia catching up with established powers the authors address a new formulation of industrial policy for latecoming semi-industrialized countries. With contributions from some of the best-known economists currently working in this area the book will be a valuable guide for economists and international policy-makers interested in development issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865877

LatencyThe Golden Age of Childhood Latency: The Golden Age of Childhood concerns the child’s emotional and cognitive development during the period of latency. It constitutes a bridge between the first stormy years of child development and adolescence. The conflicts and libidinous wishes of early childhood are relegated to the background and become latent: in general an emotional and physical stabilization occurs. The child is attempting to find its place in the world. Accordingly its primary interest is no longer in itself or its parents but in the outside world. This is particularly manifested in forms of play typical for this age range strongly influenced by imitation of the adult world and reality-oriented. At the same time the body is explored (and its awareness is strengthened through numerous games involving movement skill and competition). In all societies this period is when school begins. The latency development includes new physical and intellectual capabilities as well as the development of new ways to deal with problems of social hierarchy; gradually tolerance of tensions and a stabilization of identity are developed as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205432

Latent Heat-Based Thermal Energy Storage SystemsMaterials Applications and the Energy Market In light of increasing human-induced global climate change there is a greater need for clean energy resources and zero carbon projects. This new volume offers up-to-date coverage of the fundamentals as well as recent advancements in energy efficient thermal energy storage materials their characterization and technological applications. Thermal energy storage (TES) systems offer very high-energy savings for many of our day-to-day applications and could be a strong component for enhancing the usage of renewable/clean energy-based devices. Because of its beneficial environmental impact this technology has received wide attention in the recent past and dedicated research efforts have led to the development of novel materials as well to innovative applications in very many fields ranging from buildings to textile healthcare to agriculture space to automobiles. This book offers a valuable and informed systematic treatment of latent heat-based thermal energy storage systems covering current energy research and important developmental work. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888585

Latent Markov Models for Longitudinal Data Drawing on the authors’ extensive research in the analysis of categorical longitudinal data Latent Markov Models for Longitudinal Data focuses on the formulation of latent Markov models and the practical use of these models. Numerous examples illustrate how latent Markov models are used in economics education sociology and other fields. The R and MATLAB® routines used for the examples are available on the authors’ website. The book provides you with the essential background on latent variable models particularly the latent class model. It discusses how the Markov chain model and the latent class model represent a useful paradigm for latent Markov models. The authors illustrate the assumptions of the basic version of the latent Markov model and introduce maximum likelihood estimation through the Expectation-Maximization algorithm. They also cover constrained versions of the basic latent Markov model describe the inclusion of the individual covariates and address the random effects and multilevel extensions of the model. After covering advanced topics the book concludes with a discussion on Bayesian inference as an alternative to maximum likelihood inference. As longitudinal data become increasingly relevant in many fields researchers must rely on specific statistical and econometric models tailored to their application. A complete overview of latent Markov models this book demonstrates how to use the models in three types of analysis: transition analysis with measurement errors analyses that consider unobserved heterogeneity and finding clusters of units and studying the transition between the clusters. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439817087

Latent Variable and Latent Structure Models This edited volume features cutting-edge topics from the leading researchers in the areas of latent variable modeling. Content highlights include coverage of approaches dealing with missing values semi-parametric estimation robust analysis hierarchical data factor scores multi-group analysis and model testing. New methodological topics are illustrated with real applications. The material presented brings together two traditions: psychometrics and structural equation modeling. Latent Variable and Latent Structure Models' thought-provoking chapters from the leading researchers in the area will help to stimulate ideas for further research for many years to come. This volume will be of interest to researchers and practitioners from a wide variety of disciplines including biology business economics education medicine psychology sociology and other social and behavioral sciences. A working knowledge of basic multivariate statistics and measurement theory is assumed. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415649612

Latent Variable Modeling Using RA Step-by-Step Guide This step-by-step guide is written for R and latent variable model (LVM) novices. Utilizing a path model approach and focusing on the lavaan package this book is designed to help readers quickly understand LVMs and their analysis in R. The author reviews the reasoning behind the syntax selected and provides examples that demonstrate how to analyze data for a variety of LVMs.  Featuring examples applicable to psychology education business and other social and health sciences minimal text is devoted to theoretical underpinnings. The material is presented without the use of matrix algebra. As a whole the book prepares readers to write about and interpret LVM results they obtain in R. Each chapter features background information boldfaced key  terms defined in the glossary detailed interpretations of R output descriptions of how to write the analysis of results for publication a summary R based practice exercises (with solutions included in the back of the book) and references and related readings. Margin notes help readers better understand LVMs and write their own R syntax. Examples using data from published work across a variety of disciplines demonstrate how to use R syntax for analyzing and interpreting results. R functions syntax and the corresponding results appear in gray boxes to help readers quickly locate this material. A unique index helps readers quickly locate R functions packages and datasets. The book and accompanying website at http://blogs.baylor.edu/rlatentvariable/ provides all of the data for the book’s examples and exercises as well as R syntax so readers can replicate the analyses. The book reviews how to enter the data into R specify the LVMs and obtain and interpret the estimated parameter values. The book opens with the fundamentals of using R including how to download the program use functions and enter and manipulate data. Chapters 2 and 3 introduce and then extend path models to include latent variables. Chapter 4 shows readers how to analyze a latent variable model with data from more than one group while Chapter 5 shows how to analyze a latent variable model with data from more than one time period. Chapter 6 demonstrates the analysis of dichotomous variables while Chapter 7 demonstrates how to analyze LVMs with missing data. Chapter 8 focuses on sample size determination using Monte Carlo methods which can be used with a wide range of statistical models and account for missing data. The final chapter examines hierarchical LVMs demonstrating both higher-order and bi-factor approaches. The book concludes with three Appendices: a review of common measures of model fit including their formulae and interpretation; syntax for other R latent variable models packages; and solutions for each chapter’s exercises. Intended as a supplementary text for graduate and/or advanced undergraduate courses on latent variable modeling factor analysis structural equation modeling item response theory measurement or multivariate statistics taught in psychology education human development business economics and social and health sciences this book also appeals to researchers in these fields. Prerequisites include familiarity with basic statistical concepts but knowledge of R is not assumed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726994

Latent Variable Modeling with R This book demonstrates how to conduct latent variable modeling (LVM) in R by highlighting the features of each model their specialized uses examples sample code and output and an interpretation of the results. Each chapter features a detailed example including the analysis of the data using R the relevant theory the assumptions underlying the model and other statistical details to help readers better understand the models and interpret the results. Every R command necessary for conducting the analyses is described along with the resulting output which provides readers with a template to follow when they apply the methods to their own data. The basic information pertinent to each model the newest developments in these areas and the relevant R code to use them are reviewed. Each chapter also features an introduction summary and suggested readings. A glossary of the text’s boldfaced key terms and key R commands serve as helpful resources. The book is accompanied by a website with exercises an answer key and the in-text example data sets. Latent Variable Modeling with R: -Provides some examples that use messy data providing a more realistic situation readers will encounter with their own data. -Reviews a wide range of LVMs including factor analysis structural equation modeling item response theory and mixture models and advanced topics such as fitting nonlinear structural equation models nonparametric item response theory models and mixture regression models. -Demonstrates how data simulation can help researchers better understand statistical methods and assist in selecting the necessary sample size prior to collecting data. -www.routledge.com/9780415832458 provides exercises that apply the models along with annotated R output answer keys and the data that corresponds to the in-text examples so readers can replicate the results and check their work. The book opens with basic instructions in how to use R to read data download functions and conduct basic analyses. From there each chapter is dedicated to a different latent variable model including exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) structural equation modeling (SEM) multiple groups CFA/SEM least squares estimation growth curve models mixture models item response theory (both dichotomous and polytomous items) differential item functioning (DIF) and correspondance analysis.  The book concludes with a discussion of how data simulation can be used to better understand the workings of a statistical method and assist researchers in deciding on the necessary sample size prior to collecting data.  A mixture of independently developed R code along with available libraries for simulating latent models in R are provided so readers can use these simulations to analyze data using the methods introduced in the previous chapters. Intended for use in graduate or advanced undergraduate courses in latent variable modeling factor analysis structural equation modeling item response theory measurement or multivariate statistics taught in psychology education human development and social and health sciences researchers in these fields also appreciate this book’s practical approach. The book provides sufficient conceptual background information to serve as a standalone text.  Familiarity with basic statistical concepts is assumed but basic knowledge of R is not. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832458

Latent Variable ModelsAn Introduction to Factor Path and Structural Equation Analysis Fifth Edition Latent Variable Models: An Introduction to Factor Path and Structural Equation Analysis introduces latent variable models by utilizing path diagrams to explain the relationships in the models. This approach helps less mathematically-inclined readers to grasp the underlying relations among path analysis factor analysis and structural equation modeling and to set up and carry out such analyses. This revised and expanded fifth edition again contains key chapters on path analysis structural equation models and exploratory factor analysis. In addition it contains new material on composite reliability models with categorical data the minimum average partial procedure bi-factor models and communicating about latent variable models. The informal writing style and the numerous illustrative examples make the book accessible to readers of varying backgrounds. Notes at the end of each chapter expand the discussion and provide additional technical detail and references. Moreover most chapters contain an extended example in which the authors work through one of the chapter’s examples in detail to aid readers in conducting similar analyses with their own data. The book and accompanying website provide all of the data for the book’s examples as well as syntax from latent variable programs so readers can replicate the analyses. The book can be used with any of a variety of computer programs but special attention is paid to LISREL and R. An important resource for advanced students and researchers in numerous disciplines in the behavioral sciences education business and health sciences Latent Variable Models is a practical and readable reference for those seeking to understand or conduct an analysis using latent variables. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916074

Later DerridaReading the Recent Work "First Published in 2002 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724453

Later English Broadside BalladsVolume 2 Broadside or 'Street' ballads not only give the flavour of English life and history more vividly than much historical evidence of more conventional kinds but their sheer poetic quality often makes them substantial poems light or serious in their own right. This second volume taking examples mainly over the years 1800-40 from the immense Madden Collection in the University Library Cambridge continutes the same literary emphasis especially with a large number of pieces exploiting all the bustle humour and variety of life in London - the colourful crowded rapidly-expanding metropolis of the period. Other sections concentrate on more traditional themes like crime and transportation religion (some moving 'freemason' songs) love-making sex and the 'sex war': or on fashion the Royal Family and its escapades and life in the army or navy. There is also an extensive collection of 'Napoleon' ballads ranging from the early years through to his final re-internment in Paris. This book illustrated with some remarkable large-scale contemporary woodcuts should interest not only social historians and students of literature but also all who have an ear for the verse of the people.This book was first published in 1979. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060482

Later LifeExploring Ageing through Literature Later Life views older age as a valuable stage of life and argues for the centrality of self-making to the quality of later life. Aiming to enrich an understanding of ageing as the unfolding process in which people try to negotiate vulnerabilities of their bodies and manage mortality it explores the conditions for pursuing the search for knowledge of oneself in later life. This new book with the help of literary examples presents factors both supporting and hindering the quality of the experience of later life. It demonstrates how wondering courage and habit sustain the self-making in older age. After illustrating that the process of ageing also imposes ordeals the book depicts remedies needed to overcome boredom bitterness and sadness three torments caused by the age-specific sense of time. It is essential reading not only for academics and professionals in age studies sociology of ageing gerontology and health care but also for a general audience. The book’s focus on the experiences of later life will appeal to the reader interested in understanding the complexities of ageing and in enhancing the quality of later life while its reliance on literary illustrations will be appreciated by lovers of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781351112833

Later LifeThe Realities of Aging An interdisciplinary introduction to the aging process which uses symbolic interactionism as the main theoretical perspective. Accessible interdisciplinary coverage with chapters covering a variety of subject matter areas from biology to psychology from economics to sociology from political science to religion. Utilizes symbolic interaction perspective to explain behavior problems and an individual's adaptations associated with the process of aging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467934

Later Medieval Europe1250-1520 From the divine right of kings to the political philosophies of writers such as Machiavelli the medieval city-states to the unification of Spain Daniel Waley and Peter Denley focus on the growing power of the state to illuminate changing political ideas in Europe between the thirteenth and sixteenth centuries. Spanning the entire continent and beyond and using contemporary voices wherever possible the authors include substantial sections on economics religion and art and how developments in these areas fed into and were influenced by the transformation of political thinking. The new edition takes the narrative beyond the confines of western Europe with chapters on East Central Europe and the teutonic knights and the Portuguese expansion across the Atlantic. The third edition of this classic introduction to the period includes even greater use of contemporary voices  full reading lists and new chapters on East Central Europe and Portuguese exploration. Suitable as an introductory text for undergraduate courses in Medieval Studies and Medieval European History. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315842875

Later Operetta 2the Highwayman Music by Reginald DeKoven Libretto by Harry B. Smith 1897 The most successful American-born composer of operetta at the end of the nineteenth century was Reginald de Koven. The work reprinted in this volume The Highwayman is arguably his best work although he is better known for the earlier Robin Hoodwixh its evergreen wedding ballad "Oh Promise Me." (Robin Hood is available as a reprint in the 1990 volume American Opera and Music for the Stage in the G.K. Hall series Three Centuries of American Music.) The editor of this volume Orly Leah Krasner is a leading scholar of de Koven’s music. She teaches at the City University of New York and her Ph.D. dissertation "Reginald de Koven (1859-1920) and American Comic Opera at the Turn of the Century " is also from that university. Her introduction places the work in the tenor of contemporary critical reaction and lists the sources available for further study. The Highwayman is one of the few complete operettas of its era for which we are fortunate enough to have original performing materials in the composer’s own hand. As the penultimate volume (number 15) in this series de Koven’s work of 1897 contrasts with two works of the previous year Walter Damrosch’s opera The Scarlet Letter (volume 16) and John Philip Sousa’s operetta El Capitan (volume 14). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315048642

Later Roman Britain (Routledge Revivals) Later Roman Britain first published in 1980 charts the end of Roman rule in Britain and gives an overall impression of the beginning of the so-called ‘Dark Ages’ of British history the transitional period which saw the breakdown of Roman administration and the beginnings of Saxon settlement. Stephen Johnson traces the flourishing of Romano-British society and the pressures upon it which produced its eventual fragmentation examining the province’s barbarian neighbours and the way the defence was organised against the many threats to its security. The final chapters using mainly the findings of recent archaeology assess the initial arrival of the Saxon settlers and indicate the continuity of life between late Roman and early Saxon England. Later Roman Britain gives a fascinating glimpse of a period scarce with historical sources but during which changes fundamental to the formation of modern Britain began to take place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744799

Later-Life Social Support and Service Provision in Diverse and Vulnerable PopulationsUnderstanding Networks of Care Later-Life Social Support and Service Provision in Diverse and Vulnerable Populations offers current multidisciplinary perspectives on social support and service provision to older Americans. The chapters trace how our understanding of social support among older adults has developed over the past 40 years and explore current gerontological research in the area. They consider how informal care arrangements articulate with formal long-term care policies and programs to provide support to the diverse population of older Americans. They also emphasize heterogeneity in the composition of support networks particularly in relation to gender sexual orientation race/ethnicity and immigrant status. Collectively the chapters provide insight into the complexity of older adult’s social support networks that can be used to improve the services provided to caregivers and care recipients as well as the policies that promote high-quality support to people of all ages who are in need of assistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788311

Latest Contributions to Cross-cultural Psychology This volume contains 23 articles grouped under six themes: values and national identity; immigration and acculturation; personality and social behaviour across cultures; organizational and work psychology; educational and developmental psychology; and conceptual and methodological ideas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077466

Latex IntoleranceBasic Science Epidemiology and Clinical Management This comprehensive definitive and long overdue reference deals specifically with all the manifestations of latex intolerance including irritation allergic contact dermatitis and contact urticaria. Each chapter presents the latest research in skin irritation contact dermatitis and contact urticaria. The well-illustrated textbook also covers in-depth basic science and clinically relevant practical issues such as the management of latex intolerance and hand dermatitis. Experts with a special interest in this area from the UK Europe and the US provide a balanced international perspective to this first major book dedicated to latex intolerance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393847

Latin America Its Problems And Its PromiseA Multidisciplinary Introduction Second Edition This book conveys the unifying aspects of Latin American culture and society along with the distinct characteristics of major subregions and countries. It presents problems with which Latin American states have tried to deal in their foreign policies and in their dealings with each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153397

Latin America The United States And The Interamerican System This book focuses on the dynamics of the contemporary system of inter-American relations with emphasis on changes in the hemispheric political economy the control exercised by the United States over the behavior of Latin American governments and the issue of human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172053

Latin America and Contemporary ModernityA Sociological Interpretation In this book renowned author José Maurício Domingues places Latin America within the third phase of global modern civilization and offers a general theoretical approach to contemporary Latin America. He sees modernity as configured by episodic modernizing moves which when counting on strong identity and organization as well as clear-cut projects may assume the aspect of modernizing offensives. Highlighting subjects as law rights and justice as well as globalization and development Dominguez places Latin America in the uneven combined and contradictory development of modern civilization and offers a final assessment of its possibilities and limits. The book will be of interest to researchers and students of modernity globalization Latin America sociological theory and its key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512923

Latin America and Policy DiffusionFrom Import to Export Latin American countries have for a long time been importers of public policies and institutions from the Global North. The colonial legacy and resulting patterns of international relations during the 20th century favoured a course of adoption and hybridization of political institutions. In recent decades a new conjuncture has emerged in which Latin American policies have started to diffuse South-South and even South-North. Led by Brazil with Participatory Budgeting and the Bolsa Familia program other countries in the region soon followed. The Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) system and bicycle policies in Curitiba and Bogotá have also reached wide international recognition and circulation. And yet despite Latin America’s new role as a policy "exporter" little is known about its dynamics causes and effects. Why have Latin American policies been diffused inside and outside the region? Which actors are involved? What driving forces affect these processes? This innovative collection offers a new perspective on the policy diffusion phenomena. Drawing on different examples from Latin American experiences in urban local policies and national social policies experts present a new framework to study this phenomenon centered on the mobilization of ideas interests and discourses for policy diffusion. Latin America and Policy Diffusion will be of great interest to researchers educators advanced students and practitioners working in the fields of political science public policy international relations and Latin American Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333161

Latin America and the Caribbean in the Global ContextWhy care about the Americas? Current perspectives on Latin America’s role in the world tend to focus on one question: Why is Latin America always falling behind? Analysts and scholars offer answers grounded in history economic underdevelopment or democratic consolidation. Bagley and Horwitz however shift the central question to ask why and to what extent does Latin America matter in world politics both now and in the future. This text takes a holistic approach to analyze Latin America’s role in the international system. It invokes a combination of global regional and sub-regional levels to assess Latin America’s insertion into a globalized world in historical contemporary and forward-looking perspectives. Conventional international relations theory and paradigms introduced at the beginning offer a useful lens through which to view four key themes: political economy security transnational issues and threats and democratic consolidation. The full picture presented by this book breaks down the evolving power relationships in the hemisphere and the ways in which conflict and cooperation play out through international organizations and relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877459

Latin America And The Caribbean In The International System The fourth edition of this widely praised text has been thoroughly revised to reflect the evolving characteristics of the current international system that have had a dramatic effect on every aspect of international relations of Latin America and the Caribbean. The original purpose of this book is unchanged: It continues to provide a topically curr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316532

Latin America and the Illusion of Peace This book explores interstate conflict and its dynamics in the context of Latin America’s contemporary conflict management experience. The myth of Latin America as a region of peace means that each time the use of force rises to the level of global attention (e.g. Ecuador-Peru 1995 or Colombia-Ecuador 2008) analysts and the press ask "how could that happen here?" Yet the official uses of military force in interstate relations are significantly more prevalent than most analysts within and outside the region understand and the region is facing new and potentially destabilizing challenges. It is the contention of this book that mitigating the threat raised by militarized interstate relations requires understanding the various ways in which military force can be employed short of war; this in turn requires illuminating the decision making process that produces militarization of a disagreement considering options for dissuading the decision makers from choosing to militarize and limiting escalations when militarization does occur. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638463

Latin America and the International Court of JusticeContributions to International Law This book aims to evaluate the contribution of Latin America to the development of international law at the International Court of Justice (ICJ). This contemporary approach to international adjudication includes the historical contribution of the region to the development of international law through the emergence of international jurisdictions as well as the procedural and material contribution of the cases submitted by or against Latin American states to the ICJ to the development of international law. The project then conceives international jurisdictions from a multifunctional perspective which encompasses the Court as both an instrument of the parties and an organ of a value-based international community. This shows how Latin American states have become increasingly committed to the peaceful settlement of disputes and to the promotion of international law through adjudication. It culminates with an expansion of the traditional understanding of the function of the ICJ by Latin American states including an analysis of existing challenges in the region. The book will be of interest to all those interested in international dispute resolution including academic libraries the judiciary practitioners in international law government institutions academics and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613744

Latin America and the Shifting Sands of Globalization Latin America occupies an increasingly prominent position within the global political economic and cultural consciousness with intra-regional governance structures and multilateral processes now a key topic of interest to foreign policy and international business circles. It has become abundantly clear that outside of Latin America there is a poor understanding of how the shifting sands of regional power are impacting not only on how regional countries fit into the global system but also on how intra-regional relations are viewed and managed. The contributions to this collection investigate these issues examining how changing global power dynamics are in turn impacting on national foreign policies and regional governance structures. The book focuses first and foremost on the Latin American view outwards rather than the US or European view of the South. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Iberian and Latin American Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379213

Latin America And The U.s. National InterestA Basis For U.s. Foreign Policy This book points out that the Latin American countries—occupying a unique position among developing nations today in achieving economic growth and development—represent an increasingly important political influence in both the developed and developing worlds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169411

Latin America At The CrossroadsDebt Development And The Future A provocative and controversial look at Latin America as it stands at a crossroads this book analyzes the complex economic and social roots of the debt crisis and evaluates the prospects for new development strategies for the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156664

Latin America Faces The Twenty-first CenturyReconstructing A Social Justice Agenda This book explores the future of Latin America's prospects for the twenty-first century. It analyzes economic alternatives to neoliberal policies the democratization of state and civil society new forms of political organizations and the role of women and indigenous peoples in social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161606

Latin America In A New World "This comprehensive overview presenting the views of eminent scholars and practitioners explores in useful detail the new Latin America's changing relationships with the United States Europe Japan and other regions. It is excellent and most timely".--Enrique V. Iglesias President Inter-American Development Bank. Lightning Print On Demand Tit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316549

Latin America In Comparative PerspectiveNew Approaches To Methods And Analysis This book the inaugural publication in a multivolume series entitled Latin America in Global Perspective highlights the necessity and feasibility of analyzing Latin American society and politics within broad comparative frameworks.The rapidly changing agenda for social science research on the region calls for the rigorous application of new conce Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316556

Latin America In Crisis Latin America in Crisis builds a clear-eyed consideration of the fundamental economic and political realities of Latin America today onto a framework of introductory history. It is a concise core text for Latin American survey courses that require both a historical perspective and an attention to contemporary issues. In its focus on patterns of pol Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316563

Latin America In The International Political SystemSecond Edition Fully Revised And Updated Organizing the discussion around the idea of the region as a separate subsystem within the global international political system this book gives special emphasis to subregions within Latin America especially Mexico Central America the Caribbean Brazil and the Southern Cone. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156794

Latin America in the Vortex of Social ChangeDevelopment and Resistance Dynamics This book explores the dynamics of the recent ‘progressive cycle’ in Latin American politics associated with a red and pink tide of regime change. With this cycle of centre-left regimes oriented towards an alternative post-neoliberal form of development now coming to an end coinciding with the end of a ‘primary commodities boom’ (the demand for natural resources exported in primary form on the world market) the authors seek to explore the dynamics of the transition from a progressive cycle of regimes oriented towards the search for a more inclusive form of development towards what appears to be another swing in the pendulum of electoral politics towards the far right and a return to neoliberal orthodoxy.Within the vortex of forces of change pushing towards both the Left and the Right Latin America lies at the centre of ongoing heated theoretical and political debates as to how to bring about a more inclusive and sustainable form of post-neoliberal and post-capitalist development. Latin America in the Vortex of Social Change crucially aims to cut through these debates and explore the dynamics of the forces of change at work in the current conjuncture of capitalist development. With reference to a theoretical framework based on the interaction of three different forms of capitalism (capitalism as usual extractive capitalism narco-capitalism) the authors proceed to an analysis of the development and resistance dynamics of the development process that is unfolding on the Latin American political landscape. The book will appeal to scholars of political sociology and political theory with an interest in the political economy of development and Latin American affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670856

Latin America In The World EconomyMercantile Colonialism To Global Capitalism Latin America in the World Economy considers the dual aspect of Latin American development: how external factors (phases of world capitalism since Columbus) interweave with internal factors (Latin American culture politics and social groups). Within his skillful approach Weaver demonstrates how domestic social conflicts and power relations have Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316570

Latin America in the WorldAn Introduction From the Foundations in Global Studies series this text offers students a fresh comprehensive multidisciplinary entry point to Latin America. After a brief introduction to the study of the region the early chapters of the book survey the essentials of Latin American history; important historical narratives; and the region’s languages religions and global connections. Students are guided through the material with relevant maps resource boxes and text boxes that support and guide further independent exploration of the topics at hand. The second half of the book features interdisciplinary case studies each of which focuses on a specific country or subregion and a particular issue. Each chapter gives a flavor for the cultural distinctiveness of the particular country yet also draws attention to global linkages. Readers will come away from this book with an understanding of the larger historical political and cultural frameworks that shaped Latin America as we know it today and of current issues that have relevance in Latin America and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765645234

Latin America since 1780 Latin America since 1780 provides an accessible introductory text aimed at Spanish linguists and historians taking modules in Latin American history. It provides a compelling continental-based historical narrative supported throughout by incisive evaluation pedagogical features and authentic source texts in the original Spanish. This book focuses on key events such as the Wars of Independence the Mexican Cuban and Sandinista Revolutions and the recent shift to the left as well as providing short inserts on the main political protagonists such as Simon Bolívar Getulio Vargas and Hugo Chávez. The 3rd edition has been revised in line with crucial recent political cultural and economic developments. It offers an entirely new chapter covering the key events and issues of the 21st century fresh topics for essays and presentations increased attention to literary ethnic and social culture and a new e-resource offering English translations of Spanish sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915572

Latin America since IndependenceA History with Primary Sources What is Latin America after all? While histories of the "other" Americas often link disparate histories through revolutionary or tragic narratives Latin America since Independence begins with the assumption that our efforts to imagine a common past for nearly thirty countries are deeply problematic. Without losing sight of chronology or regional trends this text offers glimpses of the Latin American past through carefully selected stories. Each chapter introduces students to a specific historical issue which in turn raises questions about the history of the Americas as a whole. Key themes include: Race and Citizenship Inequality and Economic Development Politics and Rights Social and Cultural Movements Globalization Violence and Civil Society The short thematic chapters are bolstered by the inclusion of relevant primary documents – many translated for the first time – including advertisements and posters song lyrics political speeches government documents and more. Each chapter also includes timelines highlighting important dates and suggestions for further reading. Richly informative and highly readable Latin America since Independence provides compelling accounts of this region’s past and present. This second edition brings the story up to the present with revised chapters new primary documents and images and a new ‘At A Glance’ feature that uses a selection of maps and tables to illuminate key issues like the economy the environment and demographics. For additional information and classroom resources please visit the Latin America since Independence companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/dawson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854375

Latin America TransformedGlobalization and Modernity Praise for the first edition:'Accomplishes its task to provide readers with a broad multi-disciplinary view on globalization's many impacts on Latin America ... the organization of the collection is logical and thoughtful and the structural perspectives offered are convincing and powerful. I recommend it to other Latin American social scientists.' Growth and Change 'An impressive timely and lively volume which is especially valuable for teaching purposes.' Journal of Latin American Studies'Authoritatively written by leading scholars in their respective fields.' AreaLatin America Transformed 2nd Edition explains the region's economic political social and cultural transformations its association with globalization and the search for modernity and contributes to a greater understanding of how these transformations are affecting the people of Latin America.Using a political economy approach to unravel the concepts of globalization and modernity within Latin America emphasis is placed on interpreting the macro-level structures that frame the transformations taking place. The book also investigates the dynamics of people's livelihoods as they make sense of rework and live out these structural transformations. The international team of authors involved with the successful first edition have updated their focus and substantially rewritten their material to examine the challenges facing Latin America in the twenty-first century. Three completely new chapters have also been added. Latin America Transformed 2nd Edition is now even more useful for undergraduate and postgraduate courses that examine economic political social and cultural change in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140868

Latin America vs East Asia: A Comparative Development PerspectiveA Comparative Development Perspective This study makes a solid case for the now prevalent contention that the development model of East Asian NICs is less costly (i.e. over inflation levels and more equitable income distribution) more adaptive to fluctuating would market conditions (eg. successful adjustment to the two oil crises) and more sustainable (i.e. high growth rates even in the turbulent 1970s) than that of the Latin American NICs. In considering these issues this book examines the major Latin American countries' economic problems and development experiences in light of the more successful stabilization and development experiences of the East Asian countries Taiwan and South Korea in particular. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315492254

Latin America Writes BackPostmodernity in the Periphery First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012080

Latin AmericaIts Problems and Its Promise: A Multidisciplinary Introduction Now in a fifth edition Latin America has been updated to reflect the region's growing optimism as economies stabilize trade diversifies and political systems become more participatory. This multidisciplinary survey of Latin American history politics and society features invited contributions from authorities in a variety of fields. New sections address current events including deforestation in Costa Rica and Brazil emerging social movements Ecuador's new constitution and Obama's stated objectives to repair U.S. relations with the region. In addition key topics (such as women and Latin American politics socialist governments and anti-American sentiment Argentina's deteriorating economy and Colombia's struggle with military and narcotics issues) receive expanded and revitalized treatment. Other updated material covers outcomes of recent elections in Bolivia Brazil and Nicaragua among others. Through a hybrid thematic and regional organization this text provides an essential foundation for introductory courses on Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097066

Latin American and Iberian Perspectives on Literature and Medicine This is the first study to examine the representation of illness disability and cultural pathologies in modern and contemporary Iberian and Latin American literature. Innovative and interdisciplinary the collection situates medicine as an important and largely overlooked discourse in these literatures while also considering the social political religious symbolic and metaphysical dimensions underpinning illness. Investigating how Hispanic and Lusophone writers have reflected on the personal and cultural effects of illness it raises central questions about how medical discourses cultural pathologies and the art of healing in general are represented. Essays pay particular attention to the ways in which these interdisciplinary dialogues chart new directions in the study of Hispanic and Lusophone cultures and emerging disciplines such as the medical humanities. Addressing a wide range of themes and subjects including bioethics neuroscience psychosurgery medical technologies Darwinian evolution indigenous herbal medicine the rising genre of the pathography and the ‘illness as metaphor’ trope the collection engages with the discourses of cultural studies gender studies disability studies comparative literature and the medical humanities. This book enriches and stimulates scholarship in these areas by showing how much we still have to gain from interdisciplinary studies working at the intersections between the humanities and the sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871390

Latin American and Latinx PhilosophyA Collaborative Introduction Latin American and Latinx Philosophy: A Collaborative Introduction is a beginner’s guide to canonical texts in Latin American and Latinx philosophy providing the non-specialist with necessary historical and philosophical context and demonstrating their contemporary relevance. It is written in jargon-free prose for students and professors who are interested in the subject but who don’t know where to begin. Each of the twelve chapters written by a leading scholar in the field examines influential texts that are readily available in English and introduces the reader to a period topic movement or school that taken together provide a broad overview of the history nature scope and value of Latin American and Latinx philosophy. Although this volume is primarily intended for the reader without a background in the Latin American and Latinx tradition specialists will also benefit from its many novelties including an introduction to Aztec ethics; a critique of “the Latino threat” narrative; the legacy of Latin American philosophy in the Chicano movement; an overview of Mexican existentialism Liberation philosophy and Latin American and Latinx feminisms; a philosophical critique of indigenism; a study of Latinx contributions to the philosophy of immigration; and an examination of the intersection of race and gender in Latinx identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295865

Latin American BusinessEquity Distortion in Regional Resource Allocation in Brazil Examine the costs and benefits of fiscal “wars” between Brazilian statesLatin American Business examines Brazil’s use of fiscal incentives to attract investors to help remedy disparities in the country’s regional distribution of income. Since the 1990s individual Brazilian states have taken the initiative in trying to lure domestic and foreign firms to locate within their borders targeting the automotive industry textiles and shoe production. But their efforts have led to mixed results and questions about whether these fiscal wars have been legitimate attempts at regional economic development or simply a distortion in the allocation of resources. This insightful collection of case studies and essays sheds considerable light on the issue. For several generations the notion has been debated both in advanced industrial countries and in developing countries that regional differences in income will gradually be eliminated as poor regions (where money is scare but labor is not) benefit from the inflow of investments. In reality this has rarely happened; Latin American Business examines why that has been the case in Brazil. The book’s contributors fuel this continuing debate analyzing topics that include Bahia’s efforts to attract a Ford plant the Mercedes-Benz project in Juiz de Fora the case of Renault in Paraná fiscal incentive programs in Pernambuco and the tax incentive policies of Ceará. Latin American Business includes: an evaluation of the costs and benefits of federal and state incentives given to Ford Motor Company to attract a plant in Bahia an analysis of the use of state and municipal incentives by the state of Minas Gerais in dealing with Mercedes-Benz Corporation a look at Paraná’s agreement with Renault and the degree to which it has created jobs and attracted other investments an examination of structural changes in the Brazilian automotive industry a look at the Brazilian automotive industry in the 1990s an evaluation of the results of Pernambo’s fiscal incentives program from 1996 to 2003 a discussion of the economic logic for tax incentives a look at the economic effects of regional tax incentives and much moreLatin American Business is an essential resource for academics business practitioners public policymakers and anyone working in the international development community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880785

Latin American CivilizationHistory And Society 1492 To The Present-- Fourth Edition This book focuses on recent developments in Latin American politics and society. The major new selection made in the book are the Church's role in the Nicaraguan revolution the Malvinas/Falklands war the struggle for democracy in Argentina and Brazil and women's liberation in Cuba. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156299

Latin American Cultural Studies: A Reader Featuring twenty-five key essays from the Journal of Latin American Cultural Studies (Traves/sia) this book surveys the most influential themes and concepts as well as scouring some of the polemics and controversies which have marked the field over the last quarter of a century since the Journal's foundation in 1992. Emerging at a moment of crisis of revolutionary narratives and at the onset of neoliberal economics and emergent narcopolitics the cultural studies impetus in Latin America was part of an attempted intellectual reconstruction of the (centre-) left in terms of civil society and the articulation of social movements and agencies thinking beyond the verticalist constructions from previous decades. This collection maps these developments from the now classical discussions of the ‘cultural turn’ to more recent responses to the challenges of biopolitics affect theory posthegemony and ecocriticism. It also addresses novel political constellations including resurgent national-popular or eco-nativist and indigenous agencies. Framed by a critical introduction from the editors this volume is both a celebration of influential essays published over twenty five years of the Journal and a representative overview of the field in its multiple ramifications entrenchments and exchanges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217860

Latin American DemocracyEmerging Reality or Endangered Species? More than thirty years have passed since Latin America began the arduous task of transitioning from military-led rule to democracy. In this time more countries have moved toward the institutional bases of democracy than at any time in the region’s history. Nearly all countries have held free competitive elections and most have had peaceful alternations in power between opposing political forces. Despite these advances however Latin American countries continue to face serious domestic and international challenges to the consolidation of stable democratic governance. The challenges range from weak political institutions corruption legacies of militarism transnational crime and globalization among others. In the second edition of Latin American Democracy contributors – both academics and practitioners North Americans Latin Americans and Spaniards—explore and assess the state of democratic consolidation in Latin America by focusing on the specific issues and challenges confronting democratic governance in the region. This thoroughly updated revision provides new chapters on: the environment decentralization the economy indigenous groups and the role of China in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415732611

Latin American Development Latin America’s diverse political and economic struggles and triumphs have captured the global imagination. The region has been a site of brutal dictators revolutionary heroes  the Cold War struggle and as a place in which the global debt crisis has had some of its most lasting and devastating impacts. Latin America continues to undergo rapid transformation  demonstrating both inspirational change and frustrating continuities. This text provides a comprehensive introduction to Latin American development in the twenty-first century emphasizing political economic social cultural and environmental dimensions of development. It considers key challenges facing the region and the diverse ways in which its people are responding as well as providing analysis of the ways in which such challenges and responses can be theorized. This book also explores the region’s historical trajectory the implementation and rejection of the neoliberal model and the role played by diverse social movements. Relations of gender class and race are considered as well as the ways in which media and popular culture are forging new global imaginaries of the continent.  The text also considers the increasing difficulties that Latin America faces in confronting climate change and environmental degradation. This accessible text gives an overarching historical and geographical analysis of the region and critical analysis of recent developments. It is accompanied by a diverse range of critical historical and contemporary case studies from all parts of the continent providing readers with the conceptual tools required to analyse theories on Latin American development. Each chapter ends with a summary section discussion topics suggestions for further reading websites and media resources. This is an indispensable resource for scholars students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680622

Latin American DevelopmentGeographical Perspectives Provides an up-to-date analysis of many aspects of Latin America through a series of short essays written by experienced geographers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315843513

Latin American Dictatorships in the Era of FascismThe Corporatist Wave Latin American Dictatorships in the Era of Fascism focuses on the reverse-wave of dictatorships that emerged in Latin America during the 1930s and the transnational dissemination of authoritarian institutions in the era of fascism. António Costa Pinto revisits the study of authoritarian alternatives to liberal democracy in 1930s Latin America from the perspective of the diffusion of corporatism in the world of inter-war dictatorships. The book explores what drove the horizontal spread of corporatism in Latin America the processes and direction of transnational diffusion and how social and political corporatism became a central set of new institutions utilized by dictatorships during this era. These issues are studied through a transnational and comparative research design to reveal the extent of Latin America’s participation during the corporatist wave which by 1942 had significantly reduced the number of democratic regimes in the world. This book is essential reading for students studying Latin American history 1930s dictatorships and authoritarianism and the spread of corporatism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243852

Latin American Economic Development Latin America is one of the most intriguing parts of the world. The region’s illustrious history culture and geography are famous internationally but in terms of economics Latin America has been generally associated with problems. For many the combination of a resource-rich region and poor economic conditions has been a puzzle.This extensively revised and updated third edition of Latin American Economic Development continues to provide the most up-to-date exploration of why the continent can be considered to have underperformed how the various Latin American economies function and the future prospects for the region. The book addresses the economic problems of Latin America theme by theme.Changes and new features in this new edition include: a new chapter on economic growth that reflects the new understanding of slow growth in the region; two new appendices on basic microeconomics and macroeconomics; expanded coverage on new commodities such as lithium and quinoa; a number of new boxes and updates to existing boxes; for instructors PowerPoint presentations and an extensive test bank are available. The book provides a comprehensive text for undergraduate economics courses on Latin America and is also suitable for use by students in other disciplines looking for a wide-ranging guide to the region. This book will continue to be an invaluable resource for undergraduates looking at Latin American economics growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388413

Latin American Economic Development Latin America is one of the most intriguing parts of the world. The region’s illustrious history culture and geography are famous internationally but in terms of economics Latin America has been generally associated with problems. For many the combination of a resource rich region and poor economic conditions has been a puzzle. This extensively revised and updated second edition of Latin American Economic Development continues to provide the most up to date exploration of why the continent can be considered to have underperformed how the various Latin American economies function and the future prospects for the region. The book addresses the economic problems of Latin America theme by theme. Changes and new features in this new edition include: Expanded coverage of how institutions affect economic growth in Latin America Many new boxes and questions for review and discussion New material on how climate change affects the region Updated material to reflect the ongoing macroeconomic stability of the past decade A new chapter on the political economy of Latin America The book provides a comprehensive text for undergraduate economics courses on Latin America and is also suitable for use by students in other disciplines looking for a wide-ranging guide to the region. This book will continue to be an invaluable resource for undergraduates looking at Latin American economics growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848818

Latin American Economics Until fairly recently many economists looked at Latin America with horror and dismay. Burdened by debt and ravaged by hyperinflation and unemployment it was often characterized as a financial disaster zone. Even now many commentators consider that this resource-rich part of the world underperforms in comparison with other emerging economies. And how to explain stark differences within the area such as the poor growth rates of the Atlantic-facing countries of Venezuela Brazil and Argentina compared with the Pacific Alliance? More precisely how do the various Latin American economies function? And what are the future prospects for the region? As serious research on and around Latin American economics continues to blossom this new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series addresses these and other questions. In four volumes the collection provides a much-needed compendium of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. Latin American Economics is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901605

Latin American EducationComparative Perspectives This book offers a relevant sample of the current research on Latin American education in comparative perspective. It presents and analyzes the most relevant topics research agendas and some of the key theoretical and political problems of Latin American education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157067

Latin American Foreign PoliciesGlobal And Regional Dimensions This collection of original essays takes a comprehensive look at Latin America's regional and global foreign policies. The book begins with an assessment of the current state of research in the field followed by an overview of Latin American foreign policies and the political determinants of those policies. Next an examination of the global policies of Brazil Cuba Mexico and Peru demonstrates differing theoretical perspectives and provides information for cross national comparisons. The third section presents case studies of regional foreign policies in Argentina Brazil Chile Bolivia Venezuela Mexico Cuba and the Anglophone Caribbean nations. In the concluding chapter the editors review the recurring themes in the book and propose a theory for the analysis of Latin American foreign policy behavior. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429048579

Latin American Gothic in Literature and Culture This book explores the Gothic mode as it appears in the literature visual arts and culture of different areas of Latin America. Focusing on works from authors in Mexico Central America the Caribbean the Andes Brazil and the Southern Cone the essays in this volume illuminate the existence of native representations of the Gothic while also exploring the presence of universal archetypes of terror and horror. Through the analysis of global and local Gothic topics and themes they evaluate the reality of a multifaceted territory marked by a shifting colonial and postcolonial relationship with Europe and the United States. The book asks questions such as: Is there such a thing as "Latin American Gothic" in the same sense that there is an "American Gothic" and "British Gothic"? What are the main elements that particularly characterize Latin American Gothic? How does Latin American Gothic function in the context of globalization? What do these elements represent in relation to specific national literatures? What is the relationship between the Gothic and the Postcolonial? What can Gothic criticism bring to the study of Latin American cultural manifestations and conversely what can these offer the Gothic? The analysis performed here reflects a body of criticism that understands the Gothic as a global phenomenon with specific manifestations in particular territories while also acknowledging the effects of "Globalgothic" on a transnational and transcultural level. Thus the volume seeks to open new spaces and areas of scholarly research and academic discussion both regionally and globally with the presentation of a solid analysis of Latin American texts and other cultural phenomena which are manifestly related to the Gothic world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234222

Latin American Guerrilla MovementsOrigins Evolution Outcomes Organized around single country studies embedded in key historical moments this book introduces students to the shifting and varied guerrilla history of Latin America from the late 1950s to the present. It brings together academics and those directly involved in aspects of the guerrilla movement to understand each country’s experience with guerrilla warfare and revolutionary activism. The book is divided in four thematic parts after two opening chapters that analyze the tradition of military involvement in Latin American politics and the parallel tradition of insurgency and coup effort against dictatorship. The first two parts examine active guerrilla movements in the 1960s and 1970s with case studies including Bolivia Nicaragua Peru Argentina Chile and Uruguay. Part 3 is dedicated to the Central American Civil Wars of the 1980s and 1990s in Nicaragua El Salvador and Guatemala. Part 4 examines specific guerrilla movements which require special attention. Chapters include Colombia’s complicated guerrilla scenery; the rivalling Shining Path and Tupac Amaru guerrillas in Peru; small guerrilla movements in Mexico which were never completely documented; and transnational guerrilla operations in the Southern Cone. The concluding chapter presents a balance of the entire Latin American guerrilla at present. Superbly accessible while retaining the complexity of Latin American politics Latin American Guerrilla Movements represents the best historical account of revolutionary movements in the region which students will find of great use owing to its coverage and insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193591

Latin American History Goes to the MoviesUnderstanding Latin America's Past through Film Latin American History Goes to the Movies combines the study of the rich history of Latin America with the medium of feature film. In this concise and accessible book author Stewart Brewer helps readers understand key themes and issues in Latin American history from pre-Columbian times to the present by examining how they have been treated in a variety of films. Moving chronologically across Latin American history and pairing historical background with explorations of selected films the chapters cover vital topics including the Spanish conquest and colonialism revolution religion women U.S.-Latin American relations and more. Through films such as City of God Frida and Che Brewer shows how history is retold and what that retelling means for public memory. From Apocalypto to Selena and from Christopher Columbus to the slave trade Latin American History Goes to the Movies sets the record straight between the realities of history and cinematic depictions and gives readers a solid foundation for using film to understand the complexities of Latin America’s rich and vibrant history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415873512

Latin American Identity in Online Cultural Production This volume provides an innovative and timely approach to a fast growing yet still under-studied field in Latin American cultural production: digital online culture. It focuses on the transformations or continuations that cultural products and practices such as hypermedia fictions net.art and online performance art as well as blogs films databases and other genre-defying web-based projects perform with respect to Latin American(ist) discourses as well as their often contestatory positioning with respect to Western hegemonic discourses as they circulate online. The intellectual rationale for the volume is located at the crossroads of two equally important theoretical strands: theories of digital culture in their majority the product of the anglophone academy; and contemporary debates on Latin American identity and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243323

Latin American Journalism Produced to fill a gap in current knowledge about the state of journalism in Latin America this timely book chronicles how recent changes toward democratization and privatization in the region have influenced mass media industries and the practice of journalism. Written as a tribute to earlier books about the development and status of Latin American news organizations this text provides a readable overview of journalism in the area. Unlike those in previous works these chapters are divided by issues and subject matter instead of by nations and regions. Each chapter concludes with a "spotlight" case study to illustrate the reading material. These features -- along with several easy-to- follow tables topical examples suitable for class discussions and a variety of sources including original interviews with media professionals -- all combine to form the most up-to-date book currently available on this constantly changing subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812242

Latin American LiteratureSymptoms Risks and Strategies of Poststructuralist Criticism Critical theory meets Latin American fiction in this bold and challenging analysis of literature and literary criticism through post-structuralist analysis. Focusing on Latin American literary and critical production from the 1890s to the 1990s Bernard McGuirk highlights the confrontation between theory politics and literature. The range of literatures discussed is extensive including writings from Argentina Brazil Chile Guatemala Mexico Nicaragua and Peru. The symptomatic differences between and within cultures are illuminated by analysis of texts by such authors as: César Vallejo Jorges Luis Borges Rubén Darío Pablo Neruda Julio Cortázar João Guimarães Rosa Susana Thénon Carlos Fuentes Bernard McGuirk holds the Chair of Romance Literatures and Literary Theory at the University of Nottingham. He is currently President of the Association of Hispanists of Great Britain and Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755986

Latin American Modern ArchitecturesAmbiguous Territories Latin American Modern Architectures: Ambiguous Territories has thirteen new essays from a range of distinguished architectural historians to help you understand the region’s rich and varied architecture. It will also introduce you to major projects that have not been written about in English. A foreword by historian Kenneth Frampton sets the stage for essays on well-known architects such as Lucio Costa and Félix Candela which will show you unfamiliar aspects of their work and for essays on the work of little-known figures such as Uruguayan architect Carlos Gómez Gavazzo and Peruvian architect and politician Fernando Belaúnde Terry. Covering urban and territorial histories from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries along with detailed building analyses this book is your best source for historical and critical essays on a sampling of Latin America's diverse architecture providing much-needed information on key case studies. Contributors include Noemí Adagio Pedro Ignacio Alonso Luis Castañeda Viviana d’Auria George F. Flaherty María González Pendás Cristina López Uribe Hugo Mondragón López Jorge Nudelman Blejwas Hugo Palmarola Sagredo Gaia Piccarolo Claudia Shmidt Daniel Talesnik and Paulo Tavares. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893466

Latin American Nations In World PoliticsSecond Edition When the first edition of Latin American Nations in World Politics was published in 1984 it was the only book to undertake the study of Latin American foreign policy seriously and to place Latin American international affairs within a broader global framework both geopolitically and academically. The transition to democracy only hoped for at tha Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319366

Latin American Perspectives on Science and Religion Latin America plays an increasingly important role in the development of modern Christianity yet it has been underrepresented in current scholarship on religion and science. In this first book on the subject contributors explore the different ways that religion and science relate to each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600730

Latin American Perspectives on the Sociology of Health and Illness The sociology of health and illness is a rapidly growing field. Yet as a field it has suffered from a remarkably limited perspective dominated by scholarship produced in the global north. Scholars in the sociology of health and illness have been late to enter debates in global health and have generally failed to learn lessons from work originating in the global south. To begin to address this limitation this edited collection features notable contributions from Latin American scholars exploring key issues including sickle cell disease in Brazil cancer and Chagas disease in Argentina and reproductive health in Mexico. This collection offering a snapshot of the rich and nuanced research being conducted in the region offers readers valuable lessons. It is our argument that Latin American health sociology has much to offer the larger field of sociology â€“ both for what it can teach us about Latin America in and of itself and for what this field of scholarship can teach us about health and illness as broadly defined. This collection challenges readers to think about the global nature of health inequalities. Rich in empirical data and theoretical substance this book is an essential collection for readers interested in understanding the sociology of health and illness.The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Health Sociology Review and as individual papers in Global Public Health and Critical Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664169

Latin American Political EconomyFinancial Crisis And Political Change This book considers the historical and contemporary determinants of the financial crisis facing Latin America from a political economy perspective and compares the effects of and responses to the crisis in a number of countries. It discusses the internal policy errors that led to financial blow-ups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156329

Latin American Political HistoryPatterns and Personalities This chronologically organized text provides comprehensive historical coverage of Latin America's politics and development from colonial times to the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096922

Latin American Political Yearbook1997 Latin America constitutes a region well-endowed with sovereign nations cultural differences and varying states of development and political stability. The end of the cold war and the de­cline of revolutionary movements and regimes has cast political perceptions of the region in a new light even as it has wrought momentous changes in the individual countries themselves. Latin American Political Yearbook: 1997 provides a comprehensive overview analysis and summary of the major political and economic trends and events in Mexico Central and South America and the Caribbean both for their significance within special coun­tries the entire region and relations with the world at large.Elections and the status of political forces in Latin America are the focus of part 1. It provides an up-to-date realistic definition of today's political "Left" and describes the political situ­ations in the Central American MERCOSUR Andean and Caribbean nations. Moreover special consider­ation is given to the case of Nicara­gua. In part 2 the politico-economic backgrounds of such representative Latin American nations as Argentina Bolivia Brazil Ecuador Honduras Paraguay and Venezuela are updated to demonstrate that corruption and collectivism have been responsible for most if not all of the region's economic woes. The next two parts are con­cerned with the Hemispheric left (HL) and the Hemispheric Left Support re­spectively the former dealing with the loose association of Latin American Marxist and Marxist-Leninist organi­zations. It begins with an in-depth look at its enigmatic chief Fidel Castro and then discusses HL umbrella organizations; Colombian Mexican and Cen­tral American terrorist groups; HL narcoterrorism; and the special case of Peru. The book concludes with a look at Latin American international organizations Including trade and tariff associations technical groupings re­gional associations and hemisphere-wide associations such as the Cumbre Iberoamerica the Grupo de Rio and the Organization of American States. The year 1996 contained a number of important contests throughout the region and Latin American Political Yearbook provides a timely look at rel­evant background Information neces­sary to an understanding of the statustlons; Colombian Mexican and Cen­tral American terrorist groups; HL narcoterrorism; and the special case of Peru. The book concludes with a look at Latin American international organizations Including trade and tariff associations technical groupings re­gional associations and hemisphere-wide associations such as the Cumbre Iberoamerica the Grupo de Rio and the Organization of American States. The year 1996 contained a number of important contests throughout the region and Latin American Political Yearbook provides a timely look at rel­evant background Information neces­sary to an understanding of the status of political forces in Latin America to­day. Brimming with facts this com­pact yet comprehensive volume Is essential reading for political scien­tists Latin American area specialists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511514

Latin American Political Yearbook1999 In the third volume of this annual series Robert G. Breene provides a comprehensive overview analysis and summary of the major political and economic trends and events in Central American MERCOSUR Andean and Caribbean nations including Mexico. The yearbook provides a timely look at relevant background information necessary to an understanding of the status of political forces in Latin America today. Chapter 1 looks at the elections and status of political forces in Latin America and describes the political situations in the four groups of nations. It provides an up-to-date realistic definition of today's political "Left." Chapter 2 relates the politico-economic backgrounds of such representative Latin American nations as Argentina Bolivia Brazil Ecuador Honduras Mexico and Panama while chapter 3 explores in detail three hemispheric heads of state receiving much international attention: Pinochet Ortega and Clinton. Chapter 4 discusses the Hemispheric Left (HL) described as a loose association of amorphous Marxist and militant left organizations and as in previous editions of this yearbook includes an overview of all hemispheric terrorism. The year 1998 witnessed an increased overshadowing level of terrorism in Colombia necessitating separate coverage of Colombian terrorism which is treated in chapter 5. The final two chapters are concerned with the Hemispheric Left Support dealing with the association of Latin American Marxist and Marxist-Leninist organizations and providing a look at Latin American international organizations including regional summits and hemisphere-wide associations such as the Grupo de Rio and the Organization of American States. This third volume is brimming with facts and provides information not readily available through American media. Compact yet comprehensive it is essential reading for political scientists Latin American area specialists and historians. Robert G. Breene Jr. has been a fighter pilot a newspaper correspondent in Central America a professor of physics and the owner and operator of a 600-head cattle ranch in Nevada. His is currently head of the Latin American Syndicate in San Antonio Texas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511538

Latin American Political Yearbook2001 In the fourth volume of this annual series Robert G. Breene provides a comprehensive overview analysis and summary of the major political and economic trends and events in Central America MERCOSUR Andean and Caribbean nations and Mexico. Analyzing these developments within the individual nations their respective regions and the world at large the yearbook offers a timely look at the relevant background and information necessary to understand the changing nature of politics in Latin America today.The volume's opening two chapters continue the coverage of the earlier volumes presenting details of various Latin American elections with relevant background information. The remaining five chapters cover various aspects of the development of regional history during the year 2001. Chapter 3 on U.S. diplomacy examines the immediate impact of President Clinton's various Latin American trips and initiatives. The Hemispheric Left and support for the Hemispheric Left are treated in general terms in chapter 4 while the next three chapters examine specific nations Colombia (chapter 5) Venezuela (chapter 6) and Cuba (chapter 7) where these forces were of particular importance during the year.The material presented on Cuba is of particular interest considering the September 11 2001 outrage; although as the editor notes it remains to be seen if the measures adopted at Guantanamo did keep Castro from dabbling in the aftermath. The final chapter continues the series' discussion of Latin American international organizations such as the Grupo de Rio and the Organization of American States. The continuity of the information presented in these volumes is one of their valuable assets as is the examination of the Disinformation Operation (DO) of the Hemispheric Left. Disinformation examples are many ranging from the Harbury DO in Guatemala through Ruz Castro's Foro Soo Paolo and the totally misrepresented Zapatista National Liberation Army to the Great Gringo DO continues to operate with impunity.This is a reference volume with a point of view. It is brimming with facts and provides information not readily available through the American media. Compact yet comprehensive it is essential reading for political scientists Latin American area specialists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511545

Latin American Political Yearbook2002 In the fifth volume of this annual series Robert G. Breene provides a comprehensive overview analysis and summary of the main political and economic trends and events in various portions of Latin America. Analyzing these developments within individual nations their respective regions and the world at large the yearbook offers a timely look at the relevant background and information necessary to understand the changing nature of politics in Latin America today.A new and threatening development the nexus of organized international Marxist-Leninist activity and Islamic terrorism is treated at length throughout much of the volume. In the foreword the editor notes how the rise of international terrorism associated with radical Muslim thought has formed a nexus with the resurgence of the Hemispheric Left thus calling into question whether the international left has really been transformed into free-enterprise democrats as many have simplistically argued. The volume discusses the roots of a left-Muslim connection in the close association between the Sandinistas in Nicaragua and the Qaddafi regime in Libya as well as the training provided by Arab terrorists to their Latin American allies. For larger more powerful states the picture is more ambiguous. While the present-day ideological attitudes of former Marxist states and political entities cannot be known with absolute certainty the materials assembled here cast doubt on the validity of hopeful assumptions of democratic political behavior in the conduct of foreign affairs. One example is an important treaty between post-Soviet Russia and China. The volume also documents the rise in Castro's fortunes with the strengthening of leftist power in Venezuela and Mexico and the neutralization of Brazil through Castro's long-standing support for the presidency of the Marxist Lula da Silva.This is a reference volume with a point of view. Compact yet comprehensive it is essential reading for political scientists Latin America area specialists and historians.Robert G. Breene Jr. has been a fighter pilot an experimental test pilot a newspaper correspondent in Central America a professor of physics and the owner and operator of a 600-head cattle ranch in Nevada. He is currently head of the Latin American News Service in San Antonio Texas from which much of this analysis was derived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511552

Latin American Political Yearbook2003 In the sixth volume of this annual series Robert G. Breene provides a comprehensive overview analysis and summary of the political and economic trends and events in Central America MERCOSUR the Andean and Caribbean nations and Mexico. Analyzing these developments within the individual nations their respective regions and the world at large this yearbook offers a timely look at the relevant background and information necessary to understand the changing nature of politics in Latin America today.A significant development has been the growing nexus of Marxist-Leninist and Muslim terrorism. Before the turn of the new century portents of this development were discernable in the long terrorist war conducted against the democratic West by those followers of Lenin Stalin and their successors. This has now been transformed into a "crusade" against non-Muslim societies. The materials included here attest to the fact that the hemispheric left and Cuba were involved in terror long before it suddenly materialized in the United States. As this volume records Castro was in Teheran in May 2001 where he pledged that "the peoples and governments of Iran and Cuba can bring the U.S. to its knees." Four months later terrorists of the Al-Qaeda network destroyed the World Trade Center and struck the Pentagon. In replying to this outrage the Bush administration identified an Axis of Evil which did not include either the Cuban or Chinese Communist regimes two original seats of international terror. As this volume demonstrates however whether neatly includable in the "axis" or otherwise Castro and his political allies u Hugo Rafael Chbvez Fryas of Venezuela Lula da Silva of Brazil and others u are closely associated with at least one avowed member state of the Axis.In addition to its analysis of these and other new developments the Yearbook continues its invaluable coverage of election results throughout Latin America. Brimming with information not readily available through the American media this series is essential reading for political scientists journalists Latin America area specialists and historians.Robert G. Breene Jr. has been a fighter pilot a newspaper correspondent in Central America a professor of physics and the owner and operator of a 600-head cattle ranch in Nevada. He is currently head of the Latin American News Syndicate in San Antonio Texas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511569

Latin American Politics and Development For over thirty years Latin American Politics and Development has kept instructors and students abreast of current affairs and changes in Latin America. Now in its ninth edition this definitive text has been updated throughout and features contributions from experts in the field including twenty new and revised chapters on Mexico Central America the Caribbean and South America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350509

Latin American Politics And Development Fifth Edition This book offers a region-wide overview of the patterns and processes of Latin American history politics society and development. It provides a detailed country-by-country treatment and unique features of all Latin American countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367007317

Latin American Revolutionaries and the Arab WorldFrom the Suez Canal to the Arab Spring Recounting recent encounters between Latin American and Arab countries this unique volume explores how despite both geographical and cultural distances Latin American revolutionaries constructed an image of the Arab World as one sharing their own political views and interests. From the nationalization of the Suez Canal to Latin American perspectives on the Arab Spring Federico Vélez offers a fascinating historical and contemporary analysis on the behaviour of actors on the periphery of the international system. Contributing to debates regarding ideological and political autonomy the book provides a comprehensive historical account of relations between the countries of Latin America and the Middle East alongside new analysis on the ways marginalized states can sometimes build unlikely alliances in their attempts to challenge structures of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472467218

Latin American Society First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179806

Latin American SoldiersArmed Forces in the Region's History In this accessible volume John R. Bawden introduces readers to the study of armed forces in Latin American history through vivid narratives about four very different countries: Mexico Cuba Brazil and Chile. Latin America has faced many of the challenges common to postcolonial states such as civil war poorly defined borders and politically fractured societies. Studying its militaries offers a powerful lens through which to understand major events eras and problems. Bawden draws on stories about the men and women who served in conventional armed forces and guerrilla armies to examine the politics and social structure of each country the state’s evolution and relationships between soldiers and the global community. Designed as an introductory text for undergraduates Latin American Soldiers identifies major concepts factors and trends that have shaped modern Latin America. It is an essential text for students of Latin American Studies or History and is particularly useful for students focusing on the military revolutions and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492585

Latin American TechnopoeticsScientific Explorations in New Media Latin American Technopoetics: Scientific Explorations in New Media analyzes the ways in which poetry and multimedia installations by six prominent poets and artists engage and in turn are engaged by scientific discourses. In its innovative readings of contemporary digital media works Latin American Technopoetics is the first book to investigate the powerful dialogue between recent techno-cultural phenomena literature and various scientific fields. This cutting-edge analysis of poetic and artistic experimentation—robots that compose and recite poetry algorithms that create visualizations of poetic language or of the connections between everyday language and scientific terminology arrays of multi-dimensional poetic spaces and telematic and transgenic art—makes a strong case for the increasing viability of a scientific poetics currently gaining prominence in Latin American literary and media studies digital humanities and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666507

Latin American Theories of Development and Underdevelopment Upon its publication in 1989 this was the first systematic and comprehensive analysis of the Latin American School of Development and an invaluable guide to the major Third World contribution to development theory. The four major strands in the work of Latin American Theorists are: structuralism internal colonialism marginality and dependency. Exploring all four in detail and the interconnections between them Cristobal Kay highlights the developed world’s over-reliance on and partial knowledge of dependency theory in its approach to development issues and analyses the first major challenges to neo-classical and modernisation theories from the Third World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852456

Latin American ThoughtPhilosophical Problems And Arguments Latin American Thought examines the relationship between philosophy and rationality in Latin American thought the nature of justice human rights and cultural identity and other questions that have concerned Latin American thinkers from the colonial period to the present day. From the Mayans Aztecs and Incas to the present day rev Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316587

Latin American Transnational Children and YouthExperiences of Nature and Place Culture and Care Across the Americas Latin American Transnational Children and Youth focuses on understanding young people’s connection to nature and place within a transnational and Latin American context. It serves to diversify elaborate and sometimes challenge the assumptions made in researching people and place and unearths the complexities of a world in which the identity of many is not shaped by a single place or culture but instead by complex interactions among these. Spanning across ages and geographies the book explores the central themes of sense of place identity and environmental action with an emphasis on Latinx and Indigenous communities. This book balances theoretical questions with geographically contextual empirical research. Each section is situated in current interdisciplinary research and provides geographically specific examples of children and youth’s perspectives on place relations migration transnationalism and an emerging demographic of environmentalists. Contributors from Latin America and the United States advance the fields of childhood and youth studies environmental psychology geography sociology planning and education. This book looks across the Americas to see how young people experience their worlds and constructively contribute to their places and environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463885

Latin American Women Writers: An Encyclopedia Latin American Women Writers: An Encyclopedia presents the lives and critical works of over 170 women writers in Latin America between the sixteenth and twentieth centuries. This features thematic entries as well as biographies of female writers whose works were originally published in Spanish or Portuguese and who have had an impact on literary political and social studies.Focusing on drama poetry and fiction this work includes authors who have published at least three literary texts that have had a significant impact on Latin American literature and culture. Each entry is followed by extensive bibliographic references including primary and secondary sources.Coverage consists of critical appreciation and analysis of the writers' works. Brief biographical data is included but the main focus is on the meanings and contexts of the works as well as their cultural and political impact. In addition to author entries other themes are explored such as humor in contemporary Latin American fiction lesbian literature in Latin America magic realism or mother images in Latin American literature. The aim is to provide a unique thorough scholarly survey of women writers and their works in Latin America. This Encyclopedia will be of interest to both to the student of literature as well as to any reader interested in understanding more about Latin American culture literature and how women have represented gender and national issues throughout the centuries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788388

Latin American-u.s. Economic Relations 1982-1983 This book analyzes U.S. international economic policy and the interactions involved in its formulation. It discusses among other issues the effects of U.S. policy on Latin American economies and trade relations and the policies of international financial agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155179

Latin AmericaRegions and People Popular among students for its engaging accessible style this text provides an authoritative overview of Latin America's human geography as well as its regional complexity. Extensively revised to reflect the region's ongoing evolution in the first decades of the 21st century the second edition's alternating thematic and regional chapters trace Latin America's historical development while revealing the diversity of its people and places. Coverage encompasses cultural history environment and physical geography urban development agriculture and land use social and economic processes and the contemporary patterns of the Latin American diaspora. Pedagogical features include vivid topical vignettes end-of-chapter recommended readings and other resources and 217 photographs maps and figures.New to This Edition*Discussions of climate change and its impacts the demise of the Monroe doctrine neoliberal agriculture the growing influence of Chinese investment and other new topics.*13 new vignettes highlighting current issues such as the thaw in United States-Cuba relations drug violence in Mexico aerial gondolas in the Andes and the first Latin pope.*Annotated website and film recommendations for most chapters.*The latest development trends population and economic data and current events of local and global significance.*26 new photographs maps and figures. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525508

Latin America's International Relations and Their Domestic ConsequencesWar and Peace Dependence and Autonomy First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315049038

Latin America's Neo-ReformationReligion's Influence on Contemporary Politics The purpose of this study is to focus on the intersection of religion and politics. Do different religions result in different politics? More specifically are there significant contrasts between the political attitudes and behavior of Catholics and Protestants in Latin America? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833289

Latin America's Quest for GlobalizationThe Role of Spanish Firms Investments by Spanish firms in Latin America have grown since the early 1990s by taking over many of the state-owned firms put out to tender. Second only to the United States these investments make Spain one of the largest markets of foreign direct investment for Latin America. This multidisciplinary volume focuses on the emergence of Spanish multinational enterprises in this region. Furthermore it analyzes the sociological and political consequences of these investments and exhibits several theoretical and methodological approaches that make the book a useful aid for teaching. It is essential reading for those who want to understand structural reforms their consequences and the international impact of economic reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259072

Latin Erotic ElegyAn Anthology and Reader This indispensable volume provides a complete course on Latin erotic elegy allowing students to trace a coherent narrative of the genre's rise and fall and to understand its relationship to the changes that marked the collapse of the Roman republic and the founding of the empire.The book begins with a detailed and wide-ranging introduction looking at major figures the evolution of the form and the Roman context with particular focus on the changing relations between the sexes. The texts that follow range from the earliest manifestations of erotic elegy in Catullus through Tibullus Sulpicia (Rome's only female elegist) Propertius and Ovid.An accessible commentary explores the historical background issues of language and style and the relation of each piece to its author's larger body of work. The volume closes with an anthology of critical essays representative of the main trends in scholarship; these both illuminate the genre's most salient features and help the student understand its modern reception. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714737

Latin Expansion in the Medieval Western Mediterranean While Latin expansion stalled in the Eastern Mediterranean in the late Middle Ages Islam lost ground to Christendom in the west - in the Spanish Levant the islands of the Western Mediterranean and even on the Maghribi coast where conquerors and colonists from the northern shore of the sea established footholds. Edited by Eleanor Congdon with an introduction by Felipe Fernández-Armesto and James Muldoon this collection of classic studies illuminates the problems of how the expansion occurred and why it was slow and limited. The volume broaches fundamental questions of Mediterranean history formulated by Henri Pirenne and Fernand Braudel. The place of the late medieval Western Mediterranean in the history of the sea as a whole and of European overseas expansion generally emerges with new clarity as the reader re-traces the process of formation of one of the world’s great frontiers between civilizations. Important work by Maria Teresa Ferrer i Mallol appears in translation for the first time alongside pieces by such leading authorities as David Abulafia Robert I. Burns S.J. Miguel Angel Ladero Quesada and Hilmar C. Krueger. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409455097

Latin Explorations (Routledge Revivals)Critical Studies in Roman Literature Latin Explorations first published in 1963 offers a fresh approach to Roman poetry from Catullus to Ovid. Traditionally the period is divided for specialist studies – Lyric Epic and Elegy. In each of them techniques of interpretation prevail isolated from contemporary ideas about poetry and dominated by barriers between ‘textual’ ‘exegetical’ and ‘aesthetic’ criticism. Kenneth Quinn discerns in Roman poetry of this period the adolescence maturity and decay of a single coherent tradition whose internal unity surpasses differences of form. His argument attempts to reverse the dissociation of purely academic research from appreciative criticism whilst also incorporating the work of textual scholars. Each chapter is supported by a detailed analysis of the texts: nearly 700 lines of poetry are discussed and translated. Latin Explorations will be of significant value not only to students of the Classics but also to the ‘Latinless’ general reader who is interested in Roman literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014022

Latin for Local HistoryAn Introduction Latin for Local History provides a self-teaching guide for those historians who wish to tackle the language in which the majority of pre-eighteenth century historical records have been written. It is unique in dealing only with Latin found in historical records of the medieval period. Practice material and exercises are provided in the form of documents most commonly encountered by the historian in their research - deeds charters court rolls accounts bishops' registers and so on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139060

Latin for the IlliteratiA Modern Guide to an Ancient Language This revised and updated edition includes a brand new foreword by Richard LaFleur and more than fifteen hundred new entries and abbreviations. Organized alphabetically within the categories of verba (common words and expressions) dicta (common phrases and familiar sayings) and abbreviations this practical and helpful reference guide is a comprehensive compendium of more than 7 000 Latin words expressions phrases and sayings taken from the world of art music law philosophy theology medicine and the theatre as well as witty remarks and sage advice from ancient writers such as Virgil Ovid Cicero and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410992

Latin Kingdom Of Jerusalem First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979406

Latin Literature of the Fourth Century (Routledge Revivals) This volume offering an insight into the literary world of Rome in the fourth century AD reflects an increased interest in the writers of the 150 years before the collapse of the Western Empire who have long been over-shadowed by the pre-eminence accorded since the eighteenth century to the Golden and Silver ages. Among the writers examined are Ausonius the poet Imperial official and tutor to Gratian; Claudian the last major ‘classical’ poet; Prudentius and Paulinus of Nola two of the founders of Christian Latin poetry; Symmachus the letter writer and supporter of die-hard paganism; and St. Augustine whose influence on Christian thought and the Middle Ages is incalculable. These essays consider how such writers responded to a world where vitality was ebbing from the old forms of political life religion and literature giving way to new institutions modes of life and horizons of reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740159

Latin LooksImages Of Latinas And Latinos In The U.s. Media What are "Latin looks"? A Latin look may seem at first blush to be something that everyone recognizes-brunette sensual expressive animated perhaps threatening. But upon reflection we realize that these are the images that are prevalent in the media while the reality in Latino communities is of a rich diversity of people and images. This book Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316594

Latin Lyric and Elegiac PoetryAn Anthology of New Translations Latin Lyric and Elegiac Poetry first published almost 25 years ago offered students accurate and poetic translations of poems from the sudden flowering of lyric and elegy in Rome at the end of the Republic and in the first decades of the Augustan principate. Now updated in this second edition the volume has been re-edited with both revised and new translations and an updated commentary and bibliography for readers in a new century ensuring that this much-valued anthology remains useful and relevant to a new generation of students studying ancient literature and western civilization. The volume features an expanded selection of newly translated poetry including: fresh Catullus translations with a greater selection including Poem 64 fresh Sulpicia translations and the five poems of the "Garland of Sulpicia" six new Propertius poems new and revised selections from Tibullus Ovid and Horace. The second edition reflects changing interests and modes of reading while remaining true to the power of the poetry that has influenced the literature of many cultures. The combination of accurate and vibrant translations with thorough commentary makes this an invaluable anthology for those interested in poetry world literature Roman civilization and the history of ideas and sexuality allowing readers to compare different poets' responses to politics love and sex literary innovation self and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857803

Latin Verse SatireAn Anthology and Reader A wide variety of texts by the Latin satirists are presented here in a fully loaded resource to provide an innovative reading of satire's relation to Roman ideology. Brimming with notes commentaries essays and texts in translation this book succeeds in its mission to help the student understand the history of Latin's modern scholarly reception.Focusing on the linguistic difficulties and problems of usage and examining aspects of meter and style necessary for poetry appreciation the commentary places each selection in its own historical context then using essays and critical excerpt the genre's most salient features are elucidated to provide a further understanding of its place in history.Extremely student friendly this stands well both as a companion to Latin Erotic Elegy and in its own right as an invaluable fund of knowledge for any Latin literature scholar. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203022832

Latina Agency through Narration in EducationSpeaking Up on Erasure Identity and Schooling Drawing on critical and sociocultural frameworks this volume presents narrative studies by or about Latinas in which they speak up about issues of identity and education. Using narratives self-identification stories and testimonios as theory methodology and advocacy this volume brings together a wide range of Latinx perspectives on education identity bilingualism and belonging. The narratives illustrate the various ways erasure and human agency shape the lives and identities of Latinas in the United States from primary school to higher education and beyond in their schools and communities. Contributors explore how schools and educational institutions can support student agency by adopting a transformative activist stance through curricula learning contexts and policies. Chapters contain implications for teaching and come together to showcase the importance of explicit activist efforts to combat erasure and engage in transformative and emancipatory education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151089

Latina Bilingual Education TeachersExamining Structural Racism in Schools Using critical race theory and whiteness studies as theoretical frameworks this book traces two Latina bilingual education teachers in three different professional phases: as paraprofessionals teacher candidates and certified teachers. Grounded in a longitudinal case study this book sheds light on the effects of institutional racism when Latina/o educational professionals attempt inclusion in white dominant organizations such as schools. Revealing and analyzing the structural racism present in schools and the obstacles it creates for professionals of color the author exposes the racist practices that are hidden from view and offer practical solutions to combat them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048317

Latina IssuesFragments of Historia(ella) (Herstory) This book attempts to make Latina history visible and Latina voices heard. It focuses solely on women – not to marginalize Latina stories but to showcase them illustrating Latina perspectives on colonization gender race and class. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059141

Latina Lesbian Writers and Artists Explore a little-known side of the lesbian artistic world! With this book you’ll explore the work of the most significant contemporary Latina lesbian writers artists and performers in the United States Latin America and Spain. This book presents and analyzes literature art and poetry by women who despite markedly different backgrounds and experiences are all strongly influenced by the concept of lesbian identity. Latina Lesbian Writers and Artists begins with an essential A-to-Z overview of modern Latina lesbian authors and performers. From Cuban writer Magaly Alabau to literary critic Yvonne Yarbro-Bejarano you’ll learn who these women are where they’re from and what they’ve chosen as the focus of their work. The rest of the book is structured to give you a look at the work Latina lesbians in the United States and then moves geographically outward first to Latin America then to Spain. “Tortilleras on the Prairie: Latina Lesbians Writing the Midwest” provides a unique look at a much-neglected component of Latina lesbian writing—that of the Latinas living far from the East and West Coast hubs of both Latino and queer cultures exploring Latina lesbian literary production in places like Kansas and Nebraska. “The Role of Carmelita Tropicana in the Performance Art of Alina Troyano ” appraises the imaginative hilarious and insightful work of Cuban-American performance artist Alina Troyano (better known by her stage name Carmelita Tropicana) examining the strategies she used (code switching the breaking of heterosexist norms the development of alter-egos and more) to create a hybrid identity as an artist and performer. “Moving La Frontera Toward a Genuine Radical Democracy in Gloria Anzaldúa’s Work” shows us how Anzaldúa’s pivotal work Borderlands has revolutionized academic perceptions of the border and of identity in Latin American/U.S. Latino literature. You’ll also find passionate poetry created by Latina lesbians. “Como Sabes Depresión” is a fragment of a passionate bilingual poem written by an English-speaking poet enamored of the Spanish language and “To Sor Juana” is a poem dedicated to the seventeenth century poet and nun who has become an icon among Latina lesbians. “Lesbianism and Caricature in Griselda Gambaro’s Lo impenetrable” shows how lesbian characters and themes in the works of this Argentine novelist are used to satirize and undermine the perverse social values of patriarchal dictatorship. “The (In)visible Lesbian: The Contradictory Representations of Female Homoeroticism in Contemporary Spain” introduces us to some of Spain’s lesbian authors and communicates the difficulties lesbian writers in that country and around the world have had in finding a receptive audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057070

Latina Outsiders Remaking Latina Identity Latina Outsiders Remaking Latina Identity is an exploration of Latinas on the periphery of both Latina culture and mainstream culture in the United States. Whether they are deliberately rejected or whether they choose to reject sexist classist or racist practices within their cultures the subjects of these articles essays short fiction poems testimonios and visual art demonstrate the value of their experience. Ultimately the outsider experience influences what the larger culture adopts demonstrating that a different perspective is key to remaking Latina identity. Outside perspectives include those of queer indigenous Afro-Latina activist and differently-abled individuals. By challenging stereotypes and revealing the diverse range of narratives that make up the Latina experience Latina Outsiders Remaking Latina Identity will expand and deepen notions of the Latina identity for students and researchers of Women’s Gender and Sexuality Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729172

Latina PsychologistsThriving in the Cultural Borderlands In this book twelve eminent Latina Psychologists illustrate how they practice gender- and culture-sensitive psychotherapy counseling research pedagogy social justice and mentoring. They share how they create their own path in the midst of oppression – by becoming aware of the connection between their lives and their gendered cultural social and political circumstances – and how they liberate themselves and those who seek their psychological services. Based on lived experiences they reveal how they integrate a borderlands theory a testimonio method and an embodiment analysis into a Latina Feminist Psychology. More importantly these Latina Psychologists offer easy-to-follow advice to help readers thrive while living in the cultural borderlands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039643

Latina RealitiesEssays On Healing Migration And Sexuality A retrospective of fifteen years this book brings together for the first time Oliva Esps previously published articles and conference papers. Together these writings reveal the complexity and encompassing quality of Esps most significant contributions to the contemporary debates within psychology. Topics include sexuality therapy with Latinas Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316600

Latina Students’ Experiences in Public SchoolsEducational Equity and Gender Focusing on issues relating to gender gender relations and discrimination this book provides nuanced insight into the experiences of young Latina women and their teachers in a North American middle school. Latina Students’ Experiences in Public Schools details how students navigate questions of gender gender discrimination and gender relations in the context of post-feminism and in view of widespread claims that advocacy for girls and women has been outmoded by anti-discriminatory legislation. Drawing on an ethnographic study that focuses on gender segregation and dominance relational identities and the role of teachers in reinforcing gender dynamics the text deftly demonstrates the effect of postfeminist policy and ideology on gender equity and achievement in public schools. In particular the text illustrates that young Latina women continue to face both physical and verbal harassment on a daily basis which is often overlooked by school faculty and administrators. A powerful and timely text the volume advocates for action to counter school-based gender discrimination. This book will be of great interest to graduate and postgraduate students researchers academics policy makers libraries in the field of gender and sexuality in education gender studies secondary education and urban education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138313712

Latina/o Healing PracticesMestizo and Indigenous Perspectives This edited volume focuses on the role of traditional or indigenous healers as well as the application of traditional healing practices in contemporary counseling and therapeutic modalities with Latina/o people. The book offers a broad coverage of important topics such as traditional healer’s views of mental/psychological health and well-being the use of traditional healing techniques in contemporary psychotherapy and herbal remedies in psychiatric practice. It also discusses common factors across traditional healing methods and contemporary psychotherapies the importance of spirituality in counseling and everyday life the application of indigenous healing practices with Latina/o undergraduates indigenous techniques in working with perpetrators of domestic violence and religious healing systems and biomedical models. The book is an important reference for anyone working within the general field of mental health practice and those seeking to understand culturally relevant practice with Latina/o populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979413

Latinas and the Politics of Urban Spaces This book illuminates the ways in which Chicanas Puerto Rican women and other Latinas organize and lead social movements either on the ground or digitally in major cities of the continental United States and Puerto Rico. It shows how they challenge racism sexism homophobia and anti-immigrant policies through their political praxis and spiritual activism. Drawing from a range of disciplines and perspectives academic and activist authors offer unique insights into environmental justice peace and conflict resolution women’s rights LGBTQ coalition-building and more—all through a distinctive Latina lens. Designed for use in a wide range of college courses this book is also aimed at practitioners community organizers and grassroots leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432058

Latinization of U.S. SchoolsSuccessful Teaching and Learning in Shifting Cultural Contexts Fueled largely by significant increases in the Latino population the racial ethnic and linguistic texture of the United States is changing rapidly. Nowhere is this 'Latinisation' of America more evident than in schools. The dramatic population growth among Latinos in the United States has not been accompanied by gains in academic achievement. Estimates suggest that approximately half of Latino students fail to complete high school and few enroll in and complete college. The Latinization of U.S. Schools centres on the voices of Latino youth. It examines how the students themselves make meaning of the policies and practices within schools. The student voices expose an inequitable opportunity structure that results in depressed academic performance for many Latino youth. Each chapter concludes with empirically based recommendations for educators seeking to improve their practice with Latino youth stemming from a multiyear participatory action research project conducted by Irizarry and the student contributors to the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519598

Latino CityUrban Planning Politics and the Grassroots American cities are increasingly turning to revitalization strategies that embrace the ideas of new urbanism and the so-called creative class in an attempt to boost economic growth and prosperity to downtown areas. These efforts stir controversy over residential and commercial gentrification of working class ethnic areas. Spanning forty years Latino City provides an in-depth case study of the new urbanism creative class and transit-oriented models of planning and their implementation in Santa Ana California one of the United States’ most Mexican communities. It provides an intimate analysis of how revitalization plans re-imagine and alienate a place and how community-based participation approaches address the needs and aspirations of lower-income Latino urban areas undergoing revitalization. The book provides a critical introduction to the main theoretical debates and key thinkers in the fields of new urbanism transit-oriented and creative class models of urban revitalization. It is the first book to examine contemporary models of choice for revitalization of US cities from the point of view of a Latina/o-majority central city and thus initiates new lines of analysis and critique of models for Latino inner city neighborhood and downtown revitalization in the current period of socio-economic and cultural change. Latino City will appeal to students and scholars in urban planning urban studies urban history urban policy neighborhood and community development central city development urban politics urban sociology geography and ethnic/Latino Studies as well as practitioners community organizations and grassroots leaders immersed in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595491

Latino Civil Rights in EducationLa Lucha Sigue Latino Civil Rights in Education: La Lucha Sigue documents the experiences of historical and contemporary advocates in the movement for civil rights in education of Latinos in the United States. These critical narratives and counternarratives discuss identity inequality desegregation policy public school bilingual education higher education family engagement and more comprising an ongoing effort to improve the conditions of schooling for Latino children. Featuring the perspectives and research of Latino educators sociologists historians attorneys and academics whose lives were guided by this movement the book holds broad applications in the study and continuation of social justice and activism today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943339

Latino Families in Therapy This acclaimed work--now in an extensively revised second edition--provides an up-to-date conceptual framework and hands-on strategies for culturally competent clinical practice with Latino families and individuals. Practitioners and students gain an understanding of the family dynamics migration experiences ecological stressors and cultural resources that are frequently shared by Latino families as well as variations among them. Through many in-depth case illustrations the author shows how to apply a multicultural and social justice lens to assessment and intervention while drawing on each client's strengths. Creative ideas are presented for addressing frequently encountered clinical issues and challenges at all stages of the family life cycle.New to This Edition*Delineates the author's multidimensional ecosystemic and comparative approach (MECA) in greater detail; presents MECAmaps MECAgenograms and other innovative clinical tools.*Incorporates the latest research and over a decade of social and demographic changes.*Chapter on working with geographically separated families including innovative uses of technology.*Chapters on health disparities and on adolescents.*Expanded discussions of second-generation risks and strengths and of same-sex marriage intermarriage divorce and stepparenting. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462522323

Latino Fiction and the Modernist ImaginationLiterature of the Borderlands First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. The aim of this book is to approach Latino fiction from a wider perspective and to cross the standard critical boundaries between Latino groups in order to focus upon the literary language of a collection of complicated novels and stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001800

Latino Gay Men and HIVCulture Sexuality and Risk Behavior With research based on focus group and individual interviews in the United States as well as a thorough and integrative review of the current literature Latino Gay Men and HIV discusses the six main sociocultural factors in Latino communities -- machismo homophobia family cohesion sexual silence poverty and racism--which undermine safe sex practices. In an attempt to explain the alarmingly high incidence of unprotected intercourse in this population this in-depth cultural and psychological analysis shows how an apparent incongruence between knowledge or intention and behavior can possess its own sociocultural logic and meaning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811499

Latino History and CultureAn Encyclopedia Latinos are the fastest growing population in America today. This two-volume encyclopedia traces the history of Latinos in the United States from colonial times to the present focusing on their impact on the nation in its historical development and current culture. "Latino History and Culture" covers the myriad ethnic groups that make up the Latino population. It explores issues such as labor legal and illegal immigration traditional and immigrant culture health education political activism art literature and family as well as historical events and developments. A-Z entries cover eras individuals organizations and institutions critical events in U.S. history and the impact of the Latino population communities and ethnic groups and key cities and regions. Each entry includes cross references and bibliographic citations and a comprehensive index and illustrations augment the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702971

Latino HomicideImmigration Violence and Community Latino Homicide is the first empirically based but readable book for courses to counter the conventional wisdom that immigrant populations only contribute crime to their communities. For this second edition Martinez further emphasizes his argument with updated data and the addition of a new city San Antonio. With fascinating case studies from police reports and actual cases from six varied cities Latino homicide rates are revealed to be markedly lower than one would expect given the economic deprivation of these urban areas. Far from dangerous or criminal these communities often have exceptionally strong social networks precisely because of their shared immigrant experiences. Martinez skillfully refutes negative stereotypes in a coherent and critically rigorous analysis of the issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536530

Latino Identity in Contemporary America This edited collection brings together original research papers that explore an important aspect of race and ethnic studies namely the processes that are shaping the making of Latina and Latino identities in contemporary America. This is a question that has received much attention in the USA over the past decade and these papers make an original contribution to these debates. Much of this attention towards Latino/a communities in the USA can be seen as the outcome of public debates about the growth of these communities over the past three decades and the consequences of this growth for social and political change. The papers in this collection highlight some of the key facets of contemporary research in this field. As original pieces of research they are at the forefront of current debates about Latino/a identities in contemporary America and they provide research based insights into the changing experiences of these communities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138676541

Latino National Political CoalitionsStruggles and Challenges This study examines Latino national political coalitions in the United States with a focus on Chicanos Puerto Ricans and Cubans. It argues that Latino national political coalitions are an avenue of political empowerment for the Latino Community but face social economic and political challenges in the Latino community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979420

Latino Peoples in the New AmericaRacialization and Resistance "Latinos" are the largest group among Americans of color. At 59 million they constitute nearly a fifth of the US population. Their number has alarmed many in government other mainstream institutions and the nativist right who fear the white-majority US they have known is disappearing. During the 2016 US election and after Donald Trump has played on these fears embracing xenophobic messages vilifying many Latin American immigrants as rapists drug smugglers or "gang bangers." Many share such nativist desires to build enhanced border walls and create immigration restrictions to keep Latinos of various backgrounds out. Many whites’ racist framing has also cast native-born Latinos their language and culture in an unfavorable light. Trump and his followers’ attacks provide a peek at the complex phenomenon of the racialization of US Latinos. This volume explores an array of racialization’s manifestations including white mob violence profiling by law enforcement political disenfranchisement whitewashed reinterpretations of Latino history and culture and depictions of "good Latinos" as racially subservient. But subservience has never marked the Latino community and this book includes pointed discussions of Latino resistance to racism. Additionally the book’s scope goes beyond the United States revealing how Latinos are racialized in yet other societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387829

Latino Politics in MassachusettsStruggles Strategies and Prospects First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979437

Latino Poverty in the New CenturyInequalities Challenges and Barriers Understand the social factors that challenge this fast-growing community!The Latino community will soon be the largest minority population in the United States. Although Hispanics have been part of the American scene since before independence their issues have only recently drawn the attention of the mainstream. Latino Poverty in the New Century takes a clear look at the reasons why poverty and inequality are still major concerns for Hispanic citizens and residents. This keen analysis examines how apparently neutral even well-meaning social and educational policies can have a devastating effect. The interlocking consequences of language problems educational problems gangs poverty and illness become a vicious cycle. Despite pervasive patterns of discrimination and subtle barriers to achievement the Latino community still displays its power. Latino Poverty in the New Century reveals how a faith-based community organization succeeded in adapting indigenous networks and culturally relevant sources of support and power to create a strong community presence.Latino Poverty in the New Century offers a rich detailed analysis of the challenges that face Hispanics in the United States: the implications of US immigration policy for immigrants refugees and native-born Latino citizens the language barriers that can prevent Latinos from full participation in both society and educational programs health care policies and the sometimes tragic consequences of the lack of medical insurance the role of extracurricular activities in keeping Latino students in school the twin calamities known as gentrification and urban blightThis comprehensive book provides social workers and policymakers with wide-ranging analyses of some of the pressing issues and social policies that affect Hispanics in the United States. Latino Poverty in the New Century explores ways to keep Latino youth in high school promote community organization encourage Latinos to vote and increase your understanding of migration dynamics. Containing current research and case studies this valuable book will help you comprehend the challenges that Latinos face in this country and respect the gains they have made in spite of the obstacles in their way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048238

Latino Professionals in AmericaTestimonios of Policy Perseverance and Success In Latino Professionals in America Maria Chávez combines rich qualitative interviews auto-ethnographic accounts and policy analysis to explore the converging oppressions that make it difficult for Latinos to become professionals and to envision themselves as successful in those professions. Recounting her own story Chávez interviews 31 Latino professionals from across the nation in a variety of occupations and careers contextualizing their experiences amid family struggles and ongoing racism in the United States. She addresses gender inequality within the Latino community arguing that by defending rationalizing or ignoring patriarchy within the Latino community perpetuates systems of oppression—especially for women; gay lesbian bisexual transgender and queer individuals; and others at the intersections. The experiences of these Latino professionals and the author’s analysis provide a blueprint for what works—one both pragmatic and hopeful that uses real lives to illustrate how a combination of public policies people and perseverance increases the presence of America’s fastest-growing demographic group in the professional class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203191

Latino Social MovementsHistorical and Theoretical Perspectives First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459304

Latino Social PolicyA Participatory Research Model Examine alternative strategies to resolving important Latino social issues! Latino Social Policy: A Participatory Research Model examines the failure of traditional research methods to address major social needs in Latino communities promoting instead a participatory/action approach to research that is socially—and scientifically—meaningful. Experts from a variety of disciplines focus on nontraditional strategies that engage community residents in community-research projects shortening the distance between the researcher and the “subject.” This unique book recounts lessons learned on conducting Participatory Action Research (PAR) in Latino communities using techniques based on anthropology education community health and evaluation and urban planning. Latino Social Policy: A Participatory Research Model addresses non-traditional methods of reducing the tension between the reality of interaction with the subject community and the academic training structures used by researchers. The book promotes a new vision and practice of research design in which the “subject” is central to the process advocating a participatory approach to produce qualitatively different research based on community identified problems and needs. Contributors examine the value of integrating local knowledge language and culture into the methodological design the ethics of conducting research in Latino communities and the internal conflicts Chicana/o researchers face within their profession and in the field. Topics addressed in Latino Social Policy: A Participatory Research Model include: community health and Central Americans in Los Angeles ethnography and substance abuse among transnational Mexican farmworkers identity and field research in Mexico the Latino Coalition for a New Los Angeles (LCNLA) researcher/community partnerships and much more! Latino Social Policy: A Participatory Research Model includes case studies ethnographies and vignettes that illustrate participatory approaches and outcomes in Latino research. The book is equally valuable as a textbook for academics and students working in the social sciences public policy and urban planning and as a professional guide for community leaders and organizations interested in developing research partnerships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785950

Latino Truck Driver TradeSex and HIV in Central America What do truckers do about their sexual needs on the road?This startling and unique study examines the on-the-road sex lives of Central American truck drivers. It takes a quantitative and qualitative look at the extent of homosexuality prostitution drug use and vulnerability to HIV infection among these men who operate in a strangely unique sexual culture. Latino Truck Driver Trade: Sex and HIV in Central America documents the extent of their sexual activities with both men and women as well as drug use and prostitution among this population. Honest and revealing this valuable book uncovers the incredible danger that truck drivers put themselves in by risking HIV infection and why Latin sexual culture does not always define men who participate in acts with other men as “homosexual.” Latino Truck Driver Trade explores the concept of “machismo” and why truck drivers act very “manly” (to avoid being teased or being made fun of).Through interviews with truck drivers this detailed account gives insight into how friends pressure others to perform sexual acts drink alcohol and take drugs in order to “fit in.” Latino Truck Driver Trade: Sex and HIV in Central America provides suggestions for HIV prevention programs to decrease the spread of HIV that is prevalent among this group shows how theories of homosexuality fail to account for its widespread practice among Latino heterosexual men explores the sexual practices of these men questions basic assumptions about Latin machismo demonstrates how Latino men can practice homosexuality without acquiring a gay identity shows how this international truck driver culture will impact the U. S.Latino Truck Driver Trade explicitly examines the on-the-road lifestyles of Central American truckers revealing that many times they are completely the opposite of the quiet “normal” lives these men lead at home. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786445

Latino Voices"Mexican Puerto Rican and Cuban Perspectives on American Politics" This book provides basic information about the political values attitudes and behaviors of Mexican- Puerto Rican- and Cuban-origin populations in the United States. It describes the extent to which U.S. citizens of Hispanic origins hold particular views and participate in specific activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011901

Latino/a Literature in the ClassroomTwenty-first-century approaches to teaching In one of the most rapidly growing areas of literary study this volume provides the first comprehensive guide to teaching Latino/a literature in all variety of learning environments. Essays by internationally renowned scholars offer an array of approaches and methods to the teaching of the novel short story plays poetry autobiography testimonial comic book children and young adult literature film performance art and multi-media digital texts among others. The essays provide conceptual vocabularies and tools to help teachers design courses that pay attention to: Issues of form across a range of storytelling media Issues of content such as theme and character Issues of historical periods linguistic communities and regions Issues of institutional classroom settings The volume innovatively adds to and complicates the broader humanities curriculum by offering new possibilities for pedagogical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724210

Latino/as in the World-systemDecolonization Struggles in the 21st Century U.S. Empire Contributors Immanuel Wallerstein Enrique Dussel Walter Mignolo Agustin Lao Lewis Gordon James V. Fenelon Roberto Hernandez James Cohen Santiago Slabosky Susanne Jonas and Thomas Reifer. By the mid-twenty-first century white Euro-Americans will be a demographic minority in the United States and Latino/as will be the largest minority (25 percent). These changes bring about important challenges at the heart of the contemporary debates about political transformations in the United States and around the world. Latino/as are multiracial (Afro-latinos Indo-latinos Asian-latinos and Euro-latinos) multi-ethnic multireligious (Jewish Catholic Protestant Muslim indigenous and African spiritualities) and of varied legal status (immigrants citizens and illegal migrants). This collection addresses for the first time the potential of these diverse Latino/a spiritualities origins and statuses against the landscape of decolonization of the U.S. economic and cultural empire in the twenty-first century. Some authors explore the impact of Indo-latinos and Afro-latinos in the United States and others discuss the conflicting interpretations and political conflicts arising from the "Latinization" of the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633756

Latino/Hispanic Liaisons and Visions for Human Behavior in the Social Environment Add to your knowledge of Latino/Hispanic diversity attitudes behaviors and experiences to provide more effective services!Latino-Hispanic Liaisons and Visions for Human Behavior in the Social Environment dispels pervasive historical and contemporary misconceptions and inaccuracies and highlights the diversity of Latino/Hispanic experiences to help you provide more effective services to those clients. As editors Torres and Rivera point out “Literature on Latinos/Hispanics reflects a dysfunctional and myopic cultural view in which they are often depicted in stereotypic characteristics and as a homogenous population.”In Latino-Hispanic Liaisons and Visions for Human Behavior in the Social Environment you’ll find chapters examining: the social ecology of Mexican-American child development caregiver well-being among Cuban and Puerto Rican mothers of mentally retarded adults the adjustment process among Cuban refugee families one Southwestern community’s efforts to create a multiethnic neighborhood coalition against substance abuse a study of changes related to migration family and work in Caribbean women’s lives and much more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870076

Latino-Anglo BargainingCulture Structure and Choice in Court Mediation This book shows the mechanisms by which cultural differences reinforce structural privilege and disadvantage in the informal process of mediated negotiation. Are all people equally likely to pursue their own material self-interest in the negotiation process used in small claims mediation? Did Latinos and Anglos bargain more generously with members of their own group? The central questions derived from theories of ethnic and gender differences concerned how and to what degree; culture structure and individual choice operated to alter the goals bargaining process and outcomes expressed motivations and outcome evaluations for outsider groups. This book demonstrates how there are real cultural differences in the way that Latinos and Anglos pursue monetary justice that defy dominant assumptions that all culture groups are equally likely to maximize their own outcomes at the expense of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649629

Latinos and Alcohol Use/Abuse RevisitedAdvances and Challenges for Prevention and Treatment Programs The one-of-a-kind exploration of effective alcohol prevention and treatment for Latinos-now and for the future!By the year 2020 the Latino population in the United States will increase to 60 million making up 18 percent of all residents. Latinos and Alcohol Use/Abuse Revisited: Advances and Challenges for Prevention and Treatment Programs brings into sharp focus how present and future demographic shifts in Latino population are being felt in alcohol programs across the United States. Case studies and in-depth research clearly illustrate the practical steps various culturally competent programs recommend to effectively deal with alcohol use prevention and treatment for Latinos.Alcohol abuse though rampant in Latino populations has not received the attention that other types of drug abuse has received even though the death rates health problems and financial costs from alcohol are staggering. Latinos and Alcohol Use/Abuse Revisited presents respected authorities tackling the tough questions about demographics culturally competent research and effective prevention and treatment programs. The book provides an up-to-date socio-demographic foundation then builds upon current research and information to present a clear picture of the needs of various Latino populations for alcohol abuse programs now and in the future.Latinos and Alcohol Use/Abuse Revisited discusses: the Latino demographic profile—an overview patterns of need and treatment among Mexican-origin adults in central California alcohol abuse among Dominican-Americans the onset of alcohol and other drug use among gang members incarcerated Latinas alcohol and other drug abuse rural Latino grandparents raising grandchildren of substance abusing parents alcohol use among Puerto Rican active injecting drug users alcohol and other drug abuse prevention for high-risk youth a case study of a Puerto Rican community in Massachusetts detailed recommendations for prevention and treatmentLatinos and Alcohol Use/Abuse Revisited is a detailed examination of prevention and treatment programs for Latinos invaluable for substance abuse professionals social workers practitioners and professionals in charge of alcohol prevention and treatment programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051368

Latinos and EducationA Critical Reader Latinos and Education has long been a landmark anthology in the field of education the first to review and challenge the multiple and complex issues affecting Latino students. The welcome re-edition of this deeply relevant and useful reader culls the best of contemporary scholarly approaches to discuss the variety of issues essential to understanding the complex dynamics of a growing Latina and Latino population. Internationally-renowned scholars Antonia Darder and Rodolfo D. Torres retain the anthology’s original focus on the link between educational practice and the larger socioeconomic and structural dimensions that shape life for the nation’s largest and most rapidly growing minority group. All new and still-highly accessible chapter selections establish a useful balance between theory and practice. They discuss themes such as political economy historical views of Latinos and schooling identity the politics of language cultural democracy in the classroom community involvement and Latinos in higher education. The book concludes with suggestions for further reading. Latinos and Education: A Critical Reader is a must-read collection for a new generation of students in education Latino studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537100

Latinos and Local RepresentationChanging Realities Emerging Theories First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979444

Latinos Facing RacismDiscrimination Resistance and Endurance Feagin and Cobas provide the first in-depth examination of the everyday racism faced by middle-class Latinos. Based on a national survey we learn how a diverse group of talented Latinos Mexican Americans Puerto Rican Americans Cuban Americans and others respond to and cope with the commonplace white racial framing and discriminatory practices. Drawing on extensive interviewing the authors address the recurring discrimination of ordinary whites directed against Spanish speakers and individuals with presumed Latino phenotypes. These incidents occur in everyday encounters such as when male and female Latinos travel or shop. The book also chronicles the mistreatment that Latinos face from immigration officials when they cross US borders and from the police when they are racially profiled outside Latino areas. Critical and conforming Latino responses to recurring white discrimination are also extensively examined as well as the diverse Latino reactions to remedial programs like affirmative action and to the ideal of assimilation into the proverbial US melting pot. " Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055541

Latinos in an Aging WorldSocial Psychological and Economic Perspectives This book fosters a deeper understanding of the growing Latino elderly population and the implications on society. It examines post-WWII demographic and social changes and summarizes research from sociology psychology economics and public health to shed light on the economic physical and mental well-being of older Latinos. The political and cultural implications including possible policy changes are also considered. Written in an engaging style each chapter opens with a vignette that puts a human face on the issues. Boxed exhibits highlight social programs and policies and physical and mental health challenges that impact Latino elders. Web alerts direct readers to sites that feature more detailed information related to the chapter’s issues. Each chapter also features an introduction examples tables figures a summary and discussion questions. The self-contained chapters can be presented in any order. Latinos in an Aging World explores: Real world problems individuals face in dealing with poverty immigration and health and retirement decisions The latest data on Latinos as compared to research on African- and Asian- Americans where appropriate The unique historical demographic social familial and economic situations of various Latino subgroups including those from Mexico Puerto Rico and Cuba How ethnicity affects one’s position of wealth and power and sense of citizenship. The consequence of life-long disadvantages and stigmatization on economic physical and mental well-being The impact of one’s neighborhood and the proximity to those from similar cultures on quality of life. The introduction motivates the book and sets the stage for the entire discussion. Chapter 1 reviews the histories of the major Hispanic subgroups along with various theories as they relate to race ethnicity and gender that provide a conceptual framework for understanding the later chapters. Demographic economic and social profiles of the various Hispanic subgroups are explored in chapter 2. Next the Latino population is explored from various perspectives including the economic and social situations of men and women and their educational marital and family and labor force experiences. Chapter 4 examines older immigrants and their families and identifies the resources available to them in their communities that often replicate the cultural and social support system of the old country. Major health risks that older Latinos face as a result of the disadvantages they experience throughout life are examined in chapter 5. Family situations and long-term care and living arrangements of older Hispanics are examined in chapter 6. The impact of neighborhood on quality of life in terms of safety and physical and mental wellbeing is explored in chapter 7. The burden that eldercare can place upon those who bear the responsibility of their daily care is explored in chapter 8. Chapter 9 investigates the gaps in income between minority and non-Hispanic white Americans and reviews what individuals with few resources need to know about financial management. The book concludes with the social political and economic implications of the growing Hispanic population and the role of NGOs and other organizations in providing services to older populations. Intended for courses on Latinos and aging diversity race and ethnicity minorities and aging adult development and aging the psychology or sociology or politics of aging geriatric social work public health and aging global aging social or family policy and health and society taught in the behavioral and social sciences ethnic or Latin American/Chicano Studies this book also appeals to researchers and practitioners who work with Hispanic families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725379

Latinos in Ethnic EnclavesImmigrant Workers and the Competition for Jobs This work explores the competition for jobs between different Latin American immigrant groups in the U.S. economy. Bohon's research looks at occupational status attainment among Latino groups in Miami and three other U.S. cities with flourishing Latino enclaves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815052

Latinos in the New SouthTransformations of Place Latinos have emerged as one of the fastest-growing ethnic populations in the American South. A 'New South' is taking shape in a region where culture and class relations have traditionally been constructed along black-white divides and experience absorbing culturally or linguistically foreign immigrants has been limited. This book presents a multidisciplinary examination of the impacts and responses across the Southeastern United States to contemporary Latino immigration. The rapid and large-scale movement of Latinos into the region has challenged old precepts and forced Southerners to confront the impacts of globalization and transnationalism in their daily lives. Drawing on theoretical perspectives as well as empirical research the work provides insights into the Latino experience in both urban and rural locales. Each chapter is centred on the nexus between the immigrants' experiences in settling and adapting to new lives in the American South and the construction of transformed social economic political and cultural spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259133

Latins and Greeks in the Eastern Mediterranean After 1204 First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150171

Latinx StudiesThe Key Concepts Latinx Studies: The Key Concepts is an accessible guide to the central concepts and issues that inform Latinx Studies globally. It summarizes explains contextualizes and assesses key critical concepts perspectives developments and debates in Latinx Studies. At once comprehensive in coverage and detailed and specific in examples analyzed it provides over 25 key concepts to the field of Latinx Studies as shaped within historical social cultural regional and global contexts including: • Body • Border Theory • Digital Era • Familia • Immigration • Intersectionality • Language • Latinidad/es • Latinofuturism • Narco Cultura • Popular Culture • Sports Fully cross-referenced and complete with suggestions for further reading Latinx Studies: The Key Concepts is an essential guide for anyone studying race ethnicity gender class education culture and globalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088443

LatinX VoicesHispanics in Media in the U.S LatinX Voices is the first undergraduate textbook that includes an overview of Hispanic/LatinX Media in the U.S. and gives readers an understanding of how media in the United States has transformed around this audience. Based on the authors’ professional and research experience and teaching broadcast media courses in the classroom this text covers the evolving industry and offers perspective on topics related to Latin-American areas of interest. With professional testimonials from those who have left their mark in print radio television film and new media this collection of chapters brings together expert voices in Hispanic/LatinX media from across the U.S. and explains the impact of this population on the media industry today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240308

Latsploitation Exploitation Cinemas and Latin America Exploring the much neglected area of Latin American exploitation cinema this anthology challenges established continental and national histories and canons which often exclude exploitation cinema due to its perceived ‘low’ cultural status. It argues that Latin American exploitation cinema makes an important aesthetic and social contribution to the larger body of Latin American cinema – often competing with Hollywood and more mainstream national cinemas in terms of popularity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898546

Lattice Basis ReductionAn Introduction to the LLL Algorithm and Its Applications First developed in the early 1980s by Lenstra Lenstra and Lovász the LLL algorithm was originally used to provide a polynomial-time algorithm for factoring polynomials with rational coefficients. It very quickly became an essential tool in integer linear programming problems and was later adapted for use in cryptanalysis. This book provides an introduction to the theory and applications of lattice basis reduction and the LLL algorithm. With numerous examples and suggested exercises the text discusses various applications of lattice basis reduction to cryptography number theory polynomial factorization and matrix canonical forms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439807026

Lattice EngineeringTechnology and Applications This book contains comprehensive reviews of different technologies used to harness lattice mismatch in semiconductor heterostructures and their applications in electronic and optoelectronic devices. It also covers methods such as compliant substrate selective area growth wafer bonding and heterostructure nanowires. Basic knowledge on dislocations in semiconductors and innovative methods to eliminate threading dislocations are provided and successful device applications are reviewed. It covers important semiconductor materials epitaxial methods and devices. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316293

Lattice Gas Methods For Partial Differential Equations This book provides an overview of the directions that lattice gas research has taken from 1986 to early 1989. It shows potential users and lattice gas scientists what research has been completed and gives some indication of the utility and limitations of lattice gas models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367152741

Lattice Point Identities and Shannon-Type Sampling Lattice Point Identities and Shannon-Type Sampling demonstrates that significant roots of many recent facets of Shannon's sampling theorem for multivariate signals rest on basic number-theoretic results. This book leads the reader through a research excursion beginning from the Gaussian circle problem of the early nineteenth century via the classical Hardy-Landau lattice point identity and the Hardy conjecture of the first half of the twentieth century and the Shannon sampling theorem (its variants generalizations and the fascinating stories about the cardinal series) of the second half of the twentieth century. The authors demonstrate how all these facets have resulted in new multivariate extensions of lattice point identities and Shannon-type sampling procedures of high practical applicability thereby also providing a general reproducing kernel Hilbert space structure of an associated Paley-Wiener theory over (potato-like) bounded regions (cf. the cover illustration of the geoid) as well as the whole Euclidean space. All in all the context of this book represents the fruits of cross-fertilization of various subjects namely elliptic partial differential equations  Fourier inversion theory constructive approximation involving Euler and Poisson summation formulas inverse problems reflecting the multivariate antenna problem and aspects of analytic and geometric number theory. Features: New convergence criteria for alternating series in multi-dimensional analysis Self-contained development of lattice point identities of analytic number theory Innovative lattice point approach to Shannon sampling theory Useful for students of multivariate constructive approximation and indeed anyone interested in the applicability of signal processing to inverse problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367375638

Latvian: An Essential Grammar Latvian: An Essential Grammar is a concise user-friendly guide to the basic grammatical structures of Latvian. Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations to set out the complexities of Latvian in short readable sections. Key features include: clear grammar explanations frequent use of authentic examples pronunciation guide bibliography and subject index. This is the ideal reference source both for those studying Latvian independently and for students in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types to back up their studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415576925

LatviaThe Challenges of Change The past one hundred years have been a very trying time for Latvia complete with success tragedy and still unrealized promise. Within the course of a generation the country experienced revolutions wars and independent statehood and then the slide into authoritarianism. World War II brought new occupations. The tragedies were staggering: holocaust executions and an exodus of refugees. Soviet consolidation bred deportations forced collectivization and partisan warfare. Almost fifty years later Latvia regained its independence and emerged from decades of disastrous Soviet rule.This book comprehensively surveys Latvia's recent past and prospects for the new millennium placing contemporary events in historical perspective. The authors address the evolution of the country from the movement against Soviet rule to the dilemmas of contemporary politics: party formation the problem of corruption the quest for the future and a regional and international role the struggle to develop a civil society the issue of ethnic relations and the recurring tendency towards statist solutions. Proper attention is also given to economic developments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203378786

Laudato Si’ and the EnvironmentPope Francis’ Green Encyclical This volume is a response to Pope Francis’ environmental encyclical Laudato Si’. Published in 2015 the encyclical urges us to face up to the crisis of climate change and to take better care of the Earth our common home while also attending to the plight of the poor. In this book the Pope’s invitation to all people to begin a new dialogue about these matters is considered from a variety of perspectives by an international and multidisciplinary team of leading scholars. There is discussion of the implications of Laudato Si’ for immigration population control eating animals and property ownership. Additionally indigenous religious perspectives development and environmental protection and the implementation of the ideas of the encyclical within the Church are explored. Some chapters deal with scriptural or philosophical aspects of the encyclical. Others focus on central concepts such as interconnectedness the role of practice and what Pope Francis calls the "technocratic paradigm." This book expertly illuminates the relationship between Laudato Si’ and environmental concerns. It will be of deep interest to anyone studying religion and the environment environmental ethics Catholic theology or environmental thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588813

Lauderdale's Notes on Adam Smith's Wealth of Nations First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979451

Laughing and Weeping in Early Modern Theatres Did Shakespeare's original audiences weep? Equally while it seems obvious that they must have laughed at plays performed in early modern theatres can we say anything about what their laughter sounded like about when it occurred and about how culturally it was interpreted? Related to both of these problems of audience behaviour is that of the stage representation of laughing and weeping both actions performed with astonishing frequency in early modern drama. Each action is associated with a complex set of non-verbal noises gestures and cultural overtones and each is linked to audience behaviour through one of the axioms of Renaissance dramatic theory: that weeping and laughter on stage cause respectively weeping and laughter in the audience. This book is a study of laughter and weeping in English theatres broadly defined from around 1550 until their closure in 1642. It is concerned both with the representation of these actions on the stage and with what can be reconstructed about the laughter and weeping of theatrical audiences themselves arguing that both actions have a peculiar importance in defining the early modern theatrical experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249400

Laughing Gods Weeping VirginsLaughter in the History of Religion Laughing Gods Weeping Virgins analyses how laughter has been used as a symbol in myths rituals and festivals of Western religions and has thus been inscribed in religious discourse. The Mesopotamian Anu the Israelite Jahweh the Greek Dionysos the Gnostic Christ and the late modern Jesus were all laughing gods. Through their laughter gods prove both their superiority and their proximity to humans.In this comprehensive study Professor Gilhus examines the relationship between corporeal human laughter and spiritual divine laughter from c`ussical antiquity to the Christian West and the modern era. She combines the study of the history of religion with social-scientific approaches to provide an original and pertinent exploration of a universal human phenomenon and its significance for the development of religions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203411605

Laughing MattersHumor and American Politics in the Media Age This book examines the role of humor in modern American politics. Written by a wide range of authors from the fields of political science and communication this book is organized according to two general topics: how the modern media present political humor the various ways in which political humor influences politics. Laughing Matters is an excellent text for courses on media and politics public opinion and campaigns and elections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203942291

Laughter and Liberation Laughter and Liberation is based on the idea that humor is an agent of psychological liberation. Since we are able to include every kind of wit and humor under the umbrella of this thesis it amounts to an informal comprehensive theory of the ludicrous. Briefly put the theory proposes that the most fundamental function of humor is its power to release us from the inhibitions and restrictions under which we live our daily lives.The quest for laughter is as old as man himself Egyptian pharaohs and Roman emperors went to great lengths to amuse themselves as did the monarchs of medieval Europe with court jesters. Our speech and literature abound with references to humor such as: "Laugh and the world laughs with you cry and you cry alone " "He who laughs last laughs best " "All the world loves a clown " "Laugh if you are wise " and "A good laugh is sunshine in the house."In Laughter and Liberation Harvey Mindess tells us how laughter and our sense of humor work. He gives us the background of several well-known humorists Steve Allen Richard Armour Sholom Aleichem and explains his theory of how and why they have become expert in making others laugh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526914

Laughter and Narrative in the Later Middle AgesGerman Comic Tales C.1350-1525 This book explores both the narrative design and fundamental thematic preoccupations of short comic tales that flourished in late medieval Germany and that provided bawdy entertainment for larger audiences of public recitals as well as for smaller numbers of individual readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602802

Laughter At The Foot Of The Cross This book presents a collection of essays that shows that Renaissance thinkers revived ancient ideas about what inspires laughter and whether it could ever truly be innocent. It reveals the question of whether laughter is acceptable to the God of the Old and New Testaments is a dangerous one. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157173

Laughter from Realism to ModernismMisfits and Humorists in Pirandello Svevo Palazzeschi and Gadda This book investigates the clash between social uniformity and personal anomalies as a key to understanding the functions of laughter in four major Italian authors from the early twentieth century highlighting some essential differences between traditional realism and modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600754

Launching a Successful Research Program at a Teaching University This practical guide addresses the challenges for building and maintaining a college research program in an environment that does not focus on supporting research activity and for those with a heavy teaching load. The challenges faced by teacher-researchers and solutions to issues are reviewed. The steps for maximizing research productivity are outlined: time management obtaining research space and equipment and funding recruiting and managing human subjects and overcoming bureaucratic stumbling blocks. Chapters feature opening vignettes examples cases figures tables summaries suggested readings and research references which provide a scientific grounding. Highlights include coverage of:-The latest time saving digital resources including automatic literature search alerts Zotero for managing literature Dropbox for sharing files Open Science for managing workflow and OpenSesame and OpenStax Tutor.-Strategies for recruiting subjects such as flyers and posting lab meeting minutes on a web page. - How to increase research productivity while still engaging in effective teaching.-The problems of the availability of human subjects and strategies for recruiting from classes offering extra credit for research participation and participation as a course requirement.- Using students as volunteer research assistants and strategies for recruiting and managing volunteers along with ethical considerations. -Bureaucratic stumbling blocks and strategies for overcoming those challenges.- How to use browser/word processor add-ons that store and organize literature in a searchable library and produce citations and reference lists. -The use of free open source software to design experiments and collect data and free cloud based resources to store electronic research files. The steps for maximizing research productivity are outlined in chapter 1: time management obtaining research space and equipment and funding recruiting and managing human subjects and overcoming bureaucratic stumbling blocks along with impediments and solutions for establishing a research program. Strategies to overcome time constraints including automatic literature searches Zotero for managing your literature Dropbox for sharing files and the Open Science Framework for managing workflow are provided in Chapter 2. Chapter 3 provides tips on obtaining funding. Chapters 4 and 5 provide strategies for recruiting and managing research participants such as ad hoc recruiting from classes offering extra credit for research participation and participation as a course requirement. The book concludes with a review of other items to consider when developing a research program. Intended for professional development or teacher training courses offered in masters and doctoral programs in colleges and universities or as a supplement in graduate level research methods courses this book is also an invaluable resource for faculty development centers and university administrators. Designed for both early career and veteran teacher-researchers looking to enhance their research productivity this book appeals to college teachers of all levels and disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638884

Laura Ingalls WilderAmerican Writer on the Prairie Laura Ingalls Wilder wrote stories that have defined the American frontier for generations of readers. As both author and character in her own books she became one of the most famous figures in American children’s literature. Her famous Little House on the Prairie series based on her childhood in Wisconsin Kansas Minnesota and South Dakota blended memoir and fiction into a vivid depiction of nineteenth-century settler life that continues to shape many Americans’ understanding of the country’s past. Poised between fiction and fact literature and history Wilder’s life is a fascinating window on the American West. Placing Wilder’s life and work in historical context and including previously unpublished material from the Wilder archives Sallie Ketcham introduces students to domestic frontier life the conflict between Native Americans and infringing white populations and the West in public memory and imagination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820202

Laurence Sterne The eighteenth century was a period when the modern Novel emerged through the work of writers such as Laurence Sterne (1713-68) Richardson Defoe Fielding and Johnson. However the writing of Sterne is recognised as influencing modern writing from Joyce and Woolf onwards more than any of the other eighteenth century novelists.In the last twenty years Sterne's work has become a focus for a flourishing body of work and significant debates in many new and developing areas of literary theory which include gender sexuality postmodernism and deconstruction. Sterne's major novel 'Tristram Shandy' is regarded as deploying a range of 'post-modern literary devices' expected to be found in late twentieth century work rather than in work written in the 1700s.  This volume combines the most interesting and stimulating recent critical thinking about Sterne and represents recent theoretical and critical debates surrounding Sterne's writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162402

Laurence Sterne and the Visual Imagination The first full-length and comprehensive study of the illustrations of Sterne's work this book explores the ability of Sterne's texts to inspire the visual imagination. It helps to explain why scores of editions of his fiction have been illustrated some profusely: to fulfill the reader's desire as well as the artist's compulsion to visualize Sterne's words. Gerard places his subject in a clear and innovative theoretical framework which opens the field to general word and image studies. The author begins by examining the distinct varieties of pictorialism in Sterne's texts. The remainder of the study takes into account three remarkable series of illustrations-representing Trim reading the sermon didactic sentimentalism in A Sentimental Journey and Henry Mackenzie's Man of Feeling and the many and diverse portrayals of 'poor Maria' - to demonstrate the ways in which culture projects these texts differently through the various artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376038

Laurence SterneThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862370

Lavender Mansions40 Contemporary Lesbian And Gay Short Stories This book presents a collection of forty contemporary lesbian and gay short stories by both lesbians and gay men who represent a multiplicity of ethnic and racial backgrounds. It allows readers to understand lesbian and gay life according to its most culturally and politically significant themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159368

Law Art and the Commons The concept of the cultural commons has become increasingly important for legal studies. Within this field however it is a contested concept: at once presented as a sphere for creativity democratic access and freedom of speech  but one that denies property rights and misappropriates the public domain. In this book Merima Bruncevic takes up the cultural commons not merely as an abstract notion but in its connection to physical spaces such as museums and libraries. A legal cultural commons can she argues be envisioned as a lawscape that can quite literally be entered and engaged with. Focusing largely on art in the context of the copyright regime but also addressing a number of cultural heritage issues the book draws on the work of Deleuze and Guattari in order to examine the realm of the commons as a potential space for overcoming the dichotomy between the owner and the consumer of culture. Challenging this dichotomy it is the productive and creative potential of law itself that is elicited through the book’s approach to the commons as the empirical basis for a new legal framework which is able to accommodate a multitude of interests and values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232498

Law Bubbles and Financial Regulation Financial regulation can fail when it is needed the most. The dynamics of asset price bubbles weaken financial regulation just as financial markets begin to overheat and the risk of crisis spikes. At the same time the failure of financial regulations adds further fuel to a bubble. This book examines the interaction of bubbles and financial regulation. It explores the ways in which bubbles lead to the failure of financial regulation by outlining five dynamics which it collectively labels the "Regulatory Instability Hypothesis." . The book concludes by outlining approaches to make financial regulation more resilient to these dynamics that undermine law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674394

Law Cinema and the Ill CityImagining Justice and Order in Real and Fictional Cities This book uses film and television as a resource for addressing the social and legal ills of the city. It presents a range of approaches to view the ill city through cinematic and televisual characterization in urban frameworks political contexts and cultural settings. Each chapter deconstructs the meaning of urban space as public space while critically generating a focus on order and justice exploring issues such as state disorder lawlessness and revenge. The approach presents a careful balance between theory and application. The original and novel ideas presented in this book will be essential reading for those interested in the presentation of law and place in cultural texts such as film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730208

Law Corporate Governance and AccountingEuropean Perspectives The growing internationalization of markets the relaxation of constraints on capital flows between countries and the creation of different economic unions -- the European Union in particular -- initiated the flow of capital goods and services across national borders growth and diffusion of shareholding and increased merger activity among the world’s largest stock exchanges. These changes have stimulated an interest in understanding developments in accounting and corporate governance in a newly qualitative way. Law Corporate Governance and Accounting sets out a framework for the analysis of institutional environments as the interconnected key tools of modern public corporations. Along with examining latest developments in the integrated formal structures for the formulation of international accounting principles analyzing new accounting regulations and the extrapolating on the lessons that can be learned from the harmonization of accounting principles in Europe this monograph provides the analyses of the convergence in both auditing and corporate governance as well as US perspective on IFRS adoption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959675

Law Corporate Governance and Partnerships at WorkA Study of Australian Regulatory Style and Business Practice This book examines how businesses manage their labour systems and particularly how they manage the complex interaction of factors which give rise to instances of 'partnership' style relations between businesses and their employees. The book draws from the literature concerning 'Varieties of Capitalism' (VoC) and the different institutional and regulatory designs inherent in different types of political economy. The book is informed by a new and extensive set of empirical data from Australia that examines the activities of national and multinational business corporations their outlooks and relationships with stakeholders and relates these to new and evolving theoretical frameworks based in political economy and law. The book places the Australian regulatory model within this international debate and assesses the extent to which the system does or does not fit into the general categorisation created in the VoC literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277120

Law Cultural Diversity and Criminal Defense American legal scholars have debated for some time the need for a cultural defense in criminal proceedings where minority cultural information seems perti nent to a finding of criminal responsibility in situations where a minority cultural defendant has violated a valid criminal statute. This work presents a systematic analysis of this issue. Drawing from sociological anthropological and philosophical materials as well as traditional legal discussions the authors develop a scheme that indicates when cultural factors can be used as the basis for such a defense and when they are irrelevant to a finding of criminal responsibility. The argument moves from general concerns of social justice that apply under conditions of social and cultural pluralism to practical policy recommendations for the operation of American criminal justice. It thus connects more theoretical materials with the practical concerns of jurisprudence. The justification for legal recognition of a cultural defense in American criminal law is anchored firmly in American constitutional law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481247

Law Culture and Africana Studies Ever since the first contacts between Europe and Africa African people have been confined to the fringes of Eurocentric experience in the Western mind. Much of what we have studied in African history and culture or literature and linguistics or politics and economics has been orchestrated from the standpoint of Europe's interests. Whether it is a matter of economics history politics geographical concepts or art Africans have been seen as peripheral. This volume reviews the past in order to evaluate the present and move ahead with appropriate policies for the future. The authors focus on issues of affirmative action legal culture theories of black culture and methodologies of scholarly work in Africana studies.Contents include: Cecil Blake "The Culture Nexus Construct in Africana Studies " Ronald Turner "On Palatable Palliative and Paralytic Affirmative Action Grutter-Style " Winston A. Van Horne "Three Concepts of Legitimacy " Robert E. Weems Jr. "Africana Studies and the Quest for Black Economic Empowerment: What Can be Done " Ula Y. Taylor "Elijah Muhammad's Nation of Islam: Separatism Regendering and a Secular Approach to Black Power after Malcolm X " Lewis R. Gordon "Must Revolutionaries Sing the Blues? Thinking through Fanon and the Leitmotif of the Black Arts Movement " Delores P. Aldridge "Race Gender and Africana Theorizing " and James L. Conyers "Biography and Africology: Method and Interpretation." The volume concludes with reviews of significant recent scholarship on black history and culture.Law Culture and Africana Studies will have particular interest for scholars in the fields of American and European studies cultural studies history sociology and specialists in African-American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526990

Law Culture and SocietyLegal Ideas in the Mirror of Social Theory This book presents a distinctive approach to the study of law in society focusing on the sociological interpretation of legal ideas. It surveys the development of connections between legal studies and social theory and locates its approach in relation to sociolegal studies on the one hand and legal philosophy on the other. It is suggested that the concept of law must be re-considered. Law has to be seen today not just as the law of the nation state or international law that links nation states but also as transnational law in many forms. A legal pluralist approach is not just a matter of redefining law in legal theory; it also recognizes that law's authority comes from a plurality of diverse sometimes conflicting social sources. The book suggests that the social environment in which law operates must also be rethought with many implications for comparative legal studies. The nature and boundaries of culture become important problems while the concept of multiculturalism points to the cultural diversity of populations and to problems of fragmentation or perhaps to new kinds of unity of the social. Theories of globalization raise a host of issues about the integrity of societies and about the need to understand social networks and forces that extend beyond the political societies of nation states. Through a range of specific studies closely interrelated and building on each other the book seeks to integrate the sociology of law with other kinds of legal analysis and engages directly with current juristic debates in legal theory and comparative law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467682

Law Democracy and Solidarity in a Post-national UnionThe unsettled political order of Europe To many the rejections of the Constitutional Treaty by Dutch and French voters in 2005 came as a shock. However given the many tensions and the many unresolved issues it was quite unsurprising. The challenges facing the Constitutional debate go to the core of the European integration process as they have to do with the terms on which to establish a post-national political order. This book deals with four themes which make up the main sources of the ‘constitutional crisis’: The problem of the rule of law in a context of governance beyond the nation state The problem of the social deficit of the Union The problem of identity and collective memories The problem of institutionalizing post-national democracy. These themes constitute the unfinished agenda of the European integration process. Law Democracy and Solidarity in a Post-national Union is based on the efforts of a collection of top scholars in the fields of Law Political Science Sociology and Economics and will appeal to students and scholars of political science the European Union and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979505

Law Drugs and the Making of AddictionJust Habits This book considers how largely accepted ‘legal truths’ about drugs and addiction are made and sustained through practices of lawyering. Lawyers play a vital and largely underappreciated role in constituting legal certainties about substances and ‘addiction’ including links between alcohol and other drugs and phenomena such as family violence. Such practices exacerbate sustain and stabilise ‘addicted’ realities with a range of implications – many of them seemingly unjust – for people who use alcohol and other drugs. This book explores these issues drawing upon data collected for a major international study on alcohol and other drugs in the law including interviews with lawyers magistrates and judges; analyses of case law; and legislation. Focussing on an array of legal practices including processes of law-making human rights deliberations advocacy and negotiation strategies and the sentencing of offenders and buttressed by overarching analyses of the ethics and politics of such practices the book looks at how alcohol and other drug ‘addiction’ emerges and is concretised through the everyday work lawyers and decision makers do. Foregrounding ‘practices’ the book also shows that law is more fragile than we might assume. It concludes by presenting a blueprint for how lawyers can rethink their advocacy practices in light of this fragility and the opportunities it presents for remaking law and the subjects and objects shaped by it. This ground-breaking book will be of interest not only to those studying and working within the field of alcohol and drug addiction but also to lawyers and judges practising in this area and to scholars in a range of disciplines including law science and technology studies sociology gender studies and cultural studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324633

Law Environmental Illness and Medical UncertaintyThe Contested Governance of Health We’ve seen it before with asbestos-related disease leukaemia clusters and lung cancer caused by cigarettes. There tends to be a lag between the emergence of environmental risks and chemical injuries and their recognition and therapeutic treatment by medicine and the law. Law Environmental Illness and Medical Uncertainty examines how our society governs new health concerns as they emerge and the barriers that face new and uncertain theories seeking recognition in the law. In this book Tarryn Phillips focuses her investigation on the struggle over the controversial condition multiple chemical sensitivities or MCS (also known as environmental illness). Presenting nine case studies where workers sought compensation for MCS from their multinational employers she captures a nuanced portrait of their embittered unequal battles over the scientific legal and insurance paradigms for understanding toxic risk environmental illness and the regulation of industry. It draws on three years of fieldwork in Australia including interview data with lay people and sympathetic and sceptical experts participant observation in the courtroom and textual analysis of official reports. The book gives a unique ethnographic insight into the governance of risk and uncertainty within a neoliberal economy medico-scientific controversies and courtroom dramas. It highlights how a skeptical approach towards emergent environmental concerns is encouraged within the current regime and decision-makers face disincentives for taking a sympathetic approach. Compellingly written and easy to read it should appeal widely to interested lay people and students and scholars of science and technology studies medical anthropology sociology of health and illness and critical legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241626

Law Ethics and Compromise at the Limits of LifeTo Treat or not to Treat? A conflict arises in the clinic over the care of a critically ill incapacitated patient. The clinicians and the patient’s family confront a difficult choice: to treat or not to treat? Decisions to withdraw or withhold life-sustaining treatment feature frequently in the courts and in the world's media with prominent examples including the cases of Charlotte Wyatt in the UK and Terri Schiavo in the USA. According to legislation like the Mental Capacity Act 2005 the central issues are the welfare (or ‘best interests’) of the patient alongside any wishes they might have conveyed via an ‘advance directive’ or through the appointment of a ‘lasting power of attorney’. Richard Huxtable argues that the law governing both welfare and wishes frequently fails to furnish clinicians and families with the guidance they require. However he finds this unsurprising given the competing ethical issues at stake. Huxtable proposes that there is a case for ‘principled compromise’ here such that the processes for resolving principled disputes take precedence. He argues for greater ethical engagement through a reinvigorated system of clinical ethics support in which committees work alongside the courts to resolve the conflicts that can arise at the limits of life. Providing a comprehensive account of the law pertaining to children and adults alike and distinctively combining medico-legal and bioethical insights this book engages scholars and students from both disciplines as well as informing clinicians about the scope (and limits) of law at the limits of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415492805

Law Ethics and Professional Issues for NursingA Reflective and Portfolio-Building Approach This comprehensive new textbook covers core ethical and legal content for pre-registration nursing students. It provides readers with a sound understanding of the interrelationships between the NMC's code of conduct standards and competencies ethics and relevant sections of the English legal system. The only truly integrated text in the field it opens with overviews of law and nursing and ethical theories and nursing. It goes on to explore key areas of contention – such as negligence confidentiality and consent – from legal and ethical perspectives mapping the discussion onto the NMC code of conduct. The chapters include objectives patient-focused case scenarios key points activities questions areas for reflection further reading and a summary. Case law and statutes and ethical theories are presented where appropriate. Written by an experienced nurse-lecturer with a law and ethics teaching background Law Ethics and Professional Issues for Nursing is essential reading for all pre-registration nursing students as well as students of other healthcare professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618892

Law Ethics and the Biopolitical Law Ethics and the Biopolitical explores the idea that legal authority is no longer related to national sovereignty but to the ‘moral’ attempt to nurture life. The book argues that whilst the relationship between law and ethics has long been a central concern in legal studies it is now the relationship between law and life that is becoming crucial. The waning legitimacy of conventional conceptions of sovereignty is signalled the renewal of a version of natural law evident in discourses of human rights that de-emphasises the role of a divine law-giver in favour of an Aristotelian conception of the natural purpose of life and the ‘common good’. Synthesising elements of legal scholarship on sovereignty theories of biopolitics and biopower as well as recent developments in the domains of ethics Amy Swiffen examines the invocation of ‘life’ as a foundation for legal authority. The book documents the connection between law life and contemporary forms of biopolitical power by critically analysing the fundamental principles of the bioethical paradigm. Unique in its critical and cross-disciplinary approach Law Ethics and the Biopolitical will be of interest to students and teachers in the areas of law and society law and literature critical legal studies social theory bioethics psychoanalysis and biopolitics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628709

Law Fiction and Activism in a Time of Climate Change The book examines the narratives of climate change which have developed and which are currently evolving in three areas: law fiction and activism. Narratives of climate change generated by litigants judges writers of fiction and activists are having and will have a profound effect on the way we respond to the climate change crisis. Acknowledging the prevalence of unreliable narrators this book explores the reliability and significance of different forms of climate narrative. The author analyses overlapping themes and points of intersection considering the recurrent motif of the trickster the prominence of the child the significance and ongoing viability of the rights discourse and the increasingly prevalent emergency framing with its multiple implications for law’s empire. She asks how law fiction and activism measure up as textual and performative fora for telling the story of climate change and anticipating a climate-changed future. And in addition how can they help foster transformative narratives which empower us to confront the climate change crisis? This highly topical cross-disciplinary work will be of interest to anyone concerned about the growing climate emergency and makes a valuable contribution to climate law environmental law the environmental humanities and ecocriticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611214

Law Force and Diplomacy at Sea (Routledge Revivals) Law Force and Diplomacy at Sea first published in 1985 is one of the few comprehensive treatments on the subject from a strategic perspective. It offers a detailed strategic analysis of the background and outcome of the Third UN Conference on the Law of the Sea and its naval implications. The interplay between the interest of the naval powers in freedom of navigation and the interest of coastal states in control provides the setting for the strategic problems. The sea is taking on more properties of the land: it is becoming ‘territorialised’ and this is presenting fresh challenges and opportunities to which navies and their national governments have to respond. This study is designed for students of naval strategy for international lawyers and for students of international affairs who wish to think about the important security questions in the maritime environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781825

Law Hermeneutics and Rhetoric Mootz offers an antidote to the fragmentation of contemporary legal theory with a collection of essays arguing that legal practice is a hermeneutical and rhetorical event that can best be understood and theorized in those terms. This is not a modern insight that wipes away centuries of dogmatic confusion; rather Mootz draws on insights as old as the Western tradition itself. However the essays are not antiquarian or merely descriptive because hermeneutical and rhetorical philosophy have undergone important changes over the millennia. To "return" to hermeneutics and rhetoric as touchstones for law is to embrace dynamic traditions that provide the resources for theorists who seek to foster persuasion and understanding as an antidote to the emerging global order and the trend toward bureaucratization in accordance with expert administration violent suppression or both. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591612

Law Human Agency and Autonomic ComputingThe Philosophy of Law Meets the Philosophy of Technology Law Human Agency and Autonomic Computing interrogates the legal implications of the notion and experience of human agency implied by the emerging paradigm of autonomic computing and the socio-technical infrastructures it supports. The development of autonomic computing and ambient intelligence â€“ self-governing systems â€“ challenge traditional philosophical conceptions of human self-constitution and agency with significant consequences for the theory and practice of constitutional self-government. Ideas of identity subjectivity agency personhood intentionality and embodiment are all central to the functioning of modern legal systems. But once artificial entities become more autonomic and less dependent on deliberate human intervention criteria like agency intentionality and self-determination become too fragile to serve as defining criteria for human subjectivity personality or identity and for characterizing the processes through which individual citizens become moral and legal subjects. Are autonomic – yet artificial – systems shrinking the distance between (acting) subjects and (acted upon) objects? How ‘distinctively human’ will agency be in a world of autonomic computing? Or alternatively does autonomic computing merely disclose that we were never in this sense  â€˜human’ anyway? A dialogue between philosophers of technology and philosophers of law this book addresses these questions as it takes up the unprecedented opportunity that autonomic computing and ambient intelligence offer for a reassessment of the most basic concepts of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720151

Law Immunization and the Right to Die Law Immunization and the Right to Die focuses on the urgent matter of legal appeals and judicial decisions on assisted death. Drawing on key cases from the United Kingdom and Canada the book focuses on the problematic paternalism of legal decisions that currently deny assisted dying and questions why the law fails to recognize what many describe as "compassionate motives" for assisted death. When cases are analyzed as discourses that are part of a larger socio-political logic of governance judicial decisions it is argued here reveal themselves as relying on the construction of neoliberal fictions – fictions that are here elucidated with reference to Michel Foucault’s theoretical insights on pastoral power and Roberto Esposito’s philosophical thesis on immunization. Challenging the socio-political logic of neoliberalism the issue of assisted dying goes beyond the predominant legal concern with protecting – or immunizing – individuals from one another in favor of minimal interference. This book calls for a new kind of politics: one that might affirm people and their finitude both more collectively and more compassionately. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570399

Law Judges and Visual Culture Law Judges and Visual Culture analyses how pictures have been used to make manage and circulate ideas about the judiciary through a variety of media from the sixteenth century to the present. This book offers a new approach to thinking about and making sense of the important social institution that is the judiciary. In an age in which visual images and celebrity play key roles in the way we produce communicate and consume ideas about society and its key institutions this book provides the first in-depth study of visual images of judges in these contexts. It not only examines what appears within the frame of these images; it also explores the impact technologies and the media industries that produce them have upon the way we engage with them and the experiences and meanings they generate. Drawing upon a wide range of scholarship – including art history film and television studies and social and cultural studies as well as law – and interviews with a variety of practitioners painters photographers television script writers and producers as well as court communication staff and judges the book generates new and unique insights into making managing and viewing pictures of judges. Original and insightful Law Judges and Visual Culture will appeal to scholars postgraduates and undergraduates from a variety of disciplines that hold an interest in the role of visual culture in the production of social justice and its institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618619

Law Labour and the HumanitiesContemporary European Perspectives The ontology of work and the economics of value underpin the legal institution with the existence of modern law predicated upon the subject as labourer. In contemporary Europe labour is more than a mere economic relationship. Indeed labour occupies a central position in human existence: since the industrial revolution it has been the principal criterion of reciprocal recognition and of universal mobilization. This multi-disciplinary volume analyses labour and its depictions in their interaction with the latest legal socio-economic political and artistic tendencies. Addressing such issues as deregulation flexibility de-industrialization the pervasive enlargement of markets digitization and virtual relationships social polarisation and migratory fluxes this volume engages with the existential role played by labour in our lives at the conjunction of law and the humanities. This book will be of interest to law students legal philosophers theoretical philosophers political philosophers social and political theorists labour studies scholars and literature and film scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077174

Law Lawyering and Legal EducationBuilding an Ethical Profession in a Globalizing World Once a highly cosmopolitan profession law was largely domesticated by the demands of the Westphalian state. But as the walls between sovereign states are lowered law is globalizing in a way that is likely to change law lawyering and legal education as much over the next 30 years – when the students entering law schools today reach the peak of their profession – as it has over the last 300. This book provides a sustained investigation of the theoretical and practical aspects of legal practice and education synthesizing and developing nearly thirty years of Professor Sampford’s critical thought analysis and academic leadership. The book features two major areas of investigation. First it explains the significance of the ‘critical’ ‘theoretical’ and ‘ethical’ dimensions of legal education and legal practice in making more effective practitioners – placing ethics and values at the heart of the profession. Second it explores the old/new challenges and opportunities for ethical lawyers. Challenges include those for lawyers working in large organisations dealing with issues from international tax minimisation to advising governments bent on war. Opportunities range from the capacity to give client’s ethical advice to playing a key role in the emergence of an international rule of law as they had to the ‘domestic’ rule of law. The book should stimulate great interest and occasional passion for legal practitioners students teachers and researchers of law lawyering legal practice and legal institutions. Its inter-disciplinary approaches should be of interest to those with interests in education theory international relations political science and government professional ethics sociology public policy and governance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597778

Law Lawyers and JusticeThrough Australian Lenses This book engages with the place of law and legality within Australia’s distinctive contribution to global televisual culture. Australian popular culture has created a lasting legacy – for good or bad – of representations of law lawyers and justice ‘down under’. Within films and television of striking landscapes peopled with heroes antiheroes survivors and jokers there is a fixation on law conflicts between legal orders brutal violence and survival. Deeply compromised by the ongoing violence against the lives and laws of First Nation Australians Australian film and television has sharply illuminated what it means to live with a ‘rule of law’ that rules with a legacy and a reality of deep injustice. This book is the first to bring together scholars to reflect on and critically engage with the representations and global implications of law lawyers and justice captured through the lenses of Australian film television and social media. Exploring how distinctively Australian lenses capture uniquely Australian images and narratives the book nevertheless engages these in order to provide broader insights into the contemporary translations and transmogrifications of law and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210458

Law Lawyers and RaceCritical Race Theory from the US to Europe Critical Race Theory (CRT) is virtually unheard of in European scholarship especially among legal scholars. Law Lawyers and Race: Critical Race Theory from the United States to Europe endeavours to fill this gap by providing an overview of the definition and consequences of CRT developed in American scholarship and describing its transplantation and application in the continental European context. The CRT approach adopted in this book illustrates the reasons why the relationship between race and law in European civil law jurisdictions is far from anodyne. Law plays a critical role in the construction subordination and discrimination against racial minorities in Europe making it comparable albeit in slightly different ways to the American experience of racial discrimination. Anti-Semitism Islamophobia anti-Roma and anti-Black racism constitute a fundamental factor often tacitly accepted in the relationship between law and race in Europe. Consequently the broadly shared anti-race and anti-racist position is problematic because it acts to the detriment of victims of racism while privileging the White Christian male majority. This book is an original exploration of the relationship between law and race. As such it crosses the disciplinary divide furthering both legal scholarship and research in Race and Ethnicity Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685871

Law Legal Culture and SocietyMirrored Identities of the Legal Order This volume addresses the pluralistic identity of the legal order. It argues that the mutual reflexivity of the different ways society perceives law and law perceives society eclipses the unique formal identity of written law. It advances a distinctive approach to the plural ways in which legal cultures work in a modern society through the metaphor of the mirror. As a mirror of society it distinguishes between the structure and function of legal culture within the legal system and the external representation of law in society. This duality is further problematized in relation to the increasing transnationalisation of law. Based on a multi-level interpretation of the concept of legal culture the work is divided into three parts: the first addresses the mutual reflections of social and legal norms that support a pluralist representation of internal legal cultures the second concentrates on the external legal cultures that constantly enable pragmatic adjustments of the legal order to its social environment and the third concludes the book with a theoretical discussion of the issues presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588878

Law Legislation and LibertyA New Statement of the Liberal Principles of Justice and Political Economy First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315887685

Law Legislation and LibertyA new statement of the liberal principles of justice and political economy With a new foreword by Paul Kelly 'I regard Hayek's work as a new opening of the most fundamental debate in the field of political philosophy' – Sir Karl Popper 'This promises to be the crowning work of a scholar who has devoted a lifetime to thinking  about society and its values. The entire work must surely amount to an immense contribution to social and legal philosophy' - Philosophical Studies Law Legislation and Liberty is Hayek's major statement of political philosophy and one of the most ambitious yet subtle defences of a free market society ever written. A robust defence of individual liberty it is also crucial for understanding Hayek’s influential views concerning the role of the state: far from being an innocent bystander he argues that the state has an important role to play in defending the norms and practices of an ordered and free society. His arguments had a profound influence on the policies of Thatcher in the 1980s and resonate today in visions of the ‘Big Society’. First published in three separate volumes this Routledge Classics edition makes one of his most important books available in a single volume. Essential reading for understanding the background to the recent world economic turmoil and financial crisis it also foreshadows the subsequent heated debate about regulation and political governance if such disasters are to be avoided in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522298

Law Liberty and the Competitive Market Law Liberty and the Competitive Market brings the clash between law and legislation to the attention of economists and political scientists. It fills a void and offers a series of texts that have not previously been translated into English. This anthology connects various articles by Leoni on economics and law with the objective of emphasizing how much Leoni's own theory in the juridical environment was influenced by reflection on authors of the Austrian school--from Carl Menger to Ludwig von Mises from Friedrich von Hayek to Murray N. Rothbard.The essays dealing with economics help us understand how many of Leoni's positions were libertarian. A careful reader of Mises Leoni often ends up by assuming positions that are even more anti-state than those of the Austrian economist (concerning monopolies for example). It is significant that in the 1960s his thought was influenced by Rothbard. The very critiques that he addresses to normativism and to analytical philosophy contain strong ideological elements as they move from the awareness that legal positivism leads to statism and philosophical relativism to acquiescence in the face of power.Studying the market economy Leoni perceives opposition between spontaneous order and planning. In this way he understands how such a contrast is significant for the origins of norms. Leoni's idea of a law able to protect individual liberty has its roots in the market. Thus the market is at the same time the model he uses to conceive the legal order and an institution fundamental for the service of civilization which the law is called to protect. This is an important work by a figure only now being recognized as a pioneer in the field of economics and an innovator in political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511583

Law Liberty and ChurchAuthority and Justice in the Major Churches in England Law Liberty and Church examines the presuppositions that underlie authority in the five largest Churches in England - the Church of England the Roman Catholic Church the Methodist Church the United Reformed Church and the Baptist Union. Examining what has influenced their development and how the patterns of authority that exist today have evolved Gordon Arthur explores the contributions of Scripture Roman Legal Theory and Greek Philosophy. This book shows how the influence of Roman legal theory has caused inflexibility and at times authoritarianism in the Roman Catholic Church; it explores how the influence of reason and moderation has led the Church of England to focus on inclusiveness often at the cost of clarity; it expounds the attempts of the Free Churches to establish liberty of conscience leading them at times to a more democratic and individualistic approach. Finally Arthur offers an alternative view of authority and sets out some of the challenges this view presents to the Churches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275935

Law Literature and the Transmission of Culture in England 1837–1925 Focusing on the last will and testament as a legal literary and cultural document Cathrine O. Frank examines fiction of the Victorian and Edwardian eras alongside actual wills legal manuals relating to their creation case law regarding their administration and contemporary accounts of curious wills in periodicals. Her study begins with the Wills Act of 1837 and poses two basic questions: What picture of Victorian culture and personal subjectivity emerges from competing legal and literary narratives about the will and how does the shift from realist to modernist representations of the will accentuate a growing divergence between law and literature? Frank’s examination of works by Emily Brontë George Eliot Charles Dickens Wilkie Collins Anthony Trollope Samuel Butler Arnold Bennett John Galsworthy and E.M. Forster reveals the shared rhetorical and cultural significance of the will in law and literature while also highlighting the competition between these discourses to structure a social order that emphasized self-determinism yet viewed individuals in relationship to the broader community. Her study contributes to our knowledge of the cultural significance of Victorian wills and creates intellectual bridges between the Victorian and Edwardian periods that will interest scholars from a variety of disciplines who are concerned with the laws literature and history of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260559

Law Memory ViolenceUncovering the Counter-Archive The demand for recognition responsibility and reparations is regularly invoked in the wake of colonialism genocide and mass violence: there can be no victims without recognition no perpetrators without responsibility and no justice without reparations. Or so it seems from law’s limited repertoire for assembling the archive after ‘the disaster’. Archival and memorial practices are central to contexts where transitional justice addressing historical wrongs or reparations are at stake. The archive serves as a repository or ‘storehouse’ of what needs to be gathered and recognised so that it can be left behind in order to inaugurate the future. The archive manifests law’s authority and its troubled conscience. It is an indispensable part of the liberal legal response to biopolitical violence. This collection challenges established approaches to transitional justice by opening up new dialogues about the problem of assembling law’s archive. The volume presents research drawn from multiple jurisdictions that address the following questions. What resists being archived? What spaces and practices of memory - conscious and unconscious - undo legal and sovereign alibis and confessions? And what narrative forms expose the limits of responsibility recognition and reparations? By treating the law as an ‘archive’ this book traces the failure of universalised categories such as 'perpetrator' 'victim' 'responsibility' and 'innocence ' posited by the liberal legal state. It thereby uncovers law’s counter-archive as a challenge to established forms of representing and responding to violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570436

Law Migration and Precarious LabourEcotechnics of the Social Providing a radical new approach to labour migration this book challenges the prevailing legal and political construction of the figure of the irregular migrant labourer whilst at the same time reimagining this irregularity as the basis of an alternative post-capitalist sociality. The text draws on the work of contemporary philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy and more specifically his term ‘ecotechnics’ in order to examine how economic political and juridical norms deny the full legal status of certain people who are deemed to be irregular. This ostensible irregularity is revealed as a regular feature of labour market practice and a necessary support for the conceptual foundations of capitalist legality. As this book shows however this legality – and with it the technological subordination of life to the circulation of capital as if this were the only possibility for our being in the world – is not insurmountable. The book’s consideration of the figure of the irregular migrant labourer comes to provide an alternative basis for reimagining our relationship not only with migration and with labour itself but ultimately with each other. This powerful analysis of contemporary labour migration is of considerable interest to legal and political theorists philosophers labour lawyers migration experts and others with theoretical political or policy interests in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700499

Law Mind and Brain Over the past 20 years cognitive neuroscience has revolutionized our ability to understand the nature of human thought. Working with the understandings of traditional psychology the new brain science is transforming many disciplines from economics to literary theory. These developments are now affecting the law and there is an upsurge of interest in the potential of neuroscience to contribute to our understanding of criminal and civil law and our system of justice in general. The international and interdisciplinary chapters in this volume are written by experts in criminal behaviour civil law and jurisprudence. They concentrate on the potential of neuroscience to increase our understanding of blame and responsibility in such areas as juveniles and the death penalty evidence and procedure neurological enhancement and treatment property end-of-life choices contracting and the effects of words and pictures in law. This collection suggests that legal scholarship and practice will be increasingly enriched by an interdisciplinary study of law mind and brain and is a valuable addition to the emerging field of neurolaw. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605629

Law Modernity PostmodernityLegal Change in the Contracting State This title was first published in 2003. This book examines the interrelationship between the unravelling of the post-war welfare state and legal change. By reference to theorists of postmodernity such as Zygmunt Bauman Scott Lash and John Urry and David Harvey the principal argument is that contemporary law and legal institutions can be best understood as having changed in ways that mirror the recent transformation of the interventionist welfare state and its Fordist Keynesian economic infrastructure. The key changes identified in the legal field include:- the shift toward marketized regulatory structures as reflected in privatization and deregulation the attenuation of welfare rights the privatization of justice legal polycentricity the reconfiguration of the welfare state’s social citizenship and the globalization of law. Empirical evidence from a number of jurisdictions is adduced to indicate the general direction of change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741997

Law Morality and International Armed InterventionThe United Nations and ECOWAS International law is often manipulated in the debate about humanitarian intervention. The Liberian case provides an opportunity to challenge the UN and The Economic Community of West African States' (ECOWAS') new approach. ECOWAS and the UN's justifications for moving away from the current norms are flawed. No enlightened person would disagree with the values of peace democracy human rights and economic development. This book however explores whether these goals be pursued within the current framework or outside it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655392

Law Obligation Community Against an ever-expanding and diversifying ‘rights talk’ this book re-opens the question of obligation from not only legal but also ethical sociological and political perspectives. Its premise is that obligation has a primacy ahead of rights because rights attach to practices and modes of being that are already saturated with obligations. Obligations thus lie at the core not just of law but of community. Yet the distinctive meanings range and situations of obligation have tended to remain under-theorised in legal scholarship. In response this book examines the sense in which we are multiply ‘bound beings’ to law and legal institutions as much as we are to place community memory and the various social institutions that give shape to collective life. Sharing this set of concerns each of the international group of scholars contributing to this volume traces the specificity of the binding force of obligations their techniques and modes of expression as well as their centrally important role in giving form to lawful relations. Together they provide an innovative and challenging contribution to legal scholarship: one that will also be of relevance to those working in politics philosophy and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862657

Law Palliative Care and DyingLegal and Ethical Challenges Law Palliative Care and Dying critically examines the role of the legal framework in shaping the boundaries of palliative care practice. The work underlines the importance of a distinct legal framework for specialist palliative care which can provide clarity for both the healthcare professional and the patient. It examines the legal and ethical justifications for specialist palliative care practices and in doing so it questions the legitimacy of the distinction between euthanasia and practices such as palliative sedation. Moreover this work discusses the influence of a human rights discourse on palliative care and examines the contribution of autonomy dignity and the right to palliative care. This book includes detailed comparative research on several European jurisdictions. The jurisdictions illustrate varied approaches to palliative care regulation and promotion. In this manner the role of professional guidelines and legislation are drawn out and common themes in the regulation of palliative care emerge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894504

Law Personalities And Politics Of The Middle EastEssays In Honor Of Majid Khadduri This book is a tribute to Majid Khadduri and focuses on the three principal fields of his own work: Islamic and international law; ideas and personalities in the Arab world; and politics and diplomacy in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172480

Law Policy and Practice on China's PeripherySelective Adaptation and Institutional Capacity This book examines the Chinese government’s policies and practices for relations with the Inner Periphery areas of Tibet Xinjiang and Inner Mongolia and the Outer Periphery areas of Hong Kong and Taiwan focusing on themes of political authority socio-cultural relations and economic development. China’s history may be seen as one of managing the geographic periphery surrounding China proper. Successive imperial republican and communist governments have struggled to maintain sovereignty over the regions surrounding the great river valleys of China. The importance of the periphery is no less real today concerns over national security access to natural resources and long-held concerns about relations between Han and other ethnic groups continue to dominate Chinese law policy and practice regarding governance in the Inner Periphery regions of Inner Mongolia Xinjiang and Tibet. In the Outer Periphery Beijing sees engagement with the outside world (particularly the West) as inextricably tied to Chinese sovereignty over former foreign colonies of Hong Kong and Taiwan. Using the case study of national integration to indicate how policies are articulated and implemented through law and political-legal institutions this book will be of interest to students and scholars of the peripheral regions. It will also appeal to academic and policy communities interested in legal reform in China Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858091

Law Politics and the Gender Binary The distinction between male and female or masculinity and femininity has long been considered to be foundational to society and the organization of its institutions. In the last decades the massive literature on gender has challenged this discursive construction. Gender has been disassembled and reassembled variously considered as social practice performance ideology. Yet the binary relationship ‘man/woman’ continues to be a characteristic trait of Western societies. This book gathers together contributions by experts in various fields – including law sociology philosophy and anthropology – to pin down the relationship between institutions and the gender binary. Centrally it examines the way in which the present-day gender binary is shored up by the conceptualization and regulation of sex and gender at societal and institutional levels. Based on this examination it tackles the issue of what the practices and processes of subjectivation are that preserve this binary distinction as the foundation of gender. Each of the chapters discusses this pressing question with a view to considering whether current equality policies challenge hierarchical and hegemonic understandings of gender or are the residue of a sexist understanding of gender. This analysis then paves the way for a more general and crucial question: whether institutions can or should contribute to the process of deconstructing the gender binary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670450

Law Psychoanalysis SocietyTaking the Unconscious Seriously 'I swear to tell the truth the whole truth and nothing but the truth' we say in a court of law. 'In a court of law the truth is precisely what we will not say' says Lacan. ‘If God is dead everything is permitted’ writes Dostoyevsky. ‘If God is dead everything is prohibited’ responds Lacan. ‘I think therefore I am’ reasons Descartes. ‘I am where I do not think’ concludes Lacan. What are we to make of Lacan’s inversions of these mottos? And what are the implications for the legal system if we take them seriously? This book puts the legal subject on the couch and explores the incestuous relationship between law and desire enjoyment and transgression freedom and subjection ethics and atheism. The process of analysis problematizes fundamental tenets of the legal system leading the patient to rethink long-held beliefs: terms like ‘guilt’ and ‘innocence’ ‘truth’ and ‘lies’ ‘reason’ and ‘reality’ ‘freedom’ and ‘responsibility’ ‘cause’ and ‘punishment’ acquire new and surprising meanings. By the end of these sessions the patient is left wondering along with Freud her analyst whether ‘it is not psychology that deserves the mockery but the procedure of judicial enquiry’. A unique study on the nexus of Law and Psychoanalysis this book will interest students and scholars of both subjects as well as general readers looking to explore this perverse and fascinating relationship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787261

Law Religion and FreedomConceptualizing a Common Right This book examines major conceptual challenges confronting freedom of religion or belief in contemporary settings. The volume brings together chapters by leading experts from law religious studies and international relations who provide perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic. At a time when the polarization of ‘culture wars’ is aggravating tensions between secular and religious views about accommodating the conscientious claims of individuals and groups and when the right to freedom of religion itself is facing misunderstanding and erosion the work provides welcome clarity and depth. Some chapters adopt a primarily conceptual and historical approach; others analyze particular difficulties or conflicts that have emerged in European and American jurisdictions along with concrete applications and recommendations for the future. The book will be a valuable resource for students academics and policy-makers with an interest in law religion and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138555891

Law Religion ConstitutionFreedom of Religion Equal Treatment and the Law What is the place assigned to religion in the constitutions of contemporary States? What role is religion expected to perform in the fields that are the object of constitutional regulation? Is separation of religion and politics a necessary precondition for democracy and the rule of law? These questions are addressed in this book through an analysis of the constitutional texts that are in force in different parts of the world. Constitutions are at the centre of almost all contemporary legal systems and provide the principles and values that inspire the action of the national law-makers. After a discussion of some topics that are central to the constitutional regulation of religion the book considers a number of national systems covering countries with a variety of religious and cultural backgrounds. The final section of the book is devoted to the discussion of the constitutional regulation of some particularly controversial issues such as religious education the relation between freedom of speech and freedom of religion abortion and freedom of conscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601478

Law Religion and Homosexuality Law Religion and Homosexuality is the first book-length study of how religion has shaped and continues to shape legislation that regulates the lives of gay men and lesbians . Through a systematic examination of how religious discourse influences the making of law – in the form of official interventions made by faith communities and organizations as well as by expressions of faith by individual legislators – the authors argue that religion continues to be central to both enabling and restricting the development of sexual orientation equality. Whilst some claim that faith has been marginalized in the legislative processes of contemporary western societies Johnson and Vanderbeck show the significant impact of religion in a number of substantive legal areas relating to sexual orientation including: same-sex sexual relations family life civil partnership and same-sex marriage equality in employment and the provision of goods and services hate speech regulation and education. Law Religion and Homosexuality demonstrates the dynamic interplay between law and religion in respect of homosexuality and will be of considerable interest to a wide audience of academics policy makers and stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138998858

Law Religion and LoveSeeking Ecumenical Justice for the Other Increasingly the modern neo-liberal world marginalises any notion of religion or spirituality leaving little or no room for the sacred in the public sphere. While this process advances the conservative and harmful behaviours associated with some religions and their adherents exacerbate this marginalisation by driving out those who remain religious or spiritual. And all of this is seen through the lens of social science which seems to agree that religion remains important if not in spiritual sense at least as a source of folklore and a means of identification: religions remain rooted in the societies from which they emerged and the legal systems of many of those societies emerged from religious sources even if those societies remain unwilling to admit that fact. In the modern materialistic world of conformity religion is less a source of guidance than a label of identification. The world therefore faces two issues. First the decreasing level of spirituality in the ‘West’ widens the gap between worshippers and those who have left their faith (eg agnostics and atheists or those who look at religion as a matter of ‘picking and choosing’ from a range of options). And second the strong connections to religion which remain in many nations but which are often misused in the secular public sphere (both in the West and internationally). In such divided worlds both religious and secular forces tend to lock themselves into closed groupings of ‘pure truth’ and in so doing increase the level of disagreement in turn producing radicalism. In short the modern world is divided in two ways: between religious and non-religious (although some have argued that the non-religious secular is itself a form of civil religion) and between those subscribing to divergent understandings of the same religious tradition. While hyperbolic and histrionic the term ‘culture wars’ nonetheless best captures what we see happening in the public sphere today. The question emerges then: how best to accommodate the democratic principle which posits that the majority should feel that it lives in a society of its own with the human rights principle holding that is necessary to ensure the full protection of the minority’s rights? How to balance these seemingly opposed principles? We are very familiar with the differences that appear between secular and sacred in the modern world; yet what of the similarities amongst scriptures and laws which seek to encourage mutual understanding cooperation and even cohabitation? Because religion itself is a source of law a set of exhortations or commands as much as a set of rights every major religion offers an approach to encountering ‘the Other’ in a positive constructive affirming way; and it is here that religions reveal much that they have in common. This book draws together the work of scholars engaged in exploring the possibilities for a ‘utopian’ world in the sense fostered by St Thomas More. The essays explore those dimensions of religious and civil law where ‘love’ – however that is defined by relevant texts – fosters and encourages acceptance of ‘the Other’ and will offer perspectives on the ways in which religious or civil/state law command one to act in the spirit of ‘love’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336776

Law Religious Freedoms and Education in Europe This collection considers how contemporary cultural and religious diversity challenges and redefines national constitutional and legal frameworks and concepts within the context of education. It offers a critical reflection on the extent and meanings given to religious freedom in education across Europe. The contributions deal primarily with Western Europe although the book also includes a study of the US vibrant debates on Creationism. This volume considers issues such as religious expression faith schooling and worship in schools in a multidisciplinary and comparative approach. The book first examines key concepts before presenting national models of religion and education in Europe and analyzing case studies relating to religious symbols worn at school and to the teaching of religious education. Legal questions are examined in a wider context in the light of the intentions of state policy and of current national and transnational debates. Controversies on the legal implications of personal and national identities are for example analyzed. From a comparative perspective the chapters examine the possible converging power of human rights and anti-discrimination discourses and reveal the difficulties and risks involved in seeking to identify the best model for Europe. This topical study of a highly sensitive area of education presents a valuable insight for students researchers and academics with an interest in cultural and religious diversity human rights and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261389

Law Rights and Ideology in RussiaLandmarks in the Destiny of a Great Power This book provides a rich examination of Russia’s particular attitude to political liberalism the rule of law and rights. In words often cited in contemporary Russia the former Bolshevik and religious philosopher Nikolai Berdyaev wrote in 1911 that ‘Russia is the Third Rome’. This book examines the legacy of this messianic self-narrative stressing its importance for any adequate understanding of contemporary Russian attitudes to the rule of law. The book starts with the surprising role of the Scottish Enlightenment in the origins of law as an academic discipline in Russia in the eighteenth century. The Great Reforms of Tsar Aleksandr II abolishing serfdom in 1861 and introducing jury trial in 1864 are then examined and debated as genuine reforms or the response to a revolutionary situation. A new interpretation of the life and work of the Soviet legal theorist Yevgeniy Pashukanis leads to an analysis of the conflicted attitude of the USSR to international law and human rights especially the right of peoples to self-determination. The complex history of autonomy in Tsarist and Soviet Russia is considered alongside the collapse of the USSR in 1991. An examination of Russia’s plunge into the European human rights system under Yeltsin is followed by the history of the death penalty in Russia. Finally the secrets of the ideology of ‘sovereignty’ in the Putin era and their impact on law and rights are revealed. Throughout the constant theme is the centuries long hegemonic struggle between Westernisers and Slavophiles against the backdrop of the Messianism that proclaimed Russia to be the Third Rome was revived in the mission of Soviet Russia to change the world and which has echoes in contemporary Eurasianism and the ideology of sovereignty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831994

Law Sensibility and the Sublime in Eighteenth-Century Women's FictionSpeaking of Dread This work offers firstly a fresh historical philosophical and cultural interpretation of the relation between the eighteenth-century discourse of sensibility the sublime and the theory and practice of eighteenth-century law. Secondly the work exposes and explores the influence of this combination of discourses upon the formation of gender identities in this period. The author argues that it is only through a study of the convergence of these key eighteenth-century discourses that changing conceptualisations of femininity can fully be understood. Thirdly it examines the presence within eighteenth-century fiction by women of a new female subject. Novels by women in this period Chaplin posits begin to reveal that the female subject position constructed through the discourses of law sensibility and the sublime gives rise for women to a feminine ontological crisis that may be seen to anticipate by two hundred years the trauma of the 'post modern' male subject unable to present a unified subjectivity to himself or to the world. This feminine crisis finds expression within a range of female fiction of the mid-to-late eighteenth century - in Charlotte Lennox's anti-romance satire Frances Sheridan's 'conduct-book' novels the Gothic romances of Radcliffe and Eliza Fenwick and the sensationalistic horror fiction of Charlotte Dacre. Concentrating upon these writers Chaplin argues that their works 'speak of dread' on behalf of women in this period and to varying degrees challenge discourses that construct femininity as a highly unstable barely tenable subject position. Combining the works of Lyotard and Irigaray to formulate a new feminist reading of the eighteenth-century discourse of the sublime this study offers fresh insights into the culture and politics of the eighteenth century. It presents highly original readings of well-known and lesser-known literary texts that interrogate from fresh perspectives the complex theoretical issues pertaining to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264212

Law Socialism and Democracy (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 9) This book explores the political and legal institutions necessary for a democratic socialism in advanced industrial societies. It argues that a democratic socialist society needs a firm framework of public law and a formal constitution. Populist conceptions of direct democracy and informal justice are argued to be inadequate as the primary means of democratic control in a complex society; likewise Marxist views of the "withering away of the state" are challenged as utopian. The book maintains that radical reforms in political institutions are necessary in order to effect social change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649643

Law Society and CommunitySocio-Legal Essays in Honour of Roger Cotterrell This collection of socio-legal studies written by leading theorists and researchers from around the world offers original perceptive and critical contributions to ideas and theories that have been expounded by Roger Cotterrell over a long and distinguished career. Engaging with many classic issues and theories of the sociology of law the contributions are likely to become classics themselves as they tackle some of the most significant challenges that modern law faces. They do not shy away from what one of the contributors describes as the complexity and multiplicity of our contemporary legal world. The book is organized in three parts: socio-legal themes; methodological and jurisprudential themes; globalization cultural and comparative law themes. Starting with a chapter that re-engages with the need to interpret legal ideas sociologically and ending with one that explores the global significance of modern fascination with the idea of the rule of law this selection offers important additions to the oeuvre of Roger Cotterrell (a list of whose academic writings is included in the book). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637740

Law State and Society Originally published in 1981 Law State and Society confronts many of the most important issues within the developing field of law and society. The essays cover the key political debates and the subject of the sociology of law through two key debates the first tackling the wider theoretical and political system while the other essays are concerned with more concrete aspects of both the political and social face of law. Together the essays show how crucial the potential is that exists for a considerable extension and integration of work that focuses explicitly on empirical problems yet is at the same time more conscious of the theoretical issues that underpin the effectivity of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138483835

Law Technology and CognitionThe Human Element in Online Copyright Infringement This book considers a new approach to online copyright infringement. Rather than looking at the subject within a purely technological context it provides legal analysis from a human perspective. This book highlights that there are three key instances in which the capacity of a human mind intersects with the development of copyright regulation: (1) the development of copyright statutory law; (2) the interpretation of the copyright statutory law the judiciary; and (3) human interaction with new technology. Using a novel framework for constructing digital perspectives the author Dr Hayleigh Bosher analyses the laws relating to online copyright infringement. She provides insights into why the law appears as it does shedding light on the circumstances of how it came to pass and demonstrates a clear malfunction in the interpretation and application of copyright law to online activities that derives from the disconnect between the technological and the human perspectives. The book proposes putting the human element back into copyright analysis to enable the return of reason where it has been lost and provide a clearer more consistent and fair legal regulation of online copyright infringement. Law Technology and Cognition: The Human Element in Online Copyright Infringement will be of interest to students academics researchers as well as practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338336

Law Technology and Dispute ResolutionThe Privatisation of Coercion The use of new information and communication technologies both inside the courts and in private online dispute resolution services is quickly changing everyday conflict management. However the implications of the increasingly disruptive role of technology in dispute resolution remain largely undiscussed. In this book assistant professor of law and digitalisation Riikka Koulu examines the multifaceted phenomenon of dispute resolution technology focusing specifically on private enforcement which modern technology enables on an unforeseen scale. The increase in private enforcement confounds legal structures and challenges the nation-state’s monopoly on violence. And in this respect the author argues that the technology-driven privatisation of enforcement – from direct enforcement of e-commerce platforms to self-executing smart contracts in the blockchain – brings the ethics of law’s coercive nature out into the open. This development constitutes a new and dangerous grey area of conflict management which calls for transparency and public debate on the ethical implications of dispute resolution technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665234

Law Technology and SocietyReimagining the Regulatory Environment This book considers the implications of the regulatory burden being borne increasingly by technological management rather than by rules of law. If crime is controlled if human health and safety are secured if the environment is protected not by rules but by measures of technological management—designed into products processes places and so on—what should we make of this transformation? In an era of smart regulatory technologies how should we understand the ‘regulatory environment’ and the ‘complexion’ of its regulatory signals? How does technological management sit with the Rule of Law and with the traditional ideals of legality legal coherence and respect for liberty human rights and human dignity? What is the future for the rules of criminal law torts and contract law—are they likely to be rendered redundant? How are human informational interests to be specified and protected? Can traditional rules of law survive not only the emergent use of technological management but also a risk management mentality that pervades the collective engagement with new technologies? Even if technological management is effective is it acceptable? Are we ready for rule by technology? Undertaking a radical examination of the disruptive effects of technology on the law and the legal mind-set Roger Brownsword calls for a triple act of re-imagination: first re-imagining legal rules as one element of a larger regulatory environment of which technological management is also a part; secondly re-imagining the Rule of Law as a constraint on the arbitrary exercise of power (whether exercised through rules or through technological measures); and thirdly re-imagining the future of traditional rules of criminal law tort law and contract law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356462

Law Text Terror The essays collected here under the governing signs Law Text Terror have their origins in a singular and topical desire. Their motive is most immediately that of acknowledging the massive and eccentric contribution of the philologist psychoanalyst and Romanist jurist Pierre Legendre to the study of legal institutions and juridical practices. He has unceasingly asked the question 'why law?' and in endeavouring to answer that question in the course of over twenty-five books published during the last forty years he has traversed a unique and uniquely idiosyncratic body of disciplines and knowledges relevant to the symbolic forms and institutional functions of the Western legal order. These essays reflect that singularity of drive as well as that diversity of scholarly interests by taking up playing with varying and developing the themes of text and terror law and territory that Legendre either introduced or made peculiarly his own. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138151697

Law Wealth and Power in ChinaCommercial Law Reforms in Context This book examines the law reforms of contemporary China in light of the Party-state’s ideological transformation and the political economy that shapes these reforms. This involves analysing three interrelated domains: law reform power and wealth. The contributors to this volume employ a variety of perspectives and analytical techniques in their discussion of key themes including: commercial law reform and its governance of wealth and regulation of economic activity; the influence and authority of the Party-state over China’s economic activity; and the influence of wealth and the wealthy in economic governance and legal reform. Utilizing an interdisciplinary approach this book presents analytical perspectives of new work or new lines of thinking about the new wealth power and law reforms of China. As such critical boundaries are explored between legal and financial reforms and what these reforms signify about deeper ideological economic social and cultural transformations in China. The book concludes by asking whether there is a ‘China model’ of development which will produce a unique variety of capitalism and indigenous variant of rule of law and examining the ‘winners and losers’ in the transition from a centrally planned economy to a market economy. Law Wealth and Power in China will be of interest to students and academics of comparative law Asian law Chinese economics and politics Chinese Studies as well as professionals in investment banking finance and government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018051

Law & the Beautiful Soul Starting from concrete legal issues Alan Norrie develops a critical vision of law in its relation to morality and socio-historical context. Traced historically the conflicts he describes can be read today in law's treatment of legality and justice judgment and responsibility.  Joint winner of the Hart / Socio-Legal Studies Association Book Prize 2006. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138161436

Law 3.0Rules Regulation and Technology Putting technology front and centre in our thinking about law this book introduces Law 3.0: the future of the legal landscape. Technology not only disrupts the traditional idea of what it is ‘to think like a lawyer ’ as per Law 1.0; it presents major challenges to regulators who are reasoning in a Law 2.0 mode. As this book demonstrates the latest developments in technology offer regulators the possibility of employing a technical fix rather than just relying on rules – thus we are introducing Law 3.0. Law 3.0 represents so to speak the state we are in and the conversation that we now need to have and this book identifies some of the key points for discussion in that conversation. Thinking like a lawyer might continue to be associated with Law 1.0 but from 2020 onward Law 3.0 is the conversation that we all need to join. And as this book argues law and the evolution of legal reasoning cannot be adequately understood unless we grasp the significance of technology in shaping both legal doctrine and our regulatory thinking. This is a book for those studying or about to study law – as well as others with interests in the legal political and social impact of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488635

Law Across BordersThe Extraterritorial Application of United Kingdom Law This book examines the application of UK Criminal and Human Rights Law to people and circumstances outside the United Kingdom. Building upon previous analyses which have focused on a single aspect of extraterritorially this book examines the fields of Criminal and Human Rights law as the two main areas of non-private law which are frequently applied across borders. Both fields are placed in context before being drawn together in a coherent and systematic way. The book examines recent law and practice as well as historic developments and explores the concept of enforcement. The author’s analysis includes coverage of topics such as the criminalisation of sex-tourism the extradition of white-collar criminals and the application of human rights law to Iraq following American and British intervention in the region. Law Across Borders goes on to point the way forward in the development of the extraterritorial application of public law and suggests ways in which greater coherence can be achieved. This book will be of particular interest to practitioners academics and scholars of International Law Human Rights Law and Criminal Law. It is unique in its ambition to offer a comprehensive description and analysis of the extra-territorial application of UK Human Rights Law and Criminal Law in a single text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415558617

Law after Ground Zero Following the events of September 11 a new legal order is emerging in which the 'terrorist threat' has been used as justification to marginalise human rights.  This collection of themed essays offers an emphatic defence to the threats confronting our human rights culture. In analysing the role of the United Nations the conduct of the Afghan war domestic anti-terrorist legislation and the new debate about Islamic law Law after Ground Zero demonstrates the future challenges that law will face within our global society.  It also offers accounts of how events have impacted on the Palestinian-Israeli conflict Iraq and Afghanistan itself as well as debates about international law human rights and women's rights.  This unique work will interest those studying or researching in the areas of international law human rights and humanitarian law international relations politics critical legal studies Islamic law culture and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138160132

Law Against GenocideCosmopolitan Trials Bringing a sociologist's insight to legal institutions and narratives this book is an innovative and timely sociological contribution to current concerns regarding critical cosmopolitanism human rights and crimes against humanity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138179196

Law Among NationsAn Introduction to Public International Law Offering a more accessible alternative to casebooks and historical commentaries Law Among Nations explains issues of international law by tracing the field's development and stressing key principles processes and landmark cases. This comprehensive text eliminates the need for multiple books by combining discussions of theory and state practice with excerpts from landmark cases. The book has been updated in light of the continuing revolution in communication technology the dense web of linkages between countries that involve individuals and bodies both formal and informal; and covers important and controversial areas such as human rights the environment and issues associated with the use of force. Renowned for its rigorous approach and clear explanations Law Among Nations remains the gold standard for undergraduate introductions to international law. New to the Eleventh Edition Added or expanded coverage of timely issues in international law: Drones and their use in the air and in space Immigration Islamic views of international law Inviolability and the difference between diplomatic immunity and sovereignty in light of the Benghazi attack Thoroughly rewritten chapters in areas of great change: International criminal law Just war and war crime law New cases statutes and treaties on many subjects Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691728

Law and Accounting (RLE Accounting)Nineteenth Century American Legal Cases This book contains 53 nineteenth century American legal cases in which courts discussed accounting issues. Some are well known: Wood v. Drummer (1824) was the foundation for the idea that capital could not be returned to shareholders and it was this restriction which made it necessary to distinguish between income and capital. The famous case of 1849 Burnes v Pennell is often cited as the source of the rule that dividends cannot be paid except from profits. However many of the cases covered in this book are not well-known. It is often assumed that few American legal cases on accounting matters were decided in the nineteenth century. However many of the 53 cases included here preceded the earliest British legal cases that discussed accounting issues and they are interesting for several reasons. They show that government regulation of accounting pre-dated the modern regulatory ear. They also illustration that sometimes private contracts specified a particular accounting treatment and that accounting therefore served to define private rights. They also illustrate that American courts discussed accrual accounting problems as early as 1837 and that a cash concept of profits was not the norm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979475

Law and Accounting (RLE Accounting)Pre-1889 British Legal Cases This book contains edited versions of thirty British legal cases involving accounting issues decided from 1849-1888. These cases are a valuable source of information about the development of accounting principles and practices in nineteenth-century Great Britain. The thirty cases show that the court decisions involved a rich variety of accounting issues. In some cases courts upset private contractual stipulations regarding accounting and dividend matters. In others management was held to have used incorrect principles in computing profits. Whether or not a contract or management decision was upset the courts often discussed at some length the principles that management should apply in the preparation of balance sheets or income statements. It is therefore obvious that in resolving issues of equity among participants in British companies the courts were applying normative accounting principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979482

Law and Agonistic Politics The Ancient Greek notion of agonism meaning struggle has been revived in radical legal and political theory to rethematize class conflict and to conceptualize the conditions of possibility of freedom and social transformation in contemporary society. Insisting that what is ultimately at stake in politics are the terms in which social conflict is represented agonists highlight the importance of the strategic affective and aesthetic aspects of politics for democratic praxis. This volume examines the implications of this critical perspective for understanding law and considers how law serves either to sustain or curtail the democratic agon. While sharing a critical perspective on the deliberative turn in legal and political theory and its tendency to depoliticize social conflict the various contributors to this volume diverge in arguing variously for pragmatic expressivist or strategic conceptions of agonism. In doing so they question the glib assumptions that often underlie a sometimes too easy celebration of conflict as an antidote to de-politicizing consensus. This thought provoking volume will be of interest to students and researchers working in legal and political theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259973

Law and ArtJustice Ethics and Aesthetics In engaging with the full range of 'the arts' contributors to this volume consider the relationship between law justice the ethical and the aesthetic. Art continually informs the ethics of a legal theory concerned to address how theoretical abstractions and concrete oppressions overlook singularity and spontaneity. Indeed the exercise of the legal role and the scholarly understanding of legal texts were classically defined as ars iuris - an art of law - which drew on the panoply of humanist disciplines from philology to fine art. That tradition has fallen by the wayside particularly in the wake of modernism.  But approaching art in that way  risks distorting the very inexpressibility to which art is attentive and responsive whilst remaining a custodian of its mystery.  The novelty and ambition of this book then is to elicit in very different ways styles and orientations the importance of the relationship between law and art. What can law and art bring to one another and what can their relationship tell us about how truth relates to power? The insights presented in this collection disturb and supplement conventional accounts of justice; inaugurating new possibilities for addressing the origin of violence in our world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415823999

Law and AsylumSpace Subject Resistance In contrast to the claim that refugee law has been a key in guaranteeing a space of protection for refugees this book argues that law has been instrumental in eliminating spaces of protection not just from one’s persecutors but also from the grasp of sovereign power. By uncovering certain fundamental aspects of asylum as practised in the past and in present day social movements namely its concern with defining space rather than people and its role as a space of resistance or otherness to sovereign law this book demonstrates that asylum has historically been antagonistic to law and vice versa. In contrast twentieth-century refugee law was constructed precisely to ensure the effective management and control over the movements of forced migrants. To illustrate the complex ways in which these two paradigms – asylum and refugee law – interact with one another this book examines their historical development and concludes with in-depth studies of the Sanctuary Movement in the United States and the Sans-Papiers of France. The book will appeal to researchers and students of refugee law and refugee studies; legal and political philosophy; ancient medieval and modern legal history; and sociology of political movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304178

Law and BioethicsIntersections Along the Mortal Coil George P. Smith II is a leading figure in the world of medical law and ethics. During his long career he has addressed some of the most important issues in bioethics and has contributed much original thought to debates in the field. This book celebrates his contribution to scholarship in this area and brings together his key writings in bioethics. The chapters include previously published material which has been substantially updated to reflect recent developments in medicine and law. The book covers topics such as: human rights and medical law; the allocation of resources and distributive justice; ethical relativism; science and religion; and public health emergencies. Taken as a whole this book examines the extent to which law medicine economics and bioethics interact as synergistic vectors of force in shaping and setting both personal and public responses to the complexities of biotechnology or what has been referred to as "The New Biology." All too often past considerations of this topic have neglected to recognise the synergistic influences of law as a catalyst for codifying contemporary values into normative standards. Professor Smith reaches the conclusion that if traditional bioethical principles are to be seen as pertinent constructs for policy making they must be broadened through the law of public health and Human rights. Law and Bioethics: Intersections along the Mortal Coil casts law as the pivotal force in bringing stability to the ongoing debates on how to maintain bioethical relevance in decision making and in so doing it offers an excellent overview of the current bioethical issues in medical law considered in light of recent and ongoing technological developments in medicine. This book will be of particular interest to academics and students of Law Political Science Philosophy and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741439

Law and Christianity in Latin AmericaThe Work of Great Jurists This volume examines the lives of more than thirty-five key personalities in Latin American law with a focus on how their Christian faith was a factor in molding the evolution of law in their countries and the region. The book is a significant contribution to our ability to understand the work and perspectives of jurists and their effect on legal development in Latin America. The individuals selected for study exhibit wide-ranging areas of expertise from private law and codification through national public law and constitutional law to international developments that left their mark on the region and the world. The chapters discuss the jurists within their historical intellectual and political context. The editors selected jurists after extensive consultation with legal historians in various countries of the region looking at the jurist’s particular merits contributions to law in general religious perspective and importance within the specific country and period under consideration. Giving the work a diversity of international and methodological perspectives the chapters have been written by distinguished legal scholars and historians from Latin America and around the world. The collection will appeal to scholars lawyers and students interested in the interplay between law and religion. Political social legal and religious historians among other readers will find for the first time in English authoritative treatments of the region’s essential legal thinkers and authors. Students and other who may not read Spanish will appreciate these clear accessible and engaging English studies of the region’s great jurists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367896416

Law and ConscienceCatholicism in Early Modern England 1570–1625 This book examines the Catholic elaboration on the relationship between state and Church in late Elizabethan and Jacobean England. Among the several factors which have contributed to the complex process of state-formation in early modern Europe religious affiliation has certainly been one of the most important if not the most important. Within the European context of the consolidation of both the nation-state entities and the state-Churches Catholicism in England in the 16th and 17th centuries presents peculiar elements which are crucial to understanding the problems at stake from both a political and a religious point of view. Catholics in early modern England were certainly a minority but a minority of an interestingly doubled kind. On the one hand they were a "sect" among many others. On the other hand Catholicism was a "universal" catholic religion in a country in which the sovereign was the head - or governor - of both political and ecclesiastical establishments. In this context this monograph casts light on the mechanisms through which a distinctive religious minority was able to adapt itself within a singular political context. In the most general terms this book contributes to the significant question of how different religious affiliations could (or might) be integrated within one national reality and how political allegiance and religious belief began to be perceived as two different identities within one context. Current scholarship on the religious history of early modern England has considerably changed the way in which historians think about English Protestantism. Recent works have offered a more nuanced and accurate picture of the English Protestant Church which is now seen not as a monolithic institution but rather as complex and fluid. This book seeks to offer certain elements of a complementary view of the English Catholic Church as an organism within which the debate over how to combine the catholic feature of the Church of Ro Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250731

Law and ConsentContesting the Common Sense Consent is used in many different social and legal contexts with the pervasive understanding that it is and has always been about autonomy – but has it? Beginning with an overview of consent’s role in law today this book investigates the doctrine’s inseparable association with personal autonomy and its effect in producing both idealised and demonised forms of personhood and agency. This prompts a search for alternative understandings of consent. Through an exploration of sexual offences in Antiquity medical practice in the Middle Ages and the regulation of bodily harm on the present-day sports field this book demonstrates that in contrast to its common sense story of autonomy consent more often operates as an act of submission than as a form of personal freedom or agency. The book explores the implications of this counter-narrative for the law’s contemporary uses of consent arguing that the kind of freedom consent is meant to enact might be foreclosed by the very frame in which we think about autonomy itself. This book will be of interest to scholars of many aspects of law history and feminism as well as students of criminal law bioethics and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138612501

Law and Cultural StudiesA Critical Rearticulation of Human Rights New and unremitting violence linked to state inter-state and private actors has precipitated a renewal of social movements many of which act in concert with human rights ethos and legal conceptions. Yet cultural studies has so far had little engagement or institutional connection with these movements. How can cultural studies as a progressive discipline think with and make space for rights-inflected legal and humanitarian practices? This book considers the ways in which cultural humanism and the critical approach to rights and more broadly between culture and law can be brought together to open a new intellectual space to allow cultural studies to better engage with the current challenges presented by social and political struggles worldwide. It lays out the central theses essential for constructing a critical view of human rights and then advances a distinctive critical model of analysis that incorporates insights of postcolonial legal theorists and jurists from the Global South and important cultural theorists from the North while rethinking law rights and social movements as something constituted by multiple legal modernities. Through case studies covering questions relating to sovereignty citizenship refugee displacement human rights defenders and gender and sexual rights Law and Cultural Studies develops a means by which the practice of cultural studies can be reinvigorated around the legal spaces institutions and movements tied to human rights struggles. As such it will appeal to scholars of cultural and media studies critical legal studies political theory postcolonial studies and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582067

Law and Custom in the SteppeThe Kazakhs of the Middle Horde and Russian Colonialism in the Nineteenth Century Offers a reconstruction of the social cultural and legal history of the Middle Horde Kazakh steppe in the 19th century using largely untapped archival records from Kazakhstan and Russia and contemporary reports. It explores the cross-cultural encounter of laws customs and judicial practices in the process of Russian empire-building at the local level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863323

Law and Development Law and Development emerged in the United States in the 1960s and rapidly spread throughout the world. Its intellectual origins can be traced back to the boundless confidence of some American legal academics about the possibilities of achieving democratic change in developing countries through legal means. Financial assistance from the US government and US-based foundations enabled the launch of scores of ambitious research projects and the rapid growth of legal education programmes in the newly independent states of Asia and Africa as well as in several countries in Latin America. Thus by the late 1960s and early 1970s as the number of academic lawyers with direct knowledge of developing countries grew the Law and Development movement was recognized as an important new trend in American legal education. During the 1960s Law and Development had a crucial impact on lawyers and law schools in a variety of countries including Ethiopia Sri Lanka Chile Perú and Colombia. By the early 1970s however the movement lost its momentum as some of its leading figures came to realize that American liberal legalism could not easily be replicated in developing countries. They refocused their attention to domestic legal issues and soon became the precursors of the enormously successful Law and Society and Socio-Legal Studies movements. By the late 1980s however Law and Development made a remarkable comeback as the World Bank and bilateral donors began to acknowledge the crucial role of legal institutions in the process of development. As a consequence Law and Development today occupies a prominent place on the agenda of all major international and national development agencies. It has also been firmly embraced by most developing countries as they adapt their institutions and procedures to the demands generated by the process of globalization. The four volumes in this new collection from Routledge’s Major Works series Critical Concepts in Law bring together carefully selected materials that trace the evolution of the Law and Development movement; identify the key theoretical texts that have served as inspiration to this movement; provide a representative collection of articles written by specialists from various disciplines; and offer a selection of case studies and policy-based papers on the implementation of Law and Development projects. Edited by a leading scholar in the field the collection also contains an extensive Introduction that examines the past present and future of Law and Development and will enable users to place the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415577625

Law and Development in Asia This book fills a gap in the literature by presenting a comprehensive overview of the key issues relating to law and development in Asia. Over recent decades experts in law and development have produced multiple theories on law and development none of which were derived from close study of Asian countries and none of which fit very well with the existing evidence of how law actually functioned in these countries during periods of rapid economic development. The book discusses the different models of law and development including both the developmental state model of the 1960s and the neo-liberal model of the 1980s and shows how development has worked out in practice in relation to these models in a range of Asian countries including Japan Korea China Thailand Singapore India and Mongolia. Particular themes examined include constitutionalism judicial and legal reform; labour law; the growing importance of private rights; foreign investment and the international law of development. Reflecting the complexity of Asian law and society both those who believe in an "Asian Way" which is radically different from law and development in other parts of the world as well as those who believe the arc of law and development is essentially universal will find support in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726252

Law and Development in East and South-East Asia During the 1980s and 1990s Asian 'developmental states' attracted much attention in political science and economics literature but the role of law in the economic development was neglected. It was only after the Asian crisis of 1997 that many analysts began to focus on a lack of regulation and transparency as a major factor triggering the crisis. The crucial questions now are how successful the current reforms will be and which features of the Asian approach to commercial law will be resistant to reform pressures. This book examines the prospects for commercial law reform in Asia giving particular attention to Japan and Singapore as frequently cited role models for Asian developmentalism and also examining development related business laws in countries such as China Korea Indonesia Malaysia Vietnam and the Philippines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979468

Law and DevelopmentFacing Complexity in the 21st Century This new book is an edited collection of papers arising from a conference on Law and Development in the twenty-first century held in 2001. It is in honour of the work of Dr Peter Slinn. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145189

Law and DevelopmentTheory and Practice The book examines the theory and practice of law and development. It reviews the evolution of law and development studies and presents a general theory of law and development. The general theory sets the conceptual parameters of "law" and "development" and explains the mechanisms by which law impacts development. In the second part the book applies the general theory to analyze the development cases of South Korea and South Africa from legal and institutional perspectives. The book also adopts for the first time the law and development approaches to analyze the economic issues of the United States. It discusses why it is critical to develop the Analytical Law and Development Model or "ADM." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504304

Law and Diplomacy in the Management of EU–Asia Trade and Investment Relations This volume fills a gap in the literature regarding questions around the interactive dynamics between law and diplomacy on international trade and investment. It brings together lawyers and political scientists from Europe and Asia in an interdisciplinary effort at tracing the respective roles of law and diplomacy in the relations of the European Union (EU) with its trade and investment partners in Asia. Focusing on trade and investment relations with Asia the EU presents a particularly interesting case as it has been a strong proponent of a rules-based international economic order for years and a frequent user of the formal procedures established in international treaties in case of disputes. At the same time it has kept diplomatically active to adjust dispute management and international agreements to the needs and demands of the partners involved. Furthermore not only is this region of crucial importance due to the presence of both vigorous emerging economies like China India and Vietnam and more established partners like Japan EU-Asia relations also present a broad set of economic disputes and recent negotiation efforts analyzed in the contributions to this volume. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of international trade/economic law EU politics EU external relations (law) international relations diplomacy and more broadly to international relations and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617469

Law and DisasterEarthquake Tsunami and Nuclear Meltdown in Japan On the 11th of March 2011 an earthquake registering 9.0 on the Richter scale (the most powerful to ever strike Japan) hit the Tohoku region in northern Japan. The earthquake produced a devastating tsunami that wiped out coastal cities and towns leaving 18 561 people dead or registered as missing. Due to the disaster the capability of the Fukushima Nuclear Power Plant operated by Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO) was compromised causing nuclear meltdown. The hydrogen blast destroyed the facilities resulting in a spread of radioactive materials and subsequently serious nuclear contamination. This combined event – earthquake tsunami and nuclear meltdown – became known as the Great East Japan Earthquake Disaster. This book examines the response of the Japanese government to the disaster and its attempts to answer the legal questions posed by the combination of earthquake tsunami and nuclear meltdown. Japanese law policy and infrastructure were insufficiently prepared for these disasters and the country’s weaknesses were brutally exposed. This book analyses these failings and discusses what Japan and other countries can learn from these events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481322

Law and DisorderSovereignty Protest Atmosphere Focusing on the moment when social unrest takes hold of a populace Law and Disorder offers a new account of sovereignty with an affective theory of public order and protest. In a state of unrest the affective architecture of the sovereign order begins to crumble. The everyday peace and calm of public space is shattered as sovereign peace is challenged. In response the state unleashes the full force of its exceptionality and the violence of public order policing is deployed to restore the affects and atmospheres of habitual social relations. This book is a work of contemporary critical legal theory. It develops an affective theory of sovereign orders by focusing on the government of affective life and popular encounters with sovereignty. The chapters explore public order as a key articulation between sovereignty and government. In particular policing of public order is exposed as a contemporary mode of exceptionality cast in the fires of colonial subjection. The state of unrest helps us see the ordinary affects of the sovereign order but it also points to crowds as the essential component in the production of unrest. The atmospheres produced by crowds seep out from the squares and parks of occupation settling on cities and states. In these new atmospheres new possibilities of political and social organisation begin to appear. In short crowds create the affective condition in which the settlement at the heart of the sovereign order can be revisited. This text thus develops a theory of sovereignty which places protest at its heart and a theory of protest which starts from the affective valence of crowds.  This book’s examination of the relationship between sovereignty and protest is of considerable interest to readers in law politics and cultural studies as well as to more general readers interested in contemporary forms of political resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333706

Law and EcologyNew Environmental Foundations Law and Ecology: New Environmental Foundations contains a series of theoretical and applied perspectives on the connection between law and ecology which together offer a radical and socially responsive foundation for environmental law. While its legal corpus grows daily environmental law has not enjoyed the kind of jurisprudential underpinning generally found in other branches of law. This book forges a new ecological jurisprudential foundation for environmental law â€“ where ‘ecological' is understood both in the narrow sense of a more ecosystemic perspective on law and in the broad sense of critical self-reflection of the mechanisms of environmental law as they operate in a context where boundaries between the human and the non-human are collapsing and where the traditional distinction between ecocentrism and anthropocentrism is recast. Addressing current debates including the intellectual property of bioresources; the protection of biodiversity in view of tribal land demands; the ethics of genetically modified organisms; the redefinition of the 'human' through feminist and technological research; the spatial/geographical boundaries of environmental jurisdiction; and the postcolonial geographies of pollution â€“ Law and Ecology redefines the way environmental law is perceived theorised and applied. It also constitutes a radical challenge to the traditionally human-centred frameworks and concerns of legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628785

Law and EcologyThe Rise of the Ecosystem Regime In 1970 Earth Day was first celebrated marking the dawn of worldwide environmental consciousness and the passing of many environmental laws. In part these events were the result of the maturing of the science of ecology which recognized the interdependence of the web and cycles of nature. This volume explores the relationship between ecology and environmental law beginning with a description of the two very different disciplines. This description is followed by a history of their episodic interactions: the early period of origin the mid-century formative period from 1950 to 1970 the initial serious period of interaction after Earth Day in 1970 and the testing of the relationship during the next two decades. Utilizing a number of case studies examinations of the key 'linkage persons' legal instruments and the migration of ecological concepts and frameworks this book analyzes the final flowering of an ecosystem regime which embraces the connections between the two disciplines of ecology and environmental law. Concluding with an inventory of the problems posed by the relationship between the two disciplines and an agenda for future research this clearly structured comprehensive and stringent book is an essential resource for all serious scholars and students of ecology and environmental law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250724

Law And Economic Development In The Soviet Union This book analyzes the legal issues associated with economic modernization in the USSR. It assesses the impact of the scientific-technical revolution on Soviet-East European relations and East-West relations emphasizing the foreign policy consequences of financial and technological interdependence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169138

Law and Economics First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315053370

Law and Economics as Interdisciplinary ExchangePhilosophical Methodological and Historical Perspectives Law and Economics is an established field of research and arguably one of the few examples of a successful interdisciplinary project. This book explores whether or to what extent that interdisciplinarity has indeed been a success. It provides insights on the foundations and methods achievements and challenges of Law and Economics at a time when both the continuing criticism of academic economics and the growth of empirical legal studies raise questions about the identity and possible further developments of the project. Through a combination of reflections on long-term trends and detailed case studies contributors to this volume analyse the institutional and epistemic character of Law and Economics which develops through an exchange of concepts models and practices between economics and legal scholarship. Inspired by insights from the philosophy of the social sciences the book shows how concepts travel between legal scholarship and economics and change meanings when applied elsewhere how economic theories and models inform and transform judicial practice and it addresses whether the transfers of knowledge between economics and law are symmetrical exchanges between the two disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135058

Law and Economics in Civil Law Countries The aim of the book is to highlight the law and economics issues confronting civil law countries. The following questions are addressed in this volume: to what extent have the existing codes in civil law countries been designed to incorporate economic considerations? Can the modifications made to codified rules over time be explained by a will to react to new economic constraints? Which economic problems are at the root of the revision of codes? And given that the code is not the only source of law in civil law countries the volume also explores the relationship between law and economics in the context of both the legislature and the courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761598

Law and Economics in IndiaUnderstanding and practice This is one of the first volumes that uses economic tools to analyse and evaluate law and policy in India. Applying economic theories such as incentive analysis cost benefit studies and game theory the essays in the volume negotiate contentious issues in law including property contracts torts nuclear liability regime bankruptcy law criminal Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177294

Law and Economics of Public Procurement Reforms Appropriate laws and regulations are essential tools to direct the action of procurers toward the public good and avoid corruption and misallocation of resources. Common laws and regulations across regions nations and continents potentially allow for the further opening of markets and ventures to newcomers and new ideas to satisfy public demand. Law and Economics of Public Procurement Reforms collects the original contributions related to the new European Union Directives approved in 2014 by the EU Parliament. They are of both economists and lawyers and have been presented in a manner that allows for exchanges of views and "real time" interaction. This book features for each section an introductory exchange between two experts of different disciplines made up of a series of sequential interactions between an economist and a lawyer which enriches the liveliness of the debate and improve the mutual understanding between the two professions. Four sections characterize this book: Supporting social considerations via public procurement; Green public procurement; Innovation through innovative partnerships; and Lots - The Economic and Legal Challenges of Centralized Procurement. These themes have current relevance of the new European Public Procurement Directives. Written by an impressive array of experts in their respected fields this volume is of great importance to practitioners who work in the field of EU public procurement in the Member States of the EU as well as academics and students who study public finance public policy and regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594312

Law and EconomicsA Reader This book brings together the most authoritative articles on Law and Economics and the interaction between the two disciplines as well as the use of economic tools to analyse legal problems. Aimed at students experiencing the subject for the first time the selections are interlaced with a wealth of features including explanatory introductions and exercises. Key features of the reader include: - The accessibility of the material: the articles should be understandable to those with only a limited background in economics and law. - The book’s focus on the most important and basic – foundational – issues in law and economics. - An exposition of the opposition between the different legal systems that exist in the world including common law civil law and public law. - Debates viewed from the perspective of the scholars from a range of backgrounds are presented as well as all the key figures in economics and in law. The book should prove to be an essential resource to all students studying this burgeoning field and represents an exciting introduction to one of the key disciplines which has grown up in the social sciences in recent times. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881355

Law and EconomicsAlternative Economic Approaches to Legal and Regulatory Issues The economic analysis of legal and regulatory issues need not be limited to the neoclassical economic approach. The expert contributors to this work employ a variety of heterodox legal-economic theories to address a broad range of legal issues. They demonstrate how these various approaches can lead to very different conclusions concerning the role of the law and legal intervention in a wide array of contexts. The schools of thought and methodologies represented here include institutional economics new institutional economics socio-economics social economics behavioral economics game theory feminist economics Rawlsian economics radical economics Austrian economics and personalist economics. The legal and regulatory issues examined include anti-trust and competition corporate governance the environment and natural resources land use and property rights unions and collective bargaining welfare benefits work-time regulation and standards sexual harassment in the workplace obligations of employers and employees to each other crime torts and even the structure of government. Each contributor brings a different emphasis and provides thoughtful sometimes provocative analysis and conclusions. Together these heterodox insights will provide valuable supplementary reading for courses in law and economics as well as public policy and business courses at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702964

Law and EconomicsPhilosophical Issues and Fundamental Questions The Law and Economics approach to law dominates the intellectual discussion of nearly every doctrinal area of law in the United States and its influence is growing steadily throughout Europe Asia and South America. Numerous academics and practitioners are working in the field with a flow of uninterrupted scholarship that is unprecedented as is its influence on the law. Academically every major law school in the United States has a Law and Economics program and the emergence of similar programs on other continents continues to accelerate. Despite its phenomenal growth  the area is also the target of an ongoing critique by lawyers philosophers psychologists social scientists even economists since the late 1970s. While the critique did not seem to impede the development of the field it certainly has helped it to become more sophisticated inclusive and mature. In this volume some of the leading scholars working in the field as well as a number of those critical of Law and Economics discuss the foundational issues from various perspectives: philosophical moral epistemological methodological  psychological  political legal and social.  The philosophical and methodological assumptions of the economic analysis of law are criticized and defended alternatives are proposed old and new applications are discussed. The book is ideal for a main or supplementary textbook in courses and seminars on legal theory philosophy of law jurisprudence and (of course) Law and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081628

Law and Election PoliticsThe Rules of the Game Though the courts have been extremely active in interpreting the rules of the electoral game this role is misunderstood and understudied—as in many cases are the rules themselves. Law and Election Politics illustrates how election laws and electoral politics are intertwined analyzing the rules of the game and some of the most important—and most controversial—decisions the courts have made on a variety of election-related subjects. More than a typical law book that summarizes cases Mathew Streb has assembled an outstanding group of scholars to place electoral laws and the courts‘ rulings on those laws in the context of electoral politics. They comprehensively cover the range of topics important to election law—campaign finance political parties campaigning redistricting judicial elections the Internet voting machines voter identification ballot access and direct democracy. This is an essential resource both for students of the electoral process and scholars of election law and election reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808491

Law and EnjoymentPower Pleasure and Psychoanalysis This book advocates and develops a critical account of the relationship between law and the largely neglected issue of ‘enjoyment’. Taking popular culture seriously – as a lived and meaningful basis for a wider understanding of law beyond the strictures of legal institutions and professional practices – it takes up a range of case studies from film and literature in order to consider how law is iterated through enjoyment and how enjoyment embodies law. Drawing on psychoanalytic theory this book addresses issues such as the forced choice to enjoy the law the biopolitics of tyranny the enjoyment of law’s contingency the trauma of the law’s symbolic codification of pleasure and the futuristic vision of law’s transgression. In so doing it forges an important case for acknowledging and analyzing the complex relationship between power and pleasure in law – one that will be of considerable interest to legal theorists as well as those with interests in the intersection of psychoanalytic and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792233

Law and Ethics for Midwifery Legal and ethical competence is a cornerstone of professional midwifery practice and an essential part of midwifery training. Law and Ethics for Midwifery is a unique and practical resource for student midwives. Written by an experienced midwifery lecturer this text draws on a wide variety of real life case studies and focuses particularly on the core areas of accountability autonomy and advocacy. Opening with two chapters providing overviews respectively of ethical theories and legislation the book is then arranged thematically. These chapters have a common structure which includes case studies relevant legislation reflective activities and a summary and they run across areas of concern from negligence through safeguarding to record-keeping. Grounded in midwifery practice the text enables student midwives to consider and prepare for ethical and legal dilemmas they may face as midwives in clinical practice.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675253

Law and Ethics for Today's JournalistA Concise Guide Law and Ethics for Today's Journalist offers aspiring and working journalists the practical understanding of law and ethics they must have to succeed at their craft. Instead of covering every nuance of media law for diverse communications majors Mathewson focuses exclusively on what's relevant for journalists. Even though media law and media ethics are closely linked together in daily journalistic practice they are usually covered in separate volumes. Mathewson brings them together in a clear and colourful way that practicing journalists will find more useful. Everything a journalist needs to know about legal protections limitations and risks inherent in workaday reporting is illustrated with highlights from major court opinions.Mathewson advises journalists who must often make ethical decisions on the spot with no time for the elaborate multi-faceted analysis. The book assigns to journalists the hard decisions on ethical questions such as whether to go undercover or otherwise misrepresent themselves in order to get a big story. The ethics chapter precedes the law chapters because ethical standards should underlie a journalist's work at all times. There may be occasions when ethics and law are not parallel thus calling for the journalist to make a personal judgment. Law and Ethics for Today's Journalist is user-friendly written in clear direct understandable language on issues that really matter to a working journalist. Supplementary reading of the actual court cases is recommended and links to most cases are provided in the text. The text includes a fine (but purposely not exhaustive) bibliography listing important and useful legal cases including instructive appellate and trial court opinions state as well as federal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765640765

Law and Ethics in Complementary MedicineA handbook for practitioners in Australia and New Zealand 'A valuable resource for those in clinical practice and students undertaking primary and secondary qualifications in the complementary medicine and therapy disciplines.' Caroline Smith Professor Complementary Medicine Research National Institute of Complementary Medicine Western Sydney UniversityComprehensive unique and reflective of the current Australian legislative framework and AHPRA regulations Michael Weir's Law and Ethics in Complementary Medicine remains the most widely used reference text in the field. A valuable handbook for professionals students and researchers the text addresses legal and ethical issues across a broad range of traditional complementary and integrative practices.The text deals with legal and ethical issues in clinical relationships and provides practical guidelines for setting up and running a professional practice. Michael Weir systematically outlines the various aspects of the law which impact on clinical practice including legal obligations to clients consumer legislation and complaints processes and professional boundaries. He explains how to navigate professional indemnity insurance and the steps you need to take in setting up a professional practice from establishing a business name to dealing with employees. He also outlines the role of codes of ethics and explores how to deal with tricky ethical issues in daily practice.This fifth edition is fully updated with in-depth treatment of the issue of ethical practice and professional decision making. It addresses recent changes in regulation and case law including the development of the National Code of Conduct for Healthcare Workers and also now includes yoga and holistic counselling as modalities of complementary medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760290467

Law and Ethics in Global BusinessHow to Integrate Law and Ethics into Corporate Governance Around the World This book provides comprehensive and above all business focused guidance on the fundamentals of business law and how they should be integrated into ethical and effective business decisions. It concentrates on legal principles and thereby is able to articulate the impact of global business law and its international applications  providing  a comprehensive overview of the legal and ethical principles which both facilitate and regulate corporate business. This is an ambitious undertaking yet arguably no more ambitious than the projects undertaken by global business leaders making business decisions around the world. The author combines the expertise of a long-term blue chip law background with the insights of an experienced business educator. Law and Ethics in Global Business is both a comprehensive course book for MBA study and an invaluable business reference source for any executive involved in global business. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970201

Law and EvilPhilosophy Politics Psychoanalysis Law and Evil opens expands and deepens our understanding of the phenomenon of evil by addressing the theoretical relationship between this phenomenon and law. Hannah Arendt said 'the problem of evil will be the fundamental question of post-war intellectual life in Europe'. This statement is unfortunately more than valid in the contemporary world: not only in the events of war crimes against humanity terror repression criminality violence torture human trafficking and so on; but also as evil is used rhetorically to condemn these acts to categorise their perpetrators and to justify forcible measures both in international and domestic politics and law. But what is evil? Evil as a concept is too often taken as something that is self-evident something that is always already defined. Taking Kant’s concept of radical evil as a starting point this volume counters such a tendency. Bringing together philosophical political and psychoanalytical perspectives in analysing both the concept and the phenomenon of evil the contributors to this volume offer a rich and thoroughgoing analysis of the multifaceted phenomenon of evil and its relationship to law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415685337

Law and Fair Work in China China’s economic reforms have brought the country both major international clout and widespread domestic prosperity. At the same time the reforms have led to significant social upheaval particularly manifest in labour relations. Each year several thousand disputes break out over working conditions many of them violent and the Chinese state has responded with both legal and political strategies. This book investigates how Chinese governments have used law and other forms of regulation to govern working conditions and combat labour disputes. Starting from the early years of the Republican period the book traces the evolution of the law of work in modern China right up to the reforms of the present day. It considers the structure of Chinese work law drawing on both Chinese and Western scholarship to provide new insights into its unique features and assess where the law is innovative and where it is stagnant and unresponsive. The authors explore the various legal and extra-legal techniques successive Chinese governments have adopted to enforce work law and the responses of firms workers and organizations to these practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815674

Law and Faith in a Sceptical Age Law and Faith in a Sceptical Age is an analysis of the legal position of religious believers in a dominantly secular society. Great Britain is a society based upon broadly liberal principles. It claims to recognise the needs of religious believers and to protect them from discrimination. But whilst its secular ideology pervades public discourse the vestigial remains of a Christian Protestant past are seen in things as varied as the structure of public holidays and the continued existence of established churches in both England and Scotland. Religious Christian values also form the starting point for legal rules relating to matters such as marriage. Active religious communities constitute a very small minority of the population; however those who belong to them often see their religion as being the most important element of their identity. Yet the world-view of these communities is frequently at odds with both the prevailing liberal secular climate of Great Britain and its Christian Anglican past. This necessarily entails a clash of ideologies that puts in question the secular majority's claim to want to protect religious minorities the possibility of it being able to sufficiently understand the needs of those minorities and the desirability or practicality of any accommodation between the needs of the various religious communities and the secular mainstream of society. Law and Faith in a Sceptical Age addresses these issues by raising the question of whether a liberal secular state can protect religion. Accommodation to different religious traditions forms part of the history of the legal systems of Britain. This book asks whether further accommodation can and should be made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415685207

Law and Families This volume highlights important classic and contemporary works by law and society scholars who analyze the complex and often highly political relationship between law and families. Featuring authors from Australia Canada England and the United States the volume looks at how socio-legal scholars think about families and the law how law shapes family practices the capacity of family law to deliver social justice and how family disputes are resolved. Topics such as law's role in recognizing spousal and parental relationships or promoting responsible behaviour or equality norms are covered and the relationship between law's assumptions and the lived realities of families is problematized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390152

Law and Finance after the Financial CrisisThe Untold Stories of the UK Financial Market The 2008 financial crisis has become one of the defining features of the twenty first century’s first decade. The series of events which unfolded in the aftermath of the crisis has exposed major structural flaws in many of the financial systems around the globe triggering a global call for legal and regulatory reforms to address the problems that have been uncovered. This book deals with a neglected angle of the 2008 financial crisis looking in-depth at the implicit effects of the 2008 crisis on the UK financial market. The book considers new trends in finance which have emerged since the crisis as well as the challenges faced by some older practices in the UK financial markets. After providing a reflective account of the history of law and creditors in the UK the book investigates the proliferation of certain forms of financing that have recently become very visible parts of the UK financial market’s structure such as high cost short term lending and peer to peer lending. It provides legal and economic accounts of these forms of alternative lending charting their developments current status and critically assesses their impact on the UK financial market. Also examined are the ongoing funding difficulties faced by Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) and the suitability of the UK current legal framework to support these institutions. The book goes on to look at the viability and safety of some other post crisis trends such as banks use of Contingent Convertible Bonds (CoCos) to improve their resilience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075491

Law And Force In The New International Order This book offers a timely and comprehensive inquiry into the growing number of situations where the temptation or necessity to use military force confronts the tenets of international law. It explores the tension between collective security and self-defense during the Iraq-Kuwait crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154257

Law and Gender in the Ancient Near East and the Hebrew Bible This volume examines how gender relations were regulated in ancient Near Eastern and biblical law. The textual corpus examined includes the various pertinent law collections royal decrees and instructions from Mesopotamia and Hatti and the three biblical legal collections. Peled explores issues beginning with the wide societal perspective of gender equality and inequality continues to the institutional perspective of economy palace and temple the family and lastly sex crimes. All the texts mentioned or referred to in the book are given in an appendix both in the original languages and in English translation allowing scholars to access the primary sources for themselves. Law and Gender in the Ancient Near East and the Hebrew Bible offers an invaluable resource for anyone working on Near Eastern society and culture and gender in the ancient world more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371494

Law and Governance This book describes the nature of these changes and identifies the accountability gaps which have inevitably opened up in the absence of a written constitution or a considered Administrative Procedure Act.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138156685

Law and Government in Israel While most current studies on law and politics in Israel focus on the legal aspects of public policymaking within the courts this book explores the relationship between law and government from a positive perspective. That is to say that the question asked is: how the political relationships between the three branches of government affect public policy and hence social outcomes. The eleven contributors to this volume concentrate on Israel from theoretical comparative and critical approaches and hence the analysis presented could as well be applied to other polities. This book was published as a special issue of Israel Affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979499

Law and History The historical study of law is among the most important domains of global legal scholarship. Indeed many of the most distinguished academic works on law are historical. And while much scholarly output has focused on ‘textual’ legal history—exploring how legal doctrines ideas concepts principles and institutions have developed over time—in recent years there has also been a sharpened focus on ‘contextual’ legal history exploring the interaction and interplay between legal and socio-political change. Now to help researchers and students navigate and make better sense of an overabundance of scholarship Routledge announces a new collection in its Critical Concepts in Law series. Edited by two leading academics Law and History provides an authoritative ‘mini library’ which explores the development of legal history as an area of study by bringing together major works on the ‘textual’ legal history of English law alongside cutting-edge ‘contextual’ legal history. Volume I entitled ‘Historiography’ explores the relationship between law and history and the development of legal history. The second and third volumes ('Public Law’and 'Land Law’ ) explicate law’s historical development while the collection’s final volume ‘Law of Obligations' underscores the interaction between legal and social and political change. With a full index and thoughtful introductions newly written by the learned editors Law and History is sure to be welcomed as a vital and enduring reference and pedagogical resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961685

Law and History in the Latin East This second collection of papers by Peter Edbury focuses primarily on the literature either composed in the Latin East or closely associated with it. The legal treatises from the kingdom of Jerusalem and from Cyprus and Antioch have long been recognized as providing insights into the juridical and social history of these places in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries and some of the papers re-issued here reflect the author's work in re-editing two of the most famous of these treaties those by John of Ibelin-Jaffa and Philip of Novara. The studies on historical literature are chiefly concerned with vernacular texts most notably the Old French translation of William of Tyre and its Continuations again much a result of his current work on a new edition of the Continuations and the associated text known as La Chronique d'Ernoul. Other papers concerned with aspects of the narrative traditions that furnish a significant part of our knowledge of Lusignan Cyprus in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries and with which in one way or another Peter Edbury has been engaged since the early 1970s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600068

Law and Imagination in Troubled TimesA Legal and Literary Discourse This collection focuses on how troubled times impact upon the law the body politic and the complex interrelationship among them. It centres on how they engage in a dialogue with the imagination and literature thus triggering an emergent (but thus far underdeveloped) field concerning the ‘legal imagination.’ Legal change necessitates a close examination of the historical cultural social and economic variables that promote and affect such change. This requires us to attend to the variety of non-legal variables that percolate throughout the legal system. The collection probes ‘the transatlantic constitution’ and focuses attention on imagination in a common law context that seems to foster imagination as a cultural capability. The book is divided into four parts. The first part begins with a set of insights into the historical development of legal education in England and concludes with a reflection on the historical transition of England from an absolute monarchy to a republic. The second part of the volume examines the role that imagination plays in the functioning of the courts. The third part focuses on patterns of thought in legal scholarship and detects how legal imagination contributes to the process of producing new legal categories and terminology. The fourth part focuses on patterns of thought in legal scholarship and looks to the impact of the imagination on legal thinking in the future. The work provides stimulating reading for those working in the areas of legal philosophy legal history and law and humanities and law and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344115

Law and ImperialismCriminality and Constitution in Colonial India and Victorian England Laws that were imposed by colonizers were as much an attempt to confirm their own identity as to control the more dangerous elements of a potentially unruly populace. This title uses material from both British Parliamentary Papers and colonial archive material to provide evidence of legal change and response. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665125

Law and Institutions of Modern China In the past three decades the Chinese legal system has undergone a substantial transformation reflecting the economic social culture administrative and political changes taking place in China. Compared with the situation in the early 1950s when the newly established People’s Republic of China started to construct a socialist legal system and with the situation in the early 1980s when post-Cultural Revolution (1966–76) legal reform had just started the current Chinese legal system has become a relatively comprehensive system comparable to a certain degree with the jurisdictions in Western developed countries. This new Major Work collection from Routledge brings together the most representative pieces for a comprehensive set covering every aspect of current Chinese law providing readers with a one-stop reference resource on China’s legal judicial and institutional changes in the past decades as well as current law and institutions in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415565455

Law and Intangible Cultural Heritage in the City With disappearing music venues and arts and culture communities at constant risk of displacement in our urban centers the preservation of intangible cultural heritage is of growing concern to global cities. This book addresses the role and protection of intangible cultural heritage in the urban context. Using the methodology of Urban Legal Anthropology the author provides an ethnographic account of the civic effort of Toronto to become a Music City from 2014-18 in the context of redevelopment and gentrification pressures. Through this the book elucidates the problems cities like Toronto have in equitably protecting intangible cultural heritage and what can be done to address this. It also evaluates the engagement that Toronto and other cities have had with international legal frameworks intended to protect intangible cultural heritage as well as potential counterhegemonic uses of hegemonic legal tools. Understanding urban intangible cultural heritage and the communities of people who produce it is of importance to a range of actors from urban developers looking to formulate livable and sustainable neighbourhoods to city leaders looking for ways in which their city can flourish to scholars and individuals concerned with equitability and the right to the city. This book is the beginning of a conservation about what is important for us to protect in the city for future generations beyond built structures and the role of intangible cultural heritage in the creation of full and happy lives. The book is of interest to legal and sociolegal readers specifically those who study cities cultural heritage law and legal anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233167

Law and International Religious FreedomThe Rise and Decline of the American Model This book analyzes the promotion and protection of freedom of religion in the international arena with a particular focus on the role and influence of the US International Religious Freedom Act 1998. It also investigates the impact of the IRFA on the legislation and policies of third countries and the EU. The book develops the story of the protection of religious freedom through foreign policy by showing how religious laws affect and shape a more communitarian dimension of the notion of freedom of religion which stands in contrast with a traditionally Western individualistic understanding of the right. It is argued that it is still possible to defend the unstable category of freedom of religion or belief especially when major violations are at stake. The book presents a balanced contribution to the academic debate on the promotion and protection of religious freedom. The comparative approach and interdisciplinary methodology make it a valuable resource for academics students and policy-makers in Law International Relations and Strategic Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886097

Law and Intersystemic CommunicationUnderstanding ‘Structural Coupling’ With contributions from experts in the field of sociology of law this book provides an overview of current perspectives on socio-legal studies. It focuses particularly on the relationship between law and society described in recent social systems theory as ’structural coupling’. The first part of the book presents a reconstruction of theoretical tendencies in the field of socio-legal studies characterised by the emergence of a transnational model of legal systems no longer connected to territorial borders and culturally specific aspects of single legal orders. In the following parts of the book the contributions analyse some concrete cases of interrelation between law and society from an empirical and theoretical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601720

Law and Justice in a Globalized WorldProceedings of the Asia-Pacific Research in Social Sciences and Humanities Depok Indonesia November The book consists of a selection of papers presented at the Asia-Pacific Research Conference on Social Sciences and Humanities. It contains essays on current legal issues in law and justice and their role and transformation in a globalizing world. Topics covered include human rights criminal law good governance democracy foreign investment and regional integration. The conference focused on Asia and the Pacific two regions where law has taken an important position in creating and shaping the regional integrations new legal institutions and norms. This reconfirms the idea that the legal system is extremely important in the global world. This book provides new insights and new horizons on how law and justice took part in globalizing human interaction especially in the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735548

Law and Justice in Japanese Popular CultureFrom Crime Fighting Robots to Duelling Pocket Monsters In a world of globalised media Japanese popular culture has become a signifi cant fountainhead for images narrative artefacts and identity. From Pikachu to instantly identifi able manga memes to the darkness of adult anime and the hyper- consumerism of product tie- ins Japan has bequeathed to a globalised world a rich variety of ways to imagine communicate and interrogate tradition and change the self and the technological future. Within these foci questions of law have often not been far from the surface: the crime and justice of Astro Boy; the property and contract of Pokémon; the ecological justice of Nausicaä; Shinto’s focus on order and balance; and the anxieties of origins in J- horror. This volume brings together a range of global scholars to refl ect on and critically engage with the place of law and justice in Japan’s popular cultural legacy. It explores not only the global impact of this legacy but what the images games narratives and artefacts that comprise it reveal about law humanity justice and authority in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367895211

Law and LeadershipIntegrating Leadership Studies into the Law School Curriculum Leadership includes the ability to persuade others to embrace one’s ideas and to act upon them. Teaching law students the art of persuasion through advocacy is at the heart of legal education. But historically law schools have not included leadership studies in the curriculum. This book is one of the first to examine whether and how to integrate the theory and practice of leadership studies into legal education and the legal profession. Interdisciplinary in its scope with contributions from legal educators and practitioners the book defines leadership in the context of the legal profession and explores its challenges in legal academia private practice and government. It also investigates whether law students need to study leadership and if they should why it should be offered as part of the curriculum. Finally it considers how leadership should be taught and how it should be integrated into classes. It evaluates new leadership courses and the adaptation of existing courses to reflect on how to effectively blend law and leadership in doctrinal clinical and experiential classrooms. The book includes a foreword by Pulitzer Prize-winning historian and noted leadership scholar James MacGregor Burns and a foundational essay by prominent leadership scholar and one of the founders of the International Leadership Association Georgia Sorenson. It will be a valuable resource to anyone interested in leadership education policy and legal ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252868

Law and Legal Interpretation This title was first published in 2003. Leading contemporary essays on interpretation are assembled in this volume which offsets them against a small number of "classical" works from earlier periods. It has long been recognized that textual sources (constitutions statutes precedents commentaries) are central to developed systems of law and that interpretation of such texts is one highly important element in adjudication legal practice and legal scholarship. Scholars have also contended that the totality of legal activity is "interpretive" in a wider sense and debates about objectivity have raged. The reasons for this development are here critically scrutinized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715578

Law and LiteratureText and Theory First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864266

Law and Mental HealthA Case-Based Approach Favored by instructors and students for its real-world focus and engaging style this authoritative text on the interface of psychology and law has now been revised and expanded. Each chapter provides an overview of case law on an important topic and explores selected cases in depth. Coverage includes psychological and mental health issues in criminal and civil proceedings; the role of practitioners as expert witnesses and forensic consultants; and legal concerns in general clinical practice. Salient legal processes and decisions are summarized and implications for today's clinical and forensic practitioners highlighted. Instructors who adopt the book for courses will receive a supplemental test bank with questions keyed to each chapter. Students can access a downloadable Study Guide.  New to This Edition*Updated throughout with current research and substantive changes in mental health law.*Chapter on competency in juvenile justice.*Citations of 115 new legal cases.*Conclusion identifying urgent social challenges facing the field. Pedagogical Features*Boxes on key concepts and areas of controversy.  *"Where are They Now?" boxes revisiting people from landmark cases. *Updated test bank and new downloadable Study Guide.*End-of-chapter lists of legal cases discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540471

Law and Morality This volume collects many of the key essays exploring the possible relationships between the concepts of law and morality a central concern of contemporary philosophizing about law. It is organized around five conceptual issues: classical natural law theory; legal positivism's separability thesis; Ronald Dworkin's constructive interpretivism; inclusive legal positivism's assertion that there can be legal systems with moral criteria of legality; and the relevance of morality and moral theorizing in theorizing about the concept of law and associated legal concepts. Each of the essays makes an important contribution toward addressing these issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315092003

Law and Morality In analyzing the socio-psychic nature and operations of intuitive legal rules Petrazycki formulates a theory of law around five conceptual themes: anti-formalism imperative-attributive legal relationships law's functional control law's subjective reality and morality. Petrazycki presents the two ways by which law coordinates and regulates social conduct as through its distributive and organizing functions. Law and Morality has a basic objective: to analyze interrelations between positive and intuitive law. Petrazycki's socio-psychic orientation toward law is behavioral as well as thoughtful. He finds the most suitable methods for obtaining knowledge about legal experiences to be internal and external observation. His technique of introspection is similar to Max Weber's conceptual method. Petrazycki distinguishes between two kinds of interpretive understanding. External observation involves deriving the meaning of an act or symbolic expression from immediate observation without reference to any broader context and internal observation involves placing the particular act in a broader context of meaning involving facts that cannot be derived from a particular act or expression. Petrazycki's socio-legal ideas remain relevant in today's society. His arguments concerning the global expansion of human love have an attraction for those working towards a better world. In the context of positive psychology and the growing happiness industry Petrazycki's ideas will compel legal scholars to consider his arguments. Petrazycki's work stands out for the scientific ambitions and systematic nature of his thought as well as the influence of his work on later scholars in the sociology of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526921

Law and Policy for China's Market Socialism This edited volume presents fresh empirical research on the emerging outcomes of China’s law reforms. The chapters examine China’s ‘going out’ policy by addressing the ways in which the underpinning legal reforms enable China to pursue its core interests and broad international responsibilities as a rising power. The contributors consider China’s civil and commercial law reforms against the economic backdrop of an outflow of Chinese capital into strategic assets outside her own borders. This movement of capital has become an intriguing phenomenon for both ongoing economic reform and its largely unheralded underpinning law reforms. The contributors ask probing questions about doing business with China and highlight the astonishing escalation of China’s outbound foreign direct investment (OFDI). Law and Policy for China's Market Socialism includes contributions from leading China-law scholars and specialist practitioners from the People’s Republic of China Hong Kong the United States the United Kingdom and other countries who all extend the examination of powerful influences on China’s law reforms into new areas. Given the forecast for the growth of China’s domestic market those wishing to gain a better understanding and seeking success in the world's most dynamic marketplace will benefit greatly from reading this book. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in Chinese economics and business Chinese Law Chinese politics and commercial law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857384

Law and Policy of Substantial Ownership and Effective Control of AirlinesProspects for Change The principle of airline substantial ownership and effective control is one of the biggest impediments to the air transport industry growth. Legitimately included in the bilateral agreements since 1946 for national security reasons States have maintained the principle over the years and used it as a protectionist tool as well as a bargaining chip. Today considering that liberalization and globalization concepts are already well-established in the biggest industrial sectors and a large number of cross-border investments occurs in most of the service sectors through mergers and acquisitions the time is ripe to remove national restrictions on foreign investments from the airline industry. This comprehensive book identifies those factors that still justify the imposition of national ownership restrictions on airlines and examines the prospects for change in the current policies and regulatory regimes that support them. The readership includes specialists in government departments of transportation civil aviation authorities and agencies international organizations airline executives concerned with general management economic legal and public affairs aviation lawyers airline pilot associations law schools concerned with international aviation law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264342

Law and Politics Law and politics are deeply intertwined. Law is an essential tool of government action an instrument with which government tries to influence society. Law is also the means by which government itself is structured regulated and controlled. It is no surprise then that law is an important prize in the political struggle and that law shapes how politics is conducted. As serious thinking about and around law and politics continues to flourish and develop this new title in Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Political Science series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to map and make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the ongoing explosion in research output. Edited by a leading scholar in the field Law and Politics is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions. The materials gathered in the first volume cover jurisprudence and constitutionalism. The assembled major works examine crucial questions such as: what is law? And: what purposes do constitutions serve? Volume II meanwhile focuses on how courts operate and how judges make their decisions examining the judicial process from trial courts to appellate courts. The third volume addresses the relationship between law and society and assesses the intersection between the legal process and social actors considering such issues as how ordinary people think about the law and how legal compliance works. The final volume in the collection considers law courts and politics from an international and comparative perspective bringing together the best and most influential research on such topics as the foundations of judicial independence and the relationship between law and economic development. With a full index together with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Law and Politics is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For political scientists and lawyers as well as those working in cognate disciplines it is sure to be valued as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680356

Law and Politics of Constitutional CourtsIndonesia and the Search for Judicial Heroes This book critically evaluates different models of judicial leadership in Indonesia to examine the impact that individual chief justices can have on the development of constitutional courts. It explores the importance of this leadership as a factor explaining the dynamic of judicial power. Drawing on an Aristotelean model of heroism and the established idea of judicial heroes to explore the types of leadership that judges can exercise it illustrates how Indonesia’s recent experience offers a stark contrast between the different models. First a prudential-minimalist heroic chief justice who knows how to enhance the Court’s authority while fortifying the Court’s status by playing a minimalist role in policy areas. Second a bold and aggressive heroic chief justice employing an ambitious constitutional interpretation. The third model is a soldier-type chief justice who portrays himself as a subordinate of the Executive and Legislature. Contrary perhaps to expectations the book’s findings show a more cautious initial approach to be the most effective. The experience of Indonesia clearly illustrates the importance of heroic judicial leadership and how the approach chosen by a court can have serious consequences for its success. This book will be a valuable resource for those interested in the law and politics of Indonesia comparative constitutional law and comparative judicial politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591748

Law and Politics of the Taiwan Sunflower and Hong Kong Umbrella Movements Rarely do acts of civil disobedience come in such grand fashion as Taiwan’s Sunflower Movement and Hong Kong’s Umbrella Movement. The two protests came in regions and jurisdictions that many have underestimated as regards furthering notions of political speech democratisation and testing the limits of authority. This book breaks down these two movements and explores their complex legal and political significance. The collection brings together some of Asia’s and especially Taiwan and Hong Kong’s most prolific writers many of whom are internationally recognised experts in their respective fields to address the legal and political significance of both movements including the complex questions they posed as regards democracy rule of law authority and freedom of speech. Given that occupational type protests have become a prominent method for protesters to make their cases to both citizens and governments exploring the legalities of these significant protests and establishing best practices will be important to future movements wherever they may transpire. With this in mind the book does not stop at implications for Taiwan and Hong Kong but talks about its subject matter from a comparative international perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191863

Law and Poverty Socio-legal research on the legal experiences of the poor reflects an understanding of the close connection between economic inequality and law. The first two parts of this volume illustrate general analytical approaches to law and poverty. The remaining parts include essays which examine more specific issues such as race and gender access to law legal consciousness and social change. Research on the relationships between poverty inequality and governance still leaves many questions unanswered but the work presented here reflects the important contribution that sociolegal research makes to the ongoing debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390169

Law and Power in RussiaMaking Sense of Quasi-Legal Practices This book explores the issue of selective law enforcement arguing that the manipulation of the legal system by powerful insiders is a distinctive feature of Putinism reflecting both its hybrid authoritarianism and Russian legal culture. Based on extensive research including interviews with the victims of selective law enforcement the book analyses how selective law enforcement works in Russia discusses the link between law and power and relates the Russian situation to examples from elsewhere and to general legal theories and ideas of political hybridity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664435

Law and Practice for Architects Provides a framework for understanding of the legal contractual and procedural implication of architectural practice. The book acts as a useful aide-memoire for students and practitioners based on the premise that smooth legal administration will provide the conditions under which client relations can be constructive and good design can be achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168299

Law and Practice on Public Participation in Environmental MattersThe Nigerian Example in Transnational Comparative Perspective Public participation has become a recurring theme and a topical issue in the field of international environmental law with many multilateral environmental instruments calling on states to guarantee effectively the concept in their laws and practices. This book focuses on public participation in environmental governance in terms of public access to environmental information and public participation in environmental decision-making processes. Drawing on the body of international best practice principles in environmental law and taking a comparative stance Uzuazo Etemire takes Nigeria as a key case evaluating its procedural laws and practices in relation to public access to information and participation in decision-making in environmental matters. In working to clarify and deepen understanding of the current status of environmental public participation rights in Nigeria the book addresses key issues in environmental governance for developing and transitional countries and the potential for public participation to improve the state of the environment and public wellbeing. This book will be of great interest to undergraduate students (as further reading) and post-graduate students academics researchers relevant government agencies and departments policy-makers and NGOs in the fields of international environmental law environmental justice environmental/natural resource management development studies and international finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094154

Law and Public Policy Laws exist to incentivize us to act in a certain manner in accordance with the policies that our community has deemed right for us. And when we disagree with those laws we must re-examine our policies and thus our beliefs and ideas to decide whether our community has changed.  This is a book about law and public policy—about the ideas and the rules we build to implement those rules. While similar books have looked at public policy and public administration in an effort to explain how the government works and others have considered the foundations of the legal system to understand the rulemaking institutions this book takes a different approach. In this ground-breaking new textbook author Kevin Fandl develops a complete picture of society from idea to action -- by examining laws through the lens of policy and vice versa. This holistic approach gives readers a chance to see not only why certain rules exist but how those rules evolved over time and the events that inspired them. It offers readers an opportunity not only to see but also to participate in the process of forming the structures that shape our society. This textbook is divided into two sections. The first section provides readers with the tools that they will need to digest the policies and laws that surround them. These tools include a historical deep dive into the foundations of the governance structure in the United States and beyond an important examination of civics and a reminder of the importance of engaging in the policymaking process a careful breakdown of the institutions that form the backbone of the law and policy-making institutions in the United States and finally critical thinking including practical tools to find reliable sources for news research and other types of information.  The second section of the text is comprised of subject-matter analyses. These subject-based chapters written by experts on the topic at hand begin with a historical perspective followed by a careful examination of the key policies and laws that inform that field. Each chapter highlights key vocabulary provides practical vignettes to add context to the writing explores a unique global component to compare perspectives from communities worldwide and includes a number of discussion questions and recommended readings for further examination. This textbook is tailored specifically for undergraduate and graduate students of public policy to introduce them to the role of law and legal institutions as facilitators and constraints on public policy exploring those laws in a range of relevant policy contexts with the help of short case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373919

Law and Recovery From Disaster: Hurricane Katrina In August of 2005 Hurricane Katrina hit the Gulf Coast of the United States directly affecting 1.5 million people. Only one year earlier an Indian Ocean tsunami struck Indonesia destroying or damaging more than 370 000 homes. As forces of nature hurricanes tsunamis earthquakes and floods are not limited to occurrences in any one community or any one country. In Law and Recovery from Disaster: Hurricane Katrina attention is focused on the ability of law and legal institutions to not only survive such disasters but to effectively facilitate recovery. Using Hurricane Katrina as a lens contributors address a wide range of issues of interest to people concerned about property law disaster preparedness housing insurance small business recovery land use planning and the needs of people with disabilities. While Hurricane Katrina is the focal point for discussion the lessons learned are readily applicable to a variety of disaster situations in a wide range of global settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250567

Law And Regulation Of Common Carriers In The Communications Industry This casebook-plus-commentary offers a basic basic introduction to the regulation of the telephone and other common carriers such as cable broadcast and video distribution. The materials relating to telecommumications regulation are critically important to understanding the legal and policy landscape of telecommunications today but this is the f Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316617

Law and Regulation of Mobile Payment SystemsIssues arising �post� financial inclusion in Kenya Over the last ten years mobile payment systems have revolutionised banking in some countries in Africa. In Kenya the introduction of M-Pesa a new financial services model has transformed the banking and financial services industry. Giving the unbanked majority access to the financial services market it has attracted over 18 million subscribers which is remarkable given that fewer than 4 million people in Kenya have bank accounts.This book addresses the legal and regulatory issues arising out of the introduction of M-Pesa in Kenya and its drive towards financial inclusion. It considers the interaction between regulation and technological innovation with a particular focus on the regulatory tools institutional arrangements and government decisional processes through the examination as a whole of its regulatory capacity. This is done with a view to understanding the regulatory capacity of Kenya in addressing the vulnerabilities presented by technological innovation in the financial industry for consumers after financial inclusion. It also examines the way that mobile payments have been regulated by criticising the piecemeal approach that the Central Bank of Kenya has taken in addressing the legal and regulatory issues presented by mobile payments. The book argues there are significant gaps in the regulatory regime of mobile banking in Kenya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887353

Law and Religion From the murderous reaction to the publication in a French satirical magazine of ‘blasphemous’ cartoons to wrangles over the wearing of religious dress and symbols in schools and workplaces the interaction between law and religion is rarely far from the headlines. Indeed the editors of this Routledge collection argue that since the events of 11 September 2001 the short- and long-term implications of multiculturalism religious resurgence and extremism have dominated public life both globally and domestically. Consequently they say the legal framework concerning the regulation of religion has changed dramatically over the last decade or so. There have been numerous developments at the global regional state and sub-state level and these changes have been accompanied by an unprecedented number of high-profile cases affecting religious individuals and groups. Now this new collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Law series edited by two prolific authors based at the world-leading Centre for Law and Religion at Cardiff University meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help researchers and students navigate and make better sense of an abundance of scholarship. With a full index and thoughtful introductions newly written by the learned editors Law and Religion traces the field’s development and highlights the challenges for future explorations. The collection will be valued by legal and religious scholars as a vital and enduring resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961746

Law and Religion An OverviewVolume I The focus of this volume is on the historical and geographical elements of law and religion. The first part delineates and analyzes the relation between church and state from the Gregorian Revolution to the human rights era and gives a sense of the evolution of the church and state relationship whilst the second part explores law and religion issues around the world. The volume redresses the tendency towards a western-centric approach in the discipline by including essays from regional experts which present local approaches to law and religion in Asia Africa and South America. The collection is unique in that it brings together wide-ranging case studies and out-of-print papers and is an important resource for established and new scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409436003

Law and Religion between Petra and EdessaStudies in Aramaic Epigraphy on the Roman Frontier The thousands of surviving inscriptions in Middle Aramaic (e.g. in the Nabataean Syriac and Palmyrene dialects) are an underused resource in the study of the Near East in the Roman period especially in the study of religion and law. Particularly important was the emergence during this period of new peoples with their cultural roots in Arabia such as the Nabataeans. This volume collects together under the interrelated themes of religion and law twenty-three articles by John Healey with sections on "Petra and Nabataean Aramaic" "Edessa and Early Syriac" and "Aramaic and Society in the Roman Near East". Individual papers discuss the continuation of "Ancient Near Eastern" culture the Aramaic legal tradition as well as the development of both written and spoken forms of Syriac and Nabatean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375796

Law and Religion in Contemporary SocietyCommunities Individualism and the State The relationship between law and religion has traditionally been analysed according to two basic paradigms. One has focused on the relationship between religious communities and the State (the Church/State paradigm) while the other has concentrated on the relationship between the State and the individual (the liberal-individualist or civil liberties paradigm). This book enriches the analysis of law and religion in society by emphasising a third and complementary analytical dimension involving the relationship between religious communities and religious individuals. In particular the contributors explore the various facets of the multiple tensions that exist in the legal relationships between religious organisations State and adherents in the period leading up to the third Christian millennium. Against the background of the complex and sometimes contradictory responses of religious organisations and the State to the Human Rights Act this interdisciplinary collection draws on contributions from leading scholars active in the field of religious rights and the interaction of law and religion based in the UK USA Canada New Zealand and elsewhere and makes a timely and significant contribution to international debates in a variety of academic disciplines. Contributors explore international concerns over religious liberty focusing particularly on the boundaries of ethnicity and religious community the status of the 'established' Churches in the UK and the proper place for religious organisations under generally applicable legal regimes of non-discrimination. Themes discussed are closely related to wider interests within legal and socio-legal studies involving gender discrimination equality community and the nature and limits of individualism and individual legal rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256729

Law and Religion in IndonesiaConflict and the courts in West Java Understanding and managing inter-religious relations particularly between Muslims and Christians presents a challenge for states around the world. This book investigates legal disputes between religious communities in the world’s largest majority-Muslim democratic country Indonesia. It considers how the interaction between state and religion has influenced relations between religious communities in the transition to democracy. The book presents original case studies based on empirical field research of court disputes in West Java a majority-Muslim province with a history of radical Islam. These include criminal court cases as well as cases of judicial review relating to disputes concerning religious education permits for religious buildings and the crime of blasphemy. The book argues that the democratic law reform process has been influenced by radical Islamists because of the politicization of religion under democracy and the persistence of fears of Christianization. It finds that disputes have been localized through the decentralization of power and exacerbated by the central government’s ambivalent attitude towards radical Islamists who disregard the rule of law. Examining the challenge facing governments to accommodate minorities and manage religious pluralism the book furthers understanding of state-religion relations in the Muslim world. This accessible and engaging book is of interest to students and scholars of law and society in Southeast Asia was well as Islam and the state and the legal regulation of religious diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835947

Law and Religion in Public LifeThe Contemporary Debate With religion at centre stage in conflicts worldwide and in social ethical and geo-political debates this book takes a timely look at relations between law and religion. To what extent can religion play a role in secular legal systems? How do peoples of various faiths live successfully by both secular laws as well as their religious laws? Are there limits to freedom of religion? These questions are related to legal deliberations and broader discussions around secularism multiculturalism immigration settlement and security. The book is unique in bringing together leading scholars and respected religious leaders to examine legal theoretical historical and religious aspects of the most pressing social issues of our time. In addressing each other’s concerns the authors ensure accessibility to interdisciplinary and non-specialist audiences: scholars and students in social sciences human rights theology and law as well as a broader audience engaged in social political and religious affairs. Five of the book’s thirteen chapters address specific contemporary issues in Australia one of the most ethnically diverse countries in the world and a pioneer of multicultural policies. Australia is a revealing site for contemporary studies in a world afraid of immigration and terrorism. The other chapters deal with political legal and ethical issues of global significance. In conclusion the editors propose increasing dialogue with and between religions. Law may intervene in or guide such dialogue by defending the free exchange of religious ideas by adjudicating disputes over them or by promoting a civil society that negotiates rather than litigates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415859646

Law and Religion in the 21st CenturyRelations between States and Religious Communities This book brings together leading international scholars of law and religion to provide an overview of current issues in State-religion relations. The first part of the collection offers a picture of recent developments in key countries and regions. The second part is focused on Europe and in particular on the Nordic States and the post-communist countries where State-religion systems have undergone most profound change. The third and final part is devoted to four issues that are currently debated all over the world: the relations between freedom of expression and freedom of religion; proselytism and the right to change religion; the religious symbols; and the legal status of Islam in Europe and Canada. The work will be a valuable resource for academics students and policy-makers with an interest in the interaction between law and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256828

Law and Religious Diversity in EducationThe Right to Difference Religion is a prominent legal force despite the premise constructed and promoted by Western constitutionalism that it must be separated from the State in democracies. Education constitutes an area of human life that leaves ample scope for the expression of religious identity and shapes the citizens of the future. It is also the place of origin of a considerable number of normative conflicts involving religious identity that arise today in multicultural settings. The book deals with the interplay of law and religion in education through the versatility of religious law and legal pluralism as well as religion’s possible adaptation and reconciliation with modernity in order to consider and reflect on normative conflicts. It adopts the angle of the constitutional dimension of religion narrated in a comparative perspective and critically reflects on regulatory attempts by the State and the international community to promote new ways of living together. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340299

Law and Responsible Supply Chain ManagementContract and Tort Interplay and Overlap Corporate Social Responsibility has for long been on the agenda in the business world and recently it has also become a political agenda in the European Union. Focusing on international supply chains and their control based on studies of law in several European jurisdictions this book aims to advance the discussion on the application and enforcement of CSR. Drawing parallels to US and Canadian law the book explores to what extent private law tools can be used as an enforcement device and it ultimately asks if what we are witnessing is the formation of a new area of law employing the interplay of contract and tort – a law of "production liability" as a corollary of the concept of "product liability". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618404

Law and SacrificeTowards a Post Apartheid Theory of Law In the wake of apartheid Law and Sacrifice draws on the uniquely expansive protection of fundamental rights now entrenched in the South African Constitution to outline a new theory of law. The South African Constitution not only protects the rights of people against abuses of power by the state but also against abuses of power by private legal subjects. Drawing upon the work of contemporary thinkers such as Martin Heidegger Hannah Arendt George Bataille Jacques Derrida Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Luc Nancy the author elicits the radical democratic potential of this 'horizontal' notion of rights. Johan van der Walt argues that apartheid must be understood as more than a racist abuse of power and here he articulates its 'sacrificial logic'. It is in going beyond this logic he maintains that the truly democratic potential of the South African Constitution can be understood: in a radical formal and substantive equality that offers the legal basis for rethinking a post-apartheid future. Combining a rigorous theoretical understanding with a subtle political engagement Law and Sacrifice is a dazzling interrogation of the limits and possibilities of democratic pluralism. It will be of interest to political and legal theorists as well as to those who are concerned with South African law and politics.   Media > Books > E-books Birkbeck Law Press 9781315072913

Law and Sexual Misconduct in New England 1650-1750Steering Toward England Having arriving in the Province of Maine in 1641 with a brief to create both government and law for the fledgling colony Thomas Gorges later recorded his policy as having ’steared as neere as we could to the course of Ingland’. Over the course of the next century the various colonial administrations all consciously measured their laws against that of England whether their intention was imitation of or conscious opposition to established English legal system. In order to trace the shifting and contested relationships between colonial laws and English laws this book focuses on the prosecution of sexual misconduct. All crimes can threaten orderly society but no other crime posed quite the same long term implications as illicit sex resulting in the birth of illegitimate children who became their own social challenges. Sexual misconduct was consequently a major concern for early modern leaders making it a particularly fruitful subject for studying the complex relationship between laws in England and laws in the English colonies. Political and ecclesiastical leaders create laws to coerce people to behave in a certain fashion and to convey wider messages about the societies they govern. When those same laws are broken lawbreakers must be tried and punished by a means intended to serve as a warning to other would-be lawbreakers. In this book the two-part analysis of changing sexual misconduct laws and the resulting trial depositions highlights the ways in which ordinary New England colonists across New England both interacted with and responded to the growing Anglicization of their legal systems and makes the argument that these men and women saw themselves as taking part in a much larger process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472461926

Law and Sexuality Law and Sexuality has rapidly developed as a distinct area of critical and socio-legal scholarship over the last two decades. In that time it has blossomed from a small community into a global field of enquiry with contributions at the cutting edge of academic legal research around the world. A key reason for its vigorous growth has been the rapid pace of legal change in recent years with many Western societies providing or enhancing legal recognition of lesbian gay bisexual and transgender (‘LGBT’) individuals relationships and lives. Indeed many jurisdictions have recently passed progressive anti-discrimination legislation enacting formal equality for LGBT individuals in education the workplace or in access to goods and services. And more and more states are developing recognition frameworks for same-sex relationships and LGBT families. In other jurisdictions however there has been a parallel rise in anti-gay measures including constitutional amendments banning gay marriage in several US states and the high-profile ‘Kill the Gays’ Bill in Uganda. This evolving legal cartography poses many interesting questions and dilemmas for scholars of law and sexuality offering rich resources for insightful work. Conceptually law-and-sexuality research is typified by a dynamic evolving and sophisticated conceptual and theoretical base and this new four-volume collection from Routledge provides an essential work of reference for experts and neophytes alike. Law and Sexuality is prefaced by an introduction newly written by the editor which places the gathered materials in context. Each volume also includes a shorter introduction mapping developing themes and trajectories. The collection is sure to be welcomed as a crucial one-stop resource for reference and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717977

Law and Social Justice in Higher Education The latest volume in the Core Concepts in Higher Education series explores the complexity of law in higher education and both the limits and opportunities of how law can promote inclusivity and access on campus. Through a historical and legal framework this volume discusses undergraduate students' histories of inclusion and struggles for social justice in higher education by race sex social class dis/ability and sexual orientation. Bridging research theory and practice Law and Social Justice in Higher Education encourages future and current higher education and student affairs practitioners to consider how they can collaborate to further a just society.   Special features: Discussion of case law illustrates the reach and limits of law and where higher education professionals can continue to push for social justice. Accessible to non-lawyers chapters highlight key legal terms and key concepts to guide readers at the beginning of each chapter. End-of-chapter questions provide prompts for discussion and encourage student interactivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021174

Law and Social Movements The work of both socio-legal scholars and specialists working in social movements research continues to contribute to our understanding of how law relates to and informs the politics of social movements. In the 1990s an important line of new research most of it initiated by those working in the law and society tradition began to bridge the gaps between these two areas of scholarship. This work includes new approaches to grouplegal mobilization politics; analysis of the judicial impact on social reform struggles; studies of individual legal mobilization in civil disputing and an almost entirely new area of research incause lawyering. It brings together the best of this research introduced by a detailed essay by the editor. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091983

Law and Social Solidarity in Contemporary ChinaA Durkheimian Analysis This book adopts Durkheim’s legal perspective to treat law as a symbol of social solidarities to examine Chinese society. The work analyzes changes in the nature of social solidarity from observing changes in laws thus drawing together western socio-legal theory and distinctive Chinese conditions. It draws on Durkheim’s theoretical framework and methodology to develop a more comprehensive understanding of the role of law using theories of others such as Habermas and by taking into account the discussion of power and the conflicts of interests in analyzing key social features during transition. The analysis of social anomie in terms of the changes of juridical rules as well as the changes in the nature of social solidarity provides an inspiring perspective to look into contemporary social problems. The book will be essential reading for researchers and academics working in the areas of socio-legal studies legal theory and law and society in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611781

Law and Society In the 11th edition of Law and Society Steven E. Barkan preserves Dr. Vago’s voice while making this classic text more accessible for today’s students. Each chapter now includes an outline learning objectives key terms and chapter summaries. A new epilogue chapter examines law and inequality in the United States as it moves into the third decade of this century. The 11th edition reflects new developments in law and society literature as well as recent real-life events with legal relevance for the United States and other nations. Law and Society is for one-semester undergraduate courses in Law and Society Sociology of Law Introduction to Law and a variety of criminal justice courses offered in departments of Sociology Criminal Justice and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720923

Law and Society The thriving and well-established field of Law and Society (also referred to as Sociolegal Studies) has diverse methodological influences; it draws on social-scientific and arts-based methods. The approach of scholars researching and teaching in the field often crosses disciplinary borders but broadly speaking Law and Society scholarship goes behind formalism to investigate how and why law operates or does not operate as intended in society. By exploring law’s connections with broader social and political forces—both domestic and international—scholars gain valuable perspectives on ideology culture identity and social life. Law and Society scholarship considers both the law in contexts as well as contexts in law. Law and Society flourishes today perhaps as never before. Academic thinkers toil both on the mundane and the local as well as the global making major advances in the ways in which we think both about law and society. Especially over the last four decades scholarly output has rapidly burgeoned and this new title from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Law series answers the need for an authoritative reference collection to help users make sense of the daunting quantity of serious research and thinking. Edited by the leading scholars in the field Law and Society brings together in four volumes the vital classic and contemporary contributions. Volume I is dedicated to historical antecedents and precursors. The second volume covers methodologies and crucial themes. The third volume assembles key works on legal processes and professional groups while the final volume of the collection focuses on substantive areas. Together the volumes provide a one-stop ‘mini library’ enabling all interested researchers teachers and students to explore the origins of this thriving subdiscipline and to gain a thorough understanding of where it is today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686914

Law and Society Approaches to Cyberspace During the past decade the rise of online communication has proven to be particularly fertile ground for academic exploration at the intersection of law and society. Scholars have considered how best to apply existing law to new technological problems but they also have returned to first principles considering fundamental questions about what law is how it is formed and its relation to cultural and technological change. This collection brings together many of these seminal works which variously seek to interrogate assumptions about the nature of communication knowledge invention information sovereignty identity and community. From the use of metaphor in legal opinions about the internet to the challenges posed by globalization and deterritorialization to the potential utility of online governance models to debates about copyright free expression and privacy this collection offers an invaluable introduction to cutting-edge ideas about law and society in an online era. In addition the introductory essay both situates this work within the trajectory of law and society scholarship and summarizes the major fault lines in ongoing policy debates about the regulation of online activity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390176

Law and Society in Classical Athens (Routledge Revivals) Law and Society in Classical Athens first published in 1987 traces the development of legal thought and its relation to Athenian values. Previously Athens’ courts have been regarded as chaotic isolated from the rest of society and even bizarre. The importance of rhetoric and the mischief made by Aristophanes have devalued the legal process in the eyes of modern scholars whilst the analysis of legal codes and practice has seemed dauntingly complex. Professor Garner aims to situate the Athenian legal system within the general context of abstract thought on justice and of the democratic politics of the fifth century. His work is a valuable source of information on all aspects of Athenian law and its relation to culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415744348

Law and Society in East Asia The massive and complex process of change in East Asia over recent decades has brought about a transformation in the nature of law and legal institutions in the region. Whilst the process of change has to some degree mimicked western models of law and legal change there have been significant differences in approach due to the different social foundations of East Asian societies. The more obvious of these has been the variety of ways in which rule of law ideas have been adopted in many East Asian countries where the role of the state is more dominant when compared with Western models. This volume brings together a selection of the most important writings on East Asia of researchers in recent years and shows the broad range of questions which researchers have been addressing about the effect of law reform and legal change in societies dominated by traditional values and political forces and at a time of massive economic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628606

Law and Society in England Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1980 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861367

Law and Society in Later Medieval England and IrelandEssays in Honour of Paul Brand Law mattered in later medieval England and Ireland. A quick glance at the sources suggests as much. From the charter to the will to the court roll the majority of the documents which have survived from later medieval England and Ireland and medieval Europe in general are legal in nature. Yet despite the fact that law played a prominent role in medieval society legal history has long been a marginal subject within medieval studies both in Britain and North America. Much good work has been done in this field but there is much still to do. This volume a collection of essays in honour of Paul Brand who has contributed perhaps more than any other historian to our understanding of the legal developments of later medieval England and Ireland is intended to help fill this gap. The essays collected in this volume which range from the twelfth to the sixteenth century offer the latest research on a variety of topics within this field of inquiry. While some consider familiar topics they do so from new angles whether by exploring the underlying assumptions behind England’s adoption of trial by jury for crime or by assessing the financial aspects of the General Eyre a core institution of jurisdiction in twelfth- and thirteenth-century England. Most however  consider topics which have received little attention from scholars from the significance of judges and lawyers smiling and laughing in the courtroom to the profits and perils of judicial office in English Ireland. The essays provide new insights into how the law developed and functioned within the legal profession and courtroom in late medieval England and Ireland as well as how it pervaded the society at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594367

Law and Society in Latin AmericaA New Map Over the past two decades legal thought and practice in Latin America have changed dramatically: new constitutions or constitutional reforms have consolidated democratic rule fundamental innovations have been introduced in state institutions social movements have turned to law to advance their causes and processes of globalization have had profound effects on legal norms and practices. Law and Society in Latin America: A New Map offers the first systematic assessment by leading Latin American socio-legal scholars of the momentous transformations in the region. Through an interdisciplinary and comparative lens contributors analyze the central advances and dilemmas of contemporary Latin American law. Among them are pioneering jurisprudence and legal mobilization for the fulfillment of socioeconomic rights in a highly unequal region the rise of multicultural constitutionalism and legal struggles around identity politics the globalization of legal education and practice tensions between developmental policies and environmental justice and the emergence of a regional human rights system. These and other processes have not only radically altered the institutional landscape of the region but also produced academic and practical innovations that are of global interest and defy conventional accounts of Latin American law inherited from law-and-development studies. Painting a portrait of the new Latin American legal thought for an international audience Law and Society in Latin America: A New Map will be of particular interest to students of comparative law legal mobilization and Latin American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685925

Law and Society in MalaysiaPluralism Religion and Ethnicity This book provides a systematic and interdisciplinary examination of law and legal institutions in Malaysia. It examines legal issues from historical social and political perspectives and discusses the role of law in relation to Malaysian multiculturalism religion politics and society. It shows how the Malaysian legal system is at the heart of debates about how to deal with the country's problems which include ethnic and religious divisions uneven and unsustainable development and political authoritarianism; and it argues that the Malaysian legal system has much to teach other plural polities nations within the common law tradition and federal states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869717

Law and Society in TransitionToward Responsive Law Year by year law seems to penetrate ever larger realms of social political and economic life generating both praise and blame. Nonet and Selznick's Law and Society in Transition explains in accessible language the primary forms of law as a social political and normative phenomenon. They illustrate with great clarity the fundamental difference between repressive law riddled with raw conflict and the accommodation of special interests and responsive law the reasoned effort to realize an ideal of polity. To make jurisprudence relevant legal political and social theory must be reintegrated. As a step in this direction Nonet and Selznick attempt to recast jurisprudential issues in a social science perspective. They construct a valuable framework for analyzing and assessing the worth of alternative modes of legal ordering. The volume's most enduring contribution is the authors' typology-repressive autonomous and responsive law. This typology of law is original and especially useful because it incorporates both political and jurisprudential aspects of law and speaks directly to contemporary struggles over the proper place of law in democratic governance. In his new introduction Robert A. Kagan recasts this classic text for the contemporary world. He sees a world of responsive law in which legal institutions-courts regulatory agencies alternative dispute resolution bodies police departments-are periodically studied and redesigned to improve their ability to fulfill public expectations. Schools business corporations and governmental bureaucracies are more fully pervaded by legal values. Law and Society in Transition describes ways in which law changes and develops. It is an inspiring vision of a politically responsive form of governance of special interest to those in sociology law philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526952

Law and SocietyAn Introduction This multidisciplinary text draws on the work of anthropologists historians law professors political scientists psychologists and sociologists to outline how law is an essential social institution that shapes and is shaped by society. This second edition of Law and Society incorporates the latest research with dozens of new references along with many up-to-date examples gleaned from newsworthy events. Two new pedagogical features in each chapter will help students absorb information: learning objectives that precede each chapter’s discussion and "Thinking about Law and Society" questions that end each chapter and encourage students to think more deeply about specific issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299610

Law and SocietyAn Introduction In recent years legal studies courses have increased the focus on contemporary social issues as part of the curriculum. Law and Society: An Introduction discusses the interface between these two institutions and encourages students in the development of new insights on the topic. The book begins by introducing definitions classifications and the concept of the "rule of law." It then explores:Principal legal systems including common law civil law Islamic and socialist systems and American Indian law Feminist legal theories critical race theory and the roles of morality and values in social controlThe contributions of sociological research and its impact on the lawCourt systems and procedures the exclusionary rule and plea bargainingThe nature and process of legislative administrative and judicial lawmaking Alternative dispute resolution and international arbitration and mediationThe law as a mechanism for social changes such as those brought on by the 1964 Civil Rights ActIssues related to the legal profession and professional responsibilityThis text eliminates the need for a separate reader by also discussing controversial legal topics—including affirmative action education the death penalty right to work laws and abortion. Each chapter builds on the previous ones and includes concrete examples of the issues involved. Enhanced by chapter summaries of salient points review questions and practical exercises the book is designed to encourage students in the development of new insights into the relationships between law and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740078

Law and SocietyCanadian Edition Law and Society provides a balanced and comprehensive analysis of the interplay between law and society using both Canadian and international examples. This clear and readable text is fi lled with interesting information ideas and insights. All materials and supporting statistics have been carefully updated. This edition includes an expanded discussion of the law and First Nations people recent developments impacting LGBTIQ2S persons and persons with disabilities and a new section on civil procedures. Each chapter is structured similarly with an outline learning objectives key terms chapter summaries critical thinking questions and an array of additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215818

Law and Sport in Contemporary Society As the commercialization of sport grows the need for proper regulation increases. In legal terms sport is part of the entertainment and media industries which are subject to rapid change. This work brings together experts in many fields to analyze these changes and to discuss the implications of issues such as the BSkyB-Manchester United case civil and criminal actions on the playing field the "Bosman" ruling drugs in sport the legality of boxing and the validity of decisions made by governing bodies. This collection should appeal to students of both sports history and sports sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045183

Law And Technology In The Pacific Community This book focuses on the high technology industries of the Pacific and the legal institutions and occupations with which they are involved. It is an essential book for scholars of international political economy and trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158972

Law and the Arab–Israeli ConflictThe Trials of Palestine During the British Mandate for Palestine (1922–1948) Arabs and Jews repeatedly used the law to gain leverage and influence international opinion especially in three dramatic and largely forgotten trials involving two issues: the interplay between conflicting British promises to the Arabs and Jews during World War I and the parties’ rights and claims to the Wailing Wall. Focusing on how all three parties – Arab Jewish and British – used the law and the legal process to advance their objectives during the Mandate years this volume reveals how the parties availed themselves – with varying degrees of success – of the law and the legal process. The book examines various legal arguments they proffered and how that early tendency to resort to the law as a tool a resource and a weapon in the conflict has continued to this day. The research relies almost entirely on primary source documents including transcripts of the public and secret testimony before the Shaw Lofgren and Peel Commissions diaries letters government files and other original sources. This study explores the origins of many of the fundamental legal arguments in the Arab–Israeli conflict that prevail to this day. Filling a gap in research this is a key text for scholars and students interested in the Arab–Israeli conflict Lawfare and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435080

Law and the Christian Tradition in ItalyThe Legacy of the Great Jurists Firmly rooted on Roman and canon law Italian legal culture has had an impressive influence on the civil law tradition from the Middle Ages to present day and it is rightly regarded as "the cradle of the European legal culture." Along with Justinian’s compilation the US Constitution and the French Civil Code the Decretum of Master Gratian or the so-called Glossa ordinaria of Accursius are one of the few legal sources that have influenced the entire world for centuries. This volume explores a millennium-long story of law and religion in Italy through a series of twenty-six biographical chapters written by distinguished legal scholars and historians from Italy and around the world. The chapters range from the first Italian civilians and canonists Irnerius and Gratian in the early twelfth century to the leading architect of the Second Vatican Council Pope Paul VI. Between these two bookends this volume offers notable case studies of familiar civilians like Bartolo Baldo and Gentili and familiar canonists like Hostiensis Panormitanus and Gasparri but also a number of other jurists in the broadest sense who deserve much more attention especially outside of Italy. This diversity of international and methodological perspectives gives the volume its unique character. The book will be essential reading for academics working in the areas of Legal History Law and Religion and Constitutional Law and will appeal to scholars lawyers and students interested in the interplay between religion and law in the era of globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857103

Law and The Christian Tradition in ScandinaviaThe Writings of Great Nordic Jurists This book presents a comprehensive history of law and religion in the Nordic context. The entwinement of law and religion in Scandinavia encompasses an unusual history not widely known yet important for its impact on contemporary political and international relations in the region. The volume provides a holistic picture from the first written legal sources of the twelfth century to the law of the present secular welfare states. It recounts this history through biographical case studies. Taking the point of view of major influential figures in church politics university and law it thus presents the principal actors who served as catalysts in ecclesiastical and secular law through the centuries. This refreshing approach to legal history contributes to a new trend in historiography particularly articulated by a younger generation of experienced Nordic scholars whose work is featured prominently in this volume. The collection will be a valuable resource for academics and researchers working in the areas of Legal History and Law and Religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858247

Law and the DeadTechnology Relations and Institutions The governance of the dead in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries gave rise to a new arrangement of thanato-politics in the West. Legal medical and bureaucratic institutions developed innovative technologies for managing the dead maximising their efficacy and exploiting their vitality. Law and the Dead writes a history of their institutional life in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.With a particular focus on the technologies of the death investigation process including place-making the forensic gaze bureaucratic manuals record-keeping and radiography this book examines how the dead came to be incorporated into legal institutions in the modern era. Drawing on the writings of philosophers historians and legal theorists it offers tools for thinking through how the dead dwell in law how their lives persist through the conduct of office and how coroners assume responsibility for taking care of the dead.This historical and interdisciplinary book offers a provocative challenge to conventional thinking about the sequestration of the dead in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It asks the reader to think through and with legal institutions when writing a history of the dead and to trace the important role assumed by coroners in the governance of the dead. This book will be of interest to scholars working in law history sociology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660246

Law and the Kinetic EnvironmentRegulating Dynamic Landscapes This book addresses the legal-geographical implications of the fact that landscapes are not static but dynamic. Within the field of legal geography the spatial relationship of law to landscape is usually considered to be static. Environments are often considered fixed and consequently inert as places that literally don’t go anywhere. Typically then it is what happens in these places rather than the place itself that commands academic attention. In contrast to this static viewpoint Law and the Kinetic Environment considers how many landscapes are in flux and as a result may be seen as dynamic. Natural phenomena such as oozing lava moving glaciers or bubbling geothermal pools challenge and test the normative conceptualizations of stability of place property ownership and legal regulation. Consequently such dynamic landscapes enliven and transform law offering new jurisprudential insights into what law is and how it operates in response to the kineticism that this book argues is to some degree inherent in all landscapes. This original engagement with legal geography will appeal to those with general interests in this area as well as specific concerns with questions of law and place property and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233409

Law and the Making of the Soviet WorldThe Red Demiurge This book is an unconventional reappraisal of Soviet law: a field that is ripe for re-evaluation now that it is clear of Cold War cobwebs; and as this book shows one that is surprisingly topical and newly compelling. Scott Newton argues here that the Soviet order was a work of law. Drawing on a wide range of sources – including Russian-language Soviet statues and regulations jurisprudence legal theory and English-language ‘legal Kremlinology’ – this book analyses the central significance of law in the design and operation of Soviet economic political and social institutions. In arguing that it was an exemplary rather than aberrant case of the uses to which law was put in twentieth-century industrialised societies Law and the Making of the Soviet World: The Red Demiurge provides an insightful account of both the significance of modern law in the Soviet case and the significance of the Soviet case for modern law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211247

Law and the Management of DisastersThe Challenge of Resilience Disasters raise serious challenges for contemporary legal orders: they demand significant management but usually amidst massive disruption to the normal functioning of state authority and society. When dealing with disasters law has traditionally focused on contingency planning and recovery. More recently however ‘resilience’ has emerged as a key concept in effective disaster management policies and strategies aiming at minimising the impact of events so that the normal functioning of society and the state can be preserved. This book analyses the contribution of law to resilience building by looking at law’s role in the different phases of the disaster regulatory process: risk assessment risk management emergency intervention and recovery. More specifically it addresses how law can effectively contribute to resilience-oriented distaster management policies and what legal instruments can support effective resilience-building. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624368

Law and the Market Economy in China This volume concerns several aspects of China's changing market based economy. These include commercial contract enforcement corporate structures competition law and other issues related to China's membership in the WTO. In the past two decades the rapid integration of China's economy into the global marketplace has created obligations and expectations of non-discrimination and regulatory transparency in domestic markets. The Chinese government has responded by demanding better governance within major companies market sectors and public administration generally. However as the articles in this volume show it has struggled to find a corporate structure capable of absorbing external equity investment and participation but still amenable to direct and indirect state guidance. It has also moved cautiously in creating legal controls over unfair competition. Moreover the protection of state owned enterprises which serve as vehicles for domestic economic social and political policy has been a recurring issue in China's WTO trade disputes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628613

Law and the Media Tom Crone's classic text has been thoroughly revised by an impressive team of legal experts. It provides an essential source of reference for the key legal issues encountered by those who work in the media such as journalists editors and producers as well as media lawyers. Topics covered include:Protection of ReputationCopyright and Rights ClearanceNew MediaBreach of Confidence and PrivacyThe Data Protection Act 1998Reporting Restrictions Contempt of Court and Protection of Journalistic SourcesThe Freedom of Information Act 2000 and Official SecretsProfessional Regulatory Bodies and AdvertisingThe Human Rights Act 1998The Law in Scotland and the United States of AmericaComprehensive supplementary reference material is also provided including a glossary of legal terms addresses telephone numbers and web sites of professional bodies and specimen agreements including interview agreements and moral rights waivers.With contributions from: Terence Bergin Marietta Cauchi Jane Colston Mark Cranwell Charles de Fleurieu Simon Dowson-Collins David Green Peter Grundberg Rebecca Handler Joanna Ludlam Rosalind McInnes Hugh Tomlinson and John Wadham. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146419

Law and the Modern Mind Law and the Modern Mind first appeared in 1930 when in the words of Judge Charles E. Clark it "fell like a bomb on the legal world." In the generations since its influence has grown-today it is accepted as a classic of general jurisprudence.The work is a bold and persuasive attack on the delusion that the law is a bastion of predictable and logical action. Jerome Frank's controversial thesis is that the decisions made by judge and jury are determined to an enormous extent by powerful concealed and highly idiosyncratic psychological prejudices that these decision-makers bring to the courtroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526969

Law and the New Urban Agenda The New Urban Agenda (NUA) adopted in 2016 at the United Nations Conference on Housing and Sustainable Urban Development (Habitat III) in Quito Ecuador represents a globally shared understanding of the vital link between urbanization and a sustainable future. At the heart of this new vision stand a myriad of legal challenges – and opportunities – that must be confronted for the world to make good on the NUA’s promise. In response this book which complements and expands on the editors’ previous volumes on urban law in this series offers a constructive and critical evaluation of the legal dimensions of the NUA. As the volume’s authors make clear from natural disasters and resulting urban migration in Honshu and Tacloban to innovative collaborative governance in Barcelona and Turin to accessibility of public space for informal workers in New Delhi and Accra and power scales among Brazil’s metropolitan regions there is a deep urgency for thoughtful research to understand how law can be harnessed to advance the NUA’s global mission of sustainable urbanism. It thus creates a provocative and academic dialogue about the legal effects of the NUA which will be of interest to academics and researchers with an interest in urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188733

Law and the PassionsWhy Emotion Matters for Justice Engaging with the underlying social context in which emotions are a motivational force Law and the Passions provides a uniquely inclusive commentary on the significance and influence of emotions in the history and continuing development of legal judgment policy formation legal practice and legal dogma.   Although the emotionality of the law and the use of emotional tropes in legal discourse has become an established focus in recent scholarship the extent to which emotion and the passions have informed decision-making decision-avoidance and legal reasoning – rather than as simply an adjunct – is still a matter for critical analysis. As evidenced in a range of illustrative legal cases emotions have been instrumental in the evolution of key legal principles and have produced many controversial judgments. Addressing the latent influence of fear hate love and compassion the book explores the mutability of law and its transformative power especially when faced with fluctuating social mores. The textual nature of law and the impact of literary forms on legal actors are also critically examined to further elucidate the idea of law-making as both rational and emotional and significantly as an essential activity of the empathic imagination. To this end it is suggested that critical scholarship on law the passions and emotions not only advances our understanding of the inner workings of law it constitutes a fundamental part of our moral reasoning and has the capacity to articulate the conditions for a more dynamic adaptable ethical and effective legal institution.   This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to scholars and students in the fields of law and literature legal theory legal philosophy law and the humanities legal aesthetics sociology of law politics  law and policy human rights general jurisprudence and social justice as well as cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631594

Law and the Philosophy of Privacy Situating privacy within the context of political philosophy this book highlights the way in which struggles concerning the meaning of privacy have always been political. Different conceptions of privacy are here shown to involve diverse assumptions about ontology: our conceptions of self culture society and communication. Privacy theory’s debt to Locke Kant or Mill and what is at stake in their conceptual frameworks is examined. The extent to which the term "privacy" has been used to the detriment of - and to create - weaker parties in marriage in the workplace and now as citizens (or non-citizens) and consumers as well as employees is also demonstrated. In contrast Janice Richardson pursues the relevance of Floridi’s philosophy of information before turning to her application of Spinoza the philosopher of communication in order to outline a more useful framework through which to think about privacy today. The book will be of interest to those working in political philosophy feminist philosophy law the philosophy of information sociology media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081116

Law and the Politics of MemoryConfronting the Past Law and the Politics of Memory: Confronting the Past examines law’s role as a tool of memory politics in the efforts of contemporary societies to work through the traumas of their past.  Using the examples of French colonialism and Vichy as well as addressing the politics of memory surrounding the Holocaust communism and colonialism this book provides a critical exploration of law’s role in ‘belated’ transitional justice contexts. The book examines how and why law has become so central in processes in which the past is constituted as a series of injustices that need to be rectified and can allegedly be repaired. As such it explores different legal modalities in processes of working through the past; addressing the implications of regulating history and memory through legal categories and legislative acts whilst exploring how trials restitution cases and memory laws manage to fulfil such varied expectations as clarifying truth rendering homage to memory and reconciling societies. Legal scholars historians and political scientists especially those working with transitional justice history and memory politics in particular will find this book a stimulating exploration of the specificity of law as an instrument and forum of the politics of memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999176

Law and the Politics of Reconciliation This collection of essays by an international group of authors explores the ways in which law and legal institutions are used in countries coming to terms with traumatic pasts and in some cases traumatic presents. In putting to question what is often taken for granted in uncritical calls for reconciliation it critically analyses and frequently challenges the political and legal assumptions underlying discourses of reconciliation. Drawing on a broad spectrum of disciplinary and interdisciplinary insights the authors examine how competing conceptions of law time and politics are deployed in social transformations and how pressing demands for reconstruction reconciliation and justice inform and respond to legal categories and their use of time. The book is genuinely interdisciplinary drawing on work in politics philosophy theology sociology and law. It will appeal to a wide audience of researchers and academics working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274624

Law and the Question of the AnimalA Critical Jurisprudence This book addresses the problem of ‘animal life’ in terms that go beyond the usual extension of liberal rights to animals. The discourse of animal rights is one that increasingly occupies the political ethical and intellectual terrain of modern society. But although the question of the status of animals holds an important place within a range of civil political and technological disciplines the issue of rights in relation to animals usually just rehearses the familiar perspectives of legal moral and humanist philosophy. ‘Animal law’ is fast becoming a topic of significant contemporary interest and discussion. This burgeoning interest has not however been matched by renewed inquiry into the jurisprudential frames and methods for the treatment of animals in law or the philosophical issue of the ‘human’ and the ‘animal’ at law’s foundation. Responding to this interest this book brings together leading and emerging critical legal theorists to address the question of animality in relation to law’s foundations practices and traditions of thought. In so doing it engages a surprisingly underdeveloped aspect of the moral philosophies of animal rights namely their juridical register and existence. How does ‘animal law’ alter our juridical image of personality or personhood? How do the technologies of law intersect with the technologies that invent create and manage animal life? And how might the ethical ontological and ceremonial relation between humans and animals be linked to a common source or experience of law? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663366

Law and the Wearing of Religious Symbols in Europe Written in accessible language this book provides a comprehensive analysis of a topical subject that is being widely debated across Europe. The work presents an overview of emerging case law from the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the European Union as well as from national courts and equality bodies in European countries on the wearing of religious symbols in public spaces. The author persuasively argues that bans on the wearing of religious symbols constitutes a breach of an individual’s human rights and contravene existing anti-discrimination legislation. Fully updated to take account of recent case law this second edition has been expanded to consider bans in public spaces more generally including employment an area where some of the recent developments have taken place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178901

Law and Theology in the Middle Ages An unrivalled introduction to a fascinating subject Law and Theology in the Middle Ages explores the relationship between law and theology in medieval Europe. Focusing on legal and theological responses to justice mercy fairness and sin this text examines the tension between ecclesiastical and secular authority in medieval Europe illustrating areas of dispute in a clear and accessible way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203458808

Law and Time Research on law's relationship with time has flourished over the past decade. This edited collection aims to put law and time scholarship into wider context advancing conversations on time and temporalities between socio-legal scholars anthropologists sociologists geographers and historians. Through a diverse range of contributions the collection explores how legal modalities of time emerge and have effects within wider clusters of social and political action. Themes include: law’s diverse roles in maintaining linear historicist models of time; law’s participation in the materialisation of times; and the unsteady effects of temporal pluralism and polytemporalities in law. De-naturalising the ‘time’ in law and time scholarship this collection positions time as something that can be enacted and materialised as well as experienced with distinct implications for questions of social justice.Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780415792219_oachapter6.pdfThe Introduction of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780415792219_oaintroduction.pdf   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665302

Law as Art Law as Art presents a radical new legal theory the Law as Art Hypothesis which conceives law not as a system of rules but as a distinctive kind of art work. Law is differentiated as art by the Law as Compound Artistic Type Hypothesis which uses the heuristic metaphor of the Operatic Music Drama the most elementally complex compound art form to develop an idea of legal art as a distinctive empowered text supported by the arts of drama painting sculpture dress-design architecture rhetoric and communication to form an elementally developed yet integrated unitary art work. Part I develops a new realist epistemology to support a contemporary action-type ontology of art differentiated as art by virtue of its artistic value. Part II opens with a critical review of the arts in legal theory before detailing the Law as Art and Law as Compound Artistic Type Hypothesis and locating them within contemporary scholarship. Legal philosophical implications are considered and there is an acronym key and glossary bibliography and index. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250687

Law as if Earth Really MatteredThe Wild Law Judgment Project This book is a collection of judgments drawn from the innovative Wild Law Judgment Project. In participating in the Wild Law Judgment Project which was inspired by various feminist judgment projects contributors have creatively reinterpreted judicial decisions from an Earth-centred point of view by rewriting existing judgments or creating fictional judgments as wild law. Authors have confronted the specific challenges of aligning existing Western legal systems with Thomas Berry’s philosophy of Earth jurisprudence through judgment writing and rewriting. This book thus opens up judicial decision-making and the common law to critical scrutiny from a wild law or Earth-centred perspective. Based upon ecocentric rather than human-centred or anthropocentric principles Earth jurisprudence poses a unique critical challenge to the dominant anthropocentric or human-centred focus and orientation of the common law. The authors interrogate the anthropocentric and property rights assumptions embedded in existing common law by placing Earth and the greater community of life at the centre of their rewritten and hypothetical judgments. Covering areas as diverse as tort law intellectual property law criminal law environmental law administrative law international law native title law and constitutional law this unique collection provides a valuable tool for practitioners and students who are interested in learning more about the emerging ecological jurisprudence movement. It helps us to see more clearly what a new system of law might look like: one in which Earth really matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024192

Law as Institutional Normative Order MacCormick's `Institutions of Law' is the culmination of a lifetime's work in legal theory by one of the world's most respected legal theorists. Featuring an impressive collection of contributions from well-known legal theorists from around the world all of whom are familiar with MacCormick’s work this collection provides a cutting edge account of the book’s significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249127

Law as Profession and Practice in Medieval EuropeEssays in Honor of James A. Brundage This volume brings together papers by a group of scholars distinguished in their own right in honour of James Brundage. The essays are organised into four sections each corresponding to an important focus of Brundage's scholarly work. The first section explores the connection between the development of medieval legal and constitutional thought. Thomas Izbicki Kenneth Pennington and Charles Reid Jr. explore various aspects of the jurisprudence of the Ius commune while James Powell Michael Gervers and Nicole Hamonic Olivia Robinson and Elizabeth Makowski examine how that jurisprudence was applied to various medieval institutions. Brian Tierney and James Muldoon conclude this section by demonstrating two important points: modern ideas of consent in the political sphere and fundamental principles of international law attributed to sixteenth century jurists like Hugo Grotius have deep roots in medieval jurisprudential thought. Patrick Zutshi R. H. Helmholz Peter Landau Marjorie Chibnall and Edward Peters have written essays that augment Brundage's work on the growth of the legal profession and how traces of a legal education began to emerge in many diverse arenas. The influence of legal thinking on marriage and sexuality was another aspect of Brundage's broad interests. In the third section Richard Kay Charles Donahue Jr. and Glenn Olsen explore the intersection of law and marriage and the interplay of legal thought on a central institution of Christian society. The contributions of Jonathan Riley-Smith and Robert Somerville in the fourth section round-out the volume and are devoted to Brundage's path-breaking work on medieval law and the crusading movement. The volume also includes a comprehensive bibliography of Brundage's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409425748

Law at the Vanishing PointA Philosophical Analysis of International Law Two central questions are at the core of international legal theory: 'What is international law?' and 'Is international law really law?' This volume examines these critical questions and the philosophical foundations of modern international law using the tools of Anglo-American legal theory and western political thought. Engaging with both contemporary and historical legal theory and with an analysis of international law in action the book builds an understanding and theory of law from the perspective of those who actually use this legal system and understand it rather than constructing an artificial system from the standpoint of political scientists and moral philosophers. Law at the Vanishing Point provides a fascinating new challenge to those who reduce international law either to ethics or to politics and provides a critical new appraisal of its power as an independent force in human social relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266278

Law Between BuildingsEmergent Global Perspectives in Urban Law The rich field of urban law has thus far lacked a holistic and concerted scholarly focus on comparative and global perspectives. This work offers new inroads into the global and comparative streams within urban law by presenting emerging frameworks and approaches to topics ranging from urban housing and land use to legal informality and consumer financial protection. The volume brings together a group of international urban legal scholars to highlight emergent global interdisciplinary perspectives within the field of urban law particularly as they have import for comparative legal analysis. The book presents a timely addition to the literature given the urgent legal issues that continue to surface in an age of rapid urbanization and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595838

Law DissertationsA Step-by-Step Guide Law Dissertations: A Step-by-Step Guide provides you with all the guidance and information you need to complete and succeed in your LLB LLM or law-related dissertation. Written in a simple clear format and with plenty of tools to help you to put the theory into practice Laura Lammasniemi will show you how to make writing your law dissertation easy without compromising intellectual rigour. As well as explaining the process of research and outlining the various legal methodologies the book also provides practical step-by-step guidance on how to formulate a proposal research plan and literature review. Unlike other law research skills books it includes a section on empirical research methodology and ethics for the benefit of students who are studying for a law-related degree. Packed full of exercises worked examples and tools for self-evaluation this book is sure to become your essential guide supporting you on every step of your journey in writing your law dissertation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240681

Law Enforcement and the History of Financial Market Manipulation First Published in 2014. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765636744

Law for Advertising Broadcasting Journalism and Public Relations This exceptional new text offers an up-to-date and integrated approach to communication law. Written by two practicing attorneys with extensive experience teaching the communication law course Law for Advertising Broadcasting Journalism and Public Relations covers the areas of communication law essential and most relevant for readers throughout the communication curriculum. Its integrated approach will serve students and practitioners in advertising and public relations as well as those in journalism and electronic media.Providing background to help readers understand legal concepts this comprehensive communication law text includes an introduction to the legal system; covers legal procedures structures and jurisdictions; discusses the First Amendment and electronic media regulations; and considers issues of access. Additional material includes: *intellectual property law; *employment and agency law with explanations of how these laws create obligations for mass communication professionals and their employees; *commercial communication laws; and *special laws and regulations that impact reporters public relations practitioners and advertisers who deal with stock sales.Special features of this text include:*Magic Words and Phrases--defining legal terms;*Cases--illustrating key points in each chapter;*Practice Notes--highlighting points of particular interest to professional media practices;*Instructions on finding and briefing cases with a sample brief; and*Examples of legal documents and jury instructions.This text is intended as an introduction to communication law for students and practitioners in mass communication journalism advertising broadcasting telecommunications and public relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134102

Law for ArtistsCopyright the obscene and all the things in between Written especially for professional artists and those studying the visual arts Law for Artists is an accessible guide to those aspects of law that impact on artists and their work. It encompasses a comprehensive range of creative practices including fine art photography the graphic and plastic arts animation illustration applied and media arts as well as fashion textile and product design. As one of the few academics working in this field Blu Tirohl clearly explains the legal principles - such as intellectual property censorship freedom of expression and criminal law - that are relevant to artists working in a range of disciplines. In order to illustrate these key concepts the book includes an engaging collection of examples of artists who have come into conflict with the law demonstrating precisely the challenges faced by creative practitioners. The author also explores how the establishment co-opts transgressive artists; bringing about a range of contradictions that create legal inconsistencies. While the focus is primarily on UK law the reader is also given ample information to understand how European law affects them. An entire chapter is also dedicated to the comparative study of US Law through well-known cases ensuring students have a well-rounded knowledge of the concepts that they need to consider in a professional context. The book also provides additional resources including a list of useful websites a glossary of key terms as well as a list of statutes and cases. Law for Artists is an invaluable resource to professional practitioners and art graduates as well as the academics who instruct them. This insightful publication the first of its kind helps introduce artists to the professional practice skills needed to ensure they are well-equipped to deal with working life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702546

Law for Foreign Business and Investment in China In trying to establish a presence in China foreign investors have found it imperative to understand the regulatory environment of this potentially huge market. This book provides an up-to-date overview of the legal framework for doing business in China. It covers such topics as state structure; legislative amendments and enactments on direct foreign investment; the court system; the legal profession; business entities; foreign investment enterprises; contracts; intellectual property; labor and employment; consumer protection; taxation; securities; and dispute resolution. Apart from explaining legal principles the book highlights liberalisation measures that China has undertaken to fulfil its WTO commitments; elucidates complicated legal concepts with examples of court decisions; discusses relevant foreign trade and investment polices; and includes a glossary of Chinese terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673624

Law for Non-Law Students Law for Non-Law Students is written in a clear and readable style and aims to make the law understandable for readers at undergraduate or comparable level. It explains the practical influences under which the law has been formed so that the student will be better able to understand why the law has developed in the way that it has. It gives lots of straightforward examples as to how the law works in practice and aims to equip students with the ability to appraise the effectiveness of the law in a particular circumstance rather than simply providing a list of rules for the student to regurgitate at exam time. The facts of the more important cases are given in some detail to enable the student to appreciate the range of factors which the court may have taken into account in reaching its decision.  The new edition has been updated to take account of all recent developments both in relation to statute and to case law. Certain chapters particularly in the area of sale of goods have been substantially rewritten and expanded in an attempt to give more detail while at the same time remaining student-friendly. New chapters on Agency and Negligence have been added. brThis new edition should be suitable for most courses which have a law element. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843144007

Law for Project Managers Law for Project Managers provides an easily understandable and practical guide to the laws of contract liability intellectual property and so on entirely from the perspective of the project manager. It will enable you to approach projects forewarned and forearmed able to avoid potential legal problems altogether. The book covers everything from intellectual property disputes with the client organisation about who actually 'owns' the outcome to confusion arising during an international project from the different legal systems and their approach to contracts and health and safety problems in the management of contractors. Most importantly it explains everything in very straightforward terms; legal jargon is either avoided altogether or defined with its relevance to the project manager explained. In essence Law for Project Managers is a clear readable and expert guide on this and many other important legal matters for the practising project manager as well as a supplementary text for post- or undergraduate students studying the commercial aspects of law contracting and project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063907

Law for Social Workers The fourth edition of this popular text has been expanded to accommodate social workers’ continuing need for a thorough grounding in the statutory framework of local authority practice and the wider legal context of social work in the statutory and voluntary sectors. The separate chapter on social work law in Scotland addresses continuing developments in relation to devolved government and new legislation. Since 1996 the pace of change has been remorseless. Part IV of the Family Law Act has been implemented; youth justice in England and Wales has been substantially reformed; the Human Rights Act 1998 impacts on areas of social work practice; and social security law has been significantly amended. The Adoption and Children Act 2002 will both radically reform the law relating to the adoption of children and significantly amend the Children Act 1989. All these important changes central to social work practice are addressed in detail. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250670

Law for the Construction Industry Law for the Construction Industry provides a comprehensive introduction to the English legal system and basic contract law for those involved in the construction industry. It covers the level 2 module on legal studies of The CIOB's Education Framework and is officially sanctioned by The CIOB as the recognised book for that module. The book assumes no previous knowledge of English law.The second edition has been brought fully up-to-date with the latest legal changes. It explains basic contract law and gives the reader an understanding of employment and consumer law whilst placing law in the context of the construction industry throughout.Law for the Construction Industry is a core textbook for the CIOB level 2 module on legal studies as well as BTEC HNC/D and degree courses in building and construction management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835450

Law for the Expert Witness Extensively updated and expanded to incorporate legislative and practical changes enacted since the publication of the previous edition Law for the Expert Witness Fourth Edition is designed for professionals and students requiring edification on the current processes and techniques of legal procedure. Drawn from revised versions of the readings assigned to graduate and continuing education courses taught by the author as well as his own professional experience the text is divided into four sections. Beginning with procedural issues that an expert witness will encounter in advance of the trial itself the chapters cover legal paperwork discovery depositions and other discovery techniques and consequences for failure to comply with discovery. The next section addresses evidentiary issues exploring fundamental concepts such as burden of proof presumptions and admissibility. It defines who is an expert and when one can testify and describes the proper form of questions to an expert. Next the book discusses chain of custody issues exhibits hearsay and the best evidence rule. The book includes suggestions and hints for the expert witness applicable to direct testimony as well as tips on withstanding cross-examination. The final section of the book contains excerpts from the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the Federal Rules of Evidence as well as a table of illustrative cases. New topics in this Fourth Edition include: The non-discoverability of the expert’s draft reports as mandated by FRCP26 The issue of destruction of evidence as it effects discovery and tests experiments and chain of custody New and updated information on differing rules among states regarding who is an expert and whether that testimony will be admitted into evidence The reissuance of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure with new subsections Maintaining the same user-friendly style that made previous editions so popular this volume enables expert witnesses and attorneys to present compelling evidence in court that will withstand objection from even the most challenging adversary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439851562

Law in ActionEthnomethodological and Conversation Analytic Approaches to Law Ethnomethodologists and Conversation Analysts have always been interested in the study of law and legal institutions and there is now a large body of empirical studies representing a range of analytic traditions in each field. This collection introduces this literature and the research questions pursued by ethnomethodologists and conversation analysts in an accessible form to a general audience in the inter-disciplinary field of law and society studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250161

Law in Australian SocietyAn introduction to principles and process What is 'the rule of law'? How do laws get made? Does our legal and political system achieve justice for all Australians equally?Designed for beginners as well as non-law students this text provides a comprehensive and accessible guide to understanding Australia's system of law and government. Dr Keiran Hardy describes how legislation is made the nature of case law the hierarchy of courts and the doctrine of precedent. He looks at the role played by politics and the media in shaping law and he describes founding principles including democracy liberalism the separation of powers and federalism. The criminal justice system is explained including criminal offences police powers sentencing and punishment and there is a special emphasis on Indigenous peoples and the law. The book concludes with case studies of cybercrime and counterterrorism legislation to illustrate law reform in action. Each chapter features practical examples chapter summaries and review questions together with a glossary of key terms.Concise accessible and up-to-the-minute this is a vital guide for anyone seeking to understand the complexity of Australian law and government.'This is an excellent book for a wide audience . . . equally useful for law students legal studies students in high school and anyone seeking an understanding of how and why the law is as it is. And how things might be improved.' - Nicholas Cowdery AM QC former Director of Public Prosecutions NSW'A wonderful text . . . The overall structure and the inclusion of comprehension questions glossaries and a curated reference list ensure that students can build on their understanding over the course of the book.' - Jackie Charles Rule of Law Institute of Australia'This introduction to Australian law is comprehensive contemporary and accessible. It is a perfect primer for new students requiring a broad understanding of Australia's legal system. From cybercrime to the workings of Australia's parliament this book has it all.' - George Williams AO Dean Anthony Mason Professor Scientia Professor University of New South Wales'Law in Australian Society' is an ideal text for first year students in criminology legal studies policing and related fields. Its easy-to-read format aids students in understanding the complexities and subtleties of the Australian legal system.' - Emma Colvin Centre for Law and Justice Charles Sturt University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760527037

Law in PracticeThe RIBA Legal Handbook Intensely practical and clearly written Law in Practice is the definitive jargon-free professional guide to the law as it relates to a construction project. Addressing all the fundamental issues of contemporary English construction law it allows architects to make sound judgements avoid disputes and run projects on a safer basis. The 3rd edition is now fully up-to-date with all recent changes including CDM 2015 BIM the 2016 JCT contract suite and the new RIBA Professional Services Contracts. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466728

Law in PracticeThe RIBA Legal Handbook Intensely practical and clearly written Law in Practice: the RIBA Legal Handbook is the RIBA’s jargon-free professional guide to the law as it relates to a construction project. It addresses all the fundamental up-to-date issues of contemporary construction law allowing architects to make sound judgements avoid disputes and run projects on a safer basis. This new edition has been fully updated to reflect the new RIBA Plan of Work 2013 – the industry’s framework for construction projects – as well as recent case law and other legal updates that the practising architect needs to be aware of. Why does an appointment need to be written? Why does language matter? What is a novation? What does an overall cap on liability mean and how can you convince a client to agree one? How do you assess an extension of time? When should you notify your insurer of a potential claim? Law in Practice answers all of these questions and many more. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465004

Law in the Courts of LoveLiterature and Other Minor Jurisprudences Law in the Courts of Love traces the literary history and diversity of past legal systems. These 'minor jurisprudences' range from the spiritual laws of the courts of conscience to the code and judgements of love handed down by women's courts in medieval France.Professor Goodrich presents the 15th Century Courts of Love in Paris as one instance of an alternative jurisdiction drawn from the diversities of the legal and literary past. Their textual records are correspondingly mixed in genre being in the form of poems narratives plays treaties and judicial decisions. More broadly these studies trace certain boundaries of modern law and make up one of many forms of legal knowledge which escape today's vision of a unitary law. The author believes that the unquesionable faith in a unity law and its distance from person and emotion is precisely what makes impossible the attention to the individual that justice ultimately requires. Law in the Courts of Love shows how the historical diversity of forms and procedures of law can competently form the basis for critical revisions of contemporary legal doctrine and professional practice.This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of law and literature critical legal studies and legal history or anyone wishing to specialise in feminist legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865371

Law in the Service of LegitimacyGender and Politics in Jordan Using gender and law in the political system of Jordan as a means of investigating broader issues surrounding the relationship between culture and political legitimacy this volume offers an in-depth treatment of the laws that define limit and expand women's rights. Arguing that gender issues aren't simply a 'special topic' in politics but an indicator and symbol of the character of the political system as a whole the significance of the politics of legitimacy as played out in issues of gender and law is not only about the content of policies and competition of interests but about the power to determine the nature of the political system itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260238

Law In The Sociological EnterpriseA Reconstruction This book explains the general effects of law on interpersonal relations the concept of the civil contract and the relationship between law and social norms. It shows that law is not only a reflection of social values but also fundamental to the formation of those values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159320

Law in the Time of OxymoraA Synaesthesia of Language Logic and Law What do different concepts like true lie bad luck honest thief old news spacetime glocalization symplexity sustainable development constant change soft law substantive due process pure law bureaucratic efficiency and global justice have in common? What connections do they share with innumerable paradoxes like the ones of happiness time globalization sex and of free will and fate? Law in the Time of Oxymora provides answers to these conundrums by critically comparing the apparent rise in recent years of the use of rhetorical figures called "essentially oxymoronic concepts" (i.e. oxymoron enantiosis and paradoxes) in the areas of art science and law. Albeit to varying degrees these concepts share the quality of giving expression to apparent contradictions. Through this quality they also challenge the scientific paradigm rooted in the dualistic thinking and binary logic that is traditionally used in the West as opposed to the East where a paradoxical mode of thinking and fuzzy logic is said to have been cultivated. Following a review of oxymora and paradoxes in art and various scientific writings hundreds of "hard cases" featuring oxymora and a comprehensive review of the legal literature are discussed revealing evidence suggesting that the present scientific paradigm of dualism alone will no longer be able to tackle the challenges arising from increasing diversity and complexity coupled with an apparent acceleration of change. Law in the Time of Oxymora reaches the surprising conclusion that essentially oxymoronic concepts may inaugurate a new era of cognition involving the ways the senses interact and how we reason think and make decisions in law and in life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893644

Law Librarians Abroad Gain an international perspective on law library practices and precedents!Because law librarianship is an increasingly international field working and learning abroad can enrich you culturally and professionally. Whether you visit for a few weeks or move halfway across the world for a year or more Law Librarians Abroad gives you information about exchange programs tips for adapting to a different culture and ideas on how to make the most of a life-changing experience. Law Librarians Abroad explains a number of types of work you may find in other countries: US Information Agency or UN library programs informal visits formal exchange programs teaching clients or colleagues to use new technologies temporary library positions combining personal research with library workSome of the contributors to this exciting volume visited completely different cultures. Their new experiences included seeing snow for the first time and scuba diving the Great Barrier Reef. One went home to Korea after 25 years in the United States.Law Librarians Abroad offers practical suggestions as well: pitfalls and pleasures of living in a foreign country how to set up an exchange or plan a visiting librarian program how to build friendships with librarians abroad before you goIn countries from Canada to Zimbabwe on every continent except Antarctica the authors of Law Librarians Abroad combined work and travel--and you can too! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865096

Law Library Collection Development in the Digital Age While the digital revolution has touched every aspect of law librarianship perhaps nowhere has the effect been more profound than in the area of collection development. Many of the materials law libraries traditionally collected in print form are now available in electronic format. Digital technology has affected the way we select order and process legal materials. The World Wide Web has created an explosion of both commercial and private online publishing. The cost of electronic publishing has caused many traditional law book publishers to sell their companies rather than invest in the needed technologies to compete in the 21st century. Small publishers and book jobbers have been forced to reinvent themselves. The amount of legal information available and its costs continue to soar. Law Library Collection Development in the Digital Age deals with these and other issues related to law library collection development. Chapters range from the theoretical to the practical. Inspired by Penny Hazleton’s seminal paper “How Much of Your Print Collection is Really on Lexis or Westlaw?” the editors and chapter authors of Law Library Collection Development in the Digital Age endeavor to expand on professor Hazleton’s work with examinations of: the role of law libraries in strategic planning for distance learning Web mirror sites trust vs. antitrust issues access vs. ownership issues how law libraries deal with electronic court records dockets and filings the growth of e-journals as they relate to legal publishing how the Hein Greenslips and Blackwell North America’s Bookservice cover legal materials past present and future roles of specialized book jobbers and more! Anyone interested in law librarianship or the information industry will find this book informative and useful. Make it a part of your professional collection today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864815

Law Made Simple This fourteenth edition of Law Made Simple marks the fiftieth year of the publication for one of the best-selling UK Law books. It is the perfect introduction to the English Legal System and combines an overview of both the legislation and case law relating to all the foundation subjects including Contract Torts Land Trusts Criminal Public and EU. Fully updated this book acts as a clear and concise guide for students studying law at any level and takes into account developments across the curriculum. It is suitable for students studying law at A-Level or as an excellent background for students thinking of embarking on the study of law or related course at degree level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488847

Law of Defamation in Commonwealth Africa First published in 1998 this book is an exposition of the law of defamation as it applies in those countries (excluding South Africa). It discusses or refers to hundreds of cases from those jurisdictions as well as many important precedents from England analysing the law and discussing how far the courts have developed their own approaches to the law and to what extent the law reflects the values of traditional society and customary law. It thus shows how the law is being used in a field which is both intensely political and reflects important social interests. Though directed mainly at legal practitioners teachers and students therefore it would be of interest to the media – the defendants in the overwhelming majority of the cases-and to scholars in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323056

Law of Electronic Commercial TransactionsContemporary Issues in the EU US and China The development of new technologies places new challenges to the interpretation and implementation of legislation in the information society. The recent deployment of service-oriented computing and cloud computing for online commercial activities has urged countries to amend existing legislation and launch new regulations. With the exponential growth of international electronic commercial transactions a consistent global standard of regulating the legal effects of electronic communications the protection of data privacy security and the effectiveness of Internet-related dispute resolution are motivating factors to build users’ trust and confidence in conducting cross-border business and their sharing information online. The second edition of this book continues taking a ‘solutions to obstacles’ approach and analyses the main legal obstacles to the establishment of trust and confidence in undertaking business online. In comparing the legislative frameworks of e-commerce in the EU US China and International Organisations the book sets out solutions to modernise and harmonise laws at the national regional and international levels in response to current technological developments. It specifically provides information on the key legal challenges caused by the increasing popularity of service-oriented computing and cloud computing as well as the growing number of cross-border transactions and its relation to data privacy protection Internet jurisdiction choice of law and online dispute resolution. It considers how greater legal certainty can be achieved in cloud computing service contracts and other agreements resulted in service-oriented computing. The second edition of Law of Electronic Commercial Transactions is a clear and up to date account of a fast-moving area of study. It will be of great value to legislators politicians practitioners scholars businesses individuals postgraduate and undergraduate students. It provides in-depth research into finding solutions to remove eight generic legal obstacles in electronic commercial transactions and offers insights into policy making law reforms regulatory developments and self-protection awareness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832243

Law of Estate Agency Since its first publication in 1975 John Murdoch’s Law of Estate Agency has been the leading work on this important subject. This new fifth edition offers authoritative guidance on all recent legal developments both legislative and in the courts of concern to practising estate agents. Judicial decisions on such matters as commission claims and liability for misdescription are of great concern to practitioners as is the increasing tendency of clients to defend an action for fees by claiming that the agent’s terms of business contravene consumer protection rules inspired by the EU. These developments and many more are given expert coverage. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138139695

Law of Marine Insurance First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138172289

Law of Obligations & Legal Remedies This book examines the notion of a law of obligations as a conceptual category in itself; and in doing this it presents the foundational material in a context that draws on some comparative and theoretical ideas while at the same time emphasising the special characteristics of the common law. The book is specifically designed to act as an introduction to the legal research skills of reasoning and method. It also looks at the foundations of civil liability in a way that emphasises the interrelationship of source materials problem solving and conceptual analysis and justification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138157002

Law of the Sea This series brings together the most significant published journal articles in international law as determined by the editors of each volume in the series. The proliferation of law specialist journals the increase in international materials and the use of the internet has meant that it is increasingly difficult for students and legal scholars to have access to all the relevant articles. Many valuable older articles are unable to be obtained readily. In addition each volume contains an informative introduction which provides an overview of the subject matter and justification of why the articles were collected. This series contains collections of articles in a manner that is of use for both teaching and research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091952

Law of the Sea in East AsiaIssues and Prospects Law of the Sea in East Asia selects the most prominent maritime legal issues that have emerged since the post-LOS Convention era for a detailed discussion and assessment. The current marine legal order in East Asia is based on the 1982 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (LOS Convention) and accordingly coastal states in the region are obliged to cooperate amongst themselves to exercise their rights and perform their duties. Keyuan a respected expert in the fields of international and Chinese law explores issues concerning compliance with the law of the sea territorial disputes and maritime boundary delimitation fishery management safety of navigation and maritime security and neglected issues in the law of the sea. This is the first book to examine maritime laws in East Asia and as such will appeal to academics of law and Asian studies lawyers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655385

Law of the Sea in South East AsiaEnvironmental Navigational and Security Challenges The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (LOSC) represents one of the most successful examples of multilateral treaty making in the modern era. The convention has 168 States parties and most non-signatory States recognise nearly all of its key provisions as binding under customary international law including the United States. Nevertheless there remain significant differences in interpretation and implementation of the LOSC among States as well as calls on occasion for its amendment. This book analyses the impact influence and ongoing role of the LOSC in South East Asia one of the most dynamic maritime regions in the world. Maritime security is a critical issue within the region and it is separately assessed in light of the LOSC and contemporary challenges such as environmental security and climate change. Likewise navigational rights and freedoms are a major issue and they are evaluated through the LOSC and regional state practice especially in the South China Sea. Special attention is given to the role of navies and non-state actors. Furthermore the book looks at regional resource disputes which have a long history. These disputes have the potential to increase into the future as economic interests and concerns over food security intensify. Effective LNG and fisheries resource management is therefore a critical issue for the region and unless resolved could become the focal point for significant maritime disputes. These dynamics within the region all require extensive exploration in order to gauge the effectiveness of LOSC dispute resolution mechanisms. The Law of the Sea in South East Asia fills a gap in the existing literature by bringing together a holistic picture of contemporary maritime issues affecting the region in a single volume. It will appeal to academic libraries government officials think-tanks and scholars from law strategic studies and international relations disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075026

Law on the WebA Guide for Students and Practitioners Law on the Web is ideal for anyone who wants to access Law Internet resources quickly and efficiently without becoming an IT expert. The emphasis throughout is on the location of high quality law Internet resources for learning teaching and research from among the billions of publicly accessible Web pages.The book is structured so that it will be found useful by both beginners and intermediate level users and be of continuing use over the course of higher education studies.In addition to extensive coverage on locating files and Web sites Part III provides a substantial and annotated list of high quality resources for law students.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847719

Law Reform in Developing and Transitional States Law reform in developing countries has become an increasingly topical subject in recent years.  A critical issue is why so many law reform projects in developing economies are regarded by their sponsors and recipients as unsuccessful. This informative book: examines examples of law reform projects in post-socialist and post-authoritarian states in Asia identifies common problems proposes analytical frameworks for understanding the problems identified. Though parallels between Asian models and those in developing states elsewhere in the world are strong the book has been developed to avoid suggestion that the issues covered are somehow peculiarly ‘Asian’- indeed it is shown that cultural relativist approaches to Asia are unsustainable. This is an invaluable reference for those involved in the areas of development economics Asian studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649636

Law Unbound!A Richard Delgado Reader This book offers the best and most influential writings of Richard Delgado one of the founding figures of the critical race theory movement and one of the earliest scholars to address the harms of hate speech. With excerpts from his classic law review articles conversations with his famous alter ego Rodrigo Crenshaw and comments on the vicissitudes of academic life this book spans topics such as hate speech affirmative action the war on terror the endangered status of black men and the place of Latino/as in the civil rights equation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633732

Law Unlimited This book engages with a traditional yet persistent question of legal theory – what is law? However instead of attempting to define and limit law the aim of the book is to unlimit law to take the idea of law beyond its conventionally accepted boundaries into the material and plural domains of an interconnected human and nonhuman world. Against the backdrop of analytical jurisprudence the book draws theoretical connections and continuities between different experiences spheres and modalities of law. Taking up the many forms of critical and socio-legal thought it presents a broad challenge to legal essentialism and abstraction as well as an important contribution to more general normative theory. Reading crystallising and extending themes that have emerged in legal thought over the past century this book is the culmination of the author’s 25 years of engagement with legal theory. Its bold attempt to forge a thoroughly contemporary approach to law will be of enormous value to those with interests in legal and socio-legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590748

Law without ForceThe Function of Politics in International Law Law Without Force is a landmark in political and social philosophy. It proposes nothing less than a completely new basis for international law. As relevant today as when it was first published nearly sixty years ago it commands the attention of all concerned with what the future may bring to the law of nations. The great scope of Niemeyer's undertaking draws respect even from those who disagree with his challenging analysis of the historical past and his suggestions for the future of international law. In his new introduction Michael Henry observes that Law Without Force provides us with a foundation of Niemeyer's thinking. Published in 1941 when Hitler was swallowing up Europe this volume shows how a first-rate mind grappled with a legal historical social and ultimately metaphysical problem. It provides in detail the reasoning behind Niemeyer's rejection of a foreign policy based on morality and his distinction between authoritarian and totalitarian governments; and it provides us with the first stage of his lengthy and prodigious effort to understand "this terrible century." It is a book that no serious student of Niemeyer can afford to ignore. At the very heart of the author's vigorous discussion may be found his rejection of a moral basis for international law and his suggestion that a functional basis should be substituted for it. The book incisively reviews the relation between traditional international law and the changing structure of international politics concluding that the traditional system of law has operated as an agency of disharmony and conflict. After an investigation of the traditional legal system the author then asks "What type of law fits the social structure of this modern world?" The answers are presented in the last part of the book as Neimeyer offers his case for a functional system of law divorced from moral exhortations or appeals to shattered authority. Philosophy sociology and legal theory are brilliantly interwoven in this volume which will engage serious readers interested in political and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138526983

Law Without Lawyers Justice Without CourtsOn Traditional Chinese Mediation The Chinese have since ancient times professed a non-litigious outlook. Similarly their preference for mediation has fascinated the West for centuries. Mediation has been popularized by the Chinese who subscribe to the Confucian notions of harmony and compromise. It has been perpetuated in the People's Republic of China and by the overseas Chinese communities elsewhere such as in Malaysia and Taiwan. Seen as the chief contributing factor in their litigation-averse nature as well as the reason behind the significant role given to traditional mediation this compelling book traces the cultural tradition of the Chinese. It uses rural Chinese Malaysians as illustrative examples and offers new insights into the nature of mediation East and West. It is an important reference and essential resource for anyone keen to learn about traditional Chinese concepts of law justice and dispute settlement. Equally it makes a unique contribution to the existing ADR literature by undertaking a socio-legal study on traditional Chinese mediation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380080

Law Without LawyersA Comparative View Of Law In The United States And China In explaining the differences in the tradition and operation of law in China and the United States in this book the author gives both an invaluable understanding of Chinese society and his own appraisal of the strengths and weaknesses of U.S. law lawyers and courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167370

Law: The Basics An engaging introduction to one of the most complex areas of modern life. The book introduces both the main components of the legal system - including judges juries and law-makers - and key areas of law - contract civil negligence and criminal law - to provide the uninitiated with an ideal introduction to law. Key questions to be considered include: How are laws made? How do judges decide cases? What is the exact role of the EU in the legal system? What are your rights and duties under contract law? What is a crime and what are criminal defences? Throughout the book a wide range of contemporary cases are examined to relate key legal concepts to familiar examples and real world situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415568067

Law-and-Order NewsAn analysis of crime reporting in the British press Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1977 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875845

Lawless v Ireland (1957–1961): The First Case Before the European Court of Human RightsAn International Miscarriage of Justice? This title was first published in 2001. The case of Lawless v Ireland is a landmark in the development of human rights jurisprudence. Stemming from the introduction of detention without trial by the Irish government in response to the resurgence of political violence much of the material relevant to the case brought before the European Court of Human Rights has remained closed to public scrutiny. This book is the first to provide a detailed documentary of the case assessing the adequacy of the investigatory processes provided under the European Convention and questioning whether the factual conclusions reached by the European Commission on Human Rights were correct. In what will be an essential reference for academics and students of human rights the book raises doubts as to whether the Strasbourg institutions established to rectify national breaches of human rights might in fact have perpetrated an international miscarriage of justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635371

Lawrence Kohlberg First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979512

Laws Men and Machines (Routledge Revivals)Modern American Government and the Appeal of Newtonian Mechanics First published in 1990 Laws Men and Machines is an original interpretation of the lasting influence that Newtonian mechanics has had on the design and operation of the American political system. The author argues that it is this mechanistic tradition that now instinctively shapes the way we conceive of analyse and evaluate American politics and that the Newtonian conception of the world still finds expression in the 'checks and balances' of the American system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415616652

Laws And Explanation In The Social Sciences The first full-length defense of social scientific laws to appear in the last twenty years this book upholds the prospect of the nomological explanation of human behavior against those who maintain that this approach is impossible impractical or irrelevant. By pursuing an analogy with the natural sciences McIntyre shows that the barriers to nom Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316624

Laws and ModelsScience Engineering and Technology The "laws" that govern our physical universe come in many guises-as principles theorems canons equations axioms models and so forth. They may be empirical statistical or theoretical their names may reflect the person who first expressed them the person who publicized them or they might simply describe a phenomenon. However they may be named the discovery and application of physical laws have formed the backbone of the sciences for 3 000 years.They exist by thousands. Laws and Models: Science Engineering and Technology-the fruit of almost 40 years of collection and research-compiles more than 1 200 of the laws and models most frequently encountered and used by engineers and technologists. The result is a collection as fascinating as it is useful. Each entry consists of a statement of the law or model its date of origin a one-line biography of the people involved in its formulation sources of information about the law and cross-references.Illustrated and highly readable this book offers a unique presentation of the vast and rich collection of laws that rule our universe. Everyone with an interest in the inner workings of nature-from engineers to students from teachers to journalists-will find Laws and Models to be not only a handy reference but an engaging volume to read and browse. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219585

Law's Cut on the Body of Human RightsFemale Circumcision Torture and Scared Flesh In Australia the US England Scotland Italy France and in Egypt there have been repetitive calls to legislate against the practices of female circumcision described as female genital mutilation. But in western countries where anti-female genital mutilation legislation has been passed there has been little or no consultation with the communities in which the practices occur: documents are published only in English and community responses are ignored or simply deemed biased or irrelevant. Opportunities for dialogue quickly turn into opportunities for education and legislation about the unacceptability of the practices. But why are communities denied their capacity to speak and influence political opinion and legal decision making? Why in an era of human rights which heralds the importance of self-determination freedom of expression and women’s participation in political arenas are women from these communities unable to engage in dialogue on this practice? Law's Cut on the Body of Human Rights considers how such assertive legislative responses and this lack of curiosity and consultation with communities points to a particular liberal investment the practices called female genital mutilation and what they signify. Drawing on psychoanalytic theory Juliet Rogers examines the language of recent statutes and where relevant some of the accompanying policies and broader media debates Female genital mutilation she argues elicits such a singular legal response insofar as it embodies that subjectivity against which the very subject of liberal law is imagined – and only imagined – to exist: in a state of non-mutilation non-prohibition or in a psychoanalytic idiom non-castration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841146

Law's DesireSexuality And The Limits Of Justice The law is one of the primary means through which sexuality is constructed monitored and controlled. In this much needed book Carl Stychin provides a critical examination of the relationship between law and sexual orientation in the United States the United Kingdom and Canada. The author exposes the connection between the law and sexual control through an exploration of key questions of current interest and controversy. He examines the motivations behind legal restrictions and the impact on sexual subcultures and dominant society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203412046

Law's HermeneuticsOther Investigations Bringing together leading academics hailing from different cultural and scholarly horizons this book revisits legal hermeneutics by making particular reference to philosophy sociology and linguistics. On the assumption that theory has much to teach law that theory motivates and enables the writings of such intellectuals as Martin Heidegger Hans-Georg Gadamer Jacques Derrida Paul Ricœur Giorgio Agamben Jürgen Habermas Ronald Dworkin and Ludwig Wittgenstein receive special consideration. As it explores the matter of reading the law and as it inquires into the emergence of meaning within the dynamic between reader and text against the background of the reader’s worldly finiteness this collection of essays wishes to contribute to an improved appreciation of the merits and limits of law’s hermeneutics which it argues is emphatically not to be reduced to a simple tool for textual exegesis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333567

Law's Moving Image This book is an essential introduction to the complex issues and debates in the field of law and film. It explores interconnections that are usually ignored between law and film through three main themes: A Fantastic Jurisprudence explores representations of law in law Law Aesthetics and Visual Technologies focuses on the visual aspects of law's moving image Regulation: Histories Cultures Practices brings together work on different dimensions and contexts of regulation censorship state subsidies and intellectual property to explore the complex inter-relationship between the state industry and private regulation. Law's Moving Image is an innovative multi-disciplinary contribution to the rapidly growing fields of study in law and film law and visual culture law and culture criminology social and cultural studies. It will be of interest to students and academics involved in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138153196

Laws of InheritanceA post-Jungian study of twins and the relationship between the first and other(s) Instilled in interdisciplinary cross-cultural perspectives of mythical socio-economic literary pedagogic and psychoanalytic representations two archetypal creative inheritance laws interact as ‘twins’: Eros (fusion/containment/safety) and Thanatos (division/separation/risk). Hypothesising these ‘twin’ laws as matrilineal (Eros) and patrilineal (Thanatos) this book explores why cross-cultural forms including gender traits are not fixed but are instead influenced by earlier flexible matrilineal forms. Through a study of ‘twins’ on macro and micro levels Elizabeth Brodersen argues that a psychological ‘twin’ dilemma is implicit in inheritance laws and offers a unique forum to show how each law competes for primacy as the ‘first’ and ‘other’. Chapters begin by looking at ‘twins’ in creation myths and the historical background to the laws of inheritance as well as literary representations. The book then moves on to the developmental structures imbued in twin research and educational systems to explore how past cultural forms have been re-defined to fit a modern landscape and the subsequent movement away from the importance of patrilineal primogeniture. Laws of Inheritance will be of key value to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of psychoanalysis psychotherapy archetypal theory cross-cultural depth psychology cultural anthropology sociology gender studies and twin research. The book will also be of interest to practicing psychoanalysts and psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058873

Law's Practical WisdomThe Theory and Practice of Law Making in New Governance Structures in the European Union This book develops a sociological understanding of law making in the European Union. In particular the book focuses on the social function of law in new governance structures promoting decentralized and flexible procedures that encourage deliberation participation of stakeholders and public dialogue. It pays attention to both the practical knowledge and the power relations underpinning law making while seeking to bring to the foreground the importance of compromise in the process. The empirical substantiation of the argument discusses the regulation of technology in the European Union and is premised on case studies of governance of the Internet patents of high technology filters used on the Internet to block harmful material trademark law and domain name dispute resolution by ICANN. To this effect the book studies the dynamics of constructing a legal argument inside the European Commission and its role in the process of coordinating the creation of networks securing enforcement in self regulatory regimes and steering activity on the part of autonomous groups of actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390183

Law's Premises Law's PromiseJurisprudence After Wittgenstein This title was first published in 2000:  The author is a legal and moral philosopher who has applied the insight and methods of Wittgenstein to a range of topics in constitutional law criminal law and theories of justice. This collection offers his most important and influential essays together with an introductory essay which reviews and develops his contribution to legal and moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711303

Law's SacrificeApproaching the Problem of Sacrifice in Law Literature and Philosophy This volume examines the relationship between law and sacrifice as a crucial nexus for theorizing the dynamics of creation destruction transcendence and violence within the philosophical and legal discourse of western society. At a time of populist political unrest what philosophical and theoretical resources are available for conceptualizing the discontent that seems to emanate from practically every sphere of society? What narrative strategies have been employed within literary theological philosophical and legal discourse to tame or mystify human violence? Engaging with the work of preeminent theorists of sacrifice such as Georges Bataille René Girard Giorgio Agamben and Jacques Derrida this collection examines from an interdisciplinary perspective the sacrificial logic that characterizes the cultural and political dynamics of law in society. The book will be of interest to students and scholars in the field of legal theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180935

Law's TaskThe Tragic Circle of Law Justice and Human Suffering What is the ultimate task of law? This deceptively simple question guides this volume towards a radically original philosophical interpretation of law and justice. Weaving together the philosophical jurisprudential and ethical problems suggested by five general terms - thinking human suffering legal meaning time and tragedy - the book places the idea of law's ultimate task in the context of what actually happens when people seek to do justice and enforce legal rights in a world that is inflected by the desperation and suffering of the many. It traces the rule of law all the way down to its most fundamental level: the existence of universal human suffering and how it is that law-doers inflict or tolerate that suffering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253346

Law's Trace: From Hegel to Derrida Law's Trace argues for the political importance of deconstruction by taking Derrida’s reading of Hegel as its point of departure. While it is well established that seemingly neutral and inclusive legal and political categories and representations are always in fact partial and exclusive among Derrida’s most potent arguments was that the exclusions at work in every representation are not accidental but constitutive. Indeed one of the most significant ways that modern philosophy appears to having completed its task of accounting for everything is by claiming that its foundational concepts â€“ representation democracy justice and so on â€“ are what will have always been. They display what Derrida has called a "fabulous retroactivity." This means that such forms of political life as liberal constitutional democracy capitalism the rule of law or even the private nuclear family appear to be the inevitable consequence of human development. Hegel’s thought is central to the argument of this book for this reason: the logic of this fabulous retroactivity was articulated most decisively for the modern era by the powerful idea of the Aufhebung â€“ the temporal structure of the always-already. Deconstruction reveals the exclusions at work in the foundational political concepts of modernity by ‘re-tracing’ the path of their creation revealing the ‘always-already’ at work in that path. Every representation knowledge or law is more uncertain than it seems and the central argument of Law's Trace is that they are therefore always potential sites for political struggle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685702

LawscapeProperty Environment Law Lawscape: Property Environment Law considers the ways in which property law transforms both natural environments and social economies. Addressing law's relationship to land and natural resources through its property regime Lawscape engages the abstract philosophy of property law with the material environments of place. Whilst most accounts of land law have contributed cultural analyses of historical and political value predominantly through the lens of property rights few have contributed analyses of the natural consequences of property law through the lens of property responsibilities. Lawscape does this by addressing the relationship between the commodification of land instituted in and by property law and ecological and economic histories. Its synthesis of property law and environmental law provides a genuinely transdisciplinary analysis of the particular cultural concepts and practices of land tenure that have been created and exported across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415697781

Lawyers and SavagesAncient History and Legal Realism in the Making of Legal Anthropology Legal primitivism was a complex phenomenon that combined the study of early European legal traditions with studies of the legal customs of indigenous peoples. Lawyers and Savages: Ancient History and Legal Realism in the Making of Legal Anthropology explores the rise and fall of legal primitivism and its connection to the colonial encounter. Through examples such as blood feuds communalism ordeals ritual formalism and polygamy this book traces the intellectual revolution of legal anthropology and demonstrates how this scholarship had a clear impact in legitimating the colonial experience. Detailing how legal realism drew on anthropology in order to help counter the hypothetical constructs of legal formalism  this book also shows how despite their explicit rejection the central themes of primitive law continue to influence current ideas – about indigenous legal systems but also of the place and role of law in development. Written in an engaging style and rich in examples from history and literature this book will be invaluable to those with interests in legal realism legal history or legal anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685949

Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice will show students and scholars what it means in practice to talk about building transnational justice � both on the side of economic regulation and on the side of human rights and humanitarian law. It links national and transnational processes tracing the activities of lawyers with their successful and less successful strategies to build institutions and credibility for a transnational legal field. Examples include developments in international criminal justice including the unsuccessful quest to establish universal jurisdiction for the prosecution of human rights violators; the very successful efforts to build transnational trade and intellectual property regimes; and the relative success in building a European legal field. The introductory and concluding chapters by the co-editors drawing on the sociology of Pierre Bourdieu link the chapters together and explore the possibilities for a more institutionalized and unified transnational legal field � bridging the economic and corporate side with the human rights and humanitarian side. Addressing a range of international issues Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice is a major contribution to the field of sociology of law as well as to debates about global governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823968

Lawyers and the Proceeds of CrimeThe Facilitation of Money Laundering and its Control The role played by legal professionals in the laundering of criminal proceeds generated by others has become a priority concern for authorities at national and international levels. This ground-breaking book presents an in-depth empirical analysis of the nature of lawyers’ involvement in the facilitation of money laundering and its control through criminal justice and regulatory mechanisms. It is based on qualitative research combining analysis of cases of lawyers convicted of money laundering offences with interviews with criminal justice practitioners members of professional and regulatory bodies and practising solicitors and analysis of relevant national and international legislative and regulatory frameworks. The book demonstrates the complex and diverse nature of lawyers’ involvement in laundering activity and shows that their actions and the decisions they take must be understood in relation to the specific situational contexts in which they occur. It provides significant new insights into the criminal justice and regulatory response to professional facilitation of money laundering in the UK raising questions about the effectiveness and appropriateness of the response and the challenges involved. The book develops a framework for future research and analysis in this area and proposes a range of potential strategies for controlling the facilitation of money laundering. Lawyers and the Proceeds of Crime is essential reading for those researching money laundering white-collar crime or organised crime and for practitioners and policy makers concerned with preventing the facilitation of money laundering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138744868

Lawyers and the Rule of Law in an Era of Globalization Lawyers and the Rule of Law in an Era of Globalization focuses on the national and transnational processes transforming both the rule of law and the role of lawyers. Drawing on detailed empirical work the contributors all examine the relationship between law politics and the state; focusing on lawyers and the social capital they posses and deploy in order to understand the efficacy of the rule of law in different polities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628761

Lawyers' Ethics Frequently the ethical attorney finds himself in a position where he can no longer reconcile con-flicting responsibilities he owes to his clients with those he owes so-ciety and himself. Faced with the dilemma of choice among coun-tervailing and competing obliga-tions he has little training and precedence to guide him. If he is over forty the overwhelming probability is that he never took a course on legal ethics; if he looks for a general up-to-date text to provide insight he will look in vain. Nor is there a developed body of case law from which to glean an appropriate course of action.This vacuum of authoritative formulations of responsible be-havior is a matter of concern not only to the legal profession but to all sectors of American society. Lawyers shape the mores and thoughts of all of us. Their will is exerted not only in modifying our national institutions but ulti-mately our individual personal sense of values.This volume serves two impor-tant purposes: it provides the interested professional and lay reader with an appreciation of thespectrum of the ethical dilemmas confronting the legal profession and it provides a sense of balance about the competing consid-erations present in each of these dilemmas. At a time when the legal profession is under attack both from within and without this book represents some of the best critical thinking by lawyers about their role and responsibilities in American society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511590

Lawyers' Ethics This collection contains the very best writing on lawyers’ ethics. Timeless and provocative the essays explore the moral foundations of the lawyer’s role as well as the personal and professional dilemmas lawyers face in the practice of law. What does it mean to be a good lawyer? How does a lawyer navigate the inevitable tension between moral principles and professional responsibilities? The collection brings together previously published articles alongside a specially commissioned introduction by the volume editors which provides an overview of the articles and themes in the collection. This volume is of interest to teachers and scholars of legal ethics and undergraduate and graduate students of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472448644

Lawyers' LanguageThe Distinctiveness of Legal Language An interesting examination of law as language use or discourse this study looks at the transformation of ordinary language into a special discourse for the purposes of the legal system. It is widely accepted that legal discourse is obscure and often the public resent the fact that access to the law of the land is obstructed by the opaqueness of legal language. This book argues that the development and maintenance of law's special language can be justified. The myth that law can be written in either plain' or ordinary' language is exploded and the linguistic obscurity of law is traced to its necessary complexity. The notion of representation is applied to the relation that exists between legal language and ordinary language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868366

Lay AnalysisLife Inside the Controversy Lay Analysis: Life Inside the Controversy chronicles the history of nonmedical analysis in absorbing detail. It begins with the events of 1910 in Europe and America that initiated their divergent attitudes and policies regarding lay analysis proceeds to the unfolding struggles over this issue on both sides of the Atlantic and reviews the halting efforts of the APsaA beginning in the 1950s to reassess its opposition to lay analysis and make some provision for the training of nonmedical practitioners. Wallerstein's illuminating treatment of the response of American nonphysician therapists to the APsaA's policy - the manner in which they managed to obtain clinical psychoanalytic training despite the APsaA's prohibition - forms a fascinating story within his grand narrative. The book culminates in a comprehensive review of the lawsuit of March 1985 in which four clinical psychologists representing a stated class of several thousand colleagues and fully supported by the American Psychological Association brought suit against the APsaA and IPA hoping in this way to force a change in the APsaA's policies regarding the training of lay practitioners. Wallerstein  drawing on the voluminous documentation to which he had full access - memoranda correspondence depositions legal briefs and phone conversations -  reviews the three-and-a-half-year history of the lawsuit.  He concludes his narrative with a measured and thoughtful assessment of the impact of the settlement on psychoanalysis today: the changes it has brought about within organized psychoanalysis and the meaning of those changes for psychoanalysis as a discipline.Given Wallerstein's comprehensive scholarship his admirable even-handedness and his unique participatory role in the lay analysis controversy over the course of his career it is unsurprising that Lay Analysis: Life Inside the Controversy should achieve distinction  as a major contribution to the institutional history of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005426

Lay and Expert Contributions to Japanese Criminal Justice This book examines the little or not previously researched roles and contributions of non-legal professionals in Japanese criminal justice against the background of recent social and legal changes that either gave birth to or affected the roles played by these "outsiders". On the basis of a wealth of primary and secondary sources including meeting records of policy makers and practitioners surveys interviews and court verdicts the book zooms in on forensic psychiatrists’ role in the disappearance of criminally insane defendants from Japanese criminal courts; social workers’ new role in diverting a growing number of elderly mentally disturbed repeat offenders from prison; the therapeutic dimension added to Japanese criminal justice proceedings with the introduction of a system of victim participation as well as the increasingly important role of forensic scientists’ contributions notably DNA evidence in Japanese courts. Finally it examines lay judges’ contributions to sentencing practices as well as how these lay judges make sense of the other outsiders’ contributions. On the basis of very recent social and legal developments the book provides an original contribution to understandings of Japanese criminal justice as well as more general socio-legal debates on the role of extra-legal knowledge in criminal justice. The book will be of value within BA and MA level courses on and to students and researchers of Japanese law and society as well as comparative criminal justice and socio-legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662134

Layered LandscapesEarly Modern Religious Space Across Faiths and Cultures This volume explores the conceptualization and construction of sacred space in a wide variety of faith traditions: Christianity Hinduism Islam Judaism and the religions of Japan. It deploys the notion of "layered landscapes" in order to trace the accretions of praxis and belief the tensions between old and new devotional patterns and the imposition of new religious ideas and behaviors on pre-existing religious landscapes in a series of carefully chosen locales: Cuzco Edo Geneva Granada Herat Istanbul Jerusalem Kanchipuram Paris Philadelphia Prague and Rome. Some chapters hone in on the process of imposing novel religious beliefs while others focus on how vestiges of displaced faiths endured. The intersection of sacred landscapes with political power the world of ritual and the expression of broader cultural and social identity are also examined. Crucially the volume reveals that the creation of sacred space frequently involved more than religious buildings and was a work of historical imagination and textual expression. While a book of contrasts as much as comparisons the volume demonstrates that vital questions about the location of the sacred and its reification in the landscape were posed by religious believers across the early-modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880484

Layers in the Determiner Phrase The main topic of this work is the interaction between syntactic structure and meanin within the noun phrase with data drwn primarily from English and Italian. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979529

Layers of Understanding These are the proceedings of an English Heritage national seminar which was organised to address growing concerns about the variable quality of architectural paint research currently being carried out. The book describes and explains its role in understanding and managing historic buildings. The contributions contained in this book are designed to promote the development of standards and guidelines for use by clients and consultants helping to shape the development of this vital new discipline. It therefore contains edited transcripts of the ground breaking discussion sessions on the proposed English Heritage guidelines and other important issues. The statutory requirements relating to painted interiors of listed buildings is another very problematical issue which has been considered in detail. In addition guidance is provided on commissioning paint research and the pitfalls to avoid. The book will be essential reading for paint researched architects surveyors conservation officers and all practitioners involved in commissioning paint research for historic buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405301

Layout and Composition for Animation This essential hands-on guide is filled with examples of what a composition should look like and example of poorly designed layouts. Spot potential problems before they cost time and money and adapt creative solutions for your own projects with this invaluable resource for beginner and intermediate artists. With Beauty and the Beast examples and Simpson character layouts readers will learn how to develop character layout and background layout as well as strengthen composition styles with a creative toolset of trick shot examples and inspirational case studies. A companion website will include further technique based tools finalized layout and composition examples and tutorials for further artistic skill development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403130

Lays of Ancient IndiaSelections from Indian Poetry Rendered into English Verse First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868914

Laytime and Demurrage Laytime and Demurrage is the leading authority for all queries pertaining to this vital aspect of maritime law. It has continued to offer reliable authoritative and in-depth analysis since the first edition published in 1986. Praised for its unrivalled coverage and lucid writing style this book provides a comprehensive overview of all aspects of laytime and demurrage tracing the development of the law from its origins in the nineteenth century right up to the present day. The author delivers an in-depth analysis of both fixed and customary laytime clauses the rules relating to commencement of laytime in berth dock and port charters and discusses under which circumstances laytime can be suspended. Furthermore it analyses demurrage rules and vital issues such as despatch detention and frustration. This seventh edition includes all key judicial and arbitral decisions reported since the sixth edition published in 2011. It also covers suffixes in connection with laytime measured in terms of Working days and Weather Working Days and disputes arising from tender of NORs at the end of the sea passage. Laytime and Demurrage is an invaluable guide for both legal practitioners and maritime professionals worldwide including commodity traders and brokers shipping companies P&I Clubs shipowners charterers and arbitrators. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138892026

LC-NMRExpanding the Limits of Structure Elucidation The isolation and structural characterization of substances present at very low concentrations as is necessary to satisfy regulatory requirements for pharmaceutical drug degradants and impurities can present scientific challenges. The coupling of HPLC with NMR spectroscopy has been at the forefront of cutting-edge technologies to address these issues. LC-NMR: Expanding the Limits of Structure Elucidation presents a comprehensive overview of key concepts in HPLC and NMR that are required to achieve definitive structure elucidation with very low levels of analytes. Because skill sets from both of these highly established disciplines are involved in LC-NMR the author provides introductory background to facilitate readers’ proficiency in both areas including an entire chapter on NMR theory. The much-anticipated second edition provides guidance in setting up LC-NMR systems discussion of LC methods that are compatible with NMR and an update on recent hardware and software advances for system performance such as improvements in magnet design probe technology and solvent suppression techniques that enable unprecedented mass sensitivity in NMR. This edition features methods to quantify concentration and assess purity of isolated metabolites on the micro scale and incorporates computational approaches to accelerate the structure elucidation process. The author also includes implementation and application of qNMR and automated and practical use of computational chemistry combined with QM and DFT to predict highly accurate NMR chemical shifts. The text focuses on current developments in chromatographic-NMR integration with particular emphasis on utility in the pharmaceutical industry. Applications include trace analysis analysis of mixtures and structural characterization of degradation products impurities metabolites peptides and more. The text discusses novel uses and emerging technologies that challenge detection limits as well future directions for this important technique. This book is a practical primary resource for NMR structure determination—including theory and application—that guides the reader through the steps required for isolation and NMR structure elucidation on the micro scale. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138493407

Le Corbusier Le Corbusier (1887-1965) born Charles-Édouard Jeanneret-Gris in La Chaux-de-Fonds (Switzerland) is considered by many to be the most influential architect of the twentieth century. Educated in his hometown in the Arts and Crafts tradition under his mentor Charles L’Éplattenier his early training included important travels and periods of work in the offices of the Perret Brothers (Paris) and Peter Behrens (Berlin). He settled permanently in Paris in 1917 after which he encountered the modernist painter Amedée Ozenfant who would have a significant influence on his work; together they established Purism and the L’Esprit Nouveau journal. During this period he also took the name Le Corbusier derived from the name of a relative. The 1920s saw Le Corbusier emerge as one of the leading modern architects internationally with his designs for a series of villas and projects for the modern city. His ‘white’ architecture of this period was inspired by modern machines including early aircraft automobiles and ocean liners along with an abiding interest in architectural history. Many of his ideas were captured in two important publications: Vers une architecture (1923) and Urbanisme (1925). In the early 1930s he sought larger commissions internationally and his architecture evolved away from the Purist work of the 1920s with the adoption of vernacular elements. As the political climate in Europe changed in the late 1930s Le Corbusier’s career struggled leading him to take desperate measures. For example during World War II he attempted unsuccessfully to secure commissions from the Vichy regime controlling southern France. During this period he also began work on his Modulor measurement system. At the end of the work he reestablished his office in Paris and embarked on a creative and productive period that would last until his death by drowning in 1965. Of particular importance was the Unité d’Habitation project in Marseilles begun in 1946 which allowed him to develop his ideas for collective housing; this project also signaled the emergence of his ‘brutalist’ period. His formal experiments also broadened with works such as the pilgrimage church of Notre Dame-du-Haut at Ronchamp and the monastery of La Tourette. In 1950 he was invited to India where he was engaged to take over the master plan of the new capital city of the Punjab at Chandigarh. This allowed him to test his urban theories and to develop designs for the Capitol complex. A series of late work demonstrated Le Corbusier’s continuing experiments in architecture. Often unfairly maligned for the failings of modern urbanism Le Corbusier’s legacy continues to evolve. This four-volume collection of writings on the career and legacy of Le Corbusier traces the various periods of his life from his early training to his final projects. The writings by Le Corbusier and leading scholars also explore important themes and specific buildings. The final volume includes articles some critical of his ideas which examine his legacy and impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861015

Le Corbusier - An Analysis of Form This unique appraisal of the famous Swiss architect's major works have now been expanded to include two more buildings. The Villa Shodhan and the Pavilion Suisse round out the coverage of Le Corbusier's significant works. The author critically examines Le Corbusier's achievements helping student and professional alike to appreciate the elements of successful design. The narrative and fine illustration cover the key buildings from each of the four developmental stages of his work making it an excellent guide for practicing architects and students. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138405288

Le Corbusier in Detail This is the first book to give such close attention to Le Corbusier's approach to the making of buildings. It illustrates the ways in which Le Corbusier's details were expressive of his overall philosophical intentions. It is not a construction book in the usual sense- rather it focusses on the meaning of detail on the ways in which detail informs the overall architectural narrative of a building. Well illustrated and containing several specially prepared scaled drawings it acts as timely reminder to both students and architects of the possibilities inherent in the most small scale tectonic gestures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135420

Le Corbusier in the AntipodesArt Architecture and Urbanism This book considers the architect Le Corbusier’s encounters with Australia and New Zealand as a two-way exchange showing the impact of his ideas and projects on architects of the region whilst also revealing counterinfluences on Le Corbusier in his post-war career that were activated by his contacts. Compiled from detailed archival research undertaken at the Fondation Le Corbusier Paris and nationally based archives Le Corbusier in the Antipodes brings together a set of episodes placing them in context with the history of modern art architecture and urbanism in 20th century Australia and New Zealand. Key exchanges between Le Corbusier and others never before described are presented and analyzed including Le Corbusier’s contact with Australian architect Harry Seidler at Chandigarh Le Corbusier’s drawing of the plan of Adelaide in 1950 and his creative collaboration with Jorn Utzon on art for the Sydney Opera House. This book also includes analysis of previously unseen Le Corbusier artworks which formed part of the Utzon family collection. In reading these personal and contingent moments of encounter the book puts forward new ways of understanding the dissemination and mediation of Le Corbusier’s ideas and their effects in post-war Australia and New Zealand. These antipodean contacts are set against the broader story of Le Corbusier’s career questioning received interpretations of his design methods and current assumptions about the influence of his work in national contexts beyond Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472464835

Le Corbusier’s Practical Aesthetic of the CityThe treatise ‘La Construction des villes’ of 1910/11 Set within an insightful analysis this book describes the genesis ideas and ideologies which influenced La Construction des Villes by Le Corbusier. This volume makes the important theoretical work available for the first time in English offering an interpretation as to how much and in what way his ‘essai’ may have influenced his later work. Dealing with questions of aesthetic urbanism La Construction des Villes shows Le Corbusier’s intellectual influences in the field of urbanism. Discontent that the script was not sufficiently avant-garde he abandoned it soon after it was written in the early 20th century. It was only in the late 1970s that American historian H. Allen Brooks discovered 250 pages of the forgotten manuscript in Switzerland. The author of this book Christoph Schnoor later discovered another 350 handwritten pages of the original manuscript consisting of extracts chapters and bibliographic notes. This splendid find enabled the re-establishment of the manuscript as Le Corbusier had abandoned it unfinished in the spring of 1911. This volume offers an unbiased extension of our knowledge of Le Corbusier and his work. In addition it reminds us of the urban design innovations of the very early 20th century which can still serve as valuable lessons for a new understanding of contemporary urban design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472445643

Le Corbusier's Venice Hospital ProjectAn Investigation into its Structural Formulation While Le Corbusier's urban projects are generally considered confrontational in their relationship to the traditional urban fabric his proposal for the Venice hospital project remained an exercise in preserving the medieval fabric of the city of Venice through a systemic replication of its urban tissue. This book offers a detailed study of Le Corbusier's Venice hospital project as a plausible built entity. In addition it analyses it in the light of its supposed affinity with the medieval urban configuration of the city of Venice. No formal attempt to date has been made to critically analyse the hospital project's design considerations in comparison to the medieval urban configuration of the city of Venice. Using a range of methodologies including those from architectural theory and history using archival resources on-site analysis and interviews with important resource persons this book is an interpretation of the conceptual basis for Le Corbusier understanding of the structural formulation of the city of Venice as mentioned in The Radiant City (1935). In doing so it deciphers the diagrammatic analysis of the city structure found in this work into a set of coherent design modules that were applied in the hospital project and that could become a point of further investigation. Architects and other architecturally interested laypeople with an interest in Venice will find the book a valuable addition to their knowledge. For architectural historians the book makes an important link between modernism and the historically grown Venice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253308

Le Francais en Faculte Substantially revised and updated this is the third edition of a highly popular book which has been helping students for decades. It provides a sound base of linguistic competence upon which students can build with confidence. Comprises twelve thematic modules each including a relevant and contemporary text based on an aspect of French life and culture associated exercises and a section on grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140400

Le Japon artistique/Artistic Japan 1888-1891 (6-vol. ES set) This is the eighth part of a successful series which provides art historians and students with primary-source materials relating to the Western reception of Japanese arts from the late nineteenth to the early twentieth century. It is now common knowledge that art collectors in Europe around the end of the nineteenth century played a very important role in the development of Japanese influence on Western art in particular on the Impressionists who became acquainted with Ukiyoe by Hokusai or other Japanese artefacts many of which were imported from Japan by art dealers for their clients in Europe. The figure who played the most important role in such a European art community is Siegfried Bing (known simply as S. Bing) a German art dealer who relocated to Paris in the mid-nineteenth century. He imported and introduced Japanese art and later opened the now famous gallery the Maison de l'Art Nouveau which showed works of artists of what would become known as the Art Nouveau style. In 1888 he launched a monthly magazine on Japanese art and culture simultaneously in three languages editions (French English and German) and published 36 issues over three years (in total of 108 issues in different editions). Each issue has a beautifully decorated cover and approx. ten full colour plates of Japanese prints and other Japanese art and numerous illustrations in black and white. The leading art critics and specialists on Japanese art contributed articles which covered a wide variety of arts including craft works architecture and theatre. The publication was achieved by many collaborators in different countries including Antotin Proust Edmond Goncourt Tadamasa Hayashi William Anderson Paul Manz Roger Marx etc. This fascimile edition is the first complete reproduction of all issues of all three editions (in a slightly reduced format) with all covers and plates. Although there are academic and art libraries which hold the back issues of this most important document of the history of Japanese art the majority of such collections lack some editions or some plates or jacket. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784861661433

Le Japon dans la litterature francaise 1910-29 (ES 5-vol. set) Published by Edition Synapse  Tokyo  and distributed outside Japan by Routledge. There is a growing interest in the French Japonism movement of the late nineteenth century and academic research in the subject is developing in both quantity and quality. However much of this scholarly activity is confined to the area of art history and apart from some work on leading authors like Pierre Loti or Judith Gautier very little scholarship has emerged from the field of French literature. Indeed many works produced by popular French authors during this period have long been forgotten even in France. Addressing the absence of source material for those studying such Japonism literature in France the reprint series was created and this is the third collection. It includes five French popular novels published in the early twentieth century with Japan or Japanese as their main topic. The books include interesting illustrations and plates many reproduced in full colour as they appeared in the original first editions. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784861661204

Le Japon dans la litterature francaise (ES 6-vol. set) There is a growing interest in the French Japonism movement of the late nineteenth century and academic research in the subject is developing in both quantity and quality. However much of this scholarly activity is confined to the area of art history and apart from some work on leading authors like Pierre Loti or Judith Gautier very little scholarship has emerged from the field of French literature. Indeed many works produced by popular French authors during this period have long been forgotten even in France. Addressing the absence of source material for those studying such Japonism literature in France this is the second part of the series to reprint in facsimile format the French popular novels with Japan or Japanese as their main topic during the époque of Japonism from the end of the nineteenth century to early twentieth century. The second set reprints five works published in the first decade of the twentieth century. Many illustrations and plates including some in colour are reproduced as in the original first editions. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784861661198

Le Japon litterature francaise 1927–38 (4-vol. ES set) This is the final collection of the series of facsimile reprints of French Japonism novels published during in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. There is a growing interest in the French Japonism movement of the late nineteenth century and academic research in the subject is developing in both quantity and quality. However much of this scholarly activity is confined to the area of art history and apart from some work on leading authors like Pierre Loti or Judith Gautier very little scholarship has emerged from the field of French literature. Indeed many works produced by popular French authors during this period have long been forgotten even in France. Addressing the absence of source material for those studying such Japonism literature in France the reprint series was created and is the fourth and the final collection. It includes five French popular novels published in the early twentieth century with Japan or Japanese as their main topic. The books include interesting illustrations and plates many reproduced in full colour as they appeared in the original first editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784861661907

Le PlayEngineer and Social Scientist This book enables one clearly to grasp the full value and the very contemporary interest of Le Play's work. It considers Le Play as an extremely complex personality and shows that to understand him properly every side of the man must be studied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527003

Le Théâtre du SoleilThe First Fifty-Five Years Le Théâtre du Soleil traces the company’s history from a group of young barely trained actors directors and designers struggling to match their political commitment to a creative strategy to their grappling with the concerns of migration separation and exile in the early decades of the twenty-first century. Béatrice Picon-Vallin recounts how in the 55 years since its founding the Théâtre du Soleil has established itself as one of the foremost names in modern theatre. Ariane Mnouchkine and her collaborators have developed a unique and ever-evolving style that combines a piercing richness of shape color and texture with precision choreography innovative musical accompaniment and multi-layered metaphorical dreamscapes. This rich storied history is illustrated by a wealth of spectacular rehearsal and production photos from the company's own archive and interviews with dozens of past and present members including Mnouchkine herself. Judith G. Miller’s timely translation of the first comprehensive history and analysis of a remarkable award-winning company is a compelling read for both students and teachers of Drama and Theatre Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141554

Lead Belly Woody Guthrie Bob Dylan and American Folk Outlaw Performance With its appeal predicated upon what civilized society rejects there has always been something hidden in plain sight when it comes to the outlaw figure as cultural myth. Damian A. Carpenter traverses the unsettled outlaw territory that is simultaneously a part of and apart from settled American society by examining outlaw myth performance and perception over time. Since the late nineteenth century the outlaw voice has been most prominent in folk performance the result being a cultural persona invested in an outlaw tradition that conflates the historic folkloric and social in a cultural act. Focusing on the works and guises of Lead Belly Woody Guthrie and Bob Dylan Carpenter goes beyond the outlaw figure’s heroic associations and expands on its historical (Jesse James Billy the Kid) folk (John Henry Stagolee) and social (tramps hoboes) forms. He argues that all three performers represent a culturally disruptive force whether it be the bad outlaw that Lead Belly represented to an urban bourgeoisie audience the good outlaw that Guthrie shaped to reflect the social concerns of marginalized people or the honest outlaw that Dylan offered audiences who responded to him as a promoter of clear-sighted self-evaluation. As Carpenter shows the outlaw and the law as located in society are interdependent in terms of definition. His study provides an in-depth look at the outlaw figure’s self-reflexive commentary and critique of both performer and society that reflects the times in which they played their outlaw roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882044

Lead Designer's HandbookThe Lead Designer and Design Management Despite co-ordination being the principal focus of the Lead Designer’s role there is very little written about how to undertake these duties. What tools can the Lead Designer use to address the many complexities of developing a design as part of an iterative process? How can the Lead Designer redefine what they do using a digital world to provide profoundly different and new services? This book analyses at all of these questions setting out how the Lead Designer can perform effectively and efficiently in the digital world addressing clients’ new whole life project requirements and new ways of constructing and assembling buildings. Managing increasing numbers of specialists in the construction process requires experience to ensure that their contributions are properly managed and produced at the right time. This book considers this challenge. It will also consider how the Lead Designer can effectively lead and manage health and safety aspects and risks (the principal designer role in UK regulations).   Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859467091

Lead Like the LegendsAdvice and Inspiration for Teachers and Administrators Based on the popular presentation of the same name Lead Like the Legends uses the inspiring words of musical legends to help teachers and administrators learn the principles of effective leadership. The book is organized around 14 musical greats including Ray Charles Duke Ellington Marian Anderson Carlos Santana The Beatles Bob Dylan and Louis Armstrong. As you examine the words of wisdom from these artists you’ll learn the keys to strong leadership such as… being sincere; accepting no limits; leading with imagination; leading by participating; being daring and high energy; using teamwork; and being yourself. Each chapter includes motivational stories and examples from school leaders across the country as well as reflection activities self-assessments and planning tools to help you implement the ideas. Whether you’re a teacher looking to enhance your skills or an administrator in charge of managing a school or district you’ll come away from the book with fresh ideas and inspiration to help you on your journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948655

Lead Manufacturing in BritainA History Originally published in 1983. Extensive research into the archives of the lead industry has culminated in this comprehensive and fascinating account of the industry from the earliest times to the 1980’s. It traces the origins of the various types of lead manufacturing and the nineteenth-century expansion of the industry. The technological changes within the industry are traced in detail and an appraisal of modern industry and its future prospects concluded this definitive and very readable history of the lead industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081710

Lead Me I Dare You!Managing Resistance to School Change This original book shows you how to understand and collaborate with the most difficult members of your staff. Tied together by real-world "success stories" about school change and succinct leadership tips the practical advice in this book is supported by research and is presented in a conversational style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472082

Lead On!Motivational Lessons for School Leaders Every school leader will benefit from this must-have book by award-winning educator Pete Hall. In it he shares his wisdom insights and lessons lived and learned with educators at all stages of their careers. His lively readable style makes it easy to follow his practical tips and strategies for taking action goal-setting motivating others gaining perspective and so much more! The ideas for motivational strategies jump out from the pages and combined with the common-sense approach make this a go-to appealing reference for educators to use over and over again. Timeless lessons in this book include: Making It Fun Again     Hope Ain't a Strategy                 The Power of Positive Phrasing                  And many more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672017

Lead PoisoningExposure Abatement Regulation Lead Poisoning discusses one of the most critical and preventable environmentally induced illnesses. The actual toll lead poisoning takes on society cannot be measured fully due to the "silent" nature of health effects such as subtle intellectual deficits and neurological damage caused by chronic low-level exposures. This book covers every major topic on the subject including lead poisoning in children sources of contamination state-of-the-art sampling and analytical measurement methods the newest studies on low-cost abatement methods and much more. This reference is the most comprehensive presentation of issues currently available under one cover.The text is divided into three major parts. Part I provides insights from studies assessing lead exposures from paint dust soil and lead battery recycling operations. The second part is a unique collection of strategic federal policy statements from the U.S. EPA HUD and HEW-CDC. It details the National Implementation Plan as well as a local government's efforts to provide low-cost effective risk communication and public outreach to the community. The next part offers seven chapters on analytical issues in the measurement of lead in blood paint dust and soils. Part IV Sampling Methods and Statistical Issues rounds out the technical portion of the volume. The relationships among lead levels in biological and environmental media are investigated and the interpretive problems discussed. The use of multi-element analysis of environmental samples as an approach to investigate sources is described.The book finishes with its most unique feature-OPPT's Check Our Kids for Lead Program one organization's effort to empower its employees to make a personal difference in confronting the problem of lead poisoning in children. The Program serves as a model for other government organizations (federal state and local) university and community organizations and corporations to educate them and take personal and corporate responsibility for addressing this important and environmental health problem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579746

LEAD SafetyA Practical Handbook for Frontline Supervisors and Safety Practitioners LEAD Safety concentrates on self-development and education in safety leadership. It takes safety leadership in an exciting new direction with practical tools that will give organisations the skills they need to make a difference in their safety program. The book provides a non-technical overview of safety leadership and outlines the core skills safety managers should demonstrate and practice. Organisations will see improvements in engagement morale trust and motivation in the workplace. Readers will gain an appreciation of a new and evidence-based safety leadership model as well as formulate a personalized action plan to improve safety in their workplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367861131

Lead the Crisis Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070325

Lead the Way Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070332

Lead with MeA Principal's Guide to Teacher Leadership Lead With Me 2nd Edition provides courageous principals with the tools for partnering with teachers in the student learning and improvement process. This practical guide explains the skills teacher leaders need and offers advice for principals who wish to engage teachers in learning these skills. Packed with stories and examples from educators in the field this second edition explores how to: Build mutual trust and accountability with teachers and faculty Encourage and facilitate professional development Carefully manage the distribution of power and authority by involving faculty members in decision-making. The revised second edition provides a variety of helpful tools—PowerPoint presentations reflection questions activities for professional learning sessions and annotated lists of additional resources—that can be downloaded as eResources: www.routledge.com/books/details/9781138785588. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785595

Lead-Acid Battery TechnologiesFundamentals Materials and Applications Lead-Acid Battery Technologies: Fundamentals Materials and Applications offers a systematic and state-of-the-art overview of the materials system design and related issues for the development of lead-acid rechargeable battery technologies. Featuring contributions from leading scientists and engineers in industry and academia this book: Describes the underlying science involved in the operation of lead-acid batteries Highlights advances in materials science and engineering for materials fabrication Delivers a detailed discussion of the mathematical modeling of lead-acid batteries Analyzes the integration of lead-acid batteries with other primary power systems Explores emerging applications such as electric bicycles and microhybrid vehicles Lead-Acid Battery Technologies: Fundamentals Materials and Applications provides researchers students industrial professionals and manufacturers with valuable insight into the latest theories experimental methodologies and research achievements in lead-acid battery technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466592223

Leader And Party In Latin America Tracing the development and decay of political parties in Latin America this book suggests that the sociological or environmental explanations of political parties are inadequate in explaining why institutionalized political parties develop in some societies and not in others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158040

Leader Interpersonal and Influence SkillsThe Soft Skills of Leadership This edited volume explores different models conceptualizations and measures of leader interpersonal and influence "soft skills" that are so necessary for effective leadership. These include the communication skills persuasion skills political savvy and emotional abilities used by leaders to inspire motivate and move followers toward the accomplishment of goals. The book emanates from the two-day-long 21st Kravis-de Roulet leadership conference which brought together top scholars working in this area. The intent of the conference and this edited volume is to increase understanding of the interpersonal and influence skills or "soft skills " of the leader to highlight state-of-the-art research on the topic and to provide clear research-based guidelines for the development of leader skills.Chapter authors are recognized experts in their respective areas and each section of the book will be introduced by an editor-authored chapter reviewing the specific topic area in brief. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842327

Leader Symbols and Personality Cult in North KoreaThe Leader State The legitimacy of the North Korean state is based solely on the leaders’ personal legitimacy and is maintained by the indoctrination of people with leader symbols and the enactment of leadership cults in daily life. It can thus be dubbed a "leader state". The frequency of leader symbols and the richness and scale of leader-symbol-making in North Korea are simply unrivalled. Furthermore the personality cults of North Korean leaders are central to people’s daily activity critically affecting their minds and emotions. Both leader symbols and cult activities are profoundly entrenched in the institutions and daily life and if separated and cancelled the North Korean state would be transformed. This book analyses North Korea as a "leader state" focusing on two elements leader symbols and cult activities. It argues that these elements have been and continue to be the backbone of North Korea shaping North Korean culture. To reveal the "leader state" character the book specifically examines North Korea’s leadership cults its use of leader symbols in these cults and the nature of the symbolism involved. How has the North Korean state developed the cult of the Kim Il Sung family? How does the state use leader symbols to perpetuate this cult? How has the state developed myths and rituals that sustain the cult in daily life? What leader images has state propaganda manufactured? How does the state’s manipulation of leader symbols affect the symbolism that is assigned to the leader’s actions? In answering these questions this book sheds new light on the strength and resilience of the North Korean state and shows how it has been able to survive even the most difficult economic period of the mid-1990s. Leader Symbols and Personality Cult in North Korea will be essential reading for students and scholars of North Korea Korean politics Asian politics political sociology and visual politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295377

Leader Thinking SkillsCapacities for Contemporary Leadership This book examines the various thinking skills that leaders may need to find success in contemporary organizations and institutions covering a wide array of skills that are held to be important by key leadership scholars. Bridging theory and practice chapters summarize major findings with respect to a particular ability knowledge or skill providing theoretical frameworks for understanding how these contribute to leader emergence and performance and considering implications for leader selection assessment and development. The text appraises the existing research on the critical cognitive capabilities that underlie leader problem-solving and implications for the assessment and development of leadership potential in real-world settings. The role of creative thinking skills on leader performance is also addressed bearing on the importance of processes such as problem definition and idea generation but also using constraints to potentially stimulate creative thought. With contributions from some of the most eminent scholars working in the field of leadership this book will be in invaluable resource to academics researchers graduate students and professionals interested in leadership and leader skills I/O psychology and business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284333

Leader-Managers in the Public SectorManaging for Results Highlights the skills and practices necessary for effective leader-managers in the public sector. It begins by clarifying the differences between leadership and management. It then draws on in-depth interviews with seven successful leader-managers in different policy fields to identify six critical skills and practices that are necessary for good leadership and good management in the public sector. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702933

Leaders Factions and the Game of Intra-Party Politics The book provides a comprehensive view on the internal life of parties and investigates the dynamics of intra-party politics in different party environments to explain in which circumstances the party leader is more or less bound by the wills of party factions. Analyzing almost 500 intra-party documents from Italy Germany and France it presents a theory of intra-party politics that illuminates internal decision-making processes and sheds light on the outcomes of factional conflicts on the allocation of payoffs within the party on the risk of a party split and on the survival of the party leader. Using text analysis the results show that consensual dynamics can allow to preserve party unity and that directly elected leaders can exploit their larger autonomy either to reward followers or to prevent splits. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of Party Politics Political Institutions European Politics and more broadly to Comparative Politics Political Theory and Text Analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138550001

Leaders Leadership And U.s. Policy In Latin America This book focuses on the future of Latin American leaders and the relationship of these leaders to the United States. It examines the ways in which the critical interaction between individual leaders and the U.S. policy community affects the substance and direction of hemispheric relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164577

Leaders and Intelligence From a systematic point of view all intelligence work can be studied on three levels: Acquisition analysis and acceptance. The author focuses on the third of these levels studying the attitudes and behavioural patterns developed by leaders during their political careers their willingness to consider information and ideas contrary to their own their ability to admit mistakes and change course in the implementation of a failing policy and their capacity to cooperate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203043561

Leaders and LaggardsNext-Generation Environmental Regulation Consensus is growing internationally that traditional command-and-control approaches to environmental regulation have borne much of their low-hanging fruit. Yet it is far from clear what should complement or replace them. Regulatory agencies and policy-makers are struggling with a lack of information about regulatory reform about what works and what doesn't and about how best to harness the resources of both government and non-government stakeholders. Progress is being impeded unnecessarily by a lack of shared knowledge of how similar agencies elsewhere are meeting similar challenges and by a lack of data on the success or otherwise of existing initiatives.  Despite recent and valuable attempts to deal with such problems in the European Union and North America these remain islands of wisdom in a sea of ignorance. For example when it comes to dealing with small and medium-sized enterprises very little is known and what is known is not effectively distilled and disseminated. Much the same could be said about the roles of third parties commercial and non-commercial as surrogate regulators and more broadly of many current initiatives to reconfigure the regulatory state. Based on the authors' work for the OECD Victorian Environmental Protection Authority and the Western Australian Department of Environment Protection Leaders and Laggards addresses these problems by identifying innovative regulatory best practice internationally in a number of specific contexts evaluating empirically the effectiveness of regulatory reform and providing policy prescriptions that would better enable agencies to fulfil their regulatory missions.  Focusing primarily on the differing requirements for both corporations and small and medium-sized enterprises in North America and Europe the book aims to complement existing initiatives and to expand knowledge of regulatory reform by showing: how existing experience can best be put to practical use "on the ground"; by drawing lessons from experiments in innovative regulation internationally; by reporting and extrapolating on original case studies; and by advancing understanding on which instruments and strategies are likely to be of most value and why. The authors argue that the development of theory has outstripped its application. In essence Leaders and Laggards aims to ground a myriad of theory on the reinvention of environmental regulation into practice.  The book will be essential reading for environmental policy-makers regulatory and other government officials responsible for policy design and implementation academics and postgraduate students in environmental management environmental law and environmental policy and a more general readership within environmental policy and management studies. It will also be of interest to those in industry such as environmental managers and corporate strategists who are considering the use of more innovative environmental and regulatory strategies and to environmental NGOs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282000

Leaders and Leadership in Japan Shows Japan's group-orientated society may have had fewer so-called 'leaders' but has excelled as a society of king-makers. On the other hand the way leadership is expressed derives from different values and perceptions of hierarchy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979536

Leaders and LegaciesContributions to the Profession of Counseling Leaders and Legacies discusses leadership involvements in the historical development of the profession of counseling. The lives of 23 noteworthy counselors are also chronicled documenting their dreams work and accomplishments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203890370

Leader's ClimbA Business Tale of Rising to the New Leadership Challenge "Adam was stuck." And with this simple phrase The Leader's Climb introduces the reader to an engaging tale of how leaders often ascend quickly to the top only to unknowingly slip down a path of decline-until it is too late. In this novel approach to the subject set against the backdrop of a rock-climbing vacation gone awry executive coaches Bob Parsanko and Paul Heagen draw from decades of success with business executives to reveal an all-too-familiar path of leadership struggles. The protagonist Adam is capable and well-meaning but has a confidence bordering on hubris and blind spots that could be the end of him. That is until unlikely encounters with a park ranger and a home handyman who become confidants and mentors reveal new insights to Adam. Through their wisdom and the realities of the hard knocks of business Adam gets "unstuck" and begins to turn around his life and career with three fundamental principles of personal growth: awareness acceptance and abundance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134211

Leaders in TransitionThe Tensions at Work as New Leaders Take Charge Leaders in Transition brings a new perspective on why some leaders succeed more than others when taking charge of an organisation. Based on in-depth case studies when four new leaders and their teams in large and complex international organisations were tracked for over a year this book uncovers that success in managing transition is directly related to leaders' ability to balance tensions appropriately to the context. The reasons for each leader's effectiveness are explored and analysed allowing the authors then to extrapolate some general conclusions about the ways in which these tensions reveal themselves during all leadership transitions. Evidently the success or failure of a new leader is the result of the way multiple actors (the new leader his or her boss his organisation and its stakeholders) behave before and during the taking charge. These multiple interactions are revealed and discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105716

Leaders of Russia and the Soviet UnionFrom the Romanov Dynasty to Vladimir Putin This reference work surveys the leaders of Russia and the Soviet Union- from Michael the first Romanov tsar in 1613 through the creation and dissolution of the Soviet Union to the present day President of the Russian Federation Vladimir Putin. Chronologically arranged these biographies paint a thorough yet succinct portrait of 30 leaders including discussion about the family and education of each ruler important legislation events and wars under each leader's rule; and each leader's achievements and impact on Russia or the Soviet Union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203505328

Leaders of the American Civil WarA Biographical and Historiographical Dictionary Provides an overview of the careers of the great military leaders and the critical political leaders of the American Civil War. Entries consider the leader's character and pre-war experience their contributions to the war effort and the war's impact on the rest of their lives. An assessment of their historical treatment puts their long-term reputations on the line and results in a thorough revision of some leaders a call for further study of others and a reaffirmation of the accomplishments of the greatest leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062297

Leadership Capacity Building and School ImprovementConcepts themes and impact Leadership Capacity Building and School Improvement provides a fresh and original perspective on the most important issues confronting today’s practitioners and academics in the field of educational leadership. New and exciting concepts are introduced such as the research-engaged school of the future. While its theoretical and evidence-based approach raises to a robust level the discussion on the most important leadership challenges of the day the book is at the same time intensely practical in addressing everyday issues faced by contemporary policy makers and school practitioners. Underpinning the eleven chapters is a conceptual framework founded on the notion of leadership as capacity building giving the book a coherence that many others on school leadership lack. Among the themes actively discussed are: Conceptualising and Contextualising Leadership – what is leadership? What distinguishes good from mediocre and poor leaders? What are the traits dispositions and attributes that make for good leadership? How does context influence leadership? How appealing is leadership as a career? What are the components of capacity building leadership? Contemporary Leadership Themes – what is learning-centred leadership and how can it best promote good teaching and student learning? How can leaders distribute leadership across the school and what are the pitfalls? How can leaders capitalise on the notion of the school as a professional learning community? How can leaders best be nurtured and developed? Policy Leadership Practice and Impact – what new forms of leadership are presaged by the specialist schools policy as a means of school improvement? How can schools combine a focus on academic achievement with the need to prepare students for the changing twenty-first century workplace? Leadership Capacity Building and School Improvement provides an up-to-date authoritative critical and insightful account of school leadership. It combines advocacy and argument with evidence-based practice drawn from the most plausible and robust sources. This book will prove a valuable tool for those taking higher degrees in school leadership and management: school leaders on NPQH courses and school practitioners as a whole interested in interfacing with the latest empirical evidence and ideas as well as academics teaching and researching in the area of educational leadership. Since the book adopts an international perspective drawing its examples and evidence from both the Anglo-American and the Asian contexts it will be found relevant to academics policy makers and practitioners across these regions. Clive Dimmock is Visiting Professor at the National Institute of Education in Singapore and Professor Emeritus at the University of Leicester UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415404372

Leadership Ethics and Schooling for Social Justice Issues of social justice and equity in the field of educational leadership have become more salient in recent years. The unprecedented diversity uncertainty and rapid social change of the contemporary global era are generating new and unfamiliar equity questions and challenges for schools and their leaders. In order to understand the moral and ethical complexity of work undertaken in the name of social justice and equity in diverse contexts this book uses a range of different theoretical tools from the work of Michel Foucault. Rather than a prescriptive best practice approach to leadership and social justice this book draws on Foucault’s four-fold ethical framework and specifically the notions of advocacy truth-telling and counter-conduct to critically examine the leadership work undertaken in case studies in schools in Australia and England. Our approach makes transparent the ethical work that leaders in these contexts conduct on themselves towards creating schools that can address the equity challenges of the present climate. It illuminates and enables critical analysis of the moral imperatives shaping the equity work of school leaders and in particular the possibilities for transformative leadership that can work to create schools and school systems that are more socially just. Overall the book’s key aims are to: Provide an innovative and comprehensive theorising of leadership for social justice in contemporary times; Explicate the utility of key elements of Foucault’s theorising of the ethical self to the domain of educational leadership; and Provide significant practical insight into the social justice possibilities of school leadership in contemporary times through two in depth case studies Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736626

Leadership Gender and EthicsEmbodied Reason in Challenging Masculinities This book has a clear concern to offer a distinctive way of studying leadership so that it might be practiced differently. It is distinctive in focusing on contemporary concerns about gender and ethics. More precisely it examines the masculinity of leadership and how through an embodied form of reasoning it might be challenged or disrupted. A central argument of the book is that masculine leadership elevates rationality in ways that marginalize the body and feelings and often has the effect of sanctioning unethical behavior.   In exploring this thesis Leadership Gender and Ethics: Embodied Reason in Challenging Masculinities provides an analysis of the comparatively neglected issues of identity/anxiety power/resistance diversity/gender and the body/masculinities surrounding the concept and practice of leadership. It also illustrates the arguments of the book by examining leadership through an empirical examination of academic life organization change and innovation and the global financial crisis of 2008. In a postscript it analyses some examples of masculine leadership in the global pandemic of 2020.    This book will be of interest generally to researchers academics and students in the field of leadership and management and will be of special interest to those who seek to understand the intersections between leadership and gender ethics and embodied approaches. It will also appeal to those who seek to develop new ways of thinking and theorizing about leadership in terms of identities and insecurities power and masculinity ethics and the body. Its insights might not only change studies but also practices of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492509

Leadership Across BoundariesA Passage to Aporia Leadership Across Boundaries: A Passage to Aporia theorizes on leadership in an unprecedented manner by stepping outside of conventional leadership theory and importing into leadership studies the implications of certain innovations in the social sciences such as pluralism complexity theory and the dialogical turn to change the way scholars discuss and study leadership. Leadership Across Boundaries anchors theoretical passages that generate a new way of imagining what it means to lead and follow with concrete examples about Martin Luther the Common Law dialogue as a practice a painting by Diego Velázquez synchronized fireflies and the strange career of Francis of Assisi. This book acknowledges the limitations of existing leadership research as being too leader-centric simplistic static and in many cases oblivious to the power of images to shape our understanding. To rectify these limitations Leadership Across Boundaries examines alternative images of leadership grounded in concrete examples that present leadership in an unprecedented light. The book includes a discussion of invigorating ideas of homeward leadership (looking backward) extra-ordinary leadership (going forward) and what will be defined as the perennial need for aikido politics. An interdisciplinary text Leadership Across Boundaries: A Passage to Aporia will appeal not only to scholars instructors and students of leadership but also to those in the many fields in which leadership theory applies such as history economics sociology archetypal psychology the law political philosophy applied mathematics and the martial arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863241

Leadership Across the Globe Leadership Across the Globe aims to serve a growing interest in how to lead in a global or cross-cultural environment. This book focuses on the corporate setting with illustrations theories and evidence from various regions around the world. The book includes coverage of culture and diversity issues in leadership as well as a comprehensive detailed exploration of the comparative aspects of leadership. Generously illustrated with cases boxed profiles figures and examples from a wide range of organizations this is a relevant resource for anyone seeking a leadership career on a global scale in multinational enterprises or in a multi-cultural context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886100

Leadership AgilityDeveloping Your Repertoire of Leadership Styles Leadership is about influencing others to move in a certain direction and there are many ways of achieving this influence. Each of these leadership styles has its inherent qualities and pitfalls and will be more suited to specific people and different circumstances. The more leaders understand their preferred leadership styles and are able to flexibly switch to the most suitable style given the situation the more effective they will be. This book maps out ten sets of opposite leadership styles giving readers the possibility to understand the strengths and weaknesses of both sides and to identify their own current preference. The ten leadership style dimensions cover the full range of leadership roles from the leader as coach (interpersonal leadership) to the leader as organizer (organizational leadership) as strategist (strategic leadership) as sense-maker (leadership and mission) and as role model (leadership and self). Readers are invited to draw up their own leadership development plans which is supported by an interactive App. Readers are also challenged to reflect on how they would approach a number of cases after which they can go to an interactive web-forum to read how others have responded and engage in a discussion with them. Leadership Agility is a useful tool for practitioners in the corporate world as well as business students and emerging leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065109

Leadership and Authority in Central AsiaThe Ismaili Community in Tajikistan This book explores the unfolding of world history in a remote corner of Central Asia: the region of Badakhshan. The history of this region has commonly been explored through the lens of the major superpowers who competed over its territory in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries including Britain Russia and China. Here we are offered a comprehensive overview of the history of the Ismaili community in Tajikistan. Leadership and Authority in Central Asia identifies traditional forms of religious authority within the network of religious functionaries at a range of levels and discusses the functions of Ismaili political leaders as they have evolved through time. Skilfully applying an interdisciplinary approach – drawing on historical sources including unpublished materials and ethnographic fieldwork data collected through interviews – and a perceptive analysis of political theories of leadership in communist and post-communist societies this book challenges the ways religious and secular categories have been distinguished in recent scholarship Developing a structural explanation for the survival and evolution of religious and political authorities of Badakhshani Ismailis in times of radical social and political upheaval this book will be of interest to scholars of Muslim societies Political Science and Central Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377832

Leadership and Change in Public Sector OrganizationsBeyond Reform Successful change in the public sector can be supported or hindered by political and administrative leadership individual and group motivation and the public’s perception of the effectiveness of public officials and government structures. But do the very characteristics of public sector organizations present obstacles to successful transformative change? This book assesses the current state of the literature on leadership and change in government and public policy and introduces the reader to innovative new ways to demonstrate leadership in times of change. Contributions from accomplished scholars in the field cover the traditional public administration areas of performance and management as well as the diversity of issues that surround public leadership and change both domestic and global. Chapters on public sector innovation performance leadership governance networks complexity in disaster management change initiatives in educational systems and local government citizen advisory bodies and gender and race equality to name but a few provide important case studies throughout the volume. Leadership and Change in Public Sector Organizations will be required reading for upper level undergraduate and graduate courses in public administration/management leadership and public policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630642

Leadership and Change in Sustainable Regional Development This book shows first of all that leadership plays a crucial role in reinventing regions and branching out from an old path to something new in order to create more balanced and sustainable regional development. Second it maintains that leadership is not a solo but a multi-agent and -level activity and that it needs to be discussed and studied as such. Third as the book argues leadership is shaped differently in various institutional and cultural contexts and on different scales. This book explores the ways leadership plays our in regional development context contributing to economically socially and ecologically balanced sustainable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792241

Leadership and Change in the Western Pacific An ethnographic exploration of the rise of new forms of leadership at community and national levels with islanders are synthesising traditional and Western models. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135425

Leadership and Change ManagementA Cross-Cultural Perspective A leader’s role in the management of change is a critical issue for successful outcomes of strategic initiatives. Globalization and economic instability have prompted an increase in organizational changes related to downsizing and restructuring in order to improve financial performance and organizational competitiveness.Researchers agree that a leader’s inability to fully understand what is needed in order to guide their organization through successful change can be a reason for failure. Proper planning and management of change can reduce the likelihood of failure promote change effectiveness and increase employee engagement. Yet change in organizations must be viewed as a continuous activity that affects both organizational and individual outcomes. If change management can be considered as an event induced by socio-cultural factors the cultural variable gains greater significance when applied to the quality of the relationship between a leader and their team. Many organizations today are on the verge of internationalization. It is here that the cultural context can affect behaviors and in the same way leadership style.The research presented in this book by an eminent group of scholars explores the influence of culture – ethnic regional religious – on how leaders manage change within organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595364

Leadership and CoherenceA Cognitive Approach Leadership and Coherence investigates how leaders justify their decisions and how they bring about coherence amongst followers. Taking a cognitive approach it builds on the work of Hannah Arendt to attempt a phenomenology of judgment examining how the moral imperative experienced by leaders can be shared by their community so both leader and led are guided by a mutual purpose. Through biographical case studies of historical leaders this book illustrates how successful leaders operate in a turbulent world not only making their own decisions but also gathering likeminded followers to share in a common vision and shared sense of purpose.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725560

Leadership and Cultural ChangeManaging Future Well-Being Contemporary confluences of leadership decision-making and citizenship behavior often unintentionally contribute to the depletion of the world’s resources – escalating health education and social crises as well as community societal and cultural struggles – to adapt to emerging global shifts. Leadership and management practices in this context affect the wellbeing of organizational members (e.g. their safety health financial security etc.) but also entail positive or negative impacts on consumer practices and collective community well-being (e.g. education obesity cancer safe or green driving energy conservation diversity based health care etc.). Decision-making in most businesses and organizations is largely responsive to demands for short-term profit or cost minimization. On the consumer side both cultural values and the corporate marketing practices that sustain them encourage high levels of consumption necessary to sustain corporate practices. In exploring the emerging applications of behavior science to these challenges this book showcases emerging work by internationally recognized scholars on leadership and cultural change. The book will aid organizations and leaders in creating new models of stewardship and will open opportunities for innovation while adapting and responding to growing social upheaval technological advances and environmental concerns as well as crises in the global economy health education and environment. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892197

Leadership and Digital ChangeThe Digitalization Paradox Digitalization is on everyone’s lips as new technology changes business landscapes and conventional companies are outperformed by younger digital and agile contestants. In this volatile environment it seems more relevant than ever before to understand the aspects and business logic behind the elusive phenomenon called "digitalization". Never before have there been such great opportunities to unleash the full potential of technology within organizations to create long-standing competitive advantage. This book explains the strategy and practice of how to lead and control the people side of digital change in a dynamic world of uncertainty and social complexity and as such the book snares the elusive phenomena of digitalization Digitalization drives behavioral change and calls for a new way of thinking among senior executives. In practice reaping the benefits of digital technology is not as easy as it first appears to be. This book provides a map to navigate in the volatile business landscape where change occurs continuously because of digital technology. It provides an historical frame of the evolution of digital technology decodes digitalization’s negative influence on the external aspects of customer satisfaction discusses and explains the strategic and leadership consequences of different forms of digital change and finally demonstrates how leading digital change can be put into practice. Illustrative case studies and examples are provided throughout as well as models and frameworks. This is a valuable resource for researchers academics and students in the fields of organizational studies organizational change technology and innovation management and digitalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367275013

Leadership and Diversity in PsychologyMoving Beyond the Limits Leadership and Diversity in Psychology explores the topic of leadership and diversity from a range of different perspectives. The authors draw from professional experience and research to support their reflections on leadership with diverse populations leadership in organizations and developing leadership style.Incorporating current theory and up-to-date research concerning current trends towards more relational and integrative work the book emphasises practitioners’ reflections of their own experience. It reflects the contemporary focus towards more pluralistic/integrative practice which has moved away from traditional orientations involving specific ways of working.Leadership and Diversity in Psychology will be of great interest to academics and researchers in the fields of clinical and counselling psychology and organizational psychology as well as professional practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661298

Leadership and LiberationA Psychological Approach How do leaders influence the people around them? Is leadership about having particular personality traits or is it about what leaders actually do and the types of relationships they build? This ground-breaking book looks at how to be an effective leader. It presents a model of leadership that has many practical implications for those who occupy formal leadership roles or who seek to influence events informally. This model views leadership as a collaborative influence process rather than a hierarchical or authoritarian one. By looking at leadership in the context of liberation it provides the reader with an alternative perspective enabling them to think about their own aims and effectiveness as a leader. It analyses our understanding of oppressed and oppressor groups and how processes of mistreatment develop and become institutionalised. From this standpoint effective leadership is presented as a means of confronting inequality and initiating positive change. The practical skills required by leaders to assist them in becoming agents of change and influence and in dealing with the inevitable conflicts that arise in complex interpersonal situations are considered. The reasons why leaders are targets of attack are also looked into as well as the situations in which they can act as a positive force for transformation. Containing an in-depth review of the development of leadership theory Leadership and Liberation also critically evaluates main-stream approaches and analyses the implications for leaders on the ground. The lessons to be learned are applicable to leaders in all types of groups and organisations and will be of interest to those studying psychology business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649650

Leadership and Local Power in European Rural Development Contemporary processes of economic social political and cultural restructuring are having profound impacts on the form and function of rural areas within the countries of the European Union and beyond. Furthermore rural development policies and programmes at EU and national levels have been critical in shaping the responses of different rural areas across Europe to these wider processes of restructuring. Contrasting empirical studies of ten European countries this volume provides a comprehensive analysis of the restructuring processes and the various national regional and local rural development programmes. Adopting a different national perspective in each chapter it focuses particularly on issues of power and leadership in the evolution and administration of these programmes. Five broad issues are examined in each case: socio-economic changes in rural areas the administrative context in which rural development and political activities take place the sociological context the political control of rural development and the use of different discourses of rurality in shaping the development process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263840

Leadership and Management for Doctors in TrainingA Practical Guide This guide helps undergraduate medics and junior doctors as well as experienced doctors taking on new managerial responsibilities to become effective leaders and managers by introducing both management and clinical leadership theory and practice and the challenges facing medical managers in today's NHS. Despite growing recognition of the importance of leadership and management to doctors in meeting their clinical responsibilities training in medical schools and foundation years remains patchy. This book helps readers to access relevant theory and practice through three key tenets: * Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194160

Leadership and Management for HR Professionals This is a new and completely revised edition of the successful text published in 2000 entitled Core Management. The book provides excellent coverage of the CIPD syllabus for three core areas of the CIPD syllabus.New end of chapter website links are included. The text is written in an easy-to-read style and each chapter is linked to other relevant parts of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154452

Leadership and Management in Organisations John Kotter of the Harvard Business School is one of a number of experts who believe that organisations are over managed and under led at least partially because people do not appreciate the differences between management and leadership. We start this book by challenging mental models of leadership and management. Agility has become a prerequisite for organisations in a business environment that is characterised by change. Two trends in particular have been evident. First hierarchical systems of management are yielding to a “new leadership” movement which has at its core shared vision and individual empowerment in place of consistency and control. Second leadership is no longer the preserve of those in positions in the management hierarchy. Increasingly it is dispersed through the organisation. By developing awareness of these and other influential trends those who have a responsibility for leading and managing in some form will be better equipped to flex their style and to play the diverse roles required of the managerial leader in contemporary organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135291

Leadership and Management in Pharmacy Practice Over the past years the changing nature of pharmacy practice has caused many to realize that the practice must not only be managed but also led. Leadership and Management in Pharmacy Practice discusses a variety of leadership and managerial issues facing pharmacists now and in the future. This second edition has been reorganized by placing leadership chapters up front followed by management chapters thus emphasizing the need for leadership first. The book is written by contributors from within and outside pharmacy practice—a reflection of the complexity of management in pharmacy settings. It offers a real-world approach to everyday issues in pharmacy leadership and management written by authors who have faced these issues themselves. The book includes case studies which are thought provoking and promote critical thinking as well as problem solving—skills critical for effective pharmacy leaders or managers. References are also made throughout the text to changes occurring to the profession both internally and externally. Much of the material discussed applies to all settings of pharmacy practice: community hospital industry ambulatory care and long-term care. This book provides pharmacy students and new pharmacy leaders and managers a broad overview of the complexities and intricacies inherent in managing and leading the profession. It is a valuable resource for students in the professional years of their pharmacy curricula and those promoted recently into pharmacy leadership or management positions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466589629

Leadership and Management Principles in Libraries in Developing Countries Learn leadership skills from achievements at special libraries in Asia Africa Eastern Europe and Central America! Leadership and Management Principles in Libraries in Developing Countries is a compilation of success stories epitomizing management and leadership strategies from developing nations around the globe. This book focuses on library administrators from Asia Africa Eastern Europe and Central America who have significantly transformed their library services in spite of limited funds and a lack of resources. You'll learn about their achievements their techniques and the strengths and skills they used—which can help you become a stronger leader at your own library. Leadership and Management Principles in Libraries in Developing Countries is a collection of selected entries to the Special Libraries Association Leadership and Management Division’s 2003 International Paper Competition for special librarians in developing countries. Each author describes the effective leadership and management that made their special library initiatives successful providing references tables step-by-step instructions and handy checklists for other librarians to use.In Leadership and Management Principles in Libraries in Developing Countries library officials discuss the development of successful programs at special libraries such as: the Indian Institute of Technology in Delhi India—where a team of people with diverse backgrounds worked together to digitally modernize their traditional library the Agricultural Libraries and Special Libraries in Tropical Biology located in Indonesia—where special librarians found innovative ways to access funding support and expertise from foreign institutions international relief agencies and library associations the Information Resource Centre at The Mildmay Centre in Kampala Uganda—where the new Mobile Patient Library Services project provides information materials to patients with HIV/AIDS and their caregivers the American Cultural Center Library (now called the Rosa Parks Library) in Niamey Niger—where the library was restructured from a simple reading room into a diverse cultural resource of exhibitions seminars and multilingual reference materials the Federal Ministry of Industry headquarters Library in Nigeria—where the library transformation was made possible through good leadership style managerial expertise and effective staff organization the University of Swaziland Libraries in Swaziland—where a strategic planning initiative helped the library widen Internet access secure subscription funding for database access and purchase updated equipment to enrich the instructional research and administrative functions of the libraryThis book represents a body of practical experience problems lessons and techniques that can be shared and tried by those who want to know more about or deal with the special needs and circumstances of librarians in developing countries. Leadership and Management Principles in Libraries in Developing Countries will show you how to improve both service and outreach to your local community by becoming a leader at your special library whether you are the librarian mid-level manager director or information consultant. Library science faculty and students will also find that this book illustrates the benefits of good leadership and management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864655

Leadership and Musician Development in Higher Music Education Leadership and Musician Development in Higher Music Education informs challenges and evaluates the central practices policies and theories that underpin the preparation of future music leaders and the leadership of music in higher education. In higher education it is often presumed that preparing for professional work is the responsibility of the individual rather than the institution. This anthology draws on the expertise of music practitioners to present the complexities surrounding this topic exploring approaches to leadership development while addressing prevalent leadership issues from multiple standpoints. Leadership is an inherent part of being a musician: from the creative act through to collaborative engagement it is fundamental to creating and sustaining a career in music. To expect musicians to develop these necessary skills "on the job" however is unreasonable and impractical. What support might be given to those looking to negotiate a career as a musician? In fourteen essays contributors from around the globe explore this question and more questions such as: How might leadership be modelled for aspiring musicians? How might students learn to recognise appraise and extend their leadership development? How might institutional leaders challenge curricular and pedagogical norms? Effective leadership development for musicians is vital to the longevity of the profession – Leadership and Musician Development in Higher Music Education is a likewise vital resource for students educators and future music leaders alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587472

Leadership and Nationalism in AzerbaijanAli Mardan bey Topchibashov Founder and Creator Ali Mardan bey Topchibashov was a prominent politician who played a crucial role in the history of Azerbaijan. One of the most striking personalities in the history of Azerbaijan the founder of liberal ideas and the first President of the Republic of Azerbaijan he led the Muslim faction in the first Russian Duma and the Union of Muslims of Russia and was a central figure of the Caucasian émigrés in Europe. This book analyses and presents the life of the first independent Azerbaijani political leaders. Based on extensive research from archives in Azerbaijan France Georgia Russia (Moscow and Kazan) and the UK some of which are newly accessible it traces the political personality of Topchibashov as one of the largest Muslim leaders and founder of the Azerbaijan Republic. At the same time it offers insights into the history of the formation and creation of the national consciousness of the Russian Muslims and tracks the challenges in the national and religious policy of the Imperial administration of the Soviet Union. The author sheds light on the significant problems of the Russian Empire (nationalities specifically) and global movements such as the post-World War I settlement and the difficulties of the many non-Russian groups that declared independence after the Bolshevik rise of power.Filling a lacuna in modern Azerbaijan history this book will be of interest to academics working on Russian Soviet South Caucasus and Central Asian History in particular Russian Empire Muslim nations and nationalism in Central Asia and the Caucasus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664428

Leadership and Organization (RLE: Organizations)A Behavioural Science Approach This book represents a selected collection of the writings from 1950 to 1960 of members of the Human Relations Research Group (HRRG) from UCLA. The writings are followed by independent comments and appraisal from different viewpoints prepared by distinguished experts in management theory group psycho-therapy and psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979543

Leadership and Organization for Community Prevention and Intervention in Venezuela Improve decision-making skills for community organizations and their leaders—from a participatory perspective! This book will show you how (and why) participatory communities come into being and what they can accomplish regardless of the current political climate. It also examines leadership—and the skills community leaders need to develop to be most effective. You’ll find ethnographic and psychosocial perspectives on the relationship between families and community organizations leadership interventions designed to facilitate more effective decision-making and more—all from organizations making a very real difference in a country that has had a strong community work tradition since the 1960s. This book presents an essential overview of the dynamics of urban low-income communities in Venezuela. With examples drawn from organizations designed to help a population that has been neglected by its government Leadership and Organization for Community Prevention and Intervention in Venezuela is a unique source of inspiration and practical know-how. The intensive training workshops and restructuring projects documented in this book have proven to be positive and effective tools strengthening Venezuelan communities despite the political unrest that has plagued the country. In Leadership and Organization for Community Prevention and Intervention in Venezuela you’ll learn how community organizations are: providing shelter for people displaced by natural disasters providing essential services when the government can’t—or won’t establishing community leadership roles—and helping community leaders to work more effectively transforming the perspectives of community leaders—from narcissistic to altruistic and much more! With this book you’ll examine the interaction between community organization and leadership—using the liberating dialogic reflective and conscientization approach developed by Latin American community psychology. The book’s approach is grounded and realistic. It highlights the outcomes of the authors’ participatory research and action in urban Venezuelan communities focusing on organization participation modes of leadership decision-making and meta-decision-making the moral development—and moral dilemmas—of community leaders and the interrelationship between family systems and community in Venezuela. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048313

Leadership and Organization in the Aviation Industry Leadership and organisational structures which are not adjusted to the cultural background of the employees concerned are most likely to produce sub-optimal results (House 2004). Therefore it is necessary to develop appropriate leadership and organisational structures in order to fully grasp the cultural environment to be encountered in the professional world. This book presents a research project that was carried out to develop leadership and organisational structures in accordance with the requirements created by different professional backgrounds within the aviation industry. The identification of the different professional cultures was undertaken using a standardised questionnaire. The development of the questionnaire was carried out with the help of the GLOBE study (House et al. 2004) one of the most extensive research efforts ever undertaken in the field of organisational and national cultures. The main characteristic of the GLOBE study is the development of nine dimensions which serve to identify and characterise any culture. These dimensions are referred to as 'core cultural dimensions'. Using this newly developed questionnaire it was not only possible to isolate 12 different professional cultures but also to identify their distinguishing traits which served as the base for the subsequent development of leadership and organisational structures. The survey was complemented by open interviews served to broaden and deepen the results gained with the standardised questionnaire. The research outcomes open the door to a new and important element of cultural research complementary to those of organisational and national cultures. Although the study was carried out in the aviation industry the results gained also appear to be transferable to other industries due to the large variety of professions isolated within the course of the presented study and the specific nature of the aviation industry itself. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315591773

Leadership and OrganizationA Philosophical Introduction This book is a philosophical exploration of the relationship between leadership and organization. Each chapter in the book sheds light on this relationship by exploring leadership with respect to a particular theme: charisma authority religion language authenticity image and followership. These themes are linked to popular notions of leadership such as transformational leadership authentic leadership and servant leadership. Offering insight into the ways in which leadership is understood in contemporary culture the main thesis of Leadership and Organization is that understandings of leadership today are still shaped by the figure of the charismatic leader even though charismatic leadership itself has lost much of its appeal. The clearest expression of this paradigm is the leadership-management distinction where the leader is someone who transcends the organization and the manager someone who resides within the organization. Drawing on a broad variety of sources in continental philosophy the author explores the central philosophical question of how leadership can be understood in relation to organization This book provides new perspectives on leadership that will be of interest to all students academics and practitioners who are interested in challenging their thinking about leadership. It will particularly appeal to those considering leadership studies from a critical or philosophical angle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917101

Leadership and Organizations (RLE: Organizations) In this textbook Alan Bryman provides a detailed and critical examination of the literature on leadership in organizations giving special recognition to the needs of students of organizational behaviour and the social psychology of organizations. After an examination of the complexity of the concept of leadership the author describes the major approaches to the analysis of leadership in organizations including: the idea that effective leaders have special traits; the various attempts to examine leader behaviour; normative approaches to the study of leadership; and the various theories which emphasize the importance of recognizing situational differences in understanding leadership effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979550

Leadership and Place Despite the radical transformation of society associated with globalisation shifting patterns of demography and the revolution in information and communication technologies over the last two decades we remain profoundly attached to place in economic social cultural and emotional terms. The idea of sustainable place shaping has made its way to the heart of the debate on the form and delivery of integrated (economic development planning housing regeneration education transport and health) policy for our neighbourhoods towns cities and regions. The delivery of policy for place shaping has become a far more complex cross-boundary and relational leadership task - and there is now a requirement for a refreshed approach to leadership development for collaborative learning and ‘associational’ working. Going forward what is needed is a more insightful and comprehensive conceptual framework related to the leadership of place that takes account of the paradigm shift occurring in economic development planning and regeneration studies. Against this background this timely book takes stock of the leadership literature and connects with the experience and views of those working in economic development planning and regeneration. In this book we seek to enhance the discussion of these new leadership challenges. This collection first appeared as a special issue of Policy Studies and is now published by kind permission in the Regional Studies Association book series Regions and Cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879355

Leadership and Policy Innovation – From Clinton to BushCountering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction Throughout the Cold War there were longstanding efforts to control the spread of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) through extensive arms control deterrence and defense programs. Since then counterproliferation efforts by the U.S. and international community have accelerated. Given the attention to counterproliferation in the last decade how effective was the leadership provided by President Clinton and his Secretaries of Defense Aspin Perry and Cohen in providing innovative and effective policies for countering the proliferation of WMD? Comparing the cases of U.S.-North Korea Agreed Framework the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction Program and U.S. and U.N. efforts in Iraq under Saddam Hussein Joseph R. Cerami examines patterns of organizational leadership and policy innovation in the development and implementation of WMD policy initiatives. Rather than criticize the framework of American and international political institutions this leadership perspective draws important insights on the capabilities of institutions to further U.S. and international goals and objectives in security policymaking. In doing so the book argues that the U.S.’s role and the roles of its internal government agencies are most significant in international affairs. Smartly and appealingly positioned at the intersection of theory and practice Cerami’s book crafts a new perspective in international relations and public administration offering great potential for understanding as well as designing policy innovations to counter the proliferation of WMD in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849082

Leadership and PurposeHow to Create a Sustainable Culture Companies that have integrated a contribution to society into their business models are more likely than others to succeed for the long term. This book provides you with information tips and tools to assess and strengthen your company for ongoing success. Through the use of case studies the book describes the leaders’ journeys – the mistakes they made the successes they achieved and the lessons they learned. Some are certified as Benefits Corporations (B Corps) because they have incorporated a clear societal purpose into their missions and they are able to demonstrate positive social impact. Others while not certified B Corps are at various stages in their commitments to society. The book is for leaders at many levels including CEOs senior leaders and managers as well as those without formal positions of authority but who can influence others and contribute to a sustainable culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367217693

Leadership and SENMeeting the Challenge in Special and Mainstream Settings How can leaders turn their schools into outward looking centres of excellence? Answering that question this book focuses upon the work of cutting edge leaders who are responding to the challenges of recent legislation and guidelines. It includes: thoughtful case studies examine school culture restructuring and reorganization mind maps and chapter summaries to help readers get on top of crucial issues and ideas helpful pointers on how to avoid pitfalls and maximise successes.  For special school leaders and prospective leaders those involved in making decisions about specialist provision and anyone delivering training and support to those professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823774

Leadership and Strategic SuccessionThe How and Why for Boards and CEOs Based on a review of the literature and several in-depth case studies this book suggests a strategy-as-practice framework for succession and explores leadership logic trust and followership. This book takes the reader through the key stages and disciplines required for effective top-level succession. Corporations growing entrepreneurial companies and family owners all must manage strong group dynamics and individual needs in a succession transition. This book includes a wide range of global client cases including public sector organizations corporations entrepreneurial firms and family owners. Based on rigorous research and written in an accessible style with a focus on practical needs readers will also be able to combine this analysis within disciplines of governance leadership strategy and organizational development. This book will be of interest to students at an advanced level academics and reflective practitioners as well as executives at the top levels of businesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367685171

Leadership and Succession in the Soviet Union Eastern Europe and China First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494890

Leadership and Supervision in Special ServicesPromising Ideas and Practices Here is an authoritative reference on a range of subjects vital to supervisory personnel whose responsibilities include children with learning and/or behavior problems. Leading professionals - serving as members of a special writing team of the Council of Administrators of Special Education (CASE) - offer a rich source of ideas especially for administrative personnel involved in the delivery of special educational programs and services to children with handicapping conditions. Chapters cover such topics as critical success factors supervision and evaluation cost analysis and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791623

Leadership and Sustainability in the Built Environment Leadership and sustainability have separately been the subject of numerous studies in a built environment context over the years but they have yet to be addressed together. The real impact of legislation and guidelines designed to promote sustainability within the construction industry is closely linked to the leadership behind it as this book explores in a variety of ways.Featuring research from 5 different continents the international scope of this book allows a comparison of experiences in different types of economies and cultures. The interdisciplinarity of this subject is also reflected in the backgrounds of the contributors with a significant number of perspectives derived from business and management research.The issues examined in this book are essential reading for all researchers decision-makers and graduate students in the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738518

Leadership and Teambuilding in Primary Care This guide contains a foreword by Simon Gregory Dean of Postgraduate GP Education Leicestershire Northamptonshire and Rutland and General Practitioner Northampton. This concise jargon-free guide examines and explains the skills and attitudes needed to develop leadership abilities in individuals. It offers practical advice that is ideal for everyday implementation in the workplace. Developed alongside the NHS Leadership Qualities Framework this book offers a unique 'healthcare organisation as a business' focus - concentrating efforts in the right areas. The case studies bring situations to life and make it easier to identify with leadership and teambuilding issues. This book is an invaluable resource for practice managers general practitioners nurses and other healthcare professionals including dentists opticians and pharmacists. Allied health professionals medical students and administrative staff will also find much of interest. 'Excellent. Tangible. Clear. This is not some simple self-help guide; it is a practical thorough and useful text. I commend the authors and this book to you and commend the concept of applying leadership to teambuilding. If we are to work in effective teams and deliver effective healthcare then leadership is vital. This book encourages us to apply what we learn about leadership to our teams whether we are in general medical dental or ophthalmic practice; yet is readily applicable to leadership in many walks of life. It is also readily applicable at various levels within teams. Leadership is about much more than being in charge and is a vital element of professional practice.' - Simon Gregory in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383439

Leadership and the CityPower strategy and networks in the making of knowledge cities The 21st century has been dominated by an almost compulsive race to find new pathways for city development. As cities seek to regenerate via the knowledge-based economy now more than ever dynamic leadership is required order to navigate new and complex challenges while building community. This book is about generative leadership in knowledge city development. Leadership and the City is rooted in a conviction that the leadership in a city is crucial in order for it to adjust strategically to major transformations and thus secure a good future for its inhabitants. The book opens a fresh view of leadership by focusing on generative leaders and their modes of leading instead of spatial categorisations governance structures and/or policy contents and processes. It investigates generative leadership by elaborating the modes of leadership power and strategies in influence networks. The key points are highlighted with several empirical cases. These include Akron and Rochester (USA) Münich (Germany) Leeds (UK) Barcelona (Spain) as well as Helsinki Tampere and Seinäjoki (Finland). This book will be of interest to researchers and practitioners concerned with Leadership Urban Studies and Strategic Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339651

Leadership and the Ethics of Influence How do leaders influence others? Although they sometimes appeal directly to good reasons which we associate with rational persuasion leaders also use guilt pressure flattery bullying and rewards and punishment—all to get the behaviors that they want. Even when leaders refrain from outright lying they are nevertheless known to practice something approaching perhaps reaching the level of manipulation. Influence therefore presents a serious ethical problem across leadership contexts. Leadership and the Ethics of Influence argues that influence puts leaders at risk of using people. It is generally disrespectful of autonomy to figure out what makes people "tick" in an effort to "handle" them. In contrast with physical force influence works through agency not around it. Despite this feature of influence—and to a large extent because of it—the everyday influence associated with leadership is often morally troublesome. What matters morally is not only whether agency is bypassed or overridden but also who is ultimately in control. This book uses philosophy and leadership studies to show how leaders across different contexts can be justified in getting followers to do things. Connecting moral theory to leadership theory and especially to charismatic leadership authentic leadership transforming leadership and ethical leadership this book is essential reading for leadership scholars students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327658

Leadership and WisdomNarrating the Future Responsibly Leadership and Wisdom: Narrating the Future Responsibly gives business students and practitioners the opportunity to re-read tales poems myths and fables that have been interpreted by leading management scholars in order to translate the world’s folk wisdom into insightful and actionable lessons for a more responsible leadership practice. Most if not all cultures generate narratives that teach people how to make sense of the world and how to respond to challenges with wisdom. These sources provide a medium for character as well as a guide for decision-making in ambiguous and uncertain circumstances. Management and organization scholars increasingly focus on what narrative wisdom traditions can teach us about leadership and organizational practices and this book is designed to bring it to students and practitioners. Statler and Küpers have assembled a world-class team of contributors who reflect on narratives near and dear to them and draw out the lessons for leaders. With consistency throughout and end-of-chapter questions this book enables all readers – including undergraduate and postgraduate students of leadership management and organization studies as well as interested researchers and practitioners – to reflect on the contents and implications of folk wisdom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292345

Leadership and Women in Statistics Learn How to Infuse Leadership into Your Passion for Scientific Research Leadership and Women in Statistics explores the role of statisticians as leaders with particular attention to women statisticians as leaders. By paying special attention to women’s issues this book provides a clear vision for the future of women as leaders in scientific and technical fields. It also shows how emerging and current leaders of both genders in many disciplines can expand their leadership potentials. Featuring contributions from leadership experts and statisticians at various career stages this unique and insightful text: Examines leadership within the roles of statistician and data scientist from international and diverse perspectives Supplies a greater understanding of leadership within teams research consulting and project management Encourages reflection on leadership behaviors promoting both natural and organizational leadership Identifies existing opportunities to foster creative outputs and develop strong leadership voices Includes real-life stories about overcoming barriers to leadership Leadership and Women in Statistics explains how to convert a passion for statistical science into visionary ethical and transformational leadership. Although the context focuses on statistics the material applies to almost all fields of endeavor. This book is a valuable resource for those ready to consider leadership as an important element of their careers and for those who are already leaders but want to deepen their perspectives on leadership. It makes an ideal text for group leadership training as well as for individual professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482236446

Leadership as Emotional LabourManagement and the 'Managed Heart' Even if we don’t realise it most of us are now familiar with the idea of ‘emotional labour’; that ‘service with a smile’ which everyone from cabin crew to restaurant or call centre staff is expected to give irrespective of what they actually feel or think. This book considers the complex ways in which this need to show (or hide) particular emotions translates into job roles – specifically those of leaders or managers – where the relationships are lasting rather than transient two-way rather than uni-directional and have complex ongoing goals rather than straight-forward one-off ones. The book contends that these differences contribute unique characteristics to the nature of the emotional labour required and expounds and explores this new genus within the ‘emotional labour’ species. The main theme of this book is the explication and exploration of emotional labour in the context of leadership and management. As such it focuses both on how our understanding of emotional labour in this context enriches the original construct and where it deviates from it. By exploring these issues at the level of situated practices and the real world real time experiences of leaders the book seeks to make an innovative and nuanced contribution to our understanding of the emotional element within ‘leadership work’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206014

Leadership as Meaning-MakingTake the Hero's Journey to Transformation Based on the author’s 30 years experience of management development and a background in design and psychology this book takes a fresh look at leadership as a systemic shared phenomenon. It is one aspect of the evolutionary principle of bringing people to maturity as human beings – transforming the immature through purposeful adventure. This is not a “how-to” book of tools and techniques but is a guide to personal development. It plots the territory of the hero’s journey (after Joseph Campbell) through unknown worlds. It explains the metaphorical relationship to personal and collective transformation by means of the cyclic pattern of the hero’s journey overlaid with the enneagram framework. Succeeding chapters spell out practical details for making the journey towards maturity which alone makes leadership a viable possibility. Only such purposeful leadership will enable others to make their own equivalent journeys. If such people are engaged in work then they will be more conscious and more effective. Essentially the book is intentionally quickly communicates a broad sweep of related ideas that form a philosophy for the development of the inner qualities of effective leadership applicable in all walks of life. The story of the archetypical hero’s journey is suggested as applying to every individual. The hero’s journey is an allegory for a quest for inner growth. It can rub off onto others through what we call “leadership”. Such leadership is what brings meaning to people’s lives. Thus this book is a counter to the empty manipulative techniques propagated by much of the popular writing on leadership which pays little attention to transformative interaction. There are exercises at the end of each chapter and additional material is available to readers via the internet. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367566043

Leadership Basics for Frontline ManagersTips for Raising Your Level of Effectiveness and Communication This book is classified and organised into three major headings: personal effectiveness leadership and communication. It focuses on interpersonal management skills and explains what it takes to improve how frontline managers and supervisors communicate and relate to their employees and customers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482219951

Leadership By Encouragement Leaders expecting to survive the challenges and associated stress of building their own skill levels have a new tool at their disposal. Leadership by Encouragement is a unique and powerful psychology that will enable you to build an "encouragematic" atmosphere while training leaders to lead.Written by two of the most experienced writers in the field Leadership by Encouragement is a unique text that will revolutionize leadership and leadership roles.This book provides the most practical and motivating exercises available for training leaders. Energize your employees and get yourself involved. Order your copy of Leadership by Encouragement today and begin building an atmosphere of success for everyone in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409767

Leadership Can Be LearnedClarity Connection and Results Leadership is poorly understood because human systems are poorly understood. Like the "flat earth" theory of old modern work culture is limited by a paradigm in which problems are understood as "clashes of personality "' and blame is directed at the superficial level of individuals groups and structure. Leadership Can Be Learned: Clarity Connection and Results charts the course to a new paradigm of leadership and systems and how to leverage the relationship between the two. Leadership can be learned because it is a combination of art and science. Ultimately high- performance culture and high-performance leadership mirror  each other and leaders must use their own unique strengths to foster both. Gilmore Crosby guides the reader by breaking the topic into four powerful sections. The first focuses on the transformational leadership model of Dr. Edwin Freidman the second describes the systems theory from which that leadership model emerged the third offers a unique exploration of emotional intelligence and critical interpersonal skills related to leadership and the fourth and final section applies all the previous sections to attaining organizational results. This book: Delivers a clear how-to guide for leading organizations to higher performance Helps each reader understand respect and rise above their own authority issues Conveys a proven approach to life-long self-development so readers can continue to mature in a more objective non-defensive and intentional manner. In addition it provides the skills and framework for applying this approach to effectively coaching and developing others Describes how leaders can be more effective in their interpersonal group and large-system interactions Teaches the approach through an engaging mix of historical examples lessons learned through the author’s experience quizzes and metaphors. Provides a solid foundation for leadership development programs With this book readers will gain a new understanding of themselves and of human systems and learn how in the words of Gandhi to "be the change they wish to see in the world" so they and their colleagues can attain and sustain world-class results. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138297425

Leadership Challenges in High SchoolsMultiple Pathways to Success Principals are responsible for an increasing range of duties in an era of school reform standardized testing and more. These responsibilities are even greater in high schools which are many times larger and more complex than elementary and middle schools. Yet little has been written on the special challenges of high schools and their leadership. This book fills the gap by exploring the challenges specific to high schools including their size and complexity the special difficulties in improving instruction the crucial role of high schools for students' futures adolescent behavioral issues and many more. Grubb shows how principals and other leaders can address the complexities of multiple pathways or efforts to create theme-based trajectories through high school - one of the most promising high school reforms. Looking to the future he offers alternative ways of preparing professionals for high schools and the responsibilities of districts for improving high schools and their leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519116

Leadership CoachingDeveloping braver leaders Leadership Coaching offers a new model of coaching for leadership development. It explains how the brave model extends existing leadership theories and includes specific coaching processes and sense-making techniques to allow the reader to understand how the model would work in practice. The book begins by asking why it is important for leaders to be brave. It provides an overview of existing leadership theories and their limitations as well as introducing the brave coaching approach and the elements that comprise the model. The book includes practical case studies that provide insights into the range of applications for the brave leadership coaching framework. Based on academic research and written in an accessible scholarly style this book shows how coaching can assist in decision making leading to a different braver form of personal and corporate leadership. It should be of interest to students of management leadership coaching and mentoring as well as professional coaches and leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786028

Leadership ConnectorsSix Keys to Developing Relationship in Schools This book will help you connect with your faculty and staff and develop the relationships necessary for student success. With practical examples and specific strategies it will help you thrive as an effective school leader. It will help you communicate better bring out the best in your staff and build strong relationships in your schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472600

Leadership DevelopmentA Complexity Approach Drawing on the complexity sciences and personal narrative accounts of experience from practitioners based in the UK Germany Denmark and North America this book examines conventional leadership development methodologies with a view to identifying what is useful and what is not. It proffers an alternative perspective on leadership and organisation for business schools consultancies and corporate training functions to adopt in their development of leaders. Leadership Development: A Complexity Approach is essential reading for advanced students and researchers of leadership development leadership studies human resource management and organisational development. It will also be of interest to management educators and practising managers whose experience of or aspirations for working life are not represented in mainstream academic texts and popular management literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138934030

Leadership ExplainedLeading Teams in the 21st Century Unfortunately leadership does not have a one-size-fits-all definition. We all have our own ideas as to what makes a good leader and the types of challenges that will be faced. The author bridges a gap by presenting how modern leadership happens while simultaneously combining a description of leadership and its practical application in today’s environments. In this book Nicholas Harkiolakis integrates the various theoretical perspectives into a unified model that can be understood by both the academic and the practitioner (existing and future leaders). This understanding is necessary to effectively treat and apply leadership to the challenging settings of today’s operational environments: virtual distributed multicultural and so on. Some of the key topics covered are: leadership through the ages characteristics of leadership modern perspectives an integrated leadership framework the application of leadership the twenty-first-century leadership practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605988

Leadership for 21st Century LearningGlobal Perspectives from International Experts The challenge of managing education effectively is formidable. Written by two education managers this text explores the issues associated with good leadership in educational and training institutions. It is based on their own work and on a series of detailed interviews with eminent leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042329

Leadership for Change and School ReformInternational Perspectives School reform is a top priority for governments today. This timely and challenging book edited by leading international researchers Kathryn Riley and Karen Seashore Louis offers a rich comparative perspective on leadership for change and school reform. Contributors form North America Europe and Australia demonstrate how school leadership is influenced by global pressures differing national and state contexts and local concerns. They illustrate the limitations of reform initiatives which focus on school leaders tot he exclusion of the many other organisations which affect school such as national and local governments professional associations and school communities. This book raises some important questions such as:*How can school leaders create intelligent thinking schools?*How can leadership and learning be linked together?*What are the characteristics of effective local education authorities and school districts?*What is the role of teacher organisations in educational reform and change?*What happens if businesses teachers parents and local communities have different views of what makes a good school?The text illustrates the ways in which leadership is rooted in learning and identifies new directions for school leadership. It challenges conventional notions of leadership offering an expanded view which sees leadership just as an individual role-based function but as a network of relationships among people structures and cultures. This lively and provocative book should be read by all those interested in education reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203465882

Leadership for Culturally and Linguistically Responsive Schools Leadership for Culturally and Linguistically Responsive Schools explores how schools can cultivate students’ linguistic and cultural proficiencies provide students with a rich and challenging learning environment and ensure that students are socioculturally integrated. Containing special features such as Storyboxes to detail specific cases of how school leaders put theory into practice and integrated exercises to provide launching points for critical dialogue and help readers make connections to their own contexts this book brings together research from the field of bilingual education and school improvement to provide a strong theoretical and research framework as well as best practices for supporting all students. Authors Scanlan and López provide aspiring and practicing leaders the guidance to lead organize and support their schools to effectively serve linguistically and culturally diverse students. A Companion Website includes exercises from the book available for download and modification and a blog focused on emerging research and effective practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710299

Leadership for Environmental Sustainability As the first book in the field of leadership studies to approach sustainability as a multi-faceted leadership challenge Leadership for Environmental Sustainability will help to set the terms of the discussion on this topic among students scholars and practitioners of leadership for years to come. It explores the connection between leadership and sustainability from a variety of disciplinary perspectives including sociology history psychology business literature communication and the arts. With short chapters edited for readability the book is aimed at scholars practitioners students and educated lay readers interested in cutting-edge research and thinking on this topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807579

Leadership for Follower Commitment This text challenges management to adopt an approach that is conducive to improved employer/employee relations and that will enhance the organizations ability to learn and compete within a knowledge-based economy. Practical measures and behaviour viewed as appropriate in an industrial commercial and public sector setting are discussed analysed and offered as good practice.Leadership for Follower Commitment provides:research based case studiesa linking of theory research and practical managerial experiencean emphasis on psychological forces employee motivation and perceptions of management actionThis text is invaluable to students studying Organizational Behaviour Business (Occupational) Psychology Human Resource Management and Human Resource Development at both undergraduate and MSc/MBA level. It is central to Professional / executive development courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437845

Leadership for Green SchoolsSustainability for Our Children Our Communities and Our Planet Leadership for Green Schools provides aspiring and practicing leaders with the tools they need to facilitate the design leadership and management of greener more sustainable schools. Framed by theory and research this text draws from the fields of sustainability science built learning environment and educational leadership to explain what green schools look like what role school buildings play in advancing sustainable organizational and instructional practices and why school leaders are "greening" their leadership. Sustainability can often seem like an unreachable utopian set of goals but this important resource uses illustrative examples of successful schools and leaders to show how establishing and managing green schools aligns with the work they are already doing to restore engaged learning within their schools and communities. Leadership for Green Schools is a unique and important resource to help leaders reduce the environmental impact of school buildings and immerse students in purposeful meaningful learning for a sustainable just future. Special Features: Examples from award-winning schools and leaders—best-practices and illustrative examples throughout make whole school sustainability come to life and show how green leadership is a real possibility for the reader. Aligned with Professional Standards for Educational Leadership—provides the tools necessary for leaders to advance sustainability goals while at the same time fulfilling the core purposes of their job. End-of-chapter discussion questions—valuable pedagogical tools invite personal reflection and conversation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715683

Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools The second edition of Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools helps both practicing and aspiring school leaders deepen their knowledge skills and dispositions to create schools that best serve all students. This book helps readers sharpen their awareness of how students’ multiple dimensions of diversity intersect as well as develop strategies for working with students of all socioeconomic statuses races religions sexual orientations languages and special needs. Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools provides school leaders with the theory research and practical guidance to foster teaching and learning environments that promote educational equity and excellence for all students. Special features: Each chapter focuses on a specific dimension of diversity and discusses intersectionality across other areas of difference including ability/disability linguistic diversity race socioeconomic status sexual orientation gender religion and social frontiers. Chapters synthesize literature share practical strategies and tools include school-level and district-level cases illustrating inclusive leadership and provide extended learning opportunities. Online eResources features additional resources documents and links to specific tools described in the chapters accessible at www.routledge.com/9780367404604. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404604

Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools provides both practicing and aspiring leaders with the theory research and practical guidance to lead socially just schools. Today’s schools are growing more pluralistic and diverse and leadership is central to reversing long-standing trends of educational inequities exclusion and disparate school outcomes. This book helps readers sharpen their awareness of how multiple dimensions of diversity intersect as well as develop strategies for working with students of all socioeconomic statuses races religions sexual orientations languages and special needs. Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools provides school leaders the tools to foster teaching and learning environments that promote educational equity and excellence for all students. Special Features: Each chapter focuses on a specific dimension of diversity and discusses intersectionality across other areas of difference including ability/disability linguistic diversity race socioeconomic status sexual orientation gender religion and social frontiers. Chapters synthesize literature provide practical strategies and tools and include school-level and district-level cases illustrating inclusive leadership. End-of-chapter resources point readers toward further discussion of conceptual elements practice connections and research applications. A companion website features modifiable downloads and further resources for each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785939

Leadership for Intellectual Disability ServiceMotivating Change and Improvement People with intellectual disability often experience challenges in their lives. These may be due to difficulties in social adaptation but may also be related to a reality of disempowerment whereby they have little role in the decisions central to their lives or in the provision of health educational and social services. This book argues for alternative and innovative approaches to leadership in intellectual disability service provision. It does this in the light of service scandals including Winterborne View (UK) Oswald D. Heck (USA) Áras Attracta (Ireland) and many others. This book also explores the failed leadership issues underpinning such debacles and then examines how the context for intellectual disability service provision has changed. The authors propose alternative models for service leadership that are contiguous with the changed landscape emphasizing participatory models of leadership and ending with exemplary vignettes outlining situations where such innovative change is happening. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815390848

Leadership for Older AdultsAging With Purpose And Passion This study tells the tale of two retirement organizations that reflect common leadership issues throughout the western world issues that are emerging in many developing countries and have yet to be experienced in others. Wherever rapid population ageing is coupled with a view of old people as useless and a burden challenging questions arise: how do we develop the resources and leadership potential of our ageing population? How do we turn old age from an expensive wasteland into a fertile period of growth and development? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462946

Leadership for Quality Schooling Leadership for Quality Schooling provides the latest thinking and research on school leadership from a range of international scholars in the field of educational administration. Because of the growing acceptance of school- based models of school management there is now developing a greater focus on how quality education can be more fully achieved in this increasingly commonplace administrative context. Since one major aspect of promoting quality is the role of school leadership this book offers a particular focus on the question of the connection between leadership and school improvement effectiveness and performance. Leadership for Quality Schooling will be of interest to educational practitioners students researchers academics and policymakers. It is intended as a guide to the latest research on leadership as well as a stimulus to further thought for those looking for alternative ideas to existing practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203467237

Leadership for Remote LearningStrategies for Success Learn how to adapt leadership and keep motivation alive in a remote learning setting or hybrid school. In this essential book bestselling authors Ronald Williamson and Barbara R. Blackburn share frameworks and tools you can use to immediately make a difference in your school. You’ll learn how to do the following: Navigate the change process in remote learning Maintain a collaborative remote learning school Address equity issues in remote instruction Communicate effectively across online platforms Provide essential professional development remotely The chapter coverage ranges from school culture to collaboration to instructional leadership to focusing on your own effective leadership. You will gain practical strategies and tips you can implement immediately to help your school and community flourish in a remote learning environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367688639

Leadership for Sustainability and Change We live in challenging times. New leaders are enhancing their "inner game" to maximize their organizational impact and using the principles of sustainability to help their organizations thrive and innovate in response to 21st century challenges. Leadership for Sustainability and Change is a concise practical and energizing distillation of what is working for today's most successful sustainability leaders. It provides a clear set of actions you can take to generate transformation with results yielding market advantage eco-efficiency product or service innovation personal resilience and engaged communities. Learn from the experience of successful sustainability leaders how to: build personal resilience and agility to lead change for the long-run; sustain innovation that is released in bursts of focused "energy for good"; draw attention to what is working by focusing on the power of small differences; decrease resistance and increase motivation with a change acceleration model; identify stages of individual and organizational readiness for change; use rapid prototyping to increase group engagement; tell compelling stories to encourage teams to initiate action. Leadership for Sustainability and Change offers guidance for leaders who are shaping the future of sustainability within their organizations. The book includes a simple framework for assessing your progress so that you can revisit the tools and processes you need most. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293694

Leadership for SustainabilityAn Action Research Approach Those who advocate moving towards sustainability debate how change can be achieved. Does it have necessarily to be top-down or can it also be bottom-up? Can radical organizational and social change be spread from "the middle"? Who can lead change when those with seniority and credibility are necessarily embedded in currently dominant mind-sets and power structures?  This book focuses on what it means to take up leadership for sustainability from a variety of organizational and social positions and considers the consequences of different strategies and practices for influencing change.  Leadership for Sustainability shows what an action research based practice of leadership for sustainability looks like and provides a sense of the personal and professional challenges this involves; it demonstrates how people who are influencing change draw on reflective practice strategically (to create a context in which they can be influential) and also tactically (in moment-to-moment choices about how to act). It also illustrates and reflects on the kinds of outcomes that can be expected from this work both the specific and strategic achievements and the difficulties challenges and disappointments. Thus the major part of this volume consists of accounts by graduates of an innovative master's programme the MSc in Responsibility and Business Practice of their activities projects achievements and learning. Accompanying sections from the editors overview analyse and reflect on these accounts and the issues they raise for notions of leadership practice sustainability and change. One substantial chapter offers ideas frameworks and practices for people taking leadership.  One of the most dispiriting aspects of the environmental challenges that beset us is the lack of agency that many people experience: we do not know what to do or how to do it. Many organizations espouse a sustainable approach. This may be lip service or it may be a genuine attempt to integrate sustainability into business strategy. Whatever form it takes organizational sustainability programmes need committed intelligent reflective leadership at all levels to make them work. The examples in this book show how people in very different contexts have seized the opportunities open to them and acted with courage and initiative to make a difference.  This book will be relevant to a wide range of people including managers consultants and others in commercial non-profit public and intergovernmental organisations who want to contribute to the development of a sustainable world. It will be of particular interest to people working in organizations already thinking about issues of sustainability and those who are seeking to take on the role of change agents in organisations or communities.  In addition the book will be a resource for those in educational fields primarily but not exclusively higher and further education who wish to work with their students to develop leadership practices through action research based educational approaches.  All contributors to this book have been associated with the MSc in Responsibility & Business Practice at the University of Bath School of Management UK either as tutors or participants. This innovative degree course used action research to engage with challenging issues in a wide range of business public service and civil society contexts.At the heart of this book are stories from 29 people who are seeking to make the world more environmentally sustainable and socially just. They report their purposes journeys impacts learning and disappointments. Their accounts are diverse and from many different worlds ranging from fast moving consumer goods to international forestry and conservation projects. They have in common that they are among the 254 graduates of an innovative Master's programme the MSc in Responsibility and Business Practice community who in one way or another are adopting action research as a practice of taking leadership for sustainability and believe their actions can be significant contributions to the causes that matter to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093594

Leadership for World-Class UniversitiesChallenges for Developing Countries Leadership for World-Class Universities reveals how "world-class" thinking and policy can help university leaders employ modern solutions to the challenges facing higher education today. Readers will benefit from best practice advice offered by distinguished international contributors who have excelled by thinking globally without losing sight of their respective national and local environments. Their essays are grounded in empirical research and written to engage the reader stimulate reflection and enhance performance. This book focuses especially on developing and middle-income countries which face special problems where higher education is expanding most rapidly. Key themes include: strategic planning governance of academic institutions the role of the academic profession fundraising student access and equity the impact of globalization Leadership for World-Class Universities is a valuable resource for senior university administrators. At the heart of this volume is a focus on how academic leaders can work towards resolving the complex issues facing universities today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203842171

Leadership from an Operant Perspective How can managers motivate their employees? After conducting detailed field studies of work groups in settings as diverse as insurance company offices and regatta sailboats Judith Komaki has identified two key behaviours that seem to distinguish effective from ineffective managers; monitoring workers' performance and communicating consequences. Drawing on her research over the last ten years Komaki combines behavioural and cognitive theories of leadership and puts forward a new model for the study of leadership from an operant perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979567

Leadership in a Challenging World Leadership in a Challenging World is about a journey to wholeness. The whole self is sacred and required in order to lead well in the complex world of today and tomorrow. Divided into 3 parts the book begins with the metaphor of the forest for the world with both its demanding challenges and its magnificent possibilities. Part 2 uses the metaphor of walking on a path to suggest eight subjective human powers that are essential to leading in business today and tomorrow. Finally. part 3 describes an ancient basis for the powers and shows how they can serve to bring balance to each other that results in human wholeness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161252

Leadership in a Small Town Of all the questions that might be asked about political life it would be difficult to find one of greater interest than the ancient query: who rules over whom? It appeals powerfully to our curiosity. We want to know who "runs" things--who makes policy decisions in New York Washington London or the town in which we live. Is it a single powerful individual an economic elite a series of elites the citizens political bosses or some variant of these possibilities?The major purpose of this volume is to find an answer to this question for a small American city and to extend the answer through relevant theory to American cities in general. But much more precisely answers are sought for these interrelated questions: What are the relationships between the rulers and the ruled? How are the rulers related to each other? Are the rulers the same for all policies or do they differ from one area of policy to another? How do leaders arise and in what way are they different from other people?The issues discussed in this volume are familiar to many towns. They range from controversies about the building of a new water system to housing and zoning codes from charity appeals to low-income housing from nominations and elections to industrial development and off-street parking. Wildavsky draws parallels to other community studies and formulates general propositions in support of his thesis that American communities are pluralist. And ultimately Wildavsky is optimistic that small towns foster citizen participation giving the population more of a chance to direct its own future.Aaron Wildavsky was until his death in 1993 professor of political science and public policy at the University of California Berkeley and while working on the present study taught at Oberlin College. Transaction has posthumously published Wildavsky's complete essays and papers in five volumes.Nelson W. Polsby is Heller Professor of Political Science at the University of California Berkeley where he has taught American politics and government since 1967. He is editor of the Annual Review of Political Science and author of Congress and the Presidency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527027

Leadership in Academic LibrariesProceedings of the W. Porter Kellam Conference The University of Georgia May 7 1991 Here is a fascinating first-hand perspective of the dramatic changes that have occurred in academic library administration over the past five decades. In Leadership in Academic Libraries distinguished directors of academic and research libraries pay tribute to W. Porter Kellam Director Emeritus of the University of Georgia by presenting an overview of the course of academic and research libraries over the span of his 50 year career. Administrative leaders in academic librarianship including Stuart Forth Richard Chapin Frank Grisham and Ken Toombs offer a frank perceptive and witty account of the state of library leadership based upon many decades of accumulated experience and hard-earned knowledge.Leadership in Academic Libraries provides valuable insights on library administration and in particular on the job of the library director. Readers interested in the history of academic libraries and library administration will gain new insight on the environment in which these leaders worked and how they dealt with university administration and changes in collection development. Chapters also provide advice on how library directors can keep their jobs and the value of forming professional friendships. Other topics addressed include developments in academic and research libraries over the past five decades in library administration library services library architecture and interlibrary cooperation. An enjoyable autobiographical essay by Mr. Kellam that recounts his long and distinguished career concludes this remarkable volume.Library science students and professionals who wish to become more knowledgeable about the history of academic libraries will cherish the first-hand experiences of library leaders during the richest and most invigorating time in the history of American libraries. Academic librarians and library students researching the job of library director or the recent history of academic libraries will benefit from the experience and wisdom of these leaders in the areas of administration library architecture automation and library cooperation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859521

Leadership in America's Best Urban Schools Leadership in America’s Best Urban Schools describes and demystifies the qualities that successful leaders rely on to make a difference at all levels of urban school leadership. Grounded in research this volume reveals the multiple challenges that real urban elementary middle and high schools face as well as the catalysts for improvement. This insightful resource explores the critical leadership characteristics found in high-performing urban schools and gives leaders the tools to move their schools to higher levels of achievement for all students—but especially for those who are low-income English-language learners and from various racial and ethnic backgrounds. In shining a light on the essential qualities for exceptional leadership at all levels of urban schools this book is a valuable guide for all educators and administrators to nurture influence support and sustain excellence and equity at their schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922822

Leadership In An Interdependent WorldThe Statesmanship Of Adenauer Degaulle Thatcher Reagan And Gorbachev This book shows that there is nothing new or wrong with the change in ultimate political responsibility with examples of contemporary statesmanship. It attempts to explain that sovereignty has been increasingly relativized and interdependence is the dominant fact of life of modern politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154318

Leadership in Chaordic Organizations Supplying a clear vision of how to build high-performance teams Leadership in Chaordic Organizations presents methods for improving operations through the application of complex systems engineering principles and psychological counseling techniques. Ideal for systems engineers organizational managers coaches and psychologists it addresses the fundamental issue of the human condition in systems development. The book considers the dynamic variables inherent in the human condition and how they impact group dynamics. Helping you to demystify complex system behaviors it details an approach to leadership that integrates elements of neurobiology systems engineering complexity science philosophy and evolutionary and social psychology. It defines complexity and its impact on the organization and also explains how conflict can actually be constructive in group settings. Sharing helpful tips on how to build trust in today’s environment the book also: Describes how the human condition affects group dynamics Lays out current problems and outlines workable solutions Shares a new vision of high-performance teams Illuminates theory with applications Illustrating what teams and collaborative groups look like in a decentralized environment the text introduces a highly effective group communications process invented by Richard Knowles—describing its use in designing 3D Immersive Learning Environments that enable complex emergence in dynamic interactive simulations. It also discusses complex human systems (Wicked Problems) and the potential of multi-user virtual environments to provide the transformative vision needed to fully engage all employees in your drive to make your organization more effective efficient and sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781420074178

Leadership in Child and Family Practice This edited collection situates the wellbeing and safety of vulnerable children as the focus of leadership. It provides a guide to theories and practice of leadership for those who want to make a difference to the lives of these children and their families. Drawing on the experience of a highly successful postgraduate program in Child and Family Practice Leadership the book explores the changing context of Child and Family Practice and the role of leadership in addition to the knowledge and skills required for effective practice. Contributors draw upon their own practice experiences and insights into the most effective ways to support the work of practitioners to achieve the best outcomes for children and families. The content comprises a mixture of theoretical consideration discussion of original research and interviews with child and family practitioners. Bringing together contributions from leading specialists and professionals in the field this book will be essential reading for individual practitioners organisations and policymakers looking to assist the development of leadership within the child and family practice sector. It will also be of interest to those working in child protection and related workforces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793834

Leadership in DisguiseRole of the European Commission in EC Decision-making on Agriculture in the Uruguay Round First published in 1997 this volume is situated within a general discussion in which the European Commission is the subject of much myth and speculation. While the political debate on its role in EC decision-making continues there is still little consensus among academics on the basic nature of the institution – is the Commission an independent supranational body or is it dominated by intergovernmental influences? Leadership in Disguise enters this general discussion by providing an original empirical analysis of the Commission’s role during the Uruguay Round of trade negotiations (1986-93). Focusing on the controversial agricultural issue the book sets out to discover how decisions were made within the European Community. This is a systematic and thorough study of how the Commission can play a leading role in Community decision-making and will appeal to policy-makers students and all those seeking an insight into the Commission’s role and EC decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333956

Leadership in Drug and Alcohol Abuse PreventionInsights from Long-Term Advocates Leadership in Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention blends the wisdom of numerous long-term professionals addressing drug and alcohol issues with helpful strategies and current science. Organized around the Pyramid of Success that emphasizes Competence Confidence and Commitment this book offers practical and grounded approaches for better addressing substance abuse issues. Included are insights from 50 contributors featuring professional perspectives from practitioners with decades of experience. While issues of substance abuse are not readily solved or cured they can be better addressed – more effectively more efficiently and more appropriately. This timely resource offers a unique blend of science-based strategies and resourceful foundations for implementation. Designed for those working either directly or indirectly with problems associated with substance use disorders this book will aid those in a wide variety of settings whether in schools communities business or government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588424

Leadership in Early ChildhoodThe pathway to professionalism 'Essential reading and a powerful tool for emerging early childhood leaders.' - Catharine Hydon Early Childhood ConsultantWith increasing community insistence for quality and accountability in early childhood education and care there is a need for effective and professional leadership in these services. Leadership in Early Childhood is a practical resource for early childhood practitioners who want to understand how to create and sustain successful childcare and early education settings.Fully revised and updated this fourth edition is divided into three sections: deconstructing leadership; leadership in practice; and special responsibilities of early childhood leaders. This edition also includes new case studies an additional chapter summarising the key contributing factors to effective leadership and examples based on an extensive international study of early childhood leaders.Leadership in Early Childhood has been widely used in early childhood education programs and as a professional reference text and remains a valuable resource for both students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743310014

Leadership in East AsiaGlobalization Innovation and Creativity in Japan South Korea and China This book compares and contrasts leadership in Japan South Korea and China examining the impact of globalization on leadership styles and trends. Presenting some of the most recent findings in leadership studies in these three countries the collection explores the power relationship between political and business leaders; employer-employee relationships and pro-social behaviour; the measurement of effective leadership; the relationship between leadership and corporate success; the survival of private firms in a tightly controlled or socialist market; and the evolution of leadership styles in the transition from state-owned to semi-private. Although many studies have offered explanations of East Asian economic and corporate success this book presents empirical evidence to explain the leadership styles in Japan South Korea and China and provides a fresh outlook for those studying business and leadership in the region. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335182

Leadership in East European Communism 1945-1970 Fifteen eminent social scientists from North America and Eastern Europe met under the auspices of Northwestern University's Comparative Politics Program to discuss the significance and characteristics of changes in political leadership in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union since World War II. The presentations at the conference were edited and re-written following the discussion. They are incorporated into this comprehensive analysis of political leadership in European communist countries since World War II.This volume is divided up into four parts and fourteen different chapters. Part One examines the theoretical questions of leadership in European socialist countries. Part Two provides a factual perspective including contemporary quantitative data and biographical analysis. Part Three discusses the interaction of the leadership and society. Jan Triska's concluding overview relates specific chapters to the informal discussions at the conference.Some of the notable contributions include 'Historical Development of the Communist Theory of Leadership ' Alfred G. Meyer; 'The Theory of Political Leadership and the Issue of Totalitarianism ' Carl J. Friedrich; 'Marxist Theories of Leadership and Bureaucracy ' Andras Hegedus; 'Trends in Top Political Leadership in USSR ' Frederick C. Barghoorn; 'Representation of Career Types in Soviet Political Leadership ' Frederic Fleron; 'The Soviet Appartchiki ' Michael P. Gehlen. Leadership in East European Communism 1945-1970 is essential reading for students of comparative politics and the politics of East European socialist countries and the Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842815

Leadership in English Language EducationTheoretical Foundations and Practical Skills for Changing Times Leadership in English Language Education: Theoretical Foundations and Practical Skills for Changing Times presents both theoretical approaches to leadership and practical skills leaders in English language education need to be effective. Discussing practical skills in detail and providing readers with the opportunity to acquire new skills and apply them in their own contexts the text is organized around three themes: The roles and characteristics of leaders Skills for leading ELT leadership in practice Leadership theories and approaches from business and industry are applied to and conclusions are drawn for English language teaching in a variety of organizational contexts including intensive English programs in English-speaking countries TESOL departments in universities ESL programs in community colleges EFL departments in non-English speaking countries adult education programs and commercial ELT centers and schools around the world. This is an essential resource for all administrators teachers academics and teacher candidates in English language education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203077009

Leadership in GovernmentStudy of the Australian Public Service First published in 1998 this study formed the basis of a report submitted to the Australian Commonwealth Government as an independent piece of research. With the onset of large organizations leadership has become increasingly important being viewed both from the perspective of action and from the influence of context. The authors examine leadership in the Australian public sector first through an overview of leadership followed by a survey of the APS including the culture of the APS and recommendations for improvements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335011

Leadership in Health CareA European Perspective This unique text is the first to explore leadership in the context of healthcare systems across Europe. It investigates leadership and management learning against the backdrop of increasing European parliamentary influence the expansion of EU membership and the increasing number of patients staff governments and healthcare employers viewing Europe as a single market for healthcare provision and employment. Written by leading authority Neil Goodwin this timely book provides an assessment of the literature as well as practical guidance for developing personal leadership. It includes case studies and examples and is a must-buy for all students studying health management leadership and public management as well as professionals within health services across Europe. This is the fourth text in the Routledge Health Management Series. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203970218

Leadership in Higher EducationViews from the Presidency In this collection of interviews presidents and chancellors of some of America's most respected universities candidly reflect on their experiences during the decade leading up to the twenty-first century and immediately following it. This was a time of change and uncertainty when opportunities for achievement and potential for failure made their role uncommonly challenging and success called for considerable determination integrity foresight skill and courage.The American higher education system often characterized as the best in the world is distinguished for its scholarship as well as its accessibility. Its indispensable role as an engine for individual and societal economic advancement has made universities the targets of media interest critical examination and political manipulation. Higher education has become the passport to the American dream and the percentage of those going to college has increased challenging individual institutions and systems to accommodate growing numbers of aspiring students while searching for solutions to problems of inadequate college preparation and inadequate financial assistance for low-income students. Despite their increasing importance to the nation the region and their communities public and private universities have seen states reduce their support to their state systems of higher education shifting the responsibility to individuals and institutions.Leadership in Higher Education traces the careers of thirteen women and men who have presided over a total of twenty universities or university systems and three national organizations of higher education: Robert Berdahl Myles Brand Molly Corbett Broad John T. Casteen III Mary Sue Coleman Norman C. Francis Nils Hasselmo Shirley Ann Jackson Shirley Strum Kenny William English Kirwan Francis L. Lawrence Charles M. Vest and David Ward. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203787465

Leadership in OrganizationsCurrent Issues and Key Trends This third edition of Leadership in Organizations: Current Issues and Key Trends builds on the success of the previous versions with new and updated chapters providing fresh and lively insights into a subject that can often be tricky to pin down. Leadership in Organizations carefully balances theory and practice including critical perspectives to examine fundamental questions about the meaning of leadership its use and its development. Readers will benefit from the text’s rich use of cases and examples of real-life tensions challenges and successful outcomes of leadership practice. The book also sets itself apart through its distinctive focus on leadership within the wider contexts of politics economics and public policy as well as organizational behaviour and management. New elements for this edition include: The moral pitfalls of leadership Leadership roles under crisis conditions Fresh analysis of the impact of leadership on performance outcomes This is the ideal text for advanced students of leadership studies as well as practitioners looking to deepen their understanding of the leadership process and to enhance their leadership skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905696

Leadership in Post-Compulsory EducationInspiring Leaders of the Future Leadership of different kinds exists at many levels in the post-compulsory sector-from principles to programme leaders administrative staff and even caretakers. Based around case studies of current leaders in post-compulsory education this unique book explores a number of leadership models and styles in order to provide inspiration and guidance for the next wave of potential leaders. * Captures authentic "voices of the leaders" * Includes examples of further adult community and prison education * Covers all type of leadership: charismatic leaders academic leaders spiritual leaders women leaders ethnic leaders ethnic leaders business leaders Presenting a wide and holistic view of leadership at different levels this book is relevant for all potential and current leaders in post-compulsory education. By encouraging readers to review and reflect on the models described the book will inspire leaders of the future to develop their own leadership styles and visions. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163508

Leadership in PracticeTheory and Cases in Leadership Character Recent financial crises and other high-profile mismanagement cases have brought a spotlight to the quality of leader character in the business sector. Leadership in Practice is the first book to provide an authoritative collection of cases to engage students interested in the importance of the character of business leaders. The authors have compiled a collection of cutting-edge cases and readings situating them within a theoretical landscape so students are familiarized with the concepts as they move through the text. The cases cover a wide range of successful businesses—from the NFL to Apple—and include notable controversies such as those surrounding Enron and Volkswagen. Alongside exclusive interviews and insights into the value of leadership character at individual team organizational and societal levels the book includes learning objectives and discussion questions to facilitate lively debate and interaction in the classroom. This volume will be a valuable supplement for students and instructors in any leadership class as well as researchers and practitioners interested in exploring case studies that illuminate the nature of leadership in a business setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223110

Leadership in Public OrganizationsAn Introduction Now in a completely revised and updated Third Edition Leadership in Public Organizations provides a compact but complete analysis of leadership for students and practitioners who work in public and nonprofit organizations. Offering a comprehensive review of leadership theories in the field from the classic to the cutting-edge and how they relate specifically to the public sector context this textbook covers the major competency clusters in detail supported by research findings as well as practical guidelines for improvement. These competencies are graphically portrayed in a leadership action cycle that aids readers in visually connecting theory and practice. Including questions for discussion and analysis and hypothetical scenarios for each chapter as well as an easily reproducible leadership assessment instrument students may use to apply the theories they’ve learned this Third Edition also explores: The rise of e-leadership or the relationship between leadership and information and communication technologies as well as the role leaders play in selecting those technologies The challenges of nonprofit management leadership including an extensive case study designed to illustrate the differences between public and nonprofit sector leadership curricula Separate dedicated chapters on charismatic and transformational leadership; distributed leadership; ethics-based leadership; and power world cultures diversity gender complexity social change and strategy. Leadership in Public Organizations is an essential core text designed specifically with upper-level and graduate Public Administration courses on leadership in mind but it has also proven an indispensable guidebook for professionals seeking insight into the role of successful leadership behavior in the public sector. It can further be used as supplementary reading in introductory courses examining management competencies in leadership classes to provide practical self-help and improvement models and in Organizational Theory classes that wish to balance organizational perspectives with individual development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765647023

Leadership in Sport Effective leadership is essential in any sports organisation both in the boardroom and on the training pitch. Leadership in Sport is the first textbook to examine sports leadership in the round across both management and coaching environments. It includes a dedicated section to underpinning core leadership theories and employs a number of case studies throughout to show how best practice is applied in real world settings. Drawing on expertise from some of the leading academics and practitioners throughout the world and from both disciplines the book covers various leadership issues including: facilitative leadership strategic leadership leading effective change diversity in leadership communication and empathy motivation and performance. Key conceptual questions—the nature of leadership its role in sport styles of leadership what constitutes ineffective leadership—and other contemporary issues are also explored to give students and practitioners the most complete and clear picture of contemporary leadership in sport. With useful features in every chapter such as key terms and review questions this is an essential text for sport management or coaching degree courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818255

Leadership in Sports CoachingA Social Identity Approach The professionalisation of sports coaching has demanded higher standards of leadership in order to improve performance and effectiveness. This book focuses on leadership in sports coaching exploring key concepts and principles underpinned by a presentation of new empirical research. Placing social identity theory at its centre – a theory not previously applied to sports coaching – this book provides students and researchers with a powerful tool for understanding the complex social dynamic that is the coaching process. Its chapters cover all the central aspects of sports coaching including leadership style measuring effectiveness motivation confidence and team self-esteem. Chapters explore different coaching environments to investigate the extent to which social identity impacts on coaching and leadership. A ground-breaking contribution to this field of research this book demonstrates the significance of social identity theory in sport for athletes coaches and leaders. Leadership in Sports Coaching: A social identity approach is an illuminating read for any student or researcher with an interest in coaching theory coaching practice sport psychology sport leadership or sport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233396

Leadership in the Asia PacificA Global Research Perspective This book examines the vital nature of the subject of leadership in Asia and looks in particular at the processes and practices within the Asia Pacific region. It describes how leadership processes differ across various regions and teaches managers how to better employ these processes in order to improve the success of their organisations. The work moves beyond looking only at Western ideas and explores further leadership perspectives based on differing cultural foundations. It considers the influences of Confucianism Daoism Mohism and Legalism and also reflects the character of different leadership styles such as paternalistic benevolent transactional and transformational styles as well as authentic and entrepreneurial approaches. Throughout the text a wide range of international contributors adopt an array of leadership and other theories cases sectors and methods to discuss leadership in Asia. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383036

Leadership in the British Civil Service (Routledge Revivals)A study of Sir Percival Waterfield and the creation of the Civil Service Selection Board First published in 1984 this book examines the style of leadership amongst senior civil servants and its impact on administrative reform by investigating the work of Sir Percival Waterfield who was First Civil Service Commissioner from 1939 to 1951. He was responsible for setting up the Civil Service Selection Board which was the key institution in the pioneering new approach to personnel selection initiated in Britain after the Second World War. It has been regarded as the model for personnel recruitment in other contexts and for civil service recruitment in other countries. The book raises fundamental questions about the criteria for recruitment and promotion of leading officials in British central government and offers a rare glimpse of the day to day work of top civil servants and the administrative culture in which they operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508230

Leadership in the Construction IndustryDeveloping Authentic Leaders in a Dynamic World This book presents a new framework for leadership in the construction industry which draws from the authentic leadership construct. The framework has three major themes: self-leadership self-transcendent leadership and sustainable leadership. Despite its significance leadership has not been given due importance in the construction industry as focus is placed on managerial functionalism. At the project level even with the technological advances in the industry in recent years construction is realized in the form of people undertaking distinct interdependent activities which require effective leadership. The industry faces many challenges including: demanding client requirements and project parameters; more stringent regulations codes and systems; intense competition in the industry; and threats from disruptive enterprise. In such a complex environment technology-driven and tool-based project and corporate management is insufficient. It must be complemented by a strategic genuine stakeholder-focused and ethical leadership. Leadership in the Construction Industry is based on a study on authentic leadership and its development in Singapore. Leadership theories and concepts are reviewed; the importance of leadership in the construction industry is discussed; and the grounded theory approach which was applied in the study is explained. Many eminent construction professionals in Singapore were interviewed in the field study. Emerging from the experiences of the leaders documented in this book are three major themes: (1) self-leadership: how leaders engage in various self-related processes such as self-awareness self-regulation and role modeling. (2) self-transcendent leadership: how leaders go beyond leading themselves to leading others through servant leadership shared leadership spiritual leadership and socially-responsible leadership; and  finally (3) sustainable leadership or the strategies leaders employ to make the impact of their leadership lasting. A synthesis of these themes and their implications for leadership development is presented before the book concludes with some recommendations for current and aspiring leaders about how they can engage with them. This book is essential reading for all construction practitioners from all backgrounds; and researchers on leadership and management in construction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482152

Leadership in the Library and Information Science ProfessionsTheory and Practice Safely guide your library into the new millennium!Like so much else in the information professions leadership styles are being forced to change to meet the demands of technological innovation. Leadership in the Library and Information Science Professions is among the first books to focus on this increasingly important job qualification. It offers practical advice for developing strong flexible and creative leadership skills in yourself and your staff.This fascinating volume stresses the leadership needed to manage change. The essential skills taught here will help you update library services at a reasonable pace while preserving valuable low-tech alternatives. As one chapter recommends “Every librarian at every level should have ready an answer-multiple answers-to the ubiquitous questions: Why do we still need libraries when everything is on the Web? How can you justify an expanding budget in the Internet Age?”Leadership in the Library and Information Science Professions offers fresh ideas for developing and using leadership skills including: recruiting tips for identifying potential leaders staff training and development restructuring the organization to encourage full staff participation budget strategies for successful leaders issues of gender and ethnic diversity evaluating and assessing leadershipLeadership in the Library and Information Science Professions is an essential resource for library administrators and staff. By developing your leadership skills and those of your staff you can confidently face the hectic pace of change in the information sciences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707395

Leadership in the Life SciencesTen Lessons from the C-Suite of Pharmaceutical and Medical Technology Companies The healthcare professionals who save and extend our lives are helpless without the medicines and technologies that have revolutionised medical care. But the industry that invents makes and provides these indispensable tools is transforming under the pressure of ageing populations globalisation and revolutions in biological and information technology. How this industry adapts and evolves is vitally important to every one of us. This book looks inside the heads and hearts of the people who lead the global pharmaceutical and medical technology industry. It describes how they make sense of their markets and the wider life sciences economy. It reveals what they have learned about how to lead large complex organisations to compete in dynamic global markets. Leadership in the Life Sciences is essential reading for anyone working in or with the pharmaceutical and medical technology industry and its halo of supporting companies. Written as ten succinct lessons it gives the reader unique insight into what the industry’s leaders are thinking. Covering topics from leadership to organisational culture from change management to digital disruption and from competitive strategy to value-creation each chapter distils the accumulated wisdom of those who lead the complex and turbulent life sciences industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077181

Leadership in the OpenA New Paradigm in Emergency Management As a relatively young field emergency management has already undergone considerable evolution and change. And now that Web 2.0 technologies and social media sites such as Facebook and Twitter have become inherently ingrained in all facets of our lives emergency managers must once again re-evaluate best practices and standardized approaches.Providing a roadmap for twenty-first century emergency management best practices Leadership in the Open: A New Paradigm in Emergency Management examines public expectations relative to the use of communication and Web 2.0 technologies for emergency management activities. It covers current technologies along with the public’s demand for transparency and ever-increasing need for instant information and updates.The book is divided into three sections that focus on the fundamentals of social media the potential effects of its strategic use in disaster management and the attitude of engagement that is effective for community commitment. Coverage includes efficiency magnification humility creativity ethics the tension of changing public expectations and long-standing best practices within the emergency management community.This book builds on the author's bestseller Disasters 2.0: The Application of Social Media Systems for Modern Emergency Management by looking at an emergency manager's role not simply by job function but on what the public demands. Filled with extensive real-world examples this is an ideal guide for leaders in emergency management first-response and business continuity—as well as advanced level students preparing to enter the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466558236

Leadership in the Public SectorPromise and Pitfalls In view of the approaching age of austerity for the public sector leadership is likely to continue to become a key theme. This edited volume brings together a host of material from the public sector to analyze the issue internationally. Teelken Dent & Ferlie lead a team of contributors in examining three key aspects of this increasingly important theme: the meaning of public sector leadership and how this changes in different contexts the implications for leadership style given the growing role of the private sector the response to the leadership issue from professionals moving into senior management roles With contributions from respected academics such as Jean-Louis Denis Mike Reed and Mirko Nordegraaf this book will be an invaluable supplementary resource for those undertaking studies across public sector management and administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525831

Leadership in the U.S. SenateHerding Cats in the Modern Era Unlike leadership in the House of Representatives the nature of Senate leadership continues to remain a mystery to so many. Due to the absence of an "operator’s manual " leaders have had to use their individual skills intelligence and personalities to lead the Senate which means they each have had their own unique leadership style. How have Senate majority leaders advanced their agendas in this traditionally egalitarian institution a chamber like no other legislative body where they must balance the rights of 99 independent senators with the collective needs of their party? Featuring a foreword by Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell Leadership in the U.S. Senate offers students a comprehensive and contemporary examination of three different eras in the evolution of the Senate. Collectively contributions written by those who have served the senators offer insight into how different Senate leaders have operated chronicle changes in Senate life over the past four decades and describe how they have changed the institution. The chapters cover: How leadership styles are shaped by both individualism and party goals Eight biographical perspectives from Senator Howard Baker (R-TN) to Senator Harry Reid (D-NV) The political context of the Senate during which the respective majority leader served Individual leadership style and performance in office Contributions individuals made to the institution while serving as majority leaders This book paves the way for political scientists and others to examine the topic of Senate leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068391

Leadership in Xenophon’s Anabasis NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315528090

Leadership Lessons from the Trump Presidency This book seeks to demonstrate that we can learn from both 'good' and 'bad' leaders. Part One looks at President Trump’s behaviour from inauguration to impeachment. The ancient Greek concepts of Kairos and Chronos are used to indicate that Trump was almost a natural fit for the US of 2017. Part Two considers the consequences of his behaviour on the US the world at large and for leadership overall. There is a temptation to consider only 'good' leaders when asking what we can learn from others. This book explores the issue of what can be learned from any person in a leadership role no matter what the value judgement we make of them. Part One explores Trump’s behaviour up to the moment of impeachment and the longer-term residual impacts this will have once his term as President is over. It shows that our value judgements tend to be based on perception and a priori assumptions. Part Two explores what we can learn from the Trump event no matter what our leadership role. Disruption is endemic in today’s world. Today it often seems that we are born live and die in three quite different worlds. Yet at its core things have changed very little. Oligarchy has been a reality since time immemorial. Unless we are first 'unfrozen' from the status quo change tends to be more cosmetic than actual. Donald Trump’s presidency has the potential to be the thawing agent that could enable 'real' change through which new forms of both democracy and capitalism might emerge across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862374

Leadership MattersFinding Voice Connection and Meaning in the 21st Century In recent years we have seen what could be described as a moral meltdown in the corporate corridors of power. Few sectors have escaped high profile scandals with public officials and leaders guilty of malpractice duplicity fraud and corporate malfeasance. Conventional leadership theories appear to be inadequate to equip those with power to act ethically and responsibly. At a more macro level many of the social and environmental problems we face in the 21st century could in fact be described as spiritual in nature rooted in a flawed human condition. Leadership Matters brings together an eclectic mix of authors of different faith traditions to explore what this spiritual and cultural transformation might look like. For too long we have relied on external codes of conduct which are at best blunt instruments for creating ethical practice. So chapter by chapter this book examines our interior lives from the perspective of mind body and soul. The unashamed premise of this book is that true and influential leadership comes from the inside with each chapter presenting what it means to lead respectfully critically responsibly and humbly in the gritty reality of the twenty first century workplace. This volume will be of keen interest to academics and practitioners in the field of leadership and the related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368842

Leadership MattersUnleashing the Power of Paradox Some leaders fundamentally alter the status quo whilst others guide quietly. Most leadership books emphasise specific rules but Tom Cronin and Michael Genovese see leadership as filled with paradox. Leadership Matters offers a different view of leadership - one that builds community and responds creatively to new situations. Cronin and Genovese argue that leadership is about more than just charisma and set leaders on to a different path - to unleash the power of paradox. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051437

Leadership Meta-CompetenciesDiscovering Hidden Virtues This book doesn't offer overrated success stories which in most cases cannot be imitated. It contains no check lists or recipes for success and it presents no theoretically-based models. The meta-competencies discussed in this refreshing book are timeless virtues of which effective leaders seem to possess but which are rarely if ever included in lists of competencies in the vast business leadership literature. They include: Existential intelligence - distinct from the much discussed emotional intelligence is about the ability to pose questions and reflect on fundamental issues in ways that develop a mature ability to interpret the world and better understand other people. Phronesis - is the ability to exercise sound judgement based on skilful application of moral and political rationality. Solitude - is a voluntary state achieved when an individual has the ability to momentarily withdraw and be free of external pressures and demands in order to concentrate on desired mental-cognitive activities. Trust building - is more often discussed in leadership literature. As a leadership competence it is about the ability to be credible show trust in and respect for other people and inspire trust. For the curious business practitioner business student or business educator wishing to consider aspects of leadership competence that have to some extent been hidden or forgotten this book introduces the notion of meta-competences and deals in detail with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670092

Leadership of Higher Education AssessmentA Guide to Theory for Practitioners Leadership of Higher Education Assessment provides a comprehensive treatment of leadership theories and helps practitioners integrate this knowledge into their assessment work. Synthesizing leadership theories into manageable concepts relevant to the college and university context this useful guide supports assessment leaders in addressing complex institutional situations and developing their own unique philosophy of assessment and leadership style. In the face of ongoing challenges such as data accessibility data security concerns a shifting accreditation environment complex politics and lack of available resources this book is a critical guide for assessment leaders who want to take command of their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815396765

Leadership of Pedagogy and Curriculum in Higher Music Education Leadership of Pedagogy and Curriculum in Higher Music Education is the second of a two-volume anthology dedicated to leadership and leadership development in higher music education. Fifteen authors write from multiple countries and contexts exploring pedagogical and curricular leadership challenges and successes from around the globe. They draw attention to the dynamics of pedagogical approaches which encourage learners’ deep and agentic engagement considering the sustainability and scope of such interventions while highlighting positive frameworks and approaches. As with its companion volume Leadership of Pedagogy and Curriculum in Higher Music Education includes student commentary in which student contributors give concrete ideas and recommendations for facilitating and strengthening leadership development through practical and equitable strategies with students communities and colleagues. The outcome is a collection of essays designed to offer student musicians higher education teachers and institutional leaders theoretically informed and practical insights into the development and practice of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077334

Leadership of Public Bureaucracies: The Administrator as ConservatorThe Administrator as Conservator The revolution in public management has led many reformers to call for public managers to reinvent themselves as public entrepreneurs. Larry D. Terry opposes this view and presents a normative theory of administrative leadership that integrates legal sociological and constitutional theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315669236

Leadership on JavaGentle Hints Authoritarian Rule This text examines how leaders on Java rise to power stay in power and pass their power on. Most of these essays deal with rural power but a few address more general issues of leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180925

Leadership on the China Coast Originally published in 1984 Leadership on the China Coast brings together four independent empirical studies of leadership exercised on China’s southern coastland. Written by academics from across several disciplines the book presents a wealth of research on methods of constructing authority in China and on informal politics as a process integrated with formal bureaucratic administrations in which idiosyncratic leadership operates on all levels under shared ideological and legal constraints. Leadership on the China Coast will appeal to those with an interest in the social and political history of China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367616281

Leadership ParadoxesRethinking Leadership for an Uncertain World Leadership Paradoxes was shortlisted for the 2017 Management Book of the Year an industry book award organised by the Chartered Management Institute and the British Library. ******************************************** Leadership remains one of the most sought-after qualities in contemporary society yet after centuries of research education and debate it remains just as elusive as ever. Leadership Paradoxes: Rethinking Leadership for an Uncertain World argues that the key to understanding and enhancing leadership education theory and practice lies in the recognition of its paradoxical tendencies. Drawing on the expertise of an international team of leadership scholars and practitioners this book examines common leadership paradoxes and challenges faced by leaders — and shows how they can be reconceived as opportunities to be embraced rather than problems to be solved. Readers will benefit from reflective questions at the end of each chapter plus a companion website at www.leadershipparadoxes.com offering further material and a forum for discussion. Leadership Paradoxes will be valuable supplementary reading for students of leadership at advanced undergraduate postgraduate and post-experience level as well as professionals seeking to improve their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807129

Leadership Perspectives This definitive reference work is designed to meet a need for all those who have an interest in Leadership; be they students at business schools academic researchers leadership consultants or practical leaders. At last we have a collection of seminal peer-reviewed articles and book chapters in one convenient volume. All the members of the Editorial Team have an association with the renowned Centre for Leadership Studies at Exeter University and they have chosen their articles around six core themes: Understanding Leadership; Relationships; Power and Leadership; Leadership Identity and Difference; Imagination; Spirituality in Organizations. These themes cover a broad spectrum of Leadership and this volume enables people to access some of the best writing on this fascinating topic all in one publication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250601

Leadership Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537900

Leadership Processes and Follower Self-identity Presenting a follower-centered perspective on leadership this book focuses on followers as the direct determinant of leadership effects because it is generally through follower reactions and behaviors that leadership attempts succeed or fail. Therefore leadership theory needs to be articulated with a theory of how followers create meaning from leadership acts and how this meaning helps followers self-regulate in specific contexts. In this book an attempt is made to develop such a theory maintaining that the central construct in this process is the self-identity of followers. In developing this theoretical perspective the authors draw heavily from several areas of research and theory. The most critical constructs do not come directly from the leadership literature but from social and cognitive theory pertaining to follower's self-identity self-regulatory processes motivation values cognitions and emotions and perceptions of social justice. Leaders may have profound effects on these aspects of followers and it is by analyzing such indirect follower-mediated leadership effects that most ideas regarding leadership theory and practice are developed. Due to its broad theoretical focus this book is relevant to a number of audiences. The authors' principal concern is with the development of leadership theory and the practice of leadership making the book relevant to audiences in management applied psychology and social psychology. They have tried to clearly define key constructs and provide practical examples so that the book could be accessible to advanced undergraduate students. However the diversity of the underlying theoretical literatures and the complexity of the framework developed also make the book appropriate for graduate courses in those disciplines and for readers with a professional interest in leadership theory or practice. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415655408

Leadership ReformedWhy Leaders Need the Gospel to Change the World This book presents the gospel as a sensemaking tool to critically examine five areas of personal leadership effectiveness namely desire identity dignity motive and ambition. Every tipping point in changing the world for the better always involves leadership. Yet history also illustrates that even formidable leaders are prone to derailment and failures. Contrary to the popular idea that leaders need to enhance their self-efficacy to be effective the focus of self is misguided because the self is the epicenter of the leadership problem. The author posits that the preoccupation with the self (and consequently unbelief in the gospel) is the fundamental reason why leaders are blinded by power and control create their own performance treadmill live for the approval of others and have myopic ambitions for things of this world. Drawing on biblical insights and scholarly research the leadership principles outlined in the book and their street-level applications will equip both novice and seasoned leaders to begin and end well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857516

Leadership ResilienceLessons for Leaders from the Policing Frontline Leadership is demanding and challenging. How do leaders cope? How do they remain fit and strong and thrive? The authors of Leadership Resilience a business school academic and a police officer suggest that many challenges faced by leaders are similar to the challenges experienced by police officers. The isolation; the pressure not to show personal emotions; the expectation that they will deal effectively with confused frustrated and angry people; and that they can deal with delivering bad news; all contribute to the pressures bearing on leaders and police officers everywhere. The authors argue that these challenges are more pronounced in policing and so more readily identifiable than in other leadership situations. They explore challenges experienced by police officers look at how they cope with them and draw lessons for those undertaking leadership roles more generally. Leadership Resilience provides accounts from police officers in their own words of difficult experiences they encounter. They describe their feelings about what was important and how they coped with it. Each account is followed by an analysis highlighting what is discussed and not discussed in the accounts and identifying lessons that can be drawn by leaders in other situations. All is presented so that it is relevant to different cultures demanding different styles of leadership. Analysis of the engaging experiences featured will help leaders struggling with the gap between leadership education and capability and the demands made of them to survive and thrive while maintaining their physical mental emotional and spiritual health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279384

Leadership Skills for Maintenance Supervisors and Managers Supervision is a leveraged activity. When we develop the supervisor's skills we enhance the productivity of the whole workgroup. This book provides valuable skill training for supervisors team leaders and managers. It offers techniques to improve reliability that can be accomplished at the supervisor level. It teaches both the science and the art of the supervision of maintenance workers discusses managing meetings and time the elements of technical issues and presents management and people skills  offering maximum productivity and high-quality provision of services and at the same time improving morale throughout the workforce. This book is suitable for all types of maintenance for organizations with supervisors and managers from plant operations storeroom construction and related areas including industrial organizations construction companies mines fleets building maintenance janitorial maintenance contractors and vocational tech schools teaching maintenance short courses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367481759

Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data Algorithms and Analytics Harnessing the power of technology is one of the key measures of effective leadership. Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data Algorithms and Analytics will help leaders think and act like strategists to maintain a leading-edge competitive advantage. Written by a leading expert in the field this book provides new insights on how to successfully transition companies by aligning an organization’s culture to accept the benefits of digital technology. The author emphasizes the importance of creating a team spirit with employees to embrace the digital age and develop strategic business plans that pinpoint new markets for growth strengthen customer relationships and develop competitive strategies. Understanding how to deal with inconsistencies when facts generated by data analytics disagree with your own experience intuition and knowledge of the competitive situation is key to successful leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498764148

Leadership Succession This volume focuses on the most critical strategic activity in any organization namely who gets chosen to sit in the top echelon of the pyramid. Friedman argues that it is the quality of corporate leadership that will determine corporate winners and losers in the global competitive game.The stakes in leadership succession are high. The selection of key figures is the one human resource activity that no one belittles for being of secondary importance. Indeed leadership succession is so important and central in many executive minds that it crowds out any other work. The succession process is often fraught with political intrigue it lacks discipline and excludes meaningful involvement of senior human resource executives.The contributors to this imaginative volume reveal a succession planning process that is frequently sloppy superficial and regularly sabotaged by senior management when they give it short shrift in terms of quality time. In addition senior management often overrides sound decisions when it comes to filling key positions. The result is a lack of integrity throughout the human resource systems that eventually leads to a collapse of belief in the system and its governance.Noel M. Tichy a leading figure in the studies of human resource management has said "Stewart Friedman is to be congratulated for a successful effort in providing a state of the art look at leadership succession. [He] provides us with an empirical database of what is happening in U.S. corporations helpful prescriptions for future improvement of leadership succession and a realistic assessment of the human resource executive challenges in this area." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842365

Leadership Through CollaborationAlternatives to the Hierarchy With a foreword by Thomas Sergiovanni this book exposes the myths about school leadership which impede educational improvement. It also profiles 8 successful schools at which student achievement has flourished after collaboration was introduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472822

Leadership VarietiesThe Role of Economic Change and the New Masculinity In all periods of time there is a perceived shortage of qualified credible and robust leadership skills. At the same time what is regarded as skilled leadership is contingent on economic political institutional and cultural conditions specific for a period of time or a local setting. Leadership in the era of managerial capitalism was focused on planning and administration and was seated in large-scale divisionalized corporations. In the 1970s this economic model started to wane and leadership was advanced as the solution to a series of economic and social concerns now being a matter of meaning-making in the face of uncertainty and ambiguity. With the expansion of the finance industry and the deregulation of finance markets in the 1990s and in the new millennium yet another leadership model increasingly prioritized economic value creation. In parallel to the economic political and institutional changes the idea of leadership has been strongly informed by new ideas about individualism and masculinity adding to the understanding of leadership as what is anchored in widespread social beliefs about for example healthy life styles the virtues of physical exercise and novel gender relations. Aimed at scholars researchers students and policy makers in the fields of Leadership Management History and Organizational Theory; Leadership Varieties examines predominant ideas about the qualities and virtues of leadership in a historical and cultural perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617261

LeadershipA Critical Introduction Leadership is crucial to the success of any organisation. But how can one seek to most effectively develop the leadership ability of both themselves and others? How should one define leadership? Are great leaders born or made? This text addresses such fundamental questions via a comprehensive and critical approach to the discussion of key leadership theories. The text encourages the reader to consider the role of both follower and leader in the leadership process and to recognise the emergence of both effective and destructive leadership.  Each chapter features 'Expert Insights' on leadership written by leaders in their respective fields. These insights offer the reader a valuable real-world perspective of leadership that enriches the abstract theory covered in each chapter. The provision of case studies examples and supplementary online material provide the effective delivery of both undergraduate and postgraduate lectures and workshops and self-guided study. A concluding chapter that focuses on the development of one’s self-leadership ultimately facilitates a comprehensive introduction to what is at once a seductive complex transformative and alluring topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415625944

LeadershipA Relevant and Realistic Role for Principals With case studies on such topics as implementing a technology program and modifying a schedule this book shows why principals must play a leadership role. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853277

Leadership-as-PracticeTheory and Application This book develops a new paradigm in the field of leadership studies referred to as the "leadership-as-practice" (L-A-P) movement. Its essence is its conception of leadership as occurring as a practice rather than residing in the traits or behaviours of particular individuals. A practice is a coordinative effort among participants who choose through their own rules to achieve a distinctive outcome. It also tends to encompass routines as well as problem-solving or coping skills often tacit that are shared by a community. Accordingly leadership-as-practice is less about what one person thinks or does and more about what people may accomplish together. It is thus concerned with how leadership emerges and unfolds through day-to-day experience. The social and material contingencies impacting the leadership constellation – the people who are effecting leadership at any given time – do not reside outside of leadership but are very much embedded within it. To find leadership then we must look to the practice within which it is occurring.            The leadership-as-practice approach resonates with a number of closely related traditions such as collective shared distributed and relational leadership that converge on leadership processes. These approaches share a line of inquiry that acknowledges leadership as a social phenomenon. The new focus opens up a plethora of research opportunities encouraging the study of social processes beyond influence such as intersubjective agency shared sense-making dialogue and co-construction of responsibilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924864

LeadershipFinding balance between ambition and acceptance Leadership argues that finding satisfaction and sanity at work requires the development of both ambition and acceptance. While these traits seem to be at odds with one another Marques shows that each one has positive and negative elements and the trick is balancing the useful aspects of each to maximize success. The book defines this balance and its relationship to success featuring real-world examples useful diagrams and cases to encourage students to reflect on how to apply these principles to their own lives. Laying the foundation for understanding the need to develop both ambition and acceptance and providing the context for what performance means in modern times Marques presents a framework for growing in one’s own career. Students learn how to evaluate competing impulses and how to make critical decisions to define career success. Students of career development leadership and organizational behavior classes will appreciate its grounded engaging writing style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905467

LeadershipPerformance Beyond Expectations The second edition of Leadership offers a unique highly-applied academic treatise on leadership uniquely blending a chronological analysis of the last 100 years of leadership theory with exclusive CEO interviews. The case studies expert insights and other teaching aids are timely and hard hitting making this textbook relevant insightful and informative while a research chapter empowers the reader to competently question the leaders that shape our world. The world has turned on its political and corporate axis since the first edition of Leadership was published and it became necessary to produce a second edition that fully encapsulated respected and observed these changes. Numerous new case studies discussion starters and examples subsequently reflect today’s volatile technological political financial and social shifts while exclusive interviews with successful CEOs powerfully blend theory with practice. Readers will learn the importance of navigating leadership in the most testing of times. A new chapter ‘Researching leadership’ offers the reader the opportunity to develop significantly as a leadership researcher and to ably question reality in a post-truth world. A self-leadership chapter equips the reader to develop their own leadership capabilities while retaining the ability to avoid destructive leadership. Ultimately readers will become empowered to appreciate the complex intersectional nature of leadership and to learn what it takes to lead in today’s politically technologically and socially tumultuous world. This book will be particularly engaging for students and educators at secondary school college undergraduate and postgraduate level and for leadership/management consultants. While the book's primary role remains as a core text for leadership management and business modules it will also be of interest to students on many other courses (e.g. psychology politics sociology). Packed with teaching resources which educators will find particularly useful Leadership is the only textbook of its kind to offer such an applied view of this subject via the inclusion of 12 (mostly CEO) expert insights. The first edition was an "Amazon Hot New Release" so this second edition might also hold interest for a general readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374822

LeadershipQuotations From The World's Greatest Motivators The thought-provoking quotations presented here cover a broad spectrum of topics related to leadership. The majority of authors represented are great statesmen philosophers or military leaders but also included are pertinent thoughts by corporate leaders scholars and writers. International in scope the collection includes quotations from ever Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319946

LeadershipSucceeding in the Private Public and Not-for-profit Sectors The contributors to this wide-ranging volume seek to define exactly what leadership is or should be and how to effectively develop it. Guided by an unusual framework that looks at leadership across different sectors and functions they examine what they view as the major leadership challenges in highly visible for-profit not-for-profit and government organizations throughout the world. Their insights will prove equally useful as a general survey of leadership problems for executive policy makers and for undergraduate and graduate students in the specific fields examined in the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702919

LeadersightsCreating Great Leaders Who Create Great Workplaces Love learn let go. Three decisions. Three actions. Three habits. Together these offer leaders insight (Leadersights) into the true nature of leadership and can create the type of workplace that can thrive in a demanding future. Leadersights: Creating Great Leaders Who Create Great Workplaces focuses on how organizations of all types can create a leader-development system that defines critical leader behaviors provides simple techniques for building and improving the skills that drive those behaviors and establishes a mechanism for monitoring and enforcing those behaviors. This book details how leaders can do the same for their employees; defining and promoting behaviors required for sustaining continuous change. In addition it synthesizes current research on change servant leadership group and team dynamics job satisfaction intrinsic motivation psychological flow and individual self-efficacy. If you are stuck in a culture of compliance where an increasingly frustrated workforce continues to rely too much on leaders to solve problems this book will guide you by: Focusing on the critical few leadership skills that provide better results Demonstrating proven improvement techniques tools and structures for higher satisfaction levels in colleagues    Offering a new leadership model blending existing theories into an integral structure Explaining complex human systems in plain language and how they align with Lean principles Providing several "Leadersights" – simple suggestions for immediate improvement You will understand how to create the structure necessary to engage leaders and colleagues while driving new behavior and culture change. The author builds an effective leader development system based on current research on change leadership group and team dynamics job satisfaction intrinsic motivation psychological flow and self-efficacy to create the kind of workplace where people love coming to work and where they become better thinkers leaders and teachers.      Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466558007

Leading Managing Caring: Understanding Leadership and Management in Health and Social Care Effective leadership and management in health and social care are built on good practice strong relationships and a critical understanding of the wider context in which care takes place. Leading Managing Caring illustrates how leadership and management work in everyday settings providing invaluable support to those practising or studying in the area. The book introduces the four core building blocks of the caring manager or leader: personal awareness team awareness goal awareness and contextual awareness. Together these form a firm foundation for understanding and practice. Drawing on up-to-date case studies the authors explore how critical theoretical understanding can support practical attempts to work through complex situations with a diverse range of people. Also included is a toolkit containing carefully selected and practical tools for leading and managing change. This comprehensive textbook is suitable for existing and aspiring managers and leaders in a range of health and social care professions or anyone interested in understanding more about the complex landscape in which care services are managed and delivered in the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415658515

Leading a Creative SchoolInitiating and Sustaining School Change Introducing creativity to the classroom is a concern for teachers governments and future employers around the world and there has been a drive to make experiences at school more exciting relevant challenging and dynamic for all young people ensuring they leave education able to contribute to the global creative economy. Leading a Creative School shows that school leaders are central in any change process and offers suggestions and models of practice for a whole school change towards creative practice. Providing an accessible overview of key issues and debates surrounding different methods of creative change practical activities and stimulus material for to help teachers this book will explain how to: reflect on why change is important for your school motivate your teaching staff create the conditions for a whole school change develop practical strategies to make changes long lasting and assess and monitor changes taking place. Providing case studies and examples of school change from leading practitioners throughout this book is an invaluable guide for all those involved in school leadership management and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415570831

Leading a Diversity Culture Shift in Higher EducationComprehensive Organizational Learning Strategies Leading a Diversity Culture Shift in Higher Education offers a practical and timely guide for launching implementing and institutionalizing diversity organizational learning. The authors draw from extensive interviews with chief diversity officers and college and university leaders to reveal the prevailing models and best practices for strengthening diversity practices within the higher education community today. They complement this original research with an analysis of key contextual factors that shape the organizational learning process including administrative leadership institutional mission and goals historical legacy geographic location and campus structures and politics. Given the substantive challenge of engendering a cultural shift for diversity in a university setting this book will serve as a concrete primer for institutions seeking to develop a systematic and progressive approach to diversity organizational learning. Readers will be able to engage with provocative case studies that grapple with the current pressures emanating from diversity training and learn effective strategies for creating more inclusive environments. This book is a perfect resource for institutional leaders administrators faculty members and key campus constituencies who are seeking transformational change institutional success and stability in a rapidly diversifying national and global environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280717

Leading a School Culture of LearningHow to Improve Attainment Progress and Wellbeing This practical book is designed to help school leaders develop a sustainable culture of learning across the curriculum. It offers a personal insight into how one school embraced a range of dialogic and analytical tools to create an environment in which all stakeholders were inspired to evaluate and innovate. Each chapter tackles one piece of the ‘jigsaw’ that makes up a successful school environment considering topics such as Attitudes for Learning Coaching for Learning and Love of Learning. Utilising theory case studies and activities it illustrates how the reader can realistically and practically increase student attainment in their own school setting. This book will help leaders: Develop a supportive and encouraging leadership style that will create a cycle of self-improvement and self-efficacy for all Adapt the curriculum to focus on progress and engagement Use the Philosophy 4 Children strategies to promote deeper thinking and enquiry increasing the rate of school improvement through a system of enquiry based staff professional development Using an inner-city primary school as a working example this book will be a source of inspiration and encouragement for school leaders teachers and school advisors looking to cultivate and embed a love of learning into their school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361143

Leading and Implementing Business Change ManagementMaking Change Stick in the Contemporary Organization Being change capable is the "new normal" for today’s growth-minded organizations. The "do more with less" strategies of the past are no longer effective in preparing organizations to meet the increasing challenges for growth competitiveness and innovation required of them in this new era. Business change challenges including customer and market shifts legal and regulatory requirements strategic redirection acquisitions strategic partnerships and cultural transformation are demanding that organizations effectively and efficiently manage change across multiple dimensions. To reach this level of change capability organizations must adopt an integrated balanced and customized approach to change management. Change management is addressed from the unique perspective of both its foundational concepts as well as practical application. Using an integrated scalable and flexible framework  this book provides tools which can be readily customized and applied to initiatives across or within stages of the business change management lifecycle from assessing the need for change through planning the change initiative designing a balanced change solution which integrates the people process and project management elements through deploying and institutionalizing the change. Common risks associated with failed or stalled change initiatives are presented with best practices and key topics associated with change management are explored and illustrated through real-life case studies. Aimed at both the professionals within organizations and post graduate students and researchers within business strategy organizational behaviour and change management disciplines this book will provide a conceptual understanding of change management and a roadmap with a supporting toolbox for leading and implementing change that sticks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415660617

Leading and Managing Indigenous Education in the Postcolonial World This book brings together the academic fields of educational leadership educational administration strategic change management and Indigenous education in order to provide a critical multi-perspective systems level analysis of the provision of education services to Indigenous people. It draws on a range of theorists across these fields internationally mobilising social exchange and intelligent complex adaptive systems theories to address the key problematic of intergenerational educational failure. Ma Rhea establishes the basis for an Indigenous rights approach to the state provision of education to Indigenous peoples that includes recognition of their distinctive economic linguistic and cultural rights within complex globalized postcolonial education systems. The book problematizes the central concept of a partnership between Indigenous people and non-Indigenous school leaders staff and government policy makers even as it holds this key concept at its centre. The infantilising of Indigenous communities and Indigenous people can take priority over the education of their children in the modern state; this book offers an argument for a profound rethinking of the leadership and management of Indigenous education. Leading and Managing Indigenous Education in the Postcolonial World will be of value to researchers and postgraduate students focusing on Indigenous education as well as teachers education administrators and bureaucrats sociologists of education Indigenous education specialists and those in international and comparative education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702288

Leading and Managing InnovationWhat Every Executive Team Must Know about Project Program and Portfolio Management Second Edition The primary cause of many project failures is that responsible executives because of their lack of knowledge in project management fail to demand that their managers and staff properly utilize the well-proven best practices processes systems and tools that are now available in this field. This book remedies this situation by providing executives at all levels with the understanding and knowledge needed to best take advantage of the power of effective project management and thereby lead and manage innovations within their enterprise. In Leading and Managing Innovation: What Every Executive Team Must Know about Project Program and Portfolio Management Second Edition the authors present concise descriptions of The key concepts underlying project and program management The important characteristics of projects and programs How projects and programs are best governed and managed How to determine if the desired benefits have actually been achieved The book presents a list of 31 reasonable demands that executives can and must place on their staff members to ensure excellence in the way their programs and projects are created selected for funding planned and executed. Placing these demands communicates to the entire enterprise that top management understands what it takes to achieve the best performance possible and fully supports the continuous improvement needed to ensure continued success. Leading and Managing Innovation explains how to measure the project management maturity level of an enterprise benchmark against competitors and identify where project management improvements are required. It discusses the many ways that an enterprise can derive substantial success and competitive advantage from increasing its project management maturity level. A helpful quick reference summary of all of the book’s key information is included in the final chapter. Armed with this information you will be well-qualified to give excellent direction to your managers and staff to ensure that your vital capability in the field of project management—and how you manage innovation—is equal to or better than that of your competitors. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498751209

Leading and Managing People in the Dynamic Organization The current business environment requires that individuals teams and organizations are equipped to cope with an unpredictable marketplace and increasing competition. Organizations are forced to be kinetic organic and without boundaries if they are to remain successful. Given these environmental and marketplace demands scholars must rethink the applicability of existing organizational theories and frameworks. In March 2001 a conference was held with the aim of developing and articulating this new model of organizations. Scholars contributed their expertise in areas such as leadership human resource management negotiation and conflict teams entrepreneurship organizational change power and influence and diversity. The contributors focused on their own area of expertise and considered how existing theories must be altered to fit a more agile organizational form. Theoretical and empirical questions were raised testable hypotheses were developed and emerging themes were uncovered. The end result of the conference is this volume. It brings together the reflections of a diverse collection of organizational theorists and researchers on the implications of this new business model within their own areas of expertise. The book's goal is to inspire organizational scholars to develop a new theory and produce sound managerial advice for how to build and maintain a successful organization in a dynamic workplace. The chapters include a review of research literature with the highlights and citations that everybody working in a field must know followed by how the research agenda is affected by the increasingly dynamic marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415649667

Leading and Managing Professional Services Firms in the Infrastructure Sector Professional services firms play a vital role in the social environmental and economic well-being of any economy. This book considers the key skills and elements required to successfully lead and manage a professional services firm operating in the infrastructure sector. Public- and private-sector clients recognise the role that infrastructure plays in the functionality of our cities and that most urban conurbations have a backlog of infrastructure to deliver to meet the needs of increasing populations greater urbanisation and emerging economies. Just keeping pace with projected global GDP growth will require an enormous investment in infrastructure and skilful leadership to deliver it. In response to this challenge professional services firms will need to be well-led and well-managed to be successful and sustainable in the long-term. Such organisations must provide high-value advice design knowledge and innovations to get more out of the existing assets and to plan and design new assets with greater integrity and construct them more productively efficiently and effectively. This book provides practical frameworks for emerging operational managers and future project leaders to prepare them to successfully manage these firms and deliver such projects in the face of new and often disruptive technologies and shifting corporate landscapes. The book is essential reading for aspiring leaders operating in all infrastructure market sectors including energy water sewerage road rail ports airports education health justice retail entertainment property and development sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379188

Leading and Managing Teaching AssistantsA Practical Guide for School Leaders Managers Teachers and Higher-Level Teaching Assistants "There are more than 200 000 teaching assistants(TAs) in the UK. This comprehensive practical book deals with how to make use of them effectively. Written by a recognised authority on TAs the book investigates • the roles of leadership and management • the various roles of TAs and what distinguishes them from other support staff • the whole-school learning environment • Auditing the needs of the school and the needs of the TAs • good practice in appointing and developing TAs – technicalities examples and proforma. • using a TA in the classroom - guidance for teachers • leading a team of TAs. This supportive and stimulating book is complemented with practical and effective strategies for managing TAs. TAs can contribute to higher standards for pupils better curriculum delivery improved work-life balance and effectiveness for teachers and support for whole school policies. Including examples of good practice real-life accounts research evidence sources of help and suggestions for further reading this book provides all the guidance a manager will need to help them make the best use of their TAs." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472204

Leading and Motivating Global TeamsIntegrating Offshore Centers and the Head Office This book provides techniques for offshore center managers and head office managers to motivate and manage globally distributed teams which are spread across the offshore center and the head office and thereby achieve higher productivity. Readers learn how to integrate the offshore center with the head office to make the offshore team an extension of the head office. While integrating teams with the head office offshore center managers can still retain independence and authority to meet team aspirations. The book provides insight into devising new organizational structures to balance the authority and responsibilities of offshore center and head office managers. Head office managers responsible for managing globally distributed projects learn how to achieve a higher success rate on their projects and be better rewarded for their efforts in offshoring. Head office managers also learn techniques to make more significant contributions in their expatriate assignments to the offshore center. This book guides both the offshore center managers and the head office managers to fully realize the potential of the offshore center which can result in higher revenues and profitability. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498784740

Leading and Supporting Early Years TeamsA practical guide How a staff team works together and how effective and cohesive they are impacts significantly on the children that they care for as well as having implications for the general early years practice and the success of the business of the setting. Drawing together theory and practice this book provides comprehensive guidance on recruiting supervising and leading an early years team in line with the most recent national guidance. Focusing on all aspects of leading and supporting a team the book aims to inspire managers and increase their confidence. It looks at the day-to-day demands of running a setting and the reflective thinking that is needed to establish a vision for a team. The authors consider the skills needed to lead and support a team and offers practical guidance on: recruitment induction ongoing staff training and supervision disciplinary processes including handling difficult conversations refocusing a team after a critical incident staff relationships with parents and other professionals involving the team in problem solving and implementing change engaging with the community how to get support for yourself as a manager This book will be invaluable support for both new and experienced managers wanting to establish a cohesive and dynamic staff team and provide outstanding childcare provision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839204

Leading at All LevelsUsing Systemic Ideas to Get the Most from the Workplace Leading at All Levels: Using Systemic Ideas to Get the Most from the Workplace moves away from traditional perspectives on leadership and utilising ideas from systemic consultation provides a rationale for leadership at all levels emphasising the potential of everyone in organisations to lead in their own area of work. Reviewing the theory of resilience and its place in organisational life the book provides guidance on how to foster resilience in the workplace. Written in accessible language the book is divided into three sections: on work and leadership on problem solving and finally on approaches to leading at all levels. A variety of perspectives on leadership are explored as well as barriers to effective leadership and there are many suggestions for improvement. The book discusses the ways in which systemic thinking can contribute to enhance leadership which includes considering different perceptions and experiences of leadership the influence of power in workplace relationships and organisational outcomes the link between positive employee engagement for performance and well-being at work and the importance of interpersonal and relational behaviour on leadership. The book also considers the importance of everyday workplace interactions to our understanding of leadership and supports a wide understanding of workplace conflict. It contains examples throughout which are applicable to different types and sizes of organisation and provides suggestions for readers relating to the practice of leadership at all levels. Good leadership is of great importance to today’s organisations. The book suggests that by paying more attention to leadership at all levels organisations can work towards improving productivity which has been highlighted as a critical issue in the UK since the 2008 recession. Leading at All Levels will appeal to systemic trainees practitioners and systemic consultants and to those in related professions as well as to personal development practitioners and coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203797

Leading BeautifullyEducational Leadership as Connoisseurship Leading Beautifully provides a new dimension to understanding effective leadership. Drawing from lessons in the arts and the humanities English and Ehrich explore how educational decision-making in schools can be informed by identity personal competence and an understanding of the field’s intellectual foundations. Based on in-depth interviews of artists and educational leaders this book provides insight into the inner world of successful leaders who have developed competencies and understandings that extend beyond the standard leadership tool box. This exciting new book explores the theory and practice of leadership connoisseurship as a human-centered endeavor and as an antidote to mechanistic business-oriented practices. The authors’ well-grounded reconsideration of educational leadership will enliven and enhance any educational leader’s practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016798

Leading Beyond the EgoHow to Become a Transpersonal Leader The traditional leadership styles of the past are underperforming in a world of continuous transformation. Those that recognise this and learn how to lead beyond their ego will become emotionally intelligent and ethical leaders who are able to build strong collaborative relationships and create a caring sustainable and performance enhancing environment. This new book is rooted in the experience of senior managers and the latest discoveries in neuroscience. It gives you the tools to overcome the challenges faced by new organisational and commercial structures technological developments increased diversity and rapid globalisation and succeed.  An essential read for current and aspiring organisational leaders HR professionals executive coaches and mentors Leading Beyond the Ego is a vital point of reference for anyone in a leadership position and who wants to embrace this new world and Transpersonal Leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897694

Leading Business ChangeA Practical Guide to Transforming Your Organization Most books dealing with change management focus on how companies reach their corporate goals instead of on what individual leaders must do. Filling this need Leading Business Change: A Practical Guide to Transforming Your Organization is an easy and fun read that will inspire you to think more closely about how you implement change as a leader.The book presents a proven approach to help leaders of global initiatives grapple with impossible projects and deliver on their goals. The first part of the book explains the author’s approach to change management centering on the need not just for an effective approach but for effective leadership. The remaining three parts walk readers through the three phases of the authors' methodology using actual examples to demonstrate how to apply each step in the real world. Introduces the topic of strategic implementation and organizational change Supplies an overview of the challenges a leader will face when tasked with transforming aspects of a global company Discusses the need to align the goals of the company sponsors and project Highlights the need to understand the resources available to change leaders Addresses the challenges of planning the design and delivery of organizational change The author begins each chapter with a short story around the experiences of a fictional executive with a multinational company who has been tasked with implementing a global outsourcing project. Different stories illustrate the application of the methodologies discussed in the book. Each chapter concludes with questions to help you assess your own leadership style. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498726573

Leading Change in Teacher EducationLessons from Countries and Education Leaders around the Globe The international attempt to expand schooling despite dealing with an insufficient number of trained teachers has placed significant pressure on teacher education. Continued effort to change all aspects of teacher education including ways of learning methods of practice institution interaction and assessment of teaching ability in order to fulfil the desire to offer inclusive and equitable teaching for all is a serious consideration. In response to this increased attention on cross-national campaigns Leading Change in Teacher Education features discussions covering what has been done how and why the change has happened the journey itself and the challenges encountered along the way alongside contributions from international academics who share their reflections and suggestions for a way forward despite a global shortage of teachers. Strategies surrounding the design and delivery of education now centre on improving how teachers are prepared supported and evaluated. Leading Change in Teacher Education captures the stories of international change leaders by: Providing details of both the successes and challenges faced Presenting innovative practices in teacher education from around the world Describing the strategies put in place to ensure that teacher education is developing The topics discussed are relevant for educators policymakers and international organizations involved in the design and implementation of programmes in teacher education. Leading Change in Teacher Education is also an invaluable resource for those looking to increase the changes occurring within teacher education.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310995

Leading Change toward SustainabilityA Change-Management Guide for Business Government and Civil Society As the world struggles to cope with the growing threat of a global carbon crisis Doppelt has revised one of the best books ever written about change management leadership and sustainability to focus on de-carbonisation. Doppelt's research presented in this hugely readable book demystify the sustainability-change process by providing a theoretical framework and a methodology that managers can use to successfully transform their organisations to embrace sustainable development. Filled with case examples interviews and checklists on how to move corporate and governmental cultures toward sustainability the book argues that the key factors that facilitate change appear in the successful efforts at companies such as AstraZeneca Nike Starbucks IKEA Chiquita Interface Swisscom and Norm Thompson and in governmental efforts such as those in the Netherlands and Santa Monica in California. For these and other cutting-edge organisations leading change is a philosophy for success.  Leading Change toward Sustainability has been used by change leaders around the world to guide their internal global warming and sustainability organisational change initiatives. This new edition is essential reading for leaders from all types of organisations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351278966

Leading Complex Projects Leadership in projects has been under-represented in many of the most influential project methodologies where the focus has been on management and process. The importance to project success of key roles such as project board member executive sponsor project manager client representative or team leader increases exponentially with the scale and complexity of the project. Kaye Remington's Leading Complex Projects draws on original empirical research into successful leadership of complex projects including 70 in-depth interviews with people across a broad range of industries selected for their roles in guiding complex projects towards successful outcomes. The book structured around the major themes from the interviews explains and applies emerging best-practice in a coherent and focused way. A potent combination of wisdom from leaders in practice and the latest knowledge from many fields of research will engage experienced practitioners as well as those who are teaching and researching projects complexity and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270473

Leading Consciously Leading Consciously addresses the issues of motivation decision-making communication time management effective learning work psychology organizational development and self-mastery. The author weaves together the insights of some of the most remarkable leaders of the world whose lives embody great truths about leadership and self-transformation masters such as M. K. Gandhi Edmund Hillary Mother Teresa and Albert Einstein.Debashis Chatterjee is an international management thinker Fulbright scholar corporate philosopher mystic and writer. He is a member of the faculty in Behavioral Sciences at the Indian Institute of Management in Lucknow India. An immensely popular speaker on the themes of spirituality and modern management Chatterjee organizes frequent leadership retreats for diverse audiences of executives doctors scientists political leaders and social service workers in India and around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152915

Leading Contemporary EconomistsEconomics at the cutting edge This book describes the important contributions of several contemporary economic figures including recent Nobel Laureates. Describing their work and putting it into an historical perspective these chapters explain how their work constitutes a major contribution to the discipline of economics and how it has broadened economic science. Co-Editor of the Review of Political Economy Steven Pressman has gathered together for the first time key chapters from the journal discussing major figures such as Amartya Sen Joseph Stiglitz John Kenneth Galbraith Thomas Schelling Edmund Phelps and Robert Mundell. This volume is significant to the extent that it combines the study of the work of Nobel Laureates with the perspective of heterodox economists including a comprehensive bibliography for the work of each economist covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762205

Leading Continuous Improvement ProjectsLessons from Successful Less Successful and Unsuccessful Continuous Improvement Case Studies This book is a reference for continuous improvement project (CIP) leaders/facilitators in manufacturing and service organizations students (undergraduate and graduate) academics responsible for managing senior projects (Capstone Projects) and teaching quality courses and researchers interested in how organizations could produce more effective and efficient continuous improvement initiatives and projects. The authors collected and analyzed information and results from CIPs they facilitated or co-advised such as the improvement of the service level in a bottle manufacturing organization reduction of changeover in a brewery manufacturing organization reduction of ambulance response time and reduction of scrap in a steel transformation manufacturing organization. Many of the CIPs were previously part of award-winning white papers documenting critical improvements. Throughout this book readers will learn: different types of CIPs metrics to identify successful CIPs the 53 factors related to CIPs success how to manage CIPs behaviors to achieve outstanding results from CIPs. Three of the chapters are supplemented with three or more case studies. In addition the final chapter includes a list of behaviors expected from directors continuous improvement managers CIP leaders/facilitators and CIP team members to obtain the major benefits from CIPs. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367271671

Leading Creators of Twentieth-Century Czech Theatre In this invaluable and detailed presentation of the leading creative figures in a richly innovative and dynamic period of Czech theatre Professor Jarka M. Burian provides us with insightful portraits of the directors K. H. Hilar E. F. Burian Alfred Radok and Otomar Krejca: of the famous Voskovec and Werich comedic duo; of the scenographer Josef Svoboda; and of the playwright now President of the Czech Republic Václav Havel. There are also briefer studies of numerous other directors designers and actors. The author a Czech-American theatre scholar and practitioner has been a frequent on-site observer of Czech theatre since 1965. He is directly acquainted with many of the major artists and the most notable productions that have made Czech theatre internationally famous. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866187

Leading Effective Virtual TeamsOvercoming Time and Distance to Achieve Exceptional Results A proliferation of new technologies has lulled many into thinking that we actually have to think less about how we communicate. In fact communicating and collaborating across time distance and cultures has never been more complex or difficult. Written as a series of bulleted tips drawn from client experiences and best practices Leading Effective Virtual Teams: Overcoming Time and Distance to Achieve Exceptional Results presents practical tips to help leaders engage and motivate their geographically dispersed project team members. If you’re a leader of any type of virtual team and want to help your team members collaborate more effectively then buy this book. You will learn how to: Build trust and cultivate relationships virtually across your team Design and facilitate virtual meetings that are focused and engaging Influence without authority Motivate and galvanize a virtual team for top performance Blend asynchronous and synchronous communications for better virtual collaboration Navigate cross-cultural and generational differences in the absence of vital visual cues Assess skills strengths aptitudes and preferences from afar Handle other tough issues that can trip up virtual teams The ideas in this book are based on Nancy Settle-Murphy’s decades of experience working as a change management consultant facilitator and trainer for project teams around the world. Designed to be read section by section in any order this book shares approaches and techniques to help you address some of the toughest challenges virtual team leaders face including keeping team members engaged from afar. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466557864

Leading English in the Primary SchoolA Subject Leader's Guide Leading English in the Primary School is a comprehensive guide for both aspiring and experienced leaders of primary English. It supports you in navigating your way through the role and offers practical guidance to help you develop a clear understanding of how to improve the teaching of English in your school. Written by experts with extensive experience of both leadership and the primary classroom it explores skills required for effective subject leadership while continually considering the specific implications for English. With action and reflection points throughout the book it offers a detailed introduction to: the role of the English subject leader implementing strategy and vision adapting to new educational policy methods for leading teaching and learning how and why leaders evaluate and monitor progress contemporary changes to the curriculum. Rich case studies reveal how schools lead English in practice and provide real-life examples of English subject leaders’ decision-making processes and actions. Grounding the subject leader role in the current curriculum Leading English in the Primary School is a source of advice support and inspiration for all professionals embracing the complex challenging yet fulfilling role of Primary English Leader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304925

Leading Extreme ProjectsStrategy Risk and Resilience in Practice Leading Extreme Projects explores the challenges obstacles and techniques associated with running large projects in some of the most challenging environments and economies in the world. From an oil and gas program in the Amazon with a background of drug trafficking delicate indigenous communities and some of the most challenging logistics; to a mining project in West Africa involving a consortium of state and private contractors plus a global supply chain. From a shipping efficiency project involving two joint venture programs with stakeholders from the European North and South American and Asian continents; to a hostile gold project stakeholder management process in Central America involving substantial cultural differences between the north and the south. The authors’ insights and advice will help the reader understand the global context of leadership in these extreme projects as well as the nature of the structures and teams required to create design operate and transfer global capital programs. In particular they provide perspectives on the issues of leading cross-cultural teams working amongst sensitive indigenous people and transferring knowledge to build local capacity. This is an important reference text for senior executives involved in both the strategy and the delivery side of extreme projects as well as for those researching and studying the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472463128

Leading for a Change Bringing together the best practices of many of the most highly respected organizational thinkers shaping the future landscape of business Leading for a Change finally answers the question of how to make leadership success a reality. This book is relevant for all leaders within the organization-from the shop floor to those pushing the envelop with e-commerce to walnut row. The book's "5 Challenges of Organizational Leadership" enables readers to concentrate on specific tasks crucial to creating a unified visionary and dynamic organization. The author's unique Leader's Map framework lays out the five universal challenges facing today's leaders: reframing the future developing followership teaching and learning building community and balancing paradox. The book's leadership "roadmap" and diagnostic surveys help readers assess their organization's current and emerging leadership challenges and devise new adaptable and anticipatory strategies. Drawing from the works of such luminary business gurus as Kouzes & Posner Senge Covey Bennis Hamel and others the author has translated their wisdom into practical tools that bring clarity to the order and rhythm of what it takes to be a successful leader. Leading for a Change is straightforward and free from jargon. The unique underlying principles of the book are: Leadership can be learned thus it is less art and mostly practice Leadership need not be a solo act. Leaders support each other to accomplish organization objectives The most successful leaders focus on using their strengths effectively Effective leaders learn to use leadership tools in ways that are natural to them Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152847

Leading for ChangeRace intimacy and leadership on divided university campuses This book offers new theoretical ground for thinking about and transforming leadership and higher education worldwide. Through an examination of the construct of intimacy and ‘nearness’ including emotional spiritual psychic intellectual and physical closeness Jonathan Jansen demonstrates its power to influence positive leadership in young people. He argues that sensory leadership which includes but extends beyond the power of touch represents a fresh and effective approach to progressive transformation of long divided institutions. Considering richly textured narratives chapters explore complex intimacies among Black and White university students in South Africa post-apartheid and in the aftermath of a major racial atrocity. The stories reveal the students’ transformation in the process of ‘leadership for change’ interweaving concepts of racism human relationships and intimacy and in turn expanding the knowledge base of social and institutional improvement. This book explores how when different kinds of nearness come together in leadership change young people respond in ways that would not be possible through conventional instruments such as policy legislation and the appeal to moral sensibilities alone. Leading for Change will be critical reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education educational justice higher education educational leadership and change social and/or racial justice. This book will also be of interest to those working in the fields of anthropology social psychology and South African contemporary politics policy and institutional practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357636

Leading for LearningHow Managers Can Get Business Results through Developmental Coaching and Inspire Deep Employee Commitment People do their best work when they are motivated. This may sound obvious but while people managers instinctively agree with the centrality of motivation at work and its impact on employee engagement their practices do not follow. With so much "real work" to do every day how can managers also carve out time to learn engage build relationships tap motivation encourage development and inspire? The problem is a false dichotomy between the world of business and that of people development. What if managers were able to systematically transform everyday business issues into meaningful developmental coaching opportunities with employees at the same time? This proven coaching approach radically shifts conversations away from either-or propositions and uses an entirely different lens: transforming business challenges by connecting them directly to employee motivation to achieve the desired business result while dramatically increasing employee engagement. And all this comes none too soon as leaders must rethink the way they lead given the modern realities of organizational life. Among them: A rapidly changing workplace and increasing uncertainty that requires a fundamental shift in the leader’s approach including the distribution of authority and the expectation that employees take responsibility for their own learning Pervasive and persistent employee disengagement characterized by employees who no longer accept the organization’s priorities at the expense of their own where organizations that continue to dictate terms will find ongoing challenges with costly employee turnover and lack of engagement During the past decade the Developmental Coaching Model has been taught across the globe in nine languages and has been enthusiastically embraced by thousands of managers while dissolving the invisible barriers that block individual and organizational development and business success. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367534837

Leading For RegenerationGoing Beyond Sustainability in Business Education and Community This book presents the regenerative leadership framework that has emerged from doctoral research and consulting work with successful sustainability leaders and their organizations in business education and community. The framework synthesizes the levels of awareness the leadership styles and behaviours and the organizational arrangements that correlate most significantly across these domains. Most importantly the overwhelming majority of the leaders in this work agree that individual and collective consciousness development is critical to transforming the culture of organizations for sustainability and beyond. The term regenerative has not been chosen arbitrarily but to provide an alternative to the notion of sustainability which many of the leaders featured here indicate has become insufficient to describe what needs to be done economically socially and environmentally if we are to ensure a flourishing world for present and future generations. This work in turn has led to the development of the Regenerative Capacity Index (RCI) a tool designed to assess an organization’s readiness to engage in regenerative practice. From this evaluation of an organization’s regenerative capacity it becomes possible to design a strategy for regeneration that considers all levels of its environmental social and economic impact both internally and externally in the local and global community. Among its major findings the book argues that the more evolved sustainability leaders are becoming increasingly dissatisfied with the construct of sustainability and indicate the need for a profound cultural shift towards regenerative human systems. In this framework regenerative organizations are driven by a sense higher purpose and leadership is exercised horizontally and collaboratively. Leaders and followers engage in generative conversations to create desirable futures which are then ‘backcasted’ to eliminate unanticipated consequences. Throughout leaders emphasize the critical importance of engaging in personal and collective consciousness development or "inner work" in order to make regenerative practices possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692458

Leading from the Inside OutExpanded Roles for Teachers in Equitable Schools This book proposes that the collective responsibility of teachers as classroom and school leaders working together to solve their own problems provides the fulcrum of school change. It makes the case that teachers and school leaders do not operate in a vacuum but rather they work within the larger context of policy and other social influences. Grubb and Tredway provide the building blocks of history policy and social analysis that are necessary if teachers are to be effective in the collective school a place where adults thrive as learners and are able to co-create joyful learning experiences for children and youth. By encouraging teachers to move out of the individual classroom and to think critically and institutionally about the schools they would like to work in about their own responsibilities for creating such schools about the range of policies from outside the school and how they can influence those policies rather than being subjected to them this book shows that a teacher s influence is not limited to the classroom and students but can significantly shape and inform external policies and decisions." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633701

Leading Health Care TransformationA Primer for Clinical Leaders A succinct and practical primer on healthcare transformation Leading Healthcare Transformation is a key resource for all clinicians in leadership positions. It summarizes high-profile healthcare topics and includes a synopsis of the evidence examples lessons learned and key action steps for each topic covered.Providing cutting-edge insights from the quality and physician perspectives the book focuses on the most critical topics in the field today including the issues of quality cost value and new models of care.The book includes discussions on various quality improvement processes including Lean and Six Sigma. Detailing specific strategies and tools to help you achieve and sustain improvement it explains how to build a culture of safety and identifies proven principles and practices for creating a high reliability organization.Blending the perspectives of administrators nurses and physicians this insightful and practical resource provides the understanding you need to leverage health information technology for clinical improvement and to improve care coordination to reduce readmissions.The book includes a Foreword by Jonathan B. Perlin MD PhD MSHA FACP FACMI. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700184

Leading Healthcare ITManaging to Succeed Healthcare IT is a complex and rapidly evolving field. Success in this arena requires the ability to create a vision set a strategy foster collaboration develop a plan and execute flawlessly every day. This book provides a clear concise roadmap for professionals who currently manage direct or oversee healthcare IT. Through case studies and examples the author includes highly relevant topics such as delivering and communicating HIT values managing information security and connectivity challenges as well as organizational strategy alignment and vision of HIT risk management performance management and process improvement using Lean methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498774093

Leading Higher Education As and For Public GoodRekindling Education as Praxis Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good asserts that the purpose of higher education is twofold: for public good and as public good. Acknowledging that the notion of public good increasingly cannot be taken for granted the book argues that leading teaching and learning must be directly connected to its pursuit. It avers and demonstrates how this may be accomplished articulating specific approaches and dispositions that require cultivation within university communities. This volume argues that leading higher education occurs within competing and sometimes conflicting webs of commitments necessitating a capacity to negotiate legitimate compromises. Its empirical chapters expand on this providing examples of academic developers who use deliberate communication as a method in cultivating leading and teaching praxis. What emerges is the potential of deliberative leadership to be transformative in building sustainable leadership in higher education while simultaneously renewing commitments to education and contributing to public good. Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good is essential reading for policy-makers university leaders and administrators academics students and all those interested in building a sustainable future for higher education that also contributes to public good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205126

Leading High-Reliability Organizations in Healthcare The Institute of Medicine Centers for Medicare and Medicaid The Joint Commission and other regulatory and accrediting bodies all agree that hospitals must be transformed into places where each patient receives quality care every single time. In other words zero defects. Helping to ensure quality at every level high-reliability methods offer healthcare leaders the tools they need to achieve this noble goal.Leading High-Reliability Organizations in Healthcare details the attributes and practices that help high-reliability organizations (HROs) excel in the service they provide to their customers. Explaining what it takes to achieve high reliability in healthcare settings it defines reliability as much more than just being safe it describes how to measure reliability and paves the way to higher reliability.The book presents proven tools concepts and skills that leading healthcare organizations are using to improve safety and quality including mistake proofing Lean Six Sigma and reliability engineering.It details the roles and responsibilities of the two key organizational components involved in achieving high reliability: leadership and the reliability "engineers" who apply reliability methods both technically and socially throughout the healthcare value stream. Rick Morrow executive in HROs and now System Director of Quality Safety and Process Improvement at CHRISTUS Health one of the largest non-profit healthcare systems identifies the necessary infrastructure methods and analytics required to achieve and sustain higher reliability. He also suggests applications of high reliability concepts that have proven to work well in healthcare settings.The book includes numerous case studies that illustrate success stories of healthcare organizations achieving higher reliability some achieving zero defects for years. It also contains case studies that examine examples of failures so you can avoid making the same mistakes. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367737283

Leading HolisticallyHow Schools Districts and States Improve Systemically Leading Holistically explores systems thinking in educational leadership—a comprehensive framework that enables leaders to improve their practice by taking a holistic perspective instead of relying on a one-size-fits-all solution to discrete aspects of their organization. Aiming to expand the existing literature on systems thinking in educational leadership and policy renowned educational leadership scholars come together in this valuable book to examine systems thinking at the school district and state/national levels providing strategies to guide educators toward success. This important book unpacks the complexity and nuances of systems thinking in educational leadership and policy helping educators face the growing complexity change and diversity in education to realize the promise of improvement for all those connected to and involved in the important endeavor of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559929

Leading in PlaceLeadership Through Different Eyes In Leading in Place the authors open up new avenues in the debate on leadership by drawing the reader’s attention to the ways in which women can be—and are—leading in organizations and communities in sometimes unconventional often unrecognized ways. Through surveys and interviews this practitioner-academic team has conducted a thorough and fascinating study of women in various leadership roles from paid high-level executives to community volunteers. The book bridges the chasm between what the experts write about leadership and what is experienced in organizations and communities. It pushes the reader to think about how unconscious biases have influenced perceptions of leadership in research and organizations. They suggest leadership research should be updated to integrate 21st century realities by moving past both bias towards male prototypes as well as the ‘great women’ genre revealing a wealth of experience and knowledge including insights about leading in place. With strategies for addressing issues around leadership at both the individual and organizational levels this book will provide students of leadership as well as professionals with insights that challenge the ways we think about women leaders and leadership more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351887

Leading in the Age of InnovationsChange of Values and Approaches Leading in the Age of Innovations centres on the need for a more complex process-relational oriented approach to leadership. The complexity of leadership has grown significantly during the 21st century where the need to adapt to the escalating changes in our society and workplace forms one of the most important prerequisites to succeed. Leading in the Age of Innovations represents the outcomes of the lengthy scientific work that was undertaken for the past 10 years and it is still an ongoing process. This book introduces a new concept of leadership based on the process and relational dimensions which resulted in the development of the Reflective Leadership concept. The new model of leadership provides a unique concept on how to bring together various disciplines and explains the overlapping relations between them. Moreover the proposed view on leadership reflects the current evolution around the globe highlighting the importance of change and innovation. In organizations too much focus is on the end product and the technical details of how a product is made and distributed. Less attention is focused on how people interact and how the human capacity is effectively supported by leaders who on the other hand are expected to support a culture of innovation. This behavioural interaction is governed by a set of predictable values and norms. These relationships need to be understood for an organization to prosper and is thus far more important to the leadership process. Leading in the Age of Innovations seeks to establish this understanding and will be key reading to researchers scholars and practitioners alike in the field of leadership organizational studies and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379034

Leading International TeamsA Guide to the New World Order How are the emerging markets changing the rules of international management? What we can learn from the cultures of teams in the BRIC or MINT countries and as globalisation is transforming world business how is it rewriting the rules of international team leadership. This is a brand new edition of one of the most influential books on international teams of the1990s by Sue Canney Davison and Karen Ward. What is distinctive about this book is that the absolute core messages of what makes collaboration work and how can teams most support it are not new. At the same time the book will show where the understanding and language about teams has moved to in the last 20 years. It will distinctively distil the accessible key actions that make a real difference to success. It will also present these in a much broader set of cultural contexts than has normally been the case. I t will move well beyond the previous focus on America Europe and Japan as ’global’ to bring in the BRICs especially China the Middle east and the fact that despite all its troubles Africa is the continent likely to experience the most economic growth in the next few decades just as China’s economy is forecast to rise to the size of India and US combined by 2050. The book will distinctively look at how do these cultures and economies approach multi-culturalism and international teams? It will examine the extent to which different cultural approaches to leadership and teams influence or change any of the ’team basics’. A reader will find a truly global approach in the breadth of examples ideas and discussions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472450135

Leading Issues in Black Political Economy Leading Issues in Black Political Economy brings together the foremost experts on issues ranging from employment training and education of African Americans. It also emphasizes macro-economic concerns of business development with special emphasis on long-term trends of black-owned businesses. The work emphasizes welfare considerations in an anti-welfare epoch and the role of affirmative action now that it is under attack. Attention is given to the role of race in the continuing disparity of income distribution in American society. The highlights of Leading Issues include "An Employment and Business Strategy for the Next Century: A Comment " by Thomas D. Boston; "Long Term Trends and Prospects for Black-owned Business " by Andrew F. Brimmer; "Is the U.S. Small Business Administration a Racist Institution?" by Timothy Bates; "Worker Re-Training and Labor Market Outcomes: A New Focus for Labor Research " by James B. Stewart; "Race Cognitive Skills Psychological Capital and Wages " by Arthur H. Goldsmith William Darity Jr. and Jonathan R. Veum; and "Reparations and Public Policy " by Richard F. America. The overall findings suggest that empirical wage equation specifications do matter. The role of psychological capital is critical in the marketplace. Race is indeed an important determinant of wages-especially when the influence of both cognitive skills and psychological capital are included in the wage equation. This volume will be of crucial interest to economists political scientists sociologists and policy analysts studying African-American life. Thomas D. Boston is editor of the Review of Black Political Economy and professor of economics at the Georgia Institute of Technology. He is the co-editor with Catherine L. Ross of The Inner City: Urban Poverty and Economic Development in the Next Century also available from Transaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527041

Leading Learning and Teaching in Higher EducationThe key guide to designing and delivering courses Leading Learning and Teaching in Higher Education brings together contemporary ideas on leadership engagement and student learning into a practical solutions-based resource designed for those undertaking the challenge of leading a university-level teaching module programme or suite of programmes particularly through periods of transformation or change. It encourages both first time academic leaders and those who have held teaching leadership roles for some time to review and formalise their development in a systematic simple way and acts as a framework for navigating the opportunities and challenges involved in inspiring shared purpose strong commitment and innovation in higher education teaching. With a clear focus on the energy of leadership rather than the practice of management and with a strong emphasis on collaborative engagement running throughout this books offers: Insightful guidance which is not bound to subject-specific requirements making it relevant across the spectrum of course offerings at any one institution. An enabling people-focussed foundation for leadership. Tools and frameworks which can be readily applied or adapted for the reader. A focus on core elements of teaching leadership such as design delivery assessment and building a programme team. A flexible and pragmatic approach to leadership which avoids a definitive approach instead encouraging a dynamic method of engaging leadership. Values that assert that leadership and learning go hand-in-hand. A wide-ranging discussion of leadership theories ideas and values related to the university context. This book puts forward a multifaceted model of programme leadership and links this to a scaffolding of key attributes skills and qualities that fit the environment of leading learning and teaching in the university. Particularly interested readers will be those beginning to lead teaching in a university setting as well as those who have been leading programme teams and the wider provision of teaching for some time wanting to enhance their skills and perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415598880

Leading Learning for Digital NativesCombining Data and Technology in the Classroom In light of rapid advances in technology and changes in students’ learning styles Leading Learning for Digital Natives offers much-needed new tools for guiding effective instruction in the classroom. By offering practical strategies for gathering data with technology tools this book helps school leaders embrace data and technology to develop the classroom and instructional practices that students need today. Blink’s practical and accessible tips make it easy for teachers and leaders to use technology and data to engage students and increase student achievement. Focusing coverage on the latest technology tools this book will help you lead a school that personalizes instruction and learning through: Integration of data Real-time instruction Setting expectations and outcomes to align with new state standards Integration of technology tools and blended pedagogy Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801738

Leading Learning for ELL StudentsStrategies for Success Grounded in current research and award-winning practice this important book provides a blueprint for school leaders to successfully implement programs and policies for creating an equitable learning environment for English Language Learners (ELLs). Full of accessible examples strategies checklists and solutions this book covers topics such as elementary and secondary home visitation family literacy programs first-generation college attendance family-school partnerships second-language instruction culturally responsive teaching and professional development. The guidance provided in Leading Learning for ELL Students can be put into practice immediately and will help leaders at all levels address the changing landscape of their student populations to ensure the success of all students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205291

Leading Learning/Learning Leading: A retrospective on a life's workThe selected works of Robert J. Starratt Internationally recognized for his writing on educational leadership and the ethics of educational leadership Robert J. Starratt brings together a thoughtfully crafted selection of his writing representing key aspects of his life and work leading to his current thinking on the convergence of school leadership the professional ethics of educators and the integrity of the teaching-learning process. This retrospective reveals Starratt's enduring work as probing the foundational intelligibility of the teaching-learning process and its connection to human development of both students and teachers. It exhibits his efforts to focus the leadership of the teaching-learning process on a combination of cognitive insight into the intelligibility of the world affective dwelling in the particulars of that intelligibility and the responsibilities one’s relationships with the particular might suggest. A new introduction contextualises Starratt's work against key developments in the field. The unique collection of chapters develop various themes from human resource development to the complexity of curriculum change and from ethical analysis of school organizational structures to the complex dramas in students’ personal lives and in the classroom. The book chronicles Starratt’s contributions to the field and his role as a leading scholar who has played a key part in the development of leadership and ethics in education over the course of his career. Leading Learning/Learning Leading will be of global interest to education leaders and researchers engaged in the field of educational leadership and ethical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036932

Leading LibrariesHow to create a service culture Quality leadership is integral to the very future of our profession. And it doesn't only come from the top down. Effective leadership is customer-focused and collaborative fostering a service culture that invites the involvement of individuals in every part and at every level of the organization as the authors persuasively demonstrate in this practical new book. Drawing from case studies as well as the literature of business and social sciences Leading Libraries provides guidance on how to apply the values of service leadership to both public and academic libraries. Through the use of examples exercises and tools for development this book walks readers through the steps needed to create a sustainable service-oriented model by: Explaining how a service culture reaches beyond the individual leader with positional authority and extends to all individuals Showing ways to build rapport and trust within an organization and how to balance encouragement with accountability Detailing strategic thinking and planning methods that will lead to improvements in customer service human resources organizational development and training Helping library leaders create a sustainable service culture through codifying their organization's values with advice on policies and procedures such as recruitment performance evaluation compensation and succession planning Discussing the environment of change in libraries showing how a library's organizational culture is at the centre of being responsive and staying relevant. This valuable resource gathers the principles and best practices of leadership and points the way towards creating a service culture that makes every staff member a library leader. Readership: This book will be useful for information professionals and aspiring leaders seeking to understand leadership and to develop their own service-lead leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300655

Leading Medicaid Managed Care PlansA State Relationship Perspective Leading Medicaid Managed Care Plans examines leadership actions necessary to successfully operate a Medicaid managed care plan with emphasis on the relationship with the state Medicaid agency the health plan is contracted with. With appropriate operational and governance oversight and with solid mutually respectful relationships with the state agency Medicaid health plans are more likely to sustain success and prosperity for the long term. The approach of Leading Medicaid Managed Care Plans builds on key infrastructure elements that need to be in place when contracting with a state agency and for overall success of the organization. It takes a pragmatic and methodical approach interspersed with real-life examples of what to do for success and what actions to avoid that frequently lead to failure. This approach is different from most managed care books (Medicaid or otherwise) as those mostly focus on the process of the business (such as details around claims payment or provider contracting) and ignore the role of the state Medicaid agency and its importance in retaining the contractual relationship. This book differs also on its emphasis on organizational foundational elements and strategic leadership skills necessary to sustain success. The author has years of experience in turning around failing Medicaid managed care plans and observing what they all had in common that contributed to those failures. One common feature was the deterioration of the relationship with the state Medicaid agency they were contracted with and how close they all came to losing their multi-million dollar businesses. The purpose of this book is to educate and inspire managed care executives and senior leaders who operate Medicaid health plans and to help them understand what elements are needed for successful health plans and a sustainable relationship with the people directing the state Medicaid agency. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138303737

Leading MegaprojectsA Tailored Approach The performance of megaprojects is questionable and a large percentage of them fail in one dimension or another. The challenges that contribute to these failures are known. Then why do these projects still fail at a high rate? Leading Megaprojects: A Tailored Approach examines the challenges facing megaprojects and more importantly successes in delivering megaprojects. To close the performance gaps in megaproject deliveries the book presents a customizable model that professionals and organizations can use to increase the chance of successful project delivery. To illustrate the model it uses examples and case studies primarily from capital projects with engineering and construction components. The book also explains how the approach can be applied to all projects regardless of industry or domain. The book emphasizes the role of leadership because it takes the point of view that megaprojects cannot be successful without great leadership due to their massive size complexity number of parties and stakeholders involved and cost among other vital factors. Leaders can define the path for a megaproject to guide seasoned managers and project managers to successful closure. The tailored approach is based on a stage-gate project life cycle model which covers projects from concept to success. However it is not limited to a purist form of traditional project management. It is a tailored methodological approach with an emphasis on leading the work end-to-end at the project level along with the management of every stage of the project. Also it presents the integration of the business product delivery and operations management into a cohesive approach. The book concludes with an in-depth simulation showing how the model is can be tailored to deliver a megaproject successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367340506

Leading Musically Musical leadership is associated with a specific profession—the conductor—as well as being a colloquial metaphor for human communication and cooperation at its best. This book examines what musical leadership is by delving into the choral conductor role what goes on in the music-making moment and what it takes to do it well. One of the unique features of the musical ensemble is the simultaneity of collective discipline and individual expression. Music is therefore a potent laboratory for understanding the leadership act in the space between leader and team. The musical experience is used to shed light on leading and following more broadly by linking it to themes such as authority control empowerment intersubjectivity sensemaking and charisma. Jansson develops the argument that musical leadership involves the combination of strong power and deep sensitivity a blend that might be equally valid in other leadership domains. Aesthetic knowledge and musical perception therefore offer untapped potential for leadership and organisational development outside the art domain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591632

Leading on InclusionDilemmas debates and new perspectives Leading on Inclusion: Dilemmas debates and new perspectives critically examines the current theory and legislative context of special educational needs and disability and explores the enduring issues and opportunities that will affect future practice in all schools. The central theme throughout the book asks the inevitable question ‘What happens next?’ and the expert team of contributors drawn from a pool of teachers academics and researchers consider wide-ranging issues such as: the voice of young people whole school development and planning for inclusion educational change within the context of inclusion the pros and cons of multi-professional working inclusive and ethical research international perspectives on inclusion SEN and disability the development of teacher education and the notion of ‘joined up’ thinking. This forward-thinking and rigorously researched book will be essential reading for students teachers undertaking school-based training SENCOs inclusion managers higher education tutors and anyone with a professional interest in the future for inclusive education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676229

Leading Positive Organizational ChangeEnergize - Redesign - Gel Although many organizations see the need to transform and to reinvent themselves for far too many leaders "change" and "failure" are virtual synonyms. In fact most organizational change efforts fail. But that needn’t be the case and help is at hand. Leading Positive Organizational Change an alternative way to think about organizational change and development is a strategic learnable discipline that can re-energize and re-imagine your enterprise and release the potential for change – delivering a positive creative future and breakthrough bottom-line results. Written by an award-winning expert in positive organization development and change leadership this book provides executives change leaders and change leadership teams with a step-by-step guide for collaboratively crafting and executing a change strategy that aligns with organizational objectives so as to fuel their future. With a strong science-backed and field-tested "how to" approach and with a radical focus on organizational positivity super-flexibility and renewal collective design thinking and applied imagination this highly practical book features: A ToolBox of 30 powerful imaginative (and time-saving!) tools for you to use in practicing leading positive organizational change and carrying through your change program – with example templates and worksheets concise notes and ideas from numerous complex global projects. Lead-ins to each chapter that are a fundamental feature of the book representing a springboard to a chapter and serving the purpose of awakening interest in the topic. Dialogic Reflection for Professional Team Development at the start of each chapter that enables you (and your team as a whole) to reflect on and discuss some thought-provoking questions linking to the chapter and helping to contextualize your learning. Industry Snapshots that explore current issues and trends in one of the fastest-growing professions and industries – coaching and consulting. Windows on Practice that demonstrate how issues are applied in real-life business situations offering a range of interesting topical illustrations of positive change leadership in practice relating the core concepts of the book to real-world settings. Summary Propositions at the end of each chapter that recap and reinforce the key takeaways from the chapter. References to help you take your learning and development further. Tkaczyk’s engaging reflective task-based book equips the change leader and leadership teams with the skills needed to navigate chaos and the unexpected to renew your business and create winning change. This action-based workbook can be used in a variety of business settings among others executive leadership team meetings organization development and change consulting design-led strategy retreats human resource development consultancy executive 1:1 and team coaching leadership boot camps design thinking workshops and sprints innovation labs and executive education and MBA courses – as a handy additional text in either an organization development and change or human resource management class. It can also be used in a flexible strategic transformation program – with the flow of the change execution process mapped within the context of a specific change initiative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367608767

Leading Reliable Healthcare Leading Reliable Healthcare describes ‘state of the art’ healthcare management systems. The key focus of the publication is ‘reliable’; describing how leadership can ensure never less than reliable standards of care for patients and how excellence can be achieved. The focus throughout is on ensuring that patients and their families can depend on a reliable healthcare system for their needs fulfilling their expectations that hospitals are trustworthy stable and capable of dealing with their health from the simplest to the most complex illnesses. Each of the chapters focuses on a different aspect of building a reliable healthcare system concentrating on the leadership necessary to deliver and manage the different component elements of the healthcare system. The nominated contributors for this book are recognized leaders from various healthcare systems around the globe including the UK USA Canada and South Korea/Singapore. The contributors have been selected to ensure a wide perspective of healthcare management building on diverse approaches practices and experiences and are currently practicing healthcare management in their respective systems. The book aims to focus on the pragmatic rather than theoretical and will provide a series of practical methodologies and case studies to help improve decision making in healthcare management. With contributions by: Sallie J. Weaver PhD MHS Associate Professor Armstrong Institute for Patient Safety and Quality and Dept. of Anesthesiology & Critical Care Medicine John Hopkins University School of Medicine Susan Mascitelli Senior Vice President Patient Services & Liaison to the Board of Trustees New York-Presbyterian Hospital Dr. Sandra Fenwick Chief Executive Officer Boston Children’s Hospital Martin A. Makary MD MPH Professor of Surgery Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Professor of Health Policy and Management John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Frank Federico RPh Vice President Institute for Healthcare Improvement Dr. Hanan Edrees Manager Quality Management KAMC-Riyadh Dr. Hee Hwang CIO and Associate Professor; Seoul National University Bundang Hospital Department of Pediatrics Division of pediatric Neurology Center of Medical Informatics Dr. M. Andrew Padmos Chief Executive Officer The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada Professor Richard Hobbs Professor of Primary Care Health Sciences Director NIHR English School for Primary Care Research Nuffield Department of Primary Care Health Sciences University of Oxford Ms. Jules Martin Managing Director Central London Clinical Commissioning Group Dr. Bruno Holthof Chief Executive Officer Oxford University Hospitals Tara Donnelly Chief Executive Health Innovation Network South London Göran Henriks Chief Executive of Learning and Innovation Qulturum County Council of Jönköping Sweden Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138197510

Leading Rogue StateThe U.S. and Human Rights Most Americans would be surprised to learn that their government has declined to join most other nations in UN treaties addressing inadequate housing poverty children's rights health care racial discrimination and migrant workers. Yet this book documents how the U.S. has for decades declined to ratify widely accepted treaties on these and many other basic human rights. Providing the first comprehensive topical survey the contributors build a case and specific agendas for the nation to change course and join the world community as a protector of human rights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633695

Leading School Change9 Strategies to Bring Everybody on Board (Study Guide) This two-part Implementation Guide will help to deepen your understanding and sharpen your ability to implement each of the strategies discussed in Leading School Change: Nine Strategies to Bring Everybody on Board. Part One offers discussion questions and activities which focus on each of the nine strategies. They can be completed by an educator working individually or addressed collaboratively and interactively by a group or leadership team from a school district or organization. This guide will greatly enhance your group’s ability to implement any change you would like to make in your organization. Part Two consists of a Quick Start Step-By-Step Action Plan. It is for individuals and leadership groups to use once they have a full understanding of the nine strategies and are ready to start implementing the changes they need to improve their organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853369

Leading School ChangeHow to Overcome Resistance Increase Buy-In and Accomplish Your Goals Being a cheerleader for innovation or change is great. Implementing specific strategies to increase the likelihood of success is essential. In this key book from bestselling author and speaker Todd Whitaker you’ll discover clear ways to lead and manage school change by setting realistic goals planning your approach and tracking your progress. You’ll also find out how to work effectively with others overcome resistance and gain widespread acceptance. Whether you are a district leader building leader instructional coach or teacher-leader you’ll come away from this book with all the tools and inspiration you need to make a positive immediate results-oriented change with the support of your staff. Bonus: This enhanced second edition includes a special Action Plan and Implementation Guide. The Action Plan will help you apply the ideas step by step to your own situation. The Implementation Guide can be used for independent reflection or as a study guide with book groups or professional learning communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363989

Leading School RenewalA Guide for Educational Ground Breakers Leading School Renewal explores how school principal leadership behaviour impacts on school change endeavours and in particular pedagogic renewal which is a form of educational improvement that is primarily concerned with the growing of the knowledge skills and beliefs of education in a manner that optimises students’ life options. The authors identify attributes of principals who have engaged in school renewal and examine the influences on their leadership behaviours and disposition towards renewing their schools while also acknowledging the influence of site-specific contextual variables. The authors propose that certain leadership behaviours exhibited by school principals are integral with renewing a school’s pedagogic focus. They argue renewal is a preferred form of sustainable educational change because it relates to deep-seated cultural changes in approaches to pedagogy curriculum and school structures. Whilst also maintaining that leadership is at the heart of school improvement and principal leadership practices which are based on a clear sense of purpose values and beliefs about learning and teaching can transform a school into a learning organisation. Including a foreword by Professor John Hattie this book is appropriate for all school leaders and educators who want to learn more about school leadership behaviours and highly effective school change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367689865

Leading Schools in a Global EraA Cultural Perspective: A Special Issue of the Peabody Journal of Education This special issue looks at the constantly changing face of education in the world today. Topics covered include educational values cross-cultural studies leadership social impacts and the role of technology in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419742

Leading Schools in an Era of Declining Resources Every day school leaders across the country are having to make difficult decisions in this economically demanding environment. If you are a leader facing this challenge in your own school or district this is the book you need! Experienced educators Johnston and Williamson offer practical advice to help you tackle a variety of tough issues including staff reductions and program termination. You’ll learn how to… Wring every bit of performance out of every available dollar Plan innovations and evaluate their effectiveness Engage faculty and the community Streamline operations using digital technology and social media Use four strategies—reduce refine restructure and regenerate—to make your school more efficient and effective Each chapter is filled with tips tools exercises and mini-cases to help you apply these ideas to your own situation. You’ll gain the confidence and knowledge to manage your budget while ensuring your students get the full benefit of a quality education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734813

Leading Schools SuccessfullyStories from the field Leading Schools Successfully: Stories from the field considers international research focussing on leadership in schools. Based on the ISSPP (International Successful School Principalship Project) which has conducted over one hundred multiple perspective case studies of successful school principals from more than a dozen countries the book captures the exhilaration of being a principal who grows and sustains success from those practitioners who are acknowledged as exhibiting outstanding leadership. Whilst much is known about successful school leaders the book reinforces the argument that it is neither possible nor appropriate to generalise specific strategies that should be adopted to ensure success for all schools at all times in all settings. Instead success calls for a high level of judgement wisdom artistry and sheer hard work on the part of principals adapting for their particular context the knowledge about leading schools successfully. Reflection sections in each chapter ask the reader to consider further issues which each chapter raises. Topics considered include: - the importance of school principals to school success - turning around under-performing schools - values-led leadership -sustaining successful leadership - leading in multi-cultural settings - issues and implications for the future. With international contributions from experts in the field the book offers a new perspective on leadership in schools and will be of interest to school principals and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652156

Leading Schools to Learn Grow and ThriveUsing Theory to Strengthen Practice Leading Schools to Learn Grow and Thrive provides a unique approach to preparing prospective education leaders by combining theory research and practice. Grounded in organizational and leadership theory this book helps leaders understand their schools and districts from multiple perspectives and develop their own leadership aspirations approaches and missions. Well-known authors Brazer Bauer and Johnson present authentic practical problems illuminate them with appropriate theory and research and give readers opportunities to solve common puzzles as a means to grow wisdom about how to lead especially when confronted with complex challenges. This book is an invaluable resource for aspiring leaders one that readers will reference as they proceed through their leadership coursework and keep close at hand throughout their leadership career. Special Features: eResources—complementary resources for instructors and students including a set of authentic role-playing scenarios accessible from https://www.routledge.com/9781138039100 Vignettes—introduce the reader to real-life dilemmas that impact teaching and learning and provide a central reference point for discussions of theory research and practice. Theory and Research—frameworks and examples inform common leadership challenges helping readers expand their knowledge and experience base to explore situations similar to their own contexts. Puzzles—real-world situations test knowledge and provide opportunities to practice ideas for effective leadership. Thought Partner Discussions (TPCs) and Extended Web Activities (EWAs)—additional thought activities opportunities for reflection and suggestions for discussion provoke puzzle solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039100

Leading Science and Technology-Based OrganizationsMastering the Fundamentals of Personal Managerial and Executive Leadership Although there have been thousands of books written on business leadership and management including many outstanding contributions by CEOs and academics very few have specifically addressed the unique challenge of leading and managing technical organizations. Leading Science and Technology-Based Organizations will be the first book written that presents a practical framework for leading managing and coaching throughout one’s technical career by translating fundamental leadership principles into language and examples that S&T professionals can better understand appreciate and implement. The purpose of the book is to augment scientists' and engineers' considerable technical skills by teaching them how to sell their ideas manage their technical projects and lead technical teams; ultimately to create business and societal value from science. FEATURES Organized around an introduction and three parts to best address management and leadership development in technical organizations and the crucial nontechnical skills needed by managers who come from highly technical backgrounds. Presents an innovative leadership framework in the Introduction—The Performance Trilogy®—that underpins the remainder of the book. Focuses on personal leadership in Part 1 showing how the best managers lead by example and through the perspective of life-long learning. Explains the transition from individual performer to manager in Part 2 and the vitally important mindset change from "me" to "we". Emphasizes the key executive responsibility of creating economic and societal value from science in Part 3 by managing the nexus of science and business. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815393702

Leading Successful PMOsHow to Build the Best Project Management Office for Your Business Many organizations profit hugely by utilizing a Project Management Office (PMO); it means they achieve benefits from standardizing and following project management policies processes and methods. However building an effective PMO is a complex process; it requires clear vision and strong leadership so that over time it will become the source for guidance documentation and metrics related to the practices involved in managing and implementing projects. Leading Successful PMOs will guide all project based organizations and project managers who contribute to and benefit from a PMO towards maximizing their project success. In it Peter Taylor outlines the basics of setting up a PMO and clearly explains how to ensure it will do exactly what you need it to do - the right things in the right way in the right order with the right team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409418375

Leading Sustainable Innovation Sustainability will play an increasingly key role in the innovation process within businesses. Leading companies are already integrating these agendas and preparing their sustainability executives to take the lead. This book demonstrates why sustainability requires innovation; explains how this opportunity can be grasped by sustainability executives; outlines the skills they will need to learn to lead on sustainable innovation; and outlines key trends in sustainable innovation and in managing innovation. Coad and Pritchard provide an overview of mainstream innovation and draw out common characteristics of successful programmes such as a corporate culture whose systems promote innovation. They highlight developments such as mobile technology social media and collaborative consumption which transform the way consumers interact with companies. Viewed alongside emerging ideas on sustainability such as the circular economy this points to a clear need for a new set of innovation skills. Companies will face challenges in realizing these opportunities in particular the development requirements for sustainability executives and broader organizational learning. This book is for companies who want to take advantage and the sustainability executives who will be leading the way.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293663

Leading SustainablyThe Path to Sustainable Business and How the SDGs Changed Everything The business world is at an important crossroads. The age of the stakeholder is rapidly superseding that of the shareholder as climate change and political and societal shifts upend years of seeming prosperity. To move past this agitated age business and society must learn to lead sustainably by putting purpose on equal footing with profit. The first step is understanding what’s meant by sustainability and how it offers an opportunity for both business and society. Inspired by the launch of the 2030 United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) the book captures the ideas of more than 100 change makers from around the world about how business is putting sustainability at the core of strategy to survive thrive and realign its interests with society’s. Leading Sustainably looks at how sustainability has evolved in a business context offering powerful insights key facts and guidance on building sustainability capability within companies measuring and managing impact sustainable finance’s transformation and other topics critical to aligning businesses’ central activities with sustainable principles. The book introduces five vignettes profiling best-in-class companies that were sustainable from the start and international case studies on business sustainability efforts spanning industries from hospitality to waste management fashion finance and more. Finally Bridges and Eubank provide frameworks and in-depth direction firms can leverage when accelerating their transition to more sustainable business models. The book is a perfect guide for mid-level to senior managers seeking to understand this fast-changing business environment how to factor sustainability into their decision-making and why the SDGs changed everything. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428365

Leading TeamsRevised Edition Building and leading a successful team is one of the most valuable and rewarding management activities. This book explores why team working has become such a prevalent force in the global workplace and looks at the many different types of teams that now exist. It explores contemporary thinking on leadership particularly situational leadership action-centred leadership and ethical leadership and provides practical techniques to build teams and develop their performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135208

Leading the Customer ExperienceInspirational Service Leadership Leading the Customer Experience explores the relationship between leadership behaviour and exceptional service. Most organisation’s strategic aims and goals centre on the delivery of excellent service. Loyal customers not only keep buying from a company but also recommend the business to others. It is clear that managers and leaders throughout an organisation have a key influence on the experience that customers receive. How leaders behave has a direct impact on their team member’s motivation to go the extra mile to deliver excellent service for the customer. Sarah Cook’s vision for Leading the Customer Experience is to provide practical advice tools and techniques for managers in how to effectively lead and motivate their team to deliver the best possible customer service. This book encapsulates her research on the behaviours of leaders who successfully create an environment where employees deliver exceptional service and she brings a pragmatic and business focused approach to the topic. Each chapter contains a variety of case study examples from businesses in UK and Europe Asia Pacific US and BRIC countries. These include service organisations in the financial sector manufacturing hospitality transport healthcare public and third sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472447692

Leading the Improving DepartmentA Handbook of Staff Activities Departmental improvement is the key to whole school improvement. This book complements existing programs of professional development and training on both national and local levels. Heads of department and subject leaders in secondary schools will find this professional handbook essential for planning in-service training improving the effectiveness of the department and developing personal leadership abilities. This book combines well-founded professional development theory with practical suggestions. It has been written in an open and accessible way with photocopiable inset activities that have been tried and tested in training situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174436

Leading the Internal Audit Function While the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) has provided standards and guidelines for the practice of internal audit through the International Professional Practice Framework (IPPF) internal auditors and Chief Audit Executives (CAEs) continue to experience difficulties when attempting to balance the requirements of the IPPF with management expectations. The true challenge for any internal auditor is to appropriately apply the Standards while exerting adequate independence and objectivity in the face of management pressure. In Leading the Internal Audit Function Lynn Fountain presents lessons learned from her extensive experience as an internal auditor internal audit manager and CAE to help internal auditors understand the challenges issues and potential alternative solutions when executing the role. The book identifies more than 50 challenges for auditors and discusses potential alternative actions the auditor can take when they experience a similar challenge. The book explains how to: Build a value-oriented function that abides by the standards and supports the objectives and goals of the organization. Execute the many aspects of the internal audit including assurance and consulting work. Build a risk-based audit process. Develop and sustain the internal audit team. Develop and manage relationships with management and the audit committee. Manage internal audit’s role in corporate governance compliance and fraud. Leading the Internal Audit Function includes real-life examples scenarios and lessons learned from internal auditors and CAEs to emphasize the importance of carefully managing all aspects of the internal audit. The author summarizes her many lessons learned into ten "commandments" for both CAEs and internal auditors. By following the guidelines in this book you should be well-equipped to gain management support perform effective and ethical audits and uphold IIA Standards. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367568009

Leading the Lean Enterprise Transformation Updated with new information illustrations and leadership tools Leading the Lean Enterprise Transformation Second Edition describes how the metrics used by Toyota drive every line item in a financial statement in the right direction. Rather than focus on Lean tools and principles the new edition of this bestselling reference focuses on what may be the least understood and most critical aspect of a Lean transformation: the building of a Lean culture. In addition to new appendices with background information and insightful stories on Lean leadership and implementation it includes new information on tactical organization practices strategy deployment and Lean culture. An inductee to IndustryWeek's Hall of Fame  George Koenigsaecker illustrates successful strategies and valuable lessons learned with case histories of U.S. leaders who have been instrumental in bringing Lean to the forefront. He explains the use of value stream analysis at the leadership level and describes how to structure kaizen events that can improve the value stream. Organized in the chronological sequence that a leader embarking on a Lean journey would experience the book discusses the methods used by the author during the Hon Company’s successful Lean conversion which doubled productivity tripled revenues and led IndustryWeek to recognize Hon as one of the "World’s 100 Best Managed Firms." The book not only introduces powerful leadership tools—including strategy deployment transformation value stream analysis and transformation plan of care—but also arms potential change agents with the soft skills needed to define develop and communicate their vision. Detailing the steps required to sustain improvements it supplies time-tested guidance for effective leadership throughout a Lean transformation in any organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439859872

Leading the Lean Healthcare JourneyDriving Culture Change to Increase Value Second Edition This book reveals and describes the leadership and culture change required to remove waste from healthcare processes and eliminate the root cause of soaring costs poor quality and safety and limited access. The book's delivery strategy revolves around personal and organizational stories and case studies told by physician and administrative leaders all students of the Toyota Production System. This revised edition uniquely blends updated case studies with practical theory to describe how the healthcare value proposition can be changed by reducing waste variation and complexity in healthcare. New to the book are chapters on clinical standard work and integration of lean and safety. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498739566

Leading the PoliceA History of Chief Constables 1835–2017 In 2015 the College of Policing published its Leadership Review with specific reference to the type of leadership required to ensure that the next generation of Chief Constables and their management approach will be fit for purpose. Three key issues were highlighted as underpinning the effective leadership and management of contemporary policing: hierarchy culture and consistency. Yet these are not just relevant to modern policing having appeared as constant features implicitly and explicitly since the creation of the first provincial constabularies in 1835.This collection reviews the history of the UK Chief Constable reflecting on the shifts and continuities in police leadership style practice and performance over the past 180 years critiquing the factors affecting their operational management and how these impacted upon the organization and service delivery of their forces. The individuality of Chief Constables significantly impacts on how national and local strategies are implemented shaping relationships with their respective communities and local authorities. Importantly the book addresses not just the English experience but considers the role of Chief Constables in the whole of the United Kingdom highlighting the extent to which they could exercise autonomous authority over their force and populace. The historical perspective adopted contextualises existing considerations of leadership in modern policing and the extensive timeframe and geographical reach beyond the experience of the Metropolitan force enables a direct engagement with contemporary debates. It also offers a valuable addition to the existing literature contributing to the institutional memory of UK policing. The contributors represent a range of disciplines including history law criminology and leadership studies and some also have practical policing experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217249

Leading the Project RevolutionReframing the Human Dynamics of Successful Projects People play a vital part in the success of projects initiatives and organisations yet traditional project management sources offer limited guidance and insights that extend beyond technical roles and prescriptions. Leading the Project Revolution delves into the dynamics of people teams and organisations exploring their impact on leadership strategy success and achievement. The book offers a progressive agenda for improving project practice enabling the dialogue to advance from the typical coverage of static toolsets towards an understanding of flexible mindsets. Flexibility agility and resilience are addressed as the social cultural and complexity dimensions of leadership strategy organisations and project execution are examined and practical insights are synthesised into pragmatic models and frameworks.The volume brings together some of the best writing by leading authorities on teams leadership corporate culture human behaviour organisational dynamics psychology complexity strategy execution innovation social media and decision sourcing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731724

Leading the Sustainable OrganizationDevelopment Implementation and Assessment This book is the first to combine the much talked about topics of leadership and sustainability and provides readers with a comprehensive overview and pragmatic approach to leading sustainable organizations. Chapters include discussions case examples steps and useful tools centred on the components of the Leading the Sustainable Organization model. This model provides managers with a pragmatic end-to-end framework for creating (in the case of new entities) or shifting (in the case of existing firms) their organizations’ workforces to a sustainability focus. Leading the Sustainable Organization is the perfect tool for executives and managers in small medium and large companies and in all industries to assist with the difficult and confusing topic of leading sustainability efforts. This book will be of great interest to students and academics who want to learn more about corporate sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697835

Leading the TeamAn Architect's Guide to Design Management Effective design management presents a challenge and an opportunity for architects. How are they to manage increasingly-complex teams of consultants as well as increasingly-iterative design processes while still maximising creativity? This clear guide sets out simple practical processes which do exactly that. Introducing the ‘Eight Essential Design Management Tools’ it is packed with simple practical ways that the design process can be planned organised and managed including tactics and ‘soft skills’ for team-leaders advice on cost risk and procurement as well as the key considerations for reconciling a complexiterative design programme against the RIBA Plan of Work. This short book will help students to senior architects looking to improve how their design teams harness efficient switched on management skills to design high-quality buildings on time and on budget. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463925

Leading TomorrowHow Effective Leaders Change Paradigms Build Responsible Brands and Transform Employees Maintaining good business leadership in a world of rapidly changing expectations levied by customers investors society governments and employees is a challenge. These stakeholders are increasingly making choices about if or how they support businesses – through the purchase of their products and services shareholdings and financing regulatory approvals and even experiences working for them – based on not just what a business does but how it does it. We are seeing shifts in stakeholder sentiments that manifest in a greater expectation that businesses work with society in addressing society’s contemporary concerns. This greater good that businesses bring is rewarded by a greater brand awareness connection and loyalty which in turn provides businesses with an underlying strategic advantage over the competition with its customers investors and other stakeholders. But this greater good cannot be faked with PR and bought media; in an increasingly connected world populated by an increasingly savvy millennial stakeholder base authentic leadership and its ability to effect cultural shifts in the DNA of businesses is essential. Failure to do so will likely result in shorter and less successful tenures of Board members and C-suite leaders as this business trend spreads. This book looks at how the emerging generation of leaders must change paradigms and transform their employees to do more than just operate a business. It examines how to effect culture shifts that are necessary to innovate businesses so that they simultaneously meet market needs while meeting stakeholder expectations on concerns as varied as ethical business conduct labor practices climate change responsible use of diminishing natural resources and contribution to socio-economic challenges in their market catchments. These are perspectives and skills that are still glossed over by academic and professional institutions as they develop the leaders of the future. Essentially this book: • Articulates the strategic business case for doing good in a good business; the why and where this trajectory is leading • Provides strategies to lead authentically on the array of issues that provide key stakeholders – customers investors governments and employees – with a greater reason to engage with and build loyalty to the business • Provides strategies to energize and spark innovation among his/her employees in an organization on these issues so that transformative power is harnessed. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367366230

Leading Transformative Change CollectivelyA Practitioner Guide to Realizing the SDGs This book directly helps decision-makers and change agents in companies NGOs and government bodies become more proficient in transformative collaborative change in realizing the SDGs. This practitioner’s handbook translates a systemic – and enlivening – approach to collaboration into day-to-day work and management. It connects the emerging practice of multi-stakeholder collaboration to easily understandable models tools and cases. Numerous concrete cases not only bring this methodology to life but also help identify the challenges and avoid common mistakes. The book can be used as a guide to apply a breakthrough approach for navigating the complexity of stakeholder systems designing results-oriented process architectures ensuring the success of cross-sector change initiatives and enlivening collaboration ecosystems for SDG implementation. It is designed to enhance high quality stakeholder engagement dialogue and collaboration. A must-read the book sets a new standard for the collaborative implementation of Agenda 2030 and is a foundational guide for leading sustainability transformations collectively to achieve climate change mitigation social integration equitable value chains and broad sustainability challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471187

Leading Virtual Project TeamsAdapting Leadership Theories and Communications Techniques to 21st Century Organizations In a 1945 speech Winston Churchill stated "We are shaping the world faster than we can change ourselves and we are applying to the present the habits of the past." Was Churchill predicting the future of project management? Have we changed how we communicate and lead projects? Have leadership and management theories and models evolved to keep pace with today’s business environment?Leading Virtual Project Teams: Adapting Leadership Theories and Communications Techniques to 21st Century Organizations addresses the challenges the virtual project management environment poses to traditional methods of leadership and communication. It introduces new approaches for adapting existing leadership theories to e-leadership as well as progressive tools and techniques to improve virtual project communications.The book begins by examining the factors affecting the movement from traditional work environments to virtual organizations. It considers the challenges of leading multicultural global organizations and reviews what e-leadership means. Illustrating the application of both traditional and new leadership models and theories to virtual project management the book includes best practices for: Managing and motivating the multicultural team Communicating in a distributed work environment Avoiding social isolation Cyber-bullying in the virtual environment and e-ethics Cultural management issues Explaining how traditional leadership theories and models can be applied to contemporary projects the book details methods virtual project managers can use to enhance virtual communications. The final chapter describes the e-leadership skills and competencies project managers will need to ensure sustainable success in today’s competitive business environment.This book provides the virtual project manager with the tools and techniques to improve e-leadership and communications. Complete with case studies that illustrate real-world applications to the virtual challenges presented in each chapter the book is a suitable text for educational institutions looking to increase understanding of project management leadership and communications outside the traditional project environment. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781466576889

Leading with Humility The media is saturated with images of leaders as powerful headstrong individuals who are certain of their position and willing to do whatever it takes to achieve their organizational goals or personal ambitions. In reality far too often a leader’s ego gets in the way of sound decision making adversely affecting the organization and the individuals involved. This insightful book based on cutting edge research advances a new model for understanding effective leadership. Nielsen Marrone and Ferraro advocate the idea of leading with humility a trait that is rarely discussed and frequently misunderstood. Humble leaders consider their own strengths weaknesses and motives in making decisions demonstrating concern for the common good and exercising their influence for the benefit of all. Leading with Humility offers students and leaders clarity in understanding the connection between leadership and humility and teaches them how to enhance their own abilities to become better leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807227

Leading with IntegrityCreating Positive Change in Organizations Thanks to global news and social media we are the most informed and socially conscious generation in history. But what are the sources of inner inspiration that guide our daily conduct and motivations in the workplace? Far from the old Machiavellian dictum that "the ends justify the means" the reverse is often the case: the means determine the ends. This book presents the stories of business leaders who have aimed to build trust in the economy and have delivered value through integrity cooperation stewardship purpose and sustainability. It proposes the eight Cs of trust which can define the culture of organizations: contracts covenants competences character conscience conviction courage and change. The book makes the clear link between personal decision-making and global outcomes and demonstrates how positive decision-making can lead to change inside organizations and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200701

Leading with WisdomSpiritual-based Leadership in Business Many business executives are increasingly becoming workaholic human-doings longing to be full and integrated human-beings. They aspire to live with integrity where their thoughts values words and deeds are in harmony. The problem is that they don't know how to do so in a business world that is increasingly characterised by complexity turbulence and greed. Leading with Wisdom provides food for thought for people dealing with these challenges. It contains stories and reflections of 31 inspiring and compassionate business leaders who care about what is truly important in life and who integrate this awareness and sensitivity into their leadership. Leaders who search for meaning purpose and fulfilment both in the external world of business and in the internal world of consciousness and conscience. Leaders whose leadership is a natural expression of their hearts minds and souls. In other words leaders who lead from a spiritual basis. Such perspectives on leadership are not yet mainstream. Greed prestige and power appear to still be prime motivating forces for leaders of the world's larger corporations. In spite of 25 years of globalisation poverty is still devastatingly ubiquitous in many parts of the world. In striking contrast the compensation packages of top leaders in business particularly in the West have skyrocketed reaching levels that would have been considered impossible only a decade ago. What is clearly needed is a change in the mind-set values and principles of our leaders as well as of those who finance our enterprises and of those who teach and mentor our future leaders. At the very minimum what is needed is an expansion of the concept of 'success' so that it transcends the prevailing myopic focus on short-term financial gains. It can be argued that this rampant greed is gradually being tamed not just by laws but also by social and ethical norms. In the last two decades there has been an amazing and uplifting focus on such perspectives as business ethics corporate social responsibility and sustainability. But when leaders are questioned as to why they and their organisations should promote this new and expanded sensitivity to corporate responsibility their 'default' answer typically is that it is profitable – an efficacious means to promote classical business ends of increasing earnings and share prices. But how and why should such an expanded concept of leadership develop? What should provide the motivation for our leaders to find their way in an increasingly complex business world by using a compass that points not only to a pot of gold but also to a path to deeper meaning and purpose in business? This book does not provide answers in the form of proposals as to new rules or laws or moral injunctions. Rather it provides a collage of perspectives in the form of stories of highly respected and successful executives who have integrated their spiritual search into their leadership so as to be "whole" people – leaders whose thoughts words and deeds are in harmony with their most fundamental truths and longings both at work and in their private lives. These stories tell of an emerging culture where business becomes a primary domain for both individual and organisational spiritual growth. Leading with Wisdom: Spiritual-Based Leadership in Business portrays an emerging global culture. This ground-breaking book offers the experiences and perspectives of 31 top executives from 15 countries in 6 continents. It is based on extensive personal interviews. These are business people who express from first-hand experience what it is like to lead a business from a spiritual basis. They tell amazing down-to-earth real-life stories about how spirituality and rationality can go hand in hand in leadership and life. Their words of wisdom demonstrate that executives who lead from a spiritual basis can achieve success recognition peace of mind and happiness while at the same time serving the needs of all those affected by their leadership. Written in an engaging style where the special "voice" of each leader is heard this book will be profoundly valuable to business leaders at every level and for all people who want to lead with integrity from a spiritual basis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281607

Leading Works in Law and Religion Leading Works in Law and Religion brings together leading and emerging scholars in the field from the United Kingdom and Ireland. Each contributor has been invited to select and analyse a ‘leading work’ which has for them shed light on the way that Law and Religion are intertwined. The chapters are both autobiographical reflecting upon the works that have proved significant to contributors and also critical analyses of the current state of the field exploring in particular the interdisciplinary potential of the study of Law and Religion. The book also includes a specially written introduction and conclusion which critically comment upon the development of Law and Religion over the last 25 years and likely future developments in light of the reflections by contributors on their chosen leading works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664251

Leading Your World Language ProgramStrategies for Design and Supervision Even If You Don’t Speak the Language! An essential resource for district school and program leaders who supervise evaluate or otherwise support World Language programs this book provides clear practical guidance on leading an exemplary K–12 World Language program. No matter whether you speak the language the effective approaches in this book will equip you with the tools you need to implement and evaluate World Language curricula in your school. Catherine Ritz provides a clear and research-based framework for World Language instruction aligned to rigorous national and state standards and addresses essential concepts and topics including program and curriculum design assessment and evaluation and strategic planning. Whether you are a World Language department chair with years of experience a school administrator with no background in language education or a World Language teacher you will find much to use in this book. It is chock-full of ready-to-use resources and tools including: Templates for program and unit planning observation protocols and sample assessments World LAnguage program models for different age ranges and a sample curriculum unit Additional resource lists and further reading recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367469344

Leaky Bodies and BoundariesFeminism Postmodernism and (Bio)ethics Drawing on postmodernist analyses Leaky Bodies and Boundaries presents a feminist investigation into the marginalization of women within western discourse that denies female moral agency and embodiment. With reference to contemporary and historical issues in biomedicine the book argues that the boundaries of both the subject and the body are no longer secure. The aim is both to valorise women and to suggest that 'leakiness' may be the very ground for a postmodern feminist ethic. The contribution made by Leaky Bodies and Boundaries is to go beyond modernist feminisms to radically displace the mechanisms by which women are devalued. The anxiety that postmodernism cannot yield an ethics nor advance feminist concerns is addressed. This book will provide invaluable reading for those studying feminist philosophy cultural studies and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004952

Lean – Let’s Get It Right!How to Build a Culture of Continuous Improvement Lean – Let’s Get It Right!: How to Build a Culture of Continuous Improvement (978-0-367-42991-1 340939) Shelving Guide: Business & Management / Lean Management This book addresses the root causes of why a majority of Lean transformations have not met expectations. More importantly it provides the information needed to turn around the failure mechanisms and transform them into critical success factors. Lean – Let’s Get It Right! delves into the psychology of change and motivation and clarifies the roles and responsibility changes which are required for alignment with Lean principles. While the author includes a review of Lean principles the majority of the book either provides more depth of understanding of the principles or highlights how misalignment can thwart Lean transformation efforts. What this provides is not only clarity but it establishes a solid reference point or framework to guide the Lean strategy. The reader will begin to see how the principles are not simply a random set of characteristics or features of Lean but are actually a set of fundamental beliefs on which all else is based. Though repeated throughout the book that an organization must develop the specifics of their own Lean roadmap this book concludes with guidance on making it happen. This book with its primary focus on people leadership and principles and less so on the details of tools and techniques can be thought of as providing the few critical missing puzzle pieces to enable an effective Lean transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367335076

Lean Accounting DVD Published by Enna this program features Norman Bodek revealing how accounting personnel can support change in a Lean company. Bodek explains the relevant context of Lean and JIT and provides examples from his experience as a former auditor and professional accountant. By communicating the concepts of Lean from the perspective of an office function Bodek connects with the audience and provides the credibility necessary to direct Lean into office functions. Use this video to set an atmosphere of change in your office environment. Your audience will learn Lean from the accountant perspective including how it can serve as a driving force of change in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537771

Lean AdministrationCase Studies in Leadership and Improvement AME's Target Magazine has a well-established reputation for detailed case studies of companies adopting lean strategies. These case studies are now available in a well-organized Enterprise Excellence Series to tap the ongoing desire for information about what other companies are doing to implement lean. To satisfy the growing interest in applying lean to non-manufacturing operations this first volume of the series covers the implementation of lean to administrative and office applications. Highlights include: Practical in-depth description of lean office implementations most of which have not been described in other publications. Responds to reader desire for real-world lean office information. Case Studies are categorized in three areas: Leadership Organization and Training; Improving Processes; and Lean in Healthcare making it easy to track down the type of information desired. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9781420086874

Lean and Agile Project ManagementHow to Make Any Project Better Faster and More Cost Effective Second Edition When project managers are faced with budget cuts and fewer resources waste elimination becomes a priority in maintaining effectiveness. This does not mean shortening or abandoning traditional project cycles. In fact fast results on critical assignments can only be completed with strong plans and a detailed work breakdown structure. The connections or lack thereof are what strongly impact performance and quality. Lean and Agile as covered in this book are meant to enhance traditional project management not replace the science. A strong foundation in traditional project management is necessary to appreciate the benefits of adopting Lean and Agile. Lean and Agile Project Management: How to Make Any Project Better Faster and More Cost Effective defines the wastes and issues found in project management and demonstrates how they can be addressed by engaging Lean thinking and Agile techniques. This book also: • Shows how to apply Lean principles to project management (PM) • Teaches the application of simple Six Sigma metrics in PM • Discusses the adoption of Agile techniques in PM in order to stay on task and remain flexible • Helps readers discover the theoretical synergies between popular PM programs • Promotes an understanding of how Lean people skills can help a person become a better leader and manager Since the publication of the first edition of this book the bodies of knowledge have all been systematically updated. In addition through conducting peer groups and detailed workshops the Author has simplified many of the basics and they are now much easier to understand. Essentially the Author believes traditional project management can benefit from adding Lean and Agile but she has simplified the model for greater efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367359584

Lean and DigitizeAn Integrated Approach to Process Improvement Lean and Six Sigma initiatives are designed to enable sustained improvements in your company or organization's efficiency and competitiveness. As with other improvement strategies they are dependent on two things effective management and your ability to automate or digitize elements of your business process. Lean and Digitize provides you with a convincing picture of each of these elements (process improvement digitization and the management of both) to help you eliminate waste improve process and service and better align your information and communications technology with your strategic objectives. Bernardo Nicoletti analyses and reviews the development of automation and telecommunications systems in the context of quality management and process improvement. He uses case examples to illustrate organizational and management approaches to implementation. These along with his practical guidance will help you make sense of the complexity benefits and interrelations between these different elements. The text shows you on the one hand how to integrate information and communication systems into your process improvement projects and on the other how to align information and communication projects with your quality strategy. Without a holistic approach to technology and quality improvement your initiatives run the risk of being misdirected or simply running out of steam. Changes of this kind will never be easy but at least if you follow the advice in Lean and Digitize you will significantly increase your chances of success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261761

Lean AssemblyThe Nuts and Bolts of Making Assembly Operations Flow With examples drawn from aerospace electronics household appliance personal products and automotive industries Lean Assembly covers the engineering of assembly operations through:Characterizing the demand in terms of volume by product and product family component consumption seasonal variability and life cycle.Matching the physical structure of the shop floor to the demand with the goal of approaching takt-driven production as closely as possible.Working out the details of assembly tasks station by station including station sizing tooling fixturing operator instructions part presentation conveyance between stations and the geometry of assembly lines as a whole.Incorporating mistake-proofing successive inspection and test operations for quality assurance.Lean Assembly differs from most other books on lean manufacturing in that it focuses on technical content as a driver for implementation methods. The emphasis is on exactly what should be done. This book should be the "dog-eared" and "penciled-in" resource on every assembly engineer's desk. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780367805142

Lean Auto Body: The Lean Implementation Guide to the Auto Collision Repair IndustryThe Lean Implementation Guide to the Auto Collision Repair Industry Take your business to a new level with this comprehensive Auto Body Repair industry specific implementation guide. By adapting the techniques of Lean manufacturing for the Auto Collision Industry Mr. Ortiz guides you through the steps necessary to turn your shop into a Lean place of business. Lean Auto Body sets the stage for a sustainable Lean improvement by not only discussing but showing examples of wastes flow and visual cues within the shop in an easy to understand manner. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537177

Lean ConnectionsMaking Information Flow Efficiently and Effectively Dependable information flow is a necessary prerequisite to the successful implementation of lean production principles. But while most managers understand how to make materials and manpower flow the flow of information tends to be much more underdeveloped. Even companies that excel at recognizing waste and are otherwise adept at implementing the principles of lean production are often challenged to provide satisfactory information flow. Lean Connections: Making Information Flow Efficiently and Effectively isdesigned to help you rethink the way your organization views information flow. It provides the building blocks of a comprehensive information-flow system showing you calculations and methods that will allow you to get the necessary information to those individuals who need it when they need it. Following a logical and detailed progression this manual shows how to make information flow in lean production facility From the end customer through materials control to the production floor On the production floor at the operator team and value stream level And then from the production floor to the management of the facility Employing a workbook format this manual follows RNA Manufacturing a fictional company through its implementation of a comprehensive lean production system. As the authors outline RNA‘s methods and thought processes they employ exercises that ask questions about your own production system. Your challenge is to think deeply about the answers as well as the changes that need to be made to effectively make information flow through your facility. Make certain that everyone gets the information that they need when they need it Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138409552

Lean ConstructionCore Concepts and New Frontiers This book collates the main research developments around Lean Construction over the past 25 years with contributions from many seminal authors in the field. It takes stock of developments since the publication of Koskela’s (1992) Application of the New Production Philosophy to Construction and in doing so challenges current thinking and progress. It also crystallises theoretical conceptualisations and practically situated learning whilst identifying future research challenges agendas and opportunities for global collaborative actions. The contributors present the development of Lean Construction as a fundamental part of improving construction productivity quality and delivery of value to clients and users of built infrastructure. In doing so the book introduces the reader to the foundational principles and theories that have influenced the way we now understand Lean Construction and has provided very useful insights to students practitioners and researchers on key junctures over the last 25 years. Highlighting the key contemporary developments and using global case study material the chapters demonstrate good practice but also help introduce new thinking to both lay readers and experienced practitioners alike. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students researchers and practitioners with an interest in Lean Construction and construction management providing a general understanding of the area current state of the art knowledge as well as providing an insight into areas for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196554

Lean Culture for the Construction IndustryBuilding Responsible and Committed Project Teams Second Edition Many of the struggles that we are currently experiencing when attempting to implement Lean in the construction environment are the direct result of applying Lean tools out of proper context. Understanding Lean as an overall operating system will help to avert this all too common pitfall. An in-depth exploration of the application of Lean initiatives in the construction industry Lean Culture for the Construction Industry: Building Responsible and Committed Project Teams Second Edition provides updated chapters with new insights on the relationships between owners architects general contractors and subcontractors - demonstrating how Kaizan events focused on building positive culture through vulnerability-based trust improved processes and eliminated work stoppages. Lean tools alone don't lead to successful Lean initiatives: the missing piece is culture. Written by a veteran consultant in the construction field the book draws a connection between how construction professionals act as leaders and how their attitude and behavior affect productivity and waste daily. While value stream mapping is an important tool for righting broken processes and resolving conflicts future state maps will fail if leaders continue to work in silos protect their territories and don't see that their success is directly tied to the success of their co-leaders. The author expands the notion of ethics beyond the simple litmus test of right and wrong so team leaders can adopt professional and productive attitudes and behaviors toward the implementation of Lean improvements. This book demonstrates how in an industry where waste is rampant and depends on wide range of people and personalities to successfully build a job Lean thinking can make the difference between a profitable competitive construction team and mass inefficiencies stunted profitability and lost future opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498787246

Lean CultureCollected Practices and Cases The hard part of implementing a lean transformation according to most experts is dealing with the "soft" issues such as culture change. Getting employees to live and breathe lean -- actively supporting and buying into lean concepts and philosophy always searching for ways to eliminate waste and continuously improving processes and providing greater value for customers -- is the real challenge when building and sustaining a lean culture.Lean Culture: Collected Practices and Cases provides a variety of case studies taken from articles previously published in Lean Manufacturer Advisor: the monthly newsletter by Productivity Press. All focus on cultural issues ranging from the role of top management to training and development of workers and managers to building buy-in and to sustaining the culture.Highlights include: Practical in-depth descriptions of cultural issues in a lean transformation written in a conversational easy-to-read style.Many case studies unavailable from any other single source.Articles categorized by specific area - all desired information is easily located.Real-world information about culture change collected in one handy book. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438477

Lean Daily Management for Healthcare Field Book This book gives healthcare leaders a practical guide to implementing the 4 key components of lean daily management system - 1. LDM boards; 2. Leadership rounds 3. Leader daily disciplines and 4. Lean projects. Although lean is not new to healthcare effective LDM is just now taking hold with the best lean healthcare organizations in the U.S. and Canada. Leaders are realizing that sustaining their lean projects over time has proven to be a challenge without first addressing the organizations management system/model. LDM gives leaders a straightforward approach to do just that as well as improve their ability to spread and deploy lean to other areas of the organization and tie back to strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498756501

Lean Daily Management for HealthcareA Strategic Guide to Implementing Lean for Hospital Leaders You likely don’t need any more tools programs or workshops to improve your hospital. What you need is a simple and consistent approach to manage problem-solving. Filling this need this book presents a Lean management system that can help break down barriers between staff directors and administration and empower front-line staff to resolve their own problems.Lean Daily Management for Healthcare: A Strategic Guide to Implementing Lean for Hospital Leaders provides practical step-by-step guidance on how to roll out Lean daily management in a hospital setting. Ideal for leaders that may feel lost in the transition process the book supplies a roadmap to help you identify where your hospital currently is in its Lean process where it’s headed and how your role will change as you evolve into a Lean leader.Illustrating the entire process of implementing Lean daily management the book breaks down the cultural progression of units into discreet objectively measurable phases. It identifies what leaders at all levels of the organization must do to progress units into the next phase of development.Complete with case studies from different service areas in the hospital the book explains how to link problem-solving boards together to achieve meaningful and measurable improvements in: the emergency department the operating room discharge times clinics quality and patient satisfaction.After reading this book you will understand how consistent rounding a few whiteboards pen-and-paper data and a focused effort on working the Plan-Do-Study-Act cycle can help you build a common problem-solving bench strength throughout your organization—establishing the framework upon which future improvement can be built. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498758987

Lean Demand-Driven ProcurementHow to Apply Lean Thinking to Your Supply Management Processes While there are many books written on the basics of the "supply" side of the supply chain (i.e. strategic sourcing sourcing/procurement and purchasing) there hasn’t been much written on those areas from a Lean perspective. Considering that supply chain costs primarily procurement and transportation can range from 50 to 70% of sales it's surprising that this area has not been fully explored. As a result some companies tend to place too much emphasis on the traditional focus of reducing material costs instead of process improvement. Lean Demand-Driven Procurement: How to Apply Lean Thinking to Your Supply Management Process details the basic supply management concepts and processes (i.e. sourcing procurement and purchasing) in an easy-to-understand format in combination with various process improvement tools methodologies best practices examples and cases written from a Lean perspective. It focuses and pinpoints ways to identify waste on the supply side through improved processes and in some cases technology. Applying Lean principles to procurement and purchasing processes identies non-traditional sources of waste and in some cases creates a paradigm shift that results in additional benets to the entire supply chain. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138337169

Lean Design in HealthcareA Journey to Improve Quality and Process of Care This book gives the reader an inside look at creating a new healthcare service using practical examples and scenarios one would face if doing it themselves. This book chronicles the journey of a fictitious healthcare delivery organization using the Simpler Design System principles based on Lean methodologies. While the characters and actual story is fictitious it is based on the journey many healthcare systems and clients have taken the issues they have faced and the successes and failures they’ve had. Tools and approaches used are based on the actual work of Simpler. The story format engages readers and is intended to motivate and inspire executive teams to use the tenets of the book as a guide to launch their own successful implementation of an idea-to-launch methodology. Tools include those gleaned from actual application of Lean Product Development Agile Design for Six Sigma and Design Thinking Principles. Through engaging storytelling and practical theory this book is written from the perspective of a physician leader that agrees to be the executive sponsor for a service redesign. As the story progresses the sponsor becomes fascinated with the process and becomes the first VP of Innovation within his organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138498792

Lean Design Management The fields of design management and lean construction appear to be developing independently. This volume brings together authors from four continents to argue that lean thinking should be integral to design management in the fields of architecture engineering and construction (AEC). The publication brings together a variety of perspectives on lean design management as experienced in Africa South America Australasia and Europe. Themes covered include: lean thinking and flexible building solutions quality and flow of information in fourteen sub-projects of a major airport project Ghanaian consultants' perspective on process waste target costing and its application to social housing projects in Brazil concept of 'first' and 'last' value drawing on social housing projects in Chile development of a lean design management model specifically for remote sites. The papers offer a mix of theoretical materials and empirical research findings providing a unique insight into aspects of lean design management. This book was published as a special issue of Architectural Engineering and Design Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853379

Lean Development and InnovationHitting the Market with the Right Products at the Right Time Using Toyota's principles for product and process development this book focuses the implementation of the Lean system during the past 10 years in dozens of corporations across various industries. The book highlights all steps on the journey from common trouble area to remarkable results. As it is written by a manager for other managers it contains real work discoveries and insights. The author provides case studies from many different fields of application. The reader gains insight on US and European companies that successfully streamlined their innovation and product-development processes. These companies have overcome difficult periods and major challenges thanks to the ability to innovate with new Lean methodologies and above all a new workplace culture and mindset. The goal of this book is to help managers successfully apply Lean principles in the innovation and development area of their company while benefitting from the author's lessons learned during his many years of capitalized experience. This book provides a comprehensive framework that supports step-by-step the successful application of Lean principles in the innovation and development areas of the company. Readers learn how to drastically reduce the time required to develop products and discover and eliminate hidden costs and critical waste while increasing value for customers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138481817

Lean ExecutionThe Basic Implementation Guide for Maximizing Process Performance Many books explain how to construct a value stream map but few explain the process conditions and characteristics required to ensure a value stream map can be completed successfully. Lean Execution: The Basic Implementation Guide for Maximizing Process Performance fills this need.Although the book explains Lean methods and tools that maximize process performance its main focus is on providing readers with detailed guidelines process conditions and helpful tips for ensuring successful implementation.Based on Clifford Fiore’s insights and experiences gained through years of firsthand application and implementation of Lean methods the book supplies easy-to-understand explanations of proven Lean tools methods and concepts. For example the concept of flow/theory of constraints is reviewed using a garden hose analogy.The text introduces material in a manner that mirrors the natural sequence for general implementation. It provides simple calculations worksheets and examples to reinforce the key concepts involved with determining production rates and process variation.In addition to explaining how to apply Lean tools correctly the book provides the big picture perspective required to select and apply the appropriate Lean tool at the right time while gaining helpful insight about the process under review. Sharing valuable lessons learned by trial and error the book can help practitioners save valuable time and resources by not repeating similar mistakes.The book concludes with a summary that outlines a blueprint for maximizing success during implementation.Clifford Fiore has spent more than 30 years at a Fortune 500 company and is a recognized leader in applying Lean and Six Sigma methodologies. He is also a certified black belt and Lean expert. Through his work in adapting process improvement techniques in engineering manufacturing and the supply chain he has emerged as an industry leader in implementing concepts towards reducing product cost quality defects and development cycle times. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498752749

Lean for BanksImproving Quality Productivity and Morale in Financial Offices Most banking institutions suffer from numerous inefficiencies such as poor planning; inadequate coordination and communication; ineffective processes tools and workflow; and excessive bureaucracy. Lean for Banks describes in easy language how to use Lean and Six Sigma management practices to significantly improve the efficiency of bank operations. This book shows how to use Lean and Six Sigma management practices to improve the normal daily work in a bank typically executed in the so-called "back offices." This work involves about 90 percent of bank employees and generates 90 percent of costs. Lean for Banks explains how to organize bank operations better increase work productivity and quality by working smarter and not harder make fewer mistakes and decrease rework and elevate jobs from mundane and repetitive to creative and pleasantly challenging. Most importantly it shows how to increase the satisfaction of bank customers and in turn enhance bank competitiveness and market share. Lean for Banks is intended for all levels of bank employees: back-office workers first-level supervisors middle- and higher-level managers and corporate executives. It is also intended for all levels of students at schools that teach banking skills—short courses intended for tellers college courses in advanced banking operations and continuing education for bank managers and line employees. This book is an entry-level text on Lean and should give readers enough understanding to prepare them for active participation in Lean deployment activities. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482260847

Lean for SalesBringing the Science of Lean to the Art of Selling This groundbreaking book describes the Lean journey as it extends to a business area that is mission critical yet has been virtually untouched by the Lean transformation. Lean for Sales: Bringing the Science of Lean to the Art of Selling provides sales professionals and their management teams with a structured fact-based approach to boosting sales close rates and delivering improved business value to customers.The time-tested Lean selling techniques described in this book have been proven to deliver profound results. In fact it is not uncommon for sales close rates to see a threefold increase over current rates as a result of using the techniques described in this book. After reading the book you will understand how to integrate the science of Lean with the art of sales to: Create winning sales proposals Use Lean selling storyboards to confirm what is truly valuable to your client and their business Improve sales team collaboration Define and qualify a client’s unique business problems and goals Manage sales process performance using a multi-dimensional measurement system that looks beyond sales revenue to include client value and process effectiveness This book outlines an innovative and proven approach to creating a common language with your customers that is based on waste elimination root cause analysis and time to value. Making the management of the sales cycle fact-based rather than leaving it to intuition this Lean selling manual presents tools that will enable sales professionals and their managers to collect sales opportunity data early and discard those leads that will ultimately waste valuable time and resources. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482253146

Lean for the Cash-Strapped LeaderThe Path to Growth and Profitability Created by Lean practitioners with real-world results-proven track records this book is designed to help struggling managers and leaders interested in the benefits of Lean but bereft of budgets to hire full-time consultants start substantial change in their enterprises and begin to reap the benefits of Lean.At once a how-to manual and a strategic management guide the book lays out in simple English all the steps for implementing Lean from formulating a strategy and managing organizational change to establishing a kanban-driven level-loaded production system.Presenting strategies that will fit in most existing budgets Lean for the Cash-Strapped Leader: The Path to Growth and Profitability uses easy-to-read language with flashes of humor to reveal proven methods that will help your organization initiate change and begin reaping the rewards of a Lean operations system in any industry.The book avoids acronyms complex Lean terminology and academic froth to convey the essential instructions detail and information you need. Identifying powerful methods for initiating a Lean value stream that require minimal investment the book is designed to help owners of small businesses and senior managers of larger ones make their enterprises more efficient more productive and ultimately more profitable.Along the way the book gives detailed attention to the need for the "soft message" that underwrites and supports the actions required for a business to achieve the transformation that Lean can bring. Lean for the Cash-Strapped Leader emphasizes the messaging and the degree of management involvement required to achieve a successful Lean result. Learn more about the book at: http://www.leanforthecashstrappedleader.com/ Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498738965

Lean for the Long TermSustainment is a Myth Transformation is Reality The average tenure of a departing CEO has declined from approximately 10 years in 2000 to 8.1 years in 2012. Maintaining a customer-focused Lean strategy and continuous improvement culture can become a challenge when management changes often unless it has become an institutionalized company-branded business management system for the company.Lean for the Long Term allows readers to benefit from the operating experience and research of the authors who have been deeply involved in leading Lean transformations that last in today’s ever-changing business landscape. It presents a Lean management system model that encompasses leadership process and growth as the model to drive business performance.The authors investigate the fragile nature of a Lean culture and the resulting effects on people and the company when the culture shifts. They illustrate the methods several companies have used to achieve successful Lean transformations that last and also offer guidance on how to build your own action plan based on the best practices outlined in the text.Until now there have been few books to supply in-depth discussions on Lean as a strategy and management system. Filling this need this book will help you to move toward a broader more strategic use of Lean principles in your business.The book uses clear language to present insights on how company leaders and Lean practitioners can improve communication. After reading the book you will better understand how your company operates how to align your efforts and how to decide what to do despite the complexity of day-to-day business operations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482257168

Lean for the Process IndustriesDealing with Complexity Second Edition Compared to its widespread implementation across almost all areas of production Lean improvement efforts lag within the process industries. While many innovators have successfully applied Lean principles to these industries during the past three decades most of those pioneering efforts were never recorded to guide the improvement efforts of others. Drawing on more than 40 years of application experience at one of the world’s largest chemical and materials manufacturers coupled with 10 years in private practice Peter King corrects this void by providing the first comprehensive resource written explicitly for change agents within the process industries. Focusing on areas where the improvement needs of the process industry differ from parts assembly manufacturing Lean for the Process Industries: Dealing with Complexity Second Edition: Covers each of the eight wastes commonly described in Lean literature looking at how they manifest themselves in process operations.  Explains how to adapt value stream mapping for process operations.  Shows how to identify the root causes of bottlenecks and how to manage them to optimize flow until they can be eliminated. Provides practical techniques to overcome the barriers which have prevented the application of Cellular Manufacturing to process operations.  Discusses the role of business leadership in a Lean strategy describing both enabling and counter-productive management behaviors  Since the publication of the first edition of this book Peter King has been busy consulting with food beverage gasoline additive and nutraceutical companies -- these new experiences have broadened his perspectives on certain Lean processes and have given him a richer set of examples to discuss in this new edition. While Value Stream Mapping is a very powerful tool to understand flow bottlenecks and waste in an operation the traditional format as presented in many other books does not describe all of the data required to fully understand process flow and its detractors. This new edition highlights the necessary additions with examples of why they are useful. Product wheel scheduling achieves production leveling in a far more comprehensive and effective way than traditional heijunka methods. This edition has a more thorough description of the wheel concept and design steps and more examples from actual applications. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367023324

Lean for the Public SectorThe Pursuit of Perfection in Government Services Packed with international case examples and clearly delineating principles as they apply to public sector organizations Lean for the Public Sector: The Pursuit of Perfection in Government Services demonstrates that Lean in the public sector is neither rocket science nor a typical profit-driven improvement program. The book begins with coverage of the basic philosophy of Lean before detailing specific methods for improving processes in the public sector. It addresses concerns specific to the public sector environment and considers the role of the citizen not only as customer but as a voter taxpayer and community participant. The author provides a clear explanation of methods such as 5S kaizen standardization techniques and Value Stream Mapping shaped to Lean Government. His approach provides a reality-based view of value-added services and waste in the public sector. Written specifically to address the application of Lean practices in government and the public sector this how-to workbook gives you the wherewithal to combat the 'We don‘t make widgets' mentality. Providing the tools to manage the entire Lean transformation process the book helps you immediately integrate the Lean way of thinking and its tools into your improvement program. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138463349

Lean Healthcare 5S Red Tags NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537238

Lean Higher EducationIncreasing the Value and Performance of University Processes In an environment of diminishing resources growing enrollment and increasing expectations of accountability Lean Higher Education: Increasing the Value and Performance of University Processes provides the understanding and the tools required to return education to the consumers it was designed to serve the students. It supplies a unifying framework for implementing and sustaining a Lean Higher Education (LHE) transformation at any institution regardless of size or mission. Using straightforward language relevant examples and step-by-step guidelines for introducing Lean interventions this authoritative resource explains how to involve stakeholders in the delivery of quality every step of the way. The author details a flexible series of steps to help ensure stakeholders understand all critical work processes. He presents a wealth of empirical evidence that highlights successful applications of Lean concepts at major universities and provides proven methods for uncovering and eliminating activities that overburden staff yet contribute little or no added value to stakeholders. Complete with standardized methods for correctly diagnosing workplace problems and implementing appropriate solutions this valuable reference arms you with the understanding and the tools to effectively balance the needs of all stakeholders. By implementing the Lean practices covered in these pages your school will be better positioned to provide higher quality education at reduced costs with efficient processes that instill pride maximize value and respect the long-term interests of your students faculty and staff. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138432109

Lean Higher EducationIncreasing the Value and Performance of University Processes Second Edition In an environment of diminishing resources growing enrollment and increasing expectations of accountability Lean Higher Education: Increasing the Value and Performance of University Processes Second Edition provides the understanding and the tools required to return education to the consumers it was designed to serve – the students. It supplies a unifying framework for implementing and sustaining a Lean Higher Education (LHE) transformation at any institution regardless of size or mission. Using straightforward language relevant examples and step-by-step guidelines for introducing Lean interventions this authoritative resource explains how to involve stakeholders in the delivery of quality every step of the way. The author details a flexible series of steps to help ensure stakeholders understand all critical work processes. He presents a wealth of empirical evidence that highlights successful applications of Lean concepts at major universities and provides proven methods for uncovering and eliminating activities that overburden staff yet contribute little or no added value to stakeholders. Complete with standardized methods for correctly diagnosing workplace problems and implementing appropriate solutions this valuable reference arms you with the understanding and the tools to effectively balance the needs of all stakeholders. By implementing the Lean practices covered in these pages your school will be better positioned to provide higher quality education at reduced costs with efficient processes that instill pride maximize value and respect the long-term interests of your students faculty and staff. This second edition contains a substantial update with expanded material and reflects the significant growth of LHE practices in colleges and universities worldwide. Because of advances in best practices as well as some modest research-based evidence this second edition includes many enhancements that provide particular value to LHE practitioners and higher education (HE) leaders. Since the initial publication of Lean Higher Education in 2010 the challenges of cost and affordability competition for students and faculty and calls for efficiency and accountability have only continued to grow requiring colleges and universities to pursue more radical and transformative change to ensure their success. This new edition provides a model for change based on more than 50 years of application in business and industry and almost 20 years in HE. It provides the information and evidence demanded by HE leadership to understand and embrace LHE as well as best practices processes and tools for implementing LHE in targeted areas or institution-wide. This book provides a conceptual framework for redesigning any university process such as admitting students paying a bill hiring faculty or processing a donor gift in a way that delights the beneficiary of that process respects the employees who support the process and reduce the cost of the process. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815379096

Lean HospitalsImproving Quality Patient Safety and Employee Engagement Third Edition Organizations around the world are using Lean to redesign care and improve processes in a way that achieves and sustains meaningful results for patients staff physicians and health systems. Lean Hospitals Third Edition explains how to use the Lean methodology and mindsets to improve safety quality access and morale while reducing costs increasing capacity and strengthening the long-term bottom line.This updated edition of a Shingo Research Award recipient begins with an overview of Lean methods. It explains how Lean practices can help reduce various frustrations for caregivers prevent delays and harm for patients and improve the long-term health of your organization.The second edition of this book presented new material on identifying waste A3 problem solving engaging employees in continuous improvement and strategy deployment. This third edition adds new sections on structured Lean problem solving methods (including Toyota Kata) Lean Design and other topics. Additional examples case studies and explanations are also included throughout the book.Mark Graban is also the co-author with Joe Swartz of the book Healthcare Kaizen: Engaging Frontline Staff in Sustainable Continuous Improvements which is also a Shingo Research Award recipient. Mark and Joe also wrote The Executive’s Guide to Healthcare Kaizen. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498743259

Lean Human Performance Improvement As companies continue their efforts to improve work performance they must ensure that their ongoing Lean activities include a healthy appreciation for and recognition of human performance. Ignoring the human component of work performance can be a recipe for unnecessary waste inefficiency and decreased productivity. Lean Human Performance Improvement presents a broad overview of human performance in the workplace. The author discusses his findings from a broad spectrum of human performance-related fields and diverse industrial sectors (gained by working in the field for over 30 years). Organized in three sections this book covers understanding human performance analyzing and improving work productivity and analyzing and improving quality and safety. The author first develops a fundamental and basic understanding of human performance then couples that understanding with learning how to analyze and improve human-related work productivity and quality and safety. He also discusses how knowledge and skills transfer from one work setting to another. Intended for Lean Six Sigma team members and human performance improvement practitioners the book contains multiple examples from diverse work settings to explain key points. It also includes several major case studies. The goal of all examples and case studies is to develop a generic understanding that in turn can be successfully applied to any work setting. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482298819

Lean Human ResourcesRedesigning HR Processes for a Culture of Continuous Improvement Encouraging a long overdue shift in thinking this book gives managers and executives the means to maximize employee potential by first showing them how to increase the improvement power of their HR departments. Cheryl M. Jekiel who has been implementing Lean initiatives out of HR offices for 20 years defines the people-related approaches and practices needed to alter any cultural dynamic that keeps employees from leveraging their peak abilities. She looks at why so many companies allow this sort of waste to exist how traditional HR departments have not been especially effective in combating waste and why today‘s HR department should be seen differently as a partner delivering exceptional customer service to employees. Everyone Needs to Learn and ImproveEveryone Needs to Participate and Be Involved Ultimately lasting change requires evolution in an organizational cultural and to achieve such change requires definitive changes in behavior. To ensure that changes are properly paced and effectively put into operation the book puts forth a proven five-year plan that includes the building of improvement-linked competencies into each job. Everyone Can LeadLead with the Customer in MindLead by Teaching and CoachingLead by Creating More Leaders A final section is designed especially for CEOs who must address their own views of HR before addressing improvement. They must recognize that Lean HR strategies and methods can be used to create a highly motivating place to work and that anything less would be a waste of talent. To begin an organization must realize the value of its HR staff and put it to use implementing improvement that is organic fundamental and self perpetuating. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138463585

Lean Human ResourcesRedesigning HR Processes for a Culture of Continuous Improvement Second Edition Lean Human Resources addresses a critical issue facing organisations undertaking lean transformation or attempting to create a lean culture of continuous improvement. People are the single biggest factor necessary to ensure success but it is common for the role of the HR department to be overlooked. Cheryl M. Jekiel who has been implementing Lean initiatives out of HR offices for more than 20 years defines the people-related approaches and practices required for success. She explains how the HR function must work hand-in-hand with senior leaders to alter the cultural dynamic that keeps employees from leveraging their peak abilities analysing why so many companies allow this sort of waste to exist and how traditional HR departments have not been especially effective in combating waste. The book provides continuous improvement professionals executives and business owners with the means to maximize employee potential by showing them how to increase the improvement power of their HR departments. It also helps them understand what lean transformations can achieve with the correct investment of time funds resources and leadership approach. It is also the perfect introduction to lean for those working in HR explaining the role they should take to support lean implementation and help their colleagues achieve their full potential. Much has been learned since the first edition published five years ago based on the hundreds of conversations the author has had about Lean HR with people from all over the world. This new edition brings Lean Human Resources right up-to-date. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138595385

Lean Implementation in Hospital DepartmentsHow to Move from Good to Great Services Lean healthcare is waste elimination in every service area with the goal of reducing inventory cycle time of service and cost so that high-quality patient care can be provided in a way that is as efficient as effective and as responsive as possible while retaining the financial integrity of a hospital. The Lean philosophy in healthcare demands a person’s attitude in all aspects of care understand the process which happens observe it and gather information in order to identify the root of an inefficiency of the process. In short Lean and its emphasis on efficiency can be a critical tool in the management of health services in hospitals around the world. This book provides guidance and examples on how Lean principles can be implemented into the infrastructure and every day operations of a hospital from the emergency room to hospital facilities and maintenance. The book also demonstrates how Lean is the cultural commitment of organizations to implement the scientific method in designing conducting and improving work sustainably through teamwork bringing in better value and satisfaction to the patient. It shortens the time between ordering and service delivery by eliminating waste from the service flow value. The author uses numerous examples of Lean thinking in various hospital departments with the overall of goal of taking that department from good to great. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367145507

Lean ImplementationApplications and Hidden Costs This book will address key organizational issues that must be considered and addressed when implementing Lean business practices. The book offers solutions for many of the challenges provides a resource that leaders can use in addressing cultural and regulatory issues provides means to address the associated people issues and the challenging task of knowledge retention and succession planning. Vignettes are used to illustrate and provide examples of potential issues and solutions that can be considered for resolving issues and a case study demonstrating ways to address the technical and people aspects of implementing Lean to ensure project success. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138747975

Lean in AgricultureCreate More Value with Less Work on the Farm Responding to a recent surge in interest and application this book is the first to comprehensively address how Lean thinking and tools can be implemented in agriculture and agribusiness. This tactical guide breaks down barriers clearly depicting how improvement techniques originally developed for factories can derive the same powerful results on farms. Expert Lean farming consultants Susanne Pejstrup and Vibeke Fladkjaer Nielsen present these methods in a clear easy-to-read style accessible to farmers all over the world. Case studies from multiple farm types – including crops pigs and dairy cattle – demonstrate how respect for people continuous improvement and visual management techniques can improve resilience and profitability on the farm. Richly illustrated Lean in Agriculture appeals not only to farmers but to farm workers food processing companies veterinarians consultants and other stakeholders in the agribusiness sector. Key Features: Translates Lean thinking into agricultural terms. Takes a people-centric approach to a Lean agricultural production system. Serves as an implementation guide with clear writing and concise easy-to-follow instructions tailored to the agricultural sector. Illustrates agriculture-specific Lean implementation with a wide range of case studies and memorable images. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138317703

Lean in the ClassroomThe Powerful Strategy for Improving Student Performance and Developing Efficient Processes The current way of organizing education is not tenable in the coming decade. We need to address how we teach how we organize schools how we increase the effectiveness of learning how we construct classrooms and how we deploy new technologies. Lean management philosophy has been successfully applied across many industries – from manufacturing to healthcare financial services and construction. Recently interest in Lean has steadily increased in the education sector as it was originally introduced in that area’s administrative and support processes. Currently the introduction of Lean and its potential in education is gaining wider exposure because of massive looming changes – for example the introduction of technology in education (as EdTech within the traditional system and as MOOCs) demographic changes budget pressure new pedagogies the entrance of more and more private providers and changing demands of society and industry on the curriculum. What is missing is a joint framework that will allow schools teachers directors and boards to harness the potential of these developments and then execute a strategy. Lean Education (LE) offers the potential to streamline the execution of strategy and teaching. It accelerates the development of new courses and studies that are closely aligned to the needs of students. It supports the integration of new technologies without overburdening teachers and staff. Lean in the Classroom brings all these elements together into a coherent framework so schools can make necessary changes in one concerted effort. Teaching professional support managing the daily work and changing the way schools function are brought together as a schoolwide strategy to organize learning in a way that serves our students by making the most of their talents. This book is the first to define LE in all its aspects: course design actual teaching and learning processes school management and the organization of supporting processes. It is firmly based on the Lean management philosophy in conjunction with pedagogy. The book draws on both scientific research in the field of Lean management in general and Lean education in particular. In addition it is predicated on many years of hands-on experience applying Lean both inside and outside the education sector. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138323131

Lean InnovationUnderstanding What's Next in Today's Economy Do these comments sound familiar? We would love to be more innovative but we don’t have the resources Innovation works in some companies; we just aren’t that creative We get some good ideas but nothing ever happens with them Unfortunately they reflect the general perception and environment for innovation in many firms today. In Lean Innovation: Understanding What's Next in Today's Economy Barry Cross explores how to use Lean to free up resources from within the organization to support and ‘fund’ innovation and inspire a culture of creativity. Easy to read and humorous Cross’ stories resonate and his tactics are very applicable. He demonstrates that you likely have the people needed to drive innovation. Based on Cross’s twenty-five years of experience and filled with stories and anecdotes from a number of industries the book presents a different look at innovation and how to recognize opportunities for moving past merely talking about innovation to action and making it a priority. The author examines roadblocks and how to use enablers like Lean to facilitate and focus the approach on driving the focus forward to the place where creativity in our ranks is more important that responding to an email and where the organization isn’t afraid to make an existing product redundant in favor of a new opportunity. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466515253

Lean Leadership for HealthcareApproaches to Lean Transformation Healthcare organizations that have already applied Lean thinking to their processes with the diligence of effective management and strong leadership support are now realizing the benefits of their efforts. And many of those benefits surpass what was thought possible just a few years ago. To be successful these organizations had to provide the leadership to arrive at their future state.Written by a Shingo Prize-winning author and Lean sensei Lean Leadership for Healthcare: Approaches to Lean Transformation explains how to apply Lean improvement to both clinical and non-clinical processes. It presents valuable lessons learned by the author over the years of leading improvements in this complex industry and lays out a clear roadmap for initiating your Lean improvements. Illustrating the leadership behaviors required to achieve sustainable success the book is ideal for leaders in the healthcare industry looking to initiate Lean improvements to clinical and non-clinical processes. It reviews the fundamentals of Lean and explains how to link a strategy of continuous improvement to corporate strategy to achieve operational excellence. It also describes how to mitigate the risk of failure when undergoing large-scale corporate change—including what can go wrong and how to prevent these failures.The book includes case studies that share the time-tested insights of healthcare team members and leaders. It outlines a management system for sustaining your Lean improvements and provides the Lean leadership approaches thoughts and visual tools you’ll need to guide your organization along the path toward world-class healthcare performance. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466515543

Lean MaintenanceA Practical Step-By-Step Guide for Increasing Efficiency The book is about applying Lean manufacturing principles to industrial maintenance in order to improve the efficiency and be able to do more with the same (or less) resources. By industrial maintenance we mean the maintenance that takes place in factories and industrial facilities. The book is the result of multiple improvement projects carried out by the authors in various industrial settings and sectors in the past 10 years.The approach works and can be applied in any industry. It yields results without investment. The book is a step-by-step guide that takes the reader through the maintenance process from equipment failure to finished repair. In each step of the process the typical inefficiencies are explained and tools are given to improve the process. The book is meant to be used as a guide in an improvement journey. The improvement approach presented in the book is very close to the shop floor and instructs the reader to engage with all team members in the maintenance department in every step of the process in order to make the improvements sustainable. If one looks at the main market indexes between one third and one half of companies on those indexes belong to the industrial sector: automotive power generation basic materials chemicals consumer goods et cetera. Those companies spend on average 2 – 5% of plant replacement value per year on maintenance. About one third of this cost is maintenance labor. The maintenance work that gets done every day in factories around the world is typically inefficient from a Lean perspective: time is wasted different tasks are not properly coordinated job durations are overestimated and job plans when they exist are thus "inflated" to cover up the inefficiency. All this happens because maintenance tends to be the "forgotten" area of efficiency in industrial companies as much of the improvements are carried out on the (literally) productive areas of the factories. When companies set out to "improve" maintenance they typically do it through budget cuts that can risk the reliability of the equipment. The authors believe there is a better way to do more with the same resources through a careful review of the current way of working and the introduction of Lean. With this book the authors try to bring to maintenance managers and practitioners the tools they need to quickly improve efficiency (in a matter of weeks) without any investment. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138732377

Lean Management Principles for Information Technology Whether it's because of a lack of understanding  poor planning or a myriad of other things 50 to 60 percent of the IT effort in most companies can be considered waste. Explaining how to introduce Lean principles to your IT functions to reduce and even eliminate this waste Lean Management Principles for Information Technology provides the tools and understanding to make better decisions increase efficiencies and make IT a major force in delivering sustainable improvements to your supply chain. The proven Toyota Production System principles described in this book have already helped many IT organizations double and triple their output. It introduces some of the most powerful Lean tools and techniques—including Six Sigma value stream mapping and spaghetti charting—and provides a methodology for implementing them to reduce waste in your IT environment. Discussing information production processes IT systems and change management through the lens of Lean principles the book: Provides step-by-step guidance through the processes of implementing Lean principles in your IT supply chain management system Illustrates successful implementation across a range of industries and countries Examines how to use Lean methods to achieve ongoing improvement in IT personnel Explains how to implement Lean in the supply chain while reducing IT cycle time and costs The text reviews the major management challenges facing IT and illustrates solutions with stories examples and case studies of how Lean IT has led to unprecedented improvements in the private and government sectors. Demonstrating how to structure the components of your IT system in accordance with Lean the book details the measures required to achieve and sustain a world-class Lean IT supply chain management system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420078602

Lean Management System LMS:2012A Framework for Continual Lean Improvement The success of a Lean manufacturing program depends far more on organization-wide leverage of Lean manufacturing tools than it does on the tools themselves. To this the organization must add the human relations aspects that earn buy-in and engagement by all members of the workforce  to the extent that workers will react immediately and decisively to the presence of waste. The synergy of the human and technological aspects of Lean form what Henry Ford called a universal code for the achievement of world-class results in any enterprise and which he put into practice to deliver unprecedented bottom line results. This book expands upon and systemizes this universal code into a structure or framework that promotes organizational self-audits and continuous improvement. The book's first section offers a foundation of four simple but comprehensive Lean key performance indicators (KPIs): waste of the time of things (as in cycle time) waste of the time of people waste of energy and waste of materials. The Toyota Production System's seven wastes are all measurable in terms of these four KPIs which also cover the key metrics of Eliyahu Goldratt's theory of constraints: throughput inventory and operating expense. The first section then adds a proactive improvement cycle that sets out to look for trouble by isolating processes for analytical purposes and measuring and then balancing inputs and outputs to force all wastes to become visible. It is in fact technically impossible for any waste of material or energy to hide from what chemical engineers call a material and energy balance. Application of this book's content should therefore satisfy most provisions of the ISO 14001 environmental management system standard and the new ISO 50001 energy management system standard. The second section consists of an unofficial (and therefore customizable) standard against which the organization can audit its Lean management system. The unofficial standard is designed to be compatible with ISO 9001:2008 so internal auditors can assess both systems simultaneously. Each provision includes numerous examples of questions that promote audits in a narrative form as opposed to yes/no checklists or Likert scale ratings. The unofficial standard can also be downloaded (without the assessment questions) from the publisher's Web site. The third section elaborates in detail on the second and provides numerous real-world examples of applications. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466505377

Lean ManufacturingBusiness Bottom-Line Based The delivery of real bottom-line results from manufacturing improvements has proven to be much harder than expected for most companies. TQM Zero-Defect Manufacturing and Business Process Re-engineering have dropped off the landscape for taking much too long and failing to deliver the promised results. Lean Six Sigma is now experiencing the same fundamental difficulty. Delineating a quantitative approach Lean Manufacturing: Business Bottom-Line Based shows you how to revitalize Lean Six Sigma by aligning it with your business’ bottom line and thus delivering results that your executives business leaders and customers expect.Written by an expert who has transformed product design and manufacturing at companies ranging from Maytag and Visteon to General Electric the book demonstrates that an awareness of manufacturing business metrics is absolutely essential for every lean manufacturing practitioner. The author has seen first-hand the limitation of traditional lean manufacturing driven by business bottom lines. He outlines case studies linking world events and manufacturing efficiency and presents lean manufacturing strategies and techniques designed to accelerate responses to current and future events on the floors of the world’s manufacturing facilities. Typically advice on lean manufacturing comes in the form of techniques regarding a particular tool or tool-box yet the factory floor like everything in the global community is profoundly driven by business bottom lines. This book presents a systematic approach to improve business bottom lines through identifying and eliminating waste and adding value and fulfillment by flowing the product at the demand of the customer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383718

Lean Mfg Workshop Facilitator Guide Enna's Lean Manufacturing Workshop Facilitator Guide is designed with all company employees in mind. It enables you to perform workshops in-house. When it comes to creating a Lean mindset within your organization effective communication and training are paramount. With the importance of a Lean Mfg program the key to sustaining continuous improvement is having the ability to train and conduct a Lean workshop internally. For this to take place internal trainers require a practical and information rich guide to maximize their efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363553

Lean Mfg Workshop Refill Pack The Lean Manufacturing Workshop Refill Pack is designed to replenish your Lean Manufacturing Solution Package in preparation for subsequent training sessions. It is provided at a value price to encourage continual use and improvement of your business. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079557

Lean Mfg. Workshop Participant Workbook The Lean Workshop Participant Workbook is designed to be used during the Lean Manufacturing Workshop. These workbooks allow participants to systematically follow the Facilitator through the Lean Manufacturing presentation and workshop. This workbook can be personalized and retained by the participant for continued reference long after the training and workshop has concluded. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069503

Lean Mfg. Workshop Training Package One of the most critical tools to generate rapid sustainable Lean improvement is a successful training program. Enna’s Lean Manufacturing Workshop Training Package is a solid foundation for training that will engage your business teams utilizing proven techniques to help your employees realize more streamlined manufacturing and overall business processes. The dramatic improvements your organization will realize by implementing the tools and methods learned throughout the workshop will provide the evidence necessary to create a sustainable long-term Lean improvement program. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363584

Lean MisconceptionsWhy Many Lean Initiatives Fail and How You Can Avoid the Mistakes It has been reported that about 70% of performance-improvement initiatives fail to achieve desired results. The primary causes are unrealistic expectations regarding effort and results and too much focus on short-term improvements instead of long-term capability building. Too many consultants and organizations stress the tools and the results they can achieve without considering the long-term implications. Success relies on focusing on both short-term gains and long-term culture change – That is using the tools as the mechanism for change versus the objective of the change. Lean Misconceptions: Why Many Lean Initiatives Fail and How You Can Avoid the Mistakes focuses on continuous improvement as well as the tools organizations can use to achieve long-term growth. Readers will gain new knowledge while also challenging their peers seniors subordinates and their own thinking on Lean. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138217454

Lean Office and Service SimplifiedThe Definitive How-To Guide Winner of a 2012 Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award Demystifying the application of Lean methods Lean Office and Service Simplified: The Definitive How-To Guide goes beyond the basic tools to detail the key concepts of Lean as they apply to office and service environments. It begins by discussing value stream management followed by chapters on standard work flow level pull and visual management.Winner of a 2012 Shingo Prize this book covers essential Lean tools including 5S and mistake proofing. It breaks down Lean concepts into their elementary components describes them in a nonmanufacturing context and supplies readers with specific how-to methodologies. Providing detailed examples throughout the text illustrates the functions found in most service organizations as well as the administrative areas of manufacturing companies.Drawing on more than two decades of practical experience the author provides implementation strategies on a function-by-function and department-by-department basis. He examines the most common obstacles that readers are likely to encounter and supplies strategies to address those obstacles. The text includes a toolbox of helpful forms charts checklists templates and worksheets to help kick-start your Lean implementation efforts. Watch Shingo Prize-winning author Drew Locher discuss how to implement Lean concepts into your office and service settings. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138434837

Lean Problem Solving and QC Tools for Industrial Engineers The manufacturing and service sector needs to resolve a lot of issues relating to products process and service in everyday operation. Successful resolution depends on the methodology rigor and systematic implementation techniques. The essential purpose of this book is to impart the necessary knowledge to the reader about concepts in six sigma problem-solving providing sufficient knowledge of problem lifecycle and ways to address the various issues arising therein. The 7 QC tools and A3 strategy are described and analyzed in detail with various examples encompassing a step by step approach a professional must know to address a problem in an industrial engineering set up.Key FeaturesConceptualizes six sigmas problem-solving providing sufficient knowledge of problem lifecycle and ways to address the various issues for manufacturing industry professionalsEnables effective use of 7 QC tools for solving problemsAddresses the problem- solving part very specifically in all the contexts of PDCA cycle of improvement DMAIC methodology of organizational transformation and TPM & TQM culture of productivity and quality improvementWritten with A3 theme throughout enabling each problem-solving tool to follow a structured approachIncludes relevant and practical examples and applications Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367730048

Lean Production for Competitive AdvantageA Comprehensive Guide to Lean Methodologies and Management Practices Second Edition Lean Production for Competitive Advantage: A Comprehensive Guide to Lean Methodologies and Management Practices Second Edition introduces Lean philosophy and illustrates the effective application of Lean tools with real-world case studies. From fundamental concepts to integrated planning and control in pull production and the supply chain the text provides a complete introduction to Lean production. Coverage includes small batch production setup reduction pull production preventive maintenance standard work as well as synchronizing and scheduling Lean operations. Detailing the key principles and practices of Lean production the text also: Illustrates effective implementation techniques with case studies from a range of industries. Includes questions and completed problems in each chapter. Explains how to effectively partner with suppliers and employees to achieve productivity goals Designed for students who have a basic foundation in production and operations management the text provides a thorough understanding of the principles of Lean. It also offers practical know-how for implementing a culture of continuous improvement on the shop floor and in the office creating a heightened sense of responsibility in all stakeholders and enhancing productivity and efficiency to improve the bottom line. In this second edition the author addresses management’s role in Lean production. Early observers of Japanese methods focused on the shop floor to see amazing things unlike anything practiced elsewhere. And the thinking was if the "methods" could be adopted by companies elsewhere those companies would experience the success of the Japanese. What the early observers hadn’t considered were dramatic differences in the way those companies were managed both daily and strategically. The "management side" of Lean production is addressed in two new chapters one devoted to daily management the other to strategy deployment. Additionally there is a new chapter that addresses breakthrough improvement and an approach to achieving it called Production Preparation Process. Every chapter has been revised and expanded to better tell the story of Lean production—its history applications practices and methods. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498780889

Lean Production for the Small Company A hands-on guide to adapting Lean principles and the Toyota Production System to high-mix/low-volume environments Lean Production for the Small Company uses charts pictures and easy-to-understand language to describe the methods needed to improve processes and eliminate waste. It walks readers through the correct order of implementation and describes problems and pitfalls along with time-tested solutions. Explaining how to incorporate existing systems into a Lean strategy the book starts with the fundamentals and builds on them to describe the full range of tools and processes needed to implement Lean. It outlines how to design factories for Lean manufacturing and demonstrates how to remove variations within business and manufacturing processes to achieve a smooth continuous flow of product that delivers your product on time to customers. The tools methods and ideals discussed are applicable in any industry and all parts of your business—from manufacturing and sales to human resources. The text unveils new methods and tools that can help you reduce inventory improve inventory turns and facilitate raw material flow through the factory. It details how to use customer order demands to schedule the production floor rather than using estimated production schedules. It also considers the accounting process and explains how to improve your cash-to-cash cycle time. Drawing on the author’s decades of experience transforming high-mix plants to Lean the text brings together coverage of the tools and processes that have made Toyota so successful. All the chapters in this book when implemented will result in a culture change that will transform your company into a learning organization that continuously eliminates waste and improves its processes. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439877791

Lean Production SimplifiedA Plain-Language Guide to the World's Most Powerful Production System Following in the tradition of its Shingo Prize-winning predecessors Lean Production Simplified Third Edition gives a clear overview of the structure and tools of the Lean production system. Written for the practitioner by a practitioner it delivers a comprehensive insider's view of Lean management. The author helps readers grasp the system as a whole as well as the factors that animate it by organizing the book around an image of a house of Lean production. Illustrating the eight kinds of waste this updated edition of a bestseller: Describes the craft and mass production systems that preceded Lean production—including the contributions of Frederick Winslow Taylor and Henry Ford Explains the concepts of visual management Five S and Total Productive Maintenance Addresses just-in-time delivery of parts and products Examines the jidoka principle Covers the nervous system of Lean management hoshin planning Illustrates the culture of Lean management This edition deepens and extends the previous edition with case studies on Lean outside the factory—in settings such as health care IT finance design engineering and beyond. The case studies are based on personal experience of actual work in organizations generating real results.Lean Production Simplified Third Edition covers each of the components of Lean within the context of the Lean production system. The author's straightforward common sense approach makes this book an easily accessible on-the-floor resource for every team member. Watch Shingo Prize-winning author Pascal Dennis discuss Lean Production Simplified Third Edition https://youtu.be/YD030vOb8KM Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498708876

Lean Project Delivery and Integrated Practices in Modern Construction Lean Project Delivery and Integrated Practices in Modern Construction is the new and enhanced edition of the pioneering book Modern Construction by Lincoln H. Forbes and Syed M. Ahmed. This book provides a multi-faceted approach for applying lean methodologies to improve design and construction processes. Recognizing the wide diversity in the landscape of projects and encompassing private and public sector activity buildings and infrastructure the book expands upon the detailed coverage of integrated project delivery and new lean tools and techniques to include: Greater emphasis on the importance of creating a lean culture and the initiatives required to transform the industry; Expanded discussions of the foundational writings in lean construction theory; Exploration of the synergies between "lean" and "green" initiatives; Specific procedures for modifying planning and scheduling activities to improve the performance of the project team; Expanded sections on quality and topics that have become a part of the lean lexicon such as Choosing by Advantages "line of balance"/location-based scheduling virtual design teams takt time planning and set-based design; Discussion questions for beginners and advanced lean practitioners; and Improved cross-referencing within the text to help the reader navigate the frameworks techniques and tools to support the application of lean principles. The techniques described here enhance the use of resources reducing waste minimizing delays increasing quality and reducing overall costs. They enable practitioners to improve the quality of the built environment secure higher levels of customer/owner satisfaction and simultaneously improve their profitability. This book is essential reading for all those wanting to be at the forefront of construction management and lean thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311244

Lean RFS (Repetitive Flexible Supply)Putting the Pieces Together Is it possible to be repetitive and flexible—at the same time? Using proven examples and quantifiable evidence Lean RFS (Repetitive Flexible Supply): Putting the Pieces Together demonstrates that repetitive flexible supply (RfS) is not only possible but that its implementation can help you reach a new level of improved performance in manufacturing and across your entire supply chain.Winner of a 2013 Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award this book is unique in that it clearly spells out the theory and practice originally published in the Shingo Prize winner Breaking Through to Flow with actual stories of Kimberly-Clark’s experience in using them over the years with great success. These stories provide a real feel of how this learning-by-doing journey led to "aha!" moments for those involved. The book also explains why most planning systems in use today will result in a different plan every time and that these plan changes are actually the cause of the fire fighting that is endemic in most companies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466578197

Lean Safety Gemba WalksA Methodology for Workforce Engagement and Culture Change A Lean Safety Gemba Walk is a walk through the work area (Gemba) that focuses on the continuous improvement of safety. When conducted in a respectful manner by skilled facilitators Safety Gemba Walks can have a dramatic long-lasting impact on the culture of a business. Lean Safety Gemba Walks: A Methodology for Workforce Engagement and Culture Change is a follow-up to the author's bestselling book Lean Safety published in 2010. It is a natural progression from the philosophical overview provided by Lean Safety to the reality of the application of those principles in facilities around the world.This book presents a collection of Lean Safety Gemba Walk case studies that are based on the author’s experiences over the last four years. As the stories unfold readers are transported on a journey of discovery through the Gemba and begin to see safety differently just as those who physically participated. Illustrating the importance of employee engagement and culture change the book provides you with the tools to engage managers employees and hourly staff in the continuous improvement of safety. The concepts covered will allow you to empower employees to make a difference in their safety culture rather than simply complying with safety rules. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482258981

Lean SafetyTransforming your Safety Culture with Lean Management While worker safety is often touted as a company�s first priority more often than not safety activity is driven by compliance to legislation rather than any safety improvement initiative. Lean takes a proactive approach � it is not contingent on legislation. A serious Lean effort will tear apart an old inefficient entitlement-riddled culture and build it into something effective. Lean Safety: Transforming your Safety Culture with Lean Management takes lessons learned from Lean and applies them to the building of a world-class safety-first organization. Based on 30 years of experience with successful implementation of continuous improvement Robert Hafey focuses the power of Lean improvement on the universal topic of safety. In doing so he shows how Lean and safety are linked; that the achievement of one is often dependent upon achievement of the other. In this book written for managers and executives as well as workers on the line Hafey: Challenges each stakeholder to think proactively and accept individual responsibility for safety Emphasizes that the building of a top safety program requires the building of a world-class safety culture Demonstrates how basic Lean tools are as applicable to safety as they are to Lean such as the A3 problem-solving process and the facilitated kaizen blitz Removes fear from the accident investigation process so that root causes are addressed rather than hidden Establishes standards and metrics for safety management that are clearly definable and measurable Any lasting improvement must become both institutionalized and perpetually capable of adaptation. World class safety is not about writing correct rules but more about righting the culture responsible for the well-being of its stakeholders. Listen to what Robert Hafey has to say about

Lean Six Sigma for Engineers and ManagersWith Applied Case Studies An in-depth introduction Lean Six Sigma for Engineers and Managers: With Applied Case Studies presents a detailed road map and industry examples to help you understand and implement the LSS system. It discusses the LSS process to define improvement needs measure current business performance analyze performance results using statistical tools improve business and financial results and control peak business performance. It shows you how to realize the customer satisfaction benefits of Six Sigma and the cost reduction benefits of Lean manufacturing. A practical and technical guide to fully understanding and implementing LSS for any organization from manufacturing to service facilities this book is based on concepts related to total quality management data analysis and statistical process control. It details an LSS process that has been applied and refined during the past 10 years on more than 20 LSS projects around the globe. The book includes a framework for implementing LSS discusses LSS strategies and includes case studies from service and manufacturing organizations. The need for LSS has been brought on by increased global competition sustained financial crises and increased consumer expectations for higher quality and lower costs. Technologically complex products and processes combined with global supply chains have intensified the need for LSS. The benefits of focusing on LSS by individual organizations can lead to enhanced economic performance strong levels of customer satisfaction and higher market shares. With discussions of statistical analysis training implementation common pitfalls and best practices this book gives you the edge in increasing your organization’s competitiveness in the rapidly evolving global market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482243529

Lean Six Sigma for Small and Medium Sized EnterprisesA Practical Guide It is no secret that Lean Six Sigma (LSS) is not as popular with small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) as it is with larger ones. However many SMEs are suppliers to larger entities who are pushing for superior quality and world-class process efficiencies from suppliers.Lean Six Sigma for Small and Medium Sized Enterprises: A Practical Guide provides a roadmap for the successful implementation and deployment of LSS in SMEs. It includes five real-world case studies that demonstrate how LSS tools have been successfully integrated into LSS methodology. Simplifying the terminology and methodology of LSS this book makes the implementation process accessible. Supplies a general introduction to continuous improvement initiatives in SMEs Identifies the key phases in the introduction and development of LSS initiatives within an SME Details the most powerful LSS tools and techniques that can be used in an SME environment Provides tips on how to make the project selection process more successful This book covers the fundamental challenges and common pitfalls that can be avoided with successful introduction and deployment of LSS in the context of SMEs. Systematically guiding you through the application of the Six Sigma methodology for problem solving the book devotes separate chapters to the most appropriate tools and techniques that can be useful in each stage of the methodology.Keeping the required math and statistics to a minimum this practical guide will help you to deploy LSS as your prime methodology for achieving and sustaining world-class efficiency and effectiveness of critical business processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260083

Lean Six Sigma in ServiceApplications and Case Studies In real life data is messy and doesn't always fit into normal statistical distributions. This is especially true in service industries where the variables are well variable and directly related to and measured by the constantly changing needs of customers. As the breadth and depth of tools available has increased across the integrated Lean Six S Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429146855

Lean Six Sigma Secrets for the CIO Going beyond the usual how-to guide Lean Six Sigma Secrets for the CIO supplies proven tips and valuable case studies that illustrate how to combine Six Sigma’s rigorous quality principles with Lean methods for uncovering and eliminating waste in IT processes. Using these methods the text explains how to take an approach that is all about improving IT performance productivity and security—as much as it is about cutting costs. Savvy IT veterans describe how to use Lean Six Sigma with IT governance frameworks such as COBIT and ITIL and warn why these frameworks should be considered starting points rather than destinations.This complete resource for CIOs and IT managers provides effective strategies to address the human element that is so fundamental to success and explains how to maximize the voice of your customers while keeping in touch with the needs of your staff. And perhaps most importantly—it provides the evidence needed to build your case to upper management. Supplying you with the tools to create methods that will bring out the best in your employees; Lean Six Sigma Secrets for the CIO provides the understanding required to manage your IT operations with unique effectiveness and efficiency in service of the bottom line. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385170

Lean Six SigmaInternational Standards and Global Guidelines Second Edition A hybrid methodology Lean Six Sigma (LSS) is designed to accommodate global challenges and constraints by capitalizing on Six Sigma and Lean Thinking. LSS incorporates best practices from programs such as the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Capability Maturity Model and Total Quality Management.International Lean Six Sigma practitioners must understand the dynamics of LSS along with its cultural aspects and regulations. Lean Six Sigma: International Standards and Global Guidelines Second Edition provides this understanding.The book assumes that the overall goal of operational excellence is to ensure that organizational tasks and activities are being performed to the best of their process capabilities. It defines continuous improvement as activities that support and empower environments to make flexible decisions that lead to ongoing improvement and effectiveness. Coverage includes: New global LSS standards International implementation of process improvement programs New international LSS applications International Lean Six Sigma areas of competency The book defines many of the terms popularized by process improvement programs such as center of excellence and business transformation. It documents these practices and explains how to perform future activities in accordance with the recorded practices. Exploring international approaches to Lean Six Sigma it details the new ISO Standard for Six Sigma and also addresses the role of project management in LSS. Illustrating the synergies between Lean and Six Sigma and how they partner with other process improvement programs and initiatives this book is an ideal study guide for those preparing to take the LSS Black Belt certification exam. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498739603

Lean Software StrategiesProven Techniques for Managers and Developers Lean production which has radically benefited traditional manufacturing can greatly improve the software industry with similar methods and results. This transformation is possible because the same overarching principles that apply in other industries work equally well in software development. The software industry follows the same industrial concepts of production as those applied in manufacturing; however the software industry perceives itself as being fundamentally different and has largely ignored what other industries have gained through the application of lean techniques. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780429272790

Lean Supplier DevelopmentEstablishing Partnerships and True Costs Throughout the Supply Chain In the global marketplace no business is a self-contained island. No matter how effective your internal material movement to be a future-thinking business you must go to the next step and develop long-term supplier partnerships built on a dedication to continuous improvement and the basic concepts of Lean implementation. Lean Supplier Development: Establishing Partnerships and True Costs Throughout the Supply Chain provides step-by-step instruction on how to build partnerships of mutual improvement and success through supplier development. Offering the same advice that they have successfully applied to corporations across the globe award-winning consultants Chris Harris Rick Harris and Chuck Streeter Provide criteria on how to choose suppliers that will make good long-term partnerships Demonstrate proven methods for employing Plan for Every Part (PFEP) to link your facility to the supply base Present a true cost model that eliminates guesswork when choosing suppliers to develop Show how to develop and maintain efficient information flow all along your supply chain Use real-world examples to cover likely contingencies Provide a sample quarterly supplier review that you can adapt for your own use Lean is a journey not a destination. It requires flexible leaders at the helm who can readily adjust to ever-changing conditions and it requires like-minded partners all along the supply chain. Finding and developing these partners is not about good fortune it is all about an uncompromising approach to continuous improvement and the application of systematic methods that will build working partnerships that broaden your definition of what is possible Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138409712

Lean Supply Chain and Logistics Simulation Enna's Lean Supply Chain & Logistics Simulation will help your company realize its goal of becoming more Lean more agile and taking a lead over the competition. This is a hands-on simulation that demonstrates the effectiveness of Lean in the specialized context of the Supply Chain Logistics and Distribution environment. Throughout the three rounds of the simulation the participants will learn the importance of reducing batch size and streamlining the process flow as well as learning how to apply new concepts. Step by step team members become familiar with Lean and take these Lean concepts and apply them directly during the simulation. By dealing with everything from orders received working with the supplier and finally shipping the product the participants will gain an understanding of the importance of seeing the entire Supply Chain. The simulation comes with a Flash presentation including a results tracking sheet that is completed at the end of each round in order to help visualize improvement and profitability. Through a subtle change between Rounds 1 and 2 and a larger Lean transformation after Round 3 the benefits of Lean will become clearly apparent. Not only does this visualization help the participants see and experience Lean but also how it will be advantageous to them and their own job. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537184

Lean Supply Chain and Logistics SimulationInvoice Pipelines (pad 50 sheets) Enna's Lean Supply Chain & Logistics Simulation will help your company realize its goal of becoming more Lean more agile and taking a lead over the competition. This is a hands-on simulation that demonstrates the effectiveness of Lean in the specialized context of the Supply Chain Logistics and Distribution environment. Throughout the three rounds of the simulation the participants will learn the importance of reducing batch size and streamlining the process flow as well as learning how to apply new concepts. Step by step team members become familiar with Lean and take these Lean concepts and apply them directly during the simulation. By dealing with everything from orders received working with the supplier and finally shipping the product the participants will gain an understanding of the importance of seeing the entire Supply Chain. The simulation comes with a Flash presentation including a results tracking sheet that is completed at the end of each round in order to help visualize improvement and profitability. Through a subtle change between Rounds 1 and 2 and a larger Lean transformation after Round 3 the benefits of Lean will become clearly apparent. Not only does this visualization help the participants see and experience Lean but also how it will be advantageous to them and their own job. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815392477

Lean Supply Chain and Logistics SimulationPacking List Pipelines (pad 50 sheets) Enna's Lean Supply Chain & Logistics Simulation will help your company realize its goal of becoming more Lean more agile and taking a lead over the competition. This is a hands-on simulation that demonstrates the effectiveness of Lean in the specialized context of the Supply Chain Logistics and Distribution environment. Throughout the three rounds of the simulation the participants will learn the importance of reducing batch size and streamlining the process flow as well as learning how to apply new concepts. Step by step team members become familiar with Lean and take these Lean concepts and apply them directly during the simulation. By dealing with everything from orders received working with the supplier and finally shipping the product the participants will gain an understanding of the importance of seeing the entire Supply Chain. The simulation comes with a Flash presentation including a results tracking sheet that is completed at the end of each round in order to help visualize improvement and profitability. Through a subtle change between Rounds 1 and 2 and a larger Lean transformation after Round 3 the benefits of Lean will become clearly apparent. Not only does this visualization help the participants see and experience Lean but also how it will be advantageous to them and their own job. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815392453

Lean Supply Chain and Logistics SimulationPurchase Order Pipeline (pad 50 sheets) Enna's Lean Supply Chain & Logistics Simulation will help your company realize its goal of becoming more Lean more agile and taking a lead over the competition. This is a hands-on simulation that demonstrates the effectiveness of Lean in the specialized context of the Supply Chain Logistics and Distribution environment. Throughout the three rounds of the simulation the participants will learn the importance of reducing batch size and streamlining the process flow as well as learning how to apply new concepts. Step by step team members become familiar with Lean and take these Lean concepts and apply them directly during the simulation. By dealing with everything from orders received working with the supplier and finally shipping the product the participants will gain an understanding of the importance of seeing the entire Supply Chain. The simulation comes with a Flash presentation including a results tracking sheet that is completed at the end of each round in order to help visualize improvement and profitability. Through a subtle change between Rounds 1 and 2 and a larger Lean transformation after Round 3 the benefits of Lean will become clearly apparent. Not only does this visualization help the participants see and experience Lean but also how it will be advantageous to them and their own job. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815392439

Lean Supply Chain and Logistics SimulationReceiver Pipelines (pad 50 sheets) Enna's Lean Supply Chain & Logistics Simulation will help your company realize its goal of becoming more Lean more agile and taking a lead over the competition. This is a hands-on simulation that demonstrates the effectiveness of Lean in the specialized context of the Supply Chain Logistics and Distribution environment. Throughout the three rounds of the simulation the participants will learn the importance of reducing batch size and streamlining the process flow as well as learning how to apply new concepts. Step by step team members become familiar with Lean and take these Lean concepts and apply them directly during the simulation. By dealing with everything from orders received working with the supplier and finally shipping the product the participants will gain an understanding of the importance of seeing the entire Supply Chain. The simulation comes with a Flash presentation including a results tracking sheet that is completed at the end of each round in order to help visualize improvement and profitability. Through a subtle change between Rounds 1 and 2 and a larger Lean transformation after Round 3 the benefits of Lean will become clearly apparent. Not only does this visualization help the participants see and experience Lean but also how it will be advantageous to them and their own job. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780815392460

Lean Supply Chain Management EssentialsA Framework for Materials Managers Presenting an alternate approach to supply chain management Lean Supply Chain Management Essentials: A Framework for Materials Managers explains why the traditional materials planning environment typically embodied by an Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system is an ineffective support system for a company that wants to adopt Lean practices. It begins by defining supply chain management basics including roles objectives and responsibilities from a traditional framework. Next it describes Lean basics and explores the conflicts between Lean and the traditional framework. The book focuses on the materials management aspects of Lean such as leveling work into the value stream heijunka scheduling standard work and the concept of intervals including Every Part Every Interval (EPEI). By combining traditional materials management tools  such as Sales and Operations Planning (S&OP)  with Lean manufacturing approaches and applying them to different manufacturing environments the authors clarify the logic behind why you are doing what you’re doing with Lean components and how they fit together as a system. Specifically they explain how to: Determine which leveling strategy to use to smooth production Calculate interval to determine lot sizes in various production environments Apply Lean to purchasing warehouse and logistics areas Use your value stream map for green initiatives and risk management Replace capacity planning and shop floor control with visual factory operator balance charts EPEI and plan for every part Illustrating why balancing demand and capacity is better than trying to balance supply and demand the book includes a definitive chart that matches Lean tools to the planning and control charts that have served as the model for ERP systems. It integrates the principles learned from Toyota’s fifty-plus-year journey with Lean principles to provide the up-to-date understanding required to approach the application of Lean to your supply chain with a methodology that allows for experimentation learning and continuous improvement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840825

LEAN Supply Chain PlanningThe New Supply Chain Management Paradigm for Process Industries to Master Today's VUCA World Delivering excellent service to all customers is the key imperative for many sustainable businesses. So why do so many supply chains struggle to fulfill customer requirements at competitive costs? The answer is simple: traditional supply chain planning which was tailored to a predominantly stable and predictable business environment cannot handle the new challenges in the world of variability uncertainty complexity and ambiguity—the VUCA world. Companies can either accept the drawbacks that often result in high inventories poor asset utilization and unsatisfactory customer service or they can change their view of the fundamental approach to supply chain management. LEAN Supply Chain Planning: The New Supply Chain Management Paradigm for Process Industries to Master Today’s VUCA World introduces a new paradigm and a new approach to managing variability uncertainty and complexity in today’s planning processes and systems.Introducing a cutting-edge supply chain management concept that addresses current problems in the process industry's supply chains the book presents powerful methods developed by leading research institutes process industry champions and supply chain experts. It explains how readers can change their approach to the fundamental planning paradigms in a manner that will help their organizations achieve higher levels of responsiveness improved levels of customer service and substantial increases in cost-efficiencies.This holistic practitioner’s guide describes how to establish the right accountabilities for performance management and also provides a set of meaningful metrics to help measure your progress. Supplying detailed guidelines for transforming your supply chain it includes first-hand reports of leading organizations that have already adopted some of the facets of this paradigm and used the relevant instruments to achieve unprecedented improvements to customer service supply chain agility and overall equipment effectiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482205336

Lean Supply Chain Quick Study Guide Lean Supply Chain is an industry that is fast-expanding in their use of Lean and Kaizen tools. Enna’s Lean Supply Chain Quick Study Guide provides a visual reference of the tools and methodologies that best help in adopting Lean methods. This is outlined in both examples of the 8 Wastes of Lean as well as a visual snapshot of a factory floor. Utilize the Lean Supply Chain Quick Study Guide when you are explaining new concepts finding wastes on the shop floor or need a reference during your Lean implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537702

Lean Supply ChainCollected Practices & Cases Applying lean to the supply chain is a hot topic. While lean operations can produce significant benefits to an organization the greatest benefits will not be realized unless lean is extended beyond the organization to involve both suppliers and customers. Lean Supply Chain: Collected Practices and Cases provides a variety of case studies taken from articles previously published in Lean Manufacturing Advisor -- the monthly newsletter by Productivity Press. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438460

Lean SustainabilityCreating Safe Enduring and Profitable Operations The Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance defines safety as the maintenance of peace of mind. Without peace of mind or the serenity brought about by a safe working environment employees will be unwilling and even unable to focus their energies on production improvement. Thus it can be said that all improvement begins with safety. Winner of a 2013 Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award!A how-to manual on the proper integration of safety and environmental sustainability with Lean implementations Lean Sustainability: Creating Safe Enduring and Profitable Operations provides a proven recipe for achieving safety and sustainability excellence. This book is the result of the author’s two decades of experience implementing Lean; Safety Health and Environmental (SHE); and sustainability processes in the chemical food and consumer products industries. It unveils valuable lessons learned and little-known tips for eliminating waste and increasing process efficiency—while reducing safety incidents and the overall impact on the environment.The text illustrates how to use the SHE Pillar as a gateway to continuous improvement regardless of the improvement methodology you use. Bolstered with proven methodologies and real-world advice it introduces novel approaches for achieving safety and sustainability excellence including: Autonomous Safety—supplying employees with the knowledge skills and motivation to work safely Triple Zero—the achievement of zero accidents zero environmental incidents and zero losses Green Value Stream Mapping—the application of Value Stream Mapping to environmental and sustainability issues Although there are many books on Lean sustainability and SHE few explain how to integrate these dynamic tools. Walking you through this process this book supplies the tools to create a synergy that will boost efficiencies across all segments of your business. Follow its advice and you’ll be on your way to making your organization and employees Lean green and serene. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439857168

Lean System Management for LeadersA New Performance Management Toolset The concepts of quality management have been progressively interpreted and stylized by various practitioners over time particularly through specific successful applications of its use. Its current predominant application has been narrowed even more through the focused practice of Lean Six Sigma. Through that narrowing it has largely failed and given up on the application of quality practice to entire organizational systems—even though they are essential to designing and sustaining quality practice over time. This book corrects that problem and introduces a broad new framework for system management including practical tools and guidance for its use. It provides the long-promised "profound knowledge of systems" and shows how structured systems can unify and align quality practices throughout an entire organization. In addition it introduces a framework for objectively measuring the maturity of systems and processes to provide an organizational quality scorecard essential for sustainability. Throughout this book you will learn: Descriptions and definitions of processes systems and projects and how they come together to provide an overall organization-wide framework for management and change. Tools and practices for identifying and controlling systems through system mapping. How to use a system management standard to objectively score process maturity potentially leading to improvements in efficiency effectiveness and delivered value of all managed work enterprises. How system management fits together with process management and project management to create an agile framework for overall organizational quality. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138481848

Lean SystemsApplications and Case Studies in Manufacturing Service and Healthcare Lean Systems: Applications and Case Studies in Manufacturing Service and Healthcare details the various Lean techniques and numerous real-world Lean projects drawn from a wide variety of manufacturing healthcare and service processes demonstrating how to apply the Lean philosophy. The book facilitates Lean instruction by supplying interactive case studies that enable readers to apply the various Lean techniques. It provides an in-depth discussion of the Lean tools (i.e. VSM standard work 5S etc.) and several real-world case studies and applications of Lean that have shown significant improvement in meeting customer requirements. The case studies follow the Six Sigma framework of Define Measure Analyze Improve and Control (DMAIC) structure for process improvement. The authors include detailed descriptions of each Lean tool and examples of how each Lean technique was applied to a wide variety of manufacturing service and healthcare processes. These in-depth descriptions and cases studies can be used by industry professionals and academics to learn how to apply Lean. They provide a detailed step-by-step approach to Lean and demonstrate how to integrate Lean tools for process improvement and to sustain improvements. But more than this the approach taken in this book gives readers the tools to effectively apply Lean techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466556805

Lean Technical CommunicationToward Sustainable Program Innovation Winner of the 2020 CCCC Research Impact Award Lean Technical Communication: Toward Sustainable Program Innovation offers a theoretically and empirically-grounded model for growing and stewarding professional and technical communication programs under diverse conditions. Through case studies of disruptive innovations this book presents a forward-looking sustainable vision of program administration that negotiates short-term resource deficits with long-term resilience. It illustrates how to meet many of the newest challenges facing technical communication programs such as building and maintaining change with limited resources economic shortfalls technology deficits and expanding/reimagining the role of our programs in the 21st century university. Its insights benefit those involved in the development of undergraduate and graduate programs including majors service courses minors specializations and certificates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688520

Lean Today Rich TomorrowSucceeding in Today's Globalization Chaos This book is about an actual Lean transformation that took place in a 100-year-old North American manufacturer's factory. Lean Today Rich Tomorrow: Succeeding in Today's Globalization Chaos tells the story of how an obsolete factory destined for closure was transformed into the most productive North American manufacturer in its field but this shift didn't happen without its share of obstacles.Despite the problems the company encountered the implementation of the Lean/TPS with JIT and Kaizen absolutely ensured its survival while many companies in the field fell under the shadow of bankruptcy. The company eliminated the bad habits associated with its antiquated push system including piecework batch process and rework and transformed its factory into a JIT/Lean philosophy-driven plant with one-piece flow U-shaped production lines and productivity sharing.Telling a tale of adventure the book guides readers through the steps taken by the company to improve processes and results over a ten-year period. This success story will give managers the tools to succeed in rallying and training a workforce to achieve Lean goals through a substantive change in culture. The book keeps the use of theory to a minimum. However to make it useful to both students and professionals it explains the basic concepts of the Toyota system.Presented in a compelling story format Lean Today Rich Tomorrow: Succeeding in Today's Globalization Chaos is a practical work told the way it was experienced. It avoids complex formulas algorithms and grand theories and instead illustrates the process used by this Canadian enterprise and its employees to achieve their successful implementation without the help of consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482235647

Lean TransformationCultural Enablers and Enterprise Alignment Books in the Quality and Business Excellence series can help readers improve customer value and satisfaction by integrating the voice of the customer into design manufacturing supply chain and field processes. Lean Transformation: Cultural Enablers and Enterprise Alignment is about the Lean system. It begins by describing the reasons why so many Lean implementations fail and explaining why managers need to focus their valuable time on early adopters rather than on trying to convert resistors.This book describes the guiding principles of the Shingo process for continuous improvement layout and evaluation. It examines the principles systems and tools of continuous improvement and demonstrates how to deploy these proven methods in plants and distribution centers.The book covers time-tested continuous improvement process tools and practices including the visual workplace mistake proofing PDCA 5S Heijunka standard work Kaizen and value stream mapping. It also examines Lean performance measures and introduces a comprehensive Lean tool assessment system.Presenting seven proven techniques for altering and guiding a Lean culture the book identifies a formal process for overcoming common roadblocks. It also illustrates the proliferation of the Lean initiative across an organization's various sites. This book describes how proper assessment of Lean system tools can help your organization remain focused on system standardization and boost your organization’s sustainability efforts. It includes job descriptions of various roles in the improvement process including those for Lean supervisor and Lean team leader as well as a glossary that defines key terms. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498743365

Lean Transformations for Small and Medium EnterprisesLessons Learned from Italian Businesses Lean Transformations for Small and Medium Enterprises: Lessons Learned from Italian Businesses summarizes two decades of research teaching and practice on lean thinking. Based on quantitative analysis of 100 cases of Lean transformations and 20 in-depth case studies of successfully transformed SMEs it explains how to undertake lean transformations that lead to operational and financial performance improvement and uses the Lean Transformation Framework --conceptualized by John Shook at the Lean Enterprise Institute—as a practical approach to design and de-risk the transformation process. SMEs’ leaders wishing to undertake and sustain a lean transformation must: Make a serious and lasting commitment to transform avoiding the temptation to change course of action; Choose accurately the value streams that require improvement as defined by strategy deployment; Build capabilities to sustain the transformation; Lead by example by going to gemba and creating a culture of respect for people that goes beyond the visible devices and artifacts of Lean tools. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498773638

Lean Transportation ManagementUsing Logistics as a Strategic Differentiator This book provides an overview of the key transportation management processes from a shipper’s perspective. It enables managers to gain quick insight in the added value of transportation as a strategic differentiator its key drivers and guidelines on how to use them in an effective and efficient decision-making process. It explains how to identify and eliminate waste using basic Lean tools and proven concepts. The reader is guided on how to start implementing the Lean methodology and best practices in the industry to realize significant savings. Companies such as Adidas and Amazon are using transportation to increase sales by delivering purchased products faster than the competition. These companies do not treat transportation as a cost center. They are not focusing on reducing transportation spending. They allow customers to buy any product that is available in any store or warehouse and have it delivered to their homes. By delivering faster than the competition they increase sales. At the same time they lower their total supply chain costs as faster deliveries lead to fewer returns. Reduction of returns means higher sales and lower transportation costs for returns. The result is higher profits while creating more value for the customer. Transportation is moving from a cost center towards a profit center. The traditional logistics service providers are perceived to not innovate fast enough. Top management must understand the transportation management basics and use it in their strategic decision-making. They should be involved in discussions on how to organize the transport management function in the best way and how to use it as a service differentiator. Transportation is more than the efficient movement of supplies sub-assemblies and final products. In addition it is more than the key performance indicators on the business-balanced scorecard. Transportation management professionals fail to catch top management’s attention due to the use of technical language. It is more difficult to understand transportation key performance indicators such as loading degree net and gross pick-up and delivery reliability. It is easier to get top management attention when talking about lost sales due to stock-outs lost tenders due to long delivery times high inventory holding and scrap costs. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138592278

Lean TRIZHow to Dramatically Reduce Product-Development Costs with This Innovative Problem-Solving Tool Lean TRIZ is a new workshop-based process that brings together teams to focus on specific processes evolutionary product designs and improvement opportunities. It combines the insight of TRIZ with the simplicity of Value Engineering EXPRESS or FAST methodologies. TRIZ is the most advanced problem solving tool available. By combining TRIZ’s simplest concepts with those in the EXPRESS methodology (used by Ford and Ernst & Young) it is feasible to apply this new methodology to new concepts that are not traditionally applicable to the TRIZ methodology. This combination is guaranteed to greatly improve the quality and breakthrough results of a team that works on the problem within two days. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138216778

Lean Waste StreamReducing Material Use and Garbage Using Lean Principles The fact that a process produces garbage is a testament to design inefficiency and this book explains how to use the nature of that garbage to pinpoint and eliminate those inefficiencies. Lean Waste Stream: Reducing Material Use and Garbage Using Lean Principles supplies an unprecedented look at how to address business waste in a manner that will improve your organization’s environmental and financial performance.Tackling the problem of business garbage from a Lean perspective the book maintains a focus on how to minimize garbage in ways that cut costs. It considers the problem of garbage in terms of transportation inventory and labor costs—with an effort to connect reductions in garbage production at all stages with lower operating costs and improved productivity.Explaining how to use garbage analysis as a tool to identify the problems in process flow that produced the garbage this book describes how to look downstream for options to reuse repurpose and recycle garbage to minimize landfill impact and costs. The text includes practical exercises with step-by-step instructions as well as real-world examples that illustrate how specific wastes have been dealt with profitably by various organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482253177

Lean-Driven InnovationPowering Product Development at The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company In 2005 Goodyear’s research and development (R&D) engine was not performing up to its full potential. The R&D organization developed high-quality tires but the projects were not always successful. Goodyear embarked on a major initiative to transform its innovation creation processes by learning understanding and applying lean product development principles. Within five years Goodyear saw its product development cycle times slashed by 70 percent on-time delivery performance rise close to 100 percent and throughput improve three-fold – all achieved with no increase in the R&D budget.Lean-Driven Innovation: Powering Product Development at The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company describes in great detail how the Goodyear team was able to achieve such significant improvements. Revealing the ups and downs of this successful transformation the book shares experiences of how this seismic change was managed how people were engaged and how Goodyear dramatically reinvigorated its product development and innovation processes—and in the process delivered substantial more value to customers and to the company.The book also explains how lean product development helped Goodyear dramatically improve revenue by having every new product available when the market needed it. Presenting wide-ranging perspectives from all levels of leadership this book is ideal for anyone in R&D daring to take on a lean initiative in R&D or who is struggling with a lean transformation that is not delivering to its full potential. Since the book focuses on universal lean principles it is as insightful to other manufacturing and nonmanufacturing disciplines in any industry as well.The book presents invaluable insights gained by the author during his 36 years within Goodyear of which 10 have been directly involved in trying to develop implement and sustain lean to achieve the company’s business objectives. It distills ideas practices failures and successes into key principles that lean product development practitioners can easily implement.After reading this book you will gain a practical path for applying lean to the innovation processes of your organization including where to begin and what to do regardless of the industry and the status of your transformation. Watch Norbert Majerus discuss Lean-Driven Innovation at: https://youtu.be/yIlJEMJIcyA Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482259681

Leaner Six SigmaMaking Lean Six Sigma Easier and Adaptable to Current Workplaces Since the 1980s Lean and Six Sigma have been used independently to make existing processes better faster and more cost effective. For almost twenty years countless companies have embraced the power of blending the two process improvement methodologies. This has resulted in major financial successes throughout the world but no one denies that we have learned a lot in the last two decades. Just in time to meet the challenges we will experience in 2020 and beyond SSD Global Solutions has introduced Leaner Six Sigma (LrSS). LrSS makes the concepts and tools within these two popular methodologies easier and quicker to understand. Regardless if you plan to take an industry-standard exam or simply want to apply critical-thinking and problem-solving models to your daily life this book helps you rapidly navigate your path. Originally to steer our way through traditional Six Sigma it was necessary to understand complicated statistics. Then with Lean the heavy emphasis on manufacturing made it difficult to apply theories to the service sector. After the combination of Lean and Six Sigma became widespread many of the core concepts still involved understanding historical references. Fast-forward we now have spreadsheet-based calculators and programs that build charts and graphs in a couple of clicks. Many "Best Practices" have been established which allows for process improvements without re-inventing the wheel. Over the years talented subject matter experts and practitioners have discovered useful shortcuts to make Lean Six Sigma Leaner. This groundbreaking work shows how LrSS reduces the learning curve for those unfamiliar with quality initiatives. It streamlines the fundamentals for students wanting to take exams in Lean Six Sigma or Lean Six Sigma. LrSS also provides the mature Lean Six Sigma practitioner innovative techniques to explain Lean Six Sigma theories to the new user. Lean Six Sigma has served us well but it is time to utilize all the lessons learned and software tools available today. It is time to embrace next-generation thinking with Leaner Six Sigma! Terra Vanzant Stern PhD is also the author of Lean and Agile Project Management: How to Make Any Project Better Faster and More Cost Effective. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138387928

LeaningA Poetics of Personal Relations Ronald J Pelias explores leaning as a metaphor for analyzing interpersonal interaction. Bodies leaning toward one another are engaged developing the potential for long-lasting meaningful relationships. But this ideal is not often realized. Pelias makes use of a wide variety of tools such as personal narrative autoethnography poetic inquiry and performative writing in his exploration of the physical space of relationships. This deeply personal work is essential for scholars and students of qualitative research and autoethnography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425535

Lean-Led Hospital DesignCreating the Efficient Hospital of the Future Instead of building new hospitals that import old systems and problems the time has come to reexamine many of our ideas about what a hospital should be. Can a building foster continuous improvement? How can we design it to be flexible and useful well into the future? How can we do more with less? Winner of a 2013 Shingo Prize for Operational Excellence! Answering these questions and more Lean-Led Hospital Design: Creating the Efficient Hospital of the Future explains how hospitals can be built to increase patient safety and reduce wait times while eliminating waste lowering costs and easing some of healthcare’s most persistent problems. It supplies a simplified timeline of architectural planning—from start to finish—to guide readers through the various stages of the Lean design development philosophy including Lean architectural design and Lean work design. It includes examples from several real healthcare facility design and construction projects as well as interviews with hospital leaders and architects. Check out a video of the authors discussing their book  Lean-Led Hospital Design at the 2012 Med Assets Healthcare Business Summit. www.modernhealthcare.com/section/LiveatHBS Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439868287

LeanSpeakThe Productivity Business Improvement Dictionary This dictionary specific to lean business processes contains over 500 terms used in lean management and manufacturing.Easy to access accurate and comprehensive LeanSpeak will become the desktop tool of choice for lean manufacturing practitioners from the shop floor to the corner office.Here are some examples of entries in LeanSpeak:gemba: Japanese word of which the literal translation is "the real place." In the manufacturing field gemba means the shop floor where the actual product is being made as contrasted to the office where support services are provided.lean: shorthand to refer to a lean manufacturing system of which the Toyota Production System is the foremost example that has relatively little non-value-adding waste and maximum flow. The term has been used pejoratively to refer to anti-labor practices intending to reduce the number of workers within a company and to strong-arm tactics with suppliers.takt time: the rate at which product must be turned out to satisfy market demand. It is determined by dividing the available production time by the rate of customer demand. For example if customers demand 240 widgets per day and the factory operates 480 minutes per day takt time is two minutes. If customers want two new products designed per month takt time is two weeks. It is a calculated number not a reflection of your capability. It sets the pace of production to match the rate of customer demand.Also available as an ebook in Microsoft Reader Adobe Acrobat Reader or Palm Reader formats. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438453

Leaping Over the Caudine Forks of Capitalism In the four volumes of The Development Trajectory of Eastern Societies and the Theories and Practices of Socialism the author re-examines the Marx and Engel’s theories on the development trajectory of Eastern societies by integrating theoretical analysis of Marxist theories and a historical investigation of socialist revolution and construction around the world. This volume discusses the desire of the Russian commune to “leap over the Caudine Forks of capitalism ” which means to avoid the torments of the capitalist system according to Marx and Engels’ theories. The author argues that it is essential to use the logic intrinsic in Marx and Engels’ own works rather than those of subsequent disciples such as Lenin as well as other leaders in the Soviet Union or within China’s contemporary socialism. Readers who study Marxism Marxist philosophy philosophical history and the history of philosophy will find this volume interesting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367478469

Learn and Play OutHow to develop your primary school's outside space Do your children know how to grow potatoes where to see a dragon-fly or how to fire a rocket? Are you one of the 82% of teachers who thinks their school isn’t making as much use of their grounds as they should? Do you know how to make the most of your outdoor teaching and learning spaces? Learn and Play Out is an inspirational accessible and pragmatic set of resources for making changes to Primary school playgrounds in order to provide high quality learning and play experiences. Drawing on Learning through Landscapes’ experience in working with thousands of primary schools it provides practical support to improve the use design and management of your outdoor area. More schools are seeing the benefits of their pupils spending longer periods of their school day outside with research showing that this improves attainment behaviour motivation and self-esteem. For many schools however the environment of their grounds does not meet the needs of their pupils. This toolkit helps them assess what they already have work through what their needs are and inspires them to take the next steps forward to make physical and practical improvements to their grounds. Featuring a CD ROM with a comprehensive and fully adaptable audit tool plus activities and case study resources to support your work the handy toolkit provides: An overview of what your school grounds can do for you; A step-by-step process to work through; Advice on how to involve the whole school community in planning changes; Guidance on managing your school grounds project; Practical activity ideas to involve children and adults. This illustrated resource which contains over 140 full colour photos will make it as easy as possible for teachers parents and school governors to plan and manage a playground improvement project involving children at the core of the work and linking the process and improved school grounds to curriculum learning objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656368

Learn Audio Electronics with ArduinoPractical Audio Circuits with Arduino Control Learn Audio Electronics with Arduino: Practical Audio Circuits with Arduino Control teaches the reader how to use Arduino to control analogue audio circuits and introduces electronic circuit theory through a series of practical projects including a MIDI drum controller and an Arduino-controlled two-band audio equalizer amplifier. Learn Audio Electronics with Arduino provides all the theoretical knowledge needed to design analyse and build audio circuits for amplification and filtering with additional topics like C programming being introduced in a practical context for Arduino control. The reader will learn how these circuits work and also how to build them allowing them to progress to more advanced audio circuits in the future. Beginning with electrical fundamentals and control systems DC circuit theory is then combined with an introduction to C programming to build Arduino-based systems for audio (tone sequencer) and MIDI (drum controller) output. The second half of the book begins with AC circuit theory to allow analogue audio circuits for amplification and filtering to be analysed simulated and built. These circuits are then combined with Arduino control in the final project – an Arduino-controlled two-band equalizer amplifier. Building on high-school physics and mathematics in an accessible way Learn Audio Electronics with Arduino is suitable for readers of all levels. An ideal tool for those studying audio electronics including as a component within other fields of study such as computer science human-computer interaction acoustics music technology and electronics engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9780367186654

Learn LabVIEW 2013/2014 Fast Learn LabVIEW 2013 / 2014 Fast is written for users that have no experience with LabVIEW and only a limited understanding of automatic data acquisition. This primer will help you quickly become proficient using LabVIEW and confident in your ability to create applications in a wide variety of data acquisition topics. The goal of this primer is to introduce you to LabVIEW for hands-on use in automatic data acquisition and controls applications. This primer uses a number of practical real-life examples to provide both breadth and depth to the topic. The real-life examples used in this book demonstrate the value of LabVIEW provide motivation for learning LabVIEW and make the examples fun to program. The first chapter of this book is designed to introduce you to the general concepts of LabVIEW through the development of a general program that acquires analog input data. The rest of the book introduces you to general concepts of data measurement and generation using LabVIEW’s DAQ Assistants Express VIs and the configuration approach for automatic data acquisition. This primer has a unique modular structure that does not require the chapters to be completed in succession. After you complete the first chapter you are free to complete whichever sections you would like in the order you would like to complete them allowing you to focus on the topics that are of most interest to you. Each section in the primer introduces you to a new data acquisition topic. After an introduction to the topic a program is developed within this topic using step by step instructions. Each chapter concludes with several additional practical application problems where the data acquisition program is given but the detailed steps to create the program are left to you. Example problems are provided for all modes of data acquisition including analog input and output digital input and output and counters. For example the problems show many aspects of analog input such as hardware and software timing buffered and triggered acquisition and examples with common sensors such as thermocouples and strain gages. Examples from other acquisition modes show how to drive many common output devices such as stepper motors servo motors and DC motors as well as software control programs such as the PID compensator and pulse width modulation. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039449

Learn RAs a Language Learning a computer language like R can be either frustrating fun or boring. Having fun requires challenges that wake up the learner’s curiosity but also provide an emotional reward on overcoming them. This book is designed so that it includes smaller and bigger challenges in what I call playgrounds in the hope that all readers will enjoy their path to R fluency. Fluency in the use of a language is a skill that is acquired through practice and exploration. Although rarely mentioned separately fluency in a computer programming language involves both writing and reading. The parallels between natural and computer languages are many but differences are also important. For students and professionals in the biological sciences humanities and many applied fields recognizing the parallels between R and natural languages should help them feel at home with R. The approach I use is similar to that of a travel guide encouraging exploration and describing the available alternatives and how to reach them. The intention is to guide the reader through the R landscape of 2020 and beyond. Features R as it is currently used Few prescriptive rules—mostly the author’s preferences together with alternatives Explanation of the R grammar emphasizing the "R way of doing things" Tutoring for "programming in the small" using scripts The grammar of graphics and the grammar of data described as grammars Examples of data exchange between R and the foreign world using common file formats Coaching for becoming an independent R user capable of both writing original code and solving future challenges What makes this book different from others: Tries to break the ice and help readers from all disciplines feel at home with R Does not make assumptions about what the reader will use R for Attempts to do only one thing well: guide readers into becoming fluent in the R language Pedro J. Aphalo is a PhD graduate from the University of Edinburgh and is currently a lecturer at the University of Helsinki. A plant biologist and agriculture scientist with a passion for data electronics computers and photography in addition to plants Dr. Aphalo has been a user of R for 25 years. He first organized an R course for MSc students 18 years ago and is the author of 13 R packages currently in CRAN. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367182533

Learn to Code with Games A novel approach for the classroom or self-study Learn to Code with Games makes coding accessible to a broad audience. Structured as a series of challenges that help you learn to code by creating a video game each chapter expands and builds your knowledge while providing guidelines and hints to solving each challenge. The book employs a unique problem-solving approach to teach you the technical foundations of coding including data types variables functions and arrays. You will also use techniques such as pseudocode and process mapping to formulate solutions without needing to type anything into a computer and then convert the solutions into executable code. Avoiding jargon as much as possible Learn to Code with Games shows you how to see coding as a way of thinking and problem solving rather than a domain of obscure languages and syntaxes. Its practical hands-on approach through the context of game development enables you to easily grasp basic programming concepts. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498704687

Learn to Implement Games with Code Game development is one of the most rewarding crafts of modern times. Not only is making games a wonderful lifelong hobby but employment opportunities exist at many levels. Learn to Implement Games with Code guides you through the development process as you put together a release-ready game. It is written in a friendly and conversational tone which is suitable for a wide audience of aspiring game developers such as yourself. You will gain practical hands-on experience with implementing game components using code. Gradually you will build a complete game that you can be proud of. After finishing this book you will be prepared to start making games of your very own design. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498753388

Learn to PlayDesigning Tutorials for Video Games See How to Unobtrusively Incorporate Good Teaching into Your Game’s Mechanics Learn to Play: Designing Tutorials for Video Games shows how to embed a tutorial directly into your game design mechanics so that your games naturally and comfortably teach players to have fun. The author deciphers years of research in game studies education psychology human–computer interaction and user interface and experience that equip you to make dynamic tutorials that help players enjoy your games. The book links game design principles with psychology through the game tutorial. It offers easy-to-implement changes that can make a huge difference in how players receive your games. It explains how you can educate new players and engage experienced players at the same time through a combination of good design and basic understanding of human educational motivational and cognitive psychologies. Transcending disciplinary boundaries this book improves your understanding of the science of learning and the art of teaching. It helps you design game mechanics or tutorials that teach people how to have fun with your games without ever feeling as though they’re being instructed. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482220193

Learn to ThinkBasic Exercises in the Core Thinking Skills for Ages 6-11 Classroom questions have traditionally focussed on testing the recall understanding and application of content and methods. Research suggests that pupils require activities that encourage them to think flexibly about possibilities and to make independent judgements about information. Learn to Think takes a cross-curriculum approach and offers a wide range of exercises in all significant thinking skills areas: Organisational Analytical Evaluative Creative Predicting categorisation ordering generalising problem solving summarising analysis making distinctions decision making cause and evidence are among the skills developed. This book introduces the basic core thinking processes used to connect and make sense of information through a range of skill based sections which provide the basis of a thinking skills programme for pupils. It is complete with introductory notes and examples pupil work sheets suggested answers and further useful questions. The resources are fully photocopiable and are suitable for 6 -11 year olds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460232

Learn to Use Chinese Aspect Particles Aspect in Mandarin Chinese plays an important role in interpreting the temporal information of a sentence. It is an important verbal category which is concerned with the speaker’s viewpoint or perspective on a situation: whether the situation is presented as complete (perfective aspect) or as ongoing (imperfective aspect) etc. Learning to understand the aspect particles or markers and use them correctly has always been one of the most difficult tasks for learners of Chinese. Learn to Use Chinese Aspect Particles is a pedagogical guide designed to equip teachers with necessary aspectual theoretical knowledge and is aimed at in-service or trainee teachers and intermediate or advanced students to reinforce teaching and learning. Challenging exercises are designed and explanations for the correct use of an aspect particle are given thus making the book more useable and convenient to teachers and enhancing the practical reference value of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367321

Learner Autonomy and CALL Environments This volume brings together two prominent strands in second language acquisition theory and research: the concept of learner autonomy and computer-assisted language learning (CALL). Learner autonomy supports learners in becoming more reflective and communicative and in experimenting with language and language learning. CALL environments offer more and qualitatively different opportunities for learner autonomy than the traditional language classroom. This book offers researchers a starting point into researching learner autonomy in CALL contexts and offers teachers practical advice on chances and pitfalls in realizing learner autonomy goals in the CALL-supported classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514125

Learner Contributions to Language LearningNew Directions in Research Since it was first established in the 1970s the Applied Linguistics and Language Study series has become a major force in the study of practical problems in human communication and language education. Drawing extensively on empirical research and theoretical work in linguistics sociology psychology and education the series explores key issues in language acquisition and language use. What the learner contributes is central to the language learning process. Learner Contributions to Language Learning provides a uniquely comprehensive account of learners' personal attributes their thinking their feelings and their actions that have been shown to have an impact upon language learning.Containing specific chapters from leading names in the field this book provides both a review of what has been discovered from previous research and identifies important future directions for research on learner contributions. It is a landmark volume setting the agenda for language learning research in the 21st century and it provides invaluable information for all those engaged in language teaching.The contributors to the volume are-Michael P. Breen Bonny NortonAnna Chamot Rebecca OxfordRod Ellis Anna PavlenkoJames P. Lantolf Anita WendenDiane Larsen-Freeman Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176492

Learner English on Computer The first book of its kind Learner English on Computer is intended to provide linguists students of linguistics and modern languages and ELT professionals with a highly accessible and comprehensive introduction to the new and rapidly-expanding field of corpus-based research into learner language. Edited by the founder and co-ordinator of the International Corpus of Learner English (ICLE) the book contains articles on all aspects of corpus compilation design and analysis.The book is divided into three main sections; in Part I the first chapter provides the reader with an overview of the field explaining links with corpus and applied linguistics second language acquisition and ELT. The second chapter reviews the software tools which are currently available for analysing learner language and contains useful examples of how they can be used. Part 2 contains eight case studies in which computer learner corpora are analysed for various lexical discourse and grammatical features. The articles contain a wide range of methodologies with broad general application. The chapters in Part 3 look at how Computer Learner Corpus (CLC) based studies can help improve pedagogical tools: EFL grammars dictionaries writing textbooks and electronic tools. Implications for classroom methodology are also discussed.The comprehensive scope of this volume should be invaluable to applied linguists and corpus linguists as well as to would-be learner corpus builders and analysts who wish to discover more about a new exciting and fast-growing field of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162754

Learner Managed LearningPractice Theory and Policy A collection of essays presenting the many issues and themes related to self-directed learning which uses case studies and references to demonstrate that the learner-directed approach is a key ingredient for organizational and personal growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421943

Learner-Centered English Language EducationThe Selected Works of David Nunan This carefully crafted collection provides a snapshot of the evolution of David Nunan‘s theoretical and empirical contributions to the field of second language education over the last 40 years. The volume focuses on the development of his work on second language curricula and in particular the work for which he is best known: learner-centered education and task-based learning and teaching. David Nunan has been a language teacher researcher and consultant for 40 years. He has lived and worked in many countries principally in the Asia-Pacific region but also in the Americas Europe and the Middle-East. In addition to his research and scholarly work he is the author of several major textbook series for the teaching and learning of English as a foreign Language. These texts are based on his task-based language teaching approach and are widely used in schools school systems and universities around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631341

Learner-Centered LeadershipResearch Policy and Practice Many new approaches to school improvement are being proposed in the current climate of assessment and school accountability. This book explores one of these approaches a new model of leadership training known as Learner-Centered Leadership (LCL). It is built around the fundamental idea that learning and learning communities are natural processes that when properly harnessed can lead to the highest levels of professional engagement and problem solving. Key features of this exciting new approach to school leadership include the following: Broad-based and Generative—The book’s narratives vividly illustrate the extraordinary ability of LCL to generate new approaches to leadership development. For example encouraging and assisting school leaders to reflect on their own leadership attributes relative to the implementation of the school mission to ensure high teacher efficacy and student learning. In this respect the volume contributes significantly to the field of school leadership and professional development by extending above and beyond a narrow focus on instructional leadership.  Practice Oriented—By creating communities that encourage conversation and analysis the new data-driven models of school improvement are more likely to be successfully implemented. Without analytical discourse the process of interpreting school data and transforming it into practice would be largely lost.  Conceptually Appropriate—The realization that everyone within a school (students teachers administrators) belongs to the same learning community minimizes status differences and encourages teamwork. The LCL administrator is much less likely to be authoritarian and power-oriented and much more likely to be transformative and student outcome focused.   This book is appropriate for master’s level courses and certification seminars and for inservice workshops dealing with school leadership.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091945

Learner-centred Education in International PerspectiveWhose pedagogy for whose development? Is learner-centred education appropriate for all societies and classrooms? Learner-centred education (LCE) is a travelling policy widely promoted by international agencies and national governments. Arguments in favour of this pedagogical tradition refer to theories and evidence from cognitive psychology claiming that all learners can benefit equally from its judicious use. Beyond the benefits to the individual however lie a set of assumptions about learner-centred education as a foundation for the building of democratic citizens and societies suitable for economies of the future. These promises have been questioned by critics who doubt that it is appropriate in all cultural and resource contexts and there is considerable evidence in the global South of perennial problems of implementation. In the light of these debates is LCE still a good development ‘bet’? This book provides an authoritative and balanced investigation of these issues exploring the contextual factors from global movements to local resourcing realities which have fuelled it as a discourse and affected its practice. In the light of the theoretical underpinnings and research evidence the book addresses pressing questions: to what extent is learner-centred education a sound choice for policy and practice in developing countries? And if it is a sound choice under which conditions is it a viable one? The book is divided into three key parts: - Learner-centred Education as a Global Phenomenon - Learner-centred Education in Lower and Middle-income Countries - Lessons and Resolutions This book provides a much-needed fresh analysis of the concept and practice of LCE. It will be valuable reading for academics and post-graduates with a focus on comparative and international education along with policy-makers in developing countries and development agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929319

Learner-directed Assessment in Esl This text integrates the theory and practice of learner-based assessment. Written in response to two recent movements in language teaching--learner-centered teaching and a renewed interest in authenticity in language testing--it examines the relationship between the language learner and language assessment processes and promotes approaches to assessment that involve the learner in the testing process. Particular attention is given to issues of reliability and validity. Grounded in current pedagogical applications of authentic assessment measures this volume is intended for and eminently accessible to classroom teachers and program directors looking for ways to include their students in the evaluation process graduate students and professional language testers seeking authenticity in assessment and desiring to create more interactive evaluation tools. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410605283

Learners in TransitionChinese Students’ Journeys from EFL to ESL and EIL As the number of Chinese students learning English increases worldwide the need for teachers to understand the characteristics and challenges facing this group of learners grows. This is particularly true for those students moving from an English as a Foreign Language context to an English as a Second Language/International Language one where they experience academic linguistic and sociocultural transitions. Drawing on over 20 years’ experience teaching English courses to Chinese learners the author aims to highlight key findings to aid understanding improve teachers’ practice and offer pedagogical recommendations. Using students’ voices the book covers: how the traditional Chinese culture of learning plays a role; how new learning contexts provide opportunities and empowerment; how learners’ beliefs and strategies are interconnected; how their motivation and identity underscore the power of real and imagined communities and finally that affect matters showing how learners are propelled by the trajectory of their emotions. The book cites from the rich data collected over a five-year period to authenticate the findings and recommendations but also to give voice to this group of learners to challenge the stereotype of the passive "Chinese learner". The essential insights contained within are useful for pre- and in-service teachers of English and researchers interested in language education around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305281

Learng Thro Group Exp Ils 249 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864138

Learning Development and EducationFrom learning theory to education and practice In the World Library of Educationalists international experts themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands and see how their work contributes to the development of the field. This volume brings together the selected works of Knud Illeris. Leaving a promising business career at age 27 to begin his higher education Knud Illeris exemplifies the true spirit of youth and adult education that has resulted in him having published in almost twenty countries including the UK Germany China Korea and Brazil. Knud Illeris’ work revolves around the way learning takes place and in some cases does not take palce. Split into five parts; Learning Theory Lifelong Learning as a Psychological Process Special Learning Issues Various Learning Approaches to Education Learning in Working Life Learning Development and Education: From learning theory to education and practice is arranged thematically and examines youth and adult learning through Illeris’ model based on three dimensions of learning and competence development– emotional cognitive and social and four kinds of learning. In this collection of his papers written over a period of almost five decades and published in multiple languages spanning from Faroese to Chinese some of his most important works are chronicled. This compelling overview of Illeris’ contribution to educational thinking and theory charts the challenges and obstacles faced by disciplination and selection and offers a genuine impression and understanding of an almost lifelong engagement with a wide range of topics in the field of learning – an engagement which has been the central area of Illeris’ academic life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375630

Learning Environment and Sustainable DevelopmentA History of Ideas This book is an introduction to the long history of human learning the environment and sustainable development – about our struggles with the natural world: first for survival then for dominance currently for self-preservation and in future perhaps even for long-term mutually beneficial co-existence. It charts the long arc of human–environment relationships through the specific lens of human learning putting on record many of the people ideas and events that have contributed often unwittingly to the global movement for sustainable development. Human learning has always had a focus on the environment. It’s something we’ve been engaged in ever since we began interacting with our surroundings and thinking about the impacts outcomes and consequences of our actions and interactions. This unique story told by the authors is episodic rather than a connected linear account; it probes questions and re-examines familiar issues from novel perspectives and looks ahead. The book is of particular interest to those studying (and teaching) courses with a focus on socio-economic and environmental sustainability and non-governmental organisations whose work brings them face-to-face with the general public and social enterprises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221935

Learning Motivation and Their Physiological Mechanisms Neal E. Miller's pioneering work in experimental psychology has earned him worldwide respect. This second in a two-volume collection of his work brings together forty-three of Miller's most important and representative essays on learning motivation and their physiological mechanisms. They were selected on the basis of their current relevance and their historical significance at the time they were published. In order to emphasize the main themes essays on a given topic have been grouped together.Learning Motivation and Their Physiological Mechanisms begins when the author first discovered the thrill of designing and executing experiments to get clear-cut answers concerning the behavior of children and of rats. The first study was one of the earliest ones on the behavioral effects of the recently synthesized male hormone testosterone. The second was one of the earliest studies demonstrating the value of using a variety of behavioral techniques to investigate the motivational effects of a physiological intervention. The next studies investigated the satisfying and rewarding effects of food or water in the stomach versus in the mouth and the thirst-inducing and reducing effects of hyper- and hypotonic solutions respectively injected into the brain. The last study describes a technique devised for extending the analysis of the mechanism of hunger to the effects of humoral factors in the blood.The study is completed with an examination of trial-and-error learning that was motivated by direct electrical stimulation of the brain and rewarded by the termination of such stimulation. Other studies show that the stimulation via such electrodes not only elicits eating but also has the principal motivational characteristics of normal hunger. The conclusion deals with a series of experiments that overthrows strong traditional beliefs by proving that glandular and visceral responses mediated by the autonomic nervous system are subject to instrumental learning which can be made quite specific. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527096

Learning Natural Capital and Sustainable DevelopmentOptions for an Uncertain World This special issue of the journal Environmental Education Research addresses a topical area of importance - human behaviour towards the environment. The book explores the economic metaphor of 'natural capital' in this context arguing that the currently dominant model of sustainable development underpinned by a particular understanding of this metaphor is impeding progress towards genuine sustainability and secondly that it will continue to do so until the metaphor can be reworked in both thought and practice. This book explores an alternative economic model of natural capital value based on recent 'real options' thinking which reworks the natural capital idea and provides a framework for articulating two major and closely-related shifts of emphasis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879116

Learning Problem Solving and MindtoolsEssays in Honor of David H. Jonassen Learning Problem Solving and Mindtools is inspired by the substantial body of learning research by David H. Jonassen in the areas of mind tools and problem solving.  The focus of the volume is on educational technology especially with regard to how new technologies have facilitated and supported problem solving and critical thinking. Each chapter focuses on a particular aspect of learning with technology and elaborates the implications for the design and implementation of learning environments and activities aimed at improving the conceptualization of problems reasoning and higher-order thinking and solving challenging problems. This collection of scholarly essays provides a highly engaging treatment of using tools and technologies to improve problem solving; multiple perspectives on integrating educational technology to support learning in complex and challenging problem solving domains; guidance for the design of instruction to support problem solving; a systemic account of the relationships between mental models instructional models and assessment models; and a look into the future of educational technology research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524360

Learning Teaching and Researching on the InternetA Practical Guide for Social Scientists Learning Teaching and Researching on the Internet: A Practical Guide for Social Scientists is directed at students and academic staff who want to be able to access Internet resources quickly and efficiently without needing to become IT experts. The emphasis throughout is on the harnessing of the large volume of potentially useful Internet resources to everyday requirements whether these be focused on learning teaching or research. The Internet is a significantly rich information communication and research resource for all those involved in higher education whether they be students academic staff involved in teaching and research or educational administrators. Whilst the author has drawn on the large volume of technical literature it is written on the basis of practical experience acquired over the many years of using Internet resources in the context of teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses in the social sciences. In addition to extensive coverage on using Web browsers searching for information at Web sites in mailing lists and newsgroups Part IV provides detailed annotations in the resources available at the best sites on the Internet collating materials on politics sociology economics philosophy psychology history human rights European Union and other categories. The work is structured so that it will be found useful by both beginners and intermediate level users. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315840291

Learning Training and Development in Organizations This scholarly book in SIOP’s Organizational Frontier series looks at research on enhancing knowledge acquisition and its application in organizations. It concentrates on training design and delivery given the changing nature of work and organizations. Now that work is increasingly complex there is greater emphasis on expertise and cognitive skills. Advances in technology such as computer simulations and web-based training are necessitating a more active role for the learner in the training process. In the broad context of the organization systems this book promotes learning and development as a continuous lifelong endeavor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649674

Learning Unlearning and Re-Learning Curves Learning Unlearning and Re-learning Curves (Volume IV of the Working Guides to Estimating & Forecasting series) focuses in on Learning Curves and the various tried and tested models of Wright Crawford DeJong Towill-Bevis and others. It explores the differences and similarities between the various models and examines the key properties that Estimators and Forecasters can exploit. A discussion about Learning Curve Cost Drivers leads to the consideration of a little used but very powerful technique of Learning Curve modelling called Segmentation which looks at an organisation’s complex learning curve as the product of multiple shallower learning curves. Perhaps the biggest benefit is that it simplifies the calculations in Microsoft Excel where there is a change in the rate of learning observed or expected. The same technique can be used to model and calibrate discontinuities in the learning process that result in setbacks and uplifts in time or cost. This technique is compared with other better known techniques such as Anderlohr’s. Equivalent Unit Learning is another relative new technique that can be used alongside traditional completed unit learning to give an early warning of changes in the rates of learning. Finally a Learning Curve can be exploited to estimate the penalty of collaborative working across multiple partners. Supported by a wealth of figures and tables this is a valuable resource for estimators engineers accountants project risk specialists as well as students of cost engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064973

Learning & BehaviorEighth Edition This book reviews how people and animals learn and how their behaviors are changed as a result of learning. It describes the most important principles theories controversies and experiments that pertain to learning and behavior that are applicable to diverse species and different learning situations. Both classic studies and recent trends and developments are explored providing a comprehensive survey of the field. Although the behavioral approach is emphasized many cognitive theories are covered as well along with a chapter on comparative cognition. Real-world examples and analogies make the concepts and theories more concrete and relevant to students. In addition most chapters provide examples of how the principles covered have been applied in behavior modification and therapy. Thoroughly updated each chapter features many new studies and references that reflect recent developments in the field. Learning objectives bold-faced key terms practice quizzes a chapter summary review questions and a glossary are included. The volume is intended for undergraduate or graduate courses in psychology of learning (human) learning introduction to learning learning processes animal behavior (principles of) learning and behavior conditioning and learning learning and motivation experimental analysis of behavior behaviorism and behavior analysis. Highlights of the new edition include: -A new text design with more illustrations photos and tables. -In the Media Spotlight on Research and Applying the Research boxes that highlight recent applications of learning principles in psychology education sports and the workplace. -Discussions of recent developments in the growing field of neuroscience. - Coverage of various theoretical perspectives to the study of learning—behavioral cognitive and physiological. - Expanded coverage of emerging topics such as the behavioral economics of addictions disordered gambling and impulsivity. -New examples references and research studies to ensure students are introduced to the latest developments in the field. - A website at www.routledge.com/9781138689947 where instructors will find a test bank Powerpoint slides and Internet links. Students will find practice questions definitions of key terms chapter outlines and Internet sources for additional information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689947

Learning About Drinking This book is based on the premise that drinking behaviors are primarily learned. The contributors to the book explore the complex array of individual and social factors that impact the development of drinking patterns. They traverse family and culture influences and the role played by schools government and the beverage alcohol industry. Learning About Drinking offers a rigorous and scholarly examination of drinking behavior brought to life with illustrative cases drawn from around the world. Social policymakers historians anthropologists public health specialists as well as mental health professionals will find this book of value. Learning About Drinking offers a refreshing evidence-based look at a process that has too often been taken for granted. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203769027

Learning about Emotions in IllnessIntegrating psychotherapeutic teaching into medical education Good communication between the doctor and patient is essential for the patient to establish a trusting relationship with their doctor and to make the best use of the appropriate treatment. Traditional methods for teaching communication skills have focused on simulated clinical situations in which students learn how to improve their communication with actors playing the part of the patients rather than from live experiences with patients. Psychodynamic psychotherapy with its emphasis on learning to reflect on experiences offers the student the possibility of learning from a real experience with a patient. Such opportunities allow students to learn directly about patients’ emotions as well as to appreciate their own emotional responses to illness and to communicate better with their patients. In this book Peter Shoenberg Jessica Yakeley and their contributors who include students and teachers discuss two different teaching approaches developed at University College London to help medical students understand the role of emotions in illness communicate more effectively and gain a deeper understanding of the doctor patient relationship. The benefits of Ball Wolff and Tredgold’s Student Psychotherapy Scheme are considered alongside Shoenberg and Suckling’s short term student Balint discussion group scheme to provide clear guidance about how psychotherapeutic understanding can be used to inform medical education with positive results. At a time when medicine is becoming increasingly technological and there is a growing demand by the public for more psychologically minded doctors this book will be a key resource for physicians general practitioners psychologists psychiatrists and psychotherapists who are involved in medical teaching and for medical students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189119

Learning About Human Nature and Analytic Technique from Mothers and Babies We have much to learn from mothers and babies not just about early life psychic phenomena that are active in us but also about the analytic technique when the internal setting becomes more important than the analyst's interpretative capacity. The infant observation method is a useful tool for the refinement of psychoanalytic listening of primitive phenomena and for the development of the containment and receptive capacity in the analyst or any professional who is dedicated to the early stages of development. This book is a living testimony of years of observation work with the Bick method including pregnancy and delivery and much more spent in the working through of this material in these unforgettable - and usually inaccessible - first three years of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204848

Learning about LanguageActivities for the Primary Classroom Bringing a fresh and lively approach to language study Learning about Language is an exciting collection of fun creative activities and warm-up games that explore the multifaceted nature of the English language. For use in any primary classroom this book will help develop the pupil’s knowledge of how the English language works and will improve their ability to use language effectively. Throughout the book the author explains key features of the English language by arranging the volume alphabetically into sections each of which explores a different linguistic feature. Foster suggests enjoyable activities that will enable students to consolidate their learning and improve their communication skills through word play and frequently uses rhyme to illustrate and elaborate on points made. Areas covered include: Spelling punctuation and grammar; Origin meaning similarities and differences of words including homonyms anagrams and synonyms; The explanation of particular uses of language for specific purposes; Humorous misuse of words including malapropisms and spoonerisms; The inclusion of numerous opportunities for students to play with words by participating in word games and through their own writing. With its unique and accessible approach to language study Learning about Language provides teachers of English with a dynamic collection of resources that will be welcomed by educators and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536813

Learning about LearningResources for Supporting Effective Learning This practical A4 pack contains activities and ideas for teachers and students to learn more about learning. Learning about Learningis a practical way of teaching important and neglected theories of learning.The idea is that if teachers and students learn about what learning is and how it happens they understand a greater range of learning possibilities and approaches and improve their learning and teaching skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155534

Learning about Linguistics This book offers a workbook approach to linguistics and provides guidelines for the study of language. It aims to give basic information and to indicate something of the background and development of the more important trends in the subject. Each chapter includes exercises which lead the reader outwards from the information given in the text. A list of suggested further reading and references follows each chapter so that each aspect of the subject may be followed up in greater depth if so desired. The book will be of particular use to first-year university students and to students in polytechnics technical colleges colleges of education and further education and the authors also hope to many sixth-formers in secondary schools. It will also be of interest to the general reader who wishes to learn about linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995291

Learning About Objects in Infancy How do young infants experience the world around them? How similar or different are infants’ experiences from adults’ experiences of similar situations? How do infants progress from relatively sparse knowledge and expectations early in life to much more elaborate knowledge and expectations just several months later? We know that much of infants’ learning before four to five months of age is visually-based. As they develop the ability to reach for objects independently they can explore objects that are of particular interest to them—a new skill that must be important for their learning. Through this transition to independent reaching and exploration infants go a long way toward forming their own understandings of the objects around them. Towards the end of the first year of life infants begin manipulating one object relative to another and this skill sets the stage for them to begin using objects instrumentally—using one object to create changes in other objects. This new ability opens up many opportunities for infants to learn about using tools. In this volume Amy Work Needham provides an extensive overview of her research on infant learning with a particular focus on how infants learn about objects. She begins with an explanation of how basic aspects of how infants’ visual exploration of objects allows them to create new knowledge about objects and object categories. She continues with a description of infants’ visual and manual learning about hand-held tools and how these tools can be used to achieve goals. Throughout she focuses on active learning and development which results in infants making important contributions to their own learning about objects. She concludes by synthesizing the findings discussed pulls out recurring themes across studies and brings together fundamental principles of how infants learn about objects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643598

Learning about Social Issues through Scripts for Learners aged 11-16Tried and tested projects for teachers Learning about Social Issues through Scripts for Learners aged 11-16 offers secondary drama teachers a new and exciting approach to exploring social issues with their students. Focusing on the issues that matter to young people it includes a wide range of classroom and performance materials carefully tailored for differing abilities and ages. The book is based around four original play scripts exploring themes of antisocial behaviour eating disorders the effects of war on families and riots – that have been tried tested and proven to motivate and engage young people. As well as building performance skills each script is accompanied by detailed schemes of work to help students explore what the issues mean to them and develop their problem solving and thinking skills. The book also includes cross references to pedagogical techniques and approaches assessment for learning and ‘learning to learn’. Written by an experienced author team Learning about Social Issues through Scripts for Learners aged 11-16 provides a ‘one-stop shop’ for teachers to explore relevant and stimulating themes and topics that will engage students in lively debate promote empathy and produce creative dramatic responses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415703154

Learning AlgorithmsTheory and Applications in Signal Processing Control and Communications Over the past decade interest in computational or non-symbolic artificial intelligence has grown. The algorithms involved have the ability to learn from past experience and therefore have significant potential in the adaptive control of signals and systems. This book focuses on the theory and applications of learning algorithms-stochastic learning automata; artificial neural networks; and genetic algorithms evolutionary strategies and evolutionary programming. Hybrid combinations of various algorithms are also discussed.Chapter 1 provides a brief overview of the topics discussed and organization of the text. The first half of the book (Chapters 2 through 4) discusses the basic theory of the learning algorithms with one chapter devoted to each type. In the second half (Chapters 5 through 7) the emphasis is on a wide range of applications drawn from adaptive signal processing system identification and adaptive control problems in telecommunication networks.Learning Algorithms: Theory and Applications in Signal Processing Control and Communications is an excellent text for final year undergraduate and first year graduate students in engineering computer science and related areas. Professional engineers and everyone involved in the application of learning techniques in adaptive signal processing control and communications will find this text a valuable synthesis of theory and practical application of the most useful algorithms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894874

Learning Along the WayFurther Reflections on Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy Learning Along the Way sees Patrick Casement trace the development and application of his earlier key contributions to psychoanalytic technique. These include his observations about internal supervision trial identification with the patient and monitoring how the analytic space is either preserved or spoiled by the analyst’s contributions. Throughout the book Casement cautions against preconceptions that steer the analytic process along familiar lines. He advocates a more radical approach that is always open to being led by the process emerging between analyst and patient frequently leading to unexpected and fresh insights. This work makes a natural pair with Casement’s first most celebrated book On Learning from the Patient. Here he builds upon all that was outlined before challenging the reader further and inspiring clinicians to re-think their established ways of working. Learning Along the Way is an invaluable addition to every clinician’s library and an essential aid to practicing psychoanalysts psychotherapists counsellors and anyone training in psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343542

Learning Analytics Learning analytics is one of the most important research issues in the field of educational technology. By analyzing logs and records in educational databases and systems it can provide useful information to teachers learners and decision makers – information which they can use to improve teaching strategies learning performances and educational policies. However it is a great challenge for most researchers to efficiently analyze educational data in a meaningful way. This book presents various learning analytics approaches and applications including the process of determining the coding scheme analyzing the collected data and interpreting the findings. This book was originally published as a special issue of Interactive Learning Environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584085

Learning Analytics Explained Learning Analytics Explained draws extensively from case studies and interviews with experts in order to discuss emerging applications of the new field of learning analytics. Educational institutions increasingly collect data on students and their learning experiences a practice that helps enhance courses identify learners who require support and provide a more personalized learning experience. There is however  a corresponding need for guidance on how to carry out institutional projects intervene effectively with students and assess legal and ethical issues. This book provides that guidance while also covering the evolving technical architectures standards and products within the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931732

Learning Analytics Goes to SchoolA Collaborative Approach to Improving Education Learning Analytics Goes to School presents a framework for engaging in education research and improving education practice through the use of newly available data sources and analytical approaches. The application of data-intensive research techniques to understanding and improving learning environments has been growing at a rapid pace. In this book three leading researchers convey lessons from their own experiences—and the current state of the art in educational data mining and learning analytics more generally—by providing an explicit set of tools and processes for engaging in collaborative data-intensive improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121836

Learning Analytics in Higher EducationCurrent Innovations Future Potential and Practical Applications Learning Analytics in Higher Education provides a foundational understanding of how learning analytics is defined what barriers and opportunities exist and how it can be used to improve practice including strategic planning course development teaching pedagogy and student assessment. Well-known contributors provide empirical theoretical and practical perspectives on the current use and future potential of learning analytics for student learning and data-driven decision-making ways to effectively evaluate and research learning analytics integration of learning analytics into practice organizational barriers and opportunities for harnessing Big Data to create and support use of these tools and ethical considerations related to privacy and consent. Designed to give readers a practical and theoretical foundation in learning analytics and how data can support student success in higher education this book is a valuable resource for scholars and administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302174

Learning Analytics in the ClassroomTranslating Learning Analytics Research for Teachers Learning Analytics in the Classroom presents a coherent framework for the effective translation of learning analytics research for educational practice to its practical application in different education domains. Highlighting the real potential of learning analytics as a way to better understand and enhance student learning and with each chapter including specific discussion about what the research means in the classroom this book provides educators and researchers alike with the tools and frameworks to effectively make sense of and use data and analytics in their everyday practice. This volume is split into five sections all of which relate to the key themes in understanding learning analytics through the lens of the classroom: broad theoretical perspectives understanding learning through analytics the relationship between learning design and learning analytics analytics in the classroom and the impact it can and will have on education implementing analytics and the challenges involved. Bridging the gap between research theory and practice Learning Analytics in the Classroom is both a practical tool and an instructive guide for educators and a valuable addition to researchers' bookshelves. A team of world-leading researchers and expert editors have compiled a state-of-the-art compendium on this fascinating subject and this will be a critical resource for the evolution of this field into the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362128

Learning and Assessing with Multiple-Choice Questions in College Classrooms Multiple-choice questions (MCQs) are a ubiquitous tool used in college classrooms yet most instructors admit that they are not prepared to maximize the question's benefits. Learning and Assessing with Multiple-Choice Questions in College Classrooms is a comprehensive resource designed to enable instructors and their students to enhance student learning through the use of MCQs. Including chapters on writing questions assessment leveraging technology and much more this book will help instructors increase the benefits of a question type that is incredibly useful as both a learning and assessment tool in an education system seeking ways to improve student outcomes. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845985

Learning and Awareness This book stems from more than 25 years of systematic research into the experience of learning undertaken by a research team trying to account for the obvious differences between more or less successful instances of learning in educational institutions. The book offers an answer in terms of the discovery of critical differences in the structure of the learner's awareness and critical differences in the meaning of the learner's world. The authors offer a detailed account of the empirical findings that give rise to theoretical insights and discuss the particular form of qualitative research that has been employed and developed. The form of learning that is the object of study is considered to be the most fundamental form -- namely a change in the learner's way of seeing experiencing handling and understanding aspects of the world. The need for rigorous analysis of learning of specific subject matter the individual construction of knowledge and its social and cultural embeddedness -- the defining features of rival approaches into research on learning -- are reconciled from the approach adopted here into an intertwined and whole experience of learning. The learner's experience is always one of learning something in some way and in some context; by holding the learner's experience of learning as the focus of study throughout -- and not studying the learning of the content and the acts and the context as separate and distinct focuses -- the content the act and the context remain united as constituents of the learner's experience. By empirically revealing critical differences in the ways of experiencing these aspects of learning and by developing a theoretical framework for the dynamics through which change comes about in the learner's awareness this book gradually leads the reader to a powerful new view of learning. Equipped with the analytical tools and conceptual apparatus to be found in this book the reader will be empowered to learn and to assist others to learn by creating environments conducive to the most fundamental form of learning: experiencing aspects of the world in new ways. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053690

Learning and BehaviorInstructor's Review Copy This book reviews how people and animals learn and how their behaviors are later changed as a result of this learning. Nearly all of our behaviors are influenced by prior learning experiences in some way. This book describes some of the most important principles theories controversies and experiments that pertain to learning and behavior that are applicable to many different species and many different learning situations. Many real-world examples and analogies make the concepts and theories more concrete and relevant to the students. In addition most of the chapters include sections that describe how the theories and principles have been used in the applied field of behavior modification. Each chapter in the seventh edition was updated with new studies and new references that reflect recent developments in the field. The book includes a number of learning aids for students including a list of learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter practices quizzes and review questions and a glossary for all important terms. Learning & Behavior covers topics such as classical and operant conditioning reinforcement schedules avoidance and punishment stimulus control comparative cognition observational learning motor skill learning and choice. Both the classic studies and the most recent developments and trends in the field are explored. Although  the behavioral approach is emphasized  many cognitive theories are covered as well along with  a chapter on comparative cognition.  Upon completing this book readers will be able to:understand the field of learning and discuss real-world applications of learning principles. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780205246540

Learning and CalamitiesPractices Interpretations Patterns It is widely assumed that humanity should be able to learn from calamities (e.g. emergencies disasters catastrophes) and that the affected individuals groups and enterprises as well as the concerned (disaster-) management organizations and institutions for prevention and mitigation will be able to be better prepared or more efficient next time. Furthermore it is often assumed that the results of these learning processes are preserved as "knowledge" in the collective memory of a society and that patterns of practices were adopted on this base. Within history there is more evidence for the opposite: Analyzing past calamities reveals that there is hardly any learning and if so that it rarely lasts more than one or two generations. This book explores whether learning in the context of calamities happens at all and if learning takes place under which conditions it can be achieved and what would be required to ensure that learned cognitive and practical knowledge will endure on a societal level. The contributions of this book include various fields of scientific research: history sociology geography psychoanalysis psychiatry development studies and political studies as well as disaster research and disaster risk reduction research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415334907

Learning and Categorization in Modular Neural Networks This book introduces a new neural network model called CALM for categorization and learning in neural networks. The author demonstrates how this model can learn the word superiority effect for letter recognition and discusses a series of studies that simulate experiments in implicit and explicit memory involving normal and amnesic patients. Pathological but psychologically accurate behavior is produced by "lesioning" the arousal system of these models. A concise introduction to genetic algorithms a new computing method based on the biological metaphor of evolution and a demonstration on how these algorithms can design network architectures with superior performance are included in this volume. The role of modularity in parallel hardware and software implementations is considered including transputer networks and a dedicated 400-processor neurocomputer built by the developers of CALM in cooperation with Delft Technical University. Concluding with an evaluation of the psychological and biological plausibility of CALM models the book offers a general discussion of catastrophic interference generalization and representational capacity of modular neural networks. Researchers in cognitive science neuroscience computer simulation sciences parallel computer architectures and pattern recognition will be interested in this volume as well as anyone engaged in the study of neural networks neurocomputers and neurosimulators. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806716

Learning and Cognition in Later Life Originally published in 1995 within the previous decade there had been significant developments in our understanding of the learning and motivation together with the conceptual and cognitive development of older adults. This understanding had been enhanced by findings from longitudinal studies which were now becoming available. These findings demonstrated the gains that had been made in research. In the past inappropriately conceived studies have led to the perpetuation of myths and stereotypes about the intellectual development of older people. Special attention is paid in this book to changing perceptions of ageing and intelligence learning aptitude memory and intelligence testing. The important topic of ageing and wisdom is also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285835

Learning and Collective CreativityActivity-Theoretical and Sociocultural Studies This book brings together leading representatives of activity-theoretically-oriented and socioculturally-oriented research around the world to discuss creativity as a collective endeavour strongly related to learning to face the societal challenges of our world. As history shows major accomplishments in arts and technological innovations have allowed us to see the world differently and to identify new learning perspectives for the future which were seldom limited to individual action or isolated activities. This book while primarily focused on educational insitutions  extends its examination of creativity and learning to include other settings (such as government agencies) beyond the limits of schooling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941694

Learning and Connecting in School PlaygroundsUsing the Playground as a Curriculum Resource Play is critical to children’s well-being and development. All students should have access to and adequate time for positive play experiences every day. Learning and Connecting in School Playgrounds invites parents teachers principals and education administrators to take another look at their school playgrounds as spaces crucial to learning well-being and development. This book combines research findings commentary and the authors’ personal experiences and observations together with the views of teachers principals parents and students related to play and play spaces. Key content includes consideration of the role of adults in the school playground the influence of technology on play the challenges experienced by children transitioning to new school environments and consideration of strategies to support students’ access and participation in the playground. Cases are presented to illustrate the use of an audit tool to enhance school playgrounds. The future of school playgrounds is also considered through the reported hopes and dreams of adults and students and a range of recommendations are made for the review and development of schools’ outdoor play spaces. Learning and Connecting in School Playgrounds is written with a sense of urgency calling for the recognition of positive play experiences as invaluable to children’s education. It includes important and challenging insights to inform and guide decision-making and will be an essential resource for all stakeholders who share responsibility for children’s participation and learning during school break-times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355038

Learning and CoordinationInductive Deliberation Equilibrium and Convention Vanderschraaf develops a new theory of game theory equilibrium selection in this book. The new theory defends general correlated equilibrium concepts and suggests a new analysis of convention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995307

Learning and Culture in Carolingian EuropeLetters Numbers Exegesis and Manuscripts Nine of the ten essays in this collection appeared first between 1995 and 2005. Centered in the Carolingian age they explore how the seventh-century Visio Baronti was read in the ninth century and how social and cultural imperatives transformed the life of scholarship schools and learning in Carolingian Europe. Several essays consider the significance of numerical and scientific studies in the Carolingian curriculum including the impact of Bede's scientific works in the schools and on the thought of John Scottus (Eriugena). Another reconstructs Eriugena's early career in light of his Glossae divinae historiae. Carolingian biblical culture is the subject of two essays including a reading of Haimo of Auxerre's commentary on Ezechiel that highlights the unfinished and unpublished commentary's critique of Carolingian society. A poem in the Anthologia Latina long ascribed to Octavian the Roman emperor is restored to the monastic culture of the ninth century. Finally an article on the Laon Formulary originally published in French in 1973 is here translated and revised. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420415

Learning and Forgetting in Development NGOsInsights from Organisational Theory Learning and Forgetting in Development NGOs draws on a range of theoretical approaches and empirical evidence to explore how development organisations learn or fail to learn from experience. Despite the overwhelming discourses of NGOs as learning organisations little is known about the phenomenon of learning within NGOs. As constantly changing buzzwords and institutional approaches abound and old ideas and concepts are "re-discovered" development NGOs are often accused of trying to reinvent the wheel as they struggle to escape from the challenges of development amnesia.Based on detailed empirical data on the everyday practices and accounts of development practitioners this book moves between the boundaries of organisational institutionalism learning theories management and ethnographies of NGOs practices to investigate the many faces of organisational learning in an attempt to counteract development amnesia. Learning and Forgetting in Development NGOs will be an essential guide for students scholars and development practitioners with an interest in development management and organisational theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666361

Learning and Governance in the EU Policy Making Process This book takes stock of learning theories in the European Union (EU) integration literature and assesses what insights the concept of ‘learning’ has added to our understanding of the European integration processes. Given the European integration dynamics since 2000 (including enlargement and new governance approaches and instruments) learning and learning-related theories have gained major EU significance. The book addresses the less noticed micro level patterns of behavioural change that deserve more visibility in the EU's theoretical toolbox. It focuses on the conditions under which EU actors in various decision-making processes learn or do not learn. In asking this question it raises issues about the EU’s nature. Do the EU conditions that favour learning outweigh the EU conditions that inhibit learning? Is the EU system too complex for learning processes to have a discernible concrete impact? To assess the degree that the EU system and its member states learn the authors selected for this volume are all explicitly comparative in their approach and have been encouraged to look at differences across political systems. In doing so the authors study how EU member states EU institutions and other groups and organisations pursue learning across the multi-level EU policy process. This book was previously published as a special issue of Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979581

Learning and Inclusion (Routledge Revivals)The Cleves School Experience Mainstream schools are consistently faced with numerous and often contradictory requirements both to achieve high results and to be inclusive and incorporate children of every ability. This title first published in 1999 describes how one renowned inclusive community school Cleves School responds to the challenges faced by themselves and other schools. Specifically Priscilla Alderson shows how methods of inclusive learning can be incorporated with those designed to improve standards of achievement for every child. Practical and comprehensive this title remains applicable to the challenges currently faced within the British education system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722551

Learning and Innovation in Natural Resource Based Industries This book develops and articulates a new perspective on the relationship between natural resources and development by foregrounding issues of innovation knowledge and industrial dynamics. Despite growing academic attention to the relationship between economic development and natural resources in social sciences the issue has received rather limited attention in the field of Innovation Studies. This is problematic given the centrality of innovation and technological change for growth and development. Against that background this book makes three contributions. Firstly it summarizes and synthesizes existing insights about learning and innovation in Natural Resource Based Industries. Secondly it develops new insights based on original research work. Thirdly it distils and explains the remaining research challenges in the field. Containing important insights for researchers businesses and policymakers this book will be useful to all those with an interest in navigating a natural resource based development pathway. This book was originally published as a special issue of Innovation and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367357368

Learning and Learning DifficultiesApproaches to teaching and assessment This book supports inclusive practice by examining learning difficulties within the context of how humans learn and how teaching can create or prevent problems. It includes: a detailed look at different perspectives on human learning practical teaching approaches grounded in sound theory information on moderate to sever difficulties in literacy and numeracy. This is an essential reference for SENCOs staff working as part of a support unit or in special schools LEA advisers teachers and TAs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157804

Learning and Literacy in Female Hands 1520-1698 Focusing on the unusual learning and schooling of women in early modern England this study explores how and why women wrote the myriad forms their alphabets could assume and the shape which vernacular literacy acquired in their hands. Elizabeth Mazzola argues that early modern women's writings often challenged the lessons of their male teachers since they were designed to conceal rather than reveal women's learning and schooling. Employed by early modern women with great learning and much art such difficult or ’resistant’ literacy organized households and administrative offices alike and transformed the broader history of literacy in the West. Chapters treat writers like Jane Sharp Anne Southwell Jane Seager Martha Moulsworth Elizabeth Tudor and Katherine Parr alongside images of women writers presented by Shakespeare and Sidney. Managing women's literacy also concerned early modern statesmen and secretaries writing masters and grammarians and Mazzola analyzes how both the emerging vernacular and a developing bureaucratic state were informed by these contests over women's hands. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409453758

Learning and Literacy over TimeLongitudinal Perspectives Learning and Literacy over Time addresses two gaps in literacy research—studies offering longitudinal perspectives on learners and the trajectory of their learning lives inside and outside of school and studies revealing how past experiences with literacy and learning inform future experiences and practices. It does so by bringing together researchers who revisited subjects of their initial research conducted over the past 10-20 years with people whom they encountered through ethnographic or classroom-based investigations and are the subjects of previous published accounts. The case studies drawn from countries in three continents and covering a range of social worlds offer an original and at times quite an emotive interpretation of the effects of long-term social change in the UK the US Australia and Canada; the claims and aspirations made by and for certain kinds of educational interventions; how research subjects reflect on and learn from the processes of being co-opted into classroom research as well as how they make sense of school experiences; some of the widespread changes in literacy practices as a result of our move into the digital era; and above all how academic research can learn from these life stories raising a number of challenges about methodology and our claims to 'know’ the people we research. In many cases the process of revisiting led to important reconceptualizations of the earlier work and a sense of 'seeing with new eyes’ what was missed in the past. The reflections on methodology and research processes will interest postgraduate and academic researchers. The studies of change and of long-term effects are widely relevant to teacher educators and scholars in language and literacy education educational anthropology life history research media and cultural studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737784

Learning and Living 1790-1960A Study in the History of the English Adult Education Movement Originally published in 1961 the book charts the dynamics of successive phases of the adult education movement and shows the social origin and development of the ideas and attitudes of those involved with it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860567

Learning and MemoryBasic Principles Processes and Procedures Fifth Edition This thoroughly updated edition provides a balanced review of the core methods and the latest research on animal learning and human memory. The relevance of basic principles is highlighted throughout via everyday examples to ignite student interest along with more traditional examples from human and animal laboratory studies. Individual differences in age gender learning style cultural background or special abilities (such as the math gifted) are highlighted within each chapter to help students see how the principles may be generalized to other subject populations. The basic processes of learning – such as classical and instrumental conditioning and encoding and storage in long-term memory in addition to implicit memory spatial learning and remembering in the world outside the laboratory – are reviewed. The general rules of learning are described along with the exceptions limitations and best applications of these rules. The relationship between the fields of neuropsychology and learning and memory is stressed throughout. The relevance of this research to other disciplines is reflected in the tone of the writing and is demonstrated through a variety of examples from education neuropsychology rehabilitation psychiatry nursing and medicine I/O and consumer psychology and animal behavior. Each chapter begins with an outline and concludes with a detailed summary. A website for instructors and students accompanies the book. Updated throughout with new research findings and examples the new edition features: A streamlined presentation for today’s busy students. As in the past the author supports each concept with a research example and real-life application but the duplicate example or application now appears on the website so instructors can use the additional material to illustrate the concepts in class. Expanded coverage of neuroscience that reflects the current research of the field including aversive conditioning (Ch. 5) and animal working memory (Ch. 8). More examples of research on student learning that use the same variables discussed in the chapter but applies them in a classroom or student’s study environment. This includes research that applies encoding techniques to student learning for example: studying: recommendations from experts (Ch. 1); the benefits of testing (Ch. 9); and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein on his quest to become a memory expert (Ch. 6). More coverage of unconscious learning and knowledge (Ch. 11). Increased coverage of reinforcement and addiction (Ch. 4) causal and language learning (Ch. 6) working memory (WM) and the effects of training on WM and the comparative evolution of WM in different species (Ch. 8) and genetics and learning (Ch. 12). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645912

Learning and MemoryThe Behavioral and Biological Substrates This volume presents the views and findings of behaviorally and biologically oriented investigators invited to participate in The University of Iowa's biennial learning and memory symposium. While chapters vary in their scope and depth of coverage they are all amply referenced so that researchers teachers and students can obtain background information appropriate to their respective needs. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979598

Learning and Mobilising for Community DevelopmentA Radical Tradition of Community-Based Education and Training Learning and Mobilising for Community Development introduces the reader to different ways of thinking about and organising community-based education and training within different settings. Stories from the global south and north illustrate approaches to collective learning and collective action. The book provides not only an insight into the how-to of community-based education and training but through a range of applications demonstrates the often unspoken shadow side of the developmental work we undertake. The first section of the book outlines the key elements that underpin effective community-based education and training. It then locates community-based education and training within a broader pedagogical project by tracing the tradition of transformative learning and education. The second half of the book focuses on stories and practice distilling the application of theory and frameworks. The practitioners within this book emerge from unique and challenging contexts. From civil resistance in West Papua and youth empowerment in South Africa to financial freedom in Australia these diverse experiences speak to a common quest for social change and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271357

Learning and Motivation in the Classroom Throughout the twentieth century there had been substantial links between scientific psychology and education. Binet Dewey Thorndike and other early pioneers were strongly interested in both realms. Taking advantage of a period of enthusiasm this title originally published in 1983 looks at the amalgamation of the recent advances at the time in theory and research in education and psychology with a particular focus on cognition motivation and social policy. This volume presents and discusses the implications of this work on learning and motivation for educational policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732650

Learning and PerformanceA Systemic Model for Analysing Needs and Evaluating Training Changing work roles greater emphasis on individual autonomy the growing importance of relationships the complexity of many businesses; all these things call into question the prevailing approach to training needs analysis and evaluation which still tends to be based on a simple gap analysis between job requirements and an employee's knowledge and skills. Bryan Hopkins's Learning and Performance takes a systemic approach to workplace performance training needs and the basis on which we can analyse them and evaluate the subsequent training. The author's approach offers a model for HR and training departments that is relevant and sufficiently sophisticated for today's workplaces. As with all his books Bryan Hopkins combines a complete understanding of learning and organisational theory with pragmatic examples ensuring a book that will be read and applied in equal measure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220690

Learning and Persuasion in the German Middle AgesThe Call to Judgment First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979574

Learning and Research in Virtual Worlds Virtual worlds are places where humans interact and as such they can be environments for research and learning. However they are complex and mutable in ways that more controlled and traditional environments are not. Although computer-mediated virtual worlds are multifaceted social systems like the offline world and choosing to study virtual world phenomena demands as much consideration for the participants the environment and the researcher as offline. By exploring virtual worlds as places of research and learning the international practitioners in this book demonstrate the power of these worlds to replicate and extend our arenas of research and learning. They focus on process and outcomes and consider questions that arise from engaging in teaching and research in these spaces including new approaches to research ethics internationalization localization and collaboration in virtual worlds. This book was originally published as a special issue of Learning Media & Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754606

Learning and Social Difference Exploring how global changes affect education today in the classroom and in local national and international contexts this book explores the future of education's capacity for effectiveness in multicultural and multilingual contexts. The chapters deal with lifelong learning (a critique) immigration antiracist education parental involvement in schools national curricula Paulo Freire's legacy insights from the work of Lorenzo Milani and the School of Barbiana and Gramsci's writings on the school. There are both theoretical and empirically grounded chapters in this volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633688

Learning and Teaching Around the WorldComparative and International Studies in Primary Education Learning and Teaching Around the World is a wide-ranging introduction to diverse experiences practices and developments in global primary education. It explores different contexts for children’s learning and methods and purposes of primary education in settings across Africa Asia Europe the Americas and Australasia and addresses wider issues such as the rise of refugee learners and large multi-grade classes. With an explicit focus on comparative and international studies and improving the knowledge understanding and practice of effective pedagogies for children’s learning this book reflects on key issues such as: Standards for learner-centred education Patterns of inclusion and exclusion Defining ‘teacher professionalism’ The impact of global education agendas Language policy for schooling and assessment Learning and Teaching Around the World is an essential text for those wishing to develop a critical understanding of the experiences of primary teachers and children around the world. Aimed at both undergraduate and postgraduate education studies students the scope of this book will support all students in developing knowledge of primary education and of the diverse needs of learners in an era of global movement of children and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485211

Learning and Teaching Early MathThe Learning Trajectories Approach The third edition of this significant and groundbreaking book summarizes current research into how young children learn mathematics and how best to develop foundational knowledge to realize more effective teaching. Using straightforward practical language early math experts Douglas Clements and Julie Sarama show how learning trajectories help teachers understand children’s level of mathematical understanding and lead to better teaching. By focusing on the inherent delight and curiosity behind young children’s mathematical reasoning learning trajectories ultimately make teaching more joyous: helping teachers understand the varying levels of knowledge exhibited by individual students it allows them to better meet the learning needs of all children. This thoroughly revised and contemporary third edition of Learning and Teaching Early Math remains the definitive research-based resource to help teachers understand the learning trajectories of early mathematics and become confident credible professionals. The new edition draws on numerous new research studies offers expanded international examples  and includes updated illustrations throughout. This new edition is closely linked with Learning and Teaching with Learning Trajectories–[LT]²–an open-access web-based tool for early childhood educators to learn about how children think and learn about mathematics. Head to LearningTrajectories.org for ongoing updates interactive games and practical tools that support classroom learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367521974

Learning and Teaching Early MathThe Learning Trajectories Approach In this important book for pre- and in-service teachers early math experts Douglas Clements and Julie Sarama show how "learning trajectories" help diagnose a child’s level of mathematical understanding and provide guidance for teaching. By focusing on the inherent delight and curiosity behind young children’s mathematical reasoning learning trajectories ultimately make teaching more joyous. They help teachers understand the varying levels of knowledge exhibited by individual students which in turn allows them to better meet the learning needs of all children. Using straightforward no-nonsense language this book summarizes the current research about how children learn mathematics and how to build on what children already know to realize more effective teaching. This second edition of Learning and Teaching Early Math remains the definitive research-based resource to help teachers understand the learning trajectories of early mathematics and become quintessential professionals. Updates to the new edition include: • Explicit connections between Learning Trajectories and the new Common Core State Standards. • New coverage of patterns and patterning. • Incorporation of hundreds of recent research studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828505

Learning and Teaching for BusinessCase Studies of Successful Innovation This collection of best practice examples of business teaching should inspire and inform those involved in the improvement of teaching in higher education. Assembled by the Learning and Teaching Support Network the examples are drawn from institutions throughout the UK including: The Open University Sheffield Hallam City University St Andrews Brighton De Montfort Liverpool John Moores Glasgow Leeds Met and Plymouth. Individual case studies focus on everything from the use of action learning resource based learning using technology and peer assessment to the development of a knowledge management system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421721

Learning and Teaching in Distance EducationAnalyses and Interpretations from an International Perspective This unique and comprehensive overview of open and distance education is written by one of the best known names in the field. It integrates historical contemporary and future aspects of distance education. Packed with international case studies it goes beyond looking at the methods and technology of distance education giving Otto Peters' renowned visions on the sociological and social impacts of distance education.Now published in paperback for the first time this new edition includes a new section on virtual universities. A major contribution to thinking on open and distance education this new edition will reach an even wider audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046029

Learning and Teaching in Physical Education Designed to fill the space of a course book for BA PGCE and ITT courses in PE. This book brings together for the first time current thinking in Physical Education together with research findings and examples of best practice. It caters for the growing pedagogical component of the many new PE and Sports Science courses and will benefit students and teachers alike providing content structure and direction to their studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203487150

Learning and Teaching in the Junior School (1941) Originally published in 1941 this book deals with the application of educational theory to the teaching of children between the ages of seven and twelve in large classes mainly in state primary schools. It suggests how education based on children’s activities and interests can be organized and carried out; hence such problems as the following are discussed: the value of creative work and various forms of activity; social training and individual auto-education; group and class activities; the acquisition of habits of study and necessary skills; the teacher as a trainer advisor and instructor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300316

Learning and Teaching MathematicsAn International Perspective The authors of this volume which is newly available in paperback all hold the view that mathematics is a form of intelligent problem solving which plays an important part in children's lives outside the classroom as well as in it. Learning and Teaching Mathematics provides an exciting account of recent and radically different research on teaching and learning mathematics which will have a far reaching effect on views about mathematical education. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315784939

Learning and TeachingThe Essential Guide for Higher Level Teaching Assistants Learning and Teaching concentrates on the practical teaching skills that an HLTA needs to be able to use in the classroom. It offers guidance and support on fulfilling the standards and succeeding in the classroom role. This book includes: real-life case studies that put the theory behind the standards into a whole-school context practical activities that convey how the standards can be used in the classroom guidance on the school-based aspects of the training and assessment advice on the difference between the learning and teaching standards for newly qualified teachers and HLTAs. This book is complemented by a companion volume Professional Values and Practice which underpins the philosophy values and practice of support at this level. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138129399

Learning and the Development of Cognition How do children learn and how are new modes of thought developed? These questions have for years been of paramount interest to psychologists and others concerned with the cognitive development of the child. In this major work originally published in 1974 and reporting on over ten years’ research of the Geneva School the authors carried the pioneering investigations of Jean Piaget to a new and remarkable level. As Piaget said in his foreword to the book: ‘The novelty of the findings the clarity of the theoretical interpretation and the sometimes even excessive caution of the conclusions enable the reader to separate clearly the experimental results from the authors’ theoretical tenets.’ The authors’ learning experiments with children were designed to examine the processes that lead to the acquisition of certain key concepts such as conservation of matter and length. Detailed study of the progress of each individual subject revealed a number of features characteristic of situations that create conflicts in the child’s mind and certain regularities in the way these conflicts are resolved. Such data threw new light on the dynamics of the development of cognitive structures as well as on basic mechanisms of learning at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724501

Learning and Visual Communication Originally published in 1981 Learning and Visual Communication is about how to use visual communication in education. It offers visual forms of communication. In order to do this it draws on recent research - at the time of publication - in psychology philosophy semiotics cultural analysis education and media studies. Visual thinking the key concept of the book is defined in psychological and philosophical terms. It is placed in its cultural context and it is argued that it has not received the attention that it deserves in our educational system which is dominated by literacy and numeracy. This is despite the increasing use of visual communication as an aid to learning and as a source of basic data in a whole range of disciplines such as physical science geography history and anthropology amongst others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367076573

Learning and Volunteering Abroad for DevelopmentUnpacking Host Organization and Volunteer Rationales Learning/volunteer abroad programmes provide opportunities for cross-cultural understanding partnership-building and cooperative development but there are also significant structural challenges and inequality of opportunity issues that result from these partnerships between host organizations in the Global South and learning/volunteer abroad for development (LVA4D) participants from the Global North. Learning and Volunteering Abroad for Development aims to unpack the complex benefits and disadvantages of learning/volunteer abroad programmes using insights from the volunteers who travel abroad and the communities who host them. Based on empirical research within both volunteer and host communities this book provides students and scholars with an alternative framework for a more careful and nuanced analysis of international volunteering programmes highlighting ways to improve critical reflection development outcomes and intercultural competence. Supported by a website with additional learning resources this book is an integral resource for senior undergraduate and graduate students interested in going abroad as well as for scholars or development professionals who are leading or researching such programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138746978

Learning and WorkAn Exploration in Industrial Ethnography First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203054369

Learning Approaches in Signal Processing Coupled with machine learning the use of signal processing techniques for big data analysis Internet of things smart cities security and bio-informatics applications has witnessed explosive growth. This has been made possible via fast algorithms on data speech image and video processing with advanced GPU technology. This book presents  an up-to-date tutorial and overview on learning technologies such as random forests sparsity and low-rank matrix estimation and cutting-edge visual/signal processing techniques including face recognition Kalman filtering and multirate DSP. It discusses the applications that make use of deep learning convolutional neural networks random forests etc. The applications include super-resolution imaging fringe projection profilometry human activities detection/capture gesture recognition spoken language processing cooperative networks bioinformatics DNA and healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800501

Learning as a Creative and Developmental Process in Higher EducationA Therapeutic Arts Approach and Its Wider Application Much has been written about the importance of creativity in learning and education over the last few decades. This unique book extends beyond the usual focus on implementing creative methods in learning teaching and assessing within higher education to an examination of creativity as central to a learning process which is transformational for the student. More specifically Learning as a Creative and Developmental Process in Higher Education examines the importance of a facilitative tutor-student relationship and environment which contextualise this creative process of teaching and learning. Bringing together unique teaching and learning approaches developed by experienced academics this book discusses a number of complex issues including approaches to an understanding of the student’s self-concept as learner; the nature of the curriculum; the potential of metaphor and creativity; and a multi-modal approach to learning and teaching. Contributions to the book also examine some of the challenges and tensions of such an approach within the context of arts-based subjects in higher education institutions. Using a unique and coherent thematic structure that is based upon the student journey as a transformational process this book provides a new way of understanding the student journey through higher education. Including an examination of the parallels between educational and arts education and arts therapies disciplines this book will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students involved in the arts and the arts therapies as well as those studying creativity in teaching and learning in higher education. It should be of particular interest to those involved in the teaching and training of teachers and lecturers in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584917

Learning as DevelopmentRethinking International Education in a Changing World Learning is the foundation of the human experience. It begins at birth and never stops a continuous and malleable link across life stages of human development. Disparities in learning access and outcomes around the world have deep consequences for income social mobility health and well-being. For international development practitioners faced with today's unprecedented environmental and geopolitical pressures learning should be viewed as a touchstone and target for those seeking to truly effect global change. This book traces the path of international development work—from its pre-colonial origins to the emergence of economics as the dominant discipline in the field—and lays out a new agenda for policymakers researchers and practitioners from early education through adulthood. Learning as Development is an attempt to rethink international education in a changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726079

Learning As Self-organization A year before his death B.F. Skinner wrote that "There are two unavoidable gaps in any behavioral account: one between the stimulating action of the environment and the response of the organism and one between consequences and the resulting change in behavior. Only brain science can fill those gaps. In doing so it completes the account; it does not give a different account of the same thing." This declaration ended the epoch of radical behaviorism to the extent that it was based on the doctrine of the "empty organism " the doctrine that a behavioral science must be constructed purely on its own level of investigation. However Skinner was not completely correct in his assessment. Brain science on its own can no more fill the gaps than can single level behavioral science. It is the relation between data and formulations developed in the brain and the behavioral sciences that is needed. This volume is the result of The Fourth Appalachian Conference on Behavioral Neurodynamics the first three of which were aimed at filling Skinner's first gap. Taking the series in a new direction the aim of the fourth and subsequent conferences is to explore the second of the gaps in the behavioral account noted by Skinner. The aim of this conference was to explore the aphorism: The motivation for learning is self organization. In keeping with this aim and in the spirit of previous events this conference's mission was to acquaint scientists working in one discipline with the work going on in other disciplines that is relevant to both. As a result it brought together those who are making advances on the behavioral level -- mainly working in the tradition of operant conditioning -- and those working with brains -- mainly amygdala hippocampus and far frontal cortex. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138411814

Learning at the Museum FrontiersIdentity Race and Power In Learning at the Museum Frontiers Viv Golding argues that the museum has the potential to function as a frontier - a zone where learning is created new identities are forged and new connections made between disparate groups and their own histories. She draws on a range of theoretical perspectives including Gadamer's philosophical hermeneutics Foucauldian discourse on space and power and postcolonial and Black feminist theory as well as her own professional experience in museum education over a ten-year period applying these ideas to a wide range of museum contexts. The book offers an important theoretical and empirical contribution to the debate on the value of museums and what they can contribute to society. The author reveals the radical potential for museums to tackle injustice and social exclusion challenge racism enhance knowledge and promote truth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262478

Learning at the Practice InterfaceReconstructing dialogue for progressive educational change This book investigates professional practice at the interface of sociology and epistemology for progressive educational change. It suggests that orthodox sociology and sociology of education have not sufficiently analysed contemporary educational situations due primarily to the strength of the economic and educational influence of neoliberalism. In drawing upon key aspects of the work of Dewey Freire Bernstein and Bourdieu a new reflexive sociology of knowledge is proposed that could potentially revolutionise public schooling and emancipate learning. This critical reconceptualisation of curriculum and teaching as well as the democratic inclusion of all children into structures of privileged and community knowledge opens up a new epistemological stage in the sociology of education worldwide. In confronting the contradiction between social marginalisation and educational expectations Learning at the Practice Interface explores new approaches to education systems and knowledge production. Part A raises questions regarding knowledge pedagogy and social justice that are central to schooling and which support values weakened by neoliberalism. These values include democracy equity community collaboration and deference towards knowledge and culture not dependent on wealth and status. Part B explores practical issues related to how knowledge is engaged in the school curriculum. This discussion goes to the heart of learning at the practice interface and suggests that the lack of epistemological strategies based on sociological description has created serious estrangement from school knowledge for large numbers of students. Part C discusses a critical view of knowledge in relation to research teaching and learning and the education profession generally. The need for a new reflexive sociology of knowledge is proposed to guide educational dialogue and action such that connections can be made between progressive sociology and epistemology in the interests of all children. This book will be of interest to academics and researchers in the Sociology of Education Teacher Education and Education Reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851290

Learning Autodesk 3ds Max 2008 Foundation Learning Autodesk® 3ds Max® 2008 | Foundation is your shortcut to learning 3ds Max quickly and effectively. You'll get hands-on experience with the key tools and techniques through easy-to-follow step-by-step project-based lessons while learning to model animate apply materials and render in both the games & design visualization pipelines. By the end of the book you'll have a sense of the entire production process as you work on real-life production examples.Whether you're a game artist or a graphic artist Autodesk® 3ds Max® 2008 has the tools you need to succeed. Game Artists will gain in-depth knowledge of the world-class Biped character animation toolset unparalleled polygon modeling and texturing workflow.Design Visualization Specialists such as architects designers and graphic artists will gain the power to visually inform the design process through conceptual exploration design validation and visual communication.Bonus features included on DVD:. Link to a 30-day trial of Autodesk® 3ds Max® software. Bonus short films and new software feature demos. Autodesk 3ds Max hotkeys reference guide. Free models from Turbo Squid worth $160. Autodesk® 3ds Max® 2008 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080557519

Learning Autodesk 3ds Max 2010 Foundation for Games 3ds Max XXXX: presently under NDA. Learning 3ds Max XXXX Foundation is the key to unlocking the power of Autodesk 3ds Max directly from the creators of one of the world's most powerful 3D animation and effects software products. Get hands on experience with the innovative tools and powerful techniques available in the new version of 3ds Max through all new project-based lessons. Projects will include valuable game assets and examples. Topics will include modeling animation materials & mapping rendering. Autodesk will be contributing assets (models and images) from high-profile studios. The DVD will include: 30-day trial of Max XXXX bonus short films demos hotkey reference free models from turbosquid. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080957067

Learning Autodesk 3ds Max Design 2010: EssentialsThe Official Autodesk 3ds Max Training Guide Learning Autodesk 3ds Max 2010 Design Essentials is a superb end-to-end reference that provides users with complete info on all of the features and options available in the latest version of 3ds Max Design so that users can learn how to use 3ds Max Design confidently in a production environment. Each chapter offers a series of lessons - which introduce the functional areas of Max Design and go over all associated features (with examples) and then a lab (which demonstrates a practical application of the lesson). Together all of the lessons deliver and sound and complete approach to revealing the functions features and principles of 3ds Max 2010 Design. New Bonus section on MaxScript covering techniques for automating repetitive tasks and customizing 3ds Max Design to make you more productive. The DVD includes project Scene and support files 3 bonus chapters and 4 bonus labs (an additional 370 pages of 3ds Max Design techniques) with free models and texture maps from Turbo Squid (a $188 value) and a link to a trial version of Sketchbook Pro. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400771

Learning Autodesk Inventor 2017 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using Autodesk Inventor 2017 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. An unassembled version of the same robot used throughout the book can be bundled with the book. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design(CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the Inventor interface and its basic tools. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of Inventor's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using Autodesk Inventor. This book continues by examining the different mechanisms commonly used in walking robots. You will learn the basic types of planar four-bar linkages commonly used in mechanical designs and how to use the GeoGebra Dynamic Geometry software to simulate and analyze 2D linkages. Using the knowledge you gained about linkages and mechanism you will learn how to modify your robot and change its behavior by modifying or creating new parts. In the final chapter of this book you learn how to combine all the robot parts into assemblies and then run motion analysis. You will finish off your project by creating 3D animations of your robot in action. There are many books that show you how to perform individual tasks with Autodesk Inventor but this book takes you through an entire project and shows you the complete engineering process. By the end of this book you will have modeled and assembled nearly all the parts that make up the TAMIYA® Mechanical Tiger and can start building your own robot. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570460

Learning Autodesk Inventor 2018 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using Autodesk Inventor 2018 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. An unassembled version of the same robot used throughout the book can be bundled with the book. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design(CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the Inventor interface and its basic tools. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of Inventor's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using Autodesk Inventor. This book continues by examining the different mechanisms commonly used in walking robots. You will learn the basic types of planar four-bar linkages commonly used in mechanical designs and how to use the GeoGebra Dynamic Geometry software to simulate and analyze 2D linkages. Using the knowledge you gained about linkages and mechanism you will learn how to modify your robot and change its behavior by modifying or creating new parts. In the final chapter of this book you learn how to combine all the robot parts into assemblies and then run motion analysis. You will finish off your project by creating 3D animations of your robot in action. There are many books that show you how to perform individual tasks with Autodesk Inventor but this book takes you through an entire project and shows you the complete engineering process. By the end of this book you will have modeled and assembled nearly all the parts that make up the TAMIYA® Mechanical Tiger and can start building your own robot. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571313

Learning Autodesk Inventor 2020 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using Autodesk Inventor 2020 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. An unassembled version of the same robot used throughout the book can be bundled with the book. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design(CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the Inventor interface and its basic tools. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings.   Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572860

Learning Autodesk Inventor 2021 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using Autodesk Inventor 2021 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. An unassembled version of the same robot used throughout the book can be bundled with the book. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design(CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the Inventor interface and its basic tools. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of Inventor's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using Autodesk Inventor. This book continues by examining the different mechanisms commonly used in walking robots. You will learn the basic types of planar four-bar linkages commonly used in mechanical designs and how to use the GeoGebra Dynamic Geometry software to simulate and analyze 2D linkages. Using the knowledge you gained about linkages and mechanism you will learn how to modify your robot and change its behavior by modifying or creating new parts. In the final chapter of this book you learn how to combine all the robot parts into assemblies and then run motion analysis. You will finish off your project by creating 3D animations of your robot in action. There are many books that show you how to perform individual tasks with Autodesk Inventor but this book takes you through an entire project and shows you the complete engineering process. By the end of this book you will have modeled and assembled nearly all the parts that make up the TAMIYA® Mechanical Tiger and can start building your own robot. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573447

Learning Beyond the ClassroomEducation for a Changing World Education has become one of our major concerns at the heart of any strategy for prosperity and social cohesion. But young people are having more difficulty than ever before in adapting to the world they will enter as adults.Tom Bentley argues that if education is to meet the emerging challenges of the twenty-first century we must recognise that learning takes place far beyond the formal education sector. We cannot rely solely on dedicated teachers to deliver the understanding and personal qualities young people will need. Instead we must connect what happens in schools to wider opportunities for learning. Drawing on a wide-ranging review of educational innovation and on contemporary analysis of economic social and technological change this book shows that creating an education revolution requires us to think far more radically about young people and the options for reform and outlines a vision of education fit for the twenty-first century.Tom Bentley is a senior researcher at Demos the independent think-tank. He was born and educated in East London and at Oxford University. His research areas include: young people education the future of work and combating of social exclusion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147423

Learning Beyond the Objective in Primary EducationPhilosophical Perspectives from Theory and Practice Learning Beyond the Objective in Primary Education explores an existential perspective for pedagogy proposed in response to the current technocratic paradigm of education prevalent in many countries worldwide. This new perspective is termed ‘Bildung’s Repetition.’ The book seeks to encourage policy makers and educational practitioners to consider the impact of education on children over and above the meeting of set targets and objectives. Located in a philosophical framework this book considers how children might learn authentically in the light of their own personal contingency. A series of case studies reflecting the effectiveness of this perspective through the curriculum is provided each illustrating how ‘Bildung’s Repetition’ allows for personalized meaningful learning within current structures. Recommendations for practice are provided encouraging all stakeholders in education to consider the value of this perspective and effect a ‘ten-degree shift’ within educational thought. This unique book fuses theory with practice and will be of great interest to academics researchers and students in the fields of primary education and teacher training. It will also be of interest to school leaders and practicing teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192365

Learning Beyond the SchoolInternational Perspectives on the Schooled Society Whilst learning is central to most understandings of what it is to be human we now live in a knowledge society where being educated defines life chances more than ever before. Learning Beyond the School brings together accounts of learning from around the world in organisations spaces and places that are schooled but not school. Exploring examples of learning organisation pedagogisation informal learning and social education the book shows not only how understandings of education are framed in terms of local versions of schooling but what being educated could and should mean in very different social and political contexts. With contributions from scholars based in Australia Europe the USA Latin America and Asia the book brings together accounts of learning outside of school. Chapters contain rich and detailed case studies of innovative projects new kinds of learning institutions youth peer-driven and community-based activities and public pedagogies as well as engaging with the dimensions of an argument about the place and nature of learning outside of the school. It challenges dominant versions of school around the world whilst also critically discussing the value and place of non-institutionalised learning. Learning Beyond the School should be of interest to academics researchers postgraduate scholars engaged in the study of comparative education youth work education systems digital culture sociology of education and youth development. It should also be essential reading for practitioners and policymakers who are interested in youth and education system reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489212

Learning Bio-Micro-Nanotechnology Learning Bio-Micro-Nanotechnology is a primer on micro/nanotechnology that teaches the vocabulary fundamental concepts and applications of micro/nanotechnology in biology chemistry physics engineering electronics computers biomedicine microscopy ethics and risks to humankind. It provides an introduction into the small world with a low fog index emphasizing the concepts using analogies and illustrations to simplify the non-observables. The chapters have many "thinking exercises" and summaries with references at the end of each chapter. The questions at the end are divided into Bloom’s taxonomy of learning skills and also include team exercises and methods to assess learning. There are many calculations using dimensional analysis according to first principles but the math is purposely kept at a low level and is used as a means of understanding the concepts. The appendices provide a math review and a glossary of terms.Carefully designed as an easy-to-read textbook and a practical reference this book emphasizes learning micro/nanotechnology vocabulary concepts and applications from first principles and from a multi-disciplinary point of view. This makes it suitable for one- and two-semester courses as well as a reference for professionals in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076310

Learning by Doing with National Instruments Development Boards Learning by Doing with National Instruments Development Boards starts with a brief introduction to LabVIEW programming which is required to explore the National Instrument platform an introduction that includes detailed installation and licensing setup. Further it gives the features and configuration setup of NI SPEEDY-33 NI ELVIS and myRIO boards. The focus of the book is on worked-out case studies for students working in different areas of electronics such as basic digital design biomedical instrumentation sensors and measurement. Data acquisition using SPEEDY-33 NI –ELVIS and myRIO kits is also odiscussed. The book also examines the myRIO platform. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138338333

Learning by TeachingEvidence-based Strategies to Enhance Learning in the Classroom This book provides an essential overview of "learning by teaching" unpacking the underpinning theory research evidence and practical implications of peer learning in a variety of classroom contexts. It aims to offer practical guidance for practitioners in structuring effective peer learning – between professionals and between students alike. It locates this phenomenon in current conceptions of learning and teaching far removed from traditional ideas of one-way transmission of knowledge. Exactly what happens to promote learning by teaching is explored. Examples of learning by teaching are discussed and it is noted that this happens in school university and the workplace as well as through the Internet. Learning by teaching within the student body is then explored and many different methods described. The organizational features needed to improve learning by teaching consciously and deliberately are investigated. These can be before teaching during teaching or after teaching. Evidence-based practical guidance is given. Of course teachers can deploy learning by teaching for themselves but what if they also organize their students to teach each other thereby giving many more opportunities to discuss practise explain and question? This takes pedagogical advantage of the differences between students – turning classrooms into communities of learners where students learn both from their teacher and from their peers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122994

Learning C# Programming with Unity 3D second edition Learning C# Programming with Unity 3D Second Edition is for the novice game programmer without any prior programming experience. Readers will learn how C# is used to make a game in Unity 3D. Many example projects provide working code to learn from and experiment with. As C# evolves Unity 3D evolves along with it. Many new features and aspects of C# are included and explained. Common programming tasks are taught by way of making working game mechanics. The reader will understand how to read and apply C# in Unity 3D and apply that knowledge to other development environments that use C#. New to this edition: includes latest C# language features and useful tools included with the .NET library like LINQ Local Functions Tuples and more! Key Features Provides a starting point for the first-time programmer C# Code examples are simple short and clear Learn the very basics on up to interesting tricks which C# offers Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138336810

Learning Chinese Turning ChineseChallenges to Becoming Sinophone in a Globalised World In this book Edward McDonald takes a fresh look at issues of language in Chinese studies. He takes the viewpoint of the university student of Chinese with the ultimate goal of becoming 'sinophone': that is developing a fluency and facility at operating in Chinese-language contexts comparable to their own mother tongue. While the entry point for most potential sinophones is the Chinese language classroom the kinds of "language" and "culture" on offer there are rarely questioned and the links between the forms of the language and the situations in which they may be used are rarely drawn. The author’s explorations of Chinese studies illustrate the crucial link between becoming sinophone and developing a sinophone identity – learning Chinese and turning Chinese. Including chapters on: relating text to context in learning Chinese the social and political contexts of language learning myths about Chinese characters language reform and nationalism in modern China critical discourse analysis of popular culture ethnicity and identity in language learning. This book will be invaluable for all Chinese language students and teachers and those with an interest in Chinese linguistics linguistic anthropology critical discourse analysis and language education. Edward McDonald is currently Lecturer in Chinese at the University of Auckland and has taught Chinese language music linguistics and semiotics at universities in Australia China and Singapore. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203839805

Learning Cities in Late AntiquityThe Local Dimension of Education Education in the Graeco-Roman world was a hallmark of the polis. Yet the complex ways in which pedagogical theory and practice intersected with their local environments has not been much explored in recent scholarship. Learning Cities in Late Antiquity suggests a new explanatory model that helps to understand better how conditions in the cities shaped learning and teaching and how in turn education had an impact on its urban context. Drawing inspiration from the modern idea of ‘learning cities’ the chapters explore the interplay of teachers learners political leaders communities and institutions in the Mediterranean polis with a focus on the well-documented city of Gaza in the sixth century CE. They demonstrate in detail that formal and informal teaching as well as educational thinking not only responded to specifically local needs but also exerted considerable influence on local society. With its interdisciplinary and comparatist approach the volume aims to contextualise ancient education in order to stimulate further research on ancient learning cities. It also highlights the benefits of historical research to theory and practice in modern education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663315

Learning CitizenshipPractical Teaching Strategies for Secondary Schools The Citizenship curriculum aims to help young people to participate more fully in society through the development of a range of relevant skills and knowledge. This book shows how a variety of teaching strategies can be used to teach citizenship skills across a range of curriculum subjects as well as in Citizenship lessons themselves. Topics covered include: developing discussion thinking through debate addressing controversial issues investigating citizenship learning through role play working in groups learning with simulations participation. A lively and practical book which will be invaluable to student teachers and their trainers Citizenship co-ordinators in schools and advisors across the country. It combines issues of pedagogy with real classroom experiences and demonstrates just how students learn from different teaching strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161740

Learning Communities in Education Learning Communities in Education explores the theory and practice of learning communities from an international perspective. Covering primary/elementary secondary and tertiary levels in a variety of educational contexts leading researchers discuss:* theoretical issues and debate* processes and strategies for creating learning communities* learning communities in actionThe current experience of the learning community is examined with reference to case studies from England Ireland Canada the USA and Australia. With comprehensive coverage of this much-debated topic and a careful balance between theoretical analysis and case-study material Learning Communities in Education will be a valuable addition to the literature in this field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315830803

Learning ConsultationA Systemic Framework A book which will illuminate the learning process from the perspective of the teacher as well as the learner. The experiences of the various contributors will empower the reader to take more personal risks in their own learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104825

Learning ContractsA Practical Guide Learning contracts have been a successful feature of many university/continuing education programmes over the last 20 years but many staff are still unfamiliar with them or have difficulty using them. This guide introduces the learning contract to those considering using them on their courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146242

Learning Conversations in Museums What do people learn from visiting museums and how do they learn it? The editors approach this question by focusing on conversations as both the process and the outcome of museum learning. People do not come to museums to talk but they often do talk. This talk can drift from discussions of managing the visit to remembrances of family members and friends not present to close analyses of particular objects or displays. This volume explores how these conversations reflect and change a visitor's identity discipline-specific knowledge and engagement with an informal learning environment that has been purposefully constructed by an almost invisible community of designers planners and educators. Fitting nicely into a small but rapidly expanding market this book presents: *one of the first theoretically grounded set of studies on museum learning; *an explicit presentation of innovative and rich methodologies on learning in museums; *information on a variety of museums and subject matter; *a study on exhibitions ranging from art to science content; *authors from the museum and the academic world; *a range of methods--from the analysis of diaries written to record museum visits to studies of preservice teachers using pre- and post-museum visit tests; *an examination of visitors ranging from age 4-75 years of age and from known and unknown sample populations; and *a lens that examines museum visits in a fine grained (1 second) or big picture (week year long) way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866829

Learning ConversationsThe Self-Organised Learning Way to Personal and Organisational Growth How Can You Improve Your Learning Capabilites? How Can You Enhance Your Potential for Change and Personal Growth? Most of us accept that education does not meet the needs of learners today or their employers. This mismatch is a key reason why a high level of demotivated youth as well as workers and managers remain unable to develop themselves. They have been other-organised and are unprepared for the world of work and the challenges of life. First published in 1991 this title offers a radical approach to human learning and personal change. Based on the reflective procedures of Learning Conversations it enables a deep exploration of the learning process and allows individuals teams and even whole organisations to create dynamic learning cultures capable of adaptive constructive and continuing growth. Available again after some years this book is as relevant if not of greater value in our ever-changing society than when originally published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018211

Learning Counseling and Problem-Solving Skills An excellent tool for teaching counseling and problem-solving skills this instructive volume focuses on the how-tos of developing a good client-helper relationship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801759

Learning Critical ReflectionExperiences of the Transformative Learning Process Learning Critical Reflection documents the actual learning experiences of social work students and practitioners. It explores how a more in-depth understanding of the process of learning combined with an analysis of how to critically reflect will help improve the learning process. The contributors are all professionals who have learnt in a formalised way how to critically reflect on their practice. They speak in depth and with feeling about their experiences how downsides and upsides worked together to transform the way they understood themselves their professional identity and their practice. Existing literature about critical reflection is reviewed identifying the details of learning and pulling no punches in recognising the difficulty and complexity of becoming transformed through this learning process. The editors of this book also contribute their own reflections on learning how to teach critical reflection and include the findings of a research study conducted on students’ learning. Edited by two experienced educators this book showcases the process of learning from the perspective of the learners in order that educators and students managers supervisors and frontline practitioners alike may make the most of opportunities to critically reflect in both educational and workplace settings. It should be considered essential reading for social work students practitioners and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491304

Learning CurvesTheory Models and Applications Written by international contributors Learning Curves: Theory Models and Applications first draws a learning map that shows where learning is involved within organizations then examines how it can be sustained perfected and accelerated. The book reviews empirical findings in the literature in terms of different sources for learning and partial assessments of the steps that make up the actual learning process inside the learning curve. Traditionally books on learning curves have focused either on cost accounting or production planning and control. In these books the learning curve has been treated as a forecasting tool. This book synthesizes current research and presents a clear picture of organizational learning curves. It explores how organizations improve other measures of organizational performance including quality inventory and productivity then looks inside the learning curve to determine the actual processes through which organizations learn. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072015

Learning DesignConceptualizing a Framework for Teaching and Learning Online The new field of learning design has the potential to revolutionize not only technology in education but the whole field of teaching and learning through the application of design thinking to education. Learning Design looks inside the "black box" of pedagogy to understand what teachers and learners do together and how the best teaching ideas can be shared on a global scale. Learning design supports all pedagogical approaches content areas and fields of education. The book opens with a new synthesis of the field of learning design and its place in educational theory and practice and goes on to explore the implications of learning design for many areas of education—both practical and theoretical—in a series of chapters by Larnaca Declaration authors and other international experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138910973

Learning DesirePerspectives on Pedagogy Culture and the Unsaid First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948965

Learning Difficulties in Primary ClassroomsDelivering the Whole Curriculum First published in 1992. This book offers clear practical guidelines to help ensure that the full breadth of the curriculum is made as available to children with special educational needs as the rest of their peers. The book focuses on primary and middle schools and is directed towards the professional training needs and general interests of teachers and support staff headteachers governors and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594920

Learning Disabilities in the Primary Classroom First published in 1986. This book is concerned with the problems children have in learning in normal or remedial classrooms within ordinary primary schools. It deals with children in the 5 to 11 age range but much is also applicable to children at the lower end of the secondary school. It looks at a wide range of difficulties and for each area it classifies and describes the difficulties considers the numbers of children with the difficulty; and discusses problems of diagnosis and remediation. It reviews certain psychological theories and research findings and relates them to practice; and it describes the work of professionals such as speech therapists showing how the classroom teacher can support such professionals; but the major concern of the book is to help practicing teachers and teachers in training to work out intelligently for themselves how to improve their performance in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590342

Learning DisabilitiesContemporary Viewpoints This volume examines the field of learning disabilities and the education of learning disabled (LD) children through the eyes of several experts. Contributors bring to the book such diverse academic backgrounds as education psychology special education and medicine. The chapters adapted from lectures given at the Landmark West School in California include audience questions and responses. Chapters on new medications for the LD child contemporary research on dyslexia and educational strategies for improving reading are complemented bychapters on social and emotional issues that affect the families of learning disabled children adolescents and young adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181229

Learning DisabilitiesFrom Identification to Intervention Presenting major advances in understanding learning disabilities (LDs) and describing effective educational practices this authoritative volume has been significantly revised and expanded with more than 70% new material. Foremost LD experts identify effective principles of assessment and instruction within the framework of multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS). With a focus on what works in the classroom the book explores the full range of reading mathematics and writing disabilities. It synthesizes knowledge from neuropsychology cognitive neuroscience and special and general education. Illustrations include eight color plates. As a special supplement a chapter on the history of the LD field from the first edition is provided at the companion website. New to This Edition*Heightened emphasis on intervention including significant new developments in reading comprehension and math.*Chapter on principles of effective instruction and MTSS.*Chapter on automaticity in reading math and writing.*Chapter on challenges in real-world implementation of evidence-based practices.*Chapter on the validity of the LD construct. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462536375

Learning DisabilitiesTheoretical and Research Issues This volume has been developed as a direct result of a conference sponsored by the International Academy for Research in Learning Disabilities held at the University of California at Los Angeles. The text provides a review and critique of current research in the areas of intelligence social cognition achievement and subtyping as they relate to learning disabilities. In addition the concept that social behavior is an aspect of intelligence and the relationship between language and reading are discussed in detail by noted experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979604

Learning Disability and Inclusion PhobiaPast Present Future The social position of learning disabled people has shifted rapidly over the last 20 years from long-stay institutions first into community homes and day centres and now to a currently emerging goal of "ordinary lives" for individuals using person-centred support and personal budgets. These approaches promise to replace a century and a half of "scientific" pathological models based on expert assessment and of the accompanying segregated social administration which determined how and where people led their lives and who they were. This innovative volume explains how concepts of learning disability intellectual disability and autism first came about describes their more recent evolution in the formal disciplines of psychology and shows the direct relevance of this historical knowledge to present and future policy practice and research. Goodey argues that learning disability is not a historically stable category and different people are considered "learning disabled" as it changes over time. Using psychological and anthropological theory he identifies the deeper lying pathology as "inclusion phobia" in which the tendency of human societies to establish an in-group and to assign out-groups reaches an extreme point. Thus the disability we call "intellectual" is a concept essential only to an era in which to be human is essentially to be deemed intelligent autonomous and capable of rational choice. Interweaving the author's historical scholarship with his practice-based experience in the field Learning Disability and Inclusion Phobia challenges myths about the past as well as about present-day concepts exposing both the historical continuities and the radical discontinuities in thinking about learning disability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355212

Learning Disability NursingModern Day Practice Learning Disability Nursing: Modern Day Practice provides a solid foundation that allows health care practitioners to care for and/or support people with learning disabilities in a range of health and social care settings and scenarios. The book addresses learning disability nursing from various perspectives including history and modern-day practice role in promoting health and well-being interventions with mental health addressing profound disability and people with complex needs care across the lifespan forensic settings and the future of learning disability nursing. The book also includes patient perspectives and narratives as well as clinically relevant information linked to NMC and An Bord Altranais competencies. This book is essential reading for anyone studying learning disabilities as part of a nursing health or social care course as well as a useful resource for the wider family of nurses and health and social care professionals at both the undergraduate and postgraduate levels. Those in practice will also benefit from this valuable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482215588

Learning DisabilityA Social approach The detailed study of learning disability features rarely in university courses. To a large extent this reflects the low value attributed by our society and its human services to people with learning difficulties. This unusual book based on one of those rare courses includes contributions from academic specialists students and people with learning difficulties all of whom have participated in the course. Its 'social approach' challenges the very idea of what should be taught about the subject of learning disability and who should teach it. Learning Disability - A Social Approach looks at how people's lives are affected by human services. It covers specific policy and service issues different aspects of working with people and key debates. The unique insights gained from the combination of academic knowledge and real life experience make it a topical and thought-provoking text for anyone involved with learning disability - student teacher professional or policy maker. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203865637

Learning DisordersA Response-to-Intervention Perspective What are learning disorders? How can schools endeavour to address these disorders in today’s inclusive classrooms? This book answers these important questions in practical terms and discusses in detail the instructional needs of students with dyslexia dysgraphia dyscalculia dyspraxia and other significant disorders that affect learning. Peter Westwood draws on international research literature to provide supporting evidence of best practices. The book is unique in linking the teaching methods recommended for overcoming learning problems directly to each of the three tiers of support in the Response-to-Intervention Model. It presents examples of effective whole-class teaching intensive small group instruction and individual tutoring as well as addressing key topics such as: educational progress of students with learning disorders; principles for teaching dyslexic students; difficulties with writing and spelling; developing students’ numeracy skills; specific intervention strategies; nonverbal learning disabilities. Learning Disorders will be of interest to practising teachers trainee teachers teaching assistants educational psychologists school counsellors and parents. It will also provide valuable insights for any school planning to upgrade its support system for students with special educational needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138041844

Learning Draftsight for Windows DraftSight is a free two-dimensional Computer Aided Design (CAD) program that can create edit and view DWG files. This book is focused on teaching you to use DraftSight and will get you started using the software right from the start. What sets this text apart from others is its ability to provide you with greater choices in the quest for learning CAD software. Every effort has been made to provide an environment which covers the two main uses of the software: Mechanical and Architectural drafting. Although diverse these fields are related enough such that beginning CAD skills learned in one area can be adapted to the other. Exercises and activities found in this text are typically grouped as either Mechanical or Architectural. You may decide which path to take or do both. Skills learned in these areas are transferable to subsets of these groups as well (e.g. electrical civil structural textile design interior design and landscape design). In order to best meet the needs of beginning CAD students this book has two parts. Part A “General Skills” covers the basic commands necessary to effectively create geometry using DraftSight. Part B “Specialized Skills” contains optional modules that are designed to address specific needs. Building on what was learned in Part A you should be able to generate and plot production-quality multi/plan view drawings on your own at the completion of Part B. After completing this text you will be able to create simple multi-view projections of mechanical objects as well as plan and elevation views of architectural structures. It is assumed that you approach this book with some background in drafting including proficiency in orthographic projection sectioning and dimensioning practices. The purpose of this text is to assist in learning the DraftSight software program not drafting skills in general. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585036622

Learning ElectrocardiographyA Complete Course Designed not only to give you the facts but to help you understand and remember them Learning Electrocardiography: A Complete Course Fourth Edition is a learning tool for students and a reference for advanced trainees and technicians. The author's step-by-step teaching method lets you focus on the information as you need it and proceed at your own pace. He combines twenty years of teaching experience with the latest information on new methods and uses of electrocardiography.Brief and to the point the text explains how an electrocardiograph works how to draw a hexaxial system plot vectors produce a good ECG tracing and draw a spatial vector. You will learn how to produce a technically good electrocardiograph perform an office exercise test without a treadmill and recognize the presence of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease without the necessity of diagnosing right ventricular hypertrophy. Providing a logical clear and complete approach to the subject Learning Electrocardiography: A Complete Course Fourth Edition is the resource to use when learning or reviewing electrocardiography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446918

Learning Engineering for Online EducationTheoretical Contexts and Design-Based Examples Learning Engineering for Online Education is a comprehensive overview of the emerging field of learning engineering a form of educational optimization driven by analytics design-based research and fast-paced large-scale experimentation. Chapters written by instructional design and distance learning innovators explore the theoretical context of learning engineering and provide design-based examples from top educational institutions. Concluding with an agenda for future research this volume is essential for those interested in using data and high-quality outcome evidence to improve student engagement instructional efficacy and results in online and blended settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394426

Learning Engineering Practice This book explains engineering practice what engineers actually do in their work. The first part explains how to find paid engineering work and prepare for an engineering career. The second part explains the fundamentals of engineering practice including how to gain access to technical knowledge how to gain the willing collaboration of other people to make things happen and how to work safely in hazardous environments. Other chapters explain engineering aspects of project management missed in most courses how to create commercial value from engineering work and estimate costs and how to navigate cultural complexities successfully. Later chapters provide guidance on sustainability time management and avoiding the most common frustrations encountered by engineers at work. This book has been written for engineering students graduates and novice engineers. Supervisors mentors and human resources professionals will also find the book helpful to guide early-career engineers and assess their progress. Engineering schools will find the book helpful to help students prepare for professional internships and also for creating authentic practice and assessment exercises. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367651817

Learning English Learning English focuses on young children's acquisition of spoken and written English in monolingual and bilingual contexts and explores the debates surrounding English in schools and colleges and the often controversial nature of the English curriculum in different parts of the world. English is learned in most parts of the world both through use in the home and community and as a major language of education. Learning English represents just some of this diversity.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060567

Learning Environments for the Whole Curriculum Originally published in 1991. Consisting of 18 teachers' reports on attempts to change traditional learning environments the contributors argue for a commitment to whole curriculum planning which embraces a variety of learning environments both inside and outside the school walls. There is a particular concern in several of the reports for lower attaining pupils and those pupils who seem to gain very little from `normal lessons'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321786

Learning Everywhere on CampusTeaching Strategies for Student Affairs Professionals Although student affairs practitioners play a key role in student learning few are familiar with learning theories the design of experiential education or pedagogical theory. This edited collection describes programs in which student affairs professionals work independently or in collaboration with academic faculty and community partners to create more intentional and consistent approaches that enhance student learning. Examples models and case studies throughout the chapters make the theories and ideas specific and practical. Exploring educational opportunities in and outside the classroom such as peer education leadership development life and career planning civic engagement service-learning and study abroad this book provides both theories and pedagogical frameworks for organizing and integrating the entire institution to promote and support learning. Drawing on multiple perspectives Learning Everywhere on Campus shares the interventions and strategies necessary to help students learn new information acquire skills and understand the value of this knowledge in constructing their sense of purpose and self in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789264

Learning for Health ImprovementPt. 1 Experiences of Providing and Receiving Care With growing pressure on the NHS to keep staff up-to-date committed and equipped with flexible skills profiles "Learning for Health Improvement" offers creative ways to invest in people development. It explores the issues relating to work based learning and argues it is much broader than mere skills acquisition and is wide ranging collaborative and socially situated. Adopting a practical approach the book makes use of quizzes stories dilemmas and audit tools to assist in comprehension and work-based application. "Learning for Health Improvement" is essential reading for managers and supervisors in healthcare policy makers and shapers and healthcare human resources and training managers. It will also be of great interest to healthcare lecturers and academics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384993

Learning for LeadershipInterpersonal and Intergroup Relations This book presents an assumption that the primary task of the residential conferences is to provide those who attend with opportunities to learn about leadership discussing the role of director and interpersonal and intergroup relations within the staff group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324735

Learning for LeadershipInterpersonal and intergroup relations Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press.Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1965 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865975

Learning for LifePolitics and Progress in Recurrent Education Although the 1970s and 1980s witnessed a widespread reaction against investment in education there has been an extraordinary growth of interest in recurrent education. This book sponsored by the Association for Recurrent Education reports these considerable developments in both theory and practice in the United Kingdom and abroad. It presents a comprehensive picture of the range of initiatives and policies which are helping to make recurrent education one of the strongest sectors in contemporary education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750417

Learning for the Age of Artificial IntelligenceEight Education Competences Learning for the Age of Artificial Intelligence is a richly informed argument for curricular change to educate people towards achievement and success as intelligent machine systems proliferate. Describing eight key competences this comprehensive volume prepares educational leaders designers researchers and policymakers to effectively rethink the knowledge skills and environments that students need to thrive and avoid displacement in today’s technology-enhanced culture and workforce. Essential insights into school operations machine learning complex training and assessment and economic challenges round out this cogent relatable discussion about the imminent evolution of the education sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024376

Learning for ThemselvesPathways for Thinking and Independent Learning in the Primary Classroom In a world of rapidly changing knowledge which requires new and transferable skills classrooms are increasingly being viewed as places where pupils learn how to learn. In order to help pupils develop new skills teachers must encourage them to work independently and manage themselves as learners. Learning for Themselves offers teachers a repertoire of effective strategies and frameworks to nurture independent learning. The chapters are organised into four broad areas: learning preferences thinking inquiry personal challenges. Each section includes learning tasks covering commonly addressed topics in primary school curriculums with each task designed to be adapted by students and teachers to suit particular interests and a range of teaching and learning goals. Photocopiable learning proformas for each task and additional proforma resources are included to assist teachers and pupils when planning managing monitoring and keeping records associated with independent learning. Saving valuable planning time for teachers this book offers a creative and effective way to encourage pupil's independence and will appeal to all teachers who aim to equip their pupils with transferable skills. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138132429

Learning Forensic AssessmentResearch and Practice Major developments in the field since the publication of Learning Forensic Assessment are integrated in this revised edition including revised editions of the DSM-5 HCR-20 scale and child custody guidelines. This textbook is designed for graduate students learning forensic assessment and psychologists coming to forensic practice later in their careers. It is organized around five broad areas: Professional and Practice Issues Adult Forensic Assessment Juvenile Forensic Assessment Civil Forensic Assessment and Communicating Your Findings. Each chapter begins with a strong teaching and learning foundation. The latter part of each chapter is assessment specific covering available assessment measures and approaches to assessment. The authors go well beyond simple descriptions of assessment measures and provide a conceptual discussion of the evaluation process that helps the reader understand how assessment measures fit into the overall evaluation process. The evaluation component is geared toward assessing the important aspects of the construct as laid out in the early part of each chapter. Each chapter then concludes with a case example to illustrate the measures and techniques described. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138776197

Learning from Animals?Examining the Nature of Human Uniqueness Human language cognition and culture are unique; they are unparalleled in the animal kingdom. The claim that we can learn what makes us human by studying other animal species provokes vigorous reactions and many deny that comparative research can shed any light on the origins and character of human distinctive capacities. However Learning from Animals? presents empirical research and an analysis of comparative approaches for an understanding of human uniqueness arguing that we cannot know what capacities are uniquely human until we learn what other species can do. This interdisciplinary volume explores the prospects and problems of comparative approaches for understanding modern humans’ abilities by presenting: (1) the latest findings and theoretical approaches in primatology comparative psychology linguistics and philosophy; (2) methodological reflections on the prospects and challenges of understanding human capacities through comparative research strategies; and (3) discussions of conceptual and ethical issues. This is the first book to address the issues raised by comparative research from such a diverse perspective. It will therefore be of great interest to students researchers and professionals in comparative psychology linguistics primatology biology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877627

Learning from Arnstein's LadderFrom Citizen Participation to Public Engagement Sherry Arnstein writing in 1969 about citizen involvement in planning processes in the United States described a “ladder of citizen participation” that showed participation ranging from low to high. Arnstein depicted the failings of typical participation processes at the time and characterized aspirations toward engagement that have now been elevated to core values in planning practice. But since that time the political economic and social context has evolved greatly and planners organizers and residents have been involved in planning and community development practice in ways previously unforeseen. Learning from Arnstein’s Ladder draws on contemporary theory expertise empirical analysis and practical applications in what is now more commonly termed public engagement in planning to examine the enduring impacts of Arnstein’s work and the pervasive challenges that planners face in advancing meaningful public engagement. This book presents research from throughout the world including Australia Brazil India Indonesia Portugal Serbia and the United States among others that utilizes critiques revises and expands upon Arnstein’s aspirational vision. It is essential reading for educators and students of planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258238

Learning from Burnout Burnout is a taboo subject. Admitting you are burning out in your job is tantamount to career suicide for some employees; for their organizations it is like raising a white flag in the war for talent. But suppose that preventing burnout is the worst thing you can do. Suppose for some people particularly high fliers it represents a call to deep and urgent learning about themselves and how they relate to the world. Suppose that we need instead to learn to manage burnout and harness the powerful learning potential of the experience and in so doing build careers aligned with individual meaning and purpose sustainable in the long term. What would organizations and their people need to do to achieve this?This book: Explains what burnout is how it is becoming the 21st-century business equivalent of the 'black death' and how it can derail your career Highlights the financial reputational and personal costs to organizations and people Details how burnout can deliver a killer punch to talent management and the development of the leaders of tomorrow and risk the retention growth and productivity of high fliers Explores why some of us develop a strong sense of our own personal identity at work while others find it more difficult Presents a coaching process to manage burnout and harness its learning potential Provides a framework for individuals to build careers aligned with individual meaning and purpose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433434

Learning From Children Who Read at an Early Age Learning From Children Who Read at an Early Age is the result of a three-year research project in which the authors studied a group of children who learnt to read without being taught from before they started school until the end of Year 2 when they were given their first National Curriculum assessments.Using this study as a framework for examining how children make progress over their time in Key Stage 1 across a range of literacy skills the authors suggest guidelines which teachers can use to help all children progress with reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203201237

Learning From China?Development and Environment in Third World Countries First published in 1987 this volume was written to shed some light upon the nature and environmental consequences and wider relevance of development strategies in the Peoples’ Republic of China. It covers industrialisation food production energy use and landscape and settlement planning. The Chinese "autocentred" strategy is assessed from both the developmental and the environmental viewpoints. Decision-making processes and the opportunities to implement environmental policy in other parts of the developing world are analysed and the volume concludes with the view that benefits to other countries are likely to arise out of increased co-operation and exchange with China although the Chinese model is by no means a panacea. All students and researchers interested in either environmental or developmental issues will find this book to be a substantial and enlightening contribution to literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852463

Learning from Chinese PhilosophiesEthics of Interdependent and Contextualised Self Learning from Chinese Philosophies engages Confucian and Daoist philosophies in creative interplay developing a theory of interdependent selfhood in the two philosophical traditions. Karyn Lai draws on the unique insights of the two philosophies to address contemporary debates on ethics community and government. Issues discussed include questions on selfhood attachment moral development government culture and tradition and feminist queries regarding biases and dualism in ethics. Throughout the book Lai demonstrates that Chinese philosophies embody novel and insightful ideas for addressing contemporary issues and problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250727

Learning from Data for Aquatic and Geotechnical Environments The book presents machine learning as an approach to building models that learn from data and that can be used to complement the existing modelling practice in aquatic and geotechnical environments. It provides concepts of learning from data and identifies segmentation (clustering) classification regression and control as the learning tasks. A unified methodology based on the concepts of machine learning information theory and statistics is presented that can be followed to build models using data as well as expert knowledge. Several machine learning methods are used to extract features to build data-driven models in geotechnics. A set of regression models are built to predict sediment transport rates and assess harbour sedimentation. Controllers that replicate the control strategy of model-based optimal controllers of water systems are built for situations where fast and accurate decisions are needed. The models built demonstrate excellent performance; they may complement or even replace the existing models and can be used in practice. The performance of the models proves the effectiveness of the methodology and machine learning in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474574

Learning from DelhiDispersed Initiatives in Changing Urban Landscapes The inflexibility of modern urban planning which seeks to determine the activities of urban inhabitants and standardise everyday city life is challenged by the unstoppable organic growth of illegal settlements. In rapidly expanding cities issues of continuity with local traditions local conditions and local ways of working are juxtaposed with those of abrupt change due to emergency reaction to modernity environmental degradation global market forces and global technological imperatives to make efforts to control by physical planning redundant as soon as they are enacted. In most third world cities there is little social welfare and almost no attempt at social housing. The urban poor must still house themselves with little or no state help to procure land or infrastructure. Not having a legal existence 'slums' are automatically swept away to create a 'tabula rasa' prior to a complete new build for those who can afford the full cost. The notion of upgrading the existing built environment has hardly entered the official planning vocabulary. Since 2002 both Diploma and latterly Degree students from London Metropolitan University Department of Architecture and Spatial Design have produced schemes from research work generated during an annual field trip to India. Work is focused on situations where rapid cultural and technical change is affecting traditional or transitional communities who have access to only limited resources. Sites have included post earthquake desert locations in Gujarat under-serviced urban slums in Delhi dense traditional city landscapes in Meerut and the integration of Marwari nomads into a settlement in Agra. This has proved a stimulating and provocative academic learning environment producing a range of innovative work. Some of the students involved have been awarded RIBA medals and other prestigious student prizes. In the course of this enterprise links with Indian non-government organisations and architectural schools have devel Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405455

Learning from Disease in PetsA ‘One Health’ Model for Discovery Learning from Disease in Pets: A ‘One Health’ Model for Discovery is the first encompassing reference guide for veterinarians researchers and physicians on conducting studies using spontaneous models of disease in animals. The study of naturally occurring disease in (pet) animals can help model our understanding of the biology prevention and therapy of human and animal diseases. Studies of pet dogs for instance can aid treatment of complex medical problems such as cancer orthopedic cardiopulmonary and neuro-inflammatory diseases and zoonotic infections. Each chapter within this novel cross-species approach is contributed by a leader or leaders in their field of research. Using clinical trials to learn how pets with real diseases respond to therapy can lead to breakthroughs in human medicine as well as benefiting pets suffering from otherwise debilitating illness. Despite similarities of diseases across species there are very few spontaneous models of disease used in research compared with models where disease is induced in healthy laboratory animals. Many medical researchers and veterinarians have a multitude of questions regarding how to use naturally occurring diseases in pets for the discovery of treatments and diagnostics: this book will demonstrate how to safely make this happen. This book encourages veterinarians to build on and disseminate existing findings for the wider benefit of pets and humans. Many pets suffering from incurable illnesses may benefit from clinical trials; the book includes a section on the imperative communication styles necessary within the research environment and with clients a compelling discussion on the ethics of using pets in veterinary clinical research comprehensive tables of diseases that spontaneously occur in animals and humans the regulatory requirements necessary to move therapy from benchside research to patient bedside as well as intricate details on how to design a robust clinical study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367173104

Learning from Emergent Bilingual Latinx Learners in K-12Critical Teacher Education In this volume scholars researchers and teacher educators from across the United States present their latest findings regarding teacher education to develop meaningful learning experiences and meet the sociocultural linguistic and academic needs of Latino ELLs. The book documents how teacher education programs guide teachers to engage in culturally and linguistically diverse academic contexts and sheds light on the variety of research-based theoretical frameworks that inform teaching practices. A unique contribution to the field Learning from Emergent Bilingual Latinx Learners in K-12 provides innovative approaches for linking Latino school communities with teachers at a time when demographic shifts are considerably altering population trends in the K-12 educational system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367428259

Learning from Experience 'As the problems raised in this book are fundamental to learning they have a long history of investigation and discussion. In phsycho-analytical practice particularly with patients displaying symptoms of disorders of thought it becomes clear that psycho-analysis has added a dimension to problems if not to their solution. 'This book deals with emotional experiences that are directly related both to theories of knowledge and to clinical psycho-analysis and that in the most practical manner.'- Wilfred R. Bion from the Introduction.  In this book Bion describes his use of the term "alpha-function" to conceptualize how the data of emotional experience is processed and digested. This includes his thinking on "contact barriers" and the bearing of "projective identification" on the genesis of thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429476631

Learning from ExperienceGuidebook for Clinicians An important task facing all clinicians and especially challenging for younger less experienced clinicians is to come to know oneself sufficiently to be able to register the patient's experience in useful and progressively deeper ways.  In an effort to aid younger clinicians in the daily struggle to "know thyself " Marilyn Charles turns to key ideas that have facilitated her own clinical work with difficult patients.  Concepts such as "container" and "contained " transitional space projective identification and transference/countertransference are introduced not as academic ideas but as aspects of the therapeutic environment that elicit greater creativity and vitality on the therapist's part.  In Charles's skillful hands the basic ideas of Klein Winnicott and Bion become newly comprehensible without losing depth and richness; they come to life in the fulcrum of daily clinical encounter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173897

Learning from Failure in the Design ProcessExperimenting with Materials Learning from Failure in the Design Process shows you that design work builds on lessons learned from failures to help you relax your fear of making mistakes so that you’re not paralyzed when faced with a task outside of your comfort zone. Working hands-on with building materials such as concrete sheet metal and fabric you will understand behaviors processes methods of assembly and ways to evaluate your failures to achieve positive results. Through material and assembly strategies of stretching casting carving and stacking this book uncovers the issues problems and failures confronted in student material experiments and examines built projects that addressed these issues with innovative and intelligent strategies. Highlighting numerous professional practice case studies with over 250 color images this book will be ideal for students interested in materials and methods and students of architecture in design studios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919211

Learning from LifeBecoming a Psychoanalyst All of life can be a resource for our learning. In his fourth and most personal book Patrick Casement attempts to understand what he has learned from life sharing a wide range of those experiences that have helped shape the analyst he has become. Patrick Casement shares various incidents in his life to demonstrate how these helped lay a foundation for his subsequent understanding of psychoanalysis. These examples from his life and work are powerful and at times very moving but always filled with hope and compassion. This unique book gives a fascinating insight into fundamental questions concerning the acquisition of analytic wisdom and how personal experiences shape the analyst's approach to clinical work. It will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787671

Learning from Medical ErrorsClinical Problems The upheavals of the NHS reforms have caused a great deal of stress and uncertainty in primary care and professional development and support for general practitioners needs to take account of this. This book offers a group supervision model which can be used to develop the core competencies needed for GPs to make the new primary care organisations work. The book analyses how primary care professionals have dealt with the various reforms of the past decade and picks apart the paralysing culture of politeness conflict avoidance and rivalry for power to reveal how at the core of reform is the struggle for each GP to construct a new professional identity which integrates medicine management and politics.It proposes ways GPs can benefit from these experiences to become equipped with the necessary competencies to be active members or dynamic leaders in the new primary care organisations. The doctor-patient relationship is no longer one-to-one but located within a group matrix in the same way that a GP is now required to work within a group framework. This book enables GPs to develop the essential group skills they now need and on which the success of the healthcare reforms ultimately depends. 'A challenging approach to understanding and supporting the individuals who make up the primary care workforce. Gerhard Wilke has drawn on his experiences to identify the reasons behind the 'dis-ease' felt by many practitioners and to suggest models for improving their morale. This book will be of interest to practitioners working through the challenges of continuing 'top down' reorganisation of the NHS and responding to the reconfiguration of general practice partnerships into PCGs and PCTs.' Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378169

Learning from Medical ErrorsLegal Issues As medical litigation continues to increase the best defence for doctors is to be aware of and avoid medical errors. This book focuses on the key legal issues including medical documentation which reduce risk and liability when handled correctly. It contains chapters on difficult patients and special issues for emergency physicians. The case-based format demonstrates clinical relevance and useful examples are drawn from office hospital and community settings. This book is the companion volume to Learning from Medical Errors: Clinical Problems which focuses on the most common clinical situations resulting in malpractice litigation. Learning from Medical Errors: Legal Issues is vital reading for all doctors medical lecturers and teachers and medical lawyers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378510

Learning from Mistakes in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy Mistakes are often an inevitable part of training; Learning from Mistakes in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy encourages the trainee to pinpoint potential errors at the earliest possible stage in training helping them to make fast progress towards becoming competent REBT practitioners. Windy Dryden and Michael Neenan have compiled 111 of the most common errors explaining what has gone wrong and how to put it right and have divided them into eight accessible parts: general mistakes assessment mistakes goal-setting mistakes disputing mistakes homework mistakes mistakes in dealing with client doubts and misconceptions working through mistakes self-maintenance. Learning from Mistakes in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy is an indispensable guide for anyone embarking on a career in the REBT field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678742

Learning from Our MistakesDifficulties and Failures in Feminist Therapy If you’re a long-time veteran of feminist therapy or someone just starting out you’ll find a helpful reliable list of “dos” and “don’ts” in Learning from Our Mistakes: Difficulties and Failures in Feminist Therapy. Frank and honest in tone makeup and style this one-of-a-kind publication looks at the failures and roadblocks that have hampered feminist therapists in the past so you can learn from their misfortunes and avoid them in your own professional endeavors. In Learning from Our Mistakes you’ll come face-to-face with classic difficult cases and you’ll see from a feminist perspective how therapists used various treatments to deal with these seemingly insurmountable challenges. You’ll find that these and other topics will help you in navigating the difficult situations that arise in your personal practice: the pros and cons of terminating with a client who has an eroticized transference differences between therapists and clients in terms of race ethnicity and age problems encountered by rural therapists in small communities using a translator in therapy when the therapist and client don’t speak the same language feelings of anger in therapy many other “log jams” in the therapeutic processIt’s no mistake that Learning from Our Mistakes is full of what works and what doesn’t. In it three veteran discussants give you the tools necessary to overcome the uncertainties and inadequacies that plague therapists. You’ll come away understanding the many ways failure is embedded in both the theory and practice of psychotherapy. Ultimately you’ll find that mistakes are really only failure narratives waiting to be used shaped and turned toward the positive experiences of both client and therapist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786520

Learning from Paediatric Patient JourneysWhat Children and Their Families Can Tell Us Good healthcare is about more than making a diagnosis and giving the correct medical treatment - the experience of those going through the system is hugely important. As a result the use of patient stories or “narratives” in learning is gathering significant support and interest. This is a collection of such narratives from children and from the parents of children with a range of long-term or complex conditions. They would be useful for medical students and instructors but also for anyone working for children with chronic and complex conditions including nurses and other allied health professionals as well as psychology students. There are also essays on points arising from a parent and from those involved as a tutor and as a student.  A free sample chapter is available via the Downloads / Updates tab on our website. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781785231247

Learning from PicturebooksPerspectives from child development and literacy studies Picturebooks understood as a series of meaningful text-picture relations are increasingly acknowledged as an autonomous sub-genre of children’s literature. Being highly complex aesthetic products their use is deeply embedded in specific situations of joint attention between a caregiver and a child. This volume focuses on the question of what children may learn from looking at picturebooks whether printed in a book format created in a digital format or self-produced by educationalists and researchers.Interest in the relationship between cognitive processes and children’s literature is growing rapidly and in this book theoretical frameworks such as cognitive linguistics cognitive narratology cognitive poetics and cognitive psychology have been applied to the analysis of children’s literature. Chapters gather empirical research from the fields of literary studies linguistics and cognitive psychology together for the first time to build a cohesive understanding of how picturebooks assist learning and development.International contributions explore: language acquisition the child’s cognitive development emotional development literary acquisition ("literary literacy") visual literacy. Divided into three parts considering symbol-based learning co-constructed learning and learning language skills this cross-disciplinary volume will appeal to researchers students and professionals engaged in children’s literature and literacy studies as well as those from the fields of cognitive and developmental psychology linguistics and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294417

Learning from SingaporeThe Power of Paradoxes Learning from Singapore tells the inside story of the country’s journey in transforming its education system from a struggling one to one that is hailed internationally as effective and successful. It is a story not of the glory of international test results but of the hard work and tenacity of a few generations of policy makers practitioners and teacher trainers. Despite its success Singapore continues to reform its education system and is willing to deal with difficult issues and challenges of change. Citing Singapore's transformation author Pak Tee Ng highlights how context and culture affect education policy formulation and implementation. Showing how difficult education reform can be when a system needs to negotiate between competing philosophies significant trade-offs or paradoxical positions this book explores the successes and struggles of the Singapore system and examines its future direction and areas of tension. The book also explores how national education systems can be strengthened by embracing the creative tensions generated by paradoxes such as the co-existence of timely change and timeless constants centralisation and decentralisation meritocracy and compassion and teaching less and learning more. Learning from Singapore brings to the world the learning from Singapore—what Singapore has learned from half a century of educational change—and encourages every education system to bring hope to and secure a future for the next generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926912

Learning From SomaliaThe Lessons Of Armed Humanitarian Intervention The U.S.-led intervention in Somalia that began in December 1992 is the most significant instance to date of ?peacemaking? by the international community. The heady promise of Operation Restore Hope and the subsequent disappointments have had a resounding impact on the policies of Western governments and the UN as they have tried to cope with human Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316631

Learning From Text Across Conceptual Domains This volume is an attempt to synthesize the understandings we have about reading to learn. Although learning at all ages is discussed in this volume the main focus is on middle and high school classrooms--critical spaces of learning and thinking. The amount of knowledge presented in written form is increasing and the information we get from texts is often conflicting. We are in a knowledge explosion that leaves us reeling and may effectively disenfranchise those who are not keeping up. There has never been a more crucial time for students to understand learn from and think critically about the information in various forms of text. Thus understanding what it means to learn is vital for all educators. Learning from text is a complex matter that includes student factors (social ethnic and cultural differences as well as varying motivations self-perceptions goals and needs); instructional and teacher factors; and disciplinary and social factors. One important goal of the book is to encourage practicing teachers to learn to consider their students in new ways--to see them as being influenced by and as influencing not just the classroom but the total fabric of the disciplines they are learning. Equally important it is intended to foster further research efforts--from local studies of classrooms by teachers to large-scale studies that produce generalizable understandings about learning from text. This volume--a result of the editor's and contributors' work with the National Reading Research Center--will be of interest to all researchers graduate students practicing teachers and teachers in training who are interested in understanding the issues that are central to improving students' learning from text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045047

Learning From TextbooksTheory and Practice It is surprising that there is so little research on textbooks given their centrality to teaching and learning in elementary and secondary schools. Textbooks have become a focus of political and cultural controversy advocating a multicultural curriculum that has sparked some vigorous protests. Research is absent in this debate; therefore questions of legitimate knowledge the role of textbooks textbook design policy selection issues and economic issues concerning the marketplace are not part of the current debate. Without insights of research on considerate text mentioning illustrations and so forth the current controversy will result in publishers responding to demands for more content not less; thus textbooks will become compendia of information that on the surface satisfy everyone. This volume demonstrates how research on important issues relative to textbook design can advance our knowledge about what makes textbooks effective learning tools and thus inform policymakers publishers and those involved in textbook selection. Representing pure and applied approaches researchers present papers on the quality of writing the role of questions the role of pictures and illustrations and the role of auxiliary materials in the design of effective textbooks. The chapters provide insight into research and its application to textbook design and improvement -- stimulating others to follow this lead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979611

Learning from the EU Constitutional TreatyDemocratic Constitutionalization beyond the Nation-State The negative results of referenda on the European Union (EU) Constitutional Treaty in France and the Netherlands and subsequent low-key adoption of the Treaty of Lisbon raise complex questions about the possible democratization of international organisations. This book provides a full analysis of the EU Constitutional Treaty process grounded in broader political theoretical debates about democratic constitutionalisation and globalization. As international organizations become permanent systems of governance that directly interfere in individuals’ lives it is not enough to have them legitimated by the consent of governments alone. This book presents an evaluation of the present EU Treaty of Lisbon in comparison with the original EU Constitutional Treaty and analyses the importance of consent of the people asking if saving the treaty came at the cost of democracy. Drawing first-hand on the European Convention and the referendum in the Netherlands this book outlines an original political theory of democratic constitutionalisation beyond the nation-state and argues that international organizations can be put on democratic foundations but only by properly engaging national political structures. Learning from the EU Constitutional Treaty will be of interest to students and scholars of European Union politics history and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812895

Learning from the Japanese CityLooking East in Urban Design Japanese cities are amongst the most intriguing and confounding anywhere. Their structures patterns of building and broader visual characteristics defy conventional urban design theories and the book explores why this is so.  Like its cities Japan’s written language is recognized as one of the most complicated and the book is unique in revealing how the two are closely related. Set perceptively against a sweep of ideas drawn from history geography science cultural and design theory Learning from the Japanese City is a highly original exploration of contemporary urbanism that crosses disciplines scales time and space. This is a thoroughly revised and much extended version of a book that drew extensive praise in its first edition. Most parts have stood the test of time and remain. A few are replaced or removed; about a hundred figures appear for the first time. Most important is an entirely new (sixth) section. This brings together many of the urban characteristics otherwise encountered in fragments through the book in one walkable district of what is arguably Japan’s most convenient metropolis Nagoya. The interplay between culture built form and cities remains at the heart of this highly readable book while a change in subtitle to Looking East in Urban Design reflects increased emphasis on real places and design implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415554404

Learning from the JapaneseJapan's Pre-war Development and the Third World With the collapse of the Soviet economy in the early 1990s Japan has become the major non-Western model for late developing countries. This book looks at Japan's early economic modernisation to see if today's low-income countries can learn any lessons. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315482576

Learning from the MarginsYoung Women Social Exclusion and Education This collection of ground-breaking international essays address the educational social work and biographical experiences of young women who are routinely constructed as ‘at risk’ and on the margins. Drawing on research from an international range of scholars this book brings together important new perspectives on the gendered dimensions of social exclusion and educational marginalisation. It offers practitioners as well as researchers insights into how to ‘research’ social marginalisation and reflections on projects and programmes that have attempted to do so. Chapters investigate key topics such as: early school leaving indigenous young women and schooling pregnant and parenting young women at school constructions of health subjectivity and social class the politics of ethnicity. Provocative and insightful this book will make interesting reading to students and post-graduate students of education youth studies gender studies sociology and social work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203759363

Learning from the Student's PerspectiveA Sourcebook for Effective Teaching Much has been written about how to engage students in their learning but very little of it has issued from students themselves. Compiled by one of the leading scholars in the field of student voice this sourcebook draws on the perspectives of secondary students in the United States England Canada and Australia as well as on the work of teachers researchers and teacher educators who have collaborated with a wide variety of students.Highlighting student voices it features five chapters focused on student perspectives articulated in their own words regarding specific approaches to creating and maintaining a positive classroom environment and designing engaging lessons and on more general issues of respect and responsibility in the classroom. To support educators in developing strategies for accessing and responding to student voices in their own classrooms the book provides detailed guidelines created by educational researchers for gathering and acting upon student perspectives. To illustrate how these approaches work in practice the book includes stories of how pre-service and in-service teachers school leaders and teacher educators have made student voices and participation central to their classroom and school practices. And finally addressing both practical and theoretical questions the book includes a chapter that outlines action steps for high school teachers school leaders and teacher educators and a chapter that offers a conceptual framework for thinking about and engaging in this work. Bringing together in a single text student perspectives descriptions of successful efforts to access them in secondary education contexts concrete advice for practitioners and a theoretical framework for further exploration this sourcebook can be used to guide practice and support re-imagining education in secondary schools of all kinds and the principles can be adapted for other educational contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633671

Learning from the West?Policy Transfer and Programmatic Change in the Communist Successor Parties of East Central Europe Learning from the West? brings insight into political life after the collapse of communism and the fall of the Iron Curtain in the late 1980s. For Communist parties and their successors (CSPs) the challenge was perhaps the greatest – to redefine themselves within new ‘westernised’ political systems. As these parties sought to adapt their programmatic appeals to their new environments they searched for policies from abroad that could fit these new political structures. The political parties of Western Europe provided a rich range of programmes from which policies could be drawn. This book analyses how to what extent and under what conditions external influences came to bear on the programmatic development of CSPs. It argues that while some parties remain neo-communist in orientation growling about the evils of capitalism on the far-left of their respective political systems others have developed into social democratic actors embracing programmatic ideals that often bear a strong resemblance to those of centre-left actors in Western Europe. This book was previously published as a special issue of The Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979628

Learning from Urban Immigrant Youth About Academic Literacies This book reports on a two-year long qualitative literacy case study of the academic literacies of first and second-generation immigrant youth in an afterschool tutoring program in South Bronx New York. Through transcripts of tutoring sessions interview data and youths’ written work each chapter highlights how youth interpreted and navigated various school assignments and what resources and perspectives they brought to unpacking the meaning and significance of texts and disciplinary discourses. By focusing on the immigrant youth themselves and not on the teaching that happens (or does not happen) inside classrooms this volume provides a unique and much-needed vantage point to understanding the academic literacies and engagement of urban immigrant youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441470

Learning FuturesEducation Technology and Social Change In the twenty-first century educators around the world are being told that they need to transform education systems to adapt young people for the challenges of a global digital knowledge economy. Too rarely however do we ask whether this future vision is robust achievable or even desirable whether alternative futures might be in development and what other possible futures might demand of education. Drawing on ten years of research into educational innovation and socio-technical change working with educators researchers digital industries students and policy-makers this book questions taken-for-granted assumptions about the future of education. Arguing that we have been working with too narrow a vision of the future Keri Facer makes a case for recognizing the challenges that the next two decades may bring including:   the emergence of new relationships between humans and technology the opportunities and challenges of aging populations the development of new forms of knowledge and democracy the challenges of climate warming and environmental disruption the potential for radical economic and social inequalities. This book describes the potential for these developments to impact critical aspects of education – including adult-child relationships social justice curriculum design community relationships and learning ecologies. Packed with examples from around the world and utilising vital research undertaken by the author while Research Director at the UK’s Futurelab the book helps to bring into focus the risks and opportunities for schools students and societies over the coming two decades. It makes a powerful case for rethinking the relationship between education and social and technological change and presents a set of key strategies for creating schools better able to meet the emerging needs of their students and communities.  An important contribution to the debates surrounding educational futures this book is compelling reading for all of those including educators researchers policy-makers and students who are asking the question 'how can education help us to build desirable futures for everyone in the context of social and technological change?' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581431

Learning Gardens and Sustainability EducationBringing Life to Schools and Schools to Life Offering a fresh approach to bringing life to schools and schools to life this book goes beyond touting the benefits of learning gardens to survey them as a whole-systems design solution with potential to address myriad interrelated social ecological and educational issues.  The theoretical and conceptual framework presented creatively places soil at the center of the discourse on sustainability education and learning garden design and pedagogy. Seven elements and attributes of living soil and learning gardens are presented as a guide for sustainability education:  cultivating a sense of place; fostering curiosity and wonder; discovering rhythm and scale; valuing biocultural diversity;  embracing practical experience ; nurturing interconnectedness. The living soil of learning gardens forms the basis of a new metaphoric language serving to contest dominant mechanistic metaphors presently influencing educational discourse.  Student voices and examples from urban schools provide practical understanding of how bringing life to schools can indeed bring schools to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899826

Learning How to FallArt and Culture after September 11 Beginning with Richard Drew’s controversial photograph of a man falling from the North Tower of the World Trade Center on September 11  Learning How to Fall investigates the changing relationship between world events and their subsequent documentation asking:   Does the mediatization of the event overwhelm the fact of the event itself? How does the mode by which information is disseminated alter the way in which we perceive such information? How does this impact upon our memory of an event?   T. Nikki Cesare Schotzko posits contemporary art and performance as not only a stylized re-envisioning of daily life but inversely as a viable means by which one might experience and process real-world political and social events. This approach combines two concurrent and contradictory trends in aesthetics narrative and dramaturgy: the dramatization of real-world events so as to broaden the commercial appeal of those events in both mainstream and alternative media and the establishment of a more holistic relationship between politically and aesthetically motivated modes of disseminating and processing information.   By presenting engaging and diverse case studies from both the art world and popular culture – including Aliza Shvarts’s censored senior thesis at Yale University Kerry Skarbakka’s provocative photographs of falling Didier Morelli’s crawl through Toronto and Aaron Sorkin’s The Newsroom – Learning How to Fall creates a new understanding of the relationship between the event and its documentation where even the truth of an event might be called into question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796898

Learning How to LearnTools for Schools Learning how to learn is an essential preparation for lifelong learning. This book offers a set of in-service resources to help teachers develop new classroom practices informed by sound research. It builds on previous work associated with ‘formative assessment’ or ‘assessment for learning’. However it adds an important new dimension by taking account of the conditions within schools that are conducive to the promotion in classrooms of learning how to learn as an extension of assessment for learning. Among the materials included you will find: an introductory in-service session self-evaluation questionnaires an action planning activity workshops tools for school development a network mapping activity guidance about different ways of using the resources teachers descriptions of ways they have used of adapted them references to further information and advice. In addition there is a support website and examples of how individual schools have used or adapted these materials to maximize their benefits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131262

Learning ICT in the Arts Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in the arts this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects schemes of work. It includes: examples and advice on enhancing learning through ICT in art music drama and design technology fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in 'real' classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. This book is invaluable reading for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414594

Learning ICT in the Humanities Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in the humanities this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects’ schemes of work. It includes: examples and advice on enhancing learning through ICT in history geography and RE fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in 'real' classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. Suitable for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203769263

Learning ICT with English Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in English this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects schemes of work. It includes: fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in 'real' classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. This book is highly recommended for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414587

Learning ICT with Maths Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in maths this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects schemes of work. It includes: fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in 'real' classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. Suitable for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414563

Learning ICT with Science Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in science this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects schemes of work. It includes: fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in 'real' classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. This book is essential reading for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138414556

Learning Identities in a Digital AgeRethinking creativity education and technology Digital media are increasingly interwoven into how we understand society and ourselves today. From lines of code to evolving forms of online conduct they have become an ever-present layer of our age. The rethinking of education has now become the subject of intense global policy debates and academic research paralleled by the invention and promotion of new learning identities which are intended to incite teachers and students to think feel and act as social operators in schools and beyond. Learning Identities in a Digital Age provides a critical exploration of how education has been reimagined for the digital future. It argues that education is now the subject of a "cybernetic" mode of thought: a contemporary style of thinking about society and identity that is saturated with metaphors of networks flexibility interactivity and connectedness. This book examines how shifts in thought have translated into fresh ideas about creative learning interactive tools curriculum reform and teacher identity. The text identifies how learning identities have been promoted and position young people as networked learners equipped for political economic and cultural participation in the digital age. Included in the text: - mapping the digital age - reconstructing the future of education -making up digital learning identities -assembling creative learning -thinking with digital tools - protoyping the curriculum of the future -being a teacher in a digital age.This book situates education and technology in an intergenerational and interdisciplinary conversation. It will be of interest to students researchers and practising education professionals who want to understand the wider sociological and psychological significance of new technologies on education and learner identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675727

Learning In and Out of SchoolThe selected works of John MacBeath In the World Library of Educationalists series international experts themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces - extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and practical contributions - so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. John MacBeath has spent the last 30 years researching thinking and writing about some of the key enduring issues in education. He has been involved in advising on policy both nationally and internationally and has contributed books and articles across topics as diverse as the curriculum the nature of schooling homework self evaluation and leadership. In this book John MacBeath brings together eight of his most influential writings including chapters from his best-selling books articles from leading journals and excerpts from his contributions to the press. Also included are examples of press responses to research reports and to controversial issues. Starting with a specially written Introduction which gives an overview of John's career and contextualises his selection the chapters cover topics such as: Developing Skills for life after school The Talent Enigma Schools on the Edge: responding to challenging circumstances Leadership as a Subversive Activity Do Schools have a Future? Through this book readers can follow the themes and strands that John MacBeath has researched and written about over the last three decades and see his important contribution to the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692960

Learning in Landscapes of PracticeBoundaries identity and knowledgeability in practice-based learning If the body of knowledge of a profession is a living landscape of practice then our personal experience of learning can be thought of as a journey through this landscape. Within Learning in Landscapes of Practice this metaphor is further developed in order to start an important conversation about the nature of practice knowledge identity and the experience of practitioners and their learning. In doing so this book is a pioneering and timely exploration of the future of professional development and higher education. The book combines a strong theoretical perspective grounded in social learning theories with stories from a broad range of contributors who occupy different locations in their own landscapes of practice. These narratives locate the book within different contemporary concerns such as social media multi-agency multi-disciplinary and multi-national partnerships and the integration of academic study and workplace practice. Both scholarly in the sense that it builds on prior research to extend and locate the concept of landscapes of practice and practical because of the way in which it draws on multiple voices from different landscapes. Learning in Landscapes of Practice will be of particular relevance to people concerned with the design of professional or vocational learning. It will also be a valuable resource for students engaged in higher education courses with work-based elements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022195

Learning in Later LifeAn Introduction for Educators and Carers An analysis of learning throughout the whole of life. Written as a text for both educators and carers it demonstrates how the learning process works through life and how learning at all stages of life is best achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159891

Learning in Later LifeChallenges for Social Work and Social Care Within the UK and Europe government legislation and policies concerned with demography have asserted a paradigmatic shift towards the increased engagement of older people with public services. The philosophy of user involvement and co-production within these contexts has become integral to finding ways in which to improve the wellbeing of older people and their experiences of ageing well. Whilst this area has been steadily emerging within the educational field in relation to the lifelong learning of older people there has been a relative under-theorization and a lack of empirical research however into the lifelong learning needs opportunities and experiences of those older people using social care who are typically marginalized from these debates and developments. This book address this gap by paying specific attention to examining what opportunities might be present within care services and public services in general for older people using social care to capitalize on the skills and knowledge they might need to achieve more person-centred support. Through developing a debate and argument for the convergence of the lifelong learning agenda with social policy and social care its core argument focusses on the challenge of sustainability of the care and support of older people. The author explores how social care could engage more meaningfully with concepts such as social capital and the challenges associated with achieving a genuine co-productive approach towards the quality of experience of older people using social care. This book will be an essential read for professionals working with older people in health and social care as well as those engaged with gerontology and ageing studies in education and practice.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348991

Learning in OrganizationsAn Evidence-Based Approach Learning in Organizations: An Evidence-Based Approach examines the variety of systematic approaches and strategies for learning and development used in the workplace through the implementation of formal training guided instruction developmental job experiences and self-directed learning. The hallmark of Learning in Organizations is an emphasis on research evidence of what is and is not known about learning and learning strategies and the translation of that evidence to guide best practices in workplace learning and development. The book features evidence on learning principles new learning technologies and strategies for developing individual team and leadership capabilities. The content of the chapters is enhanced by the inclusion of key learning goals for each chapter case studies chapter summaries best practice recommendations and a hands-on project for use in the classroom. Learning in Organizations provides researchers with a detailed investigation of learning practices to help drive future research. For learning practitioners research evidence is translated into best practices that can be applied to enhance workplace learning and development. For undergraduate and graduate students the book provides an up-to-date review of the key concepts and ways of thinking about and studying learning in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201890

Learning in School-University PartnershipSociocultural Perspectives This volume looks at school-university partnerships from sociocultural perspectives of learning that view participation in social practice as fundamental to the process of learning. Its two major themes – school-university partnership and sociocultural and social theories of learning – have both been treated extensively in the literature. It is the bringing together of these two themes that makes this book unique. In this examination of an evolving model of school-university partnership the Unified Professional Development Project in Hong Kong the authors analyze the learning that takes place as the participants (student-teachers mentor teachers and university supervisors) mutually engage in the enterprise of improving teaching and learning in schools developing shared practices and creating new communities of practice. Although it describes one specific context the book is not just about this locale. Rather the Unified Professional Development Project is used as a context for theorizing more generally a social theory of learning for school-university partnerships that is relevant to any other similar context. This book will interest teacher educators researchers in teacher education and teacher development policy makers and school practitioners who are involved in school-university partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504799

Learning in ScienceThe Waikato Research Learning in Science brings together accounts of the five influential and groundbreaking Learning in Science Projects undertaken by the author over a period of twenty years. Offering comprehensive coverage of the findings and implications of the projects the book offers insight and inspiration at all levels of science teaching and learning from primary and secondary school science to teacher development and issues of classroom assessment.The book reviews the findings in the light of current science education and is thematically organised to illuminate continuous and emerging themes and trends including:* learning* pedagogy* assessment* Maori and science education * curriculum development as teacher development * and research methodology.Learning in Science will be a valuable resource for science teachers science teacher educators science education researchers curriculum developers and policy makers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203464991

Learning in Sports CoachingTheory and Application The facilitation of learning is a central feature of coaches’ and coach educators’ work. Coaching students and practitioners are as a result being expected to give increasing levels of thought towards how they might help to develop the knowledge and practical skills of others. Learning in Sports Coaching provides a comprehensive introduction to a diverse range of classic critical and contemporary theories of learning education and social interaction and their potential application to sports coaching. Each chapter is broadly divided into two sections. The first section introduces a key thinker and the fundamental tenets of his or her scholarly endeavours and theorising. The second considers how the theorist’s work might influence how we understand and attempt to promote learning in coaching and coach education settings. By design this book seeks to promote theoretical connoisseurship and to encourage its readers to reflect critically on their beliefs about learning and its facilitation. This is an essential text for any pedagogical course taken as part of a degree programme in sports coaching or coach education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816572

Learning in the Workplace (Routledge Revivals) The nature of the workplace and the workforce has changed rapidly in post-industrial society. Most workers are now facing the need for high levels of preparatory education retraining for new jobs and the ability to continue learning at work in order to keep up with new developments. The book first published in 1987 argues that training in the workplace often fails because it is based on conditions that no longer prevail in modern organisations. The mechanistic approach of the behaviourist paradigm it is argued views the organisation as a machine and training as the preparation of workers for machine-like work according to their levels in the hierarchy much as on an assembly line. The humanists’ advocation of collaborative learning has changed but not fundamentally altered this conception. This book will be of interest to students of education and business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861114

Learning in the WorkplaceA Toolkit for Facilitating Learning and Assessment in Health and Social Care Settings This toolkit is designed for preparing health and social care practitioners for their role in facilitating learning in their workplace. It enables readers to recognise learning opportunities communicate their professional knowledge provide students with appropriate support judge performance co-ordinate student contact with others in the workplace and develop awareness of the needs of students from diverse backgrounds. With plenty of activities and questions the reader can assess their knowledge base and apply the concepts in the toolkit to their work setting. This new edition is fully updated and now includes: international contexualisation; more coverage on meeting the diverse needs of students; and a new section on meeting professional standards which discusses the NMC standards as well as those of other disciplines. A new companion website makes valuable supplementary material available – including further activities and articles on managing the placement learning experience developing new supervisors and making the most of reflection among others. Practical and easy-to-read this is an important resource for all those practitioners who support students in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537902

Learning In The WorkplaceStrategies for effective practice Learning in the workplace has come of age with the publication of this book. It shows the way for a new level of sophistication in the ways learning and work are treated. And it opens new territory for exploration in the world of learning throughout life.David Boud University of Technology SydneyStephen Billett provides a comprehensive and practical model well-grounded in theory and research to guide learning in the workplace. This is a 'must read' for those in vocational education and training.Victoria Marsick Columbia UniversityLearning does not stop when you leave school or tertiary studies but continues throughout life. The workplace is now seen as an important learning environment and businesses and government units are encouraged to become 'learning organisations'. This is all very well in theory but how does learning actually occur in the workplace?Drawing on research of a wide variety of workplaces in different countries Stephen Billett analyses the strengths and limitations of 'on-the-job' learning. He outlines what knowledge individuals need and how they can best acquire this knowledge in workplace settings. He shows how to develop a workplace curriculum and how it can be implemented in organisations of different sizes. Learning in the Workplace offers a comprehensive pedagogy for the workplace. It is a valuable reference for human resource practitioners and students in courses on professional development and adult and vocational learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116318

Learning In U.s. And Soviet Foreign Policy This book addresses an aspect of the theory and practice of foreign policy that has assumed increasing emphasis in the study of international relations. It provides a comprehensive analytical assessment of the role of learning in the development of U.S.-Soviet relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166298

Learning InterventionEducational Casework and Responsive Teaching for Sustainable Learning This book explores what learning intervention means in inclusive classroom settings. It provides educational professionals with the knowledge and skills they require to reflect on and respond to students’ individual learning needs and enables them to choose implement and evaluate evidence-based strategies for learning intervention. Taking an ecological perspective and placing a capability framework at its core the book considers how responsive teaching and educational casework combine to create intricate layers of learning intervention and recommends tailored teaching and support strategies that can be used to address a wide variety of student learning needs. Learning intervention is thus understood in its broadest sense and educational professionals are equipped with a range of interactive and adaptive strategies to support student learning. Chapters introduce and unpack numerous frameworks for practice provide an extension to Response to Intervention models and bring together key evidence-based ideas in an accessible format. Effective teaching in response to clearly defined learning needs is central to the achievement of all students. Learning Intervention will provide future and current educational professionals with the structures knowledge insight and skills they need to respond effectively to each and every student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560307

Learning is a VerbThe Psychology of Teaching and Learning This book explores a new way of thinking about teaching and learning. Its central goal is to help us understand how we think and learn; it will also help teachers understand children and offers a new and helpful perspective on the role of teaching. The book provides an orientation or way of thinking about the psychological dimensions of teaching and learning. This orientation is discussed in relation to cultural shifts that have influenced all fields of study; in education and psychology the shift is reflected in the works of such scholars as Piaget Vygotsky Bruner and others. Their work marks a change from a mechanical view of learning to a view of learning as dynamic transformation. In Learning Is a Verb Sherrie Reynolds discusses how thinking about teaching and learning must change so that we can create conditions that help children think and interact with one another in helpful healthy ways. Her engaging conversational style together with many examples and observations will lead readers from reflection on their experiences to a deeper understanding of the changes needed in our educational system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138077980

Learning Java Through Games Learning Java Through Games teaches students how to use the different features of the Java language as well as how to program. Suitable for self-study or as part of a two-course introduction to programming the book covers as much material as possible from the latest Java standard while requiring no previous programming experience. Taking an application-motivated approach the text presents an abundance of games. Students must read through the whole chapter to understand all the features that are needed to implement the game. Most chapters start with a description of a game and then introduce different Java constructs for implementing the features of the game on need-to-use bases. The text teaches students not only how to write code that works but also how to follow good software practices. All sample programs in the text strive to achieve low cohesion and high coupling—the hallmarks of well-designed code. Many programs are refactored multiple times to achieve code that is easy to understand reuse and maintain. The first part of the book covers basic programming techniques such as conditional statements loops methods arrays and classes. The second part focuses on more advanced topics including class inheritance recursions sorting algorithms GUI programming exception handling files and applets. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466593312

Learning Journals in the K-8 ClassroomExploring Ideas and information in the Content Areas Learning Journals in the K-8 Classroom is the first comprehensive presentation of how to use academic journals effectively for elementary-level instruction. The text outlines the theoretical foundations for using learning journals and provides step-by-step suggestions for implementing them in every content area and at all levels of elementary instruction. Learning journals provide resources and support for reading aloud independent reading mini-lessons cooperative study individual research workshops and the portfolio system. The type of interactive writing students do in learning journals helps them explore complex ideas in the content areas using their own strengths of analysis and response; the journals then become resources for future learning group discussions individual conferences learning assessment reports and progress. Four introductory chapters show teachers how to create their own journals introduce journals to students integrate them with cooperative study and use them for assessment. Additional chapters focus on the individual curriculum areas of literature writing mathematics science and social studies. The text includes sample entries from student journals at all grade levels and in every content area and appendices of annotated resources to support journaling and interviews with teachers who use journals in their classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423374

Learning JournalsA Handbook for Reflective Practice and Professional Development Fully updated with important new theory and practical material this second edition of Learning Journals offers guidance on keeping and using journals and gives step-by-step advice on integrating journal writing on taught courses in training and professional development and in supporting personal development planning (PDP) activities. Key topics covered include: the nature of learning journals and how we learn from them the broad range of uses of learning journals including portfolios and personal and professional development the depth and quality of reflection in learning journals the assessment of learning journals and reflective writing the use of narrative and story-telling techniques in journals. With useful exercises and activities that enhance learning journal work in a structured manner Learning Journals is invaluable reading for teachers and students in higher education for all professionals particularly those working in the health services and business and training and for all those who want to learn more about keeping a fulfilling personal journal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429448836

Learning Leader TheReflecting Modeling and Sharing With this book principals principals-in-training and other school leaders get practical easy-to-implement strategies for professional growth strengthening relationships with faculty and staff and making the necessary changes to improve K-12 learning environments. Grounded in specific real-world examples and personal experiences The Learning Leader shows educators how to develop both as professional leaders and as learners. Contents include... Using data to improve student learning Advice for applying twenty-first century learning Tips for strengthening communication and collaboration Self-reflection activities to hone leadership goals and skills Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672161

Learning Legal Skills and Reasoning Language skills study skills argument skills and legal knowledge are vital to every law student professional lawyer and academic. Learning Legal Skills and Reasoning discusses the main sources of English law and explains how to work with legal texts in order to construct credible legal arguments which can be applied in coursework exams or presentations. Learning Legal Skills and Reasoning Discusses how to find and understand sources of both domestic and European Union Law Develops effective disciplined study techniques including referencing general reading writing and oral skills and explains how to make good use of the university print and e-library Contains chapters on writing law essays problem questions and examinations and on oral skills including presentations and mediation skills Packed full of practical examples and diagrams across the range of legal skills from language and research skills to mooting and negotiation this textbook will be invaluable to law students seeking to acquire a range of discreet legal skills in order to use them together to produce competent assessed work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415830195

Learning LessonsMedicine Economics and Public Policy This is a book about the policy process. It discusses the considerations advisers have in mind as they develop and select policy alternatives the ways each of us might want to think about making decisions and the lessons we should remember in order to minimize avoidable errors. In writing about his experiences in government the classroom and private life Fein offers insights that apply to people responsible for decisions in many kinds of institutions at all levels of responsibility.His anecdotes and the situations he describes are drawn from over fifty years of experience in the policy arena. They are not intended to represent either a rounded theory about public administration or a comprehensive treatment of important components of political science. Like most people in the policy arena Fein came to that work from another discipline-in his case economics. His experience of "finding his own way" through action and experience rather than through application of theory might appear quaint. But his successes failures and the lessons he learned illuminate the process and may prove useful even inspirational.Fein is sensitive to the need to move beyond statistics and to present the real world and the faces of real people behind the data. He believes that an effective adviser should bring knowledge and interests that extend beyond the confines of a single discipline even one as methodologically powerful as economics. Unless the adviser presents a range of choices that have been developed with contributions from many fields of knowledge the proposed policies are likely to be far too constrained and at worst unworkable. His perspective articulated in this book is easily summarized: there is more to life and to our nation's welfare than economics. We live in a society not in an economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511613

Learning LiberationWomen's Response to Men's Education Originally published in 1983 this book not only dissects the intrinsic and oppressive sexism of conventional adult and continuing education but also argues the case for women-centred education with a powerful and compelling logic. A challenging and controversial book of the time mixing provocative theories with details of practice in a wide-ranging and readable debate it addresses the process through which women’s rights to educational equality can be guaranteed. "Arguably the first feminist analysis of adult education" Daniel Schugurensky Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040380

Learning MathematicsFrom Hierarchies to Networks Learning Mathematics brings together a collection of interrelated and forward-looking chapters by internationally recognized experts that explores changes in the theories and practices of learning (and teaching) mathematics.The authors reject a traditional transmission view of the teaching of mathematics which has proved so ineffective for learning. In its place they offer information gathered from research and from practice about effects on the learners seeking to create and negotiate meaning. Learners are presented as actively attempting to make sense of the mathematics they encounter and learners teachers and researchers are offered examples of ho such sense-making activities incorporated into mathematics classrooms impact on coming to know.The book celebrates both diversity in the range of different perspectives contributions and topics and unity in the linking chapters and themes It will be fascinating reading for those mathematics educators who are eager to engage with a socio-cultural perspective in order to better understand the complexity of learning mathematics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203016466

Learning Mechanisms in Smoking Psychologists have spent years studying the learning processes of the white rat yet until recently they have neglected the laboratory of everyday social behavior for studying learning in man. In this book the leading experts in learning theory and pharmacology examine the role of learning mechanisms in smoking. The results provide new insights into the study of learning and determine new directions for future research on smoking and its control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527072

Learning Microeconometrics with R This book provides an introduction to the field of microeconometrics through the use of R. The focus is on applying current learning from the field to real world problems. It uses R to both teach the concepts of the field and show the reader how the techniques can be used. It is aimed at the general reader with the equivalent of a bachelor’s degree in economics statistics or some more technical field. It covers the standard tools of microeconometrics OLS instrumental variables Heckman selection and difference in difference. In addition it introduces bounds factor models mixture models and empirical Bayesian analysis. Key Features: Focuses on the assumptions underlying the algorithms rather than their statistical properties. Presents cutting-edge analysis of factor models and finite mixture models. Uses a hands-on approach to examine the assumptions made by the models and when the models fail to estimate accurately. Utilizes interesting real-world data sets that can be used to analyze important microeconomic problems. Introduces R programming concepts throughout the book. Includes appendices that discuss some of the standard statistical concepts and R programming used in the book.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367255381

Learning MovementsNew Perspectives of Movement Education Contemporary ways of understanding human movements specifically movement learning are heavily dominated by individualistic dualistic and mechanistic perspectives. These perspectives are individualistic in the sense that in research as well as in educational practice movements/movers are typically decontextualized they are dualistic in the sense that the body is taken to be ‘inhabited’ even ‘governed ’ by a rational mind which is not itself a part of that body; and they are mechanistic in the sense that movements and movement learning can be ‘calculated’. This approach has supported the dominance of a westernised and predominantly white masculinised and heteronormative view of able bodies embodiment and movements. Hence it has contributed to marginalise not only other approaches and perspectives and individuals. New research has evolved including new approaches and these held perspectives have been challenged by social and culturally sensitive holistic as well as pluralistic and dynamic/organic perspectives of human movements and moving humans. Examples of such research can be found in disciplines such as; physical education and pedagogy ethnography philosophy and sociology. Learning Movements: New Perspectives of Movement Education provides the societal and epistemological background for these new approaches and will be essential in disseminating this knowledge to movement educators academics and researchers as well as professionals within education sports health and fitness dance outdoor activities etc. and that it will spearhead new and inclusive practices within these settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356811

Learning Music Theory with Logic Max and Finale Learning Music Theory with Logic Max and Finale is a groundbreaking resource that bridges the gap between music theory teaching and the world of music software programs. Focusing on three key programs—the Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) Logic the Audio Programming Language (APL) Max and the music-printing program Finale—this book shows how they can be used together to learn music theory. It provides an introduction to core music theory concepts and shows how to develop programming skills alongside music theory skills. Software tools form an essential part of the modern musical environment; laptop musicians today can harness incredibly powerful tools to create record and manipulate sounds. Yet these programs on their own don’t provide musicians with an understanding of music notation and structures while traditional music theory teaching doesn’t fully engage with technological capabilities. With clear and practical applications this book demonstrates how to use DAWs APLs and music-printing programs to create interactive resources for learning the mechanics behind how music works. Offering an innovative approach to the learning and teaching of music theory in the context of diverse musical genres this volume provides game-changing ideas for educators practicing musicians and students of music. The author's website at http://www.geoffreykidde.com includes downloadable apps that support this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544291

Learning Networks in Adult EducationNon-formal Education on a Housing Estate Originally published in 1979 this book reports on a 3 year action research programme (The New Communities Project) which aimed in increase working-class participation in adult education. Basing their argument on the work of the Project the authors contend that adult education must begin with the people themselves to go on and assist their intellectual social psychological cultural and political growth. In their view adult education needs to be identified as something more flexible than 'classes' whilst also distinguishing between non-formal education and other kinds of community work or development. Providing different perspectives on the way in which a service relates to a particular area the book's conclusions have a bearing on both practice and training in a variety of areas concerned with social intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331990

Learning on the NetA Practical Guide to Enhancing Learning in Primary Classrooms First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203063804

Learning on your doorstep: Stimulating writing through creative play outdoors for ages 5-9 As the Forest School movement gains popularity among UK educators teachers are increasingly recognising the benefits of creative outdoor play. But how can busy primary school teachers fit regular high quality outdoor learning into an already crowded timetable? How can they plan a range of rich imaginative and creative experiences that build up into full topics? And how can they translate the excitement and engagement that they find out doors into increased enthusiasm and attainment indoors? Learning on Your Doorstep integrates creative outdoor play with curricular attainment while increasing the challenge enjoyment and professional development of the teachers using it. The book presents a series of topics which channel the children’s outdoor experience into writing outcomes to reflect the current Primary Framework for Literacy. Using child-led kinaesthetic teaching and learning techniques each topic helps teacher and class build an imaginary world to explore and includes: Session plan tables to enable teachers to easily access relevant information; collaborative activities games and drama to stimulate discussion; photo-copiable items such as letters imaginary maps and animal fact jigsaws; optional classroom follow-up activities and a final writing task; tips on how to prepare and resource each session. Guidance on adapting for different abilities and ages is also given along with curriculum links and pedagogical rationale to let primary teachers put creative outdoor play at the centre of the primary teaching timetable. The ideas in this book are suitable for implementation in any school environment using resources commonly found in the stock cupboard or home. All you will need to add is some preparation and imagination! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536837

Learning on Your FeetIncorporating Physical Activity into the K–8 Classroom In this much-needed book you’ll learn how incorporating physical activity into the classroom can improve students’ engagement achievement and overall wellness. Students typically spend most of the day sitting at their desks and many don’t have recess or PE yet research shows that regular exercise helps stimulate brain function and improve skills such as reading critical thinking organization and focus. Authors Brad Johnson and Melody Jones who have consulted with schools across the globe on fitness issues offer a variety of games and activities you can use to integrate exercise into any class or subject area. You’ll learn how to: Create an "active classroom" with active workstations and fitness areas to keep students alert and engaged throughout the day; Gradually introduce physical activities into your everyday classroom routine; Use interactive technology to teach your students about health and fitness; Try out a variety of activities and exercises to reduce stress help students focus promote teamwork build core strength and balance and more; Make STEM classes more exciting with hands-on activities projects and real-world problems all while getting your students up and moving. These activities are easy to implement and are designed to improve one’s physical and mental capabilities as well as increase enjoyment of learning for happier healthier higher-achieving students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956780

Learning OnlineA Guide to Success in the Virtual Classroom Whether taking classes in school college or university or in a corporate training setting it is likely that learners will be expected to do at least part of their studies via the computer. This book provides realistic guidelines to ensure their success in the virtual learning environment. From detailing tools such as WebCT and Blackboard to overcoming personal barriers to success in distance learning this handy text deals with issues that readers of any age stage or situation are likely to encounter by: * demystifying terms and concepts common to online learning* addressing issues of online ethics such as netiquette plagiarism and software piracy* offering practical advice on interacting effectively online submitting assignments and doing research* furnishing numerous links to Web pages and other resources for further study and research. The author offers serious and humorous anecdotes to help readers avoid the pitfalls and capitalize on opportunities that will help them become a successful online student. Current and prospective online learners will greatly benefit from this practical book filled with clear detailed assistance for learning online. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203353455

Learning OnlineWhat Research Tells Us About Whether When and How At a time when more and more of what people learn both in formal courses and in everyday life is mediated by technology Learning Online provides a much-needed guide to different forms and applications of online learning. This book describes how online learning is being used in both K-12 and higher education settings as well as in learning outside of school. Particular online learning technologies such as MOOCs (massive open online courses) multi-player games learning analytics and adaptive online practice environments are described in terms of design principles implementation and contexts of use. Learning Online synthesizes research findings on the effectiveness of different types of online learning but a major message of the book is that student outcomes arise from the joint influence of implementation context and learner characteristics interacting with technology--not from technology alone. The book describes available research about how best to implement different forms of online learning for specific kinds of students subject areas and contexts. Building on available evidence regarding practices that make online and blended learning more effective in different contexts Learning Online draws implications for institutional and state policies that would promote judicious uses of online learning and effective implementation models. This in-depth research work concludes with a call for an online learning implementation research agenda combining education institutions and research partners in a collaborative effort to generate and share evidence on effective practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630290

Learning Opportunities for Adults Argues for the financial backing from governments and industry for adult education and will help adult and community educators draw comparisons between their own work and that of their colleagues in other developed countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979635

Learning OutdoorsImproving the Quality of Young Children's Play Outdoors It is now officially acknowledged that outdoor play is extremely important for young children's development and that a few old bikes and a climbing frame just will not do. This book shows how to develop an outdoor learning environment properly for young children and how adult supporters should behave in this space. This book offers examples of good outdoor practice in a range of early years settings. Both practical and theoretical aspects of learning outdoors are covered tracking a shared enthusiasm for outdoor play amongst practitioners children and parents. The book shows how the authors set about solving common problems encountered in the outdoor area and using photographs plans and written observations the book shows how stimulating outdoor learning environments can be created. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136250

Learning Outside the AcademyInternational Research Perspectives on Lifelong Learning This book weaves together different strands of research in the area of lifelong learning that concentrates particularly on learning in alternative settings and ways such experiential learning and informal and community learning. Drawing upon international research the book examines how these strands of research can contribute to each other. The contributions to this book are based on material presented at a conference at the Centre for Research in Lifelong Learning UK and they focus on research into key issues of policy and practice in lifelong learning. Establishing a wider framework for debate about the meaning and significance of lifelong learning this timely and thought-provoking book provides practitioners in the field with a relevant and current discussion on some very important ideas about non-formal education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759144

Learning Outside the ClassroomTheory and Guidelines for Practice Learning Outside the Classroom outlines theory and practice that will enable and encourage teachers to systematically and progressively incorporate meaningful outdoor learning opportunities into their daily teaching activities in a wide variety of environments and with diverse populations of pupils. This is the first textbook based around the curriculum for prospective and practising primary and secondary teachers and other outdoor educators. The principles and examples presented are intended to be adapted by teachers to suit the needs of their students in ways that draw upon content offered by the local landscape and its natural and built heritage.  Although the focus of this book is ‘the real world’ beyond the classroom it is also about good teaching — wherever it takes place. While there are chapters on practical issues such as risk-management and supervising groups outdoors the chapters on curriculum sustainability curiosity responsibility and educational communities will serve as a valuable guide for anyone interested in applying educational theory to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893626

Learning Outside the Primary Classroom "We believe that every young person should experience the world beyond the classroom as an essential part of learning and personal development whatever their age ability or circumstances. Learning outside the classroom is about raising achievement through an organised powerful approach to learning in which direct experience is of prime importance." LOTC Initiative manifesto   In Learning Outside the Primary Classroom the educationalist and writer Fred Sedgwick explores in a practical way the many opportunities for intense learning that children and teachers can find outside the confines of the usual learning environment the classroom. This original work is based on tried and tested methods from UK primary schools. The author draws on current concerns in the educational world regarding outdoor learning as exemplified by the eight sector Learning Outside the Classroom (LOtC) initiative (supported by Ofsted) but remains refreshingly independent in approach. Using a metaphor of concentric circles Learning Outside the Primary Classroom starts with a brief opening chapter based in the classroom itself before moving outwards to explore the learning possibilities presented by the immediate environs of the school – playgrounds gym halls sports fields etc. Later chapters move beyond the school gates to explore the local shops parks religious centres libraries and town halls and the myriad learning opportunities they represent. The final chapters explore the possibilities of larger scale day trips to major galleries and museums and more ambitious field trips. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608671

Learning Patterns in Higher EducationDimensions and research perspectives Learning Patterns in Higher Education brings together a cutting edge international team of contributors to critically review our current understanding of how students and adults learn how differences and changes in the way students learn can be measured in a valid and reliable way and how the quality of student learning may be enhanced.  There is substantial evidence that students in higher education have a characteristic way of learning sometimes called their learning orientation (Biggs 1988) learning style (Evans et al. 2010) or learning pattern (Vermunt and Vermetten 2004). However recent research in the field of student learning has resulted in multi-faceted and sometimes contradictory results which may reflect conceptual differences and differences in measurement of student learning in each of the studies. This book deals with the need for further clarification of how students learn in higher education in the 21st century and to what extent the measurements often used in learning pattern studies are still up to date or can be advanced with present methodological and statistical insights to capture the most important differences and changes in student learning. The contributions in the book are organized in two parts: a first conceptual and psychological part in which the dimensions of student learning in the 21st century are discussed and a second empirical part in which questions related to how students’ learning can be measured and how it develops are considered. Areas covered include: Cultural influences on learning patterns Predicting learning outcomes Student centred learning environments and self-directed learning Mathematics learning This indispensable book covers multiple conceptual perspectives on how learning patterns can be described and effects and developments can be measured and will not only be helpful for ‘learning researchers’ as such but also for educational researchers from the broad domain of educational psychology motivation psychology and instructional sciences who are interested in student motivation self-regulated learning effectiveness of innovative learning environments as well as assessment and evaluation of student characteristics and learning process variables. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842525

Learning Platforms and Learning Outcomes This book provides contemporary insights into learning outcomes arising from the use of learning platforms by pupils students and teachers in schools. Most current research focuses on the implementation of learning platforms and the ways in which practices are developing over time or in specific contexts. This collection offers a range of contrasting but complementary perspectives in this area including an exploration of applications supporting management of learning across primary and secondary schools in the UK an in-depth case study of uses and outcomes in a school in Singapore an analysis of learning outcomes arising across primary special and secondary schools in one local authority in the UK and a look at student preferences for using a learning platform in a school in Taiwan. The volume sheds important light on the subject but with the ever changing development and introduction of learning platforms much remains to be explored. Indeed it is likely that learning platforms will evolve further with affordances and integrated features being added over the next five and more years. This work hints at future practices and their potential outcomes pointing to the need for greater detail being gathered through future research studies in order to understand ways teachers and learners might most effectively benefit from more holistic or ‘blended’ approaches across the applications provided. This book will not only be of particular interest to those involved in using learning platforms but also to those advising on and developing learning platforms. Key lessons and issues are of relevance to policy makers school managers and teachers educational advisers researchers and developers. This book was originally published as a special issue of Learning Media and Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415714303

Learning Potential Assessment Learning potential assessment which has lately been receiving a great deal of attention consists of test procedures for measuring children's learning potential procedures that be regarded as an extension of current intelligence testing. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781003077398

Learning Primary GeographyIdeas and inspiration from classrooms Learning Primary Geography: Ideas and inspiration from classrooms celebrates children’s learning in primary geography. It is a book for all student and practising teachers who would like children to learn about their world in an enjoyable and stimulating way. Every page presents inspiring examples of children’s learning and explains how and why creative approaches such as enquiry learning learning outside the classroom and using imaginative resources work so well in primary geography. Using illustrated case studies from a range of schools and classrooms each chapter showcases the fantastic work all children can do in primary geography. The book explores a wide variety of geographical learning with chapters focusing on key aspects of the subject including: primary geography through the school grounds  topical geography through issues and events      learning about places in primary geography         children’s agency and action through primary geography Throughout the chapters the role of primary geography in helping children develop all types of literacies including spatial critical and digital literacies is explored. Written by a highly experienced teacher and lecturer in education Learning Primary Geography is underpinned and illustrated by examples from a wide range of primary classrooms. It will be a source of support guidance and inspiration for all those teaching geography in the primary school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922976

Learning PrivilegeLessons of Power and Identity in Affluent Schooling How can teachers bridge the gap between their commitments to social justice and their day to day practice? This is the question author Adam Howard asked as he began teaching at an elite private school and the question that led him to conduct a six-year study on affluent schooling. Unfamiliar with the educational landscape of privilege and abundance he began exploring the burning questions he had as a teacher on the lessons affluent students are taught in schooling about their place in the world their relationships with others and who they are. Grounded in an extensive ethnographic account Learning Privilege examines the concept of privilege itself and the cultural and social processes in schooling that reinforce and regenerate privilege. Howard explores what educators students and families at elite schools value most in education and how these values guide ways of knowing and doing that both create high standards for their educational programs and reinforce privilege as a collective identity. This book illustrates the ways that affluent students construct their own privilege not fundamentally as what they have but rather as who they are. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939505

Learning RebootedEducation Fit for the Digital Age Arguing that education systems are failing to keep up with the pace of change in society The System Rebooted: Education Fit For the Digital Age sets out a unique proposal for system-wide radical change. Focusing on the transformations needed in order to align education systems with current trends in society the book stimulates discussion by offering a heightened understanding of what education reform needs to look like and suggesting a way forward for both individual schools and whole systems. The book makes a clear delineation between learning and education building a case for how learning an essential skill is often not allowed to flourish in many modern education systems. Chapters explore how rapid changes to technology are shaping the way young people share collaborate and communicate and arguing that education systems continue to produce young people who are not equipped with the skills that society needs the book makes a cogent case for how education systems need to reflect these profound changes as well as highlighting how learning organisations could rationalise their expenditure on technology. This unique and radical book brings topical issues to the forefront of discussion and is essential reading for school leaders policy makers and governors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368304

Learning Relations (Routledge Revivals) Dissatisfied with the effects of schooling on children from low-income families Doreen Grant left her post as head of a secondary school in Liverpool and turned to research for solutions to this perennial social problem. This is a popular account of her involvement with under-privileged Glaswegian parents and children and her attempt to address the problem of underachievement from the perspective of the home rather than the educational establishment. Combining the theory of international scholars such as Brofenbrenner Bruner Donaldson and Freire with practical experience  Doreen Grant indicates the improvements in children’s active learning when parents participate fully in the process of education. Learning Relations first published in 1989 describes the creation of a coherent learning environment in the inner city: as parents gain confidence in their personal vocation as natural educators it becomes clear that they are not only willing but fully capable of improving their children’s chances of success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777538

Learning Relationships in the Classroom This reader explores the nature of interactions between children and their teachers in the classroom. It emphasises the importance of such relationships for children's learning and for educational practice. Part 1 looks at different cultural conceptions of the teacher-learner relationship and how this relates to schooling cognitive development and the aquisition of knowledge. Part 2 takes a closer look at the role of language and dialogue in interactions between adults and children in classrooms. Part 3 describes research by developmental psychologists on peer interaction and collaborative learning and discusses how it has advanced our understanding of how children learn from each other. Part 4 considers the implications of classroom-based collaborative learning initiatives and the potential for creating 'communities of enquiry' which change how we think about knowledge acquisition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161504

Learning Sacred Way Of Emperor First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979642

Learning Science in the SchoolsResearch Reforming Practice Science -- and the technology derived from it -- is having a dramatic impact on the quality of our personal lives and the environment around us. Science will have an even greater impact on the lives of our students. The lives of scientifically literate students will be enriched by their understanding appreciation and enjoyment of the natural world. To prosper in the near future all students must become scientifically literate and embrace the notion of life-long learning in science. Without scientific literacy it will become impossible for students to make informed decisions about the interrelated educational scientific and social issues that will confront them in the future. Intended for science teachers teacher educators researchers and administrators this volume is concerned with the innovative research that is reforming how science is learned in schools. The chapters provide overviews of current research and illustrate how the findings of this research are being applied in schools. This research-based knowledge is essential for effective science instruction. The contributors are leading authorities in science education and their chapters draw clear connections among research theory and classroom practice. They provide excellent examples from science classes in which their research has reformed practice. This book will help educators develop the scientific literacy of students. It bridges the gap between cutting-edge research and classroom practice to provide educators with the knowledge they need to foster students' scientific literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995321

Learning Science Outside the Classroom This book shows how a wide range of contexts for learning science can be used outside of the classroom and includes learning: at museums science centres and planetaria from newspapers magazines and through ICT at industrial sites and through science trails at zoos farms botanic gardens residential centres and freshwater habitats in school grounds. With contributions from well known and respected practitioners in all fields of science education and through using case studies Learning Science Outside the Classroom offers practical guidance for teachers assistant teaching staff and student teachers involved in primary and secondary education. It will help enable them to widen the scientific experience and understanding of pupils. The advice in this book has been checked for safety by CLEAPSS. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203073605

Learning Simulations in Education Technology-enabled simulations are increasingly used for students in K-12 education and have the potential to improve teaching and learning across domains. Across five chapters this book explores the psychological foundation of simulation use in instruction guiding readers through individual differences among learners and contexts while addressing theory pedagogy cognitive processes and more. This concise volume is designed for any education course that includes simulations in the curriculum and will be indispensable for student researchers and both pre- and in-service teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175146

Learning SOLIDWORKS 2016 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using SOLIDWORKS 2016 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design (CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the SOLIDWORKS interface and its basic tools right away. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of SOLIDWORKS's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using SOLIDWORKS. This book continues by examining the different mechanisms commonly used in walking robots. You will learn the basic types of planar four-bar linkages commonly used in mechanical designs and how to use the GeoGebra Dynamic Geometry software to simulate and analyze 2D linkages. Using the knowledge you gained about linkages and mechanism you will learn how to modify your robot and change its behavior by modifying or creating new parts. In the final chapter of this book you learn how to combine all the robot parts into assemblies and then run motion analysis. You will finish off your project by creating 3D animations of your robot in action. There are many books that show you how to perform individual tasks with SOLIDWORKS but this book takes you through an entire project and shows you the complete engineering process. By the end of this book you will have modeled and assembled nearly all the parts that make up the TAMIYA® Mechanical Tiger and can start building your own robot. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039906

Learning SOLIDWORKS 2017 This text provides readers having no previous CAD experience with an accessible guide to SOLIDWORKS 2017 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. A simple robot design is used as a project throughout the book. Readers learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and create animations of their robot designs. The text covers parametric modeling fundamentals through use of geometric constraints and relationships and 3D printing is introduced in the last chapter. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630570682

Learning SOLIDWORKS 2018 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using SOLIDWORKS 2018 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design (CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the SOLIDWORKS interface and its basic tools right away. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of SOLIDWORKS's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using SOLIDWORKS. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571450

Learning SOLIDWORKS 2019 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using SOLIDWORKS 2019 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design (CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the SOLIDWORKS interface and its basic tools right away. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of SOLIDWORKS's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using SOLIDWORKS. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572211

Learning SOLIDWORKS 2020 This book will teach you everything you need to know to start using SOLIDWORKS 2020 with easy to understand step-by-step tutorials. This book features a simple robot design used as a project throughout the book. You will learn to model parts create assemblies run simulations and even create animations of your robot design. No previous experience with Computer Aided Design (CAD) is needed since this book starts at an introductory level. The author begins by getting you familiar with the SOLIDWORKS interface and its basic tools right away. You will start by learning to model simple robot parts and before long you will graduate to creating more complex parts and multi-view drawings. Along the way you will learn the fundamentals of parametric modeling through the use of geometric constraints and relationships. You will also become familiar with many of SOLIDWORKS's powerful tools and commands that enable you to easily construct complex features in your models. Also included is coverage of gears gear trains and spur gear creation using SOLIDWORKS.   Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573089

Learning Spaces in AfricaCritical Histories to 21st Century Challenges and Change With a key UN Sustainable Development Goal for 2030 being to make basic education available to all the world’s children Learning Spaces in Africa explores the architectural socio-political and economic policy factors that have contributed to school design the main spaces for education and learning in Africa. It traces the development of school building design focusing on Western and Southern Africa from its emergence in the 19th century to the present day. Uduku’s analysis draws attention to the past historic links of schools to development processes from their early 19th century missionary origins to their re-emergence as development hubs in the 21st century. Learning Spaces in Africa uses this research as a basis to suggest fundamental changes to basic education which respond to new technological advances and constituencies in learning. Illustrated case studies describe the use of tablets in refugee community schools "hole-in-the wall" learning and shared school-community learning spaces. This book will be beneficial for students academics and those interested in the history of educational architecture and its effect on social development particularly in Africa and with relevance to countries elsewhere in the emerging world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734251

Learning Strategies Originally published in 1986 designed for teachers and those concerned with the education of primary and secondary school pupils Learning Strategies presented a new approach to ‘learning to learn’. Its aim was to encourage teachers to start thinking about different approaches to harnessing the potential of young learners. It was also relevant to adult learners and to those who teach them. Thus although about learning the book is also very much about teaching. Learning Strategies presents a critical view of the study skills courses offered in schools at the time and assesses in non-technical language what contributions could be made to the learning debate by recent developments in cognitive psychology. The traditional curriculum concentrated on ‘information’ and developing skills in reading writing mathematics and specialist subjects while the more general strategies of how to learn to solve problems and to select appropriate methods of working were too often neglected. Learning to learn involves strategies like planning ahead monitoring one’s performance checking and self-testing. Strategies like these are taught in schools but children do not learn to apply them beyond specific applications in narrowly defined tasks. The book examines the broader notion of learning strategies and the means by which we can control and regulate our use of skills in learning. It also shows how these ideas can be translated into classroom practice. The final chapter reviews the place of learning strategies in the curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732544

Learning Support UnitsPrinciples Practice and Evaluation Learning support units (LSU) are an important piece in the jigsaw of educational and social inclusion. This book will help plan and run an effective LSU that is part of a whole school approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420687

Learning Technologies and the BodyIntegration and Implementation In Formal and Informal Learning Environments This volume explores how technology-supported learning environments can incorporate physical activity and interactive experiences in formal education. It presents cutting-edge research and design work on a new generation of "body-centric" technologies such as wearable body sensors GPS tracking devices interactive display surfaces video game controller devices and humanlike avatars. Contributors discuss how and why each of these technologies can be used in service of learning within K-12 classrooms and at home in museums and online. Citing examples of empirical evidence and specific implementation this timely and critical volume examines how body responsive technologies are being used within the educational community to advance the next generation of educational technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286955

Learning Technology in Transitionfrom Individual Enthusiasm to Institutional Implementation In April 2003 The Association for Learning Technology (ALT) celebrated its tenth anniversary and this book has been produced in order to commemorate this landmark achievement. It represents a collaboration between key members of ALT and members of ALTs' sister organisations: SURF in Holland and ASCILITE in Australia.The aims of the book are to use the topic of "institutional implementation" to present a review of the impact of learning technology on tertiary education over the past few years; and to highlight and discuss key changes and developments that are shaping present and future activities and consider the implications for individual enthusiasts who work in the field of learning technology. The book outlines the context in which individual enthusiasts have operated and institutional implementation has occurred over the last ten years.Four key themes are highlighted throughout the book: * the individual enthusiast and their role in institutional implementation; * the institutional enthusiast and their role in local and global e-learning initiatives; * finding the evidence to justify enthusiasm and underpin implementation; * reinventing the individual enthusiast. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367604653

Learning the Virtual LifePublic Pedagogy in a Digital World Digital technologies have transformed cultural perceptions of learning and what it means to be literate expanding the importance of experience alongside interpretation and reflection. Learning the Virtual Life offers ways to consider the local and global effects of digital media on educational environments as well as the cultural transformations of how we now define learning and literacy. While some have welcomed the educational challenges of digital culture and emphasized its possibilities for individual emancipation and social transformation in the new information age others accuse digital culture of absorbing its recipients in an all-pervasive virtual world. Unlike most accounts of the educational and cultural consequences of digital culture Learning the Virtual Life presents a neutral advanced introduction to the key issues involved with the integration of digital culture and education. This edited collection presents international perspectives on a wide range of issues and each chapter combines upper-level theory with "real-world" practice making this essential reading for all those interested in digital media and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892087

Learning Theory and Behaviour Modification The ability to learn is of crucial importance in human life but understanding this ability has proved to be difficult. There have been many attempts to formulate scientific theories based on both animal experiments and human experience; and these have been applied to education and the treatment of psychological disturbance with a certain amount of success. Originally published in 1984 this incisive guide to the research and its outcomes provides the background to one of the most debated topics in psychology today. Learning Theory and Behaviour Modification introduces the work of major figures such as Pavlov and Skinner which has strongly influenced theories in educational and clinical psychology and formed the basis of the techniques known as ‘behaviour modification’. As well as giving examples of these techniques the author relates new ideas about the scope and limits of behaviour modification to recent changes in the views of learning theorists. How much can experiments on animals tell us about human psychology? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635005

Learning Theory and Online Technologies Learning Theory and Online Technologies offers a powerful overview of the current state of online learning  the foundations of its historical roots and growth and a framework for distinguishing between the major approaches to online learning. It addresses pedagogy (how to design an effective online environment for learning) evaluation (how to know that students are learning) and history (how past research can guide successful online teaching and learning outcomes). An ideal textbook for undergraduate Education and Communication programs as well as Educational Technology Masters Ph.D. and Certificate programs Learning Theory and Online Technologies provides a synthesis of the key advances in online education learning theory and the key frameworks of research and clearly links theory and research to successful learning practice. This revised second edition updates data on digital media adoption globally adds a new chapter on connectivism as a learning theory and updates the chapter on online collaborative learning renaming the theory as collaborativism and considering the challenges that arise with the growth of artificial intelligence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860001

Learning through Collaborative ResearchThe Six Nation Education Research Project This book covers the seven-year project involving China Germany Japan Singapore Switzerland and the US to show how collaborative research can help expand worldwide knowledge of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865036

Learning Through Interaction (1996)Technology and Children with Multiple Disabilities Published in 1996 this book is written for teachers and other professionals who work with children with multiple disabilities. It explores and suggests ways of working with different forms of technology such as microcomputers communications aids multi-sensory equipment mobility aids and others with children who have more than one disability. In keeping with the general aims on this book much attention is focused on the practitioner’s role in the successful use of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551404

Learning Through Knowledge Management Learning through Knowledge Management' provides an insightful overview of the main issues integrating learning and Knowledge Management. It offers a rich resource of case examples that highlight Knowledge Management in practice. The text explores and defines learning and Knowledge Management concepts and deals with the elements that play an important part in determining implementation success in the organization. The chapters present a managerially oriented discussion of the following key areas: The role of processes in managing knowledge The behavioural side of Knowledge Management Leadership reflexes for knowledge management success The key features of Information Technology required for Knowledge Management The future of Knowledge Management as part of organization management.There are many case studies which include: British Airways BP Amoco Ford Hewlett Packard Xerox Swedish Police IBM The case studies encompass a diverse and broad range of sectors maturity of practice problems and approaches to Knowledge Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435087

Learning Through Problem SolvingA Special Double Issue of the Journal of the Learning Sciences The articles in this special issue represent the findings of researchers working in classroom settings to explore key issues in learning through problem solving. Although they vary in the domains being studied the age of students and the methods they employ there are numerous common themes that can inform both theory and practice. The authors have grappled with the complex task of putting problem-based curricula into practice. They report here the difficulties they faced the factors contributing to their successes and the lessons they have learned. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138411913

Learning Through Storytelling in Higher EducationUsing Reflection and Experience to Improve Learning Learning Through Storytelling in Higher Education explores ways of using storytelling as a teaching and learning tool. When storytelling is formalized in meaningful ways it can capture everyday examples of practice and turn them into an opportunity to learn - encouraging both reflection a deeper understanding of a topic and stimulating critical thinking skills. The technique can accommodate diverse cultural emotional and experiential incidents and may be used in many different contexts eg formal/informal; one-on-one/group setting.The authors outline the different models of storytelling and explain how to make use of this technique and encourage a 'storytelling culture' within the workplace or in tutorial sessions.Academic yet accessible this book provides a new perspective on learning techniques and will be a great asset to any educator looking to improve reflective practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169432

Learning Through Supervised Practice in Student Affairs For future student affairs professionals and higher education administrators the supervised practice experience is where theory learned in the classroom is put into practice. Learning through Supervised Practice in Student Affairs assists students in applying leadership advising conflict management and planning skills to their practice. This important book explores the theories that foster learning and understanding of higher education organizations while exercises reflection activities and case studies illuminate the skill areas that students must develop to become successful practitioners. This Revised Edition Includes: Reflection activities to engage students and foster critical thinking Expanded attention to diverse populations and cultural differences Updated legal references and case law related to daily practice Broadened discussion of professional standards and alignment with the CAS standards and ACPA/NASPA’s Joint Statement on Professional Competencies A new chapter addressing campus politics and organizational culture Learning through Supervised Practice in Student Affairs bridges the gap between theory and practice assisting students and site supervisors in constructing a practicum or internship experience that successfully contributes to learning and professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534345

Learning through TalkDeveloping Learning Dialogues in the Primary Classroom Learning through Talk is a practical handbook. It is designed to help teachers and others working with five to eleven year olds develop the key skills which will enable their pupils to use talk effectively for learning. The activities within the book encourage thinking and learning across the curriculum and help pupils to improve their communication skills and become independent learners. This book provides: Advice and practical guidance on developing the essential skills of participation collaboration positive challenge resolving differences and reflection A series of motivating and exciting workshop activities Photocopiable resources to support workshops with links to video material on the companion website A practical blended resource Learning through Talk helps teachers shift their focus to evaluate the quality of pupils talk as an insight into the learning process. The authors present tried and tested methods for reflection including the use of a video diary room an example of which is accessible online via the Companion Website. An invaluable guide for both trainee and practising teachers this book will provide those working with children with a practical framework to improve talk and communication in their classrooms in line with current curriculum developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460188

Learning Through TheatreThe Changing Face of Theatre in Education In the two decades since the publication of the second edition Learning Through Theatre has further established itself as an indispensable resource for scholars practitioners and educators interested in the complex interrelations between teaching and learning the performing arts and society at large. Theatre in Education (TIE) has consistently been at the cutting edge of the ever-growing field of Applied Theatre; this comprehensively revised new edition makes an international case for why and how it will continue to shape ways in which the participatory arts contribute to the learning of young people (and increasingly adults) in the 21st century. Drawing on the experiences and insights of theorists and practitioners from across the world Learning Through Theatre shows how theatre can and does promote: participatory engagement; the use of innovative theatrical form; work with young people and adults in a range of educational settings; and social and personal change. Now transatlantically edited by Anthony Jackson and Chris Vine Learning Through Theatre offers exhilarating new reflections on the book’s original aim: to define describe and debate the salient features and wider political context of one of the most important – and radical – developments in contemporary theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415530712

Learning through TouchSupporting Learners with Multiple Disabilities and Vision Impairment through a Bioecological Systems Perspective This fully revised and updated second edition of Learning through Touch is essential reading for practitioners who support learners with multiple disabilities and vision impairment. These learners will rely on support from their learning partners throughout their education to mediate their learning experiences. The text explores the key role that touch plays in the education of these learners and provides practical advice about how to develop the skills through touch that they will need to become ‘active agents’ in their own development. The book reflects international initiatives that seek to ensure that people with disabilities have opportunities to take meaningful control within their learning and their lives. Key features include: Chapters that support curriculum access for learners with visual impairments; Reflections on up-to-date research studies and guidance for further reading throughout allowing for a strong conceptual foundation for practice; Portfolio activities designed to help implement effective learning opportunities within your own practice. Written to assist teachers and other professionals who support children with visual impairment and additional difficulties this text will appeal to professionals and students alike. It is an invaluable resource for anyone looking to explore the role of touch in creating effective learning experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203009

Learning Through WoodworkIntroducing Creative Woodwork in the Early Years This essential guide provides clear and comprehensive support for those looking to introduce creative woodwork into early years settings. With theory practical advice stunning colour images and case studies the book will inspire practitioners to embrace woodwork and encourage children’s independent creative learning. Focusing on the numerous benefits that working with wood offers young children from boosting their self-esteem and problem-solving skills to enhancing their communication and social development the author draws on over 25 years of experience to discuss each and every aspect of establishing woodwork in the early years curriculum. Including practical information on materials and tools staff training and health and safety advice this go-to guide provides a treasure trove of ideas to engage children at various stages of development drawing the maximum benefit from working with wood and tools. Both inspiring and informative Learning Through Woodwork will become an essential tool for early years practitioners and teachers wishing to explore and develop woodwork provision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138071100

Learning to be a Person in Society Learning is a lifelong process and we are the result of our own learning. But how exactly do we learn to be a person through living? In this book Peter Jarvis draws together all the aspects of becoming a person into the framework of learning. Considering the ongoing "nature versus nurture" debate over how we become people Jarvis’s study of nurture - what learning is primarily about – builds on a detailed recognition of our genetic inheritance and evolutionary reality. It demonstrates the ways in which we become social human beings: internalising accommodating and rejecting the culture to which we are exposed (both primarily and through electronic mediation) while growing and developing as human beings and people.   As learning theory moves away from traditional single-discipline approaches it is possible to place the person at the centre of all thinking about learning by emphasising a multi-disciplinary approach. This wide-ranging study draws on established research from a number of disciplines into the complexities that make us who we are. It will appeal to a wide variety of audiences: those involved in all fields of education the study of learning and development human resource development psychology theology and the caring professions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203551202

Learning to be HumanThe Educational Legacy of John Macmurray The educational writings of John Macmurray one of the finest 20th century philosophers of his generation have a special relevance for us today. In similar circumstances of international crisis he argued for the central importance of education addressing fundamental issues of human purpose - how we lead good lives together the emphasis on wisdom rather than knowledge alone the advancement of a truly democratic culture and the overriding importance of community in human flourishing. This remarkable collection of articles from leading international scholars includes the hitherto unpublished John Macmurray lecture – Learning to be Human – and brings together invited contributions from a range of fields and disciplines (e.g. philosophy of education moral philosophy care ethics history of education theology religious education future studies and learning technologies) and a number of countries across the world (e.g. Australia the UK and the USA).Countering overemphasis on technique and its typical separation from wider human purposes emblematic of much of our current malaise this book asks what it might mean to take the education of persons seriously and how such a perspective helps us to form judgments about the nature and worth of contemporary education policy and practice.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739287

Learning to be LiterateInsights from research for policy and practice Winner of the prestigious UK Literacy Association Academic Book Award for 2015 in its original edition this fully revised edition of Learning to be Literate uniquely analyses research into literacy from the 1960s through to 2015 with some surprising conclusions. Margaret Clark explores the argument that young children growing up in a literate environment are forming hypotheses about the print around them including environmental print television computer games and mobile phones. In a class where no child can yet read there is a wide range of understanding with regards to concepts of print and the critical features of written language. While to any literate adult the relationship between spoken and written language may be obvious young children have to be helped to discover it. This persuasive argument demonstrates  the value of research in order to make informed policy decisions about children’s literacy development. Accessible and succinct Professor Clark’s writing brings into sharp focus the processes involved in becoming literate. The effect on practice of many recent government policies she claims run counter to these insights. The key five thematic sections are backed up with case studies throughout and include: Insights from Literacy Research: 1960s to 1980s Young Literacy Learners: how we can help them Curriculum Developments and Literacy Policies 1988 to 1997: a comparison between England and Scotland Synthetic Phonics and Literacy Learning: government policy in England 2006 to 2015 Interpretations of Literacy in the Twenty-first Century Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186958

Learning To Be ModernJapanese Political Discourse On Education In the increasingly global economy commentators often cite education as a key source of competitive advantage for nations locked in economic contention on the world stage. Byron Marshall examines the evolution of Japanese schools over the past 120 years. Emphasizing the political discourse and conflict that have surrounded Japanese education the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316648

Learning to Be Teacher LeadersA Framework for Assessment Planning and Instruction Learning to Be Teacher Leaders examines three integrated components of strong pedagogy—assessment planning and instruction—within a framework emphasizing the knowledge skills and dispositions that can empower teachers to become teacher leaders within their schools. Combining the what why and how of teaching the research-based concepts presented in a pragmatic format are relevant across grade levels classrooms and content areas. Designed to support success on national licensure assessments this text brings together in one place the important features of learning to be an effective teacher and becoming a teacher leader who continues to grow and develop within the profession. Taking a student-centered approach to instruction it also recognizes the outside factors that can challenge this approach and provides strategies for coping with them. Using this book as a guide and resource pre-service and beginning teachers will focus on the most important factors in teaching resulting in strengthening their pedagogy and developing a language that helps them move forward in terms of agency and advocacy. A Companion Website provides additional resources for instructors and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803862

Learning to Become Socially Talented Children This resource includes more than 70 worksheets to make social and emotional learning fun! This resource uses exciting graphics games and activities to engage and stimulate children in the learning process. It deals with a wide range of issues that affect children today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174372

Learning to BehaveCurriculum and Whole School Management Approaches to Discipline Offering up-to-date research on school discipline and bullying this study emphasizes the management of school discipline through school policies and the responsibility of problems by all members of staff. It gives examples of curriculum initiatives that address pupils with discipline problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419704

Learning to Compete in African IndustryInstitutions and Technology in Development This book examines the institutional roots of the persistent differences in economic performance of firms industries and countries in Africa. It draws attention to the role of institutions in supporting technical change and shows how technological progress is central to competitiveness in a global context. The role of initial conditions such as levels of literacy and natural endowment the structure of industry and resource endowment are also emphasized. With its focus on how institutions shape systems of innovation this book makes a unique contribution to the debate about African development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390190

Learning to Consult Information is vital for healthcare professionals striving to keep their practice current and based on the best available evidence. The Internet is playing an increasingly crucial role in life long learning of health professionals and is becoming the most practical way to access publications on clinical guidelines systematic reviews and for updating users about the key aspects of health policy. This book covers the diversity and variable value of material available on the Internet and takes a fresh approach to coping with information overload. It illustrates how simple techniques such as making and using smart maps concept maps and mind maps can help clinicians keep up-to-date and how these methods can be applied to particular areas of healthcare. It provides numerous case studies in key areas including mental health child health primary care and care of the elderly. Mapping Health on the Internet is essential reading for all healthcare professionals and will assist in their learning and continuing professional development. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378770

Learning to CurseEssays in Early Modern Culture Stephen Greenblatt argued in these celebrated essays that the art of the Renaissance could only be understood in the context of the society from which it sprang. His approach - 'New Historicism' - drew from history anthropology Marxist theory post-structuralism and psychoanalysis and in the process blew apart the academic boundaries insulating literature from the world around it. Learning to Curse charts the evolution of that approach and provides a vivid and compelling exploration of a complex and contradictory epoch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138452

Learning to IndustrializeFrom Given Growth to Policy-aided Value Creation This book proposes a new pragmatic way of approaching economic development which features policy learning based on a comparison of international best policy practices. While the important role of government in promoting private sector development is being recognized policy discussion often remains general without details as to what exactly to do and how to avoid common pitfalls. This book fills the gap by showing concrete policy contents procedures and organizations adopted in high-performing East Asian economies. Natural resources and foreign aid and investment can take a country to a certain income level but growth stalls when given advantages are exhausted. Economies will be caught in middle income traps if growth impetus is not internally generated. Meanwhile countries that have soared to high income introduced mindset policies and institutions that encouraged or even forced accumulation of human capital – skills technology and knowledge. How this can be done systematically is the main topic of policy learning. However government should not randomly adopt what Singapore or Taiwan did in the past. A continued march to prosperity is possible only when policy makers acquire capability to formulate policy suitable for local context after studying a number of international experiences. Developing countries wanting to adopt effective industrial strategies but not knowing where to start will benefit greatly by the ideas and hands-on examples presented by the author. Students of development economics will find a new methodological perspective which can supplement the ongoing industrial policy debate. The book also gives an excellent account of national pride and pragmatism exhibited by officials in East Asia who produced remarkable economic growth as well as serious effort by an African country to emulate this miracle. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/doi/view/10.4324/9780203085530 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705820

Learning to Labor in New Times Learning to Labor in New Times foregrounds nine essays which re-examine the work of noted sociologist Paul Willis 25 years after the publication of his seminal Learning to Labor one of the most frequently cited and assigned texts in the cultural studies and social foundations of education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203505113

Learning to Labour in Post-Soviet RussiaVocational youth in transition This book explores the changing nature of growing-up working-class in post-Soviet Russia a country dislocated by the experience of neo-liberal economic reform. Based on extensive ethnographic research in a provincial Russian region it follows the experiences of vocational education graduates whose colleges continue to channel them into the ailing industrial and agricultural sectors. Rather than settling for transitions into ‘poor work’ the book shows how these young men and women develop a range of strategies aimed at overcoming the poverty of opportunity available to them in traditional enterprises pursuing instead emerging opportunities in higher education jobs in the new service sector and the prospect of migration. Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives Charles Walker analyses these strategies and their significance for wider processes of social change and social stratification in post-Soviet Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995314

Learning to LabourHow Working Class Kids Get Working Class Jobs This book which has now established itself as a classic study of working class boys describes how Paul Willis followed a group of 'lads' as they passed through the last two years of school and into work. The book explains that for 'the lads' it is their own culture which blocks teaching and prevents the realisation of liberal education aims. This culture exposes some of the contradictions within these formal aims and actually supplies the operational criteria by which a future in wage labour is judged. Paul Willis explores how their own culture can guide working class lads on to the shop floor. This is an uncompromising book which has provoked considerable discussion and controversy in educational circles throughout the world - it has been translated into Finnish German French Swedish Japanese and Spanish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421844

Learning to Lead in the Secondary SchoolBecoming an Effective Head of Department Learning to Lead in the Secondary School is designed to meet the needs of subject leaders and heads of department in secondary schools offering practical advice and guidance to teachers taking on these demanding roles. This highly informative book is structured around six sections that address all of the key areas in leading a department including: * becoming a subject leader* managing effective teaching and learning* leading and managing people* the strategic direction and development of a department* the deployment of staff and resources* managing personal performance and development. This guide will be invaluable to middle managers in schools subject leaders and heads of departments. It will be of interest to teachers and managers at all levels and will also be useful to those undertaking research or further qualifications in educational leadership and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132986

Learning to Lead TogetherAn Ecological and Community Approach Never before has there been such strong recognition of the importance of community-based green spaces to local communities and urban redevelopment. This book is an autoethnographic account of the challenges and breakthroughs of learning to lead together. The interwoven stories provide first-hand evocative examples of how an ecological and community approach to organisational development and urban regeneration helped shift the business as usual paradigm. It will help you identify and step beyond individualistic and ‘heroic’ notions of leadership and will inspire you to find your own way of embracing natural and shared authority. The book focuses on the experiences of developing an environmental education charity in London; Global Generation. It shows how action research nature practice and storytelling has successfully grown shared purpose trust and collaboration both within Global Generation and in the wider community. The style and structure of the book reflects the participatory approach that it presents. The author Jane Riddiford deliberately challenges the norms of authorship which is shaped by the dominant Western narrative – objective authorless and ‘othered’. This book goes beyond this narrow framework combining different styles of writing including traditional and autobiographical storytelling diary entries and co-writing. Along with practice accounts of what happened challenges raised and lessons learned each chapter will also include other people’s descriptions of their experience of being involved in the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367684334

Learning to Learn in Higher Education Originally published in 1982 Learning to Learn in Higher Education analyses the factors that govern effective student learning and looks at the way that these can be improved by changing the way that courses are administered. It examines preparation for higher education and the effect of school systems on the individual student. In acknowledging the academic importance of motivation maturity and effective study methods it discusses the way that these can be developed and encouraged within the present educational system. In determining the goals of higher education in the 1980s and beyond it is important that financial considerations the clamour of industry for vocational courses the development of technological-scientific research does not obscure the needs of the individual learner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138337244

Learning to Learn togetherCooperation theory and practice This book brings together a range of international studies to support the implementation of cooperative group work in the classroom. In spite of extensive research into the benefits of this approach in many countries it is not widely used largely due to a lack of understanding of how to put this into practice in the classroom. Starting from an exploration of the theoretical perspectives that underpin this pedagogy the challenges for including pupils with special educational needs and related status issues of pupils are explored. Amongst the themes explored are how creative approaches such as Storyline support engagement particularly for second language learning; how working with young children using cooperative group work can develop writing skills; and how teachers can work together in an effective collaborative and sustained manner in a professional learning community. The final chapter provides a vivid example of one teacher’s personal journal to develop her understanding of the power of cooperation in creating bridges to meaningful learning for all learners. This book was originally published as a special issue of Education 3-13. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393615

Learning to LearnInternational perspectives from theory and practice Learning to Learn provides a much needed overview and international guide to the field of learning to learn from a multidisciplinary lifelong and lifewide perspective. A wealth of research has been flourishing on this key educational goal in recent years. Internationally it is considered to be one of the key competencies needed to compete in the global economy but also a crucial factor for individual and social well-being. This book draws on leading international contributors to provide a cutting-edge overview of current thinking on learning to learn research policy and implementation in both formal and informal learning environments. But what learning to learn is exactly and what its constituting elements are are much debated issues. These seem to be the crucial questions if assessment and development of this 'malleable side of intelligence' are to be accomplished. The approach of this volume is to consider a broad conception of learning to learn not confined to only study strategies or metacognition yet acknowledging the importance of such elements. The book sets out to answer five main questions: What is learning to learn? What are its functions and how do we assess it? What does it promise to the individual and society at large? How is it conceived in national curricula internationally? How can it be developed in a variety of contexts? The text is organized into two parts: the first addresses the core question of the nature of learning to learn from a theoretical and policy viewpoint and the second presents recent research carried out in several educational systems with special attention to assessment and curriculum. It gives an account of pedagogical practices of learning to learn and its role in individual empowerment from childhood to adulthood. Contributors also highlight the potential use of learning to learn as an organizing concept for lifelong learning school improvement and teacher training along with potential conflicts with existing incentive practices and policies. This book is a vital starting point and guide for any advanced student or researcher looking to understand this important area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656245

Learning to LiberateCommunity-Based Solutions to the Crisis in Urban Education Few problems in education are as pressing as the severe crisis in urban schools. Though educators have tried a wide range of remedies dismal results persist. This is especially true for low-income youth of color who drop out of school—and into incarceration—at extremely high rates. The dual calamity of underachievement in schools and violence in many communities across the country is often met with blame and cynicism and with a host of hurtful and unproductive quick fixes: blaming educators pitting schools against each other turning solely to the private sector and ratcheting up the pressure on teachers and students. But real change will not be possible until we shift our focus from finding fault to developing partnerships from documenting problems to discovering solutions. Learning to Liberate does just that by presenting true and compelling community-based approaches to school reform. Drawing on over three years of ethnographic research Vajra Watson explores the complicated process of reaching and teaching today's students. She reveals how four nontraditional educators successfully empower young people who have repeatedly been left behind. Using portraiture a methodology rooted in vivid storytelling Watson analyzes each educator's specific teaching tactics. Uncovering four distinct pedagogies—of communication community compassion and commitment—she then pulls together their key strategies to create a theoretically grounded framework that is both useful and effective. A poignant insightful and practical analysis Learning to Liberate is a timely resource for all educators and youth-serving practitioners who are committed to transforming "at-risk" youth into "at-promise" individuals who put their agency and potential into action in their schools and neighborhoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898379

Learning to Live in Boys’ SchoolsArt-led Understandings of Masculinities This book is about boys’ experiences of being educated in independent single-sex schools in Canada. These experiences which are oftentimes attributed to particular places and moments at school reveal ways in which school places are both "companionable" and "influential" in how boys become available to themselves and others as they pursue the possibility of becoming somebody. Curious about how masculinities show up in places at school and studying the sorts of gendered subjectivities that such places invite entice support and deny the book extends beyond traditional ways of thinking and writing about the production of masculinities in education by introducing a different set of conceptual orientations and inquiry practices including post-masculinities weak theory and art-led research and thought practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587666

Learning to Look at Sculpture Learning to Look at Sculpture is an accessible guide to the study and understanding of three dimensional art. Sculpture is all around us: in public parks squares gardens and railway stations as part of the architecture of buildings or when used in commemoration and memorials and can even be considered in relation to furniture and industrial design. This book encourages you to consider the multiple forms and everyday guises sculpture can take. Exploring Western sculpture with examples from antiquity through to the present day Mary Acton shows you how to analyse and fully experience sculpture asking you to consider questions such as What do we mean by the sculptural vision? What qualities do we look for when viewing sculpture? How important is the influence of the Classical Tradition and what changed in the modern period? What difference does the scale and context make to our visual understanding? With chapters on different types of sculpture such as free-standing figures group sculpture and reliefs and addressing how the experience of sculpture is fundamentally different due to the nature of its relationship to the space of its setting the book also explores related themes such as sculpture’s connection with architecture drawing and design and what difference changing techniques can make to the tactile and physical experience of sculpture. Richly illustrated with over 200 images including multiple points of view of three dimensional works examples include the Riace bronzes Michelangelo’s David Canova’s The Three Graces medieval relief sculptures war memorials and works from modern and contemporary artists such as Henry Moore Cornelia Parker and Richard Serra and three-dimensional designers like Thomas Heatherwick. A glossary of critical and technical terms further reading and questions for students make this the ideal companion for all those studying or simply interested in sculpture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415577380

Learning to Mentor in Sports CoachingA Design Thinking Approach Learning to Mentor in Sports Coaching is an innovative user-friendly practical and theoretical guide for educating sports coaches as mentors. It is the first book to employ design thinking techniques to develop a new approach to mentor education in sports coaching. Providing theoretical grounding in mentoring conversations design thinking and case study research the book centres on a series of redesigned mentoring conversations between some of the world’s leading sports coaching experts coach educators mentors and mentees. It covers topics such as: supporting novice volunteer coaches’ learningthe learning needs of novice volunteer coaches and novice professional coachesprofessional communities of learning in coachingthe impact of coaching behaviours on learning environmentsautonomy-supportive learning environmentscoaching children young people and adults Closing with a critique of the sports coach mentor as design thinker Learning to Mentor in Sports Coaching is important reading for any upper-level student or researcher working in sports coaching sports pedagogy or youth sport and any coach looking to integrate sound mentoring theory into their professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591052

Learning to Plan Modern Languages LessonsUnderstanding the Basic Ingredients Learning to Plan Modern Languages Lessons contains a wealth of guidance and ideas for those learning to teach in  secondary schools. Drawing on extensive experience and research in the field it offers detailed explanation of basic lesson planning methods and the principles that underpin them illustrated by worked examples of well-planned lessons. The book shows how to progress from planning smaller activities to full lessons to sequences of lessons and how to ensure progression for your students. Specific aspects of language learning such as grammar and culture are explored together with ideas for how to make your planning skills more effective in long-term collaborative and reflective practice. Starting from a presentation practice production (PPP) model of language teaching the book aims to: provide structured practical starting points in lesson planning for beginning teachers of modern languages (ML); deepen knowledge and understanding of ML as a subject and how it is learnt (pedagogical subject knowledge) in order to inform and support planning decisions; develop understanding of lesson planning as part of a planning cycle; enhance understanding of strategies and professional development opportunities to promote the further development of planning abilities. Including reflective/discussion tasks and example lesson plans Learning to Plan Modern Languages Lessons is a must-read book for beginning and more experienced teachers of any modern language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304840

Learning to Read and WriteThe Role of Language Acquisition and Aesthetic Development: A Resourcebook Originally published in 1986. This is an excellent resourcebook for the holistic teaching of language and the arts. The book works its way through theories of language acquisition and literacy before specifically discussing the role of the arts in literacy education and the integration approach. Each chapter has an extensive annotated bibliography detailing the resources available. The final listing includes both resources for teachers but also the children. Bridging the gap between theory and practice this sociopsycholinguistic account will be of great use to anyone seeking a better understanding of teaching and learning reading and writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379201

Learning to Read the SignsReclaiming Pragmatism for the Practice of Sustainable Management The PathFinder Lab Journal Field Notebook (Appendix III) is available here. It's not what we know but how we learn. This is the key that Learning to Read the Signs uses in order to evaluate and apply ideas and facts to one's organization life. The book asks the reader to go back to and reclaim pragmatism: an activity of thought involving four parts: Investigation Hypothesis Action and Testing. Pragmatism is a method of interpretation or inquiry which offers to the thoughtful business practitioner a way to better understand the reality in which we operate to think critically and creatively and for business people to think together to make the best use of all our perspectives and talents. Questions raised in this book include: What are the signs telling us? Where are we headed and why? Why are things going the way they are? What is our purpose?

 Examples abound of companies and organizations that have failed to "read the signs": the automobile and the financial services industries are obvious examples. Doing business successfully in the 21st century means becoming aware of the filters that modify and limit business vision in our culture. Without this awareness many businesses will continue to fall into short-term reactive thinking. In a world facing unprecedented social environmental and economic challenges learning to read the signs is a business imperative.

 This is not a how-to book in the sense that it provides ten easy answers to everyday business problems. The help it gives is much more profound. This book outlines a mode of inquiry that can be used to solve cognitive as well as ethical questions. Drawing on the deepest resources of philosophical pragmatism Nahser shows us that often we do not even know the right question to ask that we must start by trusting our doubts and seeing where they lead so that we can even begin to ask the right questions. He brings philosophy down to earth by showing that a practical philosophy can call into question our outworn assumptions open up new lines in inquiry and lead to conclusions we never imagined at the beginning of the process – conclusions not just about what to do next but about our larger purposes those frameworks that give us meaning and direction.

In this long-overdue and radical update to his seminal book Ron Nahser turns his attention to how pragmatism can be can be practiced by the management of business government and non-profit organizations to create both success and a better world for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093792

Learning to ReadA Cognitive Approach to Reading and Poor Reading Originally published in 1985 Learning to Read presents a balanced view of contemporary research into the reading process and theories accounting for reading and poor reading. The book focuses in particular on children who experience considerable difficulty in acquiring necessary reading skills. It considers how reading ability is assessed and the problematic subject of dyslexia. It also adopts a comprehensive approach to the cognitive factors behind poor reading as well as possible developmental and environmental factors. Learning to Read will appeal to those with an interest in how children learn to read and the development of research on this subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611453

Learning To ReadBasic Research and Its Implications How does a young child begin to make sense out of squiggles on a page? Is learning to read a process of extending already acquired language abilities to print? What comprises this extension? How children learn to read and especially how children are taught to read are problems of sustained scientific interest and enduring pedagogical controversy. This volume presents conceptual and theoretical analyses of learning to read research on the very beginning processes of learning to read as well as research on phonological abilities and on children who have problems learning to read. In so doing it reflects the important discovery that learning to read requires mastering the system by which print encodes the language. The editors hope that some of the work offered in this text will influence future research questions and will make a difference in the way instructional issues are formulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979659

Learning to ReadLiterate Behaviour and Orthographic Knowledge Originally published in 1982. This book charts the reading progress of ten children through their first three years at school concentrating particularly on their problems and the ways they coped with them. The author uses these case studies to analyse the children's understanding experience of behaviour associated with literacy and developing knowledge of spelling in the early stages of learning to read. Her analysis of the children's difficulties and successes against the background of their home experience classroom activities and teachers' methods calls in question any simplistic generalisations about the ways that background and teaching method can affect reading progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373698

Learning to Save the FutureRethinking Education and Work in an Era of Digital Capitalism Mainstream economists and Silicon Valley entrepreneurs claim that unfettered capitalism and digital technology can unlock a future of unbounded prosperity create endless high paying jobs and solve the world’s vast social and ecological problems. Realizing this future of abundance purportedly rests in the transformation of human potential into innovative human capital through new 21st century forms of education. In this new book Alex Means challenges this view. Stagnating economic growth and runaway inequality have emerged as the ‘normal’ condition of advanced capitalism. Simultaneously there has been a worldwide educational expansion and a growing surplus of college-educated workers relative to their demand in the world economy. This surplus is complicated by an emerging digital revolution driven by artificial intelligence and machine learning that generates worker displacing innovations and immaterial forms of labor and valorization. Learning to Save the Future argues that rather than fostering mass intellectuality educational development is being constrained by a value structure subordinated to 21st century capitalism and technology. Human capabilities from creativity design engineering to communication are conceived narrowly as human capital valued in terms of economic productivity and growth. Similarly global problems such as the erosion of employment and climate change are conceived as educational problems to be addressed through business solutions and the digitalization of education. This thought-provoking account provides a cognitive map of this condition offering alternatives through critical analyses of education and political economy technology and labor creativity and value power and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212626

Learning To Say GoodbyeDealing With Death And Dying First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138415171

Learning to SeekGlobalization Governance and the Futures of Higher Education The accelerating technological transformation in learn- ing has necessitated an ability to search and differentiate among the one billion web pages libraries databases books newspapers magazines radio and television stations and opinion columns available online. This volume focuses on the normative challenges that the current technological transformation presents to all professionals engaged in higher education. Part I concentrates on the current social and technological trends. David Snyder presents an outline of technologies that have made open knowledge systems possible. Majid Tehranian argues that the new technological environment has made learning to seek out information more possible than ever before. Robert Fuller calls for an egalitarian rather than hierarchical approach to communication systems. Harlan Cleveland proposes integrative learning broad thinking and globally aware citizenship through "education for wisdom." Part II focuses on problems of governance and finance in the new technological environment. John Hinchcliff takes up the problem of values and argues for the maintenance of traditional altruistic rather than Promethean goals. Karou Yamaguchi comes to the problem of the futures with the tools of system dynamics. William Bergquist calls for a reorganization of higher education to meet the needs for creation transfer and inculcation of knowledge and skills. Hamid Shirvani calls for the core values of transparency integrity open communication and dignitarian approach as the guideposts in educational leadership. Walter Truett Anderson concludes by attempting to bring the complex technological social economic and political variables into a holistic approach for the management of higher education. In 2005 at the Universities of the Future Conference participants were asked to envision the future of higher education. Part III presents their visions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527089

Learning to Solve Complex Scientific Problems Problem solving is implicit in the very nature of all science and virtually all scientists are hired retained and rewarded for solving problems. Although the need for skilled problem solvers has never been greater there is a growing disconnect between the need for problem solvers and the educational capacity to prepare them. Learning to Solve Complex Scientific Problems is an immensely useful read offering the insights of cognitive scientists engineers and science educators who explain methods for helping students solve the complexities of everyday scientific problems. Important features of this volume include discussions on:*how problems are represented by the problem solvers and how perception attention memory and various forms of reasoning impact the management of information and the search for solutions;*how academics have applied lessons from cognitive science to better prepare students to solve complex scientific problems;*gender issues in science and engineering classrooms; and*questions to guide future problem-solving research. The innovative methods explored in this practical volume will be of significant value to science and engineering educators and researchers as well as to instructional designers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091938

Learning To SpeakA Manual for Parents First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805542

Learning To TalkCorporate Citizenship and the Development of the UN Global Compact The UN Global Compact complements other corporate citizenship initiatives by promoting dialogue on the relationship between business and society. At the same time it is the only truly global corporate citizenship initiative. It is not an auditable standard; indeed it is not a standard or a code in the way that these are normally viewed. It is a set of principles through which business and the United Nations can work in partnership for global social development. For some businesses it is a simplified codification of their existing policies and management practices but for many engagement represents a challenge and an opportunity to raise their game by aligning profitability with the common good.  As the only genuinely global corporate citizenship initiative the Global Compact draws its moral authority from the UN Secretary-General and its moral and political legitimacy from the UN as the only global political body. It can be viewed as a series of nested networks involving the Secretary-General's Office the ILO UNEP UNHCHR UNDP and UNIDO business NGOs and labour. It can variously be described as an international learning network as a social network of people and organizations engaged in a global conversation as a global public policy network and as a multi-stakeholder dialogue. It is all of these things but more than anything its greatest success has been in providing a convening platform for a growing global conversation about social development among a variety of actors.  However the Global Compact is viewed it is time to reflect on the first tentative steps of an initiative born in the aftermath of the Cold War in the "triumph of global economic liberalism" and mass demonstrations against "globalisation". In its first few years the world has experienced 9/11 and the Iraq War not forgetting the forty or so civil wars that are ongoing at this time. Whatever is written about the UN Global Compact or its success will be tentative. But there can be some serious reflection on its aims and origins; some telling of stories of engagement; and discussion on how this initiative has quickly become an important reference point in the dialogue on global and corporate governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281164

Learning to Teach The Leverhulme Primary Project reported here provides for the first time evidence on what is actually happening in teacher education today and on how novice teachers learn their craft. The book looks in detail at the experience of all the student teachers on one post graduate primary teacher training course and of those responsible for them in their university and in schools. It tracks them as they work to acquire the appropriate subject and pedagogical knowledge and as their own beliefs about teaching develop during the course. A final section follows some of the students through their fist year as qualified teachers. Teacher education is going through a peiod of radical change and more peole than ever before now have some responsibility whether in higher education or in school for the training of teachers. None of them can afford to ignore the fresh insights into how teachers are made contained in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157088

Learning to Teach Art and Design in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Learning to Teach Art and Design in the Secondary School is established as the key text for all those preparing to become art and design teachers in the secondary school. It explores a range of approaches to teaching and learning and provides a conceptual and practical framework for understanding the diverse nature of art and design in the secondary school curriculum. Written by experts in the field it aims to inform and inspire to challenge orthodoxies and encourage a freshness of vision. It provides support and guidance for learning and teaching in art and design suggesting strategies to motivate and engage pupils in making discussing and evaluating visual and material culture. The third edition has been comprehensively updated and re-structured in light of the latest theory research and policy in the field and includes new chapters surveying assessment and examinations and exploring identity and diversity in art and design. Essential topics include: Ways of learning in art and design Planning for teaching and learning Critical studies and methods for investigating art and design Inclusion Assessment Issues in craft and design education Drawing & sculpture Your own continuing professional development. Including suggestions for further reading and a range of tasks designed to encourage you to reflect critically on your practice Learning to Teach Art and Design in the Secondary School addresses issues for student teachers and mentors on all initial teacher education courses in Art and Design. It will also be of relevance and value to teachers in school with designated responsibility for supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842891

Learning to Teach Citizenship in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Praise for previous editions… 'A comprehensive and illuminating resource on both citizenship and citizenship education.'– David Hicks Times Educational Supplement What is the role of citizenship? How can it be taught effectively? Learning to Teach Citizenship in the Secondary School is an essential resource for students training to teach citizenship in the secondary school as well as teachers of citizenship looking for fresh ideas and guidance. Written by leading experts in the field the book is underpinned by the latest research and theory and explores a variety of inspirational approaches to teaching and learning in a subject which provides a critical underpinning to the whole school curriculum. This new third edition has been comprehensively updated and restructured to emphasise the role of citizenship across the curriculum exploring a wider range of subjects including geography modern foreign languages mathematics and science. Key topics include: historical origins and contemporary contexts developing subject knowledge and skills of enquiry effective lesson plans schemes of work and assessment citizenship beyond the classroom: community-based work and learning outdoors citizenship across the curriculum: English drama and media; history geography and religious education; modern foreign languages; mathematics and science; and RE research in citizenship. Including key objectives and chapter summaries together with carefully developed tasks to support your own professional development Learning to Teach Citizenship in the Secondary School is designed to develop theoretically informed good practice in citizenship education. It is a source of support guidance and creative ideas for all training citizenship teachers and those teaching the subject as non-specialists and offers specialists new insight into this crucial subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826471

Learning to Teach Design and Technology in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience Learning to Teach Design and Technology in the Secondary School is a core text for all those training to teach design and technology in the secondary school. It helps you develop subject knowledge acquire a deeper understanding of the role purpose and potential of design and technology within the secondary curriculum and provides the practical skills needed to plan teach and evaluate stimulating and creative lessons. This fully updated fourth edition includes information on all areas of design and technology and on new subject requirements relating to exam qualifications. It includes three new chapters on the role of critiquing in design and technology education transitions after secondary design and technology and using and producing design and technology education research. Designed to be read as a course or dipped into for support and advice it covers: Each area of design and technology: materials textiles electronics and food Integrating new curriculum topics such as emerging technologies into your teaching Developing areas of subject knowledge Health and safety Planning lessons Organising and managing the classroom Teaching wider issues through design and technology  Assessment issues Your own professional development. Bringing together insights from current educational theory and the best contemporary classroom teaching and learning this book will prove an invaluable resource for students on all training routes – as well as their mentors â€“ who aspire to become effective reflective design and technology teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336813

Learning to Teach English in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience Fully updated to reflect changes in teacher education and the curriculum the Fifth Edition of Learning to Teach English in the Secondary School explores the background to debates about teaching the subject alongside tasks teaching ideas and further reading to expand upon issues and ideas raised in the book. Including chapters on planning changes to the assessment system language teaching and cross-curricular aspects of secondary teaching this new edition features: changes in policy and practice including the most recent GCSE reforms; a new chapter on 'Media literacy in English'; a consideration of modern digital technology and how it underpins good practice in all areas of English teaching and learning; and cross-referencing to guidance on assessment and well-being and resilience in the core text Learning to Teach in the Secondary School. A key text for all student teachers Learning to Teach English in the Secondary School combines theory and practice to present a comprehensive introduction to the opportunities and challenges of teaching English in the secondary school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580473

Learning to Teach Foreign Languages in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Praise for previous editions:- ‘A wealth of theory research practical advice case studies and tasks in one volume…Indispensable for both HEI tutors and mentors and an important book to recommend to all MFL students.' – Language Learning Journal ‘Presenting clear straightforward factual information on all current issues facing MFL student teachers ... An excellent reference guide during the first years of teaching.' – Mentoring and Tutoring Learning to Teach Foreign Languages in the Secondary School has established itself as the leading textbook for student teachers of foreign languages in the UK and internationally. The practical focus is underpinned by a theoretical perspective and backed up by the latest research encouraging you to develop a personal approach to foreign language teaching. This new fourth edition has been comprehensively updated to take account of recent policy and curriculum changes and now covers a range of relevant statutory frameworks. Fully revised chapters cover the key knowledge and skills essential for becoming a foreign language teacher: What can we learn from research into language teaching and learning? Teaching methods and learning strategies Creating a meaningful learning environment Transition from Primary to Secondary The role of digital technologies Teaching in the target language Receptive skills and productive skills Teaching and learning grammar Planning and reflecting on classroom practice Pupil differences and differentiation Assessment for and of learning   It includes many examples of how to analyse practice to ensure pupil learning is maximised together with activities and tasks to support you as you analyse your own learning and performance. Learning to Teach Foreign Languages in the Secondary School provides practical help and support for many of the situations and potential challenges you are faced with in school. It is an essential purchase for every aspiring secondary foreign languages school teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689960

Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary School has become the widely recommended textbook for student and new teachers of geography. It helps you acquire a deeper understanding of the role purpose and potential of geography within the secondary curriculum and provides the practical skills needed to design teach and evaluate stimulating and challenging lessons. It is grounded in the notion of social justice and the idea that all students are entitled to a high-quality geography education. The very practical dimension provides you with support structures through which you can begin to develop your own philosophy of teaching and debate key questions about the nature and purpose of the subject in school. Thoroughly updated to take account of the latest research evidence and policy this new edition reflects new developments in technology as well as current thinking on curriculum pedagogy and assessment. Exploring the fundamentals of teaching and learning geography in school chapters cover: Why we teach geography – its purposes and intent Understanding and planning the curriculum – what to teach Effective pedagogy – how to teach Inclusion Assessment Developing and using resources Fieldwork and outdoor learning Values and school geography’s contribution to ‘citizenship’ Professional development Intended as a core textbook and written with both university and school-based initial teacher education in mind  Learning to Teach Geography is essential reading for all those who aspire to become able effective and above all thoughtful and reflective teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386556

Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary School has become the widely recommended textbook for student and new teachers of geography. It helps you acquire a deeper understanding of the role purpose and potential of geography within the secondary curriculum and provides the practical skills needed to design teach and evaluate stimulating and challenging lessons. It is grounded in the notion of social justice and the idea that all students are entitled to a high quality geography education. The very practical dimension provides you with support structures through which you can begin to develop your own philosophy of teaching and debate key questions about the nature and purpose of the subject in school. Fully revised and updated in light of extensive changes to the curriculum as well as to initial teacher education the new edition considers the current debates around what we mean by geographical knowledge and what’s involved in studying at Masters level. Key chapters explore the fundamentals of teaching and learning geography: Why we teach and what to teach Understanding and planning the curriculum Effective pedagogy Assessment Developing and using resources Fieldwork and outdoor learning Values in school geography Professional development Intended as a core textbook and written with university and school-based initial teacher education in mind Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary school is essential reading for all those who aspire to become effective reflective teachers. Praise for previous editions of Learning to Teach Geography in the Secondary School... 'This is a practical and visionary book as well as being superbly optimistic. It has as much to offer the experienced teacher as the novice and could be used to reinvigorate geography departments everywhere. Practical activities and ideas are set within a carefully worked out authoritative conceptual framework.' - The Times Educational Supplement 'This is a modern powerful relevant and comprehensive work...a standard reference for many beginning teachers on geography initial teacher training courses.' - Educational Review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779440

Learning to Teach History in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience 'An excellent companion to Learning to Teach in Secondary School ... full of good ideas and better advice ... Mentors will certainly want to use it and so I'm sure will the rest of the history department ... Make sure they buy one and keep your copy under lock and key.' – Michael Duffy Times Educational Supplement 'A very well written and readable book. Overall this is an excellent book and one which students and teachers outwith England would find a valuable addition to their library.' – Scottish Association of Teachers of History Resources Review ‘This book is without question the standard text for the history PGCE market.’ – Dr Ian Davies University of York on the first edition.   Learning to Teach History in the Secondary School provides an accessible introduction to teaching and learning history at secondary level. Underpinned by a theoretical perspective and backed up by the latest research it encourages student teachers to develop a personal approach to teaching history. This fourth edition has been thoroughly updated for the new curriculum with a brand new chapter on subject knowledge and a new section on action research to better support those reflecting on and developing their own practice. It provides an array of references and materials that give a sound theoretical foundation for the teaching of history including weblinks to further resources while a range of tasks will enable students to put their learning into practice in the classroom. Practical advice is combined with reference and access to a wide range of recent and relevant research in the field of history education to support Masters Level research and aid reflective practice. Key issues covered include: The benefits of learning history Planning The use of language and strategies for teaching Inclusion Technology in history teaching Assessment Continuing professional development Offering comprehensive and accessible support to becoming a history teacher this book remains an invaluable resource for all training and newly qualified history teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869812

Learning to Teach in England and the United StatesThe Evolution of Policy and Practice Learning to Teach in England and the United States studies the evolution of initial teacher education by considering some of the current approaches in England and the United States. Presenting empirical evidence from these two distinct political and historical contexts the chapters of this thought-provoking volume illustrate the tensions involved in preparing teachers who are working in ever-changing environments. Grounded in the lived experiences of those directly affected by these shifting policy environments the book questions if reforms that have introduced accountability regimes and new kinds of partnership with the promise of improving teaching and learning have contributed to more powerful learning experiences in schools for those entering the profession. The authors consider the relationships between global national and local policy and question their potential impact on the future of teacher education and teaching more generally. The research adopts an innovative methodology and sociocultural theoretical framework designed to show greater insights into the ways in which beginning teachers’ learning experiences are shaped by relationships at all of these levels. A key emerging issue is that of the alignment – or not – between the values and dispositions of the individuals and the institutions that are involved. This book will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of teacher education comparative education higher education and education policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368647

Learning to Teach in the Primary Classroom This text is specially designed to support student teachers in the school based element of their course. It provides accessible guidance backed by numerous classroom examples on the essential knowledge and skills needed to teach effectively. The chapters cover:* Classroom organisation* Planning for children's learning* Teaching strategies* Assessment recording and reporting* Self-appraisalEach section contains information in concise and practical form. For students wishing to explore subjects in more depth supplementary material at the end of the chapters includes analysis of curriculum and policy documents case studies suggestions for further reading and activities to try out in the classroom. Throughout novice teachers are encouraged to think about how the basic skills fit together in their professional development and determine the sort of teacher that they will eventually be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146303

Learning to Teach in the Primary School How do you become an effective primary school teacher? What do you need to be able to do? What do you need to know? Flexible effective and creative primary school teachers require subject knowledge an understanding of their pupils and how they learn a range of strategies for managing behaviour and organising environments for learning and the ability to respond to dynamic classroom situations. The fourth edition of this bestselling textbook has been fully updated with the latest research and initiatives in the field as well as the most recent changes to the National Curriculum across the UK. Twenty four new authors have contributed sharing their expertise and experience as practitioners. Ten brand new units have been included on: Becoming a professional in the current context Building inclusive communities of engaged learners Understanding schools’ aims and enacting your own Teaching for social justice Reading Grammar and punctuation Mastery in mathematics The value of outdoor learning Primary education in a digital age A selection of extra tasks have been woven throughout with an emphasis on innovative reflective practice and new ‘vivid examples’ bring each chapter’s argument to life in a classroom context. In addition each chapter contains M-level tasks and further reading to assist with research assignments and differences in the National Curriculum and policy in Scotland Wales and Northern Ireland are highlighted. Providing a comprehensive but accessible introduction to teaching and learning in the primary school covering everything a trainee needs to know in order to gain QTS this accessible and engaging textbook is essential reading for all students training to be primary school teachers. This textbook is supported by a free companion website with additional resources for instructors and students (www.routledge.com/cw/Cremin) and an accompanying series of books on Teaching Creatively across the curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211063

Learning to Teach in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience For all undergraduate postgraduate and school-based routes to qualified teacher status Learning to Teach in the Secondary School is an essential introduction to the key skills and knowledge needed to become a secondary teacher. Underpinned by evidence-informed practice and focussing on what you need to know to thrive in the classroom the eighth edition is fully updated in light of changes in the field covers new topics and provides additional guidance on topics such as developing your resilience using digital technologies closing the achievement gap and using data to inform your teaching and pupil learning. The text includes a wealth of examples and tasks to demonstrate how to successfully apply theory to practice and how to critically reflect on and analyse your practice to maximise pupil learning. The wide range of pedagogical features supports both school- and university-based work up to Masters level. Written by experts in the field the 37 concise units create unit-by-unit coverage that can be dipped into offering guidance on all aspects of learning to teach including: Managing your workload Lesson planning Curriculum Motivating pupils Promoting behaviour for learning Assessment marking and feedback Special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) Applying for jobs developing as a professional and networking Learning to Teach in the Secondary School provides practical help and guidance for many of the situations and potential challenges you are faced with in school. The text is extended by a companion website that includes additional information as well as specific units covering England Northern Ireland Scotland and Wales. Supported by the subject-specific titles in the Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series it is an essential purchase for every aspiring secondary school teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307599

Learning to Teach in Two CulturesJapan and the United States Originally published in 1995. This ethnographic account of teaching practise in both Japan and the USA offers an excellent cross-cultural perspective of education. It focuses on beginning teachers and particularly highlights both the similarities and the contrasting elements between the two countries. In part the authors inquire into the socialisation of new teachers in their particular culture. Chapters provide detailed accounts of how teachers in the study in both countries learned to teach and the strategies they used when facing problems and key issues such as child motivation. Both countries have sought to learn from each other’s practices but this fascinating study will be of interest to anyone in the teaching world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545007

Learning to Teach in Urban SchoolsThe Transition from Preparation to Practice This book is about the transition from teacher preparation to teaching practice in urban school settings. It provides a clear presentation of the challenges resources and opportunities for learning to teach in urban schools; examples of the experiences perceptions and practices of teachers who are effective in urban schools and those who are not; a detailed account of the journey of a team of teachers who transformed their practice to improve learning in a low performing urban school; an approach that can be used by novice teachers in joining a teacher community and making the transition from preparation to practice; and perspective on leadership that can be used to create a context for transforming teacher professional development in an urban school district. Learning to Teach in Urban Schools offers rare insight into how teachers can transform their own practice and in the process transform the culture of low performing urban schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893862

Learning to Teach InclusivelyStudent Teachers' Classroom Inquiries This book—co-authored by a teacher educator a diverse group of five pre-service student teachers and their student teaching supervisor—takes a unique illuminating look at the experience of student teaching from the perspective of student teachers. It is premised on learning to teach as an inquiry process enriched by collaborative conversations. Readers are invited into student teachers’ dilemmas and decisions as they negotiate between their public school placements and their university-based coursework. Throughout the year of student teaching the authors document their discussions and reflections about teaching in inclusive classrooms that shed light on the complex process of learning to teach and also offer insights into issues of teaching for equity. Each of the central chapters is written by an individual student teacher and tracks a specific question over the course of two semesters. Topics include: *contrasting models of inclusion and teachers’ differing orientations toward issues of community difference and normalcy;*how teachers foster peer relationships;*classroom management and discipline; *heterogeneous instruction; and*school-wide culture and systems that promote or mitigate against inclusion. A new perspective on what can be learned from student teaching is provided by the student teachers’ supervisor. In the concluding chapter the teacher educators address the connections among the student teachers’ inquiries and offer an analysis from a disability studies/disability rights perspective on how inclusion fits into a social (rather than a medical) model of disability. All of the authors of this book seek to contribute to conversations that place advocacy inquiry contestation and challenge at the center of the teacher’s role. This volume is their invitation to readers to join in a larger conversation about the challenges of and necessity for becoming inclusive teachers.  Learning to Teach Inclusively is intended for inservice and preservice courses in elementary education inclusion and teacher research and for field experience seminars. It is also suitable for graduate courses in teacher research supervision and research in teacher education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091921

Learning to Teach Mathematics Second Edition First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315064871

Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary School combines theory and practice to present a broad introduction to the opportunities and challenges of teaching mathematics in the secondary school classroom. This fourth edition has been fully updated to reflect the latest changes to the curriculum and research in the field taking into account key developments in teacher training and education including examinations and assessment. Written specifically with the new and student teacher in mind the book covers a wide range of issues related to the teaching of mathematics such as: why we teach mathematics        the place of mathematics in the National Curriculum       planning teaching and assessing for mathematics learning            how to communicate mathematically     using digital technology to advance mathematical learning working with students with special educational needs post-16 teaching the importance of professional development the affective dimension when learning mathematics including motivation confidence and resilience Already a major text for many university teaching courses this revised edition features a glossary of useful terms and carefully designed tasks to prompt critical reflection and support thinking and writing up to Masters Level. Issues of professional development are also examined as well as a range of teaching approaches and styles from whole-class strategies to personalised learning helping you to make the most of school experience during your training and beyond. Designed for use as a core textbook Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary School provides essential guidance and advice for all those who aspire to be effective mathematics teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943902

Learning to Teach Music in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience This new edition has been thoroughly revised to take account of recent changes to the curriculum. With a focus on evidence-based practice this book aims to develop open and reflective practitioners who will critically examine their own and others’ ideas about music education and the way in which children learn music. Providing an overview of contemporary issues in music teaching and learning from a range of perspectives the book centres on teaching music musically and enables the reader to: place music education in its historical and social context consider the nature of musical knowledge and how pupils learn musically. critically analyse the statutory framework within which music teachers work develop an understanding of the three key areas of composing performing and appraising as well as issues such as creativity individual needs and assessment examine aspects of music beyond the classroom and how effective links can be made between curriculum music and music outside of school. Including tasks activities and reflections to help student-teachers to integrate the theory and practice of music education this book will provide support guidance ideas and challenges for beginner teachers and will be useful for mentors in schools and teacher educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129085

Learning to Teach Music in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience This 3rd edition of Learning to Teach Music in the Secondary School has been thoroughly revised to take account of the latest initiatives research and scholarship in the field of music education and the most recent changes to the curriculum. By focusing on overarching principles it aims to develop reflective practitioners who will creatively and critically examine their own and others’ ideas about music education and the ways in which children learn music.Providing an overview of contemporary issues in music teaching and learning from a range of perspectives the book focuses on teaching music musically and enables the reader to: place music education in its historical and social context consider the nature of musical knowledge and how teachers can facilitate their students to learn musically critically analyse the frameworks within which music teachers work develop an understanding of composing performing and responding to music as well as key issues such as creativity individual needs and assessment examine aspects of music beyond the classroom and how effective links can be made between curriculum music and music outside of school. Including a range of case studies tasks and reflections to help student teachers integrate the theory and practice of music education effectively this new edition will provide invaluable support guidance and challenges for teachers at all stages of their careers as well as being a useful resource for teacher educators in a wide range of settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713092

Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience This fully updated fifth edition of Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School is a comprehensive yet accessible guide for all student secondary physical education teachers. Practical and insightful advice is combined with theory and research to support you in developing as a student teacher. This core text is an ideal guide to support you in developing your knowledge for teaching your basic teaching skills and your ability to reflect critically on what you are doing and why enabling you to cope in a range of teaching situations. Including updated material to cover changes in policy and practice curriculum and assessments the fifth edition of this essential textbook focuses on: Starting and developing your teaching journey Planning teaching and evaluating physical education lessons for effective pupil learning Looking beyond your teacher education. New chapters include Essential knowledge bases for teaching physical education Guidance on using digital technologies Health in the physical education lesson Written with university and school-based initial teacher education in mind Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School is an essential source of support and guidance for all student physical education teachers embarking on the challenging journey of developing as an effective teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209629

Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary SchoolA Companion to School Experience The third edition of Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary School draws together insights from current educational theory and the best contemporary classroom teaching and learning and suggests tasks activities and further reading designed to enhance the quality of initial school experience for the student teacher. This third edition has all new content and contributors which take account of recent developments in the subject. Key themes addressed include: the aims and place of religious education in the curriculum; recent policy developments; developing lesson plans and schemes of work; the role of language and talk in religious education; spirituality and spiritual development; assessment in religious education; religious education at both Key Stage 4 and at A Level; religion education in relation to moral education; the role of computers; inclusion; professional development. Learning to Teach Religious Education in the Secondary School is designed to provide student teachers with a comprehensive and accessible introduction to teaching religious education in the secondary school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783720

Learning to Teach Science in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Learning to Teach Science in the Secondary School is an indispensable guide with a fresh approach to the process practice and reality of teaching and learning science in a busy secondary school. This fourth edition has been fully updated in the light of changes to professional knowledge and practice and revisions to the national curriculum. Written by experienced practitioners this popular textbook comprehensively covers the opportunities and challenges of teaching science in the secondary school. It provides guidance on: • the knowledge and skills you need and understanding the science department at your school • development of the science curriculum • the nature of science and how science works biology chemistry physics and astronomy earth science • planning for progression using schemes of work to support planning and evaluating lessons • language in science practical work using ICT science for citizenship Sex and Health Education and learning outside the classroom • assessment for learning and external assessment and examinationsEvery unit includes a clear chapter introduction learning objectives further reading lists of useful resources and specially designed tasks – including those to support Masters Level work – as well as cross-referencing to essential advice in the core text Learning to Teach in the Secondary School sixth edition. Learning to Teach Science in the Secondary School is designed to support student teachers through the transition from graduate scientist to practising science teacher while achieving the highest level of personal and professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826433

Learning to Teach Small ClassesLessons from East Asia The justification for smaller classes has traditionally been that students can receive more individual attention and be provided with a curriculum that promotes student centred learning. However in Asia where student engagement is generally over 90% in primary school classrooms the focus of smaller classes is for teachers to increase the quality of their teaching building on the already impressive levels of student engagement. Learning to Teach Small Classes comprehensively instructs teachers on ways they can utilise the advantage of a smaller class to its fullest potential. It works through different case studies and gives examples of successful classroom practice in each of the core subject areas (Chinese English and Mathematics). Chapters include: Setting Objectives Asking and Answering Questions Sustaining Successful Group and Pair Work The Use of Feedback and Assessment for Developing Independence in Learning Bringing it all together and Sustaining Effective Practice With questions for discussion and further suggested reading this book is an invaluable resource for anyone involved in small class teaching and East Asian teaching and education policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831543

Learning to Teach Using ICT in the Secondary SchoolA companion to school experience Learning to Teach Using ICT in the Secondary School offers teachers of all subjects a comprehensive practical introduction to the extensive possibilities that ICT offers pupils teachers and schools. Under-pinned by the latest theory and research it provides practical advice and guidance tried-and-tested examples and covers a range of issues and topics essential for teachers using ICT to improve teaching and learning in their subject. The third edition has been fully updated in light of rapid changes in the field of both ICT and education and includes six brand new chapters.  Key topics covered include: Theories of learning and ICT Effective pedagogy for effective ICT Using the interactive whiteboard to support whole class dialogue Special needs and e-inclusion Literacy and new literaciesNEW Multi-play digital games and on-line virtual worldsNEW Mobile learningNEW e-Safety Supporting international citizenship through ICTNEW Linking home and school ICT tools for administration and monitoring pupil progressNEW Tools for professional development. Including case studies and tasks to support your own learning as well as ideas and activities to use with all your students Learning to Teach Using ICT in the Secondary School is a vital source of support and inspiration for all training teachers as well those looking to improve their knowledge. If you need a guide to using ICT in the classroom or for professional support start with this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415516525

Learning to TeachA Critical Approach to Field Experiences This text is designed to assist preservice and inservice teachers in creating a critical and reflective dialogue with themselves their assigned classroom cultures and the larger school environment. It engages readers in a series of classroom and school-based activities observations and exercises that can be used in any teacher education course with a field component. Different from other field experience guides this text aims to disrupt traditional conceptions of teacher education and field experiences--by emphasizing the problematic nature and dynamics of public schooling and encouraging readers to seek a greater awareness of their own attitudes toward and connections with these educational processes.Learning to Teach: A Critical Approach to the Field Experience Second Edition:*dramatically reconceptualizes the field experience by asking preservice and inservice teachers to be active and critical researchers of classroom practices and processes;*provides a coherent framework for analyzing both structural and cultural aspects of schooling;*provides specific exercises to help preservice and inservice teachers evaluate and understand the intersections of race class gender and culture in "real life" school settings; and*grounds the observations of everyday school life within critical feminist and poststructuralist discourses.New in the Second Edition: A new section "No Child Left Untested " has been added to help preservice teachers explore the implications of a very changed post-September 11world in which xenophobia violence patriotism citizenship and democracy have taken on new meanings. The introduction to the book as a whole the section introductions the retained activities in existing sections and the references have been throughly updated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136205

Learning to TeachA Handbook for Primary and Secondary School Teachers Written in accordance with the Teacher Training Association and DfEE guidelines this text is intended to become a course reference. The author examines all modules which need to be studied in teacher training programmes and takes account of the Labour government's plans for teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166356

Learning to Think First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824758

Learning to Think Strategically Strategic thinking has become a core competency for business leaders globally. Overused and under-defined the term is often used interchangeably with other strategic management terms. This textbook delineates and defines strategic thinking as an advanced conceptual cognitive capability focusing on the nonlinear divergent a-rational and informal nature of strategic thinking. This unique and practical text is an original primer of how successful strategists learn to think strategically. In this fourth edition the author offers an expanded definition of strategic thinking based on critical theory. This book highlights the role of informal learning underscores the relevance of engaging in the arts and has global application for those tasked with making strategy in this rapidly changing world. Sloan presents a previously unexamined account of the relationship between strategic thinking and the learning process involved — taking learning from the academic to the everyday. New features include an expanded list of learning methods to develop strategic thinking a more extensive look at global cultural perspectives of strategic thinking additional scenarios and case vignettes and online resources comprising test bank questions and lecture slides. This book is vital reading for MBA Strategy Leadership Development and Executive Education students. The practical nature of this book also makes it valuable for business and policy executives as well as managers and emerging leaders looking to develop their strategic thinking skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141462

Learning to Write First published in 1982 this influential and classic text poses two questions: what is it that a child learns when he or she learns to write? What can we learn about children society and ourselves by looking at this process? The book is based on a close analysis of a series of written texts by primary school children and is written for student teachers with little or no knowledge of linguistics. In this new edition Gunther Kress has made extensive revisions in the light of recent developments in linguistics and in education. The theoretical focus is now a social semiotic one which allows a fundamental rethinking of issues such as 'preliteracy' and broad social and cultural questions around the making of texts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146297

Learning to WriteFirst Language/Second Language First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315835921

Learning Trajectories Violence and Empowerment amongst Adult Basic Skills Learners Learning Trajectories Violence and Empowerment amongst Adult Basic Skills Learners offers deep insights into the lives of marginalised communities and the link between learning literacy and violence not previously carried out in-depth in a small scale study. It breaks the negative stereo-types of adults who struggle to read and write who are often labelled and stigmatised by dominant discourses and in doing so exposes why and how Basic Skills Learners often find themselves in marginal positions. The structural inequalities many face from childhood to adulthood across the private and public domains of their lives are revealed and probed thus challenging neo-liberalism claims of an apparently egalitarian social field. The learners’ narratives expose the contradiction complexities and ambivalences they experience in their daily lives and how they try to make sense of them from their structural positioning as basic skills learners in a society based on inequality of opportunity and choice. Applying a feminist qualitative longitudinal ethnographic and participatory approach the book offers a critical perspective drawing on Bourdieu’s work as the theoretical framework as well as using a range of feminist sociologists of education literature on the ethics of care and critical literacy pedagogy including the New Literacy Studies. The author’s personal position as an ’insider’ with ‘insider knowledge’ of marginalised communities is also woven throughout the chapters and offers insights into the struggles conformity and resistance faced by the participants in the study. The book contributes to the debate on the impact of violence on learning and its link to class gender and basic skills as well opening up a discussion on the power of a critical curriculum to empower people across the domains of their lives. It will be valuable reading for trainee teachers teachers education and sociology students postgraduate students as well as literacy specialists researchers academics policy makers and managers of public services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282919

Learning Transnational Learning Systems of innovation that are conducted within national borders can preserve inefficient solutions and prevent development. This has led to a feeling that transnational learning strategies are more and more desirable. In practice the field of transnational learning has been dominated by various policy-making institutions such as the OECD and European Union working through different types of policy instruments and programs such as structural funds open methods of coordination as well as international research institutions and networks set up by cooperating national governments working on comparative analysis benchmarking and indicators. This book lays out a set of methods which can further enhance the experience of transnational learning starting from the sociological ideas promoted by Charles Sabel of learning through monitoring and by Marie Laure Djelic and others of the “translation” of experiences between different countries. Case studies and examples are collected from three fields: industrial development tourism and local government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904866

Learning Under the LensApplying Findings from the Science of Learning to the Classroom Learning Under the Lens: Applying Findings from the Science of Learning to the Classroom highlights the innovative approach being undertaken by researchers from the disparate fields of neuroscience education and psychology working together to gain a better understanding of how we learn and its potential to impact student learning outcomes. The book is structured in four parts: ‘Science of learning: a policy perspective’ sets the scene for this emerging field of research; ‘Self regulation of learning’ and ‘Technology and learning’ feature findings by eminent international and national researchers in the field and provides an insight into some of the innovative research illustrating the depth breadth and multi-disciplinarity of the research; and ‘Research translation’ focuses on the scaled-up implementation of research findings in authentic learning settings and showcases research findings which are having impact in learning environments. This fascinating book is intended as a reference tool to create awareness among researchers policy makers and education practitioners of the research being undertaken in the science of learning field and its potential to impact student learning outcomes.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136635

Learning With Artificial WorldsComputer Based Modelling In The Curriculum First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043081

Learning with Information SystemsLearning Cycles in Information Systems Development In Learning with Information Systems the author takes the developing world as the context and through a series of case studies develops a commonly used systems analysis methodology. He demonstrates how this methodology can evolve and adapt as new ideas become prominent. Issues of sustainability of information systems participation in systems design and user ownership of systems are all examined. This book does not attempt to be prescriptive for all contexts nor does it focus on any particular technology. It addresses the essential questions and promises practical approaches which will help in the avoidance of the worst forms of disaster associated with the planning of information systems for developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203426357

Learning with LeanUnleashing the Potential for Sustainable Competitive Advantage The toughest Lean journeys are those taken in organizations that have achieved long-term success. Processes and people become fixed in their ways and exhibit a natural resistance to change. But regardless of how well your organization is performing unless you have a sustainable competitive advantage you are at risk.Examining the performance gap between good organizations and great ones Learning with Lean: Unleashing the Potential for Sustainable Competitive Advantage explains how to use Lean as a learning vehicle for achieving and sustaining a competitive advantage.Helping you better understand the current state of your organization the book outlines a series of five simple phases for developing an architecture and implementation plan to transform your organization’s performance. These five phases fit neatly into a closed-system model that has similarities to the Plan-Do-Check-Act quality model. The model is simple easy to communicate and easy to implement—Assess Plan Prepare Do and Learn. Supplies a brief overview of Lean tools Provides an understanding of the Voice of the Customer as a focusing engine Covers measurement and goal setting Illustrates the dynamics of organizational change Explains how to boost learning through Lean The authors guide you through the deployment of training and the implementation of new knowledge and skills around Lean. In addition they also explain how to find and improve on the areas where waste exists so your organization can reinvent the way it learns.Effective management techniques recognize the need for balance and this book is no different. Helping you pinpoint where those balances and dichotomies exist it arms you with powerful techniques to manage these challenges and to transform your organization into a change-hungry Lean learning organization with a sustainable competitive advantage. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466572942

Learning with Mobile and Handheld Technologies As technology evolves we are ever more reliant on the use of handheld and mobile devices yet what do we know about their impact on learning? While there is a lot of interest in mobile technology many schools still aren’t sure how to best use it for learning and teaching.  Learning with Handhelds and Mobiles explores this landscape and offers examples of how these technologies have been used for learning how the problems that have arisen are being  addressed and offers ideas for the future. This invaluable book gives a voice to teachers and educators using mobiles and technology-enhanced learning in and out of schools for regular school work and for innovative projects through exciting partnerships like Apps for Good. Learning with Handhelds and Mobiles shows the changes that are taking place within schools as a direct result of  these emerging technologies and contains case studies with accounts of best practice in a variety of settings including primary secondary and special schools and learning beyond their boundaries. The book also explores themes of pedagogy communication and affordances collaborative learning individual creativity and expression self-directed and informal learning and outdoor education. The learning potential of handheld and mobile devices has excited teachers and educators but until now there has been no structured systematic overview available along with reflections on how this technology is changing educational practice. This book brings these together to provide a clearer picture of what is currently a fragmented area and offers expert views of how we can understand these and where it may take us next. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842501

Learning with MusicGames and Activities for the Early Years Learning with Music offers an accessible introduction to music education theory for those working in the early years. Using real case studies and rich examples the book provides practical suggestions to develop the formative ideas of music education such as melody rhythm pulse and timbre into games and activities for every early years setting. Chapters include a range of tried-and-tested lesson sequences and accompanying developmental benefits allowing practitioners to confidently create tailor-made lesson plans and manage music sessions ranging from one child through to larger groups. Each concept is grounded in child development theory as well as music education theory giving practitioners an insight into the research-based principles and priorities of music education for their own unique setting. With a clear focus on the benefits of teaching music from birth to preschool Learning with Music is essential reading for all early years practitioners as well as students on Early Childhood courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192591

Learning with Online and Mobile TechnologiesA Student Survival Guide Technology has become a necessary and everyday part of studying. This book starts with effective practice in learning and shows how technology can support that good practice. The authors show you the many ways in which online and mobile technologies can be used for study and give you guidance on how best to use them for learning in higher education whether that is at college or university or within your workplace. This wide-ranging survival guide combines advice on effective learning with practical tips on using technology successfully to give you a smart approach to accessing recording sharing and revising information and knowledge. An efficient learning strategy with technologies will help you develop independence and self-direction so that when faced with a bewildering choice of web-based resources you are confident about how much to read and when to stop. The approaches skills and techniques discussed in this book will be of value to you not only in your formal course of study but also in any other learning you might wish to undertake in future. In an increasingly competitive job market this will also be attractive to prospective employers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470736

Learning with Trade UnionsA Contemporary Agenda in Employment Relations This edited collection provides an understanding of the range of learning that is enabled by trade unions and the agendas around that learning. It comes at an important time as in the UK recent years have seen significant new opportunities for unions' involvement in the government's learning and skills policy. At the same time trade unions have had to cope with declining membership and changing employment patterns and thus have a keen interest in defining their role in contemporary employment relations and in pursuing strategies for union renewal. Therefore in order to explore these dynamics a strong feature of the book is its drawing together of informed research-based contributions from the fields of training skills and education and of industrial relations. International and historical perspectives are included in order to better understand the contemporary issues. There are important conclusions for policy-makers practitioners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262744

Learning with Uncertainty Learning with uncertainty covers a broad range of scenarios in machine learning this book mainly focuses on: (1) Decision tree learning with uncertainty (2) Clustering under uncertainty environment (3) Active learning based on uncertainty criterion and (4) Ensemble learning in a framework of uncertainty. The book starts with the introduction to uncertainty including randomness roughness fuzziness and non-specificity and then comprehensively discusses a number of key issues in learning with uncertainty such as uncertainty representation in learning the influence of uncertainty on the performance of learning system the heuristic design with uncertainty etc. Most contents of the book are our research results in recent decades. The purpose of this book is to help the readers to understand the impact of uncertainty on learning processes. It comes with many examples to facilitate understanding. The book can be used as reference book or textbook for researcher fellows senior undergraduates and postgraduates majored in computer science and technology applied mathematics automation electrical engineering etc. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574178

Learning Within Artificial WorldsComputer Based Modelling In The Curriculum With the advent of the National Curriculum computer based modelling CBM is now a compulsory part of the school curriculum. Teachers are increasingly being encouraged to seek out opportunities for CBM in their own subject and across the curriculum. The new demands on the curriculum have left eachers and teacher trainers concerned as to their lack of experience in the area. This book sets out to provide a comprehensive guide to the area through an examination of a number of funded projects on CBM and their application to the school curriculum setting them in the context of wider theoretical and practical concerns. It is acknowledged that computers bring about change in the classroom both in teachers' professional development and innovative practices in teaching and learning. In highlighting how CBM can aid in the effective delivery of the curriculum this book should be essential reading for teachers and researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995338

Learning-Focused Leadership in ActionImproving Instruction in Schools and Districts In an educational context where school and district performance is of increasing focus it’s essential for leaders at all levels of the educational system to focus on improving student performance. This volume zeros in on a promising set of strategies and practices for all leaders to motivate support and sustain learning in contemporary schools. Learning-Focused Leadership in Action explores what it means for educational leadership to be "learning-focused " what this looks like in practice at both the school and district level and how such leadership changes can be set in motion. Drawing on extensive case study research in schools and districts that are making progress on learning improvement this volume explores how leaders at all levels of the educational system can productively seek to improve the quality of learning opportunities and student performance no matter how challenging the circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716239

Leaves from My Chinese Scrapbook First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865654

Leaving Christian Fundamentalism and the Reconstruction of Identity There is an increasing interest in the influence of religious fundamentalism upon people’s motivation identity and decision-making. Leaving Christian Fundamentalism and the Re-construction of Identity details the stories of those who have left Christian fundamentalist churches and how they change after they have left. It considers how the previous fundamentalist identity is shaped by aspects of church teaching and discipline that are less authoritarian and coercive and more subtle and widely spread throughout the church body. That is individuals are understood as not only subject to a form of judgment but also exercise it with everyone seemingly complicit in maintaining the stability of the church organisation. This book provocatively illustrates that the reasons for leaving an evangelical Christian church may be less about what happens outside the church in terms of the lures and attractions of the secular world and more about the experience within the community itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580336

Leaving HomeThe Therapy Of Disturbed Young People Leaving Home presents a method of family therapy at the stage when children are leaving home. It includes a special classification of young people with problems and tackles family orientation the therapist support system the first interview apathy troublemaking a heroin problem a chronic case and resolved and unresolved issues.Visit www.haley-therapies.com for additional resources by Jay Haley including live videos of the pioneering therapist in action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884458

Leaving It at the OfficeA Guide to Psychotherapist Self-Care Mental health professionals provide better care to their clients when they care for themselves. This acclaimed highly practical guide--now revised and expanded with even more self-care strategies--helps busy psychotherapists balance their personal and professional lives. The book presents 13 research-informed self-care strategies and offers concrete methods for integrating them into daily life. Featuring examples and insights from master therapists every chapter concludes with a self-care checklist. Infused with a positive message of self-renewal and growth the book shows clinicians how to leave distress at the office and tend actively to their physical emotional and spiritual needs.   New to This Edition *Chapter on mindfulness and self-compassion. *Increased emphasis on simple real-time self-care activities. *New examples from additional master therapists and hundreds of workshop participants. *Up-to-date research findings on therapist stress and resilience. *Discussions of competence constellations building on self-care strengths moral stress deliberate practice presession preparation journaling and multiculturalism.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462535927

Leaving JapanObservations on a Dysfunctional U.S.-Japan Relationship A critique of America's flawed Asia policy that centres on US-Japan relations but harkens back to the same disastrous views that drew America into Vietnam. The technique is a narrative flow of short vignettes woven into longer chapters; the main strands are personal reflections and interviews. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315499932

Leaving Latinos Out of HistoryTeaching US History in Texas Despite being the state with perhaps the longest history of Latino presence power and influence Texas has very much under-represented Latinos in its schools history curriculum. Through an analysis of teaching materials and curriculum goals Noboa investigates the extent to which this significant minority is effectively excluded from American historical narrative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655415

Leaving Residential Care Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1982 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867420

Leaving Space for NatureThe Critical Role of Area-Based Conservation This book provides the first contemporary assessment of area-based conservation and its implications for nature and society. Now covering 15 per cent of the land surface and a growing area of ocean the creation of protected areas is one of the fastest conscious changes in land management in history. But this has come at a cost including a backlash from human rights organisations about the social impacts of protected areas. At the same time a range of new types of area-based conservation has emerged based on indigenous people’s territories local community lands and a new designation of “other effective area-based conservation measures”. This book provides a concise overview of the status and possible futures of area-based conservation. With many people calling for half the earth’s land surface to remain in a natural condition this book taps into the urgent debate about the feasibility of such an aim and the ways in which such land might be managed. It provides a timely contribution by people who have been at the centre of the debate for the last twenty years. Building on the authors’ large personal knowledge the book draws on global case studies where the authors have firsthand experience including Yosemite National Park (USA) Blue Mountains National Park (Australia) Bwindi National Park (Uganda) Chingaza National Park (Colombia) Ustyart Plateau (Kazakhstan) Snowdonia National Park (Wales) and many more. This book is essential reading for students academics and practitioners interested in conservation and its impact on society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407537

Lebanon after the Syrian WithdrawalExternal Intervention Power-Sharing and Political Instability Lebanon experienced serious instability and ethno-national conflict following the Syrian withdrawal in 2005 compounded by the Arab Spring which led to regional instability and civil war in Iraq and Syria. Why did consociational democracy fail? Was failure inevitable? What impact could external powers play in creating an environment where consociationalism might be successfully implemented? This book addresses these key questions and provides a comprehensive analysis of how internal and external elite relations influence the chances of a successful regulation of ethno-national conflict through power-sharing. Exploring the roles played by Syria Qatar Iran Saudi Arabia the United States and France it argues that external actors in the Lebanese conflict largely determined whether power-sharing was successfully established and shows that the consociational democratic model cannot provide long-term conflict regulation in their absence. The author argues that relationships between internal and external actors determine the prospects for successful conflict regulation and pinpoints the crucial role of the external forces in the creation of power-sharing agreements in Lebanon concluding that future success is dependent on the maintenance of positive exogenous pressures. This book will be of key interest to students and scholars studying politics international relations and Middle East studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361294

Lebanon and the Arab UprisingsIn the Eye of the Hurricane The Arab uprisings have put Lebanon under increased strain. While the revolutions in Tunisia and Egypt caused limited reverberations the war in Syria echoed in the fine-tuned political and confessional balance of Lebanon. Over one million refugees equal to one-quarter of Lebanon’s population have moved in from Syria. The country’s economy and its already weak public infrastructure have been impacted heavily. Hizbullah’s engagement in Syria has posed questions about Lebanon’s disassociation policy. Terrorist attacks by ISIL and the growing risk of radicalization across the confessional spectrum have left the country at unease. However Lebanon’s political elites have vowed to shield the country from regional turbulences. Lebanon recently saw a series of demonstrations because of the inability of the government to manage the garbage crisis but it has been far from witnessing a large-scale citizen uprising similar to the 2005 Cedar Revolution or the revolts next door. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the current situation in Lebanon and a detailed assessment of the difficulties which the country is currently facing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477841

LebanonThe Fragmented Nation Even up to the eve of the civil war some observers saw the Lebanese system as essentially stable and exhibiting some of the virtues of liberty and pluralism which had been commended by the French traveller de Volney a century before. But for others its structure was so seriously flawed as to be resolved only by revolution. The civil war resulted ultimately from a conglomeration of interdependent factors – the religious conflict of Christian and Shi’a Muslim the social divisions exemplified in the ‘Belt of Misery’ around Beirut and the ethnic frictions between the Arab host culture and the Occidentalised Maronites. This book first published in 1980 is a lively and incisive study of one of the most ravaged countries of this generation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923355

LebanonThe Politics of a Penetrated Society In a time of great political change and unrest in the Middle East this highly topical text offers a succinct account of the contemporary political environment in Lebanon. Tom Najem provides both a developed understanding of the pre-civil war system and an analysis of how circumstances resulting from the civil war combined with essential pre-war elements to define politics in Lebanon. Systematically exploring Lebanon’s history society and politics the author stresses the importance of the crucial role of external actors in the Lebanese system. The analysis encompasses: the formation of the state weaknesses and dynamics of the Lebanese state the civil war post-war government and change the Lebanese economy foreign policy. Written in a clear and accessible manner this book fills a conspicuous gap in the existing academic literature on Lebanon. It will be of interest not only to students of international politics and Middle East studies but also to anyone travelling in or wanting to learn more about the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415457477

LebanonThe Politics of Frustration - The Failed Coup of 1961 Lebanon examines the ideological political and social underpinnings of the attempted coup against General Chihab's government in Lebanon in 1961. The author analyzes the role of the Syrian Socialist Nationalist Party the history of the army in Lebanon and it role in Lebanese politics and the impact of the coup on Lebanese political life. This book provides an extraordinary insight into the mechanisms of military coups in the Arab world and will be of interest to students and researchers of the history and politics of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415589437

LebanonWar and Politics in a Fragmented Society Winslow provides a comprehensive history and political analysis of Lebanon from ancient times to the present day. He focuses on the civil and sectarian strife that has characterized the country's past and contemporary history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203217399

Lech WalesaDemocrat Or Dictator? This book provides a critical clear-eyed account of the personal and political style of the Polish leader Lech Walesa. It criticizes Walesa's political modus operandi arguing that the leader manipulated or alienated many of his old supporters—including Tadeusz Mazowiecki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157586

Lectio Divina as Contemplative PedagogyRe-appropriating Monastic Practice for the Humanities Offering an original application of the ancient monastic practice of lectio divina to the humanities this book demonstrates the need for further emphasis on deep reading reflection and contemplation in contemporary university classrooms. Each chapter provides readers with an historical overview of the four movements of this monastic method: lectio (reading) meditatio (interpreting) oratio (responding) and contemplatio (experiencing wisdom) and suggests ways to incorporate these practices in humanites courses. Keator demonstrates that the lectio divina method is a viable pedagogical tool to guide students slowly and methodically through literary texts and into a subjective experience of wisdom and meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281670

Lecture Notes on Impedance SpectroscopyMeasurement Modeling and Applications Volume 1 Impedance Spectroscopy is a powerful measurement method used in many application fields such as electrochemistry material science biology and medicine semiconductor industry and sensors. The International Workshop on Impedance Spectroscopy is an international workshop addressing fundamentals and applications of impedance spectroscopy. This book is the first in the series Lecture Notes on Impedance Spectroscopy (LNIS). The series covers new advances in the field of impedance spectroscopy including fundamentals methods and applications. It releases scientific contributions as extended chapters including detailed information about recent scientific research results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115064

Lecture Notes on Impedance SpectroscopyMeasurement Modeling and Applications Volume 2 Impedance Spectroscopy is a powerful measurement method used in many application fields such as electro chemistry material science biology and medicine semiconductor industry and sensors. Using the complex impedance at various frequencies increases the informational basis that can be gained during a measurement. It helps to separate different effects that contribute to a measurement and together with advanced mathematical methods non-accessible quantities can be calculated. This book is the second in the series Lecture Notes on Impedance Spectroscopy (LNIS). The series covers new advances in the field of impedance spectroscopy including fundamentals methods and applications. It releases scientific contributions as extended chapters including detailed information about recent scientific research results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138111950

Lecture Notes on Impedance SpectroscopyMeasurement Modeling and Applications Volume 3 Impedance Spectroscopy is a powerful measurement method used in many application fields such as electrochemistry material science biology and medicine semiconductor industry and sensors. Using the complex impedance at various frequencies increases the informational basis that can be gained during a measurement. It helps to separate different effects that contribute to a measurement and together with advanced mathematical methods non-accessible quantities can be calculated. This book is the third in the series Lecture Notes on Impedance Spectroscopy (LNIS). The series covers new advances in the field of impedance spectroscopy including fundamentals methods and applications. It releases scientific contributions from the International Workshop on Impedance Spectroscopy (IWIS) as extended chapters including detailed information about recent scientific research results. This book is of interest for graduated students engineers researchers and specialists dealing with impedance spectroscopy. It includes fundamentals of impedance spectroscopy as well as specific theoretical and practical aspects from many applications in various fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415644303

Lecture Notes on Impedance SpectroscopyVolume 4 Lecture Notes on Impedance Spectroscopy (LNIS) is a book series covering new advances in the field of impedance spectroscopy including theory fundamentals and applications. In every volume it releases a selection of scientific contributions as extended chapters with detailed information about recent scientific research results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001404

Lecture Notes on Impedance SpectroscopyVolume 5 - Impedance Spectroscopy is a powerful measurement method used in many application fields such as electrochemistry material science biology and medicine semiconductor industry and sensors.Using the complex impedance at various frequencies increases the informational basis that can be gained during a measurement. It helps to separate different effects that contribute to a measurement and together with advanced mathematical methods non-accessible quantities can be calculated.This book is the fifth in the series Lecture Notes on Impedance Spectroscopy (LNIS). The series covers new advances in the field of impedance spectroscopy including fundamentals methods and applications. It releases scientific contributions as extended chapters including detailed information about recent scientific research results.This book is including proceedings of the International Workshop on Impedance Spectroscopy (IWIS) which has been launched already in June 2008 with the aim to serve as a platform for specialists in this field. Since 2009 it became an international workshop gaining increasingly more acceptance in both scientific and industrial fields. It is organized regularly one time per year.This book is interesting for graduated students engineers researchers and specialists dealing with impedance spectroscopy. It includes fundamentals of impedance spectroscopy as well as specific aspects form manifold applications in various fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738525

Lecture Notes on Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations This volume contains the lecture notes of the Short Course on Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations (Faculty of Mathematics University of Santiago de Compostela Spain 2-4 July 2011). The course was organized in recognition of Prof. Eleuterio Toro’s contribution to education and training on numerical methods for partial differential equations and was organized prior to the International Conference on Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations: Theory and Applications which honours Professor Toro in the month of his 65th birthday. These lecture notes on selected topics in numerical methods for hyperbolic equations are from renowned academics in both theoretical and applied fields and include contributions on: Nonlinear hyperbolic conservation laws First order schemes for the Euler equations                                                                                High-order accuracy: monotonicity and non-linear methods                                              High-order schemes for multidimensional hyperbolic problems                                        A numerical method for the simulation of turbulent mixing and its basis in mathematical theory Lectures Notes on Numerical Methods for Hyperbolic Equations is intended primarily for research students and post-doctoral research fellows. Some background knowledge on the basics of the theoretical aspects of the partial differential equations their physical meaning and discretization methods is assumed.  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415683883

Lectures and Notes on Shakespeare and Other Dramatists. This book presents lectures and notes upon Shakespeare and other dramatists including poetry the drama and Shakespeare; order of Shakespeare's plays; notes on Shakespeare's plays from English history; and notes on some of the plays of Shakespeare Johnson Beaumont and Fletcher. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429451997

Lectures in Geochemistry This book is a brief summary of the course of lectures in Geochemistry for undergraduate and graduate students from other than Geological Departments (chemists biologists ecologists and naturalists). It describes the Earth’s structure and some geological processes.The modern geochemical concepts take proper account of global geological processes and the influence of Cosmos. They are based on the laws and approaches of equilibrium and non-equilibrium thermodynamics. The cycles of energy and chemical elements within the Earth are interrelated with the global geochemical cycle.In addition to the traditional Geochemistry course this book offers Geochemistry of microorganisms Geochemistry of dispersed systems Geochemistry of cryogenesis and Geochemistry of cryptobiosphere.Features:Provides the reader with a general idea of the Earth’s chemical life and its related global geological eventsOffers a concise and clear description of the modern concepts in Geochemistry including new directions such as Geochemistry of Cryogenesis Geochemistry of Disperse Systems Geochemistry of Microorganisms and Geochemistry of Cryptobiosphere Implies a wide application of the thermodynamic approach.Useful for students who though lacking in geology basics are experienced in chemistry and biology  Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367733612

Lectures on Bifurcations Dynamics and Symmetry This book is an expanded version of a Master Class on the symmetric bifurcation theory of differential equations given by the author at the University of Twente in 1995. The notes cover a wide range of recent results in the subject and focus on the dynamics that can appear in the generic bifurcation theory of symmetric differential equations. This text covers a wide range of current results in the subject of bifurcations dynamics and symmetry. The style and format of the original lectures has largely been maintained and the notes include over 70 exercises. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429332692

Lectures On Game Theory This book is a collection of certain lectures given at the Economics Department at Stanford University on the game theory. It contains material on this theory of rational behavior of people with nonidentical interests whose area of application includes economics politics and war. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367162047

Lectures on Human and Animal Psychology Wilhelm Wundt is known today as one of the founding figures of modern psychology. The first person to ever call himself a Psychologist he is also widely regarded as the "father of experimental psychology" having established the first laboratory in the world dedicated to psychological research. This paved the way for psychology as an independent field of study. A prolific writer this title contains 30 lectures on human and animal psychology given in the latter half of the nineteenth century. This edition was originally published in 1912 a translation of the second German edition the earlier edition being the first of the author’s works to be translated into English. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018228

Lectures on Mathematical Logic Volume II In this volume logic starts from the observation that in everyday arguments as brought forward by say a lawyer statements are transformed linguistically connecting them in formal ways irrespective of their contents. Understanding such arguments as deductive situations or "sequents" in the technical terminology the transformations between them can be expressed as logical rules. The book concludes with the algorithms producing the results of Gentzen's midsequent theorem and Herbrand's theorem for prenex formulas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398583

Lectures on N_X(p) Lectures on NX(p) deals with the question on how NX(p) the number of solutions of mod p congruences varies with p when the family (X) of polynomial equations is fixed. While such a general question cannot have a complete answer it offers a good occasion for reviewing various techniques in l-adic cohomology and group representations presented in a context that is appealing to specialists in number theory and algebraic geometry. Along with covering open problems the text examines the size and congruence properties of NX(p) and describes the ways in which it is computed by closed formulae and/or using efficient computers. The first four chapters cover the preliminaries and contain almost no proofs. After an overview of the main theorems on NX(p) the book offers simple illustrative examples and discusses the Chebotarev density theorem which is essential in studying frobenian functions and frobenian sets. It also reviews â„“-adic cohomology. The author goes on to present results on group representations that are often difficult to find in the literature such as the technique of computing Haar measures in a compact â„“-adic group by performing a similar computation in a real compact Lie group. These results are then used to discuss the possible relations between two different families of equations X and Y. The author also describes the Archimedean properties of NX(p) a topic on which much less is known than in the â„“-adic case. Following a chapter on the Sato-Tate conjecture and its concrete aspects the book concludes with an account of the prime number theorem and the Chebotarev density theorem in higher dimensions.   Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466501928

Lectures on PerceptionAn Ecological Perspective Lectures on Perception: An Ecological Perspective addresses the generic principles by which each and every kind of life form—from single celled organisms (e.g. difflugia) to multi-celled organisms (e.g. primates)—perceives the circumstances of their living so that they can behave adaptively. It focuses on the fundamental ability that relates each and every organism to its surroundings namely the ability to perceive things in the sense of how to get about among them and what to do or not to do with them. The book’s core thesis breaks from the conventional interpretation of perception as a form of abduction based on innate hypotheses and acquired knowledge and from the historical scientific focus on the perceptual abilities of animals most especially those abilities ascribed to humankind. Specifically it advances the thesis of perception as a matter of laws and principles at nature’s ecological scale and gives equal theoretical consideration to the perceptual achievements of all of the classically defined ‘kingdoms’ of organisms—Archaea Bacteria Protoctista Fungi Plantae and Animalia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335264

Lectures On Phase Transitions And The Renormalization Group Covering the elementary aspects of the physics of phases transitions and the renormalization group this popular book is widely used both for core graduate statistical mechanics courses as well as for more specialized courses. Emphasizing understanding and clarity rather than technical manipulation these lectures de-mystify the subject and show precisely "how things work." Goldenfeld keeps in mind a reader who wants to understand why things are done what the results are and what in principle can go wrong. The book reaches both experimentalists and theorists students and even active researchers and assumes only a prior knowledge of statistical mechanics at the introductory graduate level.Advanced never-before-printed topics on the applications of renormalization group far from equilibrium and to partial differential equations add to the uniqueness of this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091378

Lectures on Philosophy First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870734

Lectures on Political Economy (Routledge Revivals)Two Volumes Known as the "economist's economist" for his work on creating a synthetic economic theory Swedish economist Knut Wicksell was a controversial but highly influential figure in modern economic thought. His contributions to marginal productivity theory income distribution and most notably his theory of interest would come to have a profound impact upon twentieth century economic theory not least in the work of John Maynard Keynes. First published in English in 1934 and 1935  this Routledge Revival set is a reissue of his two volume work on political economy first published in Sweden in 1901 and 1906. This work is aimed at both the professional economist and the advanced student alike as well as all those interested in the theoretical development of political economy. Volume I concerns itself predominiantly with issues of theory: specifically the theory of value the theory of production and distribution and the theory of capital accumulation. Volume II deals with theories relating to money currency and credit. For institutional purchases for e-book sets please contact online.sales@tandf.co.uk (customers in the UK Europe and Rest of World) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415602464

Lectures on Psychical Research (Routledge Revivals)Incorporating the Perrott Lectures Given in Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960 This book first published in 1962 is based on a series of lectures first given at Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960 dealing with 'psychical research' - i.e. the scientific investigation of ostensibly paranormal phenomena. Split into three sections Professor Broad's study examines numerous issues relating to psychical theory including guessing hallucinatory quasi-perception and trance-mediumship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610865

Lectures On Quantum Mechanics These lecture notes comprise a three-semester graduate course in quantum mechanics at the University of Illinois. There are a number of texts which present the basic topics very well; but since a fair quantity of the material discussed in my course was not available to the students in elementary quantum mechanics books I was asked to prepare written notes. In retrospect these lecture notes seemed sufficiently interesting to warrant their publication in this format. The notes presented here in slightly revised form consitutute a self-contained course in quantum mechanics from first principles to elementary and relativistic one-particle mechanics. Prerequisite to reading these notes is some familiarity with elementary quantum mechanics at least at the undergraduate level. Preferably the reader should already have met the uncertainty principle and the concept of a wave function. Prerequisites also include sufficient acquaintance with complex cariables to be able to do simple contour integrals and to understand words such as "poles" and "branch cuts." An elementary knowledge of Fourier transforms and series is necessary. I also assume an awareness of classical electrodynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091873

Lectures on Technique by Melanie KleinEdited with Critical Review by John Steiner Lectures on Technique by Melanie Klein is based on a series of six lectures given by Melanie Klein to students at the British Psychoanalytical Society in 1936 and repeated several times in subsequent years. They were discovered in the Melanie Klein Archives housed in the Wellcome Medical Library and have been previously described by Elizabeth Spillius but never before published. In this book John Steiner explores what characterises Kleinian Technique how her technique changed over the years what she saw as the correct psychoanalytical attitude and how psychoanalytic technique has changed since Klein’s death. Melanie Klein who moved to England from Berlin in 1927 became one of the leading psychoanalysts following Freud and making an important contribution in the theory and practice of psychoanalysis. A pioneer in child analysis her work remains widely influential throughout the world. This book consists of the full text of the original six lectures accompanied by a critical analysis from John Steiner who is known internationally as a leading Kleinian analyst and writer. Steiner demonstrates the importance of the lectures in understanding Klein’s work and their continued relevance for contemporary psychoanalysis. In addition also published for the first time this book includes annotated transcripts of a preserved recording of a seminar Klein held in 1958 with young analysts of the British Psychoanalytical Society. In this seminar close to the end of her life many of the points made in the earlier lectures were elaborated upon and brought further up to date in light of developments in Klein’s thinking during the intervening years. Featuring rare previously unpublished material Lectures on Technique by Melanie Klein provides a new and significant contribution to understanding of the Kleinian paradigm. It will be essential reading for all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists interested in and influenced by Klein’s work and legacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940109

Lectures on the Moral Government of God Originally compiled in 1859 this book is a collection of Nathaniel Taylor's lectures considering the moral government of God. The moral government of god was the great thought of Dr. Taylor's intellect and the favourite theme of his instructons in theology; to vindicate the ways of God to man was the object to which all Dr Taylor's energies were consecrated. This collection presents a complete and connected view of all that he wrote on this fundamental topic in theology and to the lectures on moral government have been appended other essays and lectures on subjects that are naturally connected with this. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137656

Lectures on the Relation Between Law and Public Opinion in England During the Nineteenth Century The famed 1914 edition of this classic is one of the small handful of works that deserve to be read by Americans to understand the 1980s. Indeed the final three chapters describing the decline of will and consensus in late Victorian England stand as a stark unmistakable reminder that such national decline can happen again. Dicey was the most influential constitutional authority in late Victorian and Edwardian Britain. Modern politicians have often invoked the phrase "rule of law." So commonplace has it become that few recognize its source in the work of Dicey. Law and Public Opinion in England is written with simplicity wit and a sense of purpose that marks it as a book apart. It did much more than fortell the decline of empire it developed the forms in which such decline comes about. In many ways this book represents a pioneering statement on the libertarian tradition as a consequence of rather than rebellion against the legal norms of an advanced civilization. This is a central book for students of society and politics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527102

Lectures on Violence Perversion and Delinquency In this volume contemporary staff describe their thinking and clinical work. Theoretical underpinnings for the understanding of perversion and violence questions of risk and ethics and the institutional difficulties which emerge in the care of these patients are presented alongside chapters on clinical work with adults and adolescents including Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325312

LecturingA Practical Guide Lecturing can be a terror a chore or an exhilarating experience. For most lecturers at one time or another it is all of these things. For many in HE & FE it remains the staple form of teaching and as student groups get ever larger good lecturing becomes ever more important. This is an accessible friendly and confidence-boosting book for inexperienced and experienced lecturers alike. Written in a lively and straightforward style it guides readers through the art of good lecturing. This is a book to use both to gain confidence and to work with as the your lecturing becomes more assured. The authors show how to improve lecturing and how lecturing is a flexible and essential tool for enhancing learning and understanding. Illustrated throughout with fascinating case studies and scenarios and with helpful hints and tips key issues covered include: * the place and types of lecture* voice and body language* causing learning in lectures* making lectures more effective* lecturing tools and processes* engaging groups* ensuring and developing quality* tips for day-to-day use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148680

LecturingCase Studies Experience and Practice Featuring real-life hints tips and examples of good and bad practice this manual provides practical advice on good lecturing techniques and confidence in further and higher education contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046203

LED LightingA Review of the Current Market and Future Developments Lighting  is one of the largest users of energy in buildings being responsible for around 20% of electricity use. Good lighting is essential to health well-being and productivity but the efficiency of light sources varies widely. To reduce carbon emissions designers owners and occupiers are looking at the energy efficiency of lighting. Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) are a proven technology that offers enormous possibilities for providing highly energy-efficient and good-quality interior lighting. This BRE Trust Report summarises the current LED market and various advantages of LEDs and outlines the challenges and barriers to adoption of the technology. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848061910

Lee and Gaensslen's Advances in Fingerprint Technology Reflecting new discoveries in fingerprint science Lee and Gaensslen’s Advances in Fingerprint Technology Third Edition has been completely updated with new material and nearly double the references contained in the previous edition. The book begins with a detailed review of current widely used development techniques as well as some older historical methods. Next it describes more recent advances as well as novel emerging technologies that have just begun to reach maturity. Highlights in this edition include: Comprehensive details about work performed by the UK Home Office on the use of powders and brushes Advances in the area of blood reagents and the transition from previously carcinogenic peroxidase reagents to new and safer protein staining methods The vacuum metal deposition technique The cyanoacrylate fuming process An update on ninhydrin analogs Emerging trends in print development using nanotechnology Latent print recovery and decontamination at scenes tainted by chemical biological radiological nuclear and explosive materials A model for quantitatively interpreting and assessing minutiae in a print Methods for digital and chemical imaging of latent prints With contributions by a renowned group of leading forensic scientists and criminalistics experts this valuable work presents the latest progress in fingerprint technologies comparison and identification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420088342

Lee Kuan Yew's Strategic Thought Lee Kuan Yew as the founding father of independent Singapore has had an enormous impact on the development of Singapore and of Southeast Asia more generally. Even in his 80s he is a key figure who continues to exert considerable influence from behind the scenes. This book presents a comprehensive overview of Lee Kuan Yew’s strategic thought. It charts the development of Singapore over the last six decades showing how Lee Kuan Yew has steered Singapore to prosperity and success through changing times. It analyses the factors underlying Lee Kuan Yew’s thinking discusses his own writings and speeches and shows how his thinking on foreign policy security and international relations has evolved over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713306

Lefebvre for Architects While the work of Henri Lefebvre has become better known in the English-speaking world since the 1991 translation of his 1974 masterpiece The Production of Space his influence on the actual production of architecture and the city has been less pronounced. Although now widely read in schools of architecture planning and urban design Lefebvre’s message for practice remains elusive; inevitably so because the entry of his work into the Anglosphere has come with repression of the two most challenging aspects of his thinking: romanticism and Utopia which simultaneously confront modernity while being progressive. Contemporary discomfort with romanticism and Utopia arguably obstructs the shift of Lefebvre’s thinking from being objects of theoretical interest into positions of actually influencing practices. Attempting to understand and act upon architecture and the city with Lefebvre but without Utopia and romanticism risks muting the impact of his ideas. Although Utopia may seem to have no place in the present Lefebvre reveals this as little more than a self-serving affirmation that ‘there is no alternative’ to social and political detachment. Demanding the impossible may end in failure but as Lefebvre shows us doing so is the first step towards other possibilities. To think with Lefebvre is to think about Utopia doing so makes contact with what is most enduring about his project for the city and its inhabitants and with what is most radical about it as well. Lefebvre for Architects offers a concise account of the relevance of Henri Lefebvre’s writing for the theory and practice of architecture planning and urban design. This book is accessible for students and practitioners who wish to fully engage with the design possibilities offered by Lefebvre’s philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639408

Left Behind In RosedaleRace Relations And The Collapse Of Community Institutions Left Behind in Rosedale is a stunning analysis of community and neighborhood decline. Through creative application of ethnographic analysis participant observation and in-depth interviews Scott Cummings' unique book breathes human life into one of the most serious problems facing the nation's cities: the ghettoization of urban neighborhoods. Tra Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316655

Left Behind: The Public Education Crisis in the United States This book addresses the harmful influences that the cultural social economic political and ideological dimensions in current ‘American’ society have upon the delivery of elementary secondary and university education. It examines the effects of poverty funding at the local state and federal levels and racial and ethnic discrimination. Arguing against the continuation of standardized testing—an ill-conceived methodology to measure the performance of children—the author advocates more one-on-one teaching and evaluation. He charges that students’ rights to education are not respected and in elementary and high school receive little in the way of instruction that translates into life skills and proposes what some of those skills should be. A critique of the extreme ethnocentric approach to education in the United States Left Behind advocates strong instruction in the Humanities and foreign languages and the establishment of education abroad as a permanent program in high school and university. The author identifies Capitalism as the basic influence that in the form of employing ‘business model’ constructs has slowly transformed our children into obedient consumers. Physical Education has waned and become a major contributor to adolescent obesity. Seeking to replace children’s complacency with critical thinking instruction the author demonstrates how the corporate mass media occupy their minds. He also fears the erosion of the profession of teaching by an ‘online’ instruction frenzy. The book explores the possibilities for a viable nation-wide education institution in which decision-making is in the hands of teachers parents and education experts instead of politicians and business people. The remedies that could be taken up by ordinary people are accessible at the commonsense level; what prevents change are the lack of political will and economic greed bolstered by the ideological power of the mass media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138091825

Left BehindA Study of Mental Handicap First Published in 1978. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315030326

Left Brain - Right Brain DifferencesInquiries Evidence and New Approaches This volume integrates past clinical findings with the latest research on cerebral asymmetry in order to identify why humans process information in different ways. A must for anyone who wants to understand human cognitive nature further specifically the reasons why we are "wired" a certain way and whether these cortical circuits are flexible enough to be altered this book presents the most up-to-date information on hemispheric differences within normal and clinical populations. Its focus on sex handedness and developmental differences is critical to the derivation of a better perspective on how future research should be conducted in this expanding science. Iaccino begins by explaining basic brain structures and types of cognitive styles assigned to each hemisphere. He then details studies involving various clinical populations -- psychophysiological split-brain dyslexic and psychotic -- to support the claim that the two hemispheres are different morphologically and functionally speaking. Applying this clinical research to the more normal population the author uncovers striking cortical variations between the sexes and between the handedness groups along with developmental changes which occur as a function of time. Finally he provides a detailed summary of the previous chapters and highlights where asymmetrical research may be headed in the future. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806709

Left in TransformationUruguayan Exiles and the Latin American Human Rights Network 1967 -1984 This book takes an innovative look at international relations. Focusing on the worldwide campaign against abuses by the right-wing authoritarian regime in Uruguay (1973-1984) it explores how norms and ideas interact with political interests both global and domestic. It examines joint actions by differently-motivated actors such as the leftist activists who had to flee Uruguay in these years the Organization of American States The United Nations Amnesty International and the United States. It traces language and procedures for making their claims. The chief goal however is to peruse the specific reasons that led these actors to endorse the central core of liberal rights that gave foundation to this system. A close examination of the available documents shows that even as they joined efforts to protest abuses they were still pursuing their individual agendas which is often overlooked in the existing scholarship on human rights transnational activism. The book pays special attention to the Uruguayan exiles analyzing why and how leftist activists and leaders adopted the human rights language which had so far been used to attack communism in the context of the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541626

Left Parties And Social Policy In Postcommunist Europe This book attempts to explain why and to evaluate what the return of the left has meant for the social policy of the states they have helped govern. It focuses on the East-Central European countries of Poland Hungary and the Czech Republic significantly Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152499

Left Radicalism and Populism in Europe While there has been much focus in recent times on the rise of right-wing populism in Europe there has been surprisingly little material on the phenomenon of left-wing populism. This edited collection seeks to fill that gap with an investigation of the relationship between the radical left and populism. Featuring a broad range of historical and contemporary case studies from across Europe this is a much-needed empirical account of this phenomenon. This book will be of considerable interest to researchers scholars and students of left radicalism European politics and the politics of social movements. It will also appeal to appeal to non-academic audiences especially party and social movement activists because of its politically salient topic and its historical and comparative focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354208

Left Radicalism in India Left radicalism in India was rooted in the nationalist movement and was set in motion in the 1920s with the formation of the communist party. The communist movement manifested itself differently in each phase of India’s political history and Communism continues to remain a meaningful alternative ideological discourse in India. This book examines left politics in India focusing on its rise consolidation and relative decline in the present century. Left radicalism in India is a distinct ideological phenomenon which is articulated in two complementary ways: while the parliamentary left remains social democratic in character its bête noire the left wing extremists continue to uphold the classical Marxist Leninist and Maoist notion of violent revolution. By concentrating on the nature and also activities of these two versions of left radicalism this book is a thorough study of the phenomenon. The author analyses the states of Kerala West Bengal and Tripura and presents a variety of case studies of communist movements. He argues that the political power of the left parties depends on the degree to which they have built organizational strength political hegemony and a broad social base through legal and extra-parliamentary struggles. An in-depth study of socio-economic circumstances that remain critical in conceptualizing radical extremism Left Radicalism in India will be of interest to those studying Indian Politics South Asian History Development Studies and Global Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491540

Left TurnForging a New Political Future Building a new platform for change prominent social critic Stanley Aronowitz diagnoses America's crisis of democracy and the dangers of the new authoritarianism. Aronowitz draws on his vast knowledge of history and political theory and from currents of political change around the globe from the traditions of the European left to the newest political trends in Latin America that have challenged the "death of socialism. Demonstrating why Democrats lose when they cling to centrism and compromise their core values this book shows us what a new left party in America would look like in an era of globalization terrorism and a crisis of public confidence in government. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633664

Left Universalism Africacentric Essays  Left Universalism Africacentric Essays presents a defense of universalism as the foundation of moral and political arguments and commitments. Consisting of five intertwined essays the book claims that centering such arguments and commitments on a particular place in this instance the African world is entirely compatible with that foundational universalism. Ato Sekyi-Otu thus proposes a less conventional mode of Africacentrism one that rejects the usual hostility to universalism as an imperialist Eurocentric hoax. Sekyi-Otu argues that universalism is an inescapable presupposition of ethical judgment in general and critique in particular and that it is especially indispensable for radical criticism of conditions of existence in postcolonial society and for vindicating visions of social regeneration. The constituent chapters of the book are exhibits of that argument and question some fashionable conceptual oppositions and value apartheids. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars in the fields of social and political philosophy contemporary political theory postcolonial studies African philosophy and social thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611788

Leftward JourneyEducation of Vietnamese Students in France This is a study in failed colonialism and an evocative exploration of a number of questions that go to the heart of explaining the tragedy that engulfed Vietnam in the postwar era. Drawing upon a wide range of archival sources that have only recently become available Scott McCon-nell examines the causes and consequences of the Vietnamese student migration to France after World War I.When the student exodus from Vietnam began a victorious France was more conscious and proud of its status as an imperial power than ever before. It commanded the loyalty of many of its subjects: during World War I hundreds of thousands of soldiers from the colonies had served France in the trenches and afterwards many came to study in French schools and universities. But some of the leading figures among them learned not to appreciate French values but to have contempt for them and they sought to turn the knowledge they had gained in France against French rule.How did this occur? Why did so many Vietnamese who came to France during the Stalin era join the Communist movement? Why was the Communist party so much more successful than other parties in recruiting Vietnamese students? And why were the Vietnamese so much more receptive to the Communist message than students from other French colonies? McConnell believes the answers lie in the kinds of experiences that young Vietnamese had when they came to France. He shows that the French government's policies uere inconsistent and ineffectual and French attitudes toward these young men changed from pride to hostility as they began to seem less the flowering of the French imperial idea than an ungrateful cadre of rebels.Leftward Journey records the birth of "Third World" politics on the Parisian Left Bank and shows how its first echoes fed into allegiance to communism. The book vividly portrays the superior energy and sense of direction of the French Communist party during the thirties and shows how the Communists outdid their socialist and bourgeois rivals in winning Vietnamese recruits. As a contribution to Vietnamese history this book will be of intense interest to professional scholars. Students and teachers of twentieth-century European colonialism will also find it useful. It provides important background to American intervention in Vietnam and to those who are interested in Third World Communist and nationalist movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511620

Legacies and Change in Polar SciencesHistorical Legal and Political Reflections on The International Polar Year Providing case study analyses of the politics of science in and around the International Polar Year of 2007-2008 this volume makes a distinct contribution to ongoing research focusing on the relationship between science international politics law and history. The contributors combine both interdisciplinary and multi-theoretical approaches to engage directly with the most recent debates in international relations scholarship to include discussions of arctic climate change governance issues reflections on the Antarctic Treaty and the science-geopolitics interface amongst others. This is the first comprehensive account to look explicitly at the relationship between global politics and science through an account of the International Polar Years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740160

Legacies and Mega EventsFact or Fairy Tales? The use of sporting and other mega-events to bring about transformation of socially deprived areas of major cities is becoming an increasingly important part of the raison d'être for hosting such events especially given the immense costs involved and the current economic climate. The tax-paying public increasingly has to be persuaded of the benefits beyond the event itself to spend the nation’s resources in this way. This edited book written by international experts critically explores these multiple facets of the Mega Event legacy looking at the various economic environmental and social impacts and benefits in multiple continents. It considers topics such as volunteering participation economics sponsorship ethics and technology in relation to legacy.This timely book provides a further understanding of the legacy discourse as well as the potential pitfalls connected to legacy in relation to mega events. Filling a gap in the literature on legacy research Legacies and Mega Events will be of interest to events sports tourism urban development students researchers and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667634

Legacies of Christian Languaging and Literacies in American EducationPerspectives on English Language Arts Curriculum Teaching and Learning Because spiritual life and religious participation are widespread human and cultural phenomena these experiences unsurprisingly find their way into English language arts curriculum learning teaching and teacher education work. Yet many public school literacy teachers and secondary teacher educators feel unsure how to engage religious and spiritual topics and responses in their classrooms. This volume responds to this challenge with an in-depth exploration of diverse experiences and perspectives on Christianity within American education. Authors not only examine how Christianity – the historically dominant religion in American society – shapes languaging and literacies in schooling and other educational spaces but they also imagine how these relations might be reconfigured. From curricula to classroom practice from narratives of teacher education to youth coming-to-faith chapters vivify how spiritual lives beliefs practices communities and religious traditions interact with linguistic and literate practices and pedagogies. In relating legacies of Christian languaging and literacies to urgent issues including White supremacy sexism and homophobia and the politics of exclusion the volume enacts and invites inclusive relational configurations within and across the myriad American Christian sub-cultures coming to bear on English language arts curriculum teaching and learning. This courageous collection contributes to an emerging scholarly literature at the intersection of language and literacy teaching and learning religious literacy curriculum studies teacher education and youth studies. It will speak to teacher educators scholars secondary school teachers and graduate and postgraduate students among others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136345

Legacies of Ewan MacCollThe Last Interview Ewan MacColl is widely recognized as a key figure in the English folk revival who tried to convey traditional music to a mass audience. Dominant in the movement during the 1950s and much of the 1960s his position has come under attack in more recent years from some scholars. While it would be arrogant to claim to 'set the record straight' this book will contribute significantly to the debate surrounding MacColl's importance. MacColl gave two extended interviews with co-editor Giovanni Vacca in 1987 and 1988 not long before his death and these provide the impetus for a re-examination of his methods his politics and his aesthetic aims. The book also provides critical overviews of MacColl's activities in the revival and of his practices particularly as writer and singer. The time is ripe for such a contribution following Peter Cox's study of the Radio Ballads and in the context of biographies by Joan Littlewood and Frankie Armstrong. The contributions locate MacColl in his own historical context attempting to understand some of the characteristic techniques through which he was able to write and sing such extraordinary songs which capture so well for others the detail and flavour of their lives. Great emphasis is placed on the importance of seeing MacColl as not only a British but a European folk activist through discussion of his hitherto barely known work in Italy enabling a re-contextualization of his work within a broader European context. The interviews themselves are fluent and fascinating narrations in which MacColl discusses his life music and experiences in the theatre and in the folk music revival as well as with a series of issues concerning folk music politics history language art and other theoretical issues offering a complete description of all the repertories of the British Isles. Peggy Seeger contributes a Foreword to the collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669140

Legacies of Great Men in World SoccerHeroes Icons Legends Soccer the world’s most popular mass spectator sport gives birth to great achievers on the field of play all the time. While some of them become heroes and stars during their playing career transforming themselves into national as well as global icons very few come to be remembered as all-time greats. They leave an enduring legacy and thereby claim to be legends by their own rights. While the rise and achievements of these soccer greats have drawn considerable attention from scholars across the world their legacies across time and space have mostly been overlooked. This volume intends to reconstruct the significance of the legacies of such great men of world soccer particularly in a globalized world. It will attempt to show that these luminous personalities not only represent their national identity at the global stage but also highlight the proven role of the players or coaches in projecting a global image cutting across affiliations of nation region class community religion gender and so on. In other words the true heroes icons and legends of the world’s most popular sport have always floated at a transnational global space transcending the limits of space identity or culture of a nation. This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095014

Legacies of LiberationThe Progressive Catholic Church in Brazil Originally published in 2004. In Brazil the liberationist reading of the Bible was once supposed to be an unstoppable force for social change yet many observers now say that in the era of neo-liberalism the liberationist project may be counted all but dead. In Legacies of Liberation John Burdick offers a bold new interpretation of the state of the Catholic liberationism. Challenging the claim that it is dead Burdick carefully builds the case that it continues to exert a major influence on Brazilian society and culture through its penetration of a broad range of grassroots struggles especially those having to do with race gender and land. Burdick brings to bear on his analysis an understanding of Brazil rooted in twenty years of fieldwork and a perspective shaped by anthropology theology and history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429243257

Legacies of RomanticismLiterature Culture Aesthetics This book visits the Romantic legacy that was central to the development of literature and culture from the 1830s onward. Although critical accounts have examined aspects of this long history of indebtedness this is the first study to survey both Nineteenth and Twentieth century culture. The authors consider the changing notion of Romanticism looking at the diversity of its writers the applicability of the term and the ways in which Romanticism has been reconstituted. The chapters cover relevant historical periods and literary trends including the Romantic Gothic the Victorian era and Modernism as part of a dialectical response to the Romantic legacy. Contributors also examine how Romanticism has been reconstituted within postmodern and postcolonial literature as both a reassessment of the Modernist critique and of the imperial contexts that have throughout this time-frame underpinned the Romantic legacy bringing into focus the contemporaneity of Romanticism and its political legacy. This collection reveals the diversity and continuing relevance of the genre in new and exciting ways offering insights into writers such as Browning Ruskin Pater Wilde Lewis MacNeice and Auster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730679

Legacies of the Asia-Pacific WarThe Yakeato Generation When we look in detail at the various peripheral groups of disenfranchised people emerging from the aftermath of the Asia–Pacific War the list is startling: Koreans in Japan (migrants or forced labourers) Burakumin Hibakusha Okinawans Asian minorities comfort women and many others. Many of these groups have been discussed in a large corpus of what we may call ‘disenfranchised literature’ and the research presented in this book intends to add an additional and particularly controversial example to the long list of the voice- and powerless. The presence of members of what is known as the yakeato sedai or the generation of people who experienced the fire-bombings of the Asia–Pacific War is conspicuous in all areas of contemporary Japan. From literature to the visual arts from music to theatre from architecture to politics their influence and in many cases guiding principles is evident everywhere and in many cases forms the keystone of modern Japanese society and culture. The contributors to this book explore the impact of the yakeato generation - and their literary creative and cultural and works - on the postwar period by drawing out the importance of the legacy of those people who truly survived the darkest hour of the twentieth century and re-evaluate the ramifications of their experiences in contemporary Japanese society and culture. As such this book will be of huge interest to those studying Japanese history literature poetry and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858121

Legacies of the Comfort Women of World War II The stories of the former comfort women have galvanized both Asian and non-Asian intellectuals working in a variety of fields. Scholars of Asian history and politics feminists human rights activists documentary filmmakers visual artists and novelists have begun to address the subject of the comfort system; to take up the cause of the surviving comfort women's sturggles; to call attention to sexual violence against women especially during wartime; to consider the links among militarism racism imperialism and sexism; and to include this history into 20th-century political history. This volume contains a cross-section of responses to the issues raised by the former comfort women and their new visibility on the international stage. Its focus is on how theorists historians researchers activists and artists have been preserving interpreting and disseminating the legacies of the comfort women and also drawing lessons from these. The essays consider the impact and influence of the comfort women's stories on a wide variety of fields and describe how those stories are now being heard or read and used in Asian and in the West. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702902

Legacies of Violence in Contemporary SpainExhuming the Past Understanding the Present This book provides a comprehensive interdisciplinary study of the multiple legacies of Francoist violence in contemporary Spain with a special focus on the exhumations of mass graves from the Civil War and post-war era. The various contributions frame their study within a broader reflection on the nature function and legacies of state-sanctioned violence in its many forms. Offering perspectives from fields as varied as history political science literary and cultural studies forensic and cultural anthropology international human rights law sociology and art this volume explores the multifaceted nature of a society’s reckoning with past violence. It speaks not only to those interested in contemporary Spain and Western Europe but also to those studying issues of transitional and post-transitional justice in other national and regional contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329645

Legacy Of A Divided NationIndia's Muslims From Independence To Ayodhya This book is regarded as a personal manifesto a statement through the history of partition and its aftermath of the values which India's Muslims should cherish and of the national priorities they should promote. It provides the reference-point for understanding India's Partition and its legacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159702

Legacy of a WarAmerican Soldier in Vietnam A survey examines American attitudes toward the Vietnam War and the experiences and ideas that turned most people against the war. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059585

Legacy of Hate: A Short History of Ethnic Religious and Racial Prejudice in AmericaA Short History of Ethnic Religious and Racial Prejudic For all its foundation on the principles of religious freedom and human equality American history contains numerous examples of bigotry and persecution of minorities. Now author Philip Perlmutter lays out the history of prejudice in America in a brief compact and readable volume. Perlmutter begins with the arrival of white Europeans moves through the eighteenth and industrially expanding nineteenth centuries; the explosion of immigration and its attendant problems in the twentieth century; and a fifth chapter explores how prejudice (racial religious and ethnic) has been institutionalized in the educational systems and laws. His final chapter covers the future of minority progress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702896

Legacy of Slavery and Indentured LabourHistorical and Contemporary Issues in Suriname and the Caribbean This book is the first publication originating from the conference Legacy of Slavery and Indentured Labour: Past Present and Future which was organised in June 2013 by the Institute of Graduate Studies and Research (IGSR) Anton de Kom University of Suriname. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280557

Legal Accountability and Britain's Wars 2000-2015 This book discusses the manner in which Britain’s wars which took place between 2000 and 2015 have interacted with the relevant principles of international law and English law for the purpose primarily of considering legal accountability. During a debate in the House of Lords in 2005 a former Chief of the Defence Staff commented that ‘the Armed Forces are under legal siege.’ The book will discuss the major legal issues which have arisen ranging from the various votes in Parliament to go to war the constitutional relationship between ministers and senior commanders the right under international law to use force the influence of human rights law the role of the courts in England (including the coroners’ courts) to the legal regime applying to the conduct of UK military operations. It will assess critically whether the armed forces will now have to accept that operations conducted outside the UK are subject to greater legal scrutiny than previously and whether if this is the case it is likely to hinder their future military activities. This book will be of great interest to scholars of international law the law of armed conflict military studies and international relations as well as to those with a professional or other interest in the subject matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613829

Legal Aid Ils 210 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863919

Legal and Ethical Dimensions for Mental Health Professionals The legal system's impact and influence on the mental health profession has never been greater. Whether as a witness plaintiff or defendant it is likely that a professional will have some kind of interaction with the law at least once in his/her career. More than ever it is essential that psychologists social workers and counselors have a working knowledge of the legal and ethical mandates to which they will be held accountable.Legal and Ethical Dimensions for Mental Health Professionals is a complete guide to the law and ethics as they relate to clinical practice. These issues can often be very confusing as values and rules change based on clients and context. For example a school counselor who works with children is bound by different rules of confidentiality than a psychologist who counsels adults. To simplify such issues the authors divide information into the legal and ethical rules appropriate for various types of clients in a number of settings.The book opens with an explanation of the history of law related to mental health professionals including a description of how and why laws related to clinicians are enacted. It then focuses on the therapist-client relationship and examines the many points at which legal and ethical considerations intersect with the practice of therapy.This comprehensive look at the standards of law and ethics is essential reading for not only graduate and doctoral level students in the mental health fields but also practicing professionals. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203768204

Legal and Ethical Implications of Drone Warfare Over the last decade the U.S. UK Israel and other states have begun to use Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) for military operations and for targeted killings in places like Pakistan Yemen and Somalia. Worldwide over 80 governments are developing their own drone programs and even non-state actors such as the Islamic State have begun to experiment with drones. The speed of technological change and adaptation with drones is so rapid that it is outpacing the legal and ethical frameworks which govern the use of force. This volume brings together experts in law ethics and political science to address how drone technology is slowly changing the rules and norms surrounding the use of force and enabling new sometimes unprecedented actions by states. It addresses some of the most crucial questions in the debate over drones today. Are drones a revolutionary form of technology that will transform warfare or is their effect merely hype? Can drone use on the battlefield be made wholly consistent with international law? How does drone technology begin to shift the norms governing the use of force? What new legal and ethical problems are presented by targeted killings outside of declared war zones? Should drones be considered a humane form of warfare? Finally is it possible that drones could be a force for good in humanitarian disasters and peacekeeping missions in the near future? This book was previously published as a special issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139100

Legal and Ethical Regulation of Biomedical Research in Developing Countries There has been a rapid increase in the pace and scope of international collaborative research in developing countries in recent years. This study argues that whilst ethical regulation of biomedical research in Africa and other developing countries has attracted global attention legal liability issues such as the application of common law rules and the development of legally enforceable regulations have been neglected. It examines some of the major research scandals in Africa and suggests a new ethical framework against which clinical trials could be conducted. The development of research guidelines in Uganda Tanzania Malawi and Nigeria are also examined as well as the role of ethics committees. Providing a detailed analysis of the law of negligence and its application to research ethics committees and their members common law and constitutional forms of action and potential negligence claims the book concludes by suggesting new protocols and frameworks improved regulation and litigation. This book will be a valuable guide for students researchers and policy-makers with an interest in medical law and ethics bioethics customary law in Africa and regulation in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279308

Legal and Political Challenges of Governing the Environment and Climate ChangeRuling Nature The environment has not always been protected by law. It was not until the middle of the 20th century that ‘the environment’ came to be understood as an entity in need of special care and the law-politics duo firmly fixed its focus on this issue. In this book Wickham and Goodie tell the story of how law and politics first came upon the environment as an object in need of special attention. They outline the unlikely intersection of aesthetics and science that made ‘the environment’ into the matter of great concern it is today. The book describes the way private common-law strategies and public-law legislative strategies have approached the task of protecting the environment and explore the greatest environmental challenge to have so far confronted environmental law and politics; the threat of global climate change. The book offers descriptions of many of the strategies being deployed to meet this challenge and present some troubling assessments of them. The book will be of great interest to students teachers and researchers of environmental law socio-legal studies environmental studies and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937543

Legal and Political Reforms in Saudi Arabia The fractious relationship between the United States and Saudi Arabia has long been a central concern in Washington. In the aftermath of 9/11 and amongst ongoing wars the United States confronts an acute dilemma: how to cooperate with Riyadh against terrorism whilst confronting acute anti-Americanism? Using information gathered from extensive interviews with a plethora of officials this book aims to analyze Saudi domestic reforms. It addresses the significant deficiency of information on such diverse matters as the judiciary and ongoing national dialogues but also provides an alternative understanding of what motivates Saudi policy makers. How these reforms may impact on future Saudi decision-making will surely generate a slew of policy concerns for the United States and this study offers a few clarifications and solutions. This book will be of interest to anyone seeking a new perspective on the motivation behind legal and political reforms in Saudi Arabia and the effects of these reforms beyond the Middle East.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630191

Legal and Rhetorical Foundations of Economic GlobalizationAn Atlas of Ritual Sacrifice in Late-Capitalism This book examines the subtle ways in which rhetorics of sacrifice have been re-appropriated into the workings of the global political economy in the 21st century. It presents an in-depth analysis of the ways in which ritual practices are deployed under a diverse set of political and legal contexts as legitimation devices in rendering exploitative structures of the prevailing political-economic system to appear inescapable or even palatable. To this end this work explores the deeper rhetorical and legal basis of late-capitalist governmentality by critically interrogating its mythical and ritual dimensions. The analysis gives due consideration to the contemporary incarnations of ritual sacrifice in the transnational neoliberal discourse: from those exploitative yet inescapable contractual obligations to calendrical multi-billion dollar 'offerings' to the insatiable needs of 'too-big-to-fail' corporations.The first part of the book provides a working interpretative framework for understanding the politics of ritual sacrifice – one that not only accommodates multidisciplinary interdisciplinary knowledge of ritual practices but that can also be employed in the integrated analysis of sacrificial rituals as political rhetoric under divergent historical and societal contexts. The second conducts a series of case studies that cut across the wide variability of ritual public takings in late-capitalism. The book concludes by highlighting several key common doctrines of public ritual sacrifice which have been broadly observed in its case studies. These common doctrines tend to reflect the rhetorical and legal foundations for public takings under hegemonic market-driven governance. They define 'appropriate and proper' occasions for suspending pre-existing legal protections to regularize otherwise transgressive transfers of rights and possessions for the 'greater good' of the economic order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188405

Legal Approaches and Corporate Social ResponsibilityTowards a Llewellyn’s Law-Jobs Approach From the late 20th Century a catalogue of high profile disasters and controversies has drawn attention to the changing relationship between corporations and society. This is taking place against the context of globalisation and this change has become the driving force for demands that corporations become socially responsible. Corporate social responsibility (CSR) has therefore emerged as a concept which attempts to encapsulate these demands for social responsibility. Yet at the heart of CSR is the debate about the role and relevance of law. This book will explore the proposition that CSR is a valid legal enquiry and will suggest a law-jobs approach which offers a potential general analytical perspective for examining such fluid concepts such as CSR in law. This approach is innovative because of the insistence of some users of CSR on placing law outside the parameters of CSR or giving it a very limited role; however Okoye argues here that the very nature of CSR as seeking legitimacy for corporate power pushes to the fore the question of what role law can play. Law is an essential and important aspect of legitimacy and thus this work explores a legal theoretical approach that holds potential for a legal framework of CSR. This interdisciplinary book will be of great interest to students and scholars of corporate law and business studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075477

Legal ArchitectureJustice Due Process and the Place of Law Legal Architecture addresses how the environment of the trial can be seen as a physical expression of our relationship with ideals of justice. It provides an alternative account of the trial which charts the troubled history of notions of due process and participation. In contrast to visions of judicial space as neutral Linda Mulcahy argues that understanding the factors that determine the internal design of the courthouse and courtroom are crucial to a broader and more nuanced understanding of the trial. Partitioning of the courtroom into zones and the restriction of movement within it are the result of turf wars about who can legitimately participate in the legal arena and call the judiciary to account. The gradual containment of the public the increasing amount of space allocated to advocates and the creation of dedicated space for journalists and the jury all have complex histories that deserve attention. But these issues are not only of historical significance. Across jurisdictions questions are now being asked about the internal configurations of the courthouse and courtroom and whether standard designs meet the needs of modern participatory democracies: including questions about the presence and design of the modern dock; the ways in which new technologies threaten to change the dynamics of the trial and lead to the dematerialization of our primary site of adversarial practice; and the extent to which courthouses are designed in ways which realise their professed status as public spaces. This fascinating and original reflection on legal architecture will be of interest to socio-legal or critical scholars working in the field of legal geography legal history criminology legal systems legal method evidence human rights and architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415618694

Legal Aspects of Public Procurement Legal Aspects of Public Procurement Third Edition provides a glimpse into the relationships between the legal ethical and professional standards of public procurement outlining not only the interconnections of federal state and local law but also best practice under comprehensive judicial standards. The book addresses the ever-changing legal structures that work in conjunction and define the public procurement profession providing recommended guidance for how practitioners can engage in the function while staying ethically aligned. Instead of trying to address every issue at the heart of public procurement however the book seeks to establish the history and spirit of the law outlining how practitioners can engage proactively and willingly to not only perform their function but to also become advocates for procurement law modernization. This third edition features new chapters on competitive sealed proposals and contract administration as well as a thoroughly revised and updated chapter on procurement of information technology to better relate to an increasingly digital world. Promoting a start-to-finish guidance of the procurement process Legal Aspects of Public Procurement explores the relationships between solicitation proposals contract administration and the cutting-edge aspects of technology procurements providing a theoretical and case-study driven foundation for novice and veteran practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367471729

Legal Aspects of Trade Finance Trade finance is of great importance in the commercial world for both students (undergraduate and postgraduate) and practitioners. The choice of countries in export trade is often perception-based: trade with government departments or public institutions is seen as much safer than with private entities and the choice of countries is often based on that perception of risk. Legal Aspects of Trade Finance provides a comprehensive approach to the issues relating to export trade and the methods of raising finance for such trade.  The obstacles that traders may encounter in providing trade across national boundaries are clearly identified as are the risks parties to a trade contract should take into account.  It explains the various methods of payment and types of finance such as: - Letters of credit; barter; bills of exchange - Factoring; forfeiting; export credit guarantees It also examines the role of international organizations and statutes such as: - ICC Uniform Rules for Collection - UNIDROIT Conventions of International Factoring This title is illustrated with examples from case law relevant to both developed and developing countries.  This book is suitable for both undergraduates and graduate students studying the interaction between law and commerce and for transnational trade practitioners.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857437829

Legal Authority in Premodern IslamYahya B Sharaf Al-Nawawi in the Shafi'i School of Law Offering a detailed analysis of the structure of authority in Islamic law this book focuses on the figure of Yahyā b. Sharaf al-Nawawī who is regarded as the chief contributor to the legal tradition known as the Shāfi'ī madhhab in traditional Muslim sources named after Muhammad b. Idrīs al-Shāfi'ī (d. 204/820) the supposed founder of the school of law. Al-Nawawī’s legal authority is situated in a context where Muslims demanded to stabilize legal disposition that is consistent with the authority of the madhhab since in premodern Islamic society the ruling powers did not produce or promulgate law as was the case in other monarchic civilizations. Al-Nawawī’s place in the long-term formation of the madhhab is significant for many reasons but for one in particular: his effort in reconciling the two major interpretive communities among the Shāfi'ites i.e. the tarīqas of the Iraqians and Khurasanians. This book revisits the history of the Shāfi'ī school in the pre-Nawawic era and explores its later development in the post-Nawawic period. Presenting a comprehensive picture of the structure of authority in Islamic law specifically within the Shafi’ite legal tradition this book is an essential resource for students and scholars of Islamic Studies History and Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869229

Legal Cases New Religious Movements and Minority Faiths New religious movements (NRMs) and other minority faiths have regularly been the focus of legal cases around the world in recent decades. This is the first book to focus on important aspects of the relationship of smaller faiths to the societies in which they function by using specific legal cases to examine social control efforts. The legal cases involve group leaders a groups’ practices or alleged abuses against members and children in the group legal actions brought by former members or third parties attacks against such groups by outsiders including even governments and libel and slander actions brought by religious groups as they seek to defend themselves. These cases are sometimes milestones in the relation between state authorities and religious groups. Exploring cases in different parts of the world and assessing the events causing such cases and their consequences this book offers a practical insight for understanding the relations of NRMs and other minority religions and the law from the perspective of legal cases. Chapters focus on legal political and social implications. Including contributions from scholars legal practitioners actual or former members and authorities involved in such cases from various jurisdictions this book presents an objective approach to understanding why so many legal actions have involved NRMs and other minority faiths in recent years in western societies and the consequences of those actions for the society and the religious group as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546127

Legal Certainty in Multilingual EU LawLanguage Discourse and Reasoning at the European Court of Justice How can multilingualism and legal certainty be reconciled in EU law? Despite the importance of multilingualism for the European project it has attracted only limited attention from legal scholars. This book provides a valuable contribution to this otherwise neglected area. Whilst firmly situated within the field of EU law the book also employs theories developed in linguistics and translation studies. More particularly it explores the uncertainty surrounding the meaning of multilingual EU law and the impact of multilingualism on judicial reasoning at the European Court of Justice. To reconceptualize legal certainty in EU law the book highlights the importance of transparent judicial reasoning and dialogue between courts and suggests a discursive model for adjudication at the European Court of Justice. Based on both theory and case law analysis this interdisciplinary study is an important contribution to the field of European legal reasoning and to the study of multilingualism within EU legal scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601218

Legal Challenges to the Far-RightLessons from England and Wales The work considers the international and European obligations of the UK in the realm of challenging the far-right and assesses the extent to which it adheres to them. It looks at the role of criminal law in tackling hate speech and hate crime and assesses how English law deals with political parties which may deviate from agreed norms and principles such as non-discrimination. The legal analysis is placed within a contextual framework of far-right parties in the United Kingdom and also incorporates a definitional framework in terms of how the law defines themes relevant to challenging the far-right such as racial discrimination terrorism and extremism. The book presents a valuable guide for students academics and policy-makers in the areas of International Human Rights Law Criminal Law Comparative Constitutional Law National Security Law Comparative Politics and Terrorism Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407063

Legal Competence in Environmental Health Legal Competence in Environmental Health assists the environmental health professional in understanding the operation of English law and navigating through some of its complexities. It covers those aspects of the work which are regulated by legal principles but not found in a single statute. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579418

Legal Construct Social ConceptA Macrosociological Perspective on Law Based on sophisticated demographic analysis Legal Construct Social Concept argues that legal doctrine on social issues is shaped by the needs and values of society rather than by individuals and interest groups and that it evolves in response to social change but has little impact on that change. The book also explains why a substantial body of social science research has found that although law may be effective for some types of economic problems its impact on social problems is generally small and of brief duration. At least in the United States legal doctrine seems to operate primarily to provide symbols that enhance commitment to the social system and increase the cohesiveness of the system.Barnett's approach to legal thought derives from the practices and assumptions of the social sciences particularly sociology and not from those of critical legal studies. His main concern is with social issues issues that substantively differ from economic issues. In addressing legal thought on social problems with the conceptual framework and quantitative techniques of macrosociology he considers a topic that is infrequently investigated and employs an approach that is infrequently used.To illustrate this thesis Barnett presents data on social patterns relevant to three current issues: sex discrimination age discrimination and the availability of contraception and abortion. His analyses of these data are compared to constitutional philosophy judicial rulings and federal statutes. Barnett then turns from the evolution of legal doctrine in the past to its possible change in the future and considers whether active forms of euthanasia are likely to be legalized. He concludes with an exploration of additional issues for future research and theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203787397

Legal Culture in the United States: An Introduction For law students and lawyers to successfully understand and practice law in the U.S. recognition of the wider context and culture which informs the law is essential. Simply learning the legal rules and procedures in isolation is not enough without an appreciation of the culture that produced them. This book provides the reader with an understandable introduction to the ways in which U.S. law reflects its culture and each chapter begins with questions to guide the reader and concludes with questions for review challenge and further understanding. Kirk W. Junker explores cultural differences employing history social theory philosophy and language as "reference frames " which are then applied to the rules and procedures of the U.S. legal system in the book’s final chapter. Through these cultural reference frames readers are provided with a set of interpretive tools to inform their understanding of the substance and institutions of the law. With a deeper understanding of this cultural context international students will be empowered to more quickly adapt to their studies; more comprehensively understand the role of the attorney in the U.S. system; draw comparisons with their own domestic legal systems and ultimately become more successful in their legal careers both in the U.S. and abroad.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194304

Legal DualismThe Absorption Of The Occupied Territories Into Israel This book examines the various methods by which Israeli law is being applied to the occupied territories and their inhabitants. It discusses the legal situation of the territories from the point of view of the positive law that is in effect there. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165536

Legal Education and Public Policy In spite of a cascade of criticism launched against the social sciences they have brought a qualitative improvement in method and theory to the study of human beings and human relations. In the process of developing now commonplace foundations of social research few individuals have exercised a greater role in justifying and enriching social scientific thought and practice than Harold D. Lasswell.Originally published in 1945 as The Analysis of Political Behaviour this extraordinary volume has been re-titled Legal Education and Public Policy. The selections acknowledge Lasswell's growing anxieties about a world of revolution violence and terror and the frailties of law in addressing such matters. That he did so without recourse to vague and fatuous appeals to world law and world order is an indication of how close to empirical realities he remained. Lasswell's essays fuse the legal and moral in the conduct of public policy. This did not deter him from arguing the case for and ultimate benefits of democratic values as a ground for legal thought. Lasswell singles out the interviewing technique of the psychiatrist what he calls 'the insight interview' in many of these essays. The Freudian world opened up the possibilities of analysis to political scientists who prior to Lasswell viewed neuroses in the leaders they studied but without normative points to measure their own biases.Lasswell's essays serve as a landmark in accelerating rapid advance in social science research. It allowed for the evolution of political behavior that has catapulted the field to a major dimension of political science studies in leadership and mass persuasion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842877

Legal Education at the CrossroadsEducation and the Legal Profession For several years legal professions across the world have to varying degrees been undergoing dramatic changes as a result of a range of forces such as globalization diversification and changes in regulation. In many jurisdictions the extent of these transformations have led to a process of professional fragmentation and generated uncertainty at institutional organisational and individual levels about the nature and future of legal professionalism. As a result legal education is in flux in many of jurisdictions including the United States the UK and Australia with further effects in other Common Law and some Civil law countries. The situation in the UK exemplifies the sense of uncertainty and crisis with a growing number of pathways into law; an increasing surplus of law graduates to graduate entry positions and most recently proposals for reform of legal education and training by the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA). This collection addresses both current and historical approaches showing that some problems which appear to be modern are endemic that there are still some important prospects for change and that policy issues may be more important than the interests of lawyers and educators. This makes this volume a source of interest to lawyers law students academic and policy makers as well as the discerning public. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the Legal Profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139186

Legal Education in AsiaGlobalization Change and Contexts Legal education is undergoing rapid change throughout Asia. This book is a critique of the changing nature of legal education in major Asian jurisdictions as diverse as Afghanistan Australia Cambodia the People’s Republic of China Hong Kong Indonesia Japan the Republic of Korea Singapore Taiwan and Vietnam. It provides cross-country comparative material including Western legal education systems and particularly detailed coverage of Japan whose legal education system has been used by many other countries in Asia as a model to imitate.   Despite the diverse histories societies traditions and political and economic situations of these countries they all share common themes of change renewal and reform in their legal education systems. The jurisdictions also generally tend to be embracing globalisation despite (or in some instances because of) the association of globalisation with other movements such as the development of market economies and neo-liberal ideals. This is the first significant collection available in English on the subject of pre-qualification legal education in Asia providing a valuable multi-jurisdictional tool for academics and students of Asian legal studies law reformers governance experts development practitioners and lawyers working in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673631

Legal Education in the Global ContextOpportunities and Challenges This book discusses the opportunities and challenges facing legal education in the era of globalization. It identifies the knowledge and skills that law students will require in order to prepare for the practice of tomorrow and explores pedagogical shifts legal education needs to make inside and outside of the classroom. With contributions from leading experts on legal education from various jurisdictions across the globe the work combines theoretical depth with practical insights. Seeking to understand the changing landscape of legal education in the era of globalization the contributions find that law schools can and must adopt educational strategies that at least present students with different understandings of what studying and practicing law is meant to be about. They find that law schools need to offer their students choices a vision of practice that is not driven entirely by the demands of the marketplace or the needs of major international law firms. Bridging the gap between theory and practice this book makes a significant contribution to the impact of globalization on legal education and how students and law schools need to adapt for the future. It will be of great interest to academics and students of comparative legal studies and legal education as well as policy-makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393450

Legal EducationSimulation in Theory and Practice The importance of simulation in education specifically in legal subjects is here discussed and explored within this innovative collection. Demonstrating how simulation can be constructed and developed for learning teaching and assessment the text argues that simulation is a pedagogically valuable and practical tool in teaching the modern law curriculum. With contributions from law teachers within the UK Australia Hong Kong South Africa and the USA the authors draw on their experiences in teaching law in the areas of clinical legal education legal process evidence criminal law family law and employment law as well as teaching law to non-law students. They claim that simulation as a form of experiential and problem-based learning enables students to integrate the ’classroom’ experience with the real world experiences they will encounter in their professional lives. This book will be of relevance not only to law teachers but university teachers generally as well as those interested in legal education and the theory of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637214

Legal Evidence and ProofStatistics Stories Logic As a result of recent scandals concerning evidence and proof in the administration of criminal justice - ranging from innocent people on death row in the United States to misuse of statistics leading to wrongful convictions in The Netherlands and elsewhere - inquiries into the logic of evidence and proof have taken on a new urgency both in an academic and practical sense. This study presents a broad perspective on logic by focusing on inference not just in isolation but as embedded in contexts of procedure and investigation. With special attention being paid to recent developments in Artificial Intelligence and the Law specifically related to evidentiary reasoning this book provides clarification of problems of logic and argumentation in relation to evidence and proof. As the vast majority of legal conflicts relate to contested facts rather than contested law this volume concerning facts as prime determinants of legal decisions presents an important contribution to the field for both scholars and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251960

Legal Experiments for Development in Latin AmericaModernization Revolution and Social Justice This book provides a nuanced picture of how diverse legal debates on the pursuit of economic development and modernization have played out in Latin America since independence. The opposing concepts of modernization theory and Dependency Theory can be seen to be playing out within the field of legal transformation as some legal analysts define law as a closed formal rational system and others see law as inseparable from economic social and political change. Legal experiments have followed these trends in some cases using legal instruments to guarantee classical civil and political rights and in others demanding radical transformation of existing legal structures. This book traces these debates across the key topics of: economic development and foreign investment; property; resource and power distribution in terms of gender and social policy. Drawing on a wide range of literature the book adds complexity and color to our understanding of these themes in Latin America.                  This insightful exploration of comparative law within Latin America provides the tools needed to understand legal transformation in the region and as such will be of interest to researchers within law political sociology development and Latin American studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367356729

Legal FeminismsTheory and Practice First published in 1998 this book explores the links between theories of feminism and the practice of law and does so through an examination of a number of contemporary themes in feminist legal studies. From an interdisciplinary perspective this book examines as one of its overarching themes the existence of a distinctively female legal voice or voices. In arguing for a recognition of the diversity of women’s experiences of the law and in the law it is also maintained that the role of feminism as a political strategy must not be lost. Feminist legal studies is one of the most exciting and dynamic areas of contemporary legal studies and the ambition of this book is both to capture and channel this dynamic. In introducing themes from politics philosophy literature sociology and cultural studies this book will be of interest to a wide ranging audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334007

Legal Flexibility and the Mission of the ChurchDispensation and Economy in Ecclesiastical Law Legal scholars and authorities generally agree that the law should be obeyed and should apply equally to all those subject to it without favour or discrimination. Yet it is possible to see that in any legal system there will be situations when strict application of the law will produce undesirable results such as injustice or other consequences not intended by the law as framed. In such circumstances the law may be changed but there may be broad policy reasons not to do so. The allied concepts of dispensation and economy grew up in the western and eastern traditions of the Christian church as mechanisms whereby an individual or a class of people could by authority be excused from obligations under a particular law in particular circumstances without that law being changed. This book uncovers and explores this neglected area of church life and law. Will Adam argues that dispensing power and authority exist in various guises in the systems of different churches. Codified and understood in Roman Catholic and Orthodox canon law this arouses suspicion in the Church of England and in English law in general. The book demonstrates that legal flexibility can be found in English law and is integral to the law of the Church to enable the Church today better to fulfil its mission in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409420552

Legal Foundations of Capitalism In what has universally been recognized as a classic of institutional economics John R. Commons combined the skills of a professional economist the sensibilities of an American historian and the passion of an active participant in the conflicts of individuals self-interest of groups and function of voluntary associations.The aim of this volume is to work out an evolutionary and behavioral theory of value. In order to do so thoroughly Commons examines the decisions of the courts. Doing so compelled an examination of what the courts mean by reasonable value. Commons found that the answer was tied up with a notion of reasonable conduct. It was Commons who carried the study of the habits and customs of social life to the next stage: the decisions of the courts that are based on custom and that profoundly impact the nature and function of the economic system as such.Reviewing Legal Foundations of Capitalism Wesley Mitchell declared that Commons carried this "analysis further along his chosen line than any of his predecessors. Into our knowledge of capitalism he has incorporated a great body of new materials which no one else has used adequately." And writing in the same American Economic Review twenty-one years later Selig Perlman noted that "To Commons the workingmen were not abstract building blocks out of which a favored deity called History was to shape the architecture of the new society but concrete beings with legitimate ambitions for a higher standard of living and for more dignity in their lives." This edition is graced with a special introduction that places Commons in proper academic as well as intellectual context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527126

Legal Foundations of Environmental PlanningTextbook-Casebook and Materials on Environmental Law Planners and lawyers engaged in the formulation and implementation of plans affecting the environment should have a working knowledge of the legal principles affecting those plans. They should also be familiar with the principles of environmental law. However environmental law has not been a traditional part of the curriculum of law schools. Many practicing lawyers have never taken a course in environmental law; nor have many of the judges charged with deciding cases whose outcome may have consequences for the environment.In the interest of counteracting this lack of knowledge Legal Foundations of Environmental Planning integrates excerpts from more than seventy-five court case rulings to illustrate the system of environmental laws and the problems of enforcement.Dedicated specifically to discussions on legal theories and procedures air pollution water pollution and control of population growth and distribution this sourcebook also includes an extensive glossary of environmental terms. It is a valuable aid for students legal specialists public officials environmental professionals and urban planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849272

Legal Foundations of Land Use PlanningTextbook-Casebook and Materials on Planning Law Urban planning is a community process the purpose of which is to develop and implement a plan for achieving community goals and objectives. In this process planners employ a variety of disciplines including law. However the law is only an instrument of urban planning and cannot solve all urban problems or meet all social needs. The ability of the legal system to implement the planning process is limited by philosophical historical and constitutional constraints. Jurisprudence is concerned with societal values and relationships that limit the effectiveness of the law as an instrument of urban planning. When law is definite and certain freedom is enhanced within the boundaries created by the law. This doctrine of Anglo-American law imposes an obligation on courts to be guided by prior judicial decision or precedents and when deciding similar matters to follow the previously established rule unless the case is distinguishable due to facts or changed social political or economic conditions The author focuses on seven specific areas of law in relation to land use planning: law as an instrument of planning zoning exclusionary zoning and managed growth subdivision regulations site plan review and planned unit development eminent domain and the transfer of development rights. Jerome G. Rose cites more than one hundred court cases and the indexed list serves as a useful encyclopedia of land use law. This is a valuable sourcebook for all legal experts urban planners and government officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849463

Legal Frameworks for the Built Environment Law is a complex subject and has major impacts on the built environment and all those working in it. Law is seen as one of the strongest interdisciplinary links between the various professions; it is essential to have a clear understanding of how both statute and common law as well as the legislative frameworks (statutory controls/policy and procedures) affect all the roles/areas throughout the built environment. This book will provide students with a broad understanding of the law and its applications from disputes to land use. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138414334

Legal Frameworks for Transparency in Water Utilities RegulationA comparative perspective Transparency in the regulation of water utilities is essential in order to ensure quality and fairness. This book explores and compares different regulatory arrangements in the water utilities sectors in three jurisdictions to determine which regulatory and ownership model is most transparent and why. The three jurisdictions considered are England (UK) Victoria (Australia) and Jakarta (Indonesia). Following an introduction to the importance of transparency in water utilities regulation the book provides an overview of the three chosen jurisdictions and their legal and institutional frameworks. Through a comparison of these the author explores the contested and difficult terrain of "privatization" as (often) opposed to public ownership in which it is shown that the relationships between transparency and ownership models are not as clear-cut as might be assumed. Chapters consider various aspects and outcomes of the regulatory process and the role of transparency including topics such as regulators' internal governance mechanisms utilities corporate governance licensing and information flow freedom of information and transparency in tariffs and pricing as well as customer service. The book concludes with a summary of lessons learned to inform the refinement of transparency in utilities regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367227579

Legal GeographyPerspectives and Methods This book is the first legal geography book to explicitly engage in method. It complements this by also bringing together different perspectives on the emerging school of legal geography. It explores human–environment interactions and showcases distinct environmental legal geography scholarship. Legal Geography: Perspectives and Methods is an innovative book concerned with a new relational and material way of examining our legal-spatial world. With chapters examining natural resource management Indigenous knowledge and political ecology scholarship the text introduces legal geography’s modes of analysis and critique. The book explores topics such as Indigenous environmental rights the impacts of extractive industries mediation of climate change food animal and plant patents fossil fuels mining and coastal environments based on empirical jurisdictional and methodological insights from Australia New Zealand and the Asia-Pacific to demonstrate how space and place are invoked in legal processes and contestations and the methods that may be employed to explore these processes and contestations. This book examines the role of legal geographies in the 21st century beyond the simple “law in action” and it will thus appeal to students of socio-legal studies human geography environmental studies environmental policy as well as politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138387386

Legal Guide for PoliceConstitutional Issues Legal Guide for Police: Constitutional Issues 11th Edition is a valuable tool for criminal justice students and law enforcement professionals bringing them up-to-date with developments in the law of arrest search and seizure police authority to detain questioning suspects and pretrial identification procedures police power and its limitations and civil liability of police officers and agencies. Including specific case examples this revised edition provides the most current information for students and law enforcement professionals needing to develop an up-to-date understanding of the law. Authors Walker and Hemmens have included introductory and summary chapters to aid readers in understanding the context importance and applicability of the case law. A new chapter covers warrantless searches involving cell phones and other technology as well as vehicles. All chapters have been updated to reflect U.S. Supreme Court decisions up to and including the 2018 term of court. Important cases added to this edition include: Riley v. California (2014) Florida v. Jardines (2013) Birchfield v. North Dakota (2016) Heien v. North Carolina (2014) and Byrd v. United States (2018). A helpful Appendix contains the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment and a Table of Cases lists every case referenced in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023249

Legal Handbook For Educators This handbook provides a succinct overview of the kinds of legal issues that now face educators daily. It is a practical guide alerting educators to areas of legal concern informing them of possible legal remedies and making recommendations to assist in preventing litigation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168308

Legal Histories of the British EmpireLaws Engagements and Legacies This book is a major contribution to our understanding of the role played by law(s) in the British Empire. Using a variety of interdisciplinary approaches the authors provide in-depth analyses which shine new light on the role of law in creating the people and places of the British Empire. Ranging from the United States through Calcutta across Australasia to the Gold Coast these essays seek to investigate law’s central place in the British Empire and the role of its agents in embedding British rule and culture in colonial territories. One of the first collections to provide a sustained engagement with the legal histories of the British Empire in particular beyond the settler colonies this work aims to encourage further scholarship and new approaches to the writing of the histories of that Empire. Legal Histories of the British Empire: Laws Engagements and Legacies will be of value not only to legal scholars and graduate students but of interest to all of those who want to know more about the laws in and of the British Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950870

Legal History and Comparative LawEssays in Honour of Albert Kilralfy First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035512

Legal Institutions in Manchu ChinaA Sociologial Analysis Revised Edition Volume 24 Mrs van der Sprenkel was led to undertake this journey by her experiences while living in China. lt is a detailed sociological analysis of the whole complex of legal and quasi-legal institutions during the Manchu period. Using a wide range of source material Mrs van der Sprenkel discusses both the concepts underlying and the actual working of government and administration in Manchu China the nature of the law judicial procedure and finally the effectiveness of the law in supporting social order. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136330

Legal Interpretation in International Commercial Arbitration This book fills a gap in legal academic study and practice in International Commercial Arbitration (ICA) by offering an in-depth analysis on legal discourse and interpretation. Written by a specialist in international business law arbitration and legal theory it examines the discursive framework of arbitral proceedings through an exploration of the unique status of arbitration as a legal and semiotic phenomenon. Historical and contemporary aspects of legal discourse and interpretation are considered as well as developments in the field of discourse analysis in ICA. A section is devoted to institutional and structural determinants of legal discourse in ICA in which ad hoc and institutional forms are examined. The book also deals with functional aspects of legal interpretation in arbitral discourse focusing on interpretative standards methods and considerations in decision-making in ICA. The comparative examinations of existing legal framework and case law reflect the international nature of the subject and the book will be of value to both academic and professional readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600976

Legal Issues for Library and Information Managers Here is a useful and readable volume about important and controversial legal issues of concern to all library managers and information professionals. Learn the implications of the complex relevant laws on collective bargaining privacy of circulation files employee record keeping personnel management censorship copyright and much more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859989

Legal Issues in Clinical Practice with Victims of Violence From a leading expert on interpersonal violence this book explains what mental health clinicians need to know about the legal system and their role in it particularly when working with victims of child abuse neglect or domestic violence. John E. B. Myers provides an accessible overview of the criminal and civil justice systems focusing on laws cases and procedures that are relevant to clinical practice. Numerous illustrative examples and legal cases are included. The book examines how interpersonal violence is proven in court and offers practical guidance for responding to subpoenas interacting with legal personnel testifying as an expert witness or fact witness and managing liability and malpractice risks. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528592

Legal Issues in Global ContextsPerspectives on Technical Communication in an International Age Today it has been said the world is "flat " as online media allow information to move easily from point to point across the earth. International legal differences however are increasingly affecting the ease with which data and ideas can be shared across nations. Copyright law for example affects the international flow of materials by stipulating who has the right to replicate or to share certain kinds of content. Similarly perspectives on privacy rights can differ from nation to nation and affect how personal information is shared globally. Moreover national laws can affect the exchange of ideas by stipulating the language in which information must be presented in different geopolitical regions. Today's technical communicators need to understand how legal factors can affect communication practices if they wish to work effectively in global contexts. <br><br>This collection provides an overview of different legal aspects that technical communicators might encounter when creating materials or sharing information in international environments. Through addressing topics ranging from privacy rights and information exchange to the legalities of business practices in virtual worlds and perspectives on authorship and ownership the contributors to this volume examine a variety of communication-based legal issues that can cause problems or miscommunication in international interactions. Reviewing such topics from different perspectives the authors collectively provide ideas that could serve as a foundation for creating best practices on or for engaging in future research in the area of legal issues in international settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038364

Legal Issues in Special EducationPrinciples Policies and Practices Legal Issues in Special Education provides teachers and school administrators with a clearly written well-organized and understandable guide from the perspective of the practitioner without formal legal training. Even though over 50 percent of students with disabilities are now educated in general education classes most teachers are not required to complete coursework in special education law and can unwittingly expose themselves and their schools to liability for violating the rights of students with disabilities. This practitioner’s guide explicitly addresses the major issues and legal complexities educators inevitably face when dealing with special education legal and policy issues. Using case-based learning to synthesize important legal concepts and principles from leading special education legal cases this text guides educators administrators and parents alike toward a thorough understanding of and the ability to navigate many of the current and pressing legal concerns in special education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323308

Legal Issues Relating to Time Charterparties Legal Issues Relating to Time Charterparties addresses all the major questions and issues that arise in connection with time charterparties examining them in a logical manner progressively tracing the subject from the creation to the termination of the contract. All the salient legal aspects of time charterparties are examined with the law analysed in its commercial context particularly in relation to the various ways in which time charterparties may be used in shipping and international trade. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122838

Legal LexicographyA Comparative Perspective Legal lexicography or jurilexicography is the most neglected aspect of the discipline of jurilinguistics despite its great relevance for translators academics and comparative lawyers. This volume seeks to bridge this gap in legal literature by bringing together contributions from ten jurisdictions from leading experts in the field. The work addresses aspects of legal lexicography both monolingual and bilingual in its various manifestations in both civilian and common law systems. It thus compares epistemic approaches in a subject that is inextricably bound up with specific legal systems and specific languages. Topics covered include the history of French legal lexicography ordinary language as defined by the courts the use of law dictionaries by the judiciary legal lexicography and translation and a proposed multilingual dictionary for the EU citizen. While the majority of contributions are in English the volume includes three written in French. The collection will be a valuable resource for both scholars and practitioners engaging with language in the mechanism of the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700772

Legal Liabilities in Emergency Medical Services First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138468054

Legal Liabilities in Safety and Loss PreventionA Practical Guide Third Edition The goal of every safety professional and safety program is to be proactive and to identify problems while complying within safety guidelines. This book clarifies basic questions about legal liability how to minimize prevent and identify legal risks. Appendices case studies and sample forms are included in this resource. The whole book will be revised due to the laws and regulations in the workplace changing. This revised edition will address all of the changes in the laws as well as providing guidance on how to achieve and maintain compliance. Features Covers methods to achieve and maintain compliance Includes new standards and regulations Discusses defense rights and responsibilities Provides a guide to professionals who are unfamiliar with reviewing analyzing and briefing a court decision Offers a new chapter on environmental and labor Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138501652

Legal Mechanisms for Water Resources in the Third MillenniumSelect papers from the IWRA XIV and XV World Water Congresses Legal mechanisms for the management development and protection of water resources have evolved over the years and have reached unprecedented levels of complexity and sophistication. This phenomenon is largely in response to the global community’s sustainable development agenda to the challenges and limitations imposed by climate variability and to scientific and technological advances. Bringing together diverse experiences from across the world this book analyses existing water law and governance solutions their shortcomings as well as developments and trends in the light of changing circumstances. The legal mechanisms examined range from international treaties agreements and arrangements on cooperation over transboundary water resources to the onset of novel issues arising out of technological advances and from domestic regulation of water abstraction and groundwater management to domestic regulation of the water industry. The articles in this book were originally published in the journal Water International following the XIV and the XV World Water Congresses of the International Water Resources Association (IWRA) which were held in 2011 and in 2015 respectively.The chapters originally published in Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589660

Legal Nurse Consulting Principles and Practices Legal Nurse Consulting Principles and Practices Fourth Edition provides foundational knowledge on the specialty nursing practice of legal nurse consulting. Legal nurse consulting is defined and essential information about the practice is discussed (history certification scope and standards of practice and ethical and liability considerations). The essentials of the law and medical records are explored. Analysis of the various types of legal cases on which legal nurse consultants work is provided as are other practice areas for legal nurse consultants. The various roles and skills of legal nurse consultants are explored and the textbook concludes with discussion of the ways in which legal cases are adjudicated. This volume allows nurses to bridge the gap from their clinical experience to the unfamiliar territory of the legal world with practical advice on topics including tactics for being cross-examined in the courtroom and investigative and analytical techniques for medical records. Individual chapters by subject-matter experts focus on the full range of legal medical and business issues that new or experienced legal nurse consultants and nurse experts will encounter in their work. A nuanced look at the realities and complexities of toxic torts medical malpractice cases civil rights in correctional healthcare ERISA and HMO litigation and other practice areas is offered. Suitable for experienced nurses studying for certification as legal nurse consultants and for expert witnesses practitioners seeking to expand their current legal nurse roles and other healthcare and legal practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246402

Legal Orderings and Economic Institutions This book addresses the lively interaction between the disciplines of law and economics. The traditional boundaries of these two disciplines have somehow inhibited a full understanding of the functioning of and the evolution of economic and legal systems. It has often been the case that these boundaries have had to be reshaped and sometimes abolished before either one of the two disciplines could successfully clarify the real life problems arising from the complex institutions of contemporary societies. The contributions to this volume encompass some of the core controversial issues in law and economics arising from interactions between legal orderings and economic institutions. They include: the nature of institutional and legislative change and the emergence of strong institutional complementarity in legal positions the relationship between private orderings and the role of the State in enforcing contracts and defining property rights the nature and dynamics of endogenous enforcement and the analysis of governance models and corporate ethics. Part of the renowned Siena Studies in Political Economy series this book will be an essential read for postgraduates and researchers in the fields of law and economics and the economics of institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806245

Legal Origins and the Efficiency Dilemma Economists advise that the law should seek efficiency. More recently it has been suggested that common law systems are more conducive of economic growth than code-based civil law systems. This book argues that there is no theory to support such statements and provides evidence that rejects a 'one-size-fits-all' approach. Both common law and civil law systems are reviewed to debunk the relationship between the efficiency of the common law hypothesis and the alleged inferiority of codified law systems. Legal Origins and the Efficiency Dilemma has six aims: explaining the efficiency hypothesis of the common law since Posner’s 1973 book; summarizing the legal origins theory in the context of economic growth; debunking their relationship; discussing the meaning of 'common law' and the problems with the efficiency hypothesis by comparing laws across English speaking jurisdictions; illustrating the shortcomings of the legal origins theory with a comparative law and economics analysis; and concluding there is no theory and evidence to support the economic superiority of common law systems. Based on previous pieces by the authors this book expands their work by including new areas of analysis (such as trusts) detailing previous analysis (such as French law versus common law in the areas of contract property and torts) and updating for recent developments in the academic discourse. This volume is of interest to academics and students who study microeconomics comparative law and foundations of law as well as legal policy analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251017

Legal Perspectives on Bridging Science and Policy Legal Perspectives on Bridging Science and Policy deals with the interaction of science and policy from a legal perspective. Expert contributors outline the role of law in water management and suggest solutions to make laws flexible and adaptive to changes in scientific knowledge and environmental social and economic conditions. Each chapter addresses the topic with a different focus and offers an in-depth analysis of legal challenges related to the creation of interdisciplinary bridges clarifying how science may be assimilated into decision-making processes and can thereby contribute to build evidence-based policies. Legal Perspectives on Bridging Science and Policy will be of great interest to scholars of water law water governance and environmental law. This book was originally published in the journal Water International as a special issue prepared by the International Association for Water Law (known as AIDA from its Spanish acronym https://www.aida-waterlaw.org) gathering selected papers dealing with law and governance from the XVI World Water Congress of the International Water Resources Association (IWRA) (2017). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406851

Legal PersuasionA Rhetorical Approach to the Science This book develops a central theme: legal persuasion results from making and breaking mental connections. This concept of making connections inspired the authors to take a rhetorical approach to the science of legal persuasion. That singular approach resulted in the integration of research from cognitive science with classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and the application of these two disciplines to the real-life practice of persuasion. The combination of rhetorical analysis and cognitive science yields a new way of seeing and understanding legal persuasion one that promises theoretical and practical gains. The work has three main functions. First it brings together the leading models of persuasion from cognitive science and rhetorical theory blurring boundaries and leveraging connections between the often-separate spheres of science and rhetoric. Second it illustrates this persuasive synthesis by working through concrete examples of persuasion demonstrating how to apply this new approach to the taking apart and the putting together of effective legal arguments. In this way the book demonstrates the advantages of a deeper and more nuanced understanding of persuasion. Third the volume assesses and explains why how and when certain persuasive methods and techniques are more effective than others. The book is designed to appeal to scholars in law rhetoric persuasion science and psychology; to students learning the practice of law; and to judges and practicing lawyers who engage in persuasion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472464552

Legal Pluralism and Governance in South Asia and Diasporas Legal Pluralism and Governance in South Asia and the Diasporas contributes to the already heated debate about legal pluralism and the ontology of law by shifting the attention toward the relationship between what is treated as law and its impact on governance at the fora of dispute resolution. This book addresses sensitive issues such as gender rights and alternative dispute resolution in India Hindu and Muslim personal laws in South Asia and in Europe cross-border white violence the change to Islamic legal traditions under Western domination women’s inheritance in Pakistan and in the disputed territory of Gilgit Baltistan indigenous rights and resistance at the India-Bangladesh border and customary laws of nomadic groups in India. The authors deploy a variety of views that point at the pros and cons of legal pluralism and also integrates its opponents. They show how constructions of identity religion and power have historically informed the conceptualisation of secularism which may be an ideal sometimes able to provide for perceptions of accountable governance but also generating dividing worldviews.This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Legal Pluralism and Unofficial Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739430

Legal Pluralism and Indian DemocracyTribal Conflict Resolution Systems in Northeast India This book offers a multifaceted look at Northeast India and the customs and traditions that underpin its legal framework. The book: charts the transition of traditions from colonial rule to present day through constitutionalism and the consolidation of autonomous identities as well as outlines contemporary debates in an increasingly modernising region; explores the theoretical context of legal pluralism and its implications compares the personal legal systems with that of the mainland and discusses customary law’s continuing popularity (both pragmatic and ideological) and common law; brings together case studies from across the eight states and focuses on the way individual systems and procedures manifest among various tribes and communities in the voices of tribal and non-tribal scholars; and highlights the resilience and relevance of alternative systems of redressal including conflict resolution and women’s rights. Part of the prestigious ‘Transition in Northeastern India’ series this book presents an interesting blend of theory and practice key case studies and examples to study legal pluralism in multicultural contexts. It will be of great interest to students of law and social sciences anthropology political science peace and conflict studies besides administrators judicial officers and lawyers in Northeast India legal scholars and students of tribal law and members of customary law courts of various tribal communities in Northeast India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367277802

Legal Pluralism and Shari’a Law Legal pluralism has often been associated with post-colonial legal developments especially where common law survived alongside tribal and customary laws. Focusing on Sharī‘a this book examines the legal policies and experiences of various societies with different traditions of citizenship secularism and common law. Where large diasporic communities of migrants develop there will be some demand for the institutionalization of Sharī‘a at least in the resolution of domestic disputes. This book tests the limits of multiculturalism by exploring the issue that any recognition of cultural differences might imply similar recognition of legal differences. It also explores the debate about post-secular societies specifically to the presentation and justification of beliefs and institutions by both religious and secular citizens. This book was published as a special issue of Democracy and Security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826334

Legal Pluralism in ActionDispute Resolution and the Kurdish Peace Committee This groundbreaking book contributes to and refocuses public debates about the incorporation of plural approaches into the English legal system. The book specifically advances the recent largely theoretical discussions of Sharia legal practice by examining a secular method of dispute resolution as practised by the Kurdish Peace Committee in London. Following migration to the West many Kurds still adhere to traditional values and norms. Building on these they have adapted their customary legal practices to create unofficial legal courts and other forms of legal hybridisation. These practical solutions to the challenges of a pluralistic life are seen by Kurdish communities in the UK as applicable not only to British and transnational daily life but also as a training ground for institutions in a possible future Kurdish state. The study provides a substantive evidence base using extensive ethnographic data about the workings of the Kurdish Peace Committee examining detailed case studies in the context of the customs and practices of the Kurdish community. Based on an ethnographic and interdisciplinary approach this book will be of interest to policy makers socio-legal professionals students and scholars of legal anthropology ethnic minority law transnationalism diaspora Kurdish Turkish and Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279827

Legal Pluralism in Central AsiaLocal Jurisdiction and Customary Practices Legal Pluralism in Central Asia reports on historical anthropological and legal research which examines customary legal practices in Kyrgyzstan and relates them to wider societal developments in Central Asia and further afield. Using the term legal pluralism the book demonstrates that there is a spectrum of approaches available avenues forms of local law and indigenous popular justice in Kyrgyzstan’s predominantly rural communities which can be labelled living law. Based on her extensive original research Mahabat Sadyrbek shows how contemporary peoples systematically address challenging problems such as disputes violence accidents crime and other difficulties and thereby seek justice redress punishment compensation readjustment of relations or closure. She demonstrates that local law expressed through ritually structured communicative exchange through dictums and proverbs with binding characters and different legal practices or processes undertaken in specific ways deem the solutions appropriate and acceptable. The reader is thereby enabled to see the law in people’s deepest assumptions and beliefs in codes of shame and honour in local mores and ethics as well as in religious terms. In this way the book reveals the dynamic changing and living character of law in a specific context and in a region hitherto insufficiently researched within legal anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438159

Legal Pluralism in ConflictCoping with Cultural Diversity in Law Legal Pluralism in Conflict offers a new theoretical perspective for conceptualising and analysing the relationship between ethnic minority laws and the official legal order. Examining the limits of liberal legal thought in light of a contemporary plurality of ethnic identifications and religious beliefs Prakash Shah takes up the case for a 'legal pluralism' that views ethnic minority laws in interaction with the official British legal order. This form of legal pluralism is not however without conflict. This book pursues a series of case studies that critically consider why and how state laws marginalise ethnic minority legal orders. Legal Pluralism in Conflict contains discussions of the recognition of polygamous marriages homicide the expertise provided in immigration cases and the legal discourse of nationality. It is in this engagement with some of the most challenging issues posed by the diverse character of modern society that its author sets out an alternative course for ethnic minority legal studies. Legal Pluralism in Conflict will be invaluable to students and researchers concerned with law's relationship to and treatment of ethnic and religious diversity as well as to those with wider interests in the limits and possibilities of political pluralism.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138002180

Legal Pluralism in IndonesiaBridging the Unbridgeable With the revival of Islamic law and adat (customary) law in the country this book investigates the history and phenomenon of legal pluralism in Indonesia. It looks at how the ideal of modernity in Indonesia has been characterized by a state-driven effort in the post-colonial era to make the institution of law an inseparable part of national development. Focusing on the aspects of political and ‘conflictual’ domains of legal pluralism in Indonesia the book discusses the understanding of the state’s attitude and behaviour towards the three largest legal traditions currently operative in the society: adat law Islamic law and civil law. The first aspect is addressed by looking at how the state specifically deals with Islamic law and adat law while the second is analysed in terms of actual cases of private interpersonal law such as interfaith marriage interfaith inheritance and gendered inheritance. The book goes on to look at how socio-political factors have influenced the relations between state and non-state laws and how the state’s strategy of accommodation of legal pluralism has in fact largely depended on the extent to which those legal traditions have been able to conform to national ideology. It is a useful contribution for students and scholars of Asian Studies and Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138116955

Legal Pluralism in the Holy CityCompeting Courts Forum Shopping and Institutional Dynamics in Jerusalem This book provides an unprecedented portrayal of a lively shari'a court in contemporary West Jerusalem which belongs to the Israeli legal system but serves Palestinian residents of the eastern part of the city. It draws a rich picture of an intriguing institution operating in an environment marked by legal pluralism and by exceptional political and cultural tensions. The book suggests an organizational-institutional approach to legal pluralism which examines not only the relations between bodies of law but also the relations between courts of law serving the same population. Based on participant observations in the studied court as well as on textual and legal analyses of court cases and rulings the study combines history and ethnography diachronic and synchronic perspectives and examines broad macro-political processes as well as micro-level interactions. The book offers fresh perspectives on the phenomenon of legal pluralism on shari'a law in practice and on Palestinian-Israeli relations in the divided city of Jerusalem. The work is a valuable resource for academics and researchers working in the areas of Legal Pluralism Islamic Law and socio-legal history of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701625

Legal Positivism Despite persistent criticism from a variety of different perspectives including natural law legal realism and socio-legal studies legal positivism remains as an enduring theory of law. The essays contained in this volume represent the most balanced responses toward legal positivism and although largely sympathetic the essays do not fail to criticize elements of the tradition wherever appropriate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250564

Legal Practice and Cultural Diversity Legal Practice and Cultural Diversity considers how contemporary cultural and religious diversity challenges legal practice how legal practice responds to that challenge and how practice is changing in the encounter with the cultural diversity occasioned by large-scale post-war immigration. Locating actual practices and interpretations which occur in jurisprudence and in public discussion this volume examines how the wider environment shapes legal processes and is in turn shaped by them. In so doing the work foregrounds a number of themes principally relating to changing norms and practices and sensitivity to cultural and religious difference in the application of the law. Comparative in approach this study places particular cases in their widest context taking into account international and transnational influences on the way in which actors legal and other respond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267831

Legal Protection of Children Against Sexual Exploitation in TaiwanSocio-legal Perspective First published in 1998 this volume responds to child-prostitution being recognised as a major social problem in modern capitalist Taiwan. It is defined both legally and socially as a problem of ‘sexual transactions involving children and juveniles’ thus the issue of child maltreatment is submerged under other concerns. However the main concern of this book is the protection of children from maltreatment so related socio-legal measures will be examined by this parameter. During the social campaigns against child prostitution structural problems such as police corruption male sexual perversion socio-economic inequality and the maladjustment of aboriginal people in the modern Taiwanese society are subjugated to increasing criticism. Nevertheless efforts to encounter any of them have had very limited accomplishment. This book intends to show that the functions of law in the prevention and treatment of the social problem of child prostitution cannot work as intended if those structural problems are not properly tackled. Suggestions are also made to address the need to reconceptualise the problem in the analytical framework of child maltreatment and to recommend the direction for reformation of policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335240

Legal Protection of Private Equity Investors in ChinaPractice Challenges and Reform This monograph aims to provide an in-depth analysis of the legal protection of the private equity (PE) investors in China. In an academic sense this research mainly focuses on the agency problems in the life cycle of PE investment under the business organization law system in China. Briefly speaking the agency problems of PE investment derive from the two-level separation of ownership and control one of which is the principal–agent relationship between the PE investors and the fund manager and the other is the principal–agent relationship between the PE shareholders and the management of investee companies. It is the first research to provide an in-depth examination on the investor protection in the PE investment under the business organization law system in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660420

Legal Reasoning Legal Theory and Rights This book is a selection of articles and chapters published over Martin Golding's academic career. Golding's approach to the philosophy of law is that it contains conceptual and normative issues and in this volume logical issues in legal reasoning are examined and various theories of law are critically discussed. Normative questions are dealt with regarding the rule of law and criminal law defenses and the concept of rights and the terminology of rights are analyzed. Much of Golding's work is critical-historical as well as constructive. This volume will prove an informative and useful collection for scholars and students of the philosophy of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383531

Legal Reform and Business Contracts in Developing EconomiesTrust Culture and Law in Dakar This book examines the prospects for business law reform to drive economic development in developing countries. It argues that despite statements to the contrary cultural factors and other local conditions in developing countries are not properly taken into account in current business law reform programs. Utilizing the city of Dakar as an example this book investigates the consequences of this lack of fit between local needs and transplanted legal models by examining the potential and actual impact of the OHADA program of law reform on local business practices. Focusing on how managers make decisions and apply appropriate norms in routine business operations the book documents how contractual disputes arise and are solved in Dakar and the role played by formal law in these processes. By examining imported law from the point of view of the end-users of legal reforms the book reveals the complex relationship between formal law local cultural norms and the activities of SMEs operating in developing economies and calls for a reconsideration of current law and development theory as well as the role of contract law in business decisions. It will be relevant to all developing countries seeking to align their laws with ’best practice’ as identified by aid institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601775

Legal Reform in Korea Law in Korea has historically been viewed as merely a tool of authoritarian rule but since the transition to democracy in 1987 it has served a more important and visible role as a force for social change. With contributions from leading US and Korean scholars Legal Reform in Korea explores this response to domestic and international pressures applying a socio-legal perspective to both legal practices and the legal institutions themselves which have become a major political issue throughout the developing world. An invaluable resource for students of Asian law and Korean studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649698

Legal Reforms and Deprivation of Liberty in Contemporary China The volume presents an extensive investigation into the process of reforms of detention powers in today’s China and offers an in-depth analysis of the debates surrounding the reformist attempts. The chapters in this collection demonstrate that legislative and institutional reforms in this area result from political opportunities - openings and tensions at the central institutional levels of political authority - and contingent social and political factors. The book examines legal and institutional reforms to institutions of detention and imprisonment that have occurred since the 1990s with a particular focus on the 21st century. Its content follows three particular lines of enquiry concerning the issue of deprivation of liberty in contemporary China. The first deals with the academic and theoretical debates on the subject of imprisonment and detention. The related chapters explain the difficulties encountered in this area of research and understandings of the discourses of reform through labour in Western and Chinese scholarship. The second deals with the specific issues of criminal and administrative forms of deprivation of liberty examining in particular the institutional and legislative dimensions considering the relationship between reforms and criminal justice policy agendas. The third assesses the meaning of institutional reforms in the context of the changing state-society relationship in contemporary China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606128

Legal Reforms in China and VietnamA Comparison of Asian Communist Regimes Although the adoption of market reforms has been a key factor leading to China’s recent economic growth China continues to be governed by a communist party and has a socialist-influenced legal system. Vietnam starting later also with a socialist-influenced legal system has followed a similar reform path and other countries too are now looking towards China and Vietnam as models for development. This book provides a comprehensive comparative assessment of legal developments in China and Vietnam examining similarities and differences and raising important questions such as: Is there a distinctive Chinese model and/or a more general East Asian Model? If so can it be flexibly applied to social and economic conditions in different countries? If it cannot be applied to a culturally and politically similar country like Vietnam is the model transportable elsewhere in the world? Combining ‘micro’ or interpretive methods with ‘macro’ or structural traditions the book provides a nuanced account of legal reforms in China and Vietnam highlighting the factors likely to promote change or resist the spread of the Chinese model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979673

Legal Regulation of British Company Accounts 1836-1900 (RLE Accounting)Volume 1 In the UK today the form and content of accounts published by limited companies are closely regulated. In the 19th century the position was different: the popular view was that such matters were for private negotiation between owners and management. Nevertheless there was a great deal of discussion of the need for regulations which were actually imposed in a number of areas. This book provides readers with the essence of the many debates that took place the conclusions reached and the action taken to regulate company accounts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979680

Legal Regulation of British Company Accounts 1836-1900 (RLE Accounting)Volume 2 In the UK today the form and content of accounts published by limited companies are closely regulated. In the 19th century the position was different: the popular view was that such matters were for private negotiation between owners and management. Nevertheless there was a great deal of discussion of the need for regulations which were actually imposed in a number of areas. This book provides readers with the essence of the many debates that took place the conclusions reached and the action taken to regulate company accounts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995345

Legal Regulation of Private Actors in Outer SpaceIndia’s Role The book addresses legal issues and challenges in using Space Technology. Especially covered are the provisions of International Space Law and few national space legislations to regulate private actors in outer space. The key chapters covered are history of space regulations private actors in space legal issues for such actors regulating these issues outside India and the same in India. In concluding chapter the author has worked out some recommendations.The book would be of immense use to people especially startups in private space industry; students faculties and scholars of Space Law and Policy Space Security Defence and Security Studies.Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344016

Legal Rights for RiversCompetition Collaboration and Water Governance In 2017 four rivers in Aotearoa New Zealand India and Colombia were given the status of legal persons and there was a recent attempt to extend these rights to the Colorado River in the USA. Understanding the implications of creating legal rights for rivers is an urgent challenge for both water resource management and environmental law. Giving rivers legal rights means the law can see rivers as legal persons thus creating new legal rights which can then be enforced. When rivers are legally people does that encourage collaboration and partnership between humans and rivers or establish rivers as another competitor for scarce resources? To assess what it means to give rivers legal rights and legal personality this book examines the form and function of environmental water managers (EWMs). These organisations have legal personality and have been active in water resource management for over two decades. EWMs operate by acquiring water rights from irrigators in rivers where there is insufficient water to maintain ecological health. EWMs can compete with farmers for access to water but they can also strengthen collaboration between traditionally divergent users of the aquatic environment such as environmentalists recreational fishers hunters farmers and hydropower. This book explores how EWMs use the opportunities created by giving nature legal rights such as the ability to participate in markets enter contracts hold property and enforce those rights in court. However examination of the EWMs unearths a crucial and unexpected paradox: giving legal rights to nature may increase its legal power but in doing so it can weaken community support for protecting the environment in the first place. The book develops a new conceptual framework to identify the multiple constructions of the environment in law and how these constructions can interact to generate these unexpected outcomes. It explores EWMs in the USA and Australia as examples and assesses the implications of creating legal rights for rivers for water governance. Lessons from the EWMs as well as early lessons from the new ‘river persons ’ show how to use the law to improve river protection and how to begin to mitigate the problems of the paradox. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584160

Legal Rules in PracticeIn the Midst of Law’s Life Understanding legal rules not as determinants of behavior but as points of reference for conduct this volume considers the ways in which rules are invoked referred to interpreted put forward or blurred. It also asks how both legal practitioners and lay participants conceive of and participate in the construction of facts and rules and thus through decisions defenses pleas files evidence interviews and documents actively participate in law’s life. With attention to the formulation of notions such as person evidence intention cause and responsibility in the course of legal practices Legal Rules in Practice provides the outlines of a praxiological anthropology of law – an anthropology that focuses on words concepts and reasoning as actively used to solve conflicts with the help of legal rules. As such it will appeal to sociologists anthropologists and scholars of law with interests in ethnomethodology rule-based conduct and practical reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367495909

Legal Services and Digital InfrastructuresA New Compass for Better Governance This book seeks to provide and promote a better understanding and a more responsive and inclusive governance of the automation and digital devices in public institutions particularly the law and justice sector. Concerns related to AI design and use have been exacerbated recently with the recognition of the discriminatory potential that can be embedded into AI applications in public service institutions. This book examines issues relating to the assigning of responsibility in a public service produced and delivered on the basis of an automated mechanism. It encourages critical thinking about the legal services and the justice institutions as they are transformed by AI and automation. It raises awareness as to the prospect of transformation we face in terms of responsibility and of agency and the need to design a citizen-centered and human rights compliant system of technology assessment and AI monitoring and evaluation. The book calls for a comprehensive strategy to enable professional practitioners and decision makers to engage in the design of AI driven legal and justice services. The work draws on on-going research and consulting activities carried out by the author across different countries and different systems in the legal and justice sector. The book offers a critical approach to encourage a new mindset among legal professionals and the justice institutions thus empowering and training them to develop the necessary responsiveness and accountability in the justice sector and legal systems. It will also be of interest to researchers and academics working in the area of AI Public Law Human Rights and Criminal Justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367549725

Legal Solutions in Electronic Reserves and the Electronic Delivery of Interlibrary Loan Avoid legal consequences in your library by knowing copyright law! Legal Solutions in Electronic Reserves and the Electronic Delivery of Interlibrary Loan guides you through the process of developing policies to protect you your library and your patrons. The book examines the philosophy and regulations behind the laws and guidelines that apply directly to library services allowing library staff and administration to better understand why these rules are needed. This vital resource offers suggestions and advice to ensure your library can offer the best services to your patrons while staying within the boundaries of the law. With this informative tool you’ll learn more about: copyright basics—special allowances licensing penalties confidentiality basics—state regulations institutional regulations records retention policies electronic reserves and electronic delivery of interlibrary loan—differences of electronic versus physical negotiating permissions and database contracts for use and more! Legal Solutions in Electronic Reserves and the Electronic Delivery of Interlibrary Loan shows you where to find works in the public domain and free E-material on the Internet. It also lists several Web sites to help you obtain permission acquire information on copyrights and electronic reserves or join a listserv or discussion group on these issues. This book includes a section on current legislative issues that will affect you in the future. To help you plan your course of action Legal Solutions in Electronic Reserves and the Electronic Delivery of Interlibrary Loan includes the text of several important laws and guidelines such as: the Copyright Law the Agreement on Guidelines for Classroom Copying in Not-For-Profit Educational Institutions with Respect to Books and Periodicals the CONTU Guidelines on Photocopying under Interlibrary Loan Arrangements the CONFU Fair-Use Guidelines for Electronic Reserve Systems the American Library Association Model Policy Concerning College and University Photocopying for Classroom Research and Library Reserve Use (Section on Reserves) Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050811

Legal SymbolismOn Law Time and European Identity Jirí Pribán's book contributes to the field of systems theory of law in the context of European legal and political integration and constitution-making. It puts recent European legislative efforts and policies especially the EU enlargement process in the context of legal theory and philosophy. Furthermore the author shows that the system of positive law has a symbolic meaning reflecting how it also contributes to the semantics of political identity democratic power and moral values as well as the complex relations between law politics and morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252813

Legal Systems and Incest TaboosThe Transition from Childhood to Adolescence The goal of this book is to investigate why there are two distinct notions of liability in the legal and ethical systems of different societies; the relationship between two sets of criteria of liability and the individual's evolution from childhood adolescence. The specific ways in which different societies cope with the transition from childhood to adolescence are important because a sense of responsibility consonant with the goals of the society and survival of family and culture is implanted in the growing child.The ways in which incest taboos are taught constitute one of the crucial modes by which a sense of responsibility is implanted within an individual during his transition from childhood to adolescence. The author places most of his focus on social systems the transition from childhood to adolescence. Theoretical concerns are with the ways in which human biology and human social structures impact each other.The fact that wide variations do exist among societies in connection with certain types of incest taboos does not lead inevitably to the conclusion that there is no biological basis for the incest taboo. The immediate impression of variability can be misleading; extreme differences between cultures in the same institutional realm as between individuals often reveals remarkable regularity and consistency. These regularities are seen in the cultural phenomena; the assumption that biology and culture are bound up in their manifestations is fundamental in understanding their nature Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527140

Legal Theory and Legal HistoryVolume IV What can legal theorists learn from legal historians? What guidance can historians take from theorists? What theoretical questions underlie legal historical investigations? These are the questions explored and answered by the articles selected in this volume. Taken together these papers show that the future of historical jurisprudence is a bright one. This is a jurisprudence that can yield insights about how to conceptualise legal change how to give voice to those operating outside of legal officialdom and how to understand the relationship between law and politics. The papers selected range from the challenge to legal positivism from the perspective of the history of the common law to the latest methodological debates in socio-historical jurisprudence. The volume contains a substantive introduction and a detailed bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452218

Legal Theory and the HumanitiesVolume V The papers selected for this volume offer a panorama of problems and methods at the intersection of legal theory and the humanities. All taken from the last three decades the papers discuss issues such as the role of the emotions and the imagination in legal reasoning and the protection of the diversity of voices and perspective in the name of community. Unduly neglected sources and resources for legal theory are also explored: images still and moving; performance aural and gestural; and space old and new from the Inns of Court to the World Wide Web. The articles balance renewed calls to humanise legal theory with those that analyse and explore the relevance of specific domains of the humanities - such as literature architecture music painting drawing and film - for law. The volume contains a substantive introduction and a detailed bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452232

Legal Theory and the Legal AcademyVolume III The third in a series of three volumes on Contemporary Legal Theory this volume deals with four topics: 1) the role of legal theory in the legal curriculum; 2) the teaching of legal theory; 3) the relationship of legal theory to legal scholarship; and 4) the relationship of legal theory to comparative law. The focus of the first two topics is on the common law world where the debates over the aims and proper place of legal theory in the study of law have traversed a good deal of ground since John Austin's 1828 lecture 'The Uses and the Study of Jurisprudence.' These first two parts offer a selection of the most important papers including surveys as well as pedagogical viewpoints and particular course descriptions from analytical critical feminist law-and-literature and global perspectives. The last three decades have seen just as many changes for legal scholarship and comparative law. These changes (such as the rise of empirical legal scholarship) have often attracted the attention of legal theorists. Within comparative law the last thirty years have witnessed intense methodological reflection within the discipline; the results of these reflections are themselves properly recognised as legal theoretical contributions. The volume collects the key papers including those by Neil MacCormick Mark Van Hoecke Andrew Halpin William Ewald and Geoffrey Samuel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091907

Legal Theory and the Natural SciencesVolume VI The relationship between law and science has developed apace over the last three decades. This collection brings together the most important and influential papers theorising that relationship including papers that seek to protect law’s autonomy against the perceived unwelcome inroads of science and those that seek to shape and change law by incorporating the latest scientific developments. The papers span historical overviews of the attempts by legal scholars to model legal science on scientific methodology to efforts by legal philosophers scrutinising the claims made on behalf of genetics and neuroscience as to their implications for law and legal concepts. The volume also includes a section on the famous debate within American case law over what constitutes good science. The volume contains a substantive introduction and detailed bibliography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452225

Legal Theory and the Social SciencesVolume II Ever since H.L.A. Hart's self-description of The Concept of Law as an 'exercise in descriptive sociology' contemporary legal theorists have been debating the relationship between legal theory and sociology and between legal theory and social science more generally. There have been some who have insisted on a clear divide between legal theory and the social sciences citing fundamental methodological differences. Others have attempted to bridge gaps revealing common challenges and similar objects of inquiry. Collecting the work of authors such as Martin Krygier David Nelken Brian Tamanaha Lewis Kornhauser Gunther Teubner and Nicola Lacey this volume - the second in a three volume series - provides an overview of the major developments in the last thirty years. The volume is divided into three sections each discussing an aspect of the relationship of legal theory and the social sciences: 1) methodological disputes and collaboration; 2) common problems especially as they concern different modes of explanation of social behaviour; and 3) common objects including most prominently the study of language in its social context and normative pluralism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091891

Legal Translation and Bilingual Law Drafting in Hong KongChallenges and Interactions in Chinese Regions Legal Translation and Bilingual Law Drafting in Hong Kong presents a systematic account from a cross-disciplinary perspective of the activities of legal translation and bilingual law drafting in the bilingual international city of Hong Kong and its interaction with Mainland China and Taiwan in the use of legal terminology. The study mainly examines the challenges posed to English-Chinese translation in the past three decades by elaborate drafting and terminological equivalence and offers educational and research solutions. Its primary goals are to create legal Chinese that naturally accommodates common law concepts and statutes from the English legal system and to reconcile Chinese legal terms from the different legal systems adopted by Hong Kong Mainland China and Taiwan. The new directions in legal translation and bilingual law drafting in Hong Kong will have implications for other Chinese regions and for the world. The book is intended for scholars researchers teachers and students of legal translation and legal linguistics legal translators lawyers and legal practitioners who are engaged in translation as well as all persons who are interested in legal language and legal translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335912

Legal Translation Explained Focusing on the problems of translating English legal language Alcaraz and Hughes offer a wide-ranging view of one of the most demanding and vital areas of contemporary translation practice. Individual chapters deal with legal English as a linguistic system special concepts in the translation of legal English the genres of legal translation and offer a series of practical problems together with discussions of proposed solutions as well as insight into the pragmatic ways translators go about finding solutions. The numerous examples and discussions of specific terms make the book useful both as a manual in the translation class and as an invaluable reference work for students teachers self-learners and professional translators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130616

Legal Transplantation in Early Twentieth-Century ChinaPracticing law in Republican Beijing (1910s-1930s) "Practicing law" has a dual meaning in this book. It refers to both the occupational practice of law and the practicing of transplanted laws and institutions to perfect them. The book constitutes the first monographic work on the legal history of Republican Beijing and provides an in-depth and comprehensive account of the practice of law in the city of Beijing during a period of social transformation. Drawing upon unprecedented research using archived records and other primary materials it explores the problems encountered by Republican Beijing’s legal practitioners including lawyers policemen judges and criminologists in applying transplanted laws and legal institutions when they were inapplicable to incompatible with or inadequate for resolving everyday legal issues. These legal practitioners resolved the mismatch the author argues by quite sensibly assimilating certain imperial laws and customs and traditional legal practices into the daily routines of the recently imported legal institutions. Such efforts by indigenous legal practitioners were crucial in and an integral part of the making of legal transplantation in Republican Beijing. This work not only makes significant contributions to scholarship on the legal history of modern China but also offers insights into China’s quest for modernization in its first wave of legal globalization. It is thus of great value to legal historians comparative legal scholars specialists in Chinese law and China studies and lawyers and law students with an interest in Chinese legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698727

Legal TreatisesEssential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women Series III Part One Volume 1 The texts reproduced in facsimile in the three volumes of 'Legal Treatises' reconstruct the legal status of the early modern Englishwoman. To facilitate a reading of the treatises by broadly defining many of the laws discussed in great detail in the treatises a general introduction to the laws of the period provides concise overviews of the structure of the English legal system; the legal education of practitioners of the law; the kinds of legal literature produced in the period; and the legal position of early modern Englishwomen. A bibliography of important secondary scholarship devoted to the early modern Englishwoman's legal position assists the reader in obtaining more specialized knowledge. In addition to the general introduction a separate introduction to each of the reproduced works is provided including information about each work's publication and authorship intended audience content and reception. In order to provide this framework for the years 1600-1750 this first volume of 'Legal Treatises' reproduces The Lawes Resolutions of Womens Rights (1632) the first known treatise devoted to the legal rights of women. 'The Womans Lawyer ' as the treatise's running headline and spine title read was published anonymously in 1632; the title page fails to identify the original author of the work and its authorship remains in question today. At over 400 pages the text represents a massive effort of consolidation organizing the disparate and hitherto uncompiled aspects of the common law applicable to women into a logical framework. It is unusual among early modern legal treatises in its stated goal of providing a 'popular kind of instruction' to its readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264592

Legal TreatisesEssential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women: Series III Part One Volume 2 The texts reproduced in facsimile in the three volumes of 'Legal Treatises' reconstruct the legal status of the early modern Englishwoman. To facilitate a reading of the treatises by broadly defining many of the laws discussed in great detail in the treatises a general introduction to the laws of the period provides concise overviews of the structure of the English legal system; the legal education of practitioners of the law; the kinds of legal literature produced in the period; and the legal position of early modern Englishwomen. A bibliography of important secondary scholarship devoted to the early modern Englishwoman's legal position assists the reader in obtaining more specialized knowledge. In addition to the general introduction a separate introduction to each of the reproduced works is provided including information about each work's publication and authorship intended audience content and reception. In order to provide this framework for the years 1600-1750 this first volume of 'Legal Treatises' reproduces The Lawes Resolutions of Womens Rights (1632) the first known treatise devoted to the legal rights of women. 'The Womans Lawyer ' as the treatise's running headline and spine title read was published anonymously in 1632; the title page fails to identify the original author of the work and its authorship remains in question today. At over 400 pages the text represents a massive effort of consolidation organizing the disparate and hitherto uncompiled aspects of the common law applicable to women into a logical framework. It is unusual among early modern legal treatises in its stated goal of providing a 'popular kind of instruction' to its readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264585

Legal TreatisesEssential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women: Series III Part One Volume 3 The texts reproduced in facsimile in the three volumes of 'Legal Treatises' reconstruct the legal status of the early modern Englishwoman. To facilitate a reading of the treatises by broadly defining many of the laws discussed in great detail in the treatises a general introduction to the laws of the period provides concise overviews of the structure of the English legal system; the legal education of practitioners of the law; the kinds of legal literature produced in the period; and the legal position of early modern Englishwomen. A bibliography of important secondary scholarship devoted to the early modern Englishwoman's legal position assists the reader in obtaining more specialized knowledge. In addition to the general introduction a separate introduction to each of the reproduced works is provided including information about each work's publication and authorship intended audience content and reception. In order to provide this framework for the years 1600-1750 this first volume of 'Legal Treatises' reproduces The Lawes Resolutions of Womens Rights (1632) the first known treatise devoted to the legal rights of women. 'The Womans Lawyer ' as the treatise's running headline and spine title read was published anonymously in 1632; the title page fails to identify the original author of the work and its authorship remains in question today. At over 400 pages the text represents a massive effort of consolidation organizing the disparate and hitherto uncompiled aspects of the common law applicable to women into a logical framework. It is unusual among early modern legal treatises in its stated goal of providing a 'popular kind of instruction' to its readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264578

Legal Violence and the Limits of the Law What is the meaning of punishment today? Where is the limit that separates it from the cruel and unusual? In legal discourse the distinction between punishment and vengeance—punishment being the measured use of legally sanctioned violence and vengeance being a use of violence that has no measure—is expressed by the idea of "cruel and unusual punishment." This phrase was originally contained in the English Bill of Rights (1689). But it (and versions of it) has since found its way into numerous constitutions and declarations including Article 5 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights as well as the Amendment to the US Constitution. Clearly in order for the use of violence to be legitimate it must be subject to limitation. The difficulty is that the determination of this limit should be objective but it is not and its application in punitive practice is constituted by a host of extra-legal factors and social and political structures. It is this essential contestability of the limit which distinguishes punishment from violence that this book addresses. And including contributions from a range of internationally renowned scholars it offers a plurality of original and important responses to the contemporary question of the relationship between punishment and the limits of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138347984

Legal Writing Legal Writing guides students comprehensively through this vital legal skill and addresses a range of assessment methods from exam questions to final essays and problem answers. It considers how to deconstruct essay and problem questions and how to conduct and apply legal research to answer set questions. Lisa Webley explains how to reference others' work clearly and correctly making this book a useful tool for students concerned about issues of plagiarism. It also focuses on how to develop critical thinking and communicate legal arguments with both good and bad examples of written work considered and discussed in the text. Legal Writing is particularly useful for undergraduate students especially at the beginning of degree studies and for GDL and CPE students too. This fully revised fourth edition includes: Guidance on the avoidance of plagiarism including examples of poor practice and best practice. Worked examples throughout the text including guidance on deciphering essay questions in exams and coursework along with additional examples from across the legal curriculum on the companion website. An improved companion website with increased guidance for revision to allow students to test their progress and further engage with the topics in the book. Clearly written and easy to use Legal Writing enables students to fully engage with essay and exam writing as a vital foundation to their undergraduate degree. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840683

Legalized Casino Gaming in the United StatesThe Economic and Social Impact Covering the entire United States gaming market Legalized Casino Gaming in the United States provides gaming researchers policymakers and hospitality students comprehensive overview of the history development legislation and economic and social impacts of riverboat land-based and Native American casino gaming. Containing national and regional research about the industry this book will provide students with a historical view on gaming and the hospitality industry offer researchers data and current market status of the industry; and will give policymakers information about the advantages and disadvantages of a gaming industry in their community.Comprehensive and thorough Legalized Casino Gaming in the United States is full of case studies data and surveys that provide you with credible information on community incomes residents’attitudes about gaming and gaming taxes in certain states. This fact-filled book will help you evaluate and learn about the pros and cons of the industry including: reviewing changes in the gaming laws and regulations in particular regions and segments of the industry explaining laws and regulations by state for riverboat and other Native American land-based gaming examining negative and positive social impacts of gaming including crime; quality of life; community services; availability of entertainment recreation and cultural activities; community attractiveness such as reputation appearance cleanliness and traffic; local resident attitudes; and pathological gaming explaining Nevada’s gaming regulatory system including the roles of the Nevada Gaming Commission and Gaming Control Board and discussing issues related to currency transactions exclusion lists work permits customer disputes and underage gambling discussing positive economic aspects of Native American gaming such as tax benefits in Connecticut Wisconsin Oregon and Minnesota and how the industry impacts surrounding communitiesExamining the industry from ethical economic and social standpoints the contributors offer you several perspectives of a situation not just one side of an issue to help you make educated decisions or opinions about gaming. Bolstered with charts graphs tables and future research recommendations Legalized Casino Gaming in the United States offers you an in-depth and comprehensive look at the gaming industry helping you weigh the positive and negative effects of one of the most popular areas of hospitality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979697

Legalizing CannabisExperiences Lessons and Scenarios Marijuana is the most widely used illegal drug in the world. Over the past couple of decades several Western jurisdictions have seen reforms in or changes to the way cannabis use is being controlled departing from traditional approaches of criminal prohibition that have dominated cannabis use control regimes for most of the twentieth century. While reform is stalled at the international level the last decade has seen an acceleration of legislative and regulatory reforms at the local and national levels with countries no longer willing to bear the human and financial costs of prohibitive policies. Furthermore legalization models have been implemented in US states Canada and Uruguay and are being debated in a number of other countries. These models are providing the world with unique pilot programs from which to study and learn. This book assembles an international who’s who of cannabis scholars who bring together the best available evidence and expertise to address questions such as: How should we evaluate the models of cannabis legalization as they have been implemented in several jurisdictions in the past few years? Which scenarios for future cannabis legalization have been developed elsewhere and how similar/different are they from the models already implemented? What lessons from the successes and failures experienced with the regulation of other psychoactive substances (such as alcohol tobacco pharmaceuticals and “legal highs”) can be translated to the effective regulation of cannabis markets? This book may appeal to anyone interested in public health policies and drug policy reform and offers relevant insights for stakeholders in any other country where academic societal or political evaluations of current cannabis policies (and even broader: current drug policies) are a subject of debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138370906

Legendary Away DaysThe Complete Guide to Running Successful Team Events Building strong responsive teams is one of the key factors in putting your organisation ahead of its competitors. So why do many teams fail to deliver to their true potential? The answer is that even when the commitment and the will to succeed exist hidden pitfalls lay in wait to foil the best intentions of managers and team leaders. This book will enable you to avoid tripping up and so produce teams able to take effective action before problems arise. Legendary Away Days is a complete and invaluable guide to planning and delivering team events suited to a wide range of circumstances including problem-solving teambuilding boosting morale and making decisions. Concise and practical it covers choosing an appropriate event organising and running the day keeping control using external experts and evaluating your event afterwards. Focused on best practice throughout the book also provides help on ensuring your event is legally protected. If you want your teams to look back on their Away Days as legendary then this is the book you need. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592121

Legionary Recruitment and Veteran Settlement During the Principate This book is a study of the settlement of legionary veterans during the principate and discovers why legionary veterans were settled in colonies when such settlements ceased to be made and where the men preferred to settle when the choice was left to them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405073

LegionellosisVolume I Legionellosis is a text in two volumes that presents the modern viewpoint of the agent and the disease. It also chronicles the history of the discovery of Legionella pneumophila. Volume 1 discusses current aspects of the microbe including taxonomy morphology biochemistry and physiology. It also discusses the illness including clinical features pathology and therapy. Volume II details the laboratory diagnosis epidemiology and pathology. The contributors are amongst the most eminent scientists in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894898

LegionellosisVolume II Legionellosis is a text in two volumes that presents the modern viewpoint of the agent and the disease. It also chronicles the history of the discovery of Legionella pneumophila. Volume 1 discusses current aspects of the microbe including taxonomy morphology biochemistry and physiology. It also discusses the illness including clinical features pathology and therapy. Volume II details the laboratory diagnosis epidemiology and pathology. The contributors are amongst the most eminent scientists in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894881

Legislating AuthoritySin and Crime in the Ottoman Empire and Turkey Legislation Authority addresses issues of law state violence and state authority within the Ottoman and Turkish context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655422

Legislating CreativityThe Intersections of Art and Politics How does political policy-making shape the creative activities of artists? Do the political interests of artists influence actual political practices in any way? Legislating Creativity examines the relationship between art and politics through an analysis of controversial art projects tied to the National Endowment for the Arts during the Culture Wars (late 1980s-1990s). Though there have always been tensions in government funding for the arts these controversies intensified the public debates surrounding art/politics and remain as a focal point in conversations that continue today. The book focuses on three case studies: Mapplethorpe's controversial photography an exhibit on the impact of AIDS entitled Witnesses and the Guerrilla Girls. Dustin Kidd has provided a thoroughly enriching look at the intersections of art and politics—the ways that political practices transform creative expression and the ways that artistic drives shape political policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649704

Legislating Foreign Policy Beginning with the premise that Congress has reasserted its role in U.S. foreign policy this book evaluates how Congress is exercising its formal and informal powers and responsibilities. It provides examples of the formal and informal interaction between the legislative and executive branches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166977

Legislating The HolocaustThe Bernhard Loesenor Memoirs And Supporting Documents From April 1933 to early 1943 Bernard Loesener served as the official ?Jewish Expert? in the German Third Reich's Ministry of the Interior the government body responsible for the Nazi's legislative assault on German Jewry. In that role he personally drafted much of the legislation the Nuremberg Laws of 1935 preeminently that gradually dispossessed disenfranchised and dehumanized the Jews of Nazi Germany. During the first six years of Nazi rule the seminal period of government-sponsored anti-Semitism Loesener kept the minutes of many crucial high-level inter-ministerial conferences concerned with the ?Jewish Question.? As observer and participant his experiences were virtually unparalleled. In 1950 Loesener penned a memoir that sought to explain and justify his actions during the ten-year escalation of Nazi oppression that resulted to Loesener's professed horror in the Final Solution. It was published in 1961 in German by the journal Vierteljahrshefte fuer Zeitgeschichte. It has never before appeared in English until now - in Legislating the Holocaust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096533

Legislation Technology and Practice of Mine Land ReclamationProceedings of the Beijing International Symposium on Land Reclamation and Ecol Legislation Technology and Practice of Mine Land Reclamation contains the proceedings of the Beijing International Symposium on Land Reclamation and Ecological Restoration (LRER 2014 Beijing China 16-19 October 2014). The contributions cover a wide range of topics:- Monitoring prediction and assessment of environmental damage in mining areas- Subsidence land reclamation and ecological restoration- Soil vegetation and biological diversity- Mining methods and measures for minimization of land and environmental damage- Solid wastes and AMD treatment- Contaminated land remediation- Land reclamation and ecological restoration policies and management- Surface mined land reclamation and ecological restoration- Case study on mining reclamation and ecological restoration Legislation Technology and Practice of Mine Land Reclamation will be of interest to engineers scientists consultants government officials and students involved in environmental engineering soil science ecology forestry mining and land reclamation and ecological restoration in mining areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027244

Legislation in Context: Essays in Legisprudence The essays in this volume set out to provide a rational framework for legislation. Whilst legislation and regulation is the result of a political process this volume considers whether they can also be the object of theoretical study. It examines the problems that are common to most European legal systems by applying the tools of legal theory to legislative problems ('legisprudence'). While traditional legal theory deals predominantly with the question of the application of law by a judge legisprudence enlarges the scope of study to include the creation of law by the legislator. The essays published in the volume develop a new range of insights into the relationship between legislative problems and legal theory in a way that will interest legal scholars throughout the world. Specifically the work will attract the attention of those involved with constitutional law EU law human rights law and legal theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274181

Legislative Approximation and Application of EU Law in the Eastern Neighbourhood of the European UnionTowards a Common Regulatory Space? This book explores the exportation and application of European Union legislation beyond EU borders. It clarifies the means and instruments of the voluntary application of the EU’s norms by third countries and analyses in detail the process of legislative approximation between the EU and its East European neighbours. It also assesses the extent to which the EU is successful in promoting its legal standards abroad. The first part of the book addresses the EU’s mechanisms and instruments promoting the export of its own laws and practices to other countries. Key issues include the post-Lisbon constitutional basis for the EU’s engagement with its Eastern neighbours (Art. 8 TEU); the different methods of acquis export and the impact of a new generation of Association Agreements providing for the establishment of Deep and Comprehensive Free Trade Areas (DCFTAs) and ultimately a Neighbourhood Economic Community (NEC) between the EU and its Eastern partners.  The second part of the book includes substantive country reports that analyse the process of legislative approximation and application of EU law in the Eastern Partnership countries and Russia  authored by leading academics from the countries concerned. While currently these countries are not working towards full EU membership the EU encourages them to approximate and converge their legislation with the EU acquis. The book also offers a unique picture of current practice of the application of EU law by judiciaries in the countries of the Eastern Partnership and Russia. The book concludes with reflections on the multi-faceted character of legislative approximation and the challenges surrounding the application of EU law in the EU’s Eastern neighbourhood. The conclusions reached are highly informative as to the effectiveness of present and future EU external regional policies aimed at the promotion of EU common values and EU legislation into the legal orders of third countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666467

Legislative Codecision in the European UnionExperience over Twenty Years and Implications This volume takes stock of twenty years of practising and studying codecision in the European Union (EU) and examines the procedure’s long-term implications for the EU’s institutions politics and policies. The introduction of co-legislation between the Council of Ministers and the European Parliament in 1993 raised the prospect of increased parliamentary involvement in EU decision-making and promised a new era of more transparent inclusive and accountable policy-making. This collection draws together contributions from diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives in order to analyse the extent to which codecision has delivered the expected gains and to review the unexpected effects that have followed from its introduction such as the growing informalisation of EU decision-making. Using a combination of in-depth qualitative case studies wider quantitative analyses practitioners’ insights and a review of the procedure’s democratic legitimacy the contributions offer a holistic assessment of the effect of co-decision on the political system of the EU. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954670

Legislative Decline in the 21st CenturyA Comparative Perspective Irina Khmelko Frederick Stapenhurst and Michael L. Mezey have assembled an authoritative guide to the declining institutional capacities of legislatures around the world. Case studies represent a diverse sample of countries ranging from newer democracies emerging from the post-communist world to more established but at times fragile democracies in Asia. Although largely focused on newer democratic systems readers will be able to identify key factors that explain the general global trend toward the empowerment of executives at the expense of national legislatures. The cases although different from one another identify several factors that have explained the erosion of legislative power including historical legacies institutional design economic factors external factors political polarization personalization of politics and the rise of populism. Original data and the presentation of testable theoretical propositions about the growing imbalance between executives and national legislatures moves the field in a promising new direction. Legislative Decline in the 21st Century will be of interest to students and scholars of Legislative Studies and Comparative Politics. Lessons drawn from these case studies will allow policy makers to explore new solutions that can lead to the improved quality of democracy in countries around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367342951

Legislative Deliberative DemocracyDebating Acts Restricting Freedom of Speech during War Freedom of speech is a basic right in a democracy. During war however national legislatures tend to enact laws that restrict this basic right. Under what circumstances can such laws be democratically legitimate? Avichai Levit argues that the degree of democratic legitimacy of laws that restrict freedom of speech during war depends on the extent of legislature deliberation on such laws. The more law makers in both chambers of the legislature seriously consider information and arguments reason on the common good and seek to persuade and decide the best legislative outcome in committees and on the floor the more democratic legitimacy can be associated with such laws. This book fills a gap in the scholarly literature regarding the evaluation of the democratic legitimacy of laws that restrict freedom of speech during war by bridging different theoretical perceptions and presenting an alternative normative account of deliberative democracy which focuses on the deliberations of a national legislature. Using the United States as a case study Levit delves into the details of Congressional deliberation during World War I World War II and the Cold War as well as the political histories that brought about such laws. Legislative Deliberative Democracy will be of interest to academics and students alike in the fields of political theory American politics and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367569983

Legislative Drafting Legislative drafting is an extremely onerous exacting and highly-skilled task. What is clearly conceived in the mind may not be easily expressed with clarity and precision in words. It is a highly technical discipline and one of the most vigorous forms of writing. Few lawyers have the special combination of skills aptitudes and temperament necessary for a competent draftsperson. This book provides for the first time detailed commentary on legislative drafting with a specific focus on the Commonwealth covering: the ethics of legislative drafting teaching training and retention of drafters the role of legislative drafting in good governance keeping the statute book up-to-date drafting by more than words: the use of graphics labels and formulae in legislation; and the particular challenges of drafting for small states. It constitutes a key reference for legislative drafters parliamentary counsel and professionals involved in this field in the Commonwealth and beyond. This book was based on a special issue of Commonwealth Law Bulletin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995352

Legislative LearningThe 104th Republican Freshmen in the House Barnett shows how political environments can produce legislators who place a premium on their policy-making goals through a nuanced exploration of factors undergirding member perceptions policy ambitions class cohesion and legislative learning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203800379

Legislative Lobbying in ContextThe Policy and Polity Determinants of Interest Group Politics in the European Union The lack of previous research into political interest groups and taking into account policy-specific and institutional context characteristics is largely due to research designs that have been primarily focused on a small number of policy debates with the result that contextual characteristics were largely held constant. This book brings together articles from different modules that are part of a larger European Collaborative Research Project INTEREURO carried out by research teams in nine different countries under the auspices of the European Science Foundation. The main goal of the book is to analyse strategies framing and influence processes for a set of 125 legislative proposals submitted by the European Commission in an effort to better understand the involvement of interest organizations in the decision-making process of the EU. Contributors draw on sophisticated and innovative policy-driven samples of interest group mobilization allowing them to account systematically for how policy-specific and institutional context factors shape mobilization lobbying strategies and influence of interest groups on public policy debates in the EU. In this way the book makes an important contribution to the study of interest groups in the EU and represents the breadth of positions taken in the current literature. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103764

Legislative Reference Services and Sources Here is the first introductory guide to all aspects of providing legislative reference services. Unlike special libraries which deal with one specific discipline legislative reference bureaus must deal with a full spectrum of subject areas and meet the unique needs of elected and appointed officials and their staffs. This guide helps librarians find the best current resources and services to answer the varied demands for information typical of legislative reference libraries. Legislative Reference Services and Sources facilitates the work of legislative librarians and makes them confident so that they can supply legislators and their staffs with the information needed to effectively examine draft or enact legislation of benefit to the public.No other book on the market provides such a comprehensive overview of legislative reference services. Author Kathleen Low acquaints librarians with over 100 sources useful in responding to information requests from legislators. A wide range of valuable topics are covered that will help legislative reference librarians meet the information demands of legislators and lawmakers including: an overview of essential reference services needed by legislators and their staffs specific protocols and forms of etiquette to observe when promoting services to elected and appointed officials over 100 frequently consulted titles in legislative references the usefulness of online resources how to recognize special services and sensitivity warranted by patrons and the services and responses to expect in returnLegislative Reference Services and Sources addresses the legislative reference services commonly provided promotion of services the librarian/client relationship client expectations the ethics of responding to certain requests and the core resources used in legislative reference requests. It is an invaluable tool for beginning level legislative librarians public services librarians and state and federal agency librarians who need an introduction to this unique type of information service. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859248

Legislators And Representation In Sri LankaThe Decentralization Of Development Planning Focusing on the work of Sri Lankan legislators this book offers a model of representation in examining parliamentary systems especially those found in the Third World. It explores an important part of legislators' responsibilities as the country seeks to decentralize its development planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157920

Legislatures of Small StatesA Comparative Study This book provides a comparative study of the legislatures of small nations states and territories to explore the extent to which size is a factor in how they function and fulfil the roles and responsibility of a legislature. Though the physical nature and environment of states is a neglected subject in political science research this book examines the impact of small state size on the structure and functions of legislatures and contributes to a better understanding of the interplay of physical and social factors. Focussing on legislatures in democratic nations or in territories that are parts of democratic units the book features case studies on Malta Bermuda Jersey Guernsey Gibraltar Hong Kong Lesotho Liechtenstein the Isle of Man Commonwealth Caribbean Nunavut (Canada) Pacific islands Swaziland and Scotland. Contributors employ an interdisciplinary approach to examine both the outcomes and causes of different political mechanisms and bring to the surface underlying correlation between small states through their analysis. Legislatures of Small States will be of interest to students and scholars of international politics comparative politics and legislative studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830301

LegisprudencePractical Reason in Legislation This book establishes legisprudence in contrast to jurisprudence as a legal theory of rational law-making. It suggests that by rejecting the common wisdom about the nature of political law-making legislation could be improved and streamlined. Using the methods theoretical insights and tools of current legal theory and philosophy of law in a new way the book suggests the creation of law by legislators rather than government. Raising new questions and problems of the validity of norms the book opens a new perspective on legitimacy of norms their meaning and the structure of the legal system. In distinguishing legitimacy and legitimation of law the book ventures into the philosophical roots of legal theory and suggests the articulation of a new conception of sovereignty. In shifting the emphasis to the position of the legislator and legislation this book opens a number of new insights into the relationship between legislative problems and legal theory. Its main claim is that legislation should be justified by the legislator. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256866

Legitimacy Legal Development and ChangeLaw and Modernization Reconsidered This book addresses critical questions about how legal development works in practice. Can law be employed to shape behavior as a form of social engineering or must social behavior change first relegating legal change to follow as ratification or reinforcement? And what is legal development's source of legitimacy if not modernization? But by the same token whose version of modernization will predominate absent a Western monopoly on change? There are now legal development alternatives especially from Asia so we need a better way to ask the right questions of different approaches primarily in (non-Western) Asia Africa the Islamic world plus South America. Incoming waves of change like the 'Arab spring' lie on the horizon. Meanwhile debates are sharpening about law's role in economic development versus democracy and governance under the rubric of the rule of law. More than a general survey of law and modernization theory and practice this work is a timely reference for practitioners of institutional reform and a thought-provoking interdisciplinary collection of essays in an area of renewed practical and scholarly interest. The contributors are a distinguished international group of scholars and practitioners of law development social sciences and religion with extensive experience in the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260306

Legitimacy Peace Operations and Global-Regional SecurityThe African Union-United Nations Partnership in Darfur At the turn of the century the regional-global security partnership became a key element of peace and security policy-making. This book investigates the impact of the joint effort made by the African Union (AU) and the United Nations (UN) to keep the peace and protect civilians in Darfur. This book focuses on the collaboration that takes place in the field of conflict management between the global centre and the African regional level. It moves beyond the dominant framework on regional-global security partnerships which mainly considers one-sided legal and political factors. Instead new perspectives on the relationships are presented through the lens of international legitimacy. The book argues that the AU and the UN Security Council fight for legitimacy to ensure their positions of authority and to improve the chances of success of their activities. It demonstrates in regard to the case of Darfur why and how legitimacy matters for states international organisations and also for global actors and local populations. Legitimacy Peace Operations and Global-Regional Security will be of interest to students and scholars of International Relations African Security and Global Governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819894

Legitimacy and Compliance in Criminal Justice Questions of legitimacy and issues of compliance lie at the heart of criminal justice systems and policies. Recent years have seen greater recognition and awareness of the essential role of legitimacy trust and public confidence in underpinning the effectiveness of criminal justice practices and institutions. As such experiences and perceptions of legitimacy have direct implications for compliance whilst securing public compliance remains a pivotal challenge for systems of crime control. Exploring the hitherto neglected links between legitimacy and compliance raises crucial questions about the effectiveness of criminal justice and point to ways in which both elements might be enhanced. This book brings together leading international scholars to consider a number of connected themes relating to compliance legitimacy and trust in different areas of criminal justice and social regulation. It presents an inter-disciplinary dialogue and debate that combines insights from criminology psychology and socio-legal studies drawing together conceptual analysis with empirical research findings in relation to policing anti-social behaviour interventions community penalties electronic monitoring imprisonment and tax avoidance. In so doing the book presents advances in theory and conceptual understandings of compliance and legitimacy within systems of crime control. The contributors highlight the importance of normative and social dimensions to compliance as well as the constructive role played by experiences of procedural fairness and legitimacy in systems of justice. This cutting-edge collection of essays will be invaluable reading for all those interested in thinking critically about the future of criminal justice policies and practices including academics researchers and criminal justice practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671569

Legitimacy and DronesInvestigating the Legality Morality and Efficacy of UCAVs Unmanned combat air vehicles or in common parlance 'drones' have become a prominent instrument in US efforts to counter an objective (and subjective) cross-border terrorist threat with lethal force. As a result critical questions abound on the legitimacy of their use. In a series of multidisciplinary essays by scholars with an extensive knowledge of international norms this book explores the question of legitimacy through the conceptual lenses of legality morality and efficacy it then closes with the consideration of a policy proposal aimed at incorporating all three indispensable elements. The importance of this inquiry cannot be overstated. Non-state actors fully understand that attacking the much more powerful state requires moving the conflict away from the traditional battlefield where they are at an enormous disadvantage. Those engaging in terrorism seek to goad the ruling government into an overreaction or abuse of power to trigger a destabilization via an erosion of its legitimacy. Thus defending the target of legitimacy”in this case insuring the use of deadly force is constrained by valid limiting principles”represents an essential strategic interest. This book seeks to come to grips with the new reality of drone warfare by exploring if it can be used to preserve rather than eat away at legitimacy. After an extensive analysis of the three key parameters in twelve chapters the practical proposition of establishing a 'Drone Court' is put forward and examined as a way of pursuing the goal of integrating these essential components to defend the citizenry and the legitimacy of the government at the same time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086937

Legitimacy and Force: State Papers and Current PerspectivesVolume 1: Political and Moral Dimensions Legitimacy and Force Volumes One and Two are the state papers of Jeane J. Kirkpatrick as the United States Permanent Representative to the United Nations. The volumes feature all of the ambassador's UN and congressional testimonies addresses speeches and statements and a broad selection of speeches on international affairs and human rights. Together they present a lucid and comprehensive account of the position of one of America's most controversial UN representatives.Volume One is oriented around themes of democratic societies and undemocratic systems human rights and political obligations. Kirkpatrick examines the nature and legitimacy of democracy and the illegitimate nature of undemocratic nations. She also offers poignant commentary on the presidential election of 1980 and what the "Reagan phenomenon" has meant to the United States and the West.Volume Two offers Kirkpatrick's formal remarks on nations and nation-building. She focuses on Grenada Poland Afghanistan Nicaragua and the Soviet Union. She provides a particularly trenchant analysis of Israel: the Camp David accords the assault on Israel inside the United Nations and on the Middle East in general. Essential reading for everyone interested in the policymaking arena these volumes exemplify Kirkpatrick's articulate conceptual underpinning of present-day American foreign policy.These volumes far from the usual government position papers range widely and personally over the major international issues of our times. They are amplified in essays and articles written by Dr. Kirkpatrick for special occasions not related to specific UN work. In addition the volumes contain crucial papers that were written after her resignation from the UN ambassadorship-and hence reflect Kirkpatrick's current interests and persuasions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317962

Legitimacy and Revolution in a Society of MassesMax Weber Antonio Gramsci and the Fin-de-Sicle Debate on Social Order Questions surrounding the concept of legitimacy the force that keeps a polity together and whose absence causes it to shatter are possibly the most important concern of a study of politics. M. F. N. Giglioli examines the shift to a distinctly modern understanding of the concept in Continental Europe following the crisis of liberal rationalism in the late nineteenth century and the search for new ways of envisaging the determinants of collective action into the twentieth century.The author examines certain aspects of the intellectual and political background of early twentieth-century theories of legitimacy elaborated by Max Weber and Antonio Gramsci. These theories are interpreted as the outcome of a contested process of redefinition of the concept itself prompted by the social and political circumstances of the late nineteenth century such as economic modernization and the attempt to incorporate the working class into the political system.This is the first book in a generation to offer a general reassessment of issues of legitimacy in political thought at the turn of the twentieth century. It examines the development of the concept in France Italy and Germany during the half-century or so following the Paris Commune. It discusses six key critics of classical Victorian liberalism on the revolutionary Left and the conservative Right. The political position and biography of each is a central focus of the study as the culture of the age was decisively shaped by reflection on the social role of intellectuals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511637

Legitimacy and the European Union Most of the contemporary debates about the European Union - about its role its institutional arrangements its development dynamic its expansion and possible futures - revolve around the issue of political legitimacy. Legitimacy and the European Union addresses the fundamental issues at the heart of the debates on Europe and examines such key questions as:- -What is the scope of the EU's authority -Is there a legitimacy deficit? If so how much does it matter -Does political legitimacy only reside in the nation state?   Using a multi-dimensional conception of political legitimacy the text analyses the character and problems of the European Union's authority in respect of democracy political identity and governmental performance. Its distinctive claim is that political legitimacy can now only be understood as a process of interaction between the state and EU levels and that this interaction impacts differentially on different member states. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315840949

Legitimacy and the Politics of the Knowable (RLE Social Theory) Roger Holme's work in social and industrial psychology is widely respected. The theme of this first collection of his essays is the relationship of the individual with the formal value-laden group on the one hand and the scientifically known and the philosophically asserted on the other. Roger Holmes looks at the connexions between these two important relationships and considers them in terms of the interaction between the nature of society and the nature of the knowable. The areas covered include the derivation of social classes the nature of morale and the emergence of the professions and the trade unions. Subjects relating to the theory of knowledge include the nature of cross-cultural data the relationship between empiricism and psychoanalysis and Marxism and the nature of groups. The author's main theoretical influences throughout have been psychoanalysis which is treated sympathetically but critically and Piaget; these influences are reflected in the main preoccupations of these essays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979703

Legitimacy and the Use of Armed ForceStability Missions in the Post-Cold War Era This book examines the concept of legitimacy as it may be used to explain the success or failure of key stability operations since the end of the Cold War. In the success of stability operations legitimacy is key. In order to achieve success the intervening force must create a sense of legitimacy of the mission among the various constituencies concerned with and involved in the venture. These parties include the people of the host nation the host government (whose relations with the local people must be legitimate) political elites and the general public worldwide—including the intervening parties’ own domestic constituencies who will sustain (or not sustain) the intervention by offering (or withdrawing) support. This book seeks to bring into close scrutiny the legitimacy of stability interventions in the post-Cold War era by proposing a concept that captures both the multi-faceted nature of legitimacy and the process of legitimation that takes place in each case. Case studies on Liberia Bosnia Somalia Rwanda Afghanistan and Iraq explain how legitimacy related to the outcome of these operations. This book will be of much interest to students of stability operations counterinsurgency peace operations humanitarian intervention  and IR/security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510035

Legitimacy and Trust in Criminal Law Policy and JusticeNorms Procedures Outcomes Whereas previous studies of legitimacy and trust have mostly dealt with procedural justice and the police this book focuses on other crucial understudied aspects of legitimacy within criminal law policy and criminal justice. The chapters expand and develop current criminological legal and socio-legal research by addressing conceptions of legitimacy linked to criminal law norms criminalisation and sanctioning; by examining EU legal and policy aspects of the phenomenon; and by exploring some specific court-related issues of legitimacy and trust hitherto neglected. With contributions from across the EU this interdisciplinary collection presents a valuable discussion on the importance of trust in legal institutions of modern democracies and suggests ideas for future research in this area to challenge ways of thinking about legitimacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270596

Legitimacy Beyond the StateNormative and Conceptual Questions This volume addresses the normative legitimacy of the international order asking how we can make sense of legitimacy claims of increasingly diverse global governance institutions and practices and how their legitimacy relates to and differs from state legitimacy. State legitimacy is a central concern of modern political thought but is inadequate when applied to institutions that differ from the state in type level of governance scope and much else. We need a new tailored approach to the legitimacy of institutions beyond the state especially international and transnational institutions. Such an approach includes foundational questions: what does it mean for institutions to be legitimate that have radically different purposes means interests capacities constituents and roles from states? And what standards do such institutions have to meet in order to count as legitimate? The contributions to this volume seek to advance the debate on these questions at both abstract and more concrete levels. They range from conceptual questions about the nature of legitimacy and international institutions to rule of law to the legitimacy of the UN Security Council the International Criminal Court and occupying military forces in the face of challenges specific to their nature and context. Together they demonstrate both the promise and challenges of theorizing legitimacy beyond the state. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367694975

Legitimacy in PeacebuildingRethinking Civil Society Involvement in Peace Negotiations The book offers a critical analysis of legitimacy in peacebuilding with a focus on peace negotiations and civil society participation in particular. The aim of this book is to unpack the meaning of legitimacy for the population in peacebuilding processes and the relationship this has with civil society involvement. There is a growing consensus for addressing local concerns in peacebuilding with the aim of ensuring local ownership. Moreover scholars have noted a relationship between civil society inclusion in peace negotiations and legitimacy. Yet the very idea of legitimacy remains a black box. Using data from original empirical fieldwork – including over 100 semi-structured interviews and 12 focus group discussions – the book focuses on two case studies of negotiations that respectively ended a long civil war in Liberia in 2003 and ended the post-election violence in Kenya in 2008. It argues that civil society involvement is conceptually insufficient to show a multidimensional understanding of legitimacy. Instead the book shows a complex picture of legitimate peace negotiations based on outcome and participation-based characteristics with the involvement of both ‘guarantors’ of legitimacy and a more general civic agency which includes the general population. Through forms of participative communication the passive audience become active stakeholders in the construction of legitimacy. This has repercussions for how we think about civil society and peacebuilding more generally. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685376

Legitimating TelevisionMedia Convergence and Cultural Status Legitimating Television: Media Convergence and Cultural Status explores how and why television is gaining a new level of cultural respectability in the 21st century. Once looked down upon as a "plug-in drug" offering little redeeming social or artistic value television is now said to be in a creative renaissance with critics hailing the rise of Quality series such as Mad Men and 30 Rock. Likewise DVDs and DVRs web video HDTV and mobile devices have shifted the longstanding conception of television as a household appliance toward a new understanding of TV as a sophisticated high-tech gadget. Newman and Levine argue that television’s growing prestige emerges alongside the convergence of media at technological industrial and experiential levels. Television is permitted to rise in respectability once it is connected to more highly valued media and audiences. Legitimation works by denigrating "ordinary" television associated with the past distancing the television of the present from the feminized and mass audiences assumed to be inherent to the "old" TV. It is no coincidence that the most validated programming and technologies of the convergence era are associated with a more privileged viewership. The legitimation of television articulates the medium with the masculine over the feminine the elite over the mass reinforcing cultural hierarchies that have long perpetuated inequalities of gender and class. Legitimating Television urges readers to move beyond the question of taste—whether TV is "good" or "bad"—and to focus instead on the cultural political and economic issues at stake in television’s transformation in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415880268

Legitimating the Chinese Communist Party Since TiananmenA Critical Analysis of the Stability Discourse The dominant view concerning the rule of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is that it is simply a matter of time before it comes to an end. This view has been dominant since the pro-democracy protests in 1989 and has only been strengthened by the increasing number of protests in recent years. However the Chinese Communist Party has continued to remain in power throughout this period and its rule appears to be secure in the short-to medium-term. As the twentieth anniversary of the military suppression of the pro-democracy demonstrations approaches this book explains how the Chinese Communist Party has maintained its authority since 1989. It provides a detailed analysis of the Party’s discourse emphasising stability in the post-Tiananmen period analysing the government’s propaganda in order to show how this discourse has been used by the Party to legitimate its authority. The interdisciplinary nature of this book makes it relevant to a number of different academic disciplines including Asian studies China studies international relations politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844643

Legitimation And Integration In Developing SocietiesThe Case Of India This book focuses on general theoretical considerations important for the analysis of political legitimation and integration in diverse societies. It suggests a model of society in which conflicts are accentuated for integrative purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170011

Legitimization in World Society Emerging traits of late global modernity such as transnationalism multiculturalism individualization and supranational contexts of action raise the question of what holds society together. Responses have typically made reference to legitimization but the modern world presents challenges to such responses for in such a differentiated globalized setting legitimization can no longer appeal to the previous national ideological or religious foundations of early modernity. From a variety of theoretical and empirical perspectives this book explores the manner in which legitimization can be constructed by people groups or institutions under the contemporary pressures and possibilities of modern world society. Drawing on cosmopolitan theory postcolonial sociology systems theory and historical sociology it engages with questions of human rights processes of individualization and the constitution of transnational spaces in its examination of the challenges to legitimization. As such it will be of interest to scholars of sociology political science and social and legal theory concerned with questions of globalization and the problems of social cohesion and legitimacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279087

Legitimizing Human RightsSecular and Religious Perspectives When does the exercise of an interest constitute a human right? The contributors to Menuge’s edited collection offer a range of secular and religious responses to this fundamental question of the legitimacy of human rights claims. The first section evaluates the plausibility of natural and transcendent foundations for human rights. A further section explores the nature of religious freedom and the vexed question of its proper limits as it arises in the US European and global contexts. The final section explores the pragmatic justification of human rights: how do we motivate the recognition and enforcement of human rights in the real world? This topical book should be of interest to a range of academics from disciplines spanning law philosophy religion and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601508

LEGO StudiesExamining the Building Blocks of a Transmedial Phenomenon Since the "Automatic Binding Bricks" that LEGO produced in 1949 and the LEGO "System of Play" that began with the release of Town Plan No. 1 (1955) LEGO bricks have gone on to become a global phenomenon and the favorite building toy of children as well as many an AFOL (Adult Fan of LEGO). LEGO has also become a medium into which a wide number of media franchises including Star Wars Harry Potter Pirates of the Caribbean Batman Superman Lord of the Rings and others have adapted their characters vehicles props and settings. The LEGO Group itself has become a multimedia empire including LEGO books movies television shows video games board games comic books theme parks magazines and even MMORPGs. LEGO Studies: Examining the Building Blocks of a Transmedial Phenomenon is the first collection to examine LEGO as both a medium into which other franchises can be adapted and a transmedial franchise of its own. Although each essay looks at a particular aspect of the LEGO phenomenon topics such as adaptation representation paratexts franchises and interactivity intersect throughout these essays proposing that the study of LEGO as a medium and a media empire is a rich vein barely touched upon in Media Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722919

Legume Based Fermented Foods This book provides a comprehensive review of published data on the production of various legume-based fermented foods and critically examines their nutritional quality. The book consists of 14 chapters where the preparation composition nutritional quality and food safety of individual legume-based fermented foods are discussed in detail. This treatise on legume-based fermented foods will be helpful to food scientists and nutritionists in improving the nutritional quality organoleptic quality and safety of these foods. It will also serve as an important reference book for scientists and technologists involved in fermented foods research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894904

Legume Crop Genomics Demonstrating the quantum leap genomics represents in technology this book documents the initial research strategies the development of genomic tools and resources and the legume-community consensus on the research objectives that will guide the genomic characterization of major legume crops. The book presents this technical theme in a manner that helps readers answer the question "What is genomics?" And finally this book helps readers formulate an opinion on the question "Why is genomic research needed?" The application of this technology in legume crop enhancement will ensure that U.S. agriculture remains competitive in domestic and global markets for legumes and legume crop products. Media > Books > E-books AOCS Publishing 9780429103933

Leibniz Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646–1716) was hailed by Bertrand Russell as ‘one of the supreme intellects of all time’. A towering figure in seventeenth-century philosophy he was the author of a complex system of thought that has been championed and satirized in equal measure most famously in Voltaire’s Candide. In this outstanding introduction to his philosophy Nicholas Jolley examines and assesses the whole of Leibniz’s philosophy. Beginning with an account of Leibniz’s life and work he carefully explains the core elements of Leibniz’s metaphysics: his theories of substance identity and individuation; his doctrine of monads; and his important debate over the nature of space and time with Newton’s champion Samuel Clarke. He then introduces Leibniz’s theories of mind knowledge and innate ideas showing how Leibniz anticipated the distinction between conscious and unconscious states before examining his doctrine of free will and his solution to the problem of evil. An important feature of the book is its survey of Leibniz’s moral and political philosophy an overlooked aspect of his work. The final chapter assesses Leibniz’s legacy and the impact of his philosophy on philosophy as a whole particularly on the work of Immanuel Kant. Throughout Jolley places Leibniz in relation to some of the other great philosophers such as Descartes Spinoza and Locke and discusses Leibniz’s key works such as the Monadology and Discourse on Metaphysics. This second edition has been revised throughout and includes a new chapter on Leibniz and philosophy of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391345

Leibniz AlgebrasStructure and Classification Leibniz Algebras: Structure and Classification is designed to introduce the reader to the theory of Leibniz algebras. Leibniz algebra is the generalization of Lie algebras. These algebras preserve a unique property of Lie algebras that the right multiplication operators are derivations. They first appeared in papers of A.M Blokh in the 1960s under the name D-algebras emphasizing their close relationship with derivations. The theory of D-algebras did not get as thorough an examination as it deserved immediately after its introduction. Later the same algebras were introduced in 1993 by Jean-Louis Loday who called them Leibniz algebras due to the identity they satisfy. The main motivation for the introduction of Leibniz algebras was to study the periodicity phenomena in algebraic K-theory. Nowadays the theory of Leibniz algebras is one of the more actively developing areas of modern algebra. Along with (co)homological structural and classification results on Leibniz algebras some papers with various applications of the Leibniz algebras also appear now.  However the focus of this book is mainly on the classification problems of Leibniz algebras. Particularly the authors propose a method of classification of a subclass of Leibniz algebras based on algebraic invariants. The method is applicable in the Lie algebras case as well. Features: Provides a systematic exposition of the theory of Leibniz algebras and recent results on Leibniz algebras Suitable for final year bachelor's students master's students and PhD students going into research in the structural theory of finite-dimensional algebras particularly Lie and Leibniz algebras Covers important and more general parts of the structural theory of Leibniz algebras that are not addressed in other texts Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367354817

Leibniz and the Environment The work of seventeenth-century polymath Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz has proved inspirational to philosophers and scientists alike. In this thought-provoking book Pauline Phemister explores the ecological potential of Leibniz’s dynamic pluralist panpsychist metaphysical system. She argues that Leibniz’s philosophy has a renewed relevance in the twenty-first century particularly in relation to the environmental change and crises that threaten human and non-human life on earth. Drawing on Leibniz’s theory of soul-like interconnected metaphysical entities he termed 'monads' Phemister explains how an individual’s true good is inextricably linked to the good of all. Phemister also finds in Leibniz’s works the rudiments of a theory of empathy and strategies for strengthening human feelings of compassion towards all living things. Leibniz and the Environment is essential reading for historians of philosophy and environmental philosophers and will also be of interest to anyone seeking a metaphysical perspective from which to pursue environmental action and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580824

Leibniz' Doctrine of Necessary Truth Originally published in 1990. This study was first written in 1965 when interest in Leibniz was intensifying. The book looks in detail at the doctrine of necessity – that necessary truths are those derivable from the principle of identity by the substitution of definitions. It first considers views of philosophic predecessors relating Leibniz’ doctrine to Aristotle and Hobbes among others. The second section examines the conflict between his reductionistic and formalistic views and the opposing intuitionism and anti-reductionism of Descartes and Locke. The author critically examines the theory of necessity including Leibniz’s arguments against the views of Hobbes and Locke concluding with distinctions between necessary and contingent truths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334642

Leibniz on Freedom and Determinism in Relation to Aquinas and Molina First published in 1999 this volume considers the 17th century philosopher Leibniz and his views on Freedom and Determinism aiming to show that his solution is in many respects superior to those of Aquinias and Molina. The author thoroughly explores Leibniz in the light of Aquinas and Molina first examining their positions on freedom and determinism followed by Leibniz on freedom contingency and determinism the denial of freedom of pure indifference freedom and divine foreknowledge and major interpretations of his philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335097

Leibniz’s Legacy and Impact This volume tells the story of the legacy and impact of the great German polymath Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646-1716). Leibniz made significant contributions to many areas including philosophy mathematics political and social theory theology and various sciences. The essays in this volume explores the effects of Leibniz’s profound insights on subsequent generations of thinkers by tracing the ways in which his ideas have been defended and developed in the three centuries since his death. Each of the 11 essays is concerned with Leibniz’s legacy and impact in a particular area and between them they show not just the depth of Leibniz’s talents but also the extent to which he shaped the various domains to which he contributed and in some cases continues to shape them today. With essays written by experts such as Nicholas Jolley Pauline Phemister and Philip Beeley this volume is essential reading not just for students of Leibniz but also for those who wish to understand the game-changing impact made by one of history’s true universal geniuses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102620

Leigh Hunt and the London Literary SceneA Reception History of his Major Works 1805-1828 Leigh Hunt’s contributions to English literature although downplayed for several decades are now acknowledged by scholars as key to our understanding of the Romantic period. He was not only a facilitator - in his support for the poetry of Shelley and Keats for example - but was also a major contributor in his own right to the literary and political world of the nineteenth century. Underscoring the literary innovations in his writing during the first three decades of the nineteenth century this text focuses on the selected works that complement the current view of Hunt as a Romantic writer and show the independence in his critical approach and use of poetic language. With an episodic chronological approach this is an important reassessment of Hunt’s substantial contributions to several different genres  providing a fascinating account of the significant impact of his works on audiences during the Romantic period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860024

Leigh HuntLife Poetics Politics Recent critical and scholarly interest in John Keats has encouraged a resurgence of interest in his friend and mentor the poet and journalist Leigh Hunt. This timely collection of essays by leading British and North America romanticists explores Hunt's life writings and cultural significance over the full length of his career arguing for the recognition of Hunt's importance to British intellectual and literary culture in the Romantic period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754095

LeishmaniasisBiology Control and New Approaches for Its Treatment This new volume provides exhaustive knowledge on a wide range of natural products and holistic concepts that have provided promising in the treatment of leishmaniasis. Including the major natural therapies as well as traditional formulations over 300 medicinal plants and 150 isolated compounds that are reported to have beneficial results in the treatment of the disease are explored in this comprehensive work. This book also acts as an important resource on various anti-inflammatory plants used to treat various inflammatory conditions of the disease. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771884198

Leisure Culture and the Olympic Games This edited collection contains six refreshing critical assessments of the leisure-sport relationship from societies that have staged the Olympic and Paralympic Games and contains valuable information for those who live in societies that aspire to host the Games. The collection begins and ends with discussions of the Olympic Games as a platform for protest. The first and last chapters consider the changing political relationships from 1968 in Mexico City when one of the most politically-charged gestures ever made by athletes took place and the campaigns surrounding the ethical responsibilities of those hosting the Olympics in London in 2012. Other chapters consider the sociocultural legacy of the Seoul Olympics assess the likely regeneration legacies of the London 2012 Games examine the relationship between hosting societies and indigenous cultures and analyse the effectiveness and appeal of Olympic mascots. This collection provides not just insight into the past and present effects of the Olympic and Paralympic Games but also offers readers the opportunity to reflect upon and consider the impact of these sports mega-events on their everyday lives. This book was published as a special issue of Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415826884

Leisure Lifestyle and the New Middle ClassA Case Study In this valuable study conducted within the theoretical context associated with the work of Pierre Bourdieu Derek Wynne looks at how the 'new middle class' of the late twentieth century goes about constructing and defending its social identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879904

Leisure Activities in ContextA Micro-Macro/Agency-Structure Interpretation of Leisure There have been many analyses of leisure drawing on the social historical cultural temporal and geographical contexts in which acts of leisure are pursued. Yet these studies lack a theoretical framework that can explain how leisure studies interact in various social contexts (cultural temporal or geographical) or as Robert A. Stebbins conceptualizes it at levels of society.  Here Stebbins explores leisure studies at society's micro meso and macro levels. He considers all three as they manifest themselves in the everyday pursuit of leisure while focusing on the heretofore neglected middle which he calls the meso side of life. Stebbins not only draws these perspectives together but does something no one else has: he focuses on the big picture of leisure.  Leisure Activities in Context examines the entire micro-macro/agency-structure dimension using theory and research from leisure studies and the sociology of leisure as the vehicles to accomplish this. This book will be a useful theoretical sourcebook on the study of leisure because it provides a blueprint of issues that scholars and students can use to draw deeper meaning from their own studies and a framework for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511644

Leisure and Class in Victorian EnglandRational recreation and the contest for control 1830-1885 First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870748

Leisure and Cultural Change in Israeli Society Providing an inclusive yet multi- layered perspective on leisure cultures in dynamic hegemonic subcultural and countercultural communities this volume investigates the disciplinary and interdisciplinary aspects of leisure studies in the age of mass migration nationalism cultural wars and conflicted societies in Israel.Israeli society has struggled with complicated geopolitical intercultural economic and security conditions since the establishment of the State of Israel. Consequently the emergent leisure cultures in Israel are vibrant diversified exuberant and multifaceted oscillating between Western and Middle Eastern tendencies. The chapters in this edited volume reflect dramatic influences of globalization on Israeli traditions on one hand and emergent local practices that reflect a communal quest of originality and authenticity on the other hand. This book opens up a critical perspective on the tension between contested leisure cultures that are interconnected with spatial and temporal changes and interchanges.Examining leisure as a part of social interethnic physical gendered and sexual changes the volume is a key text for scholars and students interested in leisure culture Israeli society education cultural and media studies and the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367818937

Leisure and Food Leisure and food seem to be a natural fit but the recent unprecedented focus on all aspects of food has not been reflected in the field of leisure studies. This book is the first to combine these vital aspects of human interest by exploring the interface between leisure and food in a number of areas. For example it examines sports nutrition products which straddle the boundary between junk and food. It also looks into hosting sustainable meals and what eaters can learn about sustainable food choices and food citizenship. It visits ethnic restaurants and inquires about the authenticity of eatertainment experiences from both the supply and demand side. And it takes up gardening while investigating questions of food security social capital gardening narratives and the role of place. The book concludes with a dynamic reflection that sums up these leisure and food practices and sites and challenges us to continue these debates. This book was published as a special issue of Leisure/Loisir. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082809

Leisure and Power in Urban ChinaEveryday life in a Chinese city Leisure and Power in Urban China is the first comprehensive study of leisure activities in a medium size Chinese city. Hitherto studies of Chinese leisure have focused on holidays festivals and tourism. This however is a study of the kinds of leisure that take place on regular workdays in a local environment of Quanzhou city. In doing so Leisure and Power introduces leisure studies to China studies and data from China to the field of Leisure studies. Based on interviews with people from all walks of life and case studies from bookshops internet bars Karaoke parlours streets and public squares Rolandsen brings to attention the importance of fun and socializing in the lives of Chinese urbanites. Central to the study is the contrast between popular practices and official discourse. Rolandsen provides in-depth analyses of the moralist "PRC leisure ethic" so characteristic of official Chinese publications and news media. Using examples from everyday life as a contrast this study demonstrates that official propaganda has but little influence on how Chinese individuals lead their lives. Taking leisure as a point of departure this book describes the new kinds of interaction between the local party-state and the population it seeks to govern. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese Studies Leisure Studies Urban Studies and Asian Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016934

Leisure and Sustainability This book gives voice to a group of leisure scholars who are engaged in conversations about sustainability. Beginning with discussions on the relationship between leisure and sustainability and how these concepts are addressed in current literature a case is made for continued investigation of how leisure and sustainability need to be better understood; and viewed as integrally linked.The book discusses issues related to environmental sustainability; how at the local level leisure is considered as a solution to a range of social environmental and economic issues; and the value of leisure as an asset for addressing several social sustainability challenges.This book was originally published as a special issue of Leisure/Loisir: Journal of the Canadian Association for Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585624

Leisure and the Changing City 1870 - 1914 (Routledge Revivals) By the late nineteenth century the city had become the dominant social environment of Britain with the majority of the population living in large cities often with over 100 000 inhabitants. The central concern of this book first published in 1976 is to assess how successful the late Victorians were in creating a stimulating social environment whilst these developing cities were being transformed into modern industrial and commercial centres. Using Bristol as a case study Helen Meller analyses the new relationships brought about by mass urbanisation between city and citizen environment and society. The book considers a variety of important features of the Victorian city in particular the development of the main cultural institutions the provision of leisure facilities by voluntary societies and the expansion of activities such as music sport and commercial entertainment. Comparative examples are drawn from other cities which illustrate the common social and cultural values of an urbanised nation. This is a very interesting title of great relevance to students and academics of town planning and the history and development of the modern city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415842167

Leisure and the Family Life Cycle This volume first published in 1975 with a new introduction by Ziona Strelitz marked a pioneering contribution to family and leisure studies. The study includes empirical material collected in the form of biographical case studies. The case studies are not only rich in detail and well presented but they provide a meaning of leisure within the pattern of life of the individuals studied. This book will be of great interest to students of leisure and family studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140755

Leisure and the Future First published in 1987. In the context of the debate about the changing structure of modem economies the growth of leisure and the place of work and leisure in society this book reviews the ‘state of the art’ of leisure forecasting and the study of leisure futures. It traces man's concern with future leisure from classical and utopian writings to science fiction and ‘futurology’. Contemporary issues such as attitudes towards work and leisure the ‘work ethic’ education for leisure and measures to share scarce jobs and increase leisure time are discussed in an objective and comprehensive manner. The more technical approaches to leisure forecasting are presented in an accessible and readable form. This book will be of value to students of leisure studies recreation studies and public policy to policy makers and planners working in the field and to all those who have an interest in understanding what is happening to leisure and work in our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137380

Leisure and the Politics of the Environment Within leisure studies there is a growing awareness and intensifying conscience about the potential environmental threat posed by the continued and unmanaged economic growth and development of sport tourism and leisure. This collection brings together explicit discussions from a range of fields including environmental geography consumer research sociology and politics of the increasing relevance and complexities of environmental politics in leisure studies. It provides a snapshot into the wide-ranging debates on the politics of the environment and leisure/sport/tourism and serves as a starting point for further dialogue between leisure studies scholars and those in other disciplines where many of environmental debates have been advanced. The volume will be of great value to scholars and practitioners in the areas of leisure studies conservation and local politics. This book was published as a special issue of Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377417

Leisure and Tourism LandscapesSocial and Cultural Geographies Increasingly significant as mediators of spatial identity and meaning leisure tourism culture and heritage are only now beginning to be located within the rapidly evolving discourses of poststructuralist geographies. Exploring the influence of leisure and tourism on the production representation and consumption of landscape the first half of this important book focuses on different ways of ‘seeing’ or representing landscape whereas the second half examines different forms of productive consumption in leisure and tourism. Both symbolic and material spaces of leisure and tourism are also examined in relation to urban and rural landscapes heritage landscapes gendered landscapes and landscapes of sexuality and desire. With a multidisciplinary approach and a strong theoretical content which builds on poststructuralist theories this is undoubtedly an important addition to literature in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754900

Leisure and Urban ProcessesCritical Studies of Leisure Policy in Western European Cities First published in 1989. Focusing on leisure and policy in West European cities this interdisciplinary study is written by leading policy analysts and academics from six European Community states: Belgium France Greece Italy the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. The emergence of leisure as a significant area of public policy in both developed and developing economies has been recognised only relatively recently and this book was the first to deal with urban leisure policy in a European context. Common themes in this study include the use of tourism as a strategic tool for the economic regeneration of cities leisure as a vehicle of community development and of social integration and the role of leisure in the development of socialist municipal policy programmes. This book should be of interest to policy makers in local government lecturers and students of development tourism economics and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138048218

Leisure CommunitiesRethinking Mutuality Collective Identity and Belonging in the New Century This book analyses the concept of community by critically exploring its many manifestations in leisure.  It unpacks patterns of mutuality collective expression and belonging as they emerge through interaction shared narrative and practice. Recognizing that our experiences of “being in common” and “being in leisure” require rethinking in a changed modernity the book illustrates the myriad ways that leisure communities take form and shape in the current economic political and ideological moment. It highlights how changing societal expectations economic conditions technological innovations and ideological shifts set the stage for a reformulation of social relations and emergence of new leisure-based social groupings. The authors question how to make sense of new social expressions at times offering unexpected and completely new ways of theorizing community. Global in richness and scope the book offers a rich and composite view regarding how to take up and theorize leisure in relation to the multiple dimensions of community. It will inspire a new generation of readers in a broad range of areas across the social sciences including sociology community studies leisure studies and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423391

Leisure Education: A Cross-National View Leisure education plays a central role in both the field of leisure studies and the pursuit of leisure itself. Everywhere in the modern world the most effective use of free time for individuals comes with knowing about the many leisure activities available to them and the rewards and costs that accompany their interest in each. It is through leisure education in one form or another that they gain such knowledge. Yet as important as this educational process is its study is only beginning to take off in non-Western societies where however it cannot be assumed to be the same as in the West. This book contains several comparisons of Western and non-Western practices in leisure education. Knowing these practices contributes ultimately to a deep understanding of the nature of the huge variety of leisure activities enjoyed across the planet and of the reasons why people go in for the ones they do. This book was based on a special issue published in the World Leisure Journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377790

Leisure Identities and Interactions First published in 1983. Leisure has too often been approached as a set of activities that people do when everything important has been completed. This text provides a different analysis demonstrating the centrality of leisure to human development and to important relationships. In Leisure Identities and Interactions the author analyses leisure in the context of role changes through the life course but also as a social context in which we work out the identities that express who we really want to be. His focus is on the kinds of leisure that are both most common and most significant face-to-face encounters family interaction and episodes found in the midst of our roles and routines. Varieties of leisure styles are found to be developed out of available opportunities and in relation to cultural values but also are chosen to express and negotiate our self-definitions. Leisure is both social and existential and can best be understood in the dialectic of role expectations and decision. Kelly utilizes symbolic interaction interpretive and dramaturgical metaphors to develop a different sociology of leisure one that brings together the concepts of role and identity. Expressive identities and intimate communities are as essential to leisure as they are to life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133184

Leisure in the Industrial Revolutionc. 1780-c. 1880 First published in 1980. This book is a study of what different classes of society understood by leisure and how they enjoyed it. It argues that many of the assumptions which have underlain the history of leisure are misleading and in particular the notions that there was a vacuum in popular leisure in the early Industrial Revolution; that with industrialisation there was sharp discontinuity with the past; that cultural forms diffuse themselves only down the social scale and that leisure helped ease class distinctions. An alternative interpretation is suggested in which popular culture can be seen as an active agent as well as a victim. This title will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138638662

Leisure Marketing Divided into nine parts Leisure Marketing: a global perspective guides the reader through leisure and marketing concepts the marketing mix key issues in different sectors topical issues (such as globalisation marketing research and ethics for example branding and environmental issues) and the future of leisure marketing. A section of the book is devoted entirely to international case studies which illustrate and highlight key themes and issues raised throughout in order to facilitate learning. Example of international cases used are: Disneyland Resort Paris: The Marketing Mix Manchester United Football Club: Marketing the Brand The Growth of the Online Retail Travel Market Hilton Head Island USA: The Leisure Island for Golf and Leisure Shopping Health Leisure and Tourism Marketing including Spa Hotels Health Clubs and lake Resorts. This book combines real world experience with a solid theoretical framework. It is essential reading for anyone studying teaching or working in marketing in the leisure industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173446

Leisure/Tourism GeographiesPractices and Geographical Knowledge Leisure and Tourism Geographies considers leisure/tourism as an encounter. An encounter that exists between people between people and space and between people and their expectations experiences and desires.The contributors explore diverse aspects of leisure and tourism ranging from the methodologies behind leisure practices to detailed case studies including: *Disneyland Paris*tourism in sacred landscapes*leisure practices in cyberspace*leisure and yachting*use of recreational/holiday cottages*National Parks local parks and gardensPresenting an exciting mix of attitudes and ideas concerning leisure and tourism this book documents a lively debate placing geography at its centre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350461

Lemon and Lime LibraryAn Articulation Screen and Resource Pack This comprehensive interactive CD-ROM resource profiles the articulation ability of a client identifies areas in particular need of treatment and provides the material and tools to create tailor-made practice worksheets. This easy-to-use CD-ROM generates word lists according to the linguistic and phonetic criteria defined by the therapist. Words can also be added to the Library by the therapist allowing it to grow over time and to store a large number of words for articulation practice. Tailor-made lists of practice words and sentences as well as pictures and instructions can be designed and printed for individual clients or students. There are seven levels of articulation practice in the order of single sounds; consonant-vowel combinations; DDK rates; short words; multisyllabic words; short phrases with the target sound in one word; and longer sentences saturated with the target sound. The work includes an articulation screening test using words not in the Library to indicate the areas of greatest difficulty and to assess the generalisation of articulation skills. This versatile resource can be used with adults or children and will be invaluable to speech language therapists teachers and students of phonetics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169354

Lend-lease Loans And The Coming Of The Cold WarA Study Of The Implementation Of Foreign Policy This book examines several foreign policy decisions that contributed significantly to the coming of the Cold War: President Truman's order to cut back lend-lease to the USSR after the defeat of Germany and the termination of lend-lease to the USSR after Japan's capitulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170929

Lenin Drawing on the flood of new material to emerge from Russian and Western sources in recent years Beryl Williams focuses on Lenin's years in power and provides first-rate introduction to the life ideology and impact of one of the formative figures of the 20th-century. Within an overall chronological framework Williams examines topics such as cultural revolution foreign policy and expansion. As well as being an examination of Lenin’s life and work this is an up-to-date evaluation of recent historiographical debates and literature in the context of the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315837642

Lenin and his RivalsThe Struggle for Russia's Future 1898-1906 Originally published in 1955 this is an illuminating study of the political thought and action of the Russian intelligentsia in the decade up to and including the Revolution of 1905-6. It is based on the writings including those in the revolutionary press by which the chief figures of the main opposition parties expressed their political theory strategy and tactics and related them to the turbulent events of those years. It is also based on personal interviews with some of the survivors of these political struggles. The book is focused on the emergence starting in 1889 of the major political parties in Russia and it tells of their efforts to form a common front against Tsarism in the revolution which they confidently expected in the early years of the century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636859

Lenin and the End of Politics Originally published in 1984 this book reconsiders the effect of Lenin on the politics and culture of the 20th Century. In a detailed examination of Lenin's famous text The State and Revolution the author argues that the peculiar status of this work presents readers with major problems of interpretation and shows how a failure to identify these problems has prevented an adequate understanding of important issues in modern politics history and social theory. The book compares Lenin's 'radical utopia' with the ideas of politics offered by other theorists centrally Weber and Sartre but also writers such as Jefferson and Habermas. This original approach shows the impact of Lenin's text on political history and theory and leads to a new understanding of the connection between revolution and violence social change and authoritarianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637719

Lenin And The MensheviksThe Persecution Of Socialists Under Bolshevism This book focuses on the persecution of the Mensheviks and other Russian socialists and Anarchists whose fate was much the same. It is about the years of wars and upheavals the enforced migrations and how the Mensheviks had managed to keep a social community and a political culture in being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155483

Leninism Stalinism and the Women's Movement in Britain 1920-1939 This book offers a detailed examination of the interaction between socialism and feminism through the lens of one particular socialist organisation the Communist Party of Great Britain from its foundation in 1920 until the outbreak of the Second World War. The study of socialism and feminism in the CPGB can be divided into four major areas â€“ the party’s concept of socialism and the role of women in a future society; the party’s relationship to the feminist movement; the work of the party in relation to specific women’s issues; and how the sexual division of labour operated within the party. The author here defines and explains the socialist and feminist traditions in Britain and describes the ways in which they interacted both at the level of theory and of practice. Sources from party press and reports to interviews with party members and non-party written and oral evidence and accounts feed into this thorough chronological treatment which outlays the changes within the CPGB during the 1920s and 30s in relation to feminism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008021

LeninismVolume One Translated from the Russian in 1928 this and the second volume of the same title give an invaluable picture of what the Russian leader Joseph Stalin understood by Leninism. Building on the pamphlet Foundations of Leninism (which forms the first part of this book) the work presents a unified and complete work on the problems of Leninism and socialist construction as they were manifested in the 1920s as well as discussion of the October Revolution and the relationship of the USSR and the West in the years following the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700468

LeninismVolume Two Translated from the Russian in 1933 this and the first volume of the same title give an invaluable picture of what the Russian leader Joseph Stalin understood by Leninism. Building on the pamphlet Foundations of Leninism (which forms the first part of this book) the work presents a unified and complete work on the problems of Leninism and socialist construction as they were manifested in the 1920s as well as discussion of the October Revolution and the relationship of the USSR and the West in the years following the First World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712645

Lenin's RevolutionRussia 1917-1921 This study examines one of the key events in history the Russian Revolution. Since the late Gorbachev period a wealth of new material has become available to historians that has triggered intense scholarly debate on the nature of revolution. This timely new book takes account of the new scholarship including - for example - the role of Lenin. It is argued that the intial flexibility of Lenin and the Bolshevik party allowed them to take power but that the conduct of both changed considerably once they were obliged to take steps to maintain their authority. This book charts the Febuary Revolution the October Revolution the Civil War and the main individuals involved giving a remarkable degree of clarity to the tumultuous events in Russia whose consequences the world lived with for the rest of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425262

Lenin's TerrorThe Ideological Origins of Early Soviet State Violence This book explores the development of Lenin’s thinking on violence throughout his career from the last years of the Tsarist regime in Russia through to the 1920s and the New Economic Policy and provides an important assessment of the significance of ideological factors for understanding Soviet state violence as directed by the Bolshevik leadership during its first years in power. It highlights the impact of the First World War in particular its place in Bolshevik discourse as a source of legitimating Soviet state violence after 1917 and explains the evolution of Bolshevik dictatorship over the half decade during which Lenin led the revolutionary state. It examines the militant nature of the Leninist worldview Lenin’s conception of the revolutionary state the evolution of his understanding of "dictatorship of the proletariat" and his version of "just war". The book argues that ideology can be considered primarily important for understanding the violent and dictatorial nature of the early Soviet state at least when focused on the party elite but it is also clear that ideology cannot be understood in a contextual vacuum. The oppressive nature of Tsarist rule the bloodiness of the First World War and the vulnerability of the early Soviet state as it struggled to survive against foreign and domestic opponents were of crucial significance. The book sets Lenin’s thinking on violence within the wider context of a violent world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815681

LeninThe Compulsive Revolutionary Originally published in the UK in 1966 this was the first biography of Lenin which tied together extensive material unearthed in WWII and it illuminates the complex personality and explains the riddle of Lenin's seemingly impossible rise to power. Using primary sources such as previously inacessible documents from the German Austrian and Japanese foreign offices and the vast holdings of the Hoover Institution the book cuts through many comtemporaneous myths in Communist sources. The volume is a landmark in the study of the birth of Soviet Communism and its revolutionary enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637894

Lenition and ContrastThe Functional Consequences of Certain Phonetically Conditioned Sound Changes This book analyzes 153 languages from a large variety of families to establish a previously unexplored relationship between phonetically conditioned sound changes such as lenitions and functional (meaning maintenance related) considerations. Carefully collecting numerous inventories of consonants this collection is likely to become an important resource for future linguistics research. By distinguishing between phonetic and phonological neutralization and showing that the first does not necessarily result in the second Naomi Gurevich uncovers previously unexplored and often surprising trends in the relationship between phonetics and phonology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865142

Lennette's Laboratory Diagnosis of Viral Infections Written from the perspective of the diagnostician this bestselling book is the definitive text on the laboratory diagnosis of human viral diseases. It contains a wealth of illustrations tables and algorithms to enhance your understanding of this ever-evolving field. The book is a ready reference for virologists microbiologists epidemiologists Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429142222

Lennox Berkeley: A Source Book This title was first published in 2000:  This source book on Lennox Berkeley one of the most important figures in English music in the 20th century provides a detailed reference for all those interested in his life and music. It is the result of Stewart Cragg's research over 15 years. Included is a chronology of Berkeley's life and work a catalogue of works bibliographical descriptions of original manuscripts and printed first editions a discography and a bibliography. The foreword has been written by the composer's eldest son Michael. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138708051

Lens Design There is no shortage of lens optimization software on the market to deal with today's complex optical systems for all sorts of custom and standardized applications. But all of these software packages share one critical flaw: you still have to design a starting solution. Continuing the bestselling tradition of the author's previous books Lens Design Fourth Edition is still the most complete and reliable guide for detailed design information and procedures for a wide range of optical systems.Milton Laikin draws on his varied and extensive experience ranging from innovative cinematographic and special-effects optical systems to infrared and underwater lens systems to cover a vast range of special-purpose optical systems and their detailed design and analysis. This edition has been updated to replace obsolete glass types and now includes several new designs and sections on stabilized systems the human eye spectrographic systems and diffractive systems. A new CD-ROM accompanies this edition offering extensive lens prescription data and executable ZEMAX files corresponding to figures in the text.Filled with sage advice and completely illustrated Lens Design Fourth Edition supplies hands-on guidance for the initial design and final optimization for a plethora of commercial consumer and specialized optical systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222295

Lens Design Fourth Edition There is no shortage of lens optimization software on the market to deal with today’s complex optical systems for all sorts of custom and standardized applications. But all of these software packages share one critical flaw: you still have to design a starting solution. Continuing the bestselling tradition of the author’s previous books Lens Design Fourth Edition is still the most complete and reliable guide for detailed design information and procedures for a wide range of optical systems. Milton Laikin draws on his varied and extensive experience ranging from innovative cinematographic and special-effects optical systems to infrared and underwater lens systems to cover a vast range of special-purpose optical systems and their detailed design and analysis. This edition has been updated to replace obsolete glass types and now includes several new designs and sections on stabilized systems the human eye spectrographic systems and diffractive systems. A new CD-ROM accompanies this edition offering extensive lens prescription data and executable ZEMAX files corresponding to figures in the text. Filled with sage advice and completely illustrated Lens Design Fourth Edition supplies hands-on guidance for the initial design and final optimization for a plethora of commercial consumer and specialized optical systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466517028

Lens DesignA Practical Guide A Practical Guide to Lens Design focuses on the very detailed practical process of lens design. Every step from setup specifications to finalizing the design for production is discussed in a straight forward tangible way. Design examples of several widely used modern lenses are provided. Optics basics are introduced and basic functions of Zemax are described. Zemax will be used throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498750516

LensbabyBending your perspective If you've ever wished you could learn about all of the creative possibilities the Lensbaby offers this is the book for you! Seeing subjects with a new perspective is at the heart of the Lensbaby experience and with the essential information found in this book you'll be able to take your creative exploration to the next level. Written by Lensbaby Guru Corey Hilz Lensbaby: Bending Your Perspective starts off with an overview of each lens in the Lensbaby suite. Then comes the fun stuff! Packed with tips on composition and techniques for capturing your best images you'll be immersed in the wonderful world of Lensbaby in no time. On nearly every page you'll find a full color image created by a Lensbaby expert to inspire your own shooting. You'll also find complete coverage of all of the Lensbaby accessories from the Optic Swap System to a macro kit creative aperture discs and a super wide angle lens. With this gorgeous and practical book by your side you'll never see the world in the same way again.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240825052

Lenses on ReadingAn Introduction to Theories and Models Well established in its first two editions as an ideal introduction to the major models of reading this text guides students to understand and facilitate children's literacy development. Coverage encompasses the full range of theories that have informed reading instruction and research from classical thinking to cutting-edge cognitive social learning physiological and affective perspectives. Readers learn how theory shapes instructional decision making and how to critically evaluate the assumptions and beliefs that underlie their own teaching. Pedagogical features include framing and discussion questions learning activities teacher anecdotes classroom applications and examples of research studies grounded in each approach.New to This Edition*Chapter on physiological foundations of reading development including the impact of diet sleep and exercise.*Chapter on affective/emotional perspectives such as the role of engagement and teacher-student relationships.*Additional social learning perspectives: Critical Race Theory and Multiliteracies Theory.*All chapters updated with the latest research; many new teacher anecdotes added. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530649

LensThe Low Energy Neurofeedback System A comprehensive look at this revolutionary method of neurofeedbackLENS: The Low Energy Neurofeedback System examines the research development and clinical applications of the revolutionary LENS method of brain wave feedback. This practical book provides a foundation for clinicians to learn about this groundbreaking medical advancement which has been used with a wide range of conditions. The book illustrates the results of the use of LENS in more than 100 cases as well as applications with brain-based problems in animals. LENS: The Low Energy Neurofeedback System is a comprehensive overview of the history and evolution of clinical use of this innovative approach. One of the unique features of LENS is that it can not only be used with adults and children but it can also be used with small children and more seriously disabled individuals who lack the impulse control attention or stamina to concentrate for the more extended periods of time required in traditional neurofeedback. The book presents an outcome study on 100 cases where LENS was successfully applied to a wide range of clinical symptoms as well as case studies on the use of LENS with neurodevelopmental and learning disabilities.LENS: The Low Energy Neurofeedback System details the application of LENS in the clinical treatment of: head injuries ADD/ADHD autism learning disabilities fibromyalgia anger and explosiveness depression developmental disorders anxiety insomnia epilepsy addictions and much moreLENS: The Low Energy Neurofeedback System is an essential professional resource for psychologists social workers licensed counselors and biofeedback professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136021

Leo Strauss and the Invasion of IraqEncountering the Abyss The political philosophy of Leo Strauss has been the subject of significant scholarly and media attention in recent years particularly in the context of the decision to invade Iraq in 2003. Allegations that a group of Strauss-inspired Neo-conservatives intervened in the foreign policy establishment of the US in order to realise the policy of 'regime change' began to emerge soon after the invasion and unanswered questions remain a decade later. This book addresses these claims focusing specifically on a group of Straussians active in the spheres of intelligence production think tanks and the media during the period from the 9/11 attacks to the invasion in 2003. Such an examination is intended not simply to identify and expose their activities promoting the policy of 'regime change' in Iraq during this period but also to challenge them and the Straussian logics underpinning them. Utilising the thought of Jacques Derrida the book enacts a deconstructive challenge to Strauss’ political philosophy which unsettles the fundamental assumptions it relies upon. In doing so it exposes the securitising imperative underpinning Straussian thought and the Straussian interventions. It thereby simultaneously addresses crucial issues in political theory and contemporary foreign policy studies while asserting that these dimensions of international politics can and should be dealt with in conjunction with each other. This book would be of interest to students and scholars of Global Politics Political Theory Security Studies and US Foreign Policy and those outside the academy interested in Neo-conservatism and the 2003 invasion of Iraq. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289468

Leo Strauss in Northeast Asia This book analyzes the reception of Leo Strauss and his political philosophy in Northeast Asia. By juxtaposing the central idea of Strauss’s political philosophy with the question of modernity the contributors explore the eclectic adaptations of Strauss in Northeast Asian countries as a philosophical appropriation across cultures. Examining how Strauss’s philosophy was first introduced in Northeast Asia the book sheds light on the similarities and differences in experiences challenging the dominant approach which attributes various receptions of Strauss in Northeast Asia solely to sociopolitical circumstances. This book also seeks to move beyond a China-centric approach to investigate the possible transcultural appeals of Strauss’s political philosophy by exploring the cases of Japan and South Korea. Appealing to a wide network of scholars and practitioners in East Asia engaged in rethinking cultural particularities this volume will be attractive to upper-level undergraduate students graduate students and advanced researchers in political philosophy political theory and Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210977

Leon Battista Alberti and Nicholas CusanusTowards an Epistemology of Vision for Italian Renaissance Art and Culture Providing a fresh evaluation of Alberti’s text On Painting (1435) along with comparisons to various works of Nicholas Cusanus - particularly his Vision of God (1450) - this study reveals a shared epistemology of vision. And the author argues it is one that reflects a more deeply Christian Neoplatonic ideal than is typically accorded Alberti. Whether regarding his purpose in teaching the use of a geometric single point perspective system or more broadly in rendering forms naturalistically the emphasis leans toward the ideal of Renaissance art as highly rational. There remains the impression that the principle aim of the painter is to create objective even illusionistic images. A close reading of Alberti’s text however including some adjustments in translation points rather towards an emphasis on discerning the spiritual in the material. Alberti’s use of the tropes Minerva and Narcissus for example indicates the opposing characteristics of wisdom and sense certainty that function dialectically to foster the traditional importance of seeing with the eye of the intellect rather than merely with physical eyes. In this sense these figures also set the context for his and as the author explains Brunelleschi’s earlier invention of this perspective system that posits not so much an objective seeing as an opposition of finite and infinite seeing which moreover approximates Cusanus’s famous notion of a coincidence of opposites. Together with Alberti’s and Cusanus’s ideals of vision extensive analysis of art works discloses a ubiquitous commitment to stimulating an intellectual perception of divine essential and unseen realities that enliven the visible material world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472429230

Leon Trotsky and the Art of Insurrection 1905-1917 First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315035123

Leonard Bernstein: West Side Story One of the Broadway musicals that can genuinely claim to have transformed the genre West Side Story has been featured in many books on Broadway but it has yet to be the focus of a scholarly monograph. Nigel Simeone begins by exploring the long process of creating West Side Story including a discussion of Bernstein's sketches early drafts of the score and script as well as cut songs. The core of the book is a commentary on the music itself. West Side Story is one of the very few Broadway musicals for which there is a complete published orchestral score as well as two different editions of the piano-vocal score. The survival of the original copied orchestral score and the reminiscences of Sid Ramin and Irwin Kostal reveal details of the orchestration process and the extent to which Bernstein was involved in this. Simeone's commentary considers: musical characteristics and compositional techniques used to mirror the drama (for example the various uses of the tritone) motivic development the use and reinvention of Broadway and other conventions the creation of dramatic continuity in the score through the use of motifs and other devices the unusual degree of dissonance and rhythmic complexity (at least for the time) and the integration of Latin-American dance forms (Mambo Huapango and so on). Simeone also considers the reception of West Side Story in the contemporary press. The stir the show caused included the response that it was the angular edgy score that made it a remarkable achievement. Not all reviews were uncritical. Finally the book looks in detail at the making of the original Broadway cast recording made in just one day included on the accompanying CD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093263

Leonard BernsteinA Research and Information Guide Leonard Bernstein: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography and research guide on this popular American composer and conductor. It includes annotations on Bernstein's writings performances educational work and major secondary sources. Also included are a biographical sketch lists of compositions and arrangements as well as lists of recordings and video. The second edition is updated to include research since the 1st edition was published in 2001 as well as online resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913332

Leonard M. SavoieWords from the Past Thoughts for Today This book first published in 1995 collects together 26 of Leonard M. Savoie’s key speeches all previously unpublished. Savoie was a titan in accounting education and these chapters are of valuable historical importance to the field. Section 1 consists of reports to council of the AICPA Section 2 deals with general professional and educational issues and Section 3 focuses on specific accounting and auditing standard-setting issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500719

Leonardo Descartes Max Weber (Routledge Revivals)Three Essays First published in 1965 this collection of three essays by influential German philosopher Karl Jaspers deals with the response of the philosophical mind to the world of reality with the search for truth. In Leonardo this search is shown in the thinking and the works of a supreme artist whose means of apperception are the senses. The essay on Max Weber commemorates a man Jaspers knew personally and ardently admired. The main essay in the collection is an exhaustive three part study of Descartes: analysing Descartes’ new philosophical operation Descartes’ Method and the position of his philosophy within the wider historical context of philosophical thought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823713

Leonardo da Vinci This remarkable book takes as its subject one of the most outstanding men that ever lived. The ultimate prodigy Leonardo da Vinci was an artist of great originality and power a scientist and a powerful thinker. According to Sigmund Freud he was also a flawed repressed homosexual. The first psychosexual history to be published Leonardo da Vinci was the only biography the great psychoanalyst wrote. When Jung first saw it he told Freud it was 'wonderful' and it remained Freud's favourite composition. The text includes the first full emergence of the concept of narcissism and develops Freud's theories of homosexuality. While based upon controversial research the book offers a fascinating insight into two men - the subject and the author. If you've ever wondered just what lies behind the Mona Lisa's enigmatic smile read Freud on Leonardo. It's genius on genius. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714799

Leonardo da Vinci Sigmund Freud was already internationally acclaimed as the principal founder of psychoanalysis when he turned his attention to the life of Leonardo da Vinci. It remained Freud’s favourite composition. Compressing many of his insights into a few pages the result is a fascinating picture of some of Freud’s fundamental ideas including human sexuality dreams and repression. It is an equally compelling – and controversial – portrait of Leonardo and the creative forces that according to Freud lie behind some of his great works including the Mona Lisa. With a new foreword by Maria Walsh.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854672

Leone Leoni and the Status of the Artist at the End of the Renaissance The late Renaissance sculptor Leone Leoni (1509-1590) came from modest beginnings but died as a nobleman and knight. His remarkable leap in status from his humble birth to a stonemason's family to his time as a galley slave to living as a nobleman and courtier in Milan provide a specific case study of an artist's struggle and triumph over existing social structures that marginalized the Renaissance artist. Based on a wealth of discoveries in archival documents correspondence and contemporary literature the author examines the strategies Leoni employed to achieve his high social position such as the friendships he formed the type of education he sought out the artistic imagery he employed and the aristocratic trappings he donned. Leoni's multiple roles (imperial sculptor aristocrat man of erudition and criminal) the visual manifestations of these roles in his house collection and tomb the form and meaning of the artistic commissions he undertook and the particular successes he enjoyed are here situated within the complex political social and economic contexts of northern Italy and the Spanish court in the sixteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247017

Leopardi and ShelleyDiscovery Translation and Reception Giacomo Leopardi (1798-1837) and Percy Bysshe Shelley (1792-1822) crossed paths during their lifetimes and though they never met the legacy of their work betrays a shared destiny. As prominent figures who challenged and contributed to the Romantic debate Leopardi and Shelley hold important roles in the history of their respective national literatures but paradoxically experienced a controversial and delayed reception outside their native lands. Cerimonia’s wide-ranging study brings together these two poets for the first time for an exploration of their afterlives through a close reading of hitherto unstudied translations. This intriguing journey tells the story from its origins of the two poets’ critical fortune and examines their position in the cultural debates of the nineteenth century; in disputes regarding translation theories and practices; and shows the configuration of their identities as we understand their legacy today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600761

Leopardi's NymphsGrace Melancholy and the Uncanny The author gives a ground-breaking interpretation of the way Leopardi negotiates the original fracture between poetry and philosophy that characterizes Western culture. He argues that the nymph can be seen as the inspirational power allowing the utterance of a new kind of poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601010

Leopards and LeadersConstitutional Politics among a Cross River People This study of politics and government among a West African people the Banyang of the Upper Cross River covers the end of the period of Colonial administration. The book: · Shows the inter-relationship between the structure of the small forest communities and the highly autonomous processes by which they were governed · Analyses the relationship between residence and common descent as principles of corporate grouping · Includes a case study of the political struggle involved in one community's claims to independence. Originally published in 1969. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758796

LepidusThe Tarnished Triumvir Marcus Aemilius Lepidus was a significant force in Roman political religious and military affairs during the late Republic. However in most accounts he is dismissed quickly made sport of or bitterly attacked. Through a careful examination of Lepidus's career Richard Weigel has shown why many of the sources are hostile and how these have created an inaccurate assessment of Lepidus's role in history. Weigel shows that Lepidus was a competent administrator and that he was consistent in serving the Republic's needs as he understood them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863401

Lerner and Loewe's My Fair Lady "An Englishman's way of speaking absolutely classifies him The moment he talks he makes some other Englishman despise him." - Henry George Bernard Shaw famously refused to permit any play of his "to be degraded into an operetta or set to any music except its own." Allowing his beloved Pygmalion to be supplanted by a comic opera was therefore unthinkable; yet Lerner and Loewe transformed it into My Fair Lady (1956) a musical that was to delight audiences and critics alike. By famously reversing Shaw’s original ending the show even dared to establish a cunningly romantic ending. Keith Garebian delves into the libretto for a fresh take and explores biographies of the show’s principal artists to discover how their roles intersected with real life. Rex Harrison was an alpha male onstage and off Julie Andrews struggled with her ‘chaste diva’ image and the direction of the sexually ambiguous Moss Hartcontributed to the musical’s sexual coding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960060

Les Anciens Royaumes de la Zone Interlacustre Meriodionale (Rwanda Burundi Buha)East Central Africa Part XIV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233430

Les Bali et les Peuplades Apparentées (Ndaka-Mbo-Beke-Lika-Budu-Nyari)Central Africa Belgian Congo Part V Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242005

Les Bira et les Peuplades LimitrophesCentral Africa Belgian Congo Part II Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241961

Les Liaisons Dangereuses One of the most `modern' of eighteenth-century novels Les Liasons Dangereuses is the brilliantly observed and vividly rendered story of two libertines and the innocent characters they plot to destroy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157682

Les Liaisons Dangereuses ‘I resolved to write a book which would create some stir in the world and continue to do after I had gone from it.’  - Choderlos de Laclos A great sensation at the time of first publication Les Liaisons Dangereuses reads as much the most 'modern' of eighteenth-century novels. Viewed by some critics as a morality tale and others as a subtle inquiry into libertinism it brilliantly depicts the foibles of the French aristocracy on the eve of the French Revolution. Renowned for its exploration of lust revenge and human malice and still carrying a tremendous power to shock its adaptations for screen and stage have made its central characters notorious for their sophisticated and ultimately tragic games of seduction and manipulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162587

Les Mains Sales First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138469

Les Misérables and Its AfterlivesBetween Page Stage and Screen Exploring the enduring popularity of Victor Hugo’s Les Misérables this collection offers analysis of both the novel itself and its adaptations. In spite of a mixed response from critics Les Misérables instantly became a global bestseller. Since its successful publication over 150 years ago it has traveled across different countries cultures and media giving rise to more than 60 international film and television variations numerous radio dramatizations animated versions comics and stage plays. Most famously it has inspired the world's longest running musical which itself has generated a wealth of fan-made and online content. Whatever its form Hugo’s tale of social injustice and personal redemption continues to permeate the popular imagination. This volume draws together essays from across a variety of fields combining readings of Les Misérables with reflections on some of its multimedia afterlives including musical theater and film from the silent period to today's digital platforms. The contributors offer new insights into the development and reception of Hugo's celebrated classic deepening our understanding of the novel as a work that unites social commentary with artistic vision and raising important questions about the cultural practice of adaptation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880286

Les mots françaisVocabulaire lectures et sujets de conversation Les mots français: Vocabulaire lectures et sujets de conversation presents a clear thorough and systematic overview of modern French vocabulary on a variety of subjects. Written in the target language each of the 32 chapters is divided into the following sections with translations into English to facilitate the learning process: • basic vocabulary (vocabulaire de base) • additional vocabulary (vocabulaire supplémentaire) • related vocabulary (vocabulaire apparenté) • idiomatic expressions sayings and proverbs (proverbes et expressions) • cultural readings (lectures). The book includes a range of communicative exercises and sample sentences while an answer key and flashcards are available online. This is essential reading for learners at level A2–C2 of the Common European Framework for Languages and Intermediate Mid–Advanced on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357803

Les Peuplades de L'Entre Congo-Ubangi (Ngbandi Ngbaka Mbandja Ngombe et Gens D'Eau)Central Africa Belgian Congo Part IV Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242043

Les Tribus Ba-Kuba et les Peuplades ApparentéesCentral Africa Belgian Congo Part I Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240971

Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Transgender AgingThe Role of Gerontological Social Work This edited collection emphasizes the role of social work practice and research related to Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) aging. It highlights LGBT aging from a gerontological social work perspective by incorporating key values of the profession such as cultural competence dignity strengths and resilience of the population while it offers an important contribution to the body of knowledge to the interdisciplinary field of aging. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Gerontological Social Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057159

Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Trans* Individuals Living with DementiaConcepts Practice and Rights This groundbreaking collection is the first to focus specifically on LGBT* people and dementia. It brings together original chapters from leading academics practitioners and LGBT* individuals affected by dementia. Multi-disciplinary and international in scope it includes authors from the UK USA Canada and Australia and from a range of fields including sociology social work psychology health care and socio-legal studies. Taking an intersectional approach – i.e. considering the plurality of experiences and the multiple interacting relational positions of everyday life – LGBT Individuals Living with Dementia addresses topics relating to concepts practice and rights. Part One addresses theoretical and conceptual questions; Part Two discusses practical concerns in the delivery of health and social care provision to LGBT* people living with dementia; and Part Three explores socio-legal issues relating to LGBT* people living with dementia. This collection will appeal to policy makers commissioners practitioners academics and students across a range of disciplines. With an ageing and increasingly diverse population and growing numbers of people affected by dementia this book will become essential reading for anyone interested in understanding the needs of and providing appropriate services to LGBT* people affected by dementia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343344

Lesbian Academic Couples Learn how lesbian couples deal with political social and legal issues related to their relationships—and their professions Lesbian Academic Couples is a collection of writings by scholars who examine—in theory and in narrative—issues faced by partners working in the academic field including the politics of spousal hiring discrimination in hiring practices collaboration between partners long-distance relationships team teaching and job sharing. This unique book presents firsthand accounts from senior faculty with lengthy credentials in LGBT scholarship who have been able to land academic positions not compromised by outing from established academics who have been outed to negative effect from junior scholars with a queer specialty and from faculty whose work is constantly shifting and unpredictable. The format of Lesbian Academic Couples is unique. Authors well known to the lesbian communities in the United States Canada and Australia present essays that “converse” with one another offering opposing positions that represent a diversity of approaches on vital issues. The book offers candid accounts of the experiences of lesbian couples fortunate enough to work in supportive academic environments and from those discouraged from being out on campus or from doing academic work in the area of LGBT studies. This groundbreaking book is especially timely given current lawsuits and legislation involving civil unions and domestic partner benefits enforcement of domestic violence statutes and the rights of unmarried older couples.Lesbian Academic Couples includes the stories of couples who: achieved scholarly success and a reaffirmed relationship were separated when they couldn’t find viable academic positions in the same geographical area abandoned the security of tenured positions for the sake of their relationship were professionally marginalized because of their same-sex mixed-race relationship wrote under the pen name “Michael Field” in the nineteenth centuryIn addition Lesbian Academic Couples examines the critical issues of: state sanctioning through marriage spousal hiring package plans sexual orientation nondiscrimination policiesLesbian Academic Couples have existed as long as there have been female academics. This powerful book gives voice to their successes and struggles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203729113

Lesbian and Bisexual Women's Mental Health Examine the psychosocial factors that affect lesbian and bisexual women’s mental healthThis essential guide presents up-to-date evidence-based information that can be implemented to improve mental health services for lesbian and bisexual women in a variety of settings. It examines the systemic factors that play a role in their psychological and emotional well-being and presents new research on protective factors that play an important role when lesbian/bisexual women face depression anxiety and other mental health disorders.Lesbian and Bisexual Women’s Mental Health reviews the past literature on mental health and sexual orientation—citing biased and inadequate assessment diagnosis and treatment approaches currently in use in the care of lesbian and bisexual women. This essential guide for clinicians and researchers presents new empirical research on lesbian/bisexual women’s mental health. It explores specific challenges that face various lesbian and bisexual female populations with research on: dysthymia depression and anxiety—including a chapter on depressive distress among African-American women the way that community size and religiosity impact lesbian/bisexual women’s psychosexual development the relationship between shame and a client’s attachment style the mental health implications of same-sex marriage mental health in Taiwan’s T-Po lesbian community—with a focus on community members’ sexual orientation gender roles and gender identity the interconnectedness of sexual fantasies psychological adjustment and close relationship functioning in lesbian/bisexual women body image and eating issuesAs the diversity of this population becomes progressively more evident so does the necessity for deeper exploration of the mental health problems facing lesbians and bisexuals. Whether you are a student an educator or an experienced clinician Lesbian and Bisexual Women’s Mental Health is an essential resource for relevant and meaningful information that focuses much-needed attention on the mental health of lesbian and bisexual women. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785592

Lesbian CommunitiesFestivals RVs and the Internet “I had just witnessed women who shingled their own roofs drove eighteen-wheeler trucks and built their own houses—as well as kept them clean and cooked a damn good meal. On women’s land I am a first-class citizen I’m treated as an equal. I now see the world with righteous anger and hope. Living in womyn’s community has provided that lens for me.”—Elizabeth Sturrus third wave feministOne of the driving forces in the lives of many lesbians is the search for community in a society that favors heterosexuality and often turns a cold shoulder toward women who love women. Lesbian Communities: Festivals RVs and the Internet takes you inside flourishing lesbian communities—physical spiritual and virtual (online)—that provide practical help emotional support and much-needed outlets for creative expression. Exploring communities functioning in harmony with general American society as well as separatist groups “festival communities” which form for short times annually and informal online groups offering meaningful communication to physically isolated lesbians this book offers a ray of light to those whose search is still ongoing. It also provides much-needed analysis of the current state of lesbian communities—some decades old now—for educators researchers and social scientists. In Lesbian Communities: Festivals RVs and the Internet Susan Krieger revisits the vibrant community she first explored in The Mirror Dance. An African American member of Old Lesbians Organizing for Change shares the details of her search for a cooperative caring space for aging lesbians—and what led to her eventual decision to create this space herself. And one of the founders of Hallomas a back-to-the-land community that has survived in northern California since the late 1970s reflects on that unique community’s birth and life—with 13 photographs and illustrations. The book also bears witness to a life-changing encounter and dialogue between second-wave feminists from the woman's land collective of Arcadia and third wave feminists. You’ll also learn about: the birth joys and tribulations of an online community that becomes physical each year at the Michigan Womyn’s Music Festival the accidental birth of a lesbian community in isolated and fundamentalist-dominated West Texas the international online lesbian parenting community called MOMS (affectionately known as Dykes and Tykes)—how it began what belonging to this community provides for its members and a look toward the future the debate on inclusiveness versus exclusiveness (of bisexual women transgender people and the male children of lesbians) in lesbian communities the current decline of availability and dilution of the purity of lesbian-only space—and the rise of segregation (by social class and financial status) and oppression within the lesbian community the current plight of lesbian bookstores which since the 1970s have served not only as gateways to a multitude of lesbian communities but as the centers of lesbian communities themselves the online experience of lesbians searching for community in Japan the issues facing Jewish lesbians and the formation of Nice Jewish Girls a Montreal group for anyone who identifies as a lesbian bisexual or queer woman and their non-Jewish partners and friends the power of myth and mythmaking to help women regain lost strength and reclaim lost history From the efforts of back-to-the-land groups creating “wimmin’s space” to life in modern residential/retirement settings this book explores the places created by and for lesbians. Photos and illustrations bring these women and their communities to life. Lesbian Communities: Festivals RVs and the Internet w Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864037

Lesbian DamesSapphism in the Long Eighteenth Century How are romantic and erotic relationships between women represented in the literature of the long eighteenth century? How does Sapphism surface in other contemporary discourses including politics pornography economics and art? After more than a generation of lesbian-gay scholarship that has examined identities practices prohibitions and transgressions surrounding same-sex desire this collection offers an exciting and indispensable array of new scholarship in gender and sexuality studies. The contributors - who include noted writers critics and historians such as Emma Donoghue George E. Haggerty Susan S. Lanser and Valerie Traub - provide varied and provocative research into the dynamics and histories of lesbianism and Sapphism. They build on the work of scholarship on Sapphism and interrogate the efficacy of such a notion in describing the varieties of same-sex love between women during the long eighteenth century. This groundbreaking collection the first multi-authored volume to examine lesbian representation and culture in this era presents a diversity of theoretical and critical approaches from close literary analysis to the history of reading and publishing psychoanalysis biography historicism deconstruction and queer theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602642

Lesbian EpiphaniesWomen Coming Out in Later Life Exploring identity development and gender orientation Lesbian Epiphanies: Women Coming Out in Later Life contains firsthand information about the experiences and difficulties of women who discover and reveal their newfound lesbian sexuality in later life. Psychologists social workers counselors and professors will find that Lesbian Epiphanies is the first book to extensively quote from interviews of lesbians and bisexuals who had entered into heterosexual marriages. From the analysis of these 24 interviews the psychological erotic and social processes of women who come out as lesbians or bisexuals after a heterosexual marriage are clearly explained so you can better assist your clients throughout this coming-out process. Discussing the personal and societal standards which clouded early self-awareness for these women Lesbian Epiphanies lifts the veil of confusion to clearly illuminate the issues at hand to assist you in understanding and helping your clients. From the case studies in this important book you will learn how some women came to realize their same gender attractions and the barriers they faced including negative attitudes toward lesbian women and the lack of strong role models. Helpful and informative Lesbian Epiphanies explores the development of sexual identity in women in the Unites States today and provides you with essential information to help you improve your services to lesbian and bisexual clients by: examining how the role of marriage in American culture stifles a woman’s self-awareness of her sexuality in order to help clients avoid the mistake of a heterosexual marriage before husbands and children are involved examining reasons behind the lack of valuable sexual information in America that limits a woman’s general awareness of herself her body her sexuality and her life options understanding the challenges that lesbians and bisexuals experience when attempting to establish their true identities to assist your clients in overcoming these barriers suggesting support groups for clients who are having a difficult time becoming used to the ideas and feelings of some same gender attractionsThis insightful book knocks down the sociological and psychological barriers that keep women from realizing or acknowledging their real sexual orientation by dispelling societal and cultural myths about what it means to be a woman in the United States. Offering you invaluable advice on how to help clients effectively and happily live with their new identities Lesbian Epiphanies provides solutions to the challenges that women experience in establishing their other-than-heterosexual orientation in a heterosexist society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801568

Lesbian Ex-LoversThe Really Long-Term Relationships “We have earned a certain place in each other’s lives and in the best of times we can rest on what we have made together.” Lesbian Ex-Lovers: The Really Long-Term Relationships examines the need for the development of better understanding and more critical analysis of lesbian ex-lover relationships. This eye-opening look into the minds and hearts of women offers personal insight into the possibilities for and potential pitfalls of lesbian ex-lover relations. This book contains personal stories fictional accounts poetry and theoretical analyses of the frequency and significance of ex-lovers at different stages in a relationship. Topics of interest in Lesbian Ex-Lovers include: the roles ex-lovers play in our lives ex-lovers as contexts for change and development how we continue to be influenced by ex-lovers letting go and moving on ex-lovers as current friends and family themes of betrayal and loss of faith reconstructing friendships and community the mystique of the ex-lover friend/family connections among lesbian ex-lovers “Rather than totally scrap a relationship we recycle it—from lover to ex-lover to friend in a relatively short half-life.” Lesbian Ex-Lovers is the only book in print that explores how a lesbian’s ex-lovers impact her subsequent romances and lifestyle. This special collection adds a new dynamic to the current literature for and about the lesbian community. Lesbian Ex-Lovers offers advice anecdotes and interpretations from such authors poetesses and artists as: Michelle Gibson PhD—educator and editor of Femme/Butch: New Considerations of the Way We Want to Go— who says goodbye to her lover in a sad passionate elegy Marny Hall—Psychotherapist editor of the anthology Sexualities and author of several books including The Lavender Couch: A Consumer’s Guide to Psychotherapy for Lesbians and Gay Men—who muses on the unique bonding between lesbians and their ex-lovers lending a mystique that surrounds the lesbian lifestyle Alison Bechdel—creator of the comic strip Dykes to Watch Out For—who presents a humorous comic strip thanking her former lovers for teaching her about herself Jane Futcher—newspaper reporter and author of three novels—who uses a chapter in her novel to illustrate the tensions that can occur when ex-lovers choose to remain friends especially when those bonds provoke jealousy in both current and ex-lovers Renny Christopher—educator and award-winning poetess—who expresses her love loss and regret in three poems about her ex-lover and much more! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864068

Lesbian Families' Challenges and Means of ResiliencyImplications for Feminist Family Therapy An inside look at the unique challenges of the lesbian experienceLesbian Families’ Challenges and Means of Resiliency: Implications for Feminist Family Therapy is a unique collection of interdisciplinary feminist examinations of the resiliency of lesbian couples and families. Leading feminist researchers and clinicians discuss parenting within lesbian families with a focus on personal resiliency. These thought-provoking and insightful articles address the challenges of having and raising children in a society that struggles to accept alternative family structures.Lesbian Families’ Challenges and Means of Resiliency examines a wide range of issues facing lesbian couples with a special focus on parenting and couple violence. The book’s contributors examine the unique challenges of lesbian and gay parenting; adversities facing lesbian parents and the coping methods they employ; violence among lesbian couples and the lesbian community’s response to domestic violence; and the application of feminist theory to validate strengthen and promote resiliency in lesbian couples. The book also includes interviews with single or partnered lesbians who had children through adoption artificial insemination or a previous relationship.Topics examined in Lesbian Families’ Challenges and Means of Resiliency include: parenting artificial insemination lesbian family therapy family law couple violence lesbian community feminist research feminist couple therapy and much moreLesbian Families’ Challenges and Means of Resiliency is a vital professional aid for psychotherapists family therapists psychologists social workers and counselors. It’s an equally valuable resource for academics working in family studies women’s studies queer studies gender studies and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051849

Lesbian Family Life Like the Fingers of a HandUnder-Discussed and Controversial Topics In this book an array of approaches - first person and theoretical accounts clinical understandings qualitative and quantitative research - are brought to bear on controversial or under-discussed topics in lesbian family life. From conception all the way to care for elderly parents this book takes a fresh look at lesbian family relationships. Topics include: butch/femme couples infidelity the psychological meaning of family for lesbians age-discrepant couples lesbian nuns as family Listservs as family intentional family for aging women women raising sons mothers who come out late in life mothers and children in situations of domestic violence lack of support for lesbian domestic violence survivors death of a partner psychological issues in the use of sperm donors or surrogates and middle-aged lesbians caring for homophobic elderly parents. Some authors use self psychology and Jungian psychology to describe aspects of family life. The richness and diversity of topics makes it a text on "lesbian lives". Therapists and academics from throughout the U.S. have contributed to this collection. Many lesbian women as well as teachers (it can be a text) and mental health professionals who work with children families couples and elderly will find useful material here. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Lesbian Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876931

Lesbian GeographiesGender Place and Power It has long been recognised that the spatialisation of sexual lives is always gendered. Sexism and male dominance are a pervasive reality and lesbian issues are rarely afforded the same prominence as gay issues. Thus lesbian geographies continue to be a salient axis of difference challenging the conflation of lesbians and gay men as well as the trope that homonormativity affects lesbians and gay men in the same ways. This volume explores lesbian geographies in diverse geographical social and cultural contexts and presents new approaches using English as a working language but not as a cultural framework. Going beyond the dominant trace of Anglo-American perspectives of research in sexualities this book presents research in a wide range of countries including Australia Argentina Israel Canada USA Russia Poland Spain Hungary and Mexico. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547292

Lesbian HealthWhat Are The Issues? The sexual orientation of lesbians is just one factor in their lives yet providers of healthcare often assume everyone is heterosexual and counsel their clients accordingly. This book contains a series of scientific investigations by leading authorities in the field into multiple problems lesbians face when seeking healthcare. Should lesbians disclose their sexual orientation? Can it be kept of the record? Where can lesbians go if they feel unable to trust traditional medicine and what is the history of the scientific and medical community towards lesbians? How are lesbians viewed by college students today? Lesbians are treated in this book as women first; their sexual orientation is just one factor in their lives. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203715253

Lesbian Identity and Contemporary PsychotherapyA Framework for Clinical Practice Recent contributions to the psychoanalytic and psychotherapeutic literature have moved beyond traditional views of lesbianism but they have tended to address lesbian identity from one theoretical vantage point or another. Rarely have new ideas been linked to the process issues that arise in actual clinical situations. Lesbian Identity and Contemporary Psychotherapy undertakes this very task and in so doing documents the therapeutic gains that result from validating lesbian sexual identity and life experience. Drawing on contemporary relational thinking and new perspectives on gender and sexuality Goldstein and Horowitz describe and illustrate an affirmative approach to clinical work with lesbians at various stages of the life cycle. Adolescent young adult and family issues are all brought within their compass. Making ample use of case vignettes they demonstrate the ways in which therapists can elicit their patients' personal narratives of self-acceptance as lesbians and coming out experiences; work with the transference and countertransference dynamics subsequent to such disclosures; and finally explore the collaborative process through which therapist and patient seek to understand their therapeutic interaction. A range of life circumstances are brought within the authors' refreshingly "hands-on" clinical approach.  Special consideration is given to issues arising when lesbians date and initiate romantic relationships and to the relationship problems that develop in ongoing partnerships during the middle and later years. The book concludes by discussing the issues faced by lesbian therapists in treating lesbian patients and in interacting with heterosexual colleagues. An exemplary overview of newer views of lesbian identity and of the challenges of lesbian life Lesbian Identity and Contemporary Psychotherapy is equally valuable as an up to date relationally informed guide to clinical work with lesbian patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009813

Lesbian Images in International Popular Culture Lesbian images are everywhere these days–cable television film popular magazines advertising Internet and the news–creating desire in men and women alike selling commercial products and services and stirring up controversy on many levels. But do these images truly represent the diverse identities of women-centered women worldwide? This book addresses the limited access to images of diverse and international lesbian identities and experiences in order to provide the reader with a more complete understanding of what it means to be lesbian in a global context. It investigates how lesbians portray themselves as well as how they are portrayed by others in several areas of popular culture including television film the arts Internet advertising and the news. It features articles on U.S. lesbian cartoonists Canadian viewer perceptions of lesbians on the cable show Queer as Folk panoramic looks at lesbians' representation in Australian and Spanish television programming and in-depth explorations of films by Spanish director Pedro Almodóvar leading Indian film producers and independent Chinese-American filmmakers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Lesbian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845601

Lesbian LivesPsychoanalytic Narratives Old and New In this groundbreaking re-visioning of lesbianism Magee and Miller transcend a literature that for decades has focused on the timeworn and misconceived task of formulating a lesbian-specific psychology.  Rather they focus on a set of interrelated issues of far greater salience in our time:  the developmental and psychological consequences of identifying as homosexual and of having lesbian relationships.  Their consideration of these issues leads to a rigorous review of major psychoanalytic and  biological theories about female homosexuality and a probing examination of current notions of gender identity.  These tasks set the stage for Magee and Miller's own model of psychologically mature sexuality between members of the same sex. The developmental and clinical issues taken up in specific chapters of Lesbian Lives include the challenges facing lesbian adolescents; the psychological and social significance of "coming out"; the various meanings and contexts of coming out as a gay or lesbian analyst; the interaction of individual psyche and social context in clinical work with lesbian patients; and the history of homosexual therapists and psychoanalytic training.  The chapter on "Bryher " the lesbian-identified life partner of the poet Hilda Doolittle (Freud's patient "H.D.") relying on unpublished documents is not only a wonderful exemplification of themes developed throughout the work but an invaluable contribution to psychoanalytic history. Lesbian Lives is a heartening sign of the generous scholarship and humane impulse that are transforming psychoanalysis in our time.  In writing infused with an experiential immediacy born of personal participation in the stories they tell Magee and Miller weave a multiplicity of narratives into a fabric of explanation far richer far more colorful --far truer to lived experience--than anything psychoanalysis has heretofore offered on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005372

Lesbian Love and Relationships Explore the broad range of healthy lesbian attitudes and behaviors in love friendship self-image and society!This pioneering book makes a revolutionary assumption: that lesbian and bisexual women are normal if not average. Instead of focusing on which family or genetic quirks might produce lesbians these studies turn attention to describing the healthy ways lesbians interact with each other with heterosexual women and with society. The result is a significant exploration of uncharted territory.Lesbian Love and Relationships examines the lives of lesbian and bisexual women from adolescence to old age addressing issues of class and race as well as sexual orientation. It encompasses theory empirical research and memoir on such diverse topics as physical appearance cross-generational friendships butch-femme issues and lesbian sexuality. It also looks at such difficult and painful issues as lesbian domestic violence and the impact of homophobia on lesbian couples.Lesbian Love and Relationships asks personal political and psychological questions including: how do young lesbians find each other? what makes successful lesbian relationships last? how does social class affect African-American lesbian relationships? what was it like growing up lesbian in the South during World War II? does “lesbian bed death” exist?This compendium offers exciting original research in a neglected field. Lesbian Love and Relationships is an essential resource for anyone interested in women’s lives and sexuality as well as scholars in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877051

Lesbian MotherhoodStories of Becoming A unique practical application of poststructuralist theory to lesbian mothers’ narratives Lesbian Motherhood: Stories of Becoming analyzes the personal stories of 40 lesbian mothers to discover the complex ways their sense of self is constructed in the current legal political and social climate. These intimate narratives are examined by using Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari’s conceptual framework to understand subjectivities by focusing on the many flexible lines of movement that constitute subjectivities or ‘becomings.’ This unique source reveals deep insight into a lesbian's construction of self through her stories about her own sexuality parenting and other experiences in becoming a mother. Lesbian Motherhood: Stories of Becoming challenges the assimilation/resistance perspective typically expressed by scholars of lesbian motherhood. Qualitative interviews reveal startling new perspectives to lesbian mother subjectivities viewed within the context of the legal political and social areas that seek to define and regulate contemporary family life. This powerful source explores in detail the discursive strategies through which lesbian subjectivities are created and recreated. Deleuze and Guattari’s concept of ‘becoming’ provides a valuable framework for analyzing the discursive strategies employed by those participating in this study. Lesbian Motherhood: Stories of Becoming  offers insightful powerful information that is indispensable to GLBT scholars and social theorists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203729144

Lesbian RitesSymbolic Acts and the Power of Community Explore affirmation and coping rituals for lesbian singles couples and communities! This pioneering book is a multidisciplinary compilation of scholarship addressing lesbians the rituals in their lives and the meaning and impact of those rituals for the women involved and the people and communities around them. It offers a diverse range of perspectives on what it means to be a lesbian what ritual is what it means to enact a ritual and how we can understand lesbian ritual experiences. Lesbian Rites: Symbolic Acts and the Power of Community presents five explorations of ritual that bring forth themes of lesbian-centered social change. In “Death's Midwife ” Sharon Jaffe creates a narrative that illustrates the power of ritual to reconcile straight and gay Christian and Pagan in end-of-life situations. Next Ruth Barrett's exploration of Dianic traditions provides a brief history of the importance of Goddess-worship to radical lesbian feminists and uses those traditions to create life-course rituals. Marla Brettschneider's “Ritual Encounters of the Queer Kind” challenges notions of a static “lesbian self” and instead reworks Judaism and anarchist politics to propose rituals of continuous “becoming.” Krista McQueeney then analyzes the paradoxes of a lesbian commitment ceremony held within a gay-affirmative African-American congregation in the southern United States. Elizabeth Suter and editor Ramona Faith Oswald use exploratory survey data to examine how lesbian couples may use name changing as a strategy to claim family status. In addition Lesbian Rites also includes two chapters that examine how lesbians have been compromised if not harmed by the ritualization of heterosexism and homophobia. The first is an insightful analysis of the community response to the feminist retreat known as Camp Sister Spirit. In this chapter Kate Greene uses Mary Daly's seven patterns of sado-ritual syndrome to show how the people opposed to the camp were organized to uphold heterosexual patriarchy through an obsession with purity that defined the camp as a refuge for immorality. The second chapter on this subject reviews the editor's own experiences of being hidden and devalued at heterosexual family weddings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876986

Lesbian SourcesA Bibliography of Periodical Articles 1970-1990 First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979710

Lesbian Step FamiliesAn Ethnography of Love Lesbian Step Families: An Ethnography of Love explores five lesbian step families’definitions of the step parent role and how they accomplish parenting tasks cope with homophobia and define and interpret their experiences. An intensive feminist qualitative study the book offers guidelines for counselors and lesbian step families for creating healthy functioning family structures and environments. It is the first book to concentrate exclusively on lesbian step families rather than on lesbian mothering in general.In Lesbian Step Families: An Ethnography of Love you’ll explore in detail the different kinds of step relationships that are developed and what factors may lead to the different types of step mothering in lesbian step families. The book helps you understand these relationships and parent roles through in-depth discussions of: how a step mother and legal mother who live together negotiate and organize parenting and homemaking tasks how members of lesbian step families define and create the step mother role strategies family members use to define and cope with oppression how sexism is transmitted within the family and how mothering may limit and/or contribute to female liberation the opinions and viewpoints of the children of these families The findings in Lesbian Step Families: An Ethnography of Love challenge traditional views of mothering and fathering as gender and biologically based activities; they indicate that lesbian step families model gender flexibility and that the mothers and step mothers share parenting--both traditional mothering and fathering--tasks. This allows the biological mother some freedom from motherhood as well as support in it. With insight such as this you will be prepared to help a client a loved one or yourself develop and maintain healthy family relationships. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809762

Lesbian Utopics In Lesbian Utopics Annamarie Jagose surveys the construction of the lesbian and finds her in a cultural space that is both everywhere and of all places nowhere. The "lesbian" in other words is symbolically central yet culturally marginal. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021737

Lesbian Voices From Latin America In spite of the attention that Latin American women writers have attracted in recent years a book dedicated exclusively to those writers whose work primarily articulates a lesbian perspective was until now missing. The purpose of this book first published in 1996 is to bring attention to and examine the articulation of lesbian themes motifs and issues in the works of these writers. It aims to study the problems pertaining to the specific literary representations of lesbianism and to examine the dimensions of a lesbian view in the works. By undertaking the study of the works of these women writers this book contributes to the recognition and legitimization of a lesbian literary discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790437

Lesbian WidowsInvisible Grief The unseen issues of grief and discrimination—lesbians becoming widows The death of a life partner poses unique challenges for lesbians. Lesbian Widows: Invisible Grief reveals the touching and very personal stories of twenty-five women including the author who were widowed at a young age and forced to create a new life without their life partners. The book follows the widows from the time the couple met to the time when one of the partners died and beyond to show how the surviving partner coped with her loss.Many lesbians feel that the intimacy felt between two women in love goes deeper than what can be experienced by heterosexual partners. Lesbian Widows: Invisible Grief reveals themes common to all these women’s experiences while offering practical advice about coping techniques and resources for support. The widows discuss their efforts to create funerals and memorial services give their accounts of the overwhelming grief throughout the first two years and explain the legal and financial discrimination they encountered. The author provides a chapter specifically for caring family and friends another chapter for professionals working with this sensitive population and a bibliography of helpful coping resources.Lesbian Widows: Invisible Grief explores the topics of: caregivers/caretaking death and dying grief journeys the similarities and differences between lesbian and married widows the lack of support services for lesbian widows the legal and financial discrimination against lesbian widows the effect of being “in” or “out” on grief recovery the issues faced by widows in starting new relationships spirituality gay marriageLesbian Widows: Invisible Grief provides an insightful look into the grieving and recovery process inspiring hope with the knowledge that others have survived this tragedy. This moving book is an essential resource for lesbians friends and family of lesbians mental health professionals medical professionals psychiatrists LGBT health providers feminist and lesbian organizations and anyone involved with grief training programs such as hospice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783888

Lesbian Women and Sexual HealthThe Social Construction of Risk and Susceptibility Interviewer: Where did you find out how to have safe lesbian sex?Val: I found out in jail.Why do so many lesbian women engage in sexual behavior that puts their health even their lives at risk? Many know they’re at risk yet somehow feel safe enough to behave as if there is no reason to practice safe sex. Lesbian Women and Sexual Health: The Social Construction of Risk and Susceptibility examines how lesbian women perceive their level of risk for HIV and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs). It describes how their perceptions of risk and susceptibility are shaped by factors such as sexual identity cultural themes and community knowledge—and how those perceptions impact on the very real HIV/STI risks that lesbian women face. The genesis of Lesbian Women and Sexual Health: The Social Construction of Risk and Susceptibility lies in Kathleen Dolan’s exploratory study of this under-researched area in which 162 structured interviews and 70 in-depth interviews were conducted with women who self-identify as lesbians. What these women have to say will inform educate and probably surprise you. Tables and figures make complex data easy to access and understand.Lesbian women construct and label their identities and actions in complex ways that may lead to risky behavior. In the words of the women surveyed—and in Dr. Dolan’s insightful commentary—this book explores the ways in which lesbian women construct their perceptions of risk and susceptibility to seek answers to questions that include: Do many lesbian women see themselves to an extent as immune to HIV contraction? How does their self-constructed sense of risk and susceptibility lead to making dangerous choices? Why in spite of their professed willingness to engage in protective actions do many lesbians not actually do so? Why do many lesbian women and some of the health care professionals who serve them feel that pap smears are not necessary for women who have sex only with other women—and what are the consequences of this opinion? What is the relationship between drug/alcohol use and risky sexual behaviors in lesbian women?Lesbian Women and Sexual Health: The Social Construction of Risk and Susceptibility is an important resource for women’s/lesbian health advocates health care professionals and courses in gay/women’s/medical studies. It addresses gaps in the existing research to enhance our understanding of the physical and mental health status of lesbian women of risk factors and protective actions regarding HIV and STIs and of the conditions for which protective actions actually reduce risk. Use it to update your knowledge of this under-studied area at the intersection of physical emotional and sexual health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785660

Lesbianism Cinema SpaceThe Sexual Life of Apartments In this cutting edge volume Wallace identifies a unique trend in post-Production Code films that deal with lesbian content: stories of lesbianism invariably engage with an apartment setting a spatial motif not typically associated with lesbian history or cultural representation. Through the formal analysis of five lesbian apartment films Wallace demonstrates how the standard repertoire of visual techniques and spatial devices (the elements of mise-en-scène favoured locations and sets classical systems of editing and the implied story world itself) are used to scaffold female sexual visibility. With its sustained focus on the filmic syntax surrounding lesbian representation on screen in the post-Production Code era the book comprises an original contribution to queer film studies. In addition  Wallace also deploys its discussion of lesbianism and cinematic space to critique a number of tendencies in contemporary social theory particularly the theoretical identification of public sex cultures as the basis for a queer counterpublic sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808026

Lesbians Feminism and PsychoanalysisThe Second Wave Get a feminist perspective on important changes in psychoanalysis! Lesbians Feminism and Psychoanalysis: The Second Wave examines recent changes in psychoanalysis that have opened the door for new perspectives on same-sex desire. Authors from a variety of disciplines and theoretical orientations combine feminism with psychoanalytic and postmodern theories to celebrate diversity in gender and sexual experience. This collection of lesbian-affirmative writings addresses transference and countertransference gender subjectivities privilege and racism therapist homophobia and violence in lesbian relationships. In the past decade psychoanalysis has undergone changes in clinical theory that have led to views on human sexuality that are less focused on what is “normal” and therapy practices that resist attempts to fit individuals into prescribed developmental models. Lesbians Feminism and Psychoanalysis presents a variety of backgrounds (psychiatry psychology and social work) analytic training (formal institute training study groups supervision) and theoretical perspectives (self-psychology object relations relational psychoanalysis feminist theory queer theory postmodernism Lacanian theory) unified by the healing power of psychoanalytically informed theory and practice. The book is divided into three sections—“Community: Personal and Political ” “Ongoing Clinical Issues ” and “New Thinking on Sexuality and Gender ” addressing lesbian tomboy development the queering of relational psychoanalysis how attachment theory and intersubjectivity can contribute to newer gender theory and including: interviews with lesbian psychoanalytic foremothers Joanne Spina Lee Crespi and Judy Levitz Dr. Darla Bjork’s account of her journey to becoming an openly lesbian therapist contrasting views on transference and countertransference from gay and lesbian therapists and much more! Lesbians Feminism and Psychoanalysis: The Second Wave is an essential practical resource for clinicians and a vital classroom tool for academics working in psychology social work psychoanalysis gender and women’s studies queer studies and lesbian and gay studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801674

Lesbians Levis and LipstickThe Meaning of Beauty in Our Lives What is lesbian beauty?Lesbians Levis and Lipstick: The Meaning of Beauty in Our Lives explores the many definitions of beauty among lesbians by discussing the norms they create and follow. In addition it questions how these standards are influenced by heterosexual concepts of beauty. Here you’ll find essays poems and research papers from women who describe some of the freeing and restrictive aspects of lesbian beauty.Lesbians Levis and Lipstick: The Meaning of Beauty in Our Lives examines the way lesbians define and explore the notion of beauty. Through moving personal stories and well-represented research this book leads the reader on a path of exploration about beauty norms and the way they liberate and confine lesbians.This sometimes humorous book is an in-depth and insightful examination of beauty practices and how lesbians use them as an expression of style and image and as a means of identifying one another. Compelling topics include: lesbians’diverse expressions and understandings of beauty the gender of a bisexual woman’s partner and how it impacts her beauty routines and self-image beauty standards of older lesbians and how their views on the qualities of potential partners and on their own partners change as they age the beauty standards of lesbian and bisexual women of color pressures on lesbians to be thin and how this affects their feelings about their bodies and themselves feminism and its potential role in protecting women from eating disorders and negative body imagePersonal intelligent and informative Lesbians Levis and Lipstick gives you insight into the meanings of lesbian beauty. Emphasizing strength confidence and self-acceptance as attractive qualities this uplifting book will help you realize your own beauty and give you a new freedom to experiment with fresh expressions of it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877716

Lesbians and LesbianismsA Post-Jungian Perspective Claudette Kulkarni explores lesbian experience from a Jungian and feminist perspective through interviews with women who see themselves as lesbians or who are in a lesbian relationship. Although a feminist treatment of the subject challenges the heterosexism of Jungian theory the author presents a link between theory and experience that is consistent with both approaches. She concludes that when a woman finds herself loving another woman she is often responding to a profound psychological instinct to act in spite of internal conflict or external opposition and that this is a significant move in the service of personal and collective individuation and a movement toward achieving self-understanding Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203131305

Lesbians and WorkThe Advantages and Disadvantages of 'Comfortable Shoes' What differences and similarities exist at work between lesbian women in various careers around the world? Lesbians and Work: The Advantages and Disadvantages of 'Comfortable Shoes' answers this crucial question providing respected authorities presenting qualitative research methods to closely examine lesbian women’s working lives. This insightful resource discusses the variability among lesbians in their experiences of and responses to workplace heteronormativity and cites the similarities among this population across geographical and national boundaries. Presented in their own words these women’s viewpoints reveal a wide spectrum of experiences—both advantages and disadvantages—of being a lesbian woman in the workplace. This book provides international perspectives on lesbians and work that can help readers making career choices to consider sexual orientation issues in choosing their career path. The book also can be used by human resource professionals as a resource to learn how to better manage sexual diversity in the workplace provide effective training/development programs to address sexual prejudice alter benefits requirements for employees and avoid discrimination lawsuits. This book is a valuable resource for human resource managers college professors in women’s studies lesbian studies psychology and their students and career counselors. The book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Lesbian Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876962

Lesbians in AcademiaDegrees of Freedom First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203948903

Lesbians in East AsiaDiversity Identities and Resistance Discover the courageous vibrant similarities and differences of lesbians in East AsiaHow are same-sex relationships similar or different in the cultures of East Asia? “Lesbians” in East Asia: Diversity Identities and Resistance is a unique examination of research and vital issues involving lesbians and lesbianism in East Asia using perspectives by academics and activists who typically are rarely published in English. Contributing experts from Hong Kong mainland China Japan and Korea discuss a variety of topics including solidarity and conflicts between lesbians and feminists identities and identity politics lesbian lives and families and representation in mainstream culture.Asia because of its inherent language and cultural differences from Western society is a location of a vast unrealized fount of knowledge about same-sex relationships and the societies in which they interact. “Lesbians” in East Asia: Diversity Identities and Resistance begins to fill this gap in knowledge going beyond “East-West” divisions by gathering in one volume studies in Asia lesbian/queer studies of both the West and Asia. The text’s emphasis is on points of connection and cooperation across the cultures within Asia and between this region and other areas of the world. Diverse viewpoints and research on lesbians in China Hong Kong South Korea and Japan are presented showing issues and concerns that may be different—and often are very similar—to regions beyond those borders.Topics in “Lesbians” in East Asia: Diversity Identities and Resistance include: lesbian rights and feminism in Korea emotional damage suffered in family work and school contexts including self-denial analysis of Internet exchanges in China highlighting those feeling that they should maintain a low profile and others showing disdain toward the lesbian lifestyle gender inequality and discrimination and their effects on self-sufficiency the effects of expectations of marriage or remaining single on economics legal standpoints and in school ignorance and intolerance in Korean and Japanese societiesidentity politics conflicts of ideas between lesbians and feminists and much more! “Lesbians” in East Asia: Diversity Identities and Resistance is important illuminating reading for academics and students in women’s studies gender studies queer/sexuality studies East Asian studies and activists in feminist movements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057605

Lesbians of ColorSocial and Human Services Broaden your understanding of lesbians of color their perspectives and their needs from a human services point of view. Lesbians of Color: Social and Human Services helps you understand the ways in which lesbians of color perceive important issues related to their oppression and discrimination by the dominant social service community. The authors’personalized accounts graphically depict the deep-seated impacts of society’s racism sexism and homophobia. This insightful book suggests effective ways of changing detrimental practices and agency policies that perpetuate oppression and discrimination and it enhances your interactions with lesbians of color. Chapters build on “feminist standpoint theory ” a theory of inquiry enlightened by authors’firsthand knowledge that helps you move from an intellectual to an empathic grasp of the points made by each author. The use of standpoint theory gives you a different way of gaining insight and understanding of the experiences of lesbians of color. It acts as a springboard for valuing and celebrating the experiences and perspectives of lesbians of color so you can in turn provide more sensitive and effective services to members of this population. Among the topics explored in Lesbians of Color are: specific ways white practitioners should behave to demonstrate their sensitivity and respect for lesbians of color insight as to how “need perceptions” and “problem diagnosis” varies when the practitioner listens to and understands lesbians of color specific identity issues that affect the emotional well-being of adopted lesbians visibility and activism as contributors to the mental health of lesbians of color how visibility and activism are essential in creating positive changes in policies and practices for lesbians of colorThis volume is useful for professionals involved in direct service practice with lesbian clients and for administrators of social service agencies. The book is also a helpful guide for educators in professional preparation programs who must introduce students to issues related to lesbians of color. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863764

Leslie StuartComposer of Florodora Leslie Stuart (1864-1928) was a British songwriter best remembered as the composer of the hit show Florodora. He began writing popular songs as a teenager first for blackface and vaudeville performers and eventually for more "legitimate" shows and revues. Florodora (1899) written in collaboration with London's most fashionable librettist Owen Hall was a musical-comedy sensation. Its combination of the traditional slow love ballads and waltzes with more rhythmic and long-lined numbers made it a worldwide success. He continued to compose through the first decade of the 20th century laying the groundwork for the coming innovations in British and American musical theater. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995369

LesothoDilemmas Of Dependence In Southern Africa In this book the authors outline the features that make Lesotho unique tracing its history and discussing the peculiar structure of Lesotho's labor reserve economy and the effects it has on development politics society and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169466

Less is BetterNuclear Restraint at Low Numbers Despite the rise of ‘new’ security threats like terrorism cyber-war and piracy the terrible destructive power of nuclear weapons still hangs over the world. Discussion on further strategic nuclear arms reduction has tended to be dominated by the analysis of possible trade-offs between the US and Russia. But as the prospect of further cuts below ‘New START’ levels is contemplated increasing attention needs to be paid to the possible shape of a new multi-power approach to nuclear restraint. While restraint at low numbers goes with the grain of thinking in most nuclear states correct sequencing will be vital. Using the New START framework attention could initially be focused on incremental decreases in US and Russian stocks of the most dangerous weapons. Thereafter the other nuclear powers would need to take steps to limit the size and capabilities of their own arsenals in a process of mutual reductions. If successful the benefits would be wide ranging: successful restraint amongst existing nuclear-armed states could engender trust as well as provide mechanisms for reducing the risks of rapid escalation in the event of limited conflict. Less is Better considers the various challenges and opportunities for ensuring restraint at low numbers in today’s complicated web of bilateral nuclear relationships and in the context of the debate on ‘Global Zero’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814225

Less Is More in Elementary SchoolStrategies for Thriving in a High-Stakes Environment In this era of rigorous standards testing and overcrowded curricula many teachers are left wondering how they’re ever going to cover the material. Less Is More in Elementary School offers realistic solutions by providing ways teachers can streamline their curriculum get the most out of assessment communicate with families and engage students in their own learning. This much-needed book will help you meet the demands of the Common Core more efficiently and effectively. You’ll learn how to… integrate the curriculum so that you can take time to slow down and explore topics in depth; help students become critical readers problem solvers collaborators and communicators; make students more engaged reflective and self-regulating; get the most out of assessment during this era of high-stakes testing; maintain high expectations for all students but modify instruction to ensure all students progress; communicate more effectively with families to build trust during a time of change and high-stakes assessments; and overcome obstacles such as the emphasis on testing the need for more technology and finding teacher collaboration time. Each chapter is filled with practical strategies that you can implement immediately as well as suggested resources for learning more about a particular topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138022317

Lesson PlanningKey concepts and skills for teachers Lesson planning is an essential component of every teacher’s practice. It is part of a three-tiered integrated pedagogy: planning teaching and evaluation. Drawing on the work of skilful teachers and the latest research this book provides a rationale for lesson planning as an integral part of a teacher’s work. It introduces the key concepts and skills of lesson planning and provides a practical framework for their development. The book helps the reader to make an informed choice about the approaches they use to plan lessons taking into account their subject area and the requirements of individual learners. Covering all aspects of short medium and long-term planning chapters include: Writing Appropriate Learning Objectives and Outcomes Designing and Structuring Engaging Teaching Activities Resourcing the Lesson Assessing Students’ Learning Strategies for Personalised Learning Evaluating Your Lesson The book also includes practical and reflective activities to help the reader apply the ideas discussed to their own work and key questions to encourage the development of their skilful pedagogy. This highly practical book is essential reading for trainee and practising teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708968

Lesson Plans for the Elementary PE TeacherA Developmental Movement Education & Skill-Themes Framework This new book provides PE teachers with practical lesson plans for teaching movement at every elementary grade level. The book’s movement and skill theme-based approach which differs from the typical activity-based approaches found in many schools helps students develop overall health and well-being regardless of sports interests and hobbies. Each lesson plan is broken down into subsections to illustrate the physical cognitive and affective benefits the central theme or concept to be explored the grade level and the equipment needed. By sequencing these lesson plans so that students develop general body awareness and coordination before finer motor skills—like throwing and catching—the author offers a model of PE instruction that will promote healthy lifestyle choices long after graduation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597136

Lesson Study and Schools as Learning CommunitiesAsian School Reform in Theory and Practice School as Learning Community (SLC) or Lesson Study for Learning Community (LSLC) represents an approach to lesson study that emerged in Japan in the 1990s and which has been studied intensively by educators and researchers worldwide to establish democratic learning communities for teachers and students in schools. The model which involves all teachers in a school observing and sharing a lesson together creates a listening pedagogy to embrace and develop diversity of learning in each teacher and student – a practice that is as yet not commonly researched in Asian countries outside of Japan. The book’s theoretical foundation reviews existing literature on SLC and LSLC in the Japanese contexts of educational theories and practices. The chapters discuss patterns of learning practices and the challenges of conducting LSLC in Japan Taiwan Korea Indonesia and Vietnam. Recommendations for research and practice involving SLC/LSLC are also provided in the book with a key focus on the impact of lesson study on school reform policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484163

Lesson Study for Learning CommunityA guide to sustainable school reform Lesson Study has been actively introduced from Japan to various parts of the world starting with the US. Such introduction is heavily connected with a focus on mathematics education and there is a strong misconception that Lesson Study is only for mathematics or science. The introduction is usually done at the departmental or form level and there has been a strong question about its sustainability in schools. This book comprehensively explores the idea of Lesson Study for Learning Community (LSLC) and suggests that reform for the culture of the school is needed in order to change learning levels among the children teachers and even parents. In order for this to happen the ways of management and leadership are also included as objectives of LSLC as are practices at the classroom level. It argues that LSLC is a comprehensive vision and framework of school reform and needs to be taken up in a holistic way across disciplines. Chapters include: How to Create Time How to Build the Team How to Promote Reform How to Reform Daily Lessons How to Conduct a Research Lesson How to Discuss Observed Lessons How to Sustain School Reform based on LSLC   Strong interest in LSLC is already prevalent in Asian countries such as Japan China Korea Taiwan Indonesia Vietnam and Singapore and is now being introduced more in the west. This book will be of great interest to those involved in education policy and reform and for practitioners of education at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843171

Lesson StudyA Japanese Approach To Improving Mathematics Teaching and Learning Lesson study is a popular professional development approach in Japan whereby teachers collaborate to study content instruction and how students solve problems and reach for understanding in order to improve elementary mathematics instruction and learning in the classroom. This book is the first comprehensive look at the system and process of lesson study in Japan. It describes in detail the process of how teachers conducted lesson study--how they collaborated in order to develop a lesson what they talked about during the process and what they looked at in order to understand deeply how students were learning. Readers see the planning of a mathematics lesson as well as how much content knowledge the teachers have. They observe students' problem solving strategies and learn how Japanese teachers prepare themselves to identify those strategies and facilitate the students' discussion. Written for mathematics teachers educational researchers school administrators interested in teachers' professional development and professional developers this landmark volume provides an in-depth understanding of lesson study that can lead to positive changes in teachers' professional development and in teaching and learning in the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410610867

Lesson StudyProfessional learning for our time This book introduces readers to the development of Lesson Study (LS) in the UK making historical connections to the growth of Lesson Study in Japan East Asia the US and Europe. It explains how to conduct LS in schools and educational institutions providing examples of compelling externally evaluated impact outcomes for both primary learners and teacher learners and vivid exemplars of LS in action across age ranges and curricular contexts. Each chapter presents international research outcomes that clearly demonstrate how and why LS has a place within teacher learning approaches that have the greatest impact and the greatest capacity building potential for creating outstanding teaching. This is supported by primary research evidence and linked with contemporary and recent high quality research worldwide into pupil learning teacher learning school improvement and system improvement. The book illustrates the diverse application of LS for innovating or transferring highly effective practices in a variety of contexts to boost learning for children with a range of challenges and specific needs. Lesson Study provides a global perspective on the development of LS worldwide exploring its impact on innovation creativity curricula and achievement in a variety of contexts. It will be of key interest to practitioners in schools and teacher education institutions researchers and policy and decision-makers at local national and international levels. The book’s explicit focus on the leadership of local authorities will also make it valuable reading for all leaders of professional development and school improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218628

Lessons and Legacies of the War On TerrorFrom moral panic to permanent war This volume examines the lessons and legacies of the U.S.-led "Global War on Terror " utilizing the framework of a political "moral panic." A decade after 9/11 it is increasingly difficult to deny that terror has prevailed – not as a specific enemy but as a way of life. Transport trade and communications are repeatedly threatened and disrupted worldwide. While the pace and intensity of terror attacks have abated many of the temporary security measures and sacrifices of liberty adopted in their immediate aftermath have become more or less permanent. This book examines the social cultural and political drivers of the war on terror through the framework of a "political moral panic": the exploration of threats to particular individuals or institutions that come to be viewed as threats to a way of life social norms and values civilization and even morality itself. Drawing upon a wide range of domestic and international case studies this volume reinforces the need for reason empathy and a dogged defence of principle in the face of terror. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism studies human rights U.S. foreign policy American politics and Security Studies and I.R. in general.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694460

Lessons for Climate Change Adaptation from Better Management of Rivers Climate change is dramatically affecting freshwater supplies particularly in the developing world. The papers in this volume present a powerful case for and exploration of different freshwater adaptation strategies in the face of global climatic change. The volume centres on six detailed case studies from India China Mexico Brazil the lower Danube basin and Tanzania written by experienced local academics and practitioners. They assess autonomous adaptation in the freshwater sector drawing out key lessons about what motivated these societies to change which factors led to more successful adaptation and how interventions may best be sustained. The volume also contains a global overview of the lessons derived from these experiences. It sheds light on two key theories: that vulnerability to climate change is best reduced by reducing poverty and promoting sustainable development first or by reducing bio-physical risks from climate change. The publication also highlights the need to ensure that access to more precise climate change impact data is not used as an excuse to delay implementation of no regrets adaptation measures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852470

Lessons for the Big Society: Planning Regeneration and the Politics of Community Participation This book provides concrete examples of the ways in which shifting academic debates policy and political approaches have impacted on a specific place over the past 30 years. It offers a critical analysis of the history politics and social geography of the high profile London Borough of Haringey in the decades prior to the 2011 Tottenham riots. The Haringey case study acts as a lens through which to explore the evolution of theoretical and policy debates about the relationship between local institutions and the communities they serve. Focusing on the policy areas of planning and regeneration it considers the local implementation and outcome of central government strategies that have sought to achieve such accountability and responsiveness through community participation strategies. It examines how the local authority responded to central government aspirations for greater community involvement in planning in the 1970s and regeneration from the late 1980s onwards before looking in detail at the implementation of New Labour neighbourhood renewal and local governance policy in the borough. In doing so the book provides a longitudinal case study on how various central government community empowerment agendas have played out at a local level. It offers important lessons and indicates how they might work more effectively in future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272415

Lessons for the FutureThe Missing Dimension in Education Drawing on the latest research in futures studies this book provides new insights into ways of helping both students and teachers think more critically and creatively about their own future and that of wider society. It acknowledges the crucial role of education in helping young people understand the nature of local and global change and the social and environmental impacts such change will have on their future. Setting out a clear educational rationale for promoting global and futures perspective in education it provides helpful and stimulating examples of futures-orientated classroom activities. It also includes fascinating research into children's views of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866362

Lessons from Forest DecentralizationMoney Justice and the Quest for Good Governance in Asia-Pacific The decentralization of control over the vast forests of the world is moving at a rapid pace with both positive and negative ramifications for people and forests themselves. The fresh research from a host of Asia-Pacific countries described in this book presents rich and varied experience with decentralization and provides important lessons for other regions.  Beginning with historical and geographical overview chapters the book proceeds to more in-depth coverage of the region's countries. Research findings stress rights roles and responsibilities on the one hand and organization capacity-building infrastructure and legal aspects on the other. With these overarching themes in mind the authors take on many controversial topics and address practical challenges related to financing and reinvestment in sustainable forest management under decentralized governance. Particular efforts have been made to examine decentralization scales from the local to the national and to address gender issues. The result is a unique examination of decentralization issues in forestry with clear lessons for policy social equity forest management research development and conservation in forested areas across the globe from the tropics to temperate regions.  Published with CIFOR Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845618

Lessons from Ground ZeroMedia Response to Terror It ranked among journalism's finest hours. That is what was heard in the weeks following September 11 2001. They made mistakes of course but in covering one of the biggest disasters ever to hit the United States journalists used their training their experience their understanding and their sensitivity to provide coverage that helped bring understanding and a sense of calm to the chaos. Their performance did not end with reporting the immediate impact of the catastrophe. They continued to analyze what happened the impact to property and human lives the impact on government and foreign relations.Lessons from Ground Zero's examines journalism's efforts to cover a crisis while analyzing journalism itself. Many lessons were evident to journalists as they sought to cope with the challenges of covering 9/11. The long-term question however is whether the answers they found served as catalysts for better journalism in the future or whether they have been forgotten put into the closet of old memories with no noticeable long-term impact.This book analyzes journalists' response to 9/11 through scholarly research and interviews with many of the journalists who covered 9/11. Sometimes they do not agree but all are thoughtful and each adds to understanding. Public opinion polls show clearly that citizens appreciated and responded to media coverage. Given that this occurred in a time frame in which public approval of American journalism had declined it is reasonable to ask what the media did that was different from their normal practices. This book provides some of the answers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511651

Lessons from IraqAvoiding the Next War If what is shaping up to be the worst foreign policy disaster in U.S. history has an upside it is that the current war in Iraq should definitively permanently settle a handful of critical questions about American conduct in the world. This book provides a list of those questions and even ventures some answers in the form of key lessons from Iraq. The idea of assembling lessons as tools for avoiding the next war is less of a stretch than it seems given the group of writers represented here. They include a Nobel Prize-winning economist; the former chief UN weapons inspector; and an Iraqi American whose weekly conversations with his relatives have given him a grim education on what living through a war to spread democracy is like on the ground. Also here is a Pulitzer Prize and National Book Award winner who traces the recurring American bad habit of starting wars as tryouts for big ideas. All societies need a ready reference handbook that draws some lines around its conduct of war. The Bush administration has produced a radical overhaul of the U.S. manual. Given the Iraq experience it is urgent that we reject this version and think again. This book is a manageably sized accessibly written affordable compilation of key points that most urgently need to be rethought. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633657

Lessons from LockdownThe Educational Legacy of COVID-19 Lessons from Lockdown explores the impact of COVID-19 on our schooling systems on the young people and families that they serve and on all who work in – and with – our schools and asks what the long-term ramifications of the pandemic might be for the pedagogy and purpose of formal education. Drawing on the voices of more than a hundred pupils parents and professionals it reveals how teachers and learners are adapting practice in areas such as curriculum modelling parental engagement assessment and evaluation and blended and online learning. In this timely new book Tony Breslin draws on his experience as a teacher researcher examiner school governor and policy influencer to assess what the educational legacy of COVID-19 could be and the potential that it offers for reframing how we ‘do’ schooling. Whatever your place in this landscape Lessons from Lockdown is a must-read for all concerned about the shape and purpose of schooling systems in mature economies – schooling systems and economies set on recovering from the kind of ‘system shock’ that the pandemic has delivered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367639297

Lessons from Mount KilimanjaroSchooling Community and Gender in East Africa First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203901052

Lessons from RussiaClinton and US Democracy Promotion Lee Marsden presents one of the most original and comprehensive analyses of US democracy promotion in Russia and argues that in order to understand the failings of democracy assistance in Russia it is necessary to understand the inter-relation of macro- and micro-level policy. The book introduces two new models of foreign policy analysis which increase understanding of both the formulation and implementation of foreign policy. Furthermore it demonstrates how the promotion of democracy in Russia was substantially flawed due to implementation and the US foreign policy process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623576

Lessons from School PsychologyPractical Strategies and Evidence-Based Practice for Professionals and Parents Lessons from School Psychology presents practical advice and evidence-based strategies for school-based professionals and parents to utilize when dealing with challenging and worrisome behavior in children and adolescents. Structured around a series of timely topics facing schools today chapters cover everything from bullying and racial incidents to substance abuse and suicide prevention. This unique resource integrates proven models and strategies from school psychology practice in an accessible format that highlights key takeaways and valuable lessons for teachers counselors social workers administration or anyone looking to help a young person in their life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138293571

Lessons from the Asian Financial Crisis Nearly ten years after the Asian Financial Crisis financial turmoil has reappeared – this time it is ravaging the world's wealthiest countries and dragging the global economy along for the ride. It forces one to reflect on the last major financial crisis to afflict the global economy and to consider whether there are any similarities and whether there are any lessons from that crisis that we can apply to the current one. Written by a distinguished group of individuals from government the private sector international organizations and academia this book provides an overview of developments in the main affected countries during the Asian Financial Crisis as well as the lessons learned and corrective measures taken at the country regional and international levels. Importantly attention is also paid to the areas where substantial improvements are needed. The current crisis heightens the relevance of these lessons. Lessons from the Asian Financial Crisis will be invaluable to those studying international relations international finance international economics and East Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667104

Lessons from the DamnedQueers Whores and Junkies Respond to AIDS First published in 1998. Nancy Stoller records how the poor people of color gay men and lesbians drug users and women have built social movements to fight the impact of AIDS revealing that organizational structure and culture have a greater impact on who is served and how than do public health theories or official organizational goals. She draws on ethnographic research and the words of the activists themselves as well as the literature of social movements and theories of bureaucracy. In addition to the stories of the organizational strategies the book offers guidelines for dealing with diversity and conflict with both theoretical and practical perspectives on cross-community and international organizing. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811383

Lessons from the Teachers for a New Era ProjectEvidence and Accountability in Teacher Education Chronicling a high-profile and ambitious teacher preparation reform project that took place across 11 diverse U.S. institutions this volume examines the strategies program changes accomplishments and challenges from the Teachers for a New Era Project (TNE). TNE aimed to improve the preparation of K-12 teachers and address mounting criticisms of university-based teacher education. Funded primarily by the Carnegie Corporation of New York TNE targeted the most persistant problems in university-based teacher preparation programs focused on evidence-based assessment of program impact and developed strategies for improvement. Exploring both the successes and tensions that arose from the program this book contributes to future teacher education and program assessment endeavors and offers lessons that can inform current policies and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885557

Lessons from Vernacular Architecture The architectural community has had a strong and continuing interest in traditional and vernacular architecture. Lessons from Vernacular Architecture takes lessons directly from traditional and vernacular architecture and offers them to the reader as guidance and inspiration for new buildings. The appropriate technical and social solutions provided by vernacular and traditional architecture are analysed in detail. International case studies focus on environmental design aspects of traditional architecture in a broad range of climatic conditions and building types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844076000

Lessons in Environmental Microbiology Lessons in Environmental Microbiology provides an understanding of the microbial processes used in the environmental engineering and science fields. It examines both basic theory as well as the latest advancements in practical applications including nutrient removal and recovery methanogenesis suspended growth bioreactors and more. The information is presented in a very user-friendly manner; it is not assumed that readers are already experts in the field. It also offers a brief history of how microbiology relates to sanitary practice and examines the lessons learned from the great epidemics of the past. Numerous worked example problems are presented in every chapter.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138336582

Lessons in LeadershipMeeting the Challenges of Public Service Management Using international case study material this book examines how ideas of visionary leadership have been developed and discusses their applicability to the public sector. The book covers: the tensions that can arise between administrative/bureaucratic traditions and the leadership styles required today the relationship between political leadership and organizational leadership different approaches that have been adopted by public service leaders in organizations around the globe and their level of success the extent to which existing theories of leadership are appropriate for a new management context. A welcome addition to the current literature this book will be invaluable reading for students of public administration as well as practitioners and policy makers in the public services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203617793

Lessons in PlayAn Introduction to Combinatorial Game Theory Second Edition This second edition of Lessons in Play reorganizes the presentation of the popular original text in combinatorial game theory to make it even more widely accessible. Starting with a focus on the essential concepts and applications it then moves on to more technical material. Still written in a textbook style with supporting evidence and proofs the authors add many more exercises and examples and implement a two-step approach for some aspects of the material involving an initial introduction examples and basic results to be followed later by more detail and abstract results. Features Employs a widely accessible style to the explanation of combinatorial game theory Contains multiple case studies Expands further directions and applications of the field Includes a complete rewrite of CGSuite material Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482243031

Lessons in Scientific ComputingNumerical Mathematics Computer Technology and Scientific Discovery Taking an interdisciplinary approach this new book provides a modern introduction to scientific computing exploring numerical methods computer technology and their interconnections which are treated with the goal of facilitating scientific research across all disciplines. Each chapter provides an insightful lesson and viewpoints from several subject areas are often compounded within a single chapter. Written with an eye on usefulness longevity and breadth Lessons in Scientific Computing will serve as a "one stop shop" for students taking a unified course in scientific computing or seeking a single cohesive text spanning multiple courses. Features: Provides a unique combination of numerical analysis computer programming and computer hardware in a single text Includes essential topics such as numerical methods approximation theory parallel computing algorithms and examples of computational discoveries in science Not wedded to a specific programming language Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138070585

Lessons Learned from Community-Based Microgeneration ProjectsThe Impact of Renewable Energy Capital Grant Schemes Key lessons from projects where government-funded renewable energy schemes have been installed in nine schools colleges and community buildings are presented. Key issues investigated include community engagement installation specification operation and performance. This report also highlights feedback on the grant processes. The case studies provide an overview of benefits and issues surrounding project implementation and how to make sure the system performs in line with the specifications. The technologies covered include biomass solar PV and solar thermal wind turbine ground source heat pump and wood fuelled boiler used in various combinations. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062016

Lessons LearnedHow to Avoid the Biggest Mistakes Made by College Resident Assistants The college years can be some of the most vibrant and transformative in an individual’s life but they are also fraught with uncertainty. The resident advisor or assistant (RA) not only confronts these decisions for him or herself but must also help his or her residents navigate the world of important decisions which the undergraduate experience presents. Lessons Learned is the definitive volume for training RAs to become comfortable with their roles as student leaders. Over four dozen common RA mistakes are discussed chapter-by-chapter in the form of individual letters written by experienced RAs to new staff members. Each chapter includes thought-provoking discussion questions a list of internet and media resources and additional tips related to each situation. Now in its second edition this updated volume provides a new overview of student developmental theory and covers a host of new topics including evolving thought on 21st century predicaments such as social media texting and the Internet. This is an important text for beginning and experienced RAs as well as for the university staff who train these crucial pillars of the university community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538046

Lessons of Criminology Presents the stories musings advice and conclusions of well-known criminologists about their research and their careers. Provides readers with suggestions about how to manage their professional lives. Contributors include Frank Cullen Julius Debro Don Gibbons John Irwin Mac Klein Gary Marx Joan McCord Richard Quinney Frank Scarpitti Jim Short Rita Simon Charles Tuttle and Jackson Toby. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315721507

Lessons of the Swaps Litigation This is the first comprehensive review of the extent of remedies and impact of contractual agreements on restitution claims for void unenforceable and discharged contracts. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122616

Lessons on Aging and DyingA Poetic Autoethnography Lessons in Aging and Dying: A Poetic Autoethnography captures the experience of being elderly and facing the end of life. The book presents a collection of poems about life’s end accompanied with narrative commentary. Organized as 73 lessons they can be read as personal curiosities momentary realizations farcical departures embarrassing fears therapeutic encounters experiential truths hopeful conjectures and inevitable destinations. This book is a poetic inquiry that calls upon the lyrical in narrative and poetic forms to enter its subject. It also is an autoethnography that examines culture through the deployment of the self. Framed by introductory and concluding remarks the book is organized around three developmental stages. The initial pages "Beginnings " recognize the author’s birth into the end a time when he knew he had arrived at a place beyond middle age. The middle unit "From Here to There " displays an unsettled settling in driven by an ongoing tension between resistance and acquiescence. It serves as a transitional stage into "Endings " the final section that anticipates death’s imminent arrival and speculates about how author might meet his end. Together these units provide opportunities for identification speculation and resistance. Published as part of the prestigious autoethnographic series Writing Lives: Ethnographic and Autoethnographic Narratives and written by one of the foremost academics in the fields of communication and performance studies this text is particularly suitable for students and researchers in subjects such as relational and family communication gerontology and end-of-life care and performance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367621896

Lessons on Aging from Three NationsThe Art of Caring for Older Adults The global phenomenon of the aging of societies during a period of outstanding scientific economic and technological advancements is a blessing for humanity. These fundamental changes however create new needs and problems in all areas of life often difficult to address. In some countries the trend is towards compression of the period of age-related morbidity - fewer years of living with disabilities - but the absolute numbers of elderly people living with disabilities are increasing worldwide. This book highlights a series of global threats problems and challenges in the areas of care and caregiving through the prism of three multicultural nations: the United States Israel and Australia. The contributors to this book experts in their fields focus on the art of caregiving at the national level including the interface between family and state responsibilities policies and practices in the provision of services and the demands for education and training as well as the problems and difficulties faced by family caregivers. This is the second of two edited volumes on aging and caregiving. The first ""Lessons on Aging from Three Nations - Volume I: The Art of Aging Well"" examines positive aspects of and successful adaptations to aging. This book will be of interest to students of gerontology and geriatrics; those working in nongovernmental organizations - private for-profit and non-profit agencies including voluntary charitable and religious groups those working in national regional and local governments and all general readers intrigued with the aging of societies and longevity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783965

Lessons to LearnVoices from the Front Lines of Teach for America This is the inside story of the more than 8 000 recent college graduates who have joined Teach for America and committed two years of service to teaching in the nation's most troubled public schools. In the tradition of books by Studs Terkel Ness combines interviews and essays from TFA members and alumni as well as principals superintendents parents and noted education experts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979727

Lest We Be DamnedPractical Innovation & Lived Experience Among Catholics in Protestant England 1559–1642 Through compelling personal stories and in rich detail McClain reveals the give-and-take interaction between the institutional church in Rome and the needs of believers and the hands-on clergy who provided their pastoral care within England. In doing so she illuminates larger issues of how believers and low-level clergy push the limits of official orthodoxy in order to meet devotional needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865098

Let It Flow Poster The Let It Flow poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781926537887

Let Me Be FiveImplementing a Play-Based Curriculum in Year 1 and Beyond This book offers a step-by-step guide to implementing a play-based curriculum in Year 1 while fully achieving the National Curriculum objectives. The authors explore the key barriers and common pitfalls that often arise around this crucial transition and show teachers how to successfully lead children from the Reception stage through Year 1 and to the subject-based teaching beyond. Providing practical advice and guidance for busy teachers the authors clearly and concisely illustrate their methods with theory personal stories and colourful photographs from transitional stories they have been a part of. Let Me Be Five shows teachers how to plan the curriculum in a way that builds on children’s experiences in the Early Years Foundation Stage and gives them meaningful contexts for learning. Including real-life case studies and views from parents and teachers this book will give you the knowledge and confidence to plan a play-based curriculum based on children’s interests and developmental needs that will enable every learner to thrive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344207

Let My People GoThe Transnational Politics of Soviet Jewish Emigration During the Cold War American Jews' mobilization on behalf of Soviet Jews is typically portrayed as compensation for the community's inability to assist European Jews during World War II. Yet as Pauline Peretz shows the role Israel played in setting the agenda for a segment of the American Jewish community was central. Her careful examination of relations between the Jewish state and the Jewish diaspora offers insight into Israel's influence over the American Jewish community and how this influence can be conceptualized.To explain how Jewish emigration moved from a solely Jewish issue to a humanitarian question that required the intervention of the US government during the Cold War Peretz traces the activities of Israel in securing the immigration of Soviet Jews and promoting awareness in Western countries.Peretz uses mobilization studies to explain a succession of objectives on the part of Israel and the stages in which it mobilized American Jews. Peretz attempts to reintroduce Israel as the missing yet absolutely decisive actor in the history of the American movement to help Soviet Jews emigrate in difficult circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598266

Let the Flowers Go: A Life of Mary Cholmondeley Giving a comprehensive critique of Cholmondeley's writings Oulton analyzes the inspiration and influences behind some of her greatest work and provides an appealing biography on a writer whose work is of increasing interest to modern scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663329

Lethal PoliticsSoviet Genocide and Mass Murder Since 1917 While there are estimates of the number of people killed by Soviet authorities during particular episodes or campaigns until now no one has tried to calculate the complete human toll of Soviet genocides and mass murders since the revolution of 1917. Here R. J. Rummel lists and analyzes hundreds of published estimates presenting them in the historical context in which they occurred. His shocking conclusion is that conservatively calculated 61 911 000 people were systematically killed by the Communist regime from 1917 to 1987.Rummel divides the published estimates on which he bases his conclusions into eight historical periods such as the Civil War collectivization and World War II. The estimates are further divided into agents of death such as terrorism deportations and famine. Using statistical principles developed from more than 25 years of quantitative research on nations he analyzes the estimates. In the collectivization period for example about 11 440 000 people were murdered. During World War II while the Soviet Union had lost almost 20 000 000 in the war the Party was killing even more of its citizens and foreigners-probably an additional 13 053 000. For each period he defines counts and totals the sources of death. He shows that Soviet forced labor camps were the major engine of death probably killing 39 464 000 prisoners overall.To give meaning and depth to these figures Rummel compares them to the death toll from'major wars world disasters global genocide deaths from cancer and other diseases and the like. In these and other ways Rummel goes well beyond the bare bones of statistical analysis and tries to provide understanding of this incredible toll of human lives. Why were these people killed? What was the political and social context? How can we understand it? These and other questions are addressed in a compelling historical narrative.This definitive book will be of interest to Soviet experts those inte Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203787236

L'Etranger L'Etranger has the force and fascination of myth. The outwardly simple narrative of an office clerk who kills an Arab 'a cause du soleil' and finds himself condemned to death for moral insensibility becomes in Camus's hands a powerful image of modern man's impatience before Christian philosophy and conventional social and sexual values. For this new edition Ray Davison makes use of recent critical analysis of L'Etranger to give a full and concise description of Camus's early philosophy of the Absurd and the ideas and preoccupations from which the novel emerges. Davison also discusses the developing pattern of Camus's notion of the art of the novel his views on 'classicism' simplicity and ambiguity his fondness for paradox and his love of everyday situations which yield to mythical interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127906

Letras hispánicas en la gran pantallaDe la literatura al cine Letras Hispánicas en la Gran Pantalla is an innovative textbook for advanced students of Hispanic studies which merges the studies of canonical literary works and their film adaptions. Students are guided through key literary masterpieces spanning from the Renaissance to the present day while at the same time interpreting their film versions. This parallel approach encourages students to develop their analytical skills as they master the terminology of contemporary studies in literature and cinema. Exploring complete works by both male and female authors and directors from Argentina Chile Colombia Costa Rica Mexico and Spain Letras Hispánicas en la Gran Pantalla allows students discover the astounding diversity of the Spanish-speaking world in a unique and engaging way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921542

Let's Get RealExploring Race Class and Gender Identities in the Classroom This new book is a vital resource for any teacher or administrator to help students tackle issues of race class gender religion and cultural background. Authors Martha Caldwell and Oman Frame both lifelong educators offer a series of teaching strategies designed to encourage conversation and personal reflection enabling students to think creatively rather than stereotypically about difference. Using the Transformational Inquiry model your students will learn to explore their own identities share stories and thoughts with their peers learn more through reading and research and ultimately take personal collaborative action to affect social change in their communities. You’ll learn how to: Facilitate dynamic classroom discussions in a safe and empathetic environment Encourage students to think and talk objectively about complex and sensitive issues such as race gender and social class Help students cultivate valuable communication critical thinking and writing skills while developing their identities in a healthy way. Develop your teacher identity in a positive way to better support your students’ growth and self-discovery The strategies in this book can be adapted for any middle school or high school curriculum and each chapter includes a variety of lesson plans and handouts that you can use in the classroom immediately. These resources can also be downloaded from the authors’ website: www.ichangecollaborative.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685239

Let's Keep TalkingLacanian Tales of Love Sex and Other Catastrophes Let's Keep Talking: Lacanian Tales of Love Sex and Other Catastrophes is a collection of original Lacanian case studies of young people today as they struggle with their own modern existential dilemmas of sex and love life and death. The context background and forms of expression may be contemporary but the clients' problems structures and existential dilemmas are quite classic. The five narrative tales highlight the role a Lacanian orientation played in the interactions formulations and results from initial meetings to terminations. Grounded in concrete clinical material the case studies illuminate specific and universal themes of human suffering and how we can treat that suffering by speaking. Yael Baldwin argues that in our cultural milieu of "connective technologies" and the rise of biotechnology and psychopharmacology in particular we are in need of mental health treatment methods that highlight talking and relationships as essential to our personhood our suffering and our healing and growth. Let's Keep Talking argues that now more than ever we need the endeavour of analytic talk therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203070

Let's Talk About DrugsTeacher's Guide & Student's Manual Effective drug education is key to steering young people away from drug use whether in a group setting or one to one. This workbook provides a fun way to learn about drugs with a teacher or youth worker parent or carer. The approaches include: information giving; life skills education; and mixed approaches. Packed with important information strategies and facts the following subjects are included: what is a drug; drug word game; drug names and nicknames; using drugs - for and against; the effects of drugs; risks and dangers of drugs; drugs and the law; keeping safe; resisting peer pressure; tobacco; and alcohol. A great deal of information provided in this easy to use package. Paperback & CD. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169347

Let's Talk About DyingHelping Professionals to Communicate with Family Members Communicating with relatives when a patient is terminally ill can be a difficult task for professionals to contemplate. However it is a crucially important part of their role that needs to be undertaken with confidence and competence. Professionals need to work collaboratively with colleagues from the different disciplines involved with the family. A key factor here is inter-professional communication and information sharing. This training resource has two objectives: It helps group members recognise and acknowledge the importance of inter-professional working and communication when working with family members experiencing bereavement. It helps to facilitate discussions between the group members about communicating with and working with family members when a significant person is at the end of life. This resource has been developed for use with practitioners from different professions. It is specifically targeted at nursing and medical staff social workers family support workers and school personnel; however its use can and should be extended to other professionals working with family members. This resource can be used equally effectively with practitioners who work with the children within the family as well as adult family members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889127

Let's Talk GermanPupil's Book 3rd Edition A German language course for adult beginners both independent learners and those following adult education courses. It has been updated to reflect developments in the language and culture of German-speaking nations and also the political changes in Germany. Audio files to accompany the book are available to download from www.routledge.com/cw/sutton . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158351

Let's Talk Social SkillsA game to promote social communication The second edition of these bestselling cards remains focused on building stronger communication skills in children and young adults. The social skills topics can be used as a therapeutic activity a warm-up exercise or a closing game. Partners practise conversing with peers and adults by addressing statements or asking questions typically discussed in a variety of social settings. Topics include: negotiation and conversation skills self-perception physical and verbal reactions friendship and personal responsibilities. These cards will help build valuable social interaction skills and have been revised and extended to reflect changes in the field of communication science and disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390560

Let's TalkResilience Let's Talk: Resilience are cards to improve communication and confidence. To understand more about resilience these cards help to develop resilience skills and look at how to use different strategies to be resilient in difficult situations. Let's Talk: Resilience can be used: with adults and children aged 7+; with individuals or in small groups; at school (1-1 learning support circle time) youth groups child psychologists family therapy personal development & confidence building workshops adult training sessions and at home; adaptable: separate sessions/ a full workshop/ ongoing use.  The cards are in 5 sections: discussion (to get people thinking about resilience); quotes (either put the cards face up on the floor or table and ask each person to choose their favourite & explain why; or each person picks a card in turn to read to the group); experience (participants share their own experiences of being resilient); and think again (changing unhelpful thinking patterns into helpful ones.  Read the situation & quote on the card; change the unhelpful thinking pattern into the helpful one which is given and suggest what you might say/ think instead.) ; to be used together; strength cards (positive self-messages); situation cards; content: 78 cards instructions and ideas Sue Nicholls' particular interest is in the personal development of children and young people. As a youth worker she was involved in the setting up and running of a nationally acclaimed youth-led peer befriending charity. Sue now works as an accredited childminder and is a National Childminding Association Tutor. She has been exploring creative ways of helping children develop their emotional literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301597

Let's WriteActivities to develop writing skills for 7–11 year olds Let’s Write offers a wealth of suggestions for approaches to developing primary school pupils’ writing skills that will capture the children’s interest while enabling them to improve their ability to express themselves in writing. It aims to meet the requirements of the new national curriculum for English at KS2 in a way that will develop the children’s standard of writing by presenting activities that they will find enjoyable and stimulating. Throughout the book the emphasis is on providing activities that will engage the pupils in a discussion of how texts are structured before producing their own writing. John Foster suggests a range of imaginative tasks that both literacy specialists and non-specialists will find useful in developing children’ ability to write coherently and correctly. Let’s Write includes: a clear explanation of the writing process with activities designed to improve pupils’ drafting skills examples of the different types of writing for pupils to analyse which they can use as models for their own writing a range of imaginative ideas for writing tasks together with suggestions of curriculum opportunities for practising particular forms writing challenges which can be used to stretch more able writers and thus to introduce differentiation by task as well as by outcome writing tips for example on sentence structure and paragraph structure appropriate to the different types of writing activities involving pupils in the assessment of their writing a section on writing correctly focussing on grammar spelling and punctuation a section containing games and activities designed to extend pupils’ vocabulary. Let’s Write provides teachers with a lively collection of resources that will be welcomed by teachers and that will help to develop children’s writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728508

Letter to a Priest Hailed by Albert Camus as ‘the only great spirit of our times’ Simone Weil was one of great essayists and activists of the twentieth century. Her writings on the nature of religious faith and spirituality have inspired many subsequent thinkers. Wrestling with the moral dilemmas entailed by commitment to the Catholic Church Letter to a Priest is a brilliant meditation on the perennial battle between faith and doubt and resonates today as much as when it was first written. This edition also includes one of her most inspiring and celebrated essays ‘Human Personality’ where Weil offers a moving and unorthodox account of the preciousness of human beings. With a new foreword by Raimond Gaita. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854689

Letters Literacy and Literature in Byzantium These studies look at general problems of reading Byzantine literature at literacy practices and the literary process but also at individual texts. The past thirty years have seen a revolution in the way Byzantine literature has been viewed: no longer is it considered a decadent form of classical literature or a turgid precursor of modern Greek literature. There are still prejudices to overcome: that there was no literary public or that Byzantium had no drama or humour but Byzantine texts are now read as literature in the social context of literacy and book culture. One genre is treated here more fully: the letter (Derrida said that letters represent all literature). In these studies epistolography is examined from the point of view of genre of originality of communication and as evidence for political history. Other genres touched on include the novel historiography parainesis panegyric and hagiography. The section on literary process includes essays on genre patronage and rhetoric and the section on literacy practices deals with both writing and reading. The collection includes one unpublished lecture which acts as introduction and additional notes and comments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138375185

Letters Postcards EmailTechnologies of Presence In this original study Milne moves between close readings of letters postcards and emails and investigations of the material technological infrastructures of these forms to answer the question: How does presence function as an aesthetic and rhetorical strategy within networked communication practices? As her work reveals the relation between old and new communication systems is more complex than allowed in much contemporary media theory. Although the correspondents of letters postcards and emails are not usually present to one another as they write and read their exchanges this does not necessarily inhibit affective communication. Indeed this study demonstrates how physical absence may in some instances provide correspondents with intense intimacy and a spiritual almost telepathic sense of the other’s presence. While corresponding by letter postcard or email readers construe an imaginary incorporeal body for their correspondents that in turn reworks their interlocutor’s self-presentation. In this regard the fantasy of presence reveals a key paradox of cultural communication namely that material signifiers can be used to produce the experience of incorporeal presence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741064

Letters and Cultural Transformations in the United States 1760-1860 This volume illustrates the significance of epistolarity as a literary phenomenon intricately interwoven with eighteenth- and nineteenth-century cultural developments. Rejecting the common categorization of letters as primarily private documents this collection of essays demonstrates the genre's persistent public engagements with changing cultural dynamics of the revolutionary early republican and antebellum eras. Sections of the collection treat letters' implication in transatlanticism authorship and reform movements as well as the politics and practices of editing letters. The wide range of authors considered include Mercy Otis Warren Charles Brockden Brown members of the Emerson and Peabody families Margaret Fuller Elizabeth Stoddard Catherine Brown John Brown and Harriet Jacobs. The volume is particularly relevant for researchers in U.S. literature and history as well as women's writing and periodical studies. This dynamic collection offers scholars an exemplary template of new approaches for exploring an understudied yet critically important literary genre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592251

Letters and Papers of Admiral of the Fleet Sir Thomas Byam MartinVol III Admiral Hamilton edited three volumes of Byam Martin’s papers which were issued out of sequence. This covers Martin’s post-war career during which he was Controller of the Navy from 1816 to 1831. It consists largely of private correspondence with senior officers politicians and others which are illuminating on the naval policy and events of the times. There is also printed some of Martin’s own interesting autobiographical notes dealing chiefly with the latter part of his career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248293

Letters and Papers of Admiral of the Fleet Sir Thomas Byam MartinVol. I Admiral Hamilton edited three volumes of Byam Martin’s papers which were issued out of sequence. Half this volume consists of another autobiographical collection ‘Reminiscences and Notes’ written after those in Vol III but dealing with his early life up to 1794. These are followed by correspondence of his father illustrating his entry into the Navy in 1786 and early service and his own from 1795 to 1807. In appendices are printed the Captain’s Orders of the Andromeda in 1788 when Prince William Henry commanded her and Martin was a midshipman and the proceedings of the court martial of Captain Lumsdame in 1793 in which Martin was involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248385

Letters and Papers of Admiral of the Fleet Sir Thomas Byam MartinVol. II Admiral Hamilton edited three volumes of Byam Martin’s papers which were issued out of sequence. This volume consists of journals public and private correspondence dealing with the years 1808 to 1812 when Martin was a captain in Saumarez’s fleet in the Baltic and 1812 to 1813 when he was Lord Keith’s second-in-command and responsible for the naval effort in support of Wellington’s army along the North coast of Spain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248194

Letters and Papers of Charles Lord Barham 1758-1813 Charles Middleton was one of the most interesting influential and unlikeable characters in the British naval history. As Controller of the Navy 1778-1790 a member of the Admiralty Board 1794-95 and First Lord 1805-06 as well as the confidential naval adviser of several prime ministers he played a decisive part in reform and centralization of naval administration over thirty years and was finally (at the age of eighty) responsible for guiding the Trafalgar campaign. Middleton’s career continues at the Admiralty and out of office with much correspondence to and from politicians and sea officers. This volume covers Barham’s brief period as First Sea Lord (a term he appears to have invented) during the Trafalgar Campaign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248521

Letters and Papers of Charles Lord Barham1758-1813 Vol. II Charles Middleton was one of the most interesting influential and unlikeable characters in the British naval history. As Controller of the Navy 1778-1790 a member of the Admiralty Board 1794-95 and First Lord 1805-06 as well as the confidential naval adviser of several prime ministers he played a decisive part in reform and centralization of naval administration over thirty years and was finally (at the age of eighty) responsible for guiding the Trafalgar campaign. In this volume are printed correspondence and papers dealing with the latter part of Middleton ‘s period as Controller of the Navy (1779-90) particularly bearing on naval administration and the reform thereof. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248613

Letters and Papers of Charles Lord Barham1758-1813 Vol. III Charles Middleton was one of the most interesting influential and unlikeable characters in the British naval history. As Controller of the Navy 1778-1790 a member of the Admiralty Board 1794-95 and First Lord 1805-06 as well as the confidential naval adviser of several prime ministers he played a decisive part in reform and centralization of naval administration over thirty years and was finally (at the age of eighty) responsible for guiding the Trafalgar campaign. Middleton’s career continues at the Admiralty and out of office with much correspondence to and from politicians and sea officers. This volume covers Barham’s brief period as First Sea Lord (a term he appears to have invented) during the Trafalgar Campaign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248637

Letters and Papers of Professor Sir John Knox Laughton 1830-1915 John Knox Laughton created modern naval history to harmonise the adacemic standards of the new English historical profession with the strategic and doctrinal needs of the contemporary Royal Navy. His correspondents included major figures in both the historical and the naval professions: Alfred T. Mahan Samuel Rawson Gardiner Julian Corbett Cyprian Bridge and many others. This volume will be of particular interest to those interested in the development of naval history and naval theory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091839

Letters and Papers relating to the First Dutch War1652-1654 Vol. I This remarkable compilation includes both official and private correspondence and papers from a wide variety of sources both English and Dutch (the latter translated) giving an extremely detailed and complete view of all aspects of the war. The first volume extends to August 1652. The translations of many of the Dutch documents are unsatisfactory and should be corrected from the Corrigenda ed. A.C. Dewar issued by the Society in 1932. The first volume extends to August 1652. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248217

Letters and Papers relating to the First Dutch War1652-1654 Vol. II This remarkable compilation includes both official and private correspondence and papers from a wide variety of sources both English and Dutch (the latter translated) giving an extremely detailed and complete view of all aspects of the war. The first volume extends to August 1652. The translations of many of the Dutch documents are unsatisfactory and should be corrected from the Corrigenda ed. A.C. Dewar issued by the Society in 1932. This volume covers July to October 1652. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248279

Letters and Papers relating to the First Dutch War1652-1654 Vol. III This remarkable compilation includes both official and private correspondence and papers from a wide variety of sources both English and Dutch (the latter translated) giving an extremely detailed and complete view of all aspects of the war. The first volume extends to August 1652. The translations of many of the Dutch documents are unsatisfactory and should be corrected from the Corrigenda ed. A.C. Dewar issued by the Society in 1932. This volume runs from October 1652 to February 1652/3. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248484

Letters and Papers relating to the First Dutch War1652-1654 Vol. IV This remarkable compilation includes both official and private correspondence and papers from a wide variety of sources both English and Dutch (the latter translated) giving an extremely detailed and complete view of all aspects of the war. The first volume extends to August 1652. The translations of many of the Dutch documents are unsatisfactory and should be corrected from the Corrigenda ed. A.C. Dewar issued by the Society in 1932. This continues from January 1652/3 to May 1653. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248590

Letters and Papers relating to the War with France1512-1513 The documents are French as well as English drawn from a variety of sources the French papers printed in the original language with English abstracts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248170

Letters Between Mothers and Daughters There are now many studies of family letters in Europe but most of them focus on marital letters and letters between parents especially mothers and their sons. Little attention has been paid to the letters to and from daughters. This volume seeks to begin filling that gap by exploring the continuities and changes evident in the letters written between mothers and daughters over several centuries. Some of these changes reflect the history of letters and the ways that they were written and delivered especially the move from the use of scribes and couriers in the medieval and early modern period which made both the writing and reading of letters a public affair to the use of pens and the situation in which letters were able to be written in private and read only by the person to whom they were addressed. But the letters also reveal the changing nature of the mother and daughter relationship as the formal and more distant ties evident in the early period in which dynastic and other matters were often more important to a mother than her daughter’s personal happiness were replaced by closer and more intimate ties and a concern with particular personalities and individual needs. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392571

Letters from a FriendA Sibling's Guide to Coping and Grief This unique workbook is a comprehensive compilation of therapeutic activities developed to address the needs and issues of children and adolescents following the death of a brother or sister. The workbook is organized into distinct topic-specific sections relating to sibling hospitalisation illness injury and death. Games creative writing and drawing exercises offer opportunities to share feelings and relay experiences in a non-threatening format.. Letters from a Friend may be used by children or teens independently to create a personal journal of their bereavement and coping processes as well as a chronicle of their lives as surviving siblings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415785075

Letters from Englandby Don Manuel Alvarez Espriella In 1807 Robert Southey published a pseudonymous account of a journey made through England by a fictitious Spanish tourist ‘Don Manuel Alvarez Espriella’. Letters from England (1807) relates Espriella’s travels. On his journey Espriella comments on every aspect of British society from fashions and manners to political and religious beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848932098

Letters from Linda M. Montano Letters from Linda M. Montano is an anthology of writings by one of the seminal performance artists of the last century. It provides an autobiographical and historical record of Montano's artistic practice over the last thirty years collecting together stories fairytales letters interviews manifestos and other previously unpublished writings. At the same time the book acts as a 'how-to' manual for aspiring performance artists offering practical guidance for students and a range of exercises that Montano has used in her teachings and workshops. Finally Letters from Linda M. Montano represents a performance in itself in which the artist considers the process of writing creating and bringing the work to fruition as another form of 'endurance performance' similar to that of her durational works 14 Years of Living Art and Blood Family Art. COVER PHOTO COURTESY OF GISELA GAMPER. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203022139

Letters from the EastCrusaders Pilgrims and Settlers in the 12th–13th Centuries No written source is entirely without literary artifice but the letters sent from Asia Minor Syria and Palestine in the high middle ages come closest to recording the real feelings of those who lived in and visited the crusader states. They are not of course reflective pieces but they do convey the immediacy of circumstances which were frequently dramatic and often life-threatening. Those settled in the East faced crises all the time while crusaders and pilgrims knew they were experiencing defining moments in their lives. There are accounts of all the great events from the triumph of the capture of Jerusalem in 1099 to the disasters of Hattin in 1187 and the loss of Acre in 1291. These had an impact on the lives of all Latin Christians but at the same time individuals felt impelled to describe both their own personal achievements and disappointments and the wonders and horrors of what they had seen. Moreover the representatives of the military and monastic orders used letters as a means of maintaining contact with the western houses providing information about the working of religious orders not found elsewhere. Some of the letters translated here are famous others hardly known but all offer unique insight into the minds of those who took part in the crusading movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472413932

Letters From Turkey First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979734

Letters of Admiral of the Fleet The Earl of St. Vincent1801-1804 Vol. I These volumes present letters and other documents of St Vincent’s period as First Lord of the Admiralty the most controversial and politically-heated of any during the time of the sailing navy. They are taken from his out-letter books and do not include the replies. Unusually for Society volumes the editor selected only a part of each letter for publication but such severe editing does not entirely muffle the Earl’s spiky and forceful turn of phrase. This volume covers the first year of St Vincent’s time at the Admiralty 1801. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248804

Letters of Admiral of the Fleet The Earl of St. Vincent1801-1804 Vol. II These volumes present letters and other documents of St Vincent’s period as First Lord of the Admiralty the most controversial and politically-heated of any during the time of the sailing navy. They are taken from his out-letter books and do not include the replies. Unusually for Society volumes the editor selected only a part of each letter for publication but such severe editing does not entirely muffle the Earl’s spiky and forceful turn of phrase.The subjects covered include the General Election of 1801 the Royal Marines the dockyards and other parts of the civil administration of the navy. The volume ends with the strongly-worded and partisan printed pamphlet entitled: Memoirs of the Administration of the Board of Admiralty under the presidency of Earl of St Vincent. All copies save one were destroyed presumably because of its inflammatory nature but one survived in the Grenville collection in the British Library. It is here reproduced in 130 pages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248897

Letters of C. G. JungVolume 2 1951-1961 In May 1956 in his eighty-second year Jung first discussed with Gerhard Adler the question of the publication of his letters. Over many years Jung had often used the medium of letters to communicate his ideas to others and to clarify the interpretation of his work quite apart from answering people who approached him with genuine problems of their own and simply corresponding with friends and colleagues. Many of his letters thus contain new creative ideas and provide a running commentary on his work.From some 1 600 letters written by Jung between the years 1906-1961 the editors have selected over 1 000. Volume 2 contains 460 letters written between 1951 and 1961 during the last years of Jung's life when he was in contact with many people whose names are familiar to the English reader. These include Mircea Eliade R.F.C. Hull Ernest Jones Herbert Read J.B. Rhine Upton Sinclair and Fr. Victor White.Volume 2 also contains an addenda with sixteen letters from the period 1915-1946 and a subject index to both volumes. The annotation throughout is detailed and authoritative. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315723907

Letters of C. G. JungVolume I 1906-1950 In May 1956 in his eighty-second year Jung first discussed with Gerhard Adler the question of the publication of his letters. Over many years Jung had often used the medium of letters to communicate his ideas to others and to clarify the interpretation of his work quite apart from answering people who approached him with genuine problems of their own and simply corresponding with friends and colleagues. Many of his letters thus contain new creative ideas and provide a running commentary on his work.From some 1 600 letters written by Jung between the years 1906-1961 the editors have selected over 1 000. Volume 1 published in 1973 contains those letters written between 1906 and 1950. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315723945

Letters of Sidney HookDemocracy Communism and the Cold War Sidney Hook (1902-1989) is known for his participation in the public debates about communism the Soviet Union and the Cold War. These letters drawn from the Hook collection at the Hoover Institution provide an insight into US intellectual and political history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702889

Letters of Sir Robert Moray to the Earl of Kincardine 1657–73 Sir Robert Moray (1608-1673) was one of the most active of the twelve founding members of the Royal Society and as a close friend of King Charles was a key figure in obtaining the royal patronage that was crucial to its status and growth. Whilst not an active or original researcher Moray's role as enthusiastic and widely read participant in and inspirer of the Society's activities place him at the centre of the seventeenth-century British scientific scene. As well as being an active member of the Royal Society Moray was a prolific letter writer sending a steady stream of news and correspondence to his friend Alexander Bruce Earl of Kincardine whose ill-health often kept him away from events. Providing a complete modern edition of the letters written between 1657 and 1673 this collection offers a unique insight into the attitudes and aspirations of the early scientific community. Ranging widely across a broad range of subjects including medicine magnetism horology politics current affairs the coal and salt industries fishing freemasonry literature heraldry and symbolism the letters display Moray's knowledge of a formidable range of subjects and authors. As well as being a lively example of the letter writers art they are a rich source for anyone with an interest in early modern medical and scientific history as well as those investigating the broader social and cultural milieu of Restoration society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379145

Letters of the Great Kings of the Ancient Near EastThe Royal Correspondence of the Late Bronze Age Offering fascinating insights into the people and politics of the ancient near Eastern kingdoms Trevor Bryce uses the letters  of the five Great Kings of Egypt Babylon Hatti Mitanni and Assyria as the focus of a fresh look at this turbulent and volatile region in the late Bronze Age. Numerous extracts from the letters are constantly interwoven into the fabric of narrative and discussion and this lively approach allows us to witness history through the eyes of the people who lived it revealing the personalities and reactions of kings queens princes princesses and royal officials more than 3500 years ago to the current events of the day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642347

Letters to a Friend (Routledge Revivals) This title first published in 1928 is a collection of letters from the Bengali polymath Rabindranath Tagore to C. F. Andrews. The letters have been divided into several chapters accompanied by introductory notes by Andrews and provide the reader with an expression of Tagore’s anxiety about modern civilization and political life in India. This book will be of interest to students of history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138909540

Letters to a New StudentTips to Study Smarter from a Psychologist Letters to a New Student is a study skills book with a twist. You decide how to read it. Based on a series of short informal problem page letters that you can read in any order the book uses principles of human psychology teaching and coaching practice to offer a refreshing approach to study skills and learning techniques. The letters form a brief ‘survive and thrive’ study guide to work smarter not harder and offer advice on topics such as motivation stress revision and assignments. It’s a tried-and-tested blueprint to make information stick with less effort. The book takes a holistic approach to learning. It covers health and wellbeing the ‘nuts-and-bolts’ shortcuts the obstacles and the pitfalls. It also includes short learning principles and cross-references to other entries with practical advice in response to the frequently asked questions many students ask during their studies. Letters to a New Student is for any student under pressure parents and family who want to offer support or anyone with interest in lifelong learning. It’s written by a psychologist teacher academic coach and advice columnist with over 20 years professional experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362543

Letters to a Young LeaderA New Leadership for a New Generation If you are interested in becoming a better leader this book is a great place to start. Rather than using the familiar textbook approach leadership expert Robert Denhardt offers practical lessons drawn from a lively year-long correspondence with two (fictional) former students about their experiences in leadership. The letters explore the deeply personal issues these and other young and emerging leaders are facing – what the skills and personal qualities are that you need for contemporary leadership what will leadership mean to you and those you lead and even why or why not you might want to become a leader. Along the way the book speaks to the big picture arguing that leadership today has been stripped of its historic contribution to creating meaningful human experience and has been reduced to a technical exercise in executive management. Based on his experience of teaching leadership to thousands of undergraduates graduate students and advanced practitioners Denhardt speaks person-to-person with young leaders about their questions and their concerns as they enter into the somewhat flawed world of leadership today. The result is a call for a new leadership for a new generation. This book will be valuable to students enrolled in regular and executive degree programs in leadership business management public administration nonprofit management educational administration and many other fields. It also speaks to young leaders out of school but committed to enhancing their leadership. Indeed readers of all ages will learn lessons relevant to their own professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367244002

Letters to a Young PsychoanalystLessons on Psyche Human Existence and Psychoanalysis Written in the form of letters from an experienced analyst to a young colleague Letters to a Young Psychoanalyst expands the psychoanalytic frame to include South American French and British theory and examine a wide variety of theoretical and clinical topics. Letters to a Young Psychoanalyst is ground-breaking in more than one respect. It re-examines major psychoanalytic theories in the light of rich clinical practice and in the light of the practice of friendship whilst portraying the practice of analysis as the choice of a personal code of ethics. Covering such core issues as transference trauma hysteria the influence of the mother and love and hate and drawing on the work of notable analysts such as Winnicott McDougall Pankow and Ferenczi the book explores the many facets of healing function of psychoanalysis in practice and discloses the workings of the psyche in human existence. This book considers psychoanalysis a humanist endeavour focussing on its healing function and using captivating examples to illustrate different modes of commitment on the part of the analyst. Rejecting a view of psychoanalysis as a painful and laborious process the book insists instead on the joyous and passionate nature of the work of psychic elaboration. Uniquely the transmission of knowledge and skill which it provides constituting a veritable training is not at all didactic in tone. It places the two interlocutors as well as the reader on the same level: people who share the desire to remain attentive to themselves and to others and who believe that empathy heals within the setting of therapy and in human relations in general. Written in a remarkably engaging and accessible style Letters to a Young Psychoanalyst will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists students of all levels studying in these fields as well as lay readers wishing to understand fundamental psychoanalytic concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671195

Letters to Cristina Paulo Freire is regarded by many as the most significant educational thinker of the twentieth century. This volume offers Freire's own intimate retrospection of his life and work. These reflections dedicated to his niece Cristina provide a backdrop for a deeper understanding of how his experiences are linked to his philosophical and pedagogical work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822235

Letters written by Sir Samuel Hood1781-2-3 These letters were written by the then Rear-Admiral Sir Samuel Hood in 1781-1783; some are his official reports to the Admiralty others private letters chiefly to his friend George Jackson Second Secretary of the Admiralty in which he freely gives his low opinion of his successive senior officers Graves and Rodney. There is also some semi-official correspondence between Hood and Rodney and extensive extracts from Hood’s official journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248057

Letting Go of Self-Destructive BehaviorsA Workbook of Hope and Healing Letting Go of Self-Destructive Behaviors offers inspiring hopeful creative resources for the millions of male and female adolescents and adults who struggle with eating disorders addictions any form of self-mutilation. It is also a workbook for the clinicians who treat them. Using journaling exercises drawing and collaging prompts guided imagery visualizations and other behavioral techniques readers will learn how to understand compassionately work with and heal from their behaviors rather than distracting from or fighting against them which can dramatically reduce internal conflict and instill genuine hope. Techniques are provided in easy-to-follow exercises that focus on calming the body containing overwhelming emotions managing negative and distorted thoughts re-grounding from flashbacks addressing tension and anxiety decreasing a sense of vulnerability strengthening assertiveness and communication skills and accessing inner wisdom. This workbook can be used in conjunction with Treating Self-Destructive Behaviors in Trauma Survivors 2nd ed also by Lisa Ferentz to allow therapists and their clients to approach the behaviors from the same strengths-based perspective. Workbook exercises can be completed as homework assignments or as part of a therapy session. In either case the client is given the opportunity to process their work and share their insights with a compassionate witness and trained professional making the healing journey even safer and more rewarding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800779

Letting Your Property If you are thinking of renting out a house or flat this book will give you everything you need to become a successful landlord. It advises you about your legal responsibilities about choosing and vetting a tenant and about the tenancy agreement itself. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145424

Lev Vygotsky (Classic Edition)Revolutionary Scientist When Lev Vygotsky: Revolutionary Scientist published it was unique in several ways. It presented Vygotsky as a Marxist methodologist both locating him in his historical period and delineating how his life and writings have been a catalyst for a contemporary revolutionary practical-critical psychology. It highlighted Vygotsky’s unconventional view of how development and learning are related and in doing so brought human development into prominence. It introduced important linkages between Vygotsky’s views on thinking and speaking and those of Wittgenstein drawing implications for language acquisition and language learning. And it drew attention to Vygotsky’s understanding of the role of play in child development and expanded on the significance of play throughout the lifespan. In these ways this classic text presented a more expansive Vygotsky than previously understood. The Introduction to this Classic Edition will summarize what has transpired in the years since Lev Vygotsky first published. It will answer who and where is Vygotsky now? What place does he have in scholarship in psychology education and other fields? How are practitioners making use of him—to address the challenges of our times solve seemingly intractable social problems revolutionize psychology and develop skilled and worldly citizens? What have the authors accomplished since they first articulated their view of Vygotsky as a revolutionary scientist? Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726802

Lev VygotskyRevolutionary Scientist Lev Vygotsky was one of the most talented and brilliant of Soviet psychologists. Despite his tragically early death at the age of 38 his accomplishments are enormously impressive: he played a key role in restructuring the Psychological Institute of Moscow; set up two research laboratories in the major cities of the USSR; founded what we call special education; and authored some 180 works. His innovative theories of thought and speech are important not just for psychology but for other disciplines also. Yet even though his ideas have increasingly won popularity there remains a strong need for an accessible introduction to the man and his work. In Lev Vygotsky: Revolutionary Scientist Lois Holzman and Fred Newman have written a clear introductory text suitable for undergraduate students. In so doing they have taken the opportunity to set straight the misunderstandings and misuses of Vygotsky's ideas. and his work Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142558

Level DesignConcept Theory and Practice Good or bad level design can make or break any game so it is surprising how little reference material exists for level designers. Beginning level designers have a limited understanding of the tools and techniques they can use to achieve their goals or even define them. This book is the first to use a conceptual and theoretical foundation to build such a set of practical tools and techniques. It is tied to no particular technology or genre so it will be a useful reference for many years to come. Kremers covers many concepts universal to level design such as interactivity world building immersion sensory perception pace and more and he shows how to apply these concepts in practical ways with many examples from real games. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427952

Level DesignProcesses and Experiences In this book veteran game developers academics journalists and others provide their processes and experiences with level design. Each provides a unique perspective representing multiple steps of the process for interacting with and creating game levels – experiencing levels designing levels constructing levels and testing levels. These diverse perspectives offer readers a window into the thought processes that result in memorable open game worlds chilling horror environments computer-generated levels evocative soundscapes and many other types of gamespaces. This collection invites readers into the minds of professional designers as they work and provides evergreen topics on level design and game criticism to inspire both new and veteran designers.   Key Features: Learn about the processes of experienced developers and level designers in their own words Discover best-practices for creating levels for persuasive play and designing collaboratively Offers analysis methods for better understanding game worlds and how they function in response to gameplay Find your own preferred method of level design by learning the processes of multiple industry veterans Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138628809

Level Set Method in Medical Imaging Segmentation Level set methods are numerical techniques which offer remarkably powerful tools for understanding analyzing and computing interface motion in a host of settings. When used for medical imaging analysis and segmentation the function assigns a label to each pixel or voxel and optimality is defined based on desired imaging properties. This often includes a detection step to extract specific objects via segmentation. This allows for the segmentation and analysis problem to be formulated and solved in a principled way based on well-established mathematical theories. Level set method is a great tool for modeling time varying medical images and enhancement of numerical computations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138553453

Leveling Math Workstations in Grades K–2Strategies for Differentiated Practice In this book from bestselling author Dr. Nicki Newton you’ll learn how to level math workstations to engage K–2 students in meaningful purposeful rigorous practice. We know students don’t learn at the same pace so how do we take into account where they are and differentiate instruction? Dr. Nicki has the answers showing how leveled workstations are key in the formative years how they help students operate in their zone of proximal development and how we can use them to help students progress to higher levels of math achievement. Topics include: Understanding the framework for leveled workstations Making sure workstations are rigorous and not just providing busy work Building your stations in key areas such as counting numbers place value fluency and word problems Keeping students accountable and knowing where they are in their learning trajectory Each chapter offers specific examples activities and tools. There is also a clear step-by-step action plan to help you implement the ideas immediately in your own classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137946

Levels of Cognitive Development The proposed levels theory presented in this book concerns some developmental changes in the capacity to selectively encode information and provide rational solutions to problems. These changes are measured by the behavior exhibited in simple discrimination-learning problems that allow both for information to be encoded either selectively or nonselectively and for solutions to be produced by associative learning or by hypothesis-testing. The simplicity of these problems permits comparisons between infrahuman and human performance and also between a wide range of ages among humans. Human adults presented with these problems typically encode the relevant information selectively and solve the problems in a rational mode. Infrahuman animals however typically process the information nonselectively and solve the problems in an automatic associative mode. How human children encode the information and solve the problems depends on their age. The youngest children -- like the infrahuman animals -- mostly encode the information nonselectively and solve the problems in the associative mode. But between early childhood and young adulthood there is a gradual long-term quantifiable increase in the tendency to encode the information selectively and to solve the problem by testing plausible hypotheses. The theory explains in some detail the structure function development and operation of the psychological system that produces both the ontogenetic and phylogenetic differences. This system is assumed to be differentiated into an information-processing system and an executive system analogous to the differentiation of the nervous system into afferent and efferent systems. Each of these systems is further differentiated into structural levels with the higher level in part duplicating the function of the lower level but in a more plastic voluntary and efficient manner. The differentiation of the information-processing and executive systems into different functional levels is presumed to have occurred sometime during the evolution of mankind with the higher level evolving later than the lower one as the central nervous system became increasing encephalized. As for human ontogeny the higher levels are assumed to develop later and more slowly than their lower-level counterparts. In addition to accounting for a substantial body of empirical data the theory resolves some recurrent controversies that have bedeviled psychology since its inception as a science. It accomplishes this by showing how information can be both nonselectively and selectively encoded how automatic associative learning and rational problem-solving can operate in harmony and how cognitive development can be both qualitative and quantitative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995376

Levels of Processing 30 Years OnA Special Issue of Memory This special issue of the journal Memory celebrates thirty years of research into the levels of processing (LoP) framework. Evaluations are provided by leading researchers including the original proposers Craik and Lockhart. In addition new findings are reported and extensions of as well as alternatives to LoP are described. Overall the collected papers show that much remains to recommend the processing approach to memory and fruitful theorizing with empirical consequences are readily derivable from the LoP framework. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877900

Levels of Processing in Human Memory (PLE: Memory) As a conceptual framework for the investigation of human memory the levels-of-processing paradigm had enjoyed immense popularity since its introduction in the early 1970s. It was the impetus behind literally hundreds of experiments and was used as an "explanation" for a wide range of retention phenomena. Consequently a wealth of data and theory had emerged and this title assimilates and evaluates this information. Originally published in 1979 the distinguished contributors to the volume – both proponents and opponents of the levels-of-processing framework – present here their latest data and ideas on a viewpoint that has been a tremendous influence in memory research and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979741

Leveraging Brands in Sport Business This edited text compiles advanced material relating to strategy and marketing in the field of sports business. Featuring contributions from experts across the sports business field the book approaches strategy from the standpoint of managing and marketing a brand. With integrated current-day examples highlighting practices and issues as well as ‘real-world’ applied video cases this book is ideal for marketing students and sports business practitioners looking to gain strategic insights into the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534857

Leveraging Communities of Practice for Strategic Advantage How can you build a successful community of practice that is integrally linked to your company's strategic vision? Learn from the first-hand experience of Hubert Saint-Onge recognized by Fortune magazine as a leader in the field of knowledge capital and co-author Debra Wallace the people responsible for a recent project to establish a community of practice for independent agents at Clarica Life Insurance Company voted one of the most admired knowledge enterprises in the world by practitioners and researchers. 'Leveraging Communities of Practice for Strategic Advantage' combines theory and practice to outline a model for developing successful communities of practice and proposes a direction for establishing communities of practice as an integral part of the organizational structure. Saint-Onge and Wallace relate what worked what didn't and why as they tell the story from inception through implementation to assessment. Whether you're developing communities of practice or want to learn how to leverage existing communities for strategic gain this book provides you with everything you need to launch successful communities of practice in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435247

Leveraging Consumer Psychology for Effective Health Communications: The Obesity ChallengeThe Obesity Challenge This timely book brings together some of the most higly respected scholars and practitioners in the consumer psychology and health communication fields to analyze how the latest research can be effectively applied to the critical public health issue of obesity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765627186

Leveraging Data in HealthcareBest Practices for Controlling Analyzing and Using Data The healthcare industry is in a state of accelerated transition. The proliferation of data and its assimilation access use and security are ever-increasing challenges. Finding ways to operationalize business and clinical data management in the face of government and market mandates is enough to keep most chief officers up at night! Leveraging Data in Healthcare: Best Practices for Controlling Analyzing and Using Data argues that the key to survival for any healthcare organization in today’s data-saturated market is to fundamentally redefine the roles of chief information executives—CIOs CFOs CMIOs CTOs CNIOs CTOs and CDOs—from suppliers of data to drivers of data intelligence. This book presents best practices for controlling analyzing and using data. The elements of preparing an actionable data strategy are exemplified on subjects such as revenue integrity revenue management and patient engagement. Further the book illustrates how to operationalize the electronic integration of health and financial data within patient financial services information management services and patient engagement activities. An integrated environment will activate a data-driven intelligent decision support infrastructure. The increasing impact of consumer engagement will continue to affect the organization’s bottom line. Success in this new world will need collaboration among the chiefs users and data creators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781938904844

Leveraging Disability Sport EventsImpacts Promises and Possibilities This empirically-grounded text examines the policy planning development and implementation of disability sport events. It draws insights from a major international comparative study of different types of large multi-national sporting events: integrated events where able-bodied athletes and athletes with a disability compete alongside one another and non-integrated events where athletes with a disability are separated by time but occurring in the same location. Guided by a critical disability studies perspective the book highlights the strategic opportunity of sporting events to influence social change around community participation and attitudes and awareness about disability more broadly. It also challenges assumptions about positive event legacies and suggests a need for a multi-lateral approach to planning. An important read for students researchers and scholars in the fields of sport policy sport development disability sport sport management disability studies and event studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367520267

Leveraging Lean in Ancillary Hospital ServicesCreating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation This book is part of a series of titles that are a spin-off of the Shingo Prize-winning book Leveraging Lean in Healthcare: Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System. Each book in the series focuses on a specific aspect of healthcare that has demonstrated significant process and quality improvements after a Lean implementation.There are many departments within a hospital that support the primary function of caregiving and each can benefit from implementing Lean methodologies. Leveraging Lean in Ancillary Hospital Services: Creating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation provides a functional understanding of Lean processes and quality improvement techniques in nutritional services inpatient floors pharmacy and radiology.This book is ideal for healthcare executives leaders process improvement team members and inquisitive frontline workers who want to implement and leverage Lean. Supplying detailed descriptions of Lean tools and methodologies it identifies powerful Lean solutions specific to the needs of ancillary hospital services.The first section provides an overview of Lean concepts tools methodologies and applications. The second section focuses on the application of Lean in the ancillary hospital services environment. Presenting numerous examples stories case studies and lessons learned it examines the normal operation of each area in radiology pharmacy and nutritional services and highlights the areas where typical problems occur.The case studies walk readers through various Lean initiatives and demonstrate how Lean tools and concepts have been used to achieve lasting improvements to processes and quality of care. It also introduces actionable blueprints that readers can duplicate or modify for use in their own institutions.Illustrating leadership’s role in achieving departmental goals this book will provide you with a well-rounded understanding of how Lean can be applied to achieve significant improvements throughout the entire continuum of care. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482237290

Leveraging Lean in HealthcareTransforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System Winner of a 2013 Shingo Research and Professional Publication AwardThis practical guide for healthcare executives managers and frontline workers provides the means to transform your enterprise into a High-Quality Patient Care Business Delivery System. Designed for continuous reference its self-contained chapters are divided into three primary sections: Defines what Lean is and includes some interesting history about Lean not found elsewhere. Describes and explains the application of each Lean tool and concept organized in their typical order of use. Explains how to implement Lean in various healthcare processes�providing examples case studies and valuable lessons learned This book will help to take you out of your comfort zone and provide you with new ways to extend value to your customers. It drives home the importance of the Lean Six Sigma journey. The pursuit of continuous improvement is a journey with no end. Consequently the opportunities are endless as to what you and your organization can accomplish. Forty percent of the authors� profits from this book will be donated to help the homeless through two Baltimore charities. Praise for the book: � well-timed and highly informative for those committed to creating deep levels of sustainable change in healthcare.� Peter B. Angood MD FACS FCCM Senior Advisor � Patient Safety in National Quality Forum � the most practical and healthcare applicable book I have ever read on LEAN thinking and concepts. � Gary Shorb CEO Methodist Le Bonheur Healthcare ... well written ... an essential reference in the library of all healthcare leaders interested in performance improvement.� Lee M. Adler DO VP Quality and Safety Innovation and Research Florida Hospital Orlando; Asso Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138464490

Leveraging Lean in Medical LaboratoriesCreating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation This book is part of a series of titles that are a spin-off of the Shingo Prize-winning book Leveraging Lean in Healthcare: Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System. Each book in the series focuses on a specific aspect of healthcare that has demonstrated significant process and quality improvements after a Lean implementation.Lean principles can help medical laboratories drive up efficiencies and quality without increasing costs or compromising quality. Leveraging Lean in Medical Laboratories: Creating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation provides a functional understanding of Lean laboratory processes and quality improvement techniques.This book is an ideal guide for healthcare executives leaders process improvement team members and inquisitive frontline workers who want to implement and leverage Lean in medical laboratories. Supplying detailed descriptions of Lean tools and methodologies it identifies powerful Lean solutions specific to the needs of the medical laboratory.The first section provides an overview of Lean concepts tools methodologies and applications. The second section focuses on the application of Lean in the laboratory environment. Presenting numerous examples stories case studies and lessons learned it examines the normal operation of each area in the lab environment and highlights the areas where typical problems occur.Next it walks readers through various Lean initiatives and demonstrates how Lean tools and concepts have been used to achieve lasting improvements to processes and quality of care. It also supplies actionable blueprints that readers can duplicate or modify for use in their own institutions.Illustrating leadership’s role in achieving departmental goals this book will provide you with a well-rounded understanding of how Lean can be applied to achieve significant improvements throughout the entire continuum of care. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482234473

Leveraging Lean in Outpatient ClinicsCreating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation This book is part of a series of titles that are a spin-off of the Shingo Prize-winning book Leveraging Lean in Healthcare: Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System. Each book in the series focuses on a specific aspect of healthcare—including emergency departments medical laboratories outpatient clinics ancillary services and surgical services—that has demonstrated significant process and quality improvements after a Lean implementation. Because ambulatory care settings play a significant role in the healthcare delivery system it is important to understand how Lean concepts and tools can be used to deliver high-quality cost-effective care. Leveraging Lean in Outpatient Clinics: Creating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation provides a functional understanding of Lean processes and quality improvement techniques in an outpatient clinic environment.This book is an ideal guide for healthcare executives leaders process improvement team members and inquisitive frontline workers who want to implement and leverage Lean in outpatient clinical settings. Supplying detailed descriptions of Lean tools and methodologies it identifies powerful Lean solutions specific to the needs of outpatient facilities.The first section provides an overview of Lean concepts tools methodologies and applications. The second section focuses on the application of Lean in the outpatient clinic environment. It presents illustrative examples of Lean deployments in primary care GI and preadmission testing clinics. The examples provide broad content which can be readily transferable to other outpatient clinic settings.Illustrating leadership’s role in achieving departmental goals this book will provide you with a well-rounded understanding of how Lean can be applied to achieve significant improvements throughout the complete continuum of care. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482234237

Leveraging Lean in Surgical ServicesCreating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation This book is part of a series of titles that are a spin-off of the Shingo Prize-winning book Leveraging Lean in Healthcare: Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System. Each book in the series focuses on a specific aspect of healthcare that has demonstrated significant process and quality improvements after a Lean implementation.The result of implementing Lean in the surgical suite is a powerful and proven mix that enables members of cross-functional teams to improve their processes efficiency and financial performance. Leveraging Lean in Surgical Services: Creating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation provides a functional understanding of Lean processes and quality improvement techniques for the surgical department. This book is an ideal guide for healthcare executives leaders process improvement team members and inquisitive frontline workers who want to implement and leverage Lean in the surgical suite. Supplying detailed descriptions of Lean tools and methodologies it identifies powerful solutions specific to the needs of surgical services.The first section provides an overview of Lean concepts tools methodologies and applications. The second section focuses on the application of Lean in the surgical services environment. Presenting numerous examples stories case studies and lessons learned it examines the normal operation of each area in the surgical suite and highlights the areas where typical problems occur.Next the book walks readers through various Lean initiatives and demonstrates how Lean tools and concepts have been used to achieve lasting improvements to processes and quality of care. It also introduces actionable blueprints that readers can duplicate or modify for use in their own institutions.Illustrating leadership’s role in achieving departmental goals this book will provide you with a well-rounded understanding of how Lean can be applied to achieve significant improvements throughout the entire continuum of care. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482234497

Leveraging Lean in the Emergency DepartmentCreating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation This book is part of a series of titles that are a spin-off of the Shingo Prize-winning book Leveraging Lean in Healthcare: Transforming Your Enterprise into a High Quality Patient Care Delivery System. Each book in the series focuses on a specific aspect of healthcare that has demonstrated significant process and quality improvements after a Lean implementation.Emergency departments have become notorious for long wait times and questionable quality of care. By adopting Lean manufacturing concepts hospitals can turn the emergency department into a valuable service for the hospital and the community it serves.Leveraging Lean in the Emergency Department: Creating a Cost Effective Standardized High Quality Patient-Focused Operation supplies a functional understanding of Lean emergency department processes and quality improvement techniques. It is ideal for healthcare executives leaders process improvement team members and inquisitive frontline workers who want to implement and leverage Lean.Supplying detailed descriptions of Lean tools and methodologies the book identifies powerful Lean solutions specific to the needs of the emergency department. The first section provides an overview of Lean concepts tools methodologies and applications.The second section focuses on the application of Lean in the emergency department within the confines of the hospital or clinic. Presenting numerous examples stories case studies and lessons learned it examines the normal operation of each area in emergency departments and highlights the areas where typical problems occur.Next the book walks readers through various Lean initiatives and demonstrates how Lean tools and concepts have been used to achieve lasting improvements to processes and quality of care. It also supplies actionable blueprints that readers can duplicate or modify for use in their own institutions. Illustrating leadership’s role in achieving departmental goals this book will provide you with a well-rounded understanding of how Lean can be applied to achieve significant improvements throughout the entire continuum of care. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482237313

Leveraging Library Resources in a World of Fiscal Restraint and Institutional Change Given the continuing cataclysmic shift in the economic landscape in the last few years librarians have been forced to reevaluate not only the traditional services that they offer but also their continued existence and relevance to their academic institutions. Given the ‘new normal’ of tighter constraint on personnel and materials budgets librarians now are compelled to find new ways of offering services and forging new relationships with departments and programs outside the traditional library setting. This volume highlights a number of projects being implemented in academic libraries including: rethinking the entire concept of a library redefining physical space for new collaborative uses adapting entrepreneurial techniques to acquire funding creating new research tools and improving services forging new consortial partnerships allying more closely the mission of the library with that of the institution and adapting public library programs to academic libraries. By re-examining the purpose of an academic library under continuing financial duress librarians can ensure that their libraries will continue to have relevance to higher education. This book was published as a special issue of College & Undergraduate Libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109247

Leveraging Mega-Event Legacies This is a multidisciplinary contribution to the burgeoning literature on and around mega-events in general and sports mega-events in particular. The volume is not specifically about mega-events or their management but rather how such events act as a lens through which a number of important and critical questions about the decisions to host the host nation its society and the politics of culture sport and leisure more broadly can be dealt with. In doing so this book seeks to build on and out from initial work on (sports) mega-events by acknowledging the major shift towards ‘emerging’ states awarded such events since 2006 and incorporating the latest advances in research that have taken place in recent years. For example debates about what constitutes a ‘mega-event’ what is meant by a ‘legacy’ what is ‘soft power’ and so on are dealt with from a team of leading academics from a variety of academic disciplines. This book was previously published as a special issue of Leisure Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109271

Leveraging People and Profit The manager who can balance the people and profit factors has the best chance of succeeding in tomorrow's corporation. The "altrupreneur"_one who conducts the affairs of an enterprise with conspicuous regard for the welfare of others_builds communities that produce value for all the organization's stakeholders. This new breed of leader responds to the needs of the organization and the demands of people coming to the workplace and marketplace.Drawing examples from top and middle management the authors describe the characteristics of altrupreneurs and the core principles by which they operate: their values and vision optimism integrity confidence and enthusiasm. Altrupreneurial organizations create innovation-friendly environments where it is not only safe to innovate it is encouraged.This book shows what it means to challenge the routine be other-centered and build community. Bernard A. Nagle has over 22 years of executive operations experience in the fields of manufacturing quality assurance supply chain management distribution strategic planning and new product development. A native of Pennsylvania Mr. Nagle currently resides in the St. Louis area.Perry Pascarella is a nationally recognized authority on humanistic management worker motivation and the role of business in society. Until 1996 he was vice president-editorial of Penton Publishing Inc. publisher of 42 business and professional magazines. Mr. Pascarella has collaborated with such celebrated management experts as Peter Drucker Tom Peters and Frederick Herzberg. He lives in the Cleveland area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437838

Leveraging Synergies Between Refining and Petrochemical Processes Leveraging Synergies Between Refining and Petrochemical Processes provides a detailed description of the interfaces and connections between crude oil refining and petrochemicals. It offers a view of global and regional markets and economic opportunities for synergies between these sectors. Features: Shows a global and regional market outlook for crude oil refining and petrochemical sectors Explores economic and market opportunities for taking advantage of the synergies between both sectors Analyzes the technical challenges and opportunities that come with these synergies Gives an outlook and prediction of what companies will be able to achieve in the mid-term future Provides introductory and explanatory material as well as in-depth insight into future technology and market developments This book serves as a reference for professionals in chemical engineering oil and gas engineering and industrial chemistry. It aims to help engineers and industry professionals understand the challenges and the potential benefits of developing expansion or optimization projects that may bridge the gap between refining and petrochemicals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076771

Leveraging the Wisdom of the Crowd in Software Testing Its scale flexibility cost effectiveness and fast turnaround are just a few reasons why crowdsourced testing has received so much attention lately. While there are a few online resources that explain what crowdsourced testing is all about there’s been a need for a book that covers best practices case studies and the future of this technique.Filling this need Leveraging the Wisdom of the Crowd in Software Testing shows you how to leverage the wisdom of the crowd in your software testing process. Its comprehensive coverage includes the history of crowdsourcing and crowdsourced testing implementation practices and future trends.The book discusses best practices in implementation—explaining what when and how to crowdsource in a testing effort. It also includes case studies that illustrate how both product and service companies have successfully applied crowdsourcing in their testing programs.Explaining how to use the combined advantages of crowdsourcing and cloud computing for software testing the book examines various engagement models in which you could implement crowdsourced testing. It addresses effective defect management in crowdsourced testing and considers both the business and engineering aspects of crowdsourced testing.The book explores the challenges limitations and situations when crowdsourced testing will not work and provides powerful best practices for mitigating the constraints and challenges including how to build a crowdsourcing platform to test software products. Covering career opportunities for crowd testers the book concludes by taking a look at the need to build a crowdsourced testing ecosystem who the players of such an ecosystem would be and who would need to champion such an effort. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367378349

Levick's Introduction to Cardiovascular Physiology A sound knowledge of cardiovascular physiology is fundamental to understanding cardiovascular disease exercise performance and may other aspects of human physiology. Cardiovascular physiology is a major component of all undergraduate courses in physiology biomedical science and medicine and this popular introduction to the subject is intended primarily for these students. A key feature of this sixth edition is how state-of-the-art technology is applied to understanding cardiovascular function in health and disease. Thus the text is also well suited to graduate study programmes in medicine and physiological sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815363613

Levinas and Analytic PhilosophySecond-Person Normativity and the Moral Life This volume examines the relevance of Emmanuel Levinas’s work to recent developments in analytic philosophy. Contemporary analytic philosophers working in metaethics the philosophy of mind and the metaphysic of personal identity have argued for views similar to those espoused by Levinas. Often disparately pursued Levinas’s account of "ethics as first philosophy" affords a way of connecting these respective enterprises and showing how moral normativity enters into the structure of rationality and personal identity. In metaethics the volume shows how Levinas’s moral phenomenology relates to recent work on the normativity of rationality and intentionality and how it can illuminate a wide range of moral concepts including accountability moral intuition respect conscience attention blame indignity shame hatred dependence gratitude and guilt. The volume also tests Levinas’s innovative claim that ethical relations provide a way of accounting for the irreducibility of personal identity to psychological identity. The essays here contribute to ongoing discussions about the metaphysical significance and sustainability of a naturalistic but nonreductive account of personhood. Finally the volume connects Levinas’s second-person standpoint with analogous developments in moral philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615946

Levinas and EducationAt the Intersection of Faith and Reason This first book-length collection on Levinas and education gathers new texts written especially for this volume by an international group of scholars well known for their work in philosophy educational theory and on Levinas. It provides an introduction to some of Levinas's major themes of ethics justice hope hospitality forgiveness and more as its contributing authors address some fundamental educational issues such as: what it means to be a teacher; what it means to learn from a teacher; the role of language in the curriculum; literature ethics and education; moral education and human relations in schools; ethics of responsibility and philosophical-pedagogical discourse; educational hospitality and interculturalism; unconditional responsibility and education; educating for participatory democratic citizenship; the pedagogy of peace; logic rationality and ethics; connecting teaching to spirituality. Levinas always insisted that his aim was not to provide "a program " and accordingly it is not the intent of the authors to look in Levinas's texts for a set of guidelines rules or precepts to be applied to education. Rather this study invites educators and researchers in philosophy and philosophy of education to a thoughtful and critical reading of Levinas and to engage with his unique style of analysis and questioning as they uncover with these authors the necessity and the possibility of thinking education anew in terms of ethics justice responsibility hope and faith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897976

Levinas and the Other in Narratives of Facial DisfigurementSinging through the Mask Offering readings of a range of fictional and biographical texts including work by Richard Selzer Nathaniel Hawthorne Gaston Leroux Willa Cather Natalie Kusz and Lucy Grealy this book examines reactions to facially disfigured people on the basis of Emmanuel Levinas’ ethics of the face. Drawing on Levinas’ concern with the holistic dimension of the face as an encounter with the other’s "whole person" and the sense of moral obligation that this instils in us—a sense that disfigurement disrupts by drawing our attention to the disfigurement as a "spectacle" and threatening to limit our view of that individual—the author explores how we react to the facially disfigured and how we ought to react. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670689

Levinas and the Philosophy of Education Delving into Levinas’s ideas in nuanced and sophisticated ways this book innovatively blends and juxtaposes Levinas with other thinkers perspectives and fields of thinking. Some contributions are traditional but superbly analyzed and argued renderings of his thought and they contrast with more creative readings of Levinas through lenses such as Durkheim Habermas feminism and indigenous new materialism. This collection will serve to reinvigorate Levinas and the importance of the many facets of his thinking that link to the ethical and lived dimensions to our educational worlds. Readers will find this to be a very interesting engrossing and well thought out book that forms a vibrant and exciting intervention into the philosophy of education and Levinas studies in general. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367530716

Levine's Guide to SPSS for Analysis of Variance A greatly expanded and heavily revised second edition this popular guide provides instructions and clear examples for running analyses of variance (ANOVA) and several other related statistical tests of significance with SPSS. No other guide offers the program statements required for the more advanced tests in analysis of variance. All of the programs in the book can be run using any version of SPSS including versions 11 and 11.5. A table at the end of the preface indicates where each type of analysis (e.g. simple comparisons) can be found for each type of design (e.g. mixed two-factor design). Providing comprehensive coverage of the basic and advanced topics in ANOVA this is the only book available that provides extensive coverage of SPSS syntax including the commands and subcommands that tell SPSS what to do as well as the pull-down menu point-and-click method (PAC). Detailed explanation of the syntax including what is necessary desired and optional helps ensure that users can validate the analysis being performed. The book features the output of each design along with a complete explanation of the related printout. The new edition was reorganized to provide all analysis related to one design type in the same chapter. It now features expanded coverage of analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) and mixed designs new chapters on designs with random factors multivariate designs syntax used in PAC and all new examples of output with complete explanations. The new edition is accompanied by a CD-ROM with all of the book's data sets as well as exercises for each chapter. This book is ideal for readers familiar with the basic concepts of the ANOVA technique including both practicing researchers and data analysts as well as advanced students learning analysis of variance. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138134898

Levi-Strauss on ReligionThe Structuring Mind Levi-Strauss the 'father of modern anthropology' is one of the most influential thinkers of the Twentieth Century. His development of 'structuralism' - the identification of patterns of human cognition and behaviour - greatly influenced Althusser Lacan Foucault and Derrida. -Levi-Strauss on Religion- presents one of the only examinations of the importance of Levi-Strauss' thought and work to the study of religion. The book examines his methodology as well as his contributions to the study of kinship totemism and myth. The issues raised by Levi-Strauss' anthropological political and philosophical texts are placed alongside contemporary debates in religious studies and the student is introduced to the thinkers and theories that informed his writings. This book will be invaluable to students of the anthropology and phenomenology of religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711096

Levi-StraussStructuralism and Sociological Theory What is the significance of Structuralism for social science? How original is Lévi-Strauss' contribution to social theory? Is he Marxist? Though Structuralism and its leading representative Lévi-Strauss are central to sociology anthropology and psychology the complexity of his work and the obscurity of his commentators have often proved a barrier to understanding. Now for the first time Dr Badcock provides a jargon-free assessment of Lévi-Strauss' place in the tradition of French sociological thought – particularly to predecessors such as Comte Durkheim and Mauss – discusses his relationship to Marx Sartre Freud and Talcott Parsons and provides a concise non-technical account of his complex ideas on kinship totenism and myth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979758

Lewd Women and Wicked WitchesA Study of the Dynamics of Male Domination In the sixteenth century and seventeenth centuries it was women who were almost exclusively persecuted as witches. However the witch craze has been subjected to surprisingly little feminist analysis. In Lewd Women and Wicked Witches Marianne Hester reviews and develops revolutionary feminist thinking. Accordingly she shows how witches can be seen as victims of the oppression of a male dominated society.Concentrating on English source material the author shows how witch-hunts may be seen as an historically specific example of male dominance. Relying on an eroticised construct of women's inferiority they were part of the ongoing attempt by men to maintain their power over women. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006591

Lewis Carroll and the Victorian StageTheatricals in a Quiet Life Author of the enduringly popular Alice books mathematician Anglican cleric and pioneer photographer Lewis Carroll maintained a lifelong enthusiasm for the theatre. Lewis Carroll and the Victorian Stage is the first book to focus on Carroll's irresistible fascination with all things theatrical from childhood charades and marionettes to active involvement in the dramatisation of Alice influential contributions to the debate on child actors and the friendship of leading players especially Ellen Terry. As well as being a key to his complex and enigmatic personality Carroll's interest in the theatre provides a vivid account of a remarkable era on the stage that encompassed Charles Kean's Shakespeare revivals the comic genius of Frederick Robson the heyday of pantomime Gilbert and Sullivan opera bouffe the Terry sisters Henry Irving and favourite playwrights Tom Taylor H. A. Jones and J. M. Barrie. With attention to the complex motives that compelled Carroll to attend stage performances Foulkes examines the incomparable record of over forty years as a playgoer that Carroll left for posterity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888305

Lewis Carroll's Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Through the Looking-GlassA Publishing History Emerging in several different versions during the author's lifetime Lewis Carroll's Alice novels have a publishing history almost as magical and mysterious as the stories themselves. Zoe Jaques and Eugene Giddens offer a detailed and nuanced account of the initial publication of Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Through the Looking-Glass and investigate how their subsequent transformations through print illustration film song music videos and even stamp-cases and biscuit tins affected the reception of these childhood favourites. The authors consider issues related to the orality of the original tale and its impact on subsequent transmission the differences between the manuscripts and printed editions and the politics of writing and publishing for children in the 1860s. In addition they take account of Carroll's own responses to the books' popularity including his writing of major adaptations and a significant body of meta-textual commentary and his reactions to the staging of Alice in Wonderland. Attentive to the child reader how changing notions of childhood identity and needs affected shifting narratives of the story and the representation of the child's body by various illustrators the authors also make a significant contribution to childhood studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246799

Lewis' Dictionary of Occupational and Environmental Safety and Health With definitions from areas such as toxicology industrial hygiene environmental compliance environmental engineering and occupational medicine the Lewis Dictionary of Occupational and Environmental Safety and Health contains THE MOST definitions for the words related phrases and terms encountered in these fields. It also includes a comprehens Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429148378

Lewis HinePhotographer of Americans at Work Lewis Wickes Hines documentary photography helped promote the cause of the National Child Labor Committee which published there declaration in 1913. This text is a collection of photographs showing children at work from 1910 to 1935 as Hines travelled across America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702865

Lewis Mumford and Patrick GeddesThe Correspondence First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756488

Lex MercatoriaEssays on International Commercial Law in Honour of Francis Reynolds This collection of essays has been written in honour of Francis Reynolds upon his retirement in recognition of his great service to the law during his distinguished career. They cover the areas in which Francis Reynolds has been most active – English commercial and maritime law in an international context. Topics covered include contract law the law of agency carriage of goods by sea international sale of goods bankers’ commercial credits and conflict of laws. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123101

Lex Petrolea and International Investment LawLaw and Practice in the Persian Gulf Lex Petrolea and International Investment Law: Law and Practice in the Persian Gulf offers readers a detailed analysis of jurisprudence on the settlement of upstream petroleum disputes between host states in the Persian Gulf and foreign investors. Dr Nima Mersadi Tabari considers the historical political and socio-economic roots of the existing frameworks and levels of protection offered to foreign investors. With particular focus on petroleum-related disputes he initially delivers a comprehensive survey of the jurisprudence of international investment law and investment treaty arbitration. Following on from this in three dedicated chapters the author provides in-depth analysis of the legal regimes governing the matter in the major producers of the region: Saudi Arabia Iraq and Iran.A key resource for all professionals working on legal issues arising from foreign direct investments in natural resources this book draws a detailed picture of the legal regime governing the upstream sector in the most important geographical region for the international oil and gas sector. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367736965

Lexical borrowing and deborrowing in Spanish in New York CityTowards a synthesis of the social correlates of lexical use and diffusion in im Lexical Borrowing and Deborrowing in Spanish in New York City provides a sociodemographic portrait of lexical borrowing in Spanish in New York City.The volume offers new and important insights into research on lexical borrowing. In particular it presents empirical data obtained through quantitative analysis to answer the question of who is most likely to use English lexical borrowings while speaking Spanish to address the impact that English has on Spanish as spoken in the city and to identify the social factors that contribute to language change.The book also provides an empirical corpus-based-approach to distinguishing between borrowing and other contact phenomena such as codeswitching which will be of interest to scholars of language contact and bilingualism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591229

Lexical Innovation in World EnglishesCross-fertilization and Evolving Paradigms Winner of the 2020 ESSE Book Award in English Language and Linguistics Lexical Innovation in World Englishes contributes to the investigation of World Englishes by offering insights into the lexical developments of selected English varieties and their cross-fertilization potential. Taking a theoretical and empirical approach and focusing on neological formations this book: discusses and problematizes different categorizations of English varieties and processes of word formation considering the expansion of English across the world; draws on authentic examples taken from language corpora to gain a finer understanding of the varieties’ transformations and of their reciprocal influences from a lexical perspective; aims to validate general considerations on the lexical features of these varieties of English and test them using corpora. Including eight empirical case studies this innovative text shows the importance of investigating lexical developments to observe the evolution of a variety while arguing for the need to go beyond a purely structuralist approach and to include a broader discursive and sociological perspective. Lexical Innovation in World Englishes is key reading for postgraduate students and researchers in the fields of World Englishes and language varieties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363453

Lexical Ontological Semantics Lexical Ontological Semantics introduces ontological methods into lexical semantic studies with the aim of giving impetus to various fields of endeavours which envision and model the semantic network of a language. Lexical ontological semantics (LOS) provides a cognition-based computation-oriented framework in which nouns and predicates are described in terms of their semantic knowledge and models the mechanism in which the noun system is coupled with the predicate system. It expands the scope of lexical semantics updates methodologies to semantic representation guides the construction of semantic resources for natural language processing and develops new theories for human-machine interactions and communications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661816

Lexical Phonology and Morphology This book presents a description of the phonology and morphology of the nominal class system in Fula a dialect which displays 21 nominal classes. These are identified by suffixes which can attach to nominal verbal and adjectival stems. The main objective of this work is to show through a lexical analysis that there are only two monomorphemic marker variants and that the distribution of these variants is predictable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995383

Lexical PrimingA New Theory of Words and Language Lexical Priming proposes a radical new theory of the lexicon which amounts to a completely new theory of language based on how words are used in the real world. Here they are not confined to the definitions given to them in dictionaries but instead interact with other words in common patterns of use. Using concrete statistical evidence from a corpus of newspaper English but also referring to travel writing and literary text the author argues that words are 'primed' for use through our experience with them so that everything we know about a word is a product of our encounters with it. This knowledge explains how speakers of a language succeed in being fluent creative and natural. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203327630

Lexical Processing and Second Language Acquisition Lexical Processing and Second Language Acquisition provides a comprehensive overview of research on second language lexical processing integrating converging research and perspectives from Cognitive Science and Second Language Acquisition. The book begins by introducing the dominant issues addressed by research in the field in cognitive science and discussing the relevant models in the literature. It later moves toward exploring the different factors that impact second language lexical processing as well as cognitive neuroscientific approaches to the study of the issues discussed throughout the book. A concluding chapter offers a global summary of the key issues and research strands in addition to directions for future research with a list of recommended readings providing students and researchers with avenues for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877558

Lexical Representations And Sentence ProcessingA Special Issue of Language And Cognitive Processes Until recently much research in language comprehension operated under the assumption that comprehenders initially identified the syntactic structure of sentences they were hearing or reading without regard to the meanings of the words in the sentences. A significant amount of recent work has challenged that position however and there is now abundant evidence that lexical information plays a central role in sentence processing. The papers in this special issue reflect the increased status on lexical representations in sentence processing research. The authors approach the question of the precise role of lexical information in sentence comprehension from a variety of theoretical perspectives. They supplement experimental psycholinguistic research with work in neighboring fields including concepts and categorization theoretical linguistics and computational modeling. The volume should be of interest to psycholinguistics cognitive scientists linguistics and computer scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877320

Lexical Representations and the Semantics of Complementation First published in 1983 this book represents an effort to lay the groundwork for a general approach to lexical semantics that pays heed to the needs of a theory of discourse interpretation a theory of compositional semantics and a theory of lexical rules. The first chapter proposes a basic framework in which to undertake lexical description and a lexical semantic analogue to the classical syntactic distinction between subcategorized for complement and adjunct. This apparatus for lexical description is expanded in the second chapter. A theory of the semantics of nuclear terms along with a proposed implementation is presented in chapter three. The fourth chapter argues that a number of regular semantically governed valence alternations could be captured in frame representations that give rise to various kinds of realisation options. The final chapter examines interaction of these phenomena with a general account of prediction or control along with the general framework of lexical representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694743

LexicographyAn Introduction This book is an accessible introduction to lexicography â€“ the study of dictionaries.Dictionaries are used at home and at school cited in law courts sermons and parliament and referred to by crossword addicts and Scrabble players alike. Lexicography provides a detailed overview of the history types and content of these essential references. Howard Jackson analyzes a wide range of dictionaries from those for native speakers to thematic dictionaries and those on CD-ROM to reveal the ways in which dictionaries fulfil their dual function of describing the vocabulary of English and providing a useful and accessible reference resource.Beginning with an introduction to the terms used in lexicology to describe words and vocabulary and offering summaries and suggestions for further reading Lexicography: An Introduction is highly student-friendly. It is ideal for anyone with an interest in the development and use of dictionaries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203467282

Lexicon Of Arabic Horse Terminol First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315029917

Lexicon of Pulse Crops Lexicon of Pulse Crops integrates botanical and linguistic data to analyze and interpret the grain legume significance from the earliest archaeological and written records until the present day. Aimed at both agronomic and linguistic research communities this book presents a database containing 9 500 common names in more than 900 languages and dialects of all ethnolinguistic families denoting more than 1 100 botanical taxa of 14 selected pulse crop genera and species. The book begins with overviews of the world’s economically most important grain legume crops and their uncultivated relatives as well as the world’s language families with their inner structure including both extinct and living members.  The main section of the text presents 14 specialized book chapters covering Arachis Cajanus Cicer Ervum Faba Glycine Lablab Lathyrus Lens Lupinus Phaseolus Pisum Vicia and Vigna. They provide the reader with extensive lists of the botanically accepted species and subtaxa and surveys lexicological abundance in all world’s ethnolinguistic families comprising extinct and living as well as natural and constructed languages while the vernacular names for the most significant taxa are presented in comprehensive tables.  Each of these chapters also presents the existing etymologies and novel approaches to deciphering the origins of common names accompanied by one original color plate depicting possible root evolutions in the form of corresponding pulse crop plants.    Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138089433

Lexis and Creativity in TranslationA Corpus Based Approach Computers offer new perspectives in the study of language allowing us to see phenomena that previously remained obscure because of the limitations of our vantage points. It is not uncommon for computers to be likened to the telescope or microscope in this respect. In this pioneering computer-assisted study of translation Dorothy Kenny suggests another image that of the kaleidoscope: playful changes of perspective using corpus-processing software allow textual patterns to come into focus and then recede again as others take their place. And against the background of repeated patterns in a corpus creative uses of language gain a particular prominence. In Lexis and Creativity in Translation Kenny monitors the translation of creative source-text word forms and collocations uncovered in a specially constructed German-English parallel corpus of literary texts. Using an abundance of examples she reveals evidence of both normalization and ingenious creativity in translation. Her discussion of lexical creativity draws on insights from traditional morphology structural semantics and most notably neo-Firthian corpus linguistics suggesting that rumours of the demise of linguistics in translation studies are greatly exaggerated. Lexis and Creativity in Translation is essential reading for anyone interested in corpus linguistics and its impact so far on translation studies. The book also offers theoretical and practical guidance for researchers who wish to conduct their own corpus-based investigations of translation. No previous knowledge of German corpus linguistics or computing is assumed.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315759968

LGBT Diversity and Inclusion in Early Years Education Children and families come in all shapes and sizes as do members of staff. LGBT Diversity and Inclusion in Early Years Education will support practitioners in thinking about LGBT issues in relation to their early years practice. It examines the history of equalities legislation and the diversity of families with LGBT members alongside pragmatic advice to ensure that all children families and staff feel welcomed and celebrated in the early years setting. This book offers realistic advice and practical guidance which results from years of first-hand experience in the early years sector. The chapters explore key topics such as: A brief history of legislation in the UK in regard to LGBT diversity Good practice with children and families LGBT diversity in an early years work environment Resourcing for equality Including case studies reading lists and links to useful websites and organisations this book will be valuable reading for all early years practitioners and students that want to promote an inclusive environment for the children in their care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814103

LGBT People and the UK Cultural SectorThe Response of Libraries Museums Archives and Heritage since 1950 This book examines the complex and conflicting relationships between LGBT people and our cultural and heritage organisations including libraries museums and archives. In this unique book established author John Vincent draws together current good practice and also highlights issues which urgently still need to be addressed. To set the work of libraries museums and archives in context Vincent traces the development of LGBT rights in the UK. He goes on to examine some of the reasons for hostility and hatred against this minority group and critically explores provision that has been made by cultural and heritage organisations. He offers examples of good practice - not only from the UK but from across the world - and draws up an essential 'charter' for future development. This compelling practical book should be read by managers and staff in libraries museums and archives around the world looking for guidance on this important issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573147

LGBT Studies and Queer TheoryNew Conflicts Collaborations and Contested Terrain Find out how the tension between LGBT studies and queer theory exists in the classroom politics communities and relationshipsLGBT Studies and Queer Theory: New Conflicts Collaborations and Contested Terrain examines the similarities and differences between LGBT studies and queer theory and the uneasy relationship between the two in the academic world. This unique book meets the challenge that queer theory presents to the study and politics of gay and lesbian studies with a collection of essays from leading academics who represent a variety of disciplines. These original pieces place queer theory in social and historical contexts exploring the implications for social psychology religious studies communications sociology philosophy film studies and women's studies. The book's contributors address queer theory's connections to a wide range of issues including the development of capitalism the evolution of the gay and lesbian movement and the study of bisexuality and gender. Many scholars working in gay and lesbian studies still question the intellectual and political value of queer theory. As a result queer theory has often been concentrated in the humanities while gay and lesbian studies are concentrated in the social sciences and history. But this has begun to change in the past 10-15 years as documented by the 12 essays presented in LGBT Studies and Queer Theory: New Conflicts Collaborations and Contested Terrain.LGBT Studies and Queer Theory: New Conflicts Collaborations and Contested Terrain includes: historical notes on LGBT studies and queer theory some continuing tensions between LGBT studies and queer theory doubts about whether queer theory can lead to social change an analysis of the current state of “proto-fields” of LGBT studies and queer studies in religion concerns that queer theory’s "erasure of identity" feeds into late capitalism an analysis of variability in social psychologists’ studies of anti-homosexual prejudice an exploration of the commodification of queer identities in independent cinema how and why the category of bisexuality has been marginalized a historical review and assessment of recent bisexual theory a case study of Provincetown Massachusetts an investigation of the interarticulation of race/ethnicity and gender a case study of the struggle to introduce LGBT studies in the curriculum at West Chester University and much moreLGBT Studies and Queer Theory: New Conflicts Collaborations and Contested Terrain is an essential read for researchers academics and practitioners involved in exploring multifaceted aspects of LGBT Studies and Queer Theory and their points of convergence and divergence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057148

LGBTQ CultureThe Changing Landscape Recent decades have seen remarkable changes in the cultural visibility legal status and social acceptance of LGBTQ+ people from positive representations of queerness in television series like The L-Word and Will & Grace to films about queer intersectionality like Moonlight to openly-gay and lesbian elected officials and leaders in the business community to the end of anti-sodomy laws and marriage discrimination. With these advances have come assimilation of the queer subculture into the mainstream and with it loss of both some of the stigmatization of non-heteronormativity and the very cornerstones of the distinctiveness of LGBTQ+ communities including queer neighbourhoods bars and nightclubs bookstores publications and other queer businesses. Queer couples and their children are migrating from LGBTQ+ enclaves to neighbourhoods with better schools queer singles meet in virtual spaces rather than in bars and LGBTQ+ bookstores and community centres once the hub of queer communities are closing replaced by Amazon.com and social media. These changes raise the question of how LGBTQ+ culture is changing and whether like many assimilated subcultures before it it may be in fact endangered. This book examines these seismic changes their sociological and cultural implications reminisces about what has been lost and gained and hints at what the future may hold for LGBTQ+ people. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the Journal of Homosexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367634940

LGBT-Q Teachers Civil Partnership and Same-Sex MarriageThe Ambivalences of Legitimacy The introduction of legislative structures for same-sex relationships provides a new lens for grappling with the politics of sexuality in schools and society. The emergence of civil partnership and same-sex marriage in Ireland brings to the fore international debates around public intimacy religion in the public sphere secularism and the politics of sexuality equality. Building on queer feminist and affect theory in innovative ways this book offers insight into the everyday negotiations of LGBT-Q teachers as they operate between and across the intersecting fields of education religion and LGBT-Q politics. Neary illustrates the complexity of negotiating personal and professional identities for LGBT-Q teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194307

LGBTQ Visibility Media and Sexuality in Ireland This book traces the turbulent history of queer visibility in the Irish media to explore the processes by which a regionally based media system shaped queer identities within a highly conservative and religious population. The book details the emergence of an LGBTQ rights movement in Ireland and charts how this burgeoning movement utilised the media for the liberatory potential of advancing LGBTQ rights. However mainstream media institutions also exploited queer identities for economic purposes which coupled with the eruption of the AIDS pandemic in the 1980s disrupted the mainstreaming goals of queer visibility. Drawing on industrial societal and production culture determinants the author identifies the shifting contours of queer visibility in the Irish media uncovering the longstanding relationship between LGBTQ organising and the Irish media. This book is suitable for students and scholars in gender studies media studies cultural studies and LGBTQ studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361990

LGBTQ Voices in EducationChanging the Culture of Schooling LGBTQ Voices in Education: Changing the Culture of Schooling addresses the ways in which teachers can meet the needs of LGBTQ students and improve the culture surrounding gender sexuality and identity issues in formal learning environments. Written by experts from a variety of backgrounds including educational foundations leadership cultural studies literacy criminology theology media assessment and more these chapters are designed to help educators find the inspiration and support they need to become allies and advocates of queer students whose safety well-being and academic performance are regularly and often systemically threatened. Emphasizing socially just curricula supportive school climates and transformative educational practices this innovative book is applicable to K-12 college-level and graduate settings and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187092

LGBTQ Youth in Foster CareEmpowering Approaches for an Inclusive System of Care Representing an often overlooked population in social work literature this book explores the experiences of LGBTQ youth as they navigate the child welfare system. Adam McCormick examines the entirety of a youth’s experience from referral into care and challenges to obtaining permanency to aging out or leaving care. Included throughout the book are stories from LGBTQ youth that address personal issues such as abuse bullying and harassment and double standards. Filled with resources to foster resilience and empower youth this book is ideal for professionals who are hoping to create a more inclusive and affirming system of care for LGBTQ youth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859517

LGBTQI Parented Families and SchoolsVisibility Representation and Pride Exploring the experiences of LGBTQI+ parents and their children and their relationship with schools this book illuminates how these families work with schools and how schools do or do not support children of LGBTQI parents. Based on empirical research and making space for the voices of both parents and children the research extends beyond previous studies of gay and lesbian parenting to include bisexual transgender queer non-binary and intersex parents. The authors consider the influence of pressure groups school inspection frameworks legislation and the media and examine the ways in which some schools are working to become more inclusive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441425

LGBTQs Media and Culture in Europe Media matter particularly to social minorities like lesbian gay bisexual transgender and queer people. Rather than one homogenised idea of the ‘global gay’ what we find today is a range of historically and culturally specific expressions of gender and sexuality which are reflected and explored across an ever increasing range of media outlets. This collection zooms in on a number of facets of this kaleidoscope each chapter discussing the intersection of a particular European context and a particular medium with its affordances and limitations. While traditional mass media form the starting point of this book the primary focus is on digital media such as blogs social media and online dating sites. All contributions are based on recent original empirical research using a plethora of qualitative methods to offer a holistic view on the ways media matter to particular LGBTQ individuals and communities. Together the chapters cover the diversity of European countries and regions of LGBTQ communities and of the contemporary media ecology. Resisting the urge to extrapolate they argue for specificity contextualisation and a provincialized understanding of the connections between media culture gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877156

Lhasa and its Mysteries First published in 1906 this volume emerged three years after the British expedition across the Alps to Lhasa in which the author took part and provided a first-hand British account of the mission. The expedition (also known as the British Invasion of Tibet) was intended to counter perceived Russian Imperial interests in access to India through Tibet. Its leaders did not anticipate the intention of Tibetans to resist the mission. The expedition allowed L. Austine Waddell who had the opportunity to learn of Tibet during a previous posting at Darjeeling to provide a first-hand account of Central Tibet its capital at Lhasa its Grand Lama religious hierarchy and its culture through following the narrative of the controversial British expedition. Despite the region’s historic relations with Asia Europeans had previously had more difficulty accessing the country and its culture. This volume was the third edition in two years having been made more accessible to accommodate for its favourable reception by the British public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138311022

LHC Physics Exploring the phenomenology of the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN LHC Physics focuses on the first years of data collected at the LHC as well as the experimental and theoretical tools involved. It discusses a broad spectrum of experimental and theoretical activity in particle physics from the searches for the Higgs boson and physics beyond the Standard Model to studies of quantum chromodynamics the B-physics sector and the properties of dense hadronic matter in heavy-ion collisions.Covering the topics in a pedagogical manner the book introduces the theoretical and phenomenological framework of hadron collisions and presents the current theoretical models of frontier physics. It offers overviews of the main detector components the initial calibration procedures and search strategies. The authors also provide explicit examples of physics analyses drawn from the recently shut down Tevatron. In the coming years or perhaps even sooner the LHC experiments may reveal the Higgs boson and offer insight beyond the Standard Model. Written by some of the most prominent and active researchers in particle physics this volume equips new physicists with the theory and tools needed to understand the various LHC experiments and prepares them to make future contributions to the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381462

Li Da And Marxist Philosophy In China Li Da (1890?1966) was one of China's most important Marxist intellectuals and a founding member of the Chinese Communist Party. He played a major role in the introduction of Marxist philosophy and theory to China and in its dissemination among Chinese revolutionaries. His works are now regarded in China as classics of Marxist philosophy and he is Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316662

Liability Regimes in Contemporary Maritime Law This book addresses the topical and current issues in maritime law and brings them together into a coherent strand by the common perspective of liabilities for the professional reader. Liability Regimes in Contemporary Maritime Law appeals to both the industry and the legal profession and provides a degree of analysis and discussion while also bringing together in a single volume the essential interest in a range of individual subject areas. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122807

Liaison PsychiatryMental Health Problems in the General Hospital Liaison psychiatry that is psychiatry with patients with organic disorders or physical symptoms in general hospitals is a field that grew rapidly in the 1980s. Yet there had been no introductory book to the subject which might have served the needs of trainee psychiatrists medical students and general physicians and surgeons as well as nurses and others whose patients might be involved. This book originally published in 1987 aimed to fill this gap in the literature. It begins by examining the scope and organisational issues of liaison psychiatry at the time and its role in psychiatric patients with organic disease psychosomatic disorders emotional reactions to physical disease terminal illness etc. The bulk of the book then reviews liaison in a range of medical specialities. The book should thus have a wide readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315693

Liangzhu CultureSociety Belief and Art in Neolithic China The Liangzhu Culture (3 300-2 300 BC) represented the peak of prehistoric cultural and social development in the Yangtze Delta. With a wide sphere of influence centred near present-day Hangzhou City Liangzhu City is considered one of the earliest urban centres in prehistoric China. Although it remains a mystery for many in the West Liangzhu is well known in China for its fine jade-crafting industry; its enormous well-structured earthen palatial compound and recently discovered hydraulic system; and its far-flung impact on contemporary and succeeding cultures. The archaeological ruins of Liangzhu City were added to the UNESCO World Cultural Heritage List in July 2019. Liangzhu Culture contextualises Liangzhu in broad socio-economic and cultural backgrounds and provides new first-hand data to help explain the development and structure of this early urban centre. Among its many insights the volume reveals how elites used jade as a means of acquiring social power and how Liangzhu and its centre stand in comparison to other prehistoric urban centres in the world. This book the first of its kind published in the English language will be a useful guide to students at all levels interested in the material culture and social structures of prehistoric China and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557406

Libel and the First AmendmentLegal History and Practice in Print and Broadcasting As the recent cases involving William Westmoreland and Ariel Sharon re-veal libel suits filed against media organizations have become an increas-ingly serious problem in recent years. The potential for inhibiting news coverage or even putting a news organization out of business has never been greater. This book explores historical and contemporary issues relating to libel suits against media organizations emphasizing the consequences of the development of libel law for the First Amendment. It also considers the spe-cial problems that broadcasters have with libel suits and their potentially in-hibiting effect on television news coverage. Labunski traces the development of libel law largely from 1964 when the Supreme Court entered the libel arena for the first time and began a twenty-year effort to develop standards that are fair to both sides. He de-scribes the hostile environment which journalists must enter when they de-fend themselves in court. He also demonstrates the complexity and inconsis-tency that have resulted from the state-by-state creation of libel standards. Labunski offers suggestions some more easily accomplished than others that will help us get out of the libel "morass" which twenty years of Su-preme Court activity and lower court litigation have produced. This book will be of particular value to students of the First Amendment communica-tion scholars working journalists and anyone who wants to better under-stand the complex development of libel laws and the effect of libel suits on news coverage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527188

Liberal Arts of ManagementA Toolkit for Today's Leaders This book analyzes and elucidates the view that the purpose of the liberal arts is to offer leadership training and guidelines for success. This professional or managerial tradition of the liberal arts is discussed historically revisiting three central claims purported by the Ancients to make the point that management and the liberal arts are connected and build off each other to provide a framework for leadership in both domains. This book will appeal to researchers in leadership studies management and the liberal arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352884

Liberal Child Welfare Policy and its Destruction of Black Lives How can we end the inter-generational cycle of poverty and dysfunction in the US's urban ghettos? This ground-breaking and controversial book is the first to provide a child-centered perspective on the subject by combining a wealth of social science information with sophisticated normative analysis to support novel reforms—to child protection law and practice family law and zoning— that would quickly end that cycle. The rub is that the reforms needed would entail further suffering and loss of liberty for adults in these communities and liberal advocacy organizations and academics are so adult-centered in their sympathies and thinking that they reflexively oppose any such measures. Liberals have instead promoted one ineffectual parent-focused program after another in an ideologically-driven quest for the magic pill that can save both adults and children in these communities at the same time. This `insider critique’ of liberal child welfare policy reveals a dilemma that liberals have yet to face squarely: there is an ineradicable conflict of interests between many young children and their parents especially in areas of concentrated poverty and one must choose sides. It is a must read for legal academics political scientists urban policy experts as well as professionals working in social work law education urban planning legislative offices and administrative agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363279

Liberal Democracy and EnvironmentalismThe End of Environmentalism? In recent decades environmental issues have increasingly been incorporated into liberal democratic thought and political practice. Environmentalism and ecologism have become fashionable even respectable schools of political thought. This apparently successful integration of environmental movements issues and ideas in mainstream politics raises the question of whether there is a future for what once was a counter-movement and counter-ideology. Liberal Democracy and Environmentalism provides a reflective assessment of recent developments social relevance and future of environmental political theory concluding that although the alleged pacification of environmentalism is more than skin deep it is not yet quite deep enough. This book will appeal to students and researchers of social science and philosophers with an interest in environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979765

Liberal Democracy as the End of HistoryFukuyama and Postmodern Challenges Francis Fukuyama claims that liberal democracy is the end of history. This book provides a theoretical re-examination of this claim through postmodernist ideas. The book argues that postmodern ideas provide a valuable critique to Fukuyama’s thesis and poses the questions: can we talk about a universal and teleological history; a universal human nature; or an autonomous individual?  It addresses whether postmodern theories - concerning the movement of time what it means to be human and what it means to be an individual/subject - can be accommodated within a theory of a history that ends in liberal democracy. The author argues that incorporating elements of postmodern thought into Fukuyama’s theory makes it possible to produce a stronger and more compelling account of the theory that liberal democracy is the end of history. The result of this is to underpin Fukuyama’s theory with a more complex understanding of the movement of time the human and the individual and to show that postmodern concepts can paradoxically be used to strengthen Fukuyama’s theory that the end of history is liberal democracy. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of political theory postmodernism and the work of Francis Fukuyama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669054

Liberal Disorder States of Exception and Populist Politics Liberal democracy is in trouble. This volume considers the crosscutting causes and manifestations of the current crisis facing the liberal order.Over the last decade liberal democracy has come under mounting pressure in many unanticipated ways. In response to seemingly endless crisis conditions governments have turned with alarming frequency to extraordinary emergency powers derogating the rule of law and democratic processes. The shifting interconnections between new technologies and public power have raised questions about threats posed to democratic values and norms. Finally the liberal order has been challenged by authoritarian and populist forces promoting anti- pluralist agendas. Adopting a synoptic perspective that puts liberal disorder at the center of its investigation this book uses multiple sources to build a common historical and conceptual framework for understanding major contemporary political currents. The contributions weave together historical studies and conceptual analyses of states of exception emergency powers and their links with technological innovations as well as the tension-ridden relationship between populism and democracy and its theoretical ideological and practical implications.The book will be of interest to scholars and students of a number of disciplines in the humanities and social sciences: history political science philosophy constitutional and international law sociology cultural studies anthropology and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425234

Liberal Education and Its DiscontentsThe Crisis in the Indian University What explains the peculiar trajectory of the university and liberal education in India? Can we understand the crisis in the university in terms of the idea of education underlying it? This book explores these vital questions and traces the intellectual history of the idea of education and the cluster of concepts associated with it. It probes into the cultural roots of liberal education and seeks to understand its scope effects and limits when transplanted into the Indian context. With an extensive analysis of the philosophical writing on the idea of university and education in the West and colonial documents on education in India the book reconstructs the ideas of Gandhi and Tagore on education and learning as a radical alternative to the inherited European model. The author further reflects upon how we can successfully deepen liberal education in India as well as construct alternative models that will help us diversify higher learning for future generations. Lucid extensive and of immediate interest this book will be useful for scholars and researchers interested in the history and philosophy of education and culture social epistemology ethics postcolonial studies cultural studies and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479466

Liberal Ideals and the Politics of Decolonisation Liberal Ideals and the Politics of Decolonisation explores the subject of liberalism and its uses and contradictions across the late British Empire especially in the context of imperial dissolution and subsequent state- building. The book covers multiple regions and issues concerning the British Empire and the Commonwealth in particular the period ranging from the late-nineteenth century to the late- twentieth century. Original intellectual contributions are offered along with new arguments on critical issues in imperial history that will appeal to a wide range of scholars including those outside of history. Liberal Ideals and the Politics of Decolonisation exposes commonalities contradictions and contexts of different types of liberalism that animated the late British Empire and its rulers radicals subjects and citizens as they attempted to forge new states from its shadow and understand the impact of imperialism. This book examines the complexities of the idea and quest for self-government in the last stages of the British Empire. It also argues the importance of the political intellectual and empirical aspects of liberalism to understand the process of decolonisation. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367513139

Liberal Learning and the Art of Self-Governance Concerns over affordability and accountability have tended to direct focus away from the central aims of liberal learning such as preparing minds for free inquiry and inculcating the habits of mind practical skills and values necessary for effective participation in civil society. The contributors to this volume seek to understand better what it is that can be done on a day-to-day basis within institutions of liberal learning that shape the habits and practices of civil society.The central argument of this volume is that institutions of liberal learning are critical to a developing and flourishing civil society. It is within these "civil society incubators" that the habits of open discourse are practiced and honed; that a collaborative (often contentious) commitment to truth seeking serves as the rules that govern our work together; that the rules of personal and widespread social cooperation are established practiced and refined. Many have made this argument as it relates to community based learning and we explore that theme here as well. But acquiring and practicing the habits of civil society recur within and throughout the college context—in the classrooms in college governance structures in professional associations in collaborative research in the residence halls and on the playing field. To put it another way when they are at their best institutions of liberal learning are contexts in which students learn how to live in a free society and learn the art of self-governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599683

Liberal Nationalism in IranThe Failure of a Movement This book examines the rise and fall of the liberal nationalist movement in Iran. It provides an analysis of the National Fronts' successes and failures focusing on their interactions with both the other contenders including the government and international factors. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367013967

Liberal Neutrality Originally published in 1989 Liberal Neutrality approaches the recommendation of neutrality by confronting the abstract prescription (that we should be neutral) with the implications for particular people and institutions. This not only identifies what neutrality involves logically but also exposes the practical difficulties that may be encountered in pursuing it. In some cases such close examination shows that neutrality is not desirable and in others that it is attainable only within certain limits. Although neutrality has become a fashionable term in political theory this is the only volume to subject the idea to systematic scrutiny. It will be useful not only to specialists in diverse disciplines – political scientists philosophers sociologists lawyers and educationalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324039

Liberal Parties in Europe This book investigates how liberal parties have evolved over time as a party family in a comparative perspective. Through a discussion of the applicability of the concept of party family to liberal parties it gives a better picture of the development challenges and opportunities for liberal parties in Europe. The history of liberal parties in Europe is peculiar and the origins of the liberal family are not clearly defined. Liberal parties are still quite heterogeneous given the various meanings embraced in the idea of liberalism including economic liberalism cultural liberalism progressivism social-liberalism. Bringing together the best specialists engaged in the study of liberal parties and with a two-levels perspective (comparative and case study) this book renews and expands our knowledge on the liberal party family in Europe. Four major themes are developed linked to the four approaches of the concept of party family: electoral performances participation to power ideology and political program and party organization. These themes are systematically developed in case studies and in comparative chapters. Primarily aimed at scholars and students in comparative politics this book should especially appeal to scholars in the fields of political parties and party systems representation and elections voting behavior and public opinion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372387

Liberal Peacebuilding and Global GovernanceBeyond the Metropolis This book examines the limits to cosmopolitan liberal peacebuilding caused by its preoccupation with the values and assumptions of neoliberal global governance. The peace people experience is determined by the processes privileged in peacebuilding. This book is about four things that shape the processes involved. First it is a critique of orthodox postconflict peacebuilding. It takes the position that the present approach although seemingly hegemonic is routinely ignored or manipulated by elites and society and converted into a miasma that to some degree wastes the energies and opportunities involved. Second it is about alternatives which invoke the kind of peace people might seek in postconflict places if they had more control over the process of peacebuilding a notion referred to here as ‘popular peace’. It is thus not the kind of critical work that some describe as ‘reflexive anti-liberalism’. Rather it seeks alternatives that are grounded in the lives of people in postconflict spaces and which also reflect some of the essential values of Liberalism. Third it is about the role of both informal and formal actors institutions and practices in the creation of such a peace. For instance it is concerned with the legitimacy of informal practices that lie beyond Liberal tolerance and which are vital in the pursuit of everyday peace. Fourth it is about a ‘transversal’ (rather than vertical or hierarchical) relationship of global and local governance in securing a peace that reflects the needs and values of both. In short this work is a response to the substantial inconsistencies that appear between peacebuilding rhetoric and everyday outcomes in postconflict places. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding post-conflict statebuilding conflict studies global governance and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724142

Liberal Peacebuilding and the Locus of Legitimacy Liberal peacebuilding too often builds neither peace nor Liberalism. In a growing number of cases people aren’t rejecting and relegating democracy because it’s bad; they’re challenging it because it isn’t relevant to their priorities and needs. The peacebuilding ‘moment’ – when consent for intervention is present and the opportunity to build a sustainable social contract between peacebuilders and people is most fruitful – is being squandered. This relationship between governed and governance relies on mutual needs realization but there is no formal or informal requirement and mechanism for ascertaining what the ‘subjects’ of peacebuilding might prioritize. Instead peacebuilders give the ‘subjects’ of peacebuilding what they think they should have. This legitimacy gap – between what peacebuilders give and what subjects want - is the subject of this book. Through a range of empirical case studies conducted by country specialists the book reveals that when asked people often prioritize roads electricity jobs housing schooling and pertinent justice (amongst other things) in the immediate aftermath of war. We find that mapping this locus of legitimacy may help develop the kind of relationship upon which the sustainability of any social contract between governed and governance rests. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379411

Liberal PeaceSelected Essays Comprising essays by Michael W. Doyle Liberal Peace examines the special significance of liberalism for international relations. The volume begins by outlining the two legacies of liberalism in international relations - how and why liberal states have maintained peace among themselves while at the same time being prone to making war against non-liberal states. Exploring policy implications the author focuses on the strategic value of the inter-liberal democratic community and how it can be protected preserved and enlarged and whether liberals can go beyond a separate peace to a more integrated global democracy.  Finally the volume considers when force should and should not be used to promote national security and human security across borders and argues against President George W. Bush’s policy of "transformative" interventions. The concluding essay engages with scholarly critics of the liberal democratic peace. This book will be of great interest to students of international relations foreign policy political philosophy and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781756

Liberal Politics and Public FaithBeyond Separation In the eyes of many liberalism requires the aggressive secularization of social institutions especially public media and public schools. The unfortunate result is that many Americans have become alienated from the liberal tradition because they believe it threatens their most sacred forms of life. This was not always the case: in American history the relation between liberalism and religion has often been one of mutual respect and support. In Liberal Politics and Public Faith: Beyond Separation Kevin Vallier attempts to reestablish mutual respect by developing a liberal political theory that avoids the standard liberal hostility to religious voices in public life. He claims that the dominant form of academic liberalism public reason liberalism is far friendlier to religious influences in public life than either its proponents or detractors suppose. The best interpretation of public reason convergence liberalism rejects the much-derided "privatization" of religious belief instead viewing religious contributions to politics as a resource for liberal political institutions. Many books reject privatization Liberal Politics and Public Faith: Beyond Separation is unique in doing so on liberal grounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789738

Liberal Reform and Industrial Relations: J.H. Whitley (1866-1935) Halifax Radical and Speaker of the House of Commons J.H. Whitley came from an established business family in Halifax where he engaged in youth work and municipal politics before becoming MP for Halifax from 1900 to 1928. He was a Liberal Radical who worked with Labour gave his name to the industrial councils of the First World War was Speaker of the House of Commons 1921-28 presiding over the debates at the time of the General Strike of 1926. In 1929-31 he toured India as chairman of the Royal Commission on Indian Labour and was chairman of the BBC between 1930 and 1935. He was thus a vitally important political figure who was active at the rise of Labour and the decline of Liberalism involved in the Liberal reforms of the Edwardian age and deeply concerned about industrial relations in early twentieth century Britain and beyond.   This volume brings together leading academics and provides new information and analysis on the life work and times of J.H. Whitley offering a study of his career in British politics and society focusing particularly on the last decade of the nineteenth century and the first three decades of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348830

Liberal ReligionProgressive versions of Judaism Christianity and Islam In recent years there has been an upsurge of interest in religion and religious issues. Some have linked this to a neo-liberal form of individualism while others noted that secularism has left people bereft of a humanly necessary link with the transcendent. The importance of identity issues has also been remarked upon. This book examines how liberal forms of religion are allowing people to engage with religion on their own terms while also feeling part of something more universal. Looking at liberal approaches to the Abrahamic faiths – Judaism Protestant and Roman Catholic Christianity and Islam – this book teases out how postmodern culture has shaped the way in which people engage with these religions. It also compares and contrasts how liberal thinking and theology have been expressed in each of the faiths examined as well as the reactionary responses to its emergence. By considering how liberalism has influenced the narrative around the Abrahamic faiths this book demonstrates how malleable faith and spirituality can be. As such it will be of interest to scholars working in Religious Studies Theology Sociology and Cultural Anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892791

Liberal Rights and Political CultureEnvisioning Democracy in China This book argues that the liberal concept of rights presupposes and is grounded in an individualistic culture or shared way of relating and that this particular shared way of relating emerged only in the wake of the Reformation in the modern West. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203958407

Liberal Roots of Far Right ActivismThe Anti-Islamic Movement in the 21st Century This book explores the anti-Islamic turn and expansion of the far right in Western Europe North America and beyond from 2001 and onwards. Driven by terror attacks and other moral shocks the anti-Islamic cause has undergone four waves of transnational expansion in the period since 2001. The leaders and intellectuals involved have varied backgrounds many coming from the left uniting historically opposed sets of values under their banner of a civilizational struggle against Islam. The findings presented in this book indicate that anti-Islamic initiatives in Western Europe and the United States form a transnational movement and subculture characterized by a fragile balance between liberal and authoritarian values. The author draws on a broad array of data sources and methods including network analysis and sentiment analysis to analyze the impact of the anti-Islamic expansion and turn at a macro level and the theoretical implications for our understanding of the current far right flowing from this. Offering an overview of anti-Islamic activism the book explores the background of their leaders and ideologues provides an in-depth look at their ideology online organizational networks and the views expressed by their online members as well as which emotions and messages continue to drive their mobilization. The book will be of interest to scholars in the social movement field as well as political scientists sociologists and general readers interested in issues such as populism extremism and understanding the ways in which the contemporary far right challenges liberal democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224660

Liberal Utilitarianism and Applied Ethics Liberal Utilitarianism and Applied Ethics explores the foundations of early utilitarianism and at the same time the theoretical bases of social ethics and policy in modern Western welfare states. Matti Hayry sees the main reason for utilitarianism's growing disrepute among moral philosophers is that its principles cannot legitimately be extended to situations where the basic needs of the individuals involved are in conflict. He is able to formulate a solution to this fundamental problem by arguing convincingly that by combining a limited version of liberal utilitarianism and the methods of applied ethics we are able to define our moral duties and rights. Liberal Utilitarianism and Applied Ethics will appeal to students and teachers of philosophy who are interested in the doctrine of utilitarianism or in ethical decison-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871397

Liberal WarsAnglo-American Strategy Ideology and Practice  This book addresses the relationship between the 'liberal' values of Anglo-Saxon cultures and the way that they conduct themselves when they are fighting - or preparing to fight - wars. The United States and the United Kingdom are characterised by a consensus that their social and political arrangements are in a very broad sense ‘liberal’. Liberalism is not pacifism; nor are liberals necessarily respectful of traditional prohibitions that have set out to moderate excessive violence. But liberals do seek to understand their violent actions as part of a wider project of defending or expanding liberal freedoms. The perceived alternative is to undermine the will to keep on fighting. Sustaining a liberal picture of what is going on is an indispensable part of a liberal strategy. Contributors with disciplinary backgrounds in history international relations and strategic studies discuss what ‘liberalism’ means in this particular context and how it might relate to ‘strategy’ both in the recent past and in the future. The chapters consider how liberal states understand the wars they fight the constraints liberal values place on these states the role of public opinion and the appropriate strategies for modern liberal states. Topics addressed include civilian bombing the nature of US military culture the British ‘Iraq inquiries’ the effects of the erosion of Westphalian sovereignty and the rise of new ideas about ‘globalization’ and the decline in popular involvement. This book will be of much interest to students of strategic studies political philosophy foreign policy security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840119

Liberal World Order and Its CriticsCivilisational States and Cultural Commonwealths Liberals blame the retreat of the liberal world order on populists at home and authoritarian leaders abroad. Only liberalism so they claim can defend the rules-based international system against demagogy corruption and nationalism. This provocative book contends that the liberal world order is illiberal and undemocratic – intolerant about the cultural values of ordinary people in the West and elsewhere while concentrating power in the hands of unaccountable Western elites and Western-dominated institutions. Under the influence of contemporary liberalism the international system is fuelling economic injustice social fragmentation and a worldwide “culture war” between globalists and nativists. Liberals far from defending rules have broken international law and imposed their version of market fundamentalism and democracy promotion by military means. Liberal “civilisation” has fuelled resentment across the world by imposing a narrow worldview that pits cultures against one another. To avoid a descent into a violent culture clash this book proposes radical ideas for international order that take the form of cultural commonwealths – social bonds and crossborder cultural ties on which international trust and cooperation depends. The book’s defence of an older order against both liberals and nationalists will speak to all readers trying to understand our age of anger. This book will be of key interest to scholars students and readers of liberalism political theory and democracy and more broadly to comparative politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029937

Liberalising Foreign Direct Investment Policies in the APEC Region This title was first published in 2001. This work is a response to criticisms that investment liberalization in the APEC region is not moving quickly enough. It commences with a historical overview of APEC's process for investment liberalization and a description of current foreign direct investment policies for each of the APEC economies. It then argues that there are significant constraints to further liberalization arising from economic development concerns in the developing countries and political considerations in both developed and developing countries in the region. It also suggests that a truly liberalized investment environment would involve the removal of investment incentives. Again there are political and institutional reasons that make this difficult. With several suggestions for further research that should better inform policy makers this is an informative insight into the complex issues involved in the liberalization process in the APEC region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722323

Liberalising the Accounting Curriculum in University Education This book presents the views of accounting educators accounting education policy-makers and accounting practitioners from across the world on the challenging topic of liberalising the accounting curriculum within university education. Accounting is a relatively new subject within universities and has been absorbed into a high level of education without any real attempt to do so within the traditional ethos of a liberal arts education. In this book the logic of teaching using the liberal arts is described and contrasted with the practical vocational training approach of teaching which has formed the foundation of accountancy courses for many years. A proposal to change this established practice by integrating the liberal arts into the university accounting curriculum is followed by a series of short chapters which address the relevance validity and worthiness of the proposed approach. Comments and counter-arguments are then discussed before further chapters illustrate how the proposed change may be achieved in a variety of different contexts – ranging from that of the global financial crisis (which began in 2008) to the inclusion of ethics and sustainability within the accounting curriculum. This book will aid those teaching accounting in universities to improve the design of their accounting degree programmes by moving away from an excessive emphasis on technical skills towards a broader consideration of a liberal contextualisation of the accounting curriculum. This book was originally published as a special issue of Accounting Education: an international journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192812

Liberalism Communitarianism and EducationReclaiming Liberal Education Communitarian thinkers have identified important deficiencies in liberal thought in particular the limits of the account of justice given in liberal theories. This book makes transparent for the reader the implications that the liberal account of justice has for our ways of thinking about education. Citing the work of John Rawls as the principal expression of contemporary liberal thought Keeney argues that there are certain intractable tensions between the view of the individual given in rights-based theories of justice and a certain valuable conception of education which in the West has traditionally been termed a "liberal" or "general" education and concludes that ideals of a liberal education are only available to a political ethic which is capable of articulating a public conception of virtue and the good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275720

Liberalism Nationalism and Design Reform in the Habsburg EmpireMuseums of Design Industry and the Applied Arts Liberalism Nationalism and Design Reform in the Habsburg Empire is a study of museums of design and applied arts in Austria-Hungary from 1864 to 1914. The Museum for Art and Industry (now the Museum of Applied Arts) as well as its design school occupies a prominent place in the study. The book also gives equal attention to museums of design and applied arts in cities elsewhere in the Empire such as Budapest Prague Cracow Brno and Zagreb. The book is shaped by two broad concerns: the role of liberalism as a political cultural and economic ideology motivating the museums’ foundation and their engagement with the politics of imperial national and regional identity of the late Habsburg Empire. This book will be of interest for scholars of art history museum studies design history and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434892

Liberalism Puritanism and the Colonial Mind In Liberalism Puritanism and the Colonial Mind Parrington gives a brilliant account of the beginning and development in American letters the early ideas that have come to be reckoned as traditionally American—how they came into being how they were opposed and what influence they have exerted in determining the form and scope of our ideals and institutions. In doing so the author follows the path of political economic and social development. This first of a three-volume work carries the account from early beginnings in Puritan New England to the triumph of Jefferson and back-country agrarianism.This first part of Main Currents in American Thought deals with intellectual backgrounds especially with those diverse systems of European thought that have domesticated themselves in America. Parrington examines the legacies of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Europe to the colonial settlements and in particular the transplanting to America of old-world liberalisms.The liberalisms discussed in this book derive from two primary sources English Independency and French Romantic theory supplemented by English Whiggery. From the first came the revolutionary doctrine of natural rights clarified by thinkers ranging from Roger Williams to John Locke. A doctrine that destroyed the philosophical sanction of divine right and substituted it for the traditional absolutism was formed. This struggle largely determined the course of development in early New England. A new introduction by Bruce Brown highlights the life of Vernon Louis Parrington and explains the importance of this Pulitzer-Prize winning study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818681

Liberalism 2.0 and the Rise of ChinaGlobal Crisis Innovation and Urban Mobility What can we do in this period of historic global turbulence? Mainstream narratives have no plausible account of how to stop exacerbating the multiple overlapping challenges; much less begin to address them meaningfully. The only thing everyone agrees is innovation will be needed. But what is innovation? Usually it is understood as new technologies that will ‘solve’ specific ‘problems’ – and it is hoped return life to a ‘business as usual’ of progress in individual freedom and wealth. But innovation is a thoroughly social process with profound implications for the arrangement of power in a society hence shaping the emergence of new social systems. Exploring evidence from the key arenas of low-carbon innovation including in the pivotal location of a rising China this book describes the global systemic crisis of a neoliberal world order and the embryonic emergence of an alternative global power regime of a ‘liberalism 2.0’. This augurs both a web 2.0-based revitalization of the classical liberalism of the nineteenth century and new Dickensian inequalities and injustices. Against hopes that the present is a ‘revolutionary’ moment therefore political engagement with this emerging power regime is thus presented as the most productive strategy for a progressive twenty-first century politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138393042

Liberalism and Chinese Economic DevelopmentPerspectives from Europe and Asia Liberalism and Chinese Economic Development brings international contributors together in order to consider economic political social and legislative aspects of China’s modernization. This volume explores how liberalism is received and perceived and whether it is adapted or adopted upon the basis of centuries of Chinese civilization and decades of capitalism.China’s role in the global economy is an undeniable force. This book examines both historical and contemporary dimensions surrounding the question of Chinese liberalism exploring China’s economic development in a comparative context. In particular this text explores differences with the Western model and more specifically the relationship between Chinese economic thought and European traditions. This text assesses China’s economic development at both a macro and a micro level and also considers its relationship with its neighbours.Campagnolo answers whether free-trade and capitalistic economic developments are long sustainable without other types of liberal developments? Or is the idea that political liberties and economic freedom are just Western ideologies? This is a uniquely wide ranging book suitable for scholars of the Chinese economy the history of economic thought economic philosophy and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668396

Liberalism and its Critics First published in 1985. Liberalism was under increasing attack from both socialists and conservatives towards the end of the twentieth century. This book argues that far from having little to contribute towards solving the problems of the modern world liberalism is in fact of central importance. It discusses the arguments against liberalism put forward by four major political theorists refuting the general thrust of their criticisms and taking issue with many points of detail used by them to support their arguments. It analyses the origins of liberalism discusses its major achievements and explains why it continues to be a crucially important movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233730

Liberalism and its Practice Liberalism and its Practice brings together leading authorities who provide an excellent insight into the meaning and practice of liberalism. This book explores current debates surrounding liberalism at the end of the twentieth century and what it has to offer in practice. Its focus is two of liberalism's greatest emerging challenges: multiculturalism and states struggling with the transition to democracy. It considers considers the significant tensions that these pressures bring to liberal frameworks and asks what the viable alternatives are. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203014516

Liberalism and Social JusticeInternational Perspectives This title was first published in 2000:  Bringing oes liberalism have either the theoretical capacity or the political durability to provide for social justice particularly given the challenges of the new millennium? From a diverse array of disciplinary cultural and critical perspectives the contributors to this timely and incisive collection of essays cover ground ranging from the philosophical adequacy of liberalism’s central tenets to the treatment of minority and alternative cultures in contemporary Europe to the future of welfare provision to the continued tenability of traditional ideological distinctions and labels amid the social conditions and demands of the new millennium. The book will be of particular interest to philosophers political scientists and social and legal theorists - and to anyone with a general interest in the present and future horizons of social justice in theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727939

Liberalism and the British Empire in Southeast Asia This collection of essays collects the leading scholars on British colonial thought in Southeast Asia to consider the question: what was the relationship between liberalism and the British Empire in Southeast Asia? The empire builders in Southeast Asia: Lord Minto William Farquhar John Leyden Thomas Stamford Raffles and John Crawfurd - to name a few - were fervent believers in a liberal free trade order in Southeast Asia. Many recent studies of British imperialism and European imperialism more generally have addressed how the anti-imperialist tradition of Eighteenth century liberalism was increasingly intertwined with the discourses of empire freedom race and economics in the nineteenth century. This collection extends those studies to look at the impact of liberalism on.  British colonialism in Southeast Asia and early nineteenth century Southeast Asia we see some of the first attempts at developing multicultural democracies within the colonies experiments in free trade and attempts to use free trade to prevent war and colonisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586416

Liberalism and the Good First published in 1990. Liberalism and the Good is a collection of critical essays by an inter-disciplinary group of American and English scholars that seeks to address the long-standing problem of the good in light of the most recent developments in liberal theory. With contributions from both liberal apologists and critics who pursue arguments informed by sources as disparate as Nietzsche and Aristotle it breaks fresh ground in a number of different directions and offers proposals for the future of the discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231330

Liberalism and the Rise of Labour 1890-1918 First published in 1984. This book is a detailed study of the way in which the growing Labour movement gradually ousted the Liberals in West Yorkshire between 1890 and 1924. It demonstrates the basis of old Liberalism and the strength of local non-conformity and its powerful links with the textile and engineering industries. It shows how the Liberalism of this district was dominated by small groups of well-to-do leaders involved in these main industries. This study also shows the gradual breakdown of the political consensus established between the Liberal party and the working classes and explains how the increasing opposition to Liberalism was channelled into the socialist movement. In all the authors present a thorough and extensive study of the political changes in a particularly interesting part of the British Isles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340732

Liberalism and WarThe Victors and the Vanquished Military power is now the main vehicle for regime change. The US army has been used on more than 30 different occasions in the post-Cold War world compared with just 10 during the whole of the Cold War era. Leading scholar Andrew Williams tackles contemporary thinking on war with a detailed study on liberal thinking over the last century about how wars should be ended using a vast range of historical archival material from diplomatic other official and personal papers which this study situates within the debates that have emerged in political theory. He examines the main strategies used at the end and in the aftermath of wars by liberal states to consolidate their liberal gains and to prevent the re-occurrence of wars with those states they have fought. This new study also explores how various strategies: revenge; restitution; reparation; restraint; retribution; reconciliation; and reconstruction have been used by liberal states not only to defeat their enemies but also transform them. This is a major new contribution to contemporary thinking and action. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of politics international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162600

Liberalism DividedFreedom Of Speech And The Many Uses Of State Power Professor Fiss examines contemporary free-speech issues in the context of the collision of liberal ideas of equality and freedom with modern social structures and speculates on what role the state might play in furthering robust public debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316679

Liberalism in Pre-revolutionary RussiaState Nation Empire Nineteenth-century Russian intellectuals were faced with a dilemma. They had to choose between modernizing their country thus imitating the West or reaffirming what was perceived as their country's own values and thereby risk remaining socially underdeveloped and unable to compete with Western powers. Scholars have argued that this led to the emergence of an anti-Western anti-modern ethnic nationalism. In this innovative book Susanna Rabow-Edling shows that there was another solution to the conflicting agendas of modernization and cultural authenticity – a Russian liberal nationalism. This nationalism took various forms during the long nineteenth century but aimed to promote reforms through a combination of liberalism nationalism and imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587635

Liberalism’s ReligionCécile Laborde and Her Critics How should liberalism understand – and deal with – religion? Cécile Laborde offers powerful new answers in her book Liberalism’s Religion; this collection subjects that theory to critical scrutiny from an array of scholars thereby advancing the scholarly debate. Religion has recently become the object of a significant and growing literature in legal and political philosophy for example: What does it mean to guarantee religious freedom? When the religious freedom of some citizens appears in conflict with the religious freedom of others what should be done? May religious reasons be legitimately invoked to justify political decisions or should they be excluded from public deliberation? In the recent literature the dominant liberal response to these questions is based on an egalitarian theory of religion. In her major new work Liberalism’s Religion Cécile Laborde argues that the prevailing liberal-egalitarian approach toward religion is misguided and in need of crucial revision. In doing so she offers powerful and original answers organised by her distinctive thesis that liberals must radically rethink how we conceive religion itself. This volume subjects her powerful new theory to scrutiny from an array of scholars engaging each dimension of it. The volume includes a comprehensive reply by Laborde to the various points raised by these scholars and therefore moves the debate forward highlighting key issues that should be addressed in the future in the literature on religion and political philosophy. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502676

Liberalisms (Routledge Revivals)Essays in Political Philosophy Liberalisms a work first published in 1989 provides a coherent and comprehensive analytical guide to liberal thinking over the past century and considers the dominance of liberal thought in Anglo-American political philosophy over the past 20 years. John Gray assesses the work of all the major liberal political philosophers including J. S. Mill Herbert Spencer Karl Popper F. A Hayek John Rawls and Robert Nozick and explores their mutual connections and differences. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203092620

Liberalism's Last HurrahThe Presidential Campaign of 1964 Marked by sharp ideological divisions over civil rights Vietnam and federal power the 1964 presidential campaign between Democrat Lyndon Johnson and Republican Barry Goldwater proved a watershed election in American history. Although Johnson defeated Goldwater in a landslide and liberalism seemed to ride triumphant the liberal wave crashed almost immediately and conservatives came to dominate a resurgent Republican Party in the late twentieth century. Thoroughly researched and beautifully written this is the first historical account of this crucial election and the transition it marked for the nation. Filled with colorful details and fascinating figures - Johnson Goldwater Wallace Rockefeller Nixon Reagan Robert Kennedy Martin Luther King Jr. George Bush and many more - it captures the full excitement drama and significance of "liberalism's last hurrah." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702858

LiberalismThe Basics Liberalism: The Basics is an engaging and accessible introduction to liberalism. The author provides a comprehensive overview of liberal practices liberal values and critically analyses liberal theories allowing for a richer understanding of liberalism as a whole. The book is divided into three parts: Liberal practices: the rule of law free speech freedom of association and movement economic freedom and sexual freedom. Liberal values: freedom autonomy equality and the universal values of political societies – the communal identity – and well-being of their members. Liberal theories: natural rights utilitarianism Kant's rationalism and the contemporary theories of John Rawls and the post-Rawlsians. Presented in a clear and concise way this book will be an ideal introduction for students and scholars of liberalism political philosophy political theory and political ideology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362920

Liberality and Civilization (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1938 these lectures argue that liberality is the foundation of civilization. According to Gilbert Murray civilization provides the surplus of security leisure and wealth that makes liberality possible; a failure of liberality is the surest test of the failure of a civilization. This is a fascinating reissue that will be of great value to students with an interest in political philosophy and the foundations of liberal society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729932

Liberalization And Crisis In Colombian Agriculture Liberalization Crisis and Change in Colombian Agriculture provides an in-depth look at the impact of economic reforms on Latin American agriculture. It focuses on the experience of Colombia a country with a large and complex agricultural sector. The bold attempt at reform initiated in 1990 posed strong challenges to Colombian agriculture at a ti Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429040511

Liberalization and Economic Performance of the Informal SectorA study of Indian Economy Impact of liberalization on informality has been a subject of intense debate for many years and the major issue that has come up is whether liberalization helps to grow informal sector and informality in the economy or it is an obstruction for informal sector’s growth. Thus in the light of the recent liberalization measure this book sets to examine general presumptions of the development of informal sector in the context of the Indian economy. The book begins with a broad framework for analysis of output contribution and growth of the informal sector. Liberalization is measured by openness indices and inter-sectoral linkages. Impact of liberalization on growth contributions of informal sector is captured by openness indices (i.e. degree of openness to trade and principal component scores) technical efficiency (measured by Data Envelope Analysis and estimated by Tobit Censored Regression model) and components of productivity (computed by Malmquist total factor productivity index) of the informal enterprises by inter-sectoral linkages. The linkages are modeled theoretically in a neo-classical growth theory and empirically measured by sub-contracting arrangements between formal and informal enterprises. In addition the book also provides implications on promotion of informal sector from the viewpoint of employment generation. The description and analyses of the book will help with policy implications and enlighten the readers on the development of informal sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056558

Liberalization in AviationCompetition Cooperation and Public Policy The last few decades have witnessed substantial liberalization trends in various industries and countries. Starting with the deregulation of the US airline industry in 1978 regulatory restructuring took place in further network industries such as telecommunications electricity or railways in various countries around the world. Although most of the liberalization movements were initially triggered by the worrying performances of the respective regulatory frameworks increases in competition and corresponding improvements in allocative and productive efficiency were typically associated with the respective liberalization efforts. From an academic perspective the transition from regulated industries to liberalized industries has attracted a substantial amount of research reflected in many books and research articles which can be distilled to three main questions: (1) What are the forces that have given rise to regulatory reform? (2) What is the structure of the regulatory change which has occurred to date and is likely to occur in the immediate future? (3) What have been the effects on industry efficiency prices and profits of the reforms which have occurred to date? Liberalization in Aviation brings together renowned academics and practitioners from around the world to address all three questions and draw policy conclusions. The book is divided into five sections in turn dealing with aspects of competition in various liberalized markets the emergence and growth of low-cost carriers horizontal mergers and alliances infrastructures and concluding with economic assessments of liberalization steps so far and proposed steps in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450900

Liberalization in the Developing WorldInstitutional and Economic Changes in Latin America Africa and Asia Liberalization in the Developing World compares the success of liberalization strategies in Asia Africa and Latin America over the past decade. Three models emerge corresponding to the three continents covered which reflect the degree of state intervention in the economy and the success of the liberalization policies adopted. The conclusions drawn demonstrate that economic and political liberalization do not have to go hand in hand. On the contrary the case studies presented in this volume show that the role of the state can be crucial in mobilizing both the human and capital investment needed to be able to compete in international economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203030066

Liberalizing Feminizing and Popularizing Health Communications in Asia Liberalizing Feminizing and Popularizing Health Communications in Asia provides insights into the manner in which biomedical discourses are communicated and portrayed in Asia in light of the rapidly evolving socio-cultural technological and epidemiological undercurrents. Highlighting the more pluralized and interactive dynamics in the appropriation and dissemination of medical and public health knowledge its specific case studies challenge the notions of the one way transmission of medicine by modern Western trained doctors and public health officials to ignorant patients and masses particularly in the non-Western world. With specific examples drawn from popular media this volume examines the extent to which these developments have given the broader public both greater access to information and choices. Multidisciplinary in scope and truly international in focus it relates the everyday of health communications to more macro social trends on the Asian continent and will be of interest to scholars within science and technology studies media and cultural studies and sociology alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592312

Liberalizing ContractsNineteenth Century Promises Through Literature Law and History In Liberalizing Contracts Anat Rosenberg examines nineteenth-century liberal thought in England as developed through and as it developed the concept of contract understood as the formal legal category of binding agreement and the relations and human practices at which it gestured most basically that of promise most broadly the capitalist market order. She does so by placing canonical realist novels in conversation with legal-historical knowledge about Victorian contracts. Rosenberg argues that current understandings of the liberal effort in contracts need reconstructing from both ends of Henry Maine's famed aphorism which described a historical progress "from status to contract." On the side of contract historical accounts of its liberal content have been oscillating between atomism and social-collective approaches missing out on forms of relationality in Victorian liberal conceptualizations of contracts which the book establishes in their complexity richness and wavering appeal. On the side of status the expectation of a move "from status" has led to a split along the liberal/radical fault line among those assessing liberalism's historical commitment to promote mobility and equality. The split misses out on the possibility that liberalism functioned as a historical reinterpretation of statuses – particularly gender and class – rather than either an effort of their elimination or preservation. As Rosenberg shows that reinterpretation effectively secured yet also altered gender and class hierarchies. There is no teleology to such an account. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150839

Liberals International Relations and AppeasementThe Liberal Party 1919-1939 This work shows the importance of analysing the "low" politics of areas that have traditionally been dominated by "high" politics. The role of bodies such as the Liberal Summer School and the Women's Liberal Federation are examined along with the work of thinkers such as JM Keynes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038544

Liberating CultureCross-Cultural Perspectives on Museums Curation and Heritage Preservation Using examples of indigenous models from Indonesia the Pacific Africa and native North America Christina Kreps illustrates how the growing recognition of indigenous curation and concepts of cultural heritage preservation is transforming conventional museum practice. Liberating Culture explores the similarities and differences between Western and non-Western approaches to objects museums and curation revealing how what is culturally appropriate in one context may not be in another. For those studying museum culture across the world this book is essential reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203389980

Liberating Histories Liberating Histories makes an original scholarly contribution to contemporary debates surrounding the cultural and political relevance of historical practices. Arguing against the idea that specifically historical readings of the past are necessary or are compelled by the force of past events themselves this book instead focuses on other forms of past-talk and how they function in politically empowering ways against social injustices. Challenging the authority and constraints of academic history over the past this book explores various forms of past-talk including art films activism memory nostalgia and archives. Across seven clear chapters Claire Norton and Mark Donnelly show how activists and campaigners have used forms of past-talk to unsettle ‘common sense’ thinking about political and social problems how journalists artists curators filmmakers and performers have referenced the past in their practices of advocacy and how grassroots archivists help to circulate materials that challenge the power of authorised institutional archives to determine what gets to count as a demonstrable feature of the past and whose voices are part of the ‘historical record’. Written in a lucid accessible manner and combining insightful critical analysis and philosophical argument with clear consideration of how different forms of past-talk influence the narration of pasts in a variety of socio-political contexts Liberating Histories is essential reading for students and scholars with an interest in historiography and the ethical and political dimensions of the historical discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415856546

Liberating LearningEducational Change as Social Movement This book is about three complementary ideas: 1) learning is a practice of freedom; 2) liberating learning in public education requires widespread cultural change in classrooms schools and entire education systems; and 3) social movements have been the most powerful vehicles for widespread cultural change and in their logic of operation lie the keys to liberate learning. Drawing on existing knowledge and new research on educational change the author offers nine principles of action to liberate learning in schools and across entire educational systems. Topics discussed include learning pedagogy leadership education policy widespread cultural change collective action and whole system improvement. Written for educators and leaders interested in transforming teaching and learning in classrooms and schools as well as for public intellectuals and people interested in widespread pedagogical change the book articulates a new way to think about and pursue educational change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491762

Liberating Medicine 1720–1835 During the 18th century medicine became an autonomous discipline and practice. Surgeons justified themselves as skilled practitioners and set themselves apart from the unspecialized hack barber-surgeons of early modernity. This title presents 17 essays on the relationship between medicine and literature during the Enlightenment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665118

Liberating RitesUnderstanding the Transformative Power of Ritual This book shows how necessary ritual is to human freedom and to social processes of liberation. It aims to reflect upon the deep human longing for ritual and to interpret it in the light of our physical social political sexual moral aesthetic and religious existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367010454

Liberating the Corporate Soul Tapping into the latent creativity and productivity in an organizations employees are two of the most important things any successful business should be concerned with. In a world where competition has become global successful companies are learning to build competitive advantage through their human capital. In turbulent times strategic success will also hinge on whether in the eyes of the employees and society-at-large the organization is a trusted member of the community and a good global citizen. Developing a values-driven approach to business is quickly becoming essential for financial success. Who you are and what you stand for are becoming just as important as what you sell. This bestselling book presents a convincing rationale for making ethical and socially responsible behavior the keystone in providing a high performance globally successful business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131088

Liberating The LearnerLessons for Professional Development in Education There is clear evidence that the quality of children's learning in school is very dependant on the style of the teacher's approach and the learning environment he or she creates. This in turn is a reflection of teachers own beliefs anxieties and enthusiasms about learning often gained through their own educational experiences. This edited volume provides a new framework for exploring teachers' views on a whole range of professional issues for instance the nature of teaching and learning the needs of students and their own abilities as learners. Within this is presented a variety of case studies which illustrate how teachers' views impact upon students' learning. The book builds on the well established assumption that teachers are themselves also learners and that the learning processes involved in professional development are in many ways the same as those involved in a classroom context.It shows how the conclusions drawn from this study can be used in a practical way to assist teachers' professional development throughout their career. All teacher trainers and mentors who take seriously their role of helping children to be resourceful resilient and reflective learners will find that this book helps them to achieve this aim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411067

Liberating the National History Curriculum Once there were bards who sang the songs which kept the listeners in touch with their past. They reminded them of the heroes who once walked among them and whose legacy provided a sense of shared greatness and national identity. Later the bards became historians and history teachers and English history became a glorious roll call of those who had gone out and created an Empire and at the same time spread education and enlightenment. But recent doubts have raised questions about partiality and perhaps there were losses suffered by the Empire’s people. Perhaps "their" heritage should be "our" heritage and therefore a fit subject for history to deal with. Originally published in 1994 this book argues that the curriculum can be legitimately used to teach students the history of oppressed groups. It is important to note that Pankhania manages to do this not in a divisive spirit but with the intent to seek unity for the future by understanding and accepting the positive and negative aspects of a collective past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573208

Liberation Imagination and the Black Panther PartyA New Look at the Black Panthers and their Legacy This fascinating book gathers reflections by scholars and activists who consider the impact of the Black Panther Party the BBP the most significant revolutionary organization in the later 20th century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203950920

Liberation And PurityRace Religious Movements And The Ethics Of Postmodernity First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179615

Liberation by OppressionA Comparative Study of Slavery and Psychiatry Originally called mad-doctoring psychiatry began in the seventeenth century with the establishing of madhouses and the legal empowering of doctors to incarcerate persons denominated as insane. Until the end of the nineteenth century every relationship between psychiatrist and patient was based on domination and coercion as between master and slave. Psychiatry its emblem the state mental hospital was a part of the public sphere the sphere of coercion.The advent of private psychotherapy at the end of the nineteenth century split psychiatry in two: some patients continued to be the involuntary inmates of state hospitals; others became the voluntary patients of privately practicing psychotherapists. Psychotherapy was officially defined as a type of medical treatment but actually was a secular-medical version of the cure of souls. Relationships between therapist and patient Thomas Szasz argues was based on cooperation and contract as is relationships between employer and employee or between clergyman and parishioner. Psychotherapy its emblem the therapist's office was a part of the private sphere the contract.Through most of the twentieth century psychiatry was a house divided-half-slave and half-free. During the past few decades psychiatry became united again: all relations between psychiatrists and patients regardless of the nature of the interaction between them are now based on actual or potential coercion. This situation is the result of two major ""reforms"" that deprive therapist and patient alike of the freedom to contract with one another: Therapists now have a double duty: they must protect all mental patients-involuntary and voluntary hospitalized or outpatient incompetent or competent-from themselves. They must also protect the public from all patients.Persons designated as mental patients may be exempted from responsibility for the deleterious consequences of their own behavior if it is attributed to mental illne Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203787182

Liberation PracticesTowards Emotional Wellbeing Through Dialogue Liberation psychology is an approach that aims to understand wellbeing within the context of relationships of power and oppression and the sociopolitical structure in which these relationships exist. Liberation Practices: Towards Emotional Wellbeing Through Dialogue explores how wellbeing can be enhanced through dialogue which challenges oppressive social relational and cultural conditions and which can lead to individual and collective liberation. Taiwo Afuape and Gillian Hughes have brought together a variety of contributors from a range of mental health professions and related disciplines working in different settings with diverse client groups. Liberation Practices is a product of multiple dialogues about liberation practices and how this connects to personal and professional life experience. Contributors offer an overview of liberation theories and approaches and through dialogue they examine liberatory practices to enhance emotional wellbeing drawing on examples from a range of creative and innovative projects in the UK and USA. This book clearly outlines what liberation practices might look like in the context of the historical development of liberation theory and the current political and cultural context of working in the mental health and psychology field. Liberation Practices will have a broad readership spanning clinical psychology psychotherapy and social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791138

Liberation Sociology Many people of all ages today continue to be attracted to sociology and other social sciences because of their promise to contribute to better political social and moral understandings of themselves and their social worlds-and often because they hope it will help them to build a better society. In a world of new movements and deepening economic inequality following the Great Recession this new edition is vital. It features dozens of new examples from the latest research with an emphasis on the next generation of liberation sociologists. The authors expand on the previous edition with the inclusion of sections on decolonisation paradigms in criminology critical speciesism and studies of environmental racism and environmental privilege. There is an expanded focus on participatory action research and increased coverage of international liberation social scientists. Work by psychologists anthropologists theologians historians and others who have developed a liberation orientation for their disciplines is also updated and expanded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057248

Liberation Sociology Liberation sociology is concerned with eliminating social oppressions and creating truly just societies. Liberation sociology takes sides with the oppressed and envisions an end to that oppression. Liberation social scientists featured in this book consciously try to step outside their groups or societies and view them critically. The authors examine theories and research of social scientists who ask Social science for what purpose? and Social science for whom? Case studies offer humanistic democratic and activist answers. Featured researchers provide tools to increase human abilities to understand deep social realities engage in better dialogues and increase democratic participation in use of knowledge.Many people of all ages today continue to be attracted to sociology and other social sciences because of their promise to contribute to better political social and moral understandings of themselves and their social worlds-and often because they hope it will help them to build a better society. We accent the liberation potential of social science with these social science teachers and students firmly in mind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315479095

Liberation Theologies Postmodernity and the Americas First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022338

Liberation TheologiesA Research Guide First Published in 1991. The following is a comprehensive scholarly bibliography of published materials on the varieties of liberation theology mostly in book form available in English. It is intended as an introductory survey to this vast and quickly expanding field for the teacher and student of contemporary theology of biblical hermeneutics and to the interrelationship of politics and religion around the world. It will also serve as a comprehensive bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315055909

Liberation Theology and Critical Pedagogy in Today's Catholic SchoolsSocial Justice in Action Grounded in the work of liberation theologians this book considers peace love and social justice within a democratic curriculum and underscores the importance of integrating critical discourses with Catholic education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051017

Liberation Theology and Sexuality Liberation Theology and Sexuality is a book about 'doing Liberation Theology in Latin America' in the twenty-first century. The style of doing theology remains the same but this book reflects the work of a new generation of liberation theologians developing a theology that offers a wider and more complex critique of reality with new perspectives on issues of sexuality race gender culture globalization and new forms of popular religiosity. Liberation Theology and Sexuality shows how Christianity in Latin America needs to take into account issues concerning sexuality and poverty together with traditional religiosity and culture when reflecting on the construction of Christian faith and identity in the continent. For the first time Liberation Theology and Sexuality presents a unique combination of Latin American theologians from more than one generation reflecting on depth on these issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138356382

Liberation Theology in Chicana/o LiteratureManifestations of Feminist and Gay Identities Liberation Theology in Chicana/o Literature looks at the ways in which Chicana/o authors who have experienced cultural disconnection or marginalization because of their gender gender politics and sexual orientation attempt to forge a connection back to Chicana/o culture through their use of liberation theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541633

Liberia and the Dialectic of LawCritical Theory Pluralism and the Rule of Law It is the condition of modernity that an institution cannot depend on a god tradition or any other transcendental source to secure its foundations which thereby come to rest upon – or rather in and through – its subjects. Never wholly separated from its subjects and yet never identical with them: this contradictory condition provides a way of seeing how modern law gives form to life and how law takes form enlivened by its subjects. By driving Theodor Adorno’s dialectical philosophy into the concept of law the book shows how this contradictory condition enables law to become instituted in ways that are hostile to its subjects but also how law remains open to its subjects and thus disposed towards transformation. To flesh out an understanding of this contradiction the book examines the making and remaking of “Liberia” from its conception as an idea of liberty at the beginning of the nineteenth century to its reconstruction at the beginning of the twenty-first with the assistance of an international intervention to “establish a state based on the rule of law”. In so doing the book shows how law is at the epicentre of a colonising power in Liberia that renders subjects as mere objects; but at the same time the book exposes the instability of this power by showing how law is also enlivened by its subjects as it takes form in and through their lives and interactions. It is this fundamentally contradictory condition of law that ultimately denies power any absolute hold leaving law open to the self-expression of its subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893125

Libertarian Thought in Nineteenth Century BritainFreedom Equality and Authority This book first published in 1987 aims to characterise and identify the intellectual heritage of the proponents of the libertarian tradition. To set this within a theoretical framework these ideas will be examined by using the pragmatic and conceptual formulations of freedom and authority two notions which are central to any understanding of political philosophy in the nineteenth and twentieth century. This title will be of interest to students of history philosophy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680371

Liberty Recent writing on the nature of freedom has served to underline a crucial gap in the academic experience. First--and most obviously--the concept of freedom has been modernized by its application to contemporary institutions. Second a new approach to the concept of liberty has been pioneered in the construction of new typologies of freedom. Finally awareness of variety in concepts of freedom has been paralleled in variations in the practice of freedom. The tumultuous history of Western man may be conceptualized as the story of how freedom has become embodied. What is missing from the story is the relationship of concepts to actions.This relationship has been established for some specific notions of freedom. Many of the philosophical analyses--especially recent ones like pragmatism and existentialism--have been predicated on actual human behavior. On the other hand many classic histories of freedom--those of Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel John Bagnell Bury Guido de Ruggiero and Harold Laski--have traced the actual development of a definite kind of freedom.This volume contains essays prepared to celebrate the anniversary of the publication of John Stuart Mill's On Liberty revised in the light of discussions by Henry D. Aiken William Ebenstein Mark DeWolfe Howe and David Spitz as well as other articles many of them growing out of the discussion either in the form of commentary or independent contributions. There are also two papers written independently (Andrew Hacker and Leonard Krieger). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527201

Liberty Equality Maternity "The concept of motherhood emerges strongly in the writings of Simone de Beauvoir Violette Leduc and Annie Ernaux whose work is examined here in the light of current debates about women's reproductive function and the longstanding glorification of the mere au foyer in France driven by fear of a falling population. In this interdisciplinary study of twentieth-century French women's writing Fell uncovers tensions at the heart of the literary critique. She shows these authors challenging the patriarchal view of motherhood as the sole justification for a woman's existence while at the same time confronting the conflict inherent in their relationship with their own mothers. A survey of theoretical and historical material demonstrates vividly that the changing concept of motherhood remains a problematic and highly contentious issue for French feminists whether writing in 1940 or 1999." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197632

Liberty Games and ContractsJan Narveson and the Defence of Libertarianism Jan Narveson is one of the most significant contemporary defenders of the libertarian political position. Unlike other libertarians who typically defend their view with reference to natural rights or an appeal to utilitarianism Narveson's main contribution has been to offer a philosophical defence of libertarianism based on a Hobbesian individualist contractarian ethic. Critiques of Narveson's contractarian libertarianism fall into three categories those that reject contractarian moral theory those that reject any link between contractarianism and libertarianism and those that accuse libertarians of conflating liberty with property. In this book Malcolm Murray brings together the most significant of Narveson's critics and presents their work alongside replies by Jan Narveson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265226

Liberty Property and MarketsA Critique of Libertarianism Libertarianism attempts to establish a set of property rights as a complete political morality its argument proceeding from liberty tout court as the unique foundational aspect of well being that grounds rights. In this book Attas presents a sympathetic reconstruction of the libertarian argument and then brings to bear a critical evaluation leading to an ultimate rejection of libertarianism. Exposing the limitations of libertarianism and disclosing its errors Attas argues that the rights which libertarians adopt with respect to persons (self-ownership) natural resources (original acquisition) and products are indefensible given what liberty must be. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262904

Liberty Toleration and EqualityJohn Locke Jonas Proast and the Letters Concerning Toleration The seventeenth century English philosopher John Locke is widely recognized as one of the seminal sources of the modern liberal tradition. Liberty Toleration and Equality examines the development of Locke’s ideal of toleration from its beginnings to the culmination of this development in Locke’s fifteen year debate with his great antagonist the Anglican clergyman Jonas Proast. Locke like Proast was a sincere Christian but unlike Proast Locke was able to develop over time a perspective on toleration which allowed him to concede liberty to competing views which he personally perceived to be "false and absurd". In this respect Locke sought to affirm what has since become the basic liberal principle that liberty and toleration are most significant when they are accorded to views to which we ourselves are profoundly at odds. John William Tate seeks to show how Locke was able to develop this position on toleration over a long intellectual career. Tate also challenges some of the most prominent contemporary perspectives on Locke within the academic literature showing how these fall short of perceiving what is essential to Locke’s position. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599666

Liberty and EducationA civic republican approach This book takes the thinking of Quentin Skinner Philip Pettit and J.G.A. Pocock on republican liberty and explores the way in which this idea of liberty can be used to illuminate educational practice. It argues that republican liberty is distinct from both positive and negative liberty and its emphasis on liberty as non-dependency gives the concept of liberty a particularly critical role in contemporary society. Each chapter formulates and expounds the idea that an empire of liberty requires the existence of what are termed ‘liberty-bearing agents’ and shows how education – with a particular emphasis on knowledge – is needed to foster the human powers which allow people to become liberty-bearing. It is also emphasised however that republican liberty is non-perfectionist and non-eudaimonic: the core values enshrined in an empire of liberty centre on non-dependency rather than the promulgation of a certain way of life. Drawing on prominent seventeenth century contract theorists the link between liberty and authority is explained suggesting that appropriate authoritative structures need to underpin the provision of education and especially schooling if educational practice devoted to the pursuit of liberty is to flourish. Liberty and Education will be of value to both educational theorists unfamiliar with republican theory as well as republican theorists interested in how their theory might play out in education. It will also be of interest to researchers and students from the fields of politics and the philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290877

Liberty and Justice First published in 1987. "Justice and liberty are the central concepts of social and political thought." These true words of Raphael‘s indicate the importance of these concepts which resides in the fact that they are significantly linked to most of the other key notions in this field of thought so that an understanding of them is indispensable for an adequate grasp of Social Philosophy. The author explores these concepts on essays on freedom and fairness and will be of great interest to students of philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220228

Liberty And Justice For AllPublic Interest Law In The 1980s And Beyond This book aims to provide a better understanding of the mission of public interest lawyers and stimulate thought about ways to energize and build a movement that advances social justice. It gives encouragement to law students to enter the field of public interest law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156909

Liberty and Legislation Has legislation over-reached itself? The contributors to this volume discuss whether the increase in legislative instruments of many kinds often promoted with good intentions may be progressively limiting both our individual and our communal freedoms. Contributors include Bernard Crick Maurice Peston and James Ferman discuss this key idea in accessible and forthright style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979772

Liberty and Poetics in Eighteenth Century England The qualities and achievements of eighteenth century English literature have suffered denigration as a result of a prevailing Whig interpretation of literary history. It is the contention of this book originally published in 1986 that an alternative form of Whig interpretation is possible and even desirable. It has as its sphere of interest the ways in which views on the nature and benefits of political freedom and various "whiggish" readings of literary history political theory and aesthetics did in fact shape literary and social changes through the eighteenth century. Many characteristic Romantic tenets can be seen as springing not fully formed from the heads of their creators but directly out of the aesthetic concerns focusing around Longinus and the recognition of the historically singular nature of the British constitution. This book studies and analyses the forms such concerns took in several of the central thinkers and writers of the period and is an important contribution to the understanding of the eighteenth century milieu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444747

Liberty and the Ecological CrisisFreedom on a Finite Planet This book examines the concept of liberty in relation to civilization’s ability to live within ecological limits. Freedom in all its renditions – choice thought action – has become inextricably linked to our understanding of what it means to be modern citizens. And yet it is our relatively unbounded freedom that has resulted in so much ecological devastation. Liberty has piggy-backed on transformations in human–nature relationships that characterize the Anthropocene: increasing extraction of resources industrialization technological development ecological destruction and mass production linked to global consumerism. This volume provides a deeply critical examination of the concept of liberty as it relates to environmental politics and ethics in the long view. Contributions explore this entanglement of freedom and the ecological crisis as well as investigate alternative modernities and more ecologically benign ways of living on Earth. The overarching framework for this collection is that liberty and agency need to be rethought before these strongly held ideals of our age are forced out. On a finite planet our choices will become limited if we hope to survive the climatic transitions set in motion by uncontrolled consumption of resources and energy over the past 150 years. This volume suggests concrete political and philosophical approaches and governance strategies for learning how to flourish in new ways within the ecological constraints of the planet. Mapping out new ways forward for long-term ecological well-being this book is essential reading for students and scholars of ecology environmental ethics politics and sociology and for the wider audience interested in the human–Earth relationship and global sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346775

Liberty and the News This little gem of a book which first appeared in 1920 was written in Walter Lippmann's thirtieth year. He was still full of the passionate faith in democracy that was evident in his writings before the First World War.  From today's point of view Lippmann's argument seems unusually prescient. He was troubled by distortions in newspaper journalism but was also deeply aware of the need to protect a free press. Lippmann believed that toleration of alternative beliefs was essential to maintaining the vitality of democracy. Liberty and the News is a key transitional work in the corpus of Lippmann's writings. For it is here that he proposes that public opinion is largely a response not to truths but rather to a "pseudo-environment" which exists between people and the external world. Lippmann was worried that if the beliefs that get exchanged between people are hollow and bear only a purely accidental relationship to the world as it truly is then the entire case for democracy is in danger of having been built on sand. His concerns remain very much alive and important. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527218

Liberty and UnionA Constitutional History of the United States concise edition This the concise edition of Liberty and Union is an abridged constitutional history of the United States designed for short single-semester courses comprising the key topics from Volumes 1 and 2. Written in a clear and engaging narrative style it successfully unites thorough chronological coverage with a thematic approach offering critical analysis of core constitutional history topics set in the political social and economic context that made them constitutional issues in the first place. Combining a thoughtful and balanced narrative with an authoritative stance on key issues the authors deliberately explain the past in the light of the past without imposing upon it the standards of later generations. Authored by two experienced professors in the field this concise edition presents seminal topics while retaining the narrative flow of the two full original volumes. An accessible alternative to dense scholarly works this textbook avoids unnecessary technical jargon defines legal terms and historical personalities where appropriate and makes explicit connections between constitutional themes and historical events. For students in a short undergraduate or postgraduate constitutional history course or anyone with a general interest in constitutional developments this book will be essential reading. Useful features include: Full glossary of legal terminology Recommended reading A table of cases Extracts from primary documents Companion website   Useful documents provided: Declaration of Independence Articles of Confederation Constitution of the United States of America Chronological list of Supreme Court justices Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892865

Liberty and UnionA Constitutional History of the United States volume 1 This the first of two volumes of Liberty and Union is a comprehensive constitutional history of the United States from the Anglo-American origins of the Constitution through the colonial and antebellum periods to the Civil War and the consequent restructuring of the nation. Written in a clear and engaging narrative style it successfully unites thorough chronological coverage with a thematic approach offering critical analysis of core constitutional history topics set in the political social and economic context that made them constitutional issues in the first place. Combining a thoughtful and balanced narrative with an authoritative stance on key issues the authors explain the past in the light of the past without imposing upon it the standards of later generations. Authored by two experienced professors of History and Law this textbook has been thoughtfully constructed to offer an accessible alternative to dense scholarly works – avoiding unnecessary technical jargon defining legal terms and historical personalities where appropriate and making explicit connections between constitutional themes and historical events. For students in an undergraduate or postgraduate constitutional history course or anyone with a general interest in constitutional developments this book will be essential reading. Useful features include: Full glossary of legal terminology Recommended reading A table of cases Extensive supporting artwork Companion website Useful documents provided: Declaration of Independence Articles of Confederation Constitution of the United States of America Chronological list of Supreme Court justices Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892834

Liberty and UnionA Constitutional History of the United States volume 2 This the second of two volumes of Liberty and Union is a comprehensive constitutional history of the United States from the Progressive Era of the early twentieth century to the most recent decisions of the Supreme Court on contemporary constitutional issues. Written in a clear and engaging narrative style it successfully unites thorough chronological coverage with a thematic approach offering critical analysis of core constitutional history topics set in the political social and economic context that made them constitutional issues in the first place. Combining a thoughtful and balanced narrative with an authoritative stance on key issues the authors deliberately explain the past in the light of the past without imposing upon it the standards of later generations. Authored by two experienced professors in the field this textbook has been thoughtfully constructed to offer an accessible alternative to dense scholarly works – avoiding unnecessary technical jargon defining legal terms and historical personalities where appropriate and making explicit connections between constitutional themes and historical events. For students in an undergraduate or postgraduate constitutional history course or anyone with a general interest in constitutional developments this book will be essential reading.   Useful features include: Full glossary of legal terminology Recommended reading A table of cases Extracts from primary documents Companion website   Useful documents provided: Declaration of Independence Articles of Confederation Constitution of the United States of America Chronological list of Supreme Court justices Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892858

Liberty in the Modern State (Works of Harold J. Laski) Updated to take into account the post-war political landscape this book consisting of some undelivered lectures originally dating from 1929 discusses the meaning and place of liberty and freedom in a global post-war context.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823228

Liberty Reader For centuries past the quest for liberty has driven political movements across the globe inspiring revolutions in America France China and many other countries. Now we have Iraq and the idea of liberation through preemption. What is this liberty that is so fervently pursued? Does it mean a private space for individuals the capacity for free and rational choice or collective self-rule? What is the difference between positive and negative liberty or the relationship between freedom and coercion? Reflecting on these questions reveals a surprisingly rich landscape of ideas - and further questions. "The Liberty Reader" collects twelve of the most important and insightful essays on issues of freedom currently available. It is essential reading for students of social and political theory political philosophy and anyone who wants a deeper understanding of the variety of ideas and ideals behind perennial human strivings for liberty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091822

LibertyAncient Ideas and Modern Perspectives Liberty: Ancient Ideas and Modern Perspectives is the first study of the ancient notions of liberty in the interconnected societies of the Ancient Near East Greece Rome and Byzantium and how they relate to modern political theory. This volume gathers the work of historians of antiquity whose specialisms are geographically and temporally diverse together with political theorists and legal and political philosophers interested in conceptions of liberty. Together they discuss the rival understandings of liberty in antiquity and the potential offerings of these ancient societies to our contemporary intellectual world. This book aims to broaden our understanding of the conceptual articulations of liberty in the ancient world from beyond the Graeco-Roman world to other ancient societies to which this world was connected; and to shed light on rival understandings of liberty in antiquity and the role these might play in the current thinking about this concept. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal History of European Ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625306

Libertys Folly:Polish Lithuan In the closing years of the 18th century the old Polish state paid the price of over 100 years of ungovernability in political extinction. Between 1772 and 1795 an area of Eastern Europe larger than France was divided among Russia Prussia and Austria. At the very time that monarchial absolutism seemed to be collapsing in Western Europe the dismemberment of the Polish "noble democracy" affirmed absolutism's triumph in the East. Bringing together Polish scholarship previously inaccessible to English-speaking readers the author examines the economy the society and the institutional structure of early modern Poland and analyzes her loss of national sovereignty in the light of Poland's lack of political centralization and dynastic strength. Not only does this book illuminate a much neglected area of European history and assist those trying to make sense of Poland's heritage it also provides much comparative material for students of early modern history in general. Furthermore no reader could fail to be struck by the parallels in the problematic relationship between Poland and Russia in the 18th century and today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009127

Libr@riesChanging Information Space and Practice This volume is the first to examine the social cultural and political implications of the shift from the traditional forms and functions of print-based libraries to the delivery of online information in educational contexts. Libr@ries are conceptualized as physical places virtual spaces communities of literate practice and discourses of information work.Despite the centrality of libraries in literacy and learning the study of libraries has remained isolated within the disciplinary boundaries of information and library science since its inception in the early twentieth century. The aim of this book is to problematize and thereby mainstream this field of intellectual endeavor and inquiry. Collectively the contributors interrogate the presuppositions of current library practice seek to understand how library as place and library as space blend together in ways that may be both contradictory and complementary and envision new modes of information access and new multimodal literacies enabled by online environments.Libr@ries: Changing Information Space and Practice is intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students researchers and educators in the fields of literacy and multiliteracies education communication technologies in education library sciences information and communication studies media and cultural studies and the sociology of computer-mediated space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866867

Librarian as CommunicatorCase Studies and International Perspectives As the information landscape evolves and takes shape using traditional and new platforms it is the role of Academic Libraries to take the lead in communicating developing and informing these changes in timely and relevant ways. Experienced librarians and those new to the field seek out innovative and more effective way to engage with users and stakeholders. This book provides a variety of communication strategies for different user groups taking into account the changing information landscape and the application and implications of social media developments. A major driver in higher education is the change in the scholarly communication model where initiatives such as Open Access Institutional Repositories and Data Management are challenging previous practice whilst offering new opportunities for leadership. These communication developments provide opportunities for academic librarians who need the insight and awareness to take these chances.  Librarian as Communicator provides research-based explorations of the above topics covering developing areas and also the communication skills that are needed for the academic library to have a continuing role in the 21st Century. It was originally published as a special issue of the journal New Review of Academic Librarianship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229733

Libraries Books and Collectors of Texts 1600-1900 This book presents the collectors’ roles as prominently as the collections of books and texts which they assembled. Contributors explore the activities and networks shaping a range of continental and transcontinental European public and private collections during the Renaissance Enlightenment and modern eras. They study the impact of class geographical location and specific cultural contexts on the gathering and use of printed and handwritten texts and other printed artefacts. The volume explores the social dimension of book collecting and considers how practices of collecting developed during these periods of profound cultural social and political change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590994

Libraries Literatures and Archives Not only does the library have a long and complex history and politics but it has an ambivalent presence in Western culture – both a site of positive knowledge and a site of error confusion and loss. Nevertheless in literary studies and in the humanities including book history the figure of the library remains in many senses under-researched. This collection brings together established and up-and-coming researchers from a number of practices – literary and cultural studies gender studies book history philosophy visual culture and contemporary art –with an effective historical sweep ranging from the time of Sumer to the present day. In the context of the rise of archive studies this book attends specifically and meta-critically to the figure of the library as a particular archival form considering the traits that constitute (or fail to constitute) the library as institution or idea and questions its relations to other accumulative modes such as the archive in its traditional sense the museum or the filmic or digital archive. Across their diversity and in addition to their international standard of research and writing each chapter is unified by commitment to analyzing the complex cultural politics of the library form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346845

Libraries Act on Their LibQUAL+ FindingsFrom Data to Action Learn how other libraries are using LibQUAL+™ data to improve their services and programsThis book focuses on the value of the 2002 LibQUAL+™ survey data to help librarians provide better services for users. This unique work highlights the continued efforts of participating libraries that used this Web-based marketing instrument to assess and evaluate their service quality resource allocations staffing technology and policies. Library professionals dealing with—or interested in—library service quality assessment will benefit from the practical examples and graphical representations found in this vital book.With Libraries Act on Their LibQUAL+™ Findings you will gain a better understanding of how to use your LibQUAL+™ data to identify opportunities to improve your services and programs initiate further data exploration and identify those areas of your library which need change. In times of budget reductions the information in this book will show you how to better demonstrate to your patrons community and government agencies the value of the investment in library staff and resources. Enhanced with charts graphs tables and figures this text will help your library smoothly evolve with your patrons’ expectations and needs.Libraries Act on Their LibQUAL+™ Findings: From Data to Action covers several important topics including: the LibQUAL+™ survey instrument—what it is and how it works library service quality and user perceptions of library service quality peer comparisons and benchmarking qualitative and quantitative data analysis—how to read your findings strategic planning—how to use your findingsThis resource is of national importance presenting varying perspectives from different library contexts such as library consortia library types and individual library case studies. The book also provides ideas for using LibQUAL+™ to develop better library services for diverse users—faculty as opposed to students or the general public rather than specialists. From identifying and reaching patrons for conducting the LibQUAL+™ survey to identifying gaps between desired perceived and minimum expectations of services this book will guide you in continuously meeting the needs of your community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808543

Libraries and Google Discover the benefits—and drawbacks—of Google® Google® has become a nearly omnipresent tool of the Internet with its potential only now beginning to be realized. How can librarians effectively integrate this powerful search engine to provide service to their patrons? Libraries and Google® presents leading authorities discussing the many possibilities of using Google® products as effective user-friendly tools in libraries. Google Scholar and Print are extensively explored with an eye toward offering an expanded view of what is and may be possible for the future with practical insights on how to make the most of the product’s capabilities.It seems certain that Google® is here to stay. Libraries and Google® comprehensively examines this “disruptive technology” that is seen as both a threat and an opportunity by both librarians and publishers. Both perspectives are explored in depth along with practical applications of this and other Google® technology that may be new to librarians. Google® products and other more familiar research tools are compared for effectiveness and ease of use. The various unique needs of users and scholars are detailed and considered as a springboard for insightful discussion of the future role of librarians in today’s world. Potential problems are closely examined such as copyright issues of digitization and privacy concerns sparked by its collection of personal information about its users. The book comprehensively explores the path libraries need to travel to benefit from the search tool rather than being overwhelmed and destroyed by it.Topics in Libraries and Google® include: the viewpoint that Google® may make libraries obsolete new opportunities for libraries through using Google® products technical aspects of purchasing and implementing Google® search products with proprietary vendor databases testing the performance of Google Scholar and Print practical use of Google®’s products personal privacy issues making digitized library resources more accessible digitization of copyrighted materials much much more!Libraries and Google® is horizon-expanding reading for all librarians library science educators and students library administrators publishers and university presses.Volume 2 of Libraries and Google® is in preparation.Google® is a Registered Service Mark of Google Inc. Mountain View California. Libraries and Google® is an independent publication offered by The Haworth Press Inc. Binghamton New York and is not affiliated with nor has it been authorized sponsored endorsed licensed or otherwise approved by Google Inc. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785547

Libraries and Graduate StudentsBuilding Connections This book gathers together a variety of perspectives and approaches toward building relationships between academic libraries and a unique scholarly population with specific needs—graduate students. This valuable resource shows efforts on specific programs and strategies to enhance and enrich the graduate student experience. Contributions to this volume include a wide variety approaches though case studies an extensive literature review on academic integrity an initiative for program development in the context of a broader education initiative and a chapter on graduate fellowships for manuscripts and special collections.Many of the approaches integrate tried and true information literacy strategies but they also put unique ’spins’ on these approaches. This book’s scope includes large and small colleges and universities public and private and specialized and general. Subjects include stand alone courses and workshops program development assessment distance education online environments instructional design and collaborations. This book is a valuable resource for public service librarians information literacy/instruction librarians library science professors graduate program coordinators special collections librarians and subject specialist librarians in all areas. This book was published as a special issue of Public Services Quarterly. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877662

Libraries and Information Services in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 2015 For over fifty years anyone needing information on British and Irish libraries has turned to Libraries and Information Services in the UK and the Republic of Ireland for the answer. This newly updated directory lists over 2000 libraries and other services in the United Kingdom the Channel Islands the Isle of Man and the Republic of Ireland with contact names addresses telephone and fax numbers email addresses and URLs.The listing is broken down into the following main categories fully indexed alphabetically: Public library authorities with entries for headquarters libraries plus the main administrative divisional area and regional Universities and institutes of higher education and other degree-awarding institutions with entries for major departmental and site/campus libraries Selected government national and special libraries together with schools and departments of information and library studies. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048019

Libraries and Learning Resource Centres Libraries and Learning Resource Centres is a comprehensive reference text examining the changing role and design of library buildings. Critical evaluations of international case studies demonstrate the principles of library design.Available for the first time in full colour the second edition of the work focuses particularly on the important question of access and design in public libraries. Updated case studies and technical data allow the professional architect to use the book directly in planning library projects.Providing guidance on balancing the needs of the collection and the user Libraries and Learning Resource Centres will be of value to all professional architects involved in library planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145375

Libraries Beyond Their InstitutionsPartnerships That Work Discover collaborative possibilities for your library beyond mere memberships in bibliographic utilitiesLibraries Beyond Their Institutions: Partnerships That Work illustrates the remarkable range of cooperative activities in which libraries are engaged in order to provide the best possible service. Increasingly librarians recognize the need to link their institutions to the world around them as part of their obligation to enhance the integration of digital information not only for students in academic settings but also throughout all levels of society. An excellent companion and complement to Libraries Within Their Institutions: Creative Collaborations (Haworth) from the same editors this unique book examines the variety of ways librarians work with community organizations government agencies professional organizations minority communities and city governments in their efforts to serve not just students in academic settings but all of society.Libraries Beyond Their Institutions: Partnerships That Work reflects the growing understanding of the key role played by libraries in the development of civil society. This unique book examines the variety of possibilities for collaborations outside institutions including the ways librarians function in a variety of other campus settings such as writing centers teaching excellence centers and academic departments in support of teaching learning and research; partnerships with graduate school and information resources management to preserve theses and dissertations electronically; promoting civic partnerships; initiating a campus-wide information literacy resource; and partnering with government agencies to form a data literacy program. Libraries Beyond Their Institutions: Partnerships That Work provides practical information on: collaborative training programs to develop baseline competencies in academic libraries to support data services the Chicano/Latino Network and the Community Digital Initiative developing an international presence through digital resource sharing successful models of statewide library consortia technology-based partnerships promoting K-20 information literacy collaborations between the United States Patent and Trademark Office and patent and trademark depository libraries (PTDL) the development of AgEcon Search an alternative method of delivering research resultsLibraries Beyond Their Institutions: Partnerships That Work is an invaluable resource for librarians working in academic school special and public settings and for library science faculty and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864495

Libraries In A World Of Cultural Change A study of libraries and the role they play in both inner city areas and dispersed rural communities. It examines the library as a cultural institution considering its spatial and symbolic presence and exploring its public service remit. The book is intended for undergraduates and postgraduates on library and information science courses and as supplementary reading for cultural and communications studies tourism and recreation human geography and sociology - as well as for public and academic librarians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072548

Libraries in Open SocietiesProceedings of the Fifth International Slavic Librarians' Conference Learn how libraries have risen to the challenges created by the fall of Communism and the rise of information technology! How do librarians and researchers face war social upheaval and other challenges after the fall of Communism and the rise of digital technology? Libraries in Open Societies offers fascinating answers to this and many other questions while providing an overview of this rapidly changing arena. An international panel of authors who know the specialized concerns of libraries in Eastern Europe and the former USSR addresses topics that include the difficulty of preserving and acquiring materials the importance of international cooperation and the benefits and pitfalls of electronic media. This book also discusses the rise of the Internet in Russia the movement of international bibliographies onto the Web and other features of the digital revolution. Libraries in Open Societies itself an example of the value of international cooperation in the modern world will be an important addition to your bookshelves! Other absorbing topics in Libraries in Open Societies include: reconstruction of libraries in Bosnia the role of the Polish émigré press in Great Britain guidelines for developing Slavic literature collections the creation and restoration of digital archives throughout the region electronic information delivery in the United States and abroad journals in Slavic and East European librarianship Baltic collections in North America and Western Europe the role digital technologies have played in restoring Bosnian printed heritage materials lost during the 1992–1995 war Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995390

Libraries of LightBritish public library design in the long 1960s For the first hundred years or so of their history public libraries in Britain were built in an array of revivalist architectural styles. This backward-looking tradition was decisively broken in the 1960s as many new libraries were erected up and down the country. In this new Routledge book Alistair Black argues that the architectural modernism of the post-war years was symptomatic of the age’s spirit of renewal. In the 1960s public libraries truly became ‘libraries of light’ and Black further explains how this phrase not only describes the shining new library designs – with their open-plan decluttered Scandinavian-inspired designs – but also serves as a metaphor for the public library’s role as a beacon of social egalitarianism and cultural universalism. A sequel to Books Buildings and Social Engineering (2009) Black's new book takes his fascinating story of the design of British public libraries into the era of architectural modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367193034

Libraries Within Their InstitutionsCreative Collaborations Discover how your library—and its patrons—can benefit from internal partnerships collaborations and interactionsLibraries Within Their Institutions: Creative Collaborations examines the ways librarians work within their own universities municipalities or government units to form partnerships that ensure the best possible service to their patrons. An excellent companion and complement to Libraries Beyond Their Institutions: Partnerships That Work (Haworth) from the same editors this unique professional resource looks at the associations between libraries and faculty members city governments information technology departments and research institutes. The book provides first-hand perspectives assessments and case studies from information professionals at several major universities including Kent State the University of Washington Virginia Tech and Purdue University.Libraries Within Their Institutions: Creative Collaborations demonstrates the need for interaction and cooperation between libraries and non-library organizations—on campus and off. This unique book examines the elements of effective collaborations for libraries including partnerships with campus teaching centers; helping faculty design their courses to enhance instruction; long-term perspectives in library-faculty cooperation; the creation of “collaboratories ” collaborative facilities based in libraries; and the development of campus-wide fluency in all areas of information technology and literacy.Libraries Within Their Institutions: Creative Collaborations provides practical information on: campus-wide committees that promote a general education information literacy requirement integrating ACRL core competencies for information literacy into course content using an Assessment Cycle to document the library’s contributions toward students’ success and institutional outcomes partnerships that have shaped the ARL Statistics and Measurement Program using information commons and teaching and learning centers to develop collaborative services digital preservation of electronic theses and dissertations (ETD) team-taught courses in scientific writing joint-use libraries collaboration in collection management drawing teaching faculty into collaborative relationships collaborating with teaching faculty to help students learn lifelong research skillsLibraries Within Their Institutions: Creative Collaborations is an invaluable resource for librarians working in academic school special and public settings and for library science faculty and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051115

Library Analytics and MetricsUsing data to drive decisions and services This book will inform and inspire librarians archivists curators and technologists to make better use of data to help inform decision-making the development of new services and the improvement of the user experience. With the wealth of data available to library and cultural heritage institutions analytics are the key to understanding their users and improving the systems and services they offer. Using case studies to provide real-life examples of current developments and services and packed full of practical advice and guidance for libraries looking to realize the value of their data this will be an essential guide for librarians and information professionals. Library Analytics and Metrics brings together a group of internationally recognized experts to explore some of the key issues in the exploitation of data analytics and metrics in the library and cultural heritage sectors including: The role of data in helping inform collections management and strategy Approaches to collecting analyzing and utilizing data Using analytics to develop new services and improve the user experience Using ethnographic methodologies to better understand user behaviours The opportunities of library data as 'big data' The role of 'small data' in delivering meaningful interventions for users Practical advice on managing the risks and ethics of data analytics How analytics can help uncover new types of impact and value for institutions and organizations. Readership: This book will be an invaluable resource for librarians and library directors interested in developing a data-driven approach to their service provision and decision making; students on library and information science courses; and managers and practitioners in other cultural heritage sectors such as museums archives and galleries. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049658

Library Analytics and MetricsUsing Data to Drive Decisions and Services With the wealth of data available to library and cultural heritage institutions analytics are the key to understanding their users and improving the systems and services they offer. Using case studies to provide real-life examples of current developments and services and packed full of practical advice and guidance for libraries looking to realize the value of their data this will be an essential guide for librarians and information professionals. Library Analytics and Metrics brings together a group of internationally recognized experts to explore some of the key issues in the exploitation of data analytics and metrics in the library and cultural heritage sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302925

Library and Information ScienceA Guide to Key Literature and Sources This unique annotated bibliography is a complete up-to-date guide to sources of information on library and information science. Far from just compiling a simple list of sources author Michael Bemis digs deeper examining the strengths and weaknesses of key works and covers recent books monographs periodicals and websites and selected works of historical importance. A boon to researchers and practitioners alike this bibliography: Includes coverage of subjects as diverse and vital as the history of librarianship its development as a profession the ethics of information science cataloguing reference work and library architecture Encompasses encyclopaedias dictionaries directories photographic surveys statistical publications and numerous electronic sources all categorized by subject Offers appendixes detailing leading professional organizations and publishers of library and information science literature. Readership: LIS scholars students and anyone working in the field Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300020

Library and Information Studies for Arctic Social Sciences and Humanities Library and Information Studies for Arctic Social Sciences and Humanities serves as a key interdisciplinary title that links the social sciences and humanities with current issues trends and projects in library archival and information sciences within shared Arctic frameworks and geographies. Including contributions from professionals and academics working across and on the Arctic the book presents recent research theoretical inquiry and applied professional endeavours at academic and public libraries as well as archives museums government institutions and other organisations. Focusing on efforts that further Arctic knowledge and research papers present local regional and institutional case studies to conceptually and empirically describe real-life research in which the authors are engaged. Topics covered include the complexities of developing and managing multilingual resources; working in geographically isolated areas; curating combinations of local regional national and international content collections; and understanding historical and contemporary colonial-industrial influences in indigenous knowledge. Library and Information Studies for Arctic Social Sciences and Humanities will be essential reading for academics researchers and students working the fields of library archival and information or data science as well as those working in the humanities and social sciences more generally. It should also be of great interest to librarians archivists curators and information or data professionals around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586192

Library Collaborations and Community PartnershipsEnhancing Health and Quality of Life Library Collaborations and Community Partnerships illustrates the value of libraries and their resources through an array of alliances to improve health and enhance people's lives. It is unique in its illustration of key principles of collaboration partner engagement shared leadership project development and outcomes measurement as well as the challenges inherent in collaborations among diverse partners. The book includes collaboration exemplars focused on education health information literacy and capacity building for populations that experience access and resource disparities. It highlights the innovative use of existing assets environments and diverse professions to broaden access to resources and information to those in need. The strategies challenges outcomes and lessons learned that are described in the volume have application for a variety of settings and populations. Highlighting the key role that libraries play in guiding successful interprofessional collaborations with communities Library Collaborations and Community Partnerships should be of interest to academics students and professionals engaged in library and information science education health care social services and community organizations.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343290

Library Crime and SecurityAn International Perspective This book first published in 1987 focuses on the patterns of library crime and disruption in Great Britain Canada and the United States. In addition to important data on these problems there is extensive information on the characteristics of the institutions and the communities in which they are found. The impact of crime on the institution and the individual is examined. The authors present vital insights into the design of crime control programs in libraries of varying sizes that have or anticipate problems with crime such as book theft vandalism problem patrons and attacks against staff. Major issues in the measurement incidence and consequences of crime are included as well as relevant materials from the fields of library science management criminology victimology and security. An extensive security checklist is included that can serve as a guide for making the library a safer and more secure setting for staff patrons and contents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425807

Library Improvement through Data Analytics This book shows how to act on and make sense of data in libraries. Using a range of techniques tools and methodologies it explains how data can be used to help inform decision making at every level. Sound data analytics is the foundation for making an evidence-based case for libraries in addition to guiding myriad organizational decisions from optimizing operations for efficiency to responding to community needs. Designed to be useful for beginners as well as those with a background in data this book introduces the basics of a six point framework that can be applied to a variety of library settings for effective system based data-driven management. Library Improvement Through Data Analytics includes: the basics of statistical concepts recommended data sources for various library functions and processes and guidance for using census university or government data in analysis techniques for cleaning data matching data to appropriate data analysis methods how to make descriptive statistics more powerful by spotlighting relationships 14 practical case studies covering topics such as access and retrieval digitization e-book collection development staffing facilities and instruction. This book's clear concise coverage will enable librarians archivists curators and technologists of every experience level to gain a better understanding of statistics in order to facilitate library improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301614

Library Information Technology and Networks Offers an historical perspective of the past 25 years of computers in libraries profileing currently available processing systems according to their size and platform. The short- and long-term future of information technology in libraries.;College or university bookstores may order five or more copies at a special student price which is available from Marcel Dekker upon request. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067092

Library Management and Technical ServicesThe Changing Role of Technical Services in Library Organizations This exciting volume explores the role of technical services functions and organizational structure as forces in the library change process. It provides practical information to help administrators make decisions about how their libraries are organized and managed. As libraries change in many ways--organizational structure design of jobs managerial philosophy responsibilities of professionals and the impact of automation--librarians in technical services administrators and personnel officers--need guidance in meeting the new challenges in order to continue providing thorough efficient services. Professionals from a variety of library environments address the pertinent issues of automation personnel matters education management techniques and the role of technical services within the total library community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056516

Library Management in Disruptive TimesSkills and Knowledge for an Uncertain Future Is the traditional library business model a victim of disruptive digital technologies? Library Management in Disruptive Times identifies the key skills and attitudes needed by the library leaders of today and tomorrow and delivers a balanced view of the future of the profession. Contributed to by expert professional library leaders and educators from across the globe this edited collection offers thought-provoking perspectives on the challenge of the current operating environment across a range of library sectors library professional associations and geographic regions. Each author brings their own particular area of expertise and perspective on to consider the effects of disruptive change in libraries globally. This dynamic collection helps readers to envision the purpose and value of future libraries and to see change as a rare opportunity to create truly new roles for librarians. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302840

Library Management in Disruptive TimesSkills and knowledge for an uncertain future Is the traditional library business model a victim of disruptive digital technologies? Library Management in Disruptive Times identifies the key skills and attitudes needed by the library leaders of today and tomorrow and delivers a balanced view of the future of the profession. With contributions from expert professional library leaders and educators this edited collection offers thought-provoking perspectives on the challenge of the current operating environment across a range of library sectors library professional associations and geographic regions. As leading influencers of the professional thinking and management behaviours of the profession the contributors apply their own unique perspectives to the challenges of disruptive change in libraries globally. Key topics covered include: leading change management fads and their impact on libraries user engagement the value of collaboration and consortia library management and the global economic crisis agile management techniques the role of professional associations in redefining the profession developing management skills on the job planning for the future. This dynamic collection helps readers to envision the purpose and value of future libraries and to see change as a rare opportunity to create truly new roles for librarians. Readership: This book will be essential reading for library managers directors and aspiring leaders throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300211

Library Management in the Information Technology EnvironmentIssues Policies and Practice for Administrators This book first published in 1992 equips library managers in all types of libraries to make the administrative changes necessary to deal with new information technologies. Despite financial difficulties due to inflation and declining budgets electronic/optical information formats and the hardware and software to support them are a reality for many libraries. Libraries are designing and implementing prototypes of the ‘electronic library’ and are introducing new technologies as a growing adjunct to traditional text formats and services. It analyses administrative adjustments to the new technological information culture. Chapters in this resource that deal with issues not easily grasped by non-computing specialists are distilled to basic components making them easy for busy managers to comprehend and immediately useful to library administrators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426149

Library Marketing Toolkit This Toolkit provides you with everything you need to successfully market any library. As libraries continue to fight for their survival amid growing expectations competition from online sources and wavering public perceptions effective marketing is increasingly becoming a critical tool to ensure the continued support of users stakeholders and society as a whole. This unique practical guide offers expert coverage of every element of library marketing and branding for all sectors including archives and academic public and special libraries providing innovative and easy-to-implement techniques and ideas. The book is packed with case studies highlighting best practice and offering expert advice from thought-leaders including David Lee King and Alison Circle (US) Terry Kendrick and Rosemary Stamp (UK) Alison Wallbutton (New Zealand) and Rebecca Jones (Canada) plus institutions at the cutting-edge of library marketing including the British Library New York Public Library the National Archive Cambridge University JISC the National Library of Singapore and the State Library of New South Wales. The key topics covered in the text are; seven key concepts for marketing libraries strategic marketing the library brand marketing and the library building an introduction to marketing online marketing with social media marketing with new technologies marketing and people internal marketing library advocacy as marketing and marketing special collections and archives. The book is supplemented by a companion website (www.librarymarketingtoolkit.com) and is essential reading for anyone involved in promoting their library or information service whether at an academic public or special library or in archives or records management. It s also a useful guide for LIS students internationally who need to understand the practice of library marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048064

Library NetworkingCurrent Problems and Future Prospects: Papers Based on the Symposium 'Networking: Where from Here?' In this book first published in 1983 experts in US national state and regional network associations provide stimulating discussions of their experiences problems and successes. This volume is based on the symposium ‘Networking: Where From Here?’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367403713

Library of Congress Subject HeadingsPhilosophy Practice and Prospects The first comprehensive theoretical treatise on Library of Congress subject headings this important book provides an analysis of the Library of Congress subject heading system and its application. Library of Congress Subject Headings aims to help improve the clarity of the system increase consistency and arrangement increase the number of effective access points facilitate the interaction of the system with the computer and generally to make the Library of Congress subject heading system and its application of even greater value to the cataloger and the user. Practicing catalogers library school personnel advanced students and any professional who is very knowledgeable about and seriously interested in Library of Congress subject headings will want to read this highly acclaimed volume.Author William Studwell includes theoretical conceptual and philosophical considerations based on 25 years of everyday practical cataloging and indexing work and the knowledge gained from theoretical research for the more than two dozen articles on subject cataloging that he has written in the last decade. He presents thought-provoking often controversial material in three parts. The first section “The System ” deals with the basic philosophical foundations of LC subject headings. Thirty-two “principles”--guidelines and suggestions are offered along with detailed explanations examples and their relationships to other principles. The second section “Application ” focuses on the matters of subject cataloging practice or interpretation and application of LC subject headings. The third section “The Future ” looks ahead to future issues relating to subject cataloging such as the development of a theoretical subject heading code the interface of LC subject headings with the computer and some speculation as to the role and nature of LC subject headings in the years to come. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057728

Library OverduesAnalysis Strategies and Solutions to the Problem This book first published in 1984 is an effective guide to help librarians develop a more systematic and effective approach to dealing with overdues. The editors present statistical data on overdues as well as successful tactics employed by various libraries to combat the persistent problem of overdue materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361211

Library Services for Career Planning Job Searching and Employment Opportunities Taking a broad approach from career counselling theory to recommendations of major sources of career and job information this book first published in 1992 covers subjects such as cooperative programs between librarians career planning professionals and job search counsellors and the evaluation of career-related materials. It emphasizes the constant demand for career and job information regardless of economic conditions. Librarians can act as intermediaries to help patrons locate career and employment sources dispersed throughout the collection demonstrate their proper use and guide them to additional useful sources. Specific chapters explain how to expand career and job services by networking with other community resources and developing a strong core collection of the best resources available. Other ground breaking topics analysed include employment and labour market trends for the 1990s unemployment services in libraries evaluation criteria for career resources essential career planning and employment materials specialized collections for relocation literature and employment of persons with disabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360306

Library Services for Children and Young PeopleChallenges and Opportunities in the Digital Age A vision for children's library services in the next decade. This book provides a sound background to all aspects of library provision for 6-18 year olds. It is designed to support the strategic planning and delivery of library services and programmes at a local community level or in schools. The book outlines a vision for children's library services in the next decade and carves out a strategy for engaging with the challenges and opportunities for children's librarians and policy makers in the Google environment. This book is accessible informative and inspiring and offers practitioners the knowledge ideas and confidence to work in partnership with other key professionals in delivering services and programmes. It provides an evidence base which promotes and encourages the development of effective library services for children and young people. The case studies scenarios and vignettes drawn from UK and international sources show that the key issues have an international dimension and the similarities and differences in service provision will be of interest to many. In addition to the two editors chapters are contributed by a range of internationally known practitioners and academics offering a wide perspective. Case studies at the end of each section complement themes and practices from previous chapters while rooting the discussion in a specific context. The book is organized into four parts: Children's library services - policy people and partnerships Connecting and engaging - reaching your audience and catching the latest wave (acknowledging the role of technology) Buildings design and spaces - libraries for children and young people Issues for professional practice. Readership: This book is essential reading for all senior library practitioners children's librarians and school librarians subject co-ordinators and managers in schools. It will also be of value for all postgraduate students on CILIP accredited library and information management courses. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047128

Library Services from Birth to FiveDelivering the Best Start This book will inform and inspire librarians archivists curators and technologists to make better use of data to help inform decision-making the development of new services and the improvement of the user experience. Following on from their ground-breaking first book Delivering the Best Start Rankin and Brock return to the subject of pre-school and early years library provision with contributions and case studies from innovators and experts around the world. There is a growing awareness of the significance of the first five years of life for intellectual social and emotional development and early intervention is of political interest. This book provides knowledge and understanding about early language and literacy development and how young children become successful through enjoyable and meaningful experiences. This book will be useful reading for early years professionals and librarians those responsible for commissioning and delivering pre-school library services students of library and information studies or childhood studies and practitioners undertaking practical early years qualifications. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302932

Library Services from Birth to FiveDelivering the Best Start Following on from their groundbreaking first book Delivering the Best Start Rankin and Brock return to the subject of pre-school and early years library provision with contributions and case studies from innovators and experts around the world. There is a growing awareness of the significance of the first five years of life for intellectual social and emotional development and early intervention is of political interest. This book provides knowledge and understanding about early language and literacy development and how young children become successful through enjoyable and meaningful experiences. Coverage includes: an examination of the key role of library practitioners who work with young children the importance of effective interdisciplinary teamwork for professionals working with the early years a focus on involving parents and carers and valuing their culture language heritage and community practical guidance given on setting up and running pre-school library services contributions and case studies from experts around the world. Readership: This book will be useful reading for early years professionals and librarians those responsible for commissioning and delivering pre-school library services students of library and information studies or childhood studies and practitioners undertaking practical early years qualifications. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300082

Library Users and Reference Services This useful book helps reference librarians understand the information seeking needs and behaviors of the diverse groups of people in the communities they serve. With the increasing diversity of the American population librarians striving to plan and deliver excellent reference services must enhance their understanding of how best to assist many types of individuals and groups from children to the elderly. Library Users and Reference Services provides much-needed help in this area delivering strategies and methods to aid readers in their quest for increasingly effective service for all members of the communities in which they work.Library Users and Reference Services is divided into four sections of chapters which cover a broad range of topics to assist readers in planning and delivering appropriate services. Section One explores customer service economics of information and marketing as key concepts useful in studying information needs of specific groups in the population. Section Two focuses on scholars and students in three broad academic disciplines: science humanities and social sciences. Section Three covers groups with special characteristics such as age economic standing gender or profession. Section Four discusses evaluation and provides guidance in the use of the most widely accepted measures for assessing reference effectiveness.The book’s final chapter explores redesigning reference services for the future providing a glimpse of how such services may change. Library Users and Reference Services is a practical guide to help readers understand the many issues related to serving diverse populations in a community. Reference librarians and graduate library school students and faculty will learn more effective ways to help a heterogeneous public with the help of this new book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058275

Library/Vendor Relationships A view of the mutual dependence between libraries and vendorsAs technology advances libraries are forced to reach beyond their own resources to find effective ways to maintain accuracy and superior service levels. Vendors provide databases and integrated library systems that perform those functions for profit. Library/Vendor Relationships examines the increasing cooperation in which libraries find they must participate in and vice versa with the vendors that provide system infrastructure and software. Expert contributors provide insights from all sides of this unique collaboration offering cogent perspectives on the give and take process that every librarian publisher and database provider/producer can use.The symbiosis between libraries and vendors of databases relies heavily upon open communication to achieve each one’s beneficial results. Library/Vendor Relationships explores this partnership between profit and nonprofit entities in detail focusing on issues of crucial importance for both sides. A variety of diverse types of libraries and vendors give voice to the multitude of issues facing them. Several charts graphs and other helpful visuals are included.Topics in Library/Vendor Relationships include: options for preventing systematic downloading of material benefits and challenges of delivering products on multiple platforms—using the American Psychological Association’s experiences as a case study book vendors’ efforts to help libraries become more efficient comprehensive online support services to help increase interaction between libraries and academic publishers Anatolian University Libraries Consortium’s effective relationship with vendors publisher and vendor use of library advisory boards to provide needed feedback a review of the database marketplace fostering a good relationship between library and vendor the future of government libraries in an increasingly technological age collaboration in standards development integrated ecommerce the relationship between OCLC and member institutions libraries’ position between commerce and science vendor/community college library relationships e-mail discussion lists and more!Library/Vendor Relationships is stimulating insightful reading for academic librarians government librarians public librarians deans directors reference librarians publishers and database providers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864372

Libya and Nuclear ProliferationStepping Back from the Brink This Adelphi Paper examines the motives behind Libya‘s pursuit of a nuclear weapons capability from Gadhafi‘s rise to power in 1969 through to the end of 2003. It also assesses the proliferation pathways that the regime followed during this period including early dependence on Soviet technology and assistance subsequently relying on technological infusions from the A.Q. Khan network. Wyn Q. Bowen clearly analyzes the decision to give up the quest for nuclear weapons focusing on the main factors that influenced the Gadhafi regime‘s calculations including the perceived need to re-engage both politically and economically with the international community particularly the United States. It explores the process of dismantling the nuclear programme and the question of whether Libya constitutes amodel for addressing the challenges posed by other proliferators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452121

Libya Since IndependenceEconomic and Political Development Since its independence in 1951 Libya has experienced rapid economic and social change. Many of these developments though dramatic have not been comprehensively documented until now. One of the problems that Libya has had to face has been the absorption of burgeoning oil revenues and here the Libyan experience accords with that of other oil-rich states. The country has embarked on ambitious policies based on oil wealth; this book charts the development of traditional agricultural way of life and the growth of new industrial projects and transport systems. The effect of Libya’s new wealth on its social and political systems is also considered in detail. In conclusion the importance of Libya’s frontiers are discussed; although Libyan international interests have been wide-ranging in recent years its real external interests are to extend its natural resource base for its future developments will be founded on Libya’s perception of its territorial entitlement. First published in 1982. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820203

LibyaAgriculture and Economic Development Oil revenues have made Libya rich since 1961 when oil exports began. This new wealth has affected all sectors of the economy and especially the agricultural sector; there have been considerable movements of population changes in the use of land and possibly most important there has been a profound change in the expectations of the Libyan people. Agriculture was the major contributor to GDP before oil and even in 1968 it was still the major sector in terms of employment occupying 32 per cent of the employed population; as such it has always been given prominence in government planning. This study begins by introducing the major economic and geographical features relevant to agricultural development and examines the extension of agricultural activity in the twentieth century prior to independence in 1951. The later chapters deal with the changes which have taken place since the discovery of oil with respect to land use in all parts of Libya and deals in detail with agricultural investment and wages. First published in 1973. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820210

LibyaContinuity and Change Retaining the conceptual framework of the first edition through emphasis on the dual themes of continuity and change the second edition of Libya is revised and updated to include discussion of key developments since 2010 including: The February 17 Revolution and the death of Muammar al-Qaddafi. The political process which evolved in the course of the February 17 Revolution and led to General National Congress elections in July 2012 Constitutional Assembly elections in February 2014 and House of Representative elections in June 2014. Post-Qaddafi economic policy from the National Transitional Council through successive interim transitional governments. Post-Qaddafi foreign policy. The on-going process of drafting a new constitution which will be followed by the election of a Parliament and a President. Providing a comprehensive overview of the Libyan uprising seen to be the exception to the Arab Spring and highlighting the issues facing contemporary Libya this book is an important text for students and scholars of History North Africa and the Middle East as well as the non-specialist with an interest in current affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840071

Libyan Stories First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979789

Libya's Foreign Policy In North Africa This book analyzes Libya's foreign policy in North Africa between 1969 and 1989 addressing Libya's foreign policy objectives in North Africa since 1969 and the ways adopted to achieve those objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160692

License To StealHow Fraud Bleeds America's Health Care System Updated Edition This book brings an unusual opportunity to explore the peculiarities of America's health care industry's approach to fraud control when compared with the financial services sector credit card companies or the Internal Revenue Service—all of which have to defend themselves against fraud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159580

Licensing Selling and Finance in the Pharmaceutical and Healthcare IndustriesThe Commercialization of Intellectual Property Licensing Selling and Finance in the Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Industries is an assessment of the turbulent state of pharmaceutical and biotechnology markets as we enter the second decade of the 21st Century. At the same time the book offers a cautionary evaluation of the future financing of innovation in terms of what's gone wrong and how to succeed in the future. Martin Austin explores the challenge that the pharmaceutical (and related) industries face in terms of balancing short term cost containment and expenditure control in areas such as internal research and development; whilst embracing in-licensing and the acquisition of innovative therapies to counteract their impending portfolio weaknesses in the mid to longer term. The first part of the book provides an engaging and convincing perspective on the context in which the industry currently finds itself; the second part is a pragmatic guide to commercialising your intellectual property; including how to recognise and value what you have as well as the new ways of working that you will need to adopt when negotiating collaborating and contracting in partnership and alliance with others. Commentators have described in great detail the cocktail of commercial clinical and social issues that threaten to overwhelm the pharmaceutical industry; Martin Austin's book offers a very distinctive perspective on these issues and their solution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409450795

Licensing in LibrariesPractical and Ethical Aspects Seasoned professionals examine essential licensing issuesLicensing in Libraries: Practical and Ethical Aspects is designed to help librarians publishers students and professionals in library licensing stay at the forefront of this rapidly evolving field. Experienced professionals present state-of-the-art information on licensing issues including interlibrary loan contract management end-user education pricing models for electronic materials copyright public domain issues e-books consortial licensing licensing software and legal aspects of licensing as well as an important historical perspective on the development of the field.Licensing in Libraries provides publishers with important considerations that impact their roles as vendors of licensed products. Licensing professionals can update their knowledge with a close look at the controversial issues surrounding licensing special collections digital rights management and producers’ concerns about content. The book also looks at the role of the Copyright Clearance Center regarding compliance in the electronic environment. Licensing in Libraries examines: licensing from both a vendor and consumer perspective software to help manage licenses factors for vendors to consider when deciding on pricing models current information on the more complex levels of licensing the developing world of e-book licensing licensing laws of concern to librarians the impact that licensing has on library services educating patrons about products they will use Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051344

Licensure In Professional PsychologyPreparatory Techniques First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315781587

LiDAR Remote Sensing and Applications Ideal for both undergraduate and graduate students in the fields of geography forestry ecology geographic information science remote sensing and photogrammetric engineering LiDAR Remote Sensing and Applications expertly joins LiDAR principles data processing basics applications and hands-on practices in one comprehensive source. The LiDAR data within this book is collected from 27 areas in the United States Brazil Canada Ghana and Haiti and includes 183 figures created to introduce the concepts methods and applications in a clear context. It provides 11 step-by-step projects predominately based on Esri’s ArcGIS software to support seamless integration of LiDAR products and other GIS data. The first six projects are for basic LiDAR data visualization and processing and the other five cover more advanced topics: from mapping gaps in mangrove forests in Everglades National Park Florida to generating trend surfaces for rock layers in Raplee Ridge Utah. Features Offers a comprehensive overview of LiDAR technology with numerous applications in geography forestry and earth science Gives necessary theoretical foundations from all pertinent subject matter areas Uses case studies and best practices to point readers to tools and resources Provides a synthesis of ongoing research in the area of LiDAR remote sensing technology Includes carefully selected illustrations and data from the authors' research projects Before every project in the book a link is provided for users to download data Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138747241

Lie Algebraic Methods in Integrable Systems Over the last thirty years the subject of nonlinear integrable systems has grown into a full-fledged research topic. In the last decade Lie algebraic methods have grown in importance to various fields of theoretical research and worked to establish close relations between apparently unrelated systems. The various ideas associated with Lie algebra and Lie groups can be used to form a particularly elegant approach to the properties of nonlinear systems. In this volume the author exposes the basic techniques of using Lie algebraic concepts to explore the domain of nonlinear integrable systems. His emphasis is not on developing a rigorous mathematical basis but on using Lie algebraic methods as an effective tool.The book begins by establishing a practical basis in Lie algebra including discussions of structure Lie loop and Virasor groups quantum tori and Kac-Moody algebras and gradation. It then offers a detailed discussion of prolongation structure and its representation theory the orbit approach-for both finite and infinite dimension Lie algebra. The author also presents the modern approach to symmetries of integrable systems including important new ideas in symmetry analysis such as gauge transformations and the "soldering" approach. He then moves to Hamiltonian structure where he presents the Drinfeld-Sokolov approach the Lie algebraic approach Kupershmidt's approach Hamiltonian reductions and the Gelfand Dikii formula. He concludes his treatment of Lie algebraic methods with a discussion of the classical r-matrix its use and its relations to double Lie algebra and the KP equation. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138401921

Lie Algebras In Particle Physicsfrom Isospin To Unified Theories In this book the author convinces that Sir Arthur Stanley Eddington had things a little bit wrong as least as far as physics is concerned. He explores the theory of groups and Lie algebras and their representations to use group representations as labor-saving tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091729

Lie Detection and the LawTorture Technology and Truth This book develops a sociological account of lie detection practices and uses this to think about lying more generally. Bringing together insights from sociology social history socio-legal studies and science and technology studies (STS) it explores how torture and technology have been used to try to discern the truth. It examines a variety of socio-legal practices including trial by ordeal in Europe the American criminal jury trial police interrogations using the polygraph machine and the post-conviction management of sex offenders in the USA and the UK. Moving across these different contexts it articulates how uncertainties in the use of lie detection technologies are managed and the complex roles they play in legal spaces. Alongside this story the book surveys some of the different ways in which lying is understood in philosophy law and social order. Lie Detection and the Law will be of interest to STS researchers socio-legal scholars criminologists and sociologists as well as others working at the intersections of law and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872502

Lie Symmetry Analysis of Fractional Differential Equations The trajectory of fractional calculus has undergone several periods of intensive development both in pure and applied sciences. During the last few decades fractional calculus has also been associated with the power law effects and its various applications. It is a natural to ask if fractional calculus as a nonlocal calculus can produce new results within the well-established field of Lie symmetries and their applications. In Lie Symmetry Analysis of Fractional Differential Equations the authors try to answer this vital question by analyzing different aspects of fractional Lie symmetries and related conservation laws. Finding the exact solutions of a given fractional partial differential equation is not an easy task but is one that the authors seek to grapple with here. The book also includes generalization of Lie symmetries for fractional integro differential equations. Features Provides a solid basis for understanding fractional calculus before going on to explore in detail Lie Symmetries and their applications Useful for PhD and postdoc graduates as well as for all mathematicians and applied researchers who use the powerful concept of Lie symmetries Filled with various examples to aid understanding of the topics Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367441869

Lies We Live ByDefeating Doubletalk and Deception in Advertising Politics and the Media First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979796

Life Wanderings and Labours in Eastern AfricaWith an Account of the First Successful Ascent of the Equatorial Snow Mountain Kilima Njaro a A history of East Africa and its people 20 years before the main period of European penetration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011045

Life Work and Learning In both paid and unpaid work contexts adults learn powerfully from their experiences. In this book the authors argue that this should be the basis for a new perception of what is truly educational in life. Drawing on the works of Aristotle Wittgenstein and Russell along with contemporary conceptual work they use both philosophical argument and empirical example to establish their view.This work will be of essential interest to philosophers of education and educational theorists worldwide. It will also interest teachers trainers facilitators and all those with an interest in adult and vocational education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995420

Life & Times Of Shaikh (English First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995406

Life & Work In Medieval Europe "First Published in 2005 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203040096

Life After a Rare Brain Tumour and Supplementary Motor Area SyndromeAwake Behind Closed Eyes This book offers a personal insight into the experience of Alex Jelly a professional fundraiser who developed a rare brain tumour a papillary meningioma which was successfully removed. She was left with Supplementary Motor Area Syndrome and associated problems including motor and speech impairments and a temporary psychosis. Discussing Alex’s struggles and triumphs throughout her rehabilitation this book offers an honest account of her journey from diagnosis to recovery. Part I introduces Alex’s early life and employment symptom onset and diagnosis treatment and rehabilitation. Part II presents her neurosurgeon Adel Helmy and a clinical neuropsychologist Barbara A. Wilson. Adel provides a medical context by explaining Alex’s successful surgery and her post-operative experience. Finally Barbara concludes with a comprehensive view of Alex’s recovery and gives a voice to the therapists and psychologists who worked with Alex throughout her in and outpatient rehabilitation journey. This book provides support understanding and hope for patients who have suffered a brain tumour and their families. It is valuable reading for any professional involved in neurorehabilitation studemts of clinical neuropsychology and those touched by brain injury. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085421

Life After Brain InjurySurvivors' Stories This is the first book of its kind to include the personal accounts of people who have survived injury to the brain along with professional therapists' reports of their progress through rehabilitation. The paintings and stories of survivors combine with experts' discussions of the theory and practice of brain injury rehabilitation to illustrate the ups and downs that survivors encounter in their journey from pre-injury status to insult and post-injury rehabilitation. Wilson Winegardner and Ashworth's focus on the survivors' perspective shows how rehabilitation is an interactive process between people with brain injury health care staff and others and gives the survivors the chance to tell their own stories of life before their injury the nature of the insult their early treatment and subsequent rehabilitation. Presenting practical approaches to help survivors of brain injury achieve functionally relevant and meaningful goals Life After Brain Injury: Survivors’ Stories will help all those working in rehabilitation understand the principles involved in holistic brain injury rehabilitation and how these principles combined with theory and models translate into clinical practice. This book will be of great interest to anyone who wishes to extend their knowledge of the latest theories and practices involved in making life more manageable for people who have suffered damage to the brain. Life After Brain Injury: Survivors’ Stories will also be essential for clinical psychologists neuropsychologists and anybody dealing with acquired brain injury whether they be a survivor of a brain injury themselves a relative a friend or a carer. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721128

Life After DarknessA Doctor’s Journey Through Severe Depression Life After Darkness is the remarkable and moving story of a doctor and mother of four who endured seven years of severe depression. Self-harm attempted suicides and admissions to psychiatric units culminated in her resorting to brain surgery as a final attempt to escape her illness. The story of Cathy Wield covers the horrors of time spent in archaic institutions and the loss of any hope to a full recovery following surgery. Today she has returned to her career and rediscovered the joys of life and her family. This story is one of hope from an often hidden and stigmatized disease. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377667

Life After EncephalitisA Narrative Approach Encephalitis is a devastating condition whose impact upon people should not be underestimated. It robs people of abilities most of us take for granted it leaves people without their loved ones and even in those families where the person affected survives the person they once knew can be dramatically changed.  Life After Encephalitis provides a unique insight into the experiences of those affected by encephalitis sharing the rich perceptive and often powerful narratives of survivors and family members. It shows how listening to patient and family narratives can help us to understand how they make sense of what has happened to them and also help professionals better understand and engage with them in practice. The book will also be useful for considering narratives associated with brain injuries from other causes for example traumatic brain injury. Life After Encephalitis  will appeal to a wide range of professionals working in rehabilitation settings and also to and survivors of encephalitis their families and carers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847217

Life After Graduate School in PsychologyInsider's Advice from New Psychologists With the diverse array of career opportunities for psychologists--ranging from academics and practice to business and industry--this book offers a wide-ranging career guide for graduate and postdoctoral students as well as interns and new psychologists seeking employment opportunities in the field of psychology and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138436725

Life After LawFinding Work You Love with the J.D. You Have Written by Harvard-trained ex-law firm partner Liz Brown Life After Law: Finding Work You Love with the J.D. You Have provides specific realistic and honest advice on alternative careers for lawyers. Unlike generic career guides Life After Law shows lawyers how to reframe their legal experience to their competitive advantage no matter how long they have been in or out of practice to find work they truly love. Brown herself moved from a high-powered partnership into an alternative career and draws from this experience as well as that of dozens of former practicing attorneys in the book. She acknowledges that changing careers is hard much harder than it was for most lawyers to get their first legal job after law school but it can ultimately be more fulfilling for many than a life in law. Life After Law offers an alternative framework and valuable analytic tools for potential careers to help launch lawyers into new fields and make them attractive hires for non-legal employers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134648

Life After LeavingThe Remains of Spousal Abuse After leaving her twelve-year marriage Sophie Tamas went to the local women's shelter to ask if she had been abused. The result is Life after Leaving a performative arts-based journey into the aftermath of spousal abuse and the endless struggle to make sense of loss. We see Sophie's world—the academic lectures the therapy sessions the childrearing the dealings with an ex-spouse the house reconstruction—as she looks for answers in the literature and in the lives of other women. Both lyrical and theoretical autoethnographic and analytical her captivating story builds to a chorus of voices as her study participants express the loving longing pain hope and frustration of their experiences after leaving abusive relationships. The text closes with insightful and surprising suggestions for reframing "recovery". An earlier version of this manuscript was short-listed for the AERA Arts-Based Dissertation Award and won the 2011 Outstanding Dissertation Award from the International Institute for Qualitative Methodology. Sponsored by the International Institute for Qualitative Methodology University of Alberta. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320626

Life After LossThe Lessons of Grief How we cope with grief and come to terms with the death of a loved one shapes our world. In this comprehensive guide to the mourning process Dr Volkan a world-recognised authority on grief shows how each mourning is as individualised as our fingerprints encoded with our past history of losses. Anecdotal and compassionate this is a profoundly moving and informative study of how grief and loss shape all our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203926

Life After Ninety In Life After Ninety Micheal Bury and Anthea Holme have surveyed and interviewed 200 individuals living at home and in institutions to examine old age stereotypes and present a unique picture of the health quality of life and social circumstances of the very old. Longevity and the factors which promote it are also discussed and throughout the book the concept of the 'life course' is employed which brings together the biographical experiences of individuals and the changing historical circumstances of the twentieth century through which they have lived. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979802

Life After Self-HarmA Guide to the Future In many countries there has been an alarming increase in rates of suicide and self-harm yet the stigma attached to these difficulties often leads to sub-optimal care. Life After Self-Harm: A Guide to the Future is written for individuals who have deliberately harmed themselves. Developed through a major research project the contents of the manual have been informed and shaped by many users and expert professionals. Illustrated with multiple case-histories it teaches users important skills: for understanding and evaluating self-harm for keeping safe in crisis for dealing with seemingly insolvable problems for developing coping strategies for re-connecting with life. Health workers who regularly come into contact with individuals who have self-harmed will find the wealth of practical advice in this book extremely valuable for recommendation to patients either as a self-help book or in the context of brief therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146037

Life After WorkA Psychological Guide to a Healthy Retirement Retirement is a comma in our lives not a full stop. Life After Work looks at the psychological emotional and wellbeing issues that surround this complex and important transition in life. This book suggests that retirement is a life stage over which we may have greater control than previously thought; it no longer has to be the case that retirement is a terminal point a time where you became sedentary and inactive. Retirement is on one level a private individual matter that affects one’s sense of self and purpose physical and mental processes as well as financial security or provision. On another level retirement has an impact on relationships with loved ones family and friends as well as colleagues. It can strengthen or disrupt bonds leading to new bonds being formed or to withdrawal. This book is written by successful authors and psychologists Robert Bor Carina Eriksen and Lizzie Quarterman each with many years’ experience of helping people cope with life stage changes and prepare for retirement. It contains illustrative case studies throughout from which valuable lessons can be learned and draws on the very latest psychological research and techniques to provide a blueprint for planning and living a wonderful retirement or life post-work. Planning for your future is crucial in enabling you to maximise the opportunities available. Following the book’s blueprint will help you prepare for this phase in your life and the sooner you start the better. Life After Work will be of great interest to readers of all ages seeking guidance on retirement and will also appeal to psychologists of life stage changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335851

Life After... Social StudiesA Practical Guide to Life After Your Degree Thousands of students graduate from university each year. The lucky few have the rest of their lives mapped out in perfect detail – but for most things are not nearly so simple. Armed with your hard-earned degree the possibilities and career paths lying before you are limitless and the number of choices you suddenly have to make can seem bewildering. Life After ... Social Studies has been written specifically to help students currently studying or who have recently graduated make informed choices about their future lives. It will be a source of invaluable advice and wisdom to business graduates (whether you wish to use your degree directly or not) covering such topics as: Identifying a career path that interests you Seeking out an opportunity that matches your skills and aspirations Staying motivated and pursuing your goals Networking and self-promotion Making the transition from scholar to worker Putting the skills you have developed at university to good use in life. The Life After ... series of books are more than simple ‘career guides’. They are unique in taking a holistic approach to career advice - recognising the increasing view that although a successful working life is vitally important other factors can be just as essential to happiness and fulfilment. They are the indispensable handbooks for students considering their future direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162914

Life After...Biological SciencesA Practical Guide to Life After Your Degree  Thousands of students graduate from university each year. The lucky few have the rest of their lives mapped out in perfect detail – but for most things are not nearly so simple. Armed with your hard-earned degree the possibilities and career paths lying before you are limitless and the number of choices you suddenly have to make can seem bewildering. Life After Biological Sciences has been written specifically to help students currently studying or who have recently graduated make informed choices about their future. It will be a source of invaluable advice and wisdom to business graduates covering such topics as: Identifying career paths that interest you Seeking out an opportunity that matches your skills and aspirations Staying motivated and pursuing your goals Networking and self-promotion Making the transition from scholar to worker The Life After University series of books are more than simple ‘career guides’. They are unique in taking a holistic approach to career advice - recognising the increasing view that although a successful working life is vitally important other factors can be just as essential to happiness and fulfilment. They are the indispensable handbooks for students considering their future direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180734

Life After...Engineering and Built EnvironmentA practical guide to life after your degree Thousands of students graduate from university each year. The lucky few have the rest of their lives mapped out in perfect detail - but for most things are not nearly so simple. Armed with your hard-earned degree the possibilities and career paths lying before you are limitless and the number of choices you suddenly have to make can seem bewildering. Life After…Engineering and Built Environment has been written specifically to help students currently studying or who have recently graduated make informed choices about their future. It will be source of invaluable advice and wisdom to graduates on where their degree can take them covering such topics as: Identifying a career path that interests you – and how to start pursuing it The worldwide opportunities open to engineering graduates Staying motivated and pursuing your goals Networking and self-promotion Making the transition from scholar to worker The Life After University series of books are more than simple ‘career guides’. They are unique in taking a holistic approach to career advice – recognising the increasing view that although a successful working life is vitally important other factors can be just as essential to happiness and fulfilment. They are the indispensable handbooks for students considering their future direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179479

Life Along the South Manchurian Railroad As part of a worldwide movement nations and multinational groups are trying to reach closure regarding past atrocites and inhumanites including what happened in Nanking in 1937. The contributors to this book show that these activites are a search for the common causes of human atrocites. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539379

Life and ArtThe Creative Synthesis in Literature In this volume an inquiry into the nature of the creative process is attempted by paying close attention to the lives of various artists poets novelists and playwrights and selected works of each in order to demonstrate an essential relationship between the two and that it is most difficult to delineate the nuances of the creative act by treati Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325329

Life and Death DecisionsThe Quest for Morality and Justice in Human Societies Issues of Life and Death such as abortion assisted suicide capital punishment and others are among the most contentious in many societies. Whose rights are protected? How do these rights and protections change over time and who makes those decisions? Based on the author’s award-winning and hugely popular undergraduate course at the University of Texas this book explores these questions and the fundamentally sociological processes which underlie the quest for morality and justice in human societies. The Author’s goal is not to advocate any particular moral "high ground" but to shed light on the social movements and social processes which are at the root of these seemingly personal moral questions. Under 200 printed pages this slim paperback is priced and sized to be easily assigned in a variety of undergraduate courses that touch on the social bases underlying these contested and contentious issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808881

Life and Death in the Bronze AgeAn Archaeologist's Field-work This is a great work by one of the pioneers of modern archaeology. The period covered is from 1700 to 700 B.C. and is mainly concerned with the author’s field work in western Britain. It deals with burial ritual – dances processions "houses of the dead" the objects deposited the building of the barrow; and it shows by line drawings and photographs how scientific excavation nowadays is planned and executed. The book gathers together an immense amount of research completed over a long span of years on burials and the ceremonial which attended them. Originally published in 1959. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817760

Life and Death MattersHuman Rights Environment and Social Justice Second Edition The first edition of Life and Death Matters was a breakthrough text centralizing the experiences of those on the front lines of environmental crises and forging new paradigms for understanding how crises emerge and how different groups of actors respond to them. This second edition fully updated with both expanded and new chapters once again provides a benchmark for the field and opens important pathways for further research. Authors reassess the state of scholarship and grassroots activism in a new century when social and environmental systems are being reconceptualised within post-9/11 security and biosecurity frameworks when global warming and resource scarcity are not fears but realities when global power and politics are being realigned and when ecocide ethnocide and genocide are daily tragedies. This bold new edition of Life and Death Matters will be a widely used textbook and essential reading for students scholars and policy makers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425375

Life and Learning of Korean Artists and CraftsmenRhizoactivity This book brings out the need for lifelong learning theory and explores how it is possible from a postmodern perspective. The book uses life history that has gained its popularity in social science research to overcome the dichotomy between individual and society or between agency and structure. Life history also reflects the postmodern or late-modern conditions of social life. In this book the author uses a collection of published oral history narratives of famous Korean artists and craftsmen. The author maps out life and learning of five such artists and craftsmen with figurations of escaping creating controlling and formalizing. These figurations are images of ‘Rhizoactivity’ that the author proposes as a new conceptual tool to navigate lifelong learning from a postmodern perspective. This book signalises a new way of theory building in the field of adult and lifelong education. The Life and Learning of Korean Artists and Craftsmen: Rhizoactivity conceptualises: Adult learning in terms of postmodern and lifelong learning conditions Life histories as a method of researching lifelong learning The four facets of artistic journeys – escaping creating controlling and formalizing This book will interest researchers focusing on lifelong and adult education. Its use of social theories in its study of lifelong learning amongst Korean artists will also interest sociologists and educators concerned with the sociology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575172

Life and Letters in the Ancient Greek World From the first ‘deadly signs’ scratched on a wooden tablet instructing the recipient to kill the one who delivered it to the letters of St Paul to the early Church this book examines the range of letter writing in the Ancient Greek world. Containing extensive translated examples from both life and fiction it provides a glimpse into the lives of both ordinary people and political life. This comprehensive study looks at personal and private letters letters used in administration and government letters used as vehicles for the dissemination of philosophy and religion and letters which played a part in the development of several literary genres. The way in which letters were written and with what materials how they were delivered and how it is that for certain limited periods and locations so many of them have survived and how they were re-discovered. By placing these letters in their social political and intellectual contexts Life and Letters in the Ancient Greek World draws attention to both familiar topics such as young soldiers writing home from basic training and the choice of flowers for a wedding and more alien events such as getting rid of baby girls and offhand attitudes to bereavement. This first guide in English to provide commentary on such a broad range of letters will be essential reading for anyone interested in the Ancient Greek World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518376

Life and Letters of Martin Lu CbLife & Martin Luther First published in 1968. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979819

Life and LossA Guide to Help Grieving Children Many clinicians recognize that denying or ignoring grief issues in children leaves them feeling alone and that acknowledging loss is crucial part of a child’s healthy development. Really dealing with loss in productive ways however is sometimes easier said than done. For decades Life and Loss has been the book clinicians have relied on for a full and nuanced presentation of the many issues with which grieving children grapple as well as an honest exploration of the interrelationship between unresolved grief educational success and responsible citizenry. The third edition of Life and Loss brings this exploration firmly into the twenty-first century and makes a convincing case that children’s grief is no longer restricted only to loss-identified children. Children’s grief is now endemic; it is global. Life and Loss is not just the book clinicians need to understand grief in the twenty-first century—it’s the book they need to work with it in constructive ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630801

Life and Motion of Socio-Economic UnitsGISDATA Volume 8 One of the ongoing problems researchers in geography and GIS have is studying data that is inherently spatial over a long period of time. One of the main hurdles they have to overcome is the study of groups of people classified by their socio-economic status (one of the main means for governments companies and research organisations to group together segments of the population).The amount of data collected by governments business and research organisations has increased markedly in recent years. Geographic Information Systems have been more widely used than ever before for the storage and analysis of this information. Most GIS can handle this information spatially rather than temporally and have difficulty with the management of socio-economic time series which relate to spatial units. Accordingly this book covers the issues ranging from the formal model to differentiate aspects of spatio-temporal data through philosophical and fundamental reconsideration of time and space to the development of practical solutions to the problem. This book draws together an interdisciplinary group of scientists in the field of geography computing surveying and philosophy. It presents the definitive sourcebook on temporal GIS as applied to socio-economic units. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578893

Life and Suicide Following Brain InjuryA Personal and Professional Account Life and Suicide Following Brain Injury tells the story of Tom a 43 year-old man who acquired a brain injury from a road traffic accident at the age of 22. Tom survived but went on to take his own life 20 years later. As a vulnerable adult with mental health issues and long-term difficulties with substance misuse this book tells Tom's story from his early childhood through to his death. In telling Tom's story the author- a researcher in the brain injury field and Tom's sister- identifies the multiple suicide risk factors as well as the lack of understanding and inadequate service provision for people with complex needs following TBI. His story serves as a harrowing example of what can go wrong when timely intervention and support is not forthcoming identifying a multitude of risk factors and possible points of intervention to improve care in the future. This book provides insight to professionals and academics across health and social care in the risks of suicide associated with TBI. It also provides support for those who have experienced the grief of losing a survivor to suicide or those struggling to support a survivor who is suicidal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576155

Life and the StudentRoadside Notes on Human Nature Society and Letters Life and the Student (1927) with a new introduction by Jonathan B. Imber is a compilation of reflections commentaries and letters from other scholars that Charles Horton Cooley accumulated throughout his life. The book includes personal passages on various topics within the realms of reading and writing thinking art science sociology academia religion and human nature.There is no formal structure to the book except the literary sense that organizes these thoughts and observations about life. It is impossible to categorize these widely ranging commentaries. They include discussions of the automobile the impressionable nature of young people the claim that the question of racial superiority is still unresolved his belief that eugenists are inconsistent in their views and more.Cooley's work sought to emphasize the connection between society and the individual. He believed that the two could only be understood in relationship to each other. While researching the effects of social responses and social participation he created the concept of the "looking-glass self " which is the theory that a person's sense of self grows out of interpersonal interactions and the perceptions of others. Cooley also showed that social life and the relationship between groups and communities stems from mental phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854788

Life and Times of the Atomic BombNuclear Weapons and the Transformation of Warfare Life and Times of the Atomic Bomb takes up the question of how the world found itself in the age of nuclear weapons – and how it has since tried to find a way out of it. Albert I. Berger charts the story of nuclear weapons from their origins through the Atomic Age and the Cold War up through the present day arguing that an understanding of the history of nuclear weapons is crucial to modern efforts to manage them. This book examines topics including nuclear strategy debates weapon system procurement decisions and arms control conferences through the people and leaders who experienced them. Providing a chronological survey Life and Times of the Atomic Bomb starts with the major scientific discoveries of the late 19th century that laid the groundwork for nuclear development. It then traces the history of nuclear weapons from their inception to the atomic bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945 and the reaction to them by key players on both sides. It continues its narrative into the second half of the twentieth century and the role of nuclear weapons throughout the Cold War engaging in the debate over whether nuclear weapons are an effective deterrent. Finally the closing chapters consider the atomic bomb’s place in the modern world and the transformation of warfare in an age of advanced technology. This clear and engaging survey will be invaluable reading for students of the Cold War and twentieth-century history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765619860

Life and Work in Medieval Europe Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852487

Life and Work in Modern Europe Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845632

Life and Work in Prehistoric Times (Pb Direct) Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869683

Life and Work of Erich NeumannOn the Side of the Inner Voice Life and Work of Erich Neumann: On the Side of the Inner Voice is the first book to discuss Erich Neumann’s life work and relationship with C.G. Jung. Neumann (1905–1960) is considered Jung’s most important student and in this deeply personal and unique volume Angelica Löwe casts Neumann's comprehensive work in a completely new light. Based on conversations with Neumann’s children Rali Loewenthal-Neumann and Professor Micha Neumann Löwe explores Neumann’s childhood and adolescent years in Part I including how he met his wife and muse Julie Blumenfeld. In Part II the book traces their life and work in Tel Aviv where they moved in the early 1930s amid growing anti-Jewish tensions in Hitler’s Germany. Finally in Part III Löwe analyses Neumann’s most famous works. This is the first book-length discussion of the existential questions motivating Neumann’s work as well as the socio-historical circumstances pertaining to the problem of Jewish identity formation against rising anti-Semitism in the early 20th century. It will be essential reading for Jungian analysts and analytical psychologists in practice and in training as well as scholars of Jungian and post-Jungian studies and Jewish studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382379

Life and Works of Alexander Csoma De Koros First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878785

Life as a WeaponThe Global Rise of Suicide Bombings Suicide bombing has become a weapon of choice among terrorist groups because of its lethality and ability to cause mayhem and fear. But who carries out these acts and what motivates them? By undertaking analysis of the information in the most comprehensive suicide terrorism database in the world Life as a Weapon seeks to question and in turn undermine the common perception that the psychopathology of suicide bombers and their religious beliefs are the principal causes. Instead the book presents a cocktail of motivations that drive suicide bombers and explains how their actions achieve multiple purposes – community approval political success liberation of the homeland personal redemption or honour refusal to accept subjugation revenge anxiety defiance. Since the configuration of these driving factors is also specifically related to the circumstances of political conflict in each different country it is only through gaining understanding and knowledge of these conditions that appropriate policies and responses can be developed that will protect the public and counter the scourge of suicide bombings. Life as a Weapon is a pivotal text in the discussion surrounding suicide bombings and as such it is of relevance to undergraduate students postgraduates and researchers working in areas such as Security Studies Middle Eastern Studies Terrorism Criminology and Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019836

Life as TheaterA Dramaturgical Sourcebook Life as Theater is about understanding people and how the dramaturgical way of thinking helps or hinders such understanding. A volume that has deservedly attained the status of a landmark work this was the first book to explore systematically the material and subject matter of social psychology from the dramaturgical viewpoint. It has been widely used and quoted and has sparked ferment and debate in fields as diverse as sociology psychology anthropology political science speech communication and formal theater studies.Life as Theater is organized around five substantive issues in social psychology: Social Relationships as Drama; The Dramaturgical Self; Motivation and Drama; Organizational Dramas; and Political Dramas. This classic text was revised and updated for a second edition in 1990 and includes approximately 66 percent new materials all featuring individual introductions that provide the dramaturgical perspective and reflect the most learned thinking and work being done within this point of view. This book's sophistication will appeal to the scholar and its clarity and conciseness to the student. Like its predecessor it is designed to serve as a primary text or supplementary reader in classes. This new paperback edition includes an introduction by Robert A. Stebbins that explains why even fifteen years after its publication Life as Theater remains the best single sourcebook on the dramaturgic perspective as applied in the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527232

Life Assurance Contracts Life assurance continues to be a topic of great practical significance given the popularity of endowment mortgages and pensions which contain an element of insurance as well as the need for families to protect against the loss of their breadwinners. Since the first edition of this book in 1995 much has changed with a fundamentally new regulatory structure under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 changes in divorce and bankruptcy law as well as continued developments in areas such as insurable interest and utmost good faith. All these developments are covered in this new edition which at the same time retains the extensive coverage of the well-established principles of this area of law. Areas dealt with include insurable interest disclosure cancellation intermediaries marketing assignment surrender and pension policies. This new edition has been comprehensively revised and updated to take account of changes since the last edition was published. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843147114

Life at Home for People with a Dementia Life at Home for People with a Dementia provides an evidence-based and readable account of improving life at home for people with a dementia and their families. There are estimated to be 47 million people with a dementia worldwide the majority of whom will live or want to live in their own home. Yet there is a major shortcoming in available knowledge on what life is like for people with a dementia living at home. Most research focuses on care in hospitals or care homes and takes a medical perspective. This book bridges this gap in knowledge by providing a comprehensive and critical overview of the best available evidence on enabling people with a dementia to live well at home from the viewpoint of those living with the condition and in the context of global policy drivers on ageing and health as well as technological advances. The book includes chapters on citizenships – that is the diversity of people living with a dementia â€“ enabling life at home rethinking self-management the ethics and care of people with a dementia at home technological care and citizenship and sharing responsibilities. It concludes with a care manifesto in which we set out a vision for improving life at home for people with a dementia that covers the areas of professional practice education and care research. By covering a wide range of interrelated topics to advance understanding and practice as to how people with a dementia from diverse backgrounds can be supported to live well at home this book provides a synthesised critical and readable understanding of the complexities and risks involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084780

Life at the NanoscaleAtomic Force Microscopy of Live Cells Proceeding from basic fundamentals to applications this volume provides a comprehensive overview of the use of AFM and related scanning probe microscopies for cell surface analysis. It covers all cell types from viruses and protoplasts to bacteria and animal cells. It also discusses a range of advanced AFM modalities including high-resolution imaging nanoindentation measurements recognition imaging and single-molecule and single-cell force spectroscopy. The book covers methodologies for preparing and analyzing cells and membranes of all kinds and highlights recent examples to illustrate the power of AFM techniques in life sciences and nanomedicine. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267960

Life Care Planning and Case Management Handbook Life care planning is an advanced collaborative case management specialty practice focused on assessing evaluating coordinating consulting planning for and monitoring necessary services for individuals with complex medical care needs over their lifetime. This handbook provides a comprehensive resource for all people involved with catastrophic impairments and chronic medical care case management. The Life Care Planning and Case Management Handbook Fourth Edition begins by defining the roles played by each of the key team members working with the life care planner. It provides planners with insights critical to successful interactions with medical and health care–related professionals as well as the team members they are most likely to encounter as they work to build an accurate and reliable life care plan. Next the text offers up-to-date information on the medical conditions most frequently encountered by the life care planner. The contributors who are recognized experts in their disciplines also address issues in forensic settings ethics standards research and credentials. The fourth edition includes numerous chapters on general issues as well as updated standards of practice from the International Academy of Life Care Planners (IALCP) Life Care Planning Consensus Statements and valuable step-by-step charts and checklists. Completely updated and expanded this revised handbook now includes new chapters on multicultural considerations in life care planning admissibility of life care plans in U.S. courts and Canadian life care planning practice. Additionally infused in other chapters is new information on medical coding and costing for life care planners life care planning in non-litigated contexts  as well as research and education within life care planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498731102

Life Chemistry ResearchBiological Systems This volume contains a collection of topical chapters that promote interdisciplinary approaches to biological systems focusing on fundamental and relevant connections between chemistry and life. Included are studies and experiments as well as invited lectures and notes by prominent leaders on a wide variety of topics in biology and biochemistry. By describing the complementary nature of chemistry and biology the book presents the biological processes in detailed chemical terms providing a fascinating look into the emerging field of chemical biology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880688

Life ChoicesUnderstanding Dilemmas And Decisions This book may be viewed as an ?antiguide? to decisionmaking. It rejects mechanical formulas and urges self-reflection and a critique of ideology. Through close readings of fifteen life history interviews Tod Sloan creates a framework for the interpretation of dilemmas and decisions. Ultimately we see that a life choice or turning point comprises Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316686

Life Course Happiness and Well-being in Japan Much of the existing literature on happiness in Japan has been produced in the field of economics and psychology and is quantitative in nature. Here for the first time a group of anthropologists and sociologists jointly analyze the state of happiness and unhappiness in Japan among varying social groups in its physical interpersonal existential and structural dimensions offering new insights into fundamental issues. This book investigates the connections between sociostructural aspects individual agency and happiness in contemporary Japan from a life course perspective. The contributors examine quantitative and qualitative empirical data on the processes that impact how happiness and well-being are envisioned crafted and debated in Japan across the life-cycle. Therefore the book discusses the shifting notions of happiness during people’s lives from birth to death analyzing the age group-specific experiences while taking into consideration people’s life trajectories and historical changes. It points out recent developments in regards to demographic change late marriage and the changing labor market and focuses on their significant impact on the well-being of Japanese people. In particular it highlights the interdependencies of lives within the family and how families are collaborating for the purpose of maintaining or enhancing the happiness of its members. Broadening our understanding of the multidimensionality of happiness in Japan this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Japanese Studies Anthropology and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290594

Life Course Perspectives on Military Service This edited volume provides a comprehensive and critical review of what we know about military service and the life course what we don’t know and what we need to do to better understand the role of military service in shaping people's lives. It demonstrates that the military like colleges and prisons is a key social institution that engages individuals in early adulthood and shapes processes of cumulative (dis)advantage over the life course.  The chapters provide topical synthesizes of the vast but diffuse research literatures on military service and the life course while the volume as a whole helps to set the agenda for the next generation of data collection and scholarship. Chapter authors pay particular attention to how the military has changed over time; how experiences of military service vary across cohorts and persons with different characteristics; how military service affects the lives of service members’ spouses children and families; and the linkages between research and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920859

Life CourseIntegrative Theories And Exemplary Populations This book provides an overview from disciplines such as history demography and sociology that are concerned with understanding the human life course. It contains studies of special populations in which integration of a variety of experiences over time can be accomplished. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172206

Life Crises and Experiences of Loss in Adulthood A result of a conference at the University of Trier Germany this volume mirrors its goals: * to provide an overview of recent advances in research on critical life events and the losses associated with them * to collect and stimulate new perspectives for the analysis of these events * to compare the psychology of victims experiencing stress and losses with the psychology of observers in their reactions to victims. Designed to prevent developmental psychological myths in the area of life crises this collection questions on an empirical basis the adequacy of several widespread generalizations. At the same time its contributors attempt to draw paths to conceptualizations and theories in general psychology and social psychology which promise to be helpful in analyzing and interpreting phenomena in the field of life crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995413

Life Cycle Analysis and Assessment in Civil Engineering: Towards an Integrated VisionProceedings of the Sixth International Symposium on Lif This volume contains the papers presented at IALCCE2018 the Sixth International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering (IALCCE2018) held in Ghent Belgium October 28-31 2018. It consists of a book of extended abstracts and a USB device with full papers including the Fazlur R. Khan lecture 8 keynote lectures and 390 technical papers from all over the world. Contributions relate to design inspection assessment maintenance or optimization in the framework of life-cycle analysis of civil engineering structures and infrastructure systems. Life-cycle aspects that are developed and discussed range from structural safety and durability to sustainability serviceability robustness and resilience. Applications relate to buildings bridges and viaducts highways and runways tunnels and underground structures off-shore and marine structures dams and hydraulic structures prefabricated design infrastructure systems etc. During the IALCCE2018 conference a particular focus is put on the cross-fertilization between different sub-areas of expertise and the development of an overall vision for life-cycle analysis in civil engineering. The aim of the editors is to provide a valuable source of cutting edge information for anyone interested in life-cycle analysis and assessment in civil engineering including researchers practising engineers consultants contractors decision makers and representatives from local authorities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626331

Life Cycle Approaches to Sustainable Regional Development Life Cycle Approaches to Sustainable Regional Development explains the ways life cycle methodologies and tools can be used to strengthen regional socio-economic planning and development in a more sustainable manner. The book advocates the adoption of systematic and long-term criteria for development decision-making taking into account the full life cycle of materials and projects. It describes life cycle practices from both a scientific and a practitioner point of view highlighting examples and case studies at regional level. The applications are relevant to key economic sectors as well as for internal planning and administrative procedures. It concludes with a synthesis chapter that distills the key messages from the authors into practical guidance points on how best to use such approaches to enhance sustainability in regional development. The book is essential reading for regional and urban planners who are integrating life cycle thinking into their policy regimes as well as for researchers working to further evolve life cycle methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669911

Life Cycle Assessment Life Cycle Assessment addresses the dynamic and dialectic of building and ecology presenting the key theories and techniques surrounding the use of life cycle assessment data and methods. Architects and construction professionals must assume greater responsibility in helping building owners to understand the implications of making material manufacturing and assemblage decisions and therefore design to accommodate more ecological building. Life Cycle Assessment is a guide for architects engineers and builders presenting the principles and art of performing life cycle impact assessments of materials and whole buildings including the need to define meaningful goals and objectives and critically evaluate analysis assumptions. As part of the PocketArchitecture Series the book includes both fundamentals and advanced topics. The book is primarily focused on arming the design and construction professional with the tools necessary to make design decisions regarding life cycle reuse and sustainability. As such the book is a practical text on the concepts and applications of life cycle techniques and environmental impact evaluation in architecture and is presented in language and depth appropriate for building industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702423

Life Cycle Assessment in the Built Environment Life cycle assessment enables the identification of a broad range of potential environmental impacts occurring across the entire life of a product from its design through to its eventual disposal or reuse. The need for life cycle assessment to inform environmental design within the built environment is critical due to the complex range of materials and processes required to construct and manage our buildings and infrastructure systems.After outlining the framework for life cycle assessment this book uses a range of case studies to demonstrate the innovative input-output-based hybrid approach for compiling a life cycle inventory. This approach enables a comprehensive analysis of a broad range of resource requirements and environmental outputs so that the potential environmental impacts of a building or infrastructure system can be ascertained. These case studies cover a range of elements that are part of the built environment including a residential building a commercial office building and a wind turbine as well as individual building components such as a residential-scale photovoltaic system.Comprehensively introducing and demonstrating the uses and benefits of life cycle assessment for built environment projects this book will show you how to assess the environmental performance of your clients’ projects to compare design options across their entire life and to identify opportunities for improving environmental performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367576981

Life Cycle Assessment of Wastewater Treatment Life Cycle Assessment of Wastewater Treatment addresses in detail the required in-depth life cycle assessment of wastewater treatment. This is to meet the special demands placed upon wastewater treatment processes due to both the limited quantity and often low quality of water supplies. Wastewater management clearly plays a central role in achieving future water security in a world where water stress is expected to increase. Life cycle assessment (LCA) can be used as a tool to evaluate the environmental impacts associated with wastewater treatment and potential improvement options. This unique volume will focus on the analysis of wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs) using a life cycle assessment (LCA) approach. Key Features: Focuses on the analysis of wastewater treatment plants using a life cycle assessment (LCA) approach Discusses unconventional water sources such as recycled wastewater brackish groundwater and desalinated seawater Explains life cycle assessment in detail which has become one of the reference methods used to assess the environmental performance of processes over their complete life cycle from raw material extraction infrastructure construction and operation to final dismantling Explores a technique (LCA) that is becoming increasingly popular amongst researchers in the water treatment field nowadays because of its holistic approach Based on the real life experiences the subject of wastewater is presented in simple terms and made accessible to anyone willing to learn and experiment Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138055179

Life Cycle Costing for Construction The construction industry is becoming increasingly aware of the need to adopt a holistic approach to the design building and disposal of structures. With 60 per cent of the total construction budget in most developed countries being spent on repair and maintenance there is an obvious need to design for reliability and durability with more carefully planned maintenance and repair schedules. One important facet is to look at how costs are distributed and spent during the lifetime of a structure: an approach known as life cycle costing which has the ultimate aim of minimising total lifetime expenditure. As an example choosing an inexpensive coating for steelwork may require maintenance every three years whereas a coating which is more expensive may require repairing only once per decade. It is a question of balance - taking the lifetime costs of the structure into consideration. This new book provides an insight into how whole life costing is affecting our approach to designing building maintaining and disposing of structures. The book is written for consulting engineers in the fields of civil and structural engineering building designers architects quantity surveyors refurbishing specialists as well as practising civil and structural engineers engaged in planning design construction repair and refurbishment of structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367579937

Life Cycle Costing for Engineers Cradle-to-grave analyses are becoming the norm as an increasing amount of corporations and government agencies are basing their procurement decisions not only on initial costs but also on life cycle costs. And while life cycle costing has been covered in journals and conference proceedings few if any books have gathered this information into an easily accessible resource. Eliminating the need to consult many different sources Life Cycle Costing for Engineers brings together up-to-date life cycle costing concepts and explains their application in various industrial sectors. The author sets the scene with a chapter on fundamental economics followed by a chapter on reliability and maintainability providing background information and platform for further understanding. He then discusses life cycle costing fundamentals models and estimation methods reliability quality safety and manufacturing costing and maintenance maintainability usability and warranty costing. The book includes life cycle costing for computer systems and software transportation systems aircraft turbine engines cargo ships rail systems civil engineering structures and energy systems. An in-depth look at cost estimation models and engineering reliability and maintainability topics such as bathtub hazard rate curve common reliability networks general reliability mean time to failure and hazard rate formulas round out the coverage. Filled with examples tables figures and equations this book integrates life cycle costing concepts for use in industrial and other sectors. It provides a modern treatment of the subject that can easily be applied to any industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072022

Life CyclePsychological and Theological Perceptions Understand the spiritual and psychological stages of human life!Life Cycle: Psychological and Theological Perceptions provides professors and students of religion pastoral counselors and parents with a description of human personality development from birth to death from both psychological and theological perspectives. You will examine how personalities develop and unfold as individuals grow and how they are influenced by family members and by God helping you view the life cycle as a sacred journey. Life Cycle will help you as a parent to understand your children better and as an individual to gain a meaningful perspective of the unfolding of your own life. As a pastoral counselor this book will help you to enlarge your comprehension of developmental problems and solutions enabling you to better help your parishioners develop healthy spiritual identities.Through this insightful book you will discover the natural process of development through life-stages such as the Age of Works the Age of Friendships and the Age of Discovery. This unique book will help you in your pursuit of self-discovery. Within these pages you will: examine the history and theories of personality development from such theorists as Freud Erikson and Sullivan to get a solid foundation for understanding the process of identity formation understand theological as well as psychological views of personality development. realize the impact of the family unit on the development of individuals learn to recognize the stages of human development and see how the integration of theology and psychology can clarify themLife Cycle includes a comprehensive bibliography on the subject of development as well as beautiful and moving poems that depict personal growth to help describe new concepts and help you to better understand important identity issues. This informative book will help you clearly define the stage of life that you or the person you are trying to help is in and identify the stage where problems originated giving you the necessary information to begin to problem solve and promote healthy spiritual and mental growth and balance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047101

LIFE CYCLES IN ENG 1560-1720 First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203977545

Life Cycles in England 1560-1720Cradle to Grave This book plots the human career in England between 1560 and 1720 from birth to old age. It provides a collection of extracts from texts written in the period as well as collection of photographs of images and artefacts made in England between the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415108430

Life Death Memories I had an uneventful childhood. My family loved me." The author's direct personal voice gives this Holocaust memoir its power. Although the writing is direct almost monosyllabic at times the book is not intended for young readers. It conveys a brutality that is sudden and close just as it was for the boy when he heard that his beloved older brother and his father had been shot to death and thrown into a common grave.This is the story of a young boy who came of age before World War II in a small Polish-Jewish-Ukrainian town. Nearly his entire family met their end by gas or by bullet. He survived only by the barest of luck. Among the most moving pages in the book are those the author devotes to the Ukrainian and Polish men and women who found the courage in the face of savage anti-Semitism raging about them to come to the aid of the Jewish victims thus risking death both at the hands of their neighbors and the German masters alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527249

Life Events and Emotional Disorder RevisitedResearch and Clinical Applications Life Events and Emotional Disorder Revisited explores the variety of events that can occur their inherent characteristics and how they affect our lives and emotions and in turn their impact on our mental health and wellbeing. The book focuses on current social problems nationally and internationally showing the reach of life events research including those linked to Covid-19. It also discusses trauma experiences and how they fit in the life events scheme. To underpin the various life event dimensions identified (such as loss danger and humiliation) the authors have developed an underlying model of human needs jeopardised by the most damaging life events. This includes attachment security identity and achievement. The book brings together classic research findings with new advances in the field of life events research culminating in a new theoretical framework of life events including new discussions on trauma on positive events and an online methodology for measuring them. Additionally it draws out the clinical implications to apply the research for improved practice. The book will be of interest to researchers clinicians and students in psychology psychiatry and psychotherapy in broadening their understanding of how life events impact on individuals and how this can be applied to enhance clinical practice and stimulate future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371586

Life for the Academic in the Neoliberal University Life for the Academic in the Neoliberal University investigates the impact of neoliberalism on academics in today’s universities. Considering the experiences of early career researchers as well as more experienced academics it outlines the changing nature of working life in the university precipitated by the reality of de-professionalisation worsening conditions of employment and general precarious existence. The book traces the dramatic shift in the role and function of universities and academics over the last forty years. It considers how capitalist neoliberalism drives universities to operate like businesses in a cut-throat financialised education market place. Uniquely the book then provides a possible alternative in the form of the National Education Service (NES) and what this alternative system could look like. Thought-provoking and relevant this book will be of use to postgraduate students as well as new emerging and established academics interested in the current state of higher education academic life and possibilities for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347680

Life Forms and Meaning Structure This volume contains a translation of four early manuscripts by Alfred Schutz unpublished at the time written between 1924 and 1928. The publication of these four essays adds much to our knowledge and appreciation of the wide range of Schutz’s phenomenological and sociological interests. Originally published in 1987. The essays consist of: a challenging presentation of a phenomenology of cognition and a treatment of Bergson’s conceptions of images duration space time and memory; a discussion of the meanings connected with the grammatical forms of language in general; a consideration of the relation between meaning-contents and literary forms in poetry literary prose narration and dramatic presentation; and an examination of resemblances and differences in the inner forms and characteristics of the major theatrical art forms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979826

Life History Game This multi-purpose board game has been designed to aid reminiscing individuals getting to know each facilitating the sharing of experiences and for people writing their life histories. It can be played by 2-8 people independently or supported by staff. The cards can also be used on their own or as an additional tool to the book Writing Life Histories to inspire people writing their life stories. Benefits from using it include: helping to preserve memory maintaining a sense of identity integrating the past and present assisting with reminiscing and the life review process promoting a sense of pride that people have done their best in life providing opportunities for socialising and making friends promoting understanding of behaviour and outlook on life sharing life accomplishments that promote respect providing references for conversations with cognitively impaired individuals. This non-competitive fun activity will become a well used tool to benefit both residents and staff in day centres residential homes hospitals activity clubs or people being card for at home and their carers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889363

Life in a Japanese Women's CollegeLearning to be Ladylike One third of the Japanese female workforce are 'office ladies' and their training takes place in the many women's junior colleges. Office ladies are low-wage low-status secretaries who have little or no job security.Brian J. McVeigh draws on his experience as a teacher at one such institution to explore the cultural and social processes used to promote 'femininity' in Japanese women. His detailed and ethnographically-informed study considers how the students of these institutions are socialized to fit their future dual roles of employees and mothers and illuminates the sociopolitical role that the colleges play in Japanese society as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867924

Life in CitationsBiblical Narratives and Contemporary Hebrew Culture In her latest book Life in Citiations: Biblical Narratives and Contemporary Hebrew Culture Ruth Tsoffar studies several key biblical narratives that figure prominently in Israeli culture. Life in Citations provides a close reading of these narratives along with works by contemporary Hebrew Israeli artists that respond to them. Together they read as a modern commentary on life with text or even life under the rule of its verses to answer questions like How can we explain the fascination and intense identification of Israelis with the Bible? What does it mean to live in such close proximity with the Bible and What kind of story can such a life tell? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367256548

Life in Deep TimeDarwin’s “Missing” Fossil Record When Darwin wrote his Origin of Species one of his main concerns was with the perceived shortness of the fossil record of life. Until the work of J. William Schopf and his colleagues much of this history was thought to be unknowable. This book through a memoire of Schopf’s personal recollections documents astonishing discoveries revealing the first 85% of the history of life. These earliest periods of life on Earth emerge as a tale of individual and internationally collaborative exploration told by a scholar whose 60 years of research contributed to the recognition of the richness and diversity which forms the foundation of today’s biodiversity. Key Features Documents through personal narrative a paradigm shift is the study of the earliest life Summarizes a fossil record largely unknown until relatively recently Addresses one of Darwin's most troubling concerns about his theory of natural selection Predicts future developments in the study of first life Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138385498

Life in Post-Communist Eastern Europe after EU MembershipHappy Ever After? This book examines how membership of the European Union has affected life in the ten former communist countries of Central and Eastern Europe that are now members of the European Union. It attempts to answer some fundamental questions: Was the reward of EU membership worth the sacrifices made? How have the new member states fared? Has the promise of EU membership on which so many expectations were based been realised? Or have the new member states traded a Socialist Commonwealth with Moscow pulling the strings for an over-centralised Brussels bureaucracy that lacks transparency and accountability? How has a shared communist past influenced the countries’ post-socialist and post-accession trajectory? How have the populations of post-communist Europe fared? Have some done better than others? Are these divergences confined to the political economic or social spheres or to more than one? If there have been disappointments how have the populations reacted to these? By taking stock of debates within domestic elites popular opinion non-governmental organisations civil society and external actors this book seeks to answer these crucial questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815735

Life in Poverty NeighbourhoodsEuropean and American Perspectives In contemporary European and American urban policy and politics and in academic research it is typically assumed that spatial concentrations of poor households and/or ethnic minority households will have negative effects upon the opportunities to improve the social conditions of those who are living in these concentrations. Since the level of concentration tends to be correlated with the level of spatial segregation the 'debate on segregation' is also linked to the social opportunity discussion. This book explores the central questions in urban and housing studies: Do poor neighbourhoods make their residents poorer? Does the neighbourhood structure exert an effect on the residents (behavioural attitudinal or psychological) even when controlling for individual characteristics of the residents? This issue has offered a locus for multi-disciplinary investigations on both sides of the Atlantic and this volume demonstrates the rich geographical sociological economic and psychological dimensions of this issue. This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Housing Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315879239

Life in Public Schools (RLE Edu L) Britain’s public (that is its major independent) schools have a conspicuous role in the country’s social system and as a result are the subject of a long-standing political debate. The discussion is generally founded on a stereotyped image of what these school may have been like in the 1950s – this books shows how they were in the late 1980s. It is based on fieldwork in two major public boarding schools which the author conducted over an extended period and draws on interviews observation and documentary sources to establish a picture of what public school life is actually like for pupils and staff. Since the schools were predominantly male preserves the major part of the book describes the social world and experiences of boys and school-masters. An important section of the book however discusses the introduction of girl pupils the experiences of female teachers and the way schoolmasters’ wives tend to be drawn into their husbands’ work. Geoffrey Walford’s conclusions about life in public schools differ considerably from traditional expectations. At the same time he asks whether there really has been a ‘public school revolution’. His book makes an important contribution to our knowledge of public schools to debates in the sociology of education and to the issues of abolishing or extending the independent sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753043

Life in SchoolsAn Introduction to Critical Pedagogy in the Foundations of Education This new edition brings McLaren's popular classic textbook into a new era of Common Core Standards and online education. The book is renowned for its clear provocative classroom narratives and its coverage of political economic and social factors that are undervalued in other educational textbooks. An international committee of experts ranked Life in Schools among the top twelve education books in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056586

Life in SchoolThe Sociology of Pupil Culture There can be little doubt that pupils’ own interpretations of what happens in their schools represent a crucial link in the educational chain. We need to understand how pupils respond to different forms of pedagogy and school organization and why they respond in the ways they do in order to increase the effectiveness of our schooling. In the ten years prior to first publication ethnographic studies of pupils in schools had increased in number and importance. They had come to represent a leading area of inquiry which is still of relevance to practising and student teachers today. However this material was not easily accessible being widely distributed across educational and sociological journals and books. Originally published in 1984 this book collects together significant contributions to the field in a single volume and will still be of relevance to practising and trainee teachers and students of sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422929

Life in Southern NigeriaThe Magic Beliefs and Customs of the Ibibio Tribe This work describes the beliefs customs and traditions of this tribe from the Ekat district. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760737

Life in the Classroom and PlaygroundThe Accounts of Primary School Children This study first published in 1982 approaches children from an ethogenic viewpoint. It records their own accounts of their social world and sees them as members of a distinct culture with its own perspective code of behaviour and strategies for making sense of their lives. The author suggests that teachers who can take the pupil’s perspective into account will work together more successfully with these pupils in the process of communicating their adult knowledge to the children. This title will be of interest to students of sociology and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138220928

Life In The ColdEcological Physiological And Molecular Mechanisms This book contains the proceedings of the ninth in a series of international gatherings dedicated to understanding how animals survive cold conditions. It includes topics related to cellular and molecular studies on gene expression and synthesis of messenger RNA. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367160944

Life in the Consulting RoomPortraits Life in the Consulting Room offers a series of noteworthy vignettes that occurred in the author's consulting room. Although the context and objective of each consultation varied the decision to present them here is due to a particularly interesting feature of the patient's life or a significant point that arose during their interview with the author. Many of the cases have issues of academic interest but these are not pursued here. Instead these accounts should be seen as portraits "snapshots" that were considered emotionally interesting and intellectually stimulating. Some of these patients were in short- or long-term therapy but most cases were being assessed to determine whether psychotherapy was in fact the best way of helping them. No doubt all psychodynamic practitioners will have met some of these findings in their practice but the present book offers a particularly significant collection of clinical episodes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206392

Life in the Frozen State While it is barely 50 years since the first reliable reports of the recovery of living cells frozen to cryogenic temperatures there has been tremendous growth in the use of cryobiology in medicine agriculture horticulture forestry and the conservation of endangered or economically important species.As the first major text on cryobiology in the genomic era Life in the Frozen State describes the current understanding of how living cells and complex organisms survive very low temperatures. Leading world experts combine fundamental theory and practice across a spectrum of species and applications to evaluate how cryobiology can benefit humanity. Chapters encompass disciplines ranging from mathematical modeling and biophysics to the molecular biology of stress gene expression and the clinical banking of cells and tissues.This book provides a unique opportunity to explore the subject in a multidisciplinary context which has historically been the key to realizing some of the most exciting advances in low temperature research.FeaturesIntegrates fundamental theory and practice across a broad range of species and applicationsDiscusses cryobiology within a multidisciplinary contextEmphasizes how the current knowledge of cryobiology can be applied to benefit humanity through health care and conservation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394332

Life in the MegalopolisMexico City and Sao Paulo The modern metropolis has been called 'the symbol of our times' and life in it epitomizes for many modernity itself. But what to make of inherited ideas of modernity when faced with life in Mexico City and São Paulo two of the largest metropolises in the world? Is their fractured reality their brutal social contrasts and the ever-escalating violence faced by their citizens just an intensification of what Engels described in the first in-depth analysis of an industrial metropolis nineteenth century Manchester? Or have post-industrial and neo-globalized economies given rise to new forms of urban existence in the so-called developing world? Life in the Megalopolis: Mexico City and São Paulo investigates how such questions are explored in cultural productions from these two Latin American megalopolises the focus being on literature film popular music and visual arts. This book combines close readings of works with a constant reference to theoretical anthropological and social studies of these two cities and builds on received definitions of the concept megalopolis Life in the Megalopolis is the first book to combine urban-studies theories (particularly Lefebvre Harvey and de Certeau) with Benjaminian cultural analyses and theoretical discussions with close-readings of recent cultural works in various media. It is also the first book to compare Mexico City and São Paulo. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203087534

Life into StoryCourtship of Elizabeth Wiseman First published in 1998 this collection of letters presented with scholarly introduction notes and glosses enters the debate on women and gender in early modern England as documents for the case of Elizabeth Wiseman a wealthy widow. The letters and first-person narrative accounts relate to the courtship of Wiseman (neé North) by Robert Spencer in 1686-87. Widowed at the age of 37 in 1684 on the death of Robert Wiseman she was left with a fortune of £20 000 and disliked Spencer so significantly that she made every effort to avoid him. These documents provide evidence for the circumstances and degree of agency over one’s marital circumstances which could be expected and exercised by wealthy late 17th century widowed women. Historians are provided here with a glimpse of the rich and complex texture of social life in the period. The participants were people of influence and social standing in London at the time some with strong interest in the outcome of the discussion and the letters provide an almost complete correspondence on the issue of courtship and marriage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001575

Life Is A Little BetterRedistribution As A Development Strategy In Nadur Village Kerala This ethnography of Nadur Village explores the ramifications of Kerala State's policy of wealth redistribution to achieve equality. The author shows a decline in income inequality and an improved quality of life for most villagers despite high unemployment low incomes and the persistence of inequalities that redistribution has not overcome. This e Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429041501

Life Of Buddha First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878976

Life of Captain Stephen Martin1666-1740 The life describing service at sea from 1686 to 1714 was actually written by Martin’s son Stephen Martin-Leake Garter King of Arms as an appendix to his Life of Admiral Sir John Leake whose follower friend flag-captain brother-in-law and heir Captain Martin successively became. In appendices are printed lists of the ships of the Navy in 1685 and 1699 a summary of the strength of the Navy in 1688-98 and some letters by Martin-Leake describing a visit to Portsmouth in 1728. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248095

Life of Mendel First published in 1932. The widespread influence of Gregor Johann Mendel’s work and his own remarkable destiny combine to arouse interest in the personality and the life of this investigator who little known in his lifetime was one of the pioneers of science. This comprehensive biography of the life and work of Mendel will be of great interest to historians and scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024079

Life on the TyneWater Trades on the Lower River Tyne in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries a Reappraisal Whilst the early modern period has long been recognized as witnessing a growth in trade and consumerism the majority of studies to date have tended to focus upon London and southern England. In order to provide a more balanced understanding of the dynamics at work on a national level this book explores the local economy and waterborne trades of Newcastle and the River Tyne in North East England. Drawing upon a variety of primary sources - including parish records probate inventories Newcastle Exchequer port books and the previously unpublished diary of an apprentice hostman - none of which have been examined previously in this context the study adds significantly to our understanding of the growing community in North East England. In particular it underlines the expansion of a thriving middling class with an associated culture of consumption driving a rapid increase in the import and often re-export of a wide range of luxury items of food clothing and soft furnishings. As the coal trade and a flourishing general trade with London and other home and overseas ports grew the book highlights the major impact upon the size and variety of work in the port and the subsequent increasing size and complexity of the water trades community and its associated business networks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472426338

Life Phases Mobility and ConsumptionAn Ethnography of Shopping Routes The very routines of our daily life are to a great extent the expression of our vulnerability and dependence on incredibly wide and complex networks and socio-technical systems. Following people’s routes in the city makes visible the differentially distributed capacities and potentials for mobility. In today’s consumer society shopping is the kind of mundane and routine mobility that we all engage in. Yet having a first child or growing old radically changes people’s logistical habits as consumers what the authors of this book call consumer logistics; moving from home to the store and back home again with recent purchases. Depending on the ages and number of children in the family and the condition of one’s body (physical health and strength) going shopping requires quite different settings and gear. Exploring consumer mobility through the lens of life phase and age will deepen the understanding of hitherto under-researched aspects of the ageing process and of mobility knowledge that is of vital importance for societies striving for sustainable mobility and sustainable cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598594

Life ScriptsA Transactional Analysis of Unconscious Relational Patterns Life Scripts: A Transactional Analysis of Unconscious Relational Patterns is an exciting collection of contemporary writings on Life Script theory and psychotherapeutic methods. Each chapter describes an evolution of Eric Berne's original theory and brings together a stimulating range of international perspectives theoretical positions clinical experiences and psychotherapy practices as well as a psychotherapy story that illustrates the theory. The concept of Life Scripts has frequently been associated with the determinism represented in theoretical scripts yet this book offers some new and diverse perspectives. A few contributors address the significance of early childhood experiences in forming a Life Script while others reflect the perspectives of post-modernism constructivism existential philosophy neuroscience developmental research mythology and the importance of narrative.An illustrious group of authors has integrated a broad professional perspective into their understanding of a theory of mind theories of personality and the methods of psychotherapy. Each chapter provides a unique theoretical perspective; some are provocative and challenge Berne's and others long held notions about Life Scripts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106270

Life Space and Economic SpaceThird World Planning in Perspective Friedmann perceives a global crisis which he traces to the dissolution of territorial relations. This he believes results from penetration of the global system of markets into the remotest corners of the world undermining tradition cultures and ways of life. The consequence is incipient breakdown he asserts and we need to repoliticize space and subordinate the power of capital to the collective will of people organized to work toward common ends. This deliberately provocative collection of essays includes an autobiographical fragment providing contextual information about the author. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317481

Life Stories of Soviet WomenThe Interwar Generation This book provides a rich picture of what everyday life was like for women in Soviet times by presenting the life stories of eight women who were born in the interwar period. The life stories are told through interviews with the women who were well educated and well placed in Soviet society often in elite positions and therefore well able to observe and articulate the wider conditions for Soviet women besides their own personal circumstances. The interviews which are edited and preceded by a full introduction setting the context touch on a wide variety of issues: key events in Soviet history; religion and nationalities policies; and women’s everyday experiences of life in the Soviet Union – growing up and going to school; education; falling in love and getting married; giving birth and starting a family; housework and paid employment; travel; leisure and culture; and remembering the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643536

Life Stories of the Nicaraguan Revolution Life Stories of the Nicaraguan Revolution delineates the human dimension of the Nicaraguan conflict revealing what it is like to live in Nicaragua today. Through conversations with Denis Heyck twenty Nicaraguans--powerful and powerless rich and poor government and oppostion educated and illiterate--tell their fascinating stories. What emerges is the picture of a shattered society capturing twin features of Nicaragua's revolutionary experience: idealism and suffering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021072

Life Stories of Women Artists 1550-1800An Anthology The struggles and achievements of forty-six notable women artists of the early modern period as documented by their contemporaries are uniquely brought together in this anthology. The life stories presented here are foundational texts for the history of art but since most are found only in rare volumes and few have been translated into English until now they have been generally inaccessible to many scholars. Originally published in biographical compendia such as Vasari's Lives of the Artists the writings included here document not only the lives of relatively well known women artists such as Artemisia Gentileschi and Sofonisba Anguissola but also those who have languished in obscurity like Anna Waser and Li Yin. Each life story is preceded by a brief introduction to the artist as well as to her biographer and the texts themselves are annotated to provide necessary clarification. Beyond their documentary value these stories provide fascinating insight as to how men commonly characterized women artists as exceptions to their sex and attempted to explain their presence in the male-dominated realm of art. The introductory chapter to the book explores this intriguing gender dynamic and elucidates some of the strategies and historical context that factored into the composition of these lives. The volume includes an appended index to women artists' life stories in biographical compendia of the period Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091815

Life Story Research in SportUnderstanding the Experiences of Elite and Professional Athletes through Narrative What is life really like for the elite athlete? How does the experience of being a professional sports person differ from the popular perceptions of fans journalists or academics? Why might elite sports people experience mental health difficulties away from the public gaze? In the first book-length study of its kind Kitrina Douglas and David Carless present the life stories of real elite athletes alongside careful analysis and interpretation of those stories in order to better understand the experience of living in sport. Drawing on psychology sociology counselling psychotherapy and narrative theory and on narrative research in sports as diverse as golf track and field athletics judo and hockey they explore the ways in which the culture of sport interacts with the mental health development identity and life trajectories of elite and professional sports people in highly pressurised and sometimes unhealthy environments. By casting light on a previously under-researched aspect of sport the book makes a call for strategies to be put in place to minimise difficulties or distress for athletes for support to be tailored across the different life phases and highlights the potential benefits in terms of athlete well-being and improved performance. The book also considers how these important issues relate to broader cultural and social factors and therefore represents important reading for any student or professional with an interest in sport psychology coaching sport sociology youth sport counselling or exercise and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208322

Life Takes PlacePhenomenology Lifeworlds and Place Making Life Takes Place argues that even in our mobile hypermodern world human life is impossible without place. Seamon asks the question: why does life take place? He draws on examples of specific places and place experiences to understand place more broadly. Advocating for a holistic way of understanding that he calls "synergistic relationality " Seamon defines places as spatial fields that gather activate sustain identify and interconnect things human beings experiences meanings and events. Throughout his phenomenological explication Seamon recognizes that places are multivalent in their constitution and sophisticated in their dynamics. Drawing on British philosopher J. G. Bennett’s method of progressive approximation he considers place and place experience in terms of their holistic dialectical and processual dimensions. Recognizing that places always change over time Seamon examines their processual dimension by identifying six generative processes that he labels interaction identity release realization intensification and creation. Drawing on practical examples from architecture planning and urban design he argues that an understanding of these six place processes might contribute to a more rigorous place making that produces robust places and propels vibrant environmental experiences. This book is a significant contribution to the growing research literature in "place and place making studies." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380719

Life Times: ColorcardsLife Events This is a collection of 36 cards representing a range of key moments in life offering an opportunity to consider reflect and discuss how this might affect the individual family friends or group. Subjects include: Birth of a sibling First day at school; Running away from home; Moving house; Becoming a parent; Acquiring a pet; Car crash; Serious illness or disability; Death of a relative or friend; Time with family or friends; Holidays Walks; First day at work; Passing an examination; and An act or bravery. The cards are suitable for use in a whole range or environments and will encourage participants to recall and discuss their own personal experiences. Also included is a booklet containing ideas for use and discussion points. This title includes 36 A5 cards with instruction booklet boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888748

Life Times: ColorcardsWorld War II This title includes 48 photographic cards that depict life during 1938-1945 when the world was at war and daily experiences were defined by that event. Here we see people places and events that shaped everyday life and left an enduring legacy to all involved. Subjects covered in this title include: army navy and air force school life; family life; evacuation Air Raids and shelter; political figures; entertainment; home guard; land army digging for victory; rationing prisoners of war remembrance; and many others...Each card has an image relating to an aspect of life during the Second World War - Land Girls working with farmers to bring in a harvest; bombed out houses caused by flying bombs; and evacuated children complete with labels. The cards are suitable for use in a whole range of environments and will encourage participants to recall and discuss their own personal experiences. An accompanying booklet contains ideas for use and discussion points. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863887949

Life Trajectories Into and Out of Contemporary Neo-NazismBecoming and Unbecoming the Hateful Other This book provides the first comprehensive sociological study of the contemporary National Socialist movement in Sweden including how it has developed since the 1990s until the present. It covers the ideas and political aspects of the movement as well as the subjective and very personal stories told by young men and women who in some cases have left the movement and in others remained. Through a large number of detailed stories of the movement’s violence hatred and ideology as well as stories of the life plans and dreams involved in re-entering society the study on which the book is based provides knowledge hope and new directions for studies on the National Socialist movement. Additionally the book provides innovative research on the relation between the life trajectories of National Socialists and their significant others allowing us to establish better and more scientific strategies for preventing radicalization and promoting de-radicalization. The book is aimed at students of sociology social science and researchers studying hate movements and violent extremism. It is also meant for professionals such as teachers social workers and youth workers who may encounter radicalization in their work as well as being a vital contribution for policymakers within the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248628

Life Values and Adolescent Mental Health Arising from the Cohens' work on the epidemiology of childhood psychopathology this book explores the two aspects of motivational structure--ideas and values--that underlie the development of maladaptive functioning and symptoms. The first aspect is a measure of what children admire in their peers; this measure is seen as an operationalization of personal ideals. The second is a measure of life goals seen as a representation of the contemporary structure of long-term personal values. Despite the considerable amount of attention given in the popular press and among social critics and politicians values have been relatively neglected as a topic of empirical research in this country. To fill the void this work uses data from a large cohort of young people who have been studied longitudinally since early childhood to elucidate three aspects of life goals and values: * What are the demographic family peer school and intrapersonal influences that shape values and life goals of adolescents? * How do they change over the course of adolescence? * What impact do these values have on the lives of adolescents and young adults? Decisions about what we find most admirable and which of the many apparently good things in life we will take on as our top priorities are consequential both for the contemporary and for the future emotional and behavioral well-being of the individual. Thus this book explores systematically the environmental origins of ideals and values using deprivation and attainment hypotheses to examine a variety of influences on the development of differences in values. This book also examines the relationship between the measures of children's values and psychopathology examining both the "Axis 1" diagnosis including disruptive behavior disorders depression and anxiety and the "Axis 2" personality disorders. Providing an extensive study of the life values of adolescents and the state of their mental health this monograph will be of interest to developmental psychologists specializing in adolescence child clinical psychologists and psychiatrists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138873322

Life within Hidden WorldsPsychotherapy in Prisons Throughout most of human history our ancestors have done rather poorly when dealing with acts of violence. To cite but one of many shocking examples let us perhaps recall a case from 1801 of an English boy aged only 13 who was executed by hanging on the gallows at Tyburn. What was his crime? It seems that he had been condemned to die for having stolen a spoon (Westwick 1940). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325336

Life Writing Life Writing offers the novice writer engaging and creative activities making use of insightful relevant readings from well-known authors to illustrate the techniques presented. This volume makes use of new versions of key chapters from the recent Routledge/Open University textbook Creative Writing: A Workbook with Readings for writers who are specializing in life writing.  Using their experience and expertise as teachers as well as authors Derek Neale and Sara Haslam guide aspiring writers through such key writing skills as: writing what you know investigating biography and autobiography using prefaces finding a form using memory developing characters using novelistic poetic and dramatic techniques. The volume is further updated to include never-before published interviews and conversations with successful life writers such as Jenny Diski Robert Fraser Richard Holmes Michael Holroyd Jackie Kay Hanif Kureishi and Blake Morrison. Concise and practical Life Writing offers an inspirational guide to the methods and techniques of authorship and is a must-read for aspiring writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145344

Life Writing After Empire A watershed moment of the twentieth century the end of empire saw upheavals to global power structures and national identities. However decolonisation profoundly affected individual subjectivities too. Life Writing After Empire examines how people around the globe have made sense of the post-imperial condition through the practice of life writing in its multifarious expressions from auto/biography through travel writing to oral history and photography. Through interdisciplinary approaches that draw on literature and history alike the contributors explore how we might approach these genres differently in order to understand how individual life writing reflects broader societal changes. From far-flung corners of the former British Empire people have turned to life writing to manage painful or nostalgic memories as well as to think about the past and future of the nation anew through the personal experience. In a range of innovative and insightful contributions some of the foremost scholars of the field challenge the way we think about narrative memory and identity after empire. This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075736

Life Writing and CelebrityExploring Intersections This book examines the relationship between life writing and celebrity in English-language and comparative literary and cultural contexts focusing on historical as well as contemporary auto/biographical subjects. With contributions on the 18th-century actress Peg Woffington Charles Dickens Mary Pickford Sergei Eisenstein W.H. Auden Marilyn Monroe and Michael Jackson amongst others the book encompasses a wide range of disciplines and approaches. It explores the representation of famous lives in genres as varied as TV documentary biopic biofiction journalism (authorized) biography and painting. The contributors address broad themes including authenticity self-fashioning identity politics and ethics; and reflect on the ways in which these affect the reading and writing of celebrity lives. This volume is the first to bring together life writing and celebrity studies—two vibrant and innovative areas of research which are closely connected through their shared concerns with authenticity and intimacy public and private selves myth-making and revelation. As such it will be of interest to a wide range of scholars from across the humanities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Life Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367355647

Life Writing and Space How does our ability desire or failure to locate ourselves within space and with respect to certain places effect the construction and narration of our identities? Approaching recordings and interpretations of selves memories and experiences through the lens of theories of space and place this book brings the recent spatial turn in the Humanities to bear upon the work of life writing. It shows how concepts of subjectivity draw on spatial ideas and metaphors and how the grounding and uprooting of the self is understood in terms of place. The different chapters investigate ways in which selves are reimagined through relocation and the traversing of spaces and texts. Many are concerned with the politics of space: how racial social and sexual topographies are navigated in life writing. Some examine how focusing on space rather than time impacts upon auto/biographical form. The book blends sustained theoretical reflections with textual analyses and also includes experimental contributions that explore independencies between spaces and selves by combining criticism with autobiography. Together they testify that life writing can hardly be thought of without its connection to space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546691

Life Writing and Victorian Culture In this collection of interdisciplinary essays experts from Britain and the United States in the fields of nineteenth-century literature and social and cultural history explore new directions in the field of Victorian life writing. Chapters examine a varied yet interrelated range of genres from the biography and autobiography to the relatively neglected diary collective biography and obituary. Reflecting the rich research being conducted in this area the contributors link life writing to the formation of gendered and class-based identities; the politics of the Victorian family; and the broader professional political colonial and literary structures in which social and kinship relations were implicated. A wide variety of Victorian works are considered from the diary of the Radical Samuel Bamford to the diary of the homosexual George Ives; from autobiographies of professional men to collective biographies of eminent women. Embracing figures as diverse as Gandhi Wilde and Bradlaugh the collection explores the way in which narratives contested one another in a society that devoted an abundance of cultural energy to writing about and reading of lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277984

Life Writing in Reformation EuropeLives of Reformers by Friends Disciples and Foes The Reformation period witnessed an explosion in the number of biographies of contemporary religious figures being published. Whether lives of reformers worthy of emulation or heretics deserving condemnation the genre of biography became a key element in the confessional rivalries that raged across Europe in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Offering more than a general survey of Life writing this volume examines key issues and questions about how this trend developed among different confessions and how it helped shape lasting images of reformers particularly Luther and Calvin up to the modern period. This is the first-ever full length study of the subject showing that Lives of the reformers constitute an integral part of the intellectual and cultural history of the period serving as an important source of information about the different Reformations. Depending on their origin they provide a lesson in theology but also in civic values and ideals of education of the period. Genevan Lives in particular also point up the delicate issue of 'Reformed hagiography' which their authors try to avoid with a varying degree of success. Having consistently been at the forefront of the study of the intellectual history of the Reformation Irena Backus is perfectly placed to highlight the importance of Life writing. This is a path-breaking study that will open up a new way of viewing the confessional conflicts of the period and their historiography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592381

Life Writing Outside the LinesGender and Genre in the Americas Designed as a contribution to the field of transnational comparative American studies this book focuses on gender in life writing that exceeds the boundaries of traditional genres. The contributors engage with authors who bend genres to speak gender as it manifests in multiple shapes in different geographic locations across the Americas and especially as it intersects with race and migration war and colonialism illness and ageing. In addition to supplying new insights into the established sites of auto/biographical production such as memoir archive and oral history the book explores experimental mixed forms such as selfies auto-theory auto/bio comics and autobiogeography. By combining this multi-genre and multi-media perspective with a multi-generational approach to life writing the book showcases a spectrum of established and emerging critical voices many of whom have been influenced by the work of Marlene Kadar the Canadian life writing scholar whose interventions have expanded the feminist and interdisciplinary methods of life writing studies. Tracing the intergenerational relay of ideas this collection fosters dialogue across the western hemisphere and will be useful to those studying life writing exchanges between North America Latin America and the Caribbean. This book was originally published as a special issue of a/b: Auto/Biography Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367358303

Life Writings IIPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part One Volume 2 Early modern men and women represented their lives very differently from twentieth-century autobiographers sharing none of the current preoccupation with individuality and the unique self. The writers represented in this two-volume collection sought connections between particular events in their lives and the larger pattern of Christian salvation. The texts reproduced here are united in the way they interconnect personal experiences and feelings with scriptural passages in an attempt to understand daily life in spiritual terms. Almost all the women whose works appear in these volumes would have been considered religious radicals by their contemporaries. Living through the turbulent times of the English Revolution (1642-1660) it is unsurprising that their life writings are marked by a sense of persecution. Many of them spent time in prison: Katherine Evans Sarah Cheevers and Barbara Blaugdane were all imprisoned for preaching the faith of The Society of Friends while Mary Rowlandson spent several months as a captive of North American Indians. In her introduction to these writings Elizabeth Skerpan-Wheeler provides brief biographical sketches of these writers together with details of the publication history of each text. With the exception of Rowlandson's works the writings in these volumes are the first complete unabridged editions in modern times. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250489

Life Writings IPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part One Volume 1 Early modern men and women represented their lives very differently from twentieth-century autobiographers sharing none of the current preoccupation with individuality and the unique self. The writers represented in this two-volume collection sought connections between particular events in their lives and the larger pattern of Christian salvation. The texts reproduced here are united in the way they interconnect personal experiences and feelings with scriptural passages in an attempt to understand daily life in spiritual terms. Almost all the women whose works appear in these volumes would have been considered religious radicals by their contemporaries. Living through the turbulent times of the English Revolution (1642-1660) it is unsurprising that their life writings are marked by a sense of persecution. Many of them spent time in prison: Katherine Evans Sarah Cheevers and Barbara Blaugdane were all imprisoned for preaching the faith of The Society of Friends while Mary Rowlandson spent several months as a captive of North American Indians. In her introduction to these writings Elizabeth Skerpan-Wheeler provides brief biographical sketches of these writers together with details of the publication history of each text. With the exception of Rowlandson's works the writings in these volumes are the first complete unabridged editions in modern times. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250496

Life-Cost Approach to Building Evaluation Life-cost approach to building evaluation comprehensively addresses in a reader-friendly accessible way the fundamentals of life-cost studies in the built environment. It includes the time-value of money discounted cash-flow analysis differential price-level movement and affordability fluctuations. Contemporary issues such as occupancy costs sustainability implications and value adding are also addressed. Replete with illustrations and examples this innovative book provides a holistic approach to evaluation that integrates life-costing to broader social and environmental criteria.Important features include:- presentation materials to facilitate face-to-face and online learning - review questions- worked tutorial exercises and- example examination papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464629

Life-Cycle and Sustainability of Civil Infrastructure SystemsProceedings of the Third International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineerin Life-Cycle and Sustainability of Civil Infrastructure Systems contains the lectures and papers presented at the Third International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering (IALCCE 2012) held in one of Vienna’s most famous venues the Hofburg Palace October 3rd-6th 2012. This volume consists of a book of extended abstracts (516 pp) and a DVD-ROM with 344 full papers (2515 pp) presented at IALCCE 2012 including the Fazlur R. Khan Lecture 10 Keynote Lectures and 333 Technical Papers from 52 countries.All major aspects of life-cycle civil engineering are addressed including aging of structures deterioration modeling durable materials earthquake and accidental loadings sustainability fatigue and damage structure-environment interaction design for durability failure analysis and risk prevention lifetime structural optimization long-term performance analysis performance-based design service life prediction time-variant reliability uncertainty modeling damage identification field testing health monitoring inspection and evaluation maintenance strategies rehabilitation techniques strengthening and repair structural integrity decisionmaking processes human factors in life-cycle engineering life-cycle cost models project management lifetime risk analysis and optimization whole life costing artificial intelligence methods bridges and viaducts high rise buildings offshore structures precast systems runway and highway pavements tunnels and underground structures.This volume provides both an up-to-date overview of the field of life-cycle andsustainability in civil engineering and significant contributions to the decisionmakingprocess for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society. The aim of the editors is to provide a valuable source of information for anyone interested in life-cycle andsustainability of civil infrastructure systems including students researchers andpractitioners from all areas of engineering and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621267

Life-Cycle AssessmentInventory Guidelines and Principles Life-Cycle Assessment presents a brief overview of the development of the life-cycle assessment process and develops guidelines and principles for implementation of a product life-cycle inventory analysis. The book describes inventory analysis impact analysis and improvement analysis-the three components of a product life-cycle assessment. It discusses the major stages in a life cycle including raw materials acquisition materials manufacture final product fabrication filling/packaging/distribution and consumer use and disposal. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579777

Life-Cycle Civil Engineering: Innovation Theory and PracticeProceedings of the 7th International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering Life-Cycle Civil Engineering: Innovation Theory and Practice contains the lectures and papers presented at IALCCE2020 the Seventh International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering held in Shanghai China October 27-30 2020. It consists of a book of extended abstracts and a USB card containing the full papers of 230 contributions including the Fazlur R. Khan lecture eight keynote lectures and 221 technical papers from all over the world. All major aspects of life-cycle engineering are addressed with special emphasis on life-cycle design assessment maintenance and management of structures and infrastructure systems under various deterioration mechanisms due to various environmental hazards. It is expected that the proceedings of IALCCE2020 will serve as a valuable reference to anyone interested in life-cycle of civil infrastructure systems including students researchers engineers and practitioners from all areas of engineering and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367360191

Life-Cycle of Engineering Systems: Emphasis on Sustainable Civil InfrastructureProceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Life-Cycl This volume contains the papers presented at IALCCE2016 the fifth International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering (IALCCE2016) held in Delft The Netherlands October 16-19 2016. It consists of a book of extended abstracts and a DVD with full papers including the Fazlur R. Khan lecture keynote lectures and technical papers from all over the world. All major aspects of life-cycle engineering are addressed with special focus on structural damage processes life-cycle design inspection monitoring assessment maintenance and rehabilitation life-cycle cost of structures and infrastructures life-cycle performance of special structures and life-cycle oriented computational tools. The aim of the editors is to provide a valuable source for anyone interested in life-cycle of civil infrastructure systems including students researchers and practitioners from all areas of engineering and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028470

Life-Cycle of Structural SystemsDesign Assessment Maintenance and Management Life-Cycle of Structural Systems: Design Assessment Maintenance and Management contains the papers presented at IALCCE2014 the fourth International Symposium on Life-Cycle Civil Engineering (IALCCE2014) held in Tokyo Japan November 16-19 2014. It consists of a book of extended abstracts (466 pp) and a DVD (2332 pp) with 312 full papers including the Fazlur R. Khan lecture 7 keynote lectures and 304 technical papers from 38 countries. All major aspects of life-cycle engineering are addressed with special focus on structural damage processes life-cycle design inspection monitoring assessment maintenance and rehabilitation life-cycle cost of structures and infrastructures life-cycle performance of special structures and life-cycle oriented computational tools. The aim of the editors is to provide a valuable source for anyone interested in life-cycle of civil infrastructure systems including students researchers and practitioners from all areas of engineering and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001206

Life-cycle of Structural SystemsDesign Assessment Maintenance and Management This book aims to promote the study research and applications in the design assessment prediction and optimal management of life-cycle performance safety reliability and risk of civil structures and infrastructure systems. The contribution in each chapter presents state-of-the-art as well as emerging applications related to key aspects of the life-cycle civil engineering field. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Structure and Infrastructure Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367572150

Life-Cycle of Structures Under UncertaintyEmphasis on Fatigue-Sensitive Civil and Marine Structures Life-cycle analysis is a systematic tool for efficient and effective service life management of deteriorating structures. In the last few decades theoretical and practical approaches for life-cycle performance and cost analysis have been developed extensively due to increased demand on structural safety and service life extension. This book presents the state-of-the-art in life-cycle analysis and maintenance optimization for fatigue-sensitive structures.  Both theoretical background and practical applications have been provided for academics engineers and researchers. Concepts and approaches of life-cycle performance and cost analysis developed in recent decades are presented. The major topics covered include (a) probabilistic concepts of life-cycle performance and cost analysis (b) inspection monitoring and maintenance for fatigue cracks (c) estimation of fatigue crack detection (d) optimum inspection and monitoring planning (e) multi-objective life-cycle optimization and (f) decision making in life-cycle analysis. Life-cycle optimization covered in the book considers probability of fatigue crack detection fatigue crack damage detection time maintenance times probability of failure service life and total life-cycle cost. For the practical application and integration of recently developed approaches for inspection and maintenance planning efficient and effective multi-objective optimization and decision making are presented. This book will help engineers engaged in civil and marine structures including students researchers and practitioners with reliable and cost-effective maintenance planning of fatigue-sensitive structures and to develop more advanced approaches and techniques in the field of life-cycle maintenance optimization and safety of structures under various aging and deteriorating conditions. Key Features: Provides the state-of-the-art in life-cycle cost analysis and optimization for fatigue-sensitive structures Provides a solid foundation of theoretical backgrounds and practical applications both for academics and practicing engineers and researchers Covers illustrative examples and recent development for optimum service life management Deals with various structures such as bridges and ships subjected to fatigue   . Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367147556

Lifelines from Our Past This book offers an extraordinary interpretation of world history from the paleolithic era to the present. Renowned historian L.S. Stavrianos conceptualizes human history into three categories: kinship societies tributary societies and capitalist societies. In each he discerns and studies four "life-line" issues - ecology gender relations social relations and war - that encompass the broadest areas of human experience. The revised edition projects forward to the twenty-first century offering the author's views on possible future scenarios involving the same lifeline issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702841

Lifelines in World HistoryThe Ancient World The Medieval World The Early Modern World The Modern World This lavishly illustrated full-color set is organized by the time frames that mirror the National Standards for world history for grades 6-12. An ideal supplement to all the major textbooks it offers appealing and comprehensive biographies of history's most influential figures - both famous and infamous."Lifelines in World History" features biographies of figures from Africa the Americas Asia and the Pacific Europe and Southwest Asia and covers the most significant events and trends in world history. Each volume includes 15-20 biographies and in addition to biographical information each entry includes engaging sidebars that feature key dates more people to know words from their time and cultural connections. The set also includes numerous full-color maps. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702834

Lifelong and Continuing EducationWhat is a Learning Society? First published in 1999 this volume recognises that lifelong and continuing education is one of the main issues on the educational stage. In the United Kingdom it is a key feature of the government’s educational initiative as reflected in the Green Paper ‘The Learning Age: a Renaissance for a New Britain’ [DfEE 1988]. This book provides a range of contributions to the current debate from academic practitioners. It includes both theoretical discussions and empirically-based studies. Lifelong learning continues to raise important educational questions which are relevant in many countries. These include issues concerning how to enable individuals to reach their potential for self-fulfilment; how to ensure that educational opportunities are interesting and available to all; and how to ensure that a nation’s workforce is adaptable and well-educated. Each chapter explores a dimension of such fundamental questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351332

Lifelong Education and International Relations Originally published in 1985 this book argues that lifelong education has a vital part to play in fostering international political understanding. It also demonstrates how educational planners can use the concept of lifelong education to deal with some of the contradictions inherent in much of the educational system in the industrialised world. There is a case study from Japan and China and chapters on the role of culture migration and labour mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353206

Lifelong Engagement in Sport and Physical ActivityParticipation and Performance across the Lifespan Sport and physical activity should now be understood as lifelong activity beginning in childhood and accessible to participants of all levels of ability. This book offers an overview of some of the core concerns underlying lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity encompassing every age and phase of engagement. The book explores key models of engagement from around the world as well as specific areas of research that will help the reader understand this important topic. In adopting a lifespan approach the book pays particular attention to sport and physical activity during childhood and adolescence as well as transitions into adulthood the developmental periods when participation in sport and physical activity are most likely to decline. Understanding more about participation during these early years is important for sustaining participation during adulthood. The book also addresses issues relating to sport and physical activity during adulthood across a range of different populations while a final section examines sport and physical activity among older adults an often overlooked but growing segment of society in this context. Lifelong Engagement in Sport and Physical Activity is important reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students in teacher education sport and coaching science and for health promoters coaches teachers and relevant bodies and organizations in sport and education. This book is published in partnership with ICSSPE and is part of the Perspectives series Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857901

Lifelong Learning This text sets out to explain the issues and attributes of lifelong learning as well as outlining the many initiatives which are being taken to help understand the implications and new roles for many of our institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176867

Lifelong Learning for TourismConcepts Policy and Implementation Since the middle of the last century tourism has demonstrated almost continual growth with international tourist arrivals now recorded in excess of one billion per annum. Given the global socio-economic significance of tourism it is imperative to develop educational opportunities for those working in tourism-related industries. These opportunities should fulfil the changing needs of both industry travellers and the learners themselves. While the concept of lifelong learning in the tourism industry plays an important role it has received little academic attention to date. This book provides a theoretical overview of lifelong learning for tourism exploring its history practice and conceptualization. It demonstrates the importance of lifelong learning for tourism from a variety of perspectives drawing on educational industry policy and socio-economic insights. The book explores managerial and political implications critical issues best practice examples and draws on a range of international case studies to demonstrate theory in practice. Finally it offers a conceptual framework for future curriculum approaches. This book will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners of tourism studies hospitality business and management and international development. It will also appeal to those interested in adult education vocational training professional development and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362300

Lifelong Learning in ActionTransforming Education in the 21st Century Since the concept of lifelong learning came to prominence much excellent work has been undertaken but as Professor Longworth's new book shows major change in some areas is still needed if the concept of learning from cradle to grave is to become a true reality. Using his unique vantage point from consulting with schools universities local governmental and global authorities Professor Longworth brings the development of lifelong learning bang up-to-date with a complete survey of the principles of lifelong learning including examples from around the world and crucial information on the impact of lifelong learning on 21st century schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148215

Lifelong Learning in Higher Education This text examines how colleges and universities might respond to the increasing need for people to take responsibility for their own education and to remain motivated. It devotes attention to teaching methods organizational structures and the goals of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419919

Lifelong Learning in Paid and Unpaid WorkSurvey and Case Study Findings Lifelong Learning is essential to all individuals and in recent years has become a guiding principle for policy initiatives ranging from national economic competition to issues of social cohesion and personal fulfilment. However despite the importance of lifelong learning there is a critical absence of direct international evidence on its extent content and outcomes. Lifelong Learning in Paid and Unpaid Work provides a new paradigm for understanding work and learning documenting the active contribution of workers to their development and their adaptation to paid and unpaid work. Empirical evidence drawn from national surveys in Canada and eight related case studies is used to explore the current learning activities of those in paid employment housework and volunteer work addressing all forms of learning including: formal schooling further education courses informal training and self-directed learning particularly in the context of organisational and technological change. Proposing an expanded conceptual framework for investigating the relationships between learning and work the contributors offer new insights into the ways in which adult learning adapts to and helps reshape the wide contemporary world of work throughout the life course. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203853160

Lifelong Learning in the UKAn introductory guide for Education Studies Written specifically for Education Studies students this accessible text offers a clear introduction to lifelong learning and the impact it has on all areas of society. Assuming no prior knowledge of the subject it explores what lifelong learning is where learning can and does take place and who is accessing it. Offering a clear overview of the different strands to lifelong learning the book examines the concept of lifelong learning drawing on key policy initiatives and strategies. Each section outlines the types of individuals who are most likely to access lifelong learning within and across these strands including for example migrants refugees and asylum seekers unemployed adults carers and guardians older age-groups and returning learners. Chapters cover: adult and community learning; higher education; further education; work-based learning; prison and probation learning. Including supporting tasks and reflection activities this textbook will give students a broad understanding of lifelong learning and its role in supporting adults throughout their life both socially and economically. Lifelong Learning in the UK is an essential introductory text for students on undergraduate courses in Education Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517423

Life's Delicate BalanceCauses and Prevention of Breast Cancer With breast cancer rates soaring Life's Delicate Balance defines and documents many causes highlighting means to prevention.Applicable to other cancers as well this book is being published at a critical time. Patients their families environmental activists physicians attorneys and all of those working toward prevention will find this book interesting informative and insightful. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315061504

Life's EndTechnocratic Dying in an Age of Spiritual Yearning The explicit purpose of this book is to analyze dying and death in the cosmopolitan modern setting. There is however an additional theme that is implicit in the analysis and observations. The portrait of dying which is provided in the pages of the book also tells us a great deal about life. It demonstrates that the foundation for the medicalization of death that piercingly shapes the life experience of dying persons and loved ones is a product of the ways of life in the broader culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784580

Lifes Preservative Against Self-Killing This book first published in 1637 was the first full-length treatise on suicide published in English. Originally published in 1988 as part of the Tavistock Classics in the History of Psychiatry series the introduction by Michael MacDonald places the book in the context of attitudes to suicide in its day as well as showing some of the ways that this theological book is also a study of the psychology and sociology of suicide. It also discusses the evolution of the law of suicide and analyses the religious beliefs held about it at the time before going on to look John Sym himself and the structure of his book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730839

Lifescaping Practices in School CommunitiesImplementing Action Research and Appreciative Inquiry Lifescaping Practices in School Communities is a guide for school administrators and helping professionals (school counselors school psychologists school social workers and other stakeholders) looking to promote relational wellness and student success in their school. This informative new resource will introduce readers to an ecological approach by using action research and appreciative inquiry to guide and engage school-wide change. Also offered are first-hand models of conceptual lifescaping projects using action research and appreciative inquiry by first-time practitioners from different school communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138209480

Life-Span Development and BehaviorVolume 10 This serial publication continues to review life-span research and theory in the behavioral and social sciences particularly work done by psychologists and sociologists conducting programmatic research on current problems and refining theoretical positions. Each volume introduces excellent peer-reviewed empirical research into the field of life-span development while presenting interdisciplinary viewpoints on the topic. Often challenging accepted theories this series is of great interest to developmental personality and social psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979840

Life-Span Development and BehaviorVolume 11 This volume continues the tradition of the Life-Span Development Series presenting overviews of research programs on a variety of developmental topics. Research and theory in life-span development have given increased attention to the issues of constancy and change in human development and to the opportunities for and constraints on plasticity in structure and function across life. Acknowledging the need for and existence of interconnection between age and developmental periods it focuses on conditions for possibly discontinuous development that emerge at later periods. Contributors to this series are sensitive to the restrictive consequences of studying only specific age periods such as old age infancy or adolescence. Each scholar attempts to relate the facts about one age group to similar facts about other age groups and to move toward the study of transformation of characteristics and processes over the life span. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876125

Life-Span Development and BehaviorVolume 12 The final volume in this significant series this publication mirrors the broad scientific attention given to ideas and issues associated with the life-span perspective: constancy and change in human development; opportunities for and constraints on plasticity in structure and function across life; the potential for intervention across the entire life course (and thus for the creation of an applied developmental science); individual differences (diversity) in life paths in contexts (or the ecology) of human development and in changing relations between people and contexts; interconnections and discontinuities across age levels and developmental periods; and the importance of integrating biological psychological social cultural and historical levels of organization in order to understand human development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138876439

Life-span Developmental PsychologyIntergenerational Relations First published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802367

Life-span Developmental PsychologyIntroduction To Research Methods What are the changes we see over the life-span? How can we explain them? And how do we account for individual differences? This volume continues to examine these questions and to report advances in empirical research within life-span development increasing its interdisciplinary nature. The relationships between individual development social context and historical change are salient issues discussed in this volume as are nonnormative and atypical events contributing to life-span change. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138146327

Life-Span Developmental PsychologyMethodological Contributions Dealing with the methodological and data analytic problems in developmental research this book presents solutions advanced from the disciplinary perspectives of psychology behavior analysis and behavioral systems sociology and anthropology. Topics addressed include: * the metatheoretical issues about the relationship between data and theory * the identification and analysis of age cohort and time-of-measurement effects * the assessment of quantitative and qualitative change * the use of group and single-subject designs for control by systematic variation * the use of systems methodology to investigate the developmental continuity and organization of behavior * the analysis of data from repeated measures designs * the use of structural equations and path analysis to test causal hypotheses * the use of structured relational matrices to study development and change This unique volume offers students an unusually wide range of research tools for identifying and studying specific developmental problems. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315792712

Life-span Developmental PsychologyPerspectives on Stress and Coping Although there has been a significant increase in studies of stress and coping processes in recent years researchers have often approached these topics from rather narrow and constrained perspectives. Furthermore little communication has occurred across disciplines and research directions resulting in the emergence of several relatively isolated literatures. An outgrowth of the Eleventh Biennial West Virginia University Conference on Life-Span Development this volume emphasizes two major themes: the importance of taking a life-span approach to the study of stress and coping and the development of new and more complete conceptual models of stress and coping processes. The first to approach these subjects from a life-span perspective this book includes papers by distinguished researchers from each of the major periods of the life-span and brings together the cognitive and socioemotional traditions in the study of dealing with pressures. The editors hope that this facilitation of communication among researchers with diverse views will help create a broadening and integration of perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876033

Lifespan Developmental SystemsMeta-theory Methodology and the Study of Applied Problems Everything you always wanted to know about theories meta-theories methods and interventions but didn’t realize you needed to ask. This innovative textbook takes advanced undergraduate and graduate students "behind the curtain" of standard developmental science so they can begin to appreciate the generative value and methodological challenges of a lifespan developmental systems perspective. It envisions applied developmental science as focused on ways to use knowledge about human development to help solve societal problems in real-life contexts and considers applied developmental research to be purpose driven field based community engaged and oriented toward efforts to optimize development. Based on the authors’ more than 25 years of teaching this text is designed to help researchers and their students intentionally create a cooperative learning community full of arguments doubts and insights that can facilitate their own internal paradigm shifts one student at a time. With the aid of extensive online supplementary materials students of developmental psychology as well as students in other psychological subdisciplines (such as industrial-organizational social and community psychology) and applied professions that rely on developmental training (such as education social work counseling nursing health care and business) will find this to be an invaluable guidebook and toolbox for conceptualizing and studying applied problems from a lifespan developmental systems perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316652

Life-Span Maintenance of Knowledge This volume describes how well we maintain the knowledge we acquire throughout life. Research traditionally focuses on memory for events that are retained over short time periods that can be accommodated in experiments. This book by contrast uniquely describes the evolution of methods suitable for investigating memory of complex knowledge acquired over several years and retained during the entire life-span. The methods substitute statistical for experimental controls and the investigations involve several hundred participants whose memory is tested up to 50 years after they acquired the knowledge in question. The book covers educational content such as mathematics and foreign languages; knowledge acquired incidentally such as the streets and buildings of the cities in which we live; and knowledge acquired through the media. Previously unpublished research on age-related access to knowledge is included. The analyses are based on the accessibility/availability ratio a metric presented for the first time. This metric allows comparisons of the portion of available knowledge that can be recalled as a function of age education and other individual differences and as a function of the domain of knowledge in question. The ratio can be used to evaluate methods of instruction and methods of studying. It can also be used to evaluate memory development and to diagnose memory pathology. The volume will be of interest to researchers in human memory developmental psychologists gerontologists in academic and applied settings and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726505

Life-span Perspectives and Social Psychology First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315801810

Lifespan Transitions and DisabilityA holistic perspective This book brings a refreshing perspective to preparing students with disabilities and their families for all aspects of independent life. Many of the transitions experienced by younger children set the stage for future changes yet do not receive the attention they deserve in the literature. This publication offers a strengths-based approach that includes philosophical perspectives and evidence-based practices to assist this vulnerable population with lifespan changes and challenges. Each chapter addresses transitional needs and their assessment and relevant interventions from the perspectives of an application to schools families and communities. Multicultural perspectives are integral to all these chapters. The book covers transition from: - home to early childhood education - early childhood education to primary school - primary school to secondary school - primary school to special settings - juvenile justice settings back into the community - school to work - school to further education or training - post-school settings to retirement. Lifespan Transitions and Disability: A holistic perspective is a necessary companion for postgraduate education students and researchers who have an interest in exploring the nature and context of special and inclusive education today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738873

LifestreamsAn Introduction to Biosynthesis Biosynthesis means "integration of life". It is a holistic form of body psychotherapy which was founded over forty-five years ago. The concept of life-streams is one of its major foundations which has since been supported by research in neurobiology. How can we integrate the three most important domains of being human: our bodily existence our psychological experience and our spiritual essence? Biosynthesis Therapy has developed a broad spectrum of reliable methods to make this possible and to free our life energy. It is resource-oriented and is practised worldwide. David Boadella brings his many years of experience to provide in this book a trend-setting model for the understanding both of the origin of illness and of therapy. This book has appeared in ten languages. It provides numerous case examples and is fascinating and enriching for the normal reader as well as for therapists from many different schools. In this book the word "bioenergetic" is used to refer to the study of life energy which is a major foundation of the therapy method "Biosynthesis". This is not to be confused with the term "Bioenergetic Analysis" an other and different form of body psychotherapy. Since 1985 together with David Boadella Biosynthesis has been developed further by Dr. Silvia Specht Boadella particularly in its philosophical and transpersonal aspects. In 1990 Biosynthesis was the first form of body psychotherapy to be scientifically accredited by the European Association of Psychotherapy. Biosynthesis therapists can therefore receive the European Certificate of Psychotherapy ECP. In 2001 the International Foundation of Biosynthesis IFB was formed to coordinate trainings and research in twenty countries in Europe Asia North and South America. The newest information about Biosynthesis including our actual course programme you will find on our website. David Boadella International Institute for Biosynthesis IIBS Benzenrüti 6 CH-9410 Heiden Switzerland E-mail: info@biosynthesis.org www.biosynthesis.org The Author David Boadella born 1931 in London pioneer of body psychotherapy and founder of Biosynthesis. He studied education psychology and literature and wrote numerous articles and several books. Since 1985 he is the Director of the International Institute for Biosynthesis in Switzerland. In 1989 he was elected as the first President of the European Association for Body Psychotherapy EABP. In 1995 he was awarded an honorary doctorate from the "Open International University of Complementary Medicine". Author of "Wilhelm Reich: The evolution of his work" (Arkana). Disclaimer Basically this book contains neither exercises or advices. Nevertheless if statements from the book should be used for self-treatment or for treatment of others every form of liability of the author or the publisher for personal material or financial damage is excluded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829565

Lifestyle and Medicine in the EnlightenmentThe Six Non-Naturals in the Long Eighteenth Century The biggest challenges in public health today are often related to attitudes diet and exercise. In many ways this marks a return to the state of medicine in the eighteenth century when ideals of healthy living were a much more central part of the European consciousness than they have become since the advent of modern clinical medicine. Enlightenment advice on healthy lifestyle was often still discussed in terms of the six non-naturals – airs and places food and drink exercise excretion and retention and sleep and emotions. This volume examines what it meant to live healthily in the Enlightenment in the context of those non-naturals showing both the profound continuities from Antiquity and the impact of newer conceptions of the body. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610705

Lifestyle and NatureIntegrating Nature Technology to Sustainable Lifestyles Environmental constraints are becoming increasingly severe and now more than ever it is time that we confront head-on the change from an "underground resources" type of civilization to one with a new way of life and technology that embraces a sense of nature. To do so we need to understand the process of the civilization change. We must change our way of thinking to backcasting in order to design future lifestyles and learn from the elderly who lived with nature under severe environmental constraints more than 70 years ago. We must also learn from nature directly the only sustainable society on earth. This book introduces Bio-TRIZ and ontology engineering to match and find technologies needed for spiritually affluent lifestyles. It provides many examples of Japanese cities that conducted lifestyle design projects based on nature technology. The book is a great reference for graduate-level students of environmental studies and engineering and for researchers in innovation social science engineering and public policy especially those with an interest in lifestyle change for a sustainable society. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774628

Lifestyle ChangesA Clinician's Guide to Common Events Challenges and Options Change is inevitable and each person handles each event differently some with more difficulty than others. In Lifestyle Changes psychologist Vera Maass draws on 25 years of practice experience - and a lifetime filled with changes growth  and challenges - to present a clinician's guide to working with clients who are facing a fundamental change in their lifestyle. Each chapter explores a different event and its potential impacts on the client's current lifestyle focusing on positive ways to respond and adapt to the situation. Through a mix of case examples personal vignettes  sample clinician/client dialog and engaging language Lifestyle Changes provides an accessible and practical resource for practitioners that maximizes the potential for positive growth out of each experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871625

Lifestyle Journalism Lifestyle journalism has experienced enormous growth in the media over the past two decades but scholars in the fields of journalism and communication studies have so far paid relatively little attention to a field that is still sometimes seen as "not real journalism". There is now an urgent need for in-depth exploration and contextualisation of this field with its increasing relevance for 21st century consumer cultures. For the first time this book presents a wide range of studies which have engaged with the field of lifestyle journalism in order to outline the various political economic social and cultural tensions within it. Taking a comparative view the collection includes studies covering four continents including countries such as Australia China Norway Denmark Singapore the UK and the USA. While keeping the broader lifestyle field in mind the chapters focus on a variety of sub-fields such as travel music food health fashion and personal technology journalism. This volume provides a fascinating account of the different facets of lifestyle journalism and charts the way forward for a more sustained analysis of the field. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085602

Lifestyle JournalismSocial Media Consumption and Experience   Ranging from travel to wellbeing and fashion to food Lifestyle Journalism explores a wide variety of subjects within a growing field. This edited collection examines the complex dynamics of the ever-evolving media environment of lifestyle journalism encompassing aspects of consumerism entertainment and cosmopolitanism as well as traditional journalistic practices. Through detailed case studies and research the book discusses themes of consumer culture identity representation the sharing economy and branding while bringing in important new aspects such as social media and new cultural intermediaries. International and cross-disciplinary the book is divided into four parts: emerging roles; experience and identity in lifestyle media; new players and lifestyle actors; and lifestyle consumerism and brands. Featuring case studies from a variety of countries including Turkey the US Chile and the UK this is an important resource for journalism students and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357995

Lifestyle Market Segmentation The latest marketing guide from expert Dennis Cahill—that teaches how to effectively use lifestyle segmentation for marketing strategiesLifestyle Market Segmentation gives author and marketing expert Dennis Cahill the chance to put his nearly 30 years of marketing and teaching experience to practical use—to clearly explain the process of market segmentation and its applications. This text goes beyond the obvious demographic and/or geographic categories to get at the “whys” of customer behaviors carefully reviewing every facet from theory to the exploration of applications. Step by step this easy-to-understand book written by the author of How Consumers Pick a Hotel: Strategic Segmentation and Target Marketing and other classic marketing books walks readers through the process giving real-life examples as illustration as it provides the tools to effectively market by lifestyle segment in today’s competitive marketplace.Market segmentation research examines a broad range of demographic and psychographic information that can provide strategies to target both current and potential markets. This helpful guide comprehensively reveals how to gather and effectively use this crucial type of research. Lifestyle Market Segmentation consists of three main parts. The first part discusses segmentation theory and various methods for segmentation. The second part explores applications of lifestyle segmentation based on case studies. The last section focuses on ways to market products and services to the various segments discovered by the applications. This invaluable text is extensively referenced and includes several tables and figures to clarify concepts and data.Lifestyle Market Segmentation discusses in detail: the concept of market segmentation criteria for segmentation schemes types of nonlifestyle segmentation geodemographic segmentation psychographics the List of Values (LOV) guidelines for effective use of psychographics lifestyle target segments the Tribes segmentation scheme the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator life-stage segmentation illustrative real-life case studiesLifestyle Market Segmentation is an enlightening resource that is certain to be used again and again and makes essential reading for managers educators and students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823675

Lifestyle Media in American CultureGender Class and the Politics of Ordinariness This book explores the emergence of "lifestyle" in the US first as a term that has become an organizing principle for the self and for the structure of everyday life and later as a pervasive form of media that encompasses a variety of domestic and self-improvement genres from newspaper columns to design blogs. Drawing on the methodologies of cultural studies and feminist media studies and built upon a series of case studies from newspapers books television programs and blogs it tracks the emergence of lifestyle’s discursive formation and shows its relevance in contemporary media culture. It is in the broadest sense about the role played by the explosion of lifestyle media texts in changing conceptualizations of selfhood and domestic life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206465

Lifestyle Media in AsiaConsumption Aspiration and Identity Across Asia consumer culture is increasingly shaping everyday life with neoliberal economic and social policies increasingly adopted by governments who see their citizens as individualised sovereign consumers with choices about their lifestyles and identities. One aspect of this development has been the emergence of new wealthy middle classes with lifestyle aspirations shaped by national regional and global media – especially by a range of new popular lifestyle media which includes magazines television and mobile and social media. This book explores how far everyday conceptions and experiences of identity are being transformed by media cultures across the region. It considers a range of different media in different Asian contexts contrasting how the shaping of lifestyles in Asia differs from similar processes in Western countries and assessing how the new lifestyle media represents not just a new emergent media culture but also illustrates wider cultural and social changes in the Asian region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477414

Lifestyle Medicine Third Edition The field of lifestyle medicine which is the study of how daily habits and actions impact on both short- and long-term health and quality of life continues to expand globally. The scientific and medical literature that supports the success of these lifestyle habits and actions is now overwhelming. Thousands of studies provide evidence that regular physical activity maintenance of a health body weight following sound nutritional practices stress reduction and other good practices all profoundly impact both health and quality of life. Following its predecessors Lifestyle Medicine Third Edition is edited by lifestyle medicine pioneer cardiologist Dr. James Rippe. This edition has been thoroughly updated and represents the expert opinions of 20 section editors as well as more than 150 expert chapter authors whose knowledge span all aspects of this emerging discipline. Topics cover lifestyle medicine practices including regular physical activity proper nutrition and weight management. These principles are applied to the prevention and or treatment of a wide variety of chronic conditions ranging from heart disease and diabetes to cancer mental health addiction and injury prevention. This book serves as evidence base for individuals who wish to practice lifestyle medicine or incorporate some of its principles into either general medicine or subspecialty practice. It provides valuable information to healthcare workers in the fields of nutrition exercise physiology psychology behavioral medicine health promotion and public policy where lifestyle medicine principles play an ever-increasing role. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138708846

Lifestyle MigrationExpectations Aspirations and Experiences Relatively affluent individuals from various corners of the globe are increasingly choosing to migrate spurred on by the promise of a better and more fulfilling way of life within their destination. Despite its increasing scale migration academics have yet to consolidate and establish lifestyle migration as a subfield of theoretical enquiry until now. This volume offers a dynamic and holistic analysis of contemporary lifestyle migrations exploring the expectations and aspirations which inform and drive migration alongside the realities of life within the destination. It also recognizes the structural conditions (and constraints) which frame lifestyle migration laying the groundwork for further intellectual enquiry. Through rich empirical case studies this volume addresses this important and increasingly common form of migration in a manner that will interest scholars of mobility migration lifestyle and culture across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251946

Lifestyle MobilitiesIntersections of Travel Leisure and Migration Being mobile in today's world is influenced by many aspects including transnational ties increased ease of access to transport growing accessibility to technology knowledge and information and changing socio-cultural outlooks and values. These factors can all engender a (re)formation of our everyday life and moving - as and for lifestyle - has in many ways become both easier and much more complex. This book highlights the crossroads between concepts of lifestyle and the growing body of work on 'mobilities'. The study of lifestyle offers a lens through which to study the kinds of moorings dwellings repetitions and routines around which mobilities become socially culturally and politically meaningful. Bringing together scholars from geography sociology tourism history and beyond the authors illustrate the breadth and richness of mobilities research through the concept of lifestyle. Organised into four sections the book begins by dealing with aspects of bodily performance through lifestyle mobility. Section two then looks at how we can use mobile methods within social research whilst section three explores issues surrounding ideas of mobility immobility and belonging. Finally section four draws together a number of chapters that focus on the complexities of identity within mobility. Often drawing on ethnographic research contributors all share one common feature: they are at the forefront of research into lifestyle mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249158

Lifestyle ShoppingThe Subject of Consumption First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152533

Lifestyle Sports and Public Policy Lifestyle Sports and Public Policy is the first book to develop a comprehensive understanding of the interplay between lifestyle sports and the public policy environment which frames and regulates them. Drawing on a wide range of lifestyle sports from across the globe including parkour skateboarding mountain biking and climbing it identifies the critical issues facing practitioners and policymakers as these sports become increasingly popular. Part I examines public sector bodies that provide lifestyle sports opportunities to the public either through funding partners or by managing facilities themselves. Part II looks at the use of lifestyle sports to promote policy agendas such as improving public health while Part III considers the impact of public sector regulatory actions on the lifestyle sports industry. Each part contains case studies which investigate a policy issue from the perspective of a different lifestyle sport including some sports which have traditionally been under-represented such as rodeo and curling. This book is a valuable resource for anyone with an interest in lifestyle sports leisure studies sport tourism leisure management or sport policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231439

Lifestyle TV From HGTV and the Food Network to Keeping Up With the Kardashians television is preoccupied with the pursuit and exhibition of lifestyle. Lifestyle TV analyzes a burgeoning array of lifestyle formats on network and cable channels from how-to and advice programs to hybrid reality entertainment built around the cultivation of the self as project the ethics of everyday life the mediation of style and taste the regulation of health and the body and the performance of identity and "difference." Ouellette situates these formats historically arguing that the lifestyling of television ultimately signals more than the television industry's turn to cost-cutting formats niche markets and specialized demographics. Rather Ouellette argues that the surge of reality programming devoted to the achievement and display of lifestyle practices and choices must also be situated within broader socio-historical changes in capitalist democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784857

Lifestyles In the modern world our lifestyle helps to define our attitudes and values as well as show our wealth and social position. This clearly written introduction to the concept of lifestyle offers a concise guide to how the term is used in sociological accounts to refer to this modern social form. Lifestyles explores* how we should classify lifestyles* why they have become more important* what precisely constitutes a lifestyle.By reviewing a wide range of published material introducing central themes in the sociology of modern life examining distinctive styles in social theory and offering its own original contribution to current debates Lifestyles provides students with a much needed overview of this often misused term. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203137468

Lifestyles and SubculturesHistory and a New Perspective Lifestyles and subcultures are tools through which people say – to themselves and to others – who they think they are who they think they are similar to and who they think they are different from. Lifestyles and subcultures are ways which people adopt to look at their own lives and to try to keep together different roles different practices and different realms which they are involved in. Lifestyles and subcultures are lenses through which we as observers analyze society and orientate ourselves within it looking for similarities and differences among individuals and collectivities which allow us to understand their thoughts and their actions. This book presents the main analytical approaches through which lifestyles and subcultures have been studied and also proposes a new interpretative perspective. Today a growing panorama of social phenomena and processes possess intermediate characteristics with regard to those which in the past were identified either as lifestyles or as subcultures. The hypothesis is that consequently these phenomena could be explained and interpreted by means of an analytical framework developed by the intersection of these two perspectives and the last part of the book is therefore devoted to the presentation of this innovative framework. This book provides new lenses and a fresh view to try to both grasp and understand a constantly-changing reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599010

Lifetime Homes Design GuideEP 100 This design guide from Habinteg describes the design requirements for homes that will meet the changing needs of households. It uses the Lifetime Homes Standard's principles of inclusivity accessibility adaptability sustainability and good value to provide design solutions that enable simple adaptation from the outset giving considerable cost savings in the future. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848061880

Life-Writing Genre and Criticism in the Texts of Sylvia Townsend Warner and Valentine AcklandWomen Writing for Women Sylvia Townsend Warner has increasingly become recognized as a significant and distinctive talent amongst twentieth-century authors. This volume explores her remarkable relationship with Valentine Ackland - her partner for forty years - by closely examining their letters and diaries alongside a selection of their other texts in particular their poetry. This analysis reveals the crucial role their writing played in establishing maintaining and defending their intimacy and describes the emergence of an alternative textual world upon which they became wholly reliant. Examining how Warner and Ackland exploited the distance between their lived life and their accounts of it gives rise to many fascinating and untold stories. Furthermore in investigating the fluidity of the boundaries between letters diaries and fiction this book also provides a fresh perspective on these life-writing forms. Warner and Ackland's need to speak as women writers and lovers shaped their texts so that they became not simply records of events nor acts of communication but complex documents in which love is won and lost myths are created and lives are changed as will be the perspectives of those who read this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367520724

Life-Writing from the Margins in ZimbabweVersions and Subversions of Crisis This book explores the unique contributions of various forms of post-2000 life-writings such as the autobiography epistles and biographies to discourses about the nature and socio-politics of what has become known as the Zimbabwean crisis (c. 2000–2009). Much of what has been written about the Zimbabwean crisis – a decade-long period of unprecedented economic collapse and political upheavals in the southern African country – is strictly discipline-specific and therefore limited to unidimensional modes of theorising the crisis’s many and complex dimensions and dynamics. In this context this book charts a paradigm shift in hermeneutic and epistemological approaches to comprehending the Zimbabwean crisis. Life-Writing from the Margins in Zimbabwe centres the experiences and memories of ordinary Zimbabweans in pluralizing modes of seeing and knowing the crisis. The book argues that these life-writings present a rich site for encountering versions of the crisis that relate in counter-discursive ways to the dominant state-authored narrative of the nation in crisis. Oliver Nyambi’s analysis contributes new ideas to ongoing debates about how cultural texts reflect on the postcoloniality of both power and experiences and negotiations of power in the context of crisis. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of African literature Zimbabwean/African studies postcolonial literature life-writing and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352568

Lifting the Curse of MenstruationA Feminist Appraisal of the Influence of Menstruation on Women's Lives Here is an up-to-date view of menstruation from a feminist perspective. Despite the fact that the menstrual cycle is an integral part of women's lives menstruation is often viewed as an illness or problem. Lifting the Curse of Menstruation answers essential questions about the occurence of menstruation—from menarch to menopause—and its effects on women's lives. Experts examine the relationship of menstruation to cognitive competence and psychophysiological response premenstrual syndrome toxic shock syndrome dysmenorrhea and the relationship between psychopathology and the menstrual cycle. The contributors also discuss how menstrual cycle research has been tainted by sexism and assumptions of biological determinism offering insightful suggestions on how future research can become more sophisticated reliable and valid. Lifting the Curse of Menstruation shatters myths and misconceptions providing an enormous body of knowledge about the menstrual cycle that will help women to better understand their bodies and enable health care professinals to provide better informed higher quality care. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315866116

Ligand Exchange Chromatography This book presents a systematic and comprehensive review of the information on chromatographic processes that involve the formation of coordination compounds aiming not only to demonstrate the achievements that have been made in the theory of praxis of chromatography but also to point out as far as possible the future of potential of ligand exchange chromatography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894928

Ligeti's Laments: Nostalgia Exoticism and the Absolute When the Hungarian composer György Ligeti passed away in June 2006 he was widely feted as being one of the greatest composers of our time. His complete published works were recorded during his lifetime and his music continues to inspire a steady stream of performances and scholarship. Ligeti's Laments provides a critical analysis of the composer's works considering both the compositions themselves and the larger cultural implications of their reception. Bauer both synthesizes and challenges the prevailing narratives surrounding the composer's long career and uses the theme of lament to inform a discussion of specific musical topics including descending melodic motives passacaglia and the influence of folk music. But Ligeti 'laments' in a larger sense; his music fuses rigour and sensuality tradition and the new and influences from disparate high and low cultures with a certain critical and ironic distance reflected in his spoken commentary as well as in the substance of his music. The notions of nostalgia exoticism and the absolute are used to relate works of different eras and genres along with associated concepts of allegory melancholy contemporary subjectivity and the voice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270855

Light - The Physics of the Photon From the early wave-particle arguments to the mathematical theory of electromagnetism to Einstein’s work on the quantization of light different descriptions of what constitutes light have existed for over 300 years. Light – The Physics of the Photon examines the photon phenomenon from several perspectives. It demonstrates the importance of studying the photon as a concept belonging to a global vacuum (matter-free space). Divided into eight parts the book begins with exploring aspects of classical optics in a global vacuum on the basis of free-space Maxwell equations. It then describes light rays and geodesics and presents a brief account of the Maxwell theory in general relativity. After discussing the theory of photon wave mechanics the author gives a field-quantized description of the electromagnetic field emphasizing single-photon quantum optics in Minkowskian space. He next focuses on photon physics in the rim zone of matter paying particular attention to photon emission processes. He also takes a closer look at the photon source domain and field propagators which conveniently describe the photon field propagation in the vicinity of and far from the electronic source domain. The last two parts discuss the photon vacuum and light quanta in Minkowskian space as well as two-photon entanglement which is associated with the biphoton in space-time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439840436

Light and DarkAn exploration in science nature art and technology An entertaining instructive diverse and unusual book Light and Dark: An Exploration in Science Nature Art and Technology encompasses a wide range of topics not normally found in one book.With more than 100 diagrams graphs and figures the subjects discussed include the history of artificial lighting eclipse cycles light-sensitive eyeglasses rainbows art bioluminescence the clock setting at the South Pole zebra stripe patterns lighthouses color perception the harvest moon and how information and speech can be conveyed by light from the sun or a laser.The book encourages readers to take a more careful look at many familiar phenomena such as the variations in the duration of twilight through the year and the ability of human vision to misinterpret patterns of lines under certain conditions. It describes the anatomical peculiarities of four-eyed fish and explains how the Jewish calendar contrives to follow both solar and lunar cycles. It also presents the reasons why tortoise shell cats are almost always female. Readers are informed where they can see 19th century military equipment that could convey messages rapidly over vast differences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429888

Light And Electron Microscopic Neuropathology of Slow Virus Disorders Light and Electron Microscopic Neuropathology of Slow Virus Disorders provides extensive coverage of the neurobiology and neuropathology of slow unconventional virus disorders also known as prion diseases. The book features an outstanding group of contributers including Nobel Laureate Dr. D. Carleton Gajdusek and his co-workers. Studies range from the classical to the modern and are based on light microscopy electron microscopy and immunohistochemistry. Specific topics covered include spongiform encephalopathies and the hypothesis of infectious polypeptides structure of the agent neuropathology of kuru Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Gerstmann-Str‘sler-Scheinker diseases scrapie bovine spongiform encephalopathy and chronic wasting disease. Many chapters are based on findings from over 15 000 unpublished micrographs from cases and experimental models. The book also features an extensive list of references ranging from classic 19th century studies to studies through mid-1992. Light and Electron Microscopic Neuropathology of Slow Virus Disorders will be an excellent reference for neurologists neuropathologists virologists neurobiologists and other scientists interested in these virus disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894935

Light and Heavy Vehicle Technology Light and Heavy Vehicle Technology Fourth Edition provides a complete text and reference to the design construction and operation of the many and varied components of modern motor vehicles including the knowledge needed to service and repair them. This book provides incomparable coverage of both cars and heavier vehicles featuring over 1000 illustrations.This new edition has been brought fully up to date with modern practices and designs whilst maintaining the information needed to deal with older vehicles. Two entirely new sections of the book provide a topical introduction to alternative power sources and fuels and battery-electric hybrid and fuel-cell vehicles. More information on the latest developments in fuel injection diesel engines and transmissions has also been added. An expanded list of technical abbreviations now contains over 200 entries – a useful resource for professional technicians in their day-to-day work.This book is an essential textbook for all students of automotive engineering particularly on IMI / C&G 4000 series and BTEC courses and provides all the underpinning knowledge required for NVQs to level 3. By bridging the gap between basic and more advanced treatments of the subject it also acts as a useful source of information for experienced technicians and technically minded motorists and will help them to improve their knowledge and skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128354

Light and LensPhotography in the Digital Age The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking how to use digital technology to create compelling images and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history methods and theory this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators approaches for analyzing discussing and writing about photographs and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944398

Light and OpticsPrinciples and Practices Since the invention of the laser our fascination with the photon has led to one of the most dynamic and rapidly growing fields of technology. As the reality of all-optical systems quickly comes into focus it is more important than ever to have a thorough understanding of light and the optical components used to control it. Comprising chapters drawn from the author's highly anticipated book Photonics: Principles and Practices Light and Optics: Principles and Practices offers a detailed and focused treatment for anyone in need of authoritative information on this critical area underlying photonics.Using a consistent approach the author leads you step-by-step through each topic. Each skillfully crafted chapter first explores the theoretical concepts of each topic and then demonstrates how these principles apply to real-world applications by guiding you through experimental cases illuminated with numerous illustrations. The book works systematically through light light and shadow thermal radiation light production light intensity light and color the laws of light plane mirrors spherical mirrors lenses prisms beamsplitters light passing through optical components optical instruments for viewing applications polarization of light optical materials and laboratory safety. Containing several topics presented for the first time in book form Light and Optics: Principles and Practices is simply the most modern comprehensive and hands-on text in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389567

Light and PhotomediaA New History and Future of the Photographic Image Light and Photomedia proposes that regardless of technological change the history and future of photomedia is essentially connected to light. It is a fundamental property of photomedia binding with space and time to form and inform new explicitly light-based structures and experiences. Jai McKenzie identifies light-space-time structures throughout the history of photomedia from the early image machines through analogue and digital image machines to the present day. She proposes that they will continue to develop in the future and takes us to future image machines of the year 2039. With the use of the theories of Paul Virilio Jean Baudrillard and Vilem Flusser featuring artists including Henri Cartier-Bresson Nam June Paik Yves Klein Eadweard Muybridge Martha Rosler Cindy Sherman and Michael Snow as well as their photographic images Light and Photomedia places the reader in a new history and future which although mostly overlooked by the canon of photomedia theory is an essential line of enquiry for contemporary thinking and dialogue in photography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780762784

Light Driven Micromachines In Light Driven Micromachines the fundamental principles and unique characteristics of light driven material structures simple mechanisms and integrated machines are explored. Very small light driven systems provide a number of interesting features and unique design opportunities because streams of photons deliver energy into the system and provide the control signal used to regulate the response of the micron sized device. Through innovative material design and clever component fabrication these optically powered tiny machines can be created to perform mechanical work when exposed to varying light intensity wavelength phase and/or polarization.  The book begins with the scientific background necessary to understand the nature of light and how light can initiate physical movement by inducing material deformation or altering the surrounding environment to impose micro-forces on the actuating mechanisms. The impact of physical size on the performance of light driven mechanisms and machines is discussed and the nature of light–material interactions is reviewed. These interactions enable very small objects and mechanical components to be trapped and manipulated by a focused light beam or produce local temperature gradients that force certain materials to undergo shape transformation. Advanced phase transition gels polymers carbon-based films and piezoelectric ceramics that exhibit direct light-to-mechanical energy conversion are examined from the perspective of designing optically driven actuators and mechanical systems. The ability of light to create photothermal effects that drive microfluidic processes and initiate the phase transformation of temperature sensitive shape memory materials are also explored in the book. This compendium seeks to inspire the next generation of scientists and engineers by presenting the fundamental principles of this emerging interdisciplinary technology and exploring how the properties of light can be exploited for microfluidic microrobotic biomedical and space applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498757690

Light from the EastBeing Letters on Gñanam The Divine Knowledge Light from the East collates letters between Hon. P. Arunáchalam of the legislative council of Ceylon and Edward Carpenter which expand on issues of the Gñanam or divine knowledge. Carpenter edited these letters for publication in 1927 as well as writing additional articles on issues such as desire birth control and bisexuality in relation to the customs of Ceylon and religious laws of Hinduism to give the reader a broad insight into the religion. This title will be of interest to students of sociology anthropology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184619

Light Harvesting in Photosynthesis This landmark collective work introduces the physical chemical and biological principles underlying photosynthesis: light absorption excitation energy transfer and charge separation. It begins with an introduction to properties of various pigments and the pigment proteins in plant algae and bacterial systems. It addresses the underlying physics of light harvesting and key spectroscopic methods including data analysis. It discusses assembly of the natural system its energy transfer properties and regulatory mechanisms. It also addresses light-harvesting in artificial systems and the impact of photosynthesis on our environment. The chapter authors are amongst the field’s world recognized experts. Chapters are divided into five main parts the first focused on pigments their properties and biosynthesis and the second section looking at photosynthetic proteins including light harvesting in higher plants algae cyanobacteria and green bacteria. The third part turns to energy transfer and electron transport discussing modeling approaches quantum aspects photoinduced electron transfer and redox potential modulation followed by a section on experimental spectroscopy in light harvesting research. The concluding final section includes chapters on artificial photosynthesis with topics such as use of cyanobacteria and algae for sustainable energy production. Robert Croce is Head of the Biophysics Group and full professor in biophysics of photosynthesis/energy at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. Rienk van Grondelle is full professor at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. Herbert van Amerongen is full professor of biophysics in the Department of Agrotechnology and Food Sciences at Wageningen University where he is also director of the MicroSpectroscopy Research Facility. Ivo van Stokkum is associate professor in the Department of Physics and Astronomy Faculty of Sciences at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482218350

Light in ArchitectureThe Intangible Material Light in Architecture explores the role and use of light in and around buildings from the time that Stonehenge was built through to the present day illustrating how a greater understanding of this intangible and free material will lead us to better architecture and ultimately improve our quality of life. Translated and carefully updated from the best-selling Spanish book La Materia Intangible this full colour edition explains why light is so fundamental to human perception how its nature and use are influenced by time and place and how it has come to be used as a tool for abstract architectural design. Drawing on centuries of thinking and over 40 real-life international exemplars the book explores the different ways that light can be harnessed and manipulated to achieve particular objectives emotions or experiences as well as how the technologies and techniques for doing so have developed over time. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465967

Light Music in Britain since 1870: A Survey In many ways the history of British light music knits together the social and economic history of the country with that of its general musical heritage. Numerous 'serious' composers from Elgar to Britten composed light music and the genre adapted itself to incorporate the changing fashions heralded by the rise and fall of music hall the drawing room ballad ragtime jazz and the revue. From the 1950s the recording and broadcasting industries provided a new home for light music as an accompaniment to radio programmes and films. Geoffrey Self deftly handles a wealth of information to illustrate the immense role that light music has played in British culture over the last 130 years. His insightful assessments of the best and the most shameful examples of the genre help to pinpoint its enduring qualities; qualities which enable it to maintain a presence in the face of today's domination by commercial popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269064

Light Propagation in Linear Optical Media Light Propagation in Linear Optical Media describes light propagation in linear media by expanding on diffraction theories beyond what is available in classic optics books. In one volume this book combines the treatment of light propagation through various media interfaces and apertures using scalar and vector diffraction theories. After covering the fundamentals of light and physical optics the authors discuss light traveling within an anisotropic crystal and present mathematical models for light propagation across planar boundaries between different media. They describe the propagation of Gaussian beams and discuss various diffraction models for the propagation of light. They also explore methods for spatially confining (trapping) cold atoms within localized light-intensity patterns. This book can be used as a technical reference by professional scientists and engineers interested in light propagation and as a supplemental text for upper-level undergraduate or graduate courses in optics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076327

Light Propagation in Periodic MediaDifferential Theory and Design Based on more than 30 years of research on differential theories of gratings this book describes developments in differential theory for applications in spectroscopy acoustics X-ray instrumentation optical communication information processing photolithography high-power lasers high-precision engineering and astronomy. Introducing the Fast Fourier Factorization approach to improve the convergence of a truncated series the book examines multilayers stacked gratings crossed gratings photonic crystals and isotropic and anisotropic materials; techniques and examples in grating design; and Maxwell equations in a truncated Fourier space. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214726

Light Scattering Technology for Food Property Quality and Safety Assessment Light Scattering Technology for Food Property Quality and Safety Assessment discusses the development and application of various light scattering techniques for measuring the structural and rheological properties of food evaluating composition and quality attributes and detecting pathogens in food. The first four chapters cover basic concepts principles theories and modeling of light transfer in food and biological materials. Chapters 5 and 6 describe parameter estimation methods and basic techniques for determining optical absorption and scattering properties of food products. Chapter 7 discusses the spatially-resolved measurement technique for determining the optical properties of food and biological materials whereas Chapter 8 focuses on the time-resolved spectroscopic technique for measuring optical properties and quality or maturity of horticultural products. Chapter 9 examines practical light scattering techniques for nondestructive quality assessment of fruits and vegetables. Chapter 10 presents the theory of light transfer in meat muscle and the measurement of optical properties for determining the postmortem condition and textural properties of muscle foods and meat analogs. Chapter 11 covers the applications of spatially-resolved light scattering techniques for assessing quality and safety of animal products. Chapter 12 looks into light scattering for milk and dairy processing. Chapter 13 examines the applications of dynamic light scattering for measuring the microstructure and rheological properties of food. Chapter 14 shows the applications of a biospeckle technique for assessing the quality and condition of fruits and vegetables. Chapter 15 provides a detailed description of Raman scattering spectroscopic and imaging techniques in food quality and safety assessment. Chapter 16 the final chapter focuses on applications of light scattering techniques for the detection of food-borne pathogens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263343

Light Science & MagicAn Introduction to Photographic Lighting Photographic lighting is a topic that will never go out of style no matter how sophisticated cameras and other technology get. Even with the most high-tech gear photographers still need to put a lot of thought and vision into lighting their photographs in order to get great results. This key skill has the power to dramatically and quickly improve photographs. Light Science and Magic provides you with a comprehensive theory of the nature and principles of light with examples and instructions for practical application. Featuring photographs diagrams and step-by-step instructions this book speaks to photographers of varying levels. It provides invaluable information on how to light the most difficult subjects such as surfaces metal glass liquids extremes (black-on-black and white-on-white) and portraits. This new edition includes: All new chapter titled "Setting Up Your New Studio" A re-vamped and expanded chapter 8 now titled "Making Portraits" New appendix of reliable photo gear sources Over 100 new photographs and informational sidebars Updated information about advances in flash equipment LED panels and fluorescent lights Styles of lighting continue to change but the nature of light will always remain the same. Once photographers understand the basic physics of lighting they can apply that knowledge to a broad range of photographic styles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719407

Light SourcesBasics of Lighting Technologies and Applications Decide Which Lighting Technology Is Best for Your Application Light Sources Second Edition: Basics of Lighting Technologies and Applications presents an overview of the three main technologies that have produced the numerous families of lighting products on the market today: electrical incandescence electrical gas discharges and semiconductor light-emitting diodes (LEDs). The second edition of this highly praised bestseller explores the scientific and technological developments of existing and new light sources and significantly expands the coverage on how to make choices based on a specific application. New to the Second Edition Enhanced material on LEDs New chapter on matching lighting technology with the appropriate applications New chapter on light and health New case studies on indoor and outdoor lighting for security and safety This book provides an up-to-date guide to the main technologies and important families of light sources that have dominated the market and our lives since the end of the nineteenth century. It will help readers design the most appropriate lighting environments for people of various needs and choose the correct technology for cost-effective lighting schemes. Online supplementary materials: View the author’s webinar ''How The Right Light Can Improve Our Lives'':  www.youtube.com/watch?v=xZ9rLhT2uWk Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034044

Light Spectroscopy Spectrophotometry and spectrofluorometry are core techniques used throughout biology and medicine. These techniques evolve continuously and this book provides information on the latest advances in spectroscopic methods. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003076995

Light TouchesCultural Practices of Illumination 1800-1900 Light Touches: Cultural Practices of Illumination 1800-1900 explores how urban lives in the nineteenth century were increasingly touched by innovations in the technologies and aesthetics of illumination. Dramatic changes in qualities of light – and darkness – became acutely palpable to the human sensorium; using seeing feeling and being in light were now matters of intense personal and cultural concern. Light gave meaningful vitality to the period’s material culture and light itself became something to be perceptually consumed.Over the course of six chapters Alice Barnaby traces how light was used in amateur artistic pastimes interior design and clothing fashions spectacular public amusements volatile street demonstrations and art gallery designs. From these previously unexplored examples a more complex history of light in the period emerges. Society’s fascination with illumination its desire to work with it and make meaning from it gave rise to a distinctly new set of cultural practices. Through these practices unexpected discoveries about the modern world were revealed. Light proved to be instrumental in everyday acts of experimentation and imaginative enquiry. Barnaby offers an intervention into the dominant scholarly narrative of the nineteenth century which traditionally reads modernity as synonymous with the formation of a spectacular disembodied visuality. Light Touches in contrast returns vision to the body and foregrounds the actively felt - as well as seen - sensation of light. In coming to understand these cultural practices of illumination the book reconsiders many assumptions about nineteenth-century modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595784

Light-Active Functional Organic Materials Inspired by naturally occurring light-active molecular systems such as photosynthesis scientists have long devoted their efforts to understanding how light and molecules interact. Based on a raft of knowledge on light absorption energy migration and electron transfer fluorescence and phosphorescence and various photochemical reactions light can now be utilized for energy conversion information storage medical applications and development of next-generation photofunctional materials that cannot be obtained via conventional organic synthesis. This book overviews some of the cutting-edge p-conjugated molecular and polymer materials for organic photovoltaics artificial photosynthesis and organic light-emitting devices. It gives insights into the interactions between light and molecules and discusses sophisticated molecular designs self-assembly and self-organization strategies and state-of-the-art unconventional analytical methods. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800150

Light-Based ScienceTechnology and Sustainable Development The Legacy of Ibn al-Haytham This book discusses light-based science emphasizing its pervasive influence in science technology policy and education. A wide range of contributors offers a comprehensive study of the tremendous and indeed foundational contributions of Ibn al Haytham a scholar from the medieval period. The analysis then moves into the future development of light-based technology. Written as a multi-disciplinary reference book by leading scholars in the history of science and /or photonics it covers Ibn al Haytham’s optics LED lighting for sustainable development global and atomic-scale time with new light sources advanced technology and vision science. Cutting-edge optical technologies and their global impact is addressed in detail and the later chapters also explore challenges with renewable energy the global impact of photonics and optical and photonic education technology. Practical examples and illustrations are provided throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367889852

Light-Induced Defects in Semiconductors This book covers electronic and structural properties of light-induced defects light-induced defect creation processes and related phenomena in crystalline amorphous and microcrystalline semiconductors. It provides a theoretical treatment of recombination-enhanced defect reaction in crystalline semiconductors particularly GaAs and related materials. It also discusses experimental evidence for this phenomenon. Light-induced defect creation in hydrogenated amorphous silicon (a-Si:H) is described in more detail including its mechanism and experimental results. The subjects treated by the book are important issues from the viewpoints of physics and applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411486

Lighting Lighting now in its sixth edition is the standard text on the principles and practice of lighting interiors and exteriors. The book introduces all the main principles of light and colour along with the design of general lighting schemes. It complies with the CIBSE lighting code and guides covers the main calculations that a lighting designer needs to do and includes worked examples.The book starts with the theory of light and how it is perceived by the eye. It looks at the units used and the subjective effect of colour. The characteristics of various types of lamp are described along with luminaires (the equipment that contains the lamps). The effects of daylight on light levels indoors are described before going on to look at the design of general lighting schemes. The book concludes with chapters looking at lighting for specific applications including roadway lighting floodlighting and the interior of specific building types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147331

Lighting Understanding light is fundamental to good photography. How any image is lit will change how the viewer sees and interprets the content. The second edition of Lighting teaches the theory and background of how light works the different types of light and the rules it obeys. The book gives guidance on how to measure control and use light for the best photographic exposure. With new images and case studies this edition encourages a bolder and more innovative approach to the use of light in photography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350109858

Lighting & ControlsTransitioning to the Future This book helps you make good lighting decisions and will be a very useful hands-on tool for anyone involved with engineering maintenance purchasing specification retrofits remodels and new construction for interior or exterior lighting applications. It gives very practical ways to maintain and update existing lighting systems and how to plan for the future. Key points include LED lighting maintenance costs achieving low power density disadvantages of LED T8s and human centric lighting. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482236835

Lighting and Health Lighting can affect the health of people in buildings. This goes beyond the safety aspects of providing enough illumination to see by; lighting affects mood and human circadian rhythms while poor lighting can in principle cause glare headaches eyestrain skin conditions and various types of sight loss. This publication reviews existing research on the health effects of lighting (including daylighting) typically found in buildings. It explains medical and psychological research in a clear and accessible way using questions such as: Can LEDs keep you awake at night and damage your brain? Can special lighting help people with dementia? Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848064201

Lighting by Design Lighting by Design provides guidance on where to find inspiration for lighting ideas how to plan the technical detail and how to execute the plan to create safe effective and beautiful schemes. Christopher Cuttle's unique three level approach uses Observation Visualisation and Realisation as the means to achieve these aims. Cuttle is a well known figure in the UK US and Australia and New Zealand with a wealth of experience of both teaching and practice. This new edition is fully updated and produced in full colour with many new diagrams and photographs. It will be immensely useful to professional and student architects interior designers and specialist lighting designers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169388

Lighting Controls Handbook Intended for energy managers electrical engineers building managers lighting designers consultants and other electrical professionals this book provides a practical description of major lighting controls types and how to apply them. It's a comprehensive step-by-step educational tour of lighting automation technology and its practical design and application with useful discussion about the purpose and benefits of lighting controls emphasizing the achieving of relevant energy savings as well as support of occupant visual needs and preferences. The book shows readers how to take advantage of the many benefits of today's sophisticated controls including expanded energy saving opportunities and increased flexibility reliability and interoperability. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151401

Lighting DanceA Study of Technical Philosophical and Psychological Shadows Lighting Dance pioneers the discussion of the ability of lighting design to foreground shadow in dance performances. Through a series of experiments integrating light shadow and improvised dance movement it highlights and analyses what it advances as an innovative expression of shadow in dance as an alternative to more conventional approaches to lighting design. Different art forms such as painting film and dance pieces from Loie Fuller the Russell Maliphant Dance Company Elevenplay Pilobolus and the Tao Dance Theater served to inspire and contextualise the study. From lighting to psychology from reviews to academic books shadows are examined as a symbolic and manipulative entity. The book also presents the dance solo Sombreiro which was created to echo the experiments with light shadow and movement aligned to an interpretation of cultural shadow (Jung 1954 in Samuels Shorter and Plaut 1986; Casement 2006; Ramos 2004; Stein 2004; and others). The historical development of lighting within dance practices is also outlined providing a valuable resource for lighting designers dance practitioners and theatre goers interested in the visuality of dance performances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219178

Lighting DesignA Perception-Based Approach By reading this book you will develop the skills to perceive a space and its contents in light and be able to devise a layout of luminaires that will provide that lit appearance. Written by renowned lighting expert Christopher (Kit) Cuttle the book: explains the difference between vision and perception which is the distinction between providing lighting to make things visible and providing it to influence the appearance of everything that is visible; demonstrates how lighting patterns generated by three-dimensional objects interacting with directional lighting are strongly influential upon how the visual perception process enables us to recognize object attributes such as lightness colourfulness texture and gloss; reveals how a designer who understands the role of these lighting patterns in the perceptual process may employ them either to reveal or to subdue or to enhance the appearance of selected object attributes by creating appropriate spatial distributions of light; carefully explains calculational techniques and provides easy-to-use spreadsheets so that layouts of lamps and luminaires are derived that can be relied upon to achieve the required illumination distributions. Practical lighting design involves devising three-dimensional light fields that create luminous hierarchies related to the visual significance of each element within a scene. By providing you with everything you need to develop a design concept - from the understanding of how lighting influences human perceptions of surroundings through to engineering efficient and effective lighting solutions – Kit Cuttle instills in his readers a new-found confidence in lighting design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731973

Lighting Engineering: Applied Calculations 'Lighting Engineering: Applied Calculations' describes the mathematical background to the calculation techniques used in lighting engineering and links them to the applications with which they are used. The fundamentals of flux and illuminance colour measurement and optical design are covered in detail. There are detailed discussions of specific applications including interior lighting road lighting tunnel lighting floodlighting and emergency lighting. The authors have used their years of experience to provide guidance for common mistakes and useful techniques including worked examples and case studies.The last decade has seen the universal application of personal computers to lighting engineering on a day-to-day basis. Many calculations that were previously impracticable are therefore now easily accessible to any engineer or designer who has access to an appropriate computer program. However a grasp of the underlying calculation principles is still necessary in order to utilise these technologies to the full. Written by two of the leading authorities on this subject 'Lighting Engineering' is essential reading for practising lighting engineers designers and architects and students in the field of lighting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367578862

Lighting for AnimationThe Art of Visual Storytelling Lighting for Animation is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you’ll find in-depth instruction on:   • Creating mood and storytelling through lighting • Using light to create visual shaping • Directing the viewer’s eye with light and color • Gathering and utilizing reference images • Successfully lighting and rendering workflows • Render layers and how they can be used most effectively • Specific lighting scenarios including character lighting environment lighting and lighting an animated sequence • Material properties and their work with lighting • Compositing techniques essential for a lighter • A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist   This book is not designed to teach software packages—there are websites instructional manuals online demos and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs.  That type of training will teach you how to create an image; this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful.    Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises assets challenges and further resources to help you expand your skillset. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018679

Lighting for Digital Video and Television This book gives a comprehensive overview of lighting equipment and techniques for digital production. Suitable for either beginners or more advanced users the fully updated fourth edition covers human sight vs. film or video the basic issues of contrast and exposure with explanation of how exposure of digital video differs from analog video or film electrical connectors requirements electrical load management safety issues and the latest LED systems.A variety of basic lighting setups for different situations are explained with clear diagrams and photos showing the "look" of each approach. Techniques for shooting in available light and dealing with color problems in mixed lighting situations is examined. More advanced film-style lighting is covered especially techniques in creating a convincing realistic look. A special section deals with solutions to common problems ranging from reflections on glasses and dealing with white walls to lighting very light-skinned and very dark-skinned subjects in the same shot. Special lighting situations such as lighting night scenes or bluescreen sets are covered in detail with studio lighting covered in a dedicated separate chapter. The book is also peppered with anecdotes and trivia about lighting techniques and the lighting trade. It is the ideal text for both beginners studying lighting and cinematography as well as more advanced practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937956

Lighting for Health and Safety Artificial lighting has become so commonplace that it can sometimes be taken for granted and therein lies a possible minefield of related health and safety problems. Lighting for Health and Safety guides the reader through the fundamentals of vision and lighting. It highlights the potential health and safety problems that can develop as a consequence of inadequate lighting and further advises of the necessary remedies available in order to produce optimum lighting conditions for the workplace.This book will therefore assist the practitioner in compliance with legislation.First book to address this fieldWritten for the practising professional Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430990

Lighting for PhotographersAn Introductory Guide to Professional Photography Lighting is one of the most important aspects of any photograph. The best images create dimension and drama which goes beyond formulas and lighting recipes. In Lighting for Photographers: An Introductory Guide to Professional Photography commercial photographers and instructors Joe Lavine and Brad Bartholomew offer a unique philosophy of lighting starting with an understanding of the characteristics of lighting to build great shots.Including interviews from professional photographers and illustrated with over 200 images this book introduces basic photographic concepts and equipment needs and takes the reader from the lighting process through to starting a successful career in photography both in the studio and on location. Readers will learn a comprehensive approach to lighting including what light does composition experimentation practical tools and techniques equipment metering and histograms and how to launch and grow their career.With downloadable instructor resources featuring discussion questions and quizzes this fully updated edition is ideal for introductory level photography and lighting courses as well as the amateur photographer looking to apply the appropriate lighting to realize their conceptual and aesthetic goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348597

Lighting for TV and Film Skilful lighting involves a subtle blend of systematic mechanics and a sensitive visual imagination. It requires anticipation perceptiveness patience and know-how. But learning through practice alone can take a great deal of time. This book is a distillation of many years' experience with advice and guidance that will bring successful results right from the start. Whether you are a student studying lighting techniques in the television video and film media or a professional lighting for the camera this book will be an invaluable aid. Other members of the production team including camera crews designers and directors will also find the information here interesting and useful.The book concentrates primarily on the fundamental principles of lighting in studios on location and display as well as single-camera small unit production improvised and economy lighting and working with limited facilities. Emphasis is also placed on the safety aspects of working with lighting equipment.Lighting for Television and Film reflects the author's considerable experience of lighting techniques in BBC studios his teaching and consultancy work.Gerald Millerson's analytical writings spring from a lifetime's personal experience in the medium and from his teaching and engineering background. During his career with the BBC he was primarily associated with studio operations in the Television Service. His lecturing background included courses in TV production at a number of American universities.His other books for Focal Press are Television Production TV Scenic Design Video Production Handbook and in the Media Manuals series Effective TV Production Lighting for Video and Video Camera Techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130128

Lighting for Video Enables readers to produce top-grade results whether they are lighting off-the-cuff with a portable compact kit or tackling a major project with an extensive heavy-duty rig. It does not assume technical knowledge or previous experience and after coveringbasics it guides readers towards the most effective ways of tackling particular projects and shows typical professional solutions to everyday situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173798

Lighting People This book utilizes award winning photographer Rossella Vanon’s contemporary style and up-to-the-minute knowledge to teach how each kind of light works. This approach provides a key grounding for photographers followed by creative techniques that go beyond traditional approaches. Unique to this book is a reference section that clearly presents a series of photographs of the same four models representing different gender and ethnic groups shot from different lighting positions and against different backgrounds. This versatile segment is organized in such a way that photographers can study it for hours when time permits or flip through it in moments while shooting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119888

Lighting Redesign for Existing Buildings In Lighting Redesign for Existing Buildings veteran lighting journalist and educator Craig DiLouie identifies opportunities to both save energy and improve lighting performance in existing buildings. The book outlines the decision-making process behind whether to retrofit or redesign an existing lighting system describes basic lighting design techniques and how to evaluate lighting equipment details lighting legislation and energy codes identifies advanced lighting strategies and describes the role planned maintenance can play in saving energy and ensuring long-term performance. Readers will gain in-depth insight into assessing and capturing their opportunities with better lighting. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781420083859

Lighting Technology Anyone working with lighting in the entertainment industries will find this an immensely readable source of information. The authors themselves experienced lighting practitioners have collected a wealth of essential lighting technology and data into one comprehensive reference volume in an accessible jargon-free style. The new edition of this popular text covers the very latest technology including advances in lamps motorised lights dimmers and control systems and current safety regulations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140790

Lighting UpgradesA Guide for Facility Managers First published in 2004. Green Lights lighting specialist Damon Wood takes you step-by-step through upgrading a lighting system in either a retrofit or complete redesign scenario for the purpose of increasing both energy efficiency and productivity. This guide is designed for use by anyone who needs to understand the principles of lighting and light's impact on conservation productivity and safety. Readers will find valuable discussion of lighting quality upgrade strategies applications technologies economics maintenance project implementation and methods for assessing specific opportunities. This fully illustrated guide addresses these issues in lay terms and in an easy-to-understand logical style. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9788770223553

Lighting: Interior and Exterior This comprehensive and practical guide takes you step-by-step through the core concepts and applications of architectural lighting. Now completely revised and updated for the second edition this book: Includes all new information on the latest regulations and recommendations Provides special attention to the rapid development of LED lighting Considers the new CIE colour metric system Concludes each chapter with questions for the reader together with inverted appropriate answers Features full colour throughout for the first time to support the text and aid the reader Covering a wide range of building types and external environments this book shows how the concepts used in lighting design arise from the needs of the designer and user. These concepts are given a practical context to enable you to develop and improve your design skills building up from the basics of how much light is needed and the role of shadows to energy management and the calculations for daylighting The author provides accessible user-friendly explanations of technical information and specialist techniques intended for people who need to get to the heart of the subject as quickly as possible. An indispensible learning tool for students and for professionals developing their skills this handbook provides examples and exercises to help you acquire the understanding knowledge and skill required for examinations and professional training purposes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644570

Lightness Brightness and Transparency This volume deals with the visual perception of lightness brightness and transparency of surfaces both under minimal laboratory conditions and in complex images typical of everyday life. Each chapter analyzes the challenging problem of how a pattern of light intensities on the retina is transformed into the visual experience of varying shades of grey transparent surfaces and light and shadow. One important theme which unifies the group of contributions is the recognition that the perception of surface lightness is rooted fundamentally in the encoding of relative intensities of light within the retinal image not intensities per se. A second important unifying theme is an appreciation of the multiple dimensions of the visual experience of lightness brightness and transparency -- people do not perceive the lightness of surfaces by discarding information concerning the light illuminating those surfaces; rather they perceive a pattern of illumination projected onto a pattern of surface greys. The long-fascinating problems of surface lightness and color perception have become very active topics recently as a resurging interest within the visual perception community has coincided with an increasing appreciation of the centrality of these problems by the emerging machine vision community. The best of recent psychophysical work on lightness perception as presented in this volume will be of great interest to both of these communities. This book also marks a synthesis of old and new. A traditional strongly Gestalt approach that had fallen into neglect is updated in the light of new quantitative systematic methods and important later discoveries such as the disappearance of stabilized retinal images. The book draws on such diverse approaches as Gestalt and ecological psychology threshold psychophysics and computational vision advancing our understanding of the interrelations among surface color illumination perceived depth shading and transparency. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876170

Lightning Electromagnetics A survey of theoretical and experimental research this book covers all areas of lightning phenomenology. The four sections cover models of fundamental lightning processes propagation of lightning-induced signals measurement of lightning parameters and lightning interaction with systems. The book provides an excellent review of the use of models to support remote sensing efforts. It includes data on high-frequency radiated fields for lightening and an overview of the data available in the frequency and time domains for lightning. The book also presents spectoral and temporal characteristics of lightning in the VHF-UHF frequency range and uses photographic and electromagnetic measurements to examine how lighting chooses a strike point. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748992

Lightning InjuriesElectrical Medical and Legal Aspects Lightning Injuries: Electrical Medical and Legal Aspects presents a thorough examination of injuries inflicted by lightning strikes. The expertise of acknowledged world authorities from three continents have been brought together to create this truly remarkable volume. Lightning Injuries: Electrical Medical and Legal Aspects begins with a short historical review featuring a discussion of the physics of lightning phenomena and the aspects of electrical circuit theory. This review provides the background for following chapters which address topics such as the epidemiology of lightning injury the pathogenesis of the features of lightning injury the clinical aspects of managing patients with lightning injury and lightning injury mediated by communications systems (including telephones). The book also describes the problem of finding protection against lightning strikes and the issues that arise in legal liability as a result of lightning strikes. The book is written for a diverse audience and includes material that makes it appropriate for all professionals in medical legal and technical fields. Never before has such a comprehensive collation of related facets of lightning injury been published within a single volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572594

Lightning Physics and Lightning Protection Lightning Physics and Lightning Protection presents a comprehensive and up-to-date review of lightning including its hazards and protection techniques. The authors first discuss the effectiveness of conventional protective measures supply technical advice and practical recommendations and explore the prospects for the preventive control of a lightning leader followed by a discussion of the initiation of a leader and return stroke and subsequent components. After including measurements useful for understanding lightning and its effects the book describes the mechanism of lightning discharge processes. It then examines the effects of large aircraft high-voltage lines and other high-altitude constructions on lightning trajectory and leader attraction. The book concludes by studying the action of lightning's electrical and magnetic fields and the lightning current on industrial premises power transmission lines underground communications aircraft and their electrical circuits and the induction of a dangerous overvoltage.A clear straightforward and systematic presentation of complicated material Lightning Physics and Lightning Protection provides deep insight into the physics of lightning simple analytical estimates and a detailed illustration of effects by computer simulation making this resource essential for those who investigate lightning phenomena and who have to solve practical protection problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399047

Lightwave Engineering Suitable as either a student text or professional reference Lightwave Engineering addresses the behavior of electromagnetic waves and the propagation of light which forms the basis of the wide-ranging field of optoelectronics. Divided into two parts the book first gives a comprehensive introduction to lightwave engineering using plane wave and then offers an in-depth analysis of lightwave propagation in terms of electromagnetic theory. Using the language of mathematics to explain natural phenomena the book includes numerous illustrative figures that help readers develop an intuitive understanding of light propagation. It also provides helpful equations and outlines their exact derivation and physical meaning enabling users to acquire an analytical understanding as well. After explaining a concept the author includes several problems that are tailored to illustrate the explanation and help explain the next concept. The book addresses key topics including fundamentals of interferometers and resonators guided wave optical fibers and lightwave devices and circuits. It also features useful appendices that contain formulas for Fourier transform derivation of Green's theorem vector algebra Gaussian function cylindrical function and more. Ranging from basic to more difficult the book’s content is designed for easily adjustable application making it equally useful for university lectures or a review of basic theory for professional engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072039

Lightweight and Sustainable Materials for Automotive Applications Automotive manufacturers are required to decrease CO2 emissions and increase fuel economy while assuring driver comfort and safety. In recent years there has been rapid development in the application of lightweight and sustainable materials in the automotive industry to help meet these criteria. This book provides critical reviews and the latest research results of various lightweight and sustainable materials in automotive applications. It discusses current applications and future trends of lightweight materials in the automotive area. While there are a few books published mainly focusing on automotive applications of metallic lightweight materials to date there is no available book focusing on a broad spectrum of lightweight materials including metal plastic composites bio-fiber bio-polymer carbon fiber glass fiber nanomaterials rubber materials and foaming materials as this work does. The book also includes case studies of commercial lightweight automotive parts from sustainable lightweight materials providing an invaluable resource to those involved in this in-demand research and commercialization area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367876654

Lightweight Polymer Composite StructuresDesign and Manufacturing Techniques This book provides a comprehensive account of developments in the area of lightweight polymer composites. It encompasses design and manufacturing methods for the lightweight polymer structures various techniques and a broad spectrum of applications. The book highlights fundamental research in lightweight polymer structures and integrates various aspects from synthesis to applications of these materials. Features Serves as a one stop reference with contributions from leading researchers from industry academy government and private research institutions across the globe Explores all important aspects of lightweight polymer composite structures Offers an update of concepts advancements challenges and application of lightweight structures Current status trends future directions and opportunities are discussed making it friendly for both new and experienced researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367199203

Lignin and LignansAdvances in Chemistry Over the past four decades there has been immense progress in every area of lignin science ranging from the enzymology of lignin biodegradation to the delignification of wood fiber during pulping and bleaching to advances in spectroscopy. Lignin and Lignans: Advances in Chemistry captures the developments that have been achieved by world-class Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429133718

Lignin Biodegradation: Microbiology Chemistry and Potential ApplicationsVolume I This book records the proceedings of international seminar on lignin biodegradation and provides a state-of-the-art summary of research. It reviews the lignin structure and morphological distribution in plant cell walls and explores the microbial catabolism of relevant aromatics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894966

Lignin Biodegradation: Microbiology Chemistry and Potential ApplicationsVolume II This book records the proceedings of an international seminar on lignin biodegradation held May 9 to 11 1978 and provides a state-of-the-art summary of research. It reviews the lignin structure morphological distribution in plant cell walls and the microbial catabolism of relevant aromatics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894959

Lignocellulosic Biorefineries Written with a diverse audience in mind this book describes the current status development and future prospects for the critical technology of second-generation biorefineries specifically with a focus on lignocellulosic materials as feedstock. It provides an overview of the issues behind this technological transition and it provides in depth Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429101335

Like Parchment in the FireLiterature and Radicalism in the English Civil War This book examines the literary religious and political aspects of the radical movements and various sects of the English Civil War. Featuring a chapter on John Milton this book also addresses the legal problems that engaged the early modern radical reformers the issue of radical religion as a negotiating tool and the limits of radical liberal thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868694

Likelihood Methods in Biology and EcologyA Modern Approach to Statistics Likelihood Methods in Biology and Ecology: A Modern Approach to Statistics emphasizes the importance of the likelihood function in statistical theory and applications and discusses it in the context of biology and ecology. Bayesian and frequentist methods both use the likelihood function and provide differing but related insights. This is examined here both through review of basic methodology and also the integrated use of these approaches in case studies.Features:Discusses the likelihood function in both Bayesian and frequentist contexts.Reviews and discusses standard methods of data analysis model selection and statistical analysis and how to apply and interpret them in real world situations.Examines the application of statistical methods to observed data in the context of case studies drawn from biology and ecology.Uniquely discusses frequentist and Bayesian approaches to statistics as complementary allowing many standard approaches to be presented in a single book.Poses questions to ask when planning the design and analysis of a study or experiment.This book is written for applied researchers scientists consultants statisticians and applied scientists. Although it uses examples drawn from biology the methods here can be applied to a wide variety of research areas and provides an accessible handbook of available statistical methods for scientific settings where there is an assumed theoretical model that can be represented using a likelihood function. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367732103

LikenessesTranslation Illustration Interpretation This book explores the palimpsestic realm of translation illustration and interpretation in the act of reading with examples from Dante to the sculptor Rachel Whiteread. Reynolds Matthew shows that the practice of reading readings suggests tactics for criticism in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601133

Lila's HouseMale Prostitution in Latin America Lila's House: Male Prostitution in Latin America presents insight into male prostitution in a truly global array of Latin American countries. This study focuses on a very specific sexual culture within the realm of male prostitution: the young men of a lower/middle-class brothel catering to a broad range of clients. You will explore the culture of juvenile prostitution and learn from the immediate intervention program that was implemented. Twenty-five young men between the ages of 13 and 27 were interviewed for this study. They share with you their views on:sexual initiationsexual definitionsexual orientationlovedrug useprostitutionfamily relationshipsrelationships with men and womenThe young men interviewed for this study are in serious danger of being exposed to the AIDS virus and of becoming addicted if they are not already to cocaine crack or alcohol. Those conducting the study initiated a campaign to supply condoms and raise the young men's awareness about AIDS and drugs and began an immediate support program. The project resulted in the establishment in June 1997 of an alternative home for juvenile prostitutes which offers various opportunities for education and work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783666

Liliana Porter and the Art of Simulation Visually appealing conceptually startling and intellectually engaging-these phrases aptly describe the art of Liliana Porter. Florencia Bazzano-Nelson's study focuses on the principal theme in the Argentine-born artist's work since the 1970s: her playful but subversive dismantling of the limits that separate everyday reality from the world of illusion and simulacra. Over the years Porter's own evolving interest in perception lead the author to explore a series of interconnected and timely issues in her artistic production such as the representative function of art the structural links between art and language and the witty re-signification of the art-historical images and mass-produced kitsch figurines she has so often featured in her art. Strongly founded in critical theory Bazzano-Nelson's approach considers Porter's art as the site of conceptually exciting dialogues with Jorge Luis Borges René Magritte Michel Foucault and Jean Baudrillard. Her carefully crafted interdisciplinary analysis not only combines art-historical literary and theoretical perspectives but also addresses the artist's work in different media such as printmaking conceptual art photography and film. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382718

Lillian GilbrethRedefining Domesticity Lillian Gilbreth is a stunning example of female ingenuity in the early twentieth century. At a time when women were standard fixtures in the home and barely accepted in many professions Gilbreth excelled in both spheres concurrently winning honors as 'Engineer of the Year' and 'Mother of the Year'. This accessible engaging introduction to the life of Lillian Gilbreth examines her pivotal role in establishing the discipline of industrial psychology her work as an engineer of domestic management and home economics and her role as mother of twelve children - made famous by the book and later movie Cheaper by the Dozen. This book examines the life of an exceptional woman who was able to negotiate the divide between the public and domestic spheres and define it on her terms. About the Lives of American Women series: selected and edited by renowned women's historian Carol Berkin these brief biographies are designed for use in undergraduate courses. Rather than a comprehensive approach each biography focuses instead on a particular aspect of a women's life that is emblematic of her time or which made her a pivotal figure in the era. The emphasis is on a 'good read' featuring accessible writing and compelling narratives without sacrificing sound scholarship and academic integrity. Primary sources at the end of each biography reveal the subject's perspective in her own words. Study questions and an annotated bibliography support the student reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813347639

Limbic Motor Circuits and Neuropsychiatry Published in 1993. Limbic Motor Circuits and Neuropsychiatry explores the neural circuitry employed by mammals to interpret environmental stimuli that provoke adaptive behavioral responses. Internationally recognized biomedical scientists have contributed chapters that describe and evaluate the anatomy physiology pharmacology and pathophysiology of how motivationally relevant environmental or interoceptive stimuli are translated into adaptive or maladaptive behavioral responses. The book also examines how classic limbic nuclei communicate with classic motor systems and the implications in neuropsychiatric disorders. This reference presents exciting new information that will interest neuroscientists psychiatrists neuropsychopharmacologists and behavioral pharmacologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367223175

Lime and Lime Mortars First published in 1927 by the Building Research Station this volume provides a classification of lime and a complete review of its various uses in building construction and repair. This facsimile edition should be of interest and of practical value since the methods terminology and practices detailed by Cowper are still valid today. A brief historical introduction to the subject is followed by a section on the process of lime burning which emphasizes the differences in behaviour of the various classes of limes. The results of research and tests to determine the most reliable and lasting limewashes and lime-based cold water paints are also detailed. In addition the book provides useful information on the common problems occurring with lime plasters and how these can be solved. The classifications based and suggested applications in the book offer guidelines for the conservation practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405325

Limerick and South-West IrelandMedieval Art and Architecture This book contains essays devoted to the medieval art and architecture of Limerick in the Munster province of South-West Ireland. It underpins the degree to which Irish craftsmen and builders engaged with the rest of Europe and the nature of their relationship with English practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003077206

Liminal LandscapesTravel Experience and Spaces In-between Ideas and concepts of liminality have long shaped debates around the uses and practices of space in constructions of identity particularly in relation to different forms of travel such as tourism migration and pilgrimage and the social cultural and experiential landscapes associated with these and other mobilities. The ritual performative and embodied geographies of borderzones non-places transitional spaces or ‘spaces in-between’ are often discussed in terms of the liminal yet there have been few attempts to problematize the concept or to rethink how ideas of the liminal might find critical resonance with contemporary developments in the study of place space and mobility. Liminal Landscapes fills this void by bringing together variety of new and emerging methodological approaches of liminality from varying disciplines to explore new theoretical perspectives on mobility space and socio-cultural experience. By doing so it offers new insight into contemporary questions about technology surveillance power the city and post-industrial modernity within the context of tourism and mobility. The book draws on a wide range of disciplinary approaches including social anthropology cultural geography film media and cultural studies art and visual culture and tourism studies. It brings together recent research from scholars with international reputations in the fields of tourism mobility landscape and place alongside the work of emergent scholars who are developing new insights and perspectives in this area. This timely intervention is the first collection to offer an interdisciplinary account of the intersection between liminality and landscape in terms of space place and identity. It therefore charts new directions in the study of liminal spaces and mobility practices and will be valuable reading for range of students researchers and academics interested in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138081451

Liminalities of Gender and Sexuality in Nineteenth-Century Iranian PhotographyDesirous Bodies Nineteenth-century Iran was an ocularcentered society predicated on visuality and what was seen and unseen and photographs became liminal sites of desire that maneuvered "betwixt and between" various social spaces—public private seen unseen accessible and forbidden—thus mapping graphing and even transgressing those spaces especially in light of increasing modernization and global contact during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Of primary interest is how photographs negotiated and coded gender sexuality and desire becoming strategies of empowerment of domination of expression and of being seen. Hence the photograph became a vehicle to traverse multiple locations that various gendered physical bodies could not and it was also the social and political relations that had preceded the photograph that determined those ideological spaces of (im)mobility. In identifying these notions in photographs one may glean information about how modern Iran metamorphosed throughout its own long durée or resisted those societal transformations as a result of modernization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138201293

Liminality and the ModernLiving Through the In-Between This book provides the history and genealogy of an increasingly important subject: liminality. Coming to the fore in recent years in social and political theory and extending beyond is original use as developed within anthropology liminality has come to denote spaces and moments in which the taken-for-granted order of the world ceases to exist and novel forms emerge often in unpredictable ways. Liminality and the Modern offers a comprehensive introduction to this concept discussing its development and laying out a conceptual and experiential framework for thinking about change in terms of liminality. Applying this framework to questions surrounding the implosion of ’non-spaces’ the analysis of major historical periods and the study of political revolution the book also explores its possible uses in social science research and its implications for our understanding of the uncertainty and contingency of the liquid structures of modern society. Shedding new light on a concept central to social thought as well as its capacity for pushing social and political theory in new directions this book will be of interest to scholars across the social sciences and philosophy working in fields such as social political and anthropological theory cultural studies social and cultural geography and historical anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610941

Liminality and the Short StoryBoundary Crossings in American Canadian and British Writing This book is a study of the short story one of the widest taught genres in English literature from an innovative methodological perspective. Both liminality and the short story are well-researched phenomena but the combination of both is not frequent. This book discusses the relevance of the concept of liminality for the short story genre and for short story cycles emphasizing theoretical perspectives methodological relevance and applicability.Liminality as a concept of demarcation and mediation between different processual stages spatial complexes and inner states is of obvious importance in an age of global mobility digital networking and interethnic transnationality. Over the last decade many symposia exhibitions art and publications have been produced which thematize liminality covering a wide range of disciplines including literary geographical psychological and ethnicity studies.Liminal structuring is an essential aspect of the aesthetic composition of short stories and the cultural messages they convey. On account of its very brevity and episodic structure the generic liminality of the short story privileges the depiction of transitional situations and fleeting moments of crisis or decision. It also addresses the moral transgressions heterotopic orders and forms of ambivalent self-reflection negotiated within the short story's confines. This innovative collection focuses on both the liminality of the short story and on liminality in the short story. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869304

Liminality in Organization StudiesTheory and Method In a time of flexible and mutable work arrangements there is hardly a domain of organizing that has not been affected by liminality. Temporary workers who switch companies based on projects consultants who operate at the boundaries between the consultant and the client companies or ‘hybrid entrepreneurs’ who start new ventures while still keeping their previous job are examples of liminality in organizations. Liminality is also felt by managers who handle interorganizational relationships within customer-supplier networks or scientists who albeit affiliated with R&D units have strong ties with their scientific communities acknowledging that they belong to neither setting thoroughly. Precious hints for enriching our comprehension of liminality in organizational settings can be conveyed by the reflection that has flourished in different fields. This book advances knowledge of liminality management by elaborating on a model that puts together aspects of the liminal process that have been mostly described in a separate way so far benefiting from the input provided by experience in sociology medicine and education. Through the articulation of a model that accounts for the antecedents content and consequences of liminality in organizations the book intends to prompt quantitative research on this topic. It will be of value to those interested in organizational behavior organization and management marketing sociology of work and sociology of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142858

Limit Analysis and Concrete Plasticity First published in 1984 Limit Analysis and Concrete Plasticity explains for advanced design engineers the principles of plasticity theory and its application to the design of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures providing a thorough understanding of the subject rather than simply applying current design formulas. Updated and revised th Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429075544

Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims This fourth edition addresses certain developments including the 1996 Protocol to the 1976 Limitation Convention which have come into effect since publication of the previous edition. The chapters on limitation of liability for passenger claims and in relation to the carriage of goods have been updated as has the chapter on limitation regimes worldwide. The book also focuses upon the practicalities of seeking to limit by reference to case law and procedural rules. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122746

Limitation of Liability in International Maritime ConventionsThe Relationship between Global Limitation Conventions and Particular Liability Regimes Limitation of liability for maritime claims is a concept of respectable antiquity which is now deeply entrenched in the maritime industry. Under this concept the shipowner is entitled to limit his liability for maritime claims up to a maximum sum regardless of the actual amount of the claims. The concept of limitation of liability has been adopted by many conventions ranging from those relating to the carriage of goods by sea carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea liability and compensation for pollution damage to liability for the removal of wrecks. Each of these conventions has its own approach to limitation of liability. However these particular liability regimes share the international arena with global limitation conventions such as the 1976 Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims and the 1996 Protocol thereto. This book approaches limitation of liability from an international perspective looking at a number of key conventions including the global limitation conventions the conventions relating to the carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea (1974 Athens Convention relating to the Carriage of Passengers and Their Luggage by Sea and the 2002 Protocol thereto) conventions relating to liability and compensation for pollution damage (1969 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage and the 1992 Protocol thereto the 1996 International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea and the 2010 Protocol thereto and the 2001 International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage) as well as the 2007 Nairobi International Convention on the Removal of Wrecks. Each chapter of this book sets out to analyze provisions in the conventions which have proved to be controversial and subject to debate by courts and authors as well as the relationship between the limitation provisions in claim specific liability conventions and in the global limitation conventions. Particular attention is also given to the persons entitled to limit liability ships in respect of which liability can be limited claims subject to limitation claims excepted from limitation basis of liability (where applicable) loss of the right to limit and the limits of liability. Limitation of Liability in International Maritime Conventions is of interest to academics and practicing lawyers who wish to understand the intricacies of the law of limitation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813228

Limitation of Liability in International Maritime ConventionsThe Relationship between Global Limitation Conventions and Particular Liability Regimes Limitation of liability for maritime claims is a concept of respectable antiquity which is now deeply entrenched in the maritime industry. Under this concept the shipowner is entitled to limit his liability for maritime claims up to a maximum sum regardless of the actual amount of the claims. The concept of limitation of liability has been adopted by many conventions ranging from those relating to the carriage of goods by sea carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea liability and compensation for pollution damage to liability for the removal of wrecks. Each of these conventions has its own approach to limitation of liability. However these particular liability regimes share the international arena with global limitation conventions such as the 1976 Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims and the 1996 Protocol thereto. This book approaches limitation of liability from an international perspective looking at a number of key conventions including the global limitation conventions the conventions relating to the carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea (1974 Athens Convention relating to the Carriage of Passengers and Their Luggage by Sea and the 2002 Protocol thereto) conventions relating to liability and compensation for pollution damage (1969 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage and the 1992 Protocol thereto the 1996 International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea and the 2010 Protocol thereto and the 2001 International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage) as well as the 2007 Nairobi International Convention on the Removal of Wrecks. Each chapter of this book sets out to analyze provisions in the conventions which have proved to be controversial and subject to debate by courts and authors as well as the relationship between the limitation provisions in claim specific liability conventions and in the global limitation conventions. Particular attention is also given to the persons entitled to limit liability ships in respect of which liability can be limited claims subject to limitation claims excepted from limitation basis of liability (where applicable) loss of the right to limit and the limits of liability. Limitation of Liability in International Maritime Conventions is of interest to academics and practicing lawyers who wish to understand the intricacies of the law of limitation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315530253

Limitations and Possibilities of Dialogue among Researchers Policymakers and PractitionersInternational Perspectives on the Field of Education The chapters in this edited volume raise important issues of the relation between research and its various external "publics". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861083

Limitations on the Business of Banking (RLE Banking & Finance)An Analysis of Expanded Securities Insurance and Real Estate Activities This book is a study of how expanded bank powers could affect the banking industry in the US. Using contemporaneous measures expanded data a finer classification of industries risk-reducing behavior and the legal and regulatory environment this volume provides a more complete picture than earlier studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751810

Limited GovernmentThe Public Sector in the Auto-Industrial Age This book explores why despite increased government spending on income-support health and education the costs of public goods are rising and their quality is declining. Charting the rise of big government the author identifies a growing divergence between public-sector ideals and the realities of troubled political economies grappling with debt deficits ageing populations improvident social insurance declining education test scores and multiplying health costs. Limited Government analyzes in detail the social and political factors in major economies that drive up public spending as well as the relationship between spending and outcomes. By developing an alternate model of public finances and engaging in a critique of the managerial society the author emphasizes the positive effects of self-management social self-organization and technological automation arguing that high-quality low-cost goods are the result of nations that save not states that tax. A sociological account of public finances Limited Government outlines how governments can spend less and yet help ensure good broad equitable standards of health education and income security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585099

Limited ShakespeareThe Reason of Finitude Shakespeare’s poetic-dramatic worlds are inescapably limited. There is always in his poems and plays a force (a contingent drive a pre-textual undertow a rational-critical momentum an ironic stance the deflections of error) coercing plot and meaning to their end. By examining the work of limits in the sonnets and in five of his plays this book seeks not only to highlight the poet’s steadfast commitment to critical rationality. It also aims to plead a case of hermeneutic continence. Present-day appraisals of Shakespeare’s world-making and meaning-projecting potential are often overruled by a neo-romantic and phenomenological celebration of plenty. This pre-critical tendency unwittingly obtains epistemic legitimation from philosophical quarters inspired by Alain Badiou’s derisive rejection of "the pathos of finitude". But finitude is much more than a modish neo-existentialist watchword. It is what is left of ontology when reason is done. And cool reason was already at work before Kant.  In accounting for the way in which Shakespeare places limits to life (Romeo and Juliet) to experience (The Tempest) to love (the Sonnets) to time (Macbeth) to the world (Hamlet) and to knowledge (Othello) Limited Shakespeare: The Reason of Finitude aims to underscore the deeply mediated dimension of Shakespearean experience always over-determined by the twin forces of contingency and textual determinism and his meta-rational and virtually ironic taste for irrational accidental and error-driven limits (bonds bounds deaths). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026776

Limited Statehood and Informal Governance in the Middle East and Africa Hybrid forms of governance – where the central state authority does not possess a monopoly of violence and fails to exercise control – are not only an epiphenomena but a reality likely to persist. This book explores this phenomenon drawing on examples from the Middle East and Africa. It considers the different sorts of actors – state and non-state public and private national and transnational – which possess power examines the dynamics of the relationships between central authorities and other actors and reviews the varying outcomes. The book provides an alternative view of the way in which governance has been constructed and lived puts forward a conceptualisation of various forms of governance which have hitherto been regarded as exceptions and argues for such forms of governance to be regarded as part of the norm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586468

Limited War in South AsiaFrom Decolonization to Recent Times This book examines the origins courses and consequences of conventional wars in post-colonial South Asia. Although South Asia has experienced large-scale conventional warfare on several occasions since the end of World War II there is an almost total neglect of analysis of conventional warfare in the Indian subcontinent. Focusing on China India and Pakistan this volume therefore takes a unique approach. Regional rivalries between India and Pakistan are linked with global rivalries between the US and USSR (later Russia) and then China and war is defined in a broader perspective. The book analyses the conduct of land sea and air warfare as well as the causes and consequences of conflicts. Tactical conduct of warfare (the nature of mobile armoured strikes and static linear infantry combat supported by heavy artillery) and generalship are studied along with military strategy doctrine and grand strategy (national security policy) which is an amalgam of diplomacy military strategy and economic policy. While following a realpolitik approach this book blends the development of military strategies and doctrines with the religious and cultural ethos of the subcontinent’s inhabitants. Drawing on sources not easily accessible to Western scholars the overall argument put forward by this work is that conventional warfare has been limited in South Asia from the very beginning for reasons both cultural and realpolitik. This book will be of much interest to students of South Asian politics security studies war and conflict studies military studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338787

Limited War Revisited This book analyses the new challenges posed by changes in technology and the military balance that affect U.S. security. It presents a searching inquiry into the problems of limited war where its utility as an instrument of foreign policy is most in doubt: the Third World. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171193

Limiting Oil ImportsAn Economic History and Analysis First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064086

Limits in PerceptionEssays in Honour of Maarten A. Bouman This book presents an analysis of limits in perception from the vantage point of the physicist the engineer the psychophysicist the psychologist and the theorist. Limits in perception find their causal explanation at many logically and/or physically different levels. Some of the most fundamental bottlenecks are due to the quantum mechanical and atomistic structure of the microworld. Other simple constraints are due to the material constitution of sensory organs. For instance the fact that the eye is predominantly composed of water limits both the optical quality and the available spectral window. The engineer uses knowledge on such limits to design equipment that optimizes human performance in daily life. Examples include room acoustics and visual displays. Psychophysicists and psychologists deal with limits on a quite different logical level. These limits constrain much of our perceptually guided behaviour. The book includes chapters on such topics as movement perception binocular vision illusory phenomena language and perception the perception of time. A few concluding chapters on fundamental limits imposed by information theoretical constraints on the coding and representation of sensed structure are included. Limits in Perception will be important reading material for scientists and/or engineers in the following fields: perception experimental psychology sensory biology physics neuroscience human engineering artificial intelligence robotics ophthalmology audiology psychonomics and ergonomics remote sensing. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813819

Limits of ComputationAn Introduction to the Undecidable and the Intractable Limits of Computation: An Introduction to the Undecidable and the Intractable offers a gentle introduction to the theory of computational complexity. It explains the difficulties of computation addressing problems that have no algorithm at all and problems that cannot be solved efficiently. The book enables readers to understand: What does it mean for a problem to be unsolvable or to be NP-complete? What is meant by a computation and what is a general model of a computer? What does it mean for an algorithm to exist and what kinds of problems have no algorithm? What problems have algorithms but the algorithm may take centuries to finish? Developed from the authors’ course on computational complexity theory the text is suitable for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students without a strong background in theoretical computer science. Each chapter presents the fundamentals examples complete proofs of theorems and a wide range of exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439882061

Limits Of LawEssays On Democratic Governance Law is an increasingly pervasive force in our society. At the same time however the obstacles to law's effectiveness are also growing. In The Limits of Law Yale law professor Peter H. Schuck draws on law social science and history to explore this momentous clash between law's compelling promise of ordered liberty and the realistic limits of it Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316693

Limits To Capitalist DevelopmentThe Industrialization Of Peru 1950-1980 This book explains the dynamics of industrialization in Peru between 1950 and 1980 in the stage of capitalist development when the export of productive capital has become significant. It investigates the development of the Peruvian manufacturing sector and agricultural sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169800

Limits to Democratic Constitutionalism in Central and Eastern Europe In this book Bogusia Puchalska develops an original theory of democratic constitutionalism and uses it to support the argument that constitution-making and law-making in constitutional moments should be politically and not just constitutionally legitimate. In doing so she expertly assesses the potential implications of the prospects of democratic consolidation and constitutionalism in Poland after 1989 and asks whether it is likely to be applicable to other transition countries such as Hungary Czech Republic and Slovakia. This original and informative book should be read by all curious to understand how the democratic learning and the foundations of grass-root constitutionalism might have been damaged in post-communist countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253285

Limits to PrivatizationHow to Avoid Too Much of a Good Thing - A Report to the Club of Rome Limits to Privatization is the first thorough audit of privatizations from around the world. It outlines the historical emergence of globalization and liberalization and from analyses of over 50 case studies of best- and worst-case experiences of privatization it provides guidance for policy and action that will restore and maintain the right balance between the powers and responsibilities of the state the private sector and the increasingly important role of civil society. The result is a book of major importance that challenges one of the orthodoxies of our day and provides a benchmark for future debate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771832

Limits to Regional Integration Regionalization in general and regional integration in particular have taken place at a growing pace since the end of the Cold War when states were set free from various security overlays. Regional integration is ’logical’ as it is supposed to advance wealth and peace. Still the picture is far from clear and the process of regional integration is not automatic; disintegration takes place as we saw in the cases of the Soviet Union Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia to mention a few. This is the case not only in states recently brought together but also in traditional states like Britain The Netherlands and Spain where strong groups strive for independence. In some places regionalization is flourishing but regional integration is not. Some regional integration projects like the North American Free Trade Agreement and Mercosur seem to stagnate. Certainly there are limits to regional integration. This comprehensive volume written by high profiled academics covers these themes by examining eleven cases ranging from the lack of integration in the Arctic and the Middle East to ongoing or progressing integration in Europe to uncover what ’blocks’ regional integration the results of which are used for developing new theoretical insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472453341

Limits to Terrestrial Extraction This volume focuses on the social cultural and ecological consequences of a political economy of energy. A political economy of energy holds that an enduring hallmark of the current context is a reorganization of human society toward energy extraction and production. Limits to Terrestrial Extraction looks at the construction of society itself as an energy-harvesting “megamachine ” the ecomodernist project of the latter half of the twentieth century and its disastrous environmental record and mining Near Earth Objects to extract extraterrestrial resources. Each chapter explores a limit to terrestrial extraction – spatially economically or socially – finding that business as usual cannot yield a different world. The authors eschew easy answers of natural resource management or discourses of wise use instead offering critiques of market society and its constitutive drive to produce and waste energy. Overall this volume establishes the existential stakes and scope of change that will be required to build a better world. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental political theory as well as social scientists and humanities scholars who study the intersection of energy and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863364

Limnology Limnology provides an in-depth and current overview of the field of limnology. The result of a major tour de force by two renowned and experienced experts this unique and richly illustrated reference presents a wealth of data on limnology history water as a substrate lakes’ origins and aquatic biota. Besides a general part it gives special focus to neotropical limnology prevalently applicable in countries in the Southern Hemisphere. Starting with the essentials some definitions and a historical account this volume then details the main interaction mechanisms with physical and chemical factors diversity and geographical distribution. With regard to the major continental aquatic systems it treats the dynamics variability and characterization of lakes reservoirs flooded areas saline lakes estuaries and coastal lagoons. The impact of human activity on water resources and the need for the rehabilitation of watersheds watershed ecosystems and estuaries are addressed subsequently. To illustrate theory the final part includes research examples in limnology ecology and environmental sciences in different geographical contexts as well as ideas for new investigations. This reference volume is intended for researchers and professionals working on inland waters lakes and rivers within the fields of biology ecology environment forestry geochemistry geophysics and water management. It will also benefit students in the aforementioned areas and readers involved with limnology in related disciplines such as earth sciences environmental water and geological engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072046

Limnology Climatology and Paleoclimatology of the East African Lakes IDEAL the International Decade for East African Lakes is a ten-year multi-national multi-disciplinary investigation of the biological geological chemical and physical limnology of the East African Lakes taking into special account the Great Lakes of the East African Rift Valley and the climatology and paleoclimatology of the Rift Valley itself. The selected papers in this book serve as baseline knowledge for this intensive examination with most of the contributing authors already actively researching these lakes. The oldest in the world and the largest on the continent the lakes are vital resources for the indigenous populations of their basins. They are unique not only in their diverse populations of endemic species of fish and invertebrates but in their sensitivity to climatic change unusual circulation dynamics and water-column chemistry in relation to higher altitudes and continuous record of climatic change in tropical Africa. This volume provides an overview of our current knowledge of the lakes combined with the most recent results of specific research efforts by African American and European investigators. Included also are some discussions on the impact of man as well as comprehensive bibliographies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455903

Lina Bo BardiThe Theory of Architectural Practice The architect Lina Bo Bardi (1914–1992) has long been considered one of the major modern architects of the twentieth century in Brazil. Her iconic Museum of Art of São Paulo (1968) and the bold Social Service for Commerce Building-Pompéia São Paulo (1986) have gained recognition in recent years and her reputation is beginning to be acknowledged internationally. Bo Bardi’s major writings on architecture however have not been translated and are not well known. This book contains the first English-language translation of Propeadeutic Contribution to the Teaching of Architecture Theory (Habitat Ltd. São Paulo 1957) a seminal text published in Portuguese by the Italo-Brazilian Bo Bardi. It is arguably the first published writing on architecture theory by a practicing woman architect. Accompanying the translation is an introductory essay that interprets Bo Bardi’s text as a critical and constructive theory of architecture built from a collection of textual and visual artifacts. This translation clearly renders Bo Bardi’s work in English and contextualizes it theoretically taking into account the specific historical sources and contemporaneous discourses from which it draws. With comparisons to other important architectural pedagogies and theoretical texts of the period it is also an inquiry into the nature of architecture history and theory its role in education and its relation to practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689137

Lincoln Interest in the American Civil War and the role of Abraham Lincoln has grown dramatically in the last decade. Leader of the anti-slavery Republican coalition and the wartime Union he has become a model of a particular kind of democratic politician who led rather than followed. Richard  J. Carwardine examines Lincoln's rise to power and his achievements as US president. The book explores the wider sources of Lincoln's authority and skills in embracing a broad range of elements within the Republican party. In particular it looks at Lincoln's shrewd relationship with evangelical Protestantism. His ability to harness and channel the power of the Protestant constituency was key to his winning the presidency and rallying support behind his national and emancipatory vision.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162655

Lincoln and the American Civil War Originally published in 1967 this book is a concise and ideal study of one of the most important periods of American history and is ideal for A Level students and as an introduction for undergraduates. It discusses the social economic and political context for Lincoln’s meteoric rise and the legacy of his many achievements including the abolition of slavery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367640651

Lincoln MediatedThe President and the Press Through Nineteenth-Century Media Lincoln Mediated provides new information about a historical figure everyone thinks they know. It describes how Abraham Lincoln worked with the press throughout his political career beginning with his service in Congress in the late 1840s and detailing how his ties to newspapers in Illinois New York and Washington played a central role in the success of his presidency. Gregory A. Borchard and David W. Bulla study how Lincoln used the press to deliver his written and spoken messages how editors reacted to the president and how Lincoln responded to their criticism. Reviewing his public persona through the lens of international media and visually based sources a fascinating profile emerges.The authors cite the papers of Lincoln the letters of influential figures and content from leading newspapers. The book also features nineteenth-century illustrations and photographs. Lincoln Mediated ties the president's story directly to the press illuminating his role as a writer and as a participant in making the news. Lincoln's legacy cannot be understood without understanding the role the press played in helping shape how he was viewed. As the authors show Lincoln was a man not just a political figure. Lincoln Mediated is a worthy addition to Transaction's Journalism series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738082

Line Integral Methods for Conservative Problems Line Integral Methods for Conservative Problems explains the numerical solution of differential equations within the framework of geometric integration a branch of numerical analysis that devises numerical methods able to reproduce (in the discrete solution) relevant geometric properties of the continuous vector field. The book focuses on a large set of differential systems named conservative problems particularly Hamiltonian systems.Assuming only basic knowledge of numerical quadrature and Runge–Kutta methods this self-contained book begins with an introduction to the line integral methods. It describes numerous Hamiltonian problems encountered in a variety of applications and presents theoretical results concerning the main instance of line integral methods: the energy-conserving Runge–Kutta methods also known as Hamiltonian boundary value methods (HBVMs). The authors go on to address the implementation of HBVMs in order to recover in the numerical solution what was expected from the theory. The book also covers the application of HBVMs to handle the numerical solution of Hamiltonian partial differential equations (PDEs) and explores extensions of the energy-conserving methods.With many examples of applications this book provides an accessible guide to the subject yet gives you enough details to allow concrete use of the methods. MATLAB codes for implementing the methods are available online. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377304

LineabilityThe Search for Linearity in Mathematics Renewed interest in vector spaces and linear algebras has spurred the search for large algebraic structures composed of mathematical objects with special properties. Bringing together research that was otherwise scattered throughout the literature Lineability: The Search for Linearity in Mathematics collects the main results on the conditions for the existence of large algebraic substructures. It investigates lineability issues in a variety of areas including real and complex analysis. After presenting basic concepts about the existence of linear structures the book discusses lineability properties of families of functions defined on a subset of the real line as well as the lineability of special families of holomorphic (or analytic) functions defined on some domain of the complex plane. It next focuses on spaces of sequences and spaces of integrable functions before covering the phenomenon of universality from an algebraic point of view. The authors then describe the linear structure of the set of zeros of a polynomial defined on a real or complex Banach space and explore specialized topics such as the lineability of various families of vectors. The book concludes with an account of general techniques for discovering lineability in its diverse degrees. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138894433

Lineage and Community in China 1100–1500Genealogical Innovation in Jiangxi Tracing descent from common ancestors was extremely important in imperial China. Members of such lineage communities sacrificed to ancestors in periodic ceremonies maintained written genealogies to demonstrate their descent and held some properties in common. This book based on extensive original research provides evidence that the practice originated much earlier than previously understood. It shows that in the eleventh century in southern China under the Song dynasty the method of compiling a genealogy in the form a table that is to say a family tree replaced its statement as a textual paragraph and that this allowed the tracking of multi-line descent in ways that had previously been impossible. The book also reveals that the practice of recording and presenting genealogical information was not originally unique to communities of common surnames but that the Southern Song government keen to encourage loyalty to the state and cohesion within communities favoured the building of common surname lineages a practice which then had far-reaching consequences for the nature of Chinese society over a very long period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364991

Lineage Organisation in South-Eastern China This essay is the work of a social anthropologist but it is not based upon field work. It is concerned with Chinese matters but it is not written by a sinologue. In this essay are the author’s reflections on certain aspects of southeastern Chinese society during the last hundred and fifty years with attention on the Fukien and Kwangtung region of China has it has specialized not only in large-scale unilineal organization but also in sending people overseas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135296

Lineages and Advancements in Material Culture StudiesPerspectives from UCL Anthropology This volume comprises a curated conversation between members of the Material Culture Section of University College London Anthropology. In laying out the state of play in the field it challenges how the anthropology of material culture is being done and argues for new directions of enquiry and new methods of investigation. The contributors consider the ramifications of specific research methods and explore new methodological frameworks to address areas of human experience that require a new analytical approach. The case studies draw from a range of contexts including digital objects infrastructure data extraterrestriality ethnographic curation and medical materiality. They include timely reappraisals of now-classical analytical models that have shaped the way we understand the object the discipline knowledge formation and the artefact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350127487

Lineament: Material Representation and the Physical Figure in Architectural Production This comprehensive catalogue of contemporary work examines the renewed investment in the relationship between representation materiality and architecture. It assembles a range of diverse voices across various institutions practices generations and geographies through specific case studies that collectively present a broader theoretical intention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929548

Linear Accelerators for Radiation Therapy Linear Accelerators for Radiation Therapy Second Edition focuses on the fundamentals of accelerator systems explaining the underlying physics and the different features of these systems. This edition includes expanded sections on the treatment head on x-ray production via multileaf and dynamic collimation for the production of wedged and other intensity modulated beams on electron scattering systems and on dosimetry. With high-quality illustrations and practical examples throughout it contains a detailed description of electron beam optics and linear accelerator components. The final chapter explains how to use other equipment such as scanners and simulators in conjunction with linear accelerators for optimum treatment of cancers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429512

Linear Algebra Linear Algebra James R. Kirkwood and Bessie H. Kirkwood 978-1-4987-7685-1 K29751 Shelving Guide: Mathematics This text has a major focus on demonstrating facts and techniques of linear systems that will be invaluable in higher mathematics and related fields. A linear algebra course has two major audiences that it must satisfy. It provides an important theoretical and computational tool for nearly every discipline that uses mathematics. It also provides an introduction to abstract mathematics. This book has two parts. Chapters 1–7 are written as an introduction. Two primary goals of these chapters are to enable students to become adept at computations and to develop an understanding of the theory of basic topics including linear transformations. Important applications are presented. Part two which consists of Chapters 8–14 is at a higher level. It includes topics not usually taught in a first course such as a detailed justification of the Jordan canonical form properties of the determinant derived from axioms the Perron–Frobenius theorem and bilinear and quadratic forms. Though users will want to make use of technology for many of the computations topics are explained in the text in a way that will enable students to do these computations by hand if that is desired. Key features include: Chapters 1–7 may be used for a first course relying on applications Chapters 8–14 offer a more advanced theoretical course Definitions are highlighted throughout MATLAB® and R Project tutorials in the appendices Exercises span a range from simple computations to fairly direct abstract exercises Historical notes motivate the presentation About the Authors James R. Kirkwood holds a PhD from the University of Virginia. He has had over a dozen mathematics textbooks published on various topics including calculus real analysis mathematical biology and mathematical physics. His original research was in mathematical physics and he co-authored the seminal paper in a topic now called Kirkwood–Thomas Theory in mathematical physics. He has been awarded several National Science Foundation grants. Bessie H. Kirkwood holds PhDs in both mathematics and statistics. She co-authored papers in publications such as the Journal of Algebra and the Journal of Multivariate Analysis. Until retirement she was a professor of mathematics at Sweet Briar College. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498776851

Linear Algebra Geometry and Transformation The Essentials of a First Linear Algebra Course and More Linear Algebra Geometry and Transformation provides students with a solid geometric grasp of linear transformations. It stresses the linear case of the inverse function and rank theorems and gives a careful geometric treatment of the spectral theorem. An Engaging Treatment of the Interplay among Algebra Geometry and Mappings The text starts with basic questions about images and pre-images of mappings injectivity surjectivity and distortion. In the process of answering these questions in the linear setting the book covers all the standard topics for a first course on linear algebra including linear systems vector geometry matrix algebra subspaces independence dimension orthogonality eigenvectors and diagonalization. A Smooth Transition to the Conceptual Realm of Higher Mathematics This book guides students on a journey from computational mathematics to conceptual reasoning. It takes them from simple "identity verification" proofs to constructive and contrapositive arguments. It will prepare them for future studies in algebra multivariable calculus and the fields that use them. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version.   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482299281

Linear Algebra and Matrix Analysis for Statistics Linear Algebra and Matrix Analysis for Statistics offers a gradual exposition to linear algebra without sacrificing the rigor of the subject. It presents both the vector space approach and the canonical forms in matrix theory. The book is as self-contained as possible assuming no prior knowledge of linear algebra. The authors first address the rudimentary mechanics of linear systems using Gaussian elimination and the resulting decompositions. They introduce Euclidean vector spaces using less abstract concepts and make connections to systems of linear equations wherever possible. After illustrating the importance of the rank of a matrix they discuss complementary subspaces oblique projectors orthogonality orthogonal projections and projectors and orthogonal reduction. The text then shows how the theoretical concepts developed are handy in analyzing solutions for linear systems. The authors also explain how determinants are useful for characterizing and deriving properties concerning matrices and linear systems. They then cover eigenvalues eigenvectors singular value decomposition Jordan decomposition (including a proof) quadratic forms and Kronecker and Hadamard products. The book concludes with accessible treatments of advanced topics such as linear iterative systems convergence of matrices more general vector spaces linear transformations and Hilbert spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781420095388

Linear Algebra and Probability for Computer Science Applications Based on the author’s course at NYU Linear Algebra and Probability for Computer Science Applications gives an introduction to two mathematical fields that are fundamental in many areas of computer science. The course and the text are addressed to students with a very weak mathematical background. Most of the chapters discuss relevant MATLAB® functions and features and give sample assignments in MATLAB; the author’s website provides the MATLAB code from the book. After an introductory chapter on MATLAB the text is divided into two sections. The section on linear algebra gives an introduction to the theory of vectors matrices and linear transformations over the reals. It includes an extensive discussion on Gaussian elimination geometric applications and change of basis. It also introduces the issues of numerical stability and round-off error the discrete Fourier transform and singular value decomposition. The section on probability presents an introduction to the basic theory of probability and numerical random variables; later chapters discuss Markov models Monte Carlo methods information theory and basic statistical techniques. The focus throughout is on topics and examples that are particularly relevant to computer science applications; for example there is an extensive discussion on the use of hidden Markov models for tagging text and a discussion of the Zipf (inverse power law) distribution. Examples and Programming AssignmentsThe examples and programming assignments focus on computer science applications. The applications covered are drawn from a range of computer science areas including computer graphics computer vision robotics natural language processing web search machine learning statistical analysis game playing graph theory scientific computing decision theory coding cryptography network analysis data compression and signal processing. Homework ProblemsComprehensive problem sections include traditional calculation exercises thought problems such as proofs and programming assignments that involve creating MATLAB functions. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466501553

Linear Algebra over Commutative Rings This monograph arose from lectures at the University of Oklahoma on topics related to linear algebra over commutative rings. It provides an introduction of matrix theory over commutative rings. The monograph discusses the structure theory of a projective module. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451776

Linear AlgebraA Geometric Approach This is an undergraduate textbook suitable for linear algebra courses. This is the only textbook that develops the linear algebra hand-in-hand with the geometry of linear (or affine) spaces in such a way that the understanding of each reinforces the other. The text is divided into two parts: Part I is on linear algebra and affine geometry finis Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748961

Linear AlgebraWhat you Need to Know This book is intended for a first linear algebra course. The text includes all essential topics in a concise manner and can therefore be fully covered in a one term course. After this course the student is fully equipped to specialize further in their direction(s) of choice (advanced pure linear algebra numerical linear algebra optimization multivariate statistics or one of the many other areas of linear algebra applications). Linear Algebra is an exciting area of mathematics that is gaining more and more importance as the world is becoming increasingly digital. It has the following very appealing features: It is a solid axiomatic based mathematical theory that is accessible to a large variety of students. It has a multitude of applications from many different fields ranging from traditional science and engineering applications to more ‘daily life’ applications (internet searches guessing consumer preferences etc.). It easily allows for numerical experimentation through the use of a variety of readily available software (both commercial and open source). This book incorporates all these aspects throughout the whole text with the intended effect that each student can find their own niche in the field. Several suggestions of different software are made. While MATLAB is certainly still a favorite choice open source programs such as Sage (especially among algebraists) and the Python libraries are increasingly popular. This text guides the student through different programs by providing specific commands. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367684730

Linear and Chiral Dichroism in the Electron Microscope This book describes energy loss magnetic chiral dichroism (EMCD) a phenomenon in energy loss spectroscopy discovered in 2006. EMCD is the equivalent of XMCD but is based on fast probe electrons in the electron microscope. A spatial resolution of 2 nm has been demonstrated and the lattice-resolved mapping of atomic spins appears feasible. EMCD is thus a promising technique for magnetic studies on the nanometer and sub-nanometer scale providing the technical and logistic advantages of electron microscopy such as in situ chemical and structural information easy access and low cost. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267489

Linear and Complex Analysis for Applications Linear and Complex Analysis for Applications aims to unify various parts of mathematical analysis in an engaging manner and to provide a diverse and unusual collection of applications both to other fields of mathematics and to physics and engineering. The book evolved from several of the author’s teaching experiences his research in complex analysis in several variables and many conversations with friends and colleagues. It has three primary goals:   to develop enough linear analysis and complex variable theory to prepare students in engineering or applied mathematics for advanced work to unify many distinct and seemingly isolated topics to show mathematics as both interesting and useful especially via the juxtaposition of examples and theorems.   The book realizes these goals by beginning with reviews of Linear Algebra Complex Numbers and topics from Calculus III. As the topics are being reviewed new material is inserted to help the student develop skill in both computation and theory. The material on linear algebra includes infinite-dimensional examples arising from elementary calculus and differential equations. Line and surface integrals are computed both in the language of classical vector analysis and by using differential forms. Connections among the topics and applications appear throughout the book. The text weaves abstract mathematics routine computational problems and applications into a coherent whole whose unifying theme is linear systems. It includes many unusual examples and contains more than 450 exercises. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498756105

Linear and Integer OptimizationTheory and Practice Third Edition Presenting a strong and clear relationship between theory and practice Linear and Integer Optimization: Theory and Practice is divided into two main parts. The first covers the theory of linear and integer optimization including both basic and advanced topics. Dantzig’s simplex algorithm duality sensitivity analysis integer optimization models and network models are introduced. More advanced topics also are presented including interior point algorithms the branch-and-bound algorithm cutting planes complexity standard combinatorial optimization models the assignment problem minimum cost flow and the maximum flow/minimum cut theorem. The second part applies theory through real-world case studies. The authors discuss advanced techniques such as column generation multiobjective optimization dynamic optimization machine learning (support vector machines) combinatorial optimization approximation algorithms and game theory. Besides the fresh new layout and completely redesigned figures this new edition incorporates modern examples and applications of linear optimization. The book now includes computer code in the form of models in the GNU Mathematical Programming Language (GMPL). The models and corresponding data files are available for download and can be readily solved using the provided online solver. This new edition also contains appendices covering mathematical proofs linear algebra graph theory convexity and nonlinear optimization. All chapters contain extensive examples and exercises. This textbook is ideal for courses for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in various fields including mathematics computer science industrial engineering operations research and management science. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498710169

Linear and Non-Linear Deformations of Elastic Solids Linear and Non-Linear Deformations of Elastic Solids aims to compile the advances in the field of linear and non-linear elasticity through discussion of advanced topics. Broadly classified into two parts it includes crack contact scattering and wave propagation in linear elastic solids and bending vibration stability in non-linear elastic solids supported by MATLAB examples. This book is aimed at graduate students and researchers in applied mathematics solid mechanics applied mechanics structural mechanics and includes comprehensive discussion of related analytical/numerical methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367333652

Linear and Non-linear Numerical Analysis of Foundations Correctly understanding designing and analyzing the foundations that support structures is fundamental to their safety. This book by a range of academic design and contracting world experts provides a review of the state-of-the-art techniques for modelling foundations using both linear and non linear numerical analysis. It applies to a range of infrastructure civil engineering and structural engineering projects and allows designers engineers architects researchers and clients to understand some of the advanced numerical techniques used in the analysis and design of foundations.Topics include:Ground vibrations caused by trainsPile-group effectsBearing capacity of shallow foundations under static and seismic conditionsBucket foundation technology for offshore oilfields Seismically induced liquefaction in earth embankment foundations and in pile foundations Free vibrations of industrial chimneys and TV towers with flexibility of the soil Settlements of high rise structures Seepage stress fields and dynamic responses in dams Site investigation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385880

Linear and Nonlinear OpticsMaterials Properties and Applications In recent years optical properties of the unique atomic and molecular structures of materials have drawn great scientific interest. Linear optical properties of materials such as metals metal oxides magnetic oxides and organic materials are based on energy transfer and find applications in wastewater treatment forensic science biomedical science photovoltaics nuclear technology and LED displays. Nonlinear optical properties of materials are based on the nonlinear medium and find more advanced applications in frequency mixing generations and optical parametric oscillations. This book presents the underlying principles implementation and applications of the linear and nonlinear optical properties of materials and has been divided into two parts emphasizing these properties. The first part of the book Linear Optics discusses bimetallic nanoparticles in dielectric media and their integration to dye molecules to detect trace amounts of heavy metals at the nanometer level as well as to enhance luminescence and image contrasts in forensic inspection and biomedical diagnosis. It shows how the integration of bimetallic nanoparticles into a ZnO matrix promotes broadening of the absorption spectrum from the ultraviolet to the visible wavelength. It explains the role of surface adsorption and photocatalytic degradation in dye-removal kinetics by Fe3O4 magnetic nanoparticles under pulsed white light. It also discusses the double-layer shielding tank design to safely store radioactive waste and photon propagation through the multilayer structures of a human tissue model. The second part of the book Nonlinear Optics presents general concepts such as electromagnetic theory nonlinear medium and wave propagation as well as more advanced concepts such as second harmonic generation phase matching optical parametric interactions different frequency generation sum frequency generation tunable laser and optical resonant oscillator. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877152

Linear and Nonlinear Programming with MapleAn Interactive Applications-Based Approach Helps Students Understand Mathematical Programming Principles and Solve Real-World ApplicationsSupplies enough mathematical rigor yet accessible enough for undergraduatesIntegrating a hands-on learning approach a strong linear algebra focus Maple™ software and real-world applications Linear and Nonlinear Programming with Maple™: An Interactive Applications-Based Approach introduces undergraduate students to the mathematical concepts and principles underlying linear and nonlinear programming. This text fills the gap between management science books lacking mathematical detail and rigor and graduate-level books on mathematical programming. Essential linear algebra toolsThroughout the text topics from a first linear algebra course such as the invertible matrix theorem linear independence transpose properties and eigenvalues play a prominent role in the discussion. The book emphasizes partitioned matrices and uses them to describe the simplex algorithm in terms of matrix multiplication. This perspective leads to streamlined approaches for constructing the revised simplex method developing duality theory and approaching the process of sensitivity analysis. The book also discusses some intermediate linear algebra topics including the spectral theorem and matrix norms. Maple enhances conceptual understanding and helps tackle problemsAssuming no prior experience with Maple the author provides a sufficient amount of instruction for students unfamiliar with the software. He also includes a summary of Maple commands as well as Maple worksheets in the text and online. By using Maple’s symbolic computing components numeric capabilities graphical versatility and intuitive programming structures students will acquire a deep conceptual understanding of major mathematical programming principles along with the ability to solve moderately sized rea Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367384777

Linear and Non-Linear System Theory Linear and Non-Linear System Theory focuses on the basics of linear and non-linear systems optimal control and optimal estimation with an objective to understand the basics of state space approach linear and non-linear systems and its analysis thereof. Divided into eight chapters materials cover an introduction to the advanced topics in the field of linear and non-linear systems optimal control and estimation supported by mathematical tools detailed case studies and numerical and exercise problems. This book is aimed at senior undergraduate and graduate students in electrical instrumentation electronics chemical control engineering and other allied branches of engineering. Features Covers both linear and non-linear system theory Explores state feedback control and state estimator concepts Discusses non-linear systems and phase plane analysis Includes non-linear system stability and bifurcation behaviour Elaborates optimal control and estimation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367340148

Linear and Quasilinear Complex Equations of Hyperbolic and Mixed Types This volume deals with first and second order complex equations of hyperbolic and mixed types. Various general boundary value problems for linear and quasilinear complex equations are investigated in detail. To obtain results for complex equations of mixed types some discontinuous boundary value problems for elliptic complex equations are discussed. Mixed complex equations are included in the quasilinear case and the text considers both boundary value conditions in the general oblique derivative case and multiply connected domains. Complex analytical methods are used to investigate various problems as well. In particular hyperbolic numbers and hyperbolic complex functions are introduced to handle hyperbolic complex equations. Researchers and graduate students in mathematical analysis will find this text indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454807

Linear and Switch-Mode RF Power AmplifiersDesign and Implementation Methods RF power amplifiers are implemented in communication semiconductor wafer processing magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and radar systems to produce RF signal with the desired characteristics to perform several critical tasks in the entire system. They can be designed to operate in linear or switch-mode depending on the specific application. This book explores the design and implementation methods for both linear and switch-mode amplifiers with real world engineering problems. The text discusses phased controlled switch-mode amplifiers and distortion and modulation effects in RF amplifiers. It illustrates the interface and integration of components and sub-systems for RF amplifiers. The material is further reinforced with MATLAB design files. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138745773

Linear Circuit TheoryMatrices in Computer Applications This comprehensive textbook covers all subjects on linear circuit theory with the emphasis on learning the subject without an excessive amount of information. This unique approach stresses knowledge rather than computer use to start and differs from other books by introducing matrix algebra early in the book. The book’s 290 problems are meant to be solved using matrix algebra which provides the reader with a strong foundation on which to build. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895611

Linear CircuitsSystems and Signal Processing: Advanced Theory and Applications This book documents the significant progress in studies concerning linear circuits and systems including their applications to digital filters in Japan. It considers rational approximations in circuit and system theory and deals with the digital lattice filters used in digital signal processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450908

Linear Continuous-Time Systems This book aims to help the reader understand the linear continuous-time time-invariant dynamical systems theory and its importance for systems analysis and design of the systems operating in real conditions i.e. in forced regimes under arbitrary initial conditions. The text completely covers IO ISO and IIO systems. It introduces the concept of the system full matrix P(s) in the complex domain and establishes its link with the also newly introduced system full transfer function matrix F(s). The text establishes the full block diagram technique based on the use of F(s) which incorporates the Laplace transform of the input vector and the vector of all initial conditions. It explores the direct relationship between the system full transfer function matrix F(s) and the Lyapunov stability concept definitions and conditions as well as with the BI stability concept definitions and conditions. The goal of the book is to unify the study and applications of all three classes of the of the linear continuous-time time-invariant systems for short systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138039506

Linear Control System Analysis and Design with MATLAB® Thoroughly classroom-tested and proven to be a valuable self-study companion Linear Control System Analysis and Design: Sixth Edition provides an intensive overview of modern control theory and conventional control system design using in-depth explanations diagrams calculations and tables. Keeping mathematics to a minimum the book is designed with the undergraduate in mind first building a foundation then bridging the gap between control theory and its real-world application. Computer-aided design accuracy checks (CADAC) are used throughout the text to enhance computer literacy. Each CADAC uses fundamental concepts to ensure the viability of a computer solution. Completely updated and packed with student-friendly features the sixth edition presents a range of updated examples using MATLAB® as well as an appendix listing MATLAB functions for optimizing control system analysis and design. Over 75 percent of the problems presented in the previous edition have been revised or replaced. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466504264

Linear Control TheoryStructure Robustness and Optimization Successfully classroom-tested at the graduate level Linear Control Theory: Structure Robustness and Optimization covers three major areas of control engineering (PID control robust control and optimal control). It provides balanced coverage of elegant mathematical theory and useful engineering-oriented results. The first part of the book develops results relating to the design of PID and first-order controllers for continuous and discrete-time linear systems with possible delays. The second section deals with the robust stability and performance of systems under parametric and unstructured uncertainty. This section describes several elegant and sharp results such as Kharitonov’s theorem and its extensions the edge theorem and the mapping theorem. Focusing on the optimal control of linear systems the third part discusses the standard theories of the linear quadratic regulator Hinfinity  and l1 optimal control and associated results. Written by recognized leaders in the field this book explains how control theory can be applied to the design of real-world systems. It shows that the techniques of three term controllers along with the results on robust and optimal control are invaluable to developing and solving research problems in many areas of engineering.   Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221182

Linear Differential Equations and Oscillators   Linear Differential Equations and Oscillators is the first book within Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications to Trajectories and Vibrations Six-volume Set. As a set they are the fourth volume in the series Mathematics and Physics Applied to Science and Technology. This first book consists of chapters 1 and 2 of the fourth volume. The first chapter covers linear differential equations of any order whose unforced solution can be obtained from the roots of a characteristic polynomial namely those: (i) with constant coefficients; (ii) with homogeneous power coefficients with the exponent equal to the order of derivation. The method of characteristic polynomials is also applied to (iii) linear finite difference equations of any order with constant coefficients. The unforced and forced solutions of (i ii iii) are examples of some general properties of ordinary differential equations. The second chapter applies the theory of the first chapter to linear second-order oscillators with one degree-of-freedom such as the mechanical mass-damper-spring-force system and the electrical self-resistor-capacitor-battery circuit. In both cases are treated free undamped damped and amplified oscillations; also forced oscillations including beats resonance discrete and continuous spectra and impulsive inputs. Describes general properties of differential and finite difference equations with focus on linear equations and constant and some power coefficients Presents particular and general solutions for all cases of differential and finite difference equations Provides complete solutions for many cases of forcing including resonant cases Discusses applications to linear second-order mechanical and electrical oscillators with damping Provides solutions with forcing including resonance using the characteristic polynomial Green' s functions trigonometrical series Fourier integrals and Laplace transforms Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367137182

Linear Discrete-Time Systems This book covers crucial lacunae of the linear discrete-time time-invariant dynamical systems and introduces the reader to their treatment while functioning under real natural conditions in forced regimes with arbitrary initial conditions. It provides novel theoretical tools necessary for the analysis and design of the systems operating in stated conditions. The text completely covers two well-known systems IO and ISO along with a new system IIO. It discovers the concept of the full transfer function matrix F(z) in the z-complex domain which incorporates the Z-transform of the system input and another variable vectors all with arbitrary initial conditions. Consequently it addresses the full system matrix P(z) and the full block diagram technique based on the use of F(z) which incorporates the Z-transform of the system input and another variable vectors all with arbitrary initial conditions. The book explores the direct relationship between the system full transfer function matrix F(z) and the Lyapunov stability concept definitions and conditions as well as with the BI stability concept definitions and conditions. The goal of the book is to unify the study and applications of all three classes of the linear discrete-time time-invariant system for short systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138039599

Linear Electric Machines Drives and MAGLEVs Handbook Based on author Ion Boldea’s 40 years of experience and the latest research Linear Electric Machines Drives and Maglevs Handbook provides a practical and comprehensive resource on the steady improvement in this field. The book presents in-depth reviews of basic concepts and detailed explorations of complex subjects including classifications and practical topologies with sample results based on an up-to-date survey of the field. Packed with case studies this state-of-the-art handbook covers topics such as modeling steady state and transients as well as control design and testing of linear machines and drives. It includes discussion of types and applications—from small compressors for refrigerators to MAGLEV transportation—of linear electric machines. Additional topics include low and high speed linear induction or synchronous motors with and without PMs with progressive or oscillatory linear motion from topologies through modeling design dynamics and control. With a breadth and depth of coverage not found in currently available references this book includes formulas and methods that make it an authoritative and comprehensive resource for use in R&D and testing of innovative solutions to new industrial challenges in linear electric motion/energy automatic control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076334

Linear GroupsThe Accent on Infinite Dimensionality Linear Groups: The Accent on Infinite Dimensionality explores some of the main results and ideas in the study of infinite-dimensional linear groups. The theory of finite dimensional linear groups is one of the best developed algebraic theories. The array of articles devoted to this topic is enormous and there are many monographs concerned with matrix groups ranging from old classical texts to ones published more recently. However in the case when the dimension is infinite (and such cases arise quite often) the reality is quite different. The situation with the study of infinite dimensional linear groups is like the situation that has developed in the theory of groups in the transition from the study of finite groups to the study of infinite groups which appeared about one hundred years ago. It is well known that this transition was extremely efficient and led to the development of a rich and central branch of algebra: Infinite group theory. The hope is that this book can be part of a similar transition in the field of linear groups. Features This is the first book dedicated to infinite-dimensional linear groups This is written for experts and graduate students specializing in algebra and parallel disciplines This book discusses a very new theory and accumulates many important and useful results Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138542808

Linear Induction Accelerators for High-Power Microwave Devices Linear induction accelerators are successfully used as power supplies for numerous devices of relativistic high-frequency electronics. This book addresses ways to solve physical and engineering problems arising in the calculation design modeling and operation of linear induction accelerators intended for supplying relativistic microwave devices. It reviews and analyzes both classic and recent studies on the topic of linear induction accelerators (LIA) for generating and amplifying microwave radiation by relativistic devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571382

Linear Least Squares Computations Presenting numerous algorithms in a simple algebraic form so that the reader can easilytranslate them into any computer language this volume gives details of several methodsfor obtaining accurate least squares estimates. It explains how these estimates may beupdated as new information becomes available and how to test linear hypotheses.Linear Least Squares Computations features many structured exercises that guidethe reader through the available algorithms plus a glossary of commonly used terms anda bibliography of supplementary reading ... collects "ancient" and modem results onlinear least squares computations in a convenient single source . . . develops the necessarymatrix algebra in the context of multivariate statistics . .. only makes peripheral use ofconcepts such as eigenvalues and partial differentiation .. . interprets canonical formsemployed in computation ... discusses many variants of the Gauss Laplace-Schmidt Givens and Householder algorithms ... and uses an empirical approach for the appraisalof algorithms.Linear Least Squares Computations serves as an outstanding reference forindustrial and applied mathematicians statisticians and econometricians as well as atext for advanced undergraduate and graduate statistics mathematics and econometricscourses in computer programming linear regression analysis and applied statistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748923

Linear MethodsA General Education Course Linear Methods: A General Education Course is expressly written for non-mathematical students particularly freshmen taking a required core mathematics course. Rather than covering a hodgepodge of different topics as is typical for a core mathematics course this text encourages students to explore one particular branch of mathematics elementary linear algebra in some depth. The material is presented in an accessible manner as opposed to a traditional overly rigorous approach. While introducing students to useful topics in linear algebra the book also includes a gentle introduction to more abstract facets of the subject. Many relevant uses of linear algebra in today’s world are illustrated including applications involving business economics elementary graph theory Markov chains linear regression and least-squares polynomials geometric transformations and elementary physics. The authors have included proofs of various important elementary theorems and properties which provide readers with the reasoning behind these results. Features: Written for a general education core course in introductory mathematics Introduces elementary linear algebra concepts to non-mathematics majors Provides an informal introduction to elementary proofs involving matrices and vectors Includes useful applications from linear algebra related to business graph theory regression and elementary physics Authors Bio: David Hecker is a Professor of Mathematics at Saint Joseph's University in Philadelphia. He received his Ph.D. from Rutgers University and has published several journal articles. He also co-authored several editions of Elementary Linear Algebra with Stephen Andrilli. Stephen Andrilli is a Professor in the Mathematics and Computer Science Department at La Salle University in Philadelphia. He received his Ph.D. from Rutgers University and also co-authored several editions of Elementary Linear Algebra with David Hecker. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138049215

Linear Mixed ModelsA Practical Guide Using Statistical Software Second Edition Highly recommended by JASA Technometrics and other journals the first edition of this bestseller showed how to easily perform complex linear mixed model (LMM) analyses via a variety of software programs. Linear Mixed Models: A Practical Guide Using Statistical Software Second Edition continues to lead readers step by step through the process of fitting LMMs. This second edition covers additional topics on the application of LMMs that are valuable for data analysts in all fields. It also updates the case studies using the latest versions of the software procedures and provides up-to-date information on the options and features of the software procedures available for fitting LMMs in SAS SPSS Stata R/S-plus and HLM. New to the Second Edition A new chapter on models with crossed random effects that uses a case study to illustrate software procedures capable of fitting these models Power analysis methods for longitudinal and clustered study designs including software options for power analyses and suggested approaches to writing simulations Use of the lmer() function in the lme4 R package New sections on fitting LMMs to complex sample survey data and Bayesian approaches to making inferences based on LMMs Updated graphical procedures in the software packages Substantially revised index to enable more efficient reading and easier location of material on selected topics or software options More practical recommendations on using the software for analysis A new R package (WWGbook) that contains all of the data sets used in the examples Ideal for anyone who uses software for statistical modeling this book eliminates the need to read multiple software-specific texts by covering the most popular software programs for fitting LMMs in one handy guide. The authors illustrate the models and methods through real-world examples that enable comparisons of model-fitting options and results across the software procedures. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466560994

Linear Models and the Relevant Distributions and Matrix Algebra Linear Models and the Relevant Distributions and Matrix Algebra provides in-depth and detailed coverage of the use of linear statistical models as a basis for parametric and predictive inference. It can be a valuable reference a primary or secondary text in a graduate-level course on linear models or a resource used (in a course on mathematical statistics) to illustrate various theoretical concepts in the context of a relatively complex setting of great practical importance.Features:Provides coverage of matrix algebra that is extensive and relatively self-contained and does so in a meaningful contextProvides thorough coverage of the relevant statistical distributions including spherically and elliptically symmetric distributionsIncludes extensive coverage of multiple-comparison procedures (and of simultaneous confidence intervals) including procedures for controlling the k-FWER and the FDRProvides thorough coverage (complete with detailed and highly accessible proofs) of results on the properties of various linear-model procedures including those of least squares estimators and those of the F test.Features the use of real data sets for illustrative purposesIncludes many exercisesDavid Harville served for 10 years as a mathematical statistician in the Applied Mathematics Research Laboratory of the Aerospace Research Laboratories at Wright-Patterson AFB Ohio 20 years as a full professor in Iowa State University’s Department of Statistics where he now has emeritus status and seven years as a research staff member of the Mathematical Sciences Department of IBM’s T.J. Watson Research Center. He has considerable relevant experience having taught M.S. and Ph.D. level courses in linear models been the thesis advisor of 10 Ph.D. graduates and authored or co-authored two books and more than 80 research articles. His work has been recognized through his election as a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics and as a member of the International Statistical Institute. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572037

Linear Models with Python Praise for Linear Models with R: This book is a must-have tool for anyone interested in understanding and applying linear models. The logical ordering of the chapters is well thought out and portrays Faraway’s wealth of experience in teaching and using linear models. … It lays down the material in a logical and intricate manner and makes linear modeling appealing to researchers from virtually all fields of study. -Biometrical Journal Throughout it gives plenty of insight … with comments that even the seasoned practitioner will appreciate. Interspersed with R code and the output that it produces one can find many little gems of what I think is sound statistical advice well epitomized with the examples chosen…I read it with delight and think that the same will be true with anyone who is engaged in the use or teaching of linear models. -Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Like its widely praised best-selling companion version Linear Models with R this book replaces R with Python to seamlessly give a coherent exposition of the practice of linear modeling. Linear Models with Python offers up-to-date insight on essential data analysis topics from estimation inference and prediction to missing data factorial models and block designs. Numerous examples illustrate how to apply the different methods using Python. Features: Python is a powerful open source programming language increasingly being used in data science machine learning and computer science. Python and R are similar but R was designed for statistics while Python is multi-talented. This version replaces R with Python to make it accessible to a greater number of users outside of statistics including those from Machine Learning. A reader coming to this book from an ML background will learn new statistical perspectives on learning from data. Topics include Model Selection Shrinkage Experiments with Blocks and Missing Data. Includes an Appendix on Python for beginners. Linear Models with Python explains how to use linear models in physical science engineering social science and business applications. It is ideal as a textbook for linear models or linear regression courses. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138483958

Linear Models with R A Hands-On Way to Learning Data Analysis Part of the core of statistics linear models are used to make predictions and explain the relationship between the response and the predictors. Understanding linear models is crucial to a broader competence in the practice of statistics. Linear Models with R Second Edition explains how to use linear models in physical science engineering social science and business applications. The book incorporates several improvements that reflect how the world of R has greatly expanded since the publication of the first edition. New to the Second Edition Reorganized material on interpreting linear models which distinguishes the main applications of prediction and explanation and introduces elementary notions of causality Additional topics including QR decomposition splines additive models Lasso multiple imputation and false discovery rates Extensive use of the ggplot2 graphics package in addition to base graphics Like its widely praised best-selling predecessor this edition combines statistics and R to seamlessly give a coherent exposition of the practice of linear modeling. The text offers up-to-date insight on essential data analysis topics from estimation inference and prediction to missing data factorial models and block designs. Numerous examples illustrate how to apply the different methods using R. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439887332

Linear Operators and Their Essential Pseudospectra Linear Operators and Their Essential Pseudospectra provides a comprehensive study of spectral theory of linear operators defined on Banach spaces. The central items of interest in the volume include various essential spectra but the author also considers some of the generalizations that have been studied. In recent years spectral theory has witnessed an explosive development. This volume presents a survey of results concerning various types of essential spectra and pseudospectra in a unified axiomatic way and also discusses several topics that are new but which relate to the concepts and methods emanating from the book. The main topics include essential spectra essential pseudospectra structured essential pseudospectra and their relative sets. This volume will be very useful for several researchers since it represents not only a collection of previously heterogeneous material but also includes discussions of innovation through several extensions. As the spectral theory of operators is an important part of functional analysis and has numerous applications in many areas of mathematics the author suggests that some modest prerequisites from functional analysis and operator theory should be in place to be accessible to newcomers and graduate students of mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886994

Linear Optimization and DualityA Modern Exposition Linear Optimization and Dualiyy: A Modern Exposition departs from convention in significant ways. Standard linear programming textbooks present the material in the order in which it was discovered. Duality is treated as a difficult add-on after coverage of formulation the simplex method and polyhedral theory. Students end up without knowing duality in their bones. This text brings in duality in Chapter 1 and carries duality all the way through the exposition. Chapter 1 gives a general definition of duality that shows the dual aspects of a matrix as a column of rows and a row of columns. The proof of weak duality in Chapter 2 is shown via the Lagrangian which relies on matrix duality. The first three LP formulation examples in Chapter 3 are classic primal-dual pairs including the diet problem and 2-person zero sum games. For many engineering students optimization is their first immersion in rigorous mathematics. Conventional texts assume a level of mathematical sophistication they don’t have. This text embeds dozens of reading tips and hundreds of answered questions to guide such students. Features Emphasis on duality throughout Practical tips for modeling and computation Coverage of computational complexity and data structures Exercises and problems based on the learning theory concept of the zone of proximal development Guidance for the mathematically unsophisticated reader About the Author Craig A. Tovey is a professor in the H. Milton Stewart School of Industrial and Systems Engineering at Georgia Institute of Technology. Dr. Tovey received an AB from Harvard College an MS in computer science and a PhD in operations research from Stanford University. His principal activities are in operations research and its interdisciplinary applications. He received a Presidential Young Investigator Award and the Jacob Wolfowitz Prize for research in heuristics. He was named an Institute Fellow at Georgia Tech and was recognized by the ACM Special Interest Group on Electronic Commerce with the Test of Time Award. Dr. Tovey received the 2016 Golden Goose Award for his research on bee foraging behavior leading to the development of the Honey Bee Algorithm. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439887462

Linear Optimization for BusinessTheory and practical application This book takes a unique approach to linear optimization by focusing on the underlying principles and business applications of a topic more often taught from a mathematical and computational perspective. By shifting the perspective away from heavy math students learn how optimization can be used to drive decision making in real world business settings. The book does not shy away from the theory underlying linear optimization but rather focuses on ensuring students understand the logic without getting caught up in proving theorems. Plenty of examples applications and case studies are included to help bridge the gap between the theory and the way it plays out in practice. The author has also included several Excel spreadsheets showing worked-out models of linear optimization that have been used to drive decisions ranging from configuring a police force to purchasing crude oil and media planning. How can the routes and pricing structures of airlines be optimized? How much should be invested in the prevention and punishment of crimes? These are everyday problems that can be solved using linear optimization and this book shows students just how to do that. It will prove a useful math-free resource for all students of management science and operations research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491755

Linear Programming and Algorithms for Communication NetworksA Practical Guide to Network Design Control and Management Explaining how to apply to mathematical programming to network design and control Linear Programming and Algorithms for Communication Networks: A Practical Guide to Network Design Control and Management fills the gap between mathematical programming theory and its implementation in communication networks. From the basics all the way through to more advanced concepts its comprehensive coverage provides readers with a solid foundation in mathematical programming for communication networks. Addressing optimization problems for communication networks including the shortest path problem max flow problem and minimum-cost flow problem the book covers the fundamentals of linear programming and integer linear programming required to address a wide range of problems. It also: Examines several problems on finding disjoint paths for reliable communications Addresses optimization problems in optical wavelength-routed networks Describes several routing strategies for maximizing network utilization for various traffic-demand models Considers routing problems in Internet Protocol (IP) networks Presents mathematical puzzles that can be tackled by integer linear programming (ILP) Using the GNU Linear Programming Kit (GLPK) package which is designed for solving linear programming and mixed integer programming problems it explains typical problems and provides solutions for communication networks. The book provides algorithms for these problems as well as helpful examples with demonstrations. Once you gain an understanding of how to solve LP problems for communication networks using the GLPK descriptions in this book you will also be able to easily apply your knowledge to other solvers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138034099

Linear Synchronous MotorsTransportation and Automation Systems Second Edition Considered to be the first book devoted to the subject Linear Synchronous Motors: Transportation and Automation Systems Second Edition evaluates the state of the art demonstrating the technological innovations that are improving the design construction and performance of modern control systems. This new edition not only illustrates the development of linear synchronous motor drives but it also discusses useful techniques for selecting a motor that will meet the specific requirements of linear electrical drives. New Features for the Second Edition: Several updated and expanded sections as well as two new chapters on FEM Even more numerical examples calculations and mathematical models Broadened target audience that includes researchers scientists students and more Evaluating trends and practical techniques for achieving optimal system performance the authors showcase ready-to-implement solutions for common roadblocks in this process. The book presents fundamental equations and calculations used to determine and evaluate system operation efficiency and reliability with an exploration of modern computer-aided design of linear synchronous motors including the finite element approach. It covers topics such as linear sensors and stepping motors magnetic levitation systems elevators and factory automation systems. It also features case studies on flat PM tubular PM air-cored and hybrid linear synchronous motors as well as 3D finite element method analysis of tubular linear reluctance motors and linear oscillatory actuators. With such an exceptional presentation of practical tools and conceptual illustrations this volume is an especially powerful resource. It will benefit readers from all walks by providing numerical examples models guidelines and diagrams to help develop a clear understanding of linear synchronous motor operations characteristics and much more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072053

Linear Systems PropertiesA Quick Reference This pocket book serves as an immediate reference for the various formulae encountered in linear systems control systems probability communication engineering signal processing quantum mechanics and electromagnetic field theory. It includes novel results on complex convolutions; clearly explains real and complex matrix differentiation methods; provides an unusual amount of orthogonal functions; and presents properties of Fourier series Fourier transforms Hilbert transforms Laplace transforms and z-transforms. Singular value decomposition techniques for matrix inversion are also clearly presented. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332951

Linear Systems Theory This second edition comprehensively presents important tools of linear systems theory including differential and difference equations Laplace and Z transforms and more.Linear Systems Theory discusses:Nonlinear and linear systems in the state space form and through the transfer function methodStability including marginal stability asymptotical stability global asymptotical stability uniform stability uniform exponential stability and BIBO stabilityControllabilityObservabilityCanonical formsSystem realizations and minimal realizations including state space approach and transfer function realizationsSystem designKalman filtersNonnegative systemsAdaptive controlNeural networksThe book focuses mainly on applications in electrical engineering but it provides examples for most branches of engineering economics and social sciences.What's New in the Second Edition?Case studies drawn mainly from electrical and mechanical engineering applications replacing many of the longer case studiesExpanded explanations of both linear and nonlinear systems as well as new problem sets at the end of each chapterIllustrative examples in all the chaptersAn introduction and analysis of new stability conceptsAn expanded chapter on neural networks analyzing advances that have occurred in that field since the first editionAlthough more mainstream than its predecessor this revision maintains the rigorous mathematical approach of the first edition providing fast efficient development of the material.Linear Systems Theory enables its reader to develop his or her capabilities for modeling dynamic phenomena examining their properties and applying them to real-life situations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748886

Linear SystemsNon-Fragile Control and Filtering Linear Systems: Non-Fragile Control and Filtering presents the latest research results and a systematic approach to designing non-fragile controllers and filters for linear systems. The authors combine the algebraic Riccati technique the linear matrix inequality (LMI) technique and the sensitivity analysis method to establish a set of new non-fragile (insensitive) control methods. This proposed method can optimize the closed-loop system performance and make the designed controllers or filters tolerant of coefficient variations in controller or filter gain matrices. A Systematic Approach to Designing Non-Fragile Controllers and Filters for Linear Systems The text begins with developments and main research methods in non-fragile control. It then systematically presents novel methods for non-fragile control and filtering of linear systems with respect to additive/multiplicative controller/filter gain uncertainties. The book introduces the algebraic Riccati equation technique to solve additive/multiplicative norm-bounded controller/filter gain uncertainty and proposes a structured vertex separator to deal with the numerical problem resulting from interval-bounded coefficient variations. It also explains how to design insensitive controllers and filters in the framework of coefficient sensitivity theory. Throughout the book includes numerical examples to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed design methods. More Effective Design Methods for Non-Fragile Controllers and Filters The design and analysis tools described will help readers to better understand and analyze parameter uncertainties and to design more effective non-fragile controllers and filters. Providing a coherent approach this book is a valuable reference for researchers graduate students and anyone who wants to explore the area of non-fragile control and filtering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072060

Linear TransformationExamples and Solutions This book introduces linear transformation and its key results which have applications in engineering physics and various branches of mathematics. Linear transformation is a difficult subject for students. This concise text provides an in-depth overview of linear trans-formation. It provides multiple-choice questions covers enough examples for the reader to gain a clear understanding and includes exact methods with specific shortcuts to reach solutions for particular problems. Research scholars and students working in the fields of engineering physics and different branches of mathematics need to learn the concepts of linear transformation to solve their problems. This book will serve their need instead of having to use the more complex texts that contain more concepts then needed. The chapters mainly discuss the definition of linear transformation properties of linear transformation linear operators composition of two or more linear transformations kernels and range of linear transformation inverse transformation one-to-one and onto transformation isomorphism matrix linear transformation and similarity of two matrices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367613259

Linearly Polarized IR SpectroscopyTheory and Applications for Structural Analysis A technique that is useful in the study of pharmaceutical products and biological molecules polarization IR spectroscopy has undergone continuous development since it first emerged almost 100 years ago. Capturing the state of the science as it exists today Linearly Polarized IR Spectroscopy: Theory and Applications for Structural Analysis demonstrates how the technique can be properly utilized to obtain important information about the structure and spectral properties of oriented compounds. The book starts with the theoretical basis of linear-dichroic infrared (IR-LD) spectroscopy and then moves on to examine the background of the orientation method of colloid suspensions in a nematic host. It explores the orientation procedure itself experimental design and mathematical tools for the interpretation of the IR spectroscopic patterns. Next the authors describe the structural elucidation of inorganic and organic compounds and glasses. Finally they discuss applications in pharmaceutical analysis and the chemistry of dyes. Filled with more than 140 illustrations along with a color insert the book explains both the scope of the polarized IR spectroscopy method as well as its limitations. A powerful source of information not only for specialists in IR spectroscopy but also for those working in the field of structural analysis this volume moves the field closer to developing an inherently classical method for the structural characterization of compounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112858

Lines of Light This work provides a perspective on the creation of a scientific discipline. The reader is led to meet the actual people who have contributed to this field and know their trials as well as breakthroughs. From 1800 to 1930 Brand preserves the thread of scientific thought and activity through six generations of working scientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455788

Lines of NarrativePsychosocial Perspectives This volume brilliantly advances our understanding of the use of narrative in the social sciences. It brings together contemporary work on narrative theory and methods and presents a fascinating range of case-studies from Princess Diana's Panorama interview to the memoirs of the wives of US nuclear scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758437

LinesA Brief History What do walking weaving observing storytelling singing drawing and writing have in common? The answer is that they all proceed along lines. In this extraordinary book Tim Ingold imagines a world in which everyone and everything consists of interwoven or interconnected lines and lays the foundations for a completely new discipline: the anthropological archaeology of the line. Ingold’s argument leads us through the music of Ancient Greece and contemporary Japan Siberian labyrinths and Roman roads Chinese calligraphy and the printed alphabet weaving a path between antiquity and the present. Drawing on a multitude of disciplines including archaeology classical studies art history linguistics psychology musicology philosophy and many others and including more than seventy illustrations this book takes us on an exhilarating intellectual journey that will change the way we look at the world and how we go about in it. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new preface by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640399

Lingüística cognitiva y español LE/L2 Lingüística cognitiva y español LE/L2 constituye una valiosa aportación al estudio de la adquisición y la enseñanza del español LE/L2 desde la perspectiva teórica de la lingüística cognitiva. Se trata de la primera obra escrita en español en la que se ofrece una introducción a la lingüística cognitiva y su aplicación didáctica a la enseñanza del español LE/L2 desde una óptica internacional. Combina una orientación teórico-práctica que incluye diferentes estudios empíricos con pautas para ayudar a los profesores de español a integrar la lingüística cognitiva en la enseñanza de la lengua. Características principales: • Una estructura homogénea y facilitadora de la lectura de los distintos capítulos que sirve para integrar contenidos lingüísticos y gramaticales desde un punto de vista cognitivo; • Cuestiones clave en la enseñanza del español LE/L2 desde la óptica de la lingüística cognitiva: aspectos controvertidos de gramática el desarrollo de la competencia metafórica el aprendizaje del léxico la influencia de la lengua materna el foco en la forma el uso de la traducción pedagógica; • Pautas y sugerencias para aplicar la lingüística cognitiva en la enseñanza de la lengua así como futuras vías de investigación; • Una selección de imágenes gráfi cos e ilustraciones para facilitar la comprensión de los temas y conceptos que se abordan en el volumen; • Un glosario bilingüe (español e inglés) de términos clave para que cualquier lector pueda familiarizarse con los conceptos fundamentales de la lingüística cognitiva. Escrito en español de manera clara y accesible y con abundantes ejemplos Lingüística cognitiva y español LE/L2 es una obra de referencia para docentes de español como LE/L2 estudiantes graduados y formadores de profesores así como para cualquier persona que desee adquirir una perspectiva actual sobre las principales aportaciones teóricas y prácticas de la lingüística cognitiva a la enseñanza y el aprendizaje de segundas lenguas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655003

Lingüística hispánica actualGuía didáctica y materiales de apoyo Lingüística hispánica actual provides step-by-step instructions on how to plan design and teach introductory Hispanic Linguistics courses. It is a versatile resource which can be used in conjunction with Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica. It contains an answer key for all the activities in the main textbook. It also includes additional activities with clear and accessible explanations for students and instructors and can accompany other existing texts and courses on Hispanic Linguistics. Features include: • A comprehensive selection of materials which gradually introduce students to the main areas of Hispanic Linguistics: General Linguistics Phonology and Phonetics Morphology Syntax Semantics and Pragmatics History of the Spanish Language Language Variation and Second Language Acquisition and Language Teaching. • A wide range of carefully-crafted classroom and homework activities essay questions and research projects to engage students and enrich their learning of Hispanic Linguistics. • Detailed guidance on how to successfully implement each activity in the classroom suggestions for how to expand and adapt activities for different needs and a full annotated answer key for instructors to save time planning and implementing lessons. • An extensive bilingual glossary of terms for each of the disciplines covered in the guide helps teachers introduce key concepts and terms in the classroom. Lingüística hispánica actual provides a wealth of activities specially designed to make learning Hispanic Linguistics more dynamic and enjoyable for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788762

Lingüística textual y enseñanza del español LE/L2 Lingüística textual y enseñanza del español LE/L2 ofrece una visión de conjunto teórico-práctica y actualizada de la Lingüística textual aplicada a la enseñanza del español como lengua extranjera y/o segunda destinada especialmente a estudiantes graduados y a profesores en formación nativos y no nativos. El volumen escrito por un elenco internacional de profesores-investigadores presenta una visión actualizada y práctica de los géneros textuales más frecuentes en programaciones universitarias. Enmarcado por una síntesis actualizada de estudios e investigaciones en lingüística aplicada que recorre distintas perspectivas teóricas y metodológicas recoge datos y propuestas procedentes de aulas de aprendizaje de español de distintos contextos internacionales. Su principal propósito es suscitar la reflexión teórico-práctica sobre los géneros discursivos y su papel en el aula y ofrecer una descripción pormenorizada de los mismos para proporcionar al profesorado en formación nativo y no nativo recursos prácticos y propuestas didácticas que ejemplifican y guían de manera razonada cómo llevar al aula los distintos géneros textuales. Características principales: • Amplitud de aspectos de la lingüística textual y géneros discursivos abordados enteramente para el español LE/L2 y en español. • Estructuración homogénea de los capítulos que facilita la lectura y da coherencia al conjunto. Atención a géneros escritos y orales desde una perspectiva teórico-práctica que puede inspirar nuevas investigaciones. Atención a la diversidad geolectal del español a los contextos en que este es L2 (Europa EEUU) y a la de sus aprendices (hablantes de herencia L2 LE). Orientado a la aplicación práctica y docente en la clase de L2/LE cada capítulo dedicado a un género incluye consejos pautas o actividades para el aula. Incluye temática actual en lingüística textual y aprendizaje de lenguas: escritura académica divulgación científica textos jurídicos aprendizaje mediado por ordenador o el lenguaje de las redes. Capítulos bien fundamentados teórica y bibliográficamente con sólido respaldo de datos empíricos procedentes de corpus bien contextualizados. Aborda los aspectos teóricos tradicionales relativos al estudio de la tipología textual y los desafíos metodológicos que afronta el profesor al llevar al aula los distintos géneros discursivos. La presente obra presenta en un solo volumen una visión actualizada y práctica de los tipos textuales y géneros discursivos de uso más frecuente desde una perspectiva teórico-práctica: presentación descripción y puesta en práctica es un esquema de trabajo directo y enormemente útil para su aplicación en el aula. El ámbito internacional en el que se mueven los autores le da una amplitud nunca antes recogida en una obra de lingüística textual. Todo ello hace de Lingüística textual y enseñanza del español LE/L2 una obra de consulta obligada para docentes de español como LE/L2 para estudiantes graduados y formadores de profesores así como para cualquier persona que desee adquirir una perspectiva actual sobre lingüística textual géneros discursivos y enseñanza e investigación en español nativo y no nativo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138105362

Lingua Franca in the Mediterranean The subject of this study is the language of commerce and diplomacy during the period from 1500 BCE to 1500 CE. Based on texts of chancery provenance its aim is the identification of a linguistic sub-system that effected and informed the major channel of international relations. The standard procedures of contact and exchange generated a format that facilitated inter-lingual transfer of concepts and terms. Lingua Franca refers to the several natural languages that served as vehicle in the transfer but also to the format itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979864

Lingual and Gastric LipasesTheir Role in Fat Digestion First published in 1990: This book discusses the role of fat digestion with regards to Lingual and Gastric Lipases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244958

Linguistic Analyses: The Non-Bantu Languages of North-Eastern AfricaHandbook of African Languages This book originally published in 1966 deals mainly with morphemes and with grammatical and syntactic behaviour. Although some vocabulary material is contained in this volume and some more in the Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu Borderland vocabulary comparison itself plays little part. The volume presents an overall picture of the working of representative languages from each section of the Handbook and provides grammatical material which will help future students in classifying the languages to their typological as apart from their lexical features. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098053

Linguistic and Cultural Influences on Learning Mathematics The combined impact of linguistic cultural educational and cognitive factors on mathematics learning is considered in this unique book. By uniting the diverse research models and perspectives of these fields the contributors describe how language and cognitive factors can influence mathematical learning thinking and problem solving. The authors contend that cognitive skills are heavily dependent upon linguistic skills and both are critical to the representational knowledge intimately linked to school achievement in mathematics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056820

Linguistic and Cultural Representation in Audiovisual Translation This collection of essays offers a multi-faceted exploration of audiovisual translation both as a means of intercultural exchange and as a lens through which linguistic and cultural representations are negotiated and shaped. Examining case studies from a variety of media including film television and video games the volume focuses on different modes of audiovisual translation including subtitling and dubbing and the representations of linguistic and stylistic features cultural mores gender and the translation process itself embedded within them. The book also meditates on issues regarding accessibility a growing concern in audiovisual translation research. Rooted in the most up-to-date issues in both audiovisual translation and media culture today this volume is essential reading for students and scholars in translation studies film studies television studies video game studies and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591854

Linguistic and Material Intimacies of Cell Phones Linguistic and Material Intimacies of Cell Phones offers a detailed ethnographic and anthropological examination of the social cultural linguistic and material aspects of cell phones. With contributions from an international range of established and emerging scholars this is a truly global collection with rural and urban examples from communities across the Global North and South. Linking the use of cell phones to contemporary discussions about representation mediation and subjectivity the book investigates how this increasingly ubiquitous technology challenges the boundaries of privacy and selfhood raising new questions about how we communicate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591656

Linguistic Archaeology of South Asia This book brings together linguistic and archaeological evidence of South Asian prehistory. The author depicts and analyses the region in particular the Indus Valley civilization its links with neighbouring regions and its implications for social history. Each type of linguistic data is put into its socio-historical context. Consequently the book is both a description of the unique methodology 'linguistic archaeology' and a treatment of South Asian linguistic data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655446

Linguistic Claims and Political ConflictsSpanish Labyrinths in the European Context This book explores and assesses the multiple levels at which linguistic policies can be challenged devised and enacted i.e. sub-national national and supranational and the variety of state and non-state actors involved. Moving beyond descriptive and normative approaches it provides an empirical comparative assessment of the policy responses and strategies deployed to deal with linguistic diversity and conflicts in Spain a country where almost one third of the population is at least bilingual in their own languages. The Spanish case is then assessed within the European context both from the perspective of multilevel influence and mutual interaction and from the learning experiences it may entail for similar or equivalent problems and disputes occurring at the European level or beyond. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of Spanish politics linguistics identity politics and more broadly of European politics and governance public policy education and communication policy and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301412

Linguistic Convergence and Areal DiffusionCase Studies from Iranian Semitic and Turkic The authors are outstanding scholars engaged in the study of language varieties spoken in 'convergence areas' in which speakers are multilingual in languages of at least two but sometimes all three language families. Many of the contributions present new data collected in fieldwork. The geographic area covered is Western and Central Asia where varieties of Iranian Semitic and Turkic languages have entered into many different types of contact. The intricate linguistic contact situations demonstrate highly interesting convergence phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979871

Linguistic Culture and Language Policy By looking closely at the multilingual democracies of India France and the USA Harold F. Schiffman examines how language policy is primarily a social construct based on belief systems attitudes and myths.Linguistic Culture and Language Policy exposes language policy as culture-specific helping us to understand why language policies evolve the way they do; why they work or not; and how people's lives are affected by them. These issues will be of specific interest to linguists specialising in multilingual/multicultural societies bilingual educationalists curriculum planners and teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203021569

Linguistic Dating of Biblical Texts: Vol 1 First Published in 2014. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845530822

Linguistic Dating of Biblical Texts: Volume 2 Since the beginning of critical scholarship biblical texts have been dated using linguistic evidence. Until now there has been no introduction to and comprehensive overview of the field. Volume 2 of Linguistic Dating of Biblical Texts contains an extensive overview of dates attributed to different books and corpora of the Hebrew Bible in modern scholarship demonstrating the lack of consensus on the dating of biblical texts. A synthesis of the main arguments of the work is presented drawing also on many points from volume 1 followed by 50 pages of case studies a list of linguistic features attributed to LBH in earlier research a bibliography of 70 pages and several indexes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890862

Linguistic Dating of Biblical TextsAn Introduction to Approaches and Problems Since the beginning of critical scholarship biblical texts have been dated using linguistic evidence. Until now there has been no introduction to and comprehensive overview of the field. Volume 1 introduces the linguistic dating of biblical texts. The book examines the principles and methodology used to differentiate Archaic Early and Late biblical Hebrew; the relationship between linguistic characteristics and linguistic chronology or historical origins; the effects of dialects and diglossia on textual criticism; and the significance of extra-biblical sources. Key text samples and their linguistic features are presented with concrete illustrations and pointers for discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845530815

Linguistic Diversity and European Democracy What role does linguistic diversity play in European democratic and legal processes? Is it an obstacle to deliberative democracy and a hindrance to legal certainty or a cultural and economic asset and a prerequisite for the free movement of citizens? This book examines the tensions and contradictions of European language laws and policy from a multi-disciplinary perspective. With contributions from leading researchers in EU law and legal theory political science sociology sociolinguistic and cognitive linguistics it combines mutually exclusive and competing perspectives of linguistic diversity. The work will be a valuable resource for academics and researchers in the areas of European law legal theory and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271241

Linguistic Diversity and Teaching Linguistic Diversity and Teaching raises questions and provides a context for reflection regarding the complex issues surrounding new English learners in the schools. These issues exist within a highly charged political climate and involve not only language but also culture class ethnicity and the persistent inequities that characterize our educational system. The text addresses these issues through conversations among experts practitioners and readers that are informed by representative case studies and by a range of theoretical approaches. It is designed to engage readers in beginning to evolve their own practical theories to help them explore and perhaps modify some basic beliefs and assumptions and to become acquainted with other points of view. Throughout readers are encouraged to interact with the text and to develop their own perspective on the issue of linguistic diversity and teaching. This is the fourth volume in Reflective Teaching and the Social Conditions of Schooling: A Series for Prospective and Practicing Teachers edited by Daniel P. Liston and Kenneth M. Zeichner. It follows the same format as previous volumes in the series.Part I includes four cases dealing with different aspects of the impacts of the changing demographics of public schools. Each case is followed by space for readers to write their own reactions and reflections and a set of reactions to the cases written by prospective and practicing teachers administrators and professors. Part II presents three public arguments representing very different views about linguistic diversity: in public schools English should be the only language of instruction; all children should receive instruction in both their first language and English; planning for instruction should be based not on absolutes but on what is realistically possible in particular settings.Part III offers the authors' own interpretations of the issues raised throughout the text outlin Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406865

Linguistic Diversity on the EMI CampusInsider accounts of the use of English and other languages in universities within Asia Australasia and Europe Linguistic Diversity on the EMI Campus presents an in-depth ethnographic case study of the language policies and practices of universities in nine countries around the world. Each chapter provides a detailed presentation of the findings from that university considering the presence of linguistic diversity in institutions from Australia China Finland UK Turkey Malaysia Italy Spain and Japan. Split into three parts these nine case studies demonstrate the extent to which international-oriented institutions can learn from each other’s practices and improve their language policies. Linguistic Diversity on the EMI Campus is vital reading for students and scholars working in the fields of applied linguistics multilingualism and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570535

Linguistic EcologyLanguage Change and Linguistic Imperialism in the Pacific Region In this book the author examines the transformation of the Pacific language region under the impact of colonization westernization and modernization. By focusing on the linguistic and socio-historical changes of the past 200 years it aims to bring a new dimension to the study of Pacific linguistics which up until now has been dominated by questions of historical reconstruction and language typology. In contrast to the traditional portrayal of linguistic change as a natural process the author focuses on the cultural and historical forces which drive language change. Using the metaphor of language ecology to explain and describe the complex interplay between languages speakers and social practice the author looks at how language ecologies have functioned in the past to sustain language diversity and at what happens when those ecologies are disrupted. Whilst most of the examples used in the book are taken from the Pacific and Australian region the insights derived from this area are shown to have global applications. The text should be useful for linguists and all those interested in the large scale loss of human language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868434

Linguistic EpidemiologySemantics and Grammar of Language Contact in Mainland Southeast Asia This important new study examines in detail a semantic-pragmatic pattern surrounding the basic verb 'acquire' in nearly 30 Southeast Asian languages concentrating on Lao Vietnamese Khmer Kmhmu Hmong and varieties of Chinese.The book makes a significant contribution to empirical work on semantic and grammatical change in a linguistic area as well as representing theoretical advances in cognitive semantics. Gricean pragmatics semantic change grammaticalization language contact and areal linguistics. The book also examines how changes in the speech of individuals actually become changes in large-scale public convention 'language contact' is reconsidered and traditional distinctions such as that between 'internal' and 'external' linguistic mechanisms are challenged.This groundbreaking new book is for specialists in Southeast Asian linguistics as well as scholars of descriptive semantics and pragmatics grammaticalisation linguistic change and evolution areal linguistics and language contact history and linguistic anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868334

Linguistic Foundations This volume forms part of a five volume set charting the progress of the nineteenth century movement which was instrumental in establishing international guidelines for the teaching of modern languages. It was during this period that for the first time co-operation between phoneticians and teachers culminated in the publication of works that were instrumental in establishing the 'applied linguistic' approach to language teaching in the twentieth century. For the first time too the new science of psychology influenced a scientific theory of second language acquisition. The Reform Movement attracted support across Europe spurring the development of new professional associations and journals. In turn the publication in these journals of reports of innovative practice contributed to a greater sense of autonomy and professionalism among modern language teachers who had hitherto tended to live under the shadow of classical language teaching. The practical innovations and theoretical suggestions for the foreign language teaching although rooted in the nineteenth century still have relevance today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012759

Linguistic Foundations of IdentityReadings in Language Literature and Contemporary Cultures The collection of chapters in this book brings together researchers working in paradoxes and complexities of cultural identities through uses of language and literature from varied perspectives. This volume is an important step towards achieving the goal of reaching out to many who have been looking at the complexities of identity formation from linguistic cultural social and political perspectives.Please note: This title is co-published with Aakar Books New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh Maldives and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367618414

Linguistic Genocide in Education--or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? In this powerful multidisciplinary book Tove Skutnabb-Kangas shows how most indigenous and minority education contributes to linguistic genocide according to United Nations definitions. Theory is combined with a wealth of factual encyclopedic information and with many examples and vignettes. The examples come from all parts of the world and try to avoid Eurocentrism. Oriented toward theory and practice facts and evaluations and reflection and action the book prompts readers to find information about the world and their local contexts to reflect and to act. A Web site with additional resource materials to this book can be found at http://www.ruc.dk/~tovesk/ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410605191

Linguistic History of Italian A A Linguistic History of Italian offers a clear and concise explanation of why modern Italian grammar has become the way it is. It focuses on the effects of historical changes on the modern structure of Italian revealing patterns and structures which are not always apparent to those who are only familiar with modern Italian. Although the book concentrates on the internal history of the language the emergence of Italian is considered against the wider background of the history of italian dialects and other external factors such as cultural and social influences are also examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140929

Linguistic Imperialism Continued This volume brings together key writings since the 1992 publication of Linguistic Imperialism – Robert Phillipson’s controversial benchmark volume which triggered a major re-thinking of the English teaching profession by connecting the field to wider political and economic forces. Analyzing how the global dominance of English in all domains of power is maintained legitimized and persists in the twenty-first century Linguistic Imperialism Continued reflects and contributes in important ways to understanding these developments. This book is not for sale in India Pakistan Bangladesh Sri Lanka Nepal and Bhutan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136656

Linguistic JusticeBlack Language Literacy Identity and Pedagogy Bringing together theory research and practice to dismantle Anti-Black Linguistic Racism and white linguistic supremacy this book provides ethnographic snapshots of how Black students navigate and negotiate their linguistic and racial identities across multiple contexts. By highlighting the counterstories of Black students Baker-Bell demonstrates how traditional approaches to language education do not account for the emotional harm internalized linguistic racism or consequences these approaches have on Black students' sense of self and identity. This book presents Anti-Black Linguistic Racism as a framework that explicitly names and richly captures the linguistic violence persecution dehumanization and marginalization Black Language-speakers endure when using their language in schools and in everyday life. To move toward Black linguistic liberation Baker-Bell introduces a new way forward through Antiracist Black Language Pedagogy a pedagogical approach that intentionally and unapologetically centers the linguistic cultural racial intellectual and self-confidence needs of Black students. This volume captures what Antiracist Black Language Pedagogy looks like in classrooms while simultaneously illustrating how theory research and practice can operate in tandem in pursuit of linguistic and racial justice.  A crucial resource for educators researchers professors and graduate students in language and literacy education writing studies sociology of education sociolinguistics and critical pedagogy this book features a range of multimodal examples and practices through instructional maps charts artwork and stories that reflect the urgent need for antiracist language pedagogies in our current social and political climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551022

Linguistic JusticeVan Parijs and his Critics The world contains over 6000 languages and less than 200 states to accommodate them. This creates the important normative question of how to respond politically to linguistic diversity. What is a just language policy? Are language minorities entitled to language protection? Should language rights be accorded to immigrants? Is the universal rise of English as a lingua franca to be applauded or to be regretted? The most important and comprehensive thinker within this debate over linguistic justice is Philippe Van Parijs. In his bold and controversial theory of linguistic justice Van Parijs argues that the rise of English is a good thing as well as that all language groups are entitled to grab a territory on which only their language receives public recognition. This collection bringing together some of the most influential contemporary political philosophers presents a critical review of Van Parijs’s theory and gives a state-of-the-art overview of the prevailing positions on linguistic justice within political philosophy. It will be of interest to students and scholars studying philosophy politics linguistics international relations and law. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305397

Linguistic Meaning Dr Keith Allan presents a coherent consistent and comprehensive account of linguistic meaning centred around an informally presented theory of meaning. It is intended for graduate and undergraduate students of linguistics or any linguist curious about what a theory of meaning should seek to accomplish and the way to achieve that aim. The work assumes that the primary task of a theory of linguistic meaning is to describe the meaning of speech acts. This in turn presupposes a theory of semantics and a theory of prosodic meaning as well as a proper treatment of the co-operative principle context and background information. These matters are dealt with in detail. The second task of a theory of linguistic meaning is to identify what meaning is to explain the relationships between sense and denotation and to explicate the nature of meaningful properties and meaning relations. These matters are fully covered and the work concludes with a summary of the principle arguments presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995444

Linguistic Minority Students Go to CollegePreparation Access and Persistence Currently linguistic minority students – students who speak a language other than English at home – represent 21% of the entire K-12 student population and 11% of the college student population. Bringing together emerging scholarship on the growing number of college-bound linguistic minority students in the K-12 pipeline this ground-breaking volume showcases new research on these students’ preparation for access to and persistence in college. Other than studies of their linguistic challenges and writing and academic literacy skills in college little is known about the broader issues of linguistic minority students’ access to and success in college. Examining a variety of factors and circumstances that influence the process and outcome the scope of this book goes beyond students’ language proficiency and its impact on college education to look at issues such as student race/ethnicity gender SES and parental education and expectations. It also addresses structural factors in schooling including tracking segregation of English learners from English-fluent peers availability and support of institutional personnel and collegiate student identity and campus climate. Presenting state-of-the-art knowledge and mapping out a future research agenda in an extremely important and yet understudied area of inquiry this book advances knowledge in ways that will have a real impact on policy regarding linguistic minority immigrant students’ higher education opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890625

Linguistic Mitigation in English and SpanishHow Speakers Attenuate Expressions This volume offers a comprehensive examination of mitigation in speech in English and Spanish exploring how it is defined and theorized and the various linguistic features employed to soften or downgrade the impact of a particular message across a range of settings. Building on the body of work done on mitigation in English the book begins by discussing how it has been conceptualized in the literature drawing on politeness theory among other perspectives from pragmatics and highlighting increasing research on these topics in native and bilingual Spanish speakers and learners of Spanish. The volume explores examples from a variety of discursive contexts including institutions courts and classrooms to unpack mitigation as it occurs in spontaneous speech through different lenses looking both at the actual units of discourse but also taking a broader view by examining differences across dialects as well. The book also looks at the ways in which conclusions drawn from this research might be applied pedagogically in language learning classrooms. This volume will serve as a jumping-off point for broader discussion in the field of mitigation and will be of particular interest to graduate students and researchers in pragmatics sociolinguistics and discourse analysis in addition to learners and pre-service teachers of Spanish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584655

Linguistic Perspectives on Literature Although linguistics is often a technical and increasingly abstruse discipline many linguists retain a concern for the way in which linguistics can shed light on literature and literary problems. In their introductory chapter the editors of this collection of essays by linguists on either side of the Atlantic enunciate a bold stance that defines the theoretical relationship between linguistics and literature delimits what should be considered a linguistic analysis of literature and explains how such an analysis is related to current theories of readership and literary criticism. The editors’ theory of the relationship between linguistic and literary studies stipulates an eclectic rather than a holistic approach and the essays they have gathered together reflect this belief. The contributions include such varied approaches as transformational grammar text grammar and speech act theory and the topics analysed include many that are at the heart of literature such as topicalization imagery figurative language ambiguity and the play on words through puns. The anthology as a whole illustrates how linguistic theory illuminates the very nature of literary language. It also gives evidence of the new insights into literature that have arisen from a close analysis of the language in which the literature is encoded. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979888

Linguistic Planets of BeliefMapping Language Attitudes in the American South Linguistic Planets of Belief presents a way for people to notice examine and question the role language plays in identifying recognizing and understanding those around them. This book introduces the metaphor of ‘planets of belief’ as a framework for understanding both the connections of language and identity and the reasons we hold these perceptions so dear. It explains why we make up our minds about who people are and what they are like even if they have only spoken a few words to us as well as how language can dictate what we think of others as a whole. In doing so it: Takes a large survey of linguistic research in the field of perceptual dialectology and assesses hundreds of accounts of people and their speech from hundreds of respondents. Uses maps at the state regional and national level in the US to expose how our linguistic perceptions of geographical regions cluster into planets of belief. Challenges readers to critically assess these assumptions and empowers readers to shift the way they think about language and to understand why they stereotype others based on speech. Equipped with such a large data set Linguistic Planets of Belief explains the patterns that labels from perceptual maps show us and will make you consciously aware of the interaction between language use perceptions and stereotypes. It is essential interdisciplinary reading for students of English language linguistics and sociolinguistics and will also be of interest to anyone concerned with the ways that language ideology and discrimination intersect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491137

Linguistic Semantics This volume is a comprehensive up-to-date and readable introduction to linguistic meaning. While partial to conceptual and typological approaches the book also presents results from formal approaches. Throughout the focus is on grammatical meaning -- the way languages delineate universal semantic space and encode it in grammatical form. Subjects covered by the author include: the domain of linguistic semantics and the basic tools assumptions and issues of semantic analysis; semantic properties of entities events and thematic roles; language and space; tense aspect and the internal structure and temporal ordering of events; modality negation and the epistemology of the speaker; and modification and attribution. In contrast to most current treatments of semantics this book is accessible to the beginning student of semantics and linguistics and also useful to the advanced practitioner. A textbook and reference work in a single volume it can be used in a number of disciplines: psychology computer science and anthropology as well as linguistics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044644

Linguistic Strategies in Daoist Zhuangzi and Chan BuddhismThe Other Way of Speaking As the first systematic attempt to probe the linguistic strategies of Daoist Zhuangzi and Chan Buddhism this book investigates three areas: deconstructive strategy liminology of language and indirect communication. It bases these investigations on the critical examination of original texts placing them strictly within soteriological contexts. Whilst focusing on language use the study also reveals some important truths about these two traditions and challenges many conventional understandings of them. Responding to recent critiques of Daoist and Chan Buddhist thought it brings these two traditions into a constructive dialogue with contemporary philosophical reflection. It discovers Zhuangzian and Chan perspectives and sheds light on issues such as the relationship between philosophy and non-philosophy de-reification of words relativising the limit of language structure of indirect communication and use of paradox tautology and poetic language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868341

Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu BorderlandVolume Four The classification and distribution of the languages of the Northern Bantu Borderland between the Great Lakes and the Indian Ocean have been given in Volume 1 of The Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu Borderland where however the linguistic evidence on which the classification rested was not included. This is now set out in this volume originally published in 1957. The languages have been divided into three categories: Bantu partly Bantu and non-Bantu. within each category the languages have been grouped according to linguistic criteria. The choice of languages represented here has been determined by the availability of reliable linguistic material. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095656

Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu BorderlandVolume One The northern limit of the Bantu languages is one of the important linguistic boundaries of Africa and this and the subsequent 3 volumes provide an invaluable resource which delimits the frontier. Since a number of the languages investigated had not hitherto been recorded while with others the published information was inadquate and confused the Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu Borderland can justifiably be described as a pioneering study. This volume consists of demographic information together with maps and tabulated indications of the affinities of the languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094291

Linguistic Survey of the Northern Bantu BorderlandVolume Two This volume originally published in 1957 contains the linguistic evidence for the classification of the languages encountered by the western team of the Northern Bantu Borderland Survey. To appreciate fully its implications it should be read in close conjunction with the appropriate sections of Volume 1 of the Survey dealing with the demography of this area. The inclusion of some languages over others in this volume in no way reflects its demographic or linguistic importance but simply indicates that the evidence was available to the Survey. The material is original and except where otherwise indicated was taken down by the team in phonetic script from local informants in situ. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094666

Linguistic Surveys of Africa Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series originally published between 1930 and 1987 provides an invaluable resource for the study of African languages and for critically on reflecting the history of the field. A number of the volumes remain highly relevant today while others provide a unique snapshot of approaches and findings at the time of their publication. The volumes are supplemented with maps which will be available to view on https://www.routledge.com/ or available as pdfs from the publishers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089754

Linguistic TheoryThe Discourse of Fundamental Works In Linguistic Theory Robert de Beaugrande analyses linguistic theories not as abstract ideas or theses but as the process and product of theoretical discourse. He argues that the best documentation of this discourse can be found in the 'fundamental' works of major linguists from Ferdinand de Saussure to Teun van Dijk and Walter Kintsch. He therefore employs the highly unusual strategy of a close reading of these works as discourse performances and strives to uncover their main points and characteristic moves in the linguist's own words.Through this approach the reader is able to appreciate and understand the variety and controversy among linguistic theories as they have emerged and developed in interaction with each other. Special scrutiny is allocated to the issue of how far the active practice of the linguists followed their own theories and proposals and why. The author concludes by assessing the prospects for linguistics to be drawn from the retrospect in the previous chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157446

Linguistic Typology This volume presents an overview of the field of linguistic typology its history methodology theoretical foundations and achievements. It focuses on the major directions of typological research and demonstrates how they reflect and inform the study of language as an academic enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342484

Linguistic Typology This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of work on linguistic typology its history its methodology theoretical foundations and major achievements. It examines the directions of current research and shows how these reflect and inform work on linguistic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342507

Linguistic Typology This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of work on linguistic typology its history its methodology theoretical foundations and major achievements. It shows how the directions of current research reflect and inform work on linguistic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342514

Linguistic Typology Typology lies at the centre of scientific research on language because it directly addresses the question which many consider to be the most important in the field: why and how are all languages similar and why and how do they differ from each other? There is growing body of evidence that the constraints on variation found in the languages of the world i.e. the degree to which the grammatical properties are universal or language-specific are not random: they follow certain predictable patterns which require explanation. Explanatory principles are typically derived from more general structural regularities of languages appropriate assumptions about language development language acquisition and human cognition as well as functional principles that drive language use. They are therefore crucial to our understanding of language in its relation to human nature history and culture. Given its theoretical importance and the fact that almost any aspect of human language can be studied typologically typology is a broad discipline which extends across all branches of linguistics. However in the last few decades it has developed into a major area of research on its own. It would not be unfair to say that in recent years typology has been in a state of considerable growth but also some controversy and that it has benefited from a variety of new exciting methods and approaches. This new four volume collection on Linguistic Typology will be an essential source of reference for linguists of all theoretical convictions. It will provide a state-of-the-art overview of work on linguistic typology its history its methodology theoretical foundations and major achievements. It will also examine the directions of current research and show how these reflect and inform work on linguistic theory as well as related fields such as historical linguistics language acquisition and language documentation. Various empirical issues that tend to preoccupy typologists will also be discussed. The publication will consist of the reprints of the most important works on linguistic typology published in the last few decades and will begin with a critical introduction to the subject by the General Editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342521

Linguistic Typology This new four volume collection on Linguistic Typology will be an essential source of reference for linguists of all theoretical convictions. It will provide a state-of-the-art overview of work on linguistic typology its history its methodology theoretical foundations and major achievements. It will also examine the directions of current research and show how these reflect and inform work on linguistic theory as well as related fields such as historical linguistics language acquisition and language documentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241831

Linguistic TypologyMorphology and Syntax Language typology is the study of the structural similarities between languages regardless of their history to establish a classification or typology of languages. It is a core topic of historical linguistics and is studied on all traditional linguistics degree courses. In recent years there has been increased interest the subject and it is an area we have been looking to commission a book in.Jae Jung Song proposes to introduce the undergraduate reader to the subject with discussion of topics which include - what is language typology and why is it studied; word order; language sampling; relative clauses; diachronic typology; and applications of language typology. There will also be discussion of the most prominent areas of research in the subject and readers will be able to review data selected from a wide range of languages to see how languages work and how differently they behave. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174948

Linguistic Variation and Social Practices of Normative MasculinityAuthority and Multifunctional Humour in a Dublin Sports Club This book explores the ways in which linguistic variation and complex social practices interact toward the formation of male interactional identities in a sports club in Dublin illustrating the affordances of studying sporting contexts in contributing to advancing sociolinguistic theory. Adopting a participant-informed ethnographic approach the book examines both the social interactional contexts within the club and the sociopragmatic and sociophonetic features which contribute to the different performances of masculinity in and outside the club. The volume focuses particularly on the linguistic analysis of humor and its multifunctional uses as a means of establishing solidarity and social ties but also aggression competitiveness and status within the social world of this club as well as similar such clubs across Ireland. The book’s unique approach is intended to complement and build on existing sociolinguistic studies looking at linguistic variation in groups by supporting quantitative data with ethnographically informed insights to look at social meaning in interaction from micro- meso- and macro-levels. This book will be of particular interesting to graduate students and scholars in sociolinguistics language gender and sexuality and language and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856472

Linguistic VariationConfronting Fact and Theory Linguistic Variation: Confronting Fact and Theory honors Shana Poplack in bringing together contributions from leading scholars in language variation and change. The book demonstrates how variationist methodology can be applied to the study of linguistic structures and processes. It introduces readers to variation theory while also providing an overview of current debates on the linguistic cognitive and sociocultural factors involved in linguistic patterning. With its coverage of a diverse range of language varieties and linguistic problems this book offers new quantitative analyses of actual language production and processing from both top experts and emerging scholars and presents students and practitioners with theoretical frameworks to meaningfully engage in accountable research practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024557

Linguistica (Routledge Revivals)Selected Papers in English French and German This volume first published in 1933 brings together a collection of Otto Jespersen’s papers in English German and French which he himself felt should be presented to an international public. This title gives a picture of Jespersen’s development and endeavours as a linguist and covers a wide time period of his career. This book will be of interest to students of linguistics and foreign language study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138908529

Linguistically Diverse Immigrant and Resident WritersTransitions from High School to College Spotlighting the challenges and realities faced by linguistically diverse immigrant and resident students in U.S. secondary schools and in their transitions from high school to community colleges and universities this book looks at programs interventions and other factors that help or hinder them as they make this move. Chapters from teachers and scholars working in a variety of contexts build rich understandings of how high school literacy contexts policies such as the proposed DREAM Act and the Common Core State Standards bridge programs like Upward Bound and curricula redesign in first-year college composition courses designed to recognize increasing linguistic diversity of student populations affect the success of this growing population of students as they move from high school into higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138125537

Linguistics Anthropology and Philosophy in the French EnlightenmentA contribution to the history of the relationship between language theor Linguistics Anthropology and Philosophy in the French Enlightenment treats the development of linguistic thought from Descartes to Degerando as both a part of and a determining factor in the emergence of modern consciousness. Through his careful analyses of works by the most influential thinkers of the time Ulrich Ricken demonstrates that the central significance of language in the philosophy of the enlightenment reflected and acted upon contemporary understandings of humanity as a whole. The author discusses contemporary developments in England Germany and Italy and covers an unusually broad range of writers and ideas including Leibniz Wolff Herder and Humboldt. This study places history of language philosophy within the broader context of the history of ideas aesthetics and historical anthropology and will be of interest to scholars working in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755948

Linguistics and AphasiaPsycholinguistic and Pragmatic Aspects of Intervention Linguistics and Aphasia is a major study of recent developments in applying psycholinguistics and pragmatics to the study of acquired language disorders (aphasia) and their remediation. Psycholinguistic analyses of aphasia interpret disorders in terms of damaged modules and processes within what was once a normal language system. These analyses have progressed to the point that they now routinely provide a model-based rationalefor planning patient therapy. Through a series of case studies the authors show how the psycholinguistic analysis of aphasia can be assessed for its effectiveness in clinical practice.Pragmatic approaches to the study of aphasia are of more recent origin. Ruth Lesser and Lesley Milroy evaluate their considerable significance to the study of aphasia and their relevance to practical issues of diagnosis and treatment. Controversial analysis in particular offers a fruitful and productive framework within which to assess the functional adequacy of the language used by aphasic speakers in everyday contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457645

Linguistics and Law Linguistics and Law offers a clear and concise introduction to making sense of the law through linguistics. Drawing on lexical semantics syntax and pragmatics to interpret both written and spoken laws this book: addresses how to interpret legal documents such as contracts statutes constitutional provisions and trademarks; provides thorough analyses of "language crimes" including solicitation  perjury defamation  and conspiracy as well as talk between police and criminal suspects; analyzes the Miranda warning in depth; tackles the question of whether there is a "language" of the law; draws on real-life case studies to aid understanding. Written in an approachable conversational style and aimed at undergraduate students with little or no prior knowledge of linguistics or law this book is essential reading for those approaching this topic for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326156

Linguistics and Novel First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852500

Linguistics and Semiotics in Music First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315076942

Linguistics and the Teacher Linguistics and the Teacher is a collection of essays by linguists on different aspects of the relationship between linguistics and education. All the contributors are united in their belief that linguistics should be a central element in the education of teachers and argue for principled and systematic analysis in the study of the role of language in learning. The essays range from theoretical accounts of the nature of language study in teacher education to practical examples of how linguistics can help the teacher in such diverse contexts as the assessment of difficulty in textbooks the teaching of literature and analysing children’s writing. The book offers models for analysis specific syllabus and course proposals and in a key essay discussion of those areas relevant to language and learning upon which most linguists would agree. The collection as a whole presents teachers with all the materials they need to make informed judgements about what has hitherto been regarded as a difficult area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751001

Linguistics and the Third ReichMother-tongue Fascism Race and the Science of Language This book presents an insightful account of the academic politics of the Nazi era and analyses the work of selected linguists including Jos Trier and Leo Weisgerber. Hutton situates Nazi linguistics within the politics of Hitler's state and within the history of modern linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757591

Linguistics for CliniciansA Practical Introduction Linguistics for Clinicians provides an introduction to linguistic analysis in the clinical context. The book draws on a range of linguistic theories and descriptions equipping readers with a conceptual toolkit that will enable them to: analyse data systematically taking into account different types of linguistic properties; pick out significant patterns that can give them clinically relevant cues; build explicit arguments to back up their observations and hypotheses; select relevant linguistic items for assessment and therapy tasks.The syntactic sections cover standard concepts and their application to a range of data is worked through step by step. This solid grounding in syntax provides a springboard for detailed analyses of sentence semantics and sentence phonology which are particularly relevant in clinical assessment and therapy but are not usually available outside specialist linguistic texts. These sections cover: event structure and its representation by verbs and their complements; the timing and modality of events and their representation by the auxiliary system; rhythmic patterns of sentences and how the type and position of individual words influences them.Clinical relevance is a central theme throughout the book. All linguistic concepts are introduced with examples of their clinical use. Analytical tips are included to anticipate and deal with common problems of clinical application. Extensive exercises further illustrate the use of linguistic concepts in data analysis and task construction.Linguistics for Clinicians is primarily a linguistics textbook for students and teachers on clinical courses. It is also a useful resource for practising clinicians psycholinguitics students and researchers in language impairments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764039

Linguistics for L2 Teachers Linguistics for L2 Teachers is designed to help bilingual and ESL teachers better understand how and why the English language works and to broaden their abilities to help their students learn about the various functions of English in the real world. It is not a complete curriculum in English linguistics but rather a foundation from which teachers can continue to grow and to teach with greater confidence. The reader-friendly conversational style makes the concepts easily accessible to preservice and in-service teachers who have little or no previous experience in language study. This textbook: * explains various aspects of English using non-technical terminology; * goes beyond the study of grammar to examine the functions of language not just its form; * presents language applications in L2 classrooms; and * clearly delineates the significance of chapter topics for L2 teachers and students. Each chapter includes prereading activities to enhance the reader's comprehension; postreading activities to expand and elaborate the concepts; and interactive "Be A Linguist" activities to help readers think in ways similar to the ways linguists think and to provide opportunities to apply ideas explained within the chapter. Intended for all teachers of students for whom English is a new language this text will help them be better prepared to meet the important challenges and questions they encounter in their classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132498

Linguistics for Language TeachersLessons for Classroom Practice This book is an accessible introduction to linguistics specifically tailored for teachers of second language/bilingual education. It guides teachers stepwise through the components of language focusing on the areas of linguistics that are most pertinent for teaching. Throughout the book there are opportunities to analyze linguistic data and discuss language-related issues in various educational and social contexts. Readers will be able to identify patterns in actual language use to inform their teaching and help learners advance to the next level. A highly readable account of how language works this book is an ideal text for teacher education courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681934

Linkage Politics In The Middle EastSyria Between Domestic And External Conflict 1961-1970 In this case study of Syria's internal political instability the author shows that a relationship between the two types of conflict for the years 1961–1967 existed and identifies the various kinds of links between internal and external conflicts their direction and changes in their intensity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170240

Linked Data for Cultural Heritage This book gathers a stellar list of contributors to help readers understand linked data concepts by examining practice and projects based in libraries archives and museums. Linked open data remains very much a work in progress and much of the progress has taken place within the domain of the cultural heritage institutions: libraries archives and museums. There is no question that the structure of linked data and the machine inferencing it supports shows great promise for discoverability. What will be the 'killer app' that breaks linked open data out to the wider world and accelerates its uptake? Perhaps it will be a project described in this volume. Content covered includes: a very simple description of linked data summing up its promises and challenges a survey of the use of linked data in significant projects across the cultural heritage domain including Europeana and the Digital Public Library of America (DPLA) practical discussion of migrating a catalogue from a MARC environment to one of linked data and the possibilities that open up in terms of the broader scholarly community reviewing and reimagining library thesauri metadata schemas and information discovery to look at how controlled vocabularies integrate library practice with linked data an examination of the role of authority control identifiers and vocabularies including use of the Web Ontology Language (OWL) and the SPARQL query language Carol Jean Godby describes OCLC's experiments with Schema.org as the foundation for a model of library resource description expressed as linked data the development of the Bibliographic Framework Initiative (BIBFRAME) data model and a description of the fundamental differences between MARC and BIBFRAME. Readership: This survey of the cultural heritage linked data landscape will be a key resource for metadata practitioners and researchers within all cultural heritage contexts and all students and academics within the information science and digital humanities fields.   Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783301621

Linked Data for Libraries Archives and MuseumsHow to clean link and publish your metadata This highly practical handbook teaches you how to unlock the value of your existing metadata through cleaning reconciliation enrichment and linking and how to streamline the process of new metadata creation. Libraries archives and museums are facing up to the challenge of providing access to fast growing collections whilst managing cuts to budgets. Key to this is the creation linking and publishing of good quality metadata as Linked Data that will allow their collections to be discovered accessed and disseminated in a sustainable manner. This highly practical handbook teaches you how to unlock the value of your existing metadata through cleaning reconciliation enrichment and linking and how to streamline the process of new metadata creation. Metadata experts Seth van Hooland and Ruben Verborgh introduce the key concepts of metadata standards and Linked Data and how they can be practically applied to existing metadata giving readers the tools and understanding to achieve maximum results with limited resources. Readers will learn how to critically assess and use (semi-)automated methods of managing metadata through hands-on exercises within the book and on the accompanying website. Each chapter is built around a case study from institutions around the world demonstrating how freely available tools are being successfully used in different metadata contexts. This handbook delivers the necessary conceptual and practical understanding to empower practitioners to make the right decisions when making their organisations resources accessible on the Web Key topics include The value of metadata Metadata creation - architecture data models and standards Metadata cleaning Metadata reconciliation Metadata enrichment through Linked Data and named-entity recognition Importing and exporting metadata Ensuring a sustainable publishing model Readership: This will be an invaluable guide for metadata practitioners and researchers within all cultural heritage contexts from library cataloguers and archivists to museum curatorial staff. It will also be of interest to students and academics within information science and digital humanities fields. IT managers with responsibility for information systems as well as strategy heads and budget holders at cultural heritage organisations will find this a valuable decision-making aid. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049641

Linked Data for Libraries Archives and MuseumsHow to Clean Link and Publish your Metadata This highly practical handbook teaches you how to unlock the value of your existing metadata through cleaning reconciliation enrichment and linking and how to streamline the process of new metadata creation. Metadata experts Seth van Hooland and Ruben Verborgh introduce the key concepts of metadata standards and Linked Data and how they can be practically applied to existing metadata giving readers the tools and understanding to achieve maximum results with limited resources. Readers will learn how to critically assess and use (semi-)automated methods of managing metadata through hands-on exercises within the book and on the accompanying website. Libraries archives and museums are facing up to the challenge of providing access to fast growing collections whilst managing cuts to budgets. Key to this is the creation linking and publishing of good quality metadata as Linked Data that will allow their collections to be discovered accessed and disseminated in a sustainable manner. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303014

Linked Data Management Linked Data Management presents techniques for querying and managing Linked Data that is available on today’s Web. The book shows how the abundance of Linked Data can serve as fertile ground for research and commercial applications. The text focuses on aspects of managing large-scale collections of Linked Data. It offers a detailed introduction to Linked Data and related standards including the main principles distinguishing Linked Data from standard database technology. Chapters also describe how to generate links between datasets and explain the overall architecture of data integration systems based on Linked Data. A large part of the text is devoted to query processing in different setups. After presenting methods to publish relational data as Linked Data and efficient centralized processing the book explores lookup-based distributed and parallel solutions. It then addresses advanced topics such as reasoning and discusses work related to read-write Linked Data for system interoperation. Despite the publication of many papers since Tim Berners-Lee developed the Linked Data principles in 2006 the field lacks a comprehensive unified overview of the state of the art. Suitable for both researchers and practitioners this book provides a thorough consolidated account of the new data publishing and data integration paradigm. While the book covers query processing extensively the Linked Data abstraction furnishes more than a mechanism for collecting integrating and querying data from the open Web—the Linked Data technology stack also allows for controlled sophisticated applications deployed in an enterprise environment. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466582408

Linked DataA Geographic Perspective Geographic Information has an important role to play in linking and combining datasets through shared location but the potential is still far from fully realized because the data is not well organized and the technology to aid this process has not been available. Developments in the Semantic Web and Linked Data however are making it possible to integrate data based on Geographic Information in a way that is more accessible to users. Drawing on the industry experience of a geographer and a computer scientist Linked Data: A Geographic Perspective is a practical guide to implementing Geographic Information as Linked Data.Combine Geographic Information from Multiple Sources Using Linked DataAfter an introduction to the building blocks of Geographic Information the Semantic Web and Linked Data the book explores how Geographic Information can become part of the Semantic Web as Linked Data. In easy-to-understand terms the authors explain the complexities of modeling Geographic Information using Semantic Web technologies and publishing it as Linked Data. They review the software tools currently available for publishing and modeling Linked Data and provide a framework to help you evaluate new tools in a rapidly developing market. They also give an overview of the important languages and syntaxes you will need to master. Throughout extensive examples demonstrate why and how you can use ontologies and Linked Data to manipulate and integrate real-world Geographic Information data from multiple sources.A Practical Readable Guide for Geographers Software Engineers and LaypersonsA coherent readable introduction to a complex subject this book supplies the durable knowledge and insight you need to think about Geographic Information through the lens of the Semantic Web. It provides a window to Linked Data for geographers as well as a geographic perspective for so Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367866549

Linking Alliances and Shared SpaceGroups and the Psychoanalyst This book presents the general framework of the psychoanalytic approach to groups describing the main elements of a psychoanalytic model of the group and of the subject within the group. It describes the various problems posed by extending the field of investigation and practices of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325343

Linking ActivismEcology Social Justice and Education for Social Change This book a unique examination of the activist striving to work for more holistic social change creates a conceptual framework to give visibility to the complexity of activist practice that spans environmental and social justice concerns. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943304

Linking Aquatic Exposure and EffectsRisk Assessment of Pesticides Time-variable exposure profiles of pesticides are more often the rule than exception in the surface waters of agricultural landscapes. There is therefore a need to adequately address the uncertainties arising from time-variable exposure profiles in the aquatic risk assessment procedure for pesticides. Linking Aquatic Exposure and Effects: Risk Assessment of Pesticides provides guidance and recommendations for linking aquatic exposure and ecotoxicological effects in the environmental assessment of agricultural pesticides. Leading international scientists share their expertise in aquatic exposure assessment aquatic ecotoxicology and the risk assessment and management of plant protection products. The book incorporates the tools and approaches currently available for assessing the environmental risks of time-variable exposure profiles of pesticides. It also discusses the science behind these techniques. This volume covers the extrapolation techniques including models that address the environmental fate toxicokinetics toxicodynamics and ecological effects for performing accurate aquatic environmental risk assessments of pesticides. It explains how to link aquatic exposure and effects in the risk assessment procedure for plant protection products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112643

Linking Arms TogetherAmerican Indian Treaty Visions of Law and Peace 1600-1800 This readable yet sophisticated survey of treaty-making between Native and European Americans before 1800 recovers a deeper understanding of how Indians tried to forge a new society with whites on the multicultural frontiers of North America-an understanding that may enlighten our own task of protecting Native American rights and imagining racial justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147775

Linking Conservation and Poverty ReductionLandscapes People and Power 'This book aims to inspire the conservation community not to regard poverty reduction as someone else's job but to take responsibility for it as part of ecosystem restoration. Though no solutions are perfect the text and examples given offer encouraging and useful guidance.' Gill Shepherd poverty and landscapes thematic leader IUCN Forest Conservation Programme. 'This book could be the catalyst for a real paradigm shift - not just in capital cities and international conference centres but also on the ground in locations where poor people are struggling to make a living.' Policy Matters (praise for the first edition). High levels of rural poverty in many of the world's ecosystems make it an ethical and practical imperative to find more equitable and realistic ways of achieving conservation. Livelihoods of the rural poor and options for conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity are so intimately entwined that they are better addressed through an integrated approach irrespective of whether the primary motivation is one of development or one of conservation. This highly accessible book a revised edition of the 2005 book Poverty and Conservation: Landscapes People and Power offers a grand overview of the issues and a conceptual framework for addressing poverty reduction in the context of conservation and conservation in the context of poverty reduction. It will appeal to professionals working in the field as well as to students across the fields of conservation development and sustainability. It looks at the rationale for addressing the links between conservation and poverty reduction arguing that such a focus is both ethically essential and a source of opportunities. It alsoreviews experiences in dealing with people and conservation and identifies some key lessons and concepts. The book presents cases studies illustrating various approaches and a discussion of some of the issues that appear when implementing combined conservation and poverty reduction. The book emphasizes the importance of multiple spatial scales and negotiating trade-offs between scales. It also tackles the complex issue of institutional landscapes and the way in which changes at various institutional levels can lead to different and often more positive outcomes. The Final part summarizes some of the main features of the authors' integrated approach and identifies some of the challenges involved in efforts to combine conservation and poverty reduction. Published with IUCN - The World Conservation Union. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771849

Linking Emissions Trading Schemes A growing number of GHG emissions trading schemes are being implemented at regional or national levels. However even as the number of different schemes grows few linkages exist between them. Major cap-and-trade proposals are currently at important stages in their development especially in the United States Japan and Australia some of which explicitly emphasize the aim of linking with other schemes. One of the strategic goals of European climate policy is linking the EU ETS with other comparable schemes. The research presented in this volume is on actual economic political and institutional constraints and implications. It examines the role of linking trading schemes for the development of the post-Kyoto climate architecture and for increasing linkage between schemes. This essential research will be relevant to both the scientific community and for policymakers who are involved in the design of emerging trading schemes and offset mechanisms as well as in designing the post Kyoto climate regime. This volume focuses specifically on: o Economic institutional/regulatory and legal dimensions of linking o Implications of linking on the design of emerging trading schemes o The role of linking trading schemes for the development of the post-Kyoto climate regime Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979895

Linking Emotional Intelligence and Performance at WorkCurrent Research Evidence With Individuals and Groups In this edited volume leading edge researchers discuss the link between Emotional Intelligence (EI) and workplace performance. Contributors from many areas such as social science management (including organizational practitioners) and psychologists have come together to develop a better understanding of how EI can influence work performance and whether research supports it.A unique feature of this book is that it integrates the work of social scientists and organizational practitioners. Their mutual interests in EI provide a unique opportunity for basic and applied research and practices to learn from one another in order to continually refine and advance knowledge on EI. The primary audience for this book is researchers teachers and students of psychology management and organizational behavior. Due to its clear practical applications to the workplace it will also be of interest to organizational consultants and human resource practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138177154

Linking Employee Satisfaction to Business Results First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995451

Linking Families Learning and SchoolingParent–Researcher Perspectives Parents who are also educational researchers have access to a domain that is highly complex and not always available to other scholars.  In this book parent-researchers provide theoretical and practical insights into children’s learning in the home and at school.  Readers are given a window into learning in the home context and how all family members organize or engage in that learning.  Working on two levels   the book develops scholarly discussions about learning in the home (how is it organized who the participants are and what children are learning) and  it illustrates the impacts that outside institutions in particular schools have on families  It is unique in showcasing parent-research as a type of research paradigm with particular aspects and challenges.  Both teachers and researchers can learn from these studies as they show the impact that schooling has on families and how institutional discourses and beliefs can both positively and negatively affect the dynamics of any family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287112

Linking Health and Education for African American Students' Success The linkages between a student’s health and a student’s ability to learn have been well established. Children who are sick stay home; and children at home cannot learn if they are not in school leading to increased dropout rates among other educational outcomes. However an understanding of this concept is just the beginning of understanding how education and public health are inextricably linked.   In light of this Linking Health and Education for African American Students’ Success examines health disparities and education inequities simultaneously and moves beyond a basic understanding of health and education in K-12 school programs. The structural inequalities which lead to reduced academic attainment mirror the social determinants of health. Education is one of the most powerful determinants of health and disparities in educational achievement as a result of structural inequalities closely track disparities in health. These disparities lead to both sub-standard healthcare and reduced academic attainment among children from underserved minorities in the United States especially African Americans.   This book discusses how this may result in children with poorer mental health outcomes; higher school dropout rates; increased risks of arrests and incarceration; higher rates of chronic diseases and mortality; and overall diminished opportunities for success while providing suggestions as to how to address these issues. This results in an insightful read for researchers academics and practitioners in the fields of healthcare and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224141

Linking Home and SchoolPartnership in Practice in Primary Education First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420649

Linking Housing and Services for Older AdultsObstacles Options and Opportunities Packaging supportive services with housing—a pressing issue for older adultsThe population of older adults is expected to explode in the coming years. Linking Housing and Services for Older Adults: Obstacles Options and Opportunities examines a crucial complex and often overlooked issue for policymakers and the public at large: older adults’ increasing needs for housing and supportive long-term care services. As baby boomers strive to help their parents make difficult decisions about their options pressure mounts for policymakers to develop appropriate housing and services. This book brings together respected experts to discuss the answers to difficult questions about meeting the housing and support service needs of aging adults.Linking Housing and Services for Older Adults: Obstacles Options and Opportunities explores in-depth the tough issues pertaining to which populations are presently being served what their needs are and who is being left out. You’ll learn exactly what types of services are available who is providing them and how are they packaged. From residential care to assisted living to institutional care this book addresses all facets of the complicated problems of providing availability to fulfill need. This important source presents insightful analysis of the total range of issues and the challenges to progress as well as offering specific recommendations to effectively offer housing and vital long-term care supportive services to older adults.Linking Housing and Services for Older Adults: Obstacles Options and Opportunities discusses in detail: the argument for increased development of supportive housing for older adults—and the barriers preventing it the issues related to providing a variety of housing and service options to the Medicaid population two case studies that illustrate how policies aimed at linking housing and services play out at the state and local level—and the need for strong leadership and the ability to develop key partnerships as vital aspects for success the interrelationship of factors regarding nursing home admission the availability of subsidized housing and Medicaid eligibility the need for care management to be holistic—including environmental care assessment repair and renovation management in addition to current long-term care settings creating affordable assisted living facilities for older persons receiving Medicaid services the successful components of the national Coming Home Program four case studies emphasizing different finance and regulatory approaches—providing lessons learned for developers state agencies and advocates of affordable assisted livingThis vital educational resource is also an essential reference for local state and national policymakers housing officials and long-term care providers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051191

Linking Industries Across the WorldProcesses of Global Networking Originally published in 2005. This book examines how regional industries use different networks on various geographical scales in order to withstand increasing competition in a globalising world. It argues that new forms of global governance of networked industries are emerging in particular in those areas that have only recently been incorporated into the global economy such as Eastern Europe Asia and Southern Africa. The book addresses a number of issues including the different forms of institutional arrangements that contribute to the formation of heterogeneous global industrial networks. It also raises the issue of national institutions that still matter in network formation. The focus of the book is on how to improve regional and sectoral competitiveness in a global context and it suggests this is best achieved by a close analysis of global linkages an evolutionary perspective on processes taking place and a more differentiated view on globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138356399

Linking Integration and Residential Segregation Policy-makers tend to view the residential segregation of minority ethnic groups in a negative light as it is seen as an obstacle to their integration. In the literature on neighbourhood effects the residential concentration of minorities is seen as a major impediment to their social mobility and acculturation while the literature on residential segregation emphasises the opposite causal direction by focusing on the effect of integration on levels of (de-)segregation. This volume however indicates that the link between integration and segregation is much less straightforward than is often depicted in academic literature and policy discourses. Based on research in a wide variety of western countries it can be concluded that the process of assimilation into the housing market is highly complex and differs between and within ethnic groups. The integration pathway not only depends on the characteristics of migrants themselves but also on the reactions of the institutions and the population of the receiving society. Linking Integration and Residential Segregation exposes the link between integration and segregation as a two-way relationship involving the minority ethnic groups and the host society highlighting the importance of historical and geographical context for social and spatial outcomes. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110083

Linking Learning and Performance This book provides a step-by-step approach for developing learning and performance measures and a method for analyzing and reporting results. The easy to use format serves as a quick reference—featuring the necessary checklists to evaluate the situation and tools for immediate application in a number of organizational settings—sales leadership and technical. It will prove an invaluable resource for anyone involved in training HRD human resource measurement and evaluation and performance improvement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080510323

Linking Literacy and Libraries in Global Communities Libraries in today's global world have emerged as key players in building a culture for reading in communities while enhancing the literacy development of children youth adults and seniors. Whether one lives in a modern city with sophisticated library services or in a remote region of the world where access to books and literacy services may be limited librarians and libraries are contributing to the development of learning communities. This book captures some of the essence of this work in libraries in order to inspire and support all those who value the role of libraries in building global communities. The authors highlight the emerging role of libraries and community partners in literacy development and provide concrete examples via case studies drawn from global communities demonstrating how libraries are working to support local literacies. They also suggest recommendations for supporting the critical role for libraries in supporting global literacies. The book will become essential reading for all those interested in literacy and libraries throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399797

Linking Local and Global EconomiesThe Ties that Bind Clusters of small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) have to adapt continually to a fast changing environment. This new book containing contributions on countries ranging from Italy and Mexico to China and India recognises the disparity between conditions in these countries and poses some interesting questions about what might be termed post cluster globalisation. This book will be of interest to students academics and policy makers in the fields of economic geography international business and entrepreneurship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810709

Linking Networks: The Formation of Common Standards and Visions for Infrastructure Development Presenting recent research on the international integration of infrastructures in Europe this book combines general and methodological chapters and examples from different a variety of sectors such as transport electricity and communication networks. Particular focus is on the contrast between the 'Europe of nation states' of the nineteenth century (up to 1914) and the emerging 'integrated Europe' after World War II. Additional contributions provide perspectives from beyond Europe. The wide range of topics gives a good overview of the different challenges posed and the strategies employed in each sector to establish internationally compatible networks procedures and standards. This work strengthens comparative research as a complement to the detailed analysis of singular cases that often characterises previous works in this field. Methodologically it therefore contributes to the progress of tools and strategies for comparative historical research. Part of the emerging research area dealing with the mechanisms of international collaboration this book brings together recent research from European integration history policy studies political economy and cultural studies. Considering the growing intensity of international collaboration and exchange in many parts of social and economic life it is also of topical interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546523

Linking Parents to Play TherapyA Practical Guide with Applications Interventions and Case Studies Linking Parents to Play Therapy is a practical guide containing essential information for play therapists. It includes coverage of legal and medical issues pragmatic assignments for parents guidelines for working with angry and resistant parents a listing of state protective and advocacy agencies and tips for working with managed care. Combining theoretical understanding with a variety of techniques this book makes working with parents possible practical and productive. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139893

Linking Reading Assessment to InstructionAn Application Worktext for Elementary Classroom Teachers Now in its Fifth Edition this text applies current theory to classroom practice by providing in each chapter a brief explanation of major concepts followed by guided practical experience in administering scoring and interpreting reading assessment techniques. The Fifth Edition is revised and updated to reflect recent developments in the field. New activities are included throughout. A Companion Website for instructors and students a value-added feature is new for this edition. Like previous editions of this popular text this edition Emphasizes the use of assessment and diagnosis for instructional decision making Stresses the use of informal assessment techniques - reflecting the current emphasis in educational assessment theories - but also includes usage of standardized test scores Provides numerous classroom-tested hands-on activities giving students step-by-step experiences in administering scoring and interpreting assessment techniques This text covers assessment/diagnosis in all five critical reading areas: phonemic awareness phonics vocabulary fluency and comprehension. It is designed for undergraduate and graduate courses in reading diagnosis reading methods that include a diagnostic component and for in-service courses on reading/literacy development and diagnosis. http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415802093/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132306

Linking Separate WorldsUrban Migrants and Rural Lives in Peru This pathbreaking ethnography of population movements between rural and urban places in Peru addresses the conceptual and methodological problems of studying ‘deterritorialized' populations and the implications of this for anthropology's notions of culture and identity. Based on extensive fieldwork this book explores the economic social and ritual bonds which link migrants in Peru's major cities to their Andean native village. Many urban migrants establish networks based on kinship and marriage ties to exploit resources in the city as well as the village. These networks ensure they maintain strong links to their native village. Fiestas soccer tournaments and folklore festivals also play a crucial role in the formation of migrant communities in Peru's cities. The author analyses these performance practices and shows how they give rise to the creation of new social identities. The participation of second generation migrants returning migrants and migrant spouses in village life is also discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085874

Linking the European Union Emissions Trading SystemPolitical Drivers and Barriers This book focuses on the linking of the European Union Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) with other independent regional ETS. While rich practical and academic research has evolved on the economic and technical side of ETS linking political drivers and barriers have so far been underrepresented in this debate. Filling this lacuna and based on international relations theory existing research and qualitative fieldwork this book introduces the range of political conditions that influence linking such as political leadership and stakeholder activity. Specifically it analyzes which of these aspects have played a role in three different linking activities of the EU: (1) a failed linking attempt: EU ETS–California Cap-and-Trade Program; (2) a successful linking treaty: EU ETS–Switzerland Emissions Trading System; and (3) an agreed-upon but not realized link: EU ETS–Australia Carbon Pricing Mechanism. Through an interrogation of these examples Dr. Unger concludes that it is not only the technical challenges or the overall economic benefit but rather domestic interests structural aspects and external international political developments that have jointly dominated linking activities especially those in which the EU takes part. This book will be of great interest to scholars and policy-makers working in climate policy and EU environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429690

Linking Theory to PracticeCase Studies for Working with College Students Framed by an overview of theories that guide student affairs practice the cases in this book present a challenging array of problems that student affairs and higher education personnel face on campus such as racial diversity alcohol abuse and student activism. This revised fourth edition contains 20 new cases reflecting current campus issues including identity study abroad social media bullying housing and food insecurity student activism and other perennial campus issues. An excellent teaching tool this book provides a comprehensive and realistic set of challenges to prepare aspiring student affairs professionals for the increasingly complex college environment. Features include: A structure that sets the stage for case study methods and links student affairs theory with practical applications. Cases written by well-known and respected contributors set in a wide variety of institution types and locations. Over 35 complex case studies reflecting the multifaceted issues student affairs professionals face in today’s college environment.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720961

Linking Trade Environment and Social CohesionNAFTA Experiences Global Challenges This title was first published in 2002: Focusing on the central issues of the contemporary trade-environment-social cohesion debate this compelling book analyzes the social and environmental impacts of existing trade liberalization through the World Trade Organization (WTO) North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and other key regimes. It also explores new strategies for regulation and risk assessment environmental information standard setting voluntary activities sustainability assessments of trade agreements and participation by civil society. Features include: -suggests ways in which the NAFTA model might be improved -explores the NAFTA regime with regards to its environmental and social impacts -evaluates the experience and improvement of NAFTA and how it might assist the broader international community Characterized by its meticulous scholarship and fluid style this authoritative work is an indispensable guide for all those concerned with trade liberalization environmental enhancement and social cohesion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731059

Links to the Diasporic HomelandSecond Generation and Ancestral 'Return' Mobilities This book examines return mobilities to and from ancestral homelands of the second generation and beyond. It presents cutting-edge empirical research framed within the mobilities transnational and return migration/diaspora paradigms on a trans/local and global scale. The book is unique in presenting not only a variety of return movements including short-term visits and longer-term return migrations but also circulatory movements within transnational social fields while engaging with notions of ‘home’ belonging identity and generation. The individual contributions range widely over different ethnic national regional and global settings including Europe North America the Caribbean the Gulf and Africa. The result is a remapping of the conceptualisation of ‘diaspora’ and of the role of successive generations in the diasporic experience as well as a nuancing of the concepts of return migration and transnationalism by their extension to the second and subsequent generations of ‘immigrants’. This book was originally published as a special issue of Mobilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745154

Linux with Operating System Concepts A True Textbook for an Introductory Course System Administration Course or a Combination Course Linux with Operating System Concepts merges conceptual operating system (OS) and Unix/Linux topics into one cohesive textbook for undergraduate students. The book can be used for a one- or two-semester course on Linux or Unix. It is complete with review sections problems definitions concepts and relevant introductory material such as binary and Boolean logic OS kernels and the role of the CPU and memory hierarchy. Details for Introductory and Advanced Users The book covers Linux from both the user and system administrator positions. From a user perspective it emphasizes command line interaction. From a system administrator perspective the text reinforces shell scripting with examples of administration scripts that support the automation of administrator tasks. Thorough Coverage of Concepts and Linux Commands The author incorporates OS concepts not found in most Linux/Unix textbooks including kernels file systems storage devices virtual memory and process management. He also introduces computer science topics such as computer networks and TCP/IP binary numbers and Boolean logic encryption and the GNUs C compiler. In addition the text discusses disaster recovery planning booting and Internet servers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482235890

LinuxThe Textbook Second Edition Choosen by BookAuthority as one of BookAuthority's Best Linux Mint Books of All TimeLinux: The Textbook Second Edition provides comprehensive coverage of the contemporary use of the Linux operating system for every level of student or practitioner from beginners to advanced users. The text clearly illustrates system-specific commands and features using Debian-family Debian Ubuntu and Linux Mint and RHEL-family CentOS and stresses universal commands and features that are critical to all Linux distributions. The second edition of the book includes extensive updates and new chapters on system administration for desktop stand-alone PCs and server-class computers; API for system programming including thread programming with pthreads; virtualization methodologies; and an extensive tutorial on systemd service management.Brand new online content on the CRC Press website includes an instructor’s workbook test bank and In-Chapter exercise solutions as well as full downloadable chapters on Python Version 3.5 programming ZFS TC shell programming advanced system programming and more. An author-hosted GitHub website also features updates further references and errata. Features New or updated coverage of file system sorting regular expressions directory and file searching file compression and encryption shell scripting system programming client-server–based network programming thread programming with pthreads and system administration Extensive in-text pedagogy including chapter objectives student projects and basic and advanced student exercises for every chapter Expansive electronic downloads offer advanced content on Python ZFS TC shell scripting advanced system programming internetworking with Linux TCP/IP and many more topics all featured on the CRC Press website Downloadable test bank work book and solutions available for instructors on the CRC Press website Author-maintained GitHub repository provides other resources such as live links to further references updates and errata Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367571061

Lion Eagle and SwastikaBavarian Monarchism in Weimar Germany 1918-1933 Originally published in 1991 this study analyses the Bavarian monarchist movement and its place in the relations between Bavaria and the Reich during the Weimar era with particular emphasis on the period up to 1929. Focusing on Bavaria’s peculiar historical position in the Reich as a staunch adversary of strong national political authority the study has been anchored insofar as possible in local-level organizational and governmental archival sources. It makes extensive use of organizational and personal case-studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243418

Lion RampantEssays in the Study of British Imperialism First published in 1973. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979901

Lionel Robbins on the Principles of Economic AnalysisThe 1930s Lectures Lionel Robbins (1898–1984) is best known to economists for his Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science (1932 and 1935). To the wider public he is well known for the 'Robbins Report' of the 1960s on Higher Education which recommended a major expansion of university education in Britain. However throughout his academic career â€“ at Oxford and the London School of Economics in the 1920s and as Professor of Economics at the School from 1929 to 1961 â€“ he was renowned as an exceptionally gifted teacher. Generations of students remember his lectures for their clarity and comprehensiveness and for his infectious enthusiasm for his subject. Besides his famous graduate seminar his most important and influential courses at LSE were the Principles of Economic Analysis which he gave in the 1930s and again in the late 1940s and 1950s as well as the History of Economic Thought from 1953 until long after his official retirement. This book publishes for the first time the manuscript notes Robbins used for his lectures on the Principles of Economic Analysis from 1929/30 to 1934/40. At the outset of his career he took the advice of a senior colleague to prepare his lectures by writing them out fully before he presented them; the full notes for most of his pre-war lectures survive and are eminently decipherable.Since he made two major revisions of the lectures in the 1930s the Principles notes show both the development of his own thought and the way he incorporated the major theoretical innovations made by younger economists at LSE such as John Hicks and Nicholas Kaldor or elsewhere notably Joan Robinson. He intended to turn his lecture notes into a book abandoning the project only when he was asked to chair the Committee on Higher Education in 1960. This volume is not exactly the book he wanted to write but it is a unique record of what was taught to senior undergraduate and graduate economists in those 'years of high theory'. It will be of interest to all economists interested in the development of economics in the twentieth century.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667139

Lionel Trilling and Irving HoweAnd Other Stories of Literary Friendship This pioneering effort links history and personality by pairing intellectual friends most notably Lionel Trilling and Irving Howe but also Thomas Carlyle and John Stuart Mill D. H. Lawrence and Bertrand Russell George Eliot and Emanuel Deutsch Theodore Roethke and Robert Heilman. Chronologically the essays range from the early 1830s when Carlyle and Mill discovered each other to 1975 when Lionel Trilling died.The essay that gives this volume its title is also the most ambitious. Alexander examines Trilling and Howe in relation to one another and to Jewish quandaries Henry James politics and fiction antisemitic writers literary radicals 1960s insurrectionists the state of Israel the nature of friendship itself.The chapter on the friendships (and ex-friendships) of Carlyle and Mill Lawrence and Russell views their stories against the background of the modern conflict between reason and feeling positivism and imagination. Though some relationships began in adversity they developed into friendships. This happened with Roethke and Heilman and with Eliot and Deutsch. As a young woman Eliot disparaged Jews as candidates for "extermination " but her friendship with the Talmudic scholar Deutsch changed her into one of the major Judeophiles of the Victorian period. The quartet of Carlyle and Mill Lawrence and Russell shows how quickly-formed literary friendships especially those based on hunger for disciples can dissolve into ex-friendships. This volume offers new perspectives on leading literary figures and their relationship and shows how friendship influences art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511682

LipaseAn Industrial Enzyme Through Metagenomics Microbial lipases are industrially important and have gained attention due to their stability selectivity and broad substrate specificity. Lipases are used as medicine and they also aid in indigestion heartburn allergy to gluten in wheat products (celiac disease) Crohn’s disease and cystic fibrosis. This volume considers the industrial demand for new sources of lipases with different catalytic characteristics that stimulate the isolation growth and development of new microbial strains. The volume narrates the challenging metagenomic approach with the isolation of the lipase gene its cloning into Escherichia coli culture of the recombinant bacteria and extraction and assessment of the lipase enzyme. Lipase-producing bacteria are available in different habitats such as industrial wastes vegetable oil processing factories dairy plants and soils contaminated with oil and oil seeds among others. This volume is the effort of the authors to document the scientific findings carried out over the last eight years in the area of un-culturable soil microorganisms. The book presents the physic-chemical features of lipases and their specific applications in different commercial industries. The in-depth study looks at metagenomics for lipases from all angles and provides a truly informative resource. It describes the biochemical characterization of lipase enzymes with the high activity in the presence of 1% tributyrin. A wide review has been presented in the book on lipase enzymes purified from a large collection of microbes present in soil seawater waste-dumping sites animal systems (including human beings) and the atmosphere. Stability of enzymes over changing environments of the industry is indeed a big issue and the book deals at length with the changing temperatures and pH and metal ion concentrations. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886185

Lipid Analysis There is increasing recognition of the diversity and biological importance of lipids. Lipid modifications of other biological molecules are now also the subject of intense research activity. This 'user-friendly' introduction describes the techniques currently in use with many clear figures and line drawings to illustrate separations. Media > Books > E-books Garland Science 9781003077107

Lipid Metabolism and Health That a relation exists between lipids/lipoproteins and coronary artery disease is no longer an arguable point. However the complexities associated with this relationship and the number of factors that can impact and alter circumstances and clinical status are many and diverse. Consequently this relationship continues to receive a great deal of focus from researchers.Lipid Metabolism and Health in presenting the latest statement from those positioned on the cutting edge in this arena provides an overview and historical perspective of the evolution of serum lipids and lipoproteins. It traces their development from a mere curiosity to their acceptance as an established and major coronary artery disease (CAD) risk factor and ultimately to their becoming the subject of clinical guidelines. Considerable attention is focused on the fundamentals beginning with a chapter on basic lipidology and progresses through such topics as lipid/lipoprotein metabolism and the biology of atherosclerosis. Additional topics include methodologies for measuring lipoproteins clinical strategies used to manage unhealthy lipid levels and discussion of important influential factors such as obesity diabetes and metabolic syndrome diet/nutrition exercise cigarette smoking and environmental tobacco smoke and age as well as gender race and other heredity factors.Qualified and recognized experts in their specific fields of study were recruited by the editors to contribute chapters. They include top researchers in nutrition pharmacology exercise science and several areas of clinical medicine including cardiology kinesiology and immunology.Lipid Metabolism and Health provides a useful scientific and educational tool for researchers clinicians academicians and students seeking a timely and bona fide source of information on the relationship between lipids and health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391560

Lipid Metabolism in Plants This text presents a comprehensive description of the fundamental principles of plant lipid metabolism and then uses this base to examine current research in the field. The importance of molecular biology and the incorporation of new analytical methods are discussed and the contributions of current research to agricultural and industrial uses are covered in depth. Chapters are illustrated with tables and figures to support key concepts and projections for future researc in the field are also explored. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894973

Lipid Oxidation in Health and Disease Oxidative modification of lipids and phospholipids—including radical damage halogenation and nitration—result in significant changes to the chemical properties of the molecules which in turn have a major effect on their biochemical functions. Lipid oxidation has long been regarded as a deleterious process responsible for lipid rancidity loss of function and generation of toxic products. However in recent years research has also focused on the non-detrimental physiological and pathological effects of these chemical reactions. Lipid Oxidation in Health and Disease provides an up-to-date review of the role of oxidized lipid products in physiological and pathophysiological processes. Covering the diverse topics that contribute to research in this important field this book explores: The mechanisms of lipid oxidation both enzymatic and non-enzymatic Antioxidant defenses and lipid oxidation Lipid oxidation products and cell signaling The roles of oxidized lipids in specific diseases—including cardiovascular neurodegenerative and metabolic disorders as well as in cancer Drug targeting and the therapeutic potential of oxidized lipids Accurate measurement of the formation of lipid oxidation products and investigation of their biological effects and roles in disease are critical to biomedical science and new targeted therapeutics. Written by acknowledged experts in the field this book provides a broad survey of both established knowledge and recent findings on the action of oxidized lipid products on cell signaling and gene expression in health and disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482202854

Lipid Peroxidation In Biomembranes This book will explain the colossal potential of life to cope with different living environments is possible owing to the exceptionally well developed mechanisms of adaptation to environmental conditions. There is an innumerable variety of concrete mechanisms which make it possible for living creatures to adapt to different and changing environmental conditions. Nevertheless all this variety is the manifestation of the three strategic line of the adaptation process: 1. Evolutional or genotypic adaptation. 2. Phenotypic adaptation. 3. Rapid adaptation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315894980

Lipid Second Messengers Lipid Second Messengers provides detailed methodology for analysis of various lipid signaling pathways. Authoritative contributors explain the factors that regulate lipid second messenger production by agonist-activated enzymes and examine their products. Topics discussed include procedures used to measure lipid-derived mediators such as lysophospholipids arachidonic acid eicosanoids anandamide and ceramides and the enzymes responsible for generating these messengers such as phospholipases prostaglandin endoperoxide synthases and sphingomyelinase. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138410114

Lipid Technologies and Applications ""Provides a comprehensive review of the major technologies and applications of lipids in food and nonfood uses including current and future trends. Discusses the nature of lipids their major sources and role in nutrition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748848

Lipid-Mediated Signaling As the highly anticipated update to Lipid Second Messengers (CRC Press 1999) Lipid-Mediating Signaling is a current and comprehensive overview of research methods used in lipid-mediated signal transduction. Pioneering experts provide a much-needed distillation of a decade’s worth of advances in research techniques that are pertinent in understanding how lipid-mediated signal transduction ties to pathologic disorders. Part I describes methods used to identify activities of and assay the expression of different enzymes involved in lipid-mediated signaling. Part II highlights the use of mass spectrometry to ascertain the lipid content in various systems. Part III contains two chapters devoted to techniques used to determine the role of lipids in the activation of gene transcription. Part IV rounds out the book’s solid coverage by focusing on methods used to assess fatty acid uptake and metabolism. Lipid-Mediating Signaling is an unrivaled reference for this rapidly expanding yet resource-limited field and it is a valuable resource for for cell biologists biochemists and pharmacologists as well as for researchers studying signaling transduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113961

LipidsNutrition and Health The role of lipids in nutrition science has evolved considerably in the past decade with new concepts following new discoveries. Lipids: Nutrition and Health reviews the role of dietary lipids in maintaining health bringing the latest knowledge from a myriad of sources into one convenient resource. Taking a combined approach that integrates lipid nutrition with normal physiology and clinical applications the book presents a detailed account of the nutritional aspects of all types of lipids—fatty acids triacylglycerols phospholipids sphingolipids sterols and fat-soluble vitamins (A D E K). The book introduces the biochemistry and sources of lipid compounds followed by coverage of lipid requirements for a healthy state. Organized by lipid category the text describes the role played by each lipid in various chronic diseases. It examines specific macronutrients and micronutrients emphasizing their absorption metabolism and deficiency symptoms with respect to their roles in cardiovascular disease cancer metabolic diseases inflammatory diseases and various pathologies of the nervous system. Offering a broad overview of all aspects of lipids from the fatty acids to the other forms of fats the book provides an extensive and up-to-date survey of the impact of dietary lipids on various aspects of pathological situations. It provides the information needed to efficiently translate new research findings and clinical experiences into practical and personalized recommendations for preventing diseases and treating pathologies induced by poor dietary conditions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242317

Lipoic AcidEnergy Production Antioxidant Activity and Health Effects The recognition of oxidative stress as a major factor in health aging and disease has led to a surge in research aimed at uncovering effective countermeasures in the form of antioxidants. Unique in its two-fold protective function alpha-lipoic acid has drawn unprecedented interest as a coenzyme in mitochondrial energy metabolism and as an antioxidant and cell redox modulator. Mounting data regarding its potential health benefits demands an authoritative single-source reference to codify current knowledge and guide future research.   A state-of-the-science compilation Lipoic Acid follows the history of this potent coenzyme and the latest discoveries regarding the chemistry biological action and significance in energy production antioxidant activity and health. The book is divided into three sections: ·         Section I: Discovery and Molecular Structure reviews the early studies leading to the discovery of alpha-lipoic acid and explains the molecular structure biosynthesis and the characterization of lipoic acid and its chemical derivatives. ·         Section II: Metabolic Aspects describes in detail the human pharmacokinetics of alpha-lipoic acid including the lipoic acid-derived dehydrogenase complexes and their roles in energy metabolism. It also explains antioxidant activity and redox modulation and how lipoic acid induces Phase II detoxification enzymes through activation of Nrf2-dependent gene expression. ·         Section III Clinical Aspects discusses enzyme deficiency disorders and the effects of lipoic acid on insulin. It defines lipoic acid influence on signaling pathways and AMP-activated kinase and considers the therapeutic implications for treatment of metabolic syndromes and the improvement of mitochondrial function by lipoic acid supplementation. Contributions from leading in Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387655

Lipoproteins as Carriers of Pharmacological Agents Explores endogenous lipoprotein particles and their interaction with pharmacological agents. Among the topics are receptor-dependent interactions of lipoproteins with tissues and cell types their uptake and transport with the vascular endothelium therapeutic and chemical agents that associate in v Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748831

Liposome Technology Offering step-by-step technical details Liposome Technology Third Edition Three Volume Set provides comprehensive coverage of all aspects of liposome technology including liposome preparation and analysis entrapment of drugs and other materials into liposomes and liposome interaction with the biological environment to be applied in the detect Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429188053

Liposome TechnologyEntrapment of Drugs and Other Materials into Liposomes Liposome Technology Volume II: Entrapment of Drugs and Other Materials into Liposomes Third Edition is a comprehensively updated and expanded new edition of a classic text in the field. Including step-by-step technical details Volume II describes procedures for the incorporation of drugs and other materials into liposomes for a variety therapeut Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429119460

Liposome TechnologyInteractions of Liposomes with the Biological Milieu Liposome Technology Volume III: Interactions of Liposomes with the Biological Milieu Third Edition is a comprehensively updated and expanded new edition of a classic text in the field. Including step-by-step technical details Volume III describes technologies for yielding liposomes that can function in a targeted fashion and highlights methods for studying the interaction of liposomes within the biological environment to be applied in the detection therapy or prevention of disease. This source also offers critical discussions of the methodologies of each technology described so that readers can examine the benefits and limitations and compare it to other approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390389

Liposome TechnologyLiposome Preparation and Related Techniques Liposome Technology Volume I: Liposome Preparation and Related Techniques Third Edition is a thoroughly updated and expanded new edition of a classic text in the field. Including step-by-step technical details Volume I illustrates numerous methods for liposome preparation and auxiliary techniques necessary for the stabilization and characteriza Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429119453

Liposome TechnologyVolume I Although the role of liposomes in drug targeting has been discussed extensively in several reviews and books there has been no comprehensive coverage of related methodology. This book constitutes the first attempt to put together all aspects of lipsome technology as applied to medical sciences. Volume I deals directly with methods for the preparation of liposomes and auxiliary techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895000

Liposome TechnologyVolume II Although the role of liposomes in drug targeting has been discussed extensively in several reviews and books there has been no comprehensive coverage of related methodology. This book constitutes the first attempt to put together all aspects of lipsome technology as applied to medical sciences. Volume II describes procedures for the entrapment of a number of drugs including genetic material into selected types of lipsomes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781351074117

Liposome TechnologyVolume III: Targeted Drug Delivery and Biological Interaction Although the role of liposomes in drug targeting has been discussed extensively in several reviews and books there has been no comprehensive coverage of related methodology. This book constitutes the first attempt to put together all aspects of lipsome technology as applied to medical sciences. Volume III is devoted to the growing variety of techniques yielding targeted liposomes and to approaches of studying liposomal behaviour in the biological milieu both in vitro and in vivo. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895024

Liposomes Lipid Bilayers and Model MembranesFrom Basic Research to Application As a result of their unique physical properties biological membrane mimetics such as liposomes are used in a broad range of scientific and technological applications. Liposomes Lipid Bilayers and Model Membranes: From Basic Research to Application describes state-of-the-art research and future directions in the field of membranes which has evolved from basic studies of the physicochemical properties of amphiphiles to their application in industry and medicine. Written by leading researchers in their fields this book describes basic and applied research and serves as a useful reference for both the novice and the expert.Part one covers a range of basic research topics from theory and computational simulations to some of the most up-to-date experimental research. Topics discussed include soft matter physics of membranes nonlamellar phases extraction of molecules by amphiphiles lipid models for membrane rafts membrane dynamics nanodiscs microemulsions active membranes as well as interactions of bilayers with drugs or DNA to treat disease or for gene transfer respectively.Part two of the book focuses on technological applications of amphiphiles such as liposome-based nanoparticles for drug delivery formulation of liposomes for prolonged in vivo circulation and functionalization for medical purposes novel drug delivery systems for increased drug loading and the use of tethered membranes for bio-sensing applications. Chapters also describe the use of liposomes in textile dyeing and how lipidic nanoparticles are used by the food industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198753

Liposomes in Analytical Methodologies Liposomes have been widely explored in the drug delivery realm over the past decades. Many of the properties that made them well suited for drug delivery applications such as the internal space to encapsulate a large payload of molecules and the inherent protection from exterior stresses have also been exploited in various analytical techniques. Liposomes in Analytical Methodologies provides an extensive coverage of their utility ranging from historic developments to actively researched techniques written by expert investigators. The introductory chapter serves as a primer on the fundamentals of liposomes for analytical purposes and provides an overview of various applications while subsequent chapters provide in-depth coverage of selected areas. With techniques ranging from liposome PCR to electrophoretic separations readers will gain an appreciation for the versatility that liposomes can add to the analytical toolbox. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669269

Liposomes in Drug Delivery First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748824

Liposomes in Gene Delivery Many specialists are not familiar with both drug delivery and the molecular biology of DNA vectors. Liposomes in Gene Delivery covers both-molecular biologists will gain a basic knowledge of lipids liposomes and other gene delivery vehicles; lipid and drug delivery scientists will better understand DNA molecular biology and DNA manipulation. Topics include an introduction to nucleic acids a theoretical description of DNA recombinant technology lipids and liposomes stability and interaction properties of lipids and liposomes complexation of lipids and liposomes with DNA plasmids gene expression of genosomes in various models structure-activity relationships and transfection models. This is an excellent introductory text for graduate students scientists and researchers in molecular and cell biology genetics biochemistry physical chemistry colloid science pharmacology molecular science and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138457225

Liquid and Vapour Flows in Porous BodiesSurface Phenomena Adopts a completely original approach to the study of processes of mass transfer. In contrast to the usual approach based on the concept of continuum media and the theory of heat and mass transfer the topic is considered from a new viewpoint taking into account the heterogeneous dispersal state of porous bodies. The author bases his discussion on the theory of surface forces and microhydrodynamic analysis of the processes of mass transport of gases liquids and vapors providing the reader with a systematic account of liquid/solid and gas/solid interfaces. Topics treated in this book include structural peculiarities equilibrium and properties of liquids in porous bodies. Various mechanisms of mass transfer are considered including liquid flow in pores and films gas diffusion combined transfer of liquid and vapor convective diffusion in solutions structure formation capillary phenomena and wetting. This unique book provides a wealth of information from the former Soviet Union which will be of great interest to chemists physicists and materials scientists as well as industrialists working with a variety of different products in which disperse systems and porous bodies are important. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748794

Liquid AssetsAn Economic Approach for Water Management and Conflict Resolution in the Middle East and Beyond Liquid Assets shows that the common view of water as an inevitable cause of future wars is neither rational nor necessary. Typically two or more parties with claim to the same water sources are thought to play a zero-sum game with each side placing a high emotional and political value over the ownership of the water. However Franklin Fisher and his coauthors demonstrate that when disputes in ownership are expressed as disputes about money values in most cases the benefits of ownership will be surprisingly small. By assigning an economic value to water and treating water as a tradable resource parties see that the gains from cooperation exceed the costs resulting from the change in ownership. A zero-sum game becomes a win-win situation. To support this new approach Liquid Assets presents an innovative water allocation model that can be used to assist water management the cost-benefit analysis of water infrastructure and the resolution of disputes. The model takes system-wide effects into account and is the first to overcome the failure of actual water markets to cope with the divergence between social and private benefits (as implied by agricultural subsidies) permitting the model-user to impose his or her own values or policies. Liquid Assets applies its methodology to Israel Jordan and Palestine a region where water is scarce and water conflicts are often thought to be explosive. Indeed this book is the result of a joint effort of Israeli Jordanian Palestinian American and Dutch experts. But the book‘s message and methods are not restricted to the Middle East. They are applicable to water management and water disputes around the globe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331376

Liquid Atomization Covering the basics of liquid atomization this book familiarizes readers with the physical processes of liquid atomization the main types of atomizers and their design measurements of spray characteristics experimental investigations of atomizers and application of atomizers. It demonstrates how to calculate and design atomizers and how to mea Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748787

Liquid BordersMigration as Resistance Liquid Borders provides a timely and critical analysis of the large-scale migration of people across borders which has sent shockwaves through the global world order in recent years. In this book internationally recognized scholars and activists from a variety of fields analyze key issues related to diasporic movements displacements exiles "illegal" migrants border crossings deportations maritime ventures and the militarization of borders from political economic and cultural perspectives. Ambitious in scope with cases stretching from the Mediterranean to Australia the US/Mexico border Venezuela and deterritorialized sectors in Colombia and Central America the various contributions are unified around the notion of freedom of movement and the recognition of the need to think differently about ideas of citizenship and sovereignty around the world. Liquid Borders will be of interest to policy makers and to researchers across the humanities sociology area studies politics international relations geography and of course migration and border studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367696900

Liquid Chromatography Detectors This book documents the principles of operation the advantages and drawbacks and the potential future of currently available liquid chromatographic detectors. In offering a snapshot of the current technology it provides clear explanations and possible new horizons for both beginners and experts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064947

Liquid Chromatography for the Analyst This work provides a clear presentation of the chromatographic process - demonstrating the functions of all associated instrumentation and the procedures necessary to obtain accurate qualitative and quantitative results. The work supplies a host of applications from a variety of sources to help identify the best equipment the most appropriate columns and the most suitable phase systems for specific samples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402112

Liquid Chromatography of Polymers and Related Materials II This book covers a range of topics of interest to those involved in the fractionation and characterization of polymeric substances. It deals with problems that are encountered in modern gel permeation chromatography with dual detection when calculating average molecular weights. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452032

Liquid Chromatography of Polymers and Related Materials. III This book describes new gel permeation chromatography/liquid chromatography applications and techniques that will provide polymer scientists and practitioners with insight into the development of new polymers and plastics and improvement of existing materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452001

Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry A constructive evaluation of the most significant developments in liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry (LC–MS) and its uses for quantitative bioanalysis and characterization for a diverse range of disciplines Liquid Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry Third Edition offers a well-rounded coverage of the latest technological developments and applications. As the technology itself has matured into a reliable analytical method over the last 15 years the most exciting developments occur in LC–MS augments research into new applications. This edition places a stronger emphasis than previous editions on the impact of LC–MS methods dedicating two-thirds of the text to small-molecule and biomolecular applications such as proteomics pharmaceutical drug discovery and development biochemistry clinical analysis environmental studies and natural products research. Supported by the most relevant literature available each chapter examines how the strategies technologies and recent advances—from sample pretreatment to data processing—in LC–MS helped to shape these disciplines. Featuring new chapters and extensive revisions throughout the book Liquid Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry Third Edition continues to provide scientists with a definitive guide and reference to the most important principles strategies and experimental precedents for applying LC–MS to their research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577827

Liquid CriminologyDoing imaginative criminological research This book explores the ways in which criminological methods can be imaginatively deployed and developed in a world increasingly characterized by the blurred nature of social reality. Whilst recognizing the importance of positivist approaches and research techniques it advocates a commitment to understanding the ways in which those techniques can be used imaginatively at times in combination with less conventional methods discussing the questions concerning risk ethics and access that arise as a result. Giving voice to cutting edge research practices both in terms of concepts and methods that shift the criminological focus towards the kind of imaginative work that comprised the foundations of the discipline it calls into question the utility and credentials of mainstream work that fails to serve the discipline itself or the policy questions allied to it. A call not to 'give up on numbers' but also not to be defined by statistics and the methods that produce them Liquid Criminology sheds light on a way of doing research for criminology that is not only creative but also critical. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology criminology and social policy with interests in research methods and design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596385

Liquid Crystal Sensors Liquid Crystal Sensors discusses novel applications of liquid crystals that lie beyond electrically driven optical switches and displays. The main focus is on recent progress in the area of sensors based on low molar mass and polymer liquid crystals. This area of research became "hot" in recent years since the possibilities for applications of liquid crystal sensors are growing in many areas ranging from the detection of mechanical displacements to the detection of environmental pollutants and chemical agents. This book is well-suited for students as well as scientists from different backgrounds. For students and researchers new to the field it gives a thorough introduction. For experienced researchers it shows the latest breakthroughs and serves as an inspiration for solving problems or sparking new ideas. Key Features: Emphasizes how liquid crystals are extremely sensitive to external stimuli and therefore can be used for the construction of stimuli-responsive devices such as sensors Includes the contributions of editors who are deeply involved in the field and author chapters on hot topics such as the sensitivity of liquid crystals to pollutants UV light and strain Provides an exclusive on LC sensors where having the data in one place will be very useful to the community Gives more information on sensors and broadens the scope by having a contributed volume rather than authored Combines recent data on advances in the area of liquid crystal sensors that includes many types of liquid crystal materials Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498729727

Liquid Crystals In Complex GeometriesFormed by Polymer And Porous Networks Focusing on the applied and basic aspects of confined liquid crystals this book provides a current treatise of the subject matter and places it in the broader context of electrooptic applications. The book takes an interdisciplinary approach to the subject combining basic principles of physics chemistry polymer science materials science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579593

Liquid CrystalsConcepts and Physical Properties Illustrated by Experiments Two Volume Set These volumes are a result of the personal research and graduate lectures given by the authors at the ecole Normale Superieure de Lyon and the University of Paris VII respectively. Featuring an easy-to-follow accessible style each volume describes important concepts and physical properties using classroom-friendly experiments many of which the Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429188206

Liquid Detergents A bestseller in its first edition Liquid Detergents Second Edition captures the most significant advances since 1996 maintaining its reputation as a first-stop reference in all fundamental theories practical applications and manufacturing aspects of liquid detergents.Featuring new material and updates in every chapter the book expands its coverage of emulsions to include nanoemulsions adds new data to elucidate the rheology of current commercial detergent raw materials as compared to finished products and offers a more complete theoretical treatment of the aggregation in non-aqueous solvents. The book now covers all rheology modifiers and thickeners for detergent applications antibacterial and sensorial light-duty liquid products color/fabric care and wrinkle reduction in heavy-duty liquid detergents and household cleaning wipes in specialty liquid household surface cleaners. Rewriting the chapters on the latest improvements and growing benefits in fabric softeners liquid hand soaps and body washes and shampoos and conditioners the latter contains extensive summaries of patents for various new products and technologies. The final chapter dedicated to the manufacturing of liquid detergents offers a discussion on continuous vs. batch processes and micro-contamination.The most comprehensive guide of its kind Liquid Detergents Second Edition is a balanced and practical reference that will continue to inspire students researchers chemists and product developers in detergent industry surfactant science and industrial chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578053

Liquid Ecologies in Latin American and Caribbean Art This interdisciplinary book brings into dialogue research on how different fluids and bodies of water are mobilised as liquid ecologies in the arts in Latin America and the Caribbean. Examining the visual arts including multimedia installations performance photography and film the chapters place diverse fluids and systems of flow in art historical ecocritical and cultural analytical contexts. The book will be of interest to scholars of art history cultural studies environmental humanities blue humanities ecocriticism Latin American and Caribbean studies and island studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198985

Liquid MarblesFormation Characterization and Applications Certain small solid particles are surface-active at fluid interfaces and thus are able to stabilize materials previously considered impossible to stabilize in their absence. Liquid marbles particle-coated non-sticking liquid droplets represent one of these materials. Preparation of liquid marbles was described only about 15 years ago and they are now widely studied by many research groups and numerous applications of liquid marbles have been advanced. The book is written for postgraduates and researchers working on the area who are training to become chemists soft matter physicists materials scientists and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570873

Liquid MaterialitiesA History of Milk Science and the Law As a food milk has been revered and ignored respected and feared. In the face of its 'material resistance' attempts were made to purify it of dirt and disease and to standardize its fat content. This is a history of the struggle to bring milk under control to manipulate its naturally variable composition and as a result to redraw the boundaries between nature and society. Peter Atkins follows two centuries of dynamic and intriguing food history shedding light on the resistance of natural products to the ordering of science. After this look at the stuff in foodstuffs it is impossible to see the modern diet in the same way again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260436

Liquid Metal ProcessingApplications to Aluminium Alloy Production The title presents an up-to-date account of the research development and applications of metallic alloys recent research into the structure of charge materials melt treatment and casting technologies and their influence on the properties of melts and ingots. This research has confirmed theoretical concepts about the microheterogenous constitution of metallic melts and has made it possible to manage the quality of castings and ingots of various alloys by their special treatment in the liquid state. The four chapters of the book give theoretical and experimental evidence of the effect of the melt constitution on the structure and properties of the solid metal. Liquid Metal Processing: Applications to Aluminium Alloy Production considers common features of structure formation in aluminium alloys for a wide range of solidification conditions including ultrasonic and thermal melt treatments and discusses the technological problems of these treatments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396855

Liquid OrganizationZygmunt Bauman and Organization Theory Widely known as a leading intellectual Zygmunt Bauman’s thinking is often categorized as sociology or philosophy. But his work has been hugely influential in other fields as well not least within organization studies. From increasing management control and growing standardization of work activities to the increase in uncertainty and insecurity experienced by contemporary workers organizations themselves are becoming ever more ephemeral entities. Bauman’s themes: globalization liquid modernity and postmodern ethics are arguably fundamental to contemporary notions of organization and management and his thinking has never been more relevant. However despite the obvious and continuing influence of Bauman’s ideas on business studies there has been no comprehensive attempt to chart his impact on organization theory. In this innovative and insightful collection an international selection of leading management scholars explore key topics in current organizational discourse including networked organizations control and ambiguity technologies work and responsibility extending Bauman’s liquid modernity to the "liquid organization". The book will be essential reading for scholars and academics and students in management and organizational theory and also sociology managing culture and organizational ethnography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706629

Liquid Pipeline Hydraulics Avoiding lengthy mathematical discussions this reference specifically addresses issues affecting the day-to-day practices of those who design operate and purchase liquid pipelines in the oil water and process industries. Liquid Pipeline Hydraulics supplies an abundance of practical examples and applications for an in-depth understanding of liquid properties as well as the layout assessment and enhancement of effective pipeline systems.The most valuable and reader-friendly reference available for engineers concerned with the optimization of liquid transportation through pipelines Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394158

Liquid PleasuresA Social History of Drinks in Modern Britain Drinking has always meant much more than satisfying the thirst. Drinking can be a necessity a comfort an indulgence or a social activity. Liquid Pleasures is an engrossing study of the social history of drinks in Britain from the late seventeenth century to the present. From the first cup of tea at breakfast to mid-morning coffee to an eveining beer and a 'night-cap' John Burnett discusses individual drinks and drinking patterns which have varied not least with personal taste but also with age gender region and class. He shows how different ages have viewed the same drink as either demon poison or medicine. John Burnett traces the history of what has been drunk in Britain from the 'hot beverage revolution' of the late seventeenth century - connecting drinks and related substances such as sugar to empire - right up to the 'cold drinks revolution' of the late twentieth century examining the factors which have determined these major changes in our dietary habits. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203019856

Liquid Scintillation Alpha Spectrometry Alpha liquid scintillation was developed to obtain accurate analytical determinations of alpha-emitting nuclides where no other methods were sufficiently accurate. With the present emphasis on clean-up of radiation contamination alpha liquid scintillation has become an important tool in the determination of low concentrations of alpha-emitting nuclides. This book is the first to address the subject of alpha liquid scintillation in its entirety. It also examines how alpha spectrometry by liquid scintillation can be done without interference from beta/gamma radiation. Scientists interested in the analysis of alpha-emitting nuclides for environmental monitoring remediation clean-up accountability and research will find this to be a valuable book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895031

Liquid Society and Its Law This collection of essays brings together Zygmunt Bauman and a number of internationally distinguished legal scholars who examine the influence of Bauman's recent works on social theory of law and socio-legal studies. Contributors focus on the concept of 'liquid society' and its adoption by legal scholars. The volume opens with Bauman's analysis of fears and policing in 'liquid society' and continues by examining the social and legal theoretical context and implications of Bauman's theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603632

Liquid SociologyMetaphor in Zygmunt Bauman’s Analysis of Modernity Zygmunt Bauman’s ’liquid sociology’ confronts the awesome task of reminding individual men and women that an alternative way of living together is within our eminent capabilities if only we start to think differently about our world. The metaphor of ’liquidity’ which has become such a prominent feature of his writings since 2000 provides us with just such a new interpretation with a novel ’way of seeing’. Each chapter in this unique collection takes seriously Bauman’s analysis of modernity as ’liquid’ throwing new light upon global social problems as well as opening up a space for assessing the nature of Bauman’s contribution to sociology and for understanding what may be gained and lost by embracing an artistic sensibility within the social sciences. With contributions from internationally renowned scholars this book will appeal to all those interested in Bauman’s work especially within sociology social political and cultural theory and to anyone curious about the value of metaphor in interpreting the social world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271647

Liquidity Preference and Monetary Economies The 2008 international crisis has revived the interest in Keynes’s theories and in particular on Minsky’s models of financial fragility. The core proposition of these theories is that money plays an essential role in modern economies which is usually neglected in other approaches. This is Keynes’s liquidity preference theory which is also the foundation for Minsky’s model a theory that has been largely forgotten in recent years.This book looks at liquidity preference theory and its most important problems showing how one should understand the role of money in modern monetary economies. It develops Keynes’s and Minsky’s financial view of money relating it to the process of capital accumulation the determination of effective demand and the theory of output and employment as a whole.Building on the author’s significant body of work in the field this book delves into a broad range of topics allowing the general reader to understand propositions that have been mistreated in the literature including Keynes and the concept of monetary production economy; uncertainty expectations and money; short and long period; liquidity preference theory as a theory of asset pricing under uncertainty; asset prices and capital accumulation; Keynes’s version of the principle of effective demand; and the role of macroeconomic policy. It will be essential reading for all students and scholars of Post-Keynesian economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599119

Liquid-Liquid InterfacesTheory and Methods Update your knowledge of the chemical biological and physical properties of liquid-liquid interfaces with Liquid-Liquid Interfaces: Theory and Methods. This valuable reference presents a broadly based account of current research in liquid-liquid interfaces and is ideal for researchers teachers and students. Internationally recognized investigators of electrochemical biological and photochemical effects in interfacial phenomena share their own research results and extensively review the results of others working in their area. Because of its unusually wide breadth this book has something for everyone interested in liquid-liquid interfaces. Topics include interfacial and phase transfer catalysis electrochemistry and colloidal chemistry ion and electron transport processes molecular dynamics electroanalysis liquid membranes emulsions pharmacology and artificial photosynthesis. Enlightening discussions explore biotechnological applications such as drug delivery separation and purification of nuclear waste catalysis mineral extraction processes and the manufacturing of biosensors and ion-selective electrodes.Liquid-Liquid Interfaces: Theory and Methods is a well-written informative one-stop resource that will save you time and energy in your search for the latest information on liquid-liquid interfaces. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448691

Liquid-Vapor Phase-Change PhenomenaAn Introduction to the Thermophysics of Vaporization and Condensation Processes in Heat Transfer Equipmen Since the second edition of Liquid-Vapor Phase-Change Phenomena was written research has substantially enhanced the understanding of the effects of nanostructured surfaces effects of microchannel and nanochannel geometries and effects of extreme wetting on liquid-vapor phase-change processes. To cover advances in these areas the new third edition includes significant new coverage of microchannels and nanostructures and numerous other updates. More worked examples and numerous new problems have been added and a complete solution manual and electronic figures for classroom projection will be available for qualified adopting professors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716611

Lisbon RevisitedUrban Masculinities in Twentieth-Century Portuguese Fiction This book examines three specific fictional texts as case studies for an exploration of the ways in which masculinities are conceived of and performed in urban Portuguese society over the twentieth century. It interrogates the relationships between masculinities and socio-political change in Lisbon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662438

List of Members 2001: ISSMGEInternational Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering This book presents the complete list of delegates of all the member countries arranged in alphabetical order of the 2001 International Society for Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138468580

Listen Poster The Listen poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070370

Listeners' Guide to Medieval EnglishA Discography From the middle of the twentieth century dozens of medievalists and other performers have recorded early English. Many educational institutions already own sound recordings of English before 1500 or may wish to purchase the most useful ones available. This discography aims to assist teachers administrators and librarians to make the best use of their resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918696

Listening as Work in Primary Care This book encourages health professionals in primary care to reflect on listening in their work with patients — the choices they make the relationships which emerge and the limits that they put in place. It is useful for trainee doctors and to established general practitioners. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003072768

Listening Beyond the EchoesMedia Ethics and Agency in an Uncertain World In this book Nick Couldry media and cultural theorist from the London School of Economics asks what are the priorities for media and cultural research today - at a time of the intensified mediation of all fields of social life threats to democratic legitimacy and serious instability on the global political stage. The book calls for a "decentered" media research that rejects easy assumptions about media's role in holding societies together and instead looks more critically at the difference media make on the ground to the material conditions of our lives. In what detailed ways do media transform knowledge and agency in daily life? How do media contribute to the culture of democratic politics? And most difficult of all how can we live ethically with and through media? Couldry's previous work is well known for its breadth ranging across media sociology media theory and cultural theory. Here he draws also on political theory and ethics to develop a tightly-argued account of how media and cultural research must now reorient itself if it is to remain relevant and critical. Nick Couldry is Reader in Media Communications and Culture at the London School of Economics and Political Science. He is the author or editor of five books including Media Rituals: A Critical Approach (Routledge 2003) The Place of Media Power (Routledge 2000) and (coedited with James Curran) Contesting Media Power (Rowman and Littlefield 2003). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633633

Listening For The BombA Study In Nuclear Arms Control Verification Policy Graham Allison's book Essence of Decision changed the way in which academic analysts think about how governments make major foreign and defense policy decisions.1 Before Allison's book appeared in 1971 even the leading writers on foreign policy tended to describe and explain governmental decisions almost exclusively as if governments were rational human beings making carefully considered choices among available options. This book applies the Allisonian framework to the response of the United States government to a private arms control initiative undertaken in 1986 by the Natural Resources Defense Council an environmental organization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429042508

Listening in ActionTeaching Music in the Digital Age In an age when students come to class with more varied music listening preferences and experiences than ever before music educators can find themselves at a loss for how to connect with their students. Listening in Action provides the beginnings of a solution to this problem by characterizing students’ contemporary music listening experiences as they are mediated by digital technologies. Several components of contemporary music listening experiences are described including: the relationship between music listening experiences and listener engagements with other activities; listener agency in creating playlists and listening experiences as a whole; and the development of adolescent identities as related to the agency afforded by music listening devices. The book provides an accessible introduction to scholarship on music listening across the disciplines of musicology ethnomusicology sociology of music psychology of music and music education. By reading Listening in Action music educators can gain an understanding of recent theories of music listening in everyday life and how those theories might be applied to bridge the gap between music pedagogies and students who encounter music in a heavily mediated postperformance world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378471

Listening in Language Learning Examines listening as both a means of achieving understanding and as a teachable skill. The underlying theme of the volume is that an integration of cognitive social and educational perspectives is necessary in order to characterise effectively what listening ability is and how it may develop. It introduces listening from a cognitive perspective and presents a detailed investigation of listening in social and educational contexts. The study concludes with an analysis of how listening development can be incorporated effectively into curriculum design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138437524

Listening Skills Social Scenes This is a set of beautifully illustrated cards for matching scenes with an accompanying CD to match the sounds to the images. This set of cards and sounds illustrates five familiar scenes and five specific elements within those scenes to identify both visually and through sound. The scenes included are: at the beach; on the farm; at the park; in the street; and in the garden. Each scene is represented by one large card with the associated elements on five smaller cards. Sounds connected to these are included on the accompanying CD. The booklet suggests ways to use the cards. The cards and sounds will help develop a number of skills including visual discrimination; auditory discrimination; sound awareness and vocabulary development. Age: All ages Contents: 5 A5 cards; 25 A6 cards; Sounds CD and accompanying booklet boxed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301115

Listening to Able UnderachieversCreating Opportunities for Change This book provides a new contribution to raising attainment in secondary schools with specific reference to able underachievers who are currently achieving C grades or less when they could be getting As. Standards are depressed each time a single able underachiever demonstrates a competence that is below his or her real potential. It lowers morale in that the progress of the whole school is reduced proportionately in line with the able pupils who aren't achieving their real potential and resources are wasted every time these pupils start misbehaving or creating problems in school. This is a new and innovative approach which is based on discussions with the pupils themselves and incorporates not just the usual basic subjects but also the creative areas of the curriculum and the wider community as a whole. Head teachers senior managers teachers and students indeed all who are interested in raising standards and ensuring that pupils achieve their full potential will find this book to be an excellent resource. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163522

Listening to Children and Young People in Healthcare Consultations The involvement of children and young people in consultations about aspects of their health or illness is often limited with their role in diagnosis and decision-making on treatment options secondary to that of parents or carers. However research shows that most children and young people want greater involvement that this can both improve their understanding of their illness and positively influence healthcare outcomes. Policy recommendations increasingly require health professionals to involve children and young people in healthcare but there is little available guidance on building the knowledge and skills needed to do so effectively. This book meets that need including an overview of the particular issues involved and providing structured guidance for different types of consultations including children with learning difficulties disabled children and children as carers. Edited by eminent researchers and with highly experienced contributors this book is an invaluable resource for GPs and GP registrars paediatric and emergency consultants and specialist registrars nurses paramedics healthcare educators and trainees and all those who work with children and young people in health-related contexts. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375991

Listening to Children in Educ First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166981

Listening to ChildrenBeing and becoming Through a series of exquisite encounters with children and through a lucid opening up of new aspects of poststructuralist theorizing Bronwyn Davies opens up new ways of thinking about and intra-acting with children. This book carefully guides the reader through a wave of thought that turns the known into the unknown and then slowly carefully makes new forms of thought comprehensible opening through all the senses a deep understanding of our embeddedness in encounters with each other and with the material world. This book takes us into Reggio-Emilia-inspired Swedish preschools in Sweden into the author’s own community in Australia into poignant memories of childhood and offers the reader insights into: new ways of thinking about children and their communities; the act of listening as emergent and alive; ourselves as mobile and multiple subjects; the importance of remaining open to the not-yet-known. Defining research as diffractive and as experimental Davies’ relationship to the teachers and pedagogues she worked with is one of co-experimentation. Her relationship with the children is one in which she explores the ways in which her own new thinking and being might emerge even as old ways of thinking and being assert themselves and interfere with the unfolding of the new. She draws us into her ongoing experimentation asking that we think hard all the while delighting our senses with the poetry of her writing and the stories of her encounters with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780903

Listening to Children's Advice about Starting School and School Age Care Reflecting the importance of drawing on children’s perspectives to shape professional practice this book offers a nuanced approach to understanding the aims implications and practicalities of accessing and incorporating children’s perspectives in pedagogial practices relating to transitions. Listening to Children’s Advice about Starting School and School Age Care: emphasises the importance of listening to and respecting children’s perspectives at the time of their transitions to school and school age care; shares children’s perspectives of the transition to school and school age care in ways that are both authentic and provocative; explores implications for practice as a consequence of children’s input; provokes a deep level of critical reflection and practice/policy development that is informed by a dialogue between research and practice. Chapters report research conducted in seven different countries to highlight approaches that acknowledge and respect children’s input and use this as a basis for critical reflection on practice with a view to improving the children’s transition experiences. Using examples of practice and offering practical and theoretical insights the book illustrates the multiplicity of children’s perspectives and prompts educators to reflect on and critique practice. This book will be invaluable reading for researchers students educators and practitioners involved in young children’s transitions to school and school-age care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352440

Listening to HarlemGentrification Community and Business Harlem is flourishing. Many say a second Renaissance is happening above 120th Street. Magic Johnson opened a major theater Bill Clinton has centered his post-presidential offices there countless homes have been restored to their former glory and not without controversy many whites are flocking to the neighborhood. But what will this gentrification do to Harlem and how will it change life for Harlem's longtime residents?As communities and businesses struggle with differing motivations and needs David Maurrasse looks at ways they can work together to form partnerships. Listening to Harlem offers an exciting portrait of the struggles confronting one of America's most important neighborhoods. This engaging read will appeal to anyone with an interest in how the neighborhood is faring today as well as those involved professionally and socially in urban development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881058

Listening to Music in Psychotherapy Evidence-based change is central to many recent developments in the NHS. This book brings together practical and personal experiences from a wide range of externally evaluated healthcare projects. It demonstrates how to facilitate and promote evidence-based change by drawing on realistic advice on what is and is not effective. It enables readers to benefit from lessons learned and provides a comprehensive insight into implementing changes based on research evidence across broad range of settings in the NHS. 'An important book. It has many exciting insights enjoy it.' Jenny Simpson in the Foreword 'A unique collection. There are some brave admissions and this is probably the best attempt yet to capture the nitty-gritty of the evidence-into-practice agenda in UK healthcare. I hope you find it a gripping read'. Trisha Greenhalgh in the Foreword Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378466

Listening to RapAn Introduction Over the past four decades rap and hip hop culture have taken a central place in popular music both in the United States and around the world. Listening to Rap: An Introduction enables students to understand the historical context cultural impact and unique musical characteristics of this essential genre. Each chapter explores a key topic in the study of rap music from the 1970s to today covering themes such as race gender commercialization politics and authenticity. Synthesizing the approaches of scholars from a variety of disciplines—including music cultural studies African-American studies gender studies literary criticism and philosophy—Listening to Rap tracks the evolution of rap and hip hop while illustrating its vast cultural significance. The text features more than 60 detailed listening guides that analyze the musical elements of songs by a wide array of artists from Afrika Bambaataa and Grandmaster Flash to Nicki Minaj Jay-Z Kanye West and more. A companion website showcases playlists of the music discussed in each chapter. Rooted in the understanding that cultural context music and lyrics combine to shape rap’s meaning the text assumes no prior knowledge. For students of all backgrounds Listening to Rap offers a clear and accessible introduction to this vital and influential music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138231153

Listening to SpeechAn Auditory Perspective The human species is largely defined by its use of spoken language so integral is speech communication to behavior and social interaction. Despite its importance in everyday life comparatively little is known about the auditory mechanisms that underlie the ability to understand language. The current volume examines the perception and processing of speech from the perspective of the hearing system. The chapters in this book describe a comprehensive set of approaches to the scientific study of speech and hearing ranging from anatomy and physiology to psychophysics and perception and computational modeling. The auditory basis of speech is examined within a biological and an evolutionary context and its relevance to applied domains such as communication disorders and speech technology discussed in detail. This volume will be of interest to scientists engineers and clinicians whose professional work pertains to any aspect of spoken language or hearing science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138003842

Listening to Spoken English For those who are familiar with the first edition it will be convenient to have some indication of where the main changes lie. Chapter one has been largely rewritten to give an outline of current approaches to a model of comprehension of spoken language. Chapter two has a new initial section but otherwise remains as it was. Chapter three incorporates a new section on "pause" and how this interacts with rhythm and rather more on the function of stress. Chapter four has an extended initial section but otherwise remains largely as it was. Chapter five on intonation contains several sections which have been rewritten to varying extents. Chapter six of the first edition has disappeared: in 1977 very little work had been published on "fillers" and it seemed worthwhile incorporating a chapter that sat rather oddly with the phonetic/phonological interests of the rest of the book. Not that there is a great industry of descriptions of the forms and functions of these and similar phenomena there seems no reason to retain this early but admittedly primitive account. The chapter on "paralinguistic vocal features" now chapter six has some rewriting in the early part but considerable rewriting in the last sections. The final chapter on "teaching listening comprehension" has grown greatly in length. It still incorporates some material from the original chapter but most of it is completely rewritten. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156135

Listening to the American VoterWhat Was On Voters' Minds in Presidential Elections 1960 to 2016 This book explains why elections from 1960 to 2016 came out the way they did. Why did voters choose one candidate over the other and what issues were they concerned with? The answer comes from talking to thousands of voters and analyzing their verbatim responses.  Traditional methods used by most political analysts have often led to false interpretations. The book presents a unique model that can predict the vote of 95 percent of respondents. The book also shows that there are two major forces—long-term and short-term—that can explain the overall results of an election. In addition the author finds a new highly reliable way to measure the ideological composition of the American electorate. Appropriate for students of American government and informed citizens as well this book is a revolution in the study of electoral behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819675

Listening to the Welfare State Listening to the Welfare State presents for the first time in English central research findings from recent studies of the welfare systems of Denmark Norway Finland and Sweden. The book’s contributors are leading investigators of face-to-face encounters between welfare professionals and clients in these systems. All have collected their data through ethnographic observations as well as taped recordings of these meetings. By subjecting their data to conversation and discourse analyses these researchers provide a richly detailed empirical picture of the various forms of talk-at-work constituting the core activity of a variety of street-level bureaucracies. Their findings provide a well-rounded body of knowledge about what happens when professionals meet persons seeking financial assistance child protection employment vocational counselling treatment rehabilitation and related services. Essential reading for both professional and students this book will provide a wealth of insights into and understandings of the micro-level workings of welfare state systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263833

Listening to Women After Childbirth It is vital that healthcare practitioners understand the psychological impact of childbirth when caring for women. This accessible guide is designed to improve the care that women receive and as a result public health outcomes related to maternal and infant wellbeing. This book outlines how clinicians can offer practical support to women after birth. It: discusses what we know about how women adapt to motherhood and develop a post-childbirth identity; outlines some of the causes and manifestations of post-traumatic stress following childbirth; provides practical guidance for setting up postnatal pathways for women traumatised by birth and how to communicate effectively; equips practitioners with the knowledge and skills to support pregnant women with a fear of birth; incorporates narratives from women to demonstrate how their births and related events were perceived and processed before discussing how women’s views can be used to inform future practice; highlights the importance of restorative supervision for healthcare professionals working in this area to promote staff resilience and sustainability. Drawing together theoretical knowledge evidence practical skills and women’s narratives to help clinicians understand the psychology of childbirth and support women it is of significant value to all healthcare practitioners engaged in maternity services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360353

Listening Visits in Perinatal Mental HealthA Guide for Health Professionals and Support Workers Listening Visits in Perinatal Mental Health focuses on how women and families suffering from perinatal mental illness can be supported by a wide range of practitioners. Based on the skills of attentive listening it is designed for use by health professionals and support workers concerned with maternal mental health and the mental health of the family. This accessible guide: Covers the process and progression of perinatal mental health Discusses the types of anxiety and depression which may occur during the perinatal period Examines the impact of maternal mental illness of the infant father and family Explores the available assessment tools such as the EPDS Presents the theories behind the efficacy of listening and counselling skills as well as the evidence which recommends this type of therapy Gives suggestions of alternative therapeutic approaches and further resources to explore around perinatal mental health Emphasises the importance of looking after yourself and making use of supervision and peer support. With chapters focused on listening to mothers fathers and infants and paying attention to cultural diversity Listening Visits in Perinatal Mental Health builds on the knowledge that many professionals working with new mothers already have about perinatal mental health. It focuses on developing the skills needed to put this knowledge into practice and includes case examples and follow-up activities throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138774926

Listening with the Fourth EarUnconscious Dynamics in Analytic Group Psychotherapy There are multiple meanings to the term 'group-as-a-whole' and all have a contribution. This book emphasizes that the therapist ideally listens with the fourth ear not only attending to the latent communication of each individual but also listening for the shared theme of the whole group. Ferreting out the underlying theme that the entire group is dealing with the common group tension provides a valuable opportunity for each individual to change the underlying issues that impair his or her relationships. In addition the author provides a wide ranging coverage of theoretical clinical and training issues. These include a clarification of the confusing but all-important conception of projective identification as well as a contribution to the understanding of the similarities and differences between group and individual psychotherapy. He presents a special perspective on why groups are particularly indicated in dealing with narcissistic pathology and also explores the effect of the therapist's narcissism on his patients. Finally he emphasizes that therapists' participation as members of experiential groups is an essential part of their training. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200178

ListeningAttitudes Principles and Skills Listening Sixth Edition takes an experiential approach to listening instruction providing extensive applied examples and cases within the context of the HURIER listening model. The text encourages students to view listening as a process involving six interrelated components which are developed along the parallel dimensions of theory and skill building. This new edition offers a companion website as well as additional and updated cases in-text exercises and questions for discussion. Throughout the text new content has been added to address students’ world of evolving technology and expanding social boundaries. Included in the new edition: The complexities of listening to social media and the unique challenges presented by mediated communication New and expanded topics in Listening Challenges including listening as it relates to career communication and business contexts Suggested techniques for encouraging others to listen The new requirements of listening across cultural and generational boundaries emphasized throughout Opening cases that present timely issues related to the listeners’ social responsibilities A personal journal assignment in each chapter Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216747

ListeningProcesses Functions and Competency Listening: Processes Functions and Competency Second Edition explores the role of listening as an essential element in human communication. The book addresses listening as a cognitive process as a social function and as a critical professional competency. Blending theory with practical application Listening builds knowledge insight and skill to help the reader achieve the desired outcome of effective listening. This second edition introduces listening as a goal-directed activity and has been expanded to include a new chapter addressing listening in mediated contexts. Theory and research throughout the text have been updated and the final chapter covers new research methodologies and contexts including fMRI aural architecture and music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229501

Lit Interior Presents an organised comprehensive and easy to understand overview of the lighting design process. It covers every topic from the nature of light itself through selecting the correct equipment to preparing project plans and the finished design documents.Using a dummy example the student is taken through an entire project step by step where the full range of alternatives and design processes are illustrated. The easy to read conversational tone makes the novice feel at home with complex technical concepts and provides an excellent introduction to all newcomers to the subject. The book is ideal for those working in architecture electrical engineering and interior design who will one day design lighting systems for others to build.A companion website runs alongside the book at http://litinterior.com/ supporting distance learning projects providing manufacturers data calculation engines and downloadable courses for carrying our design exercises. The content of the courses will be linked directly to the book.Includes US codes and standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405387

Literacies Learning and the BodyPutting Theory and Research into Pedagogical Practice The essays research studies and pedagogical examples in this book provide a window into the embodied dimensions of literacy and a toolbox for interpreting building on and inquiring into the range of ways people communicate and express themselves as literate beings. The contributors investigate and reflect on the complexities of embodied literacies honoring literacy learners and teachers as they holistically engage with texts in complex sociopolitical historical and cultural contexts. Considering these issues within a multiplicity of education spaces and literacy events inside and outside of institutional contexts the book offers a fresh lens and rhetoric with which to address literacy education policies giving readers a discursive repertoire necessary to develop and defend responsive curricula within an increasingly high-stakes standardized schooling climate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906211

Literacies Literature and LearningReading Classrooms Differently Literacies Literature and Learning: Reading Classrooms Differently attends to pressing questions in literacy education such as the poor quality of many children’s experiences as readers routine disregard for their thinking and the degrading impact of narrow skills measurement and comparison. This cutting-edge book moves beyond social psychological and scientific categories that focus on individualistic and linear notions of the knowing subject; of progress and development; and of child as less than fully human. It adopts a posthumanist framework to explore new perspectives for teaching learning and research. Authors from diverse disciplines and continents have collaborated to interrogate the colonising characteristics of humanism and to imagine a different – more just - reading of a literacy classroom. Questions of de/colonisation are tackled through the exploration of both education and research practices that seek to de-centre the human and include the more than human. Inspired by an example of high quality children’s literature playful philosophical teaching and the power of the material the authors show how the chapters diffract with one another thereby opening up radical possibilities for a different doing of childhood. The book hopes to help transform adult-child relationships in schools and universities. As such it should be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the areas of literacy philosophy law education the wider social sciences the arts health sciences and architecture. It should also be essential reading for teacher educators and practitioners around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862060

Literacies Sexualities and GenderUnderstanding Identities from Preschool to Adulthood Offering diverse and wide-ranging perspectives on gender sexualities and literacies this volume examines the intersection of these topics from preschool to adulthood. With a focus on current events race and the complex role of identity this text starts with an overview of the current research on gender and sexualities in literacies and interrogates them from a range of multimodal contexts. Not restricted to any gender identity or age group these chapters provide a much-needed and original update to the ways representations and performances of gender and sexualities through literacy practices are viewed in educational and sociocultural contexts. Scholars share their insights and transformative visions that respect and embrace difference while creating space for new and deeper understandings of contemporary issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312012

Literacies of PowerWhat Americans Are Not Allowed to Know With New Commentary by Shirley Steinberg Joe Kincheloe and Peter McLaren Literacies of Power illustrates the many ways American schools media and other social institutions perpetuate ignorance. Donaldo Macedo shows why so-called common culture literacy is a form of dominant cultural reproduction that undermines independent thought and goes against the best interests of our students. Offering a wide-ranging Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316709

Literacies that Move and MatterNexus Analysis for Contemporary Childhoods Expanding the definition and use of literacies beyond verbal and written communication this book examines contemporary literacies through action-focused analysis of bodies places and media. Nexus analysis examines how people enact and mobilize meanings that are largely unspoken. Wohlwend demonstrates how nexus analysis can be used as a tool to critically analyze and understand action in everyday settings to provide a deeper understanding of how meanings are produced from a mix of modes in daily social and cultural contexts. Organized in three sections—Engaging Nexus Navigating Nexus and Changing Nexus—this book provides a roadmap to applying nexus analysis to literacy research and offers tools to enable readers to compare methods across contexts. Designed to help readers understand the theoretical and methodological assumptions and goals of nexus analysis in classroom and literacy research this book provides a comprehensive understanding of the theory framework and foundations of nexus analysis by using multimodal examples such as films and media artifacts live action performances and more. Each chapter features consistent sections on key ideas and methods and a description of procedures for replication and application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211578

Literacy Home and SchoolResearch And Practice In Teaching Literacy With Parents Parental involvement in the teaching of reading and writing has often lagged behind practice though schools in many countries now recognise the importance of parental involvement. The ideas presented in this book offer new ways of thinking about parental involvement and should interest both researchers and practitioners. It relates the recent growth of involvement to broader considerations of the nature of literacy and historical exclusion of parents from the curriculum.; Descriptions are given of key findings from research into pre-school literacy work with parents and parents hearing children read and a framework to underpin practice is offered. The author gives a critique of evaluation methods in the field and suggests how parental involvement should be evaluated together with a view of research findings to date and issues needing further study. The book concludes with an appraisal of what was learned from research and what needs further enquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043128

Literacy Leading and LearningBeyond Pedagogies of Poverty How might educational leaders and teachers improve literacy achievement in schools serving communities experiencing high levels of poverty? This question is the focus of this book. Drawing on long-term case studies of four primary schools located in these communities this book describes the difference between what is commonly practiced and those practices that have a greater chance of supporting young people’s literacy learning. In this multi-layered analysis of the effects of policy on practice the authors: discuss global concerns with literacy policy and testing in view of the growing gaps between rich and poor; examine the effects of the intensification of inequality and entrenched poverty and the implications for schools; illustrate how deficit discourses pertaining to communities living in poverty are contested in schools; and describe the complexities of sustaining pedagogical and curriculum change to address the problem of unequal educational outcomes in literacy. This book grapples with some of the most debated questions regarding educational disadvantage school change leadership and literacy pedagogy that face educational researchers policy-makers and practitioners internationally. As well as providing a critique of the risks of current policy rationales it conveys some hopeful accounts of practice that provide leads for further development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138893559

Literacy Lives and Learning Demonstrating what it is like to be an adult learner in today’s world this book focuses on language literacy and numeracy learning. The authors explore the complex relationship between learning and adults’ lives following a wide range of individual students in various formal learning situations from college environments to a young homeless project and a drug support and aftercare centre. The study is rooted in a social practices approach and examines how people’s lives shape their learning. Themes addressed range from: how literacy is learned through participation and how barriers such as violence and ill-health impact on people’s lives. Based on a major research project and detailed reflexive and collaborative methodology the book describes a coherent strategy of communication and impact which will have a direct effect on policy and practice Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203608302

Literacy Narrative and Culture An important contribution to the multi-disciplinary study of literacy narrative and culture this work argues that literacy is perhaps best described as an ensemble of socially and historically embedded activities of cultural practices. It suggests viewing written language producing and distributing deciphering and interpreting signs are closely related to other cultural practices such as narrative and painting. The papers of the first and second parts illustrate this view in contexts that range from the pre-historical beginnings of tracking signs' in hunter-gatherer cultures and the emergence of modern literate traditions in Europe in the 17th to 19th century to the future of electronically mediated writing in times of the post-Gutenberg galaxy. The chapters of the third present results of recent research in developmental and educational psychology. Contributions by leading experts in the field make the point that there is no theory and history of writing that does not presuppose a theory of culture and social development. At the same time it demonstrates that every theory and history of culture must unavoidably entail a theory and history of writing and written culture. This book brings together perspectives on literacy from psychology linguistics history and sociology of literature philosophy anthropology and history of art. It addresses these issues in plain language – not coded in specialized jargon – and addresses a multi-disciplinary forum of scholars and students of literacy narrative and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760027

Literacy Place and Pedagogies of Possibility How can teachers ensure a pedagogy of possibility underpinned by social justice and what has literacy got to do with this? This book explores the positive synergies between critical literacy and place-conscious pedagogy. Through rich classroom research it introduces and demonstrates how a synthesis of insights from theories of space and place and literacy studies can underpin the design and enactment of culturally inclusive curriculum for diverse student communities and illustrates how making place and space the objects of study provide productive resources for teachers to design enabling pedagogical practices that extend students’ literate repertoires. The argument is that systematic study of and engagement with specific elements of place can enable students’ academic learning and literacy. Literacy Place and Pedagogies of Possibility is informed by critical literacy place-conscious pedagogy and spatial theory is richly illustrated with examples from classroom research including teacher and student artifacts provides new directions for classroom practice in critical literacy This novel combination of multidisciplinary theory and classroom research extends previous work in critical literacy pedagogy drawing on two decades of ethnographic and collaborative inquiry in classrooms situated in culturally and linguistically diverse classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829800

Literacy Play and GlobalizationConverging Imaginaries in Children's Critical and Cultural Performances This book takes on current perspectives on children’s relationships to literacy media childhood markets and transtionalism in converging global worlds. It introduces the idea of multi-sited imaginaries to explain how children’s media and literacy performances shape and are shaped by shared visions of communities that we collectively imagine including play media gender family school or cultural worlds. It draws upon elements of ethnographies of globalization nexus analysis and performance theories to examine the convergences of such imaginaries across multiple sites: early childhood and elementary classrooms and communities in Puerto Rico and the Midwest United States. In this work we attempt to understand that the local moment of engagement within play dramatic experiences and literacies is not a given but is always emerging from and within the multiple localities children navigate and the histories possibilities and challenges they bring to the creative moment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286580

Literacy Power And Democracy In MozambiqueThe Governance Of Learning From Colonization To The Present This book explores the relations between literacy and "people's power" in the context of Mozambique's project of socialist construction. It probes the tensions between literacy as a tool for grassroots democracy versus literacy as a tool for mobilizing at the base for top-down initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165956

Literacy Storytelling and Bilingualism in Asian Classrooms Contrary to previously held beliefs that bilingualism wonder hinder cognitive and language development in children research has shown that bilingual children show enhanced cognitive flexibility and an ability to better focus their attention. This book explores both emergent literacy and bilingualism in children in four Asian countries - Hong Kong Singapore Myanmar and Taiwan giving specific examples of how adults (including parents teachers and other education professionals) can use creative interaction – as opposed to rote learning – to increase children’s interest in learning English as a second language. This is especially important in the increasingly computer-connected world where innovation can be key in making second language learning both interesting and effective. Specific contributions to this volume include a case study of Taiwanese families analyzing home videos of their children’s responses to the task of reading a Mandarin picture book; of vocabulary instruction in Hong Kong which requires children to gain triple language proficiency (Cantonese English and Mandarin); of the relation between Cantonese proficiency amongst 5 year olds in Hong Kong and their receptiveness to learning new English vocabulary; of the relation between English reading ability and Mandarin speaking ability amongst Singaporean children; of the importance of teachers’ sensitivity to gender differences among 6 year olds in Singapore learning English as a second language; of the active promotion of storytelling by teachers in Myanmar in order to develop children’s interest in story structure and to stimulate early language skills; and of an emphasis on family-based emergent literacy activities for children in Taiwan. This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Child Development and Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502628

Literacy Acquisition and Social Context First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411586

Literacy Across the CommunityResearch Praxis and Trends This volume explores and evaluates community-based literacy programs examining how they bridge gaps in literacy development promote dialogue and connect families communities and schools. Highlighting the diversity of existing literary initiatives across populations this book brings together innovative and emerging scholarship on the relationship between P20 schools and community-based literacy programming. This volume not only identifies trends in research and practice but it also addresses the challenges affecting these community-based programs and presents the best practices that emerge from them. Collaborating with leading scholars to provide national and international perspectives and offering a clear birds-eye view of the state of community literacy praxis chapters cover programming in a multitude of settings and for a wide range of learners from early childhood to incarcerated youths and adults and including immigrants refugees and indigenous communities. Topics include identity and empowerment language and literacy development across the lifespan rural and urban environments and partnership programs. The breadth of community literacy programming gathered in a single volume represents a unique array of models and topics and has relevance for researchers scholars graduate students pre-service educators and community educators in literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367468620

Literacy Activities for Classic and Contemporary Texts 7-14The Whoosh Book English teachers are always keen to explore new ways of motivating their pupils to engage with reading both for learning and for pleasure. Literacy Activities for Classic and Contemporary Texts 7-14 is a practical friendly book which uses the ‘whoosh’ to cover some of our best known classic and contemporary texts and offers a thoroughly enjoyable way for pupils to become part of the story rather than just passive recipients of it. As an innovative and active learning strategy the whoosh technique allows all students regardless of gender age ability learning need or command of language to partake on an equal footing. For younger pupils the activities in this book provide an ideal way to internalise structure and key elements in story telling through physical response. For older students they provide an enjoyable way to engage with challenging texts as well as facilitating the analysis of themes issues characterisation and setting. Students themselves become the story as its characters sounds and even objects – once they are familiar with whooshing many students will want to write and produce a whoosh of their own. Classic authors and texts covered by this book include:- Aesop’s fables Greek myths and legends; Beowulf Sir Gawain and the Green Knight Oscar Wilde; Shakespeare (The Tempest Twelfth Night Hamlet A Midsummer Night’s Dream); Charlotte Bronte Charles Dickens George Eliot Robert Louis Stevenson Mary Shelley; Andrew Norriss Frank Cottrell Boyce Nina Bawden Michelle Magorian and much more... You can use a whoosh to introduce a new text to examine conflict dilemma plot setting or characterisation whoosh a controversial section of text to provoke discussion or overcome reluctance to engage with archaic language by whooshing key sections of a story. Discussion starters lesson objectives and follow-up activities are included throughout the text alongside the whooshes and scripts enabling pupils to deliver dialogue are provided on the book’s eResource. This book is an invaluable resource providing whooshes across a wide range of genres to meet the learning needs of children from 7 to 14 for both practising primary and lower secondary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811781

Literacy and BilingualismA Handbook for ALL Teachers This handbook applies proven techniques derived from bilingual/bicultural classrooms to teaching literacy in the twenty-first century. Its goal is to help teachers increase their understanding of bilingual learners in order to maximize instruction. Teachers can use this handbook to expand their understanding of literacy and bilingualism; implement literacy approaches and assess students’ development; and learn through reflection.  Practical flexible format and content. Complete and straightforward instructions illustrated by case studies allow teachers to use the strategies in this handbook on their own or in teacher-led study groups. They can select from the variety of approaches the ones which best match their students’ needs and their own teaching style.  Student-centered focus. All of the approaches share characteristics that help motivate students of varying language abilities to develop literacy. Field-tested approaches. The approaches have been modified and tested with bilingual students of different ages and language backgrounds in bilingual ESL mainstream special education and deaf education classes ranging from preschool through high school. New in the Second Edition: *five new approaches with their corresponding classroom implementation;*additional information in each introduction addressing its theme;*new material on issues of language culture and literacy development of students completely new to the English language; and*annotated bibliographies with sample books to support literacy within language and content area classes. Literacy and Bilingualism is intended for a broad audience of teachers in any type of classroom where bilingualism plays a role and is an excellent text for preservice and inservice courses that prepare teachers to work with English language learners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134263

Literacy and Education Literacy and Education tells the story of how literacy—starting in the early 1980s—came to be seen not as a mental phenomenon but as a social and cultural one. In this accessible introductory volume acclaimed scholar James Paul Gee shows readers how literacy "left the mind and wandered out into the world." He traces the ways a sociocultural view of literacy melded with a social view of the mind and speaks to learning in and out of school in new and powerful ways. Gee concludes by showing how the very idea of "literacy" has broadened into new literacies with words signs and deeds in contexts enhanced augmented and transformed by new technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826045

Literacy and EducationPolicy Practice and Public Opinion Literacy is a perennial ‘hot topic’ in Britain and other English-speaking countries. Concerns about falling standards and a ‘literacy crisis’ are frequently raised. In response governments initiate new policies and teaching guidelines. This book addresses the current policies practices and media debates in England the US Scotland and Australia. Literacy and Education examines: How literacy is taught to children in primary schools; The place of phonics in current policies and the arguments made for and against it; How teachers deliver phonics lessons and how children engage with the method; The range of literacy practices children engage with throughout the school day and how they contribute to literacy learning; The contributions a social and critical perspective on literacy can make to current debates regarding teaching strategies; A wide range of research conducted in the UK North America Australia and other countries. Bringing together policy practice and public debate and drawing on the author’s extensive research in a primary school this essential new textbook provides questions and tasks for readers to engage with. Literacy and Education is ideal for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of literacy and education and students on PGCE courses. It will also be of interest to researchers and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415725620

Literacy and GlobalizationReading and Writing in Times of Social and Cultural Change Using literacy practices in the newly independent post-apartheid Namibia as a lens through which to examine the effects of globalisation this broad case study looks at issues surrounding tourism state control and the new forces of consumerism. By placing literacy at the centre of an investigation into social and cultural change as experienced by individuals Papen shows that in times of change reading and writing are always implicated in structures of power and inequality. The book considers language practices that can exclude some members of Namibian society and also looks at the strategies used by local people to accommodate and even embrace the onward march of global English and the influx of foreign visitors practices and modes of commerce and interaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649735

Literacy and ICT in the Primary SchoolA Creative Approach to English By clearly outlining how ICT can enhance and improve children‘s learning this book unlocks the full potential of ICT within the classroom. Stimulating useful and free of jargon the book provides many practical examples to show teachers where when and how ICT can be used effectively within literacy teaching. It provides advice on: teaching creatively using ICT in the Foundation Stage making the most of your resources planning and assessment. Rooted in the practical realities of the classroom this book will support both trainee and qualified teachers in providing rich and creative literacy experiences through the use of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460263

Literacy and Language Analysis This volume investigates the interconnections between language and literacy in terms of the structures of language as well as the linguistic contexts of literacy. The work for this book was generated in order to focus on studies of the acquisition and impact of literacy on traditional assertions of linguistic analysts. The contributors show that claims regarding descriptions of the linguistic competence of native speakers contain phonemic morphemic and sentential constructs applicable only to literate language users. They also suggest that syntactic formalities -- elements lacking extensional reference -- are unlikely in the absence of literacy and that the notions of "sentencehood" and syntactic well-formedness are functions of literacy. Finally the book reviews the basic notions of literary relativity and the role of literacy in communication and civilization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979918

Literacy and Language in the Primary Years Linking the development of reading writing speaking and listening this book offers a distinctive holistic approach to literacy and language acquisition. It emphasizes the value of active collaborative learning and includes sections on literacy accross the primary curriculum new technology and assessment. Each chapter is linked to a component of the National Curriculum Programme and contains points of interest sources of further information and suggestions for follow-up actvities in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166349

Literacy and Learning in the Content AreasEnhancing Knowledge in the Disciplines The Fourth Edition of Literacy and Learning in the Content Areas: Enhancing Knowledge in the Disciplines provides readers with the knowledge motivation tools and confidence for integrating literacy in their disciplinary classrooms. Offering an original literature-based approach to teaching disciplinary literacy the new edition shares important ways in which teachers of courses in the disciplines can enhance student learning of subject matter and skills while also fostering their growth in the many facets of literacy. Throughout each chapter Kane provides engaging and creative strategies and activities to make literacy come alive in discipline-specific courses and to encourage students to explore and learn in the classroom. Embedded in each chapter are examples resources and strategies to help readers actively engage with and implement literacy practices. These features include Teaching in Action examples by subject area; Activating Prior Knowledge activities to stimulate critical thinking to prepare readers to learn complex theoretical and conceptual material about teaching learning and literacy; and end-of-chapter Application Activities to apply field experiences to classroom use. New to the Fourth Edition Every chapter of this new edition is updated to reflect the current approaches standards and benchmarks for discipline-specific literacy. Enhanced Companion Website with BookTalks to introduce relevant books in many genres and subjects encouraging readers to explore the books for themselves and providing a model for BookTalks in their own classrooms. Expanded practical instructional strategies for teaching literacy in math science and social studies. Updated to include newly published titles in children’s literature young adult literature and nonfiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383024

Literacy and MobilityComplexity Uncertainty and Agency at the Nexus of High School and College Pushing forward research on emerging literacies and theoretical orientations this book follows students from different tracks of high school English in a "failing" U.S. public school through their first two years in universities colleges and jobs. Analytical and methodological tools from new literacy and mobility studies are employed to investigate relations among patterns of movement and literacy practices across educational institutions neighborhoods cultures and national borders. By following research participants’ trajectories in and across scenes of literacy in school college home online in transit and elsewhere the work illustrates how students help constitute and connect one scene of literacy with others in their daily lives; how their mobile literacies produce maintain and disrupt social relations and identities with respect to race gender class language and nationality; and how they draw upon multiple literacies and linguistic resources to accommodate resist and transform dominant discourses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189874

Literacy and Multimodality Across Global Sites Over the past three decades our conceptualizations of literacy and what it means to be literate have expanded to include recognition that there is a qualitative difference in how we communicate through modalities such as the visual audio spatial and linguistic and that different modes are combined in complex ways to make meaning. The field of multimodality is concerned with how human beings use different modes of communication to represent or make meaning in the world. Despite the rapid growth of international research in this area accounts of a broader range of global sites particularly economically under-resourced and culturally diverse contexts such as Sub-Saharan Africa remain under-researched and under-represented in the literature. This book contextualizes a range of literacies including health literacies community literacies family literacies and multilingual literacies within broader modes of communication most specifically play and the visual. The claim is that powerful pedagogies methodologies and theories can be constructed by taking a more detailed look at multimodal meaning-making in diverse contexts. By describing and analyzing multimodal practices and texts across a diverse range of contexts the book highlights different constructs issues and emerging questions dealing with the study of literacies and multimodality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381945

Literacy and Numeracy in Latin AmericaLocal Perspectives and Beyond Latin American Literacy and Numeracy Studies (LALNS) are fairly unknown in other parts of the world. This book charts new directions in LALNS and explores the relationship between these studies and international perspectives. Calling upon social practice approaches New Literacy Studies sociolinguistics discourse analysis and other paradigms the contributors identify both convergent and divergent literacy and numeracy issues within the region as well as beyond the Latin American context. Literacy and Numeracy in Latin America moves the field forward by bringing LALNS into wider focus and helping readers to understand the synergy with work from other perspectives and from other parts of the world and the implications for theory and practice. A lack of translated work until now between Latin America and in particular the UK US and Europe has meant that such important overlaps between areas of study have gone unappreciated. In this way this volume is the first of its kind a significant and original contribution to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896108

Literacy and Orality in Eighteenth-Century Irish Song Focusing on several distinct genres of eighteenth-century Irish song Henigan demonstrates in each case that the interaction between the elite and vernacular the written and oral is pervasive and characteristic of the Irish song tradition to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664654

Literacy and PowerThe Latin American battleground The often bloody struggles of Central America have dominated news reports for a long time. Behind the headlines lies an enormous population of the desperately poor and it is axiomatic that they are rendered even more powerless by widespread illiteracy. What actually counts as literacy is less clear. Archer and Costello describe some of the most exciting and innovative programmes designed to overcome the problem and how as they worked with many of them they discovered how varied and controversial they are. El Salvador Nicaragua Honduras Ecuador Mexico Chile Bolivia and Guatemala are all included and for each country the authors have provided a thrilling account of the lives and circumstances of the people who both teach and learn as well as describing the varied forms that literacy teaching even literacy itself can take. This book is not only about literacy but is also a guide to the societies of one of the world's most troubled regions. Originally published in 1990 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845663

Literacy and Schooling This book is intended to offer an introduction to some major themes in literacy education. Literacy has become an important issue both in the UK and internationally and this book aims to inform discussions while assisting teachers to reflect on their work as literacy teachers. Literacy is important from the earliest years through all the years of formal education and so this book covers work with students in the full range of schooling and in a number of different subject areas. Topics covered include: *the nature and use of texts *the reading positions that are constructed in texts and their ideological implications *the ways in which written texts change as students grow older *moving from the early years through to secondary education *the implications of Information Technology for literacy teaching Frances Christie is Foundation Professor of Language and Literacy Education at the University of Melbourne. Ray Misson is Senior Lecturer in Language and Literacy Education at the University of Melbourne. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203019559

Literacy and SchoolingTowards Renewal in Primary Education Policy Originally published in 2004. In this book Kathy Hall analyses recent educational reform in England relating to primary education and literacy. By taking account of themes such as globalisation teacher education children's learning and especially literacy she develops a critique of government reactions and explores alternative responses to the crucial issues of our time. The book concludes with policy recommendations based on evidence drawn from a range of perspectives. Inviting the reader to consider what is happening in primary education generally and in literacy more specifically the book will prove both thought– and action– provoking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373735

Literacy and the Politics of Representation Literacy is a key indicator for comparing individuals and nations in contemporary society. It is central to public debates about the nature of the public sphere economic markets citizenship and self-governance. Literacy and the Politics of Representation aims to uncover the constructed nature of public understandings of literacy by examining detailed examples of how literacy is represented in a range of public contexts. It looks at the ways in which knowledge about literacy is created and distributed the location and relative power of the knowledge-makers and examines the different semiotic resources used in such representations: images and metaphors numerical and statistical models and textual narratives and how they are related to one another. The book focuses on the UK from 1970 to the present but includes a range of international comparisons and examples. In addition exemplar chapters offer a model of analysis that can be used to deconstruct the representations of social policy issues. This book is vital reading for postgraduate students in the areas of education studies literacy discourse analysis and multimodality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415686167

Literacy as Translingual PracticeBetween Communities and Classrooms The term translingual highlights the reality that people always shuttle across languages communicate in hybrid languages and thus enjoy multilingual competence. In the context of migration transnational economic and cultural relations digital communication and globalism increasing contact is taking place between languages and communities. In these contact zones new genres of writing and new textual conventions are emerging that go beyond traditional dichotomies that treat languages as separated from each other and texts and writers as determined by one language or the other. Pushing forward a translingual orientation to writing—one that is in tune with the new literacies and communicative practices flowing into writing classrooms and demanding new pedagogies and policies— this volume  is structured around five concerns: refining the theoretical premises learning from community practices debating the role of code meshed products identifying new research directions and developing sound pedagogical applications.  These themes are explored by leading scholars from L1 and L2 composition rhetoric and applied linguistics education theory and classroom practice and diverse ethnic rhetorics. Timely and much needed Literacy as Translingual Practice is essential reading for students researchers and practitioners across these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415524674

Literacy Assessment and Intervention for Classroom Teachers The fifth edition of this comprehensive resource helps future and practicing teachers recognize and assess literacy problems while providing practical effective intervention strategies to help every student succeed. DeVries thoroughly explores the major components of literacy offering an overview of pertinent research suggested methods and tools for diagnosis and assessment intervention strategies and activities and technology applications to increase students' skills. Updated to reflect the needs of teachers in increasingly diverse classrooms the fifth edition addresses scaffolding for English language learners and offers appropriate instructional strategies and tailored teaching ideas to help both teachers and their students. Several valuable appendices include assessment tools instructions and visuals for creating and implementing the book's more than 150 instructional strategies and activities and other resources. New to the Fifth Edition: Up-to-date and in line with ILA CCSS and most state and district literacy standards this edition also addresses the important shifts and evolution of these standards. New chapter on Language Development Speaking and Listening covers early literacy assessment and interventions. New intervention strategies and activities are featured in all chapters and highlight a stronger technology component. Updated Companion Website with additional tools resources and examples of teachers using assessment strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363859

Literacy Assessment and Metacognitive StrategiesA Resource to Inform Instruction PreK-12 Packed with useful tools this practitioner guide and course text helps educators assess and teach essential literacy skills and strategies at all grade levels (PreK–12). All six literacy modalities are addressed--listening speaking reading writing viewing and visually representing. Chapters on specific literacy processes integrate foundational knowledge assessments and strategies for students who need support in literacy including English language learners. Presented are dozens of authentic assessments along with differentiation ideas. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book features more than 70 reproducible assessment forms and resources. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543700

Literacy Beyond Text ComprehensionA Theory of Purposeful Reading Literacy Beyond Text Comprehension aims to systematically investigate how readers interpret reading tasks within a situation and how that interpretation influences reading behavior and comprehension. Presenting a new model of REading as problem SOLVing (RESOLV) the authors describe reading comprehension in terms of how a reader adopts goals within a particular situation that then guide what is read when and how. By applying the RESOLV model to a range of reading situations this book provides evidence to suggest that there is no unitary understanding of a task because individuals bring their own goals and characteristics to the situation; as such it demonstrates the importance of understanding how a reader (e.g. student test-taker employee completing a work task) represents the context and the specific assignment. Written by internationally recognized learning sciences scholars Literacy Beyond Text Comprehension advances the state of the art in reading research but also seeks to inform a broader range of audiences including those interested in the teaching and the assessment of reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927018

Literacy Changemakers This inspiring book shows how K–12 teachers literacy specialists and coaches and school- and district-level administrators can work together to make needed instructional improvements while fostering a lifelong love of reading and writing. The book presents collaborative leadership strategies and research-based best practices for creating joyful effective learning environments. It includes ways to evaluate and recalibrate literacy programs for sustainable change provide students with a wide variety of engaging reading opportunities meet the needs of English learners and adolescent learners partner with families and enhance professional learning and development. Teacher-friendly features include practical tips and "Stop Think and Take Action" sections in each chapter. Several reproducible forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462544509

Literacy Crises and Reading PoliciesChildren Still Can't Read! This widely researched comparative study addresses the critical issue of literacy crises around the world and questions their wider sociological and educational impact.  The recurring literacy crises in England and English speaking countries such as the US and New Zealand are linked to wider issues of educational standards concepts of teacher professionalism debates over curriculum content and the whole purpose of schooling in order for us to obtain a deeper understanding of specific national contexts and the political pressures involved.  The authors' comparative approach enables them to uniquely demonstrate how literacy crises in one country can actually stimulate and shape literacy crises in another as well as illustrating that these crises frequently share common features across time and geographical boundaries.  Rather than championing any 'one best' method of teaching reading central questions are addressed and discussed which will make this ground-breaking book essential reading for policy makers teachers and students in literacy and education studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649742

Literacy Development in A Multilingual ContextCross-cultural Perspectives During the past decades literacy has gradually become a major concern all over the world. Though there is a great diversity in both the distribution and degree of literacy in different countries there has been an increasing awareness of the number of illiterates and the consequences of being illiterate. However literacy is no longer seen as a universal trait. When one focuses on culturally-sensitive accounts of reading and writing practices the concept of literacy as a single trait does not seem very feasible. A multiplicity of literacy practices can be distinguished which are related to specific cultural contexts and associated with relations of power and ideology. As such literacy can be seen as a lifelong context-bound set of practices in which an individual's needs vary with time and place. This volume explores the use of literacy outside the mainstream in different contexts throughout the world. It is divided into four sections. Section 1 presents an anthropological perspective--analyzing the society and the individual in a society. Section 2 presents a psychological perspective--focusing on the individuals themselves and analyzing the cognitive and affective development of young children as they acquire literacy in their first and second languages. Section 3 presents an educational perspective--highlighting the variations in educational approaches in different societies as well as the outcomes of these approaches. Section 4 summarizes the studies presented in this volume. Both theoretical issues and educational implications related to the development of literacy in two languages are discussed. An attempt is also made to open up new directions in the study of literacy development in multilingual contexts by bringing these various disciplinary perspectives together. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045160

Literacy Development with English LearnersResearch-Based Instruction in Grades K-6 As the number of students learning English in elementary schools across the country continues to grow so does the body of research on their literacy development. This respected course text and teacher resource synthesizes cutting-edge scholarship on how to teach English learners (ELs) at all levels of English proficiency. Accessible chapters on key components of reading and writing combine theoretical issues with practical suggestions for the classroom. Case studies vignettes and samples of student work illustrate both the challenges facing emergent bilingual students and the types of high-quality instruction that can help them succeed.New to This Edition*Incorporates the latest research and key current topics such as bilingual assessment.*Chapter on vocabulary instruction across the elementary grades.*Chapter on collaborative teaching and how to structure it.*Covers implementation of the Common Core State Standards with ELs. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526598

Literacy for All StudentsAn Instructional Framework for Closing the Gap The Culturally Responsive Instruction Observation Protocol (CRIOP) is a framework for implementing culturally relevant literacy instruction and classroom observation. Drawing on research and theory reflecting a range of perspectives ─ multicultural instruction literacy theory equity pedagogy language and discourse models sheltered instruction critical pedagogy ─ it provides a means for assessing the many variables of classroom literacy instruction and for guiding practitioners in their development as multicultural educators. Literacy for All Students Discusses issues in multicultural literacy instruction within the context of various essential instructional components (such as assessment curriculum parent collaboration) Provides a protocol for observing features of literacy instruction for culturally and linguistically diverse students Presents vignettes from real classrooms written by elementary and middle school teachers showing their victories and struggles as they attempt to implement a pedagogy that is culturally responsive within a climate of high stakes testing A highly effective instrument for assessing culturally responsive literacy instruction in schools the CRIOP serves as a model for realizing a literacy that is both relevant and transformative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415885874

Literacy for Childcare StudentsA Basic Skills Guide This pack offers the busy tutor all they need to teach their childcare students literacy. This pack offers the busy tutor all they need to teach their childcare students literacy. The book includes: * Pages of spelling quizzes * Pages for building their bank of familiar words * Extension activities which build on what they've learned in lessons The students will be able to chart their own progress as they work through the levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315064833

Literacy For Empowerment First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315067353

Literacy for QTLSAchieving the Minimum Core Literacy for QTLS is written specifically with the needs of all those training to teach or currently working in the lifelong learning sector in mind. This highly practical and easy-to-use text will help you identify your areas of strength and weakness develop your knowledge and skills in order to pass the national literacy test and adopt strategies that you can use to support the language and literacy skills of your own learners.Packed with test-your-knowledge questions examples and recommendations for best practice this book closely linked to the QTLS standards is essential reading for all those needing to ensure that their level of literacy and language is in line with the minimum core requirements.The text is accompanied by a Companion Website at www.pearsoned.co.uk/hickey providing an electronic version of the self-audit sections downloadable templates and additional resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163829

Literacy Hour and Language KnowledgeDeveloping Literacy Through Fiction and Poetry First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420724

Literacy in a Digital WorldTeaching and Learning in the Age of Information In this book Kathleen Tyner examines the tenets of literacy through a historical lens to demonstrate how new communication technologies are resisted and accepted over time. New uses of information for teaching and learning create a "disconnect" in the complex relationship between literacy and schooling and raise questions about the purposes of literacy in a global networked educational environment. The way that new communication technologies change the nature of literacy in contemporary society is discussed as a rationale for corresponding changes in schooling. Digital technologies push beyond alphabetic literacy to explore the way that sound image and text can be incorporated into education. Attempts to redefine literacy terms--computer information technology visual and media literacies--proliferate and reflect the need to rethink entrenched assumptions about literacy. These multiple literacies are advanced to help users make sense of the information glut by fostering the ability to access analyze and produce communication in a variety of forms. Tyner explores the juncture between two broad movements that hope to improve education: educational technology and media education. A comparative analysis of these two movements develops a vision of teaching and learning that is critical hands on inquiry-based and suitable for life in a mobile global participatory democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410601971

Literacy in African American Communities This volume explores the unique sociocultural contexts of literacy development values and practices in African American communities. African Americans--young and old--are frequently the focus of public discourse about literacy. In a society that values a rather sophisticated level of literacy they are among those who are most disadvantaged by low literacy achievement. Literacy in African American Communities contributes a fresh perspective by revealing how social history and cultural values converge to influence African Americans' literacy values and practices acknowledging that literacy issues pertaining to this group are as unique and complex as this group's collective history. Existing literature on literacy in African American communities is typically segmented by age or academic discipline. This fragmentation obscures the cyclical life-span effects of this population's legacy of low literacy. In contrast this book brings together in a single-source volume personal historical developmental and cross-disciplinary vantage points to look at both developmental and adult literacy from the perspectives of education linguistics psychology anthropology and communication sciences and disorders. As a whole it provides important evidence that the negative cycle of low literacy can be broken by drawing on the literacy experiences found within African American communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410605658

Literacy in Early Modern Europe The new edition of this important wide-ranging and extremely useful textbook has been extensively re-written and expanded. Rab Houston explores the importance of education literacy and popular culture in Europe during the period of transition from mass illiteracy to mass literacy. He draws his examples for all over the continent; and concentrates on the experience of ordinary men and women rather than just privileged and exceptional elites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155183

Literacy in Grades 4-8Best Practices for a Comprehensive Program Comprehensive yet succinct and readable Literacy in Grades 4-8  Third Edition offers a wealth of practical ideas to help preservice and practicing teachers create a balanced and comprehensive literacy program while exploring the core topics and issues of literacy in grades 4 through 8. It addresses teaching to standards; differentiating instruction for readers and writers; motivating students; using assessment to inform instruction; integrating technology into the classroom; working with English learners and struggling readers; and connecting with caregivers. Selected classroom strategies procedures and activities represent the most effective practices according to research and the many outstanding classroom teachers who were observed and interviewed for the book. The Third Edition includes added material connecting the Common Core State Standards to the instruction and assessment of literacy skills; a combined word study and vocabulary chapter to help readers integrate these important topics in their teaching; more on technology including comprehension of multimodal texts enhancing writing instruction with technology tools and teaching activities with an added technology component; added discussion of teacher techniques during text discussions strategic moves that help students become more strategic readers.Key features: In the Classroom vignettes; more than 50 activities some with a technology component; questions for journal writing and for projects and field-based activities; troubleshooting sections offering alternative suggestions and activities for those middle-grade students who may find a particular literacy focus challenging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781934432839

Literacy in Multimedia AmericaIntegrating Media Education Across the Curriculum Originally published in 2000. This book provides insights practical suggestions and clear-cut strategies for integrating media across the K-12 curriculum. This contribution to teaching and curriculum design uses students' own media experiences or media vignettes from students' lives to enter teaching and learning. It provides a road map for teachers longing to reflect and take seriously the knowledge students bring to school from their homes and communities and to draw upon this background to develop students' critical thinking viewing and reading of written texts visuals and other electronic images and messages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373759

Literacy in PracticeWriting in Private Public and Working Lives The rise of New Literacy Studies and the shift from studying reading and writing as a technical process to examining situated literacies—what people do with literacy in particular social situations—has focused attention toward understanding the connections between reading and writing practices and the broader social goals and cultural practices these literacy practices help to shape. This collection brings together situated research studies of literacy across a range of specific contexts covering everyday educational and workplace domains. Its contribution is to provide through an empirical framework a larger cumulative understanding of literacy across diverse contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086135

Literacy in the Digital UniversityCritical perspectives on learning scholarship and technology Literacy in the Digital University is an innovative volume bringing together perspectives from two fields of enquiry and practice: ‘literacies and learning’ and ‘learning technologies’. With their own histories and trajectories these fields have seldom overlapped either in practice theory or research. In tackling this divide head on the volume breaks new ground. It illustrates how complementary and contrasting approaches to literacy and technology can be brought together in productive ways and considers the implications of this for practitioners working across a wide range of contexts. The book showcases work from well-respected authorities in the two fields in order to provide the foundations for new conversations about learning and practice in the digital university. It will be of particular relevance to university teachers and researchers educational developers and learning technologists library staff university managers and policy makers and not least learners themselves particularly those studying at post-graduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537971

Literacy in the DisciplinesA Teacher's Guide for Grades 5-12 This book gives all teachers in grades 5-12 practical strategies for building the unique literacy skills that students need for success in their respective subject areas. Drawing from interviews with leading educators and professionals in science mathematics history the arts and other disciplines the authors explain what disciplinary literacy is and discuss ways to teach close reading of complex texts discipline-specific argumentation skills academic vocabulary the use of multimodal tools and graphic organizers and more. User-friendly features include classroom materials lesson plans practice activities and recommended online teaching videos. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the book's 20 reproducible forms in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527922

Literacy in the Secondary School First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138177901

Literacy Instruction in the Content Areas Like its predecessor Literacy Instruction in the Content Areas Second Edition is written for undergraduate graduate and in-service teachers who want to integrate literacy processes into their content area instruction. In addition to extensive updating of earlier material this new edition extends its coverage to include new chapters on adolescents' out-of-school literacy experiences and their in-school preferences digital resources for content learning and considerations for the reading specialist. In doing so however the authors have tried to maintain the brevity stylistic clarity and classroom focus of the earlier volume.Key features of this important new book include:*Teaching Flexibility. Although written with the needs of pre-service teachers in mind theory and research are treated in sufficient depth to make the book suitable for graduate courses and for teacher study groups. It is also appropriate for secondary reading specialists or literacy coaches responsible for establishing or maintaining a school-wide literacy program.*Changes in New Edition. All chapters have been reorganized and most of the text rewritten. In addition new chapters not usually included in content area reading texts were added. These cover: 1) adolescents' out-of-school literacy experiences and in-school preferences; 2) digital resources for content learning; and 3) considerations for the reading specialist.*Socio-Cultural Perspective. Like other volumes in the Literacy Teaching Series the perspective of this one is socio-cultural and constructivist. It recognizes that classroom teaching and learning are closely intertwined with surrounding school and community cultures as well as the culture and language of the subject being studied. Likewise literacy is not simply a matter of reading and writing but involves using multiple literacies to negotiate and construct meaning.*Practical Orientation. Although supporting theory and research are included in all chapters instructional strategies with illustrative examples from practicing teachers are included in most chapters. Each chapter concludes with "Application Activities" and "From Our Professional Library" references. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064282

Literacy Instruction with Disciplinary TextsStrategies for Grades 6-12 To develop strong disciplinary literacy skills middle and high school students need to engage with diverse types of challenging texts in every content area. This book provides a blueprint for constructing literacy-rich instructional units in English language arts science and social studies. The authors describe how to design interconnected text sets and plan lessons that support learning and engagement before during and after reading. Presented are ways to build academic vocabulary and background knowledge teach research-based comprehension strategies and guide effective discussions and text-based writing activities. Chapters also cover how to teach students to write argumentative informative and narrative essays and to conduct discipline-specific inquiry. Special features include sample text sets and 24 reproducible planning templates and other teaching tools; purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462544684

Literacy Leadership TeamsCollaborative Leadership for Improving and Sustaining Student Achievement In Literacy Leadership Teams: Collaborative Leadership for Improving and Sustaining Student Achievement Pamela Craig a veteran English teacher and a vice-president of the Florida Council of Teachers of English focuses on practical ways for school leaders to establish school-based literacy leadership teams. She carefully outlines each step of the process so that readers will be able to create and sustain literacy leadership teams at their own schools. Craig provides insights and tools designed to bring teachers administrators and other members of the school community together to set and achieve goals for improving student achievement in literacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439689

Literacy Leadership to Support Reading ImprovementIntervention Programs and Balanced Instruction Packed with vivid examples from actual schools this book explores specific ways that literacy leaders can partner with teachers to meet all students' instructional needs. It provides a range of research-based strategies for implementing effective instruction in a response-to-intervention framework. It also describes innovative interventions—including schoolwide programs and family and community initiatives—that promote success for struggling readers. Practical ideas are presented for engaging particular populations such as boys and middle and high school students and for supporting teachers' professional development. Eight reproducible handouts and forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2"" x 11"" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609184872

Literacy Learning Clubs in Grades 4-8Engaging Students across the Disciplines Literacy learning clubs are highly motivating small-group collaborations that can improve tweens' and teens' academic achievement support their social-emotional development and increase their enjoyment of reading and writing. This book explains the research basis for the author's approach and offers practical instructions for implementation in English language arts social studies science and mathematics classrooms illustrated with detailed case examples. Links to the Common Core State Standards are identified and multimodal methods and new literacies emphasized throughout. User-friendly features include end-of-chapter reflection questions and suggested activities. The Appendix provides reproducible planning forms and handouts that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529933

Literacy Learning in the Early Years Children's early experiences of literacy have a major influence on how they continue to learn as they grow older. Children enter early childhood programs and school with a wealth of knowledge and understandings of literacy. It is critical that early childhood professionals and teachers recognise and build on this learning.Literacy Learning in the Early Years offers a practical introduction to literacy issues for early childhood professionals and teachers working with children aged 0-8 in childcare preschool and school contexts.The authors take a socio-cultural approach to literacy learning emphasising the importance of understanding the various contexts in which young children are involved in literacy practices. They explore a range of literacy issues that early childhood professionals and teachers are facing in the 21st century. These issues include the role of play in literacy learning how to use information communication technologies with young children and ways of introducing critical literacy. Literacy is understood broadly and readers are encouraged to explore a range of print and other media with children.With chapters from both Australian and UK authors Literacy Learning in the Early Years is an ideal professional reference and student text.a very useful introductory text to literacy development in early childhood. It is clearly written and accessible to the wide range of professionals working with young children as well as to teachers and parents. It will be a valuable text in training at initial and in-service levels on a wide range of courses.Lesley Abbott Professor of Early Childhood Education Manchester Metropolitan Universitythis well written comprehensive book combines many practical examples of learning to do literacy and suggestions for action and all the while engages the reader with questions and starting points for reflection.Susan Hill Associate professor The Centre for Studies in Literacy University of South Australia Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116325

Literacy Lives in Transcultural Times Combining language research with digital multimodal and critical literacy this book uniquely positions issues of transcultural spaces and cosmopolitan identities across an array of contexts. Studies of everyday diasporic practices across places spaces and people’s stories provide authentic pictures of people living in and with diversity. Its distinctive contribution is a framework to relate observation and analysis of these flows to language development communication and meaning making. Each chapter invites readers to reflect on the dynamism and complexity of spaces and contexts in an age of increasing mobility political upheaval economic instabilities and online/offline landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225169

Literacy Moves OnUsing Popular Culture New Technologies and Critical Literacy in the Primary Classroom This book looks at the changing nature of literacy and at the way in which new and different literacies are emerging in the first part of the 21st century. It considers how children are shaping and being shaped by these changes it also looks at how teachers need to bridge-the-gap between children's out of school interests and school based curriculum demands. This edited collection which features chapters by international experts and voices in the field aims to: Take a closer look at (and demystify) some of the influences on literacy in the 21st century e.g. popular culture multi-modal texts email text messaging and critical literacy. Enhance teachers' awareness of these developments and show how they can use them to improve the literacy skills of their pupils. Show through the Implications for Practice sections how teachers can find different but straightforward ways of linking children's personal out-of-school interests with the demands of the school curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138174719

Literacy Myths Legacies and LessonsNew Studies on Literacy In his latest writings on the history of literacy and its importance for present understanding and future rethinking historian Harvey J. Graff continues his critical revisions of many commonly held ideas about literacy. The book speaks to central concerns about the place of literacy in modern and late-modern culture and society and its complicated historical foundations.Drawing on other aspects of his research Graff places the chapters that follow in the context of current thinking and major concerns about literacy and the development of both historical and interdisciplinary studies. Special emphasis falls upon the usefulness of "the literacy myth" as an important subject for interdisciplinary study and understanding. Critical stock-taking of the field includes reflections on Graff's own research and writings of the last three decades and the relationships that connect interdisciplinary rethinking and the literacy myth.The collection is noteworthy for its attention to Graff's reflections on his identification of "the literacy myth" and in developing LiteracyStudies@OSU (Ohio State University) as a model for university-wide interdisciplinary programs. It also deals with ordinary concerns about literacy or illiteracy that are shared by academics and concerned citizens. These nontechnical essays will speak to both academic and nonacademic audiences across disciplines and cultural orientations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849661

Literacy Play for the Early Years Book 1Learning Through Fiction This series of books uses fiction non-fiction and poetry texts as well as phonics as a basis to help young children in the Early Years develop their literacy skills. It brings together the early learning goals of the foundation stage and the national literacy strategy objectives using structured play games and fun activities to put across the relevant teaching points in an enjoyable way while simultaneously nurturing a love of literature. Each book presents structured activities based around suggested focus texts. To help practitioners save time in planning and organizing the materials needed and the preparation required for each session are described in detail. The activities have been designed to cater to different achievement levels and can be adapted or added to according to the needs of individual children and settings. Follow-up activities are also suggested to bring in wider aspects of the Early Learning Goals and the NLS objectives. Elements of this book include exploring well-loved traditional stories and quality familiar modern stories by established authors; using the texts as a basis to focus on specific literacy goals and objectives; using the texts as a stimulus for games and play activities that help to teach literacy skills; planning and preparation for each literacy session including materials needed and scripted sessions; ideas for working and playing with the whole group and smaller groups to consolidate the literacy skill; and extension ideas and activities. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138166875

Literacy Play for the Early Years Book 2Learning Through Non Fiction This series of books uses fiction non-fiction and poetry texts as well as phonics as a basis to help young children in the Early Years develop their literacy skills. It brings together the early learning goals of the foundation stage and the national literacy strategy objectives using structured play games and fun activities to put across the relevant teaching points in an enjoyable way while simultaneously nurturing a love of literature. Each book presents structured activities based around suggested focus texts. To help practitioners save time in planning and organizing the materials needed and the preparation required for each session are described in detail. The activities have been designed to cater to different achievement levels and can be adapted or added to according to the needs of individual children and settings. Follow-up activities are also suggested to bring in wider aspects of the Early Learning Goals and the NLS objectives. Elements of this book include exploring well-loved traditional stories and quality familiar modern stories by established authors; using the texts as a basis to focus on specific literacy goals and objectives; using the texts as a stimulus for games and play activities that help to teach literacy skills; planning and preparation for each literacy session including materials needed and scripted sessions; ideas for working and playing with the whole group and smaller groups to consolidate the literacy skill; and extension ideas and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420441

Literacy Play for the Early Years Book 3Learning Through Poetry This series of books uses fiction non-fiction and poetry texts as well as phonics as a basis to help young children in the Early Years develop their literacy skills. It brings together the early learning goals of the foundation stage and the national literacy strategy objectives using structured play games and fun activities to put across the relevant teaching points in an enjoyable way while simultaneously nurturing a love of literature. Each book presents structured activities based around suggested focus texts. To help practitioners save time in planning and organizing the materials needed and the preparation required for each session are described in detail. The activities have been designed to cater to different achievement levels and can be adapted or added to according to the needs of individual children and settings. Follow-up activities are also suggested to bring in wider aspects of the Early Learning Goals and the NLS objectives. Elements of this book include exploring well-loved traditional stories and quality familiar modern stories by established authors; using the texts as a basis to focus on specific literacy goals and objectives; using the texts as a stimulus for games and play activities that help to teach literacy skills; planning and preparation for each literacy session including materials needed and scripted sessions; ideas for working and playing with the whole group and smaller groups to consolidate the literacy skill; and extension ideas and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420434

Literacy Play for the Early Years Book 4Learning Through Phonics This series of books uses fiction non-fiction and poetry texts as well as phonics as a basis to help young children in the Early Years develop their literacy skills. It brings together the early learning goals of the foundation stage and the national literacy strategy objectives using structured play games and fun activities to put across the relevant teaching points in an enjoyable way while simultaneously nurturing a love of literature. Each book presents structured activities based around suggested focus texts. To help practitioners save time in planning and organizing the materials needed and the preparation required for each session are described in detail. The activities have been designed to cater to different achievement levels and can be adapted or added to according to the needs of individual children and settings. Follow-up activities are also suggested to bring in wider aspects of the Early Learning Goals and the NLS objectives. Elements of this book include exploring well-loved traditional stories and quality familiar modern stories by established authors; using the texts as a basis to focus on specific literacy goals and objectives; using the texts as a stimulus for games and play activities that help to teach literacy skills; planning and preparation for each literacy session including materials needed and scripted sessions; ideas for working and playing with the whole group and smaller groups to consolidate the literacy skill; and extension ideas and activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167001

Literacy Policies and Practices in ConflictReclaiming Classrooms in Networked Times Current U.S. school reform efforts link school success student achievement and teacher performance to standardized tests and narrowly prescribed curricula. How do test-driven mandated curricula in urban school systems overtly and subtly impact teachers’ efforts to provide technologically advanced challenging classroom environments that foster literacy development for all students? How do these federal policies affect instruction at the classroom level? The premise of this book is that in order for teachers to confront and/or counteract the pressures placed on them from these policies it is necessary to first understand them. This book takes a close look at the tensions that exist between federal mandates and contemporary literacy needs and how those tensions impact classroom practices. Providing a clear sociopolitical overview and analysis it combines theoretical explanations with examples from current ethnographic research. Readers are challenged to (re)consider whether meeting test performance benchmarks should be the hallmark of school success when the goal of test performance supersedes the goal of producing highly literate productive citizens of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415527415

Literacy Practices and Perceptions of AgencyComposing Identities In this book Bronwyn T. Williams explores how perceptions of agency—whether a person perceives and feels able to read and write successfully in a given context—are critical in terms of how people perform their literate identities. Drawing on interviews and observations with students in several countries he examines the intersections of the social and the personal in relation to how and crucially why people engage successfully or struggle painfully in literacy practices and what factors and forces they regard as enabling or constraining their actions. Recognizing such moments and patterns can help teachers and researchers rethink their approaches to teaching to facilitate students’ sense of agency as writers and readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138667112

Literacy Research Methodologies Different research methods can yield unique insights into literacy learning and teaching--and used synergistically can work together to move the field forward. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462544318

Literacy Teacher EducationPrinciples and Effective Practices Few resources exist to give literacy teacher educators a comprehensive view of effective innovative practices in their field making this uniquely practical volume an important addition to the literature. Each chapter describes research findings and pedagogical methods with an emphasis on what teachers really need to know to succeed. Woven into the text are more than 30 detailed activities and assignments to support teacher development written by outstanding teacher educators. Links to professional teaching standards and the Common Core State Standards are highlighted throughout. Supplemental materials including forms checklists and handouts can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462518326

Literacy Teaching and Learning in Rural CommunitiesProblematizing Stereotypes Challenging Myths This definitive look at teaching English in rural secondary schools contests current definitions and discussions of rural education examines their ideological and cultural foundations and presents an alternative perspective that conceptualizes rural communities as diverse unique and conducive to pedagogical and personal growth in teaching and learning. Authentic narratives document individual teachers’ moments of struggle and success in learning to understand value and incorporate rural literacies and sensibilities into their curricula. The teachers‘ stories and the scholarly analysis of issues raised through them illuminate the unique challenges and rewards of teaching English in a rural school and offer helpful insights and knowledge for navigating the pedagogical landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822344

Literacy through Creativity This is a fresh and practical approach to examining the way in which creative arts can be used in the classroom to enhance the learning of literacy in the primary school. It includes case studies and activities that clarify the role of creativity in the literacy teaching and advises how to help develop teaching skills. This is a must-have text for teachers who seek to make literacy learning interesting and fun. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138148994

Literacy Through SymbolsImproving Access for Children and Adults This second edition of an important and essentially practical book is now fully updated and revised to take into account the significant developments that have been made in using symbols to support literacy. It is full of ideas and examples of the ways in which access to literacy can be enhanced through the use of symbols based on the experience of the authors and many practitioners. Topics covered include how symbols are being used in schools colleges and day care centers; ways in which symbols can help to enhance learning and independence; lots of new examples of good practice from practitioners; the results of the Rebus Symbol development project; how symbols fit in with the National Literacy Strategy; and how symbols can be used to make information more accessible. Teachers in mainstream and special schools teaching assistants day-care workers and parents should find this book helps them understand how to use symbols to improve literacy and aid communication. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138163126

Literacy TodayNew Standards Across the Curriculum First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420328

LiteracyA Redefinition The concepts of the past centered more narrowly on traditional ways of learning to read and write no longer suffice in a society that requires higher level skills from an increasingly diverse student population. Providing a new direction in literacy education the chapters in this volume offer a revitalized perspective of literacy. They focus on the forms that literacy will take in the future the influence of changing technologies and multimedia on curriculum and instructional practices and on effective learning environments. These chapters incorporate the insights of researchers in several disciplines to examine ways of helping students develop the broad-based literacy skills they will need in order to participate fully in American society. Teachers teacher educators and others concerned with the future of nurturing and schooling will find challenging ideas for redefining instruction in literacy in this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052877

LiteracyReading the Word and the World Freire and Macedo analyse the connection between literacy and politics according to whether it produces existing social relations or introduces a new set of cultural practices that promote democratic and emancipatory change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141148

LiteracyWriting Reading and Social Organisation Originally published in 1980. The skills of reading and writing have been proclaimed as universal human rights. This book explores why this should be so. In particular it examines whether or not the possession of reading or writing skills has or has not influenced the values and organisation of society. Viewing literacy as a technology the author maintains that like all technologies it is created by man for limited purposes. Nevertheless given the right conditions it can be used by man to change not only other technologies but also himself and (in the end) all of his society. But like other technologies literacy too may be subject to obsolescence which poses the all-important question of whether the advent of universal literacy has coincided with the redundancy of the written word. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373711

Literary Agents in the Transatlantic Book TradeAmerican Fiction French Rights and the Hoffman Agency By way of a case study of one of the oldest French book agencies Agence Hoffman this book analyzes the role played by French literary agents in the importation of US fiction and literature into France in the years following World War II. It sheds light on the material conditions of the circulation of texts across the Atlantic between 1944 and 1955 exploring the fine mechanisms of agents’ negotiations which allowed texts and ideas to cross borders. While providing comparative insights into the history of publishing in France and in the United States in the immediate aftermath of the war this book aims at foregrounding the role of the book agent an all-too often neglected intermediary in the field of book history. Grounded in archival work conducted both in France and the United States this study is based on previously unexamined correspondence. Considering the concept of mediation as central in the field of print culture this book addresses the dearth of scholarship on literary agents on both sides of the Atlantic and intersects with the current scholarship on transatlantic internationalm and transnational cultural and trade networks as evidenced by the recently emerged field of sociology of translation in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878757

Literary Allusion in Harry Potter Literary Allusion in Harry Potter builds on the world-wide enthusiasm for J. K. Rowling’s series in order to introduce its readers to some of the great works of literature on which Rowling draws. Harry Potter’s narrative techniques are rooted in the western literary tradition and its allusiveness provides insight into Rowling’s fictional world. Each chapter of Literary Allusion in Harry Potter consists of an in-depth discussion of the intersection between Harry Potter and a canonical literary work such as the plays of Shakespeare the poetry of Homer Ovid the Gawain-poet Chaucer Milton and Tennyson and the novels of Austen Hardy and Dickens. This approach aims to transform the reader’s understanding of Rowling’s literary achievement as well as to encourage the discovery of works with which they may be less familiar. The aim of this book is to delight Potter fans with a new perspective on their favourite books while harnessing that enthusiasm to increase their wider appreciation of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284678

Literary Analysis: The Basics Literary Analysis: The Basics is an insightful introduction to analysing a wide range of literary forms. Providing a clear outline of the methodologies employed in twenty-first century literary analysis it introduces readers to the genres canons terms issues critical approaches and contexts that affect the analysis of any text. It addresses such questions as: What counts as literature? Is analysis a dissection? How do gender race class and culture affect the meaning of a text? Why is the social and historical context of a text important? Can digital media be analysed in the same way as a poem? With examples from ancient myths to young adult fiction a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading Literary Analysis: The Basics is essential reading for anyone wishing to improve their analytical reading skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415747103

Literary and Cultural Alternatives to ModernismUnsettling Presences Our collection of essays re-evaluates the much critically contested term of Modernism that eventually came to be used of the dominant or paradigmatic strain of literary discourse in early-twentieth-century culture. Modernism as a category is one which is constantly challenged hybridised and fractured by voices operating from inside and outside the boundaries it designates. These concerns are reflected by those figures addressed by our contributors’ chapters which include Rupert Brooke G. K. Chesterton E.M. Forster Thomas Hardy M. R. James C.L.R James Vernon Lee D.H. Lawrence Richard La Galliene Pamela Colman Smith Arthur Symons and H.G. Wells. Alert to these disturbing voices or unsettling presences that vex accounts of an emergent Modernism in late nineteenth-century and early twentieth-century literary cultures predominately between 1890-1939 our volume questions traditional critical mappings taxonomies and periodisations of this vital literary cultural moment. Our volume is equally sensitive to how the avant garde felt for those living and writing within the period with a view to offering a renewed sense of the literary and cultural alternatives to Modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138710214

Literary and Non-literary Responses Towards 9/11South Asia and Beyond This book presents a range of analytical responses towards 9/11 through a critical review of literary non-literary and cultural representations. The contributors examine the ways in which this event has shaped and complicated the relationship between various national and religious identities in contemporary world history. Unlike earlier studies on the topic this work reconciles both eclectic and pragmatic approaches by analyzing the stereotypes of nationhood and identities while also questioning theoretical concepts in the context of the latest political developments. The chapters focus on discourses themes imagery and symbolism from across fiction and non-fiction films art music and political literary and artistic movements. The volume addresses complexities arising within different local contexts (e.g. Hunza and state development); surveys broader frameworks in South Asia (representations of Muslims in Bollywood films); and gauges international impact (U.S. drone attacks in Islamic countries; treatment meted out to Muslims in Europe). It also connects these with relevant theories (e.g. Orientalism) and policy perspectives (e.g. Patriotic Act). The authors further discuss the consequences for minorities and marginalization cultural relativism vs. ethnocentrism the clash of civilizations fundamentalism Islamization and post-9/11 ‘Islamophobia’. This book will be useful to scholars and researchers of South Asian literature Islamic studies literary criticism political sociology  anthropology and cultural studies those in the media and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367074548

Literary and Religious Practices in Medieval and Early Modern India Covering the history of medieval and early modern India from the eighth to the eighteenth centuries this volume is part of a new series of collections of essays publishing current research on all aspects of polity society economy religion and culture. The thematically organized volumes will particularly serve as a platform for younger scholars to showcase their new research and thus reflect current thrusts in the study of the period. Established experts in their specialized fields are also being invited to share their work and provide perspectives. The geographical limits will be historic India roughly corresponding to modern South Asia and the adjoining regions. Chapters in the current volume cover a wide variety of connected themes of crucial importance to the understanding of literary and historical traditions religious practices and encounters as well as intermingling of religion and politics over a long period in Indian history. The contributors to the volume comprise some fine historians working from institutions across South Asia Europe and the United States: Matthew Clark David Curley Mridula Jha Sudeshna Purkayastha Sandhya Sharma and Mikko Viitamäki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280311

Literary Black Power in the CaribbeanFiction Music and Film Literary Black Power in the Caribbean focuses on the Black Power movement in the anglophone Caribbean as represented and critically debated in literary texts music and film. This volume is groundbreaking in its focus on the creative arts and artists in their evaluations of and insights on the relevance of the Black Power message across the region. The author takes a cultural studies approach to bring together the political with the aesthetic enriching an already fertile debate on the era and the subject of Black Power in the Caribbean region. The chapters discuss various aspects of Black Power in the Caribbean: on the pages of journals and magazines at contemporary conferences that radicalized academia to join forces with communities in fiction and essays by writers and intellectuals in calypso and reggae music and in the first films produced in the Caribbean. Produced at the 50th anniversary of the 1970 Black Power Revolution in Port of Spain Trinidad this timely book will be of interest to students and academics focusing on Black Power Caribbean literary and cultural studies African diaspora and Global South radical political and cultural theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482015

Literary Bric-à-Brac and the VictoriansFrom Commodities to Oddities What are we to make of the Victorians’ fascination with collecting? What effect did their encounters with the curious exotic and downright odd have on Victorian writers and their works? The essays in this collection take up these questions by examining the phenomenon of bric-à-brac in Victorian literature. The contributors to Literary Bric-à-Brac and the Victorians: From Commodities to Oddities explore sites of unusual concurrence (including museums the home art galleries private collections) and the way in which bric-à-brac brought the alien into everyday settings the past into the present and the wild into the domestic. Focusing on the representation of material culture in Victorian literature the essays in this volume seek out miscellaneous and incongruous objects that take readers beyond the commonplace paradigms associated with commodity culture. Individual chapters analyse the work of writers as different as Edward Lear and John Henry Newman Robert Browning and George Eliot Charles Dickens and Lewis Carroll. In so doing they shed light on a dizzying array of topics and objects that include class and capitalism the occult and the sacraments Darwinism and dandyism umbrellas textiles the Philosopher’s Stone and even the household nail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252950

Literary Circles and Gender in Early Modern EuropeA Cross-Cultural Approach A comparative analysis this study examines the interactions of early modern male and female writers within the context of literary circles. In particular Campbell examines how the querelle des femmes as a discursive rhetorical tradition of praise and blame influenced perceptions of well-educated women who were part of literary circles in Italy France and England from approximately 1530 to 1650. To gain a better sense of how querelle language and issues were used for or against learned women writers Campbell aligns selected works by female and male writers pairing them to analyze how the woman writer responds deflects or rewrites the male writer's ideological script on women. She focuses first on the courtesan Tullia d'Aragona's response in her Dialogo della infinità di amore to Sperone Speroni's Dialogo di amore and contrasts the actress/writer Isabella Andreini's pastoral La Mirtilla with Torquato Tasso's Aminta. She then discusses the influence of Italian actresses upon the manners and mores of French women of the Valois court especially focusing on performative aspects of French women's participation in court and salon rituals. To that end she examines the influential salon of the aristocratic learned Claude-Catherine de Clermont duchesse de Retz who encouraged the writing of positive querelle rhetoric in the form of Petrarchan Neoplatonic encomiastic poetry to buttress her reputation and that of her female friends. Next Campbell reads Louise Lab D‘t de Folie et d'Amour against Pontus de Tyard's Solitaire premier to illustrate the tensions between a traditional and nontraditional querelle stance. She then discusses Continental influence upon English writers in the context of the Sidney circle in England. Moving to the closet dramas of the Sidney circle Campbell examines the solidarity these writers demonstrated with nontraditional stances on querelle issues and finally she explores how three generations of English literary circles con Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138623583

Literary Criticism Culture and the Subject of 'English': F.R. Leavis and T.S. Eliot This volume considers the highly convoluted relationship between F. R. Leavis and T. S. Eliot comparing their ideas in literary and cultural criticism and connecting it to the broader discourse of English Studies as a university subject that developed in the first half of the twentieth century. Comparing and contrasting all the many writings of Leavis on Eliot and the two on Lawrence the study examines how Eliot is formative for the theory and practice of Leavis’s literary criticism in both positive and negative ways and investigates Lawrence’s significance in relation to Leavis’s changing attitude to Eliot. It also examines how profound differences in social cultural religious and national thinking strengthened Leavis’s alliance with Lawrence to the detriment of his relationship with Eliot. These differences between the two writers are presented as dichotomies between nationalism and Europeanism/internationalism ruralism/organicism and industrialism/metropolitanism and relate to the two men’s views on literary education the subject of ‘English’ and the position of the Classics in the curriculum. It explores how Leavis’s increasingly conflicted feelings about a figure to whom he owned an enormous critical debt and inspiration but whose various beliefs and literary affiliations caused him much misgiving result in a deep sense of division in Leavis himself which he sought to transfer onto Eliot as what he called a pathological ‘case’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360870

Literary Criticism and TheoryFrom Plato to Postcolonialism This incredibly useful volume offers an introduction to the history of literary criticism and theory from ancient Greece to the present. Grounded in the close reading of landmark theoretical texts while seeking to encourage the reader's critical response Pelagia Goulimari examines: major thinkers and critics from Plato and Aristotle to Foucault Derrida Kristeva Said and Butler; key concepts themes and schools in the history of literary theory: mimesis inspiration reason and emotion the self the relation of literature to history society culture and ethics feminism poststructuralism postcolonialism queer theory; genres and movements in literary history: epic tragedy comedy the novel; Romanticism realism modernism and postmodernism. Historical connections between theorists and theories are traced and the book is generously cross-referenced. With useful features such as key-point conclusions further reading sections descriptive text boxes detailed headings and with a comprehensive index this book is the ideal introduction to anyone approaching literary theory for the first time or unfamiliar with the scope of its history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415544320

Literary Dollars and Social SenseA People's History of the Mass Market Book Prior to the Civil War publishing in America underwent a transformation from a genteel artisan trade supported by civic patronage and religious groups to a thriving cut-throat national industry propelled by profit. Literary Dollars and Social Sense represents an important chapter in the historical experience of print culture it illuminates the phenomenon of amateur writing and delineates the access points of the emerging mass market for print for distributors consumers and writers. It challenges the conventional assumptions that the literary public had little trouble embracing the new literary marketing that emerged at mid-century. The book uncover the tensions that author's faced between literature's role in the traditional moral economy and the lure of literary dollars for personal gain and fame. This book marks an important example in how scholars understand and conduct research in American literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024417

Literary Experiments in Magazine PublishingBeyond Serialization As the nineteenth century came to an end a number of voices within the British and American magazine industries pushed back against serialisation as the dominant publication mode experimenting instead with less conventional magazine formats. This book explores these formats focusing (in particular) on the ways in which the periodical press first published The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn The Picture of Dorian Gray and The Return of Sherlock Holmes. What led magazines to publish excerpts from a forthcoming book or an entire novel in a single issue or a discontinuous short-story series? How did these experimental modes affect the act of reading? Drawing on a range of archival and other primary sources Literary Experiments in Magazine Publishing: Beyond Serialization addresses these and other questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029654

Literary Fairy Tales by Women Writers (ES 4-vol. set) Facsimile reproductions of six collections of fairy tales by three female writers: Madame d'Aulnoy Anne Thackeray Ritchie and Mary de Morgan published 18th- and 19th- century England with many illustrations which are all faithfully reproduced. By tracing the English tradition of the literary fairy tales this collection highlights the important role women played in changing conventional ideas especially about gender by telling their own stories. Useful resource for the study of both fairy tales and women’s literature and art. Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454666

Literary Form as Postcolonial CritiqueEpic Proportions Focusing on works by Derek Walcott Les Murray Anne Carson and Bernardine Evaristo Katharine Burkitt investigates the relationship between literary form and textual politics in postcolonial narrative poems and verse-novels. Burkitt argues that these works disrupt and undermine the traditions of particular forms and genres and most notably the expectations attached to the prose novel poetry and epic. This subversion of form Burkitt argues is an important aspect of the texts' postcoloniality as they locate themselves critically in relation to literary convention and they are all concerned with matters of social racial and national identities in a world where these categories are inherently complicated. In addition the awareness of epic tradition in these texts unites them as 'post-epics' in that as they reuse the myths and motifs of a variety of epics they question the status of the form demonstrate it to be inherently malleable and regenerate its stories for the contemporary world. As she examines the ways in which postcolonial texts rewrite the traditions of classical epics for the twentieth and twenty-first centuries Burkitt ties close textual analysis to a critical intervention in the politics of form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115637

Literary Ghosts from the Victorians to ModernismThe Haunting Interval This book resituates the ghost story as a matter of literary hospitality and as part of a vital prehistory of modernism seeing it not as a quaint neo-gothic ornament but as a powerful literary response to the technological and psychological disturbances that marked the end of the Victorian era. Linking little-studied authors like M. R. James and May Sinclair to such canonical figures as Dickens Henry James Woolf and Joyce Thurston argues that the literary ghost should be seen as no mere relic of gothic style but as a portal of discovery an opening onto the central modernist problem of how to write ‘life itself.’ Ghost stories are split between an ironic often parodic reference to Gothic style and an evocation of ‘life itself ’ an implicit repudiation of all literary style. Reading the ghost story as both a guest and a host story this book traces the ghost as a disruptive figure in the ‘hospitable’ space of narrative from Maturin Poe and Dickens to the fin de siècle and then on into the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016217

Literary History Of The Arabs First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203985489

Literary History Of The Arabs First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979925

Literary HybridsIndeterminacy in Medieval & Modern French Narrative First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865067

Literary Influence and African-American WritersCollected Essays First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995475

Literary Integrity and Political ActionThe Public Argument of James T. Farrell This book is about the story of James T. Farrell's role in the debate over the relationship between literature and politics during the 1930s. It is useful for American literary and intellectual history American Left and rhetoric and communication scholars interested in political controversy. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367015077

Literary Labyrinths in Franco-Era BarcelonaNarrating Memory and Place Bringing together works by Salvador Espriu Juan Goytisolo Mercè Rodoreda Esther Tusquets and Juan Marsa that portray memory as a disorienting narrative enterprise Colleen Culleton argues that the source of this disorientation is the material reality of life in Barcelona in the immediate post-Civil War years. Barcelona was the object of harsh persecution in the first years of the Franco regime that included the erasure of marks of Catalan identity and cultural history from the urban landscape and made Barcelona a moving target for memory. The literature and film she examines show characters struggling to produce narratives of the remembered past that immediately conflict with the dominant version of Spain's historical narrative formulated to legitimize the Civil War. Culleton suggests the trope of the laberinto used as an image or device in all five of the works she considers and translated into English as both maze and labyrinth opens up a space that enables readers to take vulnerability to outside interference into account as an inseparable part of remembrance. While the narratives all have maze-like qualities involving a high level of reader participation and choice the exigencies of the labyrinth with its unicursal demands for patience perseverance and faith always prevail. Thus do the Francoist narrative and social structure in the end resurface and reassert themselves over the narrating character's perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346676

Literary LivesBiography and the Search for Understanding This book meditates on the nature of biography and the way biographers habitually explain their subjects' loves by reference to psychology ancestry childhood experience social relations the body or illness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203614785

Literary Mapping in the Digital Age Drawing on the expertise of leading researchers from around the globe this pioneering collection of essays explores how geospatial technologies are revolutionizing the discipline of literary studies. The book offers the first intensive examination of digital literary cartography a field whose recent and rapid development has yet to be coherently analysed. This collection not only provides an authoritative account of the current state of the field but also informs a new generation of digital humanities scholars about the critical and creative potentials of digital literary mapping. The book showcases the work of exemplary literary mapping projects and provides the reader with an overview of the tools techniques and methods those projects employ. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366782

Literary MusicWriting Music in Contemporary Fiction Music is commonly felt to offer a valued experience yet to put that experience into words is no easy task. Rather than view verbal representations of music as somehow secondary to the music itself Literary Music argues that it is in such representations that our understanding of music and its meanings is constituted and explored. Focusing on recent fictional and theoretical texts Stephen Benson proposes literature narrative fiction in particular as a singular form of musical performance. Literary Music concentrates not only on song and opera those forms in which words and music overtly confront one another but also on a small number of recurring ideas around which the literary and the musical interact including voice narrative performance and silence. The book considers a wide range of literary and theoretical texts including those of Blanchot and Bakhtin Kazuo Ishiguro Vikram Seth David Malouf and J.M. Coetzee. The musical forms discussed range from opera to the string quartet together with individual works by Elgar Strauss and Michael Berkeley. As such Literary Music offers an informed interdisciplinary approach to the study of literature and music that participates in the lively theoretical debate on the status of meaning in music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277991

Literary Patronage in The Middle Ages Published in 1966: The present study attempts in its fashion to supply a connected account of this somewhat neglected phase of medieval literary life and to look carefully in earlier ages for the origins of medieval patronage. As one may suppose a patron might be approached and the modes in which his favour might be extended were exhausted at a very early period so that patronage of letters cannot be said to show much development or progress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174569

Literary Pragmatics (Routledge Revivals) Up until the mid-1980s most pragmatic analysis had been done on spoken language use considerably less on written use and very little at all on literary activity. This has now radically changed. ‘Pragmatics’ could be informally defined as the study of relationships between language and its users. This volume first published in 1991 seeks to reposition literary activity at the centre of that study. The internationally renowned contributors draw together two main streams. On the one hand there are concerns which are close to the syntax and semantics of mainstream linguistics and on the other there are concerns ranging towards anthropological linguistics socio- and psycholinguistics. Literary Pragmatics represents an antidote to the fragmenting specialization so characteristic of the humanities in the twentieth century. This book will be of lasting value to students of linguistics literature and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832749

Literary Radicalism in IndiaGender Nation and the Transition to Independence Literary Radicalism in India situates postcolonial Indian literature in relation to the hugely influential radical literary movements initiated by the Progressive Writers Association and the Indian People's Theatre Association. In so doing it redresses a visible historical gap in studies of postcolonial India. Through readings of major fiction pamphlets and cinema this book also shows how gender was of constitutive importance in the struggle to define 'India' during the transition to independence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655453

Literary Reading Cognition and EmotionAn Exploration of the Oceanic Mind This work seeks to chart what happens in the embodied minds of engaged readers when they read literature. Despite the recent stylistic linguistic and cognitive advances that have been made in text-processing methodology and practice very little is known about this cultural-cognitive process and especially about the role that emotion plays. Burke’s theoretical and empirical study focuses on three central issues: the role emotions play in a core cognitive event like literary text processing; the kinds of bottom-up and top-down inputs most prominently involved in the literary reading process; and what might be happening in the minds and bodies of engaged readers when they experience intense or heightened emotions: a phenomenon sometimes labelled "reader epiphany." This study postulates that there is a free-flow of bottom-up and top-down affective cognitive inputs during the engaged act of literary reading and that reading does not necessarily begin or end when our eyes apprehend the words on the page. Burke argues that the literary reading human mind might best be considered both figuratively and literally not as computational or mechanical but as oceanic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520683

Literary Representations of “Mainlanders” in TaiwanBecoming Sinophone This book examines literary representations of mainlander identity articulated by Taiwan’s second-generation mainlander writers who share the common feature of emotional ambivalence between Taiwan and China. Closely analyzing literary narratives of Chinese civil war migrants and their descendants in Taiwan a group referred to as "mainlanders" (waishengren) this book demonstrates that these Chinese migrants’ ideas of "China" and "Chineseness" have adapted through time with their gradual settlement in the host land. Drawing upon theories of Sinophone Studies and memory studies this book argues that during the three decades in which Taiwan moved away from the Kuomintang’s authoritarian rule to a democratic society mainlander identity was narrated as a transformation from a diasporic Chinese identity to a more fluid and elusive Sinophone identity. Characterized by the features of cultural hybridity and emotional in-betweenness mainlander identity in the eight works explored contests the existing Sinocentric discourse of Chineseness. An important contribution to the current research on Taiwan’s identity politics this book will be of interest to academics in the field of Taiwan studies Sinophone studies Chinese migration and Taiwanese literature as well as Chinese literature in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367458317

Literary Scholarship in Late Imperial Russia (1870s-1917)Rituals of Academic Institutionalism "The turn of the twentieth century was a decisive moment in the institutionalisation of Russia's literary scholarship. This is the first book in the English language to provide an in-depth analysis of the emergence of Russia's literary academia in the pre-Revolutionary era. In particular Byford examines the rhetoric of self-representation of major academic establishments devoted to literary study the canonisation of exemplary literary historians and philologists (Buslaev Grot Veselovskii Potebnia Ovsianiko-Kulikovskii) and attempts by Russian literary academics of this era to define their work as a distinct form of scholarship (nauka). By analysing a range of academic rituals from celebrations of institutional anniversaries to professors inaugural lectures and by dissecting the discourse of scholars' obituaries commemorative speeches and manuals in scholarly methodology Byford reveals how the identity of literary studies as a discipline was constructed in Russia. He provides not only a unique insight into fin-de-siecle Russian literary scholarship but also an original approach to academic institutionalisation more widely." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351195836

Literary Secretaries/Secretarial Culture Secretaries are the hidden technicians of much literary (and non-literary) writing; they also figure startlingly often as characters in modern literature film and even literary criticism. Literary Secretaries/Secretarial Culture brings together secretaries' role in the production (and more surprisingly consumption) of modern culture with interpretations of their function in literature and film from Chaucer to Heidegger by way of Dickens Dracula and Erle Stanley Gardner. These essays probe the relation of office practice to literary theory asking what changes when literary texts represent address or acknowledge the human copyist or the mechanical writing machine. Topics range from copyright law to voice recognition software from New Women to haunted typewriters and from the history of technology to the future of information management. Together the essays will provide literary critics with a new angle on current debates about gender labour and the material text as well as a window into the prehistory of our information age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378827

Literary Sociability and Literary Property in France 1775–1793Beaumarchais the Société des Auteurs Dramatiques and the Comédie Française The first full-length scholarly study of the Société des auteurs dramatiques (SAD) this book describes the form the meaning the achievements and the failures of the first professional association for creative writers in European history. Founded by the well-known playwright Pierre-Augustin Caron de Beaumarchais in 1777 under the protection of prominent aristocrats at the court of King Louis XVI the SAD comprised the playwrights most closely associated with the royal theater of the kingdom the Comédie Française. Its two dozen members discussed and worked to advance both their collective interests under the royal theater regulations (which governed such issues of literary property creative control and remuneration) and to promote their public image as playwrights and men of letters more broadly - while at the same time competing with each other sometimes intensely for control over that image. Gregory Brown traces the story of the SAD from its conception in the mid-1770s through to the French Revolution exploring first the Society's founding in 1777 then its trajectory until its dissolution at the end of 1780 and finally discusses a revival of the group during the Revolution. In each chapter Brown analyzes the strategic efforts of Beaumarchais and his associates to shape regulations and legislation concerning droits d'auteur (authorial remuneration and literary property) and their efforts to reshape the public status and identity of playwrights through correspondence print and face-to-face encounters with the troupe of the Comédie Française the theater's aristocratic supervisors at court its lawyers and government administrators its commercial publics and other authors. Brown argues against previous treatments of the SAD which have presented it as a spontaneous dissident challenge to constituted social and political authority under the Old Regime. He demonstrates instead how the SAD emerged from within existing lines of authority in e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272903

Literary Structures of Religious Meaning in the Qu'ran This volume studies how the literary elements in the Qur'an function in conveying its religious message effectively. It is divided into three parts. Part one includes studies of the whole Qur'an or large segments of it belonging to one historical period of its revelation; these studies concentrate on the analysis of its language its style its structural composition its aesthetic characteristics its rhetorical devices its imagery and the impact of these elements and their significance. Part two includes studies on individual suras of the Qur'an each of which focuses on the sura's literary elements and how they produce meaning; each also explores the structure of this meaning and the coherence of its effect. Part three includes studies on Muslim appreciations of the literary aspects of the Qur'an in past generations and shows how modern linguistic semantic semiotic and literary scholarship can add to their contributions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203037041

Literary StudiesA Practical Guide Literary Studies: A Practical Guide provides a comprehensive foundation for the study of English American and world literatures giving students the critical skills they need to best develop and apply their knowledge. Designed for use in a range of literature courses it begins by outlining the history of literary movements enabling students to contextualize a given work within its cultural and historical moment. Specific focus is then given to the use of literary theory and the analysis of: Poetry Prose fiction and novels Plays Films. A detailed unit provides clear and concise introductions to literary criticism and theory encouraging students to nurture their unique insights into a range of texts with these critical tools. Finally students are guided through the process of generating ideas for essays considering the role of secondary criticism in their writing and formulating literary arguments. This practical volume is an invaluable resource for students providing them with the tools to succeed in any English course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536929

Literary Subterfuge and Contemporary Persian FictionWho Writes Iran? The main focus of Literary Subterfuge and Contemporary Persian Fiction is to identify components and elements which define Persian modernist fiction placing an emphasis on literary concepts and devices which provide the dynamics of the evolutionary trajectory of this modernism.  The question of ‘who writes Iran’ refers to a contested area which goes beyond the discipline of literary criticism. Non-literary discourses have made every effort to impose their "committed" readings on literary texts; they have even managed to exert influence on the process of literary creation. In this process inevitably many works or segments of them and many concepts which do not lend themselves to such readings have been ignored; at the same time many of them have been appropriated by these discourses. Yet components and elements of Persian literary tradition have persistently engaged in this discursive confrontation mainly by insisting on literature’s relative autonomy so that at least concepts such as conformity and subterfuge essential in terms of defining modern and modernist Persian fiction could be defined in a literary manner.Proffering an alternative in terms of literary historiography; this book supports a methodological approach that considers literary narratives which occur in the margins of dominant discourses and indeed promote non-discursivity as the main writers of Persian modernist fiction. It is an essential resource for scholars and researchers interested in Persian and comparative literature as well as Middle Eastern Studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870003

Literary Theology by Women Writers of the Nineteenth Century Examining popular fiction life writing poetry and political works Rebecca Styler explores women's contributions to theology in the nineteenth century. Female writers Styler argues acted as amateur theologians by use of a range of literary genres. Through these they questioned the Christian tradition relative to contemporary concerns about political ethics gender identity and personal meaning. Among Styler's subjects are novels by Emma Worboise; writers of collective biography including Anna Jameson and Clara Balfour who study Bible women in order to address contemporary concerns about 'The Woman Question'; poetry by Anne Bronte; and political writing by Harriet Martineau and Josephine Butler. As Styler considers the ways in which each writer negotiates the gender constraints and opportunities that are available to her religious setting and literary genre she shows the varying degrees of frustration which these writers express with the inadequacy of received religion to meet their personal and ethical needs. All find resources within that tradition and within their experience to reconfigure Christianity in creative and more earth-oriented ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265936

Literary Theory: The Basics This third edition of Hans Bertens’ bestselling book is an essential guide to the often confusing and complicated world of literary theory. Exploring a broad range of topics from Marxist and feminist criticism to postmodernism and new historicism Literary Theory: The Basics covers contemporary topics including: reception theory and reader response theory the new criticism of postmodernism the ‘after theory’ debate post-humanism biopolitics and animal studies aesthetics Literary Theory: The Basics helps readers to approach the many theories and debates in this field with confidence. Now with updated case studies and further reading this is an essential purchase for anyone who strives to understand literary theory today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538077

Literary Translation Routledge Translation Guides cover the key translation text types and genres and equip translators and students of translation with the skills needed to translate them. Concise accessible and written by leading authorities they include examples from existing translations activities further reading suggestions and a glossary of key terms. Literary Translation introduces students to the components of the discipline and models the practice. Three concise chapters help to familiarize students with: what motivates the act of translation how to read and critique literary translations how to read for translation. A range of sustained case studies both from existing sources and the author’s own research are provided along with a selection of relevant tasks and activities and a detailed glossary. The book is also complemented by a feature entitled ‘How to get started in literary translation’ on the Routledge Translation Studies Portal (http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/translationstudies/). Literary Translation is an essential guidebook for all students of literary translation within advanced undergraduate and postgraduate/graduate programmes in translation studies comparative literature and modern languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745321

Literary TranslationQuest for Artistic Integrity Is it realistic to expect great literature of one language to be re-presented artistically intact in another language? Literary Translation: Quest for Artistic Integrity is a systematic delineation of a practical approach toward that seemingly idealist aim. A summing up of a career devoted to the study of literary translation enriched with the experience of translating between several languages it offers a clear and thorough exposition of the theory behind Professor Jin's monumental achievement in producing a worthy Chinese Ulysses illustrated with a profusion of enlightening and instructive examples not only from his own work but also from that of many others including some world-famous translators. This makes Literary Translation an invaluable reference to translators of literature between almost any pair of languages not just Chinese and English. It will also be of considerable interest to teachers and critics of twentieth-century literature in English to students of Modernism to researchers in comparative literature and in comparative culture and to teachers of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144187

Literary Twinship from Shakespeare to the Age of Cloning Unlike previous efforts that have only addressed literary twinship as a footnote to the doppelganger motif this book makes a case for the complexity of literary twinship across the literary spectrum. It shows how twins have been instrumental to the formation of comedies of mistaken identity the detective genre and dystopian science fiction. The individual chapters trace the development of the category of twinship over time demonstrating how the twin was repeatedly (re-)invented as a cultural and pathological type when other discursive fields constituted themselves and how its literary treatment served as the battleground for ideological disputes: by setting the stage for debates regarding kinship and reproduction or by partaking in discussions of criminality eugenic greatness and ‘monstrous births’. The book addresses nearly 100 primary texts including works of Mary Elizabeth Braddon Wilkie Collins Charles Dickens Arthur Conan Doyle Aldous Huxley Christopher Priest William Shakespeare and Zadie Smith. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437893

Literary Visions of HomosexualityNo 6 of the Book Series Research on Homosexualty An important contribution to the rapidly growing field of gay literary criticism and scholarship this volume contains well-written and intelligently argued essays on the the homosexual tradition in Western literature. The first book of its kind Essays on Gay Literature investigates the ways in which homosexuality has been viewed by a variety of authors from the Middle Ages to the present including William Shakespeare Christopher Marlowe E. M. Forster James Merrill Henry James and William Faulkner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138968967

Literatura HispanoamericanaUna Antologia - An Anthology This Spanish-language anthology contains selections by 45 Latin-American authors. It is intended as a text for upper division Latin American literature survey courses. The anthology presumes a high level of linguistic command of Spanish and it contains footnotes to allusions and cultural references as well as words and phrases not found in standard bilingual dictionaries used in the US. Emphasis is on major 20th-century writers while important works from colonial and 19th-century literature as also included. The diverse selections of Literature Hispanoamericana will enable students to have a more sustained exposure to major voices of Latin American literature than possible in anthologies built around fragments. By focusing on fewer authors but more significant selections from their writings students will have a greater grasp of major canonical figures as well as emergent voices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785196

Literature This introductory volume provides an overview of the history of Literature as a cultural concept and reflects on the contemporary nature place and function of what the literary might mean for us today. Literature: * offers a concise history of the canonic concept of 'literature' from its earliest origins * illustrates the kinds of theoretical issues which are currently invoked by the term 'literary' * provides a definition of the 'literary' for the twenty-first century With Literature Peter Widdowson provides a thought-provoking essay on the contemporary relevance of the 'literary' for students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203169438

Literature Gender and the Trauma of PartitionThe Paradox of Independence Partition occurring simultaneously with British decolonization of the Indian subcontinent led to the formation of independent India and Pakistan. While the political and communal aspects of the Partition have received some attention its enormous personal and psychological costs have been mostly glossed over particularly when it comes to the splitting of Bengal. The memory of this historical ordeal has been preserved in literary archives and these archives are still being excavated. This book examines neglected narratives of the Partition of India in 1947 to study the traces left by this foundational trauma on the national- and regional-cultural imaginaries in India Pakistan and Bangladesh. To arrive at a more complex understanding of how Partition experiences of violence migration and displacement shaped postcolonial societies and subjectivities in South Asia the author analyses through novels and short stories multiple cartographies of disorientation and anxiety in the post-Partition period. The book illuminates how contingencies of political geography cut across personal and collective histories and how these intersections are variously marked and mediated by literature. Examining works composed in Bengali and other South Asian languages this book seeks to broaden and complicate existing conceptions of what constitutes the Partition literary archive.A valuable addition to the growing field of Partition studies this book will be of interest to scholars of South Asian history gender studies and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875060

Literature Media Information Systems John Johnston's background combines expertise in modern literature poststructuralist philosophy and high technology's production. Like Kittler he draws on historic fact anecdote and literature. From this vantage point he explicates the theoretical and practical consequences of Friedrich Kittler's insights into the social and psychological effects of the processes by which metaphor in one medium is made real by another. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078595

Literature Migration and the 'War on Terror' This is a major new collection of essays on literary and cultural representations of migration and terrorism the cultural impact of 9/11 and the subsequent ‘war on terror’. The collection commences with analyses of the relationship between migration and terrorism which has been the focus of much mainstream political and media debate since the attacks on America in 2001 and the London bombings in 2005 not least because liberal democratic governments in Europe and North America have invoked such attacks to justify the regulation of migration and the criminalisation of ‘minority’ groups. Responding to the consequent erosion of the liberal democratic rights of the individual leading scholars assess the various ways in which literary texts support and/or interrogate the conflation of narratives of transnational migration and perceived terrorist threats to national security. This crucial debate is furthered by contrasting analyses of the manner in which novelists from the UK North Africa the US and Palestine have represented 9/11 exploring the event’s contexts and ramifications. This path-breaking study complicates the simplistic narratives of revenge and wronged innocence commonly used to make sense of the attacks and to justify the US response. Each novel discussed seeks to interrogate and analyse a discourse typically dominated by consent belligerence and paranoia. Together the collected essays suggest the value of literature as an effective critical intervention in the very fraught political aftermath of the ‘war on terror’. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Postcolonial Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845687

Literature Psychoanalysis and the New Sciences of Mind At a time when psychoanalysis is attacked by biologists psychologists and literary critics alike this book offers a radical defence.Literature Psychoanalysis and the New Sciences of Mind gives a clear introduction to the theories of Freud and Jung the strange linguistic rewriting of Freud by Jacques Lacan. It explores the extraordinary variety of ways in which these writings have been applied to literature and literary theory. But for the first time they are put in the context of recent biological theories of mind and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176539

Literature Speech Disorders and DisabilityTalking Normal Examining representations of speech disorders in works of literature this first collection of its kind founds a new multidisciplinary subfield related but not limited to the emerging fields of disability studies and medical humanities. The scope is wide-ranging both in terms of national literatures and historical periods considered engaging with theoretical discussions in poststructuralism disability studies cultural studies new historicism gender studies sociolinguistics trauma studies and medical humanities. The book’s main focus is on the development of an awareness of speech pathology in the literary imaginary from the late-eighteenth century to the present studying the novel drama epic poetry lyric poetry autobiography and autopathography and clinical case studies and guidebooks on speech therapy. The volume addresses a growing interest both in popular culture and the humanities regarding the portrayal of conditions such as stuttering aphasia and mutism along with the status of the self in relation to those conditions. Since speech pathologies are neither illnesses nor outwardly physical disabilities critical studies of their representation have tended to occupy a liminal position in relation to other discourses such as literary and cultural theory and even disability studies. One of the primary aims of this collection is to address this marginalization and to position a cultural criticism of speech pathology within literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867782

Literature & Propaganda First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845670

Literature after 9/11 Drawing on trauma theory genre theory political theory and theories of postmodernity space and temporality Literature After 9/11 suggests ways that these often distinct discourses can be recombined and set into dialogue with one another as it explores 9/11’s effects on literature and literature’s attempts to convey 9/11. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707494

Literature and Animal Studies Why do animals talk in literature? In this provocative book Mario Ortiz Robles tracks the presence of animals across an expansive literary archive to argue that literature cannot be understood as a human endeavor apart from its capacity to represent animals. Focusing on the literary representation of familiar animals including horses dogs cats and songbirds Ortiz Robles examines the various tropes literature has historically employed to give meaning to our fraught relations with other animals. Beyond allowing us to imagine the lives of non-humans literature can make a lasting contribution to Animal Studies an emerging discipline within the humanities by showing us that there is something fictional about our relation to animals. Literature and Animal Studies combines a broad mapping of literary animals with detailed readings of key animal texts to offer a new way of organizing literary history that emphasizes genera over genres and a new way of classifying animals that is premised on tropes rather than taxa. The book makes us see animals and our relation to them with fresh eyes and in doing so prompts us to review the role of literature in a culture that considers it an endangered art form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716017

Literature and Authenticity 1780–1900Essays in Honour of Vincent Newey Individually and collectively these essays establish a new direction for scholarship that examines the crucial activities of reading and writing about literature and how they relate to 'authenticity'. Though authenticity is a term deep in literary resonance and rich in philosophical complexity its connotations relative to the study of literature have rarely been explored or exploited through detailed critical examination of individual writers and their works. Here the notion of the authentic is recognised first and foremost as central to a range of literary and philosophical ways of thinking particularly for nineteenth-century poets and novelists. Distinct from studies of literary fakes and forgeries this collection focuses on authenticity as a central paradigm for approaching literature and its formation that bears on issues of authority self-reliance truth originality the valid and the real and the genuine and inauthentic whether applied to the self or others. Topics and authors include: the spiritual autobiographies of William Cowper and John Newton; Ruskin and travel writing; British Romantic women poets; William Wordsworth and P.B. Shelley; Robert Southey and Anna Seward; John Keats; Lord Byron; Elizabeth Gaskell; Henry David Thoreau; Henry Irving; and Joseph Conrad. The volume also includes a note on Professor Vincent Newey with a bibliography of his critical writings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253643

Literature and Contingency This collection features leading literary critics and explores the role of language in thinking about the ways in which the world might be otherwise and the history of contingency as a longstanding literary concept.The defining feature of contingency lies in the suggestion that things that have already happened might have been otherwise. Central to late twentieth century European critical and sociological thinking that argument is at the centre of this volume. The contributors to this volume explore subjects including how literature philosophy and history all cope with contingency; the existence of contingency in genres as diverse as enlightenment fables Aristotle Hardy Jane Austen and post-war American literature; the contingency of old age and the poetics of contingency. As the chapters here illustrate our efforts to understand each other involve a constant opening onto being otherwise; an enterprise in which the role of the literary critic remains key.Of interest to scholars across a range of literary genres this volume would also have applications for philosophy researchers exploring the metaphysics of contingency. This book was originally published as a special issue of Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661496

Literature and Crime in Augustan England Eighteenth-century England saw an explosion of writings about deviance. In literature in the law and in the press writers returned again and again to the question of crime and criminals. While the extension of the legal system formalised the power of the state to categorise and punish ‘deviance’ writers repeatedly confronted the problematic nature of legal authority and the unstable idea of ‘the criminal’. Some of this commentary was supportive some was subversive and resistant uncovering the complexity of issues the law sought to ignore. Originally published in 1991 Ian Bell’s masterly investigation of the diverse representations of crime and legality in the Augustan period ranges widely across the contemporary press involving court reports philosophical writings periodicals biographies pornography and polemics. Re-assessing the canonical texts of eighteenth-century ‘Literature’ Bell situates the work of Defoe Hogarth Gay Swift Pope Richardson and Fielding in its social and political context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367818913

Literature and Culture in Global Africa Engaging and interrogating the idea of a ‘Global Africa’ this book examines how African literary and cultural productions have changed over the years due to the social and political influences brought about by increased globalisation. Tanure Ojaide takes a variety of European theoretical concepts and applies these to African literature oral traditions culture sexuality political leadership environmentalism and advocacy demonstrating the universality of the African experience.Challenging African literary artists and scholars to think creatively about the future of the culture and literature this new collection of literary and cultural criticism from scholar-writer Tanure Ojaide is an essential read for students and scholars of African literature and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887469

Literature and Culture in Modern Britain: Volume 11900-1929 The first in a three-volume sequence this book covers the period between 1900 and 1929 providing a perceptive and thorough analysis of British literature within its historical cultural and artistic context. It identifies the crucial interwoven relationships between literature and the visual arts modern poetry popular fiction journalism cinema music and radio. Much factual detail and a literary chronology guide the reader through the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176102

Literature and Culture in Modern BritainVolume Three: 1956 - 1999 British culture has changed almost beyond recognition since 1956. Angry young men have been displaced by Yuppies Elvis by the Spice Girls and meat and two veg by continental cuisine. What is more as the death of Diana Princess of Wales showed the British are now more famous for a trembling lower lip than a stiff upper one. This volume the last in the series examines the transformations in literature and culture over the last forty years. An introductory essay provides a context for the following chapters by arguing that although there have been significant changes in British life there are also profound continuities. It also discusses the rise of 'theory' and its impact on the humanities. Each essay in the volume concentrates on a facet of British culture over the last half century from painting to poetry from the seriousness of the novel to the postmodern ironies of the computing age. What we get from this selection is not only an informed history of the relations between literature and culture but also a lively sense of cultural change not least of which is the new found relationship between literature and other arts which ushers us into the new millennium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177123

Literature and Culture in Northern Ireland Since 1965Moments of Danger This study considers writing within the cultural context of Northern Ireland and discusses how writing creates a sense of community and the different forms this takes when written from loyalist or republican perspectives. The book takes its major theoretical energy from readings of Antonio Gramsci's concept of hegemony and Walter Benjamin's work on historiography. hese are applied to major writers such as Seamus Heaney Tom Paulin Paul Muldoon and Edna Longley and to institutions such as the Ulster Folk and Transport Museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165236

Literature and Culture of the Chicago RenaissancePostmodern and Postcolonial Development The Chicago Renaissance has long been considered a less important literary movement than the Harlem Renaissance. While the Harlem Renaissance began and flourished during the 1920s but faded during the 1930s the Chicago Renaissance originated between 1890 and 1910 gathered momentum in the 1930s and paved the way for the postmodern and postcolonial developments in American Literature. To portray Chicago as a modern spacious cosmopolitan city the writers of the Chicago Renaissance developed a new style of writing based on a distinct cultural aesthetic that reflected ethnically diverse sentiments and aspirations. Whereas the Harlem Renaissance was dominated by African American writers the Chicago Renaissance originated from the interactions between African and European American writers. Much like modern jazz writings in the movement became a hybrid cross-cultural product of black and white Americans. The second period of the movement developed at two stages. In the first stage the older generation of African American writers continued to deal with racial issues. In the second stage African American writers sought solutions to racism by comparing American culture with other cultures. The younger generation of African American writers such as Ishmael Reed Charles Johnson and Colson Whitehead followed their predecessors and explored Confucianism Buddhist Ontology and Zen. This volume features essays by both veteran African Americanists and upcoming young critics. It is highlighted by essays from scholars located around the globe such as Toru Kiuchi of Japan Yupei Zhou of China Mamoun Alzoubi of Jordan and Babacar M'Baye of Senegal. It will be invaluable reading for students of Americanists at all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246518

Literature and Development in North AfricaThe Modernizing Mission The book examines how modern global development largely privileges Western multinational interests at the expense of local or indigenous concerns in the "developing" nations of the East. The practices of development have mostly led not to economic social and political progressivism in local society but rather to instability poverty debt and repression. "Modernization" may therefore be seen as the catalyst of anti-Western reaction. The record of exploitative "development" is traceable in the anti-colonial works of Frantz Fanon Albert Memmi and Jean-Paul Sartre as well as in the fiction and memoirs of several North African authors including Albert Camus Naguib Mahfouz Nawal El Saadawi Assia Djebar and Edward Said who address decolonization in the middle twentieth century. The critical regard of development provides better understanding of the independence movements in North Africa. Further one may look to the colonial past for perspective upon global development today. One sees similar practices and rhetoric are now invoked under "globalization." This recognition is key to understanding today’s so-called "war on terror." The understanding of things "postcolonial" is therefore critical for Americans today. Grounded in literature in English translation this work has relevance for cultural studies in the Middle East Africa globalization postcolonialism and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541640

Literature and Disability Literature and Disability introduces readers to the field of disability studies and the ways in which a focus on issues of impairment and the representation of disability can provide new approaches to reading and writing about literary texts. Disability plays a central role in much of the most celebrated literature yet it is only in recent years that literary criticism has begun to consider the aesthetic ethical and literary challenges that this poses. The author explores: key debates and issues in disability studies today different forms of impairment with the aim of showing the diversity and ambiguity of the term "disability" the intersection between literary critical approaches to disability and feminist post-colonial and autobiographical writing genre and representations of disability in relation to literary forms including novels short stories poems plays and life writing This volume provides students and academics with an accessible overview of literary critical approaches to disability representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632218

Literature and Dramawith special reference to Shakespeare and his contemporaries First published in 1970. This book examines the areas of plays that are dependent upon the art of the theatre and the fluidity of interpretation to which this gives rise. It discusses the printing of plays and the limited attempts that have have been made to convey theatrical experience taking as a particular example a masque by Ben Jonson. Finally some of the problems created by the instability of theatrical art Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315018553

Literature and EcofeminismIntersectional and International Voices Bringing together ecofeminism and ecological literary criticism (ecocriticism) this book presents diverse ways of understanding and responding to the tangled relationships between the personal social and environmental dimensions of human experience and expression. Literature and Ecofeminism explores the intersections of sexuality gender embodiment and the natural world articulated in literary works from Shakespeare through to contemporary literature. Bringing together essays from a global group of contributors this volume draws on American literature as well as Spanish South African Taiwanese and Indian literature in order to further the dialogue between ecofeminism and ecocriticism and demonstrate the ongoing relevance of ecofeminism for facilitating critical readings of literature. In doing so the book opens up multiple directions for ecofeminist ideas and practices as well as new possibilities for interpreting literature. This comprehensive volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of ecocriticism ecofeminism literature gender studies and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892623

Literature and Emotion Literature and Emotion not only provides a defining overview of the field but also engages with emerging trends. Answering key questions such as ‘What is emotion?’ and ‘Why emotion and literature today? ’ Patrick Colm Hogan presents a clear and accessible introduction to this exciting topic. Readers should come away from the book with a systematic understanding of recent research on and theorization of emotion knowledge of the way affective science has impacted literary study and a sense of how to apply that understanding and knowledge to literary works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185210

Literature and Ethics in Contemporary Brazil When Brazil was honored at the Frankfurt Book Fair in 2013 the Brazilian author Luiz Ruffato opened the event with a provocative speech claiming that literature through its pervasive depiction and discussion of ‘otherness ’ has the potential to provoke ethical transformation. This book uses Ruffato’s speech as a starting point for the discussion of contemporary Brazilian literature that stands in contrast to the repetition of social and cultural clichés. By illuminating the relevance of humanities and literature as a catalyst for rethinking Brazil the book offers a resistance to the official discourses that have worked for so long to conceal social tensions injustices and secular inequities in Brazilian society. In doing so it situates Brazilian literature away from the exotic and peripheral spectrum and closer to a universal and more relevant ethical discussion for readers from all parts of the world. The volume brings together fresh contributions on both canonical contemporary authors such as Graciliano Ramos Rubem Fonseca and Dalton Trevisan and traditionally silenced writing subjects such as Afro-Brazilian female authors. These essays deal with specific contemporary literary and social issues while engaging with historically constitutive phenomena in Brazil including authoritarianism violence and the systematic violation of human rights. The exploration of diverse literary genres -- from novels to graphic novels from poetry to crônicas -- and engagement with postcolonial studies gender studies queer studies cultural studies Brazilian studies South American literature and world literature carves new space for the emergence of original Brazilian thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667924

Literature and Food Studies Literature and Food Studies introduces readers to a growing interdisciplinary field by examining literary genres and cultural movements as they engage with the edible world and in turn illuminate transnational histories of empire domesticity scientific innovation and environmental transformation and degradation. With a focus on the Americas and Europe Literature and Food Studies compares works of imaginative literature from Ovid’s Metamorphoses and Shakespeare’s The Winter’s Tale to James Joyce’s Ulysses and Toni Morrison’s Tar Baby with what the authors define as vernacular literary practices—which take written form as horticultural manuals recipes cookbooks restaurant reviews agricultural manifestos dietary treatises and culinary guides. For those new to its principal subject Literature and Food Studies introduces core concepts in food studies that span anthropology geography history literature and other fields; it compares canonical literary texts with popular forms of print culture; and it aims to inspire future research and teaching. Combining a cultural studies approach to foodways and food systems with textual analysis and archival research the book offers an engaging and lucid introduction for humanities scholars and students to the rapidly expanding field of food studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641210

Literature and Gender Literature and Gender combines an introduction to and an anthology of literary texts which powerfully demonstrate the relevance of gender issues to the study of literature. The volume covers all three major literary genres - poetry fiction and drama - and closely examines a wide range of themes including: feminity versus creativity in women's lives and writing the construction of female characters autobiography and fiction the gendering of language the interaction of race class and gender within writing reading and interpretation. Literature and Gender is also a superb resource of primary texts and includes writing by: Sappho Emily Dickinson Sylvia Plath Tennyson Elizabeth Bishop Louisa May Alcott Virginia Woolf Jamaica Kincaid Charlotte Perkins Gilman Susan Glaspell Also reproduced are essential essays by amoung others Maya Angelou Sandra Gilbert and Susan Gubar Toni Morrison Elaine Showalter and Alice Walker. No other book on this subject provides an anthology introduction and critical reader in one volume. Literature and Gender is the ideal guide for any student new to this field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714317

Literature and Identity in Italian Baroque Travel Writing This first full-length study in English on seventeenth-century Italian travel writing enriches our understanding of an unusually fertile period for Italian contributions to the genre. The intrinsic qualities of this literature can now be grasped in terms of the larger question of cultural identity in Italy. For Hester the specifically literary characteristics of Italian travel writing”including its humanism or Petrarchism”highlight the classic eminence throughout Europe of a prestigious tradition inherent to Italy one compensating then for the peninsula's lack of a national political identity. Appeals to the cultural authority of that tradition represent a means of addressing and overcoming anxieties about the Italian subject's diasporic status during the "Golden Age" of European global colonial expansion. Self-funded travelers Francesco Carletti Pietro Della Valle Francesco Belli Francesco Negri and Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri are the major authors studied who journeyed through Europe the Middle East Asia and America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250434

Literature and International RelationsStories in the Art of Diplomacy Making a strong case for the relevance of literary production to understanding international relations this persuasive volume highlights the potential rewards of developing a methodology to bring literature to bear on a discipline which has tended to neglect fictional sources. Paul Sheeran considers the deep insight that can be gained from the study of key works in fiction and literature to enhance knowledge of the social forces shaping world affairs. While there are numerous relevant works the author has carefully selected multi-faceted and colourful sources of material to explore developments in contemporary global issues such as the demise of the Soviet Union the attack on the World Trade Centre infectious diseases and human conflict. This exciting book enthusiastically breaks new ground and is highly suitable for courses on international relations cultural studies and literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592626

Literature and Law The fields of literature and law intersect in frequent and often surprising ways. This clear and concise book offers an introduction to the area covering the history key thinkers and ideas as well as detailed and fascinating studies into areas such as evidence and truth inheritance sex vigilantism and justice. Each chapter examines a number of familiar authors and texts including Shakespeare Brecht Austen Dickens Ishiguro Beecher-Stowe Atwood Miller. The book also opens up the broader study of law as it relates to culture in such areas as film television and digital media and how they affect such issues as a right to privacy copyright and creative reworking and censorship. Mark Fortier offers a concise systemic introduction to the law and legal system for the lay person covering basic notions of justice and law (fundamental justice natural law positive law) and the legal system (common law vs civil law case law statute constitutional law private law [tort contract property] criminal law equity basic rules of evidence stare decisis the adversarial system) as well as a very handy glossary of legal terms. This is a fascinating guide to a very topical and increasingly relevant area of literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384687

Literature and Law in the Middle AgesA Bibliography of Scholarship Originally published in 1984 Literature and Law in the Middle Ages is a comprehensive bibliography on the subject of literature and law in the Middle Ages. The collection was composed with the notion that early society regarded literature law and religion from the same single point of view. It discusses how for many medieval poets their art existed primarily to enforce obedience to God and king and suggests that society viewed law as a chief instrument of the divine will in human affairs. The book’s comprehensive introduction argues that eventually these areas of diverged and became separate; this bibliography covers the broad period of the Middle Ages from the 5th to the 15th century and examines this period of transition during which the process was not yet complete. This bibliography will be vital resource for those studying medieval studies both in literature and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191245

Literature and LeadershipThe Role of the Narrative in Organizational Sensemaking Great literature provides didactic commentaries on universal themes in the drama of life and visceral lessons on leadership. The careful reading of timeless novels position readers to emerge as astute protagonists in their own stories in the context of the grander narrative and internalize universal themes of the human story. Students of the great works of literature also emerge culturally literate with a better understanding of themselves and others in relation to nobler virtues traditions and purposes. In addition to demonstrating great works of literature as among the first formal books on leadership this book makes explicit connections between the study of literature and the research found in leadership and management studies. This book: Provides a bridge between the robust literary world and the leadership and management genre. Demonstrates how language and literature uniquely develop leaders to have a sophisticated understanding of historical and contemporary cultures events and people. Documents how powerful narratives either promote or diminish human flourishing. Illustrates the usefulness of all great literature and stories in shaping engaging and compelling workplace narratives that inspire and engage the collective. Equips leaders and managers with the knowledge and skills to embrace the drama of leadership and engage in meaningful sensemaking to help organizations thrive. Encourages readers to be connoisseurs of great works of literature and include such works in their leadership libraries. This book is ideal for the initiated and uninitiated in the study of literature and leadership by making explicit complementary and relevant insights to make reading and leading much more meaningful. Those unfamiliar with great literature will gain a deeper appreciation for books serving as tutors and mentors in the ways of leadership and become more discerning readers. Those unfamiliar with the leadership genre will improve their acumen to use endearing and enduring narratives to influence people and organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266455

Literature and Literary Criticism in Contemporary China Each age has its value system of literary criticism whose construction is inseparable from the mainstream ideology of the society. In contemporary China the mainstream ideology is inevitably Marxism. This book is composed of two parts. The first part studies literary criticism in contemporary China whose development is closely related to the popularization of Marxism and the unavoidable collisions between Marxism and other theories. It also introduces some relevant critical debates such as the debate on the criticism of Yu Pingbo a representative and one of the authoritative scholars studying The Dream of the Red Chamber. In the second part the author expounds the history of Chinese literature from a macro-level perspective involving works genres ideologies schools etc. He also discusses the challenges facing Chinese literature under the background of economic globalization. Will politics cultures including literature and arts be globalized? In addition the author puts forward that a dynamic concept is needed for a better understanding of Chinese culture and gives his suggestions about the "adjustments" Chinese people should make for the present. This book will attract scholars and students of literary criticism studies and Chinese literary studies. People who are interested in Chinese literature and thought will also benefit from this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529246

Literature and Literary Theory Bundle RC First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415681421

Literature and Literary Theory in Contemporary China Marxism initiated a new era not only for people to fight for socialist future but also for each discipline of sciences to witness profound changes. In such a context literature which has always been closely related to politics will inevitably move toward a new direction. This book is composed of two parts. Part One studies the development of literary theories in contemporary China from a Marxist perspective. It introduces the basic ideas of Marxist literary theories as well as their spread and development in China such as the combination of the theories and Chinese revolutionary literature. Moreover it discusses the challenges facing Marxist literary theories in the 21st century under the background of diversification of literature and art in terms of theory and practice and high technologies which brought about electronic writing and digital communication of literary works. The second part elucidates the author’s insights into major issues concerning literary theories (e.g. the relationship between literature and people literature and reality perception and rationality in literary creation etc.) This book will appeal to scholars and students of literary aesthetics and Chinese literary and cultural studies. People who are interested in history of contemporary Chinese literature will also benefit from this book.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367528607

Literature and Mass CultureVolume 1 Communication in Society This first volume of the collected writings of sociologist Leo Lowenthal contains his classic theoretical and historical writings on the relationship of art to mass culture. This book series presents Lowenthal's contributions to a theory of the role of communication in modern society.This volume lays out the basis for a theory of mass culture. Lowenthal demonstrates that the juxtaposition of a "low" mass culture and a "high" esoteric culture did not originate in contemporary industrial bourgeois society but can be traced back to the Middle Ages and antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856980

Literature and Materialisms Literature and Materialisms sheds light on the current new wave of materialisms and assesses the impact on literary theory and criticism. It maps the similarities and differences between speculative realism object-oriented philosophy and vitalism. A genealogy of materialisms vitalisms empiricisms and realist approaches - from Heraclitus to Badiou including Lucretius Spinoza Marx Althusser Barad Spivak Deleuze Bennett Harman and other contemporary thinkers - puts these new trends into perspective. This book investigates the relations between literature – from Marquis de Sade to objectivist poetry - and materialism and analyses the material aspects of literature its structure and texture its commodification and its capacity to resist market imperatives. It explores how literary style might be understood as a mediation between the ‘immaterial’ and the concrete features of a text. This volume provides students and academics with an accessible overview of the study of literature and materialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675704

Literature and Moral Economy in the Early Modern AtlanticElegant Sufficiencies Grounded in the literary history of early modern England this study explores the intersection of cultural attitudes and material practices that shape the acquisition circulation and consumption of resources at the turn of the seventeenth century. Considering a formally diverse and ideologically rich array of texts from the period - including drama poetry and prose as well as travel narrative and early modern political and literary theory - this book shows how ideas about what is considered 'enough' adapt to changing material conditions and how cultural forces shape those adaptations. Literature and Moral Economy in the Early Modern Atlantic traces how early modern English authors improvised new models of sufficiency that pushed back the threshold of excess to the frontier of the known world itself. The book argues that standards of economic sufficiency as expressed through literature moved from subsistence toward the increasing pursuit of plenty through plunder trade and plantation. Author Hillary Eklund describes what it means to have enough in the moral economies of eating travel trade land use and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882365

Literature and Nationalist IdeologyWriting Histories of Modern Indian Languages Writing histories of literature means making selections passing value judgments and incorporating or rejecting foregoing traditions. The book argues that in many parts of India literary histories play an important role in creating a cultural ethos. They are closely linked with nationalism in general and various regional ‘sub-nationalisms’ in particular. The contributors to this volume look at a great variety of aspects of the historiography of modern regional languages of India. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138502390

Literature and Philosophical Play in Early Childhood EducationA Humanities Based Approach to Research and Practice Literature and Philosophical Play in Early Childhood Education explores the role of philosophy and the humanities as pedagogy in early childhood educational research and practice arguing that research should attend to questions about education and growth that concern social structures individual development and existential aspects of learning. It demonstrates how we can think of pedagogy and educational practices in early childhood as artistic poetic and philosophical and exemplifies a humanities-based approach by giving literature and artful play a place in shaping the ground of practice and research. The book explores a range of alternative approaches to theory in education and the feasibility of a curriculum of moral values for young children and contains a variety of scenes involving children’s play and involvement with literature and fiction. It portrays how engaging with children’s play can be a philosophical and pedagogical investigation where children’s own philosophising is taken seriously where children’s thoughts are put on a par with established research and philosophy. Moreover the book engages with a range of different forms of literature – picture books novels auto-fiction poetry – and develops these as portrayals that serve as a basis for non-theoretical and poetic pedagogical research.Literature and Philosophical Play in Early Childhood Education will be of great interest to academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of philosophy and education. It will also appeal to upper-level undergraduates school psychologists teachers and therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582104

Literature and Politics in the Age of NationalismThe Progressive Episode in South Asia 1932-56 This book aims to provide a historical account of the All-India Progressive Writers Association (AIPWA). In a structured narrative it focuses on the political processes inside India events and circumstances in South Asia and the debates and literary movements in Europe and the United States to demonstrate how the literary project was specificall Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176310

Literature and Politics in the Nineteenth CenturyEssays The intention of this collection of essays first published in 1971 is to explore the political aspects of some nineteenth century English writers. Under the influence of the great revolutionary upheavals of the period almost all its most important writers were involved explicitly or otherwise in political ideas. This is an exploratory volume and will be of absorbing interest to anyone studying the interaction between literature and ideas in the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680708

Literature and Popular Culture in Early Modern England 1978 witnessed the publication of Peter Burke's groundbreaking study Popular Culture in Early Modern Europe. Now in its third edition this remarkable book has for thirty years set the benchmark for cultural historians with its wide ranging and imaginative exploration of early modern European popular culture. In order to celebrate this achievement and to explore the ways in which perceptions of popular culture have changed in the intervening years a group of leading scholars are brought together in this new volume to examine Burke's thesis in relation to England. Adopting an appropriately interdisciplinary approach the collection offers an unprecedented survey of the field of popular culture in early modern England as it currently stands bringing together scholars at the forefront of developments in an expanding area. Taking as its starting point Burke's argument that popular culture was everyone's culture distinguishing it from high culture which only a restricted social group could access it explores an intriguing variety of sources to discover whether this was in fact the case in early modern England. It further explores the meaning and significance of the term 'popular culture' when applied to the early modern period: how did people distinguish between high and low culture - could they in fact do so? Concluded by an Afterword by Peter Burke the volume provides a vivid sense of the range and significance of early modern popular culture and the difficulties involved in defining and studying it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250427

Literature and PovertyFrom the Hebrew Bible to the Second World War Literature and Poverty offers an engaging overview of changes in literary perceptions of poverty and the poor.  Part I of the book from the Hebrew Bible to the French Revolution provides essential background information. It introduces the Scriptural ideal of the ‘holy poor’ and the process by which biblical love of the poor came to be contested and undermined in European legislation and public opinion as capitalism grew and the state took over from the Church; Part II from the French Revolution to World War II shows how post-1789 problems of industrialization population growth war and urbanization came to dominate much European literature as poverty and the poor became central concerns of major writers such as Dickens Dostoyevsky and Hugo.    David Aberbach uses literature – from the Bible through Shakespeare Wordsworth Zola Pushkin and Orwell – to show how poverty changed from being an endemic and unavoidable fact of life to a challenge for equality that might be attainable through a moral and rational society. As a literary and social history of poverty this book argues for the vital importance of literature and the arts in understanding current problems in International Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367132736

Literature and Social Media From Instapoetry to BookTube contemporary literary cultures and practices are increasingly intertwined with social media. In this lively and wide-ranging study Bronwen Thomas explores how social media provides new ways of connecting with and rediscovering established literary works and authors while also facilitating the emergence of unique and distinctive forms of creative expression. The book takes a 360˚ approach to the subject combining analysis of current forms and practices with an examination of how social media fosters ongoing collaborative discourse amongst both informal and formal literary networks and demonstrating how the participatory practices of social media have the potential to radically transform how literature is produced shared and circulated. The first study of its kind to focus specifically on social media Literature and Social Media provides a timely and engaging account of the state of the art while interrogating the rhetoric that so often accompanies discussion of the ‘new’ in this context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789097

Literature and the Anthropocene The Anthropocene has fundamentally changed the way we think about our relation to nonhuman life and to the planet. This book is the first to critically survey how the Anthropocene is enriching the study of literature and inspiring contemporary poetry and fiction. Engaging with topics such as genre life extinction memory infrastructure energy and the future the book makes a compelling case for literature’s unique contribution to contemporary environmental thought. It pays attention to literature’s imaginative and narrative resources and also to its appeal to the emotions and its relation to the material world. As the Anthropocene enjoins us to read the signals the planet is sending and to ponder the traces we leave on the Earth it is also this book argues a literary problem. Literature and the Anthropocene maps key debates and introduces the often difficult vocabulary for capturing the entanglement of human and nonhuman lives in an insightful way. Alternating between accessible discussions of prominent theories and concise readings of major works of Anthropocene literature the book serves as an indispensable guide to this exciting new subfield for academics and students of literature and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543744

Literature and the BibleA Reader This book traces the emergence and development of Literature and the Bible as a field of scholarship presenting key critical essays alongside more recent criticism that explores new directions. The Western literary tradition has a long and complex relationship with the Jewish and Christian scriptures. Authors draw on the Bible in numerous ways and for different reasons and there is also the myriad of subconscious ways through which the biblical text enters literary culture. Biblical stories characters motifs and references permeate the whole of the literary tradition. In the last thirty years there has been a growth of critical interest in this relationship. In Literature and the Bible: A Reader the editors bring together a selection of the key critical and theoretical materials from this time providing a comprehensive resource for students and scholars. Each chapter contains: • An introduction from the editors contextualising the material within and alerting readers to some of the historic debates that feed into the extracts chosen • A set of previously published extracts of substantial length offering greater contextualisation and allowing the Reader to be used flexibly • Lists of further reading providing readers with a wide variety of other sources and perspectives. Designed to be used alongside the Bible and selected literary texts this book is essential reading for anyone studying Literature and the Bible in undergraduate English Religion and Theology degrees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415698535

Literature and The ContemporaryFictions and Theories of the Present At the end of the century much criticism has become devoted to `last things': the end of history the end of the subject the end of the novel the end even of the end. Literature and the Contemporary in contrast aims to provide through twelve essays evidence of the way in which the literature of the 1990s is constantly engaging in questions of memory and history and the representation of time in the present day.The essays in the book survey theories of temporality from various cultural and philosophical standpoints and represent critics writing from feminist postcolonial and `queer' perspectives discussing literature in `our time'. The collection addresses such central issues as the politics of memory colonial legacies women's time racial and sexual identities in the 1990s and covers a wide range of contemporary authors works and issues some of which are treated for the first time. Among the contemporary works discussed are the prize-winning books Graham Swift's Last Orders Anne Michaels' Fugitive Pieces and Jane Smiley's A Thousand Acres.While discussing some of the most significant novels of the 1990s this collection also offers a diverse yet cohesive critique of the millennial leanings of much `postmodernist' criticism which it argues should be replaced by more variously nuanced engagements with literature and the contemporary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172692

Literature and the Encounter with God in Post-Reformation England Each of the figures examined in this study”John Dee John Donne Sir Kenelm Digby Henry and Thomas Vaughan and Jane Lead”is concerned with the ways in which God can be approached or experienced. Michael Martin analyzes the ways in which the encounter with God is figured among these early modern writers who inhabit the shared cultural space of poets and preachers mystics and scientists. The three main themes that inform this study are Cura animarum the care of souls and the diminished role of spiritual direction in post-Reformation religious life; the rise of scientific rationality; and the struggle against the disappearance of the Holy. Arising from the methods and commitments of phenomenology the primary mode of inquiry of this study resides in contemplation not in a religious sense but in the realm of perception attendance and acceptance. Martin portrays figures such as Dee Digby and Thomas Vaughan not as the eccentrics they are often depicted to have been but rather as participating in a religious mainstream that had been radically altered by the disappearance of any kind of mandatory or regular spiritual direction a problem which was further complicated and exacerbated by the rise of science. Thus this study contributes to a reconfiguration of our notion of what ’religious orthodoxy’ really meant during the period and calls into question our own assumptions about what is (or was) ’orthodox’ and ’heterodox.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271289

Literature and the Glocal CityReshaping the English Canadian Imaginary The modern city is a space that can simultaneously represent the principles of its homeland alongside its own unique blend of the cultures that intermingle within its city limits.This book makes an intervention in Canadian literary criticism by foregrounding both ‘globalism ’ which is increasingly perceived as the state-of-the-art literary paradigm and the city. These are two significant axes of contemporary culture and identity that were previously disregarded by a critical tradition built around the importance of space and place in Canadian writing. Yet as relevant as the turn to the city and to globalism may be this collection’s most notable contribution lies in linking the notion of ‘glocality’ that is the intermeshing of local and global forces to representations of subjectivity in the material and figurative space of the Canadian city. Dealing with oppositional discourses as multiculturalism postcolonialism feminism diaspora and environmentalism this book is an essential reference for any scholar with an interest in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869762

Literature and the HumanCriticism Theory Practice Why does literature matter? What is its human value? Historical approaches to literature have for several decades prevailed over the idea that literary works can deepen our understanding of fundamental questions of existence. This book re-affirms literature's existential value by developing a new critical vocabulary for thinking about literature's human meaningfulness. It puts this vocabulary into practice through close reading of a wide range of texts from The Second Wakefield Shepherds’ Play to Mohsin Hamid’s The Reluctant Fundamentalist. Individual chapters discuss: Literature’s engagement of the emotions Literature’s humanisation of history Literature’s treatment of universals and particulars The depth of reflection provoked by literary works Literature as a special kind of seeing and framing The question at the heart of the volume of why literature matters makes this book relevant to all students and professors of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614672

Literature and the Idea of Luxury in Early Modern England Exploring the idea of luxury in relation to a series of neighboring but distinct concepts including avarice excess licentiousness indulgence vitality abundance and waste this study combines intellectual and cultural historical methods to trace discontinuities in luxury’s conceptual development in seventeenth-century England. The central argument is that as ’luxury’ was gradually Englished in seventeenth-century culture it developed political and aesthetic meanings that connect with eighteenth-century debates even as they oppose their so-called demoralizing thrust. Alison Scott closely examines the meanings of luxury in early modern English culture through literary and rhetorical uses of the idea. She argues that while ’luxury’ could and often did denote merely ’lust’ or ’licentiousness’ as it tends to be glossed by modern editors of contemporary works its cultural lexicon was in fact more complex and fluid than that at this time. Moreover that fuller understanding of its plural and shifting meanings-as they are examined here-has implications for the current intellectual history of the idea in Western thought. The existing narrative of luxury’s conceptual development is one of progressive upward transformation beginning with the rise of economic liberalism amidst eighteenth-century debates; it is one that assumes essential continuity between the medieval treatment of luxury as the sin of ’luxuria’ and early modern notions of the idea even as social practises of luxury explode in early seventeenth-century culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882495

Literature and the Image of ManVolume 2 Communication in Society This volume's predominant theme is bourgeois mentality and its historical development. The works of Lope de Vega Calderon Cervantes and Shakespeare among others are analysed within the historical framework of the decline of feudalism and the rise of the absolute regimes. Those of Moliere and Goethe are set against the background of an evolving and consolidating bourgeois society in Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412857000

Literature and the InternetA Guide for Students Teachers and Scholars First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440104

Literature and the Islamic CourtCultural life under al-Sahib Ibn 'Abbad Courts were the most important frameworks for the production performance and evaluation of literature in medieval Islamic civilization. Patrons vying for prestige attracted to their courts literary people who sought their financial support. The most successful courts assembled outstanding literary people from across the region. The court of the vizier and literary person al-Sahib Ibn Ê¿Abbad (326-385/938-995) in western Iran is one of the most remarkable examples of a medieval Islamic court with a sophisticated literary activity in Arabic (and to a lesser extent in Persian). Literature and the Islamic Court examines the literary activity at the court of al-Sahib and sheds light on its functional logic. It is an inquiry into the nature of a great medieval court where various genres of poetry and prose were produced performed and evaluated regularly. Major aspects examined in the book are the patterns of patronage selection and auditioning; the cultural codes and norms governing performance production and criticism; the interaction between the patron and courtiers and among the courtiers themselves; competition; genres as productive molds; the hegemonic literary taste; and the courtly habitus. This book reveals the significance these courts held as institutions that were at the heart of literary production in Arabic. Using primary medieval Arabic sources this book offers a comprehensive analysis of Islamic courts and as such is of key interest to students and scholars of Arabic literature Islamic history and medieval studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874513

Literature and the Metaphoric Universe in the Mind Nicolae Babuts believes that the study of metaphoric thought and literature can be enriched by the application of recent discoveries from neuroscientific c experiments. He maintains that metaphors are neither linguistic formations nor conceptual formations but instead the product of association of images and language. They are a matter of vision.Memory is an essential component in the creation of meaning and is the way the mind receives messages from the outside world. In this process of transferring data from the outside world the mind's overriding tendency is to integrate and interpret. Thus incoming messages are recognized and given meaning whether they are in harmony with the inner world of the mind or in confl ict with it.Babuts argues that the literature we read is related to our perception of reality. And reality has two identities: the physical identity of the outside world and its symbolic identity within memory. The symbolic identity of the outside world is represented internally by the metaphoric universe in the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856874

Literature and the Political Imagination This volume shows how modern political theory can be enriched through an engagement with works of literature. It uses the resources of literature to explore issues such as nationalism liberal philosophy utopiansim narrative and the role of theory in political thought.A variety of approaches are adopted and the aim is to show some of the many and diverse ways in which literature may enrich political theorising as well as considering some of the problems to which this may give rise. The theorists discussed include Richard Rorty Alasdair MacIntyre Charles Taylor and Martha Nussbaum. There are literary references from Greek tradegy Jonathan Swift Brian Moore Elizabeth Bowen and contemporary feminist utopian fiction.All the contributors have a long-standing interest in the relations between literature and moral and political thought. They are concerned not to be restricted by conventional academic boundaries and are not united by any party-line or uniformity of intellectual commitments. This volume will be of great interest to all students engaged in the study of politics and literature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203434420

Literature and the Renaissance Garden from Elizabeth I to Charles IIEngland’s Paradise Spanning the period from Elizabeth I's reign to Charles II's restoration this study argues the garden is a primary site evincing a progressive narrative of change a narrative that looks to the Edenic as obtainable ideal in court politics economic prosperity and national identity in early modern England. In the first part of the study Amy L. Tigner traces the conceptual forms that the paradise imaginary takes in works by Gascoigne Spenser and Shakespeare all of whom depict the garden as a space in which to imagine the national body of England and the gendered body of the monarch. In the concluding chapters she discusses the function of gardens in the literary works by Jonson an anonymous masque playwright and Milton the herbals of John Gerard and John Parkinson and the tract writing of Ralph Austen Lawrence Beal and Walter Blithe. In these texts the paradise imaginary is less about the body politic of the monarch and more about colonial pursuits and pressing environmental issues. As Tigner identifies during this period literary representations of gardens become potent discursive models that both inspire constructions of their aesthetic principles and reflect innovations in horticulture and garden technology. Further the development of the botanical garden ushers in a new world of science and exploration. With the importation of a new world of plants the garden emerges as a locus of scientific study: hybridization medical investigation and the proliferation of new ornamentals and aliments. In this way the garden functions as a means to understand and possess the rapidly expanding globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257825

Literature and the Scottish Reformation Throughout the twentieth century Scottish literary studies was dominated by a critical consensus that critiqued contemporary anti-Catholic by advancing a re-reading of the Reformation. This consensus understood that Scotland's rich medieval culture had been replaced with an anti-aesthetic tyranny of life and letters. As a result Scottish literature has consistently been defined in opposition to the Calvinism to which it frequently returns. Yet as the essays in this collection show such a consensus appears increasingly untenable in light both of recent research and a more detailed survey of Scottish literature. This collection launches a full-scale reconsideration of the series of relationships between literature and reformation in early modern Scotland. Previous scholarship in this area has tended to dismiss the literary value of the writing of the period - largely as a reaction to its regular theological interests. Instead the essays in this volume reinforce recent work that challenges the received scholarly consensus by taking these interests seriously. This volume argues for the importance of this religiously orientated writing through the adoption of a series of interdisciplinary approaches. Arranged chronologically the collection concentrates on major authors and texts while engaging with a number of contemporary critical issues and so highlighting for example writing by women in the period. It addresses the concerns of historians and theologians who have routinely accepted the established reading of this period of literary history in Scotland and offers a radically new interpretation of the complex relationships between literature and religious reform in early modern Scotland. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250410

Literature and the Social Order in Eighteenth-Century England Recent scholarship had emphasised the importance of a number of non-literary economic and social debates to the understanding of Augustan Literature. Debates over the place of land money credit and luxury in society as well as strands of radical thinking are prominent throughout the period. Originally published in 1984 this anthology of eighteenth century writings about contemporary society is divided into sections on the social order economics the poor and crime with a general introduction identifying some of the dominant social discourses of the period. They reflect the emergence of an embryonic capitalist society with its challenge to feudal ties and of a nascent bourgeois class. This collection of writings is not intended to provide material for an empirical historical account of these changes but to give some idea of the ideological terms in which they are perceived endorsed or contested by contemporaries; and provide a set of discursive contexts in which the imaginative literature of the period can be read. The texts themselves repay close analysis as the bearers of complex ideological positions and it is interesting to observe how for example Pope accommodates Shaftesbury and Mandeville in the Moral Essays. A fascinating anthology Literature and the Social Order in Eighteenth-Century England complete with editor’s introduction and notes on the passages aims to suggest lines of inquiry without offering a ‘total’ reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444662

Literature and the World Literature and the World presents a broad and multifaceted introduction to world literature and globalization. The book provides a brief background and history of the field followed by a wide spectrum of exemplary readings and case studies from around the world. Amongst other aspects of World Literature the authors look at: New approaches to digital humanities and world literature Ecologies of world literature Rethinking geography in a globalized world Translation Race and political economy Offering state of the art debates on world literature this volume is a superb introduction to the field. Its critically thoughtful approach makes this the ideal guide for anyone approaching World Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815384656

Literature and Theology as a Grammar of Assent Examining the roots of the relationship between literature and theology this book offers the first serious attempt to probe the deep theological purposes of the study of literature. Through an exploration of themes of evil forgiveness sacrament and what it means to be human David Jasper draws from international research and discussions on literature and theology and employs an historical and profoundly personal journey through the later part of the last century up to the present time. Combining fields such as bible and literature poetry and sacrament this book sheds new light on how Christian theology seeks to remain articulate in our global secular and multi-faith culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597290

Literature and TheologyNew Interdisciplinary Spaces This book explores current trends in the interdisciplinary study of literature and theology - an area of academic activity that has developed dramatically in the past twenty years. The field of study originated from the impetus to embrace the richness of imaginative resources in theological reflection and was stimulated by the re-emergence of the sacred in contemporary theory. Since the mid '90s critical theory has undergone a number of significant transformations theology has become a subject of public concern and the boundaries between sacred and cultural texts have become increasingly unstable. This book brings together the work of leading scholars in the field with that of emerging voices. Offering an important resource for the growing number of postgraduate courses exploring the relation between religion and culture in the contemporary context this book delineates current trends in interdisciplinary debate as well as tracing emerging configurations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409400110

Literature and TherapyA Systemic View Literature and Therapy: A Systemic View is an invitation to the world of literature drawing us into the creative and imaginative spaces which lie between readers and their choice of novels plays and poems. In this world the fundamental importance of emotion and intuition is recognised as is the power of literature to promote transforma Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325350

Literature and UnderstandingThe Value of a Close Reading of Literary Texts Literature and Understanding investigates the cognitive gain from literature by focussing on a reader’s close analysis of a literary text. It examines the meaning of ‘literature’ outlines the most prominent positions in the literary cognitivism debate explores the practice of close reading from a philosophical perspective provides a fresh account of what we mean by ‘understanding’ and in so doing opens up a new area of research in the philosophy of literature. This book provides a different reply to the challenge that we can’t learn anything worthwhile from reading literary fiction. It makes the innovative case that reading literary fiction as literature rather than as fiction stimulates five relevant senses of understanding. The book uses examples of irony metaphor play with perspective and ambiguity to illustrate this contention. Before arguing that these five senses of understanding bridge the gap between our understanding of a literary text and our understanding of the world beyond that text. The book will be of great interest for researchers scholars and post-graduate students in the fields of aesthetics literary theory literature in education and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367337056

Literature as Communication and Cognition in Bakhtin and Lotman This title first published in 1990 argues for the existence of a significant connection between the theories of literature and culture of Mikhail Mikhailovich Bakhtin (1895-1975) and Iurii Mikhailovich Lotman (1922-1993). There is general agreement in the academic or scholarly community that there is such a connection; however it is generally held to refer to Bakhtin’s influence on Lotman which he expressed late in his life. The major aim of this study meanwhile is to demonstrate that the critical theories of Lotman and Bakhtin are highly compatible independent of and prior to any direct influence. This title will be of interest to students of literature and literary theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693593

Literature Circles That Engage Middle and High School Students Engage your students with Literature Circles! This book will show you how to prepare your students to lead their own active focused discussion in small groups. Give your students the tools to engage with books and with each other. You can even incorporate film versions of classic texts into discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137776

Literature Education in the Asia-PacificPolicies Practices and Perspectives in Global Times The continual rise of English as a global lingua franca has meant that English literature both as a discipline and as a tool in ESL and EFL classrooms is being used in varied ways outside the inner circle of English. This edited collection provides an overview of English literature education in the Asia-Pacific in global times bringing to international attention a rich understanding of the trends issues and challenges specific to nations within the Asia-Pacific region. Comprising contributions from Australia China Hong Kong India Indonesia Malaysia Philippines Singapore and Vietnam the collection addresses the diversity of learners in different national cultural and teaching contexts. In doing so it provides insights into historical and current trends in literature education foregrounds specific issues and challenges in policymaking and implementation presents practical matters concerning text selection use of literature in the language classroom innovative practices in literature education and raises pressing and important questions about the nature purpose and importance of literature education in global times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272791

Literature for Young AdultsBooks (and More) for Contemporary Readers Now in its second edition this book explores a great variety of genres and formats of young adult literature while placing special emphasis on contemporary works with nontraditional themes protagonists and literary conventions that are well suited to young adult readers. It looks at the ways in which contemporary readers can access literature and share the works they're reading and it shows teachers the resources that are available especially online for choosing and using good literature in the classroom and for recommending books for their students’ personal reading. In addition to traditional genre chapters this book includes chapters on literary nonfiction; poetry short stories and drama; and film. Graphic novels diversity issues and uses of technology are also included throughout the text. The book's discussion of literary language—including traditional elements as well as metafictive terms—enables readers to share in a literary conversation with their peers (and others) when communicating about books. This book is an essential resource for preservice educators to help young adults understand and appreciate the excellent literature that is available to them. New to the second edition: New popular authors books and movies with a greater focus on diversity of literature Updated coverage of new trends such as metafiction a renewed focus on nonfiction and retellings of canonical works Increased attention to graphic novels and multimodal texts throughout the book eResources with downloadable materials including book lists awards lists and Focus Questions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478725

Literature in EnglishHow and Why Literature in English: How and Why is an accessible guide for students. It deals with the fundamental concepts of literary form and genre; the history of English-language literature from the medieval period to the present; relations between the study of literature and other disciplines; literary theory; researching a topic; and writing a paper. This new edition contains a brand new chapter which takes literary theory to another level using it to link literature to the issues that concern us most whether in our own lives or in the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. The book has also been fully updated throughout with significant additions to the introduction and further reading sections. Overall Literature in English: • Grounds the study of literature throughout by referencing a selection of well-known novels plays and poems • Examines the central questions that readers ask when confronting literary texts and shows how these make literary theory meaningful and necessary • Links British American and postcolonial literature into a coherent whole • Discusses film as literature and provides the basic conceptual tools needed to study film within a literature-course framework • Places particular emphasis on interdisciplinarity by examining the connections between the study of literature and other disciplines • Links literary theory to current global challenges placing special emphasis on new and evolving approaches such as ecocriticism new materialism and the spatial turn • Provides extensive guidance on further reading. Written in a clear and engaging style this is an essential guide for literature students around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228866

Literature in our LivesTalking About Texts from Shakespeare to Philip Pullman This book recreates in written form seventeen of the most popular frankly personal and engaging lectures on literature given by the award-winning teacher Richard Jacobs who has been working with students for over forty years. This is a book written for students whether starting their studies or more experienced and also for all lovers of literature. At its heart is the conviction that reading thinking about and writing or talking about literature involves us all personally: texts talk to us intimately and urgently inviting us to talk back intervening in and changing our lives. These lectures discuss in an open but richly informed way a wide range of texts that are regularly studied and enjoyed. They model what it means to be excited about reading and studying literature and how the study of literature can be life-changing - perhaps even with the effect of changing the lives of readers of this eloquent and remarkable book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189341

Literature Of Analytical ChemistryA Scientometric Evaluation First Published in 1987 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the Literature on Analytical Chemistry. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of journals Papers and References this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Chemistry and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367223069

Literature Of Modern Arabia First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760072

Literature of Travel and ExplorationAn Encyclopedia Containing more than 600 entries this valuable resource presents all aspects of travel writing. There are entries on places and routes (Afghanistan Black Sea Egypt Gobi Desert Hawaii Himalayas Italy Northwest Passage Samarkand Silk Route Timbuktu) writers (Isabella Bird Ibn Battuta Bruce Chatwin Gustave Flaubert Mary Kingsley Walter Ralegh Wilfrid Thesiger) methods of transport and types of journey (balloon camel grand tour hunting and big game expeditions pilgrimage space travel and exploration) genres (buccaneer narratives guidebooks New World chronicles postcards) companies and societies (East India Company Royal Geographical Society Society of Dilettanti) and issues and themes (censorship exile orientalism and tourism).For a full list of entries and contributors a generous selection of sample entries and more visit the Literature of Travel and Exploration: An Encyclopedia website. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203505335

Literature Politics & Theory First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852517

Literature Review and Research DesignA Guide to Effective Research Practice Designing a research project is possibly the most difficult task a dissertation writer faces. It is fraught with uncertainty: what is the best subject? What is the best method? For every answer found there are often multiple subsequent questions so it’s easy to get lost in theoretical debates and buried under a mountain of literature. This book looks at literature review in the process of research design and how to develop a research practice that will build skills in reading and writing about research literature—skills that remain valuable in both academic and professional careers. Literature review is approached as a process of engaging with the discourse of scholarly communities that will help graduate researchers refine define and express their own scholarly vision and voice. This orientation on research as an exploratory practice rather than merely a series of predetermined steps in a systematic method allows the researcher to deal with the uncertainties and changes that come with learning new ideas and new perspectives. The focus on the practical elements of research design makes this book an invaluable resource for graduate students writing dissertations. Practicing research allows room for experiment error and learning ultimately helping graduate researchers use the literature effectively to build a solid scholarly foundation for their dissertation research project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250379

Literature with A White HelmetThe Textual-Corporeality of Being Becoming and Representing Refugees Literature with A White Helmet explores issues of refugee writers contemporary works of fiction and nonfiction on the refugee’s body and experience the biopolitics of refugees and disputes over the ethicality of representing refugees by writers and human rights activists. The book relies on a broad selection of texts by authors who in one way or another have experienced displacement witnessed it imagined it or co-written about it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273590

Literatures of Exile in the English Revolution and its Aftermath 1640-1690 Original and thought-provoking this collection sheds new light on an important yet understudied feature of seventeenth-century England's political and cultural landscape: exile. Through an essentially literary lens exile is examined both as physical departure from England-to France Germany the Low Countries and America-and as inner mental withdrawal. In the process a strikingly wide variety of contemporary sources comes under scrutiny including letters diaries plays treatises translations and poetry. The extent to which the richness and disparateness of these modes of writing militates against or constructs a recognisable 'rhetoric' of exile is one of the book's overriding themes. Also under consideration is the degree to which exilic writing in this period is intended for public consumption a product of private reflection or characterised by a coalescence of the two. Importantly this volume extends the chronological range of the English Revolution beyond 1660 by demonstrating that exile during the Restoration formed a meaningful continuum with displacement during the civil wars of the mid-century. This in-depth and overdue study of prominent and hitherto obscure exiles conspicuously diverse in political and religious allegiance yet inextricably bound by the shared experience of displacement will be of interest to scholars in a range of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379589

Lithic Analysis at the Millennium The original research papers in the volume provide a broad review of current approaches to the study of lithic technology from the Palaeolithic to the present. The contributions address both with analytical techniques and interpretive issues. Collectively they increase our understanding of issues such as tool function means of production raw material sourcing and exchange systems and the evolution of human cognition social organization and symbolic behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405066

Lithium in NeuropsychiatryThe Comprehensive Guide The definitive textbook on the use of lithium in the treatment of mental disorders this comprehensive work provides an up-to-date analysis of lithium including: History Clinical applications including its use for mania bipolar and schizophrenic disorders Use in special populations for example in children  the elderly and people with medical conditions The effect on the body and behavior including neurological gastrointestinal cardiovascular and dermatological effects as well as those relating to the kidneys and thyroid Basic findings in pharmacology chemistry transport in the body pharmacokinetics signal transduction pathways immune function gene regulation. Practical issues such as guidelines for safe use discontinuation issues compliance intoxication and economics. Edited by top experts from the International Group for the Study of Lithium Treated Patients (IGSLi) Lithium in Neuropsychiatry: A Comprehensive Guide is a unique and vital resource for psychiatrists psychopharmacologists psychotherapists and neuroscientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138381292

Lithium-Ion Batteries and Solar CellsPhysical Chemical and Materials Properties Lithium-Ion Batteries and Solar Cells: Physical Chemical and Materials Properties presents a thorough investigation of diverse physical chemical and materials properties and special functionalities of lithium-ion batteries and solar cells. It covers theoretical simulations and high-resolution experimental measurements that promote a full understanding of the basic science to develop excellent device performance. Employs first-principles and the machine learning method to fully explore the rich and unique phenomena of cathode anode and electrolyte (solid and liquid states) in lithium-ion batteries Develops distinct experimental methods and techniques to enhance the performance of lithium-ion batteries and solar cells Reviews syntheses fabrication and measurements Discusses open issues challenges and potential commercial applications This book is aimed at materials scientists chemical engineers and electrical engineers developing enhanced batteries and solar cells for peak performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367686239

Lithium-Ion BatteriesAdvanced Materials and Technologies Written by a group of top scientists and engineers in academic and industrial R&D Lithium-Ion Batteries: Advanced Materials and Technologies gives a clear picture of the current status of these highly efficient batteries. Leading international specialists from universities government laboratories and the lithium-ion battery industry share their knowledge and insights on recent advances in the fundamental theories experimental methods and research achievements of lithium-ion battery technology. Along with coverage of state-of-the-art manufacturing processes the book focuses on the technical progress and challenges of cathode materials anode materials electrolytes and separators. It also presents numerical modeling and theoretical calculations discusses the design of safe and powerful lithium-ion batteries and describes approaches for enhancing the performance of next-generation lithium-ion battery technology. Due to their high energy density high efficiency superior rate capability and long cycling life lithium-ion batteries provide a solution to the increasing demands for both stationary and mobile power. With comprehensive and up-to-date information on lithium-ion battery principles experimental research numerical modeling industrial manufacturing and future prospects this volume will help you not only select existing materials and technologies but also develop new ones to improve battery performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439841280

Lithium-Ion BatteriesFundamentals and Applications Lithium-Ion Batteries: Fundamentals and Applications offers a comprehensive treatment of the principles background design production and use of lithium-ion batteries. Based on a solid foundation of long-term research work this authoritative monograph: Introduces the underlying theory and history of lithium-ion batteries Describes the key components of lithium-ion batteries including negative and positive electrode materials electrolytes and separators Discusses electronic conductive agents binders solvents for slurry preparation positive thermal coefficient (PTC) materials current collectors and cases Examines the assembly processes and electrochemical performance of lithium-ion batteries Explores applications in power tools electric vehicles aerospace and more Lithium-Ion Batteries: Fundamentals and Applications delivers a systematic overview of lithium-ion batteries from physical properties to manufacturing technologies. The book also supplies valuable insight into potential growth opportunities in this exciting market. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557338

Lithium-Ion BatteriesOverview Simulation and Diagnostics High-performance secondary batteries also called rechargeable or storage batteries are a key component of electric automobiles power storage for renewable energies load levellers of electric power lines base stations for mobile phones and emergency power supply in hospitals in addition to having application in energy security and realization of a low-carbon and resilient society. A detailed understanding of the physics and chemistry that occur in secondary batteries is required for developing next-generation secondary batteries with improved performance. Among various types of secondary batteries lithium-ion batteries are most widely used because of their high energy density small memory effect and low self-discharge rate. This book introduces lithium-ion batteries with an emphasis on their overview roadmaps and simulations. It also provides extensive descriptions of ion beam analysis and prospects for in situ diagnostics of lithium-ion batteries. The chapters are written by specialists in cutting-edge research on lithium-ion batteries and related subjects. The book will be a great reference for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level students researchers and engineers in electrochemistry nanotechnology and diagnostic methods and instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800402

Lithium-Ion SupercapacitorsFundamentals and Energy Applications The book provides a comprehensive understanding of the principles for operating lithium-ion supercapacitors (LISCs) their challenges technological trends and perspectives. LISC technology has high potential to replace conventional rechargeable batteries such as lead-acid and nickel metal hydride batteries for automotive portable electronics and stationary applications. The book offers detailed analysis of LISCs at the material component and system levels to evaluate the different approaches to their integration. It also discusses economics market manufacture and commercialization status of LISCs. It is an up-to-date study of an emerging field written by experts ideal for those in academia and industry who want a detailed explanation of the technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032194

Lithuanian DictionaryLithuanian-English English-Lithuanian An invaluable resource for linguists learners and users of Lithuanian this is the first dictionary of the language generally available in the West for a number of years. Special supplemental section includes a guide to Lithuanian pronunciation and grammar. Over 25 000 entries in each section make this a standard reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173774

Lithuanian: A Comprehensive Grammar Lithuanian: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to modern Lithuanian grammar. It includes detailed treatment of all grammatical structures and parts of speech and their semantic and grammatical categories: gender number case of nouns adjectives numerals and pronouns; degree of comparison of adjectives and adverbs; tense mood person transitivity aspect and voice of verbs. The morphology chapters describe the formation inflection and use of the different forms of every part of speech. Under syntax the syntactic relations and types of sentences the expression of questions and negation comparison word order and interpolation are described. All grammatical phenomena are illustrated with examples from the modern language. Descriptions of phonetics and accentuation as well as orthography and punctuation are also included. Lithuanian: A Comprehensive Grammar is an essential reference for learners and users of Lithuanian. It is suitable for independent study and use in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063617

LithuaniaStepping Westward Lithuania restored her independence after half a century of Soviet occupation in the immediate aftermath of the failed Moscow coup in August 1991. As the multi-national Soviet state disintegrated Lithuania evolved without war or violence from a communist state and a command economy to a liberal democracy a free market and a society guaranteeing human and minority rights. Lithuania therefore offers a notable example of peaceful transition all the more impressive in the light of the bloody conflict elsewhere in the former Soviet Union of Yugoslavia where the aspirations to independence of the constituent republics were either violently resisted or dissolved into inter-ethnic violence. Equally remarkable has been Lithuania's determination to 'return to Europe' after half a century of separation even at the price of submerging its recently restored sovereign rights in the supranational European Union. The cost of membership in western economic and security organizations are judged to be worth paying to prevent Lithuania's being drawn once again into a putative Russian sphere of influence. On the threshold of a new millennium therefore Lithuania has made a pragmatic accommodation to the demands of becoming a modern European state whilst vigorously resisting the dilution of her rich cultural and historical traditions. These twin themes of accommodation and resistance are Lithuania's historical legacy to the current generations of Lithuanians as they integrate into European institutions and continue the modernization process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203402740

LithuaniaThe Rebel Nation In 1990 Lithuania became the first Soviet republic to break with the communist empire by declaring the restitution of political independence. Depicting a country at the crossroads of imperial designs Vardys and Sedaitis trace the history development and ultimate triumph of the Lithuanian nation.They begin by exploring Lithuania's pagan ancestry Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316716

Litigating the Right to Health in AfricaChallenges and Prospects Health rights litigation is still an emerging phenomenon in Africa despite the constitutions of many African countries having provisions to advance the right to health. Litigation can provide a powerful tool not only to hold governments accountable for failure to realise the right to health but also to empower the people to seek redress for the violation of this essential right. With contributions from activists and scholars across Africa the collection includes a diverse range of case studies throughout the region demonstrating that even in jurisdictions where the right to health has not been explicitly guaranteed attempts have been made to litigate on this right. The collection focusses on understanding the legal framework for the recognition of the right to health the challenges people encounter in litigating health rights issues and prospects of litigating future health rights cases in Africa. The book also takes a comparative approach to litigating the right to health before regional human rights bodies. This book will be valuable reading to scholars researchers policymakers activists and students interested in the right to health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597825

Litigating Transnational Human Rights ObligationsAlternative Judgments Human rights have traditionally been framed in a vertical perspective with the duties of States confined to their own citizens or residents. Obligations beyond this territorial space have been viewed as either being absent or minimalistic at best. However the territorial paradigm has now been seriously challenged in recent years in part because of the increasing awareness of the ability of States and other actors to impact human rights far from home both positively and negatively. In response to this awareness various legal principles have come into existence setting out some transnational human rights obligations of varying degrees. However notwithstanding these initiatives judicial institutions and monitoring bodies continue to show an enormous hesitancy in moving beyond a territorial reading of international human rights law. This book addresses the issue in an innovative and challenging way by crafting legally sound hypothetical "judgments" from a number of adjudicatory fora. The judgments are based on real world situations where extraterritorial or transnational issues have emerged and draw on existing international human rights law albeit a progressive interpretation of this law. The book shows that there are a number of judicial and quasi-judicial systems where transnational human rights claims can and should be enforced. These include: the World Trade Organization; the International Court of Justice; the regional human rights monitoring bodies; domestic courts; and the UN treaty bodies. Each hypothetical judgment is accompanied by detailed commentary placing it in context in order to show how international human rights law can address issues of a transnational character. The book will be of interest to human scholars and lawyers practitioners activists and aid officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639508

Litigation Costs Funding and BehaviourImplications for the Law This collection explores the practical operation of the law in the area of litigation costs and funding and confronts the issue of how exposure to cost risks affects litigation strategy. It looks at the interaction of the relevant legal regime regulatory framework and disciplinary rules with the behaviour of litigants courts and legislatures examining subjects such as cost rules and funding arrangements. The book discusses a wide range of topics such as cost-shifting rules funding and mass tort litigation cost rules and third-party funding (TPF) rules in specific areas such as intellectual property (IP) litigation commercial arbitration investment arbitration the role of legal expense insurance arrangements fee regulation and professional ethics. The contributors include renowned scholars experts in their respective fields and well-versed individuals in both civil procedure and the practice of litigation arbitration and finance. Together they present a broad approach to the issues of costs cost-shifting rules and third-party funding. This volume adds to the existent literature in combining topics in law and practice and presents an analysis of the most recent developments in this fast developing area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024208

Litigation in the Technology and Construction Court The Technology and Construction Court ("TCC") deals with legal cases that often require specialist technical expertise. This can lead to complex and sometimes lengthy proceedings. In light of the Jackson reforms and developments in cost controls in the TCC the manner in which claims are handled is of paramount commercial importance to lawyers and lay clients alike.This book provides a practical but intellectually informative guide to dealing with proceedings in the TCC. Looking at the different types of claims which are commonly and not so commonly brought in this court it considers different potential approaches to such claims depending on the circumstances in which parties find themselves. This is a genuine practitioners’ guide with the principal focus on expeditious cost-effective case management. Construction practitioners at the Bar solicitors adjudicators arbitrators and in-house counsel alike will all find it an invaluable reference for their practice. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367733315

Litpop: Writing and Popular Music Bringing together exciting new interdisciplinary work from emerging and established scholars in the UK and beyond Litpop addresses the question: how has writing past and present been influenced by popular music and vice versa? Contributions explore how various forms of writing have had a crucial role to play in making popular music what it is and how popular music informs ’literary’ writing in diverse ways. The collection features musicologists literary critics experts in cultural studies and creative writers organised in three themed sections. ’Making Litpop’ explores how hybrids of writing and popular music have been created by musicians and authors. ’Thinking Litpop’ considers what critical or intellectual frameworks help us to understand these hybrid cultural forms. Finally ’Consuming Litpop’ examines how writers deal with music’s influence how musicians engage with literary texts and how audiences of music and writing understand their own role in making ’Litpop’ happen. Discussing a range of genres and periods of writing and popular music this unique collection identifies theorizes and problematises connections between different forms of expression making a vital contribution to popular musicology and literary and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669041

Little AngelsAn International Legal Perspective on Child Discrimination Following on from her previous nine books on discrimination law Anne-Marie Mooney Cotter now focuses on the goal of child equality. Examining issues of child labour and the relevant laws which are designed to protect the most vulnerable in our society the book explores the primary role of legislation and the judicial system and its impact on the fight for child rights and the ultimate goal of the end of inequality. The book considers the major common law countries of Australia and New Zealand Africa and South Africa Canada Mexico and the United States and the United Kingdom and Ireland as well as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the European Union Treaty in a historical and compelling analysis of discrimination worldwide. By providing a detailed examination of child rights and the law it will be an important read for those concerned with equality and empowering those most vulnerable to discrimination the children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279421

Little Ethiopia of the Pacific Northwest Little Ethiopia of the Pacific Northwest tells the story of the Ethiopian community in Seattle. The community began with approximately two dozen college students who came to the city during the Ethiopian revolution of 1974. These sojourning students earned college and university degrees but were unable to return home to use them to modernize the developing nation. These stranded students became pioneers who built a micro-community in inner-city Seattle.Providing background with an analysis of Seattle's geographic demographic social and economic challenges this volume studies the students who became asylum seekers; their falls in position power prestige; and the income of these elite and non-elite settlers. The authors analyze examples of those who became entrepreneurs and the ingenuity and determination they employed to start successful businesses.The authors examine the challenges imposed on them by a school system that assigned their children to grade levels according to age rather than knowledge. They explore how the American welfare system worked in practice and explain how and why Ethiopians die young in Seattle. This fascinating study will be of interest to sociologists ethnographers and regional analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511699

Little Ice Ages Vol1 Ed2 First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770245

Little Ice Ages Vol2 Ed2 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770269

Little Kids Big DilemmasYour parenting problems solved by science Fed up with conflicting advice? This book offers real answers to the following questions and more… Can sleep training harm my baby? Is screen time bad for my child? Is breast always best? Psychologist Dr Sarah Kuppen expert in early child development uses her scientific expertise to sort through the hype and give you the facts. Using the latest developmental research she provides practical tips and solves more than 50 familiar parent questions and dilemmas. Inside you will find advice on: • five ways to tame a tantrum • what to do if your child isn’t talking • the scientific facts on breast versus formula feeding • managing sibling fights and conflict. Little Kids Big Dilemmas is an essential guide for science-minded parents and childcare professionals alike. Reading this book will allow you to make informed decisions on the big topics for parenting in the early years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857919

Little Magazines & ModernismNew Approaches Little magazines made modernism happen. These pioneering enterprises were typically founded by individuals or small groups intent on publishing the experimental works or radical opinions of untried unpopular or underrepresented writers. Recently little magazines have re-emerged as an important critical tool for examining the local and material conditions that shaped modernism. This volume reflects the diversity of Anglo-American modernism with essays on avant-garde literary political regional and African American little magazines. It also presents a diversity of approaches to these magazines: discussions of material practices and relations; analyses of the relationship between little magazines and popular or elite audiences; examinations of correspondences between texts and images; feminist modifications of the traditional canon or histories; and reflections on the emerging field of periodical studies. All emphasize the primacy and materiality of little magazines. With a preface by Mark Morrisson an afterword by Robert Scholes and an extensive bibliography of little magazine resources the collection serves both as an introduction to little magazines and a reconsideration of their integral role in the development of modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276062

Little 'Red Scares'Anti-Communism and Political Repression in the United States 1921-1946 Anti-communism has long been a potent force in American politics capable of gripping both government and popular attention. Nowhere is this more evident that the two great 'red scares' of 1919-20 and 1946-54; the latter generally - if somewhat inaccurately - termed McCarthyism. The interlude between these two major scares has tended to garner less attention but as this volume makes clear the lingering effects of 1919-20 and the gathering storm-clouds of 'McCarthyism' were clearly visible throughout the 20s and 30s even if in a more low-key way. Indeed the period between the two great red scares was marked by frequent instances of political repression often justified on anti-communist grounds at local state and federal levels. Yet these events have been curiously neglected in the history of American political repression and anti-communism perhaps because much of the material deals with events scattered in time and space which never reached the intensity of the two great scares. By focusing on this twenty-five year 'interim' period the essays in this collection bridge the gap between the two high-profile 'red scares' thus offering a much more contextualised and fluid narrative for American anti-communism. In so doing the rationale and motivations for the 'red scares' can be seen as part of an evolving political landscape rather than as isolated bouts of hysteria exploding onto - and then vanishing from - the political scene. Instead a much more nuanced appreciation of the conflicting interests and fears of government politicians organised labour free-speech advocates employers and the press is offered which will be of interest to anyone wishing to better understand the political history of modern America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290501

Little Soundabout: Music Resources for Young Children with Profound Disabilities This innovative resource sets out simple everyday activities that use music and sound to enrich the lives of young children with profound and multiple learning disabilities. Each colourful card presents ideas that parents and others can do with the child in their care at home and when out and about. Activities are based on the Sounds of Intent framework of musical development – www.soundsofintent.org – and structured to promote an evolving sense of self engagement with others and an awareness of the wider world. A QR code on each card connects to specially created audio and visual materials that can be found on the Soundabout website – www.soundaboutfamily.org.uk. Features that make this an essential resource include: 48 cards that set out over 200 activities involving sound and music in an accessible way with no special skills or knowledge needed Access to audio files the pioneering ‘Soundabout Music Tracks’ that make music truly accessible to people with the most profound disabilities Created by Soundabout a UK-wide charity whose mission is to empower people with profound and multiple learning difficulties through music Little Soundabout is a unique resource that will enhance the lives of all learning-disabled young children aged 0–5 in the UK and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367555412

LITTLE WOMEN and THE FEMINIST IMAGINATIONCriticism Controversy Personal Essays First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798977

Litt's Drug Eruption & Reaction Manual Internationally relied upon by medical practitioners for its unparalleled focus on adverse effects and cutaneous reactions Litt’s Drug Eruption & Reaction Manual is a succinct clinical reference and essential drug-safety tool for patient care. This 27th edition is a comprehensively revised and updated quick reference and each entry includes:* Quantitative summaries of reports and incidence for reactions* Drug–drug interactions* Categories of adverse drug reactions eruptions and cutaneous reaction patterns* Essential reference information on prescription and over-the-counter drugs as well as herbals and supplements The book contains... * A to Z listing of the 1500 most consulted drug and herbal profiles including generic name and trade names; pharmaceutical company; indications; half-life; and pregnancy category* Over 31 000 adverse reactions and drug-eruption listings * Includes supplements vaccines and botanicals* Clinical definitions of common and severe adverse reactions* List of drugs that cause severe adverse reactions* List of main classes of drugs as a quick clinical reference guide* 27 tables of members of a class of drugs (such as statins or monoclonal antibodies) enabling clinicians to see at a glance whether a reaction is common to all drugs included in that class or to a majority of them or is known in only a handful—information that is critical for an informed decision to change drugs within the same class* 2 extensive tables showing reported genetic associations with cutaneous adverse drug reactions and recommendations regarding genetic screening to prevent cutaneous adverse drug reactions* A concordance of synonyms and trade names for ease of cross-reference Markets: Dermatologists Neurologists Oncologists Psychiatrists Pharmacists Family Physicians and those caring for patients on multiple medications such as Geriatricians and Hospital Generalist Physicians. Litt’s Drug Eruption & Reaction Manual is a succinct clinical reference derived from Litt’s Drug Eruption & Reaction Database located at www.drugeruptiondata.com which currently holds over 1750 drug profiles with almost 70 000 documented drug reactions as evidenced by well over 145 000 references on PubMed. Quick and easy access via the Litt app provides real time access to the most up-to-date drug safety information to a busy practitioner on-the-go. Subscribers to the database benefit from:* Easy access via the Litt app ideal for working across a number of work-places* Full drug profiles with a wealth of information including category half-life indications drug-drug interactions and known adverse reactions* Links to PubMed abstracts * Searching a class of drugs for a specific reaction* Searching by adverse reaction pattern* Searching by indication for a drug* Searching by drug name (generic name/brand name) as well as by pharmaceutical company or drug class* Searching herbal medicines and supplements* Diagnosing the cause of reactions in patients on multiple drugs by selecting the adverse reaction(s) experienced and the drug(s) the patient is taking* Comparing reaction profiles for up to four drugs in a customized chart that can be saved for future reference* Descriptions of reaction patterns* Photographs of adverse reactions* Access via a computer tablet or smartphone* Regular updates To learn more and to subscribe to the database visit www.drugeruptiondata.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367649531

Liturgical SpaceChristian Worship and Church Buildings in Western Europe 1500-2000 This is the first comprehensive and up-to-date account of the internal arrangement of church buildings in Western Europe between 1500 and 2000 showing how these arrangements have met the liturgical needs of their respective denominations Catholic and Protestant over this period. In addition to a chapter looking at the general impact of the Reformation on church buildings there are separate chapters on the churches of the Lutheran Reformed Anglican and Roman Catholic traditions between the mid-sixteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries and on the ecclesiological movement of the nineteenth century and the liturgical movement of the twentieth century both of which have impacted on all the churches of Western Europe over the past 150 years. The book is extensively illustrated with figures in the text and a series of plates and also contains comprehensive guides to both further reading and buildings to visit throughout Western Europe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592749

Liturgy and ArchitectureFrom the Early Church to the Middle Ages In this book Allan Doig explores the interrelationship of liturgy and architecture from the Early Church to the close of the Middle Ages taking into account social economic technical theological and artistic factors. These are crucial to a proper understanding of ecclesiastical architecture of all periods and together their study illuminates the study of liturgy. Buildings and their archaeology are standing indices of human activity and the whole matrix of meaning they present is highly revealing of the larger meaning of ritual performance within and movement through their space. The excavation of the mid-third-century church at Dura Europos in the Syrian desert the grandeur of Constantine's Imperial basilicas the influence of the great pilgrimage sites and the marvels of soaring Gothic cathedrals all come alive in a new way when the space is animated by the liturgy for which they were built. Reviewing the most recent research in the area and moving the debate forward this study will be useful to liturgists clergy theologians art and architectural historians and those interested in the conservation of ecclesiastical structures built for the liturgy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456600

Liturgy and Contemplation in Byrd's Gradualia William Byrd’s Gradualia is one of the most unusual and elaborate musical works of the English Renaissance. This large collection of liturgical music 109 pieces in all was written for clandestine use by English Catholics at a time when they were forbidden to practice their religion in public. When Byrd began to compose the Gradualia he turned from the penitential and polemical extravagances of his earlier Latin motets to the narrow carefully ordered world of the Counter-Reformation liturgy. It was in this new context cut off from his familiar practice of choosing colorful texts and setting them at length that he first wrote about the "hidden and mysterious power" of sacred words to evoke a creative response. Liturgy and Contemplation in Byrd’s Gradualia responds to Byrd’s own testimony by exploring how he read the texts of the Mass and the events of the church calendar. Kerry McCarthy examines early modern English Catholic attitudes toward liturgical practice meditation and what the composer himself called "thinking over divine things." She draws on a wide range of contemporary sources — devotional treatises commentaries on the Mass poetry memoirs letters and Byrd’s dedicatory prefaces — and revisits the Gradualia in light of this evidence. The book offers a case study of how one artist reimagined the creative process in the final decades of his life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138965249

Liturgy and Devotion in the Crusader States Examining liturgy as historical evidence has in recent years developed into a flourishing field of research. The chapters in this volume offer innovative discussion of the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem from the perspective of 'liturgy in history'. They demonstrate how the total liturgical experience which was visual emotional motile olfactory and aural can be analysed to understand the messages that liturgy was intended to convey. The chapters reveal how combining narrative sources with liturgical documents can help decode political circumstances and inter-group relations and decipher the core ideals of the community of Outremer. Moreover understanding the Latins’ liturgical activities in the Holy Land has much to contribute to our understanding of the crusade as an institution how crusade spirituality was practised on the ground in the Latin East and how people engaged with the crusading movement.This volume brings together eight original studies forwarded by the editors’ introduction on the liturgy of Jerusalem spanning the immediate pre-Crusade and Crusade period (11th-13th centuries). It demonstrates the richness of a focus on the liturgy in illuminating the social religious and intellectual history of this critical period of ecclesiastical self-assertion as well as conceptions of the sacred in this time and place.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Medieval History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583811

Liturgy and Society in Early Medieval Rome The liturgy the public worship of the Catholic Church was a crucial factor in forging the society of early medieval Rome. As the Roman Empire dissolved a new world emerged as Christian bishops stepped into the power vacuum left by the dismantling of the Empire. Among these potentates none was more important than the bishop of Rome the pope. The documents archaeology and architecture that issued forth from papal Rome in the seventh and eighth centuries preserve a precious glimpse into novel societal patterns. The underexploited liturgical sources in particular enrich and complicate our historical understanding of this period. They show how liturgy was the ’social glue’ that held together the Christian society of early medieval Rome - and excluded those who did not belong to it. This study places the liturgy center stage filling a gap in research on early medieval Rome and demonstrating the utility of investigating how the liturgy functioned in medieval Europe. It includes a detailed analysis of the papal Mass the central act of liturgy and the most obvious example of the close interaction of liturgy social relations and power. The first extant Mass liturgy the First Roman Ordo is also given a new presentation in Latin here with an English translation and commentary. Other grand liturgical events such as penitential processions are also examined as well as more mundane acts of worship. Far from a pious business with limited influence the liturgy established an exchange between humans and the divine that oriented Roman society to God and fostered the dominance of the clergy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600822

Liturgy and the Beauty of the UnknownAnother Place Contemporary culture is rediscovering the importance of beauty for both social transformation and personal happiness. Theologians have sought in their varied ways to demonstrate how God's beauty is associated with notions of truth and goodness. This book breaks new ground by suggesting that liturgy is the means par excellence by which an experience of beauty is communicated. Drawing from both secular and religious understandings in particular the mystical and apophatic tradition the book demonstrates how liturgy has the potential to achieve the one ultimately reliable form of beauty because its embodied components are able to reflect the disturbing beauty of the One to whom worship is always offered. Such components rely on understanding the aesthetic dynamics upon which liturgy relies. This book draws from a broad range of disciplines concerned with understanding beauty and self-transformation and concludes that while secular utopian forms have much to contribute to ethical transformation they ultimately fail since they lack the Christological and eschatological framework needed which liturgy alone provides. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250366

Liturgy Ethiopian Church First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979932

Liturgy in the Age of ReasonWorship and Sacraments in England and Scotland 1662–c.1800 Worship has always been affected by its surrounding culture. This book examines the changing perspectives in and discussions on worship styles and practices from the Restoration to the death of Wesley in England and Scotland. Moving beyond the text Spinks grounds the discussion within the changing cultural and intellectual framework of the period referred to as the Enlightenment. The focus is the end of the early modern period when already the upheaval of the English Civil War the methods of the Cambridge Platonists and the thinking of Descartes and Spinoza were making the period one of transition and Newtonian thought and the thought of John Locke impacted theological thought and worship forms. It is against this framework that the worship in England and Scotland will be described and assessed. As well as published and unpublished liturgical documents this book draws on contemporary accounts and descriptions of worship catechisms sermons and theological works and contemporary diaries. Musical and architectural changes are also noted particularly the late seventeenth century hymns of Richard Davies of Rothwell Joseph Stennett and Benjamin Keach. This book places worship in the society which it served and from which changes sprang. It explores the interaction of cultural thought and worship drawing parallels between the Enlightenment period and problems of late modernity and the worship wars of the late twentieth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250359

Liturgy WarsRitual Theory and Protestant Reform in Nineteenth-Century Zurich The nineteenth century was a period of intense religious conflict across Europe as people confronted the major changes brought by modernity. In Zurich one phase of this religious conflict was played out in a struggle over revisions to the ritual of baptism. In its analysis of the Zurich conflict Liturgy Wars offers a strategy for understanding the links between theology ritual and socio-politics. Theodore M. Vial offers a new perspective on contemporary ritual studies - and critiques the cognivist approaches of Lawson and McCauley as well as Catherine Bell's analysis of power and the body - by reintergrating the imporatance of speech acts into considerations of ritual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865050

Liu Hung-Chang and China's Early Modernization This is a study of Li Hung-chang which represents a collaboration of Li experts among Chinese and Western scholars. The biography examines the beginnings of China's modernisation; the Confucian as a patriot and pragmatist; his formative years 1823-1866; and other aspects of his life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484693

Liu Shaoqi and the Chinese Cultural Revolution By addressing the issues that decimated China's monolithic elite in the late 1960s this text illuminates not only the life and fate of Liu Shaoqi but also the policy-making process of a revolutionary state facing the diverting exigencies of economic modernization and political development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702827

Livable Cities from a Global Perspective Livable Cities from a Global Perspective offers case studies from around the world on how cities approach livability. They address the fundamental question what is considered "livable?" The journey each city has taken or is currently taking is unique and context specific. There is no such thing as a one-size-fits-all approach to livability. Some cities have had a long history of developing livability policies and programs that focus on equity economic and environmental concerns  while other cities are relatively new to the game. In some areas government has taken the lead while in other areas grassroots activism has been the impetus for livability policies and programs. The challenge facing our cities is not simply developing a livability program. We must continually monitor and readjust policies and programs to meet the livability needs of all people. The case studies investigate livability issues in such cities as Austin Texas; Helsinki Finland; London United Kingdom; Warsaw Poland; Tehran Iran; Salt Lake City United States; Rio de Janeiro Brazil; Sydney Australia; and Cape Town South Africa. The chapters are organized into such themes as livability in capital city regions livability and growth and development livability and equity concerns livability and metrics and creating livability. Each chapter provides unique insights into how a specific area has responded to calls for livable cities. In doing so the book adds to the existing literature in the field of livable cities and provides policy makers and other organizations with information and alternative strategies that have been developed and implemented in an effort to become a livable city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696754

Live ArchitectureVenues Stages and Arenas for Popular Music Live Architecture explores the physical form of popular music performance space from 1960 to the present day. This book quantifies the factors that determine what makes a venue successful focusing on both famous and less well-known examples from the smallest barroom music space to the largest stadium-filling rock set. It draws on the author’s extensive research expertise in the field of temporary and portable architecture in the development of general contemporary architectural design and personal experience of music performance. Including a range of case studies the book analyses some of the most significant popular music venues events and landmarks in the world. The detail of how a venue is created how it is constructed and the acoustic and visual environmental factors that impact on its success are examined here. Highly illustrated throughout with design drawings plans and full colour photographs this book provides a comprehensive overview of the architecture of live popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415561921

Live Art in LAPerformance in Southern California 1970 - 1983 Live Art in LA: Performance Art in Southern California 1970-1983 documents and critically examines one of the most fecund periods in the history of live art. The book forms part of the Getty Institute’s Pacific Standard Time initiative – a series of exhibitions performance re-enactments and research projects focused on the greater Los Angeles area. This extraordinary volume beautifully edited by one of the leading scholars in the field makes vivid the compelling drama of performance history on the west coast. Live Art in LA: moves lucidly between discussions of legendary figures such as Judy Chicago and Chris Burden and the crucial work of less-celebrated solo artists and collectives; examines the influence of key institutions particularly Los Angeles Contemporary Exhibitions and the California Institute of the Arts – and the Feminist Art Programme established at the latter; features original and incisive essays by Peggy Phelan and Amelia Jones and eloquent contributions by Michael Ned Holte Suzanne Lacy and Jennifer Flores Sternad. Combining cutting-edge research with over 100 challenging and provocative photographs and video stills Live Art in LA represents a major re-evaluation of a crucial moment in performance history. And as performance studies becomes ever more relevant to the history of art promises to become a vital and enduring resource for students academics and artists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684231

Live Audio: The Art of Mixing a Show A live sound engineer's world revolves around the venue. Whether you find yourself working in a cozy club or an expansive concert arena every location has challenges. It takes more than plugging in a few amplifiers and turning up the volume full blast to get the job done. Experience and ingenuity are needed to ensure that the band's sound is always at its best. Live Audio is a practical hands-on 'in the trenches' guide to mixing and live sound from an author with years of professional experience. Combining a lively writing style and real world examples with essential details covering the technical and practical aspects of working a live show Live Audio gives you a real-world look into working a live venue.Learn the technical practical and political aspects of the job.Choosing the right equipmentBeing creative with the tools you are givenLetting your mixes become more instinctual Understand the important elements of live mixingWorking with the band Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138406490

Live AudioThe Art of Mixing a Show NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315666990

Live CompanyPsychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Autistic Borderline Deprived and Abused Children Children whose minds as well as bodies have been damaged by the intrusions of sexual abuse violence or neglect and others quite different who are handicapped by their own mysterious sensitivities to more minor deprivations may experience a type of black despair and cynicism that require long-term treatment and test the stamina of the psychotherapist to the utmost.In Live Company Anne Alvarez reflects on thirty years' experience of treating autistic psychotic and borderline children and adolescents by the methods of psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Central to the book is the moving story on an autistic child's long struggle between sanity and madness in which the author describes the arduous journey that she as therapist and he as patient made towards new understanding and his partial recovery.Modern developments in psychoanalytic theory and technique mean that such children can be treated with some success. In the book the author discusses these developments and also describes some of the areas of convergence and divergence between organicist and psychodynamicist theories of autism. Particularly important is her integration of psychoanalytic theory with the new findings in infant development and infant psychiatry. This has enabled her to formulate some new and exciting ideas and speculate on the need for some additions to established theory.Anne Alvarez has produced a professionally powerful and englightening book drawn from her extensive experience as a child psychotherapist at the Tavistock Clinic which will be of interest to all professionals involved with children and adolescents as well as anyone interested in madness and the growth of the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128606

Live Electronic MusicComposition Performance Study During the twentieth century electronic technology enabled the explosive development of new tools for the production performance dissemination and conservation of music. The era of the mechanical reproduction of music has rather ironically opened up new perspectives which have contributed to the revitalisation of the performer’s role and the concept of music as performance. This book examines questions related to music that cannot be set in conventional notation reporting and reflecting on current research and creative practice primarily in live electronic music. It studies compositions for which the musical text is problematic that is non-existent incomplete insufficiently precise or transmitted in a nontraditional format. Thus at the core of this project is an absence. The objects of study lack a reliably precise graphical representation of the work as the composer or the composer/performer conceived or imagined it. How do we compose perform and study music that cannot be set in conventional notation? The authors of this book examine this problem from the complementary perspectives of the composer the performer the musical assistant the audio engineer the computer scientist and the musicologist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869267

Live Music ProductionInterviews with UK Pioneers This book presents the days of live music production in the UK spanning the late '60s to the mid-'80s when rock music was enjoying a meteoric rise in popularity. The author Richard Ames will take you on a true behind-the-scenes journey of discovery. You’ll learn who the people were where they came from and how they went on to pioneer the first companies that would become the lifeblood of a unique industry. The interviews contained in this book record and present the raw stories of a few of the original innovators who set the stage for their performers but also for the hundreds of technicians who would tour the world following in their footsteps. The pioneers presented in these interviews share with the reader countless candid anecdotes that convey how their curious enthusiasm energy dedication and general can-do attitude was the driving force behind the creation of the many companies we know of as common place today. The book presents interviews that span varied aspects of live music production including lighting sound rigging staging trucking bussing and catering. Live Music Production captures a piece of social history that promises to inform entertain and delight. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373728

Live Sex ActsWomen Performing Erotic Labor Drawing on more than fifty interviews in both the US and the Netherlands Wendy Chapkis captures the wide-ranging experiences of women performing erotic labor and offers a complex multi-faceted depiction of sex work. Her expansive analytic perspective encompasses both a serious examination of international prostitution policy as well as hands-on accounts of contemporary commercial sexual practices. Scholarly but never simply academic this book is explicitly grounded in a concern for how competing political discourses work concretely in the world--to frame policy and define perceptions of AIDS to mobilize women into opposing camps to silence some agendas and to promote others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811512

Liveable Cities: Urbanising WorldISOCARP 07 This book is about the unprecedented challenges facing the world’s cities as they expand and develop in response to demographic change human aspirations and the forces of globalization. Most of that growth is taking place in the developing countries and it is here that the megacities (places with over ten million people) seem destined to emerge during the next few decades. While there are considerable variations in the rates of city expansion between and within the different world regions much of that growth has taken place as formless urban sprawl as well as the slums and squatter settlements to be found in many of the world’s cities. These urbanizing areas face acute economic social and environmental problems. They stem from amongst other things fundamental changes in the nature of work the economic crisis that began in 2008 the continuing and often growing inequalities within the urban population and from the severe pollution and hazardous living conditions that afflict many urban communities. Without suitable action to address them those problems are likely to worsen as the effects of human induced climate change become ever more apparent. So how can our cities become truly liveable places? Published in tandem with ISOCARP’s 47th World Congress held in Wuhan China the many case studies in this publication describe new planning and other approaches that seek to create more sustainable more liveable cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509565

Lived Economies of DefaultConsumer Credit Debt Collection and the Capture of Affect Consumer credit borrowing – using credit cards store cards and personal loans – is an important and routine part of many of our lives. But what happens when these everyday forms of borrowing go ‘bad’ when people start to default on their loans and when they cannot or will not repay? It is this poorly understood controversial but central part of both the consumer credit industry and the lived experiences of an increasing number of people that this book explores.Drawing on research from the interior of the debt collections industry as well as debtors' own accounts and historical research into technologies of lending and collection it examines precisely how this ever more sophisticated globally connected market functions. It focuses on the highly intimate techniques used to try and recoup defaulting debts from borrowers as well as on the collection industry’s relationship with lenders. Joe Deville follows a journey of default from debtors’ borrowing practices to the intrusion of collections technologies into their homes and everyday lives to the collections organisation to attempts by debtors to seek outside help. In the process he shows how to understand this particular market we need to understand the central role played within it by emotion and affect. By opening up for scrutiny an area of the economy which is often hidden from view this book makes a major contribution both to understanding the relationship between emotion and calculation in markets and the role of consumer credit in our societies and economies. This book will be of interest to students teachers and researchers in a range of fields including sociology anthropology cultural studies economics and social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867225

Lived Experiences of MulticultureThe New Social and Spatial Relations of Diversity In an increasingly ethnically diverse society debates about migration community cultural difference and social interaction have never been more pressing.Drawing on the findings from a two-year qualitative Economic and Social Research Council funded study of different locations across England Lived Experiences of Multiculture uses interdisciplinary perspectives to examine the ways in which complex urban populations experience negotiate accommodate and resist cultural difference as they share a range of everyday social resources and public spaces. The authors present novel ways of re-thinking and developing concepts such as multiculture community and conviviality whilst also repositioning debates which focus on conflict models for understanding cultural differences.Amidst highly charged arguments over the social relations of belonging and the meanings of local and national identities this timely volume will appeal to advanced undergraduate students and graduate students interested in fields such as Race and Ethnicity Studies Sociology Urban Studies Human Geography and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877378

Lived Experiences of Women in AcademiaMetaphors Manifestos and Memoir Lived Experiences of Women in Academia shares meaningful stories of women working in the academy from numerous disciplines backgrounds and countries to unveil the complex and distinct dimensionalities they experience in their life and work. Chapters are written using a range of responsive personal and aesthetic techniques including metaphor manifesto and memoir with reflections inspired by textiles online blogs and forums theatre creative writing fiction and popular culture. They engage with themes and ideas including gender roles family-making work-life balance motherhood institutional violence and harassment and the self and identity revealing how these uniquely manifest for women in academia. This collection takes account of the experiences of female academics from previous decades and the experiences of those to come as well as those outside the academic system entirely. Lived Experiences of Women in Academia aims to liberate thinking around the life of a female academic through collaborative storytelling and discussion to encourage new conversations and connections between women in academia across the globe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890940

Lived Islam in South AsiaAdaptation Accommodation and Conflict South Asia is probably the largest area in the world where Islam exists within a mixed composite culture overlapping with several other religions. No matter how many origins of political conflicts one may find in the domain of culture and religion there are at the same time elements of peaceful co-existence as well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099999

Lived Religion and Gender in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe This study is an exploration of lived religion and gender across the Reformation from the 14th–18th centuries. Combining conceptual development with empirical history the authors explore these two topics via themes of power agency work family sainthood and witchcraft. By advancing the theoretical category of ‘experience’ Lived Religion and Gender reveals multiple femininities and masculinities in the intersectional context of lived religion. The authors analyse specific case studies from both medieval and early modern sources such as secular court records to tell the stories of both individuals and large social groups. By exploring lived religion and gender on a range of social levels including the domestic sphere public devotion and spirituality this study explains how late medieval and early modern people performed both religion and gender in ways that were vastly different from what ideologists have prescribed. Lived Religion and Gender covers a wide geographical area in western Europe including Italy Scandinavia and Finland making this study an invaluable resource for scholars and students concerned with the history of religion the history of gender the history of the family as well as medieval and early modern European history. The Introduction of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license and is available here: https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781351003384_oaintroduction.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544581

Livelihoods Natural Resources and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding Sustaining and strengthening local livelihoods is one of the most fundamental challenges faced by post-conflict countries. By degrading the natural resources that are essential to livelihoods and by significantly hindering access to those resources conflict can wreak havoc on the ability of war-torn populations to survive and recover. This book explores how natural resource management initiatives in more than twenty countries and territories have supported livelihoods and facilitated post-conflict peacebuilding. Case studies and analyses identify lessons and opportunities for the more effective design of interventions to support the livelihoods that depend on natural resources – from land to agriculture forestry fisheries and protected areas. The book also explores larger questions about how to structure livelihoods assistance as part of a coherent integrated approach to post-conflict redevelopment. Livelihoods and Natural Resources in Post-Conflict Peacebuilding is part of a global initiative to identify and analyze lessons in post-conflict peacebuilding and natural resource management. The project has generated six books of case studies and analyses with contributions from practitioners policy makers and researchers. Other books in this series address high value resources land water assessing and restoring natural resources and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712330

Livelihoods and LearningEducation For All and the marginalisation of mobile pastoralists Current paradigms of ‘development’ generally serve mobile pastoralist groups poorly: their visibility in policy processes is minimal and their mobility is constructed by the powerful as a ‘problem’ rather than as a rational livelihood strategy. Increasingly damaged eco-systems shrinking natural resources globalisation and urbanisation all put pressure on pastoralist livelihoods. Such processes often worsen rather than alleviate poverty and socio-economic marginalisation among pastoralists but they also precipitate engagement with forms of education that may improve their future livelihood security and social status and enhance occupational diversification. Opening with a discussion of how the relationships between education poverty and development have been conceived in dominant development discourses this book reviews the disappointing international experience of education provision to mobile pastoralist groups. It highlights a lack of sufficient flexibility and relevance to changing livelihoods and more fundamentally education’s conceptual location within a sedentarist paradigm of development that is antagonistic to mobility as a legitimate livelihood strategy. These global themes are examined in India where policy and practices of education inclusion for mobile marginalised groups are critiqued. Empirically-based chapters drawing on ethnographic research provide detailed insights into how the Rabaris of Kachchh – a pastoralist community in Gujarat Western India – engage with education as a social and economic development strategy for both adults and children and show how ethnographic and participatory research approaches can be used for policy advocacy for marginalised groups. Livelihoods and Learning highlights the complex contested and often inconsistent role of education in development and the social construction of poverty and calls for a critical reappraisal of the notion of ‘education’. The book will be key reading for postgraduates and academics in education development studies international and comparative education and research methodology as well as policy-makers ministries and related agencies with responsibility for education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556300

Livelihoods at the MarginsSurviving the City Sex workers street hawkers drug sellers cleaners—they are people living on the margins of urban life who are ubiquitous but widely misunderstood and notably absent from mainstream economic analyses. In Livelihood on the Margins anthropologists and practitioners engaged in hands-on development work use fine-grained ethnographic research to cut through the conventional narratives that romanticize victimize or demonize these populations. They go beyond the trendy “sustainable livelihoods” approach to development to examine the relationship between the agency people can actually wield over their own lives and the broader socio-political constraints that persistently push them to the margins. Making these multi-level connections across a wide range of world regions and situations this volume shows how the micro-concerns of ordinary people might usefully guide the macro-concerns of governments NGOs and global institutions who are engineering large-scale social and economic development programs. Livelihood at the Margins is an engaging and eye-opening read for undergraduate and graduate students studying development in anthropology sociology geography economics and other disciplines as well as a useful tool for developments studies researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425290

Liveness in Modern MusicMusicians Technology and the Perception of Performance This study investigates the idea and practice of liveness in modern music. Understanding what makes music live in an ever-changing musical and technological terrain is one of the more complex and timely challenges facing scholars of current music where liveness is typically understood to represent performance and to stand in opposition to recording amplification and other methods of electronically mediating music. The book argues that liveness itself emerges from dynamic tensions inherent in mediated musical contexts—tensions between music as an acoustic human utterance and musical sound as something produced or altered by machines. Sanden analyzes liveness in mediatized music (music for which electronic mediation plays an intrinsically defining role) exploring the role this concept plays in defining musical meaning. In discussions of music from both popular and classical traditions Sanden demonstrates how liveness is performed by acts of human expression in productive tension with the electronic machines involved in making this music whether on stage or on recording. Liveness is not a fixed ontological state that exists in the absence of electronic mediation but rather a dynamically performed assertion of human presence within a technological network of communication. This book provides new insights into how the ideas of performance and liveness continue to permeate the perception and reception of even highly mediatized music within a society so deeply invested on every level with the use of electronic technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107977

Liver Metabolism and Fatty Liver Disease Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease is one of the most common liver diseases worldwide affecting patients from all ages races and ethnic backgrounds. It comprises a spectrum of hepatic pathology ranging from simple steatosis in which there is an increase of fat accumulation in hepatocytes to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis and cirrhosis. The significant prevalence of this disease—between 15 and 45 percent of the general population—means that it contributes to an increased burden of ill health both today and in the future. Liver Metabolism and Fatty Liver Disease addresses the current understanding of the development of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease as well as the clinical aspects of the disease by examining the current knowledge surrounding metabolism in the liver. The book discusses various topics including the involvement of oxidative stress metabolic effects and inflammation as well as the effect of nutrition on the development and progression of the disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482212457

Lives Across Time/Growing UpPaths to Emotional Health and Emotional Illness from Birth to 30 in 76 People Follow seventy-six children from birth to thirty to learn about their various developmental life paths and their influences. Children traverse continuous or discontinuous courses. This book describes their life stories which may transform and enrich the reader's life. In working with these people the authors heard something basic: stories people Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325367

Lives ElsewhereMigration and Psychic Malaise This book offers English-speaking readers one of the best examples of continental European approaches to working psychologically with refugees and migrants combining ethnopsychiatric elements with insights from systemic approaches and from the theory and practice of narrative psychotherapies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325374

Lives in ArchitectureTerry Farrell Terry Farrell is one of Britain’s most influential architects of the twenty-first century. Offering a compelling personal account of his life in architecture as an influential postmodern designer architect-planner and principal of a leading global practice this autobiography includes anecdotes and invaluable insights into Terry’s life and work from the 1940s to the present day. An inside view of what it’s like to be an architect at the top of his profession this book also highlights what it takes to develop a successful international practice.  Offers the inside view of what it is like to be an architect at the top of his profession including insights into the defining projects and watershed moments of Sir Terry Farrell's career  Provides the inside story on some of Terry Farrell’s most significant buildings and projects including Charing Cross Station The MI6 Building Alban Gate and Beijing South Railway Station Abundantly illustrated with over 80 images including personal photos and images of key buildings. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469330

Lives in ExileExploring the Inner World of Tibetan Refugees This book explores the devastating consequences and psychological ruptures of refugeehood as it evocatively recounts the life histories of dislocated Tibetans expelled from their homes since 1959. Following the genre of a story the book offers dynamic understandings of unconscious processes and the intergenerational transmission of trauma across generations of an exiled and internally displaced people. The book analyses the paradoxical spaces which Tibetans in exile occupy as they strive to preserve their cultural and spiritual heritage rituals religion and language while also dynamically remoulding themselves to adapt to their living realities. Presenting a nuanced picture it narrates stories of refugees political prisoners and survivors of torture along with stories of loss and angst cultural celebrations and political demonstrations. The author in this new edition highlights and explores the art artists and poetry in the exiled community. The volume also looks at the significance of Buddhism and the philosophy of the Dalai Lama for the people in exile and the personal and collective will of the community to connect their lost past to a living present and an imagined future. Rooted in the psychoanalytical tradition this book will be of interest to psychologists sociologists political scientists scholars of literature and arts and aesthetics. It will also appeal to those interested in Sino-Tibetan relations Buddhist studies South Asian Studies cultural and peace studies and those working with refugees and displaced persons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367534370

Lives in ExileExploring the Inner World of Tibetan Refugees This book recounts the life stories - stories of loss and hope of anxieties and aspirations - of generations of exiled Tibetans living in India since the late 1950s after the Chinese takeover of Tibet. Located in the realm of psycho-historical analysis this work has a dual focus in interpreting and analyzing these life stories. First a consistent effort is made to unravel the psychologically devastating consequences following refugeehood and torture. A simultaneous focus searches for symbols of human resilience - the opening up of creative possibilities and a return to renewed meanings in the lives of these exiles. Two central symbols of continuity among this community which are discussed are the Dalai Lama and the philosophy of Buddhism. This is a unique book that looks at issues of contemporary interest and relevance to the Tibetan community today providing a different view of their ‘place’ in the wider political sphere. Lives in Exile - Exploring the World of Tibetan Refugees will be of interest to scholars in the fields of psychology history and refugee studies and to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138380257

Lives in MusicMobility and Change in a Global Context Lives in Music analyses interwoven patterns of mobility change and power in music and dance practices. It challenges some commonly accepted conceptual tools that are ubiquitous in anthropology today including cultural hybridity transnational networks and globalization. Based on seven “itineraries” that are the result of extensive ethnographic long-term field research efforts the processes of geographic and social mobility transformation and power relative to music and dance practices are explored in different parts of the world. Seven writers provide life stories constructed through ethnographic techniques and life histories and supported by a deep knowledge of local customs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358706

Lives in Time and PlaceThe Problems and Promises of Developmental Science Time and place are of the greatest significance for scientific inquiry about human lives. As we seek to better understand the nature and rhythm of the life course in modern societies its effective analysis and explanation simultaneously becomes more pressing and more complicated. This information is crucial for developing and reforming social policies services and interventions aimed at improving human development and welfare. Yet as our scientific treatments have become more elaborate they have also become more fragmented within and between academic disciplines across the study of specific life periods and by method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784214

Lives in TransitAn Ethnographic Study of Refugees’ Subjectivity across European Borders This book explores the border-crossing mobilities of refugees within Europe. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in Germany and Italy it examines the precarious everyday lives of non-citizens living between and beyond EU internal borders. With attention to the constant re-construction of borders within Europe through negotiation practices the author shows how the tensions that exist between refugees on the move and the structural constraints that limit their movement produce ‘interstices’ – small spaces of possibility that open up as a result of refugees’ struggling within structural constraints. A comprehensive understanding of the long-term effects of EU borders upon refugees’ lives is then afforded through a particular focus on the post-arrival period. Examining the protracted precariousness and multi-directional hyper-mobility in Europe that emerges from the dynamics of the relation between structural mechanisms and the agency of individuals  Lives in Transit reveals how the border regime in Europe impacts mostly upon the temporal rather than the spatial dimensions of refugees’ lives affecting their subjectivities and sense of self. This ‘dispossession’ of time is advocated as the main problem with the experience of refugees in Europe causing them to claim a temporal justice which seeks to gain back control of their own lives and personhood. Calling for migration to be understood as a process of ‘becoming subjects’ this volume will appeal to scholars of sociology anthropology and politics with interests in migration and diaspora studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583309

Lives of Incarcerated WomenAn international perspective Drawing on qualitative and quantitative research from around the world this book brings together renowned international scholars to explore life-course perspectives on women’s imprisonment. Instead of covering only one aspect of women’s carceral experiences this book offers a broader perspective that encompasses women’s pathways to prison their prison experiences and the effects of these experiences on their children’s well-being as well as their subsequent chances of desisting from crime.Encompassing perspectives from the Netherlands Belgium Denmark Scotland the United States Ukraine and Sri Lanka this book uncovers the similarities across time and space in women offenders’ life histories and those of their children and examines the differences in women’s experiences and trajectories by shedding light on the moderating effects of particular cultural contexts. Lives of Incarcerated Women will be of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of punishment penology life-course criminology women and crime and gender studies. It will also be of great interest to practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065949

Lives of Lesbian EldersLooking Back Looking Forward The untold history of lesbian life from those who have lived it! Lives of Lesbian Elders: Looking Back Looking Forward illuminates the hopes fears issues and concerns of gay women as they grow older. Based on interviews with 62 lesbians ranging in age from 55 to 95 this very special book provides a historical account of the shared experiences of the lesbian community that is so often invisible or ignored in contemporary society. The book gives voice to their thoughts and feelings on a wide range of issues including coming out identity and the meaning of life the role of family and personal relationships work and retirement adversity and individual sources of strength and resilience. Cast off and overlooked at best or victims of scorn and prejudice at worst lesbians in the twentieth century lived dual lives their full voices unheard—until now. Lives of Lesbian Elders chronicles the life choices they made and their reasons for making them set against the contexts of culture politics and the social mores of the eras in which they lived. Their stories of courage resilience resourcefulness pride and independence help restore lesbian history that has been forgotten distorted or disregarded and provide the information necessary to meet the future needs of aging lesbians. Lives of Lesbian Elders gives aging lesbians a chance to discuss their thoughts on a variety of topics including: Coming out “You didn’t talk about it . . . Until two years ago I never even referred to a lesbian or would I allow the word to pass my lips” “I used to sneak into libraries and read about homosexuality and back in that era it was not classy . . . it was classified as a disorder of some type” Identity “The only difference between me and anybody else is that I just happen to be sleeping with a woman” “I think I grew up not really knowing who I was and I think probably fighting all my life trying to find out who I was” Family “I feel very connected with the lesbian community here . . . I guess I would call that family” “Many years ago my sister said: ’I think when they’re ready you need to explain to (the nieces) what a lesbian is because I want them to hear the correct story . . . I want them to hear what it really is and not all these stupid rumors that go around’” Work “I was going to become a youth minister at one point and it dawned on me in high school that there was no way the church was going to let me work with kids” “I didn’t really finish my career . . . I still have dreams about the military and about not finishing . . . It was my choice but it wasn’t really my choice” Aging and the Future “I think financing of course is a real big problem for lesbian women” “I have a concern that if anything should happen to my partner—in growing older—of being isolated from the gay community” . . . and much more! Lives of Lesbian Elders: Looking Back Looking Forward also includes appendices that present demographic data on the women who were interviewed for the book information on historical timelines and suggested readings on lesbian history. The book is an invaluable addition to the growing collective history of lesbians in the United States. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785707

Lives of Muslims in IndiaPolitics Exclusion and Violence The fast-consolidating identities along religious and ethnic lines in recent years have considerably ‘minoritised’ Muslims in India. The wide-ranging essays in this volume focus on the intensified exclusionary practices against Indian Muslims highlighting how amidst a politics of violence confusing policy frameworks on caste and class lines and institutionalised riot systems the community has also suffered from the lack of leadership from within. At the same time  Indian Muslims have emerged as a ‘mass’ around which the politics of ‘vote bank’ ‘appeasement’ ‘foreigners’ ‘Pakistanis within the country’ and so on are innovated and played upon making them further apprehensive about asserting their legitimate right to development. The important issues of the double marginalisation of Muslim women and attempts to reform the Muslim Personal Law by some civil society groups is also discussed. Contributed by academics activists and journalists the articles discuss issues of integration exclusion and violence and attempt to understand categories such as ‘identity’ ‘minority’ ‘multiculturalism’ and ‘nationalism’ with regard to and in the context of Indian Muslims. This second edition with a new introduction will be of great interest to scholars and researchers in sociology politics history cultural studies minority studies Islamic studies policy studies and development studies as well as policymakers civil society activists and those in media and journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815369837

Lives of Muslims in IndiaPolitics Exclusion and Violence The fast consolidating identities along religious and ethnic lines in recent years have considerably ‘minoritised’ Muslims in India. The wide-ranging essays in this volume focus on the intensified exclusionary practices against Indian Muslims highlighting how amidst a politics of violence confusing policy frameworks on caste and class lines and institutionalised riot systems the community has also suffered from the lack of leadership from within. At the same time they have emerged as a ‘mass’ around which the politics of ‘vote bank’ ‘appeasement’ ‘foreigners’ ‘Pakistanis within the country’ etc. are innovated and played upon making them further apprehensive about asserting their legitimate right to development. The important issue of the double marginalisation of Muslim women and attempts to reform the Muslim Personal Law by some civil society groups is also discussed. Contributed by academics activists and journalists the articles thus discuss issues of integration exclusion and violence and attempt to understand categories like ‘identity’ ‘minority’ ‘multiculturalism’ and ‘nationalism’ with regard to and in the context of Indian Muslims. The volume will be of great interest to those in sociology politics history cultural studies minority studies Islamic studies policy studies geography etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662490

Lives of Shakespearian Actors Part V Volume 1Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry by their Contemporaries Extracts from diaries memoirs private letters obituaries and other rare ephemera are drawn together to build a contemporary account of the acting achievements and personal lives of three inspiring figures from the late nineteenth-century theatre; Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754423

Lives of Shakespearian Actors Part V Volume 2Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry by their Contemporaries Extracts from diaries memoirs private letters obituaries and other rare ephemera are drawn together to build a contemporary account of the acting achievements and personal lives of three inspiring figures from the late nineteenth-century theatre; Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754430

Lives of Shakespearian Actors Part V Volume 3Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry by their Contemporaries Extracts from diaries memoirs private letters obituaries and other rare ephemera are drawn together to build a contemporary account of the acting achievements and personal lives of three inspiring figures from the late nineteenth-century theatre; Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754447

Lives of Shakespearian Actors Part VHerbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry by their Contemporaries Extracts from diaries memoirs private letters obituaries and other rare ephemera are drawn together to build a contemporary account of the acting achievements and personal lives of three inspiring figures from the late nineteenth-century theatre; Herbert Beerbohm Tree Henry Irving and Ellen Terry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851969319

Lives of SpiritEnglish Carmelite Self-Writing of the Early Modern Period Nicky Hallett has uncovered a major new source of material by and about English nuns living in exile in the Low Countries during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This volume presents the women's voices in unmediated form direct in all their vibrancy with an extensive introduction that provides historical and cultural contexts for an understanding of the Lives their sources and their authors. Lives of Spirit draws upon several remarkable sets of papers compiled in enclosed convents between 1619 and 1794. These documents show that religious women developed an astute system of auto/biographical practice within a protean political situation and that even in exile and from within enclosure they sought to shape a distinctive contribution to devotional change within a reforming church. This volume reveals how the women's Lives challenge as well as affirm notions of gendered spirituality refiguring traditions of female life-writing that extend from Catherine of Siena (1347 - 80) through the work of the Carmelite reformer Teresa of Avila (1515 - 82) into the later modern period. The newness of the material in this book allows a radical reappraisal of the self-representation of religious women and of paradigms of life-writing in and beyond the early modern period. This book is of significant interest to scholars interested in early modern women's writing female spirituality and auto/biography more widely as a genre. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592763

Lives of the Great Romantics Part I The memoirs in this collection are written by those who had personal knowledge of Shelley Byron and Wordsworth or who claimed to be recording the accounts of those who had such knowledge. Each volume in this set contains facsimilies of the original memoirs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353697

Lives of the Great Romantics Part I Volume 1 The memoirs in this collection are written by those who had personal knowledge of Shelley Byron and Wordsworth or who claimed to be recording the accounts of those who had such knowledge. Each volume in this set contains facsimilies of the original memoirs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348198

Lives of the Great Romantics Part I Volume 2 The memoirs in this collection are written by those who had personal knowledge of Shelley Byron and Wordsworth or who claimed to be recording the accounts of those who had such knowledge. Each volume in this set contains facsimilies of the original memoirs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348204

Lives of the Great Romantics Part I Volume 3 The memoirs in this collection are written by those who had personal knowledge of Shelley Byron and Wordsworth or who claimed to be recording the accounts of those who had such knowledge. Each volume in this set contains facsimilies of the original memoirs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348211

Lives of the Great Romantics Part II In this second collection of biographical accounts of Romantic writers the characters of Keats Coleridge and Scott are recalled by their contemporaries offering insights into their lives and writings as well as into the art of 19th-century biography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353703

Lives of the Great Romantics Part II Volume 1 In this second collection of biographical accounts of Romantic writers the characters of Keats Coleridge and Scott are recalled by their contemporaries offering insights into their lives and writings as well as into the art of 19th-century biography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348228

Lives of the Great Romantics Part II Volume 2 In this second collection of biographical accounts of Romantic writers the characters of Keats Coleridge and Scott are recalled by their contemporaries offering insights into their lives and writings as well as into the art of 19th-century biography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348235

Lives of the Great Romantics Part II Volume 3 In this second collection of biographical accounts of Romantic writers the characters of Keats Coleridge and Scott are recalled by their contemporaries offering insights into their lives and writings as well as into the art of 19th-century biography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348242

Lives of the Great Romantics Part III This volume sheds light on contemporary perception of William Godwin Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley a biographically and intellectually compelling literary family of the Romantic period. The writings reveal the personalities of the subjects and the motives and agendas of the biographers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429353710

Lives of the Great Romantics Part III Volume 1 This volume sheds light on contemporary perception of William Godwin Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley a biographically and intellectually compelling literary family of the Romantic period. The writings reveal the personalities of the subjects and the motives and agendas of the biographers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348259

Lives of the Great Romantics Part III Volume 2 This volume sheds light on contemporary perception of William Godwin Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley a biographically and intellectually compelling literary family of the Romantic period. The writings reveal the personalities of the subjects and the motives and agendas of the biographers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348266

Lives of the Great Romantics Part III Volume 3 This volume sheds light on contemporary perception of William Godwin Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley a biographically and intellectually compelling literary family of the Romantic period. The writings reveal the personalities of the subjects and the motives and agendas of the biographers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429348273

Lives of the Most Eminent British Painters (ES 6-vol. set) #NOM? Media > Books > Print Books Edition Synapse 9784902454550

Lives of the Most Remarkable Criminals - who have been condemned and executed for murder the highway housebreaking street robberies coin Lives of the Most Remarkable Criminals was originally published in three volumes and sold by John Osborn on Paternoster Row. The volumes recount the lives crimes and executions of eighteenth century lawbreakers. By '[setting] forth the entertainments of vice in their proper colours' the volumes were intended to provide a moral banister and reminder that far from treading a glamorous road of pleasure the path taken by a criminal was in fact a highway to the gallows. The original prefaces to the books and the tales themselves also provide invaluable insights into the history of Crown Law at the time the grounds on which it was founded the methods by which it prosecuted and the judgements inflicted on criminals accordingly. This is a reprint of Arthur L. Hayward's 1927 reissue of the three volumes in one. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015651

Lives of the Philadelphia EngineersCapital Class and Revolution 1830�1890 Lives of the Philadelphia Engineers examines the emergence of a new class of industrial entrepreneur and the world it confronted and shaped. Historians are reluctant to examine nineteenth-century American business leaders as a social group and this study helps remedy the defect. This book interweaves a history of the social and economic development of the largest centre of machine building in nineteenth-century America with the dramatic political narrative of sectional conflict Civil War and Reconstruction. Crossing and re-crossing the boundary between industrial and political history it throws new light on the process of industrialisation the Civil War conflict and the contested governance of nineteenth-century cities. While this study is firmly rooted in the experience of Philadelphia's machine builders its historiographic significance extends to many of the important themes of mid-century American history. By rejecting the conventional viewpoint that timid manufacturers were conservative supporters of the plantation South and insisting that workshop owners rejected slavery this study reinvigorates one of the Civil War's enduring interpretative battles. Of interest to scholars of business economic social labour education urban and Civil War history it will no doubt stimulate further debate and add a new angle to our understanding of nineteenth-century America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593865

Lives of the Sonnet 1787–1895Genre Gender and Criticism In a series of representative case studies Marianne Van Remoortel traces the development of the sonnet during intense moments of change and stability continuity and conflict from the early Romantic period to the end of the nineteenth century. Paying particular attention to the role of the popular press which served as a venue of innovation and as a site of recruitment for aspiring authors Van Remoortel redefines the scope of the genre including the ways in which its development is intricately related to issues of gender. Among her subjects are the Della Cruscans and their primary critic William Gifford the young Samuel Taylor Coleridge and his circle Elizabeth Barrett Browning's Sonnets from the Portuguese George Meredith's Modern Love Dante Gabriel Rossetti's House of Life and Augusta Webster's Mother and Daughter. As women became a force to be reckoned with among the reading public and the writing community the term 'sonnet' often operated as a satirical label that was not restricted to poetry adhering to the strict formalities of the genre. Van Remoortel's study in its attentiveness to the sonnet's feminization during the late eighteenth century offers important insights into the ways in which changing attitudes about gender and genre shaped critics' interpretations of the reception histories of nineteenth-century sonnet sequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669340

Lives Through the YearsStyles of Life and Successful Aging Growing old - what is it like? What are the main problems of the aging? Lack of fulfillment in their work and life? Loneliness? Anxiety about sickness and disability? Fear of death? This well-documented theoretically systematic and vivid account of the process of aging provides highly enlightening answers and dispels once and for all many of the myths surrounding the close to 20 million Americans who are over sixty-five. Building upon the results of extensive interviews the authors have established the existence of six styles and have concluded that a successful transition to old age can be achieved through any of them. They have also developed a definition of success which has practical implications since it deals with the extent to which an individual contributes or is a burden to the lives of those around him. The combined analysis of style and success results in a better understanding of individual differences in aging. The reader comes to know and understand the subjects as if he had worked with them in person. The wealth of detail the case histories contain permits scholars and students to judge for themselves the validity of the authors' findings. Derived from this unusually rich body of material the authors' conclusions and recommendations are invaluable to all concerned with the study the treatment and the counseling of the aged. "Lives Through the Years" is a pioneering volume of social inquiry and interpretation which marks a major scientific advance in its field opens up new horizons for fruitful research and offers a stimulating and authoritative portrayal of one of the most important problems of our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527287

Lives Through Time First published in 1983. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138979949

Lives TransformedA Revolutionary Method of Dynamic Psychotherapy The world has long awaited compelling and unmistakable evidence for the validity of dynamic psychotherapy. A review in the present book shows that such evidence has been accumulating over the past ten years. It comes from clinical trials process research case studies and objective physiological measurements concerned with the importance of ex Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325381

Livestock BehaviourA Practical Guide The book aims to bring together the essential information on animal behaviour for those concerned with the husbandry management and welfare of farm animals. It provides information to make fuller use of labour reduce accidents and increase the wellbeing and productivity of farm livestock. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367169701

Livestock Development In Kenya's MaasailandPastoralists' Transition To A Market Economy Focusing on livestock development in the Maasai society of southern Kenya this book examines factors hindering the transition of pastoralists from a principally subsistence way of life to greater involvement in market economies and discusses possibilities for facilitating positive change. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367169930

Livestock Development In Subsaharan AfricaConstraints Prospects Policy The nations of Subsaharan Africa experienced declining levels of food production per capita throughout the 1970s and early 1980s particularly in the area of livestock production. Addressing that problem the authors of this book assess in a systems context the environmental biological and social constraints on future African livestock development and consider prospects for improving productivity They focus especially on changes needed in production and marketing systems pointing to important policy considerations . The book is divided into four parts containing twenty-one chapters each authored by one or more respective authorities in his or her field. Each section in its own way addresses the entire set of questions; topics include aspects of animal breeding and nutrition anthropology economics ecology farming systems governmental policy land tenure marketing modelling and veterinary medicine. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429047008

Living Loving and LossThe Interplay of Intimacy Sexuality and Grief One of the unspoken aspects of mourning concerns the ways that loss affects our intimate relationships and our sexual expressiveness. This text opens these subjects for conversation with the aim of promoting the trust care and respect that enable us to be vulnerable. It purposefully covers a range of topics including: (1) the meaning of intimacy and the significance of sexuality providing a basis for the use of these terms throughout the book; (2) death grief and differences in sexual orientation including death and intimacy in the lesbian gay bisexual and transgender (LGBT) community and the losses endured by young people due to gender issues; (3) loss of relationship and restoration of intimacy in families including pharmacological effects on the grief processes of widowers; grieving a not-so-loved parent; the "layered losses" of infertility and intimacy; and the tolls of war--intimacy and sexuality challenges for soldiers and their families; (4) adjusting to life's losses associated with aging or illness or infirmity including Alzheimer's and dementia-related illnesses physical health losses after 50 and intimacy sex and hospice--self-determination and dignity at the end of life; and (5) religious bases that have shaped our perspectives for understanding intimacy sexuality and healing after loss and which give us hope--including the spiritual reflections of a rabbi and a Christian voice in defining what is right. Set in a framework that is both psychological and spiritual the well-researched contributions are intended to acknowledge these experiences both professionally and personally. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography valuable for research and reference. <br><br>This book will be of value in undergraduate and graduate courses on thanatology as well as for anyone interested in knowing more about grief--both those currently bereaved and those who wish to support others in mourning. The contributors appreciate both the importance of our capacities for intimacy and sexuality and our inhibitions and hesitations in giving voice to our needs and concerns perhaps especially when we are grieving. The information and compassionate understanding they provide encourage us to bridge the gap between the secret and the private and to share what is close to our hearts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895036537

Living "Difference"Lesbian Perspectives on Work and Family Life Living “Difference”: Lesbian Perspectives on Work and Family Life examines the roles of lesbians in the home in the workplace and as parents. Discussing the advantages of female same-sex relationships this book suggests that these partnerships are able to facilitate more egalitarian ideals for women than heterosexual relationships. This book will help academics counselors and women in same-sex relationships understand the positive aspects of lesbian parenting and the advantages lesbians experience in these households. Without focusing on lesbians as victims or neglecting their differences from other women Living “Difference” will help you realize that ‘living different’can be an empowering experience.Living “Difference” brings together current theoretical and empirical research on lesbian experiences of work and family life and explores the myths and realities of these women. From this book you will learn about a recent study in Eastern and Western Europe that revealed several advantages for children with lesbian parents such as an awareness of prejudice against homosexuality and increased moral development. Providing you with case studies of lesbian parents and their children Living “Difference” offers you insight into the positive and controversial aspects of this family arrangement including: British tabloid articles that denounce lesbian parenting and discussions of the actual reason for hostility against this type of family the fears joys and legal problems that lesbian couples in Europe face when raising children studies that indicate co-mothers take a more active role in the life of their children than do fathers how gender usually determines the division of housework and the differences between lesbian and heterosexual households how society faculty and students discriminate against lesbian teachers and how these teachers try to keep their private lives secret for fear of losing their jobsOffering theories that heterosexual households often confine women to gendered roles this book will help you understand the positive aspects of ‘living different’despite societal prejudices. Focusing on the impact gender and sexuality have on societal roles Living “Difference” seeks to change the practice of treating lesbianism as the ‘other’facet of feminism and will prove to you the positive differences of lesbian families. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877747

Living (Il)legalities in BrazilPractices Narratives and Institutions in a Country on the Edge Reflecting on some of Brazil’s foremost challenges this book considers the porous relationship between legality and illegality in a country that presages political and societal changes in hitherto unprecedented dimensions. It brings together work by established scholars from Brazil Europe and the United States to think through how (il)legalities are produced and represented at the level of institutions (daily) practice and culture. Through a transdisciplinary approach the chapters cover issues including informal work practices (e.g. street vendors) urban squatter movements and migration. Alongside social practices the volume features close analyses of cultural practices and cultural production including migrant literature punk music and indigenous art. The question of (il)legalities resonates beyond Brazil’s borders as concepts such as "lawfare" have crept into vocabularies and countries the world over grapple with issues like state interference fake news and the definition of "illegal" migration. This is valuable reading for scholars in Brazilian and Latin American Studies as well as those working in literary and cultural studies anthropology sociology geography and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363932

Living (with) BordersIdentity Discourses on East-West Borders in Europe This title was first published in 2002. Most nation states in Europe have undergone dramatic social and political upheaval with the construction of new or the redefinition of existing national borders. This book uses discourse analytical methods to focus on and unravel the complex cultural identities of people living in communities that straddle the border stretching from the Adriatic to the Baltic Sea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728332

Living and Surviving in Harm's WayA Psychological Treatment Handbook for Pre- and Post-Deployment of Military Personnel In Living and Surviving in Harm's Way experts investigate the psychological impact of how warriors live and survive in combat duty. They address the combat preparation of servicemen and women their support systems and their interpersonal and intrapersonal experiences. The text maintains a focus on cognitive-behavioral interventions for treating various combat-related disorders and addresses psychological health and adjustment after leaving the battlefield. The text is logically organized for easy reading and reference and covers often overlooked topics such as preparation and training of service personnel women in combat and the indirect effects of combat stress on family. This book is written by clinicians who have in some ways experienced what they write about and resonates with mental health professionals servicemen and women and their families. Any clinician hoping to treat a serviceman or woman effectively cannot afford to overlook this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872912

Living ArchetypesThe selected works of Anthony Stevens This book presents papers from the course of Anthony Stevens' career highlighting episodes in the progress of his quest to place archetypal theory on a sound scientific foundation. It is an invaluable resource for Jungian psychotherapists psychologists academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915480

Living Architecture Living CitiesSoul-Nourishing Sustainability It’s widely accepted that our environment is in crisis. Less widely recognized is that three quarters of environmental damage is due to cities – the places where most of us live. As this powerful new book elucidates global sustainability is therefore directly dependent on urban design. In Living Architecture Living Cities Christopher Day and Julie Gwilliam move beyond the current emphasis on technological change. They argue that eco-technology allows us to continue broadly as before and only defers the impending disaster. In reality most negative environmental impacts are due to how we live and the things we buy. Such personal choices often result from dissatisfaction with our surroundings. As perceived environment has a direct effect on attitudes and motivations improving this can achieve more sustainable lifestyles more effectively than drastic building change – with its notorious performance-gap limitations. As it’s in places that our inner feelings and material reality interact perceived environment is place-based. Ultimately however as the root cause of unsustainability is attitude real change requires moving from the current focus on buildings and technology to an emphasis on the non-material. Featuring over 400 high quality illustrations this is essential reading for anyone who believes in the value and power of good design. Christopher Day’s philosophy will continue to inspire students with an interest in sustainable architecture urban planning and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594821

Living BeingsPerspectives on Interspecies Engagements Living Beings examines the vital characteristics of social interactions between living beings including humans other animals and trees.Many discussions of such relationships highlight the exceptional qualities of the human members of the category insisting for instance on their religious beliefs or creativity. In contrast the international case studies in this volume dissect views based on hierarchical oppositions between human and other living beings. Although human practices may sometimes appear to exist in a realm beyond nature they are nevertheless subject to the pull of natural forces. These forces may be brought into prominence through a consideration of the interactions between human beings and other inhabitants of the natural world.The interplay in this book between social anthropologists philosophers and artists cuts across species divisions to examine the experiential dimensions of interspecies engagements. In ethnographically and/or historically contextualized chapters contributors examine the juxtaposition of human and other living beings in the light of themes such as wildlife safaris violence difference mimicry simulation spiritual renewal dress and language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857858429

Living Beyond Brain InjuryA Resource Manual A brain injury can have a dramatic effect on all areas of a person's life. This manual is designed to provide an understanding of some of the effects of a brain injury and how to manage them. It focuses on how brain injury may affect thinking skills (e.g. memory) emotions and other related areas (e.g. sleep work and driving). This manual provides techniques based on psychological approaches which have been shown to be effective with people who have experienced a brain injury. As well as being an important resource for mental health professionals it will also be useful for families who wish to help a person with a brain injury. It has two clear functions: a resource manual for clinicians and carers / families to work through with brain injury survivors; and a self-help resource for clients with a brain injury. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301429

Living Beyond OCD Using Acceptance and Commitment TherapyA Workbook for Adults This user-friendly workbook provides adults with obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) the tools they need to move beyond their disorder using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and it also serves as compact text for clinicians/practitioners to use with clients suffering from OCD at any point in treatment. The workbook offers readers hands-on ACT and Exposure Response Prevention (ERP) skills for taming disturbing obsessions and filling the gap of where one stands and where one wants to go. Dr. Zurita provides evidence-based exercises to guide adults through the process of ACT. This includes learning to step back from one’s thoughts and memories opening up to all types of unwanted thoughts and feelings paying attention to the physical world observing one’s thoughts and feelings getting rid of barriers to values-based living and developing consistent patterns of values-based behavior. Written from the office of a full-time therapist in a simple uncomplicated and unpretentious manner this workbook will be useful for all clients suffering from OCD and for the therapists who work with them.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178475

Living Conditions and Targeted Aiding Mechanisms of the Urban Underclass in China Based on the approaches of questionnaire and interview this book studies the urban subalterns formed with a considerable scale in China since the 1990s. By investigating their living status in detail it depicts the mental conditions class consciousness migration living difficulties and dilemmas of the subaltern class. It’s worth noting that in addition to the group at the bottom of the economic pyramid this book expands the definition of subaltern by including the deviant underclass. Then it examines the factors causing the living dilemmas and provides suggestions aiming to mitigate them from the perspective of social succor. In the last chapter this book focuses on the theoretical discussions on subaltern studies. New concepts such as the deviant subaltern group and social vigilance are created and new theories such as production and transmission mechanism of the subaltern group are put forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236097

Living Construction Modern biotechnologies give us unprecedented control of the fundamental building blocks of life. For designers across a range of disciplines emerging fields such as synthetic biology offer the promise of new sustainable materials and structures which may be grown are self-assembling self-healing and adaptable to change. While there is a thriving speculative discourse on the future of design in the age of biotechnology there are few realized design applications. This book the first in the Bio Design series acts as a bridge between design speculation and scientific reality and between contemporary design thinking in areas such as architecture product design and fashion design and the traditional engineering approaches which currently dominate biotechnologies. Filled with real examples Living Construction reveals how living cells construct and transform materials through methods of fabrication and assembly at multiple scales and how designers can utilize these processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363038

Living Donor Organ TransplantationKey Legal and Ethical Issues This book was originally published in 1999. When one or more essential organs failed the consequence used to be death. However conventional medicine has developed artificial means of extending life the most successful of which is transplantation. The most common form of organ to be transplanted is a kidney which will on average function for about a decade in its recipient. Organ transplantation as a whole is widely practiced in most countries. However few can procure enough organs to meet demand. Many people who are suitable for a transplant die without getting one. Many kidney patients can access and stay alive on dialysis until a suitable organ becomes available. However even here sufficiency of organs would be beneficial because lesser reliance on dialysis would reduce healthcare costs and be better for patient quality of life. This invaluable book shows that in the light of current practice and attitudes increasing living donor transplantation (LDT) levels is feasible. It is one of the few works to systematically analyse the ethical and legal issues involved in LDT use in the light of empirical evidence including new data derived from a unique programme of interviews and questionnaires with transplant professionals living donors and recipients. Readers are led to an understanding of when LDT is ethically and legally acceptable and to the strong case for using it much more extensively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148720

Living Electronic Music Drawing on recent ideas that explore new environments and the changing situations of composition and performance Simon Emmerson provides a significant contribution to the study of contemporary music bridging history aesthetics and the ideas behind evolving performance practices. Whether created in a studio or performed on stage how does electronic music reflect what is live and living? What is it to perform 'live' in the age of the laptop? Many performer-composers draw upon a 'library' of materials some created beforehand in a studio some coded 'on the fly' others 'plundered' from the widest possible range of sources. But others refuse to abandon traditionally 'created and structured' electroacoustic work. Lying behind this maelstrom of activity is the perennial relationship to 'theory' that is ideas principles and practices that somehow lie behind composers' and performers' actions. Some composers claim they just 'respond' to sound and compose 'with their ears' while others use models and analogies of previously 'non-musical' processes. It is evident that in such new musical practices the human body has a new relationship to the sound. There is a historical dimension to this for since the earliest electroacoustic experiments in 1948 the body has been celebrated or sublimated in a strange 'dance' of forces in which it has never quite gone away but rarely been overtly present. The relationship of the body performing to the spaces around has also undergone a revolution as the source of sound production has shifted to the loudspeaker. Emmerson considers these issues in the framework of our increasingly 'acousmatic' world in which we cannot see the source of the sounds we hear. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351217866

Living Faithfully with Disappointment in the Church A practical approach to address spiritually crippling disappointment with the church! Feeling disappointment with your church can be spiritually devastating. Living Faithfully with Disappointment in the Church gives you a theological and family therapy approach to disillusionment in the church that is practical and realistic. The author an ordained minister and a licensed family therapist discusses with sensitivity and hope the problems and the ways to resolve issues of spiritual disappointment.Living Faithfully with Disappointment in the Church uses a theological basis to lay a foundation of understanding and then provides real strategies from a family therapy perspective to deal with personal disappointments in the church. The book sensitively discusses real problems using real examples of how church dynamics can unwittingly cause spiritual disillusionment within even the most faithful even in diligent attempts to serve God. Honest reverent and written from the perspective that each of us needs the church to cultivate our faith this book provides non-simplistic yet hopeful answers to the most difficult of problems. Find comfort in these pages. Living Faithfully with Disappointment in the Church discusses: idealism about the church how churches function according to the dynamics of family systems how a controlling family affects church dynamics people who become codependent to the church adjustment to belief structures within the church addictive processes in organizations the psychological danger zone of failed beliefs how to recognize when to stay and when to move on to another church considerations for someone in a denominational crisis the uses of spirituality and religion in psychologically healthy waysa theoretical model that gives priority to building a relational church Living Faithfully with Disappointment in the Church is for ministers chaplains seminary students pastoral counselors Sunday school teachers or anyone that is facing a spiritual crisis in their church. Each chapter includes questions for reflection and discussion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044156

Living FarmsEncouraging Sustainable Smallholders in Southern Africa Designed as an accessible text on sustainable agriculture this book contains information on community organization and participation technologies for sustainability and the wider policy and service environment. The book looks at a variety of ways of encouraging sustainability through policy change and service provision including: ways of improving financial services; ways of improving land security; and ways of improving training. The book is illustrated by a range of case studies and examples and contains lists of contact addresses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179097

Living ImagesEgyptian Funerary Portraits in the Petrie Museum The haunting funerary paintings on wood coffins found in Roman Egypt still represent some of the most vivid images that come to us from the ancient world. These paintings were first discovered by Flinders Petrie father of modern archaeology in his excavations in the Egyptian Fayum during the 1880s and have rested at University College London for over 100 years. Now the Petrie Museum is bringing this corpus of paintings to the public in a stunning catalog. Living Images is a beautiful and authoritative presentation of the restored collection that will be an essential reference for scholars and a fascinating read for general audiences. Central to the volume is a complete catalog of the mummy portraits uncovered by Petrie including full color illustrations and descriptions of technical and stylistic features and iconographic characteristics. To add to the value of the volume articles describe the process of finding the mummies explain the place of funerary assemblages in the history of Egyptian burial customs offer an introduction to Egyptian portrait painting and explain the conservation issues presented by the coffins. Petrie’s own reflections on his finds are also included. The volume is dedicated to the memory of Egyptologist Barbara Adams and co-sponsored by the Petrie Museum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598742510

Living in a Contaminated WorldCommunity Structures Environmental Risks and Decision Frameworks Originally published in 2004. Using innovative methodology which considers both social and biophysical parameters to examine a range of mining and mineral production sites (including the controversial Superfund sites in the USA) this book focuses on how environmental regulators local residents and other stakeholders work together to define the communities affected by environmental hazards and to assess the associated health impacts. It also questions the social factors which frame community-level decision-making about environmental risks such as shared history community identity control in local decisions distribution of power among local institutions and participation in decisions about environmental risks and mitigation. The book argues that a better understanding of such factors would not only permit the development of more informed policies but would also provide opportunities to improve community involvement in mitigation efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138356405

Living in a Landscape of ScarcityMateriality and Cosmology in West Africa In her close ethnography of a Dogon village of Mali Laurence Douny shows how a microcosmology develops from people's embodied daily and ritual practice in a landscape of scarcity. Viewed through the lens of containment practice she describes how they cope with the shortage of material items central to their lives—water earth and millet. Douny’s study is an important addition to ecological anthropology to the study of West African cultures to the understanding of material culture and to anthropological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328912

Living In A Learning SocietyLife-Histories Identities And Education This text discusses the meaning of education through an examination of life paths identities and significant learning experiences. Looking at education over three generations of war and scant education; of structural change and increasing educational opportunities; and of social well-being and wide educational choice the book examines a variety of questions.; The book demonstrates how the synthesis of social and cultural interpretations of education forms four groups: resource status conformity and individualism. The implications to education policy in late-modern or postmodern society are also discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046449

Living in a Microbial World As with the first edition this second edition of Living in a Microbial World is written for students taking a general microbiology course or a microbiology-based course for non-science majors. The conversational style and use of practical everyday examples make the essential concepts of microbiology accessible to a wide audience. While using this approach the text maintains scientific rigor with clear explanations spanning the breadth of microbiology including health evolution ecology food production biotechnology and industrial processes. Each chapter contains a series of case studies based on microbiology in the news in history and in literature. There are questions at the end of each case study and the end of each chapter as well as an online quiz with help on answering the questions. The text questions and cases have been updated to reflect the changing influence of microbiology in the world today from the microbiome to new disease outbreaks (Ebola and Zika) and antibiotic resistance to new biotechnology tools (CRISPR-Cas). Media > Books > E-books W.W. Norton & Company 9781315294001

Living In AmericaPoetry And Fiction By South Asian American Writers "This is a major compilation of Asian American authors some native-born others immigrants refugees or expatriates. While some of the writers are well known (e.g. Ved Mehta Meena Alexander) most are emerging voices. The volume is divided into two parts: poetry and fiction. Poets are represented by one or two poems; short story writers by just Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316723

Living in an Age of MistrustAn Interdisciplinary Study of Declining Trust and How to Get it Back Trust is a concept familiar to most. Whether we are cognizant of it or not we experience it on a daily basis. Yet trust is quickly eroding in civic and political life. Americans’ trust in their government has reached all-time lows. The political and social consequences of this decline in trust are profound. What are the foundations of trust? What explains its apparent decline in society? Is there a way forward for rebuilding trust in our leaders and institutions? How should we study the role of trust across a diverse range of policy issues and problems? Given its complexity trust as an object of study cannot be claimed by any single discipline. Rather than vouch for an overarching theory of trust Living in an Age of Mistrust synthesizes existing perspectives across multiple disciplines to offer a truly comprehensive examination of this concept and a topic of research. Using an analytical framework that encompasses rational and cultural (or sociological) dimensions of trust the contributions found therein provide a wide range of policy issues both domestic and international to explore the apparent decline in trust its impact on social and political life and efforts to rebuild trust. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371937

Living in an Asymmetrical WorldHow writing direction affects thought and action There has recently been a renewed interest in the role of spatial dimensions in social cognition and how vertical and horizontal trajectories are used to represent social concepts such as power agency aggression and dominance. Most of this work surrounds the idea that abstract concepts are intrinsically linked to our sensory and motor experiences including habitual interactions with the environment such as reading and writing. Living in an Asymmetrical World makes an original contribution to the field by addressing a "hot" topic from a somewhat unusual perspective bridging five decades of research on horizontal bias related to writing direction. Previous work by Jean-Pierre Deconchy is examined and integrated with current theory and the importance of deep thinking on field observations multiple methodologies and creative procedures are proposed as crucial elements for future social psychology. The book’s revival of this approach to science will open up new perspectives for future research and will be of key interest to academics and researchers in the areas of social cognitive and cultural psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138637252

Living in Digital WorldsDesigning the Digital Public Space Living in Digital Worlds investigates the relationship between human society and technology as our private and particularly our public lives are increasingly undertaken in spaces that are inherently digital: digital public spaces. The book unpicks why digital technology is such an inextricable part of modern society first by examining the historical relationship between technological development and the early progression of human sociality. This is then followed by an examination of the ways in which modern life is currently being impacted by the expansion of digital information and devices into multiple aspects of our lives including focuses on privacy bias and ownership in digital spaces. Finally it explores potential future developments and their implications and proposes that it is crucial to consider the design of technology and systems in order to support a positive and beneficial direction of change. Each chapter includes case studies primarily drawn from The Creative Exchange a fiveyear programme which ran from 2012 to 2016 to explore the notion of the digital public space through collaborative cross-sector research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472452832

Living in Mandatory PalestinePersonal Narratives of Resilience of the Galilee during the Mandate Period 1918–1948 This book the product of a series of 40 interviews with Israelis and Palestinians describes everyday life in Galilee during the Mandate period. The individual narratives are skillfully embedded in larger historical and social histories by a team of authors who come from diverse academic backgrounds. It offers a glimpse into Israelis’ and Palestinians’ experiences of war and peace and sheds new light on the challenges facing Israeli society today. This work is ideal for scholars and students of the social sciences particularly those interested in the psychological repercussions of political and social events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505520

Living in the CityUrban Institutions in the Low Countries 1200–2010 The city is a place to find shelter a market place and an elevator for social mobility and success. But the city is also a place that frightens people and that can marginalize newcomers. Living in the City tries to understand what pulls people to the city since the High Middle Ages focusing on one of the earliest urbanized regions in the world the Low Countries. The book is a quest for new insights that leads the reader from Medieval Ghent and Bruges through the Dutch Golden Age and the mass urbanization in the age of Industrialization to the present Eurodelta. A region that emerged in the last century with Antwerp Rotterdam and Amsterdam as nodal points in a global urban network. To understand the motivations of so many to settle in cities this book focuses on a wide variety of urban institutions. What was the role of churches guilds and businesses but also theaters architecture parks and pavements? What were the cultural economic social political and spatial dynamics that transformed cities into centers of creativity and innovation? How did the attractiveness of cities change over time when cities lost their autonomy and became part of the nation state and global forces? In this book a team of internationally reknown scholars (in the field of history art literature economy and the social sciences) look for continuity and change in the last eight centuries of urban developments in one of the most remarkable urban regions of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415893787

Living in the Global Society First published in 1997 Living in the Global Society reflects on the fundamental concept of global economy as the driving force for development and examines how ethical values can direct this towards the welfare of humankind in a future where peace will reign. The contributions stem from an international conference held in Rome on ‘Economic Growth for What Kind of Future?’. The book examines four main themes: development and underdevelopment; globalization in the fields of economics finance trade migration and culture; the shape of the world to come through management of resources and goods; and finally the challenge of globalization moving from fragmentation towards social growth based on cooperation and integration. It is suggested that only a civil society that is also developed at an international level can provide the basis for a true global democracy and true peace. This book asks how far are we along the path towards its creation? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334397

Living in the Margins in Mainland China Hong Kong and India With a range of case studies from Asia this book sheds light on empirical realizations of marginality in a globalized context using first-hand original research.In the late 2000s the financial crisis witnessed the fragility of high levels of market integration and the vulnerability of globalisation. Since then the world seems to have entered an epoch of anxiety featuring populism with varying degrees of protectionism and nationalism. What is the nature of this populist mood as a backlash against globalisation? How do people feel about it and act upon it? Why should specific intellectual attention be paid to the increasingly marginalised by the recent macroscopic structural changes? These are the questions addressed by the contributors of this book illustrated with specific cases from mainland China Hong Kong and India all of which have undergone substantial populist or nationalist movements since 2010.A valuable resource for sociologists looking to understand the impacts of globalization especially those with a particular interest in Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367480783

Living In The PastStudies in Archaism of the Egyptian Twenty-sixth Dynasty Living in the Past includes studies in Archaism of the Egyptian Twenty-sixth Dynasty and was first published in 1994. This study focuses on the Egyptian archaizing spirit which reached its climax under the Saite Twenty-sixth Dynasty (664-525 B.C.) resurrecting elements from earlier stages of Egyptian civilization. The primary focus of the investigation is the archaizing language (Neo-Mittelãgyptisch) of the Saite Egyptians for both royal and private texts of Dynasty 26 display language which aspires to pass as Classical Egyptian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788593

Living in the Shadows of China's HIV/AIDS EpidemicsSex Drugs and Bad Blood Identifying the existing challenges and shortfalls of China's current HIV/AIDS programming this book provides an understanding of the history of HIV/AIDS in China comparing government responses to global best practice in prevention and treatment. Considering three key populations in China namely female sex workers people who inject drugs and floating migrants Living in the Shadows of China's HIV/AIDS Epidemics highlights the effects of high mobility and marginalisation on the spread of HIV in China. It is argued that these groups often suffer from stigmatisation and a lack of human security resulting in sub-optimal outcomes for HIV/AIDS intervention and prevention efforts and the reinforcement of high-risk behaviours further contributing to the transmission of the virus to the general population. In adding to the emerging body of literature this book further elucidates the myriad of challenges posed by HIV/AIDS epidemics allowing sustained engagement and a fresh insight into how governments might respond to the needs of individuals living with HIV/AIDS both in China and globally. Including case studies which give voice to research participants in a rich and engaging way this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese Studies Asian Studies International Relations and Political Science as well as those engaged in epidemiological studies in the Health Sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367211165

Living in UtopiaNew Zealand’s Intentional Communities Utopia is literally the good place that is no place. Utopias reveal people's dreams and desires and they may gesture towards different and better ways of being. But they are rarely considered as physical observable phenomena. In this book Sargisson and Sargent both established writers on utopian theory turn their attention to real-life utopian communities. The book is based on their fieldwork and extensive archival research in New Zealand a country with a special place in the history of utopianism. A land of opportunity for settlers with dreams of a better life New Zealand has per capita more intentional communities - groups of people who have chosen to live and sometimes work together for a common purpose - than any country in the world. Sargisson and Sargent draw on the experiences of more than fifty such communities to offer the first academic survey of this form of living utopian experiment. In telling the story of the New Zealand experience Living in Utopia provides both transferable lessons in community cooperation and social change and a unique insight into the utopianism at the heart of politics society and everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276475

Living Issues in China (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1932 explores several different aspects of life in China at the beginning of the twentieth century including education family life economics and religion. This book will be of interest to students of Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917712

Living JournalismPrinciples and Practices for an Essential Profession In this readable practical textbook Rich Martin explores the core principles and practices that beginning journalists need to produce work that informs and enlightens citizens hungry for accurate and trustworthy news. The textbook’s 16 concise chapters impart real-world examples demonstrating how the best journalists exemplify the key principles as well as cautionary stories illustrating journalistic mistakes and missteps. It also contains exercises checklists tips and additional resources that students can use in class and independent study making the book an ideal newsroom and classroom resource that can be returned to again and again for new insights. For journalism to survive and flourish in the 21st century it needs young practitioners who understand its importance to society believe in and are committed to its core values and can put those values into action. This new edition of Living Journalism is an excellent updated introduction to journalism for students teachers and young professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549272

Living Languages and New Approaches to Language Revitalisation Research This book advocates for a new model of describing the practices of language revitalization and decolonizing the research methods used to study them. The volume provides a comprehensive treatment of the theoretical and methodological foundations of working with communities revitalizing their languages. It lays out the conceptual framework at the heart of the project and moves into a description of the model based on a seven-year research process working with Aboriginal communities in eastern Australia. Six case studies show the model’s application in language revival practice. The book critically engages with the notion of revival languages as emergent and ever-transforming and develops a holistic approach to their description that reflects Aboriginal language practitioners’ understandings of the nature of language. It seeks to demonstrate how the conceptual tools developed from this approach can support efforts to develop deeply collaborative research highlight the diversity of language revitalisation practice and map between the realms of old and new local and global and the social cultural and textual dimensions of language making this an ideal resource for researchers and scholars in sociolinguistics linguistic anthropology education cultural studies and post-colonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594510

Living Languages: An Integrated Approach to Teaching Foreign Languages in Primary Schools Living Languages is simply bursting with practical and original ideas aimed at teachers and trainee teachers of foreign languages in primary schools. Written by a team of experienced linguists this book will inspire and motivate the foreign language classroom and the teachers who work within it. Living Languages comprises eight chapters and is structured around the integrated classroom merging language learning with different aspects of the wider curriculum such as multimedia performance celebrations and festivals creativity and alternative approaches to teaching languages. A DVD is also included with the book containing additional teaching materials and the associated films and audio recordings which make this a fully-developed and effective teaching resource. Over 50 real-life case studies and projects are presented all of which have been tried and tested in the classroom with several having won recent educational awards. Ideas and activities outlined in this unique resource include: Languages across the curriculum helping to cement cross-curricular links and embed new languages in different contexts linking subjects such as history science PE and mathematics with French German and Spanish; Arts and crafts projects in Languages making and doing including making books creating beach huts and cooking biscuits; Languages celebrations and festivals projects including the German Christmas market Spanish Day of the Dead celebrating Mardi Gras and the European Day of Languages among many others; Continuing Professional Development to inspire primary teachers to continue their individual professional development. The chapter contains concrete examples of others’ experiences in this area and includes details of support organisations and practical opportunities. Each project is explored from the teachers’ perspective with practical tips lesson plans and reflections woven throughout the text such as what to budget how to organise the pre-event period how to evaluate the activity and whom to contact for further advice in each case. Activities and examples throughout are given in three languages – French German and Spanish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675635

Living Languages: An Integrated Approach to Teaching Foreign Languages in Secondary Schools Living Languages is simply bursting with practical and original ideas aimed at teachers and trainee teachers of foreign languages in secondary schools. Written by a team of experienced linguists this book will inspire and motivate the foreign language classroom and the teachers who work within it. Living Languages comprises eight chapters and is structured around the integrated classroom merging language learning with different aspects of the wider curriculum such as multimedia theatre and music celebrations and festivals sport and alternative approaches to teaching languages. A DVD is also included with the book containing additional teaching materials and the associated films and audio recordings which make this a fully developed and effective teaching resource. Twenty-eight real-life case studies and projects are presented all of which have been tried and tested in the classroom with many having won recent educational awards. Ideas and activities outlined in this unique resource include: Languages and multi-media projects involving different uses of technology such as film-making Digital Storytelling and subtitling in different languages; Languages and theatre and music including the work of the Thêàtre Sans Frontières with its Marie Curie Science Project; Motivating pupils to learn languages whilst keeping fit including examples from Score in French The German Orienteering Festival and Handball in Spanish; Continuing Professional Development to inspire secondary language teachers to continue their individual professional development. The chapter contains concrete examples of others’ experiences in this area and includes details of support organisations and practical opportunities. Each project is explored from the teachers’ perspective with practical tips lesson plans and reflections woven throughout the text such as what to budget how to organise the pre-event period how to evaluate the activity and whom to contact for further advice in each case. Activities and examples throughout are given in three languages – French German and Spanish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675673

Living LawStudies in Legal and Social Theory Living Law presents a comprehensive overview of relationships between legal and social theory and of current approaches to the sociological study of legal ideas. It explores the nature of legal theory and sociolegal studies today as teaching and research fields and the work of many of the major sociolegal theorists. In addition it sets out the author's distinctive approach to sociological analysis of law applying this in a range of studies in specific legal fields such as the law of contract property and trusts constitutional analysis and comparative law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091730

Living LegaciesLiterary Responses to the Civil Rights Movement In this timely and dynamic collection of essays Laura Dubek brings together a diverse group of scholars to explore the literary response to the most significant social movement of the twentieth century. Covering a wide range of genres and offering provocative readings of both familiar and lesser known texts Living Legacies demonstrates how literature can be used not only to challenge the master narrative of the civil rights movement but also to inform and inspire the next generation of freedom fighters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094000

Living Legends and Full AgencyImplications of Repealing the Combat Exclusion Policy WINNER OF THE 2017 ASPA SECTION ON PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION AND LABOR RELATIONS OUTSTANDING BOOK AWARD!   This research and policy book examines the role of women in the military and the overwhelming evidence to date that warranted repealing the combat exclusion policy. It explores the following questions: How can the success of women in the military serve as justification for its repeal? What will be the potential impact of repealing the policy on the recruitment promotion and retention of women in the military? How will repealing the combat exclusion policy change the ways in which military men relate to military women? How can repealing the policy set women on the course toward full agency and representation as full citizens in American society at large? Not only will this book help in filling the gaps of the existing literature of public administration and public policy about women in the military but it will provide the personal insights of women who have served under the combat exclusion policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466513785

Living MatterAlgebra of Molecules This book provides a review of biochemistry as an algebra of molecules of living matter and utilizes Clifford algebras to discuss the basic biochemical processes of DNA replication DNA transcription RNA splicing and translation. Viral carcinogenesis is discussed in depth specific attention is paid to the structural features of biomolecules that define a particular Clifford algebra and useful examples of genetic information being transformed into Clifford algebras are provided. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737535

Living Media EthicsAcross Platforms Winner of the Clifford G. Christians Award for Research in Media Ethics Michael Bugeja’s Living Media Ethics posits that moral convergence is essential to address the complex issues of our high-tech media environment. As such the book departs from and yet complements traditional pedagogy in media ethics. Bugeja covers advertising public relations and major branches of journalism as well as major schools of philosophical thought and historical events that have shaped current media practices. Examining topics including responsibility truth falsehood temptation bias fairness and power chapters encourage readers to develop a personal code of ethics that they can turn to throughout their careers. Each chapter includes exercises as well as journal writing and creative assignments designed to build test and enhance individual value systems. Unlike other texts this media ethics book ends with an assignment to create a digital portfolio with personal ethics code aligned with a desired media position or company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322615

Living Mindfully Across the LifespanAn Intergenerational Guide Living Mindfully Across the Lifespan: An Intergenerational Guide provides user-friendly empirically supported information about and answers to some of the most frequently encountered questions and dilemmas of human living interactions and emotions. With a mix of empirical data humor and personal insight each chapter introduces the reader to a significant topic or question including self-worth anxiety depression relationships personal development loss and death. Along with exercises that clients and therapists can use in daily practice chapters feature personal stories and case studies interwoven throughout with the authors’ unique intergenerational perspectives. Compassionate engaging writing is balanced with a straightforward presentation of research data and practical strategies to help address issues via psychological behavioral contemplative and movement-oriented exercises. Readers will learn how to look deeply at themselves and society and to apply what has been learned over decades of research and clinical experience to enrich their lives and the lives of others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370152

Living MomentsOn the Work of Michael Eigen Michael Eigen is widely regarded as a significant and increasingly influential figure in contemporary psychoanalysis. This collection of papers by contributors in the USA Israel Australia and South Africa reveal how his works yield creative and generative possibilities with profound clinical and cultural implications. Writers include well-known authors such as Mark Epstein Anthony Molino and Brent Potter. The papers are divided into three sections: Reflections (psychoanalytic and philosophical concerns such as Heidegger the Hindu Goddess Kali Buddhism the sense of Time); Refractions (clinical implications papers on murder and aliveness the nature of the analytic interaction addiction and work with the mother-infant relationship) and Responses (personal impacts of his works as well as poetry and the thoughts of a creative writer on Eigen's oeuvre). There are also papers on the experience of supervision with Michael Eigen as well as on his weekly seminars on Bion Winnicott and Lacan ongoing for more than forty years in New York. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491844

Living Music in Schools 1923-1999Studies in the History of Music Education in England This title was first published in 2002: This volume explores educational reforms and innovations in music teaching in England between 1923 and 1999. Gordon Cox investigates the key reforms which attempted to give life to music in schools and describes teachers' reactions to such innovations. By taking classroom practice and teacher experiences as seriously as policy making and education rhetoric this book broadens the horizons of historical investigation into music education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736436

Living on the BorderPsychotic Processes in the Individual the Couple and the Group This book centres on the problem of psychosis understood from a psychoanalytic perspective as it manifests itself in different contexts and different levels of organisation: from the individual psychoanalytic session through work with couples groups and institutions and wider levels of social organisation. Beginning with a discussion of the psychoanalytic approach to psychosis centring on the work of Freud Klein and the Post-Kleinians it goes on to cover individual couple and group therapy with psychotic patients. It draws on clinical material and theoretical discussion to explore the links between psychotic processes on different levels. This work is aimed at different professionals working within the psychodynamic frame of reference: individual psychotherapists couple and family and group psychotherapists; organisational consultants and trainees in different therapies. As well as this it will be a useful resource to nurses doctors and social workers who work with very disturbed patients and wish to learn about psychotic processes. Contributors: David Bell Elizabeth Bott Spillius Tim Dartington James Fisher Caroline Garland Francis Grier R.D. Hinshelwood David Kennard Julian Lousada Mary Morgan Aleksandra Novakovic Salomon Resnik Margaret Rustin Hanna Segal Wilhelm Skogstad Margot Waddell Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855756014

Living on the Margins: Social Access to Shelter in Urban South Asia This title was first published in 2000. The privatization of former social state housing through recent public-private partnerships is becoming increasingly prevalent in Third World as well as in Western countries. In most Third World countries this shift has had profound effects upon the patterns of access of shelter. Drawing on studies of South Asian and other Third World contexts as well as original in-depth empirical research from Amritsar a city in North-West India this book offers an analysis of the withdrawal of state housing provision. It develops and applies a unique model based on social status to analyze the new routes of access to housing and land by the urban poor. Its conclusions argue that these new privatization policies largely rely upon already existing informal and self-help settlements which continue to attract the poor and to be the largest housing providers in many cities thus providing a ready-made safety net for such policies. The inter-linkages between the private state and the public market make up a highly diversified and complex picture of shelter arrangements being accessed by the poor which is reflected in the social differentiation and increasingly stratified housing market. The book argues that these partnership policies therefore have long-term implications upon social patterns of inclusion and exclusion which must be addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728776

Living Out LoudAn Introduction to LGBTQ History Society and Culture Living Out Loud: An Introduction to LGBTQ History Society and Culture offers students an evidence-based foundation in the interdisciplinary field of LGBTQ Studies. Chapters on history diversity dating/relationships education sexual health and globalization reflect current research and thinking in the social sciences humanities and sciences. Coverage of current events and recommendations for additional readings videos and web resources help students apply the contents in their lives making Living Out Loud the perfect core text for LGBTQ+ Studies (and similar) courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191921

Living Out Sexuality and FaithBody Admissions of Malaysian Gay and Bisexual Men Sexuality religion and faith often have complex and conflicting interactions on both personal and societal levels. Numerous studies have been conducted on queer subjects but they have predominantly focused on ‘Western’ expressions of faith and queer identities. This book contributes to the wider scholarship on queer subjects by drawing on actual lived experiences of self-identifying gay and bisexual men in Malaysia. It discusses what we can learn from the realities of their lives that intersect with their religious spiritual theological or humanistic values in an Asian context. Analysed within the critical frameworks of queer theory and queer sexual theology this study divulges the meanings ascribed to sexual identities and practices as well as conceptualisations of masculinity sexual desire love and intimate physical connections. It also lays bare the complex negotiations between gender desire and spirit and how they can affect one another.Tying fascinating case studies and underexplored Asian theologies with wider conversations around sexuality and faith this book will be of significant interest to scholars working in religious studies theology queer studies sexuality studies and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890988

Living Over the StoreArchitecture and Local Urban Life The shop/house – the building combining commercial/retail uses and dwellings – appears over many periods of history in most cities in the world. This book combines architectural history cross-cultural understandings and accounts of contemporary policy and building practice to provide a comprehensive account of this common but overlooked building. The merchant's house in northern European cities the Asian shophouse the apartment building on New York avenues typical apartment buildings in Rome and in Paris – this variety of shop/houses along with the commonality of attributes that form them mean that the hybrid phenomenon is as much a social and economic one as it is an architectural one. Professionals city officials and developers are taking a new look at buildings that allow for higher densities and mixed-use. Describing exemplary contemporary projects and issues pertaining to their implementation as well as the background cultural variety and urban attributes this book will benefit designers dealing with mixed-use buildings as well as academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783170

Living Politics Making MusicThe Writings of Jan Fairley The late Jan Fairley (1949-2012) was a key figure in making world music a significant topic for popular music studies and an influential contributor to such world music magazines as fRoots and Songlines. This book celebrates her contribution to popular music scholarship by gathering her most important work together in a single place. The result is a richly informed and entertaining volume that will be of interest to all scholars in the field while also serving as an excellent introduction for students interested in popular music as a global phenomenon. Fairley’s work was focused on the problems and possibilities of cross-cultural musical influences fantasies and flows and on the importance of performing circuits and networks. Her interest in the details of music-making and in the lives of music-makers means that this collection is also an original and illuminating study of music and politics. In drawing on Jan Fairley’s journalism this volume also offers students a guide to various genres of world music from Cuban son to flamenco as well as an insight into the lives of such world music stars as Mercedes Sosa and Silvio Rodríguez. This is inspiring as well as essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272446

Living Powers(RLE Edu K)The Arts in Education When originally published this was the first book to offer a collective history of all the arts – Art Drama Dance Music Literature and Film – in the curriculum. It also offers a coherent framework for the teaching of arts which is in line with the best current trends since the Gulbenkian Report of 1982. It insists that the arts seen together should be an essential part of the national curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751162

Living PsychoanalysisFrom theory to experience Living Psychoanalysis: From Theory to Experience represents a decade of work from one of today's leading psychoanalysts. Michael Parsons brings to life clinical psychoanalysis and its theoretical foundations offering new developments in analytic theory and vivid examples of work in the consulting room. The book also explores connections between psychoanalysis art and literature showing how psychoanalytic insights can enrich our lives far beyond the clinical situation. Living Psychoanalysis comprises four main sections: Life and Death – asks what it means to be fully and creatively alive and introduces the concept of avant-coup Sexuality Narcissism and the Oedipus complex – develops fresh ways of understanding these key concepts How analysts listen – explores links between psychoanalytic listening and the way artists look at the world and introduces the concept of the internal analytic setting The Independent tradition in British psychoanalysis – considers the theoretical foundations of Independent clinical technique and discusses from various perspectives the role of training in developing the identity of analysts and analytic therapists With fresh theoretical concepts and a focus on specific aspects of clinical practice Living Psychoanalysis: From Theory to Experience will be a valuable resource for analysts therapists and professionals who wish to extend their vision of psychoanalysis. It will also be of great interest to general readers concerned to deepen their understanding of the links between culture and the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626477

Living Roofs in Integrated Urban Water Systems With the infrastructure to manage storm water threats in cities becoming increasingly expensive to build or repair the design community needs to look at alternative approaches. Living roofs present an opportunity to compliment ground-level storm water control measures contributing to a holistic integrated urban water management system. This book offers tools to plan and design living roofs in the context of effectively mitigating storm water. Quantitative tools for engineering calculations and qualitative discussion of potential influences and interactions of the design team and assembly elements are addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535533

Living Ruins Value Conflicts Using monuments and ruins by way of illustration this fascinating book examines the symbolic ideological geographical and aesthetic importance of Greek classical iconography for the Western world. It examines how classical Greek monuments are simultaneously perceived as sublime national symbols and as a mythological and archetypal reference against which Western modernism is measured. The book investigates the dialogue this double identity leads to as well as frequent clashes between ancient (but also later) monuments and their modern urban or regional environment. Living Ruins Value Conflicts examines the complex historical process of monument restoration and enhancement and analyses the nexus of changing perceptions aesthetic visions and formal principles over the past two centuries. The book shows the ways in which archaeology and monumentality affect modern life the modern aesthetic our notions of nationhood of place of self - and the limits to and possibilities for national development imposed by the need to ensure ruins are kept 'alive'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255012

Living ShorelinesThe Science and Management of Nature-Based Coastal Protection Living Shorelines: The Science and Management of Nature-based Coastal Protection compiles synthesizes and interprets the current state of the knowledge on the science and practice of nature-based shoreline protection. This book will serve as a valuable reference to guide scientists students managers planners regulators environmental and engineering consultants and others engaged in the design and implementation of living shorelines. This volume provides a background and history of living shorelines understandings on management policy and project designs technical synthesis of the science related to living shorelines including insights from new studies and the identification of research needs lessons learned and perspectives on future guidance.Makes recommendations on the correct usage of the term living shorelinesOffers guidance for shoreline management in the futureIncludes lessons learned from the practice of shoreline restoration/conservationSynthesizes regional perspectives to identify strategies for the successful design and implementation of living shorelinesReviews specific design criteria for successful implementation of living shorelinesProvides detailed discussions of social regulatory scientific and technical considerations to justify and design living shoreline projectsInternational perspectives are presented from leading researchers and managers in the East West and Gulf coasts of the United States Europe Canada and Australia that are working on natural approaches to shoreline management. The broad geographic scope and interdisciplinary nature of contributing authors will help to facilitate dialogue and transfer knowledge among different disciplines and across different regions. This book provides coastal communities with the scientific foundation and practical guidance necessary to implement effective shoreline management that enhances ecosystem services and coastal resilience now and into the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573836

Living Standards and Social Well-Being Too many of the world’s citizens face impoverished living standards. The economic and financial crises have made matters worse. The viewpoint of Living Standards and Social Well-Being is that the fundamental objective for an economy is provisioning not simply efficiency. The chapters in this volume examine how economies across the globe come to understand what constitutes a living and how they can improve living standards including balancing paid work with family life and civic responsibility. The authors provide historical theoretical and empirical studies of moving economies at the macro level and households at the micro level toward improved living standards. It is argued that achieving well-being and decent living standards through work and welfare state policies is a social responsibility. Such improvements could be delivered through basic income policies family support job guarantees decent work shorter work weeks and support from social welfare. These issues are important for economics and the other social sciences and in particular for social economics. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of Social Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657952

Living Systems Evolving Consciousness and the Emerging PersonA Selection of Papers from the Life Work of Louis Sander This collection of previously published papers can be viewed as a story of the gradual emergence of an overarching idea through the course of a life’s work. The idea concerns the way emerging knowledge of developmental processes biological systems and therapeutic process can be integrated in terms of basic principles that govern the living system as an ongoing creative process – a process in which there is a continuing impetus both energizing and motivational that moves the living system toward an enhanced coherence in its engagement with its surround as it achieves an ever-increasing inclusiveness of complexity. The papers have been selected in a roughly chronological order from a career of early developmental research within the background of psychoanalytic thinking. The biological underpinnings of psychoanalysis can be extended by systems thinking. Our notions of the evolution of consciousness can also be extended from this simple level of a neural machinery essential for adaptation and survival to the capacity for the awareness of one’s own inner state within the flow of one’s engagement with one’s surround. From this enrichment of inner experiencing through evolving self-awareness the unique organization of the "person" emerges within the developmental process – from expectancies and emotions to values meaning purpose goals and "direction". The title of the book has been chosen to capture this sequence. Further evolution of conscious organization will enable the human species to achieve the state of being "together-with" and yet "distinct-from" as the system as a whole on a wider more global level gains increasing coherence as it complexity increases. Hopefully the implications of this idea will emerge in the reader’s thinking as the chapters move from the level of adaptation to recognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005938

Living the Death of Democracy in SpainThe Civil War and Its Aftermath This volume brings together new interdisciplinary perspectives on the Spanish Civil War its victims its contentious ending and its aftermath. In exploring the slow demise of the Spanish Republic and the course of the Civil War the authors have chosen to range in turn over cinematic literary and historical depictions of the era. In addition reactions elsewhere in Europe to the Spanish conflict are examined; the role of the International Brigades is looked at afresh; the fate of children displaced during the Civil War is explored; and the Spanish anarcho-syndicalist movement is revisited. The volume shows that to be any kind of soldier in the armies of the Republic or even to be seen as a Republican sympathiser was to become a "non-person" in the new order in Spain under Franco and sets what supporters of the Republic had to endure within the wider European and international context of the period. This book offers timely fresh insights into the failure of the Spanish Republic and into a society that tried in vain to unite its divided people during what was a seismic era in Spain’s history. This book was originally published as a special issue of Bulletin of Spanish Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059634

Living the DreamNew Immigration Policies and the Lives of Undocumented Latino Youth In 2012 President Obama deferred the deportation of qualified undocumented youth with his policy of Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals forever changing the lives of the approximately five million DREAMers currently in the United States. Formerly illegal a generation of Latino youth have begun to build new lives based on their newfound legitimacy. In this book the first to examine the lives of DREAMers in the wake of Obama s deferred action policy the authors relay the real-life stories of more than 100 DREAMers from four states. They assess the life circumstances in which undocumented Latino youth find themselves the racializing effects generated by current immigration public discourse and the permanent impact of this policy environment on DREAMers in America." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612057118

Living the Lighting LifeA Guide to a Career in Entertainment Lighting Living the Lighting Life provides practical tools and advice for a successful career in entertainment lighting. This easy-to-navigate guide offers real-world examples and documentation from the author and key industry experts giving readers a comprehensive overview of the lighting life. The book provides insight on: Different job opportunities in the entertainment lighting industry; Business procedures contracts time sheets and invoices; Tips on self-promotion networking and continual learning; The lighting lifestyle healthy living and work-related travel; Maintaining and developing creativity to provide innovative lighting and solutions. With insightful interviews from industry veterans Living the Lighting Life is a key navigational resource for anyone considering a career in entertainment lighting or just starting out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349325

Living TheodramaReimagining Theological Ethics Living Theodrama is a fresh creative introduction to theological ethics. Offering an imaginative approach through dialogue with theatrical theory and practice Vander Lugt demonstrates a new way to integrate actor-oriented and action-oriented approaches to Christian ethics within a comprehensive theodramatic model. This model affirms that life is a drama performed in the company of God and others providing rich metaphors for relating theology to everyday formation and performance in this drama. Different chapters explore the role of the triune God Scripture tradition the church mission and context in the process of formation and performance thus dealing separately with major themes in theological ethics while incorporating them within an overarching model. This book contains not only a fruitful exchange between theological ethics and theatre but it also presents a promising method for interdisciplinary dialogue between theology and the arts that will be valuable for students and practitioners across many different fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879303

Living TheoryThe Application of Classical Social Theory to Contemporary Life Living Theory: The Application of Classical Social Theory to Contemporary Life 2nd edition analyzes major features of modern society from the classical theory point of view and suggests how modern life might be explained from this viewpoint. The author examines the works of four classical figures - Marx Durkheim Simmel and Weber - because of their continuing influence on social theory and because they addressed many of the central issues we confront in modern society. Topics new to this edition include: New electronic technologies The battle over valued property The role of trust in society Governmental secrecy Trafficking in human organs Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467910

Living Through Terror In the era of war on terror the term terror has tended to be applied to its sudden eruptions in the metropolises of the global north. This volume directs its attention to terror’s manifestations in other locations and lives. The title Living Through Terror refers both to the pervasiveness of terror in societies where extreme violence and war constitute the everyday processes of life as well as to the experience of surviving terror and living into the future. The contributions consider terror’s effects in those ignored and silenced locations where terror is either naturalised (the Philippines South Africa Timor Leste Sri Lanka) or made invisible (the neo-liberal democracies of Australia and Italy). The stories of ruined places displaced bodies and identities shattered and remade that emerge from these pages bring into view the socio-political systems cultural geographies and regimes of territoriality through which terror is engendered and naturalised and the institutions and imaginaries that continue to underpin them. The essays literary writings and images collected here attend in their different ways to subjects living in and with terror as an element incorporated in their everyday and to the processes by which terror exercises itself in their lives whether it is perpetrated by state or non-state actors. Simultaneously the contributions attest to the tactics subjects deploy to confront and negotiate conditions of terror their attempts to live with and through terror and ultimately their strategies to recover through the everyday and the ordinary the seeds of life and hope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864504

Living Through the Industrial Revolution First published in 1966 this revealing study looks closely into the lives of the men women and children working in mines workshops factories and farms during the industrial revolution. It investigates the inventors whose new machines made the industrial revolution possible and reflects on the new type of employer whose enterprise and energy in linking machine and labour power formed a new society. Where possible contemporary accounts letters diaries and reports have been used so that the words of those living through this remarkable time can be heard - the words and thoughts of masters workpeople apprentice children 'improving landlords' and farm labourers illuminate the prevailing attitudes of the period. An introductory chapter outlines previous methods of living and working and shows the first movements towards the industrial revolution. Describing successes and failures lives of impoverishment and hardship fortunes made and sometimes lost and the effects of the new society this enlightening study investigates how early struggles to cope with almost overwhelming problems are now seen as the beginnings of the comparatively comfortable conditions we benefit from today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864788

Living Through the Soviet System For a period of over seventy years after the 1917 revolutions in Russia talking about the past either political or personal became dangerous. The situation changed dramatically with the new policy of glasnost at the end of the 1980s. The result was a flood of reminiscence almost nightly on television and more formally collected by new Russian oral history groups and also by Western researchers. Daniel Bertaux and Paul Thompson both began collecting life story and family history interview material in the early 1990s and this book is the outcome of their initiative. Living Through the Soviet System analyzes through personal accounts how Russian society operated on a day-to-day level. It contrasts the integration of different social groups: the descendents of the pre-revolutionary upper classes the new industrial working class or the ethnically marginalized Russian Jews. It examines in turn the implications of family relationships working mothers absent fathers and caretaking grandmothers; patterns of eating together and of housing; the secrecy of sex; the suppression of religion; and the small freedoms of growing vegetables on weekends on a dacha plot. Because of its basis in direct testimonies the book reveals in a highly readable and direct style the meaning for ordinary men and women of living through those seven dark decades of a great European nation. Because of the centrality of Soviet Russia to the history of the twentieth-century world this book will be of interest to a wide range of readers. It will be of importance to students researchers and teachers of history and sociology as well as specialists in East European and other communist societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527294

Living Together After Ethnic KillingExploring the Chaim Kaufman Argument This volume attempts to critically analyze Chaim Kaufman's ideas from various methodological perspectives with the view of further understanding how stable states may arise after violent ethnic conflict and to generate important debate in the area. After the Cold War the West became optimistic of their ability to intervene effectively in instances of humanitarian disasters and civil war. Unfortunately in the light of Bosnia Somalia and Rwanda questions of the appropriate course of action in situations of large scale violence became hotly contested. A wave of analysis considered the traditional approach of third parties attempting to ensure that the nation was built on the basis of a ruling power-share between the opposing sides of the conflict to be overwhelmingly problematic and perhaps impossible. Within this movement Kaufman wrote a series of articles advocating separation of warring sides in order to provide stability in situations of large scale violence. His theorem provoked extreme responses and polarized opinion contradicting the established position of promoting power-sharing democracy and open economies to solve ethnic conflict and had policy implications for the entire international community. This book was previously published as a special issue of Security Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010543

Living Together Apart?Ethnic Concentration in the Neighbourhood and Ethnic Minorities' Social Contacts and Language Practise In recent years ethnic residential concentration and negative consequences in ethnic minority neighborhoods have increased. This volume presents scientific knowledge and contributes to the societal debate by studying the effects of ethnic residential concentration on ethnic minoritiesAE social contacts and language practices. The study indicates that ethnic residential concentration is related to less social contact with natives but more social contact with co-ethnics. As a result ethnic residential concentration hinders ethnic minoritiesAE majority language proficiency and use. Moreover ethnic residential concentration is found to constrain the strength of ethnic minoritiesAE social ties with natives and the rise of ethnic concentration partly explained the stagnation of ethnic minoritiesAE social contacts with natives over time. Implications of these results are discussed. | In recent years ethnic residential concentration and negative consequences in ethnic minority neighborhoods have increased. This volume presents scientific knowledge and contributes to the societal debate by studying the effects of ethnic residential concentration on ethnic minoritiesAE social contacts and language practices. The study indicates that ethnic residential concentration is related to less social contact with natives but more social contact with co-ethnics. As a result ethnic residential concentration hinders ethnic minoritiesAE majority language proficiency and use. Moreover ethnic residential concentration is found to constrain the strength of ethnic minoritiesAE social ties with natives and the rise of ethnic concentration partly explained the stagnation of ethnic minoritiesAE social contacts with natives over time. Implications of these results are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037705522

Living under Post-DemocracyCitizenship in Fleetingly Democratic Times When money equates to power and the system is rigged in favor of wealthy elites why do we still pretend we are living in a democracy? In Living under Post-Democracy Caleb R. Miller challenges us to admit what we already know: that most of us are effectively powerless over the political decisions that govern our lives. Instead we should embrace a 'post-democratic' view of politics one which recognizes the way in which our political institutions fail—both systematically and historically—to live up to our democratic ideals while also acknowledging our tragic yet enduring attachment to them both. Offering a new framework for conceptualizing contemporary citizenship Miller explores how a post-democratic perspective can help us begin to reorient ourselves in our paradoxical fractured political landscape. This model of citizenship opens the possibility for a distinctly post-democratic approach to both political participation and political philosophy treating them not as ways of affecting politics but as opportunities for therapeutically engaging with the ongoing challenges and inevitable frustrations of post-democratic life. This book is an excellent addition to courses on democratic theory as well as introductory courses to political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322342

Living Under the ShadowCultural Impacts of Volcanic Eruptions Popularist treatments of ancient disasters like volcanic eruptions have grossly overstated their capacity for death destruction and societal collapse. Contributors to this volume—from anthropology archaeology environmental studies geology and biology—show that human societies have been incredibly resilient and in the long run have often recovered remarkably well from wide scale disruption and significant mortality. They have often used eruptions as a trigger for environmental enrichment cultural change and adaptation. These historical studies are relevant to modern hazard management because they provide records for a far wider range of events and responses than have been recorded in written records yet are often closely datable and trackable using standard archaeological and geological techniques. Contributors also show the importance of traditional knowledge systems in creating a cultural memory of dangerous locations and community responses to disaster. The global and temporal coverage of the research reported is impressive comprising studies from North and Central America Europe Asia and the Pacific and ranging in time from the Middle Palaeolithic to the modern day. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315425177

Living Victims Stolen LivesParents of Murdered Children Speak to America "Living Victims Stolen Lives: Parents of Murdered Children Speak to America" is a gripping and instructive sketch of the intense psychic pain anger and frustration experienced by parents of murdered children. Drawing on intimate interviews with parents enduring murdered-child grief and the insights of professionals counseling them this unique book gives a deeply moving psychological emotional and spiritual portrait of people immersed in epic tragedy and loss. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315229874

Living Wage MovementsGlobal Perspectives Living wage activism has spanned time and space reaching across decades and national boundaries. Conditions generating living wage movements early in the twentieth century have resurfaced in the twenty-first century only on a global scale: 'sweated' labour macroeconomic instability and job insecurity.Upon reviewing the empirical evidence the book's contributors make strong cases both for and against living wage activism. The effective blend of historical contemporary and global perspectives provides opportunities for teachers scholars and activists to evaluate how we can address low pay at the organizational and macroeconomic levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655460

Living Well on the SpectrumHow to Use Your Strengths to Meet the Challenges of Asperger Syndrome/High-Functioning Autism Navigating the "neurotypical" world with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism (AS/HFA) can be extremely stressful. But by understanding the specific ways your brain works differently--and how to tap into your personal strengths--you can greatly enhance your well-being. In this wise and practical book experienced therapist Valerie L. Gaus helps you identify goals that will make your life better and take concrete steps to achieve them. Grounded in psychological science the techniques in this book help you: *Learn the unspoken rules of social situations.*Improve your communication skills.*Get organized at home and at work.*Manage anxiety and depression.*Strengthen your relationships with family and friends.*Live more successfully on your own or with others. A wealth of stories questionnaires worksheets and concrete examples help you find personalized solutions to problems you are likely to encounter. You can download and print additional copies of the worksheets for repeated use. Of special note the Introduction was updated in 2017 with the latest information on how autism spectrum disorder is defined in DSM-5. Finally a compassionate knowledgeable positive guide to living well on the spectrum. Mental health professionals see also the author's Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder Second Edition. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781606236345

Living Well with A Long-Term Health ConditionAn Evidence-Based Guide to Managing Your Symptoms Living well with a long-term health condition is one of the most challenging experiences one can have. Written based on the most recent research evidence this straightforward guide to managing both the emotional and physical aspects of chronic illness gives practical suggestions of how those living with a range of conditions can most effectively manage their symptoms whilst still living an active and fulfilling life. Covering a range of topics including self-management of pain fatigue stress and lifestyle changes and adapting to a diagnosis the book provides an accessible resource that will enable patients and carers to better understand and meet the psychological challenges of long-term condition. By taking a holistic approach Bogosian empowers the individual to identify their own goals and the pathways to achieve them to reach personal satisfaction while negotiating the complexities of their condition. This book will be an indispensable guide to those living with a long-term illness as well as their family members. It will also be of interest to specialist nurses care consultants or social workers working with people with a chronic illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211131

Living Well with DementiaThe Importance of the Person and the Environment for Wellbeing This unique guide provides a much needed overview of dementia care. With a strong focus on the importance of patients and families it explores the multifaceted meaning behind patient wellbeing and its vital significance in the context of national policy. Adopting a positive evidence-based approach the book dispels the bleak outlook on dementia management. Its person-centred ideology considers fundamental areas such as independence leisure and other activities and end-of-life care - integrating the NICE quality standard where relevant. It also places great emphasis on patient environment including practical home and ward design the importance of gardens and sensory considerations. All public and health care professionals will be stimulated by Rahman's outstanding assimilation of theory and practice. Patients their families and friends will also find much for inspiration and practical assistance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781908911971

Living Wills and Enduring Powers of Attorney This book allows you to decide whether a living will is for you and offers a plain English living will to make your wishes known and how to grant an EPA allowing those you trust to manage your affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138157835

Living with an Acquired Brain InjuryThe Practical Life Skills Workbook "The Practical Life Skills Workbook" is designed for people who have recovered well enough from brain injury to prepare for a return to independent living. Using a very accessible and easy to read format which takes into account various learning styles resulting from brain injury the sessions can be completed entirely at the pace that best suits the user. Exercises and tips described in the book cover: Budgeting; Reading and understanding bill terminology; Route orientation; Form filling; and Planning a night's entertainment. Designed to be completed over a ten week period this book will represent a milestone in the journey towards living independently for many people providing careful guidance with everyday tasks and activities that initially appear daunting. It includes a CD of comprehensive downloadable activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863888106

Living with Bariatric SurgeryManaging your mind and your weight Highly Commended at the 2019 BMA Medical Book Awards Living with Bariatric Surgery: Managing Your Mind and Your Weight aims to help those who are considering bariatric surgery develop a psychological understanding of their eating behaviour and the changes needed in order to make surgery successful. It is also a resource for those who have undergone surgery to help them adapt to the physical psychological and relationship adjustments that occur. Whilst the benefits of bariatric surgery are significant the psychological challenges it presents for patients have been overlooked. This book will help patients develop a realistic view of bariatric surgery and the changes required. It incorporates the real-life experiences of people who have had bariatric surgery showing how they have responded to the psychological and behavioural changes after surgery and also features helpful psychoeducation exercises and strategies to facilitate reflection and learning. Living with Bariatric Surgery will be an essential guide for anyone considering preparing for or recovering from bariatric surgery as well as health professionals working with these clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217126

Living with Climate ChangeHow Communities Are Surviving and Thriving in a Changing Climate The climate has changed and communities across America are living with the consequences: rapid sea level rise multi-state wildfires heat waves and enduring drought. Living with Climate Change: How Communities Are Surviving and Thriving in a Changing Climate details the steps cities are taking now to protect lives and businesses to reduce their vulnerability and to adapt and make themselves more resilient. The authors included in this book have been directly involved in the successful design and implementation of community-based adaptation and resilience programs. In this book they apply decades of combined experience in hazard risk reduction climate change adaptation and environmental protection to provide timely and practical advice on how to plan for and live with a climate that is changing faster and more erratically than predicted. The book also examines obstacles to local state and national action on climate change includes case studies to illustrate smart effective policies and practices that have already been put in place and defines how these actions benefit the economy the environment and public health. Living with Climate Change provides much-needed guidance for finding and enacting solutions to immediate and future risks of climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498725361

Living With ContradictionsControversies In Feminist Social Ethics Some people believe that feminist ethics is little more than a series of dogmatic positions on issues such as abortion rights pornography and affirmative action.This caricature was never true but Alison Jaggar's Living with Contradictions is the first book to demonstrate just how rich and complex feminist ethics has become. Beginning with the mo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316730

Living With Drugs Now in its seventh edition Living with Drugs continues to be a well-respected and indispensable reference tool. Michael Gossop has updated this new edition to take account of new laws and practices that have come in to place since the previous edition published in 2007. Written in an accessible style and providing a balanced perspective the book is ideal for non-specialists in training such as student nurses and social workers and for anyone with an interest in this complex ever-present and emotive issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409443483

Living with Drugs Now in its sixth edition Living with Drugs continues to be a well-respected and indispensable reference tool. Michael Gossop has updated this new edition to take account of new laws and practices that have come in to place since the previous edition published in 2000. Written in an accessible style and providing a balanced perspective the book is ideal for non-specialists in training such as student nurses and social workers and for anyone with an interest in this complex ever-present and emotive issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593872

Living With DyslexiaThe social and emotional consequences of specific learning difficulties/disabilities This book reinforces the need for understanding and support for childrenwith dyslexia from parents and teachers but also the importance of thechildren's own understanding of their strengths and weaknesses in orderto fulfil their potential.  It should be recommended reading for allthose involved in dyslexia. - Professor Angela Fawcett Director of the Centre for Child Research Swansea University What is it like living with dyslexia on a day-to-day basis? Based on interviews with dyslexic children and their families this insightful book presents first-hand accounts of how dyslexia affects the children themselves and the people around them. Living with Dyslexia Second Edition places the original fascinating findings within the context of current research and practice in the UK Europe Australia and the USA. The author: examines issues of confidence and self-esteem; explores the coping strategies adopted by children and adults with dyslexia; investigates the concept of dyslexia-friendly schools; studies how children were first identified as having dyslexia and the social and emotional difficulties they encountered; offers guidance on how teachers and parents can best support children with specific learning difficulties; considers the cognitive educational social and emotional perspectives in order for teachers and parents to gain a better understanding of dyslexia. This new edition provides an updated account of cognitive research and examines important changes in relation to Special Educational Needs policy and practice in the last ten years including the Revised SEN Code of Practice (2001) Removing Barriers to Achievement (2004) and the National Literacy Strategy (2006). Living with Dyslexia recognises that the voices of children with dyslexia are increasingly important in developing good educational practice and makes an important contribution to the literature on dyslexia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135512

Living with EarthAn Introduction to Environmental Geology For many students with no science background environmental geology may be one of the only science courses they ever take. Living With Earth: An Introduction to Environmental Geology is ideal for those students fostering a better understanding of how they interact with Earth and how their actions can affect Earth's environmental health. The informal reader-friendly presentation is organized around a few unifying perspectives: how the various Earth systems interact with one another; how Earth affects people (creating hazards but also providing essential resources); and how people affect Earth. Greater emphasis is placed on environment and sustainability than on geology unlike other texts on the subject. Essential scientific foundations are presented - but the ultimate goal is to connect students proactively to their role as stakeholders in Earth's future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424463

Living With Energy ShortfallA Future For American Towns And Cities This book is about the ways Americans may live in the years ahead and the forms their cities suburbs towns and rural areas may take in the light of changing patterns of energy supply and societal affluence. It is written for the ultimate energy policy maker–the private citizen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168476

Living with Environmental ChangeSocial Vulnerability Adaptation and Resilience in Vietnam Vietnam and the neighbouring countries of Southeast Asia face diverse challenges created by the rapid evolution of their social economic and environmental systems and resources. Taking a multidisciplinary perspective this book provides a comprehensive assessment of the Vietnamese situation identifying the factors shaping social vulnerability and resilience to environmental change and considering prospects for sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995482

Living with Environmental ChangeWaterworlds Climate change is a lived experience of changes in the environment often destroying conventional forms of subsistence and production creating new patterns of movement and connection and transforming people’s imagined future. This book explores how people across the world think about environmental change and how they act upon the perception of past present and future opportunities. Drawing on the ethnographic fieldwork of expert authors it sheds new light on the human experience of and social response to climate change by taking us from the Arctic to the Pacific from the Southeast Indian Coastal zone to the West-African dry-lands and deserts as well as to Peruvian mountain communities and cities. Divided into four thematic parts - Water Landscape Technology Time – this book uses rich photographic material to accompany the short texts and reflections in order to bring to life the human ingenuity and social responsibility of people in the face of new uncertainties. In an era of melting glaciers drying lands and rising seas it shows how it is part and parcel of human life to take responsibility for the social community and take creative action on the basis of a localized understanding of the environment. This highly original contribution to the anthropological study of climate change is a must-read for all those wanting to understand better what climate change means on the ground and interested in a sustainable future for the Earth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746670

Living with Epidemics in Colonial Bengal Making epidemics in colonial Bengal as its entry point and drawing heavily on social cultural and linguistic anthropology to understand the functions of health experiences distribution of illness prevention of sickness social relations of therapeutic intervention and employment of pluralistic medical systems the book interrogates the social construction of medical knowledge politics of science and the changing paradigm of relationship between health of the individual and the prerogatives of larger colonial economic formations. Smallpox plague cholera and malaria which visited colonial Bengal with epidemic vengeance caught the people unaware killed them in thousands and changed the society and its demographic structures. The book shows how sometimes through mutual adaptation but more often by cultural contestation people pulled on with their microbial fellow travellers and how illness became metaphor for the social dangers of improper code of conduct to be corrected only through personal expropriation of the sin committed or by community worship of the deity supposedly responsible for it. As a result Western medical science was often relegated to the background and elaborate rites and rituals supposedly having curative values came to the forefront and were observed with much community fanfare. Epidemics were also interpreted as outcome of politically incorrect moves made by the ruling power. To right the wrongs people very often resorted to social protest. The protest by the literati went sometimes muted when its members seem to be beneficiaries of the colonial government but it turned out to be all the more violent when the people who had no private axe to grind took up the cudgel to fight it out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095359

Living with Floods in a Mobile Southeast AsiaA Political Ecology of Vulnerability Migration and Environmental Change This book contributes to a better understanding of the relationship between migration vulnerability resilience and social justice associated with flooding across diverse environmental social and policy contexts in Southeast Asia. It challenges simple analyses of flooding as a singular driver of migration and instead considers the ways in which floods figure in migration-based livelihoods and amongst already mobile populations. The book develops a conceptual framework based on a ‘mobile political ecology’ in which particular attention is paid to the multidimensionality temporalities and geographies of vulnerability. Rather than simply emphasising the capacities (or lack thereof) of individuals and households the focus is on identifying factors that instigate manage and perpetuate vulnerable populations and places: these include the sociopolitical dynamics of floods flood hazards and risky environments migration and migrant-based livelihoods and the policy environments through which all of these take shape. The book is organised around a series of eight empirical urban and rural case studies from countries in Southeast Asia where lives are marked by mobility and by floods associated with the region’s monsoonal climate. The concluding chapter synthesises the insights of the case studies and suggests future policy directions. Together the chapters highlight critical policy questions around the governance of migration institutionalised disaster response strategies and broader development agendas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376956

Living with FrailtyFrom Assets and Deficits to Resilience Increasingly we question ‘what makes us healthy?’ as well as ‘what makes us ill?’. What does this shift mean for frailty? Almost wholly defined in negative terms the term ‘frail’ tends to refer to a group of older people who are at highest risk of adverse outcomes such as falls infections disability admission to hospital or the need for long-term care. This ground-breaking book takes a holistic approach to frailty. It connects the medical literature with the wider social science discourse on ageing and focuses on promoting wellbeing and the building up of strengths. Living with Frailty draws together the latest biomedical evidence and good practice in this emerging area and explores ideas about assets and resilience the role of society and the social model of disability in relation to frailty arguing that insufficient attention is paid to positive action such as developing bone strength maintaining good nutrition and exercising. Chapters look at: existing models of frailty person-centred care assessing frailty and quality of life how falls and fear of falls relate to discussions of frailty delirium and frailty the environment and frailty sarcopenia. Living with Frailty is an important introduction and reference for all practitioners researchers and students with an interest in frailty wellbeing and social approaches to health.   Forewords by Professors Ken Rockwood Dalhousie University  and Adam Gordon Nottingham University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301214

Living With GriefAfter Sudden Loss Suicide Homicide Accident Heart Attack Stroke First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138143609

Living With GriefAt Work At School At Worship While we often discuss how we grieve rarely do we consider the places where we grieve. Yet whether at work at school at worship or at home grief not only affects our moods and motivation but our ability to function and our relationships as well. This book considers the ways that grief influences us in varied settings offering humane and practical suggestions to organizations such as workplaces schools or places of worship as to how they can assist grievers in their midst struggling with illness and loss.  First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315781518

Living With GriefChildren Adolescents and Loss Living With Grief: Children Adolescents and Loss (2000) edited by Kenneth J. Doka features articles by leading educators and clinicians in the field of grief and bereavement. The chapters entitled "Voices" are the writings of children and adolescents. The book includes a comprehensive resource list of national organizations and a useful bibliography of age-appropriate literature for children and adolescents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151611

Living With GriefWhen Illness is Prolonged First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315781532

Living With GriefWho We Are How We Grieve Produced as a companion to the Hospice Foundation of America's fifth annual National Bereavement Teleconference this volume examines how key aspects of identity affect how individuals grieve. Variables explored include culture spirituality age and development level class and gender. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799087

Living with Hazards Dealing with Disasters: An Introduction to Emergency ManagementAn Introduction to Emergency Management This is the first concise introduction to emergency management the emerging profession that deals with disasters from floods and earthquakes to terrorist attacks. Twenty case studies illustrate the handling of actual disasters including the Northridge Earthquake and the Oklahoma City Bombing. Discussion questions and guides to on-line information sources facilitate use of the book in the classroom and professional training programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702810

Living with HIV and Dying with AIDSDiversity Inequality and Human Rights in the Global Pandemic There is now a vast literature on HIV and AIDS but much of it is based on traditional biomedical or epidemiological approaches. Hence it tells us very little about the experiences of the millions of people whose living and dying constitute the reality of this devastating pandemic. Doyal brings together findings from a wide range of empirical studies spanning the social sciences to explore experiences of HIV positive people across the world. This will illustrate how the disease is physically manifested and psychologically internalised by individuals in diverse ways depending on the biological social cultural and economic circumstances in which they find themselves. A proper understanding of these commonalities and differences will be essential if future strategies are to be effective in mitigating the effects of HIV and AIDS. Doyal shows that such initiatives will also require a better appreciation of the needs and rights of those affected within the wider context of global inequalities and injustices. Finally she outlines approaches to address these challenges. This book will appeal to everyone involved in struggles to improve the well-being of those with HIV and AIDS. While academically rigorous it is written in an accessible manner that transcends specific disciplines and through its extensive bibliography provides diverse source material for future teaching learning and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409431114

Living with intersex/DSDAn Exploratory Study of the Social Situation of Persons with intersex/DSD Intersex/DSD is an umbrella term used to describe various congenital conditions in which the development of sex differs from what medical professionals generally understand to be "male" or "female." The differences may be chromosomal gonadal or anatomical. There is growing international political attention for the position of people with intersex/DSD. At the same time there is as yet little solid research-based knowledge. This exploratory study documents what is currently known about the social situation of people with intersex/DSD in the Netherlands and what problems they may encounter. This exploratory study was carried out at the request of the Emancipation Department of the Dutch Ministry of Education Culture and Science. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037707175

Living with Jacobitism 1690–1788The Three Kingdoms and Beyond For over seventy years after the ‘Glorious Revolution’ of 1688–90 Jacobitism survived in the face of Whig propaganda. These essays seek to challenge current views of Jacobite historiography. They focus on migrant communities networking smuggling shipping religious and intellectual support mechanisms art architecture and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934702

Living with Mental DisorderInsights from Qualitative Research This evidence-based text puts a human face on mental disorders illuminating the lived experience of people with mental health difficulties and their caregivers. Systematically reviewing the qualitative research conducted on living with a mental disorder this text coalesces a large body of knowledge and centers on those disorders that have sufficient qualitative research to synthesize including attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder autism intellectual disabilities mood disorders schizophrenia and dementia.  Supported by numerous quotes the text explores the perspective of those suffering with a mental disorder and their caregivers discovering their experience of burden their understanding of and the meaning they give to their disorder the strengths and coping they have used to manage as well as their interactions with the formal treatment system and the use of medication. This book will be of immense value to students practitioners and academics that support study and treat people in mental distress and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074920

Living with Mild Brain InjuryThe Difficulties of Diagnosis and Recovery from Post-Concussion Syndrome This important book presents a unique personal account of the impact a mild traumatic brain injury can have. It tells the story of Pauline who was 33 when a late football tackle caused a bleed in her brain which went undiscovered for 18 months. The account includes descriptions of hidden symptoms of concussion and post-concussion syndrome pitfalls in diagnoses the uneven progress of recovery and the effect of the varied reactions which others have to an acquired brain injury. The author incorporates memories alongside extracts from clinic notes diary entries and emails to reflect the disjointed progress of diagnosis and recovery as- although similar- no two head injuries are the same. Through this book the reader gains an appreciation of the confusion experienced by many brain injury survivors which sheds light on why some may develop unusual behavior or mental health issues and how such issues can be alleviated. Brain injuries are poorly understood by the general public and this can lead to difficult interactions. Moreover complications in diagnosis means some may not realize they have this milder form of brain injury. This book will enlighten brain injury survivors and affected families and allow professionals an insight into their patients’ experiences. As concerns grow over the risks which contact sports pose this book shows how even mild brain injuries can wreak havoc with careers relationships and one’s sense of self but that a happy life can still be found. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524081

Living with Religious Diversity Looking beyond exclusively state-oriented solutions to the management of religious diversity this book explores ways of fostering respectful non-violent and welcoming social relations among religious communities. It examines the question of how to balance religious diversity individual rights and freedoms with a common national identity and moral consensus. The essays discuss the interface between state and civil society in ‘secular’ countries and look at case studies from the the West and India. They study themes such as religious education religious diversity pluralism inter-religious relations and exchanges dalits and religion and issues arising from the lived experience of religious diversity in various countries. The volume asserts that if religious violence crosses borders so do ideas about how to live together peacefully theological reflection on pluralism and lived practices of friendship across the boundaries of religious identity-groupings. Bringing together interdisciplinary scholarship from across the world the book will interest scholars and students of philosophy religious studies political science sociology and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815376019

Living with Religious Diversity in Early-Modern Europe Current scholarship continues to emphasise both the importance and the sheer diversity of religious beliefs within early modern societies. Furthermore it continues to show that despite the wishes of secular and religious leaders confessional uniformity was in many cases impossible to enforce. As the essays in this collection make clear many people in Reformation Europe were forced to confront the reality of divided religious loyalties and this raised issues such as the means of accommodating religious minorities who refused to conform and the methods of living in communion with those of different faiths. Drawing together a number of case studies from diverse parts of Europe Living with Religious Diversity in Early Modern Europe explores the processes involved when groups of differing confessions had to live in close proximity - sometimes grudgingly but often with a benign pragmatism that stood in opposition to the will of their rulers. By focussing on these themes the volume bridges the gap between our understanding of the confessional developments as they were conceived as normative visions and religious culture at the level of implementation. The contributions thus measure the religious policies articulated by secular and ecclesiastical elites against the 'lived experience' of people going about their daily business. In doing this the collection shows how people perceived and experienced the religious upheavals of the confessional age and how they were able to assimilate these changes within the framework of their lives. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250311

Living With Schizophrenia First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138142855

Living with StrangersBedsits and Boarding Houses in Modern English Life Literature and Film Living with Strangers examines the history and cultural representation of bed-sitting rooms and boarding houses in England from the early twentieth century to the present. Providing a historical overview the authors explore how these alternative domestic spaces came to provide shelter for a diverse demographic of working women and men retired army officers gay people students bohemians writers artists performers migrants and asylum seekers as well as shady figures and criminals. Drawing on historical records case studies and examples from literature art and film the book examines how the prevalence and significance of bedsits and boarding houses in novels plays detective stories Ealing comedies and contemporary fiction and film produced its own genre of narrative. The nine chapters are written by an international range of established and emerging scholars in the fields of literary studies art and film history political theory queer studies and cultural studies. A lively highly original study Living with Strangers makes a significant contribution to the cross-disciplinary field of home studies and provides insight into a crucial aspect of British cultural history. It is essential reading for students and researchers in anthropology history literary studies sociology gender and sexuality studies film studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350139459

Living with Television This book is based on extensive field research conducted by the investigators of Social Research Inc. interpreting the result of over 13 000 individuals. Members of TV audiences were studied to analyze their reactions to what TV offered them in relation to their age sex social class and personal characteristics. This information is here applied to understanding what television programs performers and commercials--by general type and also with illustrative case histories--are being watched. This book on first publication in 1962 provided the first clear image of the people in front of their TV sets who they were how they differed from each other their views on sex and violence boredom and enlightenment taste and judgment. It tells us about the audiences and our stereotypes and their response to the new medium they could both see and hear. It destroys the myth of the "mass audience" and replaces it with a scientifically derived description of the many audiences for television including its protesters its embracers and its accommodators. Programs looked at range from those still in production forty years later--The Price is Right--to those in perpetual rerun--The Twilight Zone---to those genres like westerns that have all but disappeared and those that still prosper like soap operas--in this case 77 Sunset Strip. A section on performer images and their symbolic meanings considers television personas from Bob Hope through Walter Cronkite to Roy Rogers and Pat Boone. The final section analyzes commercials both by type and by placement and what audiences feel about them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527300

Living with the BombAmerican and Japanese Cultural Conflicts in the Nuclear Age The development and use of the atomic bombs at Hiroshima and Nagasaki number among the formative national experiences for both Japanese and Americans as well as for 20th-century Japan-US relations. This volume explores the way in which the bomb has shaped the self-image of both peoples. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702803

Living with the BombCan We Live Without Enemies? Originally published in 1985 Living with the Bomb was written as a sequel to the best seller Depression: The Way Out of Your Prison. The human species is facing extinction not merely from nuclear war but also and perhaps more likely from the destruction of the resources of the planet. Is it possible for us to change? To organise a peaceful sharing society? To live in a world without enemies – and so to avoid extinction as a species? Dorothy Rowe outlines the painful process of change which all of us all nations races creeds will have to undertake to establish the forgiveness and reconciliation necessary to secure the continuation of the human race. Many people know about the peril threatening us – but many deny it. Dorothy Rowe describes the forms this denial takes and the effects such denial has on those defending themselves in this way. She shows how certain basic beliefs about human nature and the purpose of life beliefs held by many people undermine our determination to protect ourselves. She argues that to become and remain a person we must be a member of a group and that we create ourselves and our world out of structures which when threatened we defend with aggression. We perceive and define only in terms of contrast and the contrast to our group the Stranger becomes the Dangerous Stranger as a necessary repository for aspects of ourselves we have been taught to reject and deny. Although the world’s focus may have changed since 1985 the themes that run through this book are still very relevant for society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831987

Living with the Earth Fourth EditionConcepts in Environmental Health Science Shelving Guide; Environmental Science This is a groundbreaking and innovative book now in its fourth edition. The first edition won the CHOICE award for outstanding Academic Book while editions two and three became bestsellers on their own right. This fourth edition is packed with new updates on current world events associated with environmental issues and related health concerns. The author maintains traditional concepts and merges them with new and controversial issues. The book has been revised to include up-to-date topics with and a revised Web site with updated links. So what Coverage of emergency preparedness for environmental health practitioners Discussion of population dynamics especially with regard to overpopulation and underpopulation around the world and their respective influences on social economic and environmental concerns. The mechanisms of environmental disease emphasizing genetic disease and its role in developmental disorders and cancer. Human behaviors and pollution are presented along with respect to their roles in cancer risk. The ever increasing issues surrounding emerging and re-emerging diseases around the earth and the introduction of an increasing number of emerging diseases. The growing problems of asthma and other health effects associated with air pollution. An exploration of the mechanisms of toxicity with special reference to the immune system and endocrine disruption. The ongoing issues of the creation and disposal of hazardous waste along with the controversies surrounding disposal are presented. The issues and benefits of recycling are explored. The use of HACCP in assuring food quality food safety issues and the Food Quality Protection Act are discussed. Numerous technical illustrations charts graphs and photographs are included What on the Web? Test bank and study questions giving a complete review of the concepts covered. Search tools for online journals and databases covering useful up-to-date information in health and environmental topics Subject specific links by chapter as well as Federal state and organization sites with relevant information Downloadable PowerPoint files for each Chapter providing the instructor with ready-made presentation materials that can be modified as needed. Downloadable and printable test questions and answers for each chapter available to instructors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138590564

Living with the EnemyCoping with the stress of chronic illness using CBT mindfulness and acceptance ‘This isn’t living this is just existing.’ A long-term physical health condition – a chronic illness or even a disability – can take over your existence. Battling against the effects of the condition can take so much of your time and energy that it feels like the rest of your life is ‘on hold’. The physical symptoms of different conditions will vary as will the way you manage them. But the kinds of psychological stress the situation brings are common to lots of long-term health problems: worry about the future sadness about what has been lost frustration at changes guilt about being a burden friction with friends and family. You can lose your sense of purpose and wonder ‘What’s the point?’ Trapped in a war against your own illness every day is just about the battle and it can seem impossible to find achievement and fulfilment in life if the condition cannot be cured. It doesn’t have to be like that. Using the latest developments in cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) which emphasise mindfulness and acceptance and including links to downloadable audio exercises and worksheets this book will show you how you can live better despite your long-term condition. It will teach you to spot the ways of coping that haven’t been working for you how to make sure that troubling thoughts and unwanted feelings don’t run your life how to make sense of the changes in your circumstances to make the most of today and work towards a future that includes more of the things that matter to you. If you stop fighting a losing battle and instead learn how to live well with the enemy then – even with your long-term condition – you’ll find yourself not simply existing but really living again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521208

Living with the Reality of Dissociative Identity DisorderCampaigning Voices This book brings together the threads that make up the campaign for people with Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is based on a Campaign Day for survivors organised by the Paracelsus Trust to raise awareness of DID. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201342

Living with the Royal AcademyArtistic Ideals and Experiences in England 1768–1848 Living with the Royal Academy: Artistic Ideals and Experiences in England 1768-1848 offers a range of case studies which consider individual artists' personal professional and artistic relationships with the Royal Academy during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries bringing together the research of leading historians of British artistic culture during this period. Over its introduction and nine essays this collection considers the Academy as a lived organism whose most effective role following its establishment in 1768 was as a reference point towards around and against which artists operated in their relationships with each other and with artistic practice itself. In so doing this collection also considers the relationship between Academic ideals and individual practice (as well as lived experience) during this period of art’s increasingly public manifestation at the Academy. Individual artists examined include Joshua Reynolds Joseph Wright of Derby Benjamin West and William Etty. Thinking beyond the dichotomy of loyalism and rebellion - and complicating notions of the Academy as a monolithic ossifying institution from which progressive artists would be ’liberated’ in the wake of the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood’s emergence in 1848 - this volume investigates the Academy’s varied impact upon the lives experiences and ideals of its diverse artistic communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249530

Living with the SeaKnowledge Awareness and Action The seas and oceans are currently taking centre stage in academic study and public consciousness. From the plastics littering our seas to the role of climate change on ocean currents from unequal access of marine resources to the treacherous experiences of seafarers who keep our global economy afloat; now is a crucial time to examine how we live with the sea. This ambitious book brings together an interdisciplinary and international cohort of contributors from within and beyond academia. It offers a range and diversity of insights unlike previous collections. An ‘oceanic turn’ is taking place with a burgeoning of academic work that takes seriously the place of seas and oceans in understanding socio-cultural and political life past and present. Yet there is a significant gap concerning the ways in which we engage with seas and oceans with a will to enliven action and evoke change. This book explores these challenges offering insights from spatial planning architectural design geography educational studies anthropology and cultural studies. An examination through these lenses can help us to better understand human relationships with the seas and oceans and promote an ethic of care for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586928

Living with TourismNegotiating Identities in a Turkish Village Redefining 'community' and considering the effects tourism has on culture this detailed book delivers an ethnographic account of both the toured and touring community in Göreme central Turkey. Hazel Tucker presents an in-depth analysis of the interactions between tourists the local community and place. She demonstrates the implications that community ownership and participation in tourism have for the politics of representation and identity and also for the nature of the tourist experience. Dealing with contentious theoretical issues related to globalization and culture Tucker challenges contemporary thinking relating to tourism authenticity and cultural sustainability and shows how together with host communities tourists themselves are continuously negotiating their own identities and experiences in interaction with the people and places they meet. This fascinating book develops a dynamic notion of culture and tourism sustainability providing new insights not only for scholars of tourism but also for those in the areas of anthropology geography and social studies who wish to gain a deeper understanding of this global phenomenon in the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008670

Living with Transition in LaosMarket Intergration in Southeast Asia Laos - the Lao People's Democratic Republic - is one of the least understood and studied countries of Asia. Its development trajectory is also one of the most interesting as it moves from state or perhaps more appropriately subsistence to market. Based on extensive original research this book assesses how economic transition and marketisation are being translated into progress (or not) at the local level and at the resulting impact on poverty inequality and livelihoods. It concludes that the process of transition in fact contributes to the growth of poverty for some people and shows how people manage to cope in very unfavourable circumstances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649766

Living With Urban Environmental Health RisksThe Case of Ethiopia Although it still has a low urban population when compared with the rest of the world Ethiopia nevertheless has been experiencing one of the most rapid urbanization processes of recent years. This rapid urban growth however has not been accompanied by a commensurate increase in basic infrastructure and amenities that are essential for a healthy urban environment. Housing water supply sanitation services drainage transport networks and health services have not been able to keep pace with the prevailing urban growth rates resulting in a deterioration of urban living conditions and increasingly serious health problems. Living With Urban Environmental Health Risks examines the extent and nature of environmental problems in urban areas in Ethiopia and their impact on health. The book points to the economic and political causes that underlie many of the urban problems in the country. This in-depth analysis suggests ways to deal with these problems at community municipal and national levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358348

Living With ViolenceAn Anthropology of Events and Everyday Life This book gives a detailed account of thecommunal riots between Hindus and Muslims in Mumbai in 1992-93. It departs from the historiography of the riot which assumes that Hindu-Muslim conflict is independent of the participants of the violence.Speaking to and interacting with the residents of Dharavi the largest shanty town in the city the au Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176051

Living within a Fair Share Ecological Footprint According to many authorities the impact of humanity on the earth is already overshooting the earth’s capacity to supply humanity’s needs. This is an unsustainable position. This book does not focus on the problem but on the solution by showing what it is like to live within a fair earth share ecological footprint.  The authors describe numerical methods used to calculate this concentrating on low or no cost behaviour change rather than on potentially expensive technological innovation. They show what people need to do now in regions where their current lifestyle means they are living beyond their ecological means such as in Europe North America and Australasia. The calculations focus on outcomes rather than on detailed discussion of the methods used. The main objective is to show that living with a reduced ecological footprint is both possible and not so very different from the way most people currently live in the west.  The book clearly demonstrates that change in behaviour now will avoid some very challenging problems in the future. The emphasis is on workable practical and sustainable solutions based on quantified research rather than on generalities about overall problems facing humanity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507233

Living Within Our MeansAn Examination Of The Argentine Economic Crisis This book examines the fiscal chaos and the external debt question in Argentine economy. It identifies the main sources of the public and monetary imbalances and outlines some basic measures for resolving the problems. The book proposes a financial reform to reduce the fiscal deficit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156244

Living without a ConstitutionCivil Rights in Israel Covering the history of Israel since its birth this comprehensive discussion focuses on the historical ideological and political determinants of the civil rights issues within Israel. Important topics covered include the historical and ideological roots of Israeli democracy; the problems of a collective society during the establishment of a democratic state; the legal and political attitudes towards human rights in the Occupied Territories and the implications of these attitudes for the peace process; the dilemma of a democracy in a state of war; and problems of democracy versus national security. The author makes use of interviews with prominent national policy makers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485577

Living without an Amygdala Bringing together leading researchers this book comprehensively covers what is known about the amygdala with a unique focus on what happens when this key brain region is damaged or missing. Offering a truly comparative approach the volume presents research on rats monkeys and humans. It reports on compelling cases of people living without an amygdala whether due to genetic conditions disease or other causes. The consequences for an individual's ability to detect danger and regulate emotions--and for broader cognitive and social functions--are explored as are lessons learned about brain pathways and plasticity. The volume delves into the role of the amygdala in psychiatric disorders and identifies important directions for future research. Illustrations include six color plates. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525942

Living Without DominationThe Possibility of an Anarchist Utopia Living Without Domination defends the bold claim that humans can organise themselves to live peacefully and prosperously together in an anarchist utopia. Clark refutes errors about what anarchism is about utopianism and about human sociability and its history. He then develops an analysis of natural human social activity which places anarchy in the real landscape of sociability along with more familiar possibilities including states and slavery. The book is distinctive in bringing the rigour of analytic political philosophy to anarchism which is all too often dismissed out of hand or skated over in popular history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275942

Living YogaThe Value of Yoga in Today's Life The talks presented in this volume first published in 1977 were originally delivered during a retreat in New York in which speakers from a variety of spiritual traditions were represented. It aims to show the value of yoga in everyday life and its relation to many other religions and philosophies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026127

Living Your Own LifeExistential Analysis in Action This multi-author anthology is a short introduction to the world of existential psychotherapy and specifically Existential Analysis. It gives concrete answers and demonstrates a way to apply this thinking in practice providing outlines of its theoretical background including Alfried Langle's four fundamental motivations.The mian themes of the book are: working with emotionality and subjective experience and its importance for a fulfilling life; meaning and happiness; and spirituality and temporality. It covers psychological disorders and their treatment in adults and children and also deals with disability and handicap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203605

Living ZoroastrianismUrban Parsis Speak about their Religion This text describes the realities of modern Parsi religion through 30 interviews in which urban Parsis belonging to different social milieus and religious schools of thought discuss various aspects of their religious lives. Zoroastrianism the faith founded by the Iranian prophet Zarathustra originated around 1000BCE and is widely regarded as the world's first revealed religion. Although the number of its followers declined dramatically in the centuries after the 7th century Islamic conquest of Iran Zoroastrians survive in Iran to the present day. The other major Zoroastrian community are the Parsis of India descendants of Zoroastrians who fled Muslim dominion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862456

Livy's WomenCrisis Resolution and the Female in Rome's Foundation History Livy’s Women explores the profound questions arising from the presence of women of influence and power in the socio-political canvas of one of the most important histories of Rome and the Roman people Ab Urbe Condita (From the Foundation of the City). This theoretically informed study of Livy’s monumental narrative charts the fascinating links between episodes containing references to women in prominent roles and the historian’s treatment of Rome’s evolutionary foundation story. Explicitly gendered in relation to the socio-cultural contexts informing the narrative the author’s background the literary landscape of Livy's Rome and the subsequent historiographical commentary this volume offers a comprehensive coherent and contextualised overview of all episodes in Ab Urbe Condita relating to women as agents of historical change. As well as proving invaluable insights into socio-cultural history for Classicists Livy’s Women will also be of interest to instructors researchers and students of female representation in history in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138553255

Lloyd George An up-to-date synthesis and original interpretation of Lloyd George's life personality and political career. This study challenges the traditional view of Lloyd George as an outsider in British politics explains the political economic and social achievements of his career and his role in effecting those changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835986

Lloyd George An understanding of Lloyd George's long and prominent political career elucidates many of the key issues in modern British history. Seen by some as `the man who won the war' he was central to the political activity which appeared to secure the pre-eminence of the Liberal party before the First World War but which later contributed to its reduction in status. His initiatives in government particularly in the area of social reform helped to redefine the relationship between the state and society and laid the basis for the Welfare State.This pamphlet examines these developments with reference to Lloyd George's Welsh background his personal ambitions and his response to the challenges posed to Liberal society by radical conservatism and socialism. It draws on the wealth of material that is now available and provides a concise interpretive study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147737

Lloyd George and the Generals The frustrating stalemate on the western front with its unprecedented casualties provoked a furious debate in London between the civil and military authorities over the best way to defeat Germany. The passions aroused continued to the present day. The mercurial and dynamic David Lloyd George stood at the centre of this controversy throughout the war. His intervention in military questions and determination to redirect strategy put him at odds with the leading soldiers and admirals of his day.Professor Woodward a student of the Great War for some four decades explores the at times Byzantine atmosphere at Whitehall by exhaustive archival research in official and private papers. The focus is on Lloyd George and his adversaries such as Lord Kitchener General Sir William Robertson and Field Marshall Sir Douglas Haig. The result is a fresh compelling and detailed account of the interaction between civil and military authorities in total war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761437

Lloyd's Maritime Atlas of World Ports and Shipping Places 2020-2021 Published since 1951 Lloyd's Maritime Atlas is the oldest and most respected atlas in the shipping industry. A comprehensive reference for locating the world’s busiest ports and shipping places this new edition has been fully updated and enhanced with brand new maps and features to alleviate the demands on today’s busy shipping professional. In the 2020–2021 edition: Fully up-to-date with the latest port names and locations World map indicating where MARPOL SECA and PSSA regulations are in force Double page spread revealing piracy hotspots and detailed analyses of routes to avoid as well as a new symbol indicating incidence of piracy on the main maps World map of vaccinations required to protect against major global diseases Up-to-the-minute Marine Distance Tables and fleet statistics In addition Lloyd’s Maritime Atlas continues to provide: Precise latitude and longitude co-ordinates of over 8 000 ports and shipping places from around the world Over 70 full-colour world ocean and regional maps At-a-glance weather hazards at sea and international load line zones maps Expansive double-page world distance table plus 33 detailed regional tables to help you plan your route Unique geographical and alphabetical indexing system to help you quickly and easily find a location All major canal and river systems plus main road rail and airport connections to cater for multi-modal journeys This book continues to be the premier reference guide for shipping professionals worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367427108

Lloyd's: Law and Practice The unique features of the Lloyd’s Corporation and Market and their governing rules are complex and are often difficult to navigate even for the most seasoned practitioner. This book provides the reader with a definitive and detailed guide and is essential for any practitioner dealing with Lloyd’s Insurance. After a brief historical account the book provides a thorough legal description and analysis of Lloyd’s which includes topics ranging from the constitution and membership requirements of Lloyd’s UK and overseas regulation the processes for placing and underwriting business and handling claims chain of security enforcement and disciplinary matters compensation and the reconstruction and the renewal of the Lloyd’s market between 1990 and 1996. The book will be an invaluable reference tool for insurance practitioners and professionals dealing with Lloyd’s. Julian Burling is a barrister at Serle Court and has been involved in advising on and implementing nearly all significant legal developments at Lloyd’s in the last 25 years. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781843119555

LMIs in Control SystemsAnalysis Design and Applications Although LMI has emerged as a powerful tool with applications across the major domains of systems and control there has been a need for a textbook that provides an accessible introduction to LMIs in control systems analysis and design. Filling this need LMIs in Control Systems: Analysis Design and Applications focuses on the basic analysis and design problems of both continuous- and discrete-time linear systems based on LMI methods.Providing a broad and systematic introduction to the rich content of LMI-based control systems analysis and design with applications this book is suitable for use as a textbook for LMI related courses for senior undergraduate and postgraduate students in the fields of control systems theory and applications.Key Features: Contains four well-structured parts: Preliminaries Control Systems Analysis Control Systems Design and Applications as well as an introduction chapter and two appendices Summarizes most of the technical lemmas used in the book in one preliminary chapter and classifies them systematically into different groups Includes many examples exercises and practical application backgrounds Summarizes most of the important results in the last section of each chapter in a clear table format Contains an application part composed of two chapters that respectively deal with missile and satellite attitude control using LMI techniques Provides a brief and clear introduction to the use of the LMI Lab in the MATLAB® Robust Control Toolbox Supplies detailed proofs for all main results with lengthy ones clearly divided into different subsections or steps—using elementary mathematics whenever possible Uses a pole assignment Benchmark problem in support of the numerical reliability of LMI techniques where numerical unreliability could result in a solution to a problem that is far from the true one A Solutions Manual and MATLAB® codes for the computational exercise problems and examples are available upon qualified course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466582996

Lo PsicóticoAspectos de la Personalidad LO PSICÓTICO: Aspectos de la personalidad expone los resultados de la gran experiencia del Doctor David Rosenfeld como analista dedicado a pacientes psicóticos o profundamente perturbados y muestra cómo las fórmulas clínicas y teóricas resultantes de su trabajo pueden del mismo modo ponerse en práctica en pacientes que muestren un menor grado de perturbación. La primera parte cubre la teoría y el tratamiento clínico de los aspectos psicóticos de la personalidad incluyendo un análisis de la literatura existente y una selección del material clínico que sirve para ilustrar el enfoque técnico del Dr. Rosefeld. El capítulo dedicado a los supervivientes de los campos de concentración muestra el modo en el que el concepto de núcleos autísticos encapsulados lleva a nuevos diagnósticos y procedimientos técnicos al tiempo en el que otro artículo muestra las dificultades psicóticas que se presentan ante un trasplante de corazón. Varios ensayos subrayan la importancia de una detección exacta y del uso de la contratransferencia así como destacan el inestimable apoyo del supervisor en casos graves. La segunda parte desarrolla la noción del Dr. Rosenfeld del esquema corporal primitivo psicótico (PPBI) y muestra como dicho modelo ha probado su efectividad en campos como el delirio somático y la droga-adicción. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203497

Load Flow Optimization and Optimal Power Flow This book discusses the major aspects of load flow optimization optimal load flow and culminates in modern heuristic optimization techniques and evolutionary programming. In the deregulated environment the economic provision of electrical power to consumers requires knowledge of maintaining a certain power quality and load flow. Many case studies and practical examples are included to emphasize real-world applications. The problems at the end of each chapter can be solved by hand calculations without having to use computer software. The appendices are devoted to calculations of line and cable constants and solutions to the problems are included throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498745444

Load Testing of Bridges: Two Volume Set Load Testing of Bridges featuring contributions from almost fifty authors from around the world across two interrelated volumes deals with the practical aspects the scientific developments and the international views on the topic of load testing of bridges. Volume 12 Load Testing of Bridges: Current practice and Diagnostic Load Testing starts with a background to bridge load testing including the historical perspectives and evolutions and the current codes and guidelines that are governing in countries around the world. The second part of the book deals with preparation execution and post-processing of load tests on bridges. The third part focuses on diagnostic load testing of bridges. Volume 13 Load Testing of Bridges: Proof Load Testing and the Future of Load Testing focuses first on proof load testing of bridges. It discusses the specific aspects of proof load testing during the preparation execution and post-processing of such a test (Part 1). The second part covers the testing of buildings. The third part discusses novel ideas regarding measurement techniques used for load testing. Methods using non-contact sensors such as photography- and video-based measurement techniques are discussed. The fourth part discusses load testing in the framework of reliability-based decision-making and in the framework of a bridge management program. The final part of the book summarizes the knowledge presented across the two volumes as well as the remaining open questions for research and provides practical recommendations for engineers carrying out load tests. This work will be of interest to researchers and academics in the field of civil/structural engineering practicing engineers and road authorities worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138091986

Load Testing of BridgesCurrent Practice and Diagnostic Load Testing Load Testing of Bridges featuring contributions from almost fifty authors from around the world across two interrelated volumes deals with the practical aspects the scientific developments and the international views on the topic of load testing of bridges. Volume 12 Load Testing of Bridges: Current practice and Diagnostic Load Testing starts with a background to bridge load testing including the historical perspectives and evolutions and the current codes and guidelines that are governing in countries around the world. The second part of the book deals with preparation execution and post-processing of load tests on bridges. The third part focuses on diagnostic load testing of bridges. This work will be of interest to researchers and academics in the field of civil/structural engineering practicing engineers and road authorities worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367210823

Load Testing of BridgesProof Load Testing and the Future of Load Testing Load Testing of Bridges featuring contributions from almost fifty authors from around the world across two interrelated volumes deals with the practical aspects the scientific developments and the international views on the topic of load testing of bridges. Volume 13 Load Testing of Bridges: Proof Load Testing and the Future of Load Testing focuses first on proof load testing of bridges. It discusses the specific aspects of proof load testing during the preparation execution and post-processing of such a test (Part 1). The second part covers the testing of buildings. The third part discusses novel ideas regarding measurement techniques used for load testing. Methods using non-contact sensors such as photography- and video-based measurement techniques are discussed. The fourth part discusses load testing in the framework of reliability-based decision-making and in the framework of a bridge management program. The final part of the book summarizes the knowledge presented across the two volumes as well as the remaining open questions for research and provides practical recommendations for engineers carrying out load tests. This work will be of interest to researchers and academics in the field of civil/structural engineering practicing engineers and road authorities worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367210830

Loading the Silence: Australian Sound Art in the Post-Digital Age The experimentalist phenomenon of 'noise' as constituting 'art' in much twentieth-century music (paradoxically) reached its zenith in Cage’s (’silent’ piece) 4’33. But much post-1970s musical endeavour with an experimentalist telos collectively known as 'sound art' has displayed a postmodern need to ’load’ modernism’s ’degree zero’. After contextualizing experimentalism from its inception in the early twentieth century Dr Linda Kouvaras’s Loading the Silence: Australian Sound Art in the Post-Digital Age explores the ways in which selected sound art works demonstrate creatively how sound is embedded within local national gendered and historical environments. Taking Australian music as its primary - but not sole - focus the book not only covers discussions of technological advancement but also engages with aesthetic standpoints through numerous interviews theoretical developments analysis and cultural milieux for a contemporary Australian and wider postmodern context. Developing new methodologies for synergies between musicology and cultural studies the book uncovers a new post-postmodern aesthetic trajectory which Kouvaras locates as developing over the past two decades - the altermodern. Australian sound art is here put firmly on the map of international debates about contemporary music providing a standard reference and valuable resource for practitioners in the artform music critics scholars and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271708

Loanwords in the Chinese Language A loanword or wailaici is a word with similar meaning and phonetic form to a word from a foreign language that has been naturalized in the recipient language. From ancient times cultural exchanges between China and other countries has brought and integrated a myriad of loanwords to the Chinese language. Approaching the topic from a diachronic perspective this volume is the first book-length work to chart the developmental trajectory features functions and categories of loanwords into Chinese. Beginning with a general introduction to the Chinese loanword system the author delves deeper to explore trends and standardization in Chinese loanword studies and the research landscape of contemporary loanword studies more generally. Combining theoretical reflections with real-life examples of Chinese loanwords the author discusses not only long-established examples from the dictionary but also a great number of significant loanwords adopted in the 21st century. The author shows how the complexity of the Chinese loanword system is intertwined with the intricacies of the Chinese character system. This title will be an essential reference for students scholars and general readers who are interested in Chinese loanwords linguistics and language and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367674397

Lobbying for GoodHow Business Advocacy Can Accelerate the Delivery of a Sustainable Economy The business case for sustainability or corporate responsibility will never be strong enough to support an isolated business in its competition against the unscrupulous. The progressive vanguard reaches a point where it can advance no further without rendering itself uncompetitive. That is unless advocacy and public policy intervention change the rules and shift the bar for the allowable lowest common denominator. With the base reset so is the bar of aspiration. New rules enable new behaviours with players competing on a fairer more sustainable footing. This ground-breaking book Lobbying for Good describes how far-sighted businesses are rebooting the game throwing off cultural inhibitions and sticking their head above the parapet to advocate progressive legislative change. The authors describe a strategic opportunity to get on board the next wave of CSR – the most radical and impactful yet – and explain how finely-tuned and well-delivered lobbying for good can be an extremely cost-effective brand-enhancement tool. Against a backdrop of general mistrust in business lobbying learn how leaders are making it work and lobbying for good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781910174128

Lobbying for Social Change This step-by-step guide to lobbying covers it all—from the basics for beginners to specific techniques for experienced lobbyists“You and I may never achieve major public office but we do not need to in order to affect public policy.”—Author Willard C. RichanTo effect social change any lobbyist’s case must be presented with skill knowledge and confidence. This reader-friendly book shows the way. It assumes no prior knowledge of the subject and provides the nuts and bolts of public policy advocacy (lobbying) in non-technical language. Lobbying for Social Change Third Edition is organized in a way that easily lends itself to use in the classroom as well as by individual or group advocates and it is packed with clearly presented case material that illustrates the lobbying process in action. This new edition provides updated case material expanded coverage of electronic media and two new chapters; one focusing on direct action for fundamental change and the other presenting a case history of a grassroots lobbying campaign.Part I of Lobbying for Social Change Third Edition entitled “The Basics ” will show you how to: assess your political resources set an agenda for action understand whom to lobby—and how to gauge their power motivation and ability to effect or impede social change gather and use evidence to support your positionPart II “Practical Applications ” gives you nuts-and-bolts information about how lobbying is done. You’ll learn: how to work directly with policymakers-face-to-face by mail by telephone etc. effective rules for to testifying in a public hearing how to make use of the mass media-writing news releases participating in panel discussions what to do when being interviewed (and how to increase your chances of being a repeat guest on talk and news shows) and how to effectively work with print and electronic media including the Internet ways to take on the system through direct actionPart III “Case History of a Grassroots Lobbying Campaign ” takes you inside an actual campaign (in this case to amend the impending—at the time—welfare reform bill). You’ll see how a group of five Philadelphia area social workers and one feminist activist started the Delaware County Coalition to Save Our Safety Net—a coalition that would make a substantial impact on the specifics of welfare in the state of Pennsylvania.This new edition of the classic manual for lobbyists is packed with vital information for lobbying in the new millennium. We urge you to consider making it a part of your personal or teaching collection today! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051573

Lobbying From Below First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072319

Lobbying in EU Foreign Policy-makingThe case of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict This book examines lobbying in EU foreign policy-making and the activities of non-state actors (NSAs) focusing on EU foreign policy on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. It sheds light on the interactions between the EU and NSAs as well as the ways in which NSAs attempt to shape EU foreign policies. By analysing issues that have not yet received systematic attention in the literature this book offers new insights into lobbying in EU foreign policy EU relations surrounding the conflict and the EU’s broader role in the peace process. The book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political science international relations EU politics EU foreign policy-making Middle East studies and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138039018

Lobbying in the European CommissionThe case of air transport First published in 2000 this volume examines the role of industry representation in the EU in the case of the air transport industry. Air transport has contributed to areas including member state interdependence national defence in foreign policy considerations and national identity in terms of ‘flag carrier’ airlines. Dinos Kyrou looks at specific case studies concerning aspects of integration of the air transport sector within the European Union. These case studies – an examination of a European Commission Proposal for a Council Directive and the attempt by the Commission to formulate a Proposal for a Council Regulation – are stages in the process of policy formulation which are aimed at enhancing the liberalisation which was completed de jure in 1992. In both cases the increasing prominence of the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (DGIV) has been evident. Kyrou’s question is whether this reflects a restoration or a creation of pride and self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339330

Lobbying ReconsideredPolitics Under the Influence Lobbying Reconsidered: Politics Under the Influence reveals how lobbying is a complex process that involves more than just relationships friends access favors and influence. This book offers a broader perspective on this important dimension of American public policymaking. As a person who straddles the worlds of Washington insider and interest group scholar author Gary Andres hopes to use his experience and insight in in the lobbying world to help readers navigate beyond the conventional wisdom and guide them to a deeper broader understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463196

Lobbying Success in the European UnionThe Role of Information and Frames Having information is key for most political decisions – both for decision-makers and societal actors. This is especially crucial in democratic countries where external stakeholders are invited to participate in decision-making pro- cesses. Assuming that every actor that gets involved in decision-making processes has a particular lobbying goal there is a heterogeneous set of actors competing against each other to provide information to the decision-makers. This competition leads some stakeholders to be more successful in achieving their goals than others. Frames and the framing of information play an important role in such lobbying success.In this book Daniel Rasch questions whether and if so how information impacts lobbying success and shows how various actors perform in three instances of European decision-making. He does so by combining findings from a qualitative content analysis with the results of a cross-case analysis using the quantified qualitative data. The new dataset contains a representative sample of over 200 position papers from EU level and national consultations press releases and evidence from national stakeholders in Germany Sweden and the United Kingdom.Lobbying Success in the European Union effectively bridges research on interest mediation and framing studies and offers a new model for measuring stakeholders’ success. This new and pragmatic approach to study lobbying success using a traceable and easy to use instrument can be adapted to any policy analysis and any issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590376

Lobbying the European UnionChanging Minds Changing Times Unique in bringing together contributions from academics and practitioners on the theme of strategic intelligent modern lobbying this book provides a thorough and accessible discussion on key ideas pertinent to the pursuance of public affairs in the European Union. Combining innovative academic research with first-hand professional experience it offers the reader a combination of practical recommendations case studies and academic theory to add new insights to interest group research and lobbying strategies. While focusing on the European Union the contributors acknowledge the multi-level dimension of EU decision-making and incorporate research on multi-level governance as well as lobbying by sub-national authorities. Through this they present a fuller picture of a subject that should appeal to students academics and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472452139

Lobbying the New PresidentInterests in Transition Presidential transitions offer the chance for new ideas policies and people to inhabit the White House. Transitions have triggered policy change for decades and eager interest groups have sought ways to capitalize on this often chaotic phase of US politics. President-Elect Barack Obama declared that lobbyists would be forbidden from serving his transition and issued stiff regulations and rules to limit their access to the planning for his White House. Yet even though Obama’s efforts mirror previous Presidents anti-lobbyist efforts all Presidential transitions provide certain channels of influence and Obama himself chose the head of a powerful and politically oriented think tank the Center for American Progress to run his transition. New Presidents need the information ideas and political capital that groups possess. Thus a curious paradox. Using an innovative mixed methodology integrating a historical analysis of original documents original interviews with over 40 interest group leaders and transition leaders a survey of 300 interest groups and content analysis of 300 interest group letters Lobbying the New President uncovers the politics of interest group influence during Presidential transitions. In doing so Heath Brown asks: Was the role played by Heritage in 1980 and CAP in 2008 indicative of a pattern of influence during the transition phase? Or have Presidents effectively shielded themselves from outside influence at the earliest point of their time in office? What can we learn about the larger study of interest groups and the Presidency from a focus on the transition phase? This book is a valuable resource that goes beyond the field of presidency studies which American politics scholars as well as public policy specialists should not go without. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848993

Lobbyists and Bureaucrats in BrusselsCapitalism�s Brokers With over 30 000 lobbyists in town Brussels is often called the European capital of lobbying. Despite this little is known on how this political system works in practice. This book offers an unprecedented window into the everyday relationships between bureaucrats and interest representatives. Where the media only shows lobbyists as they meet MEPs and submit amendments the book argues that the bulk of their work is done in close contact with EU bureaucrats – a form of ‘quiet politics’ developed by the business community targeting officials with little public exposure. Based on official archives the book first sets the historical picture for the emergence of a new layer of bureaucrats; fuelled by European and transatlantic capitalism it altered the political façade of the business community to fulfil its need for legitimacy. Drawing from observations of internal meetings of the main lobbies operating in Brussels and interviews with lobbyists and Commission officials the book then shows lobbyists at work.This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners of the European Union interest groups and more broadly to political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886240

Local Action on Climate ChangeOpportunities and Constraints There is growing interest in analysing the role and effectiveness of the local scale in responding to the global challenge of climate change. However while accounts of urban climate change governance are growing there is now a real need for further conceptual and empirical work to better understand processes of change and uptake across a range of climate change actions. Local Action on Climate Change examines how local climate change responses are emerging being operationalized and evaluated within a range of geographical and socio-political contexts across the globe. Focussing on the role and potential of local governments non-government organisations and community groups in driving transformative change the authors analyse how local climate change responses have emerged and explore the extent to which they are or have the potential to be innovative or transformative in terms of governance policy and practice change. Drawing on a diverse range of case studies including examples from Vanuatu Japan South Africa Australia Sweden the USA and India this volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate change environmental policy and governance and sustainability.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248833

Local Action/Global ChangeA Handbook on Women's Human Rights This handbook on women's human rights is an integrated set of fourteen teaching and learning units. Together they are designed to identify key issues in women's human rights define concepts outline different methodologies for achieving women's human rights and offer a wide range of activities to facilitate teaching learning and discussion of women's human rights challenges. Included in every chapter are a statement of key objectives background information discussion questions special issue boxes strategies and examples for taking action and learning activities. Also included are key UN documents and international law bearing on women's human rights. Handouts checklists assessment forms and activist organizations round out the range of reference materials provided. User-friendly jargon-free authoritative and packed with hands-on information the handbook is an essential resource for anyone working in the field human rights professionals scholars students and activists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633619

Local Activism for Global Climate JusticeThe Great Lakes Watershed This book will inspire and spark grassroots action to address the inequitable impacts of climate change by showing how this can be tackled and the many benefits of doing so. With contributions from climate activists and engaged young authors this volume explores the many ways in which people are proactively working to advance climate justice. The book pays special attention to Canada and the Great Lakes watershed showing how the effects of climate change span local regional and global scales through the impact of extreme weather events such as floods and droughts with related economic and social effects that cross political jurisdictions. Examining examples of local-level activism that include organizing for climate-resilient and equitable communities the dynamic leadership of Indigenous peoples (especially women) for water and land protection and diaspora networking Local Activism for Global Climate Justice also provides theoretical perspectives on how individual action relates to broader social and political processes. Showcasing a diverse range of inspirational and thought-provoking case studies this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate justice climate change policy climate ethics and global environmental governance as well as teachers and climate activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335892

Local Agrarian Societies in Colonial IndiaJapanese Perspectives The first systematic attempt to introduce a full range of Japanese scholarship on the agrarian history of British India to the English-language reader. Suggests the fundamental importance of an Asian comparative perspective for the understanding of Indian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979963

Local and Global Dynamics of PeacebuildingPostconflict reconstruction in Sierra Leone Local and Global Dynamics of Peacebuilding examines the complex contributing factors which led to war and state collapse in Sierra Leone and the international peacebuilding and statebuilding operations which followed the cessation of the violence. This book presents nuanced and contextually specific knowledge of Sierra Leone’s political and war histories and the outcomes of the implementation of programmes of post-conflict reforms. It embodies an analysis of the complex challenges involved in aligning international norms and values to local expectations and local priorities and examines the role of local and global actors and structures in attempts to build a strong state and lasting peace. Using a theoretical framework informed by ‘liberal peace’ philosophy as well as detailed and nuanced empirical evidence from the field the book constructs a critical analysis of the contemporary global paradigm for building longer-term peace in war-torn fractured and fragile societies. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding war and conflict studies development studies African politics and IR/security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731478

Local and GlobalThe Management of Cities in the Information Age This text challenges the belief that cities will eventually disappear as territorial forms of social organization as new information technologies permit the articulation of social processes without regard for distance arguing that the specific role of cities will become more important and proposing that a dynamic and creative relationship be built up between the local and the global. In this way cities will remain the focus of social organization political management and cultural expression equipped to deal with the enormous social and environmental problems of urbanization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158214

Local and Regional Development Actors and institutions in localities and regions across the world are seeking prosperity and well-being amidst tumultuous and disruptive shifts and transitions generated by: an increasingly globalised knowledge-intensive capitalism; global financial instability volatility and crisis; concerns about economic social and ecological sustainability climate change and resource shortages; new multi-actor and multi-level systems of government and governance and a re-ordering of the international political economy; state austerity and retrenchment; and new and reformed approaches to intervention policy and institutions for local and regional development. Local and Regional Development provides an accessible critical and integrated examination of local and regional development theory institutions and policy in this changing context. Amidst its rising importance the book addresses the fundamental issues of ‘what kind of local and regional development and for whom?’ its purposes principles and values frameworks of understanding approaches and interventions and integrated approaches to local and regional development throughout the world. The approach provides a theoretically informed critical analysis of contemporary local and regional development in an international and multi-disciplinary context grounded in concrete empirical analysis from experiences in the global North and South. It concludes by identifying what might constitute holistic inclusive progressive and sustainable local and regional development and reflecting upon its limits and political renewal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785724

Local and Regional Development Geographers (and other social scientists) working in local and regional development ultimately seek to understand how—and to what extent—local and regional policy can positively affect economic growth and progress. This area of research and study throws up difficult and challenging questions such as: what are the sources of regional development? And how do we account for the uneven development of regions an apparent feature of geographical development in general and one which seems to be reinforced by globalization? This new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for a comprehensive reference work to allow users to make better sense of the voluminous scholarly and practical literature on these and other issues. Indeed the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this title especially welcome. Local and Regional Development has been assembled by the same editorial team behind Routledge’s award-winning Handbook of Local and Regional Development (2010) (978-0-415-54831-1). The collection is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editors which places the material in its intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars advanced students and policy-makers as a vital one-stop research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138775671

Local and Regional Economic Development: Renegotiating Power Under Labour This title was first published in 2000. Since New Labour were elected in 1997 there have been substantial changes made to local and regional economic development policy in the UK. This volume offers an up-to-date overview setting the new policies within a wider historic context and suggesting future developments. It examines four of these new policies in depth - Regional Development Agencies New Deal local partnerships Local Learning and Skills Councils and the Small Business Service and Business link. In doing so it offers a critical appraisal of how effective these changes have been in tackling issues such as developing human resources skills and opportunities developing land infrastructure and sites capital formation and development encouraging innovation entrepreneurship and technological change and enhancing a supportive institutional context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728349

Local Applications of the Ecological Approach To Human-Machine Systems There is a growing consensus in the human factors/ergonomics community that human factors research has had little impact on significant applied problems. Some have suggested that the problem lies in the fact that much HF/E research has been based on the wrong type of psychology an information processing view of psychology that is reductionistic and context-free. Ecological psychology offers a viable alternative presenting a richer view of human behavior that is holistic and contextualized. The papers presented in these two volumes show the conceptual impact that ecological psychology can have on HF/E as well as presenting a number of specific examples illustrating the ecological approach to human-machine systems. It is the first collection of papers that explicitly draws a connection between these two fields. While work in this area is only just beginning the evidence available suggests that taking an ecological approach to human factors/ergonomics helps bridge the existing gap between basic research and applied problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203748749

Local Area Network Handbook Sixth Edition Today's enterprise cannot effectively function without a network and today's enterprise network is almost always based on LAN technology. In a few short years LANs have become an essential element of today's business environment. This time in the spotlight while well deserved has not come without a price. Businesses now insist that LANs deliver vast and ever-increasing quantities of business-critical information and that they do it efficiently flawlessly without fail and most of all securely. Today's network managers must consistently deliver this level of performance and must do so while keeping up with ever changing ever increasing demands without missing a beat. At the same time today's IT managers must deliver business-critical information systems in an environment that has undergone radical paradigm shifts in such widely varied fields as computer architecture operating systems application development and security. The Local Area Networks Handbook focuses on this collective environment in which networking and information technology work together to create LAN-based enterprise networks. Topics have been selected and organized with this in mind providing both depth and breadth of coverage. The handbook will provide you not only an understanding of how LANs work and how to go about selecting and implementing LAN products but also of how to leverage LAN capabilities for the benefit of your enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367399429

Local Authority Accounting Methods Volume 1 (RLE Accounting)The Early Debate 1884-1908 This book contains a collection of papers dealing with a range of controversial issues which exercised the minds of local authority officials from 1884-1908. The 28 items reproduced cover a wide range of matters. They are presented chronologically because many of the papers deal with more than one topic but also because it provides a clearer guide to the development of views on numerous inter-related issues. These issues are still of interest and relevant today: most of the papers deal with the need to improve the level of accountability to local electors – something which has been the main thrust of UK government policy since 1979. Other papers focus on the need to address internal accounting problems such as the need for improved costing procedures to measure the performance of different activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995499

Local Authority Accounting MethodsProblems and Solutions 1909-1934 The book contains a collection of papers dealing with a range of controversial accounting issues which exercised the minds of local authority officials during the period 1909-1934 and the "solutions" embodied in the Accounts (Boroughs and Metropolitan Boroughs) Regulations 1930. The contributors to the debate were mainly local government officials and the items reproduced cover a wide range of matters such as the content of the abstract accounts; the need for standardization and an illuminating comparison of the nature and contents of municipal accounts with those of limited companies. A number of issues which received close attention from the literature during the early part of the present century were related to the growth of municipal trading undertakings (water gas tramways and electricity). The pricing of these services was a matter of considerable debate; questions included whether these services should be priced to generate a profit break-even or receive a subsidy from the rates. The depreciation question and the related issues of loan periods and the need for a sinking fund receive some attention as do the growing concern of municipal debt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979970

Local Authority Accounting MethodsThe Early Debate 1884-1908 This book contains a collection of papers dealing with a range of controversial issues which exercised the minds of local authority officials from 1884-1908. The 28 items reproduced cover a wide range of matters. They are presented chronologically because many of the papers deal with more than one topic but also because it provides a clearer guide to the development of views on numerous inter-related issues. These issues are still of interest and relevant today: most of the papers deal with the need to improve the level of accountability to local electors - something which has been the main thrust of UK government policy since 1979. Other papers focus on the need to address internal accounting problems such as the need for improved costing procedures to measure the performance of different activities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046457

Local Authority Property ManagementInitiatives Strategies Re-organisation and Reform First published in 1999 this volume aimed to provide a signpost marking a significant development in the transition from estate to property management in local authorities. It examines the debate that has surfaced in the property profession since the Audit Commission’s (AC 1988a b) reports on Local Authority Property Management (LAPM) and brings together sixteen studies from academics and practitioners with an interest in exchanging views opinions and experiences on the development of LAPM. Its content which links theory method and techniques with practice makes it a vital source of information for those with an interest in obtaining the most effective management of property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361010

Local Babies Global ScienceGender Religion and In Vitro Fertilization in Egypt In the late 1990s Egypt experienced a boom period in in vitro fertilization (IVF) technology and now boasts more IVF clinics than neighboring Israel. In this book Marcia Inhorn writes of her fieldwork among affluent elite couples who sought in vitro fertilization in Egypt a country which is not only at the forefront of IVF technology in the Middle East but also a center of Islamic education in the region. Inhorn examines the gender scientific religious and cultural ramifications of the transfer of IVF technology from Euro-American points of origin to Egypt - showing how cultural ideas reshape the use of this technology and in turn how the technology is reshaping cultural ideas in Egypt. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446195

Local Cells Global ScienceThe Rise of Embryonic Stem Cell Research in India One of the first studies of an exciting new development in global biotechnology this cutting edge text examines the extent of the transnational movements of tissues stem cells and expertise in the developing governance framework of India. Documenting the impact of local and global governance frames on the everyday conduct of research this groundbreaking book traces the journey of ‘spare’ human embryos in IVF clinics to public and private laboratories engaged in isolating stem cells for potential therapeutic application. The discussion also examines the gender dimension as a potential site for exploitation in the sourcing of embryonic and other biogenic materials and suggests that a moral economy has developed in which the ethical values of the global 'North' support and encourage the donation of abundant and ethically ‘neutral’ embryos by the 'South'. This unique exploration is grounded in an empirical multi-sited ethnographic study that takes a thoroughly comparative analysis of the ethical religious and social issues in Europe the United States and organ donations already prevalent in India. In this theoretically-sensitive analysis the authors use the resources of social anthropology and the social sciences in an innovative text which will appeal to postgraduates and professionals in the areas of STS studies genetics bioethics and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534208

Local Citizenship in the Global ArenaEducating for community participation and change Local Citizenship in the Global Arena proposes a reconsideration of both citizenship and citizenship education moving away equally from prevailing ‘global citizenship’ and ‘fundamental British values’ approaches towards a curriculum for education that is essentially about creating cosmopolitan included and inclusive politically-engaged citizens of communities local national and global. Viewing education as both problem and solution Findlow argues that today’s climate of rapid and unpredictable geopolitical and cultural re-scoping requires an approach to citizenship education that both reflects and shapes society paying attention to relationships between the local and global aspects of political voice equality and community. Drawing on a range of international examples she explores the importance and possibilities of a form of education that instead of promoting divisive competition educates about citizenship in its various forms and encourages the sorts of open and radical thinking that can help young people cross ideological and physical borders and use their voice in line with their own and others’ real long-term interests. Successive chapters develop this argument by critically examining the key elements of citizenship discourses through the interrelated lenses of geopolitical change nationalism the competition fetish critical pedagogy multiculturalism protest politics feminism and ecology and highlighting ways in which the situationally diverse lived realities of ‘citizenship’ have been mediated by different forms of education. The book draws attention to how we think of education’s place in a world of combined globalisation localism anti-state revolt and xenophobia. It will be of key interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education political science philosophy sociology social policy cultural studies and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609624

Local Climate Change and Society Although the impacts of climate change are certainly global its manifestations and subsequent consequences begin locally. Local Climate Change and Society examines how climate change has altered society’s relationship with the environment and particularly local communities to adapt to and mitigate climate change. The book analyses the principles practices and local responses to micro-level climate policies and interrogates the increasing role of local governments and local climate social movements induced by transnational corporations’ activities both above and below the equator. This book contains country and cross-country case studies and inter-disciplinary contributions written by academics researchers and policy makers at the cutting edge of climate change knowledge. It aimed at students of environmental and climate change in the social sciences academics climate change public. Local climate change and society has direct appeal to professional staff concerned with environmental management and policy makers supporting communities and municipalities in climate change adaptation and mitigation processes and activities at the at local level.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627153

Local Clusters in Global Value ChainsLinking Actors and Territories Through Manufacturing and Innovation The international fragmentation of economic activities – from research and design to production and marketing – described through the lens of the global value chain (GVC) approach impacts the structure and performance of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) agglomerated in economic clusters. The consolidation of GVCs ruled by global lead firms and the recession of 2008-09 exacerbated the pressures on cluster actors that based their competitive advantage on local systems spurring an increasing heterogeneity both across and within clusters that is still overlooked in the literature. Drawing on detailed studies of different industries and countries Local Clusters in Global Value Chains shows the co-evolutionary trajectories of clusters and GVCs and the role of firms and their strategies in organizing manufacturing and innovation activities in the context of ongoing technological shifts. The book explores the tension between place-based variables and global drivers of change and the possibility for territories containing such clusters to prosper in the new global scenario. By adopting insights from the GVC framework and management studies the book discusses how the internationalization strategies of firms create opportunities as well as constraints for adaptive upgrading in clusters.This book is of interest to both researchers and policy-makers who are interested in the dynamic sources of competitive advantage in the global economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887063

Local Cohomology and Its Applications This volume collects presentations from the international workshop on local cohomology held in Guanajuato Mexico including expanded lecture notes of two minicourses on applications in equivariant topology and foundations of duality theory and chapters on finiteness properties D-modules monomial ideals combinatorial analysis and related topics. Featuring selected papers from renowned experts around the world Local Cohomology and Its Applications is a provocative reference for algebraists topologists and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138402133

Local Communities and Post-Communist TransformationCzechoslovakia the Czech Republic and Slovakia Post-communist transformation in the former Soviet bloc has had a profound effect not just in the political and economic sphere but on all aspects of life. Although a great deal has been written about transformation much of it has been about transformation viewed from the top and little has been written about how things have changed for ordinary people at the local level. This book based on extensive original research examines the changes resulting from transformation at the local level in the form Czechoslovakia. It considers especially local democracy social movements and work collectives and paints a picture of people gradually growing in self-confidence and taking more control of their communities having lived for decades in a framework where so much was directed from the top. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362871

Local Consumption and Global Environmental ImpactsAccounting Trade-offs and Sustainability This book describes how local consumption particularly in urban areas is increasingly met by global supply chains. These supply chains often extend over large geographical distances and have greater global environmental impacts contributing to pollution climate change water scarcity and deforestation. As consumption is increasingly met by globalized supply chains causing social economic and environmental impacts elsewhere consumption decisions can unknowingly contribute and reinforce global inequality and exploitation. To account for the impacts of consumption and distribution of wealth we need to analyze global supply and value chains. In this volume the authors provide an overview of key methods of analysis including Multi-Regional Input-Output analysis and Life Cycle Assessment. Subsequent chapters connect local consumption to the global consequences of different environmental issues such as water and land use and stress greenhouse gases emissions and other forms of air pollution. Each issue is addressed in an individual chapter including case studies from China U.S. and UK. The book will be key reading for students taking courses in environmental sciences sustainability sciences ecological economies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826069

Local Content in ProcurementCreating Local Jobs and Competitive Domestic Industries in Supply Chains Local Content in Procurement is the first book of its kind. Recognizing the substantial economic and social value brought to host countries and local communities through the procurement practices of large private and public companies this book by Dr Michael Warner – Director of the consultancy firm Local Content Solutions and former architect of the Local Content standards for BG Group – provides a first-hand account of the Local Content regulations strategies and procurement processes needed to realise these social benefits.  Acknowledging that the employment and industrial benefits of large-scale procurement have been sorely overlooked this book is both a how-to manual and a thoughtful insight into the challenge of creating sustainable jobs and competitive national industries through expenditure on bought-in goods and services.  With literally trillions of dollars of goods and services being procured over the next ten years in exploring and developing for oil gas and mineral resources across the globe the book focuses on these sectors yet also has wide application to the utilities construction infrastructure manufacturing and defence sectors. Local Content in Procurement has been written for those working for the procurement strategy and social responsibility departments of major private and public companies and international suppliers for industrial and economic policy-makers and regulators of local content and for all those involved in the management of procurement expenditure to develop national and local industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093648

Local Content Oil and Gas Law in AfricaLessons from Nigeria and Beyond Examining local content law and policy in the oil and gas industry this book uses Nigeria as a primary case study comparing its approach to countries such as Brazil and Norway which have also adopted local content laws in relation to their gas and oil industries. In considering various aspects of local content law and policy as they apply to the oil and gas industry the book examines the factors behind the formulation of local content policies by petroleum producing states and the various strategies they have employed to implement them. It analyses arguments against local content requirements from the perspective of international trade and investment law and from liberal market economic theorists who argue against its overall usefulness. The book highlights salient aspects of the oil and gas industry such as regulation national oil companies treatment of minorities and policy formulation and implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478619

Local Democracy Journalism and Public RelationsThe changing dynamics in local media and public sector communications This is a critical examination of the impact of sustained large-scale austerity cuts on local government communications in the UK. Budget constraints have left public sector media teams without the resources for robust citizen-facing communications. The "nose for news" has been downgraded and local journalists once the champions of public interest coverage are a force much diminished. The book asks what is lost to local democracy as a result? And what does it mean when no one is holding the country’s public spenders to account? The authors present extensive interviews with communications professionals working across different council authorities. These offer important insights into the challenges currently being faced by communicators within local public services. The book also includes in-depth case studies on the Grenfell Tower disaster the Rotherham child-grooming scandal and the Sheffield tree-felling controversy. These events all raise serious questions about the scrutiny and accountability of local authorities and the important role the media can and does play. Local Democracy Journalism and Public Relations provides new empirical data on and the real-world views of working communications teams in local government today. For students and researchers interested in local journalism and public relations the book illuminates the current relationship between these professions local democracy and political accountability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138044647

Local Democracy and the Processes of Transformation in East-Central Europe This book focuses on one particular aspect of the post-communist transformations in the East-Central European countries. In studying the local government reforms it evaluates achievements with the traditional yardsticks for local government performance: democracy efficiency and autonomy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367014407

Local Dimensions of the Second World War in Southeastern Europe This book deals with the Second World War in Southeastern Europe from the perspective of conditions on the ground during the conflict. The focus is on the reshaping of ethnic and religious groups in wartime on the "top-down" and "bottom-up" dynamics of mass violence and on the local dimensions of the Holocaust. The approach breaks with the national narratives and "top-down" political and military histories that continue to be the predominant paradigms for the Second World War in this part of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671518

Local Disaster Management Local Disaster Management explores what resilience means for local communities and local governments on the front line of responding to disasters and emergencies. Disaster management is often seen as a major international issue undertaken by global actors such as the UN Red Cross and Red Crescent. Yet fundamentally all disasters are local. Every disaster regardless of its type affects individuals families and communities before they escalate to encompassing one or many communities or nations. This volume therefore explores fundamental issues of disaster and emergency management at the local level. What is resilience? What does resilience mean for a local government seeking to lessen the impact of disasters on their community? How do local governments adapt through their experiences of disasters and how do they recover from catastrophic experiences? This book explores these issues with chapters from top scholars in the field draws out lessons for local government officials and disaster managers seeking to build community resilience prepare their communities for a changing environment and facilitate recovery after disasters strike. Local Disaster Management provides invaluable insight for local governments charged with managing the inescapable effects of climate change and the increasing frequency and severity of disasters as well as for scholars of local governance disaster resilience government policy and disaster management. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in Local Government Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476663

Local Disaster ResilienceAdministrative and Political Perspectives Since 2000 the Gulf Coast states – Texas Louisiana Mississippi Alabama and Florida – have experienced a series of hurricanes multiple floods and severe storms and one oil spill. These disasters have not only been numerous but also devastating. Response to and recovery from these unprecedented disasters has been fraught with missteps in management. In efforts to avoid similar failures in the future government agencies and policy practitioners have looked to recast emergency management and community resilience has emerged as a way for to better prevent manage and recover from these disasters.  How is disaster resilience perceived by local government officials and translated into their disaster response and recovery efforts? Ashley D. Ross systematically explores and measures disaster resilience across the Gulf Coast to gain a better understanding of how resilience in concept is translated into disaster management practices particularly on the local government level. In doing so she presents disaster resilience theory to the Gulf Coast using existing data to create county-level baseline indicators of Gulf Coast disaster resilience and an original survey of county emergency managers and elected municipal officials in 60 counties and 120 municipalities across the Gulf States. The findings of the original survey measure the disaster resilience perceptions held by local government officials which are examined to identify commonalities and differences across the set of cases. Additional analyses compare these perceptions to objective baseline indicators of disaster resilience to assess how perceptions align with resilience realities. Local Disaster Resilience not only fills a critical gap in the literature by applying existing theories and models to a region that has experienced the worst disasters the United States has faced in the past decade but it can also be used as a tool to advance our knowledge of disasters in an interdisciplinary manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194441

Local Economic Development and the EnvironmentFinding Common Ground A clear and practical examination of complex issues Local Economic Development and the Environment: Finding Common Ground provides a broad academic look at the intersection of two important areas for local administrators. In addition to managing development in a strained economic climate most administrators are also expected to be stewards of the environment. However economic conditions often leave them with limited options for pursuing economic development and at the same time being environmentally mindful. Many find themselves without a clear understanding of the concepts tools and best practices available to accomplish this herculean task. Translating complex environmental and economic concepts into easily applicable practices the book: Gives practitioners the information they need to communicate with consultants constituents and officials and to avoid ideological obstacles Compares regulatory differences between states and other geographical differences Includes examples from across the country to highlight variations in environmental regulations and laws Provides technical legal and political insights into the process of pursuing local economic development projects that incorporate protection and awareness Contains case studies that demonstrate the concepts in action allowing readers to fully grasp the complexities associated with sustainable economic development Discusses how local administrators can balance the economic and environmental needs of the future Bridging the gap between policy-making intention and outcome this book connects readers with a larger body of research that not only underpins practical applications but also helps them avoid legal technical and political obstacles. It provides an arsenal of best practices and everyday easy-to-use strategies for optimizing the difficult balance between economic development and environmental protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439880081

Local Economic Development in the 21st CenturQuality of Life and Sustainability Provides a comprehensive look at local economic development and public policy placing special emphasis on quality of life and sustainability. It draws extensively on case studies and includes both mainstream and alternative perspectives in dealing with economic growth and development issues. The contributions of economic theories and empirical research to the policy debates and the relationship of both to quality of life and sustainability are explored and clarified. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702797

Local Economic Development in the Changing WorldThe Experience of Southern Africa Over the last two decades the concept and practice of Local Economic Development (LED) has gained widespread acceptance around the world as a locally-based response to the challenges posed by globalization devolution local-level opportunities and economic crises. Support for local economic development is now firmly on the agenda of many national governments and key international agencies.This volume examines the debates about Local Economic Development and examines some of the unfolding experiences of LED in the developing world. The focus is upon the region of southern Africa and more especially upon post-apartheid South Africa. LED emerged in South Africa as one of the more significant post-apartheid development options being pursued by empowered localities with the overt encouragement of national government. Elsewhere in the developing world much interest surrounds the experience of LED in post-apartheid South Africa which is seen as a laboratory for experimentation innovation and learning. The seventeen chapters in this book examine the range of LED interventions that have been the basis for experimentation in the last decade including both pro-market as well as pro-poor interventions. Key themes include debates about the most appropriate policy directions for LED its contribution towards sustainable development the role of social capital cluster support public procurement eco-development good governance and tourism-led LED. The book also contains a series of detailed case studies on the implementation of LED in South Africa and the wider region of southern Africa including analyses of LED undertaken at a variety of scales from the provincial metropolitan and small-town level. Until now most research on local economic development has focused on the developed world.This volume breaks new ground in applying LED policy and practices to problems specific to the developing world. It will be of interest to scholars of development studies urban and regional planning human geography and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511712

Local Economic Development PolicyThe United States and Canada First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138979987

Local Elections in Britain Exploring the historical context the structure and method of operation Local Elections in Britain clearly addresses the key issues and confusions that surround the local election system including:* the nature and extent of electoral participation including the crucial issue of low turnout* the candidates and the growing proportion of women challenging for council seats* the performance of political parties now a central feature of local elections* the dangers of viewing local elections as national opinion pollsDrawing on the results of more than 100 000 local elections dating back over three decades the book is the most comprehensive study of local elections in Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203412756

Local Elites in Post-Mao China This book provides fresh insights into the study of Chinese elites at the county level and below. By shifting the analytical focus onto the agency of elites at the local level and away from the institutional structures within which they operate it fills a number of significant gaps in the field. In particular this book addresses the lacunae through an empirically rich and diverse set of case studies. It proceeds from the premise that the study of local elites can be most fruitful through examining their relations with each other and with the groups that wield power in the community. Particularly pertinent to the analyses are three major relations namely the relationship between the elites and their environment between particular types of elites and between the locality and the upper and lower scales. Ultimately it concludes that these relations are not only essential to understanding local elites in post-Mao China but also in accounting for socio-political change and in distinguishing China from other types of societies. As a study of local elites in China this book will be useful to students and scholars of Chinese politics political sociology and Chinese Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415419

Local Elites In Western DemocraciesA Comparative Analysis Of Urban Political Leaders In The U.s. Sweden And The Netherlands This book provides a clear candid picture of urban political leaders' political and social backgrounds their perceptions of problems their political values and their past and current experience in mobilizing support for their policies in Western democracies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166779

Local Enterprise on the North Atlantic MarginSelected Contributions to the Fourteenth International Seminar on Marginal Regions First published in 1999 this volume offers contrasting views from a variety of academic disciplines including agriculture anthropology economics geography management studies planning and sociology which focus on the single two-fold problem of how to understand these issues and what practically might be done about them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362765

Local Environmental Politics in ChinaChallenges and Innovations Knowledge and insight in national environmental governance in China is widespread. However increasingly it has been acknowledged that the major problems in guiding the Chinese economy and society towards sustainability are to be found at the local level. This book illuminates the fast-changing dynamics of local environmental politics in China a topic only marginally addressed in the literature. In the course of building up an institutional framework for environmental governance over the last decade local actors have generated a variety of policy innovations and experiments. In large measure these are creative responses to two main challenges associated with translating national environmental policies into local realities. The first such challenge is a ‘policy implementation gap’ stemming from the absence of the state capacity necessary to the implementation of environmental measures. The second challenge refers to the need for local non-state actors to engage in environmental management; oftentimes such a ‘participation gap’ contributes to implementation failures. In recent years we have seen a multitude of initiatives within China at the provincial level and below designed to bridge both ‘gaps’. Hence the central aim of this book is to assess these experiments and innovations in local environmental politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Environmental Policy and Planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950665

Local Environmental Regulation in Post-Socialism: A Hungarian Case StudyA Hungarian Case Study This title was first published in 2003. This text examines Hungarian local environmental regulation in practice rather than what should happen according to national legislation. The book is based on interviews with officials regulators firm managers and environmental groups in four localities in Hungary and on a national survey of local government officials. Numerous quotations from interviews are included. It is shown that the local social and economic context influences the behaviour of both local governments and regional environmental inspectorates. Firms' responsiveness to regulation is studied and it is shown that while some firms are ready to pay moderate environmental fines others are afraid of even symbolic fines. The findings are set within debates in the international literature on environmental regulation. It is shown that there are convergences with patterns reported in developed capitalist societies but that certain legacies from state socialism are compatible with these patterns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715967

Local Exhaust VentilationAerodynamic Processes and Calculations of Dust Emissions Control Harmful Emissions and Improve Work Conditions Local Exhaust Ventilation: Aerodynamic Processes and Calculations of Dust Emissions examines how emissions inherent to production processes in the metal mining chemical and other industries can adversely affect the workplace by compromising a worker’s health and/or contributing to the deterioration of equipment quality and performance. Professionals concerned with the aerodynamics of dust control ventilation particularly at industrial plants can greatly benefit from this book. This text considers the impact of emissions exposure to occupational safety and health and the environment explores the practical purposes of industrial ventilation and outlines how local exhaust ventilation can help control the emission of harmful substances in industry. The book outlines methods used for surveying currents in local exhaust ventilation systems and deals with the aerodynamics of loose-matter handling in porous ducts and the identification of regularities in air circulation patterns in bypass ducts. Topics covered include the determination of vortex field boundaries development dynamics of vortex flow patterns and interaction between the exhaust plume and inflow jets. Divided into two sections this text: Examines the computations of gas-borne dust flows in local exhaust ventilation systems Provides practical recommendations for the energy-efficient containment of dust emissions Discusses basic approaches to operational energy savings for local exhaust ventilation systems Uses color photos throughout to illustrate dust behavior flow lines and patterns Local Exhaust Ventilation: Aerodynamic Processes and Calculations of Dust Emissions establishes local exhaust ventilation as the most reliable way to control the emission of harmful substances. This text incorporates solutions that reduce material carryover rates and decrease the volume of air evacuated by suction adequately reducing the dust level in an industrial work area and can help solve a number of problems related to industrial ventilation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498720632

Local Experiences of Mining in PeruSocial and Spatial Transformations in the Andes This book uses a multimethod approach to examine local experience of contemporary mining development in the Peruvian Andes creating an understanding of the transformations that rural societies experience in this context. Mining is a major component of economic growth in many resource endowed countries whilst also causing mixed social cultural and environmental effects. Most current literature on contemporary mining in Peru is largely focussed on conflict; however in this text the author takes a differing approach by examining the experiences of families in the vicinity of Rio Tinto’s La Granja exploration copper project Northern Peru an area with great significance due to the mining investment and development which has taken place over the past 25 years. The book first provides a critical discussion about production of space theories and debates on spatial mobility highlighting their relevance to understanding large-scale mining developments especially in the Peruvian Andes. The following chapters analyze spatial transformations mining development has prompted focusing on four axes: access to space production mobility and representations of space. A comprehensive narrative is constructed drawing on diverse voices and perspectives including those of family heads and their partners local leaders company employees and social scientists. The book concludes by discussing how the findings challenge some of the current accounts of the social effects of mining developement on rural communities and pose significant implications for sustainable development programs and place-based practices. By taking an interdisciplinary approach this book will appeal to a wide audience including geographers social anthropologists and social scientists interested in the social effects of mining as well as researchers interested in current Latin American Studies and Rural Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258863

Local Food and Community Development Food has become an essential component in community development practice. Whether in reference to building a local or regional food system or addressing food insecurity food has become a focus in community development approaches in many localities. Farmers markets community gardens farm-to-school programs and other food-centered initiatives have been used to foster community development processes across a spectrum of desired outcomes. The surging interest in food for fostering community development draws attention to numerous applications ranging from grassroots efforts to formal programs sponsored by the public or nonprofit sectors. These efforts are often in conjunction with local private businesses helping create micro-businesses and supporting the small farm movement. Some regions are even considering economic development strategies of "food clusters" to promote speciality food businesses and supporting programs. This volume explores the relationships between food and community and the various approaches for development through a selection of chapters illustrating a wide range of applications. This book is a compilation of articles published in the journal Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383029

Local Food EnvironmentsFood Access in America Local Food Environments: Food Access in America provides information on the complex nature of food delivery systems as well as the historical and political trends that have shaped them over time. The book presents the empirical evidence demonstrating disparities in access to healthy affordable foods across the United States and how these disparities may explain food consumption patterns for some Americans as well as potential risks for diet-related illness. The book describes the current body of research surrounding these associations and presents the methodological issues pertinent to this area of public health. Evidence from these studies is placed in context of current and past American food policies that have supported the existing food retail market including the production and retailing of foods and ways in which the consolidation of the food system has affected Americans. Research conducted regarding local food environments in Canada has also been included as a point of comparison. Methods are discussed as well as the current state of knowledge regarding factors associated with disparities between local food environments the effect of these disparities on the diets of residents within those communities and the impact that local food environments have on diet-related health outcomes such as obesity. Also described are solutions garnered to minimize local food environment inequalities currently being conducted by federal state and local government agencies. Although this book focuses on US local food environments similar issues regarding access to food are concurrently taking place outside of the US. In all chapters readers are encouraged to critically consider the current research methods as well as recent programs and policies that aim to address local food environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498736978

Local Food Systems and Community Economic Development Local Food Systems and Community Economic Development provides scholarly and practical knowledge on a range of issues often associated with local food system development. Many people agree that there are unintended consequences associated with the manner in which our food supply chain has evolved. These concerns range in focus from health to environment to economic structure to social justice. But for each argument critical of our current food system there are to be found strong counter-arguments; the popular press is replete with stories that lean toward taking specific sides in these arguments often demonizing those on the other side. In this volume local food scholars strive to be fair balanced and as factual as possible in their arguments. This even-handed approach is appropriate as it should foster more sustainable community change and should lead us toward a stronger foundation for scholarly inquiry and ultimately more respect and credibility for efforts to better understand the phenomenon of local and regional food system development. Amidst a deepening interest in local food systems as a community economic development strategy Local Food Systems and Community Economic Development will be of great interest to scholars of community development rural studies agriculture food systems and rural economy. The chapters originally published as a special issue of Community Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859763

Local Food Systems in Old Industrial RegionsConcepts Spatial Context and Local Practices In recent years there has been an explosion of interest in local food systems-among policy makers planners and public health professionals as well as environmentalists community developers academics farmers and ordinary citizens. While most local food systems share common characteristics the chapters in this book explore the unique challenges and opportunities of local food systems located within mature and/or declining industrial regions. Local food systems have the potential to provide residents with a supply of safe and nutritious food; such systems also have the potential to create much-needed employment opportunities. However challenges are numerous and include developing local markets of a sufficient scale adequately matching supply and demand and meeting the environmental challenges of finding safe growing locations. Interrogating the scale scope and economic context of local food systems in aging industrialized cities this book provides a foundation for the development of new sub-fields in economic urban and agricultural geographies that focus on local food systems. The book represents a first attempt to provide a systematic picture of the opportunities and challenges facing the development of local food systems in old industrial regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278974

Local Foods Meet Global FoodwaysTasting History This book explores the intersection of food and foodways from global and local perspectives. The collection contributes to interdisciplinary debates about the role and movement of commodities in the historical and contemporary world. The expert contributions collectively address a fundamental tension in the emerging scholarly terrain of food studies namely theorizing the relationship between foodstuff production and cuisine patterns. They explore a wide variety of topics including curry bread sugar coffee milk pulque Virginia ham fast-food obesity and US ethnic restaurants. Local Foods Meet Global Foodways considers movements in context and in doing so complicates the notions that food 'shapes' culture as it crosses borders or that culture 'adapts' foods to its neo-local or global contexts. By analysing the dynamics of contact between mobile foods and/or people and the specific cultures of consumption they provoke these case studies reveal the process whereby local foods become global or global foods become local to be a dynamic co-creative development jointly facilitated by humans and nature. This volume explores a vast expanse of global regions such as North and Central America Europe China East Asia and the Pacific India sub-Saharan Africa the Atlantic Ocean and the USSR/Russia. It includes a foreword by the eminent food scholar Carole Counihan and an afterword by noted theorist of cuisine Rachel Laudan and will be of great interest to students and researchers of history anthropology geography cultural studies and American studies. This book is based on a special issue of Food and Foodways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415829953

Local Forest ManagementThe Impacts of Devolution Policies 'A well written book astutely organized.' Development and Change Local Forest Management is built around careful and illuminating case studies of the effects of devolution policies on the management of forests in several Asian countries. The studies demonstrate that devolution policies - contrary to the claims of governments - actually increased governmental control over the management of local resources and did so at lower cost. The controversial findings show that if local forest users are to exercise genuine control over forest management they must be better represented in the processes of forming implementing and evaluating devolution policies. In addition the guiding principle for policy discussions should be to create sustainable livelihoods for local resource users especially the poorest among them rather than reducing the cost of government forest administration. This book is essential reading for forest and other natural resource managers policy makers development economists and forestry professionals and researchers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771856

Local Governance and Poverty in Developing Nations This volume examines the persistence of poverty - both rural and urban - in developing countries and the response of local governments to the problem exploring the roles of governments NGOs and CSOs in national and sub-national agenda-setting policy-making and poverty-reduction strategies. It brings together a rich variety of in-depth country and international studies based on a combination of original data-collection and extensive research experience in developing countries. Taking a bottom-up and multi-dimensional perspective of poverty and well-being as the starting point the authors develop a convincing set of arguments for putting the priorities of poor people first on any development agenda thus carving out an undisputable role for local governance in interplay with higher-up governance actors and institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719698

Local Governance in England and France Local Governance in England and France addresses issues at the cutting edge of comparative politics and public policy. The book is based on extensive research and interviews over 300 in total with local decision makers in two pairs of cities in England and France: Lille and Leeds; Rennes and Southampton. No other Anglo-French comparative project has ever gone into such depth - based on actual case studies - making this book an invaluable resource for students and professionals alike. The book poses key questions about the changing role of the state the difficulties of policy coordination in a fragmented institutional context and about the relationship between governance networks as well as political and democratic accountability. It will be of great interest to the professional research community and practitioners in Britain France and beyond as well as to students of comparative politics European public policy British / French politics European studies public management and local government studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384156

Local Governance in Timor-LesteLessons in postcolonial state-building Across many parts of the postcolonial world it is everyday reality for people to cross regularly between state-based and customary governance institutions and norms. This book examines this phenomenon in the context of the villages of Timor-Leste and the state-building efforts that have been conducted by the Timorese government and international development agencies since the vote for independence in 1999. Drawing on 5 years of ethnographic fieldwork in the remote rural areas of Timor-Leste the book provides a critical analysis of the challenges that communities face when navigating coexisting customary and state-based structures and norms in a context where customary law continues to be the central guiding force. It also explores the various creative ways in which local leaders and community members make sense of their local governance environment. It then draws on these insights to provide a more nuanced contextualised account of the impact of institutional interventions state-building and democratisation within these villages. While set in the context of state- and nation-building efforts following Timor-Leste’s vote for independence the book also provides a broader examination of the issues that arise for the postcolonial state adequately meeting the needs of its citizens. Further it explores the challenges that are met by communities when incorporating state influences and demands into their everyday lives. Expanding the scope of empirical Timor-Leste scholarship by moving beyond anthropological description and providing the first detailed political analysis of local-level governance in contemporary Timorese communities this book is a valuable contribution to studies on Asian Politics Governance and International Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491601

Local Governance Innovation in ChinaExperimentation Diffusion and Defiance Despite a centralized formal structure Chinese politics and policy-making have long been marked by substantial degrees of regional and local variation and experimentation. These trends have if anything intensified as China’s reform matures. Though often remarked upon the politicsof policy formation diffusion and implementation at the subnational level have not previously been comprehensively described let alone satisfactorily explained. Based on extensive fieldwork this book explores how policies diffuse across China today the mechanisms through which local governments actually arrive at specific solutions and the implications for China’s political development and stability in the years ahead. The chapters examine how local-level institutions solve governance challenges such as rural development enterprise reform and social service provision. Focusing on diverse policy areas that include land use state-owned enterprise reform and house churches the contributors all address the same overarching question: how do local policymakers innovate in each issue area to address a governance challenges and how if at all do these innovations diffuse into national politics. As a study of local governance in China today this book will appeal to both students and scholars of Chinese politics comparative politics governance and development studies and also to policy-makers interested in authoritarianism and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094932

Local Government Local LegislationMunicipal Initiative in Parliament from 1858–1872 In the mid-Victorian period when British international influence and power were at their height concerns about local economic and social conditions were only slowly coming to be recognised as part of the obligations and expectations of central government. Adopting a legal history perspective this study reveals how municipal authorities of this period had few public law powers to regulate local conditions or to provide services and thus the more enterprising went direct to Parliament to obtain – at a price – the passing specific local Bills to address their needs. Identifying and analysing for the first time the 335 local Parliamentary Bills promoted by local authorities in the period from the passing of the Local Government Act 1858 to the first annual report of the Local Government Board in 1872 the book draws three main conclusions from this huge mass of local statute book material. The first is that far from being an uncoordinated mass of inconsistent quixotic provisions these Acts have a substantial degree of cohesion as a body of material. Second the towns and cities of northern England secured more than half of them. Thirdly the costs of promotions (and the vested interests involved in them) represented a huge and often wasteful outlay that a more pragmatic and forward-looking Parliamentary attitude could have greatly reduced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329836

Local Government and Politics in ChinaChallenges from below After over a decade of administrative and economic reform in mainland China the center has become increasingly remote and less important for many localities. In many ways the mobilization capacity of the central government has been weakened. Central government policies are often ignored and local officials are often more interested in personal projects than in centrally directed economic plans. In this study of local government and politics in China the author explores when and why local government officials comply with policy directives from above. Drawing on interviews with government officials in various municipalities and a review of county records and other government documents he provides the first in-depth look at policy implementation at the county and township levels in the PRC. The book examines the impact of the Chinese cadre system on the behavior of local officials local party and government structure relationships among various levels of Chinese local government policy supervision mechanisms at local levels village governance of China and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702780

Local Government and Strategic Choice (Routledge Revivals)An Operational Research Approach to the Processes of Public Planning First published in 1969 this book is concerned with the processes of policy-making in local government. The authors address themselves to the basic challenge of planning in a democracy and consider issues such as how those elected to exercise choice on our behalf can preserve and expand their capacity to choose discriminatingly when the sheer complexity of the issues facing them tends all the time to make them increasingly dependent on the skills and judgements of their professional advisers. This question is explored in relation to the many different yet interdependent aspects of the planning process which impinge on any local community – with particular reference to the planning of housing transport education and shopping of land use and local government finance. The book is the outcome of a four-year program of research during which a mixed team of operational research and social scientists was given a unique opportunity to observe the ways in which decisions were made and plans formulated in one particular city- Coventry. It covers both political and professional aspects of local government in 1960s Great Britain and has had important implications for urban governments throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659024

Local Government and the StatesAutonomy Politics and Policy This book offers an overview of the legal political and broad intergovernmental environment in which relations between local and state units of government take place the historical roots of the conflict among them and an analysis of contemporary problems concerning local authority local revenues state interventions and takeovers and the restructuring of local governments. The author pays special attention to local governmental autonomy and the goals and activities of local officials as they seek to secure resources fend off regulations and interventions and fight for survival as independent units.Now in a thoroughly revised second edition this book examines marijuana use minimum wages the establishment of sanctuary cities and the regulation of ride-sharing companies. Looking at the intergovernmental struggle from the bottom up and in the process examining a variety of political activities and policies at the state level Berman finds considerable reason to be concerned about the viability and future of meaningful local government. This book improves our understanding of the relationship between state and local governments. It provides a thoughtful look at the past present and possibly the future of local home rule. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580923

Local Government in European Overseas Empires 1450–1800Part II First published in 1999 this volume is an ambitious attempt to provide a wide-ranging introduction to local government in the overseas empires of Portugal Spain England and France with further reference to the English East India Company and the Dutch East and West India Companies. In an exercise in compensatory history the book examines government of empire not from the metropolitan perspective but at the local level where government was most likely to impact on the everyday lives of both persons of European birth and indigenous peoples. The first part examines the institutional framework of local and regional government at the municipal parish and county levels extending this to include law and order social welfare and education. The second part examines the social dimension of local government: governance in pluricultural societies; elite formation; creolization; representation and oligarchies; oversight and negotiated authority. The work includes a comprehensive introduction together with an extensive bibliography and a detailed index. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361249

Local Government in EuropeThe ‘Fourth Level’ in the EU Multi-Layered System of Governance This work considers the role of local government in 13 EU Member States (Austria Belgium Czech Republic France Germany Greece Hungary Italy Netherlands Poland Spain Sweden and the United Kingdom. The book aims to provide an account of the system of local government in each of the countries studied along with a critical and contextual approach to the level of autonomy that local government enjoys. The approach is comparative based on a questionnaire which all of the authors considered. There is then a detailed conclusion to the book which offers a detailed summary and comparative analysis of the responses in order to better consider the role of local authorities as the ‘fourth level’ of governance in the EU. The book aims to offer a detailed introduction to and account of each system of local government which may appeal to those seeking an overview of the area but also a critical and contextual approach that will be of interest to those actively researching in the areas of local and regional government or EU-central-local government relations. The book contains details of reform in local government up to November 2012 including an analysis of the impact of austerity measures on local autonomy where these have become significant.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930049

Local Government in Liberal DemocraciesAn Introductory Survey The quality and nature of local government varies widely between countries. This introductory text looks at the workings of local government in England and Wales Germany France Ireland Italy Sweden Canada and the USA. The chapters have a similar format so the student has a framework for systematic comparisons of the different case studies and a comprehensive conclusion summarises major differences and relationships between the structures studied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176133

Local Government ManagementCurrent Issues and Best Practices Some of the very best writings on issues involving local government can be found in journals published by the American Society for Public Administration or journals with which ASPA is associated. This volume includes thirty of the most outstanding articles that have been published over the past sixty years in these journals. Local Government Management is an ideal supplement for any course in local management and administration whether the audience is students or practicing professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539386

Local Government ReorganisationThe Review and its Aftermath The Local Government Review raised issues of political process and decision-making theories. The interest lies in the insights provided by academic analysis and the highlighting of the lessons to be learned. This volume attempts to respond to both these perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995505

Local GovernmentPolicy and Management in Local Authorities Since first publication in 1982 Howard Elcock's Local Government has established a reputation as a comprehensive and unbiased account of how British local government really works. This respected textbook has been completely revised and rewritten for its third edition to take account of changes in local government and in the circumstances in which it operates. The third edition examines new management structures and accountabilities that follow the policy initiatives of the central Conservative administration. It appraises the impact of the three-pronged reform of the Thatcher years: impact on local authorities' financial resources new structures of local government and new pressure to contract services out to the private and voluntary sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150713

Local Gradient Theory for DielectricsFundamentals and Applications This book is devoted to the development of the local gradient theory of dielectrics. It presents a brief description of the known approaches to the construction of generalized (integral- and gradient-type) continuous theories of dielectrics. It describes a new continuum–thermodynamic approach to the construction of nonlinear high-order gradient theory of thermoelastic non-ferromagnetic polarized media. This approach is based on accounting for non-diffusive and non-convective mass fluxes associated with the changes in the material microstructure. Within the linear approximation the theory has been applied to study transition modes of the formation of near-surface inhomogeneity of coupled fields in solids disjoining pressure in thin films etc. The theory describes a number of observable phenomena (including the surface size flexoelectric pyroelectric and thermopolarization effects in centrosymmetric crystals the Meads anomaly the high frequency dispersion of elastic waves etc.) that cannot be explained within the framework of the classical theory of dielectrics.   Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800624

Local Heritage Global ContextCultural Perspectives on Sense of Place 'Sense of place' has become a familiar phrase used to describe emotional attachment to a particular location. As heritage management policy and practices increasingly attempt to draw on the views and expressions of interest amongst local communities it is important to have a better grasp of what people mean by this concept and to assess its uses and implications. Here a range of practitioners from NGO agency cultural heritage and archaeological backgrounds review the meanings of 'sense of place' and where it is useful in the context of heritage management practice. This volume breaks new ground in specifically addressing place attachment from a cultural heritage perspective and drawing on local and national interests from a diversity of cultural situations. Illustrated with case studies from around Europe and Australia the book addresses key themes including the rootedness amongst communities in the past; policy-making for accommodating senses of place within planning and management for land- sea- and city-scapes; official versus unofficial views; and the often difficult balance between planning policies that extend from regional to global scale and local actions and perceptions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248335

Local History and War Memories in Hokkaido Hokkaido the northernmost island of Japan barely features in most histories of the Second World War. However the combination of distinctive war experiences a vibrant set of local historian groups and powerful media organizations disseminating local war history has generated an identifiable set of local collective memories. Hokkaidoʼs status as an early colonial acquisition also makes the island an important vantage point from which to reassess the course and nature of the Japanese Empire. This book argues that Hokkaido’s experiences of war and its militarized post-war constitutes a local case study with a much greater national and international significance on both theoretical and empirical grounds than first impressions might suggest. Using Japanese-language sources presented for the first time in English and a number of detailed local history case studies it offers a fascinating and hitherto little-known perspective on the Second World War. It also combines a comprehensive theory of how war memories operate at the local level within a broad historical context that explains Hokkaidoʼs pivotal role within Japanese imperial history. Demonstrating that understanding local history and memories is essential for a nuanced understanding of national history and memories the book will be highly valuable to students and scholars of Japanese history Second World War history and Asian history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383925

Local History in England Considered to be the classic introduction to the subject this third edition has been carefully revised and updated to take account of the developments in the subject and includes an extensive newly compiled bibliography and twice the number of illustrations as in previous editions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835924

Local Identities and PoliticsNegotiating the Old and the New The relation between identity and space is strong and generates many conflicts. Most people attach great importance to their local community and its identity. The possibility of change can cause turmoil and become fertile ground for staking new identities. Understanding how these changes can take place is important to the future of community cohesion across the world. This book gives a detailed analysis of how different stakeholders in two Dutch municipalities use and adapt their identity discourses to deal with changing circumstances situating this work within a wider international context through global comparisons. The growing spatial interdependence and political pressures for municipal cooperation or amalgamation creates not only threats but also opportunities for stakeholders in local communities to transform their local identities. By studying how local communities attach to local identities a new conceptual framework can be formed informed by lively accounts from residents on the rich and varied use of identity in their communities and their concerns over future developments. This is valuable reading for students scholars and researchers working in geography politics sociology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138806

Local Immune Responses Of The Gut First published in 1984: The main interest of this book is immunological. The first chapter deals with the nature of the local immune system and discusses it within the context of the normal physiology of the gut. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367233624

Local Industrial ClustersExistence Emergence and Evolution The key approach taken in this book is that all local economic clusters have something in common - specific case-studies are thus put into wider perspective in a masterly study that will be of keen interest to both economists and geographers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649773

Local Infiltration AnalgesiaA Technique to Improve Outcomes after Hip Knee or Lumbar Spine Surgery The concept of integrating pain management into the surgical process as a single entity is new and exciting. The use of local anaesthetic to block post-operative pain at the site of its generation is here refined into a management program allowing early mobilisation and dramatic pain control in the early post-operative period. This multimodal technique is demonstrated here with application to lower limb arthroplasty and spinal surgery. This is not only a detailed explanation and instruction in the technique and concept but a historical perspective on its development and will be of great interest to all orthopaedic surgeons as well as anaesthetists. Using easy-to-understand terminology this text covers: LIA methods Pre- and postoperative management How to select a needle injection location The benefits of combining the LIA technique with the drugs Naropin Marcain and Xylocaine Color images throughout the text highlight the advantages of LIA including: avoidance of sedation simple execution for physicians reduced risk of infection and blood clots little physiological disturbance earlier patient discharge and return to the workforce improved patient performance outlook and mobility fewer medical expenses Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439811764

Local Interests and American Foreign PolicyWhy International Interventions Fail This book provides an alternative perspective on how social interest-groups form and interact to affect interventions. It combines historic sociological and international relations perspectives in a framework through which to view the relevant socio-political dynamics in ‘target societies’. At a time when American foreign policy seeks to redefine its objectives and its methods of intervention the monolithic ideological assumptions of the state as the panacea to all social ailments both as a format and a vehicle of norm delivery seemingly dooms American foreign policy and European allies to the repetition of old mistakes. In environments where interests and priorities are shaped on a highly localised basis interventionist agendas often lack relevant meaning. The book focuses in particular on the contrast between the assumptions inherent in ‘Western’ interventionist strategies and social interest formation in Afghanistan Somaliland and Somalia. Based on extensive fieldwork the book draws on available literature and on interviews with local population or international aid and development workers. The conclusion is that in the cases examined the agency of local interest groups largely controls the outcome of external strategies. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of US Foreign Policy International Relations and Security Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488748

Local Language TestingDesign Implementation and Development Local Language Testing: Design Implementation and Development describes the language testing practice that exists in the intermediate space between large-scale standardized testing and classroom assessment an area that is rarely addressed in the language testing and assessment literature. Covering both theory and practice the book focuses on the advantages of local tests fosters and encourages their use and provides suggested ideas for their development and maintenance. The authors include examples of operational tests with well-proven track records and discuss: the ability of local tests to represent local contexts and values explicitly and purposefully embed test results within instructional practice and provide data for program evaluation and research; local testing practices grounded in the theoretical principles of language testing drawing from experiences with local testing and providing practical examples of local language tests illustrating how they can be designed to effectively function within and across different institutional contexts; examples of how local language tests and assessments are developed for use within a specific context and how they serve a variety of purposes (e.g. entry-level proficiency testing placement testing international teaching assistant testing writing assessment and program evaluation). Aimed at language program directors graduate students and researchers involved in language program development and evaluation this is a timely book in that it focuses on the advantages of local tests fosters and encourages their use and outlines their development and maintenance. It constitutes essential reading for language program directors graduate students and researchers involved in language program development and evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588493

Local Legitimacy in PeacebuildingPathways to Local Compliance with International Police Reform This book analyses the role of legitimacy in explaining local actors’ compliance with international peacebuilding operations. The book provides a comparative micro-level study of local actors’ reasons for compliance with or resistance to international peacebuilding. Specifically it analyses three pathways to compliance –legitimacy coercion and reward-seeking – to explore local police officers’ compliance with the reforms stipulated by the EU Police Mission in Bosnia and the EU Rule of Law Mission in Kosovo. The work constructs a holistic framework of the mechanisms connecting each pathway to compliance and measures legitimacy using micro-level indicators. This study not only shines light on the question why local actors comply a crucial factor in mission effectiveness but it also illuminates exactly how compliance works. The book contributes nuanced evidence about the often-heralded importance of legitimacy in peacebuilding showing exactly in which situations local legitimacy matters and in which it does not. It is also highly relevant for policy-makers as it unpacks and explains the mechanisms behind local legitimacy assisting in understanding this usually nebulous concept. This book demonstrates the need for micro-level analysis by revealing the relevant processes of legitimation usually hidden behind commonly perceived social fault lines such as the Serb-Albanian divide in Kosovo. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding war and conflict studies Balkans politics security studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138045873

Local LiteraciesReading and Writing in One Community Local Literacies is a unique detailed study of the role of reading and writing in people’s everyday lives. By concentrating on a selection of people in a particular community in Lancaster England the authors analyse how they use literacy in their day-to-day lives. It follows four people in detail examining how they use local media their participation in public life the role of literacy in family activities and in leisure pursuits. Links are made between everyday learning and education. The study is based on an ethnographic approach to studying everyday activities and is framed in the theory of literacy as a social practice. This Routledge Linguistics Classic includes a new foreword by Deborah Brandt and a new framing chapter in which David Barton and Mary Hamilton look at the connections between local and global activities interfaces with institutional literacies and the growing significance of digital literacies in everyday life. A seminal text Local Literacies provides an explicit usable methodology for both teachers and researchers and clear theorising around a set of six propositions. Clearly written and engaging this is a deeply absorbing study and is essential reading for all those involved in literacy and literacy education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415691741

Local LivesMigration and the Politics of Place Local Lives contests dominant trends in migration theory demonstrating that many migrant identities have not become entirely diasporic or cosmopolitan but remain equally focused on emplaced belonging and the anxieties of being uprooted. By addressing the question of how migrants legally and symbolically lay claim to owning and belonging to place it refocuses our attention on the micro-politics and everyday rituals of place-making that are central to the construction of migrant identities. Exploring immigrants' interactions with house spaces property rights environmental conservation landscape historical knowledge of place ideas of 'local community' and place-specific 'traditions' this volume shows how in a fluid world of movement locality remains a deeply contested and symbolically rich place to situate identity and to constitute the self. Thematically organised and presenting a diverse range of empirical studies dealing with migrant communities in Hawaii Britain France Spain Australia New Zealand the Dominican Republic and Albania Local Lives reorients research in migration and transnational studies around locality. As such it will appeal to social scientists working on questions relating to landscape identity and belonging; race and ethnicity; and migration and transnationalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250963

Local Models for Spatial Analysis Written in recognition of developments in spatial data analysis that focused on differences between places the first edition of Local Models for Spatial Analysis broke new ground with its focus on local modelling methods. Reflecting the continued growth and increased interest in this area the second edition describes a wide range of methods which account for local variations in geographical properties. What’s new in the Second Edition:Additional material on geographically-weighted statistics and local regression approachesA better overview of local models with reference to recent critical reviews about the subject areaExpanded coverage of individual methods and connections between themChapters have been restructured to clarify the distinction between global and local methods A new section in each chapter references key studies or other accounts that support the bookSelected resources provided online to support learningAn introduction to the methods and their underlying concepts the book uses worked examples and case studies to demonstrate how the algorithms work their practical utility and range of application. It provides an overview of a range of different approaches that have been developed and employed within Geographical Information Science (GIScience). Starting with first principles the author introduces users of GISystems to the principles and application of some widely used local models for the analysis of spatial data including methods being developed and employed in geography and cognate disciplines. He discusses the relevant software packages that can aid their implementation and provides a summary list in Appendix A. Presenting examples from a variety of disciplines the book demonstrates the importance of local models for all who make use of spatial data. Taking a problem driven approach it pro Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864934

Local Music Scenes and GlobalizationTransnational Platforms in Beirut This book offers the first in-depth study of experimental and popular music scenes in Beirut looking at musicians working towards a new understanding of musical creativity and music culture in a country that is dominated by mass-mediated pop music and propaganda. Burkhalter studies the generation of musicians born at the beginning of the Civil War in the Lebanese capital an urban and cosmopolitan center with a long tradition of cultural activities and exchanges with the Arab world Europe the US and the former Soviet Union. These Lebanese rappers rockers death-metal jazz and electro-acoustic musicians and free improvisers choose local and transnational forms to express their connection to the broader musical cultural social and political environment. Burkhalter explores how these musicians organize their own small concerts for ‘insider’ audiences set up music labels and network with like-minded musicians in Europe the US and the Arab world. Several key tracks are analyzed with methods from ethnomusicology and popular music studies and contextualized through interviews with the musicians. Discussing key references from belly dance culture (1960s) psychedelic rock in Beirut (1970s) the noises of the Lebanese Civil war (1975-1990) and transnational Pop-Avant-Gardes and World Music 2.0 networks this book contributes to the study of localization and globalization processes in music in an increasingly digitalized and transnational world. At the core this music from Beirut challenges "ethnocentric" perceptions of "locality" in music. It attacks both "Orientalist" readings of the Arab world the Middle East and Lebanon and the focus on musical "difference" in Euro-American music and culture markets. On theoretical grounds this music is a small but passionate attempt to re-shape the world into a place where "modernity" is not "euro-modernity" or "euro-american modernity " but where possible new configurations of modernity exist next to each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138849716

Local Organizations and Urban Governance in East and Southeast AsiaStraddling state and society This edited collection brings together enterprising pieces of new research on the many forms of organization in East and Southeast Asia that are sponsored or mandated by government but engage widespread participation at the grassroots level. Straddling the state-society divide these organizations play important roles in society and politics yet remain only dimly understood. This book shines a spotlight on this phenomenon which speaks to fundamental questions about how such societies choose to organize themselves how institutions of local governance change over time and how individuals respond to and make use of the power of the state. The contributors investigate organizations ranging from volunteer-based organizations that partner with government in providing services for homeless children to state-managed networks of neighborhood- or village-level associations that perform representative as well as administrative functions and seeks to answer a number of questions: When do the "vertical " top-down imperatives of the state stifle "horizontal" solidarities and when might the two work in harmony? Are useful social and administrative purposes served by this type of fusion? Does it amplify or merely muffle citizens’ voices? What does it tell us about existing accounts of community social capital "synergy " "complementarity " "subsidiarity " and related concepts? Representing seven countries: China Japan Vietnam Thailand Indonesia Taiwan and Singapore this volume will be of interest to undergraduates postgraduates and academics in Asian studies political science sociology anthropology development history nonprofit studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666084

Local Ownership in International PeacebuildingKey Theoretical and Practical Issues This edited volume empirically examines key theoretical and practical issues relevant to the promotion of local ownership in contemporary international peacebuilding.This book attempts to provide comprehensive understanding of the issue of local ownership in international peacebuilding. By providing an empirical analysis of nine case studies the volume aims to supplement contemporary academic discussions on local ownership which have thus far mainly focused on its normative or theoretical dimensions. The case studies included here examine the peace operations in a wide range of countries - Afghanistan Bosnia-Herzegovina Cambodia Cyprus Kenya Uganda Sierra Leone South Sudan and Sri Lanka. The book seeks to address the weaknesses of conventional studies by: empirical review of the achievements and limitations of previous attempts to promote local ownership; examination of the key concepts of local ownership; and analysis of structural and practical challenges. The volume concludes by presenting practical proposals for addressing the limitations of contemporary local ownership promotion. Through these means the book aims to explore a key research question from both theoretical and empirical perspectives: How can international peacebuilding facilitate effective active local community participation? This volume will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding development studies global governance peace and conflict studies security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599317

Local Participatory Governance and Representative DemocracyInstitutional Dilemmas in European Cities Over the past few decades and throughout the world numerous government-initiated experiments and attempts at directly engaging and including citizens have emerged as remedies for a variety of problems faced by modern democracies including political disaffection and insufficient capacity to deal with the complexity inherent in many contemporary public problems such as climate change and segregation. In practice these attempts are given many names such as citizen panels deliberative fora collaborative dialogues etc. In the academic literature as well the phenomenon falls under many different headings for instance collaborative deliberative or interactive governance. Participatory Governance and Representative Democracy  refers to this empirical phenomenon as local participatory governance that is government-sponsored direct participation between invited citizens and local officials in concrete arrangements and concerning problems that affect them. Participatory governance we argue may take many forms regarding (1) type of interaction and type of communication between participants within the specific participatory arrangement (e.g. deliberative vs. aggregative) as well as regarding (2) the relation and connection between the specific arrangement and the more traditional representative structures (e.g. compatible incompatible transformative or irrelevant). The proposed edited volume addresses the matter of institutionalization highlighting the difficulties associated with establishing stability and a shared understanding of the roles and rules among citizens local politicians and administrators in participatory arrangements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243111

Local Partnership and Social Exclusion in the European UnionNew Forms of Local Social Governance? This book explores local partnership-based initiatives to tackle European-wide problems of poverty and social exclusion. A major comparative study of the fast developing theme of social exclusion the contributors look at its causes effects and at the ways it might be combatted. Based on in-depth cross-national research from areas across Europe it provides a uniquely authoritative account of the complexities of policy development in the EU and will be invaluable to researchers in European studies politics and economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011462

Local Peacebuilding and LegitimacyInteractions between National and Local Levels This volume searches for pragmatic answers to the problems that continue to beset peacebuilding efforts at all levels of society with a singular focus on the role of legitimacy.Many peacebuilding efforts are hampered by their inability to gain the support of those they are trying to help at the local level or those at regional national or international levels; whose support is necessary either for success at the local level or to translate local successes to wider arenas. There is no one agreed-upon reason for the difficulty in translating peacebuilding from one arena of action to another but among those elements that have been studied one that appears understudied or assumed to be unimportant is the role of legitimacy. Many questions can be asked about legitimacy as a concept and this volume addresses these questions through multiple case studies which examine legitimacy at local regional national and international levels as well as looking at how legitimacy at one level either translates or fails to translate at other levels in order to correlate the level of legitimacy with the success or failure of peacebuilding projects and programsThe value of this work lies both in the breadth of the cases and the singular focus on the role of legitimacy in peacebuilding. By focusing on this concept this volume represents an attempt to build beyond the critical peacebuilding approach of deconstructing the liberal peacebuilding paradigm to a search for pragmatic answers to the problems that continue to plague peacebuilding efforts at all levels of society. This book will be of much interest to students of peacebuilding conflict resolution development studies security studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667061

Local Planning In Practice "First Published in 1991 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724897

Local Policy for Housing DevelopmentEuropean Experiences This title was first published in 2002: When a developer wants to realize a housing scheme what can the local planning authority do to assure that the resulting residential environment is of a high quality? This book explores the question through a cross-national comparison of housing development processes in The Netherlands the United Kingdom Germany and France. It analyzes how decisions about the residential environment are made in different situations and by whom. By applying this analysis to housing development processes in different countries the book paints a picture of how public policy and market mechanisms together influence the development of housing. From this conclusions are drawn about how local planning authorities can achieve their objectives concerning the quality of housing areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726345

Local Political Participation in JapanA Case Study of Oita How Do Japanese Citizens Participate Politically? Most Japanese citizens perhaps with a bit of a chuckle would answer that ‘average’ Japanese do not participate in politics. While political attitudes in other countries have fluctuated corresponding to social political and economic climates of the times; in Japan a consistently negative view of politics has persisted since the late 1960s. Japanese citizens perceive their government much more critically than citizens of neighboring countries. While many Japanese citizens participate in specific political acts such as signing candidate support cards attending political rallies or directly contacting politicians they largely do not view these activities as political participation. Kida examines why this is the case; whether there is a connection between negative views of politics and how Japanese people self-identify their political participation; how Japanese citizens attempt to exact change or influence policy; how the government engages citizens in political participation; and the relationship between citizens’ attitudes towards government and levels of political participation. Kida explores political participation on the local level to better understand the sources of political attitudes. While participation studies have been conducted in Japan most are centered in large urban areas focusing on either extreme forms of participation such as protests or concentrated on single issue participation such as the environmental or women’s movements. This book in contrast explores what every day ‘regular’ in the system political participation looks like in a small traditional Japanese city – using Oita a small city in Kyushu as a case study. It focuses especially on the role local institutions and politicians play in influencing the kinds of participation available and subsequently the attitudes created about participation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367484378

Local Politics Global ImpactsSteps to a Multi-disciplinary Analysis of Scales Serving as a touchstone for a much-needed research program on social scales this volume challenges disciplinary boundaries and brings into focus a paradoxical state of affairs in contemporary thought: the domain of local-global interactions has not yet been identified as an object of analysis in its own right despite engaging a large multi-disciplinary research community with strong potential for cross-fertilization. Bringing together internationally renowned as well as emerging scholars this book presents concrete case studies framed by theoretical concern with the issue of scale. It demonstrates that a diverse array of theoretical methodological and empirical perspectives can productively converge on a common set of problems related to social temporal and spatial scales and contemporary globalization. Local Politics Global Impacts will stimulate empirical and theoretical research that focuses on understanding how political concepts practices and instruments translate across scales and contribute to the emergence of a self-aware community of scholars and practitioners focusing explicitly on modelling the dynamics of local-regional-global interactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138384057

Local Politics And Development In The Middle East This book concentrates on how local politics influence development in the Middle East with the intent of encouraging more appropriate assistance programs. It discusses general policy issues and the nature of center-periphery relations in Middle East countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168629

Local Politics and Mayoral Elections in 21st Century AmericaThe Keys to City Hall Some of the most populated and storied American cities had mayoral elections in 2013. Open contests in New York City Los Angeles and Boston for example offer laboratories to examine electoral trends in urban politics. Cities are facing varied predicaments. Boston was rocked by the bombing of the marathon on April 15. Detroit is roiled by being the largest U.S. city to declare bankruptcy and Chicago which had an open competitive election in 2011 is dealing with significant gun violence. San Diego’s mayor resigned in August 2013 due to sexual harassment charges and other mayors are surrounded by corruption scandals. Houston and St. Louis had non-competitive elections recently but their mayors are notable for their tenure in office and emphasis will be on public policy outcomes in those cases. Leaders in most cities face dramatic changes and challenges due to economic and social realities. The Keys to City Hall offers a complete and succinct review and analysis of the top mayoral campaigns in major American cities in recent years as well as the politics and public policy management of those urban areas. Emerging theories of urban governance demographic changes and economic conditions are examined in introductory chapters; the introduction will provide a unique and comprehensive focus on major trends in advertisement changes in campaign strategies fundraising and the use of social media at the local level. In Part Two scholars with expertise in local politics urban public policy and the governance explore some of the largest and most noteworthy U.S. cities each of which has a recent competitive mayoral election. They will also provide updated data on mayoral powers and problems faced by local executives. Written as lively narratives in a highly readable style this book advances theory on urban politics by reviewing developments in the field and aligning theoretical approaches with realities on the ground based on the most recent elections and governance structures. As such it will be a much needed resource to scholars interested in local politics and the public policy debates of specific major urban and metropolitan areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415347365

Local Politics and National PolicyMulti-level Conflicts in Japan and Beyond This book is about why and how central and local governments clash over important national policy decisions. Its empirical focus is on the local politics of Japan which has significantly shaped and been shaped by larger developments in national politics. The book argues that since the 1990s changes in the national political arena fiscal and administrative decentralization as well as broader socio-economic developments have led to a decoupling of once closely integrated national and local party systems in Japan. Such decoupling has led to a breakdown of symbiotic relations between the centre and regions. In its place are increasing strains between national and local governments leading to greater intra-party conflict inter-governmental conflicts and more chief executives with agendas and resources increasingly autonomous of the national ruling party. Although being a book primarily focused on the Japanese case the study seeks to contribute to a broader understanding of how local partisans shape national policy-making. The book theorizes and investigates how the degree of state centralization vertical integration for party organizations and partisan congruence in different levels of government affect inter-governmental relations. Japan’s experience is compared with Germany Canada and the UK to explore sources of multi-level policy conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141868

Local Politics in IndonesiaPathways to Power Competitive elections have become an institutionalized feature of contemporary Indonesia’s politics. This together with other considerations makes it reasonable to call Indonesia the world’s third largest democracy. Nonetheless democratic elections in Indonesia are both more complex and interesting than is commonly understood. This book explores how local elections in Indonesia have affected the development and dynamics of Indonesia’s fledgling democracy. Based on fine-grained analyses of elections in five localities the book shows how Indonesia’s transition to direct elections of local government executives has transformed party politics and elite development at local levels of governance. Employing the methods of political anthropology and informed by a critical reading of theories of democracy and decentralization the book presents detailed analyses of elections in five localities across four Indonesian provinces. The book calls attention to the ambiguous relation between formal democratic reforms and political behavior. It illustrates how local elite politics has evolved within the context of political and administrative reforms whose announced goals are to improve the representativeness and responsiveness of political institutions. This book provides a window onto local political processes that will be of interest to students and scholars of politics in Southeast Asia and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102934

Local Politics in the French Wars of ReligionThe Towns of Champagne the Duc de Guise and the Catholic League 1560–95 Drawing on the municipal archives of eleven French provincial towns as well as other related sources this book explores the links between local and national politics during the Wars of Religion of the later sixteenth century. It argues that the response of the French towns to the challenge of heresy and later the Catholic League was conditioned by local circumstances. Whilst previous work has been published on the urban dimensions to the Wars of Religion few studies provide a study of an entire province allowing as this book does the opportunity to explicitly compare several towns. After a detailed topographical introduction placing in context the towns of the region and describing their differing urban constitutions the following chapters deal with the crisis points of the Wars of Religion. This book sits squarely in the forefront of one of the dominant themes in the historiography of early modern France: the importance of the local community and local elites in political structures and political life. As such it will prove fruitful reading for all scholars with an interest in early modern French urban and political culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250281

Local Politics: A Practical Guide to Governing at the GrassrootsA Practical Guide to Governing at the Grassroots Unlike most competing texts that are densely written and heavily theoretical with little flavor of political life this book is a readable jargon-free introduction to real-life local politics for today's students. While it encompasses local government and politics in cities and towns across America "Local Politics: A Practical Guide to Governing at the Grassroots" gives special attention to the politics of suburbia where many students live and encourages them to become engaged in their own communities. The book is also distinguished by its strong emphasis on nuts-and-bolts practical politics. It provides focused discussion of institutions roles and personalities as well as the dynamic environment of local politics (demographics immigration globalization etc.) and major policy issues (budgets land use transportation education etc.). Other texts treat communities as abstractions and readers as passive observers. "Local Politics: A Practical Guide to Governing at the Grassroots" is designed to inspire civic engagement as well as understanding. It features "In Your Community" research projects for students in every chapter along with informative tables clear charts essential terms and guides to useful websites. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702766

Local Polynomial Modelling and Its ApplicationsMonographs on Statistics and Applied Probability 66 Data-analytic approaches to regression problems arising from many scientific disciplines are described in this book. The aim of these nonparametric methods is to relax assumptions on the form of a regression function and to let data search for a suitable function that describes the data well. The use of these nonparametric functions with parametric techniques can yield very powerful data analysis tools. Local polynomial modeling and its applications provides an up-to-date picture on state-of-the-art nonparametric regression techniques. The emphasis of the book is on methodologies rather than on theory with a particular focus on applications of nonparametric techniques to various statistical problems. High-dimensional data-analytic tools are presented and the book includes a variety of examples. This will be a valuable reference for research and applied statisticians and will serve as a textbook for graduate students and others interested in nonparametric regression. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748725

Local Positioning SystemsLBS Applications and Services Local Positioning Systems: LBS Applications and Services explores the possible approaches and technologies to location problems including people and asset tracking mobile resource management public safety and handset location-based services. The book examines several indoor positioning systems providing detailed case studies of existing applications and their requirements and shows how to set them up. Other chapters are dedicated to position computation algorithms using different signal metrics and determination methods 2D/3D indoor map data and location models indoor navigation system components and how they work privacy deployment issues and standards. In detail the book explains the steps for deploying a location-enabled network including doing a site-survey creating a positioning model and floor maps and access point placement and configuration. Also presented is a classification for network-based and ad-hoc positioning systems and a framework for developing indoor LBS services. This comprehensive guide will be invaluable to students and lecturers in the area of wireless computing. It will also be an enabling resource to developers and researchers seeking to expand their knowledge in this field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315222080

Local Power Territory and Institutions in European Metropolitan RegionsIn Search of Urban Gargantuas A comparative analysis of eight different urban areas - Bologna Bordeaux Geneve-Lausanne Lyons Manchester Rotterdam Stuttgart and Torino - examining key urban issues that are high on the policy agenda of every national government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605797

Local Power and Post-Soviet Politics An analysis of local legislative and budgetary politics during the late Soviet and post-Soviet period with case studies of electoral behaviour distribution processes political contestation and institutional development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286938

Local Projects in A-Level Geography Originally published in 1980 the aim of this book was to help the A-level student make the most of the opportunity to undertake a local project. The general increase of student-activity work in schools was making the project option an increasingly popular part of A-level studies in geography but there are many problems facing the student in this the first independent piece of work that he or she is likely to have done. The most conspicuous difficulty is the time needed to collect data for analysis but there are many others ranging from the fundamental question of the choice of topic to such subsequent matters as techniques of hypothesis testing and methods of presentation. The author examines all the questions that the student should ask in the course of this type of work and he does so very much from the student’s point of view. The first half of the book deals with selecting the project setting it up properly and carrying it through to analysis and presentation. The second half consists of a wide range of example projects which illustrate what can be achieved and the problems that arise. They are presented not as models to be copied but as illustrative examples of the general principles and problems discussed earlier in the book. The range of opportunities available for project work will vary widely from school to school and no book could provide comprehensive coverage. The author has therefore chosen his material carefully in order to throw light on principles and strategies. The examples are of work actually done by some of the several hundred candidates supervised by the author and they are impressive evidence of the variety of projects that can be undertaken from one home base. This book has been prepared with the student’s point of view very much in mind. It should serve as a valuable source of ideas and guidelines for all those who choose to undertake a project at A-level and it will be useful background reading for students doing similar work in institutions of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362852

Local Realities and Environmental Changes in the History of East Asia  Environmental history has evolved into a well-established historical subfield which has broadened the horizons of historical research beyond human affairs to include the study of human interactions with natural and man-made environments. This broadened scope has attracted scholars from many different fields; a development which is reflected by this volume as it highlights the recent studies on East Asian environmental history by scholars of History Economic History Political ecology Sociology and Environmental Studies. This book examines the local realities and environmental changes in East Asia and is one of a few publications in English on the subject. Contributors apply rich historical material maps and statistical data to reveal the local environmental realities infused by global perspectives. Part I deals with attitude toward nature focusing on the soundscape conceived by traditional Chinese literati and on "industrious revolution" in Tokugawa Japan. Part II includes four case studies which respectively discuss the hydraulic management and political ecology in the Yongle reign (1403-1424) the "Woosung Bar" controversy in the 1870s the expansion of Daihaizi Reservoir in Xinjiang in the 1950s and interactions between the indigenous communities and NGOs in Hualien Taiwan. Part III presents case studies of Japan dealing with natural disasters: volcano eruption floods and the human actions around Tokyo since the eighteenth century. These chapters and the insights they offer provide the reader with the most recent research on East Asian environmental history. Covering the geographical areas of Japan North and Northwest China the Lower Yangzi Delta and Taiwan and the timeframe spanning the seventh century BC to the present day the book will be of great interest to anyone studying the history of East Asia environmental history or environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482548

Local Responses to Global Integration First published in 1999 this volume features articles from 19 contributors on local responses to global integration with a focus on rural areas and their adoption of new functions as both producers and consumers. It responds to a crisis in the regulatory framework and reconsiders globality revealing new forms of production and consumption developing in diverse ways amongst these global rural communities. Authors from Australia Bulgaria Finland Greece Ireland the Netherlands Poland Sweden the United Kingdom and Venezuela are represented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333871

Local Societies in Bronze Age Northern Europe This book aims to understand the process of the Bronze Age societies of Northern Europe which are often regarded as the periphery and a bleak contrast to the Central European Bronze Age. The Bronze Age is the first "globalised" period with new types of societies and new modes of exchange and trade. In this context there is considerable local variation and diversity within the Bronze Age societies of Northern Europe which is poorly understood although there have been advances and changes in this research. Therefore this book challenges some of the mainstream opinions on the Bronze Age of Northern Europe and focus on local and regional aspects. This is done by a series of articles from significant contributors that deal with these issues on theoretical and empirical levels with regards to differences cultural dualism boundaries regions and regionality in a period of increased "globalisation". The result is a movement away from local and regional aspects toward communications travels and contacts between northern Europe and the greater world not only towards Central Europe and the Near East but also towards the east. Northern/Arctic Europe is often left out in these discussions and this book will contribute to this greater picture of the Bronze Age world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117150

Local Studies and the History of Education Originally published in 1972 this book is concerned with education as part of a larger social history. Chapters include: The roots of Anglican supremacy in English education The Board schools of London The use of ecclesiastical records for the history of education Topographical resources: private and secondary education from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860581

Local Studies Collection Management A helpful and informative guide for librarians responsible for local studies collections covering the key issues in the twenty-first century. Each chapter is written by a different specialist covering: resource providers; management of service provision; management of the collection and its materials (from books and pamphlets to microforms CD-ROMs and websites); information access and retrieval; marketing; dealing with enquiries. Introductory and concluding chapters consider the local collection within its library context the wider cultural social political and economic setting the international local studies perspective and the future for this specialism in the UK. The guide is aimed principally at public librarians but will be of interest to academic school and special librarians library school students archivists those working with local history and related societies and those in charge of private collections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256194

Local Sustainable Urban Development in a Globalized World 'Sustainable development' is a key issue of concern to urban planners across the globe. How it is defined implemented and measured at the local level remains highly contested and subject to a wide range of external cultural political and economic pressures. Bringing together leading experts from North America Europe the Middle East and SE Asia this book provides a timely overview of the various methods for understanding and implementing sustainable practices at local levels. In doing so they present the wide range of local action alternatives available to planners that may be pursued in spite of the constraints generated by globalization processes and highlight the array of public policy options that could reduce the external pressures shaping the possible local alternatives. The book argues that while local planners and local authorities are willing to act many are unaware of the range of options available to them. In bringing together these case studies not only diverse in geographic terms but also reflecting very different levels of income general population education cultural norms legal systems and government structures it points out innovations and examples of best practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275607

Local/GlobalWomen Artists in the Nineteenth Century Local/Global: Women Artists in the Nineteenth Century is the first book to investigate women artists working in disparate parts of the world. This major new book offers a dazzling array of compelling essays on art architecture and design by leading writers: Joan Kerr on art in Australia by residents migrants and visitors; Ka Bo Tsang on the imperial court in China; Gayatri Sinha on south Asian artists; Mary Roberts on harem portraiture of the Ottoman empire; Griselda Pollock on Parisian studios; Lynne Walker on women patron-builders in Britain; Síghle Bhreathnach-Lynch and Julie Anne Stevens on Irish women artists; Ruth Phillips on souvenir art by native and settler women; Janet Berlo on North American textiles; Kristina Huneault on white settler identity in Canada; Charmaine Nelson on neo-classical sculpture in North America; and Stacie Widdifield on Mexico. This pioneering collection addresses issues at the heart of feminist and post-colonial studies: the nature of difference discrepant modernities and cross-cultural encounters. Written in a lively and accessible style this lavishly illustrated volume offers fresh perspectives on women art and identity. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the history of women artists and the art of the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277915

Localised Technological ChangeTowards the Economics of Complexity The extent to which firms can react creatively to rather than adjust passively against new techniques and practices is dependent on their command of technological knowledge and relative competence. This book explores the characteristics of the path dependent dynamics of localized technological change demonstrating how the economics of complexity can inform our understanding of the economics of innovation and vice versa. The book is structured in three parts: part one focuses on the ingredients of the economics of localized technological change focusing on the legacies of the key economists and a critical assessment. Part two explores the governance of the generation dissemination use and exploitation of localized technological knowledge. Part three elaborates on the basic dynamic mechanisms of localized technological change combining theory with specific empirical models. The final perspectives articulate the relations between the economics of localized technological change the economics of path dependence and the challenge of the emerging economics of complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805293

Localism and the Design of Political Systems This book examines localism as a political idea and policy approach and explains what localism is about why it is growing in importance and how it relates to other themes in politics. Illustrated with case studies from the United Kingdom mainland Europe and the Indian sub-continent the book analyses localism in conceptual and theoretical terms and locates it within the overall landscape of political thought. Key themes covered in the book include place space and scale; decentralization and devolution; multi-level governance; public value; democracy and empowerment; and political design. With the focus on the bottom-up constructivist aspects of localism the book argues that localism is most likely to work successfully in a political order where sovereignty is ‘distributed’ across various social spheres and levels of government. It offers a comprehensive view of localism by synthesizing its various strands and creating a distinctive framework for design and evaluation. This book will be of particular interest to scholars students and practitioners of localism particularly within local and regional government public administration and policy human and political geography and urban studies.   Chapter 8 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license at: https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9780367810054_oachapter8.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406011

Localist Connectionist Approaches To Human Cognition This volume provides an overview of a relatively neglected branch of connectionism known as localist connectionism. The singling out of localist connectionism is motivated by the fact that some critical modeling strategies have been more readily applied in the development and testing of localist as opposed to distributed connectionist models (models using distributed hidden-unit representations and trained with a particular learning algorithm typically back-propagation). One major theme emerging from this book is that localist connectionism currently provides an interesting means of evolving from verbal-boxological models of human cognition to computer-implemented algorithmic models. The other central messages conveyed are that the highly delicate issue of model testing evaluation and selection must be taken seriously and that model-builders of the localist connectionist family have already shown exemplary steps in this direction. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138002753

Locality and IdentityEnvironmental Issues in Law and Society First published in 1999 this volume is concerned with how issues of identity and locality – globalization and ethics valuing the environment environmental justice and the use of traditional and new legal forms – cross the disciplines of law ethics geography political science and social theory. Necessarily diverse the collection both explores and confronts the limitations of law that prevent recognition of the relationship between humans and nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326316

Localization and Perturbation of Zeros of Entire Functions One of the most important problems in the theory of entire functions is the distribution of the zeros of entire functions. Localization and Perturbation of Zeros of Entire Functions is the first book to provide a systematic exposition of the bounds for the zeros of entire functions and variations of zeros under perturbations. It also offers a new approach to the investigation of entire functions based on recent estimates for the resolvents of compact operators. After presenting results about finite matrices and the spectral theory of compact operators in a Hilbert space the book covers the basic concepts and classical theorems of the theory of entire functions. It discusses various inequalities for the zeros of polynomials inequalities for the counting function of the zeros and the variations of the zeros of finite-order entire functions under perturbations. The text then develops the perturbation results in the case of entire functions whose order is less than two presents results on exponential-type entire functions and obtains explicit bounds for the zeros of quasipolynomials. The author also offers additional results on the zeros of entire functions and explores polynomials with matrix coefficients before concluding with entire matrix-valued functions. This work is one of the first to systematically take the operator approach to the theory of analytic functions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138116788

Localization in Development AidHow Global Institutions enter Local Lifeworlds This edited volume brings together the work of scholars from different disciplines including sociology political science and anthropology and analyses how global institutions are embedded in local contexts within development aid. It examines theoretical and empirical implications of the diffusion and anchoring of world polity institutions at the local and global levels.The volume furthers the understanding of the dynamics of norm negotiation and glocalization processes in culturally varied societies in an era of globalization. Themes and topics covered include: children and human rights gender mainstreaming multi-level actor partnerships anti-corruption programming local ownership land rights and corporate social responsibility.Bringing together expert contributors this comprehensive volume will be an invaluable resource for all scholars of localization and globalization studies as well as those in the field of international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877866

Localization Of Putative Steroid ReceptorsVolume I: Experimental Systems These volumes represent the "state-of-the-art" in morphological methods for detection of steroid receptors. In Volume I we have attempted to collect current available methods and experimental approahes which might be useful in solving present enigmas. The background and recent advances presented are intended to stimulate further experimentation and new innovations and spur clinical trials by all investigators with an interest in steroid hormones cell biology and clinical oncology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895048

Localization Of Putative Steroid ReceptorsVolume II: Clinically Oriented Studies These volumes represent the "state-of-the-art" in morphological methods for detection of steroid receptors. Some physician authors have applied many of the new methodologies in clinical research projects deisgned to improve medical practice and these attempts have been placed in Volume II. The Background and recent advances presented here are intended to stimulate further experimentation and new innovations and spur clinical trials by all investigators with an interest in steroid hormones cell biology and clinical oncology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895055

LocalizationA Global Manifesto Localization is a manifesto to unite all those who recognize the importance of cultural social and ecological diversity for our future - and who do not aspire to a monolithic global consumer culture. It is a passionate and persuasive polemic challenging the claims that we have to be 'internationally competitive' to survive and describing the destructive consequences of globalization. This book is unique in going beyond simply criticizing free trade and globalization trends. It details self-reinforcing policies to create local self-sufficiency and shows clearly that there is an alternative to globalization - to protect the local globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159495

Localized Dynamics of Thin-Walled Shells Localized Dynamics of Thin-Walled Shells focuses on localized vibrations and waves in thin-walled structures with variable geometrical and physical characteristics. It emphasizes novel asymptotic methods for solving boundary-value problems for dynamic equations in the shell theory in the form of functions which are highly localized near both fixed and moving lines/points on the shell surface. Features First-of-its-kind work synthesizing knowledge of the localization of vibrations and waves in thin-walled shells with a mathematical tool to study them Suitable for researchers working on the dynamics of thin shells and also as supplementary reading for undergraduates studying asymptotic methods Offers detailed analysis of wave processes in shells with varying geometric and physical parameters Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138069749

Localizing AppsA practical guide for translators and translation students The software industry has undergone rapid development since the beginning of the twenty-first century. These changes have had a profound impact on translators who due to the evolving nature of digital content are under increasing pressure to adapt their ways of working. Localizing Apps looks at these challenges by focusing on the localization of software applications or apps. In each of the five core chapters Johann Roturier examines: The role of translation and other linguistic activities in adapting software to the needs of different cultures (localization); The procedures required to prepare source content before it gets localized (internationalization); The measures taken by software companies to guarantee the quality and success of a localized app. With practical tasks suggestions for further reading and concise chapter summaries Localizing Apps takes a comprehensive look at the transformation processes and tools used by the software industry today. This text is essential reading for students researchers and translators working in the area of translation and creative digital media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803596

Localizing Global EnglishAsian Perspectives and Practices English is the most widely taught and learned language in the world and is used for communication among speakers from different language backgrounds. How it can be effectively taught and learned what English means to and how it can be "owned" by non-native speakers of English in Asia and elsewhere are all issues that warrant contemplation. This edited collection addresses these issues and more by looking at a wide range of topics that are relevant and timely in contexts where English is taught as a foreign language. The authors offer novel perspectives gleaned from theory and actual practice that can inform English language teaching in Asia and beyond. This book will be of interest to researchers policymakers curriculum developers and practitioners in the field of English teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367536398

Localizing Global FoodShort Food Supply Chains as Responses to Agri-Food System Challenges Short food supply chains (SFSCs) rely primarily on local production and processing practices for the provision of food and are in principle more sustainable in social   economic and environmental terms than supply chains where production and consumption are widely separated.This book reviews and assesses recent initiatives on this topic from an interdisciplinary  perspective. In theoretical terms it draws on and advances two key concepts namely place (particularly embeddedness in local economic networks and communities) and governance (particularly in addressing sustainability concerns in an inclusive and socially just manner). Empirically the book examines a diverse set of SFSCs such as small-scale entrepreneurship farmers’ markets community supported agriculture and grassroots and solidarity networks. The main examples discussed are from Europe and North America but the issues are applicable in a global context.The book is of interest to advanced students researchers and professionals in food studies sociology geography planning politics and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582999

Localizing Governance in India Participatory governance has a long history in India and this book traces historical-intellectual trajectories of participatory governance and how older Western discourses have influenced Indian policymakers. While colonial rulers devolved power to accommodate dissenting voices for independent India participatory governance was a design for democratizing governance in its true sense. Participation also acted as a vehicle for localizing governance. The author draws on both Western and non-Western theoretical treatises and the book seeks to conceptualize localizing governance also as a contextual response. It also makes the argument that despite being located in different socio-economic and political milieu thinkers converge to appreciate localizing governance as perhaps the only reliable means to democratize governance. The book aims to confirm this argument by reference to sets of evidence from the Indian experience of localizing governance.By attempting a genealogy of participatory governance in the West and in India and an empirical study of participatory governance in India the book sheds light on the exchange of ideas and concepts through space and time thus adding to the growing body of literature in the social sciences on ‘conceptual flow’. It will be of interest to political scientists and historians in particularly those studying South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889630

Locating African European StudiesInterventions Intersections Conversations Drawing on a rich lineage of anti-discriminatory scholarship art and activism Locating African European Studies engages with contemporary and historical African European formations positionalities politics and cultural productions in Europe. Locating African European Studies reflects on the meanings objectives and contours of this field. Twenty-six activists academics and artists cover a wide range of topics engaging with processes of affiliation discrimination and resistance. They negotiate the methodological foundations of the field explore different meanings and politics of ‘African’ and ‘European’ and investigate African European representations in literature film photography art and other media. In three thematic sections the book focusses on: African European social and historical formations African European cultural production Decolonial academic practice Locating African European Studies features innovative transdisciplinary research and will be of interest to students and scholars of various fields including Black Studies Critical Whiteness Studies African American Studies Diaspora Studies Postcolonial Studies African Studies History and Social Sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590328

Locating American ArtFinding Art's Meaning in Museums Colonial Period to the Present How does museum location shape the interpretation of an art object by critics curators art historians and others? To what extent is the value of a work of art determined by its location? Providing a close examination of individual works of American art in relation to gallery and museum location this anthology presents case studies of paintings sculpture photographs and other media that explore these questions about the relationship between location and the prescribed meaning of art. It takes an alternate perspective in that it provides in-depth analysis of works of art that are less well known than the usual American art suspects and in locations outside of art museums in major urban cultural centers. By doing so the contributors to this volume reveal that such a shift in focus yields an expanded and more complex understanding of American art. Close examinations are given to works located in small and mid-sized art museums throughout the United States museums that generally do not benefit from the resources afforded by more powerful cultural establishments such as the Museum of Modern Art and the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. Works of art located at institutions other than art museums are also examined. Although the book primarily focuses on paintings other media created from the Colonial Period to the present are considered including material culture and craft. The volume takes an inclusive approach to American art by featuring works created by a diverse group of artists from canonical to lesser-known ones and provides new insights by highlighting the regional and the local. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668518

Locating Ann Radcliffe This volume broadens the critical understanding of Ann Radcliffe’s work and includes explorations of the publication history of her work her engagement with contemporary accounts of aesthetics her travel writing and her poetry. Ann Radcliffe (1764-1823) was the best-selling author of the eighteenth century and her Gothic novels set the tone for a generation of Gothic writers. Regarded as having made a pioneering contribution to the Female Gothic of the period she was also an important critic of the Gothic’s different forms. This collection also includes an analysis of Radcliffe’s account of her medical ailments in her Commonplace Book which provides a new way of thinking about female bodies in pain and how they are represented in her novels. The collection provides an important critical reassessment of a major Gothic writer of the period. It will be of interest to scholars working on the Gothic eighteenth-century literature and women’s writing. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367353995

Locating Asian Australian Cultures Locating Asian Australian Cultures is a timely and challenging interdisciplinary compilation that sets a contemporary benchmark for Asian Australian studies and its future directions. In the dynamic field of diasporic Asian studies Asian Australian Studies is an emerging and contentious area. While cognisant of issues and critical developments in North America Europe and Asia Asian Australian studies forges its own specific engagements with questions of identity racialization and nationalisms in a world of globalized cultures and movements. This book deliberately engages with international perspectives on Asian Australian studies that offer contingent connections and address crucial questions for fields that are rapidly 'de-nationalizing'. The volume focuses on Asian Australian cultural production and identity presenting work that interrogates notions of belonging and citizenship representational politics and disciplinarity in the academy. The broad-ranging essays examine the politics of Asian Australian art and literature as well as the area's significant interventions in disciplinary formations nationally and internationally. Other essays discuss the Vietnamese War memorial in Cabramatta notions of the 'sacrificial Asian' in contemporary films and Chinatown sites in Australia. This book will be essential reading not only for researchers in Asian Australian studies but also for those with an interest in Asian diaspora and Australian studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980006

Locating DevianceCrime Change and Organizations This book takes a radical look at organizational crime and deviance through the prism of Cultural Theory derived from anthropology. It does so through case studies and by introducing new concepts such as 'organizational perversion' 'tyranny' and 'organizational capture'. Exploring the effects of change and environmental influences such as globalization new technologies and trade-cycles on the nature and potency of criminogenic communities such as ports and holiday resorts the book gives special attention to the justification of ethics and to the analysis of behaviours that have contributed to the current economic downturn. The Appendix offers a practical guide to the ethnographic assessment of links between organizations and varying types of crime and deviancy using a Cultural Theory framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601492

Locating Emerging Media Locating Emerging Media focuses on the tensions between the local and global in the design distribution and use of emerging media forms building on scholarship on the cultural geography of new media networks and products and the relationships between the "global" and the "local." Authors consider new media practices texts services software policies infrastructures and design discourses that enrich existing relationships between creative industries and cultures of production reception and engagement. This consideration highlights the relationships between global and local perspectives and new media technologies and practices emerging within (and through) the geography and culture of particular places. Areas examined include East Asia Latin America Africa Europe South Asia the Pacific Islands and the Middle East. Through all is the recognition that what is new or emergent around the globe is unique in each locality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386438

Locating Gender in ModernismThe Outsider Female This book visits modernism within a comparative gendered and third-world framework questioning current scholarly categorisations of modernism and reframing our conception of what constitutes modernist aesthetics. It describes the construction of modernist studies and argues that despite a range of interventions which suggest that philosophical and material articulations with the third world shaped modernism an emphasis on modernist "universals" persists. Ramanathan argues that women and third-world authors have reshaped received notions of the modern and revised orthodox ideas on the modern aesthetic. Authors such as Bessie Head Josiane Racine T.Obinkaram Echewa Raja Rao Gabriel Garcia Marquez Sembene Ousmane Salman Rushdie Ana Castillo Attia Hossain Bapsi Sidhwa and Sahar Khalifeh are visited in their specific cultural contexts and use some form of realism a mode that western modernism relegates to the nineteenth century. A comparative methodology and extensive research on intersecting topics such as post-coloniality and the articulation between gender and modernist aesthetics facilitates readings of the modern in twentieth century literature that fall outside standards of western modernism. Considering the relationship between aesthetics and ideology Ramanathan lays out a critical apparatus to enhance our understanding of the modern thus suggesting that form is not universal but that the history of forms like the history of colonialism and of women indicates very specific modalities of the modern. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656628

Locating HealthHistorical and Anthropological Investigations of Place and Health The essays in this collection focus on the dynamic relationship between health and place. Historical and anthropological perspectives are presented – each discipline having a long tradition of engaging with these concepts. The resulting dialogue should produce a new layer of methodology enhancing both fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661523

Locating HealthSociological and Historical Explorations Originally presented as papers in the 1991 British Sociological Association Conference on Health and Society Locating Health represents a valuable addition to the ‘health inequalities’ debate by extending our gaze beyond the traditional locations to include place consumption and lifestyle. It offers reconceptualization of key theoretical terms including work income and public/private domains as well as addressing the reciprocal influence of health and social location for example early retirement; and highlighting the health consequences of multiple locations such as gender and class gender and age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348634

Locating Heisei in Japanese Fiction and FilmThe Historical Imagination of the Lost Decades This book provides the first interdisciplinary examination of the popular fiction and film of the “lost decades” of Japan’s Heisei period (1989–2019). Presenting original analysis of major Heisei writers filmmakers and manga artists the chapters examine the work of Urasawa Naoki Kurosawa Kiyoshi Murakami Haruki and Shinkai Makoto among others. Through the work of these cultural figures the book also explores the struggle to define the history of Heisei—three decades of economic stagnation social malaise and natural disaster. In particular it explores the dissonance between the dominant history of Japan’s recent past and the representation of this past in the popular imagination of the period. In so doing this book argues that traumatic events from the years leading up to Heisei complicate the narration of a cohesive sense of history for the period requiring works of fiction and film to explore new connections to the past. Incorporating literary and film theory to assess the works of culture Locating Heisei in Japanese Fiction and Film will be useful to students and scholars of Japanese culture society and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345501

Locating Imagination in Popular CulturePlace Tourism and Belonging Locating Imagination in Popular Culture offers a multi-disciplinary account of the ways in which popular culture tourism and notions of place intertwine in an environment characterized by ongoing processes of globalization digitization and an increasingly ubiquitous nature of multi-media. Centred around the concept of imagination the authors demonstrate how popular culture and media are becoming increasingly important in the ways in which places and localities are imagined and how they also subsequently stimulate a desire to visit the actual places in which people’s favourite stories are set. With examples drawn from around the globe the book offers a unique study of the role of narratives conveyed through media in stimulating and reflecting desire in tourism. This book will have appeal in a wide variety of academic disciplines ranging from media and cultural studies to fan- and tourism studies cultural geography literary studies and cultural sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367492625

Locating Postcolonial Narrative Genres This volume explores how postcolonial texts have determined the evolution or emergence of specific formal innovations in narrative genres. While the prominence of questions of cultural identity in postcolonial studies has prevented due attention to concerns of literary form and aesthetics this book gives premium to the literary aiming to delineate the evolution of specific narrative techniques as part of an emerging postcolonial aesthetics. Essays delineate elements of an emergent postcolonial narratology across a variety of seminal generic forms such as the epic the novel the short story the autobiography and the folk tale focusing on genre as a powerful tool for the historicizing of literature and orature within cultural discourses. Investigating the heuristic value of concepts such as mimicry writing back translation negotiation or subversion the book considers the value of explanatory paradigms for postcolonial generic models. It also explores the status of postcolonial comparative aesthetics versus globalization studies and liberal concepts of the transnational taking issue with the prominence of Western concepts of identity in discussions of postcolonial literature and the favoring of mimetic forms. This volume offers a unique contribution to the study of narrative genre in postcolonial literatures and provides valuable insight into the field of postcolonial studies on the whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851634

Locating Right to the City in the Global South Despite the fact that virtually all urban growth is occurring and will continue to occur in the cities of the Global South the conceptual tools used to study cities are distilled disproportionately from research on the highly developed cities of the Global North. With urban inequality widely recognized as central to many of the most pressing challenges facing the world there is a need for a deeper understanding of cities of the South on their own terms. Locating Right to the City in the Global South marks an innovative and far reaching effort to document and make sense of urban transformations across a range of cities as well as the conflicts and struggles for social justice these are generating. The volume contains empirically rich theoretically informed case studies focused on the social spatial and political dimensions of urban inequality in the Global South. Drawing from scholars with extensive fieldwork experience this volume covers sixteen cities in fourteen countries across a belt stretching from Latin America to Africa and the Middle East and into Asia. Central to what binds these cities are deeply rooted complex and dynamic processes of social and spatial division that are being actively reproduced. These cities are not so much fracturing as they are being divided by governance practices informed by local histories and political contestation and refracted through or infused by market based approaches to urban development. Through a close examination of these practices and resistance to them this volume provides perspectives on neoliberalism and right to the city that advance our understanding of urbanism in the Global South. In mapping the relationships between space politics and populations the volume draws attention to variations shaped by local circumstances while simultaneously elaborating a distinctive transnational Southern urbanism. It provides indepth research on a range of practical and policy oriented issues from housing and slum redevelopment to building democratic cities that include participation by lower income and other marginal groups. It will be of interest to students and practitioners alike studying Urban Studies Globalization and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108103

Locating TelevisionZones of Consumption Locating Television: Zones of Consumption takes an important next step for television studies: it acknowledges the growing diversity of the international experience of television today in order to address the question of ‘what is television now?’ The book addresses this question in two interrelated ways: by situating the consumption of television within the full range of structures patterns and practices of everyday life; and by retrieving the importance of location as fundamental to these structures patterns and practices – and consequently to the experience of television. This approach involving collaboration between authors from cultural studies and cultural anthropology offers new ways of studying the consumption of television – in particular the use of the notion of ‘zones of consumption’ as a new means of locating television within the full range of its spatial temporal cultural political and industrial contexts. Although the study draws its examples from a wide range of locations (the US the UK Australia Malaysia Cuba and the Chinese language markets in Asia - -Hong Kong Singapore China and Taiwan) its argument is strongly informed by the evidence and the insights which emerged from ethnographic research in Mexico. This research site serves a strategic purpose: by working on a location with a highly developed and commercially successful transnational television industry but which is not among the locations usually considered by television studies written in English the limitations to some of the assumptions underlying the orthodoxies in Anglo-American television studies are highlighted. Suitable for both upper level students and researchers this book is a valuable and original contribution to television media and cultural studies and anthropology presenting approaches and evidence that are new to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509794

Locating the FieldSpace Place and Context in Anthropology Are reports of the death of conventional fieldwork in anthropology greatly exaggerated? This book takes a critical look at the latest developments and key issues in fieldwork. The nature of 'locality' itself is problematic for both research subjects and fieldworkers on the grounds that it must now be maintained and represented in relation to widening (and fragmenting) social frames and networks. Such developments have raised questions concerning the nature of ethnographic presence and scales of comparison. From the social space of a cybercafe to cities in India the UK and South Africa among others this book features a wide range of ethnographic studies that provide new ways of looking at the concepts of 'locality' and 'site'. It shows that rather than taking key fieldwork processes such as globalization and mobility for granted anthropologists are well-placed to examine and critique the totalizing assumptions behind these notions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085904

Locating the Queen's Men 1583–1603Material Practices and Conditions of Playing Locating the Queen's Men presents new and groundbreaking essays on early modern England's most prominent acting company from their establishment in 1583 into the 1590s. Offering a far more detailed critical engagement with the plays than is available elsewhere this volume situates the company in the theatrical and economic context of their time. The essays gathered here focus on four different aspects: playing spaces repertory play-types and performance style beginning with essays devoted to touring conditions performances in university towns London inns and theatres and the patronage system under Queen Elizabeth. Repertory studies unique to this volume consider the elements of the company's distinctive style and how this style may have influenced for example Shakespeare's Henry V. Contributors explore two distinct genres the morality and the history play especially focussing on the use of stock characters and on male/female relationships. Revising standard accounts of late Elizabeth theatre history this collection shows that the Queen's Men often understood as the last rear-guard of the old theatre were a vital force that enjoyed continued success in the provinces and in London representative of the abiding appeal of an older more ostentatiously theatrical form of drama. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592893

Locating the Role of Labor Politics within Feminism in the Late Twentieth CenturyWomen the Law and the Workplace First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446218

Locating TransferencePsychoanalytic Inquiry 13.4 First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803258

Locating Transnational Ideals This volume defines versions of the transnational in their historical and cultural specificity. By "locating " the contributors contextualize historical and contemporary understandings of the fluid term "transnational " which vary in relation to the disciplines involved. This kind of historical and geographical "locating" implicitly turns against forms of contemporary transnational euphoria which inspired by poststructural models of all-encompassing semiospheres on the one hand and by visions of the utopian communicative potential of new media like the internet on the other see national and ethnic paradigms as easily superseded by transnational agendas. By differentiating between various forms of transnational ideals and ideas in historical and geographical perspective since the Renaissance the contributors aim to rediscover distinctions -- for instance between transnationalisms and cosmopolitanisms -- which neo-liberal transnational euphoria has tended to erase. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878488

Locating ValueTheory Application and Critique This book considers the concept of ‘value’ at the root of our actions and decision-making. Value is an ever-present yet little interrogated aspect of everyday life. This book explores value as it is theorised practiced and critiqued from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It examines how value is operationalized endorsed and contested in contemporary society. With international insights from leading scholars chapters offer a diverse and vibrant geographical engagement with value to showcase its conceptual flexibility. The book explores value’s eclectic epistemic foundations; it’s ‘roll-out’ and legitimation across a range of policy fields; and its challenges and opportunities. The book draws on global examples of value in practice: from forest conservation in Indonesia; protected area management in arctic Norway; a state park in the US; certification schemes for biodiversity in the UK; protection of the international night sky; heritage planning in East Taiwan; a re-developed airport site in Norway; a local food networks in Canada and the UK; a market in the US and urban development in China. The book will be of interest to human geographers political ecologists heritage scholars and practitioners planners and those working in public policy as well as practitioners and policy makers interested in how valuation processes work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852235

Locating ZikaSocial Change and Governance in an Age of Mosquito Pandemics The emergence of Zika virus in 2015 challenged conventional ideas of mosquito-borne diseases tested the resilience of health systems and embedded itself within local sociocultural worlds with major implications for environmental sexual reproductive and paediatric health. This book explores this complex viral epidemic and situates it within its broader social epidemiological and historical context in Latin America and the Caribbean. The chapters include a diverse set of case studies from scholars and health practitioners working across the region from Brazil Venezuela Ecuador Mexico Colombia the United States and Haiti. The book explores how mosquito-borne disease epidemics (not only Zika but also chikungunya dengue and malaria) intersect with social change and health governance. By doing so the authors reflect on the ways in which situated knowledge and social science approaches can contribute to more effective health policy and practice for mosquito-borne disease threats in a changing world. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315112

Location Location LocationA Plant Location and Site Selection Guide Choosing the right location for a business can assure its success and avoid costly problems. Location Location Location examines this foundational aspect of business profitability and outlines the principles and procedures necessary to identify an optimal site. This practical book offers advice on how to invest wisely on real estate to minimize risks and maximize returns. This concise guide by Marcel De Meirleir a leading site consultant with over fifty years of professional practice explains how to measure the positive and negative attributes of a site. Its useful and accessible format includes anecdotes cases studies and tools for evaluating and selecting sites for different kinds of facilities like headquarters warehouses call centers among others. Other topics in Location Location Location include: Analysis of critical and intangible factors Taxes and tax incentives Industrial location and ecology Location feasibility studies The BERI rating Infrastructure Costs analysis and much more! Location Location Location is an authoritative and valuable resource for business owners decision makers and consultants who wish to find expand or relocate their facilities. This comprehensive volume also provides strategies for regional government officials seeking to attract investments in their area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049556

Location and Competition The 'new economic geography' is one of the most significant developments to have occurred in economics in recent years. The new insights gained from this approach have been successfully applied to issues such as globalization international integration and policy competition. Contributed to and edited by leading international academics this topical book analyzes the research inspired by this 'new economic geography' and examines the ensuing policy implications. Issues that are connected to this approach such as core-periphery patterns transportation costs and economic modelling are also explored in depth. Increasing integration of the world economy and the 2004 enlargement of the European Union amongst other factors have combined to change the geography of economics. Now two renowned authorities have come together to edit this contemporary text on location and competition for students academics and researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655477

Location and Postproduction Sound for Low-Budget Filmmakers This book covers everything you need to know to master the fundamentals of location sound recording and postproduction sound in a comprehensive one-stop guide. This user-friendly book provides real world situations to analyze the many kinds of location recording configurations and postproduction scenarios and offers easy-to-adopt budget-conscious solutions to some of the most common issues that arise when working with sound. Chapters cover the theory of sound preproduction with a sound emphasis microphone selection testing equipment how to boom and mix on set synchronization and time code and editing sound while doing a picture cut in a traditional picture software platform. Additionally the book discusses bringing a project into a Digital Audio Workstation and explores basic sound design dialogue editing Automated Dialogue Replacement Foley sound effects music for film re-recording the final mix and outputting sound to finish a project. Accompanying examples allow readers the opportunity to try out the various techniques and drills on location in postproduction or both. Aimed at students early career and independent filmmakers as well as those considering a vocation in location and postproduction sound  Location and Postproduction Sound for Low-Budget Filmmakers makes achieving great sound attainable for all and is an invaluable tool for anyone wanting to better understand the art of film sound. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367354244

Location Audio SimplifiedCapturing Your Audio... and Your Audience From the basics of using camera handheld lavalier and shotgun microphones to camera calibration and mixer set-ups Location Audio Simplified unlocks the secrets to clean and clear broadcast quality audio no matter what challenges you face. Author Dean Miles applies his twenty-plus years of experience as a professional location operator to teach the skills techniques tips and secrets needed to produce high-quality production sound on location. Humorous and thoroughly practical the book covers a wide array of topics such as:* location selection* field mixing * booming techniques* using different kinds of microphones (including wireless systems) and booming* camera calibration interview techniques and much more Learn the secrets of a real-world professional with easy-to-follow non-technical tips and techniques that you can apply in the field on your own projects immediately. The book follows the companion Location audio Simplified online course https://vimeo.com/ondemand/locationaudiosimplified to bring Dean’s teaching to life. Make sure to check out the Location Crew website for more location audio goodness!www.locationcrew.com Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018778

Location Lighting for Television The first book of its kind to introduce the problems of location lighting for single camera operators and provide an insight into the technology and techniques required to solve those problems. The approach is of a basic and introductory nature geared toward the student and trainee cameraman. Professionals needing a refresher course on the subject will also find this an invaluable reference packed with key information theory and practical approaches to different lighting situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146426

Location Privacy in Wireless Sensor Networks Today all kinds of ubiquitous systems led by wireless sensor networks can be seen as an unprecedented privacy risk given their ability to collect information on quantities and situations so far unsuspected. There is therefore an urgent need to develop mechanisms to ensure privacy in sensor networks.Location Privacy in Wireless Sensor Networks focuses on location privacy by which an attacker might determine the source and destination of communications with simple techniques. This poses a serious threat as the attacker might use this information to reach the assets or individuals being monitored or even to destroy or compromise the whole network. This book will aid in the protection against this serious privacy threat. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574321

Location Technologies in International Context Location Technologies in International Context offers the first international account of location technologies (in an expanded sense) and brings together a range of contributions on these technologies and their various cultures of use within the Global South. This collection asks: How within the Global South do location technologies differ across national markets geo-linguistic communities and cultural contexts? What are the contrasting or shared meanings and practices associated with location technologies? And what innovative practices and new (or reinvigorated) theory may emerge from attention to the Global South? In exploring these questions the collection contributes to our understanding of social cultural gendered and political relations on a global and local scale. Location Technologies in International Context is ideal for a range of disciplines including cultural communication and media studies; anthropology sociology and geography; new media Internet and mobile studies; and informatics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682962

Location Theory First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415845700

Location WritingTaking Literacy into the Environment Presenting a powerful and stimulating approach to writing "Location Writing" allows children to escape the confines of the classroom and develop written responses to their environment. The book features: activities covering prose poetry non-fiction and faction; examples of written work by both children and professional writers; detailed lesson plans and ideas; advice on establishing writers' trails; cross-curricular links; and lists of resources and suggestions for location writing around the UK. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138166806

Location-Based Information SystemsDeveloping Real-Time Tracking Applications Drawing on the authors’ more than six years of R&D in location-based information systems (LBIS) as well as their participation in defining the Java ME Location API 2.0 Location-Based Information Systems: Developing Real-Time Tracking Applications provides information and examples for creating real-time LBIS based on GPS-enabled cellular phones. Each chapter presents a general real-time tracking system example that can be easily adapted to target any application domain and that can incorporate other sensor data to make the system "participatory sensing" or "human-centric sensing."The book covers all of the components needed to develop an LBIS. It discusses cellular phone programming using the Java ME platform positioning technologies databases and spatial databases communications client- and server-side data processing and real-time data visualization via Google Maps and Google Earth. Using freely available software the authors include many code examples and detailed instructions for building your own system and setting up your entire development environment. Web ResourceA companion website at www.csee.usf.edu/~labrador/LBIS provides additional information and supporting material. It contains all of the software packages and applications used in the text as well as PowerPoint slides and laboratory examples.Although LBIS applications are still in the beginning stages they have the potential to transform our daily lives from warning us about possible health problems to monitoring pollution levels around us. Exploring this novel technology Location-Based Information Systems describes the technical components needed to create location-based services with an emphasis on nonproprietary freely available solutions that work across different technologies and platforms. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367383480

Location-Based Management for ConstructionPlanning scheduling and control With extensive case studies for illustration this is a practitioner's guide to an entirely new production system for construction management using flowline scheduling.Covering the entire process of presenting a comprehensive management system â€“ from design through measurement scheduling and visualization and control â€“ its emphasis is on reducing cost and increasing quality.Drawing its components together into a management system the authors not only include theory and explanations of how and why it works but also examine and present a suite of methods for successful project implementation.Perfect as a how-to guide for researchers and advanced construction students to discover the simple application of the new techniques and invaluable for acquiring the practical tools for planning and controlling projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367577292

Location-Based Services HandbookApplications Technologies and Security Location-Based Services Handbook: Applications Technologies and Security is a comprehensive reference containing all aspects of essential technical information on location-based services (LBS) technology. With broad coverage ranging from basic concepts to research-grade material it presents a much-needed overview of technologies for positioning and localizing including range- and proximity-based localization methods and environment-based location estimation methods. Featuring valuable contributions from field experts around the world this book addresses existing and future directions of LBS technology exploring how it can be used to optimize resource allocation and improve cooperation in wireless networks. It is a self-contained comprehensive resource that presents: A detailed description of the wireless location positioning technology used in LBS Coverage of the privacy and protection procedure for cellular networks—and its shortcomings An assessment of threats presented when location information is divulged to unauthorized parties Important IP Multimedia Subsystem and IMS-based presence service proposals The demand for navigation services is predicted to rise by a combined annual growth rate of more than 104 percent between 2008 and 2012 and many of these applications require efficient and highly scalable system architecture and system services to support dissemination of location-dependent resources and information to a large and growing number of mobile users. This book offers tools to aid in determining the optimal distance measurement system for a given situation by assessing factors including complexity accuracy and environment. It provides an extensive survey of existing literature and proposes a novel widely applicable and highly scalable architecture solution. Organized into three major sections—applications technologies and security—this material fully covers various location-based applications and the impact they will have on the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112155

Locative Media Not only is locative media one of the fastest growing areas in digital technology but questions of location and location-awareness are increasingly central to our contemporary engagements with online and mobile media and indeed media and culture generally. This volume is a comprehensive account of the various location-based technologies services applications and cultures as media with an aim to identify inventory explore and critique their cultural economic political social and policy dimensions internationally. In particular the collection is organized around the perception that the growth of locative media gives rise to a number of crucial questions concerning the areas of culture economy and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305922

Locke John Locke is the greatest English philosopher. An Essay Concerning Human Understanding one of the most influential books in the history of thought is his greatest work. In this study the historical meaning and philosophical significance of Locke's Essay are investigated more comprehensively than ever before.Locke was originally published in two volumes Epistemology and Ontology. This paperback edition has within its covers the full text of both volumes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148406

Locke John Locke (1632-1704) was one of the towering philosophers of the Enlightenment and arguably the greatest English philosopher. Many assumptions we now take for granted about liberty knowledge and government come from Locke and his most influential works An Essay Concerning Human Understanding and Two Treatises of Government. In this superb introduction to Locke's thought E.J. Lowe covers all the major aspects of his philosophy. Whilst sensitive to the seventeenth-century background to Locke's thought he concentrates on introducing and assessing Locke in a contemporary philosophical setting explaining why he is so important today.Beginning with a helpful overview of Locke's life and times he explains how Locke challenged the idea that the human mind and knowledge of the external world rested on innate principles laying the philosophical foundations of empiricism later taken up by Berkeley and Hume. Subsequent chapters introduce and critically assess topics fundamental to understanding Locke: his theories of substance and identity language and meaning philosophy of action and free will and political freedom and toleration. In doing so he explains some of the more complex yet pivotal aspects of Locke's thought such as his theory that language rests on ideas and how Locke's theory of personal identity paved the way for modern empirical psychology. A final chapter assesses Locke's legacy and the book includes a helpful chronology of Locke's life and glossary of unfamiliar terms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006412

Locke and Leibniz on Substance Locke and Leibniz on Substance gathers together papers by an international group of academic experts examining the metaphysical concept of substance in the writings of these two towering philosophers of the early modern period. Each of these newly-commissioned essays considers important interpretative issues concerning the role that the notion of substance plays in the work of Locke and Leibniz and its intersection with other key issues such as personal identity. Contributors also consider the relationship between the two philosophers and contemporaries such as Descartes and Hume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371977

Locke’s Ideas of Mind and Body This book begins with a survey of various readings of Locke as a materialist as a substance dualist and as a property dualist and demonstrates that these inconsistent interpretations result from a general failure of modern commentators to notice the significance of Locke’s ‘mind-body nominalism’. By illuminating this largely overlooked aspect of Locke’s philosophy this book reveals a common mistake of previous interpretations: that of treating what Locke conceives to be ‘nominal’ as real. The nominal symmetry that Locke posits between mind and body is distinct from any form of metaphysical dualism whether substance dualism or property dualism. It is a brand of naturalism but does not insist that the material is ontologically more basic than the mental or that the former determines the latter. On this view the material and the mental both relate solely to a certain set of functional roles rather than to an intrinsic property that plays these roles. The term ‘matter’ is thus rendered vague and materialism is conceived as a precariously grounded ontological doctrine. Elaborating on this interpretation of Locke’s Essay this book examines the insightful readings of Locke developed by seventeenth- and eighteenth-century thinkers such as Richard Burthogge William Carroll and Joseph Priestley. This book also seeks to clarify what Locke’s position would look like in a modern setting by noting some significant parallels with the ideas of leading contemporary philosophers such as Donald Davidson David Lewis and Colin McGinn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241794

Locke-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008769

Locked-in Syndrome after Brain DamageLiving within my head The newest title in the series Survivor Stories this book tells the story of Paul Allen a photographer who likes opera and was a good baritone singer. At the age of 56 he sustained a stroke that left him paralysed and speechless. He has Locked-In Syndrome (LIS) a rare consequence of brain damage. Although Paul is fully conscious and his cognitive abilities are intact he is unable to move or speak due to the paralysis of nearly all his voluntary muscles. However Paul is keen to communicate and through his eye movements he tells his story from his early life career singing and other interests to the details of his stroke and the effects it has had on his life. The book also includes contributions from Paul’s wife Liz who tells the story from her point of view along with Paul’s physiotherapists occupational therapists speech therapists psychologists and others from the Raphael Hospital who have assisted in Paul’s rehabilitation. In telling of his frustrations his successes his views on life and how he sees his future Paul raises awareness of the quality of life possible for those with LIS. Combining scientific knowledge with personal narrative this unique and optimistic book is of huge importance to any professional involved in the care of someone with a brain injury and to the individuals and families touched by LIS. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700406

LockeEpistemology and Metaphysics This title was first published in 2002. This volume brings together recent journal articles on the main themes in John Locke’s immensely influential Essay concerning Human Understanding first published in 1690. Most contributions are from the mid-eighties to 2000 reflecting some of the most recent developments in Locke scholarship. The essays selected for this volume present a variety of approaches: some examine Locke’s thought in its historical context some include a discussion of the impact of Locke’s philosophy on subsequent thought some are concerned mainly with a detailed analysis of Locke’s text and some deal with Locke from a present-day perspective. Thus these papers convey many of the distinctive characteristics of Locke scholarship at the end of the century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315188096

Locke's Science of Knowledge John Locke’s An Essay Concerning Human Understanding begins with a clear statement of an epistemological goal: to explain the limits of human knowledge opinion and ignorance. The actual text of the Essay in stark contrast takes a long and seemingly meandering path before returning to that goal at the Essay’s end—one with many detours through questions in philosophy of mind metaphysics and philosophy of language. Over time Locke scholarship has come to focus on Locke’s contributions to these parts of philosophy. In Locke’s Science of Knowledge Priselac refocuses on the Essay’s epistemological thread arguing that the Essay is unified from beginning to end around its compositional theory of ideas and the active role Locke gives the mind in constructing its thoughts. To support the plausibility and demonstrate the value of this interpretation Priselac argues that—contrary to its reputation as being at best sloppy and at worst outright inconsistent—Locke’s discussion of skepticism and account of knowledge of the external world fits neatly within the Essay’s epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258429

Locke's Two Treatises of Government This volume guides the reader through a detailed examination of the text to an understanding of Locke’s political ideas in relation to his writings on philosophy education religion and economics and the influence these ideas had upon eighteenth-century political theorists. The author shows how Locke carefully constructed his political perspective as a defence of the principles of natural rights constitutional government and popular resistance. He offers an original interpretation of the Two Treatises… emphasizing the specific ways in which Locke’s political purposes in writing the work influence his discussion of such concepts as the state of nature property consent and tyranny. The author discusses the historical and biographical context of the work and demonstrates how eighteenth century political thinkers developed or rejected aspects of Locke’s political theory and summarizes important recent studies of Locke’s work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203707807

Locke's Two Treatises of Government (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 17) This volume guides the reader through a detailed examination of the text to an understanding of Locke’s political ideas in relation to his writings on philosophy education religion and economics and the influence these ideas had upon eighteenth-century political theorists. The author shows how Locke carefully constructed his political perspective as a defence of the principles of natural rights constitutional government and popular resistance. He offers an original interpretation of the Two Treatises… emphasizing the specific ways in which Locke’s political purposes in writing the work influence his discussion of such concepts as the state of nature property consent and tyranny. The author discusses the historical and biographical context of the work and demonstrates how eighteenth century political thinkers developed or rejected aspects of Locke’s political theory and summarizes important recent studies of Locke’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649780

Locus of ControlCurrent Trends in Theory & Research First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138167216

Loess and Loess Geohazards in China Loess is a product of aeolian deposition during the Quaternary glaciation cycles and covers approximately 6% of the Earth’s land. The Loess Plateau of China which is home to a population of nearly three hundred million has the thickest and most complete loess strata where loess geohazards occur most frequently due to the weak geoenvironment and dense human activities. In recent years the engineering geological characteristics of loess and geohazards in loess areas have gradually received increasing attention from academic researchers. This book reviews an informative collection of up-to-date literature in this field. It presents the unique features of loess and loess geohazards and provides a strong foundation for future study via eight systematically structured chapters e.g. origin and spatial distribution loess landforms microstructure physical properties permeability shear strength tensile strength and loess geohazard. It can serve as a principal reference for researchers practical engineers and technicians who are engaged in loess geology and surface processes and is suitable especially for undergraduate and postgraduate students in the field of loess engineering geology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367889159

Loft Conversion Handbook This book is an easy-to-use handbook providing architects and builders with up-to-date guidance on managing loft conversions and ensuring they achieve compliance with the Building Regulations. It brings together solutions offered in the Approved Documents and third tier guidance such as industry literature in one concise and fully illustrated guide. Starting with chapters on the existing structure the guide is then divided into chapters on the main considerations for a loft conversion covering topics such as fire safety windows and doors and insulation. This is an essential read for anyone looking for a guide which simplifies the building regulations process and offers solutions where applicable to achieve minimum good practice and advanced construction standards. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859467190

Logan Turner's Diseases of the Nose Throat and Ear Head and Neck Surgery This book covers neuro-sensory deafness head and neck cancer paediatric airway disease skull base surgery and the rhinological revolution brought about by the endoscope. It is helpful for the practicing otolaryngologist ENT specialists in training and those undertaking specialty examinations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340987322

Logan's Illustrated Human Anatomy This concise illustrated volume presents a pictorial guide to human anatomy through the meticulous dissections of Bari Logan assembled during his long career as a distinguished prosector and representing an unrivalled collection of superb photographic images. Illustrations are fully labelled and accompanied by brief clinical notes to provide additional guidance for the student. Material covering anatomical preparation and cadaver preservation orientation and planes of section the bones muscles and cranial nerves and an extensive glossary provides supplemental detail. The book will be a convenient photographic companion to all core textbooks of anatomy and ideal during exam preparation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755306

Logan's TurbomachineryFlowpath Design and Performance Fundamentals Third Edition Logan's Turbomachinery: Flowpath Design and Performance Fundamentals Third Edition is the long-awaited revision of this classic textbook thoroughly updated by Dr. Bijay Sultanian. While the basic concepts remain constant turbomachinery design has advanced since the Second Edition was published in 1993. Airfoils in modern turbomachines feature three-dimensional geometries Computational Fluid Mechanics (CFD) has become a standard design tool and major advances have been made in the materials and manufacturing technologies that affect turbomachinery design. The new edition adresses these trends to best serve today's students and design engineers working in turbomachinery industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198203

Logic Bringing elementary logic out of the academic darkness into the light of day Paul Tomassi makes logic fully accessible for anyone attempting to come to grips with the complexities of this challenging subject. Including student-friendly exercises illustrations summaries and a glossary of terms Logic introduces and explains: * The Theory of Validity* The Language of Propositional Logic* Proof-Theory for Propositional Logic* Formal Semantics for Propositional Logic including the Truth-Tree Method* The Language of Quantificational Logic including the Theory of Descriptions. Logic is an ideal textbook for any logic student: perfect for revision staying on top of coursework or for anyone wanting to learn about the subject. Related downloadable software for Macs and PCs is available for this title at www.logic.routledge.com. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203197035

Logic Form and Grammar This work contains Peter Long's important essay Logic Form and Grammar which resolves many difficulties for the logical form of an argument where the reasoning is hypothetical. Also included are two essays on classical problems in philosophical logic relating to logical form and formal relations. All of the essays provide clear thinking and philosophical explanations overturning many unchallenged suggestions in philosophical logic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203470978

Logic Probability and Presumptions in Legal Reasoning At least since plato and Aristotle thinkers have pondered the relationship between philosophical arguments and the "sophistical" arguments offered by the Sophists -- who were the first professional lawyers. Judges wield substantial political power and the justifications they offer for their decisions are a vital means by which citizens can assess the legitimacy of how that power is exercised. However to evaluate judicial justifications requires close attention to the method of reasoning behind decisions. This new collection illuminates and explains the political and moral importance in justifying the exercise of judicial power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051826

Logic Rhetoric and Legal Reasoning in the Qur'anGod's Arguments Muslims have always used verses from the Qur'an to support opinions on law theology or life in general but almost no attention has been paid to how the Qur'an presents its own precepts as conclusions proceeding from reasoned arguments. Whether it is a question of God's powers of creation the rationale for his acts or how people are to think clearly about their lives and fates Muslims have so internalized Qur'anic patterns of reasoning that many will assert that the Qur'an appeals first of all to the human powers of intellect. This book provides a new key to both the Qur'an and Islamic intellectual history. Examining Qur'anic argument by form and not content helps readers to discover the significance of passages often ignored by the scholar who compares texts and the believer who focuses upon commandments as it allows scholars of Qur'anic exegesis Islamic theology philosophy and law to tie their findings in yet another way to the text that Muslims consider the speech of God. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203343081

Logic & Natural LanguageOn Plural Reference and Its Semantic and Logical Significance Frege's invention of the predicate calculus has been the most influential event in the history of modern logic. The calculus’ place in logic is so central that many philosophers think in fact of it when they think of logic. This book challenges the position in contemporary logic and philosophy of language of the predicate calculus claiming that it is based on mistaken assumptions. Ben-Yami shows that the predicate calculus is different from natural language in its fundamental semantic characteristics primarily in its treatment of reference and quantification and that as a result the calculus is inadequate for the analysis of the semantics and logic of natural language. Ben-Yami develops both an alternative analysis of the semantics of natural language and an alternative deductive system comparable in its deductive power to first order predicate calculus but more adequate than it for the representation of the logic of natural language. Ben-Yami's book is a revolutionary challenge to classical first order predicate calculus casting doubt on many of the central claims of modern logic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250267

Logic and Algebra "Attempts to unite the fields of mathematical logic and general algebra. Presents a collection of refereed papers inspired by the International Conference on Logic and Algebra held in Siena Italy in honor of the late Italian mathematician Roberto Magari a leading force in the blossoming of research in mathematical logic in Italy since the 1960s." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138401945

Logic and How it Gets That Way In this challenging and provocative analysis Dale Jacquette argues that contemporary philosophy labours under a number of historically inherited delusions about the nature of logic and the philosophical significance of certain formal properties of specific types of logical constructions. Exposing some of the key misconceptions about formal symbolic logic and its relation to thought language and the world Jacquette clears the ground of some very well-entrenched philosophical doctrines about the nature of logic including some of the most fundamental seldom-questioned parts of elementary propositional and predicate-quantificational logic. Having presented difficulties for conventional ways of thinking about truth functionality the metaphysics of reference and predication the role of a concept of truth in a theory of meaning among others Jacquette proceeds to reshape the network of ideas about traditional logic that philosophy has acquired along with modern logic itself. In so doing Jacquette is able to offer a new perspective on a number of existing problems in logic and philosophy of logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656806

Logic and Language in Wittgenstein's Tractatus This historical study investigates Ludwig Wittgenstein's early philosophy of logic and language as it is presented in his Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus. The study makes a case for the Tractatus as an insightful critique of the philosophies of Bertrand Russell and Gottlob Frege-the Founding Fathers of analytic philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001848

Logic and Social Choice (RLE Social Theory) How is a social decision made out of individual members' decisions? This is one of the primary questions in the social sciences. Logic and Social Choice provides an answer to the topic by the application of mathematical logic. Yasusuke Murakami formulates social decision-making in logical terms and shows that an analysis of social decision is equivalent to a logical calculus in many-valued logic. The logical conditions are then derived for various types of societies especially for democracy. This foundation enables the author to discuss such topics as the relation between direct democracy and the representative system a comparison of various rules of election and the stability of social decision. The main conclusion is that inconsistency or paradox is inherent not only in voting and in democracy itself but also in any piecemeal social decision-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980013

Logic and Uncertainty in the Human MindA Tribute to David E. Over David E. Over is a leading cognitive scientist and with his firm grounding in philosophical logic he also exerts a powerful influence on the psychology of reasoning. He is responsible for not only a large body of empirical work and accompanying theory but for advancing a major shift in thinking about reasoning commonly known as the ‘new paradigm’ in the psychology of human reasoning. Over’s signature mix of philosophical logic and experimental psychology has inspired generations of researchers psychologists and philosophers alike over more than a quarter of a century. The chapters in this volume written by a leading group of contributors including a number who helped shape the psychology of reasoning as we know it today each take their starting point from the key themes of Over’s ground-breaking work. The essays in this collection explore a wide range of central topics—such as rationality bias dual processes and dual systems—as well as contemporary psychological and philosophical theories of conditionals. It concludes with an engaging new chapter authored by David E. Over himself which details and analyses the new paradigm psychology of reasoning. This book is therefore important reading for scholars researchers and advanced students in psychology philosophy and the cognitive sciences including those who are not familiar with Over’s thought already. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084254

Logic Design of NanoICS Today's engineers will confront the challenge of a new computing paradigm relying on micro- and nanoscale devices. Logic Design of NanoICs builds a foundation for logic in nanodimensions and guides you in the design and analysis of nanoICs using CAD. The authors present data structures developed toward applications rather than a purely theoretical treatment.Requiring only basic logic and circuits background Logic Design of NanoICs draws connections between traditional approaches to design and modern design in nanodimensions. The book begins with an introduction to the directions and basic methodology of logic design at the nanoscale then proceeds to nanotechnologies and CAD graphical representation of switching functions and networks word-level and linear word-level data structures 3-D topologies based on hypercubes multilevel circuit design and fault-tolerant computation in hypercube-like structures. The authors propose design solutions and techniques going beyond the underlying technology to provide more applied knowledge.This design-oriented reference is written for engineers interested in developing the next generation of integrated circuitry illustrating the discussion with approximately 250 figures and tables 100 equations 250 practical examples and 100 problems. Each chapter concludes with a summary references and a suggested reading section. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220437

Logic from A to ZThe Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy Glossary of Logical and Mathematical Terms First published in the most ambitious international philosophy project for a generation; the Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy.Logic from A to Z is a unique glossary of terms used in formal logic and the philosophy of mathematics.Over 500 entries include key terms found in the study of: Logic: Argument Turing Machine Variable Set and model theory: Isomorphism Function Computability theory: Algorithm Turing Machine Plus a table of logical symbols.Extensively cross-referenced to help comprehension and add detail Logic from A to Z provides an indispensable reference source for students of all branches of logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138436695

Logic from Kant to RussellLaying the Foundations for Analytic Philosophy The scope and method of logic as we know it today eminently reflect the ground-breaking developments of set theory and the logical foundations of mathematics at the turn of the 20th century. Unfortunately little effort has been made to understand the idiosyncrasies of the philosophical context that led to these tremendous innovations in the 19thcentury beyond what is found in the works of mathematicians such as Frege Hilbert and Russell. This constitutes a monumental gap in our understanding of the central influences that shaped 19th-century thought from Kant to Russell and that helped to create the conditions in which analytic philosophy could emerge. The aim of Logic from Kant to Russell is to document the development of logic in the works of 19th-century philosophers. It contains thirteen original essays written by authors from a broad range of backgrounds—intellectual historians historians of idealism philosophers of science and historians of logic and analytic philosophy. These essays question the standard narratives of analytic philosophy’s past and address concerns that are relevant to the contemporary philosophical study of language mind and cognition. The book covers a broad range of influential thinkers in 19th-century philosophy and analytic philosophy including Kant Bolzano Hegel Herbart Lotze the British Algebraists and Idealists Moore Russell the Neo-Kantians and Frege. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663346

Logic in Practice Originally published in 1934. This fourth edition originally published 1954. revised by C. W. K. Mundle. "It must be the desire of every reasonable person to know how to justify a contention which is of sufficient importance to be seriously questioned. The explicit formulation of the principles of sound reasoning is the concern of Logic". This book discusses the habit of sound reasoning which is acquired by consciously attending to the logical principles of sound reasoning in order to apply them to test the soundness of arguments. It isn’t an introduction to logic but it encourages the practice of logic of deciding whether reasons in argument are sound or unsound. Stress is laid upon the importance of considering language which is a key instrument of our thinking and is imperfect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422646

Logic of Arithmetic For propositional logic it can be decided whether a formula has a deduction from a finite set of other formulas. This volume begins with a method to decide this for the quantified formulas of those fragments of arithmetic which express the properties of order-plus-successor and of order-plus-addition (Pressburger arithmetic). It makes use of an algorithm eliminating quantifiers which in turn is also applied to obtain consistency proofs for these fragments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398576

Logic of ConflictMaking War and Peace in the Middle East The author’s argument ties this literature to a field that is often called the logic of inquiry. He criticizes an influential and deliberately analytical approach to the study of international conflict and show what can be gained by bringing more integrative or synthetic approaches to bear on problems in the field. The study started as an effort to work out some problems in international relations theory and it has remained that through eight years of writing and research. Still the book is more than incidentally about the Middle East and evidence from the region informs the argument made here. This evidence is of two kinds: traditional historical material from both primary and secondary sources and data on events that have occurred during the course of both conflictual and cooperative exchanges between the actors there. The treatment focuses on the relationship between Egypt and Israel between 1967 and 1979 a period that saw their relations pass from the most intense antagonism to a reasonable degree of comity if not friendship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315486338

Logic Pro 9Audio and Music Production From initial track laying through to mixing sound design and mastering Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth- Sawyer bring you Logic Pro 9. By Highlighting the relevant parts of each application they take you through every step of the music creation and production process giving you all the tips tutorials and tricks that pros use to create perfect recordings. The book has full color screen shots illustrating the tools functions and the new look of Logic Pro 9 and the companion website has audio samples and loops. Logic Pro 9 covers more than just the software it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will Illuminate and inspire you creative and sonic endeavors! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372061

Logic Pro XAudio and Music Production From initial demos to mixing and mastering seasoned authors Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth-Sawyer show you how to get the most from Logic Pro X. By exploring the essential workflow and the creative possibilities offered by Logic’s virtual instruments and effects Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production leads you through the music creation and production process giving you all the tips and tricks used by the pros to create release-quality recordings. Using full color screenshots throughout alongside related boxouts that expand on the key concepts Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production is an informative and easy-to-read guide to using Logic Pro X. Key features include: Production FAQs – Instructional Walkthroughs and Knowledgebases present information clearly and answer common production–specific problems. Methods – Professional techniques for recording and editing in Logic Pro X – whether you’re dealing with real musicians or cutting-edge virtual instruments. Workflow – Use Logic Pro X’s tools and functions in an optimal way. Website – Access audio examples samples (Apple Loops) Logic projects sampler instruments and instrument patches at www.focalpress.com/cw/cousins Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production covers more than just the software; it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will illuminate and inspire your creative and sonic endeavors! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857680

Logic: The Basics Logic: The Basics is an accessible introduction to several core areas of logic. The first part of the book features a self-contained introduction to the standard topics in classical logic such as: · mathematical preliminaries · propositional logic · quantified logic (first monadic then polyadic) · English and standard ‘symbolic translations’ · tableau procedures. Alongside comprehensive coverage of the standard topics this thoroughly revised second edition also introduces several philosophically important nonclassical logics free logics and modal logics and gives the reader an idea of how they can take their knowledge further. With its wealth of exercises (solutions available in the encyclopedic online supplement) Logic: The Basics is a useful textbook for courses ranging from the introductory level to the early graduate level and also as a reference for students and researchers in philosophical logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852273

Logical Abilities in Children: Volume 1Organization of Length and Class Concepts: Empirical Consequences of a Piagetian Formalism Originally published in 1974 a wide and interesting set of intellectual abilities in children are examined here. Volume 1 of 4 (Organization of Length and Class Concepts: Empirical Consequences of a Piagetian Formalism) converts an axiomatization of classes and asymmetrical relationships (proper to Piaget’s discipline of Genetic Epistemology) into a model of the development of these notions in children. Here may be one of the only attempts to derive predictive consequences from the more philosophically oriented writings of the Genevan School. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087132

Logical Abilities in Children: Volume 2Logical Inference: Underlying Operations Originally published in 1974 the second volume of four (Logical Inference: Underlying Operations) provides a process-model for the solution of certain syllogistic reasoning problems. Testable predictions of the model are easily derived and the available evidence supports the model’s description of the real-time mental steps mediating these logical abilities. A theory of development connected to the model makes these volumes all the more important for cognitive developmental and educational psychologists as well as educators and linguists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087866

Logical Abilities in Children: Volume 3Reasoning in Adolescence: Deductive Inference Originally published in 1975 this volume (3 of 4) presents an expanded model of certain deductive abilities in children and adults. A partial explanation of the growth of these abilities was suggested in Volume 2 of this series and it is amplified here both with regard to propositional logic and the logic of class inclusion. A new methodology is employed the issue of the effect of content in deductive reasoning is covered and developmental questions are reformulated. Although only data from experiments with adolescents are presented here the volume sets the stage for potentially illustrating developmental comparisons a topic pursued in Volume 4 of this novel and inventive series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087552

Logical Abilities in Children: Volume 4Reasoning and Concepts Originally published in 1976 this fourth and final volume in a series that met with critical acclaim is concerned with a certain kind of answer to the question "What distinguishes the concepts that are a natural part of human languages from those that are merely expressible in language?" The kind of answers contemplated rely on formal properties of the logics that overlay the two sorts of concepts. The author presents a substantive theory of natural concepts which helps to make concrete the methodological proposals. In order to make the theory more manageable it is restricted to sentential modifiers expressed in English. Although these proposals are substantive the methodology they exemplify may be of even more significance. Some of the ideas in the author’s approach derive from the work of Chomsky and several issues relevant to the growth of logical thinking are also treated with data that speak to questions raised in Volume 3 concerning qualitative change through development. This final volume in the series will be essential reading for all concerned with both logical abilities in children their development and novel methodological approaches to research bearing on this and related issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087736

Logical Abilities in Children4 Volume Set Logical Abilities in Children (4 Volume set) was originally published between 1974 and 1976 to critical acclaim. Now available again as individual titles or a set of 4 the author draws on Piagetian theory to examine logical ability in children through to adolescence. The set will be interesting reading for all concerned with both logical abilities in children their development and novel methodological approaches to research bearing on this and related issues at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085305

Logical Creative Thinking Methods Using a new systematic framework this illuminating book turns ideation into a task anybody with sound logic and a determination to learn can do and do well by separating the process from the outcome. In a competitive marketplace all firms must constantly innovate to create sustained shareholder value. The main roadblock in innovation is ideation: the identification of value-creating ideas often seen as the work of innately creative people. This first-of-its-kind textbook demonstrates that anyone can ideate through specific logical processes that require no creativity when used but generate valuable and creative outcomes. To help students master and apply these methods the book is filled with innovation examples across many sectors that can be explained and recreated using a specific LCT method. The book also includes exercises that enable readers to practice applying each method to solve real life innovation challenges. Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of innovation creativity and new product development will appreciate the demystification of ideation into a problem that can be solved by applying a series of rigorous defined methods that can be followed without ambiguity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367862220

Logical Investigations Volume 1 Edmund Husserl is the founder of phenomenology and the Logical Investigations is his most famous work. It had a decisive impact on twentieth century philosophy and is one of few works to have influenced both continental and analytic philosophy.This is the first time both volumes have been available in paperback. They include a new introduction by Dermot Moran placing the Investigations in historical context and bringing out their contemporary philosophical importance.These editions include a new preface by Sir Michael Dummett. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170667

Logical Investigations Volume 2 Edmund Husserl is the founder of phenomenology and the Logical Investigations is his most famous work. It had a decisive impact on twentieth century philosophy and is one of few works to have influenced both continental and analytic philosophy.This is the first time both volumes have been available in paperback. They include a new introduction by Dermot Moran placing the Investigations in historical context and bringing out their contemporary philosophical importance.These editions include a new preface by Sir Michael Dummett. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132870

Logical Investigative MethodsCritical Thinking and Reasoning for Successful Investigations All too often professional investigations fail because those involved jump to conclusions and draw faulty premises that leave the trail cold. Correct conclusions are not the result of guessing but by applying efficient thought processes. Logical Investigative Methods: Critical Thinking and Reasoning for Successful Investigations is designed to help investigators detectives special agents and prosecutors avoid assumptions and false premises by using logic reasoning critical thinking and the scientific method in their investigations. Topics covered in this text include:Finding facts instead of making assumptionsUnderstanding how our cognitive skills can affect investigationsUsing philosophy and logic to come to proper conclusions and probable inferencesUsing critical thinking and logical reasoning effectivelyOutlining the criminal investigation skills required of detectives and investigatorsProfiling to analyze personality types and to interpret artifacts of a crime sceneInterviewing interrogation and detecting deceptionUsing tools to analyze and graphically display organized understandable information about complex crimesDocumenting and presenting a case using all of the tools learnedThis organized text of methods practices techniques and tactics provides concrete instruction that can be applied to any investigation. By learning to become trained observers who make logical inferences from their observations users of this text can effectively streamline their investigations for a successful result. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870140

Logical Studies First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823027

Logical Syntax of Language First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823010

LogicAn Introductory Course First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178366

Logico-Linguistic Papers P.F. Strawson has been a major and influential spokesman for ordinary language philosophy throughout the late twentieth century studying the relationship between common language and the language of formal logic. This reissue of his collection of early essays Logico-Linguistic Papers is published with a brand new introduction by Professor Strawson but apart from minor corrections to the text these classic essays remain original and intact. Logico-Linguistic Papers contains Strawson's major essay 'On Referring' in which he disputed Bertrand Russell's theory of definite descriptions distinguishing between referring to an entity and asserting its existence. The book contains twelve essays in all grouped by subject matter. The first five are concerned with the topic of singular reference and predication and the last three are all responses to J.L. Austin's treatment of the topic of truth. Strawson disputes the correspondence theory of truth maintaining that facts are what statements (when true) state. The remaining papers deal with meaning speech acts logical truth and Chomsky's views on syntax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390329

Logico-Linguistic Papers P.F. Strawson has been a major and influential spokesman for ordinary language philosophy throughout the late twentieth century studying the relationship between common language and the language of formal logic. This reissue of his collection of early essays Logico-Linguistic Papers is published with a brand new introduction by Professor Strawson but apart from minor corrections to the text these classic essays remain original and intact. Logico-Linguistic Papers contains Strawson's major essay 'On Referring' in which he disputed Bertrand Russell's theory of definite descriptions distinguishing between referring to an entity and asserting its existence. The book contains twelve essays in all grouped by subject matter. The first five are concerned with the topic of singular reference and predication and the last three are all responses to J.L. Austin's treatment of the topic of truth. Strawson disputes the correspondence theory of truth maintaining that facts are what statements (when true) state. The remaining papers deal with meaning speech acts logical truth and Chomsky's views on syntax. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138424555

Logics and Languages Originally published in 1973 this book shows that methods developed for the semantics of systems of formal logic can be successfully applied to problems about the semantics of natural languages; and moreover that such methods can take account of features of natural language which have often been thought incapable of formal treatment such as vagueness context dependence and metaphorical meaning. Parts 1 and 2 set out a class of formal languages and their semantics. Parts 3 and 4 show that these formal languages are rich enought to be used in the precise description of natural languages. Appendices describe some of the concepts discussed in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686489

Logics of GenocideThe Structures of Violence and the Contemporary World This book is concerned with the connection between the formal structure of agency and the formal structure of genocide. The contributors employ philosophical approaches to explore the idea of genocidal violence as a structural element in the world. Do mechanisms or structures in nation-states produce types of national citizens that are more susceptible to genocidal projects? There are powerful arguments within philosophy that in order to be the subjects of our own lives we must constitute ourselves specifically as national subjects and organize ourselves into nation states. Additionally there are other genocidal structures of human society that spill beyond historically limited episodes. The chapters in this volume address the significance—moral ethical political—of the fact that our very form of agency suggests or requires these structures. The contributors touch on topics including birthright citizenship contemporary mass incarceration anti-black racism and late capitalism. Logics of Genocide will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in philosophy critical theory genocide studies Holocaust and Jewish studies history and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367511005

Logics of LegitimacyThree Traditions of Public Administration Praxis The discipline of public administration draws predominantly from political and organizational theory but also from other social and behavioral sciences philosophy and even theology. This diversity results in conflicting prescriptions for the "proper" administrative role. So how are those new to public administration to know which ideas are "legitimate"? Rather than accepting conventional arguments for administrative legitimacy through delegated constitutional authority or expertise Logics of Legitimacy: Three Traditions of Public Administration Praxis does not assume that any one approach to professionalism is accepted by all scholars practitioners citizens or elected representatives. Instead it offers a framework for public administration theory and practice that fully includes the citizen as a political actor alongside elected representatives and administrators. This framework: Considers both direct and representative forms of democracy Examines concepts from both political and organizational theory addressing many of the key questions in public administration Examines past and present approaches to administration Presents a conceptual lens for understanding public administration theory and explaining different administrative roles and practices The framework for public administration theory and practice is presented in three traditions of main prescriptions for practice: Constitutional (the bureaucrat) Discretionary (the entrepreneur) and Collaborative (the steward). This book is appropriate for use in graduate-level courses that explore the philosophical historical and intellectual foundations of public administration. Upon qualified course adoption instructors will gain access to a course outline and corresponding lecture slides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466511613

Logics of ResistanceGlobalization and Telephone Unionism in Mexico and British Columbia First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980020

Logics of the MindA Clinical View This collection of papers spanning the last 15 years presents a spirited defence of Freud's clinical method considering the "crisis of psychoanalysis" in the wider context of a crisis of reflective thought in society as a whole. Expressing the wish to "clarify and polish the glass through which we see the psychoanalytic experience" Jorge Ahu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325411

LogiQLA Query Language for Smart Databases LogiQL is a new state-of-the-art programming language based on Datalog. It can be used to build applications that combine transactional analytical graph probabilistic and mathematical programming. LogiQL makes it possible to build hybrid applications that previously required multiple programming languages and databases. In this first book to cover LogiQL the authors explain how to design implement and query deductive databases using this new programming language. LogiQL’s declarative approach enables complex data structures and business rules to be simply specified and then automatically executed. It is especially suited to business applications requiring complex rules to be implemented efficiently for example predictive analytics and supply chain optimization. Suitable for both novices and experienced developers the book is written in easy-to-understand language. It includes many examples and exercises throughout to illustrate the main concepts and consolidate understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482244939

Logistic Regression Models Logistic Regression Models presents an overview of the full range of logistic models including binary proportional ordered partially ordered and unordered categorical response regression procedures. Other topics discussed include panel survey skewed penalized and exact logistic models. The text illustrates how to apply the various models to health environmental physical and social science data. Examples illustrate successful modelingThe text first provides basic terminology and concepts before explaining the foremost methods of estimation (maximum likelihood and IRLS) appropriate for logistic models. It then presents an in-depth discussion of related terminology and examines logistic regression model development and interpretation of the results. After focusing on the construction and interpretation of various interactions the author evaluates assumptions and goodness-of-fit tests that can be used for model assessment. He also covers binomial logistic regression varieties of overdispersion and a number of extensions to the basic binary and binomial logistic model. Both real and simulated data are used to explain and test the concepts involved. The appendices give an overview of marginal effects and discrete change as well as a 30-page tutorial on using Stata commands related to the examples used in the text. Stata is used for most examples while R is provided at the end of the chapters to replicate examples in the text. Apply the models to your own dataData files for examples and questions used in the text as well as code for user-authored commands are provided on the book’s website formatted in Stata R Excel SAS SPSS and Limdep. See Professor Hilbe discuss the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138106710

Logistics 4.0Digital Transformation of Supply Chain Management Industrial revolutions have impacted both manufacturing and service. From the steam engine to digital automated production the industrial revolutions have conduced significant changes in operations and supply chain management (SCM) processes. Swift changes in manufacturing and service systems have led to phenomenal improvements in productivity. The fast-paced environment brings new challenges and opportunities for the companies that are associated with the adaptation to the new concepts such as Internet of Things (IoT) and Cyber Physical Systems artificial intelligence (AI) robotics cyber security data analytics block chain and cloud technology. These emerging technologies facilitated and expedited the birth of Logistics 4.0. Industrial Revolution 4.0 initiatives in SCM has attracted stakeholders’ attentions due to it is ability to empower using a set of technologies together that helps to execute more efficient production and distribution systems. This initiative has been called Logistics 4.0 of the fourth Industrial Revolution in SCM due to its high potential. Connecting entities machines physical items and enterprise resources to each other by using sensors devices and the internet along the supply chains are the main attributes of Logistics 4.0. IoT enables customers to make more suitable and valuable decisions due to the data-driven structure of the Industry 4.0 paradigm. Besides that the system’s ability of gathering and analyzing information about the environment at any given time and adapting itself to the rapid changes add significant value to the SCM processes. In this peer-reviewed book experts from all over the world in the field present a conceptual framework for Logistics 4.0 and provide examples for usage of Industry 4.0 tools in SCM. This book is a work that will be beneficial for both practitioners and students and academicians as it covers the theoretical framework on the one hand and includes examples of practice and real world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367340032

Logistics and Fulfillment for e-businessA Practical Guide to Mastering Back Office Functions for Online Commerce Logistics and fulfillment management is unglamorous complex and expensive but it is one of the primary factors determining whether an e-business will be profitable. Many enterprises (large and small) rush into the e-business model without adequate consi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138436428

Logistics and the Out-bound Supply Chain The control and organisation of the flow of goods in the supply chain is of vital importance to industry and commerce including manufacturing industrial enterprises where the timely and efficient delivery of their output at an economic cost is of great concern. This book considers the out-bound supply chain and the associated out-bound logistics ie the flow of goods from the point of production or manufacture to the point of consumption. In doing so it has to cover a range of management topics and techniques including measures of performance order management and forecasting stock management and management of the supply chain. Written in clear and jargon-free language this book whilst intended primarily students of engineering and manufacturing at 3rd year undergraduate and postgraduate level would also be of interest to logistics and operations management students. Typical examination questions are included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471023

Logistics and Transportation SecurityA Strategic Tactical and Operational Guide to Resilience "Professor Burns has captured the essence of transportation security one of today's most pressing concerns. As the rate of globalization and world trade increases security and supply chain resilience are at the core of one’s global transportation network. This is a timely and well written contribution to the industry."—John A. Moseley Senior Director of Trade Development Port of Houston Authority "…a clear and concise book detailing the issues of security in today’s post-9/11 era. An invaluable read for those working within the transport and security industries."—Steven Neuendorff Head of Americas HANSA HEAVY LIFT Americas Inc. Examining sea land and air transportation systems and linkages Logistics and Transportation Security: A Strategic Tactical and Operational Guide to Resilience provides thorough coverage of transportation security. Its topics include hazardous material handling securing transportation networks logistics essentials supply chain security risk assessment the regulatory framework strategic planning and innovation through technology. This book is not a prescriptive how-to manual. It begins with a discussion of the differences between safety and security before advancing through a developmental learning curve encompassing a wide range of subjects. It discusses global threats such as terrorism and piracy as well as current regulatory mandates and technological applications including the latest threat to logistics security cyber-attack. The book also examines the benefits of synergy between the public and private sectors using a number of case studies and interviews to illustrate increasing collaboration and benefits. It assists a broad range of transportation professionals security professionals logistics outfits and policy makers with assessing the benefits of proactive security measures and with verifying security-associated risks and consequences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482253078

Logistics Engineering Handbook Achieving state-of-the-art excellence and attaining the cost reductions associated with outstanding logistics efforts is an obvious gain in terms of competitive edge and profitability. As logistics tools evolve in comprehensiveness and complexity and the use of these new tools becomes more pervasive maintaining a position of leadership in logistics functions also becomes increasingly difficult. And in spite of its importance not only to the bottom line but also to the functionality of your operations logistics improvement often lags industry requirements. Taking a unique engineering approach the Logistics Engineering Handbook provides comprehensive coverage of traditional methods and contemporary topics. The book delineates basic concepts and practices provides a tutorial for common problems and solution techniques and discusses current topics that define the state of the logistics market. It covers background information that defines engineering logistics activities and implementation transportation management enabling technologies and emerging trends. Each chapter includes either a brief case study overview of an industrially motivated problem or a tutorial using fabricated data designed to highlight important issues. Presentation organization and quality of content set this book a part. Its most distinctive feature is the engineering focus instead of the more usual business/supply chain focus that provides a mathematically rigorous treatment without being overly analytical. Another important characteristic is the emphasis on transportation management especially freight transportation. The section on emerging and growing trends makes the handbook particularly useful to the savvy logistics professional wishing to exploit possible future trends in logistics practice. The handbook is a one-stop shopping location for logistics engineering reference materials ranging from basics to traditional problems to state-of-the-market concerns. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387976

Logistics of Facility Location and Allocation An introduction to pragmatic methods for solving complex problems in facilities location: choosing from among known feasible sites or a broad range described as an area placing facilities and assigning customers. It emphasizes careful location and customer allocation to determine optimum use of time and cost - improving flow of materials and services and reducing the need for duplication or construction redundancies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397517

Logistics of Warfare in the Age of the Crusades How were the Crusades made possible? There have been studies of ancient medieval and early modern warfare as well as work on the finances and planning of Crusades but this volume is the first specifically to address the logistics of Crusading. Building on previous work it brings together experts from the fields of medieval Western Byzantine and Middle Eastern studies to examine how the marches and voyages were actually made. Questions of manpower types and means of transportation by land and sea supplies financial resources roads and natural land routes sea lanes and natural sailing routes - all these topics and more are covered here. Of particular importance is the attention given to the horses and other animals on which transport of supplies and the movement of armies depended. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379077

LogisticsPrinciples and Practice Logistics: Principles & Practice is a general introduction to the subject. This specialized field is fast moving – fulfilling orders on time is of crucial importance in the modern age of internet economy and just-in-time production.   Besides dealing with the logistics of purchasing production and distribution the book also examines common ground with marketing quality and production design. This integrated approach ensures that important topics such as e-business CRM process design E-procurement enterprise resource planning and E-logistics are given prominent coverage.   This textbook can be used as core reading for all students of logistics and operations management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143722

LogjamDeforestation and the Crisis of Global Governance Winner of the International Studies Association's Harold and Margaret Sprout Award 2008 for the best book on international environmental problems. This pioneering study examines the impacts of neoliberal global governance on forests and provides an exhaustive overview of international forest politics: Intergovernmental Panel on Forests World Commission on Forests and Sustainable Development Intergovernmental Forum on Forests United Nations Forum on Forests Forest Certification New policies to address illegal logging World Bank's forests strategy Convention on Biological Diversity - and other international forest-related processes The book is an essential reference for students of global environmental politics and required reading for forest policy makers. It concludes by arguing for a democratization of global governance and a fundamental restructuring of the regulatory environment so that final decision making authority is restored to the local level. Driven by concern at what forest loss means for communities and future generations this is a book that stands to make a difference. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771863

Lognormal DistributionsTheory and Applications Presenting the first comprehensive review of the subject's theory and applications inmore than 15 years this outstanding reference encompasses the most-up-to-date advances in lognormal distributions in thorough detailed contributions by specialists in statistics business and economics industry biology ecology geology and meteorology. Lognormal Distributions describes the theory and methods of point and intervalestimation as well as the testing of hypotheses clearly and precisely from a modemviewpoint-not only for the basic two-parameter lognormal distribution but also for itsgeneralizations including three parameters truncated distributions delta-lognormaldistributions and two or more dimensions.Featuring over 600 references plus author and subject indexes this volume rev iews thesubject's history .. . gives explicit formulas for minimum variance unbiased estimates ofparameters and their variances ... provides optimal tests of hypotheses and confidenceinterval procedures for various functions of the parameters in the two-parameter model. .. and discusses practical methods of analysis for truncated censored or groupedsamples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580278

Logo RecognitionTheory and Practice Used by companies organizations and even individuals to promote recognition of their brand logos can also act as a valuable means of identifying the source of a document. E-business applications can retrieve and catalog products according to their logos. Governmental agencies can easily inspect goods using smart mobile devices that use logo recognition techniques. However because logos are two-dimensional shapes of varying complexity the recognition process can be challenging. Although promising results have been found for clean logos they have not been as robust for noisy logos. Logo Recognition: Theory and Practice is the first book to focus on logo recognition especially under noisy conditions. Beginning with an introduction to fundamental concepts and methods in pattern and shape recognition it surveys advances in logo recognition. The authors also propose a new logo recognition system that can be used under adverse conditions such as broken lines added noise and occlusion. The proposed system introduces a novel polygonal approximation a robust indexing scheme and a new line segment Hausdorff distance (LHD) matching method that can handle more distortion and transformation types than previous techniques. In the first stage raw logos are transformed into normalized line segment maps. In the second stage effective line pattern features are used to index the database to generate a moderate number of likely models. In the third stage an improved LHD measure screens and generates the best matches. A comprehensive overview of logo recognition the book also presents successful applications of the technology and suggests directions for future research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116757

Logs of the Great Sea Fights1794-1805 Vol. I This is a collection of excerpts from ships’ logs and signal books with associated correspondence allowing detailed study of the course of the most important naval engagements of the period. Vol 1 deals with the battles of the First of June St Vincent and Camperdown. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248255

Logs of the Great Sea Fights1794-1805 Vol. II This is a collection of excerpts from ships’ logs and signal books with associated correspondence allowing detailed study of the course of the most important naval engagements of the period. This volume deals with the battles of the Nile Copenhagen and Trafalgar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911248286

Lolita in Peyton PlaceHighbrow Middlebrow and LowBrow Novels of the 1950s First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980037

London Europe and the Olympic GamesHistorical Perspectives London hosted the Olympic Games for the third time in 2012 a mega-event where the political economic and social expectations could hardly be compared with the previous London Games of 1908 and 1948. In addition the Olympic Games went back to Europe in 2012 after a long period where (apart from Athens in 2004) they were held by cities in other continents. In London the world watched the Games. Continental Europe however generated a particular attitude based on the special relations it had developed historically with England. At the crossing point of history cultural studies and geopolitics this book provides new insights on the significance of the Olympic Games. It considers that the Games are the right window to look at both the past and the current relations between England and its closest continental neighbours. It will be ideal for students and academics working in sport sciences cultural history political science and European studies; amateur and professional sports historians; Olympic followers and experts in Olympic studies. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750141

London Londoners and the Great Fire of 1666Disaster and Recovery The Great Fire of 1666 was one of the greatest catastrophes to befall London in its long history. While its impact on London and its built environment has been studied and documented its impact on Londoners has been overlooked. This book makes full and systematic use of the wealth of manuscript sources that illustrate social economic and cultural change in seventeenth-century London to examine the impact of the Fire in terms of how individuals and communities reacted and responded to it and to put the response to the Fire in the context of existing trends in early modern England. The book also explores the broader effects of the Fire in the rest of the country as well as how the Great Fire continued to be an important polemical tool into the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889722

London 1849A Victorian Murder Story London 1849: the city is filthy plagued criminal and filling up with refugees from the Irish Famine and the revolutionary wars on the continent...but it is on the brink of reform as stations are built rioters pardoned and the Great Exhibition planned. The heaving city is the backdrop for the most sensational crime and trial of the decade: the Manning murder case. Throughout the sticky summer the people of London obsessed over the fate of a dominant mysterious woman and her weak husband as the full detail of their slaughter of her lover unfolded. London 1849 follows the murder trial and execution of the couple interweaving the scene that was London at the time: crime noise cholera overpacked slums prostitution law and order prisons fashion shopping finance transport Marx and Dickens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159792

London After RecessionA Fictitious Capital? The City has long been the main generator of London's wealth and needless to say the impact of the Economic Crisis in the recent years on the City has greatly affected the wider urban and surrounding region not to say country as a whole. This book examines the impact of the recession and discusses London's future trajectory as an entrepreneurial city and capital of the United Kingdom. While recognising the enduring capacity of London to 'reinvent' itself - from being the centre of a vast Empire to becoming a global centre for financial and business services - contributors evaluate different dimensions of the city's current and future development through analyses derived from sociological economic cultural and urban studies perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278950

London and the Politics of MemoryIn the Shadow of Big Ben This book provides an original impassioned exploration of memory studies and the uses of the past in the present. It capitalises on London’s global appeal and Big Ben’s iconic status. Moving beyond this familiar facade the reader will journey around the hidden histories of Westminster’s streets squares and statues. This tangible heritage supports a diversity of contested memories. The rationale for this approach is that by linking theory with empirical examples it becomes possible to tackle complex issues in a grounded accessible manner. Readers will be encouraged to use this case study as a framework for addressing the politics of memory in their own lives as well as in other places not just in Britain but around the world. This book will be of interest to scholars and students from a wide variety of disciplines including but not limited to sociology culture and media studies English literature film and television studies global studies heritage studies history politics and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472446381

London Clerical Workers 1880–1914Development of the Labour Market This study is based on a wide range of business sources as well as newspapers journals novels and oral history allowing Heller to put forward a new interpretation of working conditions for London clerks highlighting the ways in which clerical work changed and modernized over this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661332

London Essays in Economics: In Honour of Edwin Cannan In paying tribute to one of the twentieth century's most eminent economists the essays in this volume also cover major areas of economic importance such as: Theories of population; relations between banking and the State; productivity and the theory of wages; capital and income; the development of money. Contributors to the volume include: W. Beveridge H. Dalton T. E. Gregory L. Robbins M. C. Buer E. L. Hargreaves E. M. Burns F. C. Benham W. A. Robson and D. Mitrany. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315016498

London Government and the Welfare Services   This book was first published in 1963. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864732

London JamaicanLanguage System in Interaction London Jamaican provides the reader with a new perspective on African descent in London. Based on research carried out in the early 1980s the author examines the linguistic background of the community with special emphasis on young people of the first and second British-born generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167193

London Life 18th Century Lse First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865488

London Maritime Arbitration Now in its fourth edition this book provides detailed and practical guidance on how London Maritime Arbitration works in practice against the background of English arbitration law and the Arbitration Act 1996.  This unique title is the only book on the market that offers a practical focus on maritime disputes while also providing a clear exposition of general principles of English arbitration law with discussion and analysis of applicable legislation and case law. Arbitration practitioners will find everything that they need in one comprehensive book.  New to this edition: Guidance on the new LMAA Terms 2017 against the background of English arbitration law including the Arbitration Act 1996. Fully updated case law and analysis of legal developments including Brexit. Comparative references to ad hoc and LCIA arbitration. New section on salvage arbitration Brexit third party funding. Summaries comparing alternative jurisdictions including Singapore Hong Kong Hamburg and New York This book will be invaluable to maritime arbitration practitioners both in private practice and in-house as well as maritime professionals such as those working at P&I Clubs brokers ship owners managers and charterers; and more generally to anybody concerned with London arbitration. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138845046

London Merchant 1695-1774A London Merchant First published in 1962. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866034

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848931657

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 Volume I1711-1763 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754904

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 Volume II1763-1782 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754911

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 Volume III1783-1792 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754928

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 Volume IV1799-1821 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754935

London Opera Observed 1711–1844 Volume V1821-1844 The thrust of these five volumes is contained in their title London Opera Observ’d. It takes its cue from the numerous texts and volumes which — during the seventeenth eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — used the concept of ‘spying’ or ‘observing’ by a narrator or rambler as a means of establishing a discourse on aspects of London life. The material in this five-volume reset edition examines opera not simply as a genre of performance but as a wider topic of comment and debate. The stories that surrounded the Italian opera singers illuminate contemporary British attitudes towards performance sexuality and national identity. The collection includes only complete published material organised chronologically so as to accurately retain the contexts in which the original readers encountered them — placing an emphasis on rare texts that have not been reproduced in modern editions. The aim of this collection is not to provide a history of opera in England but to facilitate the writing of them or to assist those wishing to study topics within the field. Headnotes and footnotes establish the publication information and provide an introduction to the piece its author and the events surrounding it or which caused its publication. The notes concentrate on attempting to identify those figures mentioned within the texts. The approach is one of presentation not interpretation ensuring that the collection occupies a position that is neutral rather than polemical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138754942

London the Promised Land RevisitedThe Changing Face of the London Migrant Landscape in the Early 21st Century Some two decades since the publication of London the Promised Land? which charted and investigated the successes and failures of the migrant experience in London over a period of three hundred years this book re-examines the migrant landscape in London. While remaining a beacon for immigrants the migrant face of the city has changed rapidly and dramatically from one which was heavily populated by semi-skilled and unskilled post-colonial incomers to one which now embraces the EU Accession Countries refugees from the Middle East and Africa oligarchs from Russia the new wealthy from China economic migrants from Latin America and Ireland and still post-colonial immigrants - at the same time witnessing the exodus ’home’ of incomers or their descendants who now see opportunities where there were none before. The contributors all leading academics and practitioners in their diverse fields examine changes to the migrant landscape of contemporary London at the micro meso and macro levels. London the Promised Land Revisited thus explores a range of experiences in the capital including the presence and treatment of illness amongst migrants the phenomenon of migrant ’invisibility’ and asylum the migrant marketplace and ethnic ’clustering’ and interaction with local and national government - across a variety of migrant groups both ’new’ and ’old’. As such this book will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interest in migration migrant experiences and the contemporary ’global’ city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472447272

London United TramwaysA History 1894-1933 With the twentieth century arrived the first electric tramcars in London. Thirty years later the first trolley buses arrived - along with a fleet of new trams that were the most modern of their day. This era was one of rapid change rich in achievement adn personalities. Among the more colourful of the undertakings involved was London United which introduced the first public service of electric tramcars in 1901 adn became one of the predecessors of the present London Transport. This is a study of this eventful period relating the development of the tramway and trolleybus system to the changing social background. It contains a wealth of hitherto unpublished material both factual and anecdotal taken from contemporary newspaper and other accounts and a remarkable collection of illustrations - 48 pages in all. It should be of interest not only to the transport enthusiast but also to the general reader interested in social history. This book was first published in 1971. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860369

London's Contemporary ArchitectureAn Explorer's Guide London is a living architectural exhibition. This tried and trusted portable guide will help you to find your way around one of the world’s most exciting cities offering architectural experiences and insights into London’s finest contemporary architecture. features more than 400 buildings including key venues from the 2012 Olympic Park provides a superb full colour photographic record of the capital aids navigation of the city’s greatest architectural sights with a clear map-based format considers each district in turn identifying the buildings most worthwhile visiting and providing essential information and insights into each includes a large scale portable lightweight map for use when walking the tours Jam packed with the author’s intimate architectural experience and knowledge of London’s buildings the accompanying commentary is both lively and entertaining providing all the information that any architectural explorer will need to appreciate and experience London’s contemporary architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825023

London's Green BeltContainment in Practice Developed form a major research report for the Department of the Environment this book presents a comprehensive analysis of the problems experienced when the the green belt restraint was implemented around London. Attitudes to land-use planning changed rapidly: planning powers devolved from counties to districts: and regional planning was largely dismantled. This book fills a major gap in the literature by critically examinig the Metropolitan Green Belt. This book was first published in 1983. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860444

London's Teeming Streets 1830-1914 The streets of Victorian London became increasingly congested with vehicles fast and furious drivers pedestrians costermongers prostitutes brass bands homeless children and other obstacles to safe and rapid motion. Concerned citizens were alarmed by this unprecedented build-up of traffic and pollution. But how did this chaotic state come about - and why was more not done to prevent it? London's Teeming Streets brings an historical perspective to present-day concerns about the effects of continued urban expansion and shows that many current problems date back to the Victorian era. James Winter reveals that the issue of street reform was fraught with political intrigue. Many reformers were liberals; yet the question of attempting to limit or prohibit activity on the King's Highway which was by definition an open and democratic preserve brought the very purpose of liberal reform into sharp focus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513227

London's TurningThe Making of Thames Gateway The Thames Gateway plan is the largest and most complex project of urban regeneration ever undertaken in the United Kingdom. This book provides a comprehensive overview and critique of the Thames Gateway plan but at the same time it uses the plan as a lens through which to look at a series of important questions of social theory urban policy and governmental practice. It examines the impact of urban planning and demographic change on East London's material and social environment including new forms of ethnic gentrification the development of the eastern hinterlands shifting patterns of migration between city and country the role of new policies in regulating housing provision and the attempt to create new cultural hubs downriver. It also looks at issues of governance and accountability the tension between public and private interests and the immediate and longer term prospects for the Thames Gateway project both in relation to the 'Olympics effect' and the growth of new forms of regionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266131

London's Women TeachersGender Class and Feminism 1870-1930 Dina Copelman's investigation of the public and private lives of women teachers reveals a strikingly different model of gender and class identity than the orthodox one constructed by historians of middle-class gender roles and middle-class feminism. Consequently while the book focuses on women teachers from the beginning of state education in 1870 up to 1930 it is also an examination of how gender class and professional identities were shaped and perceived. While offering a significant original contribution to the social history of teachers this book is also driven by a consideration of broader historiographical questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867528

Lone Mothers Social Security and the Family in Hong Kong This book is the first study with feminist analysis on lone mothers’ economic dependency in Hong Kong. The implications of this study are considerable; it challenges both conventional thinking about families and the political and academic debates about social policy. This book sets out to examine the relationship between social security benefits and lone mothers’ labour supply in Hong Kong. Two particular aspects of the labour supply behaviour of lone mothers are explored: firstly the possible effect of social security on lone mothers’ employment: and secondly the knowledge and perception of social security benefits in the decision making processes of lone mothers in relation to taking up paid work. Evidence from this study suggests that there are three structural barriers which hinder lone mothers from taking up paid employment outside their family; inadequate support for child care the low level of Earnings Disregard Policy which discourages lone mothers living on benefit from being self-reliant and thirdly the low wages that lone mothers earn in the labour market. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250229

Lone Mothers Between Paid Work and CareThe Policy Regime in Twenty Countries This title was first published in 2000. This is a study which compares and contrasts how lone mothers' relationships to paid work and care-giving are constructed across 20 countries and with what outcomes for lone mothers' levels of economic well-being. In doing so the book explores from an international perspective the implications of the re-orientation of lone mothers' citizenship within the UK policy field from that of care-giver to paid worker. The volume engages with feminist comparative social policy literature concerned with specifying a construction of citizenship appropriate to capturing international variations in women's social rights. By incorporating social rights attached to paid work and care as well as those which enable lone mothers to move between sequential periods of paid work and care-giving across the child-rearing cycle the study makes a significant contribution to the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732230

Lone Parent FamiliesGender Class and State Appropriate as supplemental reading for courses in Social Policy and Social Studies that examine the role of parenting in society. The subject of lone mothers is a controversial and highly topical social and political issue. This unique core text examines the key issues in the debate and assesses their impact on the UK and other countries in a comprehensive and accessible way. Broad in scope it covers a wide range of issues including gender roles the relationship of the family and the state and the relationship between social policy and labour market policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837096

Lone Star TarnishedA Critical Look at Texas Politics and Public Policy Texas pride like everything else in the state is larger than life. So too perhaps are the state’s challenges. Lone Star Tarnished approaches public policy in the nation’s most populous "red state" from historical comparative and critical perspectives. The historical perspective provides the scope for asking how various policy domains have developed in Texas history. In each chapter Cal Jillson compares Texas public policy choices and results with those of other states and the United States in general. Finally the critical perspective allows readers to question the balance of benefits and costs attendant to what is often referred to as "the Texas way" or "the Texas model" and to assess the many claims of Texas’s exceptionalism. Through Jillson’s lively and lucid prose students are well equipped to analyse how Texas has done and is doing compared to selected states and the national average over time and today. This text is aimed at students and professors of Texas politics who want to stress history political culture and public policy. New to the Fourth Edition Fully updated to include the most recent Texas elections and political events Covers the 2019 legislative session Highlights new population data with projections forward to 2050 recently released by the U.S. Census and the Texas State Data Center. Explores the dramatic increases in Texas oil and gas production and their impact on global and U.S. prices and on the profitability and the viability of many Texas producers in light of the recent plunge in prices. All figures and tables include the most recent data available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472788

Lone Wolf and Autonomous Cell Terrorism President Obama has declared that the greatest terrorist threat which America faces is attacks by lone wolf terrorists. This volume expands the lone wolf rubric to include autonomous cells: small groups of terrorists who cooperate but operate independently. The challenge presented by lone wolves and autonomous cells unlike the threat emanating from established terrorist groups like Al Qaeda has proven intractable because of the difficulty of gathering intelligence on these actors or effectively countering their actions. Lone wolves operate under the radar staging deadly attacks such as that at the Boston Marathon and the 2011 attacks in Norway. This volume includes Theory and Policy Studies individual case studies and the technological impacts of chemical biological and nuclear weapons as well as the impact of social media in the process of recruitment and radicalization. This book was originally published as a special issue of Terrorism & Political Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058811

Lone-Actor TerroristsA behavioural analysis This book provides the first empirical analysis of lone-actor terrorist behaviour. Based upon a unique dataset of 111 lone actors that catalogues the life span of the individual’s development the book contains important insights into what an analysis of their behaviours might imply for practical interventions aimed at disrupting or even preventing attacks. It adopts insights and methodologies from criminology and forensic psychology to provide a holistic analysis of the behavioural underpinnings of lone-actor terrorism. By focusing upon the behavioural aspects of each offender and by analysing a variety of case studies including Anders Breivik Ted Kaczynski Timothy McVeigh and David Copeland this work marks a pointed departure from previous research in the field. It seeks to answer the following key questions: Is there a lone-actor terrorist profile and how do they differ? What behaviours did the lone-actor terrorist engage in prior to his/her attack and is there a common behavioural trajectory into lone-actor terrorism? How ‘lone’ do lone-actor terrorists tend to be? What role if any does the internet play? What role if any does mental illness play? This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism/counter-terrorism studies political violence criminology forensic psychology and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138221796

Loneliness Stress and Well-BeingA Helper's Guide Loneliness can be a terrible experience. Yet surprisingly counsellors therapists and professional helpers are rearely taught how to help their clients manage loneliness. Written specially for professional helpers Loneliness Stress and Well-Being provides a thorough background to the theories concerning the nature of loneliness and a basic introduction to its management. It describes a simple method of assessing the degree and nature of loneliness and includes invaluable practical strategies for helping clients to manage their social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161931

Loneliness and LongingConscious and Unconscious Aspects We all experience loneliness at some time in our lives and it often motivates people consciously or otherwise to enter treatment. Yet it is rarely explicitly addressed in psychoanalytic literature. Loneliness and Longing rectifies this oversight by thoroughly exploring this painful psychological state. In this book contributors address the inner sense of loneliness – that is feeling alone even in the company of others – by drawing on different aspects of loneliness and longing. Topics covered include: loneliness in the consulting room the relationship between loneliness and love the effects of social networking and the internet how loneliness changes throughout the life-cycle healing the analyst’s loneliness. Loneliness and Longing draws on both theory and practice to discuss ways to help people to understand and cope with this important emotional state encouraging them to make loneliness and longing less pervasive in their lives. This will be ideal reading for analysts psychotherapists and related practitioners facing the challenges of loneliness in their consulting rooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610988

Loneliness UpdatedRecent research on loneliness and how it affects our lives "To be alone is to be different. To be different is to be alone and to be in the interior of this fatal circle is to be lonely. To be lonely is to have failed" (Susan Schultz 1976) Loneliness carries a significant social stigma as lack of friendship and social ties is socially undesirable and social perceptions of lonely people are generally unfavourable. Lonely people often have very negative self-perceptions believing that the inability to establish social ties is due to personal inadequacies or socially undesirable attributes. This book is divided into three parts. The first part reviews loneliness in general describing what it is and how it affects us. The second part examines loneliness throughout the life cycle analysing how it affects us in childhood adulthood and as we age. The final part explores the connection between loneliness and other conditions such as arthritis eating disorders and depression. Loneliness Updated offers the latest research on how loneliness can affect us in our daily lives and how it is expressed as we travel through life from childhood to old age. It will be a highly interesting read for scholars students and researchers of clinical psychology particularly those interested in further exploring the effects and consequences of loneliness. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Journal of Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945388

LonelinessA Social Problem In recent years its medical implications have brought loneliness to the centre of attention of mass media government agents and the general public. However as this volume demonstrates loneliness is not merely a psychological individual or health issue. In multiple ways it is a serious social problem as well.Yang urges fellow researchers and scientists to broaden the existing definition and classification of loneliness to measure loneliness with greater accuracy and to establish more specifically the connection between loneliness and particular illness. Drawing on vast sources of data including literary works case studies and large-scale sample surveys covering a broad spectrum of countries (Europe and beyond) the empirical research of this study produces and presents simple but effective evidence for the social nature and variations of loneliness.Examining loneliness at higher levels including ethnic groups classes national cultures and societies Loneliness will appeal to students and researchers interested in areas such as sociology pyschology and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660918

Lonely HuntersAn Oral History Of Lesbian And Gay Southern Life 1948-1968 This book documents Southern gay history and culture during the Cold War/pre-Stonewall era. It provides a rich historical tapestry through the use of personal reminiscences private letters subpoenaed testimony and unpublished court and legislative documents and newspaper stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159818

LonersThe Life Path of Unusual Children Some children seem different detached disinterested in the games of other children. They prefer their hobbies to friends of their own age and if forced into community activities as they often are at school can become aggressive and difficult. In Loners Sula Wolff describes a childhood personality syndrome that has frequently been neglected. Often using children's own words their lives and problems become real as she unwraps their stories from first referral to adulthood. Some have become talented and successful adults whilst others are less fortunate in later years. Carefully documented and meticulously researched this study makes compelling reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462632

Long Day at Shiloh Originally published in 1981 Long Day at Shiloh recreates the first twenty-four hours of one of the crucial battles of the American Civil War: the Battle of Shiloh. In a series of short cinematic takes the book transports readers to Pittsburg Landing and into the lives of the men in the Union camp. It provides close views into the imagined thoughts and actions of individual soldiers on the eve of battle and depicts their attack by Confederate troops on April 6 1862. Long Day at Shiloh is a detailed historical novel offering insight into the events trials losses frustrations and exhilarations of combat during the Battle of Shiloh as the author has imagined them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367610760

Long Lived States In Collisions This book contains essentially two parts. A Review of the classical quantum and semi-classical theories of collision are given in the first part while their applications to the atom and molecule collisions are given in the second part. The book is useful to scientists other than atom and molecular physicists and is as general as possible however with the emphasis on the atom and molecule collisions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895062

Long Old RoadBack to Black Metropolis From the time that he ran away to sea at sixteen until he graduated from the University of Washington Horace R. Cayton was a messman on a freighter an unknowing handyman in an Alaskan brothel a juvenile delinquent and inmate of a reform school a dock worker and steward on a passenger liner and a deputy in the sheriff's office of King County Washington.Born in Seattle a city then uniquely free from racial tensions and prejudices Cayton found the privileged secure middle-class position of his well-to-do parents ineffectual against the gradual spread of racism that was sweeping America. His disarmingly honest autobiography is the ever-absorbing record of an intelligent sensitive and proud man's attempts to find identity in a confusing and conflicting chaos of black and white in a nation that although dedicated to equality somehow managed to deny this ideal by almost every action.Although his turbulent life was complicated by the color barrier - often resulting in reverses and frustrations that have rendered him close to a breakdown - this alone is not what makes Cayton's book such captivating reading. Wholly lacking in self-pity or special pleading Horace Cayton has written a personal narrative of unfailing interest on any number of scores a book that ranks with the best of American autobiographical writing. For it manages to remain highly critical without once resorting to bitterness; to be filled with hope though not always hopeful; and brims with compassion and bemused and acute insights into a troubled society. It is a telling almost poetic tribute to the resiliency of black culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527317

Long SixtiesFrom 1960 to Barack Obama In this unique and compelling book Tom Hayden argues that Barack Obama would not have been able to mount a successful presidential campaign without the movements of the 1960s. The Long Sixties shows that movements throughout history triumph over Machiavellians gaining social reforms while leaving both revolutionaries and reactionaries frustrated. Hayden argues that the 1960s left a critical imprint on America from civil rights laws to the birth of the environmental movement and forced open the political process to women and people of colour. He urges President Obama to continue this legacy with a popular programme of economic recovery green jobs and health care reform. The Long Sixties is a carefully researched history which will be of interest to activists journalists and historians as the fiftieth anniversary of the 1960s begins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517402

Long Slow BurnSexuality and Social Science Kath Weston's powerful collection of essays Long Slow Burn challenges the preconception that queer studies is the brainchild of the humanities and argues that social science has been talking about sex all along. To deny this one would have to overlook Kinsey's pioneering sex research in the 1950s or the psychiatrist Evelyn Hooker's pathbreaking study of homosexuality but also in the "sex talk" that lies at the heart of classic debates on kinship inequality cognition and other foundational topics in the social sciences. What is different now Weston claims is the way sexuality has been isolated from other contemporary issues. Not content with its ghettoization as a contained subfield Weston refuses to draw an artificial line around sexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699607

Long Term Control of Exhaustible Resources First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415849333

Long Term Evolution3GPP LTE Radio and Cellular Technology While 3G has been an outstanding success the ever-growing demand for higher data rates and higher quality mobile communication services continues to fuel conflict between the rapidly growing number of users and limited bandwidth resources. In the future a 100-fold increase in mobile data traffic is expected. That will necessitate further improvements to 3GPP LTE (Long-Term Evolution) and create limitless opportunities for engineers who understand the technology and how to apply it to deliver enhanced services.Long Term Evolution: 3GPP LTE Radio and Cellular Technology outlines the best way to position yourself now for future success. With coverage ranging from basic concepts to current research this comprehensive reference contains technical information about all aspects of 3GPP LTE. It details low chip rate high-speed downlink/uplink packet access (HSxPA)/TDSCDMA EV 1x LTE TDD and 3G TDD. It introduces new technologies and covers methodologies to study the performance of frequency allocation schemes. The authors also discuss the proposed architecture of Mobile IPRR and distributed dynamic architecture in wireless communication covering performance evaluation of the TD-SCDMA LTE System.With each passing day more and more users are demanding mobile broadband data access everywhere to facilitate synchronization of e-mails Internet access specific applications and file downloads to mobile devices such as cell phones smart phones PDAs and notebooks. LTE successor to the 3G mobile radio network is essential to creating radio coverage in the rollout phase and high capacity all over the radio cell in the long term. The 3GPP LTE will become increasingly crucial to supporting the high demand of data traffic rates generated by future mobile user terminals. Authored by international experts in the field this practical book is an extremely valuable guide that addresses emerging current and future technolo Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367385712

Long Term Perspectives in EvaluationIncreasing Relevance and Utility Long Term Perspectives in Evaluation is the first book to advocate the virtues of a long-term perspective for policy evaluation as well as to show how evaluations can take a longer time perspective than they usually do. To get there it is necessary to understand the decision-making context of evaluations and study the obstacles and the resistance toward long-term perspectives – as knowledge of that will lay the ground for more effective advocacy. The book is divided into three parts: the first section examines different aspects of methodology and methods. In the next section authors present case studies of long-term evaluations examine their own experiences of such evaluations and discuss difficulties challenges and lessons learned. Cases discussed include: education sector reforms in Sweden local governance reforms in Denmark policy interventions in Southern Italy and Brazil and Paris Declaration Principles of aid effectiveness such as Swedish aid to Tanzania Vietnam Laos and Sri Lanka. Finally the third section sees the authors turn to a set of contextual issues and concluding remarks.  Bringing together a rich collection of insights and a renowned group of experts Long Term Perspectives in Evaluation: Increasing Relevance and Utility constitutes a significant landmark in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367525149

Long Time ComingRacial Inequality In The Nonmetropolitan South 1940-1990 The authors investigate trends in racial inequality in occupational attainment in rural areas of the South since 1940. Drawing on data from the six censuses spanning the last five decades they examine how inequality varies across local areas and how it has changed over time in different local areas. While modest reductions in inequality have been observed in recent decades the authors document that racial inequality in rural areas of the South persists at very high levels to the present day.Guided by structural-demographic theory the authors investigate the connections between inequality and important changes taking place in the economic and social structures of rural communities of the South. They conclude that inequality is linked sometimes in unexpected ways with economic growth urbanization and the decline of agricultural employment the movement of women into the labor force increasing minority educational attainment and changes in racial demography. The authors investigate trends in racial inequality in occupational attainment in rural areas of the South since 1940. Drawing on data from the six censuses spanning the last five decades they examine how inequality varies across local areas and how it has changed over time in different local areas. While modest reductions in inequality have been observed in recent decades the authors document that racial inequality in rural areas of the South persists at very high levels to the present day.Guided by structural-demographic theory the authors investigate the connections between inequality and important changes taking place in the economic and social structures of rural communities of the South. They conclude that inequality is linked sometimes in unexpected ways with economic growth urbanization and the decline of agricultural employment the movement of women into the labor force increasing minority educational attainment and changes in racial demography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429046872

Long Walk to NowhereHuman Trafficking in Post-Mandela South Africa The end of apartheid has triggered massive illegal immigration into South Africa from all parts of Africa and beyond. Along with urbanization and internal migration the end of apartheid has encouraged human smuggling and the trafficking of men women and children into the commercial sex market and various sectors of the economy from mining to agriculture and the service industries. Long Walk to Nowhere analyses the impact of these developments on Nelson Mandela's vision for a democratic South Africa.Frankel explores human rights the political culture public health the criminal justice system and institutional development as South Africa moves into its third decade after liberation. Using migration and human trafficking as barometers for democratic success Frankel establishes that South Africa has become more unstable under two post-Mandela presidencies.The book covers the three major modes of human trafficking—commercial sex trafficking child trafficking and labour trafficking. It also looks at the dynamics of trafficking with a perpetrator-focus the complex issues of dominance and the policy responses in light of South Africa's first comprehensive counter-trafficking legislation designed for implementation in late 2015. Long Walk to Nowhere blends South African experiences with contemporary mass political movements which challenge human rights and good governance on a world-wide basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862837

Long Wavelength Infrared Detectors This timely work presents a comprehensive overview of the development of new generations of infrared detectors based on artificially synthesized quantum structures. The growth of quantum wells and superlattices is well documents in this volume as are the principal new superlattice technologies for long wavelength infrared detection. Featuring insightful contributions from researchers working at the "cutting edge" of this exciting field this volume is sure to become an essential reference for advanced graduate students and researchers alike. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332296

Long-Distance Dependencies This book investigates the theory of locality within the framework of minimalism with a special focus on restructuring and other related phenomena that exhibit an apparent violation of the strictly local conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980044

Long-Distance NationalismDiasporas Homelands and Identities How strong and how significant is the interaction between migrants and homelands in the late 20th century? Have the processes of globalization and transnational interaction produced new forms of nationalism or at least altered the old ones? By using Croatians and Slovenians in Australia as examples this book examines the extent to which migrants are influenced by historical and contemporary processes of migration mediated through political and cultural symbolism. What are the factors which influence the existence nature and intensity of ethno-nationalism in the migrant context? The study analyses both the existence and transmission of ethno-nationalism between migrant settings and homelands and specifically deals with the transmission of ethno-nationalism sentiments across migrant generations. To understand the effects and consequences of long-distance nationalism fully the book proceeds from an analysis of nationalism’s public manifestations to an analysis of the relatively private domain of diasporic ethno-communal existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269156

Longer Lasting ProductsAlternatives To The Throwaway Society The present economic system requires us to consume and throw away more and more goods. Yet often it's our desire and the best interests of the environment for these goods to last. The contributors to this book who comprise many of the most significant international thinkers in the field explore how longer lasting products could offer enhanced value while reducing environmental impacts. If we created fewer but better quality products looked after them carefully and invested more in repair renovation and upgrading would this direct our economy onto a more sustainable course? The solution sounds simple yet it requires a seismic shift in how we think whether as producers or consumers and our voracious appetite for novelty. The complex range of issues associated with product life-spans demands a multidisciplinary approach. The book covers historical context design engineering marketing law government policy consumer behaviour and systems of provision. It addresses the whole range of consumer durables - vehicles kitchen appliances audio-visual equipment and other domestic products furniture and floor coverings hardware garden tools clothing household textiles recreational goods and DIY goods - as well as the re-use of packaging. Longer Lasting Products provides policy makers those involved in product design manufacturing and marketing and all of us as consumers with clear and compelling guidance as to how we can move away from a throwaway culture towards an economy sustained by more durable goods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592930

Longing Intimacy and Loneliness This book examines the very basic human need to belong. It looks at the intimacy that is a cornerstone of such belonging and closeness romantic relationships which signify belonging in the Western world and loneliness and love which are inextricably linked to the subject. The book examines these constructs and considers other issues such as the basic human need to belong; the different love styles and how are they expressed; empathy social support and humour and their influence on looseness and romantic elations; loneliness and marital adjustment; the influence of culture on relationships and the loneliness felt by the partner. This book is based on papers that were originally published in the Journal of Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377868

LongingPsychoanalytic Musings on Desire Longing: Psychoanalytic Musings on Desire is a contemporary interdisciplinary exploration of one of psychoanalysis's most foundational and fascinating areas of investigation. This anthology explores the vicissitudes and varieties of desire its public and private normative and transgressive its light and dark expressions. It examines desire in its relational cultural clinical physical sexual and aesthetic forms. Collectively these essays demonstrate an understanding of the difficulties of identifying and realizing desire precisely because it is multiple omnipresent shape-shifting ongoing and perhaps always ultimately unfulfillable. They question whether desire is by definition something that cannot be satisfied and contemplate how we relate to our desires? Interpersonal psychoanalytic practice and theory understands desire not merely as an intrapsychic drive but also as a force shaped by and shaping interpersonal relationships. From within this perspective a number of the contributors examine a broad variety of clinical manifestations of desire as it struggles for expression or suppression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105662

Longinus on the SublimeThe Greek Text Edited After the Manuscript Originally published in 1987 this book contains the full Greek text of Longinus on the Sublime alongside the English translation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137021

Longitudinal AnalysisModeling Within-Person Fluctuation and Change Longitudinal Analysis provides an accessible application-oriented treatment of introductory and advanced linear models for within-person fluctuation and change. Organized by research design and data type the text uses in-depth examples to provide a complete description of the model-building process. The core longitudinal models and their extensions are presented within a multilevel modeling framework paying careful attention to the modeling concerns that are unique to longitudinal data. Written in a conversational style the text provides verbal and visual interpretation of model equations to aid in their translation to empirical research results. Overviews and summaries boldfaced key terms and review questions will help readers synthesize the key concepts in each chapter. Written for non-mathematically-oriented readers this text features: A description of the data manipulation steps required prior to model estimation so readers can more easily apply the steps to their own data An emphasis on how the terminology interpretation and estimation of familiar general linear models relates to those of more complex models for longitudinal data Integrated model comparisons effect sizes and statistical inference in each example to strengthen readers’ understanding of the overall model-building process Sample results sections for each example to provide useful templates for published reports Examples using both real and simulated data in the text along with syntax and output for SPSS SAS STATA and Mplus at www.PilesOfVariance.com to help readers apply the models to their own data The book opens with the building blocks of longitudinal analysis—general ideas the general linear model for between-person analysis and between- and within-person models for the variance and the options within repeated measures analysis of variance. Section 2 introduces unconditional longitudinal models including alternative covariance structure models to describe within-person fluctuation over time and random effects models for within-person change. Conditional longitudinal models are presented in section 3 including both time-invariant and time-varying predictors. Section 4 reviews advanced applications including alternative metrics of time in accelerated longitudinal designs three-level models for multiple dimensions of within-person time the analysis of individuals in groups over time and repeated measures designs not involving time. The book concludes with additional considerations and future directions including an overview of sample size planning and other model extensions for non-normal outcomes and intensive longitudinal data. Class-tested at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln and in intensive summer workshops this is an ideal text for graduate-level courses on longitudinal analysis or general multilevel modeling taught in psychology human development and family studies education business and other behavioral social and health sciences. The book’s accessible approach will also help those trying to learn on their own. Only familiarity with general linear models (regression analysis of variance) is needed for this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415876025

Longitudinal Data AnalysisA Practical Guide for Researchers in Aging Health and Social Sciences This book provides accessible treatment to state-of-the-art approaches to analyzing longitudinal studies. Comprehensive coverage of the most popular analysis tools allows readers to pick and choose the techniques that best fit their research. The analyses are illustrated with examples from major longitudinal data sets including practical information about their content and design. Illustrations from popular software packages offer tips on how to interpret the results. Each chapter features suggested readings for additional study and a list of articles that further illustrate how to implement the analysis and report the results. Syntax examples for several software packages for each of the chapter examples are provided at www.psypress.com/longitudinal-data-analysis. Although many of the examples address health or social science questions related to aging readers from other disciplines will find the analyses relevant to their work. In addition to demonstrating statistical analysis of longitudinal data the book shows how to interpret and analyze the results within the context of the research design. The methods covered in this book are applicable to a range of applied problems including short- to long-term longitudinal studies using a range of sample sizes. The book provides non-technical practical introductions to the concepts and issues relevant to longitudinal analysis. Topics include use of publicly available data sets weighting and adjusting for complex sampling designs with longitudinal studies missing data and attrition measurement issues related to longitudinal research the use of ANOVA and regression for average change over time mediation analysis growth curve models basic and advanced structural equation models and survival analysis. An ideal supplement for graduate level courses on data analysis and/or longitudinal modeling taught in psychology gerontology public health human development family studies medicine sociology social work and other behavioral social and health sciences this multidisciplinary book will also appeal to researchers in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874151

Longitudinal Data with Serial CorrelationA State-Space Approach This monograph is written for students at the graduate level in biostatistics statistics or other disciplines that collect longitudinal data. It concentrates on the state space approach that provides a convenient way to compute likelihoods using the Kalman filter. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367450083

Longitudinal Models in the Behavioral and Related Sciences This volume reviews longitudinal models and analysis procedures for use in the behavioral and social sciences. Written by distinguished experts in the field the book presents the most current approaches and theories and the technical problems that may be encountered along the way. Readers will find new ideas about the use of longitudinal analysis in solving problems that arise due to the specific nature of the research design and the data available.  Longitudinal Models in the Behavioral and Related Sciences opens with the latest theoretical developments. In particular the book addresses situations that arise due to the categorical nature of the data issues related to state space modeling and potential problems that may arise from network analysis and/or growth-curve data. The focus of part two is on the application of longitudinal modeling in a variety of disciplines. The book features applications such as heterogeneity on the patterns of a firm’s profit on house prices and on delinquent behavior; non-linearity in growth in assessing cognitive aging; measurement error issues in longitudinal research; and distance association for the analysis of change. Part two clearly demonstrates the caution that should be taken when applying longitudinal modeling as well as in the interpretation of the results. This new volume is ideal for advanced students and researchers in psychology sociology education economics management medicine and neuroscience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091655

Longitudinal Multivariate Psychology This volume presents a collection of chapters focused on the study of multivariate change. As people develop and change multivariate measurement of that change and analysis of those measures can illuminate the regularities in the trajectories of individual development as well as time-dependent changes in population averages. As longitudinal data have recently become much more prevalent in psychology and the social sciences models of change have become increasingly important. This collection focuses on methodological statistical and modeling aspects of multivariate change and applications of longitudinal models to the study of psychological processes. The volume is divided into three major sections: Extension of latent change models Measurement and testing issues in longitudinal modeling and Novel applications of multivariate longitudinal methodology. It is intended for advanced students and researchers interested in learning about state-of-the-art techniques for longitudinal data analysis as well as understanding the history and development of such techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064232

Longitudinal Research in Occupational Health Psychology Occupational health psychology (OHP) involves the application of psychology to improving the quality of work life and to promoting and protecting the safety health and well-being of employees. Achieving these aims requires researchers and practitioners to possess in-depth knowledge of the processes that are presumed to bring about the desired outcomes. To date most studies in OHP have relied on cross-sectional designs in examining these processes. In such designs all variables of interest are measured simultaneously. Although this has generated useful insights in how particular phenomena are associated such designs cannot be trusted when it comes to drawing causal inferences: association is not causation. This book therefore focuses on longitudinal research designs in OHP whereby the concepts of interest are measured several times offering much stronger evidence for causal relationships. The authors focus on design issues in longitudinal research (such as the number of measurements chosen and the length of the time lags between these measurements) and illustrate these issues in the context of applied research on topics such as the work-family interface conflict at work and employee well-being. By doing so this volume provides a state-of-the-art overview of current research in OHP both in terms of its findings and methodologies. This book is based on a special issue of the journal Work & Stress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098954

Longitudinal Structural Equation Modeling Featuring actual datasets as illustrative examples this book reveals numerous ways to apply structural equation modeling (SEM) to any repeated-measures study. Initial chapters lay the groundwork for modeling a longitudinal change process from measurement design and specification issues to model evaluation and interpretation. Covering both big-picture ideas and technical ""how-to-do-it"" details the author deftly walks through when and how to use longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis longitudinal panel models (including the multiple-group case) multilevel models growth curve models and complex factor models as well as models for mediation and moderation. User-friendly features include equation boxes that clearly explain the elements in every equation end-of-chapter glossaries and annotated suggestions for further reading. The companion website (www.guilford.com/little-materials) provides datasets for all of the examples--which include studies of bullying adolescent students' emotions and healthy aging--with syntax and output from LISREL Mplus and R (lavaan). Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462510160

Longitudinal Structural Equation Modeling with MplusA Latent State-Trait Perspective An in-depth guide to executing longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and structural equation modeling (SEM) in Mplus this book uses latent state–trait (LST) theory as a unifying conceptual framework including the relevant coefficients of consistency occasion specificity and reliability. Following a standard format chapters review the theoretical underpinnings strengths and limitations of the various models; present data examples; and demonstrate each model's application and interpretation in Mplus with numerous screen shots and output excerpts. Coverage encompasses both traditional models (autoregressive change score and growth curve models) and LST models for analyzing single- and multiple-indicator data. The book discusses measurement equivalence testing intensive longitudinal data modeling and missing data handling and provides strategies for model selection and reporting of results. User-friendly features include special-topic boxes chapter summaries and suggestions for further reading. The companion website features data sets annotated syntax files and output for all of the examples. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538782

Longitudinal Structural Equation ModelingA Comprehensive Introduction This comprehensive resource reviews structural equation modeling (SEM) strategies for longitudinal data to help readers see which modeling options are available for which hypotheses. The author demonstrates how SEM is related to other longitudinal data techniques throughout. By exploring connections between models readers gain a better understanding of when to choose one analysis over another. The book explores basic models to sophisticated ones including the statistical and conceptual underpinnings that are the building blocks of the analyses.  Accessibly written research examples from the behavioral and social sciences and results interpretations are provided throughout. The emphasis is on concepts and practical guidance for applied research rather than on mathematical proofs. New terms are highlighted and defined in the glossary. Figures are included for every model along with detailed discussions of model specification and implementation issues.  Each chapter also includes examples of each model type comment sections that provide practical guidance model extensions and recommended readings. Highlights include: Covers the major SEM approaches to longitudinal analysis in one resource. Explores connections between longitudinal SEM models to enhance integration.  Numerous examples that help readers match research questions to appropriate analyses and interpret results. Reviews practical issues related to model specification and estimation to reinforce connections.  Analyzes continuous and discrete (binary and ordinal) variables throughout for breadth not found in other sources. Reviews key SEM concepts for those who need a refresher (Ch. 1).  Emphasizes how to apply and interpret each model through realistic data examples. Provides the book’s data sets at www.longitudinalsem.com along with the Mplus and R-lavaan syntax used to generate the results. Introduces the LISREL notation system used throughout (Appendix A).  The chapters can be read out of order but it is best to read chapters 1 – 4 first because most of the later chapters refer back to them. The book opens with a review of latent variables and analysis of binary and ordinal variables. Chapter 2 applies this information to assessing longitudinal measurement invariance.  SEM tests of dependent means and proportions over time points are explored in Chapter 3 and stability and change difference scores and lagged regression are covered in Chapter 4. The remaining chapters are each devoted to one major type of longitudinal SEM -- repeated measures analysis models full cross-lagged panel models and simplex models modeling stability with state-trait models linear and nonlinear growth curve models latent difference score models latent transition analysis time series analysis survival analysis and attrition. Missing data is discussed in the context of many of the preceding models in Chapter 13.  Ideal for graduate courses on longitudinal (data) analysis advanced SEM longitudinal SEM and/or advanced data (quantitative) analysis taught in the behavioral social and health sciences this text also appeals to researchers in these fields. Intended for those without an extensive math background prerequisites include familiarity with basic SEM. Matrix algebra is avoided in all but a few places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848726970

Longitudinal Studies of CreativityA Special Issue of creativity Research Journal SAME BLURB AS PART I--SEE RECORD #2838 Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203063330

Longman Anthology of Old English Old Icelandic and Anglo-Norman Literatures The Longman Anthology of Old English Old Icelandic and Anglo-Norman Literatures provides a scholarly and accessible introduction to the literature which was the inspiration for many of the heroes of modern popular culture from The Lord of the Rings to The Chronicles of Narnia and which set the foundations of the English language and its literature as we know it today. Edited translated and annotated by the editors of Beowulf and Other Stories the anthology introduces readers to the rich and varied literature of Britain Scandinavia and France of the period in and around the Viking Age. Ranging from the Old English epic Beowulf through to the Anglo-Norman texts which heralded the transition Middle English thematically organised chapters present elegies eulogies laments and followed by material on the Viking Wars in the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle Vikings gods and Icelandic sagas and a final chapter on early chivalry introduces the new themes and forms which led to Middle English literature including Arthurian Romances and Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.Laying out in parallel text format selections from the most important Old English Old Icelandic and Anglo-Norman works this anthology presents translated and annotated texts with useful bibliographic references prefaced by a headnote providing useful background and explanation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408247709

Longman Companion to Britain in the Era of the Two World Wars 1914-45 The In the momentous period -- barely 30 years -- covered by this systematic reference/guide the Edwardian world was transformed unrecognisably through war technological progress and social change into the Nuclear Age. It saw the coming of mass democracy the apogee of empire the Depression the threat of fascism the development of suburban society and as yet scarcely understood the end of Britain's international hegemony. Andrew Thorpe's superb contribution to the Companions series illuminates all this and much else. It will be indispensable to anyone interested in the history and politics of modern Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165267

Longman Companion to Britain since 1945 This timely new edition of the Longman Companion to Britain since 1945 (compiled by the series editors themselves) provides a wide-ranging compendium of key facts and figures on British history from the start of the landmark Attlee government in 1945 to the final years of the 1990s. The book embraces all major aspects of British history government and society reflecting the massive social political and economic changes that have transformed the face of Britain since the end of the Second World War. Fully revised and updated this new edition covers the advent of Tony Blair the electoral victory of New Labour in 1997 and the major constitutional changes currently underway in Britain. This book will be invaluable to anyone interested in the history and politics of post-war Britain - from students and teachers to party activists and lovers of reader-friendly reference books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161009

Longman Companion to European Decolonisation in the Twentieth Century This new Companion brings together in one single volume all the essential facts and figures relating to European decolonisation in the twentieth century. Professor Chamberlain has taken each European empire in turn (the British French Dutch Portuguese Spanish Belgian and Italian) and for each one she has provided a detailed chronology of the process of decolonisation in the individual states. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165847

Longman Companion to Germany since 1945 This new Companion provides a wealth of information on the history of Germany since the Second World War including much material which is not readily available. Throughout equal attention is devoted to East and West Germany and covers political social cultural and economic developments. The author provides information on for example political parties and office-holders; living standards crime and the environment; Germany's relationship with the European Union; and East Germany up to 1990. Attention is also devoted to topical issues such as opposition and dissent in the East terrorism neo-nazism and racial violence. An essential reference book for anyone studying or teaching postwar Germany in history or politics departments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425293

Longman Companion to Imperial Russia 1689-1917 This is the first book of its kind to draw together information on the major events in Russian history from 1695 to 1917 - covering the eventful period from the accession of Peter the Great to the fall of Nicholas II. Not only is a vast amount of material on key events and topics brought together but the book also contains fascinating background material to convey the reality of life in the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425255

Longman Companion to Slavery Emancipation and Civil Rights This Companion provides the essential background to the defining fate of the African diaspora in the Americas and the Caribbean from the 15th to the 20th centuries. Central to the book are detailed chronologies on the development and decline of the slave trade slavery in colonial North and South America the Caribbean and the United States movements for emancipation and the progress of black civil rights. Separate sections look at the long-running resistance against slavery and the black civil rights movements in the Americas and the Caribbean with a comparative chronology of apartheid in South Africa. Supported by biographies of over 100 key individuals and a full glossary providing definitions of crucial terms expressions ideas and events this is required reading for anyone interested in the historical experience of slavery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167520

Longman Companion to the First World WarEurope 1914-1918  This new Companion covers one of the most devastating conflicts in modern history.  The Great War traumatised a generation and shaped the whole of the twentieth century. Speaking as loudly as any first-hand account the facts and figures laid out in this volume reveal the sheer massive destruction caused by the war. Covering all aspects of the conflict from its origins and course to the peace settlements and the crises they generated Colin Nicolson unravels historical controversies and also considers the social cultural and economic consequences of the war for the whole of Europe. Containing all the essential facts and figures this Companion will be greatly welcomed by teachers academics and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155671

Longman Companion to the Formation of the European Empires 1488-1920 The European empires as they existed from the Age of Discovery until after the First World War shaped the modern world. So great has been their political economic and cultural influence that to fully understand contemporary history and events it is essential to have an understanding of the imperial past.  This book is an impressive achievement. It brings together in one comprehensive volume all the essential facts and figures relating to the process of empire-building by the European powers. It complements the Longman Companion to European Decolonisation in the Twentieth Century by the same author - together they help to explain why different empires had different philosophies dissolved in different ways and left different legacies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161511

Longman Dictionary of Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics This best-selling dictionary is now in its 4th edition. Specifically written for students of language teaching and applied linguistics it has become an indispensible resource for those engaged in courses in TEFL TESOL applied linguistics and introductory courses in general linguistics.    Fully revised this new edition includes over 350 new entries. Previous definitions have been revised or replaced in order to make this the most up-to-date and comprehensive dictionary available.   Providing straightforward and accessible explanations of difficult terms and ideas in applied linguistics this dictionary offers: Nearly 3000 detailed entries from subject areas such as teaching methodology curriculum development sociolinguistics syntax and phonetics.  Clear and accurate definitions which assume no prior knowledge of the subject matter helpful diagrams and tables cross references throughout linking related subject areas for ease of reference and helping to broaden students' knowledgeThe Dictionary of Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics is the definitive resource for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836907

Longman Handbook of Twentieth Century Europe The twentieth century was one of constant upheaval across Europe. The continent saw wars revolutions and the collapse of empires and a range of leading figures from Stolypin and Stalin to Chirac Schroder and Putin. This book provides a detailed yet wide-ranging guide to the turbulent events of twentieth century Europe. Covering the whole period from Tsarist Russia and Imperial Germany to the Balkan Wars of the 1990’s and the final birth of the Euro in 2002 it provides a convenient user-friendly compendium of key fact and figures for the whole of Europe – from the Atlantic to the Urals.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142466

Longman Handbook to Modern British History 1714 - 2001  This compact and accessible reference work provides all the essential facts and figures about major aspects of modern British history from the death of Queen Anne to the end of the 1990s. The Longman Handbook of Modern British History has been extended to include a fully-revised bibliography (reflecting the wealth of newly published material in recent years) the new statistics on social and economic history and an expanded glossary of terms.  The political chronologies have been revised to include the electoral defeat of John Major and the record of New Labour in office. Designed for the student and general reader this highly-successful handbook provides a wealth of varied data within the confines of a single volume. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151512

Long-range Effects of Child and Adolescent Sexual ExperiencesMyths Mores and Menaces Making a unique contribution of placing the current sexual exploitation of children and adolescents firmly in its historical context this book looks at the family's and society's roles in child and adolescent sex abuse. Unlike most previous studies this study allows a range of responses from negative to positive and avoids the methodological problems inherent in many other studies. Most studies combine the age groups of children and adolescents whereas this study separates these different age groups and compares the nature and outcome of sexual experiences of children with those of adolescents. Utilizing sophisticated analytical measures the author's findings repudiate many commonly held assumptions and serve to calm current hysteria regarding sexual abuse of minors. Written to disseminate findings that could be helpful in realistically confronting the phenomenon of human sexuality the results presented in this book dispel many current myths about early sexuality including ethnic differences. The author wanted to separate scientific inquiry from the perpetration of pervading mores or social norms and identify the real menaces to healthy adult functioning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821030

Long-term Care for the Elderly in EuropeDevelopment and Prospects Long-term care is an increasingly important issue in many contemporary welfare states around the globe given ageing populations. This ground-breaking book provides detailed case studies of 11 EU-member states’ welfare regimes within Europe to show how welfare states organize structures and deliver long-term care and whether there is a social investment perspective in the delivery of long-term care. This perspective is important because the effect of demographic transitions is often used as an argument for the existence of economic pressure on welfare states and a need for either direct retrenchment or attempts to reduce welfare state spending. The book’s chapters will look specifically into how different welfare states have focussed on long-term care in recent years and what type of changes have taken place with regard to ageing populations and ambitions to curb increases in public sector spending in this area. They describe the development in long-term care for the elderly after the financial crisis and also discuss the boundaries between state and civil society in the different welfare states' approaches to the delivery of care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494428

Long-Term Care in the 21st CenturyPerspectives from Around the Asia-Pacific Rim Who pays for long-term care? Discover the unique approaches of seven countries around the Pacific Rim!Long-Term Care in the Twenty-First Century discusses policies and programs for long-term care in seven countries around the Asia-Pacific Rim: the United States Canada Japan Australia Singapore Hong Kong and Taiwan. Each country is covered in two chapters one to examine the philosophy and values that underlie its approaches to long-term care the second to discuss its systems of service delivery. These thoughtful analyses backed up with facts and figures explain program successes and failures in the context of demographic and social trends and with reference to the differing political systems across the region. Its breadth of perspective and insightful examination of cultural differences make Long-Term Care in the Twenty-First Century an important contribution to the international comparative study of aging. The programs in the United States Australia and Canada offer a fascinating contrast with the longer-established and very different programs in the Asian countries including Japan the world’s oldest country.Long-Term Care in the Twenty-First Century provides practical information on essential gerontological issues for each country including: financing arrangements development of client classification systems case management in both residential and community-based systems key source documents references and Web sites political and cultural influences home-based and family caregivingThis valuable book provides a critical record of developments in the current transition period. This multicultural perspective contributes a chance for all countries to learn from the experience of others in dealing with a problem that is increasingly important as the world population ages. Long-Term Care in the Twenty-First Century is an essential resource for scholars service providers policymakers and anyone concerned with care of the aged not only in Pacific Rim countries but around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880624

Long-Term Care: Matching Resources and Needs Improving equity and efficiency in the long-term care of older people is an international concern with governments attempting to ensure that policies and practice develop so that resources are used to best effect. This requires good quality evidence founded on sound theory. This volume honours the outstanding contribution of Bleddyn Davies to this field bringing together perspectives of scholars and practitioners from many countries including the UK Australia Hong Kong Japan Sweden and the USA. Contemporary policy dilemmas are considered leavened by professional anecdote. A chapter from Davies himself reflecting on the origins of the PSSRU (Personal Social Services Research Unit) concludes the volume that also features a full listing of his books and monographs which will prove invaluable to those seeking to engage with his contribution to the field. This volume will greatly interest academics in social policy social work gerontology and social care as well as professionals in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138621671

Long-Term Community Recovery from Natural Disasters Today governmental efforts at long-term community recovery from a natural disaster consist primarily of rebuilding the physical artifact of the community. This entails reestablishing vital community services and infrastructure and creating housing to replace that which has been lost. While restoring the built environment of a disaster area is essential alone it is not sufficient to achieve complete recovery. Long-Term Community Recovery from Natural Disasters presents what the authors have learned over two decades from more than two dozen community disasters in and outside the United States. Based on their experiences they provide a set of practical cost-effective steps for both reducing the consequences of extreme natural hazard events on communities and for facilitating community recovery. To achieve long-term recovery it is essential that we understand how communities develop and/or decay in the absence of an extreme natural hazard event. Then by recognizing how these events disrupt "normal" development and change we can determine which parts of the community have to become reestablished or made more functional so that the community can achieve long-term viability. The authors explain how this appreciation of community dynamics and the consequences of extreme natural hazard events enables us to identify those critical points for policy intervention at appropriate levels of government. The combined practical and philosophical insight presented in this book will be valuable not only to policy makers but to scholars as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466593022

Long-Term Governance for Social-Ecological Change The book discusses how to tackle long-term social and ecological problems by using different environmental governance approaches to creating sustainable development. It explores opportunities and requirements for the governance of long-term problems and examines how to achieve a lasting transformation. When investments are made to mitigate climate change or preserve biodiversity future generations can reap benefits from the efforts of the present generation. However long-term social-ecological change towards sustainable development is disrupted by the fact that the costs and benefits of action are seen by different generations. With a global focus that includes case studies from Europe Asia Africa and North America this book attempts to address the difficulty of developing and implementing effective long-term governance solutions. The authors examine what distinguishes long‐term problems from other policy problems what governance responses are available and used and how different governance mechanisms namely economic incentives participation as well as knowledge and learning help to address them. Combining the perspectives on the different governance approaches and featuring cases studies on national regional and global issues Long-Term Governance for Social-Ecological Change will be of interest to policy-makers students and scholars of global environmental governance development sustainability politics economics law and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138496279

Long-Term Imprisonment and Human Rights Prisons and imprisonment have become a commonplace topic in popular culture as the setting and rationale for fiction and documentaries and most people seem to have a clear notion of what it is like in prison ranging from the idea of the prison cell as a cosy nook with fast internet access to that of a dungeon with a hard bed and a diet of bread and water. But what is prison really like? Do prisoners have the same rights as everyone else? What are the similarities and differences between prisons in different European countries? This book answers all of these questions whilst also presenting cutting-edge research on the living conditions of long-term prisoners in Europe and considering whether these conditions meet international human rights standards. Bringing together leading experts in the field with comprehensive coverage of the issues in Belgium Croatia Denmark England Finland France Germany Lithuania Poland Spain and Sweden this book offers the first comparative study on the subject. Whereas past research in this area has concentrated on the Anglo-American experience this book offers a truly comparative European approach and pays due attention to the differences in prison systems between the post-Soviet countries and continental Europe. This book will be key reading for academics and students of criminology criminal justice and penology and will also be of interest to students and practitioners of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666122

Long-Term InvestmentsProject Planning and Appraisal First published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176518

Long-Term Management of Dementia With people living longer dementia is now at the forefront of medical research. In answer to this changing trend Long-Term Management of Dementia presents a stand-alone resource for diagnosis treatment and management issues for the patient suffering from this debilitating disease.Topics covered include:Social legal economic and ethical dilemmas Functional abilities Driving and the dementia patient Hygiene and nutritional concerns Supervision models Medical complicationsNeurologists psychiatrists geriatricians nurses and social workers along with family members of those suffering will find this book a valuable resource for understanding this disorder. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383398

Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation Summarizing state-of-the-art developments in long-term mechanical ventilation use this comprehensive treatise reviews the applications complications and care of breathing disorders affecting the growing population of ventilation-assisted individuals-including neuromuscular and chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (COPD) and chest wall deformities.Qualitatively considers reimbursement options for management outside of acute care settings!Covering both noninvasive ventilation (NIV) and invasive ventilation techniques and procedures Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation provides an epidemiology of long-term mechanical ventilation with a review of recent trends examines the pathophysiological mechanisms contributing to chronic respiratory failure including the pathogenesis and treatment of restrictive thoracic and central hypoventilatory disorders investigates the controversy over conflicting results for NIV management of patients with chronic respiratory failure due to severe stable COPD details critical care for children with severe ventilatory defects such as congenital neuromuscular diseases cystic fibrosis and bronchopulmonary dysplasia chronicles new insights into the role of the upper airway and glottis in determining the effectiveness of NIV considers weaning dependent patients off ventilation and methods of care for different sites using the least complicated and most economical means explores tools for measuring the impact and outcomes of long-term mechanical ventilation and determining patients' quality of life and more!Containing over 1400 literature references tables drawings and photographs Long-Term Mechanical Ventilation is a necessary reference for pulmonary and thoracic specialists chest physicians anesthesiologists physiologists physiatrists and rehabilitation physicians respiratory therapists intensive care specialists and med Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398163

Long-Term Non-Operating Reliability of Electronic Products In today's electronic environment operating reliability for continued daily use of electronic products is essential. This book discusses the reliability of products that lie dormant for long periods of time and are subject to stresses such as humidity ionic contaminants temperature radiation shock and vibration. Non-operating reliability is especially critical for life-saving electronic products such as fire alarm systems standby power sources and burglar alarms. Air bags in automobiles earthquake alarm systems and radiation warning systems in nuclear power plants are also covered. This physics-of-failure approach is also important to maintaining defense hardware such as missiles and munitions systems which often lie dormant for years before being deployed on very short notice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895079

Long-term Process-based Morphological Modeling of Large Tidal BasinsUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis The study presented in this book is a part of a collective effort to bridge the existing gap of our understanding of morphological behavior of tidal basins between engineering and geological time scales by extending the use of coastal engineering tools (process-based models) to geological time scales. The Dutch Waddenzee is chosen as the case study and the working hypothesis that 'If you put enough of the essential physics into the model the most important features of the morphological behavior will come out even at longer time scales' is examined. Through a number of steps this study shows that the working hypothesis is valid and provides a clearer picture of the relation between 'most important features ' and ' the essential physics '. In this study it is shown that a process-based model can be used to simulate long-term morphological changes in tidal basins and produce reasonable results. The result of a very simplified model of the Dutch Waddenzee shows a good qualitative agreement with current pattern of channels and shoals of the Dutch Waddenzee. Also the morphological features of the basins in the simulations follow the data-based equilibrium equations and conceptual models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000223

Long-Term Psychoanalytic Supervision with Donald MeltzerThe Tragedy of Triumph Long-Term Psychoanalytic Supervision with Donald Meltzer is a detailed account of a particularly demanding analysis which Donald Meltzer closely supervised over twelve years. This will enable the reader to closely follow the internal life of a long-term trying analysis. The reader can see how Meltzer’s thoughts had crucially guided the course of this analysis in many of its most challenging moments often redirecting it. By watching things happening the reader is enabled to get a deeper insight into Meltzer's highly complex though outstanding thought. On many particularly important points the author invited Meltzer to give his thoughts and interpretations in his own words as if he himself was the analyst. This provides the reader with a unique opportunity to ‘listen’ to Meltzer verbatim. Long-Term Psychoanalytic Supervision with Donald Meltzer demonstrates the often overwhelming yet fascinating complexities of mental life and will speak to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as those interested in the philosophy of the mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348585

Long-Term Stewardship and the Nuclear Weapons ComplexThe Challenge Ahead Decades of U.S. nuclear weapons production have exacted a heavy environmental toll. The Department of Energy estimates that cleaning up waste and contamination resulting from production activities will cost over $150 billion. Yet even once that money is spent these sites will need long-term attention to assure protection of human health and the environment. In the authors' words stewardship refers to 'institutions information and strategies needed to ensure protection of people and the environment both in the short and the long term.' Probst and McGovern make a compelling case for establishing a formal program of long-term stewardship for contaminated sites. Their report details the requirements of a successful stewardship program and discusses the daunting technical and political challenges facing such efforts including the designation of an institutional home for key stewardship functions. The legacy of environmental damage is considerable; hazardous waste disposal radioactive waste and contaminated facilities are among the problems that will remain after DOE cleanup efforts are complete. Stewardship planning according to Probst and McGovern must start now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164512

Longtime CompanionsAutobiographies of Gay Male Fidelity Longtime Companions: Autobiographies of Gay Male Fidelity provides a sophisticated alternative to “anything goes” gay literature. Challenging the stereotype that gay men are incapable of lasting and successful relationships 15 long-term gay couples share slices of their own lives to give you insight into their present relationships while some discuss life after their mates have passed on. You will find that their stories offer an inspirational and richly fulfilling alternative to an empty life of promiscuity that lacks true love.Through a treasury of autobiographical essays Longtime Companions documents how committed gay male unions can be as enduring nurturing and diverse as heterosexual marriages and proves that loving commitments and life-sharing are not exclusive to heterosexual unions. A celebration of gay diversity this book offers you insights from contributors of different ages professions geographic locations and attitudes. You will learn the intimate details of the couples’lives including: how they met their partners how soon they committed to each other how long the couples have been together--from 14 years to over 50 years their keys to leading successful happy lives the ways in which their relationships fulfill their personal needs and contribute to community lifeYou will come to realize the true strength of these men’s relationships as you share in their struggles within a society that offers them little recognition or support for their successful relationships. Co-editor Alfred Lees explains in the introduction to Longtime Companions “We’ve all worked diligently to make our partnerships sound nurturing and enduring. We’ve done this without any social motivation largely without role models in the face of ‘official’disapproval or contempt. We’ve told our stories here to refute--by the simple facts of our experience--the grotesque misrepresentation of gays as being incapable of stable committed relationships.” Will add more. . . Through a treasury of autobiographical essays Longtime Companions documents how committed gay-male unions can be as enduring nurturing and diverse as heterosexual marriages and proves that loving commitment and life-sharing are not exclusive to heterosexual unions. A celebration of gay diversity contributors vary in age profession geographic location and attitudes. You will learn the intimate details of the couples’lives including: how they met their partners how soon they committed to each other how they managed to collaborate on successful fulfilling lives how some have maintained their commitment as part of an open relationshipYou will come to realize the true strength of these men’s relationships as you share in their struggles within a society that offers them little recognition or support for their successful relationships. Co-Author Alfred Lees explains in the Introduction to Longtime Companions “We’ve all worked diligently to make our partnerships sound nurturing and enduring. We’ve done this without any social innovation largely without role models in the face of ‘official” disapproval or contempt. We’ve told our stories here to refute--by the simple facts of our experience--the grotesque misrepresentation of gays as being incapable of stable committed relationships.” Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809540

Longwall Mining 3rd Edition In the past 13 years since the publication of Longwall Mining 2nd edition in 2006 although there have been no major changes in longwall mining technology and operations many incremental developments in the whole system as well as various subsystems of the existing longwall mining operational technologies as detailed in the 2nd edition have been added to this edition. Major developments are automation and health and safety technology as well as equipment reliability thereby greatly increasing productivity and cutting cost. In particular the longwall system can now run automatically cut by cut forever without operators' intervention provided that the geology allows it. Other health and safety features such as LASC personal proximity detection color lighting automatic shield water sprays and remote shearer control are fully operational. There are more than 7000 sensors installed in current longwall mining systems. The big data obtained and fast communication technology have been fully utilized to improve and solve operational problems in real time. Those features are fully documented in the new edition. In pursuit of high productivity and cutting cost life cycle management that increases equipment reliability has been implemented by OEM. Automation improvement such as tail-end automatic chain tensioner greatly extends AFC chain's service life. Other incremental improvements including dust and methane controls entry development panel design and face move are addressed. Additional operational issues such as extension of panel width and compatibility test are also discussed. Since the last plow longwall mine was closed in 2018 the chapter on plow longwalling has been dropped and in its place Automation of Longwall Components and System is added. Also a new chapter Longwall Top Coal Caving Mining (LTCC) is added due to its successful application in Australia since 2005. Longwall Mining 3rd edition will be of interest to professionals and academics in the field of mining engineering specifically serving both as a reference work and an (under)graduate textbook but will also interest civil geomechanical and geological engineers and rock mechanics professionals as well as coal operators mining consultants researchers equipment manufacturers and government regulators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367201920

Look a Negro!Philosophical Essays on Race Culture and Politics First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870618

Look Back in Gender (Routledge Revivals)Sexuality and the Family in Post-War British Drama In this challenging book first published in 1987 Michelene Wandor looks at the best-known plays in the thirty years prior to publication; from Look Back in Anger onwards. Wandor investigates the representation of the family and different forms of sexuality in these plays and re-reviews them from a perspective that throws into sharp relief the function of gender as an important determinant of plot setting and the portrayal of character. Juxtaposing the period before 1968 when statutory censorship was still in force with the years following its abolition Wandor scrutinises the key plays of among others Osborne Pinter Wesker Arden and Delaney. Each one is analysed in terms of its social context: the influence of World War II the testing of gender roles the development of the Welfare State and changes in family patterns and the impact of feminist Left-wing and gay politics. Throughout the period two generations of playwrights and theatregoers transformed the theatre into a forum in which they could articulate and explore the interaction of their interpersonal relationships with the wider political sphere. These changes are explored in this title which will allow readers to re-evaluate their view of post-war British drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812987

Look East to Act East PolicyImplications for India's Northeast This volume captures the success of India’s Look East Policy (LEP) in promoting economic engagement with neighbouring countries in Asia and simultaneously its limitations in propelling growth in the bordering North Eastern Region — India’s bridge head to South East Asia. It analyses the instrumental role of LEP in bringing a tectonic shift in India’s foreign trade by redirecting the focus from the West to the East thus leading to a fundamental change in the nature of India’s economic interdependence. Besides discussing foreign trade it expounds as to how LEP made India play an important role in the emerging Asian security architecture and liberated Indian foreign policy from being centred on South Asia. The essays also enumerate the reasons for LEP’s failure in the North Eastern Region and chart out actionable programmes for course correction that might be factored into its latest edition — the Act East Policy. This book will interest scholars and researchers of international relations international trade and economics politics and particularly those concerned with Northeast India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138488489

Look for the Union LabelHistory of the International Ladies' Garment Workers' Union This work provides a history of the International Ladies' Garment Workers' Union. Topics covered include: the union's influence on political legislation and global economy; the story of the East European immigrants at the turn of the 20th century; and the union's spirit of social reform. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315286891

Look Who's Laugh:Stud/Gender/C First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315075440

Looking After Children In Primary CareA Companion to the Children's National Service Framework Highly Commended in the 2005 BMA Medical Book Competition The Children's National Service Framework sets standards for children's and young people's services outlining what support should be available to children and their parents in managing and preventing a wide range of conditions and problems. This book is a companion to the Children's (NSF) enabling those that work within the NHS social care and education to the put the NSF into practice in primary care. Contributions throughout from key professionals who were involved in the evolution of the framework help by providing guidance and expertise from the knowledge and background material gained throughout its development. The authors expand on the vision themes and goals published within the NSF and make recommendations for the ways that best practice can be implemented particularly for children's healthcare throughout the UK and anywhere in the Western world. General practitioners child health specialists community nurses and anyone with an interest in or responsibility for the care of children in primary care and the interface with social care and education will find this book invaluable reading. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781857758887

Looking AheadHuman Factors Challenges in A Changing World This volume aims to review some of the recent developments and trends that seem especially relevant to any attempt to understand near-term-future possibilities; to consider what a variety of knowledgeable people are saying about changes and developments that could occur; and to relate the possibilities to needs and opportunities for human factors research. Human factors in this case includes not only the implications of human capabilities and limitations for the design of equipment and machines intended for human use but also applied psychology in a more general sense. In particular it is taken to involve social systems as well as physical ones the interaction of people with the environment as well as with machines the facilitation of communication between people as well as between people and computers and the design of policies and procedures as well as the design of equipment. The author's intention is to focus on anticipated problems -- including opportunities as well as difficulties -- and ask how human factors research might contribute to solutions. It is assumed that there are ways in which such research could be useful in addressing societal problems that the profession has not yet realized and that these are more likely to be recognized in the future if the community is actively seeking to identify them. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064039

Looking at Early Years Education and Care First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315068794

Looking Back in CrimeWhat Happened on This Date in Criminal Justice History? Just as people are captivated by murder mysteries detective stories and legal shows they are also compulsively interested in the history of criminal justice. Looking Back in Crime: What Happened on This Day in Criminal Justice History? features a treasure trove of important dates and significant events in criminal justice history.Offering hundreds of facts with particular relevance to criminal justice this unique textbook is written in a manner that is accessible to students and anyone else interested in the history of criminal justice. It presents at least one significant event for every day of the year; in some instances there are several facts presented for the same date.Among the comprehensive listing of events there are famous and not-so-famous crimes; the development of law enforcement; criminal trials; passages of criminal laws; Supreme Court decisions; important dates related to prisons punishment and corrections; forensic milestones and cultural events that intersect with crime and criminal justice.Offering a unique breadth of coverage the book adopts an interesting and engaging style to inspire enthusiasm in the classroom. It is suitable for use as a supplemental text in criminal justice history courses or as a main text in special issues courses.With this book students will learn about hundreds of events that usually cannot be covered in depth in any typical criminal justice class. The book provides students with a better sense of history in terms of crime law enforcement and the justice system as well as an understanding of specific events and circumstances in the history and development of today’s criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599195

Looking Back into the FutureIdentity and Insurgency in Northeast India The book examines questions of identity ethnicity sovereignty and insurgency in northeastern India and especially on Assam and its neighbourhood. Written by an academic-journalist the various articles situate these in their larger social economic political and above all historical context the last being especially important in their becoming a part of colonial India relatively late well after colonial control was established in the rest of India. Based on close ground level experience involving extensive travel and interaction with the people this collection is the result of a long journalistic career spanning nearly 50 years in the northeast region. Written in simple lucid language the essays cover a range of themes including culture belief and identity; homeland and language politics; and insurgency and separatism. The volume also achieves a uniquely dual historical value – while the articles themselves include a lot of historical information tracing the roots of the various issues discussed the articles themselves range from 1974 to 2010 providing the modern reader with a series of historical moments captured in their immediacy. Of interest to students academics researchers in politics peace & conflict studies politics sociology history language those interested in northeast India policy-makers cultural studies etc. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662445

Looking Back on India Hubert Evans' fascinating memior recounts his time in India and the people and events which shaped the history of the subcontinent. A must read for anyone interested in the history of India and the inner workings of the Raj. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980051

Looking Back to the Future1990-1970 First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078625

Looking Backward Moving ForwardConfronting the Armenian Genocide The decades separating our new century from the Armenian Genocide the prototype of modern-day nation-killings have fundamentally changed the political composition of the region. Virtually no Armenians remain on their historic territories in what is today eastern Turkey. The Armenian people have been scattered about the world. And a small independent republic has come to replace the Armenian Soviet Socialist Republic which was all that was left of the homeland as the result of Turkish invasion and Bolshevik collusion in 1920. One element has remained constant. Notwithstanding the eloquent compelling evidence housed in the United States National Archives and repositories around the world successive Turkish governments have denied that the predecessor Young Turk regime committed genocide and like the Nazis who followed their example sought aggressively to deflect blame by accusing the victims themselves.This volume argues that the time has come for Turkey to reassess the propriety of its approach and to begin the process that will allow it move into a post-genocide era. The work includes "Genocide: An Agenda for Action " Gijs M. de Vries; "Determinants of the Armenian Genocide " Donald Bloxham; "Looking Backward and Forward " Joyce Apsel; "The United States Response to the Armenian Genocide " Simon Payaslian; "The League of Nations and the Reclamation of Armenian Genocide Survivors " Vahram L. Shemmassian; "Raphael Lemkin and the Armenian Genocide " Steven L. Jacobs; "Reconstructing Turkish Historiography of the Armenian Massacres and Deaths of 1915 " Fatma Muge Go;cek; "Bitter-Sweet Memories; "The Armenian Genocide and International Law " Joe Verhoeven; "New Directions in Literary Response to the Armenian Genocide " Rubina Peroomian; "Denial and Free Speech " Henry C. Theriault; "Healing and Reconciliation " Ervin Staub; "State and Nation " Raffi K. Hovannisian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786994

Looking Beyond BorderlinesNorth America's Frontier Imagination American territorial borders have undergone significant and unparalleled changes in the last decade. They serve as a powerful and emotionally charged locus for American national identity that correlates with the historical idea of the frontier. But the concept of the frontier so central to American identity throughout modern history has all but disappeared in contemporary representation while the border has served to uncomfortably fill the void left in the spatial imagination of American culture.This book focuses on the shifting relationship between borders and frontiers in North America specifically the ways in which they have been imaged and imagined since their formation in the 19th century and how tropes of visuality are central to their production and meaning. Rodney links ongoing discussions in political geography and visual culture in new ways to demonstrate how contemporary American borders exhibit security as a display strategy that is resisted and undermined through a variety of cultural practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367871758

Looking Beyond ProfitSmall Shareholders and the Values Imperative In this revealing book Peggy Chiu argues against the common belief that maximizing wealth is the primary concern of ordinary small shareholders when they make their share-buying decisions. This fascinating in-depth study of small shareholders provides both theoretical and empirical insights into their personal values and attitudes to corporate social responsibility (CSR). The author establishes that personal values are a major influence on decisions about the type of investments people make and about which companies they choose to invest in. Financial risk and return are far from being the only factors that determine small shareholders' investment decisions - irresponsible behaviour is not acceptable and will not attract investment from this significant group. Looking Beyond Profit is an essential book not just for encouraging investment managers to look more closely at their environmental impacts but for finance advisers and all concerned with corporate governance either as practitioners researchers business educators or students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315592954

Looking Beyond the RunwayAirlines Innovating with Best Practices while Facing Realities The global airline industry facing significant changes and discontinuity is prompted and forced to deal with a "new normal." Who would have imagined a few years ago that: - a significant percentage of consumers in the US now prefer to fly low-cost airlines instead of full-service airlines because they perceive the product to be better - airlines would generate up to a third of their total income from non-ticket revenue - many low-cost airlines would add complexity to their original simple business models through the development of code-share agreements the use of global distribution systems and travel agents to distribute their seats - Jetstar a low-cost subsidiary of Qantas would grow faster and be more profitable than its parent - a survey carried out by Ryanair would show that 42 percent of passengers would be willing to stand on short (one hour) flights if they could pay 50 percent less than seated passengers - passengers could pay as little as US$2 000 for a transatlantic Business Class ticket on top-brand airlines - Lufthansa would have ownership in airlines based in Austria Belgium Italy Switzerland Turkey the UK and the US and that it would continue to pursue equity ownership in airlines based in Poland and Scandinavia or - the Japanese and Canadian governments would struggle to find different ways to bail out their heretofore flag carriers? To deal with this upcoming "new normal" airlines have to go beyond their short-term circumstantial strategies - they need strategic renewal of their ageing business model. In this candidly-written book Nawal Taneja explains what will separate the winners from the losers. He maintains the leaders will be the airlines that: (1) exploit this crisis-driven change to their best advantage (2) learn to work around the airline-inherent constraints that prevent them from running their businesses just like other businesses (3) learn from successes and failures of other global enterprises (4) sharpen their business intelligence analytics and strategic agility and (5) proactively explore the "pockets of growth" in this emerging-markets century. To help airline executives become informed of new competitive games the author analyzes numerous business sectors such as auto hospitality retail technology and entertainment. For example relevant lessons can be learned from the strategic mistakes made by the US automakers. Likewise emergent and compelling insights can be gained in superior customer experience from Ritz Carlton and Zappos and in value-creating innovation from Cirque du Soleil and Zipcar. The book also features a multitiude of forewords from airlines and related businesses to provide readers with multiple perspectives on the changing landscape in the global airline industry. Nawal Taneja is a career analyst of the global airline industry with wide-ranging experience in the aviation industry academia and public policy. Encouraged by industry executives he has written five other books for practitioners in the global airline industry including FASTEN YOUR SEATBELT: The Passenger is Flying the Plane and Flying Ahead of the Airplane. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250205

Looking for GroundCountertransference and the Problem of Value in Psychoanalysis Despite a half-century of literature documenting the experience and meanings of countertransference in analytic practice the concept remains a source of controversy. For Peter Carnochan this can be addressed only by revisiting historical epistemological and moral issues intrinsic to the analytic enterprise. Looking for Ground is the first attempt to provide a comprehensive understanding of countertransference on the basis of a contemporary reappraisal of just such foundational assumptions.      Carnochan begins by reviewing the history of the psychoanalytic encounter and how it has been accompanied by changes in the understanding of countertransference. He skillfully delineates the complexities that underlie Freud's apparent proscription of countertransference before tracing the broadening of the concept in the hands of later theorists. Part II examines the problem of epistemology in contemporary analytic practice.  The answer to this apparent quandary he holds resides in a contemporary appreciation of affect which rather than merely limiting or skewing perception forms an essential "promontory" for human knowing. The final section of Looking for Ground takes up what Carnochan terms the "moral architecture" of psychoanalysis. Rejecting the claim that analysis operates in a realm outside conventional accounts of value he argues that the analytic alternative to traditional moralism is not tantamount to emancipation from the problem of morality.       With wide-ranging scholarship and graceful writing Carnochan refracts the major theoretical and clinical issues at stake in contemporary psychoanalytic debates through the lens of countertransference - its history its evolution its philosophical ground its moral dimensions.  He shows how the examination of countertransference provides a unique and compelling window through which to apprehend and reappraise those basic claims at the heart of the psychoanalytic endeavor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005570

Looking for Insight Transformation and Learning in Online Talk Looking for Insight Transformation and Learning in Online Talk is a comprehensive guide to analyzing digital interaction in formal and informal online spaces. The book establishes a new research framework for addressing major challenges that have arisen as social exchanges meaning-making and knowledge-building increasingly take place in social media discussion forums and online communities. With a focus on methodological alignment to support valid and trustworthy knowledge claims the authors present a series of design decisions to help researchers: frame their object of interest and unpack underlying assumptions understand key differences between researcher-influenced and pre-existing online talk ethically extract and organize data for analysis apply rigorous qualitative quantitative and computational methods to answer their research questions Written for scholars in education business communication media studies health sciences political sciences and beyond this is a thorough approach to the research methods and concerns essential to the study of talk in online contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240582

Looking for Mr. NobodyThe Secret Life of Goronwy Rees Goronwy Rees (1909-1979) was one of the most gifted and promising figures in the constellation of British poets journalists and intellectuals of the 1930s that included Louis MacNeice W. H. Auden C. Day Lewis Isaiah Berlin and Anthony Blunt. Like many liberals of his generation he was shocked by the effects of the Depression and correspondingly sympathetic to the Communist regime in Russia. Guy Burgess of the Cambridge spies--Burgess Maclean Philby and Blunt admitted his espionage to Rees. His association with Burgess was to blight the rest of Rees's life.</p> When Burgess defected in 1951 and Rees denounced him to MI5 Rees was viewed more as a spy out to save his own skin than as an honorable citizen. His anonymous sensationalist articles in The People denouncing Burgess's political activities and all but naming names condemned him with the British intellectual community--not for his politics but for his betrayal of a friend. Colleagues and acquaintances accused him of trying to initiate a McCarthyite witch-hunt. He lost his job. His academic career was ruined. In Looking for Mr. Nobody Jenny Rees deals with many of the old charges made against her father in her search for the answer to her own question "Was he too a spy?" Had he joined up with Burgess and Blunt and passed secrets to the Soviet Union? Her quest for the truth reveals a fascinating portrait of a brilliant but flawed man of letters handsome and seductively charming caught up in the radical political commitments of the 1930s Communist Party membership and his tortured relationship with the notorious Cambridge spies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351320528

Looking for the OtherFeminism Film and the Imperial Gaze What happens when white people look at non-whites? What happens when the gaze is returned? Looking for the Other responds to criticisms leveled at white feminist film theory of the 1970s and 1980s for its neglect of issues to do with race. It focuses attention on the male gaze across cultures as illustrated by women filmmakers of color whose films deal with travel. Looking relations are determined by history tradition myth; by national identity power hierarchies politics economics geographical and other environment. Travel implicitly involves looking at and looking relations with peoples different from oneself. Featured films include Birth of a Nation The Cat People Home of the Brave Black Narcissus Chocolat and Warrior Marks. Featured filmmakers include D.W.Griffith Jacques Tourneur Michael Powell Julie Dash Pratibha Parmar Trinh T. Min-ha and Claire Denis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699614

Looking for Work in Post-Socialist ChinaGovernance Active Job Seekers and the New Chinese Labour Market Unemployment is one of the most politically explosive issues in China and has gained further prominence as a result of the present global financial crisis. The novelty urgency and complexity of Chinese unemployment have compelled the government to experiment with policy initiatives that originate in the West. This book argues that although China is not a liberal democracy it has turned to neo-liberal forms of governance to deal with unemployment which now function alongside pre-existing Chinese modes of governance. This book examines the initiatives which represent China’s attempt to institutionalize and humanize its approach to governance: these initiatives include training programmes; counselling; a web-based national labour-market information network; insurance; and using community (shequ) organizations as the base for new mechanisms of governance and informal job generation. Based on extensive original research including semi-structured interviews the book discusses the ways in which the government combines the new techniques with old campaign-style policy techniques.  The author argues that these multiple modes of governance make the state's power visible in the new Chinese labour market and at the same time run the risk of policy incoherence or even failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415726269

Looking in Classrooms Looking in Classrooms uses educational psychological and social science theories and classroom-based research to teach future classroom teachers about the complexities and demands of classroom instruction. While maintaining the core approach of the first ten editions the book has been thoroughly revised and updated with new research-based content on teacher evaluation self-assessment and decision-making; special emphases on teaching students from diverse ethnic cultural class and gender-identity contexts; and rich suggestions for integrating technology into classroom instruction. Widely considered to be the most comprehensive and authoritative source available on effective successful teaching Looking in Classrooms synthesizes the knowledge base on student motivation classroom management teacher expectations teacher effectiveness adaptive instruction for individual learners and informative observational techniques for enhancing teaching. It addresses key topics in classroom instruction in an accessible fashion promoting easy intepretation and transfer to practice and articulates the roles of teacher-centered pedagogy student-centered instruction and project-based learning in today‘s classroom. Guided by durable historical knowledge as well as dynamic emerging conceptions of teaching this text is ideal for undergraduate teacher training programs and for masters-level courses for teachers administrators and superintendents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646537

Looking InThe Art of Viewing First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699645

Looking into Later LifeA Psychoanalytic Approach to Depression and Dementia in Old Age This book belongs to a long tradition at the Tavistock Clinic of work focused on the mental and emotional well-being of the elderly. It applies psychoanalytic thinking to areas that have generally attracted very little sustained attention over the years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325428

Looking into Special EducationA synthesis of key themes and concepts Contemporary and stimulating Looking into Special Education provides an engaging overview of the key areas of special education with each chapter providing valuable insight into the nature and practice of special education today. Aiding understanding and acting as a framework for further study thought and practice this innovative new book concerns a wide range of disabilities and disorders and is international in scope. Chapters discuss: The historical dimensions of special education How to engage with the structural frameworks (legal and definitional issues) of special education today The philosophical foundations of special education including positivism Criticisms of special education and a consideration of future trends The fundamentals of evidence-based practice and how professional judgement is used The benefits of multi-professional collaboration Organisational issues of mainstreaming and special schooling. Including further reading material and ‘concluding thinking points’ at the end of each thought-provoking chapter Looking into Special Education will be of particular use to professionals and students of special education and related fields looking to enrich their understanding and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717304

Looking QueerBody Image and Identity in Lesbian Bisexual Gay and Transgender Communities Looking Queer: Body Image in Lesbian Bisexual Gay and Transgender Communities contains research firsthand accounts poetry theory and journalistic essays that address and outline the special needs of sexual minorities when dealing with eating disorders and appearance obsession. Looking Queer will give members of these communities hope insight and information into body image issues helping you to accept and to love your body. In addition scholars health care professionals and body image activists will not only learn about queer experiences and identity and how they affect individuals but will also understand how some of the issues involved affect society as a whole. Dismantling the myth that body image issues affect only heterosexual women Looking Queer explores body issues based on gender race class age and disability. Furthermore this groundbreaking book attests to the struggles pain and triumph of queer people in an open and comprehensive manner. More than 60 contributors provide their knowledge and personal experiences in dealing with body image issues exclusive to the gay and transgender communities including: exploring and breaking down the categories of gender and sexuality that are found in many body image issues finding ways to heal yourself and your community discovering what it means to “look like a dyke” or to “look gay” fearing fat as a sign of femininity determining what race has to do with the gay ideal discussing the stereotyped ”double negative”--being a fat lesbian learning strategies of resistance to societal ideals critiquing ”the culture of desire” within gay men’s communities that emphasizes looks above everything elseRevealing new and complex dimensions to body image issues Looking Queer not only discusses the struggles and hardships of gay lesbian bisexual and transgendered persons but looks at the processes that can lead to acceptance of oneself. Written by both men and women the topics and research in Looking Queer offer insight into the lives of people you can relate to enabling you to learn from their experiences so you too can find joy and happiness in accepting your body.Visit Dawn Atkin’s website at: http://home.earthlink.net/~dawn_atkins/ Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047477

Looking Through Freud's Photos A moody Freud posed against a background of holiday pictures pinned to a wall; or lurking at the very edge of a large family group; or lost in a crowd of nineteenth-century scientists. These snapshots or posed portraits not only tell stories they also carry a specific emotional charge. The earlier essays in this book follow traces of Freud's early years through the evidence of such album photographs; the later essays use them to reconstruct the stories of various family members. An unknown photo of his half-brother Emanuel initiates an investigation into the Manchester Freuds. An identity photo of his daughter Anna and the document to which it is attached throw light on the critical final days of her trip to England in 1914. A faded idyllic print of children playing evolves into a discussion of Ernst Freud's luck and childhood. The suicide of Anna's artist cousin Tom Seidmann Freud emerges from a snap of her infant daughter Angela. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200048

LoopholesReading Comically Much writing about comedy tends to begin and end with Aristotle's claim that comedy is inferior to tragedy trivializing comedy as cheap or as a temporary distraction from things that "really matter." Such writing either presents exhaustive taxonomies of kinds of humor—like wit puns jokes humor satire irony—or engages in pointless political endgames moral dialogues or philosophical perceptions. Comedy is rarely presented as a mode of thought in its own right as a way of understanding not something to be understood.John Bruns' guiding assumption is that comedy is not simply a literary or theatrical genre to be differentiated from tragedy or from romance but a certain way of disclosing perhaps undoing the way the world is organized. When we view the world in terms of what is incompatible we are reading comically. In this sense comedy exists outside the alternatives of tragic and comic.Loopholes argues that trivialization of comedy comes from fear that it will address our anxieties with honesty—and it is this truth that scares us. John Bruns discusses comedy as a mode of thought with a cognitive function. It is a domain of human understanding a domain far more troubling and accessible than we care to acknowledge. To "read comically" we must accept our fears. If we do so we will realize what Bruns refers to as the most neglected premise of comedy that the world itself is a loophole—both incomplete and limitless. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852517

Loos and Schinkel: The Metropolis the Individual and the Collective Historians and critics of Adolf Loos have repeatedly noted the influence that Karl Friedrich Schinkel had on the Austrian architect and indeed Loos himself made a direct reference to the importance of the German architect for the development of contemporary architecture and education. Rather than focussing on Loos’s relation to Schinkel through a systematic analysis of projects this book places the relation between the two master architects within a larger-frame comparative approach. It makes a parallel examination of Schinkel and Loos’s strategies in regard to the metropolis or Großstadt. Referring to theories of Pier Vittorio Aureli and Camillo Sitte Schmarsow and Merleau’s Ponty sets the two architects within their urban context - in Schinkel’s case it is a city on the verge on becoming the industrial metropolis; in the case of Loos it is the fin-de-siecle world metropolis marked by Wagner Kokoshska and Freud. The book is divided into two sections each consisting of two essays about Schinkel and two essays about Loos. The first section examines their concern for the city at large and their views on the Baroque and the classical and their ideas for the transformations of the modern bourgeois city. The second section of the book analyses Schinkel’s and Loos’s works in light of the traditional conflict between the individual and the collective that characterize the large city and the metropolis in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472476609

Loose Boundary Hydraulics This text looks at sediment transport two-phase flow and loose boundary hydraulics which are some of the names used to identify problems of interaction between fluid flow (water or air) and its boundaries that may be non-cohesive (alluvial) or cohesive. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077800

Loose Fit CityThe Contribution of Bottom-Up Architecture to Urban Design and Planning Drawn from a lifetime’s experience of shared city-making from the bottom up within rapidly expanding urban metabolisms in Delhi Mumbai Agra Kathmandu West Africa and London Loose Fit City is about the ways in which city residents can learn through making to engage with the dynamic process of creating their own city. It looks at the nature and processes involved in loosely fitting together elements made by different people at different scales and times with different intentions into a civic entity which is greater than the sum of its parts. It shows how bottom-up learning through making can create a more vibrant and democratic city than the more flattened top-down centrally planned factory made version. Loose Fit City provides a new take on the subject of architecture defined as the study and practice of fitting together physical and cultural topography. It provides a comprehensive view of how the fourth dimension of time fits loosely together with the three spatial dimensions at different scales within the human horizon so as to layer meaning and depth within the places and metabolism of the city fabric. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692145

LootThe Plundered Heritage This brief jolting film shows the hidden cost to the heritage of Latin American peoples caused by the trade in Precolumbian art by western museums and collectors. Archaeologists Arlen and Diane Chase show how the damage to archaeological sites done by looting belies claims that collecting ancient art helps preserve the past. They show the remains of looted tombs at the site of Caracol Belize and document the important information about the Maya past destroyed by looters. The film achieves balance by offering divergent perspectives on the topic providing a forum for art dealers and collectors as well as documenting the perspectives of museum curators and government ministers assigned to protect culture. Designed for students in courses in archaeology heritage museology and art history this video graphically shows the critical link between the beautiful objects in museums and on collectors’ shelves and the destruction of heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322613

Lorca in EnglishA History of Manipulation through Translation Lorca in English examines the evolution of translations of Federico García Lorca into English as a case of rewriting and manipulation through politically and ideologically motivated translation. As new translations of Federico García Lorca continue to appear in the English-speaking world and his literary reputation continues to be rewritten through these successive re-translations this book explores the reasons for this constant desire to rewrite Lorca since the time of his murder right into the 21st century. From his representation as the quintessential Spanish Republican martyr to his adoption through translation by the Beat Generation to his elevation to iconic status within the Queer Studies movement this volume analyzes the reasons for this evolution and examines the current direction into which this canonical author is heading in the English-speaking world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367262150

Lorca’s LegacyEssays in Interpretation In Lorca’s Legacy Jonathan Mayhew explores multiple aspects of the creative and critical afterlife of Federico García Lorca the most internationally recognized Spanish poet and playwright of the twentieth century. Lorca is an iconic and charismatic figure who has evoked the admiration and fascination of musicians poets painters and playwrights across the world since his tragic assassination by right-wing forces in 1936 at the onset of the Spanish Civil War. This volume ranges widely discussing his influence on American theater his much-debated lecture on the duende his delayed encounter with queer theory his influence on contemporary Spanish poetry and other relevant topics. The critical literature on Lorca is vast and original contributions are comparatively rare but Mayhew has found a way to shed fresh light on his legacy by looking with a critical eye at the creative transformations of his life and work both in Spain and abroad. Lorca’s Legacy celebrates the wealth of material inspired by Lorca bringing to bear a sophisticated theoretically informed critical perspective. This book will be of enormous interest to anyone interested in the international projection of Spanish literature or anyone who has felt the fascination of Lorca’s duende. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666699

Lord Alfred TennysonThe Critical Heritage First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867870

Lord and Peasant in Nineteenth Century Britain First published in 1980 this book looks at the social structure of 18th and 19th century rural Britain. It is particularly concerned with the relationship of landlord and peasant in the rural village and examines the open-closed model of English rural social structure in great depth. In doing so it explores the ways in which the estate system influenced urban development and how the peasant system facilitated the industrialisation of many villages. This book will be of particular interest to students of Victorian and social history industrialisation and urbanisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138656161

Lord and PharaohCarnarvon and the Search for Tutankhamun Both born to power and wealth and raised by courtiers they lived lives of aristocrats and landowners in poor health and with uncertain futures. Though they lived over 3000 years apart the lives of Egyptian King Tutankhamun and the fifth Lord Carnarvon share many parallels not the least of which was Carnarvon’s sponsorship of the team that found the pharaoh’s tomb in the Valley of the Kings. Brian Fagan’s narrative expertly weaves these two lives together showing similarities and differences between these two powerful men. -Both figures are placed in their historical context showing the political and social machinations of 18th Dynasty Egypt and 20th century archaeological exploration in Egypt.-Grounded in historical and archaeological research the two figures are made to come alive as real people.-An Afterword by the author shows archaeologists how to tell research stories that are accessible to a wider audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581514

Lord Burghley and Episcopacy 1577-1603 Lord Burghley and Episcopacy 1577-1603 examines the selection and promotion of bishops within the shifting sands of ecclesiastical politics at the Elizabethan court drawing on the copious correspondence of leading politicians and clerical candidates as well as the Exchequer records of the financial arrangements accompanying each appointment. Beginning in 1577 the book picks up the narrative where Brett Usher's previous book (William Cecil and Episcopacy 1559-1577) left off following the fall of Archbishop Grindal which brought the Elizabethan church to the brink of disaster. The book begins with an outline of the period under review challenging the traditional view of corruption and decline. Instead Usher provides a more complex picture emphasizing the importance of court rivalries over patronage and place and a broadly more benign attitude from the Exchequer which distinguishes the period from the first half of the reign. Within this milieu the book situates the dominance of the Cecils - father and son - in ecclesiastical affairs as the key continuity between the two halves of Elizabeth's reign. Providing a fresh analysis of the Burghley's long and influential role within Elizabethan government Usher both illuminates court politics and the workings of the Exchequer as well as the practical operation of Elizabeth's supremacy. Specifically he demonstrates how Elizabeth learnt a valuable lesson from the debacle over the fall of Grindal and from the late 1570s rather than taking the lead customarily she looked to her councillors and courtiers to come to some accommodation with each other before she would authorize appointments and promotions. Note: Brett Usher died in 2013 before the publication of this book. Final editing of the typescript was undertaken by Professor Kenneth Fincham of the University of Kent who also guided the book through the publication process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472459695

Lord Byron - Wilson Knight V1 First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415606684

Lord Byron and Madame de StaëlBorn for Opposition Published in 1999. Lord Byron and Madam de Stael made a great impression on Europe in the throes of the Napoleonic Wars through their personalities the versions of themselves which they projected through their works and their literary engagement with contemporary life. However the strong links between them have never before been explored in detail. This pioneering study looks at their personal relations from their verbal sparring in Regency society through the friendship which developed in Switzerland after Byron left England in 1816 to Byron’s tributes to Mme de Stael after her death. It concentrates on their literary links both direct responses to each other’s works and the copious evidence of shared concerns. The study deals with their treatment of gender their grappling with the possibilities for heroic endeavour their engagement with the social and political situations of Britain France and Italy and their conceptions of the role of the writer. Although Byron will need no introduction Mme de Stael’s standing as a French romantic writer of the first rank is made plain by the strong impact of her writings on the English Poet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322158

Lord Byron's MarriageThe Evidence of Asterisks First published in 1957. This title explores the brief marriage of Lord Byron and his wife Annabella Millbanke and the scandal that surrounded their relationship. The exact reason for their separation and eventual divorce was never confirmed but G. Wilson Knight uses Byron’s poetry letters and other published works to develop and expand the theories of other literary critics. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648500

Lord ByronThe Critical Heritage The Critical Heritage gathers together a large body of critical sources on major figures in literature. Each volume presents contemporary responses to a writer's work enabling student and researcher to read the material themselves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709184

Lord Chatham and the Whig Opposition Originally published in 1966 this book examines the struggle between the whig factions and the crown during a period of George III's reign. During the short period the destinites of the nation were determined and the work of the Revolution nullified; never before had the opponents of personal government been given such a favourable opportunity to thwart the execution of the royal schemes and yet they failed hopeleslly. Lord Chatham and the Whig Opposition includes chapters covering the formation of Chatham's administration the rise and fall of the opposition and its downfall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141301

Lord George BentinckA Political History Lord George Bentinck is an account of Disraeli's relation with his parliamentary colleague and friend. It is not simply an account of the battle over the Corn Laws with Sir Robert Peel but a most remarkable book extremely readable and full of often quoted and apt comments and descriptions. As a vivid story of one of the great parliamentary dramas in British history it is unsurpassed. The portraits of both Bentinck and Peel are both sympathetic and just. The book provides insight into mid-nineteenth century parliamentary life that remains unsurpassed.It is hard to overstate the bitterness and fury which Peel's decision to repeal the Corn Laws had provoked in British politics. One biographer of Disraeli Robert Blake spoke of "Home Rule in 1886 and Munich in 1938 as the nearest parallels". Friendships were sundered families divided and the feuds of politics carried into private life to a degree quite unusual in British history. Those who are interested in the details of parliamentary warfare which raged until Peel's fall from power should consult Lord George Bentinck. But the worth of this book goes beyond constitutional history or even the Irish food famine. Disraeli helps explain the intellectual and ideological grounds of the Young England Movement: a conservative force that aimed at a union of discontented industrial workers with aristocratic landowners and against factious Whigs selfish factory owners and dissenting shopkeepers. In forging such a policy of principle the Conservatives as Disraeli's book well demonstrates became a minority party but one which carried the full weight of moral politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527331

Lord Jim Published in 1900 Conrad’s Lord Jim can in many ways be seen as the first ‘modern’ novel. This important full study of the book originally published in 1988 emphasizes the outstanding historical and artistic significance of Conrad’s masterpiece. John Batchelor pursues the ways in which Conrad dramatizes with unprecedented fidelity a relationship between friends and also explores what for Conrad is clearly a central truth about the human condition namely the inalienable loneliness of man. The book provides a full discussion of the biographical and literary contexts of the novel making use of the original manuscript and tracing the literary influences and sources of Conrad’s writing. It also considers the novel’s technical innovations including Conrad’s ‘impressionism’ and its method of dramatization. Further chapters are devoted to a detailed commentary on the text and the book concludes with a study of the novel’s critical reception since its first publication. This volume will be essential reading for all students of literature and particularly for those with an interest in Conrad’s place in the development of modern fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321086

Lord Methuen and the British ArmyFailure and Redemption in South Africa This study analyzes the readiness of the British military establishment for war in 1899 and its performance in the South African War (1899-1902). It focuses on the career of Field Marshal Paul Sanford 3rd Baron Methuen whose traditional military training used so effectively in Queen Victoria's small wars was put to the test by the modern challenges of the South African War. A subsidiary aim of this work is to correct and refine the historical consensus that Methuen's campaing in the South African War was plagued by practical errors and poor judgement. The South African War was a crucial transitional episode in the history of the British army. Unlike Great Britain's other expeditions it required the concentrated resources of the entire empire. It was a modern war in the sense that it employed the technology the weaponry the communications and the transportation of the second industrial revolution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044872

Lord Of Arabia V4 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980068

Lord Robert CecilPolitician and Internationalist Lawyer politician diplomat and leading architect of the League of Nations; Robert Cecil 1st Viscount Cecil of Chelwood was one of Britain's most significant statesmen of the twentieth century. His views on international diplomacy cover the most important aspects of British European and American foreign policy concerns of the century including the origins and consequences of the two world wars the disarmament movement the origins and early course of the Cold War and the first steps towards European integration. His experience of the First World War and the huge loss of life it entailed provoked Cecil to spend his life championing the ethos behind and work of the League of Nations: a role for which he was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1937. Yet despite his prominence in the international peace movement Cecil has never been the focus of an academic biography. Cecil has perhaps been judged unfairly due to his association with the League of Nations which has since been generally regarded as a failure. However recent academic research has highlighted the contribution of the League to the creation of many of the institutions and precepts that have since the Second World War become accepted parts of the international system not least the United Nations. In particular Cecil and his work on arms control lay the basis for understanding this new area of international activity which would bear fruit during the Cold War and after. Through an evaluation of Cecil's political career the book also assesses his reputation as an idealist and the extent to which he had a coherent philosophy of international relations. This book suggests that in reality Cecil was a Realpolitiker pragmatist whose attitudes evolved during two key periods: the interwar period and the Cold War. It also proposes that where a coherent philosophy was in evidence it owed as much to the moral and political code of the Cecil family as to his own experiences in politics. Cecil's social and familial world is therefore considered alongside his more public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669449

Lord Salisbury First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010109

Lord Salisbury and Nationality in the EastViewing Imperialism in its Proper Perspective This study explains how Salisbury viewed cultural conflicts between the East and the West how he treated Oriental nationality and nationalist aspirations in British dominions in the East and how he directed British policy in the Eastern world in a time when the Western Powers were plunging into a struggle for spheres of predominance. In pursuit of British imperial interests Salisbury was outwardly determined but acutely aware of the inherent moral conflicts. He understood that the expansion of Europe was inevitable but taking into account the rights and feelings of the Eastern nations he endeavoured to reduce his country’s impact on the peoples subjected to British control. Hence his preference for the generally peaceful invasion effected by informal empire. Following an introductory discussion on Salisbury’s ideas and policy particularly in the light of his treatment of nationality this research investigates his record in India Turkey Egypt and China to argue for a strikingly sympathetic attitude in his dealings with Eastern nationalities. While it is a truism to say that British imperialism was coloured by Christian beliefs and liberal principles it has not yet been appreciated how far Salisbury succeeded in reconciling the moral and practical demands of Western civilization upon itself with the requirements of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178130

Lord SalisburyA Political Biography This book presents a study of Lord Salisbury British prime minister in the late nineteenth century and early twentieth century whose political philosophy was reactionary and defeatist and who is remembered for an irony that was wounding as well as diverting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161771

Lord Shaftesbury Originally published in 1923 this book covers the career of Lord Shaftesbury from his early career through Peel's government and factory legislation and onto religion and philanthropy. His name recalls great achievements in the reform of law; a powerful force in debates and contests on the issue of which depended the fortunes of England and he helped to both create and destroy institutions habits and beliefs to great consequence of his successors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149055

Lords and Towns in Medieval EuropeThe European Historic Towns Atlas Project This volume is based on possibly the biggest single Europe-wide project in urban history. In 1955 the International Commission for the History of Towns established the European historic towns atlas project in accordance with a common scheme in order to encourage comparative urban studies. Although advances in urban archaeology since the 1960s have highlighted the problematic relationship between the oldest extant town plan and the actual origins of a town the large-scale cadastral maps as they have been made available by the European historic towns atlas project are still necessary if we want to understand the evolution of the physical form of our towns. By 2014 the project consisted of over 500 individual publications from over 18 different countries across Europe. Each atlas comprises at least a core-map at the scale of 1:2500 analytical maps and an explanatory text. The time has come to use this enormous database that has been compiled over the last 40 years. This volume itself based on a conference related to this topic that was held in the Royal Irish Academy in Dublin in 2006 takes up this challenge. The focus of the volume is on the question of how seigneurial power influenced the creation of towns in medieval Europe and of how this process in turn influenced urban form. Part I of the volume addresses two major issues: the history of the use of town plans in urban research and the methodological challenges of comparative urban history. Parts II and III constitute the core of the book focusing on the dynamic relationship between lordship and town planning in the core area of medieval Europe and on the periphery. In Part IV the symbolic meaning of town plans for medieval people is discussed. Part V consists of critical contributions by an archaeologist an art historian and an historical geographer. By presenting case studies by leading researchers from different European countries this volume combines findings that were hitherto not available in English Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888015

Lords of Fleet StreetThe Harmsworth Dynasty Originally published in 1990. The Harmsworth family starting with Lord Northcliffe (1865-1922) is the greatest and most influential press dynasty Britain has known. The dynasty has had by far the greatest impact on the shape of the press today of all the great press families. The Harmsworths were big bold characters enormously rich and with a gift for flamboyant use of their wealth. Much more important though is the way they used their influence on public opinion to steer the country’s political and social life. ‘Public opinion’ was a force that the Harmsworths harnessed before anyone else and they quickly understood how to use it as a political tool. This book is constructed as four biographies which together make up the central story of the popular press in Britain. Their story continues to have relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928190

Lorenzo AllegriIl primo libro delle musiche. . . (Venice 1618) First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315056401

Loris Malaguzzi and the Schools of Reggio EmiliaA selection of his writings and speeches 1945-1993 Loris Malaguzzi was one of the most important figures in 20th century early childhood education achieving world-wide recognition for his educational ideas and his role in the creation of municipal schools for young children in the Italian city of Reggio Emilia the most successful example ever of progressive democratic and public education. Despite Malaguzzi’s reputation very little of what he wrote or said about early childhood education has been available in English. This book helps fill the gap  presenting for the first time in English  writings and speeches spanning 1945 to 1993 selected by a group of his colleagues from an archive established in Reggio Emilia. They range from short poems letters and newspaper articles to extended pieces about Malaguzzi’s early life the origins of the municipal schools and his ideas about children pedagogy and schools. This material is organised into five chronological chapters starting at the end of World War Two and ending just before his death with introductions to each chapter providing background including the historical context the main events in Malaguzzi’s life and the rationale for the selection of documents.  The book provides a unique insight into the background thinking and work of Malaguzzi  revealing in his own words how his thinking developed how he moved between theory and practice how he border-crossed many disciplines and subjects and how he combined many roles ranging from administrator and campaigner to researcher and pedagogue. Academics students and practitioners alike will find this landmark publication provides rich insights into his life and work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019829

Lorry Driver Ils 154 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863568

Los Angeles Police Department MeltdownThe Fall of the Professional-Reform Model of Policing Once considered among the most respected police departments in the world the LAPD suffered a devastating fall from grace following the 1991 police officer beating of Rodney King and the Los Angeles riots stemming from the officers’ acquittal in 1992. Unique to the literature of policing management and policy studies Los Angeles Police Department Meltdown: The Fall of the Professional-Reform Model of Policing presents what can be considered the first and only existing research document truly explaining the reasons behind the LAPD’s demise.The book reveals a special inside study performed by the author under the exclusive authority of LAPD Chief of Police Daryl Gates to investigate why the department had begun to disintegrate following the Rodney King incident and how if possible it could be salvaged. The findings presented are based on first-hand written accounts of LAPD officer informants who describe their observations of the department’s meltdown as it occurred. These accounts explain why the crime-fighting enforcement style of the once highly regarded Professional-Reform Model of policing (coined at the LAPD) was abandoned in police departments across the nation in favor of the less aggressive community-based policing model.    Lost for some 20 years under mysterious circumstances after collection and storage at the LAPD these officer informant materials were recently retrieved and made available for analysis. They are presented in their entirety in this book.In every respect this work is the final word on why and how the LAPD—a police organization emulated throughout the world—ultimately self-destructed after 41 years of serving and protecting the City of Angels.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866990

Los castellanos del Perúhistoria variación y contacto lingüístico Este libro reúne contribuciones de destacados investigadores de la lingüística hispánica para ofrecer un panorama integral de los castellanos del Perú incluidos algunos que han sido tradicionalmente objeto de discriminación como el castellano andino el amazónico y el afroperuano. Los capítulos se concentran en diferentes variedades habladas en el Perú desde distintos enfoques teóricos y metodológicos atendiendo a su formación su contexto social e histórico y los fenómenos de contacto que las caracterizan. De este modo aunque el volumen tiene un foco regional muy específico los problemas que aborda son de interés y relevancia para el estudio de otras variedades del español para el tratamiento de otros problemas derivados del contacto lingüístico y para la dialectología e historia de los castellanos latinoamericanos en general. Escrito en castellano este volumen será de interés para estudiantes graduados en lingüística hispánica e investigadores dedicados a la dialectología la sociolingüística y la lingüística del contacto. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367538279

Los Pioneros de Psicoanalisis de Ninos En Pioneros del psicoanálisis de niños la Dra. Markman Reubins ha resumido los conceptos esenciales de muchos grandes pensadores. El uso de un lenguaje sencillo le ayuda a condensar ideas muy complicadas en las que exhibe un impresionante conocimiento y familiaridad con los diferentes conceptos y teorías y con la forma en que se relacionan entre sí a través de un material organizado de forma sistemática lógica y útil. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203503

Los Pioneros del Psicoanálisis en Sudamérica Poco antes y durante la Segunda Guerra Mundial muchos psicoanalistas europeos encontraron refugio en Sudamérica concentrándose en Buenos Aires. Aquí junto con profesionales locales crearon un movimiento psicoanalítico fuerte y productivo el cual dio a luz a importantes contribuciones teóricas y clínicas que transformaron esta disciplina. En Los pioneros del psicoanálisis sudamericano Nydia LismanPieczanski y Alberto Pieczanski los editores reúnen trabajos de esos pioneros e introducen al lector a sus ideas y avances más importantes. Los ensayos aquí presentados vienen acompañados de introducciones académicas escritas por psicoanalistas muchos de los cuales conocieron personalmente a los pioneros. Este libro será de enorme interés para psicoanalistas psicoterapeutas académicos interesados en la historia y desarrollo del psicoanálisis y estudiantes avanzados. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429203510

Losing a Parent to SuicideUsing Lived Experiences to Inform Bereavement Counseling The suicide of a parent has life-long consequences; few more traumatic scenarios exist and counselors often struggle for ways to help clients deal with its effects. Few understand the pain and life-altering effects of these tragedies better than children who have experienced the suicide of a parent. Despite this there are few texts that incorporate and evaluate the first-person accounts of grief following a suicide while advancing a method for helping. Losing a Parent to Suicide analyzes stories of parent suicides and explores the grief and coping processes that follow discovering the strategies methods and modes of therapy that have empowered grieving individuals and helped them rebuild their lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816182

Losing Balance: De-Democratization of AmericaDe-Democratization of America This text offers students a fresh comprehensive multidisciplinary entry point to the broader Middle East. Readers will come away from this book with an Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315488219

Losing from the InsideCost of Conflict in the British Social Democratic Party This book focuses on the consequences of internal conflict for electoral competition and demonstrates why the Social Democratic Party (SDP) in alliance with the Liberals "lost from the inside" during two general election campaigns in Great Britain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351317405

Losing Ground in the Employment ChallengeThe Case of Paraguay Most developing countries face significant and sometimes dramatic challenges in generating stable jobs that provide reasonable incomes and decent working conditions. For developing countries that have undergone lengthy periods of economic stagnation these challenges are especially acute and popular dissatisfaction correspondingly marked.Paraguay is a case in point. It is unlikely that any "employment policy" could lead to a major improvement in the quality of labor market outcomes unless designed and implemented in a sophisticated and coherent way. Such an approach has been infrequent in developing countries in general and especially so in those that like Paraguay also suffer severe institutional weaknesses of governance. Paraguay's past failure in employment creation is mainly the result of a number of structural weaknesses described in this volume. Its current crisis is also the accumulated legacy of over a quarter century of economic stagnation and political failure fl owing from those weaknesses. The new reformist administration of President Fernando Lugo has raised hopes that the future might be better than the past.This study aims to contribute to improved policy making by analyzing the source of the problems and providing policy recommendations. The chapters describe the potential contribution of various policy areas in the face of a dauntingly negative track record and identify a number of steps that have to be taken if success is to be achieved. They put into perspective the reforms that have been undertaken to date by the country's previous administration.Paraguay's experience offers insight into the problems faced by other developing countries in today's global economy. The central message is that policy improvements must be made in a number of areas and implemented in a coordinated fashion for there to be any reasonable hope of success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511736

Losing Labour's Soul?New Labour and the Blair Government 1997-2007 Based on extensive original research and interviews with a wide variety of key players this is a compelling assessment of the Labour Party in power. Beginning with a detailed account of the development of New Labour including the ideological tensions within the party Eric Shaw provides a sophisticated analysis of the Labour Government during an unprecedented period of power. Offering the most detailed examination yet published of the actual performance of the party in several key social and economic policy areas  Losing Labour’s Soul? will be of enormous interest to students of British politics labour history and party politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203001615

Losing LegitimacyStreet Crime And The Decline Of Social Institutions In America In the past fifty years street crime rates in America have increased eightfold. These increases were historically patterned were often very rapid and had a disproportionate impact on African Americans. Much of the crime explosion took place in a space of just ten years beginning in the early 1960s. Common explanations based on biological impulses psychological drives or slow-moving social indicators cannot explain the speed or timing of these changes or their disproportionate impact on racial minorities. Using unique data that span half a century Gary LaFree argues that social institutions are the key to understanding the U.S. crime wave. Crime increased along with growing political distrust economic stress and family disintegration. These changes were especially pronounced for racial minorities. American society responded by investing more in criminal justice education and welfare institutions. Stabilization of traditional social institutions and the effects of new institutional spending account for the modest crime declines of the 1990s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096243

Losing One's Head in the Ancient Near EastInterpretation and Meaning of Decapitation In the Ancient Near East cutting off someone’s head was a unique act not comparable to other types of mutilation and therefore charged with a special symbolic and communicative significance. This book examines representations of decapitation in both images and texts particularly in the context of war from a trans-chronological perspective that aims to shed light on some of the conditions relationships and meanings of this specific act. The severed head is a “coveted object” for the many individuals who interact with it and determine its fate and the act itself appears to take on the hallmarks of a ritual. Drawing mainly on the evidence from Anatolia Syria and Mesopotamia between the third and first millennia BC and with reference to examples from prehistory to the Neo-Assyrian Period this fascinating study will be of interest not only to art historians but to anyone interested in the dynamics of war in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593551

Losing ParadiseThe Water Crisis in the Mediterranean Taking a uniquely interdisciplinary view of the Eastern Mediterranean region's water problems this book considers some of the technical and regulatory solutions being proposed or implemented to solve the difficulties of diminished or polluted water supplies. Stressing the importance of traditional and historical cultural understanding in addressing the water crisis the authors demonstrate that what is required is an integrated legal social and scientific management system appropriate to each country's stage of development and their cultural heritage. Using case studies from Lebanon Italy Spain Egypt Greece Jordan and Cyprus the authors focus on the urgency of the present crisis faced by each country and the need for cooperation. The suggested solutions also serve as a paradigm for the rest of the world as it faces similar issues of water shortage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276895

Losing SiteArchitecture Memory and Place As Ruskin suggests in his Seven Lamps of Architecture: "We may live without [architecture] and worship without her but we cannot remember without her." We remember best when we experience an event in a place. But what happens when we leave that place or that place no longer exists? This book addresses the relationship between memory and place and asks how architecture captures and triggers memory. It explores how architecture exists as a material object and how it registers as a place that we come to remember beyond the physical site itself. It questions what architecture is in the broadest sense assuming that it is not simply buildings. Rather architecture is considered to be the mapping of physical mental or emotional space. The idea that we are all architects in some measure - as we actively organize and select pathways and markers within space - is central to this book's premise. Each chapter provides a different example of the manifold ways in which the physical place of architecture is curated by the architecture in our "mental" space: our imaginary toolbox when we think of a place and look at a photograph or visit a site and describe it later or send a postcard. By connecting architecture with other disciplines such as geography visual culture sociology and urban studies as well as the fine and performing arts this book puts forward the idea that a conversation about architecture is not exclusively about formal isolated buildings but instead must be deepened and broadened as spatialized visualizations and experiences of place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409408710

Losing the RaceThinking Psychosocially about Racially Motivated Crime Based on a two-year research project funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) this book explores why many of those involved in racially motivated crime seem to be struggling to cope with economic cultural and emotional losses in their own lives. Drawing on in-depth biographical interviews with perpetrators of racist crimes and focus group discussions with ordinary people living in the same communities the book explores why it is that some people and not others feel inclined to attack immigrants and minority ethnic groups. The relationships between ordinary racism racial harassment and the politics of the British National Party are also explored as are the enduring impacts of deindustrialisation economic failure and immigration on white working class communities. The book assesses the legacy of New Labour policy on community cohesion hate crime and respect in terms of its impact on racist attitudes and racist incidents and explores how it is that racist attacks including racist murders continue to happen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757936

Loss Change and GriefAn Educational Perspective First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138152052

Loss Dying and Bereavement in the Criminal Justice System Life is characterised by movement change and development including transitions losses and grief. People experiencing loss must learn to accommodate it and sometimes relearn new roles. Whether the offender is accommodating general loss (such as transition) the loss of others or facing their own impending death the bereavement process can become a particularly complicated experience for those involved in the criminal justice system. Criminal offenders may be excluded from participating in grief rituals and may receive few explicit opportunities to talk about a loss they’ve experienced sometimes resulting in disenfranchised grief. Informing thinking around assessment care and support procedures this volume seeks to bring together a range of perspectives from different disciplines on crucial issues surrounding the impact of loss death dying and bereavement for criminal offenders. The book will explore inherent challenges and responses to the criminal justice system by considering to what extent offenders’ loss death dying and bereavement experiences have been - or should be - recognised in policy and practice. The first section considers theoretical approaches to loss; the next section translates these issues using professional perspectives to explore practical applications; and the final section introduces an offender perspective. Through identifying challenges and consolidating evidence this multidisciplinary book will interest researchers interested in loss and bereavement in vulnerable communities concepts of disenfranchised grief end-of-life care and mental healthcare in the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457518

Loss Grief and Attachment in Life TransitionsA Clinician’s Guide to Secure Base Counseling Loss Grief and Attachment in Life Transitions gives readers an attachment-informed grief counseling framework and a new way of understanding non-death loss and its treatment. Loss and grief are viewed through a wide-angle lens with relevance to the whole of human life including the important area of career counseling and occupational consultation. The book is founded on the key themes of the Transition Cycle: welcome and contact attachment and bonding intimacy and sexuality  seperation and loss grief and meaning reconstruction. Rich in case material related to loss and change the book provides the tools for adopting a highly personalized approach to working with clients facing a range of life transitions. This book is a highly relevant and practical volume for grief counselors and other mental health professionals looking to incorporate attachment theory into their clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206543

Loss Grief and Trauma in the Workplace The workplace is not immune to the problems pressures and challenges presented by experiences of loss and trauma and the grief reactions they produce. This clearly written well-crafted book offers important insights and understanding to help us appreciate the difficulties involved and prepare ourselves for dealing with such demanding situations when they arise. People's experiences of loss and trauma are of course not left at the factory gate or the office door. Nor are loss and traumatic events absent from the workplace itself. Loss grief and trauma are very much a part of life - and that includes working life. Executives managers human resource professionals and employee assistance staff need to have at least a basic understanding of how loss grief and trauma affect people in the workplace. This book provides that foundation of understanding and offers guidance on how to find out more about these vitally important workplace issues.The text provides a valuable blend of theory and practice that will be of interest to those involved in management human resources and organizational studies as well as those interested in the social scientific study of loss grief and trauma - and of course to those involved in the helping professions. It is essential reading for anyone concerned with making the workplace a more humane and effective environment or anyone wishing to develop an understanding of the complexities of loss grief and trauma in our lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784948

Loss and ChangeRevised Edition First published in 1974 then reissued in 1986 with a long introduction by the author which developed the analysis in the light of recent theory and related it to work done in the field since its first publication. The late Peter Marris shows how understanding grief can help us to understand processes of change both personal and social and to handle them with more compassion for ourselves and others. He sees grieving as the working out of a psychological reintegration whose principles are essentially similar whether the ‘structures of meaning’ of our life fall apart from the loss of a personal relationship of a predictable social context or of an interpretable world. Marris draws on his wide-ranging research to develop his argument. A study of widows a description of the devastating effects of urban renewal projects on people whose familiar neighbourhoods are destroyed an analysis of the activities of tribal associations in Nigeria and reflections on the analogies between scientific and political revolutions are a few of the studies Marris weaves together in tracing the meaning of change and loss in human life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138800571

Loss and Grief RecoveryHelp Caring for Children with Disabilities Chronic or Terminal Illness The grief reaction is often similar for many diverse circumstances and situations. This book focuses heavily on caring for children with disabilities chronic or terminal illness dealing with the loss and the recovery process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784597

Loss and Separation A sense of loss can have a very disturbing affect on children and can come about not only as a result of bereavement but also after divorce/seperation moving away from friends moving between foster homes etc. This book looks at: understanding loss how different children react to loss listening to troubled children. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315065496

Loss Control AuditingA Guide for Conducting Fire Safety and Security Audits As a critical function in monitoring workplace safety loss control auditing provides an organizational assessment of safety program performance in relation to regulatory requirements and company policies. Principles of quality management dictate that measurement of an activity receives organizational attention and provides an excellent tool for communicating performance to management. A comprehensive audit rather than individual metrics such as injury rate helps to determine which aspects of a safety program are functioning well and which ones have room for improvement. Loss Control Auditing: A Guide for Conducting Fire Safety and Security Audits is a one-stop resource for both developing and executing a loss control audit program. Written for professionals in the fire service loss prevention and safety management as well as those studying the fields this reference addresses loss control auditing from the perspectives of workplace safety physical security and fire risks. The text focuses on the three core areas of an audit: documentation review physical inspection and employee interviews. It also presents a three-phase model—pre-audit audit and post audit activities—which can be used for all three core areas. It includes detailed information to assist in the development of an effective audit program. The author discusses the foundational elements of an audit program the written audit program and the audit protocol. Systemic auditing issues of audit scoring auditor selection and training audit logistics and audit frequency are also addressed. The final section of the book discusses the opportunities that can arise in conducting an audit including how an audit can be used as a training tool and the importance of involving employees in the audit process. The application of the information presented in this volume is facilitated by representative case studies included at the end of each chapter. An up-to-date reference this text is unique in the depth of material presented and provides an excellent resource on how to develop and execute a loss control audit program. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439828861

Loss of Control and Diminished ResponsibilityDomestic Comparative and International Perspectives This book provides a leading point of reference in the field of partial defences to murder and with respect to the mental condition defences of loss of control and diminished responsibility in general. The work includes contributions from leading specialists from different jurisdictions. Divided into two parts the first provides an analysis from the perspective of the UK looking at particular concerns such as domestic violence revenge and mixed motive killings mistaken beliefs. The second part presents a comparative and international view to provide a wider background of how alternative systems treat issues of human frailty short of full insanity (loss of control diminished responsibility) in the context of the criminal law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602109

Loss of Self in PsychosisPsychological Theory and Practice In Loss of Self in Psychosis: Psychological Theory and Practice Simon Jakes takes a critical look at contemorary approaches to the psychology of psychosis. In doing so he explores how these vastly different approaches as well as our numerous conceptualisations of schizophrenia work to reduce the effectiveness of CBT as a treatment. Four different psychological approaches to psychosis are examined in the first part of this book as well as the development of CBT for psychosis and the theory behind this. In the second part he describes the therapy of some clients and suggests that incorporating ideas from some of the different theories of psychosis in the same treatment may be beneficial. Using extended examples from clinical practice over the past 20 years to illuminate his theories Loss of Self in Psychosis: Psychological Theory and Practice will prove to be thought-provoking reading for clinical psychologists psychiatrists and other mental health professionals working with this client group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680135

Loss of the Assumptive WorldA Theory of Traumatic Loss The assumptive world concept is a psychological principle of the conservation of human reality or "culture" - it is a lens for seeing the psychological disturbances that occur in times of change. In this collection the authors examine the assumptive world from diverse theoretical perspectives providing the reader with an array of different viewpoints illuminating the concept and its clinical usefulness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763479

Loss Prevention and Safety ControlTerms and Definitions An encyclopedic A-Z listing of terminology Loss Prevention and Safety Control: Terms and Definitions addresses the need for a comprehensive reference that provides a complete and sufficient description of the terminology used in the safety/loss prevention field. Fostering clarity in communication among diverse segments within the field and between outside agencies this book: Provides a reference for the background meaning and description of safety and loss prevention terms being used in government industry research and education Contains two-paragraph descriptions of terms photographs diagrams graphs and tables to aid understanding of the subject making it more than a dictionary Includes common safety terms safety engineering aspects a description of safety organizations and a list of common safety standards and their scope The field of safety and loss prevention encompasses myriad unrelated industries and organizations such as insurance companies research entities process industries and educational organizations. These organizations may not realize that their terminology is not understood by individuals or even compatible with the nomenclature used outside their own sphere of influence. And even though fire protection and environmental professionals use identical and similar terminology their meanings may be slightly different in selected applications. An all-encompassing reference the book uses OSHA standards and interpretations as guidelines for the definitions and explanations. Drawing from the many areas that influence the terminology it provides a basic understanding of the terms used in lost prevention and control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138118003

LossDevelopmental Cultural and Clinical Realms The experience of loss is ubiquitous in human life but its nature and impact have great variations. When loss is phase-specific expected and accompanied by compensatory supplies it can lead to ego growth. When loss is untimely unexpected and unaccompanied by environmental 'holding ' it becomes traumatic and needs clinical attention. This edited volume brings together a distinguished cadre of international contributors in order to explain the multifaceted and nuanced nature of loss from a variety of different perspectives. These clinicians administrators and writers delineate the great variability in the setting antecedents and consequences of loss. Development-facilitating and development-impeding losses are addressed and so are the losses that seem inevitable as one moves from childhood through adolescence and young adulthood to midlife and old age. Loss experienced by institutional organizations and war-torn societies is also examined. The book’s ultimate focus is clinical: it highlights the many technical dilemmas in working with grieving patients and offers therapeutic strategies aimed at ameliorating their anguish. Loss: Developmental Cultural and Clinical Realms will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists both in practice and training from a variety of different backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404260

Lost and FoundMaking and Remaking Working Partnerships with Parents of Children in the Care System First published in 1999 this volume is a collection of essays focused on the theme of partnership with parents in social work practice with children and families. It covers issues relating to the quality of care and preparation for aftercare particularly children’s identity needs and preparation for life after care which are highlighted in the Quality Protects programme. It developed from an action research project funded by the Joseph Rowntree Foundation and conducted by the editors a Warwick University between 1993 and 1996. Through teaching activities associated with the implementation of the Children Act 1989 the editors became aware that there were many parents who had lost contact with both their child and their child’s social workers after their child had entered the care system. These were the ‘lost’ parents of the study. Partnership with parents has become an integral part of social work with children and families living together or apart. Inevitably it concerns many other people involved in the care of children and providing advice to individuals. Partnership permeates all aspects of relationships between parents children and those providing care in place of parents. Consequently the issues discussed in this book are of relevance to all those working directly or indirectly with children parents and other relatives. Amongst these are social workers family placement workers carers and residential workers team managers and policy makers in local authority social services departments guardians ad litem court welfare officers and lawyers acting for children or parents children’s rights officers and advisers working in voluntary agencies which support families and children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335158

Lost ChildhoodsThe Plight Of The Parentified Child First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869462

Lost ChildhoodUnmasking the Lives of Street Children in Metropolitan India Lost Childhood explores the everyday lives of street children in India. It presents insights on their life on the streets to provide a comprehensive understanding of why they are driven to extreme means of livelihoods. This volume · Inquiries into the histories of street children and discusses their socio-economic and socio-demographic characteristics to provide a sense of their living conditions; · Sheds light on the social injustice experienced by these children their health and hygiene and also looks at the insecurities faced by the children in their interactions with the society; · Uses detailed field research data to highlight issues that affect the lives of street children such as education gender discrimination and their social networks; · Suggests a way forward that would not only benefit street children but will also be of use to the community in understanding their lives problems and help explore this issue in further detail. The book will be useful to scholars and researchers of human geography development studies child development urban poverty and social justice. It will also be of interest to policymakers social workers and field workers who work with street children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367440725

Lost Children of the Empire Originally published in 1989. The extraordinary story of Britain’s child migrants is one of 350 years of shaming exploitation. Around 130 000 children some just 3 or 4 years old were shipped off to distant parts of the Empire the last as recently as 1967. For Britain it was a cheap way of emptying children’s homes and populating the colonies with ‘good British stock’; for the colonies it was a source of cheap labour. Even after the Second World War around 10 000 children were transported to Australia – where many were subjected to at best uncaring abandonment and at worst a regime of appalling cruelty. Lost Children of the Empire tells the remarkable story of the Child Migrants Trust set up in 1987 to trace families and to help those involved to come to terms with what has happened. But nothing can explain away the connivance and irresponsibility of the governments and organisations involved in this inhuman chapter of British history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815398769

Lost CityFitzgerald's New York First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867016

Lost Gay NovelsA Reference Guide to Fifty Works from the First Half of the Twentieth Century Searching for an introduction to the shadowy intriguing world of early 20th century gay-themed fiction? In Lost Gay Novels respected pop culture historian Anthony Slide resurrects fifty early 20th century American novels with gay themes or characters and discusses them in carefully researched engaging prose. Each entry offers you a detailed discussion of plot and characters a summary of contemporary critical reception and biographical information on the often-obscure writer. In Lost Gay Novels another aspect of gay life and society is in the words the author “uncloseted ” providing you with an absorbing glimpse into the world of these nearly forgotten books. Lost Gay Novels gives you an introduction to: authors who aren't usually associated with homosexuality including John Buchan James M. Cain and Rex Stout the history of gay publishing in the US and abroad gay themes in novels published between 1917 and 1950—with entries from nearly every year! the ways in which the popular culture of the time shaped the authors' attitudes toward homosexuality the difficulty of finding detailed biographical information on little-known authors If you're interested in gay studies or history or even if you're just looking for a comprehensive guide to titles you've probably never heard of before Lost Gay Novels will be a welcome addition to your collection. The introduction from author Slide—called by the Los Angeles Times “a one-man publishing phenomenon”—provides you with an overview to the basics of this landmark collection. Themes found in many of the titles include death secrecy and living a double life and in reading the entries you will discover just why these themes are so common. As Slide says in his introduction: “The approach of the novelist toward homosexuality may not always be a positive one… but the works are important to an understanding of contemporary attitudes toward gay men and gay society.” Lost Gay Novels will help you further your own understanding of the dynamic relationship between literature and culture and you will finish the book with a greater appreciation of modern American gay fiction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057230

Lost GoddessesA Kaleidoscope on Porn Porn is a complex symbol of our current world and a shining example of the 'Shadow' of the Western culture. While many books essentially show its negative sides the risks of addiction the danger of damaging the relationship between sexes and so on this work focuses on porn as a phenomenon of our times exploring its several colours and trying to capture its inner logic and essence. Despite its pervasive ubiquity in the internet and in the lives of many porn is apparently the ultimate taboo in the consulting room: in fact very rarely does a patient mention something detailed about his or her use of porn. In parallel with its growing presence the last forty years have witnessed a significant growth of publications about porn. The present work aims at deepening some aspects of internet porn from the perspective of Analytical Psychology seeing it as symbol of the complexity of the human psyche emerged in a specific moment of the history of consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205326

Lost ImperiumFar Right Visions of the British Empire c.1920–1980 This book examines for the first time the role of Britain's Empire in far right thought between 1920 and 1980. Throughout these turbulent decades upheaval in the Empire combined with declining British world power was frequently discussed and reflected upon in far right publications as were radical policies designed to revitalise British imperialism. Drawing on the case studies of Ireland India Palestine Kenya and Rhodesia  Lost Imperium argues that imperialism provided a frame through which ideas at the core of far right thinking could be advocated: nationalism racism conspiracy theory antisemitism and anti-communism. The far right's opposition to imperial decline ultimately reflected more than just a desire to reverse the fortunes of the British Empire it was also a crucial means of promoting central ideological values. By analysing far right imperial thought we are able to understand how they interacted with mainstream ideas of British imperialism during the twentieth century while also promoting their own uniquely racist violent and authoritarian vision of Empire. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of British fascism empire imperialism racial and ethnic studies and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367536923

Lost in CognitionPsychoanalysis and the Cognitive Sciences This book examines the pretensions of the new paradigm in psychology that has put itself forward as the model for the future of the clinical disciplines thereby seeking to put paid to psychoanalysis. What is this paradigm shift? It goes by the name of cognitive-behaviourism. Where does it come from? From the United States. Until the nineteen-sixties behavioural psychology had enjoyed a certain prestige in the US. It was later disqualified by the objections from the linguist Noam Chomsky who held that no learning procedure could ever account for linguistic ability. This ability was surely innate Chomsky argued and so he set about hunting out the organ of language. Behaviour had to be complemented by a machine for taking cognisance a machine that was innate and which conformed to the post-Chomskyan model. It took the discipline some thirty years to deck itself out in new clothes. The advances in biology in neurology and in the nebula that resulted from them under the 'neuroscience' label oversaw this change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200888

Lost in MusicCulture Style and the Musical Event This collection of essays first published in 1987 provides a sociological treatment of many musical forms – rock jazz classical – with special emphasis on the perspective of the practising musician. Among the topics covered are the legal structures governing musical production and the question of copyright; recording and production technology; the social character of musical style; and the impact of lyrical content considered socially and historically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652736

Lost in PerfectionImpacts of Optimisation on Culture and Psyche The permanent struggle for optimisation can be seen as one of the most significant cultural principles of contemporary Western societies: the demand for improved performance and efficiency as well as the pursuit of self-improvement are con-sidered necessary in order to keep pace with an accelerated competitive modern-ity. This affects not only work and education but also family life parent–child relationships and intimate relationships in respect to the body and the self in regard to the public as well as the private realm. Bringing together contributions from renowned scholars from the fields of sociology psychology and psycho-analysis this book explores the impacts of optimisation on culture and psyche examining the contradictions and limitations of optimisation in conjunction with the effects of social transformations on individuals and shifts in regard to the meaning of ‘pathology’ and ‘normality’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897260

Lost in SpaceAmexane - Paths of Impossibility '"The mares which bear me as far as my desires might reach ...": a piece of writing from two and a half thousand years ago catches the intent of this work. The author has etched a body of poetry that follows a trajectory not often encountered in the writings of the modern world.'- From the Preface by Bernard Burgoyne this is a stunning and original book that breaks new ground in the field of contemporary literature. Informed by Greek and Shakespearean tragedy readings of Lacan Freud and P. G. Wodehouse its principal themes are maternal desire; the structure of tragic thought; writing itself and the possibility of finding seemingly impossible pathways through the suffering of lived experience. It is amongst other things a love story a philosophical inquiry an artwork a collection of poetry and - a book of jokes. The author writes an expansive 'everyone welcome' style of epic one which is proof for the urgent necessity of the poetic voice. Bernard Burgoyne provides the Preface and fresh topological etchings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201380

Lost in the GroovesScram's Capricious Guide to the Music You Missed Do you remember these great pop stars and their hits? Deerhoof's The Man The King The Girl Butch Hancock's West Texas Waltzes and Dust Blown Tractor Tunes Swamp Dogg's Cuffed Collared and Tagged Michael Head's The Magical World Of The Strands John Trubee's The Communists Are Coming to Kill Us John Phillips's Wolf King of L.A. and Michel Magne's Moshe Mouse Crucifiction? You will when you read Lost in the Grooves a fascinating guide to the back alleys off the pop music superhighway.Pop music history is full of little-known musicians whose work stands defiantly alone too quirky distinctive or demented to appeal to a mass audience. This book explores the nooks and crannies of the pop music world unearthing lost gems from should-have-been major artists (Sugarpie DeSanto Judee Sill) revisiting lesser known works by established icons (Marvin Gaye's post-divorce kissoff album Here My Dear; The Ramones' Subterranean Jungle) and spotlighting musicians who simply don't fit into neat categories (k. mccarty Exuma). The book's encyclopedic alphabetical structure throws off strange sparks as disparate genres and eras rub against each other: folk-psych iconoclasts face louche pop crooners; outsider artists set their odd masterpieces down next to obscurities from the stars; lo-fi garage rock cuddles up with the French avant-garde; and roots rock weirdoes trip over bubblegum. This book will delight any jukebox junkie or pop culture fan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156951

Lost in the Transit DesertRace Transit Access and Suburban Form Increased redevelopment the dismantling of public housing and increasing housing costs are forcing a shift in migration of lower income and transit dependent populations to the suburbs. These suburbs are often missing basic transportation and strategies to address this are lacking. This absence of public transit creates barriers to viable employment and accessibility to cultural networks and plays a role in increasing social inequality. This book investigates how housing and transport policy have played their role in creating these "Transit Deserts " and what impact race has upon those likely to be affected. Diane Jones Allen uses research from New Orleans Baltimore and Chicago to explore the forces at work in these situations as well as proposing potential solutions. Mapping interviews photographs and narratives all come together to highlight the inequities and challenges in Transit Deserts where a lack of access can make all journeys such as to jobs stores or relatives much more difficult. Alternatives to public transit abound from traditional methods such as biking and carpooling to more culturally specific tactics and are examined comprehensively. This is valuable reading for students and researchers interested in transport planning urban planning city infrastructure and transport geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367207823

Lost in TransmissionStudies of Trauma Across Generations This book is about how traumatic psychological injury is passed down to the children and grandchildren of those who originally experienced it and about finding the shared humanity in families in psychotherapy in society and in memories of the past that repairs the damage people do to one another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758643

Lost in WonderEssays on Liturgy and the Arts This book explores the Liturgy as the manifestation by cultic signs of Christian revelation the 'setting' of the Liturgy in terms of architectural space iconography and music and the poetic response which the revelation the Liturgy carries can produce. The conclusion offers a synthetic statement of the unity of religion cosmology and art. Aidan Nichols makes the case for Christianity's capacity to inspire high culture - both in principle and through well-chosen historical examples which draw on the best in Catholicism Eastern Orthodoxy and Anglicanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409431619

Lost InnocentsA Follow-up Study of Fatal Child Abuse Lost Innocents is a follow-up to Beyond Blame: Child Abuse Tragedies Revisited (1993). In their new book Peter Reder and Sylvia Duncan use the same process of case analysis and apply it to a more representative sample of cases. They describe the theoretical basis and method of the study and its findings before going on to discuss their practical implications and their opinions about the case review process itself. Finally the authors discuss whether child abuse fatalities can be predicted or prevented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824550

Lost Pharaohs Published in the year 2006 Lost Pharaohs is a valuable contrubution to the field of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649797

Lost Plays of Shakespeare S a CbLost Plays Shakespeare First published in 1971 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761048

Lost PromisesDebt Austerity And Development In Latin America Exploring the theoretical and substantive implications of austerity in Latin America this book shows that the study of the region's debt crisis can contribute to an understanding of the impact of internationalization on national social structure and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155346

Lost SoulsManners and Morals in Contemporary American Society What is the state of contemporary American morality? From their original conception in Christian scripture to their assimilation into Western culture the 'Seven Deadly Sins' â€“ lust greed envy pride and all the rest – have guided human morality steering human behavior and psychology away from evil and toward a full embrace of the good. But their hold on modern life is increasingly tenuous. Indeed one may observe that these days deadly sin is far more common and more commonly practiced than its virtuous counterparts – humility charity kindness industriousness and chastity. Without greed there is no economy; without anger no politics; and without pride and envy surely less motivation and competition would exist. James D. Wright carefully examines the complexities and ambiguities in modern society in the context of the seven deadly sins and their corresponding virtues. Are we all lost souls condemned by our immoral deeds or are the trappings of older sin deteriorating? Is it time finally to reconsider the classifications of evil and good? Wright uses each chapter to consider how the social sciences have operationalized each 'sin' how they have been studied and what lessons have been learned over time. He reviews recent trends and contemplates the societal costs and benefits of the behaviors in question. Lost Souls emerges then as a meditation on contemporary sin concluding that the line between guilt and innocence right and wrong is often very thin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481800

Lost Tombs First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862081

Lost VoicesWomen Chronic Pain and Abuse In this illuminating book Dr. Nellie Radomsky explores the complexity of chronic pain in women and evidence for its association with abuse--an issue largely unrecognized by medical practitioners. Modern medical training emphasizes diagnosis and cure but chronic pain problems often have no identifiable organic cause and the women who suffer are often not listened to in the doctor’s office. Lost Voices: Women Chronic Pain and Abuse addresses how women by gaining knowledge of the ways the medical culture--and the larger culture--have silenced them may move into a healing process and learn to speak out. The author encourages women in pain to give voice to their buried experiences and shows them that speaking out about their experiences with abuse and chronic pain can be the first step on the road to healing. The author explores the lost voices of women in pain through stories based on her personal encounters with patients in her practice. These women and their case histories help illustrate the interactions of chronic pain and abuse and the complexity of the doctor-patient relationship. Among the many areas Dr. Radomsky examines are:how the medical culture has silenced women chronic pain in women with a history of abuse the relationship of women’s healing processes and the sense of finding and expressing “lost voices” the doctor-patient relationship and obstacles to healing the limitation of medical models with respect to understanding complex chronic pain issues how acute and chronic pain differ and how physicians and patients alike struggle with this understandingScientific but very readable Lost Voices assists readers in the search for answers to complex pain problems. It is a hope-full resource for women struggling with chronic pain and personal abuse issues and an enlightening guide for physicians therapists and others working with these women. Professionals working in the area of chronic pain readers involved in feminist issues and academic physicians interested in medicine as culture will find Lost Voices a revealing book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800936

Lotteries in Colonial America Lotteries in Colonial America explores lotteries in England and the American colonies in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. From the founding of Jamestown to the financing of the American Revolution lotteries played an important role in the economic life of the colonies. Lotteries provided an alternative form of raising money for colonial governments and a means of subsidizing public and private projects without enacting new taxes. The book also describes and analyzes the role of lotteries in the eighteenth-century consumer revolution which transformed how buyers viewed the goods they purchased or in the case of lotteries won. As the middling classes in the colonies began to acquire objects that went beyond mere necessities lotteries gave colonists an opportunity to risk a small sum in the hopes of gaining riches or valuable goods. Finally the book examines how lotteries played a role in the changing notions of fortune in colonial America. Religion and chance were present in colonial lotteries as participants merged their own free will to purchase a lottery ticket with the will of the Christian God to select a winner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415886567

Lotus Lake Dragon PoolMusings in Yoga and Zen This book first published in 1994 brings together the rich and complementary traditions of yoga and Zen. The lessons they contain serve always to guide and inform never to lecture or preach. From accounts of long-ago kings and sages to stories of contemporary businessmen and students come timeless universal precepts that speak directly to the modern reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659018

Lotus Of The Wonderful Law The "Lotus of the Wonderful (or Mystic) Law" is the most important religious book of the Far East and has been described as "The Gospel of Half Asia". It is also the chief scripture of Buddhism in China and therefore the chief source of consolation of the many millions of Buddhists in East Asia. It is justifiable to consider it as one of the greatest and most formative books of the world and the text is here translated for the use of the Western student whilst an endeavour is made to reveal the contour of the most spiritual drama known in the Far East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403888

Loudspeaker and Headphone Handbook Written by a team of experts the Loudspeaker and Headphone Handbook provides a detailed technical reference of all aspects of loudspeakers and headphones: from theory and construction of transducer drive units and enclosures to such practical matters as construction applications in rooms public address sound reinforcement studio monitoring and musical instruments. Loudspeaker measurements and subjective evaluation are treated in equal detail and headphones are discussed comprehensively. This third edition takes account of recent significant advances in technology including: · the latest computer-aided design systems· digital audio processing· new research procedures· the full range of loudspeakers· new user applications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080496177

Loudspeaker Modelling and DesignA Practical Introduction In this book Geoff Hill demonstrates modern software and hardware being applied to the processes behind loudspeaker design and modelling. Modern computing power has progressed to the point that such analyses are now practical for any interested individual or small company. Loudspeaker Modelling and Design: A Practical Introduction examines the process from initial concept through specifications and theoretical simulations and onto detailed design. It demonstrates the processes of design and specification by using detailed simulations of a loudspeaker driver; sufficient to give re-assurance that a design is practical and will perform as expected.This book brings together many different strands of modelling from electro-magnetic through to mechanical and acoustic without getting bogged down in theoretical discussions and arguments. This practice-based book shows the techniques used in designing modern loudspeakers and transducers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361336

LoudspeakersFor Music Recording and Reproduction Loudspeakers: For Music Recording and Reproduction Second Edition is a comprehensive guide offering the tools and understanding needed to cut out the guesswork from loudspeaker choice and set-up. Philip Newell and Keith Holland with the assistance of Sergio Castro and Julius Newell combine their years of experience in the design application and use of loudspeakers to cover a range of topics from drivers cabinets and crossovers to amplifiers cables and surround sound. Whether using loudspeakers in a recording studio mastering facility broadcasting studio film post-production facility home or musician’s studio or if you simply aspire to improve your music-production system this book will help you make the right decisions. This new edition provides significant updates on the topics of digital control calibration  and cinema loudspeaker systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554825

Louis Andriessen: De Staat Louis Andriessen is one of the foremost composers in the world today. His music with its distinctive blend of jazz minimalism Stravinsky and the European avant-garde has attracted wide audiences internationally and made him a sought-after teacher among younger generations of composers. De Staat ('The Republic') brought Andriessen to international attention in 1976 and it remains his best-known work. This book is the first extended single-author study of Andriessen in any language. It opens with a detailed account of Andriessen's involvement in the political upheavals of the 1960s and 1970s which formed the basis for his later views on instrumentation and musical style. The following chapters assess the principal influences on his music and the musical structure of De Staat. The book closes with an extensive discussion of the meaning of De Staat in the light of the composer's firmly held socio-political views. An accompanying CD includes a thrilling live recording of De Staat from the 1978 Holland Festival plus two earlier works not previously commercially available on compact disc - De Volharding and Il Principe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400566

Louis H. Sullivan and a 19th-Century Poetics of Naturalized Architecture For most of the twentieth century modernist viewers dismissed the architectural ornament of Louis H. Sullivan (1856-1924) and the majority of his theoretical writings as emotional outbursts of an outmoded romanticism. In this study Lauren Weingarden reveals Sullivan's eloquent articulation of nineteenth-century romantic practices - literary linguistic aesthetic spiritual and nationalistic - and thus rescues Sullivan and his legacy from the narrow role imposed on him as a pioneer of twentieth-century modernism. Using three interpretive models discourse theory poststructural semiotic analysis and a pragmatic concept of sign-functions she restores the integrity of Sullivan's artistic choices and his historical position as a culminating figure within nineteenth-century romanticism. By giving equal weight to Louis Sullivan's writings and designs Weingarden shows how he translated both Ruskin's tenets of Gothic naturalism and Whitman's poetry of the American landscape into elemental structural forms and organic ornamentation. Viewed as a site where various romantic discourses converged Sullivan's oeuvre demands a cross-disciplinary exploration of each discursive practice and its "rules of accumulation exclusion reactivation." The overarching theme of this study is the interrogation and restitution of those Foucauldian rules that enabled Sullivan to articulate architecture as a pictorial mode of landscape art which he considered co-equal with the spiritual and didactic functions of landscape poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276185

Louis I. Kahn—ArchitectRemembering the Man and Those Who Surrounded Him Few people in the history of art and architecture have planted a seed of inspiration that grew to become a towering oak of lasting influence. There are those particularly colleagues and students of Louis I. Kahn who would say that he was one of these people. Certainly Kahn was one of the foremost architects of the twentieth century designing such famous landmarks as the National Assembly Building in Dhaka Bangladesh; the Salk Institute in La Jolla California; and the Kimbell Museum in Fort Worth Texas. In this commemorative volume Charles E. Dagit Jr. shows the power and influence that Kahn displayed at the University of Pennsylvania department of architecture in the 1960s. Since Dagit knew Kahn personally this is a factual history as well as a glimpse into Kahn's personal wisdom and humanity. Beginning with a prelude that starts with the author's undergraduate years at the University of Pennsylvania Dagit launches readers on an intellectual journey of how he first met Kahn. From there he details his experiences with Kahn and explores Kahn's interactions with Penn faculty members including Mario Romanach Robert LeRicolais and Aldo Giurgola. This first-hand account sheds fascinating new light on one of the most prominent architects of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865234

Louis I. KahnTowards the Zero Degree of Concrete 1960-1974 Through sheer determination and courage Kahn has researched the nature of concrete in the form of precast cast in place or blocks. Each of his renowned works in exposed concrete such as the Yale Art Gallery the Richards Laboratories the Bath House the Salk Institute the National Assembly the Kimbell Museum the Exeter Library and the Yale Center for British Art is itself an important chapter in the history of architecture for the exploration into concrete’s formal expression beyond the lesson of Le Corbusier. Kahn’s obsession on concrete fabrication processes on the formwork and the mix-design is systematically examined in two volumes. The authors illustrate Kahn’s vision with documents that have never been revealed in other essays drawing heavily from original sketches plans specifications worksite photographs and correspondences with collaborators engineers technicians and contractors. The first volume Exposed Concrete and Hollow Stones focuses on the first ten-year period of Kahn research on concrete. Moving through the many construction systems experienced by Kahn from the discovery of exposed concrete in the form of béton brut at the Yale Art Gallery to the precast and poured-in-place techniques to the values of joint growth and ornament the essay culminates in the reconstruction of the artistic and technical characteristics of two great worksite the Richards Laboratories and the First Unitarian Church and School. The second volume Towards the Zero Degree of Concrete covers the following fourteen years and leads the reader along Kahn’s path to the true 'nature of concrete' focusing on his main techniques and poetic discoveries such as the 'liquid stone' of the Salk Institute the 'smooth finish' at Bryn Mawr and the concept of 'monolithic' at the Yale Center for British Art. Media > Books > Print Books EFPL Press 9782940222773

Louis Laloy (1874-1944) on Debussy Ravel and Stravinsky First published in 1999 this is the first study of the noted French music critic and scholar Louis Laloy and the first collection of his writings. His writings were unique in their time and have never previously been translated. Laloy’s ideas on Debussy Ravel and Stravinsky are presented here with an introduction by Deborah Priest to each extract placing it in the context of the period and the composer’s work. Detailed annotations explain technical and cultural references. As a friend of all three composers but especially of Debussy Laloy wrote with great authority and influence: his work provides recollections analytical insights and insights into reception and performance practice. His erudition and wide range of reference make for fascinating and enlightening reading about the period. Deborah Priest provides a detailed introduction which sets Laloy’s work against the background of the Paris music scene from 1900- 1940. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351295

Louis XIV Looks at the king and his beliefs domestic problems and foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131408

Louis XIV Louis IV represents the apogee of French royal power and the Ancien Regime. Having restored the nation's finances and rebuilt the army he embarked on  a series of wars of conquest which made France universally feared and respected as the central power of continental Europe. In the age of Moliere Corneille Racine et al French culture blossomed at the court of Versailles. The counterpoint to these achievements was the emasculation of the political and legal institutions that might have limited the exercise of the royal will.  In this new history Geoffrey Treasure explores a unique combination of a personal philosophy moulded by absolutist thinking and propaganda and by Marzarin's deliberate training. He examines the influences and traits which permitted the growth of this particular exercise of power and its descent into an absolutism that ultimately set France on the road to 1789. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315842493

Louis XIV Louis XIV ruled France for more than half a century and is typically remembered for his absolutism his patronage of the arts and his lavish lifestyle â€“ culminating in the building of Versailles. This original and lively biography focuses on Louis’s personal life while keeping the needs of the history student at the forefront featuring analysis of Louis’s wider significance in history and the surrounding historiography. This book balances the undeniable cultural achievements of the reign against the realities of Louis’s egotism and argues that when viewed critically Louis’s rule (1643–1715) personified the disadvantages of absolute monarchy and inexorably led to social and political blunders resulting in the suffering of millions. Richard Wilkinson demonstrates that while Louis excelled as a self-publicist he fell far short of being a great monarch. This second edition includes an up-to-date and accessible biography further sections on the women at Louis’s court France in an international context and new material looking at Louis’s involvement in ballet. This book is essential reading for all history students and those with a general interest in one of history’s most colourful rulers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138944169

Louis XIV `The Sun King has always been over-exposed -- a habit he started himself. Here is the student's antidote to boredom. Campbell has produced the best short guide available and a vigorous synthesis of the latest research complete with extensive bibliography unfamiliar documents and vital glossary. Fresh material abounds and a misconception is demolished on every page. There is no sign here of reheating old recipes.' History Review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836174

Louis XIV Outside InImages of the Sun King Beyond France 1661-1715 Louis XIV - the ’Sun King’ - casts a long shadow over the history of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Europe. Yet while he has been the subject of numerous works much of the scholarship remains firmly rooted within national frameworks and traditions. Thus in France Louis is still chiefly remembered for the splendid baroque culture his reign ushered in and his political achievements in wielding together a strong centralised French state; whereas in England the Netherlands and other protestant states his memory is that of an aggressive military tyrant and persecutor of non-Catholics. In order to try to break free of such parochial strictures this volume builds upon the approach of scholars such as Ragnhild Hatton who have attempted to situate Louis’ legacy within broader pan-European context. But where Hatton focused primarily on geo-political themes Louis XIV Outside In introduces current interests in cultural history integrating aspects of artistic literary and musical themes. In particular it examines the formulation and use of images of Louis XIV abroad concentrating on Louis' neighbours in north west Europe. This broad geographical coverage demonstrates how images of Louis XIV were moulded by the polemical needs of people far from Versailles and distorted from any French originals by the particular political and cultural circumstances of diverse nations. Because the French regime’s ability to control the public image of its leader was very limited the collection highlights how - at least in the sphere of public presentation - his power was frequently denied subverted or appropriated to very different purposes questioning the limits of his absolutism which has also been such a feature of recent work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472431264

Louisa Waterford and John Ruskin'For You Have Not Falsely Praised' This book offers a careful analysis of how far what John Ruskin writes to Louisa Waterford as a woman artist concurs with or differs from the views he propounds on art in his published writing and examines the style and quality of mentoring that Ruskin offered to his female students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601140

Louise JoplingA Biographical and Cultural Study of the Modern Woman Artist in Victorian Britain Louise Jopling: A Biographical and Cultural Study is the first in-depth study of this nineteenth-century painter who was among the first women admitted to the Royal Society of British Artists (in 1902). In part an engaging biography of a compelling celebrity figure and social campaigner in Victorian England Patricia de Montfort’s book interweaves a vivid and rounded portrait of this Manchester-born artist teacher and author with insightful analysis of Jopling’s artwork and the aristocratic-bohemian social milieu that she inhabited. Painted by Whistler and Millais Jopling herself portrayed Victorian-era celebrities like the actress Lillie Langtry and her patrons included members of the de Rothschild banking family. Her work also included figure compositions interiors landscape and genre scenes. Drawing upon Jopling's unpublished diaries notebooks and correspondence as well as her 1925 memoir Twenty Years of My Life de Montfort’s study opens the way for a twenty-first century rediscovery of this now little-known artist who combined professional artistic practice with social activism against the backdrop of an often troubled private life. The full scope of Jopling’s artistic endeavours are discussed in relation to the cultural framework for fin de siècle working women as are her progressive views on education and women’s suffrage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138352728

Louise TalmaA Life in Composition American composer Louise Talma (1906-1996) was the first female winner of two back-to-back Guggenheim Awards (1946 1947) the first American woman to have an opera premiered in Europe (1962) the first female winner of the Sibelius Award for Composition (1963) and the first woman composer elected to the American Academy and Institute of Arts and Letters (1974). This book analyses Talma’s works in the context of her life focusing on the effects on her work of two major changes she made during her adult life: her conversion to Catholicism as an adult under the guidance of Nadia Boulanger and her adoption of serial compositional techniques. Employing approaches from traditional musical analysis feminist and queer musicology and women’s autobiographical theory to examine Talma’s body of works comprising some eighty pieces this is the first full-length study of this pioneering composer. Exploring Talma’s compositional language text-setting practices and the incorporation of autobiographical elements into her works using her own letters sketches and scores as well as a number of other relevant documents this book positions Talma’s contributions to serial and atonal music in the United States considers her role as a woman composer during the twentieth century and evaluates the legacy of her works and career in American music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669164

Louts and LegendsMale youth culture in an inner-city school For five years Jim Walker followed the stories of four groups of young men from their last years at an inner-city high school to their early twenties. Louts and Legends is a rich portrayal of their ways of life their responses to school and teachers and their experience of job-seeking employment unemployment further education and training.Louts and Legends presents a unique perspective on Australian culture showing the problems achievements and social context of four distinct cultural styles: the macho 'Aussie' culture of the footballers; the competitive challenge of the Greeks; the 'nice guy' friendliness of the handballers; the artistic aspirations of the stigmatised three friends.The interview and participant observation data gathered over a long period contains fresh insights on youth culture as well as moving individual stories. The findings in this book pose a challenge to educational and social policy but they also offer realistic suggestions for teachers youth workers parents and for other young people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116332

Love Love is a dominant theme in Western popular culture. It has become central to the meaning of everyday life propagated through the media and the market. Being in love has become idealised. With the demise of institutional religion in the West romantic love has become the dominant form of inner-worldly salvation. In Foucault’s terms it has become a key component in the ‘arts of existence’ and the care of self. In this highly accessible introduction to love of all kinds Tom Inglis gives a clear concise picture of how love shapes and is shaped by society. How is romantic love linked to capitalism? What is the difference between romantic love and loving? How is love connected to separation loss and grief? Inglis addresses all these questions and looks at how today’s changing circumstances – globalisation mobile lives and a new rugged individualism – have changed our perceptions of love and relationships. Love is an engaging thoughtful introduction to the subject for students academics and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415696128

Love What is love? What is it to be loved? Can we trust love? Is it overrated? These are just some of the questions Tony Milligan pursues in his novel exploration of a subject that has occupied philosophers since the time of Plato. Tackling the mood of pessimism about the nature of love that reaches back through Schopenhauer and Kierkegaard he examines the links between love and grief love and nature and between love of others and loving oneself. We love too few things in the world Milligan concludes adding that we need to be loved too to appreciate our own value and the worth of life itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844655069

Love Desire and MelancholyInspired by Constance Maynard (1849-1935) Originally inspired by the digitisation of the autobiographical writings of Constance Maynard this volume considers women’s historical experience of sexuality through the frame of the history of emotions. Constance Maynard (1849-1935) rose to prominence as the first Mistress and Principal of Westfield College holding that position from 1882 to 1913. However her writings offer more than an insight into the movement for women’s higher education. As pioneering feminist scholars such as Martha Vicinus have discovered Maynard’s life writings are a valuable source for scholars of gender and sexuality. Writing about her relationships with other women teachers and students Maynard attempted to understand her emotions and desires within the frame of her evangelical religious culture. The contributions to this volume draw out the significance of Maynard’s writings for the histories of gender sexuality religion and the emotions. Interdisciplinary in nature they use the approaches of literary studies architecture studies and life writing to understand Maynard and her historical significance. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s History Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133467

Love Desire and Transcendence in French LiteratureDeciphering Eros European literature and theory of the twentieth century have been intensely preoccupied with questions of 'Desire' whereas 'love' has increasingly represented a fractured and strange if not actually suspect proposal: this is a prime symptom of an age of deep cultural mutation and uncertainty. Paul Gifford's book allows this considerable contemporary phenomenon to be observed steadily and whole with strategic understanding of its origins nature and meaning. Gifford paints a clear and coherent picture of the evolution of erotic ideas and their imaginary and formal expressions in modern French writing. He first retraces the formative matrix of French tradition by engaging with five classic sources: Plato's Symposium the Song of Songs the myth of Genesis the tension between Greek Eros and Christian Agape and the repercussions of Nietzsche's declaration of the 'death of God'. Modern variations on these perennial problematics are then pursued in ten chapters devoted to Proust Valéry Claudel Breton Bataille Duras Barthes Irigarary Emmanuel Kristeva. Literary and theoretical perspectives are perfectly blended in his study of these attempts at 'deciphering Eros'. The book will appeal not only to students of French literature but to all those interested in the cultural upheavals of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275683

Love Drugs Art ReligionThe Pains and Consolations of Existence In this original and far-reaching contribution to the philosophy of religion Brian R. Clack examines the manner in which religious belief emerges from the turbulence and anxiety of human existence. Taking his cue from Freud's suggestion that human life is so hard to bear that it requires nothing short of cultural and psychological palliative care Clack explores each of the 'palliative measures' Freud catalogues - intoxicants religion art and love - and evaluates their role in the mitigation of suffering and the provision of the assistance required for an endurable life. This examination provides the context for an investigation into the meaning and function of religious belief when considered as a palliative. Clack initially subjects religion to ferocious critique defending the psychoanalytic judgment that religious beliefs operate as wish-fulfilling illusions but then elaborates a revised understanding of religion one in which comforting illusions are banished and in which religious belief faces up to reality and reconciles us both to the pains and disappointments of existence and to our nullity and inevitable annihilation. in this genuinely interdisciplinary work Clack breaks new ground by using detailed explorations of the phenomena of drug-use romantic love and the enjoyment of art in order to throw light on the meaning and nature of religion. This book will be vital reading for anyone concerned with the fundamental questions of religious belief the psychoanalytic approach to culture or simply the unavoidable existential problems lying at the very heart of human life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409406761

Love Hate and KnowledgeThe Kleinian Method and the Future of Psychoanalysis This book introduces the clinical concept of analytic contact. This is a term that describes the therapeutic method of investigation that makes up psychoanalytic treatment. The field has been in debate for decades regarding what constitutes psychoanalysis. This usually centers on theoretical ideals regarding analyzability goals or procedure and e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325466

Love Heterosexuality and Society Heterosexuality is a largely ‘silent’ set of practices and identities – it is assumed to be everywhere and yet often remains unnamed and unexplored. Despite recent changes in the theoretical understanding and representation of sexuality heterosexuality continues to be socially normative. Forging a new agenda for the study of heterosexuality this in-depth volume the first research monograph to focus on heterosexuality and society presents an empirical study of the construction negotiation and enactment of heterosexual sexuality. Using detailed interview data it investigates how heterosexuality as both an identity and a set of practices is accomplished through love relationships. Rather than assuming that romantic love is an outcome or expression of a pre-defined sexuality Johnson explores how sexuality is brought to life through love. Situated in the ongoing theoretical debates concerning the relationship between gender and sexuality Paul Johnson’s book shows how ways of loving are interwoven with the construction practice regulation and government of heterosexuality. Excellently written this important book also looks at gender in society and explores such areas as heterosexual subjectivities and the borders of desire. As such the research it contains will be valuable for all students of sociology and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655484

Love Intimacy and the African American Couple This exciting new text on counseling African American couples outlines critical components to providing culturally-sensitive treatment. Built around a framework that examines African American couples’ issues as well as the specific contextual factors that can negatively impact their relationships it:• Addresses threats to love and intimacy for Black couples• Provides culturally relevant strengths-based approaches and assessment practices• Includes interesting case studies at the conclusion of each chapter that illustrate important concepts.The chapters span the current state of couple relationships; readers will find information for working with lesbians and gays in relationships pastoral counseling and intercultural Black couples. There is also a chapter for non-Black therapists who work with Black clients. Dispersed throughout the book are interviews with prominent African American couples’ experts: Dr. Chalandra Bryant relationship expert Audrey B. Chapman Dr. Daryl Rowe and Dr. Sandra Lyons-Rowe and Dr. Thomas Parham. They provide personal insight on issues such as the strengths African Americans bring to relationships their skills and struggles and gender and class considerations. This must-read book will significantly help you and your clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656498

Love Justice and AutonomyPhilosophical Perspectives Philosophers have long been interested in love and its general role in morality. This volume focuses on and explores the complex relation between love and justice as it appears within loving relationships between lovers and their wider social context and the broader political realm. Special attention is paid to the ensuing challenge of understanding and respecting the lovers’ personal autonomy in all three contexts. Accordingly the essays in this volume are divided into three thematic sections. Section I aims at shedding further light on conceptual and practical issues concerning the compatibility or incompatibility of love and justice within relationships of love. For example are loving relations inherently unjust? Might love require justice? Or do love and justice belong to distinct moral domains? The essays in Section II consider the relation between the lovers on the one hand and their broader societal environment on the other. Specifically how exactly are love and impartiality related? Are they compatible or not? Is it unjust to favor one’s beloved? Finally Section III looks at the political dimensions of love and justice. How for instance do various accounts of love inform how we are to relate to our fellow citizens? If love is taken to play an important role in fostering or hindering the development of personal autonomy what are the political implications that need to be addressed and how? In addressing these questions this book engenders a better understanding both of conceptual and practical issues regarding the relation between love justice and autonomy as well as their broader societal and political implications. It will be of interest to advanced students and scholars working on the philosophy of love from ethical political and psychological angles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332648

Love Lust and License in Early Modern EnglandIllicit Sex and the Nobility Focusing on cases of extramarital sex Johanna Rickman investigates fornication adultery and bastard bearing among the English nobility during the Elizabethan and early Stuart period. Since members of the nobility were not generally brought before the ecclesiastical courts which had jurisdiction over other citizens' sexual offences Rickman's sources include collections of family papers (primarily letters) state papers and literary texts (prescriptive manuals love sonnets satirical verse and prose romances) as well as legal documents. Rickman explores how attitudes towards illicit sex varied greatly throughout the period of study roughly 1560 - 1630. Whole some viewed it as a minor infraction others directed by a religious moral code viewed it as a serious sin. seeks to illuminate the place of noblewomenin early modern aristocratic culture both as historical subjects (considering personal circumstances) and as a social group (considering social position and status).She argues that two different gender ideals were in operation simultaneously: one primarily religious ideal which lauded female silence obedience and chastity and another more secular ideal which required noblewomen to be beautiful witty brave and receptive to the games of courtly love. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250168

Love Reason and Morality This book brings together new essays that explore the connection between love and reasons. The observation that considerations of love carry significant weight in the deliberative process opens up new perspectives in the classic discussion about practical reasons and gives rise to many interesting questions about the nature of love’s reasons about their source and legitimacy about their relation to moral and epistemic reasons and about the extent to which love is sensitive to reasons. The contributors to this volume orient questions related to love within the broader context of the contemporary discussion on practical reasons and move forward the conversation about the normative dimensions of love. Love Reason and Morality will be of interest to philosophers working on issues of normativity meta-ethics and moral psychology and especially those interested in the source of practical reasons and the role of attachments in practical deliberation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874537

Love Romance Sexual InteractionResearch Perspectives from "Current Psychology" This volume brings together in a single resource fourteen empirical studies examining a variety of emotions and behaviors covering many aspects of love romance and sexual interaction from recent issues of Current Psychology. Scholars from universities and research centers bring under the empiricist's microscope a variety of emotions and behaviors ranging from dating relationships criteria for the ideal mate held by both men and women the relationship between perceptions of parents and partners in a direct test of psychoanalytic conceptualizations of mate selection how the media influence perceptions about love and romance sources of marital conflict gender differences in responses to infidelity and even the attitudes of "consumers" toward prostitution.Contributors and topics of discussion include: Albert Mehrabian and Jeffrey S. Blum "Physical Appearance Attractiveness and the Mediating Effect of Emotions"; Gordon L. Flett Paul L. Hewitt Brenley Shapiro and Jill Rayman "Perfectionism Beliefs and Adjustment in Dating Relationships"; Robert Ervin Cramer Jeffrey T. Schaefer and Suzanne Reid "Identifying the Ideal Mate: More Evidence for Male-Female Convergence"; Glenn Geher "Perceived and Actual Characteristics of Parents and Partners: A Freudian Model of Mate Selection"; Claudia J. Haferkamp "Beliefs about Relationships in Relation to Television Viewing Soap Opera Viewing and Self-Monitoring"; Blaine J. Flowers and Brooks Applegate "Marital Satisfaction and Conventionalization Examined Didactically"; Claudia J. Haferkamp "Dysfunctional Beliefs Self-Monitoring and Marital Conflict"; Emily A. Impett Kristin P. Beals and Letitia A. Peplau "Testing the Investment Model of Relationship Commitment and Stability in a Longitudinal Study of Married Couples"; Richard Clements and Clifford H. Swensen "Commitment to One's Spouse as a Predictor of Marital Quality among Older Couples"; Robert Ervin Cramer William Todd Abraham Lesley M. Johnson Barbara Manning-Ryan "Gender Differences in Subjective Distress to Emotional and Sexual Infidelity"; William Todd Abraham Robert Ervin Cramer Ana Maria Fernandez and Eileen Mahler "Infidelity Race and Gender"; Ami Rokach "Strategies of Coping with Loneliness throughout the Lifespan." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527379

Love Sex and Psychotherapy in a Post-Romantic Era How do cultural changes such as the increasing lustful possibilities of our liquid modernity affect ‘romantic’ values as psychotherapists and counsellors - and in turn affect how they work through their clients’ relationships? Do they embody values from a previous era that are inappropriate for the era we are in now which some term ‘post-romantic’? For example do they really privilege monogamous relationships? There again do those psychotherapists who advocate polygamy really want others to legitimize their own desire to have affairs? How wary should one be of accepting such prevailing theories as Freud’s nuclear family romance and his ‘ordinary unhappiness’? Is anyone value-free regarding romanticism/post-romanticism and should they be? Is ‘to have and to hold from this day forward for better for worse for richer or poorer in sickness and in health to love and to cherish till death us do part’ still an ideal worth working towards or more an ideological imprisonment? This book seeks to explore recent research on how notions of romanticism and post-romanticism affect therapeutic practices. Love Sex and Psychotherapy in a Post-Romantic Era is a significant new contribution to psychotherapy and will be a great resource for prospective and current clients trainee and professional therapists academics researchers and advanced students of Psychology Psychotherapy Philosophy and Human Behaviour. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of Psychotherapy & Counselling. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367561192

Love Sex and Teenage Sexual Cultures in South Africa16 turning 17 Love Sex and Teenage Sexual Cultures in South Africa interrupts the relative silence around teenage constructions of love in South Africa. Against the backdrop of gender inequalities HIV and violence the book situates teenage constructions of love and romance within the wider social and cultural context underwritten by the histories of apartheid chronic unemployment poverty and the endless struggle to survive.By drawing on focus group discussions with African teenage men and women the book addresses teenage Africans as active agents providing a more nuanced picture of their desires and their dilemmas through which sexuality and love are experienced. The chapters in the book conceptualise desiring love material love pure love forced love and fearing love. It argues that love is intrinsically linked to cultural practices and material realities which mold particular formations of teenage masculinities and femininities.This book will be of interest to academics undergraduates postgraduates and researchers in sociology HIV health and gender studies development and postcolonial studies and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594190

Love (and Hate) With the Proper Stranger: Affective Honesty and EnactmentPsychoanalytic Inquiry 26.2 This issue of Psychoanalytic Inquiry follows a design that has achieved increasing popularity in today's pluralistic world of psychoanalytic theory and practice. Providing a case presentation that incorporates detailed process noted along with a number of discussions of that case taken from divergent theoretical perspectives that appeals to the clinican operating in a postmodern setting. By proposing alternative ideas to the reader the reader is afforded an opportunity to conceptualize from his or her own perspective the approach most conducive to good analytic work for the particular patient he or she has envisioned from reading the material presented. Or the reader may discover that alternative views suggested in the discussions may be integrated establishing a more textured more complex vision of the analytic pair at work together a process facilitated through application of a systems sensibility. The abiding lesson - that there is no one good way to do our work but on the other hand that not all ways are equally good - is put forward persuasively in this format. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462274

Love Across BordersAsian Americans Race and the Politics of Intermarriage and Family-Making High rates of intermarriage especially with Whites have been viewed as an indicator that Asian Americans are successfully "assimilating " signaling acceptance by the White majority and their own desire to become part of the White mainstream. Comparing two types of Asian American intermarriage interracial and interethnic Kelly H. Chong disrupts these assumptions by showing that both types of intermarriages in differing ways are sites of complex struggles around racial/ethnic identity and cultural formations that reveal the salience of race in the lives of Asian Americans. Drawing upon extensive qualitative data Chong explores how interracial marriages far from being an endpoint of assimilation are a terrain of life-long negotiations over racial and ethnic identities while interethnic (intra-Asian) unions and family-making illuminate Asian Americans’ ongoing efforts to co-construct and sustain a common racial identity and panethnic culture despite interethnic differences and tensions. Chong also examines the pivotal role race and gender play in shaping both the romantic desires and desirability of Asian Americans spotlighting the social construction of love and marital choices. Through the lens of intermarriage Love Across Borders offers critical insights into the often invisible racial struggles of this racially in-between "model minority" group -- particularly its ambivalent negotiations with whiteness and white privilege -- and on the group’s social incorporation process and its implications for the redrawing of color boundaries in the U.S. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212558

Love American StyleDivorce and the American Novel 1881-1976 First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861380

Love Analyzed Philosophers have turned their attention in recent years to many previously unmined topics among them love and friendship. In this collection of new essays in philosophical and moral psychology philosophers turn their analytic tools to a topic perhaps most resistant to reasoned analysis: erotic love. Also included is one previously published pape Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319953

Love and AngerEssays on AIDS Activism and Politics Love and Anger: Essays on AIDS Activism and Politics is one of the first books to take an interdisciplinary approach to AIDS activism and politics by looking at the literary response to the disease class issues and the AIDS activist group ACT UP. Containing both literary analysis and interviews with activists Love and Anger will help you understand the unique struggle of a certain class of gay men why the author challenges the belief that ACT UP is a radical group and why the love story is a central part of the literary response to AIDS. Examining ACT UP in relation to class issues Love and Anger discusses how for certain middle-to upper-middle-class men in the group ACT UP represented a political response not to fundamental social inequalities but to the fact that their class position could not benefit them in the absence of an AIDS cure. In addition you will gain insight into the political methods and goals of ACT UP through interviews with ACT UP members and find out why the group is sometimes misperceived as being radical “too gay ” or “not gay enough.” Different from many other recent works Love and Anger also combines literary analysis with fieldwork in order to examine the literary response to AIDS from historical and sociological contexts not just a literary context. Drawing on the fields of anthropology sociology political science history and literary studies this text provides you with an original interpretation of a number of novels and plays including: Afterlife a novel by Paul Monette and The Normal Heart a play by Larry Kramer both of which envision the return of the class privileges that certain gay men had before AIDS emerged People in Trouble a novel by Sarah Schulman which challenges gay men to stop striving for the privileges of straight males and instead to focus on an AIDS movement that will support all groups affected by the epidemic Angels in America a play by Tony Kushner which demonstrates the incompatibility of love and political struggle in literature about AIDSBy examining AIDS activism and politics through the love story and through real-life examples such as ACT UP Love and Anger integrates fact and fiction in a scholarly yet comprehensible manner. It will give you a clearer understanding of the issues surrounding AIDS activism and politics as well as give you insight into the attitudes and feelings of those affected by the disease. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783680

Love and Electronic AffectionA Design Primer Love and Electronic Affection: A Design Primer brings together thought leadership in romance and affection games to explain the past present and possible future of affection play in games. The authors apply a combination of game analysis and design experience in affection play for both digital and analog games. The research and recommendations are intersectional in nature considering how love and affection in games is a product of both player and designer age race class gender and more. The book combines game studies with game design to offer a foundation for incorporating affection into playable experiences. The text is organized into two sections. The first section covers the patterns and practice of love and affection in games explaining the patterns and practice. The second section offers case studies from which designers can learn through example. Love and Electronic Affection: A Design Primer is a resource for exploring how digital relationships are offered and how to convey emotion and depth in a variety of virtual worlds. This book provides: • A catalog of existing digital and analog games for which love and affection are a primary or secondary focus. • A catalog of the uses of affection in games to add depth and investment in both human-computer and player-to-player engagement. • Perspective on affection game analyses and design using case studies that consider the relationship of culture and affection as portrayed in games from large scale studios to single author independent games. • Analysis and design recommendations for incorporating affection in games beyond romance toward parental love affection between friends and other relationships. • Analysis of the moral and philosophical considerations for historical and planned development of love and affection in human–computer interaction. • An intersectionality informed set of scholarly perspectives from the Americas Eurasia and Oceania. Editor Bio: Lindsay D. Grace is Knight Chair of Interactive Media and an Associate Professor at the University of Miami School of Communication. He is Vice President for the Higher Education Video Game Alliance and the 2019 recipient of the Games for Change Vanguard award. Lindsay is author of Doing Things with Games Social Impact through Design and more than fifty peer-reviewed papers on games and related research. He has given talks at the Game Developers Conference SXSW Games for Change Festival the Online News Association the Society for News Design and many other industry events. He was the founding director of the American University Game Lab and Studio and the designer-developer behind several award winning games including two affection games. He served as Vice President and on the board of directors for the Global Game Jam™ non-profit between 2014 and 2019. From 2009 to 2013 he was the Armstrong Professor at Miami University’s School of Art. Lindsay also served on the board for the Digital Games Research Association (DiGRA) between 2013 and 2015. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138367234

Love and HatePsychoanalytic Perspectives Love and hate seem to be the dominant emotions that make the world go round and are a central theme in psychotherapy. Love and Hate seeks to answer some important questions about these all consuming passions. Many patients seeking psychotherapy feel unlovable or full of rage and hate. What is it that interferes with the capacity to experience love? This book explores the origins of love and hate from infancy and how they develop through the life cycle. It brings together contemporary views about clinical practice on how psychotherapists and analysts work with and think about love and hate in the transference and countertransference and explores how different schools of thought deal with the subject. David Mann together with an impressive array of international contributors represent a broad spectrum of psychoanalytic perspectives including Kleinian Jungian Independent Group and Lacanian psychotherapists psychoanalysts and analytical psychologists.With emphasis on clinical illustration throughout the writers show how different psychoanalytic schools think about and clinically work with the experience and passions of love and hate. It will be invaluable to practitioners and students of psychotherapy psychoanalysis analytical psychology and counselling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800615

Love and HateThe Natural History of Behavior Patterns The author argues that there are specific turning points in evolution. Structures and behavioral patterns that evolved in the service of discrete functions sometimes allow for unforeseen new developments as a side effect. In retrospect they have proven to be pre-adaptations and serve as raw material for natural selection to work upon. Love and Hate was intended to complement Konrad Lorenz's book On Aggression by pointing out our motivations to provide nurturing and thus to counteract and correct the widespread but one-sided opinion that biologists always present nature as bloody in tooth and claw and intra-specific aggression as the prime mover of evolution. This simplistic image is nonetheless still with us all the more regrettably because it hampers discussion across scholarly disciplines. Eibl-Eibesfeldt argues that leaders in individualized groups are chosen for their pro-social abilities. Those who comfort group members in distress who are able to intervene in quarrels and to protect group members who are attacked those who share those who in brief show abilities to nurture are chosen by the others as leaders rather than those who use their abilities in competitive ways. Of course group leaders may need beyond their pro-social competence to be gifted as orators war leaders or healers. Issues of love and hate are social in origin and hence social in consequence. Life has emerged on this planet in a succession of new forms from the simplest algae to man-man the one being who reflects upon this creation who seeks to fashion it himself and who in the process may end by destroying it. It would indeed be grotesque if the question of the meaning of life were to be solved in this way. In language that is clear and accessible throughout arguing forcefully for the innate and "preprogrammed" dispositions of behavior in higher vertebrates including humans Eibl-Eibesfeldt steers a middle course in discussing the development of cultural and ethical norms while insisting on their matrix of biological origins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527355

Love and Instinct (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1981 this title takes a ‘sociobiological’ approach to the exploration of sexual habits looking at the fundamental biological nature of humans. The book covers the spectrum of human sexuality considering love and marriage variant sexuality and social influences. This is a valuable reissue for any student of sexual psychology or cultural and evolutionary anthropology with an interest in the fundamental influences on human sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728485

Love and Intimacy in Contemporary SocietyLove in an International Context Love and Intimacy in Contemporary Society reflects on relationships in contemporary society and the role of love and intimacy in framing lives. The book draws on sociological perspectives cultural sociology and gender theory perspectives. It looks at how love and intimacy is experienced differently and intersected by gender ethnicity race and sexuality. This book aims to encourage people to understand theories of intimacy emotions and desire by examining these concepts contemporaneously and cross-culturally. It also explores how love and intimacy is experienced by young people and how it is impacted by age. It looks at its representation in the media and film and focuses on how gender ethnicity and sexuality offer different perspectives on love and intimacy. The book shows how relationships are impacted by social networking and new technologies and the opportunities and challenges posed by these new platforms for building relationships. Finally the book examines how intimacy has become commercialised in late capitalism and how that acts to change relationships. The book is written in an accessible way and explores a range of theoretical debates and contemporary research around emotions which can be useful for undergraduate postgraduate and doctoral study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572331

Love and Intimate RelationshipsJourneys of the Heart Using a style that draws students into the ongoing inquiry into how intimate relationships work Love and Intimate Relationships investigates the life cycle of relationships influences that affect them theories behind them and ways to improve them. Dozens of stories from students themselves case examples and over 150 tables figure and the cartoons of Don Edwing of Mad Magazine help bring the material alive. The book is also unique in exploring aspects of human relationships not covered in other textbooks on the subject.Love and Intimate Relationships helps bring the complex issues surrounding intimate relationships into focus for students from diverse backgrounds. The multidisciplinary perspective of the textbook makes it ideal for introductory courses in psychology marriage counseling human relations and sexuality and interpersonal relationships Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203766354

Love and Law in Europe First published in 1998 this volume aims to draw attention to an ongoing shift in the perception of law which is now increasingly understood as a cultural and historical phenomenon. As other such phenomena – like music literature or art – it is acknowledged that it is created in a specific environment on which it is dependent for its functioning and interpretation. The historical aspects of love in a European and Nordic context are underlined as well as the modern understanding of love and law as incompatible and contrasting concepts. Developments within the European Union and especially the relation of the EU to so called third country nationals and immigrants demonstrate that the problematic concerning law and love is not only one of legal philosophy but also of legal and everyday reality. The claim that love has been specifically ‘European’ is discarded as Eurocentrist and the need for more particular emotions and a more pragmatic approach to romantic feelings for a ‘reasonable love’ is discussed from legal feminist and philosophical perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361829

Love and Loneliness at WorkAn Inspirational Guide for Consultants Leaders and Other Professionals Love and loneliness in both their presence and absence are key aspects of our lives –  including our working lives. Love and Loneliness at Work offers an accessible and practical starting point for understanding the connections between emotions individual working life and organizations focusing on love and loneliness. The book begins with an engaging chapter-length case study that illuminates the themes discussed. Taking a psychodynamic perpective Bonnerup and Hasselager examine love and how it influences our feelings about tasks organizations and participation as well as uniquely exploring pairs in working life. The book explores loneliness as an inner state of mind as an aspect of the professional role and as a group dynamic experience and assesses the psychological burden of feeling lonely in an organization. Bonnerup and Hasselager also provide an overview of key theoretical concepts including the unconscious anxiety libido projective processes and the concepts of inner and outer self providing the tools required to examine understand and work with the emotional strength and vulnerability of an organization. This book provides unique insights into how understanding these feelings can help leaders decision makers and employees contribute to healthier and happier workplaces. It will be an essential guide for coaches in practice and in training as well as leaders and managers human resources (HR) and learning and development (L&D) professionals and consultants within organizations seeking to expand their understanding of organizational dynamics. With its strong theoretical base it will also be of interest to academics and students of coaching coaching psychology psychodynamic consulting organizational psychology leadership and management and organizational change and to anyone seeking an insight into the emotional dynamics of working life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315631

Love and Loss in Life and in Treatment Have you ever wondered what a therapist really thinks? Have you ever wondered if a therapist truly cares about her patients? Have you tried to imagine the unimaginable the loss of the person most dear to you? Is it true that `tis better to have loved and lost than never to have loved at all? ` Love and loss are a ubiquitous part of life bringing the greatest joys and the greatest heartaches. In one way or another all relationships end. People leave move on die. Loss is an ever-present part of life. In Love and Loss Linda B. Sherby illustrates that in order to grow and thrive we must learn to mourn to move beyond the person we have lost while taking that person with us in our minds. Love unlike loss is not inevitable but she argues no satisfying life can be lived without deeply meaningful relationships. The focus of Love and Loss is how patients' and therapists' independent experiences of love and loss as well as the love and loss that they experience in the treatment room intermingle and interact. There are always two people in the consulting room both of whom are involved in their own respective lives as well as the mutually responsive relationship that exists between them. Love and loss in the life of one of the parties affects the other whether that affect takes place on a conscious or unconscious level. Love and Loss is unique in two respects.The first is its focus on the analyst's current life situation and how that necessarily affects both the patient and the treatment. The second is Sherby's willingness to share the personal memoir of her own loss which she has interwoven with extensive clinical material to clearly illustrate the effect the analyst's current life circumstance has on the treatment. Writing as both a psychoanalyst and a widow Linda B. Sherby makes it possible for the reader to gain an inside view of the emotional experience of being an analyst making this book of interest to a wide audience. Professionals from psychoanalysts and psychotherapists and bereavement specialists through students in all the mental health fields to the public in general will resonate and learn from this heartfelt and straightforward book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415888943

Love and LossThe Roots of Grief and its Complications Loving and grieving are two sides of the same coin: we cannot have one without risking the other. Only by understanding the nature and pattern of loving can we begin to understand the problems of grieving. Conversely the loss of a loved person can teach us much about the nature of love. Love and Loss the result of a lifetime's work has important implications for the study of attachment and bereavement. In this volume Colin Murray Parkes reports his innovative research that enables us to bring together knowledge of childhood attachments and problems of bereavement resulting in a new way of thinking about love bereavement and other losses. Areas covered include: patterns of attachment and grief loss of a parent child or spouse in adult life social isolation and support. The book concludes by looking at disorders of attachment and considering bereavement in terms of its implications on love loss and change in a wider context. Illuminating the structure and focus of thinking about love and loss this book sheds light on a wide range of psychological issues. It will be essential reading for professionals working with bereavement as well as graduate students of psychology psychiatry and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203086148

Love and LustOn the Psychoanalysis of Romantic and Sexual Emotions These selections from Theodor Reik's work concern the love life and sexual activity of men and women. Reik establishes the theme of this work in the following way: "The sex urge hunts for lustful pleasure; love is in search of joy and happiness." Over a third of this volume had never been published in book form before it originally appeared half a century ago. Its appearance in paperback for the first time is a welcome addition to current debates liberated from ideological and political constraints.The first part of the book is so far ahead of its time that it is still current. It reveals Reik's departure from Freud's theories and from those of most of his contemporaries in psychology and psychoanalysis. Part Two is a greatly abbreviated version of Masochism in Modern Man retaining those parts with a direct bearing on the subject of this volume. Part Three offers two essays on why people remain single. In the author's usual direct style they deal with the marriage shyness of the male and the psychological fears and resistance of both men and women to acceptance of the marriage bond. Part Four is Reik at his wisest. "The first lady whom I asked to read the manuscript said smilingly: 'Many of your impressions about us (women) are correct. No man should read the book!' A few seconds later she said: 'Or rather every man should read the book!'"As Paul Roazen noted "in contrast to some of Freud's other followers Reik was prescient early on in distinguishing self-love from narcissism. Reik believed that genuine self-regard was the ultimate basis for developing the capacity to love."At times Reik seems to defend women at times to critique them. Yet he writes with sympathy and understanding. He challenges other authorities who have written on the subject but he also agrees with many of them. Love and Lust is civilized writing at its most provocative. Reik is authoritative and his book reflects the glow of a rich personality. It is mellow but uncompromising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527362

Love and Marriage in Globalizing China As China globalizes the number of marriages between Chinese people and foreigners is increasing. These Chinese--foreign marriages have profound implications for China’s cultural identity. This book based on extensive original research outlines the different types of Chinese--foreign marriage and divorce and the changing scale and changing patterns of such marriages and divorces and examines how such marriages and divorces are portrayed in different kinds of media. It shows how those types of Chinese--foreign marriage where Chinese patriotism and Chinese values are preserved are depicted favourably whereas other kinds of Chinese--foreign marriage especially those where Chinese women marry foreign nationals are disapproved of male foreign nationals being seen as having a propensity to infidelity deception violence and taking advantage of Chinese women. The book contrasts the portrayal of Chinese--foreign marriage with the reality and with the depiction of Chinese--Chinese marriage where many of the same problems apply. Overall the book sheds much light on changing social processes and on current imaginings of China’s place in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577107

Love and MoneyA Literary History of Desires When people speak about love and money they usually are referring to a conflict: love distorted by the desire for money. Such statements imply that love has a distinct form before economics interferes but this book aims to show that such a view simplifies what is going on because people have always been deeply shaped by everything in the social order including economics. So when people say that money is distorting love what they are really saying is that the current relationship of love and economics is different from an earlier relationship. This book seeks then to demonstrate the intertwining of the discourses of love and money over a long history by focusing on moments when parallel conceptions appear in economic theories and love stories. The two discourses intersect because both seek to define qualities and behaviors of human beings which are most valuable and hence most desirable. Similar descriptions of valuable behaviors appear at roughly the same time in economic theories of how to acquire wealth and literary stories of how to find ideal lovers. By tracking mutual expressions of desire value and acquisition in economics and love stories this book argues for the ubiquity of the intertwining of these discourses while exploring shifts in conceptions of value. It focuses on four eras when economic and romantic conceptions of what is most desirable were actively changing in English discourses: the early modern 17th century the Victorian 19th the modernist 20th and the postmodern present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504908

Love and Other EmotionsOn the Process of Feeling This book is an account of the psychology of romantic love in the context of a theory of emotions. The account develops out of studies in brain psychology and the extension to topics in process-philosophy such as the nature of value and belief and the central role of feeling in mental process. The approach is subjectivist that is from the internal standpoint and in this respect it differs greatly from the externalist and objectivist trends in modern cognitive science and empiricist philosophy. Love is the ultimate in value so that a theory of love is also a theory of the nature of value and its relation to feeling belief and to drive and desire. The role of intention reason and appraisal is critiqued. The relation to other feelings such as jealousy envy anger loss and grief is discussed in terms of a general theory of emotion and the basis in a process account of the mind/brain state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490717

Love and Sex in a New Relationship Love and Sex in a New Relationship explores leaving a long relationship and starting a new one with all the complexities that entails. Using her experience as a relationship therapist Cate Campbell takes the reader through the journey of loss and renewal examining the dynamics involved in the end and beginning of a relationship and how to give new relationships the best chance of survival. Focusing on three main relationship issues the book considers: how to end a relationship and manage ongoing contact with an ex; how to understand what went wrong in previous relationships; and how to overcome everyday relationship problems and make relationships thrive. Taking into account the effect of technology and social media and how to make online dating work the book offers a distinctly modern take on relationships. Similarly the spectrum of sexuality gender and sexual relationships is addressed with many different examples included throughout the book. With practical advice case studies quizzes and exercises to help identify and remedy a variety of problems that can occur at any stage of a relationship Love and Sex in a New Relationship will provide an essential resource for relationship counsellors and their clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788724

Love and SocietySpecial Social Forms and the Master Emotion Why does love matter?Love and Society discusses the meaning and importance of love for contemporary society. Love is not only an emotion that occurs in our intimate relationships; it is a special emotion that allows us to relate to each other in a lasting fashion to create out of our individual pasts a shared past which enables us to project a shared future. Bringing together the idea of Simmel’s second order forms with theories of love this insightful volume shows that the answer to why love is so central to society can be found in the social transformation of the last two centuries. It also explains how we can build our strongest social bonds on the fragility of an emotions thanks to the creation of "special moments" (love rituals) and "intimate stories" (love myths) that are central to the weaving of lasting social bonds. Going to the cinema reading a book together or sharing songs are forms of weaving bonds of love and part of the cycle of love. But love is not only shared between two people; the desire and the search for love is something we share with almost all members of society.With rich empirical data an analysis of love’s transformation in modernity and a critical engagement with classical and contemporary theorists this book provides a lively discussion on the meaning and importance of love for today’s society. It will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers who are interested in fields such as Sociology of Emotions Sociological Theory and Sociology of Morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870614

Love and TherapyIn Relationship Sigmund Freud noted the importance of love in the healing of the human psyche. So many of life's distresses have their origins in lack of love disruption of love or trauma. People naturally seek love in their lives to feel complete. Is therapy a substitute for love? Or is it love by another name? This important book looks at the place of love in therapy and whether it is the curative factor. The authors continually stress however that within psychotherapy both ethical and professional boundaries should govern this 'Love' at all times in order for it to be experienced as healing and therapeutic. This book offers explorations of the complexity of love from different modalities: psychoanalytic humanistic person-centred psychosexual family and systemic transpersonal existential and transcultural. The discussions challenge therapists and other allied professionals to think about their practice ethics and boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201953

Love and VulnerabilityThinking with Pamela Sue Anderson Love and Vulnerability: Thinking with Pamela Sue Anderson developed out of the desire for dialogue with the late feminist philosopher Pamela Sue Anderson’s extraordinary previously unpublished last work on love and vulnerability. The collection publishes this work for the first time with a diverse multidisciplinary international range of contributors responding to it to Anderson’s oeuvre as a whole and to her life and death. Anderson’s path-breaking work includes A Feminist Philosophy of Religion (1998) and Re-visioning Gender in Philosophy of Religion: Reason Love and Epistemic Locatedness (2012). Her last work critiques then attempts to rebuild concepts of love and vulnerability. Reason critical self-reflexivity emotion intuition and imagination myth and narrative all have a role to play. Social justice friendship conversation dialogue collective work are central to her thinking. Contributors trace the emergence of Anderson’s late thinking extend her conversations with the history of philosophy and contemporary voices such as hooks and Butler and bring her work into contact with debates in theology; Continental and analytic philosophy; feminist queer and transgender theory; postcolonial theory; African-American studies. Discussions engage with the Me Too movement and sexual violence climate change sweatshops neoliberalism death and dying and the nature of the human. Originally published as a special issue of the journal Angelaki this large wide-ranging collection featuring a number of distinguished contributors makes a significant contribution to the burgeoning interdisciplinary research on interpersonal relations sympathy and empathy affect and emotion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367678715

Love as a Collective ActionLatin America Emotions and Interstitial Practices This book makes evident how love as an interstitial practice produces a set of collective practices and how through a mapping of these practices it is possible to observe the connection between the politics of sensibilities and social conflict. The book provides – in the face of a global normalization of immediate enjoyment through consumption the internationalization of fear and anxiety the rise of "post-truth" and a distrust regarding politics â€“ a systematic analysis of love as an interstitial practice. This book follows a sociology of body/emotions approaches within which sensations emotions and sensibilities are part of dialectical social structuration process. The book proposes love not only as an effect or trait of a society but also as an analytical tool for better understanding the processes of social structuring. It connects a sociology of bodies/emotions with a specific perspective on collective action and links conflictual structures and the politics of sensibilities in six Latin American countries by using a strategy of inquiry attuned to current patterns of social transformation that of digital ethnography. This work is of interest to a wide public  those who want to know which emotions are the prevailing in Latin America as well as specialists such as sociologists political scientists anthropologists and all researchers and graduate students who are interested in the connections between conflict society and emotions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246471

Love BombingReset Your Child's Emotional Thermostat "Love Bombing" is a radical new method for resetting the emotional thermostats of troubled children and their parents setting them on a much happier trajectory. It is simple to do easily explained and works for both severe and mild problems from aged three to early teenage. Many if not most parents feel that their children may have missed out in some way during the early years. Offering a simple relatively trouble-free self-help method for putting that right is what parents are waiting for. "This book is written in highly accessible language" assures Oliver James. "The method is explained as simply as possible illustrated with cases". "Love Bombing is a very simple technique which helps most children from aged three to early teenage. Because so many parents are or have had periods of living very busy or miserable or complicated lives most of us need to reconnect with our children from time to time. Love Bombing does the job " explains James. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491370

Love DivineStudies in 'Bhakti and Devotional Mysticism Explores the nature and function of bhakti or devotional involvement in religious practice in India in areas where it is seldom sought or where its existence has been doubted or even denied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980082

Love in a Time of Loneliness The first essay "The Impossible Couple" is both a humorous and razor-sharp analysis of the contemporary relationship between man and woman. In the second essay "Fleeing Fathers" the author demonstrates that today the Freudian Oedipus complex has disappeared with a resulting shattering of classic gender roles. Post-modern morals are strange compared to previous morality because they convey an obligation to enjoy. Things become even stranger when one finds that the expected enjoyment fails to come and instead of that we are faced with boredom anxiety and anger. The author reconsiders the opposition between Eros and Thanatos as an opposition between two forms of sexual pleasure. The fact that this opposition is ever present in heterosexual love demonstrates that gender differentiation goes beyond temporal cultural forms. Accessibly written and provocatively argued Love in a Time of Loneliness is a polemic whose very informality belies its serious intent. In these three fascinating essays The author leaves the ordinary paths of thinking and sets out to discover what drives us in sex and love. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855756984

Love in the Age of the InternetAttachment in the Digital Era This highly topical book explores the new technological environment we have created and our adaptation to it twenty-five years after the death of John Bowlby. In the space of just a couple of decades the world has changed radically and we are changing too: personal computers and smartphones mediate our lives work play and love. Relationships of all kinds are now conducted through mobile phones email Skype and social network sites. Attachment theory is concerned with the impact of the external world on internal reality where twenty-first century experiences encounter the powerful primitive and ancient instinct for attachment and survival. This book is written by psychotherapists whose practice with individual adults and couples is informed by attachment theory. It contains theoretical observational and clinical material and will be relevant to all psychotherapists psychoanalysts counsellors and psychologists interested in the profound impact of digital and communication technologies on human relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201465

Love is a Sweet ChainDesire Autonomy and Friendship in Liberal Political Theory Notions of love intersect with ideas on personal liberty obligation individuality self and difference in this study. James Martel contends that theorists' inattention to the subject has impoverished our explorations of political discourse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203905265

Love LettersSaving Romance in the Digital Age In today’s world of Tinder and texting do we write and save love letters anymore? Are we more likely to save a screenshot of a text exchange or a box of paper letters from a lover? How might these different ways to store a love letter make us feel? Sociologist Michelle Janning’s Love Letters: Saving Romance in the Digital Age offers a new twist on the study of love letters: what people do with them and whether digital or paper format matters. Through stories a rich review of past research and her own survey findings Janning uncovers whether and how people from different groups (including gender and age) approach their love letter "curatorial practices" in an era when digitization of communication is nearly ubiquitous. She investigates the importance of space and time showing how our connection to the material world and our attraction to nostalgia matter in actions as seemingly small and private as saving storing stumbling upon or even burning a love letter. Janning provides a framework for understanding why someone may prefer digital or paper love letters and what that preference says about a person’s access and attachment to powerful cultural values such as individualization taking time in a hectic world longevity privacy and keeping cherished things in a safe place. Ultimately Janning contends the cultural values that tell us how romantic love should be defined are more powerful than the format our love letters take. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055261

Love MattersA Book of Lesbian Romance and Relationships Love Matters: A Book of Lesbian Romance and Relationships is a collection of advice columns and personal reflections that will help lesbian couples validate and appreciate their unique relationships. With excerpts taken from the author’s “Love Matters” column in the lesbian newspaper New Phazes this book explores real-life questions and issues that lesbians have about dating sex love and relationship longevity. From Love Matters you’ll receive honest informative advice that can help you and your partner share a more open and fulfilling relationship.Offering support care and understanding for lesbian couples Love Matters seeks to recognize the “new female role” for lesbian women. Using her 15-year long relationship as a basis for many of the responses the author provides you with suggestions and insight into topics relating to lesbian relationships such as: keeping sex alive in a long-term relationship handling finances fairly and successfully supporting your partner through the physical emotional and spiritual changes caused by menopause identifying the difficulties of dating and what lesbians look for on a date questioning the purpose of and emotions caused by a long-distance relationship realizing how homophobia affects love and relationshipsWhile focusing on the joys and experiences of couples this book also addresses depression and loneliness felt by single lesbians break-ups and the death of a partner. You’ll find that Love Matters offers comfort hope and humor that will help you understand the difficulties and rewards of your lesbian relationship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865454

Love Sex & Marriage in the Middle Ages First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203532973

Love Songs of Vidyāpati Originally published in 1963 The Love Songs of Vidyāpati explores one hundred poems by the poet Vidyāpati. The book opens with an extensive introduction providing an overview into the life of Vidyāpati and offering a wealth of information relating to the themes development and significance of his poetry. The poems are accompanied by detailed notes and enhanced further by a selection of illustrations. The Love Songs of Vidyāpati will appeal to anyone with an interest in poetry literary history and Indian cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611200

Love Stories in ChinaThe Politics of Intimacy in the Twenty-First Century This book explores how political economic social cultural and technological forces are (re)shaping the meanings of love and intimacy in China's public culture. It focuses on a range of cultural and media forms including literature film television music and new media examines new cultural practices such as online activism virtual intimacy and relationship counselling and discusses how far love and romance have come to assume new shapes and forms in the twenty-first century. Love Stories in China offers deep insights into how the huge transformation of China over the last four decades has impacted the micro lives of ordinary Chinese people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367224691

Love the Wild SwanThe selected works of Judith Edwards Love the Wild Swan is the culmination of thirty years of clinical and teaching experience undertaken by child and adolescent psychotherapist Judith Edwards. Along with new material the book consists of previously published papers spanning Edwards’s entire career which have been carefully selected to chart the journey that every clinician and human being makes from babyhood to adult life.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138123328

Love Under the SkinInterracial Marriages in the American South and France The rising visibility of interracial couples calls for increased attention to the overlapping of culture and race in safe spaces centered on small-group dynamics or in public spaces where peoples of African descent are under the public gaze. This comparative study seeks to de-center the U.S-centered viewpoint common to much of the literature on black/white relations. Based on nine years of fieldwork in the American South and in France Coquet shows many unexpected parallels between the two societies. Gendered perceptions of cultural authenticity and sexual ethics are a guiding thread being inseparable from the historical and political contingencies (re-)defining acceptable forms of dating marrying and parenting among cis-heterosexual couples in both societies. Her account emphasizes resilience and agency as couples seek to protect themselves and their children while their extended or symbolic kinship networks help white partners acknowledge the existence of racial privilege. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370978

Love: Bondage or Liberation?A Psycholological Exploration of the Meaning Values and Dangers of Falling in Love Much has been written about the function of falling in love in the course of therapy itself. This book has a much broader aim. Deirdre Johnson a Jungian analyst and psychotherapy trainer uses her teaching and clinical experience to illuminate the whole range of this near universal human experience.How and why does falling in love affect us so profoundly? How can it enhance who we are or must it ultimately fade without lasting value? Johnson argues that the many valuable studies by psychoanalysts relational psychologists anthropologists neuroscientists and philosophers have all made valuable contributions and uses these to highlight and explore the many values and dangers inherent in passionate love. However she claims that a more holistic approach is required to show how these various accounts can be seen as complementary rather than competing and can be accommodated within an overarching view of the integration of the human being in its heights and depths.Deirdre Johnson's interdisciplinary approach cuts across the different modalities and will appeal to a good cross-section of psychotherapists and counsellors while being accessible to anyone interested in the meaning of falling in love. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105815

LoveA Question for Feminism in the Twenty-First Century This unique timely book of original essays sets the stage for a new materialist feminist debate on the analysis ethics and politics of love. The contributors raise questions about social power and domination situating their research in a materialist feminist perspective that investigates love historically in order to understand changing ideologies representations and practices. The essays range from studies of particular representations and examples of love - feminist translation mass media images and internet love blogs - to feminist theories of love and marriage to ethical and political theories describing critiquing or advocating the use of love in groups as a radical force. They break new ground in bringing together questions of gendered interests in love temporal dimensions of loving practices and the politics of love in radical transformations of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952294

Lovers of GodSufism and the Politics of Islam in Medieval India This book addresses some of the fiercely contested issues about religion and politics in medieval India especially with regard to the crucial presence of Sufis who styled themselves as friends and lovers of God. Enjoying widespread veneration even in situations of hostility with regard to Islam and Muslims in general Sufis are central to an understanding of religious interactions and community relations historically. The chapters included in the book can be read as stand-alone pieces focussing on some of the most fascinating as well as contentious themes in medieval Indian history – subjects and issues which are otherwise either left untouched by historians because of their sensitive nature from the point of view of modern day secularism or abused by interested parties in their communal propaganda. When read as a monograph the volume as a whole attempts to combat all kinds of intellectual absurdities which mar our understating of the place of Islam in medieval Indian history especially the significant presence of Sufis who were devoted to the love of God and service to humanity. Historiographically important issues which are also topical in these times of interdependence of religion and politics – the latter exploiting religion for legitimacy and justification of violence and religion needing political support for expansion and imposition on the gullible – have been dealt in detail neither bounded by a particular ideology nor by identity politics with its separate blinkers. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472443

Love's LaborEssays on Women Equality and Dependency This new edition of Eva Feder Kittay’s feminist classic Love’s Labor explores how theories of justice and morality must be reconfigured when intersecting with care and dependency and the failure of policy towards women who engage in care work. The work is hailed as a major contribution to the development of an ethics of care. Where society is viewed as an association of equal and autonomous persons the work of caring for dependents figures neither in political theory nor in social policy. While some women have made many gains equality continues to elude many others as in large measure social institutions fail to take into account the dependency of childhood illness disability and frail old age and fail to adequately support those who care for dependents. Using a narrative of her experiences caring for her disabled daughter  Eva Feder Kittay discusses the relevance of her analysis of dependency to significant cognitive disability. She explores the significance of dependency work by analyzing John Rawls' influential liberal theory and two examples of public policy—welfare reform and family leave—to show how theory and policy fail women when they miss the centrality of dependency to issues of justice. This second edition has updated material on care workers her adult disabled daughter and key changes in welfare reform. Using a mix of personal reflection and political argument this new edition of a classic text will continue to be an innovative and influential contribution to the debate on searching for greater equality and justice for women. Love’s Labor has spoken to audiences around the world and has had an impact on readers from many countries and in many disciplines: philosophy sociology disability studies nursing. It has been required and supplementary reading on many undergraduate courses on Ethics Feminist Ethics Gender and Religious Ethics Political Theory Bioethics and Disability Studies. It has been translated into Italian Japanese and Korean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089921

Love's Labour's LostCritical Essays This anthology examines Love's Labours Lost from a variety of perspectives and through a wide range of materials. Selections discuss the play in terms of historical context dating and sources; character analysis; comic elements and verbal conceits; evidence of authorship; performance analysis; and feminist interpretations. Alongside theater reviews production photographs and critical commentary the volume also includes essays written by practicing theater artists who have worked on the play. An index by name literary work and concept rounds out this valuable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864297

Love's ReturnPsychoanalytic Essays on Childhood Teaching and Learning The idea that teachers love children is often taken for granted in education. Rarely is the idea of love itself examined. Bringing together the work of educators curriculum theorists and clinical psychoanalysts and drawing upon autobiographical and narrative case studies this groundbreaking collection examines the collision of love and learning including the ways in which such intersections are provoked repressed and denied. Contributors turn to psychoanalysis to explore questions of love in all of its varying permutations - ambivalence sexuality hatred desire projection and loss - in order to demonstrate how the social ramifications of such work is critical to the ways teachers are currently being prepared for life in the classroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446690

LoveSexAn Integrative Model for Sexual Education This book looks at how our brains minds bodies and emotions interact to create our experience of sexuality and how we can create a sense of sexual self-esteem and a nutritious sexual diet for ourselves. As the author notes in her Introduction 'we think and talk about sex as something we do rather than sexuality being something that we have; and being sexual as something that we are. We talk little about feeling sexual or the emotional and relational reasons for sexual desire; about the fact that it is usually an 'other' that we want to be sexual with. Our focus seems to be on how much sex we can have rather than how we want to express ourselves sexually.' This book challenges the cultural commodification of sex and sexuality and encourages the reader to experience 'being sexual' rather than 'doing sex' or 'looking sexy'. This is crucial to our development of sexual self-esteem particularly in an era of ubiquitous online pornography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491554

LoveThe Biology Behind the Heart Love is a little word with a universe of meanings and has engaged people's interest throughout human history. The need to give and receive love lies deep within human nature. Philosophers poets theologians sociologists and scientists have all attempted to explain its exact origin but is it an evolutionary adaptation or a social construct?Walsh discusses that the nature of and need for love has biological origins. He draws upon Darwin's sexual selection theory to define the perceptions of love by infants through the process of experience-dependent brain wiring. He observes that mother love makes a child capable of loving and that father love makes a child feel worthy of love. He appraises the origin and purpose of romantic love in his discussions on sexual reproduction by looking at chemical and neurological responses to love and the influence of love on one's physical and mental health.With frequent quotes from literary masters like Shakespeare to orient one's scientific and humanistic understanding of love Walsh goes on to explore various styles of romantic love including monogamy promiscuity bartering love and betrayed love; the effects of a skewed sex ratio on dating and mating practices; and the age-old quest for a perfect society populated by perfect people obeying the biblical command to "love one another." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349547

Loving Hating and SurvivalHandbook for All Who Work with Troubled Children and Young People First published in 1997 Living in the Global Society reflects on the fundamental concept of global economy as the driving force for development and examines how ethical values can direct this towards the welfare of humankind in a future where peace will reign. The contributions stem from an international conference held in Rome on ‘Economic Growth for What Kind of Future?’. The book examines four main themes: development and underdevelopment; globalization in the fields of economics finance trade migration and culture; the shape of the world to come through management of resources and goods; and finally the challenge of globalization moving from fragmentation towards social growth based on cooperation and integration. It is suggested that only a civil society that is also developed at an international level can provide the basis for a true global democracy and true peace. This book asks how far are we along the path towards its creation? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138334441

Loving PsychoanalysisLooking at Culture with Freud and Lacan Psychoanalysis was neither a product of philosophy nor of academic study. Freud took his lead from hysterical women; the accounts of their pain anxieties and physical symptoms led him to formulate his theories on the existence of the unconscious. Psychoanalysis is neither a theory nor a way of seeing life. It is a form of ethics unlike any othe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325473

Loving Someone with Borderline Personality DisorderHow to Keep Out-of-Control Emotions from Destroying Your Relationship People with borderline personality disorder (BPD) can be intensely caring warm smart and funny—but their behavior often drives away those closest to them. If you're struggling in a tumultuous relationship with someone with BPD this is the book for you. Dr. Shari Manning helps you understand why your spouse family member or friend has such out-of-control emotions—and how to change the way you can respond. Learn to use simple yet powerful strategies that can defuse crises establish better boundaries and radically transform your relationship. Empathic hopeful and science based this is the first book for family and friends grounded in dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) the most effective treatment for BPD.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781593856076

Loving with a VengeanceMass Produced Fantasies for Women Upon its first publication Loving with a Vengeance was a groundbreaking study of women readers and their relationship to mass-market romance fiction. Feminist scholar and cultural critic Tania Modleski has revisited her widely read book bringing to this new edition a review of the issues that have in the intervening years shaped and reshaped questions of women's reading. With her trademark acuity and understanding of the power both of the mass-produced object film television or popular literature and the complex workings of reading and reception she offers here a framework for thinking about one of popular culture's central issues.This edition includes a new introduction a new chapter and changes throughout the existing text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149106

Low and High Style in Italian Renaissance Art First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980105

Low Attainers in Primary MathematicsThe Whisperers and the Maths Fairy In this fascinating book Jenny Houssart draws on close observations with children in lower mathematics sets in primary schools to investigate why some children opt out of mathematics at an early age. After introducing us to the children  she addresses a particular type of mathematical task in each chapter including: mental work practical work written work calculators and computers assessment tasks. Through the use of stories and quotes the author shows how the children respond to specific tasks and presents evidence of a range of difficulties that emerge as the children are working. Each chapter ends with discussions and implications for classroom practice. Low Attainers in Primary Mathematics will be a useful resource for primary teachers student teachers SENCOs and teaching assistants who will all recognise these children from their own classrooms and draw insights from this highly readable book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203464151

Low Calorie and Special Dietary Foods This book is based on the papers presented at the Symposium on Low Calorie and Special Dietary Foods at the annual meeting of the Institute of Food Technologies in Anaheim California on June 8 1976. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895093

Low Car(bon) CommunitiesInspiring car-free and car-lite urban futures With increasing awareness of the urgent need to respond to global warming by reducing carbon emissions and recognition of the social benefits of car-free and car-lite living more and more city planners advocates and everyday urban dwellers are demanding new ways of building cities. In Low Car(bon) Communities authors Nicole Foletta and Jason Henderson examine seven case studies in Europe and the United States that aim explicitly to reduce dependency on cars. Innovative and inspirational these communities provide a rich array of data and metrics for comparison and analysis. This book considers these low car(bon) communities’ potential for transferability to cities around the world including North America. Aimed at practicing city planners sustainable transportation advocates and students in planning geography and environmental studies this book will be an invaluable benchmark for gauging the success of sustainable urban futures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825864

Low Carbon CitiesTransforming Urban Systems Low Carbon Cities is a book for practitioners students and scholars in architecture urban planning and design. It features essays on ecologically sustainable cities by leading exponents of urban sustainability case studies of the new directions low carbon cities might take and investigations of how we can mitigate urban heat stress in our cities’ microclimates. The book explores the underlying dimensions of how existing cities can be transformed into low carbon urban systems and describes the design of low carbon cities in theory and practice. It considers the connections between low carbon cities and sustainable design social and individual values public space housing affordability public transport and urban microclimates. Given the rapid urbanisation underway globally and the need for all our cities to operate more sustainably we need to think about how spatial planning and design can help transform urban systems to create low carbon cities and this book provides key insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729833

Low Carbon Development If—as many environmental experts maintain—global climate change is the greatest challenge of our times the need for a serious and universal commitment to low-carbon development is more urgent than ever. Low-carbon development might be described as climate-friendly growth that enables humanity to flourish fairly and equitably within the ecological limits of our planet and perhaps unsurprisingly scholarly work on the topic is booming in research centres around the world. Now this new Routledge collection enables users to make sense of the most important academic thinking to date. With comprehensive introductions to each volume newly written by the editors which place the collected material in the context of current research and practice Low-Carbon Development is an essential work of reference and a vital research tool for scholars researchers students practitioners and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778221

Low Carbon DevelopmentKey Issues Low Carbon Development: Key Issues is the first comprehensive textbook to address the interface between international development and climate change in a carbon constrained world. It discusses the key conceptual empirical and policy-related issues of low carbon development and takes an international and interdisciplinary approach to the subject by drawing on insights from across the natural sciences and social sciences whilst embedding the discussion in a global context. The first part explores the concept of low carbon development and explains the need for low carbon development in a carbon constrained world. The book then discusses the key issues of socio-economic political and technological nature for low carbon development exploring topics such as the political economy social justice financing and carbon markets and technologies and innovation for low carbon development. This is followed by key issues for low carbon development in policy and practice which is presented based on cross-cutting issues such as low carbon energy forestry agriculture and transportation. Afterwards practical case studies are discussed from low carbon development in low income countries in Africa middle income countries in Asia and Latin America and high income countries in Europe and North America. Written by an international team of leading academics and practitioners in the field of low carbon development this book is essential reading for students academics professionals and policy-makers interested in the fields of low carbon development climate change mitigation climate policy climate change and development global environmental change and environment and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415539012

Low Carbon Energy Supply Technologies and Systems Future energy technologies must embrace and achieve sustainability by displacing fossil carbon-intensive energy consumption or capture/reuse/sequester fossil carbon. This book provides a deeper knowledge on individual low (and zero) carbon technologies in a comprehensive way covering details of recent developments on these technologies in different countries. It also covers materials and processes involved in energy generation transmission distribution storage policies and so forth including solar electrical; thermal systems; energy from biomass and biofuels; energy transmission distribution and storage; and buildings using energy-efficient lighting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367373405

Low Carbon Nation? What does the transition to a Low Carbon Britain mean for the future development of cities and regions across the country? Does it reinforce existing ‘business as usual’ or create new transformational opportunities? Low Carbon Nation? takes an interdisciplinary approach to tackle this critical question by looking across the different dimensions of technological scientific social and economic change within the diverse city and regional contexts of the UK. Hodson and Marvin set out how the transition to low carbon futures needs to be understood as a dual response to the wider financial and economic crisis and to critical ecological concerns about the implications of global climate change. The book develops a novel framework for understanding how the transition to low carbon is informed by historical legacies that shape the geographical political and cultural dimensions of low carbon responses. Through a programme of research in Scotland Wales the North East of England Greater London and Greater Manchester the authors set out different styles of low carbon urban and regional response. Through in-depth illustration of this in newly devolved nations an old industrial region a global city-region and in an entrepreneurial city international lessons can be drawn about the limits and the unrealised opportunities of low carbon transition. This book is key reading for students on geography economics planning and social science degrees as well as those studying sustainability in related contexts trying to understand the urban and regional politics of low carbon transition. It is also an essential resource for policymakers public officials elected representatives environmentalists and business leaders concerned with shaping the direction and type of transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632287

Low Carbon PoliticsA Cultural Approach Focusing on Low Carbon Electricity Low Carbon Politics focuses on how policies and institutions have influenced the deployment of renewable energy and nuclear power in the electricity sector. Cultural theory is used to analyse this. Egalitarian pressures have had a profound influence on technological outcomes not merely in securing the deployment of renewable energy but also in increasing the costs of nuclear power. Whereas in the 1970s it might have been expected that individualist market based pressures allied to dominant hierarchies would deliver nuclear power as the main response to problems associated with fossil fuels a surprising combination has emerged. Egalitarian and individualist pressures are together leading to increasing levels of deployment of renewable energy. This work finds that electricity monopolies tend to favour nuclear power whereas competitive arrangements are more likely to lead to more renewable energy being deployed. It covers developments in a number of countries including USA UK China South Africa and also Germany and Denmark. This book will be of great relevance to students academics and policymakers with an interest in energy policy low carbon politics and climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889746

Low Carbon Transitions for Developing Countries Global climate change is one of the greatest challenges of our times and in order to tackle this carbon emissions need to be mitigated. China and India have recently become some of the world’s largest greenhouse gas emitters. Transitions to low carbon energy for reducing emissions that lead to climate change are therefore an urgent priority for China and India and at a global level. This is the first book focusing on low carbon energy transitions for emerging economies such as China and India  assessing the opportunities and barriers for transitions to renewable and low carbon energy as climate change mitigation options. It uses energy modelling to assess the China’s power sector the economy of Beijing and rural Indian households that do not have access to electricity. The research evaluates the environmental technical socio-economic and policy implications of these low carbon transitions concluding that they are possible in China and India and they can considerably contribute to climate change mitigation.  This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to scholars students practitioners and policy-makers working in the fields of energy and development energy policy energy studies and modelling climate policy climate change mitigation climate change and development low carbon development sustainable development environment and development and environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693067

Low Carbon Transport in AsiaStrategies for Optimizing Co-benefits Without the effective participation of developing Asia a climate crisis is certain. Within developing Asia the key to averting such a crisis lies in low carbon transport. China India and Asia's other emerging economies could promote fuel efficient vehicles public transport and sustainable urban planning. Or they could become locked into inefficient vehicles energy intensive infrastructure and suburban sprawl. The path they choose will have long-term implications for the entire world. And it will depend upon the extent to which they adopt a co-benefit approach. A co-benefit approach involves recognizing that some transport policies mitigate greenhouse gases while simultaneously improving urban air quality commuting times and energy security. Accounting for these additional benefits can overcome a reluctance to bear the costs of climate actions. But it also presents unique technical financial and institutional challenges to decision-makers unaccustomed to optimizing multiple benefits. The book represents a pioneering effort to identify and remove barriers to a co-benefit approach in developing Asia's transport sector. The introductory section makes the case for co-benefits in developing Asia's transport sector. The second section features analytical frameworks to identify strategies with potential co-benefits offering new findings on black carbon and dieselization. The third section grounds the analytic work in case studies on fuel switching in Pakistan urban planning in Bandung Indonesia congestion charges in Beijing vehicle restraints in Hanoi and bus rapid transit in Jakarta. A final section examines whether a post-2012 climate regime can help transform a rapidly motorizing Asia into a low carbon Asia. This book is essential reading for transport policy makers planners and researchers concerned with low carbon transport climate change and development in Asia and the wider world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844079155

Low Cost CarriersEmergence Expansion and Evolution Low cost carriers (LCCs) represent one of the most exciting and dynamic yet often contentious developments in recent commercial aviation history. Formed as a direct result of policies of airline deregulation and liberalisation that were initiated in the United States in the late 1970s before being implemented in certain European Australasian Latin American and other world markets from the mid-1990s onwards to encourage competition LCCs have been responsible for progressively reconfiguring the spatial patterns operational practices and passenger experiences of flight. In the process they have enabled growing numbers of people to fly to more places more frequently and at lower cost than had been previously possible. In so doing however they have generated a number of socio-economic and environmental challenges. The 23 essays included in this volume provide a detailed insight into the emergence expansion and evolution of the low cost carrier sector worldwide. The volume covers deregulation and liberalisation of the global airline sector the business models and operating characteristics of low cost carriers the changing nature of the airline/airport relationship LCC network characteristics issues of pricing and competition and the current impacts and likely future trajectories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409469032

Low Energy Low Carbon ArchitectureRecent Advances & Future Directions Providing a complete and in-depth overview of the available knowledge in the area of low energy and low carbon architecture. The scope of this edited book includes several important topics ranging from chapters giving a broad view of the progressing models in ecologically responsible environments to other chapters focussing on recent advances in design strategies and building technologies in low energy heating cooling daylighting materials and building sustainable systems. Two other essential topics are covered  providing a link between theory and implementation: sustainable energy policies/standards and performance modeling in low energy architecture. Finally the book will give the readers insight into the future of low energy and low carbon architecture in the beyond-green era and discussed in the broader context of the progressing theories of regenerative design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574840

Low Flow Water Fittings: Will People Accept Them? With the challenges of global warming climate change and population growth and increasing concern in the UK that the demand for wholesome water will soon begin to exceed supply a study was conducted to survey the acceptability of introducing low flow water fittings to domestic buildings. The study included: an experiment to test public opinion about low flow water fittings focus group survey of manufacturers and installers and a literature review of public attitudes and behaviour regarding water use. The results give an improved understanding of the barriers and enablers to water-efficient behaviour which is essential to the appropriate installation of low flow rate appliances and their acceptance by the public. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848062153

Low Frequency Electromagnetic Design This book provides a detailed investigation of steady-state "eddy current" analysis and electromechanical processes relying on low frequency electromagnetic induction. It also presents classical one- and two-dimensional formulations for coils cables and induction motors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451684

Low Head Hydropower for Local Energy Solutions The role of small hydropower is becoming increasingly important on a global level. Increasing energy demand and environmental awareness has further triggered research and development into sustainable low-cost technologies. In developing countries particularly in rural areas the possibility of local power generation could considerably improve living conditions. With this in mind the development of a next generation low-head hydropower machines was subject of investigation in the EU-project HYLOW. Being part of the research lines of that project this thesis presents a numerical modelling approach to improve the design of machines like water wheels for increased hydraulic efficiency. Nowadays Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) enables numerical models to be quite accurate and incorporate physical complexities like free surfaces and rotating machines. The results of the CFD simulations carried out in this research show that a change in blade geometry can result in higher torque levels thereby increasing performance. Numerical simulations also enabled to determine the optimal wheel-width to channel-width ratio and further improve performance by modifying the channel bed conditions upstream and downstream of the water wheel. With a power rating in the low kilowatt range low-head hydropower machines like optimised water wheels seem to have a clear potential for small-scale energy generation thereby contributing to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals by providing local energy solutions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815396123

Low Impact LivingA Field Guide to Ecological Affordable Community Building This book is the inspirational story of one project that shows you how you can become involved in building and running your neighbourhood. The author co-founder of Lilac (Low Impact Living Affordable Community) along with other members of the community and the project team explains how a group of people got together to build one of the most pioneering ecological affordable cohousing neighbourhoods in the world. The book is a story of perseverance vision and passion demonstrating how ordinary people can build their own affordable ecological community. The book starts with the clear values that motivated and guided the project’s members: sustainability co-operativism equality social justice and self-management. It outlines how they were driven by challenges and concerns over the need to respond to climate change and energy scarcity the limits of the ‘business as usual’ model of pro-growth economics and the need to develop resources so that communities can determine and manage their own land and resources. The author’s story is interspersed with vignettes on topics such as decision making landscaping finance and design. The book summarises academic debates on the key issues that informed the project and gives technical data on energy and land issues as well as practical ‘how-to’ guides on a range of issues such as designing meetings budget planning and community agreements. Low Impact Living provides clear and easy to follow advice for community groups practitioners government business and the development sector and is heavily illustrated with drawings and photographs from the architectural team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661614

Low Power Circuits for Emerging Applications in Communications Computing and Sensing The book addresses the need to investigate new approaches to lower energy requirement in multiple application areas and serves as a guide into emerging circuit technologies. It explores revolutionary device concepts sensors and associated circuits and architectures that will greatly extend the practical engineering limits of energy-efficient computation. The book responds to the need to develop disruptive new system architecutres circuit microarchitectures and attendant device and interconnect technology aimed at achieving the highest level of computational energy efficiency for general purpose computing systems.FeaturesDiscusses unique technologies and material only available in specialized journal and conferencesCovers emerging applications areas such as ultra low power communications emerging bio-electronics and operation in extreme environmentsExplores broad circuit operation ex. analog RF memory and digital circuitsContains practical applications in the engineering field as well as graduate studiesWritten by international experts from both academia and industry Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367732141

Low Power Emerging Wireless Technologies Advanced concepts for wireless communications offer a vision of technology that is embedded in our surroundings and practically invisible but present whenever required. Although the use of deep submicron CMOS processes allows for an unprecedented degree of scaling in digital circuitry it complicates the implementation and integration of traditional RF circuits. The requirement for long operating life under limited energy supply also poses severe design constraints particularly in critical applications in commerce healthcare and security. These challenges call for innovative design solutions at the circuit and system levels. Low Power Emerging Wireless Technologies addresses the crucial scientific and technological challenges for the realization of fully integrated highly efficient and cost-effective solutions for emerging wireless applications. Get Insights from the Experts on Wireless Circuit Design The book features contributions by top international experts in wireless circuit design representing both industry and academia. They explore the state of the art in wireless communication for 3G and 4G cellular networks millimeter-wave applications wireless sensor networks and wireless medical technologies. The emphasis is on low-power wireless applications RF building blocks for wireless applications and short-distance and beam steering. Topics covered include new opportunities in body area networks medical implants satellite communications automobile radar detection and wearable electronics. Exploit the Potential behind Emerging Green Wireless Technologies A must for anyone serious about future wireless technologies this multidisciplinary book discusses the challenges of emerging power-efficient applications. Written for practicing engineers in the wireless communication field who have some experience in integrated circuits it is also a valuable resource for graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076341

Low Power Semiconductor Devices and Processes for Emerging Applications in Communications Computing and Sensing The book addresses the need to investigate new approaches to lower energy requirement in multiple application areas and serves as a guide into emerging circuit technologies. It explores revolutionary device concepts sensors and associated circuits and architectures that will greatly extend the practical engineering limits of energy-efficient computation. The book responds to the need to develop disruptive new system architectures and semiconductor processes aimed at achieving the highest level of computational energy efficiency for general purpose computing systems.Discusses unique technologies and material only available in specialized journal and conferences.Covers emerging materials and device structures such as ultra-low power technologies nanoelectronics and microsystem manufacturing.Explores semiconductor processing and manufacturing device design and performance.Contains practical applications in the engineering field as well as graduate studies.Written by international experts from both academia and industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367733841

Low Radar Cross Section HIS-Based Phased ArrayRadiation and Scattering Analysis The design and development of low radar cross section (RCS) phased array has been a challenging subject in stealth technology. The frequency selective surface elements act as absorbers in specific frequency band and facilitate gain enhancement and reduction of antenna RCS. This book presents a comprehensive EM design and analysis of such low-profile patch arrays with high impedance surface-based ground plane. It explains how to determine radiation mode RCS of low-profile antenna arrays with arbitrary configurations. Detailed descriptions of design workflow of determining radiation and scattering behavior of antenna arrays have been supported with schematics tables and illustrations. Aimed at engineers and researchers for RCS antenna engineers and graduate students in electrical engineering and electromagnetics it • Discusses both radiation and scattering features of both planar and conformal HIS-based low profile antennas • Describes the theoretical background design simulations and analysis of low RCS phased array in detail • Presents the physics behind the resultant radiation and scattering characteristics of designed antenna array • Helps readers understand design and analysis of low RCS antenna array without any degradation in its radiation performance • Includes figures schematics and illustrations to provide comprehensive descriptions of both radiation and scattering characteristics of phased arrays of different configurations Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367513900

Low Temperature Materials and Mechanisms This book addresses the growing interest in low temperature technologies. Since the subject of low temperature materials and mechanisms is multidisciplinary the chapters reflect the broadest possible perspective of the field. Leading experts in the specific subject area address the various related science and engineering chemistry material science electrical engineering mechanical engineering metallurgy and physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871345

Low Temperature Plasma TechnologyMethods and Applications Written by a team of pioneering scientists from around the world Low Temperature Plasma Technology: Methods and Applications brings together recent technological advances and research in the rapidly growing field of low temperature plasmas. The book provides a comprehensive overview of related phenomena such as plasma bullets plasma penetration into biofilms discharge-mode transition of atmospheric pressure plasmas and self-organization of microdischarges. It describes relevant technology and diagnostics including nanosecond pulsed discharge cavity ringdown spectroscopy and laser-induced fluorescence measurement and explores the increasing research on atmospheric pressure nonequilibrium plasma jets. The authors also discuss how low temperature plasmas are used in the synthesis of nanomaterials environmental applications the treatment of biomaterials and plasma medicine.This book provides a balanced and thorough treatment of the core principles novel technology and diagnostics and state-of-the-art applications of low temperature plasmas. It is accessible to scientists and graduate students in low-pressure plasma physics nanotechnology plasma medicine and materials science. The book is also suitable as an advanced reference for senior undergraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576363

Low Temperature Stress Physiology in Crops The importance of low temperature stress physiology research has become increasingly apparent in agriculture for productions of food fibre and ornamental plants. This volume consists of two parts there are a total of 14 chapters including 6 chapters dealing with cold accumulation related topics 6 dealing with freeze stress and 2 related to ethylene production and mefluidide protection. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895086

Low-carbon Sustainable Future in East AsiaImproving energy systems taxation and policy cooperation East Asia is a key region in the global economy including both the second and third largest global economies already and led by China continuing to expand at a rapid rate. This economic growth has led to unprecedented gains in prosperity in the region but it has also led to increasing environmental pressures and energy issues.          This book assesses ways in which East Asia can continue or even increase existing rates of economic growth while at the same time reducing greenhouse gas emissions and other environmental degradation. Using advanced modelling approaches future scenarios for four East Asian countries are assessed in detail including analysis of particular challenges in each country (e.g. coal power in China nuclear power in Japan). Prospects for each country’s energy system are assessed in detail and the potential effects of various types of Environmental Tax Reform in the four countries are also considered carefully. The final section of the book explores the interaction between trade liberalization a key driver of growth and emission levels in the East Asia region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350729

Low-Carbon Energy Controversies Governments big business and communities are coming under increased pressure to develop low carbon energy supply technologies. Within the context of the climate change debate a delicate balance has to be reached between local environmental protection and our need for reliable low carbon energy. This books brings together ten years of research conducted by the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research and uses a range of case studies from carbon capture and storage to on-shore wind farms to explore the complex nature of disputes between a wide variety of stakeholder groups. Topics covered include: the importance of context the relationship between risk and trust sense of place role of the media An invaluable resource for researchers and readers in local or national government industry or community groups who wish to deepen their understanding of controversy around low carbon technology and how to overcome it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502627

Low-Carbon Land TransportPolicy Handbook Practical guide for transport policymakers and planners to achieve low-carbon land transport systems. Based on wide ranging research it shows how policies can be bundled successfully and worked into urban transport decision-making and planning strategies. With case studies from developed and developing countries it outlines measures for reducing emissions tailoring these to specific circumstances. It also highlights how greenhouse gas savings are measured as well as success factors for implementing policies and measures in complex decision-making processes. For students of sustainable transport professional planners and decision makers Low-Carbon Land Transport is an invaluable reference for all those looking to help transport networks flow in a sustainable direction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713771

Low-Carbon Technology TransferFrom Rhetoric to Reality Low carbon technology transfer to developing countries has been both a lynchpin of and a key stumbling block to a global deal on climate change. This book brings together for the first time in one place the work of some of the world's leading contemporary researchers in this field. It provides a practical empirically grounded guide for policy makers and practitioners while at the same time making new theoretical advances in combining insights from the literature on technology transfer and the literature on low carbon innovation. The book begins by summarizing the nature of low carbon technology transfer and its contemporary relevance in the context of climate change before introducing a new theoretical framework through which effective policy mechanisms can be analyzed. The north-south developed-developing country differences and synergies are then introduced together with the relevant international policy context. Uniquely the book also introduces questions around the extent to which current approaches to technology transfer under the international policy regime might be considered to be 'pro-poor'. Throughout the book draws on cutting edge empirical work to illustrate the insights it affords. The book concludes by setting out constructive ways forward towards delivering on existing international commitments in this area including practical tools for decision makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110014

Low-Cost Low-Tech InnovationNew Product Development in the Food Industry Like much of SMEs research innovation studies of small enterprises have commenced later and are less numerous. The focus of such studies remains high-technology enterprises which continue to attract both academic and popular interest oblivious to the innovative endeavours of people in traditional low-tech industries. This book attempts to address this imbalance through a comprehensive analysis of innovation in this largely neglected area. Based on case studies of seven small innovative food companies this book presents an in-depth analysis of innovation in the Scottish food and drinks industry and unravels a lesser-known approach to effective low-cost product innovation which is simple and economical yet elegant and successful. Using careful data collection and rigorous statistical testing the analysis and findings in this book address a wide spectrum of interests: academics in business schools policy makers in governments and executives and entrepreneurs in food and other low-technology sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867515

Low-cost space-borne data for inundation modelling: topography flood extent and water levelUNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis This thesis aims to explore the potential and limitations of low-cost space-borne data in flood inundation modelling under unavoidable intrinsic uncertainty. In particular the potential in supporting hydraulic modelling of floods of: NASA’s SRTM (Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission) topographic data SAR (Synthetic Aperture Radar) satellite imagery of flood extents and radar altimetry of water levels are analyzed in view of inflow and parametric uncertainty.To this end research work has been carried out by either following a model calibration-evaluation approach or by explicitly considering major sources of uncertainty within a Monte Carlo framework. To generalize our findings three river reaches with various scales (from medium to large) and topographic characteristics (e.g. valley-filling two-level embankments large and flat floodplain) are used as test sites. Lastly an application of SRTM-based flood modelling of a large river is conducted to highlight the challenges of predictions in ungauged basins.This research indicates the potential and limitations of low-cost space-borne data in supporting flood inundation modelling under uncertainty including findings related to the usefulness of these data according to modelling purpose (e.g. re-insurance planning design) characteristics of the river and considerations of uncertainty. The upcoming satellite missions which could potentially impact the way we model flood inundation patters are also discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028753

Low-Dimensional Magnetism Low-dimensional magnetism physics involves the search for new magnetic compounds and improving their characteristics to meet the needs of innovative technologies. A comprehensive overview of key materials their formulation data and characteristics are detailed by the author. Key selling features: Explores dominant mechanisms of magnetic interaction to determine the parameters of exchange interactions in new magnetic materials. Describes how magnetism and superconductivity not only compete but also "help" each other. Details characteristics of key materials in the magnetic subsystem. Results of several internationally renowned research groups are included and cited. Suitable for a wide range of readers in physics materials science and chemistry interested in the problems of the structure of matter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367255350

Low-Energy Electron Scattering from Molecules Biomolecules and Surfaces Since the turn of the 21st century the field of electron molecule collisions has undergone a renaissance. The importance of such collisions in applications from radiation chemistry to astrochemistry has flowered and their role in industrial processes such as plasma technology and lighting are vital to the advancement of next generation devices. Furthermore the development of the scanning tunneling microscope highlights the role of such collisions in the condensed phase in surface processing and in the development of nanotechnology.Low-Energy Electron Scattering from Molecules Biomolecules and Surfaces highlights recent progress in the theory and experiment of electron-molecule collisions providing a detailed review of the current state of knowledge of electron molecule scattering—theoretical and experimental—for the general physicist and chemist interested in solving practical problems. In few other branches of science is the collaboration between theorists and experimentalists so topical. Covering advancements in practical problems such as those met in plasma physics microelectronics nanolithography DNA research atmospheric chemistry and astrochemistry this book describes the formal general scattering theory and description of the experimental setup at a level the interested non-expert can appreciate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367381806

Low-Energy ElectronsFundamentals and Applications Low-energy electrons are ubiquitous in nature and play an important role in natural phenomena as well as many potential and current industrial processes. Authored by 16 active researchers this book describes the fundamental characteristics of low-energy electron–molecule interactions and their role in different fields of science and technology including plasma processing nanotechnology and health care as well as astro- and atmospheric physics and chemistry. The book is packed with illustrative examples from both fundamental and application sides features about 130 figures and lists over 800 references. It may serve as an advanced graduate-level study course material where selected chapters can be used either individually or in combination as a basis to highlight and study specific aspects of low-energy electron–molecule interactions. It is also directed at researchers in the fields of plasma physics nanotechnology and radiation damage to biologically relevant material (such as in cancer therapy) especially those with an interest in high-energy-radiation-induced processes from both an experimental and a theoretical point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800006

Low-Enthalpy Geothermal Resources for Power Generation In many developing countries the exponentially growing electricity demand can be covered by using locally available sustainable low-enthalpy geothermal resources (80-150 °C). Such low-enthalpy sources can make electricity generation more independent from oil imports or from the over-dependence on hydropower.  Until now this huge energy resource has only been used by some developed countries like the USA Iceland and New Zealand. The reason why low-enthalpy geothermal resources are not used for electricity generation is that there is still a misconception that low-enthalpy thermal fluids are fit only for direct application.  The advancement of drilling technology development of efficient heat exchangers and deployment of high sensitive binary fluids contribute to the useful application of this energy resource on a much wider scale. This book focuses on all aspects of low enthalpy geothermal thermal fluids. It will be an important source book for all scientists working on geothermal energy development. Specifically those involved in research in developing countries rich in such thermal resources and for agencies involved in bilateral and international cooperation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452766

Lower Extremity Trauma With an abundance of case studies from Jackson Memorial Hospital this reference provides expert guidance on the evaluation and treatment of lower extremity orthopedic injuries. Analyzing the function and interrelationships of the muscular and skeletal systems of the lower extremities this source discloses key principles in trauma management decision-making soft tissue repair tissue engineering wound healing and burn reconstruction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453381

Lowering Your Facility’s Electric Rates Many energy practitioners are either uninformed or misinformed regarding how electricity is actually priced. Many are also unaware of how to properly calculate potential dollar savings from energy efficiency upgrades. Designed for commercial/industrial/institutional (C&I) power customers this book details ways to secure lower electric rates and pricing in both regulated and deregulated retail power markets. The range of options varies from simple methods (e.g. minimizing sales tax) to more complex techniques (e.g. intervening in regulatory rate proceedings). With 40+ years’ experience in energy services Mr. Audin provides an excellent understanding of power pricing and ways to reduce it. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781138303140

Low-Grade and Nonconventional Sources of Manganese (Routledge Revivals) This book first published in 1966 reports the results of a pilot study devoted to understanding the middle-term resource situation for one metal – manganese. Two factors bring the different parts of the manganese supply-demand picture together one economic and the other political both of which are examined in detail in this report. Low-Grade and Nonconventional Sources of Manganese will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856288

Low-Income Students and the Perpetuation of InequalityHigher Education in America Drawing upon quantitative data gathered from the U.S. Census and U.S. Department of Education as well as interviews with students from a variety of socio-economic and ethnic backgrounds Low-Income Students and the Perpetuation of Inequality examines the question of who really benefits from public higher education. It engages with questions of social capital opportunity funding and access to education presenting a rich discussion of social mobility the value of college education and the impact of education upon the redistribution of income. A thorough exploration of the real impact of college on American society this volume will appeal to social scientists with interests in education social capital social stratification class and social mobility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255074

Low-intensity ConflictOld Threats In A New World The end of the cold war does not necessarily mean the end of the social and political instability that can lead to low-intensity conflicts. This book provides fresh insights into a difficult subject by bringing together knowledgeable contributors who have the academic expertise operational experience and strategic perspective essential to underst Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429041334

Low-Level Radiation and Immune System DamageAn Atomic Era Legacy Atomic weapons and nuclear power plants: they promised to ensure world peace and provide efficient energy to Americans during the 1940s and 1950s. Meanwhile the post war prosperity led to the most dramatic population explosion ever witnessed in the United States: the "baby boomer" generation.Times and politics may change but many baby boomers-as well as their descendants-now live with an unforeseen result of the nuclear age. Rates of immune-related diseases have risen steadily throughout the past few decades from allergies to cancer. While advances in medical care have kept death rates relatively low the increased prevalence of certain diseases cannot be ignored.Low Level Radiation and Immune System Damage: An Atomic Era Legacy establishes an undeniable connection between the nuclear build up of the past and the widespread health problems seen today. While baby boomers were growing up in the 40s and 50s above-ground atomic bomb tests and start ups of civilian nuclear power plants were carried out without fear of public exposure to radioactive emissions.Although the consequences of low-level radiation are still hotly debated Mangano's research findings emphasize a direct link between nuclear exposure and immune system deficiency. In addition to substantial data on immune disease trends among Americans born between the mid-1940s and mid-1960s Mangano also examines similar issues concerning baby boomer children and grandchildren. Health professionals environmentalists historians and students alike will find much to learn from these pages.As America and the world come to terms with the post-Cold War era there are still many lessons to recognize consider and learn from the still-recent past. Low Level Radiation and Immune System Damage: An Atomic Era Legacy explores a relentless trend that will not soon be over-with potential repercussions into the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895109

Low-Power CMOS CircuitsTechnology Logic Design and CAD Tools The power consumption of microprocessors is one of the most important challenges of high-performance chips and portable devices. In chapters drawn from Piguet's recently published Low-Power Electronics Design Low-Power CMOS Circuits: Technology Logic Design and CAD Tools addresses the design of low-power circuitry in deep submicron technologies. It provides a focused reference for specialists involved in designing low-power circuitry from transistors to logic gates.The book is organized into three broad sections for convenient access. The first examines the history of low-power electronics along with a look at emerging and possible future technologies. It also considers other technologies such as nanotechnologies and optical chips that may be useful in designing integrated circuits. The second part explains the techniques used to reduce power consumption at low levels. These include clock gating leakage reduction interconnecting and communication on chips and adiabatic circuits. The final section discusses various CAD tools for designing low-power circuits. This section includes three chapters that demonstrate the tools and low-power design issues at three major companies that produce logic synthesizers.Providing detailed examinations contributed by leading experts Low-Power CMOS Circuits: Technology Logic Design and CAD Tools supplies authoritative information on how to design and model for high performance with low power consumption in modern integrated circuits. It is a must-read for anyone designing modern computers or embedded systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220710

Low-Power Electronics Design The power consumption of integrated circuits is one of the most problematic considerations affecting the design of high-performance chips and portable devices. The study of power-saving design methodologies now must also include subjects such as systems on chips embedded software and the future of microelectronics. Low-Power Electronics Design covers all major aspects of low-power design of ICs in deep submicron technologies and addresses emerging topics related to future design. This volume explores in individual chapters written by expert authors the many low-power techniques born during the past decade. It also discusses the many different domains and disciplines that impact power consumption including processors complex circuits software CAD tools and energy sources and management. The authors delve into what many specialists predict about the future by presenting techniques that are promising but are not yet reality. They investigate nanotechnologies optical circuits ad hoc networks e-textiles as well as human powered sources of energy. Low-Power Electronics Design delivers a complete picture of today's methods for reducing power and also illustrates the advances in chip design that may be commonplace 10 or 15 years from now. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220383

Low-Power NoC for High-Performance SoC Design Chip Design and Implementation from a Practical Viewpoint Focusing on chip implementation Low-Power NoC for High-Performance SoC Design provides practical knowledge and real examples of how to use network on chip (NoC) in the design of system on chip (SoC). It discusses many architectural and theoretical studies on NoCs including design methodology topology exploration quality-of-service guarantee low-power design and implementation trials. The Steps to Implement NoC The book covers the full spectrum of the subject from theory to actual chip design using NoC. Employing the Unified Modeling Language (UML) throughout it presents complicated concepts such as models of computation and communication–computation partitioning in a manner accessible to laypeople. The authors provide guidelines on how to simplify complex networking theory to design a working chip. In addition they explore the novel NoC techniques and implementations of the Basic On-Chip Network (BONE) project. Examples of real-time decisions circuit-level design systems and chips give the material a real-world context. Low-Power NoC and Its Application to SoC Design Emphasizing the application of NoC to SoC design this book shows how to build the complicated interconnections on SoC while keeping a low power consumption. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219530

Low-Power Processors and Systems on Chips The power consumption of microprocessors is one of the most important challenges of high-performance chips and portable devices. In chapters drawn from Piguet's recently published Low-Power Electronics Design this volume addresses the design of low-power microprocessors in deep submicron technologies. It provides a focused reference for specialists involved in systems-on-chips from low-power microprocessors to DSP cores reconfigurable processors memories ad-hoc networks and embedded software.Low-Power Processors and Systems on Chips is organized into three broad sections for convenient access. The first section examines the design of digital signal processors for embedded applications and techniques for reducing dynamic and static power at the electrical and system levels. The second part describes several aspects of low-power systems on chips including hardware and embedded software aspects efficient data storage networks-on-chips and applications such as routing strategies in wireless RF sensing and actuating devices. The final section discusses embedded software issues including details on compilers retargetable compilers and coverification tools.Providing detailed examinations contributed by leading experts Low-Power Processors and Systems on Chips supplies authoritative information on how to maintain high performance while lowering power consumption in modern processors and SoCs. It is a must-read for anyone designing modern computers or embedded systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220581

Low-Power Wireless Communication Circuits and Systems60GHz and Beyond The increasing demand for extremely high-data-rate communications has urged researchers to develop new communication systems. Currently wireless transmission with more than one Giga-bits-per-second (Gbps) data rates is becoming essential due to increased connectivity between different portable and smart devices. To realize Gbps data rates millimeter-wave (MMW) bands around 60 GHz is attractive due to the availability of large bandwidth of 9 GHz. Recent research work in the Gbps data rates around 60 GHz band has focused on short-range indoor applications such as uncompressed video transfer high-speed file transfer between electronic devices and communication to and from kiosk. Many of these applications are limited to 10 m or less because of the huge free space path loss and oxygen absorption for 60 GHz band MMW signal. This book introduces new knowledge and novel circuit techniques to design low-power MMW circuits and systems. It also focuses on unlocking the potential applications of the 60 GHz band for high-speed outdoor applications. The innovative design application significantly improves and enables high-data-rate low-cost communication links between two access points seamlessly. The 60 GHz transceiver system-on-chip provides an alternative solution to upgrade existing networks without introducing any building renovation or external network laying works. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745963

Low-Switching Frequency Modulation Schemes for Multi-level Inverters Multi-level Inverters (MLIs) are widely used for conversion of DC to AC power. This book provides various low-switching frequency (LSF) modulation schemes (conventional and improved) which can be implemented on MLIs. The LSF modulation schemes are implemented to three different MLI topologies to demonstrate their working and aimed at their application to reader invented MLI topologies. Highlighting the advantages of LSF over high-switching frequency (HSF) modulation schemes the simulations are carried out using MATLAB®/Simulink along with hardware experiments. The practical application of MLIs to renewable energy sources and electric vehicles is also provided at the end of the book. Aimed at researchers graduate students in Electric Power Engineering Power Electronics this book: Presents detailed overview of most commonly used multi-level invertor topologies. Covers advantages of low-switching over high-switching frequency scheme. Includes an exclusive section dedicated for an improved low-switching modulation scheme. Dedicated chapter on application of renewable energy sources to multi-level invertors and electric vehicles. Explains all the low-switching frequency modulation schemes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367512903

Low-Visibility Antennas for Communication Systems Low-visibility antennas have many attractive features such as being low-profile flexible lightweight small-volume and low-cost. Low-Visibility Antennas for Communication Systems provides explicit guidelines for the development of these antennas. Offering valuable insight into emerging antenna technologies the book: Introduces the fundamental theory of electromagnetics and antennas with few integral and differential equations improving accessibility while providing sufficient mathematical detail Presents state-of-the-art advancements in microstrip millimeter (mm) wave microstrip wearable wearable tunable printed wideband wearable meta-material and fractal printed antennas Discusses microwave integrated circuits (MICs) monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs) micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) and low temperature co-fired ceramics (LTCC) Low-Visibility Antennas for Communication Systems delivers a comprehensive and cutting-edge study of the design and application of low-visibility antennas complete with design considerations computed and measured results and an extensive exploration of radio frequency and antenna measurements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748101

Low-Volume Road EngineeringDesign Construction and Maintenance "Everything that sustains us – grown mined or drilled – begins its journey to us on a low-volume road (Long)." Defined as roads with traffic volumes of no more than 400 vehicles per day they have enormous impacts on economies communication and social interaction. Low-volume roads comprise at one end of the spectrum farm-to-market roads roads in developing countries northern roads roads on aboriginal lands and parklands; and at the other end of the spectrum heavy haul roads for mining oil and gas oil sands extraction and forestry. Low-Volume Road Engineering: Design Construction and Maintenance gives an international perspective to the engineering design of low-volume roads and their construction and maintenance. It is a single reference drawing from the dispersed literature. It lays out the basic principles of each topic from road location and geometric design pavement design slope stability and erosion control through construction to maintenance then refers the reader to more comprehensive treatment elsewhere. Wherever possible comparisons are made between the standard specifications and practices existing in the US Canada the UK South Africa Australia and New Zealand. Topics covered include the following: Road classification location and geometric design Pavement concepts materials and thickness design Drainage erosion and sediment control and watercrossings Slope stability Geosynthetics Road construction maintenance and maintenance management Low-Volume Road Engineering: Design Construction and Maintenance is a valuable reference for engineers planners designers and project managers in consulting firms contracting firms and NGOs. It also is an essential reference in support of university courses on transportation engineering and planning and on mining oil and gas and forestry infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748156

Loyalty ManagementFrom Loyalty Programs to Omnichannel Customer Experiences In this insightful new text Cristina Ziliani and Marco Ieva trace the evolution of thinking and practice in loyalty management. From trading stamps to Amazon Prime and Alibaba 88 Membership they present a fresh take on the tools strategies and skills that underpin its key significance in marketing today. Loyalty management is increasingly identified with the design and management of a quality customer experience on the journey across the many touchpoints that connect the customer with the brand. Evaluating the research on best practice and offering concrete examples from industry the authors argue that existing schemes and systems are not just things of the past but should be the optimal starting point for companies needing to foster customer loyalty in an omnichannel world. Drawing on 20 years of experience in research consulting and teaching the authors have compiled a unique research-based practice-oriented text. It will guide marketers business leaders and students through the changes in marketing thought and practice on loyalty management as well as offering practical guidance on the skills and capabilities that companies need if they want to be successful at delivering essential loyalty-driving customer experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210724

Lozi MappingsTheory and Applications This book is a comprehensive collection of known results about the Lozi map a piecewise-affine version of the Henon map. Henon map is one of the most studied examples in dynamical systems and it attracts a lot of attention from researchers however it is difficult to analyze analytically. Simpler structure of the Lozi map makes it more suitable for such analysis. The book is not only a good introduction to the Lozi map and its generalizations it also summarizes of important concepts in dynamical systems theory such as hyperbolicity SRB measures attractor types and more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466580701

LSD Marihuana Yoga and Hypnosis The practice of yoga hypnosis and the use of psychedelic drugs to alter psychological and physiological states is not unknown to the study of psychology. They have been called "soft" studies and labeled unimportant. This is mostly because they are difficult to study and understand often focusing on unobservable internal states such as altered states of consciousness Samadhi or hypnotic states. This book in its approach to thinking about this topic and method for analysis focuses only on phenomena that can be observed such as behavioral changes.By centering on only those aspects of the psychological and physiological effects of yoga hypnosis and psychedelic drugs which can be measured and analyzed using this new method Barber distinguishes this book from others in the field. He asks what overt behaviors and verbal reports are clearly observable when psychedelic drugs are taken yoga is practiced or hypnotic-induction procedures are administered. Instead of treating the phenomena traditionally associated with psychedelic drugs yoga or hypnosis as undifferentiated conglomerates an attempt will be made to set apart and treat separately each of the many phenomena associated with each of these areas of inquiry.This book does not set out to simply demonstrate the importance of psychedelics yoga and hypnosis or to present substantive material pertaining to these topics. It also treats each topic as continuous with other known psychological phenomena and as an important piece to the puzzle of social psychology. It differs from most previous treatises in that it does not assume that psychedelics yoga and hypnosis can bring out unused mental or physical capacities in man heighten awareness or give rise to enhanced creativity or produce altered states of consciousness suspension of conventional reality-orientation changes in body-image or changes in perception. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786840

LTE-Advanced Air Interface Technology Opportunities are at hand for professionals eager to learn and apply the latest theories and practices in air interface technologies. Written by experienced researchers and professionals LTE-Advanced Air Interface Technology thoroughly covers the performance targets and technology components studied by 3GPP for LTE-Advanced. Besides being an explanatory text about LTE-Advanced air interface technology this book exploits the technical details in the 3GPP specification and explains the motivation and implication behind the specifications. After a general description of wireless cellular technology evolution and the performance targets and major technical features of LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced Air Interface Technology discusses various innovative technical features in detail including Innovative concepts in carrier aggregation techniques Collaborative multipoint (CoMP) theory and performance analysis Enhanced multiantenna solutions or multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology in particular multiuser and multilayer MIMO Relaying issues Self-organizing and heterogeneous networks Interference suppression and enhanced intercell interference coordination (eICIC) technology This book opens the door of LTE-A technology for practitioners in any stage of wireless communications. Beginning with basic communication principles the book demonstrates how a complete wireless theory is built. Readers can work independently on original case studies and simulation programming examples with an emphasis on technology and performance. Designed for professionals interested in gaining an upper hand this book is the ideal educational and informative resource in the emerging field of air interface technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199811

Lu Hsün and his Predecessors Originally published in 1980 Alber’s translation of Semanov’s study aimed to contribute to the studies of Chinese literature and the knowledge of Lu Hsün’s work to an English-speaking reader. Lu Hsün was an influential democrat and humanist in early twentieth Century China and his work had a great influence on literature in China. Semanov therefore attempted to place his life and work in the context of his literary predecessors as well as commenting on his world view his teaching and place in history. This title will be of interest to students of Asian studies and Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138647534

Lubricant AdditivesChemistry and Applications Third Edition This indispensable book describes lubricant additives their synthesis chemistry and mode of action. All important areas of application are covered detailing which lubricants are needed for a particular application. Laboratory and field performance data for each application is provided and the design of cost-effective environmentally friendly technologies is fully explored. This edition includes new chapters on chlorohydrocarbons foaming chemistry and physics antifoams for nonaqueous lubricants hydrogenated styrene–diene viscosity modifiers alkylated aromatics and the impact of REACh and GHS on the lubricant industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498731720

Lubricant Blending and Quality Assurance Many people including those involved in the manufacturing marketing and selling of lubricants believe that blending lubricants is simply a matter of putting one or more base oils and several additives into a tank of some kind and stirring them around to mix them. Blending lubricants that meet customers’ demands requires much more than this. The correct ingredients of the right quality need to be used in precisely controlled quantities. The ingredients need to be tested prior to blending and the finished products need to be tested following blending. The ingredients need to be stored and mixed under carefully controlled conditions. The finished lubricants need to be stored and packaged carefully and then delivered to customers correctly. This book discusses all of these issues describes the different types of equipment used to blend lubricants provides guidance on how best to use this equipment and offers tips and techniques to help to avoid problems. It focuses on liquid lubricants. Greases are not discussed as their manufacture involves very different manufacturing procedures compared with those concerned with liquid lubricants. The book starts with descriptions and discussion of the properties and characteristics of the main types of mineral and synthetic base oils as well as the properties and characteristics of the main types of additives that are used in lubricant formulations. Criteria and methodologies used to design both new and upgraded blending plants are covered next. The types and operation of the equipment used in lubricant blending plants are described and discussed together with a chapter on how to avoid problems before during and after blending. Testing and analysis of base oils additives and blended lubricants are covered in two separate chapters. Procedures for quality control and quality management in lubricant blending plants are also discussed in two separate chapters. Types of packages for lubricants are reviewed together with methods for filling packages and methods for transporting lubricants in bulk. The storage of lubricants and supply chain management is also covered in depth. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138605930

Lubricating Polymer Surfaces FROM THE PREFACE The surface modification of polymeric materials has been the object of a large number of investigations but little attention has been paid to making a polymer surface frictionless or slippery and lubricating surfaces are practically unmentioned in any books so far published probably because of the relatively minor importance of polymer friction in industrial applications. A lubricating polymer surface is important especially in marine and biomedical technologies. For instance biomaterials to be used for catheterization on the urinary tracheal and cardiovascular tracts or for endoscopy should have a surface with good handling characteristics when dry and which preferably becomes slippery upon contact with body liquids. Such a low-friction surface must enable easy insertion and removal of the device from a patient. It would further prevent mechanical injury to the mucous membranes and minimize discomfort to the patient. Earlier approaches to providing a low-friction surface were mostly simple applications involving lubricants such as lidocaine jelly silicone oil or non-permanent coating with low-friction materials such as polyethylene or fluoroplastics. However these substances cannot maintain a high degree of slipperiness for the required duration of time due to the fact that they leach or disperse into the surrounding body fluids. The aim of this book is to describe the principle of lubrication to outline a variety of methods for attaining a lubricous surface and to describe the characteristics and properties of such lubricous surfaces. The technology for surface modification of polymers by grafting will find other applications than for lubrication such as for improvement of the interfacial adhesion in polymer composites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400460

Lubrication Degradation MechanismsA Complete Guide In industry owners engineers and workers have struggled with lubricant degradation and its effects on their equipment. The purpose of Lubrication Degradation Mechanisms: A Complete Guide is to help personnel to understand the reasons behind the degradation of their lubricant determine methods to identify the onset of degradation and reduce or eliminate lubricant degradation within their equipment. One of the most common forms of lubricant degradation is oxidation. However this is not the only method by which a lubricant degrades. By understanding the differences between degradation patterns personnel can employ specific tasks / tests to aid in their identification of the type of degradation and the factors responsible. The aim of this book is to educate facility personnel on the methods of degradation and ways in which it can be reduced or eliminated while keeping an eye on the cost of operation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367607760

Lubrication Fundamentals Revised and Expanded Careful selection of the right lubricant(s) is required to keep a machine running smoothly. Lubrication Fundamentals Third Edition Revised and Expanded describes the need and design for the many specialized oils and greases used to lubricate machine elements and builds on the tribology and lubrication basics discussed in previous editions. Utilizing knowledge from leading experts in the field the third edition covers new lubrication requirements crude oil composition and selection base stock manufacture lubricant formulation and evaluation machinery and lubrication fundamentals and environmental stewardship. The book combines lubrication theory with practical knowledge and provides many useful illustrations to highlight key industrial commercial marine aviation and automotive lubricant applications and concepts. All previous edition chapters have been updated to include new technologies applications and specifications that have been introduced in the past 15 years. What’s New in the Third Edition: Adds three new chapters on the growing renewable energy application of wind turbines the impact of lubricants on energy efficiency and best practice guidelines on establishing an in-service lubricant analysis program Updates API SAE and ACEA engine oil specifications descriptions of new engine oil tests impact of engine and fuel technology trends on engine oil Includes the latest environmental lubricant tests definitions and labelling programs Compiles expert information from ExxonMobil publications and the foremost international equipment builders and industry associations Covers key influences impacting lubricant formulations and technology Offers data on global energy demand and interesting statistics such as the worldwide population of nuclear reactors wind turbines and output of hydraulic turbines Presents new sections on the history of synthetic lubricants and hazardous chemical labeling for lubricants Whether used as a training guide for industry novices a textbook for students to understand lubrication principles or a technical reference for experienced lubrication and tribology professionals Lubrication Fundamentals Third Edition Revised and Expanded is a "must read" for maintenance professionals lubricant formulators and marketers chemists and lubrication surface chemical mechanical and automotive engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498752909

Lubrication in Practice This book summarizes basic lubrication theory its types and properties and covers some specific applications of lubrication: diesel and petrol engines hydraulics compressors machine tools and cutting oils. It then focuses on the storage and handling of lubricants and on lubrication planning. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451851

Lubrication of Electrical and Mechanical Components in Electric Power Equipment Lubrication of Electrical and Mechanical Components in Electric Power Equipment presents an analysis of multiple applications of lubricants in the power industry for both electrical and mechanical parts. One of the key features of this book includes a look at the use of lubricants for surfaces of electrical and mechanical parts protection from mechanical wear and friction. Also included are examples of degradation due to fretting as well as corrosion protection when lubricant is a barrier between metallic surfaces and atmospheric pollutants. This book analyzes the effects of chemical composition and consistency (fluids greases solid lubricants) and the durability of lubricants in regard to various types of contacts and mechanical parts material design and load. Focused on the importance of carefully choosing the lubricants to maintain a stable contact resistance; preserve the physical integrity of the contact surface; and extend the useful life of mechanical parts such as bearings the author presents an exhaustive list of lubricants manufacturers and products recommended for use in the electrical industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367197452

Luca MarenzioThe Career of a Musician Between the Renaissance and the Counter-Reformation Regarded by his contemporaries as the leading madrigal composer of his time Luca Marenzio was an important figure in sixteenth-century Italian music and also highly esteemed in England Flanders and Poland. This English translation of Marco Bizzarini's study of the life and work of Marenzio provides valuable insights into the composer's influence and place in history and features an extensive up-to-date bibliography and the first published list of archival sources containing references to Marenzio. Women play a decisive role as dedicatees of Marenzio's madrigals and in influencing the way in which they were performed. Bizzarini examines in detail the influence of both female and male patrons and performers on Marenzio's music and career including his connections with the confraternity of SS Trinità and other institutions. Dedications were also a political tool as the book reveals. Many of Marenzio's dedications were made at the request of his employer Cardinal d'Este who wanted to please his French allies. Bizzarini examines these extra-musical dimensions to Marenzio's work and discusses the composer's new musical directions under the more austere administration of Pope Clement VIII. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378162

Lucas Malet Dissident PilgrimCritical Essays Popular novelist female aesthete Victorian radical and proto-modernist Lucas Malet (Mary St. Leger  Harrison 1852-1931) was one of the most successful writers of her day yet few of her remarkable novels remain in print. Malet was a daughter of the ‘broad church’ priest and well-known Victorian author Charles Kingsley; her sister Rose uncle Henry Kingsley and her cousin Mary Henrietta Kingsley were also published authors. Malet was part of a creative dynasty from which she drew inspiration but against which she rebelled both in her personal life and her published work. This collection brings together for the first time a selection of scholarly essays on Malet’s life and writing foregrounding her contributions to nineteenth- and twentieth-century discourses surrounding disability psychology religion sexuality the New Woman and decadent aesthetic and modernist cultural movements. The essays contained in this volume explore Malet’s authorial experience—from both within the mainstream of the British literary tradition and curiously from outside it—supplementing and nuancing current debates about fin-de-siècle women’s writing. The collection asks the question ‘who was Lucas Malet?’ and ‘how—despite its popularity—did her courageous unique and fascinating writing disappear from view for so long?’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661939

Luce Irigaray and Premodern CultureThresholds of History The essays in this groundbreaking collection stage conversations between the thought of the controversial feminist philosopher linguist and psychoanalyst Luce Irigaray and premodern writers ranging from Empedocles and Homer to Shakespeare Spenser and Donne. They explore both the pre-Enlightenment roots of Luce Irigaray's thought and the impact that her writings have had on our understanding of ancient medieval and Renaissance culture. Luce Irigaray has been a major figure in Anglo-American literary theory philosophy and gender studies ever since her germinal works Speculum of the Other Woman and This Sex Which Is Not One were published in English translation in 1985. This collection is the first sustained examination of Irigaray's crucial relationship to premodern discourses underpinning Western culture and of the transformative effect she has had on scholars working in pre-Enlightenment periods. Like Irigaray herself the essays work at the intersections of gender theory historicism and language. This collection offers powerful ways of understanding premodern texts through Irigaray's theories that allow us to imagine our past and present relationship to economics science psychoanalysis gender ethics and social communities in new ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758697

Luce IrigarayPhilosophy in the Feminine First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824741

Lucian and His Roman VoicesCultural Exchanges and Conflicts in the Late Roman Empire Lucian and His Roman Voices examines cultural exchanges political propaganda and religious conflicts in the Early Roman Empire through the eyes of Lucian his contemporary Roman authors and Christian Apologists. Offering a multi-faceted analysis of the Lucianic corpus this book explores how Lucian a Syrian who wrote in Greek and who became a Roman citizen was affected by the socio-political climate of his time reacted to it and how he ‘corresponded’ with the Roman intelligentsia. In the process this unique volume raises questions such as: What did the title ‘Roman citizen’ mean to native Romans and to others? How were language and literature politicized and how did they become a means of social propaganda? This study reveals Lucian’s recondite historical and authorial personas and the ways in which his literary activity portrayed second-century reality from the perspectives of the Romans Greeks pagans Christians and citizens of the Roman Empire Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870676

Lucid DreamingThe Paradox of Consciousness During Sleep Lucid dreams are dreams in which a person becomes aware that they are dreaming. They are different from ordinary dreams not just because of the dreamer's awareness that they are dreaming but because lucid dreams are often strikingly realistic and may be emotionally charged to the point of elation. Celia Green and Charles McCreery have written a unique introduction to lucid dreams that will appeal to the specialist and general reader alike. The authors explore the experience of lucid dreaming relate it to other experiences such as out-of-the-body experiences (to which they see it as closely related) and apparitions and look at how lucid dreams can be induced and controlled. They explore their use for therapeutic purposes such as counteracting nightmares. Their study is illustrated throughout with many case histories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812625

Lucid Exposition of the Middle WayThe Essential Chapters From The Prasannapada of Candrakirti Originally published in 1979. The Prasannapada is the explanation of the versed aphorisms of Nagarjuna which are the first and basic statement of the Buddhist philosophy of the middle way. When first published this volume was the first attempt in any European language to present all the essentials of this most radical of Buddhist philosophical works. Seventeen of its twenty-seven chapters have been chosen to give an integrated statement of every aspect of its arguments and conclusions.     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706640

LucidityEssays in Honour of Alison Finch This collection of essays addresses the question of lucidity as a thematic in literature and film but also as a quality of both expression and insight in literary criticism and critical thought more generally. The essays offer treatments of lucidity in itself and in relation to its opposites forms of obscurity and darkness. They offer attention to problems of philosophical thought and reason to questions of literary and poetic form and of photographic and filmic contemplation. Ranging from engagements with early modern writing through to more recent material the contributions focus in particular on nineteenth- and twentieth-century French prose and poetry the field which has been the predominant focus of Alison Finch’s critical writing. They are written as tributes to the distinctively lucid insights of her work and to the breadth and clarity of its intellectual engagement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598402

Lucifer and PrometheusA STUDY OF MILTON'S SATAN First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864329

Luck Logic and White LiesThe Mathematics of Games This book considers a specific problem—generally a game or game fragment and introduces the mathematical methods. It contains a section on the historical development of the theories of games of chance and combinatorial and strategic games. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427273

Luck EgalitarianismKasper Lippert-Rasmussen and His Critics This edited volume offers a critical discussion of luck egalitarianism – one of the most prominent views in contemporary political philosophy – through an exploration of the theory of one of its leading proponents Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen. When (if ever) can inequalities in how well peoples’ lives go be justified? Luck egalitarianism provides an appealing answer: inequalities are just if and only if they are the result of the exercise of individual responsibility. Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen lucidly defends and specifies this view in his own book Luck Egalitarianism. The authors in this volume offer a critical discussion of the key features of his view. They discuss disagreements within views which assign an important role to responsibility. They go on to push the limits of luck egalitarianism: what about inequalities between us and the dead? And inequalities between groups? Finally they criticize some of the central tenets of luck egalitarianism including its tendency to avoid action-guiding judgements and its focus on distributions rather than interpersonal relations. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339852

LuckA Key Idea for Business and Society Case studies of business and management success tend to focus on factors such as leadership innovation competition and geography but what about good fortune? This book highlights luck as a key idea for business and society. The author provides insights from economics sociology political science philosophy and psychology to create a brief intellectual history of luck. In positioning luck as a key idea in management the book analyzes various facets of fortune such as randomness serendipity and opportunity. Often overlooked given psychological bias toward meritocratic explanations this book quantifies luck to establish the idea in a more central role in understanding variations in business performance. In bringing the concept of luck in from the periphery this concise book is a readable overview of management which will help students scholars and reflective practitioners see the subject in a new light. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094260

Luck's In My CornerThe Life and Music of Hot Lips Page Luck’s in My Corner is a comprehensive biography of one of the most compelling jazz musicians of the Swing Era Oran "Hot Lips’ Page. Page was the greatest of the Kansas City trumpeters whose crackling growling solos made him the go-to man during Count Basie’s earliest days as a bandleader. Page went on to be a featured trumpeter with Artie Shaw a star of New York’s 52nd street and a pioneer of the R & B scene of the 1950s. This book presents an in-depth chronology of Page’s career with special attention paid to the development of his trumpet style. Luck’s in My Corner examines the life and music of a forgotten figure of the Swing Era and returns him to his rightful place as a leading light in the world of jazz. Todd Bryant Weeks has combined genealogical musicological discographical and historical research resulting in a revealing and entertaining examination of a life that spanned major changes in American popular music. This book includes a new and complete discography by the author and dozens of unpublished photos. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203931462

Ludics in Surrealist Theatre and Beyond Taking as its point of departure the complex question about whether Surrealist theatre exists this book re-examines the much misunderstood artistic medium of theatre within Surrealism especially when compared to poetry and painting. This study reconsiders Surrealist theatre specifically from the perspective of ludics-a poetics of play and games-an ideal approach to the Surrealists whose games blur the boundaries between the 'playful' and the 'serious.' Vassiliki Rapti's aims are threefold: first to demystify André Breton's controversial attitude toward theatre; second to do justice to Surrealist theatre by highlighting the unique character that derives from its inherent element of play; and finally to trace the impact of Surrealist theatre in areas far beyond its generally acknowledged influence on the Theatre of the Absurd-an impact being felt even on the contemporary world stage. Beginning with the Surrealists' 'one-into-another' game and its illustration of Breton's ludic dramatic theory Rapti then examines the traces of this kind of game in the works of a wide variety of Surrealist and Post-Surrealist playwrights and stage directors from several different countries and from the 1920s to the present: Roger Vitrac Antonin Artaud Günter Berghaus Nanos Valaoritis Robert Wilson and Megan Terry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268722

Ludvig Holberg (1684-1754)Learning and Literature in the Nordic Enlightenment Ludvig Holberg (1684–1754) was the foremost representative of the Danish-Norwegian Enlightenment and also a European figure of note. He published significant works in natural law and history but also a very important body of moral essays and epistles. He authored several engaging autobiographies and European travelogues a major utopian novel that was an immediate European succes interesting satires that advocated women’s education and career and a large number of comedies. These comedies secured Holberg’s status as the most significant playwright in Scandinavia before Ibsen and Strindberg. Through his extensive oeuvre but especially through his plays Holberg had a decisive influence on the formation of modern Danish as a literary language something that was a self-conscious effort on the part of a man who saw himself as an educator of the public. Despite his contemporary impact at home and abroad and his ongoing popularity in Scandinavia he remains little known in the wider world of enlightenment studies. It is the aim of this volume to revive Holberg as a major figure from a minor corner of the Enlightenment world by presenting the full variety of his work and giving it a European context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880477

Ludwig Klages and the Philosophy of LifeA Vitalist Toolkit This book provides a unique overview of and introduction to the work of the German psychologist and philosopher Ludwig Klages (1872-1956) an astonishing figure in the history of German ideas. Central to intellectual life in turn-of-the-century Munich he went on to establish a reputation for himself as an original and provocative thinker. Nowadays he is often overlooked partly because of the absence of an accessible and authoritative introduction to his thought; this volume offers just such a point of entry. With an emphasis on applicability and utility Paul Bishop reinvigorates the discourse surrounding Klages providing a neutral and compact account of his intellectual development and his impact on psychology and philosophy. Part 1 offers an overview of Klages’s life visiting the major stations of his intellectual development. Part 2 examines in turn nine major conceptual ‘tools’ found in Klages’s extensive writings aiming to clarify Klages’s terminology to demystify his discourse and to sift through Klages’s credentials as a psychological thinker. Part 3 consists of extracts from Klages’s writings thematically oriented; these showcase the aphoristic and lyrical as well as psychological and philosophical qualities of Klages’s writing including his interest in aesthetics. Taken together all three parts constitute a vitalist ‘toolkit’ — to build a fuller richer life. Drawing on previous studies of Klages that have only been available in German Ludwig Klages and the Philosophy of Life provides a non-polemical account of Klages’s life and work with explanations and commentaries to guide the reader through extracts from his writings. The book accessibly explains the most important ideas and concepts found in Klages’s work including soul spirit character expression will and consciousness and it reveals Klages to be a serious figure whose thought remains relevant to many disciplines today. It will stimulate interest in his work and create a new readership for his remarkable worldview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252526

Ludwig TieckAn Annotated Guide to Research When originally published in 1993 this was the first bibliography of the secondary literature on Tieck. Given as much secondary literature surrounding Tieck’s life and works has been generated outside of his native Germany as within this bibliography focuses particularly on his life and work from an international perspective. In order to make the information surrounding Tieck accessible the book provides a detailed table of contents with corresponding text divisions rather than a subject index. It therefore highlights Tieck’s achievements in their various national contexts so that not only students of German can get an accurate feel for Tieck’s versatility and range. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856083

Ludwig van Beethoven (1927) This volume was first published in 1927 on the centenary of Beethoven’s death as part of the Masters of Music series. The author was an established biographer of organ composers such as The Organ Works of Bach. Attributing Beethoven’s disagreeable demeanour to his childhood the author embarks on a passionate defence of Beethoven’s essential nobility of character hoping to assuage the then-prevalent anti-Beethoven chill and to encourage readers to discover Beethoven anew. The volume covers an overview of Beethoven’s life followed by his personality and an assessment of his works in an exploration of the most important characteristics of Beethoven’s works and their influence on his successors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602052

Ludwig Wittgenstein - A Cultural Point of ViewPhilosophy in the Darkness of this Time In the preface to his Philosophical Investigations Ludwig Wittgenstein expresses pessimism about the culture of his time and doubts as to whether his ideas would be understood in such a time: 'I make them public with doubtful feelings. It is not impossible that it should fall to the lot of this work in its poverty and in the darkness of this time to bring light into one brain or another - but of course it is not likely'. In this book William James DeAngelis develops a deeper understanding of Wittgenstein's remark and argues that it is an expression of a significant cultural component in Wittgenstein's later thought which while latent is very much intended. DeAngelis focuses on the fascinating connection between Wittgenstein and Oswald Spengler and in particular the acknowledged influence of Spengler's Decline of the West. His book shows in meticulous detail how Spengler's dark conception of an ongoing cultural decline resonated deeply for Wittgenstein and influenced his later work. In so doing the work takes into account discussions of these matters by major commentators such as Malcolm Von Wright Cavell Winch and Clack among others. A noteworthy feature of this book is its attempt to link Wittgenstein's cultural concerns with his views on religion and religious language. DeAngelis offers a fresh and original interpretation of the latter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274372

Lugard and the Abeokuta UprisingThe Demise of Egba Independence First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980112

Luhmann and Law Niklas Luhmann wrote a number of works which have decisively shaped the recent development of legal science as a theoretical discipline. Some basic elements of his theory have been widely appropriated by other legal theorists such that it is difficult to imagine contemporary reflection in legal theory and above all legal sociology without Luhmann. This collection brings together the most important canonical and cutting-edge papers on Luhmann’s legal thought. It is introduced in a comprehensive editorial piece by the editor which locates the articles in context and explores the issues and topics at hand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472455598

Luhmann and Socio-Legal ResearchAn Empirical Agenda for Social Systems Theory This book discusses the designs and applications of the social systems theory (built by Niklas Luhmann 1927–1998) in relation to empirical socio-legal studies. This is a sociological and legal theory known for its highly complex and abstract conceptual apparatus. But how to change its scale in order to study more localised phenomena and to deal with empirical data such as case law statutes constitutions and regulation? This is the concern of a wide variety of scholars from many regions engaged in this volume. It focuses on methodological discussions and empirical examples concerning the innovations and potentials that functional and systemic approaches can bring to the study of legal phenomena (institutions building argumentation and dispute-settlement) in the interface with economy and regulation and with politics and public policies. It also discusses connections and contrasts with other jurisprudential approaches – for instance with critical theory law and economics and traditional empirical research in law. Two decades after Luhmann’s death the 21st century has brought countless transformations in technologies and institutions. These changes resulting in a hyper-connected ultra-interactive world society bring operational and reflective challenges to the functional systems of law politics and economy to social movements and protests and to major organisational systems such as courts and enterprises parliaments and public administration. Pursuing an empirical approach this book details the variable forms by which systems construct their own structures and semantics and ‘irritate’ each other. Engaging Luhmann’s theoretical apparatus with empirical research in law this book will be of interest to students and researchers in the field of socio-legal studies the sociology of law legal history and jurisprudence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439712

Luigi Balugani's Drawings of African Plants This work outlines the life of James Bruce of Kinnard and Luigi Balugani and his relationship with James Bruce. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138407657

Luigi Pirandello in the Theatre First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165182

Luke the PriestThe Authority of the Author of the Third Gospel This book focuses on the authority and status of the author of Luke-Acts. What authority did he have to write a Gospel to interpret the Jewish Scriptures and traditions of Israel to interpret the Jesus traditions and to update the narrative with a second volume with its interpretation of Paul and the other apostles who appear in the Acts narrative? Rick Strelan constructs the author as a Jewish Priest examining such issues as writing and orality authority and tradition and the status and role of priests. The analysis is set within the context of scholarly opinion about the author the intended audience and other related issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887988

Luke Wadding the Irish Franciscans and Global Catholicism This book explores the endeavors and activities of one of the most prominent early modern Irishmen in exile the Franciscan Luke Wadding. Born in Ireland educated in the Iberian Peninsula Wadding arrived in Rome in 1618 where he would die in 1657. In the "Eternal City " the Franciscan emerged as an outstanding theologian a learned scholar a diplomat and a college founder. This innovative collection of chapters brings together a group of international scholars who provide a ground-breaking analysis of the many cultural political and religious facets of Wadding’s life. They illustrate the challenges and changes faced by an Irishman who emerged as one of the most outstanding global figures of the Catholic Reformation. The volume will attract scholars of the early modern period early modern Catholicism and Irish emigration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463526

Lula the Workers' Party and the Governability Dilemma in Brazil While scholars activists and pundits from around the world have heralded the Lula years as a breakthrough for poverty reduction and the forthcoming emergence of Brazil as a dynamic economic superpower many of their counterparts in the country as well as a number of Brazilianists elsewhere have expressed great disappointment. Tracing back the trajectory of Brazilian Workers’ Party (Partido dos Trabalhadores - PT) Hernán F. Gómez Bruera explores how holding national executive public office contributed decisively to a pragmatic shift away from the party’s radical redistributive and participatory platform earning the approbation of international audiences and criticisms of domestic progressives. He explains why a unique party which originally promoted a radical progressive agenda of socio-economic redistribution and participatory democracy eventually adopted an orthodox economic policy formed legislative alliances with conservative parties altered its relationship with social movements and relegated the participatory agenda to de sidelines. Touching on multiple dimensions from economic policy and land reform to social policy this book offers a distinct explanation as to why progressive parties of mass-based origin shift to the center over time and alter their relationships with their allies in civil society. Written in a clear and accessible style and featuring an enormous wealth of firsthand accounts from party leaders at all levels and within different factions Gómez Bruera offers much needed new insights into why progressive parties alter their discourses and strategies when they occupy executive public office. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926387

Lull & Bruno First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708989

Luminescence BiotechnologyInstruments and Applications The dangers and drawbacks inherent in radioactivity-based methods along with a demonstrated and dramatic increase in sensitivity have precipitated a major shift towards luminescence measurements and visualization techniques. Their use has now spread even to traditional clinical environments and their applications have grown from clinical assays to DNA sequencing antioxidant detection and high-throughput screening.Luminescence Biotechnology: Instruments and Applications furnishes a thorough w review of the principles and applications of luminescence. With a consistent focus on practical considerations contributions from a team of internationally acclaimed authors take you from the fundamentals of the different luminescence-based assay systems calculation methods and instruments through the spectrum of applications and latest research advances. Topics include gene and protein assays oxidative stress and tissue aging applications of luminescent microspheres and proton image analysis.This book clearly identifies the advantages of luminescence over other assay techniques discusses its potential pitfalls and illustrates the broad range of its utility. Whether you are a newcomer to the field or a seasoned professional this book provides a wealth of information that will bring you quickly up to date on the technology recent research developments and cutting-edge applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396497

LuminescenceThe Instrumental Key to the Future of Nanotechnology The book covers a broad multidisciplinary arena including applications for energy conservation materials performance enhancement electronic circuitry video displays lighting photovoltaics quantum computing memory chemo- and biosensors pharmaceuticals and medical diagnostics inter alia. It presents a comprehensive introductory overview of the photophysics instrumentation and experimental methodology of nanomaterial luminescence. Invited experts highlight more specific advanced research areas that have either shown potential for or have already realized significant impact on the day-to-day aspects of modern life and the world economy. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814241953

Luminescent Materials in Display and Biomedical Applications Luminescent materials with advanced performance are in the research hot spot with the recent technical developments of the display lighting and fluorescence labeling. Rare-earth-doped luminescent materials have been the focus of the research community owing to their wide applications in display devices temperature sensors solar cells biomedical fields optoelectronics etc. This book covers the broad aspects of organic and inorganic materials based phosphors. The purpose of this book is to provide an up-to-date account of the present status and advancement of various techniques of synthesis of luminescent materials and their advanced applications in different areas. This book will cover all the experimental and theoretical approaches related to the rare-earth-doped luminescent materials. It also contains all the necessary information about the rare-earth-doped luminescent materials that were used in the past few years. In a nutshell this book provides a unique platform to the newcomers who are planning to do research on rare-earthdoped luminescent materials as well as the researchers who are well established in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367112127

Luminescent Spectroscopy of Proteins Luminescent Spectroscopy of Proteins is devoted to the method of intrinsic protein luminescence one of the most popular experimental methods in modern biophysics and biochemistry. The book discusses general physical principles of the luminescence method; spectral properties of the main protein chromophores; and protein luminescence and its use for studies on structural physico-chemical and functional properties of proteins. Principles of luminescent spectroscopy are illustrated by real-life applications and problems. Luminescent Spectroscopy of Proteins will be an excellent reference for biophysicists biochemists analytical chemists and other scientists interested in this topic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895116

Luminous Chemical Vapor Deposition and Interface Engineering Providing in-depth coverage of the technologies and various approaches Luminous Chemical Vapor Deposition and Interface Engineering showcases the development and utilization of LCVD procedures in industrial scale applications. It offers a wide range of examples case studies and recommendations for clear understanding of this innovative science. The book comprises four parts. Part 1 describes the fundamental difference between glow discharge of an inert gas and that of an organic vapor from which the concepts of Luminous Gas Phase derive. Part 2 explores the various ways of practicing Luminous Vapor Disposition and Treatment depending on the type and nature of substrates. Part 3 covers some very important aspects of surface and interface that could not have been seen clearly without results obtained by application of LCVD. Part 4 offers some examples of interface engineering that show very unique aspects of LCVD interface engineering in composite materials biomaterial surface and corrosion protection by the environmentally benign process. Timely and up-to-date the book provides broad coverage of the complex relationships involved in the interface between a gas/solid liquid/solid and a solid/solid. The author presents a new perspective on low-pressure plasma and describes key aspects of the surface and interface that could not be shown without the results obtained by LCVD technologies.FeaturesProvides broad coverage of complex relationships involved in interface between a gas/solid a liquid/solid and a solid/solidAddresses the importance of the initial step of creating electrical glow dischargeDescribes the principles of creating chemically reactive species and their growth in the luminous gas phaseFocuses on the nature of surface-state of solid and on the creation of imperturbable surface-state by the contacting phase or environment which is vitally important in creating biocompatible surface providing super corrosion protection of metals by environmentally benign processes etc.Offers examples on how to use LCVD in the interface engineering processPresents a new view on low-pressure (low-temperature) plasma and emphasizes the importance of luminous gas phase and chemical reactions that occur in the phaseAbout the author:Dr. Yasuda is one of the pioneers who explored low-pressure plasma for surface modification of materials and deposition of nano films as barrier and perm-selective membranes in the late 1960s. He obtained his PhD in physical and polymer chemistry working on transport properties of gases and vapors in polymers at State University of New York College of Environmental Science and Forestry at Syracuse NY. He has over 300 publications in refereed journals and books and is currently a Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering and Director Center for Surface Science & Plasma Technology University of Missouri-Columbia and is actively engaged in research on the subjects covered by this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367578176

Lunacy Law and Conscience 1744-1845The Social History of the Care of the Insane First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868709

Lunar Settlements Bringing together some of the most recognized and influential researchers and scientists in various space-related disciplines Lunar Settlements addresses the many issues that surround the permanent human return to the Moon. Numerous international contributors offer their insights into how certain technological physiological and psychological challenges must be met to make permanent lunar settlements possible. The book first looks to the past covering the Apollo and Saturn legacies. In addition former astronaut and U.S. Senator Harrison H. Schmitt discusses how to maintain deep space exploration and settlement. The book then discusses economic aspects such as funding for lunar commerce managing human resources and commercial transportation logistics. After examining how cultural elements will fit into habitat design the text explores the physiological psychological and ethical impact of living on a lunar settlement. It also describes the planning/technical requirements of lunar habitation the design of both manned and modular lunar bases and the protection of lunar habitats against meteoroids. Focusing on lunar soil mechanics the book concludes with discussions on lunar concrete terraforming and using greenhouses for agricultural purposes. Drawing from the lunar experiences of the six Apollo landing missions to the many American and Soviet robotic missions to current space activities and research this volume summarizes the problems prospects and practicality of enduring lunar settlements. It reflects the key disciplines including engineering physics architecture psychology biology and anthropology that will play significant roles in establishing these settlements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114012

Lunatic Hospitals in Georgian England 1750–1830 Lunatic Hospitals in Georgian England 1750–1830 constitutes the first comprehensive study of the philanthropic asylum system in Georgian England. Using original research and drawing upon a wide range of expertise on the history of mental health this book demonstrates the crucial role of the lunatic hospitals in the early development of a national system of psychiatric institutions. These hospitals were to form an essential historical link in the emergence of a national system of institutional provision for mentally disordered people. They provided important prototypes for the subsequent development of a network of state-sponsored lunatic asylums during the nineteenth century. This is an impressive volume which covers various areas including: the provincial lunatic hospitals managing the hospital managing the insane. This book will interest specialist historians as well as mental health professionals and people interested in local and regional studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759182

Lung Cancer Therapy Annual 7 Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2013 Oncology research and practice in lung cancer continues to develop rapidly. This latest edition of an acclaimed reference briefs the oncology community with a review of the recent literature emphasizing the most significant therapeutic advances. The expert contributions of Lung Cancer Therapy Annual 7 offer an update of the impact that this information will have on the day-to-day management of the lung cancer patient. New to the seventh edition are four new chapters on the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and a new chapter on thymoma. Additional topics include: Oncogenic driver mutations First line therapy of advanced non-small cell lung cancer without activating EGFR mutation Second line therapy of non-small cell lung cancer Adjunct and neoadjunct therapy of non-small cell lung cancer Advances in surgery of lung cancer; advances in radiotherapy of lung cancer Mesothelioma Thymic tumors Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841848655

Lung CancerTranslational and Emerging Therapies Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer-related deaths in the United States. Filling a gap in the literature this resource translates recent laboratory findings into practical applications for the prevention and control of lung cancer. Featuring chapters by seasoned researchers in the field this reference reviews current advances in imaging drug development molecular therapeutics genetics immunotherapy and chemotherapy to stand at the forefront of technologies for patient diagnosis and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453091

Lung Connective TissueLocation Metabolism and Response to Injury First Published in 1981 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the connective tissue of the lung and its relationship to our environment and health. Filled with a vast repertoire of factual data and statistics this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367223007

Lung Imaging and CADx Developing an effective computer-aided diagnosis (CAD) system for lung cancer is of great clinical importance and can significantly increase the patient's chance for survival. For this reason CAD systems for lung cancer have been investigated in a large number of research studies. A typical CAD system for lung cancer diagnosis is composed of four main processing steps: segmentation of the lung fields detection of nodules inside the lung fields segmentation of the detected nodules and diagnosis of the nodules as benign or malignant. This book overviews the current state-of-the-art techniques that have been developed to implement each of these CAD processing steps. Overviews the latest state-of-the-art diagnostic CAD systems for lung cancer imaging and diagnosis Offers detailed coverage of 3D and 4D image segmentation Illustrates unique fully automated detection systems coupled with 4D Computed Tomography (CT) Written by authors who are world-class researchers in the biomedical imaging sciences Includes extensive references at the end of each chapter to enhance further study Ayman El-Baz is a professor university scholar and chair of the Bioengineering Department at the University of Louisville Louisville Kentucky. He earned his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in electrical engineering in 1997 and 2001 respectively. He earned his doctoral degree in electrical engineering from the University of Louisville in 2006. In 2009 he was named a Coulter Fellow for his contributions to the field of biomedical translational research. He has 17 years of hands-on experience in the fields of bio-imaging modeling and noninvasive computer-assisted diagnosis systems. He has authored or coauthored more than 500 technical articles (132 journals 23 books 57 book chapters 211 refereed-conference papers 137 abstracts and 27 U.S. patents and disclosures).     Jasjit S. Suri is an innovator scientist a visionary an industrialist and an internationally known world leader in biomedical engineering. He has spent over 25 years in the field of biomedical engineering/devices and its management. He received his doctorate from the University of Washington Seattle and his business management sciences degree from Weatherhead School of Management Case Western Reserve University Cleveland Ohio. He was awarded the President’s Gold Medal in 1980 and named a Fellow of the American Institute of Medical and Biological Engineering for his outstanding contributions in 2004. In 2018 he was awarded the Marquis Life Time Achievement Award for his outstanding contributions and dedication to medical imaging and its management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138050914

Lung Imaging and Computer Aided Diagnosis Lung cancer remains the leading cause of cancer-related deaths worldwide. Early diagnosis can improve the effectiveness of treatment and increase a patient’s chances of survival. Thus there is an urgent need for new technology to diagnose small malignant lung nodules early as well as large nodules located away from large diameter airways because the current technology—namely needle biopsy and bronchoscopy—fail to diagnose those cases. However the analysis of small indeterminate lung masses is fraught with many technical difficulties. Often patients must be followed for years with serial CT scans in order to establish a diagnosis but inter-scan variability slice selection artifacts differences in degree of inspiration and scan angles can make comparing serial scans unreliable. Lung Imaging and Computer Aided Diagnosis brings together researchers in pulmonary image analysis to present state-of-the-art image processing techniques for detecting and diagnosing lung cancer at an early stage. The book addresses variables and discrepancies in scans and proposes ways of evaluating small lung masses more consistently to allow for more accurate measurement of growth rates and analysis of shape and appearance of the detected lung nodules. Dealing with all aspects of image analysis of the data this book examines: Lung segmentation Nodule segmentation Vessels segmentation Airways segmentation Lung registration Detection of lung nodules Diagnosis of detected lung nodules Shape and appearance analysis of lung nodules Contributors also explore the effective use of these methodologies for diagnosis and therapy in clinical applications. Arguably the first book of its kind to address and evaluate image-based diagnostic approaches for the early diagnosis of lung cancer Lung Imaging and Computer Aided Diagnosis constitutes a valuable resource for biomedical engineers researchers and clinicians in lung disease imaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072077

Lung Surfactant Function and Disorder The only source to describe the lung surfactant as a complex membranous system this guide analyzes lung surfactant function from the aspects of molecular biology biophysics membrane science and surface and interface analysis and reviews the latest basic and clinical issues relating to lung disease and (dys)function. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392895

Lung Transplantation Once considered an experimental therapy lung transplantation is now regarded as a viable treatment option for selected patients with end-stage lung diseases. As more and more of these cases arise it becomes imperative for those involved in the care of lung transplant patients to have a vast understanding of the multidiscipline process of lung tra Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429092558

Lung TransplantationPrinciples and Practice Lung Transplantation: Principles and Practice covers the current practice in donor and recipient management as well as current treatment strategies and outcomes. With 39 chapters from international experts in the field the book is divided into four broad sections: General Topics Donor Management Recipient Management and Outcome and the Future of Lung Transplantation. The book discusses significant advances achieved in the past decade in areas such as donor allocation organ preservation and management recipient selection management and support surgical and critical care techniques immune suppression and infection prophylaxis. Specific instances of pulmonary disease that commonly necessitate lung transplantation are also covered. Generously illustrated in full color this valuable resource is relevant to both specialists and other providers who may refer or care for patients before and after transplantation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575120

Lu's Basic ToxicologyFundamentals Target Organs and Risk Assessment Seventh Edition Continuing a long tradition Lu’s Basic Toxicology Seventh Edition combines relatively comprehensive coverage of toxic substances in food air and water with brevity thereby continuing to serve as an updated introductory text for toxicology students and for those involved in allied sciences that require a background in toxicology. The new edition which now becomes an edited work with contributions from experts around the globe features four new chapters and a number of existing chapters that have been updated and expanded notably those on mechanisms of toxic effects conventional toxicity studies the cardiovascular system and risk assessment and regulatory toxicology. The book consists of four parts (Part I–Part IV) that provide guidance on principles of toxicology and testing procedures for toxicities as well as a concise yet detailed mechanism of both target organ and nontarget organ toxicities. The book is rounded off with a final section (Part IV) on the toxic effects of chemicals and risk assessment giving toxicologists both students and practicing professionals the necessary tools to enhance their practice. This edition includes new chapters on Clinical Toxicology Systems Toxicology Chemicals and Children and Toxicology of Reproductive Systems providing the essentials of these topics in the same style as the other chapters in the book. With separate subject and chemical indexes this is a useful quick shelf reference for everyone working in toxicology today. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032354

Lu's Basic ToxicologyFundamentals Target Organs and Risk Assessment Sixth Edition This new edition of our bestselling book Lu�s Basic Toxicology provides a number of key benefits that make it a must-read for toxicology specialists worldwide including: Revision of a Bestseller - the new Sixth Edition provides the critical updates toxicologists need to keep up with the changing times New Information - on over-the-counter preparations lactation and occupational toxicology providing clarity and insight into a rapidly evolving subject Comprehensive - Updated topical additions - new chapters on Nanotoxicology and Toxicity of Endocrine System provide you with information not currently available elsewhere Expert Editors - Kacew and Lee offers a distillation of decades and research and teaching experience in toxicology providing authoritative guidance for both students and practicing professionals Practical- Easy to read information at your fingertips - In-depth yet concise presentation of material � split into four key sections that include separate subject and chemical indexes all while in the 6 x 9 format makes this a useful quick pocket-guide for the more experienced researcher. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138457072

Lusophone Galician and Hispanic LinguisticsBridging Frames and Traditions Lusophone Galician and Hispanic Linguistics: Bridging Frames and Traditions examines the existing historiographic foundational and methodological issues surrounding Lusophone Galician and Hispanic linguistics.The volume offers a balanced collection of original research from synchronic and diachronic perspectives. It provides a first step to assessing the present and future state of Lusophone Galician  and Hispanic linguistics and argues for an inclusive approach to the study of these three traditions which would enhance our understanding of each.Presenting the latest research in the field this volume is a valuable resource for scholars in Lusophone Galician and Hispanic linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728076

Luteinizing Hormone Action and Receptors First published in 1985: The principle reason for publishing this book is to put together current knowledge about the actions of luteinizing hormone in a single volume. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367250416

Luther Luther provides a clear exposition of the state of German politics on the eve of the Reformation. Dr Mullett concentrates particularly on the evolution of Luther's thought and its central preoccupation with re-aligning the church's theology with that of the New Testament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177055

Lutheran Churches in Early Modern Europe Until recently the impact of the Lutheran Reformation has been largely regarded in political and socio-economic terms yet for most people it was not the abstract theological debates that had the greatest impact upon their lives but what they saw in their parish churches every Sunday. This collection of essays provides a coherent and interdisciplinary investigation of the impact that the Lutheran Reformation had on the appearance architecture and arrangement of early modern churches. Drawing upon recent research being undertaken by leading art historians and historians on Lutheran places of worship the volume emphasises often surprising levels of continuity reflecting the survival of Catholic fixtures fittings and altarpieces and exploring how these could be remodelled in order to conform with the tenets of Lutheran belief. The volume not only addresses Lutheran art but also the way in which the architecture of their churches reflected the importance of preaching and the administration of the sacraments. Furthermore the collection is committed to extending these discussions beyond a purely German context and to look at churches not only within the Holy Roman Empire but also in Scandinavia the Baltic States as well as towns dominated by Saxon communities in areas such as in Hungary and Transylvania. By focusing on ecclesiastical 'material culture' the collection helps to place the art and architecture of Lutheran places of worship into the historical political and theological context of early modern Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107779

Lutheran Theology and Secular LawThe Work of the Modern State This collection brings together lawyers and theologians in the U.S. and Europe to reflect on Lutheran understandings of the political use of the law by secular governments. The book furthers the intellectual conversation about how Lutheran insights can be used to develop jurisprudence and specific solutions to legal issues in which there is strong conflict. It presents the basic theological and interpretive assumptions of the Lutheran tradition as they may inform the creation of legislation and judicial interpretation at local national and international levels. The authors explore Luther’s conception of the foundations of modern secular law and understanding of vocation. The work discusses the application of Lutheran theological principles to contemporary issues such as the war on terror native land rights property law family law church and state medical experimentation and the criminal law of rape providing ethical insights for lawyers and lawmakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591441

Lutyens Maconchy Williams and Twentieth-Century British MusicA Blest Trio of Sirens Elisabeth Lutyens (1906-1983) Elizabeth Maconchy (1907-1994) and Grace Williams (1906-1977) were contemporaries at the Royal College of Music. The three composers' careers were launched with performances in the Macnaghten-Lemare Concerts in the 1930s - a time when in Britain as Williams noted a woman composer was considered 'very odd indeed'. Even so by the early 1940s all three had made remarkable advances in their work: Lutyens had become the first British composer to use 12-note technique in her Chamber Concerto No. 1 (1939-40); Maconchy had composed four string quartets of outstanding quality and was busy rethinking the genre; and Williams had won recognition as a composer with great flair for orchestral writing with her Fantasia on Welsh Nursery Tunes (1940) and Sea Sketches (1944). In the following years Lutyens Maconchy and Williams went on to compose music of striking quality and to attain prominent positions within the British music scene. Their respective achievements broke through the 'sound ceiling' challenging many of the traditional assumptions which accompanied music by female composers. Rhiannon Mathias traces the development of these three important composers through analysis of selected works. The book draws upon previously unexplored material as well as radio and television interviews with the composers themselves and with their contemporaries. The musical analysis and contextual material lead to a re-evaluation of the composers' positions in the context of twentieth-century British music history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262768

Luxor And Its Temples First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541657

Luxurious SexualitiesTextual Practice Volume 11 Issue 3 Luxurious Sexualities contains some of the most path- breaking adventurous critical writing currently to be found in Britain. Focusing on eighteenth century sexuality it is intriguing controversial and provoking. Textual Practice contains articles relating to women popular culture visual media and ethnic and sexual minorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439863

Luxury Fashion and the Early Modern Idea of Credit Luxury Fashion and the Early Modern Idea of Credit addresses how social and cultural ideas about credit and trust in the context of fashion and trade were affected by the growth and development of the bankruptcy institution.   Luxury fashion and social standing are intimately connected to consumption on credit. Drawing on data from the fashion trade this fascinating edited volume shows how the concepts of credit trust and bankruptcy changed towards the end of the early modern period (1500−1800) and in the beginning of the modern period. Focusing on Sweden with comparative material from France and other European countries this volume draws together emerging and established scholars from across the fields of economic history and fashion.   This book is an essential read for scholars in economic history financial history social history and European history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332693

Luxury and Fashion MarketingThe Global Perspective The globalization of the world’s markets has forced luxury brands to in turn become global and accessible in many developing countries and emerging markets. As a result the demand for these luxury products has increased globally creating a need for an education in luxury that acknowledges the global perspective yet at the same time incorporates subtle regional nuances into luxury and fashion marketing.   Keeping this global and regional perspective Luxury and Fashion Marketing: The Global Perspective examines the elements of luxury marketing that contribute to superior luxury brand performance. Specifically this volume focuses on mission statements logos airport retailing franchising challenges in luxury marketing fashion relating to politics environment and beachwear and case studies on luxury brands and emerging markets.   Luxury and Fashion Marketing: The Global Perspective is unique in that it is written in a simple and engaging style to explain the theories and concepts of luxury in relation to the ordinary in the global context. Each chapter has to-do activities making the book essential reading for students trainers and practitioners interested in luxury and fashion marketing and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576438

Luxury and Gender in European Towns 1700-1914 This book conceives the role of the modern town as a crucial place for material and cultural circulations of luxury. It concentrates on a critical period of historical change the long eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that was marked by the passage from a society of scarcity to one of expenditure and accumulation from ranks and orders to greater social mobility from traditional aristocratic luxury to a new bourgeois and even democratic form of luxury. This volume recognizes the notion that luxury operated as a mechanism of social separation but also that all classes aspired to engage in consumption at some level thus extending the idea of what constituted luxury and blurring the boundaries of class and status often in unsettling ways. It moves beyond the moral aspects of luxury and the luxury debates to analyze how the production distribution purchase or display of luxury goods could participate in the creation of autonomous selves and thus challenge gender roles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208752

Luxury and LegitimationRoyal Collecting in Ancient Mesopotamia Utilizing a variety of ancient sources including cuneiform texts images and archaeological finds Luxury and Legitimation explores how the collecting of luxury objects contributed to the formation of royal identity in one of the world's oldest civilizations ancient Mesopotamia (modern Iraq). Allison Thomason makes a significant and timely contribution to the subjects of collecting and material culture studies by bringing a new understanding to the political cultural and social institutions of an important pre-Classical non-Western civilization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250137

Luxury FleetThe Imperial German Navy 1888-1918 Originally published in 1980 ‘Luxury’ Fleet (the phrase was Winston Churchill’s) was the first history of the Imperial German navy from 1888 to 1918. After tracing the historical background to German naval ambitions the first two sections of the book analyse Admiral Tirpitz’s programme of building a battle fleet strong enough to engage the Royal Navy in the North Sea. The author shows the fleet in its European setting and describes the warships and the attitudes of the officer corps and seamen. The final section of the book discusses the tactical deployment of the German fleet during the First World War both in home waters and overseas; and it weighs the balance between those who supported fleet actions in preference to those who favoured cruiser and submarine warfare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980129

Luxury Trades and Consumerism in Ancien Régime ParisStudies in the History of the Skilled Workforce Since the 16th century Paris has been a leading arbiter of taste and the ultimate source of luxury goods for Europe and the world. However the origins of the luxury trades of Paris and their role in the wider economic development of France and Europe have been relatively little examined by historians. This volume provides an entry into some of the many questions raised by the growth of the luxury trades by bringing together eight detailed case studies of specific trades with five more wide-ranging and theoretical contributions. It therefore offers both the results of entirely new research and a range of new perspectives and methodological reflections on the subject as a whole. Essential to economic and social historians of Early Modern France the book will also be of interest to all students of material culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275119

Lyapunov-Based Control of Robotic Systems Lyapunov-Based Control of Robotic Systems describes nonlinear control design solutions for problems that arise from robots required to interact with and manipulate their environments. Since most practical scenarios require the design of nonlinear controllers to work around uncertainty and measurement-related issues the authors use Lyapunov’s direct method as an effective tool to design and analyze controllers for robotic systems.After describing the evolution of real-time control design systems and the associated operating environments and hardware platforms the book presents a host of standard control design tools for robotic systems using a common Lyapunov-based framework. It then discusses several problems in visual servoing control including the design of homography-based visual servo control methods and the classic structure from motion problem. The book also deals with the issues of path planning and control for manipulator arms and wheeled mobile robots. With a focus on the emerging research area of human machine interaction the final chapter illustrates the design of control schemes based on passivity such that the machine is a net energy sink.Including much of the authors’ own research work in controls and robotics this book facilitates an understanding of the application of Lyapunov-based control design techniques to up-and-coming problems in robotics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452421

Lyco of Troas and Hieronymus of RhodesText Translation and Discussion Volume 12 in the RUSCH series continues work already begun on the School of Aristotle. It focuses on two Peripatetic philosophers who lived in the third century BCE when Stoicism and Epicureanism flourished. Lyco of Troas was the third head of the Peripatos after Aristotle. Hieronymus of Rhodes was a member of the school and an antagonist of Lyco.Excellence in teaching was Lyco's distinguishing attribute but he also attracted benefactors and had the reputation of being a bon vivant. Hieronymus is best known for his work on ethics but he also wrote on literature history and rhetoric. Our understanding of the work being done in the Peripatos during the third century BCE will be greatly enhanced by Peter Stork's new edition of Lyco and Stephen White's edition of Hieronymus.The two editions in this volume are accompanied by full translations as well as notes on the Greek and Latin texts (an apparatus criticus) and substantive notes that accompany the translation. The editions will replace those of Fritz Wehrli which were made over half a century ago and published without an accompanying translation. In addition to the two editions this volume includes ten essays that address significant themes presented by the texts. Three of the essays deal with biographical material: "Diogenes Life of Lyco" (J orgen Mejer) "Hieronymus in Athens and Rhodes" (Elisabetta Matelli) and "Peripatetic Philosophers as Wandering Scholars" (Peter Scholz). Four develop philosophical topics: "Hieronymus of Rhodes on Vision" (Todd Ganson) "The Historical Setting of Hieronymus fr. 10 White" (Peter Lautner) "Peripatetic Reactions to Hellenistic Epistemology" (Hans Gottschalk) and "Lyco and Hieronymus on the Good Life" (Stephen White). Three concern rhetoric and literature: "Lyco Phrastikos" (William Fortenbaugh) "Hieronymus on Isocrates' Style" (David Mirhady) and "Hieronymus in Ancient Commentaries on Hesiod's Shield" (Andrea Martano). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511743

Lycopene and Tomatoes in Human Nutrition and Health Lycopene is a potent antioxidant carotenoid found in fruits and vegetables; particularly high amounts exist in red tomatoes. It is not an essential nutrient for humans but can be a potential therapeutic agent for preventing several human diseases. Since the publication of the previous book on lycopene extensive advances have been made with respect to the role of lycopene and tomatoes in human health. Whereas the initial focus of research was on cancer Lycopene and Tomatoes in Human Nutrition and Health represents the next major step in documenting advances in understanding the chemistry bioavailability metabolism; mechanisms of action of lycopene; and its role in preventing human diseases other than cancer as discussed in the various chapters of the book. The book includes chapters that discuss genetic polymorphisms; and lycopene’s relationship to cardiovascular diseases cardiometabolic diseases bone health and other health disorders including male infertility skin diseases respiratory disorders and neurodegenerative diseases. The book includes information addressing regulatory aspects of natural health products and in particular lycopene presenting industrial insights. The contents of the book are selected carefully to provide the readers with the most current information available on lycopene and tomato bioactives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466575370

LycopeneNutritional Medicinal and Therapeutic Properties Tomatoes have become a dietary staple for humans in many parts of the world. The characteristic deep red color of the ripe tomato fruit and related products is mainly due to lycopene. Lycopene is the predominant carotenoid in tomatoes followed by a-carotene b-carotene g-carotene and phytoene as well as by several other minor carotenoids. Tomat Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429063602

LycraHow A Fiber Shaped America "The Anthropology of Stuff" is part of a new Series dedicated to innovative unconventional ways to connect undergraduate students and their lived concerns about our social world to the power of social science ideas and evidence. Our goal with the project is to help spark social science imaginations and in doing so new avenues for meaningful thought and action. Each "Stuff" title is a short (100 page) "mini text" illuminating for students the network of people and activities that create their material world. Lycra describes the development of a specific fabric but in the process provides students with rare insights into U.S. corporate history the changing image of women in America and how a seemingly doomed product came to occupy a position never imagined by its inventors and contained in the wardrobe of virtually every American. And it will generate lively discussion of the story of the relationship between technology science and society over the past half a century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829905

Lydgate's Minor PoemsThe Two Nightingale Poems (A.D. 1446) First published in 1900 this volume includes the two versions of Lydgate’s Middle-English Nightingale poems along with glosses. A detailed scholarly introduction is provided by Otto Glauning PhD including analysis of the manuscripts metre linguistic significance and the manuscripts’ sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615083

Lydia ThompsonQueen of Burlesque First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980136

Lymph StasisPathophysiology Diagnosis and Treatment First published 1991. Lymph Stasis: Pathophysiology Diagnosis and Treatment provides a reintroduction to the lymphatic system and its primary disease-lymph stasis-to practitioners who treat patients with lymph stasis of the limbs. Topics discussed include an introduction to the lymphatic system in man the structure of lymphatics and the mechanism of lymph formation based on animal and human studies chemical and cellular composition of lymph in humans pathological factors affecting lymph flow treatment of lymphedema and clinical studies on antibiotic penetration to tissue fluid and lymph. Angiologists vascular surgeons dermatologists radiologists and nuclear medicine specialists are among those physicians who will find a wealth of useful information in this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226527

Lymphatic Transport of Drugs Lymphatic Transport of Drugs provides a thorough review of the determinants that affect the uptake and delivery of drugs and xenobiotics to the lymphatics. Factors affecting the transport and delivery of lipophilic drugs through the lymph after oral administration lymphatic transport of polar drugs and macromolecules after gastrointestinal dosing transport of drugs into the lymph after parenteral administration and particulate drug delivery systems are among the topics examined in this volume. Lymphatic Transport of Drugs is primarily intended for pharmaceutical scientists who are attempting to alter the delivery of current therapeutic agents through formulation of prodrugs as well as for researchers designing new drugs for lymph delivery. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748572

Lynching ReconsideredNew Perspectives in the Study of Mob Violence The history of lynching and mob violence has become a subject of considerable scholarly and public interest in recent years. Popular works by James Allen Philip Dray and Leon Litwack have stimulated new interest in the subject. A generation of new scholars sparked by these works and earlier monographs are in the process of both enriching and challenging the traditional narrative of lynching in the United States. This volume contains essays by ten scholars at the forefront of the movement to broaden and deepen our understanding of mob violence in the United States. These essays range from the Reconstruction to World War Two analyze lynching in multiple regions of the United States and employ a wide range of methodological approaches. The authors explore neglected topics such as: lynching in the Mid-Atlantic lynching in Wisconsin lynching photography mob violence against southern white women black lynch mobs grassroots resistance to racial violence by African Americans nineteenth century white southerners who opposed lynching and the creation of 'lynching narratives' by southern white newspapers. This book was first published as a special issue of American Nineteenth Century History Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878211

LynchingAmerican Mob Murder in Global Perspective Addressing one of the most controversial and emotive issues of American history this book presents a thorough reexamination of the background dynamics and decline of American lynching. It argues that collective homicide in the US can only be partly understood through a discussion of the unsettled southern political situation after 1865 but must also be seen in the context of a global conversation about changing cultural meanings of 'race'. A deeper comprehension of the course of mob murder and the dynamics that drove it emerges through comparing the situation in the US with violence that was and still is happening around the world. Drawing on a variety of approaches - historical anthropological and literary - the study shows how concepts of imperialism gender sexuality and civilization profoundly affected the course of mob murder in the US. Lynching provides thought-provoking analyses of cases where race was - and was not - a factor. The book is constructed as a series of case studies grouped into three thematic sections. Part I Understanding Lynching starts with accounts of mob murder around the world. Part II Lynching and Cultural Change examines shifting concepts of race gender and sexuality by drawing first on the romantic travel and adventure fiction of the era 1880-1920 from authors such as H. Rider Haggard and Edgar Rice Burroughs. Changing images of black and white bodies form another major focus of this section. Part III Blood Debate and Redemption in Georgia follows the story of American collective murder and growing opposition to it in Georgia a key site of lynching in the early twentieth century. By situating American mob murder in a wide international context and viewing the phenomenon as more than simply a tool of racial control this book presents a reappraisal of one of the most unpleasant yet important periods of America's history one that remains crucial for understanding race relations and collective violence around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593128

LyotardJust Education Following Lyotard's death in 1998 this book provides an exploration of the recurrent theme of education in his work. It brings to a wider audience the significance of a body of thought about education that is subtle profound and still largely unexplored. This book also makes an important contribution to contemporary debates on postmoderism and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862776

LyotardPhilosophy Politics and the Sublime First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203760703

Lyric IncarnateThe dramas of Aleksandr Blok Lyric Incarnate examines the plays of Aleksandr Blok the pre-eminent poet of Russian Symbolism and one of the greatest poets of the twentieth century. Blok's plays have received less attention than his poetry in the West and this book is the first and only English-language monograph devoted to Blok the playwright. In chronological succession each of Blok's major plays is examined in detail. Special attention is accorded to Blok's relations with the major directors of his time particularly Meyerhold and Stanislavsky. Blok's role for instance in Meyerhold's formulation of the theatre of the grotesque proved to be critical and his relation to the Moscow Art Theatre just before the October Revolution helped to define the future course of that theatre. Blok's innovative dramatic technique is carefully studied at each stage in his career from his earliest "lyric dramas" such as A Puppet Show and The Stranger to his great tragedy The Rose and the Cross. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315079592

Lyric Texts & Consciousness First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160118

Lyric Texts and Lyric ConsciousnessThe Birth of a Genre from Archaic Greece to Augustan Rome Lyric Texts and Lyric Consciousness presents a model for studying the history of lyric as a genre. Prof Miller draws a distinction between the work of the Greek lyrists and the more condensed personal poetry that we associate with lyric. He then confronts the theoretical issues and presents a sophisticated Bakhtinian reading of the development of the lyric form from its origins in archaic Greece to the more individualist style of Augustan Rome. This book will appeal to classicists and since English translations of passages from the ancient authors are provided to those who specialise in comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006768

Lyrical Ballads When it was first published Lyrical Ballads enraged the critics of the day: Wordsworth and Coleridge had given poetry a voice one decidedly different to that which had been voiced before. This acclaimed Routledge Classics edition offers the reader the opportunity to study the poems in their original contexts as they appeared to Coleridge’s and Wordsworth’s contemporaries and includes some of their most famous poems including Coleridge’s Rime of the Ancyent Marinere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127678

Lyrical Ballads Lyrical Ballads by William Wordsworth and Samuel Taylor Coleridge is a unique work of literature. first published in 1798 it marked a radical change in the direction of English Literature. Lyrical Ballads represented a movement away from the overwrought highly formal and learned verse of the 18th century and in so doing ushered in a new more democratic poetic era. Written in the language of the common man and addressing the concerns of the common man Lyrical Ballads was the first - and remains the most - truly revolutionary collection of poetry paving the way for the great Romantic poets - keats Byron Shelley et al. - and proving that while there was no actual revolution on the ground England could still be the most revolutionary of places. Lyrical Ballads was not a single phenomenon but a sequence of four editions spread over seven years; its appearance in English literature was not a historical moment but a sequence of moments - 1798 1800 1802 1805. This edition - based on the 1805 edition but looking back on each of the previous publications - shows how this collection developed how it was refined and added to by the authors. No other edition on the market has such a wealth of key background information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151147

Lyrics of the Middle AgesAn Anthology Originally published in 1990 the main purpose of this anthology is to present the vernacular secular lyric of the Middle Ages although it also includes Latin literature of the Middle Ages and the influence of the hymn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140519

Lyrics of the Middle AgesAn Anthology First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153608

LysimachusA Study in Early Hellenistic Kingship Although shortlived Lysimachus' Hellespontine empire foreshadowed those of Pergamum and Byzantium. Lund's book sets his actions significantly within the context of the volatile early Hellenistic world and views them as part of a continuum of imperial rule in Asia minor. She challenges the assumption that he was a vicious but ultimately incompetent tyrant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755856

Lytton Strachey and the Search for Modern Sexual IdentityThe Last Eminent Victorian Examine Lytton Strachey’s struggle to create a new homosexual identity and voice through his life and work!This study of Lytton Strachey one of the neglected voices of early twentieth-century England uses his life and work to re-evaluate early British modernism and the relationship between Strachey’s sexual rebellion and literature.A perfect ancillary textbook for courses in history literature and women’s studies Lytton Strachey and the Search for Modern Sexual Identity: The Last Eminent Victorian contributes to the expanding field of queer studies from an historian’s perspective. It looks at homosexuality through the eyes of Lytton Strachey as opposed to the too-often analyzed Oscar Wilde and E.M. Forster. Questioning the idea that homosexuality is a “transgressive rebellion ” as Strachey as well as scholars on Bloomsbury have insisted this volume focuses on the ongoing conflict between Strachey’s Victorian notions of class gender and race and his desire to be modern.Linking Strachey’s life and work to the larger movement of English modernism Lytton Strachey and the Search for Modern Sexual Identity examines: Strachey’s role at Cambridge before World War I how he created his version of homosexuality out of the Victorian tradition of male romantic friendship his relations with the British Empire as he constructed a rich fantasy life that rested on racial and class differences his friendships and rivalries with the women of Bloomsbury how Strachey’s use of sexuality androgyny and history defined (and undermined) his brand of modernismThis thoughtfully indexed well-referenced volume looks at Strachey’s life in the words of author Julie Anne Taddeo “to illustrate some of the issues concerning his generation of Cambridge and Bloomsbury colleagues and how they battled the Victorian ideology often without success.” It is an essential read for everyone interested in this fascinating chapter in literary (and queer) history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203728482

M. N. RoyMarxism and Colonial Cosmopolitanism This is a work of South Asian intellectual history written from a transnational perspective and based on the life and work of M.N. Roy one of India’s most formidable Marxist intellectuals. Swadeshi revolutionary co-founder of the Mexican Communist Party member of the Communist International Presidium and a major force in the rise of Indian communism M.N. Roy was a colonial cosmopolitan icon of the interwar years. Exploring the intellectual production of this important thinker this book traces the historical context of his ideas from 19th-century Bengal to Weimar Germany through the tumultuous period of world politics in the 1930s and 1940s and on to post-Independence India. In this book the author makes a number of valuable theoretical contributions. He argues for the importance of conceiving the ‘deterritorial’ zones of thought and action through which Indian anti-colonial political thought operated and advances a new periodisation for Swadeshi on this basis. He also argues against viewing ‘international communism’ of the 1920s as a single monolith by highlighting the fractures and contestations that influenced colonial politics worldwide.A fresh and insightful perspective on the history of India in the interwar years this book will be of great interest to scholars and students of the modern history of South and East Asia America and Europe and to those interested in anti-colonial struggles Communist politics and trajectories of Marxist thought in the 20th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138136120

M.E.Sharpe Library of Franklin D.Roosevelt Studies: v. 1: Franklin D.Roosevelt and the Shaping of American Political Culture How did Americans respond to the economic catastrophe of 1929? In what ways did the social and cultural responses of the American people inform the politics of the period? How did changes in political beliefs alter cultural activities? This volume examines the presidency of FDR through a very distinctive set of lenses: the representation of FDR in film and popular culture discussions of New Deal art and art policy the social and political meanings of public architecture 1930s music and many more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059523

Ma' Betisek Concepts of Living ThingsVolume 54 The Ma' Betisek are a group of aborigines who live on the mangrove coastal area of Selangor in peninsular Malaysia. Dr Karim's study is mainly focused on the Ma' Betisek communities on Carey Island off the west coast of Selangor and in particular three villages - Sungei Sialang Sungei Mata and Sungei Bumbun. Few changes have taken place in the lives of the Betisek people on the island since 1975. On the mainland the Ma' Betisek are busy keeping pace with development and modem life. However despite increasing deforestation and new urban influences on the island the Carey Island communities continue to preserve their naturistic ideas of how humans should live with plants and animals. Dr Karim's research focuses on this issue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136217

Ma Xiangbo and the Mind of Modern China An in-depth study of Ma Xiangbo one of the most prominent Catholic thinkers in modern China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315480251

Ma(r)king the TextThe Presentation of Meaning on the Literary Page First published in 2000 this volume is a unique collection of essays which draws our attention to the importance of those textual elements traditionally ignored in literary criticism. These include punctuation footnotes epigraphs typography cover design white space and marginalia; features which significantly affect the meaning of a literary text. The first section of the book opens with a proposal for a new theory of punctuation. The essays which follow are devoted to detailed interpretations of particular marks in the work of individual writers including Spenser Richardson and George Eliot. The consequences of this approach to the literary text are examined in the second section of the book which begins with a debate on editorial practice and responsibility and features insights from editors. Attention is drawn in particular to the special issues thrown up by dramatic texts translations and electronic editions. The relationship of marks to the main text is far from subordinate and we cannot appreciate the full interpretative potential of a text without considering this. The essays here compel us to assess the interaction of textual and literary meaning. To mark a text is to make it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362086

MákuA Comprehensive Grammar Máku: A Comprehensive Grammar is a comprehensive reference grammar of the Maku language spoken by the jukudeitse who once lived in Venezuela and Brazil. Based on fieldwork with the final two speakers of the language it describes all core aspects of the grammatical system as they have been recorded; presented through lexical items example sentences and texts. This book offers a description of the now-extinct language. It was written in response to the loss of linguistic information generally and the significance this language has for the study of the sociolinguistic history of the region specifically. This information contributes to our understanding of linguistic diversity and the indigenous linguistic ecologies in the Americas. Also included is data about language contact via loanwords with other indigenous language spoken in the Northern Amazonian region. The resources in this book are essential for language comparisons and language histories in Venezuela and Brazil. Máku: A Comprehensive Grammar is an important reference for researchers and students in the fields of linguistics   anthropology sociology history and the study of Amazonian languages.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367522193

Médecins Sans Frontières and Humanitarian SituationsAn Anthropological Exploration This book explores the interaction between anthropology and humanitarianism focussed on the organisation Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF).The emphasis of the collection is on practising anthropology within humanitarian situations reflecting on how anthropology contributes to the development of operational response. Each chapter presents an experience of working within a particular MSF project and highlights the real issues that anthropologists of humanitarian practice confront.The volume will be of interest to scholars of anthropology development studies and global health as well as to NGO staff and health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367419998

Maastricht and BeyondBuilding a European Union Maastricht and Beyond is a critical assessment of the European Union brought into being by the Treaty of Maastricht. A team of experts provide a clear and thorough appraisal of the main provisions of the Treaty - including the three pillared structure of Economic and Monetary Union common foreign and security policy and home affairs and justice - showing how these elements will change the function and eventually the character of the European Union. The book draws conclusions from the Maastricht process for the next reform of the Union in 1996 and it examines the practicalities of achieving a fully-fledged federal democracy making proposals for a constitutional settlement. Maastricht and Beyond will appeal to both informed generalists and to students and scholars who want a fresh approach to the stale arguments over Maastricht who seek enlightenment over what the Treaty is for and who have the curiosity to look forward to 1996 and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425491

Maat The Moral Ideal in Ancient EgyptA Study in Classical African Ethics This work is a critical examination of Maat the moral ideal in ancient Egypt. It seeks to present Maat in the language of modern moral discourse while at the same time preserving and building on its distinctiveness as a moral ideal capable of inspiring and maintaining ethical philosophic reflection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649803

Maatian Ethics in a Communication Context Maatian Ethics in a Communication Context explores the ethical principle of Maat: the guiding principle of harmony and order that permeated classical African political and civil life. The book provides a rigorous communication-focused account of the ethical wisdom ancient Africans cultivated and is evidenced in the form of recovered written texts mythology stelae prescriptions for just speech and the hieroglyphic system of writing itself. Moving beyond colonial stereotypes of ancient Africans the book offers insight into the African value systems that positioned humans as inextricably embedded in nature and communication theory that anchors good communication in careful listening habits as the foundational moral virtue. Expanding on the work of Maulana Karenga Molefi Kete Asante and other groundbreaking scholars the book presents a picture of civilizations with a shared lust for life a spiritual connection to scientific speech and the veneration of ancestors as deeply connected to the pursuit of wisdom. Offering an examination of Maat from a specifically communication ethics perspective this book will be of great interest to scholars and students of Communication Ethics African philosophy Rhetorical theory Africana Studies and Ancient History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344825

Mabel Daniels: An American Composer in Transition Mabel Daniels (1877–1971): An American Composer in Transition assesses Daniels within the context of American music of the first half of the twentieth century. Daniels wrote fresh sounding works that were performed by renowned orchestras and ensembles during her lifetime but her works have only recently begun to be performed again. The book explains why works by Daniels and other women composers fell out of favor and argues for their performance today. This study of Daniels’s life and works evinces transition in women’s roles in composition the professionalization of women composers and the role that Daniels played in the institutionalization of American art music. Daniels’s dual role as a patron-composer is unique and expressive of her transitional status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232009

Macao – Cultural Interaction and Literary Representations Macao the former Portuguese colony in southeast China from the 1550s until its return to China in 1999 has a long and very interesting history of cultural interaction between China and the West. As an entity with independent political power and a unique social setting and cultural development the identity of Macao’s people is not only indicative of the legacy and influence of the region’s socio-historical factors and forces but it has also been altered transformed and maintained because of the input action interaction and stimulation of creative arts and literatures. Held together by racial accommodation and tolerance and active cultural interactions Macao’s phenomenon can be characterized as hybridization. This book is a presentation of the ongoing hybridization of Macao and is in itself a hybrid covering a wide range of issues. Putting forward substantial new research findings the book explores the nature of cultural interaction in Macao and how the city has been constructed and perceived through literature and other art forms. It is a companion volume to Macao – The Formation of a Global City . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815374701

Macao – The Formation of a Global City Macao the former Portuguese colony in southeast China has a long and very interesting history of cultural interaction between China and the West. Held by the Portuguese from the 1550s until its return to China in 1999 Macao was up to the emergence of Hong Kong in the later nineteenth century the principal point of entry into China for all Westerners - Dutch British and others as well as Portuguese. The relatively relaxed nature of Portuguese colonial rule intermarriage the mixing of Chinese and Western cultures and the fact that Macao served as a safe haven for many Chinese reformers at odds with the Chinese authorities including Sun Yat-sen all combined to make Macao a very different and special place. This book explores how Macao was formed over the centuries. It puts forward substantial new research findings and new thinking and covers a wide range of issues. It is a companion volume to Macao - Cultural Interaction and Literary Representations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657182

Macartney at KashgarNew Light on British Chinese and Russian Activities in Sinkiang 1890-1918 First published in 1973. This book describes the career of Sir George Macartney who spent twenty-eight years at the turn of the nineteenth century as British representative in Sinkiang China's most westerly province. Macartney was in a unique position to observe political and diplomatic manoeuvres by the key players trying to establish a sphere of influence in China's strategically vital hinterland before and during the Chinese revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980143

Macau 20 Years after the HandoverChanges and Challenges under “One Country Two Systems” This book outlines the major social and political changes in the city of Macau during its first 20 years under the "One Country Two Systems" arrangement with Mainland China.Despite the long-standing image of Macau as Asia’s Las Vegas it is a city that has changed a great deal since its return to China. Equally despite this return it retains a unique social economic and political character distinct both from the Mainland of China and from its larger neighbour Hong Kong. The chapters in this book examine the detail of this uniqueness from a range of perspectives including the gambling industry police-society relations media usage patterns and protest movements. Analysing the state of affairs 20 years after the city’s return to China they also attempt to anticipate its future trajectory.This is a valuable guide for scholars of Asian and particularly Chinese urban politics that will be of interest to academics and students looking to better understand the particularities of Macau. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339708

MacauThe Imaginary City In this evocative essay on the cultural and social history of a unique and fragile city Jonathan Porter examines Macau as an enduring but ever-changing threshold between two worlds the West and China. Founded by the Portuguese in 1557 Macau emerged as a vibrant commercial and cultural hub in the early seventeenth century. The city then gradually Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316747

Macbeth and King Richard The ThirdAn Essay In Answer to Remarks on Some of The Characters of Shakespeare John Philip Kemble was an ambitious and successful stage actor in London perhaps most well-known for his turn as Shakespeare’s Macbeth. Kemble passionately disagreed with the posthumous work of Thomas Watley Remarks on Some of the Characters of Shakespeare (1785) particularly Watley’s representations of some of Shakespeare’s greatest villains Richard III and Macbeth. This title first published in 1786 (this reprint of the second edition first published in 1970) presents Kemble’s nuanced criticisms of the characters leaving the impression that the villainies of Macbeth and Richard III are indeed similar. A historically important literary reaction this title will be of interest to students of English literature and literary criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190498

MacbethCritical Essays Originally published in 1991. Collecting together commentary and critique on ‘the Scottish play’ this book showcases varied discussions of the text and the theatrical productions. From Samuel Johnson’s brief 1765 comment to the editor’s own piece on the Porter’s scene the texts included here are popular important accounts of thoughts and scholarship on the play over the years. Some pieces address the most famous early Lady Macbeth – Mrs Siddons while others look at a theme or specific issue such as Lady Macbeth’s children. This is a great sample of the voluminous body of work looking at the tragedy considering its images symbols meanings and its challenges for the stage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887770

MacbethNew Critical Essays This volume offers a wealth of critical analysis supported with ample historical and bibliographical information about one of Shakespeare’s most enduringly popular and globally influential plays. Its eighteen new chapters represent a broad spectrum of current scholarly and interpretive approaches from historicist criticism to performance theory to cultural studies. A substantial section addresses early modern themes with attention to the protagonists and the discourses of politics class gender the emotions and the economy along with discussions of significant ‘minor’ characters and less commonly examined textual passages. Further chapters scrutinize Macbeth’s performance adaptation and transformation across several media—stage film text and hypertext—in cultural settings ranging from early nineteenth-century England to late twentieth-century China. The editor’s extensive introduction surveys critical theatrical and cinematic interpretations from the late seventeenth century to the beginning of the twenty-first while advancing a synthetic argument to explain the shifting relationship between two conflicting strains in the tragedy’s reception. Written to a level that will be both accessible to advanced undergraduates and at the same time useful to post-graduates and specialists in the field this book will greatly enhance any study of Macbeth. Contributors: Rebecca Lemon Jonathan Baldo Rebecca Ann Bach Julie Barmazel Abraham Stoll Lois Feuer Stephen Deng Lisa Tomaszewski Lynne Bruckner Michael David Fox James Wells Laura Engel Stephen Buhler Bi-qi Beatrice Lei Kim Fedderson and J. Michael Richardson Bruno Lessard Pamela Mason. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828452

MacDiarmidThe Terrible Crystal First published in 1983 Hugh MacDiarmid: The Terrible Crystal is a detailed introduction to the poetry of Hugh MacDiarmid. Hugh MacDiarmid’s poetry shows a persistent search for a consistent intellectual vision that reveals in all its facets the source of creativity recognised by the poet as ‘the terrible crystal’. This introduction to his poetry shows that MacDiarmid’s great achievement was a poetry of evolutionary idealism that draws attention to itself by a series of culture shocks. It places MacDiarmid as a nationalist poet in an international context: a man whose unique concept of creative unity enabled him to combine the Scottish tradition with the linguistic experimentation of Joyce and Pound. Hugh MacDiarmid: The Terrible Crystal is ideal for those with an interest in the poetry of Hugh MacDiarmid Scottish poetry and poetry and criticism more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367678784

Macedonia and Identity Politics After the Prespa Agreement This book explores issues of national identity history and language in light of the 2018 Prespa Agreement. Designed to resolve a protracted and bitter dispute the agreement signed by the Macedonian and Greek foreign ministers on the banks of the Prespa lake stipulated that the Republic of Macedonia change its name to the Republic of North Macedonia. The chapters examine the social political and economic conditions and events that led to the agreement and the implications and consequences for identity politics in the region. Consideration is given to the ways in which and the reasons why identity/identities difference/differences modes of belonging and experiences of injustice and discrimination have been mobilized. By focusing on the Prespa Agreement the collection also offers valuable insight into the processes involved in (re)making boundaries (re)defining ethnic and national identities (re)inventing citizenship and (re)writing national histories. Bringing together expert contributors with intimate knowledge of and long-term engagement with the region this volume will be of interest to scholars and students of anthropology Slavic and East European studies history and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367407292

Macedonian Imperialism Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up to date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868013

Machado De Assis's Philosopher or Dog?From Serial to Book Form This book reinforces Franco Moretti's findings by examining whether they apply to the relationship that Machado de Assis maintained with the serial novel as a genre and format of publication of fiction invented in Europe and with the means of literary production available in Rio de Janeiro. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602819

Machiavelli Machiavelli is history's most startling political commentator. Recent interpreters have minimised his originality but this book restores his radicalism. Robert Black shows a clear development in Machiavelli's thought. In his most subversive works The Prince the Discourses on Livy The Ass and Mandragola he rejected the moral and political values inherited by the Renaissance from antiquity and the middle ages. These outrageous compositions were all written in mid-life when Machiavelli was a political outcast in his native Florence. Later he was reconciled with the Florentine establishment and as a result his final compositions including his famous Florentine Histories represent a return to more conventional norms. This lucid work is perfect for students of Medieval and Early Modern History Renaissance Studies and Italian Literature or anyone keen to learn more about one of history's most potent influential and arresting writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780582784062

Machiavelli and Political ConspiraciesThe Struggle for Power in the Italian Renaissance The theme of conspiracy is central to Machiavelli's writing. His work offers observations and analysis of conspiracy as part of the armoury of the Renaissance politician. Surprisingly the theme has not yet received the attention it merits. This volume corrects an interpretation which reduces Machiavelli's position to one of censorious observer of conspiracies. Quite to the contrary as Campi demonstrates Machiavelli developed an anatomy of conspiracy and provided a practical manual for coup d'état" and violent seizure of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624108

Machiavelli in the British IslesTwo Early Modern Translations of The Prince Machiavelli in the British Isles reassesses the impact of Machiavelli's The Prince in sixteenth-century England and Scotland through the analysis of early English translations produced before 1640 surviving in manuscript form. This study concentrates on two of the four extant sixteenth-century versions: William Fowler's Scottish translation and the Queen's College (Oxford) English translation which has been hitherto overlooked by scholars. Alessandra Petrina begins with an overview of the circulation and readership of Machiavelli in early modern Britain before focusing on the eight surviving manuscripts. She reconstructs each manuscript's history and the afterlife of the translations before moving to a detailed examination of two of the translations. Petrina's investigation of William Fowler's translation takes into account his biography in order to understand the Machiavellian influence on early modern political thought. Her study of the Queen's College translation analyses the manuscript's provenance as well as technical details including writing and paper quality. Importantly this book includes annotated editions of both translations which compare the texts with the original Italian versions as well as French and Latin versions. With this volume Petrina has compiled an important reference source offering easy access to little-known translations and shedding light on a community of readers and scholars who were fascinated by Machiavelli despite political or religious opinion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882501

Machiavellian Encounters in Tudor and Stuart EnglandLiterary and Political Influences from the Reformation to the Restoration Taking into consideration the political and literary issues hanging upon the circulation of Machiavelli's works in England this volume highlights how topics and ideas stemming from Machiavelli's books - including but not limited to the Prince - strongly influenced the contemporary political debate. The first section discusses early reactions to Machiavelli's works focusing on authors such as Reginald Pole and William Thomas depicting their complex interaction with Machiavelli. In section two different features of Machiavelli's reading in Tudor literary and political culture are discussed moving well beyond the traditional image of the tyrant or of the evil Machiavel. Machiavelli's historiography and republicanism and their influences on Tudor culture are discussed with reference to topical authors such as Walter Raleigh Alberico Gentili Philip Sidney; his role in contemporary dramatic writing especially as concerns Christopher Marlowe and William Shakespeare is taken into consideration. The last section explores Machiavelli's influence on English political culture in the seventeenth century focusing on reason of state and political prudence and discussing writers such as Henry Parker Marchamont Nedham James Harrington Thomas Hobbes and Anthony Ascham. Overall contributors put Machiavelli's image in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England into perspective analyzing his role within courtly and prudential politics and the importance of his ideological proposal in the tradition of republicanism and parliamentarianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248786

MachiavellianismThe Psychology of Manipulation The world abounds with tricksters swindlers and impostors. Many of them may well be described with the term Machiavellian. Such individuals disrespect moral principles deceive their fellow beings and take advantage of others’ frailty and gullibility. They have a penetrating rational and sober mind undisturbed by emotions. At times we cannot help but be enchanted by their talent even though we know they misuse it. Recent studies have revealed that Machiavellians possess a complex set of abilities and motivations. This insightful book examines the complexities of the Machiavellian trait in relation to attitude behaviour and personality. By integrating results and experiences from social personality cognitive and evolutionary psychology Tamás Bereczkei explores the characteristics of Machiavellianism (such as social intelligence deception manipulation and lack of empathy) and the causes and motives guiding Machiavellian behaviour. The author also demonstrates how Machiavellianism is related to strategic thinking and flexible long-term decisions rather than to a short-term perspective as previously thought and explores Machiavellianism in relation to the construct of the Dark Triad. The first comprehensive psychological book on Machiavellianism since Christie and Geis’ pioneering work in 1970 Machiavellianism summarises the most important research findings over the last few decades. This book is fascinating reading for students and researchers of psychology and related courses as well as professionals dealing with Machiavellians in their work and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093317

MachiavellismThe Doctrine of Raison d'Etat and Its Place in Modern History Here is a study by a recognized master in the field of intellectual history of the challenge put by Machiavelli to the idea that there is a universal moral law governing human behavior. Should the political leader act according to the maxim of "my country right or wrong " or should elites follow the principle of "let justice be done?" Friederich Meinecke an acknowledged founder of cultural history as a field follows the discussion of this theme from Machiavelli through such major figures as Richelieu Frederick the Great and Hegel and presents conclusions of enduring significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527386

Machine and MetaphorThe Ethics of Language in American Realism American literary realism burgeoned during a period of tremendous technological innovation. Because the realists evinced not only a fascination with this new technology but also an ethos that seems to align itself with science many have paired the two fields rather unproblematically. But this book demonstrates that many realist writers from Mark Twain to Stephen Crane Charles W. Chesnutt to Edith Wharton felt a great deal of anxiety about the advent of new technologies – precisely at the crucial intersection of ethics and language. For these writers the communication revolution was a troubling phenomenon not only because of the ways in which the new machines had changed and increased the circulation of language but more pointedly because of the ways in which language itself had effectively become a machine: a vehicle perpetuating some of society’s most pernicious clichés and stereotypes – particularly stereotypes of race – in unthinking iteration. This work takes a close look at how the realists tried to forge an ethical position between the two poles of science and sentimentality attempting to create an alternative mode of speech that avoiding the trap of codifying iteration could enable ethical action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762885

Machine ElementsLife and Design Focusing on how a machine "feels" and behaves while operating Machine Elements: Life and Design seeks to impart both intellectual and emotional comprehension regarding the "life" of a machine. It presents a detailed description of how machines elements function seeking to form a sympathetic attitude toward the machine and to ensure its wellbeing through more careful and proper design.The book is divided into three sections for accessibility and ease of comprehension. The first section is devoted to microscopic deformations and displacements both in permanent connections and within the bodies of stressed parts. Topics include relative movements in interference fit connections and bolted joints visual demonstrations and clarifications of the phenomenon of stress concentration and increasing the load capacity of parts using prior elasto-plastic deformation and surface plastic deformation. The second part examines machine elements and units. Topics include load capacity calculations of interference fit connections under bending new considerations about the role of the interference fit in key joints a detailed examination of bolts loaded by eccentrically applied tension forces resistance of cylindrical roller bearings to axial displacement under load and a new approach to the choice of fits for rolling contact bearings. The third section addresses strength calculations and life prediction of machine parts. It includes information on the phenomena of static strength and fatigue; correlation between calculated and real strength and safety factors; and error migration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388645

Machine Ethics and Robot Ethics Once the stuff of science fiction recent progress in artificial intelligence robotics and machine learning means that these rapidly advancing technologies are finally coming into widespread use within everyday life. Such rapid development in these areas also brings with it a host of social political and legal issues as well as a rise in public concern and academic interest in the ethical challenges these new technologies pose. This volume is a collection of scholarly work from leading figures in the development of both robot ethics and machine ethics; it includes essays of historical significance which have become foundational for research in these two new areas of study as well as important recent articles. The research articles selected focus on the control and governance of computational systems; the exploration of ethical and moral theories using software and robots as laboratories or simulations; inquiry into the necessary requirements for moral agency and the basis and boundaries of rights; and questions of how best to design systems that are both useful and morally sound. Collectively the articles ask what the practical ethical and legal issues arising from the development of robots will be over the next twenty years and how best to address these future considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472430397

Machine IntelligencePerspectives on the Computational Model Summarizes and illuminates two decades of researchGathering important papers by both philosophers and scientists this collection illuminates the central themes that have arisen during the last two decades of work on the conceptual foundations of artificial intelligence and cognitive science. Each volume begins with a comprehensive introduction that places the coverage in a broader perspective and links it with material in the companion volumes. The collection is of interest in many disciplines including computer science linguistics biology information science psychology neuroscience iconography and philosophy. Examines initial efforts and the latest controversiesThe topics covered range from the bedrock assumptions of the computational approach to understanding the mind to the more recent debates concerning cognitive architectures all the way to the latest developments in robotics artificial life and dynamical systems theory. The collection first examines the lineage of major research programs beginning with the basic idea of machine intelligence itself then focuses on specific aspects of thought and intelligence highlighting the much-discussed issue of consciousness the equally important but less densely researched issue of emotional response and the more traditionally philosophical topic of language and meaning. Provides a gamut of perspectives The editors have included several articles that challenge crucial elements of the familiar research program of cognitive science as well as important writings whose previous circulation has been limited. Within each volume the papers are organized to reflect a variety of research programs and issues. The substantive introductions that accompany each volume further organize the material and provide readers with a working sense of the issues and the connection between articles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055045

Machine Learning and IoTA Biological Perspective This book discusses some of the innumerable ways in which computational methods can be used to facilitate research in biology and medicine - from storing enormous amounts of biological data to solving complex biological problems and enhancing treatment of various grave diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138492691

Machine Learning and its Applications In recent years machine learning has gained a lot of interest. Due to the advances in processor technology and the availability of large amounts of data machine learning techniques have provided astounding results in areas such as object recognition or natural language processing. New approaches e.g. deep learning have provided groundbreaking outcomes in fields such as multimedia mining or voice recognition. Machine learning is now used in virtually every domain and deep learning algorithms are present in many devices such as smartphones cars drones healthcare equipment or smart home devices. The Internet cloud computing and the Internet of Things produce a tsunami of data and machine learning provides the methods to effectively analyze the data and discover actionable knowledge. This book describes the most common machine learning techniques such as Bayesian models support vector machines decision tree induction regression analysis and recurrent and convolutional neural networks. It first gives an introduction into the principles of machine learning. It then covers the basic methods including the mathematical foundations. The biggest part of the book provides common machine learning algorithms and their applications. Finally the book gives an outlook into some of the future developments and possible new research areas of machine learning and artificial intelligence in general. This book is meant to be an introduction into machine learning. It does not require prior knowledge in this area. It covers some of the basic mathematical principle but intends to be understandable even without a background in mathematics. It can be read chapter wise and intends to be comprehensible even when not starting in the beginning. Finally it also intends to be a reference book. Key Features: Describes real world problems that can be solved using Machine Learning Provides methods for directly applying Machine Learning techniques to concrete real world problems Demonstrates how to apply Machine Learning techniques using different frameworks such as TensorFlow MALLET R Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138328228

Machine Learning and Knowledge Discovery for Engineering Systems Health Management Machine Learning and Knowledge Discovery for Engineering Systems Health Management presents state-of-the-art tools and techniques for automatically detecting diagnosing and predicting the effects of adverse events in an engineered system. With contributions from many top authorities on the subject this volume is the first to bring together the two areas of machine learning and systems health management. Divided into three parts the book explains how the fundamental algorithms and methods of both physics-based and data-driven approaches effectively address systems health management. The first part of the text describes data-driven methods for anomaly detection diagnosis and prognosis of massive data streams and associated performance metrics. It also illustrates the analysis of text reports using novel machine learning approaches that help detect and discriminate between failure modes. The second part focuses on physics-based methods for diagnostics and prognostics exploring how these methods adapt to observed data. It covers physics-based data-driven and hybrid approaches to studying damage propagation and prognostics in composite materials and solid rocket motors. The third part discusses the use of machine learning and physics-based approaches in distributed data centers aircraft engines and embedded real-time software systems. Reflecting the interdisciplinary nature of the field this book shows how various machine learning and knowledge discovery techniques are used in the analysis of complex engineering systems. It emphasizes the importance of these techniques in managing the intricate interactions within and between the systems to maintain a high degree of reliability. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439841785

Machine Learning and Music Generation Computational approaches to music composition and style imitation have engaged musicians music scholars and computer scientists since the early days of computing. Music generation research has generally employed one of two strategies: knowledge-based methods that model style through explicitly formalized rules and data mining methods that apply machine learning to induce statistical models of musical style. The five chapters in this book illustrate the range of tasks and design choices in current music generation research applying machine learning techniques and highlighting recurring research issues such as training data music representation candidate generation and evaluation. The contributions focus on different aspects of modeling and generating music including melody chord sequences ornamentation and dynamics. Models are induced from audio data or symbolic data. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Mathematics and Music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892852

Machine Learning for Computer and Cyber SecurityPrinciple Algorithms and Practices While Computer Security is a broader term which incorporates technologies protocols standards and policies to ensure the security of the computing systems including the computer hardware software and the information stored in it Cyber Security is a specific growing field to protect computer networks (offline and online) from unauthorized access botnets phishing scams etc. Machine learning is a branch of Computer Science which enables computing machines to adopt new behaviors on the basis of observable and verifiable data and information. It can be applied to ensure the security of the computers and the information by detecting anomalies using data mining and other such techniques. This book will be an invaluable resource to understand the importance of machine learning and data mining in establishing computer and cyber security. It emphasizes important security aspects associated with computer and cyber security along with the analysis of machine learning and data mining based solutions. The book also highlights the future research domains in which these solutions can be applied. Furthermore it caters to the needs of IT professionals researchers faculty members scientists graduate students research scholars and software developers who seek to carry out research and develop combating solutions in the area of cyber security using machine learning based approaches. It is an extensive source of information for the readers belonging to the field of Computer Science and Engineering and Cyber Security professionals. Key Features: This book contains examples and illustrations to demonstrate the principles algorithms challenges and applications of machine learning and data mining for computer and cyber security. It showcases important security aspects and current trends in the field. It provides an insight of the future research directions in the field. Contents of this book help to prepare the students for exercising better defense in terms of understanding the motivation of the attackers and how to deal with and mitigate the situation using machine learning based approaches in better manner. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138587304

Machine Learning for Factor Investing: R Version Machine learning (ML) is progressively reshaping the fields of quantitative finance and algorithmic trading. ML tools are increasingly adopted by hedge funds and asset managers notably for alpha signal generation and stocks selection. The technicality of the subject can make it hard for non-specialists to join the bandwagon as the jargon and coding requirements may seem out of reach. Machine Learning for Factor Investing: R Version bridges this gap. It provides a comprehensive tour of modern ML-based investment strategies that rely on firm characteristics. The book covers a wide array of subjects which range from economic rationales to rigorous portfolio back-testing and encompass both data processing and model interpretability. Common supervised learning algorithms such as tree models and neural networks are explained in the context of style investing and the reader can also dig into more complex techniques like autoencoder asset returns Bayesian additive trees and causal models. All topics are illustrated with self-contained R code samples and snippets that are applied to a large public dataset that contains over 90 predictors. The material along with the content of the book is available online so that readers can reproduce and enhance the examples at their convenience. If you have even a basic knowledge of quantitative finance this combination of theoretical concepts and practical illustrations will help you learn quickly and deepen your financial and technical expertise. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367545864

Machine Learning for HealthcareHandling and Managing Data Machine Learning for Healthcare: Handling and Managing Data provides in-depth information about handling and managing healthcare data through machine learning methods. This book expresses the long-standing challenges in healthcare informatics and provides rational explanations of how to deal with them. Machine Learning for Healthcare: Handling and Managing Data provides techniques on how to apply machine learning within your organization and evaluate the efficacy suitability and efficiency of machine learning applications. These are illustrated in a case study which examines how chronic disease is being redefined through patient-led data learning and the Internet of Things. This text offers a guided tour of machine learning algorithms architecture design and applications of learning in healthcare. Readers will discover the ethical implications of machine learning in healthcare and the future of machine learning in population and patient health optimization. This book can also help assist in the creation of a machine learning model performance evaluation and the operationalization of its outcomes within organizations. It may appeal to computer science/information technology professionals and researchers working in the area of machine learning and is especially applicable to the healthcare sector. The features of this book include: A unique and complete focus on applications of machine learning in the healthcare sector. An examination of how data analysis can be done using healthcare data and bioinformatics. An investigation of how healthcare companies can leverage the tapestry of big data to discover new business values. An exploration of the concepts of machine learning along with recent research developments in healthcare sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367352332

Machine Learning Forensics for Law Enforcement Security and Intelligence Increasingly crimes and fraud are digital in nature occurring at breakneck speed and encompassing large volumes of data. To combat this unlawful activity knowledge about the use of machine learning technology and software is critical. Machine Learning Forensics for Law Enforcement Security and Intelligence integrates an assortment of deductive and instructive tools techniques and technologies to arm professionals with the tools they need to be prepared and stay ahead of the game. Step-by-step instructions The book is a practical guide on how to conduct forensic investigations using self-organizing clustering map (SOM) neural networks text extraction and rule generating software to "interrogate the evidence." This powerful data is indispensable for fraud detection cybersecurity competitive counterintelligence and corporate and litigation investigations. The book also provides step-by-step instructions on how to construct adaptive criminal and fraud detection systems for organizations. Prediction is the key Internet activity email and wireless communications can be captured modeled and deployed in order to anticipate potential cyber attacks and other types of crimes. The successful prediction of human reactions and server actions by quantifying their behaviors is invaluable for pre-empting criminal activity. This volume assists chief information officers law enforcement personnel legal and IT professionals investigators and competitive intelligence analysts in the strategic planning needed to recognize the patterns of criminal activities in order to predict when and where crimes and intrusions are likely to take place. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439860694

Machine Learning in Cognitive IoT This book covers the different technologies of Internet and machine learning capabilities involved in Cognitive Internet of Things (CIoT). Machine learning is explored by covering all the technical issues and various models used for data analytics during decision making at different steps. It initiates with IoT basics its history architecture and applications followed by capabilities of CIoT in real world and description of machine learning (ML) in data mining. Further it explains various ML techniques and paradigms with different phases of data pre-processing and feature engineering. Each chapter includes sample questions to help understand concepts of ML used in different applications. Explains integration of Machine Learning in IoT for building an efficient decision support system Covers IoT CIoT machine learning paradigms and models Includes implementation of machine learning models in R Help the analysts and developers to work efficiently with emerging technologies such as data analytics data processing Big Data Robotics Includes programming codes in Python/Matlab/R alongwith practical examples questions and multiple choice questions Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367359164

Machine Learning in Translation Corpora Processing This book reviews ways to improve statistical machine speech translation between Polish and English. Research has been conducted mostly on dictionary-based rule-based and syntax-based machine translation techniques. Most popular methodologies and tools are not well-suited for the Polish language and therefore require adaptation and language resources are lacking in parallel and monolingual data. The main objective of this volume to develop an automatic and robust Polish-to-English translation system to meet specific translation requirements and to develop bilingual textual resources by mining comparable corpora.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367186739

Machine LearningAlgorithms and Applications Machine learning one of the top emerging sciences has an extremely broad range of applications. However many books on the subject provide only a theoretical approach making it difficult for a newcomer to grasp the subject material. This book provides a more practical approach by explaining the concepts of machine learning algorithms and describing the areas of application for each algorithm using simple practical examples to demonstrate each algorithm and showing how different issues related to these algorithms are applied. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574673

Machine LearningAn Algorithmic Perspective Second Edition A Proven Hands-On Approach for Students without a Strong Statistical Foundation Since the best-selling first edition was published there have been several prominent developments in the field of machine learning including the increasing work on the statistical interpretations of machine learning algorithms. Unfortunately computer science students without a strong statistical background often find it hard to get started in this area. Remedying this deficiency Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective Second Edition helps students understand the algorithms of machine learning. It puts them on a path toward mastering the relevant mathematics and statistics as well as the necessary programming and experimentation. New to the Second Edition Two new chapters on deep belief networks and Gaussian processes Reorganization of the chapters to make a more natural flow of content Revision of the support vector machine material including a simple implementation for experiments New material on random forests the perceptron convergence theorem accuracy methods and conjugate gradient optimization for the multi-layer perceptron Additional discussions of the Kalman and particle filters Improved code including better use of naming conventions in Python Suitable for both an introductory one-semester course and more advanced courses the text strongly encourages students to practice with the code. Each chapter includes detailed examples along with further reading and problems. All of the code used to create the examples is available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466583283

Machine Translation This book compares and contrasts the principles and practices of rule-based machine translation (RBMT) statistical machine translation (SMT) and example-based machine translation (EBMT). Presenting numerous examples the text introduces language divergence as the fundamental challenge to machine translation emphasizes and works out word alignment explores IBM models of machine translation covers the mathematics of phrase-based SMT provides complete walk-throughs of the working of interlingua-based and transfer-based RBMT and analyzes EBMT showing how translation parts can be extracted and recombined to automatically translate a new input. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429086298

Machine Woodworking 'Machine Woodworking' provides students with all the basic information needed to reach NVQ level II in wood machining. It covers calculations timber science and all the relevant machines and is completed by five simple workshop projects which can be used to practice and test the necessary skills. The use of each machine is explained with ample diagrams and photographs where appropriate and each section is rounded off with the relevant regulations and additional multiple-choice questions to test understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410091

Machinery Materials Science and Engineering ApplicationsProceedings of the 6th International Conference on Machinery Materials Science and This conference proceeding contains papers presented at the 6th International Conference on Machinery Materials Science and Engineering Applications (MMSE 2016) held 28-30 October 2016 in Wuhan China. The conference proceeding contributions cover a large number of topics both theoretical and applied including Material science Electrical Engineering and Automation Control Electronic Engineering Applied Mechanics Mechanical Engineering Aerospace Science and Technology Computer Science and Information technology and other related engineering topics. MMSE provides a perfect platform for scientists and engineering researchers to exchange ideas build cooperative relationships and discuss the latest scientific achievements. MMSE will be of interest for academics and professionals working in a wide range of industrial governmental and academic sectors including Material Science Electrical and Electronic Engineering Information Technology and Telecommunications Civil Engineering Energy Production Manufacturing Mechanical Engineering Nuclear Engineering Transportation and Aerospace Science and Technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029576

Machinery Adhesives for Locking Retaining and Sealing This book guides designers process engineers or mechanics to select and use anaerobic machinery adhesives for sealing flanged joints designing threaded connections for security and sealing and designing adhesive assists for more durable shrink press and slip fitted assemblies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451653

Machinery Condition MonitoringPrinciples and Practices Find the Fault in the Machines Drawing on the author’s more than two decades of experience with machinery condition monitoring and consulting for industries in India and abroad Machinery Condition Monitoring: Principles and Practices introduces the practicing engineer to the techniques used to effectively detect and diagnose faults in machines. Providing the working principle behind the instruments the important elements of machines as well as the technique to understand their conditions this text presents every available method of machine fault detection occurring in machines in general and rotating machines in particular. A Single-Source Solution for Practice Machinery Conditioning Monitoring Since vibration is one of the most widely used fault detection techniques the book offers an assessment of vibration analysis and rotor-dynamics. It also covers the techniques of wear and debris analysis and motor current signature analysis to detect faults in rotating mechanical systems as well as thermography the nondestructive test NDT techniques (ultrasonics and radiography) and additional methods. The author includes relevant case studies from his own experience spanning over the past 20 years and detailing practical fault diagnosis exercises involving various industries ranging from steel and cement plants to gas turbine driven frigates. While mathematics is kept to a minimum he also provides worked examples and MATLAB® codes. This book contains 15 chapters and provides topical information that includes: A brief overview of the maintenance techniques Fundamentals of machinery vibration and rotor dynamics Basics of signal processing and instrumentation which are essential for monitoring the health of machines Requirements of vibration monitoring and noise monitoring Electrical machinery faults Thermography for condition monitoring Techniques of wear debris analysis and some of the nondestructive test (NDT) techniques for condition monitoring like ultrasonics and radiography Machine tool condition monitoring Engineering failure analysis Several case studies mostly on failure analysis from the author’s consulting experience Machinery Condition Monitoring: Principles and Practices presents the latest techniques in fault diagnosis and prognosis provides many real-life practical examples and empowers you to diagnose the faults in machines all on your own. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748255

Machinery of DeathThe Reality of America's Death Penalty Regime First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951989

Machines That Become UsThe Social Context of Personal Communication Technology Social critics and artificial intelligence experts have long prophesized that computers and robots would soon relegate humans to the dustbin of history. Many among the general population seem to have shared this fear of a dehumanized future. But how are people in the twenty-first century actually reacting to the ever-expanding array of gadgets and networks at their disposal? Is computer anxiety a significant problem paralyzing and terrorizing millions or are ever-proliferating numbers of gadgets being enthusiastically embraced? Machines that Become Us explores the increasingly intimate relationship between people and their personal communication technologies.In the first book of its kind internationally recognized scholars from the United States and Europe explore this topic. Among the technologies analyzed include the Internet personal digital assistants (PDAs) mobile phones networked homes smart fabrics and wearable computers interactive location badges and implanted monitoring devices. The authors discuss critical policy issues such as the problems of information resource access and equity and the recently discovered digital dropouts phenomena.The use of the word become in the book's title has three different meanings. The first suggests how people use these technologies to broaden their abilities to communicate and to represent themselves to others. Thus the technologies become extensions and representatives of the communicators. A second sense of become applies to analysis of the way these technologies become physically integrated with the user's clothing and even their bodies. Finally contributors examine fashion aspects and uses of these technologies that is how they are used in ways becoming to the wearer. The conclusions of many chapters are supported by data including ethnographic observations attitude surveys and case studies from the United States Britain France Italy Finland and Norway. This approach is especially valuable Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786826

Machines Who ThinkA Personal Inquiry into the History and Prospects of Artificial Intelligence This book is a history of artificial intelligence that audacious effort to duplicate in an artifact what we consider to be our most important property—our intelligence. It is an invitation for anybody with an interest in the future of the human race to participate in the inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138440197

Machine-to-Machine CommunicationsArchitectures Technology Standards and Applications With the number of machine-to-machine (M2M)–enabled devices projected to reach 20 to 50 billion by 2020 there is a critical need to understand the demands imposed by such systems. Machine-to-Machine Communications: Architectures Technology Standards and Applications offers rigorous treatment of the many facets of M2M communication including its integration with current technology.Presenting the work of a different group of international experts in each chapter the book begins by supplying an overview of M2M technology. It considers proposed standards cutting-edge applications architectures and traffic modeling and includes case studies that highlight the differences between traditional and M2M communications technology. Details a practical scheme for the forward error correction code design Investigates the effectiveness of the IEEE 802.15.4 low data rate wireless personal area network standard for use in M2M communications Identifies algorithms that will ensure functionality performance reliability and security of M2M systems Illustrates the relationship between M2M systems and the smart power grid Presents techniques to ensure integration with and adaptation of existing communication systems to carry M2M traffic Providing authoritative insights into the technologies that enable M2M communications the book discusses the challenges posed by the use of M2M communications in the smart grid from the aspect of security and proposes an efficient intrusion detection system to deal with a number of possible attacks. After reading this book you will develop the understanding required to solve problems related to the design deployment and operation of M2M communications networks and systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033863

Machine-to-Machine Marketing (M3) via Anonymous Advertising Apps Anywhere Anytime (A5) In today’s wireless environment marketing is more frequently occurring at the server-to-device level—with that device being anything from a laptop or phone to a TV or car. In this real-time digital marketplace human attributes such as income marital status and age are not the most reliable attributes for modeling consumer behaviors. A more effective approach is to monitor and model the consumer’s device activities and behavioral patterns. Machine-to-Machine Marketing (M3) via Anonymous Advertising Apps Anywhere Anytime (A5) examines the technologies software networks mechanisms techniques and solution providers that are shaping the next generation of mobile advertising. Discussing the interactive environments that comprise the web it explains how to deploy Machine-to-Machine Marketing (M3) and Anonymous Advertising Apps Anywhere Anytime (A5). The book is organized into four sections: Why – Discusses the interactive environments and explains how M3 can be deployed How – Describes which technologies and solution providers can be used for executing M3 Checklists – Contains lists of techniques strategies technologies and solution providers for M3 Case Studies – Illustrates M3 and A5 implementations in companies across various industries Providing wide-ranging coverage that touches on data mining the web social media marketing and mobile communications the book’s case studies show how M3 and A5 are being implemented at JP Morgan Chase Hyundai Dunkin’ Donuts New York Life Twitter Best Buy JetBlue IKEA Urban Outfitters JC Penney Sony eHarmony and NASCAR just to name a few. These case studies provide you with the real-world insight needed to market effectively and profitably well into the future. Each company network and resource mentioned in the book can be accessed through the hundreds of links included on the book’s companion site: www.jesusmena.com Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439881910

Machining of Light AlloysAluminum Titanium and Magnesium Aluminium magnesium and titanium are alloys of special interest for engineering applications in a wide range of sectors such as aeronautics automotive and medical. Their low density along with sufficient mechanical properties makes them especially adequate for sectors such as transportation allowing diminishing weight less fuel consumption and emissions to the atmosphere. Nowadays machining is still one the most important manufacturing processes not only for metal parts but also for specially designed hybrid parts for more demanding new applications. A wide range of valuable research has been done on the machining of conventional engineering materials. However when dealing with light alloys and hybrid materials containing them they need to face new challenges. Particularly it is important to analyse the suitability of the machining of these alloys in the current context of Industry 4.0 focusing on the development of cost-effective and sustainable processes. This book is a comprehensive source on the machining of light alloys presenting a collection of both experimental and review studies. The work is arranged in eight chapters presented by a group of international scholars which analyse the main problems related to the machining of these alloys from different perspectives. Key Features A comprehensive state-of-the-art reference source on machining of light alloys Provides research on conventional and non-conventional machining process Offers current research topics on sustainable machining Presents research on the machining of hybrid materials using light alloys Includes applications for Industry 4.0 environments Machining of Light Alloys: Aluminum Titanium and Magnesium The aim of the book is to serve as a tool for helping researchers and practitioners to face machining challenges and facilitating the development of new industrial applications for light alloys. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138744189

Machining Processes and MachinesFundamentals Analysis and Calculations Machining is one of the eight basic manufacturing processes. This textbook covers the fundamentals and engineering analysis of both conventional and advanced/non-traditional material removal processes along with gear cutting/manufacturing and computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining. The text provides a holistic understanding of machining processes and machines in manufacturing; it enables critical thinking through mathematical modeling and problem solving and offers 200 worked examples/calculations and 70 multiple choice questions on machining operations as well as on CNC machining with the eBook version offered in color. This unique book is equally useful to both engineering degree students and production engineers practicing in the manufacturing industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367532697

Machining Simulation Using SOLIDWORKS CAM 2018 This book will teach you all the important concepts and steps used to conduct machining simulations using SOLIDWORKS CAM. SOLIDWORKS CAM is a parametric feature-based machining simulation software offered as an add-in to SOLIDWORKS. It integrates design and manufacturing in one application connecting design and manufacturing teams through a common software tool that facilitates product design using 3D solid models. By carrying out machining simulation the machining process can be defined and verified early in the product design stage. Some if not all of the less desirable design features of part manufacturing can be detected and addressed while the product design is still being finalized. In addition machining-related problems can be detected and eliminated before mounting a stock on a CNC machine and manufacturing cost can be estimated using the machining time estimated in the machining simulation. This book is intentionally kept simple. It’s written to help you become familiar with the practical applications of conducting machining simulations in SOLIDWORKS CAM. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572471

Machining Simulation Using SOLIDWORKS CAM 2019 This book will teach you all the important concepts and steps used to conduct machining simulations using SOLIDWORKS CAM. SOLIDWORKS CAM is a parametric feature-based machining simulation software offered as an add-in to SOLIDWORKS. It integrates design and manufacturing in one application connecting design and manufacturing teams through a common software tool that facilitates product design using 3D solid models. By carrying out machining simulation the machining process can be defined and verified early in the product design stage. Some if not all of the less desirable design features of part manufacturing can be detected and addressed while the product design is still being finalized. In addition machining-related problems can be detected and eliminated before mounting a stock on a CNC machine and manufacturing cost can be estimated using the machining time estimated in the machining simulation. This book is intentionally kept simple. It’s written to help you become familiar with the practical applications of conducting machining simulations in SOLIDWORKS CAM.  Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572938

Machining Simulation Using SOLIDWORKS CAM 2020 This book will teach you all the important concepts and steps used to conduct machining simulations using SOLIDWORKS CAM.  SOLIDWORKS CAM is a parametric feature-based machining simulation software offered as an add-in to SOLIDWORKS. It integrates design and manufacturing in one application connecting design and manufacturing teams through a common software tool that facilitates product design using 3D solid models. By carrying out machining simulation the machining process can be defined and verified early in the product design stage. Some if not all of the less desirable design features of part manufacturing can be detected and addressed while the product design is still being finalized. In addition machining-related problems can be detected and eliminated before mounting a stock on a CNC machine and manufacturing cost can be estimated using the machining time estimated in the machining simulation.  This book is intentionally kept simple. It’s written to help you become familiar with the practical applications of conducting machining simulations in SOLIDWORKS CAM. It provides you with the basic concepts and steps needed to use the software as well as a discussion of the G-codes generated. After completing this book you should have a clear understanding of how to use SOLIDWORKS CAM for machining simulations and should be able to apply this knowledge to carry out machining assignments on your own product designs.  In order to provide you with a more comprehensive understanding of machining simulations the book discusses NC (numerical control) part programming and verification as well as introduces applications that involve bringing the G-code post processed by SOLIDWORKS CAM to a HAAS CNC mill and lathe to physically cut parts. This book points out important practical factors when transitioning from virtual to physical machining. Since the machining capabilities offered in the 2020 version of SOLIDWORKS CAM are somewhat limited this book introduces third-party CAM modules that are seamlessly integrated into SOLIDWORKS including CAMWorks HSMWorks and Mastercam for SOLIDWORKS.  This book covers basic concepts frequently used commands and options required for you to advance from a novice to an intermediate level SOLIDWORKS CAM user. Basic concepts and commands introduced include extracting machinable features (such as 2.5 axis features) selecting a machine and cutting tools defining machining parameters (such as feed rate spindle speed depth of cut and so on) generating and simulating toolpaths and post processing CL data to output G-code for support of physical machining. The concepts and commands are introduced in a tutorial style presentation using simple but realistic examples. Both milling and turning operations are included.  One of the unique features of this book is the incorporation of the CL data verification by reviewing the G-code generated from the toolpaths. This helps you understand how the G-code is generated by using the respective post processors which is an important step and an excellent way to confirm that the toolpaths and G-code generated are accurate and useful.  Who is this book for?  This book should serve well for self-learners. A self-learner should have basic physics and mathematics background preferably a bachelor or associate degree in science or engineering. We assume that you are familiar with basic manufacturing processes especially milling and turning. And certainly we expect that you are familiar with SOLIDWORKS part and assembly modes. A self-learner should be able to complete the fourteen lessons of this book in about fifty hours.  This book also serves well for class instruction. Most likely it will be used as a supplemental reference for courses like CNC Machining Design and Manufacturing Computer-Aided Manufacturing or Computer-Integrated Manufacturing. This book should cover five to six weeks of class instruction depending on the course arrangement and the technical background of the students. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573331

Machining Technology and Operations2-Volume Set This two-volume set addresses both current and developing topics of advanced machining technologies and machine tools used in industry. The treatments are aimed at motiving and challenging the reader to explore viable solutions to a variety of questions regarding product design and optimum selection of machining operations for a given task. This two-volume set will be useful to professionals students and companies in the areas of mechanical industrial manufacturing materials and production engineering fields. Traditional Machining Technology covers the technologies machine tools and operations of traditional machining processes. These include the general-purpose machine tools used for turning drilling and reaming shaping and planing milling grinding and finishing operations. Thread and gear cutting and broaching processes are included along with semi-automatic automatic NC and CNC machine tools operations tooling mechanisms accessories jigs and fixtures and machine tool dynamometry are discussed. Non-Traditional and Advanced Machining Technologies covers the technologies machine tools and operations of non-traditional mechanical chemical and thermal machining processes. Assisted machining technologies machining of difficult-to-cut materials design for machining accuracy and surface integrity of machined parts environment-friendly machine tools and operations and hexapods are also presented. The topics covered throughout this volume reflect the rapid and significant advances that have occurred in various areas in machining technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367431310

Macho LoveSex Behind Bars in Central America Macho Love: Sex Behind Bars in Central America is the first in-depth study of sexual culture and AIDS in Latin prisons. Psychologists social workers criminologists and AIDS specialists will discover how the interplay of sexual ideals prostitution manipulation resistance and power relationships among prisoners and some staff are based on money sex drugs and violence. Macho Love gives you a stirring and emotional look at the various risks and dangers lurking in the Latin American prison culture and discusses how Costa Rican and Central American prisons are improving the situation with new intervention programs. Fascinating and informative Macho Love explores the dangerous Latin prison culture as it discusses: new HIV/AIDS prevention programs implemented in some Costa Rican and Central American prisons the frequency and types of prostitution and rape in prison drug and alcohol addiction and their effects on the spread of HIV/AIDS an understanding of why rehabilitation programs fail or succeed the lack of opportunities to work or to study that leaves the inmates vulnerable to the only freedom they have left--sex why a “cachero ” or a man who penetrates another man is not considered a homosexual and often refuses to wear a condom which tremendously increases the risk of HIV/AIDS Macho Love explores the life-threatening sexual culture in prisons to bring you the realities of the Latin prison culture. This revealing book examines the different types of relationships which occur in prisons and the factors that place inmates at risk for contracting the HIV virus such as not wearing a condom because of intoxication due to drugs and alcohol. Macho Love also shows you how the new HIV/AIDS intervention programs in Costa Rica are combatting these serious problems to lower HIV infection rates and avoid the spread of this deadly and dangerous disease. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801551

Mackintosh's The Government and Politics of Britain This student mainstay continues to be organised around constitutional themes with new material on local elections the politics of the centre and the limits of state power. Essential for all introductory students of British politics and current affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408241

Macmillan Harold Macmillan presided over the dissolution of the British Empire and the first stages of irreversible economic decline. It was an unlucky end to a political career which had seen Britain's steady extinction as a Great Power and his reputation will depend on how posterity judges his understanding of these changes and his skill in adapting himself and his country to meet them. This short but trenchant study of his aims abilities and achievements concentrates on the premiership against the background of his political education and rise to power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138408036

Macmillan Khrushchev and the Berlin Crisis 1958-1960 This new study casts fresh light on the roles of Harold Macmillan and Nikita Khrushchev and their efforts to achieve a compromise settlement on the pivotal Berlin Crisis. Drawing on previously unseen documents and secret archive material Kitty Newman demonstrates how the British Prime Minister acted to prevent the crisis sliding into a disastrous nuclear conflict. She shows how his visit to Moscow in 1959 was a success which convinced Khrushchev of a sincere effort to achieve a lasting settlement. Despite the initial reluctance of the French and the Americans and the consistent opposition of the Germans Macmillan’s subsequent efforts led to a softening of the Western line on Berlin and to the formulation of a set of proposals that might have achieved a peaceful resolution to the crisis if the Paris Conference of 1960 had not collapsed in acrimony. This volume also assesses Khrushchev’s role which despite his sometimes intemperate language was to secure a peaceful settlement which would stabilize the East German regime maintain the status quo in Europe and prevent the reunification of a resurgent nuclearized Germany thereby paving the way for disarmament. This book will be of great interest to all students of post-war diplomacy Soviet foreign policy the Cold War and of international relations and strategic studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649810

Macmillan�s Magazine 1859�1907No Flippancy or Abuse Allowed Macmillan's Magazine has long been recognized as one of the most significant of the many British literary/intellectual periodicals that flourished in the second half of the nineteenth century. Yet the first volume of the Wellesley Index to Victorian Periodicals (1966) pointed out that 'There is no study of Macmillan's Magazine' - and that lack has been only partially remedied in all the decades since. In this work George Worth addresses five principal questions. Where did Macmillan's come from and why in 1859? Who or what was the guiding spirit behind the Magazine especially in its early formative years? What cluster of ideas gave it such coherence as it manifested during that period? How did it and its parent firm deal with authors and juggle their periodical work and the books they produced for Macmillan and Co.? And what finally accounted for the palpable decline in the quality and fiscal health of Macmillan's during the last 25 years of its life and ultimately for its death? Worth includes a treasure trove of original material about the Magazine much of it drawn from unpublished manuscripts and other previously untapped primary sources. Macmillan's Magazine 1859-1907 contributes to the understanding not only of one significant Victorian periodical but also more generally of the literary and cultural milieu in which it originated flourished declined and expired. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887759

Macro And Micro Policies For More Growth And Employment Major industrial countries have shown strikingly different performances in recent years. Between 1982 and 1987 • employment in the United States and Japan increased by 13 and 6 per cent respectively but only by 2 per cent in Western Europe. While unemployment rates in America and Japan are presently almost as low as they were in the late 1970s when the cyclical position was about the same • they are double as high as they were then in Western Europe. Correspondingly GNP growth in Western Europe was low by past and international standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367003500

Macro Policies For Appropriate Technology In Developing Countries This book explores the effects of macro-policies and determines which policies have best promoted appropriate technology in developing countries. It explores the political economy of macro-policies examining which groups in society are likely to benefit from alternative policies and technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161538

Macro Socio-economics: From Theory to ActivismFrom Theory to Activism Contributors to this volume respond to the normative capsule framing economic behaviour that Amitai Etzioni has explored. The text also looks at his works on organisations public policy socio-economics and communitarianism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315481418

Macro Talent Management in Emerging and Emergent MarketsA Global Perspective Macro Talent Management in Emerging and Emergent Markets is the first book to focus specificially on country-level activities that are aimed at attracting developing mobilizing and retaining top talent for economic success in emerging or emergent markets. The book serves as a guide that orients the reader toward activities that increase their country’s global competitiveness attractiveness and economic development through strategic talent management. This book brings together leading experts from around the world to address such issues as cross-border flows of talent diaspora mobility knowledge flows global labour markets and policies. The book is structured in three parts: Part I covers emerging markets Part II emergent markets and Part III pan-national themes such as migration and clusters. Bringing together research from the fields of human resource management international business economic geography comparative international development and political economy this is a definitive comprehensive treatment of the topic aimed at advanced students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602595

Macro Talent ManagementA Global Perspective on Managing Talent in Developed Markets Macro Talent Management: A Global Perspective on Managing Talent in Developed Markets is the first book to focus specifically on country-level activities aimed at attracting mobilizing developing and retaining top talent for economic success in developed markets. The book serves as a guide that orients the reader toward activities that increase their country's global competitiveness attractiveness and economic development through strategic talent management. This book brings together leading experts from around the world to address such isues as cross-border flows of talent diaspora mobility knowledge flows global labour markets and policies. Bringing together research from the fields of human resource management international business economic geography comparative international development and political economy this is a definitive comprehensive treatment of the topic aimed at advanced students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712409

Macrocognition in TeamsTheories and Methodologies Team collaboration involves many operational tasks such as team decision-making or course of action selection developing shared understanding and intelligence analysis. These operational tasks must be performed in many situations often under severe time pressure with information and knowledge uncertainty large amounts of dynamic information and across different team characteristics. Recent research in this area has focused on various aspects of human collaborative decision-making and the underlying cognitive processes while describing those processes at different levels of detail making it difficult to compare research results. The theoretical construct of ’macrocognition in teams’ was developed to facilitate cognitive research in team collaboration which will enable a common level of understanding when defining measuring and discussing the cognitive processes in team collaboration. Macrocognition is defined as both the internalized and externalized mental processes employed by team members in complex one-of-a-kind collaborative problem solving. Macrocognition in Teams provides readers with a greater understanding of the macrocognitive processes which support collaborative team activity showcasing current research theories methodologies and tools. It will be of direct relevance to academics researchers and practitioners interested in group/team interaction performance development and training. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076358

Macrocognition Metrics and ScenariosDesign and Evaluation for Real-World Teams Macrocognition Metrics and Scenarios: Design and Evaluation for Real-World Teams translates advances by scientific leaders in the relatively new area of macrocognition into a format that will support immediate use by members of the software testing and evaluation community for large-scale systems as well as trainers of real-world teams. Macrocognition is defined as how activity in real-world teams is adapted to the complex demands of a setting with high consequences for failure. The primary distinction between macrocognition and prior research is that the primary unit for measurement is a real-world team coordinating their activity rather than individuals processing information the predominant model for cognition for decades. This book provides an overview of the theoretical foundations of macrocognition describes a set of exciting new macrocognitive metrics and provides guidance on using the metrics in the context of different approaches to evaluation and measurement of real-world teams. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072084

Macro-control and Economic Development in China This book together with Economic Development and Reform Deepening in China is a collection of papers written in recent years about maintaining economic growth managing inflation the relationship between growth and structural adjustment control of price growth maintaining stable economic development and other relevant aspects of macro-control economic development and deepening reform. Chinese government adopts many of the recommendations put forward by the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516628

Macrodynamics: Fluctuations and GrowthA study of the economy in equilibrium and disequilibrium Building from the micro-foundations of economic behaviour to a full survey of macroeconomics the book examines growth theory and equilibrium and disequilibrium approaches to provide a comprehensive survey of all the rival theoretical approaches that underlie central policy debates. A survey of pre-Keynesian theories of growth fluctuations and the various short and long cycles and crises is followed by an exposition of Keynesian theory and its subsequent development and of the neo-classical revival. Topics covered include: * Non-clearing markets * Involuntary unemployment * Persistent inflation. As well as full coverage of the English-language literature Macrodynamics covers important contributions from the new school of French macroeconomists including Malinvaud Benassy and Grandmont. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708712

Macroeconomic AnalysisEssays in macroeconomics and econometrics Bringing together the proceedings of the 1979 and 1980 annual conferences of the Association of University Teachers of Economics the papers in this volume discuss: the effect of social security on private saving; an analysis of aggregate consumer behaviour; the philosophy and objectives of econometrics and other topics in macroeconomic and econometric analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940970

Macroeconomic and Monetary Policy Issues in Indonesia Following the acquisition of its sovereignty from the Netherlands in 1949 Indonesia experienced serious economic and political problems during the 1950s and 1960s before entering a three-decade-long period of rapid economic growth. Hard-hit by the financial crisis of the late 1990s Indonesia undertook a wide range of economic and financial reforms. These reforms served to prepare it well for the 2007-08 global financial crisis through which Indonesia passed relatively unscathed. Drawing on empirical research this book presents a comprehensive empirical study on the key macroeconomic relations and monetary policy issues in Indonesia. The book analyses monetary fiscal and exchange-rate policies looking at their interactions and impacts on the economy. It demonstrates how important macroeconomic management for monetary and financial stability is to sustained national economic growth and development. Data from the 1970s is compared and contrasted with 1950s data to analyse macroeconomic policies and issues in an historical context. Statistical and econometric techniques are juxtaposed with general empirical results to supplement informative discussion of macroeconomic and monetary developments. This book is a useful contribution to studies on macroeconomics and international development as well as Southeast Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107380

Macroeconomic ForecastingA Sociological Appraisal Drawing on interviews with the UK government's Panel of Independent Forecasters the author shows how economic models forecasts and policy analysis depend crucially upon the judgements of economists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866256

Macroeconomic Foundations of Macroeconomics Contrary to common belief macroeconomics is not merely a theory of aggregates and cannot be constructed from individual behaviour. Both nationally and internationally there are economic laws that are logically independent of economic agents’ behaviour. These are the macroeconomic foundations of macroeconomics. Presenting cutting-edge material Alvaro Cencini explores these foundations and shows that the introduction of money entails economics being interpreted conceptually not mathematically.  His innovative book provides the elements for a new approach by applying the most recent results of monetary analysis to the study of national and international economics. It covers recent progress in monetary theory provides the reader with a greater understanding of the subject and will be essential reading for economic students as well as a valuable resource for economists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203022788

Macroeconomic Issues TodayAlternative Approaches Now revised and updated to reflect critical changes in economic policy since the last edition Macroeconomic Issues Today Eighth Edition provides Conservative Liberal and Radical interpretations and solutions for seven current macroeconomic issues including all-new coverage of the Social Security debate. An instructor's manual with a test bank and discussion questions is available to professors who adopt the text and PowerPoint downloads are available as teaching aids. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702759

Macroeconomic Measurement Versus Macroeconomic Theory Ideally scientific theory and scientific measurement should develop in tandem but in recent years this has not been the case in economics. There used to be a time when leading economists or their students established or led statistical offices and took care that the measurements were consistent with the theory (and vice versa). Not anymore. Macroeconomic theorists and macroeconomic statisticians do not even speak the same language any longer. They do use the same words such as ‘consumption’ ‘investments’ or ‘unemployment’ but the meanings can often be different. This book maps the differences between macroeconomic theory and measurement and explores them in some detail while also tracking their intellectual historical and in some cases ideological origins. It also explores the possible policy implications. In doing so the book draws on two separate strands of literature which are seldom used in unison: macro-statistical manuals and theoretical macro-papers. By doing so the book contributes to the effort to bridge the gap between them without compromising on the idea that a meaningful science of economics should in the end be based upon individual people and households and their social and cultural embedding instead of a ‘representative consumer’ or Robinson Crusoe figure. This work is essential reading for students economists statisticians and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353348

Macroeconomic Modeling And Policy Analysis For Less Developed Countries This book provides an overview of macroeconometric modeling for less developed countries a description of the structure and performance of Guyana's economy an empirical testing of the model using annual data for Guyana and a simulation approach to policy evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165857

Macroeconomic Planning This volume originally published in 1979 examines systematically the nature of control in both capitalist and socialist economies develops a theoretical and applied framework which can embrace both macroeconomics and plannng and demonstates the essential unity of all forms of macroeconomic planning by the consistent application of basic economic principles. Firstly the authors establish why societies feel a need for government control and examine the mechanisms by which such social decisions are reached. Next they examine the nature of economic data the modelling of economic systems nad a review of practical policy goals and instruments. The book then reviews the basic theory of optimisation and elaborates it in the context of planning for growth for stabilisation and under uncertainty. It closes with an analysis of practical planning based on French and Soviet experience.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938441

Macroeconomic Policies and Poverty In this volume world-renowned contributors including Martin Ravallion Michael Kremer and Robert Townsend deal with the institutional characteristics of poverty resulting from the time pattern of aid the nature of financial systems and the political economy of budgetary decisions. Going beyond the traditional literature on poverty this original book deals with themes of broad interest to both scholars and policymakers in a clear yet technically sophisticated manner. Departing from conventional methods employed in poverty studies these innovative essays enquire into the institutional characteristics of poverty and using current case studies they examine the crucial idea that periods of crises seriously affect poverty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649827

Macroeconomic Policies in IndonesiaIndonesia economy since the Asian financial crisis of 1997 This book gives insight on the dynamics and route of economic policies that have been taken and implemented since the point of institutional reforms in 1998 that were triggered from the context of the financial crisis in 1997/1998. The condition brought a different paradigm on the landscape of economic and development policies especially in the case of the monetary and financial structure the international trade sector the manufacturing sector the taxes administration policy and the evolved context of decentralization and development of public sector policies in general. Given state of current economic development this book offers suggestions to address economic issues that require improvements. This book is unique as: 1) it is about Indonesia a country mostly affected by 1997/1998 financial crisis which also lead to a change in regime; 2) it covers a broad range of thematic topics on sectors development and institutional changes from major policies that have been taken; and 3) it posits both existing and future challenges on monetary and financial sectors trade manufacturing and competitiveness as well as on development of decentralization policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195103

Macroeconomic Policy This book originally published in 1978 makes use of and extends first-year macroeconomic theory to examine how governments attempt to use the instruments of macroeconomic policy in order to acheive their objectives. It begins with a discussion of the meaning and desirability of policy objectives moves on to examine the workings of the main policy instruments and concludes with a chapter which outlines Tinbergen’s ‘fixed’ targets’ and Theil’s ‘flexible targets’ approaches to policy. A chapter on debt management considers the main theories of the term strcutyure of interet rates and their implications for debt management as an instrument of policy.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938908

Macroeconomic Policy Credibility and Politics First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510967

Macroeconomic Policy for Emerging MarketsLessons from Thailand Macroeconomic policies matter for sustainable long-term growth. With global fluctuations deviation from a stable growth path can be minimized by countercyclical macro policies if properly implemented. This book examines Thailand’s 55 years of experience in macroeconomic management and provides valuable lessons for other emerging economies at various stages of development on what could have been done to avoid economic instability. It also examines how short-term complications can develop into perennial problems obstructing the process of economic development. The book provides an alternative approach to the study of economic growth through the inclusion of both economic history and institutional context appealing to academics and economists who focus on economic growth economic development international macroeconomics public policy study business cycles and the open-market economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504182

Macroeconomic Policy in the European Monetary UnionFrom the Old to the New Stability and Growth Pact Providing readers with a multi-faceted assessment of the implementation of fiscal policies in the euro zone and their macroeconomic effects five years after the inception of the euro this book international in perspective and scope is the first reliable reference source for discussions in this area for both academics and policy makers. Comprising contributions from distinguished researchers from different European countries and institutions the issues addressed include the: monetary and fiscal policy-mix evolution and control of fiscal aggregates over the business cycle and their implications for the SGP rules accountability of debt evolution financial spill-over of national fiscal policies measurement and assessment of automatic stabilizers. Based on empirical evidence as well as being firmly rooted in theoretical analyses and giving particular emphasis to the constraint of the Stability and Growth Pact on the one hand and the presence of a single monetary policy on the other this book is an invaluable tool students and researchers engaged with macroeconomic stabilization and monetary and fiscal policy interactions as well as professionals in the public sector and the financial institutions of the EU.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806276

Macroeconomic Policy Regimes in Western Industrial Countries This book analyses how the economic crisis in the 1970s led to the erosion of the regulated type of capitalism that came to be in place after World War II and paved the way to a Neoliberal Globalisation. Deep structural institutional changes especially in the field of financial markets labour markets and the international economy became the basis for a liberal type of capitalism which included financial markets in a dominant role. The new neoliberal model fundamentally changed the conditions for all macroeconomic policies. In this book these macroeconomic policy regimes are discussed on a theoretical level. Macroeconomic Policy Regimes in Western Industrial Countries explains how certain countries have created a more liberal and market-based type of capitalism. The emphasis throughout is on how understanding macroeconomic policies and the institutional framework in which they operate is vital to understanding the long-run dynamics of a capitalist economy. The policy regimes that are examined consist of changes in the financial system monetary policy fiscal policy wage policy and changes in distribution and foreign economic policy. The argument emerges that this deregulated type of capitalism is unacceptably unstable and is only preferable to a minority. Moving on from the finance-driven development of recent decades the authors take a look at the need for fundamental reforms including institutional reforms in the areas of national and international financial and labour markets. Case studies from the United States the United Kingdom Germany and Japan dating from the 1970s up to today provide the reader with clear examples and analysis of the development in question. This book will be of interest to postgraduates and researchers of economics and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807259

Macro-economic PolicyA Comparative Study Australia Canada New Zealand and South Africa When it was first published in 1972 this was the first book to analyze the experience of Australia Canada New Zealand and South Africa in the field of macro-economic policy. The characteristics of this group of countries gives them much in common with both industrialized and emerging economies. Their experience of economic policy-making has therefore an unusually wide relevance.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940949

Macroeconomic PolicyInflation Wealth and the Exchange Rate This analysis of macroeconomic policy originally published in 1989 argues that key government objectives such as reduced inflation decreased unemployment and an adequate level of national saving can be achieved only by employing both monetary and fiscal policies in conjunction with supply-side policies expressly designed to improve the workings of the labour market. Part 1 is a comparative analysis showing the effects of monetary and fiscal policy on the economy. Real-wage rigidity in the labour market is shown to have important consequences for the working of both types of policy because it conditions the economy’s response to tax changes. Part 2 presents an econometric model which combines consistent stock-flow accounts with a full range of expectational effects. Part 3 presents an innovative technique for solving rational expectations models with the need for arbitary terminal conditions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940024

Macroeconomic Systems This volume originally published in 1976 creates a basis from which the specialist topics of macroeconomics can be approached. The first section deals exclusively with a simple classical and Keynesian model within a single common framework to facilitate easy comparison. Although simple models they provide a sound starting point for the more advanced ideas which make up the second part of the book. Recognizing tht one of the crucial purposes of macroeconomics is to provide advice for central government policy makers the policy implications of the models are discussed.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936119

Macroeconomic Theory and Economic PolicyEssays in Honour of Jean-Paul Fitoussi Jean-Paul Fitoussi needs no introduction as one of the world's foremost Macroeconomists of his generation. This celebration of his work includes contributions from Nobel Prize - winning economists Robert W. Clower and Robert Solow as well as Olivier Blanchard and leading economic theorist Edmond Malinvaud. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655491

Macroeconomic Theory and the Eurozone Crisis The financial crisis of 2007 required the economics discipline to thoroughly re-evaluate its prevailing theories about economic cycles and economic growth. With a focus on Europe this volume identifies the latest strands of research on business cycles monetary theory the evolution of social policies and public spending and the institutional context of the European Union. It also considers whether these new ideas could have helped us avoid the crisis and how they might reshape the current economic paradigm.This book will be of interest to advanced students and researchers in European economics macroeconomics and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665197

Macroeconomic Theory: A Short CourseA Short Course A look at all the key topics in intermediate-level macroeconomic theory with carefully chosen linear versions of the standard models of both the closed and the open economy. It requires no mathematical proficiency beyond high school level algebra and has been thoroughly tested in the classroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702742

Macroeconomics Research in macroeconomics in the last thirty years has featured almost exclusively on two characteristics: an emphasis on the microfoundations of macroeconomics and secondly intertemporal economics that is the behavior of economic actors over time. Curiously textbooks in intermediate macroeconomics have been very slow to adopt these traits. The aim of this book is to bring intermediate instruction in macroeconomics fully into line with the direction taken by the research community. Key hallmarks of the text include: a full introduction to the microfoundations of consumption and investment a complete model of the labor market with profit maximization for firms to determine labor demand and a utility maximization model to determine labor supply an analysis of the Baumol-Tobin model to determine money demand accompanied by a discussion of traditional money supply Possessing a full range of additional learning features including a companion website test bank and instructor’s manual the book takes an international view of macroeconomics with case studies and examples from the United States and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415779500

Macroeconomics Agriculture And Exchange Rates This book is an outcome of the conference on the linkages between macroeconomics and agricultural trade in 1986. It establishes some of the fundamental influences on the exchange rate. The book develops linkages between the macroeconomy and agriculture using traditional models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367164546

Macroeconomics After the Financial CrisisA Post-Keynesian perspective How should Europe cope with the negative and still unfolding economic consequences of the current economic crisis? And why does Europe seem to be more conservative than the USA in dealing with the crisis? Since the outbreak of the current international economic crisis in 2008 the USA and many of the European countries have been tormented by high levels of unemployment and low levels of inflation interest rates close to zero and fiscal policies of austerity. As such the modern economic mainstream has been challenged by these empirical facts. Today several years after the outbreak of the international economic crisis supply side effects do not seem to be increasing employment as the modern mainstream claimed they would. Aggregate demand has to play a more important role in macroeconomic analysis than hitherto. That is there is a need for alternative explanations of how a modern macro economy is expected to function and how the macroeconomic outcome could be manipulated by the right economic policy proposals. As expressed by the contents of the present book a Post Keynesian understanding proposes such an alternative theoretically methodologically and in terms of policy measures. This book will present new materials and approaches especially new evidence and new views on the potential problems of public debt the European Union and the present crisis Central Banking hysteresis in an agent based framework the foundations of macroeconomics and the problems of uncertainty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495500

Macroeconomics and Human Development In the conventional discourse on macroeconomics the subject of human development is at best marginal and at worst irrelevant. In the unconventional discourse on human development macroeconomics or its constraints are seldom recognised even if its consequences are often highlighted. There are however intersections and interconnections which provide the rationale for this book that seeks to map some broad contours of an unexplored yet important domain. Macroeconomics is important for human development because it determines levels of employment the degree of social protection and the public provision of services such as healthcare or education. Human development has implications and consequences for macroeconomics for it can mobilize or claim resources to enlarge or diminish space for macroeconomic policies. The relationship exists and matters not only in poor countries but also in wealthy ones. Employment even if neglected provides the critical link. This book shows that causation runs in both directions and can be either positive or negative. It reveals similarities and differences between developing countries and industrialised countries. The political context is significant everywhere as interests ideology and institutions influence economic policies in both spheres to shape outcomes. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Development and Capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138943957

Macroeconomics and Markets in Developing and Emerging Economies The book presents and further develops basic principles and concepts in international finance and open economy macroeconomics to make them more relevant for emerging and developing economies (EDEs). The volume emphasises the necessity of greater knowledge of context as populous Asian economies integrate with world markets as well as the rapidly changing nature of the area due to rethinking after the global financial crisis. It addresses a host of themes including key issues such as exchange rate economics macroeconomic policy in an open economy analytical frameworks for and experience of EDEs after liberalisation the international financial system currency and financial crises continuing risks and regulatory response. This book will be useful to scholars and researchers of economics especially in macroeconomics business and finance and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367276096

Macroeconomics and Markets in IndiaGood Luck or Good Policy? India was one of the better performers after the global financial crisis and has done well despite opening out in a period of great international volatility. This book asks if this was due to luck or to good management. How much did macroeconomic policy contribute and did it do as much as it could have on a reform path that was not standard? Are there any lessons from the Indian experience for the rest of the world? Senior Indian policy economists market participants and researchers address these interesting and important questions. There are those who think financial reform has gone too fast - relaxations in foreign borrowing norms exposed firms to external shocks. Volatile capital flows impacted markets although more liberalization of risk-sharing equity compared to debt flows was effective in reducing domestic risk. But there are also those who think reform was too slow - choking financial development: many markets and instruments that could improve domestic financial intermediation and reduce risk were held back. Analysis suggests policy was able to find the correct timing pace and combination of reforms and of caution but improvement is always possible. Luck and inherent strengths of the economy helped absorb both policy mistakes and external shocks. This book was originally published as a special issue of Macroeconomics and Finance in Emerging Market Economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817432

Macroeconomics and Monetary Theory Macroeconomics is an outgrowth from the main stream of classical monetary theory following Keynes. Keynes changed the emphasis from determination of the level of money prices to determination of the level of output and employment. He also changed the key relationship from demand and supply of money as determining the price level to the relationship between consumption expenditure and income in conjunction with private investment expenditure as determining the level of output and therefore employment demanded. The income multiplier replaced the velocity of circulation as the key concept of monetary theory. The tendency of the past twenty-five years has been to reintegrate Keynesian and classical monetary theory into one general system of analysis. Moreover as inflation has succeeded mass unemployment as a major policy problem interest in classical monetary theory has revived while Keynesians have increasingly' emphasized the monetary aspects of Keynesian theory. The proper contemporary distinction is not between two separate branches of economic theory but between two areas of application or contexts of the theory of rational maximizing behavior. In the one (the microeconomic) context it is assumed either that the overall workings of the economic system can be disregarded or that the macroeconomic relationships are in full general equilibrium. In the other (the macroeconomic) context it is assumed that the maximizing decisions of individual economic units (firms and households) will not necessarily add up to a macroeconomic equilibrium but will produce a disequilibrium situation that will in the course of time produce changes in the individual decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527393

Macroeconomics and Programming This volume originally published in 1964 is intended for students of macroeconomic theory and mathematical programming. Part 1 includes critical discussion of debates from the 1950s and 60s in the related fields of income-employment trade cycles and general prices with an ultimate view to extending macroeconomic analysis and policy beyond the conventional purview; Part 2 suggests various possible macro applications of mathematical programming techniques to optimization problems with a secondary view to forwwarding the synthesis of aggregative economic theory and multisectoral input-output analysis.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940956

Macroeconomics and the History of Economic ThoughtFestschrift in Honour of Harald Hagemann The essays in this Festschrift have been chosen to honour Harald Hagemann and his scientific work. They reflect his main contributions to economic research and his major fields of interest. The essays in the first part deal with various aspects within the history of economic thought. The second part is about the current state of macroeconomics. The essays in the third part of the book cover topics on economic growth and structural dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241107

Macroeconomics in Context Macroeconomics in Context lays out the principles of macroeconomics in a manner that is thorough up to date and relevant to students. Like its counterpart Microeconomics in Context the book is uniquely attuned to economic realities. The "in Context" books offer engaging coverage of current topics including financial crises rising inequality debt and deficits and environmental sustainability while also providing a clear and accessible exploration of economic theory and applications. The third edition features: Clear explanations of basic economic concepts alongside more in-depth analysis of macroeconomics models and economic activity Expanded coverage of topics including inequality financialization and debt issues the changing nature of jobs and sustainable development Thoroughly updated figures and data A full complement of online instructor and student support materials such as additional tables and data PowerPoint slides and a study guide This engaging textbook offers students an excellent guide to macroeconomics. The latest addition to the "In Context" series it combines real-world relevance with a thorough grounding in multiple economic paradigms. The book's companion website is available at: http://www.bu.edu/eci/education-materials/textbooks/macroeconomics-in-context/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559035

Macroeconomics in ContextA European Perspective Macroeconomics in Context: A European Perspective lays out the principles of macroeconomics in a manner that is thorough up to date and relevant to students. With a clear presentation of economic theory throughout this latest addition to the bestselling "In Context" set of textbooks is written with a specific focus on European data institutions and historical events offering engaging treatment of high-interest topics including sustainability Brexit the euro crisis and rising inequality. Policy issues are presented in context (historical institutional social political and ethical) and always with reference to human well-being. This book is divided into four parts covering the following key issues: The context of economic analysis including basic macroeconomic statistics and tools; The basics of macroeconomic measurements including GDP inflation and unemployment as well as alternative measures of well-being and the particular structures of the European economies; Methods for analyzing monetary and fiscal policy including an in-depth coverage of the instruments and approaches of the European central bank and some coverage of an open economy; The application of the tools learnt to selected macroeconomic issues such as the euro crisis the global financial crisis public debt global development and environmental sustainability. Far more than any other existing macroeconomic textbook this book combines real-world relevance of the topics covered with a strong focus on European institutions and structures within an approach that explains multiple economic paradigms. This combination helps to raise students’ interest in macroeconomics as well as enhance their understanding of the power and limitation of macroeconomic analysis. Visit http://www.bu.edu/eci/education-materials/textbooks/macroeconomics-in-context-a-european-perspective/ for online resources for both lecturers and students.   A video of a panel discussion about the book can be found at https://youtu.be/xjHJrW9WP44. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185180

Macroeconomics in QuestionThe Keynesian-Monetartist Orthodoxies and Kaleckian Alternative Originally published in 1982 this book has two central purposes. The first is to present a rather more critical view of the Keynesian and monetarist approaches to macro-economics than is usually found in major macro-economics text-books. The second is to present an alternative approach to macro-economics derived in the main from the work of Michal Kalecki. It will become apparent below that the major difference between the conventional approaches to macro-economics and the Kaleckian one arises from a basic difference over the nature of a modern capitalist economy. The conventional approaches rest on a perfectly competitive view of the world whilst the Kalecki approach draws on an oligopolistic view. The book has been written to be accessible to undergraduate students of economics who have taken a basic second-year degree level course in macro-economics (as represented by text-books such as Branson 1979; Gordon 1981). Particularly in Chapters 2-4 a knowledge of conventional macro-economics is required. References are provided in the text and in footnotes for those wishing to pursue particular topics further. The book also contains much of interest for professional economists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315496252

Macroeconomics without the Errors of KeynesThe Quantity Theory of Money Saving and Policy Modern macroeconomics is in a stalemate with seven schools of thought attempting to explain the workings of a monetary economy and to derive policies that promote economic growth with price-level stability. This book pinpoints as the source of this confusion errors made by Keynes in his reading of classical macroeconomics in particular the classical Quantity Theory and the meaning of saving. It argues that if these misunderstandings are resolved it will lead to economic policies consistent with promoting the employment and economic growth that Keynes was seeking. The book will be crucial reading for all scholars with an interest in the foundations of Keynes’s theories and anyone seeking to understand current debates regarding macroeconomic policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658561

Macro-engineering And The FutureA Management Perspective This book offers fresh perspectives and innovative thinking of macro-engineering as the most promising approach to macro-engineering projects in the U.S. industry. It also addresses the concerns of developing countries over the potential impact of macro-engineering projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170004

MacroengineeringAn Environmental Restoration Management Process Environmental restoration has entered an era of faster better cheaper. Uniquely suited to meet all of those requirements macroengineering has become one of the hottest concepts in the field. Macroengineering: An Environmental Restoration Management Process provides a comprehensive understanding of all the technical cost and regulatory issues that an environmental project manager would potentially face on a large scale environmental restoration project. The author makes the case for integrated planning and management of environmental restoration projects and provides money-saving solutions.The text delineates the many issues a project or program manager will typically face on a complex large-scale environmental restoration project. The author addresses unique technical issues encountered during DOD and DOE environmental cleanup efforts such as radionuclide contamination unexploded ordinance heavy metals and other common contaminants. Referencing the most recent regulations and practices in environmental cleanup projects the book also includes useful charts and tables and serves both as a classroom text and a professional reference.Describing how to get the job done efficiently and cost-effectively the text combines practical technological information with project management information to form one comprehensive volume. The author distills knowledge from many disciplines into a concise and cohesive text providing a starting point and stressing the interconnection between key elements. Emphasizing the integrative nature of macroengineering projects the book gives you the tools to ensure that organizational resources you have committed to environmental restoration are used to their best advantage. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367453688

Macro-Financial Linkages in the Pacific Region Growth perspectives in emerging market economies are increasingly dependent on international capital flows in recent decades because of their influences on business cycles. In fact volatile international capital flows has been one of the main concerns for the macroeconomic policy authorities. Focusing on emerging economies in the Pacific region this book reveals how they are different from those in other regions in terms of international macro-financial linkages to the global capital market and domestic financial development . The book also discusses how these characteristics have interacted with their macroeconomic policy regimes and their macroeconomic performance throughout the two major international financial crises in the past more than two decades. It suggests facts that have strengthened the resilience of these emerging economies in the Pacific region against the global financial crisis along with the intensified intra-regional economic integration through trade and investment. The book also examines their macroeconomic management focusing on monetary policy regimes and suggests that their factual unorthodox policies with exchange rate management and capital controls have contributed to their resilience against the intrinsic volatility of the international capital market and financial flows. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066960

Macrologistics ManagementA Catalyst for Organizational Change Macrologistics Management defines the term "Macrologistics" as a means for designing a catalyst for change in any organization. The "macro" approach means seeing the big picture-to use time and place strategies for competitive advantage. It is a "breakthrough" strategy because it prioritizes "logistics" selection as a key factor in developing customer satisfaction and market penetration. Traditional management approaches the product and cost savings as key factors in their strategy. This book demonstrates how new approaches can be even more effective and more profitable-it will help you achieve complete transformation in your organization through a systematic process for managing change and by using carefully prioritized change management strategies. The framework for change as explained in this book is one where continuous monitoring is facilitated by a relevant and responsive information system workers and managers are empowered and rewarded for innovation and leaders encourage a passion for change. With Macrologistics Management you will learn how to unleash new sources of synergy-ways for various groups involved with the organization to work together-that help promote creativity and motivate an effective and rapid revolution in your workplace! Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077121

Macromolecular Materials This volume deals with some basic considerations of structure and its relation to function. After outlining some basic principles in the first chapter including manufacturing effects structural determination is discussed in detail. This is important since adequate characterization in terms of molecular size is necessary for a proper understanding and suse. The theme of interrelationships between structure and properties is developed in the next chapters. The second part of the volume deals with selected applications in which the development and sue of macromolecultar materials in specific applications is described.The selection of applications includes synthetic and natural polymers and the range of medical areas involved include orthopedics dialysis drug release (macromolecular pharmacology) blood contact and plastic surgery. Since the list could not be completely comprehensive these represent areas of special development or of continuing problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895123

Macroneural Theories in Cognitive Neuroscience In this book William R. Uttal continues his analysis and critique of theories of mind. This book considers theories that are based on macroneural responses (such as those obtained from fMRI) that represent the averaged or cumulative responses of many neurons. The analysis is carried out with special emphasis on the logical and conceptual difficulties in developing a theory but with special attention to some of the current attempts to go from these cumulative responses to explanations of the grand question of how the mind is generated by the brain. While acknowledging the importance of these macroneural techniques in the study of the anatomy and physiology of the brain Uttal concludes that this macroneural approach is not likely to produce a valid neural theory of cognition because the critical information—the states of the individual neurons—involved in brain activity becoming mental activity is actually lost in the process of summation. Controversial topics are considered in detail including discussions of empirical logical and technological barriers to theory building in cognitive neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138887473

Macrophages & Cancer First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the relationship between macrophages and Cancer. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine Oncology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226398

MacropoliticsEssays on the Philosophy and Science of Politics A selection of essays by a pioneer in the application of systems theory to political analysis Macropolitics develops the author's concern with the philosophical foundations of political science and with the extension of philosophical principles into the realm of empirical analysis. For this volume Kaplan has written a long essay on the philosophical foundations of his work which constitutes one of his most important statements. He develops and explains within a philosophical context his contention that values can be treated in an empirically meaningful fashion. Organized to expand or illustrate the major points raised in this introduction the essays that follow deal with such topics as the nature and utility of systems theory empirical treatment of historical explanations the systemic and psychological foundations of values and empirical applications of systems theory in analyzing international political systems. Enlarging the dialogue between conflicting viewpoints Kaplan exposes the common roots of Western scientific thought and Marxist philosophy emphasizing that both status quo and revolutionary philosophies are one-sided. In his new introduction Ira Sharkansky sees this as a truly groundbreaking work: "thanks in considerable part to the contributions of Professor Kaplan international relations theory is a major component of political sciencei?1/2a milestone on our quest for understanding i?1/2 a distinguished part of the ongoing record." When the book first appeared William Welch in the American Political Science Review called it "excellent: his weighing against the evidence of competing hypotheses is truly exemplary i?1/2 thorough careful fair-minded." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527409

Macroporous PolymersProduction Properties and Biotechnological/Biomedical Applications Macroporous polymers are rapidly becoming the material of choice for many tissue engineering bioseparation and bioprocessing applications. However while important information is scattered about in many different publications none to date have drawn this information together in user-friendly format until now. Meeting the need for an accessible organized resource Macroporous Polymers: Production Properties and Biotechnological/Biomedical Applications supplies a systematic presentation of the production characterization and application of these polymers. The text discusses traditional methods of production including phase separation polymerization leaching foaming and double emulsion as well as emerging methods such as cryogelation. The chapters also detail the various applications of macroporous gels for the separation of biomolecules and for the cultivation of mammalian cells in bioreactors and for tissue engineering. The book underscores existing and potential problems while providing a solid background on which to base the evaluation of the scientific and commercial value of new developments. The editors bring together different viewpoints summarize state-of-the-art achievement and cover applications in biotechnology downstream processing and biomedicine. They have collected the latest research and molded it into a cohesive reference closing the gap between macromolecular design and production of these gels/polymers and their possible applications. With the intensity of development in this area likely to increase the foundation provided by this book can help you meet the challenges inherent in the development of new and better materials for new and better applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112247

Macroproject Development In The Third WorldAn Analysis Of Transnational Partnerships This book focuses on the magnitude of effort that has been invested in macroproject development throughout the Third World from 1970 to 1979. It discusses some important aspects of transnational collaboration – the success of which is crucial to mastering the complexity of these projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170080

Macro-Social Marketing InsightsSystems Thinking for Wicked Problems Macro-social marketing is an approach to solving wicked problems. Wicked problems include obesity environmental degradation smoking cessation fast fashion gambling and drug and alcohol abuse. As such wicked problems are those problems that are so complex and multifaceted it is difficult to define the exact problem its contributing factors and paths to a solution. Increasingly governments NGOs and community groups are seeking to solve these types of problems. In doing so the issues with pursuing macro-level change are beginning to emerge. Issues stem from the interconnected nature of stakeholders involved with a wicked problem—where one change may create a negative ripple effect of both intended and unintended consequences. Macro-social marketing then provides a holistic and systemic approach to both studying and solving wicked problems. Within the chapters of this book macro-social marketing approaches to analysing and defining wicked problems to identifying stakeholders and potential ripple effects and to implementing macro-level change are presented. In this emerging area of academia the theories models and approaches outlined in this book are cutting edge and provide a critical approach from top researchers in the area. Both practical and theoretical aspects are presented as well as caveats on such societal and/or country-wide change. A must-have for social marketing academics and those interested in macro-level change at a practical or theoretical level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322080

MacrosociologyFour Modern Theorists Social theorists dwell on the canonical works of Marx Weber and Durkheim but little on the theories of the major contemporary macrotheorists. This book fills this gap with a focus on the work of four modern theorists who have taken on the larger questions spawned by classical social theory. C. Wright Mills Marvin Harris Immanuel Wallerstein and Gerhard Lenski have examined such phenomena and processes as the rise and impact of capitalism; the centralization and enlargement of authority; inequality; and the historical intensification of production and populations. Borrowing what is useful from the classics as well as relying on contemporary practitioners and empirical evidence each theorist adds his own insights and interpretations in constructing a comprehensive perspective of sociocultural stability and change. This book fully synthesizes and documents each perspective using language and examples that resonate with the general reader. A short biography on each theorist is also provided. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633596

MacrostructuresAn Interdisciplinary Study of Global Structures in Discourse Interaction and Cognition Macrostructures are higher-level semantic or conceptual structures that organize the ‘local’ microstructures of discourse interaction and their cognitive processing. They are distinguished from other global structures of a more schematic nature which we call superstructures. Originally published in 1980 the theory of macrostructures outlined in this book is the result of research carried out during the previous 10 years in the domains of literary theory text grammar the general theory of discourse pragmatics and the cognitive psychology of discourse processing. The presentation of the theory is systematic but informal and at this stage was not intended to be fully formalized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112448

Mad SciencePsychiatric Coercion Diagnosis and Drugs *Winner of an honorable mention from theSociety for Social Work and ResearchforOutstanding Social Work Book AwardMad Science argues that the fundamental claims of modern American psychiatry are based on misconceived flawed and distorted science. The authors address multiple paradoxes in American mental health research including the remaking of coercion into scientific psychiatric treatment the adoption of an unscientific diagnostic system that controls the distribution of services and how drug treatments have failed to improve the mental health outcome.When it comes to understanding and treating mental illness distortions of research are not rare misinterpretation of data is not isolated and bogus claims of success are not voiced by isolated researchers seeking aggrandizement. This book's detailed analysis of coercion and community treatment diagnosis and psychopharmacology reveals that these characteristics are endemic institutional and protected in psychiatry. They are not just bad science but mad science.This book provides an engaging and readable scientific and social critique of current mental health practices. The authors are scholars researchers and clinicians who have written extensively about community care diagnosis and psychoactive drugs. This paperback edition makes Mad Science accessible to all specialists in the field as well as to the informed public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855921

Mad Tales from BollywoodPortrayal of Mental Illness in Conventional Hindi Cinema This is the first book to investigate how mental illness is portrayed in Hindi cinema.  It examines attitudes towards mental illness in Indian culture how they are reflected in Hindi films and how culture has influenced the portrayal of the psychoses. Dinesh Bhugra guides the reader through the history of Indian cinema covering developments from the idealism of the 1950s to the stalking jealousy and psychopathy that characterises the films of the 1990s. Critiques of individual films demonstrate the culture’s approach towards mental illness and reflect the impact of culture on films and vice versa. Subjects covered include: Cinema and emotion Attitudes towards mental illness Socio-economic factors and cinema in India Indian personality villainy and history Psychoanalysis in the films of the 60s. Mad Tales from Bollywood will be of interest to psychiatrists mental health professionals students of media and cultural studies and anyone with an interest in Indian culture.      Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138881518

MadagascarConflicts Of Authority In The Great Island This book shows how family affinities and community loyalties at the foundation of Madagascar's culture have influenced Malagasy nationalism and forged islandwide traditions. It explores the complex challenges facing Madagascar's resurgent democratic forces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156060

Madam President Revised EditionWomen Blazing the Leadership Trail First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023540

Madame Bovary (Routledge Revivals) Madame Bovary ranks among the world’s most famous and widely read novels and has inspired numerous critical theories. First published in 1987 this study draws on both twentieth-century and traditional critical views to provide both students and scholars with a fresh analysis of the novel: its narrative techniques social background and underlying structures. By setting the novel in an historical context and exploring the ways in which it offers a hinge between romanticism and realism the book establishes a framework through which the reader can assess questions of narrative strategy of symbolic patterning and most importantly parody and pastiche. Throughout Madame Bovary Rosemary Lloyd argues a series of intertwining voices challenge assumptions about the nature of narrative and the relationship between reader and writer. This reissue will provoke and stimulate debate among students and lecturers in French and English literature for whom Madame Bovary is a key text in the development of the novel. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799356

Made for LifeCoping Competence and Cognition Originally published in 1980 this title considers the relationship between feeling able to cope and being able to learn – that is the interdependence of affect and cognition in children under five. It argues that in order to make full use of his cognitive capacities the child must first develop the belief that he is able to cope and be effective. When the child enters school at the age of five his behaviour will reflect the influence of various important developmental factors. It is only by understanding the nature of the interactions of these influences that one can sympathetically appreciate and if necessary modify the child’s perception of the situation with which he is faced. The argument presented follows the discrete strands of development which form the plait of individual differential perception and draws upon the case of work of clinicians using psychoanalytic concepts experimental investigations of infants and children naturalistic observations and longitudinal studies since it is believed that these contemporary yet distinct approaches draw attention to different aspects of the multifaceted human child. As such the book was both a useful survey of this important complex field of study at the time and is still a stimulating contribution to the debate. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138817180

Made in Australia and Aotearoa/New ZealandStudies in Popular Music Made in Australia and Aotearoa/New Zealand: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of twentieth-century popular music of Australia and Aotearoa/New Zealand. The volume consists of chapters by leading scholars of Australian and Aotearoan/New Zealand music and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Australia and Aotearoa/New Zealand. Each chapter provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Australian or Aotearoan/New Zealand popular music. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in these countries followed by chapters that are organized into thematic sections: Place-Making and Music-Making; Rethinking the Musical Event; Musical Transformations: Decline and Renewal; and Global Sounds Local Identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138195691

Made in BrazilStudies in Popular Music Made in Brazil: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of twentieth-century Brazilian popular music. The volume consists of essays by scholars of Brazilian music and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Brazil. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Brazilian popular music. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in Brazil followed by essays that are organized into thematic sections: Samba and Choro; History Memory and Representations; Scenes and Artists; and Music Market and New Media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213395

Made in EuropeThe Production of Popular Culture in the Twentieth-Century This edited collection studies the production and dissemination of popular music tourism cinema fashion broadcasting programmes advertising and coffee in Western Europe in the twentieth century. Focussing on the supply side of popular culture it addresses a field of study that is neglected in European historiography. Moreover it provides a theoretical and methodological discussion that takes into account the inherent dynamics of content production and the role of cultural intermediaries in the change of cultural repertoires. Taking key developments in the culture industries in the USA as a point of reference the book highlights particularities of cultural production in Europe. It identifies a greater autonomy of creatives stronger influence of critics and a lesser concern with audience research as three characteristics of the production regime in Western Europe. It takes into view the transfer of popular culture across the Atlantic and between European countries and offers new insights into research on the cultural Americanisation of Europe. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Review of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794443

Made in FinlandStudies in Popular Music Made in Finland: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history culture and musicology of twentieth and twenty-first century popular music in Finland. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars in the field and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of popular music in Finland. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book is organized into five thematic sections: Emerging Foundations of Popular Music in Finland; Environments Borderlines Minorities; Transnationalisms; Sounds from the Underground; and Redefining Finnishness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228910

Made in FranceStudies in Popular Music Made in France: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary French popular music. The volume consists of essays by scholars of French popular music and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in France. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in France followed by essays that are organized into thematic sections: The Mutations of French Popular Music During the "Trente Glorieuses"; Politicising Popular Music; Assimilation Appropriation French Specificity; and From Digital Stakes to Cultural Heritage: French Contemporary Topics.Contributors:Christian Béthune Juliette Dalbavie Gérôme Guibert Fabien Hein Olivier Julien Marc Kaiser Barbara Lebrun David Looseley Stéphanie Molinero Anne Petiau Cécile Prévost-Thomas Vincent Rouzé Catherine Rudent Matthieu Saladin Jedediah Sklower Raphaël Suire Florence Tamagne Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869779

Made in GermanyStudies in Popular Music Made in Germany: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary German popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of German music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Germany and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in Germany followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Historical Spotlights; Globally German; Also "Made in Germany"; Explicitly German; and Reluctantly German. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391784

Made in GreeceStudies in Popular Music Made in Greece: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Greek popular music. Each essay covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Greece first presenting a general description of the history and background of popular music in Greece followed by essays written by leading scholars of Greek music that are organized into thematic sections: Hugely Popular Art-song Trajectories Greekness beyond Greekness Counter Stories and Present Musical Pasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489523

Made in Hong KongStudies in Popular Music Made in Hong Kong: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of twentieth- and twenty-first century popular music in Hong Kong. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars in the field and it covers the major figures styles and social contexts of popular music in Hong Kong. Each essay provides adequate context to allow readers to understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book is organized into four thematic sections: Cantopop History and Legacy; Genres Format and Identity; Significant Artists; and Contemporary Cantopop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226985

Made in HungaryStudies in Popular Music Emília Barna is Assistant Professor at the Budapest University of Technology and Economics. She is a founding member and Chair of IASPM Hungary editor of Zenei Hálózatok Folyóirat (Music Networks Journal) and Advisory Board Member of IASPM@Journal.Tamás Tófalvy is Assistant Professor at the Budapest University of Technology and Economics. He was the founding Chair and is the current Vice-Chair of IASPM Hungary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873301

Made in IrelandStudies in Popular Music Made in Ireland: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of 20th- and 21st-century Irish popular music. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars in the field and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of popular music in Ireland. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Irish popular music. The book is organized into three thematic sections: Music Industries and Historiographies Roots and Routes and Scenes and Networks. The volume also includes a coda by Gerry Smyth one of the most published authors on Irish popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336032

Made in ItalyStudies in Popular Music Made in Italy serves as a comprehensive and rigorous introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Italian popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of Italian music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Italy and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Italian popular music. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Themes; Singer-Songwriters; and Stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213425

Made in Japan This volume concentrates on the effect of Japanese trade competition on the UK and Europe it also provides an illuminating picture of political social and military conditions in Japan in the early twentieth century.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849340

Made in Japan and Other Japanese Business Novels The term "business novel" is a translation of the Japanese word kezai shosetsu which may be translated literally as * 'economy novel.'' Critic Makoto Sataka first used the word "business" in place of "economy" in his monograph How to Read Business Novels (1980).l Business novels are "popular novels" (taishu bungaku) widely read by Japanese businessmen their wives students and other professionals.. Business novels were recognized as a * 'field'' or a literary sub-genre in the late 1950s. It was Saburo Shiroyama's Export (Yushutsu) (1957) if not his Kinjo the Corporate Bouncer (Sokaiya Kinjo) (1959) which marshalled their enormous popularity. The seven short works in this collection represent prototypes of the business novel. Their distinctive features are that business activities motivate plot developments although psycho-socio-cultural elements are tightly interwoven. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315288970

Made in JapanStudies in Popular Music Made in Japan serves as a comprehensive and rigorous introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Japanese popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of Japanese music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Japan and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Putting Japanese Popular Music in Perspective; Rockin’ Japan; and Japanese Popular Music and Visual Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138961500

Made in KoreaChung Ju Yung and the Rise of Hyundai American business folklore is awash with the adventures of successful entrepreneurs. Still most of these stories are about Americans neglecting important and courageous entrepreneurs from other countries. Made in Korea recounts the story of how Chung Ju Yung rose from poverty to build one of the world's largest and most successful building empires - Hyundai - through a combination of creative thinking tenacity timing political skills and a business strategy that few competitors ever understood. Chung entered the shipbuilding business with no experience and went on to create the world's largest shipyard. He began making automobiles when foreign experts unanimously predicted he would fail and he started a global construction company that has built some of today's greatest architectural wonders. He even convinced the International Olympic Committee to select South Korea over Japan as the site for the highly successful 1988 Olympics. Unlike most CEO's of major firms Chung has always preferred the company of his workers to that of the global executive elite. Hard work creativity and a capacity to never give up - this is the essence of Chung's life. In each of his ventures he exhibited a sheer determination to succeed regardless of the obstacles and he worked tirelessly to instil this drive in all of his employees. Even today in the midst of Korea's worst economic crisis in over four decades Chung's company is busy implementing plans to emerge as an even stronger contender in the world economy. Illustrated with 32 pages of colour photographs not previously seen in the West including photos of Chung's recent historic visit to North Korea in 1998 Made in Korea takes stock of Chung's entire life highlighting both his contributions to society and the lessons his work can teach to aspiring entrepreneurs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949481

Made in KoreaStudies in Popular Music Made in Korea: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Korean popular music. Each essay covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Korea first presenting a general description of the history and background of popular music in Korea followed by essays written by leading scholars of Korean music that are organized into thematic sections: History Institution Ideology; Genres and Styles; Artists; and Issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328310

Made in Latin AmericaStudies in Popular Music Made in Latin America serves as a comprehensive introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Latin American popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of Latin American music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of popular music in Latin America and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Theoretical Issues; Transnational Scenes; Local and National Scenes; Class Identity and Politics; and Gendered Scenes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328273

Made in PolandStudies in Popular Music Made in Poland: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Polish popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of Polish music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Poland and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in Poland followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Popular Music in the People’s Republic of Poland; Documenting Change and Continuity in Music Scenes and Institutions; and Music Identity and Critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360131

Made in SpainStudies in Popular Music Made in Spain: Studies in Popular Music will serve as a comprehensive and rigorous introduction to the history sociology and musicology of 20th century Spanish popular music. The volume will consist of 16 essays by leading scholars of Spanish music and will cover the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Spain. Although all the contributors are Spanish the essays will be expressly written for an international English-speaking audience. No knowledge of Spanish music or culture will be assumed. Each section will feature a brief introduction by the volume editors while each essay will provide adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Spanish popular music. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music followed by essays organized into thematic sections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415506410

Made in SwedenStudies in Popular Music Made in Sweden: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and rigorous introduction to the history sociology and musicology of twentieth-century Swedish popular music. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars of Swedish popular music and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Swedish.  Although the vast majority of the contributors are Swedish the essays are expressly written for an international English-speaking audience. No knowledge of Swedish music or culture will be assumed. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Swedish popular music; each section features a brief introduction by the volume editors. The book presents a general description of the history and background of Swedish popular music followed by essays that are organized into thematic sections: The Historical Development of the Swedish Popular-Music Mainstream; The Swedishness of Swedish Popular-Music Genres; Professionalization and Diversification; and Swedish Artist Personas.Contributors:Jonas BjälesjöAlf BjörnbergThomas BossiusPeter DahlénOlle EdströmKarin L. ErikssonRasmus FleischerSverker Hyltén-CavalliusLars LilliestamUlf LindbergMorten MichelsenSusanna NordströmMarita RhedinHenrik Smith-SivertsenAnn WernerKajsa Widegren Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874209

Made in TaiwanStudies in Popular Music Made in Taiwan: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive introduction to the history sociology and musicology of contemporary Taiwanese popular music. Each essay written by a leading scholar of Taiwanese music covers the major figures styles and social contexts of pop music in Taiwan and provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in Taiwan followed by essays organized into thematic sections: Trajectories Identities Issues and Interactions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360179

Made in the Low CountriesStudies in Popular Music Made in the Low Countries: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of twentieth and twenty-first century popular music of the Dutch-speaking region comprising the Netherlands and Flanders as a region of federal Belgium. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars and publicists in this field and covers the major issues genres and contexts of popular music. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the issue or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to this transnational region. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music made in the region followed by essays that are organized into four thematic sections: I: Framing and Facilitating; II: Creation and Curation; III: Close Encounters; IV: Changes and Choices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367873554

Made in the Philippines The Philippines is the world's largest exporter of temporary contract labor with a huge 800 000 workers a year being deployed on either six month or two year contracts. This labor migration is highly regulated by the government private and non-governmental/non-private organizations. Tyner argues that migrants are socially constructed or 'made' by these parties and that migrants in turn become political resources. Employing a post-structural feminist perspective Tyner questions the very ontology of migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863814

Made in TurkeyStudies in Popular Music Made in Turkey: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of Turkish popular music. The volume consists of essays by leading scholars of Turkish music and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of popular music in Turkey. Each essay provides adequate context so readers understand why the figure or genre under discussion is of lasting significance to Turkish popular music. The book first presents a general description of the history and background of popular music in Turkey followed by essays that are organized into thematic sections: Histories Politics Ethnicities and Genres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870058

Made in YugoslaviaStudies in Popular Music Made in Yugoslavia: Studies in Popular Music serves as a comprehensive and thorough introduction to the history sociology and musicology of popular music in Yugoslavia and the post-Yugoslav region across the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The book consists of chapters by leading scholars and covers the major figures styles and social contexts of music in the region that for most of the past century was known as Yugoslavia. Exploring the role played by music in Yugoslav art culture social movements and discourses of statehood this book offers a gateway into scholarly explanation of a key region in Eastern Europe. An introduction provides an overview and background on popular music in Yugoslavia followed by chapters in four thematic sections: Zabavna-Pop; Rock Punk and New Wave; Narodna (Folk) and Neofolk Music; and the Politics of Popular Music Under Socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489530

Made Only in IndiaGoods with Geographical Indications What makes Darjeeling tea Pashmina shawl Monsooned Malabar Arabica coffee and Chanderi saree special? Why is it that some goods derive their uniqueness through their inherent linkage to a place? In a pioneering study this book explores this intriguing question in the Indian context across 199 registered goods with geographical indications linked with their place of origin. It argues that the origin of these goods is attributed to a distinctive ecology that brews in a particular place. The attributes of their origin further endorse their unique geographical indications through legal channels. Drawing from a variety of disciplines including geography history sociology handicrafts paintings and textiles the author also examines the Geographical Indications Act of 1999 and shows how it has created a scope to identify register and protect those goods be they natural agricultural or manufactured. The work presents a new perspective on the indigenous diversities and offers an original understanding of the geography and history of India. Lucid and accessible with several illustrative maps this book will be useful to scholars and researchers in the social sciences environmental studies development studies law trade and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815395935

Made To WorkMobilising Contemporary Worklives Made to Work analyses the conditions of mobile knowledge work (MKW) in contemporary worklives contrasting and drawing parallels among three highly significant sectors of the Knowledge Economy: academia information communication technology (ICT) management and digital creative work. It introduces the concept of ‘corollary work’ to characterise the elusive work underpinning the configuration of workers informational technological relational and infrastructural resources in (re)producing liveable worklives. It ultimately illuminates the myriad strands of corollary work that enable MKW to take place and contributes to emergent debates on how exploitation at least in the domain of MKW can be named resisted and creatively subverted. In so doing it opens up a conversation about the complex ways in which contemporary worklives are ‘made to work’ and about potential interventions to bring about more just worklife conditions in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109325

Made-to-Measure Problem-Solving Do you solve problems in the style of a coyote competitor or eagle? Recognising the way you approach and deal with problems at work will enable you to identify the most suitable technique to use on a daily basis. Victor Newman‘s practical book strikes at the heart of fundamental challenges faced by all managers. It looks beyond the conventional techniques of problem-solving to the underlying process identifies eight stages and explains how to recognise which technique is appropriate to which stage. On this basis managers can generate solutions at both the personal and the organisational level. A unique feature of the book is a Problem Solving Styles Profile that enables each reader to apply the material in the text to improve their own problem-solving capability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455504

Made-to-Order LeanExcelling in a High-Mix Low-Volume Environment Toyota Production System methods have rendered remarkable results in high-volume manufacturing plants but they have not been fully understood and correctly applied in high-mix low-volume environments. While lean principles do apply the implementation methods and tools must be adapted and alternate methods embraced in a low-volume environment. This volume is specifically geared for manufacturers that have hundreds to thousands of active part numbers with few or no ongoing forecasted volumes and for job shops that build only to order. The primary focus is eliminating non-value-added activities and instituting improvements on the most repetitive jobs a strategy that gives you more time to produce your low-volume work or one-offs. About the author: Greg Lane is a faculty member of the Lean Enterprise Institute and an advisor to the Instituto de Lean Management in Spain. During his time with Toyota he was one of a handful of candidates selected for a one-year training program conducted by the company's masters. He became certified as a Toyota Production System (TPS) Key Person and continued his work with Toyota training others in TPS. He has been highly active in working on implementing lean around the world supporting large and small companies alike. In 1998 he began to focus his lean endeavors on meeting the specific needs of high-mix low-volume enterprises. During his time as an independent consultant Greg purchased and operated his own manufacturing company which specialized in fast turnaround on high-mix low-volume parts. Greg used TPS to grow the business and nearly double its sales. Greg and his associates have experience not only at adapting the methods contained in this book but also in applying other tools that are too numerous to detail here. They can be reached for further support with your lean transformation via email: glane@lowvolumelean.com Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138471030

Madness Architecture and the Built EnvironmentPsychiatric Spaces in Historical Context This is the first volume of papers devoted to an examination of the relationship between mental health/illness and the construction and experience of space. This historical analysis with contributions from leading experts will enlighten and intrigue in equal measure. The first rigorous scholarly analysis of its kind in book form it will be of particular interest to the history psychiatry and architecture communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511629

Madness Art and SocietyBeyond Illness How is madness experienced treated and represented? How might art think around – and beyond – psychiatric definitions of illness and wellbeing? Madness Art and Society engages with artistic practices from theatre and live art to graphic fiction charting a multiplicity of ways of thinking critically with rather than about non-normative psychological experience. It is organised into two parts: ‘Structures: psychiatrists institutions treatments’ illuminates the environments figures and primary models of psychiatric care reconsidering their history and contemporary manifestations through case studies including David Edgar’s Mary Barnes and Milos Forman’s One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest. ‘Experiences: realities bodies moods’ promblematises diagnostic categories and proposes more radically open models of thinking in relation to experiences of madness touching upon works such as Richard Kelly’s Donnie Darko and Duncan Macmillan’s People Places and Things. Reading its case studies as a counter-discourse to orthodox psychiatry Madness Art and Society seeks a more nuanced understanding of the plurality of madness in society and in so doing offers an outstanding resource for students and scholars alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138784284

Madness Disability and Social ExclusionThe Archaeology and Anthropology of 'Difference' A unique work that brings together a number of specialist disciplines such as archaeology anthropology disability studies and psychiatry to create a new perspective on social and physical exclusion from society. A range of evidence throws light on such things as the causes and consequences of social exclusion stigma marginality and dangerousness.It is an important text that breaks down traditional academic disciplinary boundaries and brings a much needed comparative approach to the subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812151

Madness Medicine and Miracle in Twelfth-Century England This book explores how madness was defined and diagnosed as a condition of the mind in the Middle Ages and what effects it was thought to have on the bodies minds and souls of sufferers. Madness is examined through narratives of miraculous punishment and healing that were recorded at the shrines of saints. This study focuses on the twelfth century which has been identified as a ‘Medieval Renaissance’: a time of cultural and intellectual change that saw among other things the circulation of new medical treatises that brought with them a wealth of new ideas about illness and health. With the expanding authority of the Roman Church and the tightening of papal control over canonisation procedures in this period historians have claimed that there was a ‘rationalisation’ of the miraculous. In miracle records illnesses were explained using newly-accessible humoral theories rather than attributed to divine and demonic forces as they had been previously. The first book-length study of madness in medieval religion and medicine to be published since 1992 this book challenges these claims and reveals something of the limitations of the so-called ‘medicalisation’ of the miraculous. Throughout the twelfth century demons continue to lurk in miracle records relating to one condition in particular: madness. Five case studies of miracle collections compiled between 1070 and 1220 reveal that hagiographical representations of madness were heavily influenced by the individual circumstances of their recording and yet were shaped as much by hagiographical patterns that had been developing throughout the twelfth century as they were by new medical and theological standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661977

Madness and Crime This book provides an authoritative and highly readable review of the relationship between madness and crime by one of the leading authorities in the field. The book is divided into four parts each essay focusing on selected features of madness which have relevance to contemporary society. Part 1 is about madness itself exploring three main models âˆ’ cognitive statistical and emotional. Part 2 is a short discussion on madness genius and creativity. Part 3 is about the much neglected area of compulsion an issue that has largely disappeared from public debate. The mad may have moved from victim to violator yet fundamental questions remain − in particular how to justify compulsory detention and who should undertake the process? The answers to these questions have sociological ethical and jurisprudential elements and cannot just re resolved by reference to medical authorities. Part 4 is about the links between madness and crime − focusing less on the question and nature of criminal responsibility and the various defences that go with this more on the links between madness and crime and which particular crimes are linked with which types of disorder. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138012165

Madness and Crime Madness raises intriguing—and complex—criminological questions not least the famous trio of ‘triability responsibility and punishability’. Furthermore law-enforcement agencies frequently face a choice between invoking the criminal law or using mental-health remedies. And if and when sentences are passed not all mentally disordered offenders receive treatment. That prompts a number of additional questions such as: how effective are institutions to which these offenders are sent? And: do mentally disordered offenders differ qualitatively from the criminal population as a whole? As serious research on and around madness and crime continues to flourish this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Criminology series addresses these and other questions. Indeed Madness and Crime provides an authoritative and highly readable anthology of major works compiled by one of the leading authorities in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962002

Madness and Reason Originally published in 1985 this book provides a philosophical analysis of the concepts of madness and moral responsibility. It challenges the view that because they are victims of mental illness the insane should not be blamed for actions resulting from their condition. The author urges a return to the neglected equation between madness and a want of reason arguing that the impulse to excuse the criminally insane must be grounded in an appeal to their irrationality and unreasonableness. Through meticulous examination of the psychological states and behaviour patterns of major mental abnormalities such as schizophrenia and depression the author develops a notion of exculpating unreason. This is an interdisciplinary book which encompasses analytical philosophy abnormal psychology and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500009

Madness and SubjectivityA Cross-Cultural Examination of Psychosis in the West and India This crucial new work draws on empirical findings from rural North India in relation to madness and subjectivity revealing the different structures of subjectivity underlying the narratives of schizophrenia spirits ghosts and deities. Unravelling the loose ends of madness the author explores the cultural differences in understanding and experiencing madness to examine how modern insanity is treated as a clinical disorder but historically it represents how we form knowledge and understand self-knowledge. The author begins by theoretically investigating how the schizophrenic personifies the fractures in modern Western thought to explain why despite decades of intense contention the category of schizophrenia is still alive. She then examines the narratives of people in the Himalayan Mountains of rural India to reveal the discursive conditions that animate their stories around what psychology calls psychosis critiquing the monoculturalism in trauma theory and challenging the ongoing march of the Global Mental Health Movement in the Global South. Examining what a study of madness reveals about two different cultures and their ways of thinking and being this is fascinating reading for students interested in mental health critical psychology and Indian culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195717

Madness and the Social LinkThe Jean-Max Gaudillière Seminars 1985 – 2000 This book provides a psychoanalytic reading of works of literature enhancing the illuminating effect of both fields. The first of two volumes Madness and the Social Link: The Jean-Max Gaudilliere Seminars 1985-2000 contains seven of the "Madness and the Social Link" seminars given by psychoanalyst Jean-Max Gaudillière at the École des hautes études en sciences sociales (EHESS) in Paris between 1985 and 2000 transcribed by Françoise Davoine from her notes. Each year the seminar was dedicated to an author who explored madness in his depiction of the catastrophes of history. Surprising the reader at every turn the seminars speak of the close intertwining of personal lives and catastrophic historical events and of the possibility of repairing injury to the psyche the mind and the body in their wake. These volumes expose the usefulness of literature as a tool for healing for all those working in therapeutic fields and will allow lovers of literature to discover a way of reading that gives access to more subtle perspectives and unsuspected interrelations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367523299

Madness as MethodologyBringing Concepts to Life in Contemporary Theorising and Inquiry Madness as Methodology begins with the following quotation from Deleuze and Guattari ‘Madness need not be all breakdown. It may also be breakthrough.’ This quotation firmly expresses the book’s intention to provide readers with radical and innovative approaches to methodology and research in the arts humanities and education practices. It conceptualises madness not as a condition of an individual or particular being but rather as a process that does things differently in terms of creativity and world making. Through a posthuman theorising as practice the book emphasises forms of becoming and differentiation that sees all bodies human and nonhuman as acting in constant fluid relational play. The book offers a means of breaking through and challenging the constraints and limitations of Positivist approaches to established research practice. Therefore experimentation concept making as event and a going off the rails are offered as necessary means of inquiry into worlds that are considered to be always not yet known. Rather than using a linear chapter structure the book is constructed around Deleuze and Guattari’s use of an assemblage of plateaus providing the reader with a freedom of movement via multiple entry and exit points to the text. These plateaus are processually interconnected providing a focal emphasis upon topics apposite to this madness as methodology. Therefore as well as offering a challenge to the constraining rigours of conventional research practices these plateaus engage with topics to do with posthuman thinking relationality affect theory collaboration subjectivity friendship performance and the use of writing as a method of inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066021

Madness in Cold War America This book tells the story of how madness came to play a prominent part in America’s political and cultural debates. It argues that metaphors of madness rise to unprecedented popularity amidst the domestic struggles of the early Cold War and become a pre-eminent way of understanding the relationship between politics and culture in the United States. In linking the individual psyche to society psychopathology contributes to issues central to post-World War II society: a dramatic extension of state power the fate of the individual in bureaucratic society the political function of emotions and the limits to admissible dissent. Such vocabulary may accuse opponents of being crazy. Yet at stake is a fundamental error of judgment for which madness provides welcome metaphors across US diplomacy and psychiatry social movements and criticism literature and film. In the process major parties and whole historical eras literary movements and social groups are declared insane. Reacting against violence at home and war abroad countercultural authors oppose a sane madness to irrational reason—romanticizing the wisdom of the schizophrenic and paranoia’s superior insight. As the Sixties give way to a plurality of lifestyles an alternative vision arrives: of a madness now become so widespread and ordinary that it may finally escape pathology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367264000

Madness in International RelationsPsychology Security and the Global Governance of Mental Health Madness in International Relations provides an important and innovative account of the role of psychology and psychiatry in global politics showing how mental health governance has become a means of securing various populations often with questionable effects. Through the analysis of three key case studies Howell illustrates how such therapeutic interventions can at times be coercive and sovereign at other times disciplinary and at still other times benevolent though not benign. In each case a ‘diagnostic competition’ is traced that is a contestation over how best to diagnose and treat the population in question. The book examines the populations of Guantánamo Bay post-conflict societies and western militaries identifying how these diagnostic competitions ultimately rest on shared assumptions about the value of psychology and psychiatry in managing global security about the value of achieving security through mental health governance and ultimately about the medicalization of security. This work will be of great interest to all scholars of International relations critical theory and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415870818

Madness or Knowing the Unbearable TruthA Psychoanalytic Journey in Search of Sanity The Impossible Choice offers readers a narrative of the relationship between a therapist and her patient who desperately wants to discover her past. With no memory and no way of knowing what was real her long therapeutic journey was to last 26 years half her lifetime. Her only reality was the life she lived in the presence of her therapist. The narrative unfolds to reveal a story of horrific events that must be hidden yet can no longer be kept secret. It sheds light on how chronic long-term traumatisation within a closed family circle can create madness in a vulnerable and lonely child and helps reader gain an understanding of the enigmatic phenomena of Dissociated Identity Disorder. Having been terrorized into silence destroying her ability to use language in a house of secrets and lies the therapy reveals how this patient struggles to come out of her autistic-like state in search of ways to find her past her ‘self’ and her voice. In this struggle the reader becomes an audience exposed to the birth of dissociative personae who come forth to tell her story. As language slowly unfolds she begins to share a first-hand account albeit in written form of the most complex psychological forces involved in a victim of incest who simultaneously loves hates and is terrorized by her lover-father. Through live vignettes it demonstrates how external violence can create inner violence that threatens to annihilate the soul leaving only a body to survive. The book provides an original contribution to our understanding of the complex psychological forces involved in incest featuring the patient’s own coherent written texts mediated by her therapist. The former’s remarkable insights represent essential reading for all readers involved in policy development for the protection of children at high risk of suffering abuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327290

MadnessA History Madness: A History is a thorough and accessible account of madness from antiquity to modern times offering a large-scale yet nuanced picture of mental illness and its varieties in western civilization. The book opens by considering perceptions and experiences of madness starting in Biblical times Ancient history and Hippocratic medicine to the Age of Enlightenment before moving on to developments from the late 18th century to the late 20th century and the Cold War era. Petteri Pietikäinen looks at issues such as 18th century asylums the rise of psychiatry the history of diagnoses the experiences of mental health patients the emergence of neuroses the impact of eugenics the development of different treatments and the late 20th century emergence of anti-psychiatry and the modern malaise of the worried well. The book examines the history of madness at the different levels of micro- meso- and macro: the social and cultural forces shaping the medical and lay perspectives on madness the invention and development of diagnoses as well as the theories and treatment methods by physicians and the patient experiences inside and outside of the mental institution. Drawing extensively from primary records written by psychiatrists and accounts by mental health patients themselves it also gives readers a thorough grounding in the secondary literature addressing the history of madness. An essential read for all students of the history of mental illness medicine and society more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713184

MadnessHistory Concepts and Controversies Madness: History Concepts and Controversies provides a comprehensive and critical analysis of current perspectives on mental illness and how they have been shaped by historical trends and dominant sociocultural paradigms. From its representation among world religions and wider folkloric myth to early attempts to rationalize and treat symptoms of mental disorder this book outlines the principle contemporary models of understanding mental health and situates them within a wider historical and social context. The authors consider a variety of current controversies within the mental health arena and provide numerous pedagogical features to allow students the opportunity to understand and engage in current issues and debates relating to psychological disorders. By discussing key issues such as the social construction of mental illness this text provides an essential overview of how societies and science has understood mental illness and will appeal to students researchers and general readers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786607

MadnessIdeas About Insanity This book is an introduction to the uncertainties and incongruities about madness. It is aimed at all of those who are curious about this subject whether out of general inquisitiveness or because it is part of a formal course of study. Using case studies of real people in order to explain humanise and bring to life the subject Peter Morrall critically analyses how madness has been and is understood or perhaps misunderstood. By contrasting past and present people who have been perceived as mad and/or perceive themselves as mad Morrall presents core ideas about madness and critiques their would-be robustness in explaining the specific madness of the person in question as well as their general relevance to madness overall. Unlike many of its contemporaries the book does not adhere to a perspective but rather remains skeptical about the ideas of all who profess to understandmadness whether these emanate from sociology psychology psychotherapy anthropology ‘anti’ psychiatry or the biological sciences of contemporary‘scientific-psychiatry’. This book will inform and stimulate the thinking of the reader and challenge those with preconceived ideas about madness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905528

Madonna's Drowned WorldsNew Approaches to her Cultural Transformations 1983-2003 Madonna is perhaps one of the most consistently transgressive and self-transforming artists of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The recent release of two critically acclaimed and best-selling albums and a sold-out world tour have renewed media and academic interest in the artist. Madonna presents a set of strikingly new challenges to cultural analysis and new developments in Gender Queer and Ethnic studies have shed more light on her entire oeuvre. Whilst the contributors do refer to classic cultural theorists such as Baudrillard Zizek Foucault and Barthes new theoretical approaches to Madonna's work feature prominently. In view of this the present volume offers new perspectives on Madonna's work to date addressing her configurations of race gender and sex(uality) and with special emphasis on her resurrection after the Sex backlash in the early 1990s. The collection focuses on new Madonna-related topics such as Hinduism Judaism Japanese culture All-American culture Queer culture Motherhood and her influence on newer 'girl acts' such as the Spice Girls and Britney Spears. The book explores the themes of gender sexuality ethnicity and celebrity consumption through the lens of Madonna's songs videos and shows. An international array of scholars portrays Madonna's popularisation of the notion that identity is not fixed and can be continuously rearranged and revamped. The book should have wide appeal for all those concerned with gender studies cultural studies ethnic studies lesbian and gay musicology as well as popular music studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091587

Madrid 1937Letters of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade From the Spanish Civil War First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866736

Maecenas While much has been written of the importance of Agrippa in Augustus’ rise to power as the first emperor of Rome Maecenas remains a shadowy figure despite being a vital part in the success of Augustus. After the assassination of Julius Caesar Maecenas was a vital negotiator between Octavian and Mark Antony in the years leading up to the battle of Actium and a wise political advisor to Augustus during the early years of the new regime. This is the first biography of Maecenas in English and gives due credit to the stature of Maecenas both as a confidant of the emperor and as patron of the poets Virgil Horace and Propertius. The book devotes a chapter to each poet’s relationship with Maecenas and the Augustan regime: the chapter on Virgil while considering his relationship to Maecenas and Augustus argues that the origins of his choice of Aeneas may lie in Etruria rather than elsewhere while the chapter on Horace assesses one of the closest documented relationships of Roman history. The chapter on Propertius wrestles with the disparate views of scholars on the question of his relationship with the Augustan regime and argues that at heart he remains an Umbrian/Etruscan rather than a Roman. A crucial feature of the book is the provision of 161 texts from ancient Roman and Greek authors which mention Maecenas. Based on sustainable evidence this study of the importance of Maecenas takes scholarship in new and important directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137472

Mafia ViolencePolitical Symbolic and Economic Forms of Violence in Camorra Clans Using in-depth field research and analysis of case studies Mafia Violence: Political Symbolic and Economic Forms of Violence in Camorra Clans focuses attention on the phenomenon of violence performed by Italian organised crime groups devoting specific attention to the Camorra which has been responsible since the mid-1980s for almost half of all mafia homicides documented in Italy. The Camorra has acquired increased visibility at an international level due to its intense use of violence and high level of dangerousness but until now the study of the different forms of violence implemented by mafias has not received systematic attention at the scientific level. Hence this book fills this gap by providing a both theoretical and empirical contribution toward the analysis of one of the most unknown – although highly visible and dangerous – dimension of mafias’ action. This collection of work by distinguished scholars provides a unique overview of the multifaceted characteristics of violence currently performed by mafia groups in Italy by focusing on specific actors – i.e. Camorra clans – but also other traditional mafia organisations such as Cosa Nostra and ’Ndrangheta; specific contexts – i.e. different territories and different markets both legal and illegal; and specific practices and performances. Part I takes a diachronic and comparative perspective to provide an overview of mafias’ violence during the past 30 years focusing on the three most prominent criminal organisations active in Italy: Camorra Cosa Nostra and ’Ndrangheta. Based on the outcomes of a major project carried out by a research group at the University of Naples Federico II from 2015 to 2017 Part II looks at the use of violence by Camorra clans incorporating information from case studies judicial files law enforcement investigations wiretappings interviews with privileged observers firsthand empirical data and historical documents and social sciences literature. Using a multi-disciplinary approach drawing from criminology sociology history anthropology economics political science and geography this book is essential reading for international researchers and practitioners interested in piecing together the full picture of modern organised crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367528126

Mafia-type Organisations and Extortion in ItalyThe Camorra in Campania Mafia-type organizations generate several distorting effects on the economy. In Italy their presence is endemic and not only in Southern regions such as Sicily Campania or Calabria. Such organizations endure the fierce and continuous pressure exerted by Italian anti-mafia policy maybe the most articulate and effective such policy in the world. Nevertheless they have survived by submerging transforming and relocating their operations. The analysis of the different Mafias of today benefits from a huge amount of empirical data produced by investigators. This allows us to outline more reliable indexes of the penetration of Mafiosi in given territories as well as to estimate the size of their activities in a transparent and empirically testable way. The contributions gathered in this book stem from the application of an innovative methodology originally introduced by the Fondazione Rocco Chinnici and they enlarge our understanding of such a complex and dynamic phenomenon. After the presentation of the approach the chapters are devoted to the Camorra's present situation to an estimate of the size of extortion to a comparison between Cosa Nostra and Camorra to the analysis of wiretapped conversations and finally to the delocalization of Mafias and the perspectives of a European anti-mafia policy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Global Crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109332

Mafioso Big Business and the Financial CrisisThe State-business Relations in South Korea and Japan First published in 1999 this book explores the question of is the business organisation a result of efficiency or is it a result of a state-business organisation a result of a state-business interaction? This question being in the context of the Korean chaebol system and the Japanese Keiretsu system; this book explores the political and economic growth and then the following down fall of these systems occurred without rupturing either country’s state policy regarding the chaebol or the keiretsu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324992

Magazine EditingIn Print and Online Including comprehensive coverage on both print and online consumer and free magazines Magazine Editing looks at how magazines work and explains the dual role of the magazine editor. John Morrish and Paul Bradshaw consider the editor both as a journalist having to provide information and entertainment for readers and as a manager expected to lead and supervise successfully the development of a magazine or periodical. Looking at the current state of the magazine market in the twenty-first century the third edition explains how this has developed and changed in recent years with specific attention paid to the explosion of apps e-zines online communities and magazine websites. Featuring case studies interviews with successful editors examples of covers and spreads and useful tables and graphs this book discusses the editor’s many roles and details the skills needed to run a publication. Magazine Editing offers practical guidance on: how to create an editorial strategy how to lead and manage an editorial team researching a market and finding new readers dealing with budgets and finance working with designers and production staff legal technological and ethical dilemmas online distribution social media and search engine optimisation managing information overload how to become an editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415608350

Magazine Photo Collage: A Multicultural Assessment And Treatment Technique First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871724

Magazine Production Magazine Production presents a guide to the practical processes of taking a magazine from initial idea to final product. This second edition provides important revisions on these production processes by examining the technological and business advancements which have reshaped the magazine industry in the last decade. Brand new chapters document the rise of digital media and identify its impact on magazine creation. They also include new guidance on designing online tablet and mobile editions as well as for print. Magazine Production explains the business of magazines in the UK Europe and North America and the roles of marketing publishing and advertising in establishing a successful title. This edition also addresses the move by publishers towards e-commerce multimedia content and events to promote their brands and sell products. With information on professional bodies such as the Professional Publishers Association an expert overview of magazine markets and a breakdown of roles within editorial and design departments this book offers readers practical steps to achieving success in magazine publishing today. Magazine Production includes: • an introduction to the history markets and audiences of magazines • explanations of the roles of publishers and advertising teams as part of the business of magazines • a comparison between print and new systems of digital circulation with particular focus on mobile platforms; • guidance on setting up editorial teams and best practice for producing feature news and review copy • information on designing and laying out a title for print or digital distribution • legal and ethical issues affecting magazine editors and publishers • a consideration of the future of magazines.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122154

Magazine Writing What does it take to launch a career writing for magazines? In this comprehensive up-to-date introduction to magazine writing students will learn everything from the initial story pitch all the way through to the final production taking with them the essential tools and skills they will need for today’s rapidly changing media landscape. Written by a team of experienced writers and editors Magazine Writing teaches the time-tested rules for good writing alongside the modern tools for digital storytelling.  From service pieces to profiles entertainment stories and travel articles it provides expert guidance on topics such as: developing saleable ideas; appealing to specific segments of the market; navigating a successful pitch; writing and editing content for a variety of areas including service profiles entertainment travel human interest and enterprise Chock full of examples of published works conversations with successful magazine contributors and bloggers and interviews with working editors Magazine Writing gives students all the practical and necessary insights they need to jumpstart a successful magazine writing career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892773

MagazinesA Guide to Critical Practice From Horse and Hound to Vogue; covering subjects as diverse as charities cheese-making and Cheshire; magazines cover everything and there is a a magazine aimed at everyone. Designed to enthuse inspire and assist this textbook covers the business of magazine publishing from inital idea to product launch and offers practical guidelines on working within the magazine industry. Written by an experienced editor with contributions from professional journalists this text and its companion websites give you all the knowledge you need to understand and create successful magazines. Topic covered include: a brief history of magazine publishing planning the publication job roles within the industry feature writing design and layout blogs e-zines and websites publicity advertising circulation law and ethics Essential reading for anyone studying magazine journalism or publishing or wanting to work within this exciting field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415557252

Magda B. Arnold's Contributions to Emotion Research and TheoryA Special Issue of Cognition and Emotion Magda B. Arnold (1903-2002) is a pioneering figure of 20th Century emotions research whose pathbreaking and comprehensive theory of emotion is an ambitious fusion of research in cognition motivation neuroscience and personality. Contributors' reviews and critiques of Arnold's work offer a panorama of 20th Century emotion science revealing where progress has been made particularly in understanding appraisal processes and highlighting issues that emotions researchers continue to grapple with especially questions concerning emotion and value optimal human functioning and the complexity of affective and motivational pathways in the brain. Initially drawn to study emotion in the early 1940s because of her interest in personality psychology Magda Arnold became a leader in the revival of the psychology of emotion long neglected while behaviourism was the prevailing paradigm.  Arnold's life story is no less complex and inspiring than her multifaceted view of human emotion.  She was a woman in a field substantially dominated by men a devout Roman Catholic at a time when the scientific objectivity of Catholic scholars was questioned and an immigrant first to Canada and then the U.S. whose early life had provided her with no advantages and little opportunity. Contributors provide insight into the intellectual forebears and theoretical scope of Arnold's emotion theory and apply her insights to illuminate pressing questions that face contemporary researchers of emotion motivation and affective neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138873223

Magic Culture and the New Economy What happens when economies 'heat up'? This book looks at the 1990s years of intense economic experimentation when buzz words such as 'network society' 'the experience economy' 'creative cities' and 'glocalization' were everywhere. A fascinating perspective on 'The New Economy' emerges as the authors explore the worlds of coolhunters biotech brokers career coaches software entrepreneurs and event managers and tackle such questions as: - how is magic used in the quest for newness and change? - what happens when cultural techniques such as branding and styling colonize new arenas? - what turns out to be just a flash-in-the-pan and what has a lasting impact? This book is essential reading for anyone wishing to understand how economies operate in periods of rapid transformation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003103196

Magic Memory and Natural Philosophy in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries This collection of Stephen Clucas's articles addresses the complex interactions between religion natural philosophy and magic in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century Europe. The essays on the Elizabethan mathematician and magus John Dee show that the angelic conversations of John Dee owed a significant debt to medieval magical traditions and how Dee's attempts to communicate with spirits were used to serve specific religious agendas in the mid-seventeenth century. The essays devoted to Giordano Bruno offer a reappraisal of the magical orientation of the Italian philosopher's mnemotechnical and Lullist writings of the 1580s and 90s and show his influence on early seventeenth-century English understandings of memory and intellection. Next come three studies on the atomistic or corpuscularian natural philosophy of the Northumberland and Cavendish circles arguing that there was a distinct English corpuscularian tradition prior to the Gassendian influence in the 1640s and 50s. Finally two essays on the seventeenth-century Intelligencer Samuel Hartlib and his correspondents shows how religion alchemy and natural philosophy interacted during the 'Puritan Revolution'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409419754

Magic Science and Empire in Postcolonial LiteratureThe Alchemical Literary Imagination This book examines the ways in which contemporary British and British postcolonial writers in the after-empire era draw connections between magic (defined here as Renaissance Hermetic philosophy) and science. Writers such as Tom Stoppard Zadie Smith and Margaret Atwood critique both imperial science or science used in service to empire and what Renk calls "imperical science " a distortion of rational science which denies that reality is holistic and claims that nature can and should be conquered. In warning of the dangers of imperical science these writers restore the connection between magic and science as they examine major shifts in scientific thinking across the centuries. They reflect on the Copernican Revolution and the historic split between magic and science scrutinize Darwinism consider the relationship between Victorian science and pseudo-science analyze twentieth-century Uncertainty theories reject bio/genetic engineering call for a new approach to science that reconnects science and art and ultimately endeavor to bring an end to the imperial age. Overall these writers forge a new discourse that merges science with the arts and emphasizes a holistic philosophy a view shared by both Hermetic philosophy and recent scientific theories such as chaos or complexity theory. Along with recent books that focus on the relationship between contemporary literature and science this work focuses on contemporary British literature’s critique of science and the ways in which postcolonial literature addresses the relationship between magic science and empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547513

Magic Witchcraft and the OtherworldAn Anthropology Anthropology's long and complex relationship to magic has been strongly influenced by western science and notions of rationality. This book takes a refreshing new look at modern magic as practised by contemporary Pagans in Britain. It focuses on what Pagans see as the essence of magic - a communication with an otherworldly reality. Examining issues of identity gender and morality the author argues that the otherworld forms a central defining characteristic of magical practice. Integrating an experiential ethnographic approach with an analysis of magic this book asks penetrating questions about the nature of otherworldly knowledge and argues that our scientific frameworks need re-envisioning. It is unique in providing an insider's view of how magic is practised in contemporary western culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085911

Magic and Divination in Early Islam Magic and divination in early Islam encompassed a wide range of practices including belief in jinn warding off the evil eye the production of amulets and other magical equipment conjuring wonder-working dream interpretation predicting the weather casting lots astrology and physiognomy. The ten studies here are concerned with the pre-Islamic antecedents of such practices and with the theory of magic in healing the nature and use of amulets and their decipherment the arts of astrometeorology and geomancy the refutation of astrology and the role of the astrologer in society. Some of the studies are highly illustrated some long out of print some revised or composed for this volume and one translated into English for the first time. These fundamental investigations together with the introductory bibliographic essay are intended as a guide to the concepts terminology and basic scholarly literature of an important but often overlooked aspect of classical Islamic culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250090

Magic and Medieval Society Magic and Medieval Society presents a thematic approach to the topic of magic and sorcery in Western Europe between the eleventh and the fifteenth century. It aims to provide readers with the conceptual and documentary tools to reach informed conclusions as to the existence nature importance and uses of magic in medieval society. Contrary to some previous approaches the authors argue that magic is inextricably connected to other areas of cultural practice and was found across medieval society. Therefore the book is arranged thematically covering topics such as the use of magic at medieval courts at universities and within the medieval Church itself. Each chapter and theme is supported by additional documents diagrams and images to allow readers to examine the evidence side-by-side with the discussions in the chapters and to come to informed conclusions on the issues. This book puts forward the argument that the witch craze was not a medieval phenomenon but rather the product of the Renaissance and the Reformation and demonstrates how the components for the early-modern prosecution of witches were put into place. This new Seminar Study is supported by a comprehensive documents section chronology who’s who and black-and-white plate section. It offers a concise and thought-provoking introduction for students of medieval history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408270509

Magic and Witchcraft Magic and witchcraft have been important components of almost every human culture throughout history and continue to be so in the present day both globally and in the West. These topics have attracted an enormous amount of scholarship but publications are often scattered and scholars working in one area rarely address research produced in others. These volumes bring together important representative publications spanning antiquity to the present day and setting Western developments in a global context. Significant attention has been given to the major witch hunts of early modern Europe because scholarship on early modern witchcraft has often driven the field. But other periods and regions are not neglected. Important theoretical issues are also addressed such as the conceptual relationship between magic science and religion and the role of gender in the perception (and persecution) of magical practices in many parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636490

Magic in the AirMobile Communication and the Transformation of Social Life In this timely volume James E. Katz a leading authority on social consequences of communication technology analyzes the way new mobile telecommunications affect daily life both in the United States and around the world.Magic in the Air is the most wide-ranging analysis of mobile communication to date. Katz investigates the spectrum of social aspects of the cell phone's impact on society and the way social forces affect the use display and re-configuration of the cell phone. Surveying the mobile phone's current and emerging role in daily life Katz finds that it provides many benefits for the user and that some of these benefits are subtle and even counter-intuitive. He also identifies ways the mobile phone has not been entirely positive. After reviewing these he outlines some steps to ameliorate the mobile phone's negative effects. Katz also discusses use and abuse of mobile phones in educational settings where he finds that their use is eroding students' participation in class even as it is helping them to cheat on exams and cut class. Parents no longer object to their children having mobile phones in class in a post-Columbine and 9/11 era; instead they are pressing schools to change their rules to allow students to have their phones available during class. And mobile phone misbehavior is by no means limited to students: Katz finds that teachers are increasingly taking calls in the middle of class even interrupting their own lectures to answer what they claim are important calls.In keeping with the book's title Katz explores the often overlooked psychic and religious uses of the mobile phone an area that has only recently begun to command scholarly interest. Magic in the Air will be essential reading for communications specialists sociologists and social psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511767

Magic Licking LollipopsTargeting the l Sound Lynn and Lily love licking lollipops and lollies of all colours shapes and sizes. But this time have they bitten off more than they can chew? This picture book targets the /l/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 2 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Picture books are sold individually or in a pack. There are currently two packs available – Speech Bubbles 1 and Speech Bubbles 2. Please see further titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367648831

Magic RealismSocial Context and Discourse First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864280

Magic: The Basics Magic: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to magic in world history and contemporary societies. Presenting magic as a global phenomenon which has manifested in all human cultures this book takes a thematic approach which explores the historical social and cultural aspects of magic. Key features include: attempts to define magic either in universal or more particular terms and to contrast it with other broad and potentially fluid categories such as religion and science; an examination of different forms of magical practice and the purposes for which magic has been used; debates about magic’s effectiveness its reality and its morality; an exploration of magic’s association with certain social factors such as gender ethnicity and education among others. Offering a global perspective of magic from antiquity through to the modern era and including a glossary of key terms suggestions for further reading and case studies throughout Magic: The Basics is essential reading for anyone seeking to learn more about the academic study of magic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138809611

Magical ConsciousnessAn Anthropological and Neurobiological Approach How does a mind think magically? The research documented in this book is one answer that allows the disciplines of anthropology and neurobiology to come together to reveal a largely hidden dynamic of magic. Magic gets to the very heart of some theoretical and methodological difficulties encountered in the social and natural sciences especially to do with issues of rationality. This book examines magic head-on not through its instrumental aspects but as an orientation of consciousness. Magical consciousness is affective associative and synchronistic shaped through individual experience within a particular environment. This work focuses on an in-depth case study using the anthropologist’s own experience gained through years of anthropological fieldwork with British practitioners of magic. As an ethnographic view it is an intimate study of the way in which the cognitive architecture of a mind engages the emotions and imagination in a pattern of meanings related to childhood experiences spiritual communications and the environment. Although the detail of the involvement in magical consciousness presented here is necessarily specific the central tenets of modus operandi is common to magical thought in general and can be applied to cross-cultural analyses to increase understanding of this ubiquitous human phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346708

Magical Realism and the FantasticResolved versus Unresolved Antinomy Every reader of literature interprets the literary text on the basis of information they have acquired from previous reading and according to norms they have established either consciously or not with regard to a work of literature. In this study originally published in 1985 the author clarifies the concepts of magical realism and the fantastic and establishes a series of guidelines that will allow us to distinguish between the two similar yet independent modes. The reader will thus be able to identify the implicit framework upon which the author of the fantastic and of magical realism bases their text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367334260

Magical Realism in West African Fiction This study contextualizes magical realism within current debates and theories of postcoloniality and examines the fiction of three of its West African pioneers: Syl Cheney-Coker of Sierra Leone Ben Okri of Nigeria and Kojo Laing of Ghana. Brenda Cooper explores the distinct elements of the genre in a West African context and in relation to: * a range of global expressions of magical realism from the work of Gabriel Garcia Marquez to that of Salman Rushdie * wider contemporary trends in African writing with particular attention to how the realism of authors such as Chinua Achebe and Wole Soyinka has been connected with nationalist agendas. This is a fascinating and important work for all those working on African literature magical realism or postcoloniality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203451397

Magical Realist Sociologies of Belonging and BecomingThe Explorer At the bottom of the sea freedivers find that the world bestows humans with the magic of bodily and mental freedom binding them in small communities of play affect and respect for nature. On land rational human interests dissolve this magic into prescriptive formulas of belonging to a profession a nation and an acceptable modernity. The magical exploration is morphed by such multiple interventions successively from a pilgrimage to a cinematic and digital articulation of an anarchic project to an exercise in national citizenship and finally a projection of post-imperial cosmopolitan belonging. This is the story of an embodied relational and affective journey: the making of the explorer of worlds. At its heart stands a clash between individual and collective desires to belong aspirations to create and the pragmatics of becoming recognised by others. The primary empirical context in which this is played is the contemporary margins of European modernity: the post-troika Greece. With the project of a freediving artist who stages an Underwater Gallery outside the iconic island of Amorgos as a sociological spyglass it examines the networks of mobility that both individuals and nations have to enter to achieve international recognition often at the expense of personal freedom and alternative pathways to modernity. Inspired by fusions of cultural pragmatics phenomenology phanerology the morphogenetic approach feminist posthumanism and especially postcolonial theories of magical realism this study examines interconnected variations of identity and subjectivity in contexts of contemporary mobility (digital and embodied travel/tourism). As a study of cultural emergism the book will be of interest to students and scholars in critical theory cultural postcolonial and decolonial studies and tourism/pilgrimage theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432393

Magical Transformations on the Early Modern English Stage Magical Transformations on the Early Modern Stage furthers the debate about the cultural work performed by representations of magic on the early modern English stage. It considers the ways in which performances of magic reflect and feed into a sense of national identity both in the form of magic contests and in its recurrent linkage to national defence; the extent to which magic can trope other concerns and what these might be; and how magic is staged and what the representational strategies and techniques might mean. The essays range widely over both canonical plays-Macbeth The Tempest The Winter’s Tale The Merry Wives of Windsor Doctor Faustus Bartholomew Fair-and notably less canonical ones such as The Birth of Merlin Fedele and Fortunio The Merry Devil of Edmonton The Devil is an Ass The Late Lancashire Witches and The Witch of Edmonton putting the two groups into dialogue with each other and also exploring ways in which they can be profitably related to contemporary cases or accusations of witchcraft. Attending to the representational strategies and self-conscious intertextuality of the plays as well as to their treatment of their subject matter the essays reveal the plays they discuss as actively intervening in contemporary debates about witchcraft and magic in ways which themselves effect transformation rather than simply discussing it. At the heart of all the essays lies an interest in the transformative power of magic but collectively they show that the idea of transformation applies not only to the objects or even to the subjects of magic but that the plays themselves can be seen as working to bring about change in the ways that they challenge contemporary assumptions and stereotypes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472432865

Magical Writing In SalasacaLiteracy And Power In Highland Ecuador This engaging case study of Salasaca a village in highland Ecuador examines indigenous beliefs about writing such as Day of the Dead name lists comparisons with weaving and a witch who kills people listed in his book of names. Magical Writing in Salasaca demonstrates that these beliefs reflect extensive contact with birth certificates baptism Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316754

Magister Jacobus de Ispania Author of the Speculum musicae The Speculum musicae of the early fourteenth century with nearly half a million words is by a long way the largest medieval treatise on music and probably the most learned. Only the final two books are about music as commonly understood: the other five invite further work by students of scholastic philosophy theology and mathematics. For nearly a century its author has been known as Jacques de Liège or Jacobus Leodiensis. ’Jacobus’ is certain fixed by an acrostic declared within the text; Liège is hypothetical based on evidence shown here to be less than secure. The one complete manuscript Paris BnF lat. 7207 thought by its editor to be Florentine can now be shown on the basis of its miniatures by Cristoforo Cortese to be from the Veneto datable c. 1434-40. New documentary evidence in an Italian inventory also from the Veneto describes a lost copy of the treatise dating from before 1419 older than the surviving manuscript and identifies its author as ’Magister Jacobus de Ispania’. If this had been known eighty years ago the Liège hypothesis would never have taken root. It invites a new look at the geography and influences that played into this central document of medieval music theory. The two new attributes of ’Magister’ and ’de Ispania’ (i.e. a foreigner) prompted an extensive search in published indexes for possible identities. Surprisingly few candidates of this name emerged and only one in the right date range. It is here suggested that the author of the Speculum is either someone who left no paper trail or James of Spain a nephew of Eleanor of Castile wife of King Edward I whose career is documented mostly in England. He was an illegitimate son of Eleanor’s older half-brother the Infante Enrique of Castile. Documentary evidence shows that he was a wealthy and well-travelled royal prince who was also an Oxford magister. The book traces his career and the likelihood of his authorship of the Speculum musicae. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598631

Magisterial ImaginationSix Masters of the Human Science This work brings together Max Lemer's extended and enduring essays on Aristotle Niccolb Machiavelli Alexis de Tocqueville John Stuart Mill Thorstein Veblen and Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. Combining biography and interpretation Lerner insightfully examines a cluster of thinkers who helped shape his own influential work in political theory and civilizational analysis. Viewed collectively these essays show Turner's method and mind at their best.Like Lerner himself the "masters" were tough-minded realists philosophers who saw human experience in all of its variety as central to study. Less inclined to metaphysical speculation they wrestled with the real concerns and circumstances of therr times but always within the larger context of ultimate meaning and consequence. Lerner eloquently introduces each philosopher and his work but he also provides his own criticism and commentary. Complicated subjects are clearly presented and cross-disciplinary analysis enhances the reader's sense of the whole.In his introduction Robert Schmuhl discusses why Lerner was attracted to these particular thinkers and how they refined his approach to the human sciences. Schmuhl also traces the influence of these figures on Lemer's work. Magisterial Imagination will be of importance to philosophers political theorists and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511774

Magistrates Madonnas and MiraclesThe Counter Reformation in the Upper Palatinate In 1621 in one of the earliest campaigns of the Thirty Years' War the South German principality of the Upper Palatinate was invaded and annexed by Maximilian of Bavaria director of the Catholic League. In the subsequent years the eyes of Europe looked to the fate of this erstwhile hub of the 'Calvinist international' as Maximilian steadily moved to convert its population to Catholicism. This study is the first account in English to focus on this important instance of forced conversion and the first account in any language to place the political impact of the Thirty Years' War into the broader context of the Upper-Palatinate's religious culture examined over the longue durée from the later sixteenth to the mid-eighteenth centuries. The book analyses the rich unpublished sources of church and state from Bavarian and Roman archives as well as printed texts in varied genres to reconstruct the region's sacred system and to gauge the effectiveness of the campaign of conversion. This allows the study to address questions of how the re-catholicisation was achieved how a religious culture infused with the spirit of the Counter Reformation developed and how this change shaped the identity of its people. More than this however the book also uses the Upper Palatinate case-study to draw broader conclusions about the strengths and limitations of the Confessional model and suggests other ways of looking at religious change and identity formation in early modern Europe which embraces popular religious culture and voluntary religion as well coercion. As such the book offers much not only to scholars of early modern Germany but to all with an interest in the formation adoption and imposition of religious identity during this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250083

Magistrates' Decision-Making in Child Protection Cases This title was first published in 2001. Making decisions about the care and protection of children who appear before the courts is complex. Attention must be paid to the best interests of the child the child’s need for their family community views on parenting and concern about welfare intrusion into family life. Magistrates have a unique authority to make or reject child protection orders - yet the criteria they use to decide a protection order how they understand the information presented to them in court and the factors that influence their discretion and decision-making have until now been little known. Presenting the findings of a study undertaken at Melbourne Children’s Court this book offers a much-needed investigation of how magistrates actually make child protection decisions. Case examples highlight this decision-making and the book thus offers practical assistance to professionals working with children in the legal process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706682

Magmas Rocks and Planetary DevelopmentA Survey of Magma/Igneous Rock Systems The variety of volcanic activity in the Solar System is widely recognised yet the majestic sequences of magmatic processes that operate within an active planet are much less well known. Providing an exposition of igneous rocks magmas and volcanic erupsions this book brings together magnetic and volcanic data from different tectonic settings and planets with explanations of how they fit together. It systematically examines composition origin and evolution of common igneous rocks yet also examines a variety of rare magnetic rocks that play a crucial role in the global magma/igneous rock system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452732

Magmatism and GeodynamicsTerrestrail Magmatism Throughout the Earth's History Magnatism is the only true endogenic process for generating new material on the Earth's surface. Obviously magmatism and tectonic movements are reflections of geodynamics that is physical processes which occur in deep-seated environments. What are the interrelationships between magmatism and tectronics? How did the character of terrestrial magmatism change through time and are there any irregularities in this process? Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447434

Magna Carta This new history is the first to tell the story of Magna Carta ‘through the ages’. No other general work traces its continuing importance in England’s political consciousness.  Many books have examined the circumstances surrounding King John’s grant of Magna Carta in 1215. Very few trace the Charter’s legacy to subsequent centuries and even fewer look at the fate of the physical document.  Turner also underlines its great influence outside the United Kingdom especially in North America. Today the Charter enjoys greater prestige in the United States the land of lawyers than in Britain. U.S. citizens claim Magna Carta as a source of their liberties guaranteeing ‘due process of law’ and condemning ‘executive privilege’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146914

Magna CartaA Central European perspective of our common heritage of freedom To mark the 800th anniversary of the ratification of the Magna Carta by King John at Runnymede Magna Carta provides the central European perspectives on this monumental document and its impact on the political and legal experiences of freedom from the medieval period to the present day. The volume gives rise to a discussion about the legacy of the Magna Carta as one of the fundamental elements of European identity. Supported by previously untranslated sources at the end of each chapter the team of contributors consider the lasting legacy of Magna Carta in Hungary the Czech Republic Poland and Lithuania. The authors present the successful attempts to limit royal power by law while protecting the priveleges of the nobility carried out throughout the region from the thirteenth to eighteenth centuries. Each chapter considers the historical and political contexts behind these efforts the processes by which political and legal institutions were subsequently formed and finally examines the legacy of those institutions which are today found in constitutional identities constitutional arrangements and political projects across Central Europe. A preface by Robert Blackburn draws the collection together highlighting the continued universal significance of the Magna Carta. This original title will enable students and academics alike to see for themselves the reverberations the Magna Carta caused in medieval Europe and beyond from a fresh and unusual perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848542

Magnesium Alloys as Degradable Biomaterials Magnesium Alloys as Degradable Biomaterials provides a comprehensive review of the biomedical applications of biodegradable magnesium and its alloys. Magnesium has seen increasing use in orthopedic and cardiovascular applications over the last decade particularly for coronary stents and bone implants.The book discusses the basic concepts of biodegradation mechanisms as well as strategies to control biodegradation mode and rate microstructure mechanical properties corrosion resistance to body fluid and in vitro and in vivo biocompatibility.The recently developed representative magnesium alloy systems—such as Mg-Ca Mg-Zn Mg-Sr Mg-Ag Mg-Li and Mg-RE—are reviewed and their special properties illustrated. Also discussed are the biodegradable magnesium alloys/aqueous solution interface theoretical model and potential application prototypes such as for cardiology and orthopedic surgery products.Challenges of transitioning biodegradable magnesium alloys from raw materials to semi-products to final medical devices are covered along with main findings of worldwide experimental studies. An ideal reference book for researchers in the area of biodegradable metals it presents the state of the art of magnesium alloys designed for biomedical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575502

Magnesium and Its Alloys as Implant MaterialsCorrosion Mechanical and Biological Performances Despite their tremendous potential Mg and its alloys are not yet used in biomedical applications. This book aims to provide scientific insights into the challenges of the materials and give an overview of the research regarding their mechanical properties corrosion behaviour and biological performances. The authors intend to put the reader into the position to accurate discern the proper Mg-based material for his/her applications and to choose the proper improvement strategy to his/her cause. To this aim the manuscript is structured as follow: in Section 2 the main challenges hampering the use of magnesium in biomedical applications and the common improvement strategies are listed. In Section 3 the most investigated Mg alloys are reported in separate sub-sections detailing their mechanical properties corrosion behaviour and biotoxicity. High-pure and ultra-high-pure Mg Al-based Mg alloys Zn-based Mg alloys Ca-based alloys and RE-based Mg alloys have been considered. In Section 4 the alloys’ performances with respect to the challenges is summarized providing the reader with useful information and suggestions on the potentially most suited choice. Finally in Section 5 an outlook portraying the authors’ opinion of the future development of the field will be provided. This book will allow biomedical engineers surface scientists material scientists implant manufacturers and companies working on implant approval an overview of the state-of-the-art technologies adopted so far to overcome the drawbacks of Mg for biomedical applications. Particular emphasis is put on explaining the link between mechanical corrosion and biocompatible properties of Mg and its alloys as well as their pros and cons. In doing so the authors intend to put the reader into the position to accurate discern the proper Mg-based material for his/her applications and to choose the proper improvement strategy to his/her cause. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367429454

Magnesium and Its AlloysTechnology and Applications Magnesium and Its Alloys: Technology and Applications covers a wide scope of topics related to magnesium science and engineering from manufacturing and production to finishing and applications. This handbook contains thirteen chapters each contributed by experts in their respective fields and presents a broad spectrum of new information on pure magnesium magnesium alloys and magnesium matrix MgMCs composites. It covers such topics as computational thermodynamics modern Mg-alloys with enhanced creep or fatigue properties cutting-edge approaches to melt treating (grain refinement micro-alloying and the resulting solidification and growth) coatings surface engineering environmental protection (recycling and green energy storage and production) as well as biomedical applications. Aimed at researchers professionals and graduate students the book conveys comprehensive and cutting-edge knowledge on magnesium alloys. It is especially useful to those in the fields of materials engineering mechanical engineering manufacturing engineering and metallurgy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466596627

Magnesium: From Resources to Production Magnesium is one of the most abundant minerals in seawater. Extracting magnesium from seawater could reduce cost of this mineral resulting in positive implications for industries that use it. This book addresses mineral process engineering with emphasis on magnesium and provides practicing engineers and students with comprehensive knowledge on magnesium and how it is extracted from seawater and magnesium ores. It takes a chemical engineering approach as separation of magnesium from seawater involves the application of the powerful science of chemistry and transport phenomena principles. This monograph discusses magnesium resources and occurrence includes an exploration study on deriving magnesium and mineral salts from seawater and features coverage of magnesium chloride. It also covers commercial methods for magnesium production as an end product current and prospective applications in the energy domain and offers an account of the use of magnesium to store hydrogen in the form of magnesium hydride. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367657192

MagnesiumApplications in Clinical Medicine Magnesium is an essential mineral required by humans playing an important role in multiple biochemical processes as well as preventing and managing several diseases and disorders. Deficiencies of magnesium can lead to a wide range of medical conditions including cardiovascular disease diabetes and hypertension. With myocardial infarction and stroke being the first and fifth cause of mortality in the United States the pharmaceutical industry has been trying to produce therapies that reduce co-morbidity and mortality. Recent observational studies of magnesium have added to the list of potential therapeutic modalities that have been proven useful in reducing hypertension stroke sequalae metabolic syndrome/dyslipidemia and inflammatory diseases. Magnesium therapeutic modalities also have impacts in the fields of neurology the elderly and in obstetrics. Magnesium: Applications in Clinical Medicine explores the many uses of magnesium and its applications in clinical medicine. Features: Presents information on the impacts magnesium has on various aspects of health conditions and disease prevention. Describes magnesium usage in treating and managing several conditions including dyslipidemia migraine metabolic syndrome and high blood pressure. Discusses magnesium therapy in stroke and magnesium deficiency in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Promotes knowledge of overall health and wellness that can be applied in any specialty of medicine. This book encompasses various uses of magnesium in a clinical setting ranging from its role in maintaining homeostasis to its uses in the fields of dermatology cardiology neurology and in obstetrics. Written by contributors who are experts in their fields it is a comprehensive collaboration of this ubiquitous dietary supplement’s applications in clinical medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482220230

MagnesiumIt's Biologic Significance First Published in 1981 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the aspects of magnesium and its effect on our bodies ecosystem and much more. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes and references this book is a useful reference for Dieticians Physicians and Students in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226367

Magnetic Communications: From Theory to Practice This book covers comprehensively the theories and practical design of magnetic communications. It emphasizes the differences between it and RF communications. It first provides the models and signal propagation principles of magnetic communication systems. Then it describes the hardware architecture of the system including transmitter MODEM inductors coils etc. Then it discusses the corresponding communication software design principles and cases. Finally it presents several types of practical implementations and applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571313

Magnetic Core Selection for Transformers and InductorsA User's Guide to Practice and Specifications Second Edition Written as a companion to Transformer and Inductor Design Handbook (second ed) this work compiles the specifications of over 12 000 industrially available cores and brings them in line with standard units of measurement simplifying the selection of core configurations for the design of magnetic components. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400965

Magnetic Materials and 3D Finite Element Modeling Magnetic Materials and 3D Finite Element Modeling explores material characterization and finite element modeling (FEM) applications. This book relates to electromagnetic analysis based on Maxwell’s equations and application of the finite element (FE) method to low frequency devices. A great source for senior undergraduate and graduate students in electromagnetics it also supports industry professionals working in magnetics electromagnetics ferromagnetic materials science and electrical engineering. The authors present current concepts on ferromagnetic material characterizations and losses. They provide introductory material; highlight basic electromagnetics present experimental and numerical modeling related to losses and focus on FEM applied to 3D applications. They also explain various formulations and discuss numerical codes. • Furnishes algorithms in computational language • Summarizes concepts related to the FE method • Uses classical algebra to present the method making it easily accessible to engineers Written in an easy-to-understand tutorial format the text begins with a short presentation of Maxwell’s equations discusses the generation mechanism of iron losses and introduces their static and dynamic components. It then demonstrates simplified models for the hysteresis phenomena under alternating magnetic fields. The book also focuses on the Preisach and Jiles–Atherton models discusses vector hysterisis modeling introduces the FE technique and presents nodal and edge elements applied to 3D FE formulation connected to the hysteretic phenomena. The book discusses the concept of source-field for magnetostatic cases magnetodynamic fields eddy currents and anisotropy. It also explores the need for more sophisticated coding and presents techniques for solving linear systems generated by the FE cases while considering advantages and drawbacks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466592513

Magnetic MicrowiresA Magneto-Optical Study A comprehensive overview this book focuses on two directions of study: discovery of new effects that take place in magnetic wires and optimization of the magnetic electrical and mechanical properties of the wires taking into account the technological application. The book presents the idea of moving to nanoscale maintaining the achieved optimal parameters of microwires. While the focus remains on glass-covered wires of micrometer scale it covers the first steps of the movement to "nano" range as an example of the versatility of the basic effects initially discovered for microscale. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411257

Magnetic Nanoparticle Assemblies Magnetic nanoparticles with diameters in the range of a few nanometers are today at the cutting edge of modern technology and innovation because of their use in numerous applications ranging from engineering to biomedicine. A great deal of scientific interest has been focused on the functionalization of magnetic nanoparticle assemblies. The understanding of interparticle interactions is necessary to clarify the physics of these assemblies and their use in the development of high-performance magnetic materials.This book reviews prominent research studies on the static and dynamic magnetic properties of nanoparticle assemblies gathering together experimental and computational techniques in an effort to reveal their optimized magnetic properties for biomedical use and as ultra-high magnetic recording media. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411967

Magnetic NanoparticlesFrom Fabrication to Clinical Applications Offering the latest information in magnetic nanoparticle (MNP) research Magnetic Nanoparticles: From Fabrication to Clinical Applications provides a comprehensive review from synthesis characterization and biofunctionalization to clinical applications of MNPs including the diagnosis and treatment of cancers. This book written by some of the most qualified experts in the field not only fills a hole in the literature but also bridges the gaps between all the different areas in this field. Translational research on tailored magnetic nanoparticles for biomedical applications spans a variety of disciplines and putting together the most significant advances into a practical format is a challenging task. Balancing clinical applications with the underlying theory and foundational science behind these new discoveries Magnetic Nanoparticles: From Fabrication to Clinical Applications supplies a toolbox of solutions and ideas for scientists in the field and for young researchers interested in magnetic nanoparticles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439869321

Magnetic Resonance Imaging Handbook Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a technique used in biomedical imaging and radiology to visualize internal structures of the body. Because MRI provides excellent contrast between different soft tissues the technique is especially useful for diagnostic imaging of the brain muscles and heart. In the past 20 years MRI technology has improved significantly with the introduction of systems up to 7 Tesla (7 T) and with the development of numerous post-processing algorithms such as diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) functional MRI (fMRI) and spectroscopic imaging. From these developments the diagnostic potentialities of MRI have improved impressively with an exceptional spatial resolution and the possibility of analyzing the morphology and function of several kinds of pathology. Given these exciting developments the Magnetic Resonance Imaging Handbook is a timely addition to the growing body of literature in the field. Comprised of three volumes this comprehensive handbook: Covers the technology and practice of MRI from physical principles to cutting-edge applications Discusses MRI of the neck brain cardiovascular system thorax abdomen pelvis and musculoskeletal system Highlights each organ’s anatomy and pathological processes with high-quality images Examines the protocols and potentialities of advanced MRI scanners such as 7 T systems Includes extensive references at the end of each chapter to enhance further study Thus the Magnetic Resonance Imaging Handbook provides radiologists and imaging specialists with a valuable state-of-the-art reference on MRI. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482216288

Magnetic Resonance ImagingThe Basics Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a rapidly developing field in basic applied science and clinical practice. Research efforts in this area have already been recognized with five Nobel prizes awarded to seven Nobel laureates in the past 70 years. Based on courses taught at The Johns Hopkins University Magnetic Resonance Imaging: The Basics provides a solid introduction to this powerful technology. The book begins with a general description of the phenomenon of magnetic resonance and a brief summary of Fourier transformations in two dimensions. It examines the fundamental principles of physics for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) signal formation and image construction and provides a detailed explanation of the mathematical formulation of MRI. Numerous image quantitative indices are discussed including (among others) signal noise signal-to-noise contrast and resolution. The second part of the book examines the hardware and electronics of an MRI scanner and the typical measurements and simulations of magnetic fields. It introduces NMR spectroscopy and spectral acquisition and imaging techniques employing various pulse sequences. The final section explores the advanced imaging technique of parallel imaging. Structured so that each chapter builds on the knowledge gained in the previous one the book is enriched by numerous worked examples and problem sets with selected solutions giving readers a firm grasp of the foundations of MRI technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217315

Magnetic Sensors and DevicesTechnologies and Applications This book presents in-depth coverage of magnetic sensors in industrial applications. It is divided into three sections: devices and technology for magnetic sensing industrial applications (automotive navigation) and emerging applications. Topics include transmission speed sensor ICs dynamic differential Hall ICs chopped Hall switches programmable linear output Hall sensors low power Hall ICs self-calibrating differential Hall ICs for wheel speed sensing dynamic differential Hall ICs uni- and bipolar Hall IC switches chopped mono cell Hall ICs and electromagnetic levitation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498710978

Magnetic Structures of 2D and 3D NanoparticlesProperties and Applications Magnetic nanoparticles appear naturally in rock magnetism together with a large distribution of sizes and shapes. They have numerous applications from nano-size magnetic memories to metamaterials for electromagnetic waves as well as biological applications such as nanosurgery with minimal traumatism. Their long-ranged size- and shape-dependent dipolar interactions provide numerous useful properties. This book describes the preparation as well as the magnetic properties of nanoparticles and also considers 2D dots nearly spherical samples elongated samples and various assemblies of nanoparticles. The authors report the static magnetic structures and dynamic properties of these nanoparticles and the topological defects in 2D and 3D nanoparticles with new examples of S-shaped vortex or antivortex and of bent vortex or antivortex in 3D nanoparticles. The spectrum of magnetic excitations is shown to exhibit the occurrence of gaps a key for magnonic metamaterial devices. Magnetic excited states are also considered with their coupling to nanoparticle elastic properties. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613675

Magnetization Oscillations and Waves Written by two well-known researchers in the field this useful reference takes an applied approach to high frequency processes including oscillations and waves in ferromagnets antiferromagnets and ferrimagnets. Problems evaluated include ferromagnetic and antiferromagnetic resonances spin waves nonlinear processes and high frequency manifestations of interactions between the magnetic system and other systems of magnetically ordered substances as elastic waves and charge carriers.Unlike previous monographs on this subject which are highly theoretical and written for very advanced readers this book requires only an average college background in mathematics and experimental physics. It will be a valuable addition to the library of engineers and scientists in research and development for communications applications and scientists interested in nonlinear magnetic phenomena. It also serves as an excellent introduction to the topic for newcomers in the field.Magnetization Oscillations and Waves not only presents results but also shows readers how to obtain them; most formulas are derived with so many details that readers can reproduce them. The book includes many summaries and tables and detailed references to significant work in the area by European researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780138748487

Magneto Luminous Chemical Vapor Deposition The magneto luminous chemical vapor deposition (MLCVD) method is the perfect example of the "front-end green process." It employs an entirely new process that expends the minimum amount of materials in gas phase yields virtually no effluent and therefore requires no environmental remediation. Unlike the "back-end green process " which calls for add-on processes to deal with effluent problems the newer MLCVD approach is a completely different phenomenon that has never been adequately described until now. Dispelling previous misconceptions and revealing new areas for investigation Magneto Luminous Chemical Vapor Deposition describes the key process of dielectric breakdown of gas molecules under the influence of a magnetic field. It emphasizes behavioral distinctions between molecular gasses that cause plasma polymerization (such as methane and trimethylsilane) and mono-atomic gases (e.g. helium and argon) when dealing with the dielectric breakdown of the gas phase under low pressure. The author also reveals his minimum perturbation theory of biocompatibility. This is based on the realization that nanofilms prepared using MLCVD have unique stable interfacial characteristics necessary to achieve a surface that can be tolerated in various biological environments. The author presents alternating views based on NASA’s recent discovery that a magnetic field burst from the earth triggers the inception of the aurora borealis. Detailing similarities between this phenomenon and the inception of the magneto luminous gas phase described in this book the author proposes that proof of the one occurrence could shed light on the other. Expanding on the author’s previous works this book introduces new discoveries highlights the newfound errors of previous assumptions and juxtaposes many cutting-edge alternative views and anomalies associated with the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072091

Magnetoelectric Composites This book is dedicated to modeling and application of magnetoelectric (ME) effects in layered and bulk composites based on magnetostrictive and piezoelectric materials. Currently numerous theoretical and experimental studies on ME composites are available but few on the development and research of instruments based on them. So far only investigation of ME magnetic field sensors has been cited in the existing literature. However these studies have finally resulted in the creation of low-frequency ME magnetic field sensors with parameters substantially exceeding the characteristics of Hall sensors. The book presents the authors’ many years of experience gained in ME composites and through creation of device models based on their studies. It describes low-frequency ME devices such as current and position sensors and energy harvesters and microwave ME devices such as antennas attenuators filters gyrators and phase shifters. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800044

Magnetoelectricity in Composites This book brings together numerous contributions to the field of magnetoelectric (ME) composites that have been reported since the beginning of the new millennium. It presents assimilation of facts into the established knowledge so that the potential of the field can be made transparent to the new generations of talent to advance the subject matter. This book discusses these bulk and nanostructured magnetoelectric composites from both experimental and theoretical perspectives. From application viewpoint microwave devices sensors transducers and heterogeneous read/write devices are among the suggested technical implementations of magnetoelectric composites. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267793

Magnetohydrodynamic Waves in GeospaceThe Theory of ULF Waves and their Interaction with Energetic Particles in the Solar-Terrestrial Environment Solar-terrestrial physics deals with phenomena in the region of space between the surface of the Sun and the upper atmosphere of the Earth a region dominated by matter in a plasma state. This area of physics describes processes that generate the solar wind the physics of geospace and the Earth's magnetosphere and the interaction of magnetospheri Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429093029

Magnetorheological Fluid TechnologyApplications in Vehicle Systems Magnetorheological Fluid Technology: Applications in Vehicle Systems compiles the authors’ recent work involving the application of magnetorheological (MR) fluids and other smart materials in vehicles. It collects concepts that have previously been scattered in peer-reviewed international journals. After introducing the physical phenomena and properties of MR fluids the book presents control methodologies for effectively controlling vehicle devices and systems featuring MR fluids. The authors also introduce the hysteresis identification of MR fluid and discuss its application through the adoption of the Preisach and polynomial models. They then describe the application of MR-equipped suspension systems in passenger tracked and railway vehicles; the application of MR brake systems in passenger vehicles motorcycles and bicycles; and the application of several MR technologies in heavy vehicles. The final chapter explores the use of haptic technologies for easily operating vehicle instruments and achieving optimal gear shifting with accelerator pedals. Assuming some technical and mathematical background in vibration dynamics and control this book is designed for scientists and engineers looking to create new devices or systems for vehicles featuring controllable MR fluids. It is also suitable for graduate students who are interested in the dynamic modeling and control methodology of vehicle devices and systems associated with MR fluid technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076365

Magnificent SexLessons from Extraordinary Lovers Winner of the 2021 SSTAR Consumer Book Award! What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the "honeymoon" phase of their relationships or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the "experts" distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities empathic communication and the myths and realities of magnificent sex this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples those who are "vanilla" and "kinky" monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The "cure" for low desire is to create desirable sex! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181376

Magnolias without MoonlightThe American South from Regional Confederacy to National Integration The eleven ex-Confederate states continue to be thoroughly American and at the same time an exception to the national mainstream. The region's dual personality how it came into being and the purposes and interests it served is examined here as well as its central role in the politics and "culture wars" flowing from the transformative Civil Rights Movement and the other social justice movements of the 1950s and 1960s.The essays on this theme include a penetrating explication of C. Vann Woodward's masterpiece Origins of the New South 1877-1913 which is explicitly informed by the scholarship of the fifty years since the book's original publication. Hackney explores the political transformation of the South and the "identity politics" that continue to structure national political competition. The bi-racial nature of Southern society lies at the heart of Southern identity in all of its varieties. Understanding that identity is a purpose that underlies all of the chapters. Hackney uses quantitative analysis of hom-icide data to establish beyond doubt for the first time that the South has long been more violent and that there is a cultural component of that violence that exists beyond the usual social predictors of higher homicide rates in the United States. He muses over the failure of the usual social predictors of votes for the Democratic Party to predict the party's performance in the region.Timely elegantly written and wide in intellectual scope Magnolias without Moonlight will be of interest to a broad readership of historians cultural studies specialists political scientists and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511781

MagnoliaThe Genus Magnolia The genus Magnolia consists of several medicinally important species most of which come from Far East Asia. Many species of this genus have traditionally been used in China and Japan to treat various illnesses from simple headaches to complicated cancer and because of their versatility have more recently been incorporated into commercially successful medicine preparations. And with the revival of interest in herbal and oriental traditional medicines many of these Magnolia-containing preparations have captured a significant proportion of the drug market in the Western countries. In recent years several studies have been performed with Magnolia species resulting in the isolation of a number of bioactive compounds and discovery of new biological and pharmacological activities. This book deals comprehensively with many aspects of the genus Magnolia detailing areas such as phytochemistry pharmacology toxicology quality control and commercial significance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454821

MagnyfycenceA Moral Play First published in 1906 this edition of Magnyfycence aimed to highlight the true significance of the play within both the canon of John Skelton’s work and English drama. Robert Lee Ramsay situates Magnyfycence as a morality play which functioned as a bridge between medieval miracle plays and the modern comedy. He demonstrates the text’s significance as the first example of a play by an English man of letters and our first example of a secular and literary rather than theological morality play. This edition features an extensive scholarly introduction exploring areas such as the staging versification sources and characterisation followed by the Middle-English text itself along with glosses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138310711

Mahabharata NowNarration Aesthetics Ethics The Mahabharata is at once an archive and a living text a sourcebook complete by itself and an open text perennially under construction. Driving home this striking contemporary relevance of the famous Indian epic Mahabharata Now focuses on the issues of narration aesthetics and ethics as also their interlinkages. The cross-disciplinary essays in the volume imaginatively re-interpret the ‘timeless’ classic in the light of the pre-modern Indian narrative styles poetics aesthetic codes and moral puzzles; the Western theories on modern ethics aesthetics metaphysics psychoanalysis and philosophy of science; and the contemporary social ethical and political concerns. The essays are all united in their effort to situate the Mahabharata in the context of here and now without violating the sanctity of the ‘written text’ as we have it today. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of Indian and comparative philosophy Indian and comparative literature cultural studies and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660113

Mahatma Gandhi and the Indian Constitution Why did the Constituent Assembly of India discard Mahatma Gandhi’s concept of constitutional structure that gave prominence to villages and prefer parliamentary democracy instead? Why did the self-sufficient and self-governing village of his dream not find a place in India’s political edifice? This book explores these and other important questions that are intrinsically linked to the making of modern India. It traces the events leading up to Independence the freedom struggle and the forming of the Constituent Assembly. The volume looks at the underlying foundations of the Indian nation state and the role of leaders like Jawaharlal Nehru Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel and B. R. Ambedkar. It further explores the linkages and the dissonances between Gandhi’s ideas and principles and the Indian Constitution. Engaging and accessible this book will be an interesting read for researchers and scholars of modern India South Asian politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815396000

Mahatma Gandhi At WorkHis Own Story Continued Originally published in 1931 this book forms the third volume of the series following on from Mahatma Gandhi: His Own Story and relates in his own words Mahatma Gandhi's epic stuggle in the Transvaal to set right the wrongs which had been done to the Indian Community. There he first proved to the world the practical success of his own original method called Satyagraha or Truth Force whereby the evils of the world may be righted without recourse to the false arbitrament of war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367136963

Mahatma GandhiA Nonviolent Perspective on Peace This book maps the genesis and development of Gandhi’s idea of non-violence. It traces the evolution of the message of peace from its first expressions in South Africa to Gandhi’s later campaigns against British rule in India most prominently the Salt March campaign of 1930. It argues that Gandhi’s blueprint for change must be adopted in the present as the world craters on the precipice of catastrophic climate change and the threat of nuclear war hangs over our heads. A timely book for uncertain times this work is a reminder of the value of peace in the 21st century. It will be of great interest to readers  scholars and researchers of peace and conflict studies politics philosophy history and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367361129

Mahatma GandhiEssays and Reflections on his Life and Work Published in 1939 this work was presented to Mahatma Gandhi on his 70th birthday October 22nd 1939. This work is not only a remarkable tribute from notable men and women of diverse views but an important estimate of the life and thought of Mahatma Gandhi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180232

Mahatma GandhiThe Man who Became One with the Universal Being Originally published in 1924 this book explores the life of Mahatma Gandhi. Translated by Catherine D. Groth Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429287978

Mahdish Faith & Sudanic Traditio First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980167

Maid in the USA10th Anniversary Edition This is a classic work in the fields of Women's Studies and Sociology. On its 10th Anniversary it is still a vital and moving study of the lives of immigrant domestic workers and is constantly cited in the research. Romero's new introduction will offer a fresh look at the material including more recent events proving that the issues discussed in the book are still very relevant to today's world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139404

Main Currents in Modern Economics Main Currents in Modern Economicsdeserves to be the classic it is. At the time of its original publication in 1962 Ben Seligman a scholar's scholar had immersed himself in the development of economic thought since 1870. This product of his efforts is truly timeless even though the history ends with a chapter on "technique" that itself ends with a discussion of game theory and linear programming. Why is "Main Currentsstill modern and surprisingly up-to-date? Certainly the past is the past and our understanding of it does not change all that much despite the work of new scholars. For Seligman the story begins with the revolt of German historical writers against the rigidity of classical doctrine a natural starting point for contemporary theory. He takes us from the world of Thorstein Veblen to Galbraith's theory of countervailing power and the affluent society--worlds that he makes us understand are not so far apart.Seligman also shows us how the doctrines begin to repeat themselves. Jevons the Austrians and J.B. Clark reaffirm tradition with the rediscovery of marginalism. A more neutral version of "equilibrium economics" is supplied by Luon Walras and Vilfredo Pareto a main current of thought extended by John R. Hicks and Paul A. Samuelson. Seligman characterizes the principle trait of modern doctrine as the use of technique for its own sake. Dismissing G.L.S. Shackle's writing on uncertainty he criticizes Shackle's use of continuous rather than discontinuous function.Main Currentsmay have been published too soon to be fully appreciated. Seligman's focus on the thrust toward technique now has a ring of truth that can no longer be ignored. As Ray Canterbury notes in his introduction in some respects only the names of the players have changed andMain Current'spertinence to today's issues is self-evident. Economics has moved so deeply into technique that the next generation may have to rediscover the past in order to find its way out. Seligman's book is a good place to begin the journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527416

Main Currents in Sociological Thought: Volume 2Durkheim Pareto Weber This is the second of Raymond Aron's classic two-volume survey of the sociological tradition – arguably the definitive work of its kind. Aron explores the work of three figures who profoundly shaped sociology as it entered the twentieth century: Émile Durkheim who continued Auguste Comte's quest for a science of society and a scientific validation of morality; Vilfredo Pareto the Italian "neo-Machiavellian" who emphasized the oligarchic or elitist character of all societies; and the German sociologist Max Weber who reflected critically on the prospects for human freedom in an age marked by bureaucratization and rationalization. Aron presents rich portraits of these three thinkers drawing out the enduring insights that remain in their work. At the same time he reflects critically on Durkheim's project for a science of society Pareto's critique of humanitarianism and Weber's tragic pessimism. Above all the book is remarkable for demonstrating Aron’s lifelong indebtedness to and divergence from the thought of Max Weber the sociologist par excellence in Aron's view. This Routledge Classics edition includes an introduction by Daniel J. Mahoney and Brian C. Anderson.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348207

Main Currents in Sociological Thought: Volume OneMontesquieu Comte Marx De Tocqueville: The Sociologists and the Revolution of 1848 This is the first part of Raymond Aron's landmark two-volume study of the sociological tradition—arguably the definitive work of its kind. More than a work of reconstruction Aron's study is at its deepest level an engagement with the very question of modernity: how did the intellectual currents which emerged in the eighteenth century shape the modern political and philosophical order? With scrupulous fairness Aron examines the thoughts and arguments of the major social thinkers to discern how they answered this question. Volume One explores three traditions: the French liberal school of political sociology represented by Montesquieu and Tocqueville; the Comtean tradition anticipating Durkheim in its elevation of social unity and consensus; and the Marxists who posited the struggle between classes and placed their faith in historical necessity. In his customary clear and penetrating prose Aron argues that each of these schools offers its own theory of the diversity of societies and that "each is inspired both by moral convictions and by scientific hypotheses." This Routledge Classics edition includes an introduction by Daniel J. Mahoney and Brian C. Anderson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348146

Main Currents in Sociological Thought2 Volume Set Raymond Aron's classic two-volume study of the sociological tradition is arguably the definitive work of its kind. More than a work of reconstruction Aron's study is at its deepest level an engagement with the question of modernity: What constitutes the essence of the modern order that having emerged in the eighteenth century still shapes our experience? With scrupulous fairness Aron examines the thought and arguments of the major social thinkers in this two volume set. Volume one explores three traditions: the French liberal school of political sociology represented by Montesquieu and Tocqueville; the Comtean tradition anticipating Durkheim in its its elevation of social unity and consensus; and the Marxists who posited the struggle between classes and placed their faith in historical necessity. Volume two explores the work of three figures who profoundly shaped sociology as it entered the twentieth century: Emile Durkheim who continued Auguste Comte's quest for a science of society and a scientific validation of morality; Vilfredo Pareto the Italian "neo-Machiavellian" who emphasized the oligarchic or elitist character of all societies; and the German sociologist Max Weber who reflected critically on the prospects for human freedom in an age marked by bureaucratization and rationalization. Both volumes of Main Currents of Sociological Thought are essential reading for any student of sociology political thought and political philosophy as well as any general reader interested in the ideas the thinkers who shaped modern social and political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000585

Main Issues in Mental Health and Race This title was first published in 2003. This work arose out of the editors' concerns at the British preoccupation with an alleged epidemic of schizophrenia in people of African descent. Black people in contact with psychiatric services are commonly classed as schizophrenic or normal and do not seem to attract any of the diagnoses or interventions which their white counterparts do. The editors asked contributors to carry out a critical broad-based review of a particular area using the technology that has been developed for conducting systematic literature reviews. The areas explored were selected by the editors from their own understanding of disciplines which might have something to contribute. They were largely disciplines which have an interest in beliefs feelings emotions thought politics language and decision-making. In some areas there was little material available from literature searches so the reviewers used their own understanding of the subject matter rather than existing literature to write critical essays. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713819

Main Trends in the Science of Language (Routledge Revivals) First published in Great Britain in 1973 Main Trends in the Science of Language was part of a series of books that resulted from a study carried out by UNESCO in collaboration with national and international research centres in the social sciences as well as with groups of individual scholars. The book examines the position of linguistics in the years surrounding the publication of the book before considering the subject’s potential future development. It looks at linguistic vistas the place of linguistics among the sciences of man and linguistics and natural sciences. This book will be of interest to the educated reader research workers and professional associations as well as to national and international institutions that organize plan and finance scientific research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642521

Mainland China After The Thirteenth Party Congress This book is an outcome of the conference "Communist China After the Thirteenth Party Congress" held in Taipei. It raises few questions on the relationship between ideology and politics in mainland China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163426

Mainland ChinaPolitics Economics And Reform This book provides a penetrating analysis of the problems Peking faces in trying to implement reforms and of possible future developments in domestic and foreign policies in Mainland China based on the Thirteenth Sino-American Conference in Taipei. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156114

Mainlining Marx In recent years a host of Western Marxists have tried to emancipate Marx from responsibility for various unsavory doctrines. Political theorists have argued that Marx can avoid the weight of Stalinism and also the various theories such as positivism naturalism Darwinism technological determinism and the dialectics of nature that support Marxism. In the course of building up their defense of Marx these modern critics have developed an elaborate but often confusing rationale whose premise consists of attributing many of the nefarious tendencies of Marxism to Engels particularly the latter's philosophy of nature. In Mainlining Marx John L. Stanley sets Marx's view of nature back in its proper perspective.Stanley challenges the "new orthodoxy" of prominent Marxist scholars who see a fundamental dichotomy between Marx and Engels with the latter believing in cosmic superlaws and the former adhering to historically grounded ones. Stanley argues both Marx and Engels used historical and transhistorical laws at various times. He is highly critical of those who abstract theoretical principles out of texts Marx wrote with specific and historical political goals in mind. He takes issue as well with critics who posit a Marxian belief in communist as against natural needs and further challenges the new orthodoxy in his analysis of Marx's dissertation showing that from the beginning Marx's thought was grounded in materialist determinism.Supplementing the chapters on Marx and his critics the volume concludes with an essay on Georges Sorel's approach to textual analysis and interpretation showing how Sorel far in advance of his time realized the impossibility of completely objective analysis and the inevitable distortion of the subject under study.Throughout this volume Stanley's critical approach utilizes Sorel's illuminating insights to point out the distortions in modern Marxian analysis. Challenging and original Mainlining Marx is a major contribution to the study of Marxism. It will be read by economists political scientists and intellectual historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511798

Mainstream AIDS Theatre the Media and Gay Civil RightsMaking the Radical Palatable This book  demonstrates the political potential of mainstream theatre in the US at the end of the twentieth century tracing ideological change over time in the reception of US mainstream plays taking HIV/AIDS as their topic from 1985 to 2000. This is the first study to combine the topics of the politics of performance LGBT theatre and mainstream theatre’s political potential a juxtaposition that shows how radical ideas become mainstream that is how the dominant ideology changes. Using materialist semiotics and extensive archival research Juntunen delineates the cultural history of four pivotal productions from that period—Larry Kramer’s The Normal Heart (1985) Tony Kushner’s Angels in America (1992) Jonathan Larson’s Rent (1996) and Moises Kaufman’s The Laramie Project (2000). Examining the connection between AIDS mainstream theatre and the media reveals key systems at work in ideological change over time during a deadly epidemic whose effects changed the nation forever. Employing media theory alongside nationalism studies and utilizing dozens of reviews for each case study the volume demonstrates that reviews are valuable evidence of how a production was hailed by society’s ideological gatekeepers. Mixing this new use of reviews alongside textual analysis and material study—such as the theaters’ locations architectures merchandise program notes and advertising—creates an uncommonly rich description of these productions and their ideological effects. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of theatre politics media studies queer theory and US history and to those with an interest in gay civil rights one of the most successful social movements of the late twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737320

Mainstream and Margins RevisitedSixty Years of Commentary on Minorities in America When his book Mainstream and Margins was published in 1983 Peter Rose's writings on American minorities and those who studied them painted a vivid picture of what life was like in America for Jews blacks and other minorities in the United States. Now a third of a century later he revisits the topic with sixteen new chapters in addition to seven from the original edition.  Newer content covers immigration and American refugee policy; reexamines the term "model minority " first used to describe Jews but now applied to Asian Americans; and the resurgence of nativism both in regard to new migrants from Latin America and to the growth of Islamophobia since the 9/11 attacks. Rose also reassesses what is still one of the most controversial documents about race and class ever written Daniel Patrick Moynihan's "The Negro Family: A Case for National Action."  Rose writes about other authors who have addressed many of the principal concerns of this book ranging from novelists Tom Wolfe and Harper Lee to sociologists David Riesman Robin M. Williams Jr. and William Julius Wilson. Historical tensions between Jews and African Americans and debates about "liberal" vs. "corporate" pluralism seen from the perspective of both whites and non-whites are also discussed in this seminal volume by a master on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864299

Mainstream and MarginsJews Blacks and Other Americans This volume of commentaries on racial and ethnic relations is a sociological assessment of a changing society and a personal statement about many of the most pressing racial issues since the 1954 Brown-Supreme court decision. From the perspective of humanistic sociology Peter Rose shows that sociology need not be a cold artless science and argues that sociological enterprise should treat future as well as past and present issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511804

Mainstream or Special?Educating Students with Disabilities There remains some controversy about how best to meet the needs of pupils with special educational needs. Should they be educated in mainstream schools alongside their peers or does this mean that specialist help and resources are denied to them? This book explores in depth the ways in which this problem has been tackled in Australia the UK and Canada. It looks at the major issues which have been raised and the types of provisions and resourcing which have been offered and then goes on to provide a vision of how future education provision might look for pupils with special educational needs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203129807

Mainstreaming AgeingIndicators to Monitor Sustainable Progress and Policies The Madrid International Plan of Action on Ageing (MIPAA) adopted at the Second World Assembly on Ageing is the first international agreement that specifically recognises the potential of older people to contribute to the development of their societies. In monitoring its implementation two key approaches are evident: a qualitative bottom-up participatory approach and an approach that uses quantitative indicators to monitor sustainable progress and policies. With the European Centre for Social Welfare Policy and Research playing a pivotal role in the monitoring of the implementation process one of its key tasks has been to develop a list of 'indicators of achievement'. This book contains extended and revised versions of policy briefs and background papers that support the implementation monitoring process. The analyses included in these chapters make concrete suggestions towards quantitative indicators with the aim of assisting national governments in mainstreaming ageing in their policies. The contributors provide an overview of the current situation with respect to population ageing and its consequences and also provide projections for the future. The book also includes the final list of quantitative indicators that arose out of consultations with international experts related to the four main topics addressed: demography income and wealth labour market participation and social protection and financial sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138401471

Mainstreaming Complementary and Alternative MedicineStudies in Social Context Stepping back from the immediate demands of policy-making Mainstreaming Complementary and Alternative Medicine allows a complex and informative picture to emerge of the different social forces at play in the integration of CAM with orthodox medicine. Complementing books that focus solely on practice it will be relevant reading for all students following health studies or healthcare courses for medical students and medical and healthcare professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203987902

Mainstreaming Gender Democratizing the StateInstitutional Mechanisms for the Advancement of Women "Mainstreaming Gender Democratizing the State" reflects the commitment of the United Nations to promote mechanisms that aim to achieve equality between women and men. It identifies institutional mechanisms for the advancement of women including national machineries as one of twelve critical areas of concern. National machineries are the primary institutional mechanism entrusted with the implementation of the strategic objectives contained in the goals for equity set by the United Nations. The mandate of these national institutions has evolved from promoting women-specific projects to ensuring that equality concerns are integrated into all government legislation policy programs and budgetary processes. National machineries face serious constraints in fulfilling their mandate including; inadequate financial and human resources relatively powerless locations within government structures and insufficient linkage with civil societies. This volume illustrates that the ability of UN-member states to subscribe to the agenda of equality between women and men has been significantly enhanced by the creation of these national-level institutions. National machineries for the advancement of women were initially conceived at the World Conference on the International Women's Year held in Mexico City in 1975 and since then have been considered systematically by world conferences on women in Copenhagen (1980) Nairobi (1985) and Beijing (1995) as well as the sessions of the Commission on the Status of Women. The twenty-third special session of the General Assembly in Beijing reiterated the significant role that national machineries play in promoting equality between women and men gender mainstreaming and monitoring of the implementation of the Beijing Platform for Action as well as the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women. There has been a long-standing need for a volume to bring together discussions on theory and practice as well as comparative analysis and in-depth case studies of national machineries; this book responds to that need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527454

Mainstreaming Human Security in Peace Operations and Crisis ManagementPolicies Problems Potential The concept of human security is a new approach to security that focuses on the individual human being and provides policy alternatives to the traditional state-centred view which considers the state to be the only and ultimate referent of security. Formally introduced into the United Nations system in 1994 the concept’s intellectual roots draw from international humanitarian law human rights and human development and since its introduction human security has been progressively integrated into the international security discourse. Mainstreaming Human Security: Policies Problems Potential paints a comprehensive picture of the relevance of the concept of human security in practice in a time of changing security paradigms and a challenging international environment. This volume looks at the practical implications of mainstreaming human security. It focuses on the potential problems and policies of human security in peace operations and crisis management operations of the United Nations and of the European Union. Topics addressed by the contributors include mainstreaming human rights and human security in peace and crisis management in general and the role of human security in the EU’s Common Security and Defence Policy security sector reform restorative responses to human rights violations by peacemakers human security in Serbia and in African peace operations as well as proposals for human security training. The contributions to the book focus equally on mainstreaming human security in the UN and in the EU context. The global issues discussed and conclusions drawn are of relevance for the future of security addressed by peace and crisis management operations all over the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813242

Mainstreaming Landscape through the European Landscape Convention The European Landscape Convention has introduced a Europe-wide concept of protection management and planning of all landscapes – not just the outstanding ones. This book reflects on the background to the establishment of the convention takes a critical look at examples and experiences of its implementation and discusses future developments for the convention and the management of landscapes in Europe. A decade after the creation of the European Landscape Convention this book asks how it has influenced the governance and development of European landscapes and what role it will play in the coming years. The authors provide a wide range of analyses reflections and visions informed by their diverse experiences of researching working with and using the convention. The sixteen essays are organised into three sections focusing on the fundamental concepts and values behind the convention current projects and experiences of implementation and prospects for future developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922303

Mainstreaming MidwivesThe Politics of Change Providing insights into midwifery a team of reputable contributors describe the development of nurse- and direct-entry midwifery in the United States including the creation of two new direct-entry certifications the Certified Midwife and the Certified Professional Midwife and examine the history purposes complexities and the political strife that has characterized the evolution of midwifery in America.Including detailed case studies the book looks at the efforts of direct-entry midwives to achieve legalization and licensure in seven states: New York Florida Michigan Iowa Virginia Colorado and Massachusetts with varying degrees of success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203615423

Mainstreaming Natural Capital and Ecosystem Services into Development Policy This book highlights the latest advances in the science and practice of using ecosystem services to inform decisions for economic development in the context of the developing countries. The development of the ecosystem services paradigm has enhanced our understanding of natural capital as an indispensable form of capital asset along with produced and human capital. This book addresses what could be the possible pathways to mainstream natural capital assets into development policies and what is currently known about the economic values of ecosystem services. A series of innovative tools to help policy makers and planners account for natural capital and ecosystem services in sectoral and macroeconomic policies have been explored and their application at the national and regional scale has been demonstrated. Several detailed case studies are presented in which the understanding of ecosystem services values has successfully informed decisions including examples from Chile South Africa Tanzania Trinidad and Tobago Vietnam and the Aral Sea in Central Asia. These provide the critically important insights lessons learned and means and mechanisms for policy makers to incentivize protection and discourage degradation of ecosystems and the services they provide. Mainstreaming Natural Capital and Ecosystem Services into Development Policy is designed to help decision makers at all levels including governments businesses multilevel development banks and individuals to integrate ecosystems and their services into their decision making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693111

Mainstreaming Solar Energy in Small Tropical IslandsCultural and Policy Implications This book explores how cultural considerations can improve policymaking to achieve mainstream solar energy in small tropical islands. Focusing on Trinidad Barbados and OÊ»ahu Kiron C. Neale looks at how culture can affect and be affected by the policies that support the household adoption of two key energy technologies: solar water heating and photovoltaics. Drawing on interviews with residents and energy officials and an examination of the institutional socio-economic and physical factors that affect energy systems such as governance structures and energy resource availability the author explores themes including the impact of insularity on energy transitions and behavioural and cultural change. Overall this book rebrands policies as instruments of cultural change and puts forward recommendations applicable to all small tropical islands. Following the islands’ transition to renewable energy this book will be of great interest to scholars of energy policy energy transitions climate change cultural studies and small states development as well as industry professionals working on energy policy implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367364564

Mainstreams Margins and the Spaces In-betweenNew possibilities for education research This book explores the complexities of investigating minorities majorities boundaries and borders and the experiences of researchers who choose to work in these spaces. It engages with issues of ethics disclosure and representation and contends with and seeks to contribute to emerging debates around power and the positioning of researchers and participants. Chapters examine epistemologies that shape researchers’ beliefs about the forms of research that are valued in educational research and theory and consider the importance of research that genuinely seeks to explore voice culture story authenticity and identity. Resisting the backdrop of standardisation performativity and accountability agendas pervading governments and organisations the book attends to the stories of real people to understand regional and rural landscapes to examine culture and the human condition and to give voice to those at the fringes of society who remain largely neglected and unheard. Drawing largely on studies from Australia the book provides an overview of the many types of research being engaged in revealing the value of different kinds of research and gaining insight into how meaning and findings are disseminated in research and educational sectors and back into the contexts where research takes place. Mainstreams Margins and the Spaces In-between will be of key interest to early career researchers and academics internationally as well as postgraduate students completing research methods courses in the field of education and the wider social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138089853

Maintainability Maintenance and Reliability for Engineers The demands of the global economy require manufacturers to produce highly reliable and easily maintainable engineering products. Recent studies indicate that for many large and sophisticated products or systems maintenance and support account for as much as 60 to 75 percent of their life cycle costs. Therefore the role of maintainability maintenance and reliability has become increasingly significant. Satisfying the pressing need for a volume that addresses these subjects with an interdiscilinary approach Maintainability Maintenance and Reliability for Engineers distills knowledge specific to each discipline into one comprehensive resource.After reviewing the history of all three fields and their interrelationships the book covers mathematical concepts such as Boolean algebra laws probability properties mathematical definitions and probability distributions. It includes reliability evaluation methods such as fault tree analysis network reduction method delta-method Markov method supplementary variables method and reliabitity management both mechanical and human. Highlihting maintainibility tools and functions the author discusses topics in maintainibility management and costing including tasks during product life cycle program plan organization functions design reviews life cycle costing investment cost elements and life cycle cost estimation models. The author also includes coverage of maintenance engineering focusing on safety quality corrective and preventive maintenance. The book concludes with coverage of maintenance management costing and human errror in engineering maintenance and contains 60 illustrations 16 tables and more than 200 equations.There is a definite need to considermaintainibility maintenance and reliability during product/system design and other phases. To achieve this goal effectively it is absoulutely imperative to have a certain degree of understanding of each of these disciplines. Although m Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391003

Maintaining A Satisfactory EnvironmentAn Agenda For International Environmental Policy This book is an outcome of a seminar organized to discuss an agenda for saving the environment of Europe. It covers the issues in international environmental policy and explores how to achieve an integration of environmental policies with other governmental policies and through economic instruments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164508

Maintaining Nuclear Stability in South Asia Argues that while nuclear weapons and ballistic missiles cast a shadow over Indo-Pakistani relations they do not create strategic stability. He asserts that the development of command and control mechanisms would enhance stability but that diplomatic steps focused on missiles must also be considered. Improved command and control and diplomatic engagement will provide some insurance that nuclear weapons are not used in any future conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138452626

Maintaining Safe Mobility in an Aging Society By 2030 20 percent of the world’s drivers 60 million in all will be over the age of 65. Consequently safe and efficient mobility for older adults is a complex and pressing issue. Maintaining Safe Mobility in an Aging Society addresses the complexities surrounding the booming number of aging drivers and practical solutions for sustaining safe transportation for this growing group. This plainspoken resource informs safe mobility discussions on a variety of areas including:Necessary skills for safe driving and how age affects themCurrent evidence on how medical conditions and medication hinder driving skillsComprehensive screening description and assessment practices issues and toolsSensitive ways to help older drivers transition into driving cessationImpact of advanced vehicle technology on aging driversApproaches to strengthening safety-conscious licensing policiesDraws the Significant Link Between Mobility and Well Being In addition to discussing how age impacts both the risk and severity of accidents and the link between mobility and well-being this authoritative work discusses means to achieve safer mobility including roadway design and community transportation options. Authored by driver safety and awareness experts it covers psychological and physical changes associated with age (both normal and pathological) including an important but rarely explored aspect of dementia known as wandering behavior. It also addresses the role of emerging technology. Maintaining Safe Mobility in an Aging Society is a concise reference that encompasses an impressive breadth of ready-to-access information. Thorough and systematically organized it is a groundbreaking and indispensable resource for those prov Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386122

Maintaining Sanity In The ClassroomClassroom Management Techniques A step-by-step guide to handling behaviour difficulties. This second edition includes new chapters on the family atmosphere learning disabilities the adolescent as opposed to the teenager and the delinquent child. It features charts on the sociogram and a chart on student seating arrangements. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138168008

Maintaining the Momentum of BeijingThe Contribution of African Gender NGOs First published in 1998 this volume collates essays from the perspectives of African women this volume presents us with equality and access rights faced by African women. Whilst discussing the potential of harnessing advances in information and communication technology to support the participation and recognition of women in development policies in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324343

Maintenance Monitoring Safety Risk and Resilience of Bridges and Bridge Networks Maintenance Monitoring Safety Risk and Resilience of Bridges and Bridge Networks contains the lectures and papers presented at the Eighth International Conference on Bridge Maintenance Safety and Management (IABMAS 2016) held in Foz do Iguaçu Paraná Brazil 26-30 June 2016. This volume consists of a book of extended abstracts and a DVD containing the full papers of 369 contributions presented at IABMAS 2016 including the T.Y. Lin Lecture eight Keynote Lectures and 360 technical papers from 38 countries. The contributions deal with the state-of-the-art as well as emerging concepts and innovative applications related to all main aspects of bridge maintenance safety management resilience and sustainability. Major topics covered include: advanced materials ageing of bridges assessment and evaluation bridge codes bridge diagnostics bridge management systems composites damage identification design for durability deterioration modeling earthquake and accidental loadings emerging technologies fatigue field testing financial planning health monitoring high performance materials inspection life-cycle performance and cost load models maintenance strategies non-destructive testing optimization strategies prediction of future traffic demands rehabilitation reliability and risk management repair replacement residual service life resilience robustness safety and serviceability service life prediction strengthening structural integrity and sustainability. This volume provides both an up-to-date overview of the field of bridge engineering as well as significant contributions to the process of making more rational decisions concerning bridge maintenance safety serviceability resilience sustainability monitoring risk-based management and life-cycle performance using traditional and emerging technologies for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society. It will serve as a valuable reference to all involved with bridge structure and infrastructure systems including students researchers and engineers from all areas of bridge engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028517

Maintenance Replacement and ReliabilityTheory and Applications Second Edition A completely revised and updated edition of a bestseller Maintenance Replacement and Reliability: Theory and Applications Second Edition supplies the tools needed for making data-driven physical asset management decisions. The well-received first edition quickly became a mainstay for professors students and professionals with its clear presentation of concepts immediately applicable to real-life situations. However research is ongoing and relentless—in only a few short years much has changed. See What’s New in the Second Edition: New Topics The role of maintenance in sustainability issues PAS 55 a framework for optimizing management assets Data management issues including cases where data are unavailable or sparse How candidates for component replacement can be prioritized using the Jack-knife diagram New Appendices Maximum Likelihood Estimated (MLE) Markov chains and knowledge elicitation procedures based on a Bayesian approach to parameter estimation E-learning materials now supplement two previous appendices (Statistics Primer and Weibull Analysis) Updated the appendix List of Applications of Maintenance Decision Optimization Models Firmly based on the results of real-world research in physical asset management the book focuses on data-driven tools for asset management decisions. It provides a solid theoretical foundation for various tools (mathematical models) that in turn can be used to optimize a variety of key maintenance/replacement/reliability decisions. It presents cases that illustrate the application of these tools in a variety of settings such as food processing petrochemical steel and pharmaceutical industries as well as the military mining and transportation (land and air) sectors. Based on the authors’ experience the second edition maintains the format that made the previous edition so popular. It covers theories and methodologies grounded in the real world. Simply stated no other book available addresses the range of methodologies associated with or focusing on tools to ensure that asset management decisions are optimized over the product’s life cycle. And then presents them in an easily digestable and immediately applicable way. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072107

Maintenance Safety Risk Management and Life-Cycle Performance of BridgesProceedings of the Ninth International Conference on Bridge Maint Maintenance Safety Risk Management and Life-Cycle Performance of Bridges contains lectures and papers presented at the Ninth International Conference on Bridge Maintenance Safety and Management (IABMAS 2018) held in Melbourne Australia 9-13 July 2018. This volume consists of a book of extended abstracts and a USB card containing the full papers of 393 contributions presented at IABMAS 2018 including the T.Y. Lin Lecture 10 Keynote Lectures and 382 technical papers from 40 countries. The contributions presented at IABMAS 2018 deal with the state of the art as well as emerging concepts and innovative applications related to the main aspects of bridge maintenance safety risk management and life-cycle performance. Major topics include: new design methods bridge codes heavy vehicle and load models bridge management systems prediction of future traffic models service life prediction residual service life sustainability and life-cycle assessments maintenance strategies bridge diagnostics health monitoring non-destructive testing field testing safety and serviceability assessment and evaluation damage identification deterioration modelling repair and retrofitting strategies bridge reliability fatigue and corrosion extreme loads advanced experimental simulations and advanced computer simulations among others. This volume provides both an up-to-date overview of the field of bridge engineering and significant contributions to the process of more rational decision-making on bridge maintenance safety risk management and life-cycle performance of bridges for the purpose of enhancing the welfare of society. The Editors hope that these Proceedings will serve as a valuable reference to all concerned with bridge structure and infrastructure systems including students researchers and engineers from all areas of bridge engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138730458

Maintenance and Safety of Aging InfrastructureStructures and Infrastructures Book Series Vol. 10 This book presents the latest research findings in the field of maintenance and safety of aging infrastructure. The invited contributions provide an overview of the use of advanced computational and/or experimental techniques in damage and vulnerability assessment as well as maintenance and retrofitting of aging structures and infrastructures such as buildings bridges lifelines and ships. Cost-efficient maintenance and management of civil infrastructure requires balanced consideration of both structural performance and the total cost accrued over the entire life-cycle considering uncertainties. In this context major topics treated in this book include aging structures climate adaptation climate change corrosion cost damage assessment decision making extreme events fatigue life hazards hazard mitigation inspection life-cycle performance maintenance management NDT methods optimization redundancy reliability repair retrofit risk robustness resilience safety stochastic control structural health monitoring sustainability uncertainties and vulnerability. Applications include bridges buildings dams marine structures pavements power distribution poles offshore platforms stadiums and transportation networks. This up-to-date overview of the field of maintenance and safety of aging infrastructure makes this book a must-have reference work for those involved with structures and infrastructures including students researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415659420

Maintenance Audits HandbookA Performance Measurement Framework Maintenance Audits Handbook: A Performance Measurement Framework explores the maintenance function and performance of an organization and outlines the key aspects required for an effective and efficient maintenance performance measurement (MPM) system. Incorporating different aspects of traditional literature and considering various frameworks on the subject it examines the auditing process as well as the use and development of maintenance metrics. It identifies different frameworks and models showcasing how MPM systems should be implemented as well as the values that are created when different frameworks are used. The book presents performance indicators within a framework that classifies and sorts according to functional and hierarchical aspects. It introduces techniques that can help determine the right set of performance indicators. It also outlines a process that combines both numerical indicators with the classical result of massive questionnaires successfully incorporating both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of maintenance performance. In addition the author provides examples of MPM frameworks that are used in organizations with condition-based vibration-based and reliability-centered maintenance. A useful handbook for students and maintenance professionals this book provides readers with an understanding of how toAlign the organizational strategy to the strategies of the maintenance functionLink the maintenance performance measures to the different hierarchies of the organization and establish effective communication between themTranslate the MPIs at operational level to the corporate level (to create value for the whole organization and its customers)Identify the weaknesses and strengths of the implemented maintenance strategyMaintenance Audits Handbook: A Performance Measurement Framework provides readers with a sound foundation for developing and measuring a comprehensive maintenance improvement strategy using qualitative and quantitative data and serves as an ideal resource for maintenance/mechanical engineers maintenance/performance/business/production managers and industry professionals involved in maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574994

Maintenance Costs and Life Cycle Cost Analysis Authors have attempted to create coherent chapters and sections on how the fundamentals of maintenance cost should be organized to present them in a logical and sequential order. Necessarily the text starts with importance of maintenance function in the organization and moves to life cycle cost (LCC) considerations followed by the budgeting constraints. In the process they have intentionally postponed the discussion about intangible costs and downtime costs later on in the book mainly due to the controversial part of it when arguing with managers. The book will be concluding with a short description of a number of sectors where maintenance cost is of critical importance. The goal is to train the readers for a deeper study and understanding of these elements for decision making in maintenance more specifically in the context of asset management. This book is intended for managers engineers researchers and practitioners directly or indirectly involved in the area of maintenance. The book is focused to contribute towards better understanding of maintenance cost and use of this knowledge to improve the maintenance process. Key Features:• Emphasis on maintenance cost and life cycle cost especially under uncertainty.• Systematic approach of how cost models can be applied and used in the maintenance field.• Compiles and reviews existing maintenance cost models.• Consequential and direct costs considered.• Comparison of maintenance costs in different sectors infrastructure manufacturing transport. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573003

Maintenance Engineering and ManagementPrecepts and Practices The book Maintenance Engineering and Management deals with the management principles and practices that govern the maintenance function apart from the engineering techniques. It gives the maintenance engineer the latest developments in maintenance engineering techniques like wear debris analysis preventive maintenance and condition monitoring as well as management concepts like reliability based maintenance logical fault location and lean maintenance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138048492

Maintenance of Brick and Stone Masonry Structures This book deals with all the tasks related to brick and stone masonry structures from the initial identification of defects and their diagnosis to their treatment and monitoring of its cost-effectiveness. It is written in the context of bridges and their associated retaining walls in the U.K. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062066

Maintenance of Historic Buildings: A Practical Handbook Maintenance helps to preserve the significance of a historic building retaining both the structural integrity of the building fabric and its appearance. Maintenance can extend a building's life reduce or remove the need for repairs and ultimately offers a sustainable approach to the conservation of our heritage. It is therefore recognized by conservation professionals as one of the most important activities involved in caring for historic buildings. Despite this it is still often considered a low priority by building owners. This extremely useful sourcebook provides a model for planning a maintenance programme which will reduce unnecessary subsequent costs. By following this guide building managers and conservation advisors can produce a definitive logbook covering all maintenance needs including timing for repairs and accurate budgeting. Using simple work cards it sets out responsibilities explains the nature of the tasks shows how they should be performed where they are and who should undertake them. It also demonstrates how routine inspections can be undertaken with minimal disturbance by the owner/manager. The useful checklists and spreadsheets act as an aide-memoire to assist with the process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781873394922

Maintenance Pharmacotherapies for Neuropsychiatric Disorders Designed for clinicians from a variety of backgrounds this handbook provides useful information regarding long-term treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders. It is intended not only for psychiatrists and neurologists but also for primary care physicians and non-physician mental health professionals. The book examines maintenance treatment for a comprehensive list of mental illnesses including biopolar disorders anxiety disorders schizophrenia and dementia. It provides the clinician with the information needed to select and manage the effective long-range treatment of their patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005099

Maize AgroecosystemNutrient Dynamics and Productivity Maize is among the most widely spread and widely used crops of the world used for cereals for over 4 billion humans as food for farm animals and as a source material for biofuel production. Yet there are relatively few books on the cropping system of this important crop. This book Maize Agroecosystem is a concise treatise dealing with agronomy soil fertility and productivity of maize. The information is global in nature and considers recent developments in all maize cropping belts. The "global maize agroecosystem" is a conglomerate of several "maize cropping belts" that flourish on different continents. The impact of nutrient management on the productivity of maize agroecosystems is the main focus of this book. The book includes the history of maize growing the kinds of soil needed nutrient dynamics the use of soil organic matter the physiology and genetics of maize and integrated nutrient management. It presents comprehensive knowledge regarding the physicochemical dynamics of the three major nutrients: nitrogen phosphorus and potassium. Also covered is how fertilizers impinge on soils of maize farms and their impact on soil and groundwater quality. The impact of crop genotype on soil nutrient dynamics and productivity is also highlighted. The information provided here will be highly useful to students at colleges and universities in the fields of agricultural sciences and environmental science and ecology and the book also functions as valuable resource for researchers and professors in crop science. Several figures and tables are included that describe and summarize the impact of various agronomic/fertilizer management procedures on crop productivity. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895086

Maize CropImprovement Production Protection and Post Harvest Technology Maize is one of the versatile emerging crops with wider adaptability under varied agro-climatic conditions. Globally maize is known as queen of cereals because it has the highest genetic yield potential among the cereals. It is cultivated on nearly 150 m/ha in about 160 countries having wider diversity of soil climate biodiversity and management practices that contributes 36 % (782 m/t) inthe global grain production. The United States of America (USA) is the largest producer of maize contributes nearly 35 % of the total production in the world. It is the driver of the US economy. This book talks about the improvement production protection and post harvest technology of the maize crop. Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367546946

Maize In The Third World This book examines the biological and economic issues relevant to improving the productivity of maize in Third World countries. It also examines the place of maize in the world economy the roles of public and private research organizations and problems of policy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367162184

Majesty and the Masses in Shakespeare and MarloweWestern Anti-Monarchism The Earl of Essex Challenge and Political Stagecraft This book is a landmark study of Shakespeare’s politics as revealed in his later History Plays. It offers the first ever survey of anti-monarchism in Western literature history and philosophy tracked from Hesiod and Homer through to contemporaries of Shakespeare such as George Buchanan and the authors of the Mirror for Magistrates thus demonstrating that anxiety over monarchic power and contemptuous demolitions of kingship as a disastrously irrational institution formed an important and irremovable body of reflection in prestigious Western writing. Overturning the widespread assumption that "Elizabethans believed in divine right monarchy" it exposits the anti-monarchic critique built into Shakespeare’s Histories and Marlowe’s Massacre at Paris in five chapters of close literary critical readings paying innovative attention to performance values. Part Two focuses Queen Elizabeth’s principal challenger for national rule: the Earl of Essex England’s most popular man. It demonstrates from detailed readings that far from being an admirer of the war-crazed unstable bi-polar Essex as is regularly asserted Shakespeare launched in Richard II and Henry IV a campaign to puncture the reputation of the great earl exposing him as a Machiavel seeking Elizabeth’s throne. Shakespeare emerges as a humane and clear-sighted critic of the follies intrinsic to dynastic monarchy: yet hostile likewise to the rash militarist Essex who would fling England into permanent war against Spain. Founded on an unprecedented and wide-ranging study of anti-monarchist thought this book presents a significant contribution to Shakespeare and Marlowe criticism studies of Tudor England and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482084

Major Label MasteringProfessional Mastering Process Major Label Mastering: Professional Mastering Process distills 25 years of mastering experience at Capitol Records into practical understandings and reliable systems. Containing unparalleled insights this book reveals the mastering tricks and techniques used by Evren Göknar at one of the world’s most notable record labels. Beginning with the requisite competencies every Mastering Engineer must develop Major Label Mastering delves into the particulars of the mastering studio as well as fundamental mastering tools. Included among these tools is The Five Step Mastering Process a rigorously tested system that equips the practitioner to successfully and confidently master a project to exacting standards of audio fidelity. Covering all bases the book discusses both macro and micro considerations: from mindset approach and connecting with clients down to detailed guidelines for processing audio advanced methods and audio restoration. Each chapter ends with exercises intended to deepen understanding and skill or to supplement course study. Suitable for all levels this is a unique resource for students artists and recording and Mastering Engineers alike. Major Label Mastering is supplemented by digital resources including audio examples and video tutorials. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9781138058583

Major Law and Policy Issues in the South China SeaEuropean and American Perspectives Major law and policy issues in the South China Sea are discussed mainly from the perspectives of leading American and European scholars in the study of the complex South China Sea disputes. The issues include regional maritime cooperation and regime building Southeast Asian countries’ responses to the Chinese assertiveness China’s historic claims maritime boundary delimitation and excessive maritime claims military activities and the law of the sea freedom of navigation and its impact on the problem the dispute between Vietnam and China confidence-building measures and U.S.-Taiwan-China relations in the South China Sea and Taiwan’s role in the resolution to the South China Sea issues. Over the past three years there have been several incidents in the South China Sea between the claimants and also between the claimants and non-claimants over fisheries collection of seismic data exploration for oil and gas resources and exercise of freedom of navigation. Third party concerns and involvement in the South China Sea disputes have been increasing as manifested in actions taken by the United States India and Japan. It is therefore important to examine South China Sea disputes from the legal and political perspective and from the view point of American and European experts who have been studying South China Sea issues for many years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247659

Major Nation-States in the European Union Integrating the study of individual European nation-states within the framework of the European Union this unique new text is essentially two books in one: a book on the EU and a comparative introduction to European politics. This text provides more value to students by combining two texts in one but engages student interest and facilitates learning through a variety of useful features. Role-playing exercises encourage participation and test students' critical thinking skills while an emphasis on the people behind the politics "humanizes" material and provides lively insights into contemporary European politics and society. To ensure student understanding there is extensive material comparing and contrasting EU states to one another and to the United States a thorough glossary at the end of the book and an abundance of examples tables charts and graphs to illustrate and extend the discussions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138381957

Major Powers and PeacekeepingPerspectives Priorities and the Challenges of Military Intervention The problems of peacekeeping in Somalia Rwanda and former Yugoslavia marked a turning point for major powers in international military peacekeeping. Major support for a more pro-active UN role in peacekeeping has not been forthcoming and where major power involvement is deemed vital non-UN peace operations have increasingly become the norm. This valuable volume explores the continuing significance of peacekeeping in international affairs particularly in terms of its military dimensions and examines the priorities and perspectives of the major powers in relation to their military participation in international peacekeeping and wider peace operations in the twenty-first century. It is ideal for scholars and students interested in contemporary international politics international relations international organizations security and strategic studies conflict resolution and foreign policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378896

Major Short Stories of D.H. LawrenceA Handbook First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980174

Major Soil Groups of the WorldEcology Genesis Properties and Classification This profusely illustrated book gives an exhaustive account of the principal types of soils of our planet. The "progressive descent of weathering fronts" model recognized and used by eminent international scientists is the guiding principle of choice to link the observations and to give the reader a synthetic and coherent view of the differentiation of soils. In each case the introductory reminders summarize the physicochemical and mineralogical principles necessary for understanding the text. The nomenclatures rely systematically and simultaneously on the two most commonly used classifications: Soil Taxonomy and World Reference Base. This reference manual is aimed at students of the undergraduate and graduate courses but is also intended for workers and scientists in this subject area (geologists pedologists agronomists land-use planners foresters etc.) as well as for all those concerned with or interested in protection of the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087839

Major Sporting EventsBeyond the Big Two Sport has long been used as a tool for political gain and many major sporting events are now often framed as a panacea to help combat issues such as rising obesity rates decreasing physical activity levels and wider urban decline. In reality though fostering a temporary ‘feel-good factor’ is the most that many of these events can ever achieve even though a number are now sold on the popular rhetoric of legacy. Drawing upon a range of events and the work of international scholars from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds this collection offers insights into the ways in which events outside of the big two are (re)positioned as part of the wider sporting landscape. The chapters originally published as a special issue in Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592585

Major-General Hezekiah Haynes and the Failure of Oliver Cromwell’s Godly Revolution 1594–1704 Hezekiah Haynes was shaped by the Puritanism of his father’s network and experienced emigration to New England as part of a community removing themselves from Charles I’s Laudianism. Returning to fight in the British Civil Wars Haynes rose to become Cromwell’s ruler of the east of England tasked with bringing about a godly revolution and in rising to prominence he became the centre of his own developing political and religious network which included a kin link to Cromwell himself. As one of Cromwell’s Major-Generals Haynes was tasked with security and a reformation of manners but he was hampered by the limits of the early modern state and Cromwell’s own contradictory political and religious ideas. The Restoration saw Haynes imprisoned in the Tower before emerging to return to the community in which he had been raised and continuing the links with some of those he had worked with for Cromwell and the kin he had left behind in New England in dealing with the norms of early modern life. This book will appeal to specialists in the area and students taking courses on early modern English and American history as well as those with a more general interest in the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367903107

Major-General Thomas HarrisonMillenarianism Fifth Monarchism and the English Revolution 1616-1660 Thomas Harrison is today perhaps best remembered for the manner of his death. As a leading member of the republican regime and signatory to Charles I’s death warrant he was hanged drawn and quartered by the Restoration government in 1660; a spectacle witnessed by Samuel Pepys who recorded him ’looking as cheerful as any man could do in that condition’. Beginning with this grisly event this book employs a thematic rather than chronological approach to illustrate the role of millenarianism and providence in the English Revolution religion within the new model army literature image and reputation and Harrison’s relationship with key individuals like Ireton and Cromwell as well as groups most notably the Fifth Monarchists. Divided in three parts the study starts with an analysis of Harrison’s last year of life the nature of his response to the political collapse of the Interregnum regimes and his apparent acceptance of the Restoration without overt resistance. Part two considers Harrison’s years of ’power’ analysing his political activities and influence in the New Model especially with regard to the regicide. The final part ties Harrison’s political retreat to his initial emergence from obscurity; arguing that Harrison’s relative political quietism during the later 1650s was a reflection of the development of his millenarianism. Unlike the only two previous full length studies of Harrison the present work makes use of a full range of manuscript primary and secondary sources including the huge range of new material that has fundamentally changed how the early modern period is now understood. Fully footnoted and referenced this study provides the first modern academic study of Harrison and through him illuminates the key themes of this contested period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409465546

Majority and Minority InfluenceSocietal Meaning and Cognitive Elaboration Majority and minority influence research examines how groups influence the attitudes thoughts and behaviours of individuals groups and society as a whole. This volume collects recent work by an international group of scholars representing a variety of different theoretical approaches to majority and minority influence. The book provides a thorough evaluation of significant current developments with a particular focus on how active minorities can influence people’s thinking and behaviour fight against conformity and contribute to real social change. It also discusses the following themes: Social vs. cognitive processes of social influence: cooperation vs. antagonism Majority and minority influence: a singular or a dual socio-psychological process? Conversion vs appropriation of minority ideas Different meta-theoretical considerations underlying social influence research New avenues for future research are presented and many are born from a new integration between influence and persuasion theoretical traditions. By focusing on the societal dimension of social influence this book contributes to filling a theoretical and epistemological gap in the relative literature. It offers a balanced and thorough presentation of the distinct theoretical and epistemological approaches employed by active and important researchers in the field making it essential reading for researchers and upper-level students of social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954991

Make A Shield From Wisdom First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980181

Make America Hate AgainTrump-Era Horror and the Politics of Fear Horror films have traditionally sunk their teeth into straitened times reflecting expressing and validating the spirit of the epoch and capitalising on the political and cultural climate in which they are made. This book shows how the horror genre has adapted itself to the transformation of contemporary American politics and the mutating role of traditional and new media in the era of Donald Trump’s Presidency of the United States. Exploring horror’s renewed potential for political engagement in a socio-political climate characterised by the angst of civil conflict the deception of ‘alternative facts’ and the threat of nuclear or biological conflict and global warming Make America Hate Again examines the intersection of film politics and American culture and society through a bold critical analysis of popular horror (films television shows podcasts and online parodies) such as 10 Cloverfield Lane American Horror Story Don’t Breathe Get Out Hotel Transylvania 2 Hush It It Comes at Night South Park The Babadook The Walking Dead The Woman The Witch and Twin Peaks: The Return. The first major exploration of the horror genre through the lens of the Trump era it investigates the correlations between recent culturally meaningful horror texts and the broader culture within which they have become gravely significant. Offering a rejuvenating optimistic and positive perspective on popular culture as a site of cultural politics Make America Hate Again will appeal to scholars and students of American studies film and media studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498280

Make it Happen Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070400

Make it Work20th Century American Fiction and Fashion Imagine a new critical theory that bases its literary value on fashion. In this theory exists a community that explores and interrogates conventionality and in American literature of the 20th century it includes fashion and home decoration two paths to achieving white femininity a prized component of many novels written by and for women. Drawing on cultural materialism and its connection to the cultural forms of objects including apparel Making it Work: 20th Century American Fiction and Fashion provides readers a new understanding of the aims of American writers and the desires of their readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367203139

Make Key Stage 3 Matter in English The KS3 curriculum plays a critical part in giving students the best possible start to their secondary education and preventing the need for intervention later on. This timely book provides detailed guidance on how to develop a robust multifaceted inclusive and challenging KS3 curriculum in English that provides a secure and progressive link between KS2 and KS4. Featuring examples of curriculum models and audits of current practice chapters cover key topics such as: developing the planning cycle; transitioning between primary and secondary English; assessment in KS3 English; creating a model that supports and challenges students of all levels; LAC and SPAG: divisive or cohesive abbreviations; speaking and listening in the KS3 English curriculum; using multimodal texts; examples of how meaningful homework can successfully embed itself in a KS3 English curriculum model. Make Key Stage 3 Matter in English will be an invaluable resource for KS3 English coordinators teachers and all those involved in the planning and delivery of the KS3 English curriculum. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138208551

Make Love Not WarThe Sexual Revolution: An Unfettered History First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135093

Make Poverty BusinessIncrease Profits and Reduce Risks by Engaging with the Poor Poor people in developing countries could make excellent suppliers employees and customers but are often ignored by major businesses. This omission leads to increased risk higher costs and lower sales. Meanwhile businesses are asked by governments and poverty activists to do more for economic development but their exhortations are rarely based on a proper business case. Make Poverty Business bridges the gap by constructing a rigorous profit-making argument for multinational corporations to do more business with the poor. It takes economic development out of the corporate social responsibility ghetto and places it firmly in the core business interests of the corporation and argues that to see the poor only as potential consumers at the bottom of the pyramid (BOP) misses half of the story.  Make Poverty Business examines the successes failures and missed opportunities of a wide range of global companies including Wal-Mart BP Unilever Shell and HSBC when dealing with the poor and with development advocates in the media NGOs governments and international organisations. It includes a discussion on how to use a poverty perspective to provoke profitable innovation – not only to create new products and services but also to find new sources of competitive advantage in the supply chain and to develop more sustainable lower-cost business models in developing countries. Make Poverty Business will be essential reading for international business managers seeking to increase profits and decrease risks in developing countries development advocates who seek to harness the profit motive to achieve reductions in poverty and academics looking for practical strategies on how business can implement BOP initiatives in developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280488

Make Room for BabyPerinatal Child-Parent Psychotherapy to Repair Trauma and Promote Attachment This state-of-the-art clinician's guide describes Perinatal Child–Parent Psychotherapy (P-CPP) a treatment for pregnant women and their partners whose readiness to nurture a baby is compromised by traumatic stress and adverse life experiences. An application to pregnancy of the widely disseminated evidence-based Child–Parent Psychotherapy P-CPP spans the prenatal period through the first 6 months of life. Extended cases illustrate ways to help mothers and fathers understand how trauma has affected them navigate the physical and emotional challenges of becoming parents build essential caregiving competencies and ensure the safety of their babies and themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543472

Make the CutA Guide to Becoming a Successful Assistant Editor in Film and TV Being a successful editor is about more than just knowing how to operate a certain piece of software or when to make a certain transition. On the contrary there are many unwritten laws and a sense of propriety that are never discussed or taught in film schools or in other books.Based on their own experiences first as upcoming assistant editors then as successful Hollywood editors the authors guide you through the ins and outs of establishing yourself as a respected film and video editor.Insight is included on an array of technical issues such as script breakdown prepping for sound effects organizing camera and sound reports comparison timings assemply footages and more. In addition they also provide first-hand insight into industry protocol providing tips on interviewing etiquette career planning and more information you simply won't find in any other book.The book concludes with a chapter featuring Q plusA sessions with various established Hollywood editors about what they expect from their assistant editors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419360

Make Toons That Sell Without Selling Out Learn the secrets behind independent animation from the "The King of Independent Animation” - Academy Award-nominated Bill Plympton. This living legend breaks down how to make a career outside of the world of corporate animation - and without compromise. Learn time-saving techniques the secrets to good storytelling and the business-side of short and feature-length animation films. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240817798

Make WavesBe the One to Start Change at Work and in Life Make Waves encourages readers to step up and be the one to initiate change in their work and lives. Author Patti Johnson walks readers through the tools and techniques that they can use to create change in their own situations. Johnson elaborates on these tools even further to give readers a sense of how to encourage and instill these "wave-making" behaviors in others within their organization.  Using several diverse case studies as illustrative examples Make Waves highlights the important steps that individuals at any level can take toward positive change. By reinforcing readers' desires to contribute and make a difference Johnson connects on an individual level and bridges the gap between that desire and the actions necessary to realize bigger changes.  Change can be big or small. It is the act of stepping up that Johnson embraces as well as the ripple effect on those around. Interviews with famous Wave Makers as well as everyday people illustrate why it is important to be the one to start change. Wave Makers profiled include:  Clint Hurdle: Manager of the Pittsburgh Pirates; believes in positive attitude and culture and changes the MLB clubhouse; this year leading the Pirates to their first winning season since 1992.  Charley Johnson: Started Pay It Forward foundation.  Joe Nussbaum: Started Big Event at Texas A&M when in college in the '80s and has continued to grow; largest one-day college community service day in the country and has been adopted by over seventy universities.  Emma Scheffler: High school soccer player who started Insulin Angels a nonprofit for children diagnosed with diabetes after her own diagnosis; feared her dream of college soccer was over so engaged other students and local hospitals after thinking about how to make her diagnosis a positive.  Allen Stephenson: Started Southern Tide at twenty-two-years old when in med school and followed a passion to create a clothing line; built momentum by creating interest and participation on southern college campuses; they are now growing rapidly and it started with a great polo shirt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134914

Make Your Business a Lean BusinessHow to Create Enduring Market Leadership Make Your Business a Lean Business is a written by business leaders for business leaders as a how-to guide to building enduring market leadership. Written by authors with more than 60 years’ experience applying Lean to operations and businesses this book will allow readers to understand Lean principles and apply practices to transform their business. It also Shows readers how to transform their business to a Lean business using Lean philosophy values practice and tools Is a comprehensive Lean Enterprise Operational Management System implementation guide that defines the Lean Enterprise Business Model Uses personal author experiences throughout the book to illuminate and reinforce concepts and practices Provides insights and a roadmap so executives can take immediate action to start building a Lean business Readers will be able follow a logical path aligning their business from strategy to detailed activity thereby engaging their entire organization in becoming more competitive. It is the only true enterprise book about applying Lean to the entire business and it provides business leaders with the understanding approach and tools to plan align and transform their business starting with their core business value proposition business planning disciplined goal and resource alignment and implementation management. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439829998

Make Your Mark Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070417

Make Your MovieWhat You Need to Know About the Business and Politics of Filmmaking  This book is for anyone interested in the business of breaking into the movies. Learn who the key players are when it comes to getting a movie made and how to navigate the politics of filmmaking from start to finish from first pitch to filling movie seats. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240821559

MakeologyMakers as Learners (Volume 2) Makeology introduces the emerging landscape of the Maker Movement and its connection to interest-driven learning. While the movement is fueled in part by new tools technologies and online communities available to today’s makers its simultaneous emphasis on engaging the world through design and sharing with others harkens back to early educational predecessors including Froebel Dewey Montessori and Papert. Makers as Learners (Volume 2) highlights leading researchers and practitioners as they discuss and share current perspectives on the Maker movement and research on educational outcomes in makerspaces. Each chapter closes with a set of practical takeaways for educators researchers and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847811

MakeologyMakerspaces as Learning Environments (Volume 1) Makeology introduces the emerging landscape of the Maker Movement and its connection to interest-driven learning. While the movement is fueled in part by new tools technologies and online communities available to today’s makers its simultaneous emphasis on engaging the world through design and sharing with others harkens back to early educational predecessors including Froebel Dewey Montessori and Papert. Makerspaces as Learning Environments (Volume 1) focuses on making in a variety of educational ecosystems spanning nursery schools K-12 environments higher education museums and after-school spaces. Each chapter closes with a set of practical takeaways for educators researchers and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138847774

Maker Literacies and Maker Identities in the Digital AgeLearning and Playing Through Modes and Media This book explores “making” in the school curriculum in a period in which the ability to create and respond to digital artifacts is key and focuses on makerspaces in educational settings. Combining the arts with design to give a fuller picture of the engagement and wonder that unfolds with maker literacies the book moves across such settings and themes as: Creativity and writing in classrooms Making and developing civic engagement Emotional experiences of making Race and gender in makerspace Game-based play and coding in schools and draws its case studies from the Netherlands Finland Canada Australia the United Kingdom and the United States. Giving as broad a perspective on makerspaces making and design as possible the book will help scholars expand their understandings and help educators appreciate the power and worth of making to inspire students. It is useful for anyone hoping to apply design maker and makerspace approaches to their teaching and learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367502461

Makers Crafters EducatorsWorking for Cultural Change Makers Crafters Educators brings the do-it-yourself (DIY) ethos of maker and crafter movements into educational environments and examines the politics of cultural change that undergird them. Addressing making and crafting in relation to community and schooling practices culture and place this edited collection positions making as an agent of change in education. In the volume’s five sections—Play and Hacking Access and Equity Interdependence and Interdisciplinarity Cultural and Environmental Sustainability and Labor and Leisure—authors from around the world present a collage of issues and practices connecting object making participatory culture and socio-cultural transformation. Offering gateways into cultural practices from six continents this volume explores the participatory culture of maker and crafter spaces in education and reveals how community sites hold the promise of such socio-cultural transformation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138896222

Makers of 20th-Century Modern ArchitectureA Bio-Critical Sourcebook Makers of 20th-Century Modern Architecture is an indispensable reference book for the scholar student architect or layman interested in the architects who initiated developed or advanced modern architecture. The book is amply illustrated and features the most prominent and influential people in 20th-century modernist architecture including Wright Eisenman Mies van der Rohe and Kahn. It describes the milieu in which they practiced their art and directs readers to information on the life and creative activities of these founding architects and their disciples. The profiles of individual architects include critical analysis of their major buildings and projects. Each profile is completed by a comprehensive bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059210

Makers Of Japan First Published in 1906 Morris melds Japanese culture and historic past to create a discourse on the change in attitude to foreign powers in the 1800’s. By providing a general impression of Japan and her people and discussing the workings of reform as exemplified in the lives of her patriots the book explores Japan’s status amongst the international community as an enlightened nation and modern powerhouse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602335

Makers of the Media MindJournalism Educators and their Ideas Makers of the Media Mind is a collection of analytical essays focusing on the most important and original ideas contributed to the field of mass communication by journalism educators. Divided into six sections representing the most prominent areas of specialization in the field this text serves two significant purposes: first it acquaints readers with the lives of preeminent journalism educators; second it provides concise discussions and evaluations of the most compelling ideas those educators have to offer. The editor of and contributors to this text contend that ideas cannot be appreciated fully without an understanding of the creators of those same ideas. They hope that this volume's coverage of "creators" as well as concepts will demonstrate that journalism education has played a critical role in the making of the "media mind." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812273

Makers of the Russian RevolutionBiographies Until the publication of this book in 1974 the leaders of the October Revolution remained very badly known. This book exhumes the autobiographies written by the men whose actions and ideas have moulded events. Unique as sources of documentation on the Bolsheviks these autobiographies encompassing personal and political information up to 1917 add an important historical dimension. They allow the reader to appreciate more accurately the role played by each of the protagonists in preparing and carrying out the Revolution and beyond this they put the Bolsheviks of 1917 in the context of their social milieu and of the circumstances that shaped their minds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225398

Makeshift Migrants and LawGender Belonging and Postcolonial Anxieties This book unmasks the cultural and gender stereotypes that inform the legal regulation of the migrant. It critiques the postcolonial perspective on how belonging and non-belonging are determined by the sexual cultural and familial norms on which law is based as well as the historical backdrop of the colonial encounter which differentiated overtly between the legitimate and illegitimate subject. The complexities and layering of the migrant’s existence are seen in the book to be obscured by the apparatus of the law. The author elaborates on how law can both advance and impede the rights of the migrant subject and how legal interventions are constructed around frameworks rooted in the boundaries of difference protection of the sovereignty of the nation-state and the myth of the all-embracing liberal subject. This produces the ‘Other’ and reinforces essentialised assumptions about gender and cultural difference. The author foregrounds the perspective of the subaltern migrant subject exposing the deeper issues implicated in the debates over migration and the rights claims of migrants primarily in the context of women and religious minorities in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662759

Make-Up Hair and Costume for Film and Television An introductory guide for students learning professional make-up hairdressing and wardrobe skills and `front of camera' professionals needing an understanding of the techniques.Written by an experienced professional this manual offers a step-by step approach for the complete beginner with diagrams to show procedures for a variety of make-up effects from corrective and character make-up to period dramas special effects and prosthetics. It describes the skills required of the job introduces special make-up products and how to apply them for different effect and sets the context for the make-up artist's role by considering technical requirements such as lighting camerawork and chroma-key backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140967

Makeup Artistry for Film and TelevisionYour Tools for Success On-Set and Behind-the-Scenes In this comprehensive handbook author makeup artist and educator Christine Sciortino offers a detailed introduction to the conceptual foundations techniques and on-set practices of the makeup design process going beyond technique-centered makeup education to provide an in-depth look at the workings of the film and television world. Through personal stories interviews demonstrations and insights from Sciortino and her colleagues this book explores the business of makeup artistry including tailoring a resume building a kit self-marketing breaking down a script researching and creating makeup looks working as part of a production team and different ways to get paid. It further delves into on-set procedures and theory such as anatomy skin science color theory and lighting design. With high-quality step-by-step photo tutorials this book will help readers to learn and hone techniques for beauty makeup character makeup and light special effects including aging and dirtying grooming bruises and prosthetics tattoos and more. An emphasis is placed on working with actors of all ages skin tones and gender identities. This approachable and engaging blend of practical techniques and professional practice is ideal for both introductory-level and established artists. An online resource also offers downloadable templates and sample paperwork for on-set use and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205393

Makiguchi Tsunesaburo in the Context of Language Identity and Education Makiguchi Tsunesaburo (1871-1944) was a Japanese schoolteacher principal educational philosopher and Buddhist war resister. The progenitor of the value-creating (soka) pedagogy that inspires thousands of teachers worldwide and informs the network of 15 Soka schools universities and a women’s college across seven countries in Asia and the Americas Makiguchi has emerged as an important figure in international education curriculum studies and instructional practice. Few educators in the global academy however know of Makiguchi’s extensive and lifelong work in language education. This edited volume including a translation of an early Makiguchi essay heretofore unavailable in English presents theoretical and empirical analyses of Makiguchi’s perspectives and practices relative to language identity and education in historical and contemporary contexts. First published as a special issue of Journal of Language Identity and Education this volume includes a new preface and three new chapters. Makiguchi Tsunesaburo in the Context of Language Identity and Education advances the field of Makiguchi studies and is indispensable for scholars and practitioners engaged in language and literacy education international perspectives in education and curriculum theorizing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143145

Making Selling and Wearing Boys' Clothes in Late-Victorian England There has been a great deal of recent interest in masculine clothing examining both its production and consumption and the ways in which it was used to create individual identities and to build businesses from 1850 onwards. Drawing upon a wide range of sources this book studies the interaction between producers and consumers at a key period in the development of the ready-made clothing industry. It also shows that many innovations in advertising clothing usually considered to have been developed in America had earlier British precedents. To counter the lack of documentary evidence that has hitherto hampered research into the dress practices of non-elite groups this book utilises thousands of unpublished visual documents. These include hundreds of manufacturers' designs which underline an unexpected degree of investment by manufacturers in boys' clothing and which was matched by heavy investment in advertising with thousands of images of boys' clothing for shop catalogues in the Stationers' Hall copyright archive. Another key source is the archives of Dr Barnardo's Homes. This extraordinary collection contains over 15 000 documented photographs of boys entering between 1875 and 1900 allowing us to look beyond official polarization of 'raggedness' and 'respectability' used by charities and social reformers of all stripes and to establish the clothing that was actually worn by a large sample of boys. A close analysis of 1 800 images reveals that even when families were impoverished they strove to present their boys in ways that reflected their position in the family group and in society. By drawing on these visual sources and linking the design and retailing of boys' clothing with social cultural and economic issues this book shows that an understanding of the production and consumption of the boys clothing is central to debates on the growth of the consumer society the development of mass-market fashion and concepts of childhood and masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261860

Making 21st Century Knowledge ComplexesTechnopoles of the world revisited The world has changed profoundly since the publication of the influential book Technopoles of the World. As policy-makers and practitioners attempt to harness science technology and innovation to create dynamic and vibrant cities many wonder how relevant Manuel Castells and Peter Hall's messages are today. Twenty years later this book returns to their concepts and practices to update their message for the 21st century. Making 21st Century Knowledge Complexes: Technopoles of the World Revisited argues that the contemporary technopole concept encompasses three new dimensions. Firstly building synergy between partners is vital for the success of complexes. Secondly the correct governance arrangements are critical to balance competing interests inevitable in any science city project. Thirdly new evaluation mechanisms are indispensable in allowing policy-makers to steer their long-term benefits. Through twelve case study chapters and a detailed comparative analysis this book provides academics policy-makers and practitioners with critical insights in understanding managing and promoting today's high-technology urban complexes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339668

Making a Business Plan 'This book is an excellent addition to any business plan. Making a business plan is unambiguous and written in plain language. It also serves as a handy reference book when revising and/or rewriting a business plan. Worth mentioning are the numerous examples given in the book particularly helpful since financial terminology can be difficult for beginning entrepreneurs. It also has a logical layout. The corresponding website is helpful and the downloads useful.' Roel van der Beek Product Management Netherlands Chamber of Commerce Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001790981

Making a Difference First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849357

Making a Difference in EducationWhat the evidence says What is working in education in the UK - and what isn't? This book offers a highly readable guide to what the latest research says about improving young people's outcomes in pre-school primary and secondary education. Never has this issue been more topical as the UK attempts to compete in the global economy against countries with increasingly educated and skilled work-forces. The book discusses whether education policy has really been guided by the evidence and explores why the failings of Britain's educational system have been so resistant to change as well as the success stories that have emerged. Making a Difference in Education looks at schooling from early years to age 16 and entry into Further Education with a special focus on literacy numeracy and IT. Reviewing a large body of research and paying particular attention to findings which are strong enough to guide policy the authors examine teacher performance school quality and accountability and the problematically large social gap that still exists in state school education today. Each chapter concludes with a summary of key findings and key policy requirements. As a comprehensive research review Making a Difference in Education should be essential reading for faculty and students in education and social policy and of great interest to teachers and indeed to anyone who wants to know about the effectiveness of UK education policy and practice and where they should be going. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415529228

Making a Difference in FamiliesResearch that creates change 'This 'must read' volume will challenge every researcher to re-examine their assumptions and approach to research with families. Munford and Sanders emphasise the positive contribution research can make through the development of an inclusive research process. Their model extends the principles of the action research method by emphasising the contribution of families at each stage of the research and dissemination of results through an easily assessable 'range of research products'. The thought-provoking case studies articulate the strengths and realities of applying their model in a wide variety of settings in different countries.' - Angeline Barretta-Herman Professor of Social Work University of St Thomas'This book tackles the hard issues which are becoming of vital importance for all researchers. How our research can make a difference to research participants and our communities and also satisfy the needs of other players are some of the difficult questions this book addresses. The book's direct approach and its inclusion of work from around the globe make it widely applicable.' - Professor Jan Fook La Trobe UniversityDoing research with families poses particular challenges in social work and welfare. The families are generally clients of social services and can be in a vulnerable position. Also it is important that family research contributes to improving practice in clinical and community work.Making a Difference in Families discusses key approaches to research with families including action research focus groups and participant observation. Contributors explore both qualitative and quantitative methods and examine ways in which researchers can involve participants in the research process. Detailed case studies are provided of research in a variety of settings and with different kinds of family situations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116349

Making a Difference in MarketingThe Foundation of Competitive Advantage Establishing a difference is the lynchpin of marketing. It can be achieved in many ways. The results can be magical and powerful: such as increasing with little expense the price of a little regarded fish from £0.15 a kilo to £1.00. As with many other disciplines which have great value this potency has often resulted in the discussion of marketing being prey to increasing complexity. This frequently intimidates those marketing could help. Often it is due to the touting of supposedly new paradigms given plausibility by conveniently invented metrics and an emphasis on the rational and conscious over the emotional and unconscious despite the latter aspects appearing to be the basis for much choice. This imbalance has been highlighted by recent insights from psychology neurology and behavioural economics. Rather than simply embracing these advances the focus of marketing has been on additional layers of intricacy and a weighting of emphasis towards means of communication further distancing marketing from its base. This book aims to cut through to the pivotal role of differentiation illustrated by case histories and the advances in the related fields referred to particularly the work of psychologists such as Daniel Kahneman. Unlike much writing on marketing it has tried to follow Einstein’s advice to be "as simple as possible but no simpler". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036857

Making a Difference in TheoryThe theory question in education and the education question in theory Making a Difference in Theory brings together original work from an international group of authors on the roles of theory in educational research and practice. The book discusses the different roles theory plays can play and should play both from a historical perspective and in light of contemporary discussions and developments. Particular attention is paid to the question of whether there are or should be distinctively educational forms of theory and theorising. The double engagement with the theory question in education and the education question in theory and theorising provides original insights in what theory does might do or should do in educational research and practice. With contributions from internationally renowned authors in the field of educational theory research and practice the book will be of value to academics researchers and postgraduate students in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907904

Making a Difference: Volume I and IIThe Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference of the Learning Sciences (ICLS) William Wordsworth (1770-1850) needs little introduction as the central figure in Romantic poetry and a crucial influence in the development of poetry generally. This broad-ranging survey redefines the variety of his writing by showing how it incorporates contemporary concepts of language difference and the ways in which popular and serious literature were compared and distinguished during this period. It discusses many of Wordsworth's later poems comparing his work with that of his regional contemporaries as well as major writers such as Scott. The key theme of relationship both between characters within poems and between poet and reader is explored through Wordsworth's construction of community and his use of power relationships. A serious discussion of the place of sexual feeling in his writing is also included. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455436

Making a DifferenceDeveloping Meaningful Careers in Education Our culture and media often simplify the choice educators face-stay in or leave classroom teaching. Written for teachers and other educational professionals this book dispels this simple dichotomy by representing the range of responses and career pathways that enable educators to make a difference. Based on interviews with hundreds of change-minded educators the authors share career stories and insights against a backdrop that maps out the complexities roles and structures that define professional advancement in education. All of the teachers in this book have taught in challenging urban contexts fought hard to exercise their professional autonomy and responsibility to serve students well navigated social networks of educators friends and family who buoy or dampen their reform spirit and remain committed to changing society through schooling. Their stories are as instructive as they are inspiring and offer roadmaps for the current generation of change-minded educators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633589

Making a DifferenceFeminist Literary Criticism Feminist scholarship employs gender as a fundamental organizing category of human experience holding two related premises: men and women have different perceptions or experiences in the same contexts the male perspective having been dominant in fields of knowledge; and that gender is not a natural fact but a social construct a subject to study in any humanistic discipline. This challenging collection of essays by prominent feminist literary critics offers a comprehensive introduction to modes of critical practice being used to trace the construction of gender in literature. The collection provides an invaluable overview of current femionist critical thinking. Its essays address a wide range of topics: the rerlevance of gender scholarship in the social sciences to literary criticism; the tradition of women's literature and its relation to the canon; the politics of language; French theories of the feminine; psychoanalysis and feminism; feminist criticism of writing by lesbians and black women; the relationship between female subjectivity class and sexuality; feminist readings of the canon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151949

Making a DifferenceNGO's and Development in a Changing World As Western aid budgets are slashed and government involvement with aid programmes reduced NGOs in the voluntary sector are finding themselves taking an ever-increasing share of development work overseas. As they do so they are forced to grow and to assume new responsibilities taking more important and wide-ranging decisions - in many cases without having had the chance to step back and review the options before them and the best ways of maximizing the impact they make. This collection of essays explores the strategies available to NGOs to enhance their development work reviewing the ways that options can be understood appropriate programmes and likely problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315070308

Making a DifferencePractice of Sociology Emphasis on measurement techniques can interfere with understanding how well particular social programs in their field work. In Making a Difference: The Practice of Sociology Irwin Deutscher links traditional sociological concerns with applied sociology in an effort to overcome this problem. He contributes to the debate over the extent to which health educational and social pro­grams initiated by the Roosevelt Kennedy and Johnson administrations have been successful in intimate hu­man terms.The work is divided into five parts: "Toward a Useful Sociology" is a collec­tion of essays concerning the causes of social problems and the uses of evalu­ation research. "On Doing Applied Re­search" explores research tools and ste­reotypes. 'The Raised Eyebrow" points out obstructions to useful program evaluation. "Vignettes" deals with spe­cific areas of social programs: public housing aging family disaster relief small town petty crime the integration of public facilities delinquency nurs­ing and the education of tribal people.Deutscher believes that the introduc­tion of a sociological perspective can provide a positive element to interdisci­plinary pursuits. This belief as well as his fresh perspectives on both the strengths and limitations inherent in applied sociology offer the field a revi­talizing lift. As such this highly infor­mative thought-provoking volume will be of interest to sociologists and policymakers in health education crime welfare housing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511811

Making a DifferenceProgressive Values in Public Administration This inspirational work encourages Public Administration professionals to participate in progressive social change by advocating progressive values to counter the regressive values currently dominant in American society. The book begins with an analysis of regressive and progressive societal values and then discusses specific actions PA practitioners scholars and teachers can take to build awareness and use of progressive values. The author presents regressive and progressive values in five matched pairs each representing a continuum of thought and action: aggressiveness and cooperation; belief and knowledge; economics as end and economics as means; great inequality and limited inequality; and Earth as resource and Earth as home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765622884

Making a Living Making a LifeWork Meaning and Self-Identity In a world in which individuals will undergo multiple career changes is it possible any longer to conceive of a job as a meaningful vocation? Against the background of fragmentation and rationalisation of work this book explores the significance and meaning of work in contemporary life raising the question of whether people continue to feel motivated to dedicate their lives to their work or must now look to other areas of life for meaning. Based on rich in-depth interviews conducted with workers of different ages and across a broad range of occupations in the major city of Melbourne Making a Living Making a Life reveals that work continues to be a source of pride passion and purpose the author shedding light on the ways in which cultural narratives collective meanings and structural factors influence people’s feelings about work. An engaging and empirically grounded examination of the meaning and centrality of work to people’s lives in today’s 'liquid' modern world this book will appeal to sociologists with interests in cultural sociology social theory ethics the sociology of work and questions of identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208295

Making a LivingChanging Livelihoods in Rural Africa Livelihoods in rural Africa are changing in response to disappearing job prospects falling agricultural output and collapsing infrastructure. This book explains why the responses to these challenges are so different in different parts of Africa. Making a Living uses case studies from commercial farming regions in Kenya Tanzania and Zimbabwe and from much poorer areas within eastern and southern Africa.to give a broad comparative study of rural livelihoods. These case studies reveal how household relations poverty and gender all play a part in the changing political economy of rural Africa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754382

Making a Man of HimParents and Their Sons' Education at an English Public School 1929-50 Originally published in 1988 this book analyses the effect of public boarding school on those boys who grew to manhood under its influence. With access to over 2000 letters written by parents to the Head Master and governors of Ellesmere College in the period 1929-50  it raises issues about the construction of masculinity in the mid-twentieth century. The author demonstrates from these candid letters the concerns of a small group of parents bringing up their sons: their aspirations plans fears and problems. She shows how parents’ plans changed sometimes very dramatically due to the Second World War and demonstrates the differences between social groups as diverse as clergy widows and farmers in bringing up their sons. The author also presents fascinating and elusive evidence about the sons themselves and the effects of their schooling on their models of masculinity sexuality and attitudes to women. This book places the particular concerns of a relatively small group within the much wider contexts of education social and gender structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138040816

Making a Market EconomyThe Institutionalizational Transformation of a Freshwater Fishery in a Chinese Community First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655507

Making a Place for CommunityLocal Democracy in a Global Era When pundits refer to the death of community they are speaking of a number of social ills which include but are not limited to the general increase in isolation and cynicism of our citizens widespread concerns about declining political participation and membership in civic organizations and periodic outbursts of small town violence. Making a Place for Community argues that this death of community is being caused by contemporary policies that if not changed will continue to foster the decline of community. Increased capital flow between nations is not at the root of the problem however increased capital flow within our nation is. Small towns shouldn't have to hope for a prison to open nearby and downtown centers shouldn't sit empty as suburban sparwl encroaches but they do and it's a result of widely agreed upon public policies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811185

Making A VoiceAfrican Resistance To Segregation In South Africa Since apartheid's dissolution in the early 1990s and its formal abolishment in April 1994 there has been increasing interest in the early history of African struggles against segregation and apartheid. This book focuses on the resistance to segregation in the eastern cape town of Port Elizabeth long known for its tradition of political protest. J Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316761

Making Aboriginal Men and Music in Central Australia This detailed ethnographic study explores the intercultural crafting of contemporary forms of Aboriginal manhood in the world of country rock and reggae music making in Central Australia. Focusing on four different musical contexts – an Aboriginal recording studio remote Aboriginal settlements small non-indigenous towns and tours beyond the musicians’ homeland – the author challenges existing scholarly political and popular understandings of Australian Aboriginal music men and related indigenous matters in terms of radical social cultural and racial difference. Based on extensive anthropological field research among Aboriginal rock country and reggae musicians in small towns and remote desert settlements in Central Australia the book investigates how Aboriginal musicians experience and articulate various aspects of their male and indigenous sense of selves as they make music and engage with indigenous and non-indigenous people practices places and sets of values.Making Aboriginal Men and Music is a highly original intimate study which advances our understanding of contemporary indigenous and male identity formation within Aboriginal Australian society. Providing new analytical insights for scholars and students in fields such as social and cultural anthropology cultural studies popular music and gender studies this engaging text makes a significant contribution to the study of indigenous identity formation in remote Australia and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350040113

Making Accountability WorkDilemmas for Evaluation and for Audit Like honesty and clean water ""accountability"" is invariably seen as a good thing. Conversely the absence of accountability is associated with most of the greatest abuses in human history. Accountability is thus closely linked with the exercise of power and the legitimacy of policies and those pursuing them. This book looks at the role of evaluation and of audit as key elements in democratic accountability processes. The contributors explore the apparent paradox of there being more accountability-related activities today than ever before at the same time as much public debate laments what is seen as a lack of actual accountability. Such a situation raises a number of questions: Is there a need for different approaches to establishing accountability or can current arrangements be modified to make them more effective? Are present practices part of the problem and are they preventing a mature debate about performance improvement taking place? How can systems awash with performance information ensure that at least some of it makes sense to a wide range of potential users? How is it that greater accountability and transparency can so quickly have become associated with concerns about perverse incentives and be seen by some as a costly burden? The volume includes detailed case studies and synthesizes up-to-date research evidence drawn from very different governmental systems ending with practical advice for those involved in the accountability processes. In doing so it attempts to address both conceptual ambiguities about the notion of ""accountability"" and the practical uncertainties over its implications for democratic government. This book is aimed at serious people who think about trends in the use of evaluation and audit in seeking to hold governments accountable for their actions and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865555

Making AmendsMediation and Reparation in Criminal Justice Reparation or making amends is an ancient theme in criminal justice. It was revived in both Europe and North America in the 1980s as a practical alternative both to retributivism and to the various utilitarian projects traditionally associated with retributive justice.Making Amends examines the practice of these schemes in the UK USA and Germany and shows how criminal justice institutions were unresponsive to these attempts to cast justice in a new form. Yet the experiments reflected an abiding dissatisfaction with criminal courts and with the manner in which justice is conceived and expressed within  the criminal framework. The authors' conclusions therefore have implications for the workings of the criminal justice system as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862134

Making American Foreign Policy Ole Holsti one of the deans of US foreign policy analysis examines the complex factors involved in the policy decision-making process including the beliefs and cognitive processes of foreign policy leaders and the influence public opinion has on foreign policy. The essays in addition to being both theoretically and empirically rich are historical in breadth--with essays on Vietnam--as well as contemporary in relevance--with essays on public opinion and foreign policy after 9/11. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203625446

Making America's Budget Policy from the 1980's to the 1990's This collection of articles traces the evolution over the 1980s of budget policy and tax reform by an architect of the Bradley tax reform bill. The articles present a chronological analysis of tax changes and the heated controversy over budget policy and the deficit. It concludes with an analysis of what the future holds. The author currently staff director of the Joint Economic Committee of Congress has the perspective of a fiscal expert with many years on the Washington scene. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289212

Making an Effective BidA practical guide for research teaching and consultancy Many people waste a great deal of time writing bids or tenders that are not successful. Even worse they may succeed in gaining funding for a project or service where the plans and budgeting are poorly thought through in relation to the implementation or application. That can be a very costly mistake if the funding you gain is insufficient but you are stuck with developing the project or service. "Making an Effective Bid" outlines everything you need to know for writing successful bids and tenders. It is full of tips and advice and introduces ideas for building up contacts setting up networks organising potential collaborators and avoiding pitfalls. Examples of successful and not-so-successful bids are included to fully illustrate the concepts. With practice you should become more adept at writing bids and gaining funds that further your work and career. This book is a vital guide for those in health and social care who are required to or want to make a bid or tender for resources - for money work staff equipment research educational activities or a new service. It will help you to develop a greater understanding of making successful bids and go on to compose a bid or tender with the essential ingredients to succeed. "This book is for anyone working in health and social care who is required to or wants to make a bid or tender for resources- for money work people/staff equipment etc or research educational activities or a new service. This will include academics and health and social care personnel. It will help you to develop a greater understanding of how to make a successful bid and go on to compose a bid or tender with the right ingredients to succeed. So buying the book and spending time reading it should be a great investment." - Ruth Chambers in the Preface. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385204

Making an EntranceTheory and Practice for Disabled and Non-Disabled Dancers Making an Entrance is the first ever practical introduction to teaching dance with disabled and non disabled students. This clearly written thought provoking and hugely enjoyable manual is essential reading whether you're just starting out or are already active in the field.Taking improvisation as his focus and as the starting point of choreographic exploration Adam Benjamin asks what it has to offer as an art form and how it can be better used to meet the changing needs of dance education.In the theoretical section Benjamin explores the history of a disintegrated dance practice placing it within the wider context of cultural and political movements. He questions what is meant today when we talk about 'inclusive' or 'integrated dance' and what we might expect of it.The book includes over 50 exercises and improvisations designed to stimulate and challenge students at all levels of dance. Benjamin also includes useful hints on the practicalities of setting up workshops covering issues as diverse a class size the safety aspects of wheelchairs and the accessibility of dance spaces. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315012711

Making an Impact on Mental HealthThe Applications of Psychological Research Advancements in research in psychological science have afforded great insights into how our minds work. Making an Impact on Mental Health analyses contemporary international research to examine a number of core themes in mental health such as mindfulness and attachment and provides an understanding of the sources of mentally ill health and strategies for remediation. The originality of this work is the embedding of psychological science in an evolutionary approach. Each chapter discusses the context of a specific research project looking at the methodological and practical challenges how the results have been interpreted and communicated the impact and legacy of the research and the lessons learnt. As a whole the book looks at how social environments shape who we are and how we form relationships with others which can be detrimental but equally a source of flourishing and well-being. Covering a range of themes conducive to understanding and facilitating improved mental health Making an Impact on Mental Health is invaluable reading for advanced students in clinical psychology and professionals in the mental health field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199906

Making an Impact on Policing and CrimePsychological Research Policy and Practice Making an Impact on Policing and Crime: Psychological Research Policy and Practice applies a range of case studies and examples of psychological research by international leading researchers to tackle real-world issues within the field of crime and policing. Making an Impact on Policing and Crime documents the application of cutting-edge research to real-world policing and explains how psychologists’ insights have been adapted and developed to offer effective solutions across the criminal justice system. The experts featured in this collection cover a range of psychological topics surrounding the field including the prevention and reduction of sexual offending and reoffending the use of CCTV and ‘super-recognisers’ forensic questioning of vulnerable witnesses the accuracy of nonverbal and verbal lie detection interview techniques psychological ‘drivers’ of political violence theoretical models of police–community relations and the social and political significance of urban ‘riots’. This collection is a vital resource for practitioners in policing fields and the court system and professionals working with offenders as well as students and researchers in related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353577

Making an Impact on School BullyingInterventions and Recommendations Exploring international and intercultural perspectives Making an Impact on School Bullying presents a much-needed insight into the serious problem of bullying in schools. As the effect of bullying on victims can be devastating and bystanders and even perpetrators are often also negatively affected by the experience finding successful solutions to the problem of bullying is crucial for improving school life around the world. This invaluable book looks at a range of practical interventions that have addressed the problem of school bullying. Peter Smith presents a curated collection of seven examples of successful anti-bullying procedures from around the world - including the US Europe and Asia - and an exploration of cyberbullying. Each chapter examines the context in which the interventions took place how theoretical knowledge transferred into practice and the impact and legacy of the work. Covering the most important and widely-used strategies to combat bullying the book provides readers with a roadmap to developing practical and impactful interventions. Ideal reading for students and researchers of education and developmental psychology Making an Impact on School Bullying is also useful for school counsellors and education authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385301

Making An Impact: A Handbook On Counselor AdvocacyA Handbook on Counselor Advocacy First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138462793

Making and GrowingAnthropological Studies of Organisms and Artefacts Making and Growing brings together the latest work in the fields of anthropology and material culture studies to explore the differences - and the relation - between making things and growing things and between things that are made and things that grow. Though the former are often regarded as artefacts and the latter as organisms the book calls this distinction into question examining the implications for our understanding of materials design and creativity. Grounding their arguments in case studies from different regions and historical periods the contributors to this volume show how making and growing give rise to co-produced and mutually modifying organisms and artefacts including human persons. They attend to the properties of materials and to the forms of knowledge and sensory experience involved in these processes and explore the dynamics of making and undoing growing and decomposition. The book will be of broad interest to scholars in the fields of anthropology archaeology material culture studies history and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138244597

Making and Managing Public Policy Understanding how public policy is made and managed is a key component in studying the disciplines of public management and administration. Such are the complexities associated with this topic a deeper understanding is vital to ensure that practising public managers excel in their roles. This textbook synthesizes the key theories providing a contemporary understanding of public policy and how it relates to private and other sectors. It integrates this with the management and implementation of public policy including outlines of organizations practices and instruments used. Pedagogical features include chapter synopses learning objectives boxed international cases and vignettes and further reading suggestions. This useful concise textbook will be required reading for public management students and all those interested in public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679954

Making and Moving Sculpture in Early Modern Italy In recent years art historians have begun to delve into the patronage production and reception of sculptures-sculptors' workshop practices; practical aesthetic and esoteric considerations of material and materiality; and the meanings associated with materials and the makers of sculptures. This volume brings together some of the top scholars in the field to investigate how sculptors in early modern Italy confronted such challenges as procurement of materials their costs shipping and transportation issues and technical problems of materials along with the meanings of the usage hierarchies of materials and processes of material acquisition and production. Contributors also explore the implications of these facets in terms of the intended and perceived meaning(s) for the viewer patron and/or artist. A highlight of the collection is the epilogue an interview with a contemporary artist of large-scale stone sculpture which reveals the similar challenges sculptors still encounter today as they procure manufacture and transport their works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472460905

Making and Relational CreativityAn Exploration of Relationships that Arise through Creative Practices in Informal Making Spaces Making and Relational Creativity explores the developing relationships that arise between art teachers and students through creative practices outside of the secondary school arts curriculum. The author offers a powerful account of both her own and student experiences exposing the complexities and problematic nature of creative practices emerging outside of the curriculum framework. The book specifically explores relationships that develop in informal making spaces and argues for the significance of democratic creativity within art education. Examining the processes of making and the narratives arising within the A/R/Tography Collective the lived experiences of both students and educator are revealed providing a unique insight into their lives. The book explores the impact such spaces have on teachers’ professional relationships with students together with the impact on student relationships and urges educators to inhabit a more holistic role and tailor their pedagogy to meet the needs of students. In addition the research also aims to address the implications of informal making spaces for the school curriculum in England. This book will be of great interest for postgraduate students researchers and academics in the field of arts education democratic learning teacher education cultural and organisational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367524838

Making and Seeing Modern Texts Making and Seeing Modern Texts explores the poetics of texts through a close reading and analysis across the genres of poetry drama fiction non-fiction travel literature and theory. This volume demonstrates that prose as much as poetry share the making and seeing of language literary practice and theory. Genre then is presented as a guide that crosses multiple boundaries. This volume selects different ways to examine texts discussing Michael Ondaatje’s early poetry and examining narrative in Philip Roth’s The Human Stain. The book examines images in poetry narrative in fiction prefaces in non-fiction metatheatre in drama and attempts to see the modern and postmodern in theory all of which show us the complexities of modernity or later modernity. One of the innovations is that the author a literary critic/theorist poet and historian takes his training in practice and theory and shows through examples of each how language operates across genres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666255

Making and Unmaking the Prospects for RhetoricSelected Papers From the 1996 Rhetoric Society of America Conference The 1996 Meeting of the Rhetoric Society of America commemorated the 25th anniversary of the publication of Lloyd Bitzer and Edwin Black's The Prospect of Rhetoric. In so doing the conference gave scholars and teachers in various disciplines from all over the country the opportunity to talk about new prospects for rhetoric. The conferees were asked to present their vision of rhetoric studies or to demonstrate what rhetoric studies could be by example. Their essays presented in this volume illustrate a discipline at odds over the future and demonstrate the continued influence and vitality of other papers on the same subject published some 25 years ago. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811207

Making and Using AntibodiesA Practical Handbook Second Edition Antibodies protect us from a wide range of infectious diseases and cancers and have become an indispensable tool in science—both for conventional immune response research as well as other areas related to protein identification analysis. This second edition of Making and Using Antibodies: A Practical Handbook provides clear guidance on all aspects of how to make and use antibodies for research along with their commercial and industrial applications. Keeping pace with new developments in this area all chapters in this new edition have been revised updated or expanded. Along with discussions of current applications new material in the book includes chapters on western blotting aptamers antibodies as therapeutics quantitative production and humanization of antibodies. The authors present clear descriptions of basic methods for making and using antibodies and supply detailed descriptions of basic laboratory techniques. Each chapter begins with introductory material allowing for a better understanding of each concept and practical examples are included to help readers grasp the real-world scenarios in which antibodies play a part. From the eradication of smallpox to combating cancer antibodies present an attractive solution to a range of biomedical problems. They are relatively easy to make and use have great flexibility in applications and are cost effective for most labs. This volume will assist biomedical researchers and students and pave the way for future discovery of new methods for making and using antibodies for a host of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439869086

Making Another World Possible10 Creative Time Summits 10 Global Issues 100 Art Projects Making Another World Possible offers a broad look at an array of socially engaged cultural practices that have become increasingly visible in the past decade across diverse fields such as visual art performance theater activism architecture urban planning pedagogy and ecology. Part I of the book introduces the reader to the field of socially engaged art and cultural practice spanning the past ten years of dynamism and development. Part II presents a visually striking summary of key events from 1945 to the present offering an expansive view of socially engaged art throughout history and Part III offers an overview of the current state of the field elucidating some of the key issues facing practitioners and communities. Finally Part IV identifies ten global issues and in turn documents 100 key artistic projects from around the world to illustrate the various critical aesthetic and political modes in which artists cultural workers and communities are responding to these issues from their specific local contexts. This is a much needed and timely archive that broadens and deepens the conversation on socially engaged art and culture. It includes commissioned essays from noted critics practitioners and theorists in the field as well as key examples that allow insights into methodologies contextualize the conditions of sites and broaden the range of what constitutes an engaged culture. Of interest to a wide range of readers from practitioners and scholars of performance to curators and historians Making Another World Possible offers both breadth and depth spanning history and individual works to offer a unique insight into the field of socially engaged art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138603547

Making Anti-Racial Discrimination LawA Comparative History of Social Action and Anti-Racial Discrimination Law Making Anti-Racial Discrimination Law examines the evolution of anti-racial discrimination law from a socio-legal perspective. Taking a comparative and interdisciplinary approach the book does not simply look at race and society or race and law but brings these areas together by drawing out the tension in the process in different countries by which race becomes a policy issue which is subsequently regulated by law. Moving beyond traditional social movement theory to include the extreme right wing as a social actor the study identifies the role of extreme right wing confrontation in agenda setting and law-making a feature often neglected in studies of social action. In so doing it identifies the influence of both the extreme right and liberalism on anti-racial discrimination law. Focusing primarily on Great Britain and Germany the book also demonstrates how national politics feeds into EU policy and identifies some of the challenges in creating a high and uniform level of protection against racial discrimination throughout the EU. Using primary archival materials from Germany and the UK the empirical richness of this book constitutes a valuable contribution to the field of anti-racial discrimination law at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. The book will interest specialists and academics in law sociology and political science as well as non-specialists who will find this study stimulating and useful to expand their knowledge of anti-racial discrimination law or pursue teaching goals policy objectives and reform agendas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685474

Making Archaeology HappenDesign versus Dogma ‘Archaeology is for people’ is the theme of this book. Split between the academic and commercial sectors archaeological investigation is also deeply embedded in the needs of local communities making it simultaneously an art science and social science. Such a multi-disciplinary discipline needs special methods and creative freedom not repetitive responses. Carver argues that commercial procedures and academic theory are both suffocating creativity in fieldwork. He’d like to see us bring much more diversity and technical ingenuity to every opportunity and maintains this is more a matter of getting ourselves free of dogma than needing more time and money. This has many implications for the way archaeology is designed and procured – moving archaeologists up the professional ladder from builder to architect with contracts based on quality of design not the price. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320251

Making Architecture Through Being HumanA Handbook of Design Ideas Architecture can seem complicated mysterious or even ill-defined especially to a student being introduced to architectural ideas for the first time. One way to approach architecture is simply as the design of human environments. When we consider architecture in this way there is a good place to start – ourselves. Our engagement in our environment has shaped the way we think which we in turn use to then shape that environment. It is from this foundation that we produce meaning make sense of our surroundings structure relationships and even frame more complex and abstract ideas. This is the start of architectural design. Making Architecture Through Being Human is a reference book that presents 51 concepts notions ideas and actions that are fundamental to human thinking and how we interpret the environment around us. The book focuses on the application of these ideas by architectural designers to produce meaningful spaces that make sense to people. Each idea is isolated for clarity in the manner of a dictionary with short and concise definitions examples and illustrations. They are organized in five sections of increasing complexity or changing focus. While many of the entries might be familiar to the reader they are presented here as instances of a larger system of human thinking rather than simply graphic or formal principles. The cognitive approach to these design ideas allows a designer to understand the greater context and application when aligned with their own purpose or intentions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204778

Making Art History in Europe After 1945 This book analyses the intermeshing of state power and art history in Europe since 1945 and up to the present from a critical de-centered perspective. Devoting special attention to European peripheries and to under-researched transnational cultural political initiatives related to the arts implemented after the end of the Second World War the contributors explore the ways in which this relationship crystallised in specific moments places discourses and practices. They make the historic hegemonic centres of the discipline converse with Europe’s Southern and Eastern peripheries from Portugal to Estonia to Greece. By stressing the margins’ point of view this volume rethinks the ideological grounds on which art history and the European Union have been constructed as well as the role played by art and culture in the very concept of ‘Europe.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393795

Making Art HistoryA Changing Discipline and its Institutions Making Art History is a collection of essays by contemporary scholars on the practice and theory of art history as it responds to institutions as diverse as art galleries and museums publishing houses and universities school boards and professional organizations political parties and multinational corporations. The text is split into four thematic sections each of which begins with a short introduction from the editor the sections include: Border Patrols addresses the artistic canon and its relationship to the ongoing 'war on terror' globalization and the rise of the Belgian nationalist party. The Subjects of Art History questions whether 'art' and 'history' are really what the discipline seeks to understand. Instituting Art History concerns art history and its relation to the university and raises questions about the mission habits ethics and limits of university today. Old Master New Institutions shows how art history and the museum respond to nationalism corporate management models and the 'culture wars'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203757581

Making Assessment MatterUsing Test Results to Differentiate Reading Instruction All too often literacy assessments are given only for accountability purposes and fail to be seen as valuable resources for planning and differentiating instruction. This clear concise book shows K-5 educators how to implement a comprehensive balanced assessment battery that integrates accountability concerns with data-driven instruction. Teachers learn to use different types of test scores to understand and address students' specific learning needs. The book features an in-depth case example of a diverse elementary school that serves many struggling readers and English language learners. Reproducible planning and progress monitoring forms can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2"" x 11"" size.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462502462

Making Big Decisions BetterHow to Set and Simplify Business Strategy Making Big Decisions Better is leading a global movement to equip present and next generation leaders with proven strategy tools that enable agile thinking that ignites stronger more predictable direct paths to profit. No more academic theories. These are real tools and a system that enables improved strategic thinking and leadership. This book bridges an unspoken gap in strategy thinking that until now only provided leaders with just SWOT and Porter’s 5 Forces as the language of strategy.    By using the decision making tools in Making Big Decisions Better you’ll finally remove the mystique of those you manage up to and lead those that report to you. You will standout and have a transportable set of tools for any role or industry. There’s never been a better time to break away from the outdated mainstream strategy planning process that misused scarce resources burned out its leaders and never delivered the results.  It’s your turn to learn and lead! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472451088

Making Cereal This collection of short wordless picture books helps to support children with speech language and communication needs as they develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through storytelling. Each book is comprised of six colourful images that follow a simple everyday routine such as ‘Brushing Teeth’ ‘Having a Haircut’ and ‘Walking the Dog’. Unlike traditional picture books they follow a film scroll effect showing the progression of time and allowing the child to follow the story to its resolution. Because of their simplicity the books can support children as they move from simple to intermediate sentence levels as well as encouraging them to consider additional elements of language such as cause and effect sequencing and inference. This resource includes: Ten beautifully illustrated picture books each following a simple pattern of routine disruption and resolution An accompanying guidebook including story scripts cue questions and prompts for using the resource to support additional skills Although developed specifically to help children with speech language and communication needs this set is suitable for any child who requires support and practice in developing their speech. It is an invaluable resource for speech and language therapists teaching staff and caregivers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429323607

Making ChangeFacilitating Community Action Every community has issues or opportunities that need to be addressed. The expert knowledge of community members could be the key to creating lasting change. By making community members into facilitators Making Change: Facilitating Community Action suggests they can guide community members through the process of making change and to help them determine their goals and methods. The aim of this book is to enable facilitators to identify concerns and address enable and foster change at the local level through effective facilitation. This book follows a six-stage model for creating change. Beginning with issue awareness it continues through getting to know the team they are working with seeking information on the issue and community through facilitating the planning and community development through evaluation. This book focuses on the human side of the change process while also teaching the practical skills necessary for individuals to reach their goal. Making Change is for people interested in making change to improve their community including students community activists local government and educational leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367444761

Making Changes Last Based on original research conducted by the author over the past twenty years this book is a definitive investigation of enduring change. Hundreds of therapists and change agents in addition to a diverse group of people who have self-initiated experiences or structured therapy have been interviewed about their most dramatic growth and the factors that contributed to making their changes last. Written for helping and leadership professionals as well as the public this book will give readers the knowledge and tools they need to understand the mechanisms and processes of lasting change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462861

Making Chaplaincy WorkPractical Approaches With compassion and commitment practicing chaplains draw on a wide range of professional experiences and discuss principles themes and guidelines that have enhanced their ministries. These practical and successful approaches are aimed at helping others face the daily professional challenges of health care chaplaincy. The issues and responsibilities of chaplaincy work with a variety of patient populations--AIDS sufferers long-term care patients stroke victims and the terminally ill--are thoroughly explored. Contributors provide creative and innovative methods of meeting the needs of hospital patients and their families as well as health care personnel such as implementing a volunteer clergy program and establishing a surgical reporting plan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859880

Making Choices for Healthcare First Published in 2018. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384849

Making Cities Work: The Dynamics Of Urban Innovation This book is an outcome of the conference 'Urban Innovation: Working Solutions to the Problems of Human Settlement' held in 1977. It focuses on urban innovations as working alternatives that reflect an institutional capacity to adapt complex human systems in response to basic environmental change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171681

Making Cities WorkRole of Local Authorities in the Urban Environment For too long cities have been thought of as environmental blackspots with high levels of air and soil pollution overcrowding poor sanitation and growing waste disposal problems. This book takes a more positive attitude: cities can be made to work sustainably. Their high population density can work in the environment's favour if they can achieve efficient use of resources such as energy and water supplies and improve transport and infrastructure. The best cities today are clean resource efficient green and pleasant and not only act as cultural and entertainment centres but also harbour great varieties of wildlife. Making Cities Work looks at the vital role which local authorities can - and must - play in safeguarding and developing our towns and cities. Their role is crucial and the aim of the book is to make governments international bodies and local authority associations aware of how potential environmental and social problems can be overcome and what can be achieved. This book is being written by urban development experts based on material supplied by the world's leading city associations. It is being edited by one of the world's most highly regarded cultural ecologists and has been commissioned by UNHCS for the Habitat II conference. Clearly written accessible and fully illustrated throughout with photographs figures and graphs it is ideal for students fascinating reading for the general public and essential for those involved in local authorities planning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980204

Making CitizensRousseau's Political Theory of Culture By analysing Rousseau's conception of the general will Zev Trachtenberg characterises the attitude of civic virtue Rousseau believes individuals must have to cooperate successfully in society. Rousseau holds that culture affects political life by either fostering or discouraging civic virtue. However while the cultural institutions Rousseau endorses would motivate citizens to obey the law they would not prepare citizens to help frame it. Rousseau's view of culture thus works against his account of legitimacy and Trachtenberg concludes that Rousseau's political theory as a whole is inconsistent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009219

Making CitizensTransforming Civic Learning for Diverse Social Studies Classrooms Can social studies classrooms be effective "makers" of citizens if much of what occurs in these classrooms does little to prepare young people to participate in the civic and political life of our democracy? Making Citizens illustrates how social studies can recapture its civic purpose through an approach that incorporates meaningful civic learning into middle and high school classrooms. The book explains why social studies teachers particularly those working in diverse and urban areas should infuse civic education into their teaching and outlines how this can be done effectively. Directed at both pre-service and in-service social studies teachers and designed for easy integration into social studies methods courses this book follows students and teachers in social studies classrooms as they experience a new approach to the traditional history-oriented social studies curriculum using themes essential questions discussion writing current events and action research to explore enduring civic questions. Following the experiences of three teachers working at three diverse high schools Beth C. Rubin considers how social studies classrooms might become places where young people study ponder discuss and write about relevant civic questions while they learn history. She draws upon the latest sociocultural theories on youth civic identity development to describe a field-tested approach to civic education that takes into consideration the classroom and curricular constraints faced by new teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874625

Making Climate Compatible Development Happen Making Climate Compatible Development Happen introduces readers to the concept of climate compatible development (CCD) through exploring what it might look like how it could be achieved in practice and identifying challenges and dilemmas raised by CCD. The book brings together research that explores the assumptions underlying CCD and applies the concept in a range of geographic and sectoral settings. The volume makes a significant contribution to the theorisation and evidence-base for how development efforts can be made more climate resilient and with lower greenhouse gas emissions than a ‘business as usual’ approach. It provides critical reflections on the vision and conceptualisation of CCD exploring how to encourage it and what trade-offs and challenges may be encountered. The contributions discuss the feasibility of achieving CCD mechanisms that may support progress towards it challenges that may be experienced and the roles of and impacts on different stakeholder groups. Following a critical reflection on the concept of CCD the potential nature of and barriers to CCD it is examined in relation to agriculture renewable energy forestry pastoralism coastal areas and fisheries with case studies taken from countries including Ghana India Kenya Mongolia Mozambique and Peru. The book provides a valuable cross-sectoral and international critical reflection on the theory and practice of CCD and will be a resource for postgraduates established scholars and undergraduates from any social science discipline policymakers and practitioners studying or working on areas related to the interface between environment (climate change) and international development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657021

Making Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy WorkClinical Process for New Practitioners "What should I do when a client asks me personal questions?" "How do my client's multiple problems fit together and which ones should we focus on in treatment?" This engaging text--now revised and updated--has helped tens of thousands of students and novice cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) practitioners build skills and confidence for real-world clinical practice. Hands-on guidance is provided for developing strong therapeutic relationships and navigating each stage of treatment; vivid case material illustrates what CBT looks like in action. Aided by sample dialogues questions to ask and helpful checklists readers learn how to conduct assessments create strong case conceptualizations deliver carefully planned interventions comply with record-keeping requirements and overcome frequently encountered challenges all along the way. New to This Edition *Chapter with advice on new CBT practitioners' most common anxieties. *All-new case examples now with a more complex extended case that runs throughout the book. *Chapter on working with special populations (culturally diverse clients children and families). *Special attention to clinical and ethical implications of new technologies and social media. *Updated throughout to reflect current research and the authors' ongoing clinical and teaching experience. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462546039

Making Collaboratives WorkHow Complex Organizational Partnerships Succeed Most contemporary public managers will work in some type of collaborative or networked arrangement at some time in their professional careers. More and more work in public administration and policy is now being done in collaborative formats and while there are many studies articles and cases describing successful endeavors a good deal of confusion persists about what exactly makes them work. What are the best practices? This book focuses on the processes protocols and incentives needed for successful collaborative endeavors. Moving beyond new public governance theories and the limits of new public management Chandler uniquely focuses on the facilitative skills and tools that members and facilitators need for success in collaborative work. Written by an author with both academic and practical experience in organizing developing leading and facilitating public-private collaboratives this book has both an academic thrust and an action focus drawing on case studies from the fields of health and human services to highlight important theoretical and/or practice points. Making Collaboratives Work is required reading for undergraduate and graduate public-administration students of collaborative management nonprofit administration organizational theory and practice communications public policy and leadership. The book is also ideally suited to public administrators and nonprofit managers asked to work in public-private partnerships and collaboratives to solve complex problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138498624

Making Commons DynamicUnderstanding Change Through Commonisation and Decommonisation With an emphasis on the challenges of sustaining the commons across local to global scales Making Commons Dynamic examines the empirical basis of theorising the concepts of commonisation and decommonisation as a way to understand commons as a process and offers analytical directions for policy and practice that can potentially help maintain commons as commons in the future. Focusing on commonisation–decommonisation as an analytical framework useful to examine and respond to changes in the commons the chapter contributions explore how natural resources are commonised and decommonised through the influence of multi-level internal and external drivers and their implications for commons governance across disparate geographical and temporal contexts. It draws from a large number of geographically diverse empirical cases – 20 countries in North South and Central America and South- and South-East Asia. They involve a wide range of commons – related to fisheries forests grazing wetlands coastal-marine rivers and dams aquaculture wildlife tourism groundwater surface freshwater mountains small islands social movements and climate. The book is a transdisciplinary endeavour with contributions by scholars from geography history sociology anthropology political studies planning human ecology cultural and applied ecology environmental and development studies environmental science and technology public policy Indigenous/tribal studies Latin American and Asian studies and environmental change and governance and authors representing the commons community NGOs and policy. Contributors include academics community members NGOs practitioners and policymakers. Therefore commonisation–decommonisation lessons drawn from these chapters are well suited for contributing to the practice policy and theory of the commons both locally and globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138004

Making Community Design WorkA Guide For Planners Since the earliest settlements people have deliberated the issues that affect their future together. Making Community Design Work shows how planners can guide the process toward effective decision making and beneficial community design. This well-crafted book distills decades of community design experience into a sound conceptual framework of value to practicing planners as well as planning students. Umut Toker covers a broad range of planning scales and introduces field-tested tools for participatory decision making at regional city community and site-specific levels. To succeed any planning project must address both the physical space and its users. From setting goals to evaluating results Making Community Design Work helps planners navigate the process of creating environments that meet the needs of the people they serve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611900026

Making Comparisons Count This book attempts to answer two questions: Are alternatives for choice ever incomparable? and In what ways can items be compared? The arguments offered suggest that alternatives for choice no matter how different are never incomparable and that the ways in which items can be compared are richer and more varied than commonly supposed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980211

Making Computers Pay Originally published in 1976 this book discusses the management skills needed to evaluate implement and control computer-based operation. Every chapter contains detailed check lists which guide the reader to formulate policies to deal with real situations. It provides a practical look at an indispensable tool of management with a set of guidelines to help get the most out of the available technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369073

Making Congregational Music Local in Christian Communities Worldwide What does it mean for music to be considered local in contemporary Christian communities and who shapes this meaning? Through what musical processes have religious beliefs and practices once ‘foreign’ become ‘indigenous’? How does using indigenous musical practices aid in the growth of local Christian religious practices and beliefs? How are musical constructions of the local intertwined with regional national or transnational religious influences and cosmopolitanisms? Making Congregational Music Local in Christian Communities Worldwide explores the ways that congregational music-making is integral to how communities around the world understand what it means to be ‘local’ and ‘Christian’. Showing how locality is produced negotiated and performed through music-making this book draws on case studies from every continent that integrate insights from anthropology ethnomusicology cultural geography mission studies and practical theology. Four sections explore a central aspect of the production of locality through congregational music-making addressing the role of historical trends cultural and political power diverging values and translocal influences in defining what it means to be ‘local’ and ‘Christian’. This book contends that examining musical processes of localization can lead scholars to new understandings of the meaning and power of Christian belief and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890926

Making Connections in Primary Mathematics First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179226

Making ConnectionsThe Long-Distance Bus Industry in the USA An examination of the varied paths of the American inter-city bus industry from its origins in the second decade of the 20th century to deregulation in 1982. This sector of transport has been much neglected by historians and this book seeks to uncover a range of useful and pertinent information to those who are interested in understanding entrepreneurial endeavours patterns of mobility and consumer attitudes. It analyzes the development of the national industry probes the growth of particular companies and investigates specific aspects of business behaviour. The work is presented as a series of focused essays which offer insights into such topics as regulation marketing gender patterns and intermodal competition. It draws on diverse archival materials government surveys and findings trade publications interviews and photographs. A wide-ranging bibliographical essay offers a guide to available sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063131

Making ConnectionsThe Long-Distance Bus Industry in the USA This book argues that legal persuasion results from making and breaking mental connections. To support this argument it follows a cognitive science roadmap while the authors road test the directions through rhetorical analysis. By taking a rhetorical approach to persuasion the authors are able to integrate research from cognitive science with classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and then to apply both to the taking apart and the putting together of effective legal arguments. The combination of rhetorical analysis and cognitive science yields a new way of seeing and understanding legal persuasion one that promises theoretical and practical gains. The work has three main functions. First it brings together the leading models of persuasion from cognitive science and rhetorical theory blurring boundaries and leverage connections between the often-separate spheres of science and rhetoric. Second it illustrates this persuasive synthesis by working through concrete examples of persuasion from real-life legal contexts. In this way the book demonstrates the advantages of a deeper and more nuanced understanding of persuasion. Third the volume assesses and explains why how and when certain persuasive methods and techniques are more effective than others. The book is designed to appeal to scholars in law rhetoric persuasion science and psychology; to students learning the practice of law; and to judges and practicing lawyers who engage in persuasion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593265

Making ConnectionsTotal Body Integration Through Bartenieff Fundamentals Human movement influences an individual's perceptions and ability to interact with the world. Through exercises illustrations and detailed anatomical drawings this remarkable book guides the reader toward total body integration. An experimental approach to movement fundamentals involving the patterning of connections in the body according to principles of efficient movement the process of total body integration encourages personal expression and full psychological involvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995512

Making ConnectionsTotal Body Integration Through Bartenieff Fundamentals This book explores how we go about creating the connections within us that allow us to become fully embodied human beings in the world. It provides some very personal memories of Irmgard Bartenieff and the development of her approach to Fundamentals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003078319

Making Corporate Social Responsibility a Global ConcernNorm Construction in a Globalizing World In recent decades claims have increasingly been made on transnational corporations to take responsibility for the promotion and protection of human and labour rights in countries where they operate. This behavioural obligation results from the persistent advocacy of non-governmental organizations and is commonly known as corporate social responsibility (CSR). Driven by the theory of the 'norm life cycle model' the book uses an interesting range of case studies including Nike and the anti-apartheid movement to trace the development of CSR as an international norm. The development is examined through five selected non-governmental organizations: Clean Clothes Campaign Fairtrade Labelling Organizations International Global Exchange International Business Leaders Forum and the International Labor Rights Fund. The book makes a lucid contribution to an emerging scholarship and will interest researchers and practitioners involved in issues of global governance and global civil society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593272

Making Crime TelevisionProducing Entertaining Representations of Crime for Television Broadcast This book employs actor-network theory in order to examine how representations of crime are produced for contemporary prime-time television dramas. As a unique examination of the production of contemporary crime television dramas particularly their writing process Making Crime Television: Producing Entertaining Representations of Crime for Television Broadcast examines not only the semiotic relations between ideas about crime but the material conditions under which those meanings are formulated. Using ethnographic and interview data Anita Lam considers how textual representations of crime are assembled by various people (including writers directors technical consultants and network executives) technologies (screenwriting software and whiteboards) and texts (newspaper articles and rival crime dramas). The emerging analysis does not project but instead concretely examines what and how television writers and producers know about crime law and policing. An adequate understanding of the representation of crime it is maintained cannot be limited to a content analysis that treats the representation as a final product. Rather  a television representation of crime must be seen as the result of a particular assemblage of logics people creative ideas commercial interests legal requirements and broadcasting networks. A fascinating investigation into the relationship between television production crime and the law this book is an accessible and well-researched resource for students and scholars of Law Media and Criminology.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915138

Making Cultural Cities in AsiaMobility assemblage and the politics of aspirational urbanism This book examines the vast and largely uncharted world of cultural/creative city-making in Asia. It explores the establishment of policy models and practices against the backdrop of a globalizing world and considers the dynamic relationship between powerful actors and resources that impact Asian cities. Making Cultural Cities in Asia approaches this dynamic process through the lens of assemblage: how the policy models of cultural/creative cities have been extracted from the flow of ideas and how re-invented versions have been assembled territorialized and exported. This approach reveals a spectrum between globally circulating ideals on the one hand and the place-based contexts and contingencies on the other. At one end of the spectrum this book features chapters on policy mobility in particular the political construction of the "web" of communication and the restructuring or rescaling of the state. At the other end chapters examine the increasingly fragmented social forces their changing roles in the process and their negotiations alignments and resistances. This book will be of interest to researchers and policy-makers concerned with cultural and urban studies creative industries and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360341

Making Culture Changing Society Making Culture Changing Society proposes a challenging new account of the relations between culture and society focused on how particular forms of cultural knowledge and expertise work on order and transform society. Examining these forms of culture’s action on the social as aspects of a historically distinctive ensemble of cultural institutions it considers the diverse ways in which culture has been produced and mobilised as a resource for governing populations. These concerns are illustrated in detailed case studies of how anthropological conceptions of the relations between race and culture have shaped – and been shaped by – the relationships between museums fieldwork and governmental programmes in early twentieth-century France and Australia. These are complemented by a closely argued account of the relations between aesthetics and governance that in contrast to conventional approaches interprets the historical emergence of the autonomy of the aesthetic as vastly expanding the range of art’s social uses. In pursuing these concerns particular attention is given to the role that the cultural disciplines have played in making up and distributing the freedoms through which modern forms of liberal government operate. An examination of the place that has been accorded habit as a route into the regulation of conduct within liberal social cultural and political thought brings these questions into sharp focus. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of sociology cultural studies media studies anthropology museum and heritage studies history art history and cultural policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415738491

Making Culture VisibleThe Public Display of Photography at Fairs Expositions and Exhibitions in the United States 1847-1900 First published in 2001. Making Culture Visible provides a fresh focus on the history of nineteenth-century photography. The narrative moves from a close focus on several selected events between 1847 and 1900 beginning with six industrial fairs of the 1840s-1860s to the looming presence of the Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition in the mid-1870s. The last two chapters deal with the exhibition work of the Smithsonian Institution’s US National Museum in the 1880s and finally the collecting and displays of public libraries in the 1890s. The evolution of the increasingly complex social function of photography is clearly demonstrated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386563

Making CultureCommercialisation Transnationalism and the State of ‘Nationing’ in Contemporary Australia Making Culture provides an in-depth discussion of Australia’s relationship between the building of national cultural identity – or ‘nationing’ – and the country’s cultural production and consumption. With the 1994 national cultural policy Creative Nation as a starting point for many of the essays included in this collection the book investigates transformations within Australia’s various cultural fields exploring the implications of nationing and the gradual movement away from it. Underlying these analyses are the key questions and contradictions confronting any modern nation-state that seeks to develop and defend a national culture while embracing the transnational and the global.Including topics such as publishing sport  music tourism art  Indigeneity television heritage and the influence of digital technology and output Making Culture is an essential volume for students and scholars within Australian and Cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591014

Making Dance Special First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315067858

Making Data in Qualitative ResearchEngagements Ethics and Entanglements Making Data in Qualitative Research offers a generative alternative to outdated approaches to data collection. By reimagining methods through a model of data engagement qualitative researchers consider what is at stake—ethically methodologically and theoretically—when we co-create data and imagine possibilities for doing data differently. Ellingson and Sotirin draw on critical intersectional perspectives including feminist poststructuralist new materialist and postqualitative theorizing to refigure methodological practices of data collection for the contemporary moment. Ellingson and Sotirin’s data engagement model offers a vibrant framework through which data are made rather than found; assembled rather than collected or gathered; and becoming or dynamic rather than static. Further pragmatism compassion and joy form a compelling ethical foundation for engaging with qualitative data reflecting the full range of critical postpositivist intepretivist and arts-based research methods. Chapters illuminate creative possibilities for engaging fieldnotes audio/video recordings and photographs transcription digital/online data participatory data and self-as-data. Making Data in Qualitative Research is a great resource for researchers who want to move past simplistic approaches to qualitative data collection and embrace provocative possibilities for engaging with data. Bridging abstract theorizing and pragmatic strategies for making a wide variety of data this book will appeal to graduate (and advanced undergraduate) qualitative methods students and early career researchers as well as to advanced scholars looking to update and expand the scope of their methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178888

Making Decisions About Diverse Learners This book is for building level administrators who work with students (and their families) who have been classified as educationally disabled. It provides practical information about programming options ranging from self-contained special education classes to inclusive classrooms. It also contains activities worksheets and report templates to assist you as you deal with these difficult issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315855509

Making Decisions about PeopleThe Organisational Contingencies of Illness This title was first published in 2001. Engaging with both management science and interactionist sociology this book employs a case study of stroke rehabilitation in hospitals to clarify a range of practical organizational concerns and conceptual issues related to decision making in complex organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736160

Making Decisions about PeopleThe Organisational Contingencies of Illness This title was first published in 2001. Engaging with both management science and interactionist sociology this book employs a case study of stroke rehabilitation in hospitals to clarify a range of practical organizational concerns and conceptual issues related to decision making in complex organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736153

Making Decisions and Avoiding Complications in Skin Flaps With a large number of clinical photographs Making Decisions and Avoiding Complications in Skin Flaps is an atlas intended for the surgeon who already has a grasp of the fundamentals and mechanics of flap repair but may need additional ideas on selecting an appropriate flap for a given defect. Divided into three sections the book begins with a section on repairs organized by location on the body. Rather than an exhaustive list of all flaps ever used the book focuses on the ones the authors have successfully used on a routine basis. The second section contains repairs organized by flap type and the third section contains clinical photographs of suboptimal results with a discussion of what may have gone wrong and what could have been done differently to obtain a better result. The intent of this text is not to showcase results but to present flap options for different defects and anatomic sites. Each example includes a photograph showing the defect and a second showing the repair. When available and/or of educational value illustrations of the flap or long-term follow-up photos are supplied. Throughout the text surgical pearls are presented in bold text which can help optimize a particular flap’s success rate and/or aesthetic outcome. These pearls have also been compiled into an addendum at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781841849850

Making Deep GamesDesigning Games with Meaning and Purpose Like movies television and other preceding forms of media video games are undergoing a dynamic shift in its content and perception. While the medium can still be considered in its infancy the mark of true artistry and conceptual depth is detectable in the evolving styles various genres and game themes. Doris C. Rusch’s Making Deep Games combines this insight along with the discussion of the expressive nature of games various case studies and hands-on design exercises. This book offers a perspective into how to make games that tackle the whole bandwidth of the human experience; games that teach us something about ourselves enable thought-provoking emotionally rich experiences and promote personal and social change. Grounded in cognitive linguistics game studies and the reflective practice of game design Making Deep Games explores systematic approaches for how to approach complex abstract concepts inner processes and emotions through the specific means of the medium. It aims to shed light on how to make the multifaceted aspects of the human condition tangible through gameplay experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812130

Making Development Geography Making Development Geography is a timely new book which introduces readers to the major themes and debates in development geography. It argues cogently that the field is engaged in an ongoing process of reinventing itself as critical development geography and highlights issues such as identity globalization social movements and sexuality. Readers are guided through the key concepts and developments of the last 50 years surveying the themes of Keynesianism Marxism and post-colonialism. At the same time each chapter uses international examples to discuss important contemporary issues so that the real-world applications of theory can be understood.This enlightening book offers a comprehensive introduction to the fundamental debates for anyone with an interest in development issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138476

Making Development WorkDevelopment Learning in a World of Poverty and Wealth Worldwide the number of poor people increased during the past decade despite technological improvements more open trade and improved policy frameworks in developing countries. Regional conflicts adverse shifts in terms of trade and marginalization of poor countries in the new global economy explain this outcome. This highlights the need to reform development assistance and improve its effectiveness. Making Development Work examines the four key principles of the Comprehensive-Development Framework a World Bank initiative currently being piloted in twelve developing counties. The initiative promotes a holistic long-term vision of development domestic ownership of development programs and focus on results; and stronger partnership between government the private sector and the civil society. The first section of the volume describes the evolution in development thinking that culminated in this new consensus. The second focuses on country ownership of development policies and programs. Based on empirical evidence it proposes a new view of the aid relationship as a mutual-learning process. The third section focuses on results and on the ways aid agencies might enhance development impact of their operations. It concludes with a preliminary assessment of strategies for scaling up from specific projects to sector and programmatic approaches and suggests ways to adapt them to counter conditions. The experience of a bilateral aid agency U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) is examined in this context. The fourth section focuses on partnership emphasizing that aid agencies must be explicit about the kinds of partnerships they seek with countries and the kinds of strategic selectivity they will exercise. The final chapter pulls together the lessons of development experience at various levels of operation. It outlines key tensions between comprehensiveness and selectivity ownership and conditionality speed and broad-based ownership focus on results and poor local evaluation capacity and enhanced country focus and globalization. Promising approaches to manage these tensions are put forward to replace one-size-fits-all prescriptions with client empowerment and social learning. Making Development Work offers rich lessons on improving the effectiveness of aid. It will be of particular interest to development practitioners students and professors of development economics studies. Nagy Hanna is a lead corporate strategist and evaluation officer at the World Bank. He has published extensively on development management and knowledge. Robert Picciotto is director-general of Operations Evaluation at the World Bank. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351324762

Making Diaspora in a Global CitySouth Asian Youth Cultures in London The exciting diasporic sounds of the London Asian urban music scene are a cross-section of the various genres of urban music that include bhangra "remix " R&B and hip hop styles as well as dubstep and other "urban" sample-oriented electronic music. This book brings together a unique analysis of urban underground music cultures in exploring just how members of this "scene" take up space in "super-diverse" London. It provides a fresh perspective on the creativity of British South Asian youth culture and makes a significant sociological intervention into this area by bringing the focus back onto urgent issues of "race" ethnicity alongside class and gender within youth cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793049

Making Digital CulturesAccess Interactivity and Authenticity Many people in the West or global North now live in a culture of 24/7 instant messaging iPods and MP3s streamed content blogs ubiquitous digital images and Facebook. But they are also surrounded by even more paper books telephone calls and material objects of one kind or another. The juxtaposition and proliferation of older and newer technologies is striking. Making Digital Cultures brings together recent theorizing of the 'digital age' with empirical studies of how institutions embrace these technologies in relation to older established technological objects processes and practices. It asks how relations between 'analogue' and 'digital' are conceptualized and configured both in theory and inside the public library the business organization and the archive. With its direct engagement with new media theory science and technology studies and cultural sociology this volume will be of interest to scholars and students in the areas of media and communication and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603397

Making Disease Making CitizensThe Politics of Hepatitis C Since the naming of hepatitis C in 1989 knowledge about the disease has grown exponentially. So too however has the stigma with which it is linked. Associated with injecting drug use and tainted blood scandals hepatitis C inspires fear and blame. Making Disease Making Citizens takes a timely look at the disease those directly affected by it and its social and cultural implications. Drawing on personal interviews and a range of textual sources the book presents a scholarly and engaging analysis of a newly identified and highly controversial disease and its relationship to philosophies of health risk and harm in the West. It maps the social and medical negotiations taking place around the disease shedding light on the ways these negotiations are also co-producing new selves. Adopting a feminist science and technology studies approach this theoretically sophisticated empirically informed analysis of the social construction of disease and the philosophy of health will appeal to those with interests in the sociology of health and medicine health communication and harm reduction and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268340

Making DoctorsAn Institutional Apprenticeship Few outsiders realize that student illness is frequently and ironically a by-product of medical training. This unique study by a medical doctor and trained anthropologist debunks popular myths of expertise and authority which surround the medical establishment and asks provoking questions about the acquisition and dissemination of knowledge within the field. In detailing all levels of basic training in a London medical school the author describes students' 'official' activities (that is what they need to do to qualify) as well as their 'unofficial' ones (such as their social life in the bar). This insider's exposé should prompt a serious reconsideration of abuses in a profession which has a critical influence over untold lives. In particular it suggests that the structures and discourses of power need to be re-examined in order to provide satisfactory answers to sensitive questions relating to gender and race the dialogue between doctor and patient and the mental stability of students under severe stress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085935

Making Dyslexia Work for You Written for dyslexic adults or anyone who thinks they might be dyslexic this bold and imaginative book is deliberately concise and easy to dip into. User-friendly essential guide to the world of study and work for anyone with dyslexia; Identifies the key needs of adults and young people who are dyslexic; Encourages them to put together their own package of ideas and strategies for success; Offers practical activities examples and support covering reading memory organization self-esteem IT and dyslexia in the workplace; Over 100 topics from this book are expanded on our online resource. This unique guide to overcoming the day-to-day difficulties associated with dyslexia will also be of great interest to employers colleagues teachers friends and family of those with dyslexia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415597562

Making EcopreneursDeveloping Sustainable Entrepreneurship The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA India western Europe UK Australia central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs second edition charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship to policymakers within governments and NGOs and to those running businesses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593302

Making Education Fit for DemocracyClosing the Gap Dewey wrote his celebrated book on Democracy and Education over a hundred years ago. Making Education Fit for Democracy asks why education has nevertheless failed to deliver such crucial support for democracy and how it should change to reflect ethical and social responsibilities. It seeks to shed light on what has gone wrong and how it can be put right. Reforming an antiquated system of education should be a matter for public debate. This book is written not only for those currently involved in delivering education but also for the general public. Arguing that education needs to be holistic encouraging open-mindedness and developing a wide range of interests it: Highlights the role of education in supporting democracy Promotes nurture in civilising values over mere information-giving Puts exams and accountability into perspective Seeks to bridge the gulf between schooling and life Argues for the reform of the whole system of education Seeks to use digital technology to personalise education Touching upon several issues currently under debate such as the rise of populism the role of religion and narrow subject curriculum this book will be of interest to all students studying education as well as those involved in teacher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220372

Making Electricity ResilientRisk and Security in a Liberalized Infrastructure Energy risk and security have become topical matters in Western and international policy discussions; ranging from international climate change mitigation to investment in energy infrastructures to support economic growth and more sustainable energy provisions. As such ensuring the resilience of more sustainable energy infrastructures against disruptions has become a growing concern for high-level policy makers. Drawing on interviews participant observation policy analysis and survey research this book unpacks the work of the authorities electricity companies and lay persons that keeps energy systems from failing and helps them to recover from disruptions if they occur. The book explores a number of important issues: the historical security policy of energy infrastructures; control rooms where electricity is traded and maintained in real time; and electricity consumers in their homes. Presenting case studies from Finland and Scandinavia with comparisons to the United States the United Kingdom and the European Union at large Making Electricity Resilient offers a detailed and innovative analysis of long-term priorities and short-term dynamics in energy risk and resilience. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of energy policy and security and science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179236

Making England 796-1042 Making England 796–1042 explores the creation and establishment of the kingdom of England and the significant changes that led to it becoming one of the most successful and sophisticated political structures in the western world by the middle of the eleventh century. At the end of the eighth century when King Offa of Mercia died England was a long way from being a single kingdom ruled by a single king. This book examines how and why the kingdom of England formed in the way it did and charts the growth of royal power over the following two and a half centuries. Key political and military events are introduced alongside developments within government the law the church and wider social and economic changes to provide a detailed picture of England throughout this period. This is also set against a wider European context to demonstrate the influence of external forces on England’s development. With a focus on England’s rulers and elites Making England 796–1042 uncovers the type of kingdom England was and analyses its strengths and weaknesses as well as the emerging concept of a specifically English nation. Arranged both chronologically and thematically and containing a selection of maps and genealogies it is the ideal introducion to this subject for students of medieval history and of medieval England in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182462

Making Environmental Markets WorkThe Varieties of Capitalism in Emerging Economies Perhaps the most defining characteristic of the global economy today is the rise of emerging market economies (EMEs). Many states have experienced rapid economic growth over the past two decades that has led to an increasing share of global wealth. Such dramatic changes are highly relevant because they raise important issues about the distribution of global monetary and fiscal power. As the EMEs have gained importance in the global economy their influence and significance have grown across a wide range of policy domains. One particularly relevant example is the increasingly critical role of EMEs in addressing climate change. Contrary to the popular belief that the level of development determines a country’s ability to produce positive environmental outcomes this book shows that the variation in environmental outcomes among the EMEs is due to differences in the types of economic institutions prevalent in their economies. Since EMEs differ dramatically on a number of variables examining national variations in economic institutions helps explain why international climate policy has been more successful in some countries than in others. To assess how variations in capitalism may influence important outcomes this book explores a representative sample of 31 EMEs and employs a mixed method research design that incorporates both conventional regression analysis and Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) to explain these outcomes. The analysis shows that although liberal market economies were expected to perform better than other types of capitalism their performance fell below expectations. On the contrary economic institutions related to coordinated types of capitalism (like those found in China and Brazil) have led to greater Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) market participation. Theoretically informed this book employs innovative ways of understanding a broad set of increasingly important but under studied states in an effort to highlight the interactions found in complex socio-political and ecological systems. With the growing importance of the EMEs a better understanding of how to design market-based policies with them in mind will be required if future efforts across a range of policy issues are to be meaningful and effective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287297

Making European MasculinitiesSport Europe Gender As sport has grown progressively replacing religion in its power to excite passion provide emotional escape offer fraternal (and increasingly sororital) bonding it has come to loom larger and larger in the lives of Europeans and others. It has become an inescapable reality linking public environment with intimate experience and thus offers the historian an opportunity to inspect and attempt to grasp all the dimensions of the recent past and their relative share in individual and collective experience. This collection considers the evolution of modern sport in Europe and examines its role in shaping masculine identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038520

Making European MuslimsReligious Socialization Among Young Muslims in Scandinavia and Western Europe Making European Muslims provides an in-depth examination of what it means to be a young Muslim in Europe today where the assumptions values and behavior of the family and those of the majority society do not always coincide. Focusing on the religious socialization of Muslim children at home in semi-private Islamic spaces such as mosques and Quran schools and in public schools the original contributions to this volume focus largely on countries in northern Europe with a special emphasis on the Nordic region primarily Denmark. Case studies demonstrate the ways that family life public education and government policy intersect in the lives of young Muslims and inform their developing religious beliefs and practices. Mark Sedgwick’s introduction provides a framework for theorizing Muslimness in the European context arguing that Muslim children must navigate different and sometimes contradictory expectations and demands on their way to negotiating a European Muslim identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546134

Making Evangelical HistoryFaith Scholarship and the Evangelical Past This volume makes a significant contribution to the ‘history of ecclesiastical histories’ with a fresh analysis of historians of evangelicalism from the eighteenth century to the present. It explores the ways in which their scholarly methods and theological agendas shaped their writings. Each chapter presents a case study in evangelical historiography. Some of the historians and biographers examined here were ministers and missionaries while others were university scholars. They are drawn from Anglican Baptist Congregationalist Methodist Presbyterian Fundamentalist and Pentecostal denominations. Their histories cover not only transatlantic evangelicalism but also the spread of the movement across China Africa and indeed the whole globe. Some wrote for a popular Christian readership emphasising edification and evangelical hagiography; others have produced weighty monographs for the academy. These case studies shed light on the way the discipline has developed and also the heated controversies over whether one approach to evangelical history is more legitimate than the rest. As a result this book will be of considerable interest to historians of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472466280

Making Families Work and What To Do When They Don'tThirty Guides for Imperfect Parents of Imperfect Children Making Families Work and What To Do When They Don't offers specific recommendations for increasing family harmony through more effective parenting practices. This important new book helps parents improve family understanding and relationships by reducing the emotional interference--anger betrayal guilt shame and fear--that blocks healthier and happier family connections. Each chapter is laced with knowledge and therapeutic humor that examine dimensions to family living in a way that helps parents lighten up a little rather than tighten up a lot. Parents will find that encouraging family members to take one another less seriously increases their opportunities for more constructive interactions. Marital and family counselors social workers psychologists guidance counselors psychiatrists and other human service professionals can use the valuable information in this book to help families view their interfamilial relationships more objectively and to take each other less seriously creating more constructive interactions and happier stronger relationships. Therapists will learn to encourage clients to question and challenge conventional ideas of the family that often lead to demands exaggerations irrational expectations personalizations and self- and other judgments all of which contaminate the family relationship.Using the scientific principles of rational thinking Author Bill Borcherdt questions the relationship between parents and their children and the degree of influence parents have over their children. He places the focus on a parental advocacy model by which parents are encouraged to give themselves some emotional slack and to develop a sense of humility for what they can and cannot do for their children. This starts the process of family members learning what to realistically expect and accept from one another. Borcherdt shows readers that by taking the sacredness and “golden” rules out of the definitions of family living emotional upset and oppositional behavioral obstacles can be minimized and more emotional well-being and family fulfillment can be experienced.Each chapter in Making Families Work and What To Do When They Don't is lined with knowledge and therapeutic humor that examines dimensions of family living in a way that assists families in loosening up a little rather than tightening up a lot. This improves family members’understanding of and relationships among one another by reducing the emotional interference--feelings of anger betrayal guilt shame fear--that blocks healthy happy family connections and by offering specific practical recommendations for increasing family harmony. Through his analyses of 30 topics of family living presented under the umbrella of learning what to realistically expect of imperfect parents of imperfect children in an imperfect world Borcherdt reveals to readers that: individuals are active participants in creating their own emotional problems and disturbances people exaggerate the significance of past family disturbances emotional slack and fewer unrealistic demands of self and others leads to a happier family family members often disturb themselves unnecessarily by escalating family values into sacred demands families don't shape character they reveal itUnlike other books about family living Making Families Work and What To Do When They Don't analyzes the dysfunctional ideas that family members hold about themselves and others rather than the dysfunctional relationships that naturally exist between fallible human beings. In this guidebook readers learn creative new ways of approaching old family problems and they gain succinct explanations of how they can help their own and other families do things differently and do different things to improve emotional and behavioral well-being within the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203046999

Making FamiliesMoral Tales of Parenting and Step-Parenting This book goes to the heart of academic political and popular debates as well as professional concerns about the nature of contemporary family life and parenting. Families are widely discussed in western societies as breaking down or as radically changing with step-families in particular seen as evidence of such trends. In one of the first British in-depth sociological research studies for over two decades this book provide evidence of parents' and step-parents' own understandings and experiences of their parenting in step-families. It addresses questions such as: What does it mean to be a family? Do people in step-families see themselves as making a different kind of family? Is individual happiness in a couple relationship prioritised at the expense of responsibilities towards children? Can a step-parent ever be regarded as the same as a biological mother or father? What do people in step-families do to try to make step-family life work? The book looks at how people create understand and experience their parenting and family lives. It reveals how these understandings are rooted in a strong sense of moral responsibility but that what such responsibility constitutes varies according to gender and social class. In particular it draws out key theoretical implications for understanding the nature of morality fairness and justice and questions ideas about individualisation and the democratisation of family life. This book will be essential reading for those concerned with the study of contemporary family lives including sociologists social policy analysts family therapists professionals and practitioners. It is also relevant to those interested in contemporary morality and everyday experiences. Media > Books > E-books sociologypress 9781315074634

Making Foreign People Pay First published in 1999 Making Foreign People Pay deals with the recovery of monetary claims in cross-border legal relations and contains the results of a comparative empirical research of debt recovery procedures of three countries with different socio-legal environments Germany England and Turkey. In order to analyse judicial debt recovery of cross-border claims court statistics and files have been evaluated. The data show an infrequent use of the courts in all three countries. It seems that legal efforts aiming at facilitating international procedures have not been successful. But court procedures for the recovery of monetary claims are now to a large extent interchangeable with what may be called ‘privatised methods of debt collection’ including modern financial services such as factoring forfaiting and commercial debt collection. Empirical evidence shows that such privatization of debt collection is a strong trend in cross-border debt collection. The book is an empirical contribution to the ongoing discussion of globalization processes and describes an important field of the globalization of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361089

Making Foreign Policy DecisionsPresidential Briefings It is often said that voters hold presidents responsible for two things: the economy and foreign policy. Economic performance is generally beyond presidential control but foreign policy is defined by the president. The White House is justifiably blamed or credited for how it manages relations with the outside world.How then can presidents maximize their chances to achieve successful foreign policies? What kinds of considerations should they bear in mind as they make important decisions for their country? Foreign policy begins with the process of making decisions. This briefing book examines foreign policy decision-making and offers advice to current and future presidents drawn from fields ranging from political science and history to psychology and economics. It identifies basic guidelines that presidents should consider when making choices. Such guidelines apply to almost any area of human endeavour and they are certainly central to choices made in and outside of the Oval Office.When the strong make mistakes the weak often suffer. As the strongest country in the history of the world the United States has a special responsibility to run a sagacious foreign policy. This briefing book will benefit students policy makers and the general public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862639

Making Foreign PolicyPresidential Management of the Decision-Making Process Originally published in 2005. David Mitchell provides a better understanding of the role presidents play in the decision-making process in terms of their influence on two key steps in the process: deliberation and outcome of policy making. The events that have taken place in relation to the Bush administration's decisions to fight the war on terrorism and invade Iraq highlight how important it is to understand the president's role in formulating policy. This influential study presents an advisory system theory of decision-making to examine cases of presidential policy formulation drawn from the Nixon Carter Reagan Clinton and Bush administrations. Easily accessible to scholars graduates and advanced undergraduates interested in US foreign policy or foreign policy analysis presidential studies and bureaucracy and public administrations scholars and to practitioners and those with a general interest in International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138358355

Making Freud More Freudian This book demonstrates the clinical value of "making Freud more Freudian". The theoretical contributions of Charles Brenner are summarized and emphasized. They are built on an elaboration of Arlow's "fantasy function" and Freud's "compromise formation". The author applies this theoretical perspective in elaboration of the concepts of narcissism masochism shame and guilt to the distinction between psychiatric and psychoanalytic diagnoses as well as to a variety of specific clinical topics. Finally the author emphasizes that the ubiquity of unconscious conflict demonstrates that all perceptions are subjective and relationships intersubjective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106492

Making Gardens of Their Own: Advice for Women 1550-1750Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern Women: Series III Part Three Volume 1 During the period 1500-1750 a general shift in gardening practice took place from which emerged three distinct types of gardens: (traditional) subsistence or kitchen gardens aesthetic gardens and gendered aesthetic gardens. The gardening and husbandry manuals published during the period typified by the texts selected for this volume reveal how and what one planted was related to one's role in society. These texts attest to the changing nature of gardening - from a largely subsistence endeavour to an artful practice that became defined in gendered terms. The texts reproduced have been divided into two parts: gardening books for the 'country' housewife and gardening books for 'ladies'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315250052

Making Gender Culture and the Self in the Fiction of Samuel RichardsonThe Novel Individual Proposing that Samuel Richardson's novels were crucial for the construction of female individuality in the mid-eighteenth century Bonnie Latimer shows that Richardson's heroines are uniquely conceived as individuals who embody the agency and self-determination implied by that term. In addition to placing Richardson within the context of his own culture recouping for contemporary readers the influence of Grandison on later writers including Maria Edgeworth Sarah Scott and Mary Wollstonecraft is central to her study. Latimer argues that Grandison has been unfairly marginalised in favor of Clarissa and Pamela and suggests that a rigorous rereading of the novel not only provides a basis for reassessing significant aspects of Richardson's fictional oeuvre but also has implications for fresh thinking about the eighteenth-century novel. Latimer's study is not a specialist study of Grandison but rather a reconsideration of Richardson's novelistic canon that places Grandison at its centre as Richardson's final word on his re-envisioning of the gendered self. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880231

Making Gender Making WarViolence Military and Peacekeeping Practices Making Gender Making War is a unique interdisciplinary edited collection which explores the social construction of gender war-making and peacekeeping. It highlights the institutions and processes involved in the making of gender in terms of both men and women masculinity and femininity. The "war question for feminism" marks a thematic red thread throughout; it is a call to students and scholars of feminism to take seriously and engage with the task of analyzing war. Contributors analyze how war-making is intertwined with the making of gender in a diversity of empirical case studies organized around four themes: gender violence and militarism; how the making of gender is connected to a (re)making of the nation through military practices; UN SCR 1325 and gender mainstreaming in institutional practices; and gender subjectivities in the organization of violence exploring the notion of violent women and non-violent men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849364

Making Gender Equality HappenKnowledge Change and Resistance in EU Gender Mainstreaming In theory the EU’s ‘Gender Mainstreaming’ policy should mark it out as a trail-blazer in gender equality but gender equality activists in Europe confront a knotty problem; most civil servants and policy makers can’t understand how to ‘mainstream’ gender. Making Gender Equality Happen argues that we should take this problem seriously. In this book Cavaghan uncovers the social processes that make gender appear irrelevant to so many policy makers using a new method gender knowledge contestation analysis. Building on this new perspective Cavaghan identifies: barriers to effective gender mainstreaming; mechanisms of resistance to gender mainstreaming; and the steps towards positive change which gender mainstreaming can yield even when results stop short of ‘transformation’. These findings present fresh perspectives for policy makers and activists aiming to make gender equality happen. Cavaghan’s new method also opens fresh avenues in feminist EU studies which are particularly relevant in the wake of the financial crisis as the EU seems to be stepping away from its commitments to gender equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371845

Making Global Economic Governance EffectiveHard and Soft Law Institutions in a Crowded World Today's world is crowded with international laws and institutions that govern the global economy. This post-World War II accumulation of hard multilateral and soft plurilateral institutions by no means constitutes a comprehensive coherent and effective system of global economic governance. As intensifying globalization thrusts many longstanding domestic issues onto the international stage there is a growing need to create at the global level the more comprehensive coherent and effective governance system that citizens have long taken for granted at home. This book offers the first comprehensive look at this critical question of international relations. It examines how and how well the multilateral organizations and the G8 are dealing with the central challenges facing the contemporary international community how they have worked well and poorly together and how they can work together more effectively to provide badly needed public goods. It is an ideal reference guide for anyone interested in institutions of global governance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593326

Making Global Institutions Work This book seeks to think differently about what we recognize as "global institutions" and how they could work better for the people who need them most. By so doing the contributions show that there is a group of institutions that influence enough people’s lives in significant enough ways through what they protect provide or enable that they should be considered together as global institutions. The United Nations the World Bank the internet as well as private military and security companies leave a heavy footprint on the social political and economic landscape of the planet. We are all aware in different ways of the existence of these global institutions but their importance in achieving change in the twenty-first century is often underestimated. In this book contributors seek to explain what associations exist between change in global institutions and the reduction of poverty and inequality as well as the achievement of security and justice. The work makes sense of processes of change and identifies the most significant obstacles that exist offering suggestions for future action that will be of interest to students and scholars of global institutions.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138289475

Making Global Knowledge in Local ContextsThe Politics of International Relations and Policy Advice in Russia This book draws on extensive ethnographic research undertaken in Russia to show how the wider sociopolitical context – the political system relationship between the state and academia as well as the contours of the public debate – shapes knowledge about international politics and influences scholars’ engagement with the policy world. Combining an in-depth study of the International Relations discipline in Russia with a robust methodological framework the book demonstrates that context not only bears on epistemic and disciplinary practices but also conditions scholars’ engagement with the wider public and policymakers. This original study lends robust sociological foundations to the debate about knowledge in International Relations and the social sciences more broadly. In particular the book questions contemporary thinking about the relationship between knowledge and politics by situating the university within rather than abstracting it from the political setting. The monograph benefits from a comprehensive engagement with Russian-language literature in the Sociology of Knowledge and critical reading of International Relations scholarship published in Russia. This text will be of interest to scholars and students in International Relations Russian and Post-Soviet Studies the Sociology of Knowledge Science and Technology Studies and Higher Education Studies. It will appeal to those researching the knowledge-policy nexus and knowledge production practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186432

Making Global Trade Work for People The world's trade regime is promoted by international agencies and most governments as the best way to lift the poor out of poverty and achieve sustainable development. But does it contribute to human development or not? This reassessment looks in detail at the way it has worked under the GATT and under the World Trade Organization and analyses how it is working and how it can be improved. The book aims to make major contribution to the debates surrounding globalization and the impact of trade on the poor on social stability and on the environment. It is intended to provide a benchmark for future policy discussion and analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771870

Making Good CommunicatorsA Sourcebook of Speaking and Listening Activities for 9-11 Year Olds Making Good Communicators completes a quartet of resource books for teachers teaching assistant and speech and language therapists. This resource offers activities which promote the specific areas of communication that underpin all areas of learning including emotional literacy. By the upper end of Key Stage 2 it is assumed that children will have developed competence in effective communication. However it is now recognised that many children need targeted help to develop these skills. This sourcebook covers the key areas outlined in the Spoken Language National Curriculum. It offers practitioners easy access to a range of activities that can be used in a variety of settings eg whole class large or small group or pairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301566

Making Good Teaching GreatEveryday Strategies for Teaching with Impact Every good teacher strives to be a great teacher - and this must-have book shows you how! It's filled with practical tips and strategies for connecting with your students in a meaningful and powerful way. Learn how to improve student learning with easy-to-implement daily activities designed to integrate seamlessly into any day of the school year. This is a readable hands-on guide for both new and seasoned teachers - complete with "20-Day Reality Checks" so you can reflect on your progress and identify areas for improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672123

Making Government WorkFrom White House To Congress This book is a practical and realistic blueprint for change in the U.S. government. Using case studies that illustrate central issues in legislative-executive relations it dissects key problems plaguing and often paralyzing the conduct of the government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156190

Making Governments AccountableThe Role of Public Accounts Committees and National Audit Offices Over the past two decades there has been a paradigm shift in public administration and public sector accounting around the world with increasing emphasis on good governance and accountability processes for government entities. This is all driven both by economic rationalism and by changing expectations of what governments can and should do. An important aspect of this accountability and governance process is the establishment and effective functioning of a Public Accounts Committee (PAC) a key component of democratic accountability. With contributions from renowned scholars and practitioners and using case studies from around the world this research-based collection examines the rationales for current roles of the PACs and explores the links between PACs and National Audit Offices. It also compares PAC practices from developing and developed countries such as Africa Asia Pacific islands and Europe with both Westminster and non-Westminster models of government. This will be valuable reading for academics researchers and advanced students in public management public accounting and public sector governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738327

Making Great GamesAn Insider's Guide to Designing and Developing the World's Greatest Video Games Join videogame industry veteran Michael Thornton Wyman on a series of detailed behind-the-scenes tours with the teams that have made some of the most popular and critically acclaimed videogames of the modern era. Drawing on insider's perspectives from a wide variety of teams learn about the creation of a tiny independent game project (World of Goo) casual game classics (Diner Dash Bejeweled Twist) the world's most popular social game (FarmVille) as well as the world's most popular MMORPG (World of Warcraft) PC titles (Half Life 2) to AAA console games (Madden NFL 10) and modern-day masterpieces (Little Big Planet Rock Band Uncharted 2: Among Thieves). Hear directly from the creators about how these games were made and learn from their stories from the trenches of videogames production. This book is an excellent resource for those working directly on game design or production for those aspiring to work in the field or for anyone who has wondered how the world's greatest videogames get made. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138427471

Making Groups WorkRethinking practice Most of us work in them most of us live in them. Some are complex some are simple. Some meet only once while others last for decades. Whatever form they take groups are central to our lives. Making Groups Work offers a comprehensive introduction to the key issues in group work. It outlines the role of groups and the history of group work discusses group politics and shows how groups can help promote social change. Detailed case studies are used to make the crucial link between theory and practice. The authors also offer strategies for making groups work effectively. Making Groups Work is essential reading for social workers health workers counsellors community workers youth workers trainers and anyone else interested in working with groups. It is also a good introductory text for students and a handy reference for professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116356

Making Health PublicHow News Coverage Is Remaking Media Medicine and Contemporary Life This book examines the relationship between media and medicine considering the fundamental role of news coverage in constructing wider cultural understandings of health and disease. The authors advance the notion of ‘biomediatization’ and demonstrate how health knowledge is co-produced through connections between dispersed sites and forms of expertise. The chapters offer an innovative combination of media content analysis and ethnographic data on the production and circulation of health news drawing on work with journalists clinicians health officials medical researchers marketers and audiences. The volume provides students and scholars with unique insight into the significance and complexity of what health news does and how it is created. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999862

Making Histories And Constructing Human GeographiesThe Local Transformation Of Practice Power Relations And Consciousness This book aims to acquaint American historians anthropologists and sociologists with a discourse that questions prioritizing of the temporal over the spatial. It contends that social structuring processes are context dependent for they involve the unfolding of historical geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164652

Making HistoriesStudies in history-writing and politics First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649834

Making Home in Diasporic CommunitiesTransnational belonging amongst Filipina migrants Making Home in Diasporic Communities demonstrates the global scope of the Filipino diaspora engaging wider scholarship on globalisation and the ways in which the dynamics of nation-state institutions labour migration and social relationships intersect for transnational communities. Based on original ethnographic work conducted in Ireland and the Philippines the book examines how Filipina diasporans socially and symbolically create a sense of ‘home’. On one hand Filipinas can be seen as mobile as they have crossed geographical borders and are physically located in the destination country. Yet on the other hand they are constrained by immigration policies linguistic and cultural barriers and other social and cultural institutions. Through modalities of language rituals and religion and food the author examines the ways in which Filipinas orient their perceptions expectations practices and social spaces to ‘the homeland’ thus providing insight into larger questions of inclusion and exclusion for diasporic communities.By focusing on a range of Filipina experiences including that of nurses international students religious workers and personal assistants Making Home in Diasporic Communities explores the intersectionality of gender race class and belonging. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology and anthropology as well as those with interests in gender identity migration ethnic studies and the construction of home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595746

Making Homes in the West/IndiesConstructions of Subjectivity in the Writings of Michelle Cliff and Jamaica Kincaid This study focuses on the ways in which two of the most prominent Caribbean women writers residing in the United States Michelle Cliff and Jamaica Kincaid have made themselves at home within Caribbean poetics even as their migration to the United States affords them participation and acceptance within its literary space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980228

Making HomesEthnography and Design Making Homes: Anthropology and Design is a strong addition to the emerging field of design anthropology. Based on the latest scholarship and practice in the social sciences as well as design this interdisciplinary text introduces a new design ethnography which offers unique and original approaches to research and intervention in the home.Presenting a coherent theoretical and methodological framework for both ethnographers and designers the authors examine ‘hot’ topics – ranging from movements and mobilities to im/material environments to digital culture – and confront the challenges of a research and design environment which seeks to bring about the changes required for a sustainable resilient ‘safe’ and comfortable future.Written by leading experts in the field the book draws on real-life examples from a wide range of international projects developed by the authors other researchers and designers. Illustrations throughout help to convey the methods and research visually. Readers will also have access to a related website which follows the authors’ ongoing research and includes video and written narrative examples of ethnographic research in the home.Transforming current understandings of the home this is an essential read for students and researchers in fields such as design anthropology human geography sociology and media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474239141

Making Human Geography This book cogently examines how human geography has developed from a field with limited self-awareness regarding method and theory to the vibrant study of society and space that it is today. Kevin R. Cox provides an interpretive critical perspective on Anglo-American geographic thought in the 20th and 21st centuries. He probes the impact of the spatial-quantitative revolution and geography's engagement with other social sciences particularly in social theory. Key concepts and theories in the field are explained and illustrated with instructive research examples. Cox explores both how new approaches to human geography get constructed and what each school of thought has contributed to understanding the world in which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462512836

Making Human Rights NewsBalancing Participation and Professionalism Making Human Rights News: Balancing Participation and Professionalism explores the impact of new digital technology and activism on the production of human rights messages. It is the first collection of studies to combine multidisciplinary approaches "citizen witness" challenges to journalism ethics and expert assessments of the "liberating role" of the Internet addressing the following questions: 1. What can scholars from a wide range of disciplines – including communication studies journalism sociology political science and international relations/studies – add to traditional legal and political human rights discussions exploring the impact of innovative digital information technologies on the gathering and dissemination of human rights news? 2. What questions about journalism ethics and professionalism arise as growing numbers of untrained "citizen witnesses" use modern mobile technology to document claims of human rights abuses? 3. What are the limits of the "liberating role" of the Internet in challenging traditional sources of authority and credibility such as professional journalists and human rights professionals? 4. How do greater Internet access and human rights activism interact with variations in press freedom and government censorship worldwide to promote respect for different categories of human rights such as women's rights and rights to health? This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367231033

Making Human Rights Work Globally This book is one of the first studies in the new field of the sociology of human rights and it centres its analysis on labour rights. Such rights are of critical importance in this field work being the defining aspect of many peoples lives and a central concern of sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843145332

Making Imperial MentalitiesSocialisation and British Imperialism This book discusses the way in which those born into the British empire were persuaded to accept it often with enthusiasm. The study compares the perceptions of people at ‘home’ in the dominions and in the colonies. Across the diversity of imperial territories it explores themes such as the diverse nature of political socialisation the various agents and agencies of persuasion reaction to the ‘experience of dominance’ by dominant and dominated the paradoxical impact of the missionary and the subversive role of some women. It also considers the significant issues of colonial adaptation resistance and rejection and the post-imperial consequences of imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006331

Making Inclusion Work for Children with DyspraxiaPractical Strategies for Teachers Drawing on their considerable experiences of the syndrome as well as current research findings  the authors help teachers and other education professionals to better understand the needs of a dyspraxic child. Through practical strategies they show how teachers can make all the difference to a child's ability to succeed in the classroom and case studies show how parents teachers and therapists can work together to facilitate learning. Whilst providing a unique insight and approach to the complex condition of dyspraxia this lively informative text also examines specific cases and scenarios considering the perspectives of teachers and parents. It handles a range of crucial topics such as: * issues surrounding diagnosis* the developmental differences and characteristics of dyspraxia* conventional and alternative intervention strategies* an exploration of the pressure of families* ways of improving home/school liaison. Teachers SENCOs and other educational professionals will find this book provides a wealth of essential information and guidance whilst parents will also find much to support them in the daily care and welfare of their child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172104

Making Inclusion Work for Students with Autism Spectrum DisordersAn Evidence-Based Guide An indispensable resource for K-12 educators and autism specialists this highly practical book shows how to include students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in general education settings. Tristram Smith and his associates present a research-based step-by-step process for assessing students at a range of skill levels planning and implementing successful inclusion programs and working as a team with other professionals and with parents. The book is packed with specific strategies for helping students with ASD follow the daily routine learn from the general education curriculum interact with peers and overcome problem behavior. In a large-size format for easy photocopying it features dozens of reproducible worksheets and forms. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781606239322

Making India Great AgainLearning from our History How can India become a great country once again is the question explored in this book. In the past India had significant achievements in science technology mathematics and business. A failure to build robust institutional networks of information and trust and indifference of the state to business communities brought all that crashing down within a generation. Many of these historical patterns persist till today. The ability to create wealth has everything to do with such networks. There was never any shortage of innovation in India. What was lacking was the ability to learn from their own experience. The building of learning networks and a learning ecosystem that could be used by people to leverage success – this is what is needed to unlock the huge talent pool that India possesses. This book addresses young educated and aspiring Indians in different walks of life who are interested in contemporary issues relating to nation society and economy. It puts forward some solutions to the problems that India faces. It would be of interest to anyone who would like to know how history can teach us to re-write the Indian growth story and to re-build a great nation. The book could also be used as reading material for students of history political science public administration business administration in under-graduate and post-graduate classes.Please note: This title is co-published with Manohar Publishers New Delhi. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367557928

Making Invisible Latino Adolescents VisibleA Critical Approach to Latino Diversity First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880313

'Making It' as a Contract ResearcherA Pragmatic Look at Precarious Work The ‘Insider Guides to Success in Academia’ offers support and practical advice to doctoral students and early-career researchers. Covering the topics that really matter but which often get overlooked this indispensable series provides practical and realistic guidance to address many of the needs and challenges of trying to operate and remain in academia. These neat pocket guides fill specific and significant gaps in current literature. Each book offers insider perspectives on the often implicit rules of the game – the things you need to know but usually aren’t told by institutional postgraduate support researcher development units or supervisors – and will address a practical topic that is key to career progression. They are essential reading for doctoral students early-career researchers supervisors mentors or anyone looking to launch or maintain their career in academia. ‘Making It’ as a Contract Researcher examines the contemporary experience of research employment in universities from the perspective of a significant yet often invisible group: temporary or contract researchers who make up a substantial and ever-growing proportion of the academic research workforce. A critical pragmatic and international account of the contemporary research career this book explores the question of what it means to ‘make it’ as a contract researcher in academia and how individuals and organisations in higher education might seek to do things differently. Providing the reader with practical and realistic strategies for improving the experience of being a contract researcher and achieving and sustaining an academic research career this book guides the reader on a range of topics including: Charging fairly for your work Building a publication track record Finding the next contract Sustaining your network Feeling like you belong Moving beyond contract research. Using a combination of current research interviews and reflective writing the book is written specifically for and by contract researchers in academia offering unique and extremely valuable advice for all new and current contract researchers including PhD students early career researchers and any party interested in pursuing a research career in academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362598

Making it as a TeacherHow to Survive and Thrive in the First Five Years Teaching is a delightfully rewarding wonderfully enlightening and diverse career. Yet at present teacher recruitment and retention are in crisis with some of the most at risk of leaving the profession being those in their early years of teaching. Making it as a Teacher offers a variety of tips anecdotes real-life examples and practical advice to help new teachers survive and thrive through the first 5 years of teaching from the first-hand experiences of a teacher and middle leader. Divided into thematic sections Making It Surviving and Thriving the book explores the issues and challenges teachers may face including: Lesson planning marking and feedback Behaviour and classroom management Work-life balance Progression CPD and networking With the voices of teaching professionals woven throughout this is essential reading for new teachers those undertaking initial teacher training QT mentors and other teaching staff that support new teachers in the early stages of their career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593596

Making IT Count 'Making IT Count: from strategy to implementation' focuses on the practical elements of delivering Information Technology strategy. Studies regularly show that over half of Information Technology strategies are never implemented or are unsuccessful in delivering the desired results and that a significant percentage of strategies implemented were never in the original plans. The linkage between strategy development and delivery needs a very clear focus; this is the key topic that the authors address. The book highlights eight major fallacies in managing IT and eighteen better practices. It then details how to draw up strategy instigate navigation techniques and make sourcing decisions. Change and delivery are a major focus as is infrastructure development. Caselets and full length case studies of organizations such as General Electric Siemens Colonial Mutual Charles Schwab Macquarie Bank ICI United Airlines Norwich Union Walgreens and Dell and have been included to show how strategies have been successfully implemented and managed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435049

Making it in British MedicineEssential Guidance for International Doctors Gone are the days when you present to colleagues with hand-drawn overheads. Presenting Health with PowerPoint shows how you can work through PowerPoint to create effective presentations. In an easy-to-use step-by-step format it takes you through the components of the European Computer Driving Licence the basic IT qualification and guides you through the text by showing what actually appears on the computer using screenshots toolbar icons mouse and keyboard actions. The accompanying CD-ROM provides downloadable resources and useful website links. Presenting Health with PowerPoint is designed for doctors nurses and managers at all levels throughout primary and secondary care who need not have prior knowledge of Microsoft PowerPoint. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375410

Making It in IT Written for those starting a career in IT or whose career is well advanced this career guide shows how to blaze a path to success through the jungle of modern IT. With a career spanning five decades the author shares lessons he learned the hard way so readers do not have to learn them the hard way. By emphasizing the importance of business processes and applications to IT this book explains how to understand the value and positioning of hardware and software technology in order to make appropriate decisions. It addresses the importance of IT architecture and the roles service and systems management play. It also explains service level agreements (SLAs) and provides sample SLAs. Readers learn how to conduct IT assessments using SWOT (strengths weaknesses opportunities and threats) analysis. It also shows how to use root-cause analysis (RCA) to detect the sources of failure and poor performance. An overview of risk management and the steps involved in developing a business continuity plan are also included. The book looks at all facets of an IT professional’s career. It explains how to build an IT team and examines the roles and responsibilities within the team. It shows how to provide professional customer care to IT clients. Business executives recognize the importance of IT and this book shows technology professionals how to thrive in the business world. It covers: Making effective presentations Report and proposal writing Negotiating and persuasion skills Running productive meetings Time and stress management The book also discusses such important career skills as listening continual and incremental learning and communicating at all levels. From its templates and checklists to its comprehensive and holistic view of a successful IT career this book is an indispensable guide for every professional working in IT today and tomorrow. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498782760

Making IT LeanApplying Lean Practices to the Work of IT Making IT Lean: Applying Lean Practices to the Work of IT presents Lean concepts and techniques for improving processes and eliminating waste in IT operations and IT Service Management in a manner that is easy to understand. The authors provide a context for discussing several areas of application within this domain allowing you to quickly gain insight into IT processes and Lean principles.The text reviews IT Service Management with reference to the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL®) as a framework for best practices—explaining how to use it to accommodate Lean processes and operations. Filled with straightforward examples it provides enough modeling tools so you can start your Lean journey right away. Examining the work of IT from an IT practitioner perspective the book includes coverage of: The OM Perspective—considers the work of IT from an Operations Management (OM) perspective showing how many of the concepts that have been successfully applied within manufacturing can be applied to IT The Lean Improvement Model—explains Lean concepts and practices and details the authors’ Lean improvement model Lean Problem-Solving (Identifying and Understanding Problems)—considers operational work in IT and explains how to apply Lean practices related to problem identification and root cause analysis Lean Problem-Solving (Identifying and Managing Solutions)—describes how to use good problem identification as the basis for identifying the right solutions Lean IT Service Management—examines IT work from an IT Service Management perspective using the ITIL® framework as a guide Implementing and Sustaining Lean IT Improvements—explains how to implement and sustain Lean IT improvements Throughout the book the authors use a simple model for Lean Improvement as the framework for communicating practical guidance on identifying and understanding problems as well as identifying implementing managing and improving solutions. Emphasizing alignment with core Lean concepts such as A3 Thinking and Plan Do Check Act it introduces concepts in a manner that allows you to take away small bits at a time and immediately apply them in your IT operations. Exploring the notion that any IT organization can benefit from the application of Lean the text supplies you with virtually limitless opportunities for improvement in your IT organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439876022

Making It NationalNationalism and Australian popular culture Making it National argues that we need to rethink the way national identity is constructed in Australia today. Graeme Turner takes a series of recent instances - the mythologising of Bond and the larrikin entrepreneurs the Spycatcher trials Maralinga and the Bicentenary - showing how popular images of national identity are used to serve specific rather than national interests.'Graeme Turner's writing has a remarkable power to engage its readers with all the immediacy vividness and drama of our very best journalism while putting cultural theory to work in new and creative ways.' - Meaghan Morris'Making it National could be to the 1990s what Richard White's Inventing Australia was to the 1980s.' - Tony Bennett Institute for Cultural Policy Studies Griffith University Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116363

Making it RealPt. 2 2008 This work includes a Foreword by Jonathan Silverman Associate Clinical Dean and Director of Communication Studies School of Clinical Medicine University of Cambridge. Emphasis is placed on shared decision making appraisal and dealing with difficult situations as well as the more common topics such as taking a history and breaking bad news. Healthcare educators with an interest in communication skills training and personal and professional development will find this guide invaluable as will undergraduate and postgraduate teachers in university and workplace settings. "As its central component this manual of experiential learning provides a bank of ready-made simulated patient scenarios that will prove invaluable to anybody setting up a programme from scratch - here is a collection of scenarios with information for facilitators participants and simulated patients and hints on how to run sessions on specific topics and it is clearly not just for beginners - those already running established programs will also find it so useful to be able to turn to a resource of simulated patient scenarios when planning a new session." "Now educators can turn to a practical source of expert guidance in setting up sessions utilising simulated patients. Experiential work with simulated patients is the most effective way of improving learners' communication skills. Practical thoughtful and well considered help such as this new book is worth its weight in gold and will help so many educators as they strive to introduce this approach to learning into medical curricula and assessments." - Jonathan Silverman in the Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384917

Making Japan Work First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405875

Making Japanese Heritage This book examines the making of heritage in contemporary Japan investigating the ways in which particular objects practices and institutions are ascribed public recognition and political significance. Through detailed ethnographic and historical case studies it analyses the social economic and even global political dimensions of cultural heritage. It shows how claims to heritage status in Japan stress different material qualities of objects places and people - based upon their ages originality and usage. Following on an introduction that thoroughly assesses the field the ethnographic and historiographic case studies range from geisha; noh masks; and the tea ceremony; urban architecture; automata; a utopian commune and the sites of Mitsubishi company history. They examine how their heritage value is made and re-made and appraise the construction of heritage in cases where the heritage value resides in the very substance of the object’s material composition - for example in architecture landscapes and designs - and show how the heritage industry adds values to existing assets: such as sacredness urban charm or architectural and ethnic distinctiveness. The book questions the interpretation of material heritage as an enduring expression of social relations aesthetic values and authenticity which once conferred undergoes no subsequent change and standard dismissals of heritage as merely a tool for enshrining the nation; supporting the powerful; fostering nostalgic escapism; or advancing capitalist exploitation. Finally it considers the role of people as agents of heritage production and analyses the complexity of the relationships between people and objects.  This book is a rigorous assessment of how conceptions of Japanese heritage have been forged and provides a wealth of evidence that questions established assumptions on the nature and social roles of heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673679

Making Jeans GreenLinking Sustainability Business and Fashion Consumers spend approximately $93 billion on denim products every year. This consumption comes at a great cost with thousands of litres of fresh water hazardous chemicals and energy contributing to just one pair of jeans leaving the environment and the industry vulnerable to pollution and climate change. Using facts figures case studies and anecdotes this book investigates why the industry has been so slow to adopt green technologies and offers practical solutions to designers and fashion executives who want to switch to cleaner manufacturing including those working in the ‘fast fashion’ sector. It also offers advice to the eco-conscious consumer who wants to purchase denim more sustainably. Considering the full lifecycle of a pair of jeans from the cotton crop to disposal it presents examples of how to go green at different stages. This book will be of great interest to fashion students and researchers as well as designers fashion executives policy-makers and anyone who comes into contact with the world of denim. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391876

Making Joyful NoiseThe Art Science and Soul of Group Work This diverse collection of articles by group work professionals who work in the classroom and in the field captures not only the art and science of social work with groups but also its soul highlighting practice teaching and writing ideas that promote the power of group work - and the people who do it. Making Joyful Noise reinforces the value and uniqueness of group work as a positive optimistic empowering and affirming way of working with people.The articles presented here cover a wide range of age groups populations and settings and include examples on the use of activity and discussion in groups: a poetry club for children the meaning of camp for preadolescents a boxing group for adolescents who live in the inner city self-defense classes for adults and caregiver support for the elderly. The book also steps into the classroom to promote the teaching of social group work and the education of advanced group work practitioners and to encourage practitioners to write about their group work practice. Finally the book presents and illustrates a number of concepts that are unique to group work and that encourage front-line practitioners to “be bold” and to “stay in the mess.”While organized as a tribute to the late Dr. Roselle Kurland Making Joyful Noise is in and of itself an important collection of articles and essays on social group work and one that is certain to provide all practitioners who are interested in group work with a spark a smile and some needed inspiration for their important work.Making Joyful Noise includes: essentials for preserving promoting and portraying group work practice the critical relationship between human and professional ethics in group work six common mistakes that practitioners make in regard to group purpose using organizational analysis to improve group work practice creatively blending activity and discussion in diverse settings cultivating collegiality to reduce isolation and enhance practice developing a capacity to “stay in the mess” in group work with people of all ages skills for effectively working with transitions separation and loss in group guidelines for practitioners wishing to write for publication and much more!This book is a rich and diverse collection that is required reading for anyone working to promote social work with groups. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877624

Making Knowledge VisibleCommunicating Knowledge Through Information Products This ground-breaking book opens up new territory for knowledge and information management. The only way we can make what we know visible to other people is by putting it into Information Products - the products in any medium where users meet the information they need and gain access to the knowledge of others. Without them little business would get done inside organizations or between them and the outside world. They are essential for the flow exchange application and preservation of information and knowledge. This is the first book to make the case for the proper recognition of information products by organizations. It shows how they should support business objectives and processes and be incorporated into information strategy and information architecture; illustrates the value they can both add and subtract; identifies the full range of stakeholders in them; and argues that a triple alliance of information management information systems/IT and information design is critical for successful information products. Stories from real life illustrate every step of the argument. The final part of the book demonstrates how an actual organization used information auditing as a tool to develop a strategic information product for an important user community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252486

Making Language MatterTeaching Resources for Meeting the English Language Arts Common Core State Standards in Grades 9-12 Now adopted by over 40 states the Common Core State Standards provide a clear and consistent framework for public school systems as they develop student learning goals that define the path to readiness for college careers and informed citizenship. While each state is developing its own procedures for adoption of the Standards individual teachers will continue to hold the ultimate responsibility for devising lesson plans and tailoring instruction to meet these benchmarks. Making Language Matter will help prospective and practicing teachers develop lessons to meet the benchmarks enumerated in the Standards for the English Language Arts categories: language speaking and listening writing and reading. A timely text for literacy education courses it explores language topics within these categories and suggests pedagogical approaches and activities for use in 9-12 language arts classrooms. Using a linguistics approach to unify the study of all the language arts it engages readers in learning how to help students make purposeful language choices essential for both academic and workplace success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528009

Making Law and Courts Research RelevantThe Normative Implications of Empirical Research One of the more enduring topics of concern for empirically-oriented scholars of law and courts—and political scientists more generally—is how research can be more directly relevant to broader audiences outside of academia. A significant part of this issue goes back to a seeming disconnect between empirical and normative scholars of law and courts that has increased in recent years. Brandon L. Bartels and Chris W. Bonneau argue that being attuned to the normative implications of one’s work enhances the quality of empirical work not to mention makes it substantially more interesting to both academics and non-academic practitioners. Their book’s mission is to examine how the normative implications of empirical work in law and courts can be more visible and relevant to audiences beyond academia. Written by scholars of political science law and sociology the chapters in the volume offer ideas on a methodology for communicating normative implications in a balanced nuanced and modest manner. The contributors argue that if empirical work is strongly suggestive of certain policy or institutional changes scholars should make those implications known so that information can be diffused. The volume consists of four sections that respectively address the general enterprise of developing normative implications of empirical research law and decisionmaking judicial selection and courts in the broader political and societal context. This volume represents the start of a conversation on the topic of how the normative implications of empirical research in law and courts can be made more visible. This book will primarily interest scholars of law and courts as well as students of judicial politics. Other subfields of political science engaging in empirical research will also find the suggestions made in the book relevant. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021921

Making Leisure WorkArchitecture and the Experience Economy Contemporary architecture of theme-based design is examined in this book leading to a new understanding of architecture's role in the increasingly diversified consumer environment. It explores the ‘Experience Economy’ to reveal how everyday environments strategically and opportunistically blur our leisure work and personal life experiences. Considering scientific design research consumer psychology and Hollywood story-telling techniques the book looks at how the design of theme parks casinos and shopping malls has influenced our more unexpectedly themed spaces from the city to the hospital. Widely taking architecture as a social practice this text is of relevance to all cultural and sociological studies in the built and material environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849371

Making Lifelong Learning Work This text outlines the future roles of schools business and industry higher and adult education. Using examples of learning communities that are adapting for the future the author describes the conditions which lifelong learning can accelerate as an agent for change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420854

Making LivoniaActors and Networks in the Medieval and Early Modern Baltic Sea Region The region called Livonia (corresponding to modern Estonia and Latvia) emerged out of the rapid transformation caused by the conquest Christianisation and colonisation on the north-east shore of the Baltic Sea in the late twelfth and the early thirteenth centuries. These radical changes have received increasing scholarly notice over the last few decades. However less attention has been devoted to the interplay between the new and the old structures and actors in a longer perspective. This volume aims to study these interplays and explores the history of Livonia by concentrating on various actors and networks from the late twelfth to the seventeenth century. But on a deeper level the goal is more ambitious: to investigate the foundation of an increasingly complex and heterogeneous society on the medieval and early modern Baltic frontier – ‘the making of Livonia’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367481285

Making Managers in Canada 1945-1995Companies Community Colleges and Universities Management education and training was a key influence on Canadian capital and labour in the post-World War II decades however it has been the subject of comparatively little academic inquiry. In many ways historians have frequently learned about management behavior in unionized workplaces by examining labor-management relations. The management experience has thus often been seen through the eyes of rank-and-file workers rather than from the perspective of managers themselves. This book discusses how managers were trained and educated in Canada in the years following the Second World War. Making Managers in Canada 1945 – 1995 seeks to shed light on the experience of workers who have not received much attention in business history: managers. This book approaches management training from both institutional and social history perspectives. Drawing from community colleges universities and companies in British Columbia Ontario and Québec this book reveals the nature of management education and training in English and French Canada It integrates institutional analysis and examines how factors such as gender and social class shaped the development of Canadian management in the post-war years and illustrates the various international influences on Canadian management education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859503

Making MapsA Visual Guide to Map Design for GIS Lauded for its accessibility and beautiful design this text has given thousands of students and professionals the tools to create effective compelling maps. Using a wealth of illustrations--with 74 in full color--to elucidate each concisely presented point the revised and updated third edition continues to emphasize how design choices relate to the reasons for making a map and its intended purpose. All components of map making are covered: titles labels legends visual hierarchy font selection how to turn phenomena into visual data data organization symbolization and more. Innovative pedagogical features include a short graphic novella good design/poor design map examples end-of-chapter suggestions for further reading and an annotated map examplar that runs throughout the book. New to This Edition *Expanded coverage of using mobile digital devices to collect data for maps including discussions of location services and locational privacy. *New and revised topics: how to do sketch maps how map categories and symbols have changed over time designing maps on desktop computers and mobile devices human perception and color and more. *Separate expanded chapter on map symbol abstraction. *Additional case studies of compelling phenomena such as children's traffic fatalities based on race the spread of tropical diseases and the 2012 presidential election. *Many additional color illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509980

Making Meaning in EnglishExploring the Role of Knowledge in the English Curriculum What is English as a school subject for? What does knowledge look like in English and what should be taught? Making Meaning in English examines the broader purpose and reasons for teaching English and explores what knowledge looks like in a subject concerned with judgement interpretation and value. David Didau argues that the content of English is best explored through distinct disciplinary lenses â€“ metaphor story argument pattern grammar and context – and considers the knowledge that needs to be explicitly taught so students can recognise transfer build and extend their knowledge of English. He discusses the principles and tools we can use to make decisions about what to teach and offers a curriculum framework that draws these strands together to allow students to make sense of the knowledge they encounter. If students are going to enjoy English as a subject and do well in it they not only need to be knowledgeable but understand how to use their knowledge to create meaning. This insightful text offers a practical way for teachers to construct a curriculum in which the mastery of English can be planned taught and assessed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367611118

Making Media ContentThe Influence of Constituency Groups on Mass Media Making Media Content addresses the development of media content and the various factors and constituencies that influence content such as advertisers corporate interests owners and advocacy groups. It examines the strategic decision-making of mass media organizations as they determine what content they present to their audiences through broadcast publication or electronic access. The work focuses on the internal and external influences on media content laying out the various processes and opening up the topic for further consideration.This book will appeal to academics in mass media especially those studying the relationship between mass media organizations and public relations and advertisers. Practitioners of the media public relations and advertising fields would be interested because there are practical applications to their industries and explanations of the communication interactions between these groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649841

Making MediaFoundations of Sound and Image Production Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production – frame sound light time motion and sequencing – and be able to apply them to any medium they choose from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today’s digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production exhibition and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter allowing students to explore the process of media production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240391

Making Men: Rugby and Masculine Identity This text looks at how an understanding of rugby can provide insight into what it has meant to "be a man" in societies influenced by the ideals of Victorian upper and middle classes. It shows that rugby has been a means of promoting male exclusivity but also been a means of cultural incorporation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044070

Making Mogadishu SafeLocalisation Policing and Sustainable Security This Whitehall Paper explores the ways in which Mogadishu’s inhabitants try to stay out of harm’s way from security officials in the presidential compound of Villa Somalia to the city’s powerful district commissioners from patrolling policemen to the women road-sweepers in the rubbish-filled alleyways of the Waberi district. Its central proposition is that security is best understood as a coherent relationship or activity based on the need for physical safety today rather than in the future. It uses the neighbourhood-watch schemes developed in certain districts of Mogadishu - most notably Waberi - to understand the ways in which the city’s inhabitants respond to the security models promoted by international advisers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326880

Making Moral JudgmentsPsychological Perspectives on Morality Ethics and Decision-Making This fascinating new book examines diversity in moral judgements drawing on recent work in social personality and evolutionary psychology reviewing the factors that influence the moral judgments people make. Why do reasonable people so often disagree when drawing distinctions between what is morally right and wrong? Even when individuals agree in their moral pronouncements they may employ different standards different comparative processes or entirely disparate criteria in their judgments. Examining the sources of this variety the author expertly explores morality using ethics position theory alongside other theoretical perspectives in moral psychology and shows how it can relate to contemporary social issues from abortion to premarital sex to human rights. Also featuring a chapter on applied contexts using the theory of ethics positions to gain insights into the moral choices and actions of individuals groups and organizations in educational research political medical and business settings the book offers answers that apply across individuals communities and cultures. Investigating the relationship between people’s personal moral philosophies and their ethical thoughts emotions and actions this is fascinating reading for students and academics from psychology and philosophy and anyone interested in morality and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370831

Making Movies Without Losing MoneyPractical Lessons in Film Finance This book is about the practical realities of the film market today and how to make a film while minimizing financial risk. Film is a risky investment and securing that investment is a huge challenge. The best way to get investors is to do everything possible to make the film without losing money. Featuring interviews with film industry veterans - sales agents producers distributors directors film investors film authors and accountants - Daniel Harlow explores some of the biggest obstacles to making a commercially successful film and offers best practice advice on making a good film that will also be a commercial success. The book explores key topics such as smart financing casting to add value understanding the film supply chain the importance of genre picking the right producer negotiating pre-sales and much more. By learning how to break even this book provides invaluable insight into the film industry that will help filmmakers build a real continuing career. A vital resource for filmmakers serious about sustaining a career in the 21st century film industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369781

Making Multilevel Public Management WorkStories of Success and Failure from Europe and North America Public management increasingly takes place in multilevel settings since most countries are decentralized to one degree or another and most problems transcend and cut across administrative and geographical borders. A collaboration of scholars in the Transnational Initiative on Governance Research and Education (TIGRE Net) Making Multilevel Public Management Work: Stories of Success and Failure from Europe and North America brings together two strands of literature—multilevel governance and public management—and draws conclusions on practices of public management in multilevel governance settings.The book focuses on how to make multilevel public management work. Using an inductive logic the editors study a particular case or a few selected cases highlight lessons learned and implications and identify trends and concerns. The book underscores factors essential to making multilevel public management work namely coordination and collaboration and new skills and leadership capacities. It discusses the pitfalls of creating networks instead of managing them and the importance of finding the right leadership skills institutional design and network management mechanisms to avoid deadlock and manage conflict effectively.Multilevel public management creates multiple opportunities and their accompanying challenges. By bringing together case studies in Europe and North America this book identifies conditions for success and those under which such governance arrangements fail. Demonstrating the insights gained by the cross-fertilization of ideas the book has also been strengthened by the participation of researchers from various disciplines including public management political science and international relations economics as well as administrative law. The interdisciplinary nature of the scholarship provides a complete and compelling portrait of multilevel public management as practiced and studied on two continents. The book opens the debate on what is needed to make it work Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466513808

Making Multimedia in the ClassroomA Teachers' Guide Multimedia authoring offers a motivating and imaginative approach to subject matter where students can develop skills in group work and problem solving. This teachers guide explores the process of students authoring multimedia presentations on computer using images text sound animation and video as an integrated part of their curriculum work. It offers a theoretical basis detailed practical advice and many classroom examples. Each chapter covers a different aspect of multimedia authoring including: * planning multimedia into the curriculum* case studies and examples of student multimedia presentations* classroom management of the project* assessment and evaluation* choosing software and resources. This book encourages teachers to be imaginative about their subject and gives an important strategy for student motivation. It comes with a CD-ROM which can be used in the classroom as an introduction to multimedia work. Essential reading for all primary and secondary teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714676

Making Music in Japan’s UndergroundThe Tokyo Hardcore Scene Grounded in the fields of Ethnomusicology Anthropology Popular Music Studies and Japanese Studies this book explores the underground Tokyo hardcore scene ultimately asking what play as resistance through performance of the scene tells us about Japanese society in general. Matsue highlights the complicated positioning of young adult Japanese in contemporary Japan as they negotiate both increasing social demands and increasing problems in society at large. Further drawing on theories of play identity building and the construction of gender all informed by the increasingly influential field of Performance Studies the book offers a highly interdisciplinary look at the importance of musical scenes for expressing resistance at the turn of the 21st century. Within the underground Tokyo hardcore scene this resistance is expressed through play with individual and collective identity in intimate and potentially illicit spaces with an arguably challenging sound and performance style. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897990

Making Music SpecialPractical Ways to Create Music This work provides practical ideas for early music making and more sophisticated ideas for creative improvisation. Specific sections of music are explored. The first of these is that of the basic ingredients of music such as rhythm pitch and timbre. The second section to be explored is music for those who experience learning difficulties. Also considered is the question of how to build musical relationships. The text looks additionally at the development of musical choice and creativity. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781003059172

Making Music with ComputersCreative Programming in Python Teach Your Students How to Use Computing to Explore Powerful and Creative Ideas In the twenty-first century computers have become indispensable in music making distribution performance and consumption. Making Music with Computers: Creative Programming in Python introduces important concepts and skills necessary to generate music with computers. It interweaves computing pedagogy with musical concepts and creative activities showing students how to integrate the creativity and design of the arts with the mathematical rigor and formality of computer science. The book provides an introduction to creative software development in the Python programming language. It uses innovative music-creation activities to illustrate introductory computer programming concepts including data types algorithms operators iteration lists functions and classes. The authors also cover GUIs event-driven programming big data sonification MIDI programming client–server programming recursion fractals and complex system dynamics. Requiring minimal musical or programming experience the text is designed for courses in introductory computer science and computing in the arts. It helps students learn computer programming in a creative context and understand how to build computer music applications. Also suitable for self-study the book shows musicians and digital music enthusiasts how to write music software and create algorithmic music compositions. Web ResourceA supplementary website (http://jythonMusic.org) provides a music library and other software resources used in the text. The music library is an extension of the jMusic library and incorporates other cross-platform programming tools. The website also offers example course and associated media resources. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439867914

Making Music with Sounds Making Music with Sounds offers a creative introduction to the art of making sound-based music. It introduces the elements of making compositions with sounds and facilitates creativity in school age children with the activities primarily for 11-14 year old students.  It can also be used by people of all ages becoming acquainted with this music for the first time. Sound-based music is defined as the art form in which the sound rather than the musical note is the basic unit and is closely related to electronic music and the sonic arts. The art of sound organisation can be found in a number of forms of music--in film television theatre dance and new media. Despite this there are few materials available currently for young people to discover how to make sound-based music. This book offers a programme of development starting from aural awareness through the discovery and organisation of potential sounds to the means of generating and manipulating sounds to create sequences and entire works. The book’s holistic pedagogical approach to composition also involves aspects related to musical understanding and appreciation reinforced by the author’s online pedagogical ElectroAcoustic Resource Site (EARS II). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898461

Making National Energy Policy What we call the nation’s energy policy attempts to give direction to the production use transportation and distribution of energy to help achieve an array of societal goals in the most compatible ways. In this title originally published in 1993 noted analysts provide insight into complex policy issues of significant importance. Among the topics addressed are difficulties encountered in trying to fashion energy policy in the U.S. congress the nature of energy policies and environmental polices the challenges arising from regional conflict over energy policies and the viability of deregulating electric power production. This collection of lectures is a valuable resource for students interested in environmental studies and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954014

Making New Zealand's Pop RenaissanceState Markets Musicians Since the early 2000s New Zealand has undergone a pop renaissance. Domestic artists' sales airplay and concert attendance have all grown dramatically while new avenues for 'kiwi' pop exports emerged. Concurrent with these trends was a new collective sentiment that embraced and celebrated domestic musicians. In Making New Zealand's Pop Renaissance Michael Scott argues that this revival arose from state policies and shows how the state built market opportunities for popular musicians through public-private partnerships and organizational affinity with existing music industry institutions. New Zealand offers an instructive case for the ways in which 'after neo-liberal' states steer and co-ordinate popular culture into market exchange by incentivizing cultural production. Scott highlights how these music policies were intended to address various economic and social problems. Arriving with the creative industries' discourse and policy making politicians claimed these expanded popular music supports would facilitate sustainable employment and a sense of national identity. Yet popular music as economic and social policy presents a paradox: the music industry generates commercial failure and thus requires a large unattached pool of potential talent. Considering this feature Scott analyses how state programs induced an informal economy of proto-pop production aimed at accessing competitive state funding while simultaneously encouraging musicians to adopt entrepreneurial subjectivities. In doing so he argues New Zealand's music policies are a form of social policy that unintentionally deploy hierarchical structures to foster social inclusion amongst growing numbers of creative workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261785

Making News in IndiaStar News and Star Ananda Post-liberalisation India has witnessed a dramatic growth of the television industry as well as on-screen images of the glitz and glamour of a vibrant ‘shining’ India. Through a detailed ethnographic study of Star News and Star Ananda involving interviews observations and content analysis this book explores the milieu of 24-hour private news channels in India today. It offers insightful glimpses into the workings of one of the mightiest news corporations in the world and its ability to manufacture everyday reality for its audiences. Based on fieldwork in Mumbai and Kolkata this study not only provides a detailed description of the television newsroom its rituals and rhythms but ventures beyond it to investigate how editorial and corporate strategies converge increasingly in an industry driven by profit. Through analysing how TRPs work to produce a non-inclusive idea of the ‘audience’ and examining hundreds of hours of news content the book explores how news channels construct a vision of nationhood and of a successful and vibrant economy that caters primarily to the needs of the resurgent Indian middle class. While it will be of particular interest to media and cultural studies scholars and students and to journalists and media professionals in general this lively engaging book also aims to give the general reader the wherewithal to analyse and critique the continuous barrage of 24-hour news television today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662438

Making Nonprofit NewsMarket Models Influence and Journalistic Practice Making Nonprofit News examines the essence of nonprofit journalism on multiple levels of analysis explaining how individuals routines organizational makeup and outside institutions all affect news production at nonprofit news organizations. The book argues that the market model itself – not simply the journalism industry – impacts news workers news content and outside influence on the organization. Essentially nonprofit journalism organizations are influenced by forces consistently impacting the industry as well as those previously not involved in journalism. Drawing on three years of in-depth interviews with more than 30 journalists at nonprofits site visits and more broad research on nonprofit journalism this book is a sociological study of how nonprofit status affects journalistic work. The book further conceptualizes the forces impacting newswork and examines the social institutions now on the boundaries of journalism due to their connection to nonprofit journalism. Exploring how nonprofit news is disrupting the industry’s very idea of news news values and news processes this is a helpful text for academics and researchers with an interest in journalism media industries media sociology and not-for-profits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206413

Making Nothing HappenFive Poets Explore Faith and Spirituality Making Nothing Happen is a conversation between five poet-theologians who are broadly within the Christian tradition - Nicola Slee Ruth Shelton Mark Pryce Eleanor Nesbitt and Gavin D'Costa. Together they form The Diviners - a group which has been meeting together for a number of years for poetry and theological and literary reflection. Each poet offers an illuminating reflection on how they understand the relation between poetry and faith rooting their reflections in their own writing and illustrating discussion with a selection of their own poems. The poets open up issues for deeper exploration and reflection including: the nature of creativity and the distinction between divine and human creation; the creative process as exploration epiphany and revelation; the forging of identity through writing; ways in which the arts reflect challenge and dialogue with faith and faith can inform and challenge the arts; power and voice in poetry and faith; and ways in which race gender and culture interact with and shape poetic and theological discourse. This book will be of interest to poets and theologians to all who read poetry and are interested in the connections between literature and faith to those seeking inspiration for preaching liturgy and pastoral care and to those committed to the practice and nurturing of a contemplative attitude to life in which profound attention and respect are offered to words and to the creative Word at work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409455158

Making Ocean PolicyThe Politics Of Government Organization And Management Written in response to the increasing interest in the making of ocean policy this book surveys the history of U.S. ocean policy ocean policy advocacy and the struggle within government to determine how best to develop and implement a sensible ocean policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172329

Making of India's NortheastGeopolitics of Borderland and Transnational Interactions This book examines India’s Northeast borderland â€“ strategically positioned at the confluence of South Asia East and Southeast Asia â€“ from the perspective of international relations. The volume interrogates the geopolitics of region-making in both colonial and postcolonial times and traces the transformation of Northeast India from a British strategic frontier into a securitised borderland. It situates the region in transnational interactions both in conflict and cooperation with its immediate neighbouring regions of China Bangladesh and Myanmar especially in the context of India’s Look East/Act East policy. The volume paves the way for a new ‘region-state’ framework borne out of the constructivist worldview and offers answers to many conundrums centring border studies. It further delineates approaches to overcoming the present geopolitical and territorial challenges of India’s Northeast with a critical thrust on regional policymaking. The volume will be of interest to students and researchers in the disciplines of social sciences and humanities in India as well as South and Southeast Asia. It will be especially useful to those in politics and international relations strategic studies international political economy foreign policy development studies and regional development besides foreign policy-makers and diplomats development practitioners economists and policy analysts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138503380

Making of the Postmodern PresidencyFrom Ronald Reagan to Barack Obama Throughout American history presidents have been accused of being liars of deceiving others for political gain of being corrupt or of violating the Constitution. Such criticism is to some extent a facet of our political culture. Yet in recent years the intensity and depth of hostility coming from news reporters political pundits and even academics seems unprecedented. It is the argument of "The Making of the Postmodern Presidency" that something more fundamental is occurring other than personal mendacity character failures or political errors; that in fact the model we have used to explain presidential behavior no longer works.The dominant paradigm used to assess presidential behavior-the modern presidency-is no longer an adequate explanatory model. Nonetheless those who study the presidency continue to use it to explain behavior. This book claims that the more relevant paradigm that should be used today is the postmodern presidency model. This book traces the origins and development of the postmodern presidency.The heart of the book is composed of an examination of the presidencies of Ronald Reagan George H. W. Bush Bill Clinton and George W. Bush to show how each has contributed to the evolution and formation of the postmodern presidency. A penultimate chapter analyzes the 2008 presidential election through the lens of postmodernism. The book concludes with speculation on the challenges that face the Obama presidency in light of the postmodern presidency and American democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594517839

Making of the Victorian NovelistAnxieties of Authorship in the Mass Market First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867009

Making Organizational Change StickHow to create a culture of partnership between Project and Change Management Business needs change. And it needs it in ways at a rate and on a scale that is unprecedented. Current success rates for organizational change projects are dismal and are likely to remain so until organizations reinvent their approach to project delivery and learn how to integrate Change Management and Project Management successfully. In this ground-breaking and innovative book Gabrielle O Donovan shows you how to design strategy structures and processes to realize this integration and deliver sustainable and commercially powerful business change. She opens the book by providing the context describing both the problem and the solution; how the disconnect between Project Management and Change Management feeds the 40–70 per cent failure rate and the laying of many a dud egg; and how cross-discipline integration efforts thus far have only addressed the tip of the iceberg ignoring the subterranean cultural element that can divide or unite project teams. From there she profiles Project Management and Change Management in turn and crucially the value and service propositions of these respective disciplines and the different theories models and tools they employ. In the second half of the book she makes a ‘Project and Change Partnership’ (PCP) culture explicit and measurable articulating those cultural assumptions that will support an effective alliance and that relate to those universal problems all organizations face regarding the macro environment external adaptability and survival and internal integration. From there she describes how Project Managers and Change Managers can cooperate daily by dividing work packages and activities throughout the end-to-end project lifecycle. Project leaders who instill a PCP culture will benefit from the unique value that these interdependent disciplines bring to project delivery. It is they who will lay golden eggs and realize business benefits. Making Organizational Change Stick is written for project leaders Change Managers Project/Programme Managers design thinkers business architects and anyone concerned with business change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736290

Making Our Research UsefulCase Studies in the Utilization of Anthropological Knowledge This book presents case studies that address how to improve the use of applied or policy research done by anthropologists. It documents the applications of anthropology and in so doing improves practice. The case studies treat the problem of knowledge use from a variety of perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367018078

Making Peace LastA Toolbox for Sustainable Peacebuilding The international community invests billions annually in thousands of projects designed to overcome poverty stop violence spread human rights fight terrorism and combat global warming. The hope is that these separate projects will 'add up' to lasting societal change in places like Afghanistan. In reality these initiatives are not adding up to sustainable peace. Making Peace Last offers ways of improving the productivity of peacebuilding. This book defines the theory analysis and practice needed to create peacebuilding approaches that are as dynamic and adaptive as the societies they are trying to affect. The book is based on a combination of field experience and research into peacebuilding and conflict resolution. This book can also be used as a textbook in courses on peace-building security and development. Making Peace Last is a comprehensive approach to finding sustainable solutions to the world's most pressing social problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519956

Making Peace With Chronic PainA Whole-Life Strategy First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451926

Making Peace With The PloThe Rabin Government's Road To The Oslo Accord After decades of branding Yasser Arafat an arch-terrorist Israel has embraced the PLO leader as a partner for peace. In this study of one of the most extraordinary examples of secret diplomacy in the second half of the twentieth century David Makovsky diplomatic correspondent for the Jerusalem Post explores the personal domestic regional and Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316778

Making PeaceThe United States And Conflict Resolution This book focuses on the methods of ending military conflicts through negotiated settlements and the special challenges that negotiating for peace poses for diplomatic personnel and and more broadly for the future welfare of participating nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166281

Making People BehaveAnti-social Behaviour Politics and Policy 'Anti-social behaviour' has become a label attached to a huge range of nuisance and petty crime and rarely out of the headlines as tackling this problem has become a central part of the British government's crime control policy. At the same time 'anti-social behaviour' has provided the lever for control mechanisms ranging from the draconian to the merely bureaucratic most notably in the shape of the Anti-Social Behaviour Order or ASBO. This book seeks to explain why anti-social behaviour as a focus of political rhetoric legislative activity and social action has gained such a high profile in Britain in recent years and it provides a critical examination of current policies of enforcement and exclusion. It examines both the political roots of the variety of new measures which have been introduced and also the deeper social explanations for the unease expressed about anti-social behaviour more generally. This updated new edition of Making People Behave takes full account of recent legal and policy changes including the 'Respect' agenda as well as relevant research on the subject. It also contains two wholly new chapters one of them devoted to the expanding web of behaviour controls the other on Scotland which provides an alternative to the enforcement-oriented approach evident in England and Wales â€“ complementing the wider coverage in the book of developments in North America and Europe. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843927112

Making People Pay (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1973 this book offers a fascinating and systematic description of the debt-collection process in 1970s England. Basing his research on the words of creditors debtors solicitors and debt-collectors Paul Rock’s research was conducted when imprisonment for debt was still in existence. The book covers the major stages in a defaulter’s career from enforcement by his creditors and the work of the debt-collector through the various processes of the law often to a period of imprisonment. Particular attention is given to the attempts made by debt-collectors to manage an unusual form of deviance and the consequences of their actions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828321

Making People-Friendly TownsImproving the Public Environment in Towns and Cities Making People-Friendly Towns explores the way our towns and cities particularly their central areas look and feel to all their users and discusses their design maintenance and management. Francis Tibbalds provides a new philosophical approach to the problem suggesting that places as a whole matter much more than the individual components that make up the urban environment such as buildings roads and parks. This informative book suggests the way forward for professionals decision-makers and all those who care about the future of our urban environment and points the reader in the direction of a wealth of living examples of successful town planning. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138131132

Making PhotographsPlanning Developing and Creating Original Photography This book explores a range of photographic practices including landscape and portraiture still life and abstract and considers techniques such as directorial photography photomontage and camera-less photography.    With case studies and practical exercises the reader is introduced to a structured way of developing creative solutions to the work they want to make fusing personal ideas with knowledge compositional elements and practical skills.  The book enables informed choices to be made about the reader's personal growth as a photographer contributing to the creation of original photographic work that is informed meaningful and relevant.  Additional reading and resources on historical and contemporary practices ideas and techniques are suggested in each chapter to inspire further enquiry and experimentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472530370

Making Place Making SelfTravel Subjectivity and Sexual Difference Making Place Making Self explores new understandings of place and place-making in late modernity covering key themes of place and space tourism and mobility sexual difference and subjectivity. Using a series of individual life stories it develops a fascinating polyvocal account of leisure and life journeys. These stories focus on journeys made to the North Cape in Norway the most northern point of mainland Europe which is both a tourist destination and an evocation of a reliable and secure point of reference an idea that gives meaning to an individual's life. The theoretical core of the book draws on an inter-weaving of post-Lacanian versions of feminist psycho-analytical thinking with phenomenological and existential thinking where place-making is linked with self-making and homecoming. By combining such ground-breaking theory with her innovative use of case studies Inger Birkeland here provides a major contribution to the fields of cultural geography tourism and feminist studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255234

Making Places for People12 Questions Every Designer Should Ask ** Honorable Mention at the 2019 ERDA Great Places Awards **  Making Places for People explores twelve social questions in environmental design. Authors Christie Johnson Coffin and Jenny Young bring perspectives from practice and teaching to challenge assumptions about how places meet human needs. The book reveals deeper complexities in addressing basic questions such as: What is the story of this place? What logic orders it? How big is it? How sustainable is it? Providing an overview of a growing body of knowledge about people and places Making Places for People stimulates curiosity and further discussion. The authors argue that critical understanding of the relationships between people and their built environments can inspire designs that better contribute to health human performance and social equity—bringing meaning and delight to people’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860643

Making Places In The Prehistor First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605810

Making Places in the Prehistoric WorldThemes in Settlement Archaeology This groundbreaking volume addresses issues central to the study of prehistoric settlement including group memory the transmission of ideology and the impact of mobility and seasonality on the construction of social identity. Building on these themes the contributors point to new ways of understanding the relationship between settlement and landscape by replacing Capitalist models of spatial relations with more intimate histories of place. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203029305

Making PlaceState Projects Globalisation and Local Responses in China To make a place is to create a location where its creators can feel they belong. Processes of place-making are still very much ongoing today. Geographers sociologists political scientists and philosophers of advanced capitalism have said that place is a localisation of the global. However the creation of a place is not legible from such grand perspectives. It is also much more creative than can be predicted by translating large-scale processes into local cultures. Anthropologists have been sensitive to the intimate tragic and lyrical senses of local place. But their theorising has been too much bound up with cosmology and insufficiently with the intermediate scales of state and local state.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt; In this book Stephan Feuchtwang and his contributors offer a set of historical anthropological and scale-mediated studies from China - a country that includes a subcontinental variety of cultures and landscapes. In the twentieth century it experienced collapse in civil war and was then reasserted as a particularly strong state. Now it is managing the fastest growing capitalist economy in the world. These intriguing Chinese studies contribute to the anthropology of place and space providing an historical perspective on processes of change and of accommodation to disruption. The stories they tell are fascinating in their own right but in addition the result is a critical reformulation of previous theories of place that geographers philosophers historians and anthropologists will find of great interest. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781843147671

Making Policy Happen ‘Policy work’ is increasingly conducted by public managers at different levels of seniority and in a variety of settings. This significant collection of readings focuses on the discussion of how policy work happens whether that involves bringing a policy-making process to fruition or the implementation of policy. The ideas included here draw on many different academic disciplines including economics political science social policy international relations organizational behaviour and psychology. The book is divided into four key sections each with an introduction by the editors covering: understanding policy processesgovernance contextsinstruments and discoursesleadership in policy work. This key text equips the reader with the fundamental knowledge and the essential ability required to critically analyze the key theoretical conceptual and operational approaches to the development and management of public policy. Containing timeless papers that are the building blocks of understanding public policy this important volume allows the reader to analyze new issues in appropriate contexts and one’s own setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060697

Making Political Ecology Making Political Ecology presents a comprehensive view of an important new field in human geography and interdisciplinary studies of nature-society relations. Tracing the development of political ecology from its origins in geography and ecological anthropology in the 1970s to its current status as an established field the book investigates how late twentieth-century developments in social and ecological theories are brought together to create a powerful framework for comprehending environmental problems.Making Political Ecology argues for an inclusionary conceptualization of the field which absorbs empirical studies from urban rural First World and Third World contexts and the theoretical insights of feminism poststructuralism neo-Marxism and non-equilibrium ecology. Throughout the book excerpts from the writings of key figures in political ecology provide an empirical grounding for abstract theoretical concepts.Making Political Ecology will convince readers of political ecology's particular suitability for grappling with the most difficult questions concerning social justice environmental change and human relationships with nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140684

Making Population Geography Making Population Geography is a lively account of the intellectual history of population geography arguing that while population geography may drift in and out of fashion it must continue to supplement its demographic approach with a renewed emphasis on cultural and political accounts of compelling population topics such as HIV-AIDS sex trafficking teen pregnancy citizenship and global ageing in order for it to shed light on contemporary society. Making Population Geography draws both on the writings of those like Wilbur Zelinsky and Pat Gober who were at the very epicentre of spatial science in the 1960s and those like Michael Brown and Yvonne Underhill-Sem whose post-punk introspections of method content and purpose now push the field in new directions. Using a wide range of case studies contemporary examples and current research the book links the rise and fall of the key concepts in population geography to the changing social and economic context and to geographys turn towards social theory. Referencing the authors classroom experiences both in the US and the UK Making Population Geography will appeal to students studying geography population issues and the development of critical scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175693

Making Prestigious PlacesHow Luxury Influences the Transformation of Cities Making Prestigious Places investigates the spatial dimension of luxury both as a sector involving activities operators and investments and as a system of values acting as a catalyst for recent urban transformations. Luxury shares a well-established connection to the city as a place of production consumption and self-representation and continues to grow despite economic difficulties. This edited collection includes case studies from Europe North and South America Asia and the Middle East to create a dialogue around these developments and the challenges presented such as the tension between the idea of prestige and current values in urban planning the discussion between academic reflections and operational practices and how these interact with the long-term economic and social dynamic of the city. With rich analysis and a preface written by Patsy Healey this book will be an important addition to the discourse on luxury for urban planners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232525

Making Progress in English This manual is designed to help teachers establish a principled framework for developing English at Key Stages 1 and 2. Covering all aspects of English it will help teachers raise standards of achievement in pupils at all levels of fluency and confidence.The author uses case study material to relate theory to practice covering issues such as classroom organization and management. She also provides guidance for planning and developing ideas with colleagues and with children and offers suggestions for teaching strategies with photocopiable sheets and formats and ways to evaluate teaching.Separate sections deal with reading writing speaking and listening and these different threads are drawn together in sections on knowledge about language - including spelling grammar and punctuation - and study of texts - including media poetry drama response to literature and the use of non-fiction texts. The final section deals with policy and schemes of work. Each chapter also offers information on: assessment recording and reporting linked to scales of progression frameworks for screening and supporting children who have difficulties with English gender working with parents linguistic and cultural diversityEve Bearne teaches at Homerton College Cambridge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411296

Making Progress in HousingA Framework for Collaborative Research This book presents a new approach to housing research one that is relevant to all the social sciences. Housing research is diverse and operates across many disciplines approaches and methods making collaboration difficult. This book outlines a methodological framework that enables researchers from many different fields to collaborate in solving complex and seemingly intractable housing problems. It shows how we can make progress in housing research and deliver better housing outcomes through an integrated approach. Drawing on the work of renowned Canadian methodologist philosopher theologian and economist Bernard Lonergan (1904–1984) McNelis outlines a framework for collaborative research: Functional Collaboration. This new form of collaboration divides up the work of housing research into functional specialties. These distinguish eight inter-related questions that arise in the process of moving from the current housing situation through to providing practical advice to decision-makers. To answer each question a different method is required. Making progress in housing is the result of finding new answers to this complete set of eight inter-related questions. This approach to collaboration opens up a new discourse on method in housing and social research as well as new debates on progress and the nature of science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001223

Making Progress in Primary ScienceA Study Book for Teachers and Student Teachers This new and extensively revised edition of Progress in Primary Science is intended for all those involved in training teachers of primary school science both preservice and on INSET courses. Its flexible modular structure enables course leaders to tailor their course to participants' needs. Each module can be studied individually or as part of an extended programme and contains notes for facilitators photocopiable workshop materials activities for practitioners and suggestions for further reading. Throughout the book the focus is on the learning of science as an investigative process through which pupils develop an understanding of ideas. This is supported by modules on different aspects of teaching and learning in science including: building on children's own ideas how to ask and answer questions managing practical work in the classroom science for very young children effective assessment self-assessment and feedback cross-curricular links ICT and science science outside the classroom. The companion study book currently available can be used by those participating on these courses. It follows the same modular structure and contains the same information as this book and makes planning and delivering the course easier and less time consuming for the course leader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419636

Making Progress in Writing Children's achievements in writing lag behind their achievements in reading speaking and listening. National tests are beginning to expose this gap and inevitably it is raising concerns. The issue is not without controversy but regardless of the politics of the situation national progress in children's writing is both needed and possible.This new book from Eve Bearne makes a valuable contribution towards helping teachers close this gap. Uniquely it follows the structure of the National Literacy Strategy whilst examining key areas such as bridging KS2 and KS3 writing and writing skills beyond the Literacy Hour. Such a structure makes the book incredibly practical and easy to use providing essential information for both practitioners and academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177642

Making Projects WorkEffective Stakeholder and Communication Management Projects are performed by people for people with the key determinants of success being the relationships between project teams and project stakeholders. This web of relationships will either enable or obstruct the flow of information between people and as a consequence will largely determine project success or failure.Making Projects Work: Effective Stakeholder and Communication Management provides a framework for understanding and managing the factors required for achieving successful project and program outcomes. It presents guidelines to help readers develop an understanding of governance and its connection to strategy as the starting point for deciding what work needs to be done. Introduces the idea of an organization’s communication ecosystem where information flows freely within and among all organizational layers Explores the importance of the relationships with the project’s stakeholder community as keys to project success Describes the theoretical underpinnings of leadership Provides detailed analysis of the different types of project stakeholders Supplies guidance on developing the appropriate messages to meet project and stakeholder needs The book describes how to craft appropriate communication strategies for developing and maintaining successful relationships with stakeholders. It highlights the strengths and weaknesses of existing project controls and outlines effective communication techniques for managing expectations and acquiring the support required to deliver successful projects on time and under budget. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482206661

Making Public Policy DecisionsExpertise skills and experience To understand public policy decisions it is imperative to understand the capacities of the individual actors who are making them how they think and feel about their role and what drives and motivates them. However the current literature takes little account of this preferring instead to frame the decisions as the outcomes of a rational search for value-maximising alternatives or the result of systematic and well-ordered institutional and organisational processes. Yet understanding how personal and emotional factors interact with broader institutional and organisational influences to shape the deliberations and behaviour of politicians and bureaucrats is paramount if we are to construct a more useful nuanced and dynamic picture of government decision-making. This book draws on a variety of approaches to examine individuals working in contemporary government from freshly-trained policy officers to former cabinet ministers and prime ministers. It provides important new insights into how those in government navigate their way through complex issues and decisions based on developed expertise that fuses formal rational techniques with other learned behaviours memories emotions and practiced forms of judgment at an individual level. This innovative collection from leading academics across Australia Europe the United Kingdom and North America will be of great interest to researchers educators advanced students and practitioners working in the fields of political science public management and administration and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743762

Making Public Private Partnerships WorkBuilding Relationships and Understanding Cultures Public Private Partnerships are no longer new. They are now a well-established vehicle for delivering large capital projects or managing services. Many organizations are now working with 'multi sector partnerships' across a huge range of sectors involving multiple partners. The increasing complexity of these partnerships of the risks associated with them and the outcomes required of them demand a new level of skill from those establishing and building the partnership. Michael Geddes' Making Public Private Partnerships Work offers a highly pragmatic guide to the processes behind multi sector partnerships including the skills of championing and managing the partnership internally the organizational structure that underpins most successful partnerships how to resource and staff the partnership assuring accountability and good governance and how to manage and communicate the performance of any partnership. He uses case study examples drawn from a whole range of partnerships to compare different practical approaches to each part of the process; against which you may benchmark your own approach and identify best-practice to follow. Making any medium- or long-term partnership work is a challenge for any organization. The different partners bring different skills expectations and needs to the partnership. Managed well the diversity of the partners adds to the success of the relationship and the outcome of the partnership but this is a process that requires careful planning management and review all of which is explained in Making Public Private Partnerships Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380936

Making Public Services Management Critical This book brings together public services policy and public services management in a novel way that is likely to resonate with academics policy makers and practitioners engaged in the organization of public services delivery as it is from a perspective that challenges many received ideas in this field.  Starting from the perspective of critical management studies the contributors to this volume embed a critical perspective on policy orthodoxy around critical public services policy and management studies (CPPMS).   In so doing the authors bring together previous disparate fields of public services policy and public services management but more importantly debate and present what ‘critical’ constitutes when applied to public services policy and management. This edited collection presents chapters from a broad range of public services domains including health education prisons local and central government and deals with a range of contemporary issues facing public services managers are examined including regulation of professions risk management user involvement marketing and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995529

Making Publics in Early Modern EuropePeople Things Forms of Knowledge The book looks at how people things and new forms of knowledge created "publics" in early modern Europe and how publics changed the shape of early modern society. The focus is on what the authors call "making publics" — the active creation of new forms of association that allowed people to connect with others in ways not rooted in family rank or vocation but rather founded in voluntary groupings built on the shared interests tastes commitments and desires of individuals. By creating new forms of association cultural producers and consumers challenged dominant ideas about just who could be a public person greatly expanded the resources of public life for ordinary people in their own time and developed ideas and practices that have helped create the political culture of modernity. Coming from a number of disciplines including literary and cultural studies art history history of religion history of science and musicology the contributors develop analyses of a range of cases of early modern public-making that together demonstrate the rich inventiveness and formative social power of artistic and intellectual publication in this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896085

Making RadioA practical guide to working in radio in the digital age 'The distilled wisdom and passion of top practitioners makes this an invaluable guide to making radio in Australia.' - Siobhan McHugh award-winning radio feature producer and lecturer University of Wollongong'a very useful hands-on guide to radio production in Australia' - Gail Phillips Associate Professor of Journalism Murdoch University'Making Radio has been a core text for all our radio courses since it was written. It covers everything form the basics you need to know when you begin your radio career to high level skills required for career advancement.' - Kim Becherand AFTRS Radio DivisionMaking radio programs gets into your blood: it's one of the most stimulating jobs in the world in a fast-moving industry at the cutting edge of digital technology.Making Radio is a practical guide for anyone who wants to learn how to make good radio in the era of Radio 2.0. It examines the key roles in radio: announcing presenting research copywriting producing marketing and promotions. It also outlines what is involved in creating different types of radio programs: news and current affairs music talkback comedy and WC features as well as legal and regulatory constraints.With contributions from industry experts the third edition reflects the impact of digital radio including multi-platform delivery listener databases social media and online marketing. It also examines how radio stations have reinvented their business models to accommodate the rapid changes in communications and listener expectations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116370

Making Relational Care Work for Older PeopleExploring Innovation and Best Practice in Everyday Life This book explores the concept of relational care what it feels like for older people and for carers why it makes life happier and how those involved in residential or community care can make it work. Relational care is gaining traction as its benefits to individuals and society become recognised. This accessible book based on real-life models and in-depth interviews explores fresh ways that relational care can be facilitated in a variety of settings. It looks at practice in terms of team management support for care workers technology design and architecture intergenerational and multidisciplinary models and their implications for resilience wellbeing policy and future funding. Chapters are arranged by theme and provide descriptions learning points and resources for each model as well as incorporating a wealth of interviews giving insights into the lived experience of relational care. This is a lively book full of realistic ideas and information for everyone who wants to find out more about access or implement the best in care – the best for older people their families care workers management and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408541

Making RepresentationsMuseums in the Post-Colonial Era Drawing upon material from Britain Canada the United States Australia and New Zealand Making Representations explores the ways in which museums and anthropologists are responding to pressures in the field by developing new policies and practices and forging new relationships with communities. Simpson examines the increasing number of museums and cultural centres being established by indigenous and immigrant communities as they take control of the interpretive process and challenge the traditional role of the museum. Museum studies students and museum professionals will all find this a stimulating and valuable read. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203713884

Making Research MatterResearching for change in the theory and practice of counselling and psychotherapy Making Research Matter is an original contribution to the growing field of work-based learning with a focus on research aimed at developing the practice of counselling and psychotherapy addressing the practice-research gap. Stephen Goss Christine Stevens and their contributors explore the links between research and professional practice and show how this can impact on practice to make a genuine demonstrable contribution to the development of therapeutic services good practice and the understanding of psychological and social issues. The book is divided into two parts. Part one gives an account of the thinking ethos and development of work-based learning. It explores the importance of the in-depth rigorous and reflexive inquiry skills needed to sustain research project work. Part two presents nine studies of work-based psychotherapy or counselling related research. Each account sets out the focus and motivation of the study and critically discusses how the research design was developed the choice of methods employed with an explanation of the outcomes. A vital part of each account is a review of how the research has been used to make changes and developments in the work setting. Making Research Matter provides insights into the lived experience of the practitioner-researcher to stimulate the reader to generate their own ideas for research enquiry. It presents a range of proven successful research projects and shows how they have made a difference in the development of theory and practice which lead to positive change better services and more informed practice. It will be an essential resource for psychotherapists counsellors social workers and those involved in coaching and clinical psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636636

Making Research RelevantApplied Research Designs for the Mental Health Practitioner Making Research Relevant is the ideal core textbook for master’s-level introduction to research methods courses in mental health. Accessible and user friendly it is designed to help trainees and practitioners understand connect and apply research to clinical practice and day-to-day work with students and clients. The text covers foundational concepts like research ethics and how to best consume research as well as 11 applied evaluative and outcome-based research methods. Easy-to-read chapters are infused with case examples from diverse settings and paired with brief video lectures which provide vignettes to guide application and visual components that demonstrate how research methods can benefit mental health practitioners in real-world scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632141

Making Residential Care WorkStructure and Culture in Children's Homes This book was originally published in 1998 when over 6 000 children lived in residential homes in England and Wales. The fact that some children's homes are better than others is well established but why should this be so? Past answers have tended to be tautologous - rather on the lines of 'a good home is one where children do well; children do well because they are in a good home.' This study examines various aspects of children's homes and explores the connections between them in an attempt to break down the old circular argument. Structures are discernible in the relationship between different types of goals - societal formal and belief; the variable balance between these goals determines staff cultures which in turn shape the child cultures that develop. Such relationships are important because of their close association with outcomes - whether the children do well whether the homes prosper. The model described in the book provides a conceptual framework and a set of causal relationships that should help professionals to plan and manage residential care better and so meet the needs of vulnerable children more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134785

Making Rights Work First published in 1999 this edited collection of essays explores various perspectives on making rights work in South Africa Canada the USA and the UK along with pieces on gender political LGBT and British legal rights. The volume was inspired by recent strides forward at the time including the South African Constitution adopted on the 8th of May 1996 and sought to provide a snapshot of rights debates at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326415

Making Room for Madness in Mental HealthThe Psychoanalytic Understanding of Psychotic Communication In this book Marcus Evans makes a strong case for the importance of psychoanalytic supervision in mental health practice and its role in helping frontline staff to "tune in" to their patients' unconscious communications or the "psychotic wavelength". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203292

Making Room in Our HeartsKeeping Family Ties through Open Adoption Adopted persons face challenges their entire lives as they struggle to answer the most basic question: Who am I? The hope of open adoption is that adopted children will develop stronger identities if they have the opportunity to develop healthy ongoing relationships with their families of origin. Making Room in Our Hearts offers an intimate look at how these relationships evolve over time with real-life stories from families who have experienced open adoption first-hand. This book helps both adoptive and birth parents address their fears and concerns while offering them the support to put the childs psychological and spiritual needs at the center of adoption. Based on interviews with more than one hundred adopted children birth and adoptive parents extended families professionals and experts the book is an effective and invaluable resource for those considering open adoption those experiencing it and professionals in the field. Openness has altered the landscape of adoption and Making Room in Our Hearts will help us catch up to the reality that is open adoption today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138451810

Making School CountPromoting Urban Student Motivation and Success Making School Count reports on four years of classroom research in which alternative teaching strategies designed to motivate under-achieving inner-city African-American middle school students were used and evaluated. The book offers insights into the discrepancy between students' academic dreams (their high performance aspirations) and the realities of their classroom performance. Issues include: *the authors' convictions that the disproportionate under-achievement of African-American students is the result of inappropriate teaching strategies *the prevalent use of a Eurocentric curriculum *results of the authors' research *a guide for teachers wishing to carry out their own research *a study of the collaboration between a university and a schools in an attempt to bring about change from the ground up. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203134276

Making Schools WorkA View From The Firing Lines This book includes essays that address urgent and far-reaching issues as enrichment versus remedial strategies for at-risk students; educators' responses to extra-education demands; creative leadership among practitioners; and the crucial role of educator awards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159016

Making Scientific Instruments in the Industrial Revolution At the start of the Industrial Revolution it appeared that most scientific instruments were made and sold in London but by the time of the Great Exhibition in 1851 a number of provincial firms had the self-confidence to exhibit their products in London to an international audience. How had this change come about and why? This book looks at the four main and two lesser English centres known for instrument production outside the capital: Birmingham Liverpool Manchester and Sheffield along with the older population centres in Bristol and York. Making wide use of new sources Dr Morrison-Low curator of history of science at the National Museums of Scotland charts the growth of these centres and provides a characterisation of their products. New information is provided on aspects of the trade especially marketing techniques sources of materials tools and customer relationships. From contemporary evidence she argues that the principal output of the provincial trade (with some notable exceptions) must have been into the London marketplace anonymously and at the cheaper end of the market. She also discusses the structure and organization of the provincial trade and looks at the impact of new technology imported from other closely-allied trades. By virtue of its approach and subject matter the book considers aspects of economic and business history gender and the family the history of science and technology material culture and patterns of migration. It contains a myriad of stories of families and firms of entrepreneurs and customers and of organizations and arms of government. In bringing together this wide range of interests Dr Morrison-Low enables us to appreciate how central the making selling and distribution of scientific instruments was for the Industrial Revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248540

Making Sense Making WorldsConstructivism in Social Theory and International Relations Nicholas Onuf is a leading scholar in international relations and introduced constructivism to international relations coining the term constructivism in his book World of Our Making (1989). He was featured as one of twelve scholars featured in Iver B. Neumann and Ole Wæver eds. The Future of International Relations: Masters in the Making? (1996); and featured in Martin Griffiths Steven C. Roach and M. Scott Solomon Fifty Key Thinkers in International Relations 2nd ed. (2009). This powerful collection of essays clarifies Onuf’s approach to international relations and makes a decisive contribution to the debates in IR concerning theory. It embeds the theoretical project in the wider horizon of how we understand ourselves and the world. Onuf updates earlier themes and his general constructivist approach and develops some newer lines of research such as the work on metaphors and the re-grounding in much more Aristotle than before. A complement to the author’s groundbreaking book of 1989 World of Our Making this tightly argued book draws extensively from philosophy and social theory to advance constructivism in International Relations. Making Sense Making Worlds will be vital reading for students and scholars of international relations international relations theory social theory and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415624176

Making Sense (Routledge Revivals)The Child's Construction of the World The growing child comes to understand the world makes sense of experience and becomes a competent social individual. First published in 1978 Making Sense reflected the way in which developmental psychologists had begun to look at these processes in increasingly naturalistic social situations. Rather than seeing the child as working in isolation the authors of this collection take the view that 'making sense' involves social interaction and problem-solving. They particularly emphasize the role of language; its study both reveals the child's grasp of the frames of meaning in a particular culture and demonstrates the subtleties of concept development and role-taking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615037

Making Sense of "Bad English"An Introduction to Language Attitudes and Ideologies Why is it that some ways of using English are considered "good" and others are considered "bad"? Why are certain forms of language termed elegant eloquent or refined whereas others are deemed uneducated coarse or inappropriate? Making Sense of "Bad English" is an accessible introduction to attitudes and ideologies towards the use of English in different settings around the world. Outlining how perceptions about what constitutes "good" and "bad" English have been shaped this book shows how these principles are based on social factors rather than linguistic issues and highlights some of the real-life consequences of these perceptions. Features include: an overview of attitudes towards English and how they came about as well as real-life consequences and benefits of using "bad" English; explicit links between different English language systems including child’s English English as a lingua franca African American English Singlish and New Delhi English; examples taken from classic names in the field of sociolinguistics including Labov Trudgill Baugh and Lambert as well as rising stars and more recent cutting-edge research; links to relevant social parallels including cultural outputs such as holiday myths to help readers engage in a new way with the notion of Standard English; supporting online material for students which features worksheets links to audio and news files further examples and discussion questions and background on key issues from the book. Making Sense of "Bad English" provides an engaging and thought-provoking overview of this topic and is essential reading for any student studying sociolinguistics within a global setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237476

Making Sense of a Primary Care-Led Health Service The shift of services from acute hospitals to general practice requires clinicians to become actively involved in the process of change. This book sets out to demonstrate that with careful planning implementation and evaluation of this process problems can be avoided and the quality of service enhanced. The authors demonstrate a clear understanding of the practical issues involved and their evident enthusiasm for the opportunities now available will stimulate innovation in hospital staff the health care team in general practice and NHS managers responsible for the delivery of a more efficient and responsible service. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379791

Making Sense of CitiesA geographical survey In 2000 for the first time a majority of the world's population was living in cities. The trend towards increasing urbanization shows no sign of slowing and the third millennium looks set to be an unprecedentedly urban one.'Making Sense of Cities' provides an up-to-date vibrant and accessible introduction to urban geography. It offers students a sense of the patterns and processess of urbanization and the spatial organisation of cities recognizing the significance of globalization economics politics and culture from a range of perspectives. Above all it seeks to provide a relevant approach inviting students to engage with competing theories of the urban and to assess them against the background of their own opinions and personal experience.Examples and case studies are drawn from a range of international settings from San Francisco to Shanghai Sydney to Singapore giving a genuinely global coverage. The book is written in a fresh and engaging stlye and is fully illustrated throughout. It is designed to appeal to any student of the urban and will be essential to students of geography urban studies town planning and land economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764510

Making Sense of Clinical TeachingA Hands-on Guide to Success Are you new to clinical teaching and looking for practical advice? Would you like to challenge and improve your current teaching style? Do you want to direct change in teaching practice within a department or institution?If your answer to any of the above is yes then Making Sense of Clinical Teaching is the resource for you. It offers the novice and more experienced teacher concise advice in how to pinpoint and build upon existing strengths address areas where confidence is lacking develop mentoring skills challenge existing practice and influence strategic developments. Making Sense of Clinical Teaching will enable you to: Add new skills to your teaching repertoire Stimulate your creative thinking Challenge current practice and facilitate the development of new strategies Improve your coaching and mentoring skills and ultimately meet the needs of your students and improve their learning experience Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444144123

Making Sense of Critical Appraisal This book provides candidates with an easy-to-use exam-oriented text that covers most aspects of critical appraisal. It presents concepts in a user-friendly format particularly for the benefit of those who find epidemiological and statistical concepts rather migraine-inducing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138445208

Making Sense of CultureCross-Cultural Expeditions and Management Practices of Self-Initiated Expatriates in the Foreign Workplace This book lies within two interdisciplinary fields that should be bridged: cross-cultural management and international human resource management. The consequences of globalization lead to a more extensive recruitment process of global talents to fit the different work structures and competitive work environment of tomorrow. The emergence of self-initiated expatriates (SIEs) further intensify the challenges faced by multinational organizations because people are searching for better career prospects and they are willing to re-locate in order to obtain competitive salary or compensation packages. With the emergence of SIEs multinational corporations need to acknowledge the influence of culture on management practices because the expatriates will bring their own cultural baggage and uniqueness to the company’s doorsteps. By integrating both fields this book provides a valuable understanding in order to educate SIEs on the richness of cultural behaviors. Indeed the complexities of human behaviours opens up the window of opportunities to recognize that we are all human beings with unique characteristics personality and attitudes. It is until and when we equally acknowledge that culture is an essence of humankind and that culture continues to shape people with a magical touch of diversity and uniqueness only then will the global world greet people inclusively by embracing ‘tolerance appreciation and happiness!’ Culture has a paramount impact on how leaders manage their colleagues and teams in the workplace. One’s attitudes values beliefs and perceptions all matter when people work with culturally diverse colleagues. Cultural differences cannot be ignored as a work structure that thrives only in a monoculture environment is hardly in existence for multinational corporation of today. Instead the multi-cultured environment takes priority with the soaring number of demands for global talents and workforces that need to be recruited. It is clearly established in the field of international human resources that there are increasing trends and phenomenon of burgeoning SIEs in newly occupied cosmopolitan cities in the world such as Dubai Qatar Jeddah Kuala Lumpur Hong Kong Shanghai Tokyo and many others. At the end one key question matters for the journey of cultural sense making to begin: What is it like to experience the forces and effects of culture in the workplace when one is an expatriate? Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138490765

Making Sense of Data and Information Managers need to be able to make sense of data and to use it selectively to answer key questions: Why has quality fallen in the last week? Should we subcontract or employ more people? What will consumer demand be in the future? They need to be able to assess the value of data and to detect what is and what isn‘t spin. The focus is on analysing numbers. On their own figures tell us very little. To become meaningful they need to be processed and analysed and it is the patterns that emerge from this that provide the information that is needed for decision-making. The book is arranged in four themes. It starts by considering the value of information in organisations and by assessing how effectively the information is used in a management role. It then goes on to look at different options for presenting figures so that trends become clearer and patterns simpler to spot. As well as making data easier to interpret the techniques the book presents are valuable communication tools that will help the reader use information more effectively with others. The last two themes then provide a toolkit of techniques that you can use to investigate situations and help solve problems. These include statistical and operational techniques as well as computer tools. Like any toolkit the key to using it properly lies in knowing not only what each tool does but when to use it. This book will help the reader to develop this ability by applying the methods that are described within a business context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435339

Making Sense of Dental Practice Finance The training and culture of dental practice is based on clinical treatment and patient care. However in order to run their practices efficiently dentists and their staff must have business acumen and knowledge for which most are unprepared. This clear and authoritative guide presents the facts of practice finance explains how practice income can be maximised through its various sources and identifies the pitfalls and opportunities for further development. The 'New Contract' and reforms to the NHS system emphasize the need for the dental profession to respond effectively to the changed environment and this concise and comprehensive reference has been designed to meet this need. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377339

Making Sense of Dental Practice Management Managing a dental practice has become increasingly complex in recent years after changes within both the National Health Service and the private sector. Modern dental practice requires that dentists meet demanding business and management challenges as well as employing their clinical expertise. However most dentists receive little or no formal training in practice management. In this book established management principles are applied specifically to dentistry. It shows how to best serve the interests of patients by effective management of staff finances premises and resources. It assumes no prior knowledge is concise and offers clear practical advice. It is the definitive guide for dentists vocational trainees dental students practice managers and administrators and a useful reference for those undertaking the DGDP and MGDS examinations. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376714

Making Sense of EchocardiographyA Hands-on Guide Second Edition Echocardiography is one of the most useful and powerful diagnostic tools in the assessment of cardiac function. It remains a rapidly expanding modality with new techniques constantly developing and maturing. Building on the success of the original work the second edition of Making Sense of Echocardiography: A Hands-on Guide provides a timely accessible overview for those learning echocardiography for the first time as well as an accessible handbook that experienced sonographers can refer to throughout their careers. The strong clinical focus and concentration on real-life scenarios make this book especially relevant in day-to-day practice. New chapters in this edition discuss myocardial mechanics and speckle tracking and 3D echo. The book also contains significantly expanded and updated material on: Contrast echocardiography Tissue Doppler imaging Intravascular ultrasound and epicardial echocardiography The left ventricle and its systolic function Left ventricular diastolic function The left atrium Supplying the latest guidelines and evidence-based clinical advice this edition is also supplemented with new illustrations and an updated website. Fully updated key references for further reading are provided for each chapter. This accessible yet comprehensive text will ensure readers are up to date on the essentials in the field and can confidently integrate new procedures into their everyday practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444163186

Making Sense of Education in Post-Handover Hong KongAchievements and challenges Since 1997 when Hong Kong became a Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China a string of education reforms have been introduced to improve the quality of education and maintain Hong Kong’s economic competitiveness in the age of globalization. This book provides a comprehensive and critical analysis of major issues and challenges faced by the education system ranging from pre-school to higher education. It analyses the prospects for educational development in Hong Kong. It further addresses how the Hong Kong government has responded to the perceived challenges of the external environment and internal forces and explains the rationales for the actions taken. Not only does it review how the reform initiative challenges have been dealt with it also reviews how effective these initiatives are and its implications on future directions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604636

Making Sense of Exercise Testing This book makes sense of complex topics by distilling them to basic concepts. It provides normal physiology integrated with indications for and evaluation of disease states. With a fresh clinical approach it helps answer reoccurring questions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498775441

Making Sense of Field ResearchA Practical Guide for Information Designers Learn how to use field research to bring essential people-centred insights to your information design projects. Information design is recognized as the practice of making complex data and information understandable for a particular audience but what’s often overlooked is the importance of understanding the audience themselves during the information design process. Rather than rely on intuition or assumptions information designers need evidence gathered from real people about how they think feel and behave in order to inform the design of effective solutions. To do this they need field research. If you’re unsure about field research and how it might fit into a project this book is for you. This text presents practical easy-to-follow instructions for planning designing and conducting a field study as well as guidance for making sense of field data and translating findings into action. The selection of established methods and techniques drawn from social sciences anthropology and participatory design is geared specifically toward information design problems. Over 80 illustrations and five real-world case studies bring key principles and methods of field research to life. Whether you are designing a family of icons or a large-scale signage system an instruction manual or an interactive data visualization this book will guide you through the necessary steps to ensure you are meeting people’s needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790031

Making Sense of Fluids and ElectrolytesA hands-on guide Interpreting the fluid requirements of a patient and working out what to do next can seem like a daunting task for the non-specialist yet it is a skill that any doctor nurse or paramedic needs to be fully appraised of and comfortable with. Making Sense of Fluids and Electrolytes has been written specifically with this in mind and will help the student and more experienced practitioner working across a variety of healthcare settings to understand why fluid imbalance in a patient may occur to assess quickly a patient's fluid needs through a thorough clinical assessment and to develop an effective management plan. Reflecting the latest guidelines this practical easy-to-read and easy-to remember guide will be an invaluable tool to aid speedy and appropriate management in emergency situations on the ward and in the clinic. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747196

Making Sense of Hierarchy: Cognition as Social Process in FijiFijian Hierarchy and Its Constitution in Everyday Ritual Behavior Analyses Fijian hierarchy and its constitution in everyday ritual behaviour. The author spent July 1981 to February 1983 in Fiji eighteen months of the time being spent in the chiefly village of Sawaieke on the island of Gau. This book is collection of her field research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136248

'Making Sense' of Human Resource Management in ChinaEconomy Enterprises and Workers This edited work attempts to ‘make sense’ of recent developments in the field of Human Resource Management in the People’s Republic of China. It attempts to see how the paradoxes and contradictions engendered by contemporary Chinese society are being resolved in the enterprises and workplaces of the Middle Kingdom. The book starts with an overview of the literature then follows with a selection of micro-oriented concerned with topics like recruitment and retention then macro-oriented empirical studies a number of the latter dealing with strategic as well as performance issues with last those comparing sets of societal cultural values. It attempts a synthesis of what has emerged from recent research on the ‘harmonious society’. These contributions from authors based in universities in eight countries in Australia Canada China Hong Kong Japan Taiwan United Kingdom and USA cover a wide range of research on HRM from the micro- to the macro-. Six of them teach and/or research at campuses on the Mainland. Their empirical field-based research covers the last half-decade and presents a robust picture of both what practitioners have adopted and how researchers have tried to ‘make sense’ of what they have investigated. This book was based on a special issue of  Intl Journal of Human Resource Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633918

Making Sense of Innovation in the Built Environment This book offers a new understanding of innovation in the built environment. The ways meaning of innovation is constructed has important implications for policymakers project managers academics and students. Through a longitudinal research study into innovation in firms and projects the book addresses some key themes challenges and concerns that practitioners face when managing innovation in the built environment. It examines the key drivers for innovation in the construction engineering and infrastructure firms and projects. In particular the questions of how and why innovation becomes recognised and sustained over time are explored. Different theoretical perspectives are considered to explain different aspects of innovation. This includes sensemaking organisational and individual identity storytelling and narration. The book has practical implications for how organisational activities become labelled as ‘innovation’ and for what purpose. It shares some lived stories of innovation as mobilised by practising managers. The connectivity between the formal narratives of innovation at the policy level and the lived narratives of innovation articulated by practitioners is explored. Combining the theory with practice this book presents an insightful view on the implications of innovation in the business world today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360926

Making Sense of Intellectual Capital Peter Drucker has introduced us all to the knowledge era where knowledge is the primary resource and intangibles (intellectual capital resources and assets) are now largely recognized as the most important sources of organizations' competitive advantage. With the recognition of the importance of Intangibles comes the problem of how to properly identify them and assign them a value within the corporation. This is an area of concern in 5 fields: 1) accounting and financial reporting 2) performance measurement and management 3) valuation in the finance field 4) the Human Resources field in terms of management strategy and planning and 5) Intellectual Capital. Over the past eight years over 25 methods have been proposed for the valuation of intangibles coming out of these 5 fields. In this book Andriessen evaluates 25 existing methods of intangible valuation according to highly developed criteria. In performing his evaluations Andriessen synthesizes the state of the art research from these fields based on extensive research. He then presents his own method for valuing intangibles which he began developing and testing as a Senior Manager at KPMG Knowledge Advisory Services in The Netherlands. He relates six case studies in which this method was tested in actual companies carefully reviews the results of his tests and then concludes by offering a new and improved method for valuing intangibles in his Weightless Wealth Toolkit a complete step-by-step process for identifying valuing and managing Intangibles to help managers operate successfully in the Intangible Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171633

Making Sense of Learners Making Sense of Written LanguageThe Selected Works of Kenneth S. Goodman and Yetta M. Goodman Ken and Yetta Goodman’s professional work has been a lifelong collaboration informed by shared philosophical strands. An overarching goal has been to provide access for all children to literacy and learning and to inform and improve teaching and learning. Each also is recognized for specific areas of focus and is known for particular concepts. This volume brings together a thoughtfully crafted selection of their key writings organized around five central themes: research and theory on the reading process and written language development; teaching; curriculum and evaluation; the role of language; advocacy and the political nature of schooling. In the World Library of Educationalists international scholars themselves compile career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings major theoretical and/practical contributions – so the world can read them in a single manageable volume. Readers will be able to follow the themes and strands of their work and see their contribution to the development of a field as well as the development of the field itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820332

Making Sense of Lung Function Tests Respiratory problems are the most common cause of acute admission to hospital. A variety of diagnostic investigations are required both for acute and clinic assessment. Making Sense of Lung Function Tests Second Edition familiarises both trainees and more experienced clinicians with the interpretation of a range of respiratory parameters. It places lung function in a clinical context using real-life examples and provides invaluable hands-on guidance. For this second edition Consultant Respiratory Physician Jonathan Dakin and Consultant Anaesthetist Elena Kourteli are joined by Mark Mottershaw Chief Respiratory Physiologist from Queen Alexandra Hospital Portsmouth all contributing a broad range of expertise and perspectives. Together they have updated the book throughout and added new chapters including an algorithm for interpretation of pulmonary function tests exhaled nitric oxide (FENO) and cardiopulmonary exercise testing. The text offers a clear explanation of the concepts which students find difficult including: The basis of obstructive and restrictive defects Pattern recognition of the flow volume loop Differences between TLCO and KCO Assessment of oxygenation using PO2 and SO2 The basis of Type 1 and type 2 respiratory failure Distinguishing respiratory and metabolic acidosis The relationship between sleep and respiratory failure The information is presented in an accessible way suitable for those seeking a basic grounding in spirometry or blood gases but also sufficiently comprehensive for readers completing specialist training in general or respiratory medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482249682

Making Sense of MacIntyre First published in 1998 this influential volume undertakes a task of exposition and interpretation in explaining the views of this important yet elusive ethical philosopher and why he thought modern moral and political philosophy so muddled. Fuller places MacIntyre in his philosophical context draws out his attitudes towards ethical issues and attempts to uncover and explain his influences. In four parts Fuller explores the board outline of MacIntyre’s position casuistry and the nature of tethics MacIntyre’s arguments on truth and reason and lastly his notions of narrative unity ethical justification tradition along with views on fact theory and value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324411

Making Sense of MadnessContesting the Meaning of Schizophrenia The experience of madness – which might also be referred to more formally as ‘schizophrenia’ or ‘psychosis’ – consists of a complex confusing and often distressing collection of experiences such as hearing voices or developing unusual seemingly unfounded beliefs. Madness in its various forms and guises seems to be a ubiquitous feature of being human yet our ability to make sense of madness and our knowledge of how to help those who are so troubled is limited. Making Sense of Madness explores the subjective experiences of madness. Using clients' stories and verbatim descriptions it argues that the experience of 'madness' is an integral part of what it is to be human and that greater focus on subjective experiences can contribute to professional understandings and ways of helping those who might be troubled by these experiences. Areas of discussion include: how people who experience psychosis make sense of it themselves scientific/professional understandings of ‘madness' what the public thinks about ‘schizophrenia’  Making Sense of Madness will be essential reading for all mental health professionals as well as being of great interest to people who experience psychosis and their families and friends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415461955

Making Sense of Media and PoliticsFive Principles in Political Communication Politics is above all a contest and the news media are the central arena for viewing that competition. One of the central concerns of political communication has to do with the myriad ways in which politics has an impact on the news media and the equally diverse ways in which the media influences politics. Both of these aspects in turn weigh heavily on the effects such political communication has on mass citizens. In Making Sense of Media and Politics Gadi Wolfsfeld introduces readers to the most important concepts that serve as a framework for examining the interrelationship of media and politics: political power can usually be translated into power over the news media when authorities lose control over the political environment they also lose control over the news there is no such thing as objective journalism (nor can there be) the media are dedicated more than anything else to telling a good story the most important effects of the news media on citizens tend to be unintentional and unnoticed. By identifying these five key principles of political communication the author examines those who package and send political messages those who transform political messages into news and the effect all this has on citizens. The result is a brief engaging guide to help make sense of the wider world of media and politics and an essential companion to more in-depths studies of the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203839874

Making Sense of Mediatized PoliticsTheoretical and Empirical Perspectives Over time and across Western democracies the media has become increasingly influential and a great deal more political processes have become altered shaped or structured by the media and the perceived need of individuals organizations and social systems to communicate with or through the media. The key theoretical perspective to understand this process is mediatization. As a long-term process which has increased the importance of the media and their spill-over effects on political processes institutions organizations and actors mediatization is one of the most important processes reshaping politics and transforming democracies across the Western world. While the theoretical perspective of mediatization has become increasingly popular in recent years scholarly understanding of the mediatization process and its antecedents consequences and contingencies are still hampered by unresolved questions and a lack of systematic empirical studies. This volume addresses this by bringing together contributions that analyze and investigate different facets of the mediatization of politics making a significant contribution to our theoretical as well as empirical understanding of this process and setting the agenda for further research. This book was originally published as two special issues of Journalism Studies and Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059726

Making Sense of MessagesA Critical Apprenticeship in Rhetorical Criticism Making Sense of Messages now in its second edition retains the apprenticeship approach which facilitates effectively learning the complex content and skills of rhetorical theory and criticism.  A new chapter on “The Rhetoric of Ignorance” provides needed theory and examples that help students deal with the new rhetorical landscape marked by such discursive complexities as “fake news ” “whataboutism ” and denial of science that creates rather than reduces uncertainty in public argument. A new chapter “Curating and Analyzing Multimodal Mediated Rhetoric ” deals with problems of media criticism in the digital age. It provides theory models of application and commentary that help novice critics understand and mindfully practice criticism that leads to insight not mere opinion. Throughout the book extended and updated examples and commentaries are designed to promote "novice-to-expert" agency in students. This textbook is ideal for introductory courses in contemporary rhetoric rhetorical criticism and critical analysis of mass media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355403

Making Sense of Mining HistoryThemes and Agendas This book draws together international contributors to analyse a wide range of aspects of mining history across the globe including mining archaeology technologies of mining migration and mining the everyday life of the miner the state and mining industrial relations in mining gender and mining environment and mining mining accidents the visual history of mining and mining heritage. The result is a counter balance to more common national and regional case study perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198688

Making Sense of MonumentsNarratives of Time Movement and Scale Stonehenge Machu Picchu Confederate statues Egyptian pyramids and medieval cathedrals: these are some of the places that are the subject of Making Sense of Monuments an analysis of how the built environment molds human experiences and perceptions via bodily comparison. Drawing from recent research in cognitive neuroscience psychology and semiotics Michael J. Kolb explores the mechanics of the mind the material world and the spatialization process of monumental architecture. Three distinct spatial-cognitive metaphors—time movement and scale—comprise strands of knowledge that when interwoven create embodied contours of meaning of how human interact with monumental spaces. Comprehensive lucidly written and thoroughly illustrated Making Sense of Monuments is a vibrant extraordinary journey of the monuments we have constructed and inhabited. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138371101

Making Sense of Muslim FundamentalismsThe Clash Within Islam Studying Muslim fundamentalisms this book compares key movements examining their commonalities differences and intricate relations as well as their achievements and failures. Muslim fundamentalisms have the sympathy of approximately half of the Muslim population in the world. Yet they are divided among themselves and are in a constant state of controversy. The research dwells on the leading fundamentalist movements such as the Muslim Brothers Tablighi-Jamaʻat al-Qaeda and ISIS and illustrates how differently they think about the West and its culture democracy and women’s presence in the public sphere. By identifying these trends and studying them comparatively the book enables the interested reader to make sense of the plethora of fundamentalist movements which are otherwise lumped together by the media and are barely discernible for the reader. Whereas most studies of Muslim fundamentalism focus on organizational or militant actions that the movements perform this study concentrates on their efforts to Islamize society through everyday life in a peaceful manner. Identifying the different strands of Muslim fundamentalisms the book will be a key resource to a wide range of readers including researchers and students interested in politics religious Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856465

Making Sense of Narrative TextSituation Repetition and Picturing in the Reading of Short Stories This book takes the following question as its starting point: What are some of the crucial things the reader must do in order to make sense of a literary narrative? The book is a study of the texture of narrative fiction using stylistics corpus linguistic principles (especially Hoey’s work on lexical patterning) narratological ideas and cognitive stylistic work by Werth Emmott and others. Michael Toolan explores the textual/grammatical nature of fictional narratives critically re-examining foundational ideas about the role of lexical patterning in narrative texts and also engages the cognitive or psychological processes at play in literary reading. The study grows out of the theoretical questions that stylistic analyses of extended fictional texts raise concerning the nature of narrative comprehension and the reader’s experience in the course of reading narratives and particularly concerning the role of language in that comprehension and experience. The ideas of situation repetition and picturing are all central to the book’s argument about how readers process story and Toolan also considers the ethical and emotional involvement of the reader developing hypotheses about the text-linguistic characteristics of the most ethically and emotionally involving portions of the stories examined. This book makes an important contribution to the study of narrative text and is in dialogue with recent work in corpus stylistics cognitive stylistics and literary text and texture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023522

Making Sense of Nature We listen to a cacophony of voices instructing us how to think and feel about nature including our own bodies. The news media wildlife documentaries science magazines and environmental NGOs are among those clamouring for our attention. But are we empowered by all this knowledge or is our dependence on various communities allowing our thoughts sentiments and activities to be unduly governed by others? Making Sense of Nature shows that what we call ‘nature’ is made sense of for us in ways that make it central to social order social change and social dissent. By utilising insights and extended examples from anthropology cultural studies human geography philosophy politics sociology science studies this interdisciplinary text asks whether we can better make sense of nature for ourselves and thus participate more meaningfully in momentous decisions about the future of life – human and non-human – on the planet. This book shows how ‘nature’ can be made sense of without presuming its naturalness. The challenge is not so much to rid ourselves of the idea of nature and its ‘collateral concepts’ (such as genes) but instead we need to be more alert to how why and with what effects ideas about ‘nature’ get fashioned and deployed in specific situations. Among other things the book deals with science and scientists the mass media and journalists ecotourism literature and cinema environmentalists advertising and big business. This innovative text contains numerous case studies and examples from daily life to put theory and subject matter into context as well as study tasks a glossary and suggested further reading. The case studies cover a range of topics range from forestry in Canada and Guinea to bestiality in Washington State to how human genetics is reported in Western newspapers to participatory science experiments in the UK. Making Sense of Nature will empower readers from a wide range of fields across the social sciences humanities and physical sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415545501

Making Sense of Organizational Change and Innovation in Health CareAn Everyday Ethnography This book explores the hospital via organisational ethnography (OE) an approach that involves a mix of fieldwork methods designed to analyse the hospital which also includes participatory observation qualitative interviews and shadowing. One way to define a hospital is by its high level of formal organisation resulting in written or digital communication as the main source of communication in patient journals minutes and medical and quality guidelines. In contrast in this book the aspects of the informal organisation will be the focus. In spite of the many formal regulations of healthcare hospitals are also chaotic organising places where many different groups of people interact in order to negotiate to practice and to make sense of daily work tasks. The underlying argument is that in the mundane everyday life of hospitals frontline workers and their interactions with patients and local managers remain at the core of organising hospitals. The overall purpose of this book is to report stories back from the field of healthcare demonstrating how people spaces and work (as examples of events) become important elements of organising hospitals. The book will be of interest to students and scholars in and across healthcare management organisation studies ethnography sociology qualitative methods anthropology service management and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140625

Making Sense of Organizational LearningPutting Theory into Practice The ability of a business to engage in real organizational learning and to do so faster and in a more sustainable way than its competitors is being increasingly seen as an essential component of success. In Making Sense of Organizational Learning Cyril Kirwan examines the wide range of factors necessary to create and sustain organizational learning and knowledge at all levels. At the individual level the generation of continuous learning opportunities and reflection on experiences are critically important. At the team level it’s about encouraging collaboration team learning and the sharing of knowledge. At the organizational level the emphasis is on building systems to capture and share knowledge and providing strategic leadership for learning. The book shows you how you can best exploit the knowledge that already exists within your organization while at the same time develop the capability of the people that work there. It deals in turn with individual learning; learning with others; learning in organizations; and in particular the role of the HR function and of line managers. Each chapter provides theoretical background and real-world examples. Diagnostic questionnaires checklists and other tools are also included. Making Sense of Organizational Learning provides an evidence-based argument for the adoption of effective organizational learning policies and practices and offers a real opportunity to improve performance. Thinking practitioners working in and around learning and development or organization development will find it invaluable as will those undertaking post-graduate study in HR and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409441861

Making Sense of Pensions and Retirement The NHS pension scheme is the largest in Europe. This guide explains how it works and how to maximize its benefits and avoid its pitfalls. The book covers: recent changes to the scheme including new provisions for early retirement; personal pensions financial planning and investment options; advice on preparing for retirement and working after retirement; state benefits; and health and leisure in retirement. It is written for all NHS staff and should be of particular value to GPs and salaried doctors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375632

Making Sense of PhonicsThe Hows and Whys This bestselling book provides indispensable tools and strategies for explicit systematic phonics instruction in K-3. Teachers learn effective ways to build students' decoding skills by teaching letter-sound relationships blending word building multisyllabic decoding fluency and more. The volume is packed with engaging classroom activities many specific examples and research-based explanations. It offers a complete phonics assessment and clear guidelines for sequencing instruction to give every student a strong foundation for reading. More than 30 reproducible forms and word lists are included in the appendices. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size and find a wealth of supplemental teaching resources.  New to This Edition*Six additional chapters covering key topics including assessment phonemic awareness orthography and automaticity.*A complete phonics assessment with administering and scoring guidelines.*Downloadable forms and word lists plus a companion website with rich supplemental resources including word/syllable cards assessment tools and illustrated stories featuring target words which teachers can project or print for classroom use.*More classroom examples and "Your Turn" activities as well as expanded word lists. See also Bringing Words to Life Second Edition: Robust Vocabulary Instruction and Creating Robust Vocabulary: Frequently Asked Questions and Extended Examples by Isabel L. Beck Margaret G. McKeown and Linda Kucan which provide essential tools for K-12 vocabulary instruction.   Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462511990

Making Sense of Piaget This book was first published in 1983. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715741

Making Sense of Project RealitiesTheory Practice and the Pursuit of Performance There is more than a touch of 'The Emperor's New Clothes' in the way many organizations approach project management and the consequences are all too clear: project methodology inappropriately applied; little or no consideration of complexity or ambiguity; alienation of the stakeholders and a statistically poor record of performance for major business or infrastructure projects. Charles Smith's groundbreaking book Making Sense of Project Realities offers convincing explanations as to why project management theory and practice have become disconnected and describes the kind of complex human skills that are required to deliver successful projects. The text draws heavily on the experiences of practising project and programme managers from across private and public sector organizations many of whose stories were shared and analysed during the two-year research network 'Rethinking Project Management' which brought together thought leaders on project management from consultancy industry and academia. The result is a highly readable very credible and imaginative exploration of the nature of projects and programmes that will strike a chord with every project practitioner; a book that offers a realistic set of ideas for developing creative and effective project players who understand the purpose of what they are doing the context within which they are working and the people with whom they need to engage. Update: Several MBA Courses use this book and the tutor feedback is encouragingly positive including: "can be used from day one to change the mindset of the students concerning projects and their management." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390350

Making Sense of Public Health Medicine This book presents an introduction to modern public health seen from the perspective of practitioners of public health medicine. Written for non-practitioners interested in public health and as an essential introduction for those considering a career in public health medicine the book uses illustrative case studies to demonstrate the practical application of public health techniques. In demonstrating the value of this approach the book argues for the adoption of a realist health policy and radical reform of clinical medicine - to achieve public health. The skills of public health physicians are central to planning health services purchasing effective and cost-effective treatments and improving the quality of services. It is vital that those who plan and deliver health care understand their work and appreciate their contribution. This book describes that contribution and provides a powerful analysis of the challenges the NHS and the wider community face in improving health. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315385402

Making Sense of Race Class and GenderCommonsense Power and Privilege in the United States Using arresting case studies of how ordinary people understand the concepts of race class and gender Celine-Marie Pascale shows that the peculiarity of commonsense is that it imposes obviousness—that which we cannot fail to recognize. As a result how we negotiate the challenges of inequality in the twenty-first century may depend less on what people consciously think about "difference" and more on what we inadvertently assume. Through an analysis of commonsense knowledge Pascale expertly provides new insights into familiar topics. In addition by analyzing local practices in the context of established cultural discourses Pascale shows how the weight of history bears on the present moment both enabling and constraining possibilities. Pascale tests the boundaries of sociological knowledge and offers new avenues for conceptualizing social change. In 2008 Making Sense of Race Class and Gender was the recipient of the  Distinguished Contribution to Scholarship Book Award of the American Sociological Association Section on Race Gender and Class for "distinguished and significant contribution to the development of the integrative field of race gender and class." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203724460

Making Sense of Risk ManagementA Workbook for Primary Care Second Edition What you really need to know about risk management clinical governance law and ethics… Now completely revised and updated Making Sense of Risk Management: a workbook for primary care breaks down complex issues and presents them in an easily comprehensible manner. Addressing current issues such as the new GP Contract and the rapid rise in litigation this new edition takes on a more rigorous approach but maintains the same light-hearted style with more detailed and definitive guidance. The format makes use of tips warnings tables exercises and think boxes providing an informative interesting and engaging read. All primary care staff including General Practitioners managers nurses health visitors administrative staff and receptionists will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378565

Making Sense of Secondary ScienceResearch into children's ideas What ideas do children hold about the natural world? How do these ideas affect their learning of science? Young learners bring to the classroom knowledge and ideas about many aspects of the natural world constructed from their experiences of education and from outside school.  These ideas contribute to subsequent learning and research has shown that teaching of science is unlikely to be effective unless it takes learners’ perspectives into account. Making Sense of Secondary Science provides a concise accessible summary of international research into learners’ ideas about science presenting evidence-based insight into the conceptions that learners hold before and even despite teaching.  With expert summaries from across the science domains it covers research findings from life and living processes materials and their properties and physical processes This classic text is essential reading for all trainee secondary elementary and primary school science teachers as well as those researching the science curriculum and science methods who want to deepen their understanding of how learners think and to use these insights to inform teaching strategies.  It also provides a baseline for researchers wishing to investigate contemporary influences on children’s ideas and to study the persistence of these conceptions. Both components of Making Sense of Secondary Science – this book and the accompanying teacher’s resource file Making Sense of Secondary Science: Support materials for teachers - were developed as a result of a collaborative project between Leeds City Council Department of Education and the Children’s Learning in Science Research Group at the University of Leeds UK.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138814479

Making Sense of Sexual Consent The issue of sexual consent has stimulated much debate in the last decade. The contributors to this illuminating volume make sense of sexual consent from various conceptual standpoints: socio-legal post-structural philosophical and feminist. The volume comprises a range of studies all based around consent within a specific context such as criminal justice homosexuality sadomasochism prostitution male rape learning disabilities sexual ethics and the age of consent. It is the first collection to publish exclusively on issues of sexual consent and both makes sense of sexual consent in contemporary society and guides debate towards better consent standards and decisions in the future. Making Sense of Sexual Consent will excite considerable discussion amongst academics professionals and all those who think that freedom to make decisions about our sexual selves is important. It will set the agenda for debate on sexual consent into the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253995

Making Sense of Social Development This book explores children's social relationships in and out of the classroom. Chapters focus on the growing importance of children's friendships and how these influence social participation and development later on in life. Issues such as peer rejection bullying and adolescent development are analysed from both psychological and sociological perspectives. The book concludes with a re-examination of cultural concepts of childhood child development and the nature of children's autonomy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172159

Making Sense of StatisticsA Conceptual Overview Making Sense of Statistics is the ideal introduction to the concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics for students undertaking their first research project. It presents each statistical concept in a series of short steps then uses worked examples and exercises to enable students to apply their own learning. It focuses on presenting the why as well as the how of statistical concepts rather than computations and formulae so is suitable for students from all disciplines regardless of mathematical background. Only statistical techniques that are almost universally included in introductory statistics courses and widely reported in journals have been included. Once students understand and feel comfortable with the statistics that meet these criteria they should find it easy to master additional statistical concepts. New to the Seventh Edition Retaining the key features and organization that have made this book an indispensable text for teaching and learning the basic concepts of statistical analysis this new edition features: discussion of the use of observation in quantitative and qualitative research the inclusion of introductions to the book and each Part. section objectives listed at the beginning of each section to guide the reader. new material on key topics such as z-scores probability Central Limit Theorem Standard Deviation and simple and multiple regression Expanded discussion on t test with separate sections for independent and dependent samples t tests as well as one-sample t test progressive analysis of bivariate vs multivariate statistics (starts with the basic concepts and moves to more complex analysis as the student progresses) updated and extended pedagogical material such as Chapter Objectives exercises and worked examples to test and enhance student’s understanding of the material presented in the chapter Bolded key terms with definitions and Glossary for quick referral expanded Appendices include a brief reference list of some common computational formulas and examples. a Glossary of key terms has been added at the end of the book with references to sections in parenthesis. New online instructor resources for classroom use consisting of test bank questions and Powerpoint slides plus material on basic math review Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138894761

Making Sense of Teaching in Difficult Times Thinking about teaching in educational terms has become increasingly difficult because of the conceptions of higher education that predominate in both policy and public debate. Framing the benefits of higher education simply as an economic good poses particular difficulties for making educational sense of teaching. Moreover the assumptions about social mobility usefulness and the economic advantages of higher education upon which these conceptions are based can no longer be taken for granted. The chapters in this book all wrestle with understandings of education and teaching experiences in changing global national and institutional contexts. They explore questions of difference and privilege the social transformation of teaching through transforming teachers contestations of global citizenship and interculturality learning and sensibilities of self-in-the-world the relationship between programme content and student decision-making divergent conceptions of learning in international education and subject-centred approaches to embodied teaching. The book considers the value of disciplinary tools of analysis in addressing contextual challenges in developing societies connections between pedagogies autonomy and intercultural classrooms and ways of countering the marketization of higher education through online teaching communities. This book was originally published as a special issue of Teaching in Higher Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306271

Making Sense of TelevisionThe Psychology of Audience Interpretation Taking the soap opera as a case study this book explores the 'parasocial interaction' people engage in with television programmes. It looks at the nature of the 'active viewer' and the role of the text in social psychology. It also investigates the existing theoretical models offered by social psychology and other discourses.This second edition takes into account recent research work and theoretical developments in fields such as narrative psychology social representation theory and ethnographic work on audiences and look forward to the developing role of audience research. It will be an essential study for students and lecturers in social psychology and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462694

Making Sense of the Chest X-rayA hands-on guide When a patient presents to the emergency department in the GP practice or in the outpatient clinic with a range of clinical signs the chest x-ray is one of the most valuable diagnostic tools available to the attending physician. Accurate interpretation and understanding of the chest x-ray is therefore a crucial skill that all medical students and junior doctors must acquire to formulate quickly an appropriate management plan. Making Sense of the Chest X-ray is here to help.The second edition of this well-received pocket guide remains the perfect introduction to the subject. Written from a problem-oriented approach the author shares his extensive experience of teaching this subject with "real life" scenarios interspersed throughout the text. Making Sense of the Chest X-ray offers:• Advice on when to seek additional/expert opinion• Suggestions on how to deal with particularly difficult areas• An emphasis on the link between radiographic appearance and clinical finding Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444135152

Making Sense of the ECG Fourth Edition with Cases for Self Assessment Interpreting an ECG correctly and working out what to do next can seem like a daunting task to the non-specialist yet it is a skill that will be invaluable to any doctor nurse or paramedic when evaluating the condition of a patient.Making Sense of the ECG has been written specifically with this in mind and will help the student and more experie Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429178160

Making Sense of the ECG: Cases for Self Assessment Making Sense of the ECG: Cases for Self-Assessment presents everything you need to assess your ability to interpret ECGs accurately perform differential diagnosis and decide upon the most appropriate clinical management in each situation. The patients' history examination and initial investigations are presented along with questions on the ECG interpretation. Detailed explanatory answers ensure this book solves your queries as well as providing practical guidance and essential revision.Use alongside the popular companion Making Sense of the ECG 4E or independently as a vital tool to consolidate your knowledge and prepare yourself for future clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444181845

Making Sense of the ECGA Hands-On Guide Interpreting an ECG correctly and working out what to do next can seem like a daunting task to the non-specialist yet it is a skill that will be invaluable to any doctor nurse or paramedic when evaluating the condition of a patient. Making Sense of the ECG has been written specifically with this in mind and will help the student and more experienced healthcare practitioner to identify and answer crucial questions. This popular easy-to-read and easy-to-remember guide to the ECG as a tool for diagnosis and management has been fully updated in its fifth edition to reflect the latest guidelines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367188955

Making Sense of the InterculturalFinding DeCentred Threads In this book we wish to find a new way of talking about connecting and operationalising the third space narratives positioning and interculturality. Our purpose is to shake established views in what we consider to be an urgent quest for dealing with prejudice. We therefore seek to draw attention to the following: How Centre structures and large culture boundaries are sources of prejudice How deCentred intercultural threads address prejudice by dissolving these boundaries How in everyday small culture formation on the go the cultural and the intercultural are observable and become indistinguishable How agency personal and grand narratives discourses and positioning become visible in unexpected ways How we researchers also bring competing narratives in making sense of the intercultural How third spaces are discordant and uncomfortable places in which all of us must struggle to achieve interculturality This book is therefore a journey of discovery with each chapter building on the previous ones. While throughout there are particular empirical events (interviews reconstructed ethnographic accounts and research diary entries) with their own detailed analyses and insights they connect back to discussion in previous chapters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138482036

Making Sense of the SecularCritical Perspectives from Europe to Asia This book offers a wide range of critical perspectives on how secularism unfolds and has been made sense of across Europe and Asia. The book evaluates secularism as it exists today – its formations and discontents within contemporary discourses of power terror religion and cosmopolitanism – and the focus on these two continents gives critical attention to recent political and cultural developments where secularism and multiculturalism have impinged in deeply problematical ways raising bristling ideological debates within the functioning of modern state bureaucracies. Examining issues as controversial as the state of Islam in Europe and China’s encounters with religion secularism and modernization provides incisive and broader perspectives on how we negotiate secularism within the contemporary threats of terrorism and other forms of fundamentalism and state-politics. However amidst the discussions of various versions of secularism in different countries and cultural contexts this book also raises several other issues relevant to the antitheocratic and theocratic alike such as: Is secularism is merely a nonreligious establishment? Is secularism a kind of cultural war? How is it related to "terror"? The book at once makes sense of secularism across cultural religious and national borders and puts several relevant issues on the anvil for further investigations and understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108530

Making Sense of ViolenceIntellectuals Writers and Modern Warfare This book looks at the representations of modern war by analysing texts and examining the ways in which authors relate to the atrocious horrors of war. Rejecting the assumption that violence is simply a denial of reason or at best a pathological form of collective sadism this book considers it ‘a cultural act’ that needs to be understood as underpinned by a series of shared and accepted norms and values stemming from a society at a given moment of its history and shaped by its language. Traditional vocabulary and language seem inadequate to describe soldiers’ experience of modern warfare. The problem for writers is to depict and render intelligible a dramatically unprecedented reality through recourse to something familiar. For some historians and literary critics the absurdity of the First World War has shaped our ironic and disenchanted reading of the entire twentieth century. Yet these ways of coping with the urge to communicate inexpressible feelings and emotions in most cases are not sufficient to overcome the incoherence of the sentiments felt and the events witnessed. The contributors attempt to address the questions and issues that are posed by the highly ambiguous views texts and representations examined in this volume. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal European Review of History: Revue Européenne d’Histoire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534172

Making Sense of World History Making Sense of World History is a comprehensive and accessible textbook that helps students understand the key themes of world history within a chronological framework stretching from ancient times to the present day. To lend coherence to its narrative the book employs a set of organizing devices that connect times places and/or themes. This narrative is supported by: Flowcharts that show how phenomena within diverse broad themes interact in generating key processes and events in world history. A discussion of the common challenges faced by different types of agent including rulers merchants farmers and parents and a comparison of how these challenges were addressed in different times and places. An exhaustive and balanced treatment of themes such as culture politics and economy with an emphasis on interaction. Explicit attention to skill acquisition in organizing information cultural sensitivity comparison visual literacy integration interrogating primary sources and critical thinking. A focus on historical “episodes” that are carefully related to each other. Through the use of such devices the book shows the cumulative effect of thematic interactions through time communicates the many ways in which societies have influenced each other through history and allows us to compare and contrast how they have reacted to similar challenges. They also allow the reader to transcend historical controversies and can be used to stimulate class discussions and guide student assignments. With a unified authorial voice and offering a narrative from the ancient to the present this is the go-to textbook for World History courses and students. The Open Access version of this book has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820886

Making Settlement WorkAn Examination of the Work of Judicial Mediators This title was first published in 2000. The trend in the public courts and in the private sector toward resolving civil cases through mediation as opposed to arbitration or trial seems inescapable. This book documents the emergence of a burgeoning private dispute resolution industry utilizing the services of retired judges many of whom left the bench early to work as professional mediators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741324

Making Shiftwork Tolerable This text guides the reader through the many forms of shiftwork adopting a broad definition as being any regularly-taken employment outside the "day working window" 06.00 to 18.00. The experiences of shiftworkers are described along with those Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138433076

Making Social Knowledge in the Victorian CityThe Visiting Mode in Manchester 1832-1914 This study explores the ‘ecology of knowledge’ of urban Britain in the Victorian period and seeks to examine the way in which Victorians comprehended the nature of their urban society through an exploration of the history of Victorian Manchester and two specific case studies on the fiction of Elizabeth Gaskell and the campaigns for educational extension which emerged out of the city. It argues that crucial to the Victorians’ approaches was the ‘visiting mode’ as a particular discursive formation including its institutional foundations its characteristic modes and assumptions and the texts which exemplify it. Recognition of the importance of the visiting mode it is argued offers a fundamental challenge to established Foucauldian interpretations of nineteenthcentury society and culture and provides an important corrective to recent scholarship of nineteenth-century technologies of knowing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367135683

Making Social Policy in AustraliaAn introduction Social policy affects everyone and is everyone's business. Even if you do not receive welfare payments directly or indirectly you benefit from government servides and funding. Yet how are policies and programs actually developed? Can social policy help us create a more just society?This book offers an introduction to the theory and practice of social policy making in Australia. Using detailed case studies it covers:* the ideas and values which inform the social policy process* how different groups can influence policy making* how social policy making takes place in social and political organisations* the political nature of policy makingMaking Social Policy in Australia is the most up to date introduction to Australian social policy currently available and is essential reading for students and practitioners in human and community service work and government.Tony Dalton Mary Draper and John Wiseman lecture in Social Work and Social Sciences at Rmit Melbourne; Wendy Weeks lectures in Social Work and Social Policy at the University of Melbourne and is author (in collaboration) of Women Working Together: Lessons from feminist women's services. Each of the authors has been involved in policy debate and development for many years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136934

Making Space in the Works of James Joyce James Joyce’s preoccupation with space—be it urban geographic stellar geometrical or optical—is a central and idiosyncratic feature of his work. In Making Space in the Works of James Joyce some of the most esteemed scholars in Joyce studies have come together to evaluate the perception and mental construction of space as it is evoked through Joyce’s writing. The aim is to bring together several recent trends of literary research and criticism to bear on the notion of space in its most concrete sense. The essays move dialectically out of an immediate focus on the phenomenological and intra-psychic into broader and wider meditations on the social urban and collective. As Joyce’s formal experiments appear the response to the difficulty of enunciating truly the experience of lived space this eventually leads us to textual and linguistic space. The final contribution evokes the space with which Joyce worked daily that of his manuscripts—or what he called "paperspace." With essays addressing all of Joyce's major works this volume is a critical contribution to our understanding of modernism as well as of the relationship between space language and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378094

Making Space Public in Early Modern EuropePerformance Geography Privacy Broadening the conversation begun in Making Publics in Early Modern Europe (2009) this book examines how the spatial dynamics of public making changed the shape of early modern society. The publics visited in this volume are voluntary groupings of diverse individuals that could coalesce through the performative uptake of shared cultural forms and practices. The contributors argue that such forms of association were social productions of space as well as collective identities. Chapters explore a range of cultural activities such as theatre performances; travel and migration; practices of persuasion; the embodied experiences of lived space; and the central importance of media and material things in the creation of publics and the production of spaces. They assess a multiplicity of publics that produced and occupied a multiplicity of social spaces where collective identity and voice could be created discovered asserted and exercised. Cultural producers and consumers thus challenged dominant ideas about just who could enter the public arena greatly expanding both the real and imaginary spaces of public life to include hitherto excluded groups of private people. The consequences of this historical reconfiguration of public space remain relevant especially for contemporary efforts to meaningfully include the views of ordinary people in public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867546

Making SpaceProperty Development and Urban Planning Making Space studies the built environment by examining the private-sector forces responsible for its development and the urban planning systems put in place to influence guide and manipulate its outcomes.The first part provides a theoretical context for understanding the functions of the property development sector and the state's interventions through the medium of urban planning. It analyses the relationship between planning and development and focuses on the increasingly widespread adoption of more pro-active entrepreneurial planning agendas as a response to a growing disenchantment with traditional regulatory approaches.The second part comprises case studies (drawn from Australia New Zealand the USA the United Kingdom and Ireland) which investigate the ways in which urban planning in different socio-political contexts has influenced the outcomes of the property development process as well as the manner in which such planning systems have changed in order to enhance their influence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203764657

Making SpacesPutting Psychoanalytic Thinking to Work This book argues for the value and application of psychoanalytic thinking beyond as well as within the consulting room. Inspired by a Scottish psychoanalytic tradition that owes much to W.R.D. Fairbairn and J.D. Sutherland the Scottish Institute of Human Relations has provided a valuable reference point for the work described in the book. It illustrates how the coming together of human beings into a shared space fosters opportunities to create loving collaborative relationships in which to work and from which to grow. The book's first section explores how psychoanalytic thinking developed in Scotland while section two focuses on work with children families and couples showing how psychoanalytic perspectives can be used to strengthen capacities for loving relationships. The chapters in section three show how psychoanalysis can be applied in such varied settings as psycho-social research education institutional development and organisational consultancy. The fourth section pursues this theme further considering the potential of psychoanalytic concepts to enhance work in religious ministry in medical and psychiatric services and in understanding the processes of ageing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491653

Making Special Education InclusiveFrom Research to Practice The aim of this book is to consider how schools and LEAs can develop inclusive policies and practices for students who experience a range of difficulties in learning or behavior. It highlights debates and contradictions about the realities of inclusion and suggests ways in which practice can move forward. The contributors look at key areas of development in special and inclusive education and considers ways in which the latest research can inform practice. Areas covered include promoting inclusion for all; how to make sense of the Code of Practice SEN Thresholds; working with Teaching Assistants; new approaches to counseling and pastoral care in schools; including pupils with EBD; how nurture groups are helping inclusive practice; making education inclusive for pupils with sensory disabilities; including pupils with specific learning difficulties; and preparing students for an inclusive society. The book will be of particular interest to teachers LEA support staff educational psychologists and related professionals who face the challenge of meeting the needs of a diverse population within an inclusive framework. it will also be of relevance for students in further and higher education and their tutors. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138152786

Making Sport HistoryDisciplines identities and the historiography of sport The field of sport history is a relatively new research domain situated at the intersection of a number of disciplines and sub-disciplines.  This interdisciplinarity has created interesting avenues for growth and fresh thinking but also inherent problems of coherence and identity.   Making Sport History examines the development of an academic community around sport history exploring the roots of the discipline its current boundaries borders and challenges and looking ahead at future prospects.  Written by a team of world-leading sport historians with commentaries from scholars working outside of the sport historical mainstream the book considers key themes in the historiography of sport including:   The relationship between history sport studies and physical education Comparative analysis of the role of historians in the writing of sport history Modern and post-modern approaches to sport history Race gender and the sport historical establishment The role of scholarly organisations conferences and journals in discipline-building   Presenting new perspectives on what constitutes sport history and its core methodologies the book helps explain why historians have become interested in sport why they’ve chosen the topics they have and how their work has influenced the wider world of history and been influenced by it.  Making Sport History is essential reading for any advanced student scholar or researcher with an interest in sport history historiography or the history and philosophy of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192898

Making Subject(s)Literature and the Emergence of National Identity First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864382

Making Sustainability MatterHow to Make Materiality Drive Profit Strategy and Communications Materiality is the lynch-pin that can align your sustainability initiatives with your organizational strategy – and form the basis of communications and reports that generate trust and transparency. What's more most companies could be significantly more profitable by engaging with their most material sustainability issues. Making Sustainability Matter by business strategy expert Dwayne Baraka draws lessons from the author's work with a wide range of organizations including several of the FTSE 100 financial services housing associations and technology companies. It will show you how to: identify your organization's most material sustainability issues and use a well thought out materiality process to integrate sustainability into your organization; allocate resources to sustainability initiatives for optimal returns – and avoid wasting resources on programmes that are not strategically aligned to your business; connect your communications to materiality and; clarify which issues are important to your stakeholders. Case studies from SAP and Marks and Spencer are included along with appendices on common material sustainability issues sustainability issues record and further resources.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293908

Making Sustainability WorkBest Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social Environmental and Economic Impacts The ultimate "how-to-do-it" guide for corporate leaders strategists academics sustainability consultants and anyone else with an interest in actually making sustainability work for organizations. An updated edition of a landmark book at a time when a growing number of corporate leaders are asking for urgent help in "getting this done". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907643934

Making Technology Work in SchoolsHow PK-12 Educators Can Foster Digital-Age Learning Making Technology Work in Schools is an easy-to-use guide for transforming your school into a learner-centered tech-rich environment. School systems are increasingly adopting ambitious new educational technologies but how do you make sure they are yielding effective teaching and learning experiences? The authors’ proven intuitive practices speak directly to academic coaches school technology leads district technology directors and teachers on special assignment who are responsible for introducing new tools and programs. After reading this book you will be able to better prepare the educators you serve to empower their learners whether digitally savvy or not to be engaged collaborative and better prepared for college and careers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025700

Making the Business CaseProposals that Succeed for Projects that Work A good business case is so much more than simply the means to justify a decision. A well-written and well-researched business case will secure funding; make sure any project stays on the right side of regulation; mobilize support for the cause; provide the platform for managing the project and the benchmark against which to measure progress. Ian Gambles' Making the Business Case shows you how to make sense of the task at hand develop a strategy articulate your options define the benefits establish the costs identify the risks and make a compelling case. Just as with the best business cases the text is concise jargon-free and easy to read; illustrated throughout with practical examples drawn from real cases and including reflective exercises at the end of each chapter to help you consolidate what you have learned. At only 198 pages long this is a jewel of a book; essential reading for the manager tasked with making the business case the senior manager who needs to understand and test it and the project manager who is responsible for delivering whatever is agreed on. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469907

Making the Case for ChangeUsing Effective Business Cases to Minimize Project and Innovation Failures The best time to stop projects or programs that will not be successful is before they are ever started. Research has shown that the focused use of realistic business case analysis on proposed initiatives could enable your organization to reduce the amount of project waste and churn (rework) by up to 40 percent potentially avoiding millions of dollars lost on projects programs and initiatives that would fail to produce the desired results. This book illustrates how to develop a strong business case which links investments to program results and ultimately with the strategic outcomes of the organization. In addition the book provides a template and example case studies for those seeking to fast-track the development of a business case within their organization.Making the Case for Change: Using Effective Business Cases to Minimize Project and Innovation Failures provides executive teams and change agents with the information required to make better business case decisions. This book can be used throughout the life cycle of the project to assist with gaining a better understanding of the following key knowledge areas for developing a business case: Understanding the present problem/improvement opportunity Documenting how the project program or initiative will add value to the organization Validating the data and the assumptions that the projected improvements are based upon Calculating the level of confidence that can be placed upon the conclusions that are reached Assessing the alternative solutions that were considered Weighing the costs vs. the benefits of the proposed initiative Analyzing and mitigating the risks to completing 100 percent of the project’s goals Eliciting and prioritizing the requirements of key stakeholders and subject matter experts Identifying the key people that are involved in the proposed project and the skills needed to implement the proposed change Obtaining consensus on the decision to move forward as well as on the methods used and the conclusions specified in the analysis Ideal for executives and project/initiative managers seeking approval of an activity initiative program or project the book presents proven tips advice suggestions and recommended courses of action for developing effective business cases. In addition suggestions for recruiting a responsible senior officer or sponsor for the project and for engaging an audience are provided.The authors combine their own experience in business case development with approaches used by world-class organizations. They provide a general range of assessment criteria that can be applied to almost any type of project business cases.The text discusses each of the 8 activities and the 35 tasks that make up the business case development process. This process supplies you with a proven approach for creating comprehensive and well-constructed business case evaluations that will either ensure the success of your project or eliminate unsuccessful projects programs and initiatives before they start. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466580510

Making the Connections: Using Internal Communication to Turn Strategy into ActionUsing Internal Communication to Turn Strategy into Action This title was first published in 2000:  Examines how businesses can use internal communication to achieve differentiation improve quality customer service and innovation and to manage change more effectively. The book describes the why the what and the how of internal communication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315189567

Making the ConnectionsUsing Internal Communication to Turn Strategy into Action Companies know that communication with their people is vital if the energies and the efforts of their employees are to point in the same direction. Making the Connections shows how to use internal communication to turn strategy into action. Bill Quirke demonstrates practically how businesses can use internal communication to achieve differentiation to improve their quality customer service and innovation and to manage change more effectively. He describes the why the what and the how of internal communication - why business needs better communication to achieve its objectives what internal communication needs to deliver to add value and how organizations need to manage their communication for best results. This new edition contains a wealth of new material with pragmatic advice and new case studies. Four new chapters cover how to develop internal communication strategy global communication engaging employees and helping leaders communicate more effectively. Making the Connections is based on the extensive international experience of one of the most knowledgeable and leading authorities on internal communication. This thoroughly revised new edition explores the impact of new technology regulation globalization and the changing relationship between employer and employees on the process of internal communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456020

Making the DifferenceSchools families and social division First published in 1982 Making the Difference has become a classic in the study of education and of Australian society. Hailed on publication as 'certainly the most interesting book written about Australian schools in a very long time [and] arguably the most important' it has since been recognised as one of the 10 most influential works of Australian sociology 'not just a major argument and a 'classic' point of reference [but] an event an intervention in ways of doing research and speaking to practice a methodology a textual style. it was designed to be read by a much wider audience than the standard sociological text and it has succeeded'.Making the Difference draws on a detailed study of the schools and homes of the powerful and the wealthy and of ordinary wage-earners. It allows children parents and teachers to speak for themselves and from what they say it develops strikingly new ways of understanding 'educational inequality' of how the class and gender systems work and of schools and their social roles. 'Equality of opportunity' co-education and 'relevant and meaningful curriculum' are all questioned sympathetically but incisively.Ranging across educational policy from system level to the everyday experience of kids and teachers from the problems of schooling to the production of class and gender relations this path-breaking combination of theory research and politics remains engaging thought-provoking and relevant. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116400

Making the Digital CityThe Early Shaping of Urban Internet Space Since the late 1990s Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) have been hailed as a potentially revolutionary feature of the planning and management of Western cities. Economic regeneration and place promotion strategies have exploited these new technologies; city management has experimented with electronically distributed services and participation in public life and democratic decision-making processes can be made more flexible by the use of ICTs. All of these technological initiatives have often been presented and accessed via an urban front-end information site known as 'digital city' or 'city network.' Illustrated by a range of European case studies this volume examines the social political and management issues and potential problems in the establishment of an electronic layer of information and services in cities. The book provides a better understanding of the direction European cities are going towards in the implementation of ICTs in the urban arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276536

Making the Familiar StrangeSociology Contra Reification This book examines the meaning and implications of the sociological maxim ‘make the familiar strange’. Addressing the methodological questions of why and how sociologists should make the familiar strange what it means to ‘make the familiar strange’ and how this approach benefits sociological research and theory it draws on four central concepts: reification familiarity strangeness and defamiliarization. Through a typology of the notoriously ambiguous concept of reification the author argues that the primary barrier to sociological knowledge is our experience of the social world as fixed and unchangeable. Thus emerges the importance of constituting the familiar as the strange through a process of social defamiliarization as well as making this process more methodical by reflecting on heuristics and patterns of thinking that render society strange. The first concerted effort to examine an important feature of the sociological imagination this volume will appeal to sociologists of any specialty and theoretical persuasion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367894429

Making the Gods in New YorkThe Yoruba Religion in the African American Community Over the last 35 years practice of Santeria and the Yoruba religion in the United States has grown as the result of African American search for identity and large scale Cuban migration. While the ritual and belief systems of Santeria and the Yoruba Religion are essentially the same the practical religion of both differs. Both center around questions of group identity and the concerns of their practitioners. This book focuses on the changes in the Yoruba Practical Religion of the Converted in the African American community. Through insighful attention to rich ethnographic detail the author explores the beliefs practices and rituals of this religious community. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790329

Making the GradeThe Academic Side of College Life Based on three years of detailed anthropological observation this account of undergraduate culture portrays students' academic relations to faculty and administration as one of subjection. With rare intervals in crisis moments student life has always been dominated by grades and grade point averages. The authors of Making the Grade maintain that though it has taken different forms from tune to time the emphasis on grades has persisted in academic life. From this premise they argue that the social organization giving rise to this emphasis has remained remarkably stable throughout the century.Becker Geer and Hughes discuss various aspects of college life and examine the degree of autonomy students have over each facet of their lives. Students negotiate with authorities the conditions of campus political and organizational life - the student government independent student organizations and the student newspaper - and preserve substantial areas of autonomous action for themselves. Those same authorities leave them to run such aspects of their private lives as friendships and dating as they wish. But when it comes to academic matters students are subject to the decisions of college faculties and administrators.Becker deals with this continuing lack of autonomy in student life in his new introduction. He also examines new phenomena such as the impact of "grade inflation" and how the world of real adult work has increasingly made professional and technical expertise in addition to high grades the necessary condition for success. Making the Grade continues to be an unparalleled contribution to the studies of academics students and college life. It will be of interest to university administrators professors students and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527492

Making the LinkAgricultural Research and Technology Transfer in Developing Countries This book is about International Service for National Agricultural Research's (ISNAR) study to identify key factors that influenced the effectiveness and efficiency of links between research and technology transfer. It recommends ways to improve these links and reflects the progress made till date. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367014551

Making the Military MoralContemporary Challenges and Responses in Military Ethics Education This book offers a critical analysis both theoretical and practical of ethics education in the military. In the twenty-first century it has become increasingly important to ensure that the armed forces of Western and other democracies fight justly and behave ethically. The ‘good soldier’ has to be not only professionally skilled but morally intelligent. At a time of relentless media scrutiny the publicising of incidents of morally and legally unacceptable behaviour such as the gross mistreatment of prisoners and the torture of suspected terrorists can do much to undermine the credibility of those who claim to hold the moral high ground in any particular conflict. Written by an international team of academic theorists and military practitioners this volume provides inter-disciplinary insights into the present state and the future of ethics education in the militaries of Western democracies. The contributors critically address the central question of whether such education is sufficient to prepare members of the armed forces to face the peculiar challenges of conflict environments that are now primarily ‘wars among the people’ in which the opposing combatants may have little or no regard for human life and fail to discriminate between soldiers and civilians when choosing their targets. Drawing lessons from recent examples of unethical conduct this original book offers insightful and constructive advice both theoretical and practical as to how situations can be improved and on the means that could and should be employed towards this end.This book will be of much interest to students of military studies ethics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667580

Making the Most of Medical SchoolThe Alternative Guide This concise guide to medical school offers an alternative path to developing a diverse set of academic and professional skills for a successful career in medicine. Written for current and prospective medical students chapters are structured around eight key themes relevant to the active ‘all-rounder’ medic including learning and leading high-quality research opportunities in global health further academic degrees and the complementary career options available to today’s medical graduate. This book serves as essential reading for anyone considering and embarked upon an exciting career in medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138196551

Making the Most of StandardsThe Sustainability Professional's Guide The world of corporate responsibility standards can seem large and confusing. With so many different standards it is often bewildering. Sustainability standards feed into a broad spectrum of other standards and finding the appropriate standard for your organization's needs is vital. This short book cuts through the confusion. It explains: 1. The pros and cons of using standards to improve sustainability performance 2. The variety of standards out there 3. A map showing how some of the most prominent sustainability standards relate to each other 4. A decision tree to help with choosing the type of standard that will be most helpful to you 5. For some of the most influential standards a thumbnail description of what they are actually about 6. Some tips for putting standards into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293243

Making the Most of the Water We HaveThe Soft Path Approach to Water Management Based on the 'soft path' approach to the energy sector a transition is now under way to a soft path for water. This approach starts by ensuring that ecosystem needs for water are satisfied and then undertakes a radical approach to reducing human uses of water by economic and social incentives including open decision-making water markets and equitable pricing and the application of super-efficient technology all applied in ways that avoid jeopardizing quality of life. The soft path for water is therefore a management strategy that frees up water by curbing water waste. Making the Most of the Water We Have is the first to present and apply the water soft path approach. It has three aims: to bring to a wider audience the concept and the potential of water soft paths to demonstrate that soft path analysis is analytical and practical and not just 'eco-dreaming' to indicate that soft paths are not only conceptually attractive but that they can be made economically and politically feasible. Includes a tool kit for planners and other practitioners. Published with POLIS Project and Friends of the Earth Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713085

Making the Most of Tutor Time Most secondary school teachers and some support staff will be expected to take on the role of form tutor or mentor along side their other work. What is surprising is how little time status or attention is given to training and preparation for this pastoral aspect of education in comparison to subject teaching. This book helps to redress the balance by providing a look at the structure and organisation of pastoral support as well as being full of practical ideas for tutors to use in tutor time. The chapters include: Establishing Routines; The Self Managing Tutor Group; How to Help and Support Individuals; Engaging Parents and Carers; and Tutoring Over a Whole Year. There is also a Resource Section and CD-ROM which includes a PowerPoint for staff training proformas for gathering information for parent's evenings and examples of practical activities such as Jigsaw Diamond Nine and Hot Seating as well as useful books and organisations. One secondary academy head wrote 'I really like it! It is very fresh practical and full of wisdom. I like the whole section on parental engagement and all the games suggestions really clear and so simple to pick up and use. And the calendar of the year with tutorial themes is great! But of most use to me and my school is the opening section on routines expectations and setting the scene fantastically useful reminders. Thank you so much this will be my tutorial bible.' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906517595

Making the Most of Your Medical CareerMaximising Your Chances of Success ' Once you are in medical school you will need to apply for Foundation training; once in Foundation training you will need to apply for core or specialty training; if you go through core training you will need to apply for specialty training; and once in specialty training you will need to apply for consultancy posts. Knowing about this allows you to prepare for the next application and enables you to show yourself in the best light in the application process...The majority of medical careers are becoming increasingly competitive with many specialties subject to competition ratios of over 10 applicants for each place...' David McGowan and Helen Sims ' This book provides an excellent and easy-to-read path to making the most of your medical career starting as a student...and a ready source of really useful hints and tips that will help anyone reading this book maximise their personal and professional development.' From the Foreword by Dr Inam Haq Want to optimise your chances of success? Take a fresh look at the clinical world. Medical careers have changed and learning how to play the game is as important as being the best in your field. This inspirational new guide considers your medical career from a wide-ranging perspective encouraging a positive early outlook. On a highly practical note it acts as a comprehensive information source covering all aspects of job applications and medical careers. On a personal note the book fosters a complete reassessment of the way you view your working life. It offers fresh ideas to help identify important opportunities to improve your CV - taking opportunities when you can whilst making the most of what you have. Easy to read and conversational in tone it details invaluable ideas on developing your portfolio and innovative methods to successfully market yourself alongside sound approaches to the challenges and intricacies of the modern medical career. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199752

Making the Most of Your Teaching AssistantGood Practice in Primary Schools "Making the Most of Your Teaching Assistant is an essential handbook for every SENCo and teacher responsible for managing Teaching Assistants. Based firmly in the classroom and focused on supporting pupil progress it provides clear guidance and practical support in deploying training and monitoring the effectiveness of Teaching Assistants. This easy-to-use book: • sets the current context of the development of the role of Teaching Assistants within that of wider workforce reforms • advises on how best to advertise recruit and interview Teaching Assistants • proposes a process for the successful induction of new Teaching Assistants • explores a variety of ways in which you can deploy your Teaching Assistants emphasizing the importance of teamwork and defining roles and responsibilities • suggests how schools can monitor and evaluate the impact of the work of their Teaching Assistants on the academic and social progress of all their pupils • provides forms and other resources that can be photocopied and used immediately to support the work of Teaching Assistants • gives many examples of current best practice with scenarios and case studies based on real events in real schools. This book is an invaluable source of information and advice for class teachers and leadership teams who seek to make the most effective use of the teaching assistants in their schools to support the teacher the learning the curriculum and the school as a whole. Trainee and new teachers will find the book an invaluable resource in preparing to work alongside and manage teaching assistants in their classrooms." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472198

Making the Peace in Ireland For nearly thirty years Northern Ireland has been a by-word for terrorism bloodshed military coercion and intense communal conflict. However Ireland is now experiencing a transition from a society in conflict to one at peace. Where did the violence come from and why could it not be pacified? Why has it taken thirty years to solve the Northern Irish conflict and why did early attempts at settlement fail? Jeremy Smith explores these questions by placing the events in context with wider British and European patterns giving the first in-depth study of the history of the peace process in Northern Ireland. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315837420

Making the Personal PoliticalDutch Women Writers 1919-1970 "Making the Personal Political is an interdisciplinary account of a now forgotten success story in the history of the society and culture of the Netherlands. While Dutch women had apparently retreated into domesticity after gaining the vote in 1919 women writers were out there in the market place selling the inside story of women's lives. Eight case studies of women writers between 1919 and 1970 trace the unconscious politics of the personal in narratives of women's identity and experience through close readings of texts located in the culture of the time. Jane Fenoulhet whose knowledge of Dutch literature and culture in the twentieth century is unparallelled in the English-speaking world tracks the public representation of women's private project of self development to the moment when the personal is finally accepted as politically important in Dutch society." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351194990

Making the Right DecisionsA Guide for School Leaders This book provides a road map for school leaders as they engage in their single most important leadership skill: decision making. With practical examples it demonstrates how to create a positive school culture spur school improvement and make decisions in the context of NCLB. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315853925

Making the Rugby WorldRace Gender Commerce This book explores the expansion of rugby from its imperial and amateur upper-class white male core into other contexts throughout the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The development of rugby in the racially divided communities of the setter empire and how this was viewed are explored initially. Then the editors turn to four case studies of rugby's expansion beyond the bounds of the British Empire (France Italy Japan and the USA). The role of women in rugby is examined and the subsequent development of women's rugby as one of the fastest growing sports for women in Europe North America and Australasia in the 1980s and 1990s. The final section analyses the impact of commercialisation professionalisation and media on rugby and the impact on the historic rugby culture linked to an ethos of amateurism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036984

Making The Russian BombFrom Stalin To Yeltsin This book describes the origins growth and decline of the massive Soviet nuclear weapons production complex. It provides an overview of what is known about the environmental contamination that resulted from building tens of thousands of bombs a legacy that will remain for many decades to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159269

Making the Union WorkScotland 1651–1763 Making the Union Work: Scotland 1651–1763 explores and analyses existing narratives of Jacobitism and Unionism in late seventeenth to mid-eighteenth century Scotland. Using in-depth archival research the book questions the extent to which the currency of kinship patronage politics persisted in Scotland as the competing ideologies of Scottish Jacobitism and British Whiggism grew. It discusses the connection between the manifest corruption of patronage politics and the efflorescence of the Scottish Enlightenment. It also examines the stance taken by David Hume and Adam Smith in defining themselves as philosophers first Whigs second but Scots above all else and analyses whether they achieved international success because of or despite the parliamentary union with England in 1707. Organised chronologically and concluding with an assessment of the newly formed United Kingdom in the decades following the 1707 union Making the Union Work: Scotland 1651–1763 will be of great interest to researchers and academics of early modern Scotland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138848559

Making the University Matter Making the University Matter investigates how academics situate themselves simultaneously in the university and the world and how doing so affects the viability of the university setting. The university stands at the intersection of two sets of interests needing to be at one with the world while aspiring to stand apart from it. In an era that promises intensified political instability growing administrative pressures dwindling economic returns and questions about economic viability lower enrolments and shrinking programs can the university continue to matter into the future? And if so in which way? What will help it survive as an honest broker? What are the mechanisms for ensuring its independent voice? Barbie Zelizer brings together some of the leading names in the field of media and communication studies from around the globe to consider a multiplicity of answers from across the curriculum on making the university matter including critical scholarship interdisciplinarity curricular blends of the humanities and social sciences practical training and policy work. The collection is introduced with an essay by the editor and each section has a brief introduction to contextualise the essays and highlight the issues they raise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415782401

Making Them MoveMechanics Control & Animation of Articulated Figures Current computer graphics hardware and software make it possible to synthesize near photo-realistic images but the simulation of natural-looking motion of articulated figures remains a difficultand challenging task. Skillfully rendered animation of humans animals and robots can delight and move us but simulating their realistic motion holds great promise for many other applications as well including ergonomic engineering design clinical diagnosis of pathological movements rehabilitation therapy and biomechanics.Making Them Move presents the work of leading researchers in computer graphics psychology robotics and mechanical engineering who were invited to attend the Workshop on the Mechanics Control and Animation of ArticulatedFigures held at the MIT Media Lab in April 1989. The book explores biological and robotic motor control as well as state-of-the-art computergraphics techniques for simulating human and animal figures in a natural and physically realistic manner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138413450

Making Things GreenerMotivations and Influences in the Greening of Manufacturing First published in 1998 this volume looks at the potential and motivation for companies and industries to go green. Mardie Townsend examines issues including human behaviour towards the environment structuration theory why companies go green and factors helping and hindering the ‘greening’ of industry. It emerged as part of an international monograph publishing series covering new research into the ‘green’ issues such as government corporate and public responses to environmental hazards the economics of green policies and the effectiveness of environmental protection programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333802

Making TracksThe Politics of Local Rail Transport First published in 1999 this book contains case studies of rail transport policy-making in two UK Passenger Transport Authority areas and reviews the factors informing such policy-making. It contributes to transport geography by explaining why the actual policies implemented in Starthclyde and Merseyside were pursued and to the continuing development of the political science theory of ‘the urban policy regime’ by analysing the differences in policy development attributable to the different ‘city-regional’ (Strathclyde) and ‘public choice’ (Merseyside) geographical structures of local governance. The book demonstrates that these differences in the spatial organisation of local institutions play a powerful role in determining the operation of the local ‘regime’ of policy-makers the form of final policy outputs and the level of public accountability achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138324701

Making TroubleCultural Constraints of Crime Deviance and Control In Making Trouble leading scholars in criminology sociology criminal justice women's studies and social history explore the mediated cultural dynamics that construct images and understanding of crime deviance and control. Contributors examine the intertwined practices of the mass media criminal justice agencies political power holders and criminal and deviant subcultures in producing and consuming contested representations of legality and illegality. While the collection provides broad analysis of contemporary topics it also weaves this analysis around a set of innovative and unifying themes. These include the emergence of ""situated media"" within and between the various subcultures of crime deviance and control; the evolution of policing and social control as complex webs of mediated and symbolic meaning; the role of power identity and indifference in framing contemporary crime controversies with special attention paid to the gendered construction of crime deviance and control; and the importance of historical and cross-cultural dynamics in shaping understandings of crime deviance and control. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786628

Making TroubleEssays on Gay History Politics and the University First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155350

Making Up AccountantsThe Organizational and Professional Socialization of Trainee Chartered Accountants First published in 1998 this organizational and professional socialization of trainee chartered accountants reports the findings of an ICAEW funded research project which explored the training and socialization of trainee accountants in two Big Six firms in the UK. The background to the research particularly the under-researched nature of the socialization of accountants is outlined. The research issues are located within the institutional context of the accounting profession in the UK and the academic literature on the professions and professional socialization. The main research findings reported concern. The main research findings reported concern the development of trainees’ understandings of their professional indentity; the role of formal processes and informal norms within socialization; the relationship of professional identity to notions of client service firm identity divisionalization and career success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327511

Making Urban Revolution in China: The CCP-GMD Struggle for Beiping-Tianjin 1945-49The CCP-GMD Struggle for Beiping-Tianjin 1945-49 The end of the Sino-Japanese War in 1945 brought not peace but renewed confrontation between Mao Zedong's Chinese Communist Party and Chiang Kaishek's Guomindang. The ensuing Civil War at the threshold of the Cold War held enormous significance for international strategic alliances and in particular the interests of the United States in East Asia and has been the subject of intense research and debate ever since. Joseph Yick's Making Urban Revolution in China: The CCP-GMD Struggle for Beiping-Tianjin 1945-1949 based partly on the rich new sources available in the PRC since 1978 rethinks the traditional interpretations of the Chinese Communist Party's victory in 1949 and makes a major contribution to the historiography of this period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702711

Making Urban TheoryLearning and Unlearning through Southern Cities This book facilitates more careful engagement with the production politics and geography of knowledge as scholars create space for the inclusion of southern cities in urban theory. Making Urban Theory addresses debates of the past fifty years regarding whether and why scholars should conceptualize southern cities as different and argues for the continued importance of unlearning existing theory. With examples from the urban question to environmental justice urban infrastructure to basic income this volume highlights the limitations of existing explanations as well as how thinking from the south entails more than collecting data in new places. Throughout the book instances of juxtapositions unease unlearning and learning anew emphasize how theory-making from southern cases can open avenues to more creative possibilities. The book pulls theories apart examining distinct components to better understand the universality and provinciality of empirical phenomena causality and norms including questions of what a city is and ought to be. This book delivers a clearer articulation of ongoing debates and future possibilities for southern urban scholarship and it will thus be relevant for both scholars and students of Urban Studies Urban Theory Urban Geography Research Methods in Geography Postcolonial/Southern Cities and Global Cities at graduate and post-graduate levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344924

Making Use of Deleuze in PlanningProposals for a speculative and immanent assessment method Making Use of Deleuze in Planning translates and re-creates some of Gilles Deleuze’s most abstract philosophical concepts to form a new practicable planning assessment tool. It shows what his philosophy can do for planning theory as well as planning assessment practice and in doing so sets out a pragmatic approach to Deleuzian studies: one that helps form bridges between ontological problems and the problems found in professional practice. It also breaks new ground in assessment methodology by challenging the essentialist ideas underpinning assessment methods like BREEAM and setting out and testing a new form of non-essentialist assessment named SIAM. The book argues that Deleuze’s philosophy can be made useful to planning as long as one is prepared to adapt and re-create his key ontological concepts to respond to the specific demands of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392809

Making Video DanceA Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dance for the Screen (2nd ed) Making Video Dance: A Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dance for the Screen is the first workbook to follow the entire process of video dance production: from having an idea through to choreographing for the screen filming and editing and distribution. In doing so it explores and analyses the creative practical technical and aesthetic issues that arise when making screen dance. This rigorously revised edition brings the book fully up to date from a technical and aesthetic point of view and includes: An extended exploration of improvisation in the video dance-making process New writing about filming in the landscape Additional writing on developing a practice and working with scores and manifestos Updated information about camera use including filming with mobile phones A step-by-step guide to digital non-linear editing of screen dance Ideas for distribution in the 21st century Insights into Katrina’s own screen dance practice with reference to specific works that she has directed and which are available to view online New and revised practical exercises New illustrations specially drawn for this edition Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699137

Making Water SecurityA Morphological Account of Nile River Development This book examines Nile water security through the morphology of the river: it uses the always changing form of the river as a theoretical and empirical device to map and understand how infrastructures and discourses dynamically interact with the Nile. By bringing a history of two centuries of dam development on the Nile in relation with the drainage of a hill slope in Ethiopia on the one hand and irrigation reform in Sudan on the other the author shows how the scales units and ‘populations’ figuring in projects to securitize the river emerge through the rearrangement of its water and sediments. The analysis of ‘Making water security’ is more than yet another story of how modern projects of water security have legitimized often violent dispossessions of Nile land and water. It shows how no water user is confined by the roles assigned by project engineers and planners. As ongoing modern ‘development’ of the river reduces the prospects for new large diversions of water the targeted subjects of development and modernization make use of newly opened spaces to carve out their own projects. They creatively mobilize old irrigation and drainage infrastructures in ways that escape the universal logic of water security. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367460044

Making WavesIntegrating Coastal Conservation and Development Coastal zones are critical multiple-use resources under pressure from constant demands from different sources - conservation economic growth and social welfare. This book identifies the dilemmas of managing conservation and development in coastal areas. It offers important information on the management conservation and social implications of coastal resources. The authors present a variety of participatory methods and techniques that can be used to show the success or otherwise of the different uses and how they affect the users. Their interdisciplinary analysis draws upon scientific knowledge as well as the latest social science insights on property rights and governance. The book is intended for researchers and students in geography development studies and environmental planning and also for practitioners in natural resource management and coastal zone management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771887

Making WavesWorldwide Social Movements 1750-2005 Making Waves unearths the successive worldwide waves of revolts rebellions and revolutions that have shaken and remade the world from the eighteenth century to the present. It challenges us to rethink not only our limited conceptions of social movements but the very character and possibilities of social movements. The authors show how successive outbursts of global social protest have undermined world capitalist orders and through both their successes and their failures provided the basis for long periods of stable capitalist rule across all the zones of the world-economy. The surprises start in the Age of Revolution when the antisystemic wave of slave revolts that led to the Haitian Revolution is related to the systemic effects of their combination with the U.S. and French Revolutions. The analysis comes up to the present when a wave of post-1989 movements points to quite divergent futures based as in the past on the search for alternatives to communities organized by capital accumulation nation-states and the accelerating commodification and fragmentation of human needs identities and desires. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633558

Making Welfare WorkReconstructing Welfare for the Millennium The welfare system in the United Kingdom is broken. The number of claims has escalated and so in consequence have welfare expenditures. The social system does not encourage welfare recipients to become independent. Half the population of the United Kingdom lives in households drawing one of the major means-tested benefits. Research documents that means-tests paralyze self-help discourage self--im-provement and tax honesty while at the same time rewarding claimants for being either inactive or -deceitful.In Making Welfare Work Frank Field challenges the current political orthodoxy particularly its emphasis on the role of legislation alone in bringing about social improvement in a welfare state. Field argues that the impact legislation has on personal character is pivotal to human advance in a welfare state. Welfare reconstruction needs to address and channel the differing roles of self-interest self-improvement and altruism which are among the great driving forces in human character. A successful welfare state must reinforce these important forces which influence our nature because to create an imbalance between these three motive forces will always undermine welfare's objectives.Field discusses in detail aspects of modern British society in dire need of change. These include the drug trade benefit traps permanent adolescence the rise of part-time work inequality in incomes excluding the disabled single parents and the very elderly for example. This clearly delineated well-researched blueprint for success will be important reading for politicians and policymakers in all industrialized nations. Its author is well-positioned to revise and review the welfare policies of democratic -societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527508

Making Women Count: Integrating Gender into Law and Policy-makingIntegrating Gender into Law and Policy-making This title was first published in 2000. Drawn from an international research project this study provides evidence of efforts to make law and policy-making truly inclusive and discusses whether success or failure depends on the nature of the procedure or the legal and social context. The book contains six case studies detailing national practice in promoting equality between the sexes and a series of general chapters which evaluate the effectiveness of individual equality stratgies and the factors which contribute to their success or failure. The contributors analyze the contribution of the European Union in promoting gender equality in Europe and particular emphasis is placed on gender mainstreaming and how this strategy might be developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738515

Making Women CountIntegrating Gender into Law and Policy-making This title was first published in 2000. Drawn from an international research project this study provides evidence of efforts to make law and policy-making truly inclusive and discusses whether success or failure depends on the nature of the procedure or the legal and social context. The book contains six case studies detailing national practice in promoting equality between the sexes and a series of general chapters which evaluate the effectiveness of individual equality stratgies and the factors which contribute to their success or failure. The contributors analyze the contribution of the European Union in promoting gender equality in Europe and particular emphasis is placed on gender mainstreaming and how this strategy might be developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738522

Making Words REALProven Strategies for Building Academic Vocabulary Fast Learn how to tap into the power of imagery communication and collaboration to make vocabulary building fun and meaningful! Research has proven that students with a larger more nuanced vocabulary become more proficient readers writers critical thinkers and learners making them more likely to succeed in academic environments. In this new book from Joanne M. Billingsley an award-winning teacher and educational consultant you will discover how to help your K-12 students expand their academic vocabulary across the content areas. Topics include: Using card sorts and video trailers to make vocabulary-building interactive; Expanding your teaching strategies to support ELLs and early readers; Building students’ word knowledge through emblematic and iconic gestures; Writing and asking scaffolded questions to get all students engaged with academic vocabulary; And much much more! The book also features sample teacher-to-student dialogues to demonstrate how to talk about words as well as games and activities that motivate students and help word meanings stick. No matter what subject area you teach your students will benefit from the exciting and powerful strategies in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138946590

Making Work and Family WorkFrom hard choices to smart choices Making Work and Family Work investigates the difficult choices that contemporary employees must face when juggling work and family with a view to identifying the smart choices that all parties involved—society employers employees and families—should make to promote greater work–life balance. Leading scholars Jeffrey Greenhaus and Gary Powell begin by identifying the factors that work against an employee’s ability to be effective and satisfied in their work and family roles. From there they examine a variety of factors that impact the decision-making process that employees and their families can use to enhance employees’ feelings of work-family balance and families’ well-being. Covering a comprehensive set of topics and perspectives this fascinating book will appeal to upper-level students of human resource management organizational behavior industrial/organizational psychology sociology and economics as well as to thoughtful and engaged professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138017412

Making Your Data Center Energy Efficient Detailing powerful methods for reducing the energy costs associated with operating a data center Making Your Data Center Energy Efficient examines both equipment and building facilities. It reviews the rationale for conserving energy and demonstrates how conservation and careful equipment selection can lead to significant improvements to your bottom line. For those not well-versed in financial or energy terms the first two chapters provide a detailed discussion of the terms associated with different types of energy as well as how to compute the return on investment for energy conservation efforts. The text includes tables of monthly expenses associated with operating equipment that will help you convert problems into simple table lookup processes. Among the money-saving topics discussed it considers: How to minimize the energy consumption of a wide range of devices A little-understood topic that can make a big impact on energy costs—general heating and cooling Techniques required to effectively monitor different types of meters Phantom energy usage and methods for minimizing its cost to your organization Recognizing that most readers may not have direct control over the selection of a furnace or hot water heater the book provides you with the ability to recognize the efficiencies and inefficiencies of various types of devices so you can provide input into the decision-making process. From replacing lighting to consolidation and virtualization it provides you with the well-rounded understanding needed to properly manage all aspects of the energy consumed in your data center. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781439855539

Making your Way in Headship New and aspiring heads will find that this book covers the immediate basics such as: What do you really need to know about the school? How should you present yourself as a headteacher How to manage people Prioritising time management and stress management. It will help you to see what’s important in your headship; what should be done; what MUST be done. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138373051

MakingAnthropology Archaeology Art and Architecture Making creates knowledge builds environments and transforms lives. Anthropology archaeology art and architecture are all ways of making and all are dedicated to exploring the conditions and potentials of human life. In this exciting book Tim Ingold ties the four disciplines together in a way that has never been attempted before. In a radical departure from conventional studies that treat art and architecture as compendia of objects for analysis Ingold proposes an anthropology and archaeology not of but with art and architecture. He advocates a way of thinking through making in which sentient practitioners and active materials continually answer to or ‘correspond’ with one another in the generation of form. Making offers a series of profound reflections on what it means to create things on materials and form the meaning of design landscape perception animate life personal knowledge and the work of the hand. It draws on examples and experiments ranging from prehistoric stone tool-making to the building of medieval cathedrals from round mounds to monuments from flying kites to winding string from drawing to writing. The book will appeal to students and practitioners alike with interests in social and cultural anthropology archaeology architecture art and design visual studies and material culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415567237

Making-Up People: Youth Truth and Politics This book is about modern politics and young people. Judith Bessant revises some long-standing myths about children and young people’s politics. She highlights the huge gap between the many ways young people and politics are talked about and how they have long been politically active. Bessant draws on a relational historical sociology to show how since the nineteenth century certain historical dynamics political interests and social imaginaries have enabled social scientists writers political leaders and policymakers to imagine and ‘make up’ different kinds of young people. Given these representations of childhood adolescence and youth everyone knows that young people are cognitively immature inexperienced morally under-developed and lack good judgement. For these reasons they cannot possibly be allowed to engage in the serious grown-up business of politics. Yet in just one of the many contradictions young people are criticised by many of their elders for being politically apathetic and disengaged from politics. Many think recent global warming movements largely led by quite young people are a novel phenomenon. Yet young people have been at the forefront of political movements of all kinds since the French Revolution. Since the 1960s children and young people increasingly played a major if sometimes obscured role in civil rights anti-war anti-globalisation anti-austerity and global-warming movements. This accessible book is rich in theoretical and historical insight that is sure to appeal to sociologists historians youth studies scholars and political scientists as well as to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276300

Maladjusted Boys (RLE Edu M) Written by the founder of a pioneering establishment for disruptive boys who had been excluded from mainstream schools and in some cases turned to crime this book discusses the methods and reasons for success of Red Hill School. It also discusses the causes of disruptive or obsessive behaviour and emphasizes how the therapeutic work of Red Hill has helped the pupils involved to adjust socially and psychologically so that they go on to find personal fulfilment and satisfaction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753159

Maladjusted Schooling (RLE Edu L) The problems this book discusses are the same now as they were 25 years ago: unemployment poor housing inadequate facilities poverty racism violence. What is the function of a school in such a situation? Although many schools hold reformist ideals their practice is constrained by organisational demands. School organisation is based upon a coercive theory of social control which is intolerant of expressions of individuality by teachers and pupils. Needs for individuality may be mistaken for deviance and deviance is at least in part produced by or exacerbated by school organisation. The author maintains that schooling is therefore largely maladjusted to the needs of individuals.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752947

MalangganArt Memory and Sacrifice Shortlisted for the Katharine Briggs Folkore Award 2003 Malanggan are among the most treasured possessions in the Pacific yet they continue to confound anthropologists. Central to funerals in New Ireland these ‘death' figures are intended to decompose as symbolic representations of the dead. Wrapped in images that are conceived of as ‘skins' they are both visually complex and intriguing. This book is the first to interpret these mysterious agents of resemblance and connection as having a cognitive rather than a linguistic basis. Found in nearly every ethnographic museum in the world Malanggan collections have been left virtually untouched. This original study begins by tracing the history of the collections and moves on to consider the role these artefacts play in sacrifice ritual and exchange. What is the relationship between Malanggan and memory? How can Malanggan be understood as a life force as well as a vehicle for thought? In an analysis of the cognitive aspects of Malanggan Küchler offers a highly original conceptualization of the centrality of the knot as a mode of being thinking and binding in the Pacific. Malanggan: Art Memory and Sacrifice is a groundbreaking study. Based on fifteen years of fieldwork and collection research it provides an incisive new take on one of the Pacific's classic puzzles as well as a wealth of new information and resources for anthropologists collectors and curators alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085959

Malaria in Colonial South AsiaUncoupling Disease and Destitution This book highlights the role of acute hunger in malaria lethality in colonial South Asia and investigates how this understanding came to be lost in modern medical epidemic and historiographic thought. Using the case studies of colonial Punjab Sri Lanka and Bengal it traces the loss of fundamental concepts and language of hunger in the inter-war period with the reductive application of the new specialisms of nutritional science and immunology and a parallel loss of the distinction between infection (transmission) and morbid disease. The study locates the final demise of the ‘Human Factor’ (hunger) in malaria history within pre- and early post-WW2 international health institutions – the International Health Division of the Rockefeller Foundation and the nascent WHO’s Expert Committee on Malaria. It examines the implications of this epistemic shift for interpreting South Asian health history and reclaims a broader understanding of common endemic infection (endemiology) as a prime driver in the context of subsistence precarity of epidemic mortality history and demographic change. This book will be useful to scholars and researchers of public health social medicine and social epidemiology imperial history epidemic and demographic history history of medicine medical sociology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367272142

Malaria in the Social ContextA Study in Western India This book underscores how apart from bacteriological factors human behavioural characteristics as well as the socio-cultural factors that affect people’s lives contribute to the risk for and prevention of infection with particular focus on malaria. It argues that the implementation of malaria-control measures can be successful only if it considers the human response to malaria and control measures. Any new tool which is introduced in a particular area — be it a new vaccine a new drug combination the promotion of impregnated bed nets spraying of insecticides or improved home management — will be effective and sustainable only if it is adapted to needs of the local population i.e. if it makes sense to them. This volume also studies traditional knowledge systems with respect to health and malaria arguing that local knowledge about infection is the result of an amalgamation of the biomedical and the traditional. By attempting to identify how traditional and biomedical elements interrelate in local illness concepts it hopes to assist health interventionists in providing efficacious health education and awareness among people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662780

Malay Kinship and Marriage in Singapore Dr Djamour spent two years in Singapore both in the city and in a Malay fishing village and her first-hand account draws a lively and sympathetic picture of behaviour within the family and between kinsmen. It is nonetheless an important contribution to social anthropology and discusses as its central topic the instability of Malay marriage. The causes and consequences of this phenomenon which involve social economic and psychological considerations are analysed in some detail. The social picture which emerges has wide validity throughout the country and should prove of value to all who seek a fuller knowledge of Malay society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135289

Malay Peasant Society in Jelebu First published in 1939 and long out of print this book remains unique as the only full and detailed account by a social anthropologist of a complete pagan Polynesian ritual cycle. This new single-volume edition omits some of the Tikopia vernacular texts but includes a new theoretical introduction; postscripts have also been supplied to some of the chapters comparing the performances of 1928-9 with those witnessed by Professor Firth on his second visit to Tikopia in 1952. There is a specially written Epilogue on the final eclipse of the traditional ritual based on a third visit by the author during the summer of 1966. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135982

Malayalam Malayalam is one of the four major Dravidian languages spoken principally in the southern part of India. It has a recorded history of eight centuries and is spoken by more than thirty million people on the Malabar coast of southern IndiaThis is the first detailed description of Malayalam providing an in-depth analysis of the linguistic richness of this language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643818

Malayasia's Parliamentary SystemRepresentative Politics And Policymaking In A Divided Society This analysis of the Malaysian parliament documents the interaction of legislator party and voter. It focuses on representation and decisionmaking and reveals that societies with racial and ethnic divisions can be ameliorated through a political focus on the electorate's economic concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170950

Malaysia and the Cold War Era From the end of the Second World War in 1945 to the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 there was a great deal of turmoil tension and violence in what became Malaysia as a result of the 1963 Federation; upheavals included the Malayan Emergency of 1948・1960 the independence of Malaya in 1957 Konfrontasi with Indonesia of 1963・1966 the Philippines’ claim to Sabah the Sarawak Communist Insurgency (1962・1990) and the Second Malayan Emergency of 1968・1989. This book breaks new ground in arguing for a longer trajectory of the Cold War tracing this phenomenon back to 1920s’ colonial Malaya and Sarawak. Many new research findings showing how Malaysia coped with and overcame the many trials challenges and difficulties are presented here further enriching the historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317475

Malaysia and the Developing WorldThe Asian Tiger on the Cinnamon Road As Malaysia’s economy grows and flourishes strong new links are being forged with other developing countries in the region and beyond. This book traces the ways in which age-old organizational political religious and trade networks between Nusantara the Malay World and Central Asia East Africa and the Middle East have changed in recent years. The book argues that these old links are being revived by new forms of globalization modernization and knowledge transfer that are developing and implementing non-western models of governance often in direct reference to Islam. The book goes on to explain how as Malaysia develops new links with Indian Ocean countries many of them Muslim countries a new style trading network is being formed a network with Islamic characteristics which echoes Indian Ocean Islamic trading networks of earlier times. Interspersed with interesting methodological insights into the latest network transnational and spatial theories the book provides detailed case studies of Malaysia’s and Southeast Asia’s trade and numerous other links with Indonesia Egypt Zanzibar Comoros and Central Asia and concludes by assessing how Malaysia’s and ASEAN’s new style network is likely to develop and influence wider global networks. Written with a depth of knowledge reflective of the author’s many years of research throughout Asia this book gives a real insight into how Malaysia’s mentalities traditions and ways of thinking are being applied to its interactions with its immediate neighbours and the wider world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815698

Malaysia and the Development ProcessGlobalization Knowledge Transfers and Postcolonial Dilemmas Drawing on recent deconstructions in anthropology postcolonial studies and critical sociology Malaysia and the Development Process situates and explores the phenomenon of international knowledge transfers within the context of globalization. Based on primary and secondary research and a series of 'experiential' reflections fieldwork was conducted in two foreign electronics multinationals and a variety of public and semi-public institutions. The findings reassess issues of knowledge power subjectivity and agency and the relations between the West and the non-West as they are negotiated between and within multinational workplaces and local agencies in Malaysia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649858

Malaysia’s New Ethnoscapes and Ways of Belonging This book provides a picture of a globalized Malaysia where its conventionally-conceived multi-ethnic composition of Malays Chinese Indians and Others rub shoulders with or interact more intimately on a daily basis with transnational ethnoscapes of migrant workers asylum seekers international students and foreign spouses. It asks how as Malaysians become wedded to their citizenship they extend the same awareness of rights and claims to non-citizens such as African international students the Indonesian maids who look after their children and the Chins and stateless Rohingyas who populate the landscape as refugees and undocumented workers. What are the possibilities of forming cosmopolitan solidarities with non-Malaysians? And what are the newcomers’ strategies for place-making and belonging? And to bring the discussions of citizenship in Malaysia into relief it is also asked how Malaysians abroad seek to enact and make meaningful their Malaysian citizenship. A diversity of experiences shapes the narratives in the chapters: of racialization rejection boundary-making and exclusivity resilience and adaptation. This book was published as a special issue of Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087996

MalaysiaNew States in a New Nation First Published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980235

Malaysia's 14th General Election and UMNO’s FallIntra-Elite Feuding in the Pursuit of Power The 2018 Malaysian General Election will stand as a major defining event in Malaysian history when the ruling Barisan Nasional coalition unexpectedly lost power in the country they had ruled for over half a century. This volume brings together scholars who assess one fundamental factor that brought about this game-changing event in Malaysian politics: intra-elite feuding in the leading Malay-based political parties. This study provides an analysis of individual state politics as well as national trends shaped by the actions of leaders in government and the opposition. An indispensable guide for scholars studying the politics of Malaysia and of Southeast Asia more broadly it will be of great interest for all readers with an interest in Malaysian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331979

Malaysia's Defeat of Armed CommunismThe Second Emergency 1968-1989 The Malayan Communist Party’s (MCP) decisive defeat in 1960 led many academics and Counterinsurgency (COIN) experts to overlook the resurrection of its armed struggle in 1968. Most scholars continue to regard the so-called ‘Second Emergency’ in Malaysia (1968-1989) as a non-event and most of the recently published work on the MCP tends to focus on the earlier Malayan Emergency (1948-1960). This book looks at the Second Emergency through recently released archival material from the National Archives in London the National Australian Archives and the Australian War Memorial as well as interviews with military and diplomatic officers from the UK and Thailand. It presents the first serious strategic and operational study of the Second Emergency and analyses three areas of historical significance: the CPM’s strategy for armed struggle in the Second Emergency; the actual effectiveness of the CPM’s subversive propaganda on its target population and most importantly; the counterinsurgency (COIN) response and strategy of the Malaysian state and to a lesser extent the counter-subversion strategy of Singapore in the post-colonial era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577060

Malaysia's Development ChallengesGraduating from the Middle This book examines the various economic political and developmental policy challenges that Malaysia faces in her shift from a middle income to high-income economy. This issue is of great interest to academics policy makers and development practitioners in the developing world particularly in middle-income economies where there is a widespread concern about the challenges of managing such a transition. Malaysia is one of the developing world's greatest success stories. The book argues that as one of the developing world's most open economies with a reputation for prudent macroeconomic management Malaysia has achieved consistent growth since independence. It has moved from a largely resource-based economy to a multinational-led export-oriented industrial economy. Despite this success Malaysia like other developing countries is currently at a crossroads in its development strategy; it is in danger of being unable to graduate to the level of more advanced economies - such as Korea Taiwan and Singapore - but with the basis of its success at risk from competition from efficient lower-wage countries - such as China India and Vietnam. Moreover there are new threats to the political stability and affirmative action programmes which have successfully held together a very racially diverse population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631938

MalaysiaTradition Modernity And Islam This book examines Malaysia's history population social structure politics and economics as well as its climate agriculture and wildlife and seeks to explain why despite its inherent ethnic tensions Malaysia has survived and even prospered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155100

MaldyniaMultidisciplinary Perspectives on the Illness of Chronic Pain Whether initiated by injury or disease induced and sustained by changes in the nervous system or manifested by society and culture chronic pain can change one’s first-person experience of the body and the world and ultimately impacts cognitions emotions and behavior. Many fine medical books address the causes and management of chronic intractable pain but rarely do they focus on the ways that such pain creates illness and is experienced and expressed by persons in pain.Maldynia: Multidisciplinary Perspectives on the Illness of Chronic Pain is about chronic pain that has progressed to a multidimensional illness state in and of itself. Although often dismissed as such this pain is not imaginary but rather represents an interaction of neurobiological processes emotional and behavioral responses and socio-cultural effects and reactions that become enduring elements in the life and world of the pain patient and often remain enigmatic for those who provide care.Taking a comprehensive approach that covers science humanities and culture this volume emphasizes the need for researchers clinicians and caregivers to regard the ways in which chronic intractable pain becomes illness and affects a patient’s biological social and psychological states as well as his or her sense of self. Edited by neuroscientist and neuroethicist James Giordano this book contains 17 insightful chapters representing medicine neuroscience psychology philosophy ethics history art and the ministry. This exceptional volume also looks at representations of pain in and through the arts addresses the assignation of values and meaning in pain assessment and treatment and considers ways to conjoin the sciences and humanities so as to inform the practice of pain medicine and improve the care of those suffering the illness of chronic pain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383251

Male Adolescence in Mid-Victorian FictionGeorge Meredith W. M. Thackeray and Anthony Trollope Focusing on works by George Meredith W. M. Thackeray and Anthony Trollope Alice Crossley examines the emergence of adolescence in the mid-Victorian period as a distinct form of experience. Adolescence Crossley shows appears as a discrete category of identity that draws on but is nonetheless distinguishable from other masculine types. Important more as a stage of psychological awareness and maturation than as a period of biological youth Crossley argues that the plasticity of male adolescence provides Meredith Thackeray and Trollope with opportunities for self-reflection and social criticism while also working as a paradigm for narrative and imaginative inquiry about motivation egotism emotional and physical relationships and the possibilities of self-creation. Adolescence emerges as a crucial stage of individual growth adopted by these authors in order to reflect more fully on cultural and personal anxieties about manliness. The centrality of male youth in these authors’ novels Crossley demonstrates repositions age-consciousness as an integral part of nineteenth-century debates about masculine heterogeneity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666248

Male Alienation at the Crossroads of Identity Culture and Cyberspace "I’m broken." When a boy or man says this he is expressing deep alienation from himself and the world. Something’s wrong and he usually cannot begin to explain why. What brings boys and men into psychotherapy or analysis? Many of them struggle with access to their inner worlds. Experiences of alienation can lead to destructive and self-destructive behaviors including addiction and violence. This book explores the reasons for this and considers why boys and men seek professional help. How do psychotherapists and analysts engage them when they often protest that they want to be left alone? Looking at the male psyche from boyhood through adolescence and into adulthood Male Alienation at the Crossroads of Identity Culture and Cyberspace provides examples from clinical practice current events art and literature that show what happens when alienation is severe and leads boys and men to discharge their emotional problems in the outside world. The book examines compulsive internet use flawed concepts of masculinity difficulties with mutually intimate relationships trouble showing emotions and identity issues as well as the role of fathers with a focus on the types of fathers that many boys and men describe as being difficult. Tyminski provides various practical ideas about working with boys and men to encourage them to be open to their inner worlds and emphasizes a contrast between having meaningful contacts or having a merely transactional approach to relating. Male Alienation at the Crossroads of Identity Culture and Cyberspace will be essential reading for Jungian analysts psychotherapists and psychoanalysts as well as a wide range of other professionals who work with men and boys. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065406

Male and Female in Developing South-East Asia This provocative book seeks to redress inaccuracies in Western perceptions of gender relations in Southeast Asia by bringing to the fore the area's ethnic and cultural variance and showing how women and men explain the informal and psychological dimensions of relationships as vital in holding family neighbourhood and kinship ties together. Although there are differences between male and female perceptions of sex roles in society women perceive their situation as disadvantaged rather than less significant. Male-female interpretations of power and status tend to converge usually towards the understanding that the contributions of men and women are equally important in the formation of family and society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135203

Male and Female in Social Life Sex is a theoretical puzzle because it is much older than we are. A primary fact of biology sex has defined society from nearly the beginning of life on earth and as a result we cannot see its effects in our lives in evolutionary comparisons with near primate or mammalian relatives. Sex is a puzzle too because it is often misconstrued in social science. It is not as many social scientists believe a mere feature of a person like hair or skin color. Rather it is a part played in the life of the species. This propensity to view sex as a personal feature has kept social science from seeing how sex figures in the social life of the species. Male and Female in Social Life presents a theoretical framework to describe how sex (the division of our species between male and female) brings life and order to society. It argues that sex is the mainspring of social life and it tells us the most about social dynamics and forms. The book centers on five chapters that describe four "moments" of human social life. Following an introduction chapter 2 begins with the first moment of social life - unity of the species. Chapter 3 examines the second moment of social life - division of the species. Chapter 4 citing play of the sexes as the third moment shows that sex is the main play of the species and thereby the main basis of social life. Chapters 5 and 6 describe the fourth moment - order of the species which includes the most basic arrangements of human society including female mate choice male contest female care of the young sorority and fraternity family and bureaucratic organization. These later chapters present a threepart theory of social order based on the play of the sexes while then offering evidence in support of this theory by showing how disruptions and distortions in the play of the sexes in the recent history of the United States have brought compensating changes in social life. The book concludes with a summary of the book's main points and with directions for further inquiry. The volume raises thoughtful long overdue questions about current trends in our culture that minimize or efface sex differences. It will be of interest to academics both in the social sciences and in the humanities while at the same time appealing to a more general audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351325486

Male Bodies Women's SoulsPersonal Narratives of Thailand's Transgendered Youth Get a detailed look at the Thai sex/gender system—through analysis of the personal stories from transgendered youth in ThailandThe Thai term sao braphet song (a “second type of woman”) describes males who reject the gender of masculinity for femininity. Male Bodies Women’s Souls: Personal Narratives of Thailand’s Transgendered Youth uses the narrative method stories in the words of these “second type of women” to analyze these transgendered experiences. This previously ignored perspective of the Thai sex/gender system gained through this theoretical and methodological approach offers students and general readers a rich more readily accessible foundation of knowledge about gendered subjectivity and sex/gender systems.Male Bodies Women’s Souls: Personal Narratives of Thailand’s Transgendered Youth features in-depth autobiographical life histories from individual Thai transgendered youth. Life stories told in the participants’ own words provides an engaging at times touching always insightful look at Thai culture’s sex/gender system. The authors then expertly analyze the narratives to illuminate common themes and constructions within this group allowing an opportunity for contrast and discussion on transgender experiences in other nations. Male Bodies Women’s Souls: Personal Narratives of Thailand’s Transgendered Youth analyzes the major themes in the stories including: identities definitions and descriptive labels etiologies of sao braphet song-ness the notion of acceptance narrator motivations for participating in the projectMale Bodies Women’s Souls: Personal Narratives of Thailand’s Transgendered Youth is illuminating reflective reading for educators undergraduate students graduate students researchers or anyone interested in discovering more about transgenderism in a specific cultural context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051528

Male Infertility in Reproductive MedicineDiagnosis and Management This useful illustrated text summarizes for an audience of clinicians in Reproductive Medicine the practical essentials of what they need to know about diagnosis and management of the infertile male patient whether they need to instruct or liaise with a colleague or undertake the procedures themselves. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138599291

Male Intergenerational IntimacyHistorical Socio-Psychological and Legal Perspectives This groundbreaking book presents new historical legal sociological psychological and cross-disciplinary research on male intergenerational intimacy. Experts thoroughly document and further the discussion about this area of research through historical and ethnological examples from different times and places and aim to clarify how controversies about the subject have evolved in modern Western society. The editors of Male Intergenerational Intimacy have solicited original research and literature reviews which do not digress into emotional arguments for or against intergenerational intimacy but instead aim to establish the basics for a research-based scholarship.The contributors address the implications of intergenerational intimacy on a variety of levels--from friendship and companionship through sexual dimensions--and further analyze personal accounts to illustrate how individuals involved in intergenerational intimacy understand themselves and how they construct their concepts of intimacy and sexual identity. Contributors also deal with intergenerational intimacy behaviors that require counseling treatment and psychotherapeutic interventions from a positive approach. Finally separate chapters deal with criminology issues and penal codes as they relate to the subject area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876894

Male LustPleasure Power and Transformation Men from a variety of sexual orientations and ethnic backgrounds overturn myths about male sexuality and desire!Male sexuality comes of age in this provocative collection of personal essays and poetry. Male Lust's nearly 60 contributors explore emotional social and political aspects of sex and desire from a diversity of backgrounds perspectives and sexual orientations. Answering the long-standing challenge for men to finally theorize the complexity of their own sexual desires Male Lust (a 2001 Lambda Gay Studies Literary Award Finalist) delves into topics such as commercial sex sadomasochism feminism and white supremacy without lapsing into reactionary knee-jerk or misogynist stances. This book offers a positive sexual vision that moves far beyond the narrow messages offered in mainstream media. Male Lust reveals thoughtful detailed realities of gay straight bisexual transgender and same-gender-loving men's personal experiences with sex that lurk behind the stereotypes. Among the many topics that the essays stories and poems herein chronicle are: various facets of men's and women's experience with commercial sex both as consumers and providers social and hormonal phenomena involved in transitioning from female to male handling the impact of white supremacy on male lust as a man of color the transformational possibilities of S/M women's responses to the lusts of the men in their lives coming of age with a “deviant” gender or sexual orientation healing from rape and other forms of sexual abuse coming to terms with loving and desiring women within a misogynist culture lust and desire within a disabled bodyTogether the contributors break the noisy silence surrounding male lust challenge the dominant images of men as unemotional sexual predators and expose the live beating hearts minds and souls of real men loving healing and revealing themselves each other and the women in their lives. Male Lust heralds the next generation of thinking men--a must-read for anyone seeking cutting-edge ideas on sexuality and desire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783635

Male Prostitution Here is the most comprehensive empirical study ever published about male prostitutes and their clients. Written by one of the most distinguished international scholars in psychiatry and criminal justice this book provides a carefully designed presentation of in-depth interviews with several hundred London “rent boys.” The interviews included a large sample of one-to-one conversations in a private room tape-recorded with the consent of the interviewees. Dr. West and his colleague Mr. de Villiers bring you squarely into the everyday lives of male prostitutes and cover little known details of their lives such as: the drift into homelessness sexual orientation entry into prostitution sexual orientation threats of blackmail violence and murder by male prostitutes or their clients attitudes and intentions of the male prostitutes post-prostitution careers legal and criminology issues personal fears desires and interests of male prostitutesEncyclopedic in scope and depth Male Prostitution never strays from combining high-level research presented in a readily understandable and often entertaining style and incisive insights and issues critical for both the informed layperson and researchers in human sexuality. Dr. West and his colleague provide is a source of unbiased detailed information on the male sex industry and their clients which is unavailable in any other book published to date. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058008

Male Sex WorkA Business Doing Pleasure An interdisciplinary study of the male sex industry The male sex industry receives far less attention from social scientists than its female counterpart. Male Sex Work: A Business Doing Pleasure fills this gap in the literature providing a multifaceted and nonjudgmental examination of the entire male sex industry. Expanding beyond the single category of street-based prostitute the book encompasses other areas such as stripping performing in pornography and escorting for an agency or on the Internet. Leading experts in wide-ranging disciplines employ methodological tools such as naturalistic observation surveys and personal interviews to provide an important interdisciplinary exploration of the topic. Rather than concentrate specifically on psychological profiles of sex workers Male Sex Work: A Business Doing Pleasure focuses on the less studied aspects of the industry such as the relational dynamics of street prostitutes the personal experiences of racism in a gay strip club and others. Employing researchers from disciplines such as anthropology English psychology and sociology this unique resource provides a revealing look at what really goes on in the clubs on the streets on the Internet and behind the scenes of the gay porn industry. The book includes extensive references. Areas studied in Male Sex Work: A Business Doing Pleasure include: interpersonal relationships among male street prostitutes gay sex tourism strippers and the performance of sexuality the environmental context of male street prostitution racism and the male sex industry escorts and professional self-identity performers in pornography and the retrogressive dynamic the personal and community needs of Internet escorts the fluidity of power dynamics between stripper and customer Male Sex Work: A Business Doing Pleasure is an insightful resource valuable for educators and students in psychology sociology social work men’s studies sexology anthropology and gay and lesbian studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876955

Male Sexual DysfunctionPathophysiology and Treatment Although impotence may be the most widely recognized manifestation of male sexual dysfunction many other forms of sexual disorders do not involve the erectile mechanism from deficiencies of desire to disturbances in ejaculatory function to the failure of detumescence. With such a myriad-and often co-existing-number of disorders the successful treatment of male sexual dysfunction requires not only a thorough understanding of the underlying physiology and pathophysiology but also the coordinated efforts of multiple specialties including endocrinology andrology urology radiology sex therapy and even sometimes psychiatry cardiology or oncology. Male Sexual Dysfunction: Pathophysiology and Treatment presents the collective expertise of more than 60 international authorities in a single landmark text. From foundations in the anatomy of the male genital tract to the latest neuroimaging data readers will appreciate the comprehensive information detailing the tremendous advances made in the delineation of sexual function and its disorders as well as the expert descriptions of practical and cost-effective medical surgical and psychological strategies for the treatment of all forms of male sexual dysfunction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389093

Male Subjectivity at the Margins First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142497

Male to MaleSexual Feeling Across the Boundaries of Identity Explore the feelings of men toward other men without the pigeonholing found in terms like “gay” and “straight”!Male to Male: Sexual Feeling Across the Boundaries of Identity starts with the evidence that most studies on male sexuality have ignored--the same-sex feelings of men whose identities are heterosexual. Of the more than fifty men in this book almost half were aware of some degree of same-sex feeling. But beyond percentages the primary focus of Male to Male is the exploration--through their own words--of how these men experienced same-sex feelings what these feelings meant to them the fears surrounding them and the consequences of the collision between their heterosexual identities and their same-sex feelings.In addition to comparative data on women's same-sex feelings as well as on what men say in regard to their feelings about women Male to Male includes material from two in-depth case studies. The first is on Clark an African-American man who moved into sex with men in prison. His story shows that the need to see gay men as feminine is really a cultural defense against the powerful pull toward the male-to-male bond and points to the movement to fulfill that bond when this defense is dropped. The second is on Zack a gay police officer. His story explores the different dimensions and meanings of the male-to-male bond as these unfolded in his own life while telling about the heterosexually identified men who “came out” to him about their own same-sex feelings. Male to Male will help you explore: same-sex feelings in heterosexual men and women same-sex feelings in the military prison culture and the “heterosexual role” the fear of domination the aesthetics of fear and power the dynamics of rape compassionate relationships between heterosexual-identified men . . . and much more!Male to Male provides evidence showing that the identity that really counts--constituting the deepest source from which men's sexual feelings for each other spring--is not specifically a gay or heterosexual identity. That source is rather a male identity and--beyond that--a human identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057698

Male–Male Murder In Male–Male Murder Dobash and Dobash â€“ experienced researchers award winning authors and long-time collaborators use evidence from their Murder Study to examine 424 men who murdered another man. Using both quantitative and qualitative data drawn from a wider study of 866 homicide casefiles and 200 in-depth interviews with murderers in prison  they focus on Five Types of male–male murder: confrontational/fighters; murder for money/financial gain; murder between men in the family; sexual murder between men; murder of older men. Each type is examined in depth and detail in a separate chapter that begins with a brief overview of relevant research and is followed by a comprehensive examination of the murder event including subtypes that illustrate the diversity within each type of murder. Following the examination of the five types of male–male murder the focus turns to the lifecourse of the perpetrators including childhood adulthood and their time in prison. Lastly the reflect on the body of findings from the Murder Study and stress the importance of gender in understanding these lethal events. The Dobashes bring their research skills and insights to the complex task of covering the entire scope of homicide cases in which men murder men. This is an essential text for students professionals policy makers and researchers studying violence gender and homicide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435967

Male-Male Intimacy in Early AmericaBeyond Romantic Friendships Previously hard-to-find information on homosexuality in early America—now in a convenient single volume!Few of us are familiar with the gay men on General Washington’s staff or among the leaders of the new republic. Now in the same way that Alex Haley’s Roots provided a generation of African Americans with an appreciation of their history Male-Male Intimacy in Early America: Beyond Romantic Friendships will give many gay readers their first glimpse of homosexuality as a theme in early American history.Honored as a 2007 Stonewall Book Award nonfiction selection Male-Male Intimacy in Early America is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of the role of homosexual activity among American men in the early years of American history. This single source brings together information that has until now been widely scattered in journals and distant archives. The book draws on personal letters diaries court records and contemporary publications to examine the role of homosexual activity in the lives of American men in the Colonial period and in the early years of the new republic. The author scoured research that was published in contemporary journals and also conducted his own research in over a dozen US archives ranging from the Library of Congress to the Huntington Library from the United Military Academy Archives to the Missouri Historical Society. Male-Male Intimacy in Early America explores: the role of the open frontier and the unregulated seas as places of refuge for men who would not enter into heterosexual relationships the sexual lives of American Indians—particularly the berdache tradition—and how the stereotypes associated with American Indian sexuality molded white America’s attitudes toward homosexuality homosexuality in slave narratives—and the homosexual subtexts of racist minstrel show lyrics the formation of European gay communities during American colonial times with an emphasis on Berlin Paris and London—with English translations of material previously available only in German or French! homosexuality as presented in eighteenth-century novels popular with American readers plus information on homosexuality that was published in medical treatises of the period United States Army and Navy courts-martial that focused on sodomy the sublimation of homosexuality by religious revival movements of the early nineteenth century particularly among Quakers Mormons and Oneida Perfectionists social groups as a perceived cover for homosexual activity with an emphasis on the Masonic Order non-procreative sexuality as a theme and as a threat during the American revolution the West in American literary tradition—and the role of popular writers such as James Fenimore Cooper and Davy Crockett in creating the myth of individual sexual freedom on the margins of American societyAuthor William Benemann rejects Foucault’s contention that homosexuality is an artificial construct created by medico-legal authorities in the latter half of the nineteenth century. He recognizes that men have been sexually attracted to other men throughout American history and in this book examines their historical options for expressing that attraction. He also addresses related issues surrounding race and gender expectations population and migration patterns vocational choice and information exchange. Written in a straightforward style that can easily be understood by lay readers Male-Male Intimacy in Early America is an ideal choice for educators students and individuals interested in this unexplored area of American history and sexuality studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864020

Males With Eating Disorders First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004665

Male-to-Female Crossdressing in Early Modern English LiteratureGender Performance and Queer Relations This volume examines and theorizes the oft-ignored phenomenon of male-to-female (MTF) crossdressing in early modern drama prose and poetry inviting MTF crossdressing episodes to take a fuller place alongside instances of female-to-male crossdressing and boy actors’ crossdressing which have long held the spotlight in early modern gender studies. The author argues that MTF crossdressing episodes are especially rich sources for socially-oriented readings of queer gender—that crossdressers’ genders are constructed and represented in relation to romantic partners communities and broader social structures like marriage economy and sexuality. Further she argues that these relational representations show that the crossdresser and his/her allies often benefit financially socially and erotically from his/her queer gender presentation a corrective to the dominant idea that queer gender has always been associated with shame containment and correction. By attending to these relational and beneficial representations of MTF crossdressers in early modern literature the volume helps to make a larger space for queer genderqueer male-bodied and queer-feminine representations in our conversations about early modern gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210472

Malevolent ManagersInsights using Executive Impression Management Dr Terry A. Sheridan employs a new and unique theoretical perspective to examine how malevolent tyrannical and mediocre managers commonly use violence in the workplace not necessarily physical violence but bullying overt and covert emotional abuse - all forms of negative behaviour that are damaging to individuals and organisations. The theoretical basis for the author’s analysis and prescriptions is the new perspective of Executive Impression Management which stems from Dr Sheridan’s research into the differences between a number of types of executives from their co-workers’ point of view. That investigation developed indicators to identify different negative management types and also helped define what has been called respectful management - the sort exercised by those managers who are good stewards. What makes this book unusual is that it is derived from qualitative research and covers an area where hardly any scholarly work has been produced. The author argues that the research methodology employed has resulted in a better understanding of impression management than has hitherto been possible. It addresses the confusion that often abounds regarding who is a good or bad manager and the fact that we can identify bad management through measures of company or organisational performance but not how and why it went wrong. It will assist the leadership of organisations to make the right decisions about recruitment and promotion and to identify and challenge poor performance effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606053

MaliA Search For Direction This book based on twenty-three years of research field work and contacts with both Malians and non-Malians familiar with Mali provides an overview of its history economic development culture and society. It is intended for general readers and specialists who are interested to know about Mali. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156480

Malicious BotsAn Inside Look into the Cyber-Criminal Underground of the Internet Originally designed as neutral entities computerized bots are increasingly being used maliciously by online criminals in mass spamming events fraud extortion identity theft and software theft. Malicious Bots: An Inside Look into the Cyber-Criminal Underground of the Internet explores the rise of dangerous bots and exposes the nefarious methods of  “botmasters”. This valuable resource assists information security managers in understanding the scope sophistication and criminal uses of bots. With sufficient technical detail to empower IT professionals this volume provides in-depth coverage of the top bot attacks against financial and government networks over the last several years. The book presents exclusive details of the operation of the notorious Thr34t Krew one of the most malicious bot herder groups in recent history. Largely unidentified by anti-virus companies their bots spread globally for months launching massive distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks and warez (stolen software distributions). For the first time this story is publicly revealed showing how the botherders got arrested along with details on other bots in the world today. Unique descriptions of the criminal marketplace – how criminals make money off of your computer – are also a focus of this exclusive book! With unprecedented detail the book goes on to explain step-by-step how a hacker launches a botnet attack providing specifics that only those entrenched in the cyber-crime investigation world could possibly offer. Authors Ken Dunham and Jim Melnick serve on the front line of critical cyber-attacks and countermeasures as experts in the deployment of geopolitical and technical bots. Their work involves advising upper-level government officials and executives who control some of the largest networks in the world. By examining the methods of Internet predators information security managers will be better able to proactively prote Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367387037

Malignant Cell Secretion First Published in 1990 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the nature of cells. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine Microbiology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226183

Malignant HyperthermiaA Genetic Membrane Disease AudienceAnesthesiologists surgeons physiologists molecular biologists biophysicists biochemists pathologists students and post doctoral fellows. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449629

Malignant Narcissism and PowerA Psychodynamic Exploration of Madness and Leadership Using psychodynamic theory and riveting case material this book dissects the figure of the malignant narcissist leader (MNL). Across the world today individuals and societies are impacted by unprecedented disruptive influences from globalization and climate change to economic uncertainty and mass migration. The rise of populists and would-be saviors has promised certainty for anxious populations but how far are such leaders suffering from the MNL pathology? Through the psychoanalytic lens of Otto Kernberg the authors explain the etiology of the charismatic MNL’s clinical features: charisma grandiosity criminality sadism and paranoia. The book outlines the limitations and complexity of diagnosis contextualizing the MNL within the transcendental and millenarian movements and discusses the patho-dynamics of high-pressure groups and totalitarian regimes including types of groups methods of mind control categories of constituents the corporate totalitarian state and the authoritarian demagogue. The book looks at a wide range of leaders including Donald Trump Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh Roger Ailes Keith Raniere Jan of Leiden and Credonia Mwerinde. Distinguishing the disordered personality of the MNL from other personality disorders and presenting a new model of overlapping descriptors to categorize high-pressure group types and identifying types of followers as well this book represents essential reading for psychodynamically minded psychologists psychiatrists social workers sociologists political scientists and those working in organizational development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279646

Malinowski amongst the MagiThe Natives of Mailu [1915/1988] A reissue of Malinowski's first field monograph containing historical and theoretical material. This edition includes a major essay by Michael Young who draws on Malinowski's diary unpublished notebooks and letters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708811

Mallarmé and Wagner: Music and Poetic Language This book challenges and replaces the existing view of Mallarmé's mission to 're-possess' music on behalf of poetic language. Traditionally this view focused on only the last fifteen years of the poet's life and sprang from a belief in Mallarmé's 'sudden awakening' to music during an all-Wagner concert in Paris in 1885. Professor Heath Lees shows that Mallarmé's early knowledge and experience of music was much greater than commentators have realized and that the French poet actually began his writing career with the explicit aim of making music's performance-language of 'effect' the ground of his poetic expression. Integral to the argument is Mallarmé's reaction to the work and ideas of Richard Wagner whose impact on France came in two waves: the first broke during the tempestuous 1860s days of the Paris Tannhäuser while the second arrived in the mid-1880s and gave birth to the Revue Wagnérienne. In refuting the critical literature that focuses on only the second of these waves Lees shows that Mallarmé exhibited a highly informed Wagnerian background during the first wave and that his grasp of the composer's gestural motives and flexible musical prose led him towards a new kind of self-expressive gestural rhythm that aimed musically to reinvent poetic language. In support of this the book examines closely what Wagner 'really' said in the prose works that were becoming known in Paris by the 1860s in particular Wagner's important French text the Lettre sur la musique. It also re-examines Baudelaire's classic Wagner-brochure and reveals its author's surprisingly firm grasp of Wagner's musico-poetic fusion. In musically informed commentary Professor Lees surveys the four decades of success and failure that resulted from Mallarmé's repeated attempts to draw out the musical gestures and resonances of words alone. In the process he throws new light on many of Mallarmé's best-known texts hitherto judged 'difficult' by those who have failed to appreciate the extent of the poet's heroic descent through the surface of words in search of 'la Musique'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265325

Mallarme's SunsetPoetry at the End of Time This book retraces Mallarme's trajectory as a poet showing how he positioned his work in relation to Hegel's Aesthetics. Norman argues that Mallarme situated his work at the conclusion of the history of art which made Mallarme's work so interesting for Blanchot and Derrida. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601157

Malta and British Strategic Policy 1925-43 A major reassessment of a key aspect of British strategy and defence policy in the first half of the twentieth century. The main contribution of this new study is an investigation of the role of Malta in British military strategy as planned and as it actually developed in the period between the mid 1920s and the end of the war in North Africa in May 1943. It demonstrates that the now widely accepted belief that Malta was 'written off as indefensible' before the war was mistaken and focuses on Malta's actual wartime role in the Mediterranean war assessing the numerous advantages many often ignored that the British derived from retention of the island. The conclusions made challenge recent assertions that Malta's contribution was of limited value and will be of great interest to both students and professionals in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649865

Malta in the European Union Malta has bucked the trend of its EU Mediterranean neighbours in many ways. This smallest of EU states barely dipped into recession during the global financial crisis and remains a stable member of the Eurozone whilst also having one of the lowest infringement rates and highest transposition of EU law records amongst the 28 member states. Providing the first comprehensive study of Malta's complex road to EU membership this book looks at the impact of membership on the country's political structures and processes and explains the principal factors that have conditioned the country's Europeanization experience. Reflecting Malta's unique and often contentious road to membership the book explores the historical context and outlines how Maltese processes and policies have changed since membership and whether a causative link exists between these changes and Malta's membership of the EU. A wide range of primary and secondary sources facilitate the study complemented by a series of interviews with a broad range of Malta's political and social actors as well as individuals from EU institutions. This depth of analysis enables a holistic view of Malta's first decade of EU membership and helps establish the fundamental characteristics of Malta's unique Europeanization experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472436665

Maltese Focusing primarily on Standard Maltese the authors clarify many areas which until now remain undefined with emphasis on syntax and intonation. English loanwords continue to find their way into Standard Maltese especially as the Maltese inhabitants become increasingly bilingual and the variations are studied as well as their morphological behavior. The book describes the syntactic morphological and phonological structure of Maltese as one integrated linguistic system composed of different strands (Arabic Romance and English). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657150

Malthus and His Work First Published in 1966. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760386

MalthusFounder of Modern Demography Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) one of the most influential of modern thinkers is also one of the most misunderstood. Malthus' Essay on Population is a work that everyone cites but typically without having read it. This book offers a comprehensive and accurate exposition of his thought integrating his better-known theory on population with his somewhat neglected analysis of economic development and social structure.In Petersen's Malthus both the general reader and the social scientist are given a basis for contrasting Malthus with competing theories. As a background to his exposition Petersen discusses the trends since Malthus' day in fertility mortality and population growth. The book also has an accessible comparison of Malthus' economics with that of his contemporary David Ricardo as well as the links to the Keynesian thought of recent time.Petersen also comments on Malthus' stand on birth control as well as on the rise of the neo-Malthusian movement and its successor in today's less developed countries. The review of both population trends and demographic theory over the past century and a half gives the reader a base from which he can judge in what respects Malthus did or did not forecast the future accurately. As Petersen points out Malthus also influenced the evolutionary theory of Charles Darwin as well as its offshoot Social Darwinism. Malthus is an essential work not only for demographers and economists but for anyone interested in intellectual history. The late Robert Nisbet in his review of the book for the New Republic called it "the best exposition of Malthus to be found anywhere."William Petersen Robert Lazarus Professor of Social Demography Emeritus at Ohio State University is known throughout the profession as a leading demographer. He is also an elegant writer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527515

Malthusian WorldsU.s. Leadership And The Governing Of The Population Crisis This book focuses on how the population crisis as a governing apparatus was assembled as a particular form of Malthusian rationality. A central argument is that U.S. leadership in governing the population crisis required both a global and local appreciation of population dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164959

Maltreatment in Early ChildhoodTools for Research-Based Intervention Detect and put a stop to child abuse!For mental health professionals social workers legal professionals and policy makers Maltreatment in Early Childhood: Tools for Research-Based Intervention examines strategies and ideas for professional training in child protection in the United States. Derived from presentations at the San Diego Conference Responding to Child Maltreatment this book addresses current assessment issues the intersection of child maltreatment and other social problems the history of child protection and the intricacies of courtroom testimonies and provides guidance for case management. Through insight into research and case studies Maltreatment in Early Childhood explores effective approaches to child-friendly services multivictim cases therapy and victim recantation to help you assist sexually abused children or children who have witnessed domestic abuse.Addressing a variety of challenges that face all those involved with youth in need of assistance due to abuse this informative book examines why children of different racial identities may display different secret-keeping behavior and presents a variety of approaches that encourage clients to talk about their situation. Maltreatment in Early Childhood explores child abuse from a historical and political context and discusses key issues relating to all facets of this social problem including: understanding the pros and cons of asking children to recall their experiences through specific types of questions such as invitational questions and less preferred questions which may or may not reveal true answers deciding if the Validity Checklist the second part of the Analysis procedure is able to determine truthfulness of allegations in child sexual abuse cases testing the efficacy of the model designed at the National Children's Advocacy Center (NCAC) which may be used to validate abuse and determine if children's statements are accurate overcoming difficulties in the child protection system including the probability of multiple interviews and potential contamination of children's narratives by a variety of sources to produce fair evaluations and successful prosecutionsWith tables and charts that will help you easily explore research findings Maltreatment in Early Childhood provides you with the information you need in order to determine the truth of children's statements how to present statements in court and how to affect changes that will protect and assist victims of childhood sexual abuse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786476

Maltreatment of Patients in Nursing HomesThere Is No Safe Place “Abuse although often not detected or reported existed in every facility we surveyed. It is a serious problem.”Old weak and often cognitively impaired nursing home patients can be easy targets for physical psychological material and financial mistreatment at the hands of those entrusted with their care safety and well-being. Maltreatment of Patients in Nursing Homes: There Is No Safe Place examines the dark side of nursing homes where not every employee has the commitment of Mother Theresa. This groundbreaking book applies criminological theory to help develop practical methods of controlling abuse and presents the results of the first and only nationwide study on the theft of patients’ belongings a form of abuse too often ignored by the nursing home industry. Maltreatment of Patients in Nursing Homes surveys employees administrators and family members of patients in 47 nursing homes throughout the United States. Their responses provide invaluable insights on a wide range of topics including the social and psychological factors that cause different types of abuse characteristics of nursing home patients and employees the bureaucracy of nursing homes victimization rates workforce issues of nursing home aides and federal regulations for nursing homes. The information gained from the surveys forms the basis for detailed recommendations for creating a safer environment and reducing all forms of abuse including theft-prevention training programs background checks and improved screening of potential employees education and advocacy for current staff and the reform of federal regulations.Maltreatment of Patients in Nursing Homes examines: types of physical abuse (restraints sexual abuse neglect) the who what and why of nursing home theft types of financial abuse (trust accounts bank accounts improper charges for services and drugs identity theft) types of psychological abuse (abandonment segregation childlike treatment verbal abuse) effects of psychological abuse (depression learned helplessness psychiatric disorders) reasons for abuse by employees (staff turnover job burnout job dissatisfaction caregiver stress)One of the few books to deal with abuse of the elderly outside a domestic setting Maltreatment of Patients in Nursing Homes: There Is No Safe Place interprets and analyzes abuse to provide new ways of thinking about this growing problem and new methods of preventing it from growing any more widespread. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050309

Malvinaby Sophie Cottin Often linked to the works of early Romanticism Sophie Cottin's Malvina (1803) was a bestselling sentimental novel. First published in France the English translation by Elizabeth Gunning – a prolific novelist in her own right – allowed Cottin’s book to achieve success internationally. This is the first modern scholarly edition of Malvina. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934603

Mambila DivinationFraming Questions Constructing Answers This book offers a major contribution to the study and analysis of divination based on continuing fieldwork with the Mambila in Cameroon. It seeks to return attention to the details of divinatory practice using the questions asked and life histories to help understand the perspective of the clients rather than that of the diviners. Drawing on a corpus of more than 600 cases David Zeitlyn reconsiders theories of divination and compares Mambila spider divination with similar systems in the area. A detailed case study is examined and analysed using conversational analytic principles. The regional comparison considers different kinds of explanation for different features of social organization leading to a discussion of the continuing utility of moderated functionalism. The book will be of interest to area specialists and scholars concerned with religion rationality and decision-making from disciplines including anthropology African studies and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199500

MambuA Melanesian Millennium Mambu is the name of a native of New Guinea who led what has become known as a 'Cargo' cult. These cults common in Melanesia are partly religious political and economic in nature. Participants in the cult engage in exotic rites the purpose of which is to gain possession of European manufactured goods such as knives medicines razor blades tinned foods etc. The volume discusses why these cults occur and examines a way of life of a New Guinea people and their reactions to European penetration and achievement. First published in 1960. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869294

Mamluks and OttomansStudies in Honour of Michael Winter Focusing on Near Eastern history in Mamluk and Ottoman times this book dedicated to Michael Winter stresses elements of variety and continuity in the history of the Near East an area of study which has traditionally attracted little attention from Islamists. Ranging over the period from the thirteenth to the nineteenth century the articles in this book look at the area from Istanbul down through Syria and Palestine to Arabia the Yemen and the Sudan. The articles demonstrate the great wealth of the materials available in a wide variety of languages from archival documents to manuscripts and art works as well as inscriptions and buildings police records and divorce documentation. The topics covered are equally as varied and include Dufism the festival of Nabi Musa military organisations doctors and charity to name but a few. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315019031

Mammal Bones and TeethAn Introductory Guide to Methods of Identification This guide is designed as an introduction to the basic methods for identifying mammal bones and teeth. It is intended to highlight for beginners the main points on which identifications can be made on the bulk of bones and teeth from a small range of common Old World mammals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404458

Mammalian Egg Transfer Egg transfer was first performed in 1890 but for half a century it received scant attention. However since 1950 the technique has become increasingly widely used - in the laboratory for fundamental studies and more recently in practice both veterinary and medical to boost reproductive potential of genetically superior cattle and to overcome sterility due to impaired rubal function in women. As a result a considerable body of literature has accumulated totaling well in excess of a thousand references. But till now there has not been a single comprehensive text devoted solely to this subject. The present work was designed to meet that need at a time when the field is fast expanding with new techniques and approaches constantly being evolved. One need only cite the tremendous rate of progress in human egg transfer in the last three years. The work embraces laboratory and farm animals and primates including man altogether representing a total of 16 species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895130

Mammalian Endocrinology and Male Reproductive Biology Mammalian Endocrinology and Male Reproductive Biology provides comprehensive and current coverage of the area of endocrinology and male reproductive biology covering not just humans but mammals in general. Written by international experts in their respective fields this multi-author book also covers the latest developments in genomics of androgen action and male infertility.The book begins by covering sexual dimorphism in the central nervous system; structure control of secretion and function of GnRH; and gonadotropins of pituitary origin and their role in gonadal functions. This is followed by an account of hormonal regulation of spermatogenesis and the role of apoptosis in this process. Subsequent chapters center around epididymis regulation of growth and function and sperm motility regulation. The last chapters in the book discuss the structure and function of male accessory sex glands with associated pathologies as well as recent updates in male contraception mechanism of androgen action and genomics of male infertility. Wherever necessary tables and figures have been added for a better understanding. Each chapter is appropriately referenced and contains current information on the latest developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377458

Mammalian Neuroendocrinology Mammalian Neuroendocrinology presents a concise examination of how the nervous and endocrine systems interact to regulate physiological processes. Selected experimental results are presented to illustrate the current understanding of neuroendocrine processes. Neural influences and endocrine feedback mechanisms related to the secretion of adenohypophysial hormones are summarized for each hormone. The book's concise nature and readable style are highly suited for use as a graduate textbook.There are also chapters devoted to each of the following topics: neurohypophysis pineal gland adrenal medulla hormones and behavior and neuroendocrine immunology. Comparisons are made among species of mammals including laboratory rodents domesticated ungulates and primates. Agricultural and/or clinical aspects relevant to these topics are covered when appropriate. Mammalian Neuroendocrinology is excellent for students and professionals in neuroendocrinology neuroscience endocrinology reproduction studies and animal sciences. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810733

Mammography ScreeningTruth Lies and Controversy 'This book gives plenty of examples of ad hominem attacks intimidation slander threats of litigation deception dishonesty lies and other violations of good scientific practice. For some years I kept a folder labeled Dishonesty in breast cancer screening on top of my filing cabinet storing articles and letters to the editor that contained statements I knew were dishonest. Eventually I gave up on the idea of writing a paper about this collection as the number of examples quickly exceeded what could be contained in a single article.' From the Introduction The most effective way to decrease women's risk of becoming a breast cancer patient is to avoid attending screening. Mammography screening is one of the greatest controversies in healthcare and the extent to which some scientists have sacrificed sound scientific principles in order to arrive at politically acceptable results in their research is extraordinary. In contrast neutral observers increasingly find that the benefit has been much oversold and that the harms are much greater than previously believed. This groundbreaking book takes an evidence-based critical look at the scientific disputes and the information provided to women by governments and cancer charities. It also explains why mammography screening is unlikely to be effective today. All health professionals and members of the public will find these revelations disturbingly illuminating. It will radically transform the way healthcare policy makers view mammography screening in the future. 'If Peter Gotzsche did not exist there would be a need to invent him ...It may still take time for the limitations and harms of screening to be properly acknowledged and for women to be enabled to make adequately informed decisions. When this happens it will be almost entirely due to the intellectual rigour and determination of Peter Gotzsche.' From the Foreword by Iona Heath President RCGP 'If you care about breast cancer and we all should you must read this book. Breast cancer is complex and we cannot afford to rely on the popular media or on information from marketing campaigns from those who are invested in screening. We need to question and to understand. The story that Peter tells matters very much.' From the Foreword by Fran Visco President National Breast Cancer Coalition Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195853

Mamvu-Mangutu et Balese-MvubaCentral Africa Belgian Congo Part III Routledge is proud to be re-issuing this landmark series in association with the International African Institute. The series published between 1950 and 1977 brings together a wealth of previously un-co-ordinated material on the ethnic groupings and social conditions of African peoples. Concise critical and (for its time) accurate the Ethnographic Survey contains sections as follows: Physical Environment Linguistic Data Demography History & Traditions of Origin Nomenclature Grouping Cultural Features: Religion Witchcraft Birth Initiation Burial Social & Political Organization: Kinship Marriage Inheritance Slavery Land Tenure Warfare & Justice Economy & Trade Domestic Architecture Each of the 50 volumes will be available to buy individually and these are organized into regional sub-groups: East Central Africa North-Eastern Africa Southern Africa West Central Africa Western Africa and Central Africa Belgian Congo. The volumes are supplemented with maps available to view on routledge.com or available as a pdf from the publishers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241985

Man State and DeityEssays in Ancient History First published in 1974 this book is a collection of nine essays written by Victor Ehrenberg between 1925 and 1967 five of which had not been published before. They deal with a number of aspects of Greek and Roman history and with the nature of ancient history in the East and West. The first essay is a broad survey of interactions between opposing forces and ideas in the world as seen from the most ancient Near Eastern civilizations to the beginning of the western Middle Ages and the era of Byzantium; this is followed by discussions of topics from Classical and Hellenistic Greece and Republican and Imperial Rome with the accent on the history of ideas and institutions –freedom the Greek city-state and Roman concepts of state and empire. The final chapter consists of personal reflections on the meaning of history from the writer’s own characteristic viewpoint and is as he admits more in the way of a confession than pure scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692434

Man State and Society in the Contemporary Middle East This work first published in 1972 is an objective introduction to the social political and cultural changes that took place in the Middle East in the years after the Second World War. It includes papers by some of the most distinguished scholars in the field as well as personal accounts by insightful observers living in the area. It includes articles on such topics as Arab socialism and nationalism religious communities ethnic minorities women in Arab society education and many more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138643055

Man Woman and MarriageSmall Group Processes in the Family In "Man Woman and Marriage" noted experts discuss such subjects as the ways in which people choose their mates how the family social system can entrap its members in neurotic "games " and the complex nature of marital love. Each of the essays has been significant in major controversies on family research and represents a progressive exploration of the "psychosocial" aspects of marriage and family life in the United States.Alan L. Grey's penetrating Introduction traces the history of family research reviews earlier theories of social interaction discusses typical research approaches and furnishes a stimulating commentary on each paper that enumerates the key ideas and themes most relevant to the main emphasis of the debate. Representative of the variety of viewpoints highlighted in this book are the pioneer efforts of Robert F. Winch and his co-workers and the critical evaluations by George Levinger and Roland G. Tharp as they point out the numerous complexities of the interpersonal process. At the same time Gerald Bauman and his co-workers demonstrate the use of more flexible and sensitive research devices Melvin Cohen shows evidence of a type of family homeostasis and Mirra Komarovsky offers a social-class comparison of typical kinds of husband-wife relationships.Despite the contrasting opinion presented in the volume the central theme runs through much of social science - the quest for better descriptions of small group process and the actual ways in which family participants affect one another. Bringing together original source materials that are both controversial and cross-disciplinary "Man Woman and Marriage" promotes classroom discussion and is of immediate significance to all studies of marriage and family life whatever social-science discipline is emphasized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527577

Man & Animals In New Hebrides First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980242

Man & His FellowmenModern Chapters on Social Psychology First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875777

Man & Soc Age Reconstructn V 2 First published in 1980. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004723

Man and CultureAn Evaluation of the Work of Malinowski [1957] This volume is a reassessment of Malinowski's work by a group of his former pupils and colleagues. A frank evaluation not a eulogy it examines the real and lasting importance of Malinowski's contribution to a range of subjects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315014470

Man And Environmental ProcessesA Physical Geography Perspective This book reviews the effects of human activity on physical environment processes and justifies it with contributions to the study of the significance of human activity including those produced up to 1960 those produced between 1960 and 1970 and those produced since 1970. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171711

Man and Nature in God Contemporary American life is tinged with dissatisfaction. Increased wealth and comfort and technological advances have not made individuals happier or society more companionable. Today Americans marry later or not at all and they fail at marriage as often as they succeed. Man and Nature in God is a story of contemporary American decadence a grim tale of our flagging relation to nature a tale confirmed at the center of our sexual lives. Sandelands grounds his critique in a modern philosophical error. We have conflated a particular metaphysical outlook--the subjective standpoint of science--with our relationship as humans to nature. We fail to see that however much we may learn about nature by treating it as object to our subject we cannot in this way learn what we most want and most need to know about nature and about ourselves. Answers to such questions as "How are we related to nature?" and "How are we to think and act truly in nature" continue to elude us.Cast as ideology by the "isms" of humanism naturalism and postmodernism today's subjective standpoint has turned the question of truth into one question of politics. The unhappy result has been and continues to be a profound and deadly misunderstanding of nature as well as man epitomized in contemporary American culture today. Taking this as his starting point Sandelands suggests how we can save ourselves from our mortifying philosophical error thereby claiming our true relation to nature and reinvigorating our sexual lives. He identifies the need for a natural philosophy that takes God to be the starting point of self-understanding.Although the book is about philosophy it is not only for the academic philosopher. Although it is about theology it is not only for the theologian or student of religion. And although the book takes modern biological and social sciences to task it is not only for biological and social scientists. Instead Man and Nature in God is for everyone concerned about the dismal state of cultural life in America today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511842

Man and Organization (Routledge Revivals)The Search for Explanation and Social Relevance First published in 1973 this volume concentrates upon contemporary issues of a theoretical and methodological nature in the study of organizations. The contributors are concerned with contemporary ways of explaining the sociological role of modern organizations and work within them. They cover questions of understanding employee behaviour of careers of industrial relations  and of the future of management and organizations as we know them with a thorough examination of prevailing assumptions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415669733

Man and Society in Calamity This is an age of great calamities. War and revolution famine and pestilence are again rampant on this planet and they still exact their deadly toll from suffering humanity. Calamities influence every moment of our existence: our mentality and behavior our social life and cultural processes. Like a demon they cast their shadow upon every thought we think and every action we perform. In this classic volume Sorokin attempts to account for the effects these calamities exert on the mental processes behavior social organization and cultural life of the population involved. In what way do famine and pestilence war and revolution tend to modify our mind and conduct our social organization and cultural life? To what extent do they succeed in this and when and why do they prove less effective? What are the causes of these calamities and what are the ways out? In dealing with these problems Sorokin tries to give a detailed description of the typical effects of famine and pestilence war and revolution such as have repeatedly occurred in all major catastrophes of this kind. To use academic language he attempts to formulate the principal uniformities regularly manifested during such calamities. This book is a forgotten masterpiece of explanation and prediction. It opened new fields of study and broadened the scope of existing specialties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527522

Man and the Biosphere:Toward a Coevolutionary Political Economy This four-part monograph traces the dialectical development of economic thought from the Physiocrats through Marx to the present. It is a broad treatment of the history of intellectual thought that bridges economic and the social sciences on the one hand with natural science and biology in particular on the other. The author is concerned with systems theory and treats the economy from the perspective of the biophysical thermodynamic dimensions of the economic processes. He closes his analysis with a discussion of organizational theory that relates to the formation of institutions and the issues of freedom in a technically dominated society. The book comes full circle in examining the moral and ethical concerns that first influenced the Physiocrats and other founding fathers of economic science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315487052

Man and the Marine Environment Marine recreation represents one of the most important uses of our marine and coastal environments.This is a natural result of three things; population density in coastal areas increasing interest in outdoor recreation and the special lure of the sea.What the poet may think of as the lure of the sea today‘s recreation planner would consider a combination of resource-directed and image-directed desires. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895147

Man and the Social Sciences (Routledge Revivals)Twelve lectures delivered at the London School of Economics and Political Science tracing th One of the most significant movements in the world of learning in the twentieth century was the rise and development of the social sciences. However few attempts have been made to see how far social scientists have travelled on the road to studying and understanding human society. First published in 1972 the lectures reprinted in this book aim to trace the development of the social sciences during the twentieth century and to show the role of the London School of Economics and Political Science in this development since it was founded in 1895. Each of the very distinguished lecturers was asked to take the larger view to be critical where necessary to treat his subject in the context of the world of learning. The result is a survey of exceptional interest in which the growth of the social sciences is analysed from a number of contrasting viewpoints each of which ranges widely and often with provocative brilliance over themes that are of general concern. The introduction by Professor W.A. Robson which was not part of the original lecture series is in itself a critical assessment of the field that will be read with close attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679374

Man and the UniverseA Study of the Influence of the Advance in Scientific Knowledge upon our Understanding of Christianity Originally published in 1908 Lodge applies his background in physics to the study of Christian Theology. He aims to reconcile religious doctrine to scientific theory calling for a re-interpretation of biblical texts to allow for the integration of science while simultaneously making a case for the acceptance of miracles in the scientific community. This title will be of interest to students of Religious Studies as well as to general readers interested in problems of existence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192706

Man and Wildlife Originally published in 1975 Man and Wildlife traces the evolution of man from pre-hominid ancestors and his influence in modifying the environment and its flora and fauna as technical knowledge grew. The development of civilization allowed man to dominate the environment; its advance led to the discovery and exploitation of the world’s resources. In spite of all the discoveries of science man’s battle with the adverse forces of wildlife remain un-won and seems likely to stay so for the foreseeable future. The book traces the beginnings of environmental consciousness in the decades preceding its publication. It examines the extent of the human devastation of the environment which has increased with rapid expansion of the world’s human population and the belated efforts to halt the destruction and help wildlife preservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416683

Man for HimselfAn Inquiry into the Psychology of Ethics Erich Fromm fought long and hard for the rights and freedoms of the individual. He also recognized that fundamental to this pursuit is the promotion of self-knowledge. In encouraging people to analyze their own behavior Fromm identified the crucial link between psychology and ethics that underpins all our actions. Moreover he saw in this a way out of the meaningless impasse which he regarded as the plight of the modern human race. The task that Fromm sets himself therefore in Man for Himself is no less than to identify "what man is how he ought to live and how the tremendous energies within man can be released and used productively." The resulting book is ample witness to Fromm's success. It makes for exciting illuminating even life-changing reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129689

Man for HimselfAn Inquiry into the Psychology of Ethics First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875258

Man in AdaptationThe Cultural Present Underlying the anthropological study of man is the principle that there is a reality to which man must adapt if he is to survive. Reproduce and to perpetuate himself. Populations must adapt to the realities of the physical world and maintain a proper "fit" between their biological makeup and the pressures of the various niches of the world in which they seek to live. Social groups where culture is found must develop adaptive mechanisms in the organization of their social relations if there is to be order regularity and predictability in patterns of cooperation and competition and if they are to survive as viable units. This three-volume set of readings presents an introduction to anthropology that is unified and made systematic by focus on adaptations that have accompanied the evolution of man from non-human primate to inhabitant of vast urban areas in modern industrial societies.Man in Adaptation: The Cultural Present introduces Cultural Anthropoloty also from the point of view of adaptation and provides coherence for the study of human societies from man's social beginnings to the present. The book deals sequentially with the more and more complex technologies and political and social structures that have enabled different societies to make effective use of the energy potentials in their habitats.This and the two companion volumes are the first attempt to unify the disparate subject matter of anthropology within a single and powerful explanatory framework. They incorporate the work of the most renowned anthropological experts on man and they illuminate clearly one of the most important concepts around which one can build an investigation of the nature and scope of anthropology itself. For these reasons they are recognized as indispensable reading for every professional anthropologist and as perhaps the best available means of introducing new students to the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527539

Man in AdaptationThe Institutional Framework How do specific activities and institutions in which people are involved fit into the overall adaptive strategy of their society? What are the particular pressures leading to change in each of these spheres when the group's strategy of adaptation changes? What are the human demands made by a hunting-gathering strategy that lead to the development of particular family systems modes of social control religious beliefs and practices values and ideologies and personality structures? What are the new human demands that lead to the reorganization of these aspects of life as the group moves from one level of development to another?Man in Adaptation: The Institutional Framework introduces the institutional psychological and ideological dimensions of the strategies of adaptation that have characterized human societies from the earliest known forms of social life to the present. Cohen includes topics that are of principal anthropological concern notably marriage law and social control religion and magic value systems personality and art.There are no studies that deal with cultural change as such in this book. Where possible Cohen includes articles that deal with changes in particular spheres of activity such as family organization law religion and value systems. He argues that change is not a special situation. Instead culture is change and change is culture and it is unrealistic to study change outside the specific social and technological organization of a given society. This volume unifies the subject matter of anthropology within a single and powerful explanatory framework and incorporates the work of the most renowned anthropological experts on man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527546

Man in Africa Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1969 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861763

Man in His Original DignityLegal Ethics in France This title was first published in 2001. This work explores the professional standards of the French bar as it moves rapidly but with misgivings into a world of competition organization and globalism. It focuses on the ideology of French legal ethics in its historical and social contexts rather than the details of the rules governing avocats. Those rules are technical and in many respects similar to the rules in effect in the USA. But lawyers in France and the United States base their rules on strikingly different pictures of lawyers. French avocats classify their duties as a series of virtues - probity honour and delicacy - to follow one official formulation. By contrast lawyers in the USA to judge from the way they justify their rules consider their fellows scoundrels who without regulation would cheat their clients opposing parties and other lawyers. The author's goal is to describe in their cultural and institutional contexts the professional ideals of the French bar as it remembers its past and faces its future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201951

Man In His Relationships First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875739

Man in Isolation and Confinement This book focuses on those special circumstances in which men (alone or in groups) are isolated or confined for periods of time long enough to affect the way in which they think and behave. Active research in these phenomena initially grew out of a concern about prisoners of war in Korea and the presumed effects of "brainwashing " but this interest has been augmented by the technological advances that have allowed men to enter into isolation situations previously unattainable--in outer space under the sea on the face of the moon or in remote places on the earth's surface. For the scientist himself applications of the knowledge derived from these special situations is obvious. The variety of ways in which the search may be carried on in both the laboratory and "real-life" situations is amply illustrated in the approaches as well as the settings for research that are reviewed in this volume.This book represents the first attempt to cover the total spectrum of isolation and confinement in one volume. The chapters are arranged so as to begin with study of the individual proceed through artificial and natural groups and conclude with broad ecological and taxonomic considerations. Each chapter of the book has its own unique form; however they have been planned and written to address a single central theme--that increased understanding of this important social phenomenon depends upon a spectrum of conceptual and methodological strategy and on a continuing interplay between basic and applied research. The contributors are among the world's recognized experts in the area and because of its breadth the book constitutes an unusually complete reference to contemporary research on isolation. The volume has implications for urban planning and for space and undersea programs and will be useful for teachers and students of applied social and behavioral science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527553

Man in Search of ImmortalityTestimonials from the Hindu Scriptures This book first published in 1968 comprises five articles on the immortality of the soul. According to Hindu tradition this immortality cannot be proved by the scientific method of reasoning – it is based upon scriptural evidence and on the direct experience of enlightened souls. These articles examine the Hindu tradition and provide reasoned support to the scriptures and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146931

Man in the Modern Age (Routledge Revivals) First published in English in 1933 this detailed philosophical examination of the contemporary state and nature of mankind is a seminal work by influential German philosopher Karl Jaspers. Elucidating his theories on a variety of topics pertaining to contemporary and future human existence Man in the Modern Age is an ambitious and wide-ranging work which meditates upon such diverse subjects as the tension between mass-order and individual human life our present conception of human life and the potential for mankind’s future existence. Written shortly before the accession to power of Hitler and National Socialism this is not only an important philosophical work but also an insightful and intriguing historical document. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823690

Man TalkThe Gay Couple's Communication Guide Learn to recognize and resolve communication problems common to gay male relationshipsMan Talk presents effective techniques to help gay couples communicate better on the way to enjoying a fulfilling relationship. This practical guide from the author of Affirmative Gay Relationships examines common problems that create communication difficulties and offers straightforward easy-to-use strategies for understanding feelings resolving arguments expressing anger understanding nonverbal communication improving listening skills expressing love and appreciation and dealing with issues specific to interracial and intercultural relationships. Man Talk explores areas very well known to gay men such as competition the need to “win” arguments and uncertainty about how to handle anger. Written by a licensed clinical social worker this unique book avoids clinical jargon in presenting the thoughts of gay men in multiple detailed vignettes that illustrate effective—and ineffective—communication. This practical guide provides proven methods of avoiding communication “destroyers ” hidden agendas the need to be “right ” and disagreements that become “courtroom” battles and offers effective ways of saying what you really mean listening to your partner dealing with uncomfortable subjects (like sex and money) and recognizing that there are many levels of communication (body movement silence voice inflection etc.) that will significantly impact the quality of interaction between two men. Topics examined in Man Talk include: understanding what effective communication is—and why it’s so important how major misunderstandings can develop—and how to avoid them how communication can be destroyed—and how to prevent it from happening understanding the nature of anger and learning how to manage it understanding male socialization that teaches men to be “in control”learning how to relinquish the need to be in control all of the time how men can “let go” and become aware of accept and communicate their feelings learning how to listen—and not preach how to identify and deal with a relationship that’s in trouble how to communicate appreciation care and love and much more!Man Talk is a must-read for all gay men interested in relationships—past present and future. It’s also an essential professional guide for therapists who work with gay men and for concerned friends of gay men who want to help. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057421

Man the HuntedPrimates Predators and Human Evolution Expanded Edition Man the Hunted argues that primates including the earliest members of the human family have evolved as the prey of any number of predators including wild cats and dogs hyenas snakes crocodiles and even birds. The authors' studies of predators on monkeys and apes are supplemented here with the observations of naturalists in the field and revealing interpretations of the fossil record. Eyewitness accounts of the 'man the hunted' drama being played out even now give vivid evidence of its prehistoric significance.This provocative view of human evolution suggests that countless adaptations that have allowed our species to survive (from larger brains to speech) stem from a considerably more vulnerable position on the food chain than we might like to imagine. The myth of early humans as fearless hunters dominating the earth obscures our origins as just one of many species that had to be cautious depend on other group members communicate danger and come to terms with being merely one cog in the complex cycle of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367097073

Man the Hunter Man the Hunter is a collection of papers presented at a symposium on research done among the hunting and gathering peoples of the world. Ethnographic studies increasingly contribute substantial amounts of new data on hunter-gatherers and are rapidly changing our concept of Man the Hunter. Social anthropologists generally have been reappraising the basic concepts of descent fi liation residence and group structure. This book presents new data on hunters and clarifi es a series of conceptual issues among social anthropologists as a necessary background to broader discussions with archaeologists biologists and students of human evolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527560

Man The MeasureA New Approach To History Man the Measure is the work of a man who has searched passionately for the reasons of the current breakdown of values and ways of life attempting to write history as the biography of man and from it to gain a view of the future of man. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155957

Mana TangataruaMixed heritages ethnic identity and biculturalism in Aotearoa/New Zealand This volume explores mixed race/mixed ethnic identities in Aotearoa/New Zealand. Mixed race and mixed ethnic identity are growing in popularity as research topics around the world. This edited collection looks at mixed race and mixed ethnic identity in New Zealand: a unique context as multiple ethnic identities have been officially recognised for more than 30 years.The book draws upon research across a range of disciplines exploring the historical and contemporary ways in which official and social understandings of mixed race and ethnicity have changed. It focuses on the interactions between race ethnicity national identity indigeneity and culture especially in terms of visibility and self-defined identity in the New Zealand context.Mana Tangatarua situates New Zealand in the existing international scholarship positioning experiences from New Zealand within theoretical understandings of mixedness. The chapters develop wider theories of mixed race and mixed ethnic identity at macro and micro levels looking at the interconnections between the two. The volume as a whole reveals the diverse ways in which mixed race is experienced and understood providing a key contribution to the theory and development of mixed race globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885304

Manabi and Japanese SchoolingBeyond Learning in the Era of Globalisation Manabi and Japanese Schooling: Beyond Learning in the Era of Globalisation considers the theory and practices behind the Japanese concept of Manabi particularly as the progressive concept of learning in the globalised world. It seeks to provide educational visions of Manabi as an alternative concept of learning in the era of post-globalisation. The authors derive different perspectives in Manabi from Eastern philosophy clarifying and comparing with learning and Bildung to give alternative educational discourses. It considers the idea of Confucius and Taoism and studies the practice of minna characterising it as a cooperative and peaceful problem-solving method. Addressing the trend of ‘learnification’ and its contribution to educational reform it explores the impacts conflicts and difficulties of introducing learner-centred education into East Asian educational settings as well as the potential of Manabi as an effective tool for all types of learning. Expertly written and researched this book includes a foreword by Gert Biesta and is a valuable resource for researchers academics and postgraduate students in the field of educational philosophy educational theory and Eastern philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354673

Manage IT as a Business Many IT projects fail to deliver the benefits to the business that were promised. Yet IT managers and staff work hard to meet the needs of the business: Systems are put in place; network operations are reliable and stable. The cause is usually a misalignment of IT with the business. In this book Bennet Lientz and Lee Larssen present over 200 specific practical guidelines and steps that show how to: align IT and the business develop methods that make IT more proactive in helping the business more effectively manage vendors avoid negative surprises ensure that more projects are completed on time and within budget among other things. The techniques in this book have been implemented in over 60 organizations around the world and in over 20 different industries and the authors include several examples in each chapter to illustrate their points. Follow these proven recommendations to manage IT as a business that adds value to the company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148703

Manage Software Testing Whether you are inheriting a test team or starting one up Manage Software Testing is a must-have resource that covers all aspects of test management. It guides you through the business and organizational issues that you are confronted with on a daily basis explaining what you need to focus on strategically tactically and operationally. Using a risk-based approach the author addresses a range of questions about software product development. The book covers unit system and non-functional tests and includes examples on how to estimate the number of bugs expected to be found the time required for testing and the date when a release is ready. It weighs the cost of finding bugs against the risks of missing release dates or letting bugs appear in the final released product. It is imperative to determine if bugs do exist and then be able to metric how quickly they can be identified the cost they incur and how many remain in the product when it is released. With this book test managers can effectively and accurately establish these parameters. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367387709

Managed Care QualityA Practical Guide Managed care organizations are paving the way to the future of health care delivery in the United States and countries around the world. As managed care systems evolve a major concern is quality. Managed Care Quality: A Practical Guide is a collection of applications and experiences gathered from practicing health professionals in the field of managed care. This first "how to" guide was written to help managed care organizations meet the common objective of ensuring the best quality of services and care. Managed Care Quality: A Practical Guide presents successive steps in implementing quality in health care organizations. It introduces the methods skills and practices involved in quality health care programs and offers solutions to problems typically encountered in managed care. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003075974

Managed CarePractice and Progress First Published in 2018. CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384771

Managed Health Care in the New MillenniumInnovative Financial Modeling for the 21st Century David Samuels a leading authority on financial models in healthcare draws on his multidisciplinary background in all aspects of managed care to provide an expansive yet detailed perspective of this complex field. Grounded in evidence-based modeling the book’s multidisciplinary focus puts the spotlight on core concepts from the standpoints of health plans hospitals physician practice and their respective integrated network models. You’ll learn what happened when a country’s national health care plan is developed with problematic underwriting why hospitals will always be victimized at their payer’s bargaining table and even how to improve the current primary care shortage at both 50% less provider costs as well as with triple their members’ compliance in wellness care. The book gives you the critical tools to stay ahead of the learning curve engage patients to take responsibility for their own and their family’s health status and improve your differentiation in a RAPIDLY changing marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439840306

Managed in Hong KongAdaptive Systems Entrepreneurship and Human Resources Hong Kong faces a new or renewed set of challenges linked to the up-grading of human resources shifts in industrial structure and emerging market demands. The contributors examine and analyse aspects of business and management in Hong Kong. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039718

Managed Lives: Psychoanalysis inner security and the social orderPsychoanalysis and the Administrative Task An inherent tension exists in the history of psychoanalysis and its applications between the concepts of freedom and security. In Managed Lives this tension is explored from the point of view of therapeutic experience. Set against the background of Freud’s contested legacy the book examines ways of managing oneself under psychiatric supervision in the analytic encounter and in the emotional and moral contexts of everyday life. Through a series of detailed case studies Steven Groarke addresses therapeutic experience as a formation of managed society examining the work of Donald Winnicott on types of management Colin Murray Parkes on bereavement and Anthony Giddens on the sociological appropriation of psychoanalysis. Managed Lives forms an original critical analysis of contemporary managerial culture and its self-reflexive project as well as presenting the idea of management as a source of inner security and vital morality. Presented in three parts the book addresses: The Criterion of Maturity The Reflexive Norm The Managed Society Together the book’s arguments provide a fresh and challenging perspective on post-Freudian uses of faith the risks of critical rationality and the difficulties of living an ethical life under modern conditions. Managed Lives is ideal for academics and research students working on psychoanalytic studies social theory and mental health studies as well as students and trainees taking courses in psychotherapy counselling social work and health and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415692205

Managed Mental Health CareMajor Diagnostic And Treatment Approaches Published in 1997 Managed Mental health Care is a valuable contribution to the field of Psychiatry/Clinical Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203766040

Managed Service Restructuring in Health CareA Strategic Approach in a Competitive Environment Survival in the growing managed care environment requires the integration of financial analysis market appraisal and administrative management. The authors of Managed Service Restructuring in Health Care provide a unique tool for readers to enable them to make these successful management decisions in restructuring services. The unique approach in this book assists health care managers and prospective managers as they seek to solve the problem of how to deal with health care services that appear to be no longer productive. In Managed Service Restructuring in Health Care the authors provide a solid theoretical base for what they have developed in MSR (Managed Service Restructuring)--a conscious--not crisis--management tool. They prepare readers for implementing MSR techniques by describing them in detail for their application to readers’situations. MSR approaches to planned health care management as introduced in this book help administrators channel scarce resources to the services the community wants and needs most. Facts and cases are offered as examples of when and how MSR techniques have been applied successfully. The authors also include failure cases where if MSR techniques had been followed health care providers would have survived in several communities.Incorporate the information in this book to enhance long-range planning and prevent closure of health care services needed by the community. Along with financial and marketing tools necessary for long-range planning Goldman and Mukherjee list warning signals that alert professionals to the need to review the services and products offered. They also fully explore these areas: Product Life Cycle Boston Consulting Group’s Portfolio of Business (Growth Share Matrix) Product Development Product Planning Public Service of Health Care Providers Centers of Excellence Service Diversification/Consolidation Investment/Disinvestment Criteria Marketing in Competitive Environment for Health ServicesHealth care managers hospital administrators and students in health services management programs can benefit from the focus on conscious planning in Managed Service Restructuring in Health Care. While many of the examples take place within acute care hospitals the MSR approach and this book are designed to assist any health care administrator or manager. With knowledge of when and how services can be prolonged professionals can more effectively lead their health care provider into a more competitive environment. The analyses used in the book should enhance many readers’knowledge of basic marketing and financial principles and theories important to restructuring and providing health services today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995536

Management In this classic text Peter Drucker studies how modern-day managers whether in business or public service can perform effectively. He takes an international view exploring management problems in Great Britain Western Europe Japan and LatinAmerica and suggests how these problems can be tackled. The interactions between manager the institution and the social and cultural environment are penetratingly examined and the book is enhanced by telling examples from a wide spectrum of experience.The essence of management is performance. And it is the management and managers of our institutions - business and government educational and multinational - that will determine our future. The purpose of this landmark study is to prepare today's and tomorrow's managers for their tasks and responsibilities and to enable them to meet the formidable challenge ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129467

Management Education and CompetitivenessEurope Japan and the United States Globally two processes are striking about modern management education. Firstly management education is changing rapidly to meet new challenges from business and governments and to improve competitiveness. Secondly management education has become one of the fastest growing areas in higher education.Management Education and Competitiveness provides a wide overview including studies by scholars in nine countries in Europe Japan and the United States. It examines how countries have developed different national courses in spite of strong influence from the American system of management education. It also examines the links between education and business. This collection of essays will be invaluable to managers and professionals in educational research and business administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203352564

Management Information and Educational EngineeringProceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Management Information and Education This book contains selected Computer Management Information and Educational Engineering related papers from the 2014 International Conference on Management Information and Educational Engineering (MIEE 2014) which was held in Xiamen China on November 22-23 2014. The conference aimed to provide a platform for researchers engineers and academics as well as industrial professionals from all over the world to present their research results and development activities in Computer Management Information and Educational Engineering. The papers have been grouped under the following overarching themes: Computer Science and Information Engineering New Technologies in Education and Sports and Engineering Management Production Management Business and Economics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027282

Management Organisation and Ethics in the Public Sector This title was first published in 2003. Over the past two decades in Australia and other developed nations public sector management philosophies and how the public sector is organised have changed dramatically. At the same time there have been many demands and several attempts to preserve and promote ethical behaviour within the public sector - though few go much beyond the publication of a Code. Both developments require an understanding of how public organisations operate in this new environment. Organisational and management theory are seen as providing important potential insights into the opportunities and pitfalls for building ethics into the practices culture and norms of public organisations. This book brings together the experience and research of a range of 'reflective practitioners' and 'engaged academics' in public sector management organisational theory management theory public sector ethics and law. It addresses what management and organisation theory might suggest about the nature of public organisations and the institutionalisation of ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711686

Management Organization and FearCauses Consequences and Strategies Fear is a fundamental emotion a process combining four elements: physiological arousal subjective feelings cognitive interpretation and behavioural expression. The notion of fear is related to such terms as apprehension uncertainty risk anxiety horror. Fear has always accompanied people. It is ubiquitous but its level rises when people pursue tasks or objectives are controlled or assessed. Hence its strong presence in management processes. This book illustrates various types of fear its sources and consequences as well as reduction methods. The authors discuss notions related to fear (e.g. uncertainty anxiety) the significance of fear and its roles from the points of view of business owners employees trade unions and managers as well as the roles of fear in various management concepts. They present various methods and tactics of employee intimidation including humiliation false accusations excessive control blackmail bullying and harassment. The objective of Management Organization and Fear: Causes Consequences and Strategies to make the reader aware of economic and social benefits available if an organizational environment is free from fear. It aims to ensure that the reader knows how to reduce fear and how to defend against its negative consequences and will therefore be of value to researchers academics managers and students in the fields of organizational studies human resource management work and organizational psychology and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367479848

Management Organizations and Contemporary Social Theory Social theorists speculate about large-scale social questions asking of any phenomenon how is it possible? This book addresses how various social theories contribute key insights into the nature of organizations and management. The cast of characters to be found in this book have had a transcendental impact including on the practices of the management and organization disciplines. For students however engaging with social theory in a conversation that is much broader and potentially richer than those that may have been previously encountered is not at first easy. The question is where to begin: this book provides answers. Drawing on research from international contributors this valuable textbook is an essential resource for students and introduces key social theories and theorists making them accessible to a management audience. The chapters include objectives and end-of-chapter reflective questions as well as a glossary for readers grappling with new terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233778

Management Performance and Applications of Micro Irrigation Systems Management Performance and Applications of Micro Irrigation Systems the fourth volume in the Research Advances in Sustainable Micro Irrigation series emphasizes sustainable and meaningful methods of irrigation to counter rampant water scarcity. In many parts of the world this scarcity significantly affects crop yield crop quality and consequently human quality of life. This important volume presents the best management practices in sustainable micro irrigation with the goal of increasing crop yield and quality and conserving water. The practices described are practical and attainable and are based on research and studies from many areas of the world including India South Africa and other areas. The applications described can be adapted and applied to many regions with a critical need to address the water crisis in crop production. The practices and applications presented include: • Partial root-zone surface drip irrigation • Effective maintenance techniques • Web-based irrigation scheduling • Water use efficiency methods • The use of flushing and filtration systems This valuable book is a must for those struggling to find ways to address the need to maintain efficient crop production in the midst of water shortages. With chapters from hands-on experts in the field the book will be an invaluable reference and guide to effective micro irrigation methods. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880695

Management Social Work and Change This title was first published in 2000:  This text focuses on developments in social work and its management. In doing so it is of necessity multi-disciplinary: research and literature from the fields of management organization and social policy as well as social work are drawn upon. The major theme of the book is change which paradoxically appears to be the major constant. Change is everywhere and living with change is part of the "modern condition". As the various transformations of social work are articulated their influence becomes apparent. Each process will constitute a theme around which the content of this book is introduced. Although these processes are interdependent each will be dealt with in turn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733855

Management Society and the Informal Economy Informal economic activity defined as exchanges made by individuals and organizations in extra-legal or non-bureaucratic contexts represents a significant and growing share of global economic activity. The informal economy brings to mind images of street vendors in markets and bazaars throughout the developing world; indeed informal economic activity ranges from 25-75% of economic activity depending on the country under study. Informal activity also includes "under the table " or "off the books" business in the developed world such as informal labor arrangements in child care construction or home cleaning in the United States or Western Europe. What many fail to realize however is the increasing presence of informal economic activity in the developed world’s largest corporations and most innovative entrepreneurial ventures such as technology development work in Silicon Valley open source software agreements or employment arrangements between "technology stars" and firms. Management Society and the Informal Economy brings to light the role of the informal economy in the 21st century. The book does more than illuminate however – it also calls for increased focus on the informal economy by management scholars. Each chapter contains a call to action as well as practical and methodological advice for scholarship on the topic. Management Society and the Informal Economy contains a multi-faceted set of arguments descriptions and illustrations designed to convince management scholars that they should attend to the informal economy and view it as a serious and rigorous context for theorizing empirical research and even practical advocacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617810

Management Accounting Understand how to integrate management accounting into your TQM and JIT systems * Learn how to use Value Added Accounting to make better strategic decisions * Find out how to use advanced costing techniques to correctly price products and services * Trace the development of modern best practice back to the breakthrough insights of the field's leading expertsEvery modern company now has to compete in a market environment that is becoming ever faster more complex and competitive. Management accounting must respond to these changes otherwise its risks becoming irrelevant to real business needs. This book demonstrates how the discipline can raise itself up to a new level of performance allowing it to cope with challenges such as flexible manufacturing systems flatter and leaner organisations strategic alliances and globalisation. It explains how cutting edge management accounting techniques can transform a firm's operations and prospects enabling it to become the best of the best. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080938943

Management Accounting ChangeApproaches and Perspectives Written by two experienced lecturers this is the first student-centered textbook to bridge the technical and theoretical aspects of management accounting change. Packed full of pedagogical features including mini-cases learning outcomes key terms article summaries key concept boxes real-world cases chapter summaries and further reading suggestions and resources it is clear and accessibly written covering all the major emerging topics in management accounting theory. Discussing technical developments in management accounting from conventional cost accounting to contemporary strategic management accounting and beyond in four parts it: shows how conventional cost accounting techniques and management control models evolved in line with the development of mass production and bureaucracy explores how recent developments such as customer and strategic orientations in business flexible manufacturing post-bureaucracy network and virtual organizational technologies implicate in management accounting provides a number of alternative theories through which the transition of management accounting from mechanistic to post-mechanistic approaches can be explained – elaborating both rational and interpretive/critical theories. This excellent text meets a desperate need for an advanced management accounting textbook that incorporates theory and practice and is accessible and engaging for all those studying in this challenging area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815274

Management Accounting for Beginners Accounting skills are increasingly important in many walks of life. In education these skills are becoming vital beyond business accounting and economics students; in work accounting is no longer an outsourced specialism across all sectors. This concise book provides readers with a primer on accounting which focuses on its uses for managers. Beginning with the basics of financial accounting the main part of the book focuses on the more applicable role and use of management accounting. Topics covered include budgeting break-even analysis performance measurement and investment appraisal. Features to aid understanding include worked activities; discussion points and numerical example with answers. With additional online resources for further study this unique and focused text will be welcomed by all those looking to develop an employable competency in accounting and finance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351221

Management Accounting for Hotels and Restaurants The book gives practical instruction and guidance in the use of accounting for effective control and higher profit in hotel and catering operations. The author covers all aspects of the subject setting arguments and examples in a real context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143166

Management Accounting in a Dynamic Environment Whether students pursue a professional career in accounting or in other areas of management they will interact with accounting systems. In all organizations managers rely on management accounting systems to provide information to deal with changes in their operating environment. This book provides students and managers with an understanding and appreciation of the strengths and limitations of an organization’s accounting system and enables them to be intelligent and critical users of the system. The text highlights the role of management accounting as an integral part of the organization’s strategy and not merely a set of individual concepts and computations. An analytical framework for organizational change is used throughout the book to underscore how organizations must adapt to create customer and organizational value. This framework provides a way to examine and analyze the organization’s accounting system and as a basis for evaluating proposed changes to the system. With international examples that bring the current business environment to the forefront problems and cases to promote critical thinking and online support for students and instructors Management Accounting in a Dynamic Environment is no mere introductory textbook. It prepares readers to use accounting systems intelligently to achieve organizational success. The authors have identified several cases to accompany each chapter in the textbook. These are available through Ivey Publishing: https://www.iveycases.com/CaseMateBookDetail.aspx?id=434 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415839020

Management Accounting in Public Service Decision Making Radical changes to public service delivery have swept across many regions of the world. Management accounting methods are vital to support operational and strategic decision making in public services internationally. This book provides a comprehensive and “leading-edge” guide to the topic. Written by an expert scholar with practical experience of public service delivery the book takes account of key trends such as increased demand for public services financial austerity technological change and enhanced performance management. A globally relevant book informed by cutting edge academic research and benefitting from integrated case studies this is essential reading for both students and practitioners involved with the financial aspects of public services management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366176

Management Accounting Research (RLE Accounting)A Review and Annotated Bibliography This bibliography presents a review of trends in management accounting research and a classified annotated listing of over 600 works in the area. It is intended to help the accounting researcher or student who wishes to review the development of the literature in management accounting over many years. The book traces this development from 1926 to 1982 through the primary academic journals. This review has focussed on accounting literature and includes only those works from outside the accounting literature that were seminal in defining and introducing a research area and were frequently referenced in the accounting literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980266

Management Accounting Research in PracticeLessons Learned from an Interventionist Approach Many scholars have claimed that management accounting research has lost its pragmatic relevancy and interventionist research has been proposed as one way to produce theories with increased practical implications. In interventionist research active participation in the field is regarded as an asset rather than a liability. Despite the methodological debate on interventionist research there is lack of empirical studies on how interventionist research actually helps to produce theories with such pragmatic relevance. The lack of empirical studies has perhaps resulted in a too narrow connotation to the research approach. This book attempts to shed light on the various nuances of interventionist research and the positions a researcher can occupy when trying to produce contributions associated with both theoretical and pragmatic relevance. This book is based on various research projects focusing on different aspects of management accounting during the past ten years. To spice up the academic debate the book also provides managerial perspectives on interventionist management accounting research with interesting new insights. In addition to management accounting the ideas of interventionist research can also be applied in other management fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959767

Management and Administration of Rehabilitation Programmes First published in 1984 Management and Administration of Rehabilitation Programmes addresses issues in management and administration across a wide range of areas relating to the education welfare and quality of life of those with disabilities. The book covers a variety of topics including employment the establishment of service priorities and the evaluation of services and promotion of innovation. In each case problems in management and administration are highlighted and explored. Management and Administration of Rehabilitation Programmes will be of interest to administrators and students of the history of special education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367627249

Management and Business Skills in the Built Environment The third book in this series is written by a team of interdisciplinary teachers and professionals led by Mike Waterhouse and Geoff Crook is aimed at students and professionals in the built environment who wish to develop their management and business skills. In a rapidly changing world where techniques and custom and practice can date soon after discovery where organisations are constantly changing shape and style to cope with rapid technological economic political and social change there is a need for managers and built environment professionals who know how to learn who are self-aware enough to know when they don't know and who have the confidence and personal substance to be able to initiate the required learning activites when necessary. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138414259

Management and Competition in the NHS This second edition reviews recent reforms and the likely impact of future developments in management and competition in the NHS. In particular it reflects the growing importance of primary care and the continuing debates about health care rationing. It concentrates on the realities and how they can be interpreted to help strategists managers clinicians students and those supplying the NHS understand the mechanism of efficient health care delivery. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375793

Management and Engineering of Fire Safety and Loss PreventionOnshore and offshore The papers presented deal with the general methods and techniques from a range of disciplines as they can be applied to specific engineering and fire safety situations. The circumstances described include a variety of large scale plant applications in the petrochemical industry.  As such this book is a valuable reference for fire engineers petroleum engineers and legislators working in today's multi-disciplinary design engineering team. These proceedings address five major areas of importance on and offshore: risk assessment operations and operational safety research risk reduction and design safety detection and control and protective systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580056

Management and IndustryCase studies in UK industrial history This shortform book presents key peer-reviewed research selected by expert series editors and contextualised by new analysis from each author on how the specific field addressed has evolved. With contributions on the ‘historic turn’ in management studies workers’ rights occupational health industrial networks and the development of the organisation practices and principles of large UK businesses this volume provides an array of fascinating insights into industrial history. Of interest to business and economic historians this shortform book also provides analysis and illustrative case-studies that will be valuable reading across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024109

Management and Information TechnologyChallenges for the Modern Organization Information technology has come to play an important role in organizations over the last few decades. Though it began as an entity dealt with by specialists IT has evolved to become an everyday tool with both operational and strategic impacts. Most modern organizations have adopted different forms of IT and become dependent on their computer-based information systems and their peripherals for everyday operations. Information technology offers opportunities to increase efficiency customer value and competitiveness. Given the financial investment in IT required by organizations to remain competitive IT has become a resource that needs to be managed. Management and Information Technology evaluates organizations’ utilization of IT including knowledge management and e-learning accounting and business relationships. Presenting theories to help the reader understand the varying roles IT can occupy in different organizations this volume illustrates the ways in which IT has become a key strategic tool. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138203105

Management and International Business Issues in Jordan Understand the economic cultural and enterprise issues facing the Arab countries of the Middle East!Jordan is playing a vital role in the economic and political transformation of the Middle East but little research has been done on its business climate. Management and International Business Issues in Jordan fills that gap. This groundbreaking volume spans the social cultural economic and enterprise issues facing Jordan as seen by Arab managers academics finance professionals and business leaders. Many experts believe that Jordan has the potential to become another Singapore. Management and International Business Issues in Jordan suggests ways your company can be among the first to establish profitable business enterprises in this strategically placed nation. It analyzes corporate culture and the best tactics for consolidating your firm’s economic position.Management and International Business Issues in Jordan provides empirical research and pragmatic advice on how to make your business in Jordan a success including: reducing high transaction costs working with not against the prevailing corporate culture understanding why multinational corporations should choose a joint venture strategy as the most effective way to establish a presence encouraging the growth of business and the involvement of entrepreneurs improving the local infrastructure to attract international investment responding positively to the challenges of reform and internationalization understanding the complex historical factors that still influence Jordan’s economy recognizing the sources of job satisfaction in traditional Arab corporate cultureWhether your business is based in Jordan or you are planning to expand to that market Management and International Business Issues in Jordan provides the information you need to make your venture a success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048641

Management and Marketing of Services This second edition of The Management and Marketing of Services builds on the success of the first edition and now includes increased coverage of many key areas extensive examples and case studies. This second edition looks closely at relationship marketing and public sector issues as well as providing expanded sections on: the definition of services expectations competitive advantage pricing of services segmentation/positioning of services the service encounter and service employees. The Management and Marketing of Services is a highly accessible text ideal for practitioners and students looking for a comprehensive treatment of this subject area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466814

Management and Military StudiesClassical and Current Foundations This book connects findings and insights authored by famous scholars in management and organization studies with challenges the military is facing today. One assumes that management and organization studies is only about the rational predictable and manageable and that military action is predominately irrational unpredictable and unmanageable; both assumptions are wrong. This book argues that the discipline of management and organization studies is highly relevant for the military in both peace- and wartime conditions and for any situation in between. In all conditions the giant and complex military organization needs to be structured processed administrated led and accounted for. Each chapter presented in this volume focuses on the contributions of founding thinkers in management and organization studies with their work translated and applied to the military setting. These scholars are drawn from a variety of backgrounds including organizational sociology economics political science psychology and engineering. Although the work of only a few explicitly refers to the military the contributions of all these scholars are relevant in order to come to grips with security and military affairs. Together with many other academics’ work the contributions of these 18 scholars constitute the core of the field of management and organization studies. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies management studies and organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198978

Management and NeoliberalismConnecting Policies and Practices After the financial collapse of 2008 and the bailing out of banks in the US and the UK the long-term viability of the neoliberal doctrine has come under new scrutiny. The elimination of regulatory control the financialization of the economy including the growth of increasingly complex financial innovations and the dominance of a rentier class have all been subject to thorough criticism. Despite the unexpected meltdown of the financial system and the substantial costs for restoring the finance industry critics contend that the same decision-makers remain in place and few substantial changes to regulatory control have been made. Even though neoliberal thinking strongly stresses the role of the market and market-based transactions the organization theory and management literature has been marginally concerned with neoliberalism as a political agenda and economic policy. This book examines the consequences of neoliberalism for management thinking and management practice. Managerial practices in organizations are fundamentally affected by a political agenda emphasizing competition and innovation. Concepts such as auditing corporate social responsibility shareholder value and boundariless careers are some examples of managerial terms and frameworks that are inextricably entangled with the neoliberal agenda. This book introduces the literature on neoliberalism its history and controversies and demonstrates where neoliberal thinking has served to rearticulate managerial practice including in the areas of corporate governance human resource management and regulatory control of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617278

Management and Organization in Germany This highly original and carefully researched work outlines the relationship between national and organizational culture empirically investigates forms of organizational culture in Germany and considers how economic performance and innovation are consequently affected. It charts the historical and intellectual origins of German national culture and presents a cultural account of the country's economic development modes of commercial cooperation and current reform problems. Taking liberal political theory as its basis the book identifies remainders of clan thinking and patronage - as well as pessimism and fear of modernity - as Germany's cultural burdens that hamper reform and innovation. Management and Organization in Germany suggests a combination of institutional and cultural approaches to Germany's modernization based on local but bold reform initiatives. This book combines history political theory and administrative science and conveys management thinking and the current reform debates in Germany to a global readership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390367

Management and Organization of Temporary Agency Work Over the past two decades the use of flexible employment relations has increased in most developed countries. The growth of temporary agency work constitutes a significant component of this development. Organizations are now facing the challenges of managing a ‘blended workforce’ i.e. a workforce consisting of both direct hires and contractors. At a time when Europe as well as the rest of the world is facing enhanced global competition and a severe labor market crisis an understanding of temporary employment practices becomes all the more acute. With the evolution of the use of agency work in the Western world over the past decade the chapters in this volume show how a focus on the management and organization of temporary agency work can be helpful to see possibilities and pitfalls for the use of temporary employment in the wake of changed employment practices and challenges to labor market stability and welfare structures. Together the new case studies presented in this volume provide a wide scope of analysis of the organization and management of temporary agency work offering a much-needed contribution to the discussion of issues and priorities that guide and shape organizational practices today. Its particular uniqueness lies in the empirical richness and variety of local case studies and the way in which these are related to wider policy aims ideological shifts and the dynamics of organizational practice with a particular focus on the organization and management of ‘blended workforces’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617285

Management and Organizational HistoryA Research Overview Management and organizational history has grown into an established field of research with competing and contrasting approaches and methods that are relevant for management and organization studies. This short-form book provides readers with expert insights on intellectual interventions in management and organization history. The authors illuminate the central ideas works and theorists involved in forming the link between history management and organization studies particularly focusing on the debates addressing the need for a 'historic turn' in management and organizational studies. With coverage of nascent schools of thought in management historiography such as ANTi-History revisionist history counter-history rhetorical history the Copenhagen School microhistory critical realist histories alongside existing modernist and post-modernist approaches as well as postcolonial decolonial and feminist critiques the book is essential reading for scholars and students learning or exploring the role of history in management and organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138485891

Management and Organizations in Transitional China China’s 30-year market transition and its integration into the world economy provide a unique opportunity for exploring the nature of large-scale economic and political transformation and the mechanisms underlying organizational behavior during such a transition. Management and Organizations in Transitional China explores how managers and firms cope with transition-related challenges by adapting to manipulating or even creating the complex institutional environment. This book examines the way transitional institutions shape individual decisions and organizational strategies the mechanisms that promote the diffusion of innovative management practices and economic policies and the formation and evolution of interfirm networks. Based on a comprehensive review of the studies on market transition this book investigates how firms manage their relationship with important stakeholders in the environment. It highlights the importance of network-based strategies for institutionally less-advantaged actors (like private firms foreign entrants and entrepreneurs) to establish legitimacy gain institutional support and mobilize financial resources. Moreover this book studies the mechanisms that facilitate the adoption of innovative management practices and economic policies in the transitional context comparing the mainstream diffusion theories and evaluating the relative potency of the diffusion drivers. Furthermore Management and Organizations in Transitional China provides empirical analyses using longitudinal data of alliance formation network evolution and the effect of both alliance formation and network evolution on firm decision-making and performance. Combining theory data analysis and rich contextual description to provide a comprehensive understanding of the organizational transition process this book will appeal to scholars and practitioners in general management organizational studies international business entrepreneurship and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617582

Management and Regulation of Pension SchemesAustralia a Cautionary Tale Perhaps the greatest long-term challenge facing modern economies is how to pay for the living expenses and care costs of the elderly. Following policy decisions made in Australia in the 1990s a substantial part of the pension requirements of the next cohort of retirees will be met from savings accumulated during working years. The effective management of these savings is crucial. If they are invested wisely the assets available to fund pensions and care will grow; if not available funds may turn out to be insufficient. Unfortunately there is considerable evidence worldwide that the management of funds attracts rent-seeking behaviour by the financial services industry which erodes much of the potential return.Australia introduced compulsory superannuation contributions for its working population in 1991 leading to a proliferation of funded schemes that are largely run by the private sector. Complexity and many degrees of separation between fund members and those who manage their funds have emerged as serious problems. Combined with weak competitive pressures and governance systems and insufficient legal and regulatory constraints the result is a system that does not serve its members well.This book provides a detailed evaluation of the Australian experience highlights the extent to which the financial services industry has extracted rents from Australian pensioners and how and why this occurred. Based on original empirical research and examination of industry reviews and relevant literature the book demonstrates the numerous principal–agent conflict of interest and rent extraction problems that have emerged in Australia. The book makes suggestions for how these problems can be addressed in Australia and also provides lessons for other countries wishing to enact pension reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591830

Management and Society in Sweden This study originally published in 1986 examines the general characteristics of Swedish management the relevant aspects of Swedish history and society and explores the relationship between them. The character of Sweden’s management and industrial life is the product of wider social and cultural influence. This title will be of interest to students of economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573079

Management and Supervisory Practices for Environmental ProfessionalsAdvanced Competencies Volume II Based on the lifelong experiences of two authors as supervisors and teachers the Fourth Edition of this bestseller provides up-to-date information for newly promoted or management-aspiring professionals and engineers in the fields of environmental health occupational health and safety water and wastewater treatment public health and many others. This second volume explains the advanced principles that supervisors need to understand the art of communications resolving communications problems and the supervisor/manager’s role in teaching counseling and managing employee performance and employee health and safety. In addition to those already practicing professionals in their fields this book is an excellent resource for students interested in learning management skills prior to entering the workforce. Features of the Fourth Edition Helps to understand and utilize organizational structure to facilitate problem solving Offers a practical set of methods tools and techniques all illustrated and easy to understand for achieving leadership qualities Provides concise but essential discussion material for each topic using the practical art of communications Includes thorough updates and many new case problems with answers provided Introduces self-testing questions for different situations and practical exercises utilizing an individual’s own work experience for answers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367678449

Management and Supervisory Practices for Environmental ProfessionalsBasic Principles Volume I Based on the lifelong experiences of two authors as supervisors and teachers the Fourth Edition of this bestseller provides up-to-date information for newly promoted or management-aspiring professionals and engineers in the fields of environmental health occupational health and safety water and wastewater treatment public health and many others. This first volume explains through nine sets of tools the basic principles supervisors need to understand the structure of their organization what leadership is how to effectively plan and budget how to manage other people and best practices for achieving success in a management position. In addition to those already practicing professionals in their fields this book is an excellent resource for students interested in learning management skills prior to entering the workforce. Features of the Fourth Edition Helps to understand and utilize organizational structure to facilitate problem solving Offers a practical set of methods tools and techniques all illustrated and easy to understand for achieving leadership qualities Provides concise but essential discussion material for each topic using the practical art of communications Includes thorough updates and many new case problems with answers provided Introduces self-testing questions for different situations and practical exercises utilizing an individual’s own work experience for answers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367675202

Management and Supervisory Practices for Environmental ProfessionalsTwo Volume Set Based on the lifelong experiences of two authors as supervisors and teachers the Fourth Edition of this bestseller provides up-to-date information for newly promoted or management-aspiring professionals and engineers in the fields of environmental health occupational health and safety water and wastewater treatment public health and many others. The first volume explains through nine sets of tools the basic principles supervisors need to understand the structure of their organization what leadership is how to effectively plan and budget how to manage other people and best practices for achieving success in a management position. The second volume explains the advanced principles that supervisors need to understand the art of communications resolving communications problems and the supervisor/manager’s role in teaching counseling and managing employee performance and employee health and safety. In addition to those already practicing professionals in their fields this book is an excellent resource for students interested in learning management skills prior to entering the workforce. Features of the Fourth Edition Helps to understand and utilize organizational structure to facilitate problem solving Offers a practical set of methods tools and techniques all illustrated and easy to understand for achieving leadership qualities Provides concise but essential discussion material for each topic using the practical art of communications Includes thorough updates and many new case problems with answers provided Introduces self-testing questions for different situations and practical exercises utilizing an individual’s own work experience for answers Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367679163

Management and Technological Challenges in the Digital Age Businesses operate amid a digital age and unsurprisingly technology has engendered tools that now predominate all corners of the workplace. The ascendancy of new hardware and software poses new challenges for professionals in the field of management and human resources as corporations and companies routinely implement and incorporate digital software for goals such as improving worker productivity and tasks such as screening highly qualified candidates for vacancies. In the face of rapid change professionals must investigate how the use of digital technology affects the culture of hiring processes employee morale company management and corporate image. This book aims to promote research related to these new trends and open a new field within the areas of management and engineering. Through the course of nine chapters contributors to Management and Technological Challenges in the Digital Age grapple with the theoretical and practical implications that technological usage carries across the range of small and large organizations in the world of business. Focuses on the latest research findings that are occurring in this field in different countries Shows how companies around the world are facing today's technological challenges Shares knowledge and insights on an international scale Keeps the readers and researchers informed about the latest developments in the field and forthcoming international studies Explains how the use of technology allows management to take a more strategic role in organizations This book affords a thorough engagement with the progresses and setbacks made through the enlistment of technological equipment and computerized procedures in the field of human resources and management while interrogating the future challenges of technology’s role. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498787604

Management and Technology in Knowledge Service Tourism & Hospitality Management and Technology in Knowledge Service Tourism and Hospitality contains papers covering a wide range of topics in the fields of knowledge and service management web intelligence tourism and hospitality. This overview of current state of affairs and anticipated developments will be of interest to researchers entrepreneurs and students alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001336

Management and the Arts The fifth edition of Management and the Arts discusses the theory and practical applications from all arts management perspectives including planning marketing finance economics organization staffing and group dynamics. Revised to reflect the latest thinking and trends in managing organizations and people this fifth edition features class-tested questions in each chapter which help students to integrate the material and develop ideas about how the situations and problems could have been handled. Statistics and real-world examples illustrate all aspects of arts managements from budgeting and fundraising to e-marketing and social networking to working effectively with boards and staff members. Case studies focus on the challenges facing managers and organizations every day and "In the News" quotes provide real-world examples of principles and theories. Students in Arts Management university courses along with arts managers in a theatre museum dance company  and opera will gain useful insights into strategic planning organization and integrated management theories with this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415663298

Management and the Sustainability ParadoxReconnecting the Human Chain Management and the Sustainability Paradox is about how humans became disconnected from their ecological environment throughout evolutionary history. Begining with the premise that people have competing innate natural drives linked to survival. Survival can be thought of in the context of long-term genetic propagation of a species but at the same time it involves overcoming of immediate adversities. Due to a diverse set of survival challenges facing our ancestors natural selection often favored short-term solutions which by consequence muted the motivations associated with longer-range sustainability values. Managerial decisions and choices mostly adopt a moral calculus of costs versus benefits. Managers invoke economic and corporate growth to justify virtually any action. It is this moral calculus underlying corporate behavior that needs critical examination and reformation. At the heart of it lie deep moral questions that we examine in this book with the goal of proposing ethical solutions to the paradox. Management and the Sustainability Paradox examines the issue that there appears to be an inherent paradox between what some businesses view as "a need for progress" and " a concern for sustainability". In business we often see a collision between ideas of progress and sustainability which shapes corporate actions and managerial decisions. Typical corporate views of progress involve the creation of wealth jobs innovative products and social philanthropic projects. On the basis of these "progressive" actions they justify their inequitable distribution of surpluses by paying low wages and exploiting ecological resources. It is not difficult to see the antagonistic interplay between technological and social innovation with our values for social and environmental well-being and a dualism that needs to be overcome. This book is intended for a broad appeal to an academic and policy maker audience in the sustainability and management fields. The book will be of vital reading for managers seeking to reconnect our human chain with the natural environment in the cause of sustainable business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204782

Management Aptitude of Entrepreneurs First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995543

Management Audit Approach in Writing Business History (RLE Accounting)A Comparison with Kennedy’s Technique on Railroad History This study adds both knowledge and method in the writing of business history. The author proposes that a preliminary management audit can be devised and utilized to gather data analyse and compare longitudinally the quality of management existing in organizations. This book modifies a methodological tool for measuring analysing and comparing managements to aid in the writing of business history. It establishes criteria and examples of excellent management from a sample of the USA’s first large-scale organization – the railroads. Prior to the 1870s the railroads were the only big business in the USA and the early ones emerged as a managerial problem which made obsolescent traditional structures and concepts and required effective management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980273

Management Basics for Information Professionals Since its initial publication this text has served as an essential resource for both LIS students and practitioners. Journal of Hospital Librarianship deemed it ‘a librarian’s dream… very forward-thinking.’ The new fourth edition offers an updated comprehensive examination of the myriad of basic skills effective library managers must exercise throughout their careers. Throughout the authors pay close attention to management in ‘new normal’ straitened economic conditions and the pervasive impact of technology on a library manager’s role. This book to quote Australian Library Journal is ‘a recommended text for library science students but is also an excellent source of information for career librarians wanting to refresh their knowledge of library management in a fastmoving information services environment.’ Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304523

Management Basics for Information Professionals Completely revised and expanded to reflect the rapidly changing sphere of information services this comprehensive introduction to the management of libraries builds the basic skills good library managers must exercise. The authors offer an authoritative approach on the fundamental concepts of management while recognizing the diverse needs of different operating environments. Drawing from examples of successful leadership techniques from a variety of services - archives information brokers libraries records managements and more this book demonstrates the most effective ways to plan delegate make decisions communicate and lead a team. Equal emphasis is placed on personal fiscal and technological issues as well as a look at what the future may hold for incoming managers. Readership: LIS educators new and experienced librarians in management positions students and anyone wishing to acquire a sound knowledge of both the theory and practice of management within the changing information workforce. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049542

Management Behaviours in Higher EducationLessons from Education Business and Sport Management Behaviours in Higher Education explores the traits and behaviours of higher education leaders that are associated with staff management. It sets out beneficial management qualities and techniques which can be applied and suggests the need for a behavioural standard for senior managers in universities. The book showcases the importance of creating a supportive motivational climate and culture for greater psychological security in higher education. It proposes the idea of an agreed behavioural framework for those in and being considered for staff management positions to provide an improved motivational climate. Chapters evaluate current business management practice and human resources advice and compare these to research evidence on the management of higher education staff. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and postgraduate students engaged in the study of higher education educational leadership and management studies. It will also appeal to those interested in business studies and the suggested parallel role/topic of sports coaching/or similar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367561222

Management Buy-Outs This book originally published in 1985 examines the practical effects of management buy-outs in terms of improvements in financial and managerial performance and sets them in their general theoretical context. It opens by considering buy-outs from the standpoint of economic analysis entrepreneurship and the wider economic implications for industrial restructuring. It goes on to look at the effects of buy-outs in practice in a range of case studies developed by the authors. These consider the financial economic and managerial impacts. Finally it discusses the implications of management buy-outs for government policy and presents some general conclusions. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365860

Management by Process Business Processes are one of the critical drivers for any organisation in realizing their organizational strategic objectives. This means that management must constantly review and realign organizational processes to reflect the massively unfixed nature of business demands such as changing market circumstances; the changing demands of new customer and existing customers; new products and pricing; changes in strategy; and linking processes to new partners and suppliers. Establishing and maintaining a process-focused organization is critical as organizations are pressured to keep achieving further growth and profitability preferably in double digits whilst the avenues available for achieving this growth are getting more and more restricted due to legislation global competition and saturation in the market place.This highly accessible book provides a clear and thorough exposition of the six key dimensions necessary for the creation of a process-focused organization: process governance strategic alignment methods (execution/implementation) people culture technology.Each of these critical Dimensions are given a systematic and revealing treatment examining each Dimension in terms of: Importance Key trends in this area Elements that comprise the dimension Detailed description of the elements that comprise the ideal or visionary position Road map of how to get there from various starting positions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455559

Management Careers and Education in Shipping and Logistics This title was first published in 2000. This investigation into why aspiring managers chose to study shipping and logistics in the UK uniquely discusses the issues which influenced their academic and career choices. It catalogues the attractions and deterrents to advanced study in an industry needing more highly skilled practitioners. Qualitative quantitative and mapping approaches to modelling the vocational study decision are reported along with a unique comparison of students’ cognitive maps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741362

Management Challenges for the 21st Century Management Challenges in the 21st Century looks afresh at the future of management thinking and practice. The content revolves around two fundamental issues that are occuring simultaneously: changes in the world economy and shifts in the practice of management. These developments especially in developed countries are crucial in exploring and understanding the challenges of the future.This volume focuses on the key questions for all business: What are the new realities? What new policies are required of companies and executives in order to deal with these changes. Facing a whole swathe of issues head-on in his usual clear-sighted style Drucker offers up a prescient and informed analysis that will help every executive to build a proactive strategy for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174207

Management CommunicationA Case Analysis Approach This textbook introduces students to the strategic communication methods that are crucial to master in order to develop into effective and ethical managers at all levels of business. Effective communication skills are necessary for success in the business world and O’Rourke has written a highly readable book filled with anecdotes and examples to engage students in the learning process. This edition includes several classic and new features: ï‚· The strategic approach is integrated throughout the book allowing students to understand how a communicated message impacts the business as a whole. ï‚· Case studies throughout the book provide students with hands-on experience of scenarios they will encounter in the real world. The book includes at least three dozen fresh classroom-tested cases. ï‚· An ethical thread is woven through the text demonstrating how ethical decision making can be applied in all aspects of communication. ï‚· Separate chapters on technology (including social media) intercultural communication nonverbal communication and conflict management provide students with the skills to building relationships and influencing stakeholders; key skills for any manager. A companion website includes comprehensive support material to teach this class making Management Communication a complete resource for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178123

Management Consultancy What is management consultancy? How has it developed? How does it affect businesses? This book answers these questions and introduces the field for those looking to develop a career as a management consultant. Providing a thorough introduction to management consultancy Morgen Witzel covers the topic from a range of perspectives including the field's historical development the client's perspective business analysis return on investment consulting failures ethics and accountability and the growing importance of sustainability. With exercises and case studies throughout this practical textbook provides students with a rounded and critical understanding of what it means to be a management consultant and in so doing will help readers emerge as employable management consultants of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798847

Management Consultancy for Innovation This book provides a new perspective on innovation in consultancy firms. Focusing on how consultancy firms can innovate in the modern era it exposes and discusses key drivers for innovation in the industry. These are broken down into 5 dimensions - or ‘Poles’ - relating to forms of capital (human capital social capital and three types of organizational capital) that consultancy firms can use in order to innovate both for themselves and for their clients. Readers of this book will not only gain insight into the "innovative consultancy" from the perspective of each of these Poles. They will also discover how consultancy firms need to find the right way of connecting these Poles together in order to produce the desired innovation. Readers will learn about the dangers of misaligning the Poles as well as implications of innovative consultancy for ethics academic research in the field of consultancy and for careers. In addition to the academic literature the book draws from real-world examples cases and practice insights from various parts of the world. This book will be of great use to those interested in pursuing a career in the consultancy industry whether they are undergraduate and postgraduate Business & Management students students not necessarily studying in Business Schools or others seeking a career move into consultancy. It will also be valuable to seasoned consultants and managers of consultancy firms seeking new ideas on how to develop innovative capabilities in an increasingly competitive industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312791

Management Consultancy Insights and Real Consultancy Projects The field of management consultancy research has grown rapidly in recent years. Fuelled by the drivers of complexity and uncertainty a growing number of organizations – both profit and third sector alike – are looking at management consultancy to assist in their aims for development and change. Consultants have become a common feature in organizational change initiatives involved in both providing advice and in implementing ideas and solutions. However despite this growing recognition and influence management consultancy is still often misunderstood or criticized for its lack of theoretical underpinning. The book seeks to address these issues by offering applied theoretical insights from academics that both teach and practice management consultancy. Written by recognized experts in their field the contributors combine original insights with authoritative analysis. Uniquely this book identifies emerging themes with critical discourse and provides rich empirical case study evidence to show the reader how management consultancy projects are implemented. Real-world international consultancy projects are featured as written up cases featuring organizations from multi-national corporations to the public sector. Written for graduate level managers or those who have practical leadership experience this book will enable readers to apply management consultancy models beyond a classroom context Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090132

Management Consulting Today and TomorrowPerspectives and Advice from Leading Experts This new edition gathers more than 22 experts to outline the theory behind consulting providing insight into change processes and management issues in the field. The business of consulting has grown faster than most other businesses due not only to increased demand by clients but also to the innovative capabilities of numerous consulting firms as they develop new services. Divided into six parts the book introduces readers to the consulting industry addressing the major practice areas contexts and implementations of the field. Significant updates detail the effect of the economic troubles between 2004 and 2010 and then 2010 and now; analyze the market response to consulting in recent years; and provide a more thorough understanding of how consulting is applied in the different areas of a business such as operations marketing and finance. Introductions written by the editors offer further insight into the themes and learning goals of each section helping readers to recognize the elements of a successful consultation and utilize their new skill set. The text concludes with a look at the future of consulting with regards to ethics standards and how strong manager-client relationships contribute to financial growth. Readers will also learn how the developing field of entrepreneurship creates new economic structures and job opportunities. Practitioners consultants clients faculty and students of business and management will learn not only how to consult but also gain the skills needed to adapt to and lead organizational change giving them a competitive edge when they enter the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124288

Management Control in a Voluntary OrganizationAccounting and Accountants in Organizational Context This book originally published in 1995 is concerned with the study of accounting within its organizational and social context. The author analyses accounting as having potential effects at both an ideological level and at an occupational level. Empirically it is explored within the context of voluntary organizations as theoretically interesting extreme cases where the conditions for accounting to be significant should be most open to question. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367024

Management Control Systems in Japan  As the world's third-ranking economic power Japan's style of management such as the lifetime employment system the seniority system and an enterprise union has been well studied. However little else is known about the Japanese management control systems (MCSs) and management accounting systems which are significantly different from other economic powers. This book sheds light on Japanese MCSs and the differences with those of the United States illustrated with examples from Mitsubishi Electric Kao and more. This book aids not only researchers in management accounting but also provides more useful insight for international investors and management accountants that can prove useful in business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350529

Management Control Theory First published in 1998 this volume of readings provides an overview of the development of the study of Management Control theory over the past 35 years. The period encompasses the publication of a major and seminal text by Anthony and Dearden in 1965 which acted as a touchstone in defining the range and scope of management control systems. This laid management control’s foundations in accounting-based mechanisms of control an element which has been seen as both a strength and a constraint. A good deal of work has followed providing both a development of the tradition as well as a critique. In this volume we attempt to provide a range of readings which will illustrate the variety of possibilities that are available to researchers scholars and practitioners in the area. The readings illustrate the view that sees control as goal directed and integrative. They go on to explore the idea of control as adaption consider its relationship with social structure and survey the effects of the interplay between the organisation and the environment. The essays included are not intended to lead the reader through a well-ordered argument which concludes with a well reasoned view of how management control should be. Instead it seeks to illustrate the many questions which have been posed but not answered and to open up agendas for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391734

Management Crisis and Business Revolution Formerly a top operational manager with multinational organizations John Harte applies his hands-on knowledge of the business world to provide a realistic examination of workplace and marketplace conditions. In place of reasoned management and disciplined organization Harte depicts daily distractions disorder vagueness and confusion. Instead of the logical processes described in classroom case histories with rational solutions he provides tales of an abundance of irrational judgments personal foibles and business follies.Harte has witnessed the demise of many companies—some of which in his opinion could have been saved. With over thirty years' experience to draw on he analyzes why so many businesses and products fail when others succeed. He examines the amazing progress of Japan and other Pacific Asian countries; explains the decline of German Canadian British and French management practices; and provides strategies for top management and the marketplace.The business sectors described in this all-encompassing book include: high-technology; fast-moving packaged consumer goods; manufacturing and retailing consumer durables soft goods; fashion products; service sector industries; manufacturing wholesaling and retail trade; and a whole range of new service industries. His unusually tough-minded view will benefit business entrepreneurs managers and executives as well as those interested in the study of business and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853668

Management Development in PolandBuilding Management Training Capacity with Foreign Partnerships First published in 1998 this book tells the story from various viewpoints of the building of local capacity to carry forward the economic and social transition process which started in the late 1980s. The post-communist government and the Balcerowicz reform could not by themselves transform Poland. External know-how was needed to provide expertise and to help develop pathways and partnerships. Management and Organisation Development was a major theme in multilateral and bilateral assistance programmes for Poland throughout the 1990s. Scholarships and direct training were provided by some donors. Most of the help in this sector from the British Know How Fund went into developing regionally-based business schools and management training centres. Part I of this book gives the historical and technical background from both the Polish and donor points of view. Part II looks more closely at some of the technical issues in the process-the development of trainers and training methods and materials of new and relevant courses of international partnerships and of local markets. The final part of the book assesses the current context in which Polish management educators and trainers operate and outlines some of the issues (EU accession the attitudes of managers the impact of IT and so on) which will have to be faced by both business schools and practising managers in the next decade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325210

Management DevelopmentPerspectives from Research and Practice Recognizing a significant need to continually update the current body of knowledge on management development with the latest innovations in high quality research and practice in various parts of the globe this book provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date work on the state of research and practice in management development. Hill and Stewart provide examples of both management development research and practice to inform and stimulate future research and to encourage the use of research-based practice in organizations. In particular the book: Explores and assesses the various and varying meanings attached to the term ‘management development’ and its use Provides a range of examples of research and practice to inform and support the teaching of management development as a subject Provides a resource to HR practitioners and line managers to develop research-based and critically analyzed management development interventions. Drawing on the expertise of a wide array of contributors  the term ‘management development’ is explored and critically analyzed both conceptually and practically. This impressive volume is essential reading for students and academics across a range of subdisciplines including human recources development human resources management and leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541664

Management DilemmasThe Theory of Constraints Approach to Problem Identification and Solutions An incredible ability awaits managers who practice Theory of Constraints (TOC) techniques: they can take a problem look beyond the less important details and directly identify the source of trouble. They've been known to promptly resolve perplexing matters - while the uninformed remain stuck.So many more managers could gain the benefit of TOC thinking... if they only took the time. Eli Schragenheim now offers an informative and enjoyable self-learning method proving how TOC can be invaluable at a wide variety of workplaces.Management Dilemmas: The Theory of Constraints Approach to Problem Identification and Solutions conveys TOC methods through "virtual experience"-stories of managers and the situations they need to resolve. Take note of the dilemmas they're facing. Think about how you would respond under those circumstances. Then compare your reactions with Schragenheim's TOC-influenced analysis.Associated with Dr. Eli Goldratt (the founder of TOC) for seven years Schragenheim doesn't tell how the stories end. Instead he encourages the reader to try out TOC techniques-especially the need to arrive at the most precise answer by raising the right questions. The conclusions you reach today could greatly help your on-the-job thinking tomorrow! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138440623

Management Economics: An Accelerated ApproachAn Accelerated Approach Thoroughly classroom tested this text is designed specifically for one-semester accelerated and online courses at the upper undergraduate and MBA levels. It is based on the theme that business and personal decisions are made within both micro- and macro-economic environments. By understanding the environments and their effects on outcomes of decisions better choices can be made. The text also differs from others in the area because it is less theoretical it provides a broader perspective for management problem solving and it bridges economics with other business disciplines. Each chapter includes a management decision-oriented case study that applies tools of economic analysis. An online instructors manual is available to professors who adopt the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702704

Management Education In Developing CountriesThe Brazilian Experience This book provides a comprehensive account of management programs throughout Brazil—their history their current situation their professorial staff and their student population. It focuses on the problems of curriculum development and the inappropriateness of U.S. models and texts. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163488

Management Education in the Chinese Setting Examine innovative ways to educate managers to do business with the Chinese!Management education is a big business today in the Greater China countries of Hong Kong China Macau Singapore and Taiwan as well as in Asian countries such as Malaysia and Indonesia where there is a considerable Chinese ethnic population. Management Education in the Chinese Setting explores the challenges and opportunities those countries offer to educators in program and course development delivery of programs and course materials and in the development of instructors.This valuable book is a must for professionals educators and students interested in doing business in the Chinese setting. Here you’ll find thoughtful examinations of: three frameworks for introducing the theory of anthropology into the IBRM element of a DBA course an innovative business ethics program developed at the Hong Kong Baptist University's School of Business a survey comparing business and human relations strategies used in the 'overseas Chinese’regions of Taiwan and Hong Kong the theory of cooperative and competitive conflict management education's role in the continuing economic reforms occurring in the People's Republic of China Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980280

Management EngineeringA Guide to Best Practices for Industrial Engineering in Health Care Increasing costs and higher utilization of resources make the role of process improvement more important than ever in the health care industry. Management Engineering: A Guide to Best Practices for Industrial Engineering in Health Care provides an overview of the practice of industrial engineering (management engineering) in the health care industry.Explaining how to maximize the unique skills of management engineers in a health care setting the book provides guidance on tried and true techniques that can be implemented easily in most organizations. Filled with tools and documents to help readers communicate more effectively it includes many examples and case studies that illustrate the proper application of these tools and techniques.Containing the contributions of accomplished healthcare process engineers and process improvement professionals the book examines Lean Six Sigma and other process improvement methodologies utilized by management engineers. Illustrating the various roles an industrial engineer might take on in health care it provides readers with the practical understanding required to make the most of time-tested performance improvement tools in the health care industry.Suitable for IE students and practicing industrial engineers considering a move into the health care industry or current healthcare industrial engineers wishing to expand their practice the text can be used as a reference to explore individual topics as each of the chapters stands on its own. Also senior healthcare executives will find that the book provides insights into how the practice of management engineering can provide sustainable improvements in their organizations. To get a good overview of how your organization can best benefit from the efforts of industrial engineers this book is a must-read. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466579903

Management EthicsContemporary Contexts Ethics has become big business but have businesses become ethical? This is a central question for today’s managers. Managing ethics is critical in an era characterized by unprecedented corporate power and a myriad of competing ethical traditions. Giving new insights into the understanding of ethics for today’s organization practice and managerial behaviour this timely volume edited by well-respected industry authorities provides an overview and critique of ethics as they relate to contemporary challenges and issues (such as globalization sustainability consumerism neo-liberalism corporate collapses leadership and corporate regulation). This book an essential read for postgraduate students of business and ethics is organized around the core question: What are the ethics of organizing in today’s institutional environment and what does this mean for the practice of management and the organization of business? In response to this the contributors examine ethics as it is deeply embedded in the everyday practice of management. Interdisciplinary contributions from the fields of sociology philosophy management organization studies and public administration provide unique perspectives while case studies and real-life examples illustrate the challenges and dilemmas faced in practice. Each chapter has a brief overview and editor’s introduction which skilfully summarizes key points and draws connections between the chapters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607053

Management Fads and BuzzwordsCritical-Practical Perspectives Around 5 000 business and management titles are published every year and increasingly their preferred mode of presentation is centred on the creation and marketing of buzzwords and fads. This book argues that these management fads and buzzwords deflect critical inquiry and limit useful action because they present a 'ready made' view of the world which rejects the benefits of theoretical analysis and reflection. Topics covered include: * the 'guru industry'* 'excellence'* business process re-engineering* empowerment* culture* knowledge work* globalization. 'Unpacking' the 'guru industry' and analyzing the fads and buzzwords this book provides a 'critical-practical' analysis designed to allow readers to locate understand and critique management fashion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008875

Management FashionsTurning Bestselling Ideas into Objects and Institutions Using the theory of management fashions proposed in the 1990s by Eric Abrahamson Krzysztof Klincewicz analyzes the changing popularity of management concepts accompanied by solutions. Among these are management bestsellers consulting services software systems "methodologies " and approaches to organizational change training courses professional certifications and even new corporate positions.The book presents the phenomena of management fashions as being the key driver for the development of the management knowledge industry consisting of consulting companies computer firms publishing houses professional institutes and other organizations involved in the launching and the promotion of new management techniques. The author supplements the existing body of knowledge by focusing on the supply-side of management fashions particularly the strategies and marketing techniques of solution vendors and proposes a model of relations between management ideas and tangible solutions explaining how bestselling ideas are turned into objects and institutions.The empirical research described in this volume involves multiple methods including discourse volume analysis and qualitative historical techniques. Included also is a comprehensive overview of the recent relevant developments in sociology marketing and organization sciences in which the author draws on the heritage of praxiology by taking a meta-level perspective on the propositions of management science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511859

Management for a Small Planet When this classic text was first published in 1992 it provided a unique focus for the burgeoning concern for sustainability and sustainable organizational practices. The book's impact continues to be felt today as large multinational corporations are making substantial commitments to the 'triple bottom line' of economic success social responsibility and environmental protection and sustainability has become a part of curricula in business schools around the globe. Featuring extensive new material throughout this new edition of "Management for a Small Planet" maintains the same unique vision and approach that made the original so influential. Unlike other texts on the topic it employs a strategic general management perspective within theoretical frameworks on how organizations can be instrumental in moving humankind toward a more sustainable world. Part I includes chapters dedicated to each dimension of sustainability: biophysical economic and social. Part II contains the specifics on the formulation and implementation of sustainable management practices all grounded in the principles of organizational behavior leadership and business strategy. The book is an ideal text for any course concerned with environmental management and sustainable management practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702698

Management for a Small PlanetThird Edition When this classic text was first published in 1992 it provided a unique focus for the burgeoning concern for sustainability and sustainable organizational practices. The book's impact continues to be felt today as large multinational corporations such as Wal-Mart and GE are making substantial commitments to the "triple bottom line" of economic success social responsibility and environmental protection and sustainability has become a part of curricula in business schools around the globe. Featuring extensive new material throughout this new edition of Management for a Small Planet is now widely available outside of North America for the first time. The book maintains the same unique vision and approach that made the original so influential. Unlike other texts on the topic it employs a strategic general management perspective within theoretical frameworks on how organizations can be instrumental in moving humankind toward a more sustainable world. Part I includes chapters dedicated to each dimension of sustainability: biophysical economic and social. Part II contains the specifics on the formulation and implementation of sustainable management practices all grounded in the principles of organizational behavior leadership and business strategy. The book is an ideal text for any course concerned with environmental management and sustainable management practices. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351279123

Management for Quality ImprovementThe 7 New QC Tools With continuous improvement (kaizen) and Total Quality Control (TQC) becoming increasingly important to world class companies there's an urgent need to build quality into every management decision. The tools presented in this book allow you to do just that. They represent the most important advance in quality deployment and project management in recent years.Unlike the seven traditional QC tools which measure quality problems that already exist and are used by quality circles these seven new QC tools make it possible for managers to plan wide-ranging and detailed TQC objectives throughout the entire organization. These tools some borrowed from other disciplines and others developed specifically for quality management include the relations diagram the KJ method (affinity diagram) the systematic diagram the matrix diagram matrix data analysis the process decision program chart (PDPC) and the arrow diagram. Together they will help you to: Expand the scope of quality efforts company-wide. Set up and manage the systems necessary to resolve major quality problems. Anticipate potential quality problems and actually eliminate defects before they happen.Never before available in English Management for Quality Improvement is absolutely essential reading if you are in any area of project management quality assurance MIS or TQC. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9781003070450

Management for the Construction Industry Management for the Construction Industry introduces the principles of management and applies them to the construction industry. It covers the level 2 module of the CIOB's Education Framework on management and is officially sanctioned by the CIOB as the recognised text for that module. The text builds on the knowledge of basic disciplines such as technology economics and law and forms the basis for more advanced studies in specialist aspects of management. The main context of the book is the construction industry but emphasis is also given throughout to transferable skills in the study of management. This book is a core text for the CIOB level 2 module on management as well as BTEC HNC/D building studies and degree courses in building construction management and surveying. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149854

Management FrameworksAligning Strategic Thinking and Execution Today’s business organizations especially large ones are complex places; difficult to manage and to control. Much of this complexity is self-induced and too much of the management of these organizations is done on an ad hoc basis. Different reporting control and management systems are used in different parts of the company and often these are incompatible making it difficult sometimes impossible for top management to know what is going on. Consequently it is an arduous task for managers to make strategic plans for the business or react quickly to changes in the environment. This book shows how much of this complexity can be smoothed away through the introduction of overarching management frameworks that are complete consistent and comprehensive; bringing all the various parts of the organization together as a single system. It provides a whole-firm view of management and suggests that reputational and ethical issues are equally important to marketing operations and finance and need to be considered within the framework. Management Frameworks is a practical and insightful book; offering students the tools and knowledge required for viewing strategy and management holistically. It will be required reading for executive education classes in strategic management and will find a ready audience with thinking managers everywhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781657

Management GolfWhat's Your Handicap? Do you believe in action-oriented planning the speedy execution of ideas and realistic goal-setting in business management? So do the authors of this book-and that's why they've developed this fun innovative evaluation tool that any business can use to assess its own operations and identify weak spots and trouble areas. Management Golf has been arranged to resemble a round of golf: 18 of the most important business factors were selected to match the 18 holes in a golf game. Topics such as technology strategy resources finance and customer service each get a score and a graphic layout of each hole is shown at the end of each chapter. When you're done playing the game it's time to figure out your handicap-the factors you need to work on to get your company playing "above par."Once you know your score and your handicap you can address the real challenge of this book-using what you've discovered about the inner workings of your company to boost innovation and creativity among your management team and make the business run better than it ever has before. As a game Management Golf is great fun. As a self-assessment tool for your business it's invaluable! ABOUT THE AUTHORSMichael J. Kami is considered one of the leading business advisors in the world. He was the strategic planner for IBM during its spectacular growth period in the 1950s and for Xerox during its boom in the 1960s. He retired young moved to Florida and became a consultant writer publisher and entrepreneur. In the 1980s he sat on the Board of Directors of Harley Davidson and was part of the team which transformed that company into one of the world's leading motorcycle manufacturers. He currently publishes the quarterly newsletter Kami Strategic Assumptions which provides management advice to top executives in the United States and abroad.William Martz is a long-time business consultant. Over the years he has helped executives throughout the United Sta Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409828

Management Gurus Revised Edition Management gurus have existed for as long as the leaders of large complex organizations have had intractable problems to solve. This seminal text asks key questions such as: What is the secret of the success of management gurus and how can it be emulated? In this revised edition Andrzej Huczynski brings his analysis of gurus into the twenty-first century. He identifies the essential ingredients of popular management ideas and contends that company managers business school academics and management consultants all have the possibility of attaining guru status by following the guidelines contained in this book. It includes an additional chapter by Brad Jackson (Department of Management and Employment Relations The Auckland University Business School New Zealand) and Eric Guthey (Department of Intercultural Communication and Management The Copenhagen Business School Denmark). Management Gurus is a must read for all those studying organizational behaviour leadership and organizational psychology or for those who wish to attain guru status. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715475

Management GurusA Research Overview Building upon decades of research this shortform book distils the rise of management’s gurus. The author analyses the economic and political changes which facilitated the rise of this new group and offers reflections on the controversies around the development of ‘guru theory’ (a reasonably stable and enduring set of assumptions and associated practices). The rise of management gurus is placed in the context of critiques that the field is empty insubstantial and faddish. With reflections on the contours of ‘the guru industry’ and insights into the world of "management speak" the text highlights conceptual methodological and empirical failings and suggests a radical reconceptualisation of the guru-as-performer. This concise book from a global expert on the topic is essential reading for researchers of business and management as well as an insightful addition to the wider social science library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367265007

Management Ideas Management Ideas is a unique guide to the dominant theories influencing management practice in the late 20th century. Kermally explains how some organizations have taken these ideas on board and incorporated them in their strategies in order to survive in today's intensively competitive climate. Management Ideas looks at: Total quality management Benchmarking Customer service Business process re-engineering Performance measurement Empowerment Learning and knowledge-focused organizations The ...in brief books provide a critical 'snapshot' of the major management fashions and fads influencing business strategy. They cut through the consultants' jargon and steer a practical common sense course through the theory and hype. They provide managers with a balanced view based on evidence rather than missionary zeal so that they can be better informed.Sultan Kermally is the senior Vice President and the Director of the Economist Conferences. Formerly he was a Senior Group Director at Management Centre Europe Brussels. He designs conferences on leading edge management issues such as Benchmarking Empowerment Process Re-engineering. He is also a part-time lecturer at Durham University Business School.An expanded hardback edition of this book Total Management Thinking is also available - ISBN 0750626143 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440241

Management in Action This title originally published in 1984 is based on a study of the work of general and production managers in companies in Britain and Germany and gives a life-like account of the realities of management including the problems crises and unresolved tensions. Throughout the book the author draws comparisons between management style and performance in Britain and Germany. Designed primarily for management and business studies undergraduates the book gives an excellent idea of what industry is really like. For students who are committed to a career in management but who lack experience of industry this realistic and down-to-earth account will be invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365365

Management in AfricaMacro and Micro Perspectives This book offers a comprehensive look at the current literatures and research based on empirical data from across different countries in Africa. It focuses on the work of leading scholars of management in and around Africa and the African Context exploring whether we can at this point refer to ‘African Management’ as an emerging and distinct stream in the scholarly discourse in management. The main themes are macro and micro issues of Management in Africa each chapter illustrating the historical or traditional view of Management in Africa versus the newer western business management perspective. This book presents current in-depth rigorous research and identifies future research and propositions enabling scholars and students to gain an in-depth understanding of management as it is evolving and practiced in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108547

Management in Further EducationTheory and Practice Originally published in 1997. This book provides people moving into management roles in Further Education with an understanding of management theory applied specifically to Further Education colleges. Good management skills have been identified by the inspectorate as crucial to the future of this sector and this text tackles the unique problems of management in FE colleges. The author discusses the interrelated topics of People Operations Resources and Information using examples and case studies from colleges to demonstrate the implications of putting theories into practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545397

Management in Government This title originally published in 1972 explores the nature of management in an organisation close to Parliament and subject to the pressure of political forces. The author examines the development of thought and practice on management in the civil service in both the United Kingdom and other countries and quotes from an extensive range of literature on both the public and private sectors. This title will be of interest to students of management business studies and government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573024

Management in Networks Getting what you want – even if you are the boss – isn’t always easy. Almost every organization big or small works among a network of competing interests. Whether it’s governments pushing through policies companies trying to increase profits or even families deciding where to move house rarely can decisions be made in isolation from competing interests both within the organization and outside it. In this accessible and straightforward account Hans de Bruijn and Ernst ten Heuvelhof cast light on multi-stakeholder decision-making. Using plain language they reveal the nuts and bolts of decision-making within the numerous dilemmas and tensions at work. Drawing on a diverse range of illustrative examples throughout their perceptive analysis examines how different interests can either support or block change and the strategies available for managing a variety of stakeholders. The second edition of Management in Networks incorporates a wider spread of international cases a new chapter giving an overview of different network types and a new chapter looking at digital governance and the impact of big data on networks. This insightful text is invaluable reading for students of management and organizational studies plus practitioners – or actors – operating in a range of contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211438

Management in South Korea Revisited This edited collection examines the changing contours of Korean management and business presenting recent scholarly research into this important Asian economic player. As one of the original ‘Little Dragon’ or ‘Tiger’ economies South Korea has grown and prospered since the early years of the 1960s and is now home to several major word-class multinational companies such as Hyundai and LG Samsung. In turn it has developed a distinctive style of management which derives from a shared Asian heritage but is nonetheless unique to South Korea. The collection covers a variety of themes topics and issues from a range of perspectives and fields in management and business studies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379251

Management in South-East AsiaBusiness Culture Enterprises and Human Resources This edited volume deals with Management in South-East Asia. It widely agreed that this is a region of growing importance economically in today’s globalized world. This area contains a diverse range of dynamic economies ranging from the ‘highly developed’ through to the ‘newly emerging’ each competing in a different manner and with different characteristics. This book specifically focuses on current and future developments in areas such as Business Culture Enterprises and Human Resources. It covers a range of topics industries size of firms and countries (Malaysia Singapore Thailand Vietnam three of which are capitalist economies with the latter a transitional communist one). These locations also comprehend a variety of business cultures with a variety of religious values ranging from Buddhist to Islamic and ethnic identities. The approach taken is inter-disciplinary and most of the contributions are by locally-based authors who are very well qualified to write about their chosen country-setting. The experts contributing include those specialized in banking business management economics finance sociology psychology and so on all based in business schools and universities encompassing a good number of national origins. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Asian Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880693

Management in the Airline Industry Combining contemporary HRM theory and practice with debates in critical management and in industrial relations this book examines the peculiar challenge that civil aviation pilots present for management. As a highly educated highly trained and non-substitutable professional employee the airline pilot wields considerable industrial power. Based on original research this book examines the impact of human resource management on airline pilots in recent years as well as drawing out wider conclusions on the management of human resources union-management relationship and the experience of work. Of great interest to students and academics involved with HRM the book will also be useful reading for all those with an interest in the aviation industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759403

Management in the Education ServiceChallenge and Response This book first published in 1974 will be of special interest to all who are involved in the implementation of educational planning processes. The contributors explore various aspects of educational management and they describe the development of the planning process at the Department of Education and Science and compare the objectives and programme structure adopted in the Local Education Authorities of Liverpool Coventry and Gloucestershire. The views expressed in the book are intended not so much to commend outright the adoption of these approaches by other authorities as to give a focus to discussion of issues in management education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366188

Management in the Era of Big DataIssues and Challenges This book is a wonderful collection of chapters that posits how managers need to cope in the Big Data era. It highlights many of the emerging developments in technologies applications and trends related to management’s needs in this Big Data era. —Dr. Jay Liebowitz Harrisburg University of Science and Technology This book presents some meaningful work on Big Data analytics and its applications. Each chapter generates helpful guidance to the readers on Big Data analytics and its applications challenges and prospects that is necessary for organizational strategic direction. —Dr. Alex Koohang Middle Georgia State University Big Data is a concept that has caught the attention of practitioners academicians and researchers. Big Data offers organizations the possibility of gaining a competitive advantage by managing collecting and analyzing massive amounts of data. As the promises and challenges posed by Big Data have increased over the past decade significant issues have developed regarding how data can be used for improving management. Big Data can be understood as large amounts of data generated by the Internet and a variety of connected smart devices and sensors. This book discusses the main challenges posed by Big Data in a manner relevant to both practitioners and scholars. It examines how companies can leverage Big Data analytics to act and optimize the business. This book brings together the theory and practice of management in the era of Big Data. It offers a look at the current state of Big Data including a comprehensive overview of both research and practical applications. By bringing together conceptual thinking and empirical research on the nature meaning and development of Big Data in management this book unifies research on Big Data in management to stimulate new directions for academic investigation as well as practice. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367895570

Management in the Social and Safety Services Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1974 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863712

Management Information Systems This new four-volume collection brings together the vast body of literature on Management Information Systems focusing in particular on seminal works in the field and notable new developments. As such the collection will be welcomed as a useful guide for MIS researchers including PhD students and academics trying to obtain a better grasp of the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728096

Management Information Systems: The Technology Challenge This book originally published in 1984 established the need for a strategic managerial response to the new technology which relies on an understanding of the real effects of technology - on organisational structure manageemnt style and employee relations. It assesses the impact of the new information technology on manufacturing systems employment levels and types industrial relations and finally on marketing and external relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354833

Management Innovations for Healthcare OrganizationsAdopt Abandon or Adapt? Innovations in management are becoming more numerous and diverse and are appearing in organizations providing many different kinds of products and services. The purpose of this book is to examine whether some widely-promoted examples of these management innovations – ranging from techniques such as Kaizen to styles of leadership and the management of learning – can usefully be applied to organizations which provide healthcare and applied in different kinds of health systems. Management Innovations for Healthcare Organizations is distinctive in selecting a wide and diverse range and selection of managerial innovations to examine. No less distinctively it makes an adaptive critical scrutiny of these innovations. Neither evangelist nor nihilist the book instead considers how these innovations might be adapted for the specific task of providing healthcare. Where evidence on these points is available the book outlines that too. Consequently the book takes an international approach with contributions from Europe the Middle East Australia and North America. Each contributor is an expert in the management innovation which they present. This combination of features makes the book unique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617605

Management Issues in China: Volume 1Domestic Enterprises This book first published in 1996 examines the problems associated with the management of change particularly those brought about by the rapid pace of economic development in China in the ‘reform’ period since 1979. China’s managers were challenged as never before as the country integrated itself into the world economy introduced new technology and decentralized control over its industries. This book discusses their successes and failures in chapters by specialists in Chinese management practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365513

Management Issues in China: Volume 2International Enterprises As the 1990s progressed China began to emerge as an economic giant. The chapters in this book first published in 1996 illustrate many aspects of China’s path to internationalization. They also raise important questions for further study. What becomes clear is that to succeed in China’s business environment foreign business strategists need to become better informed of the type of challenges that China presents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366602

Management Issues in the Networking Environment This book first published in 1988 offers valuable discussions on networking concerns such as governance planning economic and legal problems leadership needs appropriate products and services improving the political environment and more. They address many of the reservations about interlibrary cooperative programs that are privately expressed by some administrators - the need for reliance on other institutions the loss of autonomy and the cost benefits and feasibility of such commitments. This book's valuable contributions - reflecting the changed environment for library administrators - provide a variety of different perspectives and respond to pertinent management issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422943

Management Knowledge and the New Employee Hodgson and Carter present a volume that contributes to the ongoing debate in Knowledge Management. They develop themes explored in Roy Jacques' influential text Manufacturing the Employee as a starting point the authors consider the status of contemporary management knowledge. They do this from a range of theoretical positions that draw key implications for both research and teaching. The volume hosts an array of eminent scholars in the field. The collection explores and at times takes issue with the increasing influence of post-structuralist thought on our understanding of the nature of management knowledge and draws key implications for both research and teaching. The various chapters consider the nature of management knowledge from perspectives as diverse as management history discourse analysis gender post-structuralism social construction neo-institutionalism and critical realism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390374

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 1) First published in 1992. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356691

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 2) First published in 1993. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356721

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 3) First published in 1993. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356820

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 4) First published in 1996. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356882

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 5) First published in 1998. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356936

Management LaureatesA Collection of Autobiographical Essays (Volume 6) First published in 2002. This volume compiles the autobiographies of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates. Prior to this publication the available management literature provided little insight into the personal and intellectual lives - the frustrations as well as the triumphs - of the individuals in the management discipline. Although such understanding could be conveyed in many forms perhaps the most intimate and fascinating of these for gaining behind-the-scenes insights is the autobiography. Thus the autobiographies in this volume as in the five companion volumes offer the reader not only a glimpse of the subjective determinants and personal experiences of the management discipline’s most distinguished laureates but also a deeper understanding of what management is and what it is becoming. The various accounts reflect a diversity of approaches interests and experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356950

Management Obligations for Health and Safety In recent years the safety management field has placed leadership and commitment at the center of effective workplace health and safety programs. At the same time personal liability for workplace health and safety has increased resulting in poor outcomes for individual managers. Discussing the minimum expectations that courts and tribunals have of managers Management Obligations for Health and Safety examines the relationship between those expectations and effective safety performance. The book looks at safety management from the perspective of management obligations. What expectations are placed on managers at all levels of an organization to ensure that the workplace and systems of work are safe and how are these expectations considered and analyzed by courts and public inquiries? As importantly the book explores how management actions in relation to these obligations and expectations influence positively or negatively the safety performance of an organization. With examples drawn from legal and quasi-legal processes one of the more enlightening and thought-provoking features of this book is the extensive use of cross examination taken from various proceedings. No one person reacts the same to finding him- or herself responsible for managing the aftermath of a death at work or having to deal with the immediate pressure of being subject to interviews and investigation by safety regulators (much less the drawn-out experience of the legal process) but one of the most constant reactions is "Why didn’t anybody tell me about this?" Stressing the importance of safety culture this book details the true nature of the expectations that are placed on managers by virtue of their obligation to provide a safe workplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439862780

Management of Animal Care and Use Programs in Research Education and Testing AAP Prose Award Finalist 2018/19 Management of Animal Care and Use Programs in Research Education and Testing Second Edition is the extensively expanded revision of the popular Management of Laboratory Animal Care and Use Programs book published earlier this century. Following in the footsteps of the first edition this revision serves as a first line management resource providing for strong advocacy for advancing quality animal welfare and science worldwide and continues as a valuable seminal reference for those engaged in all types of programs involving animal care and use. The new edition has more than doubled the number of chapters in the original volume to present a more comprehensive overview of the current breadth and depth of the field with applicability to an international audience. Readers are provided with the latest information and resource and reference material from authors who are noted experts in their field. The book: - Emphasizes the importance of developing a collaborative culture of care within an animal care and use program and provides information about how behavioral management  through animal training can play an integral role in a veterinary health program - Provides a new section on Environment and Housing containing chapters that focus on management considerations of housing and enrichment delineated by species - Expands coverage of regulatory oversight and compliance assessment and assurance issues and processes including a greater discussion of globalization and harmonizing cultural and regulatory issues - Includes more in-depth treatment throughout the book of critical topics in program management physical plant animal health and husbandry. Biomedical research using animals requires administrators and managers who are knowledgeable and highly skilled. They must adapt to the complexity of rapidly-changing technologies balance research goals with a thorough understanding of regulatory requirements and guidelines and know how to work with a multi-generational multi-cultural workforce. This book is the ideal resource for these professionals. It also serves as an indispensable resource text for certification exams and credentialing boards for a multitude of professional societies Co-publishers on the second edition are: ACLAM (American College of Laboratory Animal Medicine); ECLAM (European College of Laboratory Animal Medicine); IACLAM (International Colleges of Laboratory Animal Medicine); JCLAM (Japanese College of Laboratory Animal Medicine); KCLAM (Korean College of Laboratory Animal Medicine); CALAS (Canadian Association of Laboratory Animal Medicine); LAMA (Laboratory Animal Management Association); and IAT (Institute of Animal Technology). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498748445

Management of Aquifer Recharge for SustainabilityProceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Artificial Recharge of Groundwater Adela This title offers more than 100 papers originating in 20 countries covering research on a widening range of methods for recharge enhancement and groundwater quality protection and improvement. These include: bank filtration; aquifer storage and recovery; and soil aquifer treatment as well as rainwater harvesting and pond infiltration.  The emphasis is on understanding subsurface process to improve siting design and operation and to facilitate use of stormwater and reclaimed water particularly in water-scarce areas. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078838

Management of Behaviour in Schools First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138422704

Management of Broadband Technology and InnovationPolicy Deployment and Use When one considers broadband the Internet immediately springs to mind. However broadband is impacting society in many ways. For instance broadband networks can be used to deliver healthcare or community related services to individuals who don't have computers have distance as an issue to contend with or don't use the internet. Broadband can support better management of scarce energy resources with the advent of smart grids enables improved teleworking capacity and opens up a world of new entertainment possibilities. Yet scholarly examinations of broadband technology have so far examined adoption usage or diffusion but missed exploring the capacity of broadband networks to enable new applications the management aspects of funding and developing broadband-enabled services or the policy environment in which such networks are developed. This book explores a wide range of issues associated with the deployment and use of broadband including its impacts on individuals organizations and society and offers a generalist understanding of the technical aspects of broadband. Management of Broadband Technology and Innovation offers insights on broadband from the perspectives of Information Systems Management Strategy and Communications Policy scholars drawing on research from these disciplines to inform diverse aspects of broadband deployment policy and use. Issues associated with a subject technical in nature but now researched in many ways are emphasised. This book explains various softer aspects of broadband deployment and use focusing on the benefits of broadband rather than on details of the technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617667

Management of Carbon Sequestration in Soil This book addresses the importance of soil processes in the global carbon cycle.Agricultural activities considered responsible for an increase in CO2 levels in our atmosphere include: deforestation biomass burning tillage and intensive cultivation and drainage of wetlands.However agriculture can also be a solution to the problem in which carbon can be removed from the atmosphere and permanently sequestered into the soil. Management of Carbon Sequestration in Soil highlights the importance of world soils as a sink for atmospheric carbon and discusses the impact of tillage conservation reserve programs (CRP) management of grasslands and woodlands and other soil and crop management and land use practices that lead to carbon sequestration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895154

Management of Cardiac Problems in Primary Care Clive Handler and Gerry Coghlan have written a book that will become essential reading for the primary care physician managing cardiac problems in the new age of medical practice. In it they give clear concise and readable information on diagnosis management and treatment priorities in this most important field of medicine. The book uses current evidence and follows current guidelines to direct the clinician in treating conditions seen every day in general practice. It builds confidence in understanding the role and responsibility in commissioning cardiology specialist care.The narrative is peppered with real patient problems and sections giving advice to patients in layman's language. This book will not only promote the primary care physician's ability to manage problems in-house but also guide the commissioning clinician on putting in place appropriate and efficient specialist services. An excellent text that will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all general practices. Buy more than one copy - clinicians from practice nurses students and registrars to the most senior doctors will all find it essential reading. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380032

Management of Construction ProjectsA Constructor's Perspective Unlike the majority of construction project management textbooks out there Management of Construction Projects takes a distinctive approach by setting itself in the context of a single and real-world construction project throughout and also by looking at construction project management from the constructor’s perspective. This project-based learning approach emphasizes the skills knowledge and techniques students require to become successful project managers. This second edition uses a brand new larger and more challenging case study to take students through key stages of the process including: contracts and subcontracting; estimating scheduling and planning; supply chain and materials management; cost control quality and safety; project leadership and ethics; and claims disputes and project close-outs. Also new to this edition is coverage of emergent industry trends such as LEAN LEED and BIM. The book contains essential features such as review questions exercises and chapter summaries while example plans schedules contracts and other documents are stored on a companion website. Written in straightforward language from a constructor’s perspective this textbook gives a realistic overview and review of the roles of project managers and everything they need to know in order to see a successful project through from start to finish. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693913

Management of Contaminated Site Problems Second Edition This book outlines the strategies used in the investigation characterization management and restoration and remediation for various contaminated sites. It draws on real-world examples from across the globe to illustrate remediation techniques and discusses their applicability. It provides guidance for the successful corrective action assessment and response programs for any type of contaminated land problem and at any location. The systematic protocols presented will aid environmental professionals in managing contaminated land and associated problems more efficiently. This new edition adds twelve new chapters and is fully updated and expanded throughout. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498761567

Management of Corporate CommunicationFrom Interpersonal Contacts To External Affairs Whereas many organizational communication texts address internal communication processes few consider the efforts that companies expend to communicate with external stakeholders. Likewise many texts that concentrate on public relations or advertising consider external communication but fail to give attention to internal communication. Combining both points of view this text explains how an entire organization operates through enactments of personnel and external stakeholders. Central to this book is a concern for meaning and its influence on the performance of jobs in response to expectations of co-workers and external publics. The concept of narrative is used to explain how individual and organization performance is the expression of personae that are best when enacted jointly -- in varying degrees of coordination -- to satisfy mutual performance expectations. Narrative explains the power of organizational meaning interpersonal contacts group performance stakeholder negotiation and internal and external organizational zones of meaning -- assumptions that are shared by people who enact an organization through coordinated efforts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003064046

Management of Deteriorating Concrete Structures Demolishing and rebuilding is becoming less and less of an option and developing trends such as the growth of PFI are directing attention to whole life costing. With the relentless drive towards greater sustainability proper asset management of the existing infrastructure will become increasingly important in the future.This authoritative book draws together deterioration and repair/remediation with practical asset management. Despite the wealth of information there is a lack of clear guidance on how to carry out a practical assessment of concrete structures and manage repair in the field. Accordingly this book gives solid practical guidance on assessment and outlines when and how to act. The focus is on engineering aspects and decision-making in terms of perspective procedures and principles while giving references for matters of detail such as test methods and the mechanisms of deterioration.It links deterioration to deficiencies in design detailing materials and construction quality. It then gives examples of how asset management systems have evolved for different types of structure in different countries. It shows how to move forward from inspection and diagnosis through different methods of damage or structural assessment to the selection of the optimum method of repair or remedial action. The concept of progressive screening is proposed – that is only going as far as is necessary to reach a decision with confidence. The author has drawn on over thirty years experience on concrete durability and in particular on his involvement in three recent European-funded projects involving collaboration between the owners of structures and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387389

Management of Drip/Trickle or Micro Irrigation This important book—the only complete one-stop manual on microirrigation worldwide--offers knowledge and techniques necessary to develop and manage a drip/trickle or micro irrigation system. The simplicity of the contents facilitates a technician to develop an effective micro irrigation system. Management of Drip/Trickle or Micro Irrigation includes the basic considerations relating to soil-water-plant interactions with topics such as methods for soil moisture measurement; evapotranspiration; irrigation systems; tensiometer use and installation; principles of drip/ micro/ trickle irrigation; filtration systems; automation; chloration; service and maintenance; design of drip irrigation and lateral lines; the evaluation of uniformity of application; and an economical analysis for selecting irrigation technology. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895123

Management of Environmental Problems and Hazards in Nigeria This unique collection of essays examines the environmental problems facing contemporary Nigeria. The relationship between environmental degradation and such social issues as poverty and pollution growth has been impressively analyzed. There is also a well-researched discussion on how government and citizens can work towards achieving sustainable development with long-term solutions to ecological disorders. This book provides a valuable resource for academics and professionals in the general area of environmental management as well as those searching for long-term solutions to Nigeria's particular ecological disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390381

Management of Event Operations The Management of Event Operations: project management planning and customer satisfaction provides an introduction to the management of operations for the event planner and venue provider. Taking an holistic view of an event enterprise it links the traditional topics within operations management to present a coherent and hands-on approach specifically for the events manager. The approach is pragmatic and is dictated by practical consequences and considerations which are so important to an event manager who balances many views and needs from diverse stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126862

Management of Federally Sponsored LibrariesCase Studies and Analysis In this book first published in 1995 managers from seven federally sponsored libraries in the United States analyse in detail their roles and responsibilities. Each librarian writes about the management of their facility and highlights significant features about its collection and services. It brings together in one place detailed descriptions of the scope and strengths of federal libraries the kinds of services they provide and the manner in which they function. The book provides readers with a unique opportunity to learn about such libraries from the manager's point of view and shows how these facilities are organized how they use their resources what equipment and services exist for interlibrary loans and for reference services and what databases they use to serve patrons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423780

Management of Foreign Exchange RiskEvidence from Developing Economies This book provides a technical and specialised discussion of contemporary and emerging issues in foreign exchange and financial markets by addressing the issues of risk management and theory and hypothesis development which have general implications for finance theory and foreign exchange market management. It offers an in-depth comprehensive analysis of the issues concerning the volatility of exchange rates. The book has three main objectives. First it applies the integrated study of exchange rate volatility in terms of depth and breadth. Second it applies the integrated study of exchange rate volatility in Malaysia as a case study of a developing country. Malaysia had imposed capital control measures in the past and has now liberalised its exchange rate market and will continue to liberalise it further in the long run. Hence the need to understand exchange rate volatility measurement and management will be even more important in the future. Third the book highlights new conditional volatility models for a developing country such as Malaysia and develops advanced econometric models which have produced results for sound risk management strategies and for achieving risk management in the financial market and the economy. Additionally the authors recommend risk management themes which may be of relevance to other developing countries. This work can be used as a reference book by fund managers financial market analysts researchers academics practitioners policy makers and postgraduate students in the areas of finance accounting business and financial economics. It can also be a supplementary text for Ph.D. and Masters’ students in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418571

Management of Hazardous EnergyDeactivation De-Energization Isolation and Lockout Hazardous energy present in systems machines and equipment has injured maimed and killed many workers. One serious injury can stop the growth of your business in its tracks. Management of Hazardous Energy: Deactivation De-Energization Isolation and Lockout provides the practical tools needed to assess hazardous energy in equipment machines and systems and covers how to manage hazardous energy through elimination or control in order to ensure worker safety and regulatory compliance. Written in plain English with a minimum of jargon this book provides safety professionals with the knowledge they need to interact with specialists designers and engineers to ensure that appropriate and necessary protocols and safety practices and tools are put into place for assessing the dangers and steps taken to eliminate or control exposure to hazardous energy when needed. Approaching the subject from the bottom up the author starts at the workplace level to ensure that the right actions happen for the right reasons. The book explains a protocol for describing the flow of energy including transformation and/or storage; for capturing the logic of decisions about control including failure analysis and contingency planning; and ultimately for creating procedures that are technically sound and defensible. Creating simple procedures for ensuring worker safety and regulatory compliance the book offers US and international strategies for hazardous energy management and contains examples to illustrate the application of concepts to specific areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072114

Management of Healthcare Published in 1998 this collection of essays on the management of healthcare look at topics such as: income distribution and life expectancy; internal market reform of the National Health Service; the changing nature of the medical profession; and doctors as managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325777

Management of Historic Centres This book examines key themes for the management of historic urban centres within a representative sample of centres in different European countries. The twelve historic centres that have been chosen are spread throughout Europe. They are diverse in character and the range includes small towns cities and urban centres within cities. Some have been designated by UNESCO as World Heritage Sites or Cities whilst others have recognition or have been proposed as European Cities of Culture. The centres have all faced different problems and a variety of approaches have been utilised which are also examined. For each of the historic centres in the book the authors broadly cover a number of common themes: the policy and planning framework; management and regeneration action; environmental management; tourism and heritage management; and sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138156036

Management of Hydrological SystemsAnalysis and perspective of the contingent valuation of water for mountain basins The contingent valuation of water is one of the key components when wanting to implement proposals for integrated water management in mountain basins. Management of Hydrological Systems (MHS) is one of the great challenges that the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) currently demand. Mainly in mountain basins with fragile ecosystems that face strong pressures such as poverty urban and population growth low water supply and sanitation and climate change. Management of Hydrological Systems aims for sustainable water management through contingent water valuation showing the reader in a didactic way the procedure to follow in mountain basins. This book offers a complete characterization of the main problems affecting this type of basin as well as the detailed procedure of the contingent valuation of water which directly involves users. As such this work is offered in relation to this urgent need for practical guidance demanded by society (SDGs) and is based on practical and real examples rather than theoretical constructions from places where these issues have not been widely addressed. The text is recommended as a way forward not only for water resource managers and decision- and policymakers but also for students and teachers who wish to implement this MHS guide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367897956

Management of Independent Learning Systems This work focuses on the competences associated with self-motivated life-long learners who are accustomed to working with autonomy and provides models for exploring ways to develop competences in a changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421110

Management of Indoor Air Quality Due to changes in lifestyle people spend more time indoors. This refers not only to the time spent at home and at office premises but also in shopping malls recreation centers and transport vehicles. Concentrations of many pollutants are higher indoors than they are outdoors. Consequently the indoor environment has a bigger impact on human health well being and effectiveness. Indoor Environment Engineering is a relatively new scientific discipline with an interdisciplinary character using knowledge from chemistry biology medicine and engineering. Since the early 1990s the number of studies in this area has grown significantly from research on indoor air parameters new emerging pollutants in indoor air energy saving systems of heating to studies on ventilation and air-conditioning in buildings. Even though much progress has been made since then a number of questions still remains open: How can indoor air quality be measured? What are reliable time- and cost-efficient methods? How can indoor air quality be improved investing as little energy as possible? How to minimize secondary pollution caused by air supply systems? Which type of pollutants should research focus on? In what way are we exposed to new pollutants (plasticizers flame retardants pesticides)? What is their impact on our health? Management of Indoor Air Quality is a collection of 14 peer reviewed papers in Indoor Environment Engineering addressing the above issues. It includes research on HVAC impact on aerosol levels new ventilation systems as well as air quality problems in new environments. The volume is intended for scientists engineers post-graduate and graduate students interested in the area of indoor environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415672665

Management of Insect Pests in Vegetable CropsConcepts and Approaches This new book on the sustainable management of insect pests in important vegetables offers valuable management strategies in detail. It focuses on eco-friendly technology and approaches to mitigating the damage caused by insect pests with special reference to newer insecticides. Chapters in the volume provide an introduction to vegetable entomology and go on to present a plethora of research on sustainable eco-friendly pest management strategies for root vegetables spice crops tuber crops and more. Vegetable crops that are infested by several insect pests from the nursery to the harvesting stage cause enormous crop losses. Given that it is estimated that up to 40 percent of global crops are lost to agricultural pests each year new research on effective management strategies is vital. The valuable information provided in this book will be very helpful for faculty and advanced-level students scientists and researchers policymakers and others involved in pest management for vegetable crops. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888592

Management of International Institutions and NGOsFrameworks practices and challenges International Institutions (IIs) International NGOs (INGOs) and Transnational Hybrid Organizations (THOs) play a hugely important role in the modern world economy. Despite having been studied by scholars from a range of disciplines these organizations have never before been approached from a management perspective. This ambitious book analyzes the management challenges associated with international cooperation and sheds light on how these organizations have evolved as the political economic and business environments have changed around them.   Covering an admirably broad canvas the authors pursue two main objectives. Firstly they explore the main management frameworks developed in the context of the corporate and national public/non-profit organizations and adapt them to the specificity of IIs and INGOs. This leads to the identification of a "tailored" approach to IO management based on their institutional and operational settings stakeholder groups core business staff profile and financial arrangements. Secondly they "bring theory into practice" by linking frameworks to several case studies and best practices of organizations currently experimenting with management systems and tools with case studies including the World Bank and the Gates Foundation. This comprehensive textbook is a must-own resource for students and academics involved with studying and working with international organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706650

Management of International NetworksCost-Effective Strategies for the New Telecom Regulations and Services Effective management of a communications network can be a difficult and costly activity and even more so when the network crosses international borders. International network managers face a number of issues that are crucial to strategic decision-making including the varying telecommunications regulations operators and services found within-as well as between-different countries. Focusing on these issues Management of International Networks clears the way for network managers to make informed strategic decisions. The author describes each of these issues in detail and develops models-illustrated by actual case studies-that allow a quantified analysis of each. With the ability to quantitatively assess these factors managers can forecast the potential of cost-effectively managing a network within a given country and make decisions such as:Where to place hubs for traffic in an international networkIn what country to expand the networkWhat services to obtain from which operator to ensure a cost-effective network The strong increase in demand for international network services combined with the rapid changes in the telecommunications environment in many countries necessitate a closer examination of international networks and the development of new models and tools that will facilitate management decisions. Management of International Networks fulfills this demand. Network managers planners and operators along with consultants telecommunications lawyers-virtually anyone working with international networks-will find this book an invaluable tool and guide to this dynamic evolving arena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455590

Management of Irrigation and Drainage Systems This monograph provides an overview of the principles required for a service orientation in the management of irrigation and drainage systems. The material covered is designed to emphasize an area largely neglected in the irrigation and drainage management literature. The dominating philosophy underlying this book is that irrigation and drainage systems must be managed as a service business responsive to the needs and changing requirements of its customers. It is postulated that this service approach to the management of irrigation and drainage systems consitutes a key element of the startegy that is needed to improve the current level of performance of many irrigation and drainage systems worldwide. Enhanced performance of irrigation is a prerequisite if we are to face the enormous challenge of producing greater quantities of food to meet the demand of a growing population.  This is particularly the case in an environment with increasing competition for water from industry and urban water users  set against mounting concerns about environmental sustainability. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203748428

Management of Library and Archival SecurityFrom the Outside Looking In Providing a substantive approach to the issue Management of Library and Archival Security: From the Outside Looking In gives librarians and collection directors practical and helpful suggestions for developing policies and procedures to minimize theft. In addition this text prepares you to deal with the aftermath of a robbery or natural disaster that destroys priceless materials. Through expert opinions and advice Management of Library and Archival Security will teach you how to protect and secure invaluable collections and the finances invested in them.In addition Management of Library and Archival Security offers numerous suggestions for preserving collections from environmental hazards and natural disasters. Contributors discuss several possible scenarios leading to the loss or destruction of library or archive materials and offer numerous measures of protection including: implementing timely inventory standards using approved marketing practices keeping good user records and having knowledge of insurance coverage making a recovery plan that deals with the impact of a theft and how it may affect staff and the actual workings of a department or archive knowing who to contact after a theft such as local enforcement agencies federal officials and listing the theft on the Library Security Officer Listserv (LSO) to alert local and national libraries and collectors to the crime incorporating internal audits in a university setting to prevent crime and ensure accounting and administration controls are effective and efficient instituting a preservation program for collections which includes temperature control of the indoor environment studying the building design for weaknesses or potential dangers reformatting deteriorating materials and limiting the handling of materials making plans for the aftermath of a disaster such as creating methods for risk assessment developing collection priorities and making rehabilitation policies for materialsThe chapters in Management of Library and Archival Security offer unique insight from a former F.B.I. agent with extensive experience in library thefts a preservation specialist and an archivist with extensive conservation experience in order to provide you with all of the information you need to safeguard library and archive collections against theft environmental conditions natural disasters and resultant financial loss. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862385

Management of Marketing The text provides information on the core elements of the subject of marketing without the depth that often surrounds these to ensure that the basic concepts are easily identifiable and accessible. Students on MBA courses often do not have time to read a long text as they are studying many subjects therefore they require a good basic guide pitched at the appropriate level to be able to be absorbed quickly but still provide enough of a strategic element to stretch them.Written by a successful author team Management of Marketing covers the key topics of the marketing component of an MBA course and provides a good balance of theory and application to ensure both aspects of the core concepts are covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144750

Management of Organizational Culture as a Stabilizer of ChangesOrganizational Culture Management Dilemmas No enterprise today is proud of being unchanged. Stability is understood more as a sign of stagnation than reliability and enterprises that do not change and do not evolve are commonly regarded as fossilized. Increasing globalization processes often force today’s enterprises to make organizational changes but the effectiveness of these processes relies on its organizational culture. This book argues that the problem behind organizational culture is its multilevel structure including the visible and hidden levels. It addresses difficult questions such as: Is it better to make thorough but more painful changes or to gradually introduce small improvements? It also demonstrates that organizational culture is not a fixed phenomenon: its shaping takes place in stages and it is essential to take such stages into account in the process of implementing the strategy of an enterprise. Providing a comprehensive insight into "organizational culture" and its relationship to change this book will be essential reading for professionals involved in business management and IT management throughout the world. Its analyses and suggestions will allow for improved organizational culture and change management in business environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367460594

Management Of Pests And PesticidesFarmers' Perceptions And Practices This book discusses pesticide production distribution and use; the problems caused by pests and pesticides; and the role of integrated pest management in minimizing these problems. It addresses the relationship of the farmers' practices and attitudes to the development of pest management systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367158590

Management of Pollutant Emission from Landfills and Sludge This book gives an overview of recent findings on the mitigation of gas emission from landfills and sludge processing. Special attention is given to methane and the migration of POPs heavy metal ions ammonia and nitrate from landfills to the water-soil system and to the atmosphere. Strategies for mitigating the impact of pollution on ecosystems a Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429152597

Management of Post-Mortem PregnancyLegal and Philosophical Aspects Recent advances in medical technology have provided healthcare staff with the possibility of maintaining the life of a brain-dead pregnant woman on life-support in order to achieve successful delivery of the foetus. Management of Post-Mortem Pregnancy examines the legal and ethical difficulties surrounding such post-mortem management. Offering practical guidance based on a combined analysis of similar situations that affect pregnant women's lifestyle and physical condition and of the legal framework of pregnancy clauses in advance directive legislation the volume considers pregnant women's obligations towards their foetuses. It discusses the main moral legal psychological religious spiritual and physical aspects of the question on the interests of dead people as well as the jurisprudential question of the foetus' interests. The book will be a valuable guide for all those involved with the decision-making process of such tragic cases. It will also be of wider use to anyone with an interest in legal ethical and bio-medical issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390398

Management of Problem Soils in Arid Ecosystems Management of Problem Soils in Arid Ecosystems examines the challenges of managing soils in arid and semiarid regions. These soils contain low organic matter are not leached and accumulate lime gypsum and/or soluble salts requiring special management and practices. This book discusses how to identify problems reclaim the soils and then use them efficiently and economically. Water management and desertification in these areas are also discussed. It contains extensive references as well as 40 tables and illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579715

Management of RegenerationChoices Challenges and Dilemmas Stemming from a need to understand strategic processes examine current practices and identify the needs of regeneration management professionals this book cites current regeneration management practice within a framework which critically examines the theoretical models developed over the past twenty years. It features illustrative case studies learning objectives key themes boxes and review and reflection segments and explains strategic processes and new forms of local sub-regional and regional management. It also investigates the development and extension of the roles of regeneration managers (which increasingly illustrate the uneven and contradictory nature of this subject) and raises important issues regarding how such individuals are supported and developed. This book: examines current initiatives in order to present good practice provides practitioners and students with an understanding of the choices challenges and dilemmas faced by regeneration managers focuses on the themes of partnership capacity building and community engagement participation and sustainability has an accompanying web page featuring downloadable PowerPoint slides and test blanks. A valuable resource for public sector managers and urban management professionals this book synthesises strategic literature and applies it within a changing local sub regional and regional governance system. Providing a clear framework within which new models of strategy and implementation can be found it presents a balanced approach between existing theory and practical case material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203414996

Management of Shipping Companies The maritime sector is dynamic and volatile creating the need for continuous monitoring of the latest developments and their effects on the organisation management and strategies of shipping companies. This book analyses the business environment of these companies and the approaches they adopt in organising and managing their activities. Management of Shipping Companies aims to facilitate the learning and understanding of the fascinating world of shipping business. It examines the organisation and management of companies which manage ocean-going ships emphasising the special characteristics of the industry and the framework created by these. This textbook offers a detailed account of the companies’ processes and functions the structural and contextual dimensions of their organisation as well as an analysis of human resources safety management and the outsourcing of shipping operations. Written in an easily digestible and critical manner it includes case studies and analysis of best practices implemented by companies worldwide. This unique and accessible book is an ideal text for students in maritime studies programs as well as readers interested in learning about maritime businesses’ organisation and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190108

Management of Small Animal Distal Limb Injuries Small Animal Distal Limb Injuries provide the small and mixed animal practitioner with a definitive but practical step-by-step guide to the management of soft tissue orthopedic and athletic injuries of the distal limbs in dogs and cats.Includes specific coverage of injuries that occur from the carpal/tarsal areas to the digits of dogs and cats. All wounds and injuries are covered and all commonly performed management and bandaging techniques are presented as step-by-step black and white line drawings supplemented by before and after photographs. Regional anatomy is presented for orientation. The work is intended to consolidate in a single volume all of the applied clinical information needed for the effective management of distal limb injuries and their reconstruction. This book contains medical and surgical guide lines which are not currently available in the veterinary literature. It spans four important areas of small animal practice (wound healing bandaging orthopedic trauma and injuries to muscles ligaments and tendons) which are of general interest to every practitioner. It contains up to date information regarding applicable drugs and is heavily illustrated. All three authors are very well known to the veterinary community and active on the meeting circuit.Of great use to undergraduate veterinary students in the latter years of study and to postgraduate students as well as all small animal and mixed animal practitioners trainers and others involved with athletic or working dogs. Media > Books > Print Books Teton NewMedia 9781893441279

Management of Sports Development Management of Sports Development is the first book to offer a holistic approach to a field which has been growing in importance for some years. Although many books exist on various aspects of development never before has there been a text which addresses the process of development in such a comprehensive manner. This book offers eveything needed to develop an understanding of the process of sports development. The book provides comprehensive coverage of the major themes in the process of sports development with contributions from an internationally renowned author team. These themes include: models of sports development funding of sports development mega sporting events networks and partnerships in sports development sports development and social change It is also supplemented with a dedicated accompanying website featuring updates and extra material. This accessible book is essential reading for students or lecturers in the field of sports development and is set to be a vital contribution to the literature in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138422483

Management of the Difficult AirwayA Handbook for Surgeons NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836051

Management of the Menopause 5th edition This book provides a practical unbiased and non-promotional international guide for all health professionals dealing with menopausal and postmenopausal women. With regard to management strategies it discusses both oestrogen and non-oestrogen-based treatments and their relative merits. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455122

Management of Turfgrass Diseases This Second Edition of Management of Turfgrass Diseases has been completely revised and updated to provide the latest information on maintaining a healthy turf and identifying turf diseases. Written by a leading international lecturer on turf grasses the book covers cultural genetic biological and chemical approaches to turf management and provides practical solutions to everyday problems. Fungal bacterial and viral diseases; black layer disease; and diseases caused by nematodes are addressed for all major grasses. You'll learn about cool and warm season grasses growing conditions new diseases symptoms and identification and management techniques. Valuable tips on irrigation fertilization and grass culture as well as 72 full-color photographs and more than 100 figures ensure this book will be dog-eared from use. It's almost like having your own private turfgrass consultant sitting right on your bookshelf. What's New in the Second Edition?This second edition features new grasses new diseases and the latest research findings and practices. You'll have the most up-to-date information available on these major grasses: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402198

Management of Wheat and Barley Diseases Both wheat and barley are two of the most important food and industrial crops in the world. Wheat and barley cultivation has experienced changes in practices due to factors such as methods of conservation agriculture cropping systems wheat varieties changes in weather patterns and international trade necessitating new and different approaches for the successful management of emerging diseases and new pathotypes of pathogens. This valuable volume explores a multitude of new approaches and techniques for the effective management of emerging wheat diseases. This new volume presents the latest literature on management technology of diseases that affect the production of wheat and are capable of reducing grain yields as well as grain quality. These diseases include rusts smuts other foliar diseases such as blight spots blotch powdery mildew bunts etc. as well as diseases such as Karnal bunt of wheat which is of importance to international trade. This book will be highly valuable to researchers students teachers farmers seed growers traders and other stakeholders dealing with wheat and barley. It also advances our knowledge in the field of plant pathology plant breeding and plant biotechnology agronomy and grain quality and pesticide industries. The book will serve as a reference on disease management technologies for the containment of losses in wheat and barley yields and will assist in maintaining wheat quality reducing the cost of cultivation increasing yield and thus in helping to ensuring food security on a global level. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771885461

Management Options in Breast CancerCase Histories Best Practice and Clinical Decision-Making Management Options in Breast Cancer is the only comprehensive resource devoted to exploring the systematic approach to breast cancer diagnosis surgery and postoperative care. This guide is an ideal tool for oncologists pathologists radiologists and gynecologists seeking alternative management options for breast cancer. In addition trainees will find this text a valuable reference for learning the basic principles and clinical guidelines of the field. Key features in this stand-alone text: an international review of the management options in the field of breast cancer clinical practice case-based examples designed to aid in optimal clinician decision-making two chapters devoted to rarely-explored topics: male breast cancer and geriatric breast cancer Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115026

Management Organization and Employment Strategy (RLE: Organizations)New Directions in Theory and Practice The book brings together in a single volume material and issues normally treated separately such as management studies organisation theory personnel management industrial relations and motivation theory. Traditional topics such as the Hawthorne Experiments Weber’s ideal type of bureaucracy and Maslow’s hierarchy of needs are put into perspective along with ideas about organisational cultures the labour process and the idea of corporate employment strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980303

Management Practice and Creative DestructionExistential Skills for Inquiring Managers Researchers and Educators How do managers and leaders know what to do when they are caught off guard or taken by surprise? How do they create when they do not know what to do next? These are challenges of an organizational world of existential uncertainty; one where the future does not conform to but challenges our expectations and assumptions. Steven Segal demonstrates that creating in a world of existential uncertainty requires a new understanding of the relationship between management inquiry and the lived experience of organizing. Using existential philosophy he demonstrates how moods of concern serve as a framework to integrate management theory and practice thereby providing a framework for managers management educators and consultants to share a common framework. In a globalized free market characterized by unexpected disruptions management inquiry is not a science conducted from an objective distance. The book advocates an existentially reflexive and participant observer perspective to management inquiry. By participating in managing a felt sense of being a manager develops. Through existential observation new ways of organizing are made possible. It is inquiry from within rather than from an objective distance. Such inquiry opens new doors and opportunities. Existential hermeneutic phenomenology and the free market phenomenon of creative destruction are linked to each other. The former provides a framework to work through the breakdown in conventions of organizing that occur in creative destruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879280

Management Practice and Mispractice Originally published in 1992. The task of management has become increasingly complex in recent years. Chief executives and senior management are confronted with the task of making sense of the multiple factors affecting business systems and identifying causal relationships in seemingly unstructured problems. In the field of management a wide gulf exists between theory and practice. Pronouncements from theorists have become increasingly unintelligible to practitioners. Practical propositions from management consultants - often in the form of recipes derived from experience and case studies - are often based on limited hard evidence. This has given rise to many fashions in management. The danger of fashionable doctrine is that they can lead to the adoption of what may be regarded as "management mispractices" namely practices that are based on questionable beliefs and premises. The topics and problems discussed in Management Practice and Mispractice aim to provoke the reader to think about the many issues involved and to question established doctrines and beliefs. This book should be of interest to managers management consultants and students of management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138566200

Management Practices for Engaging a Diverse WorkforceTools to Enhance Workplace Culture This unique volume shows how to tackle the challenges of diversity in the workplace. It addresses the need to keep the workforce engaged while taking into consideration the diverse backgrounds of employees. The book explores 12 themes of workforce diversity and culture including differences of race religion gender sexuality income class education level marital status generation/age physical ability and more. Focusing on the benefits of engaging a diverse workforce the volume considers the issue through the different stages of the human resource process including recruitment selection performance appraisal demand forecasting supply forecasting job description and specification job analysis and evaluation training and development career planning and development succession planning etc. Employing an abundance of case studies the volume enables readers to comprehend what it means to have a diverse workforce and how to engage such a workforce for the betterment of the employees as well as the employer. The volume acts as a textbook for courses on diversity in human resource management as well as a valuable resource for HRM and other management professionals. The discussions and questions sections will be useful for faculty and the short case studies are designed to keep students interested and engaged. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888639

Management Principles (Routledge Revivals)A Primer for Directors and Potential Directors First published 1962 with a second edition in 1970 this book offers a comprehensive and accessible guide in the principles and practices of management. Walter Puckey considers the make-up of an organisation the purpose of the company and the practice of management. A particularly useful title for students of business and management as well as directors this book provides a practical analysis of organisational techniques and trends. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727648

Management ResearchApplying the Principles For many post-graduate students undertaking a research project for the first time is a daunting prospect. Gaining the knowledge and skills needed to do research typically has to be done alongside carrying out the project itself. Students often have to conduct their research independently perhaps with limited tutor contact. What is needed in such situations is a resource that supports the new researcher on every step of the research journey from defining the project to communicating its findings. Management Research: Applying the Principles provides just such a resource. Structured around the key stages of a research project it is designed to provide answers to the questions faced by new researchers but without neglecting the underlying principles of good research. Each chapter includes ‘next steps’ activities to help readers apply the content to their own live research project. The companion website provides extensive resources including video tutorials to support the development of practical research skills. The text reflects the richness and variety of current business and management research both in its presentation of methods and techniques and its choice of examples drawn from different subject disciplines industries and organizations. Management Research: Applying the Principles combines diversity of coverage with a singularity of purpose: to help students complete their research project to a rigorous standard. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628129

Management ResearchEuropean Perspectives Management Research: European Perspectives brings together experts in the field to take stock of European management research and reflect on its distinctiveness. Building on a successful series of papers published in the European Management Journal this book contains international contributions providing a range of scholarly perspectives on the reality of European management research.The state of management scholarship has recently been a topic of great interest focusing on such matters as the role of universities versus businesses in shaping research agendas the so-called ‘rigour–relevance’ debate the use of measurements in quality assessment of research outputs the role of journal rankings and the merits of the journal review system. Missing however is any discussion of what if anything constitutes a European approach to management research how does it differ from other styles used in the rest of the world and why is there a need for such distinctiveness? It has been noted that European management scholars have a lower success rate for publishing theoretical papers than their North American counterparts which is surprising given that Europe has been the cradle of many generative intellectual traditions. European scholars may be the heirs to those traditions but they are sometimes criticised for failing to channel this legacy into authoritative theoretical contributions in elite US-based management journals. This book provides insightful contributions to the debate and offers critical reflections on what European-based scholars have to offer the study of management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887582

Management Scholarship and Organisational ChangeRepresenting Burns and Stalker Change is a crucial and inescapable process for many organisations. It remains a constant challenge for managers and many change management initiatives fail. Burns and Stalker’s seminal text on managing change The Management of Innovation has often been used as a basis for research in mainstream management journals and has been represented as an important theory in popular and long-established management textbooks. The issues raised in that book are still being grappled with by academics and practitioners today. Miriam Green provides a critical analysis of the mainstream construction of knowledge on change management through an examination of representations of that text. The main thesis of her book is that this literature though valuable does not provide a full picture. Its objectivist approach ignores the role of other factors raised in the original study. These factors include the effects of power politics resistance and employee influence on the outcomes of managerial change strategies and on other organisational processes with important consequences for the understanding of change initiatives by both academics and practitioners. This is part of an ongoing debate in management studies and more widely in the social sciences about theoretical approaches and research methods. The originality of this book lies in its in-depth comparison of an entire monograph on organisations facing technological and commercial change with an equally in-depth analysis of the ways this work has been represented and used as a basis for teaching and research. It highlights the limitations of the exclusive use of one approach to explain the complications arising from organisational change. It challenges the scientific justification offered for that approach and supports arguments for more inclusive and sustainable scholarship of greater relevance to academics managers and other organisational stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662639

Management Science Operations Research and Project ManagementModelling Evaluation Scheduling Monitoring Due to its societal and economic relevance Project Management (PM) has become an important discipline and a concept critical to modern organizations public and private. PM as an academic discipline is discussed both in Management Science and in Operations Research. Management Science tends to focus on quantitative tools and the soft skills necessary to manage projects successfully. Operations Research gives the essential scientific contribution to the success of project management through the development of models and algorithms. In Management Science Operations Research and Project Management José Ramón San Cristóbal Mateo fills the gap between scientific research and the practical application of that research. Project managers need formal training in decision-making but sometimes they do not have an in-depth knowledge of Operations Research or they lack the necessary theoretical background. This book with its focus on the quantitative models of Operations Research and Management Science applied to Project Management provides project managers with the tools and methods necessary to manage projects successfully. Project managers operate in a complex global environment in which numerous factors need to be considered such as minimizing total project costs meeting contracted dates and ensuring that activities achieve certain quality levels. The focus here on the application of quantitative models of Operations Research and Management Science applied to Project Management provides them with the tools and methods necessary to make sound decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879310

Management Science Applications in Tourism and Hospitality Find out how accurate forecasting and analysis can prevent costly mistakes! Management Science Applications in Tourism and Hospitality examines innovative tools for evaluating performance and productivity in tourism offices hotels and restaurants. This collection of recent studies focuses on two important topics of management science: forecasting and a relatively new analytical methodology called data envelopment analysis (DEA). This book will show you how tourism forecasting accuracy can be enhanced and how DEA can be used to benchmark productivity and improve advertisement efficiency. Management Science Applications in Tourism and Hospitality provides you with a useful blend of analysis from both theory and real-data perspectives. This book uses case studies application techniques and expert advice to review various productivity measurement methods and compare them to DEA revealing DEA’s strengths weaknesses and its potential in the operating environment. With Management Science Applications in Tourism and Hospitality you’ll be able to: utilize destination benchmarking perform multiunit restaurant productivity assessments using DEA conduct hotel labor productivity assessments using DEA measure and benchmark productivity in the hotel sector using DEA model tourism demand use an improved extrapolative hotel room occupancy rate forecasting technique forecast short-term planning and management for a casino buffet restaurant apply city perception analysis (CPA) for destination positioning decisions This book is generously enhanced with tables and figures to substantiate the research. Management Science Applications in Tourism and Hospitality is valuable for hospitality and tourism educators and graduate students learning and doing research in operation analysis. Savvy executives and professionals who want to improve efficiency in their industry will also benefit from the techniques illustrated in this timely guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155695

Management Science in FisheriesAn introduction to simulation-based methods A key goal of fisheries management is to regulate extractive pressure on a resource so as to ensure social economic and ecological sustainability. This text provides an accessible entry point for students and professionals to management science as developed in fisheries in order to facilitate uptake of the latest ideas and methods.  Traditional management approaches have relied upon a stock assessment based on existing understanding of resource status and dynamics and a prediction of the likely future response to a static management proposal. However all such predictions include an inherent degree of uncertainty and the last few decades have seen the emergence of an adaptive approach that uses feedback control to account for unknown future behaviour. Feedback is achieved via a control rule which defines a relationship between perceived status of the resource and a management action. Evaluations of such rules usually include computer simulation testing across a broad range of uncertainties so that an appropriate and robust rule can be selected by stakeholders and managers. The book focuses on this approach which is usually referred to as Management Strategy Evaluation.  The book is enriched by case study examples from different parts of the world as well as insights into the theory and practice from those actively involved in the science of fisheries management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364202

Management Science in Hospitality and TourismTheory Practice and Applications Management Science in Hospitality and Tourism is a timely and unique book focusing on management science applications. The first section of the book introduces the concept of management science application in hospitality and tourism and related issues to set the stage for subsequent sections. Section II focuses on management science applications with conceptual pieces empirical applications and best practices with examples coming from different parts of the world and settings. The last section ends with a chapter focusing on challenges and future research directions. This book goes beyond revenue management topics and presents a broad range of topics in management science applications as they relate to hospitality and tourism cases. Researchers and students in hospitality and tourism will find this book very useful since it contains chapters on data analytics e-commerce and technology revenue and yield management optimization methods resource allocation goal programming dynamic programming Markov chain models trends analysis and detection measuring potential and attractiveness in tourism development performance measures and use of indices in hospitality and tourism and more. There is a heightened interest in these areas of business applications in today’s data-driven business environment and this book addresses that interest. This book is the only comprehensive text on management science applications in hospitality and tourism. It will help managers and hospitality and tourism students as future managers to develop an in-depth understanding of the importance of data analysis interpretation and generating information and intelligence for decision making. It covers a broad range of applications representing different geographic regions of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895710

Management Skills for SEN Coordinators in the Primary School Specifically designed for busy teachers who have responsibility for co- ordinating a subject area within their primary school. Each volume in the series conforms to a concise style while providing a wealth of tips case studies and photocopiable material that teachers can use immediately. subject they are called on to co-ordinate these books provide guidance and examples to tackle the job. There are special volumes dedicated to dealing with OFSTED creating whole school policy and the demands of co-ordinating several subjects within a small school. The entire set of 16 volumes is available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421547

Management Skills for the Information Manager First published in 1993 this volume explains the diverse and numerous management skills required to run a special library. Whether the unit is within a private or public company a charity a research organization governmental department or a professional association the manager of that unit has to cope with problems and decisions that range from staffing recruitment and training to budgeting purchasing PR and marketing. This book with contributions from practising information specialists will aid both the new and in-position information manager in the difficult day-to-day management role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325876

Management Skills in Primary Schools Originally published in 1988. The qualities that identify a good school are high teaching standards and teacher morale good levels of behaviour successful pupil performance and a well-balanced provision of extra-curricular activities. Such schools are described as ‘well-run’ but the correlation between effectiveness and an explicit management strategy is not yet established. This book seeks to examine the role of management in the primary school and to identify those areas in which effective management practice can make a valuable contribution to school life for the benefit of both staff and pupils. It argues that although useful insights can be gained into school organisation from the scientific management perspective the human relation approach to management has more to offer to those working in the primary sector. The focus is therefore on personal relationships. The importance of a clear sense of purpose is emphasised throughout especially in view of the challenges which now face our primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545298

Management Skills in Social CareA Handbook for Social Care Managers First published in 1992 this volume responds to the importance of management has been increasingly recognized in the personal social services but this recognition has materialized more slowly in some social day care settings. Staff in these settings who move on to management can face particular difficulties in adapting to their new role especially if they have been promoted on the basis of their competence as practitioners. Newly-promoted managers in social care settings are all too often ill-equipped for the problems and possibilities offered by their move to a management position. As a practice-based handbook Management Skills in Social Care fills this gap by examining key areas of management expertise such as: managing self; individuals; groups; resources; change; and so on. Above all this book is concerned with maximising the contribution of management in day-to-day social care practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335226

Management Strategies for Water Use Efficiency and Micro Irrigated CropsPrinciples Practices and Performance Management Strategies for Water Use Efficiency and Micro Irrigated Crops presents new research and technologies for making better use of water resources for agricultural purposes. The chapters focus on better management to improve allocation and irrigation water efficiency and look at performance factors as well. Chapters look at irrigation technology environmental conditions and scheduling of water application. One section of the book focuses on water management in the cultivation of sugarcane a very important industrial crop used in many fields. Other sections are devoted to principles and challenging technologies water use efficiency for drip-irrigated crops performance of fertigated rice under micro irrigation and evaluation of performance of drip-irrigated crops. This valuable book is a must for those struggling to find ways to address the need to maintain efficient crop production in the midst of water shortages. With chapters from hands-on experts in the field the book will be an invaluable reference and guide to effective micro irrigation methods. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887915

Management Systems and Performance Frameworks for SustainabilityA Road Map for Sustainably Managed Enterprises All organisations have a responsibility to ensure they have a minimum negative impact on the environment and act as a haven for human development that contributes to positive outcomes for society. But small businesses have limited resources with which to pursue sustainability initiatives and must focus on their core objectives in order to survive. Through an in-depth exploration of quality management theory this book proposes a "Sustainability Management Framework" as a structure for a balanced approach to developing operations strategy for corporate social responsibility (CSR). Management Systems and Performance Frameworks for Sustainability explores the frameworks accreditations and awards that small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs) can utilise to enhance their performance. In the first half of the book the author demonstrates how complementary techniques such as the Sustainability Performance Framework can help organisational leaders to develop implement and optimise business strategy into discrete activities of value setting management system and performance model selection and target setting and evaluation to the tactical deployment of sustainability and CSR. Meanwhile the second half of the book focuses on real SME case studies to illustrate the use of the Sustainability Strategic Growth Model Sustainability Management Framework and Sustainability Performance Framework to align strategy and policies with compliance obligations United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and Millennium Development Goals. This key book is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of quality management entrepreneurship and sustainability in business executives of SMEs and sustainability policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648746

Management Systems for Construction The book provides a concise focussed guide to the main management areas that are essential to the success of modern construction projects. The concepts principles and applications in the seven main management areas that are essential to the success of construction projects are presented. It links in with The CIOB's Education Framework is recommended reading for The CIOB. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141650

Management Systems for SustainabilityHow to Connect Strategy and Action To deliver on your sustainability ambitions you need an effective management system. Delivery and results after all are what sets leading sustainable businesses apart. Supplementing your existing management arrangements with a management systems approach can play a crucial part in helping to implement more sustainable ways of working. It will help your colleagues understand what sustainability means and how it applies to their role. It will strengthen the link between strategy and action and provide the framework for the various elements of your sustainability strategy to happen. In this short guide Phil Cumming introduces you to management systems thinking and concepts and sets out clear and practical steps to help you be more formalized and systematic about how and when you do things. This book will help you deliver on your sustainability ambitions – without needing to follow a single management system standard!  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293816

Management Teams Benefit from Belbin‘s own experience of putting the Team Roles method into practiceSuccinct and practical information to enable managers to make a real difference in the workplaceReal-life case studies show how to apply the theory in practice Meredith Belbin‘s unique and widely-read work on teams has become part of everyday language for organizations around the world. For every manager getting the most from their team is paramount in achieving superior results. Belbin‘s vital area of management research supersedes the usual preoccupations with qualifications and experience considering instead the Team Role behaviours which shape everyday interactions in teams. Management Teams: Why they succeed or fail is an account of the experimental study of management teams at Henley Management College from which Belbin‘s unique Team Role theory developed. Now in its third edition the original theory has been fully updated and rewritten in parts by the author with chapter summaries and updated illustrations. This is the original book by Meredith Belbin offering the only authoritative explanation of how Belbin‘s world-famous Team Role language came into being. Download and print a free full-page summary of Team Roles with their icons descriptions strengths and allowable weaknesses from http://www.belbin.com/books/books.htm R. Meredith Belbin was formerly Chairman of the Industrial Training Research Unit. A founder Member of Belbin Associates he is also Visiting Professor and Honorary Fellow of Henley Management College. Related Title Belbin: Team Roles at Work 2e ISBN: 978-1-85617-800-6 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433762

Management TechniquesA Practical Guide This book first published in 1969 is in two parts the text and the glossary. The glossary entries include a description to give an idea of what each technique is what it is for who can use it and the practical results one can expect from it. The text contains the key to the use of all the techniques in the glossary: it explains what management techniques are and describes in detail how to introduce them into your job or your company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366379

Management Theory Innovation and OrganisationA Model of Managerial Competencies Competencies are a component of human capital and one of the most important assets of an enterprise. They play an important role in strengthening the position of the company in a competitive market. Investing in the development of competencies increases the organisation's ability to grow and compete through innovations. This book presents a multi-dimensional analysis of the relationship between managerial competencies and innovations. It analyses the role of a manager in a modern organisation functions performed by managers management styles and key challenges including shaping behaviour in the process of managing change in an organisation as well as an analysis of the structure of competencies in particular managerial competencies and the conditions of the process of forming managerial competencies. Management Theory Innovation and Organisation: A Model of Managerial Competencies illustrates the organisational conditions of innovativeness which is the relationship between strategy structure organisational culture and leadership and knowledge management and innovation management. The developed model can undoubtedly be considered the author’s pioneering contribution to the studies of managerial competencies and innovativeness. The book will be valuable to researchers students and managers in the fields of leadership organizational studies innovation management and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367485528

Management Training and Development in ChinaEducating Managers in a Globalized Economy One of the critical issues facing both the Chinese government and businesses operating in China is the lack of trained managers.  This book with contributions by internationally-known scholars from a wide range of countries examines the Chinese response to the challenges of management training and development. It considers the development of business schools in the PRC and the impact of foreign partnerships on their operation. It summarizes the current trends in management training and development and outlines the likely course of future developments. Overall this book is a comprehensive account of management training and development in China and is an important resource in an area that has hitherto seen little substantive research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673693

ManagementA Developing Country Perspective The global business world appears to be changing and there is an ever greater focus on developing countries. This change in the international business environment is not reflected in the range of management textbooks currently available as most are written from a developed country perspective This book introduces and assesses the typical theories and management approaches that are popular in developed countries from the perspective of managers in developing countries. A wide variety of countries with many different environments and cultures are explored and the book covers key concepts such as Economic development Planning and strategic management Operations management HRM Leadership With the added benefit of various pedagogical features and supplementary web materials students taking classes requiring an understanding of management concepts will find Punnett’s book adds serious value. It could be used as core reading for a range of classes including international business management development studies and managing in a developing country. Please click on the eResources tab for the supplementary web materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590693

ManagementA European Perspective Management: A European Perspective adopts a step-by-step approach based on the key managerial skills – planning organization implementation supervision and control – to provide a practical introduction to the field.   Looking at some leading international companies Keuning draws on various managerial and organizational concepts including industrial democracy corporate governance ethics culture and gender ICT related changes in industries e-business risk management and network organization. Among the special features designed to enhance the learning process are:   Detailed case studies demonstrating the practical implications of the concepts discussed References in the form of examples and brief studies (with a European or international focus) Numerous discussion questions relating to each chapter's theory Material from European newspapers and magazines to reinforce the book's practical orientation   This book is an ideal introduction for students starting out their business program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682863

ManagementAn Evidence-Based Approach 3rd Edition Management: An Evidence-Based Approach provides an introduction to the broad field of management and organization. Throughout the book the theory of management is related to everyday situations. Theory is selected on the basis of evidence in managerial practice in strategic organizational and operational problem-solving. Contemporary issues covered include: business excellence sustainability alliances off-shoring and in-shoring risk-management integrity and corporate governance network organization diversity management work engagement crowd-sourcing and mass customization; whilst special features which enhance the learning process include: ‘management in action’ case studies at the beginning of every chapter discussion questions research based exercises and case analyses at the end of every chapter demonstrating the practical implications of the concepts presented examples illustrations and brief case studies with a world-wide focus throughout the chapters. This comprehensive introduction to management provides new students to the area with everything they need to know to progress to the next level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177338

Manager vs. LeaderUntying the Gordian Knot Cutting through the clutter of management and leadership books Manager vs. Leader: Untying the Gordian Knot works to differentiate the terms manager and leader. With these terms often used synonymously misunderstanding leads to confusion and failed expectations at all levels of an organization. Providing both academic and practical organizational examples this book challenges readers with ranging experience and knowledge to explore management and leadership in a new and comprehensive way. Enabling readers to better understand the nuances between leading and managing this book provides historical context while guiding readers in understanding the impact each role has within an organization. Through brief explorations into Organization Development and Transformation this book works through the state of the leadership concept and provides insights into future challenges for managers and leaders. Armed with historical context a foundation to explore the terms manager and leader and an open mind readers will be able to more effectively manage expectations and interact with others whether professionally or personally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559080

Managerial Occupational and Organizational Stress Research This title was first published in 2001. A discussion of managerial occupational and organizational stress research. The volume is in seven parts. The first part explores the theoretical or conceptual frameworks in occupational and organizational stress that have developed out of empirical work and work with others in different countries. The second part provides the reader with reviews of literature on different topics in the field of workplace stress. Part Three highlights a range of studies undertaken by UMIST and their collaborating colleagues in different institutions. The research that highlights issues and problems of current relevance is found in the fourth part while the methodological studies involving instrument development refining of existing measures and more is found in Part Five. The studies linking stress and health follows on from this and the new area of investigation evaluating stress management interventions concludes this survey of research in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717671

Managerial Occupational and Organizational Stress Research This title was first published in 2001. A discussion of managerial occupational and organizational stress research. The volume is in seven parts. The first part explores the theoretical or conceptual frameworks in occupational and organizational stress that have developed out of empirical work and work with others in different countries. The second part provides the reader with reviews of literature on different topics in the field of workplace stress. Part Three highlights a range of studies undertaken by UMIST and their collaborating colleagues in different institutions. The research that highlights issues and problems of current relevance is found in the fourth part while the methodological studies involving instrument development refining of existing measures and more is found in Part Five. The studies linking stress and health follows on from this and the new area of investigation evaluating stress management interventions concludes this survey of research in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717688

Managerial Accountant’s CompassResearch Genesis and Development   This is the first detailed view of the managerial accountant’s role and responsibilities in organization setting. Its aim is to foster role development: the opportunity to work at an advanced level of practice. Accounting studies develop technical skills associated with topics and responding to defined scenarios but provide very little guidance on what to recognizing and approaching the broad problems or challenges under conditions of uncertainty.It is a double first because it provides the managerial accountant’s compass as a general purpose analytical framework for managerial accounting independent of any selected theory and method. The metaphor of a compass creates a mental schema for its four points named (1) goals and principles (2) boundaries and constraints (3) methods and models and (4) collegial relationships. Dynastic Chinese and some other Central Asian cultures view the center as a fifth principal direction giving a total of five points. The center represents a high standard ethical conduct and self-care or moral compass.Managerial Accountant’s Compass offers an integrated and systematic guide to approaching situations that are constantly changing. It gives a protective starting pattern which produces new meanings and awareness of the ambiguity and uncertainty for each situation. Ultimately the managerial accountant’s compass can help you make more effective sense of yourself your expertise and your practice in the organization where you work which should open career opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733162

Managerial and Professional Staff Grading This title first published in 1962 explains a system of job evaluation suitable for managerial and professional posts and calls for a radical rethinking of the essential requirements for senior jobs. With a focus on the British Broadcasting Company as well as other organisations the authors examine commercial and industrial concerns in regards to their workforce and staff diversity. This title will be of interest to students of business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286535

Managerial Consulting SkillsA Practical Guide This title was first published in 2001. The advisory role in organizations is more important today than it has ever been. To perform effectively managers and professionals need the skills of the consultant. This manual is designed to provide practical help for all advisers whether working within or outside the organization. It covers every aspect of the process from interpersonal skills to organizational context from planning to follow-up. This second edition reflects developments which have taken place since the publication of the first edition and now includes ten chapters on the impact that action learning has on change processes and the way that the Web is likely to influence consulting. Each chapter concludes with guidelines summarizing the content and questions designed to help the reader to apply the material to his or her own activities. Real-life cases from Dr Margerison's own experience are included as well as examples drawn from the work of many well-known consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733565

Managerial CulturesA Comparative Historical Analysis How did the conduct of business come to be so different in different countries? Why are some less developed countries in the process of rapid industrialization while so many others remain poor? Analysts often point to national differences in the cultures of business to explain these patterns. What then accounts for these differences in culture? We can gain some insights into these issues by considering the incentives that are likely to shape the behaviors of upwardly mobile sub-elites. Patterns of elite initiatives in the early years of industrialization have an enduring impact on the subsequent conduct of business. Understanding the impact of history can provide important insights into contemporary business practices. Viewed from the perspective of developmental history apparently independent phenomena can often be seen as different aspects of a common pattern. Questions about the relation between our collective past experiences and future performances are also relevant for our understanding of democratic self-governance. Governments are generally engaged in nation building. What works? Why? Where are we collectively headed? This volume suggests some answers. Author David Hanson develops an analysis that focuses on governing elites the need for security and the search for status. His analysis rests on considerations of social structure conflict and psychology rather than on resources markets and economics. The result is a book to offer international managers an understanding of history’s critical role in fully understanding the societies in which they operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212671

Managerial Decision Making This book originally published in 1975 is an attempt to bridge the gap between economic theory and business practice by relating the tools of economic analysis to the decision making process itself. It is written from a decision making systems analysis viewpoint. This approach enables the reader to perceive the integrative nature of the subject matter in relation to the functioning of the business enterprise. Although the unifying theme of ‘decision making’ is at the heart of the book where necessary some of the theoretical underpinnings of traditional neo-classical theory of the firm are covered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391883

Managerial Economics The new fifth edition of Managerial Economics is an ideal text for any course focusing on the practical application of micro-economic principles to management. It includes fresh up-to-date discussion questions from all over the world and is enhanced with detailed instructor supplements. The book is a popular useful choice for managers learning economics. An accompanying website featuring a wealth of supplementary material is available at https://sites.google.com/site/pngecon/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810266

Managerial Economics of Non-Profit Organizations This is the first book of its kind to bring together the microeconomic insights on the functioning of non-profit organizations complementing the wide range of books on the management of non-profit organizations by instead focusing on both theoretical and empirical work. Jegers begins by considering definitions of non-profit organizations before examining the economic rationale behind their existence the demand for them and its implications on their functioning. The final chapters look at the economic idiosyncrasies of the non-profit organizations focusing on the fields of strategic management marketing accounting and finance.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761826

Managerial EthicsManaging the Psychology of Morality This book combines management theory with ethical theory on a chapter by chapter topic by topic basis. The volume bridges the theoretical empirical and practical gap between management and ethics. It will be of interest to a cross disciplinary group of students researchers and managers in business management organizational behavior IO psychology and business ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655521

Managerial Finance Managerial Finance provides a clear and readable explanation of the most important topics managers should understand about business finance. These include resource management investment and decision making as well as the practical use of financial rations and performance indicators. Real examples and case studies are used throughout to illustrate points in a practical context. The book is based upon the Management Charter Initiative's Occupational Standards for Management NVQs and SVQs at Levels 4 & 5 and is also particularly suitable for managers on Certificate and Diploma in Management programmes including those accredited by the IM and Edexcel (formerly BTEC).Managerial Finance is part of the highly successful series of textbooks for managers which cover the knowledge and understanding required as part of any competency based management programme. The books cover the three main levels of management: supervisory/first-line management (NVQ level 3) middle management (Certificate/NVQ level 4) and senior management (Diploma/NVQ level 5).Alan Parkinson is the Hill Samuel Senior Lecturer in Accounting & Finance at the Open Business School. He was previously responsible as Director of the Open University MBA Programme for launching the highly successful MBA Course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138426207

Managerial Flow When globalization affects jobs and economies policy makers strive to plan design and implement actions to support their communities and businesses (Ansell and Gash 2007). Furthermore local development policies are at the core of international cooperation programs or more in general represent a challenge for emerging countries. They could refer to infrastructure entrepreneurship innovation or urban renewal. However more frequently than not development policies which involve different institutional levels and public and private players fail due to poor implementation management. This research book presents a managerial approach (the so called Managerial Flow) that could help the closure of gaps that hamper an efficient and effective policy execution. The managerial flow model observes the phenomenon of policy implementation for economic development through managerial lens. In the book the research team has empirically identified five gaps in practice whereupon public policy implementation falls down. As a response Managerial Flow model outlines sets of managerial actions that can be adopted to facilitate a clear ‘flow’ from policy development through to implementation. This book expands on the Managerial Flow model and acts as both a practical guide to stimulate evidence based policy implementation in governments and as theoretical contribution to policy and strategy execution. Written for researchers and academics this book begins by outlining the theoretical foundations of Managerial Flow and moves to unpack application and cases based in different sectors and countries in order to discuss and show how the Managerial Flow approach can concretely support managers in the implementation of economic development policies. It reviews and discusses how the managerial flow could be relevant in the implementation of a set of sectorial policies and uses the managerial flow concept to analyse cases of economic development and establish lessons for broader management scope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617834

Managerial FraudExecutive Impression Management Beyond Red Flags Most frauds perpetrated by senior managers take longer to uncover than those by other occupational groups and they steal more. This is a serious problem world-wide. Currently the Red Flag approach is used by auditors to prevent and uncover fraud and in some countries it is statutory. However the existing approach does not catch managerial fraudsters quickly or very often. In Managerial Fraud Dr Terry Sheridan reports the findings of her study of fraudulent executives. Her work illuminates the particular methods fraudsters employ to appear more authentic than the average person and reveals two types of executive fraudster with very different behaviours. All this helps to explain why the current Red Flag approach fails to identify potential fraudsters and instead tends to focus on Red Flag executives who are negative characters but non-fraudulent and accounts for the problem auditors face who see Red Flag indicators and are obliged to conduct further audits yet find nothing of substance. During the author’s research the innocent colleagues who worked closely with fraudulent managers have for the first time been interviewed about their experiences and had their impressions analysed leading to the development of an innovative typology of fraudulent executives based on Impression Management Theory. Better understanding of what Dr Sheridan has uncovered might result in organisations being able to reduce their exposure to fraud perpetrated by their own senior management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669195

Managerial Labour Markets in Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises Focussing on the relatively few small firms which grew rapidly this book originally published in 1993 uses face-to-face interviews as well as published records to identify and analyse the managerial factors most closely associated with successful small firms. The volume concentrates on the following key managerial issues: In what respects do the managerial backgrounds and aspirations of the founders of fast-growth small firms differ from those of non-fast-growth small firms? How is the process of growth managed? What incentives remuneration packages and communication systems are instituted? How do these characteristics and experiences differ in fast-growth small firms from both the traditional small firm and large-firm sector? To what extent is it possible to explain the relative economic performance of small firms in terms of differences in their ownership organizational and management structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683976

Managerial PlanningAn Optimum and Stochastic Control Approach (Volume 1) Originally published in 1977. Management is a dynamic process reflected in three essential functions: management of time change and people. The book provides a bridging gap between quantitative theories imbedded in the systems approach and managerial decision-making over time and under risk. The conventional wisdom that management is a dynamic process is rendered operational. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365839

Managerial PlanningAn Optimum and Stochastic Control Approach (Volume 2) Originally published in 1977. Management is a dynamic process reflected in three essential functions: management of time change and people. The book provides a bridging gap between quantitative theories imbedded in the systems approach and managerial decision-making over time and under risk. The conventional wisdom that management is a dynamic process is rendered operational. This title will be of interest to students of business studies and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373704

Managerial Prerogative and the Question of Control (Routledge Revivals) In both Marxist and non-Marxist scholarship there has been a remarkable neglect of the managerial control of labour. John Storey’s analysis of the modern labour process shows that managerial control is in fact more precarious than has been so far recorded. This book first published in 1983 reassesses the Braverman theory of the inexorable degradation of work and demonstrates the need to go beyond not only Braverman but also most of the ensuing attempts to complement or repair his underlying thesis. The book will be of interest to students of the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822627

Managerial Work First published in 1998 readers of this volume will get a good overview of research into managerial work. They will learn about: what the researchers have studied; what methods have been used and the criticisms of the limitations of individual methods; the different concepts that have been developed; what has been learnt about managerial work and behaviour from these studies over the years; how this field of study has developed; the main criticisms made of the research; suggestions for future research and future developments. Studies of managerial work have a long history: the first major work was by Sune Carlson in Sweden in 1951 and studies have continued to the present day mainly in the USA and the UK. The early studies sought to find out what managers actually did as distinct from the generalized theories of the nature of managerial work. They were part of the new interest of social scientists in finding out what actually happened in organizations in opposition to the general theories that prevailed then. Articles cannot give a complete picture of the field studies that have been such a notable feature of this branch of research because Carlson’s study like many of the later ones was published only as a book. However they provide all the information that students and researchers need to understand the aim methods and approaches used by researchers so far and a good guide to the varied possibilities for developing this area of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026400

Managerialism and NursingBeyond Oppression and Profession Managerialism and Nursing examines the effect of new management strategies on nurses their morale and the profession as a whole. Using an innovative study of nurses conducted by the Royal College of Nursing Michael Traynor analyses the relationship between nurses and their managers looking at the contrasting ways in which each group argues its case and presents its identity.Managerialism and Nursing will be stimulating reading for anyone interested in the future of the health service and also serves as a highly readably introduction to postmodern approaches to analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203024775

Managerialism in the Public SectorPerspectives and Prospects The purpose of this book is to offer insights into the complex and often unclear context of public sector management providing a new theoretical and practical approach to the analysis and interpretation of these issues. The book is grounded in the awareness that the public sector has too often shown inefficiencies despite the expensive measures taken and from manifold perspectives such as the economic social organizational and institutional ones among others. It acknowledges the lack of behavioral cultural and context-oriented research in the field thus proposing to innovate the debate and to expand the current understanding of which organizational features characterize modern public administrations what factors influence the predominance of different models with a special focus on the Italian setting benefiting from a wholly comprehensive innovative methodological approach.The findings offer key implications for theory practice and policy-making contending the importance of holistic approaches to the debate and abandoning pre-constituted schemes to put forth the relevance of behavioral models. It offers a key message: contextual-specific and cultural factors influencing individual behaviors are important and should better influence policy-making processes towards "glocalization" in order to improve quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367590505

Managers and Management in Vietnam25 Years of Economic Renovation (Doi moi) This book presents a comprehensive overview of managers and management in Vietnam based on extensive original research including interviews with a large number of managers in Vietnam. It shows how management in Vietnam is best understood from the perspective of Vietnamese managers themselves rather than in terms of Western or Asian models of management. It discusses the range of enterprises in the Vietnamese economy which until 1986 was dominated by large state-owned enterprises and Soviet-style central economic planning and where there is now a much greater variety with a mix of privatised state-owned enterprises foreign-owned companies joint ventures and a very large number of relatively small private companies all operating in a social market economy where Party ideology emphasises a balance between economic growth and workers’ rights. The book demonstrates how the tensions arising from this economic landscape are reflected in the views and actions of managers as they balance economic and social goals in their work and how their activities are constrained further by the enduring influence of local culture which is not always amenable to imported ideas and methods. As many managers have worked in different kinds of companies the book also reveals a great deal about management in different contexts and also about how companies have changed as the reform process has evolved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816657

Managers and Management in West Germany Originally published in 1980 but re-issued now with a new preface this book looks at the German manager from a sociological viewpoint and explains why German management has been so successful and highlights the key factors in the training of the German manager and the attitudes and skills he develops in his work. The views and aspirations of German managers themselves are discussed in the light of the author's first-hand acquaintance with German industry. Throughout there is comparison with the UK USA and other European countries. The manufacturing function is the subject of a special examination. It is argued that although German management has adopted some American practices the ethic is strictly German and an essential part of the German character. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788984

Managers and Mandarins in Contemporary ChinaThe Building of an International Business This study explores the question as to whether the way in which Chinese management handles conflict is fundamentally different from elsewhere or much the same. It does so by examining in detail an international joint venture construction project where managers rooted in contrasting business systems were brought together and by showing how the project progressed over time how various conflict situations arose and how they were handled. In addition the book provides an in-depth account of the inner workings of the Chinese business world touching on issues such as: differing international standards and management procedures the peculiarities of Chinese red tape paternalism and nepotism the limits on contract in contemporary China the involvement of local officials. Of interest to scholars and managers alike this study benefits from the unparalleled access the author secured to all the parties involved. Working alongside managers as a participant observer Jie Tang uses the fine detail of ethnography to convey a vivid impression of the lives of managers in China today and the forces with which they have to contend. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203014783

Manager's Guide to Excellence in Public Relations and Communication Management This book reports findings of a three-nation study of public relations and communication management sponsored by the International Association of Business Communicators (IABC) Research Foundation. The Excellence Study provides communication managers and public relations practitioners with information critical to their own professional growth and supplies organizations with tools that help them communicate more effectively and build beneficial relations with key publics. Communication excellence is a powerful idea of sweeping scope that applies to all organizations -- large or small -- that need to communicate effectively with publics on whom the organization's survival and growth depend. The essential elements of excellent communication are the same for corporations not-for-profit organizations government agencies and professional/trade associations. And they are applicable on a global basis. The study identifies three spheres of communication excellence. These spheres consider the overall function and role of communication in organizations and define the organization of this book. They are: * the core or inner sphere of communication excellence -- the knowledge base of the communication department * the shared expectations of top communicators and senior managers about the function and role of communication and * the organization's culture -- the larger context that either nurtures or impedes communication excellence. This text also examines communication excellence as demonstrated in specific programs developed for specific publics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811818

Manager's Guide to Preventive Building Maintenance This book is a comprehensive guide for developing an effective preventive maintenance program for any facility. Topics include facility inspection and assessment effective lubrication practices commercial roofing repair indoor air quality management applicable government codes standards and regulations detailed preventive maintenance procedures and maintenance scheduling. Specific maintenance approaches are examined for more than 100 types of equipment and building components. Also discussed are the economic value of preventive maintenance management and motivation of the preventive maintenance team and setting up a computerized maintenance management system (CMMS). Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151500

Managers of Discontent In today's political climate the status and future of the trade unions are subjects of particular interest. Yet apart from national leaders of major unions little is known about full-time trade union officers. In Managers of Discontent Diane Watson draws on a rich fund of material based on extensive interviews and observation to examine the role of trade union officers comparing them with their managerial counterparts in three industrial sectors. Her lively and interesting interview material by allowing the people studied to speak for themselves raises a series of challenging questions about the future of trade unions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467736

ManagersPersonality & performance Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1963 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753593

ManagersPersonality and Performance What makes people go into business? What makes some businessmen--and some businesses--outstandingly successful while others with opportunities just as good fail? These questions are often asked and have often been studied from the point of view of economics or of organizational theory. This book is one of the first scientific studies to probe these questions in depth in terms both of the individual business manager's character personality and drives and of the group psychology of his milieu.Starting with a descriptive survey of an important and homogeneous European industry it traces a clear pattern of success and failure among the firms operating in it. Then using as a basis the transcript of more than 600 interviews with executives of the firms concerned it seeks the reasons for each firm's position.The results are startling: in both the successful and the unsuccessful companies remarkably consistent personality patterns emerge. The study demonstrates that individuals seek to fulfill themselves in their daily work. It shows that in the successful companies there is a basic harmony between the actual job done and its symbolic value for the individual while in the less successful companies there is strain and tension of a particularly disharmonious kind. The executives' conscious purposes are often at odds with their unconscious needs.Rogers does not seek to minimize the importance of objective external factors. But his study of top management suggests reasons why an environment that spells success for some firms spells disaster in others. This is a fascinating and important book which will be read with profit both by businessmen and by social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527584

Manager-Subordinate TrustA Global Perspective This volume in the Routledge Global Human Resource Management Series is dedicated to analyzing the process of trust development between managers and subordinates in different countries of the main cultures of the world. Behaviors and trust are linked in a process that can reinforce or diminish the trust between the two parties. This book examines that process in an array of countries contextualizing each setting through a brief historical institutional and cultural overview. Addressing the dominant HR practices and the main local leadership styles of each country it draws upon an extensive country-by-country data set of leader-subordinate trust to analyze the universal and culturally-specific elements of this process. With its rigorous research insightful analysis  and consistent presentation this book will help readers to systematically compare the process across countries to draw conclusions and analyze HR implications. This book is intended as a text for graduate courses in Cross Cultural Business International Human Resource Management and Cross Cultural Organisational Psychology. In addition to a student market the text will also be of interest to the reflective practitioner operating in different cultural settings who requires a contextual knowledge of key aspects of workplace relations management style and host country situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898119

Managing a Community Oral History Project The third book in the five-volume Community Oral History Toolkit takes the planning steps outlined in Volume 2 and puts them into action. It provides the practical details for turning your plans into reality and establishes the basis for guiding your project through the interviews to a successful conclusion. Project managers are given concrete useful advise on how to manage people money technology publicity and administrative tasks from the beginning to the end of the project. Volume 3 outlines details for developing the necessary forms to properly administer a community oral history project (sample forms provided). The authors advise how to recruit volunteers and interviewees and provide helpful tips for conducting thorough interview and transcription training sessions and how to make arrangements for the life and safety of the project one the interviews are complete. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611322477

Managing a Dental Practice the Genghis Khan Way Managing a Dental Practice the Genghis Khan Way shows you how to turn your practice into a successful business. Being an effective practice manager demands a clear vision sufficient business knowledge and above all wise judgement. Never intended to be a theoretical book this is a "warts-and-all" guide to managing a dental practice written by someone who’s been there made mistakes and survived. It will show you the importance of teamwork and communication staying close to your patients and prudent financial management. So why Genghis Khan? Well Genghis Khan was a charismatic leader in the late twelfth and early thirteenth centuries who created one of the world's greatest empires. His hugely successful strategies included intelligence gathering being quick to learn and adopt new technologies and successful people management. Whichever way you look at it you will need all of Genghis Khan’s skill strength and tenacity to be a successful dentist and business owner. This revised edition has been thoroughly updated and adds a section on buying and setting up a practice as well as much more about managing patients and employees. You will find information on leadership team building and working with other clinicians. The Policies and Procedures section now includes a new chapter on how to manage the Care Quality Commission. In many ways this book reflects the author’s own odyssey through the choppy waters of practice ownership and the resulting insights and understanding of how to successfully manage a dental practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781910227664

Managing a Global ResourceChallenges of Forest Conservation and Development The rapid loss of tropical forests particularly in the developing world has been a global concern since the late 1980s and has prompted a variety of international initiatives to save the forests. In 1991 the World Bank responded to global concerns and to criticism by nongovernmental organizations by forming a conservation-oriented forest strategy. Managing a Global Resource is an outgrowth of the independent evaluation conducted by the World Bank's Operations Evaluation Department and discusses how effectively that strategy was implemented. In this detailed investigation Uma J. Lele explores why the loss of forests and biodiversity has been so rapid in some developing countries (Brazil Indonesia and Cameroon) and not in others (China India and Costa Rica). She assesses future prospects for conservation in these six countries by critically examining their policies institutional arrangements and emerging national and international instruments to conserve forests and biodiversity. Together these six countries account for 25 percent of the world's forest cover and 44 percent of the world's population. Managing a Global Resource presents case studies of the forest sectors of each country in the context of overall development policies interest groups and governance issues. Lele's investigation finds a fundamental divergence in forest-rich countries between the global objectives of conservation and the local objectives of development and private profit. In some forest-poor countries in contrast natural resource loss has led the countries on their own accord to adopt a variety of conservation-oriented policies and programs. Despite the greater congruence between the global and national objectives in these forest-poor countries competing demands on their resources and the constraints on their policies institutions and human capital make it difficult for them to affect forest and biodiversity conservation. This volume makes it clear that Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786512

Managing a Global Workforce This new edition of Managing a Global Workforce provides balanced and contemporary coverage of human resource management in the international marketplace. Directed at future general managers and international executives rather than HR specialists it is designed to help students as well as professionals recognize the critical human resource issues underlying the cultural and economic challenges they face. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765638656

Managing A NationThe Microcomputer Software Catalog--second Edition This book is a collection of reviews of microcomputer programs of special relevance to those people around the world who are responsible for the management of the current and future affairs and business of their countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367012380

Managing A Network Vulnerability Assessment The instant access that hackers have to the latest tools and techniques demands that companies become more aggressive in defending the security of their networks. Conducting a network vulnerability assessment a self-induced hack attack identifies the network components and faults in policies and procedures that expose a company to the damage caused by malicious network intruders.Managing a Network Vulnerability Assessment provides a formal framework for finding and eliminating network security threats ensuring that no vulnerabilities are overlooked. This thorough overview focuses on the steps necessary to successfully manage an assessment including the development of a scope statement the understanding and proper use of assessment methodology the creation of an expert assessment team and the production of a valuable response report. The book also details what commercial freeware and shareware tools are available how they work and how to use them.By following the procedures outlined in this guide a company can pinpoint what individual parts of their network need to be hardened and avoid expensive and unnecessary purchases. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138436886

Managing a Public Relations Firm for Growth and Profit The one-of-a-kind how-to book that puts effective agency management strategies at your fingertipsThe classic text that describes in detail how to successfully manage and market a public relations firm has been completely updated with three new chapters and is now more than 50% longer. This one-of-a-kind new edition is bursting with creative tips instructions philosophies theories and guidance all to help you steer your firm to success. It demonstrates how to market promote and sell a firm to attract win and hold the right clientele. You will learn how to manage a new or existing firm so that it is productive and profitable and has a long-range future. Information in Managing a Public Relations Firm for Growth and Profit Second Edition is based on author A. C. Croft’s extensive experience in the field—almost twenty years as a consultant to PR firm principals and more than 25 years as an employee or principal of three medium-sized successful PR agencies. Croft begins each chapter with a brief profile of a seasoned and successful PR firm principal from a mid-sized firm. These professionals tell of their successes and also relate early mistakes that you would do well to avoid. The text includes tables and figures to make data easily understood.The extensively revised Managing a Public Relations Firm for Growth and Profit Second Edition discusses pertinent topics such as: keys to new business success developing a marketing plan serving clients communication to prospects management strategies for success installing efficient systems and procedures managing staff productivity forecasting income management systems and procedures managing profitability client and agency budgeting recruiting training and retaining staff crisis planning planning the future of your firmCovering everything from billing practices and self-promotion to the use of computers and student interns Managing a Public Relations Firm for Growth and Profit Second Edition is one guide you are sure to refer to again and again for practical advice. It is must reading for owners of small- and medium-sized PR firms; senior managers of small medium and national firms who wish to expand their management knowledge and ability or who are considering starting their own firm; lower-level staff members who want to increase their knowledge of agency management; and university public relations professors who would like to include a primer on PR firm management in their classes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203462669

Managing a SeaThe Ecological Economics of the Baltic More than a billion people cannot get safe drinking water; half the world's population does not have adequate sanitation; within a generation over three billion will be suffering from water stress. This text analyzes the issues in this crisis of management and shows how water can be used effectively and productively. The key to sustainable water resources is an integrated approach. The authors assert that careful planning and concerted action can make the fundamental changes needed and that the implications of not dealing with the crisis are immense. The book comes with a CD ROM containing background research and scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474499

Managing a Transport BusinessBusiness Management in Transport 2 This book first published in 1963 uses the framework of the author’s Fundamentals of Management for studying the management of transport undertakings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793193

Managing Across Diverse Cultures in East AsiaIssues and challenges in a changing globalized world Why ‘Managing across diverse cultures in East Asia’? We re-examine in this book the link between culture and management across the region vis a vis the new economic political and social landscape that has appeared over the last decade. We accordingly present a set of chapters on East Asian cultures economies societies and their management across the board focusing on countries such as China Japan South Korea as well as the Overseas Chinese enclaves of Hong Kong SAR Macao and Taiwan. The contributors to this edited book are all specialists in their respective fields; they hail from a variety of universities and business schools across the world located in a wide range of countries in the East and in the West. The chapters we believe reflect a balance between the past and present theory and practice as well as the general and the particular. 'East Asia could not be more important. Malcolm Warner could not be more insightful. Reading Managing Across Diverse Cultures in East Asia will allow you to gain a profound understanding of the cultural complexity in this dynamic region of the world.' - Nancy J. Adler McGill University Montreal 'We all need to understand more about management in East Asia and to learn from it. Managing Across Diverse Cultures in East Asia has contributions from international experts who provide significant insights into the cultures of the most dynamic region in the world today. This book is a landmark publication.' - John Child University of Birmingham 'This edited volume with contributions by significant scholars from around the globe provides a timely and penetrating review of management issues across East Asia a region that rivals Europe and North American in economic significance and is still ascending. It is a must read for anyone who is interested in international management.' - Kwok Leung City University of Hong Kong 'Helping a new generation of readers interested in this important region to make better sense Managing Across Diverse Cultures in East Asia is destined to become a new classic. I expect this well-researched book to be widely read cited and debated in the years to come.' - Mike W Peng University of Texas at Dallas 'Having had such unexpected disasters as earthquakes floods and financial crises in recent years we are increasingly dependent on people-management. Development of human resources in turn requires region-specific and organization-specific strategies. The present volume edited by Malcolm Warner points the reader to the secret of success in high-performing economies and firms in East Asia.' - Yoko Sano Kaetsu University Tokyo Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680905

Managing Adaptation to Climate RiskBeyond Fragmented Responses Climate change is the single largest threat to the attainment of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and sustainable development. Addressing climate risk is a challenge for all. This book calls for greater collaboration between climate communities and disaster development communities. In discussing this the book will evaluate the approaches used by each community to reduce the adverse effects of climate change. One area that offers some promise for bringing together these communities is through the concept of resilience. This term is increasingly used in each community to describe a process that embeds capacity to respond to and cope with disruptive events. This emphasizes an approach that is more focused on pre-event planning and using strategies to build resilience to hazards in an adaptation framework. The book will conclude by evaluating the scope for a holistic approach where these communities can effectively contribute to building communities that are resilient to climate driven risks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415600941

Managing AIDSOrganizational Responses in Seven European Countries First published in 1997 this volume examines how  in the last 15 years HIV/AIDS has become a challenge for public health public policy and research. Reducing further HIV transmissions as well reducing the personal and social impact of HIV/AIDS requires a wide range of activities developed by a wide range of organizations – the supply of which varies widely between countries regions and social groups. The book describes the programmes which seem particularly effective in dealing with HIB/AIDS and sets out to explain the disparities in their distribution. It documents and tries to understand both similarities as well as the variety of national approaches taken to cope with HIV/AIDS in a number of European countries. On the basis of the welfare-mix model six country studies and an introductory chapter draw particular attention to the different mixes of public policies and private non-profit community-based activities; the functional mixes between different types of services in the areas of prevention care research control and monitoring interest representation fund-raising. The mixes between specialized so-called "exclusive" HIV/AIDS service organizations and services made available by general comprehensive or so-called "inclusive" institutions which provide AIDS-specific programmes among other activities will also be elaborated. The whole range of HIV/AIDS activities from professional services to self-help is analysed in a comparative perspective. The book is based on data from the European Centre / WHO Collaborative Study Managing AIDS. It is a comparative policy study focused on the role of non-profit organizations in public health and welfare policy covering several thousands of organizations and HIV/AIDS programmes in six European countries. Unexpected similarities and divergence in AIDS service organizations across Europe were found. The sheer multitude of programmes offered called a surprise to experts in the field as did remaining conspicuous blank spots or deficiencies in services. Degrees of AIDS policy coherence prevention efforts service density and quality self-help and professionalization medicalization vs. social integration of HIV/AIDS programmes sectoral specialization and institutionalization all vary tremendously as do the efficiency and effectiveness of organizational responses to HIV/AIDS. Interestingly variations in the supply of activities can hardly be explained by epidemiological patterns and corresponding demand and needs. AIDS management requires long-term institutional strategies and information which cannot be provided by epidemiological or behavioural analysis alone. An effective struggle against HIV/AIDS also requires institution-building inter-organizational development and policy-field analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328761

Managing Air Quality and Energy Systems Bringing together a wealth of knowledge the Handbook of Environmental Management Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about pollution and management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 500 contributors all experts in their fields. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management is presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features of the new edition: The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management. Addresses new and cutting -edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food-energy-water nexus socio-ecological systems and more. Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them. Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today. In this second volume Managing Air Quality and Energy Systems the reader is introduced to the general concepts and processes of the atmosphere with its related systems. This volume explains how these systems function and provides strategies on how to best manage them. It serves as an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on the atmosphere and includes important problems and solutions that environmental managers face today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342675

Managing Air Quality And Scenic Resources At National Parks And Wilderness Areas This book is an outcome of the Visual Values Workshop in 1982. It presents the ongoing research on state-of-the-art techniques and applications to address the human perception of changes in visual aesthetic resources and to assign psychological social and economic measures of value to visitors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170097

Managing Airline NetworksDesign Integration and Innovative Technologies Managing Airline Networks: Design Integration and Innovative Technologies is a fully comprehensive description of state-of-the-art network management practices at airlines. Designed as a compendium on current practices and future trends in the field the book offers an instructive guide through the complex world of non-linear production systems. Written by a renowned consultant and aviation expert the book discusses the impact of network management on airline resource planning and performance and examines the interplay between network management and adjacent functions. The book includes a practical case study and is enriched with academic perspectives. Discussing upcoming trends in the sector the book provides an outlook on advanced technologies that may play a role in next-generation network management. Features include: a description of basic network types performance indicators for profitable networks efficient processes and success factors for network management and common optimisation models and tools; descriptive overviews supported by practical examples and leading to a deep-dive case study; a section on trends in network management outlining new demand forecasting models ‘big data’ applications machine learning and AI use cases and alternative optimisation models for airlines. Managing Airline Networks: Design Integration and Innovative Technologies is designed as a comprehensive compendium and is essential reading for both aviation practitioners and students of airline management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332372

Managing Airports Managing Airports presents a comprehensive and cutting-edge insight into today’s international airport industry.Approaching management topics from a strategic and commercial perspective rather than from an operational and technical angle the book provides an innovative insight into the processes behind running a successful airport.Completely revised and updated for a third edition with international case studies from BAA Vienna Aer Rianta and countries around the world this book reflects the huge changes in the management of airports today and tackles many key issues.Accessible and up-to-date Managing Airports is ideal for students lecturers and researchers of transport and tourism and practitioners within the air transport industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134942

Managing AirportsAn International Perspective Managing Airports presents a comprehensive and cutting-edge insight into today’s international airport industry. Approaching management topics from a strategic and commercial perspective rather than from an operational and technical viewpoint the book provides an innovative insight into the processes behind running a successful airport. This fifth edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect the many important developments in the management of airports including: • New content on: evolving airline models and implications for airports self-connection digital marketing sensor and beacon technology policy decisions and economic benefits and climate change adaptation. • Updated and expanded content on: airport privatisation economic regulation technology within the terminal non-aeronautical innovations service quality and the passenger experience. • New and updated international case studies to show recent issues and theory in practice. Updated case studies from emerging economies such as China India and Brazil. Accessible and up-to-date Managing Airports is ideal for students lecturers and researchers of transport and tourism and practitioners within the air transport industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285347

Managing an Effective Operation All managers have a responsibility for the successful operation of their business. Managing an Effective Operation shows how you can effectively: set departmental objectives within the context of an organisation measure the competitive advantage of your business manage the operational task balance resources and demand develop facilities and systems to ensure quality achieve continual improvement accomplish change management manage your time Throughout Managing an Effective Operation practical illustrations and examples are used to show you how to achieve high operational standards quality performance and maximum profit. Managing an Effective Operation is designed to provide underpinning knowledge and understanding required for any competency based management course. It is based upon the Management Charter Initiative's Occupational Standards for Management NVQs and SVQs at Levels 4 & 5 and is also particularly suitable for managers on Certificate and Diploma in Management programmes including those accredited by BTEC. Paul Graves is a Managing Consultant at Sundridge Park Management Centre. Eddie Fowler is an independent consultant and an Associate of Sundridge Park. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455542

Managing and Adapting to Global Change in Tourism Places Today more than ever communities need to develop resilience strategies to adapt to the varied and often unpredictable forces of global change. The focus of this collection of articles from Tourism Geographies is on global change in tourism places. Global change incorporates social and economic globalization which is arguably the most important process to have shaped the development of modern tourism since the nineteenth century and climate change which is likely to be the most significant factor influencing human behavior and livelihood in the coming decades. The organization of these articles reflects a traditional geography approach which starts with an emphasis the physical geography foundations of the human condition especially through the issue of climate change. This is then broadened by a series of insightful comparative studies of how tourism communities react adapt and relate to their changing natural and social conditions. This collection of papers addresses major issues and adaptive paths for tourism destinations as they face the challenges of our contemporary world. This bookw as published as a special issue of Tourism Geographies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061590

Managing and CommunicatingYour Questions Answered Presents information and advice on the extended role of the practice manager for both those with experience and increasing responsibility and for those new to the primary care team. The book: identifies the various members of the primary health-care team; describes their individual roles; explores the management skills needed to manage the team and the practice; provides examples of real problems experienced in general practice; and examines communication in all its forms. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384566

Managing and Coordinating Major Criminal Investigations The process of controlling criminal investigations is a complex matter yet it has frequently been minimized or neglected in police management publications. But knowing how to properly plan for an event make resource agreements with other participants in the investigation and implement a coordinating system within the agency is critical to proper case control in a department. Now in its second edition Managing and Coordinating Major Criminal Investigations details a methodology that is adaptable to any existing record or control system. This new edition features an expanded outline format more detailed instructions and updated case systems. It also reflects the introduction of new technology developed since the benchmark first edition. Designed so that users can determine the necessary requirements to meet their individual needs the book aids in the thinking and direction required to accomplish this task. Decisionmakers in small and large agencies can tailor the system to their specifications retaining flexibility to decide the applications degree of implementation and usage. Filled with concrete specific guidelines and time-tested wisdom from a law enforcement veteran this book provides police supervisors with the essential tools needed to improve or develop a systemic approach to the control of major investigations. More importantly it helps to create the necessary mindsets required in supervisors to manage any major crime effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138458482

Managing and Delivering Performance Performance management is at the top of agendas in most government and public organizations as well as many not-for-profit organizations. In this follow up to his successful book Strategic Performance Management the author focuses on the unique challenges public sector organizations face when tackling the issues of strategic performance management. Drawing on his extensive experience of working with numerous government public sector and not-for-profit organizations over the author covers:* The context of decision making in the public sector* The significance of the use of budgeting for performance management and the impact of performance measurements on budgets* A huge range of underpinning cases and examples from the public sector including cases on the Home Office and the NHS in the UK and the US Air ForceFor senior executives in the public sector and government and for faculty and students in the field this is the authoritative strategic level treatment of this fast-growing area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138169500

Managing and Developing Community Sport Can sport and physical activity (PA) be used to improve the communities we live in? How do community groups manage facilities that provide sport and PA? How can managers ensure the services they deliver meet the needs of their community? What role should community sport schemes play in society? Answer these questions and more in this the first textbook to focus on the theory and practice of community-level sport management and development. Bringing together academics and practitioners with expertise in sport management sport development the sociology of sport PA programming and community coaching this book outlines best practice and explores contemporary issues relating to: Community enhancement through sport and PA Leadership enterprise and innovation Budgeting and decision making Event and facility management Corporate social responsibility (CSR) Monitoring and evaluation. The book is divided into three sections: Part I provides an introduction to developing and managing community sport; Part II outlines the key issues and challenges that face those working in the sector; and Part III examines the leadership and management qualities needed to effectively manage and develop community sport. Insightful and user-friendly Managing and Developing Community Sport is written in an easy to read style and is a vital resource for sport management practitioners or students hoping to work in community-level sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674332

Managing and Growing a Cultural Heritage Web PresenceA Strategic Guide Readership: Essential reading for those who are single-handedly trying to keep their site running on limited budget and time as well as those who have big teams large budgets and time to spend. This book provides a complete guide for anyone looking to build or maintain a cultural heritage web presence. Peppered with data and case studies on current practice from large and small cultural heritage institutions this book advises the reader on the best strategic approach as well as providing insight into how key institutions manage their websites and hints and tips on best practice. A companion web site provides template downloads and other up-to-date information including links and white papers. Key sections include: - Evaluating what you have now- Content- Outside your site: RSS syndication API's- Building a web strategy- Web policies- Traffic and metrics- Budgeting- The Social Web (Web 2.0)- Re-development: the website project process. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047104

Managing and Improving School Attendance and BehaviourNew Approaches and Initiatives This new book on school attendance and behaviour brings an international flavour to the field with contributions on some of the latest empirical research and thinking from around the world. It includes contributions from Canada and the USA Hong Kong Europe the United Kingdom and Ireland. Some of the interesting wide-ranging and often unique topics covered in the book include: truancy and well-being disaffection pupil absenteeism social mediation aggression in primary schools bullying emotional barriers to learning behaviour management training exclusion reintegration the role of educational psychologists and ethnic diversity and classroom disruption in the context of migration policies. The book should prove both helpful and useful for a wide range of professionals students and academics across a wide range of educational care and social policy disciplines. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309265

Managing and Interpreting D-Day's Sites of MemoryGuardians of remembrance More than seventy years following the D-Day Landings of 6 June 1944 Normandy's war heritage continues to intrigue visitors and researchers. Receiving well over two million visitors a year the Normandy landscape of war is among the most visited cultural sites in France. This book explores the significant role that heritage and tourism play in the present day with regard to educating the public as well as commemorating those who fought. The book examines the perspectives experiences and insights of those who work in the field of war heritage in the region of Normandy where the D-Day landings and the Battle of Normandy occurred. In this volume practitioner authors represent a range of interrelated roles and responsibilities. These perspectives include national and regional governments and coordinating agencies involved in policy planning and implementation; war cemetery commissions; managers who oversee particular museums and sites; and individual battlefield tour guides whose vocation is to research and interpret sites of memory. Often interviewed as key informants for scholarly articles the day-to-day observations experiences and management decisions of these guardians of remembrance provide valuable insight into a range of issues and approaches that inform the meaning of tourism remembrance and war heritage as well as implications for the management of war sites elsewhere. Complementing the Normandy practitioner offerings more scholarly investigations provide an opportunity to compare and debate what is happening in the management and interpretation at other World War II related sites of war memory such as at Pearl Harbor Okinawa and Portsmouth UK. This innovative volume will be of interest to those interested in remembrance tourism war heritage dark tourism battlefield tourism commemoration D-Day and World War II. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592476

Managing and Leading Organizational Change Organizational change impacts upon all organizations regardless of size and sector. In this unique organizational change textbook important ongoing debates about managing change and leading change are combined giving a broader perspective that encourages readers to engage with both management and leadership. In combination management and leadership insights inform how organizations are changing and how we can make a positive difference in such processes of change. Managing and Leading Organizational Change speaks both to the applied and practical aspects of organizational change as well as questioning the research and evidence base of organizational change practices. Chapters begin with real-world insights followed by coverage of the major theories. The ongoing nature of these debates is signposted through the inclusion of questioning sections with research case studies showcased. This textbook will be particularly beneficial for final year undergraduates and postgraduates studying organizational change strategic change change management and change leadership modules. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577411

Managing and Marketing Tourist DestinationsStrategies to Gain a Competitive Edge Destination marketing is more challenging than other goods and services. The basis of competitive advantage shifts from tourism resources only (destination marketing) to a location-based or city-wide integrated management (place marketing). In this book tourism scholars Metin Kozak and Seyhmus Baloglu discuss and synthesize theories models techniques and principles for strategic marketing and management of tourist destinations and demonstrate ways in which to further develop the concept of destination competitiveness for application within these destinations. The authors highlight the need for managing brand equity tourist experience and information systems as well as involving internal and external stakeholders in strategic planning and implementation. This book offers practical information directly related to the tourism industry  using the examples of real-world cases to bridge marketing theory with practice. With its international focus and applications for developing a competitive advantage in today's global marketplace this research will be indispensable to students and scholars of tourism hospitality and leisure and recreation programs as well as practitioners within these industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811484

Managing Animals in New GuineaPreying the Game in the Highlands Managing Animals in New Guinea analyzes the place of animals in the lives of New Guinea Highlanders. Looking at issues of zoological classification hunting of wild animals and management of domesticated ones notably pigs it asks how natural parameters affect people's livelihood strategies and their relations with animals and the wider environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863056

Managing Anxiety in School SettingsCreating a Survival Toolkit for Students Managing Anxiety in School Settings dives into the growing topic of anxiety and its implications on students’ emotional and academic wellbeing providing key insights into how to enable students to be successful inside and outside of the classroom. This book provides the reader with a tangible set of strategies for all grade levels that can be built into individualized anxiety survival toolkits for students to deploy discreetly and effectively both in the classroom and in their daily lives. With real-life examples from Anxious Annie in each chapter readers build a grounded fine-grained understanding of anxiety’s causes different varieties manifestations social and learning impacts and coping strategies. Breakdowns by grade level take into account which strategies your students will be most open to and best served by. School counselors and teachers can use this book to work with students individually in small groups classes or even entire schools to create anxiety survival toolkits to provide practical strategies that help students combat their anxiety for the rest of their lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462253

Managing Archaeological ResourcesGlobal Context National Programs Local Actions In a snapshot of 21st century archaeological resource management as a global enterprise these 25 contributors show the range of activities issues and solutions undertaken by contemporary managers of heritage sites around the world. They show how the linkages between global archaeology and funding organizations national policies practices and ideologies and local populations and their cultural and economic interests foster complexity of the issues at all levels. Case materials from five continents introduce common themes of archaeologist relations with descendant groups public outreach national/local relationships and data and site preservation. Sponsored by the World Archaeological Congress. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315424934

Managing Archaeology Effective management is becoming increasingly important in all aspects of archaeology. Archaeologists must manage the artefacts thay deal with their funding ancient sites as well as the practice of archaeology itself. Managing Archaeology is a collecton of outstanding papers from experts involved in these many areas. The contributors focus on the principles and practice of management in the 1990s covering such crucial aeas as the management of contract and field archaeology heritage management marketing law and information technology. The resulting volume is important and informative reading for archaeologists and heritage managers as well as planners policy makers and environmental consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642897

Managing Armed Conflicts in the 21st Century Produced with the International Peace Academy in New York this volume focuses largely on the conflicts of the 1990s and future projects examining multifacteted issues involved in conflict management suggesting new approaches and tools for future conflict management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038551

Managing Arts Programs in Healthcare A growing body of research demonstrates how the arts – including literary performing and visual arts as well as architecture and design – can greatly enhance the experience of healthcare contributing to improved health outcomes a better patient experience and lower healthcare costs. This unique book provides an overview of what the arts in healthcare can achieve and how to implement the arts in the most effective manner. Exploring possibilities for innovative program design and implementation – from healing gardens through public performances to bedside activities – the text draws on examples from a wide range of arts. The book then goes on to look at how programs can be aimed at specific populations and fields such as children palliative care and caregivers. This comprehensive book is an invaluable reference for all those studying or engaged in creating designing managing and evaluating arts in healthcare programs and initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802117

Managing As MissionNonprofit Managing for Sustainable Change Managing As Mission pushes the boundaries of what it means to be a nonprofit manager by making the case that managing as a reflection of the organizational mission – the cornerstone of any nonprofit – can bring about the change nonprofits were created to achieve: a better world for all. This book contains real-world examples interview excerpts from nonprofit managers and directors and a series of self-reflection and organization-wide tools to develop managers and managing as a mirror of the mission. Themes within this book include: a discussion of the history of nonprofit missions; management tasks and approaches; aligning values; building working relationship and trust; and creating organizational structures and interactions that mirror the organizational mission. It is written in an informal first-person style utilizing humor that will hopefully allow the reader to see themselves in the examples and stories. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138745391

Managing Ash from Municipal Waste Incinerators Originally published in 1989 this report deals with issues surrounding ash residues produced by municipal waste combustors. Spurred by huge disagreements over the environmental risks that these ash residues posed; Managing Ash from Municipal Waste Incinerators attempts to shed light on the debates around the issue and move forward towards an appropriate solution. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957329

Managing Asperger Syndrome at College and UniversityA Resource for Students Tutors and Support Services Meeting the demands of student life can be tough especially for students with Asperger Syndrome. This book is full of practical suggestions on how to make the post-16 educational experience a good one. Advice is based upon sound knowledge of theory and practice and includes: taking steps towards selecting the right course at the right institution coping strategies to use in academic and social situations advice to help students who are living away from home a CD containing time-saving resources how other students tutors and disability services can help useful references and addresses showing where to go next. This is an important text for students with Asperger Syndrome their support staff and personal tutors in institutes of Higher Education student counsellors parents and Connexions advisors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823576

Managing Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in the Inclusive ClassroomPractical Strategies This book provides commonsense information and insights into the condition and considers the: · key features of AD/HD and which warning signs to watch out for · educational implications for children diagnosed · pros and cons of using medication · case studies which demonstrate the successful and effective inclusion of children with AD/HD into mainstream classrooms · ways in which parents teachers and schools can co-operate with other agencies to ensure best provision for the child The authors also provide guidance on writing Individual Education Plans clear explanations of the statementing process and a discussion on the implications of whole school planning and multi-agency working. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138176393

Managing Aviation Projects from Concept to Completion Triant Flouris is a prominent academic and administrator in aviation management education; Dennis Lock has more than forty years experience in practising lecturing and writing about project management. When these two experts combined their considerable talents to write their earlier book Aviation Project Management it was little wonder that distinguished reviewers gave generous praise and acclaimed it as a welcome addition to what until then had been a neglected field. That first title was structured as an essential primer for managers and students. The authors have now written this more in-depth book for managers and students who need to study aviation project management in much greater detail as well as critically connect project management within an aviation context to prudent business decision-making. Aviation project management is described in considerable detail throughout all stages of a lifecycle that begins when the project is only a vague concept and does not end until the project has been successfully completed fully documented and put into operational service. Aviation projects have commonly failed to deliver their expected outcomes on time and have greatly exceeded their intended budgets. Many of those failures would have been prevented if the project managers had adhered to the sound principles of project management as described and demonstrated throughout this book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593463

Managing Banking RisksReducing Uncertainty to Improve Bank Performance First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062860

Managing Basin Interdependencies in a Heterogeneous Highly Utilized and Data Scarce River Basin in Semi-Arid AfricaThe Case of the Pangani For integrated water resources management both blue and green water resources in a river basin and their spatial and temporal distribution have to be considered. This is because green and blue water uses are interdependent. In sub-Saharan Africa the upper landscapes are often dominated by rainfed and supplementary irrigated agriculture that rely on green water resources. Downstream most blue water uses are confined to the river channels mainly for hydropower and the environment. Over time and due to population growth and increased demands for food and energy water use of both green and blue water has increased. This book provides a quantitative assessment of green-blue water use and their interactions. The book makes a novel contribution by developing a hydrological model that can quantify not only green but also blue water use by many smallholder farmers scattered throughout the landscape. The book provides an innovative framework for mapping ecological productivity where gross returns from water consumed in agricultural and natural vegetation are quantified. The book provides a multi-objective optimization analysis involving green and blue water users including the environment. The book also assesses the uncertainty levels of using remote sensing data in water resource management at river basin scale. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138036093

Managing Behaviour in Classrooms First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175303

Managing Behaviour in the Primary School The original edition of this book made accessible to primary school teachers and student teachers the means of putting many of the Elton Report's findings into practice. The author's philosophy on behavior management still stands but the ideas have been revised and updated to take account of more recent thought about good practice in primary education and the management of schools today. The book suggests tried and tested strategies for forestalling behavior problems through thoughtful class management and lesson planning; responding positively to behavior incidents; communicating positive expectations; and enhancing pupil motivation. There are useful checklists throughout and material for experienced staff as well as for students and newly qualified teachers. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138174771

Managing Biogas PlantsA Practical Guide This practical manual provides basic theoretical knowledge about fermentative processes biochemical laboratory techniques and an arsenal of practical tricks recipes do’s and don’ts for the biogas plant manager. It explains why some popular tests and techniques are unreliable how to optimize the feedstock’s cost and the energy self-consumption of the digester and how to analyze experimental error propagation and judge whether a marketing claim or a test result from the literature is correct. All examples are taken from the author’s experience as consultant in managing biogas plants in Italy and Spain. It features a glossary of technical jargon and useful reference tables and formulae. By following the procedures described in this manual anybody can learn in short time how to become a "bacteria farmer." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735876

Managing Biological and Ecological Systems Bringing together a wealth of knowledge Environmental Management Handbook Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about environmental problems and their corresponding management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 400 contributors all experts in their field. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management are presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management Addresses new and cutting-edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food–energy–water nexus socio-ecological systems and more Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today In this second volume Managing Biological and Ecological Systems the reader is introduced to the general concepts and processes of the biosphere and all its systems. This volume explains how these systems function and provides strategies on how to best manage them. It serves as an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on the biosphere and ecological systems and includes important problems and solutions that environmental managers face today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342644

Managing Boreal Forests in the Context of Climate ChangeImpacts Adaptation and Climate Change Mitigation In many places in the world forests dominate landscapes and provide various products. Future climate change could profoundly alter the productivity of forest ecosystems and species composition. Until now climate impact research has primarily focused on the likely impacts of rise in temperature increased atmospheric CO2 concentration and varying precipitation on unmanaged forests. The issue that now needs to be addressed is how to sustainably manage climate change for timber production and biomass. Though climate change is a global issue impacts on forests depend on local environmental conditions and management methods so this book will look at the issue under varying local contexts. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498771269

Managing Britain's Marine and Coastal EnvironmentTowards a Sustainable Future Britain's maritime tradition is well documented. The management of its marine and coastal environment is therefore of tantamount importance and offers lessons for other nations across the world. The beginning of the new millennium marks a major long-term turning point in the historical development of Britain's maritime interest discernible by continued diversification and intensification in the uses of the sea; unprecedented and often adverse environmental impacts engendered by these uses; and the beginning of a major effort to establish a comprehensive management system which can deal with both multiple uses and environmental impacts.This collection featuring an impressive list of contributors covers themes including maritime history environmental issues public policy tourism technology and resources as well as open sea development and management. It is a useful addition for those interested in geography the environment maritime studies and also engineering. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203391341

Managing Capital Resources for Central City Revitalization First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980259

Managing Cataloging and the Organization of InformationPhilosophies Practices and Challenges at the Onset of the 21st Century Discover how librarians around the world are responding to the new demands of a fast-changing profession!More computers and fewer staff more types of resources to catalog and less time in which to study them--these are the problems librarians are facing at the dawn of a new millennium. Managing Cataloging and the Organization of Information offers solutions from cataloging and technical services managers around the world. Contributions from Australia Botswana Latin America Canada and the United States guarantee a truly international perspective.Managing Cataloging and the Organization of Information describes new and effective ways to coordinate all aspects of automation staffing organization teamwork and work flow. These techniques have been tested in libraries ranging from small college libraries to the ancient and revered Bodleian Library and the vast Library of Congress. National libraries academic libraries and specialized medical and law libraries are also represented.In Managing Cataloging and the Organization of Information catalogers and technical services managers will find useful suggestions in a number of areas including: total quality management flexible strategies for cataloging local and remote resources cataloging operations trends and perspectives putting cataloging philosophy into practice staff assignments and workflow distribution building team spiritManaging Cataloging and the Organization of Information is an invaluable resource for library administrators catalogers library educators technical services managers and information scientists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865102

Managing Challenging Behaviour in the ClassroomA Framework for Teachers and SENCOs For teachers and SENCOs in all settings this invaluable resource will guide you through a simple systematic process of understanding why challenging behaviour is happening and give you some very practical easily implemented strategies that all staff can use to help make things easier for the young people in your group. Key features include: a wide selection of different strategies for coping with challenging behaviour so that you can meet the needs of each individual pupil; a flexible framework with templates and tools to help you proactively plan approaches to challenging behaviour so that you and your colleagues can respond consistently and effectively; written by an experienced Educational Psychologist and based on proven strategies developed through years of practice in Special Schools as well as Primary and Secondary mainstream schools. Unlike other books addressing challenging behaviour this resource offers a psychologically-based framework that can easily be implemented by mainstream teachers and SENCOs. It works! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911186120

Managing Change The purpose of this book originally published in 1991 is to provide managers with a practical approach to planning and managing significant changes. It will help them to determine the objectives scope and direction of change and to formulate a structured implementation plan. Managers will learn how to identify and measure the skills needed to handle changes and to define activities that will develop those skills. The workbook incorporates self-assessment exercises company assessment exercises and a case-study. This title will be of interest to students of economics management and business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564992

Managing Change Learning Made Simple books give you skills without frills. They are matched to the main qualifications and written by experienced teachers and authors to make often tricky subjects simple to learn. Every book is designed carefully to provide bite-sized lessons matched to readers' needs.Using full colour throughout and written by leading teachers and writers Learning Made Simple books build on a rich legacy of over 50 years as leading publishers helping to learn new skills and develop their talents.Whether studying at college training at work or reading at home aiming for a qualification or simply getting up to speed Learning Made Simple Books will give readers the advantage of easy well-organized training materials in a handy volume you can refer to again and again. These titles will be promoted direct to training companies and learners and individuals will be urged to buy them not only by college lecturers but also by trainers at work. These titles will be core stock for years to come.The books are written by experienced HR trainers and will be typeset by PK McBride (an experienced teacher and author of several Learning Made Simples himself). PK McBride has a thorough understanding of the ethos of the LMSs books and his involvement will insure that all titles have a layout and style consistent with the brand. Lesley Partridge has 18 years' experience in the writing design and development of learning materials aimed at the management and people development market. Lesly trained in educational publishing with Jossey-Bass Wadsworth and the University of Claifornia at Berkley Press in the US. Her clients have included ScottishPower BSkyB British Gas Crown Prosecution Service RNIB and the BBC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138409491

Managing Change and Innovation in Public Service Organizations The context and environment of public services is becoming increasingly complex    and the management of change and innovation is now a core task for the successful public manager. This text aims to provide its readers with the skills necessary to understand manage and sustain change and innovation in public service organizations. Key features include: the use of figures tables and boxes to highlight ideas and concepts of central importance a dedicated case study to serve as a focus for discussion and learning and to marry theory with practice clear learning objectives for each chapter with suggestions for further reading.Providing future and current public managers with the understanding and skills required to manage change and innovation this groundbreaking text is essential reading for all those studying public management public administration and public policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203391129

Managing Change in Academic Libraries Managing Change in Academic Libraries helps academic librarians plan implement and manage changes to the fundamental structure of their organizations. It shows readers that in academic libraries the two driving forces behind most change are economics and technology. Declines in funding for education and in the purchasing power of libraries have made it impossible to maintain the status quo let alone realize growth in traditional information services and collection development. Add to this downward trend in library economics the explosion of new information technology and its potential for radically altering communications and knowledge management and one has the ingredients for some amazing changes in libraries.To help manage these many changes chapters in Managing Change in Academic Libraries approach change with a mixture of radical and rational ideas. Readers learn academic librarians’views on dealing with change as they read about: an environmental scan which identifies both internal and external forces that are increasing the amount and scope of change in academic libraries technological change and its impact in academic libraries the academic library director’s role as an agent of change how two large library systems managed to change in some very fundamental ways when faced with serious economic and political challenges difficult personnel issues faced by academic libraries as they move into new organizational structures and adopt new management styles the future of traditional reference services in light of rapid developments in computing and networking how to change bibliographic control to better serve the changing expectations and needs of user communities conducting a restructuring study and recommendations for organizational change in a large research library systemEach chapter shows academic librarians how they can respond imaginatively and nimbly to economic political and technological change that envelopes their professional work life. Academic librarians will refer to Managing Change in Academic Libraries again and again as a survival tool as they meet with challenging and unpredictable changes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203713808

Managing Change in Extreme Contexts Big mistakes misconduct serious accidents and other disasters are normally followed by investigations which explore what went wrong. These produce recommendations to limit the damage from a future event or to prevent it altogether. In many cases this doesn’t happen and ‘repeat crises’ occur. Why should this be the case? Surely in the aftermath of extreme events readiness for change will be high? This book shows how the conventional ‘rules’ of change management do not always apply in extreme contexts. It explores other perspectives and approaches as well as the challenges of implementing change in the aftermath of extreme events. Disastrous and tragic such events are also useful in providing an audit of organizations’ systems procedures practices cultures norms and behaviours exposing gaps and flaws. The chapters in this book also establish guidelines for practice noting that conditions at the implementation phase have implications for crisis management and the conduct of investigations. In providing a comprehensive analysis of organizational change and crisis management the book develops a fresh conceptualization of change and change processes in extreme contexts. The result is a resource that will be vital reading for advanced students researchers and managers involved with organizational studies and crisis management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532822

Managing Change in SchoolsA Practical Handbook Written by two educational psychologists this essential aid shows how change can be managed to increase job satisfaction and avoid unnecessary stress and conflict. * offers practical advice for schools with action plans * outlines the mechanics and processes in self-appraisal * analyses the key methods for promoting effective change * shows ways to monitor review and evaluate change * examines a number of strategies including consultation negotiation project development and in-service training Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148253

Managing Children with Developmental Language DisorderTheory and Practice Across Europe and Beyond Although most children learn language relatively quickly as many as 10 per cent of them are slow to start speaking and are said to have developmental language disorder (DLD). Children with DLD are managed by a variety of different professionals in different countries are offered different services for different periods of time and are given a variety of different therapeutic treatments. To date there has been no attempt to evaluate these different practices. Managing Children with Developmental Language Disorder: Theory and Practice Across Europe and Beyond does just this reporting on the findings of a survey carried out as part of the work of COST Action IS1406 a European research network. Law and colleagues analyse the results of a pan-European survey looking at how different services are delivered in different counties at the cultural factors underpinning such services and the theoretical frameworks used to inform practice in different countries. The book also provides a snapshot of international practices in a set of 35 country-specific "vignettes" providing a benchmark for future developments but also calling attention to the work of key practitioners and thinkers in each of the countries investigated. This book will be essential reading for practitioners working with children with language impairments those commissioning services and policy in the field and students of speech and language therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317246

Managing China's Energy SectorBetween the Market and the State Since China has now become the world’s largest energy consumer its energy sector has understandably huge implications for the global economy. This book examines the transformation of China’s conventional and renewable energy sectors with special attention to state-business relations. Two studies examine the development of China’s energy profile especially China’s renewable energy. Two others explore governmental relations with state-owned enterprises (SOEs) and their reform. Despite drastic restructuring in the late 1990s SOEs continue their oligopolistic control of the oil and gas sectors and even overshadow the stock market. Three studies investigate the factors that help propel the expansion of China’s conventional energy firms as well as those producing renewable energy (i.e. solar PV industry). A study of China’s solar PV industry suggests that China’s governmental support for it has evolved from subsidising production (a "mercantile" stage aimed at expanding the industry’s global production and export share) to subsidising the demand side (aiming at expanding domestic demand and absorbing redundant manufacture capacity). Another review of this industry finds that firms tend to pay heavy attention to extra-firm institutional network relationships both inside and outside China and that buyer-supplier networks are influenced by extra-local managerial education. The final chapter compares China’s provinces and their embedded carbon-footprints per capita in urban areas from a consumption perspective using a self-organizing feature map (SOFM) model. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088474

Managing Civil-Military CooperationA 24/7 Joint Effort for Stability Civil-military cooperation has always been a key factor in both peace and conflict situations and is vital in today's political climate. This indispensable volume analyzes the various types of civil-military cooperation across different settings and contexts to include humanitarian operations such as emergency relief following tsunami earthquakes and refugee crises as well as stability and reconstruction operations such as those in Afghanistan and the Democratic Republic of Congo. The book contains contributions from both senior academics and practitioners such as military officers and humanitarian personnel and discusses the benefits and logistics of civil-military cooperation. It closes with recommendations that will be of value to both academics and practitioners making it a must read for anyone interested or involved in these operations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376472

Managing Classroom Assessment to Enhance Student Learning As teachers are required to integrate an increasing number of assessment practices into the classroom it is crucial that they have effective routines for organizing and evaluating the generated data. Managing Classroom Assessment to Enhance Student Learning introduces pre- and in-service teachers to the major categories of assessment management and provides empirical and theoretical support for their effectiveness. In-depth chapters consider management in the context of assigning and collecting work interpreting and organizing assessment results and providing students with feedback. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319967

Managing Classrooms and Student BehaviorA Response to Intervention Approach for Educators Managing Classrooms and Student Behavior provides the essential information necessary for understanding and applying classroom and behavior management techniques with a Response to Intervention (RTI) approach. The presentation and application of information more closely resembles the actual decision-making approaches used by individuals and teams of teachers schools and districts. This introductory reader-friendly textbook can be used in undergraduate or graduate level courses with special education or both special and general education candidates. A companion website provides key ancillary materials such as PowerPoint presentations a test bank and an instructor’s manual. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723115

Managing Clinical RiskA Guide to Effective Practice Violence directed towards others and violence directed towards oneself cause an immense amount of physical and psychological damage – to the harmed and the harmful person alike to their families and to the public at large. Managing clinical risk is an authoritative manual for practitioners working with harmful men women and young people containing up-to-date information and guidance on what to do and how they can assess and manage clinical risk communicate their concerns about risk and account for their decisions about risk management to their clients and to the Courts.  This book provides an evidence-based understanding of risk in key areas of practice – violence sexual violence firesetting suicide and self-harm working with individuals and organisations alike – and among special groups: women young people serving and former military personnel clients with comorbid presentations and clients with cognitive impairment. Further it suggests and describes the skills practitioners need to understand and communicate their concerns to all who need to know about them through coverage of interviewing and risk formulation skills.  This is a guidebook to effective practice. All its contributors have a record of research practice and considered thinking in the area of clinical risk assessment and management. They all have a wide range of knowledge and experience about the notion of risk conducting risk management in real world mental health correctional and community settings and about working with clients with a label of high risk. Together they combine theoretical and research knowledge with a wealth of practical skills in care and management emphasising the collaborative and recovery-focused nature of modern risk management.    Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781843928539

Managing Communications in a Crisis The difference between a drama and a crisis is down to good management - or more specifically good communication. How you communicate with everyone: shareholders other business partners employees the press and so on in the hours and days following a potential business crisis is critical. Get it right and the crisis may even strengthen your corporate reputation. Get it wrong and you can imagine the consequences for yourself. Managing Communications in a Crisis details how crisis situations can be identified and dealt with ensuring the risk to the organisation's financial well-being and reputation is minimised. The book deals with all aspects of communication management in a crisis. Part I considers definitions of a crisis and the theory behind dealing with crisis communications both externally and internally. Part II explores the practicalities of crisis management communications the identification of audiences and how each should be dealt with and by whom. The third part of the book contains valuable checklists and succinct supporting information for the key aspects and roles of the communication process. The combination of these three approaches will help you to develop your own crisis strategy tailor-made for your organization. The text is supported by a wide range of case histories. Some of these you will recognise and others perhaps through good management never entered your radar. The authors are highly experienced advisors to companies of all sizes in the demands of crisis management communications. Their company The Aziz Corporation is the UK's leading executive communications consultancy specialising in presentation skills media handling and crisis management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593487

Managing CompetencesResearch Practice and Contemporary Issues Managing Competences: Research Practice and Contemporary Issues draws together theoretical and practical research in competence management. It provides a wealth of knowledge concerning emerging and contemporary issues such as the multilevel approach to competence the development of collective competence the strategies of competence management and the tools for managing competences as well as the organizational dynamics of competences. Moreover the book provides a critical approach to research and practitioners’ continued engagement in competence management research and practice. Research in competence management has more recently entered an era more open to doubt and questioning: Is there a solid theoretical foundation that supports the concept of competence? What is the contribution of research on employees’ competences to human resources management in particular and more generally to management? Is there not a risk of diluting the concept of competence by considering it at the individual collective organizational and strategic levels? Today is it still possible to manage competences in a world where the boundaries of the organizations are more and more porous? These questions and many others probably explain why a field that seemed well-identified and well-structured yesterday has given way today to new highly diverse analyses of competences by researchers and practitioners. This contributed volume seeks to answer these pressing issues and is a collective means for responding to them. The book brings together multiple streams of research in the field about emerging and contemporary issues including multidimensional HRM systems the rise of forms of collaborative management the intensification of the use of digital and robotic technologies the rise of the regime of remote and networked operations the increasing heterogeneity of the status of workers and changes in regulations concerning work and its recognition. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367488925

Managing Complex Change in SchoolEngaging pedagogy technology learning and leadership Leading and managing change in schools is a complex topic. In this timely book the authors take the reader through a journey of how to lead and manage multidimensional change in order to create engaged learners teachers leaders and managers. They provide a readable and straightforward account of a major high-profile innovation in one school and draw from it key lessons for leaders and managers of change in schools. Managing Complex Change in School synthesizes a wealth of literature and research on managing change and shows how the emerging field of complexity theory can inform the effective management of multidimensional change. Arising from an in-depth mixed methods evaluation of the key school this book is practice-focused and is an invaluable companion for practitioners handling positive change in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415787321

Managing Complex Construction ProjectsA Systems Approach To many program project or construction managers a complex project seems to be a labyrinth with many hidden dangers. This book is a guide through that labyrinth. It explains best practices and provides insight so they cannot only identify hidden dangers but also effectively manage the construction process to either mitigate or eliminate these risks. The book presents a systems-based approach to construction project management that can facilitate a greater understanding of the complexity inherent in large construction projects and how that complexity can be effectively managed. The systems approach permits the onsite construction project manager to take a complex construction project break it down into manageable pieces and ensure that all systems are in alignment with the original goal of the project. This approach combines industrial engineering project management and finance into a unified approach for effective management of complex construction projects ranging from a power plant to a highway project. The book explains how to manage construction projects successfully through an approach based on the three following systems: Project Management System Work Management System Quality Management System The problem with complex programs and projects is that many managers are only equipped with a knowledge of project management. A system for construction is a collection of many processes effectively working together to produce a specific deliverable which is usually defined in the program or project’s contract. This system has a series of specific inputs and outputs which are what the customer expects from the company or companies performing the work. This book develops checklists based on these inputs and outputs which managers can use when first arriving onsite and provides a "nuts and bolts" approach for managing a complex construction project onsite. The author shares valuable lessons learned during a career of more than thirty years of working on various construction sites around the world. These lessons learned are filled with valuable information to aid readers become more effective as a program project or construction manager of complex construction projects. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498783118

Managing Complex Educational ChangeLarge Scale Reorganisation of Schools Why is educational change becoming more complex? Are there patterns in this complexity? How may managers cope effectively with complex educational change?This book investigates initiatives to reorganise school systems involving highly emotive closures and mergers. It reveals how reorganisation was a complex change to manage because it was large-scale componential systematic differentially impacting and context dependent. These characteristics affected management tasks generating ambiguity in the change process that limited managers' capacity to control it. The authors offer four management themes as realistic strategies for coping with complex educational change:*orchestration*flexible planning and coordination*culture building and communication*differentiated supportManaging Complex Educational Change is essential reading for all concerned with educational change - managers in schools and colleges students on advanced courses trainers local and regional administrators academics and policy makers. The research has general implications for the theory and practice of managing complex change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824567

Managing Complex ProjectsNetworks Knowledge and Integration Concerned with the management of complex long-term engineering projects this important volume of great interest to postgraduate students of business technology management and engineering reports on a set of rich novel and unique findings concerning the conduct and management of three high profile and complex projects.   The major investments which constitute complex long-term projects represent an increasingly important source of economic activity often with particularly significant consequences for economic growth and public policy. This informative volume expertly contributes to broader debates concerning new organizational forms knowledge management and organizational learning and the management of innovation in project-based settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617889

Managing Complexity and Creating Innovation through Design Coping with complexities is an everyday reality for private public and third sectors that face intricate overlapping obscuring and ever-changing challenges. Developments in technology and systems of value creation are driving a new need to understand facilitate and manage complexity. The book proposes design and design research as a solution to respond to the complexities associated with the intensifying and rapid changes in societies technological fields and environments. A four-step design process for managing complexities is introduced in the four parts of this book spanning from design research in the field to practice-based contexts. This publication collates high-level research and the latest scholarship on this topic while many of the case studies described herein draw on rich experiences and applications in practice. The ways designers work to overcome complexities through design and the methods and frameworks presented in the chapters provide critical insights and form an important scholarly contribution in this subject area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077686

Managing Complexity in the Public Services The application of complexity theory to management and the social sciences has been a key development in theory and practice over the last decade. This approach questions the possibility of finding universal methods of practice and proposes a pragmatic and humanistic management style that evolves out of a reflective method. The focus is on practitioners observing patterns of similarity and being adaptable in decision-making. Bringing complexity theory into management reveals the importance of organizational culture and effective communication because people their values and their objectives are at the heart of this method. Information technology provides a framework for complex communication and knowledge use but it cannot replace highly developed professional negotiations and cooperation. This book argues that the complexity of the public service world limits the usefulness of classical and rational scientific management approaches such as New Public Management. Excessive marketization threatens a collaborative approach and overly rigid approaches to performance management and strategic management can be dysfunctional. Managing Complexity in the Public Services 2nd Edition advances a method of management practice that copes with the stark realities of the complex and unpredictable public policy world. It develops pragmatic management practices from action research that will be valuable to both academics and practitioners. The result is a new value-based practice for the post-crisis public service world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739269

Managing Complexity: Earth Systems and Strategies for the Future Managing Complexity: Earth Systems and Strategies for the Future introduces and explores systems and complexity in relation to near-synchronous world and environmental problems. These relate to but are not limited to water biological diversity worldwide climate change trade and conflict global migration and the quest for sustainable development. Complemented by discussion of the new era of the Anthropocene its many manifestations and Earth system properties such as planetary boundaries and tipping points this book offers practical suggestions for how a sustainable future for humanity can be realised. Specifically discussed in Managing Complexity: Earth Systems and Strategies for the Future are innovation education and capacity building application of the natural and social sciences and new paths towards sustainability based on industrial development and engineering as well as in diplomacy and foreign aid. The book’s conclusions discuss the ambitious yet vital reforms the authors propose as routes to a sustainable existence. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainability sustainable development and complexity theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500443

Managing Conflict in Organizations After much debate by business professionals organizational conflict is now considered normal and legitimate; it may even be a positive indicator of effective organizational management. Within certain limits conflict can be essential to productivity. This book contributes to the investigation of organizational conflict by analysing its origins forms benefits and consequences.Conflict has benefits: it may lead to solutions to problems creativity and innovation. In contrast little or no conflict in organizations may lead to stagnation poor decisions and ineffectiveness. Managing Conflict in Organizations is a vigorous analysis of the rational application of conflict theory in organizations.Conflict is inevitable among humans. It is a natural outcome of human interaction that begins when two or more social entities engage one another while striving to attain their own objectives. Relationships among people or organizations become incompatible or inconsistent when two or more of them desire a similar resource that is in short supply; when they do not share behavioural preferences regarding their joint action; or when they have different attitudes values beliefs and skills. This book examines these root causes of organizational conflict and offers constructive perspectives on its consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855792

Managing Conflict in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914626

Managing Conflict50 Strategies for School Leaders This book offers 50 easy-to-read strategies for managing conflicts in your school involving students parents and teachers. Individually these strategies provide specific insights into conflict resolution reduction and management. As a whole the 50 strategies provide a comprehensive method to lead constructive change in your school. With quotes examples and reflection questions this book offers ideas that help you lead with confidence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150911

Managing Conservation in Museums Explaining and critically reviewing management procedures such as performance indicators and strategic planning this book shows how techniques from mainstream management can be used to facilitate a holistic and professional approach to the business of conservation and collection preservation. It offers practical guidance on strategy quantitative planning and condition surveying and presents many solutions to the challenges faced by museum staff and conservation specialists.This new edition takes into account changes such as the arrival of the Heritage Lottery Fund policies for access and the growing convergence of museums libraries and archives. It also highlights the advent of digital collections and the use of information and communications technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135772

Managing Contemporary ConflictPillars Of Success This book focuses on contemporary conflicts and how we can use the experience and knowledge gained from the Cold War to construct an effective program. It includes the elements for a theory of engagement and identifies management concepts for instructing foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164836

Managing Convergence in InnovationThe new paradigm of technological innovation Technology in several forms especially Information Technology (IT) has a strong tendency to converge at varying degrees. This phenomenon of converging innovation is likely to deepen and widen in the future due to intense competition in global markets. Asian manufacturing firms in particular lead the global industrial innovation. Convergent innovation exists as a constant disequilibrium between reference technology and matching technology; innovations of these technologies occur at different degrees to attain an optimal balance. Innovations as a result of convergence are often beneficial improving welfare and employment. This book sheds light on the little-discussed idea of convergent innovation with examples hailing from Asia. The book also proposes new theories and investigates convergence at the micro level – guaranteed food for thought for academics interested in innovation economics and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317857

Managing Corporate LegitimacyA Toolkit The failure of many governments to provide basic rights for their citizens has given rise to the expectation that globally operating corporations should step in and fill governance gaps for example in the area of human rights. Today many large multinational corporations claim to conduct business in a socially responsible manner yet no tools exist to assess whether and to what degree they have indeed systematically revised their business practices to take on these new responsibilities. Managing Corporate Legitimacy addresses these research gaps by clarifying the role of the corporation as a private actor in global governance at conceptual and empirical levels; by contributing to our theoretical understanding of CC as a new phenomenon in globalization; and by furthering the development of appropriate approaches to CC in practice through its toolkit. The tool structures the implementation process in five learning stages (defensive compliance managerial strategic and civil). The final civil stage describes political corporate behaviour. The author includes an empirical assessment of five Swiss multinationals in this book which reveals that most companies – even those with relatively long-standing and mature policies on social and environmental issues – have only just started to learn how to become corporate citizens. The book therefore concludes with a discussion of an issue-specific extension of the assessment tool and presents methods for setting priorities in the approach to corporate citizenship that may also facilitate corporate engagement with stakeholders. The tools developed in this book provide practical and detailed guidance for implementing and embedding CC and managing corporate legitimacy. It will be essential reading for practitioners looking for ways to legitimize their engagement with societal issues and for academics considering how we can better measure the engagement of business with CC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093945

Managing Corporate Liquidity First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062853

Managing Corporate Reputation and Risk With the collapse of high-profile companies such as Enron and Tyco worldwide anti-globalization protests and recent revelations of questionable behavior by financial groups and auditors corporate behavior has become the highest priority topic for businesspeople investors politicians and the public. Yet despite the critical importance of maintaining public and shareholder trust most corporations make very little formal effort to actively manage the activities that can put their reputation share price and customer base at risk. Most corporations officially embrace the concept of Corporate Social Responsibility; but giving money away to local communities or worthy causes will not prevent an ethical disaster. The problem is not social irresponsibility; the problem is a lack of knowledge about what is taking place in the company or at its subcontractor sites. What companies need to be thinking about is not a theoretical construct around Corporate Social Responsibility or how they can spin public opinion by charitable actions. They need to be thinking about how they can create a practical knowledge and risk management framework in their company that allows them to avoid costly and reputation-damaging behavior in the first place.Ultimately this comes down to knowledge management. Whether violations of human rights employment law or environmental standards - or simply accounting shenanigans - invariably the reason that these activities are not anticipated and avoided is simply that executives and board members do not realize what is happening in the organization and what the likely implications of actions will be. And the larger the organization the more extensive that lack of knowledge. The good news is that developing a strategic approach to corporate integrity is neither exceptionally expensive nor particularly difficult. The problem is that companies that are already using Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463530

Managing Corporate Social Responsibility in ActionTalking Doing and Measuring Since the mid 1990s political and public debates about the social responsibilities of firms have gained renewed force. Although CSR seems to be a well defined concept in management literature in its diverse applications the CSR concept loses much of its pertinence. In Managing Corporate Social Responsibility in Action the authors focus on different aspects of managing CSR in action to capture differences between discourse and practice. By examining the question from three angles - talking about CSR doing CSR and measuring CSR - they attempt to make sense of the difference between practice and reality. This volume considers ways to overcome the difficulties that arise around CSR in action. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593494

Managing Corporate Values in Diverse National CulturesThe Challenge of Differences How should a Western company manage cross-culturally corporate values in its foreign subsidiaries? Do these values make sense everywhere and can they assumed to be universal or on the contrary are they culturally Western specific? Philippe d’Iribarne provides answers to these timely and urgent questions based on research carried out in the subsidiaries of a leading global company Lafarge in the contrasting cultural environments of China the United States France and Jordan. It appears that in a large part of the world  people's expectations are similar; they expect from a good employer clear and decisive leadership and fair and compassionate treatment helping them to live a good life. But treating these expectations as the â€˜same’ could be misleading. Western companies with a humanistic orientation are well positioned to fulfil them provided they are willing in each and every geography to take into account the local vision of the right way to achieve a good life. By following the example presented in this book companies who care can deliver economic efficiency as well as progressive people management in the countries in which they operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118287

Managing Country RiskA Practitioner’s Guide to Effective Cross-Border Risk Analysis What would you do if a law that enabled your investment to operate successfully abroad suddenly changed and your business could no longer operate profitably there? Imagine exporting goods to a government buyer only to discover after the fact that your home country or the United Nations has just imposed an embargo on that country. Managing Country Risk: A Practitioner’s Guide to Effective Cross-Border Risk Analysis explains how to identify and manage the many risks associated with conducting business abroad. Daniel Wagner an industry expert with decades of battle-tested experience provides the real-world insight needed to think outside the box and anticipate the impact of change on your business operations. Using case studies and practical examples it supplies essential information on country risk management and explains how these concepts apply to every day operational examples. Considering the impact of perception on investment decisions it demonstrates how to put a country risk assessment into practice and explains how to create a framework select the right tools and map out a country risk analysis methodology. Appropriate for a wide audience—from individual entrepreneurs and small exporters to multinational corporations—the book provides a solid foundation in the basics of country risk analysis. It facilitates an understanding of the full range of cross-border risks and explains how to manage them. The strategies concepts and tools outlined in the book provide you with the understanding needed to help your organization make more-informed decisions about how it does business abroad. Practical examples and case studies provide the real-world insight needed to add value to the risk management processes in your organization and enhance your company’s ability to make a profit. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466500471

Managing Creativity and Innovation in the Workplace Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914794

Managing CreativityA Systems Thinking Journey For over a century creativity has unfolded as a valuable field of knowledge. Emerging from disciplines like psychology management and education the field of creativity is making strides in others including the arts and engineering. Research and education in this field helped it establish an identity as evidenced by a growing number of courses and specialised journals. However this progress has come with a price. In a domain like management institutionalisation of creativity in learning research and practice has left creativity subordinated to concerns with standardisation employability and economic growth. Values like personal fulfilment uncertainty improvement and connectedness which could characterise systemic views on creativity need to be rescued to promote more and inclusive dialogue between creativity stakeholders.The author aims to recover the importance of creativity as a systemic phenomenon and explores how applied systems thinking or AST can further support creativity. This demonstrates how creative efforts could be directed to improve quality of life for individuals as well as their environments. The book uses the systems idea as an enquiring device to bring together different actors to promote refl ection and action about creative possibilities. The chapters offer conceptualisations applications and refl ections of systems ideas to help readers make sense of the field of creativity in academia and elsewhere.Complemented by the author’s own personal conceptual and practical journey the insights of the book will act as a vital toolkit for management researchers career-driven students practitioners and all creators to define and pursue creative ideas and thrive through their journeys to benefit themselves other people and organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663513

Managing Criminal Justice OrganizationsAn Introduction to Theory and Practice Managing Criminal Justice Organizations: An Introduction to Theory and Practice 3rd Edition covers the formal and informal nature of the organizations involved in criminal justice. Kania and Davis provide an introduction to the administration organization and management of criminal justice organizations. This management aspect is the key to ensuring the proper running of criminal justice agencies in their efforts to combat crime. The book begins by discussing the eight principles of public management: leading organizing deciding evaluating staffing training allocating and reporting. It then describes management positions in criminal justice. These include police and law enforcement management; managing the prosecution of criminal suspects; managing bail bond and pretrial detention services; managing victim and witness services; managing the judicial system; and managing adult corrections. The remaining chapters cover the pioneers and predecessors of modern public service management theory; leadership in criminal justice; bureaucracies and organizational principles; decision making and planning; performance evaluation appraisal and assessment; staffing and personnel issues; training and education for criminal justice; allocation of organizational resources; information management and organizational communications; and future issues in criminal justice management. This text is suitable for introductory criminal justice management courses preparing students to work in law enforcement corrections and the courts. The companion website offers case studies test banks lecture slides and handouts exercises and forms for use in class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609747

Managing Crises and De-GlobalisationNordic Foreign Trade and Exchange 1919-1939 As small open economies the Nordic states have always been more dependent on foreign trade than larger powers and have thus had a historic preference for free trade. But during the inter-war period the Nordic countries were squeezed between powerful and aggressive trading partners: above all Great Britain and Germany. Although the period between the end of the First World War and 1929 was marked by a return to a liberal world economy the Great Depression ushered in a decade of protectionism. The bilateralisation of international trade was especially evident after Britain’s Ottawa treaties in 1932 and the Nazi seizure of power in 1933. Their dependence on trade with Britain and Germany meant that the Nordic countries were exposed to the full force of British and German bilateralism. The paradox is that in spite of international trade wars and regulated exchange the Nordic countries managed better than other European states during the interwar period and that the Great Depression was not as deep or long lasting as in other countries. The chapters in this book discuss why and how this rather successful Nordic experience was achieved. The topics covered include commercial and monetary policies but also important industries such as forestry agriculture and fishing. Many of the chapters are comparative and discuss economic developments in two or more Nordic countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805149

Managing Crises Overseas The book examines crisis management for operations located outside of a corporation’s normal confines particularly in regions which might be overtly threatening or hostile to multinational corporations and their people and assets overseas. Outlining proper operating procedures planning implementation and drills it demonstrates how proper planning and effective management systems in place prior to a crisis can mean the difference between life and death. The book helps organizations establish best practices in crisis management to ensure safety and security of personnel assets and properties overseas even in potentially volatile environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482245790

Managing CrisisA Positive Approach First published in 1986. Gerald C. Meyers believes that a crisis in business – as in life – is often foreseeable. He also believes that it can be managed offering an unprecedented opportunity for positive change in a company. If you are to succeed in business today you must learn to manage rapid change you must learn to manage crisis. Meyers has developed a plan for practical crisis management. He explains the stages of a business crisis and then details nine common types incorporating case histories from 31 instructive corporate upheavals and the comments of the executives who went through them. Finally the author offers ways to minimise the impact of these crises. He lists step-by-step procedures to employ in each case and gives advice on forming a crisis management team and developing early warning systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361596

Managing Critical Incidents and Large-Scale Event Security 2017 Award Winner of the ASIS Security Book of the Year Nuñez and Vendrell aim to provide the most current and effective resources for managing special events and critical incidents. Their book relies heavily on case studies and after action reports that examine the lessons learned from a multitude of previous events and incidents. In addition the text identifies and examines best practices and recommended approaches providing the reader with a variety of checklists and planning tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498731508

Managing Cultural Change in Public LibrariesMarx Maslow and Management Managing Cultural Change in Public Libraries argues that changes to library Strategies and Systems can lead to transformations in library Structures that can in turn shape and determine Organisational Culture. Drawing on Management theories as well as the ideas of Marx and Maslow the authors present an ambitious Analytical Framework that can be used to better understand support and enable cultural change in public libraries. The volume argues for radical – but sustainable – transformations in public libraries that require significant changes to Strategies Structures Systems and most importantly Organisational Culture. These changes will enable Traditional Libraries to reach out beyond their current active patrons to engage with new customer groups and will also enable Traditional Libraries to evolve into Community-Led Libraries and Community-Led Libraries to become Needs-Based Libraries. Public libraries must be meaningful and relevant to the communities they serve. For this to happen the authors argue all sections of the local community must be actively involved in the planning design delivery and evaluation of library services. This book demonstrates how to make these changes happen acting as a blueprint and road map for organisational change and putting ideas into action through a series of case studies. Managing Cultural Change in Public Libraries will be of particular interest to academics and advanced students engaged in the study of library and information science. It should also be essential reading for practitioners and policymakers and all those who believe that communities should be involved and engaged in the planning design delivery and evaluation of library services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584047

Managing Cultural ChangeReclaiming Synchronicity in a Mobile World Despite decades of policy interventions and awareness raising programmes migration and mobility continue to give rise to tensions and questions of how to live together in a culturally diverse world. Managing Cultural Change takes a new approach to these challenges re-examining responses to migration and mobility as part of a process of managing wider cultural change. Presenting research from a range of settings from liberalising India global workplaces in Asia and migrant youth culture in Sydney this book explores the manner in which cultural change disturbs established frames of reference. In considering affective responses to these liminal moments of disruption it argues that adaptive strategies such as 'demarcating difference' and 're-placing home' that is reasserting belonging are deployed in order to reclaim a sense of synchronicity within the self and with a transforming external environment. With attention to the prevalence and durability of the processes and tensions inherent in cultural change the author also examines the intercultural or cosmopolitan competencies developed in interaction with difference and whether it is possible to 'teach' people these skills in order to re-find 'cultural fit' and manage change in a constantly shifting world. Contributing to research on transnational migration and mobility studies while developing the use of conceptual tools such as 'cultural fit' and 'liminality' Managing Cultural Change will be of interest to sociologists geographers and anthropologists working in the fields of globalisation migration and transnational communities ethnicity and identity belonging and cosmopolitanism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268593

Managing Cultural DifferencesGlobal Leadership for the 21st Century In today’s global business environment it is vital that individuals and organizations have sophisticated global leadership skills. Communication and understanding of different cultures is paramount to business success. This new edition of the bestselling textbook Managing Cultural Differences guides students and practitioners to an understanding of how to do business internationally providing practical advice on how competitive advantage can be gained through effective cross-cultural management. Crises in the Middle East the weakening of some emerging markets and the value of diversity and inclusion are just a few examples of contemporary issues discussed in this text which also introduces a completely new chapter on global business ethics. With a wealth of new examples case studies and online materials this textbook is required course reading for undergraduates postgraduates and MBA students alike as well as being a vital tool for anybody selling purchasing traveling or working internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223684

Managing Cultural Diversity in Technical Professions 'Managing Cultural Diversity in Technical Professions' provides managers of technical professionals with clear and tested strategies to improve communication and increase productivity among culturally diverse technical professionals teams and departments. Dr. Laroche outlines the differences in education and training career expectations communication styles and management expectations in countries around the world. He explains cross-cultural concepts and presents his case for the importance of cross-cultural competence supported by hard data including charts tables and readily accessible schematics.You'll benefit from the author's experience and expertise as a manager and consultant in this area illustrated by numerous anecdotes critical incidents and mini case studies centered around two central themes:* Most technical professionals do not recognize the impact of cultural differences in their work* Cross-cultural issues lead to a significant under-utilization of talent and affect productivity negatively'Managing Cultural Diversity in Technical Professions' offers proven tactics for improving your personal effectiveness and the efficiency of your multicultural teams breaking the communication barrier in the multicultural workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130326

Managing Cultural HeritageAn International Research Perspective Since the 1990s heritage studies has emerged as a distinct academic field and practices and rhetoric drawn from mainstream corporate management and strategic planning have become widespread. Based on extensive research this book is an in-depth investigation of management practices rather than policies based on a variety of case studies from around the world. The authors take the issue of management in heritage seriously but also take into account the role of other disciplines within heritage organizations. In particular they focus on sustainability in terms of financial resources human resources knowledge management and the relationship with the audience and communities of scholars. The book opens with a methodological introduction that discusses what it means to do research on management and why international comparative research is essential. The body of the text engages issues of heritage and management through five distinct analytical lenses: management and the process of change institutional settings and business models change and planning the Heritage Chain and the space between policy and practice. Each of these five sections includes a chapter introducing the analytical framework and possible implications followed by case histories from China Italy Malta Turkey and Peru. The book ends with a chapter of concluding reflections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399865

Managing Cultural Landscapes One of our deepest needs is for a sense of identity and belonging. A common feature in this is human attachment to landscape and how we find identity in landscape and place. The late 1980s and early 1990s saw a remarkable flowering of interest in and understanding of cultural landscapes. With these came a challenge to the 1960s and 1970s concept of heritage concentrating on great monuments and archaeological locations famous architectural ensembles or historic sites with connections to the rich and famous. Managing Cultural Landscapes explores the latest thought in landscape and place by: airing critical discussion of key issues in cultural landscapes through accessible accounts of how the concept of cultural landscape applies in diverse contexts across the globe and is inextricably tied to notions of living history where landscape itself is a rich social history record widening the notion that landscape only involves rural settings to embrace historic urban landscapes/townscapes examining critical issues of identity maintenance of traditional skills and knowledge bases in the face of globalization and new technologies fostering international debate with interdisciplinary appeal to provide a critical text for academics students practitioners and informed community organizations discussing how the cultural landscape concept can be a useful management tool relative to current issues and challenges. With contributions from an international group of authors Managing Cultural Landscapes provides an examination of the management of heritage values of cultural landscapes from Australia Japan China USA Canada Thailand Indonesia Pacific Islands India and the Philippines; it reviews critically the factors behind the removal of Dresden and its cultural landscape from World Heritage listing and gives an overview of Historic Urban Landscape thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672252

Managing Culture and Interspace in Cross-border InvestmentsBuilding a Global Company This book focuses on the dialectics between spatio-organisational gaps and local contexts that characterise cross-border investments. "Interspatial" investments – be it mergers & acquisitions (M&A) or greenfield investments – are usually characterised by what is referred to as "otherness" i.e. organisational and cultural distances of the firms involved in relation to their regional contexts. At the same time economic political and socio-cultural linkages are decisive for attracting cross-border investments to regions and for providing firms with conditions supportive of their market success. As a consequence of being locked into complex structures of proximities cross-border investments are situated in contested terrain. This terrain triggers learning processes in both regional actors and investors which can result in the convergence of mindsets and organisational issues. This book is unique in that it combines interspace (defined as the distance between the new owner and the cross-border venture) place (the target region) interpretation (perception and understanding of the investment by the actors involved) and context (institutions actor networks and interaction) thus offering better understanding of recent processes of globalisation. Crossing disciplinary boundaries by integrating economic geography and management studies the volume adopts an innovative and spatially informed perspective on foreign direct investments (FDI). This perspective will be of great value to scholars students and practitioners. The volume is inventive in its approach in that it offers fresh readings from interdisciplinary theoretical approaches and combines these with valuable empirical insights from developed as well as Emerging Economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243074

Managing Currency Options in Financial InstitutionsVanna-Volga method The book introduces how we can manage currency options with the Vanna-Volga method. It describes the underlying theories and applications of the Vanna-Volga method in managing currency options of a financial institution conforming to the Basel III regulatory requirements which demand a high consistency between the valuation and market risk calculation methodologies of financial instruments. The book illustrates with technical details to shed understanding on the major applications including valuation volatility recovery dynamic portfolio replication and value-at-risk. Those who study finance risk management quantitative finance or similar areas as well as practitioners who wish to learn how to valuate hedge and manage the market risk of currency options with more advanced models and techniques will find the book of invaluable use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316935

Managing Customer Service Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914633

Managing Cyber Risk Cyber risk is the second highest perceived business risk according to U.S. risk managers and corporate insurance experts. Digital assets now represent over 85% of an organization’s value. In a survey of Fortune 1000 organizations 83% surveyed described cyber risk as an organizationally complex topic with most using only qualitative metrics that provide little if any insight into an effective cyber strategy. Written by one of the foremost cyber risk experts in the world and with contributions from other senior professionals in the field Managing Cyber Risk provides corporate cyber stakeholders – managers executives and directors – with context and tools to accomplish several strategic objectives. These include enabling managers to understand and have proper governance oversight of this crucial area and ensuring improved cyber resilience. Managing Cyber Risk helps businesses to understand cyber risk quantification in business terms that lead risk owners to determine how much cyber insurance they should buy based on the size and the scope of policy the cyber budget required and how to prioritize risk remediation based on reputational operational legal and financial impacts. Directors are held to standards of fiduciary duty loyalty and care. These insights provide the ability to demonstrate that directors have appropriately discharged their duties which often dictates the ability to successfully rebut claims made against such individuals. Cyber is a strategic business issue that requires quantitative metrics to ensure cyber resiliency. This handbook acts as a roadmap for executives to understand how to increase cyber resiliency and is unique since it quantifies exposures at the digital asset level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367177744

Managing Cyber Risk in the Financial SectorLessons from Asia Europe and the USA Cyber risk has become increasingly reported as a major problem for financial sector businesses. It takes many forms including fraud for purely monetary gain hacking by people hostile to a company causing business interruption or damage to reputation theft by criminals or malicious individuals of the very large amounts of customer information (“big data”) held by many companies misuse including accidental misuse or lack of use of such data loss of key intellectual property and the theft of health and medical data which can have a profound effect on the insurance sector. This book assesses the major cyber risks to businesses and discusses how they can be managed and the risks reduced. It includes case studies of the situation in different financial sectors and countries in relation to East Asia Europe and the United States. It takes an interdisciplinary approach assessing cyber risks and management solutions from an economic management risk legal security intelligence insurance banking and cultural perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477179

Managing Death Drawing on provocative case studies personal interviews and detailed research Managing Death examines the medical legal ethical and clinical aspects of right-to-die issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160173

Managing Defense TransformationAgency Culture and Service Change Why are some military organizations more adept than others at reinventing themselves? Why do some efforts succeed rapidly while others only gather momentum over time or become sidetracked or even subverted? This book explicates the conditions under which military organizations have both succeeded and failed at institutionalizing new ideas and forms of warfare. Through comparative analysis of some classic cases - US naval aviation during the interwar period; German and British armour development during the same period; and the US Army's experience with counter-insurgency during the Vietnam War - the authors offer a novel explanation for change rooted in managerial strategies for aligning service incentives and norms. With contemporary policy makers scrambling to digest the lessons of recent wars in Kosovo Afghanistan and Iraq as well as to meet the unfolding challenges of the new revolution in military affairs (RMA) understanding the sources and impediments to transformation has become critical. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593524

Managing Democratic Organizations IIVolume II First published in 2000 this volume along with its counterpart consist of contributions to the history of management and management thought which ask and assess how important managing democratic organizations is today and how important it will prove to be moving forward presenting both optimistic and pessimistic interpretations. This collection describes three interrelated research programmes in the form of 38 classic essays and lists 21 authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361737

Managing Democratic Organizations IVolume I First published in 2000 this volume along with its counterpart consist of contributions to the history of management and management thought which ask and assess how important managing democratic organizations is today and how important it will prove to be moving forward presenting both optimistic and pessimistic interpretations. This collection describes three interrelated research programmes in the form of 38 classic essays and lists 21 authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138361683

Managing Depression Growing OlderA guide for professionals and carers Awarded the book prize for 2012 by the Australasian Journal on Ageing! Even when he’s grey around the muzzle the black dog of depression can still deliver a ferocious bite. Depression can strike at any age and it may appear for the first time as we get older as a result of life circumstances or our genetic makeup. While older people face the same kinds of mental health issues as younger people they can find it more difficult to deal with them owing to the stressors which accumulate with age. There is also a high incidence of undiagnosed depression in older age presenting extra challenges for carers. Managing Depression Growing Older offers a systematic guide to identifying depression in older people supporting them at home or in an aged care setting and the importance of diet exercise and attitude in recovery. It is essential reading for anyone who works with the elderly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521512

Managing Development in a Globalized WorldConcepts Processes Institutions Traditionally development has been rooted in ideologies and assumptions prevalent in the developed world and in practices and strategies adopted by leading industrial nations. However historically eclectic ideas and approaches often clash with existing long-established notions of progress and modes of realizing social and economic change. Managing Development in a Globalized World: Concepts Processes Institutions explores this topic by incorporating ideas and interpretations that have previously been neglected or given inadequate attention in the discourse on developing countries. It underscores development as a continuous process that must be supported by sound policies and efficient management supplying a wider understanding of the field. The authors argue that the application of innovative development techniques and best practices is essential for obtaining optimum results in meeting the needs of society. They examine the style of managing development with a new perspective that links the phenomenon with changing demands and the interplay of internal/external actors and a host of stakeholders. An exploration of key sectors in development provides clear comprehension of problems and solutions. A careful synthesis of theoretical/conceptual and empirical literature the book assesses real-world situations and provides insight into the operational dynamics of development policies programs and institutions. It focuses on goals values and dynamics of development management that are undergoing rapid changes and continue to be enhanced to alleviate poverty and improve living standards in an era of globalization and inter-regional and inter-institutional synergies. It highlights best practices essential for the efficient and effective delivery of human development services that are designed and put in place to obtain optimum results in meeting the needs of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781420068375

Managing Development In The Third World This book focuses on the problems and processes involved in organizing implementing and managing programs and projects aimed at relieving poverty and underdevelopment in the Third World. It summarizes organization theory and behavior and how these apply to development programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172138

Managing Development ProgramsThe Lessons Of Success This book explores a neglected dimension - the role of management interventions in development programs. It investigates two basic questions: what are the management and institutional interventions associated with successful development programs? what lessons can we learn from their experience? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169268

Managing DevelopmentGlobalization Economic Restructuring and Social Policy Globalization in the 1990s provided both opportunities and challenges for developing and transition economies. Though for some it offered the chance to achieve economic growth through active involvement in the integrated and liberalized world economy it also increased their vulnerability to external shocks and volatility. As a consequence stakeholders at every level of the development and transition process – international organizations national governments and the private sector – had to review their strategies in order to adjust to the new world economic environment. As the Mexican peso crisis of 1994-1995 and the Asian financial crisis of 1997-1998 showed dramatically the cost of maladjustment was not only very high but it also affected many more stakeholders than before due to the contagious effects of crises. This revealing book analyzes the different methods employed to manage globalization and development.  Bringing together an international team of contributors including Barbara Stallings Alicia Giron and J. C. Ferraz it will prove to be a valuable resource for those involved in the fields of development economics and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649872

Managing Difficult Endings in PsychotherapyIt's Time This book is about the difficulty of endings but it is also about learning from the endings that we know have gone wrong as well as those that have worked well. It sets out how the psychological therapist can help a person to live well while life is available and to face the endings that confront all of us with honesty and the acceptance of our human fragility. Therapists suffer through the fears and failures of the people they see as well as through their own endings. These difficulties can either help each one to be more understanding and helpful or can lead to disaster. This book is about making sure that we use experience as well as theory constructively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200512

Managing Digital Cultural ObjectsAnalysis discovery and retrieval This book explores the analysis and interpretation discovery and retrieval of a variety of non-textual objects including image music and moving image. Bringing together chapters written by leading experts in the field this book provides an overview of the theoretical and academic aspects of digital cultural documentation and considers both technical and strategic issues relating to cultural heritage projects digital asset management and sustainability. Managing Digital Objects: Analysis discovery and retrieval draws from disciplines including information retrieval library and information science (LIS) digital preservation digital humanities cultural theory digital media studies and art history. It's argued that this multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approach is both necessary and useful in the age of the ubiquitous and mobile Web. Key topics covered include: Managing searching and finding digital cultural objects Data modelling for analysis discovery and retrieval Social media data as a historical source Visual digital humanities Digital preservation of audio content Searching and creating affinities in web music collections Film retrieval on the web. Readership: The book will provide inspiration for students seeking to develop creative and innovative research projects at Masters and PhD levels and will be essential reading for those studying digital cultural object management as well as practitioners in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049412

Managing Digital GovernanceIssues Challenges and Solutions Managing Digital Governance provides public administrators with a comprehensive integrated framework and specific techniques for making the most of digital innovation to advance public values. The book focuses on the core issues that public administrators face when using information and communication technologies (ICTs) to produce and deliver public service and to facilitate democratic governance including efficiency effectiveness transparency and accountability. Offering insight into effectively managing growing complexity and fragmentation in digital technology this book provides practical management strategies to address external and internal challenges of digital governance. External challenges include digital inclusiveness open government and citizen-centric government; internal ones include information and knowledge management risk management for digital security and privacy and performance management of information technologies. Unique in its firm grounding in public administration and management literature and its synergistic combination of theory and practice Managing Digital Governance identifies future trends and ways to develop corresponding capacity while offering enduring lessons and time-tested digital governance management strategies. This book will serve as an invaluable resource for students scholars and practitioners in public administration management and governance who aspire to become leaders equipped to leverage digital technologies to advance public governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439890912

Managing Discipline in Schools The management of discipline is an essential element in educational practice and at a time when teachers and managers are anxious about reported increases in violence and other forms of anti-social behaviour there's a need for practical guidance and a review of current thinking. Based on the author's experience and research in a range of secondary and primary schools this book presents accessible summaries of relevant legislation and guides the reader through management theories towards effective practice. By placing the teacher at the centre of the management of discipline in schools and focusing on teacher and pupil esteem a disciplined environment is not only desirable but achievable too. Written in an accessible style the book; * highlights the real problems and offers real solutions * includes case-studies recent research and legislation * considers the classroom as well as the whole-school context * describes the support networks within education * provides a multi-agency approach. This book is aimed at trainee and practising teachers managers and all those who work with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167292

Managing Diversity and Equality in ConstructionInitiatives and Practice With women in the UK construction industry constituting just thirteen per cent of the workforce and black and Asian workers numbering less that two per cent despite representing more than six per cent of the working population diversity is a problem that the construction industry needs to tackle directly.In this title diversity management is presented as an opportunity for the construction industry. Work is presented from several different countries and regions in North America Australia and Europe to provide a comprehensive picture of this complex and often sensitive issue. Going beyond the traditional topics of gender and racial discrimination contributions encompass a wide range of diversity issues facing the construction industry including sexual orientation disability and the work-life balance.Essential reading for construction managers and a valuable resource for post-graduate researchers this key title provides not only a thorough exposition of contemporary research but also supplies the practical diagnostic tools and techniques to successfully manage diversity in construction and the information to adhere to the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367453657

Managing Diversity and Inclusion in the Real Estate Sector Research shows that high-performing organisations focus on diversity and inclusion (D&I). In any workplace it is important to both understand and recognise the benefits that having a D&I workforce provides. It is integral to developing people within an organisation serving clients as best we can and playing an important leadership role in communities. This book is the first to place D&I at the centre of successful real estate and construction organisations. It provides guidance to and most importantly actions for professionals in the sector who want to make D&I an inherent part of the culture of their organisation. This book has been written to bring the sector up to speed with what D&I is all about and how a D&I strategy can be implemented to secure future success. It presents a practical and easy-to-read guide that can help organisations and their leaders engage with and apply this agenda to win the war for talent in real estate and construction. This book is essential reading for all property leaders and professionals working in the real estate and construction sectors. Readers will gain especially from personal reflections on all aspects of diversity by a broad range of people working in the property industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368910

Managing Diversity in OrganizationsA Global Perspective This book equips students with a thorough understanding of the advantages and challenges presented by workplace diversity suggesting techniques to manage diversity effectively and maximize its benefits. Readers will learn to work with diverse groups to create a productive organization in which everyone feels included. The author offers a comprehensive survey of demographic groups and an analysis of their history allowing students to develop a deep understanding of the dimensions of diversity. From this foundation students are taught to manage diversity effectively on the basis of race sex LGBTQIA religion age ability national origin and intersectionality in organizations and to understand the issues various groups face including discrimination. Opening with current case studies and discussion questions to enhance comprehension the chapters provide practical insight into subconscious/implicit bias team diversity and diversity management in the United States and abroad. "Global View" examples further highlight how diversity management unfolds around the world. Offering a fresh look at workplace diversity this book will serve students of diversity human resource management and organizational studies. A companion website featuring an instructor’s manual PowerPoint slides and test banks provides additional support for students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138917026

Managing Diversity In Public Sector Workforces As we enter the twenty-first century America's workforce looks markedly different than it ever has before. Compared with even twenty years ago more white women people of color disabled persons new and recent immigrants gays and lesbians and intergenerational mixes now work in America. The way in which government employers embrace this opport Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316785

Managing Diversity in the MilitaryResearch Perspectives from the Defense Equal Opportunity Management Institute Although diversity is a twentieth-century term as the United States continues through the twenty-first century the issue of diversity in society and in organizations is becoming more complex. Managing Diversity in the Military addresses current equal opportunity and diversity issues and explores how the military is attempting to resolve them.The research presented reflects interests of scholars from various backgrounds who use different models approaches and methodologies many of which are adapted from the study of civilian institutions. The work is divided into five sections "Contemporary Approaches to Managing Diversity " "Diversifying Leadership: Equity in Evaluation and Promotion " "Gender Integration and Sexual Harassment " "Military Discipline and Race " and "Where Do We Go from Here?" which proposes future research directions for equal opportunity and diversity management in the armed forces.All of the areas explored in this accessibly written volume have counterparts in the civilian sector. The book offers insights practical methodologies and effective management guidelines for commanders civilian-sector executives and human resource practitioners responsible for equal opportunity programs and outcomes. This is now the standard social research tool in an area of profound practical concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412846059

Managing Diversity in the MilitaryThe value of inclusion in a culture of uniformity This edited book examines the management of diversity and inclusion in the military. Owing to the rise of asymmetric warfare a shift in demographics and labor shortfalls the US Department of Defense (DoD) has prioritized diversity and inclusion in its workforce management philosophy. In pursuing this objective it must ensure the attractiveness of a military career by providing an inclusive environment for all personnel (active and reserve military civilian and contractors) to reach their potential and maximize their contributions to the organization. Research and practice alike provide substantial evidence of the benefits associated with diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Diversity and inclusion programs are more strategic in focus than equal opportunity programs and strive to capitalize on the strengths of the workforce while minimizing the weaknesses that inhibit optimal organizational performance. This new book provides vital clarification on these distinct concepts in addition to offering concrete best practices for the successful management of diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Written by scholars and practitioners each chapter addresses major areas raises crucial issues and comments on future trends concerning diversity and inclusion in the workplace. The book will be of great interest to students of military studies war and conflict studies business management/HRM psychology and politics in general as well as to military professionals and leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415586368

Managing Domestic Dissent in First World War Britain The author argues that the way the British Government managed dissent during World War I is important for understanding the way that the war ended. He argues that a comprehensive and effective system of suppression had been developed by the war's end in 1918 with a greater level in reserve. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039763

Managing Drugs in Sport As recent high-profile drugs scandals have demonstrated sport organisations rarely have a coherent meaningful long-term management strategy regarding drug use and abuse. Typically sport managers hope drug problems never happen and engage in damage control when they do. This important new book argues that drugs in sport must be seen as a legitimate management issue; that the reality is that athletes will use and misuse drugs and that sport managers require a sophisticated understanding of this issue to enable them to develop effective strategies and responses. Drawing on cutting-edge management theory the book explores the characteristics of drugs in sport as another aspect of managerial life. It offers a broad-ranging introduction to the policy and business contexts that have shaped responses to the issue of drugs in sport and examines the significance of this issue in functional areas of sport management such as human resource management marketing risk management and entrepreneurialism. The book discusses practical management concerns such as managing sport science programs and working with anti-doping organisations and offers clear recommendations for the future management of sport. This is the first book to offer a complete framework for engaging with drugs in sport as both a management and integrity issue and is important reading for all advanced students researchers and practitioners working in sport management sport business sport policy sport governance or business ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595187

Managing Dyslexia at UniversityA Resource for Students Academic and Support Staff A thorough and comprehensive guide for both education professionals and those affected by dyslexia this book is predominantly a guidebook. It includes lots of practical advice and is based on the authors’ sound knowledge of current theory and practice. It includes: photocopiable materials contact and reference details personal organisation advice ways forward for potential problems information on secondary or associated difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138373044

Managing Educational Innovations Originally published in 1983. This book deals with theories of innovation and activities of innovating and the relationships between them and will help to clarify some of the underlying theories and enable practitioners to make a more professional response to the demands and pressures for innovation. The book analyses some case studies of educational innovations carried out on both sides of the Atlantic and suggests what lessons might be learned from them. It stresses the importance of the active involvement of teachers in the decision-making process and emphasises the importance of a rigorous and broadly based evaluation of innovation. The controversial issue of the use of external consultants in schools is discussed. Written in a clear style free from jargon theories are not discussed in isolation or for their own sake but are applied and related to educational practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545434

Managing Educational TechnologySchool Partnerships and Technology Integration Managing Educational Technology examines the ways in which stakeholders from businesses K-12 schools and universities can influence the quality and success of technology integration in primary and secondary classrooms.   Inspired by their experiences in the field as educators education researchers and technology evaluators the authors present vignettes that highlight the benefits demands and limitations often associated with the introduction and integration of educational technologies to K-12 school environments. These examples also underscore the inherent nuances in partnerships among businesses K-12 schools and universities. Readers can use these rich examples when considering ways to integrate products into schools as well as when discussing analyzing and evaluating the promises of and challenges in doing so. End-of-chapter questions guide readers to consider alternate actions and identify steps for additional growth which complement the authors’ practical suggestions to strengthen business–school–university partnerships. Any reader interested in educational technology educational leadership or business will benefit from this insightful investigation of business–school–university partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951020

Managing EducationThe Purpose and Practice of Good Management in Schools The 1988 Education Reform Act meant that schools had to manage themselves in ways which satisfied the world outside the school gates. Governors become more powerful parents took on a greater influence and employers were given new rights. This book discusses the total management of schools as they respond to these new imperatives. It examines the responsibilities of Teachers Head Teachers and Principals as they shape and execute their management plans. Against the background of a compulsory National Curriculum the book also examines the management of the diverse pressures within the curriculum itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466081

Managing Electronic MediaMaking Marketing and Moving Digital Content Managing Electronic Media recognizes the changes in technology in the global marketplace and the impact these innovations have on media organizations and their integral business practices. It goes beyond the typical media management book by covering media enterprises as large scale businesses that must operate in a converged environment rather than in separate silos of activity.Managing Electronic Media lays the groundwork for understanding and participating in digital content creation marketing and distribution. It provides the concepts and vocabulary that managers use to meet the challenges of today's market and to position their organizations to succeed in a relentlessly dynamic 24/7 business environment.Day in the Life sections highlight the daily activities of top media executives providing insight into the excitement the fun and the challenges of careers in today's media industries. Case studies utilize exercises to promote further understanding of real-world situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442979

Managing Elite Sport SystemsResearch and Practice Over the last twenty years or so there has been a sharp increase in interest from national sports federations and governments in the development of effective elite sport systems particularly focused on achieving success in the summer and winter Olympic Games. Many countries now have publicly funded elite sports strategies which provide specialist facilities and support staff and often provide direct financial support for athletes. These developments have stimulated academic interest in describing the elite sport systems analysing the processes by which policy is established and evaluating the impact of these policies on elite athlete success. Far less attention has been placed on the operation of the elite sports systems and on how the system interfaces with the athlete. The aim of this book is to refocus attention on the management and operation of systems designed to deliver elite success. The book draws on the theoretical literature in implementation organisation theory leadership and complexity. This provides an initial context for analysis and a stimulus for theory development around key questions such as: How do coaches manage their relationship with athletes? How does talent identification operate in practice? Do coaches fulfil the role of gatekeeper between the athlete and other elements of the sports system e.g. sports science support? How do managers support staff and athletes interpret the expectations placed on them? The first part of the book focuses on aspects of the effectiveness of elite sports systems and the second explores aspects of systems operation focused on the interface between the athlete and the sport development system and cross-cutting themes within the book include the management of talent identification and coach development. This is illuminating reading for any student researcher or practitioner working in sport development sport management or sports coaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633575

Managing Emergent PhenomenaNonlinear Dynamics in Work Organizations Chaos catastrophe self-organization and complexity theories (nonlinear dynamics) now have practical and measurable roles in the functioning of work organizations. Managing Emergent Phenomena begins by describing how the concept of an organization has changed from a bureaucracy to a humanistic and organic system to a complex adaptive system. The dynamics concepts are then explained along with the most recent research methods for analyzing real data. Applications include: work motivation personnel selection and turnover creative thinking by individuals and groups the development of social networks coordination in work groups the emergence of leaders work performance in organizational hierarchies economic problems that are relevant to organizations techniques for predicting the future and emergency management. Each application begins with a tight summary of standard thinking on a subject followed by the new insights that are afforded by nonlinear dynamics and the empirical data supporting those ideas. Unusual concepts are also encountered such as the organizational unconscious collective intelligence and the revolt of the slaved variables. The net results are a new perspective on what is really important in organizational life original insights on familiar experiences and some clear signposts for the next generation of nonlinear social scientists. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415649889

Managing Emerging RiskThe Capstone of Preparedness From Main Street to Mumbai Managing Emerging Risk: The Capstone of Preparedness considers the new global drivers behind threats and hazards facing all those tasked with protecting the public and private sector. The text delves into the global mindset of public and private sector emergency managers and presents a new risk landscape vastly different from the one existing ten years ago. The book begins by presenting a series of fictitious scenarios each resulting in mass destruction and fatalities. These are each followed by actual news stories that support the scenarios and demonstrate that the proposed events—seemingly unthinkable—have the potential to occur. Next the author identifies two drivers in the practice of emergency management and general preparedness today that constitute our view of the future and the new face of risk. The first is the Disaster Halo Effect—the idea that modern threats exhibit more than one event. The second is the worldview of our nation as a Market State focused on the trading of goods services and ideas among the nation-states. The book also reviews the history of preparedness and discusses its relationship with large-scale threats establishing that hindsight bias has hurt our ability to plan and respond to the unexpected. The chapters that follow explore what is needed to better cultivate design develop and operate emerging management and preparedness thinking in the current environment. Each chapter begins with key terms and objectives and ends with thought-provoking questions. Introducing a new paradigm of thought that takes into account the chief influencers of global threats the book arms emergency and business operations managers with the ammo needed to successfully confront emerging threats in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439826416

Managing Emotion in Design Innovation This book presents an emotion centered research framework titled "emoha" for design innovation. It defines emoha and underlines the importance of the developed framework in culturalization of technology and thereby design innovation. The book explains the detailed research on product styling which leads to the creation of "Emoha" and how to use it in product design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466567504

Managing Emotions in the Workplace The modern workplace is often thought of as cold and rational as no place for the experience and expression of emotions. Yet it is no more emotionless than any other aspect of life. Individuals bring their affective states and emotional "buttons" to work leaders try to engender feelings of passion and enthusiasm for the organization and its mission and consultants seek to increase job satisfaction commitment and trust. This book advances the understanding of the causes and effects of emotions at work and extends existing theories to consider implications for the management of emotions. The international cast of authors examines the practical issues raised when organizations are studied as places where emotions are aroused suppressed used and avoided. This book also joins the debate on how organizations and individuals ought to manage emotions in the workplace. Managing Emotions in the Workplace is designed for use in graduate level courses in Organizational Behavior Human Resource Management or Organizational Development - any course in which the role of emotions in the workplace is a central concern. Scholars and consultants will also find this book to be an essential resource on the latest theory and practice in this emerging field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290812

Managing Energy Nutrients and Pests in Organic Field Crops The use of organic management practices in field cropping continues to rise globally and these methods have proven to be a viable way to produce food with reduced resource use and environmental damage. Managing Energy Nutrients and Pests in Organic Field Crops challenges the popular misconception that organic systems are weak at managing energy nutrients and pests and shows how innovative farm designs can enhance organic performance. It provides information for assessing the current state of knowledge on organic field cropping and for making the systems more viable.Each chapter summarizes the latest data from a wide range of sources creating a comprehensive and coherent picture of the issues and integrating agronomic economic and policy aspects. Many chapters also include recent research from the authors. Section I Soil Health examines the importance of phosphorus balance soil fertility and tillage reduction. Section II Pest Management focuses on integrated weed management and long-term approaches to insect management.Section III Integrating Approaches addresses multiple field cropping challenges. Chapters cover the oldest organic rotational trials in Canada the issue of using cereals bred for conventional systems and more targeted organic cereal breeding strategies and case studies of a broad spectrum of farming experiences that explore the broader social and ecological landscape. The final section Economics Energy and Policy examines environmental issues not previously addressed in the text as well as consumer economic and rural community matters. It also presents a reprint of an article that describes policies and programs (and their costs) needed to advance adoption of organic farming in Ontario. The text wraps up with key conclusions and a discussion of overarching themes for the book summarizing the strengths of the available tool box for organic producers and the challenges that remain. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378912

Managing Energy CostsA Behavioral and Non-Technical Approach Completely non-technical in its approach and focusing exclusively on managing the human element of energy consumption this book demonstrates how to apply proven management techniques to significantly reduce these unnecessary energy expenses within an organization. It includes a broad array of examples of companies that have pioneered these efforts actual savings step-by-step methods and typical energy-wasting pitfalls to avoid. The author communicates in an easy-to-understand and cohesive manner how to break the cycle of energy waste making employees cooperative in saving energy and accountable for the energy they use. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151227

Managing Energy From the Top DownConnecting Industrial Energy Efficiency to Business Performance Written in accessible understandable prose this book explains the connection between energy and business performance. It delineates how day-to-day choices relate to the risks and rewards of energy use. Concise to-the-point chapters explain how energy is invested preserved and ultimately positioned to create wealth. Hard-nosed business leaders should appreciate the section with examples that show a strong financial case for energy improvements including the save-or-buy criterion the economic penalty for "doing nothing " the break-even cost and the budget for supporting design and analysis work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112667

Managing Energy SecurityAn All Hazards Approach to Critical Infrastructure This interdisciplinary book is written for government and industry professionals who need a comprehensive accessible guide to modern energy security. Introducing the ten predominant energy types both renewable and non-renewable the book illustrates the modern energy landscape from a geopolitical commercial economic and technological perspective. Energy is presented as the powerhouse of global economic activities. To ensure the uninterrupted supply of energy nations industries and consumers need to have options. Efficient energy security planning ensures that when a primary energy source is depleted compromised or interrupted an alternative energy source must be readily available. For this reason the foundations of energy security are built upon the five pillars of Sustainability Independence Efficiency Affordability and Accessibility. The numerous case studies presented in this book demonstrate that energy security may be compromised in the absence of one out of these five ingredients. The book also entertains the Triple-E notion of Energy Efficiency Environmental integrity and Economies of scale used by governments and corporations for energy optimization. One of the key strengths of the book is its ability effectively to cover various scientific disciplines and several energy types while remaining comprehensible. This book will be of much interest to security or logistics professionals economists and engineers as well as policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498772952

Managing Environment and Resources Making management ideas easy to grasp and providing practical advice on management theory and practice this book focuses on how to make policy work in practice: providing comprehensive advice on managing resources including advice on Health and Safety and promoting a healthy environment clear explanations of how to measure cost incomes ratios and effective efficiency Suggestions on how to bring about change and improvement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418493

Managing Environmentally Sustainable InnovationInsights from the Construction Industry A paradigm shift is happening at this moment. Firms and consumers are aware of the fact that they cause environmental pollution depletion of resources and are responsible for the dangers involved. At the same time awareness is growing that they need to and will develop the appropriate solutions in the time to come. The idea that sustainable cyclic businesses are more logical than consumption-oriented and waste-dumping ones seems fascinating to a growing number of people. For this change to happen new thinking and behavior is needed. Firms and consumers play a central role in a sustainable business. Companies deliver what consumers buy and vice versa. In a sustainable paradigm companies are able to develop and produce sustainably. Therefore companies need new management concepts for sustainable investment manufacturing logistics and marketing and for sustainable management. In Managing Environmentally Sustainable Innovation Bossink evaluates the innovation chain in a process of five consecutive stages articulates five levels at which people collectively manage the chain and analyzes the interplay between the two. Acquainting the reader with the complexities of innovation as well as which complexities are active in the management of environmental sustainability this book offers guiding principles and a toolbox for the management of environmentally sustainable innovation in construction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415879712

Managing Ethical Consumption in Tourism Neither the tourism industry nor the tourist has responded convincingly to calls for more responsibility in tourism. Ethical consumption places pressure on travellers to manage a large number of decisions at a time when hedonic motivations threaten to override other priorities. Unsurprisingly tensions occur and compromises are made. This book offers new insight into the motivations that influence tourists and their decision-making. It explores how consumers navigate the responsible tourism market place and provide a rich understanding of the challenges facing those seeking to encourage travellers to become responsible. Not only will the book provide an improved interpretation of the complexity of ethical consumption in tourism but it will also offer a variety of stakeholders a deeper understanding of: the key challenges facing stakeholders in the production and consumption of responsible tourism how ethical consumers can be influenced to consume ethically the gaps in consumer knowledge and how to broaden the appeal for individuals to make more informed ethical decisions how tour operators can respond to this emerging market by innovative product development how to design informative marketing communications to encourage a greater uptake for responsible holidays how destinations can tailor their products to the ethical consumer market how destination communities and management organisations can target responsible tourists through the provision of sustainable alternatives to mass-market holiday products. Written by leading academics from all over the world this timely and important volume will be valuable reading for ubdergraduate and postgraduate students researchers and academics interested in Tourism Ethics Ethical Consumption and the global issue of Sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082069

Managing Ethnic Diversity in Russia This book provides a comprehensive overview of the norms and practices of ethnic diversity management in the Russian Federation in the last twenty years. It examines the evolution of the legal framework the institutional architecture and the policies intended to address the large number of challenges posed by Russia’s immense ethno-cultural diversity. It analyses the legal social and political changes affecting ethno-cultural relations and the treatment of ethnic minorities and assesses how ethnic diversity both influences and is shaped by transformations in Russian politics and society. It concludes by appraising how successful or otherwise policies have been so far and by outlining the challenges still faced by the Russian Federation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816664

Managing Ethnic DiversityMeanings and Practices from an International Perspective The management of ethnic diversity has become a topical and often controversial subject in recent times with much debate surrounding multiculturalism as a systematic and comprehensive response for dealing with ethnic diversity. This book engages with these debates examining the tangible outcomes of multiculturalism as a policy and philosophy in a range of traditional and 'newer' multi-ethnic nations. Exploring the questions of whether multiculturalism can promote 'ethnic harmony' employment equity and trust between various minority and non-minority groups Managing Ethnic Diversity also adopts a comparative perspective on the experiences of multiculturalism in various international contexts in order to examine whether lessons learned from some jurisdictions can be applied to others. With an international team of experts presenting the latest research from the UK North America Europe China and Australasia a truly global dialogue is fostered with regard to the utility and limits of multiculturalism in local and comparative contexts. As such Managing Ethnic Diversity will appeal to social scientists interested in race and ethnicity multiculturalism and migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602482

Managing Europe's Water ResourcesTwenty-first Century Challenges Illustrated with case studies which explain key concepts and provide practical examples this book provides a detailed and comprehensive introduction to water management issues from a European perspective. The book begins with a brief history of water management followed by a consideration of the major frameworks used for managing water in its qualitative and quantitative aspects. Several chapters treat key water management issues including; dams privatization hydropolitics climate change and finally provides a synoptic treatment of major water management issues across Europe's geographical regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259980

Managing Evaluation and Innovation in Language TeachingBuilding Bridges Managing Evaluation and Innovation in Language Teaching focuses on the connections to be made between evaluation and change in language education with a specific focus on English Language Teaching. The book demonstrates the central importance of evaluation in relation to language projects and programmes the management of change and innovation and in improving language teacher development. The introductory chapter provides an overview of the present trends in evaluation as well as offering examples of recent evaluation projects. Subsequent chapters identify contemporary issues in evaluation and their relevance to language teaching covering a number of cultural and ethnographic studies in evaluation management in different world-wide contexts as well as drawing insights from other related disciplines. The editors seek to draw attention to the possibilities of inter-disciplinary exchange to inform the reader of current practice and highlight emerging issues in the expanding field of evaluation in language teaching especially in ELT. The contemporary nature of the studies presented here will be relevant to both post graduate students following language education programmes as well as to professionals involved in language teaching. It will be of particular interest to those involved in the management of innovation and the evaluation of projects and programmes such as curriculum developers Director of Studies and professionals with a special responsibility for bringing about change in language teaching contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315841014

Managing Expectations and Policy Responses to Racism in SportCodes Combined This volume presents research on policy responses to racism in sporting codes predominantly Australian Rules football in a global context. While the three guest editors are based in Australia and their work pertains to the uniquely domestic game of Australian Rules football the outcomes research vectors and key issues from this research are part of a much larger on-going international conversation that is equally relevant when considering for instance racism in English Premier League football first class cricket and basketball. The book is an outcome of an Australian Research Council (ARC) funded project titled Assessing the Australian Football League’s Racial and Religious Vilification Laws to Promote Community Harmony Multiculturalism and Reconciliation which investigated social participation and the impact of the Australian Football League’s anti-racial vilification policy since its introduction in 1995. This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295629

Managing Extreme Behaviours in the Early Years Increasing numbers of children attending pre school provision have led to increasing referrals to the advisory services for behavioural issues. Children appear to be having difficulty conforming to social expectations in educational settings and are presenting us with more extreme behaviours. In spite of much advice already available in the form of written material books and TV programmes there appears to be an increase in behaviours reported and in practitioners searching for managing strategies. The suggested strategies are based upon long varied experiences in real life situations and have a grounding in practice designed to be manageable realistic and relevant to educational settings. They cover the following behaviours: Self harm Hitting Running away Sexualised behaviour Refusal to talk Uncooperative behaviour Aggressive behaviour Managing Extreme Behaviours in the Early Years the fifth of the Tried and Tested Strategies series is a ready-to-hand and easy to read guide for those dealing with problem behaviour and who do not always have the time to search for solutions.   Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138371309

Managing Famine Flood and Earthquake in ChinaTianjin 1958-85 China suffers frequently from many types of natural disasters which have affected the lives of many millions of Chinese. The steps which the Chinese state has taken to prevent disasters mitigate their consequences and reconstruct in the aftermath of disasters are therefore key issues. This book examines the single metropolis of Tianjin in northern China a city which has suffered particularly badly from natural disasters – the great famine of 1958-61 the great flood of 1963 and the great earthquake of 1976. It discusses how the city managed these disasters what policies and measures were taken to prevent and mitigate disasters and to promote reconstruction afterwards. It also explores who suffered from and who benefited from the disasters. Overall the book shows how disaster management was erratic sometimes managed highly efficiently and in other cases disappointingly delayed and inept. It concludes that although the Maoist state possessed formidable resources disaster management was always constrained by other political and economic considerations and was never an automatic priority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476172

Managing FashionA Management Perspective The fashion industry is a multibillion-dollar global industry with a variety of organizational structures and a multitude of challenges. Such scope triggered the recent rise in management programs in the U.S. and Europe aiming to produce and train young managers to meet such global and diverse challenges. Managing Fashion covers the fashion business with a twist – a management twist. Its goal is to tackle the topics from a fashion manager perspective referencing relevant management concepts and theories thus offering a deeper and more practical dimension to the issues addressed. It offers a balanced mix of fashion and management theory and application as well as creating an opportunity for analysis and critical thinking. Discussions throughout the book are supported by specially developed case studies and relevant examples taken from the fashion industry. It is an opportunity to expose the fashion student or reader as well as aspiring fashion managers to a more practical approach to fashion theories and issues. Managing Fashion will serve as a core text for Fashion Studies Fashion Entrepreneurship and Fashion Merchandising majors as well as for special business degrees and management certificates targeting the fashion industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364757

Managing FearThe Law and Ethics of Preventive Detention and Risk Assessment Managing Fear examines the growing use of risk assessment as it relates to preventive detention and supervision schemes for offenders perceived to be at a high risk of re-offending individuals with severe mental illness and suspected terrorists. It outlines a number of legislative regimes in common law countries that have broadened ‘civil’ (as opposed to criminal) powers of detention and supervision. Drawing on the disciplines of criminology and social psychology it explores how and why such schemes reflect a move towards curtailing liberty before harm results rather than after a crime has occurred. Human rights and ethical issues concerning the role of mental health practitioners in assessing risk for the purposes of preventive detention and supervision are explored and regimes that require evidence from mental health practitioners are compared with those that rely on decision-makers’ notions of ‘reasonable belief’ concerning the risk of harm. Case studies are used to exemplify some of the issues relating to how governments have attempted to manage the fear of future harm. This book aims to educate mental health practitioners in the law relating to preventive detention and supervision schemes and how the legal requirements differ from clinical assessment practices; examine the reasons why there has been a recent renewal of preventive detention and supervision schemes in common law countries; provide a comparative overview of existing preventive detention and supervision schemes; and analyse the human rights implications and the ethics of using forensic risk assessment techniques for preventive detention and supervision schemes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632393

Managing Finance Managing Finance is developed from tried and tested materials that are easy to read and work is written from a managerial perspective for general managers on executive or MBA courses. The text focuses on accounting from the viewpoint of the needs of managers for financial information and understanding. Scenarios and examples are included that demonstrate a socially responsible approach.Business Scenarios are presented at the opening of each chapter and this is then used to explore the topics covered given at the start of the chapter. This approach is very appealing to people with business experienceThere is supplementary material with this text for the website with additional exercises cases multiple choice questions Powerpoint presentations and tutorial material. This will be kept up-to-date and provide links to other resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158818

Managing Finance Premises and Health & Safety This book covers the most important aspects of these essential issues such as: how and when to budget how to audit your school's facilities how to manage maintain and improve your premises ways to gain extra funding for your premises what are the main Health and Safety issues what are the common pitfalls and what are the policies you really need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148758

Managing Financial InstitutionsMarkets and Sustainable Finance This book goes beyond traditional financial institutions textbooks which tend to focus on mathematical models for risk management and the technical aspects of measuring and managing risk. It focuses on the role of financial institutions in promoting social and economic goals for the communities in which they operate for the greater good while also meeting financial and competitive challenges and managing risks. Cooperman divides the text into seven easily teachable modules that examine the real issues and challenges that managers of financial institutions face. These include the transformative changes presented by social unrest climate change and resource challenges as well as the changes in how financial institutions operate in light of the opportunities that rapid innovations and disruptive technologies offer. The book features: Up-to-date coverage of new regulations affecting financial institutions such as Dodd Frank and new SEC regulations. Material on project financing and new forms of financing including crowd funding and new methods of payment for financial institutions. New sustainable finance models and strategies that incorporate environmental social and corporate governance considerations. A new chapter on sustainable financial institutions social activism the greening of finance and socially responsible investing. Practical cases focusing on sustainability give readers insight into the socioeconomic risks associated with climate change. Streamlined and accessible Managing Financial Institutions will appeal to students of financial institutions and markets risk management and banking. A companion website featuring PowerPoint slides an Instructor’s Manual and additional cases is also available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900028

Managing Financial Resources Managing Financial Resources addresses the complicated issues of financial planning and control. These include performance measures and cost analysis methods of improving profitability and techniques of financial monitoring and control. Real examples and case studies are used throughout to illustrate points in a practical context.All chapters have been updated and new material has been added to extend the original text in areas such as public sector management issues audit commission capital investment decisions stakeholder analysis for published reports and accounts performance measurement outsourcing new developments in the public sector and transfer pricing.This book is based on the Management Charter Initiative's Occupational Standards for Management NVQs and SVQs at level 4. It is particularly suitable for managers on the Diploma in Management or part 1 of the Postgraduate Diploma especially those accredited by the Chartered Management Institute and Edexcel but this also a useful text for practicing managers and those individuals studying for a MBA. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138134546

Managing Food Safety Risks in the Agri-Food Industries Modern farming practices involve more stakeholders in the supply chain presenting issues of storage transportation and distribution prior to reaching the consumer. This increasing complexity in food production chains creates more points for introducing microorganism contamination of crops livestock and aquatic organisms. Managing Food Safety Risks in the Agri-Food Industries addresses existing and emerging risks in the primary agri-food sectors and discusses ways to manage reduce or prevent these risks from occurring.Following a short introduction the authors examine the advantages and disadvantages of various food chain risk assessment tools. The book covers three primary production sectors—crops terrestrial livestock and aquaculture products—along with a chapter on game and wild fish catch. Under each sector the book addresses the existing and emerging food safety risks challenges and intervention strategies. Each chapter focuses on microbiological and natural or man-made chemical hazards that occur at the farm level with potential to cross-contaminate or bioaccumulate.The book addresses horticulture crops and microbiological contaminants food safety hazards and prevention strategies in beef and milkborne outbreaks. It discusses Campylobacter and Salmonella risk in the broiler industry and the prevalence of Salmonella in pig meat risk factors and intervention approaches. The book also covers potential parasites and diseases from game and exotic meat and microbiological and environmental contaminants in captured fish as well as in farmed fish and shellfish. The authors conclude with an exploration of how consumers and agri-food stakeholders perceive risk and the best means for communicating risk to the public. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199927

Managing Food Security In Unregulated Markets This book explores a range of views on the possibilities for international stocks management as well as to determine what might be compatible with the unregulated market. Items appropriate for discussion include food security demand growth and cereal market strategies to deal with variability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367157463

Managing Football Managing Football is the first book to directly respond to the rapid managerial commercial and global development of the sport and offers a thorough analysis of how the football industry can meet the challenges that flow from these developments. Expertly edited by two well known specialists in football business management it draws together the work of a world-class contributor team to form a comprehensive analysis of the most important issues facing the managers of football businesses across the world. The cutting edge analysis examines all the important business challenges in the football industry and the management of football businesses and covers all of the key football markets including England Spain France Italy Germany Australia North America China South Africa South Korea the Netherlands and Belgium and Mexico. Managing Football is simply a must-read for anyone studying or working in football business management and is set to be an important landmark in this rapidly moving and globally expansive field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469235

Managing for ChangeLeadership Strategy and Management in Asian NGOs An increasing proportion of the world's poor is dependent on NGOs for the support the state cannot or will not provide but little has been written to analyze or guide best management practice which is so critical to their success. Managing for Change addresses the key operational issues facing NGO managers drawing lessons from the reality of southern NGOs. It explores areas such as the formation of strategy effective NGO leadership the handling of donor relations staff motivation and development and the management styles most appropriate to crises and change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071749

Managing for Knowledge Whilst there are many books on knowledge management there are few aimed directly at HR practitioners and the critical role that they can play in building a knowledge-centric culture. This practical book draws on the author's own experience as well as that of leading-edge Human Resource and Knowledge Management practitioners (including Linda Holbeche Elizabeth Lank and David Snowden) each of whom recognise that building a knowledge-centric culture cannot be achieved through technology alone. It covers areas such as: * Defining the key ingredients of a knowledge-centric culture* The changing structures roles and responsibilities needed to create a knowledge-centric culture * HR's unique contribution to building a knowledge-centric culture together with practical steps for getting started on the KM journey and for keeping the momentum going * Tools and techniques for: opening up a dialogue about why knowledge management is crucial for business and personal success; knowledge mapping; encouraging and facilitating knowledge sharing as well as ways of identifying key knowledge players * How to help your organisation reframe its assumptions about learning in the knowledge economy * How to ensure that your HR practices are knowledge aligned Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155848

Managing for ProfitThe Added Value Concept In this book first published in 1971 the author develops and tests a productivity system based on Added Value as the measure of company income and output. The theory behind the system is that the behaviour of a company can best be explained in terms of its need to create an income. From this it follows that its effectiveness depends on the efficiency with which it uses all the resources at its disposal to create this income. If it is accepted that the need is to create an income then the efforts of the employees the objectives of individuals the pricing procedures and the control systems must be co-ordinated to achieve this end. This title will be of interest to students of management economics and business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138566392

Managing for ResilienceA Practical Guide for Employee Wellbeing and Organizational Performance In an era of longer hours and shorter contracts of tighter margins and frequent organizational change stress can undermine both the mental health and performance of employees. A culture of resilience in the workplace however offers the potential to support psychological wellbeing and improve the performance of both people and organizations. This is the first book to provide managers with a guide to fostering psychological resilience within their teams. It synthesises not only the latest cutting-edge research in the area but also translates this into practical advice for a range of organizational settings. Chapters cover the following important issues:  Key personality factors related to resilience  How job design and routines can improve employee resilience  How to build a resilient team  Communicating change and improving teamwork  Modelling resilient thinking and behaviour as a leader  Selecting the right resilience training for your organisation This is the ideal book for anyone interested in fostering a high-performance and emotionally resilient workforce whether they are a manager HR professional or occupational psychologist. Its cutting edge approach will also make it important reading for students and researchers of organizational and occupational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124646

Managing For Results Managing for Results demonstrates Drucker's particular genius for breaking through conventional outlooks and opening up new perspectives for ultimate profits in the world of business. What must be done to make the organization perform prosper and grow - what the executive the maker of decisions must do to move the enterprise forward - is the subject of this book. It will be of great value to students of management as well as executives in industry and commerce and it deals skilfully and perceptively with economic tasks which every business has to tackle in order to achieve sound performance and economic results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126688

Managing for Service Effectiveness in Social Welfare Organizations This important book is the first to make an explicit link between management practices and service outcomes in social welfare agencies. Managing for Service Effectiveness in Social Welfare Organizations is based on the premise that the primary responsibility and distinctive competency of social welfare management is delivering high quality effective services to clients. Collectively the book’s esteemed contributors have clearly presented a model of administration founded on concepts and strategies for connecting managerial action with service effectiveness. The sections of the book correspond to the core functions and tasks in an effective approach to management including measuring performance program and organizational design managing people managing information managing environmental relations and the ethics of managing for effectiveness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056448

Managing for Service Effectiveness in Social Welfare Organizations This important book is the first to make an explicit link between management practices and service outcomes in social welfare agencies. Managing for Service Effectiveness in Social Welfare Organizations is based on the premise that the primary responsibility and distinctive competency of social welfare management is delivering high quality effective services to clients. Collectively the book’s esteemed contributors have clearly presented a model of administration founded on concepts and strategies for connecting managerial action with service effectiveness. The sections of the book correspond to the core functions and tasks in an effective approach to management including measuring performance program and organizational design managing people managing information managing environmental relations and the ethics of managing for effectiveness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059280

Managing for the Future This wide-ranging future-oriented book is sure to number among the most important and influential business books of the decade. Drucker writes with penetrating insight about the critical issues facing managers in the 1990s: the world economic order; people at work; new trends in management and the governance of organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142541

Managing Forests as Complex Adaptive SystemsBuilding Resilience to the Challenge of Global Change This book links the emerging concepts of complexity complex adaptive system (CAS) and resilience to forest ecology and management. It explores how these concepts can be applied in various forest biomes of the world with their different ecological economic and social settings and history. Individual chapters stress different elements of these concepts based on the specific setting and expertise of the authors. Regions and authors have been selected to cover a diversity of viewpoints and emphases from silviculture and natural forests to forest restoration and from boreal to tropical forests.  The chapters show that there is no single generally applicable approach to forest management that applies to all settings. The first set of chapters provides a global overview of how complexity CAS and resilience theory can benefit researchers who study forest ecosystems. A second set of chapters provides guidance for managers in understanding how these concepts can help them to facilitate forest ecosystem change and renewal (adapt or self-organize) in the face of global change while still delivering the goods and services desired by humans. The book takes a broad approach by covering a variety of forest biomes and the full range of management goals from timber production to forest restoration to promote the maintenance of biodiversity quality of water or carbon storage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779693

Managing FragmentationAn Area Child Protection Committee in a Time of Change This title was first published in 2002: The rise of New Public Management and the fragmentation of agencies that resulted created unprecedented new tensions and problems in multi-agency work. This book provides a fascinating insight into the workings of a large multi-agency committee exploring the manner in which different agencies brought their own agendas organizational structures and world-views to a multi-agency forum and expected working relationships to be relatively problem free. Charting the development of child protection in the UK it explores the problems and prospects of both multi-agency working and new public management under the auspices of joint working initiatives. It offers a unique insight into how members of an area child protection committee viewed working with others drawing on detailed comments and quotes from those directly involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733206

Managing Global Development Risk While global sourcing has expanded dramatically in terms of activities consistent challenges remain for organizations that choose such a business decision. These challenges include maximizing the opportunity afforded by globalization fully realizing potential gains and managing the risks inherent to global development. In addition while companies continue to start or expand their use of global resources little is being done to help project managers business analysts architects and others succeed in this new environment. Built upon real-world experiences Managing Global Development Risk provides the tools techniques and knowledge necessary to achieve project success with offshore resources. By reading and utilizing the templates within this book you will acquire: Knowledge of project management principles and their application Understanding of software development processes and their application Insight into the diverse personalities within your global development team and the appropriate management and communications style to achieve success Awareness of cultural issues and mannerisms that will enhance your ability to guide your team To fully realize the benefits of global development a proper mix of local and offshore resources is essential. This book is an important tool that can help you gain the necessary competency and expand your skills in this critical area. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367388362

Managing Global Resources and Universal Processes Bringing together a wealth of knowledge Environmental Management Handbook Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about environmental problems and their corresponding management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 500 contributors all experts in their field. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management are presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management Addresses new and cutting-edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food–energy–water nexus socio-ecological systems and more Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today In this first volume Managing Global Resources and Universal Processes the reader is introduced to the general concepts and processes used in environmental management. As an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on environmental systems it reflects an extensive coverage of the field and includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342637

Managing Global Risks in the Urban AgeSingapore and the Making of a Global City The first full-length exposition of what it terms a global city-global risks nexus this volume crosses disciplinary boundaries to draw upon research from Security Studies; Geography; Sociology; and Urban Studies. Innovative in its approach integrating theories about Global Cities with those positing a Global Risk Society Yee-Kuang Heng positions this research in the midst of two concurrent global trends that will gain more significance in coming years. The world is experiencing the consequences of not only rapid globalisation but also urbanization. In 2008 the UN declared that more than half the world’s population was now urban. At the same time highly connected global cities like New York London Tokyo and Singapore also face rapidly spreading global risks such as pandemics and financial crises. Unique in developing a typology of global risks that threaten a global city like Singapore beyond its Asian focus the book also draws out thematic and policy lessons pertinent to other global cities. ’Global cities’ do not simply materialize. They are dependent on a range of stakeholders at various levels that produce and re-produce its command and control capabilities in the face of global risks. Singapore’s experiences managing global risks in the financial; aviation; and maritime domains are common concerns shared by many countries and cities that have or aspire to develop similar critical infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571976

Managing Global StrategyDeveloping an Effective Strategy in International Business This concise practical textbook clearly explains how to go about developing and implementing a global strategy for any organization from Born Global start-ups to more established large companies struggling to manage their global extensions to nonprofits including non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and charities. Written clearly and concisely this volume brings together multiple tools models and frameworks into one resource to guide a successful global strategy development and implementation process. Issues covered include: • Internal and external environmental analyses; • Cross-cultural communication; • Structural considerations; • Leadership and motivation; • Foreign market entry mergers alliances and acquisitions. Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of global business will appreciate this accessible guide to a highly complex endeavor as will practicing managers in global organizations seeking a ready reference. Instructors will also value the outline of a semester-long project keyed to the book developed and tested by the author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462857

Managing Global Supply Chains Starting from the concept that "there is no point driving a Ferrari in a traffic jam" Basu and Wright demonstrate the importance of good supply chain management in Managing Global Supply Chains. Building on the successful Total Supply Chain Management and incorporating the new challenges of globalisation this book demonstrates the practical tools and techniques that add value deliver cost reduction and improve customer satisfaction. This new edition has been substantially revised and extended to include a holistic approach incorporating the upstream suppliers and the downstream customers. Further updates to this edition include: New chapters on e-business emerging markets sustainability and green issues global supply chains for services and event management retail management and major project management A section of brand new case studies A new companion website to support lecturers with their teaching This book also provides comprehensive insight into lean and agile supply chains supported by tools techniques and case examples. Managing Global Supply Chains is a practical text with excellent coverage and is ideal for post-experience business students or learning professionals in supply chain management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646681

Managing God's BusinessReligious and Faith-Based Organizations and their Management Religious and faith-based organisations constitute a large and important group of organisations. This is the first book to study systematically their characteristics and the distinctive challenges they pose to the people managing them. Malcolm Torry discusses how to define religious and faith-based organisations how to study them and the secular context in which they operate in Western Europe and the USA. There are chapters on congregations denominations governance membership the clergy leadership and religious and faith-based organisations' relationship to civil society. The book relies on research-based literature and case studies and contains full bibliographies making it an essential tool for anyone studying this important new field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249940

Managing Green TeamsEnvironmental Change in Organisations and Networks To reach environmental excellence organizations must unlock and channel the ideas and energies of their staff. This can only be achieved through the effective leadership and commitment of senior managers and the development of sound teamworking throughout the organization. To this end forward-looking organizations have formulated a range of teams including: environmental steering committees; environmental action teams; process improvement teams; and quality and environment circles. The aims of this book are to bring together practical experiences and theoretical developments in relation to the role of teamworking within the context of environmental management. Contributions from an international group of leading practitioners and academics present examples of how teamworking can be utilised to solve the complex and uncertain environmental challenges that organisations face.  The book is divided into three key sections. The first section examines – in a number of different organizational contexts – the problems that confront managers during the process of forming and developing environmental teams. In the second section the book examines how environmental teams can trigger changes in core operations and integrate environmental concerns in business decision-making at every level in the organization. In the final section the focus of the book shifts to environmental networks and their role as inter-organizational co-ordinators.  Managing Green Teams: Environmental Change in Organisations and Networks will be of particular interest to educationalists consultants and practitioners. Teamworking is a well-established field but to date no book has made any attempt to fully integrate teamworking and environmental issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283281

Managing Group Risk Attitude This book builds on the authors' previous title Understanding and Managing Risk Attitude but this time looks exclusively at the challenges of understanding and managing those attitudes adopted by groups of people when faced with making decisions that they perceive as risky and important. The book makes the link between risk management and decision-making explicit building on existing work from the economic and risk psychology schools but taking a pragmatic practitioner-focused approach that is relevant to all decision-making groups in any situation. The insights in Managing Group Risk Attitude are derived from the authors' own applied research. Details of the research methods and findings are included in the book in support of a practical model and steps to manage risk attitude using applied emotional literacy. Ruth Murray-Webster and David Hillson have written a practical book for all decision-makers supported by actual research by practitioners and underpinned by the seminal research of leading academics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593579

Managing Growth and Expansion into Global MarketsLogistics Transportation and Distribution Company executives in every field are recognizing the critical importance of entering into the global economy. As transportation and logistics companies follow their clients’ expansion into these international markets they must be able to service their clients’ supply chain needs in new economies and turbulent markets.Managing Growth and Expansion into Global Markets addresses the unique logistical transportation and distribution issues surrounding growth and expansion into global markets. It supplies a full overview of contemporary management assessment tools to provide an understanding of exactly what it takes to enter foreign markets and avoid common pitfalls.Distilling the author’s decades of experience in global supply chain management and international business this book is ideal for those looking to grow and develop their global supply chains.The book details the benefits and drawbacks of both organic growth and merger and acquisitions into global markets. It illustrates the most common types of problems that occur during mergers and acquisitions and describes exactly what you can expect during the transition period.Explaining why some organizations transition new business units successfully while others struggle this book will help you properly assess your best options to grow your organization and expand your supply chain capabilities.The book examines the array of legal and regulatory implications that you need to review understand and bring into your decision-making process. It also provides specific answers strategies and a best-practice outline that you can follow.A must-read for anyone involved with global growth and expansion in the supply chain arena this book is also an ideal tutorial to help students and business-school attendees gain practical insights into global supply chain issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482259179

Managing Hazardous Air PollutantsState of the Art Managing Hazardous Air Pollutants presents a detailed examination of the state-of-the-art in the management of air pollutants ("air toxics"). This important new volume focuses on the latest research regulatory perspectives modeling environmental and human risk assessments new control strategies monitoring programs risk communication and risk management. Key chapters in the book are devoted to these timely subjects: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579852

Managing Health Safety and Working EnvironmentRevised Edition This book explores the managerial roles and responsibilities with regard to safety. Applying key legal requirements to the workplace it looks at how workplace facilities are managed and how materials and equipment are used stored and maintained for optimum effectiveness. It not only aids organisations to achieve success but to maintain it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154902

Managing Health and Safety Learning Made Simple books give you skills without frills. They are matched to the main qualifications and written by experienced teachers and authors to make often tricky subjects simple to learn. Every book is designed carefully to provide bite-sized lessons matched to readers' needs.Using full colour throughout and written by leading teachers and writers Learning Made Simple books build on a rich legacy of over 50 years as leading publishers helping to learn new skills and develop their talents.Whether studying at college training at work or reading at home aiming for a qualification or simply getting up to speed Learning Made Simple Books will give readers the advantage of easy well-organized training materials in a handy volume you can refer to again and again. These titles will be promoted direct to training companies and learners and individuals will be urged to buy them not only by college lecturers but also by trainers at work. These titles will be core stock for years to come.The books are written by experienced HR trainers and will be typeset by PK McBride (an experienced teacher and author of several Learning Made Simples himself). PK McBride has a thorough understanding of the ethos of the LMSs books and his involvement will insure that all titles have a layout and style consistent with the brand. Jacqueline Jeynes has run her own Management Consultancy business Opal Services for 19 years providing a wide range of management skills training across all industry sectors. She has appeared as an expert on 10 BBC TV programmes on H&S for small firms. She has regularly published articles in professional journals. She was a Commissioner on the Independent Inquiry into Drug Testing in the Workplace 2005 and been a member of many national and European Commission committees. A member of IBA and IOSH she has just been awarded Specialist Business Adviser of the Year 2006-7. Currently a business adviser tutor on Durham University MBA and supervisor-tutor for Aston University undergraduates on work placement year. She has published two books with Butterworth-Heinemann. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160385

Managing Health and Safety at Work Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433403

Managing Health and Safety in Building and Construction Health and safety is important to everyone nowadays especially with the burgeoning extent of legislation and regulations in the area both in UK terms but perhaps more importantly within and across the European Community. One of the industries most affected by this is the building and construction sector which because of its traditionally poor record in this respect and its widespread and under-policed activities is now subject to the Construction Design and Management (CDM) Regulations. These require that every project involving building or demolition work which is undertaken regardless of the industry concerned and for what purpose must be planned and documented according to these safety regulations and procedures. Non-compliance can attract heavy penalties including fines and prison sentences. In addition the possibilities of actions like this and their contingent financial costs are beginning to determine a whole philosophy to underpin business management. It is therefore vital to understand exactly what legal obligations and duties are inherent in either managing contracting or carrying out a given piece of work. Lack of knowledge of this nature can prove to be very costly so this book will show you how to find your way around the maze of rules and regulations in order to improve your business efficiency and reduce exposure to financial risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138431041

Managing Health and Wellbeing in the Public SectorA Guide to Best Practice As governments throughout the world experience increasing fiscal challenges the pressures on public sectors to streamline services and harness technological advances is unprecedented. Many have undergone huge budgetary cuts as a result but what are the effects of this intense organisational change on such a large and varied workforce? And how can managers within the public sector meet the challenge of delivering services whilst maintaining the health and wellbeing of staff tasked with carrying out the work? Managing Health and WellBeing in the Public Sector: A Guide to Best Practice is the ideal companion to any manager in these challenging times. Exploring the realities of working in the public sector and those factors which can add meaning and purpose to working life the book provides managers with a practical toolkit for creating the best working environment as well as nurturing resilience and motivation within their staff. Written by two authors with a lifetime of experience in the field the book also examines why promoting occupational health and wellbeing is beneficial to organizations drawing on a wealth of international research to support this argument. It concludes with a series of case studies in which an international range of public sector managers discuss initiatives they have implemented and how successful they have been. This is the ideal companion for any manager working in the public sector. It will also be instructive reading for students or researchers of occupational or organizational psychology as well as HRM. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929203

Managing Health at WorkA Guide for Managers and Workplace Health Specialists Managing Health at Work reviews recent developments in the field of workplace health from a practical point of view. It is aimed at managers and health specialists concerned with initiating new policies to develop and improve workplace health. The book provides essential guidance in managing health at work gives specific examples of good practice and alerts the reader to relevant guidelines surrounding issues such as stress cancer HIV and AIDS RSI health eating and exercise. The author argues that increasing attention should be paid to the use of workplace health especially with the growing number of employees making claims against their employers for a wide range of health problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062127

Managing Healthy OrganizationsWorksite Health Promotion and the New Self-Management Paradigm During the past two decades corporate management has come to take an active role in health promotion programming for employees offering health education screenings therapy and even leisure initiatives. However little attention has been given to how contemporary worksite health programs in fact blur the traditional distinction between work and private life. This has resulted in that little research on the other side of the work-health nexus: how employers factor health considerations into workforce management and productivity control. With the advancement of "work-site health promotion" in contemporary organizations Holmqvist and Maravelias argue that this narrow focus and the typical uncritical standpoint towards initiatives which are taken in the name of employees’ health is inadequate. At a more fundamental level the advancement of work-site health promotion may be a sign of a new or altered corporate health ethic: in contrast to the old corporate health ethic that was narrow and specific to the workplace the new corporate health ethic appears to judge the ‘whole employee’ and especially what the whole employee may become; the risks one faces and the abilities one has to shoulder the responsibility for developing into a real corporate value. The authors suggest that health experts’ work is closely aligned with problems relating to the general management of organizations. Through a focused appraisal of this central albeit neglected occupational group in management studies this book tries to explore and understand in some depth situations and experiences that are of general interest and concern in our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655538

Managing Heritage and Cultural Tourism ResourcesCritical Essays Volume One This three volume reference series provides an authoritative and comprehensive set of volumes collecting together the most influential articles and papers on tourism heritage and culture. The papers have been selected and introduced by Dallen Timothy one of the leading international scholars in tourism research. The first volume 'Managing Heritage and Cultural Tourism Resources' deals primarily with issues of conservation interpretation impacts of tourism and the management of those impacts. Sold individually and as a set this series will prove an essential reference work for scholars and students in geography tourism and heritage studies cultural studies and beyond. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249933

Managing Heritage in AfricaWho Cares? Managing Heritage in Africa provides a wide-ranging up-to-date synthesis of heritage management practice in Africa covering a broad spectrum of heritage issues such as archaeology living traditions sacred sites heritage of pain (slavery) international conventions cultural landscapes heritage in conflict areas and heritage versus development. Dealing with both intangible and tangible heritage Managing Heritage in Africa gives an informative insight into some of the major issues and approaches to contemporary heritage management in Africa and situates the challenges facing heritage practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877859

Managing High Performance Sport How can managers design and implement effective high performance programmes in sport? What are the key challenges in managing elite athletes sports people and teams? This is the first book to provide a comprehensive introduction to management practice process and policy in elite and high performance sport (HPS). Drawing on real-world case-studies of elite sport around the world the book shows a conceptual framework for studying and analysing high performance sport and introduces the skills and techniques that managers and administrators will need to develop effective HPS programmes. The book examines the macro level factors that determine a nation’s sporting success including political social and cultural elements and then moves on to unpack the specifics of elite athlete and team management at a micro level. Adopting an integrated holistic approach throughout the book highlights best practice in every key area of an HPS programme including: defining performance and success organizational structure and leadership finance funding and marketing coaching and coach development talent identification and development competition and events training and facilities scientific research and sport science support. The book features contributions from world-leading sport management academics as well as practitioners with experience of managing HPS programmes at world and Olympic level. Each chapter includes a full range of useful features such as summaries case-studies review questions and guides to further reading. This is essential reading for all serious students and professionals working in sport management or high performance sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415671996

Managing Historic Sites and BuildingsReconciling Presentation and Preservation Managing Historic Sites and Buildings looks at the choices and the tensions that exist in conservation and interpretation of the heritage. Preservation and presentation are central activities arguably means and ends in the conservation of the historic environment. But are they self-reinforcing or do they work against each other? In a series of essays which span form prehistoric sacred site to Second World war military remains from medieval monastery to 1970s housing estate we look at contemporary concerns and debates about the way the past is shaped physically and metaphorically by these two aspects of heritage management.Starting from the position that the fundamental purpose of the whole process is to communicate understanding about the human past these essays examine how far the ideologies strategies tactics and techniques of preservation and presentation are mutually supportive. the success of integrated approaches that are inclusive of social economic and green environmental concerns is understood but the value of developing truly sustainable management for individual historic places is only just becoming evident. At the heart of such an approach lies a crucial relationship between the activity of preserving historic places and of promoting understanding of their significance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714652

Managing Hot Flushes and Night SweatsA Cognitive Behavioural Self-help Guide to the Menopause This revised edition of Managing Hot Flushes and Night Sweats offers up-to-date and evidence-based information about the menopause and about hot flushes and night sweats which are the main reason that women seek medical help. The four-week self-help guide uses cognitive behavioral therapy providing information and strategies for managing hot flushes and night sweats as well as stress and sleep. The guide is interactive with exercises and homework tailored to women’s individual circumstances and lifestyles. It challenges myths about menopause and aging and provides better understanding of flushes which in turn reduces stress and improves post-menopausal well-being. The various chapters discuss processes of identification and modification of triggers of hot flushes and offers tips to women on dealing with hot flushes in social and work situations. The guide can be as effective as eight hours of group CBT and will help women who want to try a non-medical treatment that is brief and effective without side effects or just want to be better informed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367853037

Managing Hot Flushes with Group Cognitive Behaviour TherapyAn evidence-based treatment manual for health professionals Following the success of Managing Hot Flushes and Night Sweats which outlines a self-help CBT-based programme for dealing with menopausal symptoms Myra Hunter and Melanie Smith have developed a pioneering group treatment for women going through the menopause. Managing Hot Flushes with Group Cognitive Behaviour Therapy is an evidence-based manual drawing on their research which has demonstrated in randomised controlled trials that group CBT effectively reduces the impact of hot flushes and night sweats. The treatment is effective for women going through a natural menopause and for women who have menopausal symptoms following breast cancer treatments and for other groups of women who have troublesome symptoms. This manual provides health professionals with everything they need to run groups to help women to manage hot flushes and night sweats. Managing Hot Flushes with Group Cognitive Behaviour Therapy equips health professionals with knowledge skills and materials to run groups to help women to manage menopausal symptoms in 6 (or 4) weekly sessions without the need for medication. It is easy to use with a companion audio exercise and downloadable/photocopiable resources on line as well as power-point slides homework sheets and diaries. Following Group CBT women have the information practical skills and strategies to help them to cope with hot flushes and night sweats and also report improvements in sleep and quality of life. This manual will be an essential resource for nurses psychologists counsellors psychological wellbeing practitioners and cognitive behaviour therapists working in health care and voluntary settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138026155

Managing Human and Social Systems Bringing together a wealth of knowledge Environmental Management Handbook Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about environmental problems and their corresponding management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 400 contributors all experts in their field. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management are presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management Addresses new and cutting-edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food–energy–water nexus socio-ecological systems and more Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today In this sixth volume Managing Human and Social Systems the reader is introduced to the general concepts and processes of all the environmental tools and their application to human and social systems. It explains how these systems function and provides strategies on how to best manage them. It serves as an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on the human and social systems and includes important problems and solutions that environmental managers face today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342682

Managing Human Capital in Today’s GlobalizationA Management Information System Perspective This book explores important issues in human capital in human resource management as it relates to management information systems (MIS). It highlights how management information systems are implemented and the potential for employee resistance offering behavioral strategies to involve employees in adopting effective MIS and in overcoming resistance during change. The authors also look at the available research that focuses on the changing skills requirements of employees in the context of both MIS perspectives and HRM perspectives. They address how current trends have evolved into a hyper-emerging market of competitive advantage and fast-changing environments toward globalization. The authors also address: workforce planning and management systems strategic human resource management re-engineering work processes for improved productivity work-force diversity the integration of MIS-HRIS and employee involvement human resource globalization and MIS implications the impact of digital technology on decentralized work sites organizational continuous improvement programs   Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887380

Managing Human Resources This is the third edition of a book which has gained wide acceptance in universities and colleges for use on advanced courses in human resource management. Written by a team of recognized experts in thier field it combines a high academic standard with an applied approach to the challenges facing managers today which will appeal to both line mangers and human resource managers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080928807

Managing Human Resources for Nonprofits The core resources and capabilities of any nonprofit organization lie in their human capital; their knowledge skills and behaviors are critical to the achievement of the organization's mission and performance. Thus effective management of this key resource is integral to the nonprofit organization's success. This book focuses on the unique characteristics challenges and contribution of human resource management to the strategic objectives of the nonprofit. It explores contemporary issues that place the management of people at the intersection between the mission strategy and performance of the organization. The book:   * Uses the latest theory to build models that explain the determinants and dimensions of strategic HRM within the nonprofit sector * Examines the core HRM functions in the context of the nonprofit sector to provide insight into how nonprofits can optimize HRM contributions to performance * Provides a step-by-step process to develop implement and manage HR practices that are aligned with the strategy of the nonprofit organization * Demonstrates how to integrate volunteer management into strategic HRM Using examples from around the world as well as cases to facilitate learning this book is ideal for students and professionals interested in strategic human resource management and nonprofit management.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840699

Managing Human Resources in Asia-PacificSecond edition Given the enormous economic and developmental changes being experienced by nations in the Asia-Pacific region and the related movement of people between and across countries it is critical that we better understand the HRM policies and practices of these nations. The latest instalment in the Global HRM series Managing Human Resources in Asia-Pacific (2E) presents the HRM situations in a number of South-East Asian and Pacific Rim countries highlighting the growth of the personnel and HR function the dominant HRM system(s) in the area the influence of different factors on HRM and the challenges faced by HR functions in these nations. This edition extends its coverage to Cambodia Fiji Indonesia and the Philippines; a new chapter discusses HR research challenges in the region such as the transferability of western constructs problems with data collection and the emergence of MNEs from Asia Pacific. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898652

Managing Human Resources in Central and Eastern Europe Against the backdrop of ancient cultures a communist legacy and eventual institutional atrophy many of the societies of Central and Eastern Europe have pursued aggressive development trajectories since the early 1990s. This part of Europe is now characterized by a rising economic heterogeneity and a rapidly changing socio-cultural context underscored by waves of restructuring privatization increasing foreign direct investment and an emerging individualism. While there has been a growing interest in the transition economies in the past number of years the contemporary nature of human resource management in these societies is not well-documented.   This long-awaited text seeks to chart the contemporary landscape of HRM in this region. In doing this it describes key aspects of the transition process as experienced in each of the economies under consideration as well as describing key legislative and labour market developments and reforms. Finally  it discusses key trends in HRM policy and practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203886335

Managing Human Resources in North AmericaCurrent Issues and Perspectives This unique text covers the key issues in North American human resources today. Providing an overview of new and emerging issues in North American Human Resource Management (HRM) the chapters are divided into three parts. The first part examines how changes in the business environment have affected HRM; the second part looks at topics that have escalated in importance over the last few years; and the third analyzes topics that have recently emerged as concerns. Each chapter is authored by a leading figure in the field and features case vignettes to provide practical illustrations of the points in hand. The chapters also conclude with guidelines to help HR professionals deal with the issues raised. A Companion Website featuring online lecturer and student resources is available for this text and can be visited at www.routledge.com/textbooks/0415396867. Managing Human Resources in North America is a core text for current issues in HRM courses in North America and a supplementary text for students studying international HRM in other countries. It will be invaluable reading for all those studying HRM in North America or currently working in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815243

Managing Human Resources in Small and Medium-Sized EnterprisesEntrepreneurship and the Employment Relationship Well-managed employment relationships can be a secret to business success yet this factor is relatively poorly understood when it comes to small and medium-sized enterprises (SME’s). Written by active researchers with teaching experience this book brings together the fields of entrepreneurship and human resource management for the first time providing entrepreneurship students with a solid grounding in HRM as well as a platform for further critical engagement with the research. The concise and authoritative style also enables the book to be used as a primer for researchers exploring this under-developed terrain. As the only student-focused specialist book on human resource management in entrepreneurial firms this is vital reading for students and researchers in this area as well as those interested in small business and management more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805194

Managing Human Resources in the Shipping Industry Each industry faces unique human resource management challenges and opportunities and in shipping these include a global labour market and global unionism long periods spent at sea and health and safety issues resulting from a variety of risks. This book explores all the key aspects of human resource management in the shipping industry and how they specifically relate to the shipping workforce. The book also discusses the practices and issues associated with recruitment training and development and retention of personnel and knowledge in the shipping industry. In addition the book addresses the human resource management challenges faced by the industry including achieving work–life balance maintaining employee health and wellbeing managing risk and crisis and applying knowledge management principles. With case studies in chapters exploring how the principles have been put into practice in the real world and discussion questions to prompt further enquiry this book will be of great interest to students and academics of maritime studies and human resource management more broadly as well as professionals in the shipping industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825406

Managing Human ResourcesExercises Experiments and Applications Students taking a personnel or human resources management course often do not enter the course bursting with curiosity or unbridled enthusiasm. After all what kind of excitement can there be in studying how to process payroll check employment references or learn about some arcane government regulation? It is unfortunate and ultimately self-defeating if such a mindset about human resources persists because in today's business world organizational success and competitive advantage come from the "people" side of the business--a workforce that is highly competent and committed to the success of the organization. The key for students in this field is to learn how to use human resources management (HRM) to achieve this advantage. It is important for students to learn to identify develop and manipulate policies and programs to produce desired outcomes. A wide range of critical HRM experiences are presented in this book as either exercises applications or experiments--all designed to help students see the choices available and experience their implications in managing the organization. They also offer examples of how HRM function must operate within a framework of rules and regulations. More specifically this book contains over 30 different situations that illustrate both classic and contemporary human resources problems. It covers the entire spectrum of HRM from establishing policies and goals through job analysis and evaluation personnel planning selection and appraisal to compensation and benefits training organizational improvement and safety and labor relations. Most of the situations described are drawn from the real-life experiences of managing human resources including several cases from today's headlines. The case exercises applications and experiments are designed to be used as part of regular classroom instruction and can be used with any textbook. The exercises incorporate a number of different learning processes including case discussions self-assessments interviews of others data analysis team teaching testing experimental observation program creation and design role-playing exercise simulations training and participation in experiments. The teacher can use these experiential learning activities to supplement regular classroom instruction; the activities clarify crystallize and expand the understanding gained from the lectures. Of special interest: * All of the exercises can be conducted during class times or can be used as homework assignments. * The instructor's manual is organized for easy use with a summary of each case guidelines for administering each case plus supplemental or background information. * An exercise planning table links each exercise with the chapters found in a number of the most commonly used HRM textbooks. * Most of the cases are based on actual events drawn from the author's professional or consulting experience or from events first reported in the national media. Each case is intended to replicate and carry a high degree of fidelity to "real world" conditions as fully as possible. * The experiments in the book are intended to serve as both discovery processes and illustrations of the procedures and rules invoked in developing human resources systems. In many of these experiments students draw on their own background and perspectives to test out various points of view. The experiments illustrate some of the underlying research that often serves as the basis for HRM policies and procedures. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806273

Managing Improving Primary SchoolsUsing Evidence-based Management A practical handbook which senior staff in primary schools can use to support their activities in evidence-based management. There is increased emphasis on teachers monitoring the quality of teaching and learning the Teacher Training Agency's direction is towards teaching as a research-based profession and there is greater need to assess learning gains and evaluate year-on-year progress in schools. For headteachers deputy heads managers Key Stage coordinators and subject coordinators this book will provide the guidance they need to conduct and act upon quality reviews and evidence- based analyses of pupils' learning and the quality of teaching. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203486993

Managing in a Time of Great Change 'It is not so very difficult to predict the future. It is only pointless...what is always far more important are fundamental changes that happened though no one predicted them or could possible have predicted them.' (quote taken from this book). It is these unpredictable and irreversible changes from the past and their effect on the role of the executive which Peter Drucker examines in his latest book. The management of change is a subject which has been undoubtedly the principal preoccupation of management thinkers in the 1990s. Peter Drucker the guru's guru brings together a group of his own original essays and interviews on this vitally important topic. As ever he provides invaluable food for thought for all executives and students of business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150621

Managing in Developing Countries This book considers management theories and approaches specifically in the context of developing countries. In recent years international business scholarship has increased its focus on the developing world which represents 80 percent of the global population and has doubled its share of value-added trade in the past two decades. This text will help readers to manage successfully in this region by learning to assess apply and adapt established practices in developing countries. Punnett begins by identifying the characteristics of the developing world—Africa Asia the Caribbean India Latin America and the Middle East—and the companies therein to help students understand how the reality of these countries influences business and management. By tracking a fictional product through the internationalization process students will navigate the challenges of operating an international company from a developing country base using a traditional model of management focused on planning organizing staffing leading and controlling. They will also gain insight into ethical considerations likely to arise such as differential treatment based on personal characteristics and age dispersion. Cases discussion questions personal stories and end-of-chapter exercises will help readers to grapple with issues and test their learning. Complete with chapter objectives and "Lessons Learned" boxes to facilitate understanding Managing in Developing Countries is an excellent supplement for international business or international management students with a special interest in the developing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138636385

Managing In Emerging Market EconomiesCases From The Czech And Slovak Republics This book focuses on Czech and Slovak firms and the changes they are making to survive the emerging market economy in the Czech and Slovak Republics. It illustrates how various industries and specific companies are responding to the challenges of privatization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157593

Managing in Health CareA Guide for Nurses Midwives and Health Visitors Appropriate for health administrators in departments of sociology social policy and nursing.Students in pre-registration programmes and those meeting management theory for the first time. There can be little doubt that the reforms of the last few decades within the health service have had a major impact on the management responsibilities for nurses midwives and health visitors. Integrating management theory and principles with nursing practice Managing in the Healthcare demonstrates how the concepts and principles of management are intrisically linked to the work that nurses do. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158658

Managing in the Email Office Managing the Email Office is for all people who feel email is taking over their lives. It provides practical help and guidance on how to manage both their own volume of email as well as their organization's. It will enable you to develop winning ways with email and to re-claim some of those valuable resources which email consumes.The authors offer solutions to managing email that will help you save time and use email to communicate effectively and send the right message right first time. These solutions are based on personal preferred patterns of work and management styles. The authors show you how to use email to support you and your team to become more productive and reduce stress. Case histories are included throughout to help you understand and apply the contents to you own and your organisation's situation. This book addresses: * how time management and personal effectiveness can be improved through better use of email. * how to develop and implement an email best practice policy for the organization. * how email can be used constructively to support customer relationship management and knowledge management Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178670

Managing in the Global Economy This definitive text will bring a new level of professionalism to courses in International Management. Truly global in focus it is a comprehensive primer on the challenges and prospects of international management with a particular emphasis on developing global managers who are skilled in economics strategy and general management. In addition the authors help readers develop an in-depth understanding of the role of cultural differences in managerial effectiveness. The text is divided into three parts: the emerging global economy; culture organization and strategy; and managing global operations. Management topics include: organizing for international business global business strategy building strategic alliances international negotiations global staffing managing a competitive workforce TQM and employee involvement and managing multicultural teams. Throughout the text the authors integrate current conceptual materials on global management with in-depth country analyses and real-world business examples. Each chapter begins with an opening case vignette (from countries around the world) and concludes with a list of key terms and in-depth exercises (Global Manager's Workbook). The text also provides country ratings for 50 countries on economic activity political risk and cultural differences as well as a 35 item instrument for students to measure their own cultural awareness Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178786

Managing in the Media Managing in the Media has been devised for a broad audience. It is based upon the perceived need for a text that amalgamates cultural theories film and television analysis management theories and media production practice into one volume. There are many books on film and cultural studies. Similarly there are copious numbers of texts written on management. To date little has been written that analyses the management of the audiovisual industry set against the backdrop of the cultural and economic environment within which the media manager operates. Managing in the Media is divided into three sections that take the reader from the global to the specific from the strategic to the tactical. Each chapter discusses specific topics that can be read in isolation yet contribute to the theme within each part. Taken as a whole the book provides the potential professional media manager and current practising media manager with a framework of issues that will give them an awareness of the range of knowledge needed by the successful media manager. This book does not try to be a manual to success. The media industry is awash with successful individuals none of whom needed textbooks to set them on their chosen career paths. Yet these exceptional people prove the rule; that in the main most media practitioners would benefit from some additional support and guidance. The aim of this book is to present to them some of the management issues that have or will have an impact upon their working careers. The accompanying website www.mediaops.net (which can also be accessed via www.focalpress.com) features:- Tutor notes and reader activities- Updated list of further reading- Additional support material such as production templates - Interviews with the authors - A discussion forum- Industry and education links- Media News Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148796

Managing in the Next Society Divided into four parts the book offers searching analysis of the 'information revolution' and the knowledge society it has created. It goes to scrutinize the unprecendented demographic economic and sociological transforms of recent times to present an outline of 'The Next Society' - which in turn points to a challenging provocative and at times disturning view of the future. Managing in the Next Society is a collection of Peter Drucker's most strikingly prescient articles. Salient and incisive as ever Drucker ranges widely over the most critical issues facing business and society today to offer advice admonition and instruction for proactive executives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150195

Managing in the Public SectorA Casebook in Ethics and Leadership Casebooks in public administration have become intensely sophisticated with complex scenarios richly detailed multi-step simulations and demanding role playing requirements. While these types of cases and exercises have their place Managing in the Public Sector is a casebook designed with maximum instructor flexibility and student engagement in mind. Featuring cases brief enough to be covered in the last few minutes of a class as well as those substantive enough to last the entire hour this book allows instructors to illustrate theoretical concepts encourage active student participation to make a transition between topics or to integrate different approaches to administrative study. Retaining the first edition’s use of focused real-life-inspired cases to help elucidate the application of concepts for students the second edition has been updated and revised throughout to include: An expanded chapter on ethical analysis A new section on how to make logical arguments Thoroughly updated cases as well as many new contemporary cases New chapter introductions featuring overviews of major leadership and ethical theories to provide students with the context they need Discussion questions at the end of each case to facilitate critical analysis and classroom discussion A cross-listing of all cases and subject matter in an appendix for quick topical reference. Now even more enmeshed in the literature of ethics leadership and public administration Managing in the Public Sector 2e provides authentic hands-on experience of the decisions public administrators must face. It is an ideal casebook to supplement undergraduate and graduate public administration leadership human resource management or administrative ethics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684799

Managing in Turbulent Times Managing in Turbulent Times tackles the key issues facing managers in the 1990s: how to manage in rapidly changing environments. This seminal and prophetic book laid the foundation for a generation of writers on change management. This book concerns the immediate future of business society and the economy. The one certainty about the times ahead says Drucker is that they will be turbulent times. In turbulent times the first task of management is to make sure of the organizations capacity for survival to make sure of its structural strength and soundness its capacity to survive a blow to adapt to sudden change and to avail itself of new opportunities. The author is concerned with action rather than understanding with decisions rather than analysis. It aims at being a practical book for the decision maker whether in the private or the public sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137677

Managing in UncertaintyComplexity and the paradoxes of everyday organizational life The reality of everyday organizational life is that it is filled with uncertainty contradictions and paradoxes. Yet leaders and managers are expected to act as though they can predict the future and bring about the impossible: that they can transform themselves and their colleagues design different cultures choose the values for their organization be innovative control conflict and have inspiring visions. Whilst managers will have had lots of experiences of being in charge they probably realise that they are not always in control. So how might we frame a much more realistic account of what’s possible for managers to achieve? Many managers are implicitly aware of their messy reality but they rarely spend much time reflecting on what it is that they are actually doing. Drawing on insights from the complexity sciences process sociology and pragmatic philosophy Chris Mowles engages directly with some principal contradictions of organizational life concerning innovation culture change conflict and leadership. Mowles argues that if managers proceed from the expectation that organizational life as inherently uncertain and interactions between people are complex and often paradoxical they start noticing different things and create possibilities for acting in different ways. Managing in Uncertainty will be of interest to practitioners advanced students and researchers looking at management and organizational studies from a critical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843745

Managing Indoor Air Quality Fifth Edition Finding solutions to indoor air quality problems is often a complex multifaceted endeavor. This practical desk reference serve as a guide and information resource – both on treating existing indoor air problems effectively – and on preventing costly IAQ problems from occurring in the first place. A single discipline approach unfortunately tends to narrow both the control and the treatments options. This book cuts across professions to offer those concerned with the total facility a broader more comprehensive approach to managing indoor air quality and mitigating indoor air quality problems. The fifth edition is extensively updated and edited in response to the rapid pace of changes and advances in the IAQ industry. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781439870143

Managing Industrial Hazardous Waste- A Practical Handbook Here is your new handbook full of information and guidance necessary to understand and comply with the myriad and complex hazardous waste regulations. This handbook explains the regulations regarding identification and listing of hazardous wastes walks the reader through the three determinations for all manufacturing firms gives in-depth explanations of applicable standards outlines the DOT standards applicable to shippers of hazardous wastes presents a philosophical basis for corporate compliance gives "how to" for actions and the paperwork necessary for such a program and concludes with some practical information not commonly found in textbooks or regulations. This essential resource for personnel with waste management responsibilities at manufacturing firms should prove a valuable resource. This book will assist these practitioners in establishing or modifying regulatory compliance programs. This valuable new book helps you to reduce waste generation segregate hazardous wastes reuse on-site or off-site recycle or reclaim treat to reduce hazards secure land disposal follow regulatory standards use best management practices and establish or modify compliance programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895161

Managing Information 'Managing Information' describes how successful organizations make best use of information and knowledge - the key resources in business. It explains why information technology is essential for the management of business processes and should be central to any business strategy. This updated edition provides a compelling rationale for organizations to use appropriate systems and for individuals to acquire the skills to manage and use the systems. It describes how computer systems continue to evolve to meet business needs and provides examples and exercises to help readers develop their skills. There is a new emphasis on the Internet - how to use it to keep up to date with the latest business issues and how teams can communicate and collaborate with intranets.All of the most common sub-systems are described and explained including Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Business-to-Business (B2B) Business-to-Consumer (B2C) Supply Chain Management (SCM) Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Enterprise Application Integration (EAI). The latest developments are described including services available through the Internet from Application Service Providers (ASP) collaborative commerce and Business Process Management (BPM).There are introductory and more advanced computer exercises to consolidate learning and demonstrate how to acquire store organize and present information using Word Excel PowerPoint and Explorer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152267

Managing Information in Complex OrganizationsSemiotics and Signals Complexity and Chaos This seminal work presents an effective design for processing information through five stages from data to actionable knowledge in order to influence behavior within organizations. The authors incorporate such concepts as evolution semiotics entropy complexity emergence crisis and chaos theory in an intriguing alternative to crisis management that can be applied to any organization. Their model shows how to evaluate and share information to enable the organization to avoid disaster rather than simply respond to it. Additionally the text presents the first attempt at a multi-disciplinary view of information processing in organizations by tying associated disciplines to their respective impacts on the information process. Illustrations used in the text include an overlay that demonstrates how the non-use of information between agencies contributed to the 9/11 disaster and an appendix addresses Organizing for Cyberterrorism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702667

Managing Information in the Public Sector This first-of-its-kind survey covers both the basics of information technology and the managerial and political issues surrounding the use of these technologies. Unlike other works on information systems this book is written specifically for the public sector and addresses unique public sector issues and concerns. The technical basics are explained in clear English with as little technical jargon as possible so that readers can move on to informed analysis of the public policy issues surrounding government's use of MIS. This practical tool includes end of chapter summaries with bridges to upcoming chapters numerous boxed exhibits thorough end-of-chapter notes and a bibliography for further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702650

Managing Information ServicesA Sustainable Approach This third edition of Jo Bryson's highly regarded Managing Information Services has been thoroughly revised with an emphasis on managing for a sustainable future. Libraries and information services face uncertain times and this new edition tackles the challenges of planning and managing change future-proofing for tomorrow and leading the transformation to a sustainable future. The text also addresses the integration of information services including librarianship records management and ICT. Essential reading for information students this text also serves as a comprehensive and detailed reference on the key management topics for information service managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409406969

Managing Information ServicesA Sustainable Approach This third edition of Jo Bryson's highly regarded Managing Information Services has been thoroughly revised with an emphasis on managing for a sustainable future. Libraries and information services face uncertain times and this new edition tackles the challenges of planning and managing change future-proofing for tomorrow and leading the transformation to a sustainable future. The text also addresses the integration of information services including librarianship records management and ICT. Essential reading for information students this text also serves as a comprehensive and detailed reference on the key management topics for information service managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409406945

Managing Information ServicesAn Innovative Approach This fourth edition of Jo Bryson's highly regarded Managing Information Services has been thoroughly revised with an emphasis on innovation. Operating in a digital era libraries must innovate to survive and grow. This means librarians having radical ideas which challenge the status quo shifting strategic directions to change the way services are managed and developing new skills and knowledge. Challenges include developing new uses for floorspace where shelving is being replaced by mobile networking and new practices and procedures for managing new products such as e-books and self-service. Libraries can achieve long term sustainability by information managers having more creative responses and developing innovative thinking. Essential reading for information students this text also serves as a comprehensive and detailed reference on the key management topics for information service managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472455291

Managing Information: Core Management The authors focus on the following topics:Information Systems*Contribution of IS/IT to organisations*Systems concepts and attributes*Planning reviewing and controlling with IS*Serving the end user - spreadsheets databases e-mail and DTP*Software application for HR and other areas*Legislation and SecurityFinance*Sources and application of funds*Accounting documentation - cash statements profit and loss accounts balance sheets*Interpretation of accounts - management ratios*Costing and budgetingStatistics*Sources and uses of statistics*Presentation of statistics*Interpretation - measures of average measures of distribution correlation time series index numbers significance tests*Use of current software for computation of statistics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160712

Managing Innovation Managing Innovation: New Technology New Products and New Services in a Global Economy 2nd Edition is devoted to providing a better understanding and better management of all of the causes and consequences of change that have technological implications in and around our global organizations. This text is a unique original contribution and represents a significant alternative to the collection of chapters written by others. The second edition has new cases with a few classics from the first edition that have been retained in response to reader feedback. The key subjects that are included have been significantly updated and treated in greater depth. The number of chapters has been reduced from 12 to 10 so it is easy to adapt to almost any course or training on the subject in any discipline or to any audience. This exceptionally informative book provides a broad perspective on how technological change can be effectively managed in modern organizations. The text explains the conceptual frameworks supported by new and original case studies for start-up companies like Askmen.com the complex challenges of managing international technology-based companies like NexPress (a joint venture of Kodak and Heidelberg) in the digital printing industry and corporate sustainability using innovative new product technologies illustrated by the case of Evinrude‘s launch of the E-tec outboard motor.John E. Ettlie's three decades in the field of innovation as an instructor and researcher bring an exceptional perspective to this subject. His text is unique in its discussion of how technology has transformed the service sector. Few books on technology make the distinction between new offerings in manufacturing and the service sector which is emphasized in this text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435452

Managing Innovation AdoptionFrom Innovation to Implementation When Innovation is considered one of the key drivers of corporate success why do organisations struggle to implement it? Research suggests that innovations fail due to a lack of acceptance by employees; therefore an understanding of potential adopters and the factors influencing their decisions is essential. Despite much research on adoption of innovation by an organization very little is known about its acceptance by individuals within it. Managing Innovation Adoption is about managing technological innovation implementation at work in an effective way by presenting a new theoretical framework. Based on the theory of reasoned action (TRA) the technology acceptance model (TAM) and other conceptual frameworks Dr Talukder’s enhanced model combines factors from existing and original models to create a coherent new model. The data collected proves that it can be used to assist a broader understanding of how people in an organization adopt and use innovations. As well as contributing to academic knowledge the author’s discoveries have practical implications for organizations managers administrators and employees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600792

Managing Innovation and Cultural Management in the Digital EraThe case of the National Palace Museum The world-class National Palace Museum (NPM) in Taiwan possesses a repository of the largest collection of Chinese cultural treasures of outstanding quality. Through implementing a two-organizational restructuring and shifting its operational focus from being object-oriented to public-centered it aims to capture the attention of people and promote awareness of the culture and traditions of China. In this vein the NPM combines its expertise in museum service with the possibilities afforded by Information Technology (IT). This book analyses the research results of a team sponsored by the National Science Council in Taiwan to observe the development processes and accomplishments and to conduct scientific researches covering not only the technology and management disciplines but also the humanities and social science disciplines. The development process of new digital content and IT-enabled services of NPM would be a useful benchmark for museums cultural and creative organizations and traditional organizations in Taiwan and around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859602

Managing Innovation and Operations in the 21st Century This book is for directors consultants practitioners and professionals aspiring to effectively manage operations but is targeted at applying innovation to the management of operations including supply chains. It is appropriate for those establishing a career in innovation and operations management. This book will: Equip readers with understanding of the nature of innovation operations management concepts business models methods and tools; Explore best practices and most commonly used operations and innovation business models methods and tools used by successful organisations; Consider particular operational issues directly impact the competitiveness of organisations Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138214729

Managing Innovation Within Networks Originally published in 1992 and now with an updated Preface this book analyses the development of innovations using a network perspective. The book offers practical guidelines with direct managerial relevance based on evidence collected from twenty-two case studies. First introducing theories of product development adoption and diffusion it then places them in the context of industrial networks investigating such topics as user-involvement interaction and market strategies. The book is essential reading for students of marketing technology and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138574137

Managing InsecurityField Experiences of Security Sector Reform Effective peacebuilding in the aftermath of civil war usually requires the deep reform of security institutions a process frequently known as security sector reform. Nearly every major donor as well as a growing number of international organizations supports the reform of security organizations in countries emerging from conflict and suffering high levels of violence. But how are reform strategies implemented? This collection of nine case studies examines the strategies methods and practices of the policy makers and practitioners engaged in security sector reform uncovering the profound conceptual and practical challenges encountered in transforming policy aspiration into practice. This book was previously published as a special issue of Civil Wars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878423

Managing Intellectual Capital in Practice This book is the essential guide for managers wishing to implement the benefits of Intellectual Capital thinking in their companies or divisions. It serves as an easily accessible introduction to the subject area for the novice giving the gist of what it is about and how it has developed but above all it gives hands-on instructions on how to incorporate intellectual capital thinking in everyday business and how to use the tools provided for the management and measurement of intangible resources. Throughout the main part of the book three different cases in separate boxes run in parallel with the body text. These are introduced in chapter 2 and illustrate how the tools are to be used depending on what type of company wishes to implement these ideas. The three case companies are characterised as a manufacturing company an R&D organisation and a network company. Smaller case stories about well-known global companies are also interspersed throughout the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176423

Managing IntelligenceA Guide for Law Enforcement Professionals Intelligence is used daily by law enforcement personnel across the world in operations to combat terrorism and drugs and to assist in investigating serious and organized crime. Managing Intelligence: A Guide for Law Enforcement Professionals is designed to assist practitioners and agencies build an efficient system to gather and manage intelligence effectively and lawfully in line with the principles of intelligence-led policing. Research for this book draws from discussions with hundreds of officers in different agencies roles and ranks from the UK United States Australia New Zealand and Canada. Highlighting common misunderstandings in law enforcement about intelligence the book discusses the origins of these misunderstandings and puts intelligence in context with other policing models. It looks at human rights and ethical considerations as well as some of the psychological factors that inhibit effective intelligence management. With practical tips about problems likely to be encountered and their solutions the book describes the "how to" of building an intelligence management system. It discusses analysis and the various methods of collecting information for intelligence purposes and concludes with a discussion of future issues for intelligence in law enforcement. Written by a practitioner with more than 30 years experience working in intelligence and law enforcement the book helps professionals determine if what they are doing is working and gives them practical tips on how to improve. Based upon real-world empirical research the book addresses gaps in current law enforcement procedures and integrates theory with practice to provide an optimum learning experience exploring the benefits of intelligence-led policing.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466586420

Managing Intense Emotions and Overcoming Self-Destructive HabitsA Self-Help Manual What is borderline personality disorder and what can people with borderline problems do to help themselves?The treatment of personality disorder is a major concern facing current mental health services. Specialist therapies are often not available and many people with these problems drop out of treatment. Managing Intense Emotions and Overcoming Self-Destructive Habits is a self-help manual for people who would meet the diagnosis of 'emotionally unstable' or 'borderline personality disorder' (BPD) outlining a brief intervention which is based on a model of treatment known to be effective for other conditions such as anxiety depression and bulimia.The manual describes the problem areas the skills needed to overcome them and how these skills can be developed. It is designed to be used with the help of professional mental health staff ideally in a group with individual sessions to support and coach the person in the application of the skills taught. A minimum of 24 and maximum of 36 sessions are recommended. Areas covered include:* the condition and controversy surrounding the diagnosis of BPD* drug and alcohol misuse* emotional dysregulation and the role of thinking habits and beliefs* depression and difficult mood states* childhood abuse and relationship difficulties* anger management.Borderline personality disorder is a complex and challenging condition. This manual aims to explain the problems experienced by people who may be given this diagnosis in a way that clients and staff can easily understand. It will be essential reading for people with BPD and professionals involved in their care - psychologists psychiatric nurses psychiatrists and occupational therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170599

Managing Intercollegiate Athletics This practical comprehensive book combines solid theoretical concepts with relevant examples extensive factual information and important insider perspectives to help prepare students who are interested in pursuing a career in collegiate athletics management. The authors' in-depth discussions reveal the inner workings of athletic departments and the conferences and governing organizations that impact them. Using examples from institutions of varying sizes and representing numerous conferences associations and divisions Managing Intercollegiate Athletics second edition provides an extensive view of management processes such as generating revenue to cover expenses; recruiting and its mechanics and regulations; the role of the conferences and national governing bodies; and academic standards reform and fraud.New to the second edition is an increased emphasis on the impact of division institution and department missions and goals on decision making. The book also includes new discussions of the application of management functions--including goal setting decision making and strategic management--on intercollegiate athletics at various levels.Adding to the practical nature of the book and providing an important critical-thinking component to each chapter are "Practitioner Perspectives." These contributions demonstrate how and why administrators make and implement their decisions and they present creative problem-solving ideas for readers that they can use in their own careers. New Practitioner Perspectives in this edition provide for example an insider's view from an NCAA vice president a conference commissioner and a Division I athletic director.Chapters also feature one or more Case Studies offering an in-depth look at how institutions grapple with management challenges. In the second edition new case studies look at the NCAA's leadership role in the Penn State University abuse case the role of the TRAC model to ensure data-based decision making in terminating the University of Alabama at Birmingham football program and others. These case studies and accompanying questions can serve as starting points for class discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781621590538

Managing International Events This book provides a comprehensive overview and examination of the international aspect of Events Management and the many challenges and complications that arise in the planning and delivery specifically of cross-border and cross-cultural events. Authored by a current academic and ex-practitioner in the field this book boasts an excellent balance of theory with practical advice and guidance. Chapters cover all the key concepts needed to manage and deliver an international event and fully reflect the current trends and issues facing the sector today. These include: sustainability digital communication social media Big Data corporate social responsibility accessibility security issues and managing volunteers among many others. International case studies are included in each chapter accompanied by study questions and useful weblinks for further reading and research. This will be of great interest not only to students and researchers of International Events Management Tourism and Hospitality but also to current practitioners in the Events sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572775

Managing International Schools It is estimated that there are some 12 000 international schools world-wide with over 25 000 middle managers and head teachers. Within this there are several different types of international school including British schools abroad English-speaking schools overseas European English-speaking schools and forces schools - in spite of some differences they and their managers share certain needs for administrative efficiency. This practice-based management book for international schools provides support and development for middle and senior managers and teachers. The book concentrates on school improvement and effectiveness by drawing on best practice from international schools around the world using school-based research.It is written by a team from the Oxford Brookes Centre for Educational Management (OXCEM) the UK's most active International Schools' consultancy service. Issues discussed include teaching learning and the curriculum primary and secondary curriculum development recording and reporting assessment English as a second language school management and staff development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419902

Managing Interpersonal ConflictAdvances through Meta-Analysis Managing Interpersonal Conflict is a systematic review of conflict research in legal institutional and relational contexts. Each chapter represents a summary of the existing quantitative social science research using meta-analysis with contexts ranging from jury selection to peer mediation to homophobia reduction. The contributors provide connections between cutting-edge scholarship about abstract theoretical arguments the needs of instructional and training pedagogy and practical applications of information. The meta-analysis approach produces a unique informational resource offering answers to key research questions addressing conflict. This volume serves as an invaluable resource for studying conflict mediation negotiation and facilitation in coursework; implementing and planning training programs; designing interventions; creating workshops; and conducting studies of conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415999182

Managing IoT Systems for Institutions and Cities This book defines what IoT Systems manageability looks like and what the associated resources and costs are of that manageability. It identifies IoT Systems performance expectations and addresses the difficult challenges of determining actual costs of IoT Systems implementation operation and management across multiple institutional organizations. It details the unique challenges that cities and institutions have in implementing and operating IoT Systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138590489

Managing IT Performance to Create Business Value Managing IT Performance to Create Business Value provides examples case histories and current research for critical business issues such as performance measurement and management continuous process improvement knowledge management risk management benchmarking metrics selection and people management. It gives IT executives strategies for improving IT performance and delivering value plus it guides them in selecting the right metrics for their IT organizations. Additionally it offers knowledge management strategies to mature an organization shows how to manage risks to exploit opportunities and prepare for threats and explains how to baseline an IT organization’s performance and measure its improvement. Consisting of 10 chapters plus appendices the book begins with an overview of performance-based strategic planning after which it discusses the development of a quality improvement (QI) plan establishing benchmarks and measuring performance improvements. It covers how to design IT-specific measures and financial metrics as well as the establishment of a software measurement program. From there it moves on to designing people improvement systems and discusses such topics as leadership motivation recruitment and employee appraisal. The final few chapters show how to use balanced scorecards to manage and measure knowledge-based social enterprising and to identify analyze and avoid risks. In addition to covering new methods and metrics for measuring and improving IT processes the author looks at strategies for measuring product development and implementing continuous innovation. The final chapter considers customer value systems and explains how to use force field analysis to listen to customers with the goal of improving customer satisfaction and operational excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498752855

Managing Knowledge in Project Environments Managing Knowledge in Project Environments illustrates how knowledge management (KM) contributes to successful project work. KM is widely practised in project environments but managers don’t always recognise the knowledge aspects of their work and tend to treat KM as a series of specific activities rather than a way of making project work produce better outcomes in different contexts. To overcome this challenge the authors present KM as an integral part of project work and explain it using principles: KM fundamentals that apply anywhere. A series of context factors provides readers with a framework for understanding and thinking about what KM means for their context: their goals their projects their organisations and their working environments. Hidden KM is exposed myths are debunked and practical guidance explains how to build KM into projects and portfolios. The approach is consistent with current guidance including the BS ISO management systems standard for KM and the seventh edition of APM’s ‘Body of knowledge’. The aim is to help project professionals sponsors PMO members and others who can make a difference manage knowledge more effectively in project environments. Managing Knowledge in Project Environments offers everyone involved in project work a definitive short guide to the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472480279

Managing Knowledge in the Construction Industry Knowledge management presents a new way of understanding organizations and companies and is especially suited to sophisticated and highly technical firms and operations such as those in the construction industry.  This new book draws on hard data from three separate research programs in Sweden and shows how the concept of knowledge can make sense in the construction industry an industry which can be viewed in essence as being engaged in the material transformation of "nature into buildings". In particular it explores and examines three different businesses: a medium sized construction firm; WingÃ¥rdh Architecture Sweden’s most prestigious architecture firm; and BESAB a specialist concrete injection firm working on underground construction. An emerging theme is the situational and context-bound nature of knowledge in the construction industry thus showing "knowledge" to be a remarkably heterogeneous concept. A range of readers should find the book useful from students and construction managers through to researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995567

Managing Knowledge-Based Initiatives Managing Knowledge-Based Initiatives from Pilot to Enterprise Deployment shows practitioners how to take their successful knowledge management pilot programs and to successfully expand them throughout the organization. Keeping the unique challenges of knowledge-based work in mind Stacy Land explores what knowledge managers/project managers must know to effectively navigate within their organizations position their work in a value-based framework and publicize their work to increase buy-in. Topics include avoiding common sand traps working with committees and multiple departments compliance entering a new world of politics and funding achieving organizational alignment developing and executing on a value proposition negotiating executive sponsorship and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158290

Managing Korean BusinessOrganization Culture Human Resources and Change During the 1990s the Korean economy was regarded as a possible "role model" to be followed by other newly industrializing economies but the "Asian Crisis" of 1997 destroyed this image. Past practices challenges and responses are explored in this collection by an international group of authors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045763

Managing Large SystemsOrganizations for the Future Managing Large Systems examines a range of human organizational and managerial challenges associated with large systems. Special attention is given to the behavioral relationships among scientists and engineers business and technical managers sponsor organizations and their contractors business and government officials and line and functional managers.The descriptions of problems of technical organization and performance motivation are based primarily on an extended field study of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Managing Large Systems includes a description of the unique management system developed by NASA under the leadership of James Webb that many believe was responsible for their extraordinary technological achievements that culminated in the first moon landing. Parallels are drawn to other large-scale technology programs in aerospace and atomic energy.The authors find traditional managerial principles regarding controls incentive systems and planning to be inadequate in the context of large systems. They look to organizational clusters to manage future projects in advanced technological areas and in public sectors such as urban development massive medical programs and ecological improvements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786437

Managing Leadership Paradoxes Managers today are faced with numerous complex challenges speckled with paradoxes. They must have a sharp economical focus while simultaneously engaging in creative and innovative thinking. They must support individuals as well as teams think globally and do business locally. This book views complexity as a fundamental element of leadership rather than something that should simply be reduced and removed. It presents a leadership concept that includes both sides of the paradox. Managing Leadership Paradoxes uses case studies and practical exercises to show how managers can maintain decisiveness in the face of paradoxes complexities and contradictory demands. Lotte Lüscher draws on research gleaned from managers within the international corporation Lego to provide first-hand knowledge of how a large-scale organization meets and manages change paradoxes rather than treating them as something that needs to be reduced and removed. It will assist managers and aspiring managers in expanding their understanding of leadership challenges beyond dilemmas and equip them with the managerial skills to handle the most persistent and pervasive paradoxical challenges that arise as a result of organizational change. The book will be of interest to leaders and managers as well as students of leadership management and organizational studies.The intent is to provide the reader with a foundation for reflecting on his or her own leadership practice with special focus on organizational complexity ambiguity and paradoxes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497054

Managing Lean Projects Lean is a set of disciplines that can result in tremendous savings and profitability for companies. It can significantly reduce cycle times and increase customer satisfaction. Lean however must be applied efficiently and effectively to achieve optimum results. This book discusses project management concepts tools and techniques as they apply to managing Lean projects. It explains how you can apply the discipline of project management to fully harness the energy and power that Lean offers. Managing Lean Projects begins by discussing the major concepts and techniques that make Lean so powerful. It details the many benefits of Lean along with the key challenges that must be overcome to fully reap its benefits. The book then goes on to describe the project management tools and techniques you can use to get the most out of Lean. It explains how the structure of each key project management process helps to keep the Lean project on course. The book devotes separate chapters to the project management processes for PDCA (plan do check act) and DMAIC (define measure analyze improve control) Lean lifecycles. In both chapters detailed case studies help to demonstrate the concepts presented in a real-world situation. The author includes numerous diagrams examples and checklists throughout the book to get you started quickly managing Lean projects. As Lean continues to pick up momentum across many industries it becomes imperative that project managers learn how to use it to achieve the desired results. With this book project managers will be well-equipped to lead not just manage their Lean projects to success and to the benefit of their organization and the people who work in it. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781482251821

Managing Learning Organization in Industry 4.0Proceedings of the International Seminar and Conference on Learning Organization (ISCLO 2019) The proceedings of the 6th International Seminar & Conference on Learning Organization (ISCLO) with the theme “Enhancing Organization’s Competitiveness through Knowledge Sharing and Learning Culture in the 4.0 Era” provides research results from scientists scholars and practitioners exchanging information and discussing the latest issues related to topics such as Marketing Human Resources Industrial Behavior and Knowledge Management Entrepreneurship and Strategic Management IT and Operations Management Economics Financial and Accounting. These papers will contribute to the enhancement of the organization's competitive advantage with technology serving as a supporting system for knowledge sharing and learning culture. These proceedings will be of interest to scholars practitioners government and the industry employees taking part in increasing Global Competitiveness in the coming years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819200

Managing Leisure Managing Leisure is an excellent reference tool for both students and practitioners in the leisure industry.It provides detailed and practical advice on managing buildings budgets and people. It also covers the vital aspects of law finance health and safety and competitive tendering. Managing Leisure takes management theory and looks at its practical application in a leisure management context.Ideal for students studying leisure management this book will also appeal to practitioners in the field as a handy reference book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469204

Managing Library AutomationSecond Edition First published in 1992 Managing Library Automation provides a concise easy-to-read guide to the main factors which librarians and information workers should be aware of when considering computerization. This second edition has been revised and updated with the assistance of Chris Batt to ensure a fresh perspective. The book retains however its original brief of not attempting to cover every detail of an extensive topic but instead gives the essential facts and indicates significant trends. Historical accounts have been kept to the minimum and no attempt has been made to describe or explain computing techniques except where an understanding of these assists the effective use of systems by librarians. References to further reading are given where appropriate. The book begins by setting library automation within the context of a wider strategy for the use of Information Technology. The importance of careful planning – the first skill of management – is stressed. Subsequent chapters explore the ‘nuts and bolts’ of hardware and software and reveal some of the more significant changes that have now taken place in the five years since the previous edition was published. The ‘human’ aspect of automation is considered throughout the book. Although a more commonplace activity than five years ago the successful integration of automation into the total library system is still a considerable managerial achievement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327849

Managing Live Innovation Managing Live Innovation examines the innovation process from the line manager's perspective. This book identifies the skills needed to manage live 'real time' innovation in an environment where products and services are constantly refined and where customer input is encouraged from an early stage. The New Skills Portfolio is a groundbreaking new series published in association with the Industrial Society which re-defines the core management skills managers and team leaders need to be competitive. Each title is action-focused blending 20th century management initiatives/trends with a new flexible skills portfolio for managers constantly experiencing and managing organizational and marketplace change.The Industrial Society is one of the largest public training providers in the UK. It has over 10 000 member organisations and promotes best practice through its publishing consultancy training and advisory serives. For more information contact their website on www.indsoc.co.uk.Jean Lammiman has successfully combined a career as a senior front-line manager specialising in the effective development of staff at all levels with groundbreaking work as an academic and consultant. Both authors run their own consultancy The LSK Group which designs and implements workshops seminars and forums for senior management teams.Michel Syrett is an established business author lecturer and consultant. For many years Editor of the Public Management and Management Education Pages at The Times he contributes regularly to newspapers and journals covering business issues in Europe and Asia including the Financial Times Daily Telegraph European Management Today Eurobusiness Business Asia Asian Business and South China Morning Post. He is also a Visiting Fellow at Roffey Park Management Institute and the Poon Kam Kai Institute of Management at the University of Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160705

Managing Local Government For Improved PerformanceA Practical Approach This book focuses on the ways in which local-government officials decide what needs to be done within a community. It provides a framework for developing a strategy that can improve the performance of any government and make it responsible to unique local conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170745

Managing Local GovernmentsDesigning Management Control Systems that Deliver Value Local Government is an area where management skills are tested to the extreme. With political considerations evident both locally and nationally managing resources can be complex and subject to change. This book introduces new concepts and new ways of doing business that can greatly enhance the value of the services a local government provides to its citizens without putting a greater financial burden on taxpayers. Padovani and Young present out-of-the-box thinking based on solid research and experience to discuss topics such as: Incorporating outcome indicators into strategic planning and budgeting Building a LG’s budget with ‘cost drivers’ Expanding the concept of ‘enterprise funds’ Assessing and better managing the risk associated with outsourcing Using the concept of ‘shadow pricing’ to compare public with private sector costs for services This book is a must-read for students of public administration and management senior and middle managers in local governments around the world and citizens who are concerned with more effective management of their local government’s programs and services. A list of suggested extra case studies for each chapter and a description of the process to follow for ordering them may be obtained by sending an email to CrimsonCenter@cs.com. You should request the document "Case Study Suggestions for Managing Local Governments". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783309

Managing Local ServicesFrom CCT to Best Value The Labour Government has introduced legislation to place a new duty of Best Value on local authorities and abolish compulsory competitive tendering. This work identifies the differences between the two systems and evaluates the development of the new regime using case studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039695

Managing Long-term Conditions and Chronic Illness in Primary CareA Guide to Good Practice Effective management of long-term conditions is an essential part of contemporary nursing policy and practice. Systematic and evidence-based care which takes account of the expert patient and reduces unnecessary hospital admissions is vital to support those with long-term conditions/chronic diseases and those who care for them. Reflecting recent changes in treatment the nurse’s role and the patient journey and including additional content on rehabilitation palliative care and non-medical prescribing this fully updated new edition highlights the key issues in managing long-term conditions. It provides a practical and accessible guide for nurses and allied health professionals in the primary care environment and covers: -          the physical and psychosocial impact of long-term conditions -          effective case management -          self-management and the expert patient -          behavioural change strategies and motivational counselling -          telehealth and information technology -          nutritional and medication management. Packed with helpful clearly written information Managing Long-term Conditions and Chronic Illness in Primary Care includes case studies fact boxes and pointers for practice. It is ideal reading for pre- and post-registration nursing students taking modules on long-term conditions and will be a valuable companion for pre-registration students on community placements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657174

Managing MadnessChanging Ideas and Practice Psychiatry regularly comes under attack as a way of caring for and controlling the mentally ill. Originally published in 1986 this title explores the history and theory of psychiatry to illuminate current practice at the time and shows why mental health services had developed in particular ways. The book was invaluable for all those who needed to understand the problems and processes behind current psychiatric practice at the time – sociologists and psychologists psychiatrists and doctors social workers and health service planners and administrators – and will still be of historical interest today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818705

Managing Maintenance ErrorA Practical Guide Situations and systems are easier to change than the human condition - particularly when people are well-trained and well-motivated as they usually are in maintenance organisations. This is a down-to-earth practitioner’s guide to managing maintenance error written in Dr. Reason’s highly readable style. It deals with human risks generally and the special human performance problems arising in maintenance as well as providing an engineer’s guide for their understanding and the solution. After reviewing the types of error and violation and the conditions that provoke them the author sets out the broader picture illustrated by examples of three system failures. Central to the book is a comprehensive review of error management followed by chapters on:- managing person the task and the team; - the workplace and the organization; - creating a safe culture; It is then rounded off and brought together in such a way as to be readily applicable for those who can make it work to achieve a greater and more consistent level of safety in maintenance activities. The readership will include maintenance engineering staff and safety officers and all those in responsible roles in critical and systems-reliant environments including transportation nuclear and conventional power extractive and other chemical processing and manufacturing industries and medicine. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315249926

Managing Major HazardsThe lessons of the Moura Mine disaster Many organisations live with hazards that have the potential to cause disaster. This was the case at Moura underground coal mine in Central Queensland where 11 men died in an explosion in 1994. Andrew Hopkins shows that the explosion was the result of organisational failure and uses it to draw lessons about managing major hazards. He argues that there are always tell-tale signs of impending disaster and that organisations need to find ways of gathering this information and reacting to it appropriately. The Moura story also demonstrates the need to move responsibility for risk management up the corporate hierarchy to ensure that it is not overshadowed by production pressures. Otherwise disasters will repeat themselves in horrifyingly similar ways. Managing Major Hazards is a gripping story and essential reading for occupational health and safety professionals executives working in hazardous industries policy makers and readers interested in risk management and disaster studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116417

Managing Major Sports EventsTheory and Practice Managing Major Sports Events: Theory and Practice is a complete introduction to the principles and practical skills that underpin the running and hosting of major sports events from initial bid to post-event legacy and sustainability.   Now in a fully revised and updated new edition the book draws on the latest research from across multiple disciplines explores real-world situations and emphasises practical problem-solving skills.  It covers every key area in the event management process including:   •            Bidding leadership and planning; •            Marketing and human resource management; •            Venues and ceremonies; •            Communications and technology (including social media); •            Functional area considerations (including sport protocol and event services); •            Security and risk management; •            Games-time considerations; •            Event wrap-up and evaluation; •            Legacy and sustainability.   This revised edition includes expanded coverage of cutting-edge topics such as digital media culture human resources the volunteer workforce readiness security and managing Games-time.  Each chapter combines theory practical decision-making exercises and case studies of major sports events from around the world helping students and practitioners alike to understand and prepare for the reality of executing major events on an international scale. Also new to this edition is an "Outlook Trends and Innovations" section in each chapter plus "tips" from leading events professionals.    Managing Major Sports Events: Theory and Practice is an essential textbook for any course on sports event management or international sports management and an invaluable resource for all sport management researchers practitioners and policymakers.   Online resources include PowerPoint slides multiple choice questions essay questions stories  and decision-making exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345952

Managing Marital Disputes in MalaysiaIslamic Mediators and Conflict Resolution in the Syariah Courts A trend found in many Islamic societies in recent years has been the increasing regulation of family life by Islamic law and a corresponding move away from customary law and informal conflict resolution procedures. The situation in Malaysia particularly in urban Malay society is no exception here. Several studies already exist of the nature and extent of Malaysia's Islamic judicial system but the general tendency has been to ignore the actual operation of the syariah courts and related institutions. This study addresses this need with an in-depth analysis of the key area of intra-family conflict and demonstrates that although formally the counsellor kadi and judge have defined roles for conflict resolution in practice much flexibility is evident in the use of consultation conciliation mediation arbitration and adjudication techniques. This study will be of special interest to legal anthropologists and those scholars interested in the increasing application of Islamic law in many different countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036662

Managing Maritime Safety Shipping is a pillar of global trade with 90 per cent of the world’s trade in goods and raw materials carried by ship. Despite the economic benefits this delivers maritime operations can be dangerous and when accidents occur the consequences are serious. Consequential outcomes from hazards at sea include serious injury death loss of cargo and destruction of the marine environment. Managing Maritime Safety will give you a thorough understanding of contemporary maritime safety and its management. It provides varying viewpoints on traditional safety topics in conjunction with critical discussions of the international safety management code and its application. The book also offers new perspectives on maritime safety such as ship and equipment design for safety and the relevance of safety management systems in particular the application of the International Safety Management code to remote controlled or autonomous ships. The authors all work in the maritime industry as practitioners in education research government and classification. The combination of wide-ranging and extensive experience provides an unprecedented span of views with a strong connection to the real issues in the maritime domain. This book sets out to provide much needed consolidated knowledge for university level students on maritime safety management incorporating theoretical historical research operational and design perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559233

Managing Market RelationshipsMethodological and Empirical Insights Sole reliance on traditional marketing practices can cost a lot of money for little gain. That's why establishing developing and maintaining market relationships with customers and other stakeholders is often hailed as an effective means to achieve a sustained competitive market advantage. Despite this the benefits of relationship marketing remain uncertain and efforts in this arena often fail. Managing Market Relationships explains what relationship marketing entails how it is implemented how it evolves and how it is controlled. Building on research with colleagues Adam Lindgreen argues that companies must add value - either through their products and services or through their relationships networks and interactions. Readers are introduced to the buyer-seller market exchange model that recognizes the importance of relationship marketing but argues that it should co-exist with traditional marketing. The book offers guidance on how to develop involve and evaluate management and employees in relationship-building market activities. To avoid the one-size-fits-all approach to relationships that so often leads to the premature death of managers' efforts a relationship management assessment tool is provided that helps companies to question identify and prioritize critical aspects of relationship marketing. This timely and comprehensively researched book is essential reading for researchers those involved in the professional training and development of marketers and higher level students and practitioners who will want to learn more about relationship marketing relevant research methodologies and how to use sound managerial models and tools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390404

Managing Marketing The newly qualified manager may well be equipped with the skills of the “What” of marketing and management but not know the “How.” The practicing marketer is well served with guides on strategy mainly of the “four minute plan” variety but poorly served in terms of basic advice on implementing the strategy and plans. This book is therefore designed to give clear guidance in managing the marketing function as a practical entity and allowing the new marketer to grasp how the theory can be applied to the job. Written by practitioners who are also active in the marketing education and training sectors it gives the reader a clear overview of-*How the key areas of marketing knowledge can be made operationally effective*How to make marketing practical and measurable*A huge range of examples and vignettes illustrating best practice*A truly international perspectiveThe book will be an invaluable toolkit for the newly qualified and newly appointed marketer trying to apply their knowledge of the theory Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126664

Managing Marketing Information (RLE Marketing) A good marketing information system is an essential ingredient of all successful marketing. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to this key subject. This book not only covers market research techniques but also shows how research techniques should fit into a broader market information system which is skilfully and intelligently designed to suit the particular corporate context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980310

Managing Mergers Acquisitions and Strategic Alliances Mergers acquisitions and alliances continue to be almost an everyday feature of the contemporary business scene yet at least half prove to be unsuccessful. The authors show the contribution that psychology can make to our understanding of the merger phenomena - how it affects organizational performance and how it affects the managers and employees involved. Mergers Acquisitions and Strategic Alliances is intended as a guide to successful organizational marriage. Great emphasis is placed on the issue of cultural compatibility as it concerns partner selection integration practices and venture outcomes. The book also focuses on cross-national mergers acquisitions and joint ventures. With the increasing economic activity within the European Union and between the unions of other countries there is a need to know more about the corporate and national cultures in these strategic alliances. The authors have drawn upon an extensive body of research based on recent cases in a wide cross section of industries across Europe.The book is unique in showing the actual effect mergers and acquisitions have on people and consequently on the performance of the 'new' organization. It will be particularly relevant for decision makers - those who are involved in planning and implementing a large organizational change and those responsible for ensuring successful integration afterwards. It would also be extremely useful for postgraduate management students personnel executives and management consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155855

Managing Metadata in Web-scale Discovery Systems This book shows you how to harness the power of linked data and web-scale discovery systems to manage and link widely varied content across your library collection. Libraries are increasingly using web-scale discovery systems to help clients find a wide assortment of library materials including books journal articles special collections archival collections videos music and open access collections. Depending on the library material catalogued the discovery system might need to negotiate different metadata standards such as AACR RDA RAD FOAF VRA Core METS MODS RDF and more. In Managing Metadata in Web-scale Discovery Systems editor Louise Spiteri and a range of international experts show you how to: maximize the effectiveness of web-scale discovery systems provide a smooth and seamless discovery experience to your users help users conduct searches that yield relevant results manage the sheer volume of items to which you can provide access so your users can actually find what they need maintain shared records that reflect the needs languages and identities of culturally and ethnically varied communities manage metadata both within across and outside library discovery tools by converting your library metadata to linked open data that all systems can access manage user generated metadata from external services such as Goodreads and LibraryThing mine user generated metadata to better serve your users in areas such as collection development or readers' advisory. Readership: The book will be essential reading for cataloguers technical services and systems librarians and library and information science students studying modules on metadata cataloguing systems design data management and digital libraries. The book will also be of interest to those managing metadata in archives museums and other cultural heritage institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300693

Managing MillennialsThe Ultimate Handbook for Productivity Profitability and Professionalism The Millennial workforce has different goals and objectives than previous generations and possesses a unique perspective that is unlike any other employee group. Nevertheless instead of incorporating a management style that is conducive to getting the best out of Millennials business leaders incorrectly attempt to manage this subset of the workforce the same way they manage employees from previous generations. This must change!   Archaic methods of management do not deliver success with a new breed of employee. Instead the outdated model leaves Millennials uninspired and lacking the desire to produce results. To get the best out of Millennials it is imperative for leaders to modify their current management style. With over 55 million Millennials working in the United States the largest demographic in the workplace it is critical that they are managed effectively if companies are going to succeed. Managing Millennials: The Ultimate Handbook for Productivity Profitability and Professionalism delivers a profound understanding of what motivates Millennials generates increased awareness of the different ideologies and preferences each generation in the workplace values and most importantly provides specific actions you can use to understand and motivate Millennials and transform your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138483422

Managing Misbehaviour in Schools Fully revised and updated this second edition of the successful Managing Misbehaviour in Schools presents a wide-ranging survey of both the theoretical and the practical ideas and suggestions for the efficient management of behaviour problems in the school and classroom. It is invaluable for student and practising teachers as well as their colleagues in other supporting professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138411227

Managing Modern HealthcareKnowledge Networks and Practice Until now research has given us only a limited understanding of how managers actually make sense of and apply management knowledge; how networks of interaction amongst managers help or hinder processes of knowledge diffusion and the sharing of best practice; and how these processes are all influenced both by the organisations in which managers act and by the professional communities of practice they belong to. Managing Modern Healthcare fills these important gaps in our understanding by drawing upon an in-depth study of management networks and practice in three healthcare organisations in the UK. It draws from the primary research a number of important and grounded lessons about how management networks develop and influence the spread of management knowledge and practice; how management training and development relates to the needs of managers facing challenging conditions; and how those conditions are themselves shaping the nature of management in healthcare. This book reveals how managers in practice are responding to the many contemporary challenges facing healthcare (and the NHS in particular) and how they are able or not to effectively exploit sources of knowledge learning and best practice through the networks of practice they engage in to improve healthcare delivery and healthcare organisational performance. Managing Modern Healthcare makes a number of important theoretical contributions as well as practical recommendations. The theoretical and empirical contributions the book makes relate to wider work on networks and networking management knowledge situated learning/communities of practice professionalization/professional identity and healthcare management more generally. The practical contribution comes in the form of recommendations for healthcare management practitioners and policy makers that are intended to impact upon and help enhance healthcare management delivery and performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026578

Managing ModernityPolitics and the Culture of Control In the last thirty years the USA and the UK have witnessed a profound change in the way in which we think about and respond to crime and social control. Crime has become part of everyday life as for many citizens has imprisonment.Managing Modernity brings together criminologists social theorists and philosophers to consider what explains these changes and what they tell us about ourselves and the way in which we live. The authors consider the pervasive the obvious and the covert ways in which crime and social order have come to structure social discourses and social life from mass imprisonment to zero tolerance to on-the-spot fines.This volume was previously published as a special issue of the Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy (CRISPP). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203335321

Managing Money Measurement and Marketing in the Allied Health Professions High-quality Allied Health delivery through a motivated committed and expert workforce depends on strong management and leadership. To provide this Allied Health Profession managers need solid evidence-based business skills just as much as clinical knowledge and ability. This book focuses on the key management areas of money measurement and marketing as applied to the Allied Health Professions. Bringing together nationally and internationally acknowledged and recognised experts from around the world it explains the finances of healthcare particularly in a cash-strapped environment information and information management and the marketing of services - in the broadest sense - based on a robust foundation of business planning and business-case development project management service level agreements and specification. Report writing and presentation skills are also covered along with editors' quality and leadership evaluation framework the Management Quality Matrix. The information background and practical techniques covered in this book will make it a thought-provoking and indespensible resource both for managers and leaders of Allied Health Professionals and for those training future managers and leaders. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375885

Managing More with Less Managing More with Less is an innovative book linking a range of core management skills and re-interpreting them to meet current organizational needs. Aimed at managers in flat organizations this book shows you how to deal with increasingly scarce resources to maintain a high level of productivity. The New Skills Portfolio is a groundbreaking new series published in association with the Industrial Society which re-defines the core management skills managers and team leaders need to be competitive. Each title is action-focused blending management initiatives/trends with a new flexible skills portfolio.The Industrial Society is one of the largest public training providers in the UK. It has over 10 000 member organisations and promotes best practice through its publishing consultancy training and advisory services. For more information contact their website on www.indsoc.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433311

Managing Multiculturalism and Diversity in the LibraryPrinciples and Issues for Administrators Discover ways to raise staff awareness regarding diversity!Managing Multiculturalism and Diversity In the Library: Principals and Issues for Administrators is an academic guide to diversity issues such as affirmative action career development of minorities in the library science profession racism and scholarship solutions to increase the diversity of people in the library and information science profession. From this manual you will gain a deeper understanding of diversity and its implementation in your library. Scholarly and poignant this book is recommended to academics administrators library professionals and students who want to improve the diversity of libraries and the profession of library information science. In Managing Multiculturalism and Diversity In the Library you will explore the continued need to keep diversity growing in our libraries as a learning tool to boost the creativity and broaden the knowledge base of libraries as a whole. This informative guide provides you with studies on the diversification efforts of Australia Canada China and the United Kingdom showing you how each nation differently defines diversity yet values diversity with an agenda that accepts and encourages cultural differences. You will find suggestions on how to bring in the talents of traditionally excluded groups into your library and examine affirmative action and its dismantling from different angles. Managing Multiculturalism and Diversity In the Library illustrates the importance of cultural diversity in contrast to a melting pot that does not allow for distinct flavors. Some pertinent areas of diversity that you will read about are: raising staff awareness of diversity through training seminars a diversity program focused closely on your library’s missions and strategic plans integrating diversity into every aspect of the library activities looking to colleges and universities as the leaders of cross-cultural understanding American Library Association and the diversity agendaManaging Multiculturalism and Diversity In the Library is an enlightening and helpful resource to foster multicultural understanding and to plan a diversity agenda that is right for your library organization. From this book you will find many interesting and informative methods on creating a culturally pluralistic library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980327

Managing Multilingual WorkplacesMethodological Empirical and Pedagogic Perspectives This book sets new trajectories for language-sensitive business and management research and pedagogy. The existence of language plurality characterises these. Empirical studies have been established as important and relevant for contemporary research. It has shifted language-sensitive research from the periphery to the centre of international management research. However this field is rapidly changing and new thematic approaches have begun to emerge. By addressing this the book offers genuine and more nuanced insights into existing themes and comes with applications of emergent conceptual developments in different settings. The second part of the book covers methodologies and gives examples and cutting-edge insights into the role of translation in the execution of empirical research and theorising arising from it. Finally the book draws together innovative ways of how to address the challenges of a multilingual teaching classroom and how to innovate in order to incorporate such diversity through pedagogic practice. This book provides a source that unites insights from multilingual empirical research methodological considerations and pedagogic practice in order to advance knowledge and debate. It will be a ‘handy source’ of information that offers direct access to the latest guidance on language-sensitive management challenges. It will therefore appeal to an internationally-minded and mobile audience including scholars students and decision-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364790

Managing Multiple ProjectsPlanning Scheduling and Allocating Resources for Competitive Advantage "Details time-efficient and cost-effective strategies to evaluate select prioritize plan and manage multiple projects. Presents proven methods and practical applications for the development of successful project portfolios and prosperous multiproject environments. Provides useful models and scheduling frameworks for increasecd quality and productivity." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396060

Managing Museums and Galleries The current economic climate coupled with an all embracing desire for museums to be respondent to 'the market' make a proper grounding in management essential. The 'bottom line' is one of the most powerful measures of management performance. Museums and galleries invariably have a neutral bottom line they are not set up to make a profit and many of them are constrained by governmental accounting rules and charity legislation. Managing these organisations is difficult and this book tackles the issues that make it easier. Managing the Museum examines the highly sophisticated principles and techniques of modern business management from the perspective of museums and galleries and delineates their practical application. This volume surveys the day-to-day issues of time management delegation and recruitment to the problems of strategic planning and initiating and controlling conflict and change. This study incorporates the needs of both the independent and national sectors and discusses the links between the museum and commerce. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203042953

Managing Natural Resources for Sustainable LivelihoodsUniting Science and Participation Management of local resources has a greater chance of a sustainable outcome when there is partnership between local people and external agencies and agendas relevant to their aspirations and circumstances. Managing Natural Resources for Sustainable Livelihoods analyses and extends this premise to show unequivocally that the process of research for improving natural resource management must incorporate participatory and user-focused approaches leading to development based on the needs and knowledge of local resource users. Drawing on extensive and highly relevant case studies this book presents innovative approaches for establishing and sustaining participation and collective decision-making good practice for research and challenges for future developments. It covers a wide range of natural resources - including forests and soils and water and management units such as watersheds and common property areas - and provides practical lessons from analysis and meta-analysis of cases from Asia Africa and Latin America. It offers insights on how to make research participatory while maintaining rigour and high-quality biological science different forms of participation and ways to scale up and extend participatory approaches and successful initiatives. This book will be invaluable for those professionally involved in natural resource management for sustainable development and an essential resource for teachers and students of both the biophysical and social science aspects of natural resource management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771894

Managing Natural Science CollectionsA Guide to Strategy Planning and Resourcing Managing Natural Science Collections demonstrates the need for consistency and evidence-based decision making in the management of natural science collections which are becoming increasingly valuable when it comes to addressing societal challenges. Drawing upon the experience of four experts who have managed some of the largest and most diverse collections in the world the book aims to assist in the making of strategic and operational decisions regarding care development access and resource management. Encouraging the reader to consider how collection strategies can be aligned with the mission of their institution and contribute to its vision the authors also examine ways to deliver a consistent approach that will secure the present and future availability and relevance of collections. Principles of good practice and resource optimisation in an ethical and legal context are provided throughout the book as well as case studies sample documents and templates all of which will be useful for discussion and teaching. Managing Natural Science Collections encourages each reader to consider the different options available to them. As such it should be essential reading for museum practitioners and other professionals around the world who are involved with any strategic aspect of managing natural science collections. Students of museum studies will also find much to interest them within the pages of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386839

Managing Negative Emotions Without DrinkingA Workbook of Effective Strategies Managing Negative Emotions Without Drinking is the ideal companion to Emotion Regulation Treatment of Alcohol Use Disorders. Each of the 12 individual weekly treatment sessions presents scientifically tested strategies for managing emotions without alcohol including mindfulness practices direct experiencing of emotion and cognitive and behavioral skills to manage high-risk drinking situations and prevent relapse to alcohol use. The step-by-step exercises user-friendly worksheets and in-session and between-session skill practice help clients gain a basic understanding of the role that emotions play in harmful alcohol use and assist them in developing the skills needed to manage these emotions and cravings without alcohol. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215887

Managing Networks in International Business The book introduces a unique and innovative perspective for the study of international business networking. In contrast to the standard construction of models for optimal strategic decision-making the essays in this book emphasise interpretation learning by doing trust and co-operation in the international business community. The editors focus upon business relationships within and between firms as well as the importance of middle management in the international arena. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800417

Managing Networks of Creativity The aim of the Managing Networks of Creativity is to improve our understanding of creativity and the management of creativity as discussed in the fields of management (including strategic management organization science organizational behaviour and entrepreneurship) economics sociology regional studies and political science. While research on creativity has made several important contributions to the theoretical literature little attention has been paid to the development and testing of formal theoretical models especially in those cases where creativity is the result not so much of individual behaviour than the outcome of collective efforts connecting individuals in organizations social networks projects geographic clusters and so forth. The proposed volume includes studies both conceptual and empirical which as a whole "deconstruct" the concept of creativity and the management of creativity by identifying specific situations contexts firms clusters and districts in which creative processes evolve. The reader is provided with in-depth discussions of theoretical issues and a range of descriptive cases and survey data that the authors use to explore or test concepts and models. Overall the volume aims to integrate current debates concerning the role of creativity (and innovation) in economic and social development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960022

Managing Noise and Vibration at Work New EU Physical Agents Directives on Noise and Vibration will be incorporated into UK law by February 2006. Explicit action levels for vibration will be introduced while the action levels for noise will be drastically cut. In order to comply with these Directives companies need to assess noise and vibration levels and provide necessary protection for their employees. They are also required to monitor and if necessary reduce noise and vibration risks.Managing Noise and Vibration at Work introduces noise and both hand-arm and whole-body vibration by explaining what they are and how they can affect the body drawing out the similarities and differences between the hazards. It provides clear explanations of the requirements of the EU Directives and explains how to fulfill them. Practical information on measurement making noise and vibration assessments and approaches to controlling risk help the reader to understand the issues of noise and vibration exposure in the workplace. The text is supported by information and diagrams of measuring equipment advice on how to plan a survey worked examples of necessary calculations and charts and diagrams that can be used in place of the calculations. Suitable hearing and vibration protection is detailed. Case studies help to set the subject in context and highlight common errors and pitfalls.The book fully covers the syllabuses of the Institute of Acoustics’ certificate courses in Workplace Noise Assessment and Management of Occupational Exposure to Hand-arm Vibration. It will also be of use to those studying for the Diploma in Acoustics and Noise Control. For those studying for the NEBOSH Diploma in Health and Safety this book satisfies modules 1E and 2E. As the Institute of Acoustics syllabuses are based on the Health and Safety Executive's guidelines the book will also be a useful up-to-date reference for: risk managers; Health and Safety advisors and managers; occupational hygienists; environmental health officers; and HSE inspectors especially in the Construction Manufacturing Agriculture and Forestry sectors.Tim South is a Senior Lecturer in Acoustics at the School of Health and Human Sciences at Leeds Metropolitan University and a member of the Institute of Acoustics’ Education Committee. He teaches the Institute of Acoustics courses for the Certificate of Competence in Workplace Noise Assessment the Certificate in the Management of Occupational Exposure to Hand-arm Vibration and also the Institute’s Diploma in Acoustics and Noise Control. He has extensive consultancy experience in workplace noise assessments hand-arm vibration and whole-body vibration exposure assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177994

Managing Nongovernmental OrganizationsCulture Power and Resistance The idea that international development aid needs to be better managed and coordinated gained currency in the early 1990s. The increasing emphasis on management has resulted in the present vogue of ‘managing for development results’ as one of the central tenets in the discourse on international aid. But how appropriate are these ideas tools and techniques for non-governmental development organizations (NGOs) and how much does geographic context matter? Examining the current debate on aid effectiveness and the role of NGOs in contributing to it this book highlights the critical importance of understanding how the global and the local interact to increase aid efficacy and develop more culturally astute ways of managing NGOs. With a focus on NGOs active in sub-Saharan Africa as case studies author Frederik Claeyé demonstrates that NGOs are not mere passive recipients of management knowledge and practices emanating from the global governance structure of international aid but actively engage with these ideas and practices to translate and rework them through a local cultural lens. This process results in the emergence of unique hybrid management systems that combine the pressure to become more business-like with the mission to satisfy the demands of the communities they serve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617902

Managing Oak Forests in the Eastern United States If you are responsible for oak management Managing Oak Forests in the Eastern United States is for you. It is the definitive practical guide for anyone interested in improving stewardship of eastern oak forests. Organized into three sections the first section "Background and Biology: Setting the Stage " helps you establish a solid understanding of the history and ecology of eastern oak ecosystems. It examines the question "Why do we manage oaks?" and looks at some of the challenges faced in oak management such as fire wildlife management and oak regeneration. It also provides a description and distribution of oak forests across the eastern United States and discusses the biology of oaks. The second section "Silviculture: What Is in the Tool Box " gives you a practical understanding of how management can be implemented in eastern oak forests. It covers natural regeneration artificial regeneration and use of prescribed fires competition control and intermediate treatments. The third and final section "Managing Oaks: How Do I Make It Work for Me?" helps you clarify your objectives and chart a course to bring about the desired outcomes for the forests you are managing. This section assists you in evaluating your progress in managing your oaks and what changes you will need to make. It provides details on management objectives for upland oaks woodlands and savannahs and bottomland oaks. It also gives you guidance on managing deer impacts on oak forests. The last chapter is specifically designed to help you get started. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742870

Managing Obesity in the WorkplaceTurning Tyrants into Tools in Health Practice Book 3 "Managing Obesity in the Workplace" comprehensively examines how obesity impacts business and provides examples of action that can be taken by employers to prevent weight gain and facilitate weight loss in their staff. A considered evidence-based analysis of the extent of the obesity problem reveals how this public health epidemic affects all workplaces influencing fitness to work sickness absence discrimination and bullying.Case studies from around the world clearly illustrate the extent of the problem and offer practical innovative and budget friendly solutions for all businesses large and small. With a focus on nutrition physical activity motivation and education this book is ideal for occupational health professionals public health and primary care doctors and nurses health and safety officers and nutritionists and dieticians. Organisations promoting workplace health including sports/exercise equipment suppliers will find it enlightening reading as will business owners and managers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383453

Managing Ocean Resourcesa Primer This book presents a comprehensive collection of data and theory that provides an essential resource base for intelligent ocean-management decisions. It is helpful for laymen students and specialists interested in the aspects of ocean affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171544

Managing Online LearningThe Life-Cycle of Successful Programs Managing Online Learning is a comprehensive guide to planning and executing effective online learning programs. Featuring contributions from experienced professionals across operations in university and corporate settings this all-in-one resource provides leaders and administrators with informed strategies for supporting learners’ and instructors’ evolving needs implementing and evaluating pedagogically sound technologies projecting revenue-generating models and anticipating future scaling challenges. These highly applied chapters cover essential topics such as unit design management of staff and finances student engagement user experience and interface data analytics and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364752

Managing Open Systems The author of this text concentrates on the management and support systems needed in open and distance learning to help the reader decide whether an open learning system is appropriate for their given situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421233

Managing Operations Managing Operations is a concise guide to the fundamentals of operations management. Using examples and case studies from public private and voluntary sector organizations this book will enable managers to develop their competency to an excellent standard in an industrial or commercial setting. As well as being very practically based Managing Operations also provides the theory behind operations management.The book is based on the Management Charter Initiative's Occupational Standards for Management NVQs and SVQs at level 4. It is particularly suitable for managers on the Certificate in Management or Part 1 of the Diploma especially those accredited by the IM and Edexcel.Managing Operations is part of the highly successful series of textbooks for managers which cover the knowledge and understanding required as part of any competency-based management programme. The books cover the three main levels of management: supervisory/first-line management (NVQ level 3) middle management (Certificate/NVQ level 4) and senior management (Diploma/NVQ level 5). Also included are titles which cover management issues in particular sectors such as schools or the public sector in more depth. You will find a full listing of other titles available at the front of this book.Bob Johnson is a freelance management consultant and trainer with extensive experience of the retail service government and voluntary sectors. He has managed operations in the sales marketing purchasing training and consultancy functions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138455573

Managing Organisational Success in the Arts The creative and cultural industries are a dynamic and rapidly expanding field of enterprise. Yet all too often the dominant narrative about arts organisations is one of crisis collapse and closure. This edited collection seeks to challenge that narrative through pursuing a focus on organisational success in the management of creative and cultural organisations. This book offers a robust and in-depth analysis of nine international case studies exploring how different organisations have achieved their objectives through effectively managing their resources. Spanning a broad cross section of the cultural sector including Theatres; Multi-Arts Venues; Performing Arts Companies; Museums and Galleries; and Festivals and Events these cases highlight the importance of examining an individual organisation’s success in relation to its environmental context revealing not only how arts organisations work in practice but also providing inspiration and encouragement for those wishing to emulate such success. With an explicit focus on examining theory in practice this unique collection will be of great interest to students academics and practitioners alike. While traditional approaches have often been overly theoretical this pragmatic approach will help students to gain a richer understanding of how to manage cultural and creative organisations more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736764

Managing Organizational Behavior in the African Context Managing Organizational Behavior in an African Context discusses management and organization science theories as they apply within the social cultural and economic contexts in which organizations operate in Africa. The first organizational behavior book to cover the entire continent it uses the findings of OB studies to establish a conceptual foundation then explores how those topics apply in Africa's unique business environment. This integrative framework allows students and scholars to connect organizational phenomena in Africa with those in other parts of the globe. Illustrative examples mini-cases and self-assessment exercises all based on Africa-specific sectors industries and organizations round out this foundational guide to the OB field in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535939

Managing Organizational Change (RLE: Organizations)Human Factors and Automation The United States Internal Revenue Service introduced a multi-million dollar program to automate its operations in the early 1980s. This book describes a multidisciplinary study of the experiences of several thousand users in this program based primarily on questionnaires observation and interviews. The case study gives valuable guidance to managers and their consultants involved in planning introduction of new office technology as well as providing more academic insights into aspects of human behaviour under changing working conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995574

Managing Organizational Change in Public ServicesInternational Issues Challenges and Cases Forming part of the Understanding Organizational Change series Managing Organizational Change in Public Services  focuses on the organizational dimension of change management in public services. Combining aspects of change management theory with ‘real life’ practice in the form of organizational cases from different regions and sectors this edited collection identifies and analyzes significant issues regarding the development implementation and evaluation of public service change initiatives. Featuring contributions from leading authors in the field this text provides an overview of organizational change management with a focus on leadership management and strategies for change.   Looking at cases from Europe and North America  Managing Organizational Change in Public Services offers both a global as well as a cross-sector analysis of this complex and challenging process. Different sectors that are examined include: Transport Health Education   This book offers an excellent introduction to change management and how it works within the public service organizations internationally. It will be vital reading for all those engaged with the study or practice of this dynamic subject. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203881835

Managing Organizational EcologiesSpace Management and Organizations The term Facilities Management has become global but fraught with confusion as to what the term signifies. For some notably in the USA Facilities Management remains a discipline of human ecology. Elsewhere the term has become conflated with an alternative meaning: providing or outsourcing the provision of various services essential to the operation of particular buildings. This volume redresses that imbalance to remind Facilities Management of its roots presenting evidence of Facilities Management success stories that engage the wider objectives of the organizations they serve and engaging students scholars and critical practitioners of general management with an appreciation of the power and influence of physical space and its place in the theory and practice of organizations. This book includes management perspectives from outside the field to ensure that the issues raised are seen in an organizational and management context informing debate within the Facilities Management fraternity. It draws on human ecology and the perspective of the firm as itself an intra-organizational ecology of social constructs. The ecology of a firm is not restricted to the firm’s boundaries. It extends to wider relationships between the firm and its stakeholders including in an age of outsourced building services the Facilities Management supply chain. This volume offers arguments and evidence that managing such constructs is a key role for Facilities Management and an important participant in the provision of truly usable spaces. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107311

Managing Organizational Knowledge3rd Generation Knowledge Management and Beyond Organizations of all sizes and types are facing a duel threat and opportunity. At the very moment when global markets are becoming available these organizations are losing valuable people resources due to "boomer" retirements and downsizing strategies. As the technologies arrive to facilitate knowledge sharing across organizational and people boundaries the desire for job security is causing many employees to hold tightly to "their" business knowledge as a form of job security. When organizational knowledge erodes organizations lose proven capabilities and eventually customers. This challenge may be one of the most significant facing organizations over the next two decades. Written by an expert with more than 30 years of hands-on work as a consultant and educator Managing Organizational Knowledge: 3rd Generation Knowledge Management and Beyond provides a clear repeatable strategy for capturing organizational knowledge. It does so by first exploring the fundamental concepts that have emerged from the new discipline of Knowledge Management (KM) over the past ten years. It then provides several breakthroughs including: A fresh practical definition of KM A definition of organizational knowledge based on data information and decision making A proven strategy and templates for creating an inventory of significant organizational knowledge A new integrated KIPPAR Model that defines how to create a sustainable KM environment A strategy where naturally occurring projects are routinely mined for contributions to an organization’s pool of intellectual assets A series of implementation strategies for launching a KM initiative So what makes this book different? What makes it worth reading? It provides a new perspective on KM addressing the discipline from the perspective of a major organization; much of the previous writings in this area confuse individual knowledge with organizational knowledge. The author Chuck Tryon has been a consultant for major corporations since the early 1980s and has created tangible innovative processes to help capture vital organizational knowledge which has given him insight into the significant management challenges facing 21st century organizations—how to capture transfer and share meaningful knowledge that is vital to their survival. Communicating fresh concepts in this emerging field the book distills this knowledge and helps you see where KM can take you in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439882351

Managing Organizations for Sport and Physical ActivityA Systems Perspective Managing Organizations for Sport and Physical Activity fourth edition presents a clear and concise treatment of managing organizations in sport and physical activity. The four functions of management--planning organizing leading and evaluating--provide a general framework that represents the simplest and best approach for introducing readers to the intricacies of management. For each management function Chelladurai presents relevant theories and their practical applications citing those theoretical models that are most appropriate to the unique aspects of the sports industry. He uses the open systems perspective placing organizations in the context of their environment and emphasizing the manager's role in adapting and reacting to changes in that environment. To apply theory to sport management practices Chelladurai provides numerous examples from the fields of physical activity and sport including professional sports intercollegiate athletics health and sports clubs and recreation/fitness programs. New to the Fourth Edition A chapter on service quality which describes the notion of quality in sport management services--from the local fitness center to the pro sport arena. It also discusses the measurement of service quality and the gaps in translating customer expectations into the desired service. A new feature providing "An Expert's View " which offers additional perspectives on relevant topics contributed by scholars who research and publish in a specific area. New sidebars on current topics relevant to the field of sport management; some examples include US Track and Field's SMART goal setting as well as genes and technology of leadership.Pedagogical Aids Developing Your Perspective. Thought-provoking questions ask learners to apply theoretical information to contexts relevant to them from their current experiences or in their future careers. Managing Your Learning. Key points from each chapter enhance comprehension. Strategic Concepts. Key terms lists provide for a shared vocabulary in discussing the major concepts of management. In Brief. Short summaries of the important points in a section help crystallize concepts. To Recap. Brief boxes revisit key concepts discussed earlier in the book. Extensive references to journals scholarly texts and relevant websites. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781621590149

Managing Organizations for Sustainable Development in Emerging Countries Managing Organizations for Sustainable Development in Emerging Countries focuses on the main challenges and opportunities of managing firms and emerging economies in the light of sustainable development. One of the key questions of sustainable development is how organizations from developing countries are achieving their economic goals while considering simultaneously environmental issues like conservation of natural resources eco-efficiency biodiversity conservation and climate-change mitigation. These questions are relevant for government industry and urban sustainability. However in the modern literature that discusses organizational management for sustainable development few studies focus on the reality of organizations from emerging countries. Moreover changing environmental legislation in emerging countries (such as China and Brazil) will affect organizational managers. In this context this book may contribute to organizational management in the search for more sustainable organizations as well as deal with the challenges of managing organizations in the context of increased social problems degradation of natural resources loss of biodiversity and climate change. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of  Sustainable Development & World Ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058972

Managing Organizations in the Creative EconomyOrganizational Behaviour for the Cultural Sector The creative and cultural industries represent a growing and important sector in the global economy. Thriving in these industries is particularly tough and organizations face unique challenges in the digital age. This textbook provides a vivid initiation into the creative industries workplace. Managing Organizations in the Creative Economy is the first textbook of its kind introducing organizational behaviour theories and applying them to the creative world. The text is underpinned by the latest research and theoretical insights into creative industries management and organisational behaviour covering contemporary issues such as business decision-making ethics and sexuality. The authors bring theory to life through practical examples and cases provided by industry experts supported by specially created companion videos featuring managerial responses to the cases. This unique textbook provides readers with an applied theoretical understanding of organizational behaviour that will be of particular benefit to those looking to work in the creative and cultural industries. Students on courses such as arts business arts management music business and even the broader study of the entertainment industries will find this to be a vital read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138184602

Managing Our MarginsWomen Entrepreneurs in the Suburbs Many women seek to achieve greater control over their working lives by making a transition to entrepreneurship and as a result must negotiate gender norms and gender-related expectations in both business and personal relationships. Based on interviews with women in the New Jersey suburbs this book explores the range of uncertainties and practical dilemmas independent businesswomen face today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863880

Managing Overflow in Affluent Societies “It is simply too much” is a common complaint of the modern age. This book looks at how people and institutions deal with overflow - of information  consumption or choices. The essays explore the ways in which notions of overflow – framed in terms of excess and abundance or their implicit opposites scarcity and dearth – crop up in a number of contexts such as sociological and economic theory management consulting consumer studies and the politics of everyday life. Chapters range from studies of overload at home at work or in the world of cyber information; strategies of coping with overflow in institutions such as news agencies; and historical comparisons. When where how and for whom is overflow a problem or a blessing? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754514

Managing Pain Before It Manages YouFourth Edition Hundreds of thousands of readers have found help and hope for getting their lives back from chronic pain in this empowering workbook. Top pain specialist and physician Margaret A. Caudill spells out 10 steps that can radically change the way pain sufferers feel--both physically and emotionally. From finding the best treatments to coping with flareups solving everyday problems and harnessing the power of relaxation techniques the book is packed with tested solutions that users can tailor to their own needs. The fully updated fourth edition incorporates important advances in pain management and mind-body medicine. It features new content on mindfulness a "Quick Skill" section in each chapter with simple exercises that can have an immediate impact updated supplementary reading and resources (including smartphone apps) and more. Practical tools include MP3 audio downloads and easy-to-use worksheets that purchasers can now download and print. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462522774

Managing Partnership in Teacher Training and Development The trend towards partnership between higher education and other education providers is a dominant theme of 1990s education. Political attention has focused on initial teacher training but in this book the authors argue for a policy of professional development which links initial teacher education continuing professional development and research. Written by experienced teachers and teacher educators this book examines current practice and discusses the policy and practical management issues which need to be addressed in planning and managing career-long teacher education development and research within a partnership framework. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432093

Managing Pastures And Cattle Under Coconuts This book provides important insights into a form of economic development that utilizes existing natural resources to increase productivity of the land and thereby improves incomes for the large number of people who own and manage coconut groves. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367167554

Managing People and Organizations in Changing Contexts Managing People and Organizations in Changing Contexts addresses the contemporary problems faced by managers in dealing with people organizations and change in a theoretically-informed and practical way. This textbook approaches people management from the perspective of practising and aspiring managers making it a valuable alternative to existing texts on organizational behaviour and human resource management. This new edition considers new emerging organizational forms such as e-lancing and recent management concerns such as employee engagement de-professionalization and the growing challenges of social media. Built around a chapter framework that connects different themes to managerial action and practices this textbook covers a wide range of topics including: managing at the individual group and organizational levels change management managing creativity and innovation and corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. There is an increased international flavour reflected in the range of contemporary case studies and literature used throughout which explore business and management problems in the private and public sectors. This text will be relevant to practising and aspiring managers studying people management organizational behaviour and change management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786660

Managing People and Teams in the Early Years SectorAn activity-based book Aiming to make Early Years management ideas easy to grasp this series breaks down the jargon and provides accessible practical advice. As the role of a manager in Early Years becomes ever more complex and demanding leaders must try to adapt and respond to the different pressures that constantly bombard them. Managing People and Teams in the Early Years Sector: An activity-based book helps managers and aspiring managers to explore a range of ideas and approaches to aid continued development in management skills and leadership and combat those pressures. Chris Ashman and Sue Stoodly challenge readers to develop their own views whilst learning about management theory and practice alongside the 2015 Ofsted Common Inspection and Leadership & Management frameworks. Combining clear explanations of management and leadership theories with practical guidance on every aspect of managing people from support and appraisal to safer recruitment and induction the book features: Scenarios for reflective practice Activities to stimulate thinking and help you apply the ideas to your own experience Figures and diagrams to exemplify key points ‘Management Health Warnings’ to highlight key messages This fully updated second edition is essential reading for those new to management or looking to develop their career into a managerial role and students working towards level 3 qualifications or a Foundation Degree. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138939097

Managing People at Work This book arises from the need of students who have little or no threshold knowledge of human resource management (HRM) but who need to link it to their studies in other subjects. Managing People at Work encourages readers to examine the underlying concepts that reach out beyond discrete disciplinary boundaries and require connection with theories from different disciplines and their common practice wherever it applies to people within a company. The book also addresses the need to understand and contribute to the strategic discussions which are expected in senior management forums. The book describes the links between company strategy human resource (HR) planning and implementation using cost--benefit analysis to illustrate the hard and soft approaches to HRM. It also looks at evaluating the results of HR in terms of both efficiency and effectiveness in the main management interventions that lie within the human resource development activities. Students are aided with their understanding by activities that lie at the end of each chapter. These exercises can be done individually or in tutor-led groups. This book makes clear the links between HRM organizational behaviour and strategy and the theory of HRM is linked to its claimed HR outcomes sometimes referred to as: strategic integration commitment quality flexibility. This book helps to provide MBA and Master’s postgraduate students and those on management trainee programmes or accelerate promotion career paths with a more detailed understanding of these theories and how they drive the organization’s strategy and decisions about its people at work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534390

Managing People in a Contemporary Context The worldwide financial crash and the ensuing recession have coincided with other significant long term changes for the Western Economies of Europe and the USA especially the growing strength of newly developed economies demographic and technological change institutional crises and political uncertainty. The interconnected nature of businesses and societies mean the competitive landscape is being transformed and new economic pressures and opportunities are producing new business models a rebalancing of economies and a new HRM. The application of new technology to the processes and systems of people management is spreading in a world where competitive advantage is increasingly about how smart the management processes are and how well people are managed. This text is the first book to analyse the way these contextual pressures are producing a game change in the human resource function of management. For anyone who has an HR role or is a line manager or a student of management and for those who teach research or consult in the field this book encapsulates these critically important trends and what they mean for managing people in the 21st Century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533126

Managing People in Small and Medium Enterprises in Turbulent Contexts Managing People in Small and Medium Enterprises in Turbulent Contexts explores a range of human resource management (HRM) issues specific to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Based on a series of research studies and secondary sources of data the book’s primary aim is to contextualise HRM issues in SMEs operating in a variety of national economic contexts that are (or have recently experienced) a turbulent situation. SMEs are the backbone of these economies. It is therefore critical that we study HR practices and concepts within such enterprises. The book covers HR practices in SMEs such as recruitment and selection training and development performance evaluation and employee relations by focusing on three types of turbulent economies: emerging market economies in Asia the Pacific Africa and Latin America; transition economies of Central and Eastern Europe; and crisis contexts in Southern Europe. Managing People in Small and Medium Enterprises in Turbulent Contexts is a useful resource for organisations practitioners academics and scholars in the fields of HRM employee engagement small and medium business management and other related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138103559

Managing People in Sport OrganizationsA Strategic Human Resource Management Perspective Managing People in Sport Organizations provides a comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of managing people within a strategic framework. This revised and updated second edition examines a range of strategic human resource management approaches that can be used by sport organizations to respond to contemporary challenges and to develop a sustainable performance culture. Drawing on well-established conceptual frameworks and current empirical research the book systematically covers every key area of HRM theory and practice including: recruitment training and development performance management and appraisal motivation and reward organizational culture employee relations diversity managing change This new edition also includes expanded coverage of social media volunteers and individuals within organizations and is supported with a new companion website carrying additional resources for students and instructors including PowerPoint slides exam questions and useful web links. No other book offers such an up-to-date introduction to core concepts and key professional skills in HRM in sport and therefore Managing People in Sport Organizations is essential reading for any sport management student or any HR professional working in sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415715348

Managing People in the Hospitality Industry This is a book about being a successful manager in the complex hospitality industry. Approaching the subject in the context of personal development it offers future managers essential knowledge and insight into the opportunities the constraints the problems and the solutions that face management at any level in the industry. Structured in six parts this comprehensive volume is not merely concerned with the social and psychological aspects of people management but also with the economics of labour including: labour costs utilisation labour market behaviour and pay. These aspects are conjoined in the book with the skills of people management to reflect the dynamics of real-life practice. Combining theory and practice Managing People in the Hospitality Industry offers a concise portrait of the industry at work and is essential reading for the hospitality managers of tomorrow. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296886

Managing PeopleA Practical Guide for Front-line Managers This updated and exciting fourth edition of Managing People: A Practical Guide for Front-Line Managers addresses the growing needs of front-line managers who are not themselves specialists in personnel management but whose roles require them to have these skills. A growing trend over the last two decades has given these managers an increasing amount of responsibility of direct line management which can be extremely challenging especially if the correct training is not given. This book examines how the different parts of managing people fit together whilst acknowledging that different contexts require different approaches and recognizing ongoing organizational environmental and legal changes that affect the employment framework. It recognizes the rapidly changing context in which modern front-line managers have to operate and acknowledges the increasing expectations of good leadership as a necessity. However the book also emphasizes the need for front-line managers to understand themselves their own management styles and attitudes together with the importance of empathy in appreciating the perspectives of the staff that work under them. Managing People: A Practical Guide for Front-Line Managers is designed for both new managers and for NVQ/SVQ Level 4 students. It is also appropriate for the first stages of Foundation Degrees and for HND courses combining academic study with workplace learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713542

Managing Performance Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914725

Managing Performance Learning Made Simple books give you skills without frills. They are matched to the main qualifications and written by experienced teachers and authors to make often tricky subjects simple to learn. Every book is designed carefully to provide bite-sized lessons matched to readers' needs.Using full colour thoughout and written by leading teachers and writers Learning Made Simple books build on a rich legacy of over 50 years as leading publishers helping to learn new skills and develop their talents.Whether studying at college training at work or reading at home aiming for a qualification or simply getting up to speed Learning Made Simple Books will give readers the advantage of easy well-organized training materials in a handy volume you can refer to again and again. These titles will be promoted direct to training companies and learners and individuals will be urged to buy them not only by college lecturers but also by trainers at work. These titles will be core stock for years to come.The books are written by experienced HR trainers and will be typeset by PK McBride (an experienced teacher and author of several Learning Made Simples himself). PK McBride has a thorough understanding of the ethos of the LMSs books and his involvement will insure that all titles have a layout and style consistent with the brand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156975

Managing Performance AbroadA New Model for Understanding Expatriate Adjustment In a global economy full of multinational firms international human resource management (including expatriation career management and talent management) is a growing topic in the business and management literature and in universities. A thorough understanding of the adjustment of expatriates to their new environment is critical not only for selection and preparation of potential expatriates but also for the management of expatriate performance. Managed well expatriates can be key contributors to organizational success while abroad and even after repatriation. Poor understanding and management of expatriate issues on the other hand may lead to underperformance and increased turnover of expatriates and repatriates. Managing Performance Abroad summarizes and extends what is known about the topic of expatriate management and adjustment covering all the major authors and presenting a new approach to the adjustment process. At present expatriate adjustment is only covered as a chapter in books on international HRM and HRD. Much of this literature relies on outdated concepts and evidence. Furthermore most business research and management publications use an expatriate adjustment model that was originally published about two decades ago. This book is the first dedicated solely to the subject of expatriate adjustment enabling readers to formulate research questions and hypotheses and to develop expatriation policies and support systems that optimize the performance of expatriates. It presents a re-formulation of the model underlying management research about expatriate adjustment  providing guidance for researchers and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617940

Managing Performance StressModels and Methods Over the past 16 years new theories and models have emerged in the stress and anxiety knowledge base regarding the unique forms associated with performance. Existing theories have been applied in creative and helpful ways to better explicate relationships between stress and anxiety with performance. Recently more sophisticated statistical strategies have been applied to data collected with performers and additional safe and expedient strategies for managing stress and anxiety have surfaced. Despite these new advances the field has been lacking an up-to-date and practical text for undergraduate and graduate students in performing or performance-mentoring programs. Managing Performance Stress examines psychological and psychophysiological models and theories that explain causes of anxiety and stress. An easy-to-use reference work for athletes musicians dancers and actors as well as those who devise and conduct their training programs the book presents exercises coaching devices and strategies for conquering stress and anxiety. It is an invaluable resource for those who are performers will be performers or who are preparing to mentor coach or teach performers. The principles enunciated in Managing Performance Stress apply equally to the musician holding an oboe and the athlete holding a baseball bat. The issues explored and the theories principles models hypotheses discussed all bear upon and clarify arousal stress and anxiety related to artistic and sport performance irrespective of its kind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203956946

Managing Persistent and Serious Offenders in the Community Over the last few years intensive community programmes for both young and adult offenders have become established in the UK as an important new component of penal policy - the ISSP (Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme) for persistent and serious young offenders and the ICCP (Intensive Control and Change Programme) for adult offenders. Expectations of these programmes have been high but the evidence relating to their effectiveness is mixed and a number of critical concerns have emerged. This book seeks to address these issues providing a timely review of the current literature and presents findings of a recent national evaluation of ISSP. Emerging lessons for future penal policy are presented and set within a wider theoretical context. The book concludes by stressing the need for greater realism and further evidential support if such programmes are to gain long-term credibility and also to consider the appropriateness of differing forms of targeting as well as the emphasis placed on the various methods of surveillance. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781138415829

Managing Persistent Pain in AdolescentsA Handbook for Therapists This no-nonsense guide promotes a multidisciplinary approach to pain management in adolescent patients acknowledging persistent pain is a complex biopsychosocial problem. With a strong focus on highly practical applied strategies incorporating beliefs and values mediation relaxation imagery physical fitness and pacing the book examines the many issues surrounding persistent pain. The thoughtful compassionate approach considers lifestyle family considerations and self-management in this unique population. Medical and psychological issues are highlighted throughout with extensive use of case studies to illustrate important topics and potential obstacles. For Allied Health Professionals working with adolescent patients this is the ideal practical guide. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384931

Managing Personality Managing Personality is grounded in the conviction that scientific understanding of personality requires measurement in order to describe phenomena in an objective systematic fashion and to test theories. Many have argued that science progresses with improvements in instrumentation and methodology. The critical issue in the study of personality is being sure that each concept or theoretical term is measurable with procedures that can be specified and observed. This book is concerned with tactics and strategies for improving the relationships between ideas and observations.By contributing to advances in personality measurement this book seeks to further the science of personality. Fiske is convinced of the importance of developing concepts variables and dimensions applicable to all people rather than the personality of an individual person. Although case studies of personality is necessary for efforts to help individuals in the clinic finding and measuring common personality attributes is more important to the development of a science of personality.Managing Personality was written for two groups of people. It is intended to present the status quo to those who want a synthesis of personality measurement as it exists. Such people may have some general interest in the field or may be interested in it because they intend to work in such related areas as clinical practice. The second audience includes students of personality who are concerned with evaluating the measurement of personality and especially people who are conducting such research or are preparing themselves for such work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527614

Managing Personality Disordered Offenders in the CommunityA Psychological Approach Drawing on the latest evidence from the disparate worlds of mental health and criminal justice Managing Personality Disordered Offenders in the Community provides a practical guide to the management and treatment of a group who comprise some of the most troubled offenders who provoke the most anxiety in our society.Illustrated throughout with relevant case examples this book provides a detailed account of key issues in the assessment of both personality disorder and offending. Dowsett and Craissati explore the current state of knowledge regarding treatment approaches before suggesting a framework for thinking about community management legislation and multi-agency practice. The book concludes with a discussion of community pilot projects currently taking place throughout England and Wales.Managing Personality Disordered Offenders in the Community is an accessible and informative guide for trainees and practitioners working in the fields of mental health social services and the criminal justice system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003076124

Managing Political Change in SingaporeThe Elected Presidency The Singapore parliament's creation of an elected presidency in 1991 was the biggest constitutional and political change in Singapore's modern era. This multi-disciplinary study gathers papers from leading scholars in law history political science and economics to examine how political change is managed in Singapore. It is an authoritative addition to debates surrounding the management of political change in developing countries more generally. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005683

Managing Political ChangeSocial Scientists And The Third World This book is designed as a guide which directs the reader through the maze of literature that Political Development studies involves and as a warning against the managerial approach to political change that such literature often masks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155247

Managing Politics and Islam in Indonesia First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180567

Managing Politics and Islam in Indonesia This book examines the politics of Islam and the state in Indonesia over recent decades during which time there has been a notable resurgence of Islamic political movements. It argues that after a period in the late 1980s and 1990s when the state worked to bring religious authority and institutions within state-prescribed limits in order to support the official state ideology and political stability there was a change whereby Suharto incorporated Muslim interests within the political system. One unintended consequence of this was to raise Muslims' political expectations and to mobilise Muslim political interests in the context of broadening 'pro-democracy' opposition which contributed to the downfall of Suharto's regime. Based on extensive original research including interviews with participants the book charts the shifts in relations between Islam and the Indonesian state over time assessing the impact on other groups and on the cohesion of Indonesia overall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515382

Managing Power and People This practical text offers management students as well as professionals a comprehensive guide to an essential management function: the use of power and authority to achieve specific objectives. Incorporating numerous case studies and examples of actual management experiences in both large and small companies the book provides an effective approach to the use of power to manage people and projects successfully without fear of conflict. The work is based on a unique blending of management and leadership combined to create a powerful influence on employees resulting in the "managed responses" required to reach the planned objective. Building on this principle the authors demonstrate how managers can use the different types of power effectively in a wide variety of situations. They show how to make use of an organization's established power structure and offer step-by-step guidance on the essential concept of FOCUS Management. Including learning objectives case studies and discussion questions this text prepares students to apply what is learned directly to any working environment. An online Instructor's Manual is available for instructors who adopt the book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289694

Managing Preservation for Libraries and ArchivesCurrent Practice and Future Developments The preservation of library and archival materials can encompass everything from bookbinding and paper repair to new techniques for maintaining and exploiting digital text sound or images. Managing Preservation for Libraries and Archives brings together an international team of contributors presenting the latest findings on key areas of preservation and addressing the most common storage and retrieval problems for different types of media. The authors also revisit traditional preservation and conservation approaches and suggest how to develop policies for the future. First summarising historical developments the book sets out key preservation principles rationales for selecting materials for preservation and how to choose the best methods. Different contributors report on state-of-the-art preservation techniques for paper media and sound archives explain how the appropriate techniques can be applied and how storage and access can best be managed in the long term. Later chapters analyse the benefits and problems of digitising different types of materials; the long-term viability of digital media; issues of access to digital surrogate documents as opposed to the original medium; and the challenges in the digital context of bibliographical control cataloguing metadata distribution and copyright protection. An extensive chapter on international information sources provides signposting to a wealth of guidance on the latest techniques. Managing Preservation for Libraries and Archives will guide readers working in the library archives museum and heritage sectors through the choices between digital and traditional preservation techniques and prepare them for likely future developments in managing both preservation and access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399896

Managing Productivity in ConstructionJIT Operations and Measurements First published in 1997 this volume joined the debate assessing the potential of the Just-In-Time management philosophy from the manufacturing industry for Singapore’s construction industry by examining the "off-site" prefabrication of precast concrete components in Singapore in comparison with traditional management systems. In the wake of the 1991 Strategic Economic Plan of Singapore which forecasted alarmingly low productivity in the local construction sector the authors noted that construction in Japan was 35% more productive whilst Finland was 75% better. Highlighting immense potential for the JIT approach they explore the JIT philosophy traditional systems construction wastes and comparisons between construction and manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327696

Managing Professional Development in Education This work evaluates and attempts to produce a model for effective professional development. It contrasts the work in Britain with that in other countries with case studies and exercises to illustrate points highlighting good practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166950

Managing Professional Development in Schools The importance of professional development for teachers cannot be overstated. In recent years there has been much debate on how to raise standards in schools and it is now recognised by theorists policy-makers and practitioners that the professional development of teachers is an important factor in this context.For professional development co-ordinators and senior management knowledge and understanding of the nature of professional development roles and human resource management theories will provide a framework for practice.This book includes chapters on:managing professional development in a human resources contextgovernment policyinitial teacher trainingthe school development planappraisalmiddle managementleadership skills.It will be of interest to co-ordinators of professional development in schools and across local education authorities and to anyone who is part of a school's senior management team. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421301

Managing Professional IdentitiesKnowledge Performativities and the 'New' Professional This book addresses the nature of current shifts in professional and managerial knowledge and practice particularly in relation to power and accountability. Connecting with current debates concerned with work and identity the book will present a range of theoretical and empirical accounts of the dilemmas and issues facing specialists in various organizational arenas as they seek to adapt to the challenges of organizational and cultural transformation. Contributions offer innovative and sophisticated theoretical engagements which draw upon various perspectives including those of post-structuralism feminism post-marxism and post-modernism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203467091

Managing Professional Service Delivery9 Rules for Success Although the nature of service delivery varies significantly from profession to profession the way the service is delivered tends to be fairly consistent among professions—or at least it should be. A step-by-step guide Managing Professional Service Delivery—9 Rules for Success describes in detail how to achieve the internal discipline and control necessary to manage professional service engagements and long-term success in the professional services industry. It details engagement-tested methods for success at every step in delivering a professional service and includes real-life examples from a number of professional service organizations. Here’s What You Get: The steps for how to develop your niche in the marketplace A structure for how to manage professional service delivery from start to finish Tips on how to set up an environment and develop a culture that will result in superior service delivery—such that the delivery process incorporates rigorous internal discipline and control Discussion of rapid implementation and deployment concepts that can be attained without compromising internal discipline and control Examples of documentation standards for professional service proposals and deliverables (reports) Discussion of application of the 9 Rules for Success in two engagements conducted by the authors The authors draw on their many years of experience in the field of management science to lay out procedures tools and techniques that address each step of the life cycle of an engagement—from definition of the services to be delivered to evaluation of the results with the client. They take a back-to-basics approach that can be used in any size organization from a sole practitioner to a firm of up to 75 practitioners and support staff as well as larger firms that also may be experiencing sustainability issues with their process improvement initiatives. The book guides you—starting with the 9 Rules—through the maze of obstacles in delivering your professional service. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439851425

Managing Professionals Managing Professionals deals with the tensions between managers and professionals within organizations such as hospitals universities banks and judicial organizations. Often managers rely heavily on the skills and expertise of the professionals in their organizations yet these professionals consider management a source of bureaucracy and paperwork.   This tension is explored head on in order to answer the question of how to manage an organization effectively. With numerous real-world examples the book analyzes the problems and complexities of management in professional organizations and makes recommendations on how to manage professionals. The book focuses on a number of key issues including:   Management as a problem Management as a solution Knowledge and innovation Strategy Cooperation Performance   Managing Professionals presents an empirical analysis of the problems and offers solutions to the tension between management and professionals and will be of interest to managers and to students of management organizational behaviour and business administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203848272

Managing Project CompetenceThe Lemon and the Loop For companies to be successful the management of an organization needs to understand how competence evolves and how it can be utilized and linked to the organization’s goals. When executive managers understand this there is a higher probability that the people working in the organization will be more satisfied with their working situation. Satisfaction increases because competence will likely be central in the organization with focus on motivating people to develop new competence healthy internal mobility and organizational learning. Positively managing competence in most cases leads to a win–win situation for the company and the individual.This book describes how we as individuals as well as organizations can be efficient in the development and utilization of competence. It takes two perspectives of competence and connects them in a project-intensive and knowledge-intensive context. The first perspective is the "Lemon " which focuses on individual competence and the role of organizational culture. The Lemon framework takes the concept of competence based on knowledge and experience and explains how a person can apply knowledge and experience to different contexts. It changes the concept of competence from being static to being agile and dynamic. The second perspective of competence is the "Loop " which models how organizations can manage not only to the benefit of organizational strategies and goals but also to an individual’s future career. The Lemon and the Loop are the basic tools to make competence and performance management agile and effective. This book presents practical ways to acquire new knowledge and skills. One method is REPI (Reflection Elaboration Practicing/Participation and Investigation) which can be used for training coaching competence development agile performance management and much more. Readers of the book are given new insight into the concept of competence and how both people and organizations ca Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367890216

Managing Project Ending Understanding project endings is a significant part of project management yet there is relatively little work published in this important area. This book addresses the gap focusing on the successful management of project endings showing how to plan for the ending of a project how to create ending competencies and in particular how to successfully manage relations with different stakeholders of a project as it is coming to an end. Havila and Salmi use a real-life case in the airline industry to show how the successful ending project was achieved and in doing so portray ideas and experiences not typically considered in the field. Through the case discussion the complexity of the process is unveiled and the achievement of success for all parties is explained. The book portrays three key success factors: ending competencies to be developed both at the organizational and individual levels; efficient management of the business network around the ending project; and involvement at the strategic managerial level. It concludes that project endings are often complex and have far-reaching effects and therefore call for close managerial attention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980334

Managing Project Supply Chains The success of any project relies on the punctual accurate and cost-effective delivery of materials systems and facilities. Typically a major project involves several stakeholders working together with controlled resources to deliver a completed project. It has many suppliers contractors and customers; it has procurement and supply demand planning and scheduling; it often lasts several years and has long lead times. Managing Project Supply Chains demonstrates how customised supply chain management can be applied to project management ensuring project resources are delivered as required reducing delays and costs and promoting a successful outcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409425151

Managing Project Uncertainty Dealing effectively with uncertainty requires today's project manager to be familiar with a broad spectrum of strategies encompassing both 'hard' and 'soft' methods. This theme of unified thinking (i.e. the need to selectively draw upon a wide range of strategies in any given situation) will differentiate the book from its contemporaries. By picking up where traditional risk management techniques begin to fail it brings together leading-edge thinking from a variety of disciplines and shows how these techniques can be used to conquer uncertainty in projects. The ability to make good decisions when faced with uncertainty is the real challenge. It is a universal truth that a decision is only as good as the information it is based on. But good information is often hard to come by and all projects are vulnerable to the unknown and the unknowable. Thus uncertainty becomes the sworn enemy of the project manager. Wherever we try to analyse quantify plan and act uncertainty lies in wait to surprise us with its ambiguity and unpredictability. It lurks in every stage of the project lifecycle: in the planning (how long will this really take?) the initiation (this isn't the situation I expected!) the execution (who could have foreseen that happening?) and even the completion of a project (where are the expected benefits?). But managing uncertainty is a lot more than just applying risk management techniques. It requires a deep appreciation of how uncertainty arises and by recognising its different guises the appropriate strategies can be formulated. If we can learn how to reduce uncertainty we can make better management decisions and increase the chances of the project succeeding. This book addresses five key questions: � Why is there uncertainty in projects? � How do you spot the symptoms of uncertainty preferably at an early stage? � What can be done to avoid uncertainty? � What strategies can be used to deal with project uncertainty? � How Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460959

Managing Projects Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914688

Managing Projects as InvestmentsEarned Value to Business Value Every project is an investment; however traditional project management methodologies do not support assessment of the business value that enables senior management to maximize decision making. The next evolution in project management therefore will be to manage projects as investments. Managing Projects as Investments: Earned Value to Business Value provides tools and metrics to enable planning measuring evaluating and optimizing projects. This book shifts the paradigm. It builds on traditional scope-cost-schedule tools adding a critical new focus on the expected value of projects and programs. The enhancements in processes and metrics allow senior management and PMOs to guide the entire organization on the basis of business benefits and to ensure that decisions ranging from project selection to resource assignment facilitate those goals. The author shows how framing projects as investments enables significant improvement in project performance. He provides metrics that allow you and your team to track and maximize performance based on ROI. Demonstrating the importance of recognizing an enabler project in a program and why its value and cost of time are so great the book provides the tools to determine right-sized staffing levels for project-driven organizations. It includes a comprehensive but easy-to-understand explanation of both basic and advanced earned value metrics their shortcomings and how they can be improved and shows you how to optimize contract terms on projects in a way that can avoid misaligned customer/contractor goals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482212709

Managing Projects at Work This book is written for all managers in any function who are tasked with delivering projects at work. It is of particular interest to those managers who have to deal with small- to medium-sized projects in addition to their usual responsibilities. Straightforward and user friendly this book takes the reader through a series of steps which results in the effective delivery of a project. Managing Projects at Work breaks down into two stages. By the end of stage one the reader will know how to build a ’Defensible Plan’ for successful project implementation. This process which follows a step-by-step sequence draws out in a unique way all the resources and support needed for an effective project delivery. The outcome is a confident project manager who can justify and secure what is needed for the stress-free implementation of the project. Stage two deals with implementing the ’Defensible Plan’ under proper control through motivated and well-led people. Gordon Webster’s approach suits projects as diverse as introducing new systems or procedures launching a new product opening a new branch factory or department; even organizing a conference or moving offices. Its practical methodology has been developed as a result of working over many years with managers whose projects had gone off track usually for the same reasons. From these observations the unique and entirely effective ’Defensible Plan’ and its implementation were born. By adopting this approach readers can build in success from the beginning and see consistent project delivery along with control of their working life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256149

Managing Projects in a World of People Strategy and Change Project management is at a crossroads: There is a pressing need to rethink the approaches used in initiating managing and governing projects programmes and change initiatives. The aim of this book is to progress the dialogue around project practice by shifting the focus from instrumental methods and prescriptive techniques towards a context-sensitive consideration of people strategy and change. Projects are initiated to deliver agreed outputs that can be translated into meaningful outcomes capable of satisfying the wishes and expectations for improvement and development. Yet people strategy and change which are largely ignored by the conventional bodies of knowledge are clearly central to the sustainable and enduring success of projects efforts and initiatives. The volume brings together some of the best writing by leading authorities on key topics including trust ethics people psychology requirements project performance audits uncertainty anti-fragility strategic initiatives governance change management and commercial management. The collection offers an invaluable new resource for informed managers looking to engage with the latest thinking and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326637

Managing Projects in Developing Countries Covers the concepts systems and skills of project management identifying the three major elements of organisations: implementation planning and procurement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835405

Managing Projects in Research and Development Research and Development is the vehicle by which organizations and economies create opportunity innovation and secure a stream of future products and services.These outcomes are all critically important sources of sustainability in a world that is changing faster than most companies can keep up.The challenge behind them is the fundamental unpredictability of R&D; which is why effective project management is so important. Ron Basu's Managing Projects in Research and Development explains how and why project management can provide a means of helping to plan organise and control multi-disciplinary research activities without stifling innovation. Combining research with practical examples and experience from a career that has included blue chip organizations such as GSK GlaxoWellcome and Unilever Ron Basu offers a rigorous guide to the fundamentals of R&D project management including project lifecycle management risk management cost time quality and other success measures as well as the keys to operational excellence in this complicated world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472450104

Managing Projects in TroubleAchieving Turnaround and Success Whether you use budget schedule quality or other criteria the statistics by think tanks institutes associations and other trade organizations all point to one inescapable conclusion: your project has a greater chance of getting into trouble than staying out of it.Based on the lessons learned by the author during a quarter of a century of leading projects to successful conclusions Managing Projects in Trouble: Achieving Turnaround and Success unveils the five secrets to ensuring success—even for projects seemingly doomed to fail. Using numerous flow diagrams and checklists it explains how to take action in ways that will increase the likelihood of success and minimize the possibility of failure. Specifically it shows you how to:Recognize the symptoms of troubled projectsRevisit your project’s vision and execute an improved visionExamine all options for turning your project into a realityChoose the options most appropriate to your situationSupplying step-by-step guidance through each phase the book explains how to spot the symptoms of troubled projects early on and arms you with time-tested techniques to address the problems that will inevitably emerge. Each chapter includes a case study that illustrates real-world implementation of the actions and steps discussed as well as a checklist to help ease the transition from project failure to surefire success. Learn the five secrets for turning troubled projects around detailed in this book—or continue what you’re doing at your own peril. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367382759

Managing Projects Well Few people realise how many projects people actually manage. Or how many of the theoretical approaches to Project Management do not meet the test of the real world. This intensive look at Project Management teaches people what they need to know to lead or be a member of a project team. Most Project Management texts deal predominantly with technical areas leaving readers ill-prepared for the real world. Managing Projects Well looks closely at the behavioural aspects of project management and project team participation. Managing Projects Well shows:What happens when your boss decides the project's schedule and budget and you have to work backwards to make things fitHow to communicate and present effectively within and beyond the teamHow to cope when you do all the work and have to manage multiple projects and non-project time as wellHow to organise people for success and develop ideal methods for team member motivationHow to change your own bad habits quicklyWhat to do when things go wrong More traditional areas of project management such as planning organising leading and controlling a project are also covered.Stephen Bender has many years experience managing projects both small and large. He specialises in teaching professional technical and clerical staff the techniques of workflow management and project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461147

Managing Protected AreasA Global Guide This handbook produced by world renowned experts from the World Conservation Union (IUCN) spans the full terrain of protected area management and is the international benchmark for the field. The book employs dozens of detailed international cases studies hundreds of concise topical snapshots maps tables illustrations and a colour plate section as well as evaluation tools checklists and numerous appendices to cover all aspects of park management from biodiversity to natural heritage to financial management. The book establishes a conceptual underpinning for protected area management presents guiding principles for the 21st century reflects recent work on international best practice and provides an assessment of skills required by professionals. As the most authoritative guide ever compiled to the principles and practice of protected area management this volume is essential for all professionals and students in all countries and contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771900

Managing Public and Nonprofit OrganizationsStories of Success and Failure Managing Public and Nonprofit Organizations approaches public management learning in a unique way  examining more than 100 high-profile and little-known administrative failure and success stories to explore how failures happen how they can be prevented and how to replicate successes in other jurisdictions. Organized to complement a standard public management or organizational behavior textbook structure and to satisfy NASPAA accreditation requirements this book explores both traditional public administration functions (performance management financial management human-resource management procurement management policymaking capital management and information-technology management) and organizational concepts (organizational structure and organizational culture). Unlike a traditional casebook the accompanying stories do not stop in the middle to ask the readers what they would do; instead readers are asked to consider how the events illuminate what public management means and how to make it most effective. The stories ground and give meaning to the book’s review of principles and best practices. Stories include both well-known and highly reported stories of success and failure including Wikileaks the Boston Marathon bombing bankruptcy of Detroit British Petroleum oil spill 9/11 World Trade Center attack decision to invade Iraq Affordable Care Act website rollout "Bridgegate" scandal and the Brooklyn Navy Yard killings. The stories do not pass judgment on governments and nonprofits as institutions but rather teach students and practitioners best management practices by example. Discussion questions are included at the end of each chapter to prompt classroom discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064867

Managing Public Expenditure in Australia How do Australian governments budget? How well do they spend and manage our money? Governments seem to be locked in a constant struggle with the problems of budgeting. Cabinet never has enough resources to go around and while some agencies 'guard' public expenditure others find endless ways to make new claims on budgets.Managing Public Expenditure in Australia provides the first systematic analysis of government budgeting and the politics of the budgetary process. Drawing on extensive original sources the authors examine debates and reforms in public finance from Whitlam and Fraser to Hawke Keating and Howard and assess their impacts on policy development. In tracking the way governments actually spend money Managing Public Expenditure in Australia provides an alternate and complementary political history of federal government over the past forty years.This book also includes accessible discussions on topics such as budget theory financial management in government and debt and deficit reduction. An explanation of new resource management techniques and initiatives help to illuminate the ongoing changes to budget and expenditure management practices. This is an essential purchase for students teachers and practitioners of public finance and for anyone involved in the continuing debate over the nature and role of the public sector. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116431

Managing Public Safety TechnologyDeploying Systems in Police Courts Corrections and Fire Organizations Divided into four sections—public safety agencies key issues like interoperability and cybercrime management skills and emerging trends like the transfer of military technologies to civilian agencies Managing Public Safety Technology illustrates how essential managing technology is to the success of any project. Based on the authors’ years of experience dealing with information systems and other tools this book offers guidance for line personnel supervisors managers and anyone dealing with public safety technology. Designed for current or future public safety personnel especially those in management Managing Public Safety Technology can also be used for undergraduate and graduate public safety management and leadership programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323296090

Managing Public Sector ProjectsA Strategic Framework for Success in an Era of Downsized Government Second Edition Filling a gap in project management literature this book supplies managers and administrators—at all levels of government—with expert guidance on all aspects of public sector project management. From properly allocating risks in drafting contracts to dealing with downsized staffs and privatized services this book clearly explains the technical concepts and the political issues public managers need to understand. In line with the principles of Total Quality Management (TQM) and the PMBOK® Guide David S. Kassel establishes a framework those in the public sector may follow to ensure the success of their public projects and programs. The book supplies more than 30 real-life examples to illustrate the concepts behind the framework—including reconstruction projects in Iraq the Big Dig project in Boston local sewer system and library construction projects and software technology. This second edition includes all-new extended case studies examining recent issues including the rollout of healthcare.gov the controversial California High Speed Rail system and refurbishing the Harvard Town Hall. Contributing to critical discussions on budgeting for capital projects and cost-benefit analysis for preliminary planning this authoritative new edition provides strategic recommendations for effective planning execution and maintenance of public projects. In an age of downsized government and in the face of a general distrust of public service this book is a dependable guide for avoiding common pitfalls and for delivering projects on cost on schedule and of the highest quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498707428

Managing Public Services - Implementing ChangesA thoughtful approach to the practice of management The work of a manager in a service organisation is not the same as the work of a manager in an organisation that manufactures goods. Managing Public Services Implementing Changes – A Thoughtful Approach 2e is for students and managers who intend to work in a service organisation whether it is owned publicly of privately. This book concentrates on how managers can change things for the better and explains ‘why’ as well as ‘how’. The second edition has been fully updated to address challenges facing public services with new material on managing cuts managing risk managing innovation producing funding applications Lean Management and process review. A new chapter on managing social enterprise and generating social capital has also been added. This text is both solidly practical and theoretically challenging and is supported by strong pedagogical features including: case studies and illustrative vignettes from public service managers working in Europe Asia Australia and the US; exercises and review questions. Students will develop learning skills that enable them to transfer their learning from one situation to another and thinking skills that enable them adapt the way that they apply their learning as circumstances change. This comprehensive text has been specifically designed and developed to meet the needs of students studying public services management at undergraduate and postgraduate level. It allows the reader to develop transferable skills in thinking and learning as they work through the book and gives greater awareness of the benefits of continuous learning for staff and managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415414517

Managing Public ServicesCrises and Lessons from Hong Kong This title was first published in 2000:  The management of public services is becoming an increasingly difficult task. Demands are increasing while funds appear to be decreasing but quality of service must remain high. New services are required demands have to be faced activities don't always go according to plan and problems emerge in unexpected places and at unusual times; and public managers are expected to deal with these deviations from their regular work patterns. While some activities are concrete in nature and can be seen such as medical care and education others are obscured from public view. With governments emphasizing areas that produce visible and quantifiable results they often neglect the intangible services that must also be provided to the public. Poor performance in these areas can contribute to major crisi in public organizations. This volume examines four case studies in the context of the changing political and social environment of the new Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People's Republic of China. The use of these cases from the public sector in Hong Kong will hopefully help readers to understand the difficulties faced by modern governments in providing basic services to the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736375

Managing Pupil BehaviourImproving the classroom atmosphere Why are some teachers and student teachers better at managing pupil behaviour than others? What are the factors which make a difference to classroom climate? Can any teacher or student teacher become accomplished at managing pupil behaviour? Managing Pupil Behaviour provides routes through the classroom management maze to help practising and aspiring teachers learn to manage behaviour effectively in their classrooms. Using a unique 10-point scale it encourages teachers to think about the degree to which they are relaxed and in assured control of their classrooms and can enjoy their teaching. Drawing on the views of over 140 teachers and 700 pupils it provides insights into the factors which enable teachers to manage learning effectively in their classrooms so that pupils can learn and achieve and teachers can enjoy their work. Key issues explored include the factors that influence the working atmosphere in the classroom the impact of that atmosphere on teaching and learning and tensions around inclusive practice and situations where some pupils may be spoiling the learning of others. This new edition has been fully updated to take account of recent research and inspection findings and includes a new chapter exploring the wide range of sophisticated skills that expert teachers deploy in order to get pupils to want to learn and to enable teachers to work in classrooms where the climate is perfect for learning. Managing Pupil Behaviour will help all teachers ensure ‘the right to learn’ for all the pupils in their care and to think about different ways to approach this vitally important aspect of their working lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415614320

Managing Quality Managing Quality will help you understand the role of TQM within your organization and how you can best implement it. The authors show you: *how to understand quality management systems tools and techniques *how to use them *how to assess the cost of quality *how to promote quality amongst your team members *how to lead and motivate your team *how to measure progress towards total quality. It is based upon the Management Charter Initiative's Occupational Standards for Management NVQs and SVQs at Levels 4 & 5. It is particularly suitable also for managers on Certificate and Diploma in Management programmes including those accredited by BTEC. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155947

Managing Quality Cultural Tourism Managing Quality Cultural Tourism is an authoritative look at how to manage cultural tourist sites to best meet the needs of the visitors the presenters and the site itself. As cultural tourism increases the management of heritage sites becomes more complex. Priscilla Boniface addresses these crucial management issues using a marketing approach to identify the needs of all concerned. This volume is specifically aimed at professionals and students of leisure tourism and heritage management. It provides an invaluable background to cultural tourism and then focuses on some important issues involved with managing a heritage site - education entertainment and preservation - and considers appropriate ways of dealing with the needs of the tourist the presenters and the cultural site. Managing Quality Cultural Tourism suggests a way forward for cultural tourism. It is an indispensable tool for all involved in tourism and heritage industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415642378

Managing Quality in ArchitectureIntegrating BIM Risk and Design Process Completely revised throughout for this second edition Managing Quality in Architecture addresses the new ISO 9001 standards after the significant 2015 revision. ISO 9001 is the global standard for quality and firms certified under the 2008 edition have three years to upgrade their quality systems to the new Standard. This book helps architects engineers and other designers working in the built environment to develop appropriate quality systems that meet the requirements of the international Standard. Importantly the 2015 Standard integrates risk management with quality something that earlier versions did not. Risk is an extremely important factor in professional design practice and this important element is fully explored in the new edition. Similarly the role of BIM in quality management is addressed as an integral part of practice. International contributions from the USA and Australia provide expertise in each topic and case studies from the USA Japan Australia New Zealand and the United Nations Office of Project Services provide easy-to-follow illustrations of the important areas to understand. The focus is completely practical rather than theoretical affording readers a concise picture of how the issues of excellence and quality performance flow across every aspect of design practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138280199

Managing Quality in Projects Project managers appear to accept the ’iron triangle’ of cost budget and quality but in reality focus more on being on time and budget. Quality in projects is often paid mere lip service and relegated to tick-box compliance. This lack of clarity and focus on quality is often the source of project failures. Ron Basu’s Managing Quality in Projects shines the spotlight on this aspect of project management that can often be overshadowed by the pressure to deliver on time and on budget. His investigation focuses initially on defining the dimensions of quality in project management and identifying sources of measurement for project excellence. Thereafter he expands his focus to discuss which tools can be effectively used in the quest for achieving and sustaining project excellence; and which processes are important in assessing the project maturity. The text also explores how the successes of operational excellence concepts such as supply chain management Lean Thinking and Six Sigma may be gainfully deployed in enhancing project quality and excellence. Finally a structured implantation plan guides those directly involved in project delivery including suppliers in how to ’make it happen’. A shared understanding and implementation of project quality by key project stakeholders will go a long way to ensuring a stable platform for delivering successful projects with longer lasting outcomes. It is also a fundamental building block in any organization’s strategy for improving consistency and achieving sustainable performance. On that basis Ron Basu’s book is a must-have reference and guide for all project organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409440925

Managing QualityStrategic Issues in Health Care Management First published in 1999 this eclectic collection of papers examines quality management in health care from a variety of standpoints. Managers health care professionals and patients all have valid – but often differing – perspectives on the nature of quality its creation and maintenance. This book explores these perspectives beginning by asking such fundamental questions as ‘Is health care a business?’ ‘How should health services be designed?’ and ‘What is quality of care?’. Subsequent chapters then address the practicalities of measuring and improving health care quality. The chequered history of clinical audit is exposed in the UK (essentially the Plan-Do-Check-Act cycle familiar to quality improvement specialists) and lessons are drawn for managerial action needed to increase the impact of such activities. These lessons have wider relevance to all involved in promoting the principles of continuous quality improvement (CQI). In addition exploration of the growing role of performance indicators raises important issues about their meaningfulness and instrumentality in effecting real change. Improving clinical quality is now at the top of the agenda for many health systems. This book reviews the challenges faced and the tools available to meet them. It should prove valuable to a wide range of health care stakeholders interested in broadening their understanding of this rapidly developing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326163

Managing Records in Global Financial MarketsEnsuring Compliance and Mitigating Risk Readership: This much-needed textbook will be essential reading for records managers archivists and information professionals who manage records in the financial sector. It will also be invaluable for individuals engaged in a wide range of disciplines who rely on records to meet the increasing number of legal and regulatory obligations to which institutions engaged in global banking and finance are now subject. These include: compliance professionals data protection officers governance professionals regulators and risk managers senior managers and directors chief operating officers and IT specialists. Although there are a number of publications covering records management generically very few are focused on the specific challenges of particular sectors and fewer still on current regulatory legal and governance issues associated with managing records in global banking and finance businesses. This timely book fills this gap by exploring these complex issues fully and offers strategies and examples of best practice to meet the recordkeeping challenges to which they give rise in corporate and commercial banking enterprises operating in global capital markets. The examples and cases studies encompass recordkeeping in investment banking asset management brokerage and other financial services which serve global markets and the book will be of particular significance to the financial sector. However covering as it does the issues that arise from operating across borders and jurisdictions it will also be of relevance to multi-national businesses in other sectors. The key chapters cover: • setting the scene: background and concepts• regulatory and legal compliance• common trends in financial services: balancing risk and return• litigation-related issues• recordkeeping approaches. Whilst the expert team of authors are careful to ensure that the book reflects recognized records management principles the accessible language used will assure its value to information professionals and others without a formal records management background. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856046633

Managing Regional Energy Vulnerabilities in East AsiaCase Studies This book examines East Asia’s inter-state collaborative energy projects to address energy vulnerability. It focuses on projects that have demonstrated effectiveness in addressing vulnerabilities faced by the ten states of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations and China Japan and South Korea in Northeast Asia. Including case studies on uncertainties in external sources of oil and gas supply maritime piracy continuation of energy poverty and geographical barriers to cross-border electricity interconnection expert contributors highlight how collaborative energy projects have been more successful than the traditional state rivalry in energy-related issues. The book develops the framework of energy vulnerability avoiding usual securitization approaches instead examining non-traditional security conceptualizations in studying energy policies to examine how issue-specific cooperation efforts between states arise and develop. Using East Asia as a starting point contributors introduce a framework that advances the study of international energy cooperation. Managing Regional Energy Vulnerabilities in East Asia will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian studies sociology development studies and international political economy particularly the political economy of East Asia energy and development studies regional and global governance of energy and the environmental economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535380

Managing Religious Diversity in the WorkplaceExamples from Around the World Many observers propose the exclusion of all religious related aspects from organizational life others promote a more tolerant approach of certain practices symbols and ceremonies and few commentators highlight the values diverse religious beliefs and experiences that employees could bring to the organization. Arguments conclusions and recommendations are often contradictory and inconclusive due to the complexity and dividing nature of religion diversity. In Managing Religious Diversity in the Workplace the editors present a selection of essays conceptual papers empirical studies and case studies about how religious diversity and spirituality are managed. The book explores how firms address organizational and managerial challenges deriving from the religion diverse backgrounds of their employees. The different contributions discuss policies and practices how implicit and unmarked religious norms influence the ’managing’ of religious issues in organizations and what the benefits of a religion diverse workforce are. It also includes contributions which address aspects of spirituality in the workplace and the role of legal frameworks and their influence on organizations and their policies and practices regarding religion diversity. The perspectives and contributions include a wide range of disciplines by authors from leading academic institutions around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606121

Managing Renewable Natural Resources In Developing Countries This book examines major issues in the four main renewable resource sectors in developing countries—fisheries forestry agriculture and water—with emphasis on the problems and benefits attendant to various use patterns and management practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168919

Managing Research Data This title defines what is required to achieve a culture of effective data management offering advice on the skills required legal and contractual obligations strategies and management plans and the data management infrastructure of specialists and services. Data management has become an essential requirement for information professionals over the last decade particularly for those supporting the higher education research community as more and more digital information is created and stored. As budgets shrink and funders of research demand evidence of value for money and demonstrable benefits for society there is increasing pressure to provide plans for the sustainable management of data. Ensuring that important data remains discoverable accessible and intelligible and is shared as part of a larger web of knowledge will mean that research has a life beyond its initial purpose and can offer real utility to the wider community. This edited collection bringing together leading figures in the field from the UK and around the world provides an introduction to all the key data issues facing the HE and information management communities. Each chapter covers a critical element of data management: Why manage research data? The lifecycle of data management Research data policies: principles requirements and trends Sustainable research data Data management plans and planning Roles and responsibilities - libraries librarians and data Research data management: opportunities and challenges for HEIs The national data centres Contrasting national research data strategies: Australia and the USA Emerging infrastructure and services for research data management and curation in the UK and Europe. Readership: This is essential reading for librarians and information professionals working in the higher education sector the research community policy makers and university managers. It will also be a useful introduction for students taking courses in information management archivists and national library services. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856047562

Managing Resources for School Improvement First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466128

Managing ResponsiblyAlternative Approaches to Corporate Management and Governance In the wake of financial meltdown and environmental disaster employers increasingly demand that managers have an understanding of ethical decision making corporate social responsibility and values-based management. Business ethics is therefore increasingly being taught in business schools and is a rapidly developing research topic. Managing Responsibly explores the limitations of the thinking that dominates Western corporate and business culture. Contributors then draw on non-Western traditions and experience to suggest workable inter-cultural models to enhance organizational effectiveness in an increasingly globalised environment. With chapters written by specialists in economics management ethics health sciences and history the editors - one a historian and one a management specialist - ensure a truly interdisciplinary overall approach. Part One highlights the acute need for less self-interested approaches to management if local and global communities and the environment are to escape on-going damage and exploitation. Part Two draws on values from Indian and Maori traditions to propose alternatives to Western models of business ethics. Part Three suggests ways of approaching the challenges of developing sustained ethical leadership in the contemporary globalised economy. This original addition to Gower's Corporate Social Responsibility Series will appeal to a wide range of teachers researchers and higher level students of management as well as practitioners participating in executive development programmes. It will also serve the needs of those with a more specialist interest in business ethics and in sustainable and responsible management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277229

Managing Risk Managing Risk: Technology and Communications is a practical guide to the effective management of technology and communications risks. Frequent high profile scares like the Sasser worm and WiFi vulnerabilities make a proactive approach essential and this book shows you how to put in place expedient checks balances and countermeasures.Business networks are threatened by a host of factors from employee abuse to non-compliance with data protection and libel laws from hacker attacks to viruses and from extortion and terrorism to natural disaster.The costs of failing to manage systems risks can be immense and go beyond simple loss of productivity or even fraudulent losses to brand damage theft of business secrets expensive litigation diminished customer confidence and adverse impacts on personnel and share value. This practical handbook includes examples checklists and case studies to help you manage such hazards.The book covers: accessibility of information; acceptable use of information; directors legal duties; general legal compliance; protecting networks from external and internal threats; encouraging security awareness at management and employee level; reputational risk management; and national and international risk and security standards.Managing Risk: Technology and Communications is the indispensable work of reference for IT and technology managers HR managers IT legal advisors company secretaries and anyone seeking practical guidance on technology risks and their management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435353

Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT ServicesOnshore Offshore and the Cloud With cloud computing quickly becoming a standard in today’s IT environments many security experts are raising concerns regarding security and privacy in outsourced cloud environments—requiring a change in how we evaluate risk and protect information processes and people.Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services: Onshore Offshore and the Cloud explains how to address the security risks that can arise from outsourcing or adopting cloud technology. Providing you with an understanding of the fundamentals it supplies authoritative guidance and examples on how to tailor the right risk approach for your organization.Covering onshore offshore and cloud services it provides concrete examples and illustrative case studies that describe the specifics of what to do and what not to do across a variety of implementation scenarios. This book will be especially helpful to managers challenged with an outsourcing situation—whether preparing for it living it day to day or being tasked to safely bring back information systems to the organization.Many factors can play into the success or failure of an outsourcing initiative. This book not only provides the technical background required but also the practical information about outsourcing and its mechanics.By describing and analyzing outsourcing industry processes and technologies along with their security and privacy impacts this book provides the fundamental understanding and guidance you need to keep your information processes and people secure when IT services are outsourced. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367379087

Managing Risk And Uncertainty In International TradeCanada's Natural Gas Exports This book outlines the development of Canada's natural gas industry and examines the country's management of natural gas exports. It is addressed to those interested in an analysis of Canada's natural gas exports North American natural gas market trends and international trade in raw materials. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429038501

Managing Risk in Projects Projects are risky undertakings and modern approaches to managing projects recognise the central need to manage the risk as an integral part of the project management discipline. Managing Risk in Projects places risk management in its proper context in the world of project management and beyond and emphasises the central concepts that are essential in order to understand why and how risk management should be implemented on all projects of all types and sizes in all industries and in all countries. The generic approach detailed by David Hillson is consistent with current international best practice and guidelines (including 'A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge' (PMBoK) and the 'Project Risk Management Practice Standard' from PMI the 'APM Body of Knowledge' and 'Project Risk Analysis & Management (PRAM) Guide' from APM 'Management of Risk: Guidance for Practitioners' from OGC and the forthcoming risk standard from ISO) but David also introduces key developments in the risk management field ensuring readers are aware of recent thinking focusing on their relevance to practical application. Throughout the goal is to offer a concise description of current best practice in project risk management whilst introducing the latest relevant developments to enable project managers project sponsors and others responsible for managing risk in projects to do just that - effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460942

Managing Risk of Supply Chain Disruptions This book discusses important issues related to managing supply chain disruption risks from various perspectives. It explores the essence and principles relating to managing these risks and provides the framework and multi-goal model groups for managing such risks. The book also discusses research development of managing supply chain disruptive risks supply chain risk conduction and loss assessment methods of supply chain disruptive events. It also includes the consideration of supply chain coordinating models in the cases of demand and supply disruption risks. It also deals on the subject of managing models of supply chain disruption risks by looking at manufacturers and responding decision methods oriented towards demand in disruption and coordination. It also summarizes the relevant findings and provides future research questions and orientations. The book will contributes significantly to the growing body of knowledge concerning the theory of managing supply chains. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067981

Managing Risk: The Human Resources Contribution This handbook is a one-stop guide that sets out a strategic approach for understanding and managing HR risks. Managing Risk: The HR Contribution will enable the user to understand how managing HR risks will benefit their organisation. It will also assist the user to put into place a practical strategy for managing risks associated with employees from recruitment through to the close of the employee/employer relationship.This book will be of particular interest to organisations looking for a strategic integrated approach linked to business risk management and corporate governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155824

Managing Risks in Existing BuildingsAn Overview of UK Risk-based Legislation for Commercial and Industrial Premises (FB 86) This guide aims to provide a holistic overview of the issues to consider and the techniques and information sources available to improve the management of risks in buildings by the building owner manager and/or user. This should realise benefits from reduced business losses reduced insurance premiums improvements in day-to-day operating costs improvements in staff welfare (reduced sick absences) and reduced reactive mitigation measures after an incident. This report applies to all types of existing non-domestic buildings and premises in the UK from offices warehouses and industrial/processing sites to transport hubs such as airports and railway stations. The guide covers those risks that can have a major impact on the building or site infrastructure and a significant proportion of its occupants. Due to the wide-ranging nature and use of buildings in the UK there may be some types of risk that are not covered here although the general principles for risk assessment will still apply. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848064591

Managing Risks in Projects Managing Risks in Projects presents the latest skills techniques knowledge and experience of managing risks in projects from the leading worldwide experts. Many different types of projects are addressed spanning development software re-engineering engineering and construction. Media > Books > Print Books Spon Press 9781138980341

Managing Sales ProfessionalsThe Reality of Profitability This book is designed for sales managers as they make decisions and solve problems on a day-to-day basis. Managing Sales Professionals provides readers with specific details and illustrates how to plan organize staff operate and evaluate a sales force and its activities. This book offers an approach that is practical and realistic--one that is needed by sales managers who want to oversee a successful sales staff.The author Joseph Vaccaro uses an “integrated model” approach. He integrates the marketing mix as it relates to selling and then he delves into the daily situations and problems readers encounter as practicing sales managers. With cases at the end of each chapter that make the chapter material come to life Managing Sales Professionals is a practical tool for those in the world of marketing and sales management. It is a realistic pragmatic practical how-to approach that explains complex concepts in a clear and concise manner. Vaccaro avoids generalities and he cuts right to the critical specifics for sales managers in the real world.Terms and concepts are clearly defined and each chapter concludes with penetrating questions to further develop your sales management skills. Along with a highly pertinent chapter on legal and ethical aspects in selling Managing Sales Professionals covers:how to recruit salespeoplemotivation proceduresgender and racial diversity of the sales forcehow to plan and conduct a training programeffective selling techniqueshow to develop brand awarenessnew sales technologyhow to determine pricing and discount policiescompensation policieshow to determine transportation policiescontrol and evaluation procedureshow to effectively interact with marketingAnyone looking to increase sales such as business owners consultants marketing professionals and practicing salespeople and sales managers can use this book to examine their sales staffs and look for areas in which to improve. Managing Sales Professionals is also ideal for upper level undergraduate students as they learn the basics of how to sell organize and run a sales force. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058404

Managing Salt Tolerance in PlantsMolecular and Genomic Perspectives Salinity stress currently impacts more than 80 million hectares of land worldwide and more arable land is likely to be impacted in the future due to global climate changes. Managing Salt Tolerance in Plants: Molecular and Genomic Perspectives presents detailed molecular and genomic approaches for the development of crop plants tolerant to salinity stress. The book discusses salinity stress in plant adaptation and productivity biochemical and molecular mechanisms responsible for plant salt tolerance and genomic approaches for the development of plants tolerant to salinity stress. With chapters written by leading scientists involved in plant salinity stress research this book brings together biochemical physiological and molecular techniques used to develop crop plants with increased salinity tolerance. The editors integrate the most recent findings about the key biological determinants of salinity stress tolerance with contemporary crop improvement approaches. They include emerging topics and cutting-edge knowledge related to salt stress responses and tolerance mechanisms and describe salinity stress in plants and its effects on plant growth and productivity. Time is of the essence for this issue as global climate change will further exacerbate the problems of salt stress in the near future. With authoritative coverage of the key factors impacting the world’s crop production this book calls attention to primary genetic physiological and biochemical factors of plant salinity stress. It helps you develop conventional and biotechnological applications that can lead to enhanced crop productivity in stressful environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482245134

Managing School AttendanceSuccessful intervention strategies for reducing truancy Teachers and governments all agree that if you wish to raise educational standards then it’s imperative to improve school attendance and yet an average of around ten per cent of secondary pupils are missing school on a daily basis. Despite governments around the globe trying to address this situation any improvements have been negligible and improvements in school attendance have been stubbornly hard to achieve. As an internationally recognised expert on this topic Professor Ken Reid offers workable practical solutions to help schools improve attendance and to reduce non-attendance and truancy at government level school and local authority level individual pupil level and at the family level. Underpinned by the very latest research but expanded upon with an accessible practitioner focus the issues covered by this topical text include: The causes of non-attendance and truancy Successful interventions and the evidence from research Reflections on the attempts to find national solutions Implementing home-school solutions An agenda for the future Supporting throughout with case-studies and workable solutions to the most demanding of situations this book will be essential reading for head teachers deputy head teachers teachers and any educational professional eager to raise standards for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854474

Managing Schools Towards High Performance This text aims to connect school organization theory with the school effectiveness knowledge base. Each chapter presents a comprehensive overview of the knowledge base on the central theme and addresses the question of what is known about the subject as a school effectiveness-enhancing condition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315078151

Managing Security Services in Heterogenous NetworksConfidentiality Integrity Availability Authentication and Access Control A heterogeneous network is a network which connects computers and other devices with different operating systems protocols or access technologies. By definition managing heterogenous networks is more difficult that homogenous networks. Confidentiality integrity availability (CIA) remain the foundation of security. This book sheds light upon security threats defenses and remediation on various networking and data processing domains including wired networks wireless networks mobile ad-hoc networks wireless sensor networks and social networks through the prisms of confidentiality integrity availability authentication and access control. The book is broken into different chapters that explore central subjects and themes in the development of the heterogenous networks we see today. The chapters look at: Access control methods in cloud-enabled Internet of Things Secure routing algorithms for mobile ad-hoc networks Building security trust in mobile ad-hoc networks using soft computing methods The use and development of Blockchain technology with a particular focus on the nonce-free hash generation in Blockchain Password authentication and keystroke biometrics Health care data analytics over Big Data Bluetooth: and its open issues for managing security services in heterogenous networks Managing Security Services in Heterogenous Networks will be a valuable resource for a whole host of undergraduate and postgraduate students studying related topics as well as career professionals who have to effectively manage heterogenous networks in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367457341

Managing Sensitive ProjectsA Lateral Approach First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022758

Managing Service Education and Knowledge Management in the Knowledge Economic EraProceedings of the Annual International Conference on Mana Managing Service Education and Knowledge Management in the Knowledge Economic Era contains papers that were originally presented at the 2016 International Congress on Management and Technology in Knowledge Service Tourism & Hospitality (SERVE 2016) held 8-9 October 2016 & 20-21 October 2016 in Jakarta Indonesia & at the Vladimir State University Vladimir Russia. The contributions deal with various interdisciplinary research topics particularly in the fields of social sciences education economics and arts. The papers focus especially on such topics as language cultural studies economics behavior studies political sciences media and communication psychology and human development. These proceedings should be of interest to academics and professionals in the wider field of social sciences including disciplines such as education psychology tourism and knowledge management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035171

Managing Service FirmsThe Power of Managerial Marketing Based on a conceptual analysis of marketing texts particularly service marketing texts and a case study of a service firm that utilizes approaches to managing organizations that have been developed within the boundaries of marketing this book presents a critical examination of marketing as a managerial practice. Skålén focuses in particular on the managerial research tradition and managerial practice referred to as service marketing (sometimes service management) which is seen as a ‘dominant managerial logic’ by many marketing scholars. Skålén analyzes the governmentality of service marketing through textual representations of managerial marketing and a case study of a service organization. Based on the former the author argues that managerial marketing has always promoted and fostered customer orientation as the main governmental rationality and that this rationality in service marketing targets human beings more exclusively than previously. This book contributes to critical marketing research since this research tradition lacks studies of empirical responses to managerial marketing which articulate a radical social critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864122

Managing Severe and Enduring Anorexia NervosaA Clinician's Guide Based on the only evidence-based randomized controlled trial yet undertaken in patients with severe and enduing anorexia nervosa Managing Severe and Enduring Anorexia Nervosa uses the results of that trial to present a new paradigm for treatment. Moreover this informative new text assembles the leading scientists across three continents to provide a comprehensive overview and new paradigm for treatment and stimulate interest in the development of new psychosocial approaches. Students clinicians and researchers in the field of eating disorders will find this edited volume a valuable reference handbook in the clinical management of patients with anorexia nervosa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138777903

Managing situated creativity in cultural industries Creativity is the emergence of something novel and appropriate from a person a group a society. A creative idea or product must be novel. Yet novelty is not enough (a novel idea may be ridiculous or nonsensical). In addition to novelty to be creative an idea or product must also attain some level of social recognition. The individualist approaches to creativity overestimate the role of the individual and of his/her abilities (the myth of the genius). On the contrary the socio-cultural approach emphasizes the role played by contexts in the creation process: societies cultures and historical periods. Accordingly the individual is seen as a member of many overlapping social groups each of them has its own network with a specific structure and organization which influences the creation of networks of—potentially creative—ideas. Each individual is also a member of a culture which gives him/her the categories used to understand the world. Finally each individual is representative of a specific historical period. From a managerial perspective it is important to deepen the knowledge of the contexts both spatial and cognitive which favor ‘‘situated creativity’’ in the realm of the cultural industries. This special book offers both theoretical and empirical contributions in an attempt to build such knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863910

Managing Social Change and Social Policy in Greater ChinaWelfare Regimes in Transition East Asia is at the heart of the global economic transformation and the countries of the region are witnessing rapidly changing labour markets alongside the pressure to cut production costs and lower taxes in order to become successful ‘competition states’. These changes have resulted in increased welfare demands which governments organizations and agencies across the region have had to address. This book examines welfare regimes in the Greater China region encompassing mainland China Hong Kong Macao and Taiwan. In so doing it explores the ways in which the rapid growth and internationalisation of the economy across Greater China is presenting new social policy challenges that governments social welfare organizations and agencies in the region are having to respond to. Rather than simply describing and categorising welfare systems the contributors to this volume add to our understanding of how one of the major economic transformations of the contemporary era in East Asia is shaping welfare provision in the region. In turn in this context of economic change they examine the new strategies and measures that have been adopted in order to reduce the heavy burden on the state in terms of welfare provision whilst also attempting to diversify funding and provision sources to meet the pressing welfare needs. Based upon extensive fieldwork by leading scholars of social policy this book will appeal to students and scholars of Asian social policy comparative development and social policy social welfare and Chinese studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579187

Managing Social Purpose Driven OrganizationsLooking at the Third Sector The book examines the management of social purpose driven organizations in an Asian context using the case study approach. It looks at these organizations during a period of major changes in the regulatory and governance environment for charities in Singapore. The focus is on how these changes impact the organizational and management issues confronting several charities and volunteer welfare organizations an arts enterprise a co-operative and a non-governmental organization in international disaster relief. Although diverse the common denominator among these organizations is their commitment to a core social purpose. Issues examined include: organizational restructuring crisis management organizational change management social entrepreneurship and organizational sustainability. The book adopts a systemic perspective in examining the challenges of managing organizations that are neither state-owned nor private enterprises and in particular the interrelationships between contexts actions and outcomes and their impact on the organizations their stakeholders and external environments.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350758

Managing soil health for sustainable agriculture Volume 1Fundamentals There has been growing concern that both intensive agriculture in the developed world and rapid expansion of crop cultivation in developing countries is damaging the health of soils which are the foundation of farming. At the same time we are discovering much more about how complex soils are as living biological systems. This volume reviews the latest research on soil science.  After an overview of the role of soil as a provider of ecosystem services and in conservation agriculture the book reviews soil structure and chemistry as well organic matter soil microorganisms and fauna. The second part of the book discusses soil dynamics from water and nutrient cycles to carbon capture and erosion mechanisms.  With its distinguished editor and international team of expert authors this will be a standard reference for soil scientists and agronomists as well as the farming community and government agencies responsible for monitoring soil health. It is accompanied by a companion volume looking at soil monitoring and management. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781351114530

Managing soil health for sustainable agriculture Volume 2Monitoring and management There has been growing concern that both intensive agriculture in the developed world and rapid expansion of crop cultivation in developing countries is damaging the health of soils which are the foundation of farming. At the same time we are discovering much more about how complex soils are as living biological systems. This volume reviews the latest research on soil monitoring and management.  Part 1 starts by reviewing soil classification sampling and ways of monitoring soil dynamics. Part 2 surveys key techniques for managing soil from irrigation and fertiliser use to crop rotations intercropping and cover crops. The final part of the book discusses ways of supporting smallholders in maintaining soil health in regions such as Africa Asia and South America.  With its distinguished editor and international team of expert authors this will be a standard reference for soil scientists and agronomists as well as the farming community and government agencies responsible for monitoring soil health. It is accompanied by a companion volume looking at developments in soil science. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781351114585

Managing Soils and Terrestrial Systems Bringing together a wealth of knowledge Environmental Management Handbook Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about environmental problems and their corresponding management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 400 contributors all experts in their field. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management are presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management Addresses new and cutting-edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food–energy–water nexus socio-ecological systems and more Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today In this third volume Managing Soils and Terrestrial Systems the general concepts and processes of the geosphere with its related soil and terrestrial systems are introduced. It explains how these systems function and provides strategies on how to best manage them. It serves as an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on the geosphere systems and includes important problems and solutions that environmental managers face today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342651

Managing Special Needs in Mainstream SchoolsThe Role of the SENCO First published in 1998. The wide-ranging perspectives in this book will help key personnel in primary schools to manage the implantation of the 1993 Education Act and the Code of Practice on the Identification and Assessment of Special Educational Needs more effectively. Governors and headteachers comment on the management of resources and on interaction with parents and others outside the school. Researchers and academics provide an analysis of the impact and legal implications of the Code of Practice on primary schools. SENCOs offer insights into the development of whole-school and classroom practice commenting on the practicalities of implementing the philosophy behind the Code of Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592803

Managing Special Needs in the Primary School The Code of Practice on the Identification and Assessment of Special Educational Needs has significantly changed the way in which schools assess and provide for pupils with special needs. The various chapters of the book cover: recent legislation the needs of children with different types of special needs school policy and the whole school approach approaches to the National Curriculum possible ways of organising for special educational needs the role of the special needs co-ordinator the role of the class teacher assessment and record keeping working with parents staff development support services Written with the needs of primary school teachers and heads in mind this book addresses the implications which the Code of Practice has for primary schools focusing in particular on these issues from the management point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418462

Managing Spontaneous Community Volunteers in DisastersA Field Manual While history has identified a need for improved coordination during emergencies it has also demonstrated that community volunteers positively impact their neighborhoods during times of crisis. Laying out the rationale and process by which emergency managers community leaders and non-governmental aid organizations can effectively collaborate and integrate citizen response Spontaneous Community Volunteers in Disasters explains how to engage train and utilize spontaneous unaffiliated community volunteers (SUCV). The book prepares leaders to integrate local volunteers into any scale emergency response. Protocols and flexible management solutions are outlined to ensure safe and effective planning and execution. Work templates provided can be modified to suit the needs of any community. This accessible manual provides the tools to: Assess your agency’s role tasks and challenges to meet community needs in a disaster Build a plan for managing SUCVs by developing internal and external protocols Develop effective spot screening and selection methods Engage community members in information-sharing and outreach campaigns Consider policies and procedures that create relevant roles for volunteers and community groups to build a resilient team for disaster recovery Provide National Incident Management System (NIMS) compliant answers to address common barriers to using SUCVs Combining field experience and psychosocial research the book makes a strong case as to why community involvement in disaster response will have a positive impact on a community’s resilient recovery. Praise for Spontaneous Community Volunteers in Disasters: All emergency management coordinators can benefit from this book.—Howard Butt New Jersey State Police State CERT Coordinator Lisa Orloff has done an excellent job in both identifying a significant opportunity in emergency response and meticulously outlining how that opportunity can best be leveraged. —Dr. Michael Chumer New Jersey Institute of Technology The Alliance for Nonprofit Management has nominated the book for the Terry McAdam Award. This award is bestowed upon the Committee's choice for the most inspirational and useful new book published for the nonprofit sector. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439818336

Managing Sport Across Borders Sport is both a global business and a vehicle for social inclusion and community development. This book examines key performance areas in sport management that cut across cultural economic and geographical borders from both commercial and social justice perspectives. Written by leading sport management and sport development scholars from around the world the book highlights international management challenges suggests appropriate management practices and raises questions to stimulate further debate. From a commercial sport management perspective it explores key topics including the management of sport communication in an age of digital media crowd funding in sport managing government and commercial alliances and managing power and politics in sport. From a social justice perspective it examines issues including sport volunteer management the management of sport for inclusion and academic partnerships in international sport management. Offering an authoritative survey of contemporary international sport management as well as signposts for future research and practice this is fascinating reading for all students researchers and practitioners working in sport management or sport development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312794

Managing Sport and Leisure FacilitiesA guide to competitive tendering Concise and thoroughly detailed Managing Sport and Leisure Facilities is a clean operating guide to leisure management by contract providing expert advice for both contractor and client. The author includes extracts from the relevant legislation and tender documents and shows you how to submit a winning tender. He provides guidance on how to carry out customer surveys and also covers special items such as operating leisure facilities in hotels and sub-contracting catering services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203473993

Managing Sport BusinessAn Introduction Contemporary sport is both a sophisticated and complex international business and a mass participatory practice run largely by volunteers and community organisations. Now in a fully revised and expanded second edition this authoritative and comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice of sports management helps to explain the modern commercial environment that shapes sport at all levels and gives clear and sensible guidance on best practice in sports management from elite sport to the local level. The first section examines the global context for contemporary sports management. The second explores the key functional areas of management from organisation and strategy to finance and marketing and explains how successful managerial techniques can be applied in a sporting context. The final section surveys a wide range of important issues in contemporary sports management from corporate social responsibility to the use of information and communication technologies. Together these sections provide a complete package of theory applied practical skills and a state-of-the-art review of modern sport business. Complemented by a companion website full of additional resources this book is essential reading for all students of sport management and sport business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291386

Managing Sport DevelopmentAn international approach Sport development has become a significant part of the international sport industry. The development of sport (creating pathways for participation and talent development) and sport for development (using sport as a tool to achieve outcomes beyond sport) are now fundamental aspects of the organisation and governance of sport around the world. Consequently any manager working in sport today needs to understand what sport development is and how sport development programs can be managed implemented and evaluated. This is the first undergraduate textbook to offer a complete introduction to sport development covering theory and its application to managerial practice with examples from international contexts. The book integrates discussion of the development of sport and sport for development in every chapter with international case studies to illustrate the significance and application of both. Each chapter introduces key theory examines the implications of theory for practice and critically analyses practical managerial issues. Discussion of both able-bodied and disability sport are embedded throughout and the book includes a range of useful features to aid understanding such as learning objectives real world data and examples key terms review questions and a companion website containing slides and a test bank for instructors. Managing Sport Development is an essential text for any introductory sport development course and invaluable reading for any course on international sport management sport policy sport governance sport and social issues or coach education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138802711

Managing Sport Facilities and Major EventsSecond Edition Sport events are inextricably linked to the places in which they are hosted. High-profile events require high-quality venues and the proper management of facilities is crucial to their success. Now in a fully revised and updated new edition Managing Sport Facilities and Major Events is still the only textbook to introduce the fundamentals of sport facility and event management in an international context. With detailed real-world case studies and insights from professional practice this book offers a systematic guide to the management issues and practical problems that sports managers must address to ensure financial sporting and ethical success. It covers all the key aspects of sport facility and major event management including the bidding process facility development risk analysis budgeting marketing branding and quality assurance as well as completely new chapters on analytics impact and legacy. Now supported by a companion website containing slides test banks a glossary and sample syllabus this is an invaluable resource for students and practitioners alike and is essential to any course on sport facilities event management or sport administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138658615

Managing Sport Finance All good managers working in sport need to have a clear understanding of the principles of finance and accounting. Whether working in the private public or voluntary sectors a firm grasp of the basic concepts and techniques of financial management is essential if a manager is to make effective decisions and to implement those decisions successfully. Managing Sport Finance is the first book to offer a comprehensive introduction to financial management and accounting specifically designed for managers working in sport. The book assumes no prior knowledge of finance or accounting on the part of the reader. It clearly and succinctly guides the reader through each key concept and practical technique including: balance sheets income statements costing systems and decision making investment appraisal budgeting and budgetary control double entry bookkeeping funding for sport interpreting annual reports. Using a rich variety of case studies examples and data from the real world of sport management the book places each concept into a managerial context ensuring that the reader understands why that concept is important and how best to employ each technique. Each chapter also contains a range of useful features including chapter introductions learning objectives activities summaries review questions and further reading. This is the most useful comprehensive and accessible introduction to financial management for sport currently available and is essential reading for any student of sport management or sport development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415581806

Managing Sport Mega-Events Managing Sport Mega-Events explores global developments in the management of sport mega-events. Sport mega-events such as the Olympic Games and the Football World Cup have been examined from a number of academic perspectives including history sociology politics urban planning and economics. What is lacking however is a book which identifies and evaluates the current issues and complexities faced by those charged with the responsibility of managing these sport mega-events. This book fills the gap. The book addresses three broad but interconnected themes. First strategic matters are explored focusing on the rise of sport mega-events the management of stakeholders and governance issues. Second how organisers can best ensure the sustainable management of sport mega-events is considered. Third operational matters and related issues are examined including media management broadcast management venue management risk management marketing and sponsorship management. The book draws on leading international sport management scholars each of whom has expertise in the organisation of sport mega-events. It makes a valuable contribution to the existing literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796775

Managing Sport OrganizationsResponsibility for performance Now in a fully revised and updated fourth edition Managing Sport Organizations introduces the fundamentals of sport management across every industry sector from youth and intercollegiate sport to professional leagues. Bridging the gap between theory and practice it covers every key topic issue and concept in contemporary sport management including: Understanding management and its relationship to sport Strategy Decision making Organizational design Leadership Human resource management Managing change Facility management Sports media and new technologies This new edition contains expanded coverage of current topics such as international sport ethics new technologies and career pathways in sport management. Each chapter includes a full range of useful features such as case studies career insights management exercises study questions and definitions of key terms and concepts. No other textbook combines the rigor of the business school with the creativity and dynamism of modern sport business. Accompanied by additional online resources this is the perfect foundation for any course in sports management sports administration or sport business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138363434

Managing SportSocial and Cultural Perspectives Contemporary sport is shaped by wider society. Today those managing sport must be aware of the broader social and cultural context within which it exists if their effectiveness is to be established and their careers defined. This book is the first of its kind to contextualise the wider social and cultural environment of sport management and explain the key issues and practical implications of this for those working or intending to find employment in the field. Written by a team of leading international experts on sport management the book explores important topics such as corporate social responsibility in sport race gender and sexuality sport and the media globalisation populations with individual needs social class social capital social exclusion. As part of a comprehensive coverage of these and many other social issues the reader is reminded of the fundamental requirement to properly appreciate the cultural sensitivities of the managerial environment in which they intend to operate. Each issue is examined from the perspective of the manager or sport practitioner and each chapter includes a range of useful features such as case-studies and self-test questions to encourage the reader to think critically about the role of sport in society and about their own professional practice. This is the first sports management textbook to be based on the thesis that a more socially aware manager is a more effective manager and thus should be regarded as essential reading for all sport management students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415572163

Managing Staff in Early Years Settings This book draws on a wide range of management theory and shows its relevance and relationship to early years settings. Case studies are used to provide the starting point for reflection and throughout the chapters you are asked to consider the examples stand back interpret and audit your own actions in order to develop your management skills. This book will assist managers and prospective managers by providing them with the tools to facilitate staff training sessions or to conduct personal enquiry into the working of their own organization. Chapters cover: leadership and management teams and team building staff motivation managing change selecting suitable staff and effective interviewing staff assessment projecting and maintaining a positive image for your school or nursery managing conflict and stress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138142978

Managing Stakeholders in Software Development Projects As stakeholder relationships and business in general have become increasingly central to the unfolding of stakeholder thinking important new topics have begun to take centre stage in both the worlds of practitioners and academics. The role of project management becomes immeasurably more challenging when stakeholders are no longer seen as simple objects of managerial action but rather as subjects with their own objectives and purposes. This book will aim to explain some of the complexities of project management and managerial relationships with stakeholders by discussing the practice of stakeholder engagement dialog measurement and management and the consequences of this practice for reporting and productivity and performance within project management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435377

Managing State FragilityConflict Quantification and Power This book examines the management of ‘state fragility’ and the practices and impacts of quantification over relations of power in international politics. With the further movement towards quantification and as technical and technological changes advance this book argues that certain important quantifying practices can be understood in terms of symbolic power which is more nuanced and subtle. The aim is that such an understanding can also open space for considering other instances of power that are blurred and nuanced in current international politics. By looking at how the merging of conflict and development issues in the fragile states agenda has been fed by and has fed the authority of ever-perfectible numbers the book offers an approach to address the difficulty in dealing with profound inequality without presuming domination. Instead the example of the g7+ group of self-labelled ‘fragile states’ and its tools indicate that quantification has reached a point of no return but it has done so through indirect practices of management and with the complicity so to say of those deemed least favoured by it. This shows that there is little chance that policy-makers and academics can escape dealing with numbers and there is much to be gained by understanding how complex and knowingly imperfect statistics become authoritative and widespread. This book will be of much interest to students of critical security studies International Political Sociology development studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138682283

Managing State Social WorkFront-Line Management and the Labour Process Perspective Published in 1998. The industrial model of the labour process developed by Braverman was applied to social work in the radical social work literature. The book engages in a more critical examination of the application of the labour process perspective to social work with particular reference to front-line management in a local authority context. It begins with a review of the labour process literature which demonstrates the extent to which the independence of Braverman’s model on scientific management was undermined in the post-Braverman debate. The radical texts' orthodox Bravermanian approach to the social work labour process is considered. In those texts the social work labour process is represented as having moved towards an industrial model which steadily encroached on the autonomy of front-line field social workers through managers’ wresting of control over their work. The book advances an alternative model of the social work labour process which takes account of the distinctive features of social work as a state-mediated bureau-professional labour process. Findings from a small-scale case study of a social services department are presented. Data from the study are used to test the bureau-professional model of the social work labour process against the orthodox Bravermanian model. Developments in the social services department’s organizational structure are set out and the position of front-line managers is considered through an exploration of their identifications and commitments in relation to management and trade unionism. The data from their accounts support the bureau-professional model of the labour process and the position of front-line managers emerges as more ambiguous than the radical social work literature indicated. Front-line managers did not share global goals with senior management nor were their interests merged straightforwardly with those of social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325722

Managing Strategic Airline Alliances Strategic airline alliances are an important topic in airline management today stimulated by poor access of international airlines to large domestic markets such as the USA and EU and the increasing importance of network scope. Outright mergers of international airlines have proved to be difficult for political cultural and legal reasons making alliances the best available form to strengthen strategic positions and streamline networks. However there are a number of difficulties associated with an alliance such as long-term stability political climate cultural conflict and how much capital alliance partners should sink into the integration. The main purpose of the book is to convey in an accessible form to a wide audience the results of recent academic research on strategic airline alliances. The authors systematically cover: policy regulation and consumer issues; management marketing and strategic issues; the mechanics of airline alliances; the airline alliance group as an organisation in its own right; different forms of alliances and clusters; success and failure factors of airline alliances. The book successfully: - provides an analytical framework for understanding the dynamics of airline alliance groups - examines both the level of the individual airline and the alliance group itself - applies recent insights from organisation theory. The readership includes airline managers policy-makers academic researchers and others interested in evolving multilateral alliances. It can also be used as a course book both in aviation management training and in more general modules on alliances for advanced students in air transport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263758

Managing Stress in EducationA Comprehensive Guide for Staff and Students Managing Stress in Education is a practical stress management programme for use in schools and colleges. A comprehensive resource that includes up-to-date theory and practice Managing Stress in Education uses session plans and practical activities to help develop stress management skills in staff and students. The basic principles and techniques of stress management are straightforward enabling the activities and sessions in this resource to be used across all Key Stages.  This resource will: reduce the stress levels of students and staff; train staff to manage the effects of stress in the classroom; develop resilience in students; key information from stress literature; understand the triggers of stress; understand others under stress and the stress that comes with exams; teach students to choose what to think and learn muscle relaxation techniques; and embed stress management in schools curriculum. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315174167

Managing Stress in Music EducationRoutes to Wellness and Vitality Managing Stress in Music Education presents research theory possible pitfalls and strategies for music teachers looking to navigate the challenging climate of potential stressors. Covering a wide range of topics such as sleep physical movement nutrition happiness gratitude and mindfulness this book offers music educators the tools to thrive in a work environment that can often lead to stress and burnout. Readers will examine vignettes of challenged and successful music teachers and consider new techniques and classic reminders for a healthy enjoyment of work and life. Grounded in research and written in an accessible and concise manner Managing Stress in Music Education is an excellent addition to any music teacher’s bookshelf. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434540

Managing Suicidal RiskA Collaborative Approach The Collaborative Assessment and Management of Suicidality (CAMS) approach has garnered a strong evidence base and has been implemented by therapists from a range of orientations in diverse clinical settings. This extensively revised manual provides a proven therapeutic framework for evaluating suicidal risk and developing and implementing a suicide-specific treatment plan that is respectful empathic and empowering. In addition to their clinical utility the procedures used for assessment treatment and progress monitoring within CAMS can help reduce the risk of malpractice liability. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the book includes all needed reproducible tools for implementing CAMS. Purchasers also get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. For CAMS training opportunities with David A. Jobes visit www.cams-care.com. New to This Edition *Incorporates a decade's worth of extensive clinical research. *Fully revised with a greater focus on CAMS as a framework for clinical intervention--not just assessment. *In-depth case example followed throughout the book. *Describes innovations to the approach such as how to target and treat patient-defined "suicidal drivers." *Additional reproducibles (CAMS Therapeutic Worksheet and CAMS Rating Scale) plus a new version of the Suicide Status Form. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462526901

Managing Supply Chain RiskIntegrating with Risk Management Risk management in supply chain logistics has moved from being a nice-to-have to a necessity due to the number of variables that can cripple a business. Managing Supply Chain Risk: Integrating with Risk Management details the critical factors involved in managing supply chain risk. It discusses how managing supply chain risk can be integrated into Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) applications focusing on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) Failure Mode Effects and Analysis (FMEA) and International Organization of Standards (ISO) 31000:2009 frameworks. The book focuses on the structure implementation and maintenance of a formal system for managing risks in the supply chain. Using data from firms and supply chain managers the authors identify which factors have a critical impact on the decision to develop a system for managing supply chain risks and also explain how these factors can influence the level of success. They then detail how you can leverage these factors into a competitive advantage. However the success of your supply chain risk management integration requires more than simply creating a new program or department. This major undertaking does not happen in a vacuum rather it is a response to a number of factors or influences. And these factors can act to pre-condition the firm and its systems to the introduction and acceptance of and progress on managing supply chain risks. Yet no book has empirically identified these factors and explained how you can overcome resistance and make managing risks an integral part of your supply chain management. Until now. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498707107

Managing Supply Chains on the Silk RoadStrategy Performance and Risk Historically important trade routes for goods of all kinds for more than 3000 years the Silk Road has once again come to prominence. Managing Supply Chains on the Silk Road: Strategy Performance and Risk present emerging supply chain practices from the Silk Road regions that include China Hong Kong India Pakistan Iran Central Asia Lebanon Turkey Israel and Hungary. It takes a results-oriented comparative approach to supply chain management covering structural strategic and operational topics.The book first presents how the historical Silk Road supply chains operated and then provides new and interesting examples from different countries the Silk Road passed from China to Europe. The text demonstrates that the supply chain concept and its related practices are not new per se and invented recently in the West. Rather it was practiced for centuries along the Silk Road and became the foundation for today’s global supply chains. Against this backdrop the book explores the differences and similarities along the Silk Road in the supply chain management process and what can be learned from them. As supply chains become longer leaner and more scattered around the globe performance and risk become two sides of a coin. Bringing together a diverse team of experts from academia and the business world the book’s coverage spans not only regions but industries. This fresh perspective provides insights for assessing performance and hedging risk and opens up new directions for research. … Haksoz Seshadri and Iyer have brought together 28 scholars and business executives from different continents to share their perspectives about past and present trading activities along the Silk Road. … [the book] examines a wide range of issues arising from a multicultural perspective. … provides clear insights of the past and the present that will help academics and practitioners to gain a better understanding of the future.-From the foreword by Christopher Tang University of California Los Angeles Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374546

Managing Sustainability Managing Sustainability is a comprehensive guide to governing leading and managing a successful sustainability-focused business. Being a socially and environmentally responsible business is a worthy goal for many people; however turning the goal into reality is a daunting process. This book takes a clear and practical approach to the “nuts-and-bolt” of achieving this goal and covers steps to be taken by directors and executives to create and implement appropriate strategies policies and management systems. It recognizes that corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) is like any other important management initiative and requires proactive leadership from the top of the organization. Key topics include: • Understanding how CSR is changing the traditional fiduciary duties of directors and officers • Developing and implementing internal governance instruments to provide a foundation for decision-making around CSR • Integrating CSR into the duties and responsibilities of the chief executive officer and other members of the C-suite team as well as into their compensation arrangements • Conducting continuous audits and assessments of the sustainability governance and management framework using certification and rating systems to evaluate and improve CSR performance and effectiveness Current and aspiring leaders wishing to build a sustainability-centered business will appreciate the straightforward and actionable guidance offered by this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367518547

Managing Sustainability in the Hospitality and Tourism IndustryParadigms and Directions for the Future This new book focuses on the important concern of sustainability in tourism and hospitality industry. As the world’s natural resource base is limited the world is looking for solutions in the domains of energy water alternate building materials resource redeployment and sustainable livelihoods as well. The tourism and hospitality industry is a large deployer of natural and created resources. Some of the themes the book addresses include: designing sustainable restaurants sustainable accommodation practices designing green hotels energy conservation in hotels- a Green Approach technology and sustainability marketing sustainability to consumers sustainable culinary practices sustainable employee practices sustainable equipment design for the hospitality industry sustainable tourism practices sustainable transport practices sustainable tourism destinations/cities The book takes sustainability beyond the realms of external factors that matter to an organization. The authors look at various constituents of the hospitality sector and analyze each of those from a sustainability standpoint. The book includes case studies that are global in nature and that show how sustainable applications can be used and how concerns can be addressed. Environmental challenges are also discussed. This book is futuristic with lot of practical insights for the students faculty . and practitioners. Since the contributors are from across the globe it is fascinating to see the global benchmarks. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895727

Managing Sustainable Development In a world where environmental problems spill across political administrative and disciplinary boundaries there is a pressing need for a clear understanding of the kinds of organizations management structures and policy-making approaches required to bring about socially equitable and ecologically sustainable development. In this second edition the authors incorporate lessons from a decade of work on the conditions of sustainability in both developed and developing countries. They prescribe action networks - partnerships of flexible achievement-oriented actors - and present new case studies demonstrating the success of organizations that have applied this approach. They also introduce case studies on action networks that work simultaneously on international national and local levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091525

Managing Sustainable Development ProgrammesA Learning Approach to Change Project work driven by competent project leaders drives positive outcomes. Unfortunately these optimistic initial results are often short-sighted with few evaluations of their long-term impact. The research contained in Managing Sustainable Development Programmes reveals an extraordinary level of failure in the durability of large change programmes and projects in both the private and public sectors. In this book the authors question whether sustainable development be achieved within the framework of large publicly financed programmes. This strong critique of traditional programme implementation overturns much of our current thinking about project delivery and governance. The authors focus instead on sustainable change and development. They show how active ownership and collaboration between different actors and the dynamics of developmental learning can be used to create programmes and projects that contribute to innovation employment and growth in a way that favours companies employees customers and society in a broader sense. The message at its heart is 'don't blame the project leader' but rather look for dynamic possession of projects joint knowledge management and sharing with external stakeholders that will secure long-term effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409437192

Managing Sustainable Innovation This book is an insightful text looking at sustainable innovation and the emerging fourth sector i.e. hybrid organizations through an interdisciplinary approach. The book illuminates what hybrid organizations are and how they generate new ways of creating blended value to secure the well-being of future generations and preservation of ecological services. The book also discusses how sustainable innovation may offer creative solutions to societal issues the sharing economy and the circular economy. This book will appeal to those taking MBA and EMBA programmes and those with an interest in creating sustainable business and innovation solutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210311

Managing Sustainable TourismA Legacy for the Future Intelligently designed tourism strategies for the twenty-first century!Successful tourism development and marketing are dependent on maintaining a delicate balance between economic growth and the protection of environments. Managing Sustainable Tourism: A Legacy for the Future tackles the tough issues of tourism such as negative environmental impact and cultural degradation and provides answers that don’t sacrifice positive economic growth. This essential book offers practical plans for fostering harmonious relationships among local communities the private sector not-for-profit organizations academic institutions and governments at all levels as well as develops management practices and philosophies that protect natural built and cultural environments while reinforcing positive and orderly economic growth.Managing Sustainable Tourism discusses in-depth the sensible guidelines for protecting environment heritage sites and local culture while developing realistic tourism goals for compatible economic growth. Useful strategies for sustainable tourism are detailed for each tourism type along with useful tried-and-true marketing techniques aimed at cooperation and respect for all types of environments. Case studies research and supplemental reading lists clearly illustrate ideas and the author’s qualified suggestions.Managing Sustainable Tourism explores: the future of the tourism industry understanding sustainable tourism the economics of community growth through tourism marketing the sustainable tourism product nature tourism heritage tourism cultural tourism rural tourism practical guidelines for sustainable tourism a workable global sustainable tourism initiativeManaging Sustainable Tourism is an ideal resource for educators students developers entrepreneurs investors tourism strategists planners policymakers and anyone interested in sustainable tourism for the new millennium. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823545

Managing Sustainable TourismA legacy for the future Managing Sustainable Tourism tackles the tough issues of tourism such as negative environmental impact and cultural degradation and provides answers that don’t sacrifice positive economic growth. It offers practical plans for fostering harmonious relationships among local communities the private sector not-for-profit organizations academic institutions and governments at all levels as well as develops management practices and philosophies that protect natural built and cultural environments while reinforcing positive and orderly economic growth. Since the first edition there have been many important developments in the field and this second edition has been revised and updated in the following ways:  Updated content to reflect issues and trends including: impact of the internet slow tourism responsible tourism pro – poor tourism and motivations of the individual tourist New and updated international case studies of successes and failures to reflect current challenges and practices New lecturer and student online resources including PowerPoint slides and practical scenarios. This volume provides a wealth of information and guidance on managing sustainable tourism now and in the future and will be invaluable to educators students developers entrepreneurs investors tourism strategists planners and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918641

Managing Sustainable TourismA Legacy for the Future Managing Sustainable Tourism tackles the tough issues within the tourism industry such as impacts on the natural and built environment and concerns for the history heritage and culture of local communities to provide answers that produce positive and quality economic growth for the tourism industry. It offers practical policies and plans for fostering harmonious relationships among local communities the private sector not-for-profit organizations academic institutions and governments at all levels as well as developing management practices and philosophies for the protection of natural built and cultural environments while reinforcing positive and orderly economic growth. It also confronts and explains the challenges on the tourism industry with respect to overtourism climate change and global warming. Since the second edition there have been many important developments in the field of sustainable tourism and this third edition presents updated research and information in the following ways: Updated content to reflect issues and trends including new directions in sustainable tourism development; New and updated international case studies of successes and failures to reflect current challenges and practices; A partial history of sustainable tourism from ancient times to the present; New concepts in sustainable tourism practices such as overtourism and undertourism; Transformative leadership and policies and their impact on sustainable tourism development. This volume provides a wealth of information and guidance on managing sustainable tourism and it will be invaluable to educators students developers entrepreneurs strategic planners and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331382

Managing Teachers as Professionals in Schools This text examines the challenges facing education managers as the introduction of the National Curriculum a number of Education Acts and the reorganization of management have altered the concepts of teacher professionality and their statutory duties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138175730

Managing Teaching and Learning in Further and Higher Education The role of the teacher/lecturer is to manage and facilitate the process of teaching and learning in a two-way interaction between teacher self and taught other. This handbook covers ways of managing the teaching learning and assessment process to improve students' learning. It guides readers through paths of enquiry and reflection to create a learning programme designed to meet students' specific needs. The focus includes student learning and tutors' teaching and how these are effected by institutional arrangements; the interpersonal skills of tutors; and course design and teaching methods.; The text includes enquiry tasks which invite the reader to explore issues introduced in each chapter in the context of their own institution. An annotated reading list at the end of each chapter enables the reader to take their particular interests further. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043098

Managing Teaching AssistantsA Guide for Headteachers Managers and Teachers This is a practical guide to the role management and deployment of teaching assistants. It offers comprehensive and informed support underpinned by illustrative case studies throughout. Information and practical guidance is given on: the role and competencies of teaching assistants how to audit the existing teaching assistant provision in the school the teaching assistant's role in planning delivery and feedback how to appoint induct mentor and appraise teaching assistants the effective management of teaching assistants by teachers and managers and the need for a whole school approach opportunities for continual professional development for teaching assistants. This book is based on extensive observation of teaching assistants working in schools and will have practical significance and implications for headteachers senior management staff teachers LEA advisors trainers and consultants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151055

Managing Technological DiscontinuitiesThe Case of the Finnish Paper Industry Usually firms introduce new technology in an incremental way wisely seeking to minimise the adverse effects which business and employees might face. However this is not always the case. Sometimes technological discontinuities occur when radically different technological systems and working practices are implemented with the possibility of widespread disruption and conflict. This book looks at this topical issue through the experiences of the international giants of the Finnish paper industry - an industry at the cutting edge of fundamental technological innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995581

Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation is the first textbook for non-business based entrepreneurship courses focussed on students with a background in science and technology. Its comprehensive rigorous and yet accessible approach originates from the authors’ considerable experience mentoring students as they turn their technological ideas into real-life business ventures. . The text is separated into three parts providing a roadmap for successful entrepreneurial projects: Part I focusses on how to create your venture turning technology into businesses and how to link together entrepreneurship and innovation Part II shows you how to grow your venture and make it profitable looking at the early development of academic spin-outs and how to adapt your technology to the customers’ needs. Part III takes you through the day-to-day running on your business; whether to adopt a contingency or contextual approach how to develop new products and services and alternative options for growth. With a wide range of practical steps lists of things to consider and guidelines on how to turn your technology based ideas into a successful business this text will be essential for all non-business students who need to understand entrepreneurship management and innovation. It will also prove a useful introduction to all Masters-level students taking these subjects in business schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415677226

Managing Television NewsA Handbook for Ethical and Effective Producing Managing Television News provides a practical introduction to the television news producer one of the most significant and influential roles in a newscast. Recognizing the need for formal training in this key role authors B. William Silcock Don Heider and Mary T. Rogus have combined their expertise and experience to shape this essential resource on the responsibilities demands and rewards of the news producer position. Their book provides a strategic approach to producing newscasts and serves as an in-depth guide to creating quality audience-friendly newscasts working within the realistic limitations of most newsrooms. It helps the student and the professional producer sort through the various deadline-driven challenges of creating a 30-minute newscast. Filled with real-world examples and advice from news directors producers and anchors currently in the business and photographs illustrating the varied perspectives in the position Managing Television News provides critical skill sets to help resolve ethical dilemmas as well as keen and fresh insights on how to win the ratings without compromising news quality. Career concerns are also addressed. This resource is a pioneering book for the professional television newsroom and the individual reader interested in starting or expanding a producing career. It is an excellent text for the college classroom as its structure fits neatly into a semester schedule and it is a must-have resource for both seasoned and novice producers as well as students in broadcast news. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442894

Managing Terrorism and InsurgencyRegeneration Recruitment and Attrition This book examines how governments can weaken the regenerative capabilities of terrorist and insurgent groups. The exploration of this question takes the form of a two-tier examination of three insurgent actors whose capacity to regenerate weakened in the past: the Front de libération du Québec (FLQ) of Canada the Movimiento de Liberación Nacional - Tupamaros (MLN-T) of Uruguay and the Provisional Irish Republican Army (PIRA) of Northern Ireland during the mid-1970s. At the first level of its examination the book investigates the extent to which the regenerative capacities of the FLQ MLN-T and PIRA weakened because of an increase in attrition and a decrease in recruitment. The primary objectives of this analysis are to uncover whether a declining intake of recruits played a lesser equal or greater role than a burgeoning loss of personnel in weakening the capacities to regenerate of the three insurgent actors; and in turn to shed greater light on the broader validity of the prevailing view in conflict studies that a decrease in recruitment is more important than an increase in attrition in effecting the corrosion of an insurgent actor's capacity to regenerate. At the second level of its exploration the book assesses the effectiveness of five of the most prominent policy prescriptions in the literature and insurgent recruitment and attrition: ameliorating grievances selective repression discrediting insurgent ideology improving intelligence collection and restricting civil liberties This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism conflict studies strategic studies and security studies in general. Cameron Crouch is currently an Analyst at Allen Consulting Group an Australian economics and public policy consulting firm. He has a PhD from the Strategic and Defence Studies Centre at The Australian National University. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622271

Managing the Adoption of New Technology Originally published in 1989 this book gives an overview of the empirical work on new technology objectives together with an analysis of management strategies for adoption at the corporate technological and people levels. It also reviews previous work on the extent to which staff at different levels and from different specialism are involved in decision-making as well as the adoption process more generally. The book looks at different approaches to analysing organizational contexts and provides a framework for studying the stages of the adoption process. The book includes case studies - two in financial services and two in engineering contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815351511

Managing the Building Design Process Managing the Building Design Process explains the designer’s role in the creation of new buildings from the development of the plan through to completion. One key case study is used throughout the book so that the reader can clearly follow the process leading to the creation of a new building.This new edition expands on the first edition including sections on CAD and sustainability; incorporating updates to legislation and adding new illustrations as well as discussion points and useful references at the end of every chapter.Gavin Tunstall is an architect and a lecturer in the School of Architecture Design and the Built Environment at Nottingham Trent University UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135758

Managing the Business Case for SustainabilityThe Integration of Social Environmental and Economic Performance The difficulties in moving towards corporate sustainability raise the question of how environmental and social management can be integrated better with economic business goals. Over the last decade the relationship between environmental and economic performance and more recently the interaction between sustainability performance and business competitiveness have received considerable attention in both theory and practice. However to date only partial aspects of the relationship between sustainability performance competitiveness and economic performance have been studied from a theoretical as well as an empirical perspective. And to date no unique relationship has prevailed in empirical studies. A number of explanations have been put forward to explain this including methodological reasons such as the lack of statistical data the low quality of that data or the fact that such data is often available for short time periods only. Other theoretical explanations have been developed such as the influence of different corporate strategies or the relatively small influence of environmental or sustainability issues as one factor among many on the economic or financial success of firms. So how should the business case for sustainability be managed? This is the starting point for this book which compiles insights on a large number of aspects of the link between sustainability performance business competitiveness and economic success in an attempt to provide a comprehensive and structured view of this relationship. The book provides an unrivalled body of knowledge on the state of theory and practice in this field and identifies prospective future fields of work. The book includes: conceptual frameworks for the interaction of social environmental and economic issues in business environments; case studies of companies that have successfully integrated social environmental and economic issues; analyses of the causal and empirical relationship between environmental and/or social performance business performance and firm-level competitiveness; concepts and tools useful for improving business value with proactive operational strategies; assessment of the factors influencing operational sustainability strategies and their economic impact; and comparisons of interactions between sustainability performance and firm competitiveness across industry sectors and countries. Managing the Business Case for Sustainability is the definitive work in its field: the most comprehensive book yet published on the theory and practice of managing sustainability performance competitiveness environmental social and economic performance in an integrated way. It will be essential reading for managers academics consultants fund managers governments and government agencies NGOs and international bodies who need a broad and comprehensive overview of the business case for sustainability. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351280525

Managing the Business of EmpireEssays in Honour of David Fieldhouse This collection of essays honours David Fieldhouse latterly Vere Harmsworth Professor of Imperial and Naval History at Cambridge and a foremost authority on the economics of the modern British Empire. The contributors include an impressive array of former students colleagues and friends and their subjects range widely across the economic and administrative fields of British imperial history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reflecting many of Fieldhouse's own areas of scholarly interest the essays address economics and business theories of imperialism strategies of administration and decolonization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980365

Managing the City EconomyChallenges and Strategies in Developing Countries In a world increasingly organised as networks of cities this book offers the first full-length treatment of the subject of managing the city economy. It explores key challenges and strategies particularly in developing countries where developmental deficits are greatest and almost all urban growth up to 2050 will take place. Adopting a practitioner’s perspective theoretically grounded and international in scope this book is unique in its focus and endeavours to connect theory with practice. Through an interdisciplinary and strategic approach this book explores the challenges and options in managing the contemporary city economy. It aims to illustrate the extent to which appropriate policy interventions in the city economy could offer effective solutions to some of the most difficult social and environmental challenges facing cities. The book comprises five main parts. Part I sets the scene and examines contemporary processes that affect cities and explains the challenges they pose for city managers. Part II presents a selection of conceptual frameworks commonly used in urban economic analysis. Part III examines the management of sectoral growth covering manufacturing exports of services transport and logistics and real estate. Part IV addresses urban poverty low-carbon transition and the informal economy. Part V focuses on laying the foundation for long-term city development exploring the roles of city development strategies municipal finance investment in people and appropriate infrastructure. This book is designed for graduate courses in urban economic development urban planning urban policy and public administration and for professionals who are involved in the management of city economies or/and conducting research consultancy or policy advocacy for cities. Through critical review of relevant debates and a dozen case studies this book will equip city managers with the knowledge required to strengthen the performance of their city economy while delivering authentic and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415661768

Managing the CityThe Aims and Impacts of Urban Policy This book first published in 1987 addresses questions which have gained new importance in the light of the continuing erosion of the economic base and social stability of cities. The recurring riots in inner cities are but the outward manifestation of the profound collapse of the civic societies of our cities. This book addresses three main issues: What has gone wrong? What successes and failures have changes in policy had? And what should be the shape of future urban policy? This book will be interest to students of sociology urban studies and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036840

Managing the Cultural BusinessAvoiding Mistakes Finding Success The arts and cultural sector has always been a challenging area in which to find business success; the advent of the global health crisis due to COVID-19 has greatly amplified these challenges. Thanks to the expertise of 22 scholars this text elaborates on the most common key strategic mistakes and misunderstandings to help arts and cultural organizations finding success. This book starts by looking at the evolution of competition in those industries. Several new and challenging drivers shape the competitive environments of arts and cultural organizations. A customer-centric approach helps in identifying ten crucial managerial processes in which strategic mistakes are commonly made. This book proposes a revised managerial vision of the key processes that constitute every arts and cultural organization. Each chapter offers an innovative analysis of a classic managerial problem describing popular mistakes and providing case-based insights derived from real world important examples. Specifically each chapter elaborates on two illuminating examples one of which is always chosen among the Italian arts and cultural organizations thus belonging to the world’s leading cultural sector. Speaking to current and student arts managers this insightful book channels national and supranational cultural heritage to provide essential reading for managers of present and future arts and cultural organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367821319

Managing the Curriculum for Children with Severe Motor DifficultiesA Practical Approach This is a practical and imaginative guide to the management and education of children with severe motor difficulties. It is particularly useful for mainstream schools and also special schools and children at home. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138160163

Managing the Economics of Owning Leasing and Contracting Out Information Services First published in 1993 the purpose of this book is to identify and describe the most important factors that must be considered in making decisions about the optimal ways to provide access to information – in short the best way to use the humans the machines and the intangible resources known as information particularly at the organizational level. In recent years executives have begun to outsource computing and telecommunications functions primarily to control costs. Traditional libraries and information centres have been disbanded in favour of service contracts or outright leasing of staff. Both the public and private sectors are examining their information service operations from the point of view of cost effectiveness. Decisions about owning versus leasing of information are being made daily. Decision-makers are finding that they must deal differently with funding and budgeting of information systems and libraries from their earlier practice. New paradigms for these service functions already exist. Not only have corporations and governments begun to contract out entire information service operations but libraries themselves have begun to consider the costs effectiveness and implications of outsourcing some of their operations and services. This book provides a framework for decision-makers to view and review information services within their organizations. Entire units components of libraries and information centres are defined and untangled so that the widest variety of organizations can analyse their own environments. Each chapter is accompanied by comments from a broad range of experts in the information field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328730

Managing the Effective Use of Equipment Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080524979

Managing the Efficient Use of Materials Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914749

Managing the Employment Relationship Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433427

Managing the Entrepreneurial UniversityLegal Issues and Commercial Realities Managing the Entrepreneurial University is essential reading for both higher education administrators and those studying to enter the field. As universities have become more market focused they have changed dramatically. But has the law kept up? This book explains fundamental legal concepts in clear non-technical language and grounds them in practical management situations indicating where doctrines and standards have evolved identifying where legal difficulties may be more likely to arise and suggesting where change may be merited. In its chapters on process discrimination employment students and regulation the book: Provides lively case studies applicable to every type of institution Includes a simulation exercise at the end of each chapter for use in teaching or training Draws on an over 550-source bibliography A hypothetical case spans each chapter addressing not only research universities and elite liberal arts colleges but also community colleges small private colleges and regional comprehensive universities. Readers working across functional areas and at various institution types will find the book directly relevant in clarifying and deepening their understanding of the legal environment associated with their responsibilities within the entrepreneurial university. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415872454

Managing the Euro CrisisNational EU policy coordination in the debtor countries The financial crisis posed new challenges for the administrations of Eurozone countries including: how to respect EU obligations when the economy is under stress? How to improve the overall implementation of EU policies and domestic reforms? How to negotiate effectively with the Troika and then quickly and efficiently fulfil the requirements of the Memoranda of Understanding?This volume offers the first analysis of EU coordination by national executives in the light of the legal and political consequences of the crisis using case studies of five severely affected Member States: Cyprus Greece Ireland Italy  and Portugal. It examines from an interdisciplinary perspective how they have adapted their coordination systems since the outbreak of the crisis shedding light on the adjustments undertaken by domestic administrations.The comparison reveals that in this process Prime Ministers and Ministers of Finance were empowered in a common shift towards the centralization of EU coordination. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875541

Managing the Flexible Workforce The average workforce today is far different to that of a few years ago. Companies now employ more freelancers and temporary staff while there is increased job-sharing and sub-contracting not to mention more staff working from home. This brings with it its own particular set of problems for managers. Here Richard Pettinger looks at the changing employment situation today and outlines what the flexible workforce is what flexible working is and how to manage both successfully. The text includes sections on conceptual aspects motivations empowerment organizational streamlining and management qualities and performance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003058854

Managing the Global Firm (RLE International Business) This volume assesses the situation for multinationals at the beginning of the 1990s bringing together contributions from academics recognized as world leaders in the field and from practitioners with wide experience in international management. Drawing on perspectives from Europe the USA and Japan the contributors outline the shape of the global firm of the future. They focus squarely on the development of the corporation as a whole rather than on the narrow management of individual foreign subsidiaries and they also explore the specific implications for areas such as strategic planning systems financial management information systems and R & D management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751933

Managing the Global Health Response to EpidemicsSocial science perspectives Recent epidemics have prompted large-scale international interventions aimed at mitigating the spread of disease in a globalized world. During a crisis however global health actions – including planning and organizing communicating about risk and cost–benefit evaluations – aren’t usually part of a single integrated global response. Arguing that an uncoordinated approach can be challenged by local conditions and expectations generating a wide range of resistance and difficulties this volume provides important insights for future outbreak management and global health governance. Drawing on experiences with A(H1N1) and Ebola virus disease the book is divided into three parts looking at how responses to global health crises have developed lessons learned from particular pandemics and the ethical implications of our management of them. Individual chapters focus on among other issues financing cost–benefit analysis matrix management risk communication and organizational strategies. Taking a social science perspective this valuable book outlines the current state of global health emergency responses and explores ways in which they can be improved. It is a useful read for academics and practitioners interested in global health the sociology of health and illness health economics and emergency management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578999

Managing the Historic Rural Landscape First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812298

Managing the Insider ThreatNo Dark Corners An adversary who attacks an organization from within can prove fatal to the organization and is generally impervious to conventional defenses. Drawn from the findings of an award-winning thesis Managing the Insider Threat: No Dark Corners is the first comprehensive resource to use social science research to explain why traditional methods fail against these trust betrayers. In this groundbreaking book author Nick Catrantzos identifies new management security and workplace strategies for categorizing and defeating insider threats. The book begins with problem definition and research findings that lead to the "No Dark Corners" strategy for addressing insider threats. With these foundational underpinnings the book then examines agents of change within the workplace—namely key players in positions to effectively support or undermine the No Dark Corners strategy including corporate sentinels and leaders affecting application of this approach. From there the author goes on to examine key areas where No Dark Corners-style engagement can make a difference in the way an institution counters insider threats—through rethinking background investigations recognizing deception and using lawful disruption. Moving progressively from the theoretical to the practical in applying the strategy within an organizational framework the book looks at implementation challenges and offers a framework for introducing new insider defense insights into an organization. Each chapter offers questions to stimulate discussion and exercises or problems suitable for team projects. This practical resource enables those charged with protecting an organization from internal threats to circumvent these predators before they jeopardize the workplace and sabotage business operations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439872925

Managing the Internationalization Process (Routledge Revivals)The Swedish Case Few nations have internationalized their business operations as successfully as the Swedes. This book first published in 1989 looks at the process in detail examining the international operations of Swedish firms since 1970 including acquisitions of foreign firms. The international dimension of business is becoming increasingly important for firms of all sizes and this analysis of what happens when companies enter and then sustain a presence in the international arena will be of great value to students and teachers of international business and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889903

Managing the Knowledge-Intensive Firm Over the last decade there has been a substantial rise in the number of knowledge-intensive firms - constituted primarily of professionals. The core assets of these businesses are the people themselves. Handle them badly and they may defect or stall. Successful managers of knowledge-intensive firms must create meaning among and inspire their employees to ensure high performance. To achieve this leaders must understand how to target each employee’s ambitions and challenges to facilitate their personal and professional development. This book examines what sets knowledge-intensive firms apart from other types of organizations and the resultant organizational and strategic differences in business models talent management and client-handling approaches. The authors bring their own complementary perspectives on the subject: one as the manager of a private consulting firm with a strong research background; another as a business school professor whose practice-based skills are fundamental to his work; and a third a world leading commentator on professional service firms acting as a consultant business school researcher and a manager. Ejler Poulfelt and Czerniawska present a new model for transforming the management of knowledge-intensive firms which is supported throughout with practical examples and cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415678025

Managing the Laboratory Animal Facility Praise for the Previous Editions "The author brings in management wisdom from the world outside laboratory animal medicine and veterinary medicine. As a result there is a rich mixture of the experience of a seasoned professional and the theoretical framework used by schools of management …. I recommend this book to managers and laboratory animal specialists at any stage of their careers." —Franklin M. Loew DVM PhD DACLAM JAVMA Vol. 222 No. 6 2003 "… This book is a good informational resource for any new manager to the field of laboratory management. The information is presented in a way that will keep your interest and stimulate you to think how it can benefit you and the facility in which you work." —Susan K. Cutter BS RVT RLATG Purdue University West Lafayette Indiana USA LAMA Review Written in Jerry Silverman’s trademark style Managing the Laboratory Animal Facility Third Edition provides the reader with sound management theory and associated management practices that are easy to read easy to understand easy to implement and pertinent to the daily management and leadership of laboratory animal facilities. Maintaining the practical focus of previous editions this greatly expanded volume presents the critical knowledge needed to help you make efficient and effective use of the key resources that are used every day by vivarium managers – people time money and information.   New to the Third Edition Incorporating the latest developments in management theory and application the edition contains approximately 100 pages of new and expanded material. This more detailed coverage: Discusses lean management concepts and practices and their application to laboratory animal science Adds information on many essential topics especially in human resources management in its treatment of negotiations influence and performance reviews Provides a large number of revisions and updates to Appendix 2 in its presentation of Per diem calculations Includes an extensive list of references for further study of specialized topics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498742788

Managing the MarketplaceReinventing Shopping Centres in Post-War Australia This book charts the history of Australian retail developments as well as examining the social and cultural dimensions of shopping in Australia. In the second half of the twentieth century the shopping centre spread from America around the world. Australia was a very early adopter and produced a unique shopping centre model. Situating Australian retail developments within a broader international and historical context Managing the Marketplace demonstrates the ways that local conditions shape global retail forms. Knowledge transfer from Europe and America to Australia was a consistent feature of the Australian retail industry across the twentieth century. By critically examining the strengths and weaknesses of Australian retail firms’ strategies across time and drawing on the voices of both business elites and ordinary people the book not only unearths the forgotten stories of Australian retail it offers new insights into the opportunities and challenges that confront the sector today both nationally and internationally. This book will be of interest to all scholars and practitioners of retail marketing business history and economic geography as well as social and cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323025

Managing the Modern WorkplaceProductivity Politics and Workplace Culture in Postwar Britain A recurring theme in the history of modern Britain in the twentieth-century has been the failure of its manufacturing industry and the record of disorder and conflict in the industrial workplace. This image was reinforced by the evidence of national strikes from the 1960s until 1984. This emphasis on decline and disorder in British manufacturing has distorted our understanding of workplace relationships and cultures in the post-war years. This volume provides a fresh assessment of the diverse and complex world of the workplace and Britain's production cultures during the long boom. Essays investigate the public and private sectors and both manufacturing and service industries. The volume begins with a comparison of labour management in the post-war automobile industry exploring the role of the foreman in the management of shop floor labour in Britain and the USA. The following two essays are concerned with relations between management and workers in the publicly-owned corporations. The first examines negotiations over pay and effort at the Swindon locomotive works including the cultural values which informed the behaviour of the bargainers. The second investigates managerial responses to technical change in the British gas industry. We then move into the service sector with an essay on the management of clerical staff in banks including a discussion of the different roles available to male and female workers and the incorporation of automated technologies. The final essay looks at the involvement of the unions in workplace productivity and the extent to which Labour politics informed union behaviour. The essays in this volume shed new light on the reasons for Britain's economic performance and opens up earlier interpretations of national decline and adversarial workplace cultures for further debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275294

Managing the Multi-Generational WorkforceFrom the GI Generation to the Millennials For the first time in history four distinct and very different generations are working together. Generational conflict is one of the last bastions of acceptable discrimination in today's workplace. Each generation has different beliefs expectations values learning styles and desires. These result in a strong tendency for them to adopt different work habits. Managing employees of several generations is not an easy task but it is the reality of the business world today. The creation of a culture and coordinating programs that foster communication and collaboration between all of the generations present in the workforce will help to alleviate the difficulties managers may encounter. In order to truly create a cohesive workplace managers must encourage employees to view generational difference as a valuable strength rather than a weakness. Based on rigorous academic research Managing the Multi-Generational Workforce identifies the characteristics of the different generations considers their expectations and values and how these influence the way they relate to each other. The authors then examine implications for organizational culture and structures recruitment and retention tactics training and management styles and approaches. This book actually tackles the issue of properly integrating the newest generation - the 'Millennials' into the workforce and challenges the unrealistic belief that all that needs to happen is for younger generations to be 'changed' to conform to workforce norms. As younger generations enter the workforce and eventually dominate it workforce norms will change. Any firm or manager competing in today's war for top talent will find this book indispensable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435964

Managing the Multinational SubsidiaryResponse to Environmental Changes and the Host Nation R&D Policies This book first published in 1986 is concerned with the changing world environment for multinational business and the relationships between multinational parent companies and their subsidiaries which will be necessary to meet the challenges that are being faced. The study argues that key changes to the environment are: the revolution in manufacturing which has permitted cheap production in one location of complicated products for a world market; ‘world product mandating’ whereby all a company’s country subsidiaries produce different product lines for the world market; pressure and incentives from host governments for technology transfer in their favour and for research and development facilities within their territory; the growth of highly efficient international trading and distribution intermediaries; and the complications of increased ‘barter’ trade arising from international debt problems and currency shortages. All this means that the management of multinational subsidiaries has to change. This book reviews the challenges and shows a way forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393214

Managing the Mystery CollectionFrom Creation to Consumption Unravel the mystery of fostering a vibrant mystery collection for your library patrons!Whodunnit? Managing the Mystery Collection: From Creation to Consumption reveals just who is responsible—for providing high-quality library mystery collections to fans. This resource takes you through the complicated process from creating a mystery story to getting it to the library bookshelf and your patrons—all with clear explanations and no plot twists. Authors readers critics scholars and librarians give you an interdisciplinary inside look at the production and collection of one of the most popular genres in literature the mystery.This unique book comprehensively explains how a mystery story journeys a surprisingly winding way to reach an avid reading public. No red herrings here though. Acquisitions and collection development resources are provided along with effective strategies that will help librarians to sift through the clues on how to bring life to their mystery collections. Examinations of various subgenres of the mystery are provided such as romance and Native American mysteries as well as an enlightening discussion of the links between mysteries libraries and interest groups.Managing the Mystery Collection brings you: mystery writer Barbara Fister describing the creative process insights about Sisters in Crime—an organization that promotes mysteries authored by women—and its special relationship with libraries and librarians a detailed introduction to buying and selling books online Web and print resources guidance for the acquisition of mysteries for the younger mystery reader development of a collection of ethnic mysteries the creation of special collections of Sherlock Holmes and author Conan Doyle extensive listings of subgenre titles and details of popular series an organization that networks creators fans and scholars of detective and mystery fiction and more!Managing the Mystery Collection: From Creation to Consumption solves the mystery behind the step-by-step process it takes to provide readers with what they want—access to a collection of perplexing well-written mysteries. This is perfect for public and academic librarians with an interest in building quality collections of mysteries; library school faculty teaching courses in collection building popular culture and libraries genre literature and special collections; and students of those fields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785530

Managing the New Bank TechnologyAn Executive Blueprint for the Future Managing the New Bank Technology is a practical action-oriented guide for bank CEOs executives business students and boards. The book is aimed at educating those involved in banking on the key technological issues facing the industry. "Quick reference" guides opening each chapter are a special feature of the book blueprints that offer bottom line summary suggestions for bank officers and executives. Topics include: Banking as Retailing; The Internet and Financial Services; Strategies for Future Payment Systems; Risk Management Technology; Protecting Technology Investments in an Age of Rapid Change; Negotiating Outsourcing Contracts; Developing an Information System Plan; Organizational Strategies to Manage Technology; Battling Fraud and Security Issues; and Selling Your Bank's Technology Vision. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074085

Managing the Next Generation of Public WorkersA Public Solutions Handbook Managing the Next Generation of Public Workers is a fresh and energetic look at the changing climate of diversity in the public and nonprofit workplace. The workforce of the twenty-first century represents unparalleled complexity: Baby Boomers GenX GenY and Millennials. Although that diversity may be challenging and often overwhelming for public managers Madinah Hamidullah emphasizes the potential strengths that can be drawn from complex multigenerational relationships. This handbook offers public and nonprofit managers the tools necessary to address generational differences and questions such as: • How do the newer generations in the workplace differ on such fundamentals as work ethic family values and retirement horizons? • Are they recruited differently and do they expect a different mix of benefits—perhaps a better work-life balance as a tradeoff for a lower salary? • How can diverse generational perspectives in the workplace add value by questioning old traditional assumptions? • Will approaches to organizational decision making necessarily change as new generations take over? The book is for public and nonprofit managers who recognize the challenges of managing a multigenerational workforce and are therefore seeking helpful insights. This volume is a roadmap not only for human resource (HR) managers but for all managers who must address the complexities of the human condition—complexities that are complicated by the most rapid succession of workforce generations that we have yet seen. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765637390

Managing the Non-Profit Organization A Drucker management classic first published in 1990 which breaks down any narrow definition of management and is aimed specifically at decision-makers and managers working in non-profit making and charitable organizations to help them apply the principles of good management to their sector. Drawing from the American experience Drucker poignantly illustrates his discussion of management by quoting his in-depth interviews with top executives from non-profit making organizations. The issues of mission performance people and relationships leadership and developing managers are eloquently discussed and Drucker provides Action Implications throughout the book which are of practical importance to the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135482

Managing the PlanetThe politics of the new millennium We are at a watershed of history. The human race is now so numerous and its technological power so great that we are having an unprecedented impact on the biosphere the entire planet. The need to control this impact is giving rise to a new kind of politics - the politics of the planet. The most urgent problem we face is that of climate change. This book gives a vigorous and candid account of how governments tentatively felt their way to the first international agreements on climate change and the ozone layer how these work and the long-term implications for global governance. It points to the roles that businesses and ordinary citizens can play and the changes we can expect in our daily lives. This is an area in which politics technology and economics meet. In this sweeping and energetic book the author goes on to look at the major planetary issues that confront us now or that are close over the horizon and the ethical issues of our relationship to our environment that they raise. Amid the dangers he finds ground for hope. Anyone with an interest in the human condition as we spin further into the new century will find this an enlightening and rewarding book. Originally published in 2000 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849401

Managing the Potato Production System0734 This important book on the culture of the potato presents scientific information for potato growers in an easily accessible format and clear language. Managing the Potato Production System contains all the information needed to harvest a bountiful crop. The book is written specifically for field production-oriented technicians and growers and makes the knowledge of production systems easy for readers to apply by providing essential background information suggestions for incorporating the information into a total production system and sample forms for collecting data to assist proper and timely decision making. Special sections on harvesting and storage emphasize techniques for protecting the quality of the crop while other chapters provide helpful information on reporting trends in marketing to aid future planning efforts. This easy-to-use guide directs producers to the most critical areas of production storage and marketing helping them to control or influence factors that will result in a healthy plentiful crop. This is a valuable reference to be consulted for solutions to specific problems or ways to take advantage of opportunities as they occur.Managing the Potato Production System is more than abstract theory; the systems described here have been proven in one or more actual cases of potato production. The strategies devised in this volume help potato producers grow an economically viable crop in a manner that can be sustained over generations with positive impact on the environment. The book concentrates on the interpretation of scientific findings about potatoes and production beginning with a discussion of the origin of the crop its distribution and history of its production in the United States. Other chapters feature explanations of the factors which affect potato production including the genetics of Solanum tuberosum in regard to variety (cultivar) improvement and the effect of potato breeding on production.Specific t Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402068

Managing the PracticeWhose Business? The management function is practice-based primary care and who performs it varies by practice. While the number of practice managers increase and their role continues to unfold in response to NHS changes the development of practice management as a profession is contained if not constrained by GPs as both employers and as the dominant profession within primary care. This stimulating review of the responsibilities opportunities and future prospects of management in primary care based on workshops with GPs and practice managers identifies their respective management development needs and the ways in which these might be met. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377223

Managing The PresidencyThe Eisenhower Legacy--from Kennedy To Reagan This book offers an overview of the developing body of empirical research on the Eisenhower presidency. It provides an analysis of key features of Eisenhower's staffing structure his institutional presidency his decision making and relation between the White house and cabinet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156671

Managing the Primary School This new edition of Managing the Primary School brings up-to-date the consideration of the tasks and skills of the headteacher which was a feature of the first edition. Like the first edition this book deals with all aspects of the headteacher's role including a discussion of the changing relationships with parents and governors and an examination of the headteacher's involvement with marketing the school and controlling its finances. Each chapter looks at a particular group of skills and tasks which are a part of the management role. Joan Dean takes into account the implications of the Education Reform Act and the National Curriculum and includes accounts of recent research concentrating in particular on studies of effective schools. This book will be invaluable to all headteachers as well as other senior staff advisors and consultants working in primary schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138418554

Managing the Primary School Originally published in 1989. This book which was one of the first to take account of the recommendations of the Education Reform Act which came into effect in September 1988 provides a practical overview of primary school management from resources which include staff space equipment and finance to relationships with outside bodies governors parents teachers children and non-teaching staff. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545403

Managing the PSTN TransformationA Blueprint for a Successful Migration to IP-Based Networks While there are many scholarly books and papers that cover the technical issues behind the public switched telephone network (PSTN) migration few books describe exactly how to manage the migration process economically. Filling this need Managing the PSTN Transformation: A Blueprint for a Successful Migration to IP-Based Networks reflects the latest understanding of the challenges behind migrating customers from the old PSTN network to an IP infrastructure. The IP transformation blueprint described in this book is not a theoretical cookbook that describes how this could work. Instead the book presents a blueprint that is the product of countless hours of work by hundreds of individuals at Deutsche Telekom (DT) over almost two years. The book presents insights gained as the DT team migrated the entire public switched telephone network in Macedonia to an Internet protocol-based platform. It illustrates the various types of challenges the team faced in integrating complex systems including flight control at their airports alarms for fire and police response and large enterprise customers. Detailing new conceptual approaches and the best practices developed for ensuring knowledge transfer within the DT group the book presents the information in a step-by-step manner to enable you to easily adapt the blueprint for particular service provider requirements. Since successful migration relies on key aspects beyond the technological side this work provides you with a product portfolio roadmap migration plan IT roadmap business case framework and a go-to-market plan.Although the book discusses the experiences of the Deutsche Telekom team as they worked to migrate the telephone network in Macedonia to an Internet protocol-based platform the IP transformation blueprint and lessons learned presented can easily be scaled up and applied to any market around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575977

Managing the Psychological ContractUsing the Personal Deal to Increase Business Performance The psychological contract lies at the heart of your relationship with the organisation you work for. It is the deal you make with your employer and colleagues at work; it is about your mutual expectations and their fulfilment. Too often this contract is implicit and left to chance resulting in misunderstanding stress lower commitment and performance. The author demonstrates how to use the psychological contract to raise the business game and increase personal fulfilment. Managing the Psychological Contract is the first book which shows how the psychological contract can be used in practice. In it Michael Wellin advocates going beyond the traditional static view of the psychological contract between the organisation and its employees. He shows how to create unique and dynamic customised Personal Deals between people and teams. He does this by showing how to make personal deals explicit and mutual and provides practical tips for leaders employees and HR professionals. Separate chapters are devoted to leadership culture change and strategic HR management. There is also a chapter of practical ideas for individuals who want to change their personal deal at work. The author's ideas are based on his own research and consultancy experience as well as the latest business school research. The book has a number of case studies showing how different organisations use the psychological contract. This is an important and extremely readable book for all those concerned with the improved performance of people and organisations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593661

Managing the Residential Treatment Center in Troubled Times Here is an informative guide to help directors and staff of residential treatment centers (RTCs) cope with the financial and administrative problems resulting from today’s financially turbulent times. Financial problems have closed some centers and managed care or other health care changes will soon reach others. Managing the Residential Treatment Center in Troubled Times deals directly with current difficult financial and management problems in RTCs and presents practical advice discussions of current problems and possible solutions. Authors explore a wide range of topics from dealing with community hostility to planning for the future. Specifically chapters discuss: the application of total quality management to RTCs reasons and rationale for the decline of residential establishments in England how changes in an RTC affect the youngsters who live there privatization and purchase of service contracting profit vs. nonprofit organizations one agency’s experience in establishing an RTC in a resistant neighborhoodManaging the Residential Treatment Center in Troubled Times offers fresh perspectives and alternatives for professionals involved with RTCs including directors government regulators social and child care workers and psychiatrists and psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995598

Managing the Return of the WildHuman Encounters with Wolves in Europe This book explores attitudes and strategies towards the return of the wild in times of ecological crisis focusing on wolves in Europe. The contributions from a variety of disciplines discuss human encounters with wolves engaging with traditional narratives and contemporary conflicts. Covering a range of geographical areas the case studies featured demonstrate the tremendous impact of the return of the wolf in European societies. Wolves are a keystone species that exemplify humanity’s relation to what is called nature and their return generates powerful debates about what ‘nature’ actually is and how much it is needed or should be permitted to exist. The book considers the return of the wild as a catalyst for fundamental socio-biological changes of the world within human societies and the various responses of humans to wolves demonstrate both our potential and limitations when it comes to multispecies communities and negotiating societal change. Managing the Return of the Wild will be relevant to a broad audience interested in discussions of social and ecological conflict today including scholars from multispecies studies and diverse disciplines such as biology forestry management and folklore studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353416

Managing the Risks of IT Outsourcing This book shows IT managers how to identify mitigate and manage risks in an IT outsourcing exercise. The book explores current trends and highlights key issues and changes that are taking place within outsourcing. Attention is given to identifying the drivers and related risks of outsourcing by examining recently published and existing concepts of IT outsourcing. Founded on academic theory and empirical and quantitative information this book:* Incorporates the complete risk identification and mitigation life cycle* Highlights the concept of core competency * Looks at motivating factors and working relationships of the buyer and supplier* Provides background to understand the risks as a result of ‘human factors’ as defined by the agency theory* Reviews the areas of risk that influence the decision to outsource the IT function* Examines the forces that determine the equilibrium in the risk profiles for the buyer and supplier Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174962

Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents Major accidents are rare events due to the many barriers safeguards and defences developed by modern technologies. But they continue to happen with saddening regularity and their human and financial consequences are all too often unacceptably catastrophic. One of the greatest challenges we face is to develop more effective ways of both understanding and limiting their occurrence. This lucid book presents a set of common principles to further our knowledge of the causes of major accidents in a wide variety of high-technology systems. It also describes tools and techniques for managing the risks of such organizational accidents that go beyond those currently available to system managers and safety professionals. James Reason deals comprehensively with the prevention of major accidents arising from human and organizational causes. He argues that the same general principles and management techniques are appropriate for many different domains. These include banks and insurance companies just as much as nuclear power plants oil exploration and production companies chemical process installations and air sea and rail transport. Its unique combination of principles and practicalities make this seminal book essential reading for all whose daily business is to manage audit and regulate hazardous technologies of all kinds. It is relevant to those concerned with understanding and controlling human and organizational factors and will also interest academic readers and those working in industrial and government agencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315543543

Managing the Secondary School This new edition of Managing the Secondary School brings up to date the consideration of the talks and skills of the headtecher which was a feature of the first edition. The book deals with all aspects of the headteachers' role including marketing the school and managing the budget. It also deals in some detail with the problems of managing change and with the role of governors and parents in today's schools. Throughout the book Joan Dean considers the implications of the Education Reform Act and the National Cucciculum. Managing the Secondary School is essential reading for practising and aspiring headteachers of secondary schools. It will also appeal to school governors to advisers inspectors and consultants working with secondary schools and to those concerned with the appraisal and training of headteachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466227

Managing the SkiesPublic Policy Organization and Financing of Air Traffic Management Over the past two decades the organization and provision of air traffic control (ATC) services has been dramatically transformed. Privatization and commercialization of air navigation has become commonplace. Far-reaching reforms under a variety of organizational structures and aviation settings have occurred across the world most notably in Canada Britain Australia New Zealand and South Africa. In contrast innovations have lagged behind in other countries - including the United States. In addition much recent attention has been given to aviation infrastructure and safety in Africa in some parts of Asia and Latin America and in rapidly growing air markets including India and China. In response the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) the International Air Transport Association (IATA) and multilateral banks and institutions have launched a major effort to improve the performance and safety of civil aviation in developing economies. Managing the Skies has been written to provide a guide to what has been tried in air traffic management what has worked and what lessons might be learned. The book starts with an introduction to air navigation its development and current state as well as trends in aviation activity. It examines in detail the experiences of ATC in both mature and emerging markets across the world considering many alternative models efforts to restructure and comparisons of performance. The book contains several in-depth case studies to provide a truly global perspective of ATC practices. Particular attention is given to the FAA and its efforts and challenges in reforming ATC in the US both historically and in the current climate. It addresses the issues of finance organization investment and safety restructuring and reform options that are at the core of current debates involving air traffic control in the United States. Further to this the authors discuss the alternatives available for future change. The book concludes by examining the cross-cutting issues of labor relations and organizational structures presenting the lessons learned and considering what the future may hold. As the world experiences a resurgence in air travel and civil aviation the issues discussed in Managing the Skies are particularly timely not only for industry and government leaders but for the world's air travelers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247406

Managing the Sustainable City We hear the term “sustainability” everywhere today. In the context of city management the term often refers to environmental concerns both locally and globally. Managing the Sustainable City examines not only how cities can prepare to weather the local effects of climate change but also how urban centers can sustain themselves through other modern management challenges including budgeting and finance human resource management public safety and infrastructure. This clearly written and engaging new textbook provides a comprehensive overview of urban administration today exploring the unique demographics of cities local government political structures intergovernmental relations and the full range of service delivery areas for which cities are ever more responsible. Throughout the book two important components of city management today—the use of technology and measuring performance for accountability—are highlighted along with NASPAA accreditation standards and competencies. Particular attention is paid to incorporating Urban Administration standards to provide students using the text will have a thorough understanding of: The ethics of local government management   The roles and relationships among local and elected/appointed government officials as well as what makes local institutions different from other institutions Strategies for engaging citizens in local governance The complexities of intergovernmental and network relationships to develop skills in collaborative governance How to manage local government financial resources as well as human resources Public service values such as accountability transparency efficiency effectiveness ethical behavior and equity and emphasized throughout the text and discussion questions exercises and "career pathways" highlighting successful public servants in a variety of city management roles are included in each chapter. Managing the Sustainable City is an ideal textbook for students of public administration public policy and public affairs interested in learning how cities can be sustainable—in their management their policies and their interactions with their citizens—as well as in preparing for and managing the impacts of climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765646293

Managing the Training FunctionUsing Instructional Technology and Systems Concepts The effective development of human resources within the organisation is one of the most powerful contributions to the long-term growth and survival of the enterprise. This systematic and practical approach to training principles and practice first published in 1972 provides a unifying framework as a guide to problem solving and action by executives. This step-by-step account illustrated by case histories shows how to apply the principles to analysing and solving varied training problems within organisations. This title will be of interest to managers executives and students of business studies and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788816

Managing the Transition from Print to Electronic Journals and ResourcesA Guide for Library and Information Professionals Managing the Transition from Print to Electronic Journals and Resources: A Guide for Library and Information Professionals is a collection of essays from the leading authorities on print-to-e-resource transition – from library institutions of all sizes and levels of funding. This book will help librarians and information professionals to design implement and manage solutions to effectively provide online access to e-journals and e-resources. Special topics discussed include reconfiguring acquisition models electronic resource management (ERM) systems skill sets necessary for e-resource management efficiency enhancement and current trends and initiatives in licensing. In addition the wide range of articles included in Managing the Transition from Print to Electronic Journals and Resources: A Guide for Library and Information Professionals will aid librarians in navigating the problems of changing formats staffing issues workflow approaches and new and interrelated tools used to manage and provide access. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759854

Managing the Transition to a Sustainable EnterpriseLessons from Frontrunner Companies In combining practice and theory this textbook provides a management perspective on the ‘business case’ for sustainability. Drawing on examples from 20 frontrunner companies located in the Netherlands it builds upon a unique research project in which CEOs and middle-managers gave access not only to their decision-making process but also revealed how their perceptions shaped the transition process. This book identifies four different archetypes of business cases and related business models that business students and managers can use to identify phases and related attitudes towards sustainability. The book provides in-depth analysis and insight into: • theoretical concepts and an overview of the relevant literature • the different business cases for sustainability • behavioural characteristics of each phase and the typical barriers between them • more than 70 tipping points • approaches to shaping stakeholder dialogue • effective engagement of stakeholders in each phase of transition • how companies move through the phases towards higher levels of sustainability • insights of employees of the 20 companies whether the business case was really achieved • summary of the interventions which have proved successful in these companies. This book offers students as well as managers of vocational and academic institutions at undergraduate and postgraduate level insight into real-life transition processes towards sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415716130

Managing the TransitionRenewable Energy and Innovation Policies in the UAE and Algeria This book discusses renewable energy policy in oil and gas-wealthy Arab states and presents the reader with a well-informed overview of the national energy systems – both conventional and renewable. It also seeks to answer questions on the poor growth prospects by contextualizing the various national renewable energy production efforts in the other energy sectors national and international power politics and energy markets. With a focus on the UAE and Algeria – who were both vocal in their promotion of renewable energies for domestic and export-oriented power production – these two cases studies are highlighted with common features both in terms of policies and energy systems and showing the vast differences between the governance contexts of the lower Gulf and of North Africa. Both country case studies also feature sections on the most visible renewable energy project connected to the country – the UAE’s Masdar project and Algeria’s energy efforts and relation to the trans-Mediterranean renewable energy efforts around the Desertec project. Building on original research in both countries and over 90 interviews with senior stakeholders in half a dozen states this book seeks to contribute to both Middle Eastern and (renewable) energy policy studies. In combination with the transition management approach as innovation theory model this book covers a timely and important topic with a wide-ranging audience both geographically and in terms of scientific background. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138225954

Managing the Twenty-First Century Reference DepartmentChallenges and Prospects Learn the skills needed to update and manage a reference department that efficiently meets the needs of clients today—and tomorrow! Managing the Twenty-First Century Reference Department: Challenges and Prospects provides librarians with the knowledge and skills they need to manage an effective reference service. Full of useful and practical ideas this book presents successful methods for recruiting and retaining capable reference department staff and management training new employees and adapting current services to an evolving field. Expert practitioners address the changing role of the reference library worker and how longstanding traditions and practices can be re-evaluated and re-applied. The information in this book is ideal for librarians and students of library studies looking to take their skills to the next level. Reference departments continue to evolve as the number of applicants qualified to run them declines. Managing the Twenty-First Century Reference Department: Challenges and Prospects explores the dynamics of leadership and management as well as a variety of other characteristics needed in a Head of Reference. It recognizes the increasing need for visionary leaders who can deal with shrinking budgets soaring costs expensive electronic resources and high user expectations and provides you with practical advice on finding training and keeping these individuals. In addition to the training and recruitment techniques documented in this book you will find extensive information on: setting and achieving goals creating and maintaining a positive work environment how to deliver quality services how to improve job satisfaction for library staff problem solving strategies the importance of communication making your reference department task- and employee-centered Managing the Twenty-First Century Reference Department: Challenges and Prospects also provides an inside look at Oregon State University’s Valley Library’s new management model. The library’s information professionals detail this new model’s current function potential hazards and multiple advantages. The user-friendly information documented in this chapter and in the book as a whole makes Managing the Twenty-First Century Reference Department: Challenges and Prospects an essential read for any librarian or student of library studies looking to meet the demands of an increasingly technical field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864723

Managing the Urgent and UnexpectedTwelve Project Cases and a Commentary Sometimes unanticipated threats or opportunities create a situation in which work is required unexpectedly. On these occasions such urgent and unexpected work demands an instant start in contrast to the often lengthy processes of investigation evaluation development selection and planning normal in businesses and public services before the start of a project. Managing the Urgent and Unexpected explores what is different managerially if work is unexpected its implementation is urgent and an immediate start it is required. The authors draw on twelve cases ranging from the launch of the Freeview television system in the United Kingdom to the sifting and removal of the New York World Trade Center pile of debris following the 9/11 terrorist attack. They summarise how the response to each of these events was managed demonstrate that opportunities may sometimes be created in the face of adversity and suggest how normal organizations can prepare to manage abnormal demands. Urgent and unexpected projects have to be rare in business or government to be economically and socially tolerable. And yet organizations can and should be prepared for the unexpected. The lessons offered here will help private and public organizations plan how to authorize and support future urgent work to take advantage of immediate new business opportunities or to protect or restore systems and services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670085

Managing The Violent PatientA Clinician's Guide First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138165939

Managing to Be DifferentEducational Leadership as Critical Practice Ron Scapp moves teaching back to the center of scholarship on educational administration asking how school leaders might connect their work more integrally with the ideals and practices of critical pedagogy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203619858

Managing to Care The point of departure for Managing to Care is widespread concern that the present delivery of health and social welfare services is fragmented uncoordinated inefficient costly wasteful and ultimately detrimental to clients' health and wellbeing. Dill traces the evolution of case management from its start as a tool for integrating services on the level of the individual client to its current role as a force behind the most significant trends in health care. Those trends include the entrenchment of bureaucracy the challenges of once dominant professions and the rise of corporate control. The author's purpose in adopting this analysis is to invite further scrutiny of the case management profession and at the same time to identify new possibilities for its application.This volume brings together thoughts developed over many years of observing and participating in case management programs. It provides a multilayered perspective of case management showing linkages among its social and historical contexts and the ways it is practiced today in diverse service settings. The author emerged convinced about the essential need for care coordination and that present ways of providing care can work against our highest objectives in doing so. The paradoxes and contraindications embedded in case management practice became a major theme of the book.Managing to Care is highly critical of the ways case management has come to absorb and reflect the organizational flaws of the very service systems it was intended to reform. Too often management of the case comes to dominate care. The author does not call for a rejection of professional systems in favor of a resurrected informal community. While much can and should be done to strengthen our ties to one another there will always be people whose problems require more expert help. Dill argues here that case management can provide such help and provide it well but only if it is grounded in the human dimension of a caring relatio Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786413

Managing to CollaborateThe Theory and Practice of Collaborative Advantage Collaboration between organizations on different continents can raise issues of economic development health the environment risk sharing supply chain efficiency and human resource management. It is an activity that can touch upon almost every aspect of business and social life. In this notable text the authors combine rigorous theory with practical examples to create a useful practical one-stop resource covering topics such as: the principles of the theory of collaborative advantage managing aims  membership structures and dynamics  issues of identity using the theory. The key features of the book include rich theory drawn directly from practice explained in simple language and a coherently developed understanding of the challenges of collaboration based on careful research. This significant text will be an invaluable reference for all students academics and managers studying or working in collaboration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203010167

Managing to Make a DifferenceMaking an Impact on the Careers of Men and Women Scientists This title was first published in 2000:  This work concerns the personnel and career management of scientists employed in four research settings: universities government laboratories research institutes and industrial laboratories. Its purpose is to describe and explain processes and practices giving equal prominence to men and women in science. It explores the contexts in which the people (the scientific human resource) who are responsible for creating scientific knowledge carry out their work and build their careers. It draws on an empirical study of career management among research scientists in the four types of research setting and additional interest stems from issues concerning employment of "professional" staff at a time when organizations are undergoing enormous change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722415

Managing to SurviveManagerial practice in not-for-profit organisations Most small not-for-profit organisations are under-resourced and under-skilled. Many are barely keeping their heads above water now the emphasis is on contracting out work in both the public and private sectors. Most are looking for help to cope with new demands for accountability and performance assessment. Managing to Survive outlines key strategies managers can take to not only survive but improve the service their organisation provides. Managing to Survive offers a broad introduction to the management issues faced by human service organisations particularly small ones. It covers the basics of managing different roles and skills staff and volunteer recruitment training maximising people's contribution managing financial and physical resources and managing change. The approach is practical and the text is illustrated with real examples. Managing to Survive is an essential reference for students Board members managers and others working in the human services sector. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116448

Managing Tourism Crises In a world of increasing uncertainty it is vital that managers within the tourism industry are equipped with superior decision making skills and expertise necessary to deal with crisis conditions. Tourism Crises provides an effective synthesis of crisis management and tourism research with a solid theoretical foundation. It examines the principles and practices of crisis management within the context of tourism as a multi-sector industry. Using up to date international case studies it tackles the following areas:· Political disturbance: the relationship between politics and tourism and political inspired tourism crises.· Social unrest: host-guest relations and tourists as targets of unrest· Economic instability: crises arising from fluctuating exchange rates and lack of investor confidence· Environmental conditions: natural disasters and health crises· Technological crises; transport accidents and crises arising from technical failure· Corporate crises. Human resource issues and questions of finance. With a user-friendly learning structure each chapter will assess the presence of and tendency towards particular types of crisis supported by a series of examples and cases which describe organisational situations challenges and responses. Approaches to managing crises will be assessed and appropriate tools and techniques of crisis management are explored enabling readers to gain an insight into this critical aspect of tourism decision making and equipping them with the skills and expertise necessary to deal with crisis conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473539

Managing Tourism in a Changing WorldIssues and Cases Managing Tourism in a Changing World provides an overview of state-of-the-art research surrounding today’s tourism management. Recognising the relevance of tourism activities as major economic drivers this book offers a significant contribution to the advancement of managerial practice in the tourism field. It is the outcome of the collective intellectual efforts of a number of scholars with dissimilar geographical roots and backgrounds who cultivate original research on tourism management from a variety of perspectives (economic managerial) and using multiple methods (theory building experimental and inductive case-based inquiries). While drawing on multiple theoretical perspectives and adopting different epistemological paradigms and methodologies this book answers a wide range of research questions related to a number of relevant themes in the following fields: destination management marketing and branding inter-organizational dynamics and corporate social responsibility in the tourism sector. This book was originally published as a special issue of Anatolia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834179

Managing Tourist Health and Safety in the New Millennium Managing Tourist Health is a seminal study which combines a range of state of the art reviews of the issues facing tourism managers and professionals in the fast growing area of tourist health and safety. An international range of contributors each a specialist in their chosen field have written papers for this book to explain many of the complex issues affecting tourists the tourism industry and governments in ensuring tourism is viewed as a safe and enjoyable experience for all.The contributors have a wealth of interdisciplinary experience ranging from medicine law tourism research safety science ergonomics management consultancy among other cognate areas of study. Future research directions are examined in many of the chapters together with current state of the art knowledge in relation to key studies. The editors have worked in this area of research since the late 1980s and have accumulated a wide range of academic professional and consultancy experience for governments and the private sector. The book extends this understanding through a multi-disciplinary perspective combining some of the leading researchers who have published in this area since the emergence of tourist health as a legitimate area of study in the 1970s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080510798

Managing Trade Relations in the New World Economy Managing Trade Relations in the New World Economy analyses the implications of the new world economy for global trade. Thomas Andersson explores how manufactured exports have increased exponentially while the western economies have accrued massive current account deficits. Warning against the dangers of protectionism he argues that the future of the world trading system may depend upon the external policies of the EC. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003610

Managing Transboundary Waters of Latin America Definitive analyses of transboundary water management in Latin America are conspicuous by their absence. The situation is a little better for rivers compared to groundwater resources. Transboundary water management in Latin America has been evolving in a somewhat different manner compared to other continents. The book includes eight authoritative case studies of Latin American transboundary rivers and aquifers as well as a thinkpiece on the complexities of managing aquifers based on global experiences. The case studies are of different scales ranging from the mighty Amazon to small Silala. The overall focus of the book is on ways in which such difficult and complex rivers and aquifers that are shared by two or more countries can be managed efficiently and equitably and on the lessons both positive and negative that other regions can learn from the Latin American experience. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692671

Managing TransitionsThe Chinese Communist Party United Front Work Corporatism and Hegemony Managing Transitions examines the history and roles of China's minor parties and groups (MPG's) in the Chinese Communist Party's (CCP) united front between the 1930's and 1990's using Antonio Gramsci's principles for the winning and maintaining of hegemony. Gramsci advocated a "war of position " the building of political alliances to isolate existing state powers and win consent for revolutionary rule and transform society. Economic reform is now creating new socio-economic groups and the CCP is adjusting the united front and the MPGs to co-opt their representatives and deliberately forestall the evolution of an autonomous civil society and middle class which could challenge CCP rule. This has resulted in a new and expanding role for the united front the MPGs and organisations representing the new interest groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860949

Managing Transnationalism In Northern Europe This book analyzes the extent of Nordic transnational tie and identifies the principles involved in collective management. It outlines the means scope and frequency of regional contacts among political leaders and bureaucrats. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167837

Managing Trust in Cyberspace In distributed open systems like cyberspace where the behavior of autonomous agents is uncertain and can affect other agents' welfare trust management is used to allow agents to determine what to expect about the behavior of other agents. The role of trust management is to maximize trust between the parties and thereby provide a basis for cooperation to develop. Bringing together expertise from technology-oriented sciences law philosophy and social sciences Managing Trust in Cyberspace addresses fundamental issues underpinning computational trust models and covers trust management processes for dynamic open systems and applications in a tutorial style that aids in understanding. Topics include trust in autonomic and self-organized networks cloud computing embedded computing multi-agent systems digital rights management security and quality issues in trusting e-government service delivery and context-aware e-commerce applications. The book also presents a walk-through of online identity management and examines using trust and argumentation in recommender systems. It concludes with a comprehensive survey of anti-forensics for network security and a review of password security and protection. Researchers and practitioners in fields such as distributed computing Internet technologies networked systems information systems human computer interaction human behavior modeling and intelligent informatics especially benefit from a discussion of future trust management research directions including pervasive and ubiquitous computing wireless ad-hoc and sensor networks cloud computing social networks e-services P2P networks near-field communications (NFC) electronic knowledge management and nano-communication networks. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374775

Managing Turfgrass Pests Written by three of the top professionals in the turfgrass field Managing Turfgrass Pests Second Edition brings together hundreds of solutions and best practices to help you manage turfgrass weeds diseases and insects more effectively. Since the publication of the bestselling first edition advances in pest-resistant turfgrass cultivars and pest control products have led to significant changes in the ways pests are managed. This revised and updated second edition reinforces those management tactics that are still relevant and covers new approaches that have been introduced since the first edition. The book discusses the concept of integrated pest management incorporating cultural biological and chemical control measures. In particular the authors emphasize the philosophy of minimizing pests through well-defined and well-implemented cultural systems. Rather than simply relying on a pesticide solution for control they explain how to fine-tune cultural practices to better address the question of why the pest is present in the first place. Once these cultural practices are in place any pesticide that is still required will be much more effective at controlling the pest. New in This Edition Revised and updated descriptions of economically important turfgrass pests Revised and updated cultural approaches to turfgrass pest management Revised and updated biological methods of turfgrass pest management Revised and updated chemical control of turfgrass pests More than 200 new color illustrations Packed with photographs this full-color book provides updated information on best practices and control measures for turfgrass pest management. It also explains how to integrate various management strategies to ensure quality and functional turf. Throughout the authors offer practical recommendations to help you optimize the competitiveness of your turfgrass against the pests that inevitably become part of any ecosystem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076372

Managing U.s.-soviet RivalryProblems Of Crisis Prevention This book examines the lessons of the U.S.-Soviet experiment with detente in the 1970s with particular attention to the effort to develop a basis for cooperating in crisis prevention. It provides a reconceptualization of the problem of moderating U.S.-Soviet rivalry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169633

Managing Uncertainty in Organizational Communication In this book Michael W. Kramer applies uncertainty reduction theory (URT)--a key theory in current communication scholarship--to the context of organizational communication. Examining URT and the range of research applicable to organizational settings Kramer proposes a groundbreaking theory of managing uncertainty (TMU) which synthesizes prior research while also addressing its criticisms. Examples are provided to illustrate the principles of the TMU at both the individual and collective (group/organizational) levels of analysis. Original studies based on the theory show that it provides a useful extension of URT addressing some concerns raised by critics of that earlier model. Kramer illustrates that as a model in progress TMU will change as new research and insights build upon it. Managing Uncertainty in Organizational Communication assists readers in understanding and researching uncertainty in communication which encourages additional changes and improvements to the model. It is of primary interest to scholars researchers and practitioners in organizational interpersonal and group communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649896

Managing Urban FuturesSustainability and Urban Growth in Developing Countries Urbanization is one of the most powerful forces influencing global sustainability. It is dominated by three factors: population growth rural-urban migration and subsequent urban expansion. Perhaps nowhere are these factors more dominant than in developing countries. This volume brings together leading experts including Alan Gilbert John Friedmann Saskia Sassen and Janice Perlman to explore the conflicting challenges of rapid urbanization in developing countries. While all have to contend with key issues such as social segregation poverty and loss of governability the ongoing forces of urban growth vary from country to country. By comparing the challenges of urbanization in Africa Latin America Asia and the Pacific this book puts forward a new way of thinking about mega- and million-cities in developing countries - one that promotes their vital function in society as engines of ideas technologies societal change democratic transformation and loci of political will to build a new regime of global sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246164

Managing Urban SchoolsLeading from the Front The success of urban schools is a critical factor in the future of society. A dramatic statement for sure but justified by the fact that eighty-nine per cent of the UK population live in urban areas. Traditionally 'inner-city' schools have presented some of the greatest challenges to educators. With the ever increasing numbers of pupils and changing demographics many urban schools now face similar challenges too. Tough uncompromising and inspiring this book makes a significant contribution to the understanding of how urban and city schools need to operate and how they need to be led. Headteachers deputies those studying for the National Professional Qualification for Headship and all aspiring school leaders will find the help and guidance in this book invaluable in shaping their work. The book will also be helpful to policy-makers LEA officials and governors. This is essential reading for anyone concerned with the reality of working in schools in contemporary Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421202

Managing Value in OrganisationsNew Learning Management and Business Models The song of organisational change goes: 'Ready or not here I come. You can’t hide...' But is change collapsonomics - everything - or have some things not changed? Managing Value in Organisations argues that traditional business thinking has produced low trust with high cost in increased disengagement: the 100 year old management model still accrues organisational debt the business model privileges producers and the learning model pretends individual learning produces collective learning. All are now barriers to development. Working with five organisations Donal Carroll reinvents the management model to multiply trust the business model for more complex customer value and learning model for significant collective learning. He provides evidence that together these get organisations to their next stage of development faster. In a climate of perceived increasing uncertainty and 'more for less' it invites organisations to move from default models and choose their models to 'live on purpose'. This applied business research has many new ideas: value creating research method three new models 'techniques' for organisations to self-assess and construct their next stage as well as 'fecund argument productive interference organisational orphans' and 'facing down Facebook '. It invites readers on a risky narrative testing one idea in five organisations over one year through two journeys - the organisations’ and writer’s. A different business book it seeks to capture the 'poetry and plumbing' excitement of management innovation. Managers at every level coaches consultants business scholars researchers anyone seeking sustainable improvement or who thinks the impossible can't be reached will find something here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271258

Managing Violence in the Workplace Managing Violence in the Workplace is a prescription that contains many lists of "do's" and "don'ts" and "how to's" for proactive and reactive responses to workplace violence. The authors have analyzed numerous incidents in the workplace and constructed "how to" guidelines. Be prepared for managing workplace violence. Develop procedures to reduce the potential for violence create contingency plans fulfill your legal and moral obligation to employees and the public reduce your company's liability and provide a safer environment for all. Who can benefit from Managing Violence in the Workplace? Any organizational executive risk manager security or human resource professional... anyone working to create a comprehensive organizational program for response to potential and actual incidents of workplace violence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409606

Managing Visitor Attractions Visitor attractions represent a complex sector of the tourism industry and are the catalytic focus for the development of tourism infrastructure and services. As this area grows there are still many questions to be answered and issues to be understood – such as what visitor attractions actually are what forces drive their development who visits them and why how they are funded and what the numerous day-to-day challenges are in respect of their management andmarketing. The second edition of this successful text investigates these issues further and provides more solutions and suggestions for the present and future.Now in its 2nd edition Managing Visitor Attractions: New Directions has been fully revised and updated to include new case studies on attractions in Singapore seasonal variation religion-based attractions HRM issues and heritage tourism. It also includes five new chapterslooking at attraction success and failure interpretation school excursions managing gardensand brand management.Divided into five parts the book tackles the following core topics:• the role and nature of visitor attractions• the development of visitor attraction provision• the management of visitor attractions• the marketing of visitor attractions• future issues and trendsWith contributions from around the world this is an essential text for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of visitor attraction management written by subject specialists with awealth of experience in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137349

Managing Voluntary and Non-Profit OrganizationsStrategy and Structure Drawing on detailed empirical data and a range of case studies Managing Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations first published in 1990 demonstrates how voluntary organizations formulate strategies for securing funds providing services and dealing with other non-profit bodies public agencies and the private sector. The central theme is organizational change and how managers have responded strategically and structurally to changes to their environment. Using original data and writing from the broad perspectives of current organization theory the authors increase our understanding of strategies structures and designs currently in use in the voluntary sector. Their authoritative text will make essential reading for practising managers in non-profit organizations and for an international audience of academics and students of management organization theory and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921191

Managing Volunteers in Tourism Recent years have seen an explosion in research on tourism volunteering. Volunteers are an essential part of tourism whether they are volunteering in their local museum at a sporting mega-event as an airport ambassador or travelling the global as a volunteer tourist. Managing Volunteers in Tourism reviews the latest research to highlight the key management issues and relate them to the tourism volunteering context. It includes previously under-researched forms of tourism volunteering such as meet-and-greeters surf life-savers conservation festival and information centre volunteers and tourists. The book develops through three distinct sections the first of which begins by introducing the concept of volunteering and considering the variety of volunteer forms and settings within tourism. The next part picks up the organizational approach and examines volunteer program design and planning volunteer motivation recruitment and selection training and development reward and retention and diversity management. The final part consists of ten case studies from leading international researchers and practitioners identifying best practice and key management challenges. Real-life examples and case studies throughout this book provide an in-depth examination of the challenges facing those managing tourism volunteers making this book indispensable for current and future managers in the tourism industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473584

Managing VulnerabilityThe Underlying Dynamics of Systems of Care Clinicians managers and researchers - as well as politicians and religious leaders - are worrying about a lack of compassion and humanity in the care of vulnerable people in society. In this book The author explores the dynamics of care. He argues that we know how to do it but somehow we seem to keep getting it wrong. Poor care in hospitals and c Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325497

Managing Water as an Economic Resource Water already a scarce resource is treated as though it were plentiful and free. The task of supplying enough water of the required quality to growing populations is straining authorities and governments to the limit as the economic and environmental costs of new supply sources escalate and wasteful supply delivery and consumption systems persist. Managing Water as an Economic Resource argues that the root of the crisis is the failure of suppliers and consumers to treat water as a scarce commodity with an economic value. James Winpenny evaluates policies for the improved management of existing demand and draws on case studies from different countries as he discusses how policies could be implemented to treat water as an economic good conferring major economic financial and environmental benefits. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834323

Managing Water ConflictAsia Africa and the Middle East Countries are meeting increasing water demand by building reservoirs and by diverting water from one area to another. When the water belongs to an international river system these measures lead to riparian conflicts. However water scarcity not only brings conflict to these regions but also plays its part in building cooperation.In several international river basins in Asia Africa and the Middle East competing and disputing riparian countries are now moving towards a co-operative sharing arrangement. The signs of agreements on water sharing may be easy but the real problem is how to keep these arrangements on track. Such agreements can positively contribute to peace and cooperation by addressing future needs making sustainable decisions and being progressive in their management. Managing Water Conflict looks at these current stresses and likely future scenarios for this vitally important subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861786

Managing Water QualityEconomics Technology Institutions The analysis in this classic study ranges from basic economic and political theory to engineering and institutional practices and encompasses case studies in England France and West Germany as well as in the Ohio Potomac and Delaware river basins in the United States. Originally published in 1968 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064666

Managing Water Resources and Hydrological Systems Bringing together a wealth of knowledge Environmental Management Handbook Second Edition gives a comprehensive overview of environmental problems their sources their assessment and their solutions. Through in-depth entries and a topical table of contents readers will quickly find answers to questions about environmental problems and their corresponding management issues. This six-volume set is a reimagining of the award-winning Encyclopedia of Environmental Management published in 2013 and features insights from more than 400 contributors all experts in their field. The experience evidence methods and models used in studying environmental management are presented here in six stand-alone volumes arranged along the major environmental systems. Features The first handbook that demonstrates the key processes and provisions for enhancing environmental management Addresses new and cutting-edge topics on ecosystem services resilience sustainability food–energy–water nexus socio-ecological systems and more Provides an excellent basic knowledge on environmental systems explains how these systems function and offers strategies on how to best manage them Includes the most important problems and solutions facing environmental management today In this fourth volume Managing Water Resources and Hydrological Systems the reader is introduced to the general concepts and processes of the hydrosphere with its water resources and hydrological systems. This volume serves as an excellent resource for finding basic knowledge on the hydrosphere systems and includes important problems and solutions that environmental managers face today. This book practically demonstrates the key processes methods and models used in studying environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138342668

Managing Water ResourcesMethods and Tools for a Systems Approach 'This book bridges disciplines previously confined to specialist journal publications by providing a comprehensive overview of the systems analysis application to water resources. It is ideal for Masters-level courses in Water Resources Engineering where modern management techniques of optimization and modelling are highly important in the strategic management of a vital resource.' Derek Clarke University of Southampton UK 'The great novelty of this book is that it presents in detail how fuzzy-set theory can be used in water resource system management. The author was one of the pioneers who opened up this new field and is considered to be one of the greatest experts in it.' Rodolfo Soncini Sessa Politecnico di Milano Italy Water resources management is increasingly interdisciplinary and must take into account complex socioeconomic factors and environmental variables. This book describes the 'systems approach' and its application to contemporary water resources management focusing on three main sets of tools: simulation optimization and multi-objective analysis. This approach is presented within the context of sustainable planning and development under conditions of uncertainty. Managing Water Resources: Methods and Tools for a Systems Approach introduces system dynamic simulation as a tool for integrated modelling and contains coverage of the use of fuzzy sets for incorporating objective and subjective uncertainties. The book combines theory with many practical examples as well as including programs and exercises on an accompanying CD-ROM. It comprises both an advanced text for students of water resources and civil or environmental engineering and a practical guide for professionals. Published jointly with UNESCO and International Hydrological Programme Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771917

Managing Web Projects Getting Web projects done right and delivered on time is all about efficiency. Putting the information you need and tools you can rely on at your ready disposal—Managing Web Projects—is a complete guide for project managers in the Internetworking industry. Whether you are a Web developer or an Internet Service Provider whether your project is a quick fix a complete overhaul or a new start-up this resource provides you with an organized path. It will walk you through a typical project life cycle while providing you with all the tools and definitions needed to take charge and instill confidence in your staff and your customers. Invaluable for those seeking ISO 9001 certification the text includes a number of detailed Work Instructions that can be used to develop a formal quality management system specific to a project management organization. They can also be leveraged in a TQM (Total Quality Management) or a Six Sigma environment. The book includes: Management guidelines for web hosting data center migrations site security content development application and Web site loading and testing VPNs VoIP business continuity and disaster recovery An Internet project management glossary a technical Internetworking glossary and a project management acronym table A tools suite with a proven record of success for project initiation planning execution control and close out This complete resource provides the resources needed—including dozens of time-tested templates schedules checklists and flow charts—to become fully versed in and aligned with the nine knowledge areas and five major processes codified by the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116023

Managing Welfare Expectations and Social ChangePolicy Transfer in Asia Much has been written about the challenges Asian governments face in response to rapid socio-economic changes and the resulting social needs and welfare expectations. Indeed heated debates have emerged when scholars in social development social welfare and social policy conducted more systematic comparative research related to the diverse policy measures adopted by Asian governments: which welfare models or typologies best describe Asian cases after the 2008 global financial crisis?; how can contemporary social policy transformations in Asia be appropriately conceptualized?; are particular ‘best practice’ examples evolving in Asia and if so can they be successfully transferred to enhance social welfare governance among Asian economies? This book combines contributions that address Asian government responses in the light of the above questions. In doing so it revisits the broad theoretical literature on "policy transfer" and provides empirical examples to explore the spread of ideas social policies and programmes across Asia from varying analytical and methodological perspectives. The chapters originally published as a special issue in the Journal of Asian Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892326

Managing Without Power Meredith Belbin best known for his work on teams now considers the way in which continuing evolution has produced distinct patterns of behaviour for men and women. Examination of the key stages in the history of homo sapiens reveals* how very early human society was regulated not through power but by organic balance so allowing women to play a vital role in the community* why women lost their hold over men as more populous and structured societies became dominated by aggressive warriors seeking territorial expansion* how natural selection within competing empires favoured the survival of able professionals and compliant slaves so diversifying the behavioural roles to which humans were genetically disposed* how in the present era power has lost its biological utility as human evolution slowed and technological evolution favoured the emancipation of women with its premium on communication skills*how in this changing scenario as women have recovered their status and influence social progress has brought in its wake a new set of cross-gender problems.Penetrating original and provocative this book offers suggestions on how men and women can come to terms with their genetic heritage so restoring much needed balance to business organizations and to the community at large. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080510804

Managing Work and Relationships at 35 000 FeetA Practical Guide for Making Personal Life Fit Aircrew Shift Work Jetlag and Absence from Home This book seeks to contribute to a psychological perspective to aircrew wellbeing and help aircrew to acquire an understanding of how to better manage the many challenges arising from sleep deprivation and frequent absence from friends and loved others at home. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325503

Managing Work Experience This book first published in 1992 sets out the belief that the placement element of courses should be designed from the start as a genuine educational experience. The learner most not merely live through experiences which are supposed to lead to personal and professional development but must reflect on experiences in a way which is planned to Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138294387

Managing Work-Life Balance in Construction Work in the construction industry is particularly tough. It demands excessively long hours and frequent weekend work. Other characteristics are particularly marked such as re-location job insecurity and distinctive behavioural patterns which negatively affect employees’ personal lives further. Work–life balance has emerged as one of the most pressing management issues in the 21st century. For construction managers dealing with traditional models of work and rigid work schedules the issue may be especially difficult to manage and yet the work–life balance is now recognised as an issue of strategic importance to the construction industry. It is critical to the construction industry’s continued ability to attract and retain a talented workforce and it is also inextricably linked to organizational effectiveness and employees’ well-being. This book presents the argument for the management of work–life balance in the construction industry. It maps the changes to the workforce demographic profile and the changing expectations relating to work and personal life that occurred during the second half of the 20th century. Legal imperatives for managing work–life balance are set out. It also presents work–life balance theory and discusses the practical implications of research along with extensive empirical data collected from the industry. Lastly practical advice is provided about what construction organizations can and should do to manage work–life balance. This provides a unique guide to a key issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367385583

Managing Workplace Diversity and InclusionA Psychological Perspective Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion bridges the gap between social science theory and research and the practical concerns of those working in diversity and inclusion by presenting an applied psychological perspective. Using foundational ideas in the field of diversity and inclusion as well as concepts in the social sciences this book provides a set of cognitive tools for dealing with situations related to workplace diversity and applies both classic theories and new ideas to topics such as United States employment law teamwork gender race and ethnicity sexual orientation and other areas. Each chapter includes engaging scenarios and real-world applications to stimulate learning and help students conceptualize and contextualize diversity in the workplace. Intended for upper-level undergraduates as well as graduate students this textbook brings together foundational theories with practical real-world applications to build a strong understanding of managing diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138794269

Managing Workplace Substance MisuseA Guide for Professionals This book provides professionals with the confidence and know-how to build a complete substance misuse management programme and deliver it within their respective workplace regardless of sector or discipline. Organizations are frequently in the dark about their rights and obligations where substance misuse takes place in their workplace affects performance or employee wellbeing or in extreme cases has a devastating impact on both the company and its employees. There is no formal training for HR Occupational Health or Health and Safety professionals solicitors union representatives and many more situations. This book is written in such a way that as to help those professions as well as individuals understand the step-by-step process for building a complete workplace substance and alcohol misuse programme. Managing Workplace Substance Misuse is written by the UK’s only registered expert witness for substance misuse policy writing implementation and mediation. With decades of expertise and first-hand experience of implementing effective policies in some of the UK and world’s biggest organizations Trevor Hall helps all organizations navigate this complex problem offering consultancy advice and a roadmap to policy development and its implementation providing you with a comprehensive consultancy in one volume. He explains too the central role industry and commerce plays in the identification of substance misuse and the rehabilitation of staff as well as what organizations can do to protect themselves from the culpability of getting things wrong in a litigious society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243593

Managing World Heritage Sites World Heritage Sites are some of the most recognised locations around the world. They include natural sites such as the Grand Canyon and the Great Barrier and cultural ones such as the Pyramids at Giza the Walled City of Baku in Azerbaijan and the Historic Centre of Riga in Latvia. The responsibility to manage them successfully and ensure that the resources are not damaged by visitors war or environment is therefore vital. Managing World Heritage Sites covers the management issues encountered at cultural and natural UNESCO World Heritage Sites). WHS sites are high profile and as their designation states they are unique. They are often government owned and subject to political debate they have iconic status and are therefore crucial to national tourism industries and often involve a large number of stakeholders within their management structures. This text considers all of these aspects in arriving at solutions for site management principles. In 12 chapters and 5 case studies it covers issues such as WHS designation marketing visitor management revenue generation and management. Each chapter will examine the management issues associated with managing heritage within the WH Sites making clear use of management practices to apply the theory. Managing World Heritage Sites: • Includes international case studies such as World Heritage Sites in the Americas Machupicchu Stonehenge Central Eastern Rainforest Reserves of Australia Megalithic Temples of Malta.• Is authored by an international contributor team of well known and respected experts in this field • Has a user friendly and logical structure including aims introduction case study conclusion references and websites and examples best practice. • 5 specific case study chapters including a location map an explanation of key issues conclusion and questions for self-study Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137493

Managing Your Biological Data with Python Take Control of Your Data and Use Python with Confidence Requiring no prior programming experience Managing Your Biological Data with Python empowers biologists and other life scientists to work with biological data on their own using the Python language. The book teaches them not only how to program but also how to manage their data. It shows how to read data from files in different formats analyze and manipulate the data and write the results to a file or computer screen. The first part of the text introduces the Python language and teaches readers how to write their first programs. The second part presents the basic elements of the language enabling readers to write small programs independently. The third part explains how to create bigger programs using techniques to write well-organized efficient and error-free code. The fourth part on data visualization shows how to plot data and draw a figure for an article or slide presentation. The fifth part covers the Biopython programming library for reading and writing several biological file formats querying the NCBI online databases and retrieving biological records from the web. The last part provides a cookbook of 20 specific programming "recipes " ranging from secondary structure prediction and multiple sequence alignment analyses to superimposing protein three-dimensional structures. Tailoring the programming topics to the everyday needs of biologists the book helps them easily analyze data and ultimately make better discoveries. Every piece of code in the text is aimed at solving real biological problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439880937

Managing Your BusinessA Practical Guide A comprehensive and hands-on textbook Managing Your Business provides a wide range of models and theories to support the decision making process in strategic management. With comprehensive coverage of all business units and company departments the book starts at the basics and foundations of marketing. It subsequently delves into internal and external business strategies explores and discusses the financial essentials and ends with a thorough analysis on the matter of export. Written in a fluent and accessible style this textbook is essential reading for undergraduate students across economics management and marketing. The practical focus ensures that the book is also useful reading for managers of small and medium-sized enterprises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001878849

Managing Your CompetenciesPersonal Development Plan A competency is a combination of knowledge skills and attitude that one needs in order to function adequately in any given professional situation – a nurse must know how to give a crying child a vaccination and a policeman must be able to stop a drunken brawl. Competency orientated teaching has become an important objective in higher education. To meet this objective an individual personal development plan (PDP) is indispensable. PDPs are based on what one knows about one's own skills and what one needs to acquire for one's future profession. Managing Your Competencies shows the reader how to go about drawing up a PDP. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157552

Managing Your Learning This book is about analysing understanding and managing the way you learn. Whether you are working towards a formal qualification are undertaking work-related training or are learning informally by yourself Managing Your Learning will help you to assess and build on your strengths and identify and improve your weaknesses.You can use this book by yourself or in an organised group or class. There are 25 sections each containing:a diagnostic questionnaire on a specific aspect of learningkey points to exploresuggestions for further actionEach chapter has sections for you to make notes about your own situation and there is advice on computers presentations and other study skills. By the end of the book you will have developed an individual learning profile and worked out a personal action plan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421813

Managing Your Recovery from AddictionA Guide for Executives Senior Managers and Other Professionals Learn how to get sober—and stay that wayGetting and staying sober provides a special set of challenges for professional people—physicians lawyers corporate CEOs accountants and others—who drive themselves to achieve and succeed in high-pressure surroundings. Managing Your Recovery from Addiction applies business approaches and ideas to the process of planning implementing and carrying out programs that really work for professionals in their first year of recovery. This unique self-help book provides guidance to impaired executives and professionals seeking recovery through inpatient and outpatient care setting strategies for managing conflict dealing with changing emotions and moods and developing a solid spiritual program. Managing Your Recovery from Addiction helps professionals develop both short- and long-term programs for dealing with the challenges of maintaining sobriety. The book is based on the authors’ extensive experience treating impaired business personnel in a variety of settings including the Caron Treatment Centers and Lifeworks of London England an internationally recognized addictions treatment center. Their rational scientific approach complements ongoing counseling and other treatment approaches to help keep the professional’s career on track saving the recovering individual—and his or her employer—significant time and money due to lower productivity arrested organizational development absenteeism and other problems associated with professional level addiction. Topics examined in Managing Your Recovery from Addiction include: a unique view of the 12 Steps for business personnel the dynamics of managerial addiction essential information to prevent relapse to active addiction coping with relapse basic tasks and fundamental recovery steps setting and tracking recovery goals recovery stages 10 tasks to recovery conflict management strategies spiritual development addictions treatment and much more!Managing Your Recovery from Addiction concludes with the O’Connell Dysfunctional Attitude Survey (ODAS). This book is vital for recovering executives and professionals and is an important resource for addictions and mental health treatment agencies that serve a professional population. It’s equally helpful for employee assistance program (EAP) personnel who regularly refer professionals for addictions treatment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203836552

Managing YourselfRevised Edition This book is about the skills of personal effectiveness and professional development. Learners are introduced to a wide range of tools and approaches that will enable them to realise their personal and work performance goals by improving the way in which they manage themselves. It highlights how managing yourself means taking responsibility for various aspects of yourself: how you learn and understand how aware you are of your actions feelings and preferences how you build self discipline through managing your time and stress and how you balance your home and work lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161764

Manchester in 1844Its Present Condition and Future Prospects Published in 1969 Manchester in 1844 is a valuable contribution to the field of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432420

ManchuriaIts People Resources and Recent History First published in 1901 this volume emerged in the aftermath of the Russian invasion of Manchuria. Its author had been in charge of the British Consulate at Newchwang in Manchuria for two periods between 1894 and 1900. The book contains an account of journeys in Eastern and Northern Manchuria followed by chapters on recent events in Manchuria along with its climate people administration and industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138616479

Manchurian Railways and the Opening of China: An International HistoryAn International History The railways of Manchuria offer an intriguing vantage point for an international history of northeast Asia. Before the completion of the Trans-Siberian railway in 1916 the only rail route from the Imperial Russian capital of St. Petersburg to the Pacific port of Vladivostok transited Manchuria. A spur line from the Manchurian city of Harbin led south to ice-free Port Arthur. Control of these two rail lines gave Imperial Russia military economic and political advantages that excited rivalry on the part of Japan and unease on the part of weak and divided China. Meanwhile the effort to defend and retain that strategic hold against rising Japanese power strained distant Moscow. Control of the Manchurian railways was contested in the Russo-Japanese War of 1904-5; Japan's 1931 invasion and establishment of the puppet state of Manchukuo; the second Sino-Japanese War and World War II in Asia; and the Chinese civil war that culminated in the Communist victory over the Nationalists. Today the railways are critical to plans for development of China's sparsely populated interior. This volume brings together an international group of scholars to explore this fascinating history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702643

Mandarin Chinese Words and Parts of SpeechA Corpus-based Study This monograph is a translation of two seminal works on corpus-based studies of Mandarin Chinese words and parts of speech. The original books were published as two pioneering technical reports by Chinese Knowledge and Information Processing group (CKIP) at Academia Sinica in 1993 and 1996 respectively. Since then the standard and PoS tagset proposed in the CKIP report have become the de facto standard in Chinese corpora and computational linguistics in particular in the context of traditional Chinese texts. This new translation represents and develops the principles and theories originating from these pioneering works. The results can be applied to numerous fields; Chinese syntax and semantics lexicography machine translation and other language engineering bound applications.Suitable for graduate and scholars in the fields of linguistics and Chinese Mandarin Chinese Words and Parts of Speech provides a comprehensive survey of the issues around wordhood and PoS. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598372

Mandarin Loanwords English-based Mandarin loanwords are commonly used in Chinese people’s daily lives. Mandarin Loanwords demonstrates how English phonemes map into Mandarin phonemes through Mandarin loanwords adaptation. The consonantal adaptations are the most important in the analyses and vowel adaptation and tonal adaptation is also considered. Through the analysis it is proven that the functions of phonology and phonetics play a significant role in Mandarin loanword adaptation however the functions of other factors such as semantic functions of Chinese characters and English orthography are also discussed. Additionally the phonetic symbolization of Chinese characters is mentioned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597115

Mandate MadnessHow Congress Forces States and Localities to Do its Bidding and Pay for the Privilege What do drivers' licenses that function as national ID cards nationwide standardized tests for third graders the late unlamented 55 mile per hour speed limit the outlawing of the eighteen-year-old beer drinker and the disappearing mechanical lever voting machine have in common? Each is the product of an unfunded federal mandate: a concept that politicians of both parties profess to oppose in theory but which in practice they often find irresistible as a means of forcing state and local governments to do their bidding while paying for the privilege.Mandate Madness explores the history debate and political gamesmanship surrounding unfunded federal mandates concentrating on several of the most controversial and colorful of these laws. The cases hold lessons for those who would challenge current or future unfunded federal mandates. James T. Bennett also examines legislative efforts to rein in or repeal unfunded federal mandates. Finally he reviews the treatment of unfunded mandates by the federal courts. Those who find wisdom in America's traditional federalist political arrangement maintain perhaps with more wishfulness than realism that the unfunded federal mandate has not yet joined death and taxes as an immovable part of the modern political landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511873

Mandated LandscapeBritish Imperial Rule in Palestine 1929-1948 In this ground-breaking authoritative study a highly documented and incisive analysis is made of the galvanising changes wrought to the people and landscape of British Mandated Palestine (1929-1948). Using a comprehensive and interdisciplinary approach the book’s award-winning author examines how the British imposed their rule dominated by the clashing dualities of their Mandate obligations towards the Arabs and the Jews and their own interests. The rulers’ Empire-wide conceptions of the ‘White man’s burden’ and preconceptions of the Holy Land were potent forces of change influencing their policies. Lucidly written Mandated Landscape is also a rich source of information supported by numerous maps tables and illustrations and has 66 appendices a considerable bibliography and extensive index. With a theoretical and historical backdrop the ramifications of British rule are highlighted in their impact on town planning agriculture forestry land the partition plans and a case study presenting discussions on such issues as development ecological shock law and the controversial division of village lands as the British operated in a politically turbulent climate often within their own administration. This book is a major contribution to research on British Palestine and will interest those in Middle East history geography development and colonial/postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870116

Mandela's ChildrenGrowing Up in Post-Apartheid South Africa First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022956

Mandeville's Medieval AudiencesA Study on the Reception of the Book of Sir John Mandeville (1371-1550) The so-called travels of Sir John Mandeville to the Holy Land India and Cathay were immensely popular throughout Europe during the late medieval period and were translated into nine different languages. This is a detailed study of the audiences of Mandeville's Book with particular emphasis on its reception in England and France from the time the Book appeared in the 1350s to the mid-16th century. The multiple ways in which audiences interpreted the work depending on wider social and cultural contexts are analysed thematically under the headings of pilgrimage geography romance history and theology and contrasted with what can be learned of the author's intentions. The book is well-illustrated with images taken from both manuscript and early printed editions: in her study of these and the marginal notes Rosemary Tzanaki shows their importance for seeing what readers found of interest. Her analysis makes a significant contribution to our understanding of how people in medieval Europe perceived the outside world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249810

Mandeville's TravelsTexts and Translations Volume I The text of British Library Egerton MS 1982 with an essay on the cosmographical ideas of Mandeville's day by E. G. R. Taylor. The main pagination of this and the following volume (Second Series 102) is continuous. This is a new print-on-demand hardback edition of the volume first published in 1953. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593692

Manet Wagner and the Musical Culture of Their Time How did the tumult caused by German composer Richard Wagner result in the first modernist painting? In the first full-length book dedicated to the study of Edouard Manet and music art historian Therese Dolan demonstrates that the 1862 painting Music in the Tuileries represents the progressive musical culture of his time heretofore read by scholars predominantly through the words of Charles Baudelaire. Dolan sees in this painting's radical style the conceptual shift to modernism in both painting and music a transition that she convincingly argues received a strong impetus from Manet's Music in the Tuileries and Wagner's controversial Tannhäuser which premiered the previous year. Supplemental to analysis of the painting Dolan incorporates discussion of texts by Theophile Gautier Champfleury and Baudelaire who are represented in the painting. This book incorporates studies of the major artistic literary and musical figures of nineteenth-century France. It represents an important contribution to an understanding of French culture in the third quarter of the nineteenth century a period of intense literary artistic and musical activity that formed the crucible for modernism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548053

Maneuver Warfare Handbook Maneuver warfare often controversial and requiring operational and tactical innovation poses perhaps the most important doctrinal questions currently facing the conventional military forces of the U.S. Its purpose is to defeat the enemy by disrupting the opponent's ability to react rather than by physical destruction of forces. This book develop Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316792

Manga and the Representation of Japanese History This edited collection explores how graphic art and in particular Japanese manga represent Japanese history. The articles explore the representation of history in manga from disciplines that include such diverse fields as literary studies politics history cultural studies linguistics narratology and semiotics. Despite this diversity of approaches all academics from these respective fields of study agree that manga pose a peculiarly contemporary appeal that transcends the limitation imposed by traditional approaches to the study and teaching of history. The representation of history via manga in Japan has a long and controversial historiographical dimension. Thereby manga and by extension graphic art in Japanese culture has become one of the world’s most powerful modes of expressing contemporary historical verisimilitude. The contributors to this volume elaborate how manga and by extension graphic art rewrites reinvents and re-imagines the historicity and dialectic of bygone epochs in postwar and contemporary Japan. Manga and the Representation of Japanese History will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian studies Asian history Japanese culture and society as well as art and visual culture Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857407

Manga Discourse in Japan Theatre During the Japanese 'bubble' economy of the 1980's the youth of Japan began to exert unprecedented influence on Japanese culture through their spirited patronage of certain art forms previously deemed subcultural or avant-garde. Among these were manga (Japanese comics or animation) and shogekijo (Japanese little theater). These art forms while very unlike in the manner in which they were produced and disseminated can be shown to exhibit a common language: manga discourse. This discourse presents the ludic image-oriented and seemingly infantile but simultaneously transhistorical language. The range and meaning of these discursive forms as they are related to changes in the forms of shogekijo in Japan between the 1960's and the 1980's are explored here using the work of Noda Hideki and his troupe Yume no Yuminsha as example.Founded in the early 70's in the dark recesses of the University of Tokyo Noda's troupe blossomed into a major component of the theater boom of the bright leisure-oriented 80's. The question which Noda's theater raises for those who seek to define Japan's modernization in the arts is how something defined as instinctively 'little' could become so big? In line with its predecessors in the avant-garde movements of the 1960's and 70's the 1980's shogekijo borrowed from popular theater of the pre-modern period in reaction to the western - and script-oriented shingeki and from modern comedy in early twentieth century Japan.But unlike its avant-garde predecessors it eschewed direct political confrontation with the power holders and consciously sought to expand its audiences through capitalistic means. Japanese youth born in the postwar generation could be led to appreciate the anti-shingeki message of shogekkijo Noda predicted only if it could be put in the playful and fantastic language of manga discourse. In some ways this counterintuitive movement to youth subculture fulfilled shogekijo's mission to return theater to its Japanese roots and thereby complete the process of a truly Japanese modernization in the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863644

Manganese Removal from GroundwaterRole of Biological and Physico-Chemical Autocatalytic Processes In The Netherlands Belgium and other European countries manganese is removed by conventional groundwater treatment with aeration and rapid (sand) filtration. Such a treatment process is easy to operate cost effective and sustainable because it does not make use of strong oxidants such as O3 Cl2 ClO2 and KMnO4 with the associated risk of by-product formation and over or under dosing. However application of aeration-filtration is also facing drawbacks especially the long ripening time of filter media. Due to the long ripening time water companies have to waste large volumes of treated water making this process less sustainable. Also costs associated with filter media ripening (man power electricity operational and analysis costs) are high. Therefore decreasing the filter ripening time regarding manganese removal is a big issue. Although already extended research has been carried out into manganese removal the controlling mechanisms especially of the start up face of filter media ripening are not fully understood yet. The emphasis of this thesis is to provide a better understanding of the mechanisms involved in the ripening of virgin filter media regarding manganese removal and how to shorten or completely eliminate the long ripening period of filters with virgin material. This thesis therefore highlights the role of the formation of a manganese oxide coating on virgin filter media. Characterization and identification revealed that the responsible manganese oxide for an effective manganese removal was Birnessite. It was found that Birnessite formed at the beginning of the ripening process was of a biological origin. Based on the knowledge that manganese removal in conventional groundwater treatment is initiated biologically long ripening times may be reduced by creating conditions favouring the growth of manganese oxidizing bacteria e.g. by limiting the back wash frequency and / or intensity. Additionally this thesis also shows that the use of freshly prepared manganese oxide containing Birnessite can completely eliminate filter media ripening time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138030022

Manga's Cultural Crossroads Focusing on the art and literary form of manga this volume examines the intercultural exchanges that have shaped manga during the twentieth century and how manga’s culturalization is related to its globalization. Through contributions from leading scholars in the fields of comics and Japanese culture it describes "manga culture" in two ways: as a fundamentally hybrid culture comprised of both subcultures and transcultures and as an aesthetic culture which has eluded modernist notions of art originality and authorship. The latter is demonstrated in a special focus on the best-selling manga franchise NARUTO. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243330

Mangroves and Sediment Dynamics Along the Coasts of Southern ThailandPhD: UNESCO-IHE Institute Delft Mangroves inhabit tropical coastlines and are particularly abundant along deltas and bays where rivers bring freshwater and sediment to the sea. This habitat witnesses great variability in sedimentation and erosion rates partly governed by variation in hydrodynamics of rivers as well as the sea. Sedimentation and hydrodynamics have a great impact on coastal and mangroves dynamics. Sediment accretion creates new mud flats for colonization whilst exposure to waves and currents may strongly hinder colonization and promote coastal erosion. In sheltered coastal bays mangroves were able to colonize newly-formed mudflats. Abrupt high sedimentation led to vast mortality in Avicennia but it had less impact on survival and growth of Rhizophora and Sonneratia. Water turbulence had great impact on Rhizophora seedling growth and survival. In contrast Avicennia and Sonneratia were able to survive and grow well in exposed conditions. The integrating models showed that water turbulence and seedling herbivory had the strongest impacts on mangrove colonization success. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138433922

Mangroves for Building Resilience to Climate Change This valuable book is a comprehensive volume on mangroves with information accessible to both botany professionals and students. It provides an easy method of identifying mangroves and distinguishing one species from another. What is a mangrove and what are the criteria of mangroves are explained along with descriptions of distinctions among major mangroves mangrove associates mangrove halophytes and back mangals. Many photos and illustrations are provided showing the visible features of mangroves. The volume also covers a range of other topics including habitats and climatic conditions morphological and reproductive features how climate change is affecting mangroves and methods of mitigation and conservation. This book is about mangroves the intertidal coastal forests that struggle every moment against hungry tides because mangroves flourish at the interface zone of land and sea. Like an evergreen forest in the tropical and subtropical regions of the world mangroves form definite coastal vegetation providing protection to people living in such fragile zones against the occurrence of frequent natural calamities. Key features: Introduces important facts about mangroves: definition early records of mangroves categorization and more Looks at the distribution of mangroves worldwide along with features of mangrove habitats and climatic conditions Describes the ecology and environmental conditions particularly the concept of intertidal zones along estuary positions where tidal flows inundate mangroves Discusses the distinct morphological attributes and reproductive phenology of major mangroves Details the attributes of mangroves covering a total of 78 species of intertidal flora including 32 true mangroves along with their diagnostic features salient attributes and illustrations for easy identification Highlights the burning environmental issue of climate change and its impact on mangroves Provides a variety of methods of restoration conservation and protection of mangroves Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887168

Manhood ActsGender and the Practices of Domination In Manhood Acts Michael Schwalbe offers a new perspective on the social construction of manhood and its relationship to male domination. Schwalbe argues that study of masculinity has lost touch with its feminist roots and has been seduced by the politically safe notion of 'multiple masculinities'. Manhood Acts delineates the practices males use to construct 'women' and 'men' as unequal categories. Schwalbe reclaims the radical feminist insights that gender is a field of domination not a field of play and that manhood is fundamentally about exerting or resisting control. Manhood Acts arrives at the conclusion that abolishing gender as a system of oppression will require more than transgressive self-presentation. It will be necessary to end the exploitive economic relationships that necessitate manhood itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612055473

Manhood and American Political Culture in the Cold War Manhood and American Political Culture in the Cold War explores the meaning of anxiety as expressed through the political and cultural language of the early cold war era. Cuordileone shows how the preoccupation with the soft malleable American character reflected not only anti-Communism but acute anxieties about manhood and sexuality. Reading major figures like Arthur Schlesinger Jr. Adlai Stevenson Joseph McCarthy Norman Mailer JFK and many lesser known public figures Cuordileone reveals how the era’s cult of toughness shaped the political dynamics of the time and inspired a reinvention of the liberal as a cold warrior. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203613559

Manhood and the Making of the MilitaryConscription Military Service and Masculinity in Finland 1917–39 When Finland gained its independence from Russia in 1917 the country had not had a military for almost two decades. The ensuing creation of a new national conscript army aroused intense but conflicting emotions among the Finns. This book examines how a modern conscript army born out of a civil war had to struggle through social cultural and political minefields to find popular acceptance. Exploring the ways that images of manhood were used in the controversies it reveals the conflicts surrounding compulsory military service in a democratic society and the compromises made as the new nation had to develop the will and skill to defend itself. Through the lens of masculinity another picture of conscription emerges offering new understandings of why military service was resisted and supported dreaded and celebrated in Finnish society. Intertwined with the story of the making of the military runs the story of how manhood was made and remade through the idealized images and real-life experiences of conscripted soldiers. Placing interwar Finland within a broad European context the book traces the origins of competing military traditions and ideological visions of modern male citizenship back to their continental origins. It contributes to the need for studies on the impact of the Great War on masculinities and constructions of gender among military cultures in the peacetime period between the two world wars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707245

Manhood Development in Urban African-American Communities One of the first books to unite practice research and theory in addressing manhood development Manhood Development in Urban African-American Communities aids in the construction of more holistic and progressive notions of African-American manhood. Proceeding from a psychological perspective this text explores issues of culture and race as they impact on the cognitive emotional and behavioral characteristics of African-American boys and men. You will see how the development of self-esteem and self-image in African-American men are specifically affected by issues of gender race culture religion and oppression. You will see how the development of self-esteem and self-image in African-American men are specifically affected by issues of gender race culture religion. The understanding of culture oppression and gender you’ll gain from this book will enable you to promote the positive development of young men.Manhood Development in Urban African-American Communities covers theories research and intervention programs aimed at better understanding and addressing the challenges young African-American men face in urban areas. Psychologists sociologists social workers and all others interested in research on youth development will be captivated by the books explorations of: the role of culture in the social development of African-American youth cluster profiles of racial socialization beliefs giving special consideration to factors of spiritual/religious coping extended family care cultural pride reinforcement and racial awareness oppression and sociopolitical development as a basis for interventions aimed at sociopolitical awareness and action findings from SQAKs (Student Questionnaire on Academic Performance Cognitive Development and Social Knowledge) completed by 100 participants of the RAAMUS (Responsible African-American Men United in Spirit) Academy and their implications for future youth interventions a multi-method study that explores the relationship between gender spirituality and spiritual well-being and several indices of religiosity including religious participation and religious motivation a review of manhood and womanhood development in traditional African societies and the connection with contemporary developmentThe themes of gender oppression-liberation and culture found throughout Manhood Development in Urban African-American Communities provide a broad scope for the inclusion of a wide range of perspectives and disciplines ranging from the psychological to the political. This broad perspective will bring to light the specific ways in which we need to change things to allow our young African-American men living in urban areas to form healthy positive images of themselves as individuals and as part of a greater society in which they often face grave challenges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786551

Manhood in Early Modern EnglandHonour Sex and Marriage This is the first book to focus on the relationships which men formed with their wives in early modern England making it an important contribution to a new understanding of English social family and gender history. Dr Foyster redresses the balance of historical research which has largely concentrated on the public lives of prominent men. The book looks at youth and courtship before marriage male fears of their wives' gossip and sexual betrayal and male friendships before and after marriage. Highlighted throughout is the importance of sexual reputation. Based on both legal records and fictional sources this is a fascinating insight into the personal lives of ordinary men and women in early modern England. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176164

Manifest RationalityA Pragmatic Theory of Argument This book works through some of the theoretical issues that have been accumulating in informal logic over the past 20 years. At the same time it defines a core position in the theory of argument in which those issues can be further explored. The underlying concern that motivates this work is the health of practice of argumentation as an important cultural artifact. A further concern is for logic as a discipline. Argumentative and dialectical in nature this book presupposes some awareness of the theory of argument in recent history and some familiarity with the positions that have been advanced. It will be of interest to academics researchers and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in the disciplines of logic rhetoric linguistics speech communication English composition and psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410606174

Manifestations of Genericity In this book Yael Greenberg discusses and clarifies a number of controversial issues and phenomena in the generic literature including the existence of "episodic genericity " existential presuppositions and contextual restrictions of generics.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861373

Manifesting PowerGender and the Interpretation of Power in Archaeology Power relations among humans have likely been a topic of interest since long before any historical claims to its nature were proffered. This book recognizes that power and gender may be rooted in the experience of power in western society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203165218

Manifestoes and Transformations in the Early Modernist City The industrialization of the nineteenth-century European city facilitated developing conceptions of the model city and allowed for large scale urban transformations. The urban discourse in the latter half of the nineteenth century was consequently dominated by a dialectic exchange between the ideal and the practical a debate played out in the formation of the modern metropolis. Manifestoes and Transformations is the first work to deal with urban utopias and their relationship with actual urban interventions. Bringing together a carefully chosen wide-ranging team of experts the book provides a broad contextual exploration of the ideas and urban practices which are the foundations of our conception of the contemporary city. As such it is a valuable resource for students interested in the formation of the modernist city. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593715

Manifestos for the Future of Critical Disability StudiesVolume 1 This collection identifies the key tensions and conflicts being debated within the field of critical disability studies and provides both an outline of the field in its current form and offers manifestos for its future direction. Traversing a number of disciplines from science and technology studies to maternal studies the collection offers a transdisciplinary vision for the future of critical disability studies. Some common thematic concerns emerge across the book such as digital futures the usefulness of anger creativity family as disability allies intersectionality ethics eugenics accessibility and interdisciplinarity. However  the contributors who write as either disabled people or allies do not proceed from a singular approach to disability often reflecting different or even opposing positions on these issues. Containing contributions from established and new voices in disability studies outlining their own manifesto for the future of the field this book will be of interest to all scholars and students working within the fields of disability studies cultural studies sociology law history and education. The concerns introduced here are further explored in its sister volume Interdisciplinary approaches to disability: looking towards the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584603

Manifold Learning Theory and Applications Trained to extract actionable information from large volumes of high-dimensional data engineers and scientists often have trouble isolating meaningful low-dimensional structures hidden in their high-dimensional observations. Manifold learning a groundbreaking technique designed to tackle these issues of dimensionality reduction finds widespread application in machine learning neural networks pattern recognition image processing and computer vision. Filling a void in the literature Manifold Learning Theory and Applications incorporates state-of-the-art techniques in manifold learning with a solid theoretical and practical treatment of the subject. Comprehensive in its coverage this pioneering work explores this novel modality from algorithm creation to successful implementation—offering examples of applications in medical biometrics multimedia and computer vision. Emphasizing implementation it highlights the various permutations of manifold learning in industry including manifold optimization large scale manifold learning semidefinite programming for embedding manifold models for signal acquisition compression and processing and multi scale manifold. Beginning with an introduction to manifold learning theories and applications the book includes discussions on the relevance to nonlinear dimensionality reduction clustering graph-based subspace learning spectral learning and embedding extensions and multi-manifold modeling. It synergizes cross-domain knowledge for interdisciplinary instructions offers a rich set of specialized topics contributed by expert professionals and researchers from a variety of fields. Finally the book discusses specific algorithms and methodologies using case studies to apply manifold learning for real-world problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439871096

Manila 1645 Manila 1645 reconstructs what the city of Manila was like before the earthquakes of the mid-seventeenth century. The book demonstrates the importance of addressing the history of Southeast Asia as a multi-layered framework rather than a series of entangled histories. In doing so Manila is contextualized not merely as a Spanish settlement connected to New Spain via America but instead within Southeast Asia situated between the Chinese and the Sulú Seas and located in the centre of commercial routes used by Armenian Dutch and Portuguese traders. This historical and geographical context is crucial to understanding later cultural dialogues. Urban planning housing and architecture and social networks in the city are also examined. The book will appeal to students and scholars interested in early modern history global history and architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433369

Manipulating Courts in New DemocraciesForcing Judges off the Bench in Argentina When can the Executive manipulate the composition of a Court? What political factors explain judicial instability on the bench?  Using original field data from Argentina's National Supreme Court and all twenty-four Provincial Supreme Courts Andrea Castagnola develops a novel theory to explain forced retirements of judges. She argues that in developing democracies the political benefits of manipulating the court outweigh the costs associated with doing so. The instability of the political context and its institutions causes politicians to focus primarily on short-term goals and to care mostly about winning elections. Consequently judiciaries become a valuable tool for politicians to have under their control. Contrary to the predictions of strategic retirement theory Castagnola demonstrates that there are various institutional and non-institutional mechanisms for induced retirement which politicians have used against justices regardless of the amount of support their party has in Congress. The theoretical innovations contained herein shed much needed light on the existing literature on judicial politics and democratization. Even though the political manipulation of courts is a worldwide phenomenon previous studies have shown that Argentina is the theory-generating case for studying manipulation of high courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372033

Manipulating Political DecentralisationAfrica's Inclusive Autocrats Can autocrats establish representative subnational governments? And which strategies of manipulation are available if they would like to reduce the uncertainty caused by introducing political decentralisation? In the wake of local government reforms several states across the world have introduced legislation that provides for subnational elections. This does not mean that representative subnational governments in these countries are all of a certain standard. Political decentralisation should not be confused with democratisation as the process is likely to be manipulated in ways that do not produce meaningful avenues for political participation and contestation locally.  Using examples from Africa Lovise Aalen and Ragnhild L. Muriaas propose five requirements for representative subnational governments and four strategies that national governments might use to manipulate the outcome of political decentralisation. The case studies of Ethiopia Malawi South Africa and Uganda illustrate why autocrats sometimes are more open to competition at the subnational level than democrats. Manipulating Political Decentralisation provides a new conceptual tool to assess representative subnational governments' quality aiding us in building theories on the consequences of political decentralisation on democratisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372125

Manipulation of the Avian Genome Many genes have been cloned from chicken cells and during the next decade numerous laboratories will be concentrating their resources in developing ways of using these tools. Manipulation of the Avian Genome contains the most recent information from leading research laboratories in the areas of developmental and molecular genetics of the chicken. This information was presented at the Keystone Symposium held at Lake Tahoe in March 1991. The book discusses potential applications of emerging technology in basic science and poultry production. Various techniques for altering genomic DNA such as microinjection retroviral vectors and lipofection are covered. Genome evaluation using DNA fingerprinting and conventional breeding techniques are presented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402587

Manipulative TenantsBacteria Associated with Arthropods In the English edition of his landmark book Endosymbiosis of Animals with Plant Microorganisms (1965) Professor Paul Buchner probably the most prominent founder of systematic symbiosis research wrote: “I too soon fell victim to the spell of this subject and from 1911 on devoted myself to it.” Almost half a century later a growing number of entomologists are recognizing the impact that arthropod-bacteria symbiosis has on virtually all aspects of the biology of both host and symbiont. The discussion of this subject tends to be system based with primary emphasis on the insect host. However recent screening studies have revealed that the diversity of bacteria associated with arthropods may not be as wide as initially expected and some genera are constantly being found in hosts that belong to distantly related taxa. Manipulative Tenants: Bacteria Associated with Arthropods introduces the fascinating world of bacteria-arthropod associations with an emphasis on the bacterial partner. Written by an interdisciplinary team of international contributors this book provides an overview of the diversity of bacterial symbionts identified to date as frequent partners of terrestrial arthropods. It discusses primary (obligatory) symbionts as well as the most abundant secondary (facultative) symbionts currently known. Summarizing the most up-to-date information available on each symbiont the book presents a synopsis of the field from the bacterial angle. Chapters examine Proteobacteria including Sodalis and Wigglesworthia in tsetse flies and Stammerula and other symbiotic bacteria in fruit flies as well as Bacteroidetes such as Blattabacterium and Cardinium. The book also identifies questions that emerge from the study of these systems. This comprehensive reference introduces the topic of bacteria-arthropod associations to researchers who are not familiar with it enlarges the scope of knowledge of those who are and provides a textbook for students in microbiology and other branches of biology.   Key selling features: Combines entomologists’ and microbiologists’ perspectives to create a full picture of complex systems Discusses dramatic differences in structure and behavior between some symbiotic bacteria and autonomous bacteria Examines the influence of symbiotic bacteria on the evolution of their hosts Includes diagrams tables graphs pictures and extensive references Emphasizes potential applications of symbiotic bacteria for solving agricultural and medical problems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374331

Mankind Nation and Individual This book was first published in 1947. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864619

Manliness and Masculinities in Nineteenth-Century BritainEssays on Gender Family and Empire In the space of barely fifteen years the history of masculinity has become an important dimension of social and cultural history. John Tosh has been in the forefront of the field since the beginning having written A Man’s Place: Masculinity and the Middle-Class Home in Victorian England (1999) and co-edited Manful Assertions: Masculinities in Britainsince 1800 (1991). Here he brings together nine key articles which he has written over the past ten years. These pieces document the aspirations of the first contributors to the field and the development of an agenda of key historical issues which have become central to our conceptualising of gender in history. Later essays take up the issue of periodisation and the relationship of masculinity to other historical identities and structures particularly in the context of the family. The last two essays published for the first time approach British imperial history in a fresh way. They argue that the empire needs to be seen as a specifically male enterprise answering to masculine aspirations and insecurities. This leads to illuminating insights into the nature of colonial emigration and the popular investment in empire during the era the New Imperialism.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173668

Manliness and the Male Novelist in Victorian Literature The purpose of this book is to address two principal questions: 'Was the concept of masculinity a topic of debate for the Victorians?' and 'Why is Victorian literature full of images of male deviance when Victorian masculinity is defined by discipline?' In his introduction Dowling defines Victorian masculinity in terms of discipline. He then addresses the central question of why an official ideal of manly discipline in the nineteenth century co-existed with a literature that is full of images of male deviance. In answering this question he develops a notion of 'hegemonic deviance' whereby a dominant ideal of masculinity defines itself by what it is not. Dowling goes on to examine the fear of effeminacy facing Victorian literary men and the strategies used to combat these fears by the nineteenth-century male novelist. In later chapters concentrating on Dickens and Thackeray he examines how the male novelist is defined against multiple images of unmanliness. These chapters illustrate the investment made by men in constructing male 'others' those sources of difference that are constantly produced and then crushed from within gender divide. By analysing how Victorian literary texts both reveal and reconcile historical anxieties about the meaning of manliness Dowling argues that masculinity is a complex construction rather than a natural given. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263451

Man-MadeWhy So Few Women Are in Positions of Power Why are so few women in positions of power? Why are government business the institutions and so much of British life dominated by men? Eva Tutchell and John Edmonds find the answers by interviewing over a hundred successful women and discovering what it takes for a woman to get to the top. The statistics are startling. Britain is an 80/20 nation: 80 per cent of the most powerful jobs are occupied by men and only 20 per cent by women. Tutchell and Edmonds uncover the cultural and historical reasons for this extraordinary imbalance of power. Their book is entitled Man-Made because men have made the rules and women must do their best to fit in. In spite of its claim to be a modern nation Britain is conditioned by a legacy that views men as doers and leaders and expects women to be helpers and supporters. Many men still judge women more by their appearance than by their ability. Most shocking of all Man-Made reveals that the birth of children pushes the careers of most women into crisis. Mothers are paid less and promoted less. Ambitious women are tempted to make their children ’invisible’ to employers. Man-Made provides a rigorous and convincing analysis of the inadequacy of current policy and proposes a more thoroughgoing programme to achieve fairness and equality. Tutchell and Edmonds speculate about whether a new generation of female activists can produce the political pressure to change the culture of Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472432124

Mannerism Spirituality and CognitionThe Art Of Enargeia This book employs a new approach to the art of sixteenth-century Europe by incorporating rhetoric and theory to enable a reinterpretation of elements of Mannerism as being grounded in sixteenth-century spirituality. Lynette M. F. Bosch examines the conceptual vocabulary found in sixteenth-century treatises on art from Giorgio Vasari to Federico Zuccari which analyses how language and spirituality complement the visual styles of Mannerism. By exploring the way in which writers from Leone Ebreo to Gabriele Paleotti describe the interaction between art and spirituality Bosch establishes a religious base for the language of art in sixteenth-century Europe. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history Renaissance studies religious studies and religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409442189

Manoeuvring in an Environment of UncertaintyStructural Change and Social Action in Sub-Saharan Africa This title was first published in 2000. Recent years have seen tremendous economic and political changes in Sub-Saharan Africa. The contributors to this volume focus on the pressing problem of how actors in their everyday life political and social action handle uncertainty. With the help of rich empirical material from different countries in Sub-Saharan Africa the authors try to understand how actors react manoeuver organize and make their actions meaningful in an environment characterized by unpredictability and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138740501

Man's DominionThe Rise of Religion and the Eclipse of Women's Rights In this feminist critique of the politics of religion Sheila Jeffreys argues that the renewed rise of religion is harmful to women’s human rights. The book seeks to rekindle the criticism of religion as the founding ideology of patriarchy. Focusing on the three monotheistic religions; Judaism Christianity and Islam this book examines common anti-women attitudes such as ‘male-headship’ impurity of women the need to control women’s bodies and their modern manifestations in multicultural Western states. It points to the incorporation of religious law into legal systems faith schools and campaigns led by Christian and Islamic organisations against women’s rights at the U.N. and explains how religious rights threaten to subvert women’s rights. Including highly-topical chapters on the burka and the covering of women and polygamy this text questions the ideology of multiculturalism which shields religion from criticism by demanding respect for culture and faith whilst ignoring the harm that women suffer from religion. Man’s Dominion is an incisive and polemic text that will be of interest to students of gender studies religion and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415596749

Man'S Unconscious Passion First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875326

Mantle Plumes Several aspects of interpretation of geophysical data applied to the study of tectonics geodynamics metamorphism and magmatism are discussed. Deep-level geophysical data has revealed a new class of physical inhomogeneities in the lithosphere of various regions of diverse ages around the world. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078067

Manual de fonética y fonología españolas Written entirely in Spanish Manual de fonética y fonología españolas has a comprehensive scope that touches on all aspects of phonetics and phonology—including acoustic and auditory phonetics phonotactics and suprasegmentals which most often remain untreated. The book provides students with a detailed and accurate yet accessible introduction to Spanish phonetics and phonology. It includes introductory chapters which place these disciplines within the general field of linguistics and which emphasize the role of sounds and their representation in human communication. Key features: Written by trained phoneticians and informed by the current science of phonetics. No prior knowledge of linguistics assumed as a foundation is laid throughout for all linguistic terms and concepts. Each chapter contains a summary a list of concepts and terminology review questions and pedagogically relevant pronunciation exercises keyed to the specific hints and suggestions provided in the chapters. Chapters dealing with the physical production of sounds contain sections with “Pedagogical Hints ” “Practical Suggestions ” and “Pronunciation Exercises” to link theory to the practical aspects of improving pronunciation. A wealth of graphic material to illustrate each concept clearly. Models of how to pronounce the sounds sentences and exercises presented in the text are available online at routledge.com/cw/clegg. Manual de fonética y fonología españolas is a comprehensive introduction designed to be clear and accessible to advanced students of Spanish to help them understand how to improve their pronunciation. It will serve as an excellent book for graduate students as well as a valuable resource for teachers linguists and language professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138684010

Manual For Clinical Psychology TraineesAssessment Evaluation And Treatment First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147010

Manual for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures to EC2 Detailing is an essential part of the design process. This thorough reference guide for the design of reinforced concrete structures is largely based on Eurocode 2 (EC2) plus other European design standards such as Eurocode 8 (EC8) where appropriate. With its large format double-page spread layout this book systematically details 213 structural elements. These have been carefully selected by José Calavera to cover relevant elements used in practice. Each element is presented with a whole-page annotated model along with commentary and recommendations for the element concerned as well as a summary of the appropriate Eurocode legislation with reference to further standards and literature. The book's website provides AutoCAD files of all of the models which can be directly developed and adapted for specific designs. Its accessible and practical format makes the book an ideal handbook for professional engineers working with reinforced concrete as well as for students who are training to become designers of concrete structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415663489

Manual for Developing Intercultural CompetenciesStory Circles This book presents a structured yet flexible methodology for developing intercultural competence in a variety of contexts both formal and informal. Piloted around the world by UNESCO this methodology has proven to be effective in a range of different contexts and focused on a variety of different issues. It therefore can be considered an important resource for anyone concerned with effectively managing the growing cultural diversity within our societies to ensure inclusive and sustainable development. Intercultural competence refers to the skills attitudes and behaviours needed to improve interactions across difference whether within a society (differences due to age gender religion socio-economic status political affiliation ethnicity and so on) or across borders. The book serves as a tool to develop those competences presenting an innovative adaptation of what could be considered an ancient tradition of storytelling found in many cultures. Through engaging in the methodology participants develop key elements of intercultural competence including greater self-awareness openness respect reflexivity empathy increased awareness of others and in the end greater cultural humility. This book will be of great interest to intercultural trainers policy makers development practitioners educators community organizers civil society leaders university lecturers and students – all who are interested in developing intercultural competence as a means to understand and appreciate difference develop relationships with those across difference engage in intercultural dialogue and bridge societal divides. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9780429244612 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199975

Manual for Intelligent Energy Services This book is dedicated to the front line manager of America's economic life blood: energy. It is designed to help owners and managers first assess their organization's energy conditions and then determine the best outsourcing strategies for needed services. The author shares experiences drawn from over 25 years in the energy business and work in over 30 countries and provides succinct case studies to expand on important points raised and to provide insight into their application. The final section takes into account recent events which have highlighted the unpredictable situation surrounding our energy supplies as well as how to make the most of it. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151029

Manual For Life Style Assessment First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415164

Manual for Short-term Psychoanalytic Child Therapy (PaCT) Manualisation of psychodynamic psychotherapy poses a formidable challenge but may prove indispensable in the effort to disseminate short-term psychodynamic treatments to a wider patient community. In the case of childhood emotional disturbances the need for widely available treatments is particularly pressing especially once we pay heed to the emotional turmoil also underpinning many behavioural problems. Short-term Psychoanalytic Child Therapy (PaCT) is an emotion-oriented play-focused treatment that aims to help the child to relinquish rigidly held maladaptive defence mechanisms that give rise to symptoms and interfere with healthy development. PaCT comprises twenty to twenty-five psychotherapeutic sessions conducted in alternating settings (parent-child child alone parents alone) in which a relational theme is uncovered and worked through. Here the authors have created a manual for PaCT successfully retaining the complexity of each treatment whilst making the application accessible for a greater range of settings. This manual will be of use to trainees and practising therapists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490366

Manual for Teaching and Learning Chinese as a Foreign Language Written in an extended dictionary format  the Manual for Teaching and Learning Chinese as a Foreign Language aims to cover all key terms related to teaching Chinese as a foreign language. Each section contains an introduction with language-specific information and identifies students and teachers’ common questions including the capacity of Chinese as a morphologically unmarked language to indicate categories such as tense and mood. Many entries listed in this manual come with an explanation a commentary and rich examples. The Manual for Teaching and Learning Chinese as a Foreign Language appeals to both Chinese as a foreign language (CFL) teachers and students as well as being the ideal reference for researchers conducting comparative studies of the Chinese and English languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309302

Manual for the Determination of the Clinical Role of Anaerobic Microbiology Clinicians are becoming more aware and concerned about anaerobic bacterial infections as more is learned about these anaerobic bacteria. An attempt will be made in this manual to provide the information to perform an evaluation for each individual laboratory concerning the possible addition of the routine culture of anaerobe to their laboratory analysis of body fluids and tissue specimens. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895178

Manual for the Examination of Bone First Published in 1982 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the methods and techniques used for the examination of bone. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes pictures and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367225643

Manual LiftingA Guide to the Study of Simple and Complex Lifting Tasks Commonly used throughout the world manual lifting tasks—whether simple or complex—all involve variable loads postures and movements. This practical guide discusses how to analyze the intricate lifting function and prevent injury during its execution. Outlining revised NIOSH Lifting Equation (RNLE) methods the book illustrates their use in assessing manual lifting tasks of varying degrees of difficulty. Using examples to reinforce presented concepts it explains how RNLE methods can be applied to evaluate single composite variable and sequential lifting tasks. It also explores how to interpret and apply the results according to international standards and guidelines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439856635

Manual Materials HandlingDesign And Injury Control Through Ergonomics This book highlights the problems and hazards of manual materials handling and provides ergonomic and engineering solutions for alleviating them. It is helpful for both researchers and practitioners who are committed to solving the multifaceted manual materials handling problem. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069423

Manual of Agricultural Nematology Nickle (Beltsille Agricultural Research Center of the USDA) has engaged 29 internationally known experts to replace the classic work of I.N. Filipjev (1934) and its translated revision (Schuurmans Stekhoven Jr. 1941) with a modern work taking note of 188 additional genera and 4 650 more species. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402976

Manual of Archival Description ’MAD3’ is the third and latest edition of the influential Manual of Archival Description revised to take account of a decade of developments in national and international descriptive practice. Many improvements have been made as a result of wide consultation with archive professionals. The Manual remains the only comprehensive British guide to the theory and practice of listing archives held in any format from letters photographs and maps to electronic multimedia. New features of this edition include: ¢ additional information on national and international standards which have appeared since the last edition including data elements mapped to the General International Standard Archival Description - ISAD(G) - which appears as an appendix ¢ coverage of developments in archives administration theory and new access delivery initiatives ¢ extensive updating of sections covering audiovisual material ¢ rewritten chapter on electronic archives ¢ updated dictionary in line with the 1999 ICA definitions ¢ additional examples of listing practice. This standard authoritative guide to listing and cataloguing is for both generalist repositories and other organizations with archives to manage. As online cross-repository searching becomes a reality the new edition will enable both professional archivists records managers and other information professionals to standardize archive listing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263222

Manual of Biocorrosion The Manual of Biocorrosion explains the microbiology electrochemistry and surface phenomena involved in biocorrosion and biofouling processes. Written primarily for non-specialists the information in this manual is practical and offers a comprehensive look at the three components of biocorrosion: the microorganisms the metal and the aqueous environment. It also addresses methods for the monitoring prevention and control of biocorrosion. The first part of the book covers the fundamental aspects of microbiology electrochemistry and biofouling of metal surfaces. The second half describes biocorrosion assessment in the laboratory and the field the main control and mitigation procedures used practical case studies and laboratory methods and formulations.The Manual of Biocorrosion is the book the industrial sector (water treatment plants oil refineries etc.) has been waiting for providing the basics for implementing prevention control and mitigation procedures. In addition it covers the latest industry trends with discussions of biocide selection strategies for treating biocorrosion without harming the environment and the latest monitoring programs. The academic sector will benefit as well from the up-to-date information on mechanisms and recent advances in all biocorrosion aspects and technology. Research trends such as the application of surface analysis techniques and modern electron microscopy the use of conventional and innovative electrochemical techniques for assessment and microbial inhibition of corrosion are all considered.Features100 illustrations provide you with a visual understanding of the problems and techniques discussed30 tables give you quick access to data46 suggested readings provide references on books conference and workshop proceedings and special issues of scientific journals and technical publications specifically devoted to biocorrosion and biofouling454 reference Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748190

Manual of Business French Manual of Business French is the most comprehensive single-volume reference handbook for students and professionals using French. Designed for all users no matter what level of language skill this manual comprises five parts: * A 6000-word two-way Glossary of the most useful business terms * A 100-page Written Communications section giving models of 50 letters faxes and documents * An 80-page Spoken Situations section covering face-to-face and telephone situations * A short reference Grammar outlining the major grammar features of French * A short Business Facts section covering esential information of the country or countries where French is used Written by an experienced native and non-native speaker team this unique volume is an essential one-stop reference for all students and professionals studying or working in business and management where French is used. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315004310

Manual of Business GermanA Comprehensive Language Guide Manual of Business German is the most comprehensive single-volume reference handbook for students and professionals using foreign languages.Designed for all users no matter what level of language skill it comprises five parts:* A 6000-word two-way Glossary of the most useful business terms* A 100-page Written Communications section giving models of 50 letters faxes and documents* An 80-page Spoken Situations section covering face-to-face and telephone situations* A short Reference Grammar outlining the major grammar features of German * A short Business Facts section covering essential information of the country or countries where German is usedWritten by an experienced native and non-native speaker team this unique volume is an essential one-stop reference for all students and professionals studying or working in business and management where German is used. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203633052

Manual of Business ItalianA Comprehensive Language Guide Manual of Business Italian is the most comprehensive single-volume reference handbook for students and professionals using Italian.Designed for all users no matter what level of language skill this manual comprises five parts: * A 6000-word two-way Glossary of the most useful business terms * A 100-page Written Communications section giving models of 50 letters faxes and documents * An 80-page Spoken Situations section covering face-to-face and telephone situations * A short Reference Grammar outlining the major grammar features of Italian * A short Business Facts section covering essential information of the country or countries where Italian is used Written by an experienced native and non-native speaker team this unique volume is an essential one-stop reference for all students and professionals studying or working in business and management where Italian is used Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203434345

Manual of Complex Abdominal Wall Reconstruction This book provides a useful guide for the management of complex abdominal wall problems from the perspective of a general surgeon with sensible practical clinical advice for the management of problems as they arise. Starting from managing the open abdomen and optimising the chances of achieving later definitive fascial closure through to dealing with incisional and parastomal hernias throughout the abdomen. Expert guidance supported by an evidence-based review of the literature aids higher surgical trainees and consultant general surgeons who wish to expand their practice in this area. Focuses on the needs of the general surgeon Offers practical tips and advice for handling difficult cases Based on current best evidence Complemented by high quality images Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498739467

Manual of CuratorshipA Guide to Museum Practice Based on original contributions by specialists this manual covers both the theory and the practice required in the management of museums. It is intended for all museum and art gallery profession staff and includes sections on new technology marketing volunteers and museum libraries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810126

Manual of Definitive Surgical Trauma Care Fifth Edition Developed for the International Association for Trauma Surgery and Intensive Care (IATSIC) the Manual of Definitive Surgical Trauma Care 5e is ideal for training all surgeons who encounter major surgical trauma on an infrequent basis. This new edition includes both an e-version and also a microSD card containing over 20 operative videos. The increasing role of non-operative management (NOM) has been recognised  and the Military Module is substantially updated to reflect recent conflict experience. An expanded section highlights trauma management under austere conditions.Written by faculty who teach the DSTC Course this definitive and well established book focuses on life-saving surgical techniques to use in challenging and unfamiliar incidents of trauma. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367244682

Manual of Environmental Management Manual of Environmental Management is a practical guide for those involved in the control and reduction of environmental impacts in organisations. This comprehensive and practical guide takes you through the main environmental challenges organisations face and the improvement strategies used to manage them. Chapter by chapter Manual of Environmental Management discusses the fundamental issues and principles surrounding environmental policy law and management and provides crucial information on how to respond and implement environmental programmes. This book is the perfect reference tool for the environmental professional and an invaluable study text for those preparing for professional examinations such as the NEBOSH Environmental Diploma and IEMA Associate Membership Exam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014664

Manual of Fertilizer Processing This Manual of Fertilizer Processing which is the fifth volume of the Fertilizer Science and Technology series. Francis (Frank) T. Nielsson the editor of the book has over 40 years of experience in the fertilizer industry ranging from ammonia manufacture to the extraction of uranium from phosphoric acid but he is best known for his work with compound or “mixed” fertilizers—fertilizers that contain two or more of the primary plant nutrients: nitrogen phosphorus and potassium. Compound fertilizers also may contain one or more of the ten other elements that are essential to plant growth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748183

Manual of First and Second Fixing Carpentry Les Goring’s book covers all the detailed knowledge required for carrying out first fixing carpentry â€“ such as modern and traditional roofing and fitting and fixing modern and traditional floor joists on new-build sites before plastering or drylining of walls and ceilings takes place – and second fixing carpentry – such as fitting staircases hanging doors  skirting and architraves and kitchen units after dry-lined plastering has taken place and the shell of the building is watertight. In the opening chapters this work also covers reading-of-drawings' knowledge tools and fixing-devices. This new edition with over 500 coloured drawings supporting its step-by-step approach has been updated throughout to take into account current industry practices and changes in the UK’s Building Regulations. Two new chapters have also been added  covering the formwork carpentry for casting in situ reinforced concrete stairs and landings and making and fixing different shelf arrangements to correct spans. The breadth of coverage and clear ‘how-to-do-it’ text makes this book an essential in-and-after-college resource for the 2000 apprentices per year taking NVQs and the 1500 students following Construction Awards within the Wood Occupations from the City & Guilds’ Construction Skills. The in-depth technical detail and practical focus makes this book an essential purchase for all aspiring woodworkers craft teachers and construction lecturers – to either read now and/or use as a future reference manual. It should also be of value to general builders and DIY enthusiasts whose carpentry knowledge might (understandably) be sketchy in certain areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138295995

Manual of Forensic Odontology Advances in forensic odontology have led to improvements in dental identification for individual cases as well as in disaster victim identification (DVI). New and updated technologies mean advances in bitemark analysis and age estimation. Growth in the field has strengthened missing persons’ networks leading to more and faster identifications of unidentified individuals. A product of the American Society of Forensic Odontology the Manual of Forensic Odontology Fifth Edition provides comprehensive and up-to-date information involving all facets of forensic dentistry and explores critical issues relating to the scientific principles supporting the field’s evaluations and conclusions. New information in the Fifth Edition includes Scientific principles and the need for more and better research in the field Oral and maxillofacial radiographic features of forensic interest Forensic pathology and its ties to forensic odontology New techniques and improved technologies for age estimation Advances in bitemark evidence management Animal bitemarks National and international forensic dental organizations Tips for becoming involved in forensic odontology The manual has been an important source of forensic dentistry information for more than 20 years. This new edition is edited by a past president of the American Board of Forensic Odontology and a past Chair of the Odontology Section of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences. Expanded and enhanced with extensive color illustrations this volume is designed to provide essential information based on sound scientific principles for experienced forensic odontologists and for those new to the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439851333

Manual of Forensic Odontology The most exhaustive book on forensic dentistry the fourth edition of this volume covers the latest advances in the field including regulations affecting forensic dental practice and procedures in light of the Health Insurance Portability and Accessibility Act updated ABFO guidelines and new digital radiographic and photographic developments. The book also discusses computer-assisted record management multiple fatality incident preparedness and Disaster Mortuary Operation Response Team in a post-9/11 tsunami and Hurricane Katrina world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466500563

Manual of Forensic ScienceAn International Survey A truly international and multi-disciplinary compendium of current best practices authored by top practitioners from around the world the book covers current trends and technology advances in the following disciplines within forensic science: bloodstain pattern analysis forensic photography ballistics latent prints forensic genetics and DNA questioned documents forensic toxicology forensic clinical medicine forensic pathology forensic odontology forensic anthropology forensic entomology forensic biometry forensic psychology and profiling law comparison and ethics and much more. The book serves as an invaluable resource and handbook for forensic professionals throughout the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498766302

Manual of Forensic Taphonomy Forensic taphonomy is the study of the postmortem changes to human remains focusing largely on environmental effects—including decomposition in soil and water and interaction with plants insects and other animals. While other books have focused on subsets such as forensic botany and entomology Manual of Forensic Taphonomy is the first update of the entire domain in more than ten years and the first book to consider distinguishing among multiple types of taphonomic changes. Edited by two of the most distinguished experts in the field this volume examines taphonomic alterations to bone and related taphonomic processes common to cases of forensic interest. Specific chapters address a range of issues related to: Varying burial environments Animal scavenging and transport Fluvial and human transport Cultural modifications Marine environments Subaerial weathering Thermal alteration Recovery methods used in collecting the remains The book discusses inherent variations in survivability of different bones degradation of DNA in different environments and organisms involved in soft-tissue decomposition which result in skeletonization. It also describes microscopic alterations color changes macroscopic physical damage of multiple types and bone loss through dispersal away from the location of initial body deposition. The authors present methods that can be employed to determine the timing of taphonomic damage (perimortem vs. postmortem) as well as checklists for the collection of microscopic and macroscopic taphonomic data. The ability to recognize taphonomic characteristics and discriminate between osseous alterations with similar appearances but dissimilar origins is essential to those engaged in the analysis of skeletal remains. This volume is an ideal guide for students and non-specialists as well as a reference manual for professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439878415

Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology Following in the tradition of its popular predecessor the Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology Second Edition continues to be the authoritative volume that covers all aspects of the field both basic and applied and includes a focus on initiating planning and managing GIS projects. This comprehensive resource which contains contributions from 53 leading experts and professors in the areas of GIS GPS and remote sensing reflects the very latest advances in the technology applications and usage of the geospatial sciences in many key disciplines from natural resource analysis to transportation planning.Significantly updated and expanded this reader-friendly manual introduces the fundamentals in mathematics and physics needed to perform area-wide mapping inventory data conversion and analysis. The text maintains a focus on the practical aspects of these technologies and remains the only resource to cover the areas of GIS GPS and remote sensing with such breadth and clarity. An expanded index new and revised figures a color insert and an easier to read format are among the many improvements to this edition. New to the Second Edition:Revised chapters reflecting the changes that have occurred in the technology applications and usage of geospacial scienceCoverage of GIS applications in automobile navigation and enterprise-wide applicationsA new chapter devoted to basic statistics and least squares solutionsExpanded international scope that addresses the other Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) including the Russian Federation system (GLONASS) the Chinese system (COMPASS) and the European space agency system (GALILEO)A new chapter covering Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR)A new chapter that addresses privacy issues legal concerns and the emerging field of public participation GIS (PPGI Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367884215

Manual Of Hadith First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865173

Manual of Head and Neck Surgical Oncology Tumors in the head and neck region often present the trainee or non-specialist surgeon with major challenges given the complexity of the regional anatomy. Manual of Head and Neck Surgical Oncology has been designed to provide trainee ENT Head & Neck surgeons and general surgeons with rapid access to the basic knowledge and principles required for management of the common tumors of the head and neck. Introductory chapters on the principles of chemotherapy radiotherapy and imaging are followed by chapters devoted to specific procedures such as neck dissection maxillectomy and skull base surgery. The book also includes information on nutritional and speech & language considerations. The chapters employ a consistent style to cover (1) the indications and preoperative considerations for each technique (2) a step by step guide to each procedure using concise text bullet-point lists and artworks which show the surgical approaches and (3) post-operative complications. Manual of Head and Neck Surgical Oncology is the ideal guide for all surgeons seeking a practical accessible guide to the management of tumors of the head and neck.  Concise ‘how-to’ guide Focus on key principles and procedures Covers indications and contraindications management principles and techniques and complications and their avoidance Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781907816697

Manual of Hypertension of the European Society of Hypertension Third Edition The Manual of Hypertension of the European Society of Hypertension reflects emerging concepts that have the potential to impact diagnostic and therapeutic approaches to hypertension. Updating all material this new edition also delves into a number of areas that have received heightened interest in recent years or have become a matter of debate due to the controversial interpretation of the available data. FEATURES Reflects emerging concepts impacting diagnostic and therapeutic approaches Explores background history epidemiology and risk factors Describes pharmacological nonpharmacological and medical treatments Examines hypertension in special populations and treatment Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815378747

Manual of Immunological Methods The Manual of Immunological Methods represents the collaboration of the Canadian Network of Toxicology Centers a non-profit network of university-based scientists dedicated to research training risk assessment and communication. This manual provides detailed immunological methods that can be utilized by researchers or practitioners who want to Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429156977

Manual of Law French Most English legal texts before 1600 and many from the seventeenth century are written in law French a dialect which differs considerably both from current French and from old Norman French. Only two guides to law French were published one in 1701 and the other in 1779: both were full of errors and omissions. This current manual is a revised and considerably enlarged version of the first edition which was published in 1779 the first law French manual to appear since the eighteenth century. The manual is the only current guide to the law French used in English law books between the thirteenth and seventeenth centuries an essential reference tool for law libraries students and practitioners of English legal history. This manual is a revised and considerably enlarged version of the 1979 edition. It is the only current guide to the law French used in English law books between the thirteenth and seventeenth centuries and is an essential reference tool for law libraries students and practitioners of English legal history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249780

Manual of Methods for Soil and Land Evaluation The goal of the manual is to supply an operational tool for pedologists agronomists environmentalists and all of the other specialists who carry out land evaluation for agriculture and forestry or more generally stakeholders and policy makers who make decisions at the local level based on the knowledge of the nature of soil. Discussion of the topics is not only technical and operational but also in-depth and didactic; therefore the text may also be used as a valid complement for students majoring in subjects that involve soil use management and conservation. The literature offers a wide choice of possible soil and land evaluation methods while knowledge of the relationships existing between the physical characteristics of lands particularly those of soils and the requirements of specific uses is limited. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113985

Manual of NeuroanesthesiaThe Essentials This book will provide all the basic details of neuroanaesthesia and how management of different neurosurgical cases may differ. Simple issues such as neurological examination of patient understanding CT-scan and MRI scans along with anaesthetic management are discussed in simple language making this book a ready-reckoner. The title provides an insight into all possible aspects of anesthetic management of neurosurgical and commonly encountered neurologic patients. The book also includes chapters related to allied specialities such as critical care neurology and neuroradiology making it a complete package. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573478

Manual of Online Search Strategies Published in 1992 like the first this second edition is not intended as introductory textbook command-driven Boolean searching. It is targeted at online searchers who already have some knowledge of command languages and may be proficient searchers on databases in one or two subject areas but when required to venture into new and less familiar territory still need guidance. It is also offered to end users who possess the subject expertise but lack of information retrieval know-how. The Manual is offered as a guide to database selection and a navigational aid through the twists and turns of the retrieval maze; at least some of the dead ends and backtracking may thereby be avoided. This volume written by experts in their various fields deals with the subject coverage and record structures of specific databases offers comparisons between databases (context indexing procedures updating policies etc.) discusses the choice between online and CD-ROM sources (and between hosts if online is selected) and illustrates strategies with numerous search extracts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325029

Manual of Panic Focused Psychodynamic Psychotherapy - eXtended Range This manual presents a carefully researched detailed psychodynamic treatment program for the alleviation of a transdiagnostic range of primary Axis I anxiety disorders including panic disorder generalized anxiety disorder social anxiety disorder post-traumatic stress disorder and related psychological problems. First exploring the principles of psychodynamic theory and formulation the authors then present a three-phased process of Panic Focused Psychodynamic Psychotherapy-Extended Range (PFPP-XR): initial evaluation interpretation of central conflicts and defense mechanisms and termination. Each phase is discussed in depth and relies on central case illustrations to demonstrate techniques and results. A subsequent chapter explores how to address complex issues that may arise during the course of treatment. Altogether this manual not only provides a demonstrated adaptable approach for anxiety disorders but also clearly embodies a spirit of research and empiricism heretofore rare in psychodynamic psychotherapies with an eye toward future development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415871600

Manual of Physico-Chemical Analysis of Aquatic Sediments Because water is one of the most important life-supporting media on the planet the quality of aquatic ecosystems is of great interest to the entire world population. One of the factors that greatly affects water quality is the condition of the underlying sediment layer. The Manual of Physico-Chemical Analysis of Aquatic Sediments addresses the best methods for quantitative determination of chemical forms of different elements and compounds bioassessment techniques and determination of physical properties of sediments. Essential information for surveying research and monitoring of sediment contamination is covered. This manual will aid sediment biologists geochemists limnologists regulatory program managers environmental chemists and toxicologists and environmental consultants in preparing plans for proper remedial action. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748176

Manual of Purpose-Made Woodworking Joinery A practical introduction to woodworking and purpose-made joinery this book starts with the basics of interpreting drawings and works right the way through to designing and making stairs. Les Goring introduces each chapter with a brief historical overview of the topic then goes on to explain how to carry out each task in a step-by-step manner. Including several hundred images this book covers everything a student or keen hobbyist needs to know in order to carry out their own work. The breadth of coverage and easily accessible approach makes this book an ideal resource for apprentices taking NVQs and those following Construction Awards within Wood Occupations from City & Guilds/Construction Skills. The technical detail and practical focus ensures that this book will be a vital purchase for all students and an essential reference for any experienced carpenter or joiner. In-depth practical and accessible approach – ideal for new apprentices and experienced tradespeople alike. Fully up to date with the current Building Regulations and developments in the trade. Clear layout makes it easy to follow instructions. Also by this author: Manual of First and Second Fixing Carpentry Third Edition 9781856177689 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636834

Manual of Regulation-Focused Psychotherapy for Children (RFP-C) with Externalizing BehaviorsA Psychodynamic Approach Manual of Regulation-Focused Psychotherapy for Children (RFP-C) with Externalizing Behaviors: A Psychodynamic Approach offers a new short term psychotherapeutic approach to working dynamically with children who suffer from irritability oppositional defiance and disruptiveness. RFP-C enables clinicians to help by addressing and detailing how the child’s externalizing behaviors have meaning which they can convey to the child. Using clinical examples throughout Hoffman Rice and Prout demonstrate that in many dysregulated children RFP-C can: Achieve symptomatic improvement and developmental maturation as a result of gains in the ability to tolerate and metabolize painful emotions by addressing the crucial underlying emotional component. Diminish the child’s use of aggression as the main coping device by allowing painful emotions to be mastered more effectively. Help to systematically address avoidance mechanisms talking to the child about how their disruptive behavior helps them avoid painful emotions. Facilitate development of an awareness that painful emotions do not have to be so vigorously warded off allowing the child to reach this implicit awareness within the relationship with the clinician which can then be expanded to life situations at home and at school. This handbook is the first to provide a manualized short-term dynamic approach to the externalizing behaviors of childhood offering organizing framework and detailed descriptions of the processes involved in RFP-C. Supplying clinicians with a systematic individual psychotherapy as an alternative or complement to PMT CBT and psychotropic medication it also shifts focus away from simply helping parents manage their children’s misbehaviors. Significantly the approach shows that clinical work with these children is compatible with understanding the children’s brain functioning and posits that contemporary affect-oriented conceptualizations of defense mechanisms are theoretically similar to the neuroscience construct of implicit emotion regulation promoting an interface between psychodynamics and contemporary academic psychiatry and psychology. Manual of Regulation-Focused Psychotherapy for Children (RFP-C) with Externalizing Behaviors: A Psychodynamic Approach is a comprehensive tool capable of application at all levels of professional training offering a new approach for psychoanalysts child and adolescent counselors psychotherapists and mental health clinicians in fields including social work psychology and psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138823747

Manual of Security Sensitive Microbes and Toxins Security sensitive microbes (viruses bacteria fungi and parasites) and toxins which are often referred to as the select agents and toxins have the capacity to cause serious illness and death in humans animals and plants. Throughout history these microbes and toxins have been exploited in one form or another as biowarfare and bioterror agents that create fear and panic well beyond any actual physical damages they might cause.Manual of Security Sensitive Microbes and Toxins provides comprehensive state-of-the-art coverage of microbes and toxins of biosecurity concern. The ultimate goal is to increase our awareness of these agents and enhance our preparedness against any future bio-emergencies.The book begins with an introduction containing a brief overview of the historical aspects of security sensitive microbes and toxins. This is followed by a concise summary of the current status in relation to the regulation of security sensitive microbes and toxins and a discussion of future development trends.The book is divided into seven parts:Microbes and Toxins Affecting Humans and Animals: VirusesMicrobes and Toxins Affecting Human and Animals: BacteriaMicrobes and Toxins Affecting Human and Animals: Fungus and ParasiteMicrobes and Toxins Affecting Human and Animals: ToxinsMicrobes Affecting Animals: VirusesMicrobes Affecting Animals: BacteriaMicrobes Affecting PlantsWritten by experts in the relevant areas of research the chapters are authoritative reviews each one covering a single microbe or toxin with respect to its classification biology epidemiology pathogenesis identification diagnosis treatment and prevention. The chapters also discuss the limitations of our current knowledge and challenges relating to improved detection and control of the microbe or toxin. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378745

Manual of Small Public Water Supply Systems Manual of Small Public Water Supply Systems presents current concepts and practices affecting water treatment financing management community involvement in water supply institutional support and development of human resources for improved operations and management of water supplies. Information on ground water surface water and SDWA requirements is also provided. In short everything you need to run your small water treatment facility can be found in this book. Material is presented in a thorough easy-to-read format and a complete bibiliography is included. Fully illustrated Manual of Small Public Water Supply Systems will soon be dog-eared with use. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450298

Manual of Stroke Models in Rats During the last few years exciting new insights into mechanisms and treatment of stroke have been obtained from animal experiments. Hence the use of animal models to induce stroke are of paramount importance as research tools. While a few articles on this topic have been published in select journals until now there has not been a systematic technical book available which assists researchers in building upon commonly known knowledge. The Manual of Stroke Models in Rats explains in great detail the methods and techniques for accomplishing different stroke models in rats as well as some techniques using mice. Expert contributors to this text include the most recent research information available as well as generally recognized facts making this volume an imperative tool for those researchers seeking to identify new areas of exploration. The first text in 20 years to detail new techniques in rat stroke models The book begins with a statistical update of stroke in America and proceeds to discuss the rationale for using ischemic stroke models. Major sections include different surgical models of stroke induced by the occlusion of the distal middle cerebral artery by intraluminal filament or embolic implantation by photochemically induced thrombosis global cerebral ischemia induced by asphyxia cardiac arrest or by four-vessel occlusion and brain hemorrhage. The book also includes anesthesia procedures general principles of microsurgery and a study of microsurgical instruments. Numerous tables figures and color images are used to supplement the material. The editor Dr. Yanlin Wang-Fischer has published more than 40 scientific articles in various medical journals and contributed to several projects related to animal models and surgeries. In this volume she brings together contributors who represent the cutting edge of research in the field. By reviewing the methods in this detailed technical treatise research Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409897

Manual of Total Mesorectal Excision Manual of Total Mesorectal Excision is the authoritative manual for the trainee and qualified surgeon covering every aspect of total mesorectal excision for rectal cancer. Written by the surgeons who pioneered and popularized TME Includes high-quality colour illustrations to detail the multidisciplinary management of rectal cancer Endorsed by the Pelican Foundation the leading organization for research on bowel cancer surgery Incorporates state-of-the-art pre-operative staging optimal surgical excision by TME surgery and quality control and audit of outcomes by detailed pathological assessment of the resected specimen The first book dedicated to this procedure Manual of Total Mesorectal Excision is an invaluable resource for all medical professionals with an interest in the management of rectal cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444117165

Manual of Travel Agency Practice Now in its third edition this successful must-have manual is thoroughly updated with new chapters and material covering issues including:* Technology development - the different types of travel agency systems available what they do how they do it and how to use them* The Internet - how it is used to book travel forecasts for its future use and how travel agenets stand in relation to it* Global distribution systems - how to make bookings and the new windows-based environment* A full endorsement by Travel Weekly The manual demonstrates correct methods for processing travel reservations identifying business client needs and suitable documentation. It also shows key facts for the profitable planning organization and operation of the retail travel agency. Each chapter contains exercises pertinent to the topics covered.Students on any of the large number of courses in travel and tourism (ICM City & Guilds ABTA IATA UFTAA BTEC SCOTVEC University of Oxford Certificate Diploma of Vocational Education) will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136243

Manual of Venous and Lymphatic Diseases The Manual of Venous and Lymphatic Diseases constitutes a concise but comprehensive and contemporary description of the nature and management of venous and lymphatic diseases. This innovative book instructs the post-graduate trainee in phlebology and is also valuable to undergraduate students wishing to gain a broader knowledge than is available in general surgical texts. Addtionally  it is a useful reference for practising phelebologists vascular surgeons and imaging specialists. The text covers basic principles diagnosis and treatment of chronic venous disease venous thrombo-embolism lymphoedema and vascular malformations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138036864

Manual on the Causes and Control of Activated Sludge Bulking Foaming and Other Solids Separation Problems The most common activated sludge operating problems causing poor plant performance are related to solids separation. Especially common are bulking and foaming. Without a proper scientific foundation to support the efforts of wastewater treatment plant management many attempts to thwart bulking and foaming have failed. Manual on Solving Activated Sludge Bulking Foaming and Other Solids Separation Problems provides the critical scientific and practical underpinnings needed to understand and combat these problems. The third edition of this flagship text is a comprehensive concise guide to the microbiological and technical aspects of controlling all types of solid separation problems. The scientific theory is applied to real-world scenarios greatly increasing the number of real-world examples of successful control methods. New information is also included on filamentous organism growth and its application in the control of sludge bulking and foaming. Now plant operators regulators and wastewater engineers have a complete guide for battling these formidable design and operating problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474826

Manual prático de escrita em portuguêsDeveloping Writing Skills in Portuguese Manual prático de escrita em português/Developing Writing Skills in Portuguese provides intermediate- and advanced-level students with the necessary skills to become competent and confident writers in the Portuguese language. With a focus on writing as a craft Manual prático de escrita em português offers a rich selection of original materials including narrative texts expository essays opinion pieces and newspaper articles. Each chapter covers a specific kind of writing and is designed to help tackle the material in small units. The book aids students in crafting clear coherent and cohesive texts by means of guided practice and step-by-step activities. Suitable for use as a classroom text or as a self-study course this book is ideal for students at level B2 – C2 of the Common European Framework for Languages or at Intermediate High – Advanced High on the ACTFL proficiency scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138290556

Manuel de Falla and Visions of Spanish Music Michael Christoforidis is widely recognized as a leading expert on one of Spain's most important composers Manuel de Falla. This volume brings together both new chapters and revised versions of previously published work some of which is made available here in English for the first time. The introductory chapter provides a biographical outline of the composer and characterisations of both Falla and his music during his lifetime. The sections that follow explore different facets of Falla’s mature works and musical identity. Part II traces the evolution of his flamenco-inspired Spanish style through contacts with Claude Debussy Maurice Ravel and Igor Stravinsky while Part III explores the impact of post-World War I modernities on Falla’s musical nationalism. The final part reflects on aspects of Falla’s music and the politics of Spain in the 1930s and 1940s. Situating his discussion of these aspects of Falla's music within a broader context including currents in literature and the visual arts Christoforidis provides a distinctive and original contribution to the study of Falla as well as to the wider fields of musical modernism exoticism and music and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882396

Manufactured CarbonA Self-Lubricating Material for Mechanical Devices This book discusses manufactured carbon for the purposes of being a self-lubricating material for mechanical devices. Topics include; properties and graphite crystals properties of manufactured carbon the manufacture of carbon articles machining carbon carbon in mechanical seals carbon in bearings rotary pumps and motors metering devices and piston rings and cylinder liners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895185

Manufactured Exports of East Asian Industrializing Economies and Possible Regional Cooperation Providing an examination of civil-military relations in China this book reflects the changes taking place in Chinese society and their impact on the civil-military dynamic. It explores issues such as the impact of AIDS the defense budget the emerging dynamic between the military and China's leadership the role of the militia and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484655

Manufactured Gas Plant RemediationA Case Study The assessment remediation and redevelopment of manufactured gas plant (MGP) sites pose a significant technical and financial challenge to successor property owners including municipalities and other public entities undertaking brownfields revitalization and to their consulting environmental engineers. Due to the toxicity of many coal tar constituents sites contaminated as a result of gasworks operations pose a significant threat to public health. This book will discuss the history of the manufactured gas industry in Massachusetts (the largest in the US) as well as the toxicity of gasworks waste products technical challenges in the cleanup process and the process for site cleanups. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498796835

Manufactured SitesRethinking the Post-Industrial Landscape **This title was originally published in 2001.  The version published in 2011 is a PB reprint of the original HB** Manufactured Sites focuses on the legacy of industrial production and pollutants on the contemporary landscape and their influence on new scientific research innovative site technologies and progressive site design. It presents innovative environmental engineering and design approaches along with ongoing research and built projects of international significance. Contributions range from innovative scientific engineering research from industry and federal agencies to contemporary international and regional professional reclamation and redevelopment projects such as the 2000 Olympic Games in Sydney Australia and the A.G. Thyssen steelworks and blast furnace planning in Germany's Ruhr region. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415510813

Manufacturing Technology and Economic Growth This book analyzes the development of economic events in Japan China the NICs Russia Germany Britain and the United States of America during the second half of the twentieth century in an effort to uncover the variables that were determinant for the generation of economic growth. After analyzing numerous economic and non-economic variables the author manages to identify a common denominator that was always present when there was growth and absent when there was stagnation. A strong causality linkage is established between this common denominator and growth. The book also demonstrates how this common set of variables can be easily manipulated by government policy in order to deliver fast and sustained economic growth. The book concludes with a clear set of macroeconomic policies for the attainment of fast non-inflationary growth in developing countries middle-income nations transition economies and developed countries.Despite its unorthodox position the book endorses free trade privatization liberalization fiscal rectitude low inflation central bank independence proper governance protection of the environment and better income distribution. With this approach the book offers a fresh new look on the problem of growth and offers hope that economic science will finally provide governments with an effective policy tool for the elimination of poverty and unemployment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315500935

Manufacturing Against The OddsThe Dynamics Of Gender Class And Economic Crises Among Small-scale Producers This book is the product of a long manifold involvement with life in Bolivia in general and productive processes in particular. It conveys a sense of the myriad decisions that Bolivian small-scale producers have to make in the extraordinarily fluid situations they must cope with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161439

Manufacturing and Engineering Technology (ICMET 2014)Proceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Manufacturing and Engineering Techn Manufacturing and Engineering Technology brings together around 200 peer-reviewed papers presented at the 2014 International Conference on Manufacturing and Engineering Technology held in San-ya China October 17-19 2014.The main objective of these proceedings is to take the Manufacturing and Engineering Technology discussion a step further. Contributions cover Manufacture Mechanical Materials Science Industrial Engineering Control Information and Computer Engineering.Furthermore these proceedings provide a platform for researchers engineers academics as well as industrial professionals from all over the world to present their research results and development activities in Manufacturing Science and Engineering Technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026452

Manufacturing and EnterpriseAn Integrated Systems Approach This book presents an integrated systems approach to manufacturing and business enterprise. Traditionally these topics are treated as separate and independent subjects but the practical fact is that the manufacturing and the business enterprises are intertwined. Currently there is no book on the market that addresses both subjects from an integrated systems engineering approach with a manufacturing engineering foundation. Topics covered include engineering process systems modeling business enterprise forecasting inventory management product design and project management. Features Provides in-depth treatment of modern manufacturing processes systems and tools Uses an integrated systems life-cycle approach to manufacturing and business Includes business proposals Discusses prototype manufacturing and/or business development processes Presents concepts steps and procedures for achieving an integrated enterprise of manufacturing and business Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498744881

Manufacturing and Labour This volume together with its companion volume Production and the Exploitation of Resources examines the economic basis of the early Islamic world looking at the organization of extractive and agricultural operations manufacturing processes and labour relations. This volume opens with studies of artisanal production that address the issues of specialization the division of labour and the proliferation of manufacturing occupations in early Islamic times looking in particular at ceramic and textile production. The section on labour expands the enquiry to cover the legal and social status of manual labourers and questions of the organization and mobility of labour wage labour and labour partnerships. These studies deal with both the manufacturing and agricultural sectors and also identify the role of slave labour in commerce domestic service agriculture and herding. Taken together this body of work demonstrates a high degree of commercialization in the early Islamic economy particularly in Iraq Egypt and Ifriqiya. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249773

Manufacturing CitizenshipEducation and Nationalism in Europe South Asia and China In recent years citizenship has emerged as a very important topic in the sciences mainly as a result of the effects of migration population displacements and cultural heterogeneity. This book focuses on educational enterprise and how it affects national ambitions cultural preferences and political trends. It also examines the major effects of globalisation the large-scale movements of populations and the impact this all has in terms of education and citizenship. With contributions from an array of international scholars including Etienne Balibar and featuring various international case studies Manufacturing Citizenship will be extremely interesting to the education academic community as well as many readers within cultural studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655545

Manufacturing Competency and Strategic Success in the Automobile Industry Strategic success of industry depends upon manufacturing competencies (i.e. the competitive advantage to ensure better quality and reliability) which will increase sales and create a sound customer base. Competitive priorities are the operating advantages that are assessed evaluated and measured within the parameters of cost quality time design and flexibility. The book explains the manufacturing competencies upon which the strategic success of the automobile industry depends. The impact of manufacturing competency on strategic success is analyzed and modelled using suitable qualitative and quantitative techniques.Key FeaturesOutlines manufacturing competencies in correlation with successful strategic planning for current manufacturing environmentProvides methodology or guidelines for linking defined strategic plans with manufacturing competenciesDefines strategic success in the context of the automobile industryAnalyses and models manufacturing competency impacts using qualitative and quantitative techniquesDevelops qualitative models with real-time case studies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656683

Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC)The Path to Competitiveness Providing a reasonable level of profitability through productivity is - and will remain - one of the fundamental tasks of the management teams of any production company. Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC): The Path to Competitiveness contains two new methodologies to improving the productivity and profitability of production systems that continuously increase competitiveness: Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC). Both MCPD and MDC are the result of long-time synthesis and distillation being implemented successfully totally or partially in many companies. The MCPD system developed by Alin Posteucă is a manufacturing cost policy aimed at continuous cost improvement through a systemic and systematic approach. The MCPD is a methodology that improves the production flow driven by the need for Manufacturing Cost Improvement (MCI) for both existing and future products through setting targets and means to continuously improve production process productivity for each product family cost. The MDC developed by Shigeyasu Sakamoto design the effective manufacturing methods using a tool of engineering steps identifying ideas for increasing productivity called KAIZENSHIRO (improvable value as a target). The MDC results on production methods lead to effectiveness of work measurement for performance (P) and to knowledge and improvement of production control and planning as utilization (U) in order to achieve labor target costs. The combination of MCPD and MDC methodologies can provide a unique approach for the managers who are seeking new ways for increasing productivity and profitability to increase the competitive level of their manufacturing company. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498785570

Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) Profitability ScenariosSystematic and Systemic Improvement of Manufacturing Costs This book shows how to consistently obtain annual and multiannual manufacturing target profit regardless of the evolution of sales volumes increasing or decreasing using the Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) system. Managers and practitioners within the manufacturing companies will discover a practical approach within the MCPD system that will help them develop and support their long-term medium-term and short-term profitability and productivity strategy. The book presents both the basic concepts of MCPD and the key elements of transforming manufacturing companies through MCPD system as well as supporting the consistent growth of external and internal profit by directing all systematic and systemic improvements based on meeting the annual and multiannual Manufacturing Cost Improvement (MCI) targets and means for each Product-Family Cost (PFC). This book is unique because it presents two types of systematic and systemic improvement projects for MCI that have been applied over the years in various multinational manufacturing companies operating in highly competitive markets in order to address the consistent reduction of unit manufacturing costs by improving the Cost of Losses and Waste (CLW). Readers will discover the practical approach of MCI based on a structured approach to MCPD system beyond the traditional approach to manufacturing improvements based mainly on improved time and quality. Therefore from the perspective of the MCPD system the multiannual manufacturing target profits are met while the annual and multiannual manufacturing target costs are a predetermined stake and not a result of the improvements already made. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138498730

Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) TransformationUncovering Hidden Reserves of Profitability Achieving a long-term acceptable level of manufacturing profitability through productivity requires the total commitment of management teams and all staff in any manufacturing company and beyond. Awareness and continuous improvement of manufacturing costs behind losses and waste is the core goal of the Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD). Achieving this goal will continually uncover the hidden reserves of profitability through a harmonious transformation of the manufacturing flow coordinated by the continuous need to improve manufacturing costs. Setting annual targets and means for manufacturing costs improvement (more exactly for costs of losses and waste and the exact fulfillment of these) requires mobilization of all people in the company to carry out systematic improvement activities (kaizen) and systemic improvement actions (kaikaku) of the processes of each product family cost. The MCPD system was born out of careful observation of the challenges principles and phenomena of manufacturing companies and the profound discussions with the people in these companies at all levels. Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) Transformation: Uncovering Hidden Reserves of Profitability is organized in three sections. The first section presents the concept and the need for an MCPD system from a managerial perspective. In the second section the transformation of manufacturing companies through the MCPD system is presented more precisely the details of the initial steps of the implementation of the MCPD the three phases and the seven steps of the MCPD and the elements necessary for a constant and consistent application of the MCPD. In the last section there are two examples of the MCPD implementation in two different types of industries namely manufacturing and assembly industry and process industry and two case studies for the improvement of manufacturing costs for each (cost of equipment setup loss using kaizenshiro; replacement of bottleneck equipment and associated costs of losses using kaikaku; cost of quality losses with improving operators’ skills to sustain quality using kaizen; and cost problem solving with the consumption of lubricants for one of the equipment using A3). Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138093928

Manufacturing DesireMedia Popular Culture and Everyday Life The average person in America watches four hours of television per day and spends the equivalent of nine years of his or her life in front of the television set. If the attention most people devote to popular culture - listening to the news watching soap operas reading the comics-were added up it would reveal that most people spend an enormous amount of time with popular culture which becomes in large measure their culture. "Manufacturing Desire" is a study of how the mass media broadcast or spread various popular arts; further how the media and popular arts play a major role in shaping our everyday lives.The television shows we watch the movies we see the radio programs we listen to and all the comic strips we read influence social behavior. They give us ideas about what is good and evil about how to solve problems and about how we should relate to others. If we understand this says Berger then the way we think about our media-influenced culture will be far different than if we see popular culture as mindless entertainment. Berger provides an analysis of the way popular culture and the mass media simultaneously reflect and affect various aspects of American culture and society. He examines commercials television shows comics film humor and everyday life in terms of what beliefs and values are found in them what attitudes toward ourselves and our societies are contained in them how they achieve their effects and what they reflect about present-day American culture and society.This book is analysis of the impact mass media have across America cross-culturally and internationally. "Manufacturing Desire" will provide the general reader as well as specialists in communication and information sociology and psychology with a better understanding of the effects of mass media and popular culture on contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527621

Manufacturing Engineering and Intelligent MaterialsProceedings of the 2015 International Conference on Manufacturing Engineering and Intelli This volume is a collection of papers from experts and scholars presented at the 2015 International Conference on Manufacturing Engineering and Intelligent Materials (ICMEIM 2015) Guangzhou January 30-31 2015. It serves to discuss and share the latest new research results and developments on the topics manufacturing system and control engineering materials engineering and other relativant subjects. It will also strengthen the exchange and cooperation in the field of Manufacturing Engineering and Intelligent Materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367737986

Manufacturing Engineering Processes Second Edition Responding to the need for an integrated approach in manufacturing engineering oriented toward practical problem solving this updated second edition describes a process morphology based on fundamental elements that can be applied to all manufacturing methods - providing a framework for classifying processes into major families with a common theoretical foundation. This work presents time-saving summaries of the various processing methods in data sheet form - permitting quick surveys for the production of specific components.;Delineating the actual level of computer applications in manufacturing this work: creates the basis for synthesizing process development tool and die design and the design of production machinery; details the product life-cycle approach in manufacturing emphasizing environmental occupational health and resource impact consequences; introduces process planning and scheduling as an important part of industrial manufacturing; contains a completely revised and expanded section on ceramics and composites; furnishes new information on welding arc formation and maintenance; addresses the issue of industrial safety; and discusses progress in non-conventional processes such as laser processing layer manufacturing electrical discharge electron beam abrasive jet ultrasonic and eltrochemical machining.;Revealing how manufacturing methods are adapted in industry practices this work is intended for use by students of manufacturing engineering industrial engineering and engineering design; and also for use as a self-study guide by manufacturing mechanical materials industrial and design engineers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067177

Manufacturing EngineeringAN INTRODUCTION TO THE BASIC FUNCTIONS SECOND EDITION REVISED AND EXPANDED Revised and updated introduction useful as a reference source for engineers and managers or as a text for upper-level undergraduate and graduate courses in technical colleges and universities. Includes end-of-chapter questions (an answer book is provided for teachers). Annotation copyright Book New Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066583

Manufacturing Enterprise in AsiaSize Structure and Economic Growth Issues relating to the size of firms in manufacturing are central to the discussion of development strategies. This book offers an interpretation of growth trajectories in selected Asian economies in terms of the size-structure of enterprises in the manufacturing sector of these economies. The book presents a comparative survey of distribution of enterprises by size across Asia including India Japan Taiwan Korea Thailand Bangladesh and Vietnam. A broad survey of official data on the size structure of manufacturing helps to identify three distinct patterns of manufacturing sector development and makes the connection between enterprise development and the overall impact on the economy. The book goes on to investigate the problem of the peculiar dual size structure of manufacturing in India with its two modes at the low and high end of the size distribution and conspicuous ‘missing middle’ and the effect that this has on the economy. This pattern is contrasted with the ‘East Asian model with a more even size distribution and the more recent experience of the newly developing countries of Asia with size distribution skewed to the right. It is an important contribution to studies on Asian Economics and Manufacturing Industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415623339

Manufacturing in the New Urban Economy In large cities in developed countries the share of manufacturing has declined drastically in the last decades and the share of service has grown as many manufacturing firms have closed or moved to lower-cost locations. The process of deindustrialization is often seen as part of the inevitable shift towards a knowledge based economy and urban economies come to rely on research and development financial services tourism and the creative industries. This book looks at the changing link between manufacturing and knowledge-based activities in urban regions. The authors develop a new framework drawing on insights from organization studies and regional economic literature looking at various international case studies in Western and Eastern Europe South America and Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710091

Manufacturing of Polymer Composites The potential application areas for polymer composites are vast. While techniques and methodologies for composites design are relatively well established the knowledge and understanding of post-design issues lag far behind. This leads to designs and eventually composites with disappointing properties and unnecessarily high cost thus impeding a wider industrial acceptance of polymer composites. Manufacturing of Polymer Composites completely covers pre- and post-design issues. While the book enables students to become fully comfortable with composites as a possible materials choice it also provides sufficient knowledge about manufacturing-related issues to permit them to avoid common pitfalls and unmanufacturable designs. The book is a fully comprehensive text covering all commercially significant materials and manufacturing techniques while at the same time discussing areas of research and development that are nearing commercial reality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138459588

Manufacturing Operations Management This book includes broad coverage of production and associated services. Since the success of manufacturing operations depends on the demand information and costs and revenue qualitative and quantitative techniques of demand forecasting and also financial analysis are covered in this book. Topics such as facilities layout inventory project management production planning and management are explained in detail. Additional topics include quality control and work study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482257885

Manufacturing Optimization through Intelligent Techniques (2006) Effective utilization of equipment is critical to any manufacturing operation especially with today's sophisticated high-cost equipment and increased global competition. To meet these challenges in the manufacturing industry you must understand and implement the myriad conventional and intelligent techniques for different types of manufacturing problems. Manufacturing Optimization Through Intelligent Techniques covers design of machine elements integrated product development machining tolerance allocation selection of operating parameters for CNC machine tools scheduling part family formation selection of robot coordinates robot trajectory planning and both conventional and intelligent techniques providing the tools to design and implement a suitable optimization technique. The author explores how to model optimization problems select suitable techniques develop the optimization algorithm and software and implement the program. The book delineates five new techniques using examples taken from the literature for optimization problems in design tolerance allocation; selection of machining parameters integrated product development scheduling concurrent formation of machine groups and part families selection of robot co-ordinates robot trajectory planning and intelligent machining. All the manufacturing functions described have been successfully solved by Genetic Algorithm. Other intelligent techniques have been implemented only for solving certain types of problems: simulated annealing; design and scheduling particle swarm optimization and ant colony optimization; tolerance allocation and tabu search; as well as machining parameters optimization.After reading this book you will understand the different types of manufacturing optimization problems as well as the conventional and intelligent techniques suitable for solving them. You will also be able to develop and implement effective optimization procedures and algorithms for a wide variety of problems in design manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138106093

Manufacturing Parameters and EntrepreneurshipSpace Consideration Manufacturing Parameters and Entrepreneurship provides a guide that helps business leaders understand and apply the production parameters and estimation techniques needed for commercial success. This book covers important concepts in depth including manufacturing space manufacturing quality production backorders space consideration quality aspects maximum inventory control entrepreneurial application and quality inclusion. Key features: Covers manufacturing parameters their estimation and effects in a single volume. Discusses conceptualization formulation and analysis of space consideration. Provides basic understanding and mathematical treatment of quality aspects in detail. Discusses in detail concepts such as manufacturing space manufacturing quality and production backorders. Covers stock out situations in detail. Manufacturing Parameters and Entrepreneurship will be an invaluable addition to the libraries of graduate students and professionals in the field of industrial engineering production engineering and manufacturing science and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367558543

Manufacturing Productivity in China Chinese manufacturing industries continue to impact the world economy. It is important to understand what is happening in China and the uniqueness of Chinese manufacturing industries. Manufacturing Productivity in China brings together a group of authors from academia and industry to give an industrial engineering micro viewpoint instead of an economical macro viewpoint to this subject. It includes first-hand case studies to better understand the competitiveness of Chinese manufacturing industries. Although many researchers attribute China’s manufacturing success to the competitiveness of low labor and materials cost in reality many other factors are at play. Investment in manufacturing engineering education and innovation also plays a role. With twelve case studies written by foremost authorities from Tsinghua University this book covers a broad range of manufacturing industries—transitional state-owned and private enterprises. However each case study highlights the innovation of Chinese manufacturing and enhancement of production efficiency with concepts bolstered by a significant number of figures and tables. The book explores the history of China’s success beginning with the planned economy from 1949-1977 to the reforms of the latter part of the twentieth century to the emergence of industrial engineering and innovation. An inside look at the stories behind the successful manufacturing processes this book provides an unbiased view of the success of "Made in China". Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466595422

Manufacturing Systems EngineeringA Unified Approach to Manufacturing Technology Production Management and Industrial Economics This second edition of the classic textbook has been written to provide a completely up-to-date text for students of mechanical industrial manufacturing and production engineering and is an indispensable reference for professional industrial engineers and managers.In his outstanding book Professor Katsundo Hitomi integrates three key themes into the text:* manufacturing technology* production management * industrial economics Manufacturing technology is concerned with the flow of materials from the acquisition of raw materials through conversion in the workshop to the shipping of finished goods to the customer. Production management deals with the flow of information by which the flow of materials is managed efficiently through planning and control techniques. Industrial economics focuses on the flow of production costs aiming to minimise these to facilitate competitive pricing.Professor Hitomi argues that the fundamental purpose of manufacturing is to create tangible goods and it has a tradition dating back to the prehistoric toolmakers. The fundamental importance of manufacturing is that it facilitates basic existence it creates wealth and it contributes to human happiness - manufacturing matters. Nowadays we regard manufacturing as operating in these other contexts beyond the technological. It is in this unique synthesis that Professor Hitomi's study constitutes a new discipline: manufacturing systems engineering - a system that will promote manufacturing excellence.Key Features:* The classic textbook in manufacturing engineering * Fully revised edition providing a modern introduction to manufacturing technology production managment and industrial economics* Includes review questions and problems for the student reader Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748145

Manufacturing Techniques for MaterialsEngineering and Engineered Manufacturing Techniques for Materials: Engineering and Engineered provides a cohesive and comprehensive overview of the following: (i) prevailing and emerging trends (ii) emerging developments and related technology and (iii) potential for the commercialization of techniques specific to manufacturing of materials. The first half of the book provides the interested reader with detailed chapters specific to the manufacturing of emerging materials such as additive manufacturing with a valued emphasis on the science technology and potentially viable practices specific to the manufacturing technique used. This section also attempts to discuss in a lucid and easily understandable manner the specific advantages and limitations of each technique and goes on to highlight all of the potentially viable and emerging technological applications. The second half of this archival volume focuses on a wide spectrum of conventional techniques currently available and being used in the manufacturing of both materials and resultant products. Manufacturing Techniques for Materials is an invaluable tool for a cross-section of readers including engineers researchers technologists students at both the graduate level and undergraduate level and even entrepreneurs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735098

Manufacturing Techniques for Microfabrication and Nanotechnology Designed for science and engineering students this text focuses on emerging trends in processes for fabricating MEMS and NEMS devices. The book reviews different forms of lithography subtractive material removal processes and additive technologies. Both top-down and bottom-up fabrication processes are exhaustively covered and the merits of the different approaches are compared. Students can use this color volume as a guide to help establish the appropriate fabrication technique for any type of micro- or nano-machine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420055191

Manufacturing Technology TransferA Japanese Monozukuri View of Needs and Strategies Based on a bestselling book originally published in Japanese Manufacturing Technology Transfer: A Japanese Monozukuri View of Needs and Strategies offers time-tested methods and little-known tips for achieving successful transfer of technology along with the skills required to operate that technology. Designed to support a series of lectures on technology transfer within a master’s course on the management of technology it presents the results of years of research carried out at Hiroshima University.The book delves into the authors’ decades of experience transferring technology between Japan and the rest of the world particularly to developing countries from where much of the world’s future economic growth is expected. It contains case studies of successful technology transfers from both the ship building and food equipment industries. Its wide-reaching coverage examines methods of skill transfer production management and manufacturing company classification.Introducing readers to the engineering activities that occur within the manufacturing industry the book illustrates the engineering technology activities involved in manufacturing along with the production management activities required to support them. It also explains how job simulators can help shorten learning times in the manufacturing industry in the same way that flight simulators are used to teach flying skills to pilots.The book outlines a framework for teaching and learning processes that can be visualized in terms of an S-shaped learning curve. It explains how technology transfer overseas should be supported by contractual agreements between the parties concerned. Detailing the legal/contractual responsibilities for all parties involved it also describes what you should do if problems arise during the transfer.Integrating previously unpublished research results with illustrative case studies this book is suitable for a wide audience within the manufacturing industry—including manufacturing engineering students in both developed and developing countries those responsible for the development of manufacturing engineers in industry and elsewhere and anyone interested in the international activities of Japanese manufacturing companies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466567634

Manufacturing TechnologyMaterials Processes and Equipment Individuals who will be involved in design and manufacturing of finished products need to understand the grand spectrum of manufacturing technology. Comprehensive and fundamental Manufacturing Technology: Materials Processes and Equipment introduces and elaborates on the field of manufacturing technology—its processes materials tooling and equipment. The book emphasizes the fundamentals of processes their capabilities typical applications advantages and limitations. Thorough and insightful it provides mathematical modeling and equations as needed to enhance the basic understanding of the material at hand. Designed for upper-level undergraduates in mechanical industrial manufacturing and materials engineering disciplines this book covers complete manufacturing technology courses taught in engineering colleges and institutions worldwide. The book also addresses the needs of production and manufacturing engineers and technologists participating in related industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072138

Manufacturing the Mathematical ChildA Deconstruction of Dominant Spaces of Production and Governance Mathematics is a subject held in high esteem around the world yet the teaching and learning of mathematics is rarely viewed as good enough and many find the subject difficult to comprehend or engage with. In Manufacturing the Mathematical Child Anna Llewellyn asks some difficult questions in order to determine why this is the case and to question who it is that we allow to succeed at mathematics particularly within the context of neoliberalism where education is a product of the market. By looking at the various sites of production Llewellyn examines the ways that key discursive spaces produce very different expectations of what it means to do mathematics and demonstrates that these place various homogenised expectations upon children. Arguing that these are not natural but instead a reproduction of discursive norms the book demonstrates why some people fit these standardized ways of being and others do not. Using England as a case study and referring to other international contexts Llewellyn argues that there is a functionality found within certain educational policy discourses and a romantic attachment to the natural child found within educational research neither of which can match what happens in the messy classroom. As a result it becomes evident that exclusion from mathematics is inevitable for many children. Original and exciting this book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students within the fields of mathematics education childhood studies policy studies and Foucauldian or post-structural analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487836

Manufacturing the Modern Patron in Victorian CaliforniaCultural Philanthropy Industrial Capital and Social Authority Through the example of Central Pacific Railroad executives Manufacturing the Modern Patron in Victorian California redirects attention from the usual art historical protagonists - artistic producers - and rewrites narratives of American art from the unfamiliar vantage of patrons and collectors. Neither denouncing nor lionizing nor dismissing its subjects it demonstrates the benefits of taking art consumers seriously as active contributors to the cultural meanings of artwork. It explores the critical role of art patronage in the articulation of a new and distinctly modern elite class identity for newly ascendant corporate executives and financiers. These economic elites also sought to legitimate trends in industrial capitalism such as mechanization incorporation and proletarianization through their consumption of a diverse array of elite culture including regional landscapes panoramic and stop-motion photography history paintings of the California Gold Rush the architecture of Stanford University and the design of domestic galleries. This book addresses not only readers in the art history and visual and material cultures of the United States but also scholars of patronage studies American Studies and the sociology of culture. It tells a story still relevant to this new Gilded Age of the early 21st century in which wealthy collectors dramatically shape contemporary art markets and institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274778

ManufacturingMathematical Models Problems and Solutions This unique book is equally useful to both engineering-degree students and production engineers practicing in industry. The volume is designed to cover three aspects of manufacturing technology: (a) fundamental concepts (b) engineering analysis/mathematical modeling of manufacturing operations and (c) 250+ problems and their solutions. These attractive features render this book suitable for recommendation as a textbook for undergraduate as well as Master level programs in Mechanical/Materials/Industrial Engineering. There are 19 chapters in the book; each chapter first introduces readers to the technological importance of chapter-topic and definitions of terms and their explanation; and then the mathematical modeling/engineering analysis of the corresponding manufacturing operation is presented. The meanings of the terms along with their SI units in each mathematical model are clearly stated. There are over 320 mathematical models/equations. The book is divided into three parts. Part One introduces readers to manufacturing and basic manufacturing processes (metal casting plastic molding metal forming ceramic processing composite processing heat treatment surface finishing welding & joining and powder metallurgy) and their engineering analysis/mathematical modeling followed by worked examples (solved problem). Part Two covers non-traditional machining and computer aided manufacturing including their mathematical modeling and the related solved problems. Finally quality control (QC) and economic aspects of manufacturing are discussed in Part Three. Features Presents over 320 mathematical models and 250 worked examples Covers both conventional and non-traditional manufacturing Includes design problems and their solutions on engineering manufacturing processes Special emphasis on casting design and weld design in manufacturing   Offers computer aided manufacturing quality control and economics of manufacturing Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138501362

Manure MattersHistorical Archaeological and Ethnographic Perspectives In pre-industrial societies in which the majority of the population lived directly off the land few issues were more important than the maintenance of soil fertility. Without access to biodegradable wastes from production processes or to synthetic agrochemicals early farmers continuously developed strategies aimed at adding nutritional value to their fields using locally available natural materials. Manure really mattered its collection/creation storage and spreading becoming major preoccupations for all agriculturalists no matter what environment they worked or at what period. This book brings together the work of a group of international scholars working on social cultural and economic issues relating to past manure and manuring. Contributors use textual linguistic archaeological scientific and ethnographic evidence as the basis for their analyses. The scope of the papers is temporally and geographically broad; they span the Neolithic through to the modern period and cover studies from the Middle East Britain and Atlantic Europe and India. Together they allow us to explore the signatures that manure and manuring have left behind and the vast range of attitudes that have surrounded both substance and activity in the past and present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107625

Manuscript Inscriptions in Early English Printed Music Who were the first owners of the music published in England in the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries? Who went to ‘the dwelling house of … T. East by Paules wharfe’ and bought a copy of Byrd’s Psalmes sonets & songs when it appeared in 1588? Who purchased a copy of Dowland’s First booke of songes in 1597? What other books formed part of their music library? In this survey of surviving books of music published before 1640 David Greer has gleaned information about the books’ early and subsequent owners by studying the traces they left in the books themselves: handwritten inscriptions including names and other marks of ownership - even the scribbles and drawings a child of the family might put into a book left lying about. The result is a treasure trove of information about musical culture in early modern England. From inscriptions and marks of ownership Greer has been able to re-assemble early sets of partbooks as well as collections of books once bound together. The search has also turned up new music. At a time when paper was expensive new pieces were copied into blank spaces in printed books. In these jottings we find a ‘hidden repertory’ of music some of it otherwise undiscovered music by known composers. In other cases we see owners altering the words of songs to suit new and personal purposes: a love-song in praise of Daphne becomes a heartfelt song to ‘my Jesus’; and ‘Faire Leonilla’ becomes Ophelia (perhaps the first mention of this character in Hamlet outside the play itself). On a more practical level the users of the music sometimes made corrections to printing errors and there are indications that some of these were last-minute corrections made in the printing-house (a useful guide for the modern editor). The temptation to ‘scribble in books’ was as irresistible to some Elizabethans as it is to some of us today. In doing so they left us clues to their identity how they kept their music how they used it and the multifarious ways in which it played a part in their lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598501

Manuscript Miscellanies in Early Modern England Perhaps more than any other kind of book manuscript miscellanies require a complex and ’material’ reading strategy. This collection of essays engages the renewed and expanding interest in early modern English miscellanies anthologies and other compilations. Manuscript Miscellanies in Early Modern England models and refines the study of these complicated collections. Several of its contributors question and redefine the terms we use to describe miscellanies and anthologies. Two senior scholars correct the misidentification of a scribe and in so doing uncover evidence of a Catholic probably Jesuit priest and community in a trio of manuscripts. Additional contributors show compilers interpreting attributing and arranging texts as well as passively accepting others’ editorial decisions. While manuscript verse miscellanies remain appropriately central to the collection several essays also involve print and prose ranging from letters to sermons and even political prophesies. Using extensive textual and bibliographical evidence the collection offers stimulating new readings of literature politics and religion in the early modern period and promises to make important interventions in academic studies of the history of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879907

Manuscript Sources of Medieval MedicineA Book of Essays First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980389

Manuscripts Market and the Transition to Print in Late Medieval Brittany Manuscripts Market and the Transition to Print in Late Medieval Brittany surveys the production and marketing of non-monastic manuscripts and printed books over 150 years in late medieval Brittany from the accession of the Montfort family to the ducal crown in 1364 to the duchy's formal assimilation by France in 1532. Brittany as elsewhere experienced the shift of manuscript production from monasteries to lay scriptoria and from rural settings to urban centers as the motivation for copying the word in ink on parchment evolved from divine meditation to personal profit. Through her analysis of the physical aspects of Breton manuscripts and books parchment and paper textual layouts scripts and typography illumination and illustration Diane Booton exposes previously unexplored connections between the tangible cultural artifacts and the society that produced acquired and valued them. Innovatively Booton's discussion incorporates archival research into the prices wages and commissions associated with the manufacture of the works under discussion to shed new light on their economic and personal value. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249766

Many Faces Inform Scienc/h This book reviews the current status of information science and explores possibilities for breakthroughs. It will be of interest to basic and applied researchers in the fields of information and computer science to system developers and operators and to educators and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170615

Many Faces Of Homosexuality: Anthropological Approaches To Homosexual This groundbreaking book examines the diverse manifestations of homosexuality in various historical periods and non-Western cultures. The distinguished authors examine Kimam male ritualized homosexual behavior Mexican homosexual interaction in public contexts male homosexuality and spirit possession in Brazil and much more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315866093

Many Faces of the Caucasus Studies of the Caucasus in the West have been dominated by issues of security and ethnic conflict based on Eurocentric theoretical paradigms. By contrast this volume offers contributions from researchers working within a range of disciplines including history social anthropology sociology and cultural studies as well as international relations and security studies. Some of the contributions demonstrate in-depth knowledge of the region from ‘inside’ while others explore the issues within a wider Eurasian and global perspective. The volume examines the politically-defined division of the region into the North and South Caucasus the evolution of national identity and citizenship and the role of the NGOs in the development of civil society in the post-Soviet period. Its content demonstrates the advantages of an area studies inter-disciplinary approach to the study of the region and the importance of collaboration between Western and local researchers. It highlights the importance of the Caucasus as a geographical political and civilisational entity and examines the historical cultural political religious and psychological factors behind the region’s particular susceptibility to territorial and ethno-religious conflict. The book will be of benefit to scholars and students researching the Caucasus Russia and the post-Soviet space. It will also appeal to policy-makers NGO activists journalists and a wider audience interested in this fascinating region. This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377592

Many Peoples Many FaithsWomen and Men in the World Religions For more than three decades this introduction to the world's religions Many Peoples Many Faiths has combined factual information with empathic writing that seeks to convey the flavor of our planet's diverse religions and cultures. This classic work helps students gain a sense of each religion's unique characteristics while tackling some of today's most critical religious issues. It is written in an engaging style and has been fully updated--with fresh insights and information on each of the world’s major religions along with new religious movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205797110

Many Thin CompaniesThe Change in Customer Dealings and Managers Since September 11 2001 Discover what happened to the economy after 9/11—from an insider outlook Many Thin Companies: The Change in Customer Dealings and Managers Since September 11 2001 is an up-to-date examination of the aftereffects of the World Trade Center bombings upon businesses nationwide. In this important text you will learn about the efforts of several companies that were hit hard by 9/11 including Aon Corporation and PricewaterhouseCoopers. This resource will help university professors and students—as well as consultants and managers already at work—understand more clearly the current business trends and prepare them for future consequences. Many Thin Companies looks at how the tragedy has forever altered the economy advertising practices and consumer behavior. The book supplies statistics and case studies for New York City commerce the airlines industry and several well-known companies from both before and after 9/11—revealing the patterns of growth decline and return. It also contains valuable information on how companies can reorganize their internal structure and distribution of funds with more effort on safety and crisis management planning. With Many Thin Companies you’ll gain a better understanding of: New York City’s proposed budget gap-closing plan increasing security needs despite financial difficulties “The Verizon Promise”—how Verizon was able to restore service in Manhattan in one week thanks to preparedness and sales organization communication starting over—planning new outcomes for businesses after unexpected hardships performance issues—how to take care of the employees after a crisis international marketing concerns post-September 11 Many Thin Companies: The Change in Customer Dealings and Managers Since September 11 2001 provides a wealth of data that can be used to help prepare companies and industries for the short- and long-term consequences of 9/11. This book can help you prevent oversights and ensure that the businesses you work with are dependable to shareholders and consumers when that security is most needed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785721

Many Voices One Vision: The Early Years of the World Heritage Convention In 1972 UNESCO put in place the World Heritage Convention a highly successful international treaty that influences heritage activity in virtually every country in the world. Focusing on the Convention's creation and early implementation this book examines the World Heritage system and its global impact through diverse prisms including its normative frameworks constituent bodies programme activities personalities and key issues. The authors concentrate on the period between 1972 and 2000 because implementation of the World Heritage Convention during these years sets the stage for future activity and provides a foil for understanding the subsequent evolution in the decade that follows. This innovative book project seeks out the voices of the pioneers - some 40 key players who participated in the creation and early implementation of the Convention - and combines these insightful interviews with original research drawn from a broad range of both published and archival sources. The World Heritage Convention has been significantly influenced by 40 years of history. Although the text of the Convention remains unchanged the way it has been implemented reflects global trends as well as evolving perceptions of the nature of heritage itself and approaches to conservation. Some are sounding the alarm claiming that the system is imploding under its own weight. Others believe that the Convention is being compromised by geopolitical considerations and rivalries. This book stimulates reflection on the meaning of the Convention in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248083

Many VoicesMultilateral Negotiations In The World Arena This book presents a collection of case studies that illustrate the variety and dynamism of decision-making process on complex issues—ranging from defense and national security to environmental protection and Third World development—that dominate the global agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154134

Many-Body Effects and Electrostatics in Biomolecules As computational hardware continues to develop at a rapid pace quantitative computations are playing an increasingly essential role in the study of biomolecular systems. One of the most important challenges that the field faces is to develop the next generation of computational models that strike the proper balance of computational efficiency and accuracy so that the problems of increasing complexity can be tackled in a systematic and physically robust manner. In particular properly treating intermolecular interactions is fundamentally important for the reliability of all computational models. In this book contributions by leading experts in the area of biomolecular simulations discuss cutting-edge ideas regarding effective strategies to describe many-body effects and electrostatics at quantum classical and coarse-grained levels. The goal of the book is to not only provide an up-to-date snapshot of the current simulation field but also stimulate exchange of ideas across different sub-fields of modern computational (bio)chemistry. The text will be a useful reference for the biomolecular simulation community and help attract talented young students into this exciting frontier of research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613927

Many-Body Methods for Atoms and Molecules Brings Readers from the Threshold to the Frontier of Modern Research Many-Body Methods for Atoms and Molecules addresses two major classes of theories of electron correlation: the many-body perturbation theory and coupled cluster methods. It discusses the issues related to the formal development and consequent numerical implementation of the methods from the standpoint of a practicing theoretician. The book will enable readers to understand the future development of state-of-the-art multi-reference coupled cluster methods as well as their perturbative counterparts. The book begins with an introduction to the issues relevant to the development of correlated methods in general. It next gives a formally rigorous treatment of aspects that pave the foundation toward the theoretical development of methods capable of tackling problems of electronic correlation. The authors go on to cover perturbation theory first in a fundamental way and then in the multi-reference context. They also describe the idea of state-specific theories Fock space-based multi-reference coupled cluster methods and basic issues of the single-reference coupled cluster method. The book concludes with state-of-the-art methods of modern electronic structure. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482211900

Mao Michael Lynch’s second edition of Mao examines the life of this controversial figure. Opening with a detailed chronology it delves into Mao’s younger years and tracks his gradual rise to power with a chapter dedicated to the cult status that surrounded him. Through a wealth of primary and secondary sources and a balanced consideration of the conflicting views that surround Mao’s leadership this book provides a thorough exploration of Mao’s political and private life. Key features of the second edition include a detailed analysis of the Long March an account of Sino-Japanese relations and an assessment of Mao’s ongoing legacy. This biography will be essential reading for anyone interested in Mao and the politics of twentieth-century China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122079

Mao A lucid analysis of Mao as revolutionary general ideologist and astute political manipulator this introduction to the life and career of Mao Zedong provides an excellent introduction to modern Chinese history and its enigmatic protagonist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171886

Mao Stalin and the Korean WarTrilateral Communist Relations in the 1950s This book examines relations between China and the Soviet Union during the 1950s and provides an insight into Chinese thinking about the Korean War. This volume is based on a translation of Shen Zihua’s best-selling Chinese-language book which broke the mainland Chinese taboo on publishing non-heroic accounts of the Korean War.The author combined information detailed in Soviet-era diplomatic documents (released after the collapse of the Soviet Union) with Chinese memoirs official document collections and scholarly monographs in order to present a non-ideological realpolitik account of the relations motivations and actions among three Communist actors: Stalin Mao Zedong and Kim Il-sung. This new translation represents a revisionist perspective on trilateral Communist alliance relations during the Korean War shedding new light on the origins of the Sino-Soviet split and the rather distant relations between China and North Korea. It features a critical introduction to Shen's work and the text is based on original archival research not found in earlier books in English. This book will be of much interest to students of Communist China Stalinist Russia the Korean War Cold War Studies and International History in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748124

Mao Tse-tung and the Chinese People This book first published in 1977 attempts to show Mao Tse-tung in his relationship with the Chinese people. The author makes extensive use of a number of interviews with a cross-section of Chinese people as well as examining the written records made by foreign visitors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341555

Mao Zedong and Workers: The Labour Movement in Hunan Province 1920-23The Labour Movement in Hunan Province 1920-23 This title was first published in 1982: Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897175

Mao’s China and the Sino-Soviet SplitIdeological Dilemma The Sino-Soviet split in the 1960s was one of the most significant events of the Cold War. Why did the Sino-Soviet alliance hailed by its creators as "unbreakable" "eternal" and as representing "brotherly solidarity" break up? Why did their relations eventually evolve into open hostility and military confrontation? With the publication of several works on the subject in the past decade we are now in a better position to understand and explain the origins of the Sino-Soviet split. But at the same time new questions and puzzles have also emerged. The scholarly debate on this issue is still fierce. This book the result of extensive research on declassified documents at the Chinese Foreign Ministry and on numerous other new Chinese materials sheds new light on the problem and makes a significant contribution to the debate. More than simply an empirical case study by theorising the concept of the ideological dilemma Mingjiang Li’s book attempts to address the relationship between ideology and foreign policy and discusses such pressing questions as why it is that an ideology can sometimes effectively dictate foreign policy whilst at other times exercises almost no significant influence at all. This book will be of essential reading to anyone interested in Chinese-Soviet history Cold War history International Relations and the theory of ideology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018020

Maoism in India and Nepal Why are Maoist Naxalite and Left extremist movements taking root in the most backward and underdeveloped regions of South Asia? This book examines this multi-layered question in democracies such as India and Nepal through an analysis of these movements as well as their leaderships and ideologies. Through a series of detailed interviews and dialogues it sheds fresh light into the minds and actions of people who have critically defined the nature of Maoism and related movements in the region. Weaving together diverse narratives voices and streams of dissent this first-of-its-kind volume brings cohesion to the seemingly fragmented but formidable Maoist politics in South Asia. It also highlights how such ‘civil wars’ are embedded into the larger politics of the region. Perceptive and lucid this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of politics sociology peace and conflict studies and security studies especially those concerned with Maoism and social movements. It will also be useful to government institutions and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815376071

Maoism in IndiaReincarnation of Ultra-Left Wing Extremism in the Twenty-First Century The rise of Maoism as one of the organized political movement in India is the outcome of a historical situation. Both colonialism and the failure of the Indian state to implement land reforms more stringently in the aftermath of independence resulted in terrible sufferings of the marginalized land- dependent sections of society. Through historical analysis this book assesses the ideological articulation of the contemporary ultra-left movement in India including Maoism which is expanding gradually in India. The author provides answers to the following issues: Is Maoism reflective of the growing disenchantment of the people in the affected areas with the state? Is it a comment on ‘the distorted development planning’ pursued by the Indian state? Is this an outcome of the processes of ‘deepening of democracy’ in India? Using Orissa as a case study the book raises questions on India’s development strategy. The author argues that Maoism provides critical inputs for an alternative paradigm for development relevant for ‘transitional societies’ and that it is a still a powerful ideology for the poorer parts of the world although its ideological appeal has declined internationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533522

Maoist Insurgency Since Vietnam This is an analysis of revolutions based on the Maoist Mode. These insurgencies failed having been successfully contained by their governments. How did the world's strongest power - America - fail where Third World governments have succeeded? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044018

Mao's Children in the New ChinaVoices From the Red Guard Generation Around 18 million young Chinese people were sent to the countryside between 1966 and 1976 as part of the Cultural Revolution. Mao's Children in the New China allows some of them to tell their moving stories in their own voices for the first time. In this inspiring collection of interviews with former Red Guards members of the first generation to be born under Chairman Mao talk frankly about the dramatic changes which have occurred in China over the last two decades. In discussing the impact these changes have had on their own lives the former revolutionaries give a direct insight into how ex-Maoists view contemporary China revealing an attitude perhaps more critical than that of most Western commentators. These poignant memoirs tell the very personal stories of how people from all walks of life were affected by both the cultural revolution and Deng Xiaoping's economic reforms. They cover subjects as diverse as marriage and divorce the privatization of industry family relationships universities and the stock market. Mao's Children in the New China is essential reading for all those interested in learning more about the personal and social history of modern China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315011103

Mao's PreyThe History of Chen Renbing Liberal Intelletual This book first published in 2001 uses key oral histories to confirm and explain the professional and private lives of post-1949 Chinese intellectuals through the focal point of Chen Renbing a man personally criticised by Mao Zedong. Intellectuals have faced unique perils in modern Chinese history thousands of whom were targeted by Mao. Mao’s Prey provides invaluable insight into their experiences and fates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348646

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 1: Pre-Marxist Period 1912-20Revolutionary Writings 1912-49 Revolution in its Leninist guise has been a dominant force in the world for most of the 20th century and the Chinese revolution has been with the Russian revolution one of its two most important manifestations. Mao Zedong the architect of victory in China in 1949 stands out as one of the dominant figures of the century. Guerilla leader strategist conqueror ruler poet and philosopher he placed his imprint on China and on the world. Even though today communism is widely seen as bankrupt Mao Zedong's achievements as an innovative disciple of Lenin and Stalin in the most populous nation on earth guarantees his place in history. Whatever the ultimate fate of communism in China the fact of Mao's influence on events during more than five decades and its resonance after his death will remain. This edition of Mao Zedong's writings provides abundant documentation in his own words regarding his life and thought. It has been compiled from all available Chinese sources including not only the 20-volume edition published in Tokyo years ago but many new materials issued in China since 1978 both openly and for internal circulation. The editors have pursued a threefold goal: firstly to translate every text by Mao which could be obtained so as to make this English version as complete as possible; secondly to annotate the materials in sufficient detail to make them accessible to the non-specialist reader; and thirdly to combine accuracy with a level of literary quality which is intended to make the volumes agreeable as well as instructive to read. Volume 1 includes translations of the entire contents of the authoritative "Mao Zedong Zaoqi Wengao 1912.6-1920.11" ("Draft writings from Mao Zedong's early period June 1912-November 1920") published in Beijing in 1990 plus some 15 additional texts for the same period which have been attributed to Mao. Among the items thus made available in English are his first surviving work a middle school essay of 1912 in praise of Shang Yang; his very extensive "Classroom Notes" of late 1913 on the lectures of his most influential teachers Yang Changji and "Yuan the Big Beard"; a dozen letters to his then close friend Xiao Zisheng (Siao-yu) who described a shared odyssey in "Mao-Tse-tung and I were Beggars"; his marginal annotations of 1918 to the German philosopher Friedrich Paulsen's work on ethics in which Mao proclaimed himself a believer in "individualism" and an admirer of Nietzsche; and many important letters articles and other writings documenting his evolution from liberalism to anarchism and finally to Marxism in 1919-1920. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702629

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 2: National Revolution and Social Revolution Dec.1920-June 1927Revolutionary Writi This projected ten-volume edition of Mao Zedong's writings provides abundant documentation in his own words regarding his life and thought. It has been compiled from all available Chinese sources including the many new texts that appeared in 1993 Mao's centenary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702612

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 3: From the Jinggangshan to the Establishment of the Jiangxi Soviets July 1927-Dec This projected ten-volume edition of Mao Zedong's writings provides abundant documentation in his own words regarding his life and thought. It has been compiled from all available Chinese sources including the many new texts that appeared in 1993 Mao's centenary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702605

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 4: The Rise and Fall of the Chinese Soviet Republic 1931-34Revolutionary Writings 1912-49 This projected ten-volume edition of Mao Zedong's writings provides abundant documentation in his own words regarding his life and thought. It has been compiled from all available Chinese sources including the many new texts that appeared in 1993 Mao's centenary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315541310

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 5: Toward the Second United Front January 1935-July 1937Revolutionary Writings 1912-49 This projected ten-volume edition of Mao Zedong's writings provides abundant documentation in his own words regarding his life and thought. It has been compiled from all available Chinese sources including the many new texts that appeared in 1993 Mao's centenary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702599

Mao's Road to Power: Revolutionary Writings 1912-49: v. 6: New Stage (August 1937-1938)Revolutionary Writings 1912-49 By 1936 after a decade of Civil War and even before the Xi'an Incident Mao Zedong had begun talking about a "New Stage" of cooperation between the Guomindang and the Communist Party. With the establishment of a framework for cooperation between the two parties and as Japan began its brutal war against China Mao began to develop this theme more systematically in both the political and military spheres. This volume documents the evolution of Mao's thinking in this area that found its culmination in his long report to the Sixth Enlarged Plenum of the Central Committee in October 1938 explicitly entitled "On the New Stage" and presented here in its entirety. It was also during this period that Mao delivered a course of lectures on dialectical materialism after reading and annotating a number of works on Marxist theory by Soviet and Chinese authors. These lectures from which "On Practice" and "On Contradiction" were later extracted are also translated here in their entirety. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702582

Mao's Road to PowerRevolutionary Writings 1912-1949: New Democracy By 1939 Mao Zedong was a leader in the Chinese Communist Party through his political acumen his organizing energy and his executive ability. At the same time his abilities to shift register to maintain a sense of the whole and also of the particular and to absorb seemingly contradictory realities in the social political and military arenas he Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702636

Mao's Road to PowerRevolutionary Writings: Volume VIII This eighth volume covers the period 1942 to 1945 when Mao asserted his status as the incarnation and symbol of the Chinese Revolution and the sinification of Marxism-Leninism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765643353

Map of the WorldAn Introduction to Mathematical Geodesy Carl Friedrich Gauss the "foremost of mathematicians " was a land surveyor. Measuring and calculating geodetic networks on the curved Earth was the inspiration for some of his greatest mathematical discoveries. This is just one example of how mathematics and geodesy the science and art of measuring and mapping our world have evolved together throughout history. This text is for students and professionals in geodesy land surveying and geospatial science who need to understand the mathematics of describing the Earth and capturing her in maps and geospatial data: the discipline known as mathematical geodesy. Map of the World: An Introduction to Mathematical Geodesy aims to provide an accessible introduction to this area presenting and developing the mathematics relating to maps mapping and the production of geospatial data. Described are the theory and its fundamental concepts its application for processing analyzing transforming and projecting geospatial data and how these are used in producing charts and atlases. Also touched upon are the multitude of cross-overs into other sciences sharing in the adventure of discovering what our world really looks like. FEATURES • Written in a fluid and accessible style replete with exercises; adaptable for courses on different levels. • Suitable for students and professionals in the mapping sciences but also for lovers of maps and map making. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367217730

Map Projection TransformationPrinciples and Applications With the advance of science and technology there have been breakthroughs in the field of classical research and methods of map projection. Among these computer science and space science have had the greater influence upon the field of research and the formation of a working body of map projection developing them in breadth and depth. This book reflects several aspects of the development of modern mathematical cartography especially the theory and methods of map projection transformation. Map projection transformation is an area of research in mathematical cartography newly developed over the last 25 years. It is widely used in surveying and computer-assisted cartography data processing for information systems and the transformation of data from space remote sensing and other space sciences. The development of map projection transformation not only expands new areas of research on mathematical cartography but it also further develops the applied area with the creation and application of map projection transformation software and mapping mathematics bases on the computer. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003062738

Map ProjectionsA Reference Manual Map projection concerns the science of mathematical cartography the techniques by which the Earth's dimensions shape and features are translated in map form be that two-dimensional paper or two- or three- dimensional electronic representations. The central focus of this book is on the theory of map projections. Mathematical cartography also take Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429159848

Map ProjectionsTheory and Applications About the Author: Frederick Pearson has extensive experience in teaching map projection at the Air Force Cartography School and Virginia Polytechnic Institute. He developed star charts satellite trajectory programs and a celestial navigation device for the Aeronautical Chart and Information Center. He is an expert in orbital analysis of satellites and control and guidance systems. At McDonnell-Douglas he worked on the guidance system for the space shuttle.This text develops the plotting equations for the major map projections. The emphasis is on obtaining usable algorithms for computed aided plotting and CRT display. The problem of map projection is stated and the basic terminology is introduced. The required fundamental mathematics is reviewed and transformation theory is developed. Theories from differential geometry are particularized for the transformation from a sphere or spheroid as the model of the earth onto a selected plotting surface. The most current parameters to describe the figure of the earth are given. Formulas are included to calculate meridian length parallel length geodetic and geocentric latitude azimuth and distances on the sphere or spheroid. Equal area conformal and conventional projection transformations are derived. All result in direct transformation from geographic to cartesian coordinates. For selected projections inverse transformations from cartesian to geographic coordinates are given. Since the avoidance of distortion is important the theory of distortion is explored. Formulas are developed to give a quantitative estimate of linear area and angular distortions. Extended examples are given for several mapping problems of interest. Computer applications and efficient algorithms are presented. This book is an appropriate text for a course in the mathematical aspects of mapping and cartography. Map projections are of interest to workers in many fields. Some of these are mathematicians engineers surveyors geodi Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450854

Maphaeus Vegius and His Thirteenth Book of the AeneidA Chapter on Virgil in the Renaissance Originally published in 1978 this book contatins the 'Thirteenth Book of the Aeneid' - a canto of six humdred and thirty lines written at Pavia in 1428  with a side by side translation and critical commentary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133443

Maple Animation There is nothing quite like that feeling you get when you see that look of recognition and enjoyment on your students' faces. Not just the strong ones but everyone is nodding in agreement during your first explanation of the geometry of directional derivatives.If you have incorporated animated demonstrations into your teaching you know how effective they can be in eliciting this kind of response. You know the value of giving students vivid moving images to tie to concepts. But learning to make animations generally requires extensive searching through a vast computer algebra system for the pertinent functions. Maple Animation brings together virtually all of the functions and procedures useful in creating sophisticated animations using Maple 7 8 or 9 and it presents them in a logical accessible way. The accompanying CD-ROM provides all of the Maple code used in the book including the code for more than 30 ready-to-use demonstrations.From Newton's method to linear transformations the complete animations included in this book allow you to use them straight out of the box. Careful explanations of the methods teach you how to implement your own creative ideas. Whether you are a novice or an experienced Maple user Maple Animation provides the tools and skills to enhance your teaching and your students' enjoyment of the subject through animation. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138442511

Mapping The map is a central element of our visual culture. It has also been a vital representation technology in many scholarly disciplines for hundreds of years as well as a practical tool for navigation and a means for the government of territory. But as the editor of this new four-volume collection from Routledge explains the rhetorical power and technical complexity of how maps work are relatively underappreciated and not well analysed across the social sciences and beyond. Now to enable researchers and advanced students to make better sense of a vast corpus of scholarship Mapping brings together all the important literature in a comprehensive and coherently edited compendium. The carefully selected texts demonstrate how cartography works as a powerful representational form; they also explore how different mapping practices have been conceptualized. The four volumes are structured by theme—including ‘definitions and paradigms’; ‘design and communication’; ‘technologies and techniques’; and ‘people and politics’—and the gathered materials include major works from leading cartographers as well as classic and cutting-edge pieces from scholars and researchers in cognate subject areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718110

Mapping AgencyComparing Regionalisms in Africa Despite regionalism having developed into a global phenomenon the European Union (EU) is still more often than not presented as the ’role-model of regionalism’ whose institutional designs and norms are adopted by other regional actors and organizations as part of a rather passive ’downloading process’. Reaching beyond such a Eurocentric perception Mapping Agency provides an empirically rich ’African perspective’ on regionalisms in Sub-Saharan Africa. It adopts an actor-centred approach but departs from a rather simplified understanding of agency as exerting power and instead scrutinizes to what extent actors actually participate in or are excluded from processes of regionalism. The value of this volume derives from the inclusion of historical dimensions its open multi-actor approach to both formal and informal processes and its comparative perspective within but also beyond Sub-Saharan Africa. The chapters offer a multifaceted picture of agency beyond disciplinary divides where the EU is one actor amongst many and where local national regional and global state and non-state actors shape - and sometimes break - processes of regionalisms in Sub-Saharan Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252073

Mapping an Empire of American SportExpansion Assimilation Adaptation and Resistance Since the mid-nineteenth century the United States has used sport as a vehicle for spreading its influence and extending its power especially in the Western Hemisphere and around the Pacific Rim but also in every corner of the rest of the world. Through modern sport in general and through American pastimes such as baseball basketball and the American variant of football in particular the U.S. has sought to Americanize the globe’s masses in a long series of both domestic and foreign campaigns. Sport played roles in American programs of cultural economic and political expansion. Sport also contributed to American efforts to assimilate immigrant populations. Even in American games such as baseball and football sport has also served as an agent of resistance to American imperial designs among the nations of the Western hemisphere and the Pacific Rim. As the twenty-first century begins sport continues to shape American visions of a global empire as well as framing resistance to American imperial designs. Mapping an Empire of American Sport chronicles the dynamic tensions in the role of sport as an element in both the expansion of and the resistance to American power and in sport’s dual role as an instrument for assimilation and adaptation. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138108639

Mapping and Analysing Crime DataLessons from Research and Practice One of the key methods of reducing and dealing with criminal activity is to accurately gauge and then analyse the geographical distribution of crime (from small scale to large scale areas). Once the police and government know what areas suffer most from criminal activity they can assess why this is the case and then deal with it in the most effective way.Crime mapping and the spatial analysis of crime data have become recognised as powerful tools for the study and control of crime. Much of the emerging demand for more information and detailed crime pattern analysis have been driven by legislative changes such as the UK's new Crime and Disorder Act which has placed a joint statutory duty on Police Forces and Local Authorities to produce crime and disorder audits for their areas.The book sets out methods used in the fields of Geographical Information Systems and highlights areas of best practice examines the types of problems to which spatial crime analysis can be applied reviews the capabilities and limitations of existing techniques and explores the future directions of spatial crime analysis and the need for training. It centres on a series of case studies highlighting the experiences of academics and practitioners in agencies centrally involved in the partnership approach to crime prevention.Practitioners and academics not only in the UK but also worldwide should be interested in the book as an up-to-date information resource and a practical guide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397371

Mapping and Politics in the Digital Age Throughout history maps have been a powerful tool in the constitutive imaginary of governments seeking to define or contest the limits of their political reach. Today new digital technologies have become central to mapping as a way of formulating alternative political visions.  Mapping can also help marginalised communities to construct speculative designs using participatory practices. Mapping and Politics in the Digital Age explores how the development of new digital technologies and mapping practices are transforming global politics power and cooperation. The book brings together authors from across political and social theory geography media studies and anthropology to explore mapping and politics across three sections. Contestations introduces the reader to contemporary developments within mapping and explores the politics of mapping as a form of knowledge and contestation. Governance analyses mapping as a set of institutional practices providing key methodological frames for understanding global governance in the realms of urban politics refugee control health crises and humanitarian interventions and new techniques of biometric regulation and autonomic computation. Imaginaries provides examples of future-oriented analytical frameworks highlighting the transformation of mapping in an age of digital technologies of control and regulation. In a world conceived as without borders and fixed relations new forms of mapping stress the need to rethink assumptions of power and knowledge. This book provides a sophisticated and nuanced analysis of the role ofmapping in contemporary global governance and will be of interest to students and researchers working within politics geography sociology media and digital culture and technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357421

Mapping Applied LinguisticsA Guide for Students and Practitioners Mapping Applied Linguistics: A guide for students and practitioners second edition provides a newly updated wide-ranging introduction to the full scope of applied linguistics. This innovative book maps the diverse and constantly expanding range of theories methods and issues faced by students and practitioners around the world integrating both sociocultural and cognitive perspectives. Practically oriented and ideally suited to students new to the discipline Mapping Applied Linguistics provides in-depth coverage of: multilingualism language variation and Global Englishes literacy language teaching and bilingual education discourse analysis language policy and planning lexicography and translation language pathology and forensic linguistics The new second edition features contemporary examples of global applied linguistics research and practice and includes updated further reading and new fieldwork suggestions for each chapter. The companion website at cw.routledge.com/textbooks/hall provides a wealth of additional learning material including activities flashcards and links to the latest online resources. Mapping Applied Linguistics is essential reading for students studying applied linguistics TESOL general linguistics and language and literacy education at the advanced undergraduate or master’s degree level. It also provides a gateway for practitioners and specialists seeking to better understand the wider scope of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957084

Mapping BiharFrom Medieval to Modern Times Written Indian history begins in sixth century bc with the history of Magadh (present day states of Jharkhand and Bihar). For almost a millennium Magadh dominated Indian history. The situation changed when Islamicized Turks entered India. The Mughals who followed the Turks ensured Bihar's economic prosperity; Patna became the most important centre of Himalayan trade. European Companies visited Patna to obtain a variety of goods local as well as Himalayan. In the mid-eighteenth century Bihar and Bengal fell into the hands of Englishmen. A new chapter began.At the turn of the nineteenth century Industrial Revolution began in Britain.The East India Company stopped trading in textiles. Instead they promoted cotton cultivation in order that cotton was available to British textile factories. They promoted cultivation of indigo needed by the textile manufacturing factories coming up. Land revenue source of the government's prime income was collected even when agricultural output suffered massively. The government took deep interest in opium production but paid the cultivators less than the market price. British interference in agricultural matters caused wide spread agrarian distress.Indian society encountered many socio-religious reform movements. Raja Rammohun Roy and Swami Dayanand were major proponents of the new order. Stress was laid on gender equality women empowerment and the modern system of education. Institutions for training doctors engineers and scientists were opened. As time progressed by and large Biharis accepted the changes. Eventually social reform movements turned into the freedom movement in which Biharis played a leading role.This comprehensive volume is indispensable for scholars working on Bihar and modern and medieval South Asia. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490932

Mapping BRICS Media Mapping BRICS Media is the first comprehensive and comparative study of the emerging media landscape in the world’s most dynamic and fastest growing markets. This pioneering collection focuses on one of the key topics in contemporary international relations - the emergence of BRICS (Brazil Russia India China and South Africa) - a grouping that includes some of the world’s largest populations and fastest growing economies. The volume brings together leading scholars mainly from the BRICS nations to examine how the emergence of the BRICS media will impact on global media and communication. Contextualizing the rise of the BRICS nations within the broader shifts in global power relations the chapters investigate the unprecedented growth of the BRICS media within a ‘multi-polar’ world evaluating the media landscapes in the individual BRICS countries their histories and their journalism practices as well as analyzing emerging inter-BRICS media relationships. Accessible and comprehensive the book provides a critical guide to the complex debates about the impact of the ‘rise of the rest’ on the media globe and how far this poses a challenge to the Western-dominated world order and its media systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138026254

Mapping Central AsiaIndian Perceptions and Strategies With renewed American involvement in Afghanistan Pakistan's growing fragility and China's rise in power in the post-Soviet space Central Asia-South Asia relations have become central to understanding the future of the Eurasian continent. Mapping Central Asia identifies the trends attitudes and ideas that are key to structuring the Central Asia-South Asia axis in the coming decade. Structured in three parts the book skillfully guides us through the importance of the historical links between the Indian sub-continent and Central Asia the regional and global context in which the developing of closer relations between India and Central Asia has presented itself since the collapse of the Soviet Union the precise domains of Indo-Central Asian cooperation and studies three conflict zones that frame Indo-Central Asian relations: the Kashmir question; the situation in Afghanistan; and fear of destabilization in Xinjiang. The international line-up of established scholars convincingly demonstrate the fundamental necessity to define the Indian approach on these issues and provide cutting-edge insights on the tools needed to understand the solutions for the decade to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256811

Mapping Changing IdentitiesNew Directions in Uncertain Times Issues of identity culture and difference remain central to the politics policies and encounters of global societies in the 21st century. Changes in the speed scale scope and form of international and internal migration new and resurgent religious and ethnic solidarities the emergence of ‘new’ multicultural societies and the fusions and fissures of ‘old’ multicultural societies have challenged and redrawn our understandings of nation and community citizenship and belonging exclusion and equality. This landmark collection which marks the relaunch of the ground-breaking journal Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power brings together some of the leading international scholars in the field of race ethnicity migration and transnationalism to reflect on the changing landscape of research theorisation and politics in this challenging contemporary context. The collection includes a powerful and typically provocative article by renowned race scholar Paul Gilroy along with short ‘state of the field’ articles critical interventions and think-pieces each of which explores different geographical regions emerging areas of research and new ways of ‘thinking’ identity in ‘uncertain times’. This book was originally published as a special issue of Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383173

Mapping China and Managing the WorldCulture Cartography and Cosmology in Late Imperial Times From the founding of the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE to the present the Chinese have been preoccupied with the concept of order (zhi). This cultural preoccupation has found expression not only in China’s highly refined bureaucratic institutions and methods of social and economic organization but also in Chinese philosophy religious and secular ritual and a number of comprehensive systems for classifying every form of human achievement as well as all natural and supernatural phenomena. Richard J. Smith’s Mapping China and Managing the World focuses on several crucial devices employed by the Chinese for understanding and ordering their vast and variegated world which they saw as encompassing "all under Heaven."  The book begins with discussions of how the ancient work known as the Yijing (Classic of Changes) and maps of "the world" became two prominent means by which the Chinese in imperial times (221 BCE to 1912) managed space and time. Smith goes on to show how ritual (li) served as a powerful tool for overcoming disorder structuring Chinese society and maintaining dynastic legitimacy. He then develops the idea that just as the Chinese classics and histories ordered the past and ritual ordered the present so divination ordered the future. The book concludes by emphasizing the enduring relevance of the Yijing in Chinese intellectual and cultural life as well as its place in the history of Sino-foreign interactions.  This selection of essays by one of the foremost scholars of Chinese intellectual and cultural history will be welcomed by Chinese and East Asian historians as well as those interested more broadly in the cultures of and interactions between China and East Asia.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685108

Mapping Christian RhetoricsConnecting Conversations Charting New Territories The continued importance of Christian rhetorics in political social pedagogical and civic affairs suggests that such rhetorics not only belong on the map of rhetorical studies but are indeed essential to the geography of rhetorical studies in the twenty-first century. This collection argues that concerning ourselves with religious rhetorics in general and Christian rhetorics in particular tells us something about rhetoric itself—its boundaries its characteristics its functionings. In assembling original research on the intersections of rhetoric and Christianity from prominent and emerging scholars Mapping Christian Rhetorics seeks to locate religion more centrally within the geography of rhetorical studies in the twenty-first century. It does so by acknowledging work on Christian rhetorics that has been overlooked or ignored; connecting domains of knowledge and research areas pertaining to Christian rhetorics that may remain disconnected or under connected; and charting new avenues of inquiry about Christian rhetorics that might invigorate theory-building teaching research and civic engagement. In dividing the terrain of Christian rhetorics into four categories—theory education methodology and civic engagement—Mapping Christian Rhetorics aims to foster connections among these areas of inquiry and spur future future collaboration between scholars of religious rhetoric in a range of research areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097780

Mapping Citizen and Participatory Journalism in Newsrooms Classrooms and Beyond Mapping Citizen and Participatory Journalism in Newsrooms Classrooms and Beyond assesses citizen journalism within the context of hyperlocals non-profits and large global news organizations critically examining various forms of participation by citizen contributors to the news. The essays included within the book answer questions such as: Does citizen journalism close the news participation gap between the Global North and South? How can citizen journalism enable the socially excluded to overcome marginalization? What are the obligations of professional news outlets to citizen reporters in war zones? Furthermore some contributors critique the ways traditional journalism makes use of non-professional content while others propose new analytical frameworks such as reciprocal journalism connective journalism and the Appropriation/Amplification Model. The book also investigates efforts to teach ordinary people journalism skills in Europe the Middle East and both North and South America. Some of the programs scrutinized here instill under-represented groups with semi-professional news values. Other projects support citizen journalism infused with activism such as the photographers of the favela-based jornalismo popular or the volunteer digital humanitarians covering global crises and in doing so demonstrate new ways to respond to the rise of grassroots participation in the production of news. The chapters in this book were originally published as special issues of Journalism Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437442

Mapping Clinical Value Streams Tens of thousands of patients die unnecessarily every year as a result of errors and defects in our healthcare processes. Those that survive often pay too much for the privilege. The value stream mapping methods described in Mapping Clinical Value Streams will help you achieve more efficient health care processes and will pave the way to an improved medical system with significantly reduced medical errors and other costly waste.Part of the Lean Tools in Healthcare series this user-friendly book will help you understand how to use value stream mapping to provide quality patient-centered care. Value stream mapping is a powerful tool for observing and depicting processes as they truly are—and for envisioning and reconfiguring the same processes to eliminate errors and other waste. With this book you’ll learn how to: Map current-state processes Create a future-state map with processes streamlined through "flow" and "pull" Manage the rollout of your future state with "A3" project plans Presented in a highly organized and easy-to-assimilate format the book includes examples from actual healthcare processes plus numerous illustrations and margin assists that call your attention to key points. Value stream mapping icons make it easy to see and understand the ebb and flow of healthcare processes. Each chapter also includes a summary for quick review. Throughout the book you will be asked to reflect on questions that will help you apply these concepts and techniques to your own workplace.To be competitive in today’s marketplace you cannot afford to leave processes unexamined or let them become haphazard. You must apply conscious quality attention to continuously see and fix your healthcare processes. In Mapping Clinical Value Streams Shingo Prize-winning author Thomas L. Jackson shows you how. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466551848

Mapping Controversies in Architecture The book tackles a number of challenging questions: How can we conceptualize architectural objects and practices without falling into the divides architecture/society nature/culture materiality/meaning? How can we prevent these abstractions from continuing to blind architectural theory? What is the alternative to critical architecture? Mapping controversies is a research method and teaching philosophy that allows divides to be crossed. It offers a new methodology for following debates surrounding contested urban knowledge. Engaging in explorations of on-going and recent controversies and re-visiting some well-known debates the analysis foregrounds traces and maps the changing sets of positions triggered by design: the 2012 Olympics stadium in London the Welsh parliament in Cardiff the Heathrow airport runway extension the Sydney Opera House the Eiffel Tower. By mobilizing digital technologies and new computational design techniques we are able to visualize the variety of factors that impinge on design and track actors' trajectories changing groupings concerns and modalities of action. The book places architecture at the intersection of the human and the nonhuman the particular and the general. It allows its networks to be re-established and to run between local and global social and technical. Mapping controversies can be extrapolated to a wide range of complex phenomena of hybrid nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270480

Mapping Corporate Education ReformPower and Policy Networks in the Neoliberal State Mapping Corporate Education Reform outlines and analyzes the complex relationships between policy actors that define education reform within the current neoliberal context. Using social network analysis and powerful data visualization tools the authors identify the problematic roots of these relationships and describe their effects both in the U.S. and abroad. Through a series of case studies each chapter reveals how powerful actors from billionaire philanthropists to multinational education corporations leverage their resources to implement free market mechanisms within public education. By comprehensively connecting the dots of neoliberal education reforms the authors reveal not only the details of the reforms themselves but the relationships that enable actors to amass troubling degrees of political power through network governance. A critical analysis of the actors and interests behind education policies Mapping Corporate Education Reform uncovers the frequently obscured operations of educational governance and offers key insights into education reform at the present moment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792005

Mapping European CorporationsStrategy Structure Ownership and Performance This book addresses the evolution of the strategies structures ownership patterns and performances of large European corporations since the early 1960s. The authors study large and small countries in order to understand how the process of economic integration has affected the patterns of growth and the structural characteristics of the largest firms. Drawing both on extensive databases and on case studies the contributions in this volume address the peculiar specificities of large firms in different national contexts adopting a longitudinal long term perspective. This volume delivers the first results of an international collective research effort undertaken by several national teams. The 'Mapping Corporate Europe' project aims to provide a detailed account of the structural traits of the European Corporation in a framework which includes (i) a chronological analysis over 50 years starting with the Rome treaty in 1957; (ii) geographical extension beyond previous analyses for France Germany and the UK by including smaller countries; (iii) firms from other industries in addition to manufacturing companies; and (iv) attention to internationalisation of European firms. These analyses form the basis of a rich description of the developments of large European corporations over the past five decades using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. This book was originally published as a special issue of Business History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138118348

Mapping European EmpireTabulae imperii Europaei Empire and maps are mutually reliant phenomena and traceable to the dawn of civilisation. Furthermore maps retain a supremely authoritative status as unquestioned reflections of reality. In today’s image-saturated world their influence is more powerful now than at any other time in history. This book argues that in the 21st century we are seeing an imperial renaissance in the European Union (EU) a political organisation which defies categorisation but whose power and influence grows by the year. It examines the past present and future of the EU to demonstrate that empire is not a category of state but rather a collective imagination which reshapes history and appropriates an artificial past to validate the policies of the present and the ambitions of the future. In doing so this book illuminates the imperial discourse that permeates the mass maps of the modern EU. This text will be of key interest to students and scholars of political science EU Studies Human Geography European political history cartography and visual methodologies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504981

Mapping Foreign Correspondence in Europe The book studies the current trends of foreign correspondence in Europe. The EU’s expansion has had abundant effects on news coverage and some of the European capitals have become home to the biggest international press corps in world. So who are these "professional strangers" stationed in Europe and how do they try to make their stories that are clearly important in today’s interconnected world interesting for viewers and readers?This book represents the first Pan-European study of foreign correspondents and their reporting. It includes chapters from 27 countries and it aims to study them and the direction flow and pattern of their coverage as well as answer questions regarding the impact of new technologies on the quantity frequency and speed of their coverage. Do more sophisticated communications tools yield better international news coverage of Europe? Or does the audience’s increasing apathy and the downsizing of the foreign bureaus offset these advances? And how do the seemingly unstoppable media trends of convergence commercialization concentration and globalization affect the way Europe and individual European countries are reported? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097742

Mapping Gendered Routes and Spaces in the Early Modern World How did gender figure in understandings of spatial realms from the inner spaces of the body to the furthest reaches of the globe? How did women situate themselves in the early modern world and how did they move through it in both real and imaginary locations? How do new disciplinary and geographic connections shape the ways we think about the early modern world and the role of women and men in it? These are the questions that guide this volume which includes articles by a select group of scholars from many disciplines: Art History Comparative Literature English German History Landscape Architecture Music and Women's Studies. Each essay reaches across fields and several are written by interdisciplinary groups of authors. The essays also focus on many different places including Rome Amsterdam London and Paris and on texts and images that crossed the Atlantic and the Mediterranean or that portrayed real and imagined people who did. Many essays investigate topics key to the ’spatial turn’ in various disciplines such as borders and their permeability actual and metaphorical spatial crossings travel and displacement and the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880149

Mapping in the Cloud This engaging text provides a solid introduction to mapmaking in the era of cloud computing. It takes students through both the concepts and technology of modern cartography geographic information systems (GIS) and Web-based mapping. Conceptual chapters delve into the meaning of maps and how they are developed covering such topics as map layers GIS tools mobile mapping and map animation. Methods chapters take a learn-by-doing approach to help students master application programming interfaces and build other technical skills for creating maps and making them available on the Internet. The companion website offers invaluable supplementary materials for instructors and students.Pedagogical Features*End-of-chapter summaries review questions and exercises.*Extensive graphics illustrating the concepts and procedures.*Downloadable PowerPoints for each chapter.*Downloadable code files (where applicable) for the exercises. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462510412

Mapping IndiaTransitions and Transformations 18th–19th Century This book presents an alternate history of colonial India in the 18th and the 19th centuries. It traces the transitions and transformations during this period through art literature music theatre satire textiles regime changes personal histories and migration. The essays in the volume examine historical events and movements which questioned the traditional parameters of identity and forged a new direction for the people and the nation. Viewing the age through diverse disciplinary angles the book also reflects on the various reimaginings of India at the time. This volume will be of interest to academics and researchers of modern Indian history cultural studies and literature. It will also appeal to scholars interested in the anthropological sociological and psychological contexts of imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138506428

Mapping Information LandscapesNew methods for exploring information literacy education This is the first book to study how the political content of information literacy (IL) arises from the way it has become defined and is taught. It introduces new methods for research into the development of information literacy in learners and explores the implications of this research for the design of IL teaching both in formal educational settings and in workplaces. Power is not an inherently dominating thing wielded only from ‘the top’ (governments senior managers in organisations etc.) and used to oppress. The idea that information literacy education can be empowering giving those at ‘the bottom’ the power to investigate information practices and change them if necessary is supported by the models of power emerging from the work of Michel Foucault. He sees power as being available potentially to all actors and agents in a given setting. This is view of power as something emerging from and shaping micro-level discourses and which can generate capital helping learners change their world and the practices that shape it. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304172

Mapping Jordan Through Two Millennia This book shows how travellers and scholars since Roman times have put together their maps of the land east of the River Jordan. It traces the contribution of Roman armies and early Christian pilgrims and medieval European travellers Crusading armies learned scholars like Jacob Ziegler sixteenth-century mapmakers like Mercator and Ortelius eighteenth-century travellers and savants and nineteenth-century biblical scholars and explorers like Robinson and Smith culminating in the late-nineteenth century surveyors working for the Palestine Exploration Fund. This original and valuable book shows with full illustrations how maps of the Transjordan region developed through the centuries and with its detailed tables and bibliography will aid future scholars in further research.The author took part in archaeological excavations and surveys in Jordan was Associate Professor of Biblical Studies and Fellow at Trinity College Dublin has published research papers and books on ancient Jordan. John Bartlett  was the editor of the Palestine Exploration Quarterly and until recently was the Chairman of the Palestine Exploration Fund. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885908

Mapping Media in ChinaRegion Province Locality Mapping Media in China is the first book-length study that goes below the ‘national’ scale to focus on the rich diversity of media in China from local provincial and regional angles. China’s media has played a crucial role in shaping and directing the country’s social and cultural changes and whilst these shifts have often been discussed as a single and coherent phenomenon this ignores the vast array of local and regional variations within the country’s borders. This book explores media as both a reflection of the diversity within China and as an active agent behind these growing differences. It examines the role of media in shaping regional provincial and local identities through the prism of media economics and technology media practices audiences as well as media discourses. The book covers a wide range of themes including civil society political resistance state power and the production and consumption of place-specific memory and imagination. With contributions from around the world including original ethnographic material from scholars based in China Mapping Media in China is an original book which spans a broad range of disciplines. It will be invaluable to both students and scholars of Chinese and Asian studies media and communication studies geography anthropology and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138857469

Mapping Men and EmpireGeographies of Adventure First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714348

Mapping Modernities This text draws on research carried out since 1989/1991 to describe interpret and explain the place and spatial order of modernities in Central and Eastern Europe since 1920 to give a theoretically underpinned regional geography of the area Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203353554

Mapping Modernity in ShanghaiSpace Gender and Visual Culture in the Sojourners' City 1853-98 This book argues that modernity first arrived in late nineteenth-century Shanghai via a new spatial configuration. This city’s colonial capitalist development ruptured the traditional configuration of self-contained households towns and natural landscapes in a continuous spread producing a new set of fragmented as well as fluid spaces. In this process Chinese sojourners actively appropriated new concepts and technology rather than passively responding to Western influences. Liang maps the spatial and material existence of these transient people and reconstructs a cultural geography that spreads from the interior to the neighbourhood and public spaces. In this book the author: discusses the courtesan house as a  surrogate home and analyzes its business gender and material configurations; examines a new type of residential neighbourhood and shows how its innovative spatial arrangements transformed the traditional social order and hierarchy; surveys a range of public spaces and highlights the mythic perceptions of industrial marvels the adaptations of colonial spatial types the emergence of an urban public and the spatial fluidity between elites and masses. Through reading contemporaneous literary and visual sources the book charts a hybrid modern development that stands in contrast to the positivist conception of modern progress. As such it will be a provocative read for scholars of Chinese cultural and architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415631167

Mapping Motivation for Coaching Mapping Motivation for Coaching co-written with Bevis Moynan is the first of a series of six books that are all linked to the author's Motivational Map toolkit. Each book builds on a different aspect of personal team and organisational development. This book is a practical guide to understanding how personal and career development is underpinned by motivation and how coaching and mapping are perfectly complementary activities. More specifically it shows how using Motivational Maps within an accepted coaching framework can not only accelerate the process in order to achieve results for the client more quickly but also go deeper both in mutual understanding and also the possibility of facilitating a successful outcome; for the client not only needs to understand their issue more effectively through the coaching process but also needs to be motivated to want to take significant action to deal with it. Understanding then is one thing but having the energy for follow-through is another and it is precisely in this area that combining Maps with coaching techniques is so powerful. This highly original approach will enable all coaches everywhere in the world to get into the heart of their clients’ issues faster better and be able to help them solve these issues more easily. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367536

Mapping Motivation for Engagement Employee engagement is undeniably a crucial focus point for organisations in the twenty-first century with motivation comprising the often missing but vital component of the developmental mix. Mapping Motivation for Engagement advocates a new paradigm for the twenty-first century: away from hierarchies and command-and-control management styles towards a bottom-up approach in which the needs and motivators of the employees take centre stage. Co-written with Steve Jones this is the third in a series of books that are all linked to the author James Sale’s Motivational Map diagnostic tool. Each book builds on a different aspect of personal team and organisational development. This book is a practical guide to the complexities of understanding and dealing with engagement in modern organisational life. Along with clear diagrams reflective points activities and a comprehensive index the book provides free access to the online Motivational Map tool to facilitate a greater understanding of the contents. Drawing on copious amounts of the latest research as well as models like the Macleod Report for the UK government this book shows how Mapping Motivation can play a significant and crucial role in making engagement a reality instead of a dream. Mapping Motivation for Engagement is a stimulating and thought-provoking read for a wide audience including but not limited to trainers and coaches working in management and motivation experts in human resources internal learning and development and organisational development as well as change and engagement consultants and specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367550

Mapping Motivation for Leadership Mapping Motivation for Leadership co-written with Jane Thomas is the fourth of a series of seven books that are all linked to the author’s Motivational Map toolkit. Each book builds on a different aspect of personal team and organisational development. This is a practical guide to leadership in the 21st century and builds on the ‘4+1’ model outlined in the author's original book Mapping Motivation: Unlocking the Key to Employee Energy and Engagement. There is an increasing body of evidence that the single most important aspect of being a leader relates to managing emotions effectively and this management goes way beyond simply ‘understanding’ emotional intelligence; it is in fact a practice and one that is intimately connected with personal development and growth and with energy. Energy as Mapping Motivation made clear is synonymous with motivation. The effective leaders of tomorrow will be those who understand their motivators who regularly measure their motivators sustain and replenish and maximise their motivators and who do the same for their employees. Clearly there is a link here with the book on engagement for leaders who do so will engage their employees. However this book not only covers the motivational side of leadership but also explores in detail the skill sets necessary in the ‘4+1’ model: thinking skills action skills team skills and motivational skills plus that indefinable ‘something’ that is a commitment to personal development so that we as leaders are not trying to solve today’s problems with yesterday’s training as our only internal resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367567

Mapping Motivation for Top Performing Teams Mapping Motivation for Top Performing Teams is the final volume in a series of books that are all linked to the author's Motivational Map toolkit. Each book builds on a different aspect of personal team and organisational development. This book using the Motivational Map the Team Motivational Map as well as the Organisation Motivational Map is a practical guide to understanding how team dynamics and success are hugely influenced by motivational factors which are not usually taken into account. The book is a deeper exploration of team mapping which occurs in Chapter 6 of Mapping Motivation (2015) Chapter 6 of Mapping Motivation for Engagement (with Steve Jones 2019) and Chapter 6 of Mapping Motivation for Leadership (with Jane Thomas 2020). But whereas these chapters only touched on specific aspects of team dynamics this book covers the issues more comprehensively; it also attempts to avoid replication of materials although there are bound to be small overlaps. It covers not only how motivations affect team productivity and how this can be boosted through targeted Reward Strategies but also how ‘mapping’ provides profounder insights into the four key characteristics of top performing teams: the clear remit vital interdependency strong belief and real accountability. How Motivational Maps covers these areas we believe to be original eye-opening and effective in the management of change. Further as always with Motivational Maps its language and metrics raise self-awareness at an individual and team level and so can help resolve conflicts through its common and non-judgmental language. Managing teams is the key skill of managers: thus this book is a handbook for managers everywhere who wish to excel at management for without bringing their teams on board (i.e. motivating their teams) they are not effectively managing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815367505

Mapping MotivationUnlocking the Key to Employee Energy and Engagement Ever wondered what motivation is and why organizations do not and cannot - until now - measure it? James Sale tackles the question of what motivation is why we need it and what happens when we don’t have it. He defines and measures motivation from an individual team and most critically organizational or workplace point of view and he introduces the reader to the core concepts of how it relates to fundamental issues such as performance and productivity and its role in a number of key management functions: team building performance appraisal leadership development engagement and change management. Motivation is a core aspect of all people development initiatives and programmes - if we wish them to succeed. Based on over ten years of research into motivation and performance James created Motivational Maps the first and only accurate diagnostic tool that describes measures monitors and maximizes motivation and performance through an easy simple to use online questionnaire that takes only 10 minutes to complete and which readers have access to. Mapping Motivation therefore is the definitive book on motivation its language and metrics written by its creator are full of knowledge insight and practical tips; this will appeal to leaders managers HR specialists trainers coaches consultants and visionaries around the world who wish to engage with people development and productivity in a new dynamic way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472459275

Mapping Multimodal Performance Studies This book is a first attempt to map the broad context of performance studies from a multimodal perspective. It collects original research on traditional performing arts (theatre dance opera) live (durational performance) and mediated/recorded performances (films television shows) as well as performative discursive practices on social media by adopting several theories and methodologies all dealing with the notion of multimodality. As a mostly dynamic and also interactive environment for various text types and genres the context of performance studies provides many opportunities to produce meaning verbally and non-verbally. All chapters in this book develop frameworks for the analysis of performance-related events and activities and explore empirical case studies in a range of different ages and cultures. A further focus lies on the communicative strategies deployed by different communities of practice taking into account processes of production distribution and consumption of such texts in diverse spatial and temporal contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367366315

Mapping of Nervous System Diseases via MicroRNAs In recent years understanding of microRNA (miRNA) biogenesis the molecular mechanisms by which miRNAs regulate gene expression and the functional roles of miRNAs has expanded. Mapping of Nervous System Diseases via MicroRNAs provides an up-to-date review on the function of miRNA in neurological diseases as well as advancements in technology for therapeutic modulation of miRNA activity.MicroRNAs are small RNA molecules that regulate gene expression post-transcriptionally. A growing body of evidence suggests that miRNAs are dysregulated in several neurological disorders. In addition to reviewing general concepts and novel insights on brain function in relation to miRNA this book also examines the role of miRNA in:Neurological diseasesNeurodegenerative diseasesNeuropsychiatric diseasesNeurodevelopmental diseasesThe book also discusses the significance of miRNAs as diagnostic tools biomarkers agents and targets in the detection and treatment of neurological diseases. Each chapter contains material regarding future diagnostic and therapeutic advances.Molecular and cellular neurobiological studies of miRNA-mediated gene silencing in the nervous system have opened new frontiers for the development of new diagnostic tests and genetic therapies for neurological diseases. Covering the full range of relevant concepts and giving a look into present and future possibilities Mapping of Nervous System Diseases via MicroRNAs is a necessary cutting-edge reference for neurologists neuropathologists and researchers and practitioners in a wide range of related fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367871154

Mapping Our AncestorsPhylogenetic Approaches in Anthropology and Prehistory Much of what we are comes from our ancestors. Through cultural and biological inheritance mechanisms our genetic composition instructions for constructing artifacts the structure and content of languages and rules for behavior are passed from parents to children and from individual to individual. Mapping Our Ancestors demonstrates how various genealogical or "phylogenetic" methods can be used both to answer questions about human history and to build evolutionary explanations for the shape of history.Anthropologists are increasingly turning to quantitative phylogenetic methods. These methods depend on the transmission of information regardless of mode and as such are applicable to many anthropological questions. In this way phylogenetic approaches have the potential for building bridges among the various subdisciplines of anthropology; an exciting prospect indeed. The structure of Mapping Our Ancestors reflects the editors' goal of developing a common understanding of the methods and conditions under which ancestral relations can be derived in a range of data classes of interest to anthropologists. Specifically this volume explores the degree to which patterns of ancestry can be determined from artifactual genetic linguistic and behavioral data and how processes such as selection transmission and geography impact the results of phylogenetic analyses.Mapping Our Ancestors provides a solid demonstration of the potential of phylogenetic methods for studying the evolutionary history of human populations using a variety of data sources and thus helps explain how cultural material language and biology came to be as they are. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786376

Mapping Out MarketingNavigation Lessons from the Ivory Trenches Sea-changes in society technology consumer expectations and our understanding of behavioral economics have caused us to rethink our understanding of the scope of knowledge required to navigate analyze and shape consumer behavior. You hold in your hand a field guide for this adventure. Ron Hill and Cait Lamberton have gathered together the very top professors from around the world and invited them to share the beliefs practices and wisdom that they have developed and honed across years and contexts. Each of these luminaries shares personal stories and deep insights about the way that not only business works but the way we ourselves navigate the world. These short contributions are contained in eight "destinations" that showcase overlapping and essential topics ranging from technology to subsistence marketplaces followed by unique questions that are answered by the material provided. The research described has helped the field understand the central role of exchange in marketing relationships and how product features pricing strategies delivery mechanism and various communication modalities create or fail to produce functioning marketplaces around the world. In addition it reminds us all of the need to continue to learn to grow and to share our knowledge – in whatever corner of the marketing world we find ourselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082236

Mapping Place Names of India This book is the first of its kind to chart the terrain of contemporary India’s many place names. It explores different ‘place connections’ investigates how places are named and renamed and looks at the forces that are remaking the future place name map of India. Lucid and accessible this book explores the bonds between names places and people through a unique amalgamation of toponomy history mythology and political studies within a geographical expression. This volume addresses questions on the status and value of place names their interpretation and classification. It brings to the fore the connections between place names and the cultural geographical and historical significations they are associated with. This will be an essential read for scholars and researchers of geography law politics history and sociology and will also be of interest to policy-makers administrators and the common reader interested in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367149185

Mapping PopulismApproaches and Methods This collection which can serve as an introduction to the field of populism provides an array of interdisciplinary approaches to populist mobilizations theories meanings and effects. In so doing it rejects essentialized ideas regarding what populism is or is not. Rather it explores the political social and economic conditions that are conducive for the emergence of movements labelled populist the rationalities and affective tenor of those movements the political issues pertaining to the relationship between populists and elites and the relationship between populist groups and political pluralism. Grappling with accord and discord in assumptions and methodologies the book will appeal to scholars of sociology political science communication and cultural studies interested in populism social movements citizenship and democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271442

Mapping Precariousness Labour Insecurity and Uncertain LivelihoodsSubjectivities and Resistance The condition of precariousness not only provides insights into a segment of the world of work or of a particular subject group but is also a standpoint for an overview of the condition of the social on a global scale. Because precariousness is multidimensional and polysemantic it traverses contemporary society and multiple contexts from industrial to class gender family relations as well as political participation citizenship and migration. This book maps the differences and similarities in the ways precariousness and insecurity in employment and beyond unfold and are subjectively experienced in regions and sectors that are confronted with different labour histories legislations and economic priorities. Establishing a constructive dialogue amongst different global regions and across disciplines the chapters explore the shift from precariousness to precariat and collective subjects as it is being articulated in the current global crisis. This edited collection aims to continue a process of mapping experiences by means of ethnographies fieldwork interviews content analysis where the precarious define their condition and explain how they try to withdraw from cope with or embrace it. This is valuable reading for students and academics interested in geography sociology economics and labour studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218744

Mapping Psychic RealityTriangulation Communication and Insight This book is about how we can deepen our understanding of subjectivity through the use of the concept of triangulation. Fundamentally this book seeks to address the question of how we can be objective about subjectivity. If psychology as a scientific discipline is concerned with the study of human experience which is essentially subjective; then we are faced with the problem of how apply the scientific method as it is commonly understood. If experience is essentially unique to the experiencer then there seems to be a basic incompatibility with the scientific method. As currently practised this method searches for psychic phenomena which can be validly measured e.g. intelligence; showing a range of individual differences. But this does not enable us to examine individual experience. An individual's experience seems to become impenetrable because generalisation across different individuals' experience entails the loss of individuality in the generalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758148

Mapping Security in the PacificA Focus on Context Gender and Organisational Culture This book examines questions about the changing nature of security and insecurity in Pacific Island Countries (PICs). Previous discussions of security in the Pacific region have been largely determined by the geopolitical interests of the Global North. This volume instead attempts to centre PICs’ security interests by focussing on the role of organisational culture power dynamics and gender in (in)security processes and outcomes. Mapping Security in the Pacific underscores the multidimensional nature of security its relationship to local international organisational and cultural dynamics the resistances engendered through various forms of insecurities and innovative efforts to negotiate gender context and organisational culture in reducing insecurity and enhancing justice. Covering the Pacific region widely the volume brings forth context-specific analyses at micro- meso- and macro-levels allowing us to examine the interconnections between security crime and justice and point to the issues raised for crime and justice studies by environmental insecurity. In doing so it opens up opportunities to rethink scholarly and policy frames related to security/insecurity about the Pacific. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars in criminology sociology cultural studies social theory and those interested in learning about the Pacific region and different aspects of security.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143923

Mapping SENRoutes through Identification to Intervention Providing practical guidance on enhancing learning through ICT in English this book is made up of a series of projects that supplement augment and extend the QCA ICT scheme and provide much-needed links with Units in other subjects schemes of work. It includes: fact cards that support each project and clearly outline its benefits in relation to teaching and learning examples of how activities work in "real" classrooms links to research inspection evidence and background reading to support each project adaptable planning examples and practical ideas provided on an accompanying CD ROM. Suitable for all trainee and practising primary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138434349

Mapping South Asian MasculinitiesMen and Political Crises This book offers the first substantial critical examination of men and masculinities in relation to political crises in South Asian literatures and cultures. It employs political crisis as a frame to analyze how South Asian men and masculinities have been shaped by critical historical events events which have redrawn maps and remapped or unmapped bodies with different effects. These include colonialism anti-colonialism state formations civil wars religious conflicts and migration. Political crisis functions as a framing device to offer nuances and clarifications to the assumed visibility of male bodies and male activities during political crisis. The focus on masculinities in historical moments of crisis divests masculinity of its naturalization and calls for a heterogeneous conceptualization of the everyday practices and experiences of ‘being a man.’ Written by scholars from a variety of theoretical perspectives and disciplinary approaches and drawing on a range of written and visual texts this book contributes to this recent rethinking of South Asian literary and cultural history by engaging masculinity as a historicized category of analysis that accommodates an understanding of history as differentiated encounters among bodies cultures and nations. This book was originally published as a special issue of South Asian History and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061613

Mapping Space Sense and Movement in FlorenceHistorical GIS and the Early Modern City Mapping Space Sense and Movement in Florence explores the potential of digital mapping or Historical GIS as a research and teaching tool to enable researchers and students to uncover the spatial kinetic and sensory dimensions of the early modern city. The exploration focuses on new digital research and mapping projects that engage the rich social cultural and artistic life of Florence in particular. One is a new GIS tool known as DECIMA (Digitally-Encoded Census Information and Mapping Archive) and the other is a smartphone app called Hidden Florence. The international collaborators who have helped build these and other projects address three questions: how such projects can be created when there are typically fewer sources than for modern cities; how they facilitate more collaborative models for historical research into social relations senses and emotions; and how they help us interrogate older historical interpretations and create new models of analysis and communication. Four authors examine technical issues around the software programs and manuscripts. Five then describe how GIS can be used to advance and develop existing research projects. Finally four authors look to the future and consider how digital mapping transforms the communication of research results and makes it possible to envision new directions in research. This exciting new volume is illustrated throughout with maps screenshots and diagrams to show the projects at work. It will be essential reading for students and scholars of early modern Italy the Renaissance and digital humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875824

Mapping Spaces of Translation in Twentieth-Century Latin American Print Culture This book reflects on translation praxis in 20th century Latin American print culture tracing the trajectory of linguistic heterogeneity in the region and illuminating collective efforts to counteract the use of translation as a colonial tool and affirm cultural production in Latin America. In investigating the interplay of translation and the Americas as a geopolitical site Guzmán Martínez unpacks the complex tensions that arise in these “spaces of translation” as embodied in the output of influential publishing houses and periodicals during this time period looking at translation as both a concept and a set of narrative practices. An exploration of these spaces not only allows for an in-depth analysis of the role of translation in these institutions themselves but also provides a lens through which to uncover linguistic plurality and hybridity past borders of seemingly monolingual ideologies. A concluding chapter looks ahead to the ways in which strategic and critical uses of translation can continue to build on these efforts and contribute toward decolonial narrative practices in translation and enhance cultural production in the Americas in the future. This book will be of particular interest to scholars in translation studies Latin American studies and comparative literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856694

Mapping the Affective Turn in EducationTheory Research and Pedagogies Passions are high in education and this edited volume offers bold new ways to conceive of the affective intensities shaping our present historical moment. Concerns over school practices deemed "ineffective " "disruptive " "irrational " or even "promising" are matters modulated by and through feelings such as optimism shame enhanced concentration or empathy. The recent turn to affect offers vibrant methodological and theoretical material for an educational present marked by high stakes rhetoric heated debate teacher and student vulnerabilities and extreme educational measures. Affect studies are a part of new materialist and post-humanist turns and this volume connects these new theoretical directions within education. This comprehensive volume on affect crosses educational subfields and responds to the transdisciplinary interest in thinking through pedagogy education and feeling. This comprehensive reader addresses affect in education from a wide range of styles topics and perspectives. This collection offers an introduction to theory empirical research studies interviews with affect studies scholars and an assessment of the current and future significance of affect studies in education. Contributors utilize a range of theoretical and interpretive approaches to thinking with and through schooling phenomena. Interviews with affect scholars in the humanities and social sciences address affective dimensions of teaching. The editors’ introduction different foci and interdisciplinary genres of writing help readers feel their ways into what affect studies in education does and might do. This field-defining collection will be of interest to a range of readers--from graduate students to established scholars--with varying levels of expertise and familiarity putting affect theories to work in education. All the contributions are accessible to those new to the theory methods and debates in this vibrant area of educational studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367031183

Mapping the Determinants of Spatial Data Sharing This title was first published in 2003. With the increasing use of GIS in industrialised and developing countries the availability of spatial data has become an issue that affects many public and private sector organisations. They are faced with the high cost and substantial effort involved in the generation of spatial data and so the sharing of this data is increasingly being seen as a way of overcoming expense and easing availability and access. But this can provide a way of using GIS effectively only if the key players involved in the use and supply of spatial data are willing to share. This book employs a theory from social psychology as an organising framework to systematize the determinants of organisations' spatial data sharing behaviour. It develops a model which explains the likely willingness of key individuals within organisations to engage in spatial data exchanges across organisational boundaries and then tests this on a survey based in South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716070

Mapping the End TimesAmerican Evangelical Geopolitics and Apocalyptic Visions Over the last quarter-century evangelicalism has become an important social and political force in modern America. Here new voices in the field are brought together with leading scholars such as William E. Connolly Michael Barkun Simon Dalby and Paul Boyer to produce a timely examination of the spatial dimensions of the movement offering useful and compelling insights on the intersection between politics and religion. This comprehensive study discusses evangelicalism in its different forms from the moderates to the would-be theocrats who in anticipation of the Rapture seek to impose their interpretations of the Bible upon American foreign policy. The result is a unique appraisal of the movement and its geopolitical visions and the wider impact of these on America and the world at large. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593845

Mapping the European Public SphereInstitutions Media and Civil Society Mapping the European Public Sphere combines theoretical and empirical perspectives to address three relevant issues that are marking the European communicative landscape: the role of media and journalism in shaping the European debate the function of public communication in promoting institutional activities and the implications of processes of inclusion to and exclusion from the public sphere. The volume offers a timely reflection on the communicative arenas that are structuring the discourse on Europe and its future and provides a map of existing communicative spaces to provide a better understanding of the development of a European Public Sphere and to identify critical issues. Situated in a timely debate and providing well-grounded empirical evidence the book will be particularly valuable to social scientists researching European integration issues. At the same time the book is relevant to those actors who are studied in the research in particular European institutions media groups and NGOs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593852

Mapping the Extreme Right in Contemporary EuropeFrom Local to Transnational In recent years the revival of the far right and anti-Semitic racist and fascist organizations has posed a significant threat throughout Europe. Mapping the Extreme Right in Contemporary Europe provides a broad geographical overview of the dominant strands within the contemporary radical right in both Western and Eastern Europe. After providing some local and regional perspectives the book has a series of national case studies of particular countries and regions including: Austria Belgium Bosnia-Herzegovina Croatia Eastern Europe France Germany Greece Italy Malta Portugal Romania Scandinavia Serbia Spain Switzerland Turkey Ukraine and the United Kingdom. A series of thematic chapters examine transnational phenomena such as the use of the Internet the racist music scene cultural transfers and interaction between different groups. Drawing together a wide range of contributors this is essential reading for all those with an interest in contemporary extremism fascism and comparative party politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502658

Mapping The Faerie QueeneQuest Structures and the World of the Poem First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995604

Mapping the FuturesLocal Cultures Global Change There are now new experiences of space and time; new tensions between globalism and regionalism socialism and consumerism reality and spectacle; new instabilities of value meaning and identity - a dialectic between past and future. How are we to understand these? Mapping the Futures is the first of a series which brings together cultural theorists from different disciplines to assess the implications of economic political and social change for intellectual inquiry and cultural practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147249

Mapping the Global Architect of AlterityPractice Representation and Education Due to globalization cultural spaces are now developing with no tangible connection to geographical place. The territorial logic traditionally used to underpin architecture and envision our built environment is being radically altered forcing the adoption of a new method of conceptualizing space/geography and what constitutes architectural practice. Construction techniques design sensibilities and cultural identities are being transformed as technology transports us to places that were previously unreachable. The resultant "globalized" architect must become more than just an artful visionary but also a master of the art of the political nudge willing to act within multiple mediums and at the simultaneous scales of a chaotic new world disorder. Though fearless they must also be responsible inherently understanding the necessity to align bold visions with the mundane details of the everyday in ways that are culturally flexible and accepting of change. The potential for what must be considered the legitimate practice of the architect must move from a purely material venue to one more directly engaged in the chaos of the larger economic political and social spheres of a globalizing world. The issues and possible interactions with globalization contained in this text exemplify ways that architecture is transforming into a more flexible and fluid interdisciplinary version of its traditional self in order to rise to challenges of this new international terrain. A theme runs throughout in the form of a call: that architects must conceptually re-construct their frames of reference to better align with the demands of a rapidly globalizing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818971

Mapping the JourneyCase Studies in Strategy and Action toward Sustainable Development This illuminating new book presents a series of in-depth case studies from around the world based on numerous personal interviews with organizational leaders and focusing on their journey towards sustainability. The aim is to provide visions of a more sustainable future and shed light on the path milestones and solutions – in particular the management processes these organizations employed – to provide a reliable compass that others can follow.  Although each organization must take steps to fit its particular circumstance business conditions and culture Mapping the Journey proves that valuable lessons can be learned by setting aside critique as to where these organizations may yet make progress and instead focusing on the guidelines targets measures of success tools and techniques and valuable wisdom about how pioneer organisations are travelling toward a prosperous sustainable future. Each organization included has crafted its own unique strategic responses to an identified need for increased sustainability. While none can be said to have reached the end-point of a sustainable development strategy all have found that by addressing the challenge of sustainable industrial practices they have found innovative solutions new opportunities for revenue generation better relationships with customers new business and product opportunities and a boost to morale from the executive ranks to front-line employees.  Mapping the Journey examines both public and private organizations worldwide: SJ Rail of Sweden; Sony Corporation; SC Johnson; TransAlta Corporation; Patagonia; Henkel; Volvo; ASG; Interface Flooring Systems; Suncor; DaimlerChrysler; AssiDoman; Germany's Centre for Technology Assessment and the Dutch National Environmental Policy Plan.  These case studies provide an inspiring framework of effective processes for defining a sustainable development strategy and transforming it successfully into actions and results. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282802

Mapping the MagazineComparative studies in magazine journalism The media and more recently journalism have provided rich areas of study for many years but magazines perhaps the most prolific single medium have been largely ignored. Mapping The Magazine aims to redress the balance with an unprecedented collection of original scholarly detailed but wide-ranging examinations of the magazine form. Drawing on a variety of theoretical approaches and a wealth of titles from around the world the contributions demonstrate just how significant the magazine has been and continues to be in the realm of journalism and cultural production. From the science magazines of the Victorian era to women’s magazines of South Africa and Israel via rock music and photojournalism past and present the material in Mapping The Magazine illuminates and explores the all-encompassing global and historical nature of the subject matter. Some of the most notable names in the field of magazine studies including John Hartley Sammye Johnson David Abrahamson Bethan Benwell and Patrick Roessler contribute research based analyses of various aspects of magazine journalism from around the globe and across a wide historical span. This book will help to establish the magazine as a medium which is not only suitable for research but which also opens up a huge new field of possibilities. This book was previously published as a special issue of Journalism Studies Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878164

Mapping the MindThe Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience This book makes detailed correlations between psychological/psychoanalytic variables on one hand and neuroanatomical/neurophysiological considerations on the other. It aims to assist those who wish to pursue interdisciplinary work in the endlessly fascinating area of the mind and brain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325510

Mapping the Motet in the Post-Tridentine Era Mapping the Motet in the Post-Tridentine Era provides new dimensions to the discussion of the immense corpus of polyphonic motets produced and performed in the decades following the end of the Council of Trent in 1563. Beyond the genre’s rich connections with contemporary spiritual life and religious experience the motet is understood here as having a multifaceted life in transmission performance and reception. By analysing the repertoire itself but also by studying its material life in books and accounts in physical places and concrete sonic environments and by investigating the ways in which the motet was listened to and talked about by contemporaries the eleven chapters in this book redefine the cultural role of the genre. The motet thanks to its own protean nature not bound to any given textual functional or compositional constraint was able to convey cultural meanings powerfully give voice to individual and collective identities cross linguistic and confessional divides and incarnate a model of learned and highly expressive musical composition. Case studies include considerations of composers (Palestrina Victoria Lasso) cities (Seville and Granada Milan) books (calendrically ordered collections non-liturgical music books) and special portions of the repertoire (motets pro defunctis instrumental intabulations). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665623

Mapping the New African Diaspora in ChinaRace and the Cultural Politics of Belonging When one thinks of African diasporas it is likely that their mind will automatically drift to locations such as Europe and America. But how much is known about the African diaspora in East Asia and in particular within China where race is such a politically sensitive topic? Based on multi-sited ethnographic research in China and Nigeria Mapping the New African Diaspora in China explores a new wave of African migration to South China in the context of the expansion of Sino/African trade relations and the global circulation of racial knowledge. Indeed grassroots perspectives of China/Africa trade relations are foregrounded through the examination of daily interactions between Africans and rural-to-urban Chinese migrants in various informal trade spaces in Guangzhou. These Afro-Chinese encounters have the potential to not only help reveal the negotiated process of mutual racial learning but also to subvert hegemonic discourses such as Sino/African friendship and white supremacy in subtle ways. However as Lan demonstrates within this enlightening volume the transformative power of such cross-cultural interactions is severely limited by language barrier cultural differences and the Chinese state’s stringent immigration control policies.This book will appeal to scholars and students in the fields of China/Africa relations race and ethnic studies globalization and transnational migration and urban China studies as well as those from other social science disciplines such as political science international relations urban geography Asian Studies African studies sociology development studies and cross-cultural communication studies. It may also appeal to policymakers and non-profit organizations involved in providing services and assistance to migrant populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875732

Mapping the Path to 21st Century HealthcareThe Ten Transitions Workbook The author’s previous book Transition to 21st Century Healthcare: A Guide for Leaders and Quality Professionals provides a high-level view of American healthcare as transitioning through a period of industrialization breaking down the fading structures of 20th century healthcare and paving the way for 21st century healthcare.Mapping the Path to 21st Century Healthcare: The Ten Transitions Workbook offers a review of the fundamentals of the transitional structure presented in the first book but shifts its focus from concepts to practical application beginning with an industrialization evaluation that serves as preparation for the transitions. This workbook provides a detailed guide to the development and use of the ten transitions that are critically important in assessing your organization's progress in moving towards the 21st century healthcare model.Divided into four sections the book progresses from establishing a basis for the ten transitions to providing a deeper analysis of each transition. Section I introduces the concepts that underlie the structure and methodology of the book. Section II offers a historical overview of American healthcare that highlights the fundamental distinctions between 20th century and 21st century healthcare. Section III focuses on the vital role that industrialization plays in revealing the transitions from 20th century and 21st century healthcare. Section IV presents the structure of each transition. It describes the groups of transitions as well as the categories and characteristics that form the transitions. Section V offers an in-depth look at each of the 10 transitions and explains how they provide an understanding of the movement of healthcare from the 20th century to the 21st century. The book concludes with an explanation of the value of the generative or guiding and motivating metaphors in the transitions formed through the contrast between the 20th century and 21st century categories. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498726863

Mapping the Path to MaturityA Connected History of Bengal and the North-East This book delves into varied aspects of the history of Bengal and North east situated within a time frame of more than a hundred years from the colonial times to the present. The individual essays deal with ideas literary texts politics gender industries culture health sports and tribal issues relevant to these regions. Probing health issues in the colonial period the volume also explains the development of the modern coal industry on the one hand and the survival of the traditional potter’s craft on the other. The significance of traditional healing practices is dwelt upon as also the question of female health and dissemination of knowledge. The pen-picture of the happenings at the bathing ghat reveals the vibrant rural social life of the times. The modernization of the theatre gives a glimpse into the cultural ethos. The institutionalization of sports is examined. Analysis of contemporary cinema throws light on the perception of a woman’s position in society. As the reader travels from Bengal to the North-East the impact of missionary activities on tribal life is revealed. The tribals’ search for identity is explored. The issues of peace security and the interests of independent India are also dissected. This volume would be indispensable for scholars of literature history film studies political science and contemporary studies in South Asia. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138490949

Mapping the Rural Problem in the Baltic CountrysideTransition Processes in the Rural Areas of Estonia Latvia and Lithuania The agricultural privatization strategy adopted in Estonia Latvia and Lithuania was based on the premise that family farms are the most effective alternative to socialist large-scale agriculture. In addition international organizations particularly the World Bank made recommendations concerning reform speed synchronization and ownership rights that would facilitate transferring resources from large-scale producers to family farmers. This book provides a critical and comparative analysis of the implementation of this policy and in particular the strategy promoted by the World Bank. The preservation of large-scale production is the key to Estonia's success while its eradication from Latvia and Lithuania did not produce a family farm system. Work productivity and the extent of plot farming are the indicators of success or failure. Research findings on deindustrialization the hardships faced by new enterprises rural tourism increasing poverty and problems in the civil society as presented in this book shed new light on these and other key issues in transition strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390411

Mapping the Terrain of Education ReformGlobal trends and local responses in the Philippines This book envisions the formulation of critical perspectives on education reform using the Philippine experience recognizing the need to address relevant issues and challenges particularly in an increasingly globalized twenty-first century setting. A specific education reform project the Leaders and Educators in Asia Programme (LEAP) a joint effort between the Philippines’ Department of Education the Ateneo de Manila University in the Philippines the National Institute of Education-Singapore and Singapore’s Temasek Foundation serves as the analytical focus of how education reform as a globalized movement is implemented interpreted and made sense of by stakeholders involved in the reform project. This inquiry proposes to examine the problematique of education reform – from a Philippine perspective – by focusing on three analytical starting points: (1) describing the most relevant and urgent issues of education reform; (2) diagnosing the causes and consequences of reform failures; and (3) developing critical and contextualized perspectives on reform trajectories. Mapping the Terrain of Education Reforms: Global trends and local responses in the Philippines discusses the following: Challenges against effective education reforms The oscillation between global and local imperatives The dissociation between policymakers and practitioners Education reform aid in the Philippines This book will be of interest to researchers interested in education policy politics and reforms. It will also appeal to scholars examining Asian and particularly Southeast Asian educational systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138575875

Mapping the Total Value StreamA Comprehensive Guide for Production and Transactional Processes Mapping the Total Value Stream defines and elaborates on the concepts of value stream mapping (VSM) for both production and transactional processes. This book reshapes and extends the lessons originally put forward in a number of pioneering works including the popular Value Stream Management for the Lean Office. It reinforces fundamental concepts and theoretical models with real-world applications and complete examples of the value stream mapping technique. To educate VSM mappers on the specific mechanics of the technique the text provides in-depth explanations for commonly encountered situations. The authors also provide a more complete perspective on the concept of availability. While they discuss availability of equipment in transactional processes they extend the concept by elaborating on availability as it applies to employees. The calculation of process lead time for work queues is taken to an advanced level � not only is the calculation of this lead time explained but the text also covers the very real possibility of having more work in the queue than available time. While previous books have focused on only production process VSM or transactional process VSM this work meets the real needs of both manufacturers and service sector organizations by dealing with both types. It goes beyond explaining each scenario to teach readers what techniques are commonly applicable to both and also explains areas of difference so that mappers will be able to readily adapt to whatever unique situations present themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438507

Mapping Transatlantic Security RelationsThe EU Canada and the War on Terror This book examines how legal political and rights discourses security policies and practices migrate and translate across the North Atlantic. The complex relationship between liberty and security has been fundamentally recast and contested in liberal democracies since the start of the 'global war on terror'. In addition to recognizing new agencies political pressures and new sensitivities to difference it is important that not to over-state the novelty of the post-9/11 era: the war on terror simply made possible the intensification expansion or strengthening of policies already in existence or simply enabled the shutting down of debate. Working from a common theoretical frame if different disciplines these chapters present policy-oriented analyses of the actual practices of security policing and law in the European Union and Canada. They focus on questions of risk and exception state sovereignty and governance liberty and rights law and transparency policing and security. In particular the essays are concerned with charting how policies practices and ideas migrate between Canada the EU and its member states. By taking ‘field’ approach to the study of security practices the volume is not constrained by national case study or the solipsistic debates within subfields and bridges legal political and sociological analysis. It will be of much interest to students of critical security studies sociology law global governance and IR in general. Mark B. Salter is Associate Professor at the School of Political Studies University of Ottawa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873681

Mapping Trauma and Its WakeAutobiographic Essays by Pioneer Trauma Scholars Mapping Trauma and Its Wake is a compilation of autobiographic essays by seventeen of the field's pioneers each of whom has been recognized for his or her contributions by the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. Each author discusses how he or she first got interested in the field what each feels are his or her greatest achievements and where the discipline might - and should - go from here. This impressive collection of essays by internationally-renowned specialists is destined to become a classic of traumatology literature. It is a text that will provide future mental health professionals with a window into the early years of this rapidly expanding field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980396

Mapping UrbanitiesMorphologies Flows Possibilities What is the capacity of mapping to reveal the forces at play in shaping urban form and space? How can mapping extend the urban imagination and therefore the possibilities for urban transformation? With a focus on urban scales Mapping Urbanities explores the potency of mapping as a research method that opens new horizons in our exploration of complex urban environments. A primary focus is on investigating urban morphologies and flows within a framework of assemblage thinking – an understanding of cities that is focused on relations between places rather than on places in themselves; on transformations more than fixed forms; and on multi-scale relations from 10m to 100km. With cases drawn from 30 cities across the global north and south Mapping Urbanities analyses the mapping of place identities political conflict transport flows streetlife functional mix and informal settlements. Mapping is presented as a production of spatial knowledge embodying a diagrammatic logic that cannot be reduced to words and numbers. Urban mapping constructs interconnections between the ways the city is perceived conceived and lived revealing capacities for urban transformation – the city as a space of possibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233614

Mapping VulnerabilityDisasters Development and People Raging floods massive storms and cataclysmic earthquakes: every year up to 340 million people are affected by these and other disasters which cause loss of life and damage to personal property agriculture and infrastructure. So what can be done? The key to understanding the causes of disasters and mitigating their impacts is the concept of 'vulnerability'. Mapping Vulnerability analyses 'vulnerability' as a concept central to the way we understand disasters and their magnitude and impact. Written and edited by a distinguished group of disaster scholars and practitioners this book is a counterbalance to those technocratic approaches that limit themselves to simply looking at disasters as natural phenomena. Through the notion of vulnerability the authors stress the importance of social processes and human-environmental interactions as causal agents in the making of disasters. They critically examine what renders communities unsafe - a condition they argue that depends primarily on the relative position of advantage or disadvantage that a particular group occupies within a society's social order. The book also looks at vulnerability in terms of its relationship to development and its impact on policy and people's lives through consideration of selected case studies drawn from Africa Asia and Latin America. Mapping Vulnerability is essential reading for academics students policymakers and practitioners in disaster studies geography development studies economics environmental studies and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771924

Mapping Women Making PoliticsFeminist Perspectives on Political Geography Mapping Women Making Politics demonstrates the multiple ways in which gender influences political processes and the politics of space. The book begins by addressing feminism's theoretical and conceptual challenges to traditional political geography and than applies these perspectives to a range of settings and topics including nationalism migration development international relations elections social movements governance and the environment in the Global North and South. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203328514

Mapping WorldsInternational Perspectives on Social and Cultural Geographies Social and cultural geography is practised by geographers from around the world. However for various reasons including language and publishing traditions knowledge of the research being undertaken can often remain confined to those working within those countries. This book draws together for the first time into one volume reports of social and cultural geography undertaken in several countries from around the world. It provides an important overview of geographic ideas and traditions and the history of human geography more generally allowing comparison between countries and details of key studies and references. As such the book will be of interest to geographers schooled in different national traditions and those interested in the production and history of geographic knowledge. Entries are written in both English and the country’s own national language. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878447

MappingWays of Representing the World Illustrates how maps tell us as much about the people and the powers which create them as about the places they show. Presents historical and contemporary evidence of how the human urge to describe understand and control the world is presented through the medium of mapping together with the individual and environmental constraints of the creator of the map. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835498

Maps and Monsters in Medieval England First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959633

Maps for Psychoanalytic Exploration Maps for Psychoanalytic Exploration brings together the author's main works until now published only in Italian. They are made available to a wider readership in this volume through a translation into English by Shaun Whiteside supported by the generosity of the members of the Melanie Klein Trust. In these chapters the author explores important implications of her father's ideas at different levels of psychic and social organisation. Her writing is very clear and as Dr Anna Bauzzi the Editor of the Italian edition writes in her Introduction the quality of it makes many of Bion's ideas more accessible without any reduction of their complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201038

Maps of Heaven Maps of HellReligious Terror as Memory from the Puritans to Stephen King From its beginnings in Puritan sermonising to its prominent place in contemporary genre film and fiction this book traces the use of terror in the American popular imagination. Entering American culture partly by way of religious sanction it remains an important heart and mind shaping tool. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702575

Maps of Meaning This innovative book marks a significant departure from tradition anlayses of the evolution of cultural landscapes and the interpretation of past environments.  Maps of Meaning proposes a new agenda for cultural geography one set squarely in the context of contemporary social and cultural theory. Notions of place and space are explored through the study of elite and popular cultures gender and sexuality race language and ideology. Questioning the ways in which we invest the world with meaning the book is an introduction to both culture's geographies and the geography of culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150874

Maracatu AtomicoTradition Modernity and Postmodernity in the Mangue Movement and the "New Music Scene" of Recife Pernambuco Brazil "Maracatu Atômico" is the first academic work to investigate the mangue movement one of Brazil's most vital pop culture trends of the last thirty years and the related "new music scene" of Northeast Brazil. Contending with the widespread poverty and social problems mangue places a renewed value on the local environment and its myriad folk traditions while embracing modern global pop influences and technology. The book provides historical and ethnographic accounts of the movement analyzes salient examples of folk and pop fusion music and enters recent debates about postmodernity globalization and "world music" in an attempt to understand better how local musicians in one "Third World" region interact within a more global cultural system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890800

Marc ChagallThe Artist as Peacemaker This book follows Chagall’s life through his art and his understanding of the role of the artist as a political being. It takes the reader through the different milieus of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries â€“ including the World Wars and the Holocaust â€“ to present a unique understanding of Chagall’s artistic vision of peace in an age of extremes. At a time when all identities are being subsumed into a “national” identity this book makes the case for a larger understanding of art as a way of transcending materiality. The volume explores how Platonic notions of truth goodness and beauty are linked and mutually illuminating in Chagall’s work. A “spiritual-humanist” interpretation of his life and work renders Chagall’s opus more transparent and accessible to the general reader. It will be essential reading for students of art and art history political philosophy political science and peace studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367506773

Marcel Duchamp and the Architecture of Desire While much has been written on Marcel Duchamp - one of the twentieth century's most beguiling artists - the subject of his flirtation with architecture seems to have been largely overlooked. Yet in the carefully arranged plans and sections organising the blueprint of desire in the Large Glass his numerous pieces replicating architectural fragments and his involvement in designing exhibitions Duchamp's fascination with architectural design is clearly evident. As his unconventional architectural influences - Niceron Lequeu and Kiesler - and diverse legacy - Tschumi OMA Webb Diller + Scofidio and Nicholson - indicate Duchamp was not as much interested in 'built' architecture as he was in the architecture of desire re-constructing the imagination through drawing and testing the boundaries between reality and its aesthetic and philosophical possibilities. Marcel Duchamp and the Architecture of Desire examines the link between architectural thinking and Duchamp's work. By employing design drawing and making - the tools of the architect - Haralambidou performs an architectural analysis of Duchamp’s final enigmatic work Given: 1. The Waterfall 2. The Illuminating Gas... demonstrating an innovative research methodology able to grasp meaning beyond textual analysis. This novel reading of his ideas and methods adds to but also challenges other art-historical interpretations. Through three main themes - allegory visuality and desire - the book defines and theorises an alternative drawing practice positioned between art and architecture that predates and includes Duchamp. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409443452

Marco Frascari's Dream HouseA Theory of Imagination This previously unpublished work is essential reading for anyone who has followed Marco Frascari’s scholarship and teachings over the last three decades. It also provides the perfect introduction for anyone new to his writings. As ever Frascari does not offer prescriptive tools and frameworks to enact his theories of drawing and imagination; instead he teaches how to build one’s own through individual practice. An illuminating introduction places the text in a wider context providing the reader with a fascinating and important context and understanding to this posthumous work. Frascari's sketchbooks are reproduced faithfully in full colour to provide the reader with a remarkable insight into the design process of this influential mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138189652

Marco Polo’s Book Marco Polo and his book may seem to have been well served by scholars yet the majority have been concerned to write about his travels in Asia what he did or did not see and how useful he is as a source on the East. John Critchley’s subject on the other hand is the text of Polo’s book itself and the political and ideological context - the crusades the Mongol missions the French presence in Italy - in which it was put together by its author(s) and read by its audience. The homogeneity of the ’original’ Franco-Italian text and the accepted relationship between this text and the Latin recensions is tested by computer analysis. An examination of vocabulary and other textual features draws out the different attitudes and contributions of Polo himself and his various editors and translators. Critchley’s book will be of interest not only to those concerned with the history of later medieval Europe but also to specialists in medieval Asia who will find it useful to know about the background and composition of so famous and frequently cited a work. On pourrait penser que Marco Polo et son livre ont été amplement débattus par les spécialistes en la matière cependant la majorité a surtout écrit à propos de ses voyages en Asie ce qu’il avait ou n’avait pas vu et sur son utilité en tant que source de références sur l’Orient. Le sujet traité par John Critchley par contre est le texte même du livre de Polo ainsi que le contexte politique et ideologique - les croisades les missions mongoles la présence française en Italie - dans lequel il a été composé par son ou ses auteurs et dans lequel ses lecteurs ont pu le lire. L’homogeneïté du texte franco-italien d’origine et le rapport accepté entre celui-ci et les révisions latines ont été analysés par ordinateur. Un examen du vocabulaire et d’autres caractéristiques littéraires fait transparaître les différences d’attitudes et de contributions entre Polo Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249742

Marcus Aurelius In this new study John Sellars offers a fresh examination of Marcus Aurelius’ Meditations as a work of philosophy by placing it against the background of the tradition of Stoic philosophy to which Marcus was committed. The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius is a perennial bestseller attracting countless readers drawn to its unique mix of philosophical reflection and practical advice. The emperor is usually placed alongside Seneca and Epictetus as one of three great Roman Stoic authors but he wears his philosophy lightly not feeling the need to state explicitly the ideas standing behind the reflections that he was writing for himself. As a consequence his standing as a philosopher has often been questioned. Challenging claims that Marcus Aurelius was merely an eclectic thinker that the Meditations do not fit the model of a work of philosophy that there are no arguments in the work and that it only contains superficial moral advice Sellars shows that he was in constant dialogue with his Stoic predecessors engaging with themes drawn from all three parts of Stoicism: logic physics and ethics. The image of Marcus Aurelius that emerges is of a committed Stoic engaging with a wide range of philosophical topics motivated by the desire to live a good life. This volume will be of interest to scholars and students of both Classics and Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146078

Marcus AureliusA Biography Marcus Aurelius the philosopher-emperor who ruled the Roman Empire between AD 161 and 180 is one of the best recorded individuals from antiquity. Even his face became more than usually familiar: the imperial coinage displayed his portrait for over 40 years from the clean-shaven young heir of Antonius to the war-weary heavily bearded ruler who died at his post in his late fifties.His correspondence with his tutor Fronto and even more the private notebook he kept for his last ten years the Meditations provides a unique series of vivid and revealing glimpses into the character and peoccupations of this emporer who spent many years in terrible wars against northern tribes.In this accessible and scholarly study Professor Birley paints a portrait of an emporer who was human and just - an embodiment of the pagan virtues of Rome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139503

Marcuse and Freedom (RLE Social Theory) This comprehensive study of Marcuse’s thought concentrates on his theory of freedom arguing that it is this which supplies the key to all his writings. This argument is substantiated by a detailed chronological examination of Marcuse’s works. The author shows the rigorous logic underlying Marcuse’s thinking which is often obscured in Marcuse’s own presentation and pays particular attention to the influence of Heidegger and of Marx’s notion of human labour. This sympathetic reconstruction of the subject attempts to rescue Marcuse from misunderstanding and superficial criticism and argues that Marcuse’s most famous work One Dimensional Man is in fact an aberration from the mainstream of his work. This book forms one of the most accessible and reliable treatments of Marcuse available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980402

Marcuse in the Twenty-First CenturyRadical Politics Critical Theory and Revolutionary Praxis This book engages the critical theory of political philosopher Herbert Marcuse to imagine spaces of resistance and liberation from the repressive forces of late capitalism. Marcuse an influential counterculture voice in the 1960s highlighted the "smooth democratic unfreedom" of postwar capitalism a critique that is well adapted to the current context. The compilation begins with a previously unpublished lecture delivered by Marcuse in 1966 addressing the inadequacy of philosophy in its current form arguing how it may be a force for liberation and social change. This lecture provides a theoretical mandate for the volume’s original contributions from international scholars engaging how topics such as higher education aesthetics and political organization can contribute to the project of building a critical rationality for a qualitatively better world offering an alternative to the bleak landscape of neoliberalism. The essays in this volume as whole engage the current context with an urgency appropriate to the problems facing an encroaching authoritarianism in political society with an interdisciplinary lens that speaks to the complexity of the problems facing modern society. The chapters originally published as a special issue in New Political Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892555

Margaret Atwood and the Female Bildungsroman Examining Margaret Atwood's work in the context of the complex history of the Bildungsroman Ellen McWilliams explores how the genre has been appropriated by women writers in the second half of the twentieth century. She demonstrates that Atwood's early work - her own 'coming of age' fiction including unpublished works as well as The Edible Woman Surfacing and Lady Oracle - both engages with and works against the paradigms of identity which are traditionally associated with the genre. Making extensive use of unpublished manuscripts in the Atwood Collection at the University of Toronto McWilliams uncovers influences that shaped Atwood's fashioning of identity in her early novels paying particular attention to Atwood's preoccupation with survival as a key symbol of Canadian literature culture and identity. She also considers the genre's afterlife on display in Cat's Eye The Robber Bride Alias Grace The Blind Assassin and Moral Disorder in which the formulations of selfhood and identity in Atwood's early fiction are revisited and developed. Atwood emerges as a writer who self-consciously invokes and then undercuts the traditions of the Bildungsroman a turn that may be read as a means of at once interrogating and perpetuating the form. McWilliams's book furthers our understanding of subjectivity in Atwood's fiction and contributes to ongoing conversations about the role gender and cultural contexts play in reframing generic boundaries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249735

Margaret Atwood: Crime Fiction WriterThe Reworking of a Popular Genre Exploring how Margaret Atwood’s fiction reimagines the figure of the detective and the nature of crime Jackie Shead shows how the author radically reworks the crime fiction genre. Shead focuses on Surfacing Bodily Harm Alias Grace The Blind Assassin Oryx and Crake and selected short fiction showing the ways in which Atwood’s protagonists are confronted by their own collusion in hegemonic assumptions and thus are motivated to investigate and expose crimes of gender class and colonialism. Shead begins with a discussion of how Atwood’s treatment of crime fiction’s generic elements particularly those of the whodunit clue puzzle and spy thriller departs from convention. Through discussion of Atwood’s metafictive strategies Shead also examines Atwood’s techniques for activating her readers as investigators who are offered an educative process parallel to that experienced by some of the author’s protagonists. This book also marks a significant intervention in an ongoing debate among Atwood critics that pits the author’s postmodernism against her ethical and humanistic concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880934

Margaret CavendishSociable Letters First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995611

Margaret Drabble Margaret Drabble is a writer who plays a lively role in both popular and literary culture. Widely read and studied throughout the world her novels attract both the general reader and the literary critic. Originally published in 1985 Joanne Creighton examines this phenomenon and places particular emphasis on her "Englishness" her role as a woman writing credibly about modern women and her ability to mediate between the traditional and the modern. She argues that the resonances of Drabble’s work grow put of her strong sense of the powers and resources of existing literary traditions coupled with her intelligent portrayal of the familiar problems of people in modern society and that is precisely this mediating position which makes Drabble an important voice in contemporary fiction and links her with other writers of her generation. Challenging those critics who see Drabble as a fiction traditionalist. Creighton finds her work open-ended inquiring equivocal and unquestionably contemporary in spirit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333072

Margaret Fell Letters and the Making of Quakerism Intensely persecuted during the English Interregnum early Quakers left a detailed record of the suffering they endured for their faith. Margaret Fell Letters and the Making of Quakerism is the first book to connect the suffering experience with the communication network that drew the faithful together to create a new religious community. This study explores the ways in which early Quaker leaders particularly Margaret Fell helped shape a stable organization that allowed for the transition from movement to church to occur. Fell’s role was essential to this process because she developed and maintained the epistolary exchange that was the basis of the early religious community. Her efforts allowed for others to travel and spread the faith while she served as nucleus of the community’s communication network by determining how and where to share news. Memory of the early years of Quakerism were based on the letters Fell preserved. Marjon Ames analyzes not only how Fell’s efforts shaped the inchoate faith but also how subsequent generations memorialized their founding members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346690

Margaret Thatcher Margaret Thatcher (1925–2013) was the dominant British political leader of our age. No postwar prime minister has equalled the impact she made on modern British history nor matched her influence on the European and world stages. But as she becomes a historical figure how to distinguish myth from reality? The daunting quantity (and variable quality) of literature already available on Thatcher makes it decidedly difficult to discriminate the significant from the tendentious superficial and otiose. Moreover because no comparable British politician has had such profound effects on political and cultural life valuable evaluations of Thatcher originate from a broad range of scholarly disciplines as well as from serious sources outside the academy. To make some sense of these widely dispersed materials Routledge announces the first in a projected new series of Critical Assessments of Key Political Leaders. Edited by Tim Bale (Queen Mary University of London) the author of a prize-winning history of the Conservative Party Margaret Thatcher is a four-volume collection. It draws on the best work of modern historians and political scientists as well as those working in gender and cultural studies. The collection allows users quickly and easily to access both established and cutting-edge assessments of Thatcher’s life and work. With a comprehensive introductory essay providing essential background information and relating the various pieces to each other Margaret Thatcher is destined to be an indispensable resource for research and study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415729543

Margaret TylerPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series 1 Part One Volume 8 The biography of Margaret Tyler remains speculative. It is known that she served the Howard family (Thomas Howard Duke of Norfolk) in some capacity. Her level of education has been described as ’amazing’ for a woman who was outside of the aristocracy and possibly a middle-class servant. Her translation (published 1579 or 1580) of Diego Ortún]ez de Calahorra’s romance Espejo de principes y cavalleros Part I from the original Spanish marks not only a notable moment in book history but also the beginning of the popularity and availability of continental romance in England. Tyler was the first woman to publish a romance in England and the first English translator to work from the original Spanish. Because of the negative association of women with romance (considered a masculine domain) and the general cultural restrictions on female authorship Tyler’s bold defence of her translation in the dedication and preface is remarkable and as it is the earliest Englishwoman’s defence of women’s literary work it has sometimes earned her the title of the first English feminist. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249728

Margaret's MonstersWomen Identity and the Life of St. Margaret in Medieval England St. Margaret of Antioch was one of the most popular saints in medieval England and throughout the Middle Ages the various Lives of St. Margaret functioned as a blueprint for a virginal life and supernatural assistance to pregnant women during the dangerous process of labor. In her narrative Margaret is accosted by various demons and having defeated each monster in turn she is taken to the place of her martyrdom where she prays for supernatural boons for her adherents. This book argues that Margaret’s monsters are a key element in understanding Margaret’s importance to her adherents specifically how the sexual identities of her adherents were constructed and maintained. More broadly this study offers three major contributions to the field of medieval studies: first it argues for the utility of a diachronic analysis of Saints’ Lives literature in a field dominated by synchronic analyses; second this diachronic analysis is important to interpreting the intertext of Saints’ Lives not only between different Lives but also different versions of the same Life; and third the approach further suggests that the most valuable socio-cultural information in hagiographic literature is found in the auxiliary characters and not in the figure of the saint him/herself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187095

Margery KempeA Book of Essays Originally published in 1992 Margery Kempe looks at one of the most appealing mystics and pilgrims of 15th-century England. The book looks at Margery Kempe and her book The Book of Margery Kempe thought to be the first vernacular autobiography in medieval Britain. Original essays in the book examines Kempe's spirituality cultural context and the autobiography itself The Book of Margery Kempe. The essays in the book represent detail literary analysis on Kempe and the critical history of her words. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209773

Margery Kempeand her world Daughter of a mayor of King's Lynn wife of a burgess there and mother of fourteen children Margery Kempe (c. 1373-post 1438) was also a religious mystic and hysteric who dictated her 'autobiography' to a scribe at the end of her life. In this history of her life Anthony Goodman examines "The Book" to reconstruct as much of her conventional biography as the materials allow.  Including her spiritual experiences but focusing most particularly on her day-to-day life he builds an intriguing picture of bourgeois society in late medieval Lynn and the wider world of late medieval towns in England and Europe more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149380

Margery Perham and British Rule in Africa Margery Perham was an outstanding influence on official and academic thinking on British Colonial rule and decolonization in Africa during the middle part of the century. The book traces how the Second World War transformed her view of colonial rule and of the rate at which it would have to be relinquished. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315788791

Marginal Bodies Trans Utopias Although over the last two decades there has been a proliferation of gender studies transgender has largely remained institutionalised as an ‘umbrella term’ that encapsulates all forms of gender understandings differing from what are thought to be gender norms. In both theoretical and medical literature trans identity has been framed within a paradigm of awkwardness or discomfort self-dislike or dysfunctional mental health. Marginal Bodies Trans Utopias is a multidisciplinary book that draws primarily from Deleuze and post-structuralism in order to reformulate the concept of utopia and ground it in the materiality of the present. Through a radically new conceptualisation of the time and space of utopia it analyses empirical findings from trans video diaries on the Internet belonging to transgender individuals. In doing so this volume offers new insights into the everyday challenges faced by these subjectivities with case studies focusing on: the legal/social impact of the UK’s Gender Recognition Act 2004 boundaries of public and private as evidenced within public toilets and the narrative of the ‘wrong body’. Contextualising and applying Deleuzian concepts such as ‘difference’ and ‘marginal’ to the context of the research Nirta helps the reader to understand trans as ‘unity’ rather than as a ‘mind-body mismatch’. Contributing to the reading and understanding of trans lived experience this book shall be of interest to postgraduates and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as Transgender Studies Critical Studies Sociology of Gender and Philosophy of Time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348199

Marginal Cost in the New Economy: A Proposal for a Uniform Approach to Policy EvaluationsA Proposal for a Uniform Approach to Policy Evaluations This volume presents an approach for resolving a variety of public policy debates. It proposes that a single standard - marginal cost methodology - be adopted to replace the haphazard arrays of methods and techniques currenly employed to measure the costs and benefits of disputed policy issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702568

Marginal Situation Ils 112 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863377

Marginal SpacesSer Volume 5 The literature on modernist and postmodernist urban development is abundant yet few researchers have taken up the challenge of studying the areas hi which marginalized people live as sources of resistance to continued modernization. In Marginal Spaces Michael Smith has assembled case studies combining structural and historical analyses of the moves of powerful social interests to dominate social space and the tactics and strategies various marginalized social groups employ to reclaim dominated space for their own use. The marginal spaces embodied in the title of this fifth volume of the Comparative Urban and Community Research series include five sites of domination and resistance. A squatters' movement in Ann Arbor Michigan resists the adverse consequences of four decades of urban development. A homeless encampment in Chicago engages hi "guerilla architecture" and other moves designed to reconstitute prevailing social constructions of the problem of "homelessness." An antigentrification movement hi the East Village of New York engages hi an ongoing struggle to resist efforts by developers to market their neighborhood as space for luxury condominium development. There is a Public Housing Council organized by African American women hi New Orleans that is resisting both the material regulation of their daily lives and the dominant social construction of public housing as a racially gendered space suitable only for "dependent" women and children of color. Finally there is a subordinate labor market niche hi California agriculture where indigenous Mixtec peasants from Oaxaca are displacing the more traditional mestizo farm workers but who are also politically organizing as a transnational grassroots movement pursuing a binational strategy to alleviate then- economic political and cultural marginality. Contributions and contributors include: "House People Not Cars!" by Corey Dolgon Michael Kline and Laura Dresser; "Tranquillity City" by Tahnadge Wright; "Private Redevelopment and the Changing Forms of Displacement hi the East Village of New York" by Christopher Mele; "Resisting Racially Gendered Space" by Alma Young and Jyaphia Christos-Rodgers; and "Mixtecs and Mestizos hi California Agriculture" by Carol Zabin. This volume will be of interest to urban planners sociologists and political scientists especially those with strong interests hi local ethnography and concrete policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527638

Marginal Worth In the American university system for most of this century the academic reward system has been blamed for both the neglect of teaching and a glut of uninspiring research. The salaries for faculty at institutions that place special emphasis on teaching are lower than those for faculty at institutions where both teaching and research are expected. In Marginal Worth Lionel S. Lewis examines the contemporary academic labor market to explain why teaching which is almost universally acknowledged both off and on campus to be at the center of the American educational experience is not at the center of the academic labor market and why it is only modestly rewarded.The evidence collected and analyzed by Lewis suggests that this is the case because teaching is not a particularly productive activity and its quality is hard to measure. Teaching does not generate automatic prestige most students do not learn a great deal and in many instances other matters absorb the attention of faculty. Fifteen anonymous academic administrators and faculty members from around the country provided Lewis with the many letters reports and other documents he used in his analysis. By examining the material justifying merit salary awards he reveals how merit is defined in academia. The focus of the letters is on teaching research administration and service; teaching is not always seen as central to the academic role.For several years and from all sides American institutions of higher learning have been called to account for a variety of failures. Significantly the one indictment most often heard is that classrooms have been abandoned for laboratories and libraries where faculty pursue interests to further their careers. Lewis argues that restoring the balance between teaching and research is too simple a solution to the problem. We need to better understand how disciplinary and institutional reward structures affect teaching how and why faculty allocate their tune and why teaching appears to be neglected and underappreciated. Lewis applies tenets of the neoclassical labor market model to the academy and considers what might be done to strike a better balance between expectations and circumstances in the academic marketplace. This candid look into the political economy of higher education will be enlightening reading for all concerned with the future of American higher education: professors administrators students and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511880

Marginalisation and Events This book is the first to take an in-depth examination of marginalisation and events. Marginalisation has been the subject of academic research for some time now. For example marginalisation and exclusion have been identified as problematic in fields as diverse as geography public health education and media studies. However little research has been carried out within the field of event studies. Using of a range of different theoretical and methodological approaches from a variety of disciplines the volume applies a critical approach to events as they relate to marginalisation that seeks to address the ‘how’ and ‘why’ and to provide a holistic picture of their place and influence in the lives of marginalised individuals and communities. International through authorship and examples it encompasses case studies from around the world including South Africa the United Kingdom Italy Afghanistan the United States Brazil Portugal Australia and New Zealand. This is essential reading for students and researchers in the fields of critical event studies anthropology cultural studies tourism sociology and management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138583566

Marginalisation in ChinaPerspectives on Transition and Globalisation Economic transition in China has witnessed (re)centralization of resources from the margin to the core in economic social and political senses. This book employs a marginalization lens to reveal delineate and better understand the processes patterns trends multiple dimensions and dynamics of the phenomenon and the consequences and implications for development and well-being in the country. Bringing together a wide range of domestic and international experts and disciplinary perspectives the book combines empirical research and conceptual analysis to provide an insightful overview of China's recent development. It contributes to the debate over marginalization and its interactions with globalization and transition in China and has significance for various domestic and international policy arenas in respect of tackling marginalization poverty and social exclusion effectively while striving for the achievement of the UN Millennium Development Goals in China and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266803

Marginality and Modernity This book traces the major stages in the evolution of the sociological concept of marginality highlighting in particular the contribution made by Gino Germani. Its purpose is to analyse starting with the sociological theory of the early 1960s the progressive maturation of the scientific status of the concept of marginality and to test the theoretical premise that gave rise to Germani's theory of marginality.The author begins by examining the contribution of the Chicago School. He explores the complex relationship between the theory of marginality and modernization by analysing North American theses and the criticisms mainly generated in Latin America. The goal is to reconstruct Germani's theoretical model of marginality addressing its application to contemporary social and economic conditions.Giardiello's analysis is intertwined with two themes that are central to Germani's thought about marginality. The first concerns the origin of the concept of social exclusion within sociological thought. The second shows how marginality is clearly a phenomenology connected to the contradictions of modernity. Germani's paradigm of marginality enables the social scientist to resolve the contradictions between the analytical perspectives that deal with marginality in an objective way and the one that observes it subjectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862721

Marginality in Space - Past Present and FutureTheoretical and Methodological Aspects of Cultural Social and Economic Parameters of Margina Published in 1999 this book discusses the role that marginality has had in the past has today and will have in the future. The Commission on Dynamics of Marginal and Critical Regions held its annual conference in Harare Zimbabwe in July 1997. This volume represents a carefully selected revised and reviewed selection of the papers presented at this conference. The articles reflect the various aspects of marginality currently existing in the world and it is the intention of the Commission to pursue research that would eventually result in a more coherent approach towards the issues of marginality in space. The articles in the book are grouped into three main parts. The first part discusses the role of theory and also methodological aspects and approaches towards the question of marginality. The second part gives a 'time-space' perspective by examining the past present and future aspects of marginality. The third part is dedicated to empirical evidence about the changes in existing marginality and its possible future implementations. The conclusions of the book summarize the various and sometimes conflicting aspects of marginality and its ’images’ both in space and in time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325463

Marginalized Communities and Decentralized Institutions in IndiaAn Exclusion and Inclusion Perspective This book examines the causes and consequences of marginalization of social groups and the state of democratic decentralization in India in the unfolding context of globalization and changing perspectives of development models and institutions. The first of its kind it correlates macro-and micro-level issues to understand social exclusion and inclusion and the level of participation of democratic institutions at the grassroots level since economic liberalization (1991) and the 73rd Constitution Amendment Act of 1992 marking three decades since granting constitutional status to the Panchayati Raj Institutions. The study looks at the linkages between certain key themes: the neoliberal model of development growth and distributive justice; the role and mandate of grassroots-level public institutions enshrined in the Constitution inclusive growth and the Indian State; the role of political executives from marginalized communities; factors involved in people’s active participation in the development process; and challenges in current political structures inclusion of marginalized communities in governance and development and real empowerment of local bodies and institutions. The book argues that legislative enactments constitutional status reservation of seats to marginalized communities and so on can only empower local bodies and their leadership symbolically. The success of these provisions depends on the overall development model of the country; the support of national and state governments; the socio-economic and political environment of the institutions; and effective service and accountability. Topical and rich in empirical data including case studies this book will be an essential read for scholars and researchers of political science development studies governance public administration sociology public policy and also for government agencies administrators and bureaucrats policymakers international organizations think tanks and NGOs working in the area.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138607484

Marginalized Groups Inequalities and the Post-War Welfare StateWhose Welfare? Examining the ways in which societies treat their most vulnerable members has long been regarded as revealing of the bedrock beliefs and values that guide the social order. However academic research about the post-war welfare state is often focused on mainstream arrangements or on one social group. With its focus on different marginalized groups: migrants and people with disabilities this volume offers novel perspectives on the national and international dimensions of the post-war welfare state in Western Europe and North America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388826

Marginalized MasculinitiesContexts Continuities and Change Across Europe we are witnessing a series of events that are drawing upon representations of men and masculinity that are rupturing the social fabric of everyday life. For example media reports of social unrest misogynous hate crime religious extremism drug trafficking and political Far Right mobilization often have been at the centre of the discussion the figure of the apathetic disenchanted socially excluded young man. Marginalized Masculinities explores how men in precarious positions in different countries and social contexts understand and experience their masculinities focusing on men who are viewed as being marginal in a range of fields in society including the family work the media and school. By focusing on atypical or marginal masculinities in each subfield Haywood and Johansson provide an informed understanding of what it means to experience marginalization. Indeed within this enlightening volume the chapters engage with the issue of whether it is necessary to name ‘a’ dominant masculinity in order to make sense of and understand the nature of marginalized masculinity. This insightful title will be of interest to researchers undergraduates and postgraduates interested in fields such as Gender Studies International Studies Comparative Studies and Men Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459796

Marginalized ReproductionEthnicity Infertility and Reproductive Technologies Worldwide over 75 million people are involuntarily childless a devastating experience for many with significant consequences for the social and psychological well-being of women in particular. Despite greater levels of infertility and strong cultural meanings attached to having children little attention has been paid politically or academically to the needs of minority ethnic women and men. This groundbreaking volume is the first to highlight the ways in which diverse ethnic cultural and religious identities impact upon understandings of technological solutions for infertility and associated treatment experiences within Western societies. It offers a corrective to the dominance of the narratives of hegemonic groups in infertility research. The collection begins with a discussion of fertility prevalence and access to treatment for minorities in the West and considers some of the key methodological challenges for social research on ethnicity and infertility. Drawing on primary research from the US the UK Eire Germany the Netherlands and Australia the book then turns the spotlight onto the ways in which minority status and cultural and religious mores might impact on the experience of infertility and assisted reproductive technologies. It argues that more equitable access to culturally competent assisted conception services should be an essential component of a transformatory politics of infertility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849425

Marginalized Voices in Music Education Marginalized Voices in Music Education explores the American culture of music teachers by looking at marginalization and privilege in music education as a means to critique prevailing assumptions and paradigms. In fifteen contributed essays authors set out to expand notions of who we believe we are as music educators -- and who we want to become. This book is a collection of perspectives by some of the leading and emerging thinkers in the profession and identifies cases of individuals or groups who had experienced marginalization. It shares the diverse stories in a struggle for inclusion with the goal to begin or expand conversation in undergraduate and graduate courses in music teacher education. Through the telling of these stores authors hope to recast music education as fertile ground for transformation experimentation and renewal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788335

Margins for Manoeuvre in Cold War EuropeThe Influence of Smaller Powers The Cold War is conventionally regarded as a superpower conflict that dominated the shape of international relations between World War II and the fall of the Berlin Wall. Smaller powers had to adapt to a role as pawns in a strategic game of the superpowers its course beyond their control. This edited volume offers a fresh interpretation of twentieth-century smaller European powers – East–West neutral and non-aligned â€“ and argues that their position vis-à-vis the superpowers often provided them with an opportunity rather than merely representing a constraint. Analysing the margins for manoeuvre of these smaller powers the volume covers a wide array of themes ranging from cultural to economic issues energy to diplomacy and Bulgaria to Belgium. Given its holistic and nuanced intervention in studies of the Cold War this book will be instrumental for students of history international relations and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388376

Margins of CitizenshipMuslim Experiences in Urban India Part of the ‘Religion and Citizenship’ series this book is an ethnographic study of marginality of Muslims in urban India. It explores the realities and consequences of socio-spatial segregation faced by Muslim communities and the various ways in which they negotiate it in the course of their everyday lives. By narrating lived experiences of ordinary Muslims the author attempts to construct their identities as citizens and subjects. What emerges is a highly variegated picture of a group (otherwise viewed as monolithic) that resides in very close quarters more as a result of compulsion than choice despite wide differences across language ethnicity sect and social class. The book also looks into the potential outcomes that socio-spatial segregation spelt on communal lines hold for the future of the urban landscape in South Asia. Rich in ethnographic data and accessible in its approach this book will be useful for scholars and researchers of sociology social anthropology human geography political sociology urban studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279707

Margins of the Mind ‘Psychologists have mapped out developmental stages for the first fifteen to twenty years; but thereafter life is a blank. Half a century of adult life remains psychologically speaking an unchartered waste.’ Frank Musgrove focuses on the question ‘Can adults change?’ and challenges the still widely-held view that adult life is static. Originally published in 1977 the author examines change principally in terms of a modification of consciousness through the experience of marginality. With the help of interviews he discusses seven groups in contemporary Britain at the time found in the ‘margins’ of society. Three of the selected groups are involuntary and stigmatized: men and women who have gone blind as adults; handicapped people in a home for the incurably disabled; and homosexuals. The other four groups enjoy high-status and voluntary marginality: late-entrants to the Anglican ministry; self-employed artists; a Sufi commune of Islamic mystics; and a Hare Krishna commune. Frank Musgrove’s lively study of adult resocialization will be of interest to sociologists anthropologists and anyone concerned with the general problem of adjustment to rapid social change. It also relates marginality to the issue of life-long learning and points to some of the creative possibilities of the marginal situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139803

Marguerite de Navarre's Shifting GazePerspectives on gender class and politics in the Heptaméron Marguerite de Navarre’s Heptaméron composed in the 1540s and first published posthumously in 1558 and 1559 has long been an interpretive puzzle. De Navarre (1492-1549) sister of King Francis I of France was a controversial figure in her lifetime. Her evangelical activities and proximity to the Crown placed her at the epicenter of her country’s internecine strife and societal unrest. Yet her short stories appear to offer few traces of the sociopolitical turbulence that surrounded her.In Marguerite de Navarre’s Shifting Gaze however Elizabeth Zegura argues that the Heptaméron’s innocuous appearance camouflages its serious insights into patriarchy and gender social class and early modern French politics which emerge from an analysis of the text’s shifting perspectives. Zegura’s approach which focuses on visual cues and alternative standpoints and viewing positions within the text hinges upon foregrounding "les choses basses" (lowly things) to which the devisante (storyteller) Oisille draws our attention in nouvelle (novella) 2 of the Heptaméron using this downward archaeological gaze to excavate layers of the text that merit more extensive critical attention.While her conclusions cast a new light on the literature life and times of Marguerite de Navarre they are nevertheless closely aligned with recent scholarship on this important historical and literary figure.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346720

Maria Irene Fornes Maria Irene Fornes is the most influential female American dramatist of the 20th century. That is the argument of this important new study the first to assess Fornes's complete body of work. Scott T. Cummings considers comic sketches opera libretti and unpublished pieces as well as her best-known plays in order to trace the evolution of her dramaturgy from the whimsical Off-Off Broadway plays of the 1960s to the sober meditative work of the 1990s. The book also reflects on her practice as an inspirational teacher of playwriting and the primary director of her own plays. Drawing on the latest scholarship and his own personal research and interviews with Fornes over two decades Cummings examines Fornes's unique significance and outlines strategies for understanding her fragmentary enigmatic highly demanding theater. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415454353

Marian Apparitions in Cultural ContextsApplying Jungian Concepts to Mass Visions of the Virgin Mary Marian Apparitions in Cultural Contexts provides an analysis of collective phenomena specifically mass visions of the Virgin Mary from a psychoanalytical perspective. It draws from Jung’s compensation theoretical model with the aim of merging depth-psychology and historical material from the Zeitoun case. Offering an original interpretation of this phenomenon from a Jungian psychological perspective the book provides stimulating insights to any person interested in these supernatural events whether general readers with active curiosity or scholars with broad intellectual interests. A review of the literature points to a prevailing socio-political approach to examining visions of the Virgin Mary while a psychoanalytical approach is generally lacking. Musso draws from Jung’s compensation theoretical model in Flying Saucers with the aim of merging depth-psychology and historical material. Common themes and symbols are extracted and interpreted from the empirical material and analyzed along with Egyptian social and political data. The book concludes with a discussion on how depth psychological principles grounded in empirical and historical material could be applied in order to explicate cases of mass visions. An original interdisciplinary exploration of cultural phenomena Marian Apparitions in Cultural Contexts will be of value to academics and students in the fields of psychoanalysis analytical psychology political science and religious studies. This book will also be of interest among Jungian scholars and practitioners in applications of depth psychology to cultural phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367489328

Marian Moments in Early Modern British Drama Concerning itself with the complex interplay between iconoclasm against images of the Virgin Mary in post-Reformation England and stage representations that evoke various 'Marian moments' from the medieval Catholic past this collection answers the call for further investigation of the complex relationship between the fraught religio-political culture of the early modern period and the theater that it spawned. Joining historians in rejecting the received belief that Catholicism could be turned on and off like a water spigot in response to sixteenth-century religious reform the early modern British theater scholars in this collection turn their attention to the vestiges of Catholic tradition and culture that leak out in stage imagery plot devices and characterization in ways that are not always clearly engaged in the business of Protestant panegyric or polemic. Among the questions they address are: What is the cultural function of dramatic Marian moments? Are Marian moments nostalgic for or critical of the 'Old Faith'? How do Marian moments negotiate the cultural trauma of iconoclasm and/or the Reformation in early modern England? Did these stage pictures of Mary provide subversive touchstones for the Old Faith of particular import to crypto-Catholic or recusant members of the audience? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259409

Marianne Moore and the Cultures of Modernity Victoria Bazin examines the poetry of Marianne Moore as it is shaped by and responsive to the experience of being a modern woman of living in the aftermath of the First World War of being interpellated as a modern consumer and of writing in "the age of mechanical reproduction." She argues that Moore's textual collages and syllabic sculptures are based on the cultural clutter or debris of modernity on textual extracts and reproductions on the phantasmagoria of city life revealing something modernism worked hard to conceal: its relation to modernity more specifically its relation to the new emerging and expanding mass consumer culture. Drawing extensively on archival resources to trace Moore's influences and to describe her own distinctive modernist aesthetic this book argues that it was her feminist adaptation of pragmatism that shaped her poetic response to modernity. Moore's use of the quoted fragment is conceptualised in relation not only to Walter Benjamin's philosophical history but also to William James's image of the world as a series of "partial stories." As such this account of Marianne Moore not only contributes to a greater understanding of the poet and her work but it also offers up a more politicized and historically nuanced understanding of poetic modernism between the wars one that retains a sense of the formal complexities of poetic language and the poet's own ethical imperatives whilst also recognising the material impact of modernity upon the modernist poem. This book will appeal therefore not only to scholars already familiar with Moore's poetry but more widely to those interested in modernism and American culture between the wars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593906

Marie Antoinette at Petit TrianonHeritage Interpretation and Visitor Perceptions Marie Antoinette at Petit Trianon challenges common perceptions of the last Queen of France appraising the role she played in relation to the events of French Revolution through an original analysis of contemporary heritage practices and visitor perceptions at her former home the Petit Trianon. Controversy and martyrdom have placed Marie Antoinette’s image within a spectrum of cultural caricatures that range from taboo to iconic. With a foundation in critical heritage studies this book examines the diverse range of contemporary images portraying Marie Antoinette’s historical character showing how they affect the interpretation and perception of the Petit Trianon. By considering both producers and receivers of these cultural heritage exponents - Marie Antoinette’s historical figure and the historic house museum of the Petit Trianon - the book expands current understandings of twenty-first century cultural heritage perceptions in relation to tourism and popular culture. A useful case study for academics researchers and postgraduate students of cultural heritage it will also be of interest to historians keepers of house museums and those working in the field of tourism studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588601

Marie AntoinetteWritings on the Body of a Queen Marie-Antoinette is one of the most fascinating and controversial figures in all of French history. This volume explores the many struggles by various individuals and groups to put right Marie's identity and it simultaneously links these struggles to larger destabilizations in social political and gender systems in France.Looking at how Marie was represented in politics art literature and journalism the contributors to this volume reveal how crucial political and cultural contexts were enacted "on the body of the queen" and on the complex identity of Marie. Taken together these essays suggest that it is precisely because she came to represent the contradictions in the social political and gender systems of her era that Marie remains such an important historical figure. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023533

Marie Corelli: Modernism Morality and Metaphysics This collection reappraises and retheorizes Marie Corelli’s diverse fictional writings and locates them in their contemporary literary and social context. Marie Corelli (1855-1924) was a fabulously popular novelist in the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries. Yet in her day critics railed against her taste for sentimentality melodrama supernatural worlds and overt didacticism. Many critics are still ambivalent about her writing. However in their reappraisal the contributors to this volume largely circumvent the earlier critics and engage afresh with Corelli’s writing strategies; genre choices; representations of social issues; and ideas about science metaphysics and morality. Moving beyond the now outdated project of "recovery" the volume also discusses Corelli’s literary market place analysing both her publishing successes and her decline in popularity. An important theme throughout is Corelli’s troubled relationship with an emerging literary Modernism and an ever-widening gulf between high and popular culture. The contributors interrogate the critical templates assumptions and biases of a literary establishment (past and present) centred on Modernist tropes and structures. As a result the Corelli they unearth is not a defective Modernist but an innovative and original writer who eschewed the dictates of a movement with which she had no empathy. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367405267

Marie Jeanne Riccoboni’s Epistolary FeminismFact Fiction and Voice Marie Jeanne Riccoboni’s Epistolary Feminism: Fact Fiction and Voice argues that Riccoboni is among the most significant women writers of the French Enlightenment due to her "epistolary feminism". Locating its source in her first novel Lettres de Mistriss Fanni Butlerd (1757) between fact and fiction public and private Marijn S. Kaplan provides new evidence supporting both the novel’s autobiography theory and de Maillebois hypothesis. Kaplan then traces how Riccoboni progressively develops a proto-feminist poetics of voice in her epistolary fiction empowering women to resist patriarchal efforts to silence and appropriate them which culminates in her final novel Lettres de Milord Rivers (1777). In nineteen relatively unknown letters (included with translations) written over three decades to her publisher Humblot several editors Diderot Laclos Philip Thicknesse etc. Riccoboni is shown similarly to defend her oeuvre her reputation and her authority as a woman (writer) refusing to be manipulated and silenced by men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367858520

Marie LaurencinUne femme inadaptée in Feminist Histories of Art Marie Laurencin in spite of the noticeable reputation she made in Paris in the first half of the twentieth century has attracted only sporadic attention by late-twentieth century art historians. Until now the substance of her art and the feminist issues that were entangled in her life have been narrowly examined or reduced by an author's chosen theoretical format; and the terms of her lesbian identity have been overlooked. In this case study of une femme inadaptée and an unfit feminist Elizabeth Kahn re-situates Laurencin in the on-going feminist debates that enrich the disciplines of art history women's studies and literary criticism. Kahn's thorough reading of the artist's visual and literary production ensures a comprehensive overview which addresses notable works and passages but also integrates those that are less well known. Incorporating feminist theory and building on the work of contemporary feminist art historians she avoids the heroics of conventional biography instead allowing her subject to participate in the historical collective of women's work. Provocative and engagingly written this fresh new study of Marie Laurencin's life and works also explores the multiple valences by which to connect the histories of and find new connections between women artists across the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279254

Marie Madeleine Jodin 1741–1790Actress Philosophe and Feminist The life story of Marie-Madeleine Jodin opens an exciting new perspective on the world of 18th-century women European court theatres and most strikingly entails the remarkable discovery of a previously unknown French feminist. In 1790 Jodin a protégée of Denis Diderot and a former actress published a treatise entitled Vues législatives pour les femmes (Legislative Views for Women) which can lay claim to being the first signed female-authored feminist manifesto of the French Revolutionary period and which reveals Jodin's wide reading in women's history and feminist writing since ancient times. This new critical and contextual biography traces the turbulent life of an extraordinary woman focusing particularly on her transformation from artisan's daughter to tragic actress to Enlightenment intellectual and feminist. The authors analyze the confrontations and scandals that beset her career and read her feminist treatise-here reproduced for the first time in English in its entirety-as the summation of a chaotic but passionate existence. Also presented for the first time in English fully set in their biographical and historical context are the twenty-one letters that constitute Diderot's correspondence with Jodin. The varied and fascinating documentation concerning Jodin which has only recently been discovered provides a window on the world of 18th-century women. While memoirs and biographies of aristocratic women and upwardly mobile salonières such as Mme. Geoffrin and Mme. Roland are legion chronicles of the lives of individual women lower down the social ladder are far fewer in number. A contemporary of Mary Wollstonecraft and Olympe de Gouges Jodin argued for the social reform of working-class women particularly prostitutes to render them worthy to exercise the rights of citizenship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249711

MarienthalThe Sociography of an Unemployed Community "One of the main theses of the Marienthal study was that prolonged unemployment leads to a state of apathy in which the victims do not utilize any longer even the few opportunities left to them. The vicious cycle between reduced opportunities and reduced level of aspiration has remained the focus of all subsequent discussions." So begin the opening remarks to the English-language edition of what has become a major classic in the literature of social stratification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527645

Mariette and the Science of the Connoisseur in Eighteenth-Century Europe Celebrated connoisseur drawings collector print dealer book publisher and authority on the art of antiquity Pierre-Jean Mariette (1694-1774) was a pivotal figure in the eighteenth-century European art world. Focusing on the trajectory of Mariette’s career this book examines the material practices and social networks through which connoisseurs forged the idea of art as an object of empirical and historical analysis. Drawing on significant unpublished archival material as well as on histories of science publishing collecting and display this book shows how Mariette and his colleagues’ practices of classification and interpretation of the graphic arts gave rise to new conceptions of artistic authorship and to a history of art that transcended the biographies of individual artists. To follow Mariette’s career through the eighteenth century is to see that art was consolidated as a specialized category of intellectual inquiry-and that style emerged as its structuring analytic device-in the overlapping spaces of the collector’s cabinet the connoisseur’s portfolio and the dealer’s shop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138097728

Marijuana Marijuana seeks to bring to the reader the whole configuration of this problem which like the Sexual Revolution and the New Politics was at the heart of the alienation felt by many young people during the second half of the 1960s and the fears of social breakdown voiced by many of their elders.The book first published in 1969 describes the history of marijuana use how the drug was distributed in this country the extent and patterns of its use by students and other groups its possible connection with crime and drug addiction and the widely differing arguments of its foes and supporters. It is replete with first-hand accounts by people who smoked and sold marijuana as well as by those who studied the phenomenon from socio logical psychiatric legal educational and other viewpoints.Much of the work published on marijuana has dealt with its chemical medical pharmacological and agricultural aspects. While these approaches are necessarily touched upon here the focus of this still timely volume is sociological; it is the only anthology from the period to concentrate on this aspect to present articles topically and to deal with all points of view. The new introduction by the editor reviews contemporary uses of marijuana and discusses how attitudes about it have changes. Marijuana is a fascinating and informative book for everyone and it is a particularly valuable addition to courses in introductory sociology social problems social deviance disorganization social pathology and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527652

Marijuana/CannabinoidsNeurophysiology and Neurobiology First Published in 1992 Marijuana/Cannabinoids: Neurophysiology and Neurobiology is the first book to specifically address the effects of marijuana and cannabinoids on the physiology and behavior of the brain. The book discusses the dramatic effects of marijuana use on brain chemistry pharmacology and behavior. It also examines the isolation of natural cannabinoids and the synthesis of new cannabinoid-like compounds that have been important in research leading to the discovery and function of the cannabinoid receptor in the brain. Up-to-date research findings and in-depth reviews on marijuana and cannabinoids in the brain and their potential therapeutic value make Marijuana/Cannabinoids: Neurophysiology and Neurobiology essential for students practitioners and researchers involved in researching drugs of abuse. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226664

Marilyn MonroeAn American Dream This is a brief biography that explores Marilyn Monroe's life. This book is a part of Westview?s `Lives of American Women? series edited by Carol Berkin. Each title in the series features brief biographies of figures whose lives serve as a lens onto a major trend event movement or crisis of their eras and whose stories will be the entry point for a deeper understanding of a particular historical time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348018

Marina Abramović Marina Abramović is the creator of pioneering performance art which transcends the form’s provocative origins. Her visceral and extreme performances have tested the limits of both body and mind communicating with audiences worldwide on a personal and political level. Updated and revised throughout the book combines: a biography setting out the contexts of Abramović’s work an examination of the artist through her writings interviews and influences a detailed analysis of her work including studies of the Rhythm series Nightsea Crossing and 512 Hours practical explorations of the performances and their origins.   As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial exploration before going on to further primary research Routledge Performance Practitioners offer unbeatable value for today’s student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815364221

Marine AlgaeBiodiversity Taxonomy Environmental Assessment and Biotechnology This book is divided into three thematic areas. The first covers a revision of the taxonomy of algae based on the algae portal as well as the general aspects of biology and the methodologies used in this branch of marine biology. The second subject area focuses on the use of algae in environmental assessment with an intensive implementation in Western economies and some emerging economies. The third topic is the potential use of algae in various industries including food pharmaceuticals cosmetics agricultural fertilizers and the emerging biofuels industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367739751

Marine and Coastal Resource ManagementPrinciples and Practice In this new and highly original textbook for a range of interdisciplinary courses and degree programmes focusing on marine and coastal resource management readers are offered an introduction to the subject matter a broad perspective and understanding case study applications and a reference source. Each chapter is written by an international authority and expert in the respective field providing perspectives from physical and human geography marine biology and fisheries planning and surveying law technology environmental change engineering and tourism.  In addition to an overview of the theory and practice of its subject area  many chapters include detailed case studies to illustrate the applications including relationships to decision-making requirements at local regional and national levels. Each chapter also includes a list of references for further reading with a selection of key journal papers and URLs. Overall this volume provides a key textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate courses and for the coastal or marine practitioner as well as a long-term reference for students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712903

Marine and Fisheries Policies in Latin AmericaA Comparison of Selected Countries This book reviews the frameworks and implementation of marine fishery and coastal laws and policies in Chile Mexico and Peru. Chile Mexico and Peru share biodiverse coastal and marine environments which are being affected by unregulated and informal developments and thus share similar challenges. Each country is currently at a different stage of advancement in their institutional response to these complex challenges. By providing a comparison of the frameworks approaches and overall implementation of policies and laws this book acts as a tool to influence and inform further efforts in conservation and sustainable use of marine resources particularly fisheries in these countries and others in Latin America and the Caribbean. A broad range of issues are covered including food security tourism fisheries oil and mineral extraction from the seabed wind power coastal and marine pollution and endangered species conservation. The chapters compare how each country addresses these issues from an institutional legal and policy perspective. The book concludes by identifying common lessons reoccurring challenges and develops scalable recommendations applicable to the case study countries and the wider region. The book will be of interest to advanced students policy makers and researchers in marine and fishery science law and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138386921

Marine Biodiversity Climatic Variability and Global Change Biodiversity loss in terrestrial environments associated with human activities has been appreciated as a major issue for some years now. What is less well documented is the effect of such activities including climate change on marine biodiversity. This pioneering book is the first to address this important but neglected topic which is likely to be the key challenge for marine scientists in the near future.  Using a multidisciplinary and a holistic approach the book reveals how climatic variability controls biodiversity at time scales ranging from synoptic meteorological events to millions of years and at spatial scales ranging from local sites to the whole ocean. It shows how global change including anthropogenic climate change ocean acidification and more direct human influences such as exploitation pollution and eutrophication may alter biodiversity ecosystem functioning and regulating and provisioning services. The author proposes a theory termed the 'macroecological theory on the arrangement of life' which explains how biodiversity is organized and how it responds to climatic variability and anthropogenic climate change. The book concludes with recommendations for further research and theoretical development to identify oceanic areas in need of observation and gaps in current scientific knowledge. Many references and comparisons with the terrestrial realm are included in all chapters to better understand the universality of the relationships between biodiversity climate and the environment. The book will serve as a textbook for all students and researchers of marine science and environmental change but will also be accessible to the more general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517034

Marine Biodiversity ConservationA Practical Approach Effective marine biodiversity conservation is dependent upon a clear scientific rationale for practical interventions. This book is intended to provide knowledge and tools for marine conservation practitioners and to identify issues and mechanisms for upper-level undergraduate and Masters students. It also provides sound guidance for marine biology field course work and professionals.  The main focus is on benthic species living on or in the seabed and immediately above rather than on commercial fisheries or highly mobile vertebrates. Such species including algae and invertebrates  are fundamental to a stable and sustainable marine ecosystem. The book is a practical guide based on a clear exposition of the principles of marine ecology and species biology to demonstrate how marine conservation issues and mechanisms have been tackled worldwide and especially the criteria structures and decision trees that practitioners and managers will find useful. Well illustrated with conceptual diagrams and flow charts the book includes case study examples from both temperate and tropical marine environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723565

Marine BioenergyTrends and Developments Marine Bioenergy: Trends and Developments features the latest findings of leading scientists from around the world. Addressing the key aspects of marine bioenergy this state-of-the-art text: Offers an introduction to marine bioenergy Explores marine algae as a source of bioenergy Describes biotechnological techniques for biofuel production Explains the production of bioenergy including bioethanol biomethane biomethanol biohydrogen and biodiesel Covers bioelectricity and marine microbial fuel cell (MFC) production from marine algae and microbes Discusses marine waste for bioenergy Considers commercialization and the global market Marine Bioenergy: Trends and Developments provides a valuable springboard for marine bioenergy research and development making the book a must-have reference for scientists engineers and students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748316

Marine BiofoulingColonization Processes and Defenses Recent instances of bioinvasion such as the emergence of the zebra mussel in the American Great Lakes generated a demand among marine biologists and ecologists for groundbreaking new references that detail how organisms colonize hard substrates and how to prevent damaging biomass concentrations.Marine Biofouling: Colonization Processes and Defenses is the English language version of a comprehensive work by eminent Russian scientist Alexander I. Railkin who details the causes of vast biomass concentrations on submerged hard substrates. He also delivers a quantitative description of colonization processes and provides detailed models for preventing biofouling. This volume expounds on many topics rarely discussed in the frame of one book: types of hard substrate communities; comparison of hard and soft substrate communities; harm caused by micro- and macrofoulers; larval taxes and drift; mechanisms of settlement and attachment of microorganisms invertebrates ascidians and macroalgae; the impact of currents; protection from epibionts; industrial biofouling protection; successions on hard substrates; and the recovery of disturbed communities or the self-assembly of communities. The text includes much Russian-language research translated for the first time. Through a thorough examination of substrate organisms and an exploration of preventive methods this monograph prepares those concerned with marine biology to help protect the self-purifying organisms that keep marine ecosystems healthy and productive. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454418

Marine BiomaterialsCharacterization Isolation and Applications Oceans are an abundant source of diverse biomaterials with potential for an array of uses. Marine Biomaterials: Characterization Isolation and Applications brings together the wide range of research in this important area including the latest developments and applications from preliminary research to clinical trials. The book is divided into four parts with chapters written by experts from around the world. Biomaterials described come from a variety of marine sources such as fish algae microorganisms crustaceans and mollusks. Part I covers the isolation and characterization of marine biomaterials—bioceramics biopolymers fatty acids toxins and pigments nanoparticles and adhesive materials. It also describes problems that may be encountered in the process as well as possible solutions. Part II looks at biological activities of marine biomaterials including polysaccharides biotoxins and peptides. Chapters examine health benefits of the biomaterials such as antiviral activity antidiabetic properties anticoagulant and anti-allergic effects and more. Part III discusses biomedical applications of marine biomaterials including nanocomposites and describes applications of various materials in tissue engineering and drug delivery. Part IV explores commercialization of marine-derived biomaterials—marine polysaccharides and marine enzymes—and examines industry perspectives and applications. This book covers the key aspects of available marine biomaterials for biological and biomedical applications and presents techniques that can be used for future isolation of novel materials from marine sources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076389

Marine BiomedicineFrom Beach to Bedside Marine Biomedicine: From Beach to Bedside assesses current efforts in marine biomedicine and evaluates the implications of recent advances on the future of the field.Richly illustrated in full color to enhance reader comprehension the book covers four sections. The first one addresses the technology that has recently been brought to bear on the study of marine natural products including omics and bioinformatic techniques. The second focuses on lead discovery and reviews various products and their biomedical potential. Examples of clinically successful marine products and discussions of approaches to the clinic are presented in the third section while the last section discusses prospects for the future of marine biodiscovery.Highlighting new technologies this valuable resource provides an overview of both what is currently possible in the field as well as a detailed look at what is being done in marine natural products research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575304

Marine Cargo Insurance The new edition of this British Insurance Law Association (BILA)-award winning text is the definitive reference source for marine cargo insurance law. Written by an author who was closely involved with the revisions to the Institute Cargo Clauses 2009 the work expertly examines marine cargo insurance by reference to important English and foreign legal cases as well as the Marine Insurance Act 1906. Logically arranged to reflect the structure of the Institute Cargo Clauses the most widely used standard form of cover this text offers easy to find solutions for today’s busy practitioner. New to this edition:Completely revised to include the Insurance Act 2015 (duty of fair presentation; warranties fraudulent claims)Brand new chapter on the revised Institute Ancillary and Trade Clauses  including those to be introduced on 1 November 2015Increased coverage of jurisdiction and choice of law particularly taking into account the Rome I RegulationEnhanced coverage of the issue of Constructive Total LossConsideration of the Law Reform Commission’s proposals for the reform of insurance law and further amendments to the Marine Insurance Act 1906.Covers latest developments in the Enterprise Bill for damages for late payment of claimsFully updated with all of the influential cases since 2009 including:The Cendor MOPU one of the most important marine insurance cases of the last 50 years.Clothing Management v Beazley SolutionsNotable hull cases such as Versloot Dredging v HDI Gerling on fraudulent devicesInfluential foreign cases taken from this book’s sister text International Cargo InsuranceThis unique text is a one-stop resource for marine insurance lawyers handling cargo claims and will also be of interest to students and researchers of maritime law. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367737504

Marine Conservation Ecology This major textbook provides a broad coverage of the ecological foundations of marine conservation including the rationale importance and practicalities of various approaches to marine conservation and management. The scope of the book encompasses an understanding of the elements of marine biodiversity - from global to local levels - threats to marine biodiversity and the structure and function of marine environments as related to conservation issues.  The authors describe the potential approaches initiatives and various options for conservation from the genetic to the species community and ecosystem levels in marine environments. They explore methods for identifying the units of conservation and the development of defensible frameworks for marine conservation. They describe planning of ecologically integrated conservation strategies including decision-making on size boundaries numbers and connectivity of protected area networks. The book also addresses relationships between fisheries and biodiversity novel methods for conservation planning in the coastal zone and the evaluation of conservation initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844078844

Marine CosmeceuticalsTrends and Prospects Marine Cosmeceuticals: Trends and Prospects is a consolidated overview of the marine environment as a productive source of novel cosmeceuticals. It accumulates the latest research in this field from around the globe highlighting the potential of marine micro and macro flora and fauna as effective agents for the development of novel cosmeceuticals. Part I overviews the biological activities of different marine sources and the class of cosmeceutical agents that they may deliver Part II describes the chemical properties of marine cosmeceuticals with special emphasis on chitosan as a cosmeceutical agent Part III covers the range of biological properties and bioactive promise that the oceanic environment holds in the field of cosmetology with a focus on marine fish and sponge derived collagens Part IV presents different strategies for enhanced cosmeceutical production via biotechnology Part V wraps up with the industrial applications of marine cosmeceuticals including information on aquatic and marine bioactive antimicrobial peptides With contributions from Korea Japan China India Spain Chile Malaysia Canada Italy Sri Lanka and Taiwan Marine Cosmeceuticals: Trends and Prospects holds great insights for cosmetologists in particular and marine researchers in general. This book offers comprehensive knowledge on novel marine cosmeceutical agents their biological and chemical properties and industrial applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439860281

Marine Design XIII Volume 1Proceedings of the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018) June 10-14 2018 Helsinki Finland This is volume 1 of a 2-volume set. Marine Design XIII collects the contributions to the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018 Espoo Finland 10-14 June 2018). The aim of this IMDC series of conferences is to promote all aspects of marine design as an engineering discipline. The focus is on key design challenges and opportunities in the area of current maritime technologies and markets with special emphasis on: • Challenges in merging ship design and marine applications of experience-based industrial design • Digitalisation as technological enabler for stronger link between efficient design operations and maintenance in future • Emerging technologies and their impact on future designs • Cruise ship and icebreaker designs including fleet compositions to meet new market demands To reflect on the conference focus Marine Design XIII covers the following research topic series: •State of art ship design principles - education design methodology structural design hydrodynamic design; •Cutting edge ship designs and operations - ship concept design risk and safety arctic design autonomous ships; •Energy efficiency and propulsions - energy efficiency hull form design propulsion equipment design; •Wider marine designs and practices - navy ships offshore and wind farms and production. Marine Design XIII contains 2 state-of-the-art reports on design methodologies and cruise ships design and 4 keynote papers on new directions for vessel design practices and tools digital maritime traffic naval ship designs and new tanker design for arctic. Marine Design XIII will be of interest to academics and professionals in maritime technologies and marine design.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138340695

Marine Design XIII Volume 2Proceedings of the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018) June 10-14 2018 Helsinki Finland This is volume 2 of a 2-volume set. Marine Design XIII collects the contributions to the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018 Espoo Finland 10-14 June 2018). The aim of this IMDC series of conferences is to promote all aspects of marine design as an engineering discipline. The focus is on key design challenges and opportunities in the area of current maritime technologies and markets with special emphasis on: • Challenges in merging ship design and marine applications of experience-based industrial design • Digitalisation as technological enabler for stronger link between efficient design operations and maintenance in future • Emerging technologies and their impact on future designs • Cruise ship and icebreaker designs including fleet compositions to meet new market demands To reflect on the conference focus Marine Design XIII covers the following research topic series: •State of art ship design principles - education design methodology structural design hydrodynamic design; •Cutting edge ship designs and operations - ship concept design risk and safety arctic design autonomous ships; •Energy efficiency and propulsions - energy efficiency hull form design propulsion equipment design; •Wider marine designs and practices - navy ships offshore and wind farms and production. Marine Design XIII contains 2 state-of-the-art reports on design methodologies and cruise ships design and 4 keynote papers on new directions for vessel design practices and tools digital maritime traffic naval ship designs and new tanker design for arctic. Marine Design XIII will be of interest to academics and professionals in maritime technologies and marine design.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138340763

Marine Design XIIIProceedings of the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018) June 10-14 2018 Helsinki Finland Marine Design XIII collects the contributions to the 13th International Marine Design Conference (IMDC 2018 Espoo Finland 10-14 June 2018). The aim of this IMDC series of conferences is to promote all aspects of marine design as an engineering discipline. The focus is on key design challenges and opportunities in the area of current maritime technologies and markets with special emphasis on: • Challenges in merging ship design and marine applications of experience-based industrial design • Digitalisation as technological enabler for stronger link between efficient design operations and maintenance in future • Emerging technologies and their impact on future designs • Cruise ship and icebreaker designs including fleet compositions to meet new market demands To reflect on the conference focus Marine Design XIII covers the following research topic series: •State of art ship design principles - education design methodology structural design hydrodynamic design; •Cutting edge ship designs and operations - ship concept design risk and safety arctic design autonomous ships; •Energy efficiency and propulsions - energy efficiency hull form design propulsion equipment design; •Wider marine designs and practices - navy ships offshore and wind farms and production. Marine Design XIII contains 2 state-of-the-art reports on design methodologies and cruise ships design and 4 keynote papers on new directions for vessel design practices and tools digital maritime traffic naval ship designs and new tanker design for arctic. Marine Design XIII will be of interest to academics and professionals in maritime technologies and marine design.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138541870

Marine Ecology in a Changing World With contributions from an impressive group of Argentinean and German oceanographers this book examines classical ecological issues relating to marine ecosystems in the context of climate change. It paints a picture of marine ecology at the crossroads of global warming. The book examines the fundamentals of marine ecology: ecosystem stability water quality and biodiversity in the context of the changes taking place globally. It then reviews the major marine ecosystems in the same context from the primary producers to the big marine mammals. The chapters cover primary consumers level benthic communities seaweeds assemblages and wetlands ecology fisheries and seabirds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466590076

Marine EmergenciesFor Masters and Mates An influential guide to maritime emergencies and the current strategies that can be employed to cope with the immediate after effects and ramifications of disaster at sea. Many mariners will at some point in their maritime careers become involved in one sort of emergency or another while in port or at sea whether it is a fire on board a collision with another vessel or an engine failure threatening a lee shore. Actions to take in such incidents can be the difference between survival and catastrophic loss. This text provides a direct insight into some of the latest incidents and includes: case studies from emergencies worldwide checklists and suggestions for emergency situations. everything from fire and collision right through to the legal implications of salvage. David House has now written and published eighteen marine titles many of which are in multiple editions. After commencing his seagoing career in 1962 he was initially engaged on general cargo vessels. He later experienced worldwide trade with passenger container Ro-Ro reefer ships and bulk cargoes. He left the sea in 1978 with a Master Mariner's qualification and commenced teaching at the Fleetwood Nautical College. He retired in 2012 after thirty three years of teaching in nautical education. He continues to write and research maritime aspects for future works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020450

Marine Encyclopaedic Dictionary Featuring over 20 000 definitions this dictionary has been revised to reflect changes and advances in the marine industry. It covers every aspect of the business including shipbroking chartering marine insurance ship's agency freight forwarding oil and gas and air transport. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123200

Marine Environmental GovernanceFrom International Law to Local Practice Marine Environmental Governance: From International Law to Local Practice considers the relationship between international environmental law and community-based management of marine areas. Focusing on small island states in which indigenous populations have to a large extent continued to maintain traditional lifestyles this book takes up the question of how indigenous customary law and state-based legislation can be reconciled in the implementation of international environmental law. Including a range of case studies as well as detailed comparative analysis it pursues an interdisciplinary approach to legal pluralism 'in practice' that will be of considerable interest to environmental lawyers legal anthropologists conservation biologists and those working in the area of community-based conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823951

Marine EutrophicationA Global Perspective Marine eutrophication has been recognized as a global problem with adverse effects on ecosystem’s health and the economies of coastal states. Most conventions regarding marine environmental protection of Regional Seas have given priority to eutrophication and relevant management practices. This book presents a global perspective of eutrophication in most of the Regional Seas including the legal framework assessment and management practices. Information on ecosystem’s impact as well as an outline of the methods used for assessing eutrophication is also provided. This volume will be useful to research students marine scientists and policy makers working in marine environmental management. Key Features: Contributes to the understanding of the eutrophication processes and problems Presents an extensive account of the data analysis methods used for the quantitative assessment of eutrophication Looks the eutrophication status of the main regional seas Provides information on eutrophication politics and measures to mitigate eutrophication Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815369059

Marine ExtremesOcean Safety Marine Health and the Blue Economy Marine extremes as they are conceived of in this volume encompass environments activities events and impacts. Extreme environments found in and around our oceans including the deep sea and seabed as well as the frozen polar regions are being seriously affected by both extreme behaviours (dumping and discharge of waste illegal fishing and piracy) and extreme events (storms tsunamis extreme waves and marine heatwaves). The aim of this book is to highlight the multi-disciplinary knowledge and inputs needed to address marine extremes and thereafter to explore opportunities and current challenges. Safe and healthy oceans are important for economic recreational and cultural activities in addition to the maintenance of ecosystem services upon which we rely. This volume gathers a unique mix of researchers working on scientific aspects of biological ecosystems and physical processes together with social scientists exploring law and governance options community preferences cultural values economic aspects and criminological drivers and approaches. The multi-disciplinary feature of this book breaks down barriers that arise between disparate fields of research so that integrated solutions to ocean challenges can be found. Overall this book argues that if we are to achieve sustainable utilisation of our oceans and blue economy goals we must better understand and respond to the extreme environments activities events and impacts.The book is a valuable addition to the literature and will be of interest to researchers in marine science ocean governance and natural resource economics as well as to professionals and government officials concerned with marine policy and planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662769

Marine Genetic Resources Access and Benefit SharingLegal and Biological Perspectives Access to genetic resources and Benefit Sharing (ABS) has been promoted under the Convention on Biological Diversity with the aim of combining biodiversity conservation goals with economic development. However as this book shows since its inception in 1992 implementation has encountered multiple challenges and obstacles.  This is particularly so in the marine environment where interest in genetic resources for pharmaceuticals and nutrients has increased. This is partly because of the lack of clarity of terminology but also because of the terms of the comprehensive law of the sea (UNCLOS) and transboundary issues of delineating ownership of marine resources.  The author explains and compares relevant provisions and concepts under ABS and the law of the sea taking access benefit sharing monitoring compliance and dispute settlement into consideration. He also provides an overview of the implementation status of ABS-relevant measures in user states and identifies successful ABS transactions. A key unique feature of the book is to illustrate how biological databases can serve as the central scientific infrastructure to implement the global multilateral benefit sharing mechanism proposed by the Nagoya Protocol. The research for this book was supported by both the Bremen International Graduate School for Marine Sciences (GLOMAR) and the International Research Training Group INTERCOAST â€“ Integrated Coastal Zone and Shelf-Sea Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573154

Marine Geology and Geotechnology of the South China Sea and Taiwan Strait The waters and rich resources of the South China Sea are claimed by seven different countries and it is estimated that approximately 40% of the world’s trade moves through the area. Marine Geology and Geotechnology of the South China Sea and Taiwan Strait examines the physiology geology and potential development of this important portion of the western Pacific Ocean’s largest marginal sea. The book covers multiple oceanographic topics and further discusses topography sedimentation wave generation and hazards such as earthquakes storm surges and tsunamis. In addition it explains the engineering issues and design considerations involved regarding a potential Taiwan Strait Crossing as well as the development of near-shore communities. Features: Examines seabed material such as clays calcareous siliceous and various other organic sediments Presents different potential routing strategies for sea crossings using tunnels bridges or a combination of both Provides bridge design recommendations considering aesthetics seismic and wind issues potential vessel collisions and more Includes a historical timeline and useful maps regarding the political complexity of the area and the various territorial claims made by different nations    Marine Geology and Geotechnology of the South China Sea and Taiwan Strait serves as a valuable resource for geotechnical engineers marine geologists civil engineers and professionals concerned with the region. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367608729

Marine Geology and PalaeoceanographyProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 13 This volume presents the proceedings of Symposium on Marine Geology and Palaeoceanography of the 30th International Geological Congress at Beijing. The proceedings aim to present a view of contemporary marine geology and should be of interest to researchers in the geological science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448172

Marine GlycobiologyPrinciples and Applications Marine glycobiology is an emerging and exciting area in the field of science and medicine. Glycobiology the study of the structure and function of carbohydrates and carbohydrate-containing molecules is fundamental to all biological systems and represents a developing field of science that has made huge advances in the last half-century. This book revolutionizes the concept of marine glycobiology focusing on the latest principles and applications of marine glycobiology and their relationships. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872083

Marine Insurance Clauses The new edition of Marine Insurance Clauses reflects numerous changes and additions to the policy clauses and particularly the new style of the organisation entitled the International Underwriting Association of London in 2002. The new edition will bring you up to date with the present complex and sometimes confusing variations in policy conditions. Part of the Maritime and Transport Law Library. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781842145944

Marine Insurance Fraud This book provides a comprehensive and coherent legal analysis of the impact of fraud on the position of various parties to a marine insurance contract as well as the cover provided by standard marine policies. The issues under discussion in this invaluable guide are also equally relevant in the context of non-marine insurance contracts.  Helpfully divided into two parts; the first part deals with the impact of fraud committed by parties to an insurance contract i.e. the assured brokers and insurers.The second part analyses the extent to which standard marine policies cover the fraudulent and dishonest activity of third parties to an insurance contract. This book will be of huge practical assistant to practitioners specialising in marine insurance as well as insurance generally and to professionals academics and post-graduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415842426

Marine Insurance Law This book expertly introduces and clearly explains all topics covered in marine insurance law courses at undergraduate and postgraduate levels offering students and those new to the area a comprehensive and accessible overview of this important topic in commercial law. Beginning by introducing the general principles of the subject the structure and formation of insurance contracts Marine Insurance Law then looks to individual considerations in detail including: brokers losses risks and perils sue and labour  reinsurance and mutual insurance/P&I clubs. This title has been developed with the needs of courses specifically in mind and its content has been tailored to include the most important and commonly taught topics in the field. Each chapter contains end of chapter further reading to support student research ensuring this new textbook provides a reliable and accessible gateway into this important topic in maritime law Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727013

Marine Insurance Law Marine Insurance Law Second Edition introduces and clearly explains all topics covered in courses at Masters level offering students and those new to the area a comprehensive and accessible overview and way into this important topic in maritime law. Beginning by introducing the general principles of the subject and structure and formation of insurance contracts this text goes on to look at individual considerations in detail including – the duty of utmost good faith /fair presentation of the risk insurable interest terms of insurance contracts brokers the premium causation and marine perils losses sue and labour subrogation fraudulent claims and reinsurance. This second edition reflects the substantial changes introduced by the Insurance Act 2015 and includes new Appendices containing relevant legislation and example clauses from marine insurance contracts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138669239

Marine Insurance Legislation Providing thorough up-to-date coverage of the operation of marine insurance legislation this text is an essential resource for today's marine insurance professional. Designed with the reader in mind previous editions of this book have been heavily praised for its accessible and highly-practical format. Section by section the authors deliver expert commentary on the Marine Insurance Act 1906 and related marine insurance legislation. The origin of each section or provision is clearly explained along with the authorities decided since the legislation came into force. New to this edition: Heavily revised with the very latest case law since 2010 some of which having a dramatic effect on the law of marine insurance. The most important cases include The Cendor Mopu and Masefield v Amlin. All relevant new cases have been added from across the common law world Clarification on new legislation such as the Third Parties (Rights against Insurers) Act 2010 and the Consumer Insurance (Disclosure and Representations) Act 2012 The compulsory insurance provisions affecting oil pollution and passengers The rules on jurisdiction and choice of law in the Brussels Regulation and the Rome I Regulation This compressive text is indispensable for marine lawyers industry professionals and students of marine insurance law worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780415717113

Marine Insurance: The Law in Transition The book examines and analyses in depth the specific issues which are currently occupying the marine insurance markets and the law. The London market is currently re-examining its practices and international competitiveness; and the English case law is growing significantly. The issues identified in the book are the “fundamental issues” on which marine insurance law is based and which are in the process of being re-examined and developed further to respond to the needs of modern insurance practice. They are of wider interest to insurance law in general and the evolution of English law is analysed against the backdrop of legal developments in Europe and Scandinavia. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003122784

Marine InsuranceLaw and Practice Marine Insurance: Law and Practice Second Edition continues to provide the most comprehensive and integrated account of the English law and practice of marine insurance.  It provides readers with a fresh and up-to-date review of the modern law in the light of traditional principles and rules of underlying commercial law and the specific statutory rules of marine insurance as interpreted by case law as moderated in practice by market practices and standard form marine insurance clauses.  Francis Rose clarifies the law’s underlying framework of principles and illustrates how it works in common contractual situations explaining how the different components of the law interact. The new edition has been updated to incorporate: • the most recent case law: there have been some very important judgments handed down since the book first published including: The Cendor MOP The Silva The Resolute and The Marina Iris• the implications of the introduction of: Institute Cargo Clauses 2009 the effect of the Gambling Act 2005 and the Third Parties (Rights Against Insurers) Act 2010 Law Commission reform proposals The book explores in detail the following areas: •    the nature of insurance•    insurable interest•    the insurance contract•    the premium•    insured risks•    marine risks•    exclusions•    losses•    claims•    subrogation•    double insurance Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781843119517

Marine Macro- and MicroalgaeAn Overview The marine environment accounts for most of the biodiversity on our planet while offering a huge potential for the benefit and wellbeing of mankind. Its extensive resources already constitute the basis of many economic activities â€“ but many more are expected in coming years. This book covers current knowledge on uses of marine algae to obtain bulk and fine chemicals coupled with optimization of the underlying production and purification processes. Major gaps and potential opportunities in this field are discussed in a critical manner. The currrent trends pertaining to marine macro- and microalgae are explained in a simple and understandable writing style. This book covers a wide variety of topics and as such it will be appropriate as both student text and reference for advances researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498705332

Marine Macrophytes as Foundation Species Marine macrophytes (macroalgae seagrasses and mangroves) comprise thousands of species distributed in shallow water areas along the world’s coastlines. They play a key role in marine ecosystems regarding biodiversity and energy flow. A large proportion of macrophyte species can be characterised as ecosystem engineers—organisms that directly or indirectly affect the availability of resources to other species by modifying maintaining and creating habitats. This book is divided into three main themes: • Marine macroalgae and seagrasses as sources of biodiversity gives an overview of the diversity of the main organisms associated with macrophytes and their functional role and interactions within their hosts. • Primary and secondary production of Macrophytes synthesizes research on food web structures derived from/or associated with macrophytes and the transfer of macrophytic primary and secondary production from one ecosystem to another. • Threats to macrophytic ecosystem engineers addresses human-induced effects including eutrophication physical destruction invasive species and global warming. The book is among the first one to concentrate on the value of macrophytes for the well-being of marine habitats. The book is aimed at academics but may be useful for students policy makers and laymen alike. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498723244

Marine Mammal PhysiologyRequisites for Ocean Living Suppose you were designing a marine mammal. What would you need to think about to allow it to live in the ocean? How would you keep it warm? What would you design to allow it to dive for very long periods to extreme depths? Where would it find water to drink? How would you minimize the cost of swimming and how would it find its prey in the deep and dark? These questions and more are examined in detail throughout this book. Marine Mammal Physiology: Requisites for Ocean Living is the first textbook focused on how marine mammals live in the sea from a physiological point of view. It explores the essential aspects of what makes a marine mammal different from terrestrial mammals beyond just their environment. Unlike many publications and books that cover these species from almost all perspectives this textbook takes a step back to focus on the physiological and biochemical characteristics that have allowed these mammals as a group to exploit effectively the marine environment that is so hostile to humans. The chapter topics are grouped into major themes: diving and locomotion nutrition and energetics reproduction sensory systems and environmental interactions. Each chapter is arranged around a common perspective and theme: the big picture challenge and summary and what is known specifically by order. To aid you even further the authors include a "Toolbox" section in each chapter where they discuss the newest methods for understanding and working on the physiology of marine mammals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482242676

Marine MicrobiologyEcology & Applications The third edition of this bestselling text has been rigorously updated to reflect major new discoveries and concepts since 2011 especially progress due to extensive application of high-throughput sequencing single cell genomics and analysis of large datasets. Significant advances in understanding the diversity and evolution of bacteria archaea fungi protists and viruses are discussed and their importance in marine processes is explored in detail. Now in full colour throughout all chapters have been significantly expanded with many new diagrams illustrations and boxes to aid students’ interest and understanding. Novel pedagogy is designed to encourage students to explore current high-profile research topics. Examples include the impacts of rising CO2 levels on microbial community structure and ocean processes interactions of microbes with plastic pollution symbiotic interactions and emerging diseases of marine life.  This is the only textbook addressing such a broad range of topics in the specific area of marine microbiology now a core topic within broader Marine Science degrees. A Companion Website provides additional online resources for instructors and students including a summary of key concepts and terminology for each chapter  links to further resources and flashcards to aid self-assessment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367183561

Marine MicroorganismsExtraction and Analysis of Bioactive Compounds The marine environment covers 70% of the earth’s surface and accounts for 98% of the potentially habitable space. The bioactives from marine microorganisms include antibiotic compounds polysaccharides inhibitors enzymes peptides and pigments. These are used in various fields of biology that range from nutraceuticals to cosmeceuticals. Recent scientific investigations have revealed that marine microbial compounds exhibit various beneficial biological effects such as anti-inflammatory anti-cancer anti-HIV anti-hypertensive and anti-diabetic. Marine Microorganisms: Extraction and Analysis of Bioactive Compounds sheds light on the extraction clean-up and detection methods of major compounds from marine organisms. The book includes information on the different classes of marine microorganisms and the different bioactives that can be extracted from bacteria fungi and microalgae. Divided into 7 chapters the book covers bioactive marine natural products such as marine microbes seaweeds and marine sponges as potential sources of drug discovery and focuses on analysis methods of the biocomponents from marine microorganisms. A useful reference tool for researchers and students this book provides current knowledge about isolation and analysis methods of the bioactives and provides insight into the various bioactives of marine microbes toward nutraceutical and pharmaceutical development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498702553

Marine Mineral Resources During the past century scientists world statesmen and international entrepreneurs have become increasingly aware of the potential of the oceans as a source of minerals. This book provides an authoritative picture of the current state of marine mineral extraction. A major work of reference it will be essential reading for both those engaged in maritime studies and for professional organisations involved in the extraction of underwater minerals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980419

Marine Natural Resources and Technological DevelopmentAn Economic Analysis of the Wealth from the Oceans This book offers a comprehensive and systematic examination of the issues involved within Ocean Economics. The oceans are the last frontier on Earth and research and exploration are key to developing and enhancing global economic activity that is necessary to sustain a growing human population. Colazingari pinpoints the contentious issues relevant to oceans’ natural resources management and protection. He examines the cutting edge technology used for the exploration of the oceans’ living and non living resources (fisheries bio-products energy resources mineral deposits) and identifies the significant emerging patterns that will determine the development of ocean economics in the future. Problems require timely action by politicians and policymakers at an international level while scientists and researchers must assist in providing reliable information and investigating viable options. With writing that is straightforward but comprehensive this book will appeal to professionals academics students as well as anyone interested in marine environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512893

Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea TransportationAdvances in Marine Navigation The TransNav 2013 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2013 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of four volumes and provides an overview of advances in Marine Navigation and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576424

Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea TransportationMaritime Transport & Shipping The TransNav 2013 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2013 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of four volumes and provides an overview of Transport and Shipping and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576417

Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea TransportationNavigational Problems The TransNav 2013 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2013 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of four volumes and provides an overview of Problems in Marine Navigation and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576394

Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea TransportationSTCW Maritime Education and Training (MET) Human Resources and Crew Manning Maritime Po The TransNav 2013 Symposium held at the Gdynia Maritime University Poland in June 2013 has brought together a wide range of participants from all over the world. The program has offered a variety of contributions   allowing to look at many aspects of the navigational safety from various different points of view. Topics presented and discussed at the Symposium were: navigation safety at sea sea transportation education of navigators and simulator-based training sea traffic engineering ship's manoeuvrability integrated systems electronic charts systems satellite radio-navigation and anti-collision systems and many others. This book is part of a series of four volumes and provides an overview of Education and Training Human Resources and Crew Resource Management Policy and Economics and is addressed to scientists and professionals involved in research and development of navigation safety of navigation and sea transportation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576400

Marine NavigationProceedings of the 12th International Conference on Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation (TransNav 2017) Jun The 12th International Conference on Marine Navigation and Safety of Sea Transportation (TransNav 2017) will take place on June 21-23 in Gdynia Poland. Main themes of this conference include: electronic navigation route planning mathematical models methods and algorithms ships manoeuvring navigational risks Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) Automatic Identification System (AIS) marine radar anti-collision dynamic positioning visualization of data hydrometereological aspects and weather routing safety at sea inland navigation autonomous water transport communications and global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) port ant routes optimum location and magnetic compasses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736156

Marine NutraceuticalsProspects and Perspectives There is a great deal of consumer interest in natural bioactive substances due to their health benefits. Offering the potential to provide valuable nutraceuticals and functional food ingredients marine-derived compounds are an abundant source of nutritionally and pharmacologically active agents with both chemical diversity and complexity. Functional ingredients derived from marine algae invertebrates vertebrates and microorganisms can help fill the need for novel bioactives to treat chronic conditions such as cancer microbial infections and inflammatory processes.With contributions from an international group of experts Marine Nutraceuticals: Prospects and Perspectives provides a comprehensive account of marine-derived nutraceuticals and their potential health benefits. These include antioxidant anticancer antiviral anticoagulant antidiabetic antiallergic anti-inflammatory antihypertensive antibacterial and radioprotective properties. The book focuses on various types of marine-derived compounds—such as secondary metabolites like phlorotannins and fucoxanthin carotenoid pigments chito-oligosaccharide derivatives from chitin and chitosan bioactive peptides and polysaccharides—presenting an overview of their nutraceutical activities.Chapters address neuroprotecive properties of seaweeds bioactive compounds in abalone marine products and autoimmune disease chitosan for weight management anticancer actions of omega-3 fatty acids chitosan in dentistry and much more. The book discusses the sources isolation and purification chemistry functional interactions applications and industrial perspectives of marine-derived nutraceuticals. The inaugural book in the new CRC Press series Nutraceuticals: Basic Research/Clinical Applications it provides a state-of-the-art reference for all readers interested in this growing field—a rich source for new compounds with promising uses in the nutraceutical medicinal and functional food industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199965

Marine OMICSPrinciples and Applications This book provides comprehensive coverage on current trends in marine omics of various relevant topics such as genomics lipidomics proteomics foodomics transcriptomics metabolomics nutrigenomics pharmacogenomics and toxicogenomics as related to and applied to marine biotechnology molecular biology marine biology marine microbiology environmental biotechnology environmental science aquaculture pharmaceutical science and bioprocess engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367870812

Marine PharmacognosyTrends and Applications Diverse and abundant marine-derived bioactive compounds offer a plethora of pharmacologically active agents with the potential to produce valuable therapeutic entities. Marine-derived organisms including some macroalgae microalgae blue-green algae invertebrates and vertebrates—valued in traditional Chinese medicine since ancient times—are now recognized as rich sources of pharmaceutically active compounds. These factors coupled with the growing need for novel bioactives for the treatment of severe human diseases such as cancer diabetes microbial infections and inflammatory processes has brought marine pharmaceuticals to the forefront of pharmacology. Marine Pharmacognosy: Trends and Applications provides a comprehensive account of marine-derived bioactive pharmaceuticals and their potential health benefits including antioxidant anticancer antiviral anticoagulant antidiabetic antiallergy anti-inflammatory antihypertensive antibacterial and radioprotective activities. Moreover it discusses the sources isolation and purification chemistry functionality interactions applications and industrial features of a variety of marine-derived pharmaceuticals. Marine pharmacognosy is a dynamic field that has been systematically investigated over the last 50 years and the number of publications and patents are increasing every year. Bringing together a global team of experts Marine Pharmacognosy: Trends and Applications reviews current research on marine-derived bioactive compounds and provides insight into future research on their potential as pharmacologically active agents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439892299

Marine PolicyAn Introduction to Governance and International Law of the Oceans This book provides readers with a foundation in policy development and analysis describing how policy including legal mechanisms are applied to the marine environment. It presents a systematic treatment of all aspects of marine policy including climate change energy environmental protection fisheries mining and transportation. The health of marine environments worldwide is steadily declining and these trends have been widely reported. Marine Policy summarizes the importance of the ocean governance nexus discussing current and anticipated challenges facing marine ecosystems human activities and efforts to address these threats. This new fully revised edition has been updated throughout including content to reflect the recent advances in ocean management and international law. Chapters on shipping energy/mining and integrated approaches to ocean management have been significantly reworked plus completely new chapters on the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and the impacts of climate change have been added. Pedagogical features for students are included throughout. Aligned with current course offerings this book is an ideal introduction for undergraduates and graduate students taking marine affairs science and policy courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379270

Marine Pollution Shipping Waste and International Law Waste management poses increasing challenges to both the protection of the environment and to human health. To face these challenges this book claims that environmental law needs to shift attention from media-specific pollution regimes to integrative life-cycle approaches of waste management i.e. from the prevention of waste generation to the actual handling of wastes. Furthermore the cooperation of States and the establishment of coordinated activities is essential because states can no longer have separate standards for wastes posing transboundary risks and for ‘purely domestic’ wastes.  Drawing upon both International and EU law the book provides a detailed analysis of the regimes set up to deal with the transboundary movement of wastes and ship-source pollution so as to elucidate the obligations and legal principles governing such regimes. It concludes that treaty obligations concerning transboundary movements of wastes are inapplicable to ship wastes while on board ships and on land. However despite the limitations of the transboundary movement of wastes regime the principle of Environmentally Sound Management (ESM) embodied in this regime has gradually transformed into a legal principle. ESM works to address the legal gaps in the regulation of wastes and consequently  it provides the desired coherence to the legal system since it acts as a bridge between several regulatory and sectoral levels. Furthermore ESM offers a new light with which to understand and interpret existing obligations and it provides a renewed impetus to regimes that directly and indirectly govern wastes. This impetus translates into greater coordination and the establishment of cross-sectional policies. By offering alternative ways to solve problems linked to the management of ship wastes in the sea-land interface this book will appeal to anyone with an interest in International Environmental Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180980

Marine Pollution and Climate Change This book presents a broad overview of pollution issues facing climatic economic and legal globalization. Topics include changes in oceans from ancient times to the present the importance of marine currents and changing climates marine pollution linked to climate change (fossil fuels global carbon dioxide heavy metals pesticides plastics emerging pollutants and marine debris) global shipping and species invasion global climate change in the Arctic and Antarctic environments and regulatory responses to mitigate pollution and climate change in oceans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299434

Marine Pollution ControlLegal and Managerial Frameworks This book discusses in a concise manner the key aspects that are important for the understanding of regulations and managerial framework governing marine pollution. It identifies the practical context in which marine pollution comes into play and addresses the international legal regime governing the numerous sources of marine pollution as well as the ways in which these regulations affect the conduct of day-to-day shipping operations.With illustrations case studies emphasis boxes references to case law and to national jurisdictions and other tools facilitating understanding and knowledge readers will find helpful guidance on:the sources of marine pollution (including ship-source pollution and pollution from the offshore oil and gas sector);the forms of cooperation needed in order to tackle the prevention management and response to marine pollution; overview of MARPOL Convention other key IMO conventions and selected regional regimes;legal ramifications including P & I Clubs and limitation of liability;involvement of the flag State coastal State and port State;industry best practice;the human elementMarine Pollution Control will be a useful guidance tool for shipping Industry professionals (P & I) Clubs Legal practitioners maritime administrators as well as academics and students of marine pollution. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367734794

Marine PolysaccharidesAdvances and Multifaceted Applications In the past few decades marine organisms including macroalgae and microalgae have been extensively explored as potential sources of bioactive compounds with applications in various fields such as pharmaceuticals biomedicine cosmetics and foodstuffs. Marine polysaccharides such as chitin/chitosan ulvans fucans alginates and carrageenans are biochemical compounds with several important properties such as anticoagulant and/or antithrombotic immunomodulatory antitumor antilipidemic hypoglycemic antibiotic anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. Due to their biocompatible nontoxic and biodegradable nature marine polysaccharides offer a better alternative to be used in advancement of the biomedical field. This book focuses on marine polysaccharides; their derivatives blends composites and hydrogels; and their multifaceted applications in various fields. The book also discusses the various aspects of marine polysaccharides from the point of view of chemistry and related applications. It is an important reference for marine biotechnologists natural product scientists students researchers and academicians working in the area of materials science marine science and polymer chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800495

Marine PolysaccharidesFood Applications Increased public awareness of the importance of healthy living presents new challenges for the commercial food processing sector. The industry is always on the hunt for novel and safe additives with functional properties that can be used to impart healthy and appealing properties to foods. While the ocean is known as a conventional source of fish proteins and lipids it is yet to be tapped as a source of polysaccharides. A clear exposition on how these resources can be developed Marine Polysaccharides: Food Applications compiles recent data on the food applications of marine polysaccharides from such diverse sources as fishery products seaweeds microalgae microorganisms and corals. The book begins with discussions on the isolation of polysaccharides from marine sources and their properties particularly those important from a food technology point of view. It then focuses on the actual food applications of these compounds and concludes with a brief examination of biomedical applications. The author presents an overview of the general functional properties of polysaccharides including their structure; their hydration gelation emulsification and rheological properties; and interactions among themselves and with other food components such as proteins that are relevant to food processing. He then explores the isolation and food-related properties of various marine polysaccharides use of these polysaccharides in food product and biopackaging recent developments in composite films and nanotechnology and safety and regulatory issues. While there are many books available on polysaccharides few address the applications of marine polysaccharide food product development. Written from a realistic practical point of view avoiding technical jargon this book highlights the ocean not as a conventional source of fish protein and lipids but as a major supplier of versatile carbohydrates that can have diverse food applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138198449

Marine Protected Areas for Whales Dolphins and PorpoisesA World Handbook for Cetacean Habitat Conservation and Planning The first edition of the widely praised Marine Protected Areas for Whales Dolphins and Porpoises published in 2005 led to numerous new marine protected area proposals and a number of notable conservation successes around the world. In this completely revised and expanded second edition new developments in the Mediterranean Caribbean and Pacific are described as well as future directions for High Seas protection. New sections show how to design and manage Marine Protected Areas (MPA's) in an ever noisier ocean subject to climate change increased shipping and hydrocarbon exploration. The process of protected area creation for cetaceans has been accelerated and more than 200 exciting new places are detailed in this edition. This book provides a route map for MPA managers as well as countries to meet the ambitious targets for highly protected MPA networks by 2012 and 2020. Marine Protected Areas for Whales Dolphins and Porpoises is a key conservation tool and a springboard for worldwide change in human attitudes toward the world ocean where all life originated and where the majority of life on Earth still lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844077632

Marine Technology and Engineering Two Volume SetCENTEC Anniversary Book Marine Technology and Engineering commemorates the 15th anniversary of the Centre for Marine Technology and Engineering (CENTEC) a research unit of the Instituto Superior Técnico (IST) the Engineering Faculty of the Technical University of Lisbon and is associated with the 100th anniversary of IST. CENTEC was initially set up under the name Unit of Marine Technology and Engineering (UETN) and is now organised in the following research groups: Marine Environment Marine Dynamics and Hydrodynamics Marine Structures and Safety Reliability and Maintenance. CENTEC members have participated in approximately 85 EU-funded projects and 50 nationally funded  projects and have edited about 40 books and published more than 400 journal papers and 800 book chapters or conference papers. The two volumes of Marine Technology and Engineering bring together 84 review papers from specialists worldwide who have cooperated with CENTEC and from present CENTEC members. This publication is a valuable source of information for researchers and PhD students interested in Marine Environment in Dynamics and Hydrodynamics in Structures and in Safety and Reliability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415698085

Marine Transboundary Conservation and Protected Areas The marine environment does not naturally respect arbitrary international boundaries. The establishment and management of transboundary marine protected areas therefore presents major governance challenges. This book analyses a series of marine transboundary conservation initiatives embedded in varying contextual situations to examine the underlying reasons for their success or failure.  Utilising an adapted ‘pathways of influence’ framework it provides insights into the development of marine transboundary conservation initiatives looking at the effectiveness of international rules international norms and discourse market forces and direct access to policy making. Examples come from a wide range of jurisdictions including territorial seas continental shelves exclusive economic zones and areas beyond national jurisdiction. Case studies include initiatives in the Coral Triangle West Africa Central America the Wadden Sea the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea.  In addition the authors assess the potential for developing wider international cooperation as a result of relationships forged though involvement within these marine transboundary conservation initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618336

Marine Transportation Management Changing vessel technology presents a major challenge to shipping management. Vessels cost tens of millions of dollars and have a long physical life. A change in vessel design for a company may also require a change in port facilities information systems and marketing techniques. This book first published in 1987 deals with many of the vessel technology issues that shipping companies have confronted in recent years. Specific technologies are described along with their economic regulatory and political aspects. Each chapter is in the form of a case study based on an actual management situation where management had to deal with an aspect of changing vessel technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632370

Marino Sanudo Torsello The Book of the Secrets of the Faithful of the CrossLiber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis This is the first full translation of Marino Sanudo Torsello's Secreta fidelium Crucis to be made into English. The work itself is a piece of crusading propaganda following the fall of Acre in 1291 written between 1300 and 1321 but it includes much of historical relevance along with interesting observations on the early history of Jerusalem and the Crusader Kingdom. The translation is based upon the text edited by Jacques Bongars in 1611. There is an introduction that contextualises the book its author his sources and his audience. The notes provide essential information to clarify internal textual references and allusions as well as the role of Biblical references in Sanudo's grand design. The index is designed to make this detailed text usable and accessible. In this his major work Sanudo advocated the conquest of Egypt as the means to regain Jerusalem for the Latins and worked through his points with considerable detail alongside references to 13th-century Mediterranean history especially involving Louis IX of France and Charles of Anjou king of Naples. Books I and II give considerable detailed discussion of the concept plan and costs of his proposed crusade. Book III provides an outline history of the crusades and the crusader states. It is derived from a wide-reading of other sources especially of William of Tyre and for events after 1184 on the Eracles the letters of James of Vitry and Sanudo's own experiences in the east. Throughout the work contains a staggering amount of cartographical ethnographical geographical and nautical information as well as numerous unique insights into historical events and personalities of the late 13th century not only in Outremer but in Western Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602369

Marion Milner In this series Emma Letley has worked with the Marion Milner estate to re-contextualise six classic volumes by arranging for experts to provide new scholarly introductions to each book. This six volume pack comprises: The Hands of the Living God On Not being Able to Paint Eternity's Sunrise A Life of One's Own An Experiment in Leisure. Bothered by Alligators These volumes will be useful and relevant to seasoned analysts as well as those new to Milner's work making them attractive to a whole new generation of readers from both inside and outside of the psychotherapy profession. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688178

Marion Milner: The Life Artist poet educationalist and autobiographer Marion Milner is considered one of the most original of psychoanalytic thinkers whose life (1900-1998) spans a century of radical change. Marion Milner: The Life is the first biography of this extraordinary woman. It introduces Milner and her works to the reader through her family colleagues and above all through her books charting their evolution and development as well as their critical reception and contribution to current twenty-first century debates and discourses. In this book Emma Letley draws on primary sources including the newly-opened Marion Milner Collection at the Archives of the British Psychoanalytical Society in London as well as interviews and the re-contextualised series of Milner texts. She traces the process of Milner's writing of her books her discovery of psychoanalysis her training and her place in that world from the 1940's onwards. Marion Milner: The Life includes discussion of Milner's connection with D.W. Winnicott and her emergence as a most individual member of the Independent Group. Letley also shows how Milner's Personal Notebooks offer fascinating insights into her relationships both personal and professional and into many of her important ideas on creativity the body-mind relationship her revolutionary ideas on education and her particular personality as clinician working with both children and adults. Further Letley explores Milner's literary character from her very early diaries and narratives to her last book written in her 90's published in 2012. Marion Milner: The Life places Marion Milner firmly in her Edwardian family setting and contains new material from primary sources including a new view of her collegial connections. It provides a wealth of material on her life and works that will be invaluable to psychoanalysts psychotherapists art psychotherapists students those involved with life writing and autobiography and the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415567381

Marital and Sexual Lifestyles in the United StatesAttitudes Behaviors and Relationships in Social Context Learn the changing role of sexuality in American life!This helpful book offers a solid background in the sociology of family life and personal sexuality. Marital and Sexual Lifestyles in the United States: Attitudes Behaviors and Relationships in Social Context is designed to give readers a broad view of the diversity of contemporary U. S. attitudes behaviors and relationships. It also covers basic sociological concepts and research methods. Most human sexuality texts focus on the individual whereas texts designed for sociology courses on the family downplay individual sexual expression. Marital and Sexual Lifestyles in the United Statesintegrates the two approaches. The choices of the individual take on additional meaning when seen within a unified historical statistical and conceptual framework.Marital and Sexual Lifestyles in the United States gives readers the tools to consider such pressing issues as: Does the divorce rate mean that the institution of marriage is in trouble? Are children's futures impaired if they come from single-parent households? Should same-sex couples be allowed to marry? How does marriage differ from cohabitation? What are the real sexual differences between the genders? What is sexual morality? How much confidence can we place in studies of human sexuality by such social scientists as Alfred Kinsey and Masters and Johnson?These questions and others like them are placed in the context of U. S. social trends beginning with the 1950s and moving toward today. Plentifully illustrated with tables charts and figures that show where we are going as well as where we have been Marital and Sexual Lifestyles in the United States gives a clear perspective on relationships in social context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809304

Marital Conflict and ChildrenAn Emotional Security Perspective From leading researchers this book presents important advances in understanding how growing up in a discordant family affects child adjustment the factors that make certain children more vulnerable than others and what can be done to help. It is a state-of-the-science follow-up to the authors' seminal earlier work Children and Marital Conflict: The Impact of Family Dispute and Resolution. The volume presents a new conceptual framework that draws on current knowledge about family processes; parenting; attachment; and children's emotional physiological cognitive and behavioral development. Innovative research methods are explained and promising directions for clinical practice with children and families are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503292

Marital Instability and Divorce OutcomesIssues for Therapists and Educators Clinicians and educators in the marriage and family field will gain valuable insight into the relationship dynamics that cause marital stress and the interactional factors that may result in divorce from this excellent book. The perceptive theoretical empirical and clinical chapters included in Marital Instability and Divorce Outcome examine why certain elements in relationships result in divorce while others do not and assist professionals in evaluating these elements. Specifically this provocative volume enables professionals to examine how a marriage has weathered developmental periods of stability and instability whether or not it has the necessary resources to survive and in the event a divorce occurs what will be the most likely post-divorce adjustment for the marriage partners. This informative volume aids professionals in their work with marital relationships by covering a wide range of topics involved in assessing marital instability and divorce outcomes. The relationship circumstances that can lead to divorce are examined in an investigation of personality types which are prone to divorce and a comparison of patterns of relationships which are stable and those which are likely to result in divorce. The conditions that exist after a divorce are explored in a discussion on how to predict post-divorce adjustment and physical well-being of the marriage partners after divorce. Educators teaching marriage and family courses at all levels from high school to college and clinicians who work with marital family and child cases will find this helpful volume to be an invaluable resource for evaluating factors influencing marital instability and divorce outcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980426

Marital Relationships and Parenting: Intimate relations and their correlates Romantic relationships especially good ones are desired of almost all humans. However what makes such relationships good and nourishing? For the most part it is the support and intimacy that exists within the couple and their ability to experience life and face difficulties together. This book is divided into two sections one focusing on the couple and their intimate relationship and the other on how that relationship influences their offspring. Part one examines whether sacrificing in an intimate relationship is always beneficial and whether it help strengthen the marital/couple unit? Attachment theory has had a significant influence on how we view relationships in childhood as well as in adulthood. The book sheds light on the mechanisms that mediate attachment style and the quality of the intimate relationships exploring the relationship between one’s ability to express empathy and that person’s ability to offer social support to his/her partner. The second part of the book explores what young adults think about marriage influenced by their parental relationship; how parental relationships affect children’s social experience in school; how parental approaches to children affect their sibling relationship; the parental role in childhood eating disturbances; and how the family climate affects children’s loneliness. All in all the book affords a thorough review not only of what marital/couple intimacy is and what can affect it but how significant it is in affecting their children in and out of the house. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Journal of Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595135

Marital Rights This volume gathers influential and cutting-edge scholarship on the international and domestic rights attaching to married couples and other adult relationships. Addressing examples from the European Court of Human Rights UK USA Canada Australia and South Africa it traces contentious debates about the content of marital rights and responsibilities and whether law should reach beyond marriage and if so how. Twenty-four essays and a substantial introduction highlight the complexity and contradictions as marital law grapples with gender equality the aftermath of recognizing gay and lesbian rights abiding economic inequalities and ’exotic’ issues such as forced marriage and polygamy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472465740

Marital Separation and Lethal Domestic Violence This book is the first to investigate the effects of participation in separation or divorce proceedings on femicide (murder of a female) femicide-suicide homicide and suicide. Because separation is one of the most significant predictors of domestic violence this book is exclusively devoted to theorizing researching and preventing lethal domestic violence or other assaults triggered by marital separation. The authors provide evidence supporting the use of an estrangement-specific risk assessment and estrangement-focused public education to prevent murders and assaults. This information is needed not only by instructors in criminal justice and sociology programs but by researchers theorizing about or investigating domestic violence. In the world of practitioners family court judges divorce mediators family lawyers prosecutors involved in bail hearings shelter staff and family counselors urgently need this resource. Ellis et al. include discussion questions and chapter objectives to support learners in the classroom or in community-based settings and instructor support material includes PowerPoint lecture slides additional teaching and research resources and a test bank. This text advocates convincingly for prevention of domestic violence and gives academics and practitioners the tools they need. This text advocates convincingly for prevention of domestic violence and gives academics and practitioners the tools they need. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781455776757

Marital TensionsClinical Studies Towards a Psychological Theory of Interaction Originally published in 1967 this book gathers together the various aspects of Dr Dick’s theoretical and clinical approach to marriage difficulties into a coherent system for the benefit of professional workers and students who were concerned with family and community psychiatry and case work at the time. He preserves the essentials of the steps by which his concepts developed from one-person therapy into hypotheses for understanding interaction with the couple as the unit of study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138822009

Marital Therapy Strategies Based On Social Learning & Behavior Exchange Principles The techniques described here are the familiar ones of establishing contracts and contigencies and training in communication and problem-solving skills. As the reader will see these techniques are eminently teachable. The fact that they are described here and that they are teachable suggests that clinical technology has stepped forward a long way from the arcane mysteries which characterized psychotherapy efforts in the late 1950s and early 1960s. The aspect of this work which sets it clearly in the forefront is the emphasis upon soft clinical skills as being a necessary . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004351

Maritime and Territorial Disputes in the South China SeaFaces of Power and Law in the Age of China’s rise This edited volume rethinks the relationship between power and law in the age of China’s rise by examining recent developments in the South China Sea (SCS). The contributors explore different interpretations of international law on the legal status of the contested islands and rocks and provide detailed analyses of the contested concepts and provisions the 2016 ruling by the SCS arbitration tribunal as well as the environmental economic and political impacts of the ruling. This book facilitates a more meaningful and productive dialogue over the intersection interaction and interdependence between power and law in the context of the SCS. Assessing the interactions between political legal and normative forces it provides insights into the specific dynamics of the dispute and the shifting security landscape in the region but also offers a basis for thinking more deeply about the broader rise of China. This book will appeal to both students and scholars of IR International Law and Asian Studies and those engaged in research on the SCS disputes the rise of China and with a theoretical interest in law and power in international affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367476854

Maritime ArchaeologyA Technical Handbook Second Edition Jeremy Green's systematic overview of maritime archaeology offers a step-by-step description of this fast-growing field. With new information about the use of computers and Global Positioning Systems the second edition of this handbook shows how to extract as much information as possible from a site how to record and document the data and how to act ethically and responsibly with the artifacts. Treating underwater archaeology as a discipline the book demonstrates how archaeologists "looters " academics and governments interact and how the market for archaeological artifacts creates obstacles and opportunities for these groups. Well illustrated and comprehensive in its approach to the subject this book provides an essential foundation for everybody interested in underwater environments submerged land structures and conditions created by sea level changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605605

Maritime BoundariesWorld Boundaries Volume 5 The global political map is undergoing a process of rapid change as former states disintegrate and new states emerge. At sea boundary delimitation between coastal states is continuing unabated. These changes could pose a threat to world peace if they are not wisely negotiated and carefully managed. Maritime Boundaries presents a variety of cases illustrating the implications of recent approaches to maritime territorial juristiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995628

Maritime Business and EconomicsAsian Perspectives Asian shipping entrepreneurship relies on strong ties between private entities and public institutions (i.e. governments). This book examines the growth and sustainability of the Asian maritime world through the lens of the Asian cultural code its social and institutional economics as well as its unique way of public governance. The book addresses the economics of maritime industry in a broader stroke to include ship owning shipbuilding port operation and its links and collaborations to other industries from a refreshing perspective. The book also examines major maritime nations of Asia in three dimensions: history strategy (also policy) and the current state of the maritime industry. The relationship between Asian shipping giants and public institutions is also explored along with the recent developments and challenges of the regional maritime industry in the era of a marine tech boom upsizing tonnage and environmental debates. Its comprehensive overview of and unique approach to the subject makes the book a valuable reference to anyone interested in the topic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138400368

Maritime Cabotage Law This is the most comprehensive review of maritime cabotage law. It introduces the new theory of Developmental Sovereignty to jurisprudence. The maritime cabotage law provisions and approaches as adopted in many states and jurisdictions has been extensively scrutinised. This book challenges the established and accepted wisdom surrounding maritime cabotage by presenting new reasoning on the underpinning principles of the concept of maritime cabotage law. The book offers a vibrant discussion on the adjustment in the regulatory approaches of maritime cabotage from one that was intrinsically premised on the idea of national sovereignty to one that now embraces the broader ideology of development. It investigates what the common understanding of the law of maritime cabotage should be and on what intellectual basis it can be justified. It reduces the inconsistencies and confusion that surround the concept and application of maritime cabotage law to provide a more certain and more robust concept of maritime cabotage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300668

Maritime Challenges and Priorities in AsiaImplications for Regional Security Maritime issues are particularly important for Asian countries where there is a high reliance on shipping routes for international trade many difficult disputes over maritime boundaries and the prospect of increasing tensions where maritime power might play a significant role. This book uses contributions by 17 experts to build a comprehensive survey of the maritime issues affecting Asia. It discusses the issues overall goes on to examine the issues from the perspective of each of 14 key countries and concludes by assessing the prospects for resolving common problems in order to preserve good order at sea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816688

Maritime Claims and Boundary DelimitationTensions and Trends in the Eastern Mediterranean Sea This book delves into the major developments triggered by the hydrocarbon discoveries in the Eastern Mediterranean over the last twenty years focusing on maritime boundary delimitation. Examining the impact that the hydrocarbon discoveries have had on the application of the law of the sea rules by the East Med states the book looks at the new trends concerning the implementation of the law of the sea in the region. The book analyses regional state practice in terms of maritime delimitation namely the conclusion of bilateral agreements based on the law of the sea rules both conventional and customary reflecting the East Med states’ willingness to cooperate in order to reap the benefits of the energy windfall. Alongside this analysis an outline of the hydrocarbon discoveries and the pertinent maritime activities is given as well as further coverage of the overlapping maritime claims and disputes between Greece Cyprus and Turkey on one side and Lebanon and Israel on the other. Moreover the book examines the validity of maritime claims made by or through non-state entities in the region namely the State of Palestine the UK Sovereign Base Areas and the so-called ‘Turkish Republic of Northern Cyprus’ and their potential impact on the delimitation agreements already in place. The book argues that the East Med paradigm concerning the successful application of the pertinent norms in maritime delimitation proves that international law is resilient and capable of providing solutions in other turbulent regions around the globe. This book will be of interest and importance to academics and students of international law professionals in the oil and shipping industries legal professionals and government agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280680

Maritime Clusters and the Ocean EconomyAn Integrated Approach to Managing Coastal and Marine Space Over the last decade the concept of clustering has become a central idea for analyzing the competitiveness of nations industries and firms. This book shows how the cluster concept can be usefully applied to the study of maritime activities.  Such activities including shipping shipbuilding and port and maritime services are clearly geographically concentrated in a number of maritime clusters. However as the author shows these are having to compete with other uses of the coasts and oceans including capture fisheries marine aquaculture offshore energy and tourism.  Sound governance and planning is therefore required to manage the competing claims for ocean space. The book shows how competing industries and other stakeholders can cooperate and benefit from an integrated approach to the development of maritime clusters.  The contribution of approaches such as integrated coastal zone management and innovations such as ocean business councils as well as coordinated networks of maritime clusters are reviewed. Case studies are included from around the world including detailed examples of the development of the Nelson Mandela Bay Maritime Cluster in South Africa and from Poland in the Baltic Sea. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335366

Maritime Cross-Border InsolvencyUnder the European Insolvency Regulation and the UNCITRAL Model Law Maritime Cross-Border Insolvency is a comprehensive comparative examination of both insolvency regimes (UNCITRAL and EU) in shipping with reference to the main jurisdictions having adopted the UNCITRAL regime i.e. USA UK Greece. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367735555

Maritime Diplomacy in the 21st CenturyDrivers and Challenges This book aims to redefine maritime diplomacy for the modern era. Maritime diplomacy encompasses a spectrum of activities from co-operative measures such as port visits exercises and humanitarian assistance to persuasive deployment and coercion. It is an activity no longer confined to just navies but in the modern era is pursued be coast guards civilian vessels and non-state groups. As states such as China and India develop they are increasingly using this most flexible form of soft and hard power. Maritime Diplomacy in the 21st Century describes and analyses the concept of maritime diplomacy which has been largely neglected in academic literature. The use of such diplomacy can be interesting not just for the parochial effects of any activity but because any event can reflect changes in the international order while acting as an excellent gauge for the existence and severity of international tension. Further maritime diplomacy can act as a valve through which any tension can be released without resort to conflict. Written in an accessible but authoritative style this book describes the continued use of coercion outside of war by navies while also situating it more clearly within the various roles and effects that maritime forces have in peacetime. This book will be of much interest to students of seapower naval history strategic studies diplomacy and international relations.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183667

Maritime Disputes and International LawDisputed Waters and Seabed Resources in Asia and Europe The settlement of the maritime boundary disputes between China and Japan in the East China Sea and between Greece and Turkey in the Aegean Sea is politically deadlocked. While diplomatic settlement efforts have been ongoing for the past several decades neither side in each case appears prepared to back down from its respective maritime and territorial claims. Several incidents at sea have occurred prompting diplomatic protests military standoffs even exchange of fire. The existing status quo is inherently unstable and does not favour either side to the extent that it holds hostage the multiple benefits that could otherwise be generated from the exploitation of the seabed energy and mineral resources in the disputed waters creating an urgent need for a meaningful discussion on finding a practical way forward. This monograph undertakes a comprehensive analysis of these disputes based on the rules and principles of international law critically evaluating possible institutional designs of inter-State cooperation over seabed activities in disputed maritime areas and makes recommendations for the prospect of realising joint development regimes in the East China Sea and the Aegean to coordinate the exploration for and exploitation of resources without having resorted previously to boundary delimitation settlement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815375203

Maritime Economics Given that commercial shipping has been undertaken for over five thousand years it is perhaps unsurprising that Maritime Economics is a well-established and flourishing area of research and study. Now a new four-volume collection from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series answers the growing need for an authoritative reference work to enable users to make better sense of its voluminous literature. Indeed the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this anthology especially welcome. It provides a one-stop collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship from a wide range of perspectives. Maritime Economics is edited by Wayne K. Talley a leading scholar in the field and includes a comprehensive introduction which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. This essential collection is destined to be valued by advanced students and researchers of Economics Maritime Studies Marine Technology and International Business and Trade as a vital one-stop resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938595

Maritime EconomicsManagement and Marketing Originally published in 1998 the third edition of Maritime Economics provides a valuable introduction to the organisation and workings of the global shipping industry. The author outlines the economic theory as well as many of the operational practicalities involved. Extensively revised for the new edition the book has many clear illustrations and tables. Topics covered include: * an overview of international trade* Maritime Law* economic organisation and principles* financing ships and shipping companies* market research and forecasting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138143319

Maritime Engineering and Technology Maritime Engineering and Technology includes the papers from the 1st International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTECH 2011 Lisbon Portugal 10-12 May 2011). MARTECH 2011 was held to commemorate 100 years of  the Instituto Superior Técnico (IST) in Lisbon and the contributions in the present volume reflect the internationalization of the maritime sector and its activities. The book is divided into 9 main subject areas: Ship Traffic Ship Design Ship Propulsion and Control Onboard Systems Ship Dynamics and Hydrodynamics Ship Structures Risk and Reliability Wind and Wave Modelling Renewable Energy and includes two general papers. Maritime Engineering and Technology will appeal to academics and engineering in maritime engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621465

Maritime Fraud and Piracy The main focus of this book is the impact of maritime fraud on contracts for sale and carriage documentary credits and marine insurance. It covers all varieties of maritime fraud from the most serious downwards describing the methods employed and the risks to traders and carriers. At the serious end of the spectrum pirates capture an entire ship often murdering the entire crew in order to sell the cargo (to which of course they have no title) later to use the “innocent” ship to pose as innocent traders. Less serious (but perhaps of greater interest to lawyers) are misdescriptions of cargo in or backdating of bills of lading and other deceptions usually practised on purchasers and banks. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9780203714027

Maritime Heritage in CrisisIndigenous Landscapes and Global Ecological Breakdown Grounded in critical heritage studies and drawing on a Pacific Northwest Coast case study Maritime Heritage in Crisis explores the causes and consequences of the contemporary destruction of Indigenous heritage sites in maritime settings. Maritime heritage landscapes are undergoing a period of unprecedented crisis: these areas are severely impacted by coastal development continued population growth and climate change. Indigenous heritage sites are thought to be particularly vulnerable to these changes and cultural resource management is frequently positioned as a community’s first line of defense yet there is increasing evidence that this archaeological technique is an ineffective means of protection. Exploring themes of colonial dislocation and displacement Hutchings positions North American archaeology as neoliberal statecraft: a tool of government designed to promote and permit the systematic clearance of Indigenous heritage landscapes in advance of economic development. Presenting the institution of archaeology and cultural resource management as a grave threat to Indigenous maritime heritage Maritime Heritage in Crisis offers an important lesson on the relationship between neoliberal heritage regimes and global ecological breakdown. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629583488

Maritime Issues in the South China SeaTroubled Waters or A Sea of Opportunity South China Sea (SCS) issues are complex and dynamic ranging from historic claims to present day military occupation from military security to regional stability from rhetorical appeasements to national interests from intraregional competition to extraregional involvement.  The submissions made in 2009 by several Southeast Asian states to the United Nations Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf (CLCS) respecting outer limits of extended continental shelves beyond 200 nautical miles in the South China Sea resulted in renewed attention to the maritime disputes over the insular features and the waters of the South China Sea among several claimant States. Questions have resurfaced about the future of cooperation in the region.  Furthermore the improvement of cross-Strait relations between Taiwan and China after 2008 has added a new element to the evolution of South China Sea issues. This book describes these recent developments in depth and provides an examination of possible future developments in the South China Sea. The articles in this book were originally published as special sections in Ocean Development & International Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850446

Maritime Law Now in its fourth edition this authoritative guide covers all of the core aspects of maritime law in one distinct volume. Maritime Law is written by a team of leading academics and practitioners each expert in their own field. Together they provide clear concise and fully up-to-date coverage of topics ranging from bills of lading to arrest of ships all written in an accessible and engaging style. As English law is heavily relied on throughout the maritime world this book is grounded in English law whilst continuing to analyse the key international conventions currently in force. Brand new coverage includes: The entry into force of the Hague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements 2005 and greater detail on Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2012 on jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters (recast). The entry into force of the Nairobi International Convention on the Removal of Wrecks 2007. Discussion on the Arctic Sunrise and Duzgit Integrity arbitrations and the "Enrica Lexie" Incident (Italy v India) Provisional Measures in the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea. Analysis of the Insurance Act 2015. Comment on recent cases including London Steam Ship Owners Mutual Insurance Association Ltd v Spain (The Prestige) and PST Energy 7 Shipping LLC v OW Bunker Malta Ltd (The Res Cogitans). This book is a comprehensive reference source for students academics and legal practitioners worldwide especially those new to maritime law or a particular field therein. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138104839

Maritime Law Now in its fifth edition this authoritative guide covers all of the core aspects of maritime law in one distinct volume. Maritime Law is written by a team of leading academics and practitioners each expert in their own field. Together they provide clear concise and fully up-to-date coverage of topics ranging from bills of lading to arrest of ships all written in an accessible and engaging style. As English law is heavily relied on throughout the maritime world this book is grounded in English law whilst continuing to analyse the key international conventions currently in force. Brand new coverage includes: The impact of the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020 which amends the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. Over one hundred new cases from the English courts the Court of Justice of the European Union and the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea. Changes to the Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations 1993 including the Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) (Amendment) (EU exit) Regulations 2019. Discussion of the Incoterms 2020 which are available for incorporation into sale contracts from 1 January 2020. Updates on litigation and amendments to the Admiralty Civil Procedure Rules. This book is a comprehensive reference source for students academics and legal practitioners worldwide especially those new to maritime law or a particular field therein. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367493844

Maritime Law Maritime Law is an exhaustive introduction to this complex area of law. The book is ideal for newcomers and experienced professionals requiring an update on the general principles and case law. • Charterparties chapter • Passengers chapter • Salvage – includes developments in case law and introduction of new Lloyd’s Open Form Salvage Agreement • Sale of ship and shipbuilding contracts • Collisions • Oil pollution – Convention on bunker spills Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781315091457

Maritime Law and Policy in China On 11 November 2001 the People’s Republic of China officially became a member of the World Trade Organisation. During the preceding two decades China emerged as a major trading and maritime nation has adopted more than twenty maritime related laws and has ratified most of the important international maritime conventions. Maritime Law and Policy in China contains new translations of all the major maritime laws of the People’s Republic of China together with detailed explanations of the rationale behind the legislation. A comprehensive examination of the Maritime Code 1992 is included as is a new translation of the Maritime Procedure Law of the People’s Republic of China 1999 which lays down the jurisdiction of the maritime courts in China and provides for matters such as arrest of ships orders for security and maritime injunctions. China’s ratification of the international maritime conventions is also examined in detail. This title will be an indispensable reference work for maritime lawyers marine insurers P I Clubs shipping companies and all trading companies conducting business with China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138160484

Maritime Law and Practice in China A comprehensive treatment of Chinese maritime law and judicial practice this book covers both substantive law and procedure law of maritime law in mainland China. This is a professional book for both academics and practitioners in the field of maritime law. Including analysis of and comment on judicial practice from the Supreme People’s Court Higher People’s Courts and ten maritime courts as well as a whitepaper of Chinese maritime adjudication for 30 years (1984-2014) this brings to an English-speaking audience for the first time some of the most technical aspects of maritime law. It is therefore an invaluable resource for all those interested in maritime law in China. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367736439

Maritime Law in ChinaEmerging Issues and Future Developments The Chinese maritime and shipping market has been expanding enormously in recent times as its commercial capacity to perform shipping ship building banking and insurance activities grows and the role of the State as guarantor of commerce is gradually reduced. This book provides a detailed guide to current Chinese maritime law written by an expert team of contributors and systematically covering key areas such as carriage of goods by sea international trade vessels and seafarers and maritime liabilities. The authors explore cutting-edge issues within each topic and analyse current trends in law reform. The book will be of interest to academics researching commercial and maritime law as well as maritime law practitioners and shipping industry professionals working with aspects of Chinese maritime practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666139

Maritime Letters of Indemnity This unique new title provides expert hands-on advice as to the law and practice of the maritime letter of indemnity. Detailing the variety of implications that can arise from each type of letter the authors bring this important and litigious subject to the fore with a view to reducing the commercial and legal risks involved in this core area of shipping and international trade. Key features of this title include detailed legal analysis of: The history of indemnity contracts and letters of indemnity Shipping and international trade contexts where letters of indemnity are used GAFTA sale contract forms and standard letter of indemnity P&I Clubs forms The enforceability of maritime letters of indemnity The rights and liabilities for sellers buyers banks and ship owners which arise from the use of letters of indemnity The impact on the system based on the use of bills of lading and on electronic bills of lading Policy issues arising from the use of letters of indemnity in practice and of the practicalities of litigation involving letters of indemnity. As the only text currently on the market covering maritime letters of indemnity in such detail this book will be an indispensable guide for maritime lawyers professionals and academics alike as well as shipowners charterers commodity traders and trade finance professionals Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781843119524

Maritime Liabilities in a Global and Regional Context Maritime Liabilities in a Global and Regional Context consists of edited versions of the papers delivered at the Institute of International Shipping and Trade Law’s 13th International Colloquium at Swansea Law School in September 2017. Written by a combination of top academics and highly-experienced legal practitioners these papers have been carefully co-ordinated to give the reader a first-class insight into the issues surrounding maritime liabilities. The book is set out in two parts:- Part I offers a detailed and critical analysis of issues of contemporary importance concerning maritime liabilities- Part 2 discusses contemporary issues concerning the enforcement of maritime liabilities. An invaluable guide to recent legal and practical developments in maritime liabilities this book is vital reading for both professional and academic readers. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367733322

Maritime Logistics Value in Knowledge Management Knowledge management has been widely applied to various industries as a good strategy to help improve firms’ performance. As globalisation accelerates and international trade increases more and more maritime transport operations have become one of the vitalest industries to receive large attention from international managers. This is because the managers have perceived that the maritime transport system is an integrated entity within the global logistics and supply chain and it should be therefore managed in the most efficient and effective ways possible as an organic body within a global logistics system.Taking this approach this book examines how maritime transport operators – such as shipping companies port terminal operators and freight forwarders – could successfully play a role within the global logistics flow wherein they are embedded by improving their logistic value i.e. maritime logistics value. As per the objective the current book suggests a knowledge management based solution. It attempts to systematically investigate what types of knowledge are needed in the maritime logistics industry how maritime operators could effectively acquire the knowledge and whether the acquired knowledge would help maritime operators enhance maritime logistics value.This book provides not only comprehensive understandings of knowledge management strategy but also its practical application to the maritime logistics industry. This would therefore be a useful guidebook for the managers academics and undergraduate / postgraduate students in the field of maritime transport and global logistics to help them to gain comprehensive knowledge of the application of knowledge management strategy to the industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669553

Maritime Mobilities The central concerns of mobilities research – exploring the broader context and human aspects of movement - are fundamental to an understanding of the maritime freight transport sector. Challenges to the environment attempts at more sustainable practices changes in the geoeconomic system political power labour economic development and governance issues are all among the topics covered in this book. The aim of this volume is to address issues of maritime transport not only in the simple context of movement but within the mobilities paradigm. The goal is to examine negative system effects caused by blockages and inefficiencies examine delays and wastage of resources identify negative externalities explore power relations and identify the winners and losers in the globalised trade system with a particular focus on the maritime network. Maritime Mobilities therefore aims to build a bridge between "traditional" maritime academic approaches and the mobilities paradigm.This volume is of great importance to those who study industrial economics shipping industries and transport geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593681

Maritime NetworksSpatial structures and time dynamics Maritime transport is one of the most ancient supports to human interactions across history and it still supports more than 90% of world trade volumes today. The changing connectivity of maritime networks is of crucial importance to port transport and economic development and planning. The way ports terminals but also cities regions and countries are connected with each other through maritime flows is not well-known and difficult to represent and measure even for the transport actors themselves. There is a strong urgent need for reviewing the relevant theories concepts methods and sources that can be mobilized for the analysis of maritime networks. With contributions from reputable scholars from all over the world this book investigates the analysis of maritime flows and networks from diverse disciplinary angles going across archaeology history geography regional science economics mathematics physics and computer sciences. Based on a vast array of methods such as Geographical Information Systems (GIS) spatial analysis complex networks modelling and simulation it addresses several crucial issues related with port hierarchy; route density; modal interdependency; network robustness and vulnerability; traffic concentration and seasonality; technological change and urban/regional economic development. This book examines new evidence about how socio-economic trends are reflected (but also influenced) by maritime flows and networks and about the way this knowledge can support and enhance decision-making in relation to the development of ports supply chains and transport networks in general. This book is an ideal companion to anyone interested in the network analysis of transport systems and economic systems in general as well as the effective ways to analyse large datasets to answer complex issues in transportation and socio-economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599307

Maritime Order and the Law in East Asia Many of the maritime disputes today represent a competing interest of two groups: coastal states and user states. This edited volume evaluates the role of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) in managing maritime order in East Asia after its ratification in 1994 while reflecting upon various interpretations of UNCLOS. Providing an overview of the key maritime disputes occurring in the Asia Pacific it examines case studies from a selection of representative countries to consider how these conflicts of interest reflect their respective national interests and the wider issues that these interpretations have created in relation to navigation regimes maritime entitlement boundary delimitation and dispute settlement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591731

Maritime Piracy Maritime Piracy is now a pressing global issue and this work seeks to provide a concise and informative introduction to the area. Never truly having receded into a romanticized past seaborne banditry’s rapid growth was stimulated by low risks and increasingly high rewards. Currently obsolete incomplete and complicating structures and norms of governance together with advances in technology enable a lucrative business model for pirates as they effectively operate with impunity and claim increasing ransoms.   Beginning with an overview and historical development of piracy and the relevant maritime governance structures this work progresses to examine how 20th century shifts in global governance norms and structures eventually left the high seas open for predatory attacks on one of the worlds fastest growing and essential industries. Moving through contemporary debates about how to best combat piracy the work concludes that the solution to a chronic global problem requires a long-term holistic and inclusive approach.   Examining militaristic legalist and humanitarian strategies and offering a critical evaluation of the various problems they bring this work will be of great interest to all students and scholars of international law international organizations and maritime security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781985

Maritime Piracy and the Construction of Global Governance Piratical attacks have become more frequent violent costly and increasingly threaten to undermine order in the international system. Much attention has focused on Somalia but piracy is a problem worldwide. Recent coordination efforts among states in South East Asia appear to have helped in the area but elsewhere piracy has expanded. Interestingly international law has long recognized piracy as a crime and provided tools for universal suppression yet piracy persists. In this book a handpicked group of leading experts in the field of International Relations use maritime piracy as a means to expose the incongruities in our understanding of global governance. Using broadly constructivist approaches to understand international actors’ responses to the challenges created by maritime piracy the contributors question a number of myths and misconceptions around piracy and analyze the various ways that international law and organizations channel actors’ understandings of maritime piracy and their efforts to respond to it. In doing so they expose some shaky foundations for IR theorists: how do we conceive of governance and legitimacy when they are delinked from the territorial aspect of the modern nation-state? What happens to prospects for cooperation when we get to the nitty-gritty questions of practice related to paying for trials imprisoning and maintaining captured pirates bearing the burden of policing sea-lanes or even determining what constitutes a pirate? Does anyone have a monopoly on the legitimate use of force at sea and how is that legitimacy constructed? Maritime Piracy and the Construction of Global Governance offers an improved theoretical understanding of the response of the international community to maritime piracy and broadens our understanding of the complex and sometimes countervailing motivations of all the actors involved from international organizations and states down to the pirates themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015753

Maritime Power in the Black Sea Maritime Power in the Black Sea provides the first comprehensive assessment and evaluation of the comparative maritime power of the six littoral states in the Black Sea - Turkey Russia Ukraine Georgia Romania and Bulgaria. This book examines the maritime capabilities and assets of each of the six littoral Black Sea states and also considers the implications of the distribution of maritime power on both regional and international security. As such it makes an important contribution to the debate about what constitutes maritime power in the twenty first century and provides a thematic comparative study of the ability of each of the littoral states of the Black Sea to project maritime power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409452966

Maritime Private SecurityMarket Responses to Piracy Terrorism and Waterborne Security Risks in the 21st Century This book examines the evolution function problems and prospects of private security companies in the maritime sector. The private security industry continues to evolve after its renaissance over the past few decades first in Africa and later in Iraq and Afghanistan. Despite this little academic work has been done to date on the role of private security in the maritime environment. This lacuna has become more pronounced as the threat of piracy terrorism and other acts of maritime political violence have caused littoral states and commercial entities alike to consider the use of private security to mitigate risks. Maritime Private Security is an edited volume specifically dedicated to combating the absence of academic research in this area. The discussion of this multi-faceted subject is organised into four key parts: Part I: The Historical and Contemporary Market in Maritime Private Security Services Part II: The Emergence of Private Anti-Piracy Escorts in the Commercial Sector Part III: The Privatization of Coast Guard Services Part IV: Private Security Responses to Maritime Terrorism This book will be of much interest to students of naval policy and maritime security private security companies piracy and terrorism international law and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724241

Maritime QuarantineThe British Experience c.1650–1900 As a maritime trading nation the issue of quarantine was one of constant concern to Britain. Whilst naturally keen to promote international trade there was a constant fear of importing potentially devastating diseases into British territories. In this groundbreaking study John Booker examines the methods by which British authorities sought to keep their territories free from contagious diseases and the reactions to and practical consequences of these policies. Drawing upon a wealth of documentary sources Dr Booker paints a vivid picture of this controversial episode of British political and mercantile history concluding that quarantine was a peculiarly British disaster doomed to inefficiency by the royal prerogative and concerns for trade and individual liberty. Whilst it may not have fatally hindered the economic development of Britain it certainly irritated the City and the mercantile elites and remained a source of constant political friction for many years. As such an understanding of British maritime quarantine provides a fuller picture of attitudes to trade culture politics and medicine in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274129

Maritime Risk and Organizational Learning Bridging an identified gap between research and practice in the domain of risk and organizational learning with respect to human/organizational factors and organizational behaviour this book highlights the common and recurring threads in contributory factors to accident causation. Based on an extensive research project it investigates how shipping companies as organizations learn from filter and give credence/acceptability to differing risk perceptions and how this influences the work culture with special regard to group/team dynamics and individual motivation. The work is presented in the context of the literature regarding conceptual links between risk and the theoretical and operational themes of organizational learning and in light of interviewees' comments. The themes include processes and structures of knowledge acquisition information interpretation and distribution organizational memory and change/adaptation and also levels of learning. The book concludes by discussing some practical implications of the research carried out in various maritime contexts and gives recommendations for the industry and other stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072145

Maritime Safety Security and Piracy Security and other safety issues are more important than ever in the maritime industry. Maritime Safety Security and Piracy is the first book to discuss safety security and piracy in the maritime context. The book is divided into two parts ships and ports and covers issues such as: • Ship safety assessments • European ship safety • Ship accidents • Pirates’ behaviours • Port state control inspections • Port security • Port theft Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9780203796252

Maritime Safety in EuropeA Comparative Approach The book is concerned with the harmonisation of maritime safety legal systems in Europe. It describes maritime safety legal systems in selected European countries as well as maritime safety issues from the perspective of the International Maritime Organisation European Union and European Free Trade Association. Distinguished scholars from Europe's leading maritime law academic centres present national perspectives of maritime safety systems questioning whether the adopted national solutions guarantee the compatibility with IMO and EU legal regime as well as assessing the global and EU system. Moreover the book seeks to provide some answers as to whether the IMO goals on maritime safety are adequate in light of current safety challenges and how to achieve higher level of enforcement of internationally-recognised maritime safety standards. It will be of great assistance to those readers who need to familiarize themselves with current problems inherent in maritime safety whether that be lawyers scholars professional mariners or national institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9780367465841

Maritime Security and IndonesiaCooperation Interests and Strategies Indonesia is the largest archipelago state in the world comprising 17 480 islands with a maritime territory measuring close to 6 million square kilometres. It is located between the two key shipping routes of the Pacific and Indian Ocean. Indonesia’s cooperation in maritime security initiatives is vitally important because half of the world’s trading goods and oil pass through Indonesian waters including the Straits of Malacca the Strait of Sunda and the Strait of Lombok. This book analyses Indonesia’s participation in international maritime security cooperation. Using Indonesia as a case study the book adopts mixed methods to assess emerging power cooperation and non-cooperation drawing from various International Relations theories and the bureaucratic politics approach. It addresses not only the topic of Indonesia’s cooperation but also engages in debates across the International Relations political science and policy studies disciplines regarding state cooperation. Based on extensive primary Indonesian language sources and original interviews the author offers a conceptual discussion on the reasons underlying emerging middle power participation or non-participation in cooperation agreements. The analysis offers a fresh perspective on the growing problems of maritime terrorism and sea robbery and how an emerging power deals with these threats at unilateral bilateral regional and multilateral levels. The book fills a significant gap in literature on Indonesian foreign policy making in the post-1998 era. It provides the first in-depth study of Indonesia’s decision making process in the area of maritime security and will thus be of interest to researchers in the field of comparative politics international relations security policy maritime cooperation port and shipping businesses and Southeast Asian politics and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138348219

Maritime Security between China and Southeast AsiaConflict and Cooperation in the Making of Regional Order Arguing that security relations between China and Southeast Asia are profoundly affected by disputes over maritime space and territory in the South China Sea the author demonstrates that the primacy of strategic competition over strategic partnerships promotes the emergence of a structure of deterrence encouraging South East Asia to side with the United States to balance the military power of China. Combining the concepts of international disputes and order the book establishes a framework designed to focus on periods of transition where international regulatory mechanisms are out of step with developments in the security environments of states. Features include: - Substantial evidence that strategic competition between the United States China and South East Asia promotes stability. - A comprehensive account of military diplomatic economic historical and legal aspects of security environments of states. Suitable for scholars and graduate students of international relations international law security studies conflict management and regionalism it will also be invaluable supplementary reading for undergraduate courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263963

Maritime Security in the Indian Ocean and Western PacificHeritage and Contemporary Challenges Scholars and policy makers have traditionally viewed portions of the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific as separate and discrete political economic and military regions. In recent years however a variety of economic political and military forces have made many within the academic community as well as a growing number of national governmental leaders change their perceptions and recognize that these maritime expanses are one zone of global interaction. Consequently political military and economic developments in one maritime region increasingly have an impact elsewhere. Analyzing and assessing the contemporary maritime challenges in the Indian Ocean and the Western Pacific this valuable study highlights the current prospects for peace and security in what is rapidly becoming recognized as an integrated and interactive political military-strategic and economic environment. This work will be of interest to researchers and policy makers involved in regional studies as well as security studies conflict resolution military and peace studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415789479

Maritime Security in the South China SeaRegional Implications and International Cooperation Maritime security is of vital importance to the South China Sea a critical sea route for maritime transport of East Asian countries including China. The adjacent countries have rendered overlapping territorial and/or maritime claims in the South China Sea which complicate the situation of maintaining maritime security and developing regional cooperation there. This book focuses on contemporary maritime security in the South China Sea as well as its connected sea area the Straits of Malacca and Singapore. It identifies and examines selected security issues concerning the safety of navigation crackdown on transnational crimes including sea piracy and maritime terrorism and conflict prevention and resolution. In the context of non-traditional security issues such as maritime environmental security and search and rescue at sea are included. The book explores ways and means of international cooperation in dealing with these maritime security issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593944

Maritime SecurityInternational Law and Policy Perspectives from Australia and New Zealand Maritime security is of vital importance to Australia and New Zealand as both countries depend on maritime transport for their economic survival. Since the events of September 11th 2001 significant questions have been raised as to whether Australia and New Zealand are adequately prepared for the consequences of a major disruption to global shipping following a terrorist attack on a leading regional port such as Hong Kong or Singapore. Considerable efforts have also been undertaken to improve responses to an array of maritime security threats such as transnational crime environmental pollution and piracy and armed robbery. This volume identifies those issues that particularly affect Australia and New Zealand’s maritime security evaluating the issues from legal and political perspectives and proposes methods for improving maritime security in the two countries. While the focus is primarily on Australia and New Zealand the scope extends to regional considerations addressing matters related to Pacific Island states Southeast Asia and the Antarctic and sub-Antarctic region. The book also addresses strategic partnerships examining the influence of the United States and analyses issues within the broad framework of international law and politics. Maritime Security: International Law and Policy Perspectives from Australia and New Zealand will be of great interest to scholars of international law international relations and maritime affairs maritime industry professionals private and government lawyers as well as diplomats consuls and government officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685481

Maritime SecurityProtection of Marinas Ports Small Watercraft Yachts and Ships In a time when threats against the maritime community have never been greater Maritime Security: Protection of Marinas Ports Small Watercraft Yachts and Ships provides a single comprehensive source of necessary information for understanding and preventing or reducing threats to the maritime community. The book defines what comprises the maritime community including marinas ports small watercraft yachts and ships. It focuses on the protection of these rather than the protection of cargo in the maritime supply chain since with the protection of the infrastructural elements it follows that the cargo is secured. In identifying and discussing threats to security the book includes natural threats such as storms as well as traditional criminal threats and piracy with especially detailed examinations of terrorism and cybersecurity. It also introduces the US Coast Guard America’s Waterway Watch program describing the components of the program its implementation throughout the maritime community and its successes. By dealing with the security of all areas within the maritime community Maritime Security is highly valuable to all members of the community from the local boater to professionals charged with the protection of major ports and seagoing vessels. It gives you the skills to understand identify analyze and address natural and man-made threats to localized or broad sections in the maritime community. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498706605

Maritime Slavery Think of maritime slavery and the notorious Middle Passage – the unprecedented forced migration of enslaved Africans across the Atlantic – readily comes to mind. This so-called ‘middle leg’ – from Africa to the Americas – of a supposed trading triangle linking Europe Africa and the Americas naturally captures attention for its scale and horror. After all the Middle Passage was the largest forced transoceanic migration in world history now thought to have involved about 12.5 million African captives shipped in about 44 000 voyages that sailed between 1514 and 1866. No other coerced migration matches it for sheer size or gruesomeness. Maritime slavery is not however just about the movement of people as commodities but rather the involvement of all sorts of people including slaves in the transportation of those human commodities. Maritime slavery is thus not only about objects being moved but also about subjects doing the moving. Some slaves were actors not simply the acted-upon. They were pilots sailors canoemen divers linguists porters stewards cooks and cabin boys not forgetting all the ancillary workers in ports such as stevedores warehousemen labourers washerwomen tavern workers and prostitutes. Maritime Slavery reflects this current interest in maritime spaces and covers all the major Oceans and Seas. This book was originally published as a special issue of Slavery and Abolition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107274

Maritime Societies of the Viking and Medieval World This book is a study of communities that drew their identity and livelihood from their relationships with water during a pivotal time in the creation of the social economic and political landscapes of northern Europe. It focuses on the Baltic North and Irish Seas in the Viking Age (ad 1050–1200) with a few later examples (such as the Scottish Lordship of the Isles) included to help illuminate less well-documented earlier centuries. Individual chapters introduce maritime worlds ranging from the Isle of Man to Gotland — while also touching on the relationships between estate centres towns landing places and the sea in the more terrestrially oriented societies that surrounded northern Europe’s main spheres of maritime interaction. It is predominately an archaeological project but draws no arbitrary lines between the fields of historical archaeology history and literature. The volume explores the complex relationships between long-range interconnections and distinctive regional identities that are characteristic of maritime societies seeking to understand communities that were brought into being by their relationships with the sea and who set waves in motion that altered distant shores. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367267100

Maritime Southeast Asia to 500 A history of the fabled islands of Southeast Asia from 300 BC by which time their inhabitants had learned to sail the monsoon winds to AD 1528 when Islam became dominant in the region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702551

Maritime Strategy and Continental Wars Rear Admiral Raja Menon contends that nations embroiled in Continental wars have historically had poor maritime strategies. He develops the argument that navies that have been involved in such wars have made poor contributions to politial objectives and outlines future strategies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815182

Maritime Strategy and Sea ControlTheory and Practice This book focuses on the key naval strategic objectives of obtaining and maintaining sea control. During times of war sea control or the ability of combatants to enjoy naval dominance plays a crucial role in that side’s ability to attain overall victory. This book explains and analyzes in much greater detail sea control in all its complexities and describes the main methods of obtaining and maintaining it. Building on the views of naval classical thinkers this book utilizes historical examples to illustrate the main methods of sea control. Each chapter focuses on a particular method including destroying the enemy forces by a decisive action destroying enemy forces over time-attrition containing enemy fleet choke point control and capturing important enemy's positions/basing area The aim is to provide a comprehensive theory and practice of the struggle for sea control at the operational level. It should therefore provide a guide to practitioners on how to plan and conduct operational warfare at sea. The book will be of much interest to students of naval strategy defence studies and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096509

Maritime Strategy and Sea DenialTheory and Practice This book focuses on the theory and practice of maritime strategy and operations by the weaker powers at sea.Illustrated by examples from naval and military history the book explains and analyzes the strategies of the weaker side at sea in both peacetime and wartime; in defense versus offense; the main prerequisites for disputing control of the sea; and the conceptual framework of disputing control of the sea. It also explains and analyzes in some detail the main methods of disputing sea control – avoiding/seeking decisive encounters weakening enemy naval forces over time counter-containment of enemy naval forces destroying the enemy’s military-economic potential at sea attacks on the enemy coast defense of the coast defense/capturing important positions/basing areas and defense/capturing of a choke point. A majority of the world’s navies are currently of small or medium-size. In the case of a war with a much stronger opponent they would be strategically on the defensive and their main objective then would be to dispute control of the sea by a stronger side at sea. This book provides a practical guide to such a strategy.This book would be of much interest to students of naval power maritime security strategic studies and military/naval history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663261

Maritime TaiwanHistorical Encounters with the East and the West For centuries the island of Taiwan 100 miles off the Asian mainland has been a crossroads for traders and settlers pirates and military schemers from around the world. Unlike China with its long tradition of keeping foreigners out Taiwan has a long history of interaction both hostile and friendly with other seafaring nations near and far. "Maritime Taiwan" captures the full drama and details of this remarkable history. It's filled with fascinating stories of foreign adventurers and echoes the bitter songs of Taiwan's aboriginal population confronted by the convergence of different maritime cultures and values on the island.Here are accounts of the legendary pirate Koxinga the Chinese junk trade the mighty Dutch East India Company British opium traders and Scottish tea merchants Jesuit priests and Presbyterian missionaries A French fleet commander a Japanese colonial administrator an American aid official and many more. Here too is an extraordinary view of Taiwan over the centuries as its distinct identity culture and values were shaped by its unique history. Today with a population of only 23 million Taiwan is the world's nineteenth largest economy a vibrant relatively free society on the strategic route between China and Southeast Asia. Maritime Taiwan also discusses the significant impact of American military economic educational and technological aid on Taiwan's developments and addresses the island's continued importance in maintaining the U.S. hegemony in East Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702544

Maritime Technology and Engineering Maritime Technology and Engineering includes the papers presented at the 2nd International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTECH 2014 Lisbon Portugal 15-17 October 2014). The contributions reflect the internationalization of the maritime sector and cover a wide range of topics: Ports; Maritime transportation; Inland navigation; Maritime economy; Ship traffic; Maritime accidents; Ship design; Design optimization; Computer aided ship design; Shipyard technology; Longitudinal strength; Structural energy absorption; Stiffened panels; Strength of welded plates; Ship structural components; Composite structures; Structural reliability & risk; Ship propulsion; Efficient propulsion and control; Ship propulsion and environment; Environmental impact; Energy efficiency; Ship resistance; Ship maneuvring; Shallow water hydrodynamics; Computational fluid dynamics; Ship seakeeping; Seakeeping & slamming; Ship dynamics & hydrodynamics; Offshore platform dynamics; Offshore platform design; Renewable energy; Oscilating water columns converters; Wave statistics; Wave modelling; Wind & wave modelling; and two keynote papers. Maritime Technology and Engineering will be much of interest to academics and professionals involved in maritime engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027275

Maritime Technology and Engineering IIIProceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTECH 2016 Maritime Technology and Engineering 3 is a collection of papers presented at the 3rd International Conference on Maritime Technology and Engineering (MARTECH 2016 Lisbon Portugal 4-6 July 2016). The MARTECH Conferences series evolved from biannual national conferences in Portugal thus reflecting the internationalization of the maritime sector. The keynote lectures and the papers making up nearly 150 contributions came from an international group of authors focused on different subjects in a variety of fields: Maritime Transportation Energy Efficiency Ships in Ports Ship Hydrodynamics Ship Structures Ship Design Ship Machinery Shipyard Technology afety & Reliability Fisheries Oil & Gas Marine Environment Renewable Energy and Coastal Structures. This book will appeal to academics engineers and professionals interested or involved in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138030008

Maritime Terrorism and Piracy in the Indian Ocean Region Unregulated or lesser regulated maritime spaces are ideal theatres of operation and mediums of transportation for terrorists insurgents and pirates. For more than a decade the Indian Ocean waters adjoining Somalia have been a particular locus of such activities with pirates hijacking vessels and Al Qaeda and Al Shabab elements travelling between Africa and the Arabian Peninsula operating lucrative businesses and even staging deadly operations at sea. However these operations and threats remain by and large understudied. Responses to the two threats have varied highlighting the lack of cohesive regional and global institutions with the mandate and the capacity to address them. Those scholarly deliberations on Indian Ocean maritime security focus on piracy and armed robbery at sea while their terrorist/insurgent counterparts have eluded sustained scrutiny. This volume will help close that gap by looking at both from the field in Somalia and Yemen within broader frameworks of regional maritime security and port-state control international maritime law and the ongoing search for maritime resources. The European African and Middle Eastern case studies add salience to the regional and international complexity surrounding maritime security off the Horn of Africa. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of the Indian Ocean Region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058040

Maritime Transport and the Climate Change Challenge International maritime transport is the backbone of the world globalized economy. It is a significant contributor to global CO2 emissions but also likely to be affected by wide-ranging and potentially devastating climate change impacts associated with rising sea levels and increased frequency/intensity of extreme weather events.   This book offers key information and analysis to anyone interested in learning more about the climate change challenge from the perspective of maritime transport and trade. It covers: - the scientific background - greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping - potential approaches to mitigation in maritime transport - the state of play in terms of the relevant regulatory and institutional framework - potential climate change impacts and approaches to adaptation in maritime transport   - relevant cross-cutting issues such as financing and investment technology and energy.   Including contributions from 25 experts from academia international organizations such as the IMO the UNFCCC secretariat OECD IEA and the World Bank as well as the shipping and port industries this is essential reading for professionals in the transport industry governments and policymakers trade bodies investors as well as researchers and students in the field of climate change and international transport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712385

Maritime Transportation: Safety Management and Risk Analysis First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080473369

Maritime-Port Technology and Development Maritime-Port Technology and Development contains the latest research results and innovations as presented at the 2014 International Maritime and Port Technology and Development Conference (Trondheim Norway 27- 29 October 2014). The volume is divided into a wide range of topics: • Efficient and environmentally friendly energy use in ships and ports• Demanding and safe maritime operations and intervention• Maritime transport and operations in the Arctic• Remotely controlled and monitored shipping traffic surveillance and control• Port-ship interface optimization• Effective port infrastructure• LNG and other novel fuels: Distribution and use• Optimization in maritime logistics fleet and vessel design Maritime-Port Technology and Development contributes to efficiency and reliability of seaborne transport and operations and will be useful to academics and engineers involved in marine technology-related research and the marine industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027268

Mark and its SubalternsA Hermeneutical Paradigm for a Postcolonial Context This book offers a fresh appraisal of the identity and involvement of the subalterns in Mark arguing that the presence of the subalterns in Mark is a possible hermeneutical tool for re-reading the Bible in a postcolonial context like India. Part I paves the way for a creative discussion on Mark and its interpreters in the rest of the study by looking at the issue of the spread of Christianity and missionary attempts at biblical interpretations that did not take the life of the natives into account. Many insights from the postcolonial situation can be found in the contextual interpretations such as liberation feminist postcolonial feminist and subaltern. Part II considers colonial rule in Palestine and examines some Markan texts showing the potential role of the subalterns. It is argued that due to colonial rule the native people suffered in terms of their identity religion and culture. There was conflict between Galilee and Jerusalem mainly on religious issues and the victims of domination were the poor peasants and the artisans in Galilee. A dialogue and interaction with the Markan milieu was possible in the research and so the marginal and subaltern groups were effectively understood by exegeting Mark 10:17-31 7:24-30 and 5:1-20 and showing the postcolonial issues such as the poor and their representation gender race hybridity class nationalism and purity respectively. The subalterns were mainly associated with movements of resistance in Palestine. The Markan proclamation of solidarity with those subalterns is significant. The general conclusion presents the implications of this interpretation for a hermeneutical paradigm for a postcolonial context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845533281

Mark and LivyThe Love Story of Mark Twain and the Woman Who Almost Tamed Him Olivia Langdon Clemens was not only the love of Mark Twain's life and the mother of his children she was also his editor muse critic and trusted advisor. She read his letters and speeches. He relied on her judgment on his writing and readily admitted that she not only edited his work but also edited his public persona.Until now little has been known about Livy's crucial place in Twain's life. In Resa Willis's affecting and fascinating biography we meet a dignified optimistic women who married young raised three sons and a daughter endured myriad health problems and money woes and who faithfully traipsed all over the world with Twain--Africa Europe Asia--while battling his moodiness and her frailty.Twain adored her. A hard-drinking dreamer with an insatiable wanderlust he needed someone to tame him. It was Livy who encouraged him to finish his autobiography even through the last stages of her illness. When she died in 1904 Twain's zest for life and writing was gone. He died six years later.<br>A triumph of the biographer's art Mark and Livy presents the fullest picture yet of one of the most influential women in American letters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177833

Mark E. Smith and The Fall: Art Music and Politics This volume offers a comprehensive range of approaches to the work of Mark E. Smith and his band The Fall in relation to music art and politics. Mark E. Smith remains one of the most divisive and idiosyncratic figures in popular music after a recording career with The Fall that spans thirty years. Although The Fall were originally associated with the contemporaneous punk explosion from the beginning they pursued a highly original vision of what was possible in the sphere of popular music. While other punk bands burned out after a few years only to then reform decades later as their own cover bands The Fall continue to evolve while retaining a remarkable consistency even with the frequent line-up changes that soon left Mark E. Smith as the only permanent member of the group. The key aspect of the group that this volume explores is the invariably creative unfailingly critical and often antagonistic relations that characterize both the internal dynamics of the group and the group's position in the pop cultural surroundings. The Fall's ambiguous position in the unfolding histories of British popular music and therefore in the new heritage industries of popular culture in the UK from post-punk to anti-Thatcher politics to the 'Factory fiction of Manchester' and on into Mark E. Smith's current role as ageing enfant terrible of rock illustrates the uneasy relationship between the band their critical commentators and the historians of popular music. This volume engages directly with this critical ambiguity. With a diverse range of approaches to The Fall this volume opens up new possibilities for writing about contemporary music beyond traditional approaches grounded in the sociology of music Cultural Studies and music journalism - an aim which is reflected in the variety of provocative critical approaches and writing styles that make up the volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593951

Mark Twain Originally published in 1970. Mark Twain is generally known as a children’s writer. This serious and appreciative introduction by I. M. Walker shows that he is in fact a great writer who produced mature and developed literature. The study of his works is divided into five sections: the comic narrator; techniques of humour; character portrayal; style and description; and irony and satire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138505278

Mark Twain This set comprises 40 volumes covering 19th and 20th century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set compliments the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868143

Mark Twain's HumorCritical Essays Originally published in 1993. The purpose of this volume is to lay out documents which give an estimate of Mark Twain as a humourist in both historical scope and in the analysis of modern scholars. The emphasis in this collection is on how Twain developed from a contemporary humourist among many others of his generation into a major comic writer and American spokesman and in several more recent essays by younger Twain scholars the outcomes of that development late in his career. The essays determine how the humor takes on meaning and importance and how the humor works in a number of ways in the literary canon and even in the persona of Mark Twain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300699

Mark XWho Killed Huck Finn’s Father? In the summer of 1876 Mark Twain started to write Adventures of Huckleberry Finn as a detective novel surrounding the murder of Huck’s father Pap Finn. The case is unresolved in the novel as it exists today but Twain had already planted the clue to the identity of the killer. It is not the various objects ostentatiously left around Pap’s naked body; they are not the foreground of the scene but actually the background against which a peculiar absence emerges distinctively—Pap’s boots with a "cross" in one of the heels are gone with his murderer. The key to the mystery of Twain’s writings as this book contends from a broader perspective is also such an absence. Twain’s persistent reticence about the death of his father especially the autopsy performed on his naked body is a crucial clue to understanding his works. It reveals not only the reason why he aborted his vision of Huckleberry Finn as a detective novel but also why despite numerous undertakings he failed to become a master of detective fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248352

Market Analysis for Real Estate Market Analysis for Real Estate is a comprehensive introduction to how real estate markets work and the analytical tools and techniques that can be used to identify and interpret market signals. The markets for space and varied property assets including residential office retail and industrial are presented analyzed and integrated into a complete understanding of the role of real estate markets within the workings of contemporary urban economies. Unlike other books on market analysis the economic and financial theory in this book is rigorous and well integrated with the specifics of the real estate market. Furthermore it is thoroughly explained as it assumes no previous coursework in economics or finance on the part of the reader. The theoretical discussion is backed up with numerous real estate case study examples and problems which are presented throughout the text to assist both student and teacher. Including discussion questions exercises several web links and online slides this textbook is suitable for use on a variety of degree programs in real estate finance business planning and economics at undergraduate and MSc/MBA level. It is also a useful primer for professionals in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233501

Market AnalysisAssessing Your Business Opportunities Planning is a critical process when starting a new business or introducing a new product. Market Analysis shows readers how to execute a feasibility study for more effective planning. A step-by-step approach leads the reader through the feasibility analysis process and describes what needs to be done and how to do it. Techniques and tools used in preparing a feasibility study are emphasized and can easily be applied directly from the book to real situations. Three sample feasibility studies are included to demonstrate the application of tools in manufacturing service and non-profit settings.Market Analysis contains all the information needed to complete a feasibility study and a complete outline of a business plan. It covers such important topics as strategic management and planning determining market size for a product or business analyzing costs and returns on investment for new products and services sources of capital for new ventures and analysis of competition. An annotated bibliography of sources of data used for feasibility studies is included for quick reference. Market Analysis is the ideal guide for all strategic planners market analysts and marketing researchers. Anyone considering starting a business or launching a new product will find this practical book packed with invaluable information.Translated into Chinese! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801308

Market as a WeaponThe Socio-economic Machinery of Dominance in Russia Power is all-encompassing in Russia and mediates most interactions among people including everyday decisions. Even the recent administrative reforms in the country which began at the end of the 1990s have tried to reshape the government institutions and modernize the country through the use of power. Changes were initiated and implemented by people vested with power.Power convention and trust can all support coordination. However in the Russian institutional context power tends not only to supplement the alternative coordination mechanisms but also to substitute them. Power can be used to solve problems related to social action by merging two (or several) centers of decision-making into one. The actor vested with power decides exactly how coordination and adjustment can be achieved. This path-breaking volume shows how power turns into a unique coordination mechanism and what are consequences of such transformation for everyday life and businesses.Market as a Weapon focuses on issues of power and domination using the configuration of power relationships in Russia as a "critical case " but goes far beyond a narrowly defined scope of country-specific studies. Particular emphasis is put on domination by virtue of a constellation interests in the market since this is a relatively underexplored yet broadly used technique for imposing will in all countries that heavily rely on interventionist policies. Instead of being a liberating force the market becomes an additional instrument facilitating the continuous reproduction of power which explains the title of the book.Both qualitative and quantitative data including more than one hundred in-depth interviews with experts state servants and businesspeople in Russia as well as statistics are used throughout the text of this major book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511903

Market Assessment with OR Applications This book provides an understanding of the concept of marketing and its role in business and public organization including the need for scientific marketing analysis. It includes a variety of mathematical models applied for better decision making promotional decisions in the presence of competition and sales forecasting using an Operational Research (OR) approach. The book also provides a platform to academicians practitioners and researchers to gain understanding of marketing management concepts from an OR perspective. This book offers relevant international perspectives on techniques for market assessment under one canopy. It will be helpful for those who want to gain insight into understanding the managerial aspects from an OR analyst point of view and is a collaboration that contains plenty of related and valuable techniques used in real-life problems faced by industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367226923

Market CriminologyState-Corporate Crime in the Petroleum Extraction Industry Building on original research into the petroleum industry and on the theory of crimes of globalization this book introduces the concept of Market Criminology: the criminology of preventable market-generated harms and the criminogenic effects of market rationality in variegated forms of capitalism. Ifeanyi Ezeonu explores the ascendance of the fundamentalist form of market economy in Nigeria; the complicity of the state political and security apparatuses in the corporate expropriation of the country's petroleum resource wealth; the deleterious effects of this neoliberal architecture on the local population as well as community resistance strategies over the years. This book offers a major contribution to research on state-corporate crime and the crimes of the powerful. Key reading for scholars and students in the areas of criminology international political economy and sociology this book will also be rich resource for researchers and non-governmental agencies working in the areas of environmental protection human rights and sustainable development in the Global South especially the Sub-Saharan Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688131

Market CulturesSociety And Morality In The New Asian Capitalisms One of the most remarkable developments of our time has been the spectacular growth of capitalist enterprise among overseas Chinese and Southeast Asians. Market Cultures examines this event not in terms of formal models and faceless abstractions but in light of the institutions through which local people give meaning and moral value to business e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316808

Market Drive and GovernanceRe-examining the Rules for Economic and Commercial Contest Corporate moves towards focused production and outsourcing governmental reforms involving privatization and deregulation and the globalization of trade and investments promise large efficiency gains. However the necessary coordination mechanisms call for regulatory approval and policy guidelines to safeguard these undertakings against abuse which in turn are held up against the test of administrative efficiency and global regulatory competition. The question is: what standard will ultimately inspire policy satisfy administration and be acceptable to parties inside and outside of a given commercial and economic arrangement?Ralf Boscheck looks to the various approaches of institutional and constitutional economics to complement traditional market models in shaping policies to govern increasingly complex market conditions.This book clarifies integrates and applies diverse perspectives to salient issues of governance and presents them in an accessible manner. It will be an invaluable contribution to this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753562

Market Economy and Urban ChangeImpacts in the Developing World Across the developing world the preceding decade or so has witnessed a profound reconfiguration of the political economy of urban policy. This new policy environment is driven by globalization the neo-liberal macro-economic package of 'market enablement' and structural adjustment which now form the dominant development paradigm. The consequences of this approach for urban development agendas and ultimately the lives and livelihoods of millions of people across the globe are profound. Market Economy and Urban Change explores and evaluates urban sector and development policies in the context of market enablement and the associated instruments of structural adjustment urban management reform and 'good' governance. By articulating the linkages between this neo-liberal development paradigm and the way different actors in the urban sector enact policy responses the book provides an understanding of both the factors driving market enablement and its impacts on urban sector policies and programmes. With case studies drawn from countries such as Egypt Mexico Kenya Brazil Colombia and transitional economies the book focuses in particular on the implications for land shelter and related sectoral policies for poverty alleviation. By linking policy to practice the book seeks to inform policy-makers in governments donor and implementing agencies of the impact of shifts in the development debate on urban sector strategies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771955

Market EducationThe Unknown History Discontent with public education has been on the rise in recent years as parents complain that their children are not being taught the basics that they are not pushed to excel and that their classrooms are too chaotic to encourage any real learning. The public has begun to reject school bond levies with regularity frustrated by what it perceives to be mounting education costs unaccompanied by increased achievement or accountability.Coulson explores the educational problems facing parents and shows how these problems can best be addressed. He begins with a discussion of what people want from their school systems tracing their views of the kinds of knowledge skills and values education should impart and their concerns over discipline drugs and violence in public schools. Using this survey of goals and attitudes as a guide Coulson sets out to compare the school systems of civilizations both ancient and modern seeking to determine which systems successfully educated generations past and which did not. His historical study ranges from classical Greece and ancient Rome through the Islamic world of the Middle Ages to nineteenth-century England and modern America.Drawing on the historical evidence of how these various systems operated Coulson concludes that free educational markets have consistently done a better job of serving the public's needs than state-run school systems have. He sets out a blueprint for competitive free-market educational reform that would make schools more flexible more innovative and more responsive to the needs of parents and students. He describes how education for low-income children might be funded under a market system and how the transition from monopolistic public education to market education might be achieved.Coulson's Market Education touches on a wide range of issues including declines in academic achievement minority education the role of public school teachers and mismanagement and corruption in educational bureaucracies. Coulson examines alternative reform proposals from vouchers and charter schools to national standards for school curricula. This timely and engaging book will appeal to parents educators and others concerned with the quality and cost of schooling and will serve as an excellent resource in college courses on the economics and history of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527669

Market Entry and Operational Decision Making in East-West Business Relationships Understand the dynamics of East-West relationships in business to make better decisionsThe Eastern expansion of the European Union has increased interest in this geographic region. Market Entry and Operational Decision Making in East-West Business Relationships presents 10 case studies that focus on firms in Central and Eastern Europe and the strategies used for success. Academics researchers and practitioners examine a variety of topics including entry and marketing strategies of Western multinational companies choices of locations for foreign direct investments first mover advantages entry behavior of retailing companies dynamics in subsidiary operations industry clusters decision-making autonomy and internationalization.Market Entry and Operational Decision Making in East-West Business Relationships provides information that is uniquely timely and practical to those in business in this region. The chapters bring the academic and the practical perspectives together by analyzing various research studies from different companies in several Central and Eastern European countries. This resource discusses companies and the decisions about where they begin and maintain operations and why these strategies were chosen. The book provides a clear spotlight on the business decisions currently taking place in the East-West interaction.Topics in Market Entry and Operational Decision Making in East-West Business Relationships include: studies of four Estonian companies on their emergence and success factors a comparative study of performance measures of companies in Central and Eastern Europe a detailed look at the strategies of Finnish and Swedish companies in the Baltic states and Russia the location decisions of Italian firms a comparative study of in-store shopping behavior in Italy France and Poland the regionalization of multinational company strategies studies of Estonian companies including the wood and forest industries and more Market Entry and Operational Decision Making in East-West Business Relationships is an essential resource that examines issues of critical importance to business researchers practitioners and policymakers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051986

Market Ethics and Practices c.1300–1850 Market Ethics and Practices c. 1300–1850 analyses the nature development and operation of market ethics in the context of social practices ranging from rituals of exchange and unofficial expectations to law institutions and formal regulations from the late medieval through to the modern era. Divided into two parts the first explores the principles and regulations of market ethics such as the relations between professed norms and economic behaviour across a range of geographies and chronologies. The chapters consider key subjects such as medieval attitudes towards merchant activities across Europe North Africa and Asia; market regulations and the notion of the "common good"; Adam Smith’s conception of moral capitalism; and the combining of religious and capitalist ethics in Nat Turner’s "Confession." The second part provides microstudies that offer insights into topics such as household and market relations in colonial New England; the harsher side of the consumer economy experienced by a family of parasol sellers from Lyon; informal Jewish networks in the early modern Caribbean and slave trade; merchant networks and commercial litigation in eighteenth-century France; and early encounters and the informal norms of fur trading between Europeans and Native Americans. This book provides an understanding of the key pre-modern economic historiography whilst pointing students towards new debates and the historical significance for our collective economic future. It is ideal for students and postgraduates of late medieval and early modern economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281578

Market Evolution in Developing CountriesThe Unfolding of the Indian Market Markets in Third World countries are growing rapidly and in the next several decades will offer tremendous business opportunities. Firms aspiring to be a part of this growth must establish their presence in these markets today or lose the opportunity forever. Market Evolution in Developing Countries illustrates how these markets are likely to evolve as mass markets along the lines of advanced nations and examines conditions that affect this evolution. The author develops a model of market evolution based on a general overview of all evolving markets which is then applied and thoroughly discussed with reference to India a burgeoning market of some 200 million people. Through a conceptual framework of market evolution this groundbreaking book describes how markets at various stages of development offer different opportunities and thus require different strategies for success. Author Jain outlines strategic moves that American businesses may make to capitalize on such opportunities. He also covers information on policy initiatives developing countries themselves can take to help in the smooth evolution of their markets and specific steps leaders of these countries may take to enable greater growth in their markets.While Market Evolution in Developing Countries uses India as a case study the strategies for doing business successfully there are equally relevant and easily adaptable for use in other developing countries. Some of the many topics addressed include India’s government and politics corporate environment international competitiveness and changing market behavior as well as U.S. direct investment in India Indo-U.S. business relations and political-legal differences between the U.S. and India. This informative guide also contains a brief historical overview of India a profile of a middle-class Indian family and a handy section of cultural tips and other advice for business persons traveling to India to help them cope with business negotiations there. In a readable style this book provides comprehensive information for all business professionals interested in the vast opportunities available in many Third World countries. Market Evolution in Developing Countries is ideal for international business executives and consultants who wish to review opportunities in these countries and learn how to take advantage of them effectively. It is a basic resource on economic opportunities in developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057995

Market Expansion and Social Dumping in Europe The term ‘social dumping’ regularly appears in public debates and in policymaking circles. However due to its ambiguity it is used in a manner that is convenient for individual discourse participants thus opening the door for misconceptions and ill-grounded accusations. This book systematically examines social dumping in the context of the European integration process. It defines social dumping as the practice undertaken by self-interested market participants of undermining or evading existing social regulations with the aim of gaining a competitive advantage. It also shows how the two major EU integration projects  the creation of the Internal Market and EU enlargement to the east and to the south  have provided market actors with new incentives and opportunities to contest existing social ‘constraints’. The empirical chapters examine social dumping practices accompanying labour migration employee posting and cross-border investment distribution. In addition they outline the process of formation of social standards and trace initiatives at EU and national levels that contribute to the spread of social dumping in Europe. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of employment relations EU studies international political economy globalisation studies welfare studies social policy and migration studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716674

Market KillingWhat the Free Market does and what social scientists can do about it This book shows how the release of the free market in the last part of the twentieth century produced a rise in inequality and violence the development of a huge criminal economy and the degradation of social and cultural life. It questions the silence of academics in the face of these changes and asks how much they have been incorporated into the priorities of commerce and governments. Many academics in the social sciences media and cultural studies have avoided critical issues and become occupied in obscure theoretical debates such as post-modernism. The effect was to draw inellectuals and students away from the engaged and empirical work needed to identify key social problems and possibilities for change. The authors of this book point to the need for independent research which can criticise political policies and reveal their effects. They show for example why contemporary policies on drugs and education are creating more problems than they solve. The book features contributions from a wide range of academic disciplines including mass communications sociology politics geography philosophy and economics and points to new directions for radical science. It also examines the possibilities for a free and democratic media and calls for the development of critical and open debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467033

Market Liberalism Growth and Economic Development in Latin America The principal themes pursued in this book emerge from the great transformation that the Latin American and the Caribbean economies experienced in the aftermath of both the foreign debt crisis of 1982 and the macroeconomic stabilisation policies that vividly and painfully produced the so-called "lost decade" of the 1980s. Latin America implemented an economic liberalisation process during the late 1980s and the 1990s. The main policy reforms involved in that course can be summarized as privatization of state owned firms trade openness deregulation of the foreign direct investment (FDI) regime and fiscal discipline. Latin American countries have also embarked in regional trade agreements the most important ones being Mercosur and the North American Free trade Agreement (NAFTA). This book compares results from the experience of North-South and South-South moulds of integration. Thus the impacts of these policies on growth development technological progress poverty and inequality are analysed. Orthodox and heterodox economic policies and theories are discussed along with relevant empirical evidence with a view to assess on the one hand the relative merits of the various policy reforms applied by different countries in the region and on the other the experience of integration into the global economy. There are thirteen chapters in this collection linked in varying ways to the series of economic reforms introduced in the region in the last decades. The book will be of interest to academics researchers students and policymakers interested in the study of economic development in emerging economies and in particular in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807532

Market LiberalismAmerican Foreign Policy Toward China Analyzing the overseas effect of the market force of U.S. foreign policy toward China Cheung puts forth the idea of Augmented Market Liberalism (AML) arguing that the establishment of the market economy was induced by U.S. foreign policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511910

Market Liberalizations and Emigration from Latin America Market Liberalizations and Emigration From Latin America provides a comprehensive analysis of the impact of the era of liberalization in Latin America focusing in particular on labor markets and emigration from the region. Starting in 1980 liberalization in Latin America was expected to improve market functioning efficiency and welfare. Instead it yielded slower growth unexpectedly high levels of unemployment and income inequality flat or falling wages an increase in non-tradeable (service sector) and informal activity and finally waves of emigration from Mexico Central America and Ecuador among other countries. This book provides a heterodox narrative explanation of why the orthodox economic model that underwrote the standard ‘trickle-down’ account served more to obscure and obfuscate than to explain and clarify the state-of-affairs. The book investigates the impact of the global-scale liberalizations of markets for goods and physical and finance capital and the mere national-scale liberalization of regional labor markets arguing that these asymmetric liberalizations together resulted in labor market failure and contributed in turn to the subsequent undocumented migrant flow. The ultimate effect of the skewed scale of market liberalizations in Latin America disproportionately benefited capital at the expense of labor. Market Liberalizations and Emigration From Latin America will be of interest to researchers of economics and development in Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891985

Market Management and Project Business Development Market Management and Project Business Development is a guide to the theory of marketing and selling projects in business demonstrating how to secure and deliver value and improve performance in profitable ways. By providing a set of key principles and guidelines to business-to-business (B2B) marketing construction project management expert Hedley Smyth demonstrates how to use marketing and business development principles to maximise the value of a project. The book takes a step-by-step approach by dealing with each stage in a project’s lifecycle in turn covering a range of approaches including the marketing mix relationship marketing and its project marketing variant entrepreneurial marketing and the service-dominant logic. This book is valuable reading for all students and specialists in project management as well as project managers in business management the built environment or indeed any industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415705097

Market MovementsAfrican American Involvement in School Voucher Reform Winner of the 2009 Critics Choice Book Award of the American Educational Studies Association (AESA) Through careful ethnographic research Market Movements represents community leaders school officials and most importantly African American working class families who have used vouchers as a means of removing their children from public schools they deemed unacceptable. The book works to discern the overlaps and tensions between the educational visions of African American voucher families and those of powerful conservative educational forces in U.S. society which purport to be allied with them. To the extent that there are points of divergence with the educational right and points of convergence with educational progressives this book provides a hopeful message and a practical vision. It seeks to accomplish some of the critical empirical and conceptual groundwork that is necessary in order to renew the increasingly fractious relations between those social actors—teachers communities of color critical researchers and labor unions—most likely to defend and expand previous social democratic victories.     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941355

Market or MafiaRussian Managers on the Difficult Road Towards an Open Society First published in 1997 in the wake of the collapse of the Soviet Union this volume examines the situation of Russian managers in the transition to a more capitalist and democratic system. It asks whether a country of eleven time zones extreme climatic conditions from arctic temperatures to dry stone and sand deserts with more than a hundred nationalities and limited experience with liberal ideas and concepts or with civil-democratic traditions can be ruled in a modern world. The differences between ‘Westies’ and ‘Slavophiles’ only complicate its situation further. Further still the authors note significant similarities between notions of national betrayal related to the withdrawal of the victorious Red Army from Central and Eastern Europe and attitudes in 1920s Germany towards World War I. The immense responsibility carried by the company directors entrepreneurs and managers of Russia for the future of their country is the focus of this book. It follows two other volumes on Germany (1990) and an Anglo-German comparison related to Western European integration (1993). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326279

Market OrientationTransforming Food and Agribusiness around the Customer Marketing orientation is both the key objective of most food producers and their biggest challenge. Connecting food and agricultural production with the changing needs and aspirations of the customer provides the means to ensure competitive advantage resilience and added value in what you produce. But market orientation is not something that you can just buy in or bolt on to what you do. Market orientation is a matter of changing the culture of your organisation; finding ways of learning more about your customers and understanding their needs; changing your development and reward systems to educate your employees; it may also involve significant changes to your production processes. This comprehensive collection of original research explores the challenges and opportunities associated with market orientation along the food supply chain; from the animal feed industry to meat retailing and from organic foods to old world wines. All the chapters provide exceptional insight into understanding how market orientation can benefit food suppliers and how it is essential for long-term success. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315593968

Market SenseToward a New Economics of Markets and Society This book concentrates upon the historic associations of the marketplace in the work of Aristotle Adam Smith Karl Marx and demonstrates how what markets were imagined to entail for society was critical to each author's understanding of the central social problems of their time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960264

Market SocialismThe Debate Among Socialist First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538822

Market Structure and PerformanceThe Empirical Research First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866064

Market Structure and Technological Change This book provides a survey of the theory and of the empirical knowledge about the links between market structure and technological change. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415753685

Market TownsRoles challenges and prospects Original and insightful this volume giving in-depth consideration to the key issues affecting the future of market towns provides readers with a framework for evaluating policy initiatives and progress in market towns. Through a detailed analysis of the characteristics of over 200 towns and in-depth studies of eleven towns in different parts of England the authors identify and explore a number of key roles for market towns. Such as: retirement towns commuter towns employment centres service centres tourist towns. Setting the results in the context of past and current policy they consider in more detail some of the critical issues including increased personal mobility aging populations housing growth and affordability employment and retail competitiveness. Drawing on this detailed case study material a final section explores the future role of market towns as sustainable communities and how they might best assure their futures. Addressing issues which have not yet been covered in contemporary planning literature this comprehensive volume provides a wide-ranging discussion that will appeal to those involved at all levels of practice related to market towns as well as to academics and students working in both rural and urban geography and planning.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541114

Market-Based Interest Rate Reform in China The market-based interest rate reform remains a core part of China’s financial reforms and an important topic of both theoretical and policy studies. This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the process and logic of China’s interest rate reform from a historical perspective. It is structured along three lines i.e. loosening interest rate controls establishing market-based interest rates and building an effective interest rate adjustment mechanism and systematically reviews the characteristics and evolvement of the reform process. The book further explores the lessons and challenges of the reform by examining China’s development stage and auxiliary reforms needed and offers policy recommendations on how to further push forward the reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582456

Market-Driven Thinking Market-Driven Thinking provides a useful mental model and tools for learning about how executives and customers think within marketplace contexts. When the need to learn about how executives and customer think is recognized a solution is usually implemented automatically with no thought given to the relative worth of alternative methods to learn fill the need. Thus the "dominant logics" (most often implemented methods) to learn about thinking are written surveys and focus group interviews--two research methods that that almost always fail to provide valid and useful answers on how and why executives and customers think the way they do. Through descriptive research MDT examines the actual thinking and actions by executives and customers related to making marketplace decisions. The book aims to achieve three objectives:* Increase the reader's knowledge of the unconscious and conscious thinking processes of participants marketplace contexts* Provide research tools useful for revealing the unconscious and conscious thinking processes of executives and customers* Provide in-depth examples of these research tools in both business-to-business and business-to-consumer contextsThis book asks how we actually go about thinking examining this process and its influences within the context of B2B and B2C marketplaces in developed nations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080479200

Marketing Are you about to undertake a one semester or short course in marketing? If so 'Marketing: The One Semester Introduction' is the book for you! Written by two of the most experienced and respected authors of the subject in the UK it is specifically designed for those wanting a rapid and thorough introduction to marketing. This book: · is based on vast teaching experience and classroom testing to ensure that it precisely meets the needs of the business studies or modular marketing student· provides authoritative coverage of the subject yet avoids becoming entangled in a mass of extra theory that may prove unhelpful for preliminary study · has an international viewpoint that guides the reader to the very heart of contemporary global marketing issues'Marketing: The One Semester Introduction' provides exactly the right amount of theory and information to ensure rapid and high quality learning. With its succinct and clear style the book represents an indispensable starting point for students of business studies and marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150263

Marketing Rhetoric and ControlThe Magical Foundations of Marketing Theory Marketing Rhetoric and Control investigates the tensions that surround the place of persuasion (and more broadly control) in marketing. Persuasion has variously been seen as an embarrassment to the discipline a target for anti-marketing sentiment the source of marketing’s value in the modern organisation a mysterious black box inside the otherwise rational and logical endeavour of enterprise and a rather insignificant part of the marketing programme. This book argues that this multifarious reputation for persuasion within marketing stems from the influence of two quite oppositional paradigms – the scientific and the magico-rhetorical – that ebb and flow across the discourses of its discipline and practice.Constructing an interface between original challenging close readings of texts from the beginnings of the Western rhetorical tradition and an examination of the ways in which marketing has set about describing itself this text argues for a Sophistic interpretation of marketing. From this perspective marketing is understood as providing intermediary services to facilitate the continuing exchange of attention and regard between firm/client and stakeholders. It seeks to manage and direct this exchange through an appreciation of the changing rational and irrational motivations of the firm and stakeholders using these as resources for the construction of both planned and improvised persuasive interactions in agonistic (or competitive) environments.This book is aimed primarily at researchers and academics working in the fields of marketing marketing communications and the related disciplines of marketing theory critical marketing and digital marketing. It will also be of value to marketing academics in business schools including those working in the areas of media and communication studies who have an interest in commercial and corporate communication brand use of interactive media and communication theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367734787

Marketing (RLE Marketing)The Management Way Drawing from the behavioural sciences management theory quantitative decision theory and marketing theory this book presents a comprehensive approach to marketing decision-making and illustrates why a marketing orientation is necessary for corporate survival. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980518

Marketing Above the NoiseAchieve Strategic Advantage with Marketing That Matters Marketing today is out of control. With all the new marketing techniques accessible to the masses it's becoming harder and harder to stand out from the crowd. The result is more and more messages hitting us more often in new and more intrusive ways. For customers it's a lot of noise.  Through her work with a wide range of organizations from small companies to professional service providers to Fortune 500 companies Linda Popky has developed Dynamic Market Leverage(TM) an approach to help cut through the clutter stand out and effectively build business. Marketing Above the Noise takes a contrarian approach by not focusing on social media digital marketing or other new tactics and instead helping organizations understand:  * The critical upfront work needed to really understand customers markets and unmet needs * The value of consistent focused messaging * Why empowering employees to effectively represent the brand is so critical * How to thrive in an age of user-generated content and customer driven marketing * Why it's key not to confuse selling with installing  The book introduces the Dynamic Market Leverage Model which measures marketing clout by looking at eight core marketing disciplines and five additional Leverage Factors that can help an organization focus on key aspects of their marketing function that will provide the most significant return on their marketing investment.  Today's businesses need to stop trying to keep pace with the latest and greatest marketing tactics and instead focus on developing those long term strategies that build customer loyalty and convince prospects to buy. Yes businesses need to be aware of and integrate new media and new approaches but they need to do it in a way that makes sense for the business. They need to maintain a clear focus above the din of the roaring crowd--above the marketing fray.  Most organizations don't have the luxury of being able to start from a clean slate to develop new marketing strategies. They have existing customers existing channels and relationships existing ways of doing business. With limited resources they're not able to integrate every new tactic as it appears and they're not sure how to prioritize all of these options.  What's needed is a timeless framework--a way of looking at marketing as tied to both business growth and the building and nurturing of ongoing customer engagement. It's time to move the focus from social media and evangelists sales and marketing alignment and the latest hot cloud-based marketing tools to what really counts: convincing customers to trust you with their business--not just once but time and time again. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629560373

Marketing and Consumption in Modern Japan This book explores the development in Japan throughout the twentieth century of marketing and consumerism. It shows how Japan had a long established indigenous traditional approach to marketing separate from Western approaches to marketing and discusses how the Japanese approach to marketing was applied in the form of new marketing activities which responding to changing patterns of consumption contributed considerably to Japan's economic success. The book concludes with a discussion of how Japanese approach to marketing is likely to develop at a time when globalisation and international marketing are having an increasing impact in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205987

Marketing and FeminismCurrent issues and research This cutting edge innovative volume offers the best of current scholarship on feminist perspectives in marketing. Through many exciting and often controversial discussions it highlights and challenges assumptions about women and gender in marketing theory and practice from both historical and current contexts. Key issues and debates include: * the dark side of female consumption* women and marketing in Socialist economies* women and advertising * ecofeminism and marketing* gender marketing and cultural diversity* marketing sex and sexuality. Written by internationally recognised experts in marketing and feminism this book makes a unique contribution to marketing scholarship. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315010939

Marketing and Football Football is arguably one of the most important sports in the world and the marketing of football has become an increasingly important issue as clubs and product owners need to generate more revenue from the sport. In a wider context football marketing has also become a benchmarking standard for other sports to learn from worldwide. The practices and processes of such an established industry are important lessons for those sports which are yet to maximise on their potential earnings and provide interesting lessons in sports marketing in general. Marketing and Football: an international approach is the first book to provide a comprehensive and entirely global approach to this subject. Written by an international team of contributors who are keen researchers in the field it examines in two parts: the study of football marketing in Europe and the development of a marketing dedicated to football with the question of the European example being used worldwide. A ground breaking text it provides the reader with: Contributions from the UK Norway France Italy Germany Spain Portugal Ireland Finland Scotland Brazil Japan USA Canada Argentina Korea and Australia Interviews with professional sports marketers representing some of the biggest clubs worldwide: Juventus Turin FC Barcelona Milan AC Inter Milan AS Rome Olympique Lyonnais Vicenza SE Palmeiras Atletico Mineiro Atletico PR Marketing and Football: an international approach is a seminal text which will pave the way for future academics and practitioners to work it is the first book to discuss and move towards a marketing dedicated to football. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138469242

Marketing and General Practice This book deals with the area of marketing in general practice. It presents a step-by-step guide to the nature of marketing in which each aspect is presented in short separate chapters accompanied by questions checklists and practical examples. It is based upon the lessons learned by a number of GPs and practice managers over a variety of situations and concludes with a comprehensive case study of one particular practice with which the authors worked. Readers of this book should gain a clear idea of the nature and purpose of marketing techniques and how the opportunities now becoming available can benefit both practice and patients. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377278

Marketing and Globalization This concise text focuses squarely on the issues facing marketers in an increasingly global world. It identifies several trends linking them together and positioning them as marketing practices that companies implement as a way of responding to the major consequences of globalization. The book also includes case studies to illustrate new practices and allow students to discuss issues of market selection entry modes segmentation targeting and positioning as well as product price distribution promotion and corporate communication policies in a globalized world. Durand’s unique approach moves beyond marketing management and strategy issues and provides students with the broader context to understand the marketing practices they’ll use in the real world. This book will prove to be an essential resource for any student of marketing and international business working to stay ahead in an increasingly competitive and global industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202344

Marketing and Healthcare Organizations The need for a more conscious focused and proactive approach to the management of health-care organizations has increased substantially. One consequence of this is that health-care managers are having to look at managerial approaches and techniques that previously were the province of the private sector. Prominent among those is the whole area of marketing. This work takes a broad approach to the marketing process highlighting some of the challenges that health-care managers and medical professionals are having to face. Having done this the authors move on to examine some of the characteristics of good and bad management practice. It is against this background that in subsequent chapters they turn their attention to the question of marketing and how it might best contribute to the management of organizations throughout the health sector. Each chapter includes questions and checklists offering scope for applying marketing principles to primary and secondary health-care organizations of all types sizes and specialities. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315382593

Marketing and Managing Electronic Reserves Get practical solutions to the problems faced when implementing an electronic reserve service!Academic libraries that provide electronic reserve services offer convenient access to information to their students and faculty while gaining numerous other advantages such as reducing both loss and staff workload. Marketing and Managing Electronic Reserves presents leading authorities with practical solutions to the challenges in effectively integrating electronic reserves services and marketing them to users. This book provides positive approaches that any academic library considering the implementation of an electronic reserve operation can use. All factors are considered including size of institution the relationship between the library and academic departments and the budget and plan for marketing the service.More and more colleges and universities are implementing distance education programs highlighting the increasing need for remote access to information in the library including reserve material. But executing monumental change is always difficult. Marketing and Managing Electronic Reserves tackles the difficult issues discussing various libraries’ journeys in bringing about the changes needed to remain the central information source for students and faculty. Problems inherent in the evolution from traditional reserve services to electronic reserves are examined offering effective strategies for smooth transition. Whatever type of system you are considering from homegrown to commercial to hybrid electronic reserves service this book can help. Marketing and Managing Electronic Reserves explains how others tackled challenges such as: implementing Endeavor’s Voyager Integrated Library System and the software used for authenticating users handling copyright compliance integration of electronic reserves into course management systems moving from a paper-based to a Web-based course reserve system offering and marketing one-stop teaching support to faculty a large institution’s shift to a collaborative approach with electronic reserves and course management software establishing a suite of electronic utilities that fulfills teaching and essential learning activities implementing the Blackboard Content System™ marketing for a smooth transition from traditional to electronic reserves marketing to the faculty process improvement technique applied to electronic reserves integration of electronic reserve with a Library Management System and Course Management System trends for the futureMarketing and Managing Electronic Reserves is crucial reading for access services librarians circulation and reserve librarians public service librarians library school faculty who teach public services courses integrated library systems managers and university course management software specialists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051788

Marketing and Managing Tourism Destinations Marketing and Managing Tourism Destinations is a comprehensive and integrated introductory textbook covering both destination marketing and destination management in one volume. It focuses on how destination management is planned implemented and evaluated as well as the management and operations of destination management organizations (DMOs) how they conduct business major opportunities challenges and issues they face to compete for the global leisure and business travel markets. This second edition has been updated to include: • A new chapter on visitor management that includes a section on crisis and disaster management • New material on destination leadership and coordination • New and revised content on digital marketing • New and updated international case examples throughout to show the practical realities and approaches to managing different destinations around the world. It is illustrated in full colour and packed with features to encourage reflection on main themes spur critical thinking and show theory in practice. Written by an author with many years of industry practice university teaching and professional training experience this book is the essential guide to the subject for tourism hospitality and events students and industry practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897298

Marketing and Marketing Assessment (RLE Marketing) This volume is a text-book for students of marketing providing a basic understanding of the concept and techniques of marketing. It shows how basic background information relating to the UK market may be integrated into business planning and how information from other sources should be incorporated and used. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980433

Marketing and Mobile Financial ServicesA Global Perspective on Digital Banking Consumer Behaviour Mobile financial services (MFS) are of major interest and importance to both researchers and practitioners. The role played by nonbanking actors including telecoms and FinTech firms as well as other participants such as PayPal and Amazon in developing and deploying innovative financial and payment services is undeniable. Peer2peer (P2P) payments from nonbank services are becoming increasingly commonplace and will shortly be codified by EC (EU?)  regulations requiring banks to provide access to consumer data for third-party app developers and service providers.Three major mobile financial systems—mobile banking mobile payments and branchless banking—currently dominate the electronic retail banking sector. Although interconnected and interrelated their business models regulatory frameworks and target markets are distinct. This book provides a unified perspective on MFS and discusses its evolution growth and future as well as identifying the frameworks stakeholders and technologies used in financial information systems in general and MFS in particular. Academics and researchers in digital and financial marketing will find this book an invaluable resource as will bank executives regulators policy makers FinTech professionals and anyone interested in how mobile technology social media and financial services will increasingly intersect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662820

Marketing and Promoting Electronic ResourcesCreating the E-Buzz! Technological advances allow libraries to more readily serve patrons’ needs. But how can a librarian effectively communicate what services libraries offer? Marketing and Promoting Electronic Resources: Creating the E-Buzz! explains the foundations of marketing and promotion focusing on practical and creative techniques that have worked in academic public and special libraries. Respected authorities from various libraries offer their insights and advice for effective marketing strategies for electronic resources such as e-serials databases and e-books helping library patrons to better understand the resources now available to them.This book provides librarians with practical suggestions on how to best let their patrons know about the available e-resources and instruct them on how to use them effectively. Librarians in any type of library setting even if previously unschooled in marketing campaigns can find fresh ideas to apply in their own setting. This invaluable tool discusses in detail how to develop a marketing plan create and finance a promotional campaign and how to use new technologies to reach out to your library patrons in the most effective way to promote your e-resources. This material was published as a special issue of The Serials Librarian. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877563

Marketing and Public Relations for Museums Galleries Cultural and Heritage Attractions Visitors to museums galleries heritage sites and other not for profit attractions receive their information in changing ways. Communications channels are shifting and developing all the time presenting new challenges to cultural PR and Marketing teams. Marketing and Public Relations for Museums Galleries Cultural and Heritage Attractions as well as providing some of the theory of marketing provides the latest available case studies coupled with comments and advice from professionals inside and outside the cultural sector to describe the possibilities and outline strategies for the future. A strong theme of change runs through each chapter. The economic climate is already affecting the publicly funded sectors and business and private sponsorship. How will it change over the next few years? The print media is contracting; reading and viewing patterns are changing as online and mobile media grow. What are the trends here in Europe US and elsewhere? Sustainability and global warming are not just buzz words but will have a real impact on public and private institutions and their visitor patterns. Population patterns are also changing with new immigrants arriving and the proportion of over 60s increases in Western countries. Cultural tourism has enjoyed a great surge in popularity and huge investments are being made in museums galleries and events. Marketing and PR play a crucial role in the success of such ventures and will be illustrated with case studies from the UK US Canada Australia Middle East and China.  Marketing and Public Relations for Museums Galleries Cultural and Heritage Attractions is aimed at students of marketing museums culture and heritage as well as professionals working in a range of cultural organisations from small to large and at different stages of market development from new entrants to those offering mature products. This includes museums galleries heritage and visitor attractions community organisations as well as organisers of festivals markets craft fairs and temporary exhibitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610469

Marketing and Supply Chain ManagementA Systemic Approach Organizations are now recognizing the importance of demand-supply integration to their growth and success. While marketing and supply chain management are an essential part of any business qualification it is becoming increasingly essential to understand the need for integration between synergize marketing and SCM. Marketing and Supply Chain Management is among the first to synergize these two disciplines. Its holistic approach provides students with a macro-level understanding of these functions and their symbiotic relationship to one another and demonstrates how both can be managed synergistically to the benefit of the organization. This bridge-building textbook is ideal for students of marketing logistics supply chain management or procurement who want to understand the machinations of business at a macro level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181656

Marketing and the Common GoodEssays from Notre Dame on Societal Impact Marketing is among the most powerful cultural forces at work in the contemporary world affecting not merely consumer behaviour but almost every aspect of human behaviour. While the potential for marketing both to promote and threaten societal well-being has been a perennial focus of inquiry the current global intellectual and political climate has lent this topic extra gravitas. Through original research and scholarship from the influential Mendoza School of Business this book looks at marketing’s ramifications far beyond simple economic exchange. It addresses four major topic areas: societal aspects of marketing and consumption; the social and ethical thought; sustainability; and public policy issues in order to explore the wider relationship of marketing within the ethical and moral economy and its implications for the common good. By bringing together the wide-ranging and interdisciplinary contributions it provides a uniquely comprehensive and challenging exploration of some of the most pressing themes for business and society today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828833

Marketing Art in the British Isles 1700 to the PresentA Cultural History A cultural history of the first truly modern art market Marketing Art in the British Isles 1700 to the Present furthers the burgeoning exploration of Britain's struggle to carve a niche for itself on the international art scene. Bringing together scholars from the UK US Europe and Asia this collection sheds new light on such crucial notions as the internationalization of the art market; the emergence of an increasingly complex exhibition culture; issues of national rivalry and emulation; artists' individual and collective strategies for their own promotion and survival; the persistent anti-commercialism of an elite group of art lovers and critics and accusations of philistinism levelled at the middle classes; as well as an unquestionable native British genius at reconciling jarring discourses. Essays explore the unresolved tension between artistic aspirations and commercial interest - a tension that has come to shape Britain's national artistic tradition - from the perspectives of artists dealers and (super-) collectors and the upwardly mobile middle classes whose consumerism gave rise to the British art market as it is known today. Specific case studies include Whistler Roger Fry Damien Hirst and Charles Saatchi; essays consider art markets from London and Manchester to Paris and Flanders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255814

Marketing Briefs This revised and updated second edition of Marketing Briefs: a revision study guide gives every marketing student the most comprehensive collection of definitive overviews of every key concept in the subject. The text itself is organized into short structured chapters the Briefs each including: * Core definitions * A bulleted key point overview * Thorough yet concise explanation of the concept and primary issues * Illustrative examples * A selection of examination style case essay and applied questions Together these offer a rounded concise and topical appreciation of each theme within a clear and accessible framework designed to aid revision. Also included are revision tips and 'golden rules' for tackling examinations specimen examination papers with answer schemes and a full glossary of key marketing terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145931

Marketing Budgeting (RLE Marketing)A Political and Organisational Model This book represents a radical departure from the established theory in taking an organisational view of resource allocation in marketing which stresses the importance of structure and process rather than just budgeting technique. The book describes and analyses marketing organisation and processes in terms of organisational power and politics and models market budgets as political outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995635

Marketing Challenges in Transition Economies of Europe Baltic States and the CIS Marketing Challenges in Transition Economies of Europe Baltic States and the CIS is a collection of conceptual and empirical articles on the developments of markets marketing orientation and marketing strategy in the transition economies of Eastern and Central Europe the Baltic States and the CIS. This unique book includes conceptual frameworks and research studies that will illuminate topics such as marketing institutional development marketing orientation and foreign direct investment to help you gain a better understanding of the current and future roles of marketing in transition economies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809328

Marketing Channel StrategyAn Omni-Channel Approach Marketing Channel Strategy: An Omni-Channel Approach is the first book on the market to offer a completely unique updated approach to channel marketing. Palmatier and Sivadas have adapted this classic text for the modern marketing reality by building a model that shows students how to engage customers across multiple marketing channels simultaneously and seamlessly. The omni-channel is different from the multi-channel. It recognizes not only that customers access goods and services in multiple ways but also that they are likely doing this at the same time; comparing prices on multiple websites and seamlessly switching between mobile and desktop devices. With the strong theoretical foundation that users have come to expect the book also offers lots of practical exercises and applications to help students understand how to design and implement omni-channel strategies in reality. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students in marketing channels distribution channels B2B marketing and retailing classes will enjoy acquiring the most cutting-edge marketing skills from this book. A full set of PowerPoint slides accompany this new edition to support instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367262099

Marketing Communications Marketing communication is a dynamic industry which continues to change and adapt to new technologies media consumption patterns and communication interfaces between marketers and their target markets. At the same time the fundamental communication processes and well-established theories and models are very much applicable in this dynamic environment. This revised second edition blends the well-established with the new and emerging aspects of marketing communications. Marketing Communications applies a uniquely practical approach to the topic providing a structured overview of planning development implementation and evaluation of marketing communications alongside detailed case studies that demonstrate how the theory translates to practice. Fully updated the new edition considers important developments in the global marketplace. It includes new content on emerging digital media platforms changing media consumption patterns and consumers’ strategies to cope with information overload. It also reflects upon consumer scepticism a growing phenomenon that communication specialists need to overcome when designing and implementing effective campaigns. This new edition also considers the importance of marketing communications tools in not-for-profit sectors such as social marketing and political marketing as well as the cross-cultural aspect of marketing communications. This textbook is essential reading for both students and professionals in marketing communications and public relations. Online resources include an extensive instructors’ guide which provides answer checklists to all Think boxes Ethical issues and end-of-chapter cases within the book. The text is also supported by PowerPoint slides and test banks for all chapters and major cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780429447044

Marketing Communications for Local Nonprofit OrganizationsTargets and Tools Help your nonprofit organization keep up with the competition!As the competition for funding among nonprofit organizations becomes more intense so does the need to develop survival strategies that focus limited resources in the most effective ways. Marketing Communications for Local Nonprofit Organizations: Targets and Tools presents proven methods for effectively reaching the target markets essential to your organization’s future. This practical guidebook is divided into two easy-to-use sections: “Targets” details how to develop employees and volunteers form alliances with for-profit organizations and develop social entrepreneurship programs; “Tools” explains how to make maximum use of communications and media (advertising direct marketing public relations) fundraising and Internet and e-commerce potential.Marketing Communications for Local Nonprofit Organizations: Targets and Tools also provides expert guidance on: multimedia marketing including Web conferencing event planning and promotion branding and positioning promotional products tax legal cultural and financial issues and much more!Marketing Communications for Local Nonprofit Organizations: Targets and Tools is an essential handbook for nonprofit organizations as they struggle against reduced government funding and a rapidly changing environment. Educators and students will also find the book invaluable as a how-to marketing guide based on effective methods and proven strategies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203049136

Marketing Communications in the Pharmaceutical Industry Specialists drawn from industry agency and academia explain the role of the various elements in the marketing communications process and show how a reassessment of the marketing mix can result in a positive response to challenges imposed by a changing commercial environment. The pharmaceutical industry is often used as the model to illustrate proven techniques and creative innovation in marketing; although primarily intended for all those involved in the pharmaceutical healthcare and allied industries the book should be of interest to a much wider readership. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315365114

Marketing Communications in Tourism and Hospitality The rapidly changing context of the modern tourism and hospitality industry responding to the needs of increasingly demanding consumers coupled with the fragmenting nature of the marketing and media environment has led to an increased emphasis on communications strategies. How can marketing communication strategies meet the changing and challenging demands of modern consumers and maintain a company's competitive edge. Marketing Communications in Tourism and Hospitality: concepts strategies and cases discusses this vital discipline specifically for the tourism and hospitality industry. Using contemporary case studies such as South African Tourism Travelocity and Virgin Trains it explains and critiques the practice and theory in relation to this industry. Combining a critical theoretical overview with a practical guide to techniques and skills it illustrates the role that communications play in the delivery and representation of hospitality and tourism services whilst developing practical skills needed to understand interpret and implement communications strategies within a management context. This systematic and cohesive text is essential reading for hospitality management students and an invaluable resource for marketing practitioners in this growing area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138472853

Marketing Communications Management Marketing Communications Management: concepts and theories cases and practice makes critical reflections on the prime issues in integrated marketing communications and is designed to encourage the reader to stop and think about key issues. The author takes a managerial approach to the subject and provides a set of frameworks that facilitate both learning and teaching. A wide range of pedagogical features is included such as sample exam questions 'stop points' vignettes and case studies and a summary of key points concludes each chapter. Most organizations need some form of marketing or corporate communications and this text is designed to service both practitioners and students undertaking formal study. The author addresses strategic and critical issues that dovetail with the current interest in marketing communications as reflected in the media with particular emphasis given to advertising and sponsorship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145993

Marketing Cultural and Heritage TourismA World of Opportunity Innovative tourism industry leader Rosemary Rice McCormick guides the reader through the basics of marketing and tourism know-how for museum store managers and other museum and heritage marketing professionals. Packed with valuable ideas and case studies you will learn how to build your business in the fast-growing global tourism market increase museum visitation and museum store sales leverage business partnerships and tap into that “drive market” that comprises 85% of US travelers. This valuable resource is a must for all those in the business of connecting people with the cultural wealth of our museums and parks. The book received a 2011 SASI-ONE Gold Award. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328776

Marketing Database AnalyticsTransforming Data for Competitive Advantage Marketing Database Analytics presents a step-by-step process for understanding and interpreting data in order to gain insights to drive business decisions. One of the core elements of measuring marketing effectiveness is through the collection of appropriate data but this data is nothing but numbers unless it is analyzed meaningfully. Focusing specifically on quantitative marketing metrics the book: Covers the full spectrum of marketing analytics from the initial data setup and exploration to segmentation behavioral predictions and impact quantification Establishes the importance of database analytics integrating both business and marketing practice Provides a theoretical framework that explains the concepts and delivers techniques for analyzing data Includes cases and exercises to guide students’ learning Banasiewicz integrates his knowledge from both his academic training and professional experience providing a thorough comprehensive approach that will serve graduate students of marketing research and analytics well. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657884

Marketing DemocracyPublic Opinion and Media Formation in Democratic Societies This book examines mass marketing techniques in a political rather than economic context. The authors' thesis remains persuasive: democratic politics precisely because it requires mass support for its legitimation increases the need for public opinion to be channelized and focused. This is precisely the task of marketing in the political process.Increasingly advanced societies are involved in symbolic rather than direct forms of struggle. As a result management of ideas becomes crucial to both political survival and economic expansion. Romain Laufer and Catherine Paradeise argue that public opinion and media formation is built into the fabric of Western political culture dating from the Sophists in ancient Greece through Machiavelli in the aristocratic baronies of pre-capitalist Europe. With the rise of the bureaucratic-administrative state in the West the need for persuasive public opinion analysis became part of the fabric of the advanced Western democratic and capitalist nations.The volume benefits from authors trained and familiar with the traditions of both the United States and Europe. They are able to consider contrasts in marketing styles as well as continuities of contents among advanced nation-states. No simple "how-to" manual this bracingly different volume discusses its subject with an easy command of the philosophical and cultural literatures as well as the major classics of economics sociology and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412862912

Marketing Destinations and Venues for Conferences Conventions and Business Events Marketing Destinations and Venues for Conferences Conventions and Business Events introduces students to key areas of marketing and promotion that are essential if destinations are to compete successfully in the rapidly expanding global business event sector. It achieves this by looking at issues surrounding business event marketing strategic planning destination and venue selling strategies and future challenges. The 2nd Edition has also been updated to include: New content on: destination marketing organisations’ and venues’ use of technology use and impact of social media sponsorship and partnership issues economic changes as well as their responses to demand for sustainable meetings locations Updated and new case studies on growth areas and emerging markets e.g. Middle East Asia Eastern Europe/Russia Africa and South America but also to include material on mature markets destinations and venue operators A genuinely international focus in terms of content and examples New review and discussion questions and where appropriate learning outcomes New online resource package for students and lecturers including: weblinks power point slides and   project questions (coming soon). Accessible global and informative this is essential reading for all future business event and conference managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852150

Marketing DiscourseA Critical Perspective The marketing discipline has been dominated by managerial research that has never really been counterbalanced by a systematic critical analysis which is problematic given the assumed legitimization of the managerialism that has ensued. This book is an attempt to rest the balance articulating a social critique and evaluation of marketing. The book offers a critical survey of the most important contributions to managerial marketing discourse from the earliest twentieth century onwards covering traditions of research such as scientific selling marketing management and service marketing and drawing from Michel Foucault’s understanding of power and Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe’s Discourse Theory. The analysis reveals that managerial marketing discourse has promoted a government of organizations that is centred around the customer and that the shifts and turning points in this rationality through time signify more fundamental shifts in emphasis in the type of power promoted by marketing discourse and the subject positions is ascribes to people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541671

Marketing Finance Building on the author's previous book Financial Aspects of Marketing Marketing Finance stresses the pivotal relationship between finance and strategy in the marketing process and clearly demonstrates the techniques and calculations that are necessary to formulate a comprehensive plan. Professor Ward also concentrates on how financial input in marketing can create shareholder value and demonstrates how to achieve the required integration of the finance function with marketing for the successful modern business.Marketing Finance is backed up with a number of integrated industry examples and case studies to demonstrate the success and failure caused by the marketing finance interface. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138140707

Marketing Financial Services Within a practical business context of the changing competitive climate this book details the implications for marketing strategy. New chapters cover topics such as credit cards and customer care while several relevant case studies have also been added. Combining analysis of principles concepts and techniques with sound practical advice 'Marketing Financial Services' is ideal for students on degree and postgraduate courses including Chartered Institute of Bankers. There is also a tutor resource pack to accompany the case studies in this textbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150034

Marketing for Attorneys and Law Firms Marketing for Attorneys and Law Firms presents timely topics which are well-researched and written by a fine array of authors from around the country. As attorneys are becoming more interested in marketing and how it can benefit their practices this book is an important tool. It aids attorneys as they evaluate and improve old marketing strategies and create new marketing strategies where such advertising was neglected. It is an ideal readings text for today’s attorney and legal consultants who wish to obtain a better insight into select aspects of marketing the law firm.This is the only readings book that focuses on these areas: applications of marketing planning attorney selection by consumers and client and provider attitudes toward legal services. Part Two thoroughly examines various aspects of how clients select and evaluate the performance of legal services. Today’s attorneys must first fully understand what their clients perceive about their services before jumping into marketing their services. This section provides insight that most attorneys would normally not investigate and lays the groundwork for the development of marketing programs. Part Three addresses the wide use of legal advertising and again provides insight into what clients and attorneys think and perceive about various forms of advertising the law firm. This provides a base from which attorneys who are planning to advertise may be able to prevent failure and promote a greater level of success for the advertising program.Applied mainly to private legal practices and clinics some of the specific topics covered in the three sections include consumers’perceptions of attorneys and legal advertising; attorneys’perceptions of marketing and advertising; perceived risk in selecting an attorney and how consumers actually select attorneys; customer/client service attributes for attorneys; measuring the effectiveness of legal advertising; market planning and strategies for today’s legal practice; promoting the legal practice; and developing referral and networking systems in legal practice.For attorneys in private practice law firm libraries and administrators law professors who specialize in practice development consultants who concentrate in legal practice marketing law school libraries and marketing professors and consultants who teach or consult in the professional service sectors should read this invaluable reference book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708118

Marketing for Churches and Ministries This comprehensive new book is the first guide to applications in marketing concepts in church and ministry services. Demonstrations of marketing concepts and techniques for effectively meeting the needs of constituents dispel any negative connotations about marketing religious organizations. Straightforward presentations of basic marketing principles emphasize their use in churches or ministries. This invaluable book features two complete marketing plans--one for churches one for ministries--as examples to use in developing your own marketing plan.Marketing for Churches and Ministries addresses: what marketing is and is not. It describes how marketing can be successfully used as a tool by a church ministry. constituent analysis showing how analyzing needs is the starting point in planning. the steps involved in marketing planning. program decisions needed to develop an effective program. communications programs and tools and how to use them effectively. how to obtain contributions and services of contributors.An excellent introduction to the marketing of churches and ministries this volume blends sound theory with practically oriented instruction to facilitate the application of these principles to individual organizations. The definition of marketing in this helpful book is based on a system of voluntary exchanges and will assist you in analyzing the needs of constituents developing programs to meet these needs providing programs at the right time and place communicating effectively with constituents and attracting the resources needed to underwrite the activities of the organization. Church administrators and pastors will find Marketing for Churches and Ministries a practical tool for applying marketing strategies to their ministries while undergraduate students majoring in church administration will find it useful as an introduction to the marketing of churches and ministries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863955

Marketing for Cultural OrganizationsNew Strategies for Attracting Audiences - third edition Marketing for Cultural Organizations presents traditional marketing theory with a focus on the aspects most relevant to arts or cultural organizations. The book explains how to overcome the division between the concepts of high art and popular culture by targeting the new tech savvy cultural consumer. As arts patronage has declined and given new technological advances arts organizations have had to adapt to a new environment and compete for an audience. This edition emphasizes visitor or audience participation as well as the use of social media in attracting and maintaining an audience. Learning to harness social media and technology in order to encourage a dialogue with its audience is of primary importance for arts organizations. This book covers: - Cost effective methods of researching the audience using technology- Developing a consistent branded online message- Using social media to increase audience engagement and involve them in the creative process With an approach that is jargon-free and focused on practical application this book is designed for both undergraduate and graduate students of arts marketing and cultural management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415626972

Marketing for Health and Wellness Programs Learn useful strategies for marketing health and wellness programs. This important new book presents a cross-section of current research and commentary on wellness and prevention issues. The 17 authors--representing 11 different institutions--are some of the most active health care consultants in the academic community. They discuss studies for hospital based programs workplace programs and governmental and educational institutions.Important marketing concepts are used to segment the work into several sections. Included are chapters which help to define the actual product lines which should be grouped into wellness and prevention programs studies that define several important market segments and chapters on channels of distribution. This timely volume concludes with an analysis of current research efforts and directions for future research.Marketing for Health and Wellness Programs is essential reading for hospital administrators faculty physicians at teaching hospitals public health professors government health service administration employees corporate managers and personnel administrators insurance industry managers independent health and wellness consultants and staff members of health trade publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980440

Marketing for Managers Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914947

Marketing for Sustainable Tourism Tourism marketing has typically been seen as exploitative and fuelling hedonistic consumerism. Sustainability marketing can however use marketing skills and techniques to good purpose by understanding market needs designing more sustainable products and identifying more persuasive methods of communication to bring behavioural change. This book summarises the latest research on the theories methods and results of marketing that seeks to make tourist destinations better places to live in and better places to visit. It shares evidence on the motivations mechanisms and barriers that businesses encounter and on successes in changing consumer behaviour and pursuing sustainability goals. Particular attention is given to the methodologies of sustainable tourism marketing to the subject’s breadth and complexity and to its many innovations. Further research is called for to fully understand what contextual aspects influence these pro-sustainability interventions to achieve which outcomes in other settings in order to validate some of the exploratory studies discussed and establish the feasibility of scaling up pilot studies for more general use. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Sustainable Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560314

Marketing for the Developing Company (RLE Marketing) This book takes the reader through the underlying theory of marketing and applies it to the developing business. Research and analysis testing and product planning follow and lead on to more practical advice on small company sales organisation and control advertising and promotion. Many practical examples of industrial and consumer goods marketing are given and technical ‘jargon’ has deliberately been avoided to ensure a straightforward presentation of marketing facts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980457

Marketing for Tourism and HospitalityCollaboration Technology and Experiences The marketing landscape has changed dramatically in recent years especially for tourism and hospitality practitioners. Marketing for these industries is now a multi-dimensional collaborative venture driven by technological change and the growing demand for authentic co-created experiences. Marketing for Tourism and Hospitality provides students with a contemporary accessible and useful resource as they prepare to encounter the complexities and challenges of tourism and hospitality marketing globally. A clear articulation of the changing landscape a comprehensive introduction to the three underpinning themes of collaboration technology and experiences and a plentiful supply of international case material provide students with an enjoyable and digestible resource that is both academically rigorous and practice-oriented helping them prepare for day-to-day problems in the dynamic world of marketing. This contemporary challenging and highly applied text is an indispensable resource for all students of tourism and hospitality degree programmes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121294

Marketing Geography (RLE Retailing and Distribution)With special reference to retailing This book is concerned with the spatial aspects of the distributive trades. It provides a comprehensive insight into the relationship between consumer demand and retail supply in the context of both recent business trends and increasing planning controls. It unites a wide variety of theories and techniques to the practical problems confronting businessmen and planners and draws together the findings of a vast research literature on the geography of retailing. Extensive comparisons are drawn between conditions in North America and Western Europe. Originally published 1976. ‘A valuable and welcome undergraduate textbook.’ Environment and Planning ‘Recommended unreservedly to managers and planners in the distributive trades and to all those who are concerned with the implications of current trends in the provision of shopping facilities.’ Retail Distribution and Management Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754293

Marketing GraffitiThe Writing on the Wall Radical and unique in its approach and presentation Marketing Graffiti turns the traditional marketing introduction on its head by helping students to understand the part they already play as ‘consumers’ in the marketing process.Most marketing textbooks tackle the subject as a business function – i.e. how to "do" marketing in companies and other organizations. Marketing Graffiti shows how marketing is not just a business function but a part of our culture and one in which we are all active as part-time marketers.By rejecting managerially-driven structures in this way Saren's approach makes marketing immediate and instantly recognizable as a process and a phenomenon in which we are already complicit. It helps readers to become aware of what they already know. Critically examining a wide range of products businesses technologies information services ads packaging and branding Saren utilizes everyday images and phenomena to draw out the conceptual foundations of marketing from a social science and cultural studies perspective as something that we all experience in everyday life. This new edition of the first critical marketing textbook discusses the role new technologies (such as social media) play in marketing culture and how this can potentially place more power in the clicks of the consumer. It includes new updated or expanded sections on market exclusion the role of the consumer in innovation space and place pricing consumer communities collaborative consumption and social media marketing. Leading experts in these fields of research and marketing practice also contribute additional sections on these topics. This essential marketing guide is supported by a range of teaching support materials including the latest journal and online references guides to further reading teaching slides and test bank questions Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013339

Marketing Green Building Services Marketing Green Building Services: Strategies for Success presents all the information key decision-makers need to respond to the fast-growing market for green buildings design and construction services and products. Completely updated revised and expanded from the author's previous works this book is the one resource you need to succeed in the green building marketplace. With a sound grounding in contemporary marketing theory and practice the book assembles hard-to-find information to assist executives and partners in design and construction firms in crafting competitive strategies that build on their firm' strengths while shoring up their weaknesses. Since most design and construction firms specialize in particular market sectors the book systematically examines the important market segments for green buildings. It also presents key business case justifications for green buildings that help architects engineers and builders to understand client motivations and respond to them with appropriate marketing tactics and communications strategies. The book examines how the green building market is adopting certain new products and design approaches information that will help manufacturers and product sales teams to craft appropriate marketing strategies. The book also helps owners and developers understand the green building business case and to find out what other leading-edge firms and projects have learned - how to market and sell green buildings and green developments in a highly competitive marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471412

Marketing Green BuildingsGuide for Engineering Construction and Architecture Engineers architects and contractors seeking to expand their involvement in the green buildings market need a firm grounding in the marketing strategies and tactics which are being used most successfully in this specialized and growing field. This book is intended to serve as an effective tool for professional green building enthusiasts and advocates in presenting green design features sustainable strategies and new products to the potential green building client. The author addresses key questions such as: How is green building marketing different from other types of professional service marketing? What tools and techniques from conventional marketing can be used to greater effect in marketing green buildings? What is the size and potential of the green buildings market? And how should a firm position itself to succeed in this growing marketplace? You'll find clear descriptions of successful strategies and approaches to marketing and selling green building-related services as well as up-to-date information on the role of LEED® in green building projects. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151265

Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First CenturyThe Changing Dynamic Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First Century explores recent and anticipated changes and trends--legislative economic organizational clinical and operational--from a strategic marketing perspective. Author Alan K. Vitberg a respected consultant in health care marketing takes an unabashedly strong direct and aggressive perspective on these trends maintaining that a state of war exists in the health care industry--a war that will only increase in fervor and intensity as organizations fight for survival and their share of hundreds of billions of dollars spent in America on health care.According to Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First Century those payers and providers who understand that they’re fighting a war and act accordingly stand the best chance of short term survival and long term prosperity. Those who bury their heads in the sand awaiting the storm of war to blow over will find themselves prisoners of their inactivity.Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First Century succinctly captures and explores issues and trends affecting participants in the battle for consumers’health care dollars including: the growth of managed care; emerging health care systems; formation of provider networks and other organizational structures; the relationship between risk and product target market and organizational options; the emerging clout of primary care; mergers and acquisitions; and shifts in health care dollar flow.Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First Century is also one of the first books in the market examining changes being made to Medicare and Medicaid programs and their strategic and tactical implications for health care industry participants.In order to take advantage of these changes and trends Vitberg moves from the conceptual to the practical by defining and delivering insights into the concept of competitive innovation and its relationship to competitive advantage--hearing listening and responding to the voice of the market through meaning brand identification product differentiation and intrusive marketing communications that motivate customers to a preferential purchase decision.Anyone in the health care industry--marketing planning and development professionals with hospitals HMOs PPOs networks/alliances insurance companies and medical groups--is among those who will find Marketing Health Care Into the Twenty-First Century a valuable resource for embracing strategic marketing now and in the near future. The book also serves as informative stimulating reading for professors and students in graduate level health care administration courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980464

Marketing High Profit Product/Service Solutions Marketing High Profit Product/Service Solutions addresses one of the most exciting and growing strategic marketing opportunities facing product and service companies - ’bundling’. Many customers want bundled products and services which represent integrated solutions to their problems rather than buying individual products and services piecemeal and if you become that supplier it can transform a company. There are many outstanding examples: Magna International grew in several stages from a supplier of basic individual auto parts to a company manufacturing a product/service 'super-bundle'; ultimately sourcing and assembling the entire car itself. GE developed their business involving the supply of medical imaging machines to hospitals to become a 'super-bundler' of complete hospital radiological floor imaging operations planning installation and integration. IBM transformed their position as a supplier of individual hardware software and peripherals to companies into a product/service solution 'bundler' of increasing complexity and finally into the 'super-bundle' of BPO (Business Process Outsourcing); representing an outsourced and complete integrated IT solution set for clients’ entire global operations. Roger More explores what was learned by these leading companies (amongst others) when they transformed their market strategies to become bundlers of complex integrated customer solutions. Over many years the author has developed and tested new concepts maps and tools for use by a wide variety of managers in developing strategies for these bundled product/service solutions. His book now offers these maps and tools to all who invest in a copy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409448563

Marketing High Technology Services This title was first published in 2000:  An examination of how marketing concepts and practices can be applied to generate profitable growth in the high-tech service sector. Part One looks at the implications of becoming market-led. Part Two explains how to use the various methods of communication to best effect. Finally Part Three examines the role of business development including research innovation and planning. Along the way Dr Sowter provides detailed guidance on key issues such as identifying your unique selling proposition setting optimal prices dealing with competition and ensuring the maximum impact from your promotional literature proposals and exhibition stands. He proceeds by asking questions and the answers he supplies are practical and often based on personal experience. The text is supported throughout by illustrations "real life" examples checklists and model formats. Each chapter includes exercises and action plans to help readers put the author's ideas to work in their own organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725386

Marketing Higher and Further EducationAn Educator's Guide to Promoting Courses Departments and Institutions A manual for anyone wishing to market higher or further education. It offers business-oriented guidance for readers whose main preoccupation may not be marketing itself but who nonetheless need access to promotion skills and it covers theory practice and case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138162464

Marketing in Central and Eastern Europe Since the sudden opening of the markets in Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) in 1989 there has been a growing need to investigate the fundamental changes occurring in the countries’marketing environment the lucrative market opportunities created by the changes and the inscrutable marketing practice followed by local and international companies. Marketing in Central and Eastern Europe helps you understand the changes taking place in these valuable and challenging markets and introduces you to the emerging opportunities and effective marketing strategies to be employed in the region. Researchers specializing in CEE business; managers of international companies operating in or contemplating entering CEE markets; and students studying CEE business East-West business or marketing in transitional economies will better understand the region by examining issues of cross- cultural inquiry commonality and market segmentation. Marketing in Central and Eastern Europe also provides you with: a region-relevant market analysis to determine environmental dimensions of emerging markets a preliminary report on market-entry strategies in Poland an assessment of foreign direct investment opportunities in Hungary a study of Western-style marketing applied in transitional economies an analysis of marketization and Westernization used as classifying dimensions information on increasing the validity of post-command economy research and applicationAlthough the book’s chapters cover a variety of topics and use different research approaches and methodologies they have a common theme--there is a great interest in and an equally great need to scientifically investigate rapidly emerging market opportunities marketing-environment issues and marketing-strategy problems with respect to transitional economies of Central and Eastern Europe. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862491

Marketing in Developing Countries (RLE Marketing) The articles in this collection discuss the role of marketing in development and include case studies from various developing countries. They consider state enterprises marketing education birth control and comparative marketing models. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995642

Marketing in Perspective (RLE Marketing) This book provides a stimulating perspective on a wide range of important topics and major challenges which confronted marketing management in the 1980s and are still of relevance today. The author applies a critical knowledge of modern theory and practice to pinpoint the crucial importance of three interrelated ingredients – productivity integration and creativity for success in an increasingly demanding and cost-effective environment. Each chapter reviews marketing concepts theories and methods – both recent and well-established and each chapter can be read on its own in response to a specific problem. As well as an extensive bibliography the volume contains useful case-studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980471

Marketing in Small Businesses Written especially for owners and employees of small businesses as well as students in this specialized area this book originally published in 1989 is a concise introduction to marketing in the small business. It focuses on the nature of marketing and the benefits of its applications even where resources are limited. Stressing the marketing strategy issues and the need for marketing information it discusses the scope and limitations of marketing and its relevance for small businesses. The book covers specific areas of marketing decisions relating to product pricing distribution and promotion and it also deals with specialist themes notably international and government markets franchising and technology. Case examples are included throughout the text and detailed case studies are given at the end of each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138685345

Marketing in the 21st CenturyConcepts Challenges and Imperatives This title was first published in 2000:  Designed to explore the emerging challenges for marketing executives and their organizations as well as to survey the viable strategies for meeting these challenges. The book updates marketing concepts terminologies and practices dictated by changes in social economic competitive and technological conditions. Additionally the role governments need to play in order to create an enabling environment in which business institutions can provide goods and services at reasonable costs and prices is clearly spelt out. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707726

Marketing in the BoardroomWinning the Hearts and Minds of the Board It’s no secret: marketing punches below its weight in the Boardroom. CEOs and other board members perceive that marketers lack commercial credibility when compared to their peers.  Marketing in the Boardroom helps marketers to be more commercially credible and thereby more successful in the Boardroom. Ruth Saunders explains the importance of marketing in the Boardroom and why marketers often struggle to engage the Board. She then shows how to develop compelling marketing strategies that the Board will buy into offering a mix of practical solutions and varied case studies drawn from her years of industry experience. In the final section she helps marketers better understand the Board mindset and language demonstrating how to win over the Board members’ hearts minds and confidence. Marketing in the Boardroom is an important book for any aspiring marketers who are moving up the career ladder particularly those who are writing or giving presentations to the Board. It is also an important book for their organizations particularly those that struggle to give marketing the support it needs to create customer-led strategies that will drive business growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281813

Marketing in the International Aerospace Industry The aerospace industry has a unique business culture and business practices. It is also subject to unique regulatory requirements and financing conventions. Aerospace products are unlike anything else. Pricing arrangements are arcane and large-scale cooperative alliances among industry players are commonplace. The market is dichotomized into parts civil and military of approximately equal value and is further divided into dozens of major product segments. The complexity of the aerospace market is commensurate with its size. It is a leading exporter among industrialized nations employing millions of highly-skilled workers and serving as a technology incubator while developing nations target the aerospace industry for development within their own economies. Yet in spite of the importance and uniqueness of the aerospace industry there has been no serious comprehensive guidance about how the industry's markets function. Marketing in the International Aerospace Industry provides that much-needed overview and best-practice guidance. It analyses the distinctive environment and practices of the aerospace industry and provides specific practical guidance for marketing professionals. The content is presented in clearly-defined chapters that relate directly to the professional challenges facing the marketer in the industry. It is written for these professionals and also students of aviation and aerospace management. The book has a fundamentally international optic of the aerospace industry. It consistently examines universal management issues from the point of view of the aerospace industries in the United States the UK France Germany and Japan comparing and contrasting national practices in these countries and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264663

Marketing in the Service IndustriesMarketing Service Inds First Published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761185

Marketing in the Tourism Industry (RLE Tourism)The Promotion of Destination Regions This book examines how different sections of the tourism industry attempt to reach their markets. A wide range of distinctive forms of holiday are considered and the influence their characteristics have on how they are marketed is discussed. But the approach is also comparative and the relative success each area of the industry has in reaching its market is evaluated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751476

Marketing in Travel and Tourism Marketing in Travel and Tourism aims to guide and support readers through the complexities of tourism marketing in the 21st Century. It sets out clear explanations of marketing principles and concepts adapted from mainstream services marketing and goes on to illustrate the range of applications currently practised in the modern visitor economy.Now in its fourth edition and reprinted almost every year since 1988 each chapter of the book has been updated to include current evaluations of all the key developments in marketing especially consumer centric marketing and the now focal role of the Internet in the marketing mix. The chapters on communicating with customers have been extensively rewritten to take account of e-marketing and related marketing developments in tourism that are pulled together in a forward looking Epilogue.This fully revised edition includes:Full colour interior with pedagogic features such as discussion questions and exercises to encourage further exploration of key areasNew material on the role of e-marketing motivations and consumer behaviourFive in-depth international case studies including Tourism New Zealand and Agra Indian World Heritage Site along with 17 mini cases to contextualise learningA companion website for students and lecturers which includes PowerPoint slides and review questions to aid teaching and learning Marketing in Travel and Tourism provides a truly international and comprehensive guide to marketing in the global travel industry an indispensable text for all students and lecturers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473560

Marketing InformationA Strategic Guide for Business and Finance Libraries Help your patrons create effective marketing research plans with this sourcebook! Marketing Information: A Strategic Guide for Business and Finance Libraries identifies and describes secondary published sources of information for typical marketing questions and research projects. Experts in the field offer a guided tour of the signposts and landmarks in the world of marketing information—highlighting the most important features. This extensive guide serves as a strategic bibliography covering over 200 printed books and serials subscription databases and free Web sites. Marketing Information contains several useful features including: basic bibliographic descriptions with publisher location frequency format price and URL contact information for each source listed special text boxes with practical tips techniques and short cuts an alphabetical listing of all source titles an index to subjects and sources Unlike some research guides that recommend only esoteric and expensive resources this book offers a well-balanced mix of the 'readily available' and the costly and/or not widely available so that researchers who lack immediate access to a large university business research collection still has a core of accessible materials that can be found in a public library or on the Web. This book will help you provide top-notch service to clients such as: marketing instructors in developing assignments and other curricula which incorporate a business information literacy component students whose assignments require library or other research to identify and use key marketing information tools entrepreneurs and self-employed business people writing marketing plans business plans loan applications and feasibility plans marketers who wish to consult and/or incorporate standard secondary sources in their marketing plans or research projects experienced market researchers who need relevant secondary sources as a preliminary step to surveys questionnaires and focus groups reference librarians who advise these groups in academic public or corporate library settings collection development librarians selecting material for public academic and special libraries Marketing Information is a practical tool for marketers and for those studying to be marketers. The authors are seasoned academic business librarians who have helped doctoral candidates faculty researchers MBA and undergraduate students marketing professionals entrepreneurs and business managers all find the right information. Now in this resource they come together to help you! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862469

Marketing Issues in Pacific Area Tourism Marketing Issues in Pacific Area Tourism exposes researchers tourism professionals and students to the complexities of marketing issues in the most dynamic region in world tourism today. Dispelling commonly held Western assumptions inviting new research and stressing the importance of tourism development in this area to the economics of world tourism this book shows you how and why this region has experienced such tremendous growth. Some of the larger countries you learn about include China Hong Kong Japan Korea Malaysia Singapore Taiwan and Thailand. Since many of these countries are becoming not only generators of tourist demand but also new tourist receiving areas this book covers both inbound and outbound markets.By discussing the opportunities and challenges facing tourism marketing professionals and researchers in the Pacific area Marketing Issues in Pacific Area Tourism helps improve your effectiveness and understanding of conducting business in the Pacific region. Some of the factors you read about include: the increasing wealth and consumerism of a rapidly growing middle class in the Pacific area the relaxation of international travel restrictions how formerly insular governments of the region are awakening to the possibility of tourism. the potential impediments to sustainable tourism development in the regionMarketing Issues in Pacific Area Tourism also helps you improve survey design and interpretation by stressing the importance of understanding the heterogenous nature of Asian culture when analyzing tourist behavior and motivation. It provides a different perspective of Pacific Region tourism concentrating on the clash of culture between those of the region and a dominant Western way of doing business. Another valuable feature of this book is the presentation of a continuing and improving database from which to assess destination performance and visitor characteristics--thus allowing researchers to further identify important marketing opportunities and issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043364

Marketing Issues in Western EuropeChanges and Developments Be prepared for the differences in marketing across European borders!Europe is not a uniform market. Each country is comprised of differing marketing systems of varying importance. Marketing Issues in Western Europe: Changes and Developments clears the fog from marketing practices and strategic issues for this crucial area of the business world. This detailed examination of Western European industries and marketing practices not only clearly explores the shifting trends within the countries described but can also be seen as a bellwether for neighboring regions on the continent. Respected international experts provide an up-to-date inside look at what the pressing concerns are and what unique strategies work for business in various sectors.The European Union’s birth can be traced back to 1951 when six countries of Western Europe banded together to form what was then known as the European Coal and Steel Community. Since then Western Europe has played a significant role as the nucleus for the important marketing trends and industry changes for the entire EU. Marketing Issues in Western Europe: Changes and Developments provides conceptual frameworks illustrative case studies deep analytical insights into marketing issues detailed empirical data and thoughtful propositions for future testing. International business researchers business and marketing consultants developmental agencies and companies prospectively interested in investment will find this book to be crucial for making decisions involving marketing in the countries of the EU or the rest of the continent. Chapters are richly referenced and several include tables and charts to clearly illustrate data.Marketing Issues in Western Europe: Changes and Developments includes: a thought-provoking look at the multidimensional state of marketing in Western Europe a probing appraisal of Pan-European marketing with a proposed conceptual framework a review of the marketing consequences of internal market unification an exploratory study of marketing practice and market orientation a penetrating look at the role of domestic animosity in consumer choice detailed research describing price strategy in the EU an exploration of the impact of fear appeal in a cross-cultural context and more!Marketing Issues in Western Europe: Changes and Developments is a probing examination of the dynamic marketing developments in Western European countries to give you the insight needed to effectively prepare for the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051306

Marketing IT Products and Services Characterized by lightning quick innovation abrupt shifts in technology and shorter lifecycles the marketing of IT products and services presents a unique set of challenges and often requires IT managers and developers to get involved in the marketing process. Marketing IT Products and Services is written to help busy IT managers and marketing managers get up to speed quickly and easily on what’s needed to develop effective marketing strategies and campaigns. Focusing on the unique issues involved this one-stop resource provides everything needed to understand the roles responsibilities and management techniques essential for the development of successful strategies. It covers strategic market planning targeting markets researching markets understanding the competition integrating market and sales strategies nuances of global markets developing marketing budgets pricing and implementing marketing campaigns. A plethora of appendices included on the book’s CD allows you to get up and running right away. Aside from a complete marketing glossary two complete marketing plans—one for a hardware product; the other for a software product—enable you to bypass the "scut" work of developing a marketing plan so you can focus on the creative aspects of marketing. Because a marketing plan is closely aligned with an organization’s business and strategic plans this book provides you with templates for both of these as well as a template for that all-important business plan executive summary. The CD also features loads of fill-in templates including customer and competitor analysis surveys sample press releases letters of agreement demographic and target market worksheets and cost benefit forms. If you have a marketing need this book has an effective template to meet that need. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385248

Marketing Livestock and Meat This groundbreaking volume presents a comprehensive view of the many concerns of those involved with livestock and meat marketing. During the 1980s livestock production faced some critical changes. Product and feed prices became less stable cycles lost their century-old patterns both competition and trade barriers seemed to rise and market outlets shrank in number and ownership diversity. At the same time the United States demography became increasingly older while new and confusing health concerns about red meat arose rapidly. This practical book introduces the reader to a range of issues of the livestock marketing system and looks ahead to such future issues as biotechnology human health and food safety. Considerable interest is given to international trade an increasingly important sector in the market.Marketing Livestock and Meat is a concise and convenient compendium of diverse information. It provides functionaries in the system with an overall concept of how the market functions as a whole to promote better skills and strategies for marketing of red meats. The author describes specific applications vital to successful operation of the complex and far-reaching marketing system of meat and livestock including international trade grades and grading health matters demand for meat price reporting and electronic markets costs and benefits and their combination into marketing strategies for producers. To supplement the research theories and strategies presented in this important book there are many charts graphs and photographs. All persons connected to the marketing of meat and livestock--undergraduate students in North America foreign students interested in exporting meat to the U. S. and most segments of the livestock sector including supply and processing firms and retailers--will benefit from this important book. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203748053

Marketing Logistics This interface is being recognized by business organizations as a key priority for management and both practitioners and academics alike have placed a greater emphasis on the need to view the supply chain as a whole as the vehicle by which competitive advantage is achieved. As well as drawing upon current research and the experience of firms worldwide Marketing Logistics uses numerous 'mini-cases' and vignettes to illustrate the key messages in each chapter and bring the theory to life.This book is an invaluable resource for managers who seek to understand more about the way in which the supply chain should be managed to improve their organization's competitive position as well as students undertaking degree-level courses in marketing logistics and supply chain management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174290

Marketing MadnessA Survival Guide For A Consumer Society This book documents the "unholy alliance" between corporations and Hollywood and takes up issues as how marketers turn citizens into consumers ads that kill sex in advertising marketing in public schools and selling of social issues. It acts as a primer on the social ills of commercialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158941

Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector This updated edition of Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector provides a thorough overview of the major concepts in public sector marketing and communications two fields that have continued to grow in importance for modern public administrations. With extended coverage of topics such as social marketing and institutional communication the authors skilfully build on the solid foundations laid down in the previous edition. Replete with real-world case studies and examples including new material from the USA Australia and Asia this book gives students a truly international outlook. Additional features include exercises and discussion questions in each chapter and an illustrative extended case study. This refreshed text is essential reading for postgraduate students on public management degrees and aspiring or current public managers. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9781315622309 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655805

Marketing Management and StrategyAn African Casebook This book gives readers an understanding of the factors that shape the marketing decisions of managers who operate in African economies. It brings together fifteen African cases written by scholars and executives with rich knowledge of business practices in Africa. By combining theoretical insights with practical information from the cases the reader is introduced to issues relating to marketing strategy formulation managerial actions in designing and implementing marketing decisions as well as the operational contexts within which these actions are taken. The book is essential reading for both undergraduate and graduate students in marketing international strategy and international business who require an understanding of African business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783347

Marketing Management in Africa This book focuses on strategies for developing consumer markets in Africa using concepts and techniques from marketing entrepreneurship and project management. The authors argue that entrepreneurial activity in Africa is rapid but limited and requires a structured approach to drive success. Beginning with an introductory chapter that frames the socio-economic and technological developments in Africa readers are introduced to the conceptual model that provides this structured approach in four logical parts: The creative stage Entrepreneurial and enterprise activities Understanding consumer behavior and market segments A project management-based framework. This multidisciplinary approach is supplemented with many examples and cases from a variety of sectors including health care wind and solar power and mobile technology. Through these readers are able to understand how the model is implemented in reality to drive innovative economic and social development. Marketing Management in Africa will prove a valuable companion to any student of marketing or entrepreneurship with a particular interest in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714397

Marketing Management in Air Transport (RLE Marketing) This book is an account of the management and environmental aspects of marketing a major airline at a time of rapid growth in the aviation industry. It brings out the problems involved in marketing a service as distinct from a commodity and highlights the special aspects which flow from government interest in aviation and the peculiarities of the aviation market. Other chapters cover market research an analytical review of airline pricing and co-operative agreements between airlines as well as product planning and the marketing processes once the schedules are on sale. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995659

Marketing Management in Asia Asia is no longer simply the continent to which the world turns for outsourcing and off shoring of production leaving retailing to Western countries. Asia now contains many of the world’s largest markets plus many emergent markets as well. North America is fast ceding ground to China as the world’s largest economic power. Europe has been able to make productivity gains from trade fiscal and monetary harmonization to remain globally competitive while Africa whose nations practice free trade is largely ignored both in terms of forgiving debt and providing further credit. Each chapter of this volume details the characteristics of an individual market in Asia and demonstrates the challenges that marketers are likely to face in these environments. Covering not just production or consumption but trade as it is practiced now this book outlines the new norms conventions and service performance levels that these markets demand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959781

Marketing ManagementA Cultural Perspective Culture pervades consumption and marketing activity in ways that potentially benefit marketing managers. This book provides a comprehensive account of cultural knowledge and skills useful in strategic marketing management. In making these cultural concepts and frameworks accessible and in discussing how to use them this edited textbook goes beyond the identification of historical sociocultural and political factors impinging upon consumer cultures and their effects on market outcomes. This fully updated and restructured new edition provides two new introductory chapters on culture and marketing practice and improved pedagogy to give a deeper understanding of how culture pervades consumption and marketing phenomena; the way market meanings are made circulated and negotiated; and the environmental ethical experiential social and symbolic implications of consumption and marketing. The authors highlight the benefits that managers can reap from applying interpretive cultural approaches across the realm of strategic marketing activities including: market segmentation product and brand positioning market research pricing product development advertising and retail distribution. Global contributions are grounded in the authors’ primary research with a range of companies including Cadbury’s Flake Dior Dove General Motors HOM Hummer Kjaer Group Le Bon Coin Mama Shelter Mecca Cola Prada SignBank and the Twilight community. This edited volume which compiles the work of 58 scholars from 14 countries delivers a truly innovative multinationally focused marketing management textbook. Marketing Management: A Cultural Perspective is a timely and relevant learning resource for marketing students lecturers and managers across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138561410

Marketing ManagementText and Cases Step-by-step guidelines for successful marketing management! Designed for college- and graduate-level marketing students Marketing Management: Text and Cases is also a valuable resource for anyone trying to market a product or service. This volume integrates understandable marketing concepts and techniques with useful tables graphs and exhibits. Three leading experts in marketing management teach you how to market any business. Marketing Management: Text and Cases is divided into two sections to accommodate a wide variety of interests. The first section is an essential textbook that offers a complete overview of marketing management and describes the steps necessary for successful company-to-customer interaction. Each chapter comes generously enhanced with tables and charts to clearly demonstrate the marketing process from concept to implementation. Marketing Management: Text and Cases also contains fifteen new case studies to challenge the more experienced marketing student as well as introduce the beginner to situations where the marketing process can be demonstrated. These cases provide a wide variety of managerial situations for small medium and large companies as well as entrepreneurial cases to expose readers to the types of analyses needed for those examples. From the creation of a new waterpark to marketing algae products these case studies provide backgrounds histories trend analyses and data to reveal the companies’ situations and possible solutions. This book is useful for training courses and valuable to university faculty and students as well as business managers CEOs and entrepreneurs. Marketing Management: Text and Cases covers essential managerial elements of marketing including: an overview of marketing in the new millennium including basic definitions global marketing and electronic marketing customer analysis—segmentation market grids and market estimations competitive analysis—types of competition gathering intelligence and marketing audits financial analysis—assessing revenue cost profitability and risk for marketing decisions marketing planning—both strategic planning and operational perspectives evaluation and control of marketing activities including sales cost and profit Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862261

Marketing Mental Health Services to Managed Care Managed care is rapidly making traditional marketing strategies for mental health services obsolete. Here is the definitive book that helps professionals understand contemporary market forces and how to reshape marketing strategies in an increasingly competitive environment.Marketing Mental Health Services to Managed Care begins by demystifying the seemingly bewildering world of managed care systems. It enables the reader to become a fully informed partner in providing services for managed care systems. In an era in which many professionals are affiliated with one or more managed care networks this book guides clinicians toward greater control of their professional futures by providing the steps necessary to develop a successful managed care oriented practice strategy. It will be especially helpful to the newcomer to practice in the 1990s or the seasoned practitioner interested in increasing referrals from managed care systems.Readers of this highly practical new book learn how to analyze the market for clinical services how to plan and develop services for the managed care market and how to sell professional services in an era dominated by active payor entities. The increased importance of automation group practices and effective office management skills are discussed. Although of particular value to outpatient practitioners Marketing Mental Health Services to Managed Care also discusses marketing strategies and revenue generating ideas for inpatient mental health and substance abuse treatment facilities. Program managers administrators and marketing professionals in the hospital industry will find this book a valuable investment.Of special interest to all readers are chapters addressing the impact of managed care systems--with their focus on accountability cost-effectiveness and quality--upon traditional clinical paradigms. Brief therapy skills and techniques are discussed by these two veteran clinicians and writers. Emerging clinical innovations and effective reimbursement strategies are also discussed in this remarkable new book. A resource section managed care company directory and a glossary of terms make this a practical guidebook of long-lasting value to professionals from many disciplines. College professors and graduate students will also find Marketing Mental Health Services to Managed Care a valuable introduction to marketing professional services in the managed care dominated marketplace for healthcare today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315820453

Marketing ModernityItalian Advertising from Fascism to Postmodernity In Marketing Modernity Adam Arvidsson traces the development of Italy's postmodern consumer culture from the 1920s to the present day. In so doing Arvidsson argues that the culture of consumption we see in Italy today has its direct roots in the social vision articulated by the advertising industry in the years following the First World War. He then goes on to discuss how that vision was further elaborated by advertising's interaction with subsequent big discourses in Twentieth Century Italy: fascism post-war mass political parties and the counter-culture of the 1960s and 1970s. Based on a wide range of primary sources this fascinating book takes an innovative historical approach to the study of consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880023

Marketing of Tourism Experiences This book provides a review of the current theory and practice of experiential tourism and how it is marketed. Many societies today are characterised by widespread individual wealth of an order previously confined to the elite with the consequence that ownership of ‘ordinary’ physical goods is no longer a distinguishing factor. Instead people are now seeking the ‘extraordinary’ with examples being bodies enhanced through surgery personal fitness trainers and in the case of leisure and tourism seeking unique and unusual places to visit and activities to undertake. This trend manifests in the increasing consumption of services and the addition of experiential elements to physical goods by businesses aware of societal changes. The trend is enhanced by rapidly changing technology and economic production methods providing new sectors of the world’s population with access to the consumption experiences that are repeatedly featured in the media. This is the experience economy characterised by a search by consumers for fantasies feelings and fun. This book was based on a special issue of  Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Mangement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415641227

Marketing Organisation (RLE Marketing) Aimed primarily at the MBA student or those preparing for professional qualifications in the marketing field this book analyses the process of decision making in marketing and the role of organisation. It examines: The study of the organisational location and positioning of the marketing function The analytical perspectives of information-processing theories of organisation The relationship between structure and information Organisational processes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980488

Marketing Organization DevelopmentA How-To Guide for OD Consultants Organizational Development (OD) consultants often face dilemmas when they market their services because there is a gap between clients’ expectation and the actual role of OD consultants. This book is about how to overcome that dilemma by finding effective marketing strategies for a different approach to consulting. Marketing Organization Development: A How-To Guide for OD Consultants focuses on the challenges faced by internal and external consultants in marketing and selling their services. By distinguishing between performance consulting and Organization Development (OD) consulting this book demonstrates why marketing and selling OD consulting services are unique. This book meets not only unique OD consultants’ needs by reflecting the philosophical background of OD and unique marketing challenges but the needs of Human Resource Development (HRD) managers’ need who are interested in promoting or selling their change interventions within their organizations. This comprehensive book: Reviews important terms and popular tools used in the marketing process and outlines the many roles a consultant must fill to obtain and keep the business (i.e. marketer salesperson brand manager account management) .Describes the criteria for self-evaluation as an OD consultant. It examines how to identify your strengths and the competencies you need to develop based on OD competencies. Provides an introduction to actionable steps and resources for organization development change management and performance management consultants to evaluate unmet needs and opportunities through a niche market for consulting services. Covers how to communicate value to your target customers and how to brand your service. Describes various channels of OD marketing such as viral word of mouth and social media marketing. . Reviews selling tactics for l your consulting service and discusses the importance of having a defined sales process to which you adhere. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138033313

Marketing PerformativityTheories practices and devices Marketing Performativity: Theories practices and devices addresses concerns about the theory-practice gap so often discussed by marketing scholars and indeed reframes this ‘gap’ by asking ‘how is marketing theory performative?’ How does marketing theory shape action? Who uses it in practice and to what effects? The individual contributions in this book look at how marketing theories are used in practice and what this means for our understanding of the practicing–theorising landscape of marketing. The book begins by considering what performativity is and how this concept is used in the marketing literature. It then considers three themes concerning the performativity of marketing that emerge from the contributions before presenting ten empirical studies that ask how why and to what effect marketing theories are used and ‘performed’ in marketing practice. The book also summarises the implications of three themes and sketches research areas for further developing our understanding of the performativity of marketing. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109509

Marketing Planning for Services Marketing Planning for Services is the answer to the challenge of creating marketing plans that produce significantly improved bottom-line results. It is written in a pragmatic action-orientated style and each chapter has examples of marketing planning in practice. The authors highlight key misunderstandings about marketing and the nature of services and relationship marketing. The marketer is taken step-by-step through the key phases of the marketing planning process and alerted to the barriers that can prevent a service organisation being successful in introducing marketing planning. Practical frameworks and techniques are suggested for undertaking the marketing planning process and implementing the principles covered. The world renowned authors also tackle key organisational aspects relating to marketing planning which can have a profound impact on its ultimate effectiveness. These include: marketing intelligence systems; market research; organisation development stages; marketing orientation. Marketing Planning for Services is for marketers in the service sector and students of marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152793

Marketing Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry Marketing in the pharmaceutical and healthcare sector requires a particular set of skills; its intricacies mean planning is an essential prerequisite. The marketing planning system described in this book has been designed to enable marketing and product executives to produce a plan which serves as a dynamic management tool which will help them to get from where they are now to where they want to be next year and thereafter. Now in its second edition this bestselling book has become the standard text for all product managers marketing managers and directors working in this demanding industry. John Lidstone and Janice MacLennan have updated the book to embrace best current practice. A new orientation to external analysis and a reworking of the application of SWOT analysis along with fresh material on sales forecasting and strategy implementation bring the book up to date with current thinking and industry trends. Marketing Planning for the Pharmaceutical Industry is based on real life experience built up over many years. Each chapter takes the reader through the sequential stages of planning so that by the end they will be able to produce a practical plan ready for implementation. It is the only book of this type which tailors marketing to those working in the sector and as such is a unique invaluable and indispensable resource. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249674

Marketing Planning Guide THE CLASSIC guide to develop a marketing plan—completely updated! The newly revised Marketing Planning Guide Third Edition is the step-by-step guide that gives you the tools to prepare an effective marketing plan for a company product or service. With over 50 pages of updated material this classic textbook has the solid foundation of knowledge and philosophy of the previous editions while adding essential new information on Internet marketing business ethics and an illustrative sample business plan. Worksheets at the end of each chapter guide you in creating your own plan—once all the worksheets are completed you will have roughed out your own complete marketing plan. The accompanying instructor's package includes a helpful manual a detailed sample course syllabus and a test bank featuring a multiple-choice and true-false questions for each chapter with answers. This edition of the Marketing Planning Guide contains clear tables and diagrams is fully referenced and has updated examples for easy understanding of concepts. It shows how to: analyze the market consumers the competition and opportunities develop strategy and marketing objectives make product place promotional and price decisions realize the financial impact of marketing strategies implement audit and control your marketing planAnd now the Marketing Planning Guide Third Edition is updated to include: extensive information on Internet marketing new examples illustrating the process a complete sample marketing plan end of chapter worksheets providing step-by-step instructions Internet data sourcesThis is the definitive book for marketing professionals who want to use a “hands on” approach for learning the planning process. It will guide anyone through the steps of preparing an effective marketing plan. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785691

Marketing Planning in a Total Quality Environment Marketing Planning in a Total Quality Environment is a how-to book designed for the marketing practitioner. It provides detailed information on how to prepare and implement a marketing plan based in a total quality environment.For the last twenty years the authors as marketing practitioners and educators have been deeply involved in the planning processes of many corporations. This book Marketing Planning in a Total Quality Environment is the product of what they've learned over the years from working with these diverse corporations and their executives. The authors provide readers with each step in the total quality planning process complete with check sheets and plan formats. After readers finish the book they can prepare a quality-driven marketing plan that will be used and followed throughout the year--instead of becoming a shelf item.This book is for you and the many other marketing professionals who are faced with one or more of these situations:You're doing a good job but you'd like to do even better.You're spending valuable time putting out fires. You lack time to do the things that need to be done.You're always having a hard time coordinating major marketing programs.You're faced with a major discrepancy between where you are and where you'd like to be; you've got a planning gap.You realize that you've got to offer your customers more quality if you're going to be competitive in the new market environment.You'd like to have a professional annual marketing plan--one that will be well received by management and will also keep you and your staff focused throughout the year.Because each step on how to develop a marketing plan is covered Marketing Planning in a Total Quality Environment is ideal for presidents of smaller firms marketing directors and planners product managers and planning specialists. The authors include a sample fact book which can be used to store and analyze data planning forms which help convert data into information and marketing plan formats which ensure that the plan will get used. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859224

Marketing Professional Services Marketing Professional Services is a uniquely focused incisive and practical introduction to new business planning marketing and selling skills for those in the professional services sector. It is for professionals who have to sell to professionals. Professionals of all types from accountants and consultants to surveyors and solicitors who have trained in a specific technical skill will understand the power of good clear marketing practice reading this book. If you have to sell yourself and your service to clients this book shows you: The importance of winning new business in an increasingly competitive deregulated market How to plan for winning new business including a full script for cold calls The techniques skills and resources required in order to achieve your goals focusing on the three P's of Preparation Prospection and PersistenceIndividual chapters provide you with a basic grounding in separate sales and marketing issues - from prospecting and cold canvassing to direct marketing and public relations. The book includes sample interactive conversations and provides a constant source of reference for the professional sales person. It is based on long experience of training in this sector and is a short practical and appropriate introduction to the key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440982

Marketing Projects Marketing is about placing a new product or service into the market. Projects are about delivering new products and services. The merger of these two fields holds great promise for delivering value to organizations and their clients. Project managers can serve many markets ranging from investors who fund projects to that of clients who use new products and services. Marketing Projects is a guide for helping project managers have projects funded or deliver value to end users. It is also a guide for marketing managers new to the world of project management. The book begins by presenting the basics of both marketing and project management and highlights the aspects that are unique and relevant to both areas. It then explores marketing project feasibility and presents tools for assessing feasibility which include the 6Ps of project management strategy: The project 4Ps: plan processes people and power PRO: pessimistic realistic and optimistic scenarios POVs: points of vulnerability POE: point of equilibrium POW: product organization and work breakdown structures PWP: work psychodynamics This book illustrates how to use these tools to market new projects to potential sponsors and investors. It then explores marketing projects to end users. Crucial to the success of projects are the relationships between project managers and clients and the way marketing experts implement their strategies. This book explains how project managers can develop meaningful relationships with clients to foster trust and have positive interactions. Project managers excel at managing the processes for delivering new products and services. Marketers are keenly aware of latent or unconscious needs as well as those developing and emerging and can provide project promoters and managers with exciting ideas. This book will help improve the mutual understanding between marketing and project managers an effort ultimately benefiting end users whether they be investors or customers. A better work atmosphere and a closer fit between marketing and project management objectives can only serve the interests of investors and end users for whom marketers and project managers conceive and realize projects one way or the other. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138197879

Marketing Public PolicyComplexity Hurts and Minefields Policy analysts and policy planners should start from the premise that obstacles uncertainties and surprises are important features of policy-making. All public policies should be treated as complex problems from the outset. Complexity theorists start from the premise that complex policies are ill-defined and ambiguous. There is often little consensus about what the problem is let alone how to resolve it. Into the complexity of the wicked problem fray Marketing Public Policy introduces the role of communication scholars and practitioners whose models and practices focus on people processes opinions and behaviour as causes of organisational complexity. Communication practice’s role is to provide ideas on how to navigate diagnose and interpret issues with a view to persuading the public to change its behaviour or opinions. From the case studies presented in this book we see that despite rationally excellent macro- and micro-planning of policies to win the hearts and minds of citizens public policies still deteriorate into hurts and minefields. The case studies are drawn from China Indonesia India the USA the UK and Europe to show that policy-making is always a complex issue in any country whatever the political structure whether democracy or communism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138559974

Marketing Research for Managers The purpose of Marketing Research for Managers is to enable managers to become more informed research users and buyers. The more managers know about how marketing research works the more effective they can be in using it as a management tool. This new edition of the text includes:* The development of the "knowledge economy"* Analysis of customer relationship management* Comprehensive discussion of electronic techniques* New and updated case studies and examples Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144309

Marketing Research for Non-profit Community and Creative Organizations 'Marketing Research for Non-profit Community and Creative Organizations' is a comprehensive guide to conducting research methods within the non-profit sector. Highly practical the purpose of the book is two-fold. Firstly it aims to educate the readers on how research can be utilized to help their organization reach its goals. Secondly it shows how to conduct different methods of research including focus groups interviews projective techniques observations and surveys and how to use the findings of these to improve products target customers and develop effective promotions.Concise and well-structured the text provides a step-by-step process to help the reader understand and apply the various research methodologies.'Marketing Research for Non-profit Community and Creative Organizations' is designed for students and will also be invaluable for managers working within non-profit or creative environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147959

Marketing Research for the Tourism Hospitality and Events Industries This is a user-friendly textbook that covers qualitative quantitative and social media methods providing tourism hospitality and events students and course leaders with an accessible guide for learning and teaching marketing research. The book contains essential information on how to conduct research on visitor trends experiences preferences and lifestyles shedding light on customer preferences product changes promotional efforts and pricing differences to ensure the destination is successful. It offers guidance on how to write conduct and analyze the results of surveys or use qualitative methods such as focus groups interviews projective techniques and observation. It also illustrates how social media can be used as a new means to determine visitor preferences by analyzing online data and conversations. Other content includes suggestions and examples on turning research data into actionable recommendations as well as advice on writing and presenting the final report. Integrated with a wide range of case studies per chapter this short and accessible textbook is essential reading for all students wishing to gain knowledge as to what visitors want from the travel hospitality and/or event experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042162

Marketing Research That Pays OffCase Histories of Marketing Research Leading to Success in the Marketplace From Oreos Jell-O raisins and milk to amusement parks retail centers ATMs and mutual funds the case studies presented in Marketing Research That Pays Off offer you insight into how actual companies have used market research to successfully solve marketing problems. Editor Larry Percy has collected a series of cases from consumer service and industrial marketing executives that provides a problem/solution look at how to address major marketing issues with marketing research. The studies presented cover such topics as communications issues new product introduction brand equity brand positioning and sales analysis. Because they represent successful applications of marketing research to challenging questions these cases offer a number of specific lessons. Throughout Marketing Research That Pays Off shows you how to:use the right sample for reliable datareduce the time needed for traditionally multi-phased researchavoid the pitfalls of short-term effects in tracking datadeal with multinational researchuse attitude measures to help interpret sales datainvolve marketing management to ensure acceptance of resultsmake effective use of small budgetsThe format of each chapter allows the authors to pose a question or present a particular marketing problem and then take you step-by-step through the solution. Actual problems solved include how to improve upon a successful campaign revitalize a failing retail center avoid misunderstanding in conducting multinational research use scanner data to help understand the package goods market avoid being mislead by short-term effects in tracking data learn what aspects of a package attract attention and what they communicate and how to effectively reach both children and their parents with one message--all on a small budget. It is the unique problem/solution approach to marketing research that makes Marketing Research That Pays Off especially valuable to all marketing research professionals and beginner- to mid-level marketing managers. In addition the book's easy-to-read presentation of case studies makes it approachable and useful as a companion text for classes in marketing and marketing research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863696

Marketing Research with IBM® SPSS StatisticsA Practical Guide Marketing researchers companies and business schools need to be able to use statistical procedures correctly and accurately interpret the outputs yet generally these people are scared off by the statistics behind the different analyses procedures thus they often rely on external sources to come up with profound answers to the proposed research questions. In an accessible and step by step approach the authors show readers which procedures to use in which particular situation and how to practically execute them using IBM® SPSS Statistics. IBM® is one of the largest statistical software providers world-wide and their IBM® SPSS Statistics software offers a very user-friendly environment. The program uses a simple drag-and-drop menu interface which is also suitable for non-experienced programmers. It is widely employed in companies and many business schools also use this software package. This straightforward pragmatic reference manual will help: professional marketers who use statistical procedures in in IBM® SPSS Statistics; undergraduate and postgraduate students where marketing research and research methodology are taught; all researchers analyzing survey-based data in a wide range of frontier domains like psychology finance accountancy negotiation communication sociology criminology management information systems etc. IBM®'s next-generation business analytic solutions help organizations of all sizes make sense of information in the context of their business. You can uncover insights more quickly and easily from all types of data-even big data-and on multiple platforms and devices. And with self-service and built-in expertise and intelligence you have the freedom and confidence to make smarter decisions that better address your business imperatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472477453

Marketing Research with SAS Enterprise Guide Many marketing researchers companies and business schools need to use statistical procedures and accurately interpret the result that's why the SAS® Enterprise Guide software which uses a user-friendly drag-and-drop menu to extract statistical information is so popular. Marketing Research with SAS Enterprise Guide includes 236 screen shots to provide a detailed explanation of the SAS® Enterprise Guide software. Based on a step-by-step approach and real managerial situations it guides the reader to an understanding of the use of statistical methods. It demonstrates ways of extracting information collating it to provide reliable knowledge and how to use these insights to solve day-to-day business and research problems. SAS ® offers a stand-alone marketing research tool by means of the SAS® OnDemand Enterprise Guide solution for academics and business professionals. This straightforward pragmatic reference manual will help: - Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409426769

Marketing Scientific And Technical Information This book assesses and demonstrates the applicability and potential of various areas of marketing theory in the scientific and technical information (STI) context. It includes the work of distinguished marketing scholars who have analysed STI marketing from various perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367170790

Marketing Strategies And Distribution Channels For Foreign Companies In Japan This book gives an account of concrete market situations and describes marketing strategies and distribution channels of German manufacturing firms German and foreign trading firms and Japanese partner firms on the Japanese market in important product areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163365

Marketing Strategies for Central and Eastern Europe This title was first published in 2001. Successful international marketing requires the development and implementation of marketing strategies responsive to different environments. This text examines the unique features of the marketing environment in Central and Eastern Europe and the impact that they have on the strategies used to enter and penetrate this region. It is based on the proceedings of the 6th annual conference on "Marketing Strategies for Central & Eastern Europe" held from the 2nd to the 4th of December 1998 in Vienna Austria. The book presents the editors' view on marketing in Central and Eastern Europe and summarizes the main features and research results from the selected papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718265

Marketing Strategies for Central and Eastern Europe This title was first published in 2001. Successful international marketing requires the development and implementation of marketing strategies responsive to different environments. This text examines the unique features of the marketing environment in Central and Eastern Europe and the impact that they have on the strategies used to enter and penetrate this region. It is based on the proceedings of the 6th annual conference on "Marketing Strategies for Central & Eastern Europe" held from the 2nd to the 4th of December 1998 in Vienna Austria. The book presents the editors' view on marketing in Central and Eastern Europe and summarizes the main features and research results from the selected papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138718241

Marketing Strategy for Creative and Cultural Industries Successful marketing strategies are a vital aspect of any business. This textbook provides students and potential managers in the creative industries with a solid grounding in how to maximize the impact of their marketing efforts across a range of business types in the creative and cultural industries. With a range of learning exercises and real-life examples this text shows how to create and execute successful marketing plans for creative businesses and is useful for marketing students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913639

Marketing Strategy for the Creative and Cultural Industries Developing and executing marketing strategies is a vital aspect of any business and few books currently cover this with relation to creative industries. This textbook provides students and managers in the creative industries with a solid grounding in how to maximize the impact of their marketing efforts across a range of business types in the creative and cultural industries. The author an experienced cultural marketing educator provides sector-contextual understanding to illuminate the field by: • taking a strategic approach to developing marketing plans; • bringing together strategic planning market research goal setting and marketing theory and practice; • explaining how content marketing on social media encourages a relationship with consumers so that they co-promote the creative product. With a range of learning exercises and real-life examples throughout this text shows students how to create successful marketing plans for their creative businesses. This refreshed edition is a valuable resource for students and tutors of creative cultural and arts marketing worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367419776

Marketing TechnologiesCorporate Cultures and Technological Change Global corporations initiate join and maintain socio-technological change and hence alter the ways in which we organize our lives. Demanding significant investment of resources and time the development and implementation of new technologies on different levels must take into consideration these subtle processes. As such it is particularly important that we have a greater insight into the practices of hi-tech corporations in view of the often inflated promises of and concerns about the destiny of technological breakthroughs especially those promising sizeable economic outcomes and societal transformation. Elena Simakova undertook a lengthy ethnographic study working alongside marketing managers in a global IT corporation in their Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) headquarters in the UK. Using the experience gained through a close participation in their everyday corporate rituals and routines her account challenges common perceptions of how corporations make the world think and act with regard to technologies in particular ways. The book contains an interesting case study on the launch of a radio frequency identification (RFID) based solution. Unravelling the construction of expectations inclusions and exclusions around emerging technologies this reflexive account also tackles uneasy practical and methodological questions pertinent to corporate ethnography. This book is an essential read for scholars in science and technology studies economic sociology anthropology as well as management and organizational studies and research policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205994

Marketing the CityThe role of flagship developments in urban regeneration This book assesses the value of flagship developments and draws out lessons for best policy and practice. It looks at marketing strategies and the sales process for flagship developments and the areas in which they are located for urban regeneration. It discusses the management of marketing strategies and the development through the policy formulation project implementation and policy/project evaluation. The author examines the strategies to date of 'marketing the city' and the conceptual scope and limits for developing the concept. He also looks at the extent to which people can be integrated into the urban 'product' and the advantages and disadvantages of this. Finally the impact of all these issues is assessed for the policy makers planners developers architects and city authorities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995666

Marketing the Group PracticePractical Methods for the Health Care Practitioner A practical guide for providers and administrators in the health industry this stimulating volume explains how to effectively use a variety of marketing practices such as advertising public relations fund raising and “word of mouth” from satisfied clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315860190

Marketing the Museum Marketing the Museum is the ideal guide to the ways in which museums can overcome the numerous hurdles on the route to truly achieving a marketing orientation. The history of the museum is one of shifting purposes and changing ideals and this volume asks if it is possible to define the 'product' which the modern museum can offer. This book explores the crucial question: Are the theories of marketing developed for manufactured goods in any way relevant to the experience of visiting a museum? In covering one of the most highly disputed issues in the field this book is essential reading for museum professionals students and anyone who has dealing in the many branches of the heritage industry around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203033661

Marketing the Public SectorPromoting the Causes of Public and Nonprofit Agencies The administrative officers of public and nonprofit organizations have become increasingly interested in marketing techniques during the 1990s. They reason that if commercial marketing methods can successfully move merchandise across the retail counter those same techniques should be capable of creating a demand for such "social products" as energy conservation women's rights military enlistment or day-care centers. The goal of this volume is to provide social sector executives with practical and effective guidelines on how to harness the power of marketing in order to improve service to their constituencies.Marketing the Public Sector builds upon two decades of research in social marketing and represents the current state of the art. The authors demonstrate how the principles developed in earlier studies can be applied in actual situations. Included here are case studies of marketing plans prepared for hospitals political campaigns Third World social change and community foundations that proved to be as effective as those in the private sector.The case study approach is effectively supplemented by theoretical chapters that define first principles in essential matters such as product management value determination advertising and analysis of market performance. This amalgamation of theory and application is suitable to middle-range social marketing sizes as well as full-scale projects that large agencies might undertake. The problems differ only in magnitude; no organization is too small or too large to adopt a consumer orientation. Marketing the Public Sector is not only a guide to marketing; it is also about communication social change propaganda and education. It will be of great interest to sociologists; public sector administrators; and specialists in communications public relations fund-raising and community affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527676

Marketing the Third ReichPersuasion Packaging and Propaganda In this fascinating volume Nicholas O’Shaughnessy elucidates the phenomenon of the Nazi propaganda machine via the perspective of consumer marketing conceptualising the Reich as a product campaign. Building on his acclaimed Selling Hitler (2016) he uses marketing scholarship to show how propaganda and political marketing existed not merely as an instrument of government in Nazi Germany but as the very medium of government itself. Marketing the Third Reich explores the insidious connection between a mass culture and a political movement and how the cultures of consumption and politics influence and infect each other – consumerised politics and politicised consumption. Ultimately its concern is with the ‘engineering of consent’ – the troubling matter of how public opinion can be manufactured and governments elected via sophisticated methodologies of persuasion developed in the consumer economy. Nazism functioned as a brand packaging almost everything with persuasive purpose. Revealing obvious parallels between Adolf Hitler’s use of the living theatre of politics and our present public–political dramaturgy between Nazi lies and our post-truth the book raises the chilling question: was Hitler ahead of his time? This radical original in-depth study will be an invaluable resource for all scholars of marketing history political marketing propaganda and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060586

Marketing TheoryFoundations Controversy Strategy and Resource-advantage Theory One of the true classics in Marketing is now thoroughly revised and updated. "Marketing Theory" is both evolutionary and revolutionary. As in earlier editions Shelby Hunt focuses on the marketing discipline's multiple stakeholders. He articulates a philosophy of science-based 'tool kit' for developing and analyzing theories law-like generalizations and explanations in marketing science. Hunt adds a new dimension to the book however by developing arguments for the position that Resource-Advantage Theory provides the foundation for a general theory of marketing and a theoretical foundation for business and marketing strategy. Also new to this edition are four chapters adapted and updated from Hunt's "Controversy in Marketing Theory" that analyze the 'philosophy debates' within the field including controversies with respect to scientific realism qualitative methods truth and objectivity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702537

Marketing Through Search Optimization Marketing Through Search Optimization Second Edition is the step-by-step marketer's guide to improving your web ranking in search engines and getting your site listed effectively in online directories. Search engine placement has become a key task for those engaged in website marketing because good positioning in search engines and directories dramatically increases visitor traffic. Optimizing search engine ranking will be the most important and cost-effective way of marketing your website and customers use search engines more than any other method to locate websites. Submitting to search engines is only part of the challenge. It is also vital to prepare a website through "search engine optimization " ensuring that your web pages are accessible and focused in ways that drive traffic to your site. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440890

Marketing to PharmacistsUnderstanding Their Role and Influence Marketing to Pharmacists: Understanding Their Role and Influence will help pharmaceutical marketers better understand pharmaceutical practice in order to develop better relationships with pharmacists and effectively market products. This book examines important trends in pharmaceutical health care including patient education and compliance quality of life assessment disease management and cost containment strategies that assist pharmacists in providing better care to patients which results in increased sales for your business. From Marketing to Pharmacists you?ll learn how pharmacists influence product selection monitor drug therapy and serve as a primary source of patient education in order for you to create successful marketing strategies for your company. Recognizing that cost control is a key goal for all members of the health care system Marketing to Pharmacists provides you with advice and strategies that emphasize working together with pharmacists. This will help you determine demand for a specific product so you can devise your own marketing strategies to meet the needs of both the pharmacist and patient. With Marketing to Pharmacists you?ll improve your marketing skills by using innovative techniques and suggestions including:understanding pharmacists’influence in prescription product selection to help develop effective marketing strategiesasking for pharmacists’assistance in designing care management programs participating in the development and negotiation of care management contracts and offering knowledge as pharmacotherapeutic experts to emphasize patient advocacy and accessibility to patientsunderstanding the dimensions of the quality of life and other aspects of pharmaceutical care to design effective sales tactics to pharmacistscommunicating with pharmacists to learn about the needs of certain patients in order to create effective marketing strategies that will lessen the occurrence of unclaimed prescriptions and decrease the loss of revenue to pharmaceutical companiesdeveloping a positive relationship between pharmacists and pharmaceutical companies by displaying genuine customer interest providing pharmacists with useful and accurate information about products and establishing ethical guidelinesContaining charts tables and graphs to give you a comprehensive look at techniques and data Marketing to Pharmacists will help you create marketing strategies that will successfully meet the needs of your customers and result in economic benefits for your company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063728

Marketing Tourism Places (RLE Tourism) Tourism is well established as an important part of the new service economy and the rewards it offers have stimulated intense competition in the tourism industry. Many destinations compete to attract potential tourists each place having to work hard to distinguish itself from rivals offering similar or alternative attractions. This book originally  published in 1990 explores how destinations invest increasing amounts of time and money into developing and promoting their 'products'. The contributors from both academic institutes and the tourism industry provide a multidisciplinary and professional analysis of what can be done to sell tourism places. Using both theoretical and empirical approaches they give examples from different areas of the industry and evaluate different strategies a destination can adopt for maintaining and increasing its market share. All the contributors emphasize that selling tourism places must be a dynamic activity in which the place products are constantly monitored so that they can be revitalized repositioned or renewed in the market context.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007659

Marketing Training Services Ian Linton’s book is designed to help both corporate training departments and specialist training organizations. It shows how to use modern marketing and communication techniques to increase current course uptake win support for future activity and build long-term relationships with customers and trainees. The author first analyses the marketplace for training services. He goes on to review the main marketing methods including advertising direct mail and seminars and explains how to determine and apply the most appropriate mix as part of an integrated approach. He then deals with developing and maintaining productive relationships with the parties involved and finally advises on managing the marketing process. The emphasis throughout is on the practical with checklists worked examples and case histories from a wide range of market sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255739

Marketing University Outreach Programs Discover the successful marketing strategies of programs which have extended the resources of a university to its community. Marketing University Outreach Programs covers all aspects of continuing education program construction and the marketing process for positioning the university into the public. This book begins to eradicate academicians’ fears of marketing by showing them a contemporary marketing plan using terminology and examples familiar to them.Seventeen contributors--professors administrators and outreach professionals--comprehensively describe the strategies being successfully used to extend the resources of a university to its community through programs of extension public service and continuing education. Although many existing models of the education process contain parallels to elements in a generic marketing process education is not viewed as a consumer product. Even educators may not view themselves as marketers involved in a marketing process. This attitude can place barriers between understanding the marketing process and how it relates to education. Marketing University Outreach Programs helps educators overcome these potential barriers; it explains marketing as a comprehensive process using terminology and examples which university extension and education professionals will find familiar and understandable.Application-oriented it cites numerous examples of how the marketing process can be put to use immediately. Each chapter explores in-depth a separate segment of the marketing process involved in public university outreach programs: issue-based versus discipline-based programs program delivery and delivery technology funding outreach programs comprehensive promotional strategy customer service long-range planning marketing research information resources future trends model programsThis book is of value to the faculty of universities specifically those in the disciplines with a mandate for professional renewal or recertification (engineering medicine education); faculty and professional staff in divisions of continuing education; program leadership in cooperative extension organizations (as well as those in other identifiable university extension units); and faculty affiliated with applied research centers. Members of professional associations focused on higher education outreach can also successfully apply these strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980501

Marketing Wireless Products Marketing Wireless Products provides a comprehensive insight into the world of wireless technology marketing by addressing the many issues faced in effectively presenting this new technology to the end user/consumer. The book is based upon the rationale that technology marketing and in particular wireless technology marketing has always proved somewhat paradoxical to those working within the industry. By drawing upon the knowledge of industry leaders within the wireless world the reader significantly benefits from the personal experiences of those who are primarily responsible for communicating a product's message to the consumer.To those entering the world of technology marketing for the first time Marketing Wireless Products provides a valuable tutorial opening up the reader to the thoughts and experiences of industry figureheads whilst encouraging the birth of fresh perspectives. To existing technology marketers the book provides a valuable reference allowing the reader to consider his/her particular approach to marketing alongside the successes and failures of peers.The book is accompanied by a regularly updated web site to keep up with advances in the field as this is such a fast-moving area and technology is continuing to change rapidly. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080496450

Marketing with Social Media This step-by-step guide will show you how to use social media to promote your library to and engage in dialogue with your users and potential users. Peppered with real-world examples this how-to guide offers to-the-point advice for getting up to speed with the world of social media. Whether you are a novice ready to get serious about marketing with social media or a practitioner on the lookout for ways to improve existing efforts this guide will save you time and effort by evaluating the most popular and cutting-edge marketing technologies. Showcasing best practice for engaging library user across multiple platforms the book: Draws from a range of experiences with examples from different library types and sizes Includes case studies of successful social media efforts using Facebook wikis video-sharing sites Pinterest Google+ Foursquare blogs Twitter and QR codes Offers tips for maintaining a steady flow of content coordinating with colleagues planning for sustainability and using built-in analytics for evaluation Features numerous screen shots and illustrations Provides a resource list at the end of every chapter allowing readers to dig deeper. Readership: Directed towards librarians and library administrators who are exploring their marketing strategies and are looking for a technology-based solution this book will also be of value to library school students and others interested in using technologies to market libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783300013

Marketing without AdvertisingBrand Preference and Consumer Choice in Cuba In 1993 in order to stop an economic freefall on the island of Cuba Fidel Castro’s government reluctantly instituted a series of reforms to compensate for the demise of foreign aid from Moscow. These policies ushered in a broad spectrum of national and international consumer products and services previously unknown to islanders. In a few short years Cubans were seeing foreign brands among consumer durables and a broad array of logos brought in by tourists. Today nearly two decades into these limited market reforms no systematic research has explored consumer brand awareness among 11 millions Cubans living just 90 miles from the United States. The paucity of academic research stems from the challenges of conducting public/consumer opinion and official state policy contends that consumer wants and needs are satisfied by either a series of generic and Cuban-made brands or by independent entrepreneurs who provide brandless products and services. Marketing without Advertising analyzes the role narratives and behaviour of consumption in Cuba since 1959. It documents how consumer behaviour has changed since the pre-revolutionary period with special focus on the early 1990s. The book documents the shift from moral-based rewards in the early years of the Revolution to the rise of material-based incentives. Cubans have long been exposed to foreign mass media in the form of movies music videos cable television shows. Although the Internet is highly regulated the Cuban Diaspora in exile brings back clothing personal care products electronic goods and magazines that increase the awareness of brand logos jingles products and services. These and related findings from the authors' primary research are ripe with marketing implications such as substitution effects price elasticity latent demand for certain products and services and consumer behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138212701

Marketing Your BusinessA Guide to Developing a Strategic Marketing Plan Examine essential marketing disciplines and weapons!This essential book will show you how to design a strategic marketing plan for any brand product service or business! It explains all of the major marketing disciplines and familiarizes you with the marketing “weapons arsenal.” It also teaches you to conduct a marketing audit provides helpful sample worksheets and forms and includes case examples a glossary of marketing terms and appendixes discussing sources of “marketing intelligence” and professional marketing associations.This single volume provides a step-by-step process (with short clear examples) of how to develop a custom plan to fit any business. In addition it defines all of the business terms you’ll find inside and lists additional resources to draw upon. With Marketing Your Business: A Guide to Developing a Strategic Marketing Plan you will explore: the process of selecting the right strategy by defining your business strategy assessing the most relevant focal points and choosing the marketing strategy that will work best for you the arsenal of current marketing weaponry--advertising budgeting promotions pricing sales database marketing public relations packaging legal issues and more! the nature of strategic marketing plans-competitive and environmental assessments mission statements slogans budgeting goals and objectives etc. key checklists and 13 sample work forms that will help you formulate your plan and much more!Ideal for use by educators and students as well as businesspeople Marketing Your Business brings together everything you need to know to develop an effective strategic marketing plan and put it into action! Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862629

Marketing Your City U.S.A.A Guide to Developing a Strategic Tourism Marketing Plan With Marketing Your City U.S.A.: A Guide to Developing a Strategic Marketing Plan you’ll discover how easy it is to market your hometown to potential tourists. You’ll find a simple sure-fire strategy proven to bring out the charm and beauty of any town anywhere. You’ll learn ways to improve the ”packaging” of your community while at the same time improving its visible appeal to tourists. Marketing Your City U.S.A. gives you the guidelines for developing and selecting objectives key strategies and tactics that will help you produce or increase revenue through increased tourism. In Marketing Your City U.S.A. you’ll find the marketing process broken down into easy steps that are outlined and completely explained for a theoretical destination: “Your City U.S.A.” You will learn how to arrange a sample “calendar of events ” how to effectively plan a yearly series of promotions and how to formulate a proposed budget for advertising promotions and public relations. Marketing Your City U.S.A. is written in such a way that you can either implement all the strategic marketing steps or just the ones that particularly pertain to your hometown. The five easily applied marketing objectives you’ll find outlined in the book include: how to enhance your city’s overall environment how to broaden your city’s economic base while providing for new revenues how to develop your city’s infrastructure to be visitor-friendly and to increase the length of visitors’stays how to effectively market your city’s resources for tourism how to communicate with both audiences--the public and local residents After reading Marketing Your City U.S.A. you’ll find tourism a win-win situation: the more you attract tourists the more outside revenue you’ll gain. You’ll approach tourism with a confident strategy that guarantees your hometown’s success. Tourism can be difficult and overwhelming so let Marketing Your City U.S.A. guide you every step of the way. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203047552

Marketing Your Library's Electronic ResourcesA How-to-do-it Manual This essential guide to marketing libraries' e-resources shows librarians how to make sure their customers understand what is available to them online and allow them to use their e-resources fully. Marketing Your Library's Electronic Resources provides practical guidance on creating marketing programmes to allow librarians to get the word out about their e-resources. The book explains how libraries cannot just rely on discovery systems to make their customer aware of their e-resources and that the value of marketing means that the library knows its patrons well enough to say "Out of all of these available resources it's this one this is the one you want." Readers will be shown how to develop implement and assess marketing plans understand marketing terminology and save time effort and money while increasing the use of vital library resources and making customers happier and more successful. The book also contains sample marketing plans for examples of best practice. Readership: Anyone involved in promoting their libraries electronic resources and LIS students who need to understand the practice of library marketing. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049429

Marketisation Ethics and HealthcarePolicy Practice and Moral Formation How does the market affect and redefine healthcare? The marketisation of Western healthcare systems has now proceeded well into its fourth decade. But the nature and meaning of the phenomenon has become increasingly opaque amidst changing discourses policies and institutional structures. Moreover ethics has become focussed on dealing with individual clinical decisions and neglectful of the political economy which shapes healthcare. This interdisciplinary volume approaches marketisation by exploring the debates underlying the contemporary situation and by introducing reconstructive and reparative discourses. The first part explores contrary interpretations of ‘marketisation’ on a systemic level with a view to organisational-ethical formation and the role of healthcare ethics. The second part presents the marketisation of healthcare at the level of policy-making discusses the ethical ramifications of specific marketisation measures and considers the possibility of reconciling market forces with a covenantal understanding of healthcare. The final part examines healthcare workers’ and ethicists’ personal moral standing in a marketised healthcare system with a view to preserving and enriching virtue empathy and compassion. Chapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138735736_oachapter4.pdf Chapter 7 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138735736_oachapter7.pdf    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735736

Market-Led Agrarian Reform Three-fourths of the world’s poor are rural poor. Most of the rural poor remain dependent on land-based livelihoods for their incomes and reproduction despite significant livelihood diversification in recent years. Land issue remains critical to any development discourse today. Market-led agrarian reform (MLAR) has gained prominence since the early 1990s as an alternative to state-led land reforms. This neoliberal policy is based on the inversion of what its proponents see as the features of earlier approaches and calls for redistribution via privatized decentralized transactions between ‘willing sellers’ and ‘willing buyers’. Its proponents especially those associated with the World Bank have claimed success where the policy has been implemented but such claims have been contested by independent scholars as well as by peasant movements who are struggling to gain access to land. This book presents three thematic papers and six country studies. The thematic papers address issues of formalisation of property rights gendered land rights and neoliberal enclosure. These studies demonstrate the pervasive influence of neoliberal ideas on property rights and rural development debates well beyond the ‘core’ question of land redistribution. The country cases bring together experiences from Brazil Guatemala El Salvador Philippines South Africa and Egypt. Common findings include the success of landowners in minimising the impact of reform and a lack of post-transfer support translating into marginal impact on poverty. The limitations of the market-led approach and the implications of the studies presented here for the future of agrarian reform are considered in the editors’ introduction. This book was a special issue of The Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590884

Market-Led Strategic ChangeTransforming the process of going to market Market-Led Strategic Change 5th edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect the realities of 21st century business and the practical issues for managers in the process of going to market. The world of business has changed dramatically with a more complex environment more demanding customers and radical new ways of going to market. This textbook develops a value-based strategy examining the roles of market sensing customer value organizational change and digital marketing in the implementation of strategy. This much-anticipated new edition has been carefully updated now with Nigel Piercy’s unique and clear-sighted views on the latest developments in marketing strategy retaining Piercy’s insightful witty and provocative style. The text is supported throughout with brand new case studies from globally recognised companies such as Uber and Volkswagen and covering topical issues such as the legalisation of marijuana and reinventing the healthcare business. Lecturers are assisted with a newly expanded collection of support materials including PowerPoint slides for each chapter suggested frameworks for using the case studies in teaching and case studies from previous editions. If you're an ambitious marketing student or practitioner whether you are new to strategic change through marketing or just want a different view this is the book for you. Lecturers will find this engaging funny thought-provoking but always practical textbook is a sure way to get your students thinking and enthused. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415834278

Marketplace Lifestyles in an Age of Social Media: Theory and Methods This book approaches the concept of lifestyle from a contemporary scholarly perspective and subjects it to rigorous theoretical and conceptual standards from an integrated applied psychological point of view. Marketplace Lifestyles in an Age of Social Media is exceptionally current demonstrating how recent trends and developments in social media reflect the importance of lifestyle research in marketing. Numerous examples illustrations and comprehensive references are provided making this volume the best single resource for scholars students and marketing experts in this important area of marketing theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765625618

Markets Community and Just Infrastructures A series of market-related crises over the past two decades – financial environmental health education poverty – reinvigorated the debate about markets and social justice. Since then counter-hegemonic movements all over the globe are attempting to redefine markets and the meaning of economic enterprise in people’s daily lives. Assessments of market outcomes tend toward the polemical with capitalists and socialists globalization advocates and anti-globalization movements those on the political right and those on the left all facing off to argue the benefits or harms brought about by markets. Yet not enough attention has been paid to analyzing the conditions under which markets result in just outcomes. This book explores how culture politics and ideology help shape market incentives in an attempt to reclaim the language of economic rationality and the policymaking legitimacy that accompanies it. Through a variety of case studies – labor relations in the U.S. meatpacking industry the globalization process in Juaìrez Mexico financial reform in Cuba and an interfaith Ugandan coffee cooperative – this book provides a framework for understanding the conditions under which markets promote just or unjust outcomes (e.g. discrimination income inequality environmental degradation or racial justice human rights and equitable growth). This book touches on subject matter as varied as food religion banking and race and gender equality from a multi-disciplinary perspective. It offers an analysis of markets based on community rather than pure individualism that has the potential to change the way we think about economic rationality. An accessible and compelling read this book will appeal to students and scholars in political science economics sociology geography gender studies critical race studies environmental studies and all those interested in the critique of mainstream economics and neoliberal logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472559

Markets Deliberation and Environment What is the source of our environmental problems? Why is there in modern societies a persistent tendency to environmental damage? From within neoclassical economic theory there is a straightforward answer to those questions: it is because environmental goods and harms are unpriced. They come free. This position runs up against a view which runs in entirely the opposite direction that our environmental problems have their source not in a failure to apply market norms rigorously enough but in the very spread of these market mechanisms and norms. The source of environmental problems lies in part in the spread of markets both in real geographical terms across the globe and through the introduction of markets mechanisms and norms into spheres of life that previously have been protected from markets. In this book John O’Neill conducts a thorough examination of these two opposing viewpoints covering a discussion of the ethical boundaries of markets the role of private property rights in environmental protection the nature of sustainability and the valuation of goods over time. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying courses in ecological and environmental economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607169

Markets Ethics and Business Ethics This book introduces a study of ethics and values to develop a deeper understanding of markets business and economic life. Its distinctive feature is its thorough integration across personal and institutional perspectives; across applied ethics and political philosophy; and across philosophy business and economics. Part 1 studies markets property rights and law and introduces normative theories with many applications. Part 2 examines the purpose of corporations and their responsibilities. Parts 3 and 4 analyze business and economic life through the ethics and values of welfare and efficiency liberty rights equality desert personal character community and the common good. This second edition maintains the strengths of the first edition—short digestible chapters and engaging writing that explains challenging ideas clearly. The material is user-friendly with an emphasis on a strong theoretical core. Easily adaptable to the instructor’s teaching the chapters are separable and can be shaped to the interests of the instructor with suggested course outlines and flexible application to case studies. This text is designed both for coursework in business ethics as well as interdisciplinary programs in philosophy politics economics and law. This second edition: revises presentation of eight normative theories with increased emphasis on linksto business and economic life; incorporates recent scholarship on shareholder/stakeholder debates about the purpose of corporations bringing this important topic up to date; includes a new streamlined preface that provides a quick overview of the book before smoothly guiding the reader to the first chapter; uses updated examples and applications; revamps a useful appendix including enhancing the popular primer on ethics; includes Key Terms Discussion Questions Biographies and Lists of Further Readings at the end of each chapter; includes a new ending chapter on the value of an ethical life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138580992

Markets Managers and Theory in Education Originally published in 1990. This book is concerned with the logic of the relationship between educational theory and practice. It is a fundamental examination of three ideas: Vocationalism - the idea that the central purpose of education is to prepare people for work. Managerialism - the idea that this preparation can be managed by those not intimately concerned with the practice of teaching. Consumerism - the idea that education should be led by the demands of the ‘market’. Halliday argues that promoters of these ideas share a mistaken belief in the value of pursuing a supposed ideal of objective precision in education. He traces the theoretical origins of this ideal and its practical consequences. In particular he argues that educational development is likely to remain ossified within a particular theoretical framework unless competing developments are allowed to flourish alongside one another. He concludes by outlining the ways in which this competition might be managed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545373

Markets Morals and Policy-MakingA New Defence of Free-Market Economics Free-market economics has attempted to combine efficiency and freedom by emphasizing the need for neutral rules and meta-rules. These efforts have only been partly successful for they have failed to address the deeper normative arguments justifying – and limiting – coercion. This failure has thus left most advocates of free-market vulnerable to formulae which either emphasize expediency or which rely upon optimal social engineering to foster different notions of the common will and of the common good. This book offers the reader a new perspective on free-market economics one in which the defense of markets is no longer based upon the utilitarian claim that free markets are more efficient; rather the defense of markets rests upon the moral argument that top-down coercive policy-making is necessarily in tension with the rights-based notion of justice typical of the Western tradition. In arguing for a consistent moral basis for the free-market view we depart from both the Austrian and neoclassical traditions by acknowledging that rationality is not a satisfactory starting point. This rejection of rationality as the complete motivator for human economic behaviour throws constitutional economics and the law-and-economics tradition into new relief revealing these approaches as governed by considerations derived by various notions of social efficiency rather than by principles consistent with individual freedom including freedom to choose. This book shows that the solution is in fact a better understanding of the lessons taught by the Scottish Enlightenment: the role of the political context is to ensure that the individual can pursue his own ends free from coercion. This also implies individual responsibility respect for somebody else’s preferences and for his entrepreneurial instincts. Social virtue is not absent from this understanding of politics but rather than being defined through the priorities of policy-makers it emerges as the outcome of interaction among self-determining individuals. The strongest and most consistent case for free-market economics therefore rests on moral philosophy not on some version of static-efficiency theorizing. This book should be of interest to students and researchers focussing on economic theory political economics and the philosophy of economic thought but is also written in a non-technical style making it accessible to an audience of non-economists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710695

Markets Morals and Religion The examination of the relationship of economic activity to other important aspects of human life and social behavior has inspired some of the most interesting and provocative social-scientific research in the past one hundred years. This book of original essays by leading thinkers across many disciplines offers new insights into enduring questions about how modern and modernizing market economies are both shaped by and shapers of morality values and religion.Part 1 "Markets and Morals " offers eight contributors who provide analyses of the various ways in which the market operates in relation to morality. An empirical presentation of moral values and market attitudes is given. Other essays take aim at how markets serve and disserve moral interests: Economic growth has moral consequences; the manipulation of markets exposes a moral underside; the nature of market failure has implications for understanding moral vulnerability; preference change has moral implications. In other chapters a broad consideration of the positive moral effects of market economies is offered along with historical essays on the role that intellectuals have played in debates about the positive and negative effects of commercial life and on the ways in which the American idea of the pursuit of happiness reveals much about the morality of economic life.In Part 2 "Markets and Religion " nine contributors address both the historical and contemporary emergence of religious factors in the growth and transformation of global capitalism. Major religious traditions including Judaism Christianity and Islam are examined for their contributions to answering questions about the nature and function of economic life in light of religious ideas and ideals. Several essays present original approaches to the importance of religious values to modern forms of consumption and to the political economy of reconciliation and forgiveness in nations coming to terms with past conflict. Finally the influence of non-Western ideas in particular Chinese religions and Buddhism on economic thought and practice is assessed as part of the globalizing impact of religion on economic life generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527683

Markets Places Cities Using a transnational analytical framework this book provides a comprehensive overview of formal and informal markets and place in globalised cities. It examines how urban markets are situated within social cultural and media discourses and within material and symbolic economies. The book addresses four key narratives – redevelopment and relocation; privatization of public space; urban renewal; and urbanism and sustainability – to investigate shared and individual attributes of markets and place in diverse international urban contexts. With case studies in Sydney Hong Kong Beijing Rio de Janeiro London Antwerp Amsterdam Paris and San Francisco experiences of market place and city are explored through interdisciplinary and multimodal perspectives of visual culture spatial practice urban design and textual analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546431

Markets Politics and the EnvironmentAn Introduction to Planning Theory Markets Politics and the Environment answers three groups of question: What is planning?’ and as part of this ‘What are its key features as a style of social practice and action?’ and ‘How does planning as a style of social practice relate to social and economic change? How as part of the justification for planning might claims of valid technical knowledge be constructed? What is meant by ‘rational’? What is the contribution of pragmatism as a supplement or replacement to rationalism? How might rationality and pragmatism be adapted to postmodernism and the requirements of diversity? Finally how may concepts of planning be reoriented towards sustainable development as a collective duty? How might sustainable development be reworked in relation to planning as a means of managing and stimulating change? Each group of question is discussed in a separate chapter and is associated with different theories debates and examples of practice. Markets Politics and the Environment concludes that the full implications of sustainable development and climate change point in the direction of a different type of state- a green state whose future functioning can draw on planning theory but at present can only be conceived as a sketchy outline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138595125

Markets and DevelopmentCivil Society Citizens and the Politics of Neoliberalism Markets and Development presents a series of critical contributions focused on the political relationship between citizens civil society and neoliberal development policy’s latest form. The dramatic increase of ‘access to finance’ investments newly gender-sensitive approaches to building neoliberal labour markets the universal promotion of public-private partnerships and the ‘development financing’ of extractive industries have all seen citizens social movements and NGOs variously engaged in and against neoliberalism like never before. The precise form that this engagement takes is conditioned by both the perceived and real opportunities and the risks of an agenda which seeks to intern ‘emerging’ and ‘frontier markets’ deep within a concretising world market with transformative repercussions for both those involved and notably for state-society relations. The contributors to this volume focus on essential aspects of the contemporary neoliberal development agenda and its relationship to and with citizens and civil society tackling questions related to the roles that various actors within civil society in the underdeveloped world are playing under late capitalism and how these roles relate to current efforts to establish and extend markets and market society more broadly in a neoliberal image. This book was originally published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138299702

Markets and Growth in Early Modern Europe This is the first study to analyze a wide spread of price data to determine whether market development led to economic growth in the early modern period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661769

Markets and Health CareA Comparative Analysis A growing reliance on market disciplines and incentives characterised health care reform strategies in many countries in the 1990s yet the country which relies most heavily on private health care - the U.S.A. - is the most expensive in the world and still fails to deliver affordable health care to millions of its citizens. This apparent paradox is the starting point for Markets and Health Care: A Comparative Analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315842226

Markets and Manufacture in Early Industrial Europe (Routledge Revivals) This edited collection first published in 1991 focuses on the commercial relations marketing structures and development of consumption that accompanied early industrial expansion. The papers examine aspects of industrial structure and work organisation including women’s work and highlight the conflict and compromise between work traditions and the emergence of a market culture. With an overarching introduction providing a background to European manufacturing this title will be of particular interest to students of social and economic history researching early industrial Europe and the concurrent emergence of a material consumer culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721059

Markets and MoralitiesEthnographies of Postsocialism Before the collapse of the Eastern Bloc private marketeering was regarded not only as criminal but even immoral by socialist regimes. Ten years after taking on board western market-orientated shock therapy post-socialist societies are still struggling to come to terms with the clash between these deeply engrained moralities and the daily pressures to sell and consume. This book explores the new market and its resulting contradictions in a rapidly developing Eastern Europe and Russia. Will Western fast-food industries irrevocably alter local culinary practices? What effect has the privatization of land had upon ownership and exchange? What role do new commodities play within the household? Based on original first-hand ethnography this book is a long-awaited addition to existing literature on post-socialist societies. It will be essential reading for students of anthropology sociology European and cultural studies as well as professional groups working in Eastern Europe and Russia including NGOs development organizations and businesses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085966

Markets and MythsForces For Change In the European Media Market and Myths: Forces for Change in the European Media is the first introductory text to provide a detailed analysis of the European Media in five major Western European countries within the context of a theoretical framework. All forms of the mass media are covered and the impact of media policy on the political social and cultural life of the countries concerned - Britain France Germany Italy and Spain. Issues such as the continuing role of public service broadcasting and the extent to which a process of Europeanisation has occurred within the Media are examined in a clear accessible style which will make this book essential reading for all those with an interest in the European Media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467064

Markets and Politics in Central Asia Over a decade after national independence it is apparent that the contrasting development strategies adopted by the five new governments of Central Asia have led to significantly different outcomes. This well-written and timely book analyses how the development strategies of these countries have affected their transition from communist governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810983

Markets and PowerThe 21st Century Command Economy In what ways do the actions and economic behavior of today's multinational corporations resemble the functioning and processes of the old command economics of the Soviet Union? By ignoring questions about power relations in markets mainstream neoclassically-oriented economists conclude that there are no significant power structures operating in market systems to control allocation and distribution. This book argues to the contrary that there are fundamental and systemic power structures - monopoly access to information or finance employer power etc. - at work in market economies which affects their ability to achieve real "competition" in much the same way as state-controlled command economies hinder business activities. Thus for example the biggest firms at the hubs of financial "networks" wield a kind of "shaping power" upon large numbers of relatively autonomous firms not only upon those that belong to the networks but also on the many firms outside them that are also affected. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315501130

Markets and Rural PovertyUpgrading in Value Chains This book explores the place of poor people within a rich variety of value chains focusing upon lagging rural regions in Africa and Asia and how they can 'upgrade' within such chains. Upgrading is a key concept for value chain analysis and refers to the acquisition of technological capabilities and market linkages that enable firms to improve their competitiveness and move into higher-value activities. The authors examine a range of evidence to assess whether the 'bottom billion' people living mainly in the rural areas of low-income countries can improve their position through productive strategies and if so how? They propose an innovative conceptual framework of value chain upgrading for some of the most marginal producers in the poorest local economies. They demonstrate how interventions can improve poverty and the environment for poor people supplying a wide range of services and agricultural and food products to local regional and global markets. This analysis is based on empirical research conducted in Senegal Mali Tanzania India Nepal Philippines and Vietnam. The main focus is on poverty environment and gender outcomes of upgrading interventions and represents one of the key challenges of contemporary development economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713139

Markets and the Arts of Attachment The collection explores how sentiment and relations are organised in consumer markets. Social studies of economies and markets have much more to offer than simply adding some ‘context’ ‘culture’ or ‘soul’ to the analysis of economic practices. As this collection showcases studying markets socially reveals how attachments between people and products are engineered and can explain how and why they fail. The contributors explore the tools and techniques used to work with sentiment aesthetics and relationships through strategies including social media marketing consumer research algorithmic profiling personal selling and call centre and relationship management. The arts of attachment as the various contributions demonstrate play a crucial but often misunderstood role in the technical and organisational functioning of markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872700

Markets and the StateMicroeconomic Policy in Australia This book illustrates essential microeconomic concepts and theories through the examination of related policy formulation in Australia since the 1980s. It provides a fresh approach to the subject of microeconomics from the perspective of both market and government failures. By looking at how Australia has transformed over the course of time the book traces and tracks these changes and relates them to the broader microeconomic reforms. It also looks at the structure of Australian economic public policy formulation and process. The book uses standard microeconomic techniques to analyse the impact of these Australian policies and examines the role of government in the implementation of these policies making it a very useful teaching vehicle for learning about microeconomics and microeconomic policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815379522

Markets for Federal WaterSubsidies Property Rights and the Bureau of Reclamation This book clearly and authoritatively addresses significant issues of water policy in the western United States at a time when the growing scarcity of western water and the role of the Bureau of Reclamation in the allocation of that resource are becoming increasingly urgent issues. In this scholarly study Wahl combines his insider's knowledge of the Interior Department's dam-building regulatory and water-pricing decisions with an objective analysis of the efficiency dilemma. The study begins by tracing the origins of the reclamation idea and the expansion of subsidies in the program since 1902. The author then recommends major changes in reclamation law and in the Bureau of Reclamation's policies for administering its water supply contracts. He uses four case studies to illustrate the application and potential benefits of his proposals. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315060583

Markets for SchoolingAn Economic Analysis Nick Adnett and Peter Davies develop an economic analysis of schooling markets emphasizing both the strengths and weaknesses of orthodox analyses. They explain the economic and social contexts that have generated the widespread desire to reform state schooling and develop a systematic analysis of the key policy components examining both theory and international evidence. The authors employ a unique framework based upon economic analysis that is informed by research performed by educationalists and other social scientists. Markets for Schooling is designed to be accessible and of interest to all researchers administrators and policy-makers concerned with education and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010185

Markets in FashionA phenomenological approach Interest in contemporary cultural industries has grown in the past decade as they take on a greater significance in our increasingly consumer-led society. Focusing on the world of fashion photography this book presents an interdisciplinary approach in which this and other aesthetic markets such as advertising modelling art music and more can be viewed. The main thrust of this groundbreaking book is in developing a theory for these cultural markets characterized by insecurity and where status and aesthetic diversity generate order and price differentiation. In these industries services and products are offered that are a mix of the aesthetic and the economic and for fashion photographers such as those studied here it is necessary to carefully position themselves in the market by developing unique photographic styles and separating themselves from competitors. Yet the markets in which these industries operate differ from the type of exchange markets depicted by neoclassical economists and therefore cannot be considered using such modes of analysis. Instead Aspers conducts his study using empirical phenomenology an original approach presented here for the first time which can be easily used in other empirical studies. He draws on original empirical material; participant observation and interviews generated in New York and Stockholm; which bring a depth of analysis and a relevance to this book which academics researchers and those with a vested interest in such industries will value. Written by one of the world's brightest young economic sociologists this fascinating book (previously published in Sweden and enthusiastically received) is endorsed by recognized industry authorities. A noteworthy book it provides a foothold in the burgeoning sub discipline of economic sociology and a significant analysis of the economics of the fashion photography industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511421

Markets of EnglishLinguistic Capital and Language Policy in a Globalizing World The global spread of English both reproduces and reinforces oppressive structures of inequality. But such structures can no longer be seen as imposed from an imperial center as English is now actively adopted and appropriated in local contexts around the world. This book argues that such conditions call for a new critique of global English one that is sensitive to both the political economic conditions of globalization and speakers’ local practices. Linking Bourdieu’s theory of the linguistic market and his practice-based perspective with recent advances in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology this book offers a fresh new critique of global English. The authors highlight the material discursive and semiotic processes through which the value of English in the linguistic market is constructed and suggest possible policy interventions that may be adopted to address the problems of global English. Through its serious engagement with current sociolinguistic theory and insightful analysis of the multiple dimensions of English in the world this book challenges the readers to think about what we need to do to confront the social inequalities that are perpetuated by the global spread of English Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902510

Markets within PlanningSocialist Economic Management in the Third World First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419216

Markets without LimitsMoral Virtues and Commercial Interests May you sell your vote? May you sell your kidney? May gay men pay surrogates to bear them children? May spouses pay each other to watch the kids do the dishes or have sex? Should we allow the rich to genetically engineer gifted beautiful children? Should we allow betting markets on terrorist attacks and natural disasters? Most people shudder at the thought. To put some goods and services for sale offends human dignity. If everything is commodified then nothing is sacred. The market corrodes our character. Or so most people say. In Markets without Limits Jason Brennan and Peter Jaworski give markets a fair hearing. The market does not introduce wrongness where there was not any previously. Thus the authors claim the question of what rightfully may be bought and sold has a simple answer: if you may do it for free you may do it for money. Contrary to the conservative consensus they claim there are no inherent limits to what can be bought and sold but only restrictions on how we buy and sell. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415737357

MarketsPerspectives from Economic and Social Theory Defining markets has never been an easy task. Despite their importance for economic theory and practice they are hard to pin down as a concept and economists have tended to adopt simplified axiomatic models or rely on piecemeal case studies. This book argues that an extended range of theory social as well as economic can provide a better foundation for the portrayal of markets. The book first looks at the definition of markets their inadequate treatment in orthodox economic theory and their historical background in the pre-capitalist and capitalist eras. It then assesses various alternatives to orthodox theory categorised as social/cultural structural functional and ethical approaches. Among the alternatives considered are institutionalist accounts Marxian views network models performativity arguments field theories Austrian views and ethical notions of fair trade. A key finding of the book is that these diverse approaches valuable as they are could present a more effective challenge to orthodoxy if they were less disparate. Possibilities are investigated for a more unified theoretical alternative to orthodoxy. Unlike most studies of markets this book adopts a fully interdisciplinary viewpoint expressed in accessible non-technical language. Ideas are brought together from heterodox economics social theory critical realism as well as other social sciences such as sociology anthropology and geography. Anybody seeking a broad critical survey of the theoretical analysis of markets will find this book useful and it will be of great interest to economists social scientists students and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936843

Marking the LandHunter-Gatherer Creation of Meaning in their Environment Marking the Land investigates how hunter-gatherers use physical landscape markers and environmental management to impose meaning on the spaces they occupy. The land is full of meaning for hunter-gatherers. Much of that meaning is inherent in natural phenomena but some of it comes from modifications to the landscape that hunter-gatherers themselves make. Such alterations may be intentional or unintentional temporary or permanent and they can carry multiple layers of meaning ranging from practical signs that provide guidance and information through to less direct indications of identity or abstract highly symbolic signs of sacred or ceremonial significance. This volume investigates the conditions which determine the investment of time and effort in physical landscape marking by hunter-gatherers and the factors which determine the extent to which these modifications are symbolically charged. Considering hunter-gatherer groups of varying sociocultural complexity and scale Marking the Land provides a systematic consideration of this neglected aspect of hunter-gatherer adaptation and the varied environments within which they live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874230

Markov Chains and Decision Processes for Engineers and Managers Recognized as a powerful tool for dealing with uncertainty Markov modeling can enhance your ability to analyze complex production and service systems. However most books on Markov chains or decision processes are often either highly theoretical with few examples or highly prescriptive with little justification for the steps of the algorithms used to solve Markov models. Providing a unified treatment of Markov chains and Markov decision processes in a single volume Markov Chains and Decision Processes for Engineers and Managers supplies a highly detailed description of the construction and solution of Markov models that facilitates their application to diverse processes. Organized around Markov chain structure the book begins with descriptions of Markov chain states transitions structure and models and then discusses steady state distributions and passage to a target state in a regular Markov chain. The author treats canonical forms and passage to target states or to classes of target states for reducible Markov chains. He adds an economic dimension by associating rewards with states thereby linking a Markov chain to a Markov decision process and then adds decisions to create a Markov decision process enabling an analyst to choose among alternative Markov chains with rewards so as to maximize expected rewards. An introduction to state reduction and hidden Markov chains rounds out the coverage.In a presentation that balances algorithms and applications the author provides explanations of the logical relationships that underpin the formulas or algorithms through informal derivations and devotes considerable attention to the construction of Markov models. He constructs simplified Markov models for a wide assortment of processes such as the weather gambling diffusion of gases a waiting line inventory component replacement machine maintenance selling a stock a charge account a career path patient flow Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383435

Markov Models & Optimization This book presents a radically new approach to problems of evaluating and optimizing the performance of continuous-time stochastic systems. This approach is based on the use of a family of Markov processes called Piecewise-Deterministic Processes (PDPs) as a general class of stochastic system models. A PDP is a Markov process that follows deterministic trajectories between random jumps the latter occurring either spontaneously in a Poisson-like fashion or when the process hits the boundary of its state space. This formulation includes an enormous variety of applied problems in engineering operations research management science and economics as special cases; examples include queueing systems stochastic scheduling inventory control resource allocation problems optimal planning of production or exploitation of renewable or non-renewable resources insurance analysis fault detection in process systems and tracking of maneuvering targets among many others.The first part of the book shows how these applications lead to the PDP as a system model and the main properties of PDPs are derived. There is particular emphasis on the so-called extended generator of the process which gives a general method for calculating expectations and distributions of system performance functions. The second half of the book is devoted to control theory for PDPs with a view to controlling PDP models for optimal performance: characterizations are obtained of optimal strategies both for continuously-acting controllers and for control by intervention (impulse control). Throughout the book modern methods of stochastic analysis are used but all the necessary theory is developed from scratch and presented in a self-contained way. The book will be useful to engineers and scientists in the application areas as well as to mathematicians interested in applications of stochastic analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203748039

Markov Processes Clear rigorous and intuitive Markov Processes provides a bridge from an undergraduate probability course to a course in stochastic processes and also as a reference for those that want to see detailed proofs of the theorems of Markov processes. It contains copious computational examples that motivate and illustrate the theorems. The text is designed to be understandable to students who have taken an undergraduate probability course without needing an instructor to fill in any gaps. The book begins with a review of basic probability then covers the case of finite state discrete time Markov processes. Building on this the text deals with the discrete time infinite state case and provides background for continuous Markov processes with exponential random variables and Poisson processes. It presents continuous Markov processes which include the basic material of Kolmogorov’s equations infinitesimal generators and explosions. The book concludes with coverage of both discrete and continuous reversible Markov chains. While Markov processes are touched on in probability courses this book offers the opportunity to concentrate on the topic when additional study is required. It discusses how Markov processes are applied in a number of fields including economics physics and mathematical biology. The book fills the gap between a calculus based probability course normally taken as an upper level undergraduate course and a course in stochastic processes which is typically a graduate course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482240733

Markov Random Flights Markov Random Flights is the first systematic presentation of the theory of Markov random flights in the Euclidean spaces of different dimensions. Markov random flights is a stochastic dynamic system subject to the control of an external Poisson process and represented by the stochastic motion of a particle that moves at constant finite speed and changes its direction at random Poisson time instants. The initial (and each new) direction is taken at random according to some probability distribution on the unit sphere. Such stochastic motion is the basic model for describing many real finite-velocity transport phenomena arising in statistical physics chemistry biology environmental science and financial markets. Markov random flights acts as an effective tool for modelling the slow and super-slow diffusion processes arising in various fields of science and technology. Features: Provides the first systematic presentation of the theory of Markov random flights in the Euclidean spaces of different dimensions. Suitable for graduate students and specialists and professionals in applied areas. Introduces a new unified approach based on the powerful methods of mathematical analysis such as integral transforms generalized hypergeometric and special functions. Author Alexander D. Kolesnik is a professor Head of Laboratory (2015–2019) and principal researcher (since 2020) at the Institute of Mathematics and Computer Science Kishinev (Chișinău) Moldova. He graduated from Moldova State University in 1980 and earned his PhD from the Institute of Mathematics of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine Kiev in 1991. He also earned a PhD Habilitation in mathematics and physics with specialization in stochastic processes probability and statistics conferred by the Specialized Council at the Institute of Mathematics of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine and confirmed by the Supreme Attestation Commission of Ukraine in 2010. His research interests include: probability and statistics stochastic processes random evolutions stochastic dynamic systems random flights diffusion processes transport processes random walks stochastic processes in random environments partial differential equations in stochastic models statistical physics and wave processes. Dr. Kolesnik has published more than 70 scientific publications mostly in high-standard international journals and a monograph. He has also acted as external referee for many outstanding international journals in mathematics and physics being awarded by the "Certificate of Outstanding Contribution in Reviewing" from the journal "Stochastic Processes and their Applications." He was the visiting professor and scholarship holder at universities in Italy and Germany and member of the Board of Global Advisors of the International Federation of Nonlinear Analysts (IFNA) United States of America. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367564940

Marks of an Absolute WitchEvidentiary Dilemmas in Early Modern England This work explores the social foundation of evidence law in a specific historical social and cultural context - the debate concerning the proof of the crime of witchcraft in early modern England. In this period the question of how to prove the crime of witchcraft was the centre of a public debate and even those who strongly believed in the reality of witchcraft had considerable concerns regarding its proof. In a typical witchcraft crime there were no eyewitnesses and since torture was not a standard measure in English criminal trials confessions could not be easily obtained. The scarcity of evidence left the fact-finders with a pressing dilemma. On the one hand using the standard evidentiary methods might have jeopardized any chance of prosecuting and convicting extremely dangerous criminals. On the other hand lowering the evidentiary standards might have led to the conviction of innocent people. Based on the analysis of 157 primary sources the book presents a picture of a diverse society whose members tried to influence evidentiary techniques to achieve their distinct goals and to bolster their social standing. In so doing this book further uncovers the interplay between the struggle with the evidentiary dilemma and social characteristics (such as class position along the centre/periphery axis and the professional affiliation) of the participants in the debate. In particular attention is focused on the professions of law clergy and medicine. This book finds clear affinity between the professional affiliation and the evidentiary positions of the participants in the debate demonstrating how the diverse social players and groups employed evidentiary strategies as a resource to mobilize their interests. The witchcraft debate took place within the formative era of modern evidence law and the book highlights the mutual influences between the witch trials and major legal developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669876

Marlowe's OvidThe Elegies in the Marlowe Canon The first book of its kind Marlowe's Ovid explores and analyzes in depth the relationship between the Elegies-Marlowe's translation of Ovid's Amores-and Marlowe's own dramatic and poetic works. Stapleton carefully considers Marlowe's Elegies in the context of his seven known dramatic works and his epyllion Hero and Leander and offers a different way to read Marlowe. Stapleton employs Marlowe's rendition of the Amores as a way to read his seven dramatic productions and his narrative poetry while engaging with previous scholarship devoted to the accuracy of the translation and to bibliographical issues. The author focuses on four main principles: the intertextual relationship of the Elegies to the rest of the author's canon; its reflection of the influence of Erasmian humanist pedagogy imitatio and aemulatio; its status as the standard English Amores until the Glorious Revolution part of the larger phenomenon of pan-European Renaissance Ovidianism; its participation in the genre of the sonnet sequence. He explores how translating the Amores into the Elegies profited Marlowe as a writer a kind of literary archaeology that explains why he may have commenced such an undertaking. Marlowe's Ovid adds to the body of scholarly work in a number of subfields including classical influences in English literature translation sexuality in literature early modern poetry and drama and Marlowe and his milieu. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472424945

Marlowe's SoldiersRhetorics of Masculinity in the Age of the Armada This title was first published in 2002: In the topsy-turvy 1580s and 1590s as the episodic Anglo-Spanish war became the greatest threat to "English" security since circa 1066 Marlowe rose up in the London theatres like some Phaeton of the entertainment industry taking war itself as a central subject of his art. This book reads his plays - especially "Tamburlaine" "Edward II" "The Massacre at Paris" and "Doctor Faustus" - as part of a bright new conversation then taking place in London about the nature of state security and martial law the decorum of playing "the soldier" on stage the rhetoric of warfever and the necessity for draconian prescriptions about English manhood. Those public conversations spilling out of Whitehall the church pulpits and the pubs took center stage during the few years the playwright worked in London. Shepard argues that the Marlowe plays wrestle with the philosophical assumptions about the nature of war and the role and status of soldiers in English culture that were being embedded in those years in contemporary military handbooks penned by veterans of war in homilies royal proclamations poems pamphlets and other plays Shakespeare's included. Drawing on early modern theories and uses of classical rhetoric stage history queer theory historicist strategies and even magical realism "Marlowe's Soldiers" investigates how and why Marlowe's plays make entertainment of a wealth of historically and geopolitically divergent fantasies about martial law and its discontents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725201

Marmaduke Herbert; or the Fatal Errorby Marguerite Blessington In the early and mid-nineteenth century Marguerite Blessington who had been born in Ireland but spent most of her life in London became a famous salonnière; she was generally regarded as an important contemporary author but as no literary executor took care of her oeuvre posthumously she eventually moved into the background. Her novels partly informed by the silver-fork genre are typical examples of Romantic Victorianism influenced by the Romantic cult of the solitary male self by the fascination with Italy and by the 1840s vogue of crime fiction while simultaneously giving space to ambivalent reflections about Blessington’s own Irish background. This volume as part of ‘Chawton House Library: Women’s Novels’ series presents her 1847 novel Marmaduke Herbert; or the Fatal Error a highly popular piece of fiction in its day being reprinted in German French and American editions within a year of its publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935884

Marriage Domestic Life and Social ChangeWritings for Jacqueline Burgoyne 1944-88 Marriage Domestic Life and Social Change brings together leading writers on marriage and the family in a tribute to the life and work of Jacqueline Burgoyne a major figure in family studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879898

Marriage Gender and Islam in IndonesiaWomen Negotiating Informal Marriage Divorce and Desire Marriage is central to Indonesia’s social fabric and critical in defining socially legitimate relationships. This book offers a rich anthropological account of Muslim Indonesian women’s experiences of courtship love marital discord and separation polygamy divorce and remarriage. By applying a new approach to theorising marital experiences as playing out across a dynamic marital continuum it expands static and dichotomous understandings of marriage and divorce. It offers new insights on how local modalities of Islam shape gender relations and are actively negotiated by women in pursing their marital desires. The book draws upon ethnographic case studies from the eastern Indonesian island of Lombok where early marriage divorce and remarriage are common place for Muslim women. In this context up to 70 per cent of marriages are legitimated through Islamic ceremonies and remain unregistered with the state. While these unregistered marriages are legally valid within the communities in which they occur such unions exclude women from accessing the marital rights theoretically enshrined in Indonesian marriage law. A key contribution of this book lies in its exploration of legal plurality in relation to Indonesian marriage which involves investigating the salience of Islamic law local customary law and state law for women’s varied marital trajectories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867638

Marriage Gender and Sex in a Contemporary Chinese Village This book explores changing concepts of marriage and gender relationships and attitudes toward sex in a rural Chinese community over the past five decades. The book is based on a study of an industrialized peasant village in Guangdong Province from 1994 to 1996 and subsequent visits from 2000 to 2002. According to the authors the rural economic reforms of the 1980s in southern China have challenged and reinforced the deep structure of Chinese familism and this has lead to tensions between tradition and modernity. The first section of the book explores how attitudes toward marriage and courtship have changed over the past fifty years through personal accounts of three different marriages from different generations. In Part II the transition from a traditional to a modern society is discussed from the perspective of several women from different generations. The third section focuses on sexual relationships and the growing sex trade in the village. Part IV includes updates to the original survey and takes a look at village politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702513

Marriage Love Caste and Kinship SupportLived Experiences of the Urban Poor in India This book makes use of interesting case studies and photographs to describe everyday life in a squatter settlement in Delhi. The book helps to understand the marital experiences of these people most of whom belong to the Scheduled Caste and live in one identified geographical space. The author describes the shifts within their marriages remarriages and other kinds of unions and their striking diversities which have been described with care. Shalini Grover also examines the close ties of married women with their mothers and natal families. An important contribution of the book lies in the unfolding of the role of women-led informal courts Mahila Panchayats and their influence in conflict resolution. This takes place in a distinctly different mode of community-based arbitration against the backdrop of mainstream legal structures and male-dominated caste associations. The book will be of interest to students of sociology and social anthropology gender studies development studies law and psychology. Activists and family counsellors will also find the book useful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019331

Marriage Manners and Mobility in Early Modern Venice Throughout history marriage has been used as a method of creating and strengthening bonds between elites and the societies over which they ruled. Nowhere is this more apparent than in early modern Venice where members of the patriciate looked to marital alliances with outsider brides to help maintain their position and social distinction in a fluid society. This book explores the parameters of upward social mobility contemporary evaluations of social status and moral behaviour and the place of marriage and concubinage within patrician society. Drawing heavily on the records of the Avogaria di Comun which had the task of examining the social backgrounds and moral reputations of women from outside the patriciate who wished to marry patricians this study provides a fascinating reconstruction of Venetian society as it was seen by individuals at every level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265257

Marriage Performance and Politics at the Jacobean Court Marriage Performance and Politics at the Jacobean Court constitutes the first full-length study of Jacobean nuptial performance a hitherto unexplored branch of early modern theater consisting of masques and entertainments performed for high-profile weddings. Scripted by such writers as Ben Jonson Thomas Campion George Chapman and Francis Beaumont these entertainments were mounted for some of the most significant political events of James's English reign. Here Kevin Curran analyzes all six of the elite weddings celebrated at the Jacobean court reading the masques and entertainments that headlined these events alongside contemporaneously produced panegyrics festival books sermons parliamentary speeches and other sources. The study shows how collectively wedding entertainments turned the idea of union into a politically versatile category of national representation and offered new ways of imagining a specifically Jacobean form of national identity by doing so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257672

Marriage Sexuality and Gender Marriage Sexuality and Gender examines contemporary debates about the meaning and value of marriage. The book analyzes arguments for traditional marriage including those of neonaturalists utilitarians and communitarians or virtue theorists. The volume also considers a range of feminist welfarist and liberationist arguments for ending the institution altogether. It evaluates two major reform movements: one focused on expanding marriage to include same-sex couples and the other focused on the use of law to render marriage more internally just. The book concludes with a plea to activists to redirect "marriage equality" movements toward the creation of an entirely secular "civil union law" that would respect a broader range of private life-long commitments including but not limited to same- and opposite-sex couples without threatening the role of religious marriage in the lives of those who embrace it and without penalizing nonparticipants. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633534

Marriage A Search For Healing First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138883772

Marriage and CohabitationRegulating Intimacy Affection and Care The law has long been interested in marriage and conjugal cohabitation and in the range of public and private obligations that accrue from intimate living. This collection of classic articles explores that legal interest while at the same time locating marriage and cohabitation within a range of intimate affiliations. It offers the perspectives of a number of international scholars on questions of how if at all our different ways of intimacy ought to be recognised and regulated by law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249643

Marriage and Family Among the Yakö in South-Eastern Nigeria Originally published in 1951 this book analyses the social values and institutions involved in the establishment and maintenance of marital relationships. Most of the data is derived from Umor the largest of the five Yakö villages. As well as considering the conventions through which mariatal values are expressed the relation of marital status to the general structure of Yakö society is also discussed. The book also determines the extent to which the values posited by the Yakö themselves are actually operative and discusses the changing conditions which have modified traditional standars of marital behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588301

Marriage and Family in Modern ChinaA Psychoanalytic Exploration Marriage and Family in Modern China is a groundbreaking psychoanalytic examination of how 70 years of widespread social change have transformed the intimacies of life in modern China. The book describes the evolution of marriage and family structure from the ancient tradition of large families preferring sons arranged marriages and devaluation of girls to a contemporary dominance of free-choice marriages and families that now prefer to remain small even after the ending of the One Child Policy. David Scharff uses extensive reports of his psychoanalytic interventions to demonstrate how the residue of widespread trauma suffered by Chinese families during past centuries has interacted with the effects of rapid modernization to produce new patterns of individual identity personal ambition and family structure. This wholly original book offers new insight into Chinese families for all those interested in psychoanalytic psychotherapy and in the intricacies of Chinese domestic life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367569471

Marriage and Family TherapyA Sociocognitive Approach Marriage and Family Therapy: A Sociocognitive Approach is a comprehensive and clearly written introduction to sociocognitive therapy. It is rich with transcripts and case examples culled from the authors’more than thirty-five years of practice providing you with valuable background information on helping difficult-to-reach and hard-to-help populations. In practical language this volume takes you step-by-step through methods of assessment and change that are useful in traditional and nontraditional families and couples. With clear language and taxonomy for family troubles and their resolution Marriage and Family Therapy provides conceptual handles to guide you in learning intervention strategies enabling you to work effectively with most notably lower working-class and poor inner-city African-American families. A highlight of the book is the detailed look at terminal and instrumental interaction hypotheses and how they can be applied in actual therapy situations. With Marriage and Family Therapy as a guide you will develop multiple skills and methods that equip you to better handle the challenging task of helping troubled families and couples.The first two chapters present the theoretical framework of the sociocognitive approach. In the third chapter the assessment and change concepts central to Dr. Hurvitz's approach are introduced. The last four chapters show how these humanist principles are applied through the phases of opening change-producing and termination in therapy creating an invaluable book for marriage and family therapists social workers psychologists and educators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801483

Marriage And Fertility In ChileDemographic Turning Points In The Petorca Valley 1840-1976 This book considers population developments in Petorca between 1840 and 1976. It points out that perceptions of the population explosion in Latin America are distorted to a degree by the fact that the fertility decline has been accompanied by an increase in the proportion of women who marry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169589

Marriage and Its Dissolution in Early Modern England Volume 1 Addresses Early Modern representations of chastity and adultery as well as matrimony and its dissolution in both the private and public realms including the most well known marital dissolution that of Henry VIII and Catherine of Aragon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660700

Marriage and Its Dissolution in Early Modern England Volume 2 Addresses Early Modern representations of chastity and adultery as well as matrimony and its dissolution in both the private and public realms including the most well known marital dissolution that of Henry VIII and Catherine of Aragon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664128

Marriage and Its Dissolution in Early Modern England Volume 3 Addresses Early Modern representations of chastity and adultery as well as matrimony and its dissolution in both the private and public realms including the most well known marital dissolution that of Henry VIII and Catherine of Aragon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660717

Marriage and Its Dissolution in Early Modern England Volume 4 Addresses Early Modern representations of chastity and adultery as well as matrimony and its dissolution in both the private and public realms including the most well known marital dissolution that of Henry VIII and Catherine of Aragon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138660724

Marriage and Morals Marriage and Morals is a compelling cross-cultural examination of individual familial and societal attitudes towards sex and marriage. By exploring the codes by which we live our sexual lives and conventional morality Russell daringly sets out a new morality shaped and influenced by dramatic changes in society such as the emancipation of women and the wide-spread use of contraceptives. From the origin of marriage to the influence of religion Russell explores the changing role of marriage and codes of sexual ethics. The influence of this great work has turned it into a worthy classic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171404

Marriage and Morals First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148376

Marriage and Relationship EducationWhat Works and How to Provide It Grounded in extensive research and clinical experience this indispensable book addresses the ""whats "" ""whys "" and ""how-tos"" of conducting effective marriage and relationship education. Leading authority W. Kim Halford reviews a range of contemporary models and provides an in-depth description of his own approach Couple CARE. Session-by-session guidelines for therapists show how to help groups or individual couples—including those facing major life changes or stressors—foster closeness and communication manage conflicts and prevent common relationship problems. The book also explains how to use commercially available online assessment tools to help each couple develop their own relationship goals. It includes 35 reproducible handouts and forms. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503322

Marriage and Sexuality in Medieval and Early Modern Iberia First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762311

Marriage and the Family among the Yako in South-Eastern Nigeria Originally published in 1951 this book analyses the social values and institutions involved in the establishment and maintenance of marital relationships. Most of the data is derived from Umor the largest of the five Yakö villages. As well as considering the conventions through which mariatal values are expressed the relation of marital status to the general structure of Yakö society is also discussed. The book also determines the extent to which the values posited by the Yakö themselves are actually operative and discusses the changing conditions which have modified traditional standars of marital behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135388

Marriage and the FamilyMirror of a Diverse Global Society Marriage and the Family: Mirror of a Diverse Global Society is a comprehensive text about marriage and the family in sociology family science and diversity studies. The book is divided into four parts: studying marriage patterns and understanding family diversity; developing and maintaining intimate relationships; tackling family issues and managing household crises; and appreciating contemporary living arrangements in a diverse American society and across the global community. Marriage and the Family is unique in its focus on diversity as well as its global perspective. Diversity Overview boxes feature vignettes of family diversity in America. Global Overview boxes invite students to experience family life in different areas of the world. Indeed families become a mirror that helps students see a diversifying American society and a globalizing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185760

Marriage and Values in Public PolicyConflicts in the UK the US and Australia Marriage is a site of political conflict. It is a controversial issue in the UK Australia and the US where there is a clash of values between neoliberal governments and diverse groups either strongly opposing or supporting marriage. In the meantime fewer couples are marrying while other family forms are more widely accepted. This book explores this disconnect by examining policy issues such as class divides ethnicity religion same-sex marriage gender relations and romantic expectations. A top down approach explores different government policy responses to marriage. In all three countries there are differences and similarities in how governments react to the changes in family formations but values or ‘conceptions of the desirable’ play a significant role. Enhancing stability and commitment as well as personal responsibility are important for policymakers who aim to keep ‘the family’ intact and thereby lower the burden on the public purse. It is difficult for political actors to respond to conflicting and changing values surrounding the diversity in relationships or to translate them into policies. There is a strong case to be made for increased policy attention to adult relationships - and a much weaker case for marriage. Rich evidence is drawn from interviews with key stakeholders as well as politicians’ speeches government departmental reports stakeholders’ documents and responses to government policies and media articles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138368231

Marriage Ceremonies in Morocco (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1914 this title was the first comparative study of the marriage ceremonies in different parts of Morocco. Westermarck considers how ceremonial customs and rituals differ across social and cultural groups throughout the country and discusses their possible roots. Based on extensive primary research visiting many of the tribes and places mentioned in the book this is a really fascinating title of great value to students of sociology and cultural anthropology with an interest in the foundations of the marriage ceremony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721028

Marriage Fictions in Old French Secular Narratives 1170-1250A Critical Re-evaluation of the Courtly Love Debate Nickolaus provides the readers with a concise critical discussion of the "courtly love" debate broad historical and comparative analysis and a model that explains at the level of plot rhetoric and ideology the proper place of amorous motifs in the context of prevailing Christian doctrines and attitudes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868601

Marriage in BlackThe Pursuit of Married Life among American-born and Immigrant Blacks Despite the messages we hear from social scientists policymakers and the media black Americans do in fact get married—and many of these marriages last for decades. Marriage in Black offers a progressive perspective on black marriage that rejects talk of black relationship "pathology" in order to provide an understanding of enduring black marriage that is richly lived. The authors offer an in-depth investigation of details and contexts of black married life and seek to empower black married couples whose intimate relationships run contrary to common—but often inaccurate—stereotypes. Considering historical influences from Antebellum slavery onward this book investigates contemporary married life among more than 60 couples born after the passage of the Civil Rights Act. Husbands and wives tell their stories from how they met to how they decided to marry to what their life is like five years after the wedding and beyond. Their stories reveal the experiences of the American-born and of black immigrants from Africa or the Caribbean with explorations of the "ideal" marriage parenting finances work conflict the criminal justice system religion and race. These couples show us that black family life has richness that belies common stereotypes with substantial variation in couples’ experiences based on social class country of origin gender religiosity and family characteristics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497672

Marriage in Changing JapanCommunity & Society This book approaches its subject from two angles. First there is a detailed and descriptive analysis of the social organisation of and place of marriage in one community in Kyushu. To this extent the study is a regional one and provides valuable ethnographic information. The second angle however is to analyse this material in the light of other historical ethnographical writings on Japan which puts the regional material in a national context and brings together a great deal of information about Japanese marriage hitherto unpublished in English.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849432

Marriage in Contemporary Japan The phenomenon of bankonka – ‘postponement of marriage’ – is increasingly reported in contemporary Japanese media clearly illustrating the changing patterns of modern lifestyles and attitudes towards marriage personal obligation and ambition. This is the first book in recent years to explore the contemporary state of marriage in Japanese society. Setting out the different perceptions and expectations of marriage in today’s Japan the book discusses how economic issues and the family impact on marital behaviour. Contrary to the views of some feminists that young women have no interest in improving their status and position this book argues that by delaying marriage and childrearing young women can be seen as ‘rebels’ challenging Japanese patriarchal society. Unlike many other studies it gives equal attention to male gender roles and masculinity exploring what constitutes being a ‘real man’ in Japan – through the analysis of mainstream and non-mainstream conceptions of masculinity that co-exist in contemporary Japan and considers the implications of such different roles for the institution of marriage. It investigates the roles of wife and mother articulating why the strict division of labour defining men as breadwinners and women as homemakers became popular. Moreover it describes the changing character of courtship relationships explaining why the norm has shifted from arranged marriages pre-1945 to love marriages after that period. Finally it puts the Japanese experience into cross-cultural international context with a series of comparisons with marriage elsewhere both in Asia – including in Korea and Hong Kong – and in western countries such as France Sweden Italy and the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673709

Marriage MattersPerspectives on the Private and Public Importance of Marriage In Marriage Matters Janice Shaw Crouse argues that marriage is a critical element in a free society and that society's most vulnerable communities especially minorities and the poor suffer the most from the retreat from marriage. Because marriage advances the public interest we should create laws and policies that support rather than undermine it. Crouse demonstrates both the public and private importance of marriage and organizes her argument in a thoughtful and logical manner.Crouse argues that marriage is by far the best family unit for raising children and shows how the trend away from marriage has fuelled some of the nation's worst social problems. Households lacking traditional fathers are disproportionately poor. Crouse notes the government has taken on a breadwinner role by creating welfare programs such as food stamps and Medicaid but observes that social programs cannot provide the moral guidance of a father.The groundwork for strong marriages and lasting relationships is examined in detail. Crouse also discusses the role of sex in marriages and the harmful influence of casual sex. She shows how marriage matters to individuals (specifically to women and children) and depicts same-sex marriage as a potential threat to the institution. Other public policy issues affecting marriage are also explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863179

Marriage Relationships in Tudor Political Drama Originally published in 2005. While several recent studies have investigated the political dimensions of sixteenth-century English drama until now there has not been a monograph that tells the story of how and why royal marital selection was examined. By linking court interludes neoclassical university tragedies and popular plays by late Elizabethan dramatists Christopher Marlowe John Lyly Thomas Kyd and William Shakespeare to the inflammatory topic of Tudor marriage Michael Winkelman demonstrates their cultural centrality. This new work interrogates the symbolic allusive and mimetic aspects of marital relationships in such plays. Winkelman argues that they were crucial battlegrounds for a series of consequential debates about the future of the monarchy especially during the reigns of the oft-married King Henry VIII and his unmarried daughter the Virgin Queen Elizabeth I. Marriage as a critically important political metaphor as well as a pressing realpolitik quandary was the subject of major debate in the drama and government of Tudor England. Royal conduct in the domestic sphere had a tremendous impact on the entire English social order and in an age before widespread freedom of speech court drama was often the only venue where the voicing of criticism was tolerated. The fascinating soap-opera story of Tudor marriage thus provides the author with a reference point for an interdisciplinary study of sixteenth-century theatre and politics. Drawing on evidence from playbooks and historical chronicles as well as contemporary work in gender studies audience-response theory and anthropology this book explores how during a time of anxiety-inducing change playwrights discussed controversies and propounded remedies; theatre played a pivotal role in shaping society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429264528

Marriage TraffickingWomen in Forced Wedlock This book examines the traffic in women for marriage a phenomenon that has been largely overlooked in international efforts to address the problem of human trafficking. In contrast to current international and state-based approaches to trafficking which tend to focus on sex trafficking and trafficking for forced labour this book seeks to establish how marriage as an institution is often implicated in the occurrence of trafficking in women. The book aims firstly to establish why marriage has tended not to be included in dominant conceptions of trafficking in persons and secondly to determine whether certain types of marriage may constitute cases of human trafficking in and of themselves. Through the use of case studies on forced marriage mail-order bride (MOB) marriage and Fundamentalist Mormon polygamy this book demonstrates that certain kinds of marriage may in fact constitute situations of trafficking in persons and together form the under-recognised phenomenon of ‘marriage trafficking’. In addition the book offers a new perspective on the types of harm involved in trafficking in women by developing a framework for identifying the particular abuses characteristic to marriage trafficking. It argues that the traffic in women for marriage cannot be understood merely as a subset of sex trafficking or trafficking for forced labour but rather constitutes a distinctive form of trafficking in its own right. This book will be of great interest to scholars and postgraduates working in the fields of human rights theory and institutions political science international law transnational crime trafficking in persons and feminist political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436971

Married Cooperators First published in 1997 in the context of dramatically rising divorce rates this volume examines Non-Discordant Marital Separations (NMS) what holds families together in difficult times and family support mechanisms. Factors in tension with that unity such as when couples have to live apart due to work-related travel questions of identity causes of extra-marital affairs and the ‘greedy’ world of work are considered. This unique book portraying how parents and children cope with employment will be of interest to academics and lay people who are concerned about the impact of work on family life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327764

Married Life and its VicissitudesA Therapeutic Approach This book is about marital relations and its vicissitudes and the possible way of dealing with them through marital therapy. It reflects the importance of turning marital miscommunications into constructive communications between partners in order to improve their relationship. The psychoanalytic perspective plays a significant role in exploring the marital relationship through the partners' emotional interaction with each other and the effect that their personal emotional development has on their constructive and destructive attitudes. On some occasions other therapeutic models can be added to reinforce the therapeutic exploration and the possible therapeutic goal. The contributions of Freud and post-Freudians and later Melanie Klein and her followers enabled a deeper and wider view to better understand the emotional vicissitudes in marital interaction. A marital relation is an important unit that is placed between the individual and the family and is affected by social and cultural contexts. Beginning a marital relationship implies a significant move or change in the individual's development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203919

Married to the Job (RLE Feminist Theory)Wives' Incorporation in Men's Work Married to the Job examines an important but under-researched area: the relationships of wives to their husbands’ work. Janet Finch looks both at the way women’s lives are directly affected by the work their husbands do and how they can get drawn into it. These she sees as the two sides of wives’ ‘incorporation’. Dr Finch discusses a wide range of occupations from obvious stereotypes – services diplomatic clergy and political wives – to more subtle but equally valid shades of involvement – the wives of policemen merchant seamen prison officers the owners of small businesses and academics. She stresses that this process is by no means confined to the wives of professional men; she argues that the nature of the work done and the way it is organised are more important pointers to the ways in which wives will be incorporated. For specific illustrations Dr Finch draws substantially on her own original research on wives of the clergy. Married to the Job clearly shows that marriage itself (not just child-bearing) is an important feature of women’s subordination. Dr Finch points to the links between husband’s work the family and its relationship to economic structures and suggests that wives are tied into those structures as much as anything through their vicarious involvement in their husband’s work. She views any prospects for change with caution. The organisation of social and economic life makes it difficult for wives to break free from this incorporation even should they wish to; it makes economic good sense for them to continue in most cases; social life is organised so as to make compliance easy; and it provides a comprehensible way of being a wife. As an empirically-based survey of women’s subordination within marriage Married to the Job will prove essential reading to all those concerned about the position of women whether feminists academics or general readers. It will also provide important background material for undergraduate courses on women’s studies the sociology of the family the sociology of work and family policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754200

Married Women in Legal PracticeAgency and Norms in the Swedish Realm 1350-1450 This book describes the ways in which married women appeared in legal practice in the medieval Swedish realm 1350-1450 through both the agency of women and through the norms that surrounded their actions. Since there were no court protocols kept legal practice must be studied through other sources. For this book more than 6 000 original charters have been researched and a database of all the charters pertaining to women created. This enables new findings from an area that has previously not been studied on a larger scale and reveals trends and tendencies regarding aspects considered central to married women’s agency such as networks criminal liability and procedural capacity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367363123

Married Women Who Love WomenAnd More… This accessible book offers support and advice for women in heterosexual marriages who discover or are coming to terms with their lesbianism or bisexuality. It also offers guidance for the single lovers of married women. In sharing the author’s personal story as well as the descriptive experiences of others this book provides validation and empowerment to multitudes of women in their search for their true identities. In this third edition of Married Women Who Love Women the author gives women ways in which to structure and restructure their lives and their families after they realize their same-gender sexuality. Chapters consider questions such as how women make this discovery reactions from loved ones and the outcomes for marriages and families. Updated throughout with contemporary understandings of sexuality and gender this book includes a wealth of information fresh narratives and stories offering insight into women’s experiences across the country. This is an essential read for women and their partners who are discovering their true identity as well as therapists helping professionals and students of women’s studies gender studies sexuality studies and LGBTQ studies programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223885

Marrying & BuryingRites Of Passage In A Man's Life In this book Ronald Grimes tells an intensely personal story about the role of ritual in his own rich and sometimes difficult life. His critique of ritual impoverishment in North America reveals the extraordinary potential that ritualizing holds for negotiating and enriching transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159856

Marrying Jesus in Medieval and Early Modern Northern EuropePopular Culture and Religious Reform The first full-length study of the notion of marriage to Jesus in late medieval and early modern popular culture this book treats the transmission and transformation of ideas about this concept as a case study in the formation of religious belief and popular culture. Marrying Jesus in Medieval and Early Modern Northern Europe provides a history of the dispersion of theology about the bride of Christ in the period between the twelfth and seventeenth centuries and explains how this metaphor initially devised for a religious elite became integral to the laity's pursuit of salvation. Unlike recent publications on the bride of Christ which explore the gendering of sanctity or the poetics of religious eroticism this is a study of popular religion told through devotional media and other technologies of salvation. Marrying Jesus argues against the heteronormative interpretation that brides of Christ should be female by reconstructing the cultural production of brides of Christ in late medieval Europe. A central assertion of this book is that by the fourteenth century worldly sexually active brides of Christ both male and female were no longer aberrations. Analyzing understudied vernacular sources from the late medieval period - including sermons early printed books spiritual diaries letters songs and hagiographies - Rabia Gregory shows how marrying Jesus was central to late medieval lay piety and how the 'chaste' bride of Christ developed out of sixteenth-century religious disputes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379978

Mars LearningThe Marine Corps' Development Of Small Wars Doctrine 1915-1940 Keith B. Bickel challenges a host of military and strategic theories that treat particular bureaucratic structures large organizations and elites as the progenitors of doctrine. This timely study of how the military draws lessons from interventions focuses on the overlooked role that mid-level combat officers play in creating military doctrine. Mars Learning closely evaluates Marine civil and military pacification operations in Haiti the Dominican Republic and Nicaragua and illuminates the debates surrounding the development of Marine Corps' small wars doctrine between 1915 and 1940. The result is compelling evidence of how field experience obtained before 1940 played a role in shaping the Marine Corps' Small Wars Manual and elements of doctrine that exist today. How the Marines organized lessons at that time provides important insights into how doctrine is likely to be generated today in response to post-Cold War interventions around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098803

Mars The Next Step The conquest of Earth's moon was merely a precursor to a more dramatic step forward which will take men and women to an outpost that might eventually become a second home for the human race. Mars: The Next Step illustrates how the only feasible colonization of another planet in our solar system will be on Mars. The author addresses the various questions surrounding this theory with frank scientific caution that in no way obscures his vigorous enthusiasm and above all optimism for mankind's future in space. This vivid and entertaining book explores "terraforming" (planetary engineering) which could turn Mars into a more congenial environment for humans both in terms of changing the harsh climate of the planet and the production of plants able to thrive there by means of genetic engineering. The book includes numerous diagrams of possible manned spacecraft along with color pictures of Mars taken on previous unmanned missions. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429332432

Marsh Dwellers of the Euphrates Delta Dr Salim of Bagdad University spent two years amongst the remarkable tribal peoples who inhabit the great marshes of the lower Euphrates. He describes their social and economic organization and discusses on the one hand the process by which people with bedouin traditions and values have adapted themselves to different and difficult conditions and on the other the effects upon them of submission to the central government and the modernisation of their modes of life that has resulted from it. His account offers a fascinating study of people living in an unusual environment and will be of value to the anthropologist and ethnologist for its precise ethnography. At the same time as one of the few detailed studies of the changes now being wrought on such a large scale by modern economic and political forces it has real importance for the general student of contemporary Middle Eastern affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135272

Marsha NormanA Casebook First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995673

Marshall Marshallians and Industrial Economics The four sections of the book deal in succession with Marshall’s key ideas on the subject the wider context of his thought in which they are to be read their later development by some of his pupils and their revival in contemporary economics. The first and last sections work together to illustrate the evolutionary focus of Marshall’s research program and to identify its affinity with modern industrial economics; the second explicates the social assumptions within which the Marshallian paradigm was embedded in particular those relating to the various relationships that exist between individuals and wider groups; while the third traces the development of Marshall’s views by some of his pupils.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746939

Marston Rivalry Rapprochement and Jonson Significant and unexplored signs of John Marston's literary rivalry with Ben Jonson are investigated here by Charles Cathcart. The centrepiece of the book is its argument that the anonymous play The Family of Love sometimes attributed to Thomas Middleton and sometimes to Lording Barry was in part the work of John Marston and that it constitutes a whimsical statement of amity with Jonson. The book concerns itself with material rarely or never viewed as part of the "Poets' War" (such as the mutual attempted cuckoldings of The Insatiate Countess and the Middle Temple performance of Twelfth Night) rather than with texts (like Satiromastix and Poetaster) long considered in this light. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594057

Martha GrahamA special issue of the journal Choreography and Dance First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147584

Martial Arts and the Body Politic in Meiji Japan In 1895 the newly formed Greater Japan Martial Virtue Association (Dainippon Butokukai) held its first annual Martial Virtue Festival (butokusai) in the ancient capital of Kyoto. The Festival marked the arrival of a new iteration of modern Japan as the Butokukai’s efforts to define and popularise Japanese martial arts became an important medium through which the bodies of millions of Japanese citizens would experience draw on and even shape the Japanese nation and state. This book shows how the notion and practice of Japanese martial arts in the late Meiji period brought Japanese bodies Japanese nationalisms and the Japanese state into sustained contact and dynamic engagement with one another. Using a range of disciplinary approaches Denis Gainty shows how the metaphor of a national body and the cultural and historical meanings of martial arts were celebrated and appropriated by modern Japanese at all levels of society allowing them to participate powerfully in shaping the modern Japanese nation and state. While recent works have cast modern Japanese and their bodies as subject to state domination and elite control this book argues that having a body – being a body and through that body experiencing and shaping social political and even cosmic realities – is an important and underexamined aspect of the late Meiji period.  Martial Arts and the Body Politic in Meiji Japan is an important contribution to debates in Japanese and Asian social sciences theories of the body and its role in modern historiography and related questions of power and agency by suggesting a new and dramatic role for human bodies in the shaping of modern states and societies. As such it will be valuable to students and scholars of Japanese studies Japanese history modern nations and nationalisms and sport and leisure studies as well as those interested in the body more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138121010

Martial Arts and Well-beingConnecting communities and promoting health Martial Arts and Well-Being explores how martial arts as a source of learning can contribute in important ways to health and well-being as well as provide other broader social benefits. Using psychological and sociological theory related to behaviour ritual perception and reality construction the book seeks to illustrate with empirical data how individuals make sense of and perceive the value of martial arts in their lives. This book draws on data from over 500 people across all age ranges and powerfully demonstrates that participating in martial arts can have a profound influence on the construction of behaviour patterns that are directly linked to lifestyle and health. Making individual connections regarding the benefits of practice improvements to health and well-being – regardless of whether these improvements are ‘true’ in a medical sense – this book offers an important and original window into the importance of beliefs to health and well-being as well as the value of thinking about education as a process of life-long learning. This book will be of great interest to a range of audiences including researchers academics and postgraduate students interested in sports and exercise psychology martial art studies and health and well-being. It should also be of interest to sociologists social workers and martial arts practitioners. The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/doi/view/10.4324/9781315448084 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138213555

Martial Arts in AsiaHistory Culture and Politics The reawakening of Asian martial arts is a distinct example of cultural hybridity in a global setting. This book deals with history of Asian martial arts in the contexts of tradition religion philosophy politics and culture. It attempts to deepen the study of martial arts studies in their transformation from traditional to modern sports. It is also important that this book explores how Asian martial arts including Shaolin martial arts and Taekwondo have worked as tools for national advocate of identities among Asians in order to overcome various national hardships and to promote nationalism in the modern eras. The Asian martial arts certainly have been transformed in both nature and content into unique modern sports and they have contributed to establishing cultural homogeneity in Asia. This phenomenon can be applied to the global community.   The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue in the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815348139

Martin Amis Booker-shortlisted for Time's Arrow and widely known for his novels short stories essays reviews and autobiographical works Martin Amis is one of the most influential of contemporary British writers. This guide to Amis's diverse and often controversial work offers: an accessible introduction to the contexts and many interpretations of his texts from publication to the present an introduction to key critical texts and perspectives on Amis's life and work situated within a broader critical history cross-references between sections of the guide in order to suggest links between texts contexts and criticism suggestions for further reading. Part of the Routledge Guides to Literature series this volume is essential reading for all those beginning detailed study of Martin Amis and seeking not only a guide to his works but also a way through the wealth of contextual and critical material that surrounds them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203607381

Martin Buber and His Critics (Routledge Revivals)An Annotated Bibliography of Writings in English through 1978 First published in 1981. Martin Buber has been acclaimed as one of the major philosophical and religious thinkers of the twentieth century with his influence and achievements spanning numerous fields — however in each of these areas his work has also been severely criticised and his influence called into question. This volume brings together in a systematic arrangement all the significant material by and about Martin Buber published in English up to the centenary of his birth in 1978. To make the bibliography as useful as possible the critical material was annotated and various indexes were constructed including an extensive subject index to both Buber’s works and the criticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650343

Martin Buber on MythAn Introduction This book summarizes and evaluates the contribution of Martin Buber as a theorist of myth. It offers a coherent and unified study focusing on Buber's approach to myth as part of his entire system of philosophy. The book analyzes whether Buber's use of myth contributes to modern appreciation of myth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138843271

Martin Chuzzlewit (RLE Dickens)Routledge Library Editions: Charles Dickens Volume 10 Although enjoyed my many as a masterpiece of Dickens’ comic writing Martin Chuzzlewit has long been underrated by professional critics. This volume redresses the balance by devoting its attention to a full critical discussion of the novel and by including a full survey of the critical positions held in the past. As well as discussing the themes of selfishness and hypocrisy the history of the text is also explored as is the complex relationship between Dickens and the United States which played a great part in the development of the novel and exerted considerable influence on it early reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878471

Martin Heidegger Although Heidegger's writings are not extensively concerned with the analysis of political concepts or with advocating particular arrangements of political institutions his basic way of understanding the human relation to the world accords a constitutive significance to its social cultural and historical dimensions. There is thus a political aspect to his thinking about every philosophical matter to which he turns his attention. This collection of essays is designed to identify contextualize and critically evaluate the main phases of his intellectual development from that perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249636

Martin Heidegger Since the publication of his mammoth work Being and Time Martin Heidegger has remained one of the most influential figures in contemporary thought and is a key influence for modern literary and cultural theory. This guidebook provides an ideal entry-point for readers new to Heidegger outlining such issues and concepts as: the limits of 'theory' the history of being the origin of the work of art language the literary work poetry and the political Heidegger's involvement with Nazism. Fully updated throughout and featuring a new section on enviromental thought and ecocriticism this guidebook clearly and concisely introduces Heidegger's crucial work relating to art language and poetry and outlines his continuing influence on critical theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415590907

Martin HeideggerKey Concepts Heidegger's writings are among the most formidable in recent philosophy. The pivotal concepts of his thought are for many the source of both fascination and frustration. Yet any student of philosophy needs to become acquainted with Heidegger's thought. "Martin Heidegger: Key Concepts" is designed to facilitate this. Each chapter introduces and explains a key Heideggerian concept or a cluster of closely related concepts. Together the chapters cover the full range of Heidegger's thought in its early middle and later phases. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711546

Martin Luther An engaging and comprehensive new edition of this established biography provides students with an understanding of the European Reformation through the life of its key mover Martin Luther. Working chronologically through Luther’s life Michael A. Mullet explains and analyses Luther’s background the development of his Reformation theology in the 95 Theses the Diet of Worms and the creation of Lutheranism. This fully revised and updated new edition includes a chapter on the legacy and memory of Luther through the centuries since his death looking to his influence on modern Germany and the wider world. A comprehensive chronology at the start of the book traces the important dates in Luther’s personal and political life. This is a vivid scholarly and empathetic biography of Martin Luther which will be essential reading for all students of the European Reformation early modern history and religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734073

Martin Luther King Jr. Peter Ling’s acclaimed biography of Martin Luther King Jr provides a thorough re-examination of both the man and the Civil Rights Movement showing how King grew into his leadership role and kept his faith as the challenges facing the movement strengthened after 1965. Ling combines a detailed narrative of Martin Luther King’s life with the key historiographical debates surrounding him and places both within the historical context of the Civil Rights Movement. This fully revised and updated second edition includes an extended look at Black Power and a detailed analysis of the memorialization of King since his death including President Obama’s 50th anniversary address and how conservative spokesmen have tried to appropriate King as an advocate of colour-blindness. Drawing on the wide-ranging and changing scholarship on the Civil Rights Movement this volume condenses research previously scattered across a larger literature. Peter Ling's crisp and fluent style captures the drama irony and pathos of King's life and provides an excellent introduction for students and others interested in King the Civil Rights movement and America in the 1960s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781634

Martin Luther King Jr. and the Civil Rights Movement Martin Luther King Jr is one of the iconic figures of 20th century history and one of the most influential and important in the American Civil Rights Movement; John Kirk here presents the life of Martin Luther King in the context of that movement placing him at the center of the Afro-American fight for equality and recognition. This book combines the insights from two fields of study seeking to combine the top down; national federal policy-oriented approach to the movement with the bottom up local grassroots activism approach to demonstrate how these different levels of activism intersect and interact with each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408220139

Martin Luther King Jr. Combining the latest insights from KIng biographies and movement histories this book provides an up-to-date critical analysis of the relationship between King and the wider civil rights movement.  Delivering a fresh perspective on the relationship between 'the man and the movement' Kirk argues that it is the interactionbetween national and local movement concerns that is essential to understanding King's leadership and black activism in the 1950s and 1960s.  Kirk examines King's strengths and his limitations and weighs the role that king played in then movement alongside the contributions of other civil rights organizations and leaders and local civil rights activists. Suitable for undergraduate courses in 20th century US history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138131002

Martin McDonaghA Casebook This book represents the first collection of original critical material on Martin McDonagh one of the most celebrated young playwrights of the last decade. Credited with reinvigorating contemporary Irish drama his dark despairing comedies have been performed extensively both on Broadway and in the West End culminating in an Olivier Award for the The Pillowman and an Academy Award for his short film Six Shooter. In Martin McDonagh Richard Rankin Russell brings together a variety of theoretical perspectives – from globalization to the gothic – to survey McDonagh’s plays in unprecedented critical depth. Specially commissioned essays cover topics such as identity politics the shadow of violence and the role of Catholicism in the work of this most precocious of contemporary dramatists. Contributors: Marion Castleberry Brian Cliff Joan Fitzpatrick Dean Maria Doyle Laura Eldred José Lanters Patrick Lonergan Stephanie Pocock Richard Rankin Russell Karen Vandevelde Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541688

Martin Scorsese in 10 Scenes Martin Scorsese in Ten Scenes takes an intriguing look at the life’s work of one of the world’s greatest filmmakers. Boiling down the Oscar-winner’s career to ten indelible scenes this beautiful full color collection examines Scorsese’s trademark techniques while offering critical analysis filmmaking tips and firsthand accounts from the cast and crew. An essential read for filmmakers film students and movie fans this engaging and accessible book makes use of previously unreleased behind-the-scenes material to present a multi-faceted view of each scene. With selections from Raging Bull The King of Comedy Goodfellas and The Departed Martin Scorsese in Ten Scenes provides an insightful inspiring examination of a man whose films have influenced generations of moviegoers and filmmakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891685

Martyrs and Players in Early Modern EnglandTragedy Religion and Violence on Stage Focusing on Christopher Marlowe William Shakespeare John Webster and John Milton Martyrs and Players in Early Modern England argues that the English tragedians reflected an unease within the culture to acts of religious violence. David Anderson explores a link between the unstable emotional response of society to religious executions in the Tudor-Stuart period and the revival of tragic drama as a major cultural form for the first time since classical antiquity. Placing John Foxe at the center of his historical argument Anderson argues that Foxe’s Book of Martyrs exerted a profound effect on the social conscience of English Protestantism in his own time and for the next century. While scholars have in recent years discussed the impact of Foxe and the martyrs on the period’s literature this book is the first to examine how these most vivid symbols of Reformation-era violence influenced the makers of tragedy. As the persecuting and the persecuted churches collided over the martyr’s body Anderson posits stress fractures ran through the culture and into the playhouse; in their depictions of violence the early modern tragedians focused on the ethical confrontation between collective power and the individual sufferer. Martyrs and Players in Early Modern England sheds new light on the particular emotional energy of Tudor-Stuart tragedy and helps explain why the genre reemerged at this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274822

MarvellThe Writer in Public Life Marvell: The Writer in Public Life is substantially revised from Professor Patterson's well received 1978 study including a new introduction and new chapter on Marvell and secret history. This important study provides an up to date perspective on a writer still thought of merely as the author of lyric and pastoral poems. It looks at both Marvell's political poetry and his often neglected political prose revealing Marvell's life long commitment to writing about the values and standards of public life and follows his often dangerous writerly activities on behalf of freedom of conscience and constitutional government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160316

Marvelous Modular Origami This richly illustrated book provides step-by-step instructions for the construction of over 30 different modular origami structures. The author describes basic folding techniques required to construct themodules that are used as building blocks to construct complex ornamental models. The diagrams are clear crisp and easy to follow and are accompanied by inspiring color photographs. Additional tips encourage the reader to design their own original creations. Advance Praise for Marvelous Modular Origami "A must-have for any modular origami polyhedra enthusiast." -Rona Gurkewitz co-author of Multimodular Origami Polyhedra "The models are paper folding in its purest form. They range from simple Sonobe to floral and geometrical constructions. All are eye-catching and satisfying to fold and the finished constructions are pleasing to behold. Also included are short sections on the mathematics behind the shapes and optimum color choices." -David Petty author of Origami A-B-C "In this colorful book you'll find wonderful original origami modular creations. Meenakshi's clear instructions and helpful hints will have you zipping through these modules as well as improvising your own." -Rachel Katz co-author of FUN FOLDS: Language Learning Through Paper Folding "Marvelous Modular Origami is a colorful addition to the literature of mathematical origami." -Florence Temko author of many origami and other craft books Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138430266

Marx NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938519

Marx Karl Marx has been portrayed in equal measure both as a political prophet who foresaw the end of capitalist exploitation and as a populist Anti- Christ whose totalitarian legacy has cost millions of lives worldwide. This new biography looks beyond these caricatures in order to understand more about the real Karl Marx; about his everyday life and personal circumstances as well as his political ideology. The book tells the life story of a man of ideas showing how his political and economic thought developed alongside his life and practical work. Vincent Barnett seeks to paint Karl Marx not as a static unwavering character but as a man whose beliefs developed dynamically over time. The book explores his personal background and problems of personal income and family health. It also examines the influence of Hegel's methods on Marx's work and his relationship with Engels. This lively up to date guide to the life of Karl Marx provides an excellent starting point for students in history politics and philosophy and for all those with an interest in Marxism and political ideas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060949

Marx Engels and National Movements While their attempts to understand the workings of capitalism led them to the conclusion that the advanced societies of Western Europe were those most likely to be the setting for a successful socialist revolution Marx and Engels by no means ignored developments outside this region. Indeed given the configurations of international politics in their time plus their conception of capitalism as a universalising system they believed that some of the forces working for change in less advanced regions could even affect the prospects of a proletarian revolution in Western Europe itself. This book first published in 1980 traces the development of Marx and Engels’ attitudes towards and relations with the principal national movements of their time. It deals with their responses to such movements in areas as diverse as Ireland and India Poland and China and Russia and the United States as well as in many other regions. Many of Max and Engels’ most significant statements on the national question were made in their journalism occasional addresses and private correspondence – sources not always readily accessible to or even known by some of their more immediate successors. Subsequent publication of this previously-dispersed material has enabled a more coherent picture of their ideas on the subject to be drawn. Marx and Engels believed that national aspirations and the cause of socialism did not always go hand in hand and each national struggle had to be examined on its merits and judged according to whether its success would retard or enhance the prospects of a socialist revolution. Based on a wide range of sources this study examines an important yet neglected area of Marx and Engels’ ideas and activities and indicates the criteria by which they determined their attitudes at different times to a variety of national movements at work in four continents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888777

Marx Lenin and the Revolutionary ExperienceStudies of Communism and Radicalism in an Age of Globalization Marx Lenin and the Revolutionary Experience offers a fresh look at Communism both the bad and good and also touches on anarchism Christian theory conservatism liberalism Marxism and more to argue for the enduring relevance of Karl Marx and V.I. Lenin as democratic revolutionaries. It examines the "Red Decade" of the 1930s and the civil rights movement and the New Left of the 1960s in the United States as well. Studying the past to grapple with issues of war and terrorism exploitation hunger ecological crisis and trends toward deadening "de-spiritualization" the book shows how the revolutionaries of the past are still relevant to today's struggles. It offers a clearly written and carefully reasoned thematic discussion of globalization Marxism Christianity (and religion in general) Communism the history of the USSR and US radical and social movements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810768

Marx Lenin and the Science of Revolution The result of 10 years' worth of painstaking research this volume originally published in 1926 is a sympathetic critique of certain phases of revolutionary dictatorship in Russia. Among other things it focusses on the philosophy and psychology of Marxism Marxian economics Bolshevism the philosophy of Lenin and his role as an engineer of revolution the Mensheviks and the anarchist contribution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712638

Marx Marxism and the Spiritual While Marxian theory has produced a sound and rigorous critique of capitalism has it faltered in its own practice of social transformation? Has it faltered because of the Marxian insistence on the hyper-secularization of political cultures? The history of religions – with the exception of some spiritual traditions – has not been any less heartless and soulless. This book sets up a much-needed dialogue between a rethought Marxian praxis of the political and a rethought experience of spirituality. Such rethinking within Marxism and spirituality and a resetting of their lost relationship is perhaps the only hope for a non-violent future of both the Marxian reconstruction of the self and the social as also faith-based life-practices. Building on past work in critical theory this book offers a new take on the relationship between a rethought Marxism and a rethought spirituality (rethought in the life philosophy and works of Christian thinkers anti-Christian thinkers Marxian thinkers those critical of Marxist Statecraft Dalit neo-Buddhist thinkers thinkers drawing from Judaism as well as thinkers drawing critically from Christianity). Contrary to popular belief this book does not see spirituality as a derivative of only religion. This book also sees spirituality as what Marx designated the "sigh of the oppressed" against both social and religious orthodoxy. In that sense spirituality is not just a displaced form of religion; it is a displaced form of the political too. This book therefore sets up the much needed dialogue between the Marxian political and the spiritual traditions. The chapters in this book were originally published in Rethinking Marxism – A Journal of Economics Culture and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367859770

Marx Marxism and Utopia This title was first published in 2000:  This engaging book suggests that Marx was right to reject 'utopian socialism' on the grounds that it undermined the principles of proletarian self-emancipation and self-determination. As a theoretician of the proletarian class Marx sought to capture the spirit of revolution in a manner which precluded the need for utopian philanthropy and the messianic elitism which invariably accompanied it. In a powerful and original central argument the book suggests that the categories which together define Marx’s own 'utopia' were nothing more than theoretical by-products of the models employed by Marx in order to supersede the need for utopianism. As such Marx was an 'accidental' utopian. Rather than legitimating utopianism however the author argues that this conclusion reinforces the need to develop Marx’s anti-utopian project further. Emphasising the contemporary relevance of Marx’s original critique the conclusion suggests that the future of socialism lies in its ability to harness not the spirit of utopia but the spirit of adventure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720008

Marx Veblen and the Foundations of Heterodox EconomicsEssays in Honor of John F. Henry John F. Henry is an eminent economist who has made important contributions to heterodox economics drawing on Adam Smith Karl Marx Thorstein Veblen and John Maynard Keynes. His historical approach offers radical insights into the evolution of ideas (ideologies and theories) giving rise to and/or induced by the changes in capitalist society. Essays collected in this festschrift not only evaluate John Henry’s contributions in connection to Marx’s and Veblen’s theories but also apply them to the socio-economic issues in the 21st century. In Part I leading heterodox economists in the traditions of Marxism Post Keynesianism and Institutionalism critically examine Marx’s and Veblen’s theoretical frameworks (and their connections to each other) that have become the foundations of heterodox economics. Chapters in Part II showcase alternative theoretical explanations inspired by Marx Veblen and Henry. Topics in this Part include financial crisis financialization capital accumulation economics teaching and the historical relationship between money and class society. Part III is devoted to John Henry’s heterodox economics encapsulated in his "farewell" lecture interview and bibliography. Essays in this book individually and collectively make an important point that the history of economic thought (or historical analysis of economic theory and policy) is an integral part of developing heterodox economics as an alternative theoretical framework. Anyone who is troubled by the recurring failure of capitalism as well as mainstream economics will find this book well worth reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598532

Marx Against Marxism This volume traces the origins contradictions and consequences of Marx’s teaching on his followers. He uses Marx to speak against the rigid dogmatism inherent in much of Marxism and concentrates on the interpretations of Marx’s work by Max Weber. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203705995

Marx and Education There was only one Karl Marx but there have been a multitude of Marxisms.  This concise introductory book by internationally renowned scholar Jean Anyon centers on the ideas of Marx that have been used in education studies as a guide to theory analysis research and practice. Marx and Education begins with a brief overview of basic Marxist ideas and terms and then traces some of the main points scholars in education have been articulating since the late 1970s. Following this trajectory Anyon details how social class analysis has developed in research and theory how understanding the roles of education in society is influenced by a Marxian lens how the failures of urban school reform can be understood through the lens of political economy and how cultural analysis has laid the foundation for critical pedagogy in US classrooms. She assesses ways neo-Marxist thought can contribute to our understanding of issues that have arisen more recently and how a Marxist analysis can be important to an adequate understanding and transformation of the future of education and the economy. By exemplifying what is relevant in Marx and replacing that which has been outdone by historical events Marx and Education aims to restore the utility of Marxism as a theoretical and practical tool for educators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203829615

Marx and Education Marx and Education is the first assessment of the educational thought of Karl Marx (1818-1883) and its later influence in the light of developments at the close of the twentieth century. It provides a new perspective in which many aspects of Marx's ideas are seen clearly for the first time freed from misleading associations and outdated prejudices. Marx's thinking on education touches on many still current issues: about personal development the nature of learning and the ultimate aims of education as well as the relations between the school and society. Robin Small explores Marx's approach to each of these issues and in relating them to later developments brings the story up to the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255821

Marx and Education in Russia and China (RLE Edu L) To many education students Russian and/or Chinese education is at the same time their introduction to Marxism and many students go no further. This book sets the record straight by giving a thorough introduction to the writings of Marx himself as they relate to education. It shows what Marxism implies for education as aim method and content. It then proceeds to compare educational developments in the former USSR and China in the light of this analysis attempting to answer the question as to how Marxist this has been in the schools and outside them.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752923

Marx and Living Labour From his early economic works on Marx conceived the labour of any kind of society as a set of production activities and analysed the historical modes of production as specific ways of distributing  and exchanging these activities. Political economy on the contrary considers the labour only under the form of its product and the exchange of products as commodities as the unique form of social labour exchange. For Marx insofar as the labour creating value represents a specific mode of exchanging the society's living labour general and abstract labour cannot not only be defined as the substance or measure unit of the commodity as in Smith or Ricardo but foremost as an expense of living labour i.e. of nerves muscles brain etc. Hence the twofold nature of living labour as a concrete activity producing a use value and an expense of human labour in general producing exchange value. Marx himself claimed that this twofold nature of labour creating value was its main and most important contribution to economic science. This book aims at showing how both determines the original categories and economic laws in Capital and constitutes the profound innerspring of Marx's critique of political economy. The role and function of living labour is highlighted by dealing with the difference between Marx and Classics' theories of labour value; money and the problems of its integration in economic analysis especially in Keynes; the transition from feudalism to capitalism; the theory of capital through a discussion on the Cambridge controversy and the transformation problem; the labour process and the principles of labour management; unemployment and overpopulation; the formulas of capital in the history of economic thought; finally an interpretation of the current crisis based on Marx's conception of overaccumulation and speculation after having distinguished it from underconsumption and stagnation theories of crises.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904125

Marx and Marxism Karl Marx probably had more influence on the political course of the last century than any other social thinker. There are many different kinds of Marxism and the Twentieth Century saw two huge Marxist states in total opposition to one another. In the West Marxism has never presented a revolutionary threat to the established order though it has taken root as the major theoretical critique of capitalist society in intellectual circles and new interpretations of Marx's thought appear each year.Peter Worsley discusses all these major varieties of Marxism distinguishing between those ideas which remain valid those which are contestable and those which should now be discarded. Rather than treating Marxism purely as a philosophy in the abstract he concentrates upon the uses to which Marxism has been put and emphasises the connections between the theoretical debates and political struggles in the real world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203519837

Marx and MeadContributions to a Sociology of Knowledge It has often been suggested that a resolution of issues generated by the sociological study of ideas might be reached through a synthesis of specific insights to be found in the works of Karl Marx and George Herbert Mead. The present study originated in an investigation of this hypothesis particularly as it bears on the central issue of sociological relativism. The author began by delineating the specific problems such a synthesis might resolve and in the process became aware that the nature and depth of differences separating the sociology of knowledge and its critics have never been fully analysed or understood. This volume therefore opens with a clarification of these differences a clarification which leads to considerable redefinition of the problem as it has traditionally been understood by critics and proponents of the discipline alike. The author points out in particular that it is less a debate than a thorough-going contradiction which characterizes the literature dealing with the inadequacies of various formulations of the sociology of knowledge. In consequence the study of Marx and Mead presented here is not simply yet another effort to discover a perspective which will satisfy the particular demands of the critics. Rather it argues that an adequate perspective fully consistent with the central insight of the discipline – that knowledge is radically social in character – is to be found in a synthesis of elements in the perspectives of Marx and Mead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980525

Marx and the End of Orientalism (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1978 this title analyses a range of problems that arise in the study of North Africa and the Middle East bridging the gap between studies of Sociology Islam and Marxism. Both Sociology and the study of Islam draw on an Orientalist tradition founded on an idealist epistemology ethnocentric values and an evolutionary view of historical development. Bryan Turner challenges the basic assumptions of Orientalism by considering such issues as the social structure of Islamic society the impact of capitalism in the Middle East the effect of Israel on territories revolutions social classes and nationalism. A detailed and fascinating study Marx and the End of Orientalism will be of particular interest to students studying the sociology of colonialism and development Marxist sociology and sociological theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792661

Marx and the New Individual In what is the first sustained analysis of Marx’s attitude to the puzzle of the individual in history and society this book first published in 1990  challenges received views on the importance of class analysis and the place of a theory of human nature in Marx’s thought. The radical possibilities of individual agency in society are explored within a Marxian framework and without recourse to the current fashions of methodological individualism or rational choice theory. In the context of the apparent antagonism between collectivist and individualist approaches to political explanation and social change the author establishes that a ‘New Individual’ of singular importance for the understanding of contemporary society can be identified. For the first time the Grundrisse provides the basis of a major analysis of Marx’s thoughts on the individual. By illustrating the nature of the connections between collective existence and individual experience Ian Forbes makes an important contribution towards the revitalization of socialist thought. He also develops a valuable counterpoint to rational actor models of politics and liberal theories of justice alike by establishing the importance of a political theory that values human agency as much as it understands social and historical processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138885967

Marx and Weber on Oriental SocietiesIn the Shadow of Western Modernity The Orient was central to the work of Marx and Weber both figures building their theories around the question of why modernity appeared to emerge only in the West. While Marx’s account focused on the accumulation of capital in the West Weber’s explanation for this phenomenon centred on Western rationalization. Extending recent work comparing the social theories of Marx and Weber this book examines their approaches to Oriental societies showing how in spite of the differences in their respective theorizations of the historical and political development of the West their work on the form of modern society in the Orient converges each complementing the other. Fully conversant with recent scholarly work on Marx and Weber this comprehensive re-examination of the points of convergence and departure in their work requires us to re-evaluate both their positions in the history of sociology and their relevance to contemporary social questions. As such it will appeal to scholars of social and political theory and classical sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273948

Marx and WittgensteinKnowledge Morality and Politics At first sight Karl Marx and Ludwig Wittgenstein may well seem to be as different from each other as it is possible for the ideas of two major intellectuals to be. Despite this standard conception however a small number of scholars have long suggested that there are deeper philosophical commonalities between Marx and Wittgenstein. They have argued that once grasped these commonalities can radically change and enrich understanding both of Marxism and of Wittgensteinian philosophy. This book develops and extends this unorthodox view emphasising the mutual enrichment that comes from bringing Marx's and Wittgenstein's ideas into dialogue with one another.Essential reading for all scholars and philosophers interested in the Marxist philosophy and the philosophy of Wittgenstein this book will also be of vital interest to those studying and researching in the fields of social philosophy political philosophy philosophy of social science and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758482

Marx and WittgensteinSocial Praxis and Social Explanation First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823263

Marx at 200New Developments on Karl Marx’s Thought and Writings The book provides new vistas on Karl Marx's political economy philosophy and politics on the occasion of his 200th birthday. Often using hitherto unknown material from the recently published Marx-Engels Gesamtausgabe (the MEGA2 edition) the contributions throw new light on Marx's works and activities the sources he used and the discussions he had and they correct received opinions on his doctrines. The themes dealt with include Marx's concepts of alienation and commodity fetishism the labour theory of value and the theory of exploitation Marx's studies of capital accumulation and economic growth his analysis of economic crises and of the labour contract. Novel developments in the reception of his works in France and the United Kingdom conclude the volume. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of the History of Economic Thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367499617

Marx for Today Since the onset of global crisis in recent years academics and economic theorists from various political and cultural backgrounds have been drawn to Marx's analysis of the inherent instability of capitalism. The rediscovery of Marx is based on his continuing capacity to explain the present. In the context of what some commentators have described as a "Marx renaissance" the aim of this book is to make a close study of Marx's principal writings in relation to the major problems of our own society and to show why and how some of his theories constitute a precious tool for the understanding and critique of the world in the early twenty-first century. The book brings together varied reflections on the Marxian oeuvre drawing on different perspectives and fields and argues its case in two different parts. The first will encompass such diverse areas and themes as political thought economics nationalism ethnicity post-capitalist society freedom democracy emancipation and alienation showing in each case how Marx has still today an invaluable contribution to make. The second presents a complete and rigorous account of the dissemination and the reception of Marx’s work throughout the world in the last decade. Both parts make a significant contribution to the current research on Marx and Marxisms. This book was originally published as a special issue of Socialism and Democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415721707

Marx His Times and Ours Published in 1998 Marx His Time and Ours is a valuable contribution to the field of Sociology and Social Policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203709153

Marx-Arg Philosophers First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008813

Marxism China and DevelopmentReflections on Theory and Reality China has always been something of a mystery to Westerners. For one genera-tion Mao Zedong and his followers were simple "agrarian reformers " while for another they were the "communist emperor and his blue ants." In the 1970s some of the finest Sinologists believed there was much the United States could learn from Mao's Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution with regard to bureaucracy criminal justice health care and mass education. By the 1980s those same theo-rists asserted that Maoism was nothing more than a feudal fascism and had abso-lutely nothing positive to teach. Marxism China and Development provides a plausible explanation of these developments that have had such a powerful effect on the people of China for the past half century.The author describes and explains the strange collection of beliefs that made up the Marxism of Mao Zedong. He seeks to understand why the communist leader-ship of China like that of the USSR tried to spur economic growth by abandoning the market modalities common to developed economies. A. James Gregor's con-ceptual framework is both original and makes more comprehensible the history of Marxism and the history of China. Among the major topics he covers are imperi-alism political democracy economics and alternatives to Maoism and Marxism for China.While it is unlikely that our understanding of so complex a series of events as modern Chinese history will soon become less controversial Marxism China and Development's clear concise explanations will clarify some perplexing areas and make the new turns in Chinese political economy more understandable. This is a monumental effort at theory construction that will be of interest to political scien-tists economists sociologists and Sinologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527713

Marxism Class Analysis and Socialist PluralismA Theoretical and Political Critique of Marxist Conceptions of Politics This book first published in 1986 presents a radical challenge to socialist orthodoxy subjecting a key component of that orthodoxy – Marxism – to sustained criticism. Les Johnston argues that Marxism cannot provide the foundations for a rigorous socialist theory or an effective socialist politics. A fundamental element of this criticism is the suggestion that the problem of ‘reductionism’ which has preoccupied Marxists is a red herring. Marxism’s problem is not its reductionism but its theoretical incoherence. Marxism is not ‘deterministic’ for there is invariably an indeterminate relationship between the materialism it invokes and the forms of politics it adopts. However materialism is an obstacle to socialist theory. The contradictions and failures of Marxist class analysis suggest that the class concept is inadequate to the demands that socialists continue to place on it. It is not merely class which is problematic however but the conception of political interests which is associated with it. Even recent Marxist ‘revisionists’ who dispense with class primacy are unwilling to come to terms with the question of how socialist political interests are constituted. Socialist theory has to recognise the varied forces and interests on ‘the left’ and an effective socialism will have to be a pluralistic one. This means there can be no general theory of socialism since a pluralistic socialism has to be able to adjust to varying social conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886261

Marxism Postcolonial Theory and the Future of CritiqueCritical Engagements with Benita Parry Using the aesthetic and political concerns of Parry’s oeuvre as a touchstone this book explores new directions for postcolonial studies Marxist literary criticism and world literature in the contemporary moment seeking to re-imagine the field and alongside it new possibilities for left critique. It is the first volume of essays focusing on the field-defining intellectual legacy of the literary scholar Benita Parry. As a leading critic of the post-structuralist turn within postcolonial studies Parry has not only brought Marxism and postcolonial theory into a productive albeit tense dialogue but has reinvigorated the field by bringing critical questions of resistance and struggle to bear on aesthetic forms. The book’s aim is two-fold: first to evaluate Parry’s formative influence within postcolonial studies and its interface with Marxist literary criticism and second to explore new terrains of scholarship opened up by Parry’s work. It provides a critical overview of Parry’s key interventions such as her contributions to colonial discourse theory; her debate with Spivak on subaltern consciousness and representation; her critique of post-apartheid reconciliation and neoliberalism in South Africa; her materialist critique of writers such as Kipling Conrad and Salih; her work on liberation theory resistance and radical agency; as well as more recent work on the aesthetics of "peripheral modernity." The volume contains cutting-edge work on peripheral aesthetics the world-literary system critiques of global capitalism and capitalist modernity and the resurgence of Marxism communism and liberation theory by a range of established and new scholars who represent a dissident and new school of thought within postcolonial studies more generally. It concludes with the first-ever detailed interview with Benita Parry about her activism political commitments and her life and work as a scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665555

Marxism Psychology and Social Science AnalysisTaking Sève Seriously Marxism Psychology and Social Science Analysis applies Marxist theory psychology and the work of Lucien Sève to specific research in the social sciences. It shows in practical terms what guidance can be offered for social scientific researchers wanting to incorporate Sève’s view of personality into their work. Providing case studies drawn from different social sciences that give the book significant breadth of scope Roche reviews the impact of "Taking Sève Seriously" across the study of international relations theory economics law and moral philosophy.  The book begins by placing the work of Lucien Sève in context and considers the development of psychology in relation to Marxism before going on to summarise the work of Sève in relation to the psychology of personality. It considers the opportunities for refreshed research in social relations based on developments by Sève before examining Marxist biography and the implications of Sève’s views. The book also includes chapters on the social discount rate on constructivism in international relations on the concept of promising in moral philosophy and the Marxist conception of individual responsibility. It addresses not only how research should be carried out differently but whether utilising the theoretical framework of other writers even non-Marxists can deliver a similar outcome. With its use of five distinct case studies to analyse the work of Lucien Sève this unique book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of psychology philosophy and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488192

Marxism Religion and IdeologyThemes from David McLellan As austerity measures are put into place the world over and global restructuring is acknowledged by all as an attempt to bolster the economic system that lead to the crash there is a great need to come to grips with the economic political and philosophical legacy of Marx. Of particular interest are Marx’s analyses of alienation and the cycles of boom and bust thought to be integral to the functioning of capitalism. Moreover as the Cold War drifts into the history books it is possible to reconsider the lasting impact of Marx’s analyses without the shadows cast by the Soviet version of communism. Equally though scholars are increasingly turning to Marx for insight into the rise of religion and the corresponding demise of political ideologies that seems to mark the contemporary age. Are we witnessing ‘the return of Marx’? Few scholars have done as much to tease out the intricacies of Marx ideology and religion and their overlapping concerns as the eminent writer and Marx biographer Professor David McLellan. This book brings together a group of internationally renowned academics to reflect upon develop and criticise McLellan’s analyses of these three themes with a view to contributing more broadly to scholarly debates in these fields. This exciting and timely analysis will be of interest to scholars of political theory the history of political thought (including historical methodology) Marx and Marxism sociology of knowledge (particularly in relation to discussions of ideology) religion and theology more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370390

Marxism Revolution and UtopiaCollected Papers of Herbert Marcuse Volume 6 This collection assembles some of Herbert Marcuse’s most important work and presents for the first time his responses to and development of classic Marxist approaches to revolution and utopia as well as his own theoretical and political perspectives. This sixth and final volume of Marcuse's collected papers shows Marcuse’s rejection of the prevailing twentieth-century Marxist theory and socialist practice - which he saw as inadequate for a thorough critique of Western and Soviet bureaucracy - and the development of his revolutionary thought towards a critique of the consumer society. Marcuse's later philosophical perspectives on technology ecology and human emancipation sat at odds with many of the classic tenets of Marx’s materialist dialectic which placed the working class as the central agent of change in capitalist societies. As the material from this volume shows Marcuse was not only a theorist of Marxist thought and practice in the twentieth century but also proves to be an essential thinker for understanding the neoliberal phase of capitalism and resistance in the twenty-first century. A comprehensive introduction by Douglas Kellner and Clayton Pierce places Marcuse’s philosophy in the context of his engagement with the main currents of twentieth century philosophy while also providing important analyses of his anticipatory theorization of capitalist development through a neoliberal restructuring of society. The volume concludes with an afterword by Peter Marcuse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371700

Marxism Socialism And Democracy In Latin America This book demonstrates the extent to which Marxist thought on the transition from capitalism to socialism provides an essential framework for understanding the successes and failures of recent and past attempts to construct democratic socialist societies in Latin America and the Caribbean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154196

Marxism (Routledge Revivals)Philosophy and Economics First published in 1985 Thomas Sowell’s book is a crisp lucid and commonsensical introduction to Marx’s own writings and to Marxist theory. It combines readability with intellectual rigour and distils more than a quarter of a century of Thomas Sowell’s research and thought on the philosophical and economic doctrines of Karl Marx. Its central theme is that Marxian philosophy must be understood before Marxian economics can be defined. The book discusses Marx’s ideas including his philosophy of history concept of capitalist "exploitation" morality and business cycle theory. The author’s treatment is balanced though often critical and displays a mastery of Marx’s own writings which are liberally extracted throughout the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688031

Marxism 1844-1990Origins Betrayal Rebirth First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459274

Marxism and AnthropologyThe History of a Relationship This book examines the uses made of anthropology by Marx and Engels and the uses made of Marxism by anthropologists. Looking at the writings of Marx and Engels on primitive societies the book evaluates their views in the light of present knowledge and draws attention to inconsistencies in their analysis of pre-capitalist societies. These inconsistencies can be traced to the influence of contemporary anthropologists who regarded primitive societies as classless. As Marxist theory was built around the idea of class without this concept the conventional Marxist analysis foundered. First published in 1983. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017952

Marxism and Education (RLE Edu L)A Study of Phenomenological and Marxist Approaches to Education This book introduces the student to the various phenomenological and humanistic Marxist perspectives as they are being applied to education and provides an account of the strengths and weaknesses of these perspectives drawing on a variety of disciplines in order to explain the controversies described. The opening chapters deal with the phenomenological perspective in the sociology of education discussing its adoption of a phenomenological model of man its use of anthropological studies the importance of classroom studies and its rejection of the ‘liberal’ philosophy of education. The aim is to show the significance of these ideas for education with a discussion of the concept of alienation and schooling developments in Marxism such as the focus on the mode of production and the labour process and the political economy of education.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753104

Marxism and EducationInternational Perspectives on Theory and Action Marxism and Education offers contemporary Marxist analyses of recent and current education policy and develops Marxist-based practices of resistance from a series of national and international perspectives. Part I identifies and critiques pressure points impacts of and developments in capitalism and education as these pertain to education policy teacher education and assessment. In Part II chapter authors develop Marxist praxis critical education practices and resistance against the intensification of neoliberalism and authoritarian conservatism. With contributions from leading globally-recognized Marxist theoreticians this book addresses the impacts and developments of neoliberal and authoritarian-conservative education policies across the UK USA Greece Turkey Poland and Hungary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891695

Marxism and Human Nature Is there such a thing as human nature? Here Sean Sayers defends the controversial theory that human nature is in fact an historical phenomenon. He gives an ambitious and wide ranging defence of the Marxist and Hegelian historical approach and engages with a wide range of work at the heart of the contemporary debate in social and moral philosophy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203200414

Marxism and LeninismAn Essay in the Sociology of Knowledge One of the pre-eminent scholars in the history and theory of European socialism John Kautsky in this volume develops the argument that Marxism and Leninism are two quite different ideologies. He counterposes this view with the commonly accepted one of Leninism as simply one form that Marxism took in the course of its evolution. The easy identification of Marxism and Leninism with each other has been responsible for great confusion in the realm of both scholarly and political discourse.Kautsky develops his position within the tradition of the sociology of knowledge by the close examination of the different meanings of the Marxist vocabulary as it was used by Marxists and Leninists. His frame of reference turns on the position of labor in turn-of-the-century industrial Europe and the role of modernizing intellectuals in underdeveloped countries. While the vocabulary used was often common to Marx and Lenin Marxism was explicitly concerned with appeals to workers in industrial nations such as Germany and Austria whereas Leninism appeals to revolutionaries in underdeveloped nations such as Russia and China.Whatever be the current assessment of the future of socialism and communism Kautsky holds that it is important to study the core structure of both Marxism and Leninism since they were major phenomena that powerfully affected the world in the twentieth century. Beyond that in dealing with how different ideologies can be ensconced within the same rhetoric the book offers an outstanding entrance into the sociology of knowledge as a tool for political analysis. This is a unique work in the function of language no less than the nature of ideology.The work is divided into five parts: Two environments two ideologies one terminology. The evolution of Marxism its appeals in the German Empire. The evolution of Leninism its appeals to strata involved in making modernizing revolutions. The differential outcomes of Marxism in the East and Leninism in the West. And finally an examination of why Marxism and Leninism have been seen as a single ideology. In a new essay prepared for this new edition Kautsky provides important autobiographical as well as historical reflections on how this book fits into the overall pattern of the author's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527706

Marxism and Modern Thought (Routledge Revivals) First published in English in 1935 this is a critical appraisal of contemporary thought in the post-World War One era. Written by a selection of leading Marxist thinkers including Nikolai Bukharin who would later become one of the most famous victims of Stalin's show trials this work offers a Marxist critique of contemporary thought relating to philosophy   science and history. The authors all tend towards the view that the general tendency of modern thought is to abandon the historical method and to deny progress with the conclusion that Marxism was the only historical and progressive outlook in science philosophy and history in the period following the First World War and the Communist revolution in Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415679022

Marxism and Phenomenology First published in 1986. The social sciences in the twentieth century have tended to fragment into different disciplines and schools of thought. Often these schools of thought are complete but closed systems of thought permitting no exchange of ideas with other disciplines or schools. In view of this one very interesting recent development has been the attempt by some Marxist theorists to develop a theory of phenomenological Marxism. At first sight the possibility of a liason between dialectical materialism and subjective idealism appears remote and indeed other Marxists have dismissed phenomenological Marxism as simplistic humanism revisionist and incompatible with Marxist science. This book explores the possibilities and difficulties of synthesising two apparently disparate philosophical frameworks. It looks at the philosophical roots of the two frameworks and discusses the logic epistemology ontology and methodology of each. The author concludes that a synthesis between Marxism and phenomenology is not impossible on philosophical grounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367247874

Marxism and PsychoanalysisIn or against Psychology? The methods developed by Freud and Marx have enabled a range of scholars to critically reflect upon the ideological underpinnings of modern and now postmodern or hypermodern western societies. In this intriguing book the discipline of psychology itself is screened through the twin dynamics of Marxism and psychoanalysis. David Pavón-Cuéllar asks to what extent the terms concerns and goals of psychology reflect in fact the dominant bourgeois ideology that has allowed it to flourish. The book charts a gradual psychologization within society and culture dating from the nineteenth century and examines how the tacit ideals within mainstream psychology – creating good citizens or productive workers – sit uneasily against Marx and Freud’s ambitions of revealing fault-lines and contradictions within individualist and consumer-oriented structures. The positivist aspiration of psychology to become a natural science has been the source of extensive debate critical voices asserting the social and cultural contexts through which the human mind and behaviour should be understood. This challenging new book provides another voice that in addressing two of the most influential intellectual traditions of the past 150 years widens the debate still further to examine the foundations of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916586

Marxism and RealismA Materialistic Application of Realism in the Social Sciences This book rethinks Marx's sociology as a form of realist social theory extending Roy Bhaskar's philosophical realism into the social sciences. By constructing historical materialism as realist social theory it becomes possible to resolve many long standing dilemmas in Marxist discourse such as voluntarism versus determinism and humanism versus economism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203186114

Marxism and 'Really Existing Socialism' First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415866149

Marxism and the Chinese ExperienceIssues in Contemporary Chinese Socialism These essays consider the implications for Chinese socialism of the repudiation of the Cultural Revolution and the legacy of Mao Zedong as well as the meaning of the new definition and direction Mao's successors have given socialism. The themes have been selected for conceptual coherence within a socialist problematic of social change. Representing anthropology art history economics history literature and politics various inquiries point in a twofold direction - the meaning of socialism for China and the meaning of Chinese Socialism for socialism as a global phenomenon - "meaning" not in some abstract sense but rather as it is constituted in the process of political ideological activity which articulates and defines social relationships within China as well as China's relationship to the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315289335

Marxism and the Global Financial Crisis The book discusses the nature of Marxist theory of crisis and applies it to the global financial crisis which began in 2007. Is the contemporary crisis simply the usual periodic upturn and downturn or is there something more fundamental? Is there a structural crisis of capitalism from which there is no immediate solution? Is capitalism managed and does it have a strategy? Is the financial crisis representative of a failure in capitalism itself to subject banks and other financial institutions to the overall economy? The book discusses Marx’s view on crises as well as ideas on money and finance. It considers the different modern Marxist ideas on the causes of crises – falling rate of profit disproportionality and underconsumption. It goes into detail as to the nature of the present crisis its course and causes in a spirited and independent manner. Apart from the United States it considers the situation in the two countries in which protests erupted: Iran and Greece. They are taken as examples of the effect of the crisis on the country the society and the economy as well as its politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828925

Marxism and the Open Mind In Marxism and the Open Mind John Lewis seeks to explain Marxism as a system of thought. In doing so he addresses the studied neglect or grotesque misrepresentation that he feels characterizes Western attitudes toward Marxism. Lewis also aims to stimulate what he believes to be a long overdue re-evaluation of Marxism in the light of what was contemporary thought in 1957 the year of the book's original publication and the height of the Cold War era.The essays include chapters on human rights and a discussion on Marxism and liberty. Marxist ethics a much-neglected theme is the subject of an essay that deals with some of the most deeply felt criticisms of Marxism in the 1950s. The ethical aspects of Marxism are examined once again in a contribution to the debate on Marxism and religion. The volume concludes with essays on Berdyaev and Sartre which strike a note on the Marxist estimation of these thinkers and with an essay on Marxist humanism.The essays cover a wide field of thought uniting a close and sympathetic study of Marxism with a critical judgment rooted in academic training at three universities and experience in the Christian ministry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855891

Marxism and the Open Mind It has been said that the normal English reaction to uncomfortable facts of life such as Marxism is an embarrassed but determined silence. That anyone should experience a desire to enquire into ideas as such and to probe into the motives influencing them seems extraordinary. Marxism is however subjected to a close study in this book first published in 1957 and the collected essays attempt the task of combining certain elements in the heritage of modern culture with the insights of Marxism. There can be no vital thinking for our age that does not do justice to both traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888951

Marxism and World PoliticsContesting Global Capitalism This book brings together internationally-distinguished scholars from History Philosophy Development Studies Geography and International Relations (IR) to examine recent developments in Marxist approaches to world politics. Offering original and stimulating analyses of subjects traditionally at the forefront of Marxist studies of world politics the collection also considers issues which have yet to be fully explored within a number of disciplines. Examining a wide array of topics ranging from the imperialism-globalization debate the connections between social structures and foreign relations the role of identity and imperialist norms in world politics to the relationship between Marxist and Realist IR Theory the contributors seek to further theoretical discussions and their implications for emancipatory radical politics. These contributions are structured around two major themes: • The relationship between capitalist modernity and the states-system in explaining the changing patterns of inter-state conflict and cooperation; • The debates within Marxist and IR discourses on the theoretical significance of ‘the international’ covering topics including uneven and combined development and passive revolution. An impressive collection that seeks to advance dialogue and research Marxism and World Politics will be of interest to students and scholars of IR International Political Economy Political Science and Historical Sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203861868

Marxism Beyond Marxism These essays critically rethink Marxism in the light of the disintegration of communist regimes Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. Containing essays from a group of internationally distinguished writers and intellectuals this collection addresses Marxism as a cultural-political problematic. Contending that Marxism is deeply embedded in specific cultural practices the contributors illuminate Marxism's contribution to discussions of labour in post-industrial capitalism to controversies surrounding compulsory heterosexuality and queer theory and to debates about the institutionalization and academicization of the "New" Left. In examining Marxism's relationship to cultural practices the contributors make a case for Marxism's continued relevance. By combining a diversity of perspectives these essays demonstrate that Marxism addresses urgent needs that are often forsaken by other political and ideological practices. They show how - now more than ever - Marxism's reaffirmation can serve as a sophisticated and cunning response to the latest global developments - and travesties. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610725

Marxism Goes to the Movies Introducing the key concepts and thinkers within the Marxist tradition Marxism Goes to the Movies demonstrates their relevance to film theory and practice past and present. Author Mike Wayne argues that Marxist filmmaking has engaged with and transformed this popular medium developing its potential for stimulating revolutionary consciousness. As the crisis of capitalism deepens this history and these resources are vital for a better future. Marxism is one of the few approaches that can bring together political economic formal and cultural analysis into a unified approach of studying film and how films in turn can help us understand and even critically interrogate these forces. The book examines how filmmakers who have been influenced by Marxism have made some of the most significant contributions to film culture globally and provides historical perspective on the development of Marxism and film. Each chapter covers a broad theme that is broken down into sections that are cross-referenced throughout providing helpful navigation of the material. Clear and concise in its arguments this is an ideal introduction for students of Marxism and film inviting readers to deepen their knowledge and understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677876

Marxism in Asia Marxism is a theory which originated in the context of nineteenth-century industrialised Europe. Despite its European origins Marxism has actually found greatest significance as a doctrine for change in the context of the underdeveloped peasant societies of Asia. This paradox has only been resolved through adaptation of Marxism to suit the specific features of particular Asian societies. There has consequently been a differentiation of Marxism along national lines. In this book first published in 1985 the theoretical and practical implications for this national differentiation of a ‘universal’ (European) theory are explored followed by a more detailed analysis of the manner in which Marxism has developed during different historical periods in particular Asian contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886810

Marxism in BritainDissent Decline and Re-emergence 1945-c.2000 Since the Second World War Marxism in Britain has declined almost to the point of oblivion. The Communist Party of Great Britain had more than 50 000 members in the early 1940s but less than 5 000 when it disbanded in 1991. Dissenting and Trotskyist organisations experienced a very similar decline although there has been a late flowering of Marxism in Scotland. Based on the Communist Party archives at Manchester this text examines the decline over the last sixty years. Dealing with the impact of the Cold War upon British Marxism the book looks at how international events such as the Soviet invasions of Hungary and Czechslovakia affected the Communist Party of Great Britain. The issues of Marxism and Britain’s withdrawal from the Empire are also addressed as are the Marxist influence upon British industrial relations and its involvement in the feminist movement. Focusing on the current debate in British Marxist history over the influence of Moscow and Stalinism on the Communist Party Keith Laybourn explores the ways in which this issue which divides historians undermined Marxism in Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758673

Marxism In The Contemporary West This book examines Marxism and the activities of European and Latin American communist parties in the broad context of contemporary Western politics. It addresses important philosophical and moral questions deriving from the clash of Western and Marxist values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171599

Marxism/Structuralism/Education (RLE Edu L)Theoretical Developments in the Sociology of Education This interdisciplinary textbook provides an introduction to the many theoretical developments and controversies which took place in the sociology and politics of education during the 1970s and 80s. The book Discusses the arguments concerning humanist and structuralist Marixsm. Provides a clear and concise introduction to structuralism and post-structuralism (work of Derrida Lacan and Foucault) and theorises in the ways they contribute to Marxism or are subversive of it. Relates these theoretical perspectives to education and the practice of teachers.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008298

MarxismAn Historical and Critical Study This book first published in 1961 and revised in 1964 is both a critical study of a body of thought and an historical account of how Marxist theory arose from the context of European history in the 19th century. It traces the development of socialist thought from the French to the Russian Revolutions and attempts to show in what manner the political and intellectual problems of Central Europe between 1848 and 1948 came to dominate the theory and practice of that Marxist movement which formed the crucial link between the two revolutions. The author takes the view that Marxism is a movement and a body of doctrine which belongs essentially to the 19th century which came to an end with the First World War and the Russian Revolution and that its impact as a doctrine has now been absorbed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888937

MarxismIs it Science? First published in 1941 Marxism: Is it Science? was written to present the author’s criticisms of Marxism and in doing so to further exemplify his ‘Method of Instruction’ first proposed in an earlier work. The book is divided into six parts to provide six complete presentations of Marxism and why the author considers it unscientific. The six different approaches varying in focus and complexity work together to give the reader a detailed overview of Marxism and the authors critique of it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367751197

MarxismKarl Marx’s Fifteen Key Concepts for Cultural and Communication Studies This introductory text is a critical theory toolkit on how to how to make use of Karl Marx’s ideas in media communication and cultural studies. Karl Marx’s ideas remain of crucial relevance and in this short student-friendly book leading expert Christian Fuchs introduces Marx to the reader by discussing 15 of his key concepts and showing how they matter for understanding the digital and communicative capitalism that shapes human life in twenty-first century society. Key concepts covered include: the dialectic materialism commodities capital capitalism labour surplus-value the working class alienation means of communication the general intellect ideology socialism communism and class struggles. Students taking courses in Media Culture and Society; Communication Theory; Media Economics; Political Communication; and Cultural Studies will find Fuchs' concise introduction an essential guide to Marx. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418779

Marxism--Last Refuge of the Bourgeoisie? Drawing upon released documents memoirs and party-history works the process and impact of the political campaigns in China between 1950 and 1965 is documented. Complete with extensive interviews with Chinese scholars and former officials the book reviews the findings of the first edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780873322614

Marxism-Leninism and the Theory of International Relations Refuting the assumption that orthodox Marxist theory contains anything of relevance on international relations this book originally published in 1980 clarifies reconstructs and summarizes the theories of international relations of Marx and Engels Lenin Stalin and the Soviet leadership of the 1970s. These are subjected to a comparative analysis and their relative integrity is examined both against one another and against selected Western theories. Marxist-Leninist models of international relations are fully explored enabling the reader to appreciate the essence and evolution of fundamental Soviet concepts as such as proletarian socialist internationalism peaceful co-existence national liberation movement and détente. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945913

Marxisms and Education Beginning from the premise that a range of Marxist theoretical tendencies or Marxisms inform recent critical scholarship in education this volume reaffirms rearticulates and interrogates central philosophical and practical commitments in this tradition. Chapters engage important issues confronting the field in the present conjuncture in global capitalism including the meaning of democratic education neoliberalism’s ideological and material assault on teaching and learning relationships between race and class in schooling and society models for critical and emancipatory pedagogy the implication of education in imperialism and colonialism and links between education and revolutionary organizations and movements. Rather than attempting to provide a comprehensive view of the field this volume presents a diverse set of crucial interventions that take up foundational as well as contemporary developments in Marxist theory and consider their implications for the field of education. The chapters in this book were originally published as journal articles by Taylor and Francis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891374

Marxism's Retreat from Africa The collapse of Marxism in much of the Third World as well as Europe was so sudden and spectacular that it is hard to believe that in the space of seven years The Journal of Communist Studies could bring out special issues both on the creation of ‘Military Marxist Regimes in Africa’ and on their demise and the wider collapse of Marxist governments on the continent. This volume first published in 1992 derives from a roundtable on the theme of ‘The Retreat from Moscow: African and Eastern European Experiences of Disengagement from Marxism’ held at the University of Birmingham in September 1991. The conference examined the recent experiences of African countries in transition from Marxism and Marxist-influenced ideologies to an uncertain future based on the market economy and a plural political system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138898905

MarxismThe Inner Dialogues Marxism: The Inner Dialogues covers a wide range of basic issues and problems arising from what has been said for against and about Marxism. This is a rich and systematic collection of writings by the foremost authorities on the subject in the world. The book provides the most inclusive and lasting analysis of Marxist thought available. Curtis has confronted current problems in Marxist studies in the context of the classic concerns of Western thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527690

MarxismWith and Beyond Marx This book offers a unique re-conceptualization of Marxism in bringing together leading scholars across disciplines � history philosophy economics politics sociology and literary and culture studies � into one comprehensive corpus. It demonstrates the engaging relevance of the perspectives and techniques of the analyses adopted by Karl Marx Fr Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176877

Marxist Aesthetics (Routledge Revivals)The foundations within everyday life for an emancipated consciousness Originally published in 1984 this study deals with a number of influential figures in the European tradition of Marxist theories of aesthetics ranging from Lukacs to Benjamin through the Frankfurt School to Brecht and the Althusserians. Pauline Johnson shows that despite the great diversity in these theories about art they all formulate a common problem and she argues that an adequate response to this problem must be based on account of the practical foundations within the recipient's own experience for a changed consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415609098

Marxist Analyses and Social Anthropology Reflecting the first evaluation among British and American anthropologists of the relevance of Marxist theory for their discipline the studies in this volume cover a wide geographical and social spectrum ranging from rural Indonesia Imperial China Highland Burma and the Abron kingdom of Gyaman. A critical survey assesses the value of some key ideas of Marx and Engels to social anthropology and places in historical perspective the changing attitudes of social anthropologists to the Marxist tradition. Originally published in 1975. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017945

Marxist HistoriographiesA Global Perspective Marxist Historiographies is the first book to examine the ebb and flow of Marxist historiography from a global and cross-cultural perspective. Since the eighteenth century few schools of historical thought have exerted a more lasting impact than Marxism and this impact extends far beyond the Western world within which it is most commonly analysed. Edited by two highly respected authors in the field this book deals with the effect of Marxism on historical writings not only in parts of Europe where it originated but also in countries and regions in Africa Asia North and South America and the Middle East. Rather than presenting the chapters geographically it is structured with respect to how Marxist influence was shown in the works of historians in a particular area. This title takes a dual approach to the subject; some chapters are national in scope addressing the Marxist impact on historical practices within a country whereas others deal with the varied expressions of Marxist historiography throughout a wider region. Taking a truly global perspective on this topic Marxist Historiographies demonstrates clearly the breadth and depth of Marxism’s influence in historical writing throughout the world and is essential reading for all students of historiography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415723442

Marxist History and Postwar Japanese Nationalism This book explores the historical writings of postwar Japanese Marxists - who were and who continue to be surprisingly numerous in the Japanese academic world. It shows how they developed in their historical writing ideas of 'radical nationalism' which accepted presupposed ideas of Japan's 'ethnic homogeneity' but which they saw as a 'revolutionary subject' creating a sphere of radical political action against the state the American Occupation and global capital. It compares this approach in both prewar and postwar Marxist historiography showing that in the postwar period ideas were more elaborate and put much more emphasis on national education and social mobilization. It also shows how these early postwar discourses have made their way into contemporary ethnic nationalism and revisionism in Japan today. The book's rich and interesting analysis will appeal not just to historians of Japan but also to those interested in nationalism and Marxism more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008663

Marxist Perspectives in the Sociology of Education (RLE Edu L Sociology of Education) The major theories explored are those concerned with social mobility and those which derive from a relativist position in Sociology both of which see education as a selection mechanism for a stratified society. Social class family sociolinguistics and schools are among the topics discussed. In this analysis the author: defines key areas in the sociology of education gives access to important concepts of Marx and Engels strengthens sociological starting points by adding a Marxist element discriminates between radically different directions in education maps the main features of long-term working class goals This thoroughgoing Marxist critique of widely prevalent notions in the sociology of education provides a compass by which place and direction in this area of education may be found by students teachers and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752886

Marxist Perspectives on South Korea in the Global Economy This volume brings together work by international scholars to provide a unique analysis of the past present and possible future trajectory of Korea's political economy from a distinctly Marxist perspective. The volume differentiates the Marxian approach to the political economy of Korean development from the Keynesian social democratic approach that currently dominates the critical literature. In doing so the volume provides a unique view of the development of the South Korean Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228115

Marxist Political EconomyEssays in Retrieval: Selected Works of Geoff Pilling Geoff Pilling’s work shows that Marxist theory is relevant to those struggling to understand the problems of capitalist society today and that the work not only of Marx and Engels but that of later Marxist theorists including Lenin is worth studying. It also shows that to understand the problems of today’s society needs more than narrow specialist economic analysis but a deep awareness of current developments in society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241114

Marxist Shakespeares Marxist Shakespeares uses the rich analytic resources of the Marxist tradition to look at Shakespeare's plays afresh. The book offers new insights into the historical conditions within which Shakespeare's representations of class and gender emerged and into Shakespeare's role in the global culture industry stretching from Hollywood to the Globe Theatre. A vital resource for students of Shakespeare which includes Marx's own readings of Shakespeare Derrida on Marx and also Bourdieu Bataillle Negri and Alice Clark. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203131183

Marxist Thought on ImperialismSurvey and Critique First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780873323451

Marx's 'Capital' (Routledge Revivals)Philosophy and Political Economy Marx’s Capital has of course been widely read; this revival of a systematic study by Geoffrey Pilling originally published in 1980 argues powerfully that in order to understand Capital fully it is necessary to have read and understood Hegel’s Logic. This argument leads to a detailed examination of the opening chapters of Capital and a re-examination of their significance for the work as a whole. Pilling emphasizes the fundamental nature of the break between Marx’s Capital and all forms of classical political economy and stresses the revolutionary nature of Marx’s critique of political economy as one of the foundations of Capital. He also lays particular emphasis on the philosophical aspects of the work so often neglected by British commentators and puts forward the view that Marx’s notion of fetishism often looked upon as incidental to his work is in fact central to his entire critique of political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874107

Marx's Capital after 150 YearsCritique and Alternative to Capitalism Faced with a new crisis of capitalism many scholars are now looking back to the author whose ideas were too hastily dismissed after the fall of the Berlin Wall. During the last decade Marx’s Capital has received renewed academic and popular attention. It has been reprinted in new editions throughout the world and the contemporary relevance of its pages is being discussed again. Today Marx’s analyses are arguably resonating even more strongly than they did in his own time and Capital continues to provide an effective framework to understand the nature of capitalism and its transformations. This volume includes the proceedings of the biggest international conference held in the world to celebrate the 150th anniversary of Capital’s publication. The book is divided into three parts: I) "Capitalism Past and Present"; II) "Extending the Critique of Capital"; III) "The Politics of Capital". It contains the contributions of globally renowned scholars from 13 countries and multiple academic disciplines who offer diverse perspectives and critical insights into the principal contradictions of contemporary capitalism while pointing to alternative economic and social models. Together they reconsider the most influential historical debates on Capital and provide new interpretations of Marx’s magnum opus in light of themes rarely associated with Capital such as gender ecology and non-European societies. The book is an indispensable source for academic communities who are increasingly interested in rediscovering Marx beyond 20th century Marxism. Moreover it will be of great appeal to students as well as established scholars interested in critique of capitalism and socialist theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660154

Marx's Capital and Capitalism Today Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 52 This volume is concerned with the re-evaluation and criticism of Capital itself. It is in three parts each covering a specific area of Marxist theory. The first part contains an investigation into Marx’s theory of value and considers the types of questions and modes of analysis to which this theory leads. In the second part the nature and implications of necessary economic ‘laws of tendency’ in the capitalist mode of production are covered. Finally there is an analysis of the role of class structure and economic agents in Marxist theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649902

Marx's Concept of Money This work relates Marx's theory of money to his overall political economy and places it firmly within the wider context of his political and philosophical thought. It has for some time been held that there exists an epistomological break between the early 'humanist' and later 'scientific' Marx. However in this ground-breaking study Anitra Nelson links Marx's conecept of money to his early key concepts with particular reference to 'alienation'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757492

Marx's Construction of Social Theory This study first published in 1983 explores the connections between Marx’s philosophy and his empirical analysis of society and state by showing the different meanings of many of Marx’s concepts as their role in his theory changes and the theory itself develops. Beginning with an examination of Marx’s search for a sound epistemological basis on which to build a social theory Dr Barbalet then gives an analysis of the way in which Marx continually modifies the concepts he uses and continues with an examination of the different functions they are given in different theoretical settings. Various nuances of Marx’s thought often obscured by the simplistic ‘early-late’ dichotomy are revealed by Dr Barbalet’s close attention to the progressive transformation of Marx’s concepts and by his scrupulous analysis of them in not only their textual but also their theoretical context. Finally the book examines the manner in which Marx’s construction of social theory by its very nature means that some material is replaced by other theoretical fabric as the theoretical structure itself is in different ways dismantled and reorganised as Marx’s thought evolves and develops. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887794

Marx's Critical/Dialectical Procedure This book first published in 1991 demonstrates that Marx is the legitimate founder of what was to become the critical theory of society. It argues that in order to justify a new conception of humans as collective cultural and historical beings Marx undertook a radical critique of the theoretical/analytical method of his predecessors and his contemporaries in political economy philosophy and the natural sciences. While elements of the methods of some of these thinkers – most conspicuously from the work of Aristotle Kant and Hegel – were present in Marx’s thought he achieved a new synthesis of procedural epistemological and ontological methods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887916

Marx's Critique of Political Economy Volume OneIntellectual Sources and Evolution Volume One analyses the intellectual sources and evolution of Marx's critique of political economy leading up the writing of the main Capital manuscripts (1844-1860).The volume:* Provides a clear illustration of the contents of the texts in a way that enables readers to understand the intellectual influences on Marx* Clarifies Marx's own view of what he was trying to achieve through his critique of political economy* The themes of value income distribution and the law of motion of capitalism are traced to their origins. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861589

Marx's Critique of Political Economy Volume TwoIntellectual Sources and Evolution Volume Two covers the years 1861-1863 when Marx consolidated and refined the arguments of his critique of political economy in his relatively neglected manuscripts Theories of Surplus Value. * Special attention is paid to the nature scope and limitations of Marx's critique and to the critique of Ricardo's Principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878617

Marx's Ethics of Freedom (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 49) This book reveals Marx’s moral philosophy and analyzes its nature. The author shows that there is an underlying system of ethics which runs the length and breadth of Marx’s thought. The book begins by discussing the methodological side of Marx’s ethics showing how Marx’s criticism of conventional morality and his views on historical materialism determinism and ideology are compatible with having an ideological system of his own. In the light of contemporary social moral and political philosophy the insights and defects of Marx’s major ethical themes are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649919

Marx's GhostConversations with Archaeologists How did our current society come into being and how is it similar to as well as different from its predecessors? These key questions have transfixed archaeologists anthropologists and historians for decades and strike at the very heart of intellectual debate across a wide range of disciplines. Yet scant attention has been given to the key thinkers and theoretical traditions that have shaped these debates and the conclusions to which they have given rise. This pioneering book explores the profound influence of one such thinker - Karl Marx - on the course of twentieth-century archaeology. Patterson reveals how Australian archaeologist V. Gordon Childe in the late 1920s was the first to synthesize discourses from archaeologists sociologists and Marxists to produce a corpus of provocative ideas. He analyzes how these ideas were received and rejected and moves on to consider such important developments as the emergence of a new archaeology in the 1960s and an explicitly Marxist strand of archaeology in the 1970s. Specific attention is given to the discussion arenas of the 1990s where archaeologists of differing theoretical perspectives debated issues of historic specificity social transformation and inter-regional interaction. How did the debates in the 1990s pave the way for historical archaeologists to investigate the interconnections of class gender ethnicity and race? In what ways did archaeologists make use of Marxist concepts such as contradiction and exploitation and how did they apply Marxist analytical categories to their work? How did varying theoretical groups critique one another and how did they overturn or build upon past generational theories?Marxs Ghost: Conversations with Archaeologists provides an accessible guide to the theoretical arguments that have influenced the development of Anglophone archaeology from the 1930s onwards. It will prove to be indispensable for archaeologists historians anthropologists and social and cultural theor Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085973

Marx's GhostMidnight Conversations on Changing the World Renowned American sociologist Charles Derber imagines a surprise encounter with Karl Marx's ghost in London's Highgate cemetery leading to a night-long conversation about the problems plaguing the world. The economic crisis climate change war the future of capitalism and the 'Arab Spring' are all discussed. The ghost reconsiders his theories as he speaks eloquently about American labour environmental gender and anti-racist struggles. The engrossing funny and provocative conversation with appearances from other ghosts such as John Maynard Keynes offers new insights into the relevance and flaws of Marx's thought indicating how we can get to a better world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050669

Marx's 'Grundrisse' and Hegel's 'Logic' Marx’s Grundrisse is acknowledged as the vital link between Marx’s early and late work. It is also a crucial text in elucidating Marx’s debt to the idealist philosopher G.W.F. Hegel. This book first published in 1988 is the first full-length study of that relationship in a thorough textual analysis which makes the connections explicit and also the Grundrisse’s relations to the works of Adam Smith and Aristotle. This book argues that Marx’s critique of political economy and his critique of Hegel are double interrelated. Not only did Marx adapt Hegelian logic in order to analyse the economic categories crucial to modern society but it is argued that those logical categories were themselves seen as reflections of the productive processes of contemporary commercial society. Uchida reveals a conceptual structure common to the apparently rarefied world of Hegelian conceptual logic and to the supposedly common-sensical world of economic science. Demonstrating this is a considerable achievement and it allows us to consider precisely what is valuable today in Marx’s critical commentary on this conceptual structure and on the type of society in which it is manifested. Uchida’s subject like Marx’s is ‘the force of capital on modern life’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888531

Marx's ProletariatThe Making of a Myth George Orwell wrote in Nineteen Eighty Four that ‘If there is hope it lies in the proles.’ A century earlier Marx was unequivocal: the future belonged to the proletariat. Today such confidence might seem misplaced. The proletariat has not yet fulfilled Marx’s expectations and seems unlikely ever to do so. How could Marx have entertained the notion that the proletariat would emancipate humanity from capitalism and from class rule itself? This book first published in 1988 attempts an explanation by examining the sources and development of Marx’s concept of the proletariat. It contends that this was not only a crucial element in Marx’s theory but a significant departure in socialist thought. By examining this concept in detail the book uncovers a major contradiction in Marxian thought: although the proletariat is assigned a momentous task it is chiefly depicted as the class of suffering which is why historically it has preferred security to enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138888555

Marx's Theory of Ideology Although Marx’s concept of ideology has been a subject of considerable discussion much of the debate has proved to be rather disappointing. There has been no systematic attempt to examine why Marx needed the concept of ideology why it was an important concept for him and how it related to his views on truth and objectivity. This book first published in 1982 considers these and other neglected questions. It explains why Marx continued to use the term ideology throughout his life to mean both idealism and apologia and traces the complex ways in which according to Marx such talented writers as Hegel became apologists. In conclusion the book outlines the lessons Marx learnt from his investigations into the nature and mechanism of ideology and discusses his theories of objectivity and truth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887954

Mary Astell and John NorrisLetters Concerning the Love of God Given the progress made in recent years in recovering the writings of early modern women one might expect that a complete set of the important works of Mary Astell (1666-1731) would have been reissued long before now. Instead only portions of the thought of the 'First English Feminist' have reached a wide academic audience. This volume presents a critical and annotated edition of the correspondence between Astell and John Norris of Bemerton (1657-1711) Letters Concerning the Love of God which was published in three separate editions during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries (1695 1705 1730). This work had profound significance in eighteenth-century intellectual and religious circles and represents a crucial step in the development of Norris and Astell's philosophical and theological opposition to that most prominent of Enlightenment figures John Locke. Letters Concerning the Love of God includes as contextual material Norris's Cursory Reflections upon a Book Call'd An Essay Concerning Human Understanding (1690) the first published philosophical response to (as Bishop Stillingfleet would later put it) Locke's 'new way of ideas ' and Astell's biting and comprehensive attack on Locke in the 'Appendix' to the second edition of The Christian Religion As Professed by a Daughter of the Church of England (1717). These texts serve to place both Letters and its authors in the contentious philosophical-theological climate to which they belonged one wherein most significantly Locke's present-day preeminence had yet to be realized. The editors' extensive introduction and annotations to this volume not only provide background on the historical and biographical elements but also elucidate philosophical and theological concepts that are perhaps unfamiliar to modern readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378179

Mary AstellReason Gender Faith Mary Astell: Reason Gender Faith includes essays from diverse disciplinary perspectives to consider the full range of Astell's political theological philosophical and poetic writings. The volume does not eschew the more traditional scholarly interest in Astell's concerns about gender; rather it reveals how Astell's works require attention not only for their role in the development of early modern feminism but also for their interventions on subjects ranging from political authority to educational theory from individual agency to divine service and from Cartesian ethics to Lockean epistemology. Given the vast breadth of her writings her active role within early modern political and theological debates and the sophisticated complexity of her prose Astell has few parallels among her contemporaries. Mary Astell: Reason Gender Faith bestows upon Astell the attention which she deserves not merely as a proto-feminist but as a major figure of the early modern period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594088

Mary CarletonPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part Three Volume 6 Mary Carleton commonly known as the German Princess was a scandalous celebrity in Restoration London. Her notoriety arose from her 1663 trial and acquittal for bigamy which became the occasion of the publication of The Case of Madam Mary Carleton. Here she narrates her version of her life as a 'German Princess' the daughter of the Earl of Cologne though by most accounts she was born Mary Moders the daughter of a Canterbury fiddler who married first a Canterbury shoemaker Thomas Steadman and then a surgeon Thomas Day. Within her own time Carleton was the subject of more than twenty-six pamphlets published in 1663 and 1673; this volume reprints Carleton's own The Case of Madam Mary Carleton along with representative selections of pamphlets written about her. Her trial produced its own 'pamphlet war' between Mary and her husband John and her story inspired a play and a mock epic which significantly responded to Carleton's own emphasis on performance and epic romance in fashioning her aristocratic identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249599

Mary CelesteThe Greatest Mystery of the Sea Mary Celeste is an iconic mystery - a perfectly seaworthy ship found wandering aimlessly at sea her crew strangely and inexplicably missing.Paul Begg tells the story of the discovery of Mary Celeste and the people who vanished and investigates over a century’s worth of speculation and survivors’ tales searching for the facts behind one of the world’s great mysteries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179646

Mary Cholmondeley Reconsidered This book provides a necessary critical reappraisal of one of the most challenging and subversive of nineteenth-century women writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663336

Mary D. Sheridan's Play in Early ChildhoodFrom Birth to Six Years Mary D. Sheridan’s Play in Early Childhood is a classic introductory text to play and development – key topics for all those who work with young children. Drawing on the most up-to-date evidence it explains how children’s play develops and how they develop as they play. With over 100 illustrations and observations of play from birth to six years this new edition presents classical and contemporary literature making clear links between play and all areas of children’s development. It includes updated activities to consolidate thinking and suggestions for further reading throughout. This text considers: the development value and characteristics of play issues relating to culture adversity gender attachment and brain development play from recreational therapeutic and educational perspectives the role of parents/caregivers and professionals in supporting play how to develop observation and reflection skills for use in your own practice Suitable both for those new to the area and for more experienced workers wanting a quick reference guide this easy-to-follow book meets the needs of students and professionals from a wide range of health education and social care backgrounds including early years professionals playworkers children’s nurses play therapists and social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655911

Mary Delany (1700–1788) and the Court of George IIIMemoirs of the Court of George III Volume 2 Though she failed to become a handmaiden to Queen Anne Mary Delany went on to become a figure at Court eventually lodging at Windsor. This new edition of her correspondence during her years at Windsor presents previously unpublished letters as well as applying modern standards of editorial principles to her correspondence.   The letters show the daily rituals of living at Court document the first social steps of Fanny Burney and Mary Georgina Port and supply new information on the family life of the royal family – including material on the assassination attempt against George III by Margaret Nicholson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138755093

Mary Hays (1759-1843)The Growth of a Woman's Mind Mary Hays reformist novelist and innovative thinker has been waiting two hundred years to be judged in a fair scholarly and comprehensive way. During her lifetime and long after her role in the ongoing reformist debates in England at the end of the eighteenth century intensified by the French Revolution served as a lightening rod for opponents who attacked her controversial stance on women's intellectual competence and human rights. The author's intellectual history of Hays finally makes the case for her importance as an innovator. She was a feminist thinker who advanced notions of tolerance that included women an educator who broke new ground for female autodidacts a philosophical commentator who translated Enlightenment ideas for a burgeoning female audience a Dissenting historiographer who reinvented 'female biography ' and a writer of deliberately experimental fiction including the roman à clef Memoirs of Emma Courtney. The author approaches Hays from several disciplinary perspectives-historical biographical literary critical theological and political-to elucidate the multiple ways in which Hays contributed and responded to and influenced and was influenced by the most significant issues and figures of her time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390459

Mary Hays's 'Female Biography'Collective Biography as Enlightenment Feminism The essays included in Mary Hays’s ‘Female Biography’: Collective Biography as Enlightenment Feminism emerge from the authors’ collaboration in producing the first modern edition of Hays’s work in the Chawton House Library Edition (2013 2014). This book explores Hays’s larger ambitions to lay the foundation for an encyclopaedic work by for and about women. The scholars’ contributions to this volume engage with some of the multiple problems and possibilities that Female Biography presented. Drawing on this effort individual scholars examine Hays’s attempts to correct existing masculinist constructs which framed the ‘universe of knowledge’ then and persist in our time. Hays perceived that these had the cumulative effect of rendering women invisible. She responded to such absence by providing examples of the extent of female worth across Western society. Other contributions focus specifically on the subjects of Hays’s entries looking at how she used source material and laid the groundwork for future biographical studies of women’s lives.Both Female Biography and Hays herself have continually presented difficulties in categorization: not quite Enlightenment not quite Victorian either. This book recontextualizes her work demonstrating the radicalism and originality of her feminism even in its post-Wollstonecraftian phase as well as the longevity of her influence. As such it will be of interest to those conducting research into Hays her subjects and the evolution of life-writing by women.This book was originally published as a special issue of Women’s Writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660949

Mary in the Qur'anA Literary Reading Providing an analysis of the complete story of Mary in its liturgical narrative and rhetorical contexts this literary reading is a prerequisite to any textual reading of the Qur’an whether juristic theological or otherwise. intertextuality between the Old Testament New Testament and the Qur’an. The Qur’an is an oral event linguistic phenomenon and great literature. So the application of modern literary theories is essential to have full comprehension of the history of the development of literary forms from pre-Islamic period such as poetry story telling speech-giving to the present. In addition there is a need from a feminist perspective to understand in depth why a Christian mother figure such as Mary was important in early Islam and in the different stages of the development of the Qur’an as a communication process between Muhammad and the early Muslim community. Introducing modern literary theories gender perspective and feminist criticism into Qur’anic scholarship for the first time this book will be an invaluable resource for scholars and researchers of Islamic Studies Qur’anic and New Testament Studies Comparative Literature and Feminist Theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282483

Mary LincolnSouthern Girl Northern Woman One of America’s most compelling First Ladies Mary Lincoln possessed a unique vantage point on the events of her time even as her experiences of the constraints of gender roles and the upheaval of the Civil War reflected those of many other women. The story of her life presents a microcosm through which we can understand the complex and dramatic events of the nineteenth century in the United States including vital issues of gender war and the divisions between North and South. The daughter of a southern slave-holding family Mary Lincoln had close ties to people on both sides of the war. Her life shows how the North and South were interconnected even as the country was riven by sectional strife. In this concise narrative Stacy Pratt McDermott presents an evenhanded account of this complex intelligent woman and her times. Supported by primary documents and a robust companion website this biography introduces students to the world of nineteenth-century America and the firsthand experiences of Americans during the Civil War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786813

Mary Magdalene in Medieval CultureConflicted Roles This innovative and multidisciplinary collection visits representations and interpretations of Mary Magdalene in the medieval and early modern periods questioning major scholarly assumptions behind the examination of female saints and their depictions in medieval artworks literature and music. Mary Magdalene’s many and various characterizations from reformed prostitute to conversion-figure to devotee of Christ to "apostle to the apostles" to spiritual advisor to the Prince of Marseilles to hermit in the desert to list just a few examples mean that the many conflicted representations of Mary Magdalene apply to a staggering variety of cultural material including art liturgy music literature theology hagiography and the historical record. Furthermore Mary Magdalene has grown into an extremely popular and controversial figure due to recent books and movies concerning her and due to a groundswell of general speculation concerning her relationship to Jesus: was she his acquaintance follower companion wife family-member or lover? This volume employs a broad spectrum of theoretical methodologies in order to present poststructuralist postcolonial postmodernist hagiographic and feminist readings of the figure of Mary Magdalene addressing and interrogating her conflicting roles and the precise relationship between her sacred and secular representations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377660

Mary MusgroveQueen of the Creeks This is a brief biography that explores the life of Mary Musgrove an 18th century mixed-race woman who played a major role in colonial Georgia. This book is a part of Westview?s `Lives of American Women? series edited by Carol Berkin. Each title in the series features brief biographies of figures whose lives serve as a lens onto a major trend event movement or crisis of their eras and whose stories will be the entry point for a deeper understanding of a particular historical time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348698

Mary of Mercy in Medieval and Renaissance Italian ArtDevotional image and civic emblem Mater Misericordiae—Mother of Mercy—emerged as one of the most prolific subjects in central Italian art from the late thirteenth through the sixteenth centuries. With iconographic origins in Marian cult relics brought from Palestine to Constantinople in the fifth century the amalgam of attributes coalesced in Armenian Cilicia then morphed as it spread to Cyprus. An early concept of Mary of Mercy—the Virgin standing with outstretched arms and a wide mantle under which kneel or stand devotees—entered the Italian peninsula at the ports of Bari and Venice during the Crusades eventually converging in central Italy. The mendicant orders adopted the image as an easily recognizable symbol for mercy and aided in its diffusion. In this study the author’s primary goals are to explore the iconographic origins of the Madonna della Misericordia as a devotional image by identifying and analyzing key attributes; to consider circumstances for its eventual overlapping function as a secular symbol used by lay confraternities; and to discuss its diaspora throughout the Italian peninsula Western Europe and eastward into Russia and Ukraine. With over 100 illustrations the book presents an array of works of art as examples including altarpieces frescoes oil paintings manuscript illuminations metallurgy glazed terracotta stained glass architectural relief sculpture and processional banners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331153

Mary PickfordHollywood and the New Woman On screen and off movie star Mary Pickford personified the 'New Woman' of the early 1900s a moniker given to women who began to demand more autonomy inside and outside the home. Well educated and career-minded these women also embraced the new mass culture in which consumption and leisure were seen to play a pivotal role in securing happiness. Mary Pickford: Hollywood and the New Woman examines Pickford's role in the rise of industrial capitalism and consumer culture and uses her life and unprecedented career as a wildly popular actress and savvy film mogul to illustrate the opportunities and obstacles faced by American women during this time. Following Pickford's life from her childhood on stage to her rise as a powerful studio executive this book gives an overview of her enduring contribution to American film and mass culture. It also explores her struggles to surpass her confining public film persona as 'America's Sweetheart' with her creative and business achievements mirroring how women both then and today must reconcile domestic life with professional aspirations and work. About the Lives of American Women series: Selected and edited by renowned women's historian Carol Berkin these brief biographies are designed for use in undergraduate courses. Rather than a comprehensive approach each biography focuses instead on a particular aspect of a woman's life that is emblematic of her time or which made her a pivotal figure in the era. The emphasis is on a 'good read' featuring accessible writing and compelling narratives without sacrificing sound scholarship and academic integrity. Primary sources at the end of each biography reveal the subject's perspective in her own words. Study questions and an annotated bibliography support the student reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348056

Mary Robinson and the Genesis of RomanticismLiterary Dialogues and Debts 1784–1821 First coming to prominence as an actress and scandalous celebrity Mary Robinson created an identity for herself as a Romantic poet and novelist in the 1790s. Through a series of literary dialogues with established writers Robinson put herself at the center of Romantic literary culture as observer participant and creator. Cross argues that Robinson’s dialogues shaped the nature of Romantic writing both in content and form and influenced second-generation Romantics. These dialogues further establish the idea of Romantic discourse as essentially interactive and conversational not the work of original geniuses working in isolation and positions Robinson as a central player in its genesis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346737

Mary ShelleyHer Life Her Fiction Her Monsters First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174061

Mary Shelley's Literary Lives and Other Writings This collection covers the lyrical poetry of Mary Shelley as well as her writings for Lardner's "Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Biography" and some other materials only recently attributed to her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429354045

Mary Shelley's Literary Lives and Other Writings Volume 1 This collection covers the lyrical poetry of Mary Shelley as well as her writings for Lardner's "Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Biography" and some other materials only recently attributed to her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349751

Mary Shelley's Literary Lives and Other Writings Volume 2 This collection covers the lyrical poetry of Mary Shelley as well as her writings for Lardner's "Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Biography" and some other materials only recently attributed to her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349768

Mary Shelley's Literary Lives and Other Writings Volume 3 This collection covers the lyrical poetry of Mary Shelley as well as her writings for Lardner's "Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Biography" and some other materials only recently attributed to her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349775

Mary Shelley's Literary Lives and Other Writings Volume 4 This collection covers the lyrical poetry of Mary Shelley as well as her writings for Lardner's "Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Biography" and some other materials only recently attributed to her. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429349782

Mary Sheridan's From Birth to Five YearsChildren's Developmental Progress From Birth to Five Years based on the pioneering work of Mary Sheridan is widely regarded as the go-to reference for health education and social care professionals or anyone concerned with the developmental progress of pre-school children. In this new fourth edition the text has been developed to further align it with current child development philosophies and practices and to support the wider group of professionals that are now required to take steps for promoting children’s development as part of their assessment and management plans. This book aims to improve the clinical management of children with developmental disorders through providing the full range of developmental attainments methods of observation and advice about when to seek help. Features of this completely revised edition include: For students and tutors – information on theoretical aspects of development with further reading suggestions and references including the most recent international studies in the field A new section on the development of attention and self-regulation Contemporary case studies with guidance on when to raise concerns for students and teachers Discussion points to stimulate class debate To complement this book a new companion volume From Birth to Five Years: Practical Developmental Examination offers a step-by-step ‘how to’ guide including guidance on enquiry and observation how to chart typical and atypical patterns and ‘red flags’ for recognising significant delay or abnormality. To consolidate and expand on the practical and theoretical information across both books a new companion website is available at www.routledge.com/cw/sharma which includes the following additional learning material: An interactive timeline of the key developmental domains Introductions to theory with links to further reading Research summaries Video clips demonstrating practical assessment skills Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833547

Mary Sidney Lady Wroth Despite her fascinating life and her importance as a writer until now Lady Mary Wroth has never been the subject of a full-length biography. Margaret Hannay's reliance on primary sources results in some corrections as well as additions to our knowledge of Wroth's life including Hannay's discovery of the career of her son William the marriages of her daughter Katherine her grandchildren her last years the date of her death and the subsequent history of her manuscripts. This biography situates Lady Mary Wroth in her family and court context emphasizing the growth of the writer's mind in the sections on her childhood and youth with particular attention to her learned aunt Mary Sidney Herbert Countess of Pembroke as literary mentor and to her Continental connections notably Louise de Coligny Princess of Orange and her stepson Prince Maurice. Subsequent chapters of the biography treat her experience at the court of Queen Anne her relationships with parents and siblings her love for her cousin William Herbert her marriage to Robert Wroth the birth and early death of her only legitimate child her finances and properties her natural children her grandchildren and her last years in the midst of England's civil wars. Throughout the biography attention is paid to the complex connections between Wroth's life and work. The narrative is enhanced with a chronology; family trees for the Sidneys and Wroths; a map of Essex showing where Wroth lived; a chart of family alliances; portraits; and illustrations from her manuscripts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594095

Mary Sidney HerbertPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series 1 Part One Volume 6 Mary Sidney (1562-1620) Countess of Pembroke was born into one of England’s most prominent literary and political families. She was fluent in at least three languages and was an accomplished translator and poet. Her two translations from the French A Discourse of Life and Death by Philippe de Mornay and Antonius a TragÅ“die by Robert Garnier were published together in 1592 by William Ponsonby. That combined volume is reprinted here. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249582

Mary Wigman This book considers dancer teacher and choreographer Mary Wigman a leading innovator in Expressionist dance whose radical explorations of movement and dance theory are credited with expanding the scope of dance as a theatrical art. Now reissued this book combines: a full account of Wigman’s life and work an analysis of her key ideas detailed discussion of her aesthetic theories including the use of space as an "invisible partner" and the transcendent nature of performance a commentary on her key works including Hexentanz and The Seven Dances of Life an extensive collection of practical exercises designed to provide an understanding of Wigman’s choreographic principles and her uniquely immersive approach to dance. As a first step towards critical understanding and as an initial exploration before going on to further primary research Routledge Performance Practitioners are unbeatable value for today’s student. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138572744

Mary Wollstonecraft The essays in this collection represent the explosion of scholarly interest since the 1960s in the pioneering feminist philosopher novelist and political theorist Mary Wollstonecraft. This interdisciplinary selection which is organized by theme and genre demonstrates Wollstonecraft's importance in contemporary social political and sexual theory and in Romantic studies. The book examines the reception of Wollstonecraft's Vindication of the Rights of Woman but it also deals with the full range of her work from travel writing education religion and conduct literature to her novels letters and literary reviews. As well as reproducing the most important modern Wollstonecraft scholarship the collection tracks the development of the author's reputation from the nineteenth century. The essays reprinted here (from early appreciations by George Eliot Emma Goldman and Virginia Woolf to the work of twenty-first century scholars) include many of the most influential accounts of Wollstonecraft's remarkable contribution to the development of modern political and social thought. The book is essential reading for students of Wollstonecraft and late eighteenth-century women's writing history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754627432

Mary Wollstonecraft Pedagogy and the Practice of Feminism This study examines Mary Wollstonecraft—generally recognized as the founder of the early feminist movement—by shedding light on her contributions to eighteenth-century instructional literature and feminist pedagogy in particular. While contemporary scholars have extensively theorized Wollstonecraft’s philosophical and polemic work little attention has been given to her understanding and representation of feminist practice most clearly exemplified in her instructional writing. This study makes a significant contribution to the fields of both eighteenth-century and Romantic Era literature by looking at how early feminism influenced didactic traditions from the late-eighteenth century to today. Hanley argues that Wollstonecraft constructs a paradigm of feminist pedagogy both in the texts’ representations of teaching and learning and her own authorial approach in re-appropriating earlier texts and textual traditions. Wollstonecraft’s appropriations of Locke Rousseau and other educationists allow her to develop reading and writing pedagogies that promote critical thinking and gesture toward contemporary composition theories and practices. Hanley underscores the significance of Wollstonecraft as teacher and mentor by revisiting texts that are generally assigned a short space in the context of a larger discussion about her life and/or writing re-presenting her works of instruction as meaningful both in their revisionist approaches to tradition and their normative didactic features. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378032

Mary Wollstonecraft and Feminist RepublicanismIndependence Rights and the Experience of Unfreedom Mary Wollstonecraft is a writer whose work continues to provoke scholarly debate. Halldenius explores Wollstonecraft’s political philosophy focusing on her treatment of republicanism and independence to propose a new way of reading her work – that of a ‘feminist republican’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848935365

Mary WollstonecraftAn Annotated Bibliography First published in 1976 this was the first comprehensive annotated bibliography of Mary Wollstonecraft’s works and most of the critical and biographical comments on her in English written between 1788 and 1975. It is designed both as a research tool for scholars and students and as a revelation of the quantity and variety of comment. The book is divided into three main chronological time periods of publication date and suggests the vagaries of Wollstonecraft’s posthumous reputation and indicates the peaks and troughs of interest. Known as an eighteenth-century British writer philosopher and advocate of women's rights Mary Wollstonecraft has received much critical attention with particular interest in her unorthodox lifestyle of the time and is now regarded as one of the founding feminist philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752664

Mary Wroth and Shakespeare Over the last twenty five years scholarship on Early Modern women writers has produced editions and criticisms both on various groups and individual authors. The work on Mary Wroth has been particularly impressive at integrating her poetry prose and drama into the canon. This in turn has led to comparative studies that link Wroth to a number of male and female writers including of course William Shakespeare. At the same time no single volume has attempted a comprehensive comparative analysis. This book sets out to explore the ways in which Wroth negotiated the discourses that are embedded in the Shakespearean canon in order to develop an understanding of her oeuvre based not on influence and imitation but on difference originality and innovation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783034

Mary WrothPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series 1 Part One Volume 10 Mary Wroth (1587-1653?) was niece and god-daughter of Mary Sidney Herbert. She was married in 1604 to Sir Robert Wroth with whom she joined the Court circle of James I. In 1618 she began work on her enormous prose romance The Countesse of Mountgomeries Urania. The first known work of original fiction by an Englishwoman it reflects her experience as an eyewitness to the turbulent Jacobean Court. Drawing upon a wide range of reading Wroth created a vast encyclopedic romance with a network of women placed at the centre. Its publication swiftly unleashed a storm of criticism from powerful noblemen who attacked Wroth for depicting their private lives under the guise of fiction. When protests reached the King Wroth wrote a letter of disclaimer to George Villiers First Duke of Buckingham in which she stated that copies ’were solde against my minde I never purposing to have had them published’. She explained that she had stopped the sale of the book and asked for the King’s warrant to recover other copies. There is no evidence that the book was recalled. The 1621 edition reproduced here is a unique copy containing the author’s own handwritten revisions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249568

MarylandA Geography This book provides an analytical survey of the physical social cultural and economic geography of Maryland. Though the emphasis is on human geography significant attention is given to the physical base on which the cultural landscape has developed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367168469

Maryse Conde and the Space of Literature This book combines new readings of literary texts that have attracted significant critical attention with less widely read texts and a selection of Conde's critical essays and interviews. It situates the notions of politics literature and space within fresh readings of the themes in Conde's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604134

Masculine Scenarios 'Human identity sexual identity primary and secondary identification object choice narcissism - all of these lie on a continuum with homosexuality transsexualism transvestism heterosexuality and asexuality. Concepts on sexuality and gender are outlined anew in an interplay of theoretical and clinical networks with the aim of increasing t Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325527

Masculine ShameFrom Succubus to the Eternal Feminine How does the image of the succubus relate to psychoanalytic thought? Masculine Shame: From Succubus to the Eternal Feminine explores the idea that the image of the succubus a demonic female creature said to emasculate men and murder mothers and infants has been created out of the masculine projection of shame and looks at how the transformation of this image can be traced through Western history mythology and Judeo-Christian literature. Divided into three parts areas of discussion include: the birth of civilization and the evolution of the succubus the image of the succubus in the writings of Freud and Jung the succubus as child killing mother to the restoration of the eternal feminine. Through a process of detailed cultural and social analysis the author places the image of the succubus at the very heart of psychoanalytic thought highlighting its presence in both Freud’s Medusa and Jung’s visions of Salome. As such this book will be of great interest to all those in the fields of analytical psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415390392

Masculine Virtue in Early Modern Spain Masculine Virtue in Early Modern Spain extricates the history of masculinity in early modern Spain from the narrative of Spain’s fall from imperial power after 1640. This book culls genres as diverse as emblem books poetry drama courtesy treatises and prose fiction to restore the inception of courtiership at the Spanish Hapsburg court to the history of masculinity. Refuting the current conception that Spain’s political decline precipitated a ’crisis of masculinity’ Masculine Virtue maps changes in figurations of normative masculine conduct from 1500 to 1700. As Spain assumed the role of Europe’s first modern centralized empire codes of masculine conduct changed to meet the demands of global rule. Viewed chronologically Shifra Armon shows Spanish conduct literature to reveal three axes of transformation. The ideal subject (gendered male in both practice and law) became progressively more adaptable to changing circumstances more intensely involved in currying his own public image and more desirous of achieving renown. By bringing recent advances in gender theory to bear on normative rather than non-normative masculinities of early modern Spain Armon is able to foreground the emergence of energizing new models of masculine virtue that continue to resonate today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668914

Masculinities When it was first published over a decade ago R.W. Connell's ground-breaking text on the nature and construction of masculine identity rapidly became a classic. In Masculinities Connell argues that there is not one masculinity but many different masculinities each associated with different positions of power. In a world gender order that continues to privilege men over women but also raises difficult issues for men and boys her account is more relevant than ever before. In this new edition Connell discusses the development of masculinity studies in the ten years since the book's initial publication. She explores global gender relations new theories and practical uses of masculinity research. She also addresses the politics of masculinities and the implications of masculinity research for understanding current world issues. Against the backdrop of an increasingly divided world dominated by neo-conservative politics Connell's account highlights a series of compelling questions about the future of human society. Masculinities has been translated into many languages and in 2004 it was voted one of the ten most influential books in Australian sociology. This second edition will be essential reading for students taking courses in gender studies and a valuable reference for readers across the humanities and social sciences. the fundamental study on masculinity as a formative factor of modern social inequality and also one of the most important books in the social sciences in recent years'Professor Ilse Lenz Ruhr University Bochum Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116479

Masculinities Gender Equality and Crisis Management The overarching mission of the rescue services comprises three main areas of responsibility: protection against disasters and accidents; crisis management; and civil defence. This mission covers a long chain of obligations in trying to improve societal prevention capabilities and manage threats risks accidents and disasters concerning generic as well as individual safety. It follows a reactive social chain of threat-risk-crisis-crisis management-care-rehabilitation. The authors in this book show that the interesting occupational characteristics of these societal duties are their connection to gender and crisis management in a wider sense. Gendered practices processes identities and symbols are analytical lenses that provide a particular understanding and explanatory base that has received far too little attention in the academic literature. This book identifies four major themes in relation to a gendered understanding of the rescue services and more generally emergency work: Masculine heroism Intersectional understandings of sexuality class and race Gender and technology Gender equality and mainstreaming processes This book shows how the rescue services constitute a productive ground for contemporary gender studies including feminist theory masculinity and sexuality studies. Its critical perspective provides new directions for emergency work and crisis management in a broader sense and in particular for scholars and practitioners in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349042

Masculinities Sexualities and Love It can be said that societies today know little of how gender sexuality and love interconnect in dissimilar contexts and how they are collectively shaped by social structures. Underpinned by the theoretical writings of Michel Foucault Masculinities Sexualities and Love examines a range of empirical data including interviews with gay and bisexual men to understand the ways in which love is constructed and conceptualized. Clearly written the book is grounded in personal narratives and intimate stories of love hurt pain and heartbreak including the author’s own experiences; and analysed using theoretical frameworks such as hegemonic masculinity heteronormativity and post-structuralism. Furthermore the reader will also find insightful discourse analysis of popular films such as Fifty Shades of Grey and The Girl on the Train to examine the construction of love through film. Forming a timely intervention Masculinities Sexualities and Love offers a fresh perspective on the sociology of love and will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as Gender and Sexuality Studies Cultural Studies and Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487003

Masculinities and DesireA Deleuzian Encounter Masculinities and Desire considers the question of male subjectivity in relation to Deleuze and Guattari’s theory of desire. Western tradition has thought of desire from the vantage point of masculine subjectivity; what happens when the order is reversed and desire speaks through masculinity? Can masculinity be conceived beyond the gender binary and thus affirm its potential to transcend the patriarchal order? In answer Masculinities and Desire calls for a radically new approach to traditional cultural criticism. Contributing a critical male perspective the book sheds new light on the conceptual and ethical limits of established representational (gender) criticism. Reflecting on masculinity with Deleuze the book explores what happens to the masculine subject in his becoming-minoritarian and thus emerging as a work of desire. Wojtaszek examines the confining representations of masculinity in realms long associated with men such as violence virulent psychosis metaphysical cannibalism and virtualization. Inspired by Deleuze’s appeal for immanence Wojtaszek argues that films including American Psycho Fight Club Becoming John Malkovich and The Matrix are adventures of deterritorialization that imaginatively tackle various masculinities affirming their creative resistance and reinvention of subjectivity. Desire is revealed to be a powerful catalyst for escaping the regime of patriarchal representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731816

Masculinities and Femininities in Latin America's Uneven Development This book forges a new approach to historical and geographical change by asking how gender arrangements and dynamics influence the evolution of institutions and environments. This new theoretical approach is applied via mixed methods and a multi-scale framework to bring together unusually diverse phenomena. Regional trends demonstrated with quantitative data include the massive incorporation of women into paid work demographic masculinization of the countryside and feminization of cities rapidly increasing gaps that favor women over men in education and life expectancy and extraordinarily high levels of violence against men. Case studies in Mexico Chile and Bolivia explore changes influenced by gender practices and expectations that involve men in different ways than women; they also highlight dissimilarities and power relations between differently positioned masculine groups. Ethnographic studies of culturally diverse arrangements together with particular attention to subordinate versus dominant masculinities complicate the gender binaries that circumscribe so much research and policy. Drawing attention to imbalances and conflicts generated by inappropriate models and uneven developments the book points to opportunities for experimenting with and adapting the sociocultural institutions that govern relations among humans and between humans and their environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598235

Masculinities and Literary StudiesIntersections and New Directions As more and more work is being done in the name of the ever-growing field of study of literary representations of masculinities it seems timely to not only review its development and main contributions to the larger field of masculinity studies but also to look at its latest advances and new directions. These are precisely the two main aims of Masculinities and Literary Studies  which seeks to explore the conjunction between these two fields while exploring some of the latest developments and new directions resulting from such intersections. If much of the existing masculinity scholarship has traditionally been grounded in a specific discipline this volume also seeks to provide an innovative methodological approach to the subject of literary masculinities by proving the applicability of the latest interdisciplinary masculinity scholarship - namely sociology social work psychology economics political science ecology etc. - to the literary analysis thus crossing the traditional boundary between the Social Sciences and the Humanities in new and profound ways. Presenting the latest advances in masculinity scholarship this interdisciplinary book will appeal to gender and masculinity scholars from a wide variety of fields including sociology and social work psychology philosophy political science and cultural and literary studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350857

Masculinities and Management in Agricultural Organizations Worldwide Using contemporary gender theory to examine gender and rurality beyond that of simply women/femininities this illuminating book accurately locates the subject of masculinities within the rural/agricultural context. While there has been a wealth of literature on men and masculinities published in recent years the climate of ideas has been typically experienced through an urban lens. This book therefore investigates new conceptual territory. Embedded in the literature on gender and rurality as well as the scholarship on gender and organizations/management the book draws on an in-depth ethnographic study of gender relations in Australian agricultural politics. It will speak to academic audiences in rural social sciences gender studies and management/organization studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390466

Masculinities and Place Masculinities and Place bring together an impressive range of high-profile and emerging researchers to consolidate and expand new domains of interest in the geographies of men and masculinities. It is structured around key and emerging themes within recently completed and on-going research about the intersections between men masculinities and place. Building upon broader themes in social and cultural geographies cultural economy and urban/rural studies the collection is organised around the key themes of: theorising masculinities and place; intersectionality; home; family; domestic labour; work; and health and well-being. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547230

Masculinities at the MarginsBeyond the Hegemonic in the Study of Militaries Masculinities and War Across a rich terrain of empirical and theoretical trajectories the concept of military masculinity (now understood in its plural as military masculinities) has been a significant conceptual tool in both feminist international relations (IR) and in critical men and masculinities studies scholarship. The concept has helped us to unpack the relationships between gender war and militarism including how military standards function in the production of wider normative hegemonic manliness. As such military masculinities has been a rewarding tool for many scholars who take a critical approach to the study of war and the military.This edited volume advances an emerging curiosity within accounts of military masculinities. This curiosity concerns the silences within and disruptions to our well-established and perhaps-too-comfortable understandings of and empirical focal points for military masculinities gender and war. The contributors to this volume trouble the ease with which we might be tempted to synonymize militaries war and a neat ‘hegemonic’ masculinity. Taking the disruptions the asides and the silences seriously challenges the common wisdoms of military masculinities gender and war in productive and necessary ways. Doing so necessitates a reorientation of where to whom and for what we look to understand the operation of gendered military power. The chapters were originally published in a special issue of Critical Military Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584481

Masculinities in Austrian Contemporary LiteratureStrategic Evasion Masculinities in Austrian Contemporary Literature: Strategic Evasion shows the important contribution that literature can make to the understanding of masculinities by offering insights into the mental structures of hegemonic masculinity. It argues that while there is evidence of frustrating hegemonic masculinities contemporary Austrian literature offers few positive images of alternative masculinity. The texts simultaneously criticize and present fantasies of hegemonic masculinity and as such provide a space for ambiguity and evasion. While providing readers with an in-depth study of the works of the authors Daniel Kehlmann Doron Rabinovici and Arno Geiger Matthias Eck elaborates the concept of strategic evasion. In order to bridge the gap between the ideal of masculinity and reality the male characters adopt two strategies of evasion: evasion to hide a softer and gentler side and evasion into a world of fantasy where they pretend to live up to the ideal of hegemonic masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437916

Masculinities in British Adventure Fiction 1880–1915 Making use of recent masculinity theories Joseph A. Kestner sheds new light on Victorian and Edwardian adventure fiction. Beginning with works published in the 1880s when writers like H. Rider Haggard took inspiration from the First Boer War and the Zulu War Kestner engages tales involving initiation and rites of passage experiences with the non-Western Other colonial contexts and sexual encounters. Canonical authors such as R.L. Stevenson Rudyard Kipling Joseph Conrad and Olive Schreiner are examined alongside popular writers like A.E.W. Mason W.H. Hudson and John Buchan providing an expansive picture of the crisis of masculinity that pervades adventure texts during the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262218

Masculinities in Contemporary American CultureAn Intersectional Approach to the Complexities and Challenges of Male Identity Masculinities in Contemporary American Culture offers readers a multidisciplinary intersectional overview of masculinity studies that includes both theoretical and applied lenses. Keith combines current research with historical perspectives to demonstrate the contexts in which masculine identities have come evolved. With an emphasis on popular culture -- particularly film TV video games and music -- this text invites students to examine their gendered sensibilities and discuss the ways in which different forms of media appeal to toxic masculinity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818071

Masculinities in ForestsRepresentations of Diversity Masculinities in Forests: Representations of Diversity demonstrates the wide variability in ideas about and practice of masculinity in different forests and how these relate to forest management. While forestry is widely considered a masculine domain a significant portion of the literature on gender and development focuses on the role of women not men. This book addresses this gap and also highlights how there are significant demonstrable differences in masculinities from forest to forest. The book develops a simple conceptual framework for considering masculinities one which both acknowledges the stability or enduring quality of masculinities but also the significant masculinity-related options available to individual men within any given culture. The author draws on her own experiences building on her long-term experience working globally in the conservation and development worlds also observing masculinities among such professionals. The core of the book examines masculinities based on long-term ethnographic research in the rural Pacific Northwest of the US; Long Segar East Kalimantan; and Sitiung West Sumatra both in Indonesia. The author concludes by pulling together the various strands of masculine identities and discussing the implications of these various versions of masculinity for forest management. This book will be essential reading for students and scholars of forestry gender studies and conservation and development as well as practitioners and NGOs working in these fields. The Open Access version of this book available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/e/9780367815776 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367417000

Masculinities in Higher EducationTheoretical and Practical Considerations Masculinities in Higher Education provides empirical evidence theoretical support and developmental interventions for educators working with college men both in and out of the classroom. The critical philosophical perspective of the text challenges the status-quo and offers theoretically sound educational strategies to successfully promote men’s learning and development. Contesting dominant discourses about men and masculinities and binary notions of privilege and oppression the contributors examine the development and identity of men in higher education today. This edited collection analyzes the nuances of lived identities intersections between identities ways in which individuals participate in co-constructing identities and in turn how these identities influence culture. Masculinities in Higher Education is a unique resource for graduate students and professional post-secondary educators looking for strategies to effectively promote college men’s learning and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415874649

Masculinities in the Court Tales of DanielAdvancing Gender Studies in the Hebrew Bible In this volume Brian Charles DiPalma examines masculinities in the court tales of Daniel as a test case for issues facing the burgeoning area of gender studies in the Hebrew Bible. In doing so it both analyses how the court tales of Daniel portray the characters in terms of configurations of masculinity in their socio-historical context and also seeks to advance gender studies in the Hebrew Bible on theoretical methodological and political grounds. Masculinities in the Court Tales of Daniel is therefore of interest not only to scholars working on Daniel but also biblical scholars studying gender in the Hebrew Bible more broadly including those engaged in feminist criticism queer criticism and studies of masculinity as well as anyone studying gender within an ancient Near Eastern context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592660

Masculinities in the Criminological FieldControl Vulnerability and Risk-Taking Over recent decades criminological research has changed from a gender-blind discipline which equated crime with men and thus ignored questions about gender to an approach that studied gender by showing statistical differences between men and women and then finally to a more inclusive and elaborate gender-theoretical approach to crime and crime control. However despite this development research on gender - and in particular research on gendered norms and the construction and enactment of masculinities - within the criminological field has been unable to keep up with developments in gender research. Since 1990 only a few anthologies with a gender-theoretical orientation focusing on masculinities within the criminological research field have been published. Many of the theoretical developments in gender research still have difficulties in reaching into mainstream criminology partly because such developments are often published in feminist and/or gender theoretical journals. This volume both problematizes and renders visible conceptions and norms regarding male behaviour and masculinities and shows how these affect the criminological field through providing a theoretically sound and clear gender perspective to this field of research. With sections based around the following three themes: negotiations of masculinity in institutional settings vulnerable masculinities and risk-taking and masculinities this volume will be of interest to scholars of criminology sociology social work and gender studies as well as policy-makers and law enforcement professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472410139

Masculinities in Victorian Painting This fully illustrated study examines the construction of masculinity in culture based on an analysis of pictorial representations of the male in a wide range of contexts: social historical legal literary institutional anthropological educational marital imperial and aesthetic. Powerful images from the work of dozens of Victorian artists - from Leighton Waterhouse Burne-Jones and Alma-Tadema to Dicksee Pettie Watts Woodville and Tuke to name a few - are used to illustrate the 5 key paradigms of masculinity: the classical hero the gallant knight the challenged paterfamilias the valiant soldier and the male nude. Aspects of 20th-century theory such as rescue compulsion male sexuality the male gaze and racial ideas are also considered. The author concludes that maleness was and is learned and 19th-century ideas still influence the construction of manhood today; that social institutions are influenced by and themselves use artistic representation; that artistic images strongly influence ideas of gender; and that multi-disciplinary cultural study is the best way to examine the formation of gender ideologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269002

MasculinitiesFootball Polo and the Tango in Argentina The complex relationship between nationalism and masculinity has been explored both historically and sociologically with one consistent conclusion: male concepts of courage and virility are at the core of nationalism. In this ground-breaking book the author questions this assumption and advances the debate through an empirical analysis of masculinity in the revealing contexts of same-sex (football and polo) and cross-sex (tango) relations. Because of its rich history Argentina provides the ideal setting in which to study the intersection of masculine and national constructs: hybridization creolization and a culture of performance have all informed both gender and national identities. Further the author argues that counter to claims made by globalization theorists the importance of performance to Argentinian men and women has a long history and has powerfully shaped the national psyche. But this book takes the analysis far beyond national boundaries to address general arguments in anthropology which are not culture-specific and the discussion poses important comparative questions and addresses central theoretical issues from the interplay of morality and ritual to a comparison between the popular and the aristocratic to the importance of ‘othering' in national constructions - particularly those relating to sport. This book represents a major contribution not only to anthropology but to the study of gender nationalism and culture in its broadest sense. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085980

Masculinity Anti-Semitism and Early Modern English LiteratureFrom the Satanic to the Effeminate Jew Offering a profound re-assessment of the conceptual rhetorical and cultural intersections among sexuality race and religion in English Renaissance texts this study argues that antisemitism is a by-product of tensions between received Classical conceptions of masculinity and Christianity's strident critique of that ideal. Utilizing works by Shakespeare Milton Marlowe and others Biberman illustrates how modern antisemitism develops as a way to stigmatize hypermasculine behavior thus facilitating the transformation of the culture's gender ideal from knight to businessman. Subsequently the function of antisemitism changes becoming instead the mark of effeminate behavior. Consequently the central antisemitic image changes from Jew-Devil to Jew-Sissy. Biberman traces this shift's repercussions both in renaissance culture and what followed it. He also contends that as a result of this linkage between Jewishness and the limits of masculine behavior the image of the Jewish woman remains especially unstable. In concluding Biberman argues that the Gothic resurrects the Jew-Devil (bequeathing it to the Nazis) and that the horror genre is often a rewriting of Renaissance discourse about Jews. In the course of making this larger argument Biberman introduces a series of more limited claims that challenge the conventional wisdom within the field of literary studies. First Biberman overturns the assumption that Jewishness and femininity are always associated in the cultural imagination of Western Europe. Second Biberman provides the historical context needed to understand the emergence of the stereotype of the pathological Jewish woman. Third Biberman revises the incorrect notion that divorce was not practiced in Renaissance England. Fourth Biberman argues for the novel claim that serial monogamy in Western culture is a practice understood to possess a Jewish "taint." Fifth Biberman contributes a major advance in scholarship devoted to T. S. Eliot illustrating how Eliot's famous critical argument against Milton is an expression of his antisemitism and a coherent compliment to the antisemitic touches in his poetry. Sixth in his discussion of Gothic literature Biberman introduces novel readings of Frankenstein and Dracula persuasively arguing that Mary Shelley's monster bears the mark of the Jew according to modern antisemitic discourse; and that in Stoker both the vampire and the vampire-killer represent Jews executing a scenario of self-policing that was realized in the ghettos and the concentration camps. Biberman's final contribution in this study is to provide a definition for postmodern antisemitism and to apply it to various contemporary incidents including September 11th and the Arab-Israeli conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257979

Masculinity Corporality and the English Stage 1580–1635 The significance of human anatomy to the most physical of art forms the theatre has hitherto been an under-explored topic. Filling this gap Christian Billing questions conventional wisdom regarding the one-sex anatomical model and uses a range of medical treatises to delineate an emergent two-sex paradigm of human biology. The impact such a model had on the staging of the human form in English professional theatre is also explored in appraisals of: (i) the homo-erotic significance of a two-sex paradigm; (ii) social and theatrical cross-dressing; (iii) the uses of theatrical androgyny; (iv) masculine corporality and the representation of assertive women; and (v) the theatrical poetics of human dissection. Billing supports cultural and scientific study with close-readings of Lyly Shakespeare Jonson Middleton Dekker Beaumont Fletcher and Ford. The book provides a sophisticated and original analysis of the early modern stage body as a discursive site in wider debates concerning sexuality and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376021

Masculinity Power and TechnologyA Malaysian Ethnography Drawing on fieldwork carried out among male motor mechanics in the Chinese diaspora of Penang Malaysia this informative volume explores the links between technology and the masculinization of power. Malaysia shares an obsession with modernity by way of technological development and a "can do" entrepreneurial spirit where technology is held in high esteem. Technology holds such positive connotations in Malaysian society that it is therefore a source of individual and national empowerment. Technology and modernity are therefore important factors when understanding contemporary Malaysian society. Just as there is very much a masculine ethos pervading Malaysia's spirit and belief in modernity and progress this insightful and rewarding book focuses on technology and machines in relation to masculinity to provide an innovative anthropological perspective of Malaysian society and the Chinese diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604561

Masculinity Sexuality and Illegal MigrationHuman Smuggling from Pakistan to Europe Masculinity Sexuality and Illegal Migration makes use of extensive new empirical material to explore the phenomena of migration human smuggling and illegal work in order to develop a compelling account of international migration linking it with irrational risky economic behaviour and male sexual desire. Interviews conducted with successive waves of Pakistani immigrants in the UK and Italy together with ethnographic fieldwork amongst local journalists immigration officials and smugglers in Pakistan serve as the basis for an interdisciplinary comparative analysis of illegal migration across time and space. Challenging the received idea that labour migration is driven purely by rational economic forces Masculinity Sexuality and Illegal Migration draws upon psychoanalytic social theory to examine the roles of masculinity and irrationality in the decision to migrate thus stimulating a more complex debate about migration's causes and consequences. The arguments it makes raise wider questions about the folly of thinking about economic concerns in isolation from other aspects of human experience. As such this book will appeal to those with research interests in economics social theory migration gender and sexuality and race and ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260924

Masculinity War and Violence Addressing the relationship between masculinity war and violence this book covers these themes broadly and across different disciplines. These analyses are located at different levels: public policies at the macro level; resistance and independence movements at the meso level; and masculine subjectivities processes of mobilization and radicalization at the micro level. The ten contributions encompass four recurring themes: violent masculinities and how contemporary societies and regimes cope with traditional violent rituals and extreme violence against women; popular written and visual fiction about war and masculine rationalities; gender relations in social movements of rebellion and national transformation; and masculinity in civil society under conditions of war and post-war. Taking into account different geographical contexts the book emphasizes the relationship between the local and the global as well as the importance of understanding gender and masculinity in their intersectional interrelations with religion race ethnicity class and locality. This book was originally published as a special issue of NORMA: International Journal for Masculinity Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074807

Masculinity and Aspiration in an Era of Neoliberal EducationInternational Perspectives This collection investigates the ways in which boys and young men negotiate neoliberal discourse surrounding aspiration and how neoliberalism shapes their identities. Expanding the field of masculinity studies in education the contributors offer international comparisons of different subgroups of boys and young men in primary secondary and university settings. A cross-sectional analysis of race gender and class theory is employed to illuminate the role of aspiration in shaping boys’ identities which adds nuance to their complex "identity work" in neoliberal times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194284

Masculinity and Body Weight in JapanGrappling with Metabolic Syndrome Drawing on the concept of the somatic self Castro-Vázquez explores how Japanese men think about express and interpret their experiences concerning bodyweight control. Based on an extensive ethnographic investigation this book offers a compelling analysis of male obesity and overweight in Japan from a symbolic interactionism perspective to delve into structure meaning practice and subjectivity underpinning the experiences of a group of middle-aged Japanese men grappling with body weight control. Castro-Vázquez frames obesity and overweight within historical and current global and sociological debates that help to highlight the significance of the Japanese case. By drawing on evidence from different locations and contexts he sustains a comparative perspective to extend and deepen the analysis. A valuable resource for scholars both of contemporary masculinity and of medical sociology especially those with a particular interest in Japan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367340575

Masculinity and Dress in Roman Antiquity In Masculinity and Dress in Roman Antiquity Olson argues that clothing functioned as part of the process of communication by which elite male influence masculinity and sexuality were made known and acknowledged and furthermore that these concepts interconnected in socially significant ways. This volume also sets out the details of masculine dress from literary and artistic evidence and the connection of clothing to rank status and ritual. This is the first monograph in English to draw together the myriad evidence for male dress in the Roman world and examine it as evidence for men’s self-presentation status and social convention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595173

Masculinity and Education The uncertain complex and problematic relationships between masculinity and education have come to occupy a prominent position within the sociology of education in recent years. This collection of articles brings together a range of different perspectives offering both empirical and theoretical contributions to our understanding of this subject. The articles seek to broaden our sociological understanding by considering masculinities in relation to a variety of educational setting and contexts. These include the role of football in the playground of a junior school the question of why more boys study AS-level mathematics in England the changing rhetoric of education ministers and attempts to increase the number of male primary school teachers in Australia. The collection also engages with the broader context of gender politics and educational theory and the volume concludes with a study of the move away from class analysis within educational theories in recent decades taking English white working class masculinity as its main focus. The collection offers a perceptive insight into a crucial and current area within the sociology of education. This book was originally published as a special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706896

Masculinity and Emotion in Early Modern English Literature The first full length treatment of how men of different professions social ranks and ages are empowered by their emotional expressiveness in early modern English literary works this study examines the profound impact of the cultural shift in the English aristocracy from feudal warriors to emotionally expressive courtiers or gentlemen on all kinds of men in early modern English literature. Jennifer Vaught bases her analysis on the epic lyric and romance as well as on drama pastoral writings and biography by Shakespeare Spenser Sidney Marlowe Jonson and Garrick among other writers. Offering new readings of these works she traces the gradual emergence of men of feeling during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries to the blossoming of this literary version of manhood during the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257665

Masculinity and Femininity Today This book presents a wide range of psychoanalytic writing on masculinity and femininity from British European and North and South American perspectives exploring how masculine and feminine aspects are structured and evolve in the child adolescent and adult. The authors address from a background of considerable clinical experience how masculinity and femininity manifest in the body gender sex sexuality and the life-cycle and cover aspects both productive and generative constricted and defended. The importance of the parenting couple and their bond with the child in the forming of masculine and feminine idenitities is emphasized. Beginning with an overview of the development of masculinity the developmental perspective is explored in how adolescents discover their sexuality and come to 'own' their sexual bodies. Different types of disturbance are explored including the early defence mechanism of disavowal of difference. The development of the masculine and feminine aspects of the psychoanalyst and how these aspects influence analytic work are considered in particular the role of the male analyst in transformations of masculinity. The analyst must have sufficiently worked through his/her own mental bisexuality to have internalized a good parental couple in order to be able to listen to the mental bisexuality of the patient. The book ends with a glimpse of the young child's struggle with issues of sexuality and difficulties in constructing a gender identity. The authors aim to explore what constitutes masculinity and femininity in an accessible way not only for psychoanalytic psychotherapists but also for the wider public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491905

Masculinity and Marian Efficacy in Shakespeare's England Masculinity and Marian Efficacy in Shakespeare's England offers a new approach to evaluating the psychological 'loss' of the Virgin Mary in post-Reformation England by illustrating how in the wake of Mary's demotion re-inscriptions of her roles and meanings only proliferated seizing hold of national imagination and resulting in new configurations of masculinity. The author surveys the early modern cultural and literary response to Mary's marginalization and argues that Shakespeare employs both Roman Catholic and post-Reformation views of Marian strength not only to scrutinize cultural perceptions of masculinity but also to offer his audience new avenues of exploring both religious and gendered subjectivity. By deploying Mary's symbolic valence to infuse certain characters and dramatic situations with feminine potency Espinosa analyzes how Shakespeare draws attention to the Virgin Mary as an alternative to an otherwise unilaterally masculine outlook on salvation and gendered identity formation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268111

Masculinity and Modern Slavery in NepalTransitions into Freedom South Asia is the region with the highest number of slaves globally according to the Global Slavery Index. Bonded labour affects between 15 and 20 million labourers within the region and is shaped by locally specific interconnections between ethnicity class caste and critically gender structures. Masculinity and Modern Slavery in Nepal explores the role of masculinity in shaping the structures and experience of slavery and subsequent freedom. While many I/NGOs and human rights organisations use freedom from slavery as a powerful and emotive goal the lived reality of freedom for many bonded labourers often results in disappointment and frustration as they navigate diverse expectations of masculinity. Taking Nepal as a case study the book illustrates how men’s gendered experiences of bondedness and freedom can inform perspectives on the transition to freedom and modernity in South Asia more broadly. Researchers of modern slavery gender studies and South Asian studies will be interested in the rich analysis on offer in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367663650

Masculinity and New WarThe gendered dynamics of contemporary armed conflict This book advances the claims of feminist international relations scholars that the social construction of masculinities is key to resolving the scourges of militarism sexual violence and international insecurity. More than two decades of feminist research has charted the dynamic relationship between warfare and masculinity but there has yet to be a detailed account of the role of masculinity in structuring the range of volatile civil conflicts which emerged in the Global South after the end of the Cold War. By bridging feminist scholarship on international relations with the scholarship of masculinities Duriesmith advances both bodies of scholarship through detailed case study analysis. By challenging the concept of ‘new war’ he suggests that a new model for understanding the gendered dynamics of civil conflict is needed and proposes that the power dynamics between groups of men based on age difference ethnicity location and class form an important and often overlooked causal component to these civil conflicts. Exploring the role of masculinities through two case studies the civil war in Sierra Leone (1991–2002) and the Second Sudanese Civil War (1983–2005) this book will be of great interest to postgraduate students practitioners and academics working in the fields of gender and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367221492

Masculinity and Patriarchal Villainy in the British NovelFrom Hitler to Voldemort Masculinity and Patriarchal Villainy in the British Novel: From Hitler to Voldemort sits at the intersection of literary studies and masculinity studies arguing that the villain in many works of contemporary British fiction is a patriarchal figure that embodies an excess of patriarchal power that needs to be controlled by the hero. The villains' stories are enactments of empowerment fantasies and cautionary tales against abusing patriarchal power. While providing readers with in-depth studies of some of the most popular contemporary fiction villans Sara Martín shows how current representations of the villain are not only measured against previous literary characters but also against the real-life figure of the archvillain Adolf Hitler. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441463

Masculinity and Queer Desire in Spanish Enlightenment Literature In Masculinity and Queer Desire in Spanish Enlightenment Literature Mehl Allan Penrose examines three distinct male figures each of which was represented as the Other in eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century Spanish literature. The most common configuration of non-normative men was the petimetre an effeminate Francophile male who figured a failed masculinity a dubious sexuality and an invasive French cultural presence. Also inscribed within cultural discourse were the bujarrón or ’sodomite ’ who participates in sexual relations with men and the Arcadian shepherd who expresses his desire for other males and who takes on agency as the voice of homoerotica. Analyzing journalistic essays poetry and drama Penrose shows that Spanish authors employed queer images of men to engage debates about how males should appear speak and behave and whom they should love in order to be considered ’real’ Spaniards. Penrose interrogates works by a wide range of writers including Luis Cañuelo Ramón de la Cruz and Félix María de Samaniego arguing that the tropes created by these authors solidified the gender and sexual binary and defined and described what a ’queer’ man was in the Spanish collective imaginary. Masculinity and Queer Desire engages with current cultural historical and theoretical scholarship to propose the notion that the idea of queerness in gender and sexuality based on identifiable criteria started in Spain long before the medical concept of the ’homosexual’ was created around 1870. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274945

Masculinity and Student Success in Higher Education This practical resource identifies complex issues associated with masculinity in higher education providing administrators and faculty with research-based strategies for supporting the success of this student group. Grounded in interdisciplinary social science theories and representative case studies this book unpacks the experience of college men while simultaneously addressing the various identities they embrace or are assigned. Masculinity and Student Success in Higher Education shares strategies on increasing enrollment engagement and persistence of men in higher education across racial ethnic and socioeconomic distinctions. By successfully interrogating their own campus practices readers can better address issues of diversity while also supporting and engaging the social and academic factors that contribute to student success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686021

Masculinity and the English Working ClassStudies in Victorian Autobiography and Fiction This book examines representations of working-class masculine subjectivity in Victorian autobiography and fiction. In it  Ying focuses on ideas of domesticity and the male body and demonstrates that working-class masculinities differ substantially from those of the widely studied upper classes. The book also maps the relationship between two trends: the early nineteenth-century efflorescence of published working-class autobiographies (in which working men construct their identities for a broad readership); and a contemporaneous surge of public interest in "the lower orders" that finds reflection in the depiction of working-class characters in popular novels by middle-class authors. The book mimics this point of convergence by pairing three working-class autobiographies with three middle-class novels. Each chapter focuses on a particular type of work: domestic service manual (not artisanal) labour and literary labour (and the opportunities it offers for social advancement). Ying considers the specific ways in which classed and gendered consciousness emerges autobiographically and its significance in the writing of working-class subjectivity for public consumption. Then mainstream novels by Charles Dickens Elizabeth Gaskell and Charles Kingsley are re-read from the perspective of these autobiographical pressure points. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541695

Masculinity and the Trials of Modern Fiction How do lawyers judges and jurors read novels? And what is at stake when literature and law confront each other in the courtroom? Nineteenth-century England and France are remembered for their active legal prosecution of literature and this book examines the ways in which five novels were interpreted in the courtroom: Gustave Flaubert’s Madame Bovary Paul Bonnetain’s Charlot s’amuse Henry Vizetelly’s English translation of Émile Zola’s La Terre Oscar Wilde’s The Picture of Dorian Gray and Radclyffe Hall’s The Well of Loneliness. It argues that each of these novels attracted legal censure because they presented figures of sexual dissidence – the androgyne the onanist or masturbator the patricide the homosexual and the lesbian – that called into question an increasingly fragile normative middleclass masculinity. Offering close readings of the novels themselves and of legal material from the proceedings such as the trial transcripts and judicial opinions the book addresses both the doctrinal dimensions of Victorian obscenity and censorship as well as the reading practices at work in the courtroom. It situates the cases in their historical context and highlights how each trial constitutes a scene of reading – an encounter between literature and the law – through which different forms of masculinity were shaped bolstered or challenged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606166

Masculinity and Western Musical Practice How have men used art music? How have they listened to and brandished the musical forms of the Western classical tradition and how has music intervened in their identity formations? This collection of essays addresses these questions by examining some of the ways in which men music and masculinity have been implicated with each other since the Middle Ages. Feminist musicologies have already dealt extensively with music and gender from the 'phallocentric' tendencies of the Western tradition to the explicit marginalization of women from that tradition. This book builds on that work by turning feminist critical approaches towards the production rhetorical engagement and subversion of masculinities in twelve different musical case studies. In other disciplines within the arts and humanities 'men's studies' is a well-established field. Musicology has only recently begun to address critically music's engagement with masculinity and as a result has sometimes thereby failed to recognize its own discursive misogyny. This book does not seek to cover the field comprehensively but rather to explore in detail some of the ways in which musical practices do the cultural work of masculinity. The book is structured into three thematic sections: effeminate and virile musics and masculinities; national masculinities national musics; and identities voices discourses. Within these themes the book ranges across a number of specific topics: late medieval masculinities; early modern discourses of music masculinity and medicine; Renaissance Italian masculinities; eighteenth- nineteenth- and early twentieth-century ideas of creativity gender and canonicity; masculinity imperialist and nationalist ideologies in the nineteenth century and constructions of the masculine voice in late nineteenth- and twentieth-century opera and song. While the case studies are methodologically disparate and located in different historical and geographical locations they all share a common concern for a critical revaluation of the role of masculinity (in all its varied representations) in art music practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246614

Masculinity Goes to School Originally published in 1998. This book offers a balanced overview of the issues surrounding boys and education. It looks beyond the often hysterical debate in the popular media to analyse what is happening with boys in the school system and how this can be understood. The authors argue that popular constructions of masculinity affect boys in all parts of their lives: in families peer groups and work cultures – at home at school at work and at leisure. Offering insight into key issues such as literacy sport bad behaviour sexuality race and ethnicity and popular culture this book also looks at programs and approaches to working with boys which have been successful. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052499

Masculinity in Contemporary New York Fiction Masculinity in Contemporary New York Fiction is an interdisciplinary study that presents masculinity as a key thematic concern in contemporary New York fiction. This study argues that New York authors do not simply depict masculinity as a social and historical construction but seek to challenge the archetypal ideals of masculinity by writing counter-hegemonic narratives. Gendering canonical New York writers namely Paul Auster Bret Easton Ellis and Don DeLillo illustrates how explorations of masculinity are tied into the principal themes that have defined the American novel from its very beginning. The themes that feature in this study include the role of the novel in American society; the individual and (urban) society; the journey from innocence to awareness (of masculinity); the archetypal image of the absent and/or patriarchal father; the impact of homosocial relations on the everyday performance of masculinity; male sexuality; and the male individual and globalization. What connects these contemporary New York writers is their employment of the one of the great figures in the history of literature: the flâneur. These authors take the flâneur from the shadows of the Manhattan streets and elevate this figure to the role of self-reflexive agent of male subjectivity through which they write counter-hegemonic narratives of masculinity. This book is an essential reference for those with an interest in gender studies and contemporary American fiction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382893

Masculinity in Contemporary Quality Television Recent years have seen a rise in the popularity and quantity of ’quality’ television programs many of which featuring complicated versions of masculinity that are informed not only by the women’s movement of the sixties and seventies but also by several decades of backlash and debate about the effects of women’s equality on men masculinity and the relationship between men and women. Drawing upon studies of contemporary television programs including popular series viewed internationally such as Mad Men The League Hung Breaking Bad Louie and Girls this book explores the ways in which popular cultural texts address widely circulating discourses of the ostensible ’crisis of masculinity’ in contemporary culture. A rich study of masculinity and its representation in contemporary television Masculinity in Contemporary Quality Television will appeal to scholars and students of cultural and media studies popular culture television studies and cultural sociology with interests in gender masculinities and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138053694

Masculinity in Four Victorian EpicsA Darwinist Reading Offering provocative readings of Tennyson's Idylls of the King Barrett Browning's Aurora Leigh Clough's Amours de Voyage and Browning's The Ring and the Book Clinton Machann brings to bear the ideas and methods of literary Darwinism to shed light on the central issue of masculinity in the Victorian epic. This critical approach enables Machann to take advantage of important research in evolutionary psychology cognitive science anthropology among other scientific fields and to bring the concept of human nature into his discussions of the poems. The importance of the Victorian long poem as a literary genre is reviewed in the introduction followed by transformative close readings of the poems that engage with questions of gender particularly representations of masculinity and the prevalence of male violence. Machann contextualizes his reading within the poets' views on social philosophical and religious issues arguing that the impulses drives and tendencies of human nature as well as the historical and cultural context influenced the writing and thus must inform the interpretation of the Victorian epic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594187

Masculinity in Medieval Europe An original and highly accessible collection of essays which is based on a huge range of historical sources to reveal the realities of mens' lives in the Middle Ages. It covers an impressive geographical range - including essays on Italy France Germany and Byzantium - and will span the entire medieval period from the fourth to the fifteenth century. The collection is divided into four main sections: attaining masculinity; lay men and churchmen: sources of tension; sexuality and the construction of masculinity; and written relationships and social reality.The contributors are:Dawn Hadley Jenny Moore William M. Aird Jeremy Goldberg Matthew Bennet Janet Nelson Conrad Leyser Robert Swanson Patricia Cullum Ross Balzaretti Shaun Tougher Julian Haseldine Marianne Ailes and Mark Chinca. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145436

Masculinity in Opera This book addresses the ways in which masculinity is negotiated constructed represented and problematized within operatic music and practice. Although the consideration of masculine ontology and epistemology has pervaded cultural and sociological studies since the late 1980s and masculinity has been the focus of recent if sporadic musicological discussion the relationship between masculinity and opera has so far escaped detailed critical scrutiny. Operating from a position of sympathy with feminist and queer approaches and the phallocentric tendencies they identify this study offers a unique perspective on the cultural relativism of opera by focusing on the male operatic subject. Anchored by musical analysis or close readings of musical discourse the contributions take an interdisciplinary approach by also engaging with theatre popular music and cultural musicology scholarship. The various musical theoretical and socio-political trajectories of the essays are historically dispersed from seventeenth to twentieth- first-century operatic works and practices visiting masculinity and the operatic voice the complication or refusal of essentialist notions of masculinity and the operatic representation of the ‘crisis’ of masculinity. This volume will not only enliven the study of masculinity in opera but be an appealing contribution to music scholars interested in gender history and new musicology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138709409

Masculinity in the Contemporary Romantic ComedyGender as Genre This volume addresses the growing obsolescence of traditional constructions of masculine identity in popular romantic comedies by proposing an approach that combines gender and genre theory to examine the ongoing radical reconstruction of gender roles in these films.  Alberti creates a unified theory of gender role change in the movies that combines the insights of both poststructuralist gender and narrative genre theory avoiding binary approaches to the study of gender representation. He establishes the current "crises" in both gender representation and genre development within romantic comedies as examples of experimentation and change towards narratives that feature more egalitarian and less essentialist constructions of gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243347

MasculinityBodies Movies Culture Lehman brings together new work on masculinity in film by established film scholars new academics performance artists and cultural critics. The essays analyze trends from the role of gay men in saving heterosexuality to the emergence of new queer cinema. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949986

Masers and LasersAn Historical Approach Masers and Lasers: An Historical Approach examines the progress of research and practical use of lasers chronologically covering the fundamental science in detail alongside fascinating biographical sketches of famous physicists and summaries of seminal papers. It supplies helpful drawings of prototype devices conceptual diagrams to aid in understanding and remarkable historical photographs. This Second Edition contains new chapters on ultrashort pulse lasers and nonlinear optics incorporates the latest developments and insights from key scientists and includes extensive updates on fiber lasers amplifiers ultraviolet and X-ray lasers and plasmonic lasers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482217773

Masked PrimingThe State of the Art Masked priming has a short and somewhat controversial history. When used as a tool to study whether semantic processing can occur in the absence of conscious awareness considerable debate followed mainly about whether masked priming truly tapped unconscious processes. For research into other components of visual word processing however - in particular orthographic phonological and morphological - a general consensus about the evidence provided by masked priming results has emerged. This book contains thirteen original chapters in which these three components of visual word processing are examined using the masked priming procedure. The chapters showcase the advantages of masked priming as an alternative to more standard methods of studying language processing that require comparisons of matched items. Based on a recent conference this book offers up-to-date research findings and would be valuable to researchers and students of word recognition psycholinguistics or reading. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415649933

Masking HegemonyA Genealogy of Liberalism Religion and the Private Sphere 'Masking Hegemony' presents a critical evaluation of the language used in liberal political thought tracing liberalism's use of two key binary concepts - public/private and religion/state - from the Protestant Reformation to the present. Whilst appearing to separate "religion" from "state" and "public" from "private" this language actually masks the influence of religious institutions on state policies and the inevitable circulation of power from the private to the public sphere in a liberal democracy. 'Masking Hegemony' uses the work of Gramsci Foucault and Bourdieu to offer a fresh approach to liberal ideology that will be of interest to students and scholars of both politics and religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315539461

MaskMI5's Penetration of the Communist Party of Great Britain MI5’s dramatic interception of secret signals to Moscow from a hidden base in Wimbledon uncovered the true extent of Soviet espionage in Britain. Intelligence expert Nigel West reveals how MASK the codename for one of the most secretive sources ever run by British intelligence enabled Stanley Baldwin and his cabinet to monitor the activities of the Communist Party of Great Britain and track wireless traffic between the Soviet Union and its Comintern representatives abroad in countries as far apart as the United States China and Austria. The Government Code and Cipher School was one of the most secret branches of Whitehall under the command of the Secret Intelligence Service and used its covert intercept station in Denmark Hill South London to make vital advances in the intelligence war. This gripping account exposes for the first time how the Communist Party of Great Britain was infiltrated and the actual contents of its communications with the Soviets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649926

Masks and Masking in Medieval and Early Tudor England Drawing on broad research this study explores the different social and theatrical masking activities in England during the Middle Ages and the early 16th century. The authors present a coherent explanation of the many functions of masking emphasizing the important links among festive practice specialized ceremonial and drama. They elucidate the intellectual moral and social contexts for masking and they examine the purposes and rewards for participants in the activity. The authors' insight into the masking games and performances of England's medieval and early Tudor periods illuminates many aspects of the thinking and culture of the times: issues of identity and community; performance and role-play; conceptions of the psyche and of the individual's position in social and spiritual structures. Masks and Masking in Medieval and Early Tudor England presents a broad overview of masking practices demonstrating how active and prominent an element of medieval and pre-modern culture masking was. It has obvious interest for drama and literature critics of the medieval and early modern periods; but is also useful for historians of culture theatre and anthropology. Through its analysis of masked play this study engages both with the history of theatre and performance and with broader cultural and historical questions of social organization identity and the self the performance of power and shifting spiritual understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257856

Masnavi I Ma'naviThe Spiritual Couplets of Maulana Jalalu-'D-Din Muhammad Rumi First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995680

Masochism and the Self This volume provides an integrative theory firmly grounded in current psychology of the self and offers a fresh compelling account of one of psychology's most enigmatic behavior patterns. Professor Baumeister provides comprehensive coverage of historical and cross-cultural theories and empirical data on masochism and presents recent original data drawn from a large data set of anonymous masochistic scripts of fantasies and favorite experiences. Drawn from the latest social psychological research and theories Professor Baumeister returns the emphasis to the original and proto-typical form of masochism -- sexual masochism - - and explains these phenomena as a means of releasing the individual from the burden of self-awareness. It is the first volume to present a psychological theory compatible with the mounting evidence that most masochists are not mentally ill nor does masochism derives from sadism. Instead Professor Baumeister finds that masochism emerges as an escapist response to the problematic nature of selfhood and he attempts to foster an understanding of sexual masochism that emphasizes both "escape from self" and "construction of meaning" hypotheses. The book is directed at all those interested in the self and identity in paradoxical behavior patterns and in the construction of meaning presenting specific clinical recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876064

MasochismCurrent Psychoanalytic Perspectives Just as psychoanalytic interest in masochism dates from the earliest days of psychoanalysis the various approaches to its understanding have reflected the developmental vicissitudes of psychoanalytic theory as it moved from its early focus on instinct to considerations of psychic structure and oedipall dynamics object relations separation-individuation self-organization and self-esteem regulation and as it progressed into more systematic investigation of child development. Masochism: Current Psychoanalytic Perspectives offers an updated review of perspectives on masochism influence by current developments in psychoanalytic research and theory.  The newer emphasis on and investigations of early preoedipal events have as Cooper stresses in this volume provided a significant scientific and clinical yield.  The application of these newer perspectives to the issue of masochism holds considerable promise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138146266

Masonry Bricklaying and Plastering Robert Scott Burn wrote this book in 1871 at a time of great developments in science industry and exploration and when materials for engineering and building were constantly being improved and replaced. It offers therefore a useful coverage of both traditional techniques and materials such as stone brick and pise but also examines the developments in the use of cement for wall covering as well as cement blocks to be used as artificial stone. This reprint of the original work contains over 400 pages of text dealing with materials practical construction techniques masonry and brickwork principles of design drawing plastering and wall decoration as well as many other aspects of construction. The 160 plates which accompany the text include a large number of drawings of different parts of buildings including: window door and wall details in various styles; arches; staircases; consoles and brackets in stone and terracotta; hollow and ornamental brickwork and designs of shop fronts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781873394489

Masonry Bridges Viaducts and Aqueducts For 2 000 years the most durable spanning structures have been built of masonry and the surviving bridges of the Roman Empire have challenged master masons architects and engineers to emulate and surpass them. Down the centuries bridge-builders have been commissioned by monarchs bishops councils of state cities private individuals and more recently waterway and railway companies. The studies collected in this volume focus chiefly on the bridges viaducts and aqueducts themselves and the actions of the designers and builders but also encompass the political economic and social contexts and outcomes of their creation. Famous bridges in Britain Italy France Iran and the USA are all featured. Narratives of conception design and construction predominate but there are also papers on construction techniques on the analysis of documentary sources and on the continuing search by modern engineers for satisfactory scientific description of the strength and stability of arch bridges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249513

Masonry Design Masonry is found extensively in construction throughout the world. It is economical and strong. Masonry Design—part of the Architect’s Guidebook to Structures series—presents the fundamentals in an accessible fashion through beautiful illustrations simple and complete examples and from the perspective of practicing professionals with hundreds of projects under their belt and decades of teaching experience. Masonry Design provides the student with and reminds the practitioner of fundamental masonry design principles. Beginning with an intriguing case study of the Mesa Verde National Park visitor center the subsequent chapters present the fundamentals of masonry design bending shear compression design wind and seismic design and connection design. It is a refreshing change in textbooks for architectural materials courses and is an indispensable reference for practicing architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830974

Masonry Wall Construction This volume provides a concise overview of the main facets of masonry wall construction including materials structural design types of walls movement insulation rain exclusion site practice defects and repair. The subject is covered in sufficient depth for a comprehensive introduction with reading lists after each chapter for those interested in further detail. Drawing on a wealth of experience the authors present an essential and comprehensive coverage of masonry wall design and construction for students of civil and structural engineering architecture building surveying and related courses. It will also be a useful guide for practising engineers and other professionals who require a general knowledge of masonry construction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138470286

Masque and Opera in England 1656-1688 Masque and Opera in England 1656–1688 presents a comprehensive study of the development of court masque and through-composed opera in England from the mid-1650s to the Revolution of 1688–89. In seeking to address the problem of generic categorization within a highly fragmentary corpus for which a limited amount of documentation survives Walkling argues that our understanding of the distinctions between masque and opera must be premised upon a thorough knowledge of theatrical context and performance circumstances. Using extensive archival and literary evidence detailed textual readings rigorous tabular analysis and meticulous collation of bibliographical and musical sources this interdisciplinary study offers a host of new insights into a body of work that has long been of interest to musicologists theatre historians literary scholars and historians of Restoration court and political culture but which has hitherto been imperfectly understood. A companion volume will explore the phenomenon of "dramatick opera" and its precursors on London’s public stages between the early 1660s and the first decade of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229504

Masquerades of War This book explores the concepts and practices of masquerade as they apply to concepts and practices of war. It is designed to helpful for students interested in critical war studies critical security conflict studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906464

Mass and Elite in the Greek and Roman WorldsFrom Sparta to Late Antiquity This volume has its origin in the 14th University of South Africa Classics Colloquium in which the topic and title of the event were inspired by Josiah Ober’s seminal work Mass and Elite in Democratic Athens (1989). Indeed the influence this work has had on later research in all aspects of the Greek and Roman world is reflected by the diversity of the papers collected here which take their cue and starting point from the argument that in Ober’s words (1989 338): ‘Rhetorical communication between masses and elites... was a primary means by which the strategic ends of social stability and political order were achieved.’ However the contributors to the volume have also sought to build further on such conclusions and to offer new perceptions about a spread of issues affecting mass and elite interaction in a far wider number of locations around the ancient Mediterranean over a much longer chronological span. Thus the conclusions here suggest that once the concept of mass and elite was established in the minds of Greeks and later Romans it became a universal component of political life and from there was easily transferred to economic activity or religion. In casting the net beyond the confines of Athens (although the city is also represented here) to â€“ amongst others â€“ Syracuse the cities of Asia Minor Pompeii and Rome and to literary and philosophical discourse in each instance that interplay between the wider body of the community and the hierarchically privileged can be shown to have governed and directed the thoughts and actions of the participants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472462077

Mass Atrocities the Responsibility to Protect and the Future of Human Rights‘If Not Now When?’ This book ambitiously weaves together history and politics to explain all of the major situations where mass atrocities have occurred or been prevented over the 15 years since the 'Responsibility to Protect' (R2P) was adopted at the 2005 UN World Summit. The author provides a history of human rights mass atrocities and the principle of the R2P from the perspective of someone whose day job has been to work with the UN Security Council various governments and civil society to help ensure the international community does not fail those who face the threat of genocide war crimes and crimes against humanity today. It examines the implementation of the controversial principle of R2P since 2011 and how we end the politics of impunity indifference and inaction once and for all. Using case studies from Iraq Syria Myanmar and Libya the book offers a unique perspective regarding how we make 'never again' a living principle rather than a cliché and how we end the politics of impunity indifference and inaction once and for all. It will be of especial interest to scholars students and policymakers working in the fields of international politics or concerned about human rights atrocities the United Nations and international justice in the world today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367551292

Mass Atrocity Collective Memory and the Law Trials of those responsible for large-scale state brutality have captured public imagination in several countries. Prosecutors and judges in such cases says Osiel rightly aim to shape collective memory. They can do so hi ways successful as public spectacle and consistent with liberal legality. In defending this interpretation he examines the Nuremburg and Tokyo trials the Eicnmann prosecution and more recent trials in Argentina and France. Such trials can never summon up a "collective conscience" of moral principles shared by all he argues. But they can nonetheless contribute to a little-noticed kind of social solidarity.To this end writes Osiel we should pay closer attention to the way an experience of administrative massacre is framed within the conventions of competing theatrical genres. Defense counsel will tell the story as a tragedy while prosecutors will present it as a morality play. The judicial task at such moments is to employ the law to recast the courtroom drama in terms of a "theater of ideas " which engages large questions of collective memory and even national identity. Osiel asserts that principles of liberal morality can be most effectively inculcated in a society traumatized by fratricide when proceedings are conducted in this fashion.The approach Osiel advocates requires courts to confront questions of historical interpretation and moral pedagogy generally regarded as beyond their professional competence. It also raises objections that defendants' rights will be sacrificed historical understanding distorted and that the law cannot willfully influence collective memory at least not when lawyers acknowledge this aim. Osiel responds to all these objections and others. Lawyers judges sociologists historians and political theorists will find this a compelling contribution to debates on the meaning and consequences of genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527720

Mass Communication TheoriesExplaining Origins Processes and Effects Mass Communication Theories: Explaining Origins Processes and Effects explores mass communication theories within the social and cultural context that influenced their origins. An intimate examination of the lives and times of prominent mass communication theorists both past and present bring the subject to life for the reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138441415

Mass CommunicationIssues Perspectives and Techniques This title includes a number of Open Access chapters. Mass communication is the academic study of the various means by which individuals and entities communicate information to large audiences at the same time. Mass communication channels include newspaper and magazine publishing radio television film and the Internet. Mass Communication: Issues Perspectives and Techniques addresses pressing concerns in the field today. The book discusses communicating information to the public about emergency procedures in the face of disasters and emergencies and the media’s role in public health campaigns. It also also explores mass media theory and incorporating media strategies into peace-building campaigns. A thoughtful analysis of how mass media messages are constructed and construed rounds out the coverage. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926692951

Mass Communications Research MethodsA Step-by-Step Approach Originally published in 1988. Step-by-step this book leads students from problem identification through the mazes of surveys experimentation historical/qualitative studies statistical analysis and computer data processing to the final submission and publication in scientific or popular publications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959521

Mass Communications Research ResourcesAn Annotated Guide This reference book is designed as a road map for researchers who need to find specific information about American mass communication as expeditiously as possible. Taking a topical approach it integrates publications and organizations into subject-focused chapters for easy user reference. The editors define mass communication to include print journalism and electronic media and the processes by which they communicate messages to their audiences. Included are newspaper magazine radio television cable and newer electronic media industries. Within that definition this volume offers an indexed inventory of more than 1 400 resources on most aspects of American mass communication history technology economics content audience research policy and regulation. The material featured represents the carefully considered judgment of three experts -- two of them librarians -- plus four contributors from different industry venues. The primary focus is on the domestic American print and electronic media industries. Although there is no claim to a complete census of all materials on print journalism and electronic media -- what is available is now too vast for any single guide -- the most important and useful items are here. The emphasis is on material published since 1980 though useful older resources are included as well. Each chapter is designed to stand alone providing the most important and useful resources of a primary nature -- organizations and documents as well as secondary books and reports. In addition online resources and internet citations are included where possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980549

Mass ConservatismThe Conservatives and the Public since the 1880s The papers that comprise this volume reveal how people are intent on preserving not only their wealth but culture too. The individual contributions identify the key arguments used to coax voters whose natural sympathies might gravitate to the left to vote for the Conservative Party en masse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039046

Mass Culture Popular Culture And Social Life In The Middle East This book presents a collection of papers having a common theme in the question of modernity and mass culture. Two papers discuss aspects of this theme in a general global context all the others are concerned more specifically with the regional context of the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155292

Mass Culture and Everyday Life Mass Culture and Everyday Life is a collection of lively work from the small but seminal journal Tabloid. The book offers a clarification of the study of mass culture as it transforms daily life providing a detailed survey of a wide range of the mass culture phenomena that have defined our everyday lives in recent years: from Hillary's hairdo to tampons exercise fads and fashion trends; from soaps to opera to rythmn and blues; from horror movies to the interrelation of cats pigs and mothers in Babe. This volume includes ground-breaking essays on: the boom of talk radio and talk TV; shopping as cinematic spectacle; and how "everyday life" in the university community has become a key battleground in America's "culture wars." The direct accessible and refreshingly personal work speak not only to an academic audience but to a wide general readership. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699706

Mass Customisation and Personalisation in Architecture and Construction Challenged by the recent economic crisis the building and construction industry is currently seeking new orientation and strategies. Here mass customisation is uncovered as a key strategy in helping to meet this challenge. The term mass customisation denotes an offering that meets the demands of each individual customer whilst still being produced with mass production efficiency. Today mass customisation is emerging from a pilot stage into a scalable and sustainable strategy... The first dedicated publication of its kind this book provides a forum for the concept within an applied and highly innovative context. The book includes contributions from some of the most prominent thinkers and practitioners in the field from across the world including Kasper S. Vibaek Steve Kendall Martin Bechthold  Mitchell M. Tseng and Masa Noguchi. Bringing together this panel of experts who have carried out research both in academia and practice this book provides an overview of state-of-the-art practice related to the concept of customisation and personalisation within the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415622844

Mass Customization and Design Democratization Parametric design and digital fabrication are enabling non-designers to mass produce non-standard highly differentiated products – from shoes and tableware to furniture and even houses. The result of these newly available mass customization tools has been a ‘democratization’ of design. Mass Customization and Design Democratization is the first book to address this recent phenomenon. Demonstrating how the considerable potential of these tools can be realized in practice it introduces essential technologies and design approaches and provides numerous examples of the latest cutting edge work from leading design firms manufacturers and thinkers. The book examines what mass customization means for architecture and the building industry and investigates its impact on the sector’s most commoditized enterprise – suburban housing. Asking whether design democratization is viable in the current context and exploring what kind of mass customization is possible useful and desirable it poses fundamental questions about the authorship of design and the functional and aesthetic quality of products designed by non-designers. A highly designed book featuring over 200 color illustrations this is essential reading for professionals as well as students taking courses in digital architecture parametric design and mass customization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815360612

Mass Customized ManufacturingTheoretical Concepts and Practical Approaches This book brings several original contributions to research and practical applications in the field of mass customization from the designer manufacturer and customer perspectives respectively. It presents advancements in product design for mass customization design of assembly and supply chain processes variety induced complexity models complexity management marketing tools information systems to support decision-making and critical success factors of this manufacturing and marketing strategy.. A special focus of interest is also on the use of product configurators in practice and sustainability assessment for mass customization strategy. The aim is to disseminate current developments and approaches for further theoretical investigation and practical applications of mass customized manufacturing systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498755450

Mass FatalitiesManaging the Community Response A mass fatalities response goes far beyond returning the remains of a loved one to surviving family members. Those charged with this grim but critical responsibility will find themselves immersed in multiple tasks involving diverse individuals organizations and priorities. Mass Fatalities: Managing the Community Response examines multiple complex issues while providing practical guidance to communities and responders as they plan for respond to and recover from a mass fatalities incident. This book explores the immense array of tasks such as: Managing resources and personnel Protecting a potential crime scene Conducting a comprehensive search and recovery of the remains Identifying and returning the remains and personal effects Ensuring family members of the deceased are treated with compassion dignity and respect Making sure responders have the proper tools to complete their responsibilities Providing family members responders and the impacted community the necessary support to cope with the physical spiritual and emotional stressors of a mass fatalities incident The book explains in detail the functions performed at the mass fatalities operational sites including the Disaster Site Victim Identification Center Family Assistance Center and Staff Processing Center. It provides organizational charts with job descriptions detailing the roles and responsibilities for an effective leadership team and describes the management of the disaster site presenting step-by-step procedures for search and recovery. The book also discusses the registration initial interview and Notification of Death for family members at the Family Assistance Center and covers best practices for the Victim Identification Center operations. Throughout chapters emphasize the need for mental health services—exploring the essential elements of providing effective and compassionate support to surviving family members (including children) to responders and their families and to the community. An increase in catastrophic disasters in recent years has highlighted the need for sound guidance outlining the protocol for handling these events. Mass Fatalities: Managing the Community Response is an indispensable resource for this formidable task.Peter Teahen discusses the book in a video on the CRC Press YouTube channel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439849026

Mass Fatality and Casualty IncidentsA Field Guide Mass Fatality and Casualty Incidents: A Field Guide presents in checklist form the recommended responses to events that result in mass fatalities such as the Oklahoma City bombing the crash of a jet airliner or the attack on the World Trade Center. All cities in the United States will have to have a mass fatality disaster plan in effect by the end of 1999. Mr. Jensen is a leading authority in this area and provides training for police fire and hospital personnel (including EMTs and social workers) local state federal and international emergency planners and responders. This book details actions that are part of a mass fatality incident response. Specifically they are the actions that begin once life and property preservation ceases and continues through to the release of the deceased. Thus primary focus is on search recovery medicolegal investigation personal effects operations family assistance operations and media operations. Ancillary steps include logistics support security responder protection attitudes and coping with mass death. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426917

Mass Fatality Management Concise Field Guide This student mainstay continues to be organised around constitutional themes with new material on local elections the politics of the centre and the limits of state power. Essential for all introductory students of British politics and current affairs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466557253

Mass HateThe Global Rise Of Genocide And Terror This book draws together the results of six decades of research on the psychology of mass hate. It focuses on situations where large portions of nations or cultural groups have participated in mass murder acts of terror or other atrocities against unarmed civilians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156961

Mass Immigration and the National InterestPolicy Directions for the New Century As America begins the 21st century there is growing outcry across the land for reform of the nation's chaotic immigration policies. This text shows how immigration patterns are in direct conflict with emerging labour market trends and constitute a serious threat to the jobs of American workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059530

Mass Killings and Violence in Spain 1936-1952Grappling with the Past Historians have only recently established the scale of the violence carried out by the supporters of General Franco during and after the Spanish Civil War of 1936-1939. An estimated 88 000 unidentified victims of Francoist violence remain to be exhumed from mass graves and given a dignified burial and for decades the history of these victims has also been buried. This volume brings together a range of Spanish and British specialists who offer an original and challenging overview of this violence. Contributors not only examine the mass killings and incarcerations but also carefully consider how the repression carried out in the government zone during the Civil War - long misrepresented in Francoist accounts - seeped into everyday life. A final section explores ways of facing Spain’s recent violent past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707504

Mass Media An Aging Population and the Baby Boomers As the oldest members of the baby boomer generation head into their retirement years this demographic shift is having a substantial influence on uses of mass media as well as the images portrayed in these media. Mass Media An Aging Population and the Baby Boomers provides a comprehensive examination of the relationship between media and aging issues addressing mass media theory and practice as it relates to older Americans.Reviewing current research on communication and gerontology authors Michael Hilt and Jeremy Lipschultz focus on aging baby boomers and their experiences with television radio print media entertainment advertising and public relations along with the Internet and new media. They draw from studies about health and sexuality to understand views of aging and present a view of older people as important players in the political process. Hilt and Lipschultz conclude the volume by addressing trends and making predictions related to baby boomers and mass media.Providing a timely and insightful examination of the linkage between mass media and aging issues this volume will prove a valuable resource for scholars and students in media and gerontology. It is intended for use in coursework addressing such topics as mass communication and society media and aging media and public opinion sociology and social gerontology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649940

Mass Media and HealthExamining Media Impact on Individuals and the Health Environment Mass Media and Health: Examining Media Impact on Individuals and the Health Environment covers media health influences from a variety of angles including the impact on individual and public health the intentionality of these effects and the nature of the outcomes. Author Kim Walsh-Childers helps readers understand the influence that mass media has on an individual’s health beliefs and in turn their behaviors. She explains how public health policy can be affected altering the environment in which a community’s members make choices and discusses the unintentional health effects of mass media examining them through the strategic lens of news framing and advocacy campaigns. Written for students across a variety of disciplines Mass Media and Health will serve as primary reading for courses examining the broader view of mass media and health impacts as well as providing supplemental reading for courses on health communication public health campaigns health journalism and media effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925601

Mass Media and Modern WarfareReporting on the Russian War on Terrorism Mass media are essential to democratic society; in contrast the War on Terror has been interpreted as an assault on democracy and freedom by Islamic fundamentalists. The building and maintenance of public support is essential in modern warfare due to the increasing politicization of warfare where losses and gains are measured in political rather than military terms. And if progress cannot be demonstrated during a war then by default one is assumed to be losing. Greg Simons tackles the complicated yet essential role of mass media in society. Taking the Global War on Terror as a prime example the author adopts a multidisciplinary approach to analyze the various facets of war and the role of the media within it. Assessing in particular the Russian fight against terrorism this book provides a broader perspective and understanding of contemporary struggles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594224

Mass Media Revolution Now in its Third Edition Mass Media Revolution remains a dynamic guide to the world of mass media enhancing its readers’ development as critical consumers. The text employs a storytelling narrative style and integrated chapter-specific digital material providing a seamless learning experience. It features a wealth of expanded content—with particular attention to diversity in the media industry reality TV ethics and social media and the evolution of online journalism. Chapter content both print and online is aligned to the ACEJMC national academic standards. Along with student video resources this text includes an accompanying instructor resource manual and Power Point slides. All supplementary materials can be found at massmediarev.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232648

Mass Media Writing This innovative book is the first to identify and describe the systematic process that drives the day-to-day work of writers in the real world of print and broadcast journalism public relations and advertising. The key to creative problem solution for both simple and complex assignments in media work is engagingly detailed in this thought-provoking guide. Users of this book will learn how to fulfill assignments and write copy that meets an editor's or client's expectations speaks to the intended audience stands up to question and remains in memory. The author skillfully blends tested processes from science and art to equip the student with the tools of self-management and the techniques of disciplined creativity that defend against erroneous judgment. Recognizing the role of problem solving in media and the primacy of critical thinking at all stages of the writing process -- from preparatory measures to final writing -- the author challenges the assumption that discipline and creativity are incompatible partners. That partnership is described in detail then dramatized with absorbing examples and illustrations drawn from interviews with experienced practitioners in print and broadcast journalism public relations and advertising. Each chapter is a discovery of how this reliable partnership for solving writing problems in media applies to both anticipated and unexpected communication situations. Making known what media professionals have learned through trial and error on the job here is a thinking and writing dynamic that students new hires and aspiring free-lancers can now acquire before entering the world of print or broadcast journalism public relations or advertising. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812143

Mass Migration in the World-systemPast Present and Future Mass Migration in the World-System brings to light the multiple experiences of migrants across different zones of the world economy. By engaging wide-ranging ideas and theoretical viewpoints of the migration process the labor market for immigrants and the rights of migrants this book provides an important-and much needed-interdisciplinary perspective on the issues of mass migration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633510

Mass Notification and Crisis CommunicationsPlanning Preparedness and Systems Mass communication in the midst of a crisis must be done in a targeted and timely manner to mitigate the impact and ultimately save lives. Based on sound research real-world case studies and the author’s own experiences Mass Notification and Crisis Communications: Planning Preparedness and Systems helps emergency planning professionals create a crisis communications plan that works by establishing upfront relationships with responders enacting protocols and utilizing technology to effectively message the intended audience. Providing communication best practices to professionals the book: Reviews the challenges organizations face with communications in the face of various types of disasters Helps to outline the target audience of the communiqué Describes different communication techniques used throughout history during peace and wartime Provides methods for getting the right message across the first time Explores how social media can be a powerful tool in message dissemination Examines the legal landscape to ensure managers are in compliance with international federal state and local regulatory requirements Aligned with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s National Emergency Communications Plan—as well as the U.S. strategic plan to improve emergency response communications—the book provides recommendations to key decision makers given all considerations that must be weighed and factored in during a crisis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874387

Mass Panic and Social AttachmentThe Dynamics of Human Behavior How do humans behave when under threat of attack or disaster? How does the social context affect individual behavior? Anthony Mawson provides an illuminating examination of individual and collective behavior under conditions of stress and danger in response to both natural and manmade threats and disasters. Opening with a question about the interpretation of "mass panic" in combat the book gradually unfolds into a multidisciplinary analysis of the psychobiological basis of social relationships and the neural organization of motivation and emotion. Mawson provides a comprehensive review and synthesis of the mass panic and disaster literature and offers a social attachment model that recognizes the fundamentally gregarious nature of human beings and the primacy of attachments. He argues that the typical response to threat and danger is neither fight nor flight nor social breakdown but increased affiliation and camaraderie. This book is unique in addressing the behavioral and social aspects of threat and disaster. It will appeal to social scientists across a range of disciplines to public administrators and to disaster and public health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390473

Mass PhotographyCollective Histories of Everyday Life With increasingly accessible camera technology crowdsourced public media projects abound like never before. Such projects often seek to secure a snapshot of a single day in order to establish communities and create visual time capsules for the future. Mass Photography: Collective Histories of Everyday Life assesses the potential of these popular moment-in-time projects by examining their current day prevalence and their historical predecessors. Through archival research and interviews with organisers and participants it examines for the first time the vast photographic collections resulting from such projects analysing their structures and systems their aims and objectives and their claims and promises. The central case study is the 55 000 photographs submitted to One Day for Life in 1987 which aimed in its own time to be ‘the biggest photographic event the world had ever seen’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781784530112

Mass Politics In The People's RepublicState And Society In Contemporary China Exploring the crucial link between state and society in the People's Republic of China (PRC) this book analyzes the interaction between the Chinese Communist Party and the country's major social groups. It explores how public opinion contributes to a mass political culture in China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153984

Mass Psychogenic IllnessA Social Psychological Analysis First published in 1982. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315825694

Mass Spectrometry It is estimated that there are about 10 million organic chemicals known and about 100 000 new organic compounds are produced each year. Some of these new chemicals are made in the laboratory and some are isolated from natural products. The structural determination of these compounds is the job of the chemist. There are several instrumental techniques used to determine the structures of organic compounds. These include NMR UV/visible infrared spectroscopy mass spectrometry and X-ray crystallography. Of all the instrumental techniques listed infrared spectroscopy and mass spectrometry are the two most popular techniques mainly because they tend to be less expensive and give us the most structural information. This book is an introductory text designed to acquaint undergraduate and graduate students with the basic theory and interpretative techniques of mass spectrometry. Much of the material in this text has been used over a period of several years for teaching courses in materials characterization and chemical analysis. It presents the mass spectra of the major classes of organic compounds and correlates the fragmentation pattern of each spectrum with the structural features of the compound it represents. This has been done for hydrocarbons organic acids ketones aldehydes esters anhydrides phenols amines and amides. The text discusses the origin of the fragments techniques innovations and applications in mass spectrometry. It is interspersed with many illustrations examples an adequate but not overwhelming bibliography and problems for students. It will serve as a lecture text for a one-semester course in mass spectrometry or can be used to teach the mass spectra portion of a broader course in material characterization and chemical analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774772

Mass Spectrometry for the Novice With usage of mass spectrometry continually expanding an increasing number of scientists technicians students and physicians are coming into contact with this valuable technique. Mass spectrometry has many uses both qualitative and quantitative from analyzing simple gases to environmental contaminants pharmaceuticals and complex biopolymers. The extraordinary versatility can make mass spectrometers daunting to novices. Consequently new users would benefit greatly from an understanding of the basic concepts as well as the processes that occur in these instruments. Mass Spectrometry for the Novice provides exactly that with detailed straightforward descriptions and clear illustrations of principles of operations and techniques.The book begins with an overview that includes essential definitions and then provides information on the components of and the strategies used in the most common instruments. The authors discuss the methodologies available classes of compounds analyzed and the types of data that can be generated. A group of representative applications from published articles is summarized demonstrating the diversity of mass spectrometry. The authors also condense the essentials of the topic into one invaluable chapter that provides a set of concise take-home messages on all aspects of mass spectrometry. The final section provides a collection of resources including books reviews and useful websites.Using simple language new color figures clever cartoons and assuming no prior knowledge this book provides a readily understandable entrée to mass spectrometry. A CD-ROM with selected figures and cartoons is included. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781420094183

Mass Spectrometry Imaging in Food Analysis Food contains various compounds and many technologies exist to analyze those molecules of interest. However the analysis of the spatial distribution of those compounds using conventional technology such as liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry or gas chromatography-mass spectrometry is difficult. Mass spectrometry imaging (MSI) is a mass spectrometry technique to visualize the spatial distribution of molecules as biomarkers metabolites peptides or proteins by their molecular masses. Despite the fact that MSI has been generally considered a qualitative method the signal generated by this technique is proportional to the relative abundance of the analyte and so quantification is possible. Mass Spectrometry Imaging in Food Analysis a volume in the Food Analysis and Properties Series explains how the novel use of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry imaging (MALDI-MSI) will be an ideal complementary approach. MALDI-MSI is a two-dimensional MALDI-MS technology that can detect compounds in a tissue section without extraction purification separation or labeling. It can be used to visualize the spatial distribution of biomolecules in foods. Features: Explains the novel use of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry imaging in food analysis Describes how MALDI-MSI will be a useful technique for optical quality assurance. Shows how MALDI-MSI detects food contaminants and residues Covers the historical development of the technology While there are a multitude of books on mass spectrometry none focus on food applications and thus this book is ideally suited to food scientists food industry personnel engaged in product development research institutions and universities active in food analysis or chemical analysis. Also available in the Food Analysis and Properties Series: Food Aroma Evolution: During Food Processing Cooking and Aging edited by Matteo Bordiga and Leo M.L. Nollet (ISBN: 9781138338241) Ambient Mass Spectroscopy Techniques in Food and the Environment edited by Leo M.L. Nollet and Basil K. Munjanja (ISBN: 9781138505568) Hyperspectral Imaging Analysis and Applications for Food Quality edited by N.C. Basantia Leo M.L. Nollet and Mohammed Kamruzzaman (ISBN: 9781138630796) For a complete list of books in this series please visit our website at: www.crcpress.com/Food-Analysis--Properties/book-series/CRCFOODANPRO Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138370692

Mass Spectrometry of Biological Materials Second Edition provides up-to-the-minute discussions on the application of mass spectrometry to the biological sciences. Shows how and why experiments are performed and furnishes details to facilitate duplication of results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400583

Mass Spectrometry of Nucleosides and Nucleic Acids Assembling the work of an international panel of researchers Mass Spectrometry of Nucleosides and Nucleic Acids summarizes and reviews the latest developments in the field and provides a window on the next generation of analysis. Beginning with an overview of recent developments the book highlights the most popular ionization methods and illustrates the diversity of strategies employed in the characterization and sequencing of DNA and RNA oligomers nucleosides nucleotides and adducts. It describes studies performed on deoxyinosine and its analogues and provides an introduction to tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS).Next the contributors examine mass spectrometric application in the study of cyclic nucleotides in biochemical signal transduction. They analyze urinary modified nucleosides and explore DNA adducts. They discuss isotope labeling of DNA-mass spectrometry (ILD-MS) and examine various uses of electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS). The book reviews recent progress in the direct MS characterization of noncovalent nucleic acid-protein complexes explores the interaction and ionization of guanidine-derived compounds with highly acidic biomolecules and examines quantitative identification of nucleic acids via signature digestion products detected using mass spectrometry.The book describes a direct-infusion ESI-MS approach that can serve as a screening technique for the presence of modified nucleosides from small RNAs. Lastly it discusses the LC-MS/MS method for the in vitro replication studies on damage-containing DNA substrates and concludes with an examination of the influence of metal ions on the structure and reactivity of nucleic acids.The exciting developments in mass spectrometry technology have fueled incredible advances in our understanding of nucleic acids and their complexes. The contributions presented in this volume capture the range of these advances helping to inspire new findings a Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384685

Mass Spectrometry of Polymers Mass Spectrometry (MS) has rapidly become an indispensable tool in polymer analysis and modern MS today complements in many ways the structural data provided by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) and Infrared (IR) methods. Recent advances have sparked a growing interest in this field and established a need for a summary of progress made and results achieved.Mass Spectrometry of Polymers effectively fills this need. The discussion begins by introducing MS in detail providing a historical perspective and a review of modern instrumentation and methods. The text then focuses on mathematical concepts and practical algorithms used in some of the major quantitative polymer applications of MS providing a skillful prologue to polymer characterization techniques. Detailed chapters follow describing the most relevant applications of MS to the analysis of polymers and the techniques currently employed.Authored by internationally recognized experts from academia and industry Mass Spectrometry of Polymers is the only state-of-the-art work available that deals systematically with this rapidly emerging discipline and will be useful to both novices and experienced practitioners in polymer MS. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455095

Mass Spectrometry-Based MetabolomicsA Practical Guide Mass Spectrometry-Based Metabolomics: A Practical Guide is a simple step-by-step reference for profiling metabolites in a target organism. It discusses optimization of sample preparation for urine serum blood tissue food and plant and animal cell samples. Encompassing three different technical fields—biology analytical chemistry and informatics— mass spectrometry-based metabolomics can be challenging for biologists without special training in quantitative mass spectrometry. This book is designed to overcome this limitation by providing researchers with the knowledge they need to use metabolomics technology in their respective disciplines. The book summarizes all steps in metabolomics research from experimental design to sample preparation analytical procedures and data analysis. Case studies are presented for easy understanding of the metabolomics workflow and its practical applications in different research fields. The book includes an in-house library and built-in software so that those new to the field can begin to analyze real data samples. In addition to being an excellent introductory text the book also contains the latest advancements in this emerging field and can thus be a useful reference for metabolomics specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482223767

Mass Transfer Concepts Mass transfer involves the use of various operations to separate a mixture into its individual components—a frequent requirement in chemical industries. The differences in the physical properties of the components to be separated such as the vapour pressure solubility or diffusivity are utilized to transfer material from one homogenous phase to another. Techniques such as gas absorption distillation leaching extraction crystallization humidification drying adsorption and membrane based separation processes involve mass transfer and can be carried out due to the existence of a concentration gradient within the system. Mass Transfer Concepts supplies engineers with the required knowledge of all these operations. Designed for a two-semester course in chemical biotechnology petrochemical and pharmaceutical engineering the book provides a simple treatment of the concepts definitions and derivations with numerous figures and worked examples typical of their industrial applications. A number of exercise problems with solutions help clarify key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Universities Press 9781439868065

Mass Transport of Nanocarriers This book describes barriers from the macro to the nanoscale starting with endothelial and mucosal barriers and ending with cellular organelles. Experimental approaches to track nanoparticles in vitro and in vivo are presented as well as the ability to tailor-make nanoparticles for specific functions. Several model types of nanoparticles are presented as well the impact of particle attributes on biological transport. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364416

Mass Uprisings in the USSRProtest and Rebellion in the Post-Stalin Years Until recent times incidents of mass unrest in the USSR were shrouded in official secrecy. Now this pioneering work by historian Vladimir A. Kozlov has opened up these hidden chapters of Soviet history. It details an astonishing variety of widespread mass protest in the post-Stalin period including workers' strikes urban riots ethnic and religious confrontations and soldiers' insurrections. Kozlov has drawn on exhaustive research in police procuracy KGB and Party archives to recreate the violent major uprisings described in this volume. He traces the historical context and the sequence of events leading up to each mass protest explores the demographic and psychological dynamics of the situation and examines the actions and reactions of the authorities. This painstaking analysis reveals that many rebellions were not so much anti-communist as essentially conservative in nature directed to the defense of local norms being disturbed by particular instances of injustice or by the rash of Krushchev-era reforms. This insight makes the book valuable not only for what it tells us about postwar Soviet history but also for what it suggests about contemporary Russian society as well as popular protests in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702506

Massacre of the InnocentsInfanticide in Great Britain 1800-1939 Before contraception was generally available and when abortion was fraught with danger infanticide was a common solution to the problem of unwanted children. Massacre of the Innocents first published in 1986 shows the causes and consequences of the high tide of infanticide in Victorian Britain. Lionel Rose describes the ways in which unwanted and ‘surplus’ infants were disposed of and the economic and social pressures on women to rid themselves of their burdens by covert criminal and sub-criminal means. He discusses the activities of infanticidal and abortionist midwives and shows how the practices of wet nursing and baby farming were closely related to infanticide. Unscrupulous insurance salesman even turned infanticide into a profitable business in their reckless grab for commissions. Infanticide declined with the growing practice of contraception the lessening of pressure of unmarried mothers and as adoption was made easier. This is a hard-hitting scrupulously documented piece of social history. This title will be of interest to students of history and criminology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138945067

Masses Classes IdeasStudies on Politics and Philosophy Before and After Marx First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153073

Masses by Alessandro Grandi Giovanni Battista Chinelli Giovanni Rigatti Tarquinio Merula The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050980

Masses by Gasparo Villani Alessandro Grandi Pietro Lappi and Benivoglio Lev The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050317

Masses by Giovanni Andrea Florimi Giovanni Francesco Mognossa and Bonifazio Graziani The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertoiry of 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051178

Masses by Giovanni Francesco Capello Bentivoglio Lev and Ercole Porta The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050324

Masses by Giovanni Pietro Finatti Maurizio Cazzati Giulio Cesare Arresti The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051154

Masses by Giovanni Rovetta Ortensio Polidori Giovanni Battista Chinelli Orazio Tarditi The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315050959

Masses by Maurizio Cazzati Giovanni Antonio Grossi Giovanni Legrenzi The purpose of this series is to provide a large repertory 17th century Italian sacred music in clear modern editions that are both practical and faithful to the original sources. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315051161

Massinger Martin Garrett's comprehensive collection presents and explains the history of the critical reception to Massinger's work from the early seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. The volume includes extensive selections from the writings of Pepys Goldsmith Coleridge Hazlitt Lamb and Swinburne as well as briefer comments from Scott Byron and Keats. Responses to Massinger's plays from writers as diverse as Boswell Mrs Thrale Dickens and Elizabeth Barrett Browning are discussed in Martin Garrett's introduction which also includes an account of the plays' original political and theatrical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755238

Massive Open Online Courses and Higher EducationWhat Went Right What Went Wrong and Where to Next? Since the first MOOC was launched at the University of Manitoba in 2008 this new form of the massification of higher education has been a rollercoaster ride for the university sector. The New York Times famously declared 2012 to be the year of the MOOC. However by 2014 the number of academic leaders who believed the model was unsustainable doubled to more than 50%. While the MOOC hype has somewhat subsided the attitudes and anxieties of this peak time can still be seen influencing universities and their administrations.  This is the first volume that addresses Massive Open Online Courses from a post-MOOC perspective. We move beyond the initial hype and revolutionary promises of the peak-MOOC period and take a sober look at what endures in an area that is still rapidly growing albeit without the headlines. This book explores the future of the MOOC in higher education by examining what went right what went wrong and where to next for the massification of higher education and online learning and teaching. The chapters in this collection address these questions from a wide variety of different backgrounds methodologies and regional perspectives. They explore learner experiences the move towards course for credit innovative design transformations and implications of the MOOC in turn. This book is valuable reading for students and academics interested in education eLearning globalisation and information services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349202

Massive Open Online CoursesThe MOOC Revolution Are MOOCs a catalyst for reimagining education a sign of the increased corporatization of the education sector or merely a well-publicized but passing trend? Massive Open Online Courses shares insights from multiple stakeholders on what MOOCs are now and could eventually become providing those in higher education as well as K-12 military government and corporate training with an authoritative source on a wide range of key issues surrounding MOOCs. MOOCs or Massive Open Online Courses are a disruptive technology currently forcing a serious reconceptualization of accreditation assessment motivation and retention technology-based instruction and the overall student experience. In this timely volume Paul Kim brings together experts from higher education business law learning analytics and other relevant areas to provide an evenhanded research-based positioning of MOOCs within the existing educational technology landscape and a base for understanding whether they could reshape the future of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415733090

Mass-Media This book provides a much needed short reliable and stimulating guide to the mass media in present day society. Incisive surprising and stimulating it will become an essential text in thinking and writing about the mass media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161757

Mass-Observation and Visual CultureDepicting Everyday Lives in Britain Mass-Observation and Visual Culture: Depicting Everyday Lives in Britain critically analyses the role that visual culture played in the early development of Mass-Observation the innovative British anthropological research group founded in 1937. The group’s production and use of painting collage photography and other media illustrates not only the broad scope of Mass-Observation’s efforts to document everyday life but also more specifically the centrality of visual elements to its efforts at understanding national identity in the 1930s. Although much interest has previously focused on Mass-Observation’s use of written reports and opinion surveys as well as diaries that were kept by hundreds of volunteer observers this book is the first full-length study of the group’s engagement with visual culture. Exploring the paintings of Graham Bell and William Coldstream; the photographs of Humphrey Spender; the paintings collages and photographs of Julian Trevelyan; and Humphrey Spender’s photographs and widely recognized ‘Mass-Observation film’ Spare Time among other sources Mass-Observation and Visual Culture: Depicting Everyday Lives in Britain positions these works as key sources of information with regard to illuminating the complex character of British identity during the Depression era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472436504

Mass-Observation at the Movies The Mass Observation social research organisation (1937 to early 1950s) a pioneering independent effort aimed at education specialised in material about everyday life in Britain and recorded material through a panel of around 500 volunteer observers who maintained diaries or replied to open-ended questionnaires known as directives. The collection of papers on film is one of the largest collections on a single theme produced by Mass-Observation but before this book was originally published in 1987 very little of the film material had been put into print. This anthology presents a selection from the Mass-Observation archive which offers unique insights into cinema-going trends particularly in the years of the Second World War. This is a great reference work on the role of the cinema in national morale and other social effects during the war years with details of people’s behaviour at the cinema and their opinions of the films and the newsreels they saw at the movies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980556

Masted Structures in Architecture This is the first fully comprehensive survey and analysis of masted structures and covers examples that have evolved during the past three decades.Masted Structures are one of the most interesting developments in post-war architecture resulting from a combination of technology structural engineering theory and a collaboration between architects and engineers. This is an essential guide for architects to the structural and constructional implications of masted forms in relation to space enclosure patterns of loading and use of differing materials and techniques. This useful volume will enable architects and engineers to understand the origins development and nature of masted structures and will provide a stimulating basis for future design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158849

Master and Servant LawChartists Trade Unions Radical Lawyers and the Magistracy in England 1840–1865 In recent years social and legal historians have called into question the degree to which the labour that fuelled and sustained industrialization in England was actually ’free’. The corpus of statutes known as master and servant law has been a focal point of interest: throughout the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries at the behest of employers mine owners and manufacturers Parliament regularly supplemented and updated the provisions of these statutes with new legislation which contained increasingly harsh sanctions for workers who left work performed it poorly or committed acts of misbehaviour. The statutes were characterized by a double standard of sanctions which treated workers’ breach of contract as a criminal offence but offered only civil remedies for the broken promises of employers. Surprisingly little scholarship has looked into resistance to the Master and Servant laws. This book examines the tactics rhetoric and consequences of a sustained legal and political campaign by English and Welsh trade unions Chartists and a few radical solicitors against the penal sanctions of employment law during the mid-nineteenth century. By bringing together historical narratives that are all too frequently examined in isolation Christopher Frank is able to draw new conclusions about the development of the English legal system trade unionism and popular politics of the period. The author demonstrates how the use of imprisonment for breach of a labour contract under master and servant law and its enforcement by local magistrates played a significant role in shaping labour markets disciplining workers and combating industrial action in many regions of England and Wales and further into the British Empire. By combining social and legal history the book reveals the complex relationship between parliamentary legislation its interpretation by the high courts and its enforcement by local officials. This work marks an important contribution to legal Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594255

Master Conflict TherapyA New Model for Practicing Couples and Sex Therapy Illustrated with case studies this book teaches couples and sex therapists the comprehensive integrative treatment approach of master conflict therapy (MCT) which combines psychoanalytic conflict theory and Bowen Theory with the basic principles and practice of sex therapy. MCT suggests that each partner has an internal conflict born out of their experiences from their respective families of origin. Partners then choose one another based on these conflicts and it is only when they are out of balance that the couple experiences symptoms. The authors help clinicians treat couples through providing them with a solid theoretical foundation a practical assessment procedure and highly effective treatment techniques to re-balance a couple and in turn alleviate their sexual symptoms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726963

Master FarmerTeaching Small Farmers Management The story of postwar Greece holds invaluable lessons for many developing countries today. In 1947 Greece had just emerged from a decade of war and strife; its villagers were demoralized and fleeing rural life for the cities; and its farms were unable to produce adequate crops to feed its people. In less than forty years Greece has become a major ex Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367006341

Master Musicians of IndiaHereditary Sarangi Players Speak Beginning with Ravi Shankar and Ali Akbar Khan Indian art music is renowned internationally for its improvised raga performance. This ancient tradition has for centuries been transmitted orally within the seclusion of hereditary families. Few such families remain today and not enough is known about their central contribution to the life of Indian music. Master Musicians of India reveals this rich world through profiles and interviews of key musicians from this tradition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203940921

Master Narratives and their Discontents In this bracing engagement with the many versions of art history James Elkins argues that the story of modernism and postmodernism is almost always told in terms of four narratives. Works of art are either seen as modern or postmodern or praised for their technical skill or because of the politics they appear to embody. These are master narratives of contemporary criticism and each leads to a different understanding of what art is and does. Both a cogent overview of the state of thinking about art and a challenge to think outside the art historical box Master Narratives and their Discontents is the first volume in a series of short books on the theories of modernism by leading art historians on twentieth-century art and art criticism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203699713

Master NarrativesTellers and Telling in the English Novel Authors whose works are discussed in this collaborative book covering a 'long' nineteenth century include Sterne Fielding Scott Austen Mary Shelley Emily Brontë Gaskell Dickens George Eliot Conrad Woolf and Lawrence. Most of the chapters focus on a single work among them Tristram Shandy Wuthering Heights Bleak House Middlemarch and Lord Jim asking why in the end does this novel matter and what does it invite us to 'see'. The contributors examine aspects of narrative technique which are crucial to interpretation and which bring something new or distinctive into fiction. The introduction asks whether such experimentation may be driven by challenges to society's 'master narratives' - for instance by a desire to circumvent the reader's ideological defences - and whether in a radical model of canon-formation such narrative innovation may be an aspect of canonicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367888244

Master Of RockThe Biography of John Gill Celebrated as the father of modern bouldering John Gill is an awe-inspiring climber with immense talent. This book provides an insight into the life of Gill as he developed into a world leading and climbing pioneer and an inspirational climber. He is a pioneer in his approach to bouldering with his impressive accomplishments such as the one-arm f Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429047923

Master of the Sacred PageA Study of the Theology of Robert Grosseteste ca. 1229/30 – 1235 Modern scholarship has examined the life and works of Robert Grosseteste (ca. 1170-1253) mainly in a philosophical or episcopal context yet Grosseteste wrote many treatises on pastoral theology spent some years as a regent master in theology at the University of Oxford and maintained interest in theological discourse throughout his time as Bishop of Lincoln. This book offers the first scholarly study of Grosseteste as theologian taking account of the whole range of his theological writing both in published and unedited sources. Ginther reveals the central focus of Grosseteste's theology as the person and work of Christ with the person of Christ as the interpretive key by which humanity comes to see the Trinity in the created world and the means by which humanity may participate in the divine. Surveying some of the major doctrinal issues of the thirteenth century this book offers a thorough introduction to the theology of the period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249490

Masterful StoriesLessons from Golden Age Radio The early eras of radio storytelling have entered and continue to enter the public domain in large quantities offering unprecedented access to the Golden Age of Radio. Author and Professor John Pavlik mines the best this age of radio has to offer in Masterful Stories an examination of the masterpieces of audio storytelling. This book provides a chronological history of the best of the best from radio’s Golden Age outlining a core set of principles and techniques that made these radio plays enduring examples of storytelling. It suggests that by using these techniques stories can engage audiences emotionally and intellectually. Grounded in a historical and theoretical understanding of radio drama this volume illuminates the foundational works that proceeded popular modern shows such as Radiolab The Moth and Serial. Masterful Stories will be a powerful resource in both media history courses and courses teaching audio storytelling for modern radio and other audio formats such as podcasting. It will appeal to audio fans looking to learn about and understand the early days of radio drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693401

Mastering Academic Writing in the SciencesA Step-by-Step Guide This book provides a comprehensive and coherent step-by-step guide to writing in scientific academic disciplines. It is an invaluable resource for those working on a PhD thesis research paper dissertation  or report. Writing these documents can be a long and arduous experience for students and their supervisors and even for experienced researchers. However this book can hold the key to success. Mapping the steps involved in the writing process - from acquiring and organizing sources of information to revising early drafts to proofreading the final product - it provides clear guidance on what to write and how best to write it. Features: Step-by-step approach to academic writing in scientific disciplines Ideal guidance for PhD theses papers grant applications reports and more Includes worked-out examples from real research papers and PhD theses and templates and worksheets are available online to help readers put specific tasks into practice Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498701471

Mastering Advanced Modern Chinese through the ClassicsAn Advanced Language and Culture Course Mastering Advanced Modern Chinese through the Classics is a textbook to teach those who wish to achieve an advanced or native proficiency and cultural competence in modern Chinese as well as to experience the beauty of Classical Chinese literature. Collecting representative works containing vibrant views of Chinese culture from different dynasties this book is focused on how the grammatical patterns vocabulary and idioms that are found in Classical Chinese are relevant in the modern adaptation of the language and how the accumulated traditional values and beliefs found there still shape the thinking and lifestyle of modern society. Online resources including audio answer keys and instructor aids will be part of the teaching package. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631298

Mastering Arabic VocabularyFor Intermediate to Advanced Learners of Modern Standard Arabic Mastering Arabic Vocabulary provides a structured vocabulary course for undergraduate and advanced students of Arabic. Arranged thematically and by root  the course presents the key vocabulary that a well-informed Arabic speaker should have at their disposal when discussing diverse topics from business and politics to culture society science and technology. The course includes a wealth of exercises throughout to support learners from passive recognition to an increase in their active vocabulary. Mastering Arabic Vocabulary is the ideal reference source for students of Arabic to build and expand their vocabulary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942813

Mastering AudioThe Art and the Science In an easy-to-grasp holistic manner Mastering Audio: The Art and the Science Third Edition unravels the technical mysteries that regularly challenge audio engineers. Including practical tips and real world experiences Bob Katz explains the technical detail of the subject in his informative and humorous style. Completely reorganized to focus on workflow this third edition details mastering by providing a step-by-step approach to the process. First covering practical techniques and basic theory this industry classic also addresses advanced theory and practice. The book’s new approach is especially suitable to accompany a one- or two-term course in audio and mastering. Completely rewritten and organized to address changes that will continue to influence the audio world this third edition includes several new chapters addressing the influence of loudness measurement and assessment and provides explanation of how mastering engineers must integrate loudness measurement and PLR assessment in their mastering techniques. Mastering Audio: The Art and the Science Third Edition also includes the newest approaches to equalization monitor response measurement and correction the psychoacoustics of clipping an extended discussion of restoration and noise reduction techniques an extended set of listening examples and an updated chapter on surround mastering including coverage of Pure Audio BluRay. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240818962

Mastering ComplexityAdding Coherence Throughout Your Business with Dependency Structure Spreadsheets Mastering Complexity is designed to help readers develop and maintain logical adaptable solutions to business problems. It demonstrates how to visualize business dependency connections with a square spreadsheet called a Dependency Structure Matrix (DSM). Once the links representing dependencies are visualized in a DSM it can be used to improve the business. The book focuses on simple practices that the reader can easily understand to solve business problems on his or her own. The book begins by identifying how logical elements are represented in a DSM spreadsheet. It shows where the elements can run in parallel where the elements must run in sequence and where the elements are tangled together. The book shows how to untangle these elements so they can be understood. The book then demonstrates how to build a dependency map in a DSM spreadsheet. It defines the various types of dependencies and shows how to order the spreadsheet elements to create a workflow. The author shows how to assign risk levels to the spreadsheet elements so a workflow can be optimized to manage risk. The book concludes with a look at several software tools that can be used to create manipulate and analyze DSM spreadsheets. It discusses how the tools work and where they can be ordered. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498700795

Mastering Digital LibrarianshipStrategy Networking and Discovery in Academic Libraries This book examines the changing roles of the librarian and how working within a rich digital environment has impacted on the ability of professionals to develop the appropriate 'know how' skills knowledge and behaviours required in order to operate effectively. Expert specialists and opinion-makers from around the world discuss the challenges and successes of adapting existing practices introducing new services and working with new partners in an environment that no longer recognizes traditional boundaries and demarcation of roles. The book is structured thematically with a focus on three key strands where the impact of digital technologies is significant. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783303090

Mastering Digital LibrarianshipStrategy networking and discovery in academic libraries This book examines the changing roles of the librarian and how working within a rich digital environment has impacted on the ability of professionals to develop the appropriate 'know how' skills knowledge and behaviours required in order to operate effectively. Expert specialists and opinion-makers from around the world discuss the challenges and successes of adapting existing practices introducing new services and working with new partners in an environment that no longer recognizes traditional boundaries and demarcation of roles. The book is structured thematically with a focus on three key strands where the impact of digital technologies is significant: Rethinking marketing and communication; this strand looks at strategic approaches and practices which harness social media and illustrate the importance of communication and marketing activities in these new online spaces. Rethinking support for academic practice; this part examines the professional expertise required of librarians who engage with and support new academic and learner practices in digitally rich teaching learning and research environments. Rethinking resource delivery; this section investigates the use of strategies to maximize access to online resources and services: harnessing system data to enhance collection management and user choice designing and managing mobile 'friendly' learning spaces and providing virtual resources and services to an overseas campus. Readership: This timely and inspiring edited collection should make vital reading for librarians library schools departments of information science and other professional groups such as education developers learning technologists and IT specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856049436

Mastering Executive Coaching This book aims to enrich the knowledge and toolkit of executive coaches and help them on their development path towards mastery. Edited by three leading practitioners it brings together the expertise of an international range of Master Coaches and provides evidence-based practical chapters across a broad range of topics including contracting ethical dilemmas coaching board members and non-executive directors and the use of psychometrics. Mastering Executive Coaching will be essential reading for executive coaches consultants and trainers who are looking to develop their practice. It will also be highly relevant for Masters-level students of coaching and coaching psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815372912

Mastering FacilitationA Guide for Assisting Teams and Achieving Great Outcomes With business and organisations moving at an ever-faster pace and facing evermore demanding challenges the need for efficient succinct and productive interaction between individuals of those businesses and organisations is more important than ever. With the bounds of communication restrictions abandoned through technological advances (we can now see and hear anyone across any manner of virtual platforms anywhere around the globe) and with a greater understanding of the underlying dynamics of human interaction unprecedented pressure has been thrust upon the individual or individuals who often enable these dynamic interactions: the facilitator. Many of us have at one time or other been responsible for a meeting – whether between a small number of individuals or an entire organisation of hundreds or possibly thousands of businessmen and women. Or perhaps we’ve had to be the mediator in a family dispute closer to home or managed a discussion between two feuding friends or colleagues. One way or another chances are all of us have been a facilitator at some point in our lives. With the ever-growing demands placed on facilitators this book delivers a methodical and structured approach to facilitation. This book is the definitive guide to instruct and assist facilitators – both new and experienced – with a set of guidelines and underlying theory that will benefit any facilitator whether as a mediator between two individuals single-handedly facilitating a group of 100 or working as part of a facilitation team in a multinational corporation. The first part of the book develops the core basic skills of those new to the art of facilitating. There are many examples and exercises to show the reader how to apply them in different situations. The second part of the book is for more experienced facilitators as it focuses on more advanced skills and tackling difficult situations. Specific tools and techniques are illustrated for the reader. Essentially this book is aimed at developing and mastering the art of facilitation. Facilitation is the art of getting the best out of groups of people to brainstorm solve problems and gain consensus. Based on 30 years’ experience of the author and running multiple facilitation training courses across the globe this book is aimed at upskilling people managers and leaders to drive change and consensus with groups through running workshops and meetings. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367543457

Mastering Global Business Development and Sales Management Mastering Global Business Development and Sales Management focuses on the importance of companies and executives recognizing that their organization is sales driven and that there is a definite pronounced connection between sales and all other aspects of how a company operates. It details the sales manager's role in developing sales personnel delivering new business to the organization and otherwise becoming a driving force for the overall prosperity of the company. This book differentiates itself by providing the essence of international sales management. Shows how to develop a marketing and sales strategy for globalization Details regional versus country-specific profiles Explains what all sales personnel need to know about export trade compliance logistics and supply chain operations Provides sales and negotiation skill sets Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226232

Mastering in Music Mastering in Music is a cutting-edge edited collection that offers twenty perspectives on the contexts and process of mastering. This book collects the perspectives of both academics and professionals to discuss recent developments in the field such as mastering for VR and high resolution mastering alongside crucial perspectives on fundamental skills such as the business of mastering equipment design and audio processing. Including a range of detailed case studies and interviews Mastering in Music offers a comprehensive overview of the foremost hot topics affecting the industry making it key reading for students and professionals engaged in music production. Media > Books > Print Books Focal Press 9780367227197

Mastering Intensive Short-Term Dynamic PsychotherapyA Roadmap to the Unconscious This book evolved from the First International Meeting of the Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy Association on intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy. It will help readers to make use of the conscious working alliance with the patient to increase the unconscious part of the working alliance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758216

Mastering Modern Linux Praise for the First Edition: "This outstanding book … gives the reader robust concepts and implementable knowledge of this environment. Graphical user interface (GUI)-based users and developers do not get short shrift despite the command-line interface’s (CLI) full-power treatment. … Every programmer should read the introduction’s Unix/Linux philosophy section. … This authoritative and exceptionally well-constructed book has my highest recommendation. It will repay careful and recursive study." --Computing Reviews August 2011 Mastering Modern Linux Second Edition retains much of the good material from the previous edition with extensive updates and new topics added. The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to Linux concepts usage and programming. The text helps the reader master Linux with a well-selected set of topics and encourages hands-on practice. The first part of the textbook covers interactive use of Linux via the Graphical User Interface (GUI) and the Command-Line Interface (CLI) including comprehensive treatment of the Gnome desktop and the Bash Shell. Using different apps commands and filters building pipelines and matching patterns with regular expressions are major focuses. Next comes Bash scripting file system structure organization and usage. The following chapters present networking the Internet and the Web data encryption basic system admin as well as Web hosting. The Linux Apache MySQL/MariaDB PHP (LAMP) Web hosting combination is also presented in depth. In the last part of the book attention is turned to C-level programming. Topics covered include the C compiler preprocessor debugger I/O file manipulation process control inter-process communication and networking. The book includes many examples and complete programs ready to download and run. A summary and exercises of varying degrees of difficulty can be found at the end of each chapter. A companion website (http://mml.sofpower.com) provides appendices information updates an example code package and other resources for instructors as well as students. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780815380986

Mastering MovementThe Life and Work of Rudolf Laban Like Picasso in painting Stravinsky in music or Stanislavski in theatre Rudolf Laban (1879–1958) has been a seminal influence in contemporary arts. This is the first major study of Laban's movement theories and practice exploring the ideas on mastering movement and giving the reader a practical understanding of balance and harmony in the human body – the core of Laban's thinking. John Hodgson looks at the different phases of Laban's life and writings to show that Laban's thoughts about human movement and its mastery and control are the building blocks for a practical understanding of how the human body can create both beauty and purity through movement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059600

Mastering MultiCamera TechniquesFrom Preproduction to Editing and Deliverables From a basic two-camera interview to an elaborate 26 camera HD concert film this comprehensive guide presents a platform-agnostic approach to the essential techniques required to set up and edit a multi-camera project. Actual case studies are used to examine specific usages of multi-camera editing and include a variety of genres including concerts talk shows reality programming sit-coms documentaries for television event videography and feature films. Other features include: Advanced multi-camera techniques and specialty work-flows are examined for tapeless & large scale productions with examples from network TV shows corporate media projects event videography and feature films. New techniques for 3D projects 2k/4k media management and color correction are revealed. Technical breakdowns analyze system requirements for monitoring hard drives & RAIDs RAM codecs and computer platforms. Apple Final Cut Pro Avid Media Composer Adobe Premiere Pro and several other software programs are detailed. Tables charts screen-grabs photos web-links blogs tech school lists and other resource tools for further study. Unique interviews with the 'Masters of Multi-Cam' including EMMY and academy award-winning directors and editors who share their project notes and give insight to award-winning techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138410596

Mastering Physician EngagementA Practical Guide to Achieving Shared Outcomes Twenty-first century healthcare will be defined by better care smarter spending and healthier people. All eyes are on technology as the means to drive down costs and improve efficiency enabling physicians to deliver care in a way that realizes the vision of a healthier planet. The transition from the acute care focus of the 20th century to the quality and data-driven organizations of tomorrow requires incredible effort and collaboration between all members of the healthcare community. Healthcare professionals are challenged to understand and rapidly adapt to new business models while achieving improved patient care and health outcomes. Physician engagement with the whole community has never been more important than it is today. Mastering Physician Engagement: A Practical Guide to Achieving Shared Outcomes explores strategies and tactics for engaging physicians in a meaningful way in a broad spectrum of change initiatives. Using proven techniques to create alignment with physicians this book delivers practical approaches for effectively: Fostering engagement in revenue cycle information technology and population health initiatives Creating a data-driven culture Training physicians on new technologies and workflows Communicating insights and metrics Identifying and presenting return on investment Developing and achieving common goals Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498768825

Mastering Public HealthA Postgraduate Guide to Examinations and Revalidation Second Edition Mastering Public Health: A Postgraduate Guide to Examinations and Revalidation Second Edition is an essential study aid for all those preparing for postgraduate masters and higher examinations in public health. Now updated and revised for the second edition the book continues to provide all postgraduate students taking higher public health examinations with a proven successful core revision text. The book covers the five key areas of public health knowledge: research methods; disease prevention and health promotion; health information; sociology policy and health economics; and organisation and management of health care. It is structured to follow the entire MFPH Part A exam syllabus with appendices on revision strategies exam technique and essay frameworks. Written in conjunction with an international team of editors the book is aimed at public health practitioners who are training or re-validating in the UK and worldwide. Its concise format also serves as a quick reference text for the specialty. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444152692

Mastering SpaceHegemony Territory and International Political Economy For over two hundred years the domination of some countries by others has been intrinsic to international relations with national economic and political strength viewed as essential to a nation's survival and global position. Mastering Space identifies the essential features of this "state-centredness" and suggests an optimistic alternative more in keeping with the contemporary post-Cold War climate. Drawing on recent geopolitical thinking the authors claim that the dynamism of the international political economy has been obscured through excessive attention on the state as an unchanging actor. Dealing with such topical issues as Japan's rise to economic dominance and America's perceived decline as well as the global impact of continued geographical change the book discusses the role of geographical organization in the global political economy and the impact of increasing economic globalisation and political fragmentation in future international relations. The authors identify the present time as crucial to the global political economy and explore the possibilities of moving the world from mastering space to real reciprocity between peoples and places. John Agnew is a Professor of Geography at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs Syracuse University. Stuart Corbridge is a lecturer in Geography at the University of Cambridge and a Fellow of Sidney Sussex College. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156456

Mastering Statistical Process Control Mastering Statistical Process Control shows how to understand business or process performance more clearly and more effectively. This practical book is based on a rich and varied selection of case studies from across industry and commerce including material from the manufacturing extractive and service sectors. It will enable readers to understand how SPC can be used to maximum effect and will deliver more effective monitoring control and improvement in systems processes and management. The common obstacle to successful use of SPC is getting bogged down with control charts forgetting that visual representation of data is but a tool and not an end in itself. Mastering SPC demonstrates how statistical tools are applied and used in reality. This is a book that will open up the power of SPC for many: managers quality professionals engineers and analysts as well as students will welcome the clarity and explanation that it brings to understanding the use and benefit of SPC in a wide range of engineering production and service situations. Key case studies include using SPC to: · Measure quality and human factors · Monitor process performance accurately over long periods · Develop best-practice benchmarks using control charts · Maximise profitability of fixed assets · Improve customer service and satisfaction Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173262

Mastering Surface Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2020 Mastering Surface Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2020 focuses on surfacing tools an important aspect of SOLIDWORKS’ design capabilities that fills in the gaps that might be left by using solid modeling alone. If you are a SOLIDWORKS user currently relying on solid modeling for designs or are just not familiar with surface modeling techniques this book will add these skills to your repertoire to help you create the highest-quality models. For instructors teaching this advanced skillset this book’s proven techniques practical examples and training files will give students a broad understanding of the procedures needed to build freeform shapes and place them well on their way to creating sophisticated surface designs of their own. This manual is one of only a few on the market completely dedicated to mastering surfacing tools. Each of the ten chapters has clean clear instructions with plentiful diagrams to lead you through carefully selected exercises based on the author’s own work experience and techniques. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573294

Mastering Surface Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2021Basic through Advanced Techniques Mastering Surface Modeling with SOLIDWORKS 2021 focuses on surfacing tools an important aspect of SOLIDWORKS’ design capabilities that fills in the gaps that might be left by using solid modeling alone. If you are a SOLIDWORKS user currently relying on solid modeling for designs or are just not familiar with surface modeling techniques this book will add these skills to your repertoire to help you create the highest-quality models. For instructors teaching this advanced skillset this book’s proven techniques practical examples and training files will give students a broad understanding of the procedures needed to build freeform shapes and place them well on their way to creating sophisticated surface designs of their own. This manual is one of only a few on the market completely dedicated to mastering surfacing tools. Each of the ten chapters has clean clear instructions with plentiful diagrams to lead you through carefully selected exercises based on the author’s own work experience and techniques. You are guided from a review of surfacing basics to advanced surface modeling of real-world objects to an explanation and example of hybrid modeling to surface repairs and patches. Peruse the table of contents and pick and choose the chapters you are interested in or complete all chapters consecutively to give you an in-depth understanding of all the tools and procedures needed to create surface designs. The projects you will work on in this book include a shoehorn computer mouse phone case a modem housing and stents. Woven into each of these are procedures approaches and solutions for possible issues that might arise when you are using surfacing tools. These can be applied to any project you create. Each project touches on a variety of frequently used commands such as extrude loft boundary and sweep; surface revolved filled split and knit; using deform and configurations; mirroring bodies; creating an axis curve driven and circular patterns fillets and molded parts. Look for the post-it notes next to commands for helpful tips and definitions. Throughout the book you will learn techniques of hybrid modeling the combination of surface and solid modeling. The last part of the book takes it one step further. Chapter 8 examines hybrid modeling in-depth guiding you step-by-step from a 2D sketch to the final product a handle housing. The last two chapters focus on molded parts creating and saving visual properties of models and how to repair faulty surfaces. The advanced surfacing tools and techniques in this book give you the confidence to tackle projects using hybrid modeling. It is the best method to take full advantage of SOLIDWORKS’ modeling power and create more complex designs. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630574185

Mastering Technical Communication SkillsA Student's Handbook To live is to communicate and to communicate with confidence is a craft that one will do well to master early rather than later in life. If only the gift of the gab were enough to sail smoothly through the rough waters that the tough world is teeming with every glib conversationalist would have a successful vocation but that’s not the case. The means of communication come naturally to human beings but the skills that make communicating worthwhile and meaningful do not. Thankfully anyone who wishes to can learn—and even perfect—these skills. This concise handbook focuses on the ways in which students can develop a robust career after completing their academic studies. The foundational work of nurturing and strengthening individual abilities begins during university life but these skills need to be complemented with strategies that help the student turned professional to not only interact well with society but also earn its respect through clear precise and honest communication. Talent needs to be matched with competence and the book shows exactly how one goes about doing that. It spells out the ingredients of a sound and strategic action plan that definitively aligns one’s goals with one’s aspirations no matter how lofty. This plan has to be closely related to the choices conditions and possibilities that will be available for the kind of education and experience that individuals have and the aspirations they harbor. Students entering high school or university can use the book to review the necessary courses to choose during their academic life. Young people will find solid guidelines in it that provide a structure for planning and focusing on the skills needed when one embarks upon a fulfilling career. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814364676

Mastering the BMAT This is the first BMAT theory and practice book on the market providing not only practice questions but breaking down the BMAT exam step-by-step. The authors both leading specialists in BMAT training focus on each section in turn using many sample questions to carefully illustrate the theory rather than simply testing rote learning. A concluding mock exam allows candidates to consolidate learning through self-assessment with model answers to refer to at the end. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498773683

Mastering the Business of Global TradeNegotiating Competitive Advantage Contractual Best Practices Incoterms and Leveraging Supply Chain Options Much of your company’s success in global trade will be determined by how well you manage contracts and agreements for sale or purchase. Mastering the Business of Global Trade: Negotiating Competitive Advantage Contractual Best Practices Incoterms and Leveraging Supply Chain Options explains the key elements any international business person must know but more importantly it also describes how to use negotiation skills leveraged options and Incoterms to extract the maximum benefits from your supply chain.At the end of the day landed costs determine pricing and profits. As such the book clearly explains how landed cost modeling works and how you can use these business models to leverage supply chain options. Illustrating how Inco terms impact compliance and risk it details options to help you reduce your exposure to risk as well as best practices to help you steer clear of compliance issues that can cause costly delays.Managing global supply chains is about constantly striving for efficiency driving down costs and increasing profits. With this book you will not only learn how to negotiate better contracts but you will also learn how to manage relationships with freight forwarders and customhouse brokers in a manner that will help you get the most value from your service agreements.The book establishes a very simple yet comprehensive roadmap that both the neophyte and the more experienced global supply chain executive can easily follow and master. By following the time-proven advice and roadmap detailed in these pages you will learn that it is possible to engage in more deals and increase your returns while reducing your overall risk exposure.This book is part of  The Global Warrior series. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466595781

Mastering the Clinical ConversationLanguage as Intervention This compelling book provides psychotherapists with evidence-based strategies for harnessing the power of language to free clients from life-constricting patterns and promote psychological flourishing. Grounded in relational frame theory (RFT) the volume shares innovative ways to enhance assessment and intervention using specific kinds of clinical conversations. Techniques are demonstrated for activating and shaping behavior change building a flexible sense of self fostering meaning and motivation creating powerful experiential metaphors and strengthening the therapeutic relationship. User-friendly features include more than 80 clinical vignettes with commentary by the authors plus a "Quick Guide to Using RFT in Psychotherapy" filled with sample phrases and questions to ask. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462542161

Mastering the DRCOG This book helps the readers to pass the Diploma of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists and makes them competent and confident in the management of women and their reproductive or sexual problems within the primary care setting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138451117

Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy PracticeThe Definitive Resource for Private Practice Written by two therapists with extensive business experience Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy Practice addresses the clinical and financial challenges of establishing and maintaining a successful private practice. This book contains updated content on investing strategies changes in the insurance marketplace and trends in the marketing of a psychotherapy practice. The first of five sections explores the life cycle of the modern therapy practice offering best business and investing practices for each phase. In the second and third sections the authors consider the emotional dimension in the development of a private practice. The fourth section offers a basic course in financial planning including an investigation into five common financial mistakes therapists make and various solutions to each situation. The fifth section is designed to offer a road map of actions to take in establishing a financial plan. Concluding the book is an inspirational discussion of how the therapist in private practice can create a career with meaning fulfillment personal satisfaction and solid financial rewards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906068

Mastering the Five Tiers of Audit CompetencyThe Essence of Effective Auditing Risk-based operational audits and performance audits require a broad array of competencies. This book provides auditors and risk professionals with the understanding required to improve results during risk-based audits.Mastering the Five Tiers of Audit Competency: The Essence of Effective Auditing is an anthology of powerful risk-based auditing practices. Filled with practical do and don’t techniques it encompasses the interpersonal aspects of risk-based auditing not just the technical content.This book details the behaviors you need to demonstrate and the habitual actions you need to take at each phase in an audit to manage the people relationships as well as the work itself. Each section of this book is devoted to a component of the audit: planning detailed risk and control assessment testing audit report writing project management audit team management and client relationship management.The book leverages The Whole Person Project Inc.’s 30 years of hands-on organizational development experience and custom-designed internal audit training programs to aid those just starting out in audit as well as more experienced auditors. It also contains templates you can use to set performance goals and assess your progress towards achieving those goals.This book will spark ideas that can enhance performance improve working relationships and make it easier to complete audits that improve your organization’s risk management culture and practices. Explaining how to make positive and sustained changes to the way you approach your work the book includes a summary of the key points and a brief quiz to help you remember salient ideas in each chapter.Presenting proven methods and advice that can help you immediately save time reduce stress and produce reliable quality results this book is an ideal resource for anyone looking to make positive changes and adopt more productive work habits Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498738491

Mastering The MachinePoverty Aid And Technology This book is about the interaction between poverty aid and technology. It is about machines and machinery: the machines that produce nuts and bolts and the machinery of governments and organizations. The book shows the correlation between poverty reduction and different approaches to technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367154745

Mastering the National Admissions Test for Law This fully revised and updated second edition provides an indispensible guide to all those preparing to sit the National Admissions Test for Law (LNAT). Mastering the LNAT provides comprehensive guidance on both the multiple choice section and essay section of the test as well as analysis of previous test results details of the procedure for sitting the test and how the results are calculated and used. The book also includes five practice tests for students to work through along with complete sets of answers and explanations and a range of sample essays and essay plans. Presented in an accessible and easy to understand format Shepherd offers a practical hands-on insight into what universities are looking for from candidates. It includes; an introduction to the test and the part it plays in the overall application process; guidance on preparing for the LNAT and an explanation of the ways that you can improve your approach to the test; a guide to approaching MCQs (including an analysis of different types of possible questions and techniques for verifying answers); a guide to approaching essay questions; five sample test papers; answers and explanations for all MCQs; sample essays and essay plans. Mastering the LNAT is essential reading for those students wanting to give themselves the best possible chance of securing a place at the University of their Choice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415636001

Mastering the UCAT Third Edition Drawing on The Medic Portal’s established track record the third edition of this popular revision aid retitled Mastering the UCAT to reflect the extension of the former UK-specific exam to prospective medical and dental students in Australia and New Zealand takes you step by step through the proven techniques that have already helped thousands of our students achieve top scores. Our expert authors deconstruct all question types before leading you through core strategies common pitfalls and top tips – as well as the tactics examiners use to trip you up. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367280703

Mastering Your Business DissertationHow to Conceive Research and Write a Good Business Dissertation The ability to write to a high standard is a key skill that is often overlooked in the business world. This short book from an international best-selling author offers a practical guide to conceiving researching and writing a business or management dissertation. Robert Lomas offers an inspirational treatise that will awaken the quest for knowledge among his readership. The book helps business students to frame their research questions in a more helpful manner in order to achieve their research aims and write in a clear and top scoring way. Topics covered include collecting and measuring data using business statistics planning research projects and the real mechanics of writing a dissertation. Masters students across business and management will benefit enormously from reading this book not just in adding serious value to their dissertations but also helping to improve their writing skills throughout their business careers. This book includes a foreword by Mark Booth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415596787

Masterliness in the Teaching Profession This collection presents an international perspective on issues of training and accreditation at the Master’s level of course provision in the initial and continuing professional development of teachers coining the phrase ‘masterliness in education’. It provides a comparative background to inform the debate about the level at which teachers’ knowledge bases make them most effective in terms of both pedagogic expertise and pupils’ outcomes. The book examines and illustrates the relationship between master’s level education and professionalism through the lenses of reflective evaluation narrative inquiry and critique. Discussion of issues of professionalism and acculturation of teachers exemplifies the tension that arises in modern educational systems across the world between teacher accountability and teacher autonomy and argues that masterliness in education can only be acquired through the professional freedom afforded by teacher autonomy within empowering frameworks of professional development. Several chapters deliberate the relationship between the roles of schools and higher education institutions in both initial and continuing teacher education at master’s level providing argument and evidence to show that this partnership is crucial to the effectiveness of the professional development that supports improved outcomes for learners. This book demonstrates that masterliness in education an aspiration of initial and continuing teacher education internationally is a state of advanced professional critical thinking linked to action and informed by research and evidence. Through the exercise of this criticality teacher empowerment expertise and autonomy increase as masterliness develops. There is considerable convergence in the provision of these elements of Masters’ level courses internationally and this enables the debate to highlight good practice and to exemplify those essential characteristics of masterliness in teaching that lead to the continued improvement of learning in the world’s schools. This book was originally published as a special issue of Journal of Education for Teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739485

Masterpieces of ChikamatsuThe Japanese Shakespeare This is a selection of the best plays of Chikamatsu one of the greatest Japanese dramatists. Master of the marionette and popular dramas he had until the publication of this book remained unknown to western readers owing to the difficulty of translating the work into English. The introduction provides a comprehensive survey of the history of Japanese drama which will assist the reader in better understanding the plays.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849456

Masterplanning for ChangeDesigning the Resilient City Cities are under increased pressure to be resilient and resistant to the effects of climate change and rapid urbanisation. However this idea has still not been fully integrated in to practice. This book presents a practical approach to masterplanning the city and its areas (existing and new) as urban environments for the 21st century addressing the design of cities as complex adaptive systems. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469262

Masterplanning Futures Winner of the Urban Design Group's 2014 Book of the Year Award! In the past spatial masterplans for cities have been fixed blueprints realized as physical form through conventional top down processes. These frequently disregarded existing social and cultural structures while the old modernist planning model zoned space for home and work. At a time of urban growth these models are now being replaced by more adaptable mixed use plans dealing holistically with the physical social and economic revival of districts cities and regions. Through today’s public participative approaches and using technologically enabled tools contemporary masterplanning instruments embody fresh principles giving cities a greater resilience and capacity for social integration and change in the future. Lucy Bullivant analyses the ideals and processes of international masterplans and their role in the evolution of many different types of urban contexts in both the developed and developing world. Among the book’s key themes are landscape-driven schemes social equity through the reevaluation of spatial planning and the evolution of strategies responding to a range of ecological issues and the demands of social growth. Drawing on first-hand accounts and illustrated throughout with colour photographs plans and visualizations the book includes twenty essays introduced by an extensive overview of the field and its objectives.  These investigate plans including one-north Singapore Masdar City in Abu Dhabi Xochimilco in Mexico City and Waterfront Seattle illuminating their distinct yet complementary integrated strategies. This is a key book for those interested in today’s multiscalar masterplanning and conceptually advanced methodologies and principles being applied to meet the challenges and opportunities of the urbanizing world.   The author's research was enabled by grants from the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE) the SfA (the Netherlands Architecture Fund) the Danish Embassy and support from the Alfred Herrhausen Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415554473

Masterplanning the Adaptive CityComputational Urbanism in the Twenty-First Century Computational design has become widely accepted into mainstream architecture but this is the first book to advocate applying it to create adaptable masterplans for rapid urban growth urban heterogeneity through computational urbanism. Practitioners and researchers here discuss ideas from the fields of architecture urbanism the natural sciences computer science economics and mathematics to find solutions for managing urban change in Asia and developing countries throughout the world. Divided into four parts (historical and theoretical background our current situation methodologies and prototypical practices) the book includes a series of essays interviews built case studies and original research to accompany chapters written by editor Tom Verebes to give you the most comprehensive overview of this approach. Essays by Marina Lathouri Jorge Fiori Jonathan Solomon Patrik Schumacher Peter Trummer and David Jason Gerber. Interviews with Dana Cuff Xu Wei Guo Matthew Prior Tom Barker Su Yunsheng and Brett Steele. Built case studies by Zaha Hadid Architects James Corner Field Operations XWG Studio MAD OCEAN Consultancy Network Plasma Studio Groundlab Peter Trummer Serie Architects dotA and Rocker-Lange Architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415534802

Masters of Advertising Copy (RLE Marketing) This book collects together pieces by significant figures in American advertising including George L. Dyer who at the time of his death left almost no other written record of his point of view. There is a substantial introduction by the editor which interweaves the history of advertising with the history of the era of American industrial coming-of-age touching not only on the impact of mass-production but also the beginnings of corporate social responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995697

Masters of FXBehind the Scenes with Geniuses of Visual and Special Effects It would be rare these days to find a film that did not in some way depend on the magic of visual effects from the raging computer-generated dinosaurs in Steven Spielberg's Jurassic Park to the fantastical worlds of Tim Burton's Alice in Wonderland and the photoreal tiger and ocean in Ang Lee's Life of Pi. Through interviews with 16 of the leading effects pioneers from around the world (see list below) author Ian Failes explores the making of some of the most memorable film sequences ever produced showcasing the shift from practical to digital magic with original behind-the-scenes imagery shot breakdowns and detailed explanations of some of the secrets behind the making of cinema's most extraordinary creations. Visual effects artists and films discussed include: Dennis Muren (Star Wars: Episodes IV–VI; Terminator 2: Judgment Day; Jurassic Park; A.I. Artificial Intelligence; War of the Worlds) Bill Westenhofer (Babe: Pig in the City; Cats & Dogs; The Lion the Witch and the Wardrobe; The Golden Compass; Life of Pi) Joe Letteri (The Lord of the Rings trilogy; King Kong; Avatar; Planet of the Apes; The Hobbit trilogy) Rob Legato (Apollo 13; Titanic; The Aviator; Hugo) Paul Franklin (Pitch Black; Christopher Nolan’s The Dark Knight trilogy; Inception; Interstellar) Richard Edlund (Star Wars: Episodes IV–VI; Raiders of the Lost Ark; Ghostbusters; Multiplicity); Edson Williams (X-Men: The Last Stand; The Curious Case of Benjamin Button; The Social Network; Captain America films) Karen Goulekas (Godzilla; The Day After Tomorrow; 10 000 BC; Green Lantern); Chris Corbould (Golden Eye; Die Another Day; Christopher Nolan’s The Dark Knight trilogy; Inception); Ian Hunter (The X-Files; The Dark Knight; The Dark Knight Rises; Inception; Interstellar) John Rosengrant (Terminator films; Jurassic Park; Iron Man films; Real Steel) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138845961

Masters of Narrative and Collaborative TherapiesThe Voices of Andersen Anderson and White Tom Andersen Harlene Anderson and Michael White have shaped the landscapes of dialogical collaborative and narrative therapies. This unique book archives one of their gatherings and in the spirit of therapeutic practice is conversational and captures the presentations and exchanges between the three main contributors and international discussants. Tom Andersen invites us along to navigate the ‘forks in the road’ he faced in his emerging career and he revisits the development of his pioneering ideas such as reflecting teams. Harlene Anderson paints the picture of her experiences in collaboration with women in Bosnia.  Michael White co-founder of the narrative therapy tradition then provides a clear example of the frontiers of collaborative post-modern therapies.  Through the introduction of the theory and application of Vygotskian ideas Michael excites the reader about what is possible to know and do in a therapeutic conversation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780789038258

Masters of ParadiseOrganised Crime and the Internal Revenue Service in the Bahamas This is the story of organized crime's penetration of the islands and the corruption of its high officials during the time The Bahamas become politically independent of Great Britain. It describes secret U.S. Internal Revenue Service operations aimed at American criminals involved in Bahamian-based tax scams and similar crimes. Block paints a devastating picture of a symbiotic relationship among off-shore tax havens in The Bahamas sophisticated American criminals and complacent public officials in the United States.During the 1960s and 1970s the I.R.S. launched major investigations into American organized crime and the subterranean economy of The Bahamas. Block's access to the private papers of many of the key players in these affairs has given him a unique perspective. He has uncovered details of crime corruption and bureaucratic infighting within and among the U.S. Treasury and Justice Departments that have been largely unrecognized by previous researchers.Block shows how important links in the international traffic in cocaine were forged in the Bahamas in full view of American officials. Masters of Paradise raises major questions about American law enforcement officials' commitment to fighting complex international crime during the 1960s and the 1970s.While there have been other studies of tax havens money laundering and offshore investigations Block's access to information and his grasp of its meaning is unique. Professionals interested in the history and sociology of organized crime and the underground economy will find this book eye-opening. General readers interested in organized crime and political corruption will find it absorbing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527744

Masters Of The HouseCongressional Leadership Over Two Centuries Much of this nation's political life and public policy have been shaped by a handful of powerful people?the leaders of the U.S. House of Representatives. Masters of the House identifies enduring patterns of House leadership explaining the effects of such factors as party strength White House?Congressional relations leaders' formal prerogatives Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316815

Masters of the Soviet CinemaCrippled Creative Biographies Eisenstein Pudovkin Dovzhenko Vertov: these Soviet film directors are acknowledged to be among the greatest in the history of cinematography. To Eisenstein we owe such films as Battleship Potemkin and October; to Pudovkin Mother and The End of St Petersburg; to Dovzhenko Earth and Zvenigora; and to Vertov The Man With a Movie Camera and The Three Songs of Lenin. Herbert Marshall knew each of them personally both as artists and as friends and shared their cinema world when he was a student at the GIK (The Moscow State Institute of Cinematography) in the heady years following the Revolution into the period of the first Five Year Plan. His material is culled from personal recollections diaries notes unpublished and published biographies letters press cuttings articles and books in various languages but mainly from Soviet sources and the Soviet cinema world. Taking the subjects one by one this indispensible book discusses their major films including an account of their creation and reception in the USSR and abroad. It shows the tragedy of these four Soviet artists who were lucky enough not to be arrested or deprived of their limited freedom yet who nevertheless ended up with ‘crippled creative biographies’. The author then examines the changed viewpoint in the climate of 1983 when the book was originally published. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980563

Masters of WarMilitarism and Blowback in the Era of American Empire First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315024356

Masterworks of 20th-Century MusicThe Modern Repertory of the Symphony Orchestra "Masterworks of 20th-Century Music" introduces more than one hundred of the greatest compositions by world-renowned composer that have entered the standard orchestral repertory. The author surveyed dozens of major American orchestras to focus on those works that an average audience member is most likely to hear. Concertgoers who are intimated by the modern repertoire finally have a single resource that will help them understand and enjoy it. Like an educated guide he walks the listener through the piece explaining how all the elements come together to form a unified whole. This book serves the general reader interested in 20th-century music plus students teachers and scholars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616949

Masterworks of Asian Literature in Comparative Perspective: A Guide for TeachingA Guide for Teaching This is a collection of 46 essays by specialists in Asian literature who offer a wide range of possibilities for introducing Asian literature to English-speaking students. It is intended to help in promoting multicultural education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315484617

Mastery Motivation in Early ChildhoodDevelopment Measurement and Social Processes All children possess a motive to ‘master’ the various tasks and problems that they face. Without mastery motivation it is doubtful whether children would make progress in cognitive social communicative and other domains. Although all children possess this motivation it will vary according to inherited dispositions and to environmental experiences. This makes mastery motivation a key factor in understanding later developmental and educational achievement. Concentrating on pre-school children this volume originally published in 1993 brought together current research work and thinking concerned with mastery motivation at the time. New ideas are presented about the way mastery is related to other developmental processes such as self-concepts and attention. There are discussions and findings about innovations in the methods of assessing mastery. Another important theme present in this volume is the way in which features of social interaction attachment and the environment influence the development of mastery motivation. With a broad range of international contributors this title will still be of interest to developmental psychologists and educationalists and advance students in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683945

Masturbation as a Means of Achieving Sexual Health Finally—a thorough and unbiased examination of the psychological and sociological aspects of masturbation This book shows that masturbation is a critical component in the development of sexual health explores the power—both negative and positive—of the act and outlines viable ideas for future research. It also presents a concise historical overview of societal attitudes toward masturbation and reports on changes in masturbatory behavior in the twentieth century including the trend toward an earlier age when women begin to masturbate and the increased recognition of masturbation as a source of sexual pleasure irrespective of relationship status or other sexual activity. The book will also familiarize you with some surprising information about the relationship between masturbation and HIV risk among samples of women attending college and low-income African-American women. Finally Masturbation as a Means of Achieving Sexual Health examines the connections between masturbation and other sexual activity sexual fantasy and desire. Written with a minimum of jargon Masturbation as a Means of Achieving Sexual Health examines: societal attitudes toward masturbation—from pre-biblical Egyptian and Babylonian civilizations to biblical times the Christian era Hindu civilization ancient China and more generational perspectives on masturbation the relationship between masturbation habits and sexual health in low income African-American women the factors associated with masturbation as practiced by college students the complex interrelationship of sexual fantasy desire and masturbation ways that masturbation can be utilized as a therapeutic tool in sex therapy Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808789

Matériel CultureThe Archaeology of Twentieth-Century Conflict Matériel culture encompasses the material remains of conflict from buildings and monuments to artefacts and militia as well as human remains. This collection of essays from an international range of contributors illustrates the diversity in this material record highlights the difficulties and challenges in preserving presenting and interpreting it and above all demonstrates the significant role matériel culture can play in contemporary society. Among the many studies are: * the 'culture of shells' * the archaeology of nuclear testing grounds * Cambodia's 'killing fields' * the Berlin Wall * and the biography of a medal *the reappearance of Argentina's 'disappeared' *World War II concentration camps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510769

Match Fixing and SportHistorical Perspectives Match-Fixing and Sport studies match-fixing in historical perspective revealing how match-fixing has always been a major sporting continuity alongside another longstanding continuity a widely-held belief in a mythical recent past of pristine purity. The volume begins with a brief overview of match-fixing’s global contemporary contexts the broad range of sports where it now surfaces increased recognition of its moral social and economic threat and the varied responses of leading sports organizations legal gambling operators police forces governmental departments and regulators. The following chapters explore the challenges of finding any reliable evidence of match-fixing in the past. An overview shows that match-fixing has been a major and substantial longstanding historical continuity in sport usually but not always is linked to gambling and sporting materialism. Examples are brought forward to show that it could be found in Ancient Greece and Egypt and was widespread across the early modern and modern periods around the globe. Overall the volume assists scholars by suggesting some key questions which a future agenda for the historical study of match-fixing might address. Revealing how high-stakes betting dishonest dealings and suspicious performances can be found throughout history Match-Fixing and Sport will be of great interest to scholars of Sport History and Sport Ethics. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368821

Match-Fixing in SportComparative Studies from Australia Japan Korea and Beyond Match-fixing represents a greater potential threat to the integrity of sport than doping. It has been linked to organised crime illegal drugs and money-laundering. Law enforcement and sporting authorities are struggling to establish legal and regulatory responses to this emerging threat particularly in light of cross-border internet gambling. This book examines match-fixing and the legal responses to it in three key Asian sporting nations: Australia Japan and Korea. It explores the significance of legal regulatory and cultural differences and draws lessons in terms of best practice and enforcement for legal and sporting authorities around the world. Including key insights from players the betting industry law enforcement and prosecution authorities it discusses the strengths and weakness of current anti-corruption strategies in the three jurisdictions. Match-Fixing in Sport: Comparative Studies from Australia Japan Korea and Beyond offers important insights for all students and scholars with an interest in sport studies law criminology and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406905

Matching Reading Data to InterventionsA Simple Tool for Elementary Educators This accessible and reader-friendly book will help you assess and determine the foundational reading needs of each of your K – 5 students. Literacy leaders Jill Dunlap Brown and Jana Schmidt offer an easy-to-use data analysis tool called "The Columns" for teachers at all levels of experience to make sense of classroom data for elementary readers. This book will guide you in using the tool to identify the root causes of foundational reading deficits and to plan appropriate interventions. Sample case studies allow you to practice identifying needs and matching interventions. Stories and examples throughout the book will encourage you as you help your students meet their full potential. The book provides easy-to-use and printable versions of the data analysis columns that will enable you to put the authors‘ advice into immediate action. These tools are available for download on the book’s product page: www.routledge.com/9780367225070 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225070

Matching Resources to Needs in Community CareAn Evaluated Demonstration of a Long-Term Care Model First published in 1986 Matching Resources to Needs describes the PSSRU’s community care approach and analyses the first of the community care projects a seminal set of experiments in the care of the elderly at high risk of institutional long-term care. The experiments create field structures which provide incentives to improve efficiency decentralised power over resources being balanced by enhanced accountability. The first part explains the approach analyses the causes of inefficiency in ~British social care and reviews British and American evidence about the relationships between resources recipient characteristics and outcomes. The approach is compared with some two dozen American experiments hitherto unknown in the UK. It describes the design of the project and its evaluation. The authors then examine the experimental results. They show that cost and welfare effects are better and the costs of outcomes are lower for recipients of community car. The third part of the book uses observational and other data to explore the relationships between structures assumptive worlds causal processes and outcomes and their costs. It also analyses the performance of the core tasks of entrepreneurial case management for types of case. The book concludes with a discussion of the broader implications of this approach to community care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329676

Materan ContradictionsArchitecture Preservation and Politics Shaped by encrusted layers of development spanning millennia the southern Italian city of Matera is the ultimate palimpsest. Known as the Sassi the majority of the ancient city is composed of thousands of structures carved into a limestone cliff and clinging to its walls. The resultant menagerie of forms possesses a surprising visual uniformity and an ineffable allure. Conversely in the 1950s Matera also served as a crucible for Italian postwar urban and architectural theory witnessed by the Neorealist modernist expansion of the city that developed in aversion to the Sassi. In another about-face the previously disparaged cave city has now been recast as a major tourist destination UNESCO World Heritage Monument and test subject for ideas and methods of preservation. Set within a sociopolitical and architectural history of Matera from 1950 to the present this book analyses the contemporary effects of preservation on the city and surrounding province. More broadly it examines the relationship between and interdependence of preservation and modernism within architectural thought. To understand inconsistencies inherent to preservation in particular its effect of catalyzing change the study lays bare planners' and developers' use of preservation especially for economic goals and political will. The work asserts that preservation is not a passive curatorial pursuit: it is a cloaked manifestation of modernism and a powerful tool often used to control economies. The study demonstrates that preservation also serves to influence societies through the shaping of memory and circulation of narratives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409412076

Material and Symbolic Circulation between Spain and England 1554–1604 Separated only by a narrow body of water Spain and England have had a long history of material and cultural interactions; but this intertwined history is rarely perceived by scholars of one country with a view toward the other. Through their analyses of the various modes of exchange of material goods and the circulation of symbolic systems of meaning the contributors to the anthology-historians and literary critics-investigate for the first time the two nations' express points of contact and conflict during these historically crucial fifty years. Focusing on the half-century period that began with the marriage of Mary Tudor to Prince Philip of Spain and spanned the reigns of Philip II and Elizabeth I of England the essays in this anthology demonstrate and problematize from the perspective of Spanish cultural history the significant material cultural and symbolic contacts between the two countries. The volume shows how the two countries' alliances and clashes which led to the debacle of the 'Invincible Armada' of 1588 and continued for decades afterwards held enormous historical significance by shaping the religious political and cultural developments of the modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249483

Material and Visual Cultures Beyond Male Bonding 1870–1914Bodies Boundaries and Intimacy Material and Visual Cultures Beyond Male Bonding 1870-1914 presents the first cross-disciplinary analysis of the visual and material representations and spaces of male same-sex culture in turn-of-the-century Britain which positions intimacy as its central object. Through both historical and theoretical lenses this groundbreaking study considers photographs interior design decorative art architecture and illustrations from the popular press to reveal the interwoven narratives of intimacy aesthetics and identity. The author sustains close readings to expose the challenges the representations of 'men together' posed not only for the men of the time but also for the contemporary viewer and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265196

Material Architecture Composed of a series of essays this book deals with the broad issues affecting the nature of architectural materials and provides a focused review of the state of the art materials. It also provides designers with the tools they need to evaluate and select from the thousands of different materials that are available to them. The book is organized into three sections: 'Time' looks at how the materials used in architectural design have changed over the years showing how we have come to use the materials we do in contemporary design. 'Materials' covers all five material families; metals polymers ceramics composites and natural materials giving in depth information on their properties behavior origins and uses in design. It also introduces a review of the cutting edge research for each family. 'Systems' outlines the technical design-orientated research that uncovers how new architectural assemblies can be designed and engineered. All of this practical advice is given along with many real case examples illustrating how this knowledge and information has been and can be used in architectural design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470514

Material Bernini Bringing together established and emerging specialists in seventeenth-century Italian sculpture Material Bernini is the first sustained examination of the conspicuous materiality of Bernini’s work in sculpture architecture and paint. The various essays demonstrate that material Bernini has always been tied (whether theologically geologically politically or in terms of art theory) to his immaterial twin. Here immaterial Bernini and the historiography that sustains him is finally confronted by material Bernini. Central to the volume are Bernini’s works in clay a fragmentary record of a large body of preparatory works by a sculptor who denied any direct relation between sketches of any kind and final works. Read together the essays call into question why those works in which Bernini’s bodily relation to the material of his art is most evident his clay studies have been configured as a point of unmediated access to the artist’s mind to his immaterial ideas. This insight reveals a set of values and assumptions that have profoundly shaped Bernini studies from their inception and opens up new and compelling avenues of inquiry within a field that has long remained remarkably self-enclosed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353060

Material ConcernsPollution Profit and Quality of Life Material Concerns offers new perspectives on key environmental issues - pollution prevention ecological economics limits to sustainability consumer behaviour and government policy. The first non-technical introduction to preventative environmental management Material Concerns offers realistic prospects for improving the quality of life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203435557

Material ConflictsParades and Visual Displays in Northern Ireland The deep and abiding sectarian divide splintering Northern Ireland has been the focus of considerable attention recently. In particular the role parades and visual displays play in underscoring opposition has come into the spotlight with the emergence of heightened tensions close on the heels of a tentative peace. Providing penetrating insights into the historical roots of Northern Ireland's ethnic hostilities this timely book explores the role of images and material culture in shaping present attitudes. Ritual identity class and memory are shown to be potent forces informing trenchant animosities -- animosities which are visually reflected in banners and murals for unionists and nationalists alike. The pivotal role of the Twelfth of July parade in Belfast when an estimated 100 000 either parade or watch the Orangemen is highlighted. Anyone interested in the future of Northern Ireland and concerned about escalating conflict across the globe will warmly welcome this impressive study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085997

Material Culture and Asian ReligionsText Image Object Traditionally research on the history of Asian religions has been marked by a bias for literary evidence privileging canonical texts penned in ‘classical’ languages. Not only has a focus on literary evidence shaped the dominant narratives about the religious histories of Asia in both scholarship and popular culture but it has contributed to the tendency to study different religious traditions in relative isolation from one another. Today moreover historical work is often based on modern textual editions and increasingly on electronic databases. What may be lost in the process is the visceral sense of the text as artifact – as a material object that formed part of a broader material culture in which the boundaries between religious traditions were sometimes more fluid than canonical literature might suggest. This volume brings together specialists in a variety of Asian cultures to discuss the methodological challenges involved in integrating material evidence for the reconstruction of the religious histories of South Southeast Central and East Asia. By means of specific ‘test cases ’ the volume explores the importance of considering material and literary evidence in concert. What untold stories do these sources help us to recover? How might they push us to reevaluate historical narratives traditionally told from literary sources? By addressing these questions from the perspectives of different subfields and religious traditions contributors map out the challenges involved in interpreting different types of data assessing the problems of interpretation distinct to specific types of material evidence (e.g. coins temple art manuscripts donative inscriptions) and considering the issues raised by the different patterns in the preservation of such evidence in different locales. Special attention is paid to newly-discovered and neglected sources; to our evidence for trade migration and inter-regional cultural exchange; and to geographical locales that served as "contact zones" connecting cultures. In addition the chapters in this volume represent the rich range of religious traditions across Asia – including Hinduism Buddhism Taoism Shinto and Chinese religions as well as Islam and eastern Christianities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546141

Material Culture and AuthenticityFake Branded Fashion in Europe The study of material culture demonstrates that objects make people just as much as people make exchange and consume objects. But what if these objects are in the eyes of others only fakes? What kind of material mirror are people looking into? Are their real selves really reflected in this mirror? This book provides an original and revealing study into engagements with objects that are not what they are claimed and presumed to be and subsequently are believed to betray their makers as well as users. Drawing upon an ethnography of fake branded garments in Turkey and Romania Material Culture and Authenticity shows how people can make authentic positions for themselves in and through fake objects.The book will be of interest to students and scholars working in the fields of anthropology material culture and cultural studies as well as to general readers interested in ethnographic alternatives to biographies of famous fakers and fakes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857854513

Material Culture and Kinship in PolandAn Ethnography of Fur and Society In this ethnography of Krakowian society Siobhan Magee explores essential questions on the relationship between fur and culture in Poland. How can wearing a fur coat indicate someone's political views in Krakow beyond their opinion on animal rights? What kinds of associations are given to someone wearing a fur coat in Poland? And what impact does generational difference have on the fur-wearing traditions of modern day Krakowians? Magee looks further into detailed analyses of conversations held relating to fur including why fur is an apt inheritance for a grandmother to pass on to her granddaughter; what it was like trading fur on 'black markets' during socialism and why some anti-fur activists link fur to patriarchal power and the Roman Catholic Church. In so doing it becomes clear how fur is an evocative textile with an uncommonly rich symbolic and historical significance."Magee's research uncovers the symbolic and historic significance that fur evokes in relation to culture in Poland. In her investigations her ethnography becomes a means for understanding generational difference in Poland. Written with reference to extensive fieldwork Magee goes on to show how the classification of generation can be a much more accessible indicator and measure of difference than other categories including sexuality class and faith. Thus 'generation' and 'inheritance' are shown to be uniquely powerful idioms with which to discuss power and social change in Poland. A new contribution to material culture and the sensory turn this will be of interest to scholars of anthropology ethnography eastern Europe and material culture and textiles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781501345623

Material Culture and TextThe Art of Ambiguity Originally published in 1991 this is the first book-length exploration of post-structuralist discourse theory in archaeology. It tackles the most basic problem of historical and archaeological analysis - the relationship between text and artefact – in an analysis of prehistoric art fusing theory and the practice of interpretation to create a fresh framework for understanding the relationship between past and present. Focusing on a collection of rock carvings from northern Sweden the author shows how alternative conceptualizations of the material from structuralist hermeneutic and structural-Marxist frameworks substantially alter our understanding of their meaning and significance. Engaging readers in an interpretive process this book is for specialists in archaeology anthropology art history and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138818095

Material Culture in Russia and the USSRThings Values Identities Material Culture in Russia and the USSR comprises some of the most cutting-edge scholarship across anthropology history and material and cultural studies relating to Russia and the Soviet Union from Peter the Great to Putin.Material culture in Russia and the USSR holds a particularly important role as the distinction between private and public spheres has at times developed in radically different ways than in many places in the more commonly studied West. With case studies covering alcohol fashion cinema advertising and photography among other topics this wide-ranging collection offers an unparalleled survey of material culture in Russia and the USSR and addresses core questions such as: what makes Russian and Soviet material culture distinctive; who produces it; what values it portrays; and how it relates to 'high culture' and consumer culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350091795

Material Culture of Breweries From antique bottles to closely guarded recipes and treasured historic architecture breweries have a special place in American history. This fascinating book brings the material culture of breweries in the United States to life from many regions of the country and from early 16th century production to today’s industrial operations. Herman Ronnenberg traces the evolution of techniques equipment raw materials and architecture over five centuries discusses informal production outside of breweries and offers detailed information on makers marks patents labels and beer containers that allows readers to identify items in their own collections. Heavily illustrated with photographs and line drawings this book will be popular with collectors and general readers and a key reference in historical archaeology local history material culture and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598741674

Material Cultures 1740–1920The Meanings and Pleasures of Collecting Interweaving notions of identity and subjectivity spatial contexts materiality and meaning this collection makes a significant contribution to debates around the status and interpretation of visual and material culture. Material Cultures 1740-1920 has four primary theoretical and historiographic lines of inquiry. The first is how concepts of otherness and difference inform imbricate and impose themselves on identity and the modes of acquisition as well as the objects themselves. The second concern explores the intricacies of how objects and their subjects negotiate and represent spatial narratives. The third thread attempts to unravel the ideological underpinnings of collections of individuals which inevitably and invariably rub up against the social the institutional and the political. Finally at the heart of Material Cultures 1740-1920 is an intervention moving beyond the disciplinary ethos of material culture to argue more firmly for the aesthetic visual and semiotic potency inseparable from any understanding of material objects integral to the lives of their collecting subjects. The collection argues that objects are semiotic conduits or signs of meanings pleasures and desires that are deeply subjective; more often than not they reveal racial gendered and sexual identities. As the volume demonstrates through its various case studies material and visual cultures are not as separate as our current disciplinary ethos would lead us to believe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269729

Material Cultures of Childhood in Second World War Britain How do children cope when their world is transformed by war? This book draws on memory narratives to construct an historical anthropology of childhood in Second World Britain focusing on objects and spaces such as gas masks air raid shelters and bombed-out buildings. In their struggles to cope with the fears and upheavals of wartime with families divided and familiar landscapes lost or transformed children reimagined and reshaped these material traces of conflict into toys treasures and playgrounds. This study of the material worlds of wartime childhood offers a unique viewpoint into an extraordinary period in history with powerful resonances across global conflicts into the present day. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565265

Material Cultures of Financialisation This collection offers pathbreaking framing of the material culture of financialisation. It begins with a tight definition of financialisation in order to distinguish the phenomenon of financialisation from its effects and from the looser associations prevalent within much of the literature such as the presence of credit or even simply (more extensive) monetary relations. To locate financialisation within economic and social reproduction of which material culture is a part close attention is paid to the distinctive forms of financialisation arising from commodification commodity form and commodity calculation. The differences in the extent to which and how these prevail are addressed through the innovative system of provision approach and its framing of material culture through use of ten distinctive attributes of such cultures known as the 10Cs (Constructed Construed Conforming Commodified Contextual Contradictory Closed Contested Collective and Chaotic). This framing of the cultures attached to financialisation is then illustrated through case studies demonstrating the diverse ways in which shifting cultures have served to embed financialisation in our daily lives. After a discussion of the material culture of financialisation itself there are two sector examples which review financial cultures in the provision of water and housing. These are followed by considerations of financialisation in financial literacy and financial inclusion the media and finally well-being. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of New Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586522

Material Cultures of Slavery and Abolition in the British Caribbean Material things mattered immensely to those who engaged in daily struggles over the character and future of slavery and to those who subsequently contested the meanings of freedom in the post-emancipation Caribbean. Throughout the history of slavery objects and places were significant to different groups of people from the opulent master class to enslaved field hands as well as to other groups including maroons free people of colour and missionaries all of who shared the lived environments of Caribbean plantation colonies. By exploring the rich material world inhabited by these people this book offers new ways of seeing history from below of linking localised experiences with global transformations and connecting deeply personal lived realities with larger epochal events that defined the history of slavery and its abolition in the British Caribbean. This book was originally published as a special issue of Slavery & Abolition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029869

'Material Delight and the Joy of Living'Cultural Consumption in the Age of Enlightenment in Germany Eighteenth-century Europe witnessed a commercialization of culture as it became less courtly and more urban. The marketing of culture became separate from the production of culture. New cultural entrepreneurs entered the stage: the impresario the publisher the book seller the art dealer the auction house and the reading society served as middlemen between producers and consumers of culture and constituted at the same time the beginning of a cultural service sector. Cultural consumption also played a substantial role in creating social identity. One could demonstrate social status by attending an auction watching a play or listening to a concert. Moreover and eventually more significant one could demonstrate connoisseurship and taste which became important indicators of social standing. The centres of cultural exchange and consumption were initially the great cities of Europe. In the course of the eighteenth century however cultural consumption penetrated much deeper for example into the numerous residential and university towns in Germany where a growing number of functional elites and burghers met in coffee houses and reading societies attended the theatre and opera and performed orchestral and chamber music together. Journals novels and letters were also crucial in forming consumer culture in provincial Germany: as the German states were remote from the cultural life of England and France the material reality of London and Paris often passed as a literary construction to Germany. It is against this background and stimulated by the research of John Brewer on England that the book systematically explores this field for the first time in regard to the Continent and especially to eighteenth-century Germany. Michael North focuses chapter by chapter on the new forms of entertainment (concerts theatre opera reading societies travelling) on the one hand and on the new material culture (fashion gardens country houses furniture) on the other. At the centre of the discussion is the reception of English culture on the Continent and the competition between English and French fashions in the homes of German elites and burghers attracts special attention. The book closes with an investigation of the role of cultural consumption for identity formation demonstrating the integration of Germany into a European cultural identity during the eighteenth century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249476

Material Discourses of Health and Illness Material Discourses of Health and Illness applies discursive approaches to the field of health psychology in stark contrast to the bio-medical model of health and illness. The discursive approach uses the person's experience and feelings as the central focus of interest whereas the more traditional models regarded these as coincidental and relatively unimportant. The book provides an accessible and compelling introduction to social constructionist and discursive approaches to those with limited previous knowledge of socio-linguistic theory and research. It provides practical examples of how these approaches can be applied to the field of health psychology with a collection of sophisticated discursive analyses which demonstrate the distinctive contribution that can be made by psychologists to a field that has been largely dominated by sociologists and anthropologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203135266

Material EvidenceLearning from Archaeological Practice How do archaeologists make effective use of physical traces and material culture as repositories of evidence? Material Evidence takes a resolutely case-based approach to this question exploring instances of exemplary practice key challenges instructive failures and innovative developments in the use of archaeological data as evidence. The goal is to bring to the surface the wisdom of practice teasing out norms of archaeological reasoning from evidence. Archaeologists make compelling use of an enormously diverse range of material evidence from garbage dumps to monuments from finely crafted artifacts rich with cultural significance to the detritus of everyday life and the inadvertent transformation of landscapes over the long term. Each contributor to Material Evidence identifies a particular type of evidence with which they grapple and considers with reference to concrete examples how archaeologists construct evidential claims critically assess them and bring them to bear on pivotal questions about the cultural past. Historians cultural anthropologists philosophers and science studies scholars are increasingly interested in working with material things as objects of inquiry and as evidence – and they acknowledge on all sides just how challenging this is. One of the central messages of the book is that close analysis of archaeological best practice can yield constructive guidelines for practice that have much to offer archaeologists and those in related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837460

Material Falsity and Error in Descartes' Meditations Material Falsity and Error in Descartes’s Meditations approaches Descartes’s Meditations as an intellectual journey wherein Descartes’s views develop and change as he makes new discoveries about self God and matter. The first book to focus closely on Descartes’s notion of material falsity it shows how Descartes’s account of material falsity – and correspondingly his account of crucial notions such as truth falsehood and error – evolves according to the epistemic advances in the Meditations. It also offers important new insights on the crucial role of Descartes’s Third Meditation discussion of material falsity in advancing many subsequent arguments in the Meditations. This book is essential reading for those working on Descartes and early modern philosophy. It presents an independent reading on issues of perennial interest such as Descartes’s views on error truth and falsehood. It also makes important contributions to topics that have been the focus of much recent scholarship such as Descartes’s ethics and his theodicy. Those working on the interface between medieval and modern philosophy will find the discussions on Descartes’s debt to predecessors like Suárez and Augustine invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415591553

Material FeminismsNew Directions for Education Material Feminisms: New Directions for Education provides a range of powerful theoretical and innovative methodological examples to illuminate how new material feminism can be put to work in education to open up new avenues of research design and practice. It poses challenging questions about the nature of knowledge production the role of the researcher and the critical endeavour arising from inter- and post-disciplinarity. Working with diffractive methodologies and new materialist ecological epistemologies the book offers resources for hope which widen the scope for how educational problems are interrogated and provides a political counter-movement to neo-positivist outcomes-based approaches within education. Inspired by writers such as Barad Bennett and Deleuze and Guattari the book makes a radical break with cognitive dualist and universal conceptions of human subjectivity and intelligence in education. By taking its starting point as the co-consitutiveness of discourse materiality corporeality and place the book foregrounds educational practices as material enactments of multiple non-linear entangled affective and relational forces. It offers new insights into how gender class and ethnicity are constituted in and by material assemblages that are often submerged or ‘unseen’. This book is an essential starting place for those intrigued by what new theoretical accounts of materiality posthumanism and affect can offer educational research. Diffractive methodologies challenge readers to take a fuller range of actors into account than in ‘objective’ humanist methodologies and in so doing to pay closer attention to what data is. It invites researchers to engage with long-standing feminist concerns about power and knowledge production in research processes. This book was originally published as a special issue of Gender and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391529

Material Geographies of Household Sustainability Charting new research directions this book constructs a series of imperatives for linking culturally informed research around household sustainability with policy and planning. The household or 'home' is a critical scale for understanding activities that connect individual behaviours and societal attitudes. The focus on the household in this collection provides a window into the sheer diversity of homemaking and maintenance activities that entail resource use. These practices have affective or emotive dimensions as well as habitual aspects. Diversity innovation and change at the household scale is often missed in policy approaches which assume that simplistic economic motivations drive demand and this can in turn be 'managed' through regulation or market pricing. The research challenge extends beyond describing existing unsustainable economies driving resource intensive behaviour to consider realistic options for transformations in cultural practices material relationships and ultimately the political economies they sit within. Without change in these systems government initiatives to promote ecological modernisation run the risk of simply green-washing the very economies of consumption that currently drive unsustainable practices. Social and cultural change at the household level is critical to promoting sustainability at a range of wider scales. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268333

Material Imagination in Architecture Material Imagination in Architecture draws on history and the visual arts and contemporary architecture to explore this popular theme in architectural practice and education. In the context of a discipline increasingly driven by digital production this text explores architecture and making and the diverse influences on the material reality of architectural form: it argues that the crafts fabrication and assemblage of its making remain vital elements of contemporary architectural language. This broad-ranging text bridges the gap between a technical or otherwise fragmentary knowledge of materials of the specialist and the tacit or instinctive understanding of materials that the artist sculptor or architect may have. It identifies key material themes pertinent to contemporary architectural debate and develops a discourse about future practice that is framed by environmental imperatives and grounded in a historical understanding of the meaning and use of materials. Material iconology in architecture is a well-established tradition and this book draws on that background to investigate the possibilities and limits of using materials in contemporary design to communicate the themes and contexts of an architectural project a material’s relationship to context and to the history of practices that belong to the traditions of making buildings. Each theme is explored in case studies from twelve countries around the world including the UK USA Spain Italy Germany Australia and China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810890

Material Inhomogeneities in Elasticity Self contained this book presents a thorough introduction to the complementary notions of physical forces and material (or configurational) forces. All the required elements of continuum mechanics deformation theory and differential geometry are also covered. This book will be a great help to many whilst revealing to others a rather new facet of continuum mechanics in general and elasticity in particular. An organized exposition of continuum mechanics on the material manifold is given which allows for the consideration of material inhomogeneities in their most appropriate framework. In such a frame the nonlinear elasticity of anisotropic inhomogenous materials appears to be a true field theory. Extensions to the cases of electroelasticity and magnetelasticity are then straightforward. In addition this original approach provides systematic computational means for the evaluation of characteristic parameters which are useful in various branches of applied mechanics and mathematical physics. This is the case for path-independent integrals and energy-release rates in brittle fracture the influence of electromagnetic fields on fracture criteria (such as in ceramics) the notion of momentum of electromagnetic fields in matter in optics and the perturbation of solitons propagating in elastic dispersive systems. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9781003059882

Material Mobilities Material Mobilities explores the material dimension of various forms of mobilities and its implications for society politics and everyday experiences as well as investigates how materials themselves are on the move. Together the different contributions and perspectives on material mobilities illustrate how materialities are critical components within mobilities but also shape how mobilities are produced and consumed within contemporary mobile societies. This insight may potentially influence the ways disciplines of mobilities understand and approach mobilities in the future. This book exemplifies how the new Mobilities turn may profit from foregrounding materials the material and materiality as a common pivot for social analysis. During the last decade of research affiliated to the ‘new mobilities turn’ the societal repercussions of intensive mobilities has been in focus. The ‘turn’ has documented the social environmental economic and cultural effects of the contemporary patterns of movement of people vehicles goods data and information. In parallel with this work new ideas and concepts about the human/non-human and the ‘material dimension’ of the social world has surfaced within a wide array of fields such as philosophy anthropology and cultural studies. Material Mobilities offers a materially sensitive and focused attention to the new Mobilities turn. The ‘turn to the material’ opens up a new set of research questions related to how artefacts and technologies facilitating and affording mobilities are being designed constructed and instituted. The new material interest furthermore points at new ways of comprehending the political and the power-dimensions of mobilities and infrastructural landscapes. The turn to the material furthermore problematizes the Modern binary distinctions between humans and non-humans subjects and objects culture and nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188214

Material Modeling in Finite Element Analysis Finite element analysis has been widely applied in mechanical civil and biomedical designs. This book aims to provide the readers comprehensive views of various material models with practical examples which would help readers understand various materials and build appropriate material models in the finite element analysis. This book is composed of four main parts: 1) metals 2) polymers 3) soils and 4) modern materials. Each part starts with the structure and function of different materials and then follows the corresponding material models such as BISO MISO Chaboche model in metals Arruda-Boyce model Mooney-Rivlin model Ogden model in polymers Mohr-Coulomb model Cam Clay model and Jointed Rock model in geomechanics composites and shape memory alloys in modern materials. The final section presents some specific problems such as metal forming process combustion chamber Mullins effect of rubber tire breast shape after breast surgery viscoelasticity of liver soft tissues tunnel excavation slope stability orthodontic wire and piezoelectric microaccelerometer. All modeling files are provided in the appendixes of the book. This book would be helpful for graduate students and researchers in the mechanical civil and biomedical fields who conduct finite element analysis. The book provides all readers with comprehensive understanding of modeling various materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367353209

Material PowersCultural Studies History and the Material Turn This edited collection is a major contribution to the current development of a ‘material turn’ in the social sciences and humanities.  It does so by exploring new understandings of how power is made up and exercised by examining the role of material infrastructures in the organization of state power and the role of material cultural practices in the organization of colonial forms of governance.  A diverse range of historical examples is drawn on in illustrating these concerns – from the role of territorial engineering projects in seventeenth-century France through the development of the postal system in nineteenth-century Britain to the relations between the state and road-building in contemporary Peru for example.  The colonial contexts examined are similarly varied ranging from the role of photographic practices in the constitution of colonial power in India and the measurement of the bodies of the colonized in French colonial practices to the part played by the relations between museums and expeditions in the organization of Australian forms of colonial rule.  These specific concerns are connected to major critical re-examination of the limits of the earlier formulations of cultural materialism and the logic of the ‘cultural turn’. The collection brings together a group of key international scholars whose work has played a leading role in debates in and across the fields of history visual culture studies anthropology geography cultural studies museum studies and literary studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203883877

Material Religion and Popular Culture In this study E. Frances King explores how people first learn to relate to the images and artefacts of religious belief within their domestic environments. As a sense of religious belonging is instilled on a daily basis in the home it also becomes emotionally linked to family community and homeland resulting in two different genealogies â€“ one to do with faith and one to do with motherland – that become entangled. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138008779

Material Resource Efficiency in ConstructionSupporting a circular economy (FB 85) Improve your material resource efficiency and benefit from cost savings reduced environmental impact and an enhanced company reputation. This guide provides practical advice for construction clients designers and contractors. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848064607

Material Science and EngineeringProceedings of the 3rd Annual 2015 International Conference on Material Science and Engineering (ICMSE2015 Material Science and Engineering presents novel and fundamental advances in the field of material science and engineering. This proceedings collects the comprehensive and worldwide research results on Metallic Materials and Applications Chemical Materials Electronic Materials Nanomaterials Composite and Polymer Materials Bio and Medical Materials Functional and Ceramic Materials Environmental Materials Building Materials and Interior Design Fiber Materials and Mechanical Property of Materials. Collecting the comprehensive and state-of-art in these fields the contributions provide a broad overview of the latest research results so that Material Science and Engineering will prove to be a valuable reference book to academics and professionals in material science and engineering.     Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029361

Material Science and Environmental EngineeringProceedings of the 3rd Annual 2015 International Conference on Material Science and Environmen Material Science and Environmental Engineering presents novel and fundamental advances in the fields of material science and environmental engineering. Collecting the comprehensive and state-of-art in these fields the contributions provide a broad overview of the latest research results so that it will proof to be a valuable reference book to academics and professionals in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029385

Material Strategies in Digital Fabrication In this second edition of Material Strategies in Digital Fabrication are new case studies improved wayfinding the inclusion of composites and plastics and references to similar strategies between different projects. In 400 step-by-step diagrams dissecting 39 case studies in 10 countries on 3 continents the book shows you how material performance drives the digital fabrication process and determines technique. The book identifies the important characteristics of each material including connection types relative costs deformation color texture finish dimensional properties durability and weathering and waterproofing to link design outcomes to form. The book is divided into five main chapters by material; wood metal concrete/masonry composites/plastics and recycled/pre-cycled to help you reference construction techniques for the fabrication machines you have on-hand. Includes projects by SHoP Architects Gramazio & Kohler Schindlersalmeron The Institute for Computational Design (Achim Menges Patkau Architects Sebastien Wierinck Blue Dot Furniture Marble Fairbanks Studio Gang Architects Macdowell.Tomova Thomas Heatherwick Studio Heather Roberge MX3D Matsys Asbjorn Sondergaard Block Research Group (Phillipe Block) Ball Nogues Studio Matter Design WORK Architecture Company and SoftLab. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654204

Material SubstitutionLessons from Tin-Using Industries Substitution has long been a common remedy for materials shortages. This study originally published in 1983 uses tin to examine how and why substitution takes place. To provide insights into the tin industry and the practice of substitution the case studies in this title examine three tin-using industries—beverage containers solder and tin chemical stabilisers. Overall the contributors to this volume raise fundamental questions concerning the techniques for both short- and long-term forecasts of materials requirements in the industrial sector. This title will be of particular interest to students of Environmental Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138119826

Material Women 1750–1950Consuming Desires and Collecting Practices With the volume's global perspective and comparative framework this collection contributes to the ongoing scholarly examination of consumption by taking the topic of women material culture and consumption into new arenas. The essays explore the connections between consumption and subjectivity; they build upon and complicate the idea that consumption as a form of meaning making is key to the construction of gendered classed and national identities. Providing a cross-cultural perspective on consumption the essays are historically specific case studies. While some essays examine women's consumption in a range of Anglophone and Francophone locations primarily in Britain France Australia Canada and the US other essays on Chinese Senegalese Indian and Mexican women's consumption particularly as it relates to fashion and design provide a comparative framework that will recalibrate ongoing discussions about consumption and domesticity dress and identity and desire and subjectivity. In addition to its focus on gender and consumption this volume addresses gender and collecting exploring the tensions between accumulation and systematic collecting. Also examined is the way in which the display of collected objects”in Impressionists' paintings in mass-produced illustrations in the glass cases of museums and department stores”participates in the construction of particular identities as well as serving as a kind of value-producing material practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253070

Material WorldsArchaeology Consumption and the Road to Modernity Material Worlds examines consumption from an archaeological perspective broadly exploring the intersection of social relations and objects through the processes of production distribution use reuse and discard. Interrogating individual objects as well as considering the contexts in which acts of consumption take place a range of case studies present the intertwined issues of power inequality identity and community as mediated through choice access and use of the diversity of mass-produced goods. Key themes of this innovative volume include the relationship between colonial political and economic structures and the practices of consumption the use of consumer goods in the construction and negotiation of identity and the dialectic between strategies of consumption and individual or community choices. Situating studies of consumerism within the field of historical archaeology this exciting collection reflects on the interrelationship between the material and ideological aspects of culture. With a focus on North America from the seventeenth through the early twentieth centuries Material Worlds is an important examination of consumption which will appeal to scholars with interests in colonialism gender and race as well as those engaged with the material culture of the emergent modern world.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875268

MaterialismA Historical and Philosophical Inquiry The doctrine of materialism is one of the most controversial in the history of ideas. For much of its history it has been aligned with toleration and enlightened thinking but it has also aroused strong often violent passions amongst both its opponents and proponents. This book explores the development of materialism in an engaging and thought-provoking way and defends the form it takes in the twenty-first century. Opening with an account of the ideas of some of the most important thinkers in the materialist tradition including Epicurus Lucretius Hobbes Hume Darwin and Marx the authors discuss materialism’s origins as an early form of naturalistic explanation and as an intellectual outlook about life and the world in general. They explain how materialism’s beginnings as an imaginative vision of the true nature of things faced a major challenge from the physics it did so much to facilitate which now portrays the microscopic world in a way incompatible with traditional materialism. Brown and Ladyman explain how out of this challenge materialism developed into the new doctrine of physicalism. Drawing on a wide range of colourful examples the authors argue that although materialism does not have all the answers its humanism and commitment to naturalistic explanation and the scientific method is our best philosophical hope in the ideological maelstrom of the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367201340

Materialist Feminism and the Politics of Discourse (RLE Feminist Theory) Materialist Feminism and the Politics of Discourse confronts the impasses in materialist feminist work on rethinking ‘woman’ as a discursively constructed subject. The book looks at the problem of examining critically the social dimensions on which theories of discourse are premised: how such theories understand ‘materiality’; the relation between ‘women’s experience’ and feminist politics and that between history and discourse. Rosemary Hennessy considers the work of Kristeva Foucault Laclau and Mouffe and argues for a materialist feminist re-articulation of discourse as ideology. Concerns over identity and difference are incorporated into a rewriting of materialist feminism's analysis of women's oppression across capitalist and patriarchal structures. In adapting postmodernist theories in this way Hennessy develops a project of social change where feminism while maintaining its specificity is necessarily aligned with other emancipatory movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415635714

Materialist Film A polemical introduction to the avant-garde and experimental in film (including making and viewing) Materialist Film is a highly original thought-provoking book. Thirty-seven short chapters work through a series of concepts which will enable the reader to deal imaginatively with the contradictory issues produced by experimental film. Each concept is explored in conjunction with specific films by Andy Warhol Malcolm LeGrice Lis Rhodes Jean-Luc Goddard Rose Lowder Kurt Kren and others. Peter Gidal draws on important politico-aesthetic writings and uses some of his own previously published essays from Undercut Screen October and Millennium Film Journal to undertake this concrete process of working through abstract concepts. Originally published in 1989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995703

Materialities Textures and Pedagogies This book joins a developing tradition of ‘practice-based’ conceptions of learning but with a special interest in foregrounding the materiality of educational processes. It challenges educational views that are preoccupied with developing a particular kind of human subject and argues that relations among materials – including texts and technologies embodiment tools and natural forces - are key to understanding how learning and knowing emerge in collective activity. To critically examine materiality the chapter authors draw from orientations associated with actor-network theory but push forward these conceptions to create an important in-between place of inquiry in sociomaterial/STS studies and education. Most express concerns about visions of education that emphasise output driven learning performativity  standardisation and representationalist forms of knowledge. They use sociomaterial approaches to make visible the everyday particular micro-dynamics of education and learning. Their analyses reveal that power relations and the politics that infuse pedagogy are by no means confined to human interests and ideologies but are created and sustained through materialising processes that are enmeshed with the social and semiotic. Ultimately these sociomaterial analyses open new directions and vocabularies for reconceptualising what is taken to be pedagogy where and how pedagogical processes occur and what effects they have on culture and society. This book was originally published as a special issue of Pedagogy Culture & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953864

Materialities and Mobilities in Education Materialities and Mobilities in Education develops new arguments about the ways in which educational processes can be analysed. Drawing on a recent interest in mobilities across the social sciences and a conterminous resurgence in academic accounts of materialities the book demonstrates how these two ostensibly differing perspectives on education might be fruitfully deployed in tandem. Considering the interaction and convergence of materialities and mobilities the book highlights the relationship between structural constraints and opportunities and the agency of individuals providing a unique and essential insight into contemporary education. Examining a range of education spaces from the formal to the informal and the different types of mobility that manifest in relation to education the book introduces readers to a range of theoretical resources and detailed case studies used to analyse the spatiality of education from across the disciplines of human geography education and sociology. Drawing on material from across the globe Materialities and Mobilities in Education is an engaging and relevant text which will appeal to postgraduate students researchers and academics interested in the development of education policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220600

Materialities of PassingExplorations in Transformation Transition and Transience ‘Passing’ is a common euphemism for the death of a person as he or she is said to ‘pass away’ or ‘pass on’. This open-ended saying has at its heart a notion of transformation from one state to another which in turn grants the possibility of grasping or approximating the passage of time and the materiality of death and decay. This book begins with the idea that since all material things - whether animals human beings objects or buildings - undergo some form of passing then the specific transformation in these passages and the materiality actively given to it can offer us a grasp of otherwise precarious temporalities. It examines how human beings strive to relate to the temporal dimension of death and decay by giving new shape and direction to being and by examining its natural transformations. Focusing on the materiality of passing and thereby the relationship between embodiment temporality and death Materialities of Passing offers rich case studies from Europe Papua New Guinea South Africa and the Russian Far East for exploring the material spatial and directional aspects of the very interface between life and death. As such it will appeal to scholars of anthropology death studies archaeology philosophy and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336643

Materiality and Architecture Once regarded a secondary consideration in recent years materiality has emerged as a powerful concept in architectural discourse and practice. Prompted in part by developments in digital fabrication and digital science the impact of materiality on design and practice is being widely reassessed and reimagined. Materiality and Architecture extends architectural thinking beyond the confines of current design literatures to explore conceptions of materiality across the field of architecture. Fourteen international contributors use elucidate the problems and possibilities of materiality-based approaches in architecture from interdisciplinary perspectives. The book includes contributions from the professions of architecture art architectural history theory and philosophy including essays from Gernot Böhme Jonathan Hill and Philip Ursprung. Important 'immaterial' aspects such as presentation agency ecology and concept are examined deepening our understanding of materiality’s role in architectural processes the production of cultural identities the pursuit of political agendas and the staging of everyday environments and atmospheres. In-depth illustrated case studies examine works by Herzog & de Meuron Zaha Hadid and Lacaton & Vassal interspersed with visual essays and interviews with architects such as MVRDV providing a direct connection to practice. Materiality and Architecture is an important read for researchers and students with an interest in architectural theory and related fields such as art art history or visual and cultural studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138840652

Materiality and Consumption in the Bronze Age Mediterranean The importance of cultural contacts in the East Mediterranean has long been recognized and is the focus of ongoing international research. Fieldwork in the Aegean Egypt Cyprus and the Levant continues to add to our understanding of the nature of this contact and its social and economic significance particularly to the cultures of the Aegean. Despite sophisticated discussion of the archaeological evidence in particular on the part of Aegean and Mediterranean archaeologists there has been little systematic attempt to incorporate anthropological perspectives on materiality and exchange into archaeological narratives of this material. This book addresses that gap and integrates anthropological discourse on contact examining exchange systems the gift notions of geographical distance and power colonization and hybridization. Furthermore it develops a social narrative of culture contact in the Mediterranean context illustrating the reasons communities chose to engage in international exchange and how this impacted the construction of identities throughout the region. While traditional archaeologies in the East Mediterranean have tended to be reductive in their approach to material culture and how it was produced used and exchanged this book reviews current research on material culture focusing on issues such as the biography of objects inalienable possessions and hybridization – exploring how these issues can further illuminate the material world of the communities of the Bronze Age Mediterranean. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107915

Materiality and Popular CultureThe Popular Life of Things This book critically approaches contemporary meanings of materiality and discuses ways in which we understand experience and engage with objects through popular culture in our private social and professional lives. Appropriating Arjun Appadurai’s famous phrase: "the social life of things" with which he inspired scholars to take material culture more seriously and as a result treat it as an important and revealing area of cultural studies the book explores the relationship between material culture and popular practices and points to the impact they have exerted on our co-existence with material worlds in the conditions of late modernity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878177

Materiality and the Study of ReligionThe Stuff of the Sacred Material culture has emerged in recent decades as a significant theoretical concern for the study of religion. This book contributes to and evaluates this material turn presenting thirteen chapters of new empirical research and theoretical reflection from some of the leading international scholars of material religion. Following a model for material analysis proposed in the first chapter by David Morgan the contributors trace the life cycle of religious materiality through three phases: the production of religious objects their classification as religious (or non-religious) and their circulation and use in material culture. The chapters in this volume consider how objects become and cease to be sacred how materiality can be used to contest access to public space and resources and how religion is embodied and performed by individuals in their everyday lives. Contributors discuss the significance of the materiality of religion across different religious traditions and diverse geographical regions paying close attention to gender age ethnicity memory and politics. The volume closes with an afterword by Manuel Vásquez. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138599932

Materializing Gender in Eighteenth-Century Europe Art history has enriched the study of material culture as a scholarly field. This interdisciplinary volume enhances this literature through the contributors' engagement with gender as the conceptual locus of analysis in terms of femininity masculinity and the spaces in between. Collectively these essays by art historians and museum professionals argue for a more complex understanding of the relationship between objects and subjects in gendered terms. The objects under consideration range from the quotidian to the exotic including beds guns fans needle paintings prints drawings mantillas almanacs reticules silver punch bowls and collage. These material goods may have been intended to enforce and affirm gendered norms however as the essays demonstrate their use by subjects frequently put normative formations of gender into question revealing the impossibility of permanently fixing gender in relation to material goods concepts or bodies. This book will appeal to art historians museum professionals women's and gender studies specialists students and all those interested in the history of objects in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316133

Materializing Memory in Art and Popular Culture Memory matters. It matters because memory brings the past into the present and opens it up to the future. But it also matters literally because memory is mediated materially. Materiality is the stuff of memory. Meaningful objects that we love (or hate) function not only as aide-mémoire but are integral to memory. Drawing on previous scholarship on the interrelation of memory and materiality this book applies recent theories of new materialism to explore the material dimension of memory in art and popular culture. The book’s underlying premise is twofold: on the one hand memory is performed mediated and stored through the material world that surrounds us; on the other hand inanimate objects and things also have agency on their own which affects practices of memory as well as forgetting. Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138203235_oachapter1.pdfChapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138203235_oachapter4.pdfChapter 5 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138203235_oachapter5.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890230

Materializing ReligionExpression Performance and Ritual The material symbol has become central to understanding religion in late modernity. Overtly theological approaches use words to express the values and faith of a religion but leave out the 'incarnation' of religion in the behavioural performative or audio-visual form. This book explores the lived experience of religion through its material expressions demonstrating how religion and spirituality are given form and are thus far from being detached or ethereal. Cutting across cultures senses disciplines and faiths the contributors register the variety in which religions and religious groups express the sacred and numinous. Including chapters on music architecture festivals ritual artifacts dance dress and magic this book offers an invaluable resource to students of sociology and anthropology of religion art culture history liturgy theories of late modern culture and religious studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249469

Materializing Thailand Thailand has become well known throughout the world for wonderful cuisine great package holidays sumptuous temples and textiles. Noticeably absent from glossy tourist brochures but equally well known throughout the Western world is Thailand's seedier side - the world of child exploitation rampant prostitution and AIDS. Thailand maintains its appeal by slipping the ugly and painful out of sight and by promoting women as exotic visual icons through beauty contests state rituals and the sex trade. This book explores the construction of gender in Thailand and in particular the role Bangkok plays in establishing gender relations for the whole of the country. It examines the historical and cultural processes underlying Thai public culture including historical theme parks. The author demonstrates how the materiality of the Thai world shapes gender relations and how Buddhism discourages essentialisms including fixed binary gender identities. Throughout the book appearances are shown to be critically important and the essentialism of gender is maintained through display public presentations and everyday material practices. Anyone wishing to understand the complexity of Thailand will find this book provides a highly readable and insightful analysis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086048

Materials A well-known and respected standard reference this fifth edition provides a thorough treatment of the properties of building materials and their manufacture both on-site and in the factory. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315843902

Materials Preparation and Characterization in Thermoelectrics This book includes updated theoretical considerations which provide an insight into avenues of research most likely to result in further improvements in material performance. It details the latest techniques for the preparation of thermoelectric materials employed in energy harvesting together with advances in the thermoelectric characterisation of nanoscale material. The book reviews the use of neutron beams to investigate phonons whose behaviour govern the lattice thermal conductivity and includes a chapter on patents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439874707

Materials & Media in Art TherapyCritical Understandings of Diverse Artistic Vocabularies In art making materials and media are the intermediaries between private ideas thoughts and feelings and their external manifestation in a tangible sensual form. Thus materials provide the core components of the exchange that occurs between art therapists and clients. This book focuses on the sensory-based tangible vocabulary of materials and media and its relevance to art therapy. It provides a historical account of the theory and use of materials and media in art therapy as well as an examination of the interface between art therapy contemporary art materials and practices and social/critical theory. Contributing authors provide examples of how art therapists have transgressed conventional material boundaries and expanded both thinking and practice in the field. The chapters discuss traditional as well as innovative media such as body adornments mail and video art and comic books. An accompanying DVD contains media clips as well as 69 color images. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872943

Materials and Meaning in Contemporary Japanese ArchitectureTradition and Today In this beautiful and perceptive book Dana Buntrock examines for the first time how tradition is incorporated into contemporary Japanese architecture. Looking at the work of five architects â€“ Fumihiko Maki Terunobu Fujimori Ryoji Suzuki Kengo Kuma and Jun Aoki â€“ Buntrock reveals the aims influencing many wonderful works barely known in the West; the sensual side of Japanese architecture borne out of approaches often less concerned with professionalism than with people and place. The buildings described in this book illustrate an architecture that embraces uniqueness expressing unusual stories in the rough outlines of rammed earth and rust and demonstrating new paths opening up for architectural practice today. For some these examples will offer new insight into expressions of tradition in Japanese architecture; for others this book offers inspiration for their own efforts to assert the unique heritage of other regions around the world. Compelling insightful and groundbreaking this book is essential for everyone studying Japanese architecture and anyone trying to invoke narrative and tradition in contemporary design. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315881126

Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design Introducing a new engineering product or changing an existing model involves developing designs reaching economic decisions selecting materials choosing manufacturing processes and assessing environmental impact. These activities are interdependent and should not be performed in isolation from each other. This is because the materials and processes used in making a product can have a major influence on its design cost and performance in service. This Fourth Edition of the best-selling Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design takes all of this into account and has been comprehensively revised to reflect the many advances in the fields of materials and manufacturing including: Increasing use of additive manufacturing technology especially in biomedical aerospace and automotive applications Emphasizing the environmental impact of engineering products recycling and increasing use of biodegradable polymers and composites Analyzing further into weight reduction of products through design changes as well as material and process selection especially in manufacturing products such as electric cars Discussing new methods for solving multi-criteria decision-making problems including multi-component material selection as well as concurrent and geometry-dependent selection of materials and joining technology Increasing use of MATLAB by engineering students in solving problems This textbook features the following pedagogical tools: New and updated practical case studies from industry A variety of suggested topics and background information for in-class group work Ideas and background information for reflection papers so readers can think critically about the material they have read give their interpretation of the issues under discussion and the lessons learned and then propose a way forward Open-book exercises and questions at the end of each chapter where readers are evaluated on how they use the material rather than how well they recall it in addition to the traditional review questions Includes a solutions manual and PowerPoint lecture materials for adopting professors Aimed at students in mechanical manufacturing and materials engineering as well as professionals in these fields this book provides the practical know-how in order to choose the right materials and processes for development of new or enhanced products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367419479

Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design Introducing a new engineering product or changing an existing model involves making designs reaching economic decisions selecting materials choosing manufacturing processes and assessing its environmental impact. These activities are interdependent and should not be performed in isolation from each other. This is because the materials and processes used in making the product can have a large influence on its design cost and performance in service. Since the publication of the second edition of this book changes have occurred in the fields of materials and manufacturing. Industries now place more emphasis on manufacturing products and goods locally rather than outsourcing. Nanostructured and smart materials appear more frequently in products composites are used in designing essential parts of civilian airliners and biodegradable materials are increasingly used instead of traditional plastics. More emphasis is now placed on how products affect the environment and society is willing to accept more expensive but eco-friendly goods. In addition there has been a change in the emphasis and the way the subjects of materials and manufacturing are taught within a variety of curricula and courses in higher education. This third edition of the bestselling Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design has been comprehensively revised and reorganized to reflect these changes. In addition the presentation has been enhanced and the book includes more real-world case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466564091

Materials and Structures The second edition of this highly informative book retains much original material covering the principles of structural mechanics and the strength of materials together with the underlying concepts requisite to the theory of structure and structural design. Some of the material involving lengthy hand-drawing or hand-calculation has been replaced with more up-to-date relevant material and frequent reference is made to computer-aided learning techniques. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138144521

Materials and Techniques of Post-Tonal Music Materials and Techniques of Post-Tonal Music Fifth Edition provides the most comprehensive introduction to post-tonal music and its analysis available. Covering music from the end of the nineteenth century through the beginning of the twenty-first it offers students a clear guide to understanding the diverse and innovative compositional strategies that emerged in the post-tonal era from Impressionism to computer music. This updated fifth edition features: chapters revised throughout to include new examples from recent music and insights from the latest scholarship; the introduction of several new concepts and topics including parsimonius voice-leading scalar transformations the New Complexity and set theory in less chromatic contexts; expanded discussions of spectralism and electronic music; timelines in each chapter grounding the music discussed in its chronological context; a companion website that provides students with links to recordings of musical examples discussed in the text and provides instructors with an instructor’s manual that covers all of the exercises in each chapter. Offering accessible explanations of complex concepts Materials and Techniques of Post-Tonal Music Fifth Edition is an essential text for all students of post-tonal music theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714199

Materials and Technology for Sportswear and Performance Apparel Materials and Technology for Sportswear and Performance Apparel takes a close look at the design and development of functional apparel designed for high-performance sportswear. Implementing materials performance technology and design and marketing the book examines this rapidly emerging textile market and outlines future directions and growing trends. The book begins by explaining how a comfort-driven focus has led the industry to embrace knitted fabric as a popular choice of constructional material. Using examples of leading brands it outlines the basic terminology structural details and essential properties appropriate for performance apparel especially for sportswear. This book describes the differences between woven and knitted structures provides an understanding of fabric behavior and the characteristics of a functional garment and outlines the importance of garment fit and consumer perception of garment comfort in its design and development. The authors present key research outcomes on the design and development of functional apparel designed for high-performance sportswear that explore smart materials impact-resistant fabrics and pressure sensing. They consider the use of 3-D body scanning and its influence on pattern engineering for apparel product development; highlight the widely used fiber types for sportswear and the importance of fiber blends and their performance and discuss the relevance of fabric structure and its interaction with the human body. The book also presents research on moisture management and temperature regulation and analyzes the performance and development of smart sportswear intended for monitoring health and performance for a range of end uses. A definitive guide detailing the future of functional clothing and sportswear this book: Describes how to design and develop functional clothing for sportswear Reflects current research outcomes and industry requirements Clarifies with visual illustration practical examples and case studies an understanding of techniques and concepts Explores specifics of garment design such as fit shape function fashion and design Focuses on a commitment to designing ethical and sustainable products Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748354

Materials Aspect of Thermoelectricity In recent years novel families of materials have been discovered and significant improvements in classical thermoelectric materials have been made. Thermoelectric generators are now being used to harvest industrial heat waste and convert it into electricity. This is being utilized in communal incinerators large smelters and cement plants. Leading car and truck companies are developing thermoelectric power generators to collect heat from the exhaust systems of gasoline and diesel engines. Additionally thermoelectric coolers are being used in a variety of picnic boxes vessels used to transport transplant organs and in air-conditioned seats of mid-size cars. Consisting of twenty-one chapters written by top researchers in the field this book explores the major advancements being made in the material aspects of thermoelectricity and provides a critical assessment in regards to the broadening of application opportunities for thermoelectric energy conversion. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498754903

Materials BehaviorResearch Methodology and Mathematical Models The development of advanced materials has become extremely important in the last decade being widely used in academic and industrial research. This book examines the potential of advanced materials as well as nanotechnology to improve fiber science from fibril to fabric mode to create better materials and products for a variety of aspects. The book presents research advances in materials behavior using fractal analysis mathematical modeling and simulation and other methods. Examined are electrical mechanical optical and magnetic properties; size; morphology; and chemical behavior of such materials as aerogels polymer films nanocomposite materials natural composites catalysis and more with a view to their application in the medical engineering and textile fields. With chapters written by eminent scientists the book offers valuable information for academics researchers and engineering professionals. Contributions range from new methods to novel applications of existing methods to help readers gain understanding of the material and/or structural behavior of new and advanced systems. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887373

Materials CharacterizationModern Methods and Applications This book which is a result of a coordinated effort by 22 researchers from five different countries addresses the methods of determining the local and global mechanical properties of a variety of materials: metals plastics rubber and ceramics. The first chapter treats nanoindentation techniques comprehensively. Chapter 2 concerns polymer surface properties using nanoindentation techniques. Chapter 3 deals with the wear properties of dental composites. Chapter 4 compares the global and local properties of a lead-free solder. Chapter 5 discusses the methods of determining plastic zones at the crack tip. Fatigue resistance of a synthetic polymer under different loading conditions is dealt with in Chapter 6. Chapter 7 is a review of the methods used to measure fatigue crack growth resistance. Chapter 8 treats bulk and surface properties of coated materials and the final chapter presents a method for determining elastic constants using a resonance technique. All in all its depth of coverage makes it a must-have for research scholars graduate students and teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613064

Materials ChemistryA Multidisciplinary Approach to Innovative Methods This book focuses on important aspects of materials chemistry by providing an overview of the theoretical aspects of materials chemistry by describing the characterization and analysis methods for materials and by explaining physical transport mechanisms in various materials. Not only does this book summarize the classical theories of materials chemistry but also it exhibits their engineering applications in response to the current key issues. The chapters provide practical equations figures and references providing suitable complement to the text. This book is designed to provide important information for scientists and engineers on experimental research in materials chemistry using modern methods. The methods and instrumentation described represent modern analytical techniques useful to researchers product development specialists and quality control experts in polymer synthesis and manufacturing. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771882514

Materials Design Using Computational Intelligence Techniques Several statistical techniques are used for the design of materials through extraction of knowledge from existing data banks. These approaches are getting more attention with the application of computational intelligence techniques. This book illustrates the alternative but effective methods of designing materials where models are developed through capturing the inherent correlations among the variables on the basis of available imprecise knowledge in the form of rules or database as well as through the extraction of knowledge from experimental or industrial database and using optimization tools. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574338

Materials for Architects and Builders Materials for Architects and Builders provides a clear and concise introduction to the broad range of materials used within the construction industry and covers the essential details of their manufacture key physical properties specification and uses. Understanding the basics of materials is a crucial part of undergraduate and diploma construction or architecture-related courses and this established textbook helps the reader to do just that with the help of colour photographs and clear diagrams throughout. This new sixth edition has been completely revised and updated to include the latest developments in materials research new images appropriate technologies and relevant legislation. The ecological effects of building construction and lifetime use remain an important focus and this new edition includes a wide range of energy-saving building components. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363392

Materials for Conservation Materials for Conservation is the definitive introduction to the properties of materials used in conservation. The continual struggle of conservators to ameliorate the deterioration of objects has led to increasing use of synthetic polymers. These materials are part of the sophisticated technology that has been developed to augment and often replace traditional materials and methods. Conservators therefore have a wider range of techniques available. However they must be able to appreciate the potentials and pitfalls of any proposed technique. The first section explains physical and chemical properties which are important in the conservation process i.e. application ageing reversal. The topics covered include molecular weight glass transition temperature solubility and solvents polymerisation and degradation reactions. The second section provides a detailed consideration of the individual materials current and obsolete used in conservation drawing out the factors relevant to their effects on objects. The conservation uses of each material are summarised and referenced to allow further study. In five appendices the properties of the polymers solvents and their interactions are tabulated with a list of suppliers and conversion table of physical units. IUPAC and SI nomenclature is used throughout the book. In this second edition this classic text is revised and updated to include modern materials such as cyclododecane and current ideas on adhesion consolidation and reversibility making Materials in Conservation the definitive source of vital information in the field. This handy reference book should be on the bench of every conservator and available wherever objects from steam engines to dried plants are preserved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128101

Materials for Energy Materials for Energy offers a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in materials for efficient and sustainable energy applications including energy conversion storage and smart applications.   Discusses a wide range of material types such as nanomaterials carbonaceous electrocatalysts and electrolytes thin films phase change materials 2D energy materials triboelectric materials and membrane materials Describes applications that include flexible energy storage devices sensors energy storage batteries fuel and solar cells photocatalytic wastewater treatment and more Highlights current developments in energy conversion storage and applications from a materials angle   Aimed at researchers engineers and technologists working to solve alternative energy issues this work illustrates the state of the art and latest technologies in this important field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367350215

Materials for Energy Efficiency and SustainabilityTechConnect Briefs 2015 The Nano Science and Technology Institute (NSTI) have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading Nano Scientists. NSTI provides Nano Scientists with up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. This volume outlines the latest developments in: Energy Storage Fuel Cells & Hydrogen Nanomaterials for Catalysis Materials for Oil Gas & Biofuels Carbon Capture & Utilization Solar Power Technologies Materials for Green Building Water Technologies Materials for Sustainability & Efficiency. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747288

Materials for Engineering Materials for Engineering provides a straightforward introduction for pre-degree level students and technician engineers. A clear accessible text is supported by learning summaries examples and practice questions. This book is designed to help students develop a clear understanding of:* Properties and testing of materials* The relationship of the properties and structure of materials* How properties change with modifications in composition structure and processing* The selection of materials for a wide range of engineering applications The second edition includes a new chapter on the identification and classification of materials. New and expanded sections include durability electrical testing thermal expansion links between properties and processes and examples of the selection of materials. A greater range of property data is also included.The coverage of Materials for Engineering has been matched to the requirements of the new specifications for the Advanced GNVQ compulsory unit and remains the standard text for BTEC National. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136168

Materials for Engineers and Technicians For over forty years Materials for Engineers and Technicians has given thousands of students an easily accessible introduction to materials engineering and manufacturing processes. This renowned text is a comprehensive overview of the wide-ranging subject area written in a straightforward readable style. It is devoid of excessive jargon and mathematical complexity and retains a practical down-to-earth approach. This expanded edition references specifications for materials and materials testing that have been updated to include European-wide standards of the EU. More applications of materials and case studies have been included. New content discusses the choice of materials and processes in relation to 3D printing and the importance of materials recycling and sustainability. The increased emphasis on the selection of materials reflects this aspect of materials engineering now seen within current vocational and university courses. In addition to meeting the requirements of vocational and undergraduate engineering syllabuses this text also serves as a valuable desktop reference for professional engineers working in product design who require a quick source of information on materials and manufacturing processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367535506

Materials for Engineers and Technicians A comprehensive yet accessible introduction to materials engineering which provides a straightforward readable approach to the subject. The sixth edition includes a new chapter on the selection of materials an updated discussion of new materials and a complete glossary of key terms used in materials engineering. This renowned text has provided many thousands of students with an easily accessible introduction to the wide ranging subject area of materials engineering and manufacturing processes for over forty years. It avoids the excessive jargon and mathematical complexity so often found in textbooks for this subject retaining the practical down-to-earth approach for which the book is noted. The increased emphasis on the selection of materials reflects the increased emphasis on this aspect of materials engineering now seen within current vocational and university courses. In addition to meeting the requirements of vocational and undergraduate engineering syllabuses this text will also provide a valuable desktop reference for professional engineers working in product design who require a quick source of information on materials and manufacturing processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778757

Materials for Rigid and Flexible Printed Wiring Boards Complex electronic circuits and devices are flooding applications in nearly every facet of commercial and industrial activity from automated equipment to all types of consumer products. Proper selection of materials is crucial to meet the end-use requirements of flexible and rigid printed wiring boards. While there are many useful books and articles on the fabrication of printed circuit boards Materials for Rigid and Flexible Printed Wiring Boards is the first book to detail the properties of the materials used and how they are made.The authors present important manufacturing information and material properties for reinforcement materials resins flexible films copper foils rigid laminates high-speed/high-frequency laminates and metal core and constraining core materials. They offer practical guidance to help designers engineers and fabricators choose suitable materials to successfully meet strength weight thickness performance cost and other requirements. In most cases the material data comes directly from manufacturers' data sheets representing typical values. The book illustrates the comparative strengths and limitations of the materials highlights their basic properties and details the manufacturing processes used to make them.Offering practical guidance based on years of experience Materials for Rigid and Flexible Printed Wiring Boards is a one-stop source of crucial information for anyone designing or building printed circuit boards for any application. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221373

Materials for Sustainable Energy ApplicationsConversion Storage Transmission and Consumption The impending energy crisis brought on by the running out of finite and non-homogenously distributed fossil fuel reserves and the worldwide increase in energy demand has prompted vast research in the development of sustainable energy technologies in the last few decades. However the efficiency of most of these new technologies is relatively small and therefore it needs to be increased to eventually replace conventional technologies based on fossil fuels. The required efficiency increase primarily relies on the ability to improve the performance of the functional materials which are at the heart of these technologies. The purpose of this book is to give a unified and comprehensive presentation of the fundamentals and the use and design of novel materials for efficient sustainable energy applications such as conversion storage transmission and consumption. The book presents general coverage of the use and design of advanced materials for sustainable energy applications. Thus the book addresses all the relevant aspects such as materials for energy conversion storage transmission and consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411813

Materials for the Hydrogen Economy Hydrogen offers a promising alternative for supplying clean and sustainable energy to meet increasing demands worldwide. However materials are key to transforming the technology into a viable industry. Materials for the Hydrogen Economy describes the technical challenges and the current efforts in developing materials possessing the properties required for handling each stage of the hydrogen fuel chain. Thorough coverage offers newcomers as well as experienced engineers and researchers a reliable and fully scalable foundation in this field.This book covers all seven of the current hydrogen production methods as well as distribution storage and utilization technologies particularly fuel cells. It details the chemical reactions processes types of feedstock and commercial equipment involved in hydrogen production. It also covers methods membranes liners and sensors used for separating sealing and purifying hydrogen. Several chapters examine corrosion effects in pipeline steels and other storage and transportation vessels leading to discussions of hydrogen permeation barriers barrier coatings and hydrides for on-board hydrogen storage. The final chapters focus on electrolytes and component materials for solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) and H2/O2 PEM fuel cells.Materials for the Hydrogen Economy provides a broad review of material requirements for handling hydrogen from production to market. It explores the development of these materials alongside essential considerations and issues associated with their deployment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367387884

Materials in Biology and Medicine While the interdisciplinary field of materials science and engineering is relatively new remarkable developments in materials have emerged for biological and medical applications from biocompatible polymers in medical devices to the use of carbon nanotubes as drug delivery vehicles. Exploring these materials and applications Materials in Biology and Medicine presents the background and real-world examples of advanced materials in biomedical engineering biology and medicine. With peer-reviewed chapters written by a select group of academic and industry experts the book focuses on biomaterials and bioinspired materials functional and responsive materials controlling biology with materials and the development of devices and enabling technologies. It fully describes the relevant scientific background and thoroughly discusses the logical sequences of new development and applications. Presenting a consistent scientific treatment of all topics this comprehensive yet accessible book covers the most advanced materials used in biology and medicine. It will help readers tackle challenges of novel materials carry out new process and product development projects and create new methodologies for applications that enhance the quality of life. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072152

Materials in ConstructionAn Introduction Materials in Construction: An Introduction presents a clear and accessible introduction to the principles practice and performance of construction materials. This new edition is being published as a companion to G. D. Taylor's  Materials in Construction: Principles Practice and Performance - an advanced text that will develop the topics presented in this book. The coverage of a wide range of construction materials provides a comprehensive foundation to the subject and includes an overview of performance characteristics and standards for many materials. The text also reviews material properties and examines and evaluates modes of deterioration while emphasising preventative techniques and remedial treatment. Throughout the text carefully devised example experiments and questions support the theory and practical information.  Materials in Construction is an essential handbook for any student studying materials as part of a construction course at BTEC NC/D HNC/D and undergraduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835467

Materials in Nuclear Energy ApplicationsVolume I The text combines an account of scientific and engineering principles with a description of materials and processes of importance in nuclear research and industry. The coverage includes fuel materials control and shileding materials and so on - in fact for most of the important pasts of a reactor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895741

Materials in Nuclear Energy ApplicationsVolume II The text combines an account of scientific and engineering principles with a description of materials and processes of importance in nuclear research and industry. The coverage includes fuel materials control and shileding materials and so on - in fact for most of the important pasts of a reactor. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895758

Materials ModellingFrom Theory to Technology In Materials Modelling: From Theory to Technology a distinguished collection of authors has been assembled to celebrate the 60th birthday of Dr. R. Bullough FRS and honor his contribution to the subject over the past 40 years.The volume explores subjects that have implications in a wide range of technologies focusing on how basic research can be applied to real problems in science and engineering. Linking theory and technology the book progresses from the theoretical background to current and future practical applications of modeling. Accessible to a diverse audience it requires little specialist knowledge beyond a physics degree. The book is useful reading for postgraduates and researchers in condensed matter nuclear engineering and physical metallurgy in addition to workers in R&D laboratories and the high technology industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402761

Materials Physics and ChemistryApplied Mathematics and Chemo-Mechanical Analysis This volume focuses on the development and application of fundamental concepts in mechanics and physics of solids as they pertain to the solution of challenging new problems in diverse areas such as materials science and micro- and nanotechnology. In this volume emphasis is placed on the development of fundamental concepts of mechanics and novel applications of these concepts based on theoretical experimental or computational approaches drawing upon the various branches of engineering science and the allied areas within applied mathematics materials science and applied physics. Materials Physics and Chemistry: Applied Mathematics and Chemo-Mechanical Analysis emphasizes the basics such as design equilibrium material behavior and geometry of deformation in simple structures or machines. Readers will find a thorough treatment of stress strain and the stress-strain relationships. Meanwhile it provides a solid foundation upon which readers can begin work in composite materials science and engineering. Many chapters include theory components with the equations students need to calculate different properties. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888677

Materials Processing by Cluster Ion BeamsHistory Technology and Applications Materials Processing by Cluster Ion Beams: History Technology and Applications discusses the contemporary physics materials science surface engineering issues and nanotechnology capabilities of cluster beam processing. Written by the originator of the gas cluster ion beam (GCIB) concept this book:Offers an overview of ion beam technologies from the discovery of monomer ions to the introduction of GCIBsExplores the development of sources for producing cluster beams from solid materialsDescribes the engineering characteristics of gas cluster ion beam equipmentCovers cluster ion-solid surface interaction kinetics as well as sputtering implantation and ion-assisted depositionDetails surface processing techniques for smoothing shallow implantation and preparation of high-quality thin filmsIntroduces representative examples of emerging GCIB industrial applicationsMaterials Processing by Cluster Ion Beams: History Technology and Applications provides a deeper understanding of the importance of cluster ion beams and their applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872298

Materials Processing Handbook The field of materials science and engineering is rapidly evolving into a science of its own. While traditional literature in this area often concentrates primarily on property and structure the Materials Processing Handbook provides a much needed examination from the materials processing perspective. This unique focus reflects the changing complexity of new and emerging materials such as cutting-edge semiconductors smart materials and materials based on spintronics.This highly comprehensive work also presents groundbreaking coverage of the processes applied to a myriad of solid materials including ceramics polymers metals composites and semiconductors. Organized into six sections this work examines processes that convert one phase into another processes that change only the microstructure within a solid phase shape changes that modify the microstructure and properties of materials joining processes and the basics of processes integration.Rich in data yet accessible across several fields this volume provides technicians and students with a one-stop resource on proven and promising new developments in materials processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367389307

Materials Science and Engineering Volume IIPhysiochemical Concepts Properties and Treatments This book has an important role in advancing non-classical materials on the macro and nanoscale. The book provides original theoretical and important experimental results. Some research uses non-routine methodologies often unfamiliar to some readers. Furthermore papers on novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems are included. This book brings together research contributions from eminent experts on subjects that have gained prominence in material and chemical engineering and science. It presents the last developments along with case studies explanatory notes and schematics for clarity and enhanced understanding. The book includes new research and studies including: • New research on the efficiency of gas purification • The transport properties of films of chitosan-amikacin • Operating conditions of clearing of gas in a rotoklon • Properties and characteristics of varies materials and compounds Professors and instructors and postgraduate students focusing on adhesive interaction improvement will find the book valuable as will industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880091

Materials Science and Engineering. Volume IPhysical Process Methods and Models This volume highlights the latest developments and trends in advanced non-classical materials and structures. It presents the developments of advanced materials and respective tools to characterize and predict the material properties and behavior. It also includes original theoretical and important experimental results that use non-routine methodologies often unfamiliar to the usual readers. The chapters on novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems underline the need for new experimental approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880008

Materials Science and EngineeringVolumes 1 and 2 (two volume set) This book has an important role in advancing non-classical materials on the macro and nanoscale. The book provides original theoretical and important experimental results. Some research uses non-routine methodologies often unfamiliar to some readers. Furthermore papers on novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems are included. This book brings together research contributions from eminent experts on subjects that have gained prominence in material and chemical engineering and science. It presents the last developments along with case studies explanatory notes and schematics for clarity and enhanced understanding. The book includes new research and studies including: • New research on the efficiency of gas purification • The transport properties of films of chitosan-amikacin • Operating conditions of clearing of gas in a rotoklon • Properties and characteristics of varies materials and compounds Professors and instructors and postgraduate students focusing on adhesive interaction improvement will find the book valuable as will industry professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880541

Materials Science In Construction: An Introduction Materials Science in Construction explains the science behind the properties and behaviour of construction's most fundamental materials (metals cement and concrete polymers timber bricks and blocks glass and plaster). In particular the critical factors affecting in situ materials are examined such as deterioration and the behaviour and durability of materials under performance. An accessible easy-to-follow approach makes this book ideal for all diploma and undergraduate students on construction-related courses taking a module in construction materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781856176880

Materials Science of DNA The field of materials science and technology has undergone revolutionary advances due to the development of novel analytical tools functional materials and multidisciplinary approaches to engineering. Additionally theoretical predictions combined with increasingly improved models and computational capabilities are making impressive contributions to the progress of materials science and technology. In particular the materials science of DNA has emerged as a vital area of research and is expected to immensely broaden the horizon of material science and nanotechnology in this century. Materials Science of DNA highlights the most important subjects and perspectives in the field with the aim of stimulating the interdisciplinary community and bringing this intensively interesting emerging field of molecular-scale materials science to maturation. The editors have not only been involved in the research of materials science of DNA for the past decade but also lead the series of International Biotronics Workshops supported by the US Air Force Research Laboratory. Biotechnology and DNA-based biopolymers are not only applicable for genomic sequencing and clinical diagnosis and treatment but can also have a major impact on nonbiotech applications—such as electronics and photonics— opening up a whole new field for bioengineering. New concepts and insights gained from DNA research are expected to prove genuinely useful in a variety of devices in nano micro and macro dimensions in the future. Where silicon has been the building block of inorganic electronics and photonics DNA holds promise to become the building block for organic electronics and photonics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199187

Materials Science of PolymersPlastics Rubber Blends and Composites Technical and technological development demands the creation of new materials that are stronger more reliable and more durable—materials with new properties. This book skillfully blends and integrates polymer science plastic technology and rubber technology to highlight new developments and trends in advanced polyblends. The fundamentals of polymerization polymer characteristics rheology and morphology as well as composition technology testing and evaluation of various plastics rubbers fibers adhesives coatings and composites are comprehensively presented in this informative volume. The book presents the developments of advanced polyblends and the respective tools to characterize and predict the material properties and behavior. It provides important original and theoretical experimental results that use non-routine methodologies often unfamiliar to many readers. Furthermore chapters on novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems are included which indicate the need for the new experimental approaches that are presented. This new book: • Provides an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state of the art of polyblends and composites • Familiarizes the reader with new aspects of the techniques used in the examination of polymers emphasizing plastic technology and rubber technology • Describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities limitations and applications • Provides a balance between materials science and the mechanics aspects basic and applied research and high-technology and high-volume (low-cost) composite development Entrepreneurs and professionals engaged in production of as well as research and development in polymers will find the information presented here valuable and informative. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880664

Materials Selection for Design and ManufacturingTheory and Practice Providing an analytical approach to selecting the best metal and obtaining optimal properties for and in a fabricated part this text correlates weldability formability and machinability with a metal's chemical composition through microstructures. It begins with a review of the principles of materials science and offers useful features such as end-of-chapter problems and a solutions manual. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067610

Materials Selection for Hydrocarbon and Chemical Plants Describes the systematic procedure for using process and mechanical design information to select construction materials suitable for a range of chemical and hydrocarbon processing plants. The volume features tables for locating the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) product form specifications for construction materials that have code-allowable design stresses. It analyzes threshold values for degradation phenomena involving thermal damage. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749470

Materials Technology Materials Technology clearly identifies materials and technology as the fundamental generators of buildings and examines how they determine the structure overall form and quality. It examines the issues that determine the choice of materials and argues that the decision-making of architects engineers and designers should take account of the environmental impact of sourcing the basic materials and of the energy implications of their processing and use in manufacturing.Materials Technology is an essential resource for Materials Technology units in building architecture and surveying degree and postgraduate courses; and students of BTEC HNC/D building and surveying. It will also be a useful reference tool for Advanced GNVQ Construction and the Built Environment courses and Built Environment NVQs at levels 3 and 4. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166622

Maternal Ethics and Other Slave Moralities In Maternal Ethics and Other Slave Moralities which includes the first extended philosophical discussion of the works of Frederick Douglass Cynthia Willett puts forward a novel theory of ethical subjectivity that is aimed to counter prevailing pathologies of sexist racist Eurocentric culture. Weaving together accounts of the self drawn from African-American and European philosophies psychoanalysis slave narratives and sociology Willett interrogates what Hegel locates as the core of the self: the desire for Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870083

Maternal Liver Disease Pregnancy is a very exciting time but can be challenging to both the pregnant patient and the caring physician when complicated by a disorder considering the impact on the health of both the mother and the fetus. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to- date review of liver disorders during pregnancy that will benefit both health care providers and researchers. Maternal Liver Disease represents a single source that contains detailed knowledge of clinical manifestations of maternal liver disorders approach to diagnosis and management clinical outcomes as well as a detailed description of the latest scientific discoveries and research findings on pathogenesis of liver disease in pregnancy. Some of these disorders until recently have been considered mysterious and many of the recommendations based on recent discoveries can be lifesaving to the pregnant woman and her fetus. Maternal Liver Disease provides a novel contribution to the field through its comprehensive clinical and scientific focused approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781587066573

Maternal MeasuresFiguring Caregiving in the Early Modern Period This title was first published in 2001. Focusing attention on the neglected area of relations between brothers and sisters during the early modern period this volume explores the sibling dynamics that shaped family relations in Italy England France Spain and Germany. Using an array of feminist and cultural studies approaches prominent scholars consider sibling ties from a range of interdisciplinary perspectives - including art history musicology literary studies and social history - to articulate underlying paradigms according to which sibling relations were constructed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711105

Maternal Mortality Human Rights and Accountability The scale of maternal mortality and morbidity today is staggering. This book focuses on a vital part of a human rights response to maternal mortality viz. accountability. Accountability encompasses monitoring review and redress at the local national and international levels. The book's context includes the UN Human Rights Council maternal mortality and morbidity resolutions as well as Millennium Development Goal 5. It comes out of a roundtable conference held in Geneva during 2010 that examined maternal mortality human rights and accountability and provided a forum where maternal health and human rights experts could listen to and learn from each other. As well as revised and updated conference papers this volume includes a rich collection of additional resource material on maternal mortality human rights and accountability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884809

Maternal SensitivityMary Ainsworth's Enduring Influence on Attachment Theory Research and Clinical Applications Mary Ainsworth’s work on the importance of maternal sensitivity for the development of infant attachment security is widely recognized as one of the most revolutionary and influential contributions to developmental psychology in the 20th century. Her longitudinal studies of naturalistic mother-infant interactions in Uganda and Baltimore played a pivotal role in the formulation and acceptance of attachment theory as a new paradigm with implications for developmental personality social and clinical psychology. The chapters in this volume collectively reveal not only the origins and depth of her conceptualizations and the originality of her assessment methods but also the many different ways in which her ideas about maternal sensitivity continue to inspire innovative research and clinical applications in Western and non-Western cultures. The contributors are leading attachment researchers including some of Mary Ainsworth’s most influential students and colleagues who have taken time to step back from their day to day research and reflect on the significance of the work she initiated and the challenges inherent in assessing parental sensitivity during naturalistic interactions in infancy and beyond. This volume makes Ainsworth’s pioneering conceptual and methodological breakthroughs and their continuing research and clinical impact accessible to theorists researchers and mental health specialists.This book was originally published as a special issue of Attachment & Human Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739263

Maternal TransitionA North-South Politics of Pregnancy and Childbirth What are the political dimensions that are revealed in women’s preferences for health care during pregnancy and childbirth? The answers to this question vary from one community to the next and often from woman to the next although the trends in the Global North and South are strikingly different. Employing three conceptual frames; medicalization the public-private distinction and intersectionality Candace Johnson examines these differences through the narratives of women in Canada the United States Cuba and Honduras. In Canada and the United States women from privileged and marginalized social groups demonstrate the differences across the North-South divide and women in Cuba and Honduras speak to the realities of severely constrained decision-making in developing countries. Each case study includes narratives drawn from in-depth interviews with women who were pregnant or who had recently had children. Johnson argues that women’s expressed preferences in different contexts reveal important details about the inequality that they experience in that context in addition to as various elements of identity. Both inequality and identity are affected by the ways in which women experience the division between public and private lives – the life of the community and the life of the home and family – as well as the consequences of intersectionality – the combinations of various sources of disadvantage and women’s reactions to these either in the form of resistance or compliance. The rigorous and highly original cross cultural and comparative research on health gender poverty and social context makes Maternal Transition an excellent contribution to global maternal health policy debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126060

Maternal-Fetal and Obstetric Evidence Based Guidelines Two Volume Set Third Edition Designed for easy revision the two volumes in this set review the evidence for best practice presenting the reader with the right information in the right format summarized in easy-to-use tables and algorithms. Each guideline is designed to "make it easy to do it right" with appropriate use of proven interventions and no use of harmful interventions. Plenty of evidence is available so that well-informed clinicians can reduce errors so that the first aim is ultimately to improve the health of mother and baby by providing quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747424

Maternal-Fetal Evidence Based Guidelines This new edition of an acclaimed text reviews the evidence for best practice in maternal-fetal medicine to present the reader with the right information with appropriate use of proven interventions and avoidance of ineffectual or harmful ones and by rating the evidence of the key references. The information is presented in the right format by summarizing evidence succinctly and clearly in tables and algorithms. The aim is to inform the clinician to reduce errors and "to make it easy to do it right." The volume can be purchased separately or together with a companion volume on Obstetric Evidence Based Guidelines (set ISBN 978 1 4987 4742 4). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498747448

MaternitiesGender Bodies and Space Over the past decade geographers have shown a growing interest in 'the body' as an important co-ordinate of subjectivity and as a way of understanding further relationships between people place and space. To date however geographers have published little on what is one of if not the  most important of all bodies - bodies that conceive give birth and nurture other bodies. It is time that feminist social and cultural geographers contributed more to debates about maternal bodies. This book offers a series of windows on the ways in which maternal bodies influence and are influenced by social and spatial processes. Topics covered include women ‘coming out’ as pregnant at work changing fashion for pregnant women being disabled and pregnant the politics of home versus hospital birth breastfeeding practices that sit outside the norm women who are constructed as ‘bad’ mothers and ‘e-mums’ (mothers who go on-line). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807890

Maternity and Gender PoliciesWomen and the Rise of the European Welfare States 18802-1950s This collection sets out to analyze the influence of women's movements on the emergence of Europe's welfare state from the 1880s to the 1950s and the limits of that influence. It compares the women's movements - and social policies concerning women - in the dictatorships of Italy Germany and Spain with the democracies in Britain France and Scandinavia. It throws new lights on feminism especially in the inter-war period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154551

Maternity and Reproductive Health in Asian Societies This collection examines enduring and topical questions in sexual and reproductive health in a range of contemporary Asian cultures. Beliefs and practices surrounding conception pregnancy birth and confinement are studies in culturally specific contexts in Japan Taiwan the Philippines Thailand Laos Cambodia and Indonesia. Important and widely applicable health issues are also addressed including the perception and management of HIV/AIDS experiences of menopause and the interaction of cosmopolitan ("western'') medicine with traditional healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980570

Maternity and Romance Narratives in Early Modern England Though recent scholarship has focused both on motherhood and on romance literature in early modern England until now no full length volume has addressed the notable intersections between the two topics. This collection contributes to the scholarly investigation of maternity in early modern England by scrutinizing romance narratives in various forms considering motherhood not as it was actually lived but as it was figured in the fantasy world of romance by authors ranging from Edmund Spenser to Margaret Cavendish. Contributors explore the traditional association between romance and women both as readers of fiction and as tellers of ’old wives’ tales ’ as well as the tendency of romance plots with their emphasis on the family and its reproduction to foreground matters of maternity. Collectively the essays in this volume invite reflection on the uses to which Renaissance culture put maternal stereotypes (the virgin mother the cruel step-dame) as well as the powerful fears and desires that mothers evoke assuage and sometimes express in the fantasy world of romance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472462244

Maternity LeavePolicy and Practice What does it mean to be a successful working parent? And how do working parents cope in the United States the only developed nation with no paid parental leave requirement? Despite some positive advancement in the voluntary adoption of paid parental leave many organizations over the past 25 years have instead decreased paid leave benefits offered to employees in the United States choosing instead to let unpaid leave under the Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA) serve in its place. This regression in practice is perhaps the greatest unintended consequence of FMLA and surely was not the intent of Congress. Maternity Leave: Policy and Practice Second Edition approaches parental leave from a variety of perspectives: legal political social institutional organizational and most importantly from the personal perspectives of the women and men interviewed expressly for the book. This second edition offers two new chapters: the first puts the issue of maternity leave within the context of work–life balance issues and the second explores case studies from states cities and private organizations. Incorporating new census data related reports and academic studies authors Victoria Gordon and Beth M. Rauhaus utilize relevant and cutting-edge research in their exploration of parental leave and they enrich this research with the individual stories of ordinary working parents as well as those who choose not to have children. Assuming no prior specialized knowledge this book can be assigned on a variety of undergraduate and graduate courses in politics public policy public administration gender studies and human resource management and will equally be of interest to parents policy makers and C-suite managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180416

Maternity Services and Policy in an International ContextRisk Citizenship and Welfare Regimes This book is the first comprehensive international overview of maternity services. Drawing on concepts of risk and social citizenship it explores the relationship between welfare regimes and health policy by comparing and contrasting provision for childbearing women. Each substantive chapter focuses on a different country presenting detailed contextual information on health care provision maternity interventions and birth outcomes there. They discuss key issues such as birth rates and fertility patterns the role of patient choice attitudes to place of birth and maternity entitlements among others and the countries covered represent diverse welfare regimes including Ireland Scotland Sweden the Netherlands Germany Italy Japan the United States Canada Australia and New Zealand. An extended introduction and a conclusion draw the book together and place it in the context of the literature on comparative welfare regimes. It is an important reference for students and academics interested in comparative social policy health services research and maternity services and policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341428

Math and ArtAn Introduction to Visual Mathematics Math and Art: An Introduction to Visual Mathematics explores the potential of mathematics to generate visually appealing objects and reveals some of the beauty of mathematics. With a CD-ROM and a 16-page full-color insert it includes numerous illustrations computer-generated graphics photographs and art reproductions to demonstrate how mathemat Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780429138720

Math Concepts for Food Engineering A Supplement for Food Science and Engineering Students Who Need to Improve Their Mathematical Skills A remedial textbook for understanding mathematical theories and formulas Math Concepts for Food Engineering Second Edition helps students improve their mathematical skills so that they can succeed in food engineering courses. The text illustrates the importance of mathematical concepts and relates them to the study of food engineering. New to the Second Edition Straightforward explanations of basic balance and transport principles used in food engineering Various exercises throughout that use spreadsheets which are available on the publisher‘s website A chapter on mass transfer A mathematical skills screening quiz A simple units-conversion page This new edition is student tested What students have to say... a must-have for any student in food science engineering ... teaches students how to think like an engineer. Each chapter provides meaningful applications ... shows students both the approach and the mathematical solution needed to solve example problems. "This workbook not only taught me which mathematical equations are needed to solve various food engineering problems it helped me understand the analysis and approach needed when solving any engineering problem. The practice questions helped me gain confidence in my problem-solving skills and they make the coursework more interesting by relating it to real-world problems." Builds Mathematical Confidence This text helps assess the mathematical reasoning skills of food science and engineering students and off Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426511

Math Education for America?Policy Networks Big Business and Pedagogy Wars Math Education for America? analyzes math education policy through the social network of individuals and private and public organizations that influence it in the United States. The effort to standardize a national mathematics curriculum for public schools in the U.S. culminated in 2010 when over 40 states adopted the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics. Rather than looking at the text of specific policy documents this book complements existing critical reviews of the national math education curriculum by employing a unique social network analysis. Breaking new ground in detailing and theorizing the politics of math education Wolfmeyer argues that the private interests of this network are closely tied to a web of interrelated developments: human capital education policy debates over traditional and reform pedagogy the assumed content knowledge deficit of math teachers and the proliferation of profit-driven educational businesses. By establishing the interconnectedness of these interests with the national math education curriculum he shows how the purported goals of math education reform are aligned with the prevailing political agendas of this social network rather than the national interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287082

Math In Plain EnglishLiteracy Strategies for the Mathematics Classroom Do word problems and math vocabulary confuse students in your mathematics classes? Do simple keywords like "value" and "portion" seem to mislead them? Many words that students already know can have a different meaning in mathematics. To grasp that difference students need to connect English literacy skills to math. Successful students speak read write and listen to each other so they can understand retain and apply mathematics concepts. This book explains how to use 10 classroom-ready literacy strategies in concert with your mathematics instruction. You’ll learn how to develop students who are able to explain to themselves - and communicate to others - what problems mean and how to attack them. Embedding these strategies in your instruction will help your students gain the literacy skills required to achieve the eight Common Core State Standards for Mathematics. You’ll discover the best answer to their question "When am I ever going to use this?" The 10 Strategies: 1. Teaching mathematical words explicitly 2. Teaching academic words implicitly 3. Reinforcing reading comprehension skills that apply to mathematics 4. Teaching mathematics with metaphor and gesture 5. Unlocking the meaning of word problems 6. Teaching note-taking skills for mathematics 7. Using language-based formative assessment in mathematics 8. Connecting memorization to meaning in mathematics 9. Incorporating writing-to-learn activities in mathematics 10. Preparing students for algebraic thinking Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671867

Math Instruction for Students with Learning Problems Math Instruction for Students with Learning Problems  Second Edition provides a research-based approach to mathematics instruction designed to build confidence and competence in pre- and in-service PreK–12 teachers. This core textbook addresses teacher and student attitudes toward mathematics as well as language issues specific mathematics disabilities prior experiences and cognitive and metacognitive factors. The material is rich with opportunities for class activities and field extensions and the second edition has been fully updated to reference both NCTM and CCSSM standards throughout the text and includes an entirely new chapter on measurement and data analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924246

Math Intervention 3-5Building Number Power with Formative Assessments Differentiation and Games Grades 3-5 Help all of your students reach success in math! This essential book from bestselling author and consultant Jennifer Taylor-Cox is filled with suggestions that teachers and RTI/MTSS specialists can use to target instruction for struggling students in grades 3-5. You’ll learn how to diagnose academic weaknesses differentiate instruction use formative assessments offer corrective feedback and motivate students with games and activities. The book’s practical features include… Directions for incorporating formative assessments; Explanations of successful strategies for intervention; Important math terms to use with students; Games for active learning with printable boards; Cognitive demand questions ranging from easy to complex; and Rigorous problems to help you gather pre and post data. In this enhanced second edition you’ll find correlations to the Common Core throughout as well as a variety of brand new rigorous problems designed to mirror those on CCSS assessments. Bonus! The book is accompanied by free eResources on our website www.routledge.com/9781138915695. These eResources include an Answer Key with Scoring Guide and a handy Progress Monitoring Tool that you can use to track each student’s growth record notes and share data with parents administrators and other educators. The eResources also contain printable versions of the games in the book so that you can easily download and print them for classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915695

Math Intervention P-2Building Number Power with Formative Assessments Differentiation and Games Grades PreK–2 Help all of your students reach success in math! This essential book from bestselling author and consultant Jennifer Taylor-Cox is filled with suggestions that teachers and RTI/MTSS specialists can use to target instruction for struggling students in PreK-2. You’ll find out how to diagnose academic weaknesses differentiate instruction use formative assessments offer corrective feedback and motivate students with games and activities. The book’s practical features include… Directions for incorporating formative assessments; Explanations of successful strategies for intervention; Important math terms to use with students; Games for active learning with printable boards; Cognitive demand questions ranging from easy to complex; and Rigorous problems to help you gather pre and post data. In this enhanced second edition you’ll find correlations to the Common Core throughout as well as a variety of brand new rigorous problems designed to mirror those on CCSS assessments such as the PARCC and SBAC. Bonus! The book is accompanied by free eResources on our website www.routledge.com/9781138915626. These eResources include an Answer Key with Scoring Guide and a handy Progress Monitoring Tool that you can use to track each student’s growth record notes and share data with parents administrators and other educators. The eResources also contain printable versions of the games in the book so that you can easily download and print them for classroom use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915626

Math Lesson Starters for the Common Core Grades 6-8Activities Aligned to the Standards and Assessments The best way to prepare students for the Common Core State Standards in Math is through daily practice. This book provides engaging practical lesson starters you can use each day to help middle school students become proficient in the complex mathematical thinking required by the Common Core. The lesson starters in this book are… reproducible and ready-to-use in the classroom; aligned with the five domains of the Common Core State Standards in Math; written to elicit the type of deep thinking that students need to succeed on the non-traditional PARCC and Smarter Balanced assessments; and powerful formative assessment tools to assist teachers in diagnosing student misconceptions so that daily lessons can be fine-tuned to meet the immediate learning needs of their students. Lesson starters not only aid instruction but also cut back on classroom management problems since students get to work right when the bell rings. This book will help you engage students save planning time and bring all students to success in math! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138023246

Math Problem Solving in ActionGetting Students to Love Word Problems Grades 3-5 In this new book from popular math consultant and bestselling author Dr. Nicki Newton you’ll learn how to help students become more effective and confident problem solvers. Problem solving is a necessary skill for the 21st century but can be overwhelming for both teachers and students. Dr. Newton shows how to make word problems more engaging and relatable how to scaffold them and help students with math language how to implement collaborative groups for problem solving how to assess student progress and much more. Topics include: Incorporating problem solving throughout the math block connecting problems to students’ real lives and teaching students to persevere; Unpacking word problems across the curriculum and making them more comprehensible to students; Scaffolding word problems so that students can organize all the pieces in doable ways; Helping students navigate the complex language in a word problem; Showing students how to reason about model and discuss word problems; Using fun mini-lessons to engage students in the premise of a word problem; Implementing collaborative structures such as math literature circles to engage students in problem solving; Getting the whole school involved in a problem-solving challenge to promote schoolwide effort and engagement; and Incorporating assessment to see where students are and help them get to the next level. Each chapter offers examples charts and tools that you can use immediately. The book also features an action plan so that you can confidently move forward and implement the book’s ideas in your own classroom. Free accompanying resources are provided on the author's website www.drnickinewton.com. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206441

Math Problem Solving in ActionGetting Students to Love Word Problems Grades K-2 In this new book from popular math consultant and bestselling author Dr. Nicki Newton you’ll learn how to help students in grades K–2 become more effective and confident problem solvers. Problem solving is a necessary skill for the 21st century but can be overwhelming for both teachers and students alike. Dr. Nicki shows how to make word problems more engaging and fun starting in the early elementary grades so that students have a strong foundation to build upon. Topics include: Using games songs and poems to make complex mathematical concepts more accessible; Showing students how to reason about model and discuss word problems; Implementing problem-solving workshops and workstations to maximize practice time and encourage collaboration; Teaching students to recognize and apply elementary mathematical concepts—including addition subtraction part-whole relationships etc.—in real-life situations; Incorporating different types of assessment to measure student progress and help them get to the next level. Each chapter offers examples charts and tools that you can use immediately. The book also features a set of action plans so you can move forward with confidence and implement the book’s ideas in your own classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138054530

Math Running Records in ActionA Framework for Assessing Basic Fact Fluency in Grades K-5 In this new book from popular consultant and bestselling author Dr. Nicki Newton you’ll discover how to use Math Running Records to assess students’ basic fact fluency and increase student achievement. Like a GPS Math Running Records pinpoint exactly where students are in their understanding of basic math facts and then outline the next steps toward comprehensive fluency. This practical book introduces a research-based framework to assess students’ thinking and move them toward becoming confident proficient flexible mathematicians with a robust sense of numbers. Topics include: Learning how often to administer Math Running Records and how to strategically introduce them into your existing curriculum; Analyzing and interpreting Math Running Records for addition subtraction multiplication and division; Using the data gathered from Math Running Records to implement evidence-based research-driven instruction. Evaluating students’ speed accuracy flexibility and efficiency to help them attain computational fluency; Each chapter offers a variety of charts and tools that you can use in the classroom immediately and the strategies can easily be adapted for students at all levels of math fluency across grades K-8. Videos of sample running records are also available for download at https://guidedmath.wordpress.com/math-running-records-videos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927643

Math Toolkit for Real-Time Programming Do big math on small machines Write fast and accurate library functions Master analytical and numerical calculus Perform numerical integration to any order Implement z-transform formulas Need to learn the ins and outs of the fundamental math functions in Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412477

Math UnlimitedEssays in Mathematics This collection of essays spans pure and applied mathematics. Readers interested in mathematical research and historical aspects of mathematics will appreciate the enlightening content of these essays. Highlighting the pervasive nature of mathematics today in different areas the book also covers the spread of mathematical ideas and techniques in areas ranging from computer science to physics to biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087044

Math Workshop in ActionStrategies for Grades K-5 Find out how Math Workshops engage students and increase learning. This practical book from bestselling author Dr. Nicki Newton explains why Math Workshops are effective and gives you step-by-step instructions for implementing and managing your own workshop. You’ll find out how to... create a math-rich environment; use anchor charts effectively; manage the workshop; begin a workshop with activities; lead whole-group mini-lessons; make workstations meaningful and engaging; create guided math groups; implement "the Share" effectively; and ensure balanced assessments. Each chapter offers a variety of charts and tools that you can use in the classroom immediately as well as reflection questions and key points. The book also features a handy Quick-Start Guide to help you as you implement your own workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785878

Math Workstations in ActionPowerful Possibilities for Engaged Learning in Grades 3–5 Learn how to incorporate math workstations into your elementary math classes. Math workstations allow students to engage in meaningful independent math practice through student-driven games and activities and can be implemented as part of a math workshop or in a traditional math class. In this book bestselling author and consultant Nicki Newton shows you how to set up and manage math workstations for topics such as fluency word problems math vocabulary and more. You’ll also learn how to differentiate the activities for all ability levels and promote rigorous instruction enabling your students to get the most out of this fun and engaging instructional method. Topics include: Teaching fractions decimals measurement geometry and more with a variety of tools and hands-on activities; Developing word problems and games to help students gain understanding of difficult mathematical concepts; Using precise mathematical language to encourage clear communication and logical thinking; Evaluating student competency and development with pre-assessments anecdotals checklists and self-reflections; Implementing new technologies to think through explain and present mathematical concepts. Each chapter includes a variety of charts tools and practice problems that you can use in the classroom immediately and the strategies can be easily adapted for students at all levels of math fluency across grades 3–5. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138675032

Mathematica Beyond MathematicsThe Wolfram Language in the Real World Although many books have been written about Mathematica very few of them cover the new functionality added to the most recent versions of the program. Mathematica Beyond Mathematics: The Wolfram Language in the Real World introduces the new features using real-world examples based on the experience of the author as a consultant. In the process you will also learn more about the Wolfram Language and how you can use it to solve a wide variety of problems. The author raises questions from a wide range of topics and answers them by taking full advantage of Mathematica's latest features. For example; What sources of energy does the world really use? How can we calculate tolerance limits in manufacturing processes? Are our cities getting warmer? Is the novel El Quijote written in Pi? How can we find planets outside our solar system? Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498796293

Mathematical Analysis for Modeling Mathematical Analysis for Modeling is intended for those who want to understand the substance of mathematics rather than just having familiarity with its techniques. It provides a thorough understanding of how mathematics is developed for and applies to solving scientific and engineering problems. The authors stress the construction of mathematical descriptions of scientific and engineering situations rather than rote memorizations of proofs and formulas. Emphasis is placed on algorithms as solutions to problems and on insight rather than formal derivations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400101

Mathematical and Algorithmic Foundations of the Internet To truly understand how the Internet and Web are organized and function requires knowledge of mathematics and computation theory. Mathematical and Algorithmic Foundations of the Internet introduces the concepts and methods upon which computer networks rely and explores their applications to the Internet and Web. The book offers a unique approach to mathematical and algorithmic concepts demonstrating their universality by presenting ideas and examples from various fields including literature history and art. Progressing from fundamental concepts to more specific topics and applications the text covers computational complexity and randomness networks and graphs parallel and distributed computing and search engines. While the mathematical treatment is rigorous it is presented at a level that can be grasped by readers with an elementary mathematical background. The authors also present a lighter side to this complex subject by illustrating how many of the mathematical concepts have counterparts in everyday life. The book provides in-depth coverage of the mathematical prerequisites and assembles a complete presentation of how computer networks function. It is a useful resource for anyone interested in the inner functioning design and organization of the Internet. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439831380

Mathematical and Numerical Modeling in Porous MediaApplications in Geosciences Porous media are broadly found in nature and their study is of high relevance in our present lives. In geosciences porous media research is fundamental in applications to aquifers mineral mines contaminant transport soil remediation waste storage oil recovery and geothermal energy deposits. Despite their importance there is as yet no complete understanding of the physical processes involved in fluid flow and transport. This fact can be attributed to the complexity of the phenomena which include multicomponent fluids multiphasic flow and rock-fluid interactions. Since its formulation in 1856 Darcy’s law has been generalized to describe multi-phase compressible fluid flow through anisotropic and heterogeneous porous and fractured rocks. Due to the scarcity of information a high degree of uncertainty on the porous medium properties is commonly present. Contributions to the knowledge of modeling flow and transport as well as to the characterization of porous media at field scale are of great relevance. This book addresses several of these issues treated with a variety of methodologies grouped into four parts: I Fundamental conceptsII Flow and transportIII Statistical and stochastic characterizationIV Waves The problems analyzed in this book cover diverse length scales that range from small rock samples to field-size porous formations. They belong to the most active areas of research in porous media with applications in geosciences developed by diverse authors. This book was written for a broad audience with a prior and basic knowledge of porous media. The book is addressed to a wide readership and it will be useful not only as an authoritative textbook for undergraduate and graduate students but also as a reference source for professionals including geoscientists hydrogeologists geophysicists engineers applied mathematicians and others working on porous media. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138076396

Mathematical and Statistical Applications in Food Engineering Written by experts from all over the world the book comprises the latest applications of mathematical and models in food engineering and fermentation. It provides the fundamentals on statistical methods to solve standard problems associated with food engineering and fermentation technology. Combining theory with a practical hands-on approach this book covers key aspects of food engineering. Presenting cuttingedge information the book is an essential reference on the fundamental concepts associated with food engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138347670

Mathematical and Statistical Skills in the Biopharmaceutical IndustryA Pragmatic Approach Mathematical and Statistical Skills in the Biopharmaceutical Industry: A Pragmatic Approach describes a philosophy of efficient problem solving showcased using examples pertinent to the biostatistics function in clinical drug development. It was written to share a quintessence of the authors’ experiences acquired during many years of relevant work in the biopharmaceutical industry. The book will be useful will be useful for biopharmaceutical industry statisticians at different seniority levels and for graduate students who consider a biostatistics-related career in this industry. Features: Describes a system of principles for pragmatic problem solving in clinical drug development. Discusses differences in the work of a biostatistician in small pharma and big pharma. Explains the importance/relevance of statistical programming and data management for biostatistics and necessity for integration on various levels. Describes some useful statistical background that can be capitalized upon in the drug development enterprise. Explains some hot topics and current trends in biostatistics in simple non-technical terms. Discusses incompleteness of any system of standard operating procedures rules and regulations. Provides a classification of scoring systems and proposes a novel approach for evaluation of the safety outcome for a completed randomized clinical trial. Presents applications of the problem solving philosophy in a highly problematic transfusion field where many investigational compounds have failed. Discusses realistic planning of open-ended projects. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498769792

Mathematical Aspects of Logic Programming Semantics Covering the authors’ own state-of-the-art research results Mathematical Aspects of Logic Programming Semantics presents a rigorous modern account of the mathematical methods and tools required for the semantic analysis of logic programs. It significantly extends the tools and methods from traditional order theory to include nonconventional methods from mathematical analysis that depend on topology domain theory generalized distance functions and associated fixed-point theory. The book covers topics spanning the period from the early days of logic programming to current times. It discusses applications to computational logic and potential applications to the integration of models of computation knowledge representation and reasoning and the Semantic Web. The authors develop well-known and important semantics in logic programming from a unified point of view using both order theory and new nontraditional methods. They closely examine the interrelationships between various semantics as well as the integration of logic programming and connectionist systems/neural networks. For readers interested in the interface between mathematics and computer science this book offers a detailed development of the mathematical techniques necessary for studying the semantics of logic programs. It illustrates the main semantics of logic programs and applies the methods in the context of neural-symbolic integration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114227

Mathematical Aspects of Modelling Oscillations and Wake Waves in Plasma This book is devoted to research in the actual field of mathematical modeling in modern problems of plasma physics associated with vibrations and wake waves excited by a short high-power laser pulse. The author explores the hydrodynamic model of the wake wave in detail and from different points of view within the framework of its regular propagation a development suitable for accelerating electrons and the final tipping effect resulting in unregulated energy transfer to plasma particles. Key selling features: Presents research directly related to the propagation of super-power short laser pulses (subject of the 2018 Nobel Prize in Physics). Presents mathematical modeling of plasma physics associated with vibrations and wake waves excited by a short high-power laser pulse. Includes studies of large-amplitude plasma oscillations. Most of the presented results are of original nature and have not appeared in the domestic and foreign scientific literature Written at a level accessible for researchers academia and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367255275

Mathematical Aspects of Natural Dynamos Although the origin of Earth's and other celestial bodies' magnetic fields remains unknown we do know that the motion of electrically conducting fluids generates and maintains these fields forming the basis of magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) and to a larger extent dynamo theory. Answering the need for a comprehensive interdisciplinary introduction to this area Mathematical Aspects of Natural Dynamos provides a foundation in dynamo theory before moving on to modeling aspects of natural dynamos.Bringing together eminent international contributors the book first introduces governing equations outlines the kinematic dynamo theory covers nonlinear effects including amplitude saturation and polarity reversals and discusses fluid dynamics. After establishing this base the book describes the Earth's magnetic field and the current understanding of its characteristics. Subsequent chapters examine other planets in our solar system and the magnetic field of stars including the sun. The book also addresses dynamo action on the large scale of galaxies presents modeling experiments of natural dynamos and speculates about future research directions.After reading this well-illustrated thorough and unified exploration you will be well prepared to embark on your own journey through this fascinating area of research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367375461

Mathematical Aspects of Numerical Solution of Hyperbolic Systems This important new book sets forth a comprehensive description of various mathematical aspects of problems originating in numerical solution of hyperbolic systems of partial differential equations. The authors present the material in the context of the important mechanical applications of such systems including the Euler equations of gas dynamics magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) shallow water and solid dynamics equations. This treatment provides-for the first time in book form-a collection of recipes for applying higher-order non-oscillatory shock-capturing schemes to MHD modelling of physical phenomena. The authors also address a number of original "nonclassical" problems such as shock wave propagation in rods and composite materials ionization fronts in plasma and electromagnetic shock waves in magnets. They show that if a small-scale higher-order mathematical model results in oscillations of the discontinuity structure the variety of admissible discontinuities can exhibit disperse behavior including some with additional boundary conditions that do not follow from the hyperbolic conservation laws. Nonclassical problems are accompanied by a multiple nonuniqueness of solutions. The authors formulate several selection rules which in some cases easily allow a correct physically realizable choice.This work systematizes methods for overcoming the difficulties inherent in the solution of hyperbolic systems. Its unique focus on applications both traditional and new makes Mathematical Aspects of Numerical Solution of Hyperbolic Systems particularly valuable not only to those interested the development of numerical methods but to physicists and engineers who strive to solve increasingly complicated nonlinear equations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367397739

Mathematical Card MagicFifty-Two New Effects Mathematical card effects offer both beginning and experienced magicians an opportunity to entertain with a minimum of props. Featuring mostly original creations Mathematical Card Magic: Fifty-Two New Effects presents an entertaining look at new mathematically based card tricks. Each chapter contains four card effects generally starting with simple applications of a particular mathematical principle and ending with more complex ones. Practice a handful of the introductory effects and in no time you’ll establish your reputation as a "mathemagician." Delve a little deeper into each chapter and the mathematics gets more interesting. The author explains the mathematics as needed in an easy-to-follow way. He also provides additional details background and suggestions for further explorations. Suitable for recreational math buffs and amateur card lovers or as a text in a first-year seminar this color book offers a diverse collection of new mathemagic principles and effects. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466509764

Mathematical Concepts for Mechanical Engineering Design Mathematical Concepts for Mechanical Engineering Design provides a broad understanding of the main computational techniques used for simulation of water distribution networks and water transmission systems. It introduces the theoretical background to a number of techniques and general data analysis techniques. The book also examines the application of techniques in an industrial setting including current practices and current research are presented. It provides practical experience of commercially available systems and includes a small-scale water systems related projects. The authors illustrate the concepts and techniques covered in the book by using a calculation that simulates water distribution networks and water transmission systems. The book also covers significant research on new methodologies and important applications in the fields of automation and control as well as includes the latest coverage of chemical databases and the development of new computational methods and efficient algorithms for hydraulic software and mechanical engineering. The book will be informative and useful to both academics and mechanical engineers in various industrial sectors including hydraulic and mechanical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895628

Mathematical DisabilitiesA Cognitive Neuropsychological Perspective Originally published in 1987 interest in mathematical cognition was not new in psychology. However it was rediscovered in the 1970s under the influential work of the Genevan School. In particular Piaget’s work on conservation including conservation of number profoundly influenced developmental psychologists who working first in the Piagetian theoretical framework began to discover a broader set of topics in mathematical cognition. In developmental psychology the field continued to expand and covered a wide range of topics. During the same period however no such evolution occurred in neuropsychology and except for some studies around the time of publication very little had been published on acalculia and number processing disorders. However a more general theoretical evolution occurred in neuropsychology mainly due to increasing collaboration between clinical and experimental neuropsychologists on the one hand and cognitive psychologists on the other. The objective of this book was to promote an evolution in the neuropsychology of calculation and number processing deficits and thus to introduce clinical and experimental neuropsychologists as well as developmental and cognitive psychologists to recent research and theoretical approaches that are of particular interest for the neuropsychological approach to mathematical cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594913

Mathematical Economics This textbook designed for a single semester course begins with basic set theory and moves briskly through fundamental exponential and logarithmic functions. Limits and derivatives finish the preparation for economic applications which are introduced in chapters on univariate functions matrix algebra and the constrained and unconstrained optimization of univariate and multivariate functions. The text finishes with chapters on integrals the mathematics of finance complex numbers and differential and difference equations. Rich in targeted examples and explanations Mathematical Economics offers the utility of a handbook and the thorough treatment of a text. While the typical economics text is written for two semester applications this text is focused on the essentials. Instructors and students are given the concepts in conjunction with specific examples and their solutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203837214

Mathematical Economics and the Dynamics of CapitalismGoodwin's Legacy Continued Richard Goodwin was a pioneer in the use of mathematical tools to understand the dynamics of capitalist economies. This book contains contributions which focus on the rigorous extension of Goodwin’s modelling of macro-dynamics and the micro-structures underlying them and also research with a wider perspective related to Goodwin’s vision of an integrated Marx-Keynes-Schumpeter (M-K-S) system of the dynamics of capitalist economies.The variety of approaches in this book range from detailed business cycle analyses to Schumpeterian processes of creative destruction. They include thorough theoretical analysis of delayed dynamical systems. empirical studies of Goodwin’s classical growth cycle model and the integration of Keynesian aspects of effective demand and of financial mechanisms that impact the real macro-economy. micro-economic structural analysis. expectations driven aspects of micro-founded business cycle modelling Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762014

Mathematical EleganceAn Approachable Guide to Understanding Basic Concepts The heart of mathematics is its elegance; the way it all fits together. Unfortunately its beauty often eludes the vast majority of people who are intimidated by fear of the difficulty of numbers. Mathematical Elegance remedies this. Using hundreds of examples the author presents a view of the mathematical landscape that is both accessible and fascinating.At a time of concern that American youth are bored by math there is renewed interest in improving math skills. Mathematical Elegance stimulates students along with those already experienced in the discipline to explore some of the unexpected pleasures of quantitative thinking. Invoking mathematical proofs famous for their simplicity and brainteasers that are fun and illuminating the author leaves readers feeling exuberant—as well as convinced that their IQs have been raised by ten points.A host of anecdotes about well-known mathematicians humanize and provide new insights into their lofty subjects. Recalling such classic works as Lewis Carroll's Introduction to Logic and A Mathematician Reads the Newspaper by John Allen Paulos Mathematical Elegance will energize and delight a wide audience ranging from intellectually curious students to the enthusiastic general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412854641

Mathematical Foundations for Signal Processing Communications and Networking Mathematical Foundations for Signal Processing Communications and Networking describes mathematical concepts and results important in the design analysis and optimization of signal processing algorithms modern communication systems and networks. Helping readers master key techniques and comprehend the current research literature the book offers a comprehensive overview of methods and applications from linear algebra numerical analysis statistics probability stochastic processes and optimization. From basic transforms to Monte Carlo simulation to linear programming the text covers a broad range of mathematical techniques essential to understanding the concepts and results in signal processing telecommunications and networking. Along with discussing mathematical theory each self-contained chapter presents examples that illustrate the use of various mathematical concepts to solve different applications. Each chapter also includes a set of homework exercises and readings for additional study. This text helps readers understand fundamental and advanced results as well as recent research trends in the interrelated fields of signal processing telecommunications and networking. It provides all the necessary mathematical background to prepare students for more advanced courses and train specialists working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072169

Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science This book presents topics from mathematics which are relevant and useful to computer science. This book treats basic topics such as number theory set theory functions etc. in a simple way. Each chapter has been planned as independent unit so that various interrelated topics can also be read independently. Ample amount of examples and problems are given at the end of each chapter to help both the students and researchers. Hints and answers are also given for the problems in the exercise to help the students for self-learning. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367366810

Mathematical Foundations of Public Key Cryptography In Mathematical Foundations of Public Key Cryptography the authors integrate the results of more than 20 years of research and teaching experience to help students bridge the gap between math theory and crypto practice. The book provides a theoretical structure of fundamental number theory and algebra knowledge supporting public-key cryptography.Rather than simply combining number theory and modern algebra this textbook features the interdisciplinary characteristics of cryptography—revealing the integrations of mathematical theories and public-key cryptographic applications. Incorporating the complexity theory of algorithms throughout it introduces the basic number theoretic and algebraic algorithms and their complexities to provide a preliminary understanding of the applications of mathematical theories in cryptographic algorithms. Supplying a seamless integration of cryptography and mathematics the book includes coverage of elementary number theory; algebraic structure and attributes of group ring and field; cryptography-related computing complexity and basic algorithms as well as lattice and fundamental methods of lattice cryptanalysis.The text consists of 11 chapters. Basic theory and tools of elementary number theory such as congruences primitive roots residue classes and continued fractions are covered in Chapters 1-6. The basic concepts of abstract algebra are introduced in Chapters 7-9 where three basic algebraic structures of groups rings and fields and their properties are explained. Chapter 10 is about computational complexities of several related mathematical algorithms and hard problems such as integer factorization and discrete logarithm. Chapter 11 presents the basics of lattice theory and the lattice basis reduction algorithm—the LLL algorithm and its application in the cryptanalysis of the RSA algorithm.Containing a number of exercises on key algorithms the book is suitable for use as a textbook for undergraduate students and first-year graduate students in information security programs. It is also an ideal reference book for cryptography professionals looking to master public-key cryptography. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575434

Mathematical Frontiers Of The Social And Policy Sciences This book focuses both on the application of recent developments in mathematics to the formulation of nontrivial theory in the social sciences and on the expansion of the mathematical basis of decision theory to increase that theory's usefulness for policy research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172428

Mathematical Geology and GeoinformaticsProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 25 This book presents the proceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress providing information on geological hazards map and image analytical systems mineral resources with integrated information phase-separation analysis mineral reserve estimation and geosciences and management information systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579395

Mathematical InequalitiesA Perspective Drawing on the authors’ research work from the last ten years Mathematical Inequalities: A Perspective gives readers a different viewpoint of the field. It discusses the importance of various mathematical inequalities in contemporary mathematics and how these inequalities are used in different applications such as scientific modeling.The authors include numerous classical and recent results that are comprehensible to both experts and general scientists. They describe key inequalities for real or complex numbers and sequences in analysis including the Abel; the Biernacki Pidek and Ryll–Nardzewski; Cebysev’s; the Cauchy–Bunyakovsky–Schwarz; and De Bruijn’s inequalities. They also focus on the role of integral inequalities such as Hermite–Hadamard inequalities in modern analysis. In addition the book covers Schwarz Bessel Boas–Bellman Bombieri Kurepa Buzano Precupanu Dunkl–William and Grüss inequalities as well as generalizations of Hermite–Hadamard inequalities for isotonic linear and sublinear functionals.For each inequality presented results are complemented with many unique remarks that reveal rich interconnections between the inequalities. These discussions create a natural platform for further research in applications and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367383275

Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachers Now in its fifth edition the best-selling text Mathematical Knowledge for Primary Teachers provides trainee teachers with clear information about the fundamental mathematical ideas taught in primary schools. With rigorous and comprehensive coverage of all the mathematical knowledge primary teachers need the text goes beyond rules and routines to help readers deepen their understanding of mathematical ideas and increase their confidence in teaching these ideas. The book has been updated to incorporate changes in the National Curriculum and the associated tests. In addition Chapter 1 has been expanded to discuss mathematical understanding in the light of the challenges posed by the current changes. These include the re-introduction of traditional calculation methods for multiplication and division the early coverage of abstract fractions calculations and much more. Features include: â–  ‘Check’ questions to test the reader’s understanding â–  ‘Challenges’ to increase teachers’ confidence and stretch their mathematical abilities â–  ‘Links with the classroom’ to emphasise the relevance of ideas to the classroom context â–  Straightforward coverage from theory to practice for all aspects of the Mathematics Framework. The book is accompanied by eResources which contains further visual activities and support designed to scaffold and support the reader’s own understanding. Essential reading for all practising and trainee primary teachers this book is ideal for those who wish to increase their mathematical understanding and confidence in presenting mathematics in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138651364

Mathematical Learning and Understanding in Education Mathematics holds an essential ubiquitous presence in the education sector as do ongoing explorations of its effective teaching and learning. Written by leading experts on mathematics and mathematics education this book situates issues of student thinking and learning about mathematics within the broader context of educational psychology research and theory and brings them to a wider audience. With chapters on knowing and understanding mathematics mathematical habits early mathematical thinking and learning mathematics this concise volume is designed for any educational psychology mathematics education or general education course that includes student learning in the curriculum. It will be indispensable for student researchers and both pre- and in-service teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689145

Mathematical Logic This classic introduction to the main areas of mathematical logic provides the basis for a first graduate course in the subject. It embodies the viewpoint that mathematical logic is not a collection of vaguely related results but a coherent method of attacking some of the most interesting problems which face the mathematician. The author presents the basic concepts in an unusually clear and accessible fashion concentrating on what he views as the central topics of mathematical logic: proof theory model theory recursion theory axiomatic number theory and set theory. There are many exercises and they provide the outline of what amounts to a second book that goes into all topics in more depth. This book has played a role in the education of many mature and accomplished researchers. Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780203749456

Mathematical Logic and Theoretical Computer Science Mathematical Logic and Theoretical Computer Science covers various topics ranging from recursion theory to Zariski topoi. Leading international authorities discuss selected topics in a number of areas including denotational semanitcs reccuriosn theoretic aspects fo computer science model theory and algebra Automath and automated reasoning stability theory topoi and mathematics and topoi and logic. The most up-to-date review available in its field Mathematical Logic and Theoretical Computer Science will be of interest to mathematical logicians computer scientists algebraists algebraic geometers differential geometers differential topologists and graduate students in mathematics and computer science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138466890

Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineering Suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students this new textbook contains an introduction to the mathematical concepts used in physics and engineering. The entire book is unique in that it draws upon applications from physics rather than mathematical examples to ensure students are fully equipped with the tools they need. This approach prepares the reader for advanced topics such as quantum mechanics and general relativity while offering examples problems and insights into classical physics. The book is also distinctive in the coverage it devotes to modelling and to oft-neglected topics such as Green's functions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138056886

Mathematical Methods for Physics45th anniversary edition From classical mechanics and classical electrodynamics to modern quantum mechanics many physical phenomena are formulated in terms of similar partial differential equations while boundary conditions determine the specifics of the problem. This 45th anniversary edition of the advanced book classic Mathematical Methods for Physics demonstrates how many physics problems resolve into similar inhomogeneous partial differential equations and the mathematical techniques for solving them.  The text has three parts: Part I establishes solving the homogenous Laplace and Helmholtz equations in the three main coordinate systems rectilinear cylindrical and spherical and develops the solution space for series solutions to the Sturm-Liouville equation indicial relations and the expansion of orthogonal functions including spherical harmonics and Fourier series Bessel and Spherical Bessel functions.  Many examples with figures are provided including electrostatics wave guides and resonant cavities vibrations of membranes heat flow potential flow in fluids and plane and spherical waves.  In Part II the inhomogeneous equations are addressed where source terms are included for Poisson's equation the wave equation and the diffusion equation.  Coverage includes many examples from averaging approaches for electrostatics and magnetostatics from Green function solutions for time independent and time dependent problems and from integral equation methods. In Part III complex variable techniques are presented for solving integral equations involving Cauchy Residue theory contour methods analytic continuation and transforming the contour; for addressing dispersion relations; for revisiting special functions in the complex plane; and for transforms in the complex plane including Green’s functions and Laplace transforms. Key Features: ·         Mathematical Methods for Physics creates a strong solid anchor of learning and is useful for reference. ·         Lecture note style suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students to learn many techniques for solving partial differential equations with boundary conditions ·         Many examples across various subjects of physics in classical mechanics classical electrodynamics and quantum mechanics ·         Updated typesetting and layout for improved clarity This book in lecture note style with updated layout and typesetting is suitable for advanced undergraduate graduate students and as a reference for researchers. It has been edited and carefully updated by Gary Powell.                 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367477080

Mathematical Methods in Chemical and Biological Engineering Mathematical Methods in Chemical and Biological Engineering describes basic to moderately advanced mathematical techniques useful for shaping the model-based analysis of chemical and biological engineering systems. Covering an ideal balance of basic mathematical principles and applications to physico-chemical problems this book presents examples drawn from recent scientific and technical literature on chemical engineering biological and biomedical engineering food processing and a variety of diffusional problems to demonstrate the real-world value of the mathematical methods. Emphasis is placed on the background and physical understanding of the problems to prepare students for future challenging and innovative applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736736

Mathematical Methods in Economics Originally published in 1984. Since the logic underlying economic theory can only be grasped fully by a thorough understanding of the mathematics this book will be invaluable to economists wishing to understand vast areas of important research. It provides a basic introduction to the fundamental mathematical ideas of topology and calculus and uses these to present modern singularity theory and recent results on the generic existence of isolated price equilibria in exchange economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350194

Mathematical Methods in Engineering and Applied Sciences Recognized as a "Recommended" title by Choice for their October 2020 issue. Choice is a publishing unit at the Association of College & Research Libraries (ACR&L) a division of the American Library Association. Choice has been the acknowledged leader in the provision of objective high-quality evaluations of nonfiction academic writing.  This book covers tools and techniques used for developing mathematical methods and modelling related to real-life situations. It brings forward significant aspects of mathematical research by using different mathematical methods such as analytical computational and numerical with relevance or applications in engineering and applied sciences. Presents theory methods and applications in a balanced manner Includes the basic developments with full details Contains the most recent advances and offers enough references for further study Written in a self-contained style and provides proof of necessary results Offers research problems to help early career researchers prepare research proposals Mathematical Methods in Engineering and Applied Sciences makes available for the audience several relevant topics in one place necessary for crucial understanding of research problems of an applied nature. This should attract the attention of general readers mathematicians and engineers interested in new tools and techniques required for developing more accurate mathematical methods and modelling corresponding to real-life situations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367359775

Mathematical Methods in Physics and Engineering with Mathematica More than ever before complicated mathematical procedures are integral to the success and advancement of technology engineering and even industrial production. Knowledge of and experience with these procedures is therefore vital to present and future scientists engineers and technologists.Mathematical Methods in Physics and Engineering with Mathematica clearly demonstrates how to solve difficult practical problems involving ordinary and partial differential equations and boundary value problems using the software package Mathematica (4.x). Avoiding mathematical theorems and numerical methods-and requiring no prior experience with the software-the author helps readers learn by doing with step-by-step recipes useful in both new and classical applications. Mathematica and FORTRAN codes used in the book's examples and exercises are available for download from the Internet. The author's clear explanation of each Mathematica command along with a wealth of examples and exercises make Mathematical Methods in Physics and Engineering with Mathematica an outstanding choice both as a reference for practical problem solving and as a quick-start guide to using a leading mathematics software package. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395186

Mathematical Methods of Many-Body Quantum Field Theory Mathematical Methods of Many-Body Quantum Field Theory offers a comprehensive mathematically rigorous treatment of many-body physics. It develops the mathematical tools for describing quantum many-body systems and applies them to the many-electron system. These tools include the formalism of second quantization field theoretical perturbation theory functional integral methods bosonic and fermionic and estimation and summation techniques for Feynman diagrams. Among the physical effects discussed in this context are BCS superconductivity s-wave and higher l-wave and the fractional quantum Hall effect. While the presentation is mathematically rigorous the author does not focus solely on precise definitions and proofs but also shows how to actually perform the computations.Presenting many recent advances and clarifying difficult concepts this book provides the background results and detail needed to further explore the issue of when the standard approximation schemes in this field actually work and when they break down. At the same time its clear explanations and methodical step-by-step calculations shed welcome light on the established physics literature. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367393908

Mathematical Methods of Quantum Physics: 2nd Jagna International WorkshopEssays in Honor of Professor Hiroshi Ezawa Articles are presented covering a wide range of topics in the mathematical methods of quantum physics. These include infinite dimensional analysis based on white noise operator algebra methods Feynman path integrals quantum mechanics on non-simply connected spaces recent results in supersymmetric theories stochastic and quantum dynamics Yang-Baxter systems statistical physics thermo field dynamics and quantum field theory. The essays are based on lectures contributed for the Second Jagna International Workshop held in honour of Prof. Hiroshi Ezawa a distinguished physicist educator and former president of the Physical Society of Japan. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078296

Mathematical Mind-Benders Peter Winkler is at it again. Following the enthusiastic reaction to Mathematical Puzzles: A Connoisseur's Collection Peter has compiled a new collection of elegant mathematical puzzles to challenge and entertain the reader. The original puzzle connoisseur shares these puzzles old and new so that you can add them to your own anthology. This book is for lovers of mathematics lovers of puzzles lovers of a challenge. Most of all it is for those who think that the world of mathematics is orderly logical and intuitive-and are ready to learn otherwise! A pdf with errata is updated by the author and can be accessed here Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442344

Mathematical Modeling and Computation of Real-Time ProblemsAn Interdisciplinary Approach This book covers an interdisciplinary approach for understanding mathematical modeling by offering a collection of models solved problems related to the models the methodologies employed and the results using projects and case studies with insight into the operation of substantial real-time systems. The book covers a broad scope in the areas of statistical science probability stochastic processes fluid dynamics supply chain optimization and applications. It discusses advanced topics and the latest research findings uses an interdisciplinary approach for real-time systems offers a platform for integrated research and identifies the gaps in the field for further research. The book is for researchers students and teachers that share a goal of learning advanced topics and the latest research in mathematical modeling. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367517434

Mathematical Modeling and Numerical Methods in Chemical Physics and Mechanics The use of mathematical modeling in engineering allows for a significant reduction of material costs associated with design production and operation of technical objects but it is important for an engineer to use the available computational approaches in modeling correctly. Taking into account the level of modern computer technology this new volume explains how an engineer should properly define the physical and mathematical problem statement choose the computational approach and solve the problem by proven reliable computational approach using computer and software applications during the solution of a particular problem. This work is the result of years of the authors’ research and experience in the fields of power and rocket engineering where they put into practice the methods of mathematical modeling shown in this valuable volume. The examples in the book are based on two approaches. The first approach involves the use of the relatively simple mathematical system MathCad. The second one involves the solving of problems using Intel Visual Fortran compiler with IMSL Libraries. The use of other software packages (Maple MathLab Mathematica) or compilers (С С++ Visual Basic) for code is equally acceptable in the solution of the problems given in the book. Intended for professors and instructors scientific researchers students and industry professionals the book will help readers to choose the most appropriate mathematical modeling method to solve engineering problems and the authors also include methods that allow for the solving of nonmathematical problems as mathematical problems. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881517

Mathematical Modeling and Soft Computing in Epidemiology This book describes the uses of different mathematical modeling and soft computing techniques used in epidemiology for experiential research in projects such as how infectious diseases progress to show the likely outcome of an epidemic and to contribute to public health interventions. This book covers mathematical modeling and soft computing techniques used to study the spread of diseases predict the future course of an outbreak and evaluate epidemic control strategies. This book explores the applications covering numerical and analytical solutions presents basic and advanced concepts for beginners and industry professionals and incorporates the latest methodologies and challenges using mathematical modeling and soft computing techniques in epidemiology. Primary users of this book include researchers academicians postgraduate students and specialists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367903053

Mathematical Modeling for Business Analytics Mathematical Modeling for Business Analytics is written for decision makers at all levels. This book presents the latest tools and techniques available to help in the decision process. The interpretation and explanation of the results are crucial to understanding the strengths and limitations of modeling. This book emphasizes and focuses on the aspects of constructing a useful model formulation as well as building the skills required for decision analysis. The book also focuses on sensitivity analysis. The author encourages readers to formally think about solving problems by using a thorough process. Many scenarios and illustrative examples are provided to help solve problems. Each chapter is also comprehensively arranged so that readers gain an in-depth understanding of the subject which includes introductions background information and analysis. Both undergraduate and graduate students taking methods courses in methods and discrete mathematical modeling courses will greatly benefit from using this book. Boasts many illustrative examples to help solve problems Provides many solutions for each chapter Emphasizes model formulation and helps create model building skills for decision analysis Provides the tools to support analysis and interpretation Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138556614

Mathematical Modeling of Concrete Mixture Proportioning The primary aim of this book is to put together an understanding of the appropriate principles of ensuring performance and sustainability of concrete. Broadly subdivided into three parts first part contains the fundamental aspects introducing the constituent materials the concepts of concrete mixture designs and the mathematical formulations of the various parameters involved in these designs. The second part is dedicated to discussing approaches and recommendations of American British and European bodies related to mathematical modelling. Lastly it discusses perceptions and prescriptions towards both the performance assessment and insurance of the resulting concrete compositions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367334802

Mathematical Modeling of Food Processing Written by international experts from industry research centers and academia Mathematical Modeling of Food Processing discusses the physical and mathematical analysis of transport phenomena associated with food processing. The models presented describe many of the important physical and biological transformations that occur in food during processing.After introducing the fundamentals of heat mass and momentum transfer as well as computational fluid dynamics (CFD) the book focuses on specialized topics in food processing. It covers thermal low temperature non-thermal and non-conventional thermal processing along with the analysis of biological and enzyme reactors. The book also explores the use of artificial neural networks exergy analysis process control and cleaning-in-place (CIP) systems in industry.With the availability of high speed computers and advances in computational techniques the application of mathematical modeling in food science and engineering is growing. This comprehensive volume provides up-to-date wide-ranging material on the mathematical analysis of transport phenomena in food. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452346

Mathematical Modeling Of Melting And Freezing Processes This reference book presents mathematical models of melting and solidification processes that are the key to the effective performance of latent heat thermal energy storage systems (LHTES) utilized in a wide range of heat transfer and industrial applications. This topic has spurred a growth in research into LHTES applications in energy conservation and utilization space station power systems and thermal protection of electronic equipment in hostile environments. Further interest in mathematical modeling has increased with the speread of high powered computers used in most industrial and academic settings. In two sections the book first describes modeling of phase change processes and then describes applications for LHTES. It is aimed at graduate students researchers and practicing engineers in heat transfer materials processing multiphase systems energy conservation metallurgy microelectronics and cryosurgery. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749449

Mathematical Modeling of Pharmacokinetic Data A concise guide to mathematical modeling and analysis of pharmacokinetic data this book contains valuable methods for maximizing the information obtained from given data. It is an ideal resource for scientists scholars and advanced students. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749401

Mathematical Modeling with Excel This text presents a wide variety of common types of models found in other mathematical modeling texts as well as some new types. However the models are presented in a very unique format. A typical section begins with a general description of the scenario being modeled.  The model is then built using the appropriate mathematical tools. Then it is implemented and analyzed in Excel via step-by-step instructions. In the exercises we ask students to modify or refine the existing model analyze it further or adapt it to similar scenarios. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138597075

Mathematical ModelingBranching Beyond Calculus Mathematical Modeling: Branching Beyond Calculus reveals the versatility of mathematical modeling. The authors present the subject in an attractive manner and flexibley manner. Students will discover that the topic not only focuses on math but biology engineering and both social and physical sciences. The book is written in a way to meet the needs of any modeling course. Each chapter includes examples exercises and projects offering opportunities for more in-depth investigations into the world of mathematical models. The authors encourage students to approach the models from various angles while creating a more complete understanding. The assortment of disciplines covered within the book and its flexible structure produce an intriguing and promising foundation for any mathematical modeling course or for self-study. Key Features: Chapter projects guide more thorough investigations of the models The text aims to expand a student’s communication skills and perspectives WThe widespread applications are incorporated even includinge biology and social sciences Its structure allows it to serve as either primary or supplemental text Uses Mathematica and MATLAB are used to develop models and computations Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498770712

Mathematical ModelingModels Analysis and Applications Almost every year a new book on mathematical modeling is published so why another? The answer springs directly from the fact that it is very rare to find a book that covers modeling with all types of differential equations in one volume. Until now. Mathematical Modeling: Models Analysis and Applications covers modeling with all kinds of differential equations namely ordinary partial delay and stochastic. The book also contains a chapter on discrete modeling consisting of differential equations making it a complete textbook on this important skill needed for the study of science engineering and social sciences. More than just a textbook this how-to guide presents tools for mathematical modeling and analysis. It offers a wide-ranging overview of mathematical ideas and techniques that provide a number of effective approaches to problem solving. Topics covered include spatial delayed and stochastic modeling. The text provides real-life examples of discrete and continuous mathematical modeling scenarios. MATLAB® and Mathematica® are incorporated throughout the text. The examples and exercises in each chapter can be used as problems in a project. Since mathematical modeling involves a diverse range of skills and tools the author focuses on techniques that will be of particular interest to engineers scientists and others who use models of discrete and continuous systems. He gives students a foundation for understanding and using the mathematics that is the basis of computers and therefore a foundation for success in engineering and science streams. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439854518

Mathematical Modelling for TeachersResources Pedagogy and Practice Mathematical Modelling for Teachers: Resources Pedagogy and Practice provides everything that teachers and mathematics educators need to design and implement mathematical modelling activities in their classroom. Authored by an expert in Singapore the global leader in mathematics education it is written with an international readership in mind. This book focuses on practical classroom ideas in mathematical modelling suitable to be used by mathematics teachers at the secondary level. As they are interacting with students all the time teachers generally have good ideas for possible mathematical modelling tasks. However many have difficulty translating those ideas into concrete modelling activities suitable for a mathematics classroom. In this book a framework is introduced to assist teachers in designing planning and implementing mathematical modelling activities and its use is illustrated through the many examples included. Readers will have access to modelling activities suitable for students from lower secondary levels (Years 7 and 8) onwards along with the underlying framework guiding notes for teachers and suggested approaches to solve the problems. The activities are grouped according to the types of models constructed: empirical deterministic and simulation models. Finally the book gives the reader suggestions of different ways to assess mathematical modelling competencies in students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370895

Mathematical Modelling of Solids with Nonregular Boundaries Mathematical Modelling of Solids with Nonregular Boundaries demonstrates the use of asymptotic methods and other analytical techniques for investigating problems in solid mechanics. Applications to solids with nonregular boundaries are described in detail providing precise and rigorous treatment of current methods and techniques. The book addresses problems in fracture mechanics of inhomogeneous media and illustrates applications in strength analysis and in geophysics. The rigorous approach allows the reader to explicitly analyze the stress-strain state in continuous media with cavities or inclusions in composite materials with small defects and in elastic solids with sharp inclusions. Effective asymptotic procedures for eigenvalue problems in domains with small defects are clearly outlined and methods for analyzing singularly perturbed boundary value problems are examined.Introductory material is provided in the first chapter of Mathematical Modelling of Solids with Nonregular Boundaries which presents a survey of relevant and necessary information including equations of linear elasticity and formulations of the boundary value problems. Background information - in the form of definitions and general solutions - is also provided on elasticity problems in various bounded and unbounded domains. This book is an excellent resource for students applied scientists and engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449025

Mathematical Modelling of Waves in Multi-Scale Structured Media Mathematical Modelling of Waves in Multi-Scale Structured Media presents novel analytical and numerical models of waves in structured elastic media with emphasis on the asymptotic analysis of phenomena such as dynamic anisotropy localisation filtering and polarisation as well as on the modelling of photonic phononic and platonic crystals. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498782098

Mathematical Modelling with Case StudiesUsing Maple and MATLAB Third Edition Mathematical Modelling with Case Studies: Using Maple™ and MATLAB® Third Edition provides students with hands-on modelling skills for a wide variety of problems involving differential equations that describe rates of change. While the book focuses on growth and decay processes interacting populations and heating/cooling problems the mathematical techniques presented can be applied to many other areas. The text carefully details the process of constructing a model including the conversion of a seemingly complex problem into a much simpler one. It uses flow diagrams and word equations to aid in the model-building process and to develop the mathematical equations. Employing theoretical graphical and computational tools the authors analyze the behavior of the models under changing conditions. The authors often examine a model numerically before solving it analytically. They also discuss the validation of the models and suggest extensions to the models with an emphasis on recognizing the strengths and limitations of each model. The highly recommended second edition was praised for its lucid writing style and numerous real-world examples. With updated Maple™ and MATLAB® code as well as new case studies and exercises this third edition continues to give students a clear practical understanding of the development and interpretation of mathematical models. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482247725

Mathematical Models for Systems Reliability Evolved from the lectures of a recognized pioneer in developing the theory of reliability Mathematical Models for Systems Reliability provides a rigorous treatment of the required probability background for understanding reliability theory. This classroom-tested text begins by discussing the Poisson process and its associated probability laws. It then uses a number of stochastic models to provide a framework for life length distributions and presents formal rules for computing the reliability of nonrepairable systems that possess commonly occurring structures. The next two chapters explore the stochastic behavior over time of one- and two-unit repairable systems. After covering general continuous-time Markov chains pure birth and death processes and transitions and rates diagrams the authors consider first passage-time problems in the context of systems reliability. The final chapters show how certain techniques can be applied to a variety of reliability problems. Illustrating the models and methods with a host of examples this book offers a sound introduction to mathematical probabilistic models and lucidly explores how they are used in systems reliability problems. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367387327

Mathematical Models in Boundary Layer Theory Since Prandtl first suggested it in 1904 boundary layer theory has become a fundamental aspect of fluid dynamics. Although a vast literature exists for theoretical and experimental aspects of the theory for the most part mathematical studies can be found only in separate scattered articles. Mathematical Models in Boundary Layer Theory offers the first systematic exposition of the mathematical methods and main results of the theory.Beginning with the basics the authors detail the techniques and results that reveal the nature of the equations that govern the flow within boundary layers and ultimately describe the laws underlying the motion of fluids with small viscosity. They investigate the questions of existence and uniqueness of solutions the stability of solutions with respect to perturbations and the qualitative behavior of solutions and their asymptotics. Of particular importance for applications they present methods for an approximate solution of the Prandtl system and a subsequent evaluation of the rate of convergence of the approximations to the exact solution. Written by the world's foremost experts on the subject Mathematical Models in Boundary Layer Theory provides the opportunity to explore its mathematical studies and their importance to the nonlinear theory of viscous and electrically conducting flows the theory of heat and mass transfer and the dynamics of reactive and muliphase media. With the theory's importance to a wide variety of applications applied mathematicians-especially those in fluid dynamics-along with engineers of aeronautical and ship design will undoubtedly welcome this authoritative state-of-the-art treatise. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749364

Mathematical Models of Crop Growth and Yield Highlighting effective analytical functions that have been found useful for the comparison of alternative management techniques to maximize water and nutrient resources this reference describes the application of viable mathematical models in data analysis to increase crop growth and yields. Featuring solutions to various differential equations the book covers the characteristics of the functions related to the phenomenological growth model. Including more than 1300 literature citations display equations tables and figures and outlining an approach to mathematical crop modeling Mathematical Models of Crop Growth and Yield will prove an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395896

Mathematical Models of Information and Stochastic Systems From ancient soothsayers and astrologists to today’s pollsters and economists probability theory has long been used to predict the future on the basis of past and present knowledge. Mathematical Models of Information and Stochastic Systems shows that the amount of knowledge about a system plays an important role in the mathematical models used to foretell the future of the system. It explains how this known quantity of information is used to derive a system’s probabilistic properties. After an introduction the book presents several basic principles that are employed in the remainder of the text to develop useful examples of probability theory. It examines both discrete and continuous distribution functions and random variables followed by a chapter on the average values correlations and covariances of functions of variables as well as the probabilistic mathematical model of quantum mechanics. The author then explores the concepts of randomness and entropy and derives various discrete probabilities and continuous probability density functions from what is known about a particular stochastic system. The final chapters discuss information of discrete and continuous systems time-dependent stochastic processes data analysis and chaotic systems and fractals. By building a range of probability distributions based on prior knowledge of the problem this classroom-tested text illustrates how to predict the behavior of diverse systems. A solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219158

Mathematical Models of Perception and Cognition Volume IA Festschrift for James T. Townsend In this two volume festschrift contributors explore the theoretical developments (Volume I) and applications (Volume II) in traditional cognitive psychology domains and model other areas of human performance that benefit from rigorous mathematical approaches. It brings together former classmates students and colleagues of Dr. James T. Townsend a pioneering researcher in the field since the early 1960s to provide a current overview of mathematical modeling in psychology. Townsend’s research critically emphasized a need for rigor in the practice of cognitive modeling and for providing mathematical definition and structure to ill-defined psychological topics. The research captured demonstrates how the interplay of theory and application bridged by rigorous mathematics can move cognitive modeling forward. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138600263

Mathematical Models of Perception and Cognition Volume IIA Festschrift for James T. Townsend In this two volume festschrift contributors explore the theoretical developments (Volume I) and applications (Volume II) in traditional cognitive psychology domains and model other areas of human performance that benefit from rigorous mathematical approaches. It brings together former classmates students and colleagues of Dr. James T. Townsend a pioneering researcher in the field since the early 1960s to provide a current overview of mathematical modeling in psychology. Townsend’s research critically emphasized a need for rigor in the practice of cognitive modeling and for providing mathematical definition and structure to ill-defined psychological topics. The research captured demonstrates how the interplay of theory and application bridged by rigorous mathematics can move cognitive modeling forward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600270

Mathematical Models of Plant-Herbivore Interactions Mathematical Models of Plant-Herbivore Interactions addresses mathematical models in the study of practical questions in ecology particularly factors that affect herbivory including plant defense herbivore natural enemies and adaptive herbivory as well as the effects of these on plant community dynamics. The result of extensive research on the use of mathematical modeling to investigate the effects of plant defenses on plant-herbivore dynamics this book describes a toxin-determined functional response model (TDFRM) that helps explains field observations of these interactions. This book is intended for graduate students and researchers interested in mathematical biology and ecology. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498769174

Mathematical Morphology in Geomorphology and GISci Mathematical Morphology in Geomorphology and GISci presents a multitude of mathematical morphological approaches for processing and analyzing digital images in quantitative geomorphology and geographic information science (GISci). Covering many interdisciplinary applications the book explains how to use mathematical morphology not only to perform quantitative morphologic and scaling analyses of terrestrial phenomena and processes but also to deal with challenges encountered in quantitative spatial reasoning studies. For understanding the spatiotemporal characteristics of terrestrial phenomena and processes the author provides morphological approaches and algorithms to: Retrieve unique geomorphologic networks and certain terrestrial features Analyze various geomorphological phenomena and processes via a host of scaling laws and the scale-invariant but shape-dependent indices Simulate the fractal-skeletal-based channel network model and the behavioral phases of geomorphologic systems based on the interplay between numeric and graphic analyses Detect strategically significant sets and directional relationships via quantitative spatial reasoning Visualize spatiotemporal behavior and generate contiguous maps via spatial interpolation Incorporating peer-reviewed content this book offers simple explanations that enable readers—even those with no background in mathematical morphology—to understand the material. It also includes easy-to-follow equations and many helpful illustrations that encourage readers to implement the ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138374591

Mathematical Morphology in Image Processing Presents the statistical analysis of morphological filters and their automatic optical design the development of morphological features for image signatures and the design of efficient morphological algorithms. Extends the morphological paradigm to include other branches of science and mathematics.;This book is designed to be of interest to optical electrical and electronics and electro-optic engineers including image processing signal processing machine vision and computer vision engineers applied mathematicians image analysts and scientists and graduate-level students in image processing and mathematical morphology courses. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315214610

Mathematical Objects in C++Computational Tools in A Unified Object-Oriented Approach Emphasizing the connection between mathematical objects and their practical C++ implementation this book provides a comprehensive introduction to both the theory behind the objects and the C and C++ programming. Object-oriented implementation of three-dimensional meshes facilitates understanding of their mathematical nature. Requiring no prerequisites the text covers discrete mathematics data structures and computational physics including high-order discretization of nonlinear equations. Exercises and solutions make the book suitable for classroom use and a supporting website supplies downloadable code. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113763

Mathematical OpticsClassical Quantum and Computational Methods Going beyond standard introductory texts Mathematical Optics: Classical Quantum and Computational Methods brings together many new mathematical techniques from optical science and engineering research. Profusely illustrated the book makes the material accessible to students and newcomers to the field. Divided into six parts the text presents state-of-the-art mathematical methods and applications in classical optics quantum optics and image processing. Part I describes the use of phase space concepts to characterize optical beams and the application of dynamic programming in optical waveguides. Part II explores solutions to paraxial linear and nonlinear wave equations. Part III discusses cutting-edge areas in transformation optics (such as invisibility cloaks) and computational plasmonics. Part IV uses Lorentz groups dihedral group symmetry Lie algebras and Liouville space to analyze problems in polarization ray optics visual optics and quantum optics. Part V examines the role of coherence functions in modern laser physics and explains how to apply quantum memory channel models in quantum computers. Part VI introduces super-resolution imaging and differential geometric methods in image processing. As numerical/symbolic computation is an important tool for solving numerous real-life problems in optical science many chapters include Mathematica® code in their appendices. The software codes and notebooks as well as color versions of the book’s figures are available at www.crcpress.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439869604

Mathematical Perspectives on Neural Networks Recent years have seen an explosion of new mathematical results on learning and processing in neural networks. This body of results rests on a breadth of mathematical background which even few specialists possess. In a format intermediate between a textbook and a collection of research articles this book has been assembled to present a sample of these results and to fill in the necessary background in such areas as computability theory computational complexity theory the theory of analog computation stochastic processes dynamical systems control theory time-series analysis Bayesian analysis regularization theory information theory computational learning theory and mathematical statistics. Mathematical models of neural networks display an amazing richness and diversity. Neural networks can be formally modeled as computational systems as physical or dynamical systems and as statistical analyzers. Within each of these three broad perspectives there are a number of particular approaches. For each of 16 particular mathematical perspectives on neural networks the contributing authors provide introductions to the background mathematics and address questions such as: * Exactly what mathematical systems are used to model neural networks from the given perspective? * What formal questions about neural networks can then be addressed? * What are typical results that can be obtained? and * What are the outstanding open problems? A distinctive feature of this volume is that for each perspective presented in one of the contributed chapters the first editor has provided a moderately detailed summary of the formal results and the requisite mathematical concepts. These summaries are presented in four chapters that tie together the 16 contributed chapters: three develop a coherent view of the three general perspectives -- computational dynamical and statistical; the other assembles these three perspectives into a unified overview of the neural networks field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876293

Mathematical Population Dynamics and Epidemiology in Temporal and Spatio-Temporal Domains Mankind now faces even more challenging environment- and health-related problems than ever before. Readily available transportation systems facilitate the swift spread of diseases as large populations migrate from one part of the world to another. Studies on the spread of the communicable diseases are very important. This book Mathematical Population Dynamics and Epidemiology in Temporal and Spatio-Temporal Domains provides a useful experimental tool for making practical predictions building and testing theories answering specific questions determining sensitivities of the parameters forming control strategies and much more. This volume focuses on the study of population dynamics with special emphasis on the migration of populations and the spreading of epidemics among human and animal populations. It also provides the background needed to interpret construct and analyze a wide variety of mathematical models. Most of the techniques presented in the book can be readily applied to model other phenomena in biology as well as in other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886710

mathematical population dynamicsProceedings of the Second International Conference This book is an outcome of the Second International Conference on Mathematical Population Dynamics. It is intended for mathematicians statisticians biologists and medical researchers who are interested in recent advances in analyzing changes in populations of genes cells and tumors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442658

Mathematical Principles for Scientific Computing and Visualization This non-traditional introduction to the mathematics of scientific computation describes the principles behind the major methods from statistics applied mathematics scientific visualization and elsewhere in a way that is accessible to a large part of the scientific community. Introductory material includes computational basics a review of coordinate systems an introduction to facets (planes and triangle meshes) and an introduction to computer graphics. The scientific computing part of the book covers topics in numerical linear algebra (basics solving linear system eigen-problems SVD and PCA) and numerical calculus (basics data fitting dynamic processes root finding and multivariate functions). The visualization component of the book is separated into three parts: empirical data scalar values over 2D data and volumes. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659363

Mathematical Principles of Human Conceptual BehaviorThe Structural Nature of Conceptual Representation and Processing The ability to learn concepts lies at the very core of human cognition enabling us to efficiently classify organize identify and store complex information. In view of the basic role that concepts play in our everyday physical and mental lives the fields of cognitive science and psychology face three long standing challenges: discovering the laws that govern concept learning and categorization behavior in organisms showing how they inform other areas of cognitive research and describing them with the mathematical systematicity and precision found in the physical sciences. In light of these theoretical and methodological shortcomings this volume will introduce a set of general mathematical principles for predicting and explaining conceptual behavior. The author’s theory is based on seven fundamental constructs of universal science: invariance complexity information similarity dissimilarity pattern and representation. These constructs are joined by a novel mathematical framework that does not depend on probability theory and derives key results from conceptual behavior research with other key areas of cognitive research such as pattern perception similarity assessment and contextual choice. The result is a unique and systematic unifying foundation for cognitive science in the tradition of classical physics. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138286641

Mathematical Principles of the Internet Two Volume Set This two-volume set on Mathematical Principles of the Internet provides a comprehensive overview of the mathematical principles of Internet engineering. The books do not aim to provide all of the mathematical foundations upon which the Internet is based. Instead these cover only a partial panorama and the key principles. Volume 1 explores Internet engineering while the supporting mathematics is covered in Volume 2. The chapters on mathematics complement those on the engineering episodes and an effort has been made to make this work succinct yet self-contained. Elements of information theory algebraic coding theory cryptography Internet traffic dynamics and control of Internet congestion and queueing theory are discussed. In addition stochastic networks graph-theoretic algorithms application of game theory to the Internet Internet economics data mining and knowledge discovery and quantum computation communication and cryptography are also discussed.In order to study the structure and function of the Internet only a basic knowledge of number theory abstract algebra matrices and determinants graph theory geometry analysis optimization theory probability theory and stochastic processes is required. These mathematical disciplines are defined and developed in the books to the extent that is needed to develop and justify their application to Internet engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367655822

Mathematical Principles of the Internet Volume 1Engineering This two-volume set on Mathematical Principles of the Internet provides a comprehensive overview of the mathematical principles of Internet engineering. The books do not aim to provide all of the mathematical foundations upon which the Internet is based. Instead they cover a partial panorama and the key principles. Volume 1 explores Internet engineering while the supporting mathematics is covered in Volume 2. The chapters on mathematics complement those on the engineering episodes and an effort has been made to make this work succinct yet self-contained. Elements of information theory algebraic coding theory cryptography Internet traffic dynamics and control of Internet congestion and queueing theory are discussed. In addition stochastic networks graph-theoretic algorithms application of game theory to the Internet Internet economics data mining and knowledge discovery and quantum computation communication and cryptography are also discussed.In order to study the structure and function of the Internet only a basic knowledge of number theory abstract algebra matrices and determinants graph theory geometry analysis optimization theory probability theory and stochastic processes is required. These mathematical disciplines are defined and developed in the books to the extent that is needed to develop and justify their application to Internet engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367656799

Mathematical Principles of the Internet Volume 2Mathematics This two-volume set on Mathematical Principles of the Internet provides a comprehensive overview of the mathematical principles of Internet engineering. The books do not aim to provide all of the mathematical foundations upon which the Internet is based. Instead they cover a partial panorama and the key principles. Volume 1 explores Internet engineering while the supporting mathematics is covered in Volume 2. The chapters on mathematics complement those on the engineering episodes and an effort has been made to make this work succinct yet self-contained. Elements of information theory algebraic coding theory cryptography Internet traffic dynamics and control of Internet congestion and queueing theory are discussed. In addition stochastic networks graph-theoretic algorithms application of game theory to the Internet Internet economics data mining and knowledge discovery and quantum computation communication and cryptography are also discussed.In order to study the structure and function of the Internet only a basic knowledge of number theory abstract algebra matrices and determinants graph theory geometry analysis optimization theory probability theory and stochastic processes is required. These mathematical disciplines are defined and developed in the books to the extent that is needed to develop and justify their application to Internet engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367656805

Mathematical Problems of Classical Nonlinear Electromagnetic Theory A survey of some problems of current interest in the realm of classical nonlinear electromagnetic theory. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367811624

Mathematical Programming for Operations Researchers and Computer Scientists This book covers the fundamentals of linear programming extension of linear programming to discrete optimization methods multi-objective functions quadratic programming geometric programming and classical calculus methods for solving nonlinear programming problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064824

Mathematical Programming with Data Perturbations Presents research contributions and tutorial expositions on current methodologies for sensitivity stability and approximation analyses of mathematical programming and related problem structures involving parameters. The text features up-to-date findings on important topics covering such areas as the effect of perturbations on the performance of algorithms approximation techniques for optimal control problems and global error bounds for convex inequalities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413252

Mathematical Programming with Data Perturbations II Second Edition This book presents theoretical results including an extension of constant rank and implicit function theorems continuity and stability bounds results for infinite dimensional problems and the interrelationship between optimal value conditions and shadow prices for stable and unstable programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138404014

Mathematical ProgrammingAn Introduction to Optimization This book serves as an introductory text in mathematical programming and optimization for students having a mathematical background that includes one semester of linear algebra and a complete calculus sequence. It includes computational examples to aid students develop computational skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367451615

Mathematical Psychology and Psychophysiology Mathematical Psychology and Psychophysiology promotes an understanding of the mind and its neural substrates by applying interdisciplinary approaches to issues concerning behavior and the brain. The contributions present model from many disciplines that share common conceptual functional or mechanistic substrates and summarize recent models and data from neural networks mathematical genetics psychoacoustics olfactory coding visual perception measurement psychophysics cognitive development and other areas. The contributors to Mathematical Psychology and Psychophysiology show the conceptual and mathematical interconnectedness of several approaches to the fundamental scientific problem of understanding mind and brain. The book's interdisciplinary approach permits a deeper understanding of theoretical advances as it formally structures a broad overview of the data. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802800

Mathematical Puzzles Research in mathematics is much more than solving puzzles but most people will agree that solving puzzles is not just fun: it helps focus the mind and increases one's armory of techniques for doing mathematics. Mathematical Puzzles makes this connection explicit by isolating important mathematical methods then using them to solve puzzles and prove a theorem. Features A collection of the world’s best mathematical puzzles Each chapter features a technique for solving mathematical puzzles examples and finally a genuine theorem of mathematics that features that technique in its proof Puzzles that are entertaining mystifying paradoxical and satisfying; they are not just exercises or contest problems.   Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367206925

Mathematical PuzzlesA Connoisseur's Collection Collected over several years by Peter Winkler of Bell Labs dozens of elegant intriguing challenges are presented in Mathematical Puzzles. The answers are easy to explain but without this book devilishly hard to find. Creative reasoning is the key to these puzzles. No involved computation or higher mathematics is necessary but your ability to construct a mathematical proof will be severly tested--even if you are a professional mathematician. For the truly adventurous there is even a chapter on unsolved puzzles. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442382

Mathematical ReasoningAnalogies Metaphors and Images How we reason with mathematical ideas continues to be a fascinating and challenging topic of research--particularly with the rapid and diverse developments in the field of cognitive science that have taken place in recent years. Because it draws on multiple disciplines including psychology philosophy computer science linguistics and anthropology cognitive science provides rich scope for addressing issues that are at the core of mathematical learning. Drawing upon the interdisciplinary nature of cognitive science this book presents a broadened perspective on mathematics and mathematical reasoning. It represents a move away from the traditional notion of reasoning as "abstract" and "disembodied" to the contemporary view that it is "embodied" and "imaginative." From this perspective mathematical reasoning involves reasoning with structures that emerge from our bodily experiences as we interact with the environment; these structures extend beyond finitary propositional representations. Mathematical reasoning is imaginative in the sense that it utilizes a number of powerful illuminating devices that structure these concrete experiences and transform them into models for abstract thought. These "thinking tools"--analogy metaphor metonymy and imagery--play an important role in mathematical reasoning as the chapters in this book demonstrate yet their potential for enhancing learning in the domain has received little recognition. This book is an attempt to fill this void. Drawing upon backgrounds in mathematics education educational psychology philosophy linguistics and cognitive science the chapter authors provide a rich and comprehensive analysis of mathematical reasoning. New and exciting perspectives are presented on the nature of mathematics (e.g. "mind-based mathematics") on the array of powerful cognitive tools for reasoning (e.g. "analogy and metaphor") and on the different ways these tools can facilitate mathematical reasoning. Examples are drawn from the reasoning of the preschool child to that of the adult learner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053485

Mathematical ReasoningPatterns Problems Conjectures and Proofs The development of mathematical competence -- both by humans as a species over millennia and by individuals over their lifetimes -- is a fascinating aspect of human cognition. This book explores when and why the rudiments of mathematical capability first appeared among human beings what its fundamental concepts are and how and why it has grown into the richly branching complex of specialties that it is today. It discusses whether the ‘truths’ of mathematics are discoveries or inventions and what prompts the emergence of concepts that appear to be descriptive of nothing in human experience. Also covered is the role of esthetics in mathematics: What exactly are mathematicians seeing when they describe a mathematical entity as ‘beautiful’? There is discussion of whether mathematical disability is distinguishable from a general cognitive deficit and whether the potential for mathematical reasoning is best developed through instruction. This volume is unique in the vast range of psychological questions it covers as revealed in the work habits and products of numerous mathematicians. It provides fascinating reading for researchers and students with an interest in cognition in general and mathematical cognition in particular. Instructors of mathematics will also find the book’s insights illuminating. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138980587

Mathematical Relationships in EducationIdentities and Participation This book brings together scholars working in the field of mathematics education to examine the ways in which learners form particular relationships with mathematics in the context of formal schooling. While demand for the mathematically literate citizen increases many learners continue to reject mathematics and experience it as excluding and exclusive even when they succeed at it. In exploring this phenomenon this volume focuses on learners' developing sense of self and their understanding of the part played by mathematics in it. It recognizes the part played by emotional responses the functioning of classroom communities of practice and by discourses of mathematics education in this process. It thus blends perspectives from psychoanalysis socio-cultural theory and discursive approaches in a focus on the classic issues of selection and assessment pedagogy curriculum choice and teacher development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649957

Mathematical Solitaires and Games A collection of solitaires and games. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786065

Mathematical Statistics A wide-ranging extensive overview of modern mathematical statistics this work reflects the current state of the field while being succinct and easy to grasp. The mathematical presentation is coherent and rigorous throughout. The author presents classical results and methods that form the basis of modern statistics and examines the foundations o Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749326

Mathematical Statistics for Applied Econometrics An Introductory Econometrics Text Mathematical Statistics for Applied Econometrics covers the basics of statistical inference in support of a subsequent course on classical econometrics. The book shows students how mathematical statistics concepts form the basis of econometric formulations. It also helps them think about statistics as more than a toolbox of techniques. Uses Computer Systems to Simplify Computation The text explores the unifying themes involved in quantifying sample information to make inferences. After developing the necessary probability theory it presents the concepts of estimation such as convergence point estimators confidence intervals and hypothesis tests. The text then shifts from a general development of mathematical statistics to focus on applications particularly popular in economics. It delves into matrix analysis linear models and nonlinear econometric techniques. Students Understand the Reasons for the Results Avoiding a cookbook approach to econometrics this textbook develops students’ theoretical understanding of statistical tools and econometric applications. It provides them with the foundation for further econometric studies. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466594098

Mathematical Statistics With Applications Mathematical statistics typically represents one of the most difficult challenges in statistics particularly for those with more applied rather than mathematical interests and backgrounds. Most textbooks on the subject provide little or no review of the advanced calculus topics upon which much of mathematical statistics relies and furthermore contain material that is wholly theoretical thus presenting even greater challenges to those interested in applying advanced statistics to a specific area.Mathematical Statistics with Applications presents the background concepts and builds the technical sophistication needed to move on to more advanced studies in multivariate analysis decision theory stochastic processes or computational statistics. Applications embedded within theoretical discussions clearly demonstrate the utility of the theory in a useful and relevant field of application and allow readers to avoid sudden exposure to purely theoretical materials.With its clear explanations and more than usual emphasis on applications and computation this text reaches out to the many students and professionals more interested in the practical use of statistics to enrich their work in areas such as communications computer science economics astronomy and public health. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275864

Mathematical StatisticsBasic Ideas and Selected Topics Volume I Second Edition Mathematical Statistics: Basic Ideas and Selected Topics Volume I Second Edition presents fundamental classical statistical concepts at the doctorate level. It covers estimation prediction testing confidence sets Bayesian analysis and the general approach of decision theory. This edition gives careful proofs of major results and explains how the theory sheds light on the properties of practical methods. The book first discusses non- and semiparametric models before covering parameters and parametric models. It then offers a detailed treatment of maximum likelihood estimates (MLEs) and examines the theory of testing and confidence regions including optimality theory for estimation and elementary robustness considerations. It next presents basic asymptotic approximations with one-dimensional parameter models as examples. The book also describes inference in multivariate (multiparameter) models exploring asymptotic normality and optimality of MLEs Wald and Rao statistics generalized linear models and more. Mathematical Statistics: Basic Ideas and Selected Topics Volume II will be published in 2015. It will present important statistical concepts methods and tools not covered in Volume I. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498723800

Mathematical StatisticsBasic Ideas and Selected Topics Volume II Mathematical Statistics: Basic Ideas and Selected Topics Volume II presents important statistical concepts methods and tools not covered in the authors’ previous volume. This second volume focuses on inference in non- and semiparametric models. It not only reexamines the procedures introduced in the first volume from a more sophisticated point of view but also addresses new problems originating from the analysis of estimation of functions and other complex decision procedures and large-scale data analysis. The book covers asymptotic efficiency in semiparametric models from the Le Cam and Fisherian points of view as well as some finite sample size optimality criteria based on Lehmann–Scheffé theory. It develops the theory of semiparametric maximum likelihood estimation with applications to areas such as survival analysis. It also discusses methods of inference based on sieve models and asymptotic testing theory. The remainder of the book is devoted to model and variable selection Monte Carlo methods nonparametric curve estimation and prediction classification and machine learning topics. The necessary background material is included in an appendix. Using the tools and methods developed in this textbook students will be ready for advanced research in modern statistics. Numerous examples illustrate statistical modeling and inference concepts while end-of-chapter problems reinforce elementary concepts and introduce important new topics. As in Volume I measure theory is not required for understanding. The solutions to exercises for Volume II are included in the back of the book. Check out Volume I for fundamental classical statistical concepts leading to the material in this volume. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498722681

Mathematical StatisticsBasic Ideas and Selected Topics Volumes I-II Package Volume I presents fundamental classical statistical concepts at the doctorate level without using measure theory. It gives careful proofs of major results and explains how the theory sheds light on the properties of practical methods. Volume II covers a number of topics that are important in current measure theory and practice. It emphasizes nonparametric methods which can really only be implemented with modern computing power on large and complex data sets. In addition the set includes a large number of problems with more difficult ones appearing with hints and partial solutions for the instructor. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498740319

Mathematical Techniques for Wave Interaction with Flexible Structures Mathematical Techniques for Wave Interaction with Flexible Structures is a thoughtful compilation of the various mathematical techniques used to deal with wave structure interaction problems. The book emphasizes unique determination of the solution for a class of physical problems associated with Laplace- or Helmholtz-type equations satisfying higher order boundary conditions with the applications of the theory of ordinary and partial differential equations Fourier analysis and more.Features: Provides a focused mathematical treatment for gravity wave interaction with floating and submerged flexible structuresHighlights solution methods for a special class of boundary value problems in wave structure interactionIntroduces and expands upon differential equations and the fundamentals of wave structure interaction problemsThis is an ideal handbook for naval architects ocean engineers and geophysicists dealing with the design of floating and/or flexible marine structures. The book’s underlying mathematical tools can be easily extended to deal with physical problems in the area of acoustics electromagnetic waves wave propagation in elastic media and solid‐state physics. Designed for both the classroom and independent study Mathematical Techniques for Wave Interaction with Flexible Structures enables readers to appreciate and apply the mathematical tools of wave structure interaction research to their own work. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380755

Mathematical Techniques in GIS The second edition of a bestseller Mathematical Techniques in GIS demystifies the mathematics used in the manipulation of spatially related data. The author takes a step-by-step approach through the basics of arithmetic algebra geometry trigonometry and calculus that underpin the management of such data. He then explores the use of matrices determinants and vectors in the handling of geographic information so that the data may be analyzed and displayed in two-dimensional form either in the visualization of the terrain or as map projections.See What’s New in the Second Edition:Summaries at the end of each chapterWorked examples of techniques describedAdditional material on matrices and vectorsFurther material on map projections New material on spatial correlationA new section on global positioning systemsWritten for those who need to make use geographic information systems but have a limited mathematical background this book introduces the basic statistical techniques commonly used in geographic information systems and explains best-fit solutions and the mathematics behind satellite positioning. By understanding the mathematics behind the gathering processing and display of information you can better advise others on the integrity of results the quality of the information and the safety of using it. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367868468

Mathematical Theory of Bayesian Statistics Mathematical Theory of Bayesian Statistics introduces the mathematical foundation of Bayesian inference which is well-known to be more accurate in many real-world problems than the maximum likelihood method. Recent research has uncovered several mathematical laws in Bayesian statistics by which both the generalization loss and the marginal likelihood are estimated even if the posterior distribution cannot be approximated by any normal distribution. FeaturesExplains Bayesian inference not subjectively but objectively. Provides a mathematical framework for conventional Bayesian theorems.Introduces and proves new theorems. Cross validation and information criteria of Bayesian statistics are studied from the mathematical point of view. Illustrates applications to several statistical problems for example model selection hyperparameter optimization and hypothesis tests. This book provides basic introductions for students researchers and users of Bayesian statistics as well as applied mathematicians.AuthorSumio Watanabe is a professor of Department of Mathematical and Computing Science at Tokyo Institute of Technology. He studies the relationship between algebraic geometry and mathematical statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367734817

Mathematical Theory of Hemivariational Inequalities and Applications Gives a complete and rigorous presentation of the mathematical study of the expressions - hemivariational inequalities - arising in problems that involve nonconvex nonsmooth energy functions. A theory of the existence of solutions for inequality problems involving monconvexity and nonsmoothness is established. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401986

Mathematical Theory of Optimal Processes The fourth and final volume in this comprehensive set presents the maximum principle as a wide ranging solution to nonclassical variational problems. This one mathematical method can be applied in a variety of situations including linear equations with variable coefficients optimal processes with delay and the jump condition. As with the three preceding volumes all the material contained with the 42 sections of this volume is made easily accessible by way of numerous examples both concrete and abstract in nature. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203749319

Mathematical Theory of SubdivisionFinite Element and Wavelet Methods This book provides good coverage of the powerful numerical techniques namely finite element and wavelets for the solution of partial differential equation to the scientists and engineers with a modest mathematical background. The objective of the book is to provide the necessary mathematical foundation for the advanced level applications of these numerical techniques. The book begins with the description of the steps involved in finite element and wavelets-Galerkin methods. The knowledge of Hilbert and Sobolev spaces is needed to understand the theory of finite element and wavelet-based methods. Therefore an overview of essential content such as vector spaces norm inner product linear operators spectral theory dual space and distribution theory etc. with relevant theorems are presented in a coherent and accessible manner. For the graduate students and researchers with diverse educational background the authors have focused on the applications of numerical techniques which are developed in the last few decades. This includes the wavelet-Galerkin method lifting scheme and error estimation technique etc. Features: • Computer programs in Mathematica/Matlab are incorporated for easy understanding of wavelets. • Presents a range of workout examples for better comprehension of spaces and operators. • Algorithms are presented to facilitate computer programming. • Contains the error estimation techniques necessary for adaptive finite element method. This book is structured to transform in step by step manner the students without any knowledge of finite element wavelet and functional analysis to the students of strong theoretical understanding who will be ready to take many challenging research problems in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138051584

Mathematical Thinking and Problem Solving In the early 1980s there was virtually no serious communication among the various groups that contribute to mathematics education -- mathematicians mathematics educators classroom teachers and cognitive scientists. Members of these groups came from different traditions had different perspectives and rarely gathered in the same place to discuss issues of common interest. Part of the problem was that there was no common ground for the discussions -- given the disparate traditions and perspectives. As one way of addressing this problem the Sloan Foundation funded two conferences in the mid-1980s bringing together members of the different communities in a ground clearing effort designed to establish a base for communication. In those conferences interdisciplinary teams reviewed major topic areas and put together distillations of what was known about them.* A more recent conference -- upon which this volume is based -- offered a forum in which various people involved in education reform would present their work and members of the broad communities gathered would comment on it. The focus was primarily on college mathematics informed by developments in K-12 mathematics. The main issues of the conference were mathematical thinking and problem solving. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044613

Mathematical Tools for Changing Scale in the Analysis of Physical Systems Mathematical Tools for Changing Scale in the Analysis of Physical Systems presents a new systematic approach to changing the spatial scale of the differential equations describing science and engineering problems. It defines vectors tensors and differential operators in arbitrary orthogonal coordinate systems without resorting to conceptually difficult Riemmann-Christoffel tensor and contravariant and covariant base vectors. It reveals the usefulness of generalized functions for indicating curvilineal surficial or spatial regions of integration and for transforming among these integration regions. These powerful mathematical tools are harnessed to provide 128 theorems in tabular format (most not previously available in the literature) that transform time-derivative and del operators of a function at one scale to the corresponding operators acting on the function at a larger scale. Mathematical Tools for Changing Scale in the Analysis of Physical Systems also provides sample applications of the theorems to obtain continuum balance relations for arbitrary surfaces multiphase systems and problems of reduced dimensionality. The mathematical techniques and tabulated theorems ensure the book will be an invaluable analysis tool for practitioners and researchers studying balance equations for systems encountered in the fields of hydraulics hydrology porous media physics structural analysis chemical transport heat transfer and continuum mechanics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812225

Mathematical Topics in Fluid Mechanics This Research Note presents several contributions and mathematical studies in fluid mechanics namely in non-Newtonian and viscoelastic fluids and on the Navier-Stokes equations in unbounded domains. It includes review of the mathematical analysis of incompressible and compressible flows and results in magnetohydrodynamic and electrohydrodynamic stability and thermoconvective flow of Boussinesq-Stefan type. These studies along with brief communications on a variety of related topics comprise the proceedings of a summer course held in Lisbon Portugal in 1991. Together they provide a set of comprehensive survey and advanced introduction to problems in fluid mechanics and partial differential equations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367402549

Mathematical Wizardry for a Gardner In this volume world-leading puzzle designers puzzle collectors mathematicians and magicians continue the tradition of honoring Martin Gardner who inspired them to enter mathematics to enter magic to bring magic into their mathematics or to bring mathematics into their magic. This edited collection contains a variety of articles connected to puzzles magic and/or mathematics including the history behind given puzzles solitaire puzzles two-person games and mathematically interesting objects. Topics include tangrams peg solitaire sodoku coin-weighing problems anamorphoses and more! Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138116719

Mathematicians of the World Unite!The International Congress of Mathematicians--A Human Endeavor This vividly illustrated history of the International Congress of Mathematicians — a meeting of mathematicians from around the world held roughly every four years — acts as a visual history of the 25 congresses held between 1897 and 2006 as well as a story of changes in the culture of mathematics over the past century. Because the congress is an international meeting looking at its history allows us a glimpse into the effect of wars and strained relations between nations on the scientific community. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367385965

Mathematics and Archaeology Although many archaeologists have a good understanding of the basics in computer science statistics geostatistics modeling and data mining more literature is needed about the advanced analysis in these areas. This book aids archaeologists in learning more advanced tools and methods while also helping mathematicians statisticians and computer scientists with no previous knowledge of the field realize the potential of the methods in archaeological experiments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738181

Mathematics and Logic in History and in Contemporary Thought This book is not a conventional history of mathematics as such a museum of documents and scientific curiosities. Instead it identifies this vital science with the thought of those who constructed it and in its relation to the changing cultural context in which it evolved. Particular emphasis is placed on the philosophic and logical systems from Aristotle onward that provide the basis for the fusion of mathematics and logic in contemporary thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527768

Mathematics and Multi-Ethnic StudentsExemplary Practices Mathematics and Multi-Ethnic Students provides detailed profiles of teachers across the nation who have implemented effective mathematics instruction for diverse student populations. In this revised edition Yvelyne Germain-McCarthy expands upon the popular case studies and adds two new chapters to highlight the latest educational research and practices that are reflected in the case studies. A third new chapter introduces the concept of the Life-Long Learning Laboratory where courageous questions on issues such as the impact of race on student learning are discussed. Featuring useful framing tools including the Discussion with Colleagues and Commentary sections Mathematics and Multi-Ethnic Students translates concrete instances of access and equity into generalized problem-solving methods for promoting ethnic diversity across grade levels. An important resource for pre-service and in-service educators researchers administrators and policy makers this volume highlights the work of teachers who have gone beyond mere awareness of reform recommendations in mathematics instruction. By uniting the goals of multicultural education with those of the mathematics curriculum educators will learn to conceptualize and implement best practices for effective equitable teaching and learning of mathematics for their students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138193918

Mathematics and MusicComposition Perception and Performance Mathematics and Music: Composition Perception and Performance Second Edition includes many new sections and more consistent expectations of a student’s experience. The new edition of this popular text is more accessible for students with limited musical backgrounds and only high school mathematics is required. The new edition includes more illustrations than the previous one and the added sections deal with the XronoMorph rhythm generator musical composition and analyzing personal performance. The text teaches the basics of reading music explaining how various patterns in music can be described with mathematics providing mathematical explanations for musical scales harmony and rhythm. The book gives students a deeper appreciation showing how music is informed by both its mathematical and aesthetic structures. Highlights of the Second Edition: Now updated for more consistent expectations of students’ backgrounds More accessible for students with limited musical backgrounds Full-color presentation Includes more thorough coverage of spectrograms for analyzing recorded music Provides a basic introduction to reading music Features new coverage of building and evaluating rhythms Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138584945

Mathematics and Physics for NanotechnologyTechnical Tools and Modelling Nanobiotechnology is a new interdisciplinary science with revolutionary perspectives arising from the fact that at nanosize the behaviour and characteristics of matter change with respect to ordinary macroscopic dimensions. Nanotechnology is a new way for producing and getting materials structures and devices with greatly improved or completely new properties and functionalities. This book provides an introductory overview of the nanobiotechnology world along with a general technical framework about mathematical modelling through which we today study the phenomena of charge transport at the nanometer level. Although it is not a purely mathematics or physics book it introduces the basic mathematical and physical notions that are important and necessary for theory and applications in nanobiotechnology. Therefore it can be considered an extended formulary of basic and advanced concepts. It can be the starting point for discussions and insights and can be used for further developments in mathematical–physical modelling linked to the nanobiotechnology world. The book is dedicated to all those who follow their ideas in life and pursue their choices with determination and firmness in a free and independent way. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800020

Mathematics and Programming for Machine Learning with RFrom the Ground Up Based on the author’s experience in teaching data science for more than 10 years Mathematics and Programming for Machine Learning with R: From the Ground Up reveals how machine learning algorithms do their magic and explains how these algorithms can be implemented in code. It is designed to provide readers with an understanding of the reasoning behind machine learning algorithms as well as how to program them. Written for novice programmers the book progresses step-by-step providing the coding skills needed to implement machine learning algorithms in R. The book begins with simple implementations and fundamental concepts of logic sets and probability before moving to the coverage of powerful deep learning algorithms. The first eight chapters deal with probability-based machine learning algorithms and the last eight chapters deal with machine learning based on artificial neural networks. The first half of the book does not require mathematical sophistication although familiarity with probability and statistics would be helpful. The second half assumes the reader is familiar with at least one semester of calculus. The text guides novice R programmers through algorithms and their application and along the way; the reader gains programming confidence in tackling advanced R programming challenges. Highlights of the book include: More than 400 exercises A strong emphasis on improving programming skills and guiding beginners to the implementation of full-fledged algorithms Coverage of fundamental computer and mathematical concepts including logic sets and probability In-depth explanations of machine learning algorithms Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367507855

Mathematics and Teaching Mathematics and Teaching uses case studies to explore complex and pervasive issues that arise in teaching. In this volume school mathematics is the context in which to consider race equity political contexts and the broader social and cultural circumstances in which schooling occurs. This book does not provide immediate or definitive resolutions. Rather its goal is to provoke and facilitate thoughtful discussion about critical issues for professional decision-making in mathematics teaching. This is the 7th volume in Reflective Teaching and the Social Conditions of Schooling: A Series for Prospective and Practicing Teachers edited by Daniel P. Liston and Kenneth M. Zeichner. It follows the same format as previous volumes in the series. Part I includes four case studies of classroom experiences: "Race and Teacher Expectations"; "Mathematics for All?"; "Culture and School Mathematics"; and "Politics and School Mathematics." Each case is followed by a space for readers own reactions and reflections school stakeholders reactions and a summary with additional questions for further discussion. Part II presents three public arguments representing different views about the issues that arise in mathematics teaching: conservative liberal and radical multiculturalist. Part III offers the authors reflections on the centrality of culture in teaching mathematics resources and exercises for further reflection and a bibliography for further reading. Mathematics and Teaching is pertinent for all prospective and practicing teachers at any stage in their teaching careers. It is appropriate for any undergraduate and graduate course addressing mathematics teaching issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453050

Mathematics and the Image of Reason A thorough account of the philosophy of mathematics. In a cogent account the author argues against the view that mathematics is solely logic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755221

Mathematics AnxietyWhat is Known and What is still to be Understood Feelings of apprehension and fear brought on by mathematical performance can affect correct mathematical application and can influence the achievement and future paths of individuals affected by it. In recent years math anxiety has become a subject of increasing interest both in educational and clinical settings. This ground-breaking collection presents theoretical educational and psychophysiological perspectives on the widespread phenomenon of mathematics anxiety. Featuring contributions from leading international researchers Mathematics Anxiety challenges preconceptions and clarifies several crucial areas of research such as the distinction between math anxiety from other forms of anxiety (i.e. general or test anxiety); the ways in which math anxiety has been assessed (e.g. throughout self-report questionnaires or psychophysiological measures); the need to clarify the direction of the relationship between math anxiety and mathematics achievement (which causes which). Offering a re-evaluation of the negative connotations usually associated with math anxiety and prompting avenues for future research this book will be invaluable to academics and students in the psychological and educational sciences as well as teachers working with students who are struggling with math anxiety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367190392

Mathematics Applied to Engineering and Management This book offers the latest research advances in the field of mathematics applications in engineering sciences and provides a reference with a theoretical and sound background along with case studies. In recent years mathematics has had an amazing growth in engineering sciences. It forms the common foundation of all engineering disciplines. This new book provides a comprehensive range of mathematics applied to various fields of engineering for different tasks in fields such as civil engineering structural engineering computer science electrical engineering among others. It offers articles that develop the applications of mathematics in engineering sciences conveys the innovative research ideas offers real-world utility of mathematics and plays a significant role in the life of academics practitioners researchers and industry leaders. Focuses on the latest research in the field of engineering applications Includes recent findings from various institutions Identifies the gaps in the knowledge of the field and provides the latest approaches Presents international studies and findings in modelling and simulation Offers various mathematical tools techniques strategies and methods across different engineering fields Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815358046

Mathematics at the MeridianThe History of Mathematics at Greenwich Greenwich has been a centre for scientific computing since the foundation of the Royal Observatory in 1675. Early Astronomers Royal gathered astronomical data with the purpose of enabling navigators to compute their longitude at sea.  Nevil Maskelyne in the 18th century   organised the work of computing tables for the Nautical Almanac anticipating later methods used in safety-critical computing systems. The 19th century saw influential critiques of Charles Babbage’s mechanical calculating engines and in the 20th century Leslie Comrie and others pioneered the automation of computation.  The arrival of the Royal Naval College in 1873 and the University of Greenwich in 1999 has brought more mathematicians and different kinds of mathematics to Greenwich.  In the 21st century computational mathematics has found many new applications. This book presents an account of the mathematicians who worked at Greenwich and their achievements. Features A scholarly but accessible history of mathematics at Greenwich from the seventeenth century to the present day with each chapter written by an expert in the field The book will appeal to astronomical and naval historians as well as historians of mathematics and scientific computing. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367362720

Mathematics Content for Elementary Teachers THE book for elementary education mathematics content courses! Designed to help prospective teachers of elementary school mathematics learn content beyond the rote level this text stimulates readers to think beyond just getting the problem right and fosters their development into thoughtful reflective self-motivated life-long learners. It stresses the what and why of elementary school mathematics content. Hints are provided about how to teach the content but this is mostly left to courses and texts that are dedicated to that purpose.The text is organized around the National Council for Teachers of Mathematics' Principles and Standards for School Mathematics. The Standards dictate the basic sections of the text. Within each section appropriate specific topics are developed intertwined with technology problem solving assessment equity issues planning teaching skills use of manipulatives sequencing and much more. In addition major focal points of the Standards are emphasized throughout: effective teachers of mathematics should be able to motivate all students to learn should understand the developmental levels of how children learn should concentrate on what children need to become active participants in the learning environment and should be engaged in ongoing investigations of new mathematical concepts and teaching strategies.Mathematics Content for Elementary Teachers is based on several fundamental premises:The focus of mathematics education should be on the process not the answer.Elementary teachers should know the mathematics content they are teaching know more than the content they are teaching and teach from the overflow of knowledge.It is important for teachers to be flexible in allowing students to use different procedures--teaching from the "overflow of knowledge" implies knowing how to do a given operation more than one way and being willing to e Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442238

Mathematics Education at Highly Effective Schools That Serve the PoorStrategies for Change This book presents research findings about school-level and district-level practices and successful strategies employed in mathematics education by highly effective schools that serve high-poverty communities. It includes both the theory and practice of creating highly effective schools in these communities. In 2002 nine schools were selected in a national competition to participate in the Hewlett-Packard High Achieving Grant Initiative. As part of this Initiative these schools participated in the research study this book reports. The study employed both qualitative and quantitative methodologies to examine school- and classroom-level factors that contributed to high achievement particularly in mathematics. The goals of the study were twofold: 1) to investigate the salient characteristics of the highly effective schools in which the research was conducted and 2) to explore participating teachers’ conceptions and practices about mathematics curriculum instruction and assessment.  The schools described have much to teach about creating powerful learning environments that empower all students to learn challenging mathematics. Given the pressures of the accountability measures of the No Child Left Behind legislation this book is extremely timely for those seeking school models that serve high-poverty communities and have demonstrated high performance on high-stakes examinations and other assessments.  Mathematics Education at Highly Effective Schools That Serve the Poor: Strategies for Change is particularly relevant for teacher educators researchers teachers and graduate students in the fields of mathematics education and school policy and reform and for school administrators and district coordinators of mathematics education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315091358

Mathematics Education for a New EraVideo Games as a Medium for Learning Stanford mathematician and NPR Math Guy Keith Devlin explains why fun aside video games are the ideal medium to teach middle-school math. Aimed primarily at teachers and education researchers but also of interest to game developers who want to produce videogames for mathematics education Mathematics Education for a New Era: Video Games as a Medium for Learning describes exactly what is involved in designing and producing successful math educational videogames that foster the innovative mathematical thinking skills necessary for success in a global economy. Read the author's monthly MAA column Devlin's Angle Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427884

Mathematics EducationA Critical Introduction Winner of the AESA 2017 Critics' Choice Book Award Mathematics Education offers both undergraduates and starting-graduate students in education an introduction to the connections that exist between mathematics and a critical orientation to education. This primer shows how concepts like race class gender and language have real effects in the mathematics classroom and prepares current and future mathematics teachers with a more critical math education that increases accessibility for all students. By refocusing math learning towards the goals of democracy and social and environmental crises the book also introduces readers to broader contemporary school policy and reform debates and struggles. Mark Wolfmeyer shows future and current teachers how critical mathematics education can be put into practice with concrete strategies and examples in both formal and informal educational settings. With opportunities for readers to engage in deeper discussion through suggested activities Mathematics Education’s pedagogical features include: Study Questions for Teachers and Students Text Boxes with Examples of Critical Education in Practice Annotated List of Further Readings Glossary Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138243286

Mathematics EducationModels and Processes To define better techniques of mathematics education this book combines a knowledge of cognitive science with mathematics curriculum theory and research. The concept of the human reasoning process has been changed fundamentally by cognitive science in the last two decades. The role of memory retrieval domain-specific and domain-general skills analogy and mental models is better understood now than previously. The authors believe that cognitive science provides the most accurate account thus far of the actual processes that people use in mathematics and offers the best potential for genuine increases in efficiency. As such they suggest that a cognitive science approach enables constructivist ideas to be analyzed and further developed in the search for greater understanding of children's mathematical learning. Not simply an application of cognitive science however this book provides a new perspective on mathematics education by examining the nature of mathematical concepts and processes how and why they are taught why certain approaches appear more effective than others and how children might be assisted to become more mathematically powerful. The authors use recent theories of analogy and knowledge representation -- combined with research on teaching practice -- to find ways of helping children form links and correspondences between different concepts so as to overcome problems associated with fragmented knowledge. In so doing they have capitalized on new insights into the values and limitations of using concrete teaching aids which can be analyzed in terms of analogy theory. In addition to addressing the role of understanding the authors have analyzed skill acquisition models in terms of their implications for the development of mathematical competence. They place strong emphasis on the development of students' mathematical reasoning and problem solving skills to promote flexible use of knowledge. The book further demonstrates how children have a number of general problem solving skills at their disposal which they can apply independently to the solution of novel problems resulting in the enhancement of their mathematical knowledge. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052884

Mathematics for Children with Severe and Profound Learning Difficulties The book will covers a wide range of approaches to teaching and learning and demonstrates how mathematics can be related to personal and social development communication and thinking skills. Written with the non-specialist in mind and including plenty of practical examples it will make useful reading for teachers in mainstream and special schools and learning support assistants. Early years practitioners and teachers in training may find the book useful for its descriptions of how children acquire their foundation of early mathematics and numeracy skills. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138152175

Mathematics for Curriculum Leaders Mathematics for Curriculum Leaders involves teachers in a deliberate enquiry into the nature of understanding in mathematics and the ideas underlying its teaching and learning. Helping children with the language of mathematics is shown to play an important part in mathematics teaching. The pack is divided into 7 units drawing upon the demands of the National Curriculum and providing activities to support children in their attempts to report their thinking. Sensitive collection and interpretation of this information in order to guide action is an essential feature of each unit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138442276

Mathematics for Economics and Finance The aim of this book is to bring students of economics and finance who have only an introductory background in mathematics up to a quite advanced level in the subject thus preparing them for the core mathematical demands of econometrics economic theory quantitative finance and mathematical economics which they are likely to encounter in their final-year courses and beyond. The level of the book will also be useful for those embarking on the first year of their graduate studies in Business Economics or Finance. The book also serves as an introduction to quantitative economics and finance for mathematics students at undergraduate level and above. In recent years mathematics graduates have been increasingly expected to have skills in practical subjects such as economics and finance just as economics graduates have been expected to have an increasingly strong grounding in mathematics. The authors avoid the pitfalls of many texts that become too theoretical. The use of mathematical methods in the real world is never lost sight of and quantitative analysis is brought to bear on a variety of topics including foreign exchange rates and other macro level issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415573030

Mathematics for Economists with Applications Mathematics for Economists with Applications provides detailed coverage of the mathematical techniques essential for undergraduate and introductory graduate work in economics business and finance. Beginning with linear algebra and matrix theory the book develops the techniques of univariate and multivariate calculus used in economics proceeding to discuss the theory of optimization in detail. Integration differential and difference equations are considered in subsequent chapters. Uniquely the book also features a discussion of statistics and probability including a study of the key distributions and their role in hypothesis testing. Throughout the text large numbers of new and insightful examples and an extensive use of graphs explain and motivate the material. Each chapter develops from an elementary level and builds to more advanced topics providing logical progression for the student and enabling instructors to prescribe material to the required level of the course. With coverage substantial in depth as well as breadth and including a companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/bergin containing exercises related to the worked examples from each chapter of the book Mathematics for Economists with Applications contains everything needed to understand and apply the mathematical methods and practices fundamental to the study of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415638289

Mathematics for Electrical TechniciansLevel 4-5 The definition and solution of engineering problems relies on the ability to represent systems and their behaviour in mathematical terms.Mathematics for Electrical Technicians 4/5 provides a simple and practical guide to the fundamental mathematical skills essential to technicians and engineers. This second edition has been revised and expanded to cover the BTEC Higher - 'Mathematics for Engineers' module for Electrical and Electronic Engineering Higher National Certificates and Diplomas. It will also meet the needs of first and second year undergraduates studying electrical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835726

Mathematics for Engineering Mathematics for Engineering has been carefully designed to provide a maths course for a wide ability range and does not go beyond the requirements of Advanced GNVQ. It is an ideal text for any pre-degree engineering course where students require revision of the basics and plenty of practice work. Bill Bolton introduces the key concepts through examples set firmly in engineering contexts which students will find relevant and motivating. The second edition has been carefully matched to the Curriculum 2000 Advanced GNVQ units:Applied Mathematics in Engineering (compulsory unit 5)Further Mathematics for Engineering (Edexcel option unit 13)Further Applied Mathematics for Engineering (AQA / City & Guilds option unit 25)A new introductory section on number and mensuration has been added as well as a new section on series and some further material on applications of differentiation and definite integration.Bill Bolton is a leading author of college texts in engineering and other technical subjects. As well as being a lecturer for many years he has also been Head of Research Development and Monitoring at BTEC and acted as a consultant for the Further Education Unit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174597

Mathematics for Engineers and Science Labs Using Maxima This book is designed to be a vital companion to math textbooks covering the topics of precalculus calculus linear algebra differential equations and probability and statistics. While these existing textbooks focus mainly on solving mathematic problems using the old paper-and-pencil method this book teaches how to solve these problems using Maxima open-source software. Maxima is a system for the manipulation of symbolic and numerical expressions including differentiation integration Taylor series Laplace transforms ordinary differential equations systems of linear equations polynomials sets lists vectors and matrices. One of the benefits of using Maxima to solve mathematics problems is the immediacy with which it produces answers. Investing in learning Maxima now will pay off in the future particularly for students and beginning professionals in mathematics science and engineering. The volume will help readers to apply nearly all of the Maxima skills discussed here to future courses and research. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887274

Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists Since its original publication in 1969 Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists has built a solid foundation in mathematics for legions of undergraduate science and engineering students. It continues to do so but as the influence of computers has grown and syllabi have evolved once again the time has come for a new edition.Thoroughly revised to meet the needs of today's curricula Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists Sixth Edition covers all of the topics typically introduced to first- or second-year engineering students from number systems functions and vectors to series differential equations and numerical analysis. Among the most significant revisions to this edition are:Simplified presentation of many topics and expanded explanations that further ease the comprehension of incoming engineering studentsA new chapter on double integralsMany more exercises applications and worked examplesA new chapter introducing the MATLAB and Maple software packagesAlthough designed as a textbook with problem sets in each chapter and selected answers at the end of the book Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists Sixth Edition serves equally well as a supplemental text and for self-study. The author strongly encourages readers to make use of computer algebra software to experiment with it and to learn more about mathematical functions and the operations that it can perform. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138442580

Mathematics for Finance Business and Economics Mastering the basic concepts of mathematics is the key to understanding other subjects such as Economics Finance Statistics and Accounting. Mathematics for Finance Business and Economics is written informally for easy comprehension. Unlike traditional textbooks it provides a combination of explanations exploration and real-life applications of major concepts. Mathematics for Finance Business and Economics discusses elementary mathematical operations linear and non-linear functions and equations differentiation and optimization economic functions summation percentages and interest arithmetic and geometric series present and future values of annuities matrices and Markov chains.   Aided by the discussion of real-world problems and solutions  students across the business and economics disciplines will find this textbook perfect for gaining an understanding of a core plank of their studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9789001818623

Mathematics for Large Scale Computing During recent years a great deal of interest has been devoted to large scale computing applications. This has occurred in great part because of the introduction of advanced high performance computer architectures. The book contains survey articles as well as chapters on specific research applications development and analysis of numerical algorithms and performance evaluation of algorithms on advanced architectures. The effect of specialized architectural features on the performance of large scale computation is also considered by several authors. Several areas of applications are represented including the numerical solution of partial differential equations iterative techniques for large structured problems the numerical solution of boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations numerical optimization and numerical quadrature. Mathematical issues in computer architecture are also presented including the description of grey codes for generalized hypercubes. The results presented in this volume give in our opinion a representative picture of today’s state of the art in several aspects of large scale computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138413283

Mathematics for Mechanical Engineers Mathematics for Mechanical Engineers gives mechanical engineers convenient access to the essential problem solving tools that they use each day. It covers applications employed in many different facets of mechanical engineering from basic through advanced to ensure that you will easily find answers you need in this handy guide.For the engineer venturing out of familiar territory the chapters cover fundamentals like physical constants derivatives integrals Fourier transforms Bessel functions and Legendre functions. For the experts it includes thorough sections on the more advanced topics of partial differential equations approximation methods and numerical methods often used in applications. The guide reviews statistics for analyzing engineering data and making inferences so professionals can extract useful information even with the presence of randomness and uncertainty. The convenient Mathematics for Mechanical Engineers is an indispensable summary of mathematics processes needed by engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399160

Mathematics For Primary Teachers This book combines accessible explanations of mathematical concepts with practical advice on effective ways of teaching the subject. Section A provides a framework of good practice. Section B aims to support and enhance teachers subject knowledge in mathematical topics beyond what is taught to primary children. Each chapter also highlights teaching issues and gives examples of tasks relevant to the classroom. Section C is a collection of papers from tutors from four universities centred around the theme of effective teaching and quality of learning during this crucial time for mathematics education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179004

Mathematics for Scientific and Technical Students This new edition provides a full introduction to the mathematics required for all technical subjects particularly engineering. It has been completely updated and is designed to bring the student up to the required mathematical knowledge for their course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145696

Mathematics for the Liberal Arts Students See How Far a Little Math Can Take Them in Their Daily Lives Mathematics for the Liberal Arts teaches everyday mathematics topics to non-math majors at the undergraduate level. Through numerous examples and more than 600 exercises students learn how to use math seamlessly in a variety of practical areas from conversion factors statistics visualization money and risk to games art music and humor. The text develops a logical real-world approach to data and reasoning showing students how to: Think both analytically and visually about data Use graphics to make a point Make sound monetary and nonmonetary decisions Evaluate risk taking Strategize to win at games Appreciate more fully art music and humor Going beyond mere numerics and calculations this textbook helps students become life-long learners exceeding the confines of a course. They will find that with a little more math their daily lives will be more productive understandable and creative. Web ResourceThe author’s website provides a number of additional examples including musical ones. It also offers one-of-a-kind software programs for the art and music material in the book. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466593367

Mathematics in Aristotle Originally published in 1949. This meticulously researched book presents a comprehensive outline and discussion of Aristotle’s mathematics with the author's translations of the greek. To Aristotle mathematics was one of the three theoretical sciences the others being theology and the philosophy of nature (physics). Arranged thematically this book considers his thinking in relation to the other sciences and looks into such specifics as squaring of the circle syllogism parallels incommensurability of the diagonal angles universal proof gnomons infinity agelessness of the universe surface of water meteorology metaphysics and mechanics such as levers rudders wedges wheels and inertia. The last few short chapters address ‘problems’ that Aristotle posed but couldn’t answer related ethics issues and a summary of some short treatises that only briefly touch on mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138942417

Mathematics in Early ChildhoodResearch Reflexive Practice and Innovative Pedagogy Structured around Bishop’s six fundamental mathematical activities this book brings together examples of mathematics education from a range of countries to help readers broaden their view on maths and its interrelationship to other aspects of life. Considering different educational traditions and diverse contexts and illustrating theory through the use of real-life vignettes throughout this book encourages readers to review reflect on and critique their own practice when conducting activities on explaining counting measuring locating designing and playing. Aimed at early childhood educators and practitioners looking to improve the mathematics learning experience for all their students this practical and accessible guide provides the knowledge and tools to help every child. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370503

Mathematics in Early Years Education This fourth edition of the bestselling Mathematics in Early Years Education provides an accessible introduction to the teaching of mathematics in the early years. Covering all areas of mathematics – number and counting calculation pattern shape measures and data handling – it provides a wide range of practical activities and guidance on how to support young children’s mathematical development. There is also guidance on managing the transition to KS1 and a strong emphasis throughout on creating home links and working in partnership with parents. This new edition has been fully updated to incorporate the latest research and thinking in this area and includes: why mathematics is important as a way of making sense of the world how attitudes to mathematics can influence teaching and learning how children learn mathematics and what they are capable of learning how technology can support maths teaching maths phobia and the impact society has on maths teaching material on sorting matching and handling data the importance of educating about finance in today’s world ideas for observation and questioning to assess children’s understanding examples of planned activities suggestions for language development assessment criteria. This textbook is ideal for those training to be teachers through an undergraduate or PGCE route those training for Early Years Professional Status and those studying early childhood on foundation or honours degrees as well as parents looking to explore how their young children learn mathematics. This will be an essential text for any early years practitioner looking to make mathematics interesting exciting and engaging in their classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138731127

Mathematics in Engineering SciencesNovel Theories Technologies and Applications This book includes research studies novel theory as well as new methodology and applications in mathematics and management sciences. The book will provide a comprehensive range of mathematics applied to engineering areas for different tasks. It will offer an international perspective and a bridge between classical theory and new methodology in many areas along with real-life applications. Features Offers solutions to multi-objective transportation problem under cost reliability using utility function Presents optimization techniques to support eco-efficiency assessment in manufacturing processes Covers distance-based function approach for optimal design of engineering processes with multiple quality characteristics Provides discrete time sliding mode control for non-linear networked control systems Discusses second law of thermodynamics as instruments for optimizing fluid dynamic systems and aerodynamic systems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138577671

Mathematics in Games Sports and GamblingThe Games People Play Second Edition Mathematics in Games Sports and Gambling: The Games People Play Second Edition demonstrates how discrete probability statistics and elementary discrete mathematics are used in games sports and gambling situations. With emphasis on mathematical thinking and problem solving the text draws on numerous examples questions and problems to explain the application of mathematical theory to various real-life games.This updated edition of a widely adopted textbook considers a number of popular games and diversions that are mathematically based or can be studied from a mathematical perspective. Requiring only high school algebra the book is suitable for use as a textbook in seminars general education courses or as a supplement in introductory probability courses.New in this Edition: Many new exercises including basic skills exercises More answers in the back of the book Expanded summary exercises including writing exercises More detailed examples especially in the early chapters An expansion of the discrete adjustment technique for binomial approximation problems New sections on chessboard puzzles that encourage students to develop graph theory ideas New review material on relations and functions Exercises are included in each section to help students understand the various concepts. The text covers permutations in the two-deck matching game so derangements can be counted. It introduces graphs to find matches when looking at extensions of the five-card trick and studies lexicographic orderings and ideas of encoding for card tricks.The text also explores linear and weighted equations in the section on the NFL passer rating formula and presents graphing to show how data can be compared or displayed. For each topic the author includes exercises based on real games and actual sports data. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498719520

Mathematics in Kant's Critical PhilosophyReflections on Mathematical Practice This book provides a reading of Kant's theory of the construction of mathematical concepts through a fully contextualised analysis. In this work the author argues that it is only through an understanding of the relevant eighteenth century mathematics textbooks and the related mathematical practice that the material and context necessary for a successful interpretation of Kant's philosophy can be provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512817

Mathematics in the Early Years The Clemsons' clear and readable book takes the reader from debates about how children learn and what children know and can do when they start school; through to a discussion of how mathematics can be managed assessed and evaluated in the school and classroom. Linking these two parts of the book is a section on the subject of mathematics itself from which the non-specialist reader can gain a view of what mathematics is what needs to be thought about in planning and offering a curriculum and the special dilemmas faced in teaching and learning mathematics as a subject. A bank of case studies offers an opportunity to see mathematics in action in a variety of classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416314

Mathematics in the Primary School National Curriculum guidelines emphasise knowledge understanding and skills. The author an internationally recognised authority provides teachers with a clear explanation of these principles and explains the relation between understanding and skills and describes their application to the teaching of mathematics. The book contains numerous activities to show how mathematics can be learnt in the primary classroom with understanding and enjoyment including: * formation of mathematical concepts * construction of knowledge * contents and structure of primary mathematics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136045

Mathematics in the Primary SchoolA Sense of Progression Now in its third edition Mathematics in the Primary School has been updated to reflect recent mathematics curriculum documentation and revised standards for QTS. Key areas include: The role of talk in learning maths Teacher questioning Development of children’s reasoning Creative engagement with maths Assessment for learning and self assessment Suggested resources for teachers including ICT Providing a coherent set of principles for teaching primary mathematics across the main topics in the curriculum the authors explore children’s understanding of key areas of mathematics at reception infant and junior levels. Important principles and teaching approaches are identified including the use of calculators and computers and there is an emphasis on mental mathematics and problem solving supporting key issues raised by the Williams review (2008). Case studies are used throughout to illustrate how different teaching approaches are put into practice and how children respond to them and there is advice on planning organisation and assessment of mathematical learning in the classroom. Emphasising the importance of teachers’ own mathematical knowledge and offering clear guidance and practical advice this book is essential reading for students NQTs and practising teachers with a focus on primary mathematics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811826

Mathematics Instruction for Students With DisabilitiesA Special Issue of exceptionality This special issue focuses on mathematics for students with disabilities particularly on the topic of division. The articles discuss a number of curricula and instructional practices that have direct and meaningful implications for the classroom. They also serve as a foundation for the development of research into effective intervention practices. As a whole this issue provides an opportunity to extract selected features of instruction from the articles found herein and to contrast the effectiveness of two distinct instructional approaches--constructivism and direct/explicit instruction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046129

Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators - Three Volume Set To properly operate a waterworks or wastewater treatment plant and to pass the examination for a waterworks/wastewater operator’s license it is necessary to know how to perform certain calculations. All operators at all levels of licensure need a basic understanding of arithmetic and problem-solving techniques to solve the problems they typically encounter in the workplace.Hailed on its first publication as a masterly account written in an engaging highly readable user-friendly style the Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators Second Edition has been expanded and divided into three specialized texts that contain hundreds of worked examples presented in a step-by-step format. They are ideal for all levels of water treatment operators in training and practitioners studying for advanced licensure. In addition they provide a handy desk reference and handheld guide for daily use in making operational math computations.Basic Mathematics for Water and Wastewater Operators introduces and reviews fundamental concepts critical to qualified operators. It builds a strong foundation based on theoretical math concepts which it then applies to solving practical problems for both water and wastewater operations. Water Treatment Operations: Math Concepts and Calculations covers computations used in water treatment and Wastewater Treatment Operations: Math Concepts and Calculations covers computations commonly used in wastewater treatment plant operations. The volumes present math operations that progressively advance to higher more practical applications including math operations that operators at the highest level of licensure would be expected to know and perform.To ensure correlation to modern practice and design the volumes provide illustrative examples for commonly used waterworks and wastewater treatment operations covering unit process operations found in today’s treatment facilities. Readers working through the books systematically will acquire a definitive understanding of and skill in performing the applied water/wastewater calculations that are essential for a successful career in the water industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224740

Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators: Wastewater Treatment OperationsMath Concepts and Calculations To properly operate a waterworks or wastewater treatment plant and to pass the examination for a waterworks/wastewater operator’s license it is necessary to know how to perform certain calculations. All operators at all levels of licensure need a basic understanding of arithmetic and problem-solving techniques to solve the problems they typically encounter in the workplace.Hailed on its first publication as a masterly account written in an engaging highly readable user-friendly style the Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators Second Edition has been expanded and divided into three specialized texts that contain hundreds of worked examples presented in a step-by-step format. They are ideal for all levels of water treatment operators in training and practitioners studying for advanced licensure. In addition they provide a handy desk reference and handheld guide for daily use in making operational math computations.This third volume Wastewater Treatment Operations: Math Concepts and Calculations covers computations commonly used in wastewater treatment with applied math problems specific to wastewater operations allowing operators of specific unit processes to focus on their area of specialty. It explains calculations for flow velocity and pumping; preliminary and primary treatments; trickling filtration; rotating biological contactors; and chemical dosage. It also addresses various aspects of biosolids in wastewater treatment ponds and water/wastewater laboratory calculations. The text presents math operations that progressively advance to higher more practical applications of mathematical calculations including math operations that operators at the highest level of licensure would be expected to know and perform. To ensure correlation to modern practice and design this volume provides illustrative problems for commonly used wastewater treatment operations found in today’s treatment facilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224283

Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators: Water Treatment OperationsMath Concepts and Calculations To properly operate a waterworks or wastewater treatment plant and to pass the examination for a waterworks/wastewater operator’s license it is necessary to know how to perform certain calculations. All operators at all levels of licensure need a basic understanding of arithmetic and problem-solving techniques to solve the problems they typically encounter in the workplace.Hailed on its first publication as a masterly account written in an engaging highly readable user-friendly style the Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators Second Edition has been expanded and divided into three specialized texts that contain hundreds of worked examples presented in a step-by-step format. They are ideal for all levels of water treatment operators in training and practitioners studying for advanced licensure. In addition they provide a handy desk reference and handheld guide for daily use in making operational math computations.This second volume Water Treatment Operations: Math Concepts and Calculations covers computations commonly used in water treatment with applied math problems specific to waterworks operations allowing operators of specific unit processes to focus on their area of specialty. It explains calculations for pumping water source and storage coagulation and flocculation sedimentation filtration chlorination fluoridation and water softening. The text presents math operations that progressively advance to higher more practical applications of mathematical calculations including math operations that operators at the highest level of licensure would be expected to know and perform. To ensure correlation to modern practice and design this volume provides illustrative problems for commonly used waterworks treatment operations found in today’s treatment facilities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224214

Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant OperatorsBasic Mathematics for Water and Wastewater Operators To properly operate a waterworks or wastewater treatment plant and to pass the examination for a waterworks/wastewater operator’s license it is necessary to know how to perform certain calculations. All operators at all levels of licensure need a basic understanding of arithmetic and problem-solving techniques to solve the problems they typically encounter in the workplace.Hailed on its first publication as a masterly account written in an engaging highly readable user-friendly style the Mathematics Manual for Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators Second Edition has been expanded and divided into three specialized texts that contain hundreds of worked examples presented in a step-by-step format. They are ideal for all levels of water treatment operators in training and practitioners studying for advanced licensure. In addition they provide a handy desk reference and handheld guide for daily use in making operational math computations.This first volume Basic Mathematics for Water and Wastewater Operators introduces and reviews fundamental concepts critical to qualified operators. Presented at a basic level this volume reviews fractions and decimals rounding numbers significant digits raising numbers to powers averages proportions conversion factors flow and detention time and the areas and volumes of different shapes. It also explains how to keep track of units of measurement (such as inches feet and gallons) during the calculations. After building a strong foundation based on theoretical math concepts the text moves on to applied math—basic math concepts applied in solving practical problems for both water and wastewater operations. The material is presented using clear explanations in manageable portions to make learning quick and easy and illustrative real-world problems are provided that correlate to modern practice and design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482224252

Mathematics of Casino Carnival Games There are thousands of books relating to poker blackjack roulette and baccarat including strategy guides statistical analysis psychological studies and much more. However there are no books on Pell Rouleno Street Dice and many other games that have had a short life in casinos! While this is understandable — most casino gamblers have not heard of these games and no one is currently playing them — their absence from published works means that some interesting mathematics and gaming history are at risk of being lost forever. Table games other than baccarat blackjack craps and roulette are called carnival games as a nod to their origin in actual traveling or seasonal carnivals. Mathematics of Casino Carnival Games is a focused look at these games and the mathematics at their foundation. Features • Exercises with solutions are included for readers who wish to practice the ideas presented • Suitable for a general audience with an interest in the mathematics of gambling and games • Goes beyond providing practical ‘tips’ for gamblers and explores the mathematical principles that underpin gambling games Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367348656

Mathematics of Keno and Lotteries Mathematics of Keno and Lotteries is an elementary treatment of the mathematics primarily probability and simple combinatorics involved in lotteries and keno. Keno has a long history as a high-advantage high-payoff casino game and state lottery games such as Powerball are mathematically similar. MKL also considers such lottery games as passive tickets daily number drawings and specialized games offered around the world. In addition there is a section on financial mathematics that explains the connection between lump-sum lottery prizes (as with Powerball) and their multi-year annuity options. So-called "winning systems" for keno and lotteries are examined mathematically and their flaws identified. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138723726

Mathematics of Quantum Computation Among the most exciting developments in science today is the design and construction of the quantum computer. Its realization will be the result of multidisciplinary efforts but ultimately it is mathematics that lies at the heart of theoretical quantum computer science.Mathematics of Quantum Computation brings together leading computer scientists mathematicians and physicists to provide the first interdisciplinary but mathematically focused exploration of the field's foundations and state of the art. Each section of the book addresses an area of major research and does so with introductory material that brings newcomers quickly up to speed. Chapters that are more advanced include recent developments not yet published in the open literature.Information technology will inevitably enter into the realm of quantum mechanics and more than all the atomic molecular optical and nanotechnology advances it is the device-independent mathematics that is the foundation of quantum computer and information science. Mathematics of Quantum Computation offers the first up-to-date coverage that has the technical depth and breadth needed by those interested in the challenges being confronted at the frontiers of research. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367396350

Mathematics of Quantum Computation and Quantum Technology Research and development in the pioneering field of quantum computing involve just about every facet of science and engineering including the significant areas of mathematics and physics. Based on the firm understanding that mathematics and physics are equal partners in the continuing study of quantum science Mathematics of Quantum Computation and Quantum Technology explores the rapid mathematical advancements made in this field in recent years.Novel Viewpoints on Numerous Aspects of Quantum Computing and TechnologyEdited by a well-respected team of experts this volume compiles contributions from specialists across various disciplines. It contains four main parts beginning with topics in quantum computing that include quantum algorithms and hidden subgroups quantum search algorithmic complexity and quantum simulation. The next section covers quantum technology such as mathematical tools quantum wave functions superconducting quantum computing interference devices (SQUIDs) and optical quantum computing. The section on quantum information deals with error correction cryptography entanglement and communication. The final part explores topological quantum computation knot theory category algebra and logic.The Tools You Need to Tackle the Next Generation of Quantum TechnologyThis book facilitates both the construction of a common quantum language and the development of interdisciplinary quantum techniques which will aid efforts in the pursuit of the ultimate goal-a "real" scalable quantum computer. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367388614

Mathematics Pocket Book for Engineers and Scientists This compendium of essential formulae definitions tables and general information provides the mathematical information required by engineering students technicians scientists and professionals in day-to-day engineering practice. A practical and versatile reference source now in its fifth edition the layout has been changed and streamlined to ensure the information is even more quickly and readily available â€“ making it a handy companion on-site in the office as well as for academic study. It also acts as a practical revision guide for those undertaking degree courses in engineering and science  and for BTEC Nationals Higher Nationals and NVQs where mathematics is an underpinning requirement of the course. All the essentials of engineering mathematics â€“ from algebra geometry and trigonometry to logic circuits differential equations and probability â€“ are covered with clear and succinct explanations and illustrated with over 300 line drawings and 500 worked examples based in real-world application. The emphasis throughout the book is on providing the practical tools needed to solve mathematical problems quickly and efficiently in engineering contexts. John Bird’s presentation of this core material puts all the answers at your fingertips. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367266523

Mathematics Teachers at WorkConnecting Curriculum Materials and Classroom Instruction This book compiles and synthesizes existing research on teachers’ use of mathematics curriculum materials and the impact of curriculum materials on teaching and teachers with a particular emphasis on – but not restricted to – those materials developed in the 1990s in response to the NCTM’s Principles and Standards for School Mathematics. Despite the substantial amount of curriculum development activity over the last 15 years and growing scholarly interest in their use the book represents the first compilation of research on teachers and mathematics curriculum materials and the first volume with this focus in any content area in several decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899369

Mathematics Teachers in Transition This book addresses the need of professional development leaders and policymakers for scholarly knowledge about influencing teachers to modify mathematical instruction to bring it more in alignment with the recommendations of the current reform movement initiated by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. The book presents: * theoretical perspectives for studying analyzing and understanding teacher change; * descriptions of contextual variables to be considered as one studies and attempts to understand teacher change; and * descriptions of professional development programs that resulted in teacher change. One chapter builds a rationale for looking to developmental psychology for guidance in constructing models of reconstructing new forms of mathematical instruction. Another highlights the relevance to mathematics teacher development of research-based knowledge about how children construct mathematical ideas. Other chapters explore the relationships between the various contexts of schooling and instructional change. Included also are chapters that describe and analyze major reform efforts designed to assist teachers in modifying their instructional practices (Cognitively Guided Instruction Math-Cubed Project Impact Mathematics in Context and the Case-Based Project). Finally the current state of knowledge about encouraging teachers to modify their instruction is discussed the implications of major research and implementation findings are suggested and some of the major questions that need to be addressed are identified such as what we have learned about teacher change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203053713

Mathematics Teaching in the Early YearsAn Investigation of Teachers' Subject Knowledge Young children start school already able to do a surprising amount of mathematics. This book examines the nature and origin of subject knowledge and is based on information gathered from observing the interactions between teachers and their first-year pupils. It demonstrates the necessity of the classroom teacher to draw on many kinds of knowledge in order to deal with various issues surrounding classroom learning and teaching. Two important core areas are knowledge of lesson structure and of subject matter; this book address the area of subject matter and as such it should be of interest to classroom teachers and lecturers in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154971

Mathematics: a Simple Tool for Geologists Uses geological examples to illustrate mathematical ideas. Contains a large number of worked examples and problems for students to attempt themselves. Answers to all the questions are given at the end of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161351

MathematicsA Minimal Introduction Bridging the gap between procedural mathematics that emphasizes calculations and conceptual mathematics that focuses on ideas Mathematics: A Minimal Introduction presents an undergraduate-level introduction to pure mathematics and basic concepts of logic. The author builds logic and mathematics from scratch using essentially no background except natural language. He also carefully avoids circularities that are often encountered in related books and places special emphasis on separating the language of mathematics from metalanguage and eliminating semantics from set theory. The first part of the text focuses on pre-mathematical logic including syntax semantics and inference. The author develops these topics entirely outside the mathematical paradigm. In the second part the discussion of mathematics starts with axiomatic set theory and ends with advanced topics such as the geometry of cubics real and p-adic analysis and the quadratic reciprocity law. The final part covers mathematical logic and offers a brief introduction to model theory and incompleteness. Taking a formalist approach to the subject this text shows students how to reconstruct mathematics from language itself. It helps them understand the mathematical discourse needed to advance in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482216004

MathematicsPeople Problems Results To understand why mathematics exists and why it is perpetuated one must know something of its history and of the lives and results of famous mathematicians. This three-volume collection of entertaining articles will captivate those with a special interest in mathematics as well as arouse those with even the slightest curiosity about the most sophisticated sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781315895215

MathematicsTeaching School Subjects 11-19 This accessible and thought-provoking book considers what beginning teachers need to know about learning teaching assessment curriculum and professional development in the context of teaching mathematics to eleven to nineteen year olds. It is part of a new series of books that has as its starting point the fact that PGCE students are already subject specialists.The authors show how mathematics teachers can communicate their own enthusiasm for the subject and inspire their pupils to learn and enjoy learning. They provide practical advice which will help teachers and student teachers to: plan organize manage and assess classroom work make decisions about the content ordering and level of difficulty of lessons make sense of new subject material and how it contributes to wider educational aims develop professionally by developing the subject as a whole. This is a comprehensive introduction to teaching mathematics in the secondary school which will be invaluable to teachers beginning their careers and those who are training to be mathematics teachers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203073032

Mathematizing Your SchoolCreating a Culture for Math Success Learn the secrets to getting your entire school excited about math! This book from acclaimed author Dr. Nicki Newton and experienced instructional specialist Janet Nuzzie shows you how to integrate engaging math instruction at every level from the small group project to the school-wide assembly. With contributions from math coaches district leaders and classroom teachers this book will give you the practical tools you need to boost student proficiency encourage collaboration between staff members and make math an important part of school life. You’ll also learn how to: Create a safe and inviting environment for mathematics instruction; Devote adequate amounts of instructional time to help students develop their skill set as proficient mathematicians; Use real-world contexts and hands-on instruction to boost engagement; Give students the tools and opportunities to be confident to question to take risks and to make mistakes; And much much more! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138323230

Mathew BradyPhotographer of Our Nation In a spellbinding account of her two-year teaching stint and travels in China Woronov provides through numerous anecdotes insight into the everyday life of the modern Chinese people. 20 photos. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702490

Maths 5–11A Guide for Teachers Focusing on good progression from Reception to Year 6 Maths 5–11 provides a clear and concise presentation of the fundamental knowledge that all primary mathematics teachers need. It provides readers with practical knowledge for the planning and assessment necessary to employ the theories expressed in the book. Ranging from number sense and place value to looking in depth at the various aspects of fractions and mathematical reasoning this book explores: mathematical connections inside and outside of the curriculum; the relation of mathematics to other primary subjects such as science geography and art; mathematics teaching practices from high-performing jurisdictions across the world; the progression of learning from primary school to secondary school; the ‘big ideas’ in mathematics; and activities that provide strategies for children to use responsively and creatively. Helping primary teachers and mathematics coordinators improve and enhance their mathematical subject knowledge and pedagogy Maths 5–11 will re-instil an excitement about teaching mathematics among its readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367219680

Maths and ICT in the Primary SchoolA Creative Approach By clearly outlining how ICT can enhance and improve children’s learning this book shows how to unleash the full potential of ICT within the classroom. Stimulating useful and free of jargon the book provides many practical examples to show teachers where when and how ICT can be used effectively within their maths teaching. It provides advice on: teaching creatively choosing ICT resources differentiation assessing ICT making the most of adult support. Rooted in the practical realities of the classroom this book will support both trainee and qualified teachers in providing rich and creative maths experiences through the use of ICT. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203823422

Maths and Medications Solving calculations in a busy environment can be tough and time consuming. This quick reference guide featuring basic maths concepts and medication administration will help you take the problem out of problem solving. The Nursing & Health Survival Guides have evolved - take a look at our our app for iPhone and iPad. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780273764465

Maths for the Building Trades Maths for the Building Trades provides students of all ages with an easy-to-understand guide to the fundamental mathematics that is required in their area of study and beyond. It can be used as a learning programme on its own or in conjunction with the textbooks associated with their chosen trade.The book assumes only a minimum level of mathematical knowledge and thoroughly covers the basic rules. It then goes on to fully explain some of the more complex areas in which the student will be required to demonstrate competence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138423169

Maths Homework for Key Stage 2Activity-Based Learning Maths Homework for Key Stage 2 is a unique resource for busy teachers â€“ a selection of ‘pencil-free’ hands-on activities that teachers can use as extension activities or give to pupils as homework to do with members of their family or friends. Each of the activities encourages the pupils to learn through discussion and through practical activities utilising everyday resources. Each activity is quick and easy for pupils and teachers to manage and includes: a learning aim full clear instructions and discussion points tasks to develop collaboration and partnership between pupils parents and teachers photocopiable resources. A refreshing approach for teachers and pupils these activities will foster enthusiasm for learning and inspire pupils' interest in Maths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181199

MATLAB BluesHow Behavioral Scientists and Others Can Learn From Mistakes for Better Happier Programming MATLAB Blues is an accessible comprehensive introduction to the MATLAB computer programming language—a powerful and increasingly popular tool for students and researchers. Rosenbaum identifies many of the common mistakes and pitfalls associated with using MATLAB and shows users how they can learn from these mistakes to be better happier programmers. Each chapter systematically addresses one of the basic principles of the programming language like matrices calculations contingencies plotting input-output and graphics and then identifies areas that are problematic as well as potential errors that can occur. This not only provides the reader with the fundamental "scales and chords" that a MATLAB programmer needs to know but also with a series of examples and explanations of how to avoid and remedy common mistakes. Accompanied by an array of sample code that can be used and manipulated in conjunction with the textbook this book is a practical insightful introduction to MATLAB which provides motivation and encouragement to those with little or no background in programming as well as to those with more advanced concerns. It is an invaluable resource for researchers and students undertaking courses in research methods statistics and programming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480544

MATLAB for Behavioral Scientists Written specifically for those with no prior programming experience and minimal quantitative training this accessible text walks behavioral science students and researchers through the process of programming using MATLAB. The book explores examples terms and programming needs relevant to those in the behavioral sciences and helps readers perform virtually any computational function in solving their research problems. Principles are illustrated with usable code. Each chapter opens with a list of objectives followed by new commands required to accomplish those goals. These objectives also serve as a reference to help readers easily relocate a section of interest. Sample code and output and chapter problems demonstrate how to write a program and explore a model so readers can see the results obtained using different equations and values. A web site provides solutions to selected problems and the book’s program code output and examples so readers can manipulate them as needed. The outputs on the website have color motion and sound. Highlights of the new edition include: •Updated to reflect changes in the most recent version of MATLAB including special tricks and new functions. •More information on debugging and common errors and more basic problems in the rudiments of MATLAB to help novice users get up and running more quickly. •A new chapter on Psychtoolbox a suite of programs specifically geared to behavioral science research. •A new chapter on Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) for user-friendly communication. •Increased emphasis on pre-allocation of memory recursion handles and matrix algebra operators. The book opens with an overview of what is to come and tips on how to write clear programs followed by pointers for interacting with MATLAB including its commands and how to read error messages. The matrices chapter reviews how to store and access data. Chapter 4 examines how to carry out calculations followed by a review of how to perform various actions depending on the conditions. The chapter on input and output demonstrates how to design programs to create dialogs with users (e.g. participants in studies) and read and write data to and from external files. Chapter 7 reviews the data types available in MATLAB. Readers learn how to write a program as a stand-alone module in Chapter 8. In Chapters 9 and 10 readers learn how to create line and bar graphs or reshape images. Readers learn how to create animations and sounds in Chapter 11. The book concludes with tips on how to use MATLAB with applications such as GUIs and Psychtoolbox. Intended as a primary text for Matlab courses for advanced undergraduate and/or graduate students in experimental and cognitive psychology and/or neuroscience as well as a supplementary text for labs in data (statistical) analysis research methods and computational modeling (programming) the book also appeals to individual researchers in these disciplines who wish to get up and running in MATLAB. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535946

MATLAB Handbook with Applications to Mathematics Science Engineering and Finance The purpose of this handbook is to allow users to learn and master the mathematics software package MATLAB® as well as to serve as a quick reference to some of the most used instructions in the package. A unique feature of this handbook is that it can be used by the novice and by experienced users alike. For experienced users it has four chapters with examples and applications in engineering finance physics and optimization. Exercises are included along with solutions available for the interested reader on the book’s web page. These exercises are a complement for the interested reader who wishes to get a deeper understanding of MATLAB.FeaturesCovers both MATLAB and introduction to SimulinkCovers the use of GUIs in MATLAB and SimulinkOffers downloadable examples and programs from the handbook’s websiteProvides an introduction to object oriented programming using MATLABIncludes applications from many areasIncludes the realization of executable files for MATLAB programs and Simulink models Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367732035

MATLAB Primer Highlighting the new aspects of MATLAB 7.10 and expanding on many existing features MATLAB Primer Eighth Edition shows you how to solve problems in science engineering and mathematics. Now in its eighth edition this popular primer continues to offer a hands-on step-by-step introduction to using the powerful tools of MATLAB. New to the Eighth Edition A new chapter on object-oriented programming Discussion of the MATLAB File Exchange window which provides direct access to over 10 000 submissions by MATLAB users Major changes to the MATLAB Editor such as code folding and the integration of the Code Analyzer (M-Lint) into the Editor Explanation of more powerful Help tools such as quick help popups for functions via the Function Browser The new bsxfun function A synopsis of each of the MATLAB Top 500 most frequently used functions operators and special characters The addition of several useful features including sets logical indexing isequal repmat reshape varargin and varargout The book takes you through a series of simple examples that become progressively more complex. Starting with the core components of the MATLAB desktop it demonstrates how to handle basic matrix operations and expressions in MATLAB. The text then introduces commonly used functions and explains how to write your own functions before covering advanced features such as object-oriented programming calling other languages from MATLAB and MATLAB graphics. It also presents an in-depth look at the Symbolic Toolbox which solves problems analytically rather than numerically. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138403963

MATLAB with Applications to Engineering Physics and Finance Master the tools of MATLAB through hands-on examplesShows How to Solve Math Problems Using MATLABThe mathematical software MATLAB® integrates computation visualization and programming to produce a powerful tool for a number of different tasks in mathematics. Focusing on the MATLAB toolboxes especially dedicated to science finance and engineering MATLAB® with Applications to Engineering Physics and Finance explains how to perform complex mathematical tasks with relatively simple programs. This versatile book is accessible enough for novices and users with only a fundamental knowledge of MATLAB yet covers many sophisticated concepts to make it helpful for experienced users as well.The author first introduces the basics of MATLAB describing simple functions such as differentiation integration and plotting. He then addresses advanced topics including programming producing executables publishing results directly from MATLAB programs and creating graphical user interfaces. The text also presents examples of Simulink® that highlight the advantages of using this software package for system modeling and simulation. The applications-dedicated chapters at the end of the book explore the use of MATLAB in digital signal processing chemical and food engineering astronomy optics financial derivatives and much more. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384982

MATLAB® EssentialsA First Course for Engineers and Scientists All disciplines of science and engineering use numerical methods for complex problem analysis due to the highly mathematical nature of the field. Analytical methods alone are unable to solve many complex problems engineering students and professionals confront. Introduction to MATLAB® Programming for Engineers and Scientists examines the basic elements of code writing and describes MATLAB® methods for solving common engineering problems and applications across the range of engineering disciplines. The text uses a class-tested learning approach and accessible two-color page design to guide students from basic programming to the skills needed for future coursework and engineering practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032378

MATLAB-based Finite Element Programming in Electromagnetic Modeling   This book is a self-contained programming-oriented and learner-centered book on finite element method (FEM) with special emphasis given to developing MATLAB® programs for numerical modeling of electromagnetic boundary value problems. It provides a deep understanding and intuition of FEM programming by means of step-by-step MATLAB® programs with detailed descriptions and eventually enabling the readers to modify adapt and apply the provided programs and formulations to develop FEM codes for similar problems through various exercises. It starts with simple one-dimensional static and time-harmonic problems and extends the developed theory to more complex two- or three-dimensional problems. It supplies sufficient theoretical background on the topic and it thoroughly covers all phases (pre-processing main body and post-processing) in FEM. FEM formulations are obtained for boundary value problems governed by a partial differential equation that is expressed in terms of a generic unknown function and then these formulations are specialized to various electromagnetic applications together with a post-processing phase. Since the method is mostly described in a general context readers from other disciplines can also use this book and easily adapt the provided codes to their engineering problems. After forming a solid background on the fundamentals of FEM by means of canonical problems readers are guided to more advanced applications of FEM in electromagnetics through a survey chapter at the end of the book. Offers a self-contained and easy-to-understand introduction to the theory and programming of finite element method. Covers various applications in the field of static and time-harmonic electromagnetics. Includes one- two- and three-dimensional finite element codes in MATLAB®. Enables readers to develop finite element programming skills through various MATLAB® codes and exercises. Promotes self-directed learning skills and provides an effective instruction tool. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498784078

Matrices and Graphs Stability Problems in Mathematical Ecology Intuitive ideas of stability in dynamics of a biological population community or ecosystem can be formalized in the framework of corresponding mathematical models. These are often represented by systems of ordinary differential equations or difference equations. Matrices and Graphs covers achievements in the field using concepts from matrix theory and graph theory. The book effectively surveys applications of mathematical results pertinent to issues of theoretical and applied ecology. The only mathematical prerequisite for using Matrices and Graphs is a working knowledge of linear algebra and matrices. The book is ideal for biomathematicians ecologists and applied mathematicians doing research on dynamic behavior of model populations and communities consisting of multi-component systems. It will also be valuable as a text for a graduate-level topics course in applied math or mathematical ecology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895222

Matrimony in the True ChurchThe Seventeenth-Century Quaker Marriage Approbation Discipline Like many other denominations seventeenth-century Quakers were keen to ensure that members married within their own religious community. In order to properly understand the ramification of such a policy this book explores the early Quaker marriage approbation process and discipline as demonstrated through the works and marriage of the movement’s leaders George Fox and Margaret Fell. The book begins with an introduction that briefly summarises the historical context of the early Quaker movement the ministry of Fox and Fell and importance they laid upon the marriage approbation discipline. The remainder of the book is divided into three broad chapters. Chapter one examines the practical aspects of the early Quaker marriage approbation discipline including a summary of seventeenth-century courtship and marriage practice and an analysis of early Quaker Meeting Minutes. Chapter two then looks at the theological foundations of the marriage approbation process and the Quaker emphasis on ’Good Order’ and their desire to return to the primitive Christianity of the apostolic church. Chapter three examines the marriage between Fox and Fell which they presented as a testimony of the union of Christ and his Church. Their married life is analysed through their correspondence to discover whether or not the marriage did indeed exemplify the spiritual gravity originally bestowed upon it by Fox Fell and some in the Quaker community. Through this close investigation of Quaker marriage approbation the book offers fascinating insights into early modern English society attitudes to gender and the early Quakers’ self-perception of themselves as the one and only True Church. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138379923

Matrix ActivismGlobal Practices of Resistance The intersection of virtual and physical spaces at the heart of contemporary political protests is a pivotal element in new practices of activism. In this new and global ecology of dissent and activism different forces stakeholders and spaces once defiantly discordant come together to define the increasingly malleable nature and terms of participatory politics and the performance of democracy. This book explores the emerging sites aesthetics and politics of contemporary dissent as a critical attempt to foreground their mediation and negotiation in an era of neoliberal globalization. Contemporary forms of media activism occupy deeply ambivalent spaces which Ardizzoni analyzes using the lens of what she calls "matrix activism." Rather than confining the analysis to a single platform a single technology or a single social actor matrix activism allows us to explain the hybrid nature of new forms of dissent and resistance as they are located at the intersection of alternative and mainstream non-profit and corporate individual and social production and consumption online and offline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877200

Matrix Algebra Using MINimal MATlab The strength of this textbook lies in the careful exposition of mathematical thinking basic set-theoretic notions and proof techniques combined with contemporary numerical methods used throughout the book. A basic version of computer programs compatible with the widely used program MatLab and exercises are provided on a disk included with the book.Warmup * Matrix Operations * Invertible Matrices * Subspaces * Rank and Dimension * Geometry * Determinants-I * Diagonalization * Differential Equations * Hermitian Matrices * Triangular Matrices * Unitary Matrices * Block Diagonalization * Jordan Normal Form * Determinants-II * Proofs * Mathematical Induction†* Summary of MINIMAT * Answers * MINIMAT Tutorial (PC Version) Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781315275451

Matrix Analysis of Structural DynamicsApplications and Earthquake Engineering Uses state-of-the-art computer technology to formulate displacement method with matrix algebra. Facilitates analysis of structural dynamics and applications to earthquake engineering and UBC and IBC seismic building codes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315272467

Matrix and DeterminantFundamentals and Applications This book provides a clear understanding regarding the fundamentals of matrix and determinant from introduction to its real-life applications. The topic is considered one of the most important mathematical tools used in mathematical modelling. Matrix and Determinant: Fundamentals and Applications  is a small self-explanatory and well synchronized book that provides an introduction to the basics along with well explained applications. The theories in the book are covered along with their definitions notations and examples. Illustrative examples are listed at the end of each covered topic along with unsolved comprehension questions and real-life applications. This book provides a concise understanding of matrix and determinate which will be useful to students as well as researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367613167

Matrix Inequalities and Their Extensions to Lie Groups Matrix Inequalities and Their Extensions to Lie Groups gives a systematic and updated account of recent important extensions of classical matrix results especially matrix inequalities in the context of Lie groups. It is the first systematic work in the area and will appeal to linear algebraists and Lie group researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498796163

Matrix Inequalities for Iterative Systems The book reviews inequalities for weighted entry sums of matrix powers. Applications range from mathematics and CS to pure sciences. It unifies and generalizes several results for products and powers of sesquilinear forms derived from powers of Hermitian positive-semidefinite as well as nonnegative matrices. It shows that some inequalities are valid only in specific cases. How to translate the Hermitian matrix results into results for alternating powers of general rectangular matrices? Inequalities that compare the powers of the row and column sums to the row and column sums of the matrix powers are refined for nonnegative matrices. Lastly eigenvalue bounds and derive results for iterated kernels are improved. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498777773

Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis This book deals with matrix methods of structural analysis for linearly elastic framed structures. It starts with background of matrix analysis of structures followed by procedure to develop force-displacement relation for a given structure using flexibility and stiffness coefficients. The remaining text deals with the analysis of framed structures using flexibility stiffness and direct stiffness methods. Simple programs using MATLAB for the analysis of structures are included in the appendix.Key FeaturesExplores matrix methods of structural analysis for linearly elastic framed structuresIntroduces key concepts in the development of stiffness and flexibility matricesDiscusses concepts like action and redundant coordinates (in flexibility method) and active and restrained coordinates (in stiffness method)Helps reader understand the background behind the structural analysis programsContains solved examples and MATLAB codes Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571269

Matrix Theory and Applications with MATLAB Designed for use in a second course on linear algebra Matrix Theory and Applications with MATLAB covers the basics of the subject-from a review of matrix algebra through vector spaces to matrix calculus and unitary similarity-in a presentation that stresses insight understanding and applications. Among its most outstanding features is the integration of MATLAB throughout the text. Each chapter includes a MATLAB subsection that discusses the various commands used to do the computations in that section and offers code for the graphics and some algorithms used in the text.All of the material is presented from a matrix point of view with enough rigor for students to learn to compose arguments and proofs and adjust the material to cover other problems. The treatment includes optional subsections covering applications and the final chapters move beyond basic matrix theory to discuss more advanced topics such as decompositions positive definite matrices graphics and topology.Filled with illustrations examples and exercises that reinforce understanding Matrix Theory and Applications with MATLAB allows readers to experiment and visualize results in a way that no other text does. Its rigor use of MATLAB and focus on applications better prepares them to use the material in their future work and research to extend the material and perhaps obtain new results of their own. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315273778

Matrix TheoryFrom Generalized Inverses to Jordan Form In 1990 the National Science Foundation recommended that every college mathematics curriculum should include a second course in linear algebra. In answer to this recommendation Matrix Theory: From Generalized Inverses to Jordan Form provides the material for a second semester of linear algebra that probes introductory linear algebra concepts while also exploring topics not typically covered in a sophomore-level class.Tailoring the material to advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students the authors offer instructors flexibility in choosing topics from the book. The text first focuses on the central problem of linear algebra: solving systems of linear equations. It then discusses LU factorization derives Sylvester's rank formula introduces full-rank factorization and describes generalized inverses. After discussions on norms QR factorization and orthogonality the authors prove the important spectral theorem. They also highlight the primary decomposition theorem Schur's triangularization theorem singular value decomposition and the Jordan canonical form theorem. The book concludes with a chapter on multilinear algebra.With this classroom-tested text students can delve into elementary linear algebra ideas at a deeper level and prepare for further study in matrix theory and abstract algebra. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367389437

Matrix Variate Distributions Useful in physics economics psychology and other fields random matrices play an important role in the study of multivariate statistical methods. Until now however most of the material on random matrices could only be found scattered in various statistical journals. Matrix Variate Distributions gathers and systematically presents most of the recent developments in continuous matrix variate distribution theory and includes new results.After a review of the essential background material the authors investigate the range of matrix variate distributions including:matrix variate normal distributionWishart distributionMatrix variate t-distributionMatrix variate beta distributionF-distributionMatrix variate Dirichlet distributionMatrix quadratic formsWith its inclusion of new results Matrix Variate Distributions promises to stimulate further research and help advance the field of multivariate statistical analysis. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780203749289

Matrix-Analytic Methods in Stochastic Models Based on the proceedings of the first International Conference on Matrix-Analytic Methods (MAM) in Stochastic Models held in Flint Michigan this book presents a general working knowledge of MAM through tutorial articles and application papers. It furnishes information on MAM studies carried out in the former Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138426269

Matsuri: The Festivals of JapanWith a Selection from P.G. O'Neill's Photographic Archive of Matsuri Contribution to Western understanding of the nature and manifestations of Shinto through the vast galaxy of historic festivals (matsuri) that are here categorized and analysed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315073385

Matter Materiality and Modern Culture Matter Materiality and Modern Culture offers a new approach to the study of contemporary objects to give the reader a new understanding of the relationship between people and their material world. It asks how the very stuff of our world has shaped our societies by addressing a broad array of questions including: * why do Berliners have such strange door keys? * should the Isle of Wight pop festival be preserved? * could aliens tell a snail shell from a waste paper basket * why did Victorian England make so much of death and burial? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203351635

Matter Mind and Meaning This volume is concerned with the philosophical foundations of Psychical Research. Traditional metaphysical theories have led to apparently insoluble problems concerning the nature of mind of matter and the relation between the two. The author holds that these theories arise from misconception about the way in which words acquire meaning. His aim is to show that once the relation between words and the experienceable entities which they mean is clearly understood these seemingly insoluble problems disappear and the metaphysical theories which give rise to them are seen to be literally nonsensical. The philosophy which results is a radically empirical one a form of Neutral Monism. The book intended to ‘clear the decks’ for Psychical Research by removing certain traditional pseudo-problems but it will be of interest to all who followed the revival of Empiricist Philosophy whether they are students of Psychical Research or not. It is written in a pithy and sparkling style with a minimum of technical terms and serves as an introduction to Empiricist Philosophy. Originally published 1949. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138825130

Matter and Method in Education This volume discusses school practice and methods in the early twentieth century against their historical background. It covers the curriculum time-tabling lesson planning exams and discipline. Each chapter ends with extensive notes and questions for discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415750608

Matter and Method in the Long Chemical RevolutionLaws of Another Order The seventeenth-century scientific revolution and the eighteenth-century chemical revolution are rarely considered together either in general histories of science or in more specific surveys of early modern science or chemistry. This tendency arises from the long-held view that the rise of modern physics and the emergence of modern chemistry comprise two distinct and unconnected episodes in the history of science. Although chemistry was deeply transformed during and between both revolutions the scientific revolution is traditionally associated with the physical and mathematical sciences whereas modern chemistry is seen as the exclusive product of the chemical revolution. This historiographical tension between similarity in ’form’ and disparity in historical ’content’ of the two events has tainted the way we understand the rise of modern chemistry as an integral part of the advent of modern science. Against this background Matter and Method in the Long Chemical Revolution examines the role of and effects on chemistry of both revolutions in parallel using chemistry during the chemical revolution to illuminate chemistry during the scientific revolution and vice versa. Focusing on the crises and conflicts of early modern chemistry (and their retrospectively labeled ’losing’ parties) the author traces patterns of continuity in matter theory and experimental method from Boyle to Lavoisier and reevaluates the disciplinary relationships between chemists mechanists and Newtonians in France England and Scotland. Adopting a unique approach to the study of the scientific and chemical revolutions and to early modern chemical thought and practice in particular the author challenges the standard revolution-centered history of early modern science and reinterprets the rise of chemistry as an independent discipline in the long eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245976

Matter: Material Processes in Architectural Production Beginning with material this book revolves around physical material making and design decisions that emerge from material interaction. Combining essays from both practice and academia this book presents some of the most significant projects and thoughts on materiality from the last decade. Beautifully illustrated with a great deal of technical information throughout  it shows work technical technique and process and positions it within a broader theoretical intention. By assembling a range of voices  here is a multifaceted portrait of material design today. Students and design professionals alike should find in this book an essential resource for understanding this increasingly important aspect of design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780292

Matters of EngagementEmotions Identity and Cultural Contact in the Premodern World By drawing on a broad range of disciplinary and cross-disciplinary expertise this study addresses the history of emotions in relation to cross-cultural movement exchange contact and changing connections in the later medieval and early modern periods. All essays in this volume focus on the performance and negotiation of identity in situations of cultural contact with particular emphasis on emotional practices. They cover a wide range of thematic and disciplinary areas and are organized around the primary sources on which they are based. The edited volume brings together two major areas in contemporary humanities: the study of how emotions were understood expressed and performed in shaping premodern transcultural relations and the study of premodern cultural movements contacts exchanges and understandings as emotionally charged encounters. In discussing these hitherto separated historiographies together this study sheds new light on the role of emotions within Europe and amongst non-Europeans and Europeans between 1100 and 1800. The discussion of emotions in a wide range of sources including letters images material culture travel writing and literary accounts makes Matters of Engagement an invaluable source for both scholars and students concerned with the history of premodern emotions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594678

Matters of Fact (RLE Social Theory)A Sociological Inquiry Facts may seem to be independent but in this study Stanley Raffle looks at them as expressions of commitment. Medical records he believes furnish a principal example of the actively oriented character of the factual commitment and he draws on his experience of research among the records of a large modern hospital to demonstrate this. He describes how records are produced and reorganized as records and discusses the grounds which provide for all the features of the records. He looks at the act of ‘observation’ in many apparently and concretely different places and analyses the activity of noticing viewing recording a spectacle where what is observed supposedly remains untouched by the observing. Dr Raffel goes on to show that observation events records and criteria of assessment such as reliability and completeness lose their status as unexplicated verities and become instead decisive and consequential courses of action. He points out too that the Socratic dialogues exemplify an orientation to commitment that even medical records paradoxically require if they are to be the matters of fact that they are. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138995710

Matters of Life and DeathPsychoanalytic Reflections This book focuses on the intrapsychic vicissitudes of what it means to be truly alive and how death accompanies us at each step of our life's journey. It shows that psychologically-speaking death is always present in life and life in death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367325541

Matters of SportEssays in Honour of Eric Dunning Matters of Sport is a tribute to Eric Dunning the leading sports sociologist in the English-speaking world. This book addresses Dunning's contributions to the sociological and historical study of sport covering key topics such as hooliganism celebrity and gender relations. A broad range of leading academics from Europe and North America reflect on the ways in which Dunning's work has influenced their own research and understanding of sport. This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal Sport in Society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203497210

Matters of the Mind This book presents a popular and authoritative account of the dramatically different ways in which philosophers have thought about the mind over the last hundred years. It explores the effect of the major turning points in recent western philosophy as well as the influence of the leading figures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061670

Matthew Arnold and John Stuart Mill (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 15) This study defines the relationship between humanism and liberalism by comparing the two Victorian figures who were most concerned with the preservation of humanistic values in a free and democratic society: Matthew Arnold and John Stuart Mill. The book sets apart Arnold and Mill from their contemporaries and points out their similarities to one another in discussions of their theories of history poetry their celebration of the contemplative life and their willingness to welcome democracy. At the same time it examines the differences between the two men which he uses to create a dialogue between humanism and liberalism on the question of how a high cultural ideal can be realized in democratic society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649964

Matthew Arnold and the Romantics First published in 1963. Matthew Arnold grew up under the personal as well as literary influence of Wordsworth when Keats Shelley and Byron were dominant poetic forces and Coleridge a seminal thinker on social and religious problems. However the great Romantics were not always positive influences. This study attempts to provide an examination of Arnold by exploring and evaluating the full range of Arnold’s reactions to the major Romantic poets over his whole career. This title will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190924

Matthew ArnoldThe Critical Heritage Volume 1 Prose Writings First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756792

Matthew ArnoldThe Critical Heritage Volume 2 The Poetry First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756808

Matthew BoultonEnterprising Industrialist of the Enlightenment Matthew Boulton was a leading industrialist entrepreneur and Enlightenment figure. Often overshadowed through his association with James Watt his Soho manufactories put Birmingham at the centre of what has recently been termed 'The Industrial Enlightenment'. Exploring his many activities and manufactures-and the regional national and international context in which he operated-this publication provides a valuable index to the current state of Boulton studies. Combining original contributions from social economic and cultural historians with those of historians of science technology and art archaeologists and heritage professionals the book sheds new light on the general culture of the eighteenth century including patterns of work production and consumption of the products of art and industry. The book also extends and enhances knowledge of the Enlightenment industrialization and the processes of globalization in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247857

Mature Women StudentsSeparating Of Connecting Family And Education First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203993385

Maturity and ModernityNietzsche Weber Foucault and the Ambivalence of Reason Maturity and Modernity is the first book to analyze Nietzsche Weber and Foucault as a tradition of theorising and to chart the development of genealogy as a mode of critique. It provides clear accounts of the main ideas of Nietzsche Weber and Foucault (as well as a useful Glossary) and illustrates the relations between these thinkers at methodological substantive and politcal levels. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203388587

Mau Mau and the Kikuyu This widely-acclaimed book on a troubled period of Kenyan history summarizes some of the more important Kikuyu customs and a discussion of their break-down under the impact of European civilization. This discussion illustrates why and how the Mau Mau came into being and how the situation could be improved so that peace could once again come to Kenya. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138861879

Maude by Christina Rossetti On Sisterhoods and A Woman's Thoughts About Women By Dinah Mulock Craik "Maude" was written when Christina Rossetti was 19 and examines the heroine's struggle to resist the notion that modesty and domesticity constitute the duties of women. "On Sisterhoods" by Dinah Mulock Craik advocates the encouragement of Anglican sisterhoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111318

Maurice Mandelbaum and American Critical Realism Many have wondered about the similarity in name of American critical realism and the movement of the same name begun by Roy Bhaskar. The figure of Maurice Mandelbaum complicates the relationship not only due to his career bridging the two movements but also Mandelbaum’s concern not only with traditional concerns of American critical realism (epistemology and philosophy of science) but the nature of society the nature of social explanation and naturalism. This volume reflects both on Mandelbaum’s own career and the relation of his thought to Bhaskar’s critical realism. By examining Mandelbaum’s commitments to phenomenology within critical realism as well as his goal to enlighten social scientific and above all historiographical categories it is possible to see how Mandelbaum went beyond the scientific realism of his predecessors. At the same time a fruitful comparison with Bhaskar’s and others’ thought is undertaken by examining mandelbaum’s solutions to the problems of the ontology of sociology and social laws the dynamics of cultural change and the overriding master narratives that govern late capitalism. By explaining Mandelbaum’s scrupulous attempt to address the horrors of the twentieth century it is possible to appreciate his significance for the twenty-first. A timely and important book Maurice Mandelbaum and American Critical Realism is essential reading for all serious students of critical realism and twentieth century philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797918

Maurice RavelA Guide to Research Maurice Ravel: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography concerning both the nature of primary sources related to the composer and the scope and significance of the secondary sources which deal with him his compositions and his influence as a composer and theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763677

Mauritania's ColonelsPolitical Leadership Civil-Military Relations and Democratization This book the result of more than a decade of research focuses on the socio-political dynamics and civil-military relations in a little studied country: Mauritania located in the troubled North-western part of Africa. Boubacar N’Diaye brings into light the political evolution of this country which holds lessons for African politics and could affect the future of the West African sub-region. Mauritania’s Colonels examines the personalities and policy of five military officers turned heads of state who ruled Mauritania for nearly forty years. After comparing and contrasting the personal traits social origins itineraries and evolution as military officers it critically evaluates the policies they enacted to address four key challenges their country faces. These are namely the difficult cohabitation between the country’s ethno-cultural communities the illusive democratization and military withdrawal from politics the judicious management of the country’s abundant natural resources to meet the socioeconomic needs of their people and the prudent conduct of foreign policy given Mauritania’s location straddling Arab North Africa and Sub-Saharan Africa. Showing the impact that each Colonel has had on the evolution of Mauritania this book will be of interest to students and scholars of West Africa African politics civil-military relations and democratization processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367341107

Mauritius: A successful Small Island Developing State The economic upturn and performance of Mauritius is a far cry from predictions made in the 1960s. The island’s remarkable economic performance since the 1980s can been attributed to a multitude of factors instrumental to the success of the economy including structural reforms outward looking export orientated strategies diversification in the manufacturing tourism and financial services sectors amongst others sound economic governance and institutions and significant investment in human capital. This book attempts to provide a detailed analysis of the various key ingredients which have helped to propel Mauritius to its current status. The various chapters provide important readings for both academics and policymakers with the final chapter providing key policy strategies which the government needs to implement to help Mauritius graduate to the next level of development: namely to that of a high-income economy and in moving out of the middle-income trap laying the foundations for future growth and shared prosperity in the light of both domestic challenges and global constraints. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857439717

Maurits of Nassau and the Survival of the Dutch RevoltComparative Insurgences This book describes the crucial period in the monumental eighty-year Dutch struggle against the Spanish Empire through which a small nation gained its independence from one of the mightiest European powers. Dr. Ridley shows how even though the Dutch Revolt was at its lowest point Maurits of Nassau and the Dutch fought on and the Revolt survived. It was a turbulent time with complex diplomacy and shifting alliances assassination plots France torn by civil war Spain spearheading the Counter-Reformation England facing invasion and Europe eventually convulsed with the Thirty Years' War. In all these the Dutch Revolt was a significant factor. The book also explores subsequent insurgencies over the following three centuries where nationalist groups revolted against European powers and analyzes and identifies essential factors for a successful insurgency. The key roles of finance and international relations in insurgencies are emphasized. This volume will be informative and compelling reading for readers and students of history international relations and insurgencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367346072

Maverick Maestro Maurice Peress leads an unusual American musical life. Born to a Baghdadian father and Polish mother his first music was Arabic and Yiddish songs. He grew up in New York's Washington Heights became a busy dance band and symphonic trumpeter and was drafted towards the end of the Korean conflict landing him in a newly integrated Negro Regimental Band. In this memoir he shares what he learned from an enormous range of American works and musicians. In his first book Peress explored America's music and its African American roots. A musical mission emerges a lifelong commitment to "give concerts that reconstruct delicious mixed marriages of music black and white Jazz and classical folk and concert Native American and European; works that bring people together that urge us to love one another." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612058740

Maverick TeachersHow Innovative Educators are Saving Public Schools Despite dwindling resources and high-stakes testing public school teachers all over the country are managing to breathe life passion and excitement into their classrooms. In this new book by bestselling author A.J. Juliani and lifelong educator David E. Baugh you’ll meet a diverse group of teachers—Mavericks—who are doing exactly that. You’ll hear from teachers across the country and how they are shaking up the norm. Each story includes a powerful vignette and a breakdown of tactics used so you can bring inspiration and strategies back to your own classroom. Together these teachers and their stories will show you how to relate and respond to your students’ most pressing needs leaving you feeling reenergized in your role as a change-maker. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138480728

Max Klinger and Wilhelmine CultureOn the Threshold of German Modernism The Wilhelmine Empire’s opening decades (1870s - 1880s) were crucial transitional years in the development of German modernism both politically and culturally. Here Marsha Morton argues that no artist represented the shift from tradition to unsettling innovation more compellingly than Max Klinger. The author examines Klinger’s early prints and drawings within the context of intellectual and material transformations in Wilhelmine society through an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses Darwinism ethnography dreams and hypnosis the literary Romantic grotesque criminology and the urban experience. His work in advance of Expressionism revealed the psychological and biological underpinnings of modern rational man whose drives and passions undermined bourgeois constructions of material progress social stability and class status at a time when Germans were engaged in defining themselves following unification. This book is the first full-length study of Klinger in English and the first to consistently address his art using methodologies adopted from cultural history. With an emphasis on the popular illustrated media Morton draws upon information from reviews and early books on the artist writings by Klinger and his colleagues and unpublished archival sources. The book is intended for an academic readership interested in European art history social science literature and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547582

Max LiebermannModern Art and Modern Germany Max Liebermann: Modern Art and Modern Germany is the first English-language examination of this German impressionist painter whose long life and career spanned nine decades. Through a close reading of key paintings and by a discussion of his many cultural networks across Germany and throughout Europe this study by Marion Deshmukh illuminates Liebermann’s importance as a pioneer of German modernism. Critics and admirers alike saw his art as representing aesthetic European modernism at its best. His subjects included dispassionate depictions of the rural Dutch countryside his colorful garden at the Wannsee and his many portraits of Germany’s cultural political and military elites. Liebermann was the largest collector of French Impressionism in Germany - and his cosmopolitan outlook and his art created strong antipathies towards both by political and cultural conservatives throughout his life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138563230

Max Reger and Karl StraubePerspectives on an Organ Performing Tradition Max Reger (1873-1916) is perhaps best-known for his organ music. This quickly assumed a prominent place in the repertory of German organists due in large measure to the efforts of Reger’s contemporary Karl Straube (1873-1950). The personal and collegial relationship between the composer and performer began in 1898 and developed until Reger’s death. By that time Straube had established himself as an important artist and teacher in Leipzig and the central authority for the interpretation of Reger’s organ music. The Reger-Straube relationship functioned on a number of levels with decisive consequences both for the composition of the music and its interpretation over a period fraught with upheaval on sociopolitical religious and aesthetic fronts. This book evaluates the significance of the relationship between the composer and organist using primary source materials such as autograph performing manuscripts reviews programmes letters and archival sources from contemporary organ building. The result is a much enhanced understanding of Reger in terms of performance practice and reception history and a re-examination of Straube and more broadly of Leipzig as a musical centre during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246362

Max Weber This volume contains key writings mainly recent that define the current debate concerning our understanding of the nature of Max Weber's social and political thought. Topics covered include the interpretation of his central concepts; problems of method; meaning and value; liberalism nationalism and democracy; and the fate of politics in a disenchanted world. Supplemented by a detailed and thoughtful introduction this collection will be essential for libraries in social sciences and all scholars and students of Weber. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315264899

Max Weber Max Weber is a magisterial figure in the social sciences. His fundamental contributions to the methodological and conceptual apparatus of sociology remain of continuing relevance to contemporary debates. His astonishing range and quality of work on topics ranging from the comparative sociology of religion to political sociology and the sociology of law to the sociology of music have established Weber as a permanent point of reference for modern scholarship. Scholarly debates on the nature significance and purpose of Weber's work demonstrate a significance for sociology's self-image that extends beyond their immediate interpretive importance. This volume edited by one of the world's leading Weber scholars offers an unparalleled selection of key Weber scholarship organized thematically and spanning the range of his sociological influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754627708

Max Weber This study of Weber's sociology written by an eminent authority is a clear and illuminating discussion of the most important elements of Weber's thinking. The book concentrates on four main elements of Weber's work: his approach to sociological method ethical neutrality and historical explanation; his influential work on religion and capitalism; his theory of authority and political power; and his contribution to the analysis of class status and party. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849470

Max Weber Rationality and Modernity This book brings together leading figures in history sociology political science feminism and critical theory to interpret evaluate criticize and update Weber's legacy. In a collection of specially commissioned pieces and translated articles the Weberian scholarship recognizes Max Weber as the figure central to contemporary debates on the need for societal rationality the limits of reason and the place of culture and conduct in the supposedly post-religious age. In Part 1 Wolfgang Mommsen Wilhelm Hennis Guenther Roth and Wolfgang Schluchter provide a full and varied account of the theme of rationalization in the world civilizations. In Part 2 Pierre Bourdieu and Barry Hindess critically examine Weber's social action model and Johannes Weiss and Martin Albrow address the putative 'crisis' of Western rationality. In Part 3 Jeffrey Alexander Ralph Schroeder Bryan Turner Roslyn Bologh and Sam Whimster scrutinize Weber's understanding of modernity with its characteristic plurality of 'gods and demons'; they focus on its implications for individuality and personality the body and sexuality feminism and aesthetic modernism. Part 4 turns to politics law and the state in the contemporary world: Colin Gordon on liberalism Luciano Cavalli on charismatic politics Stephen Turner and Regis Factor on decisionism and power and Scott Lash on modernism substantice rationality and law. This book was first published in 1987. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823935

Max Weber & German Poltcs V 4 This book shows some essential features of German politics approximately between the years 1880 and 1920. It focuses on the characteristic features of German politics in the personality of Max Weber German's most outstanding political theorist during this epoch. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757300

Max Weber & Mod Sociology V 5 This book is a collection of chapters on a study of the place of values in the sociology of Max Weber. It discusses the theory of social action and the emergence of so-called 'conflict sociology' exploring key issues in sociology through an exposition of Weber's account of values. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757317

Max Weber and His Contempories Max Weber and His Contemporaries provides an unrivalled tour d'horizon of European intellectual life in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries and an assessment of the pivotal position within it occupied by Max Weber. Weber's many interests in and contributions to such diverse fields as epistemology political sociology the sociology of religion and economic history are compared with and connected to those of his friends pupils and antagonists and also of those contemporaries with whom he had neither a personal relationship nor any kind of scholoarly exchange. Several contributors also explore Weber's attitudes towards the most important political positions of his time (socialism conservatism and anarchism) and his own involvement in German politics. This volume contributes not only to a better understanding of one of the most eminent modern thinkers and social scientists but also provides an intellectual biography of a remarkable generation. This book was first published in 1987. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203708644

Max Weber and Islam Max Weber and Islam is a major effort by Islamic-studies specialists to reexamine and appraise Max Weber's perspectives on Islam and its historical development. Eight specialists on Islam and two sociologists explore many dimensions of Weber's comments on Islam along with Weber's conceptual framework. The volume's introduction links the discussions to contemporary issues and debates.Wolfgang Schluchter reconstructs Weber's conceptual apparatus as it applies to Islam and its historical development. In subsequent chapters Islamic specialists consider such major topics as the developmental history of Islam Islamic fundamentalism Islamic reform Islamic law and capitalism secularization in Islam as well as the value of attempting to apply Weber's concept of sects to Islam. While some authors find flaws in Weber's factual knowledge of Islam they also find considerable merit in the kinds of questions Weber raised.Contributors to the volume include highly respected contemporary international scholars of Islam: Ira Lapidus Nehemia Levtzion Richard M. Eaton Peter Hardy Rudolph Peters Barbara Metcalf Francis Robinson Patricia Crone Michael Cook and S.N. Eisenstadt. Toby Huff's introduction not only knits the thematics of the separate essays together but adds its own stresses while engaging the contributors in dialogue and debate about fundamental issues. This acute collective analysis establishes a new benchmark for understanding Weber and Islam. This book also provides an up-to-date overview of the developmental history of many aspects of Islam. A major reappraisal of the entire span of Max Weber's sociological thought on Islam this book will appeal to a wide range of scholars and laymen interested in the Islamic world. It will be of particular interest to sociologists specializing in religion and Middle East area specialists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511934

Max Weber and Karl Marx First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176805

Max Weber and Methodology of Social Science Huff provides a rare full-scale study of the origins and development of Max Weber's methodology which focuses on Weber's neglected early methodological essays that were not translated into English until the 1970s. He explores Weber's writings in light of developments in postempiricist philosophy of science and shows that Weber was well aware of the epistemological foundations of the descriptive psychology school whose intellectual heir was Husserl. This volume will help scholars and students understand in the broadest sense the issues central to the logic of social scientifi c explanation and will appeal to philosophers sociologists political scientists as well as scholars of Weber. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527782

Max Weber and Michel FoucaultParallel Life-Works Max Weber and Michael Foucault are among the most controversial and fascinating thinkers of our century. This book is the first to jointly analyse them in detail and to make effective links between their lives and work; it coincides with a substantial resurgence of interest in their writings. The author's exciting interpretative approach reveals a new dimension in reading the work of Foucault and Weber; it will be invaluable to students and those researching in sociology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863148

Max Weber and the Dispute over Reason and Value The problem of the nature of values and the relation between values and rationality is one of the defining issues of twentieth-century thought and Max Weber was one of the defining figures in the debate. In this book Turner and Factor consider the development of the dispute over Max Weber's contribution to this discourse by showing how Weber's views have been used revised and adapted in new contexts. The story of the dispute is itself fascinating for it cuts across the major political and intellectual currents of the twentieth century from positivism pragmatism and value-free social science through the philosophy of Jaspers and Heidegger to Critical Theory and the revival of Natural Right and Natural Law. As Weber's ideas were imported to Britain and America they found new formulations and new adherents and critics and became absorbed into different traditions and new issues. This book was first published in 1984. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823928

Max Weber and the New Century The most profound and enduring social theorist of sociology's classical period Max Weber speaks as cogently to concerns of the new century as he did to those of the past. Over the past seventy years those special ideas that have become identified as "Weberian" have become especially pertinent to those who would analyze today's socioeconomic and cultural life. They offer the possibility of a more acute understanding of our immediate future than reliance on the ideas of any other social theorist in the pantheon. Alan Sica demonstrates Weber's preeminent position and lasting vitality within social theory by applying them to topics of contemporary concern. The result will appeal to experts and novices alike.Max Weber and the New Century documents the continuing usefulness of Weber's unrivalled social thought. Sica offers a series of linked studies that treat Weber's concept of rationalization as expressed in different cultural forms the role of Weberian ideas in contemporary historiography the uses of Weber's image in the popular imagination the rhetorical structure of Economy and Society and Weber's relationship to modern philosophical thought. Conceptually and practically this volume is a companion piece to the author's forthcoming Max Weber: A Comprehensive Bibliography--a 3 600-item bibliography of works by and about Weber in English--which for the first time will allow scholars to explore the universe of Weberian analysis.Max Weber and the New Century is a valuable addition to the library of social scientists historians philosophers economists and students of intellectual history. It shows that Weber--the scholar as much as his ideas--continues to inspire fruitful social and cultural analyses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511941

Max Weber MattersInterweaving Past and Present This volume clearly communicates that Weber’s influence is of great significance to the history of social science and to appreciating the theoretical work of other social scientists in the modern age. Its insightful and timely publication comprises topical and innovative work discussing Weber in a range of historical and contemporary questions including: the controversy surrounding the Da Vinci code; the charismatic role of martyrs; the nuclear weapons strategy in a post-cold-war age and the affinity between Hindu belief systems and disenchanted computer science. Max Weber Matters illustrates the multidisciplinary and continued relevance of Weber’s work and will be of interest to scholars across a range of disciplines including historians sociologists political scientists and social theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603267

Max Weber on Capitalism Bureaucracy and Religion For this important selection from Weber sections of text from Weber's major works (Gesammelte Aufsatze Zur Religionssoziologie including The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism; General Economic History; and The Agrarian Sociology of Ancient Civilisations) have been carefully edited and substantially translated to form a coherent and integrated volume. Professor Andreski's aim has been to use Weber's own works to explain crucial turns in the evolution of societies and cultures while eliminating the difficulties of language and frequent mistranslation which have previously made Weber so difficult and baffling for students new to his work. An essay by Andreski introduces the selections which are centred on Weber's principal interest the relationship between capitalism religion and bureaucracy. He seeks to correct those misinterpretations of Weber's work which have stressed his classification rather than his attempts to theorise and explain social phenomena on the basis of a comparitive analysis of universal historical trends. This book was first published in 1983. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715604

Max Weber on Economy and Society (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1989 this reissue concerns itself with the relevance of Max Weber's sociology for the understanding of modern times. The book outlines key tennets of Weber's sociology and points to the valuable legacy of Weber's thought in contemporary intellectual debate particularly with regard to secularization and rationalization of global cultures the crisis of Marxism the rise of the New Right and the emergence of post-modernism. An authoritative and insightful study bringing to light not only the contemporary relevance of Weber's social theory but also offering a broad perspective for the analysis of social questions.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415611275

Max Weber on Power and Social StratificationAn Interpretation and Critique First published in 1997 this book revolves around a textual analysis of the Weberian thesis that 'classes' 'status groups' and 'parties’ are phenomena of the distribution of power within a 'community'. An internal reconstruction of Weber’s own ideas on what is called social stratification in contemporary sociological discourse is undertaken. The reason for this reconstruction inheres in the fact that Weber’s thought (especially in the field of social stratification) has been modified and misappropriated to such an extent that Weber himself is usually lost in the commentaries. Moreover this reconstruction is crucial because the secondary literature does not contain a single account teasing out the analytic structure underlying Weber’s statements on the nature of social inequality in various societies. It is the principal intention of the book then to retrieve the essential form and significance of Weber’s ideas on social stratification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325432

Max Weber: From History to Modernity This wide-ranging and assured book written by one of the leading Weber scholars in the English-speaking world shows us the many sides of Max Weber. The book provides an authoritative guide to the current burning issues in social theory religion rationalization the body modernization and capitalism. It will be essential reading for anyone interested in Weber's claim that the aim of sociology must be to explain what is distinctive about the times in which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141667

Max Weber:Intelct Portrait V 2 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849487

Max WeberA Biography A founder of contemporary social science Max Weber was born in Germany in 1864. At his death 56 years later he was nationally known for his scholarly and political writings but it was the international reception of his oeuvre over the last forty years that has made him world-famous. "The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism " "The Economic Ethics of the World Religions" and his magnum opus "Economy and Society " with its treatment of the relations of economics politics law and religion belong to the great achievements of 20th-century social science.The groundwork for the posthumous Weber reception was laid by Weber's widow Marianne a well-known feminist writer who followed up her edition of his collected works with one of the greatest biographies in a generation that produced many important accounts of itself. Although unavailable in English until a decade ago the importance of Marianne Weber's 1926 work had been widely understood. Sociologist Robert A. Nisbet called it "a moving and deeply felt biographical memoir." Historian Gerhard Masur cited the book as "the foundation of all further inquiries into Max Weber's life and influence."Beginning with Max's ancestry and early years Marianne Weber guides us through his life as student young lawyer scholar and political writer quoting liberally from his voluminous correspondence. Her account of his nervous breakdown after 1897 which curtailed his academic career but ultimately strengthened his creative energies provides deep insight into some of the personal tensions that troubled him to the end. In addition to her perceptive personal and intellectual life before the First World War describing many scholars social reformers politicians and literary figures within and beyond the famous Heidelberg circle of the Webers. The new introduction by Guenther Roth situates Marianne Weber's own role in the contemporary setting and discusses the current state of Weber research and of the international Weber reception. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527775

Max WeberA Comprehensive Bibliography The most profound and enduring social theorist of sociology's classical period Max Weber speaks as cogently to concerns of the new century as he did to those of the past. In Max Weber and the New Century Alan Sica demonstrated Weber's preeminent position and lasting vitality within social theory by applying his ideas to a broad range of topics of contemporary concern. Max Weber: A Comprehensive Bibliography is a companion volume that offers some 4 600 bibliographic listings of work on Weber making it the most complete guide to the literature in English and a testament to the continued vitality of Weber's thought.Sica's work supersedes all previous bibliographical efforts covering the Weber literature both in the quantity and accuracy of its references and the clarity and convenience of its format. In order to demonstrate the enormous variety of Weberiana in English Sica has adopted a liberal criterion for inclusion rather than a critical one choosing to mix the best with what may be more routine work. Following a preface in which previous bibliographies and bibliographic problems are discussed the volume opens with a series of five specialized bibliographies. The first lists Weber's works in English translation. The second lists reviews of Weber's major works including those translated into English while the third covers reviews of recent books and other work on Weber. The fourth section contains a selection of dissertations and theses relating to Weber or his ideas. The fifth includes primary and secondary sources treating Weber on rationality and rationalization processes. The last and largest section offers a comprehensive Weber bibliography of works in English.This large-scale endeavor attempts to identify with accuracy and completeness the entire universe of Weber scholarship in English. It will be an essential scholarly tool for sociologists historians economists and students of cultural and intellectual history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511927

Max WeberCollected Methodological Writings Weber’s methodological writings form the bedrock of key ideas across the social sciences. His discussion of value freedom and value commitment causality understanding and explanation theory building and ideal types have been of fundamental importance and their impact remains undiminished today. These ideas influence the current research practice of sociologists historians economists and political scientists and are central to debates in the philosophy of social science. But until now Weber's extensive writings on methodology have lacked a comprehensive publication. Edited by two of the world's leading Weber scholars Collected Methodological Writings will provide a completely new accurate and reliable translation of Weber’s extensive output including previously untranslated letters. Accompanying editorial commentary explains the context of and interconnections between all these writings and additional useful features include a glossary of German terms and an English key endnotes bibliography and person and subject indexes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019676

Max Weber's Comparative-Historical Sociology TodayMajor Themes Mode of Causal Analysis and Applications Bringing together the author's major scholarly work on Weber over the last thirty years Max Weber's Comparative-Historical Sociology Today addresses major themes in Weber's thought whilst also examining the mode of analysis practised in his comparative-historical writings. By exploring Weber's concepts and procedures the individual chapters seek to convey the rigor of his research strategies demonstrating their uniqueness. In this light this study proceeds to identify as incomplete and then reconstruct the analyses undertaken by Weber of the rise of Confucianism in China the caste system in India and monotheism in ancient Israel. The analysis then advances to the modern era utilising Weber's research procedures to explain the origins of four independent phenomena: the singularity of the American political culture the cultural foundations of modern citizenship cultural pessimism (Kulturpessimismus) in nineteenth century Germany and the 'location' of work in contemporary German society. A dialogue with a variety of recent major schools is pursued throughout this volume. Offering a rich examination of the major themes in Weber's sociology alongside a reconstruction of his mode of analysis and application of his approach this book will appeal to scholars around the world with interests in social theory German and American societies cultural sociology political sociology the sociology of knowledge comparative-historical sociology and the sociology of civilizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432234

Max Weber's Insights and Errors Max Weber (1864-1920) is generally recognised as one of the founding fathers of modern sociology. His ideas continue to be discussed by sociologists and historians and much homage is paid to his contribution to knowledge. However such is the awe which the breadth of his knowledge inspires that most general books about Weber contain summaries rather than criticism. This book is the first attempt to evaluate Weber's entire work in the light of historical knowledge available today and of contemporary analytic philosophy. Professor Andreski shows where Weber's true greatness lies which of Weber's ideas are still valid which need either correction or modification and which merit rejection. Andreski places Weber in his social and cultural context of the intellectual preeminence of German culture in the second half of the nineteenth century. He examines Weber's most famous theses on objectivity methodological individualism ethical neutrality; explanation versus understanding; ideal types; rationalisation; bureaucracy charisma power law and religion; as well as the explanation of the rise of capitalism and uniqueness of Western civilization. Andreski concludes by considering what contemporary scholars should learn from Weber if they want to advance further. He argues that the most important lesson is that comparative study of history (including recent history) is the only method of giving empirical support to an examination of large-scale social processes or a general proposition about them. This book was first published in 1984. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203715611

Max Weber's Interpretive Sociology of Law This book presents a clear and precise account of the structure and content of Max Weber's sociology of law: situating its methodological and epistemological specificity in relation to other approaches to the sociology of law; as well as offering a critical evaluation of Weber's usefulness for contemporary socio-legal research. The book is divided into three parts. The first part deals with the methodological foundations of Weber's sociology of law. The second analyses the central theme of this sociology the rationalisation of law from the perspective of its internal logical coherence its empirical validity and finally its legitimacy. The third part questions the present-day relevance of the Weberian sociology of law for socio-legal research notably with regard to legal pluralism. Max Weber it is demonstrated is not merely a 'founding father' of the sociology of law; rather his methodology concepts and empirical analyses remain highly useful to the further development of work in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348977

Max Weber's 'Science as a Vocation' Max Weber’s lecture ‘Science as a Vocation’ is a classic of social thought in which central questions are posed about the nature of social and political thought and action. The lecture has often taken to be a summation of Weber’s thought. It can also be argued that together with the responses of its admirers and critics it provides a focus for discussion of the nature of modernity and its political consequences and of the philosophical and political implications of the social or human sciences. This volume provides a full clear revised translation of the lecture together with translations from the German of key contributions to the lively debate that followed its publication. The book concludes with a substantial essay on the current significance of the lecture which discusses its relevance to the debates about the nature of science as a cultural phenomenon; the disjunction between science and nature; Weber’s conception of the disenchantment of the world; the division of scientific labour; and the fundamental nature and place of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980600

Max Weber's Theory of ModernityThe Endless Pursuit of Meaning This book illuminates an important dimension of the work of Max Weber. Weber’s theory of meaning and modernity is articulated through an understanding of his account of the way in which the pursuit of meaning in the modern world has been shaped by the loss of Western religion and how such pursuit gives sense to the phenomena of human suffering and death. Through a close scholarly reading of Weber’s extensive writings and Vocation Lectures the author explores the concepts of ’paradox’ and ’brotherliness’ as found in Weber’s work in order to offer an original exposition of Weber’s actual theory of how meaning and meaninglessness work in the modern world. In addition to making a substantial and highly original contribution to the sociology of modernity the book applies the theory of meaning extracted from Weber’s thought addressing the claim that Weber’s work has been rendered out-dated by the supposed re-enchantment of the modern world as well as discussing the ways this theory can contribute to our understanding of the development of specific forms of modernity. A rigorous examination of the thought of one of the most important figures in classical sociology this volume will appeal to scholars of sociology social theory and philosophy with interests in modernity Weber and the concept of meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598518

Max WeberThe Lawyer as Social Thinker This book is the first account of the way in which Weber appropriated and modified sources in the legal tradition in which he was trained to construct his sociology. It leads directly to a new understanding of Weber's intent and his relations to the tradition of social and political theory. the book takes the reader into the heart of Weber's conceptualizations of action and social science without ever giving the impression that these are rarefied and marginal issues. This is an important book for understanding the significance of one of the key sociologist's of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155015

Max Wertheimer and Gestalt Theory The ideas of Max Wertheimer (1880-1943) a founder of Gestalt theory are discussed in almost all general books on the history of psychology and in most introductory textbooks on psychology. This intellectual biography of Wertheimer is the first book-length treatment of a scholar whose ideas are recognized as of central importance to fields as varied as social psychology cognitive neuroscience problem solving art and visual neuroscience.King and Wertheimer trace the origins of Gestalt thought demonstrating its continuing importance in fifteen chapters and several supplements to these chapters. They begin by reviewing Wertheimer's ancestry family childhood in central Europe and his formal education. They elaborate on his activities during the period in which he developed the ideas that were later to become central to Gestalt psychology documenting the formal emergence of this school of thought and tracing its development during World War I. The maturation of the Gestalt school at the University of Berlin during 1922-1929 is discussed in detail.Wertheimer's everyday life in America during his last decade is well documented based in part on his son's recollections. The early reception of Gestalt theory in the United States is examined with extensive references to articles in professional journals and periodicals. Wertheimer's relationships and interaction with three prominent psychologists of the time Edwin Boring Clark Hull and Alexander Luria are discussed based on previously unpublished correspondence. The final chapters discuss Wertheimer's essays on democracy freedom ethics and truth and detail personal challenges Wertheimer faced during his last years. His major work published after his death is Productive Thinking. Its reception is examined and a concluding chapter considers recent responses to Max Wertheimer and Gestalt theory.This intellectual biography will be of interest to psychologists and readers inte Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203783573

Maximalism in Contemporary American LiteratureThe Uses of Detail This book begins a new and foundational discussion of maximalism by investigating how the treatment of detail in contemporary literature impels readers to navigate tolerate and enrich the cultural landscape of postindustrial America. It studies the maximalist novels of David Foster Wallace Nicholson Baker Thomas Pynchon and others considering how overly-detailed writing serves the institutional emotional and intellectual needs of contemporary readers and writers. The book argues that maximalist novels not only exceed perceived limits of style subject matter and scope but strive to remake the usefulness of books in contemporary culture refreshing the act of reading. Levey shows that while these novels are preoccupied with detail and description they are relatively unconcerned with the traditional goals of representation. Instead they use detail to communicate particular values and fantasies of intelligence enthusiasm and ability attached to the management of complex and excessive information. Whether reinvigorating the banal and trivial in mainstream culture or soothing anxieties of human insufficiency in the age of automation and the internet these texts model significant abilities rather than just objects of significance and encourage readers to develop habits of reading that complement the demands of an increasingly detailed culture. Drawing upon a diverse range of theoretical schools and cultural texts including Thing Theory Marxism New Formalism playlists blogs and archival manuscripts the book proposes a new understanding of maximalist writing and a new way of approaching the usefulness of literary objects in contemporary culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878504

Maximilian I (1459-1519)An Analytical Biography When originally published in 1982 this was the first biography of Maximilian I to appear in English for half a century. It assesses a man who was Holy Roman Emperor founder of the modern Austrian state and the grandfather of Charles V and Ferdinand I. Maximilian was a key figure and an appreciation of his role and career is vital to an overall view of European society and politics at the dawning of modern times. The book gives an insight into Maximilian’s style of government and reveals the underlying personal factors that determined many of the key decisions which influenced politics and control during his reign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228217

Maximising Performance in Hot EnvironmentsA Problem-Based Learning Approach Ensuring high levels of performance and safety in hot climates is a key consideration for sport scientists and coaches. Maximising Performance in Hot Environments is the first book with a project-based approach to focus solely on exercise in this common climactic condition providing students and coaches with a clear and concise introduction to working with athletes in the heat. Rigorous in its physiological underpinnings the book adopts a problem-based learning approach encouraging students to engage with the science and apply it to practical real-world scenarios. Posing questions such as "how should athletes be monitored in high temperatures" "what are the ideal conditions for setting a world record in a 10 000m race" and "what special considerations should be made when working with masters athletes" the book covers all key topics including: The basics of human thermoregulation The effect of high temperatures on performance Heat acclimation and acclimatisation Cooling Hydration Preventing heat-related illness and injury Offering pedagogical features throughout to further enhance student learning this is a truly innovative and unique resource. It is crucial reading for any student taking classes in environmental physiology important applied reading for any exercise physiology students and a vital companion for any sport scientist or coach working with athletes in high temperatures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362722

Maximising Quality and Outcomes Framework Quality PointsThe QOF Clinical Domain 'The Quality and Outcomes Framework (QOF) is a system to financially reward general practices for providing quality care to their patients. It is a fundamental part of the GMS contract introduced in April 2004. QOF is estimated to have saved up to 10 000 lives a year since its introduction - ' - From the Preface Filled with practical guidance and tips this book explains everything you need to do in order to score 'maximum' on all the clinical indicators in the QOF. Using tables and lists it details areas such as setting up a disease register ensuring that you have an accepted definition of the condition arranging a practice meeting to discuss registers and motivating team members to use and think about templates as well as cross-checking hospital letters and discharges summaries conducting a repeat prescription search actively screening at-risk patients and ensuring an efficient call and recall system. These are the basic rules which apply to any and every clinical indicator. Offering guidance on and insight into the origins of different targets possible shortfalls and ways to implement change and improve scores this easy-to-read book is vital for all general practitioners GP Commissioners QOF assessors and PCT QOF teams. Practice nurses who are often relied upon to maintain QOF standards will find the information essential. GP Registrars medical students Pharmacists Health Care Assistants and Practice Managers will also find much of interest. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376806

Maximising the Impact of Teaching AssistantsGuidance for school leaders and teachers Teaching assistants are an integral part of classroom life yet pioneering research by the authors has shown schools are not making the most of this valued resource. Evidence shows the more support pupils receive from TAs the less academic progress they made. Yet the reason for this has little to do with TAs. It is decisions made about them by school leaders and teachers that best explain this provocative finding. The fully updated second edition of this book draws on the experiences of schools that have put this guidance into action via the Maximising the Impact of Teaching Assistants programme. Revised to reflect the latest research evidence and changes within education including the 2014 SEND Code of Practice this book will help school leaders and teachers in primary and secondary settings to rethink the role purpose and contribution of TAs and add real value to what can be achieved in classrooms. Setting out a field-tested process structured around a coherent and empirically sound conceptual framework this book: helps school leaders review reform and reenergise their TA workforce provides practical strategies to implement in the classroom illustrates key points with new case studies provides photocopiable templates and resources to support decision-making and action. Maximising the Impact of Teaching Assistants provides much-needed and evidence-informed guidance on how to unleash the huge potential of TAs and is essential reading for all school leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907119

Maximizing Benefits from IT Project ManagementFrom Requirements to Value Delivery With the majority of IT projects being delivered late over budget or cancelled altogether it is clear that traditional project management methodologies do not provide an effective framework for today’s IT projects. It is evident that a new Return-on-Investment (ROI) oriented approach is required that focuses on the ROI of a project from its inception. Maximizing Benefits from IT Project Management: From Requirements to Value Delivery provides comprehensive guidelines for determining an accurate ROI before the project has progressed to the point where it’s over budget and over-run. It applies an iterative approach to the entire project management life cycle that re-visits the ROI re-assesses the value delivered defines the project scope and allows the project to be planned as successive iterations based on the value delivered. This book details a systematic and simplified approach for effectively and efficiently selecting and evaluating IT projects for your organization. Filled with equations tables and figures that facilitate understanding it explains how to evaluate subsequent success of a project so that it is simpler to manage more efficient and yields the ROI estimated at the outset. Using the novel approach outlined in the book you will be able to deliver value throughout the project life cycle and make sure your projects are delivered on time on budget and within the constraints of the resources available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138382046

Maximizing Business Performance through Software PackagesBest Practices for Justification Selection and Implementation Learn how to: Select the best ERP software for your organization Choose the most effective wrap around software to enhance the performance of an existing ERP system Align software selection with business goals and objectives Budget for the software and the hidden costs involved in its implementation At times a daring ma Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429092565

Maximizing Call Center Performance136 Innovative Ideas for Increasing Productivity and Customer Satisfaction Ever wish you could find out how North America's biggest and most advanced call centers are really using call center technology? Want to know how successful call centers have solved the problems behind basic call center functions such as order handling h Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412347

Maximizing Effectiveness in Dynamic Psychotherapy The best therapists embody the changes they attempt to facilitate in their patients. In other words they practice what they preach and are an authentic and engaged as well as highly skilled presence. Maximizing Effectiveness in Dynamic Psychotherapy demonstrates how and why therapists can and must develop the specific skills and personal qualities required to produce consistently effective results. The six factors now associated with brain change and positive outcome in psychotherapy are front and center in this volume. Each factor is elucidated and illustrated with detailed verbatim case transcripts. In addition intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy a method of treatment that incorporates all these key factors  is introduced to the reader. Therapists of every stripe will learn to develop and integrate the clinical skills presented in this book to improve their interventions enhance effectiveness and ultimately help more patients in a deeper and more lasting fashion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824973

Maximizing Energy Savings and Minimizing Energy Costs There are so many different energy “fixes” available today that many energy users are hesitant to do anything because of the apparent complexity of these “fixes”. Large energy users have completely lost sight of the fact that they may not need time-consuming large investment strategies.  Strange as this may sound many users today have little or no practical knowledge about their energy purchases.  This book covers the basics of rates components of energy purchases and the methods and techniques required for maximizing energy savings and minimizing costs.  For new energy manager or seasoned energy professionals  this book provides the foundation upon which any successful long-term energy strategy should be based. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151463

Maximizing Intelligence The "nature versus nurture" controversy dates back to at least the nineteenth century. How much of a role does genetics or environment play in accounting for reasoning skill and other intellectual aptitudes? At a time when the public school system in the United States is under attack this debate has taken center stage in arguments about what accounts for differences in academic achievement. Maximizing Intelligence convincingly argues that while both genetics and environment play a role in a child's intelligence environmental factors especially at an early age are of primary importance. Working from this premise Armor suggests how intelligence may be heightened.Armor presents four propositions about intelligence. His first is that intelligence exerts a major influence on educational and occupational success following a chronological sequence from a child's cognitive skills learned before school to academic success during the school years to eligibility for college. His second proposition is that intelligence can be changed at least within limits. There is ample evidence that a child's intelligence is not fully given at birth but continues to evolve and change at least through the early elementary school years although at a declining rate.Proposition three is that intelligence is influenced by a series of "risk factors " and most of the influence occurs before a child reaches school age. Risk factors include parent intelligence and education family income family structure and size nutrition and specific parenting behaviors. The fourth proposition flows from the second and third--that the most promising avenues for maximizing intelligence come from a child's parents. Armor persuasively argues for a "whole family" approach whereby government programs are modified or created to inform parents of risk factors and to reward behaviors that optimize positive outcomes.Maximizing Intelligence is meticulously researched Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203786000

Maximizing Motivation for Literacy LearningGrades K-6 This indispensable book presents a wealth of concrete ways to promote children's intrinsic motivation to read. It provides 30 practical strategies and activities--such as "Citizen of the Month " "High Five " and "Your Life in Books"--that are ready to implement in the K-6 classroom. Teachers get step-by-step instructions for creating a motivating classroom environment nurturing children's self-concepts as literacy learners and fostering appreciation of the value of reading and writing. More than a dozen reproducibles include two helpful assessment tools; the large-size format facilitates photocopying. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462507511

Maximizing ROI on Software Development Maximizing ROI on Software Development explains how to execute best quality software development and testing while maximizing business value. It discusses Applied ROI in the context of methodologies such as Agile and Extreme Programming and traditional methodologies including Six Sigma the Capability Maturity Model® (CMM®) Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) and Product Line Models (PLM). The text discusses what is important in global terms and details how best to choose teams and partners including outsourcers and how to employ the latest tools and technologies. It provides models metrics and detailed case studies to improve current and future development projects whether in house or outsourced near shore or off-shore. The book offers perspectives on how quality improvement through software quality assurance (SQA) testing planning and execution is a powerful and effective route toward maximizing return on investment.Divided into seven chapters this friendly and informative guide can be read quickly then used as a reliable reference by team leaders and members. It begins by reviewing software development tools and methodologies followed by an examination of how development maintenance and integration have become more complex and will continue to do so. The book discusses best practices for managing this complexity and explores the business case for maximizing ROI. The text then provides a comprehensive analysis of ROI from several perspectives covering nomenclature project success and failure mathematics processes work products and techniques. It details how to make global teams successful and how to evaluate Applied ROI implementation and it includes case studies for wireless enterprise and CRM systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367393663

Maximizing Value Propositions to Increase Project Success Rates Value proposition an old concept is taking on new significance in today’s innovation-driven environment. Business focus has shifted from developing many creative ideas to developing only those that will successfully flow through the product cycle and fulfill a customer need. The old approach resulted in less than a 10 percent success rate for concepts that started through the product cycle; this can no longer be tolerated. This new book on value propositions outlines a systematic approach to making an early evaluation of potential projects and programs so you can determine if they can add real value to your organization or its customers—potentially saving you millions of dollars and months of valuable time. Focusing on the necessary data collection efforts Maximizing Value Propositions to Increase Project Success Rates will help you identify easy opportunities for improvement and will guide you through the process of creating value propositions for the ideas that will drive the organization’s future profits. It outlines a four-stage approach to creating value propositions and explains how to create effective value proposition documents. The book illustrates the role of the opportunity center in capturing new ideas describes how to present value propositions to management and includes an example of a new product value proposition. Detailing a method for continuous review of the improvement process it will help you foster an entrepreneurial mind-set within your employees and encourage them to actively search and document value-adding ideas. Through the effective use of value propositions it is completely possible for your organization to increase the number of new products/services it offers to your customers by over 100 percent. It is not unusual for this to result in more than  a 40 percent increase in profits per year. Adopting the approach outlined in the text for using value propositions can save your organizations millions of dollars and much time. What could be better than reducing costs while increasing sales? Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466570757

Maximum Government Maximum GovernanceReframing India’s Macroeconomic Discourse Austerity fiscal consolidation fiscal discipline and fiscal deficit targets have become the buzzwords of contemporary macroeconomic policy. By tracing the history of macroeconomic schools of thought Maximum Government Maximum Governance explores the origins essence shortcomings and deception of mainstream neoliberal macroeconomics. Arguing that economies are financially constrained neoliberal macro­economics dislodged full employment as the target of policy replacing it with a low and stable inflation target. Monetary policy under the control of an independent central bank became the primary instrument to assist free and globalized markets to propel economies towards full employment. How­ever the global financial crisis of 2008 and rising inequalities of income and wealth in the last decade within and across economies has led to rise of nationalist-populist leaders in many parts of the world. Although neoliberal economics has been put under the scanner by these leaders their actions seem reactionary and without a coherent understanding of alternative schools of economic thought. An alternative based on sound economic reasoning and institutional realities is required to challenge neoliberal and arbitrary populist policies.Based on an introductory analysis of Modern Money Theory (MMT) this book seeks to present an alternative viewpoint on macroeconomics and macroeconomic policy to address the challenges of economic growth un­employment and inequality. While adherents of MMT are convinced of its robustness the challenge is to reframe macroeconomic discourse which must essentially reject the notion that an economy is financially constrained and instead turn the spotlight on real resource and governance constraints. Please note: Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367204907

Maximum Likelihood Estimation for Sample Surveys Sample surveys provide data used by researchers in a large range of disciplines to analyze important relationships using well-established and widely used likelihood methods. The methods used to select samples often result in the sample differing in important ways from the target population and standard application of likelihood methods can lead to biased and inefficient estimates. Maximum Likelihood Estimation for Sample Surveys presents an overview of likelihood methods for the analysis of sample survey data that account for the selection methods used and includes all necessary background material on likelihood inference. It covers a range of data types including multilevel data and is illustrated by many worked examples using tractable and widely used models. It also discusses more advanced topics such as combining data non-response and informative sampling. The book presents and develops a likelihood approach for fitting models to sample survey data. It explores and explains how the approach works in tractable though widely used models for which we can make considerable analytic progress. For less tractable models numerical methods are ultimately needed to compute the score and information functions and to compute the maximum likelihood estimates of the model parameters. For these models the book shows what has to be done conceptually to develop analyses to the point that numerical methods can be applied. Designed for statisticians who are interested in the general theory of statistics Maximum Likelihood Estimation for Sample Surveys is also aimed at statisticians focused on fitting models to sample survey data as well as researchers who study relationships among variables and whose sources of data include surveys. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781584886327

Maxine Greene and the Pedagogy of Social ImaginationAn Intellectual Genealogy Devoted to and inspired by the late Maxine Greene a champion of education and advocator of the arts this book recognizes the importance of Greene’s scholarship by revisiting her oeuvre in the context of the intellectual historicity that shaped its formation. As a scholar Greene dialogued with philosophers social theorists writers musicians and artists. These conversations reveal the ways in which the arts just like philosophy and science allow for the facilitation of "wide-awakeness " a term that is central to Greene’s pedagogy. Amidst contemporary trends of neoliberal one-size-fits-all curriculum reforms in which the arts are typically squeezed out or pushed aside Greene’s work reminds us that the social imagination is stunted without the arts. Artistic ways of knowing allow for people to see beyond their own worlds and beyond "what is" into other worlds of "what was" and "what might" be some day. This volume demonstrates Maxine Greene’s profound ability to illuminate the importance of the artistic world and the imaginary for development of the self in the world and for encouraging a "wide-awakeness" reflective of an emerging political awareness and a longing for a democratic world that "is not yet." This book was originally published as a Special Issue of The Review of Education Pedagogy and Cultural Studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367535827

Maxwell's Demon 2 Entropy Classical and Quantum Information Computing Over 130 years ago James Clerk Maxwell introduced his hypothetical "demon" as a challenge to the scope of the second law of thermodynamics. Fascination with the demon persisted throughout the development of statistical and quantum physics information theory and computer science and links have been established between Maxwell's demon and each of these disciplines. The demon's seductive quality makes it appealing to physical scientists engineers computer scientists biologists psychologists and historians and philosophers of science.Since the publication of Maxwell's Demon: Entropy Information Computing in 1990 Maxwell's demon has been the subject of renewed and increased interest by numerous researchers in the fields mentioned above. Updated and expanded Maxwell's Demon 2: Entropy Classical and Quantum Information Computing retains many of the seminal papers that appeared in the first edition including the original thoughts of James Clerk Maxwell and William Thomson; a historical review by Martin Klein; and key articles by Leo Szilard Leon Brillouin Rolf Landauer and Charles Bennett that led to new branches of research on the demon. This second edition contains newer articles by Landauer Bennett and others related to Landauer's principle; connections with quantum mechanics; algorithmic information; and the thermodynamics and limits of computation. The book also includes two separate bibliographies: an alphabetical listing by author and a chronological bibliography that is annotated by the editors and contains selected quotes from the books and articles listed. The bibliography has more than doubled in size since publication of the first edition and now contains over 570 entries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138429826

Maxwell's Handbook for RDAExplaining and illustrating RDA: Resource Description and Access using MARC21 Designed to interpret and explain RDA: Resource Description and Access this handbook illustrates and applies the new cataloguing rules in the MARC21 environment for every type of information format. In this clear and comprehensive resource cataloguing expert Robert Maxwell brings his trademark practical commentary to bear on the new unified cataloguing standard. From books to electronic materials to music and beyond Maxwell: Explains the conceptual grounding of RDA including FRBR and FRAD Addresses the nuances of how cataloguing will and won't change in the MARC21 environment Shows cataloguers how to create and work with authority records of persons families corporate bodies geographic entities works and expressions Explores recording relationships working with records of manifestations and items and more Provides numerous sample records to illustrate RDA principles. Comprehensive in its coverage the book will aid readers in understanding and becoming comfortable with the potentially forbidding new structure of RDA and contains appendices that discuss the treatment of specialised materials. Readership: A guided tour of the new standard from a respected authority this essential handbook will help cataloguers LIS students and cataloguing instructors navigate RDA smoothly and find the information they need efficiently. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048323

May It Please the CourtJudicial Processes and Politics In America This practical comprehensive and engaging introduction to the American judicial system is designed primarily for undergraduate students in criminal justice liberal arts political science and beginning law. It differs from other texts not only by delivering an insider’s view of the courts but also by demonstrating how the judicial process operates at the intersection of law and politics. Unlike the many dull and inaccessible texts in this field May It Please The Court conveys the human drama of civil and criminal litigation. With an updated epilogue case studies and discussion questions this third edition is a robust resource for criminal justice students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498737395

May SinclairMoving Towards the Modern May Sinclair was a central figure in the modernist movement whose contribution has long been underacknowledged. A woman of both modern and Victorian impulses a popular novelist who also embraced modernist narrative techniques Sinclair embodied the contradictions of her era. The contributors to this collection the first on Sinclair's career and writings examine these contradictions tracing their evolution over the span of Sinclair's professional life as they provide insights into Sinclair's complex and enigmatic texts. In doing so they engage with the cultural and literary phenomena Sinclair herself critiqued and influenced: the evolving literary marketplace changing sexual and social mores developments in the fields of psychology the women's suffrage movement and World War I. Sinclair not only had her finger on the pulse of the intellectual and social challenges of her time but also she was connected through her writing with authors located in diverse regions of literary modernism's social web including James Joyce Ezra Pound Ford Madox Ford Charlotte Mew and Dorothy Richardson. The volume is a crucial contribution to our understanding of the political social and literary currents of the modernist period. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249445

Maya for GamesModeling and Texturing Techniques with Maya and Mudbox Well-known Maya professional Michael Ingrassia takes readers through his unique style of modeling: "Image Based Modeling" where efficient realistic models can be created very quickly. Ingrassia's techniques allow modelers to create exact replicas of their concept characters or objects. The techniques presented are very efficient and allow game modelers to quickly build out stand alone props to populate environments and game levels. Presented are tried and true techniques that the author has used successfully in game production for the past 10 years. Most if not all 3D books focus on basic "box" modeling techniques which are the basis for proper 3D modeling but not the complete solution. In the author's experience students who have learned through the Image Based Modeling brand have quickly excelled into effective modelers. One of the hardest things for any modeler to do is match their model EXACTLY to the concept art or photos they are provided. The insider tips in this book walk artists through this process. Artists begin with basic modeling and advance to a creating a complete scene and set design/game level. Rather than including sporadic models with zero association from to one another each model in the book becomes an integral part of an overall theme realistic in game development today. The accompanying DVD includes 8 exclusive video tutorials on advanced Maya techniques as bonus tracks for artists providing invaluable modeling rigging and texturing samples. Also an in-depth video on assembling a "Killer Demo Reel" showing simple but effective video editing techniques used by the author so that artists can learn how to get their work seen. The book not only teaches effective methodology but provides the user with impressive content for producing effective demo reels and portfolios. Pros and cons of demo reel website and artist representation are given along w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428522

Maya Identities and the Violence of PlaceBorders Bleed This title was first published in 2001. Exploring issues of diversity and cross-cultural interaction and understanding Maya Identities and the Violence of Place offers new perspectives on borderlands and identities providing an important case study of people from Latin America on the move. Examining issues of indigeneity diaspora flights from physical violence and economic repression and efforts to remain indigenous among a proud but beleaguered people this book is replete with stories of movement and change that operate as means to maintain identity. Thompson examines how the Jacalteco Maya of Latin America form their identities as indigenous people despite a long tradition of movement across the rigid constraints of borders of geography history race and ethnicity. Religion language fiestas and stories of leaving and return all serve to bond people to their particularity. Examining the indigenous identity formations and religious convictions among the Maya in places where brutality has dominated the landscape and where violence is commonplace this book avoids dwelling on centers of culture and explains instead how Maya concepts of identity arise from travel contact with others and change. Thompson reveals the ironies of classifying as natives' aboriginal or indigenous the many individuals and families who have become refugees and explores how Maya have transcended the erroneous image of Guatemalan Indians ensconced within borders of particular land and how they have overstepped popular portrayals of native peoples clinging tenaciously to their sacred soil as their sole means of surviving culturally and spiritually. Showing bleeding borders to be more than a recent occurrence Thompson argues that there has never been a time when Maya did not have to travel in order to remain who they are. Exploring ideas of human to land connections and how religion among the indigenous makes change and movement possible this book offers invaluable insight Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138734005

Maya Python for Games and FilmA Complete Reference for Maya Python and the Maya Python API Maya Python for Games and Film is the first book to focus exclusively on how to implement Python with Maya. Written by trusted authorities in the field this in-depth guide will help you master Maya Python whether you're a seasoned technical artist looking to make the transition from MEL to Python or an aspiring artist not wanting to scramble for information. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780123785787

Maya Revolt and Revolution in the Eighteenth Century Records of revolts rebellions and revolutions provide insight into the nature of the Maya in the colonial period. This book presents five case studies - four in Guatemala and one in Yucatan Mexico - of eighteenth-century Maya acts of violent resistance to colonialism and in the process reveals a great deal about indigenous culture social structure politics economics lineage and gender. The author carefully analyzes the causes of participation in and resolution of each uprising explaining the different political economic and cultural catalysts and the scope and outcome of each conflict. Through such detailed narratives the reader not only learns about the reality of colonialism but also encounters the flesh-and-blood real-life individuals and groups who resisted counteracted circumvented and defied the Spaniards. These stories reveal the drama tragedy and even comedy of the history of ordinary people and everyday life at the time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315702483

Mayan People Within and Beyond BoundariesSocial Categories and Lived Identity in the Yucatan Mayan People Within and Beyond Boundaries explores the Maya of Yucatan the Maya of academic institutions and the Maya of the tourist industry. It examines the interplay between the local and the external academic categories of the Maya and seeks to transcend the paradoxical and incongruent relationship between the social spaces that breathe life into the categories. The notion of "shared social experience" is introduced to embody a focus on reflexivity that goes beyond the subjective position of the author and helps demystify the coexisting subjectivities characteristic of ethnographic fieldwork. It provides a basis for overcoming the exclusive focus on "author " " text " and "discourse" in contemporary postmodernist ethnography while still conveying important ethnographic information. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954768

Mayo Clinic Atlas of Immunofluorescence in DermatologyPatterns and Target Antigens Filling a gap in the literature this atlas stands as a unique authoritative source to thoroughly review the many immunofluorescence patterns seen in immunodermatology for conditions such as immunobullous diseases connective tissue diseases vasculitis and other miscellaneous dermatologic disorders. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390976

Mayo Clinic Internal Medicine Concise Textbook Now for the first time a new diagnosis and treatment guide with even more focus on the most commonly encountered disorders than ever before. All major internal medicine diseases and disorders are covered in this new succinct evidence-based guide to treatment and diagnosis in internal medicine.  Organized by body system and focused on critical core topics the Mayo Clinic Internal Medicine Concise Textbook is replete with summary tables algorithms and summary points. Easy-access to tables of current medications indications and side-effects saves time and improves treatment outcomes.  In addition special sections provide expert guidance on preparation for the USMLE Step 2 Clinical Knowledge and Clinical Skills examinations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388355

MBA Management Models If you‘re a student on an MBA or management course you‘ll be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of a range of models. This textbook collects together the 45 models most likely to be required summarized in a standard format. Each entry contains a diagram of the model; the principles on which it‘s based; underlying assumptions; guidance on application and relevant issues; related models; and sources of further reference. Models are organized by subject area: accounting; business strategy; human resources; organizational strategy; and strategic marketing. An alphabetical matrix index means you can find the right model quickly. MBA Management Models will be invaluable to students working on written assignments projects case studies or dissertations and to practising managers too. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138433700

Mbusiness: The Strategic Implications of Mobile Communications MBusiness: The Strategic Implications of Mobile Communications presents recent theory and evidence on wireless information technologies and their application in business. Such information is useful in both the classroom and for interested practitioners contemplating new technological developments.MBusiness is a very fast moving area and consequently there is a need to provide relevant material for those who wish to understand the subject. This text provides recent teachings moving beyond existing wireless technology publications and differentiates itself strongly via its emphasis on the strategic business application of mobile communications. It stands apart by virtue of the degree of academic rigour with which it tackles the material and is an excellent resource for teaching and learning in the classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435100

McCarthyismThe Realities Delusions and Politics Behind the 1950s Red Scare In this succinct text Jonathan Michaels examines the rise of anti-communist sentiment in the postwar United States exploring the factors that facilitated McCarthyism and assessing the long-term effects on US politics and culture. McCarthyism:The Realities Delusions and Politics Behind the 1950s Red Scare offers an analysis of the ways in which fear of communism manifested in daily American life giving readers a rich understanding of this era of postwar American history. Including primary documents and a companion website Michaels’ text presents a fully integrated picture of McCarthyism and the cultural climate of the United States in the aftermath of the Second World War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841030

McCloskey's RhetoricDiscourse Ethics in Economics The rhetoric of economics has long claimed scientific objectivity however the late great economist Joan Robinson argued that ‘the purpose of studying economics is not to acquire a set of ready-made answers to economic questions but to learn how to avoid being deceived by economists.’ This unique book examines the use of rhetoric in economics focusing on the work of Deirdre McCloskey and other major economic philosophers. McCloskey is one of the most recognizable names in economics yet this is the first real attempt to analyze her work in book form. She views economics as a language that uses all the rhetorical devices of everyday conversation and her controversial standpoint on judging economics by aesthetic and literary standards has been hugely influential. Utilizing the views of Derrida and Foucualt amongst others Benjamin Balak analyzes McCloskey’s major texts and critically evaluates the linguistic literary and philosophical approaches they introduce. This long overdue examination of the methodological and philosophical consequences of McCloskey’s work will be of interest to philosophers and economists alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649971

McDonald's Blood Flow in ArteriesTheoretical Experimental and Clinical Principles For over fifty years McDonald's Blood Flow in Arteries has remained the definitive reference work in the field of arterial hemodynamics including arterial structure and function with special emphasis on pulsatile flow and pressure. Prestigious authoritative and comprehensive the sixth edition has been totally updated and revised with several new chapters. This edition continues to provide the theoretical basis required for a thorough understanding of arterial blood flow in both normal and pathological conditions while keeping clinical considerations and readability paramount throughout the text.New for the sixth edition McDonald's groundbreaking waveform analysis is extended to explain ill effects of aging on the aorta and heart and on the small blood vessels of vital organs - brain and kidneys. Rigorous theory and methodology are combined to show relevance of blood pressure and flow pulsations to individual clinical problems and to results of the most recent epidemiological studies and clinical trials. Written by a small tightly-knit group to provide consistency and easy reference of normal and abnormal functions in arteries of all sizes in humans experimental animals and realistic computer models. Now available in a digital version together with this book to provide instant access to this invaluable reference resource. Erudite definitive yet thoroughly practical McDonald's Blood Flow in Arteries is essential reading for modern cardiologists intensive care physicians anesthesiologists gerontologists diabetologists nephrologists and neurologists as well as physiologists pharmacologists and epidemiologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780340985014

McLuhan's Global Village TodayTransatlantic Perspectives Marshall McLuhan was one of the leading media theorists of the twentieth century. This collection of essays explores the many facets of McLuhan’s work from a transatlantic perspective balancing applied case studies with theoretical discussions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934610

McMinn's Concise Human Anatomy Focusing on the essentials McMinn's Concise Human Anatomy is a convenient portable guide and revision aid. The clear jargon-free text is supported by high-quality labelled photographs of cadaver dissections and surface anatomy radiological images captured using the latest technologies and explanatory line diagrams all redrawn for this edition. Providing full explanations of difficult anatomical relationships and highlighting features of clinical significance throughout this second edition remains an invaluable guide for students of anatomy across the medical and health sciences and a handy reference for the busy clinician. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498787741

M-CommerceExperiencing the Phygital Retail This volume presents a pragmatic approach to understanding and capitalizing on contemporary m-commerce trend. It comprehensively encapsulates the evolution emergent trends hindrances and challenges and customer perceptions about various facets of how physical and online retail channels are merging blurring and influencing each other in new ways. The rapid rise of m-commerce (or mobile commerce) has led to the emergence of new paradigms in the marketplace. The difference between physical and digital retail is diminishing and a new “phygital retail” phenomenon is on the rise. Marketers need to understand this emerging paradigm and consider the new opportunities and challenges involved. This volume M-Commerce: Experiencing the Phygital Retail provides a comprehensive discussion of the contemporary m-commerce concepts along with the emerging paradigms in a pragmatic way. It presents empirical analyses and reviews on the myriad aspects of m-commerce including both contemporary academic and business research. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887144

MCQs & EMQs in Human Physiology 6th edition This book presents the questions on generally accepted aspects of human physiology most relevant to clinical practice. It is intended as a revision tutor and will help medical and dental health care students and doctors in specialty training to revise their physiology for exam preparations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138451100

MCQs & Short Answer Questions for MRCOGAn aid to revision and self-assessment This book aims to assist the acquisition of 'evidence-based' core knowledge of obstetrics and gynaecology and can be used by the trainee as a self-assessment aid throughout training and during revision for the Membership of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (MRCOG) examination. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455115

MCQs and EMQs in SurgeryA Bailey & Love Revision Guide Second Edition With over 1000 essential questions MCQs and EMQs in Surgery is the ideal self-assessment companion guide to Bailey & Love’s Short Practice in Surgery 26th edition. The book assists trainee surgeons as they prepare for examinations and enables them to test their knowledge of the principles and practice of surgery as outlined in Bailey & Love. Divided into 13 subject-specific sections and written by expert contributors the MCQs and EMQs provide comprehensive coverage of the current surgical curriculum as well as the core learning points as set out in Bailey & Love. The book is ideally suited for the MRCS exam as well as for the first part of the FRCS (General Surgery) and the new Intercollegiate FRCS (International) exams. The book emphasises the importance of self-assessment within effective clinical examination and soundly based surgical principles while taking into account the latest developments in practice. This new edition includes many new contributors and enhanced chapters with answers provided in much greater detail. While the book is closely aligned with the content of the celebrated Bailey & Love it also performs well as a standalone self-test guide and may be used independently. MCQs and EMQs in Surgery provides an invaluable revision tool for all candidates studying for the MRCS and FRCS exams. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482248623

MCQs for FRCOphth and ICO Basic Sciences Examinations Featuring 640 multiple choice questions this book is a comprehensive revision guide for candidates taking the basic sciences component of the FRCOphth and ICO examinations. This book is divided into relevant chapters with topics that follow logically offering a thorough approach to revision and exam practice. Each chapter includes questions in both the FRCOphth (SBA) and ICO (true or false) formats. This book is useful for ophthalmologists of all grades ranging from juniors completing ICO basic sciences and FRCOphth examinations to seniors wishing to refresh their knowledge and revalidate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195464

MCQS for Part 2 MRCOG The Part 2 MRCOG is one of the most challenging postgraduate examinations in medicine and recent changes bring focus to more MCQs and evidence-based questions. Passing the exam requires not just 'knowledge' but mastery of examination technique. This book provides the unique opportunity not only to practice up-to-date MCQs extensively sourced from the RCOG's suggested reading material but to consolidate knowledge through its concise notes accompanying the answers. Traditionally difficult topics are given special emphasis and all explanatory notes are methodical and evidence-based - ideal for both exam practice and revision. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195914

MCQs for the FRCS(Urol) and Postgraduate Urology Examinations The aim of this book is to provide a selection of representative MCQs together with a detailed explanation of each answer covering the topic in depth. Each chapter has been written by experienced Urological surgeons who have already been successful in passing the examination. The scope of this book will be an invaluable addition to individuals sitting the FEBU and similar exams in the USA Australia and Asian countries. Established consultants may also find the text useful as a ‘refresher’ in areas outside their subspecialist interest. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367076184

MCQs for the MFFP Part One Here are 120 multiple choice questions on family planning and reproductive health care. Each question has been carefully selected to reflect the syllabus of the new Part 1 examination for Membership of the Faculty of Family Planning and Reproductive Healthcare (MFFP). Almost all the questions are accompanied by an extented answer. In this way as well as providing a useful revision aid for examinations the book is also educationally stimulating for anyone wishing to improve and test their knowledge of family planning and reproductive healthcare. The questions have been divided in three major sections: Applied Sciences; Contraception; and Reproductive Healthcare. This book will be an ideal training and revision tool for candidates for the professional exams such as the new MFFP as well as the MRCOG and MRCGP. It will also provide a useful aid to anyone who wishes to update their understanding of these important topics in reproductive medicine. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379364

MCQs for the New MRCPsych Paper A with Answers Explained Comprising of 400 MCQs this book provides essential revision content to help you pass the recently introduced MRCPsych Paper A. The most recent guidelines for the new curriculum have been followed in compiling the content. MCQs for the New MRCPsych Paper A with Answers Explained is an invaluable aid for all candidates for the examination of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Other clinicians and undergraduate students in medicine and health sciences will also find it useful. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846190094

MCQs in Basic Sciences for the MRCPsych Part Two Here is a careful selection of over 200 questions covering the basic sciences section of the MRCPsych Part 2 examination. Questions have been grouped in separate sections under the following headings: Human development Genetics Neurosciences Psychopharmacology Psychology Psychometry and ressearch methodology Social psychology Sociology Extended answers are provided making this an ideal book for revision for the Part 2 examination. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379258

MCQS in Clinical Nuclear Medicine Written specifically for those candidates about to sit for the FRCR part II examination the format will also be of use to other trainee radiologists who are not specialists in this field. It contains a number of multiple choice questions covering all aspects of nuclear medicine with particular emphasis on the more common techniques ie bone renal and lung scanning. Extensive use is made of review articles and important articles in the major nuclear medicine journals and references are provided. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078371

MCQs in Geriatric Medicine for Postgraduate Examinations Part of the Masterpass series this highly authoritative guide covers all the required topics with emphasis on important areas ensuring candidates are thoroughly tested. MCQs in Geriatric Medicine for Postgraduate Examinations is ideal for postgraduate doctors wanting to succeed in elderly medicine biased MCQs such as candidates for the Diploma in Geriatric Medicine and registrars in geriatric medicine reading for their specialty certificates. It is also highly recommended for Part I MRCP candidates requiring a grasp of this rapidly increasing branch of medicine in terms of information number of patients and cost to the state. The overall proportions of topics are.suggested by the Royal College of Physicians London but I have added more questions proportional to the importance of some topics.When you have cracked all 350 you will have the MCQ examiners on toast. Roger Gabriel in the Preface Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195761

MCQs in Medical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases The third edition of this widely used book has been substantially updated to take into account changes since the last edition. It covers a wide range of topics in medical microbiology and infectious diseases. Questions are accompanied by extended answers making them ideal for both revision and self study. It will be particularly suitable for candidates for the MRCP FRCS/MRCS MRCOG and MRCGP examinations as well as for medical undergraduates. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379388

MCQs in Neurology and Neurosurgery for Medical Students Neurology and neurosurgery are notoriously daunting for the medical student. As each of the basic concepts are mastered new more detailed information needs to be mastered. It is a fascinating but often overwhelming specialty which is required for everyday practice right through a medical career from junior doctor to senior consultant. This colour MCQ revision aid covers the most important basic elements from neuroanatomy neurophysiology and neuroradiology through to strokes central nervous system lesions and malignancies. It is ideal as a final guide to test knowledge and examination readiness. The themed presentation encourages quick focused study and detailed answers aid comprehension and encourage familiarity with each topic with essential diagrams colour images and sample MRIs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846194832

MCQs in Paediatrics 2Ed The questions used in this book have been developed and continuously updated over 15 years. 'MCQs in Paediatrics' includes questions and detailed answers submitted by paediatricians in all specialties and covers the widest range of clinical skills and paediatric knowledge.The questions have been used in both undergraduate and postgraduate examinations at the DCH and MRCP level. All questions have been reviewed and refined following the analysis of examination results and are designed to test the application of knowledge rather than just the facts. The answers are accompanied by detailed explanations which allow the book to be used both for self-assessment and as a guide for further study. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003058922

MCQs in Paediatrics for the MRCPCH Part 1 Here is a collection of multiple-choice questions for the Membership of The Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health Part 1 examination. There are over 300 questions organised into 10 sections and the mixture of questions attempts to reflect the wide range of topics in the current syllabus. Each question has an explanatory answer making this book an ideal revision guide for the MRCPCH examination. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747971

MCQs in Regional Anaesthesia and Pain Therapy This concise revision guide provides the essential information for trainees with an interest in regional anaesthesia  taking any MCQ-based exam in the specialty. Divided into nine clear chapters it serves both as an overview and as examination practice. Each topic is approached systematically to explain relevant concepts including anatomy and physiology and techniques of nerve blockage and their indications contraindications and complications. It also includes notoriously difficult and often avoided topics such as pain therapy and statistics. The book is fully referenced has over 120 tables and 90 illustrations to aid comprehension and an appendix that includes vital information for rapid and effective revision. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846199714

McTaggart's Paradox McTaggart’s argument for the unreality of time first published in 1908 set the agenda for 20th-century philosophy of time. Yet there is very little agreement on what it actually says—nobody agrees with the conclusion but still everybody finds something important in it. This book presents the first critical overview of the last century of debate on what is popularly called "McTaggart’s Paradox". Scholars have long assumed that McTaggart’s argument stands alone and does not rely on any contentious ontological principles. The author demonstrates that these assumptions are incorrect—McTaggart himself explicitly claimed his argument to be dependent on the ontological principles that form the basis of his idealist metaphysics. The result is that scholars have proceeded to understand the argument on the basis of their own metaphysical assumptions duly arriving at very different interpretations. This book offers an alternative reading of McTaggart’s argument and at the same time explains why other commentators arrive at their mutually incompatible interpretations. It will be of interest to students and scholars with an interest in the philosophy of time and other areas of contemporary metaphysics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258542

Me 'Who am I?' In a world where randomness and chance make life transient and unpredictable religion psychology and philosophy have all tried in their different ways to answer this question and to give meaning and coherence to the human person. How we should construct a meaningful 'me' - and to make sense of one's life - is the question at the heart of Mel Thompson's illuminating book.Although Thompson begins by exploring the workings of the brain he shows that if we are to consider the nature of the self it is not enough to argue about such things as how mind relates to matter or whether neuroscience can fully explain consciousness. Such an approach fails to do justice to the self that we experience and the selves that we encounter around us. We need to engage with the more personal existential questions: how do I make sense of my life? And am I responsible for the person I have become?Thompson investigates the gap between what we are and what others perceive us to be to ascertain whether we are genuinely knowable entities. He explores the central dilemma of how one can have a fixed idea of 'me' to shape and direct one's life when in a world of constant change events will rob us of that fixed idea at any moment. Perhaps we would be better to let go of the need for 'me' asks Thompson but would a self-less life be possible or desirable?Drawing on the writings of literature philosophy religion and science as well as personal reflection and anecdote Thompson has written an engaging and thought-provoking work that recaptures the notion of 'me' from the neuroscientists and situates it at the heart of finding a place in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138152632

Me Against My BrotherAt War in Somalia Sudan and Rwanda As a foreign correspondent Scott Peterson witnessed firsthand Somalia's descent into war and its battle against US troops the spiritual degeneration of Sudan's Holy War and one of the most horrific events of the last half century: the genocide in Rwanda.  In Me Against My Brother he brings these events together for the first time to record a collapse that has had an impact far beyond African borders.In Somalia Peterson tells of harrowing experiences of clan conflict guns and starvation.  He met with warlords observed death intimately and nearly lost his own life to a Somali mob. From ground level he documents how the US-UN relief mission devolved into all out war - one that for America has proven to be the most formative post-Cold War debacle.  In Sudan he journeys where few correspondents have ever been on both sides of that religious front line to find that outside "relief" has only prolonged war.  In Rwanda his first-person experience of the genocide and well-documented analysis provide rare insight into this human tragedy.Filled with the dust sweat and powerful detail of real-life Me Against My Brother graphically illustrates how preventive action and a better understanding of Africa - especially by the US - could have averted much suffering. Also includes a 16-page color insert. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203902905

Me Before / Me AfterA Group Rehabilitation Programme for Brain Injury Survivors Me Before Me After is a complete programme for professionals who run rehabilitation groups for brain injury survivors. The programme's overarching goal is to retrieve the person behind the injury by helping survivors master the consequences of their brain injury. The approach combines CBT principles that develop awareness and recognition of mental events with CBT techniques that are instrumental in achieving behaviour change. The manual focuses on the three aspects of acquired brain injury that are integral to achieving gains through rehabilitation: 1) Change-awareness: develops awareness of the changes that are consequent upon brain injury. 2) Change-investigation: helps understand why these changes occur; how we interpret them and how we cope with them. 3) Change-mastery: helps gain mastery over these changes by developing and mobilising adaptive capability. Including extensive resources for practitioners clients and support workers this comprehensive manual provides everything you need in order to run the most effective brain injury rehabilitation groups in one place. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911186045

Me Too Political Science Me Too Political Science explores the multiple manifestations and implications of gendered biases in Political Science by "connecting the dots" between the sexual harassment described in the recent report on 2017 American Political Science Association’s Survey on Sexual Harassment at Annual Meetings and other problematic issues. Started by Tarana Burke in 2007 to stand with young women of color who survived sexual assault the MeToo campaign was intended to let women know that they were not alone. In turn the Women’s Caucus for Political Science used #MeTooPoliSci to bring awareness to sexual harassment assault and misconduct in the discipline. The essays in this book and the authors’ scholarly activism harnessed a collective power to dispel the shame embarrassment and secrecy that surrounds these issues. They focus in particular on bullying entitled and toxic forms of masculinity; systematic discounting of and dismissiveness and derision toward work on gender and sexuality; biases and inequities associated with hiring teaching evaluations service loads and tenure and promotion; and related and often intersecting forms of harassment but not only those related to race and sexuality. The essays in this volume stem for the 2018 pre-conference held by the Women’s Caucus for Political Science at the American Political Science Association’s annual meeting. Me Too Political Science is of great importance not only to scholars interested in Gender and Women’s Studies but all those working in the Political Science discipline – and even beyond to academia as a whole. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Women Politics and Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367857066

Meadowlark EconomiesWork and Leisure in the Ecosystem First Published in 2017. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485379

Meadows Of Gold First published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980617

Mean Field Simulation for Monte Carlo Integration In the last three decades there has been a dramatic increase in the use of interacting particle methods as a powerful tool in real-world applications of Monte Carlo simulation in computational physics population biology computer sciences and statistical machine learning. Ideally suited to parallel and distributed computation these advanced particle algorithms include nonlinear interacting jump diffusions; quantum diffusion and resampled Monte Carlo methods; Feynman-Kac particle models; genetic and evolutionary algorithms; sequential Monte Carlo methods; adaptive and interacting Markov chain Monte Carlo models; bootstrapping methods; ensemble Kalman filters; and interacting particle filters. Mean Field Simulation for Monte Carlo Integration presents the first comprehensive and modern mathematical treatment of mean field particle simulation models and interdisciplinary research topics including interacting jumps and McKean-Vlasov processes sequential Monte Carlo methodologies genetic particle algorithms genealogical tree-based algorithms and quantum and diffusion Monte Carlo methods. Along with covering refined convergence analysis on nonlinear Markov chain models the author discusses applications related to parameter estimation in hidden Markov chain models stochastic optimization nonlinear filtering and multiple target tracking stochastic optimization calibration and uncertainty propagations in numerical codes rare event simulation financial mathematics and free energy and quasi-invariant measures arising in computational physics and population biology. This book shows how mean field particle simulation has revolutionized the field of Monte Carlo integration and stochastic algorithms. It will help theoretical probability researchers applied statisticians biologists statistical physicists and computer scientists work better across their own disciplinary boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138198739

Meaning Meaning is one of our most central and most ubiquitous concepts. Anything at all may in suitable contexts have meaning ascribed to it. In this wide-ranging book David Cooper departs from the usual focus on linguistic meaning to discuss how works of art ceremony social action bodily gesture and the purpose of life can all be meaningful. He argues that the notion of meaning is best approached by considering what we accept as explanations of meaning in everyday practice and shows that in these situations we are explaining the appropriate fit of an item - whether a word or an artwork - with something larger than or outside of itself. This fuller account of meaning explores questions of the meaning of meaning and tackles issues such as whether meaning is just a misleading 'folk' term for something more basic whether there really is meaning at all and whether we should strive for meaning or let our lives 'just be' rather than mean. By taking the problem of meaning out of the technical philosophy of language and providing a more general account Cooper is able to offer new insights into the import function and status of meaning that will be of interest not only to philosophers of language but to students and philosophers working in areas such as epistemology and metaphysics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315710563

Meaning Agency and the Making of a Social WorldThemes in the Philosophy of Social Science This book explores a vital but neglected element in the philosophy of social science – the complex nature of the social world. By a systematic philosophical engagement it conceives the social world in terms of three basic concerns: epistemic methodological and ethical. It examines how we cognize study and ethically interact with the social world. As such it demonstrates that a discussion of ethics is epistemically indispensable to the making of the social world.The book presents a new interpretation of philosophy of social science and addresses a series of related topics including the role of the human subject in the context of scientific knowledge objectivity historicity meaning and nature of social reality social and literary theory scientific methodology and fact/value dichotomy human and collective agency and the limits to relativism. Examining each in turn it argues that the social world is constructed through human actions and becomes significant because we ascribe meaning to it. This is organized around discussions on the meaning agency and the making of a social world. The book will be useful to scholars and researchers of philosophy of social science political philosophy and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729936

Meaning Madness and Political SubjectivityA study of schizophrenia and culture in Turkey This book explores the relationship between subjective experience and the cultural political and historical paradigms in which the individual is embedded. Providing a deep analysis of three compelling case studies of schizophrenia in Turkey the book considers the ways in which private experience is shaped by collective structures offering insights into issues surrounding religion national and ethnic identity and tensions modernity and tradition madness gender and individuality. Chapters draw from cultural psychiatry medical anthropology and political theory to produce a model for understanding the inseparability of private experience and collective processes. The book offers those studying political theory a way for conceptualizing the subjective within the political; it offers mental health clinicians and researchers a model for including political and historical realities in their psychological assessments and treatments; and it provides anthropologists with a model for theorizing culture in which psychological experience and political facts become understandable and explainable in terms of rather than despite each other. Meaning Madness and Political Subjectivity provides an original interpretative methodology for analysing culture and psychosis offering compelling evidence that not only "normal" human experiences but also extremely "abnormal" experiences such as psychosis are anchored in and shaped by local cultural and political realities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138235564

Meaning measurement and correlates of moral development Morality has once again become an important focus of research in different scientific disciplines from biology neuroscience and evolutionary psychology to social psychology economics and political philosophy. One of the reasons for this renewed interest stems from the tragedies that human beings individually or in groups inflict upon the lives of one another and the world at large tragedies such as war the extinction of species and ecological destruction climate change and last but not least – the financial crisis. Moral destitution and collapse a lack of respect for human dignity and worth and deficits in proper moral functioning at all levels of the world community often discounted or masked by transparent excuses and vacuous rationalizations are all viewed as principal causes of the social societal and ecological crises with which we are confronted today. The key to solving these crises must lie at least partly in a better understanding and active deployment of morality. Developmental psychology is charged with the specific task of illuminating the growth and evolution of moral functioning in human beings. This book was originally published as a special issue of the European Journal of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094826

Meaning Mind and Self-TransformationPsychoanalytic Interpretation and the Interpretation of Psychoanalysis Interpretation is the primary intervention of psychoanalysis. Until now it has been discussed almost exclusively from a technical standpoint rather than its relationship to the mind human life and how it affects the personality. This book explores the intrinsic nature of interpretation in psychoanalysis. For that purpose two streams of thought are brought into dialogue with one another: Anglo-American psychoanalysis and Continental European philosophical hermeneutics the study of meaning and interpretation. This book celebrates and makes explicit the value of interchanges between the paradigm of science and philosophical hermeneutics. It is divided into three sections preceded by a discussion of the relationship between psychoanalysis hermeneutics and the sciences with psychoanalysis at a crossroads seeking a new path. Part 1 starts with a consideration of Freud's methodology in The Interpretation of Dreams moving to a review of ancient romantic and modern theories of interpretation as they relate to psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491127

Meaning Quantification NecessityThemes in Philosophical Logic Originally published in 1981. This is a book for the final year undergraduate or first year graduate who intends to proceed with serious research in philosophical logic. It will be welcomed by both lecturers and students for its careful consideration of main themes ranging from Gricean accounts of meaning to two dimensional modal logic. The first part of the book is concerned with the nature of the semantic theorist’s project and particularly with the crucial concepts of meaning truth and semantic structure. The second and third parts deal with various constructions that are found in natural languages: names quantifiers definite descriptions and modal operators. Throughout while assuming some familiarity with philosophical logic and elementary formal logic the text provides a clear exposition. It brings together related ideas and in some places refines and improves upon existing accounts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418021

Meaning and AuthenticityFurther Works in the Sociology of Art This outstanding collection of hitherto unpublished work written over the last fifteen years of the author's life reveals the development and maturation of his ideas about sociology and art and specifically about the relationship between them. Grafia sees in the artistic traditions of Western society the sociological sources of our sense of cultural form as well as cultural and intellectual meaning. He discusses theories of art and theories of artists as they have changed over time although the book is neither a history of art nor a criticism of specific artistic works. Rather it is a defense of the sociology of art.Grafia believes that the difficult and ambitious questions in the sociology of art are not merely questions of the proper role or status of the artist or the recognition of art as an ornament perhaps the supreme ornament of our culture. He believes that what the sociologist must come to terms with is the view of art as the representation indeed the revelation of what is most telling and pervasive in culture itself. This perspective assumes that the most serious claims made for art are in fact inseparable from the unique claims that are made about art. Art can make visible what is implicit in our lives. Art can put before us a statement of what we are but do not always recognize in oursleves. Art is the mask and mimicry through which society gestures to us its ultimate and most poignant meanings. Grafia contends that this vision of art derives from Hegelian aesthetics and he believes that this grand view-whether one takes an idealist a literary or a Marxist-materialist position-also implies a dramatically changed conception of society itself.The essays cover a variety of subjects from Marx museums and modern literature to Durkheim Daniel Bell and bullfighting-the last being the apotheosis of cultural expression rendered into artistic form. Throughout Grafia considers questions of the social origins of our artistic and intellectual traditions the influence of these traditions on our ways of thinking about society and their pervasiveness as standards for social meaning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511958

Meaning and International Relations This innovative volume brings together specialists in international relations to tackle a set of difficult questions about what it means to live in a globalized world where the purpose and direction of world politics are no longer clear-cut. What emerges from these essays is a very clear sense that while we may be living in an era that lacks a single universal purpose ours is still a world replete with meaning. The authors in this volume stress the need for a pluralistic conception of meaning in a globalized world and demonstrate how increased communication and interaction in transnational spaces work to produce complex tapestries of culture and politics. Meaning and International Relations also makes an original and convincing case for the relevance of hermeneutic approaches to understanding contemporary international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753500

Meaning and Measurement in Comparative Housing Research The last two decades have seen a marked growth in comparative research within the field of housing studies. This reflects the increasing globalisation of housing finance and therefore the interconnectedness of housing markets growing interest among researchers and policy makers in learning from developments in other countries and the availability of more funding and better comparative data to support their endeavours. Concurrently comparative housing research has become more sophisticated as research training has improved the number of journals publishing this research has increased and researchers have become what one might call more ‘methodologically aware’. However despite these developments there is no single volume book that deals with the distinct challenges that arise from comparative housing research compared to other fields of comparative policy analysis. These challenges relate to spatial fixity of housing its dual role as a consumption and investment good and as the "wobbly pillar" of the welfare state which is delivered using a complex mix of government and market supports. This volume reflects on the significant methodological strides made in the comparative housing research field during this period. The book also considers the considerable challenges that remain if comparative housing research is to match the methodological and theoretical sophistication evident in other comparative social science fields and maps a route for this journey. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Housing Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138000667

Meaning and MelancholiaLife in the Age of Bewilderment Meaning and Melancholia: Life in the Age of Bewilderment sees Christopher Bollas apply his creative and innovative psychoanalytic thinking to various contemporary social cultural and political themes. This book offers an incisive exploration of powerful trends within and between nations in the West over the past two hundred years. The author traces shifts in psychological forces and ‘frames of mind’ that have resulted in a crucial ‘intellectual climate change’. He contends that recent decades have seen rapid and significant transformations in how we define our ‘selves’ as a new emphasis on instant connectedness has come to replace reflectiveness and introspection. Bollas argues that this trend has culminated in the current rise of psychophobia; a fear of the mind and a rejection of depth psychologies that has paved the way for what he sees as hate based solutions to world problems such as the victory of Trump in America and Brexit in the United Kingdom. He maintains that if we are to counter the threat to democracy posed by these changes and refind a more balanced concept of the self within society we must put psychological insight at the heart of a new kind of analysis of culture and society. This remarkable thought-provoking book will appeal to anyone interested in politics social policy and cultural studies and in the gaining of insight into the ongoing challenges faced by the Western democracies and the global community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497535

Meaning and MethodThe Cultural Approach to Sociology Culture is increasingly important to American social science but in what way? This book addresses the core issues of the sociology of culture-questions about the social role of meaning along with those about the methods sociologists use to study culture and society-in a manner that makes clear their relevance to sociology as a whole. Part I consists of essays by leading cultural sociologists on how the turn to culture has changed the sociological study of organizations economic action and television and concludes with Georgina Born's methodological statement on the sociology of art and cultural production. Part II contains a highly original and at times heated debate between Richard Biernacki and John H. Evans on the appropriateness of abstract and quantifiable coding schemes for the sociological study of culture. Ranging from the philosophy of science to the concrete practical problems of interpreting masses of cultural data the debate raises the controversy over the interpretation of culture and the explanation of social action to a new level of sophistication. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315633503

Meaning and Spirituality in Sport and ExercisePsychological Perspectives Despite the growing literature on spirituality and its positive impact on well-being in health psychology education occupational psychology and leisure studies it has been less examined in sport studies. Meaning and Spirituality in Sport and Exercise: Psychological Perspectives examines the many forms of spirituality in sport from a psychological perspective from moments of transcendence and finding deeper meaning and value to prayer before an important competition or in adversity such as a career-threatening injury.Based on the latest research and the Nesti’s experience in applied sport psychology service delivery this book covers a range of novel topics linking spirituality to athlete development injury exercise motivation and ageing athletes and offers applied practical guidance for sport psychologists working with spiritual athletes.Offering a unique contribution to the study of spirituality in sport and to sport psychology practice this book is vital reading for any upper-level student or academic working in sport and exercise psychology religion and sport or the philosophy of sport and any practising sport psychologist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732752

Meaning and StructureStructuralism of (Post)Analytic Philosophers In Meaning and Structure Peregrin argues that recent and contemporary (post)analytic philosophy as developed by Quine Davidson Sellars and their followers is largely structuralistic in the very sense in which structuralism was originally tabled by Ferdinand de Saussure. The author reconstructs de Saussure's view of language linking it to modern formal logic and mathematics and reveals close analogies between its constitutive principles and the principles informing the holistic and neopragmatistic view of language put forward by Quine and his followers. Peregrin also indicates how this view of language can be made compatible with what is usually called 'formal semantics'. Drawing on both the Saussurean tradition and recent developments in analytic philosophy of language this book offers a unique study of the ways in which the concept of meaning can be seen as consisting in the concept of structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138272910

Meaning and the English Verb Every language has its peculiar problems of meaning for the foreign learner. In the English language some of the biggest yet most fascinating problems are concentrated in the area of the finite verb phrase: in particular tense aspect mood and modality. Meaning and the English Verb describes these fields in detail for teachers and advanced students of English as a foreign or second language. This new third edition uses up-to-date examples to show differences and similarities between American and British english reflecting a great deal of recent research in this area. It also takes account of the subtle changes which are taking place in the language today. In print for over 30 years Meaning and the English Verb has established itself as a recognised authority on the meaning and use of verb constructions in English. This updated third edition will ensure that it remains an invaluable text for teachers and students of English worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836945

Meaning and the Moral Sciences (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1978 this reissue presents a seminal philosophical work by professor Putnam in which he puts forward a conception of knowledge which makes ethics practical knowledge and non-mathematic parts of the social sciences just as much parts of 'knowledge' as the sciences themselves. He also rejects the idea that knowledge can be demarcated from non-knowledge by the fact that the former alone adheres to 'the scientific method'. The first part of the book consists of Professor Putnam's John Locke lectures delivered at the University of Oxford in 1976 offering a detailed examination of a 'physicalist' theory of reference against a background of the works of Tarski Carnap Popper Hempel and Kant. The analysis then extends to notions of truth the character of linguistic enquiry and social scientific enquiry in general interconnecting with the great metaphysical problem of realism the nature of language and reference and the character of ourselves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203850367

Meaning by Shakespeare We traditionally assume that the `meaning' of each of Shakespeares plays is bequeathed to it by the Bard. It is as if to the information which used to be given in theatrical programmes `Cigarettes by Abdullah Costumes by Motley Music by Mendelssohn' we should add `Meaning by Shakespeare'. These essays rest on a different almost opposite principle. Developing the arguments of the same author's That Shakespearean Rag (1986) they put the case that Shakespeare's plays have no essential meanings but function as resources which we use to generate meaning. A Midsummer Night's Dream Measure for Measure Coriolanus and King Lear amongst other plays are examined as concrete instances of the covert process whereby in the twentieth century Shakespeare doesn't mean: we mean by Shakespeare. Meaning by Shakespeare concludes with `Bardbiz' a review of recent critical approaches to Shakespeare which initiated a long-running debate (1990-1991) when it first appeared in The London Review of Books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466975

Meaning in ActionInterpretation and Dialogue in Policy Analysis This accessible book gives academics graduate students and researchers a comprehensive overview of the vast varied and often confusing landscape of interpretive policy analysis. It is both theoretically informed and clear and jargon-free as it discusses the specific strengths and weaknesses of different interpretive approaches--all with a practical orientation towards doing policy analysis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765617897

Meaning in Culture Meaning in Culture discusses the question of whether 'culture' refers to some superorganic entity that exists in its own right or is only convenient short-hand for the shared beliefs and behaviour of human individuals. It also investigates the problem of relativism and explores the question of whether anthropology and the other social sciences are really scientific. First published in 1975. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869256

Meaning in InteractionAn Introduction to Pragmatics Meaning in Interaction: An Introduction to Pragmatics is a comprehensive introductory text which discusses the development of pragmatics - its aims and methodology - and also introduces themes that are not generally covered in other texts.Jenny Thomas focuses on the dynamic nature of speaker meaning considering the central roles of both speaker and hearer and takes into account the social and psychological factors involved in the generation and interpretation of utterances. The book includes a detailed examination of the development of Pragmatics as a discipline drawing attention to problems encountered in earlier work and brings the reader up to date with recent discussion in the field. The book is written principally for students with no previous knowledge of pragmatics and the basic concepts are covered in considerable detail. Theoretical and more complicated information is highlighted with examples that have been drawn from the media fiction and real-life interaction and makes the study more accessible to newcomers. It is an ideal introductory textbook for students of linguistics and for all who are interested in analysing problems in communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129047

Meaning in Landscape Architecture and Gardens While we all live our lives in designed landscapes of various types only on occasion do we consider what these landscapes mean to us and how they have acquired that significance. Can a landscape architect or garden designer imbue new settings with meaning or does meaning evolve over time created by those who perceive and use these landscapes? What role does the selection and arrangement of plants and hard materials play in this process and just where does the passage of time enter the equation?These questions collectively provide the core material for Meaning in Landscape Architecture and Gardens a compendium of four landmark essays written over a period of twenty years by leading scholars in the field of landscape architecture. New commentaries by the authors accompany each of the essays and reflect on the thinking behind them as well as the evolution of the author's thoughts since their original publication.Although the central theme of these writings is landscape architecture broadly taken the principal subject of several essays and commentaries is the garden a subject historically plentiful in allusions and metaphors. Meaning in Landscape Architecture and Gardens offers the general reader as well as the professional a rich source of ideas about the designed landscape and the ways by which we perceive consider react and dwell within them – and what they mean to us.The essays have been perennial favorites in landscape courses since their original publication in Landscape Journal. Bringing them together – bolstered by the new commentaries – creates a book valuable to all those creating gardens and landscapes as well as those teaching and studying these subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138473447

Meaning in the Arts First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823553

Meaning in the Urban Environment This book was first published in 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512640

Meaning Making in Early Childhood ResearchPedagogies and the Personal Meaning Making in Early Childhood Research asks readers to rethink research in early childhood education through qualitative research practices reflective of arts-based pedagogies. This collection explores how educators and researchers can move toward practices of meaning making in early childhood education. The text’s narrative style provides an intimate portrait of engaging in research that challenges assumptions and thinking in a variety of international contexts and each chapter offers a way to engage in meaning making based on the experiences of young children their families and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138238527

Meaning MakingA Special Issue of Discourse Processes This special issue focuses on the difficult problem of how observers and researchers can make sense of how collaborating participants develop a shared understanding both of their task and their own participation in it. Or stated in another way how can we derive meaning from their emergent and situated meaning making? Meaning making has been studied under a variety of names and can be conceptualized on different levels of abstraction and from a variety of perspectives. The goal is to attempt to tease apart some of these views while at the same time seeking means to bring them together in order to provide a more fully elaborated picture. This issue comes with a CD-ROM containing the brief video segment which all authors analyzed in the preparation of their contributions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046334

Meaning Of Meaning V 2 First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865487

Meaning-Centered EducationInternational Perspectives and Explorations in Higher Education In a time of globally changing environments and economic challenges many institutions of higher education are attempting to reform by promoting standardization approaches. Meaning-Centered Education explores the counter-tide for an alternative vision of education where students and instructors engage in open meaning-making processes and self-organizing educational practices. In one contributed volume Meaning-Centered Education provides a comprehensive introduction to current scholarship and pedagogical practice on meaning-centered education. International contributors explore how modern educational scholars and practitioners all around the world are implementing a comprehensive framework that supports meaning making in a classroom. This edited collection is a valuable resource for higher education faculty and scholars interested in renewing the deep purposes of higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415532044

Meaningful Healthcare Experience DesignImproving Care for All Generations This book offers a new perspective on improving healthcare that draws inspiration from sources as diverse as American healthcare history Lean Six Sigma patient experience employee engagement clinical microsystems physician burnout and industrial design thinking. This work focuses on the three value streams that form the foundation of all healthcare service processes: healthcare-worker value stream patient value stream and organizational process. The interaction of patients and healthcare workers in the context of these three value streams creates the meaningful experience that is essential to healing and to the success of healthcare organizations. Meaningful healthcare experience design guides the work of designing these value streams and improving them to promote experiences that are meaningful and healing for both patients and healthcare workers. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498726962

Meaningful Online LearningIntegrating Strategies Activities and Learning Technologies for Effective Designs Meaningful Online Learning explores the design and facilitation of high-quality online learning experiences and outcomes through the integration of theory-based instructional strategies learning activities and proven educational technologies. Building on the authors’ years of synthesized research and expertise this textbook prepares instructors in training to create deliver and evaluate learner-centered online pedagogies. Pre- and in-service K–12 teachers higher education faculty and instructional designers in private corporate or government settings will find a comprehensive approach and support system for their design efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138694194

Meaningful Physical EducationAn Approach for Teaching and Learning This book outlines an approach to teaching and learning in physical education that prioritises meaningful experiences for pupils using case studies to illustrate how practitioners have implemented this approach across international contexts. Prioritising the idea of meaningfulness positions movement as a primary way to enrich the quality of young people’s lives shifting the focus of physical education programs to better suit the needs of contemporary young learners and resist the utilitarian health-oriented views of physical education that currently predominate in many schools and policy documents. The book draws on the philosophy of physical education to articulate the main rationale for prioritising meaningful experiences before identifying potential and desired outcomes for participants. It highlights the distinct characteristics of meaningful physical education and its content and outlines teaching and learning principles and strategies supported by pedagogical cases that show what meaningful physical education can look like in school-based teaching and in higher education-based teacher education. With an emphasis on good pedagogical practice this is essential reading for all pre-service and in-service physical education teachers or coaches working in youth sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473617

Meaning-Full DiseaseHow Personal Experience and Meanings Cause and Maintain Physical Illness The book is grounded upon the author's extensive professional involvement with physical diseases that are a powerful expression of the patients' emotional themes and life-stories. They are meaning-full diseases. They occur commonly and are the most compelling argument for an urgent acknowledgment of the role of meanings in the healing process. Following the pattern of his first book Somatic Illness and the Patient's Other Story the author shows in case after case that listening and responding to the "story" of patients suffering from persistent physical diseases frequently leads to major reversal of the disease processes. This present book takes a crucial second step. There must be an understandable basis for meaning-full diseases. Resistance to them relates in part to the inability of current Western scientific and biomedical theories to explain them. The author sets out to construct conceptual frameworks within which clinicians and patients can see that a close relationship between life experience and the appearance of physical disease really does make sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105723

Meaning-making Methods for Coping with Serious Illness This book provides an alternative complementary approach to the existing conventional approaches to religious and spiritually oriented coping. By focusing on the role of culture the authors take into account the methods employed by a vast number of people who do not directly identify themselves as religious. The empirical data used in this book derive from studies conducted in several countries; Sweden China South Korea Turkey and Malaysia across which religion plays a different role in the social and cultural life of individuals. This approach and these empirical data are unique and allow comparisons to be made between different cultural settings.By introducing the concept of meaning-making coping the authors explore the influence of culture on choice of coping methods be they purely religious spiritual or existential. The term "existential meaning-making coping" is used to describe coping methods that are related to existential questions; these methods include religious spiritual and existential coping methods.Meaning-making Methods for Coping with Serious Illness contributes to new approaches and theoretical models of coping. As such it is an invaluable resource for health care medical public health and sociology students and researchers. It will also be of interest to educators and policy-makers working in the area of health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589769

Meanings and Motivation in Education Research Meanings and Motivation in Education Research demonstrates the vibrant and vital connection between the researcher and their research. Research is often perceived as an entity which is seemingly produced in isolation; however there are many important factors which are involved and this book explores the complexities of investigating the specific areas of meaning and motivation for researchers working in the education sector. With contributions from authors drawn from the field of education in various stages of their career the perspectives shared in this book are from a diverse range of countries including Australia Canada Malaysia the United Kingdom and the United States of America. Key topics include: personal and professional identity narrative inquiry as method teacher educators as researchers conducting education research mixed methods in educational research Foregrounding the personal experiences interests and motivations of educational researchers Meanings and Motivation in Education Research proves important insights into current discussions in educational research including researchers’ identities the ways they conduct research and most importantly the impact institutional and personal politics have on their work. This will be a valuable text for educators education researchers policy-makers and practitioners across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810280

Meanings and PrototypesStudies in Linguistic Categorization There are fewer distinctions in any language than there are distinct things in the universe. If therefore languages are ways of representing the universe a primary function of their elements must be to allow the much more varied kinds of elements out of which the universe is made to be categorized in specific ways. A prototype approach to linguistic categories is a particular way of answering the question of how this categorization operates. It involves two claims. First that linguistic categorization exploits principles that are not specific to language but characterize most if not all processes of cognition. Secondly that a basic principle by which cognitive and linguistic categories are organized is the prototype principle which assigns elements to a category not because they exemplify properties that are absolutely required of each one of its members but because they exhibit in varying degrees certain types of similarity with a particular category member which has been established as the best example (or: prototype) of its kind. The development of the prototype approach into a satisfactory body of theory obviously requires both that its empirical base be enriched and that its conceptual foundations be clarified. These are the areas where this volume in its 26 essays makes original contributions. The first two parts contain discussions in which various kinds of linguistic phenomena are analysed in ways that make essential use of prototype notions. The last two parts contain discussions in which prototype notions themselves become the object rather than the instrument of analytical scrutiny. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980662

Meanings and Situations (RLE Social Theory) Meanings and Situations is an account of the ‘interactionist’ position. It is a committed account in the sense that it sees the central concerns of social psychology and sociology as being located in an interpretative and humanistic framework. At the same time it argues for a bio-social image of man which does not do violence to the way in which men in interaction continuously construct and renegotiate ‘meaning’. This is in contrast to some of the highly fashionable ‘exchange’ and ‘game’ models of interaction which dominate the thinking of proponents of ‘respectable’ behavioural science. Hence so the author urges the current upsurge of interest in social phenomenology ethnomethodology and symbolic interactionism is more than a reaction to the reigning paradigm in behavioural science. Arthur Brittan believes this new interest is essentially a return to the humanistic sources of these disciplines which have been in constant danger of being overwhelmed by the ‘behavioural ideology’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980679

Meanings and Values of Water in Russian Culture Bringing together a team of scholars from the diverse fields of geography literary studies and history this is the first volume to study water as a cultural phenomenon within the Russian/Soviet context. Water in this context is both a cognitive and cultural construct and a geographical and physical phenomenon representing particular rivers (the Volga the Chusovaia in the Urals the Neva) and bodies of water (from Baikal to sacred springs and the flowing water of nineteenth-century estates) but also powerful systems of meaning from traditional cultures and those forged in the radical restructuring undertaken in the 1930s. Individual chapters explore the polyvalence and contestation of meanings dimensions and values given to water in various times and spaces in Russian history. The reservoir of symbolic association is tapped by poets and film-makers but also by policy-makers the popular press and advertisers seeking to incite reaction or drive sales. The volume's emphasis on the cultural dimensions of water will link material that is often widely disparate in time and space; it will also serve as the methodological framework for the analysis undertaken both within chapters and in the editors' introduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329935

Meanings of Abstract ArtBetween Nature and Theory Traditional art is based on conventions of resemblance between the work and that which it is a representation "of". Abstract art in contrast either adopts alternative modes of visual representation or reconfigures mimetic convention. This book explores the relation of abstract art to nature (taking nature in the broadest sense—the world of recognisable objects creatures organisms processes and states of affairs). Abstract art takes many different forms but there are shared key structural features centered on two basic relations to nature. The first abstracts from nature to give selected aspects of it a new and extremely unfamiliar appearance. The second affirms a natural creativity that issues in new autonomous forms that are not constrained by mimetic conventions. (Such creativity is often attributed to the power of the unconscious.) The book covers three categories: classical modernism (Mondrian Malevich Kandinsky Arp early American abstraction); post-war abstraction (Pollock Still Newman Smithson Noguchi Arte Povera Michaux postmodern developments); and the broader historical and philosophical scope. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233867

Meanings of AudiencesComparative Discourses In today’s thoroughly mediated societies people spend many hours in the role of audiences while powerful organizations including governments corporations and schools reach people via the media. Consequently how people think about and organizations treat audiences has considerable significance. This ground-breaking collection offers original empirical studies of discourses about audiences by bringing together a genuinely international range of work. With essays on audiences in ancient Greece early modern Germany Soviet and post-Soviet Russia Zimbabwe contemporary Egypt Bengali India China Taiwan and immigrant diaspora in Belgium each chapter examines the ways in which audiences are embedded in discourses of power representation and regulation in different yet overlapping ways according to specific socio-historical contexts. Suitable for both undergraduate and postgraduate students this book is a valuable and original contribution to media and communication studies. It will be particularly useful to those studying audiences and international media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415837309

Meanings Of Modern Art Revised A survey of modern art from the Impressionists to the present with a new chapter on the art of the seventies and eighties and corrections and revisions in the text. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429032554

Meanings of the MarketThe Free Market in Western Culture For almost twenty years the 'Free Market' has been a central feature of public debate in the West Eastern Europe and elsewhere. In the name of the Market and its supposed benefits governments and international agencies have imposed massive changes on peoples' lives. Curiously scholars have paid little attention to the ways that the idea of the Market is invoked to what it might mean and how it is being used. This book helps correct that state of affairs. Focusing on the United States where the Market model is strongest authors analyze portrayals of the Market its values and the people within it as a way of teasing out its assumptions and contradictions. They also describe extensions and practical applications of the Market model in policy-making in the United States and in explaining how firms work show its political strengths and conceptual limitations. In bringing rigor and sustained critical analysis to a topic of growing global significance this truly interdisciplinary study represents a coherent and incisive contribution to anthropology sociology politics history and economics as it challenges these disciplines to come to grips with one of the most potent cultural symbols of postmodernity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086055

Meanings of ViolenceA Cross-Cultural Perspective There are good reasons to look at violence from new perspectives. In its endless manifestations violence is part and parcel of human existence and is very probably a constituting element of human society. And yet violent action - warfare penalties insults feuding assault murder rape suicide sports - remains in all its complexity one of the least understood fields of human social life.The book's contributors identify the symbolic and ritualized aspects of violence and suggest ways of 'reading' violence as it occurs in the world whether as violent duelling and age-group violence in Southern Ethiopia bullfighting in Iberia cattle rustling in Kenya guerrilla and militia wars in Colombia or public executions in China.These case studies suggest that 'violence' is not a simple universal urge but is contingent and context-dependent shaped by social relations of power force and dominance. To be the victim of violence is a humiliating and frightening experience. But the many ambiguities that occur in the use of violence must be considered to understand why peace seems only to exist as a contrast to the violation of peace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135869

Means and Ends in Education First published in 1982 Means and Ends in Education explores the contrasts between approaches to teaching where teaching is simply a means to some other end; approaches in which the end determines the means; and approaches in which means and ends are integrated and education serves an intrinsic purpose. The book considers the concept of education and evaluates different processes and techniques of teaching and learning. Divided into three parts it covers instrumentalist approaches learner-oriented approaches and liberal approaches to education. It puts forward differing views as to what the term ‘education’ means to different professions and in different contexts and how different approaches result in a very different experience for the recipient. It also discusses the extent to which an evaluation of methods of education and an evaluation of the aims of education are linked. Means and Ends in Education will appeal to those with an interest in the philosophy of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367649524

Means of Transportation and Registration of NationalityTransportation Registered by International Organizations This book examines the concept of nationality of means of transportation in terms of jurisdiction in international law. It reassesses the definition of nationality and explores how it is conferred. The book first places nationality in the broader perspective of jurisdiction in international law and examines the historical development and necessity of the nationality of means of transportation. It goes on to investigate whether and under which conditions international organizations may confer a ‘nationality’ on means of transportation examining the law of the sea conventions and air and space treaties. The book finally explores several questions relating to international registration of means of transportation building a regime of international registration. Vincent Cogliati-Bantz introduces a necessary distinction between transport internationally registered and transport registered in a State but fulfilling a mission for an international organization. As a work that proposes the ability for international organisations to access international spaces without reliance on State-registered means of transport this book will be of great use and interest to scholars and students of public international law international organisations and maritime space and aviation law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138713031

Measurable and Composable Security Privacy and Dependability for Cyberphysical SystemsThe SHIELD Methodology With a business baseline focused on the impact of embedded systems in the years ahead the book investigates the Security Privacy and Dependability (SPD) requirements raised from existing and future IoT Cyber-Physical and M2M systems. It proposes a new approach to embedded systems SPD the SHIELD philosophy that relies on an overlay approach to SPD on a methodology for composable SPD on the use of semantics and on the design of embedded systems with built-in SPD. The book explores new ground and illustrates the development of approximately forty prototypes capable of managing and enhancing SPD including secure boot trusted execution environments adaptable radio interfaces and different implementations of the middleware for measuring and composing SPD. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138042759

Measurable JournalismDigital Platforms News Metrics and the Quantified Audience This book explores ways in which the increasingly ‘measurable’ news audience has had an impact on journalistic practices in an era when digital platforms provide real-time individualizable quantitative data about audience consumption practices. Considering the combination of digital technology that makes measurable journalism possible the contributors to this volume examine the work of various actors involved in aspects of measurable journalism both inside and outside the newsroom and confront the normative implications of the data-centric trends of measurable journalism. Including examples from across the globe the book balances hopes for increased engagement or impact with fears that economic prioritization will hurt journalism’s standing in the public sphere. This book will be of interest to those studying journalistic practices in the modern world as well as those studying media consumption and emerging digital technologies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Digital Journalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365592

Measure and Design in American Painting 1760-1860 First published in 1977. The purpose of this study is to locate the sources for the American style of painting characterised by measure and design – the representation of the specific and familiar according to principles of pictorial order. The reader shall see that there were a variety of conventions available to the artist and that his selection of one or another of them depended upon pragmatic philosophical and aesthetic considerations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366312

Measure and IntegralAn Introduction to Real Analysis Second Edition Now considered a classic text on the topic Measure and Integral: An Introduction to Real Analysis provides an introduction to real analysis by first developing the theory of measure and integration in the simple setting of Euclidean space and then presenting a more general treatment based on abstract notions characterized by axioms and with less geometric content. Published nearly forty years after the first edition this long-awaited Second Edition also: Studies the Fourier transform of functions in the spaces L1 L2 and Lp 1 < p < 2 Shows the Hilbert transform to be a bounded operator on L2 as an application of the L2 theory of the Fourier transform in the one-dimensional case Covers fractional integration and some topics related to mean oscillation properties of functions such as the classes of Hölder continuous functions and the space of functions of bounded mean oscillation Derives a subrepresentation formula which in higher dimensions plays a role roughly similar to the one played by the fundamental theorem of calculus in one dimension Extends the subrepresentation formula derived for smooth functions to functions with a weak gradient Applies the norm estimates derived for fractional integral operators to obtain local and global first-order Poincaré–Sobolev inequalities including endpoint cases Proves the existence of a tangent plane to the graph of a Lipschitz function of several variables Includes many new exercises not present in the first edition This widely used and highly respected text for upper-division undergraduate and first-year graduate students of mathematics statistics probability or engineering is revised for a new generation of students and instructors. The book also serves as a handy reference for professional mathematicians. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498702898

Measure and IntegrationA First Course This concise text is intended as an introductory course in measure and integration. It covers essentials of the subject providing ample motivation for new concepts and theorems in the form of discussion and remarks and with many worked-out examples. The novelty of  Measure and Integration: A First Course is in its style of exposition of the standard material in a student-friendly manner. New concepts are introduced progressively from less abstract to more abstract so that the subject is felt on solid footing. The book starts with a review of Riemann integration as a motivation for the necessity of introducing the concepts of measure and integration in a general setting. Then the text slowly evolves from the concept of an outer measure of subsets of the set of real line to the concept of Lebesgue measurable sets and Lebesgue measure and then to the concept of a measure measurable function and integration in a more general setting. Again integration is first introduced with non-negative functions and then progressively with real and complex-valued functions. A chapter on Fourier transform is introduced only to make the reader realize the importance of the subject to another area of analysis that is essential for the study of advanced courses on partial differential equations. Key Features Numerous examples are worked out in detail. Lebesgue measurability is introduced only after convincing the reader of its necessity. Integrals of a non-negative measurable function is defined after motivating its existence as limits of integrals of simple measurable functions. Several inquisitive questions and important conclusions are displayed prominently. A good number of problems with liberal hints is provided at the end of each chapter. The book is so designed that it can be used as a text for a one-semester course during the first year of a master's program in mathematics or at the senior undergraduate level. About the Author M. Thamban Nair is a professor of mathematics at the Indian Institute of Technology Madras Chennai India. He was a post-doctoral fellow at the University of Grenoble France through a French government scholarship and also held visiting positions at Australian National University Canberra University of Kaiserslautern Germany University of St-Etienne France and Sun Yat-sen University Guangzhou China. The broad area of Prof. Nair’s research is in functional analysis and operator equations more specifically in the operator theoretic aspects of inverse and ill-posed problems. Prof. Nair has published more than 70 research papers in nationally and internationally reputed journals in the areas of spectral approximations operator equations and inverse and ill-posed problems. He is also the author of three books: Functional Analysis: A First Course (PHI-Learning New Delhi) Linear Operator Equations: Approximation and Regularization (World Scientific Singapore) and Calculus of One Variable (Ane Books Pvt. Ltd New Delhi) and he is also co-author of Linear Algebra (Springer New York). Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367348397

Measure and Probability This book covers the fundamentals of measure theory and probability theory. It begins with the construction of Lebesgue measure via Caratheodory’s outer measure approach and goes on to discuss integration and standard convergence theorems and contains an entire chapter devoted to complex measures Lp spaces Radon–Nikodym theorem and the Riesz representation theorem. It presents the elements of probability theory the law of large numbers and central limit theorem. The book then discusses discrete time Markov chains stationary distributions and limit theorems. The appendix covers many basic topics such as metric spaces topological spaces and the Stone–Weierstrass theorem. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114180

Measure For MeasureThe Folio of 1623 The Shakespearean Originals Series takes as its point of departure the question: "What is it that we read Shakespeare?" The answer may seem self-evident: we read the words that Shakespeare wrote. But do we? In the case of all the major editions of Shakespeare available in the market the fact of the matter is that many of the words that we read in an edition of say Hamlet never appeared in the text as it was printed during or shortly after Shakespeare's own lifetime. They are the interpetations and interpolations of a series of editors who have been systematically changing Shakespeare's text from the eighteenth century onwards. This volume offers the text of Measure for Measure as printed in the 1623 First Folio. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847399

Measure Theory and Fine Properties of Functions This book provides a detailed examination of the central assertions of measure theory in n-dimensional Euclidean space and emphasizes the roles of Hausdorff measure and the capacity in characterizing the fine properties of sets and functions. Topics covered include a quick review of abstract measure theory theorems and differentiation in Mn lower Hausdorff measures area and coarea formulas for Lipschitz mappings and related change-of-variable formulas and Sobolev functions and functions of bounded variation. The text provides complete proofs of many key results omitted from other books including Besicovitch's Covering Theorem Rademacher's Theorem (on the differentiability a.e. of Lipschitz functions) the Area and Coarea Formulas the precise structure of Sobolev and BV functions the precise structure of sets of finite perimeter and Alexandro's Theorem (on the twice differentiability a.e. of convex functions).Topics are carefully selected and the proofs succinct but complete which makes this book ideal reading for applied mathematicians and graduate students in applied mathematics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747940

Measure Theory and Fine Properties of Functions Revised Edition Measure Theory and Fine Properties of Functions Revised Edition provides a detailed examination of the central assertions of measure theory in n-dimensional Euclidean space. The book emphasizes the roles of Hausdorff measure and capacity in characterizing the fine properties of sets and functions. Topics covered include a quick review of abstract measure theory theorems and differentiation in ℝn Hausdorff measures area and coarea formulas for Lipschitz mappings and related change-of-variable formulas and Sobolev functions as well as functions of bounded variation. The text provides complete proofs of many key results omitted from other books including Besicovitch's covering theorem Rademacher's theorem (on the differentiability a.e. of Lipschitz functions) area and coarea formulas the precise structure of Sobolev and BV functions the precise structure of sets of finite perimeter and Aleksandrov's theorem (on the twice differentiability a.e. of convex functions). This revised edition includes countless improvements in notation format and clarity of exposition. Also new are several sections describing the π-λ theorem weak compactness criteria in L1 and Young measure methods for weak convergence. In addition the bibliography has been updated. Topics are carefully selected and the proofs are succinct but complete. This book provides ideal reading for mathematicians and graduate students in pure and applied mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482242386

Measure Theory and Integration Significantly revised and expanded this authoritative reference/text comprehensively describes concepts in measure theory classical integration and generalized Riemann integration of both scalar and vector types-providing a complete and detailed review of every aspect of measure and integration theory using valuable examples exercises and applications.With more than 170 references for further investigation of the subject this Second Editionprovides more than 60 pages of new information as well as a new chapter on nonabsolute integralscontains extended discussions on the four basic results of Banach spacespresents an in-depth analysis of the classical integrations with many applications including integration of nonmeasurable functions Lebesgue spaces and their propertiesdetails the basic properties and extensions of the Lebesgue-Carathéodory measure theory as well as the structure and convergence of real measurable functionscovers the Stone isomorphism theorem the lifting theorem the Daniell method of integration and capacity theoryMeasure Theory and Integration Second Edition is a valuable reference for all pure and applied mathematicians statisticians and mathematical analysts and an outstanding text for all graduate students in these disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315275093

Measurement Data Analysis and Sensor Fundamentals for Engineering and Science A combination of two texts authored by Patrick Dunn this set covers sensor technology as well as basic measurement and data analysis subjects a combination not covered together in other references. Written for junior-level mechanical and aerospace engineering students the topic coverage allows for flexible approaches to using the combination book in courses. MATLAB® applications are included in all sections of the combination and concise applied coverage of sensor technology is offered. Numerous chapter examples and problems are included with complete solutions available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439875292

Measurement Design and AnalysisAn Integrated Approach In textbooks and courses in statistics substantive and measurement issues are rarely if at all considered. Similarly textbooks and courses in measurement virtually ignore design and analytic questions and research design textbooks and courses pay little attention to analytic and measurement issues. This fragmentary approach fosters a lack of appreciation of the interrelations and interdependencies among the various aspects of the research endeavor. Pedhazur and Schmelkin's goal is to help readers become proficient in these aspects of research and their interrelationships and to use that information in a more integrated manner. The authors offer extensive commentaries on inputs and outputs of computer programs in the context of the topics presented. Both the organization of the book and the style of presentation allow for much flexibility in choice sequence and degree of sophistication with which topics are dealt. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203726389

Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors HandbookElectromagnetic Optical Radiation Chemical and Biomedical Measurement The Second Edition of the bestselling Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook brings together all aspects of the design and implementation of measurement instrumentation and sensors. Reflecting the current state of the art it describes the use of instruments and techniques for performing practical measurements in engineering physics chemistry and the life sciences and discusses processing systems automatic data acquisition reduction and analysis operation characteristics accuracy errors calibrations and the incorporation of standards for control purposes. Organized according to measurement problem the Electromagnetic Optical Radiation Chemical and Biomedical Measurement volume of the Second Edition: Contains contributions from field experts new chapters and updates to all 98 existing chapters Covers sensors and sensor technology time and frequency signal processing displays and recorders and optical medical biomedical health environmental electrical electromagnetic and chemical variables A concise and useful reference for engineers scientists academic faculty students designers managers and industry professionals involved in instrumentation and measurement research and development Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook Second Edition: Electromagnetic Optical Radiation Chemical and Biomedical Measurement provides readers with a greater understanding of advanced applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072183

Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors HandbookSpatial Mechanical Thermal and Radiation Measurement The Second Edition of the bestselling Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook brings together all aspects of the design and implementation of measurement instrumentation and sensors. Reflecting the current state of the art it describes the use of instruments and techniques for performing practical measurements in engineering physics chemistry and the life sciences and discusses processing systems automatic data acquisition reduction and analysis operation characteristics accuracy errors calibrations and the incorporation of standards for control purposes. Organized according to measurement problem the Spatial Mechanical Thermal and Radiation Measurement volume of the Second Edition: Contains contributions from field experts new chapters and updates to all 96 existing chapters Covers instrumentation and measurement concepts spatial and mechanical variables displacement acoustics flow and spot velocity radiation wireless sensors and instrumentation and control and human factors A concise and useful reference for engineers scientists academic faculty students designers managers and industry professionals involved in instrumentation and measurement research and development Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook Second Edition: Spatial Mechanical Thermal and Radiation Measurement provides readers with a greater understanding of advanced applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072176

Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors HandbookTwo-Volume Set This new edition of the bestselling Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook brings together all aspects of the design and implementation of measurement instrumentation and sensors. Reflecting the current state of the art it describes the use of instruments and techniques for performing practical measurements in engineering physics chemistry and the life sciences; explains sensors and the associated hardware and software; and discusses processing systems automatic data acquisition reduction and analysis operation characteristics accuracy errors calibrations and the incorporation of standards for control purposes. Organized according to measurement problem the Second Edition: Consists of 2 volumes Features contributions from 240+ field experts Contains 53 new chapters plus updates to all 194 existing chapters Addresses different ways of making measurements for given variables Emphasizes modern intelligent instruments and techniques human factors modern display methods instrument networks and virtual instruments Explains modern wireless techniques sensors measurements and applications A concise and useful reference for engineers scientists academic faculty students designers managers and industry professionals involved in instrumentation and measurement research and development Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook Second Edition provides readers with a greater understanding of advanced applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848838

Measurement Quantification and Economic AnalysisNumeracy in Economics Most economists assume that the mathematical and quantative sides of their science are relatively recent developments. Measurement Quantification and Economic Analysis shows that this is a misconception. Its authors argue that economists have long relied on measurement and quantification as essential tools. However problems have arisen in adapting these tools from other fields. Ultimately the authors are sceptical about the role which measurement and quantification tools now play in contemporary economic theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756112

Measurement Statistics and Research Design in Physical Education and Exercise Science: Current Issues and TrendsA Special Issue of Measure This inaugural issue is devoted to exploring measurement research design and statistics issues in six subdisciplines of exercise and sport science. Originally presented at the Eighth Measurement and Evaluation Symposium all papers in this issue reflect the work of many renowned measurement specialists and content experts in their respective fields. The articles discuss the following topics: standards of assessment quality for physical educators and the problem of providing adequate assessment without adequate resources; the importance of properly conceptualizing and defining appropriate research questions as the "source and solution" for measurement and design issues in reference to motor learning/control and sport and exercise psychology; the study of individuals -- single-subject and other small-sample designs -- in contrast to the more traditional study of groups; and the importance of computing and reporting statistical power in research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138431270

Measurement and Analysis of Blast Fragmentation Fragmentation characteristics influence mucking productivity crusher throughput and energy consumption plant efficiency yield and recovery or the price itself of the end product in the case of industrial minerals and aggregates. Reliable quantitative measurements of fragment sizes are instrumental in controlling and optimizing the blasting results. Measurement and Analysis of Blast Fragmentation presents the latest developments in rock fragmentation measurement techniques and analysis. It includes image analysis and machine vision techniques either photographic or 3D such as stereo-photogrammetry and laser triangulation; case studies of fragmentation measurements in a variety of situations and used in different optimization and control tasks; fragmentation analysis and new suitable functional descriptions of size distributions and model-scale fragmentation tests with weighed size distribution data. The contributions in this book were presented at the workshop Measurement and Analysis of Blast Fragmentation which was hosted by Fragblast 10 (New Delhi India November 2012) provide a snapshot of the activity in rock fragmentation measurements and analysis around the world and are a must-have reference for engineers and researchers working in rock blasting. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621403

Measurement and Data Analysis for Engineering and Science Measurement and Data Analysis for Engineering and Science Fourth Edition provides up-to-date coverage of experimentation methods in science and engineering. This edition adds five new "concept chapters" to introduce major areas of experimentation generally before the topics are treated in detail to make the text more accessible for undergraduate students. These feature Measurement System Components Assessing Measurement System Performance Setting Signal Sampling Conditions Analyzing Experimental Results and Reporting Experimental Results. More practical examples case studies and a variety of homework problems have been added; and MATLAB and Simulink resources have been updated. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138050860

Measurement and Detection of Radiation A Sound Introduction to Radiation Detection and Measurement for Newcomers to Nuclear Science and Engineering Since the publication of the bestselling third edition there have been advances in the field of radiation detection most notably in practical applications. Incorporating these important developments Measurement and Detection of Radiation Fourth Edition provides the most up-to-date and accessible introduction to radiation detector materials systems and applications. New to the Fourth Edition New chapters on nuclear forensics and nuclear medicine instrumentation covering basic principles and applications as well as open-ended problems that encourage more in-depth research Updated references and bibliographies New and expanded problems As useful to students and nuclear professionals as its popular predecessors this fourth edition continues to carefully explain the latest radiation detector technology and measurement techniques. It also discusses the correct ways to perform measurements and analyze results following current health physics procedures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482215496

Measurement and Evaluation Written in a conversational style for principals who are not statisticians this book will help you use measurement and evaluation to propel your school towards educational excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470996

Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Activity ApplicationsExercise Science Physical Education Coaching Athletic Training and Health Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Activity Applications offers the most accessible student-friendly introduction to the principles and practice of measurement in physical activity available. Fully revised and updated the second edition provides students with a clear guide to the obstacles to good measurement and how to apply the principles of good measurement to a range of physical activity disciplines. Spanning applications in exercise science sports performance physical education sports coaching athletic training and physical activity and health the book also includes chapters on the key principles underlying good measurement practice—validity reliability and objectivity—as well as an introduction to using statistics and qualitative measurement. Structured to reflect single-semester classes and involving students at every stage through its rich pedagogy and accessibility this is a crucial resource for introducing students to the principles of best practice in measurement and evaluation. It is the ideal learning aid for any students studying measurement evaluation or assessment in kinesiology exercise science sports coaching physical education athletic training and health and fitness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392255

Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education and Exercise Science The eighth edition of Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education and Exercise Science now published in paperback and hardback offers students a clear and practical guide to best practice for measurement and evaluation in school- and nonschool-based physical activity programs. Written by two academics with backgrounds in physical education teacher education (PETE) the book emphasizes the link between theory and practice and reflects the most recent changes in national physical education programs. It covers a full range of introductory topics including current trends in measurement and evaluation program development statistics test selection and an expanded chapter on alternative assessment before introducing: • measurement for health-related physical fitness • measurement for psychomotor skills • measurement for cognitive knowledge • measurement for affective behaviors • grading • self-evaluation. Each chapter features learning aids such as objectives key terms practical applications and review questions while an appendix offers in-depth Excel assignments. Offering a full companion website featuring an instructor’s manual lecture slides and a test bank Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education and Exercise Science is a complete resource for instructors and students alike. It is an essential text for students in measurement and evaluation classes as part of a degree program in physical education exercise science or kinesiology and a valuable reference for practitioners seeking to inform their professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138232341

Measurement and Instrumentation in EngineeringPrinciples and Basic Laboratory Experiments Presenting a mathematical basis for obtaining valid data and basic concepts inmeasurement and instrumentation this authoritative text is ideal for a one-semesterconcurrent or independent lecture/laboratory course.Strengthening students' grasp of the fundamentals with the most thorough in-depthtreatment available Measurement and Instrumentation in Engineeringdiscusses in detail basic methods of measurement interaction between a transducer andits environment arrangement of components in a system and system dynamics ...describes current engineering practice and applications in terms of principles andphysical laws .. . enables students to identify and document the sources of noise andloading . .. furnishes basic laboratory experiments in sufficient detail to minimizeinstructional time ... and features more than 850 display equations over 625 figures and end-of-chapter problems.This impressive text written by masters in the field is the outstanding choice forupper-level undergraduate and beginning graduate-level courses in engineeringmeasurement and instrumentation in universities and four-year technical institutes formost departments. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747926

Measurement and Modeling of Silicon Heterostructure Devices When you see a nicely presented set of data the natural response is: “How did they do that; what tricks did they use; and how can I do that for myself?” Alas usually you must simply keep wondering since such tricks-of- the-trade are usually held close to the vest and rarely divulged. Shamefully ignored in the technical literature measurement and modeling of high-speed semiconductor devices is a fine art. Robust measuring and modeling at the levels of performance found in modern SiGe devices requires extreme dexterity in the laboratory to obtain reliable data and then a valid model to fit that data. Drawn from the comprehensive and well-reviewed Silicon Heterostructure Handbook this volume focuses on measurement and modeling of high-speed silicon heterostructure devices. The chapter authors provide experience-based tricks-of-the-trade and the subtle nuances of measuring and modeling advanced devices making this an important reference for the semiconductor industry. It includes easy-to-reference appendices covering topics such as the properties of silicon and germanium the generalized Moll-Ross relations the integral charge-control model and sample SiGe HBT compact model parameters. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315218878

Measurement and Representation of Sensations Measurement and Representation of Sensations offers a glimpse into the most sophisticated current mathematical approaches to psychophysical problems. In this book editors Hans Colonius and Ehtibar N. Dzhafarov top scholars in the field present a broad spectrum of innovative approaches and techniques to classical problems in psychophysics at different levels of stimulus complexity. The chapters emphasize rigorous mathematical constructions to define psychophysical concepts and relate them to observable phenomena. The techniques presented both deterministic and probabilistic are all original and recent. Subjects addressed throughout the six chapters of this volume include:*computing subjective distances from discriminability;*a new psychophysical theory of intensity judgments;*computing subjective distances from two discriminability functions;*an alternative to the model-building approach based on observable probabilities; and*possible forms of perceptual separability developed within a generalization of General Recognition Theory. Measurement and Representation of Sensations is a valuable text for both behavioral scientists and applied mathematicians. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415650007

Measurement and Research in the Accountability Era The subject of accountability warrants thoughtful and dispassionate attention in today's educational environment. The accountability and school reform policies that are put in place today will have wide-ranging and long-lasting consequences for all of the nation's learners. This volume stems from the 2003 Educational Testing Service Invitational Conference that convened leading scholars and practitioners from education psychology economics statistics and public policy to discuss the important topic of measurement and accountability. The book begins with a broad look at where measurement and research have been and then moves into an examination of technical and methodological issues in accountability systems closing learner achievement gaps teacher quality issues econometric perspectives and finally the all-important matter of aligning curriculum standards and assessment. The chapters cover all significant aspects of the current accountability scene with careful but not exclusive attention to the No Child Left Behind. Written by nationally recognized scholars with a mandate to write in a non-technical style this volume appeals to anyone seriously interested in school reform and the educational accountability movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866683

Measurement and SafetyVolume I This handbook is dedicated to the next generation of automation engineers working in the fields of measurement control and safety describing the sensors and detectors used in the measurement of process variables. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498727648

Measurement and Statistics for Teachers Measurement and Statistics for Teachers deftly combines descriptive statistics and measurement in the classroom into a student-friendly practical volume. Based on a course taught by the author for the past 25 years this book offers to undergraduate education students a clear account of the basic issues in measurement and details best practices for administering performance assessments interpreting test scores and evaluating student writing. This second edition includes updated pedagogical features timely discussions of student assessment state standards (including NCLB) and an expanded focus that incorporates the needs of Early Childhood Elementary and Secondary teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206533

Measurement and Statistics on Science and Technology1920 to the Present How do we objectively measure scientific activities? What proportion of economic activities should a society devote to research and development? How can public-sector and private-sector research best be directed to achieve social goals? Governments and researchers from industrial countries have been measuring science and technology for more than eighty years. This book provides the first comprehensive account of the attempts to measure science and technology activities in Western countries and the successes and shortcomings of statistical systems. Godin guides readers through the historical moments that led to the development of statistics on science and technology and also examines the socio-political dynamics behind social measurement. This enlightening account will be of interest to students and academics investigating science measurement as well as policy makers working in this burgeoning field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415649995

Measurement Data Modeling and Parameter Estimation Measurement Data Modeling and Parameter Estimation integrates mathematical theory with engineering practice in the field of measurement data processing. Presenting the first-hand insights and experiences of the authors and their research group it summarizes cutting-edge research to facilitate the application of mathematical theory in measurement and control engineering particularly for those interested in aeronautics astronautics instrumentation and economics. Requiring a basic knowledge of linear algebra computing and probability and statistics the book illustrates key lessons with tables examples and exercises. It emphasizes the mathematical processing methods of measurement data and avoids the derivation procedures of specific formulas to help readers grasp key points quickly and easily. Employing the theories and methods of parameter estimation as the fundamental analysis tool this reference: Introduces the basic concepts of measurements and errors Applies ideas from mathematical branches such as numerical analysis and statistics to the modeling and processing of measurement data Examines methods of regression analysis that are closely related to the mathematical processing of dynamic measurement data Covers Kalman filtering with colored noises and its applications Converting time series models into problems of parameter estimation the authors discuss modeling methods for the true signals to be estimated as well as systematic errors. They provide comprehensive coverage that includes model establishment parameter estimation abnormal data detection hypothesis tests systematic errors trajectory parameters and modeling of radar measurement data. Although the book is based on the authors’ research and teaching experience in aeronautics and astronautics data processing the theories and methods introduced are applicable to processing dynamic measurement data across a wide range of fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114920

Measurement in Social Psychology Although best known for experimental methods social psychology also has a strong tradition of measurement. This volume seeks to highlight this tradition by introducing readers to measurement strategies that help drive social psychological research and theory development. The books opens with an analysis of the measurement technique that dominates most of the social sciences self-report. Chapter 1 presents a conceptual framework for interpreting the data generated from self-report which it uses to provide practical advice on writing strong and structured self-report items. From there attention is drawn to the many other innovative measurement and data-collection techniques that have helped expand the range of theories social psychologists test. Chapters 2 through 6 introduce techniques designed to measure the internal psychological states of individual respondents with strategies that can stand alone or complement anything obtained via self-report. Included are chapters on implicit elicitation and diary approaches to collecting response data from participants as well as neurological and psychobiological approaches to inferring underlying mechanisms. The remaining chapters introduce creative data-collection techniques focusing particular attention on the rich forms of data humans often leave behind. Included are chapters on textual analysis archival analysis geocoding and social media harvesting. The many methods covered in this book complement one another such that the full volume provides researchers with a powerful toolset to help them better explore what is "social" about human behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913240

Measurement in the Social Sciences Among the frustrations constantly confronting the social scientist are those associated with the general process of measurement. The importance of good measurement has long been recognized in principle but it has often been neglected in practice in many of the social sciences. Now that the methodological tools of multivariate analysis simultaneous-equation estimation and causal modeling are diffused more widely into the social sciences and now that the very serious implications of random and non-random measurement errors are being systematically investigated it is all the more important that social scientists give top priority to the quality of their data and the clarity of their theoretical conceptualizations. The book is organized so that one proceeds from problems of data collection to those of data analysis. It is not intended to be a complete work covering all types of measurement problems that have arisen in the social sciences. Instead it represents a series of studies that are deemed to be crucial for the advancement of social science research but which have not received sufficient attention in most of the social sciences. The basic purpose is to stimulate further methodological research on measurement and to study the ways in which knowledge that has been accumulated in some fields may be generalized. Part I is concerned with applying scaling approaches developed in psychometrics to problems that arise in other social sciences. The focus is on finding better ways to ask questions of respondents so as to raise the level of measurement above that of simple ordinal scales. Part II focuses on multiple-indicator theory and strategies as applied to relatively complex models and to change data. In this section the emphasis shifts to how one analyzes fallible data through the construction of explicit measurement-error models. Part III deals with the statistical analysis of ordinal data including the interpretation and empirical behaviors of various ordinal measures of association. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138527799

Measurement in Ultrasound Measurement and interpretation of key ultrasound parameters are essential to differentiate normal anatomy from pathology. By using Measurement in Ultrasound trainee radiologists and ultrasonographers can gain an appreciation of such measurements while practitioners can use it as a valuable reference in the clinical setting. The book follows a consistent format throughout for ease of reference and features useful information on preparation and positioning of the patient for ultrasound the type of transducer and method to be used the appearance of the resulting ultrasound images and the measurements to be derived from them. Designed for frequent use in everyday practice the book includes more than 150 high-quality ultrasound images annotated with key measurements and accompanied by concise explanatory text. Normal variants are provided along with ranges for features that can change during development and in disease. This new edition covers relevant developments in ultrasound. Where appropriate updated ultrasound measurements that have arisen are also included and key references are provided as an aid to further study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231359

Measurement Models for Psychological Attributes Despite the overwhelming use of tests and questionnaires the psychometric models for constructing these instruments are often poorly understood leading to suboptimal measurement. Measurement Models for Psychological Attributes is a comprehensive and accessible treatment of the common and the less than common measurement models for the social behavioral and health sciences. The monograph explains the adequate use of measurement models for test construction points out their merits and drawbacks and critically discusses topics that have raised and continue to raise controversy. Because introductory texts on statistics and psychometrics are sufficient to understand its content the monograph may be used in advanced courses on applied psychometrics and is attractive to both researchers and graduate students in psychology education sociology political science medicine and marketing policy research and opinion research. The monograph provides an in-depth discussion of classical test theory and factor models in Chapter 2; nonparametric and parametric item response theory in Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 respectively; latent class models and cognitive diagnosis models in Chapter 5; and discusses pairwise comparison models proximity models response time models and network psychometrics in Chapter 6. The chapters start with the theory and methods of the measurement model and conclude with a real-data example illustrating the measurement model. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367424527

Measurement of Blast Fragmentation A collection of workshop papers providing state-of-the-art reviews on all aspects of fragmentation including photographic requirements image enhancement statistical treatment and applications in quarrying mining and minerals processing industries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747919

Measurement of Cardiac FunctionApproaches Techniques and Troubleshooting This book presents detailed descriptions of how to set up and use several classical cardiac preparations from scratch including whole heart atrial ventricular and papillary muscles and in vivo small animal preparations. It describes methods for monitoring contraction and contractility. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003071853

Measurement of Cardiovascular Function First Published in 1997 Measurement of Cardiovascular Function answers the crucial need for a straightforward guide for cardiac researchers to develop techniques from scratch in the laboratory. The techniques detailed represent major models and methods used in assessing cardiac function in physiological and pathological conditions. The book presents in-depth descriptions of several sophisticated cardiac preparations and includes chapters on the lipid-perfused heart metabolic measurements models of arrhythmia blood pressure monitoring and models of hypertension.This book examines the most widely used tools in experimental cardiology and provides you with the recipe-setting up the technique procurement of equipment sample data and calculations problems and trouble shooting adapting to other species modifications and applicability. Undoubtedly this text will be a great asset to cardiovascular physiologists pharmacologists experimental cardiologists and students of physiology and pharmacology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367227449

Measurement of Executive Function in Early ChildhoodA Special Issue of Developmental Neuropsychology During the past decade a rising interest has emerged in aspects of the broad construct of executive function (EF) in childhood. This has transpired as research has discovered that the development of EF is particularly rapid during early childhood and that the healthy development of EF appears to play a key role in children’s developing social competence and academic and social readiness to attend school. The articles presented in this special issue help advance our understanding of the development of EF as well as the challenges researchers face when attempting to characterize an aspect of cognition in very young children. Ultimately this special issue illuminates the many ways in which children come to exhibit age-appropriate levels of social and cognitive competence. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138178854

Measurement of Human Locomotion The importance of measurements for the proper assessment of human locomotion is increasingly being recognized. The fields of application encompass both healthy and pathological locomotion as encountered in rehabilitation medicine orthopedics kinesiology sports medicine and the like. Measurement of Human Locomotion provides an up-to-date description of the instrument systems used for measurement of: kinematics of human movement; kinetic quantities experienced by the human body in contact with the ground; and myoelectric changes associated with locomotor activity.Physical principles behind the operation of various measurement systems are emphasized as well as signal processing issues that must be addressed in order to obtain and use quantitative measurement variables in biomechanics. The book explains how measurement data are acquired processed and presented to the user in the environment of a modern computer-based laboratory. The ultimate aim is to contribute to the processes of the diagnosis and treatment of locomotion disorders. The purpose of Measurement of Human Locomotion is to provide a concise but comprehensive presentation of the systems used for the measurement of human locomotion with a view to the assessment and diagnosis of the phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397777

Measurement of Human Resources The issue of physical resources is one of considerable interest in the field of human resource management but the solution to such difficulties must depend upon the skills and enterprise of those in positions of management. The purpose of this book first published in 1975 is to focus upon these skills and upon the issues involved in examining the utilisation of human resources. The concept of human resources is an extremely broad one and there are many relevant disciplines. Each discipline provides information with respect to monitoring developing or utilising the human resource. The set of papers in this volume will provide a source of reference for a wide range of research worker practitioners and students in the total sphere of human resources as well as within the various disciplines represented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786034

Measurement of ResponsibilityA study of work payment and individual capacity Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1956 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863743

Measurement of Soft Tissue Elasticity in VivoTechniques and Applications The product of 20 years of research this book covers topics in soft tissue elasticity in vivo from measurement techniques to clinical applications. It provides for the first time a single source that systematically introduces the various techniques for in vivo measurement of soft tissue elasticity in an effort to ease the difficulty between learning technical details and clinical applications of techniques.Measurement of Soft Tissue Elasticity in Vivo: Techniques and Applications presents an overview of the existing measurement methods their physical principles assumptions advantages and disadvantages. Clinical applications discussed include assessment of tissue fibrosis after radiotherapy articular cartilage degeneration muscle contraction cancer staging liver fibrosis progression diabetic foot ulceration cornea stiffening and wound healing. Techniques covered include shear wave propagation methods vibro-ultrasound methods dynamic holography ultrasound and other indentation methods and OCT-based and other suction measurement methods.The book also proposes two critical directions for future research in the field. One is to standardize the terms parameters and test protocols used in different fields. The second proposal is to standardize one technique to dominate the field while devices can be adapted to fit the measuring requirements of different tissues. In doing so the results obtained for the same tissue by different clinicians can be comparable and a standardized protocol can be established.This book bridges the gap between the complexity of measuring techniques and simplicity and accuracy of their clinical use. Its comprehensiveness and clarity help new engineers in the field develop analytical methods and allow clinicians to use these techniques in their practice with greater confidence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377205

Measurement Scales Used in Elderly Care This unique concise ready reference for daily use collates for the first time the most useful practical and simple assessment scales used in geriatric settings. It provides tools to identify clinical conditions and health outcomes objectively and reliably. It is essential as a clinical primer and everyday reference guide for all practising and training members of multidisciplinary teams including consultants and doctors in specialist training career grade doctors and general practitioners and medical students; nurses health visitors dieticians and social workers; allied health professionals such as physiotherapists occupational therapists speech and language therapists; and managers of elderly care services.'Assessment is central to the practice of Geriatric Medicine. All members of the multidisciplinary team require a sound knowledge of the basic principles of measurement scales. We need to be competent in using and selecting appropriate scales understanding which scales are valid and fit for purpose. Unfortunately up to now this has been a difficult task often requiring reference to original papers. Dr Gupta's scholarship has come to the rescue. He has trawled through the many hundreds of scales available selecting those most useful for the specialty.This book will be valuable to all members of the multidisciplinary team. Dr Gupta has done an excellent job outlining the theory and practice of measurement scales. He has put together an extremely useful compendium of scales. I congratulate him and wish his publication every success. I can foresee this publication becoming an essential text for every unit library and valuable book for individual clinicians.' - Dr Jeremy Playfer in his Foreword. 'This book summarises the most commonly used validated assessment scales which can be used by medical students postgraduate trainees consultants and the multi-disciplinary team members. I hope a copy of this book will be kept on every ward outpatient department and GP practice for daily use and reference' - Professor Bim Bhowmick OBE in his Foreword. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315380094

Measurement Technology for Process Automation Almost every industry that use liquids and gas in any form has a need to measure flow temperature and pressure. This text is a practical guide on how to accurately use these measuring instruments to control processes in manufacturing industries for food beverages chemicals pharmaceuticals oil water and waste water power etc. With higher prices of raw materials and more severe requirements for safety and environmental issues there is a growing demand to measure with higher precision. The book includes a number of practical examples from various industries. It discusses how to comply with safety standards regarding measurements and explains how legal control systems apply to measurements. The aim is to help any process industry reduce the risk of high costs and damage to both people and equipment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035393

Measurement Theory and Applications for the Social Sciences Which types of validity evidence should be considered when determining whether a scale is appropriate for a given measurement situation? What about reliability evidence? Using clear explanations illustrated by examples from across the social and behavioral sciences this engaging text prepares students to make effective decisions about the selection administration scoring interpretation and development of measurement instruments. Coverage includes the essential measurement topics of scale development item writing and analysis and reliability and validity as well as more advanced topics such as exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis item response theory diagnostic classification models test bias and fairness standard setting and equating. End-of-chapter exercises (with answers) emphasize both computations and conceptual understanding to encourage readers to think critically about the material. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532131

Measurement Theory in ActionCase Studies and Exercises Measurement Theory in Action Third Edition  helps readers apply testing and measurement theories and features 22 self-contained modules which instructors can match to their courses. Each module features an overview of a measurement issue and a step-by-step application of that theory. Best Practices provide recommendations for ensuring the appropriate application of the theory. Practical Questions help students assess their understanding of the topic. Students can apply the material using real data in the Exercises some of which require no computer access while others involve the use of statistical software to solve the problem. Case Studies in each module depict typical dilemmas faced when applying measurement theory followed by Questions to Ponder to encourage critical examination of the issues noted in the cases. The book’s website houses the data sets additional exercises PowerPoints and more. Other features include suggested readings to further one’s understanding of the topics a glossary and a comprehensive exercise in Appendix A that incorporates many of the steps in the development of a measure of typical performance. Updated throughout to reflect recent changes in the field the new edition also features: Recent changes in understanding measurement with over 50 new and updated references Explanations of why each chapter article or book in each module’s Further Readings section is recommended Instructors will find suggested answers to the book’s questions and exercises; detailed solutions to the exercises; test bank with 10 multiple choice and 5 short answer questions for each module; and PowerPoint slides. Students and instructors can access SPSS data sets; additional exercises; the glossary; and additional information helpful in understanding psychometric concepts. It is ideal as a text for any psychometrics or testing and measurement course taught in psychology education marketing and management. It is also an invaluable reference for professional researchers in need of a quick refresher on applying measurement theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192181

Measurement Theory in ActionCase Studies and Exercises Second Edition This book helps readers apply testing and measurement theories. Featuring 22 self-standing modules instructors can pick and choose the ones that are most appropriate for their course. Each module features an overview of a measurement issue and a step-by-step application of that theory. Best practices provide recommendations for ensuring the appropriate application of the theory. Practical questions help students assess their understanding of the topic while the examples allow them to apply the material using real data. Two cases in each module depict typical dilemmas faced when applying measurement theory followed by Questions to Ponder to encourage critical examination of the issues noted in the cases. Each module contains exercises some of which require no computer access while others involve the use of SPSS to solve the problem. The book’s website houses the accompanying data sets and more. The book also features suggested readings a glossary of the key terms and a continuing exercise that incorporates many of the steps in the development of a measure of typical performance. Updated throughout to reflect recent changes in the field the new edition also features: --A new co-author Michael Zickar who updated the advanced topics and added the new module on generalizability theory (Module 22). -Expanded coverage of reliability (Modules 5 & 6) and exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis (Modules 18 & 19) to help readers interpret results presented in journal articles. -Expanded Web Resources Instructors will now find: suggested answers to the book’s questions and exercises; detailed worked solutions to the exercises; and PowerPoint slides. Students and instructors can access the SPSS data sets; additional exercises; the glossary; and website references that are helpful in understanding psychometric concepts. Part 1 provides an introduction to measurement theory and specs for scaling and testing and a review of statistics. Part 2 then progresses through practical issues related to text reliability validation meta-analysis and bias. Part 3 reviews practical issues related to text construction such as the development of measures of maximal performance CTT item analysis test scoring developing measures of typical performance and issues related to response styles and guessing. The book concludes with advanced topics such as multiple regression exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis item response theory (IRT) IRT applications including computer adaptive testing and differential item functioning and generalizability theory. Ideal as a text for any psychometrics testing and measurement or multivariate statistics course taught in psychology education marketing and management professional researchers in need of a quick refresher on applying measurement theory will also find this an invaluable reference.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644792

Measurement Uncertainty in Forensic ScienceA Practical Guide In the courtroom critical and life-changing decisions are made based on quantitative forensic science data. There is often a range in which a measured value is expected to fall and in this an inherent uncertainty associated with such measurement. Uncertainty in this context is not error. In fact estimations of uncertainty can add to the utility and reliability of quantitative results be it the length of a firearm barrel the weight of a drug sample or the concentration of ethanol in blood. Measurement Uncertainty in Forensic Science: A Practical Guide describes and defines the concepts related to such uncertainty in the forensic context. The book provides the necessary conceptual background and framework—a baseline—for developing and deploying reasonable and defensible uncertainty estimations across forensic disciplines. Information is presented conceptually using easily understood examples to provide a readable handy reference for scientists in the laboratory as well as investigators and legal professionals who require a basic understanding of the science underpinning measurement results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721165

Measurement With PersonsTheory Methods and Implementation Areas Measurements with persons are those in which human perception and interpretation are used for measuring complex holistic quantities and qualities which are perceived by the human brain and mind. Providing means for reproducible measurement of parameters such as pleasure and pain has important implications in evaluating all kind of products services and conditions. This book inaugurates a new era for this subject: a multi- and inter-disciplinary volume in which world-renowned scientists from the psychological physical biological and social sciences reach a common understanding of measurement theory and methods. In the first section generic theoretical and methodological issues are treated including the conceptual basis of measurement in the various fields involved; the development of formal representational and probabilistic theories; the approach to experimentation; and the theories models and methods for multidimensional problems. In the second section several implementation areas are presented including sound visual skin and odor perception functional brain imagining body language and emotions and finally the use of measurements in decision making Measurement with Persons will appeal to a wide audience across a range of sciences including general psychology and psychophysics measurement theory metrology and instrumentation neurophysiology engineering biology and chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729391

Measurements in Distance EducationA Compendium of Instruments Scales and Measures for Evaluating Online Learning As more postsecondary faculty become engaged in designing online learning environments research conducted on distance education program quality becomes increasingly important. Measurements in Distance Education is a concise well-organized guide to some of the many instruments scales and methods that have been created to assess distance education environments learners and teachers. Entries are organized according to the qualities these measures attempt to gauge—such as engagement and information retention—and provide summaries of each instrument usage information the history of its development and validation including any reported psychometric properties. Offering more than 50 different surveys tests and other metrics this book is an essential reference for anyone interested in understanding distance education assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138714465

Measurements in Evaluating Science EducationA Compendium of Instruments Scales and Tests Measurements in Evaluating Science Education is a comprehensive intuitive guide to many of the key instruments created to assess science education environments learning and instruction. Nearly 70 different surveys tests scales and other metrics are organized according to the qualities the measures attempt to gauge such as attitudes toward science beliefs and misconceptions self-efficacy and content knowledge. Summaries of each instrument usage information developmental history and validation and reported psychometric properties make this an essential reference for anyone interested in understanding science education assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146580

Measurements of Phosphor Properties Measuring the properties of phosphors is an essential step in developing and selecting phosphors for specific applications. Consisting of chapters drawn from the second edition of the best-selling Handbook of Phosphors Measurements of Phosphor Properties outlines various methods for characterizing and measuring the optical and luminescence properties of phosphors. The book covers measurement in the vacuum-ultraviolet region measurement of particle size and optical properties of phosphor powders and relevant aspects of color vision in the human eye. It details the optical properties of powder layers color vision and other miscellanies. It concludes with a detailed history of phosphor technology and industry. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315219998

Measures and Handling DataActivities for Children with Mathematical Learning Difficulties First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9780203065778

Measures of Interobserver Agreement and Reliability Measures of Interobserver Agreement and Reliability Second Edition covers important issues related to the design and analysis of reliability and agreement studies. It examines factors affecting the degree of measurement errors in reliability generalization studies and characteristics influencing the process of diagnosing each subject in a reliability study. The book also illustrates the importance of blinding and random selection of subjects.New to the Second EditionNew chapter that describes various models for methods comparison studiesNew chapter on the analysis of reproducibility using the within-subjects coefficient of variationEmphasis on the definition of the subjects’ and raters’ population as well as sample size determinationThis edition continues to offer guidance on how to run sound reliability and agreement studies in clinical settings and other types of investigations. The author explores two ways of producing one pooled estimate of agreement from several centers: a fixed-effect approach and a random sample of centers using a simple meta-analytic approach. The text includes end-of-chapter exercises as well as a CD-ROM of data sets and SAS code. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577063

Measuring Advertising Effectiveness This volume includes edited and revised versions of the papers delivered and discussed at the recent Advertising and Consumer Psychology Conference. Following the theme of the conference -- "Measuring Advertising Effectiveness" -- the book blends academic psychology marketing theory survey methodology and practical experience while simultaneously addressing the problems and limitations of advertising. Acknowledging that advertisements are subtle diverse complex phenomena that require detailed investigation this compilation explores the multidimensional nature of advertising's diverse effects from both academic and applied perspectives. Updates on theories and methods -- along with expert commentaries -- help to make this a valuable collection that will be of interest to advertising and marketing specialists and communications experts alike. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806099

Measuring African DevelopmentPast and Present The chief economist for the World Bank's Africa region Shanta Devarajan delivered a devastating assessment of the capacity of African states to measure development in his 2013 article "Africa's Statistical Tragedy". Is there a "statistical tragedy" unfolding in Africa now? If so it becomes important to examine the roots of the problem as far as the provision of statistics in poor economies is concerned. This book on measuring African development in the past and in the present draws on the historical experience of colonial French West Africa Ghana Sudan Mauritania and Tanzania and the more contemporary experiences of Ethiopia and the Democratic Republic of Congo. The authors each reflect on the changing ways statistics represent African economies and how they are used to govern them. This book was published as a special issue of the Canadian Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138056657

Measuring and Controlling SustainabilitySpanning Theory and Practice Efforts to establish the measurement and control of sustainability have produced notable tools but those instruments lack applicability in practice. Increasing the level of standardization of such tools also seems difficult to achieve because the contexts surrounding the focal organizations differ considerably. Therefore what we need is a systematic interdisciplinary assessment of how to measure and control sustainability so that we can establish an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field. Measuring and Controlling Sustainability attempts to provide such an assessment in 17 chapters organized into four main topic sections: (a) organizations and social value creation: concepts responsibilities and barriers; (b) accounting measurement performance and diffusion of social value; (c) practical and managerial insights from real-life cases; and (d) choices incentives guidance and ethics. This research anthology provides a comprehensive collection of cutting-edge theories and research that will further the development and advancement of measuring and controlling sustainable efforts in theory and managerial practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138224636

Measuring and Evaluating SustainabilityEthics in Sustainability Indexes The indexes used by local national and international governments to monitor progress toward sustainability do not adequately align with their ethical priorities and have a limited ability to monitor and promote sustainability. This book gives a theoretical and practical demonstration of how ethics and technical considerations can aid the development of sustainability indexes to overcome this division in the literature and aid sustainability initiatives. Measuring and Evaluating Sustainability develops and illustrates methods of linking technical and normative concerns during the development of sustainability indexes. Specifically guidelines for index development are combined with a pragmatic theory of ethics that enables ethical collaboration among people of diverse ethical systems. Using the resulting method of index development the book takes a unique applied turn as it ethically evaluates multiple sustainability indexes developed and used by the European Commission researchers and local communities and suggests ways to improve the indexes. The book emphasizes justice as it is the most prevalent ethical principle in the sustainability literature and most neglected in index development. In addition to the ethical principles common to international sustainability initiatives the book also employs a variety of religious and philosophical traditions to ensure that the ethical evaluations performed in the text align with the ideals of the communities using the indexes and foster cross-cultural ethical dialogue.  This volume is an invaluable resource for students researchers and professionals working on sustainability indicators and sustainability policy-making as well as interdisciplinary areas including environmental ethics; environmental philosophy; environmental or social justice; ecological economics; businesses sustainability programs; international development and environmental policy-making. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188976

Measuring and Improving Social ImpactsA Guide for Nonprofits Companies and Impact Investors Identifying measuring and improving social impact is a significant challenge for corporate and private foundations charities NGOs and corporations. How best to balance possible social and environmental benefits (and costs) against one another? How does one bring clarity to multiple possibilities and opportunities? Based on years of work and new field studies from around the globe the authors have written a book for managers that is grounded in the best academic and managerial research.It is a practical guide that describes the steps needed for identifying measuring and improving social impact. This approach is useful in maximizing the impact of different types of investments including grants and donations impact investments and commercial investments.With numerous examples of actual organizational approaches research into more than fifty organizations and extensive practical guidance and best practices Measuring and Improving Social Impacts fills a critical gap. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781907643996

Measuring and Monitoring Immigrant's Integration in EuropeComparing Integration Policies and Monitoring Systems for the Integration of Immig Europe is trying to streamline its policy on the integration of immigrants and ethnic minorities. The information available on integration in the different countries is still very variable in its extent and quality. In this report authors from sixteen European countries describe how integration is approached in their country what the integration objectives of their government are where the problems lie and what the implications of this are for monitoring the process of integration over time in their country.  Europe is trying to streamline its policy on the integration of immigrants and ethnic minorities. The information available on integration in the different countries is still very variable in its extent and quality. In this report authors from sixteen European countries describe how integration is approached in their country what the integration objectives of their government are where the problems lie and what the implications of this are for monitoring the process of integration over time in their country. Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037705690

Measuring and Visualizing Learning in the Information-Rich Classroom Integrated information systems are increasingly used in schools and the advent of the technology-rich classroom requires a new degree of ongoing classroom assessment. Able to track web searches resources used task completion time and a variety of other classroom behaviors technology-rich classrooms offer a wealth of potential information about teaching and learning. This information can be used to track student progress in languages STEM and in 21st Century skills for instance. However despite these changes there has been little change in the kind of data made available to teachers administrators students and parents. Measuring and Visualizing Learning in the Information-Rich Classroom collects research on the implementation of classroom assessment techniques in technology-enhanced learning environments. Building on research conducted by a multinational and multidisciplinary team of learning technology experts and specialists from around the globe this book addresses these discrepancies. With contributions from major researchers in education technology testing and assessment and education psychology this book contributes to a holistic approach for building the information infrastructure of the 21st Century school. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138021136

Measuring Business Excellence Business Excellence and Total Quality Management (TQM) models provide a means of measuring the satisfaction of customers employees and shareholders simultaneously. A number of such models currently exist but the author argues none of these address all dimensions of TQM.This book introduces the principles of TQM and establishes their use in measuring Business Excellence in an organisational environment. It comparatively evaluates various TQM and Business Excellence models and discusses the complexities of measuring success.Presenting important innovative work by one of the most eminent scholars in the field this book is essential reading for both academics and professionals working in quality management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863996

Measuring ConstructionPrices Output and Productivity Despite the size complexity and importance of the construction industry there has been little study to date which focuses on the challenge of drawing reliable conclusions from the available data. The accuracy of industry reports has an impact on government policy the direction and outcomes of research and the practices of construction firms so confusion in this area can have far reaching consequences.In response to this Measuring Construction looks at fundamental economic theories and concepts with respect to the construction industry and explains their merits and shortcomings sometimes by looking at real life examples. Drawing on current research the contributors tackle:industry performance productivity measurement construction in national accounts comparing international construction costs and prices comparing international productivity The scope of the book is international using data and publications from four continents and tackling head on the difficulties arising from measuring construction. By addressing problems that arise everywhere from individual project documentation right up to national industrial accounts this much-needed book can have an impact at every level of the industry. It is essential reading for postgraduate construction students and researchers students of industrial economics construction economists and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738341

Measuring Corruption With the advance of an increasingly globalized market the opportunities for and scale of corruption is growing. The size of corporations and their wealth relative to nations provides the resources for corrupt practices. The liberalization of international financial markets makes transferring and hiding the proceeds of corruption easier. Moves towards privatization in East and West are providing once-only incentives for corruption on an unprecedented scale as officials not only deal with the income of the state but with its assets as well. In this book Transparency International's (TI) world-renowned 'Corruption Perception Index' (CPI) and 'Bribery Perception Index' (BPI) are explained and examined by a group of experts. They set out to establish to what extent they are reliable measures of corruption and whether a series of surveys can measure changes in corruption and the effectiveness of anti-corruption strategies. The book contains a variety of expert contributions which deal with the complexity difficulty and potential for measuring corruption as the key to developing effective strategies for combating it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249455

Measuring Crime and Criminality Measuring Crime and Criminality focuses on how different approaches to measuring crime and criminality are used to test existing criminological theories. Each chapter reviews a key approach for measuring criminal behavior and discusses its strengths or weaknesses for explaining the facts of crime or answers to central issues of criminological inquiry. The book describes the state of the field on different approaches for measuring crime and criminality as seen by prominent scholars in the field.Among the featured contributions are: The Use of Official Reports and Victimization Data for Testing Criminological Theories; The Design and Analysis of Experiments in Criminology; and Growth Curve/Mixture Models for Measuring Criminal Careers. Also included are papers titled: Counterfactual Methods of Causal Inference and Their Application to Criminology; Measuring Gene-Environment Interactions in the Cause of Antisocial Behavior and What Has Been Gained and Lost through Longitudinal Research and Advanced Statistical Models?This volume of Advances in Criminological Theory illustrates how understanding the various ways criminal behavior is measured is useful for developing theoretical insights on the causes of crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138511965

Measuring CrimeBehind the Statistics Crime statistics are everywhere but how do you know when they’re valid? If a newspaper report says "the rate of overall violent crime decreased by 0.9 percent " how can you tell where that statistic came from what it measures and how accurate it is? Is it worth repeating or sharing? Measuring Crime: Behind the Statistics gives you the tools to interpret and evaluate crime statistics’ quality and usefulness. The book focuses on ways of thinking about crime statistics (no formulas!) and features Eight questions you should ask before quoting a statistic The two sources of information about homicide FBI statistics: what do they measure? How victimization surveys can reflect your experiences even though you were not asked to participate Special considerations when interpreting statistics about sexual assault and fraud Examples of experiments and studies on how to improve crime statistics Two online supplements containing additional details and links to data sources Whether you are a law enforcement professional journalist student or interested citizen Measuring Crime: Behind the Statistics will tell you how to read statistics as a statistician would. Sharon Lohr the author of Sampling: Design and Analysis has published widely about statistical methods for education public policy law and crime. She has been recognized as Fellow of the American Statistical Association elected member of the International Statistical Institute and recipient of the Gertrude M. Cox Statistics Award and the Deming Lecturer Award. Formerly Dean’s Distinguished Professor of Statistics at Arizona State University and a Vice President at Westat she is now a freelance statistical consultant and writer. Visit her website at www.sharonlohr.com. "The book aims to achieve two goals: introduce statistical ideas to a general audience and provide an overview of US crime statistics. These are disparate topics but in the way they are approached here there is a strong synergy that reinforces both aspects. One the one hand the reader's natural curiosity about crime (what is it how are crime events classified and reported how reliable are the numbers you see in the newspaper etc.) will help him/her become interested in the statistical issues and learn these concepts in a practical and concrete setting. And on the other hand by reading about the statistical issues surrounding crime data he/she gains a better appreciation for the complexities of crime statistics eventually acquiring a deeper understanding of them. As a statistician myself I learned interesting facts about the types of crime their nomenclature and the possible confusion surrounding them and how the data are collected and reported. Overall I think the combination is effective and very well developed in this book." (Jean Opsomer Westat) "This book is an excellent primer on handling the mass of data and information researchers are faced with. While it is geared toward followers of criminal justice information much of the book is a very good introduction to survey techniques discussing their strong and weak points. Most importantly there are very good guidelines and questions that one should employ before citing any data or using data for policy decisions or for reporting on data such as journalists do. The book is written in a non-technical manner and does a very good job of explaining the nuances in reviewing data. Any researcher who utilizes data would find this valuable. While it has specific examples in the criminal justice field it really is quite useful for any user of data." (Barry Nussbaum former President American Statistical Association)         Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138489073

Measuring Customer Service Effectiveness Good customer service may be seen as a crucial asset for most organisations. But how do you know that you are delivering good customer service both externally and internally and more importantly delivering it to meet and exceed your customers' expectations? Customer service is an intangible thing it is perishable and it is personal so measuring it can be complicated and less than straightforward. Help is at hand. Sarah Cook's down-to-earth guide provides the rationale behind measuring service effectiveness externally and internally and explains the measurement process from preparation to managing the results. The book also includes an exploration of the various techniques open for measuring effectiveness and how to use them. Utilising her consultancy experiences the author has ensured that there is plenty of ready-to-use materials to enable you to start measuring your own organisation's service effectiveness straight away. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256200

Measuring Development: the Role and Adequacy of Development Indicators First published in 1972. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980686

Measuring Ego Development The topic of ego development developed when psychoanalysis did not fulfill all the initial hopes during its early period of prominence. Clinicians--psychiatrists psychologists social workers and counselors--realized that they needed to know more than their patients' or clients' psychopathology or normalcy and their psychosexual behavior and drives. The method for scoring sentence completions presented in this manual was originally developed for a study of women and adolescent girls. By the time it was first published in 1970 however the method had already come into use in studies of men and boys. Since then it has been used with widely varying samples and the test has been translated into several other languages. This wide adoption testifies to the need for such a test. The present version of the manual incorporates three major improvements: * it is based on data from and is intended for use with both males and females * its format is easier to use and * the examples cited reflect current public attitudes. The format of the scoring manual for the Sentence Completion Test (SCT) is radically changed from the original making it easier to find the correct rating for a response. The rating scale itself is kept simple and the basic concept of ego development is the same. A tutorial is included to assist in calculating the Total Protocol Ratings (TPRs). ALTERNATIVE BLURB!!! The Washington University Sentence Completion Test which was developed by Jane Loevinger is a free-response semi-projective instrument for the assessment of ego development. The first manual for administering and scoring the test was published in 1970. In addition to its widespread use in the United States it has also been adopted for use in Canada the United Kingdom France Germany Italy the Netherlands Japan India and South Africa. The WUSCT has been used for research in the fields of adolescent personality development moral development infancy and parenting family and gender studies multiculturalism religion psychopathology and psychotherapy vocational studies and social and organizational psychology. It is most frequently used by researchers and practitioners in psychology counseling social work and education. This book represents a revised edition of the WUSCT scoring manual including all items in the 1981 forms which were revised for use with both men and women. The content reflects current social attitudes which have changed on some topics since the publication of the original 1970 manual. Although there have been minor changes in terminology the conception of ego development is unchanged and the stages of the construct are essentially the same. The format of the scoring manual however has been radically changed for ease of use in rating responses. (The rating scale itself which is the same for all items is kept simple.) A tutorial is included to assist in calculating the Total Protocol Ratings. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876552

Measuring Elemental Impurities in PharmaceuticalsA Practical Guide Recent regulations on heavy metal testing have required the pharmaceutical industry to monitor a suite of elemental impurities in pharmaceutical raw materials drug products and dietary supplements. These new directives s are described in the new United States Pharmacopeia (USP) Chapters <232> <233> and <2232> together with Q3D Step 4 guidelines for elemental impurities drafted by the ICH (International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use) a consortium of global pharmaceutical associations including the European Pharmacopeia (Ph.Eur.) the Japanese Pharmacopeia (JP) and the USP. This book provides a complete guide to the analytical methodology instrumental techniques and sample preparation procedures used for measuring elemental impurities in pharmaceutical and nutraceutical materials. It offers readers the tools to better understand plasma spectrochemistry to optimize detection capability for the full suite of elemental PDE (Permitted Daily Exposure) levels in the various drug delivery categories. Other relevant information covered in the book includes: The complete guide to measuring elemental impurities in pharmaceutical and nutraceutical materials. Covers heavy metals testing in the pharmaceutical industry from an historical perspective. Gives an overview of current USP Chapters <232> <233> and <2232> and ICH Q3D Step 4 Guidelines. Explains the purpose of validation protocols used in Chapter <233> including how J-values are calculated Describes fundamental principles and practical capabilities of ICP-MS and ICP-OES. Offers guidelines about the optimum strategy for risk assessment Provides tips on how best to prepare and present your data for regulatory inspection. An indispensable resource the fundamental principles and practical benefits of ICP-OES and ICP-MS are covered in a reader-friendly format that a novice who is carrying out elemental impurities testing in the pharmaceutical and nutraceutical communities will find easy to understand. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197961

Measuring Fuel Poverty BRE has measured fuel poverty on behalf of the UK government since the 1990s. This publication discusses current and historical definitions of fuel poverty and shows how fuel poverty has been measured at national and local levels. It is aimed at housing associations energy suppliers policymakers energy consultants and academics. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848064416

Measuring Health And Medical Outcomes A clear analysis of the design potential uses and limitations of questionnaires in measuring health from the perspective of the patient. Practical examples illustrate the methodological issues and guide the reader through good and bad practice. The book will appeal to academics postgraduates and advanced undergraduates in medical sociology health economics social/health psychology public health and epidemiology. It will also be extremely helpful to social science researchers outside these areas who have an interest in the use of questionnaires in an applied field.; "Social research today" is a forthcoming series of books devoted to the illumination of significant methodological topics in the social sciences and professional social research. The structure of social inquiry combines two separate elements: empirical evidence and organizing ideas and theories. Both are necessary for successful social understanding; one without the other is barren. This series will be concerned with the means by which this structure is maintained and kept standing and upright. The books in the series are intended for undergraduates in the social sciences postgraduate students undergoing research training and those undertaking social research of whatever kind. Broadly conceived research methodology refers to the general grounds for the validity of social science propositions. How do we know what we do know about the social world? More narrowly it deals with questions such as h.; This book is intended for academics postgraduates and advanced undergraduates within medical sociology health economics social/health psychology public healthand epidemiology. Social science researchers with an interest in theuse of questionnaires in an applied field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138454804

Measuring Health Equity in Small Areas: Findings from Demographic Surveillance Systems Over the past decade several initiatives have been launched to address the major health problems affecting the world's poorest countries including global efforts to combat HIV/AIDS TB and malaria. More recently a millennial challenge has been laid down to root out and confront the links between poverty and health. Using demographic surveillance systems the INDEPTH researchers aim to contribute both to the empirical knowledge about health equity in developing countries and to report on the application of and innovation in tools and methods. Illustrated with case studies from Africa and Asia this book puts forward a comprehensive view of the INDEPTH methodologies and findings. It develops and measures concepts and constructs of 'poverty' and 'equity' and relates these to health status. While tools and concepts for measuring health status are more developed this volume contributes by grappling with new concepts and tools to measure changes in deprivation and disadvantage adding to this intense theoretical and methodological debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667269

Measuring Health-Related Quality of Life in Children and AdolescentsImplications for Research and Practice This volume's purpose is to describe concepts and methods concerning assessment of health-related quality of life (HRQOL) in children and adolescents with a special focus on chronic health conditions. The impetus for this book came from a recognition of the increasing importance of HRQOL assessments in the evaluation of treatment outcomes and the need to increase the utilization of HRQOL assessments in research and clinical applications with a range of pediatric populations. The need to develop a volume that describes new research and clinical applications concerning this topic stemmed from several recent developments. There is a continuing need for evaluations of the efficacy of medical treatments for children and adolescents including those with chronic health conditions. To address these critical unmet needs in the field of HRQOL assessment and to advance scientific methods and clinical applications in this field a conference was held at Case Western Reserve University. The conference set out to summarize current information concerning the development and implementation of measures of HRQOL assessment to identify and consider key conceptual and methodological issues in research concerning the measurement of HRQOL and to recommend priorities to advance the state-of-the-art in research and clinical applications of QOL assessment in children and adolescents with chronic health conditions. This volume summarizes and synthesizes the information that was presented by the conference participants in a series of lively discussions and chapters that were based on the presentations. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315821009

Measuring Heavy Metal Contaminants in Cannabis and Hemp The surge of interest in cannabis-based medicinal products has put an extremely high demand on testing capabilities particularly for contaminants such as heavy metals which are naturally taken up through the roots of the plants from the soil growing medium and fertilizers but can also be negatively impacted by the grinding equipment and extraction/distillation process. Unfortunately many state regulators do not have the necessary experience and background to fully understand all the safety and toxicological issues regarding the cultivation and production of cannabis and hemp products on the market today. Measuring Heavy Metal Contaminants in Cannabis and Hemp offers a comprehensive guide to the entire cannabis industry for measuring elemental contaminants in cannabis and hemp. For testing labs it describes fundamental principles and practical capabilities of ICP-MS and other AS techniques for measuring heavy metals in cannabis. For state regulators it compares maximum contaminant limits of heavy metals with those for federally regulated pharmaceutical materials. For cultivators and processors it helps them to better understand the many sources of heavy metals in cannabis. And for consumers of medical cannabis it highlights the importance of choosing cannabis products that are safe to use. Other key topics include: The role of other analytical techniques for the comprehensive testing of cannabis products Tips to optimize analytical procedures to ensure the highest quality data Guidance on how to characterize elemental contaminants in vaping liquids and aerosols Suggestions on how to reduce errors using plasma spectrochemistry The role of certified reference materials to validate standard methods Easy-to-read sections on instrumental hardware components calibration and measurement protocols typical interferences routine maintenance and troubleshooting procedures Written with the cannabis testing community in mind this book is also an invaluable resource for growers cultivators processors testers regulators and even consumers who are interested in learning more about the potential dangers of heavy metal contaminants in cannabis and hemp. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367417376

Measuring InequalityA Methodological Handbook This book provides a virtual encyclopedia of the logic procedures performance characteristics interpretation and applications of inequality measures. It seeks to integrate the principles of inequality theory and statistical measurement techniques to facilitate better analysis of inequality. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367162887

Measuring Intangible ValuesRethinking How to Evaluate Socially Beneficial Actions This book explores the complex problem of how to measure the ‘success’ of social organisations projects and activities. Whether improving a local situation organizing a campaign around sustainability or assessing the intangible effects of perceived social benefits currently we have only have a very limited range of mechanisms for judging effectiveness. On the one hand a market-driven logic demands that qualitative perceptions and experiences are quantified into simplified and numerically defined variables. On the other community projects are left un-assessed as one-off outcomes of local and situated processes that must somehow automatically ‘make things better’. For academics researchers and other professionals working in this field this has resulted in the deep frustration of not being able to assess the things that are most centrally important: higher human values such as integrity trust respect equality and social justice. Measuring Intangible Values argues that we can make shared social values – and their measurement - central to decisions about improving civil society. But because these social values are intangible we need to develop ways of eliciting and validating them at the local level that can capture people’s shared meanings across multiple goals and perspectives. We need to develop mechanisms for evaluating whether these values are met that use rigorous but also relevant measures. And we need to develop ways of doing this that are scalable transferable and comparable across different kinds of organisations and fields of activity. This book will be valuable for researchers in all social science disciplines which touch on human values such as sociology social psychology human geography social policy architecture and planning design and community studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367500573

Measuring Livelihoods and Environmental DependenceMethods for Research and Fieldwork Thousands of surveys on rural livelihoods in developing countries are being done every year. Unfortunately many suffer from weaknesses in methods and problems in implementation. Quantifying households' dependence on multiple environmental resources (forests bush grasslands and rivers) is particularly difficult and often simply ignored in the surveys. The results therefore do not reflect rural realities. In particular 'the hidden harvest' from natural resources is generally too important to livelihoods for development research policies and practice to ignore. Fieldwork using state-of-the-art methods and in particular well-designed household questionnaires thus becomes an imperative to adequately capture key dimensions of rural welfare. This book describes how to do a better job when designing and implementing household and village surveys for quantitative assessment of rural livelihoods in developing countries. It covers the entire research process from planning to sharing research results. It draws on the experiences from a large global-comparative project the Poverty Environment Network (PEN) to develop more robust and validated methods enriched by numerous practical examples from the field. The book will provide an invaluable guide to methods and a practical handbook for students and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849711333

Measuring National Income in the Centrally Planned EconomiesWhy the West Underestimated the Transition to Capitalism In 1991 "Communism" collapsed. The cold war was over and the West had won. Whole cities Moscow St Petersburg Warsaw Beijing Budapest and Bucharest whole countries indeed were privatised for nothing or next to nothing. This was probably the greatest expansion of the world market in history. And yet according to national income measurements of the CIA OECD World Bank and IMF this gigantic expansion of market production led to a decline in market production in the very countries where it was introduced. How to explain this paradox? This book traces the origin of the West’s national income measurements from their origin in the 1923/4 Balance developed in the USSR to the USA in the early 1930s via two Soviet exiles Simon Kuznets and Wassily Leontief and then back to the USSR again after a vigorous debate through a protégé of Kuznets Abram Bergson. The AFC imputed national incomes to a centrally planned economy based on physical not income measurements. This book provides a detailed assessment of the failure of the AFC method to measure the real growth of actual market production during the transition period. This book provides a detailed account of the application of national income measurements to the centrally planned economies. It assesses all of the major contributors to this debate including Colin Clark Naum Jasny Alexander Gerschenkron G.Warren Nutter and Abram Bergson. It provides a new much higher estimate of the expansion of market production during the transition period based on an estimate of the actual growth of real market production. It discusses the very significant implications of this re-estimate for contemporary theories of globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383876

Measuring Outcome In The Public Sector First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315041278

Measuring PerformanceA Toolkit of Traditional and Alternative Methods Do your performance measures seek primarily to detect and control undesirable activities rather than sharing and rewarding productive behaviour? Every organisation needs to measure its performance and that of the people it employs; David Jenkins shows you how to make more productive use of such measures. For measures to be accurate and reliable there are fundamental rules that need to be applied. Ignoring or misapplying them undermines performance and impedes the achievement of the corporate goal. For any enterprise data must be available across the whole spectrum of activity in which it is engaged. The quality of that information will depend on the way it is measured. In some commercial organisations data is regularly gathered at local level. Instead of being used at this point it is often fed into a corporate information system which having recycled it issues the result in a form that does not always meet needs. In Measuring Performance David Jenkins examines the more traditional measures of performance and highlights their shortcomings as well as assessing the merits of the alternative approaches that are currently available. The book concludes with a step-by-step guide to reviewing the effectiveness of your organisation's existing systems for measuring performance and identifying ways of improving them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566088605

Measuring Political RiskRisks to Foreign Investment Offering a fresh transparent approach encompassing new material this invigorating volume measures political risk - for instance the risk that foreign investment might face in any country. It also demonstrates how progress or regress made in good governance initiatives as conditionalities to aid can be assessed. Governments can monitor their own policy environment(s) and take remedial action if necessary. The methodology allows for measurement of previously un-quantified 'soft' factors that add to the risks foreign investors might face demonstrating why these factors are of importance to both risk assertive and risk averse investors. Features include: - 103 contextualized measurable risk factors and their 411 risk factor indicators. - Guidelines to using these factors in order to perform generic macro analyses or micro client/project/industry-specific analyses. - Explanation of the methodology with which to comprehensively measure the probability of risk occurring in any macro or micro investment climate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249414

Measuring Psychological Responses To Media Messages Characterized by its multi-level interdisciplinary character communication has become a variable field -- one in which the level of analysis varies. This has had important ramifications for the study of communication because to some extent the questions one asks are determined by the methods one has available to answer them. As a result communication research is characterized by the plethora of both qualitative and quantitative approaches used by its practitioners. These include survey and experimental methods and content historical and rhetorical analyses. A variety of tools has been developed in cognitive psychology and psychophysiology which attempts to measure "thinking" without asking people how they do it. This book is devoted to exploring how these methods might be used to further knowledge about the process of communication. The methods chosen have all been used extensively in cognitive and experimental psychology. Each chapter in this book is designed to describe the history of the method being introduced the theory behind it how to go about using it and how it has already been used to study some area of communication. The methods introduced here vary widely in terms of the amount of equipment and training needed to use them. Some require only theoretical knowledge and a paper and pencil; others require more elaborate hardware and software for implementation. These methods also vary widely in terms of what sorts of variables they can be used to measure. Some of them adapt quite readily to traditional communication variables like persuasion attitude change and knowledge; others are more applicable to process type variables such as attention arousal involvement encoding and retrieval. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515566

Measuring Public Space: The Star Model In the rapidly expanding public space debate of the past few years a recurring theme is the ’loss of publicness’ of contemporary urban public places. This book takes up the challenge to find an objective way to prove or disprove this phenomenon. By taking the reader through a systematic and multi-disciplinary literature review it asks the deceptively simple question: ’What is publicness?’ It answers this by first developing a new theoretical approach - ’The dual nature of public space’ and secondly a new analytical tool for measuring it - ’The Star Model of Publicness’. This pragmatic approach to analysing public space is tested then on three new public places recently created on the post-industrial waterfront of the River Clyde in the city of Glasgow UK. By seeing where and why certain public places fail direct and informed interventions can be made to improve them and through this contribute to the building of more attractive and sustainable cities. By adopting a multi-disciplinary approach to shed light on this ’slippery’ concept this book shows how urban design can complement other disciplines when tackling the complex task of understanding and improving the built environment’s public realm. It also bridges the gap between theory and practice as it draws from empirical research to suggest more quantitative approaches towards auditing and improving public places. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547216

Measuring Quality: Education IndicatorsUnited Kingdom and International Perspectives Moves to develop indicators about school effectiveness and performance have been driven by national trends and debates about performance and accountability. Nationally set indicators – such as the standard assessment tasks or the publication of performance in public examinations – have increasingly become part of the new education currency: a medium for exercising choice and decision-making in the new education market place. As contributors to this book suggest such a framework is not unproblematic. Originally published in 1994 this book offers a number of insights into the general debate about performance indicators at the time. It explores the background to the debate; the differing perspectives of policy-makers and practitioners; and the purpose audiences and values of education indicators both in the UK and elsewhere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301252

Measuring School Performance & Efficiency This yearbook focuses on alternative ways to measure how well schools are educating their students delivering what parents want and using resources efficiently. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315856179

Measuring Service PerformancePractical Research for Better Quality In service societies the tertiary sector has long become the primary sector in terms of GDP and employment. Quality research and testing means better service and success in the service industries demands quality. Nonetheless complaints about insufficient inconsistent or bad service abound. Quality decides on success and failure. Where so much is at stake management decisions call for systematic research and consumers look for relevant results that provide guidance in complex markets. Research into quality and customer satisfaction gets to the core of a business. However many so-called studies hardly meet essential criteria of empirical research and deliver artefacts rather than facts. This book puts an end to common misconceptions of quality studies. Measuring Service Performance is an appeal for an approach to quality research that meets quality criteria itself. It is a compelling argument against widespread but rather dubious dealings with measurement data and statistics. Ralf Lisch calls for a reconsideration of the research process focussing on content instead of method and adding meaning to results. Because service excellence deserves research excellence. Written in a practical accessible style the book offers practitioners as well as market researchers MBA students and others involved in the service sector a critical analysis and discussion of the essentials of 'Practical Research for Better Quality'. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472411914

Measuring Shape "John Russ is the master of explaining how image processing gets applied to real-world situations. With Brent Neal he’s done it again in Measuring Shape this time explaining an expanded toolbox of techniques that includes useful state-of-the-art methods that can be applied to the broad problem of understanding characterizing and measuring shape. He has a gift for finding the kernel of a particular algorithm explaining it in simple terms then giving concrete examples that are easily understood. His perspective comes from solving real-world problems and separating out what works in practice from what is just an abstract curiosity."  —Tom Malzbender Hewlett-Packard Laboratories Palo Alto California USA Useful for those working in fields including industrial quality control research and security applications Measuring Shape is a handbook for the practical application of shape measurement. Covering a wide range of shape measurements likely to be encountered in the literature and in software packages this book presents an intentionally diverse set of examples that illustrate and enable readers to compare methods used for measurement and quantitative description of 2D and 3D shapes. It stands apart through its focus on examples and applications which help readers quickly grasp the usefulness of presented techniques without having to approach them through the underlying mathematics. An elusive concept shape is a principal governing factor in determining the behavior of objects and structures. Essential to recognizing and classifying objects it is the central link in manmade and natural processes. Shape dictates everything from the stiffness of a construction beam to the ability of a leaf to catch water to the marketing and packaging of consumer products. This book emphasizes techniques that are quantitative and produce a meaningful yet compact set of numerical values that can be used for statistical analysis comparison correlation classification and identification. Written by two renowned authors from both industry and academia this resource explains why users should select a particular method rather than simply discussing how to use it. Showcasing each process in a clear accessible and well-organized way they explore why a particular one might be appropriate in a given situation yet a poor choice in another. Providing extensive examples plus full mathematical descriptions of the various measurements involved they detail the advantages and limitations of each method and explain the ways they can be implemented to discover important correlations between shape and object history or behavior. This uncommon assembly of information also includes sets of data on real-world objects that are used to compare the performance and utility of the various presented approaches. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072190

Measuring SlipperinessHuman Locomotion and Surface Factors In recent decades injury has begun to gain prominence as a public health and societal problem. Slipperiness and slip trip and fall (STF) injuries are among the greatest obstacles to reducing the injury burden. One of the biggest challenges in STF is defining and measuring slipperiness. After over half a century of serious research on what slipperiness is and how it can be measured rapid progress has been made in the decade of the 90s.Measuring Slipperiness: Human Locomotion and Surface Factors provides an overview of basic concepts and definitions of terms related to the 'measurement of slipperiness' from the onset of a foot slide to a gradual loss of balance and a fall. The book includes expert group perspectives on human-centered (biomechanical locomotive perceptual and cognitive) and surface-centered (roughness friction) aspects and approaches. It addresses the injury burden of slipperiness globally reviews existing slipmeters and summarizes areas of consensus in the field of slipperiness measurement. Perhaps the most comprehensive treatment of the subject ever compiled the book contains contributions from North America Europe Asia and Oceania including the National Laboratories of Finland France the U.K. and the U.S. A valuable state-of-the-art textbook it provides students with a useful starting point for understanding the many aspects of STF. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454630

Measuring Society Collecting and analyzing data on unemployment inflation and inequality help describe the complex world around us. When published by the government such data are called official statistics. They are reported by the media used by politicians to lend weight to their arguments and by economic commentators to opine about the state of society. Despite such widescale use explanations about how these measures are constructed are seldom provided for a non-technical reader. This Measuring Society book is a short accessible guide to six topics: jobs house prices inequality prices for goods and services poverty and deprivation. Each relates to concepts we use on a personal level to form an understanding of the society in which we live: We need a job a place to live and food to eat. Using data from the United States we answer three basic questions: why how and for whom these statistics have been constructed. We add some context and flavor by discussing the historical background. This book provides the reader with a good grasp of these measures. Chaitra H. Nagaraja is an Associate Professor of Statistics at the Gabelli School of Business at Fordham University in New York. Her research interests include house price indices and inequality measurement. Prior to Fordham Dr. Nagaraja was a researcher at the U.S. Census Bureau. While there she worked on projects relating to the American Community Survey. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138035980

Measuring Statistical Evidence Using Relative Belief A Sound Basis for the Theory of Statistical Inference Measuring Statistical Evidence Using Relative Belief provides an overview of recent work on developing a theory of statistical inference based on measuring statistical evidence. It shows that being explicit about how to measure statistical evidence allows you to answer the basic question of when a statistical analysis is correct. The book attempts to establish a gold standard for how a statistical analysis should proceed. It first introduces basic features of the overall approach such as the roles of subjectivity objectivity infinity and utility in statistical analyses. It next discusses the meaning of probability and the various positions taken on probability. The author then focuses on the definition of statistical evidence and how it should be measured. He presents a method for measuring statistical evidence and develops a theory of inference based on this method. He also discusses how statisticians should choose the ingredients for a statistical problem and how these choices are to be checked for their relevance in an application. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482242799

Measuring SustainabilityLearning From Doing ' Measuring the sustainability of development is crucial to achieving it and is one of the most actively studied issues in the area. To date most studies of measurements or indicators have been largely theoretical. However this book a follow-on to Bell and Morse's highly influential Sustainability Indicators (1999) presents valuable practical advice on how to develop measurements that will work in real-life development contexts. It describes and analyses how to derive validate and apply indicators in the course of an actual development project - in this case the Mediterranean Action Plan in Malta. The authors explain the trade-offs and constraints involved and how it is possible to combine the open-ended and flexible perspectives of sustainability with the more linear processes and fixed targets of specific projects through the use of pragmatic and reflective methodologies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771962

Measuring the Benefits of Clean Air and Water Kneese examines issues surrounding benefits assessment including such tools as bidding games surveys property value studies wage differentials risk reduction evaluation and mortality and morbidity cost estimation. He discusses methods for quantitatively estimating benefits derived from the maintenance or improvement of air and water quality. Suitable for undergraduate classroom use. Originally published in 1984 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064154

Measuring the Impact of DyslexiaStriking a Successful Balance for Individuals Families and Society Measuring the Impact of Dyslexia shows the considerable benefits of recognising and celebrating the skills of those with information processing differences explains their unique brain organisation and shows how they can excel as contributing members of society with proper support and guidance. It offers a balanced and research-based perspective to living with this condition highlighting the huge number of children leaving school with low literacy levels as a result of undiagnosed information processing differences. Full of critically reflective questions case studies and interviews with those affected by dyslexia this text encourages educators of children and young people with dyslexia to challenge their own perceptions by understanding the links between low literacy and anti-social behaviour poor health unemployment and limited educational attainment and includes helpful pointers for improving practice and outcomes. This accessible and readable text is aimed at students practitioners researchers and experienced professionals in a range of disciplines to enhance CPD. It is particularly relevant for students working on both taught and research based masters degrees especially programmes related to specific learning difficulties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367195380

Measuring the Quality of Education This book contains a selection of articles on measuring the quality of education from the perspective of the importance of theories on education changing effects of education curriculum dependent or curriculum independent measurement product and process evaluation and global curricula. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138430747

Measuring The Quality Of Life Across CountriesA Multidimensional Analysis This book discusses the methods used to create quality of the life indexes. It suggests that economic liberty gives a considerably different view of the quality of life and provides a synthesis by combining the life attributes both physical and environmental into a final set of world rankings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153908

Measuring the Unmeasurable in Education Debates around quality versus quantity in education can generate controversy about how quality is measured. Many question the drive to delineate and quantify precisely what works suggesting that much value either cannot be measured or is distorted by measurement.This book explores how we can understand measurement in areas of education policy planning and practice that have not previously been considered measurable. The contributors ask four main questions: What do we measure and not measure when we try to measure the unmeasurable in education? When attempts have been made to measure the unmeasurable in education what metrics have been adopted in which contexts and with what outcomes? Why have measures been adopted as indicators of the unmeasurable such as human rights? And how have particular organisations approached the problem of measuring the apparently unmeasurable in education with what epistemological normative and conceptual resources and consequences?The book draws on analyses from philosophy history sociology and economics with insights from national and international contexts. The contributions consider philosophical distinctions historical experiences and contemporary reflections on how to refine existing approaches to measurement of poverty capability rights and the benefits of education. The discussion shows how measuring the unmeasurable takes account of the inequalities complexities and uncertainties of work in education thus suggesting a considerable deepening of the notion of education quality and measurement. This book was originally published as a special issue of Comparative Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665388

Measuring the Value of the Supply ChainLinking Financial Performance and Supply Chain Decisions In a company ecosystem the supply chain manager is tasked with duties and objectives primarily aimed at controlling and reducing costs while optimizing the material flows. Yet in many organizations common perception limits supply chain management to product logistics materials handling and warehouse management. The supply chain manager must learn how to communicate the results of his work to show the importance and impact supply chain management operations have on a company. In this book Enrico Camerinelli provides the supply chain manager and the chief financial officer with the means to link the value of the supply chain to an organization's bottom line. He explores the problem with current supply chain metrics shows how to close the gap between financial decisions and supply chain performance suggests a model to provide a lingua franca for supply chain financial and other managers throughout the company and points to ways in which new technology can help measure the value of the supply chain. Using case studies and interviews with supply chain and financial experts Measuring the Value of the Supply Chain will help financial and supply chain managers achieve strategic advantage through effective supply chain management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594422

Measuring Up in EducationPhilosophical Explorations for Justice and Democracy Within and Beyond Cultures of Measurement in Educational Systems Cultures of measurement are often considered to dominate educational practices to the degree that as Biesta (2010) has identified in Good Education in an Age of Measurement we no longer measure what we value but rather we have become conditioned to value what is measured. A clear example of this occurs when institutions and staff "teach to the test" by emphasising narrow conceptions of learning and of knowledge simply because the consequences of high-stakes assessments have important implications regarding funding resources and even tenure. This collection explores via various philosophical means how valuable educational practices can occur within and beyond cultures of measurement. What seems to be required is for practitioners in education to regain their relationship to the overall purposes of education such as the furthering of justice and democracy for both individual students and societies as a whole. Such a reconnection has the potential to re-humanise curricular experiences for students which may have become dehumanised through particular cultures of measurement. It is argued that certain legitimate measures can advance justice and democracy and so careful attention must be assigned to their validity and value. This book was originally published as a special issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360320

Measuring UpThe Performance Ethic In American Culture Measuring Up explores the relentless pressure many Americans feel to measure up successfully with respect to grades beauty economic achievement and various quantified ?aptitudes.? This unique text focuses both on the macro and micro aspects of social and cultural life discussing such topics as culture socialization peer groups reference grou Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316822

Measuring Vulnerability in Developing CountriesNew Analytical Approaches In all of the major challenges facing the world currently whether it be climate change terrorism and conflict or urbanization and demographic change no progress is possible without the alleviation of poverty. New approaches in development economics have in recent years started from the premise that we cannot successfully deal with poverty unless we also deal with vulnerability—but not only vulnerability to income poverty but also vulnerability to various others hazards—such as climate conflict macroeconomic shocks and natural disasters. This book provide insights into new approaches in conceptualising and measuring vulnerability. It includes chapters dealing with advanced issues such as the compilation of economic vulnerability indices (EVIs) on a macro-level of conceptualizing and measuring local vulnerability across regions in a country and of measuring the flip-side of vulnerability namely resilience. The book also explores the sensitivities of the various measurements of vulnerability to vulnerability lines poverty lines and permanent income with consideration to some of the most vulnerable groups in developing countries. Overall the contributions in the book consolidate new approaches as far as the concept and measurement of vulnerability on different levels and outcomes are concerned and note directions for future research. This book was published as a special issue of Oxford Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849494

Measuring Welfare beyond EconomicsThe genuine progress of Hong Kong and Singapore Dissatisfaction with the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) as an indicator of a country’s development or a population’s wellbeing led to the development of the Genuine Progress Indicator (GPI). The GPI is an aggregate index of over 20 economic social and environmental indicators and accounts for both the welfare benefits of economic growth and the social and environmental costs which accompany that economic growth. The result is better information about the level of welfare or well-being of a country’s population. This book measures the GPI of Hong Kong and Singapore from 1968 to 2010. It finds that for both countries economic output (as measured by the GDP) has grown more than welfare (as measured by the GPI) but important differences are also found. In Hong Kong the GPI has grown for the whole period under consideration while in Singapore the GPI has stalled from 1993. This is in line with most countries and is explained by the "threshold hypothesis" which states that beyond a certain level of economic development the benefits of further economic growth are outweighed by even higher environmental and social costs. The book argues that the growth of Hong Kong’s GPI is due to its favourable relationship with China and in particular its ability to export low-wage jobs and polluting industries rather than successful domestic policies. A stalling or shrinking GPI calls for alternative policies than the growth economy promoted by neoclassical economists and the book explores an alternative model that of the Steady State Economy (SSE). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332853

Measuring Wellbeing: Towards Sustainability? Improving wellbeing and sustainability are central goals of government but are they in conflict? This engaging new book reviews that question and its implications for public policy through a focus on indicators. It highlights tensions on the one hand between various constructs of wellbeing and sustainable development and on the other between current individual and societal notions of wellbeing. It recommends a clearer conceptual framework for policy makers regarding different wellbeing constructs which would facilitate more transparent discussions. Arguing against a win-win scenario of wellbeing and sustainability it advocates an approach based on recognising and valuing conflicting views where notions of participation and power are central to discussions. Measuring Wellbeing is divided into two parts. The first part provides a critical review of the field drawing widely on international research but contextualised within recent UK wellbeing policy discourses. The second part embeds the theory in a case study based on the author’s own experience of trying to develop quality of life indicators within a local authority against the backdrop of increasing national policy interest in measuring ‘happiness’. This accessible and informative book covering uniquely both practice and theory will be of great appeal to students academics and policy makers interested in wellbeing sustainable development indicators public policy community participation power and discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849714631

Measuring Workplace Performance Most Fortune 1000 companies still struggle with workspace planning and design issues. They invest millions of dollars each year with the expectation that new buildings and major renovations will help transform their culture support innovation strengthen desired behaviors and increase organizational effectiveness. And let's not forget reducing costs. But there is rarely any actual measurement of the success of a new workplace against specific business or design goals (apart from cost savings). Even less often is there any ongoing measurement program to assess and improve the quality of the workplace.Measuring Workplace Performance Second Edition explores a fundamentally new way of thinking about how organizations behave and change and what this means for planning and measuring the success of the facilities that house them. This is not a planning guide or a step by step design "cookbook." Rather author Michael O'Neill presents a thought-provoking "biological" model for thinking about organizations and workplaces describes the tools to gather information and analyze success and presents plenty of scientific case studies with "hard" performance and financial metrics. O'Neill addresses issues such as:What are the effects of adding flexibility into facility and workplace design in terms of improving employee and organizational performance?How do we measure the performance of facilities in terms of supporting desired behaviors (like communication collaboration) efficient business processes and other concrete performance/financial improvements?Using real-world case studies across a variety of industries O'Neill shows the types of performance measures that leading-edge companies use as well as the improvements they attain by incorporating flexibility and control into their workspaces. He uses the data from these studies to create models showing credible links between specific design features and behavioral and business process outco Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390440

Measuring Your Company's Environmental ImpactTemplates and Tools for a Complete ISO 14001 Initial Review ISO 14001 and EMAS (the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme) requirements can be daunting for managers and expensive for companies. How to Measure your Company's Environmental Impact is the most cost-effective and easy-to-use environmental review solution for companies in all sectors of the economy. Designed and written by top environmental engineers and used by top consultants and companies in Europe this step-by-step manual contains extensive tools for managers to carry out a complete company-wide initial environmental review as a prerequisite for introducing an environmental management system in accordance with ISO 14001 or EMAS. Emphasis is placed on collecting and presenting quantitative data starting with material and energy flows through the company. The manual provides indicators for energy transportation and water use against which to measure your company. The complimentary CD-ROM toolkit includes a template for the environmental review an inventory tool designed to calculate emissions and the environmental impact of your company's transportation energy consumption and other activities and instructions and forms for an environmental failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) - a method for identifying and evaluating environmental impact to determine your company's most significant environmental aspects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771979

Meat Commerce and the CityThe London Food Market 1800–1855 This study examines the struggle between Smithfield market's supporters and detractors and argues that this demonstrates a major shift in the way the urban landscape came to be used. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661912

Meat Medicine and Human Health in the Twentieth Century This collection of essays explores some of the complex relations between meat and health in the twentieth century. It highlights a complicated array of contradictory attitudes towards meat and human health. They show how meat came to be regarded as a central part of a modern healthy diet and trace critiques of meat-eating and the meat industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138664425

Meat QualityGenetic and Environmental Factors One of the biggest challenges faced by meat producers today is the requirement to improve the quality of meat while maintaining focus on efficiency and higher yields. Numerous studies have shown that consumers are willing to pay premiums for meat products with guaranteed eating quality. This book examines the complicated multistep process of producing high-quality meat from the growth of the animals to the final product. It discusses specific aspects of meat quality for beef pork and sheep. Meat Quality: Genetic and Environmental Factors covers key topics such as animal welfare nutrition pre-slaughter handling slaughter technology breeding strategies and the influence of common genetic factors on meat quality. It also discusses the latest meat production systems designed to ensure high-quality meat and the role of transgenic animal technology in meat quality. The book devotes separate chapters to beef pork and sheep quality looking at the effects of breed genetic type gender and age on meat quality. The chapters are written by contributors from universities research institutes and breeding companies from different countries and continents. The chapters are based on the research and teaching experience of the contributors as well as on a critical evaluation of the current literature. No other book available today covers the key issues regarding meat quality in such a comprehensive way. This book should be of keen interest to students of food technology nutrition commodities sciences and animal sciences as well as to food scientists and engineers who want to update their knowledge about the determinants of meat quality. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894075

MeatA Natural Symbol This book is a broad-ranging and provocative study of the human passion for meat. It will intrigue anyone who has ever wondered why meat is important to us; why we eat some animals but not others; why vegetarianism is increasing; why we aren't cannibals; and how meat is associated with environmental destruction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834071

Mechanical Alloying And Milling This book surveys the broad field of mechanical alloying from a scientific and technological perspective to form a timely and comprehensive resource valuable to both students and researchers. The treatment progresses from the historical background through a description of the process the different metastable effects produced and the mechanisms of phase formation to applications of mechanically alloyed products. The presentation is straightforward and easy to understand but does not compromise the scientific accuracy. It includes an unusually extensive listing of the results of different metastable effects obtained in various alloy systems along with thorough references in each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393861

Mechanical Analysis of Electronic Packaging Systems "Fills the niche between purely technical engineering texts and sophisticated engineering software guides-providing a pragmatic common sense approach to analyzing and remedying electronic packaging configuration problems. Combines classical engineering techniques with modern computing to achieve optimum results in assessment cost and accuracy." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399818

Mechanical and Corrosion-Resistant Properties of Plastics and Elastomers A study of the physical mechanical and corrosion resistant properties of all the most common commercially available plastics and elastomers. It offers examples of typical applications and describes methods of joining. The physical mechanical and corrosion resistant properties of 32 thermoplastics 20 thermosets and 27 elastomers are provided. There are more than 300 tables and chemical structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398750

Mechanical and Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Modified MaterialsPerformance Evaluation and Selection Understanding chemical and solid materials and their properties and behavior is fundamental to chemical and engineering design. With some of the world’s leading experts describing their most recent research this book describes the procedures for material selection and design to ensure that the most suitable materials for a given application are identified from the full range of materials chemicals and section shapes available. Several case studies have been developed to further illustrate procedures and to add to the practical implementation of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880923

Mechanical Behaviour of Salt VII This collection of papers on research into and management of underground structures in salt formations represents the state-of-the-art on applications of salt mechanics in mines and storage caverns for gas/hydrocarbon radioactive waste and toxic waste disposal. The contributions cover laboratory experiments constitutive numerical modeling and field investigations and deal with creep damage thermo-hydro-mechanical and chemical-coupled effects lessons learnt from real sites and structures and in-situ monitoring. The book is organized into eight topics:• Laboratory investigations and constitutive modeling• Coupled processes and hydro-chemical effects (THMC)• Field measurements and back-analyses• Numerical modeling• Dry mining post-mining and backfilling• Liquid hydrocarbon storage and brine-production caverns• Gaseous hydrocarbon storage and compressed air energy storage• Hazardous and radioactive waste disposalMechanical Behavior of Salt VII will appeal to academics engineers and professionals involved in salt mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415621229

Mechanical Behaviour of Salt VIII Technical contributions contained in this volume characterize continuity of science engineering and modeling regarding the mechanical behavior of salt. These papers evidence relationships from microscopic dislocation structure to modeling applications over kilometer dimensions a reach of more than ten orders of magnitude. The book is arranged along a similar appreciation for scale beginning with laboratory investigations and building upward to engineering applications and formation-scale modeling. This edition is subdivided into the following topical areas:• Laboratory testing• Field applications• Barriers• Solution caverns• Constitutive models• Modeling and simulation The volume includes 44 quality papers each receiving at least two independent technical reviews. The interrelationships of research and application advance experimental techniques better define physical processes and improve modeling. Multiplied by bourgeoning computational power the science of the mechanical behavior of salt contributes to increased safety efficiency and economy. Mechanical Behavior of Salt VIII appeals to a broad and durable transnational community involved with salt research and practice. This volume provides perspectives and tools for today’s challenges of design analysis and performance considerations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138028401

Mechanical Circulatory Support This book is a concise portable handbook that focuses on the clinical use of mechanical blood pumps. All aspects of mechanical circulatory support are addressed including patient selection preoperative preparation operative management anesthetic considerations and conduct of cardiopulmonary bypass postop management including complications associated with blood pump use and long-term care and rehabilitation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367813918

Mechanical ConveyorsSelection and Operation This book is a comprehensive practical guide and reference to today's mechanical conveyor systems. It covers all types of mechanical conveyors providing in-depth information on their design function and applications. More than 180 photographs and schematics illustrate details of design and system layout. An introductory chapter provides an understanding of the characteristics of various types of bulk solids including their conveyability and the types of conveying systems most effective for each. Following chapters examine each of five major categories of conveying systems with practical details on their design operation and applications. The final chapter presents basic information on motors and drives for conveying systems as well as related equipment such as speed reduction systems and conveyor brakes. The emphasis throughout the text is on practical engineering and operating information with a minimum of theory. The presentation is systematic and organized for easy reference. A very detailed index enables the quick location of needed information. This guide and reference will be useful to all engineers and other personnel involved in the continuous movement of bulk solids. It serves as both a basic introduction and a desk-top reference. The AuthorsDr. Fayed is a Professor and Director of the Powder Science & Technology Group at Ryerson Polytechnic University in Toronto. He is also a licensed Consulting Engineer a Fellow of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers and the Canadian Society of Chemical Engineering. Previously he held positions in process design and development with ICI Davy McKee M. W. Kellogg and Peabody. He has lectured at numerous seminars and workshops at meetings of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers and other organizations. He has published many papers on particulate technology and is the co-editor of Powder Science & Technology Handbook. Thomas Skocir in an engineer presently with ECO-TEC Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747902

Mechanical Creations in 3DA Practical Look into Complex and Technical Setups for Animation & VFX Cogs cranks wheels plates chains springs and pistons - a nightmare for animators. This book shows 3D artists how to create setup control and automate movements for complex and technically challenging mechanical structures all while working on a super-detailed steampunk train! This book will specifically implement current industry trends and techniques for animated mechanical structures. We will be using Autodesk 3ds Max only with no plugins and no additional software required. Readers will close out this book with a completed steampunk train for their portfolios and practical knowledge to combat other tricky hard-surface rigging and animation challenges.   Key Features This is the only book available for mechanical setups in Autodesk 3ds Max. Although 3ds Max specific the techniques and foundations will work for any 3D application. By following the step-by-step guides in this book you can finish and complete a portfolio-ready steampunk train. Each chapter will include an introduction and a summary giving significance to the start and end of each section where readers can rest! Boxed step-by-step guides will be used for the creation of technical setups in 3ds Max. A "Memory Refresh" section is included in each chapter this gives short and quick reminders for the stages needed to complete the chapter setup - helpful as a reference guide for those that have already read the book and just need a reminder saving them time as they won’t have to re-read the whole thing! Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138560499

Mechanical Deburring and Surface Finishing Technology This handbook focuses on product application principles in the design development engineering and shop floor techniques of deburring edge contouring and surface-conditioning methods systems and processes highlighting semi-automatic equipment robotics automated machinery and computer-contro Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747896

Mechanical Design Designed as a supplement to the unparalleled and traditional engineering textbooks written by "the maestro" Prof. Giovannozzi this review of the notes and lessons crucial to Machine Construction courses and Industrial Engineering students allows for the utmost comprehension of the subject matter at a decrease in study time an important contribution given the requirements of the new teaching regulations. This long-sought collection of notes helps students get the most out of the texts supporting them above all in those areas where by experience they have the most difficulty. Beginning with current training needs Mechanical Design reinforces the fundamentals of the design of mechanical components. It employs an analytical approach to the subjects based on algorithms from traditional calculus without extensive reference to more current methodologies. This gives students of the ability to use simple models and calculations that are reliably effective and helpful at times when more complicated algorithms or well-known commercial programs need to be used. Emphasizing logical and analytical thinking students start by analyzing the physical problem with the most appropriate schematic and end with a constructional definition of the component in need of planning. Typical Machine Construction course subjects/modules occupy the greater part of this book (mechanical system component planning) but two preliminary sections enhance its appeal: the methodological set-up of the project (traditional or more recent developments) and the project criteria that take into account environmental concerns. To comply with the requirements of the new teaching regulations the principal materials tests and simple stress states are outlined prior to the study of fatigue which refers to fine-tuning methods developed at Catania’s Faculty of Engineering. Two useful appendices group tables of the general properties of metallic materials and there are various applications whose theoretical methods and tools are applied to the planning of real mechanical systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072206

Mechanical Design and Manufacture of Hydraulic Machinery This volume in the Hydraulic Machinery Book Series covers the most important types of hydraulic machinery: hydraulic turbines for transforming water power to mechanical output; and pumps for producing fluid pressure for many purposes. It describes the features of mechanical design of various types of turbines and pumps. The structure of a hydraulic machine is decided primarily to satisfy the need of fluid flow so hydraulic characteristics of the machines are also stressed. Manufacturing processes of turbines and pumps and their requirements are referred to in chapters on mechanical construction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315249407

Mechanical Design for the Stage Scenic effects involving rotating turntables tracking stage wagons and the vertical movement of curtains and painted drops have become common in both Broadway and Regional theatre productions. The machines that drive these effects range from small pneumatic cylinders pushing loads of a few pounds an inch or two to 40 horsepower winches running multi-ton scenery at speeds 6 feet per second or more. Usually this machinery is designed by theatre technicians specifically for a particular show's effect. Compared to general industry this design process is short often only a few days long it is done by one person design teams are rare and it is done in the absence of reference material specifically addressing the issues involved. The main goal of this book is to remedy this last situation.Mechanical Design for the Stage will be a reference for you that will:* provide the basic engineering formulas needed to predict the forces torques speeds and power required by a given move* give a technician a design process to follow which will direct their work from general concepts to specific detail as a design evolves and* show many examples of traditional stage machinery designs.The book's emphasis will be on following standard engineering design and construction practices and developing machines that are functional efficient to build easily maintained and safe to use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129252

Mechanical Design of Electric Motors Rapid increases in energy consumption and emphasis on environmental protection have posed challenges for the motor industry as has the design and manufacture of highly efficient reliable cost-effective energy-saving quiet precisely controlled and long-lasting electric motors. Suitable for motor designers engineers and manufacturers as well as maintenance personnel undergraduate and graduate students and academic researchers Mechanical Design of Electric Motors provides in-depth knowledge of state-of-the-art design methods and developments of electric motors. From motor classification design of motor components model setup and material and bearing selections to power losses motor cooling design integration vibration and acoustic noise this comprehensive text covers the fundamentals practical design and design-related issues modeling and simulation engineering analysis manufacturing processes testing procedures and performance characteristics of electric motors today. Focusing on the mechanical design of modern electric motors the book: Details the design and manufacture of major components and subsystems such as rotors shafts stators and frames Reviews various cooling techniques including forced air liquid and phase-change Discusses the analysis and calculation of motor power losses Addresses motor vibration and acoustic noise issues Presents engineering analysis methods and case study results Emphasizes construction optimization and applications Featuring research results from the author’s own personal experience and the significant contributions of others Mechanical Design of Electric Motors highlights innovative and advanced electric motors developed in recent decades. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072213

Mechanical Design of Machine Components Mechanical Design of Machine Components Second Edition strikes a balance between theory and application and prepares students for more advanced study or professional practice. It outlines the basic concepts in the design and analysis of machine elements using traditional methods based on the principles of mechanics of materials. The text combines the theory needed to gain insight into mechanics with numerical methods in design. It presents real-world engineering applications and reveals the link between basic mechanics and the specific design of machine components and machines. Divided into three parts this revised text presents basic background topics deals with failure prevention in a variety of machine elements and covers applications in design of machine components as well as entire machines. Optional sections treating special and advanced topics are also included. Key Features of the Second Edition: Incorporates material that has been completely updated with new chapters problems practical examples and illustrations Places a strong emphasis is on the fundamentals of mechanics of materials as they relate to the study of machine design Provides thorough coverage of machine components including their applications in modern engineering and some discussion of entire machines Presents material selection charts and tables as an aid in specific applications Contains selective chapters that include case studies of various components and machines as well as some open-ended problems Includes applied finite element analysis in design offering an introduction to this useful tool for computer-oriented examples Addresses the ABET design criteria in a systematic manner Covers optional MATLAB solutions tied to the book and student learning resources on the CRC website Mechanical Design of Machine Components Second Edition helps you gain a grasp of the fundamentals of machine design and the ability to apply these fundamentals to new engineering problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439887806

Mechanical Design of Machine ComponentsSI Version Analyze and Solve Real-World Machine Design Problems Using SI Units Mechanical Design of Machine Components Second Edition: SI Version strikes a balance between method and theory and fills a void in the world of design. Relevant to mechanical and related engineering curricula the book is useful in college classes and also serves as a reference for practicing engineers. This book combines the needed engineering mechanics concepts analysis of various machine elements design procedures and the application of numerical and computational tools. It demonstrates the means by which loads are resisted in mechanical components solves all examples and problems within the book using SI units and helps readers gain valuable insight into the mechanics and design methods of machine components. The author presents structured worked examples and problem sets that showcase analysis and design techniques includes case studies that present different aspects of the same design or analysis problem and links together a variety of topics in successive chapters. SI units are used exclusively in examples and problems while some selected tables also show U.S. customary (USCS) units. This book also presumes knowledge of the mechanics of materials and material properties. New in the Second Edition: Presents a study of two entire real-life machines Includes Finite Element Analysis coverage supported by examples and case studies Provides MATLAB solutions of many problem samples and case studies included on the book’s website Offers access to additional information on selected topics that includes website addresses and open-ended web-based problems Class-tested and divided into three sections this comprehensive book first focuses on the fundamentals and covers the basics of loading stress strain materials deflection stiffness and stability. This includes basic concepts in design and analysis as well as definitions related to properties of engineering materials. Also discussed are detailed equilibrium and energy methods of analysis for determining stresses and deformations in variously loaded members. The second section deals with fracture mechanics failure criteria fatigue phenomena and surface damage of components. The final section is dedicated to machine component design briefly covering entire machines. The fundamentals are applied to specific elements such as shafts bearings gears belts chains clutches brakes and springs. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315369679

Mechanical Engineering The most popular specialist mechanical units of the BTEC National Engineering in one book! Clear full colour layout and numerous examples activities quizzes and review questions with answers make it easy for students to learn and revise for their exams Each chapter covers one unit of the syllabus and contains all the learning outcomes Content you can trust – written by an experienced lecturer involved in the development of the syllabus The third edition of this established textbook fully covers the 6 most popular specialist units of the Mechanical Engineering Manufacturing Engineering and Operations and Maintenance Engineering pathways of the BTEC National Engineering syllabus. Units covered: Unit 8 – Engineering Design Unit 10 Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials Unit 11 – Further Mechanical Principles and Applications Unit 12 – Applications of Mechanical Systems and Technology Unit 15 – Electro Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems and Devices Unit 18 – Advanced Mechanical Principles and Applications. Mathematical theory is backed up with numerous examples to work through. There are also activities for students to complete out of the classroom which help put theory into context. The activities have been thoroughly revised in line with the new assessment ad grading criteria. Test your Knowledge quizzes throughout the text enable the students to test their understanding as they work through the book while end of unit review questions are ideal for exam revision and course work. Additional Materials Registered lecturers can download two additional free chapters from our companion website: Unit 13 – Principles and Applications of Fluid Mechanics Unit 14 - Principles and Applications of Thermodynamics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138130555

Mechanical Engineering Design Mechanical Engineering Design Third Edition strikes a balance between theory and application and prepares students for more advanced study or professional practice. Updated throughout it outlines basic concepts and provides the necessary theory to gain insight into mechanics with numerical methods in design. Divided into three sections the text presents background topics addresses failure prevention across a variety of machine elements and covers the design of machine components as well as entire machines. Optional sections treating special and advanced topics are also included. Features: Places a strong emphasis on the fundamentals of mechanics of materials as they relate to the study of mechanical design Furnishes material selection charts and tables as an aid for specific uses Includes numerous practical case studies of various components and machines Covers applied finite element analysis in design offering this useful tool for computer-oriented examples Addresses the ABET design criteria in a systematic manner Presents independent chapters that can be studied in any order Introduces optional MATLAB® solutions tied to the book and student learning resources Mechanical Engineering Design Third Edition allows students to gain a grasp of the fundamentals of machine design and the ability to apply these fundamentals to various new engineering problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367513474

Mechanical Engineering for Sustainable Development: State-of-the-Art Research This volume provides valuable insight into diverse topics related to mechanical engineering and presents state-of-the-art work on sustainable development being carried out throughout the world by budding researchers and scientists. Divided into three sections the volume covers machine design materials and manufacturing and thermal engineering. It presents innovative research work on machine design that is of relevance to such varied fields as the automotive industry agriculture and human anatomy. The second section addresses materials characterization an important tool in assessing proper materials for application-oriented jobs and emerging unconventional machining processes that are important in design engineering for new products and tools. The section on thermal engineering broadly covers the use of viable alternate fuels such as HHO biodiesel etc. with the objective of reducing the burden on petroleum reserves and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886819

Mechanical Engineering Principles A student-friendly introduction to core mechanical engineering topics. This book introduces mechanical principles and technology through examples and applications enabling students to develop a sound understanding of both engineering principles and their use in practice. These theoretical concepts are supported by 400 fully worked problems 700 further problems with answers and 300 multiple-choice questions all of which add up to give the reader a firm grounding on each topic. Two new chapters are included covering the basic principles of matrix algebra and the matrix displacement method. The latter will also include guidance on software that can be used via SmartPhones tablets or laptops. The new edition is up to date with the latest BTEC National specifications and can also be used on undergraduate courses in mechanical civil structural aeronautical and marine engineering and naval architecture. A companion website contains the fully worked solutions to the problems and revision tests practical demonstration videos as well as a glossary and information on the famous engineers mentioned in the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367253240

Mechanical Engineering: Level 2 NVQ A thoroughly accessible and engaging workbook-style text ideal for all NVQ students including Foundation Modern Apprentices. Mechanical Engineering: Level 2 NVQ is a practical and interactive engineering book written by practicing lecturers and designed for college students and Foundation Modern Apprentices. A highly readable text is supported by numerous assignments provided to build up a portfolio of evidence. Designed so that students can complete the blanks this book can be used as evidence for assessment purposes and as an essential reference guide for their subsequent employment. This book covers the mandatory units (1-3) general support units (4-5) and option units (10-12) required to deliver a full NVQ programme. Key Skills activities are also provided at the relevant points through the book.Mechanical Engineering: NVQ2 is a new single-volume text for the new Performing Engineering Operations NVQs from EMTA and City & Guilds updated and expanded from David Salmon's popular NVQ titles:NVQ Engineering Manufacture: Mandatory UnitsNVQ Engineering: Mechanical Option Units Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138137509

Mechanical Estimating ManualSheet Metal Piping and Plumbing First published in 2006. Clear practical and comprehensive this mechanical estimating manual provides an indispensable resource for contractors estimators owners and anyone involved with estimating mechanical costs on construction projects including a wealth of labor and price data formulas charts and graphs. Covering timeproven methodologies and procedures it offers the user a full range of readytouse forms detailed estimating guidelines and numerous completed examples. You'll learn from leading experts how to produce complete and accurate sheet metal piping and plumbing estimates both quickly and easily. The manual will also be of value to supervisors mechanics builders general contractors engineers and architects for use in planning and scheduling work budget estimating cost control cost accounting checking change orders and various other aspects of mechanical estimating. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9788770223737

Mechanical Excavation in Mining and Civil Industries The secret to streamlined scheduling of mining and civil engineering projects is a solid understanding of the basic concepts of rock cutting mechanics. Comparing theoretical values with experimental and real-world results Mechanical Excavation in Mining and Civil Industries thoroughly explains various rock cutting theories developed for chisel conical disc and button cutters. The authors provide numerical examples on the effect of independent variables on dependent variables as well as numerical and solved examples from real-life mining and civil engineering projects using equipment such as: Hard- and soft-ground tunnel boring machines (TBMs) Roadheaders Shearers Ploughs Chain saws Raise borers Impact hammers Large-diameter drill rigs Microtunnel boring machines This book assists students and practicing engineers in selecting the most appropriate machinery for a specific job and predicting machine performance to ensure efficient extraction and offers background information on rock cutting mechanics and different mechanical miners. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466584747

Mechanical Fastening Joining and Assembly   Gain a Deeper Understanding of Mechanical Fastening: Assemble More Efficient and Competitive Products A good design quality parts and properly executed assembly procedures and processes result in well-fastened assemblies. Utilizing a combined knowledge of mechanical assembly engineering and fastening technology Mechanical Fastening Joining and Assembly Second Edition provides readers with a solid understanding of mechanical fastening joining and assembly information. Based on the author’s experience in the field this updated mechanical arts guide and reference chronicles the technical progress since the first edition was published more than a decade ago. Provides Case Studies Showing Real-World Applications for Commonly Used Assemblies The second edition addresses recent trends in the industry and looks at new fastening technologies used in aerospace automotive and other key areas. It explains the fastening function in depth and describes the types of fastening approaches that can be used effectively. The revised text expands on the presentation and review of fastened components detailing the assembly design manufacturing and installation of fastener products and procedures. It covers specific joining applications including vibration standard and special materials; details environmental factors; and provides useful reference charts for future use. What’s New in the Second Edition: Provides an up-to-date selection of technologies Contains practical approaches to modern fastener technology Reviews engineering fundamentals with a focus on their application in the fastener industry Includes a section on fastener statics Expands on fastener manufacturing processes most specifically cold heading and roll threading Adds fastener dynamics to draw attention to forces in motion (wind turbine hub turning in strong winds) and fastener strength of materials Extends review of the economics of fastening and provides some tools for engineering economics Examines the difference in static and dynamic strengths Considers fastener materials in this new century provides some observations about the fastener laboratory and discusses electrical theory Addresses sustainability application product management thermodynamics energy systems and new thought maps for application analysis Takes a look at a favorite application D&D 100 and more Mechanical Fastening Joining and Assembly Second Edition is accessible to novices and experienced technologists and engineers and covers the latest in fastener technology and assembly training. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138748408

Mechanical Logic in Three-Dimensional Space The book explores how build a mechanical inferences by making use of arithmetic operations on a string of numbers representing statements. In this way logic is reduced to a branch of the combinatory calculus. It covers the field of traditional logic by showing that any kind of inference can be mechanically reduced to three-variables and two-premise inferences. Meriological inferences can also be easily treated in this way. The book covers the following subjects: structural description of space; three-variable inferences through products sums subtractions and divisions; generalization to n variables; relations; and applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411509

Mechanical Properties of Ceramics and CompositesGrain And Particle Effects This book presents a comprehensive review evaluation and summary of the dependence of mechanical properties on grain and particle parameters of monolithic ceramics and ceramic composites. Emphasizing the critical link between fabrication and ceramic performance the book covers the grain dependence of monolithic properties and the dependence of ceramic composite properties on grain and particulate parameters. It includes theoretical and conceptual background pertinent models experimental results a data review discussion and a summary or recommendations. Illustrations feature microstructural details while graphs plot data on material hardness compressive strength and other pivotal variables. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447373

Mechanical Properties of Engineered Materials Featuring in-depth discussions on tensile and compressive properties shear properties strength hardness environmental effects and creep crack growth "Mechanical Properties of Engineered Materials" considers computation of principal stresses and strains mechanical testing plasticity in ceramics metals intermetallics and polymers materials selection for thermal shock resistance the analysis of failure mechanisms such as fatigue fracture and creep and fatigue life prediction. It is a top-shelf reference for professionals and students in materials chemical mechanical corrosion industrial civil and maintenance engineering; and surface chemistry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446932

Mechanical Properties of Nanocrystalline Materials This book concentrates on both understanding and development of nanocrystalline materials. The original relation which connects grain size and strength known as the Hall-Petch relation is studied in the nanometer grain size region. The breakdown of such a relation is a challenge. Why and how to overcome? Is the dislocation mechanism still operating when the grain size is very small approaching the amorphous limit? How do we go from the microstructure information to the continuum description of the mechanical properties. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814241977

Mechanical Properties of Polymers based on Nanostructure and Morphology The improvement of strength and durability in polymers has implications relevant to industrial medical and household applications. Enhanced by the improved knowledge of the interactions between complex hierarchical structures and functional requirements Mechanical Properties of Polymers Based on Nanostructure and Morphology focuses on new polymer materials that possess a combination of improved mechanical and other physical properties. This book specifies techniques used in structural and morphological characterization discusses crazing and molecular variables of fracture behavior and clarifies various modes of deformation mechanisms and orientation processes for semicrystalline polymers block copolymers and composites. The volume examines microindentation hardness studies and mechanisms of toughness enhancement for particle modified amorphous and semicrystalline polymers and blends using model analysis. Experts in the field present innovations that illustrate new aspects of manufacturing structure development and properties of practical relevance in nanoparticle-filled thermoplastic polymers and the applications of carbon nanotube and nanofiber reinforced polymer systems. Other topics discussed in the book include alternative methods of polymer modification based on micro- and nanolayered polymers and hot compaction of oriented fibers and tapes.This book reflects the continuing research of mechanisms contributing to the structure-function relationship of nanostructured polymers and nanocomposites. Mechanical Properties of Polymers Based on Nanostructure and Morphology presents effective ways to combine improved mechanical and physical properties in polymers and form new performance-enhanced composite materials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392727

Mechanical Reperfusion for STEMIFrom Randomized Trials to Clinical Practice As a leading cause of death in developed countries ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction and its various treatment options are of great concern to those in the cardiology field. This text presents evidence-based chapters that supply clinicians with real-life situations and strategies to treat STEMI patients more effectively and at a quicker pace. A highly illustrated and fully referenced source this comprehensive text provides both a scientific background and a practical overview of the invasive management of STEMI patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112490

Mechanical Shock The concepts in this book will provide a comprehensive overview of the current state for a broad range of nitride semiconductor devices as well as a detailed introduction to selected materials and processing issues of general relevance for these applications. This compilation is very timely given the level of interest and the current stage of research in nitride semiconductor materials and device applications. This volume consists of chapters written by a number of leading researchers in nitride materials and device technology addressing Ohmic and Schottky contacts AIGalnN multiple quantum well laser diodes nitride vertical cavity emitting lasers and ultraviolet photodetectors. This unique volume provides a comprehensive review and introduction to application and devices based on GaN and related compounds for newcomers to the field and stimulus to further advances for experienced researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810993

Mechanical Support for Cardiac and Respiratory Failure in Pediatric Patients Answering the demand for acomprehensive all-purpose volume focusing on the challenging needs of pediatric patients Mechanical Support for Cardiac and Respiratory Failure in Pediatric Patients summarizes a wealth of knowledge on the mechanical devices clinical management alternative applications and future directions in the specialized field of pediatric critical care. Condensed advice from experts on the shelf offers guidance in critical intensive care settings! Combining clinical aspects with the latest experimental results Mechanical Support for Cardiac and Respiratory Failure in Pediatric Patientsexamines current modalities and the best uses of mechanical support including step-by-step techniques for extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) ventricular assist devices (VAD) and intra-aortic balloon pumps highlights the use of mechanical support in nonsurgical diseases such as myocarditis and cardiomyopathy with implanted ventricular devices and in long-term follow-up care discusses the optimal management for perioperative support in cardiac and pulmonary transplantations in children reviews successful cases of mechanical support including resuscitation after cardiac arrest pediatric patients with myocarditis and circulatory support of patients without cardiac disease explores anticipated improvements and uses of the Berlin Heart the Nimbus Rotary Pump and applications of the Medos-HIA VAD in young patients and much more!Authored by nearly 40 internationally recognized experts and containing over 500 literature references drawings photographs and tables Mechanical Support for Cardiac and Respiratory Failure in Pediatric Patients is an invaluable reference for cardiologists and pediatric cardiologists intensivists cardiac surgeons pulmonologists anesthesiologists general pediatricians nursing personnel perfusionists and medical school students in Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397555

Mechanical Tests for Bituminous Mixes - Characterization Design and Quality ControlProceedings of the Fourth International RILEM Symposium This book forms the Proceedings of an International RILEM Symposium the fourth in the series on Testing of Bituminous Mixes in Budapest Hungary October 1990. The aim of the Symposium is to promote tests for the characterization design and quality control of bituminous mixes which combine the best features of traditional and modern approaches. Among the topics covered are specimen preparation tests with unique loading (Marshall test uniaxial tension and creep tests etc) which are used for mix design or control of mechanical properties and tests with repeated loading which give information on fatigue permanent deformation and moduli especially for mix design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367863463

Mechanical Tolerance Stackup and Analysis Use Tolerance Analysis Techniques to Avoid Design Quality and Manufacturing Problems Before They Happen Often overlooked and misunderstood tolerance analysis is a critical part of improving products and their design processes. Because all manufactured products are subject to variation it is crucial that designers predict and understand how these changes can affect form fit and function of parts and assemblies—and then communicate their findings effectively. Written by one of the developers of ASME Y14.5 and other geometric dimension and tolerancing (GD&T) standards Mechanical Tolerance Stackup and Analysis Second Edition offers an overview of techniques used to assess and convey the cumulative effects of variation on the geometric relationship between part and assembly features. The book focuses on some key components: it explains often misunderstood sources of variation and how they contribute to this deviation in assembled products as well as how to model that variation in a useful manner. New to the Second Edition: Explores ISO and ASME GD&T standards—including their similarities and differences Covers new concepts and content found in ASME Y14.5-2009 standard Introduces six-sigma quality and tolerance analysis concepts Revamps figures throughout The book includes step-by-step procedures for solving tolerance analysis problems on products defined with traditional plus/minus tolerancing and GD&T. This helps readers understand potential variations set up the problem achieve the desired solution and clearly communicate the results. With added application examples and features this comprehensive volume will help design engineers enhance product development and safety ensuring that parts and assemblies carry out their intended functions. It will also help manufacturing inspection assembly and service personnel troubleshoot designs verify that in-process steps meet objectives and find ways to improve performance and reduce costs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439815724

Mechanical TribologyMaterials Characterization and Applications Studying the morphology defects and wear behavior of a variety of material surfaces Mechanical Tribology examines popular and emerging surface characterization techniques for assessment of the physical mechanical and chemical properties of various modified surfaces thin films and coatings. Its chapters explore a wide range of tribological applications while promoting reduced component deterioration and improved efficiency and reliability of mechanical systems. The book includes extensive coverage of critical technologies that are usually absent in other references on the subject delving into procedures affecting metal cutting and forming physicochemical issues involved in the design of fiber finishes and recent progress in biotribological research. It provides strategies to characterize the friction and wear properties of tribological systems and procedures to assess the quality and lifetime of ceramic materials. It also outlines methods to avoid scuffing and seizure in machine operations and novel techniques to prevent oil from spreading and creeping in lubricating applications.Mechanical Tribology is a practical guide for mechanical industrial chemical process design and process engineers materials scientists and tribologists in the selection of materials surface treatments coatings and environments best suited for a particular industrial application. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394363

Mechanical Variables Measurement - Solid Fluid and Thermal Accuracy in the laboratory setting is key to maintaining the integrity of scientific research. Inaccurate measurements create false and non-reproducible results rendering an experiment or series of experiments invalid and wasting both time and money. This handy guide to solid fluid and thermal measurement helps minimize this pitfall through careful detailing of measurement techniques.Concise yet thorough Mechanical Variables Measurement-Solid Fluid and Thermal describes the use of instruments and methods for practical measurements required in engineering physics chemistry and the life sciences. Organized according to measurement problem the entries are easy to access. The articles provide equations to assist engineers and scientists who seek to discover applications and solve problems that arise in areas outside of their specialty. Sections include references to more specialized publications for advanced techniques as well. It offers instruction for a range of measuring techniques basic through advanced that apply to a broad base of disciplines.As an engineer scientist designer manager researcher or student you encounter the problem of measurement often and realize that doing it correctly is pivotal to the success of an experiment. This is the first place to turn when deciding on performing and troubleshooting the measurement process. Mechanical Variables Measurement-Solid Fluid and Thermal leads the reader step-by-step through the straits of experimentation to triumph. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399054

Mechanical Wear Fundamentals and Testing Revised and Expanded Written by a tribological expert with more than thirty years of experience in the field Mechanical Wear Fundamentals and Testing Second Edition compiles an extensive range of graphs tables micrographs and drawings to illustrate wear friction and lubrication behavior in modern engineering applications. The author promotes a clear understanding of wear testing methodologies for avoidance and resolution of deterioration and weakening in specific engineering designs.Comprehensively describes more than 20 different phenomenological wear tests and over 10 operational wear tests Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394370

Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Biomembranes This tutorial provides an introduction to the determination of mechanical properties of biological membranes and methods of analysis useful in their interpretation. These methods are based on fundamentals of continuum mechanics thermodynamics and mechanics of thin shells. This article is intended primarily for engineering and physical scientists who are interested in the physical behaviour and structure of biological membranes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895239

Mechanics of Cellular Bone RemodelingCoupled Thermal Electrical and Mechanical Field Effects Research on bone remodeling has resulted in much new information and has led to improvements in design and biomedical practices. Mechanics of Cellular Bone Remodeling: Coupled Thermal Electrical and Mechanical Field Effects presents a unified exploration of recent advances giving readers a sound understanding of bone remodeling and its mathematical representation. Beginning with a description of the basic concept of bone remodeling from a mathematical point of view the book details the development of each of the techniques and ideas. From there it progresses to the derivation and construction of multifield and cellular bone remodeling and shows how they arise naturally in response to external multifield loads. Topics include: Fundamental concepts and basic formulations for bone remodeling Applications of formulations to multifield internal bone remodeling of inhomogeneous long cylindrical bone Theory and solution of multifield surface bone remodeling A hypothetical regulation mechanism on growth factors for bone modeling and remodeling under multifield loading The RANK–RANKL–OPG pathway and formulation for analyzing the bone remodeling process A model of bone cell population dynamics for cortical bone remodeling under mechanical and pulsed electromagnetic stimulus Recent developments in experiments with bone materials Readers will benefit from the thorough coverage of general principles for each topic followed by detailed mathematical derivations and worked examples as well as tables and figures where appropriate. The book not only serves as a reliable reference but is also destined to attract interested readers and researchers to a field that offers fascinating and technologically important challenges. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138033719

Mechanics Of Composite Materials This book balances introduction to the basic concepts of the mechanical behavior of composite materials and laminated composite structures. It covers topics from micromechanics and macromechanics to lamination theory and plate bending buckling and vibration clarifying the physical significance of composite materials. In addition to the materials covered in the first edition this book includes more theory-experiment comparisons and updated information on the design of composite materials. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315272986

Mechanics Of Composite Structures This book compiles techniques used to analyze composite structural elements ranging from beams through plates to stiffened shells. The content is suitable for graduate-level students with a basic background in mechanics of composite materials. Moreover this book will be placed in an active spot on the bookshelves of composite structures designers as well as researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203747858

Mechanics of Elastic Waves and Ultrasonic Nondestructive Evaluation Summary:This book presents necessary background knowledge on mechanics to understand and analyze elastic wave propagation in solids and fluids.  This knowledge is necessary for elastic wave propagation modeling and for interpreting experimental data generated during ultrasonic nondestructive testing and evaluation (NDT&E).  The book covers both linear and nonlinear analyses of ultrasonic NDT&E techniques.  The materials presented here also include some exercise problems and solution manual.  Therefore this book can serve as a textbook or reference book for a graduate level course on elastic waves and/or ultrasonic nondestructive evaluation.  It will be also useful for instructors who are interested in designing short courses on elastic wave propagation in solids or NDT&E.  The materials covered in the first two chapters provide the fundamental knowledge on linear mechanics of deformable solids while Chapter 4 covers nonlinear mechanics.  Thus both linear and nonlinear ultrasonic techniques are covered here. Nonlinear ultrasonic techniques are becoming more popular in recent years for detecting very small defects and damages. However this topic is hardly covered in currently available textbooks.  Researchers mostly rely on published research papers and research monographs to learn about nonlinear ultrasonic techniques. Chapter 3 describes elastic wave propagation modeling techniques using DPSM.  Chapter 5 is dedicated to an important and very active research field – acoustic source localization – that is essential for structural health monitoring and for localizing crack and other type of damage initiation regions.   Features• Introduces Linear and Nonlinear ultrasonic techniques in a single book. • Commences with basic definitions of displacement displacement gradient traction and stress.• Provides step by step derivations of fundamental equations of mechanics as well as linear and nonlinear wave propagation analysis.• Discusses basic theory in addition to providing detailed NDE applications.• Provides extensive example and exercise problems along with an extensive solutions manual. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035942

Mechanics of Fatigue Mechanics of Fatigue addresses the range of topics concerning damage fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures. The core of this resource builds upon the synthesis of micro- and macro-mechanics of fracture. In micromechanics both the modeling of mechanical phenomena on the level of material structure and the continuous approach are based on the use of certain internal field parameters characterizing the dispersed micro-damage. This is referred to as continuum damage mechanics.The author develops his own theory for macromechanics called analytical fracture mechanics. This term means the system cracked body - loading or loading device - is considered as a mechanical system and the tools of analytical (rational) mechanics are applied thoroughly to describe crack propagation until the final failure.Chapter discuss:preliminary information on fatigue and engineering methods for design of machines and structures against failures caused by fatiguefatigue crack nucleation including microstructural and continuous modelstheory of fatigue crack propagationfatigue crack growth in linear elastic materials subject to dispersed damagefatigue cracks in elasto-plastic material including crack growth retardation due to overloading as well as quasistationary approximationfatigue and related phenomena in hereditary solidsapplication of the theory fatigue crack growth considering environmental factorsunidirectional fiber composites with ductile matrix and brittle initially continuous fiberslaminate compositesMechanics of Fatigue serves students dealing with mechanical aspects of fatigue conducting research in fracture mechanics structural safety mechanics of composites as well as modern branches of mechanics of solids and structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399634

Mechanics of Fiber and Textile Reinforced Cement Composites Among all building materials concrete is the most commonly used—and there is a staggering demand for it. However as we strive to build taller structures with improved seismic resistance or durable pavement with an indefinite service life we require materials with better performance than the conventional materials used today. Considering the enormous investment in public infrastructure and society’s need to sustain it the need for new and innovative materials for the repair and rehabilitation of civil infrastructure becomes more evident. These improved properties may be defined in terms of carbon footprint life-cycle cost durability corrosion resistance strength ductility and stiffness. Addressing recent trends and future directions Mechanics of Fiber and Textile Reinforced Cement Composites presents new opportunities for developing innovative and cost-effective materials and techniques in cement and concrete composites manufacturing testing and design. The book offers mathematical models experimental results and computational algorithms for efficient designs with fiber and textile reinforced composite systems. It explores alternative solutions using blended cements innovative reinforcing systems natural fibers experimental characterization of key parameters used for design and optimized designs. Each chapter begins with a detailed introduction supplies a thorough overview of the existing literature and sets forth the reasoning behind the experimentation and theory. Documenting the composite action of fibers and textiles the book develops and explains methods for manufacturing and testing cement composites. Methods to design and analyze structures for reduced weight increased durability and minimization of cement use are also examined. The book demonstrates that using a higher volume fraction of fiber systems can result in composites that are quasi-elastic plastic. Speaking to the need to Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382384

Mechanics of Finite Deformation and Fracture This important work covers the fundamentals of finite deformation in solids and constitutive relations for different types of stresses in large deformation of solids. In addition the book covers the fracture phenomena in brittle or quasi-brittle materials in which large deformation does not occur. The book provides a thorough understanding of fracture mechanics as well. Since mathematical proof with full derivation is demonstrated throughout the book readers will gain the skills to understand and drive the basic concepts on their own enabling them to put forward new ideas and solutions. Finite deformations in material can occur with change of geometry such that the deformed shape may not resemble the initial shape. Analyzing these types of deformations needs a particular mathematical tool that is always associated with tensor notations. In general the geometry may be non-orthogonal and the use of covariant and contra-variant tensor concepts to express the finite deformations and the associated mechanical strains are needed. In addition it is obvious that in large deformations there are several definitions for stress each depending on the frame of the stress definitions. The constitutive equations in material also depends on the type of stress that is introduced. In simulation of the material deformation components of the deformation tensor will be transformed from one frame to another either in orthogonal or in non-orthogonal coordinate of geometry. This informative book covers all this in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880985

Mechanics of Fluids As in previous editions this ninth edition of Massey’s Mechanics of Fluids introduces the basic principles of fluid mechanics in a detailed and clear manner. This bestselling textbook provides the sound physical understanding of fluid flow that is essential for an honours degree course in civil or mechanical engineering as well as courses in aeronautical and chemical engineering. Focusing on the engineering applications of fluid flow rather than mathematical techniques students are gradually introduced to the subject with the text moving from the simple to the complex and from the familiar to the unfamiliar. In an all-new chapter the ninth edition closely examines the modern context of fluid mechanics where climate change new forms of energy generation and fresh water conservation are pressing issues. SI units are used throughout and there are many worked examples. Though the book is essentially self-contained where appropriate references are given to more detailed or advanced accounts of particular topics providing a strong basis for further study. For lecturers an accompanying solutions manual is available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415602600

Mechanics of Granular Materials: An Introduction This textbook compiles reports written by about 35 internationally recognized authorities and covers a range of interests for geotechnical engineers. Topics include: fundamentals for mechanics of granular materials; continuum theory of granular materials; and discrete element approaches. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077817

Mechanics of Groundwater in Porous Media Provides a Balance between the Mathematical and Physical Aspects and the Engineering Applications Written for engineering and science students Mechanics of Groundwater in Porous Media explains groundwater from both a mathematical and qualitative standpoint. The book builds up the theory of groundwater flow starting from basic physics and geometric intuition and on to applied practice through real-world engineering problems. It includes graphical illustrations as well as solved illustrative problems throughout the text. Considers the Steady-State Motion of Groundwater The book starts off by introducing the overall picture of groundwater its relationship with the hydrological cycle and other terminology used in the mechanics of groundwater flow though porous means. It presents a synopsis of basic definitions concepts and the fundamental principles of fluid mechanics and soil mechanics which are necessary prerequisites for an adequate understanding of the book’s core material. The engineering applications are deducted from geometric and physical reasoning with a minimum use of mathematical abstraction. Mechanics of Groundwater in Porous Media is written primarily to serve as a textbook for senior undergraduate and upper-level graduate students in civil and environmental engineering environmental science hydrogeology and geology as well as a resource for practicing engineers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072220

Mechanics of Human JointsPhysiology: Pathophysiology and Treatment This reference work brings together the biology mechanics neurophysiology and pathophysiology of diseased joints illustrates available physiologically-based treatments for osteoarthrosis and explains how and when to use them.;Highlighting the most up-to-date biomechanical principles Mechanics of Human Joints: discusses the functional anatomy of joints; relates the neurophysiology of joints to ligamentous reconstruction; elucidates the pathophysiology of osteoarthrosis; summarizes the latest information on muscle physiology and electromyography; examines the effect of vibration and impulsive loading on joint pathology; and explicates the principles of prosthetic joint replacement. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066996

Mechanics of Jointed and Faulted Rock This book focuses on the implementation and application of new concepts and methods to modelling analysis building performance control and repair of structures of and in jointed rock and rock masses. It provides a forum for presentation of new research results and discussion for researchers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078975

Mechanics of Jointed and Faulted Rock Topics covered in this text include: geology and structural geology; mechanics; dynamics of jointed and faulted rock; physical modelling and testing; constitutive modelling; seismicity and tectonics; instrumentation; hydraulics; and applications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747810

Mechanics of Liquid Nano- and Microdispersed Magnetic Media This book offers unique coverage of the mechanical properties of nano- and micro-dispersed magnetic fluids. Magnetic fluids are artificially created materials that do not exist in the nature. Researchers developing materials and devices are keenly interested in their "mutually exclusive" properties including fluidity compressibility and the ability to magnetize up to saturation in relatively small magnetic fields. Applications of micro- and nanodispersed magnetic fluids include magnetic-seals magnetically operated grease in friction units and supports separators of non-magnetic materials oil skimmers and separators sensors of acceleration and angle and gap fillers in loudspeakers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573218

Mechanics of Machinery Mechanics of Machinery describes the analysis of machines covering both the graphical and analytical methods for examining the kinematics and dynamics of mechanisms with low and high pairs. This text developed and updated from a version published in 1973 includes analytical analysis for all topics discussed allowing for the use of math software for fast precise analysis. The chapters include the following: • Introduction of various mechanisms—such as four-revolute-pairs chain double-slider and compound mechanisms—and their motions and functions with analytical analysis of each one• Velocities and accelerations in mechanisms using graphical and analytical analysis• Analysis of sliding links using a theory developed by the author which replaces the Coriolis component and is generally easier to apply• Discussion of cams with an emphasis on factors affecting cam design such as the pressure angle and the radius of curvature• The geometry and kinematics of a wide range of gears• Force analysis in mechanisms—namely static force friction force and dynamic force analysis• Balancing machines specifically rotating parts and reciprocating parts as well as in-place balancing using vibration measurements A reference for both students and professionals in mechanical engineering this informative text offers a deeper understanding of kinematics and related applications. It also supplies the fundamentals to enable readers to apply procedures to problems they may encounter in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072237

Mechanics of Materials A systematic presentation of theory procedures illustrative examples and applications Mechanics of Materials provides the basis for understanding structural mechanics in engineering systems such as buildings bridges vehicles and machines. The book incorporates the fundamentals of the subject into analytical methods modeling approaches numerical methods experimental procedures numerical evaluation procedures and design techniques. It introduces the fundamentals and then moves on to more advanced concepts and applications. It discusses analytical methods using simple mathematics examples and experimental techniques and it includes a large number of worked examples and case studies that illustrate practical and real-world usage. In the beginning of each chapter states and summarizes the objectives and approaches and lists the main topics covered in the chapter Presents the key issues and formulas in a "Summary Sheet" at the end of each chapter Provides as appendices at the end of the book useful reference data and advanced material that cannot be conveniently integrated into the main chapters Mechanics of Materials is a result of the author's experience in teaching an undergraduate course in mechanics of materials consisting of mechanical manufacturing materials mining and mineral engineering students and in teaching other courses in statics dynamics modeling vibration instrumentation testing design and control. This book is suitable for anyone with a basic engineering background. The practical considerations design issues and engineering techniques and the snapshot-style presentation of advanced theory and concepts makes this a useful reference for practicing professionals as well. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439877364

Mechanics of Materials Labs with SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2015 This book is designed as a software-based lab book to complement a standard textbook in a mechanics of material course which is usually taught at the undergraduate level. This book can also be used as an auxiliary workbook in a CAE or Finite Element Analysis course for undergraduate students. Each book comes with a disc containing video demonstrations a quick introduction to SOLIDWORKS and all the part files used in the book. This textbook has been carefully developed with the understanding that CAE software has developed to a point that it can be used as a tool to aid students in learning engineering ideas concepts and even formulas. These concepts are demonstrated in each section of this book. Using the graphics-based tools of SOLIDWORKS Simulation can help reduce the dependency on mathematics to teach these concepts substantially. The contents of this book have been written to match the contents of most mechanics of materials textbooks. There are 14 chapters in this book. Each chapter is designed as one weekâ„¢s workload consisting of 2 to 3 sections. Each section is designed for a student to follow the exact steps in that section and learn a concept or topic of mechanics of materials. Typically each section takes 15-40 minutes to complete the exercises. Each copy of this book comes with a disc containing videos that demonstrate the steps used in each section of the book a 123 page introduction to Part and Assembly Modeling with SOLIDWORKS in PDF format and all the files readers may need if they have any trouble. The concise introduction to SOLIDWORKS PDF is designed for those students who have no experience with SOLIDWORKS and want to feel more comfortable working on the exercises in this book. All of the same content is available for download on the bookâ„¢s companion website. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039371

Mechanics of MaterialsWith Applications in Excel Mechanics of Materials: With Applications in Excel® covers the fundamentals of the mechanics of materials—or strength of materials—in a clear and easily understandable way. Each chapter explains the theory of the underlying principles and the applicable mathematical relations offering examples that illustrate the application of the mathematical relations to physical situations. Then homework problems—arranged from the simplest to the most demanding—are presented along with a number of challenging review problems to ensure comprehension of key concepts. What makes this book unique is that it also instills practical skills for developing Microsoft Excel applications to solve mechanics of materials problems using numerical techniques. Mechanics of Materials: With Applications in Excel® provides editable Excel spreadsheets representing all the examples featured in the text PowerPoint lecture slides multimedia simulations graphics files and a solutions manual with qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466570719

Mechanics of Mechanisms and Machines Mechanics of Mechanisms and Machines provides a practical approach to machine statics kinematics and dynamics for undergraduate and graduate students and mechanical engineers. The text uses a novel method for computation of mechanism and robot joint positions velocities accelerations; and dynamics and statics using matrices graphs and generation of independent equations from a matroid form. The computational methods presented can be used for industrial and commercial robotics applications where accurate and quick mechanism/robot control is key. The book includes many examples of linkages cams and geared mechanisms both planar and spatial types having open or multiple cycles. Features • Presents real-world examples to help in the design process of planar and spatial mechanisms • Serves as a practical guide for the design of new products using mechanical motion analysis • Analyzes many applications for gear trains and auto transmissions robotics and manipulation and the emerging field of biomechanics • Presents novel matrix computational methods ideal for the development of efficient computer implementations of algorithms for control or simulation of mechanical linkages cams and geared mechanisms • Includes mechanism animations and result data tables as well as comparisons between matrix-based equation results implemented using Engineering Equation Solver (EES) and results for the same mechanisms simulated using SolidWorks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498735476

Mechanics of NanocompositesHomogenization and Analysis Emphasizing the static and dynamic behaviors of nanocomposite single- or multilayered structures in the framework of continuum mechanics-based approaches Mechanics of Nanocomposites: Homogenization and Analysis investigates mechanical behaviors of polymeric matrices strengthened via various nanofillers and nanoparticles such as carbon nanotubes (CNTs) graphene platelets (GPLs) and graphene oxides (GOs). It covers equivalent properties of nanocomposites that are obtained via homogenization techniques based on micromechanics approaches. In addition this comprehensive book: Discusses the effects of various nanofillers and identifies the amount of the improvement that can be induced in the stiffness of the polymeric nanocomposites by adding a finite content of the aforementioned nanosize reinforcements Magnifies the effect of the number of the stacking plies of the multi-layered nanocomposite structures on both static and dynamic responses of the continuous systems manufactured from such sandwich structures Presents a wide range of analytical and numerical solution procedures Investigates the effects of porosity along with mechanical characteristics of nanocomposites Considers the time-dependency of the material properties of the viscoelastic polymeric nanocomposite structures Performs analyses using an energy-based approach incorporated with the strain-displacement relations of both classical and higher-order shear deformable beam plate or shell theorems Aimed at researchers academics and professionals working across mechanical materials and other areas of engineering this work ensures that readers are equipped to fully understand the mechanical characteristics of nanocomposite structures so that they can design develop and apply these materials effectively. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254339

Mechanics of Project ManagementNuts and Bolts of Project Execution Every organizational endeavor is based on project management. Projects range from simple to complex with a definite beginning and a definite end. In manufacturing as an example the production of each unit of a product is defined as a project. The lifecycle goes from raw material to the product delivery stage with steps in between managed as a rigorous project. This book covers the mechanics of project management and offers the requirements for executing a project using a systems-engineering framework and the project management body of knowledge as advocated by the Project Management Institute. It includes the nuts and bolts for untangling the knots that often exist in project execution. Features Offers a unique guide to management projects both big and small in all spheres of human endeavor Presents the nuts and bolts of untangling the typical knots in project execution in a step-by-step format Applies to all types of projects including technical manufacturing financial science engineering and personal projects Provides a structured guide to the application of project management techniques Uses the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) framework from the Project Management Institute (PMI) as the platform for the topics covered coupled with a systems view Addresses technical and managerial aspects of projects in every industry Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138348820

Mechanics of Residual Soils Residual soils are found in many parts of the world and are used extensively as construction materials for roads embankments and dams and to support the foundations of buildings bridges and load-bearing pavements. The characteristics and engineering properties of residual soils can differ significantly from those of the more familiar transported soils. The fact that residual soils occur often in areas with tropical and sub-tropical climates and (extensively) in semi-arid climates adds another dimension to their engineering performance that of unsaturation. Although there are many books that deal with the mechanics of soils these are based mainly on the characteristics and behaviour of saturated transported soils. The first edition of this book was the first book to be written specifically about the mechanics of residual soils. The book was prepared by a panel of authors drawn from the Technical Committee on Tropical and Residual Soils of the International Society for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. It was written as a practical professional guide for geotechnical engineers working with residual soils. The second edition has retained the valuable information contained in the first edition. The present editors and authors have extensively revised and augmented the content to bring it completely up to date adding significantly to the sections on unsaturated soil mechanics and expanding the range and number of instructive case histories. Furthermore sections on pedocretes dispersive soils and karst have been added. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072244

Mechanics of Rotor Spinning Machines This book explores the mechanics of rotor spinning machines.It discusses the open-end spinning machine rotor’s vibrations and bearings as well as the kinematics of the rotor's drive as individual drive or central drive both as a reducing drive and multiplying drive. It examines explanations for the rotor's power requirements through different techniques such as Shirley institute (UK) and Zurich Federal Institute. It also covers power distribution inside the machine different mechanisms of the machine and air flow inside the spinning machine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572341

Mechanics of Sediment Transport This book presents the studies on sediment transport in suspension and sediment transport in steep channels. It discusses the degradation and particle sorting processes. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079019

Mechanics of Solids An introduction to the fundamental concepts of solid materials and their properties The primary recommended text of the Council of Engineering Institutions for university undergraduates studying the mechanics of solids New chapters covering revisionary mathematics geometrical properties of symmetrical sections bending stresses in beams composites and the finite element method Free electronic resources and web downloads support the material contained within this book Mechanics of Solids provides an introduction to the behaviour of solid materials and their properties focusing upon the fundamental concepts and principles of statics and stress analysis. Essential reading for first year undergraduates the mathematics in this book has been kept as straightforward as possible and worked examples are used to reinforce key concepts. Practical stress and strain scenarios are also covered including stress and torsion elastic failure buckling bending as well as examples of solids such as thin-walled structures beams struts and composites. This new edition includes new chapters on revisionary mathematics geometrical properties of symmetrical sections bending stresses in beams composites the finite element method and Ross’s computer programs for smartphones tablets and computers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904675

Mechanics of Solids and ShellsTheories and Approximations As the theories and methods have evolved over the years the mechanics of solid bodies has become unduly fragmented. Most books focus on specific aspects such as the theories of elasticity or plasticity the theories of shells or the mechanics of materials. While a narrow focus serves immediate purposes much is achieved by establishing the common foundations and providing a unified perspective of the discipline as a whole.Mechanics of Solids and Shells accomplishes these objectives. By emphasizing the underlying assumptions and the approximations that lead to the mathematical formulations it offers a practical unified presentation of the foundations of the mechanics of solids the behavior of deformable bodies and thin shells and the properties of finite elements. The initial chapters present the fundamental kinematics dynamics energetics and behavior of materials that build the foundation for all of the subsequent developments. These are presented in full generality without the usual restrictions on the deformation. The general principles of work and energy form the basis for the consistent theories of shells and the approximations by finite elements. The final chapter views the latter as a means of approximation and builds a bridge between the mechanics of the continuum and the discrete assembly.Expressly written for engineers Mechanics of Solids and Shells forms a reliable source for the tools of analysis and approximation. Its constructive presentation clearly reveals the origins assumptions and limitations of the methods described and provides a firm practical basis for the use of those methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395698

Mechanics of Solids and Structures A popular text in its first edition Mechanics of Solids and Structures serves as a course text for the senior/graduate (fourth or fifth year) courses/modules in the mechanics of solid/advanced strength of materials offered in aerospace civil engineering science and mechanical engineering departments. Now Mechanics of Solid and Structure Second Edition presents the latest developments in computational methods that have revolutionized the field while retaining all of the basic principles and foundational information needed for mastering advanced engineering mechanics. Key changes to the second edition include full-color illustrations throughout web-based computational material and the addition of a new chapter on the energy methods of structural mechanics. Using authoritative yet accessible language the authors explain the construction of expressions for both total potential energy and complementary potential energy associated with structures. They explore how the principles of minimal total potential energy and complementary energy provide the means to obtain governing equations of the structure as well as a means to determine point forces and displacements with ease using Castigliano’s Theorems I and II. The material presented in this chapter also provides a deeper understanding of the finite element method the most popular method for solving structural mechanics problems. Integrating computer techniques and programs into the body of the text all chapters offer exercise problems for further understanding. Several appendices provide examples answers to select problems and opportunities for investigation into complementary topics. Listings of computer programs discussed are available on the CRC Press website. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439858141

Mechanics of Structures and Materials XXIVProceedings of the 24th Australian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials (ACMSM2 Mechanics of Structures and Materials: Advancements and Challenges is a collection of peer-reviewed papers presented at the 24th Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials (ACMSM24 Curtin University Perth Western Australia 6-9 December 2016). The contributions from academics researchers and practising engineers from Australasian Asia-pacific region and around the world cover a wide range of topics including: • Structural mechanics• Computational mechanics• Reinforced and prestressed concrete structures• Steel structures• Composite structures• Civil engineering materials• Fire engineering• Coastal and offshore structures• Dynamic analysis of structures• Structural health monitoring and damage identification• Structural reliability analysis and design• Structural optimization• Fracture and damage mechanics• Soil mechanics and foundation engineering• Pavement materials and technology• Shock and impact loading• Earthquake loading• Traffic and other man-made loadings• Wave and wind loading• Thermal effects• Design codes Mechanics of Structures and Materials: Advancements and Challenges will be of interest to academics and professionals involved in Structural Engineering and Materials Science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029934

Mechanics of StructuresVariational and Computational Methods Resoundingly popular in its first edition the second edition of Mechanics of Structures: Variational and Computational Methods promises to be even more so with broader coverage expanded discussions and a streamlined presentation.The authors begin by describing the behavior of deformable solids through the differential equations for the strength of materials and the theory of elasticity. They next introduce variational principles including mixed or generalized principles and derive integral forms of the governing equations. Discussions then move to computational methods including the finite element method and these are developed to solve the differential and integral equations.New in the second edition:A one-dimensional introduction to the finite element method complete with illustrations of numerical mesh refinementExpansion of the use of Galerkin's method. Discussion of recent developments in the theory of bending and torsion of thin-walled beams.An appendix summarizing the fundamental equations in differential and variational formCompletely new treatment of stability including detailed examplesDiscussion of the principal values of geometric properties and stressesAdditional exercisesAs a textbook or as a reference Mechanics of Structures builds a unified variational foundation for structure mechanics which in turn forms the basis for the computational solid mechanics so essential to modern engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454609

Mechanism AnalysisSimplified and Graphical Techniques Second Edition This updated and enlarged Second Edition provides in-depth progressive studies of kinematic mechanisms and offers novel simplified methods of solving typical problems that arise in mechanisms synthesis and analysis - concentrating on the use of algebra and trigonometry and minimizing the need for calculus.;It continues to furnish complete coverag Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429102493

Mechanism Design and Analysis Using Creo Mechanism 3.0 Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 3.0 is designed to help you become familiar with Mechanism a module of the PTC Creo Parametric software family which supports modeling and analysis (or simulation) of mechanisms in a virtual (computer) environment. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Using Mechanism early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase; therefore contributing to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product development process. The book is written following a project-based learning approach and covers the major concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to an intermediate level. Basic concepts discussed include: model creation such as body and joint definitions; analysis type selection such as static (assembly) analysis kinematics and dynamics; and results visualization. The concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Verifying the results obtained from computer simulation is extremely important. One of the unique features of this textbook is the incorporation of theoretical discussions for kinematic and dynamic analyses in conjunction with simulation results obtained using Mechanism. The theoretical discussions simply support the verification of simulation results rather than providing an in-depth discussion on the subjects of kinematics and dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781585039463

Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 4.0 Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 4.0 is designed to help you become familiar with Mechanism a module of the PTC Creo Parametric software family which supports modeling and analysis (or simulation) of mechanisms in a virtual (computer) environment. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Using Mechanism early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase; therefore contributing to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product development process. The book is written following a project-based learning approach and covers the major concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to an intermediate level. Basic concepts discussed include: model creation such as body and joint definitions; analysis type selection such as static (assembly) analysis kinematics and dynamics; and results visualization. The concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Verifying the results obtained from computer simulation is extremely important. One of the unique features of this textbook is the incorporation of theoretical discussions for kinematic and dynamic analyses in conjunction with simulation results obtained using Mechanism. The theoretical discussions simply support the verification of simulation results rather than providing an in-depth discussion on the subjects of kinematics and dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571146

Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 5.0 Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 5.0 is designed to help you become familiar with Mechanism a module of the PTC Creo Parametric software family which supports modeling and analysis (or simulation) of mechanisms in a virtual (computer) environment. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Using Mechanism early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase; therefore it contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product development process. The book is written following a project-based learning approach and covers the major concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to an intermediate level. Basic concepts discussed include model creation such as body and joint definitions; analysis type selection such as static (assembly) analysis kinematics and dynamics; and results visualization. The concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572150

Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 6.0 Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 6.0 is designed to help you become familiar with Mechanism a module of the PTC Creo Parametric software family which supports modeling and analysis (or simulation) of mechanisms in a virtual (computer) environment. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Using Mechanism early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase; therefore it contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product development process. The book is written following a project-based learning approach and covers the major concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to an intermediate level. Basic concepts discussed include model creation such as body and joint definitions; analysis type selection such as static (assembly) analysis kinematics and dynamics; and results visualization. The concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630572983

Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 7.0 Mechanism Design and Analysis Using PTC Creo Mechanism 7.0 is designed to help you become familiar with Mechanism a module of the PTC Creo Parametric software family which supports modeling and analysis (or simulation) of mechanisms in a virtual (computer) environment. Capabilities in Mechanism allow users to simulate and visualize mechanism performance. Using Mechanism early in the product development stage could prevent costly redesign due to design defects found in the physical testing phase; therefore it contributes to a more cost effective reliable and efficient product development process. The book is written following a project-based learning approach and covers the major concepts and frequently used commands required to advance readers from a novice to an intermediate level. Basic concepts discussed include model creation such as body and joint definitions; analysis type selection such as static (assembly) analysis kinematics and dynamics; and results visualization. The concepts are introduced using simple yet realistic examples. Verifying the results obtained from computer simulation is extremely important. One of the unique features of this textbook is the incorporation of theoretical discussions for kinematic and dynamic analyses in conjunction with simulation results obtained using Mechanism. The theoretical discussions simply support the verification of simulation results rather than providing an in-depth discussion on the subjects of kinematics and dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630573744

Mechanism Design and International Risk Regulation InstitutionsTheories and Models for Financial Markets Financial crises including those related to sub-prime loans/mortgages have exposed weaknesses in financial markets and risk management institutions worldwide. In 'Mechanism Design and International Risk Regulation Institutions' Mike Nwogugu explains that ’Risk Management Institutions’ in this context refers not just to organizations but also to methods assets/liabilities mathematical computations government interventions and regulations that pertain to global risk management. The author suggests that in order to foster economic growth international risk regulation should transcend the current emphasis on organizations and assets/liabilities because despite international coordination and new laws enacted in various countries during 2007-2012 risk regulation remains highly ineffective in many countries. The author also critiques mechanism design theory (a branch of mathematics) and explains how implementation and divisibility are major elements of and limitations to mechanisms. The author introduces new mechanisms that pertain to banking external auditing (auditor selection) securitization franchising the corporate entity and credit ratings (all of which in their current form are distinct failed mechanisms). In this book the author introduces new risk management models; and new methods for the risk-based interpretation of national Constitutions; and explains the symbolic and functional importance of Constitutional Political Economy in legislation and risk management. The Author illustrates the effects of risk regulation on economic growth. The book elucidates mechanism design theories as they relate to risk and analyses antitrust prediction and franchising models within the context of systemic risk. The Author develops new theories of the firm and mathematical models pertaining to bankruptcy strategic alliances and M&A transactions. This book will serve the needs of Investment and corporate governance professionals; banking/securitie Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409456988

Mechanism Design Essentials in 3DEXPERIENCE 2016x Using CATIA Applications Mechanisms are an integral part of our daily life and have been around since the dawn of human civilization. A critical aspect of designing mechanism is the proper use and design of joints. There are many types of joints that are used in the design of mechanisms each with its own strengths weakness and uses. If you are involved in the design of mechanisms you’ll want to be aware of all of the major joint types how to include them in your own designs and how to run simulations to ensure they behave the way you intend. This book is intended as a training guide for anyone who has a basic familiarity with CAD Modeling using the CATIA application in the 3DEXPERIENCE platform and wishing to create and simulate the motion of mechanisms using the SIMULIA/CATIA applications. Throughout the course of this book all the most common joint types are covered. Each chapter of this book is designed to be reasonably independent of each other allowing you to pick specific topics of interest without the need to go through the previous chapters. Of course this has resulted in some duplication but it allows you the freedom to work through the book in the way that best fits your needs. Students majoring in engineering/technology designers in industry and practicing engineers who are using 3DEXPERIENCE will easily be able to follow the steps in this book and develop a sound yet practical understanding of simulating mechanisms in this powerful software. Media > Books > Print Books SDC Publications 9781630571047

Mechanism DesignVisual and Programmable Approaches In the field of mechanism design kinematic synthesis is a creative means to produce mechanism solutions. Combined with the emergence of powerful personal computers mathematical analysis software and the development of quantitative methods for kinematic synthesis there is an endless variety of possible mechanism solutions that users are free to explore realize and evaluate for any given problem in an efficient and practical manner. Mechanism Design: Visual and Programmable Approaches provides a broad introduction to kinematic synthesis presenting and applying motion path and function generation methodologies for some of the most basic planar and spatial single and multi-loop linkage systems. This work provides numerous in-chapter synthesis examples and end-of-chapter synthesis problems. Users can also invent their own specialized synthesis problems according to their particular interests. The commercial mathematical software package MATLAB® and its mechanical system modeling and simulation module SimMechanics® are thoroughly integrated in this textbook for mechanism synthesis and analysis. The reader is therefore enabled to readily apply the design approaches presented in this textbook to synthesize mechanism systems and visualize their results. With this knowledge of both kinematic synthesis theory and computer-based application readers will be well-equipped to invent novel mechanical system designs for a wide range of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466570177

Mechanisms in the Chain of SafetyResearch and Operational Experiences in Aviation Psychology How should we organize our selection or training procedures? In what way can a flight crew mediate problems? How are we to understand reported errors? Mechanisms in the Chain of Safety presents recent findings in aviation psychology bringing fresh insights to such questions. Aviation psychologists study personnel selection and training; they evaluate the management of flight operations and ultimately they analyse the things that went wrong. The strong interrelation between these components allows us to talk about a chain of safety. This volume appraises this chain of safety by considering the mechanisms that determine its effectiveness - input mechanisms coping mechanisms and control mechanisms. Each contribution discusses a component of the chain while the book as a whole emphasizes and illustrates that understanding the connections between these parts is essential for the future. By addressing these issues the book leads to further considerations such as how mistakes are linked to training and how coping mechanisms should help us to understand errors and accidents. Mechanisms in the Chain of Safety will appeal to aviation professionals (human factors experts safety managers pilots ATCOs air navigation service providers etc.) and academics researchers graduates and postgraduates in human factors and psychology. Although primarily written for the aviation industry this book will also be of interest to other high-risk dynamic activities that face similar challenges: the need to present effective and safe outcomes to the public in general and the stakeholders in particular. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072251

Mechanisms Linking Aging Diseases and Biological Age Estimation This book focuses on four of the hallmarks of aging: aspartic acid racemization advanced glycation end products telomere shortening and mitochondrial mutations; describing their role in aging and diseases; and their application to age-at-death estimation in forensic sciences in greater depth displaying the interconnecting pathways among these processes. An additional chapter related to Epigenetics and its role in aging diseases and forensic age estimation is also included. This book is aimed at a broad audience: from students being introduced to aging diseases and forensic science research to scientists in biomedicine and forensics complementing their knowledge in their respective fields while also increasing their knowledge in other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498709699

Mechanisms of Age-cognition Relations in Adulthood This monograph is the written version of a series of talks delivered as recent MacEachran Lectures at the University of Alberta. The informal style of the lectures and the inclusion of a relatively large number of figures has been preserved in order to keep the monograph faithful to the concept of an individual attempting to integrate his own research into a reasonably coherent framework. Although the volume is very much a personal account of one individual's perspective the studies reported are naturally a product of many collaborations as well as inspirations from colleagues. The fundamental issue addressed is how adult age differences in fluid or process aspects of cognitive functioning are to be explained. Several potential mediators are considered with most of the emphasis devoted to the investigation of working memory and processing speed as variables mediating relations between age and cognition. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203772850

Mechanisms of Chemical Degradation of Cement-based Systems Deterioration of cement-based materials is a continuing problem as it results in the substantial shortening of the lives of conventional concrete structures. The main costs result from poor performance and the need for early repair. With more advanced applications where very long service lives are essential such as the storage of nuclear waste an understanding of the degradation processes in order to predict long term performance is very important. this book forms the proceedings of the latest Symposia at the Materials Research Society Autumn meeting in Boston. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864712

Mechanisms of Diffusional Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys Developed by the late metallurgy professor and master experimentalist Hubert I. Aaronson this collection of lecture notes details the fundamental principles of phase transformations in metals and alloys upon which steel and other metals industries are based. Mechanisms of Diffusional Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys is devoted to solid-s Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429111327

Mechanisms of Everyday Cognition Based on the proceedings of the twelfth biennial conference on life-span developmental psychology most of the contributions in this volume deal with the mechanisms of everyday cognition. However a broad spectrum of additional concerns is addressed within the domain of everyday cognition: its metatheoretical underpinnings theory and theoretical issues methods of investigation empirical considerations and social issues and applications. Addressing everyday cognition in infancy childhood adolescence young and middle adulthood and old age this book is consistent with the chronological life-span theme of this series. The contributors collectively discuss some of the traditional concerns of life-span psychology: the dialectical nature of everyday cognition individual differences and contextual influences. Leading and concluding chapters provide overview integration and summary. In bringing together a wide array of age periods and points of view within the domain of everyday cognition the editors hope that students and researchers in developmental psychology and cognitive science will find a useful cross-fertilization of ideas. A huge variety of theoretical perspectives is presented ranging from the position that everyday cognition and academic (laboratory) cognition are different manifestations of the same underlying processes to the position that the underlying processes are completely separate. Also of importance a large assortment of research methods is illustrated including interviews laboratory simulations real-life observations and psychometric methods. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876224

Mechanisms of Immigration ControlA Comparative Analysis of European Regulation Policies Perhaps the most vexing question facing Europe today is what to do about asylum seekers and people in search of work who arrive daily some escaping nations where poverty and persecution are for them facts of life. Given its costs - both human and economic - immigration policy has understandably become a highly politicized issue. With the abolition of internal borders within the EU new controls are needed to stop immigration and to prevent non-citizens from working illegally. New external policies are being used such as early warning systems and visa controls with the long-term aim of reducing emigration from poor and war-ridden nations. Europe has also intensified its control of internal aliens. But there are limits to how tight a control can be made without violating the norms and values of the democratic state where human rights should be valid for citizens and non-citizens alike. However free immigration is not in the interests of the European states. It might undermine labour and housing markets make planning impossible and alter the preconditions for welfare states. This timely book addresses the politics and mechanisms of immigration control in Europe in an effort to unravel its complexities and propose sensible solutions. It covers recent events including racist and populist party politics as well as changes in the international setting such as the development within the European Union and Schengen and the recent refugee crisis in the former Yugoslavia. It will be essential reading for anyone interested in immigration studies European politics international relations anthropology and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086062

Mechanisms of Injury in Renal Disease and Toxicity Dr. Goldstein has authored more than 50 publications and co-edited two books. Her latest contribution to the field of nephrology Mechanisms of Injury in Renal Disease and Toxicity promotes an understanding of the pathophysiologic mechanisms mediating renal dysfunction in disease. It provides an important perspective in understanding mechanisms of chemically induced renal injury. Over the past decade understanding of the pathophysiologic and molecular basis of renal disease has grown tremendously. New and evolving concepts on the pathophysiology of glomerulonephritis chronic glomerular injury diabetic nephropathy and acute renal failure are changing the clinical management of these disease states. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069164

Mechanisms of Language AcquisitionThe 20th Annual Carnegie Mellon Symposium on Cognition First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138180345

Mechanisms of Learning and MotivationA Memorial Volume To Jerzy Konorski First published in 1979. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315802435

Mechanisms Of Pesticide Movement Into Ground Water This book is devoted to exploring the mechanism of pesticide movement into groundwater. It describes how pesticides enter ground water/drinking water systems and how regulatory decisions based on these mechanisms will affect the use of pesticides. Experimental results models and industry and regulatory perspectives are covered. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895246

Mechanisms of Taste Transduction Mechanisms of Taste Transduction introduces a number of topics essential to a complete understanding of taste. These topics range from the control of food intake to the biophysical mechanisms of transduction and the design of food flavors in the food industry. The responses and organization of special sensory pathways are described in regard to their development morphology composition electrophysiological and biochemical responses. Details are presented at several levels to appeal to researchers in molecular biology membrane biophysics human psychophysics neuroanatomy and chemistry. Current research is described in the context of what preceding studies have revealed and the chapter authors are among today's most active and highly respected researchers in the field of chemical senses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367449827

Mechanisms Of Viral Toxicity In Animal Cells The present book is intended to give an account of the state of the art on how animal viruses induce cytotoxic effects in cells. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315895253

Mechanisms Of Visual Attention: A Cognitive Neuroscience PerspectiveA Special Issue of Visual Cognition In order to produce coherent behaviour in a complex world forms of visual attention are necessary in order for us to select appropriate objects for action. Over the past ten years there have been considerable advances in research into visual attention with many of these advances linked to interdisciplinary research in experimental psychology neuropsychology neurophysiology and functional imaging. This work has begun to allow us to understand not only the functional properties of visual attention but also how attentional processes are localized in the brain: the cognitive neuroscience of visual attention. This special issue draws together research from leading figures in this field to highlight recent progress in understanding how selective processes operate in perception and action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138877344

Mechanistic Criminology The science of criminology is at a crossroads. Despite accumulating a dizzying array of facts about crime the field has yet to identify a body of theories that allows for the adequate prediction explanation and control of phenomena of central interest to criminologists. Mechanistic Criminology locates this problem within the field’s failure to conform to the expectations of scientific fields and reliance on antiquated methods of theory construction. The authors contend that this failure has resulted in an inability of criminologists to engage in theory falsification and competition—two central activities of science—that produce the forms of reliable knowledge that are unique to scientific fields. Mechanistic Criminology advocates for the adoption of a mechanistic mode of theorizing to allow criminologists to engage in theory falsification and competition and ignite rapid scientific discovery in the field. The proposed method is the same one employed within the biological sciences which is responsible for their rapid scientific progress in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Should criminologists adopt this mechanistic approach criminology could experience the same scientific revolution that is occurring in the biological sciences and criminologists would generate the knowledge necessary for the prediction explanation and control of crime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342569

Mechanistic Realism and US Foreign PolicyA New Framework for Analysis This book aims to reinvigorate realist international relations theory by developing a catalogue of micro-mechanisms able to explain security policy decision-making. Typically realism discounts the role of individuals and uses states as the unit of analysis. By examining instead the mental operations of those who act on behalf of the state a better understanding of security policy formation is attainable. The book demonstrates how realism can be translated from a systemic "grand theory" into a catalogue of psychologically plausible mechanisms applicable to individual decision-makers. This catalogue here called "Mechanistic Realism" may be employed to investigate the cognitive precursors to security policy. The explanatory power of Mechanistic Realism is demonstrated through a meticulous analysis of what transpired inside the George W. Bush administration as its members forged a response to the 2001 terrorist attacks. Through the exploration of individual-level data Mechanistic Realism provides a more comprehensive analysis of the US response. The book concludes that international relations (IR) scholars would benefit analytically by assembling the most pertinent mechanisms into an explanatory toolbox rather than developing and applying grand theories. Mechanistic Realism is a first step in this direction. This book should be of great interest to students of IR foreign policy American politics and security studies in general.           .     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377097

Mechanistic ToxicologyThe Molecular Basis of How Chemicals Disrupt Biological Targets Second Edition A thorough understanding of cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in the individual expression of toxic effects provides an important tool for assessment of human health risk. New aspects major advances and new areas in molecular and cellular biology and toxicology demand updated sources of information to elucidate the functional mechanics of human toxicology. Mechanistic Toxicology: The Molecular Basis of How Chemicals Disrupt Biological Targets Second Edition retains the accessible format of the original to present the general principles that link xenobiotic-induced toxicity with the molecular pathways that underlie these toxic effects. Extensively illustrated this book forms a conceptual bridge between multiple events at the molecular level and the determinants of toxicity at the physiological and cellular level. Specific examples of drugs environmental pollutants and other chemicals are carefully chosen to illustrate and highlight the fundamental mechanisms of toxicity at different toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic levels. The book includes references and review articles at the end of each chapter as well as boxed text for relevant review information on biological biochemical molecular and toxicological background. Linking molecular pathways to more general biomedical contexts the author ensures that the reader is not lost in the details and instead receives a broad understanding of the processes underlying xenobiotic toxicity. New in the Second Edition : Updated chapters Types of toxic responses Disruption of signal transduction by xenobiotics Disruption of mitochondrial function Novel mechanisms derived from systems toxicology Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138473621

Mechanobiology Handbook Mechanobiology—the study of the effects of mechanical environments on the biological processes of cells—has evolved from traditional biomechanics via the incorporation of strong elements of molecular and cell biology. Currently a broad range of organ systems are being studied by surgeons physicians basic scientists and engineers. These mechanobiologists aim to create new therapies and further biological understanding by quantifying the mechanical environment of cells and the molecular mechanisms of mechanically induced pathological conditions. To achieve these goals investigators must be familiar with both the basic concepts of mechanics and the modern tools of cellular/molecular biology. Unfortunately current literature contains numerous studies that misuse standard mechanical estimations and terminology or fail to implement appropriate molecular analyses. Therefore the Mechanobiology Handbook not only presents cutting-edge research findings across various fields and organ systems but also provides the elementary chapters on mechanics and molecular analysis techniques to encourage cross-field understanding and appropriate planning. Aided by the continuous advancement of research tools in both mechanics and biology more sophisticated experiments and analyses are possible—thus fueling the growth of the field of mechanobiology. Considering the complexity of the mechanics and the biology of the human body most of the world of biomechanics remains to be studied. Since the field is still developing the Mechanobiology Handbook does not force one unified theory but brings out many different viewpoints and approaches to stimulate further research questions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138072268

Mechanobiology Handbook Second Edition Mechanobiology—the study of the effects of mechanics on biological events—has evolved to answer numerous research questions. Mechanobiology Handbook 2nd Edition is a reference book for engineers scientists and clinicians who are interested in mechanobiology and a textbook for senior undergraduate to graduate level students of this growing field. Readers will gain a comprehensive review of recent research findings as well as elementary chapters on solid mechanics fluid mechanics and molecular analysis techniques. The new edition presents in addition to the chapters of the first edition homework problem sets that are available online and reviews of research in uncovered areas. Moreover the new edition includes chapters on statistical analysis design of experiments and optical imaging. The editors of this book are researchers and educators in mechanobiology. They realized a need for a single volume to assist course instructors as a guide for didactic teaching of mechanobiology to a diverse student body. A mechanobiology course is frequently made up of both undergraduate and graduate students pursuing degrees in engineering biology or integrated engineering and biology. Their goal was to present both the elementary and cutting-edge aspects of mechanobiology in a manner that is accessible to students from many different academic levels and from various disciplinary backgrounds. Moreover it is their hope that the readers of Mechanobiology Handbook 2nd Edition will find study questions at the end of each chapter useful for long-term learning and further discussion. Comprehensive collection of reviews of recent research Introductory materials in mechanics biology and statistics Discussion of pioneering and emerging mechanobiology concepts Presentation of cutting-edge mechanobiology research findings across various fields and organ systems End of chapter study questions available online Considering the complexity of the mechanics and the biology of the human body most of the world of mechanobiology remains to be studied. Since the field is still developing the Mechanobiology Handbook raises many different viewpoints and approaches with the intention of stimulating further research endeavours. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498779463

Mechanobiology of the Endothelium The endothelium is an excellent example of where biology meets physics and engineering. It must convert mechanical forces into chemical signals to maintain homeostasis. It also controls the immune response drug delivery through the vasculature and cancer metastasis. Basic understanding of these processes is starting to emerge and the knowledge gained from research is now being used in applications from drug delivery to imaging modalities. This book reviews current knowledge in mechanobiology of the endothelium and its implications for the development of theranostic devices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377786

Mechatronic System Control Logic and Data Acquisition The first comprehensive and up-to-date reference on mechatronics Robert Bishop's The Mechatronics Handbook was quickly embraced as the gold standard in the field. With updated coverage on all aspects of mechatronics The Mechatronics Handbook Second Edition is now available as a two-volume set. Each installment offers focused coverage of a particular area of mechatronics supplying a convenient and flexible source of specific information. This seminal work is still the most exhaustive state-of-the-art treatment of the field available.Focusing on the most rapidly changing areas of mechatronics this book discusses signals and systems control computers logic systems software and data acquisition. It begins with coverage of the role of control and the role modeling in mechatronic design setting the stage for the more fundamental discussions on signals and systems. The volume reflects the profound impact the development of not just the computer but the microcomputer embedded computers and associated information technologies and software advances. The final sections explore issues surrounding computer software and data acquisition. Covers modern aspects of control design using optimization techniques from H2 theoryDiscusses the roles of adaptive and nonlinear control and neural networks and fuzzy systemsIncludes discussions of design optimization for mechatronic systems and real-time monitoring and controlFocuses on computer hardware and associated issues of logic communication networking architecture fault analysis embedded computers and programmable logic controllers Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221595

Mechatronic Systems Sensors and ActuatorsFundamentals and Modeling This book covers the key elements of physical systems modeling sensors and actuators signals and systems computers and logic systems and software and data acquisition. It describes mathematical models of the mechanical electrical and fluid subsystems that comprise many mechatronic systems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221601

Mechatronic Systems and Process AutomationModel-Driven Approach and Practical Design Guidelines The book discusses the concept of process automation and mechatronic system design while offering a unified approach and methodology for the modeling analysis automation and control networking monitoring and sensing of various machines and processes from single electrical-driven machines to large-scale industrial process operations. This step-by-step guide covers design applications from various engineering disciplines (mechanical chemical electrical computer biomedical) through real-life mechatronics problems and industrial automation case studies with topics such as manufacturing power grid cement production wind generator oil refining incubator etc.Provides step-by-step procedures for the modeling analysis control and automation networking monitoring and sensing of single electrical-driven machines to large-scale industrial process operations.Presents model-based theory and practice guidelines for mechatronics system and process automation design.Includes worked examples in every chapter and numerous end-of-chapter real-life exercises problems and case studies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367735029

Mechatronic SystemsDevices Design Control Operation and Monitoring Mechatronics has emerged as its own discipline over the past decade yet no reference has lived up to the demands of being a working guide for designing and implementing the new generation of mechatronic systems. Uniting an international team of leading experts Mechatronic Systems: Devices Design Control Operation and Monitoring rises to the challenge of providing a practical comprehensive and detailed guide to the theory and application of modern mechatronics.Weaving the Multi-Domain TapestryThis book treats all components of the mechatronic system as a unified whole combining mechanics electronics intelligent control sensors actuators and communication networks through integrated design. Extensive cross-referencing lends this work a coherence not found in other books on mechatronics which amount to little more than collections of papers.Real-World Guidance from the ExpertsExtensive examples and case studies take you effortlessly from theory to analysis design and application. Convenient snapshots in the form of tables graphs illustrations and summaries give you immediate access to the information you need.Mechatronic Systems: Devices Design Control Operation and Monitoring is a critical compendium of need-to-know information covering mechatronic devices communication and control technologies mechatronic design and optimization and techniques for monitoring and diagnosis. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452902

Mechatronics and Control of Electromechanical Systems Due to the enormous impact of mechatronics systems we encounter mechatronics and micromechatronic systems in our daily activities. Recent trends and novel technologies in engineering have increased the emphasis on integrated analysis design and control. This book examines motion devices (actuators motors transducers and sensors) power electronics controllers and electronic solutions with the main emphasis placed on high-performance mechatronic systems. Analysis design optimization control and implementation issues as well as a variety of enabling mechatronic systems and devices are also covered. The results extend from the scope of mechatronic systems to the modern hardware-software developments utilizing enabling solutions and placing the integrated system perspectives in favor of consistent engineering solutions.Mechatronics and Control of Electromechanical Systems facilitates comprehensive studies and covers the design aspects of mechatronic systems with high-performance motion devices. By combining traditional engineering topics and subjects with the latest technologies and developments new advances are stimulated in design of state-of-the-art mechatronic systems. This book provides a deep understanding of the engineering underpinnings of integrated technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656423

Mechatronics and RoboticsNew Trends and Challenges The term “mechatronics” was coined in 1969 merging “mecha” from mechanism and “tronics” from electronics to reflect the original idea at the basis of this discipline that is the integration of electrical and mechanical systems into a single device. The spread of this term and of mechatronics itself has been growing in the years including new aspects and disciplines like control engineering computer engineering and communication/information engineering. Nowadays mechatronics has a well-defined and fundamental role in strict relation with robotics. Drawing a sharp border between mechatronics and robotics is impossible as they share many technologies and objectives. Advanced robots could be defined as mechatronic devices equipped with a “smart brain” but there are also up-to-date mechatronic devices used in tight interaction with humans that are governed by smart architectures (for example for safety purposes). Aim of this book is to offer a wide overview of new research trends and challenges for both mechatronics and robotics through the contribution of researchers from different institutions providing their view on specific subjects they consider as “hot topics” in both fields with attention to new fields of application new challenges to the research communities and new technologies available. The reader of this book will enjoy the various contributions as they have been prepared with actual applications in mind along a journey from advanced actuators and sensors to human-robot interaction through robot control navigation planning and programming issues.  The book presents several state-of-the-art solutions like multiple-stage actuation to cope with conflicting specification of large motion-spans ultra-high accuracy model-based control for high-tech mechatronic systems modern approaches of software systems engineering to robotics aand humanoids for human assistance. The reader can also find new techniques in approaching the design of mechatronic systems in some possible industrial and service robotics scenarios with a particular attention for the interaction between humans and mechanisms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367366582

Mechatronics and the Design of Intelligent Machines and Systems Mechatronics as a discipline has an ever growing impact on engineering and engineering education as a defining approach to the design development and operation of an increasingly wide range of engineering systems. The increasing scope and complexity of mechatronic systems means that their design and development now involve not only the technical aspects of its core disciplines but also aspects of organization training and management.Mechatronics and the Design of Intelligent Machines and Systems reflects the significant areas of development in mechatronics and focuses on the higher-level approaches needed to support the design and implementation of mechatronic systems. Throughout the book the authors emphasize the importance of systems integration. Each chapter deals with a particular aspect of the design and development process from the specification of the system to software design and from the human-machine interface to the requirements for safe operation and effective manufacture. Notable among this text's many features is the use of a running case study-the autonomous and robotic excavator LUCIE-to illustrate points made in various chapters. This combined with the authors' clear prose systematic organization and generous use of examples and illustrations provides students with a firm understanding of mechatronics as a discipline some of the problems encountered in its various areas and the developing techniques used to solve those problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138442832

Mechatronics Engineering and Electrical EngineeringProceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Mechatronics Engineering and Electric The 2014 International Conference on Mechatronics Engineering and Electrical Engineering (CMEEE2014) was held October 18-19 2014 in Sanya Hainan China. CMEEE2014 provided a valuable opportunity for researchers scholars and scientists to exchange their new ideas and application experiences face to face together to establish business or research relations and to find global partners for future collaboration. The papers in this book are selected from more than 500 papers submitted to the 2014 International Conference on Mechatronics Engineering and Electrical Engineering (CMEEE2014). The book is divided into 4 sections covering the topics of Mechatronics Electrical Engineering Control and Automation and Other Engineering. The conference will promote the development of Mechatronics Engineering and Electrical Engineering strengthening international academic cooperation and communications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138027190

Mechatronics in Engineering Design and Product Development This work presents a systematic and comprehensive overview to the theory and applications of mechatronic processes emphasizing the adaptation and incorporation of this important tool in fulfilling desired performance and quality requirements. The authors address the core technologies needed for the design and development of the mechatronic product cover design approaches discuss related mechatronic product design aspects and detail mechatronic product application examples. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400293

MechatronicsAn Introduction Mechatronics has evolved into a way of life in engineering practice and it pervades virtually every aspect of the modern world. In chapters drawn from the bestselling and now standard engineering reference The Mechatronics Handbook this book introduces the vibrant field of mechatronics and its key elements: physical system modeling; sensors and actuators; signals and systems; computers and logic systems; and software and data acquisition. These chapters written by leading academics and practitioners were carefully selected and organized to provide an accessible general outline of the subject ideal for non-specialists.Mechatronics: An Introduction first defines and organizes the key elements of mechatronics exploring design approach system interfacing instrumentation control systems and microprocessor-based controllers and microelectronics. It then surveys physical system modeling introducing MEMS along with modeling and simulation. Coverage then moves to essential elements of sensors and actuators including characteristics and fundamentals of time and frequency followed by control systems and subsystems computer hardware logic system interfaces communication and computer networking data acquisition and computer-based instrumentation systems. Clear explanations and nearly 200 illustrations help bring the subject to life.Providing a broad overview of the fundamental aspects of the field Mechatronics: An Introduction is an ideal primer for those new to the field a handy review for those already familiar with the technology and a friendly introduction for anyone who is curious about mechatronics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220574

MechatronicsElectronics in Products and Processes Mechatronics: Electronics in Products and Processes identifies the concepts which underpin the mechatronic approach to engineering design and brings together its principle components - sensors and transducers embedded microprocessors actuators and drives - to explore their interrelationships. The text focuses primarily on hardware elements and the impact of system architecture. Modern technology is set in an historical background and each chapter comes with learning objectives and chapter outlines. The book includes numerous case studies illustrating the concepts applied in such areas as automatic cameras aerospace parts manufacturing fly-by-wire systems and boat autopilot. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203747735

MechatronicsFundamentals and Applications An Up-To-Date Reference on the Latest Developments of Mechatronics Geared toward engineers designers researchers educators and students Mechatronics: Fundamentals and Applications focuses on integrating practice with theory relevant to electromechanical and multidomain systems. A result of the Distinguished Visiting Fellowship of the Royal Academy of Engineering UK held by Clarence W. de Silva the book contains 15 chapters written by individual contributors many of whom were speakers at the workshop. What Are Mechatronic Systems? Divided into two sections this book covers the fundamentals and applications of mechatronic devices and systems and emphasizes specific topics that include: modeling and analytical formulations simulation methods design approaches control techniques practical tools and cutting-edge systems and applications. The book highlights methodologies that encompass modeling analysis design control monitoring diagnosis of mechatronic systems and mechatronic systems and technologies. In addition it illustrates topics by using numerous examples and various case studies from real implementations and incorporates analytical methods practical considerations design issues and experimental techniques throughout the book. The text also covers some state-of-the-art technologies such as Bio-MEMS self-powered systems and biologically inspired systems. A broad introduction to the subject of mechatronic engineering this book: Presents the concepts of mechatronic design quotient (MDQ) and design evolution through modeling health monitoring design expert system and evolutionary optimization Outlines the evolution of the discipline of mechatronics from its early days leading up to the present Includes the fundamental theory of mechanics of materials which can be employed for application in mechatronics Explores how signals can be measured to avoid common pitfalls in signal acquisition and processing Introduces and demonstrates reinforcement learning or Q learning in physical robotic tasks and more Mechatronics: Fundamentals and Applications presents the relevance of modeling design and instrumentation in the development of a mechatronic system or product and serves as a reference tool and informational resource for engineers in industry as well as researchers and students in the field of mechatronics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482239317

Medea Giving access to the latest critical thinking on the subject Medea is a comprehensive guide to sources that paints a vivid portrait of the Greek sorceress Medea famed in myth for the murder of her children after she is banished from her own home and replaced by a new wife. Emma Griffiths brings into focus previously unexplored themes of the Medea myth and provides an incisive introduction to the story and its history. Studying Medea’s ‘everywoman’ status – one that has caused many intricacies of her tale to be overlooked – Griffiths places the story in ancient and modern context and reveals fascinating insights into ancient Greece and its ideology the importance of life the role of women and the position of the outsider. In clear user-friendly terms the book situates the myth within analytical frameworks such as psychoanalysis and Griffiths highlights Medea’s position in current classical study as well as her lasting appeal.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203605462

Medea Magic and Modernity in FranceStages and Histories 1553–1797 Bringing together the previously disparate fields of historical witchcraft reception history poetics and psychoanalysis this innovative study shows how the glamour of the historical witch a spell that she cast was set on a course over a span of three hundred years from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries to become a generally broadcast glamour of appearance. Something that a woman does that is became something that she has. The antique heroine Medea witch and barbarian infamous poisoner infanticide regicide scourge of philanderers and indefatigable traveller serves as the vehicle of this development. Revived on the stage of modernity by La Péruse in the sixteenth century Corneille in the seventeenth and the operatic composer Cherubini in the eighteenth her stagecraft and her witchcraft combine author Amy Wygant argues to stun her audience into identifying with her magic and making it their own. In contrast to previous studies which have relied upon contemporary printed sources in order to gauge audience participation in and reaction to early modern theater Wygant argues that psychoanalytic thought about the behavior of groups can be brought to bear on the question of "what happened" when the early modern witch was staged. This cross-disciplinary study reveals the surprising early modern trajectory of our contemporary obsession with magic. Medea figures the movement of culture in history and in the mirror of the witch on the stage a mirror both appealing and appalling our own cultural performances are reflected. It concludes with an analysis of Diderot's claim that the historical process itself is magical and with the moment in Revolutionary France when the slight and fragile body of the golden-throated singer Julie-Angélique Scio became a Medea for modernity: not a witch or a child-murderess but as all the press reviews insist a woman. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594453

MedeaMyth and Unconscious Fantasy This book introduces the Euripides' Medea fantasy as an unconscious determinant of psychogenic sterility a fantasy that forms an unrecognized part of the self-representation. It is addressed to people who are interested in womanhood its fortunes and misfortunes creativity and destructiveness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202912

Media Central American Refugees and the U.S. Border CrisisSecurity Discourses Immigrant Demonization and the Perpetuation of Violence This book identifies the history conventions and uses of security discourses and argues that such language and media frames distort information and mislead the public misidentify the focus of concern and omit narratives able to recognize the causes and solutions to humanitarian crises. What has been identified as a crisis at the border is better understood as an on-going crisis of violence building over decades that has forced migrants from their homes in the countries of the Northern Triangle. Authors Robin Andersen and Adrian Bergmann look back to U.S. military policies in the region and connect this legacy to the cross-border development of transnational gangs government corruption and on-going violence that often targets environmental and legal defenders. They argue that the discourses of demonization and securitization only help perpetuate brutality in both Central America and the United States especially in the desert borderlands of the southwest. They offer ways in which stories of migrants can be reframed within the language of justice empathy and humanitarianism. A compelling examination of language media and politics this book is both highly contemporary and widely applicable perfect for students and scholars of global media political communications and their many intersections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189716

Media Children and the FamilySocial Scientific Psychodynamic and Clinical Perspectives This book brings together a group of scholars to share findings and insights on the effects of media on children and family. Their contributions reflect not only widely divergent political orientations and value systems but also three distinct domains of inquiry into human motivation and behavior -- social scientific psychodynamic (or psychoanalytical) and clinical practice. Each of these three domains is privy to important evidence and insights that need to transcend epistemological and methodological boundaries if understanding of the subject is to improve dramatically. In keeping with this notion the editors asked the authors to go beyond a summary of findings and lend additional distinction to the book by applying the "binoculars" of their particular perspective and offering suggestions as to the implications of their findings. One of the goals of the conference that resulted in this book was consensus building in the area of media and family. From examining the findings and insights of a diverse group of scholars it seems that consensus building in several areas is a distinct possibility. Addressing the concerns of educators about the influence of the mass media of communication -- entertainment programs in particular -- on children and the welfare of the nuclear family this volume projects directions for superior programming especially for educational television. The influence of sex and violence on children and adults is given much attention and the development of moral judgment and sexual expectations among other things is explored. The critical analysis of media effects includes examination of positive contributions of the media such as the search for missing children and exemplary educational programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203812082

Media Conflict and Peacebuilding in AfricaConceptual and Empirical Considerations This book explores the role and place of popular traditional and digital media platforms in the mediatization representation and performance of various conflicts and peacebuilding interventions in the African context. The role of the media in conflict is often depicted as either ‘good’ (as symbolized by peace journalism) or ‘bad’ (as exemplified by war journalism) but this book moves beyond this binary to highlight the ‘in-between’ role that the media often plays in times of conflict. The volume does not only focus on the relationship between mass media conflict and peacebuilding processes but it broadens its scope by critically analysing the dynamic and emergent roles of popular and digital media platforms in a continent where the semi-literate and oral communities still rely heavily on popular communication platforms to get news and information. Whilst social media platforms have been hailed for their assumed democratic and digital dividends this book does not only focus on these positive aspects but also shines a light on dark forms of participation which are fuelling racial gender ethnic political and religious conflicts in highly polarized and stratified societies. Highlighting the many ways in which traditional digital and popular media can be used to both escalate conflicts and promote peacebuilding this volume will be a useful resource for students researchers and civil society groups interested in peace and conflict studies journalism and media studies in different contexts within Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367360283

Media Culture and the Meanings of HockeyConstructing a Canadian Hockey World 1896-1907 This volume examines the cultural meanings of high-level amateur and professional hockey in Canada during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. In particular the author analyzes English Canadian media narratives of Stanley Cup "challenge" games and championship series between 1896 and 1907. Newspaper coverage and telegraph reconstructions of Stanley Cup challenges contributed significantly to the growth of a mediated Canadian "hockey world" – and a broader "world of sport" – during this time period. By 1903 Stanley Cup hockey games had become national Canadian events followed by audiences across the country. Hockey also played an important role in the construction of gender and class identities and in debates about amateurism professionalism and community representation in sport. The author also explores the connections between violence and masculinity in Canadian hockey by examining media descriptions of "brutal" and "strenuous" play. He analyzes how notions of civic identity changed as hockey clubs evolved from amateur teams represented by players who were members of their home community to professional aggregations that included paid imports from outside the town. As a result this volume addresses important gaps in the study of sport history and the analysis of sport and popular culture. This book was originally published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367142506

Media Culture and Society in Malaysia This book presents a comprehensive full-length analysis of the uses of media and communication technologies by different social actors in Malaysia. Unlike other studies of the media in Malaysia which concentrate on "political economy" or "freedom of the media" approaches this book focuses on the ways in which different media forms have constituted cultural practices and power relations amongst particular audiences and publics. It also examines the ways in which technologies of varying scales and range have been appropriated for various subaltern purposes and counter-hegemonic agendas. Drawing upon recent case studies on the deployment of different media – including mainstream and independent films television programming black metal music community rituals political advertising the internet and artistic visual installations – it provides valuable insights into the complex vibrant ways in which these different media forms have negotiated with the dominant cultural representations of Malaysian society. The book makes an important contribution to the emergent disciplines of media studies and cultural studies in Malaysia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697057

Media Culture And The Environment This book is intended for final year undergraduates and postgraduates in cultural and media studies as well as postgraduate and academic researchers. Courses on culture and the media within sociology environmental studies human geography and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167445

Media Home and Family Based on extensive fieldwork this book examines how parents make decisions regulating media use and how media practices define contemporary family life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203873205

Media Identity and Struggle in Twenty-First-Century China How are different groups of people such as sex workers migrant workers rural cadres and homosexuals represented in China’s media? How accurately do representations created by the media reflect the lived experiences of Chinese people? Do Chinese people accept the representations and messages disseminated by the media? Can they use the media to portray their own interests? How are media practices in China changing? Have new technologies and increased access to international media opened up new spaces for struggle in China? The essays in this volume address these questions by using a combination of ethnography and textual analysis and by exploring representation in and usage of a range of media including instant messaging the internet television films magazines and newspapers. The essays highlight highlights the richness diversity and sometimes contradictory tendencies of the meanings and consequences of media representations in China. The volume cautions against approaches that take the representations created by the media in China at face value and against oversimplified assumptions about the motivations and agency of players in the complex struggles that occur between the media the Chinese state and Chinese citizens. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876566

Media Indigeneity and Nation in South Asia How do videos movies and documentaries dedicated to indigenous communities transform the media landscape of South Asia? Based on extensive original research this book examines how in South Asia popular music videos activist political clips movies and documentaries about by and for indigenous communities take on radically new significances. Media Indigeneity and Nation in South Asia shows how in the portrayal of indigenous groups by both ‘insiders’ and ‘outsiders’ imaginations of indigeneity and nation become increasingly interlinked. Indigenous groups typically marginal to the nation are at the same time part of mainstream polities and cultures. Drawing on perspectives from media studies and visual anthropology this book compares and contrasts the situation in South Asia with indigeneity globally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354678

Media Knowledge and Power First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138425903

Media Materiality and MemoryGrounding the Groove Media Materiality and Memory: Grounding the Groove examines the entwinement of material music objects technology and memory in relation to a range of independent record labels including Sarah Records Ghost Box and Finders Keepers. Moving from Edison’s phonograph to digital music files from record collections to online archives Roy argues that materiality plays a crucial role in constructing and understanding the territory of recorded sound. How do musical objects ‘write’ cultural narratives? How can we unearth and reactivate past histories by looking at yesterday’s media formats? What is the nature and fate of the physical archive in an increasingly dematerialized world? In what ways do physical and digital musical objects coexist and intersect? With its innovative theoretical approach the book explores the implications of materialization in the fashioning of a musical world and its cultural transmission. A substantial contribution to the field of music and material culture studies Media Materiality and Memory also provides a nuanced and timely reflection on nostalgia and forgetting in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597962

Media Mobilization and the Umbrella Movement The Umbrella Movement in Hong Kong caught the world’s attention and imagination at the end of 2014. The 79-day occupation campaign took on some of the characteristics of the recent wave of large-scale protest movements around the world including the prominent roles played by the media – both conventional and digital – in the mobilization and communication processes of the movement. This edited volume Media Mobilization and the Umbrella Movement brings together nine contributions which examine various aspects of the media-movement nexus including the power of televised images to mobilize people the role of social media in the insurgent public sphere young activists’ social media strategies media influence on citizens’ understanding of civil disobedience the government’s response to digital media tactics public discourses about the rule of law and local and foreign media coverage of the movement. We believe that this high-quality collection can not only enhance our understanding of the Umbrella Movement but also facilitate and trigger more research and dialogue comparing the Umbrella Movement with other similar protest movements around the world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Chinese Journal of Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367074722

Media Nationalism and GlobalizationThe Telangana Movement and Indian Politics This book explores the meanings of nationalism in a post-globalization postcolonial context. It provides an in-depth understanding of the relationship between marginalized groups media and politics by a focused study of the Telangana movement in India.   Events like the Arab Spring unrest in Myanmar and Ukraine and the Brexit Kurdish and Catalan referendums have proved how catalytic the changing media environment has been in reshaping the nature of resistance and social movements. Based on the author’s ethnographic research this book examines how marginalized groups engage with the media and their community to participate in political processes. Analyzing public meetings folk performances pamphlets and media reports of the Telangana movement the author reflects on the cultural notions of nationalism and the politics of state formation in the post-colonial context. This volume also evaluates the role of students and intellectuals in contemporary social movements and in uniting the discontents of globalization.   Highlighting intersections of performativity geography and justice this book examines changing articulations of identity and everyday forms of resistance. It will be useful for students and research scholars interested in media and communication cultural studies political sciences ethnic and minority studies and sociocultural movements in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367134921

Media Policy and Interaction Situated within the field of discourse-oriented approaches to policy and media this collection explores the interface between government media and the public highlighting the increasing importance placed on media channelled 'public opinion' as part of a democratic process. The authors use a variety of discourse analytic methods including CA/MCA Discourse Analysis and Interactionism to provide discussions around the social organization of policy debate in media sites including news interviews public access broadcasts broadcast debates panel discussions mediated government initiatives newspapers and news broadcasts. The book's geographical coverage spans the USA Canada the UK Europe Asia and Australia. This volume offers a major contribution to discourse analysis and its emphasis on policy substance will appeal to a broad audience in social and public policy political communication journalism and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315594545

Media Process and the Social Construction of CrimeStudies in Newsmaking Criminology First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726761

Media Religion and Conflict International relations as a discipline has largely ignored the role of religion in shaping international events. The growth of Islamist militancy the increasing influence of the Christian Right on US foreign policy and George Bush's war on terror changed this for good. Now more than ever we need to analyze this change and consider how religion and the way it is represented affects international politics. Lee Marsden and Heather Savigny uniquely bring together some of the leading figures in the fields of politics and media international relations and security and international relations and religion including freelance journalist and newspaper columnist Nick Cohen the international authority on politics and religion Professor Jeffrey Haynes and Professor Justin Lewis who has a number of BBC commissions under his belt. The volume offers a series of case studies reflecting on how the media covers religion as conflict within and between states. It challenges readers to critically examine how media reportage and commentary influences perceptions and responses to religion and security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605575

Media Religion and CultureAn Introduction Religion has always been shaped by the media of its time and today we live in a media culture that informs much of what we think and how we behave. Religious believers communities and institutions use media as tools to communicate but also as locations where they construct and express identity practice religion and build community. This lively book offers a comprehensive introduction to the contemporary field of religion media and culture. It explores: the religious content of media texts and the reception of those texts by religious consumers who appropriate and reuse them in their own religious work; how new forms of media provide fresh locations within which new religious voices emerge people reimagine the "task" of religion and develop and perform religious identity. Jeffrey H. Mahan includes case study examples from both established and new religions and each chapter is followed by insightful reflections from leading scholars in the field. Illustrated throughout the book also contains a glossary of key terms discussion questions and suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683203

Media Religion and GenderKey Issues and New Challenges Media Religion and Gender presents a selection of eminent current scholarship that explores the role gender plays when religion media use and values in contemporary society interact. The book: surveys the development of research on media religion and culture through the lens of key theoretical and methodological issues and debates within gender studies. includes case studies drawn from a variety of countries and contexts to illustrate the range of issues theoretical perspectives and empirical material involved in current work outlines new areas and reflects on challenges for the future. Students of media religion and gender at advanced level will find this a valuable resource as will scholars and researchers working in this important and growing field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415504737

Media Security and Sovereignty in the Canadian ArcticFrom the Manhattan to the Crystal Serenity This book documents how the Arctic region has been represented in the media: exploring how the media has framed the Arctic and whether this has an impact on governmental decision-making and public preferences. The Arctic region faces profound transformations due to global warming spurring intense debates about economic growth environmental protection and socio-cultural development. At the same time most of humanity will never come face-to-face with the realities of the region: the media represents our only opportunity to learn about what this evolving region stands for. Recognizing that media coverage will tend to focus on specific events and relay specific messages this book scrutinizes the nature of these messages to figure out how the Arctic region is presented by different media outlets. Studying different types of media Landriault conducts an analysis of 628 newspaper articles 110 televised reports 9 magazine articles and 404 tweets to provide the first systematic and rigorous study of Arctic media representations. This book will interest scholars practitioners and students in Arctic studies critical geography political science and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418069

Media Social Mobilisation and Mass Protests in Post-colonial Hong KongThe Power of a Critical Event Since 2003 Hong Kong has witnessed a series of large-scale protests which have constituted the core of a reinvigorated pro-democracy movement. What drove tens of thousands of citizens to the street on a yearly basis to protest? What were the social and organizational bases of the protest movement? How did media and public discourses affect the protests’ formation and mobilization? How did the protesters understand their own actions and the political environment? This book tackles such questions by using a wide range of methods including population and protest onsite surveys media content analysis and in-depth interviews with activists politicians and protest participants. It provides an account of the "self-mobilization processes" behind the historic July 1 2003 protest and how the protest kick-started new political dynamics and discursive contestations in the public arena which not only turned a single protest into a series of collective actions constituting a movement but also continually shaped the movement’s characteristics and influence. The book is highly pertinent to readers interested in political development in Hong Kong and as a case study on "the power of critical events " the book also has broad implications on the study of both media politics and social movements in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607446

Media Surveillance and AffectNarrating Feeling-States Surveillance has become a part of everyday life: we are surrounded by surveillance technologies in news media when we go down the street in the movies and even carry them in our own pockets in the form of smartphones. How are we constructing imaginaries of our realities and of ourselves as living in structures of control? What affects emotions and feelings do we develop in societies of control and how do we narrate them?Media Surveillance and Affect represents a big step in revealing the depth of the entanglement of surveillance technology not only with our everyday lives but with our imaginaries and affective experiences. Combining insights from affect studies with narratological and visual cultural studies approaches the case studies in this book focus on how surveillance cameras and surveillance camera images have been used to narrate affective stories of Great Britain. Cases discussed include the memory work surrounding the murder of James Bulger in 1993 and of Lee Rigby in 2011 but also novels and artworks. With a multidisciplinary approach Media Surveillance and Affect will appeal to students scholars and specialists interested in fields such as media and cultural studies literary studies cultural sociology and surveillance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582180

Media Technology and Literature in the Nineteenth CenturyImage Sound Touch Operating at the intersection where new technology meets literature this collection discovers the relationship among image sound and touch in the long nineteenth century. The chapters speak to the special mixed-media properties of literature while exploring the important interconnections of science technology and art at the historical moment when media was being theorized debated and scrutinized. Each chapter focuses on a specific visual acoustic or haptic dimension of media while also calling attention to the relationships among the three. Famous works such as Wordsworth's "I wandered lonely as a cloud" and Shelley's Frankenstein are discussed alongside a range of lesser-known literary scientific and pornographic writings. Topics include the development of a print culture for the visually impaired; the relationship between photography and narrative; the kaleidoscope and modern urban experience; Christmas gift books; poetry painting and music as remediated forms; the interface among the piano telegraph and typewriter; Ernst Heinrich Weber's model of rationalized tactility; and how the shift from visual to auditory telegraphic instruments amplified anxieties about the place of women in nineteenth-century information networks. Full of surprising insights and connections the collection offers new impetus for stimulating historical conversations and debates about nineteenth-century media while also contributing fresh perspectives on new media and (re)mediation today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252943

Media Technology and Everyday Life in EuropeFrom Information to Communication The importance of the daily experience of new information and communication technologies is highlighted by this timely volume. The book is based on work carried out in the European Media Technology and Everyday Life Network and is structured round a series of seven empirical case studies drawn from research within Europe. The application of this perspective draws attention not just to the significance of information and communication technologies for a mature understanding of the conduct of everyday life in contemporary Europe but also for the significance of that understanding for the development of communication and information policy. The research makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the dynamics and evolution of a core dimension of European society as well as informing on-going and important debates on the nature of the relationship between the social and the technological in the information and communication arena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604370

Media Telecommunications and Business Strategy With today’s dynamic and rapidly evolving environment media managers must have a clear understanding of different delivery platforms as well as a grasp of critical management planning and economic factors in order to stay current and move their organizations forward.  Developed for students in telecommunications management media management and the business of media this text helps future media professionals understand the relationship and convergence patterns between the broadcast cable television telephony and Internet communication industries. The second edition includes updated research throughout including material on major business and technology changes and the importance of digital lifestyle reflected in e-commerce and personalized media selection such as Netflix and iTunes and the growing importance of Facebook and social networking from a business perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415517652

Media Telecommunications and Business Strategy As the clear lines and historic boundaries that once separated broadcasting cable telephone and Internet communication dissolve this comprehensive new edition examines the relationship and convergence patterns between industries by exploring the effects of digitalization in media and information technology.  With today’s dynamic and rapidly evolving communication environment media managers need to have a clear understanding of the different delivery platforms as well as critical management and planning strategies going forward. Advancements in new media and communication technology coupled with a rapidly changing global economy promise a new set of hybrid-media companies that will allow for the full integration of information and entertainment services and give new meaning to the term programming. This book provides a detailed look at seven key sectors of the media and telecommunications field as well as ongoing changes within the industry. The new edition includes updated research throughout including material on major business and technology changes as well as the importance of digital lifestyle reflected in E-commerce and developments in Over-the-Top Video-streaming services. Special attention is given to such areas as strategic planning innovation marketing finance and leadership. Perfect for courses in media management and media industries as well as professional managers this book serves as an important reference guide during this transitional time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367249038

Media Terrorism and SocietyPerspectives and Trends in the Digital Age This book provides new insights on contemporary terrorism and media research opening the door for fresh perspectives and trends exploring theories and concepts in the field. Advances in technology have increased the threat of terrorism as the Internet has helped terrorists to recruit new members plan their attacks and amplify their messages. As technology continues to evolve it is not difficult to imagine how the advanced information and technology of the new millennium could cause more terrifying realities in the world today. During this period of profound technological change we need to understand the relationships between media society and the new paradigm of terrorism. In our global society where the war on terrorism knows no borders countries are increasingly recognizing the importance of improving terrorism coverage domestically and globally. This book is a valuable resource offering key directions for assessing the ongoing revolutionary changes and trends in communicating terrorism in the digital age. This book was originally published as a special issue of Mass Communication and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582920

Media Voice Space and PowerEssays of Refraction Nick Couldry is one of the world’s leading analysts of media power and voice and has been publishing widely for 25 years. This volume published 20 years after The Place of Media Power brings together a rich collection of essays from his earliest to his latest writings some of them hard to access plus two previously unpublished chapters. The book’s 15 chapters cover a variety of themes from voice to space from Big Data to democracy and from art to reality television. Taken together they give a unique insight into the range of Couldry’s interests and passions. Throughout Couldry’s commitment to connecting media research to wider debates in philosophy and social theory is clear. A substantial Afterword reflects on the common themes that run throughout his work and this volume and the particular challenges of grasping media’s contribution to social order in an age of datafication. A preface by leading US media scholar Jonathan Gray sets these essays in context. The result is an exciting and clearly-written text that will interest students and researchers of media culture and social theory across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182069

Media Wars and PoliticsComparing the Incomparable in Western and Eastern Europe The interaction between media and foreign policy is a critical dimension of the so-called age of 'new military humanitarianism'. The media is now more effective in gathering and distributing information all over the world and media coverage of humanitarian wars allows for information and images to reach a wide audience with great immediacy and realism. For policy making the 24/7 news cycle means high levels of exposure to fast-breaking international stories receiving global attention and producing a powerful 'do something!' effect. This topical book widens the debate beyond US media and policy making by considering the case of Western and Eastern European media and policy processes. It tests the wider application of existing theoretical approaches and provides useful comparisons allowing the reader to draw conclusions on the media-policy relationship. It is an excellent resource for all those interested in political communication European politics and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815390497

Media & Entertainment Law The fourth edition of Media and Entertainment Law has been fully updated analysing some of the most recent judgments in media law from across the United Kingdom such as Cliff Richard v the BBC Max Schrems v Facebook and the Irish Information Commissioner developments on the ‘right to be forgotten’ (NT1 and NT2) and ABC v Daily Telegraph (Sir Philip Green). The book’s two main themes are freedom of expression and an individual’s right to privacy. Regulation of the communication industries is covered extensively including discussion of the print press and its online editions following Leveson traditional broadcasting regulations for terrestrial TV and radio as well as media activities on converged devices such as tablets iPads mobile phone devices and ‘on demand’ services. Intellectual property law (specifically copyright) in the music and entertainment industries is also explored in the book’s later chapters. Also new to this edition are sections on: A focus on freedom of expression: its philosophical foundations; the struggles of those who have fought for it; and the varied ways in which the courts interpret freedom of expression regarding the taking and publishing of photographs. The ‘right to be forgotten’ data breaches and the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). The media’s increasing access to the courts particularly when considering the privacy of those who are suspected of sexual offences. Press regulators broadcasting and advertising regulations and film and video regulations. Election and party-political broadcast regulations with a focus on social media and recent election fraud. The emergence of online music distribution services internet radio and free digital streaming music services and their effect on the music industry. The fourth edition also features a variety of pedagogical features to encourage critical analysis of case law and one’s own beliefs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138479135

Media Accountability in the Era of Post-Truth PoliticsEuropean Challenges and Perspectives Bringing together both leading international scholars and emerging academic talent Media Accountability in the Era of Post-Truth Politics maps the current state of media accountability in Europe and provides fresh perspectives for future developments in media and communication fields. As the integrity of the international media landscape is challenged by far-reaching transformations and the rise of “fake news ” the need for a functional system of media regulation is greater than ever. This book addresses the pressing need to re-evaluate and redefine the notion of accountability in the fast-changing field of journalism and “information provision.” Using comparative research and empirical data the book’s case studies address the notion of media accountability from various perspectives considering political and societal change economic organisational and technological factors and the changing role of media audiences. By collecting and juxtaposing these studies the book provides a new discussion for the old question of how we can safeguard free and responsible media in Europe – a question that seems more urgent than ever. Media Accountability in the Era of Post-Truth Politics is an essential read for students and researchers in journalism media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815361671

Media AccountabilityWho Will Watch the Watchdog in the Twitter Age? A small collection of well-honed tools has been employed for some time by media practitioners and the public to help maintain and improve the credibility of journalism and the mass media. These media accountability tools have included ethics codes media critics news councils ombudsmen journalism reviews and pubic/civic journalism initiatives. Now in the 21st Century the mass media are increasingly being buffeted by a perfect storm of declining subscribers and audience share dwindling advertising revenue changing corporate demands unpredictable audiences and new-media competition. If journalism and the mass media are to stay afloat and be credible the media accountability toolbox needs to contain suitable tools for the job which begs the question: Who will Watch the Watchdog in the Twitter Age? This book contains answers to this question from the perspective of 17 media ethics experts from around the globe. Their answers will help shape and define for years to come the tools in the media ethics toolbox.  This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Mass Media Ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702158

Media Across BordersLocalising TV Film and Video Games What happened when Sesame Street and Big Brother were adapted for African audiences? Or when video games Final Fantasy and Assassins’ Creed were localized for the Spanish market? Or when Sherlock Holmes was transformed into a talking dog for the Japanese animation Sherlock Hound? Bringing together leading international scholars working on localization in television film and video games Media Across Borders is a pioneering study of the myriad ways in which media content is adapted for different markets and across cultural borders. Contributors examine significant localization trends and practices such as: audiovisual translation and transcreation dubbing and subtitling international franchising film remakes TV format adaptation and video game localization. Drawing together insights from across the audiovisual sector this volume provides a number of innovative models for interrogating the international flow of media. By paying specific attention to the diverse ways in which cultural products are adapted across markets this collection offers important new perspectives and theoretical frameworks for studying localization processes in the audiovisual sector. For further resources please see the Media Across Borders group website (www.mediaacrossborders.com) which hosts a ‘localization’bibliography; links to relevant companies institutions and publications as well as conference papers and workshop summaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138597990

Media Across the African DiasporaContent Audiences and Influence This volume gathers scholarship from varying disciplinary perspectives to explore media owned or created by members of the African diaspora examine its relationship with diasporic audiences and consider its impact on mainstream culture in general. Contributors highlight creations and contributions of people of the African diaspora the interconnections of Black American and African-centered media and the experiences of audiences and users across the African diaspora positioning members of the Black and African Diaspora as subjects of their own narratives active participants and creators. In so doing this volume addresses issues of identity culture audiences and global influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588540

Media Activism in the Digital Age Media Activism in the Digital Age captures an exciting moment in the evolution of media activism studies and offers an invaluable guide to this vibrant and evolving field of research. Victor Pickard and Guobin Yang have assembled essays by leading scholars and activists to provide case studies of feminist technological and political interventions during different historical periods and at local national and global levels. Looking at the underlying theories histories politics ideologies tactics strategies and aesthetics the book takes an expansive view of media activism. It explores how varieties of activism are mediated through communication technologies how activists deploy strategies for changing the structures of media systems and how governments and corporations seek to police media activism. From memes to zines hacktivism to artivism this volume considers activist practices involving both older kinds of media and newer digital social and network-based forms. Media Activism in the Digital Age provides a useful cross-section of this growing field for both students and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228023

Media Analysis and Public HealthContemporary Issues in Critical Public Health This volume showcases new approaches to studying public health in traditional and emerging media suggesting that we need more analyses that focus on the production of media and on power dynamics as well as studies of audience reception of media messages. The collection asks a variety of questions about the role of media in analysing public health. Contributors ask: who is influential in producing the stories we see in the press and on social media? Who benefits and who is damaged by media debates on health topics? They investigate the role of big business in seeking to shape public opinion and consumption in print and online media; how issues such as hand washing come to be framed over time by newspapers; how conflicts over immunisations get covered; how health promotion messages do their work; and the positive role of online media in helping foster drug safety. Together they reach the conclusion that since mass media is a crucial element of civic society more in-depth understanding of how it works and what impacts it has on public health is essential. Given the crucial role of the media in shaping health debates pushing certain issues up the policy agenda defining problems for audiences and presenting potential solutions this book’s analysis will be of interest to all those studying how the media shape policy as well as public health researchers with an interest in mass communication. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Public Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335984

Media and ClassTV Film and Digital Culture Although the idea of class is again becoming politically and culturally charged the relationship between media and class remains understudied. This diverse collection draws together prominent and emerging media scholars to offer readers a much-needed orientation within the wider categories of media class and politics in Britain America and beyond. Case studies address media representations and media participation in a variety of platforms with attention to contemporary culture: from celetoids to selfies Downton Abbey to Duck Dynasty and royals to reality TV. These scholarly but accessible accounts draw on both theory and empirical research to demonstrate how different media navigate and negotiate caricature and essentialize or contain and regulate class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138229792

Media and Communication in the Chinese DiasporaRethinking Transnationalism The rise of China has brought about a dramatic increase in the rate of migration from mainland China. At the same time the Chinese government has embarked on a full-scale push for the internationalisation of Chinese media and culture. Media and communication have therefore become crucial factors in shaping the increasingly fraught politics of transnational Chinese communities. This book explores the changing nature of these communities and reveals their dynamic and complex relationship to the media in a range of countries worldwide. Overall the book highlights a number of ways in which China’s "going global" policy interacts with other factors in significantly reshaping the content and contours of the diasporic Chinese media landscape. In doing so this book constitutes a major rethinking of Chinese transnationalism in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138476004

Media and ConflictEscalating Evil The world faces explosive conflicts about the distribution and scarcity of resources about ethnicity and religion and about the risks of urban life. These conflicts can easily spiral out of control toward mass slaughter-an evil of huge proportions that is often escalated by the media. What should be done to prevent this lethal trend? We need to understand how the 'spiral of escalation' works. How do media create anxiety provide space for agitation and disconnect people? Three approaches to the prevention of mass mediated aggression are proposed in this book: an early warning system for incitement to mass destruction the invitation to disarming conversations in urban space and the teaching of 'compassionate communication' to children and others. Alertness to the recurrence of collective violence is urgently needed not only in unstable and poor societies but also in established democracies. Ordinary people can be incited to the mass slaughter of other ordinary people anywhere. Understanding the media's role in this and acting to prevent it are key goals of this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516443

Media and Cultural Transformation in China This book examines the role played by the media in China’s cultural transformation in the early years of the 21st century. In contrast to the traditional view that sees the Chinese media as nothing more than a tool of communist propaganda it demonstrates that the media is integral to China’s changing culture in the age of globalization whilst also being part and parcel of the State and its project of re-imagining national identity that is essential to the post-socialist reform agenda. It describes how the Party-state can effectively use media events to pull social cultural and political resources and forces together in the name of national rejuvenation. However it also illustrates how non-state actors can also use reporting of media events to dispute official narratives and advance their own interests and perspectives. It discusses the implications of this interplay between state and non-state actors in the Chinese media for conceptions of identity citizenship and ethics identifying the areas of mutual accommodation and appropriation as well as those of conflict and contestation. It explores these themes with detailed analysis of four important ‘media spectacles’: the media events surrounding the new millennium celebrations; the news reporting of SARS; the media stories about AIDS and SARS; and the media campaign war between the Chinese state and the Falun Gong movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673716

Media and Democracy Media and Democracy addresses key topics and themes in relation to democratic theory media and technology comparative media studies media and history and the evolution of media research. For example: How does TV entertainment contribute to the democratic life of society? Why are Americans less informed about politics and international affairs than Europeans? How should new communications technology and globalisation change our understanding of the democratic role of the media? What does the rise of international ezines reveal about the limits of the internet? What is the future of journalism? Does advertising influence the media? Is American media independence from government a myth? How have the media influenced the development of modern society? Professor Curran’s response to these questions provides both a clear introduction to media research written for university undergraduates studying in different countries and an innovative analysis written by one of the field’s leading scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415317078

Media and Democracy in Africa Recent discussion of democratization in Africa has focused primarily on the reform of formal state institutions: the public service the judiciary and the legislature. Similarly both scholars and activists have shown interest in how associational life-and with it a civil society-might be enhanced in the countries of the African continent. Much less concern however has been directed to the communications media although they form a vital part of this process. Media and Democracy in Africa provides the first comprehensive and up-to-date assessment of the role of the media in political change in sub-Saharan Africa. The central argument of the volume is that while the media may still be relatively weak compared to their positions in liberal democracies they have come to play a much more important role than ever before since independence. Although they have not yet demonstrated sufficient effectiveness as public watchdogs and agenda setters they have succeeded in creating new communicative spaces for people who have previously been intimidated or silent. Building on this the contributors argue that a different conceptualization of democratization than the mainstream currently uses may be necessary to capture the process in Africa where it is characterized by contestation rather than consolidation. This volume shows that the media scene in Africa is diverse. It stretches from the well-developed and technologically advanced situation in South Africa to the still fledgling media operations that are typical in sub-Saharan Africa. In these countries print media as well as television and radio are just beginning to take their place in society and do so using simple and often outdated technology. The volume also examines how these growing outlets are supplemented by informal media the so-called radio trottoir or rumor mill whereby the autocratic and bureaucratic direction of public affairs are subject to private speculation and analysis. Media and Democracy in Africa is organized to provide a historical perspective on the evolution of the African media placing the present in the context of the past including both colonial and post-colonial experiences. It will be of interest to Africa area specialists students of media and communications political scientists and sociologists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203785980

Media and Democratic Transition in South Korea Since South Korea achieved partial democracy in 1987 the country has moved away from authoritarian political control. However after two decades of democratic transition South Korea still does not have a strong liberal individualist culture – something that has brought about a wide range of scholarly discussion on the nature of democracy practised in this dynamic country. While the political changes in South Korea have received rigorous attention from Western scholars less attention has been given to the changing nature and role of media in this and other such transitions. This book focuses on the changing role of media in the more democratised political landscape of South Korea. It thereby contributes to debates about the emerging role of the media in democratic transition especially in relation to approaches that go beyond traditional Western constructs of media freedom and the relationship between the state and the media. In addition it discusses the complex interacting forces that affect the role of the media and their implications for state control and democratisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816695

Media and Development At the start of the 21st century the relationship between media and development has never felt more important. Following a series of ‘media revolutions’ throughout the developing world – beginning with the advent of cheap transistor radio sets in the late-1960s followed by the rapid expansion of satellite television networks in the 1990s and the more recent explosion of mobile telephony social media and the internet – a majority of people living in the Global South now have access to a wide variety of Information and Communications Technologies (ICTs) and live in media saturated environments.   Yet how can radio television and mobile phones be most effectively harnessed towards the goals of purposive economic social and political change? Should they be seen as primarily a provider of channels through which ‘useful information’ can be delivered to target populations – in the hope that such information will alter those populations’ existing behaviours? Or should they be seen as a tool for facilitating ‘two-way communication’ between development providers and their recipients (i.e. as technologies for improving ‘participatory development’)? Or should new media environments be approached simply as sites in which people living in the developing world can define ‘development’ on their own terms? This timely and original book – which is based on a critical reading of the relevant literatures and on the author’s own extensive primary research – introduces readers to all of these questions and helps them to reach their own informed positions on each. It also examines the history of and current debates regarding media representations of development. Drawing on case studies from all over the world – including: ‘hate radio’ in Rwanda; theatre for development in India; telenovelas in Latin America; mobile banking and money in Africa and; GIS and humanitarianism in Haiti – it will be of interest to all undergraduate and postgraduate students of media and development; international development professionals and; simply to anyone with an interest in how media does can or should change the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745543

Media and MigrationConstructions of Mobility and Difference This title explores the close and vital relationship between the contemporary media and immigration. Drawing on newspapers magazines film television and photography the contributors examine the effects of mass media on migration behaviour and ethnic identity. Using examples from a range of countries Media and Migration illustrates how the media intervenes to affect the reception migrants receive how it stimulates prospective migrants to move and how it plays a dynamic role in the cultural politics and cultural identity of diasporic communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203458549

Media and MigrationLearning in a globalized world Media and Migration: Learning in a globalized world brings together studies located at the intersection of migration media and learning and considers how the learning practices of youth in migration are shaped by new media. The change in the mobilities of people media and material goods which allow new connections between 'global' and 'local' life has had a significant impact on contemporary migration as well as social life more generally. The contributors to this book show how learning trajectories of individual learners become defined by broadly distributed networks and knowledge systems. Learning in stable closed and culturally uniform settings is becoming the exception rather than the norm. While immigrant youth are often associated with juggling multiple lives or worlds such juggling is increasingly becoming typical for all youth living with new media. The book therefore addresses youth learning more generally in relation to media globalization and diversity as well as the digital learning practices of immigrants and non-immigrants. This book was originally published as a special issue of Learning Media and Technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308909

Media and Moral EducationA Philosophy of Critical Engagement Media and Moral Education demonstrates that the study of philosophy can be used to enhance critical thinking skills which are sorely needed in today’s technological age. It addresses the current oversight of the educational environment not keeping pace with rapid advances in technology despite the fact that educating students to engage critically and compassionately with others via online media is of the utmost importance. D’Olimpio claims that philosophical thinking skills support the adoption of an attitude she calls critical perspectivism which she applies in the book to international multimedia examples. The author also suggests that the Community of Inquiry – a pedagogy practised by advocates of Philosophy for Children – creates a space in which participants can practise being critically perspectival and can be conducted with all age levels in a classroom or public setting making it beneficial in shaping democratic and discerning citizens. This book will be of interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the areas of philosophy of education philosophy education critical theory and communication film and media studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367961

Media and Nation Building in Twentieth-Century IndiaLife and Times of Ramananda Chatterjee This book profiles twentieth-century India through the life and times of Ramananda Chatterjee â€“ journalist influencer nationalist. Through a reconstruction of his history the book highlights the oft-forgotten role of media in the making of the idea of India. It shows how early twentieth-century colonial India was a curious melee of ideas and people â€“ a time of rising nationalism as well as an influx of Western ideas; of unprecedented violence and compelling non-violence; of press censorship and defiant journalism. It shows how Ramananda Chatterjee navigated this world and went beyond the traditional definition of the nation as an entity with fixed boundaries to anticipate Benedict Anderson and Ernest Gellner. The volume also examines the wide reach and scope of his journals in English Hindi and Bengali which published the likes of Rabindranath Tagore Subhash Bose Abanindranath Tagore Nandalal Bose Ananda Coomaraswamy the scientist J. C. Bose and Zhu Deh the co-founder of the Chinese Red Army. He also published India in Bondage by the American Unitarian minister J. T. Sunderland which resulted in his arrest. An intriguing behind-the-scenes look of early twentieth-century colonial India this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of history modern South Asia and media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367086602

Media and New Religions in Japan The Open Access version of this book available at www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781135117849 has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivative 4.0 license. Japanese "new religions" (shinshūkyō) have used various media forms for training communicating with members presenting their messages reinforcing or protecting the image of the leader and potentially attracting converts. In this book the complex and dual relationship between media and new religions is investigated by looking at the tensions groups face between the need for visibility and the risks of facing attacks and criticism through media. Indeed media and new technologies have been extensively used by religious groups not only to spread their messages and to try to reach a wider audience but also to promote themselves as a highly modern and up-to-date form of religion appropriate for a modern technological age. In 1980s and early 1990s some movements such as Agonshū Kōfuku no Kagaku and Aum Shinrikyō came into prominence especially via the use of media (initially publications but also ritual broadcasts advertising campaigns and public media events). This created new modes of ritual engagement and new ways of interactions between leaders and members. The aim of this book is to develop and illustrate particular key issues in the wider new religions and media nexus by using specific movements as examples. In particular the analysis of the interaction between media and new religions will focus primarily on three case studies predominantly during the first period of development of the groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548794

Media and Politics in Post-Handover Hong Kong The world was watching Hong Kong as its sovereignty was returned to China in 1997. Many predicted that it was the doomsday of press freedom in the city. Now a decade after the handover this book provides an up-to-date review of the dynamic relationship between media and political power in the post-handover years. It covers seven key issues including the mapping of the changing boundaries of press freedom the impact of media ownership change on editorial stance the development of national and hybrid identities the tension between self-censorship and media professionalism the rising importance of government public relations the power and limits of hegemonic discourse and the countervailing force posed by collective actions and public opinion. These studies combine to reveal how the media are transformed as power structure is reconfigured and how the media may act upon politics in exerting their roles as the people’s voice. The book will serve as a reference for anyone who is interested in the evolution of political communication in a transitional society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980709

Media and Politics in the Southern MediterraneanCommunicating Power in Transition after 2011 This edited volume presents ground-breaking empirical research on the media in political transition in Tunisia Turkey and Morocco. Focusing on developments in the wake of the region’s upheavals in 2011 it offers a new theoretical framework for understanding mediascapes in the confessional and hybrid-authoritarian systems of the Middle East. In this book media scholars focus on three themes: the media’s structure as an expression of governance the media’s function as a reflection of the market and the media’s agency in communicating between power and the public. The result is a unique addition to the literature on two counts. Firstly analysis of similar players issues and processes in each country produces a thematically consistent comparative assessment of the media’s role across the southern Mediterranean region. The first cross-country comparison of specific media practices in the Middle East it covers issues such as women in talk shows media’s relationship with surveillance and comparative practices of media regulation. Secondly actualising the idea that media reflects the society that produces it the studies here draw on field data to lay the foundations for a new theory of media Values and Status Negotiation (VSN) which evolved from the region’s unique characteristics and practices and offers an alternative to prevailing Western-centric approaches to media analysis. Media and Politics in the Southern Mediterranean will appeal to students and scholars of politics sociology Media Studies Cultural Studies and Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494886

Media and Power Media and Power addresses three key questions about the relationship between media and society.*How much power do the media have?*Who really controls the media?*What is the relationship between media and power in society?In this major new book James Curran reviews the different answers which have been given before advancing original interpretations in a series of ground-breaking essays.This book also provides a guided tour of the major debates in media studies. What part did the media play in the making of modern society? How did 'new media' change society in the past? Will radical media research recover from its mid-life crisis? Is public service television the dying product of the nation in an age of globalization? Media and Power provides both a clear introduction to media research and an innovative analysis of media power. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203417744

Media and Power in Post-Soviet Russia This book describes the rise of independent mass media in Russia from the loosening of censorship under Gorbachev's policy of glasnost to the proliferation of independent newspapers and the rise of media barons during the Yeltsin years. The role of the Internet the impact of the 1998 financial crisis the succession of Putin and the effort to reimpose central power over privately controlled media empires mark the end of the first decade of a Russian free press. Throughout the book there is a focus on the close intermingling of political power and media power as the propaganda function of the press in fact never disappeared but rather has been harnessed to multiple and conflicting ideological interests. More than a guide to the volatile Russian media scene and its players Media and Power in Post-Soviet Russia poses questions of importance and relevance in any functioning democracy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315291055

Media and ReligionFoundations of an Emerging Field This text examines the history theory cultural context and professional aspects of media and religion. While religion has been explored more fully in psychology sociology anthropology and the humanities there is no clear bridge of understanding to the communication discipline. Daniel A. Stout tackles this issue by providing a roadmap for examining this understudied area so that discussions about media and religion can more easily proceed. Offering great breadth this text covers key concepts and historical highlights; world religions denominations and cultural religion; and religion and specific media genres. The text also includes key terms and questions to ponder for every chapter and concludes with an in-class learning activity that can be used to encourage students to explore the media–religion interface and review the essential ideas presented in the book. Media and Religion is an ideal introduction for undergraduate students in need of a foundation for this emerging field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780805863840

Media and RitualDeath Community and Everyday Life This wide-ranging and accessible book offers a stimulating introduction to the field of media anthropology and the study of religious ritual. Johanna Sumiala explores the interweaving of rituals communication and community. She uses the tools of anthropological enquiry to examine a variety of media events including the death of Michael Jackson a royal wedding and the transgressive actions which took place in Abu Ghraib and to understand the inner significance of the media coverage of such events. The book deals with theories of ritual media as ritual including reception production and representation and rituals of death in the media. It will be invaluable to students and scholars alike across media religion and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415684330

Media and Science-Religion ConflictMass Persuasion in the Evolution Wars This book examines why the religion-science skirmishes known as the Evolution Wars have persisted into the 21st century. It does so by considering the influences of mass media in relation to decision-making research and the Elaboration Likelihood Model one of the most authoritative persuasion theories. The book’s analysis concentrates on the expression of cues or cognitive mental shortcuts in Darwin-sceptic and counter-creationist broadcasts. A multiyear collection of media generated by the most prominent Darwin-sceptic organizations is surveyed along with rival publications from supporters of evolutionary theory described as the pro-evolutionists. The analysed materials include works produced by Young Earth Creationist and Intelligent Design media makers New Atheist pacesetters as well as both agnostic and religious supporters of evolution. These cues are shown to function as subtle but effective means of shaping public opinion including appeals to expertise claims that ideas are being censored and the tactical use of statistics and technical jargon. Contending that persuasive mass media is a decisive component of science-religion controversies this book will be of keen interest to scholars of Religion Science and Religion interactions as well as researchers of Media and Communication Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375546

Media and Social InequalityInnovations in Community Structure Research This book is among the first to systematically explore the impact of community inequality on reporting political and social change. Although most journalism scholars are still fascinated by the impact of media on society Media and Social Inequality explores the reverse perspective: the impact of society on media. Using a 'community structure' approach and rejecting the perspective that studies of media and audiences can be reduced to the individual level of psychological phenomena all contributions examine connections between community-level 'macro' characteristics and variations in the coverage of critical issues. This innovative book differs from previous community structure volumes in two ways. First contributions explore a far wider range of community characteristics by employing creative methodologies modern archives and databases that facilitate larger more diverse samples; multilevel and longitudinal analyses; composite measures of both 'content' and editorial judgment; new technologies; and social network analysis. Second a traditional emphasis on media as instruments of political and social 'control' is replaced by media as potential mirrors of social 'change ' exploring 'bottom-up' measures of 'vulnerability' 'concentrated disadvantage' and 'ethnic diversity/pluralism'. The volume contains two original chapters: one on nationwide US coverage of the "Occupy" movement in the expanded introduction and another on nationwide US coverage of universal health care. This book was originally published as a special issue of Mass Communication and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806764

Media and Social Life Our use of media touches on almost all aspects of our social lives be they friendships parent-child relationships emotional lives or social stereotypes. How we understand ourselves and others is now largely dependent on how we perceive ourselves and others in media how we interact with one another through mediated channels and how we share construct and understand social issues via our mediated lives. This volume highlights cutting edge scholarship from preeminent scholars in media psychology that examines how media intersect with our social lives in three broad areas: media and the self; media and relationships; and social life in emerging media. The scholars in this volume not only provide insightful and up-to-date examinations of theorizing and research that informs our current understanding of the role of media in our social lives but they also detail provocative and valuable roadmaps that will form that basis of future scholarship in this crucially important and rapidly evolving media landscape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138692152

Media and SuicideInternational Perspectives on Research Theory and Policy Somewhere in the world in the next forty seconds a person is going to commit suicide. Globally suicides account for 50 percent of all violent deaths among men and 71 percent for women. Despite suicide prevention programs therapy and pharmacological treatments the suicide rate is either increasing or remaining high around the world. Media and Suicide holds traditional and emergent media accountable for influencing an individual’s decision to commit suicide. Global experts present research historical analysis theoretical disputes (including discussion on the Werther and Papageno effects) and policy regarding the media’s impact on suicide. They answer questions about the effects of different types of media and storytelling show how the impact of social media can be diminished discuss internet bullying mass-shootings and mass-suicides show the effects of recovery stories and much more. The editors also present examples of suicide policy in the United States Switzerland the United Kingdom Ireland and Hong Kong on how to best communicate reporting guidelines to decrease the copycat effect especially in less developed nations where most of the world’s nearly one million suicides occur each year. Although there is much work to be done to prevent media-influenced suicide this innovative volume will contribute a large piece to this complex puzzle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412865081

Media and the Ecological Crisis Media and the Ecological Crisis is a collaborative work of interdisciplinary writers engaged in mapping understanding and addressing the complex contribution of media to the current ecological crisis. The book is informed by a fusion of scholarly practitioner and activist interests to inform educate and advocate for real environmentally sound changes in design policy industrial and consumer practices. Aligned with an emerging area of scholarship devoted to identifying and analysing the material physical links of media technologies cultural production and environment it contributes to the project of greening media studies by raising awareness of media technology’s concrete environmental effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305939

Media and the Empire This volume on print and broadcast media in the 19th and 20th centuries highlights the pivotal role that the media played in the establishment and maintenance of imperial power. The media bolstered both the ideological and financial objectives of the empire in a myriad of overt covert and downright scandalous ways. From jeopardising the introduction of wireless telegraphy in order to maximise the financial gains of the investors of under-sea cabling to newspaper proprietors cashing in on the thrilling wonderful (and sometimes fabricated) adventures of war correspondents in exotic lands the media has had a constant background influence in the public’s perception of empire. By covering diverse topics from Anthony Lejeune’s radio talk-show ‘London Letters’ – which supported the Allies by boosting morale and providing a link between soldiers fighting abroad and their families during both World Wars to the complete subversion of imperial influence – as in the case of the proliferation of diverse media platforms being used by migrant communities in Britain as a means to promote ‘colonization in reverse’ the book hints at the politics suspense and intrigue of both the print and broadcast sectors. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309357

Media and the Environment Most of what we understand about ‘the environment’ we know through the media broadly defined and related communication processes. Indeed such processes have played a vital role in defining ‘the environment’ as a crucial concept and in bringing environmental issues and problems to public and political attention. Thus at least since the emergence and rise of the modern environmental movement in the 1960s the mass media have been a central public arena for publicizing environmental issues and for contesting claims arguments and opinions about our use and abuse of the environment. (Moreover the learned editor of this new Routledge collection avers this applies not only to our beliefs and knowledge about those aspects of the environment which are regarded as problems or issues for public and political concern but extends much deeper to the very ways in which we—as individuals cultures and societies—view perceive value and relate to our environment and nature generally.) A rapidly expanding body of research and scholarship from a diverse range of disciplines across the humanities sciences and social sciences has sought to address key questions about all aspects of media mediation and communication roles in social political and cultural definitions of ‘the environment’. Such questions have focused in particular on how the media and related communication processes are centrally implicated in the social and political definition contestation and resolution of major global environmental issues and problems—notably most recently climate change. But media and communication roles in relation to local and national environmental issues also continue to be an important focus for scholarly research on what is increasingly recognized as the emerging and consolidating domain of ‘environmental communication’. Addressing the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference work to enable users to navigate this increasingly complex area of research and study and to answer key questions about the central role of media and communication in relation to the environment and environmental issues Media and the Environment is a new title from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in the Environment series. Edited by Anders Hansen it is a four-volume collection of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. The collection brings together core texts charting the history and development of environmental communication along with research examining the three major strands of the communication process: the sources and production of communication about the environment; the study of representations of the environment in news entertainment media advertising film and popular culture; and the study of how communication about the environment impacts on and interacts with public and political beliefs about the environment as well as political action regarding the environment. The collection’s final part provides a series of case studies from the field of environmental communication praxis examining how activists NGOs local government and large corporations have sought to use communication as a key tool in the political processes of environmental change. Supplemented with a full index and including an introduction newly written by the editor which places the assembled texts in their historical and intellectual context Media and the Environment is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525626

Media and the Global SouthNarrative Territorialities Cross-Cultural Currents What does the notion of the ‘global south’ mean to media studies today?This book interrogates the possibilities of global thinking from the south in the field of media communication and cultural studies. Through lenses of millennial media cultures it refocuses the praxis of the global south in relation to the established ideas of globalization development and conditions of postcoloniality.Bringing together original empirical work from media scholars from across the global south the volume highlights how contemporary thinking about the region as theoretical framework ・ an emerging area of theory in its own right ・ is incomplete without due consideration being placed on narrative forms both analogue and digital traditional and sub-cultural. From news to music cultures from journalism to visual culture from screen forms to culture-jamming the chapters in the volume explore contemporary popular forms of communication as manifested in diverse global south contexts.A significant contribution to cultural theory and communications research this book will be of interest to scholars and researchers of media and culture studies literary and critical theory digital humanities science and technology studies and sociology and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367731533

Media and the Make-Believe Worlds of ChildrenWhen Harry Potter Meets Pokemon in Disneyland Media and the Make-Believe Worlds of Children offers new insights into children's descriptions of their invented or "make-believe" worlds and the role that the children's experience with media plays in creating these worlds. Based on the results of a cross-cultural study conducted in the United States Germany Israel and South Korea it offers an innovative look at media's role on children's creative lives.This distinctive volume:*outlines the central debates and research findings in the area of children fantasy worlds and the media;*provides a descriptive account of children's make-believe worlds and their wishes for actions they would like to take in these worlds;*highlights the centrality of media in children's make believe worlds;*emphasizes the multiple creative ways in which children use media as resources in their environment to express their own inner worlds; and*suggests the various ways in which the tension between traditional gender portrayals that continue to dominate media texts and children's wishes to act are presented in their fantasies.The work also demonstrates the value of research in unveiling the complicated ways in which media are woven into the fabric of children's everyday lives examining the creative and sophisticated uses they make of their contents and highlighting the responsibility that producers of media texts for children have in offering young viewers a wide array of role models and narratives to use in their fantasies. An enclosed CD provides full-color images of the artwork produced during the study.This book will appeal to scholars and graduate students in children and media early childhood education and developmental psychology. It can be used in graduate level courses in these areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410613554

Media and the Moral Mind Questions regarding the relation between media and morality have been a lasting concern. Can media exposure shape or alter moral values? Does morality influence how audience members select interpret and respond to media content? Attempts to answer such questions are hindered by the complex nature of morality and its dynamic relation with media. This volume brings together leading scholars in an effort to examine reciprocal processes that connect media with morality and to set a course for understanding this association. Individual essays combine established and emerging theories from media and moral psychology to explain how fundamental mechanisms that govern moral reasoning can shape and be shaped by media exposure. Together these scholars provide an understanding of the relationship between media and morality that should serve as an invaluable resource for current and future generations of researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925571

Media and the Rhetoric of Body PerfectionCosmetic Surgery Weight Loss and Beauty in Popular Culture Against the background of the so-called ’obesity epidemic’ Media and the Rhetoric of Body Perfection critically examines the discourses of physical perfection that pervade Western societies shedding new light on the rhetorical forces behind body anxieties and extreme methods of weight loss and beautification. Drawing on rich interview material with cosmetic surgery patients and offering fresh analyses of various texts from popular culture including internationally-screened reality-television shows including The Biggest Loser Extreme Makeover and The Swan as well as entertainment programs and documentaries this book examines the ways in which Western media capitalize on body anxiety by presenting physical perfection as a moral imperative while advertising quick and effective transformation methods to erase physical imperfections. With attention to contemporary lines of resistance to standards of thinness and attempts to redefine conceptions of beauty Media and the Rhetoric of Body Perfection will appeal to scholars and students of popular culture television media and cultural studies as well as the sociology of the body feminist thought body transformation and cosmetic surgery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269538

Media and the Sexualization of Childhood Media and the Sexualization of Childhood examines the on-going debates surrounding the prominence of sexual themes in children’s lives from clothes and accessories toys and games to music entertainment media advertising and new media platforms. Parents educators and politicians around the developed world have raised concerns about the effects all these experiences can have on the socialisation and psychological development of children and the extent to which the premature introduction of sexuality into their lives can place them at risk of unwanted attention. This book explores these issues using an evidence based approach that draws on research findings from around the world representing the most comprehensive single account of the field. The book will be invaluable to students studying topics surrounding children and the media and childhood studies as well as students of communication media cultural studies sociology psychology and health science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025448

Media and UtopiaHistory imagination and technology Collective political projects have become ephemeral and are subject to radical forms of erasure through cooptation division redefinition or intimidation in present times. Media and Utopia responds to the resulting crisis of the social by investigating the links between mediation and political imagination. This volume addresses those utopian space Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177096

Media as Politics in South Asia The dramatic expansion of the media and communications sector since the 1990s has brought South Asia on the global scene as a major center for media production and consumption. This book is the first overview of media expansion and its political ramifications in South Asia during these years of economic reforms. From the puzzling liberalization of media under military dictatorship in Pakistan to the brutal killings of journalists in Sri Lanka and the growing influence of social media in riots and political protests in India Nepal and Bangladesh the chapters analyse some of the most important developments in the media fields of contemporary South Asia. Attentive to colonial histories as well as connections within and beyond South Asia in the age of globalization the chapters combine theoretically grounded studies with original empirical research to unravel the dynamics of media as politics. The chapters are organized around the three frames of participation control and friction. They bring to the fore the double edged nature of publicity and containment inherent in media thereby advancing postcolonial perspectives on the massive media transformation underway in South Asia and the global South more broadly. For the first time bringing together the cultural regulatory and social aspects of media expansion in a single perspective this interdisciplinary book fills the need for overview and analytical studies on South Asian media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367885113

Media Authorship Contemporary media authorship is frequently collaborative participatory non-site specific or quite simply goes unrecognized. In this volume media and film scholars explore the theoretical debates around authorship intention and identity within the rapidly transforming and globalized culture industry of new media. Defining media broadly across a range of creative artifacts and production cultures—from visual arts to videogames from textiles to television—contributors consider authoring practices of artists designers do-it-yourselfers media professionals scholars and others. Specifically they ask: What constitutes "media" and "authorship" in a technologically converged globally conglomerated multiplatform environment for the production and distribution of content? What can we learn from cinematic and literary models of authorship—and critiques of those models—with regard to authorship not only in television and recorded music but also interactive media such as videogames and the Internet? How do we conceive of authorship through practices in which users generate content collaboratively or via appropriation? What institutional prerogatives and legal debates around intellectual property rights fair use and copyright bear on concepts of authorship in "new media"? By addressing these issues Media Authorship demonstrates that the concept of authorship as formulated in literary and film studies is reinvigorated contested remade—even reauthored—by new practices in the digital media environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415699433

Media Beyond SocialismTheory And Practice In East-central Europe Media Beyond Socialism treats the changing relationships among media state economy and civil society in the current period of transition in East Europe from socialism to the establishment of Western-type democracies. Analyzing the relevance of mass communication and particularly of the media in the democratization process the book addresses suc Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367157647

Media Bias in Reporting Social Research?The Case of Reviewing Ethnic Inequalities in Education In recent years the importance of disseminating the findings of social research has been given increased emphasis. The most effective way in which this can be done is via the mass media. However there are frequent complaints that media coverage of social and educational research is very limited and often distorted. Through a detailed analysis of a particular case about ethnic inequalities in educational achievement this book examines some of the processes involved in the reporting of research findings and their implications for judgements about media distortion and bias. This volume is relevant to many fields including education media studies cultural studies sociology and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650021

Media Competition and CoexistenceThe Theory of the Niche This volume considers how media firms as well as entire industries exist and persist over time despite what often seems to be intense competition for such resources as audiences and advertisers. Addressing competition within and among media organizations and industries including broadcasting cable and the Internet author John W. Dimmick studies the media industries through the niche theory lens developed by bioecologists to explain competition and coexistence. He examines the targets of the different media--audience advertisers money--and how they compete using examples from a variety of studies. Each chapter incorporates relevant economic constructs into the analytic framework. This approach includes the use of economics of scale to explain selection and firm mortality in newspapers and movie theaters; the application of the transaction costs concept to explicate the rise of advertising agencies; the employment of the strategic group concept in analyzing the niche breadth strategy; and the measurement of gratifications-utilities. A comprehensive overview of the determinants of media competition and coexistence Media Competition and Coexistence: The Theory of the Niche offers unique insights for scholars students researchers and practitioners in media economics management and business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761680

Media Consumption in MalaysiaA Hermeneutics of Human Behaviour How do visitors immersing themselves in material places such as shopping malls or video sites online make sense of the experience enabling criticizing - or consenting to content? How is this evident in behaviour? Reflecting on accounts by Chinese Indian Malay and Indigenous members of Malaysian society this book addresses these questions from a practices perspective increasingly adopted by scholars in marketing and media studies. The volume provides an account of practices theory from its origins in critical hermeneutics (such as Heidegger Gadamer and Ricoeur) as reflecting on the processes of embodied understanding developing alongside interpretive and reception theory. Part I draws upon authors as diverse as Heidegger and Henry Jenkins with a practices perspective on media and mall consuming shown as developing from forty years of theorizing about audience activity. An empirical study of Malaysian blogging and branding on YouTube exemplifies this approach. Part II considers Malaysians absorbed in social media sites as everyday visitors and the subjects of consumer research. The book then returns to the material world exploring the horizons of understanding from which Malaysians enter their mediated malls and concludes by positioning media practices theory within a spectrum of philosophical ideas. Recognizing the current (re)turn in Consumer and Media Studies to employing hermeneutics as an account of our embodied human understanding this book presents its major philosophical proponents showing how close attention to their writing can now inform and shape research on ubiquitous screen users. As such it will be of particular interest to students and scholars of Media Studies Asian Studies and Marketing Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138492295

Media Criticism in a Digital AgeProfessional And Consumer Considerations Media Criticism in a Digital Age introduces readers to a variety of critical approaches to audio and video discourse on radio television and the Internet. It is intended for those preparing for electronic media careers as well as for anyone seeking to enhance their media literacy. This book takes the unequivocal view that the material heard and seen over digital media is worthy of serious consideration. Media Criticism in a Digital Age applies key aesthetic sociological philosophical psychological structural and economic principles to arrive at a comprehensive evaluation of programming and advertising content. It offers a rich blend of insights from both industry and academic authorities. These insights range from the observations of Plato and Aristotle to the research that motivates twenty-first century marketing and advertising. Key features of the book are comprised of: multiple video examples including commercials cartoons and custom graphics to illustrate core critical concepts; chapters reflecting today’s media world including coverage of broadband and social media issues; fifty perceptive critiques penned by a variety of widely respected media observers and; a supplementary website for professors that provides suggested exercises to accompany each chapter (www.routledge .com/cw/orlik) Media Criticism in a Digital Age equips emerging media professionals as well as perceptive consumers with the evaluative tools to maximize their media understanding and enjoyment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138913189

Media Culture & Environ. Co-P First Published in 1997. This book is intended for final year undergraduates and postgraduates in cultural and media studies as well as postgraduate and academic researchers. Courses on culture and the media within sociology environmental studies human geography and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315046419

Media Culture & Morality First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003634

Media CultureCultural Studies Identity and Politics in the Contemporary Moment In this thorough update of one of the classic texts of media and cultural studies Douglas Kellner argues that media culture is now the dominant form of culture that socializes us and provides and plays major roles in the economy polity and social and cultural life. The book includes a series of lively studies that both illuminate contemporary culture and society while providing methods of analysis interpretation and critique to engage contemporary U.S. culture. Many people today talk about cultural studies but Kellner actually does it carrying through a unique mixture of theoretical analysis and concrete discussions of some of the most popular and influential forms of contemporary media culture. Studies cover a wide range of topics including: Reagan and Rambo; horror and youth films; women’s films the TV series Orange is the New Black and Hulu’s TV series based on Margaret Atwood’s The Handmaid’s Tale; the films of Spike Lee and African American culture; Latino films and cinematic narratives on migration; female pop icons Madonna Beyoncé and Lady Gaga; fashion and celebrity; television news documentary films and the recent work of Michael Moore; fantasy and science fiction with focus on the cinematic version of Lord of the Rings Philip K. Dick and the Blade Runner films and the work of David Cronenberg.  Situating the works of media culture in their social context within political struggles and the system of cultural production and reception Kellner develops a multidimensional approach to cultural studies that broadens the field and opens it to a variety of disciplines. He also provides new approaches to the vexed question of the effects of culture and offers new perspectives for cultural studies. Anyone interested in the nature and effects of contemporary society and culture should read this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199340

Media Cultures in Latin AmericaKey Concepts and New Debates Media Cultures in Latin America updates and expands contemporary global understandings of the region’s media and cultural research. Drawing on forty years of contributions made by Latin American cultural studies to the global media research the book connects this history to newly developing work that has yet to be given deep consideration in anglophone scholarship.   The authors emphasise themes that are key to media and cultural scholarship: distinctive from other world regions these intellectual debates have been central to how media and communication is studied and produced in Latin America. This approach provides students and scholars with a better framework for engaging with Latin American research beyond the specificities of just one place or one kind of cultural product or technology.   The book is an essential read for upper level undergraduate and postgraduate students of media studies anthropology cultural studies communication studies and Latin American studies. It will also be of interest to students and scholars learning about human rights environmental indigenous and political activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353954

Media CulturesReappraising Transnational Media This book first published in 1992 challenges the elitism and cultural pessimism of much Anglo-American and Continental cultural debate with regard to the role and power of transnational media practices. In a series of ten innovative essays an international group of media researchers explores a wide range of cultural practices across national borders and the cultural politics associated with these everyday practices and debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699557

Media Design and Technology for Live EntertainmentEssential Tools for Video Presentation Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems providing definitions used in communicating video concepts and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included as well as information on analog systems as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216211

Media DiplomacyThe Foreign Office in the Mass Communications Age First Published in 1986. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138459380

Media Discourse and the Yugoslav ConflictsRepresentations of Self and Other In spite of the growing literature on discourse analysis the relationship of discourse to violent/non-violent outcomes of conflict is an under-researched area. This book combines theories on ethnic conflict identity construction and discourse analysis with a comprehensive and inclusive survey of the countries of the former Yugoslavia. It presents an understanding of the interrelationship between 'words' and 'deeds' grounded through an extensively close analysis of film television and newspapers samples taken from the period. This combination of ground-breaking applications of theory with detailed empirical case studies will make Media Discourse and the Yugoslav Conflicts of key interest to scholars across a range of social sciences including sociology discourse analysis media conflict and peace studies as well as those concerned with ethnopolitical conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603175

Media Diversity and LocalismMeaning and Metrics Questions concerning the quality of media performance and the effectiveness of media policymaking often revolve around the extent to which the media system fulfills the values inherent in diversity and localism principles. This edited volume addresses challenges and issues relating to diversity in local media markets from a media law and policy perspective. Editor Philip M. Napoli provides a conceptual and empirical framework for assessing the success/failure of media markets and media outlets in fulfilling diversity and localism objectives. Featuring well-known contributors from a variety of disciplines including media law political science and economics Media Diversity and Localism explores the following topics:*media ownership and media diversity and localism;*conceptual and methodological issues in assessing media diversity and localism;*minorities media and diversity; and*contextualizing media diversity and localism: audience behavior and new technologies. This substantive and timely volume speaks to scholars and researchers in the areas of media law and policy political science and all others interested in media regulation. It can also be used in a graduate seminar on media policy topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415650038

Media EconomicsTheory and Practice Media Economics: Theory and Practice focuses on the basic principles of economics in the business sector and applies them to contemporary media industries. This text examines the process of media economics decision making through an exploration of key topics such as industrial restructuring regulatory constraints upon media operations and changing economic value providing key insights into media business activities. With the structure and value of media industries changing rapidly and sometimes dramatically this text moves beyond a basic documentation of historical patterns to help readers understand the mechanics of change offering insight into the processes reproducing contemporary trends in media economics. Thoroughly updated in this third edition Media Economics focuses on the primary concerns of media economics the techniques of economic and business analysis and the overall characteristics of the media environment; and explores contemporary business practices within specific media industries including newspaper magazine television cable movie radio advertising music and online industries. New for this edition are chapters on the advertising book publishing and magazine publishing industries. Chapters contributed by expert scholars and researchers provide substantial discussions of the crucial topics and issues in the media industry sectors and emphasize both domestic and international businesses. Offering a thorough examination of the economic factors and forces concerning the media industries Media Economics is appropriate for use as a course text for advanced media management and economics students. It also serves as an indispensable reference for scholars and researchers in media business arenas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834255

Media Education and the Liberal ArtsA Blueprint for the New Professionalism This book provides academic reformers with a blueprint for tackling the upheaval facing media education. It calls for a new professionalism that rejects the status quo reflects the mission and diversity of individual programs and demands a redefinition of both traditional media studies and the liberal arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980716

Media Education Assessment Handbook Assessing media education is a formidable task because both assessment and media education are complex and controversial concepts. Assessment which can take place at the individual student class sequence program department or unit and university levels is questioned in terms of reliability validity relevance and cost. Media education which has been challenged at a number of schools finds faculty and administrators in the midst of soul-searching about how to clearly articulate its missions and purposes to a broader audience. Departments are under increasing national state and institutional pressure to get assessment procedures carried out quickly but there is an obvious danger in rushing to implement assessment strategies before establishing what is essential in media education. In communication education in general the "what" of assessment is often discussed in terms of skills attitudes affect values and knowledge. People assess students to determine what they know think feel value and can do. Here it is suggested that one of the places to start defining what students should learn from their media education is by identifying outcomes. Outcomes can be assessed in a variety of ways but first they need to be developed and clearly articulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138980723

Media Education for a Digital Generation Media education for digital citizenship is predicated upon the ability to access analyze evaluate and produce media content and communication in a variety of forms. While many media literacy approaches overemphasize the end-goal of accessing digital media content through the acquisition of various technology software apps and analytics this book argues that the goals for comprehensive and critical digital literacy require grasping the means through which communication is created deployed used and shared regardless of which tools or platforms are used for meaning making and social interaction. Drawing upon the intersecting matrices of digital literacy and media literacy the volume provides a framework for developing critical digital literacies by exploring the necessary skills and competencies for engaging students as citizens of the digital world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386414

Media Education in Latin America This book offers a systematic study of media education in Latin America. As spending on technological infrastructure in the region increases exponentially for educational purposes and with national curriculums beginning to implement media related skills this book makes a timely contribution to new debates surrounding the significance of media literacy as a citizen’s right. Taking both a topical and country-based approach authors from across Latin America present a comprehensive perspective of the region and address issues such as the political and social contexts in which media education is based the current state of educational policies with respect to media organizations and experiences that promote media education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199555